DEFINITIONS 


OF 


REVISED  CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES 
OF  SUBJECTS  OF  INVENTION 


IN  THE 


UNITED  STATES  PATENT  OFFICE 


ARRANGED  IN  NUMERICAL  ORDER 


A  SUPPLEMENT  TO  THE  MANUAL  OF  CLASSIFICATION 


REVISED  TO  JANUARY  1,  1912 

(INCLUDING  CLASSIFICATION  BULLETIN  No.  27) 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1912 


DEFINITIONS 


OF 


REVISED  CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES 
OF  SUBJECTS  OF  INVENTION 


IN   THE 


UNITED  STATES  PATENT  OFFICE 


ARRANGED  IN  NUMERICAL  ORDER 


A  SUPPLEMENT  TO  THE  MANUAL  OF  CLASSIFICATION 


REVISED  TO  JANUARY  1,  1912 

(INCLUDING  CLASSIFICATION  BULLETIN  No.  27) 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING   OFFICE 

1912 


DEPT. 


":  :••  !.'*•*• 
•  •  •  •.  •  •••    ••.. 


90CUMEKT1 
OEFT. 


REVISED  CLASSES,  ALPHABETICALLY  ARRANGED. 


Class  title. 


Acoustics 

Aeronautics 

Air  guns,  catapults,  and  targets 

Ammunition  and  explosive  devices 

Animal  husbandry 

Arms,  projectiles,  and  explosive  charges.    Making. 

Baggage 

Bee  culture 

Boats  and  buoys 

Bolt,  nail,  nut,  rivet,  and  screw  making 

Boot  and  shoe  making 

Boots,  shoes,  and  leggings 

Boring  and  drilling 

Bread,  pastry,  and  confection  making 

Bridges 

Buckles,  buttons,  clasps,  etc 

Button,  eyelet,  and  rivet  setting 

Button  making 

Card,  picture,  and  sign  exhibiting 

Chain,  staple,  and  horseshoe  making 

Check-controlled  apparatus 

Cloth,  leather,  and  rubber  receptacles 

Coating 

Coin  handling 

Compound  tools 

Coopering 

Culling  and  punching  sheets  and  bars 

Deposit  and  collection  receptacles 

Driven,  headed,  and  screw-threaded  fastenings 

Electric  heating  and  rheostats r.. 

Electric  lamps 

Elevators 

Farriory 

Firearms 

Fluid-pressure  regulators 

Furnaces 

Gas.    Heating  and  illuminating 

Gear  cutting,  milling,  and  planing 

Glass... 


Harness 

Horology 

Illumination 

Illuminating  burners 

Internal-combustion  engines 

Jewelry 

Label  pasting  and  paper  hanging 

Laminated  fabric  and  analogous  manufactures. 

Leather  manufactures 

Liquid  and  gaseous  fuel  burners 

Liquid  coating  compositions 

Liquid  heaters  and  vaporizers 

Lubrication 

Marine  propulsion 

Masonry  and  concrete  structures . . . 


Class  title. 


Metal  bending 

Metal  drawing 

Metal  forging  and  welding 

Metal  founding 

Metallic  building  structures 

Metal  ornamenting 

Metal  rolling 

Metal  tools  and  implements.     Making 

Metal- working 

Miscellaneous  heat-engine  plants 

Motors 

Nailing  and  stapling 

Needle  and  pin  making 

Nut  and  bolt  locks 

Optics 

Ordnance 

Ornamentation 

Package  and  article  carriers 

Paper  flies  and  binders 

Paper  making  and  fiber  liberation 

Paper  manufactures 

Paper  receptacles 

Photography 

Plastic  block  and  earthenware  apparatus. 

Plastic  compositions 

Plastic  metal  working 

Plastics 

Pneumatic  dispatch 

Recorders 

Registers 

Roofs 

Sheet-metal  ware.    Making 

Ships 

Special  receptacles  and  packages 

Stationery 

Store  service 

Stoves  and  furnaces 

Telephony 

Tents,  canopies,  umbrellas,  and  canes 

Time-controlling  mechanism 

Tools 

Turning 


Wheelwright  machines 

Whips  and  whip  apparatus. 

Winding  and  reeling 

Wire  fabrics  and  structure.. 

Wire  working 

Wooden  buildings 

Wooden  receptacles 

Wood  sawing 

Wood  turning 

Woodworking 

Woodworking  tools 


M104987 


REVISED  CLASSES,  NUMERICALLY  ARRANGED. 


Class  title. 


Class  title. 


Nailing  and  stapling 

Bee  culture 

Compound  tools 

Boats  and  buoys 

Bolt,  nail,  nut,  rivet,  and  screw  making. . 

Boot  and  shoe  making 

Bridges 

Plastics 

Wooden  buildings 

Metal  founding 

Buckles,  buttons,  clasps,  etc 

Plastic  block  and  earthenware  apparatus. 

Metal  working 

Boots,  shoes,  and  leggings 

Card,  picture,  and  sign  exhibiting 

Ornamentation 

Firearms 

Gas.    Heating  and  illuminating 

Glass... 


Fluid-pressure  regulators 

Harness 

Horology 

Chain,  staple,  and  horseshoe  making. . 

Miscellaneous  heat-engine  plants 

Jewelry 

Illuminating  burners 

Leather  manufactures 

Masonry  and  comcrete  structures 

Metal  tools  and  implements.    Making. 

Boring  and  drilling 

Metal  forging  and  welding 

Button  making 

Metal  rolling 

Tools . . . 


Turning 

Driven,  headed,  and  screw-threaded  fastenings 

Arms,  projectiles,  and  explosive  charges.    Making. 

O  ptics 

Ordnance 

Gear  cutting,  milling,  and  planing 

Coating 

Paper  making  and  fiber  liberation 

Paper  manufactures 

Photography 

Ammunition  and  explosive  devices 

Plastic  coin  positions 

Bread,  pastry,  and  confection  making 

Roofs... 


Furnaces 

Sheet  metal  ware.    Making . 

Ships 

Marine  propulsion 

Animal  husbandry 

Stationary 


11 
13 
15 
23 

27 
31 
37 

41 
51 
61 
67 
75 
77 
83 
87 
91 
99 
105 
109 
113 
117 
123 
125 
127 
133 
135 
139 
143 
147 
151 
153 
155 
163 
165 
167 
Kill 
171 
173 
175 
181 
187 
191 
195 
197 
199 
205 
207 
217 
223 
231 
235 
243 


Liquid  heaters  and  vaporizers 

Internal-combustion  engines 

Air-guns,  catapults,  and  targets 

Stoves  and  furnaces 

Paper  files  and  binders 

Coin  handling 

Liquid  coating  compositions 

Tents,  canopies,  umbrellas,  and  canes 

Wireworking 

Wood  turning 

Wood  sawing . . .' 

Woodworking 

Woodworking-tools 

Coopering. . .  ^ 

Cloth,  leather,  and  rubber  receptacles 

Nut  and  bolt  locks 

Metal  bending 

Laminated  fabric  and  analoguous  manufactures . 

Wheelwright  machines 

Liquid  and  gaseous  fuel  burners 

Time-controlling  mechanism 

Needle  and  pin  making 

Cutting  and  punching  sheets  and  bars 

Farriery 

Electric  lamps 

Telephony 

Acoustics 

Lubrication 

Motor% 

Store  service 

Elevators 

Metallic  building  structures 


Check-controlled  apparatus 

Metal  ornamenting 

Metal  drawing 

Special  receptacles  and  packages. . 

Plastic  metal  working 

Label  pasting  and  paper  hanging . 

Wooden  receptacles 

Button,  eyelet,  and  rivet  setting. . 

Electric  heating  and  rheostats 

Package  and  article  carriers 

Paper  receptacles 

Whips  and  whip  apparatus 

Deposit  and  collection  receptacles . 

Recorders 

Registers 

Illumination 

Winding  and  reeling 

Pneumatic  dispatch 

Aeronautics 

Wire  fabrics  and  structure 


DEFINITIONS  OF  CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 

Before  using  the  following  definitions  the  instructions  contained  in  the  "Manual  of 
Classification"  should  be  read. 

The  definition  of  any  specific  subclass  should  be  read  in  .connection  with  the  defini- 
tions of  all  subclasses  generic  to  it  and  with  the  definition  of  the  class. 

As  the  classification  is  undergoing  revision,  the  classification  changes  published  from 
time  to  time  in  the  Official  Gazette,  and  in  the  Classification  BuUetin,  published  every  six 
months,  should  be  noted  for  modifications. 


CLASS   1.— NAILING  AND     STAPLING. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  is  divided  into  "Implements"  and  "Machines,"  and 
the  latter  into  the  various  types  of  blind  slat  and  rod,  book,  box,  shoe, 
heel,  and  miscellaneous  nailing  and  stapling.  Analogous  lines  for 
further  subdivision  under  each  heading  have  been  followed.  The 
subclasses  are  all  more  or  less  related  and  a  complete  search  will  fre- 
quently include  all  subclasses  having  analogous  titles  under  the 
various  headings. 

Note.— For  nail-making  machines,  search  class  10,  BOLT,  NAIL, 
NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING. 

For  staple-forming  machines,  search  class  59,  CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND 
HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  71,  Staple  making,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

For  features  of  staple  setting  and  riveting  machines,  search  should 
also  be  made  in  the  various  subclasses  in  class  218,  BUTTON,  EYELET, 
AND  RIVET  SETTING. 

For  features  of  shoe  nailing,  search  should  include  the  combined 
machines  for  nailing,  lasting,  trimming,  etc.,  under  class  12,  BOOT 
AND  SHOE  MAKING. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MACHINES,     NAIL-DRIVING.    Miscellaneous     nail-driving 

machines  for  various  purposes. 
Search  Class — 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  10,  Machines,  Box,  Nail- 
driving;  19,  Machines,  Shoe,  Nail-driving;  and  47,  Imple- 
ments, Nail-driving. 

2.  MACHINES,  STAPLE  FORMING  AND  SETTING.    Miscel- 

laneous machines  which  are  adapted  to  form  staples  from 
short  lengths  cut  from  wire  or  from  a  prepared  staple-strip 
and  set  them  into  various  kinds  of  work. 
Search  Class— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  7,  Machines,  Book,  Staple 
forming  and  setting;  11,  Machines,  Box,  Staple  forming  and 
setting;  20,  Machines,  Shoe,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  48, 
Implements,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  and  54,  Machines, 
Blind  slat  and  rod,  Staple  forming  and  setting. 

3.  MACHINES,  STAPLE-SETTING,  MAGAZINE.    Miscellane- 

ous machines  in  which  loose  staples  are  automatically  fed  to 
setting  position  from  receptacles  or  magazines. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  49,  Implements,  Staple- 
setting,  Magazine. 

4.  MACHINES,    STAPLE-SETTING.    Miscellaneous    machines 

which  set  staples  placed  in  position  by  hand. 
Search  Class— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  8,  Machines,  Book,  Staple, 
setting;  21,  Machines,  Shoe,  Staple-setting;  50,  Implements- 
Staple-setting;  and  55,  Machines,  Blind  slat  and  rod,  Staple- 
setting. 

5.  MACHINES,  NAIL-DRIVING,  BOXES.    The  box  or  throat 

which  suspends  the  nail  beneath  the  plunger  while  the  latter 
descends  to  force  the  nail  to  position. 

6.  MACHINES,    NAIL-DRIVING,    NAIL-FEEDING.    Miscel 

laneous  devices  not  peculiar  to  any  special  kind  of  machine 
or  implement,  but  capable  of  general  use  for  arranging  and 
feeding  loose  nails  for  nailing  machines  or  implements. 
Search  Classes— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  10,  Machines,  Box,  Nail- 
driving,  Nail-feeding,  and  39,  Machines,  Shoe,  Heel-nailing, 
Nail-feeding;  and  10,  BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW 
MAKING,  subclass  102,  Distributors  and  feeders,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 


CLASS  1— Continued. 

7.  MACHINES,  BOOK,  STAPLE  FORMING  AND  SETTING. 

Machines  adapted  to  cut  short  lengths  from  a  continuous 
wire,  bend  them  into  staples,  and  insert  and  clench  them  in 
the  work. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  2,  Machines,  Staple  form- 
ing and  setting;  1 1 ,  Machines,  Box,  Staple  forming  and  setting; 
20,  Machines,  Shoe,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  48,  Imple- 
ments, Staple  forming  and  setting;  and  54,  Machines,  Blind 
slat  and  rod,  Staple  forming  and  setting. 

8.  MACHINES,  BOOK,  STAPLE-SETTING.    Machines  adapted 

to  set  previously  formed  staples  which  are  fed  by  hand  or  by 
a  chute  to  the  setting  jaws. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  4,  Machines,  Staple-set- 
ting; 13,  Machines,  Box,  Staple-setting;  21,  Machines,  Shoe, 
Staple-setting;  50,  Implements,  Staple-setting;  55,  Machines, 
Blind  slat  and  rod,  Staple-setting. 

9.  MACHINES,    BOX,    NAIL    FORMING    AND    DRIVING. 

Machines  adapted  to  cut  the  nail  from  a  continuous  wire,  nail- 
string,  nail  strip  or  comb,  and  drive  it  into  the  box. 
Search  Class  - 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  27,  Machines,  Shoe,  Wire 
nail  forming  and  driving;  and  51,  Implements,  Wire  nail 
forming  and  driving. 

10.  MACHINES,    BOX,   NAIL-DRIVING.    Miscellaneous   box- 

nailing  machines  not  classifiable  in  other  subclasses  of  this 
class. 

Search  Class— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  1,  Machines,  Nail-driving; 
19,  Machines,  Shoe,  Nail-driving;  and  47,  Implements,  Nail- 
driving. 

11.  MACHINES,  BOX,  STAPLE  FORMING  AND  SETTING. 

Machines  adapted  to  cut  short  lengths  from  wire,  bend  them 
to  staple  form,  and  set  them  into  the  corners  of  pasteboard, 
veneer  and  other  light  boxes. 
Search  Class— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  2,  Machines,  Staple  form- 
ing and  setting;  7,  Machines,  Book,  Staple  forming  and  set- 
ting; 20,  Machines,  Shoe,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  48, 
Implements,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  and  54,  Machines, 
Blind  slat  and  rod,  Staple  forming  and  setting. 

12.  MACHINES,  BOX,  STAPLE  FORMING  AND  SETTING, 

SHEET-METAL.  Machines  adapted  to  stamp  out,  bend  up, 
and  set  from  a  continuous  ribbon,  or  cut  from  a  previously 
stamped  continuous  ribbon  (usually  of  tin),  many-pronged 
stays  and  set  them  into  the  corners  of  boxes  of  light  materials. 

13.  MACHINES,  BOX,  STAPLE-SETTING.     Machines  adapted 

to  set  sheet-metal  or  wire  stays  or  staples  into  box  corners. 
Search  Class— 

1— MAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  4,  Machines,  Staple-set- 
ting; 8,  Machines,  Book,  Staple-setting;  21,  Machines,  Shoe, 
Staple  setting;  50,  Implements.  Staple-setting;  and  55,  Mach- 
ines, Blind  slat  and  rod,  Staple-setting. 

14.  MACHINES.  BOX  ASSEMBLING  AND  NAILING.    Mach- 

ines in  which  the  snooks  or  box-blanks  are  placed  in  recep- 
tacles or  upon  traveling  belts  and  are  automatically  fed  to 
position  and  nailed. 
Search  Classes  - 

I— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  1,  Machines,  Nail-drmng; 
10,  Machines,  Box,  Nail-driving;  19,  Machines,  Shoe,  Nail-driv- 
ing; and  47,  Implements,  Nail-driving;  and  147  COOPERING, 
subclass  46,  Basket  forming  and  nailing. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  1— Continued. 


depressing  the  tftbfe,  clenching- Hie  nails,  and  also  for  clamping 
•the  box  in  the  nailing  j>osi.tion. 

16.  MACHINES, :  BOX,'    NAIL-,IXRrVLNG,    NAIL-FEEDING. 

Machines  in  which  the  novelty  lies  in  means  for  arranging  and 
distributing  loose  nails  in  position  to  be  driven,  usually  by 
hoppers  and  chutes. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  6,  Machines,  Nail-dnving, 
Nail-feeding;  and  39,  Machines,  Shoe,  Heel-nailing,  Nail-feed- 
ing. 

17.  ABOLISHED. 

18.  MACHINES    SHOE,  NAIL-DRIVING,  MAGAZINE.    Ma- 

chines in  which  loose  nails  are  automatically  fed  to  the  driving 
position,  usually  from  a  chute  and  rotary  hopper. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  6,  Machines,  Nail-driving, 
Nail-feeding;  16,  Machines,  Box,  Nail-driving,  Nail-feeding; 
and  46,  Implements,  Nail-driving,  Magazine. 

19.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  NAIL-DRIVING.    Miscellaneous  loose 

nail-driving  shoe  machines  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other 
subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  1,  Machines.  Nail-driving; 
10,  Machines,  Box,  Nail-driving;  and  47,  Implements,  Nail- 
driving;  and  12  BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  2,  Lasting 
and  nailing  machines. 

20.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  STAPLE  FORMING  AND  SETTING. 

Machines  adapted  to  cut  and  form  staples  and  set  them  into 
the  shoe. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  2,  Machines,  Staple  form- 
ing and  setting;  7,  Machines,  Book,  Staple  forming  and  set- 
ting; 11,  Machines,  Box,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  48,  Imple- 
ments, Staple  forming  and  setting;  54  Machines,  Blind  slat  and 
rod,  Staple  forming  and  setting. 

21.  MACHINES,       SHOE,       STAPLE-SETTING.       Machines 

adapted  to  set  staples. 

22.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  STRIP,  NAIL.    Machines  adapted  to 

cut  nails  from  a  metal  ribbon  or  comb  and  drive  the  nail  so 
formed. 

Search  Classes— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  52,  Implements,  Strip,  Nail 
and  peg;  and  10  BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAK- 
ING, subclass  29,  Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Tack  strips. 

23.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  STRIP,  PEG.    Machines  adapted  to  cut 

pegs  from  a  peg-wood  strip  and  drive  them. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  52,  Implements,  Strip, 
Nail,  and  peg. 

24.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  STRIP,  TACK.    Machines  adapted  to 

make  tack-strips,  those  adapted  to  drive  tacks  from  a  strip, 
methods  of  making  tack-strips,  and  novel  forms  of  strips. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  53,  Implements,  Strip, 
Tack. 

24.5.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  STRIPS.    Strips  in  which  pegs,  nails, 
or  tacks  are  mounted  to  be  fed  into  the  various  strip-machines. 

25.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  WIRE  INSERTING  AND  CUTTING. 

Machines  adapted  to  force  wire  into  the  work  and  afterward 
cut  it  off  even  with  the  surface  of  the  sole. 

26.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  WIRE  INSERTING  AND  CUTTING, 

SCREW.  Machines  adapted  to  insert  screw  wire  by  a  rotary 
movement  of  the  spindle  and  afterward  cut  the  wire  even  with 
the  surface  of  the  sole. 

27.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  WIRE-NAIL  FORMING  AND  DRIV- 

ING.   Machines  which  form  a  nail  from  a  continuous  wire 
and  drive  it. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  9,  Machines,  Box,  Nail 
forming  and  driving;  and  51,  Implements,  Wire  nail  forming 
and  driving. 

28.  MACHINES,  SHOE.  WIRE-NAIL  FORMING  AND  DRIV- 

I\G,  DIRECT  WIRE-FEED.  Machines  in  which  the  wire 
or  nail  string  is  fed  into  a  throat  directly  beneath  the  plunger 
and  there  cut  and  driven. 

29.  MACHINES,  SHOE.  WIRE-NAIL  FORMING  AND  DRIV- 

ING, PIVOTED  NAIL-CARHIEU.  Machines  in  which  the 
wire  is  fed  into  a  pivoted  carrier  and  when  the  nail  is  cut  the 
carrier  is  swung  m  position  to  bring  the  nail  beneath  the 
plunger. 

30.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  WTIRE-NAIL  FORMING  AND  DRIV- 

ING, RECIPROCATING  NAIL-CARRIER.  Machines  in 
which  the  carrier,  which  usually  shears  the  nail  olT  by  move- 
ment, reciprocates  from  the  position  for  receiving  the  end  of 
the  wire  to  that  which  brings  the  nail  in  line  with  the  plunger. 


CLASS  1— Continued. 

31.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  WIRE-NAIL  FORMING  AND  DRIV- 

ING, ROTARY  NAIL-CARRIER.  Machines  in  which  the 
carrier  rotates  from  the  position  of  receiving  the  wire  end  to 
bring  the  cut-off  nail  in  line  with  the  driver. 

32.  MACHINES,    SHOE,   HEEL-NAILING.    Various  types  of 

machines  for  driving  loose  nails  into  shoe-heels  to  secure  them 
to  the  shoes. 

33.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  HEEL  PRESSING  AND  LOADING. 

Machines  adapted  to  press  and  tack  the  heel-lifts  together,  to 
prick  them  for  loading,  or  to  prick  and  also  load  them. 

34.  MACHINES,    SHOE     HEEL-PLATE    ATTACHING.    Ma- 

chines for  attaching  heel  plates  to  shoe  or  boot  jieels. 

35.  MACHINES,     SHOE,     HEEL-NAILING,     CROSS-HEAD 

ANDTURRET.  Machines  in  which  the  reciprocating  cross- 
head  supports  a  turret  or  revolving  head  which  carries  the 
gangs  of  awls,  drivers,  the  spanker,  etc. 

30.  MACHINES,    SHOE,    HEEL-NAILING,    CROSS-HEAD. 
That  type  of  machine  which  has  a  reciprocating  cross-head. 

37.  MACHINES,    SHOE,     HEEL-NAILING,     LATERALLY- 

ADJUSTABLE  DRIVER-BLOCK.  Machines  in  which  the 
driver-block  is  moved  laterally  to  bring  the  awl  or  driver  gang 
or  the  spanker  into  operative 'position. 

38.  MACHINES,   SHOE,   HEEL-NAILING,   MULTIPLE   RO- 

TARY HEEL-SUPPORT.  Machines  in  which  several  jacks 
or  dies  are  mounted  upon  a  rotary  support. 

39.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  HEEL-NAILING,  NAIL-FEEDING. 

Devices  for  arranging  and  distributing  or  feeding  loose  nails. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  6,  Machines,  Nail-driving, 
Nail-feeding;  and  16,  Machines,  Box,  Nail-driving,  Nail- 
feeding. 

40.  MACHINES,  PACKET-LOOPING.    Machines  adapted  to  in- 

sert hanging-loops,  usually  of  wire,  into  the  corners  of  packages 
of  paper  or  pamphlets. 

41.  MACHINES,  SHOE,  WORK-SUPPORTS.    Horns  and  jacks 

to  support  the  shoe  in  nailing  position. 

4l>.  ABOLISHED. 

4.3.  LATH  AND  SHINGLE  NAILING.    Special  machines  for  hold- 
ing and  nailing  lath  or  shingles  to  position. 

44.  GLAZIERS'  POINT-SETTERS.    Machines  and  implements 

for  setting  glaziers'  brads  or  points. 

45.  MAGAZINE-HAMMERS.    Hammers  which  are  provided  with 

magazines  into  which  loose  nails  are  placed  and  fed  to  driving 
position. 

46.  IMPLEMENTS,    NAIL-DRIVING,    MAGAZINE.      Imple- 

ments adapted  to  drive  loose  nails  which  are  fed  by  suitable 
chutes  from  hoppers,  magazines,  etc.,  to  a  position  beneath 
the  plunger. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  f>,  Machines,  Nail-driving, 
Nail-feeding;  Hi,  Machines,  Box,  Nail-driving,  Nail-feeding; 
and  18,  Machines,  Shoe,  Nail-driving,  Magazine. 

47.  IMPLEMENTS,  NAIL-DRIVING.    Miscellaneous  nailing  de- 

vices, nail-holders,  etc.,  not  classified  in  any  of  the  other  sub 
classes. 

Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  1,  Machines,  Nail-driving; 
10,  Machines,  Box,  Nail-driving;  and  19,  Machines,  Shoe, 
Nail-driving. 

48.  IMPLEMENTS,  STAPLE  FORMING  AND  SETTING.    Im- 

plements which  form  the  staple  from  a  continuous  wire  or  cut 
it  from  a  prepared  metal  staple-strip,  and  then  set  the  staple 
in  the  work. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  2,  Machines,  Staple  form- 
ing and  setting;  7,  Machines,  Book,  Staple  forming  and  set- 
ting; 11,  Machines,  Box,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  20,  Ma- 
chines, Shoe,  Staple  forming  and  setting:  and  54,  Machines, 
Blind  slat  and  rod,  Staple  forming  and  setting. 

49.  IMPLEMENTS.  STAPLE-SETTING,  MAGAZINE.    Imple- 

ments in  which  the  loose  staples  are  placed  in  a  magazine  or 
hopper  and  are  automatically  fed  to  a  setting  position. 
Search  Class  - 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  3,  Machines,  Staple-setting, 
Magazine. 

50.  IMPLEMENTS,    STAPLE-SETTING.    Implements    which 

simply  set  staples  which  are  placed  by  hand  in  the  stapling- 
jaws. 

Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  4,  Machines,  Staple-set- 
ting; 8,  Machines,  Book.  Staple-setting;  21,  Machines,  Shoe, 
Staple-setting;  and  55,  Machines,  Blind  slat  and  rod,  Staple- 
setting. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  1— Continued. 

51.  IMPLEMENTS,  WIRE-NAIL  FORMING  AND  DRIVING. 

Implements  which  cut  the  nail  from  wire  or  a  nail-string  and 
drive  the  nail. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  9,  Machines,  Box,  Nail 
forming  and  driving;  and  27,  Machines,  Shoe,  Wire  nail  form- 
ing and  driving. 

52.  IMPLEMENTS,    STRIP,   NAIL   AND    PEG.     Implements 

adapted  to  cut  a  nail  from  a  metal  strip  (either  ribbon  or  comb) 
or  a  peg  from  a  peg-wood  strip,  which  strip  is  automatically 
fed  to  position,  and  then  drive  the  nail  or  peg. 
Search  Class— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  22,  Machines,  Shoe,  Strip, 
Nail;  and  23,  Machines,  Shoe,  Strip,  Peg. 

53.  IMPLEMENTS,    STRIP,    TACK.    Implements   adapted   to 

drive  tacks  from  a  tack-strip. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  24,  Machines,  Shoe,  Strip, 
Tack. 

54.  MACHINES,  BLIND  SLAT  AND  ROD,  STAPLE  FORM- 

ING AND  SETTING.    Blind-wiring  machines  which  form 
the  wire  staple  and  set  it  into  the  slats  or  slat-rods,  or  both. 


CLASS  1— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  2,  Machines,  Staple  form- 
ing and  setting;  7,  Machines,  Book,  Staple  forming  and  set- 
ting; 11,  Machines,  Box,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  20,  Ma- 
chines, Shoe,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  and  48,  Implements, 
Staple  forming  and  setting. 

55.  MACHINES,    BLIND   SLAT   AND    ROD,    STAPLE-SET- 

TING.   Machines  which  wire  the  slats  or  rods  without  form- 
ing the  staples.    The  latter  are  usually  fed  down  an  incline. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  4,  Machines,  Staple-set- 
ting; 8,  Machines,  Book,  Staple-setting;  13,  Machines,  Box, 
Staple-setting;  21,  Machines,  Shoe,  Staple-setting;  and  50, 
Implements,  Staple-setting. 

56.  PACKAGES.    Packages  of  fasteners  to  be  use4  in  nailing  or 

stapling  where  the  package  is  more  than  a  mere  box  or  con- 
tainer. The  fasteners  are  generally  so  held  that  they  may  be 
readily  discharged  into  the  magazine  attached  to  the  nailing 
or  stapling  machine,  or  the  package  itself  forms  such  magazine. 
Search  Class — 

218 -BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  28, 
Packages. 


CLASS  6.— BEE   CULTURE. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  constructions  specially  adapted  to  be  used  iu 
bee  culture.  Animal  culture  in  general  is  classified  in  Class  119, 
ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BEEHIVES.    Miscellaneous  beehive  construction  not  classifi- 

able in  any  of  the  following  subclasses. 

2.  BEEHIVES,     FRAMES.    Beehive     construction     in     which 

honeycomb-frames  are  used. 

3.  BEEHIVES,   FRAMES,   PIVOTED.    Beehives  arranged  for 

honeycomb-frames  in  which  the  frames  are  pivoted  or  hinged. 
Commonly  the  frames  are  arranged  in  the  hive  similar  to  the 
leaves  in  a  book. 

4.  BEEHIVES,   ENTRANCES   AND   EXITS.    Entrances  and 

exits  of  beehives.  Moth-traps  are  included  in  this  subclass, 
as  the  trap  commonly  involves  a  modification  of  the  hive- 
entrance. 


CLASS  6— Continued. 

5.  BEEHIVES,   BEE-FEEDERS.    Means  for  feeding  the  bees 

applied  to  beehives. 

6.  BEEHIVES,  STANDS.    Stands  and  supports  for  beehives. 

7.  APPLIANCES,     SWARM.    Constructions     for     hiving     and 

handling  bee  swarms. 

8.  APPLIANCES,    HIVE-CONNECTORS.    Constructions    con- 

necting one  hive  with  another  for  the  purpose  of  transferring 
bees. 

9.  APPLIANCES,  QUEEN-BEE  CELLS  AND  CAGES.    De- 

vices for  protecting  queen-bee  cells,  also  cages  for  queen  bees, 
commonly  for  transportation. 

10.  APPLIANCES,    COMB-FRAMES.    Frames   and    boxes    for 

honeycombs. 

11.  APPLIANCES,    COMB-FOUNDATION.       Artificial   combs 

and  foundations  and  processes  and  apparatus  for  making  the 
same. 

12.  APPLIANCES,   IMPLEMENTS.    Various  implements  em- 

ployed in  bee  culture. 


CLASS  7.-COMPOTTND  TOOLS. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

Tliis  class  includes  miscellaneous  compound  tools.  Recognized 
specific  combinations  of  tools  will  be  classified  and  given  titles  as 
such  and  placed  in  the  appropriate  art  classes.  Novel  features  in 
specific  tools  forming  parts  of  structures  classified  in  COMPOUND 
TOOLS  will  be  cross-referenced  into  the  appropriate  tool  class. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Compound  tools  not  elsewhere  classified. 

2.  MISCELLANEOUS,  INTEGRAL.    Miscellaneous  compound 

tools  consisting  of  a  single  piece  of  material. 

3.  TYPE,  PLIERS.    Compound  tools  having  the  general  structure 

of  pliers. 

4.  TYPE      PLIERS,    MODIFIED    HANDLES.    Flier-handles 

modified  by  tools  carried  on  them. 

5.  TYPE.     PLIERS,     MODIFIED     HANDLES,     PIVOTED 

AUXILIARY    TOOLS.    Plier-handles  modified   by   tools 
pivoted  to  them. 

6.  TYPE,  SCISSORS.    Compound  tools  having  the  general  struc- 

ture of  scissors. 

7.  TYPE,  MONKEY-WRENCH.    Compound   tools  having  the 

general  structure  of  a  monkey-wrench. 


CLASS  7— Continued. 

8.  TYPE,  HAMMER.    Compound  tools  having  the  general  struc- 

ture of  a  hammer. 

9.  TYPE,   HAMMER,   FIXED-FORM.    Tools  of  the  hammer 

type  in  which  the  relative  positions  of  the  various  parts  are 
not  altered  during  the  various  operations  of  which  the  device 
is  capable. 

10.  TYPE,  MINER'S  CANDLESTICK.    A  candlestick  provided 

with  a  candle-socket  and  a  pointed  blade  to  be  stuck  in  the 
wall  to  support  the  candlestick,  in  combination  with  various 
tools,  such  as  knife-blades,  fuse  cappers,  crimpers,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

86— ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING 
subclass  22,  Loading  fireworks  and  blasting  charges,  Imple- 
ments, Fuse. 

11.  TYPE,  POCKET-KNIFE.    Compound  tools  having  the  gen- 

eral structure  of  a  pocket-knife. 

12.  TYPE,   CROWBAR.    Compound    tools  having   the   general 

structure  of  a  crowbar.    Mainly  wire-fence  and  railroad  tools. 

13.  TYPE,    HANDSAW.    Handsaws    combined    with    straight- 

edges, levels,  etc.,  to  be  used  as  gages,  try-squares,  etc. 

14.  TYPE,  FORK.    Compound  tools  having  the  general  structure 

of  a  culinary  fork. 

15.  HOLDERS.    Handles  and  holders  to  be  inserted  in  bit-stocks 

are  equipped  with  a  number  of  bits  or  tools. 

16.  HOLDERS,  PIVOTED  TOOLS.    Bits  pivoted  to  holders  so 

that  any  one  of  them  can  be  swung  into  or  out  of  position  for 
use. 

11 


CLASS  9.— BOATS  AND   BUOYS. 

DEFINITION'S. 


This  class  includes  such  structure  and  attachments  as  are  peculiar 
to  small  manually-propelled  craft;  channel,  obstruction,  safe,  life, 
and  other  buoys;  life-rafts,  and,  from  analogy,  some  life-saving  appa- 
ratus for  reaching  shore  or  another  vessel  'from  a  wrecked  vessel; 
the  boat  hoisting  and  lowering  davits  and  tackle  carried  aboard 
ship;  also,  swimming  appliances. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BOATS.    Miscellaneous  boats. 

2.  BOATS,  SECTIONAL  AND  FOLDING.    Various  collapsible 

and  sectional  boats. 

3.  BOATS,  LIFE-BOATS.    Boats  especially  designed  for  hazard- 

ous service  and  intended,  by  means  of  air-compartments  or 
other  arrangements,  to  remain  afloat  under  all  conditions  and 
to  capsize  with  difficulty. 
Search  Class  - 
9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  11,  Life-rafts. 

4.  BOATS,  LIFE-BOATS,  INCLOSED.    Life  boats  adapted  to 

receive  the  passengers  within  an  air  chamber  or  space  which 
can  be  closed  water-tight.    Usually  the  entire  boat  is  one  large 
air-chamber,  into  which  the  passengers  enter  by  a  hatchway, 
which  is  then  closed  water-tight.    In  some  cases  means  is  pro- 
vided for  working  a  propeller  or  oars. 
Search  Class— 
9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  10,  Buoys,  Safes. 

5.  BOATS,  HUNTING.    Boats  especially  designed  for  the  con- 

cealment of  the  occupant  and  for  more  or  less  quiet  propul- 
sion to  aid  the  hunter  to  approach  the  game. 

6.  BOATS,  HULL  CONSTRUCTION.    Such  hull  structure  as  is 

peculiar  to  small  craft. 
Search  Class— 
114 — SHIPS,  subclass  9,  Building. 

6.5.  BOATS,  HULL  CONSTRUCTION,  FORMERS  AND 
FRAMERS.  Machines  or  implements  for  bending,  shaping, 
stamping,  or  temporarily  holding  in  place  the  frames,  timbers, 
or  sides  of  the  hull. 

7.  BOATS,  SEATS  AND  FOOT-SUPPORTS.    Rowers'  or  pas- 

sengers' seats  or  foot-braces. 

8.  BUOYS.    Miscellaneous  buoys.    Channel  and  obstruction  buoys 

are  here  included. 
Search  Class— 
116 — SIGNALS,  subclass  13,  Signals,  Fog,  for  sounding-buoys. 

8.3.  BUOYS,  ILLUMINATING.    The  combination  of  a  floating 

support  and  an  illuminating  device. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  and  176,  ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  for 
the  illuminating  devices. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  for  gas  generation  and 
storage. 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass  26,  Pro- 
jectiles, where  the  combined  illuminating  device  and  floating 
support  is  designed  to  be  shot  from  a  gun. 

8.5.  BUOYS,     OIL-DISTRIBUTERS.    Buoys    provided     with 

means  for  distributing  oil  on  the  surface  of  the  waves. 
Search  Class — 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  232,  Oil-distributers,  and  61,  HYDRAULIC 
ENGINEERING,  subclass  54,  Harbors,  Fortifications  and  de- 
fenses, for  other  types  of  oil  distribution. 

9.  BUOYS,  WRECK-INDICATING.    Buoys  adapted  on  the  sink- 

ing of  a  vessel  to  become  unseated  and  on  rising  to  the  surface 
unreel  a  retaining-line  and  then  float  over  the  wreck  to  indi- 
cate the  location  of  the  latter. 


CLASS  9— Continued. 

10.  BUOYS,  SAFES.    Floats  or  buoys  adapted  to  contain  valu- 

ables and  to  be  thrown  overboard  when  the  vessel  is  in  danger 
of  sinking.    Some  are  adapted  to  support  persons  who  cling 
to  them  when  in  the  water. 
Search  Class— 
9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  4,  Boats,  Life-boats,  Inclosed. 

11.  LIFE-RAFTS.    Life-saving  rafts  for  use  in  cases  of  disasters  at 

sea. 

Search  Class — 
9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  3,  Boats,  Life-boats. 

12.  LIFE-RAFTS,  SHIP  PARTS  AND  FURNITURE.    Those 

ship  parts  such  as  berths,  decks,  cabins,  etc.;  also,  such  ships' 
furniture  as  sofas,  settees,  chairs,  stools,  tables,  etc.,  which  are 
adapted  for  use  as  life-rafts. 

13.  LIFE-RAFTS,  MATTRESS.    Bed-mattresses  adapted  also  for 

service  as  life-rafts. 

14.  LIFE-SAVING  APPARATUS.    Various  devices  for  saving 

life  at  sea,  such  as  arrangements  and  apparatus  for  getting  life- 
lines or  people  ashore  or  to  another  ship,  life-lines  for  bathers, 
nets  to  prevent  bathers  being  carried  out  too  far,  overwater- 
lines  to  which  swimmers  may  have  a  traveling  supporting- 
line  attached,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass  34,  Pro- 
jectiles, Line-carrying. 

15.  RAFTING  AND  BOOMING.    Apparatus  and  methods  for 

rafting  or  booming  floating  timber. 

16.  RAFTING  AND  BOOMING,  TIMBER-COUPLINGS.     De- 

vices for  temporarily  attaching  timbers  together  to  better  float 
them. 

17.  LIFE-PRESERVERS.    Buoyant  devices  adapted  to  be  at 

tached  to  the  person  to  prevent  drowning. 

18.  LIFE-PRESERVERS,      MECHANICAL     PROPULSION. 

Life-preservers  which  have  some  sort  of  propeller  or  paddle- 
wheel  which  is  adapted  to  be  operated  by  hand  or  foot  power. 

19.  LIFE-PRESERVERS.  SELF-INFLATING.    Life-preservers 

carrying  chemicals  which  on  contact  with  the  water  will  gene- 
rate an  inflating-gas. 

20.  LIFE-PRESERVERS,    GARMENT.     Life-preservers    fash- 

ioned in  some  degree  after  a  garment. 

21.  SWIMMING  APPLIANCES.    Devices  adapted  to  be  attached 

to  the  swimmer's  limbs  or  grasped  in  his  hands  and  which  are 
designed  to  aid  the  swimmer's  efforts. 

22.  HOISTING    AND    LOWERING.    Ships'    davits    or    their 

equivalents,  tackle,  etc.,  used  to  hoist  or  lower  boats  over  the 
ship's  side. 

23.  HOISTING  AND  LOWERING,  DETACHING  DEVICES. 

Devices  for  releasing  the  lowering-tackle  from  the  boat. 
Search  Class— 

114 — SHIPS,  subclasses  2,  Anchor  trippers,  and  16,  Couplings  and 
tow-lines. 

24.  OARS.    Rowing-oars  for  boats,  rafts,  etc 

25.  OARS,  BOW-FACING.    Oars  adapted  to  permit  the  operator 

to  face  in  the  direction  the  boat  is  traveling  and  yet  pull  in 
the  usual  manner. 


26.  ROWLOCKS.    Boat  oar-locks. 


13 


CLASS    10.— BOLT,    NAIL,    NUT,    RIVET,    AND    SCREW 
MAKING. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  includes  special  machines  and  devices  for  manufacturing 
bolts,  rivets,  nails,  screws,  nuts,  and  washers  and  also  machines  and 
implements  for  funning  screw-threads,  both  external  and  internal, 
except  such  threads  as  are  produced  by  rolling  or  may  be  formed 
as  a  secondary  function  of  an  organized  lathe. 

Machines  for  making  nuts  and  washers  by  cold-punching  and 
shearing  only  will  be  found  in  appropriate  subclasses  of  class  164, 
CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS. 

Machines  for  making  lock-washers,  etc.,  by  bending  only  will 
be  found  in  class  153,  METAL- BENDING. 

Machines  for  die-rolling  screw-threads  will  be  found  in  class 
80.  METAL-ROLLING.  Screw-Threads. 

Machines  in  which  the  cutting  of  screw-threads  is  an  incidental 
function  will  be  found  in  class  82,  TURNING,  Lathes,  Screw-Cutting. 

Macliines  often  used  for  making  "machine-screws,"  but  equally 
well  adapted  for  making  other  small  parts— such  as  spoke-nipples, 
binding-posts,  etc.— will  be  found  in  appropriate  subclasses  in  class 
29.  METAL-WOKKING,  Combined  Machines. 

In  this  class  an  art  grouping  has  been  followed  as  closely  as  possible, 
similar  structures  being  indicated  by  similar  subclass  titles  and  con- 
nected for  search  purposes  by  search-carding. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  and  devices  for  making  bolts 

nails,  screws,  etc.,  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  SCREW-MAKING.    Machines    for    making    screws,    usually 

wood-screws,  either  for  finishing  the  screws  complete  or  for  per- 
forming such  operations  or  groups  of  operations  as  are  not 
otherwise  classified  in  tliis  class. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
101,  Screw-threading,  Machines,  Chasing-flutter,  and  102, 
Screw-threading,  Machines,  Chasing-cutter,  Rotary,  for  ma- 
chines for  threading  only. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  Combined  Machines,  and  appropriate 
subclasses,  for  machines  formaking  "machine-screws,"  spoke- 
nipples,  etc. 

3.  SCREW-MAKING,     HEAD     NICKING    AND    SHAVING. 

Machines  for  sawing  or  swaging  the  driving-slot  in  the  screw- 
head  and  for  Circurnferentially  shaving  it  to  give  it  the  proper 
form  and  to  remove  any  bur  produced  by  the  nicking  opera- 
tion. In  some  cases  the  head  is  shaved  both  before  and  after 
the  nicking  operation. 

4.  SCREW-MAKING,  POINTING   AND   THREADING.    Ma- 

chines for  giving  a  conical  point  to  the  screw-blank  and  for 
threading  it  where  these  operations  are  performed  by  separate 
mechanisms. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
101,  Screw-threading,  Machines,  Chasing-cutter,  and  102, 
Screw-threading,  Machines,  Chasing-cutter  Rotary,  where 
the  point  is  formed  by  a  chasing-cutter  which  also  threads  the 
remainder  of  the  screw. 

5.  SCREW-MAKING,  HEAD-NICKING.    Machines  for  making 

the  driving-slot  in  the  heads  of  wood-screws.  The  slot  is 
usually  produced  by  a  rotary  saw;  but  the  machines  are  to  be 
distinguished  from  the  general  class  of  milling-machines  in 
that  they  have  special  mechanism  for  holding  and  feeding 
the  screw-blanks  to  the  cutter. 

6.  SCREW-MAKING,    HEAD-NICKING,    ROTARY    WORK- 

HOLDER.    Screw-nicking  machines  in   which  the  screw- 
blanks  are  held  in  and  carried  past  the  nicking  apparatus  by  a 
rotary  table  or  carrier  having  a  step-by-step  movement. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
13,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Rotary  multiple  dies;  158,  Capping 
nails  and  screws,  Rotary^  work-holder;  39,  Nail-inaking,  Cut 
nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Finishing,  Rotary  work-holder;  52, 
Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Rotary  work-holder;  GO,  Nail-inak- 
ing, 'Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Rotary  work-holder; 
60,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Rotary  work-holder, 
and  77,  Nut  and  washer  making,  Forging,  Rotary  multiple 
dies,  for  similar  forms  of  work-holder. 

7.  SCREW-MAKING,  HEAD-NICKING,  PUNCH    AND  DIE. 

Machines  and  devices  for  nicking  screw-heads  in  which  the 
slot  is  produced  by  a  blow  or  thrust  from  a  ribbed  punch,  the 
screw-blank  being  meanwhile  held  in  suitable  cooperating 
gripping-dies. 

8.  SCREW-MAKING,    HEAD-SHAVING.    Machines    for    trim- 

ming by  a  peripheral  cut  the  head  of  a  wood-screw,  either  to 
smooth  and  shape  it  or  to  remove  the  bur  produced  in  the 
nicking  operation. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

9.  SCREW-MAKING,    POINTING.    Machines  for  producing  a 

conical  or  conoidal  point  upon  a  wood-screw  blank. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  101, 
Screw-threading,  Machines,  Chasing-cutter,  where  the  blank 
is  pointed  by  the  threading-chaser  simultaneously  with  the 
threading  of  the  remainder  of  the  blank,  the  whole  operation 
being  considered  threading;  subclasses  4.  Screw-making,  Point- 
ing and  threading,  and  21,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Bolt- 
pointing. 

10.  SCREAV-MAKING,     PROCESSES.     Various     methods     or 

groups  of  operations  used  in  the  manufacture  of  screws,  includ- 
ing mechanical  steps  and  methods  of  finishing,  but  excluding 
apparatus. 

11.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING.    Machines  and  devices  for 

making  bolts  and  rivets,  usually  for  forming  suitable  heads  on 
heated  blanks. 

12.  BOLT    AND    RIVET    MAKING,    MULTIPLE-HEADER. 

Machines  having  a  series  of  punches  and  capable  of  forming 
two  or  more  articles  simultaneously.  They  frequently  have 
a  series  of  dissimilar  forming-sockets  for  delivering  first  an 
upsetting  and  then  a  forming  and  finishing  blow. 

13.  BOLT    AND    RIVET    MAKING,    ROTARY   MULTIPLE 

DIES.  Machines  for  making  bolts  and  rivets,  usually  for 
heading  heated  blanks,  having  sets  of  dies  arranged  in  a  rotary 
die-carrier  capable  of  a  step-by-step  movement,  so  as  to  bring 
the  blanks  successively  beneath  the  heading-punch  or  other 
shaping  mechanism.  The  dies  may  be  arranged  either 
radially  or  in  a  circular  set  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  carrier. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
39,  Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Finishing,  Rotary 
work-holder;  52,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Rotary  work- 
holder;  69,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails, 
Rotary  work-holder;  60,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails.  Spikes, 
Rotary  work-holder;  77,  Nut  and  washer  making,  Forging, 
Rotary  multiple  dies;  6,  Screw-making,  Head-nicking,  Rotary 
work-holder,  and  158,  Capping  nails  and  screws,  Rotary  work- 
holder,  for  similar  rotary  work-holders. 

14.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING,  COTTER-SLOT  PUNCH- 

ING. Machines  having  means  for  punching  a  transverse 
slot  near  the  point  of  the  bolt-blank,  usually  in  addition  to 
means  for  simultaneously  heading  the  blank. 

15.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING    RECIPROCATING  DIE 

AND  HEADER.  Machines  for  heading  bolt  and  rivet  blanks 
in  which  one  or  both  parts  of  the  blank-gripping  dies  recipro- 
cate transversely  of  the  line  of  feed  of  the  stock  to  grip  and 
release  the  blank  and  the  heading  mechanism  or  punch- 
carrier  reciprocates  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  the  blank  to 
upset  and  head  the  same  while  held  by  the  gripping-dies. 
The  latter  dies  sometimes  sever  the  blank  from  the  stock-rod 
while  closing. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT.  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
49,  Nail-making,  wire  nails,  Reciprocating  die  and  header, 
and  57,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Reciprocating 
die  and  header,  for  similar  structures. 

16.  BOLT   AND   RIVET   MAKING,   RECIPROCATING   DIE 

AND    HEADER.   TOGGLE-CLOSING    DIES.     Machines 
like  the  last  preceding  in  which  the  gripping-dies  are  operated 
by  a  toggle,  the  latter  often  having  yielding  parts  or  break- 
pieces  to  prevent  injury  to  the  dies. 
Search  Class  — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  50, 
Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Reciprocating  die  and  header, 
Toggle-closing  dies,  for  similar  structures. 

17.  BOLT   AND   RIVET   MAKING,   RECIPROCATING    DIE 

AND  HEADER,  WEDGE-CLOSING  DIES.  Machines 
of  the  general  gripping-die  and  header  type  in  which  the 
transverse  movement  of  the  dies  is  effected  by  wedges  thrust 
behind  them  or  by  a  diagonal  cam-slot  acting  in  a  substantially 
similar  manner. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  51, 
Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Reciprocating  die  and  header, 
Wedge-closing  dies. 

18.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING,  SIDE-SWAGING.    Machines 

for  heading  and  finishing  bolts  and  rivets,  usually  bolts,  in 
which  a  polygonal  head  or  head-and  shank  are  formed  by 
means  of  an  axially-moving  header  working  in  alternation 
with  transversely-moving  hammers  or  dies  which  shape  the 
sides  of  the  head' or  shank  of  the  article. 

19.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING,  BOLT-HEAD  FINISHING. 

Machines  and  devices  for  finishing  or  '-machining"  the  upper, 
lower,  and  side  surfaces  of  rough-forged  bolt-heads. 

15 


16 


DEFINITIONS   OP   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

20.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING,  BOLT-HEAD  FINISHING, 

BROACHING.  Machines  and  devices  for  finishing  the  sides 
of  rough-forged  bolt-heads  by  driving  or  thrusting  them 
through  a  trimming-die  having  suitably-arranged  cutters. 

21.  BOLT   AND   RIVET   MAKING,   BOLT-POINTING.    Ma- 

chines for  finishing  and  shaping  the  point  of  a  bolt-blank  by 
means  of  formed  cutters  rotating  relatively  to  the  bolt,  usually 
to  facilitate  its  insertion  in  a  nut  or  tapped  hole. 

22.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING,  ANVILS.      Devices  for  sup- 

porting dies,  foot-operated  vises,  etc.,  to  facilitate  the  hand- 
forging  of  bolt-heads. 

23.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING,  SAFETY  DEVICES.  Yield- 

ing devices,  easily-replaced  break-pieces,  etc.,  for  protecting 
the  dies  and  other  important  parts  of  bolt  and  rivet  machines 
from  breakage  when  a  blank  is  improperly  gripped  or  when 
some  foreign  substance  falls  between  the  dies  or  among  the 
working  parts. 

24.  BOLT    AND    RIVET    MAKING,    DIES.    Dies    especially 

designed  to  grip,  sever,  or  swage  bolt  and  rivet  blanks. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses  7, 
Screw-making,  Head-nicking,  Punch  and  die;  53,  Nail-making, 
Wire  nails,  Dies;  61,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails.  Spikes, 
Dies,  and  70,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails, 
Dies. 

25.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING,  SHEARS.    Cutting  devices 

either  integral  with  or  attached  to  the  gripping-dies  of  bolt  and 
rivet  heading  machines  or  so  located  upon  some  other  part 
of  the  machine  as  to  be  available  in  cutting  stock-rods  into 
suitable  lengths  for  bolt  and  rivet  blanks. 

Note. — These  devices  are  special  mechanisms  applied  to  bolt 
and  rivet  machines  and  not  so  general  in  their  function  as 
to  warrant  their  classification  in  class  164,  CUTTING  AND  PUNCH- 
ING SHEETS  AND  BAKS. 

26.  BOLT   AND   RIVET   MAKING,   HEADING   PUNCHES. 

Devices  inserted  in  the  reciprocating  header  of  a  bolt  or  rivet 
machine  for  forming  special  heads  or  forming  heads  in  some 
special  manner. 

27.  BOLT  AND  RIVET  MAKING    PROCESSES.    Methods  of 

making  bolts  and  rivets,  including  mechanical  methods  and 
excluding  apparatus. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  other 
process  subclasses. 

28.  NAIL-MAKING,  CUT  NAILS.    Miscellaneous  machines  and 

devices  for  making  nails  by  cutting  them,  usually  transversely, 
from  a  suitable  nail-plate  and  in  most  cases  subsequently 
heading  them. 

29.  NAIL-MAKING,   CUT  NAILS,   TACK-STRIPS.    Machines 

for  making  strips  of  tacks  arranged  side  by  side  with  united 
heads  and  resembling  the  teeth  of  a  comb,  such  strips  being 
usually  used  in  automatic  nailing-machines. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  Machines,  Shoe,  Strip,  Tack,  for 
machines  which  both  make  the  strips  and  separate  and  drive 
the  tacks. 

30.  NAIL-MAKING,  CUT  NAILS,  CUTTING  AND  HEADING. 

Machines  for  severing  the  nail-blank  from  the  nail-plate  and 
forming  a  head  upon  the  severed  blank. 

31.  NAIL-MAKING,  CUT  NAILS,  CUTTING  AND  POINTING 

Machines  for  severing  nail-blanks  from  a  nail-plate  and  point- 
ing said  blanks. 

32.  NAIL-MAKING,    CUT    NAILS,    CUTTING.  Machines   and 

devices  for  severing  nail-blanks  from  nail-plates. 
Search  Class — 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
30,  Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Cutting  and  heading,  and  31, 
Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Cutting  and  pointing. 

33.  NAIL-MAKING,  CUT  NAILS,  NAIL-PLATES.    Plates  of 

suitable  cross-section,  contour,  material,  etc.,  for  stock  from 
which  nails  may  be  produced  by  cutting. 
Search  Class  - 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  41, 
Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Nail-plates. 

34.  NAIL-MAKING,     CUT    NAILS,     PROCESSES.    Different 

steps  or  sets  of  steps,  mechanical  and  otherwise,  in  the  manu- 
facture of  cut  nails.    No  apparatus  included. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  42, 
Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Processes. 

35.  NAIL-MAKING,  CUT  NAILS,  DIES.    Dies  suitable  for  sever- 

ing nail-blanks  from  'the  plate  or  for  shaping  by  cutting,  or 
both. 

Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
40,  Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Dies,  and  53,  Nail- 
making,  Wire  nails,  Dies. 

36.  NAIL-MAKING,     CUT     NAILS,      HORSESHOE-NAILS. 

Machines  for  producing  by  cutting  from  a  plate  nails  of  suitable 
form,  etc.,  for  fastening  horseshoes. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

37.  NAIL-MAKING,  CUT  NAILS,  HORSESHOE-NAILS,  CUT- 

TING AND  FINISHING.  Machines  for  severing  horse- 
shoe-nails from  a  plate  and  for  performing  some  subsequent 
operation  or  operations,  such  as  pointing,  head-shaping,  stiffen- 
ing by  die-swaging,  etc. 

38.  NAIL-MAKING,  CUT  NAILS,  HORSESHOE-NAILS,  FIN- 

ISHING.   Machines  for  trimming,  pointing,  swaging,  and 
otherwise  completing  cut  horseshoe-nails. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  37, 
Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Cutting  and  finishing. 

39.  NAIL-MAKING,  CUT  NAILS,  HORSESHOE-NAILS,  FIN- 

ISHING, ROTARY  WORK-HOLDER.    Machines  for  fin- 
ishing cut  horseshoe-nails  in  which  the  cut  blanks  are  carried 
to  the  various  finishing  mechanisms  by  a  rotary  table  or  holder 
having  a  step-by-step  movement. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
6,  Screw-making,  Head-nicking,  Rotary  work-holder;  52, 
Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Rotary  work-holders;  69,  Nail- 
making,  Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Rotary  work-holder, 
and  158,  Capping  nails  and  screws,  Rotary  work-holder,  for 
similar  devices. 

40.  NAIL-MAKING,     CUT     NAILS,     HORSESHOE-NAILS, 

DIES.    Dies  especially  designed  to  cut  and  trim  horseshoe- 
nails.    They  are  not  adapted  to  swage  or  shape  by  pressure. 
Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
35,  Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Dies,  and  53,  Nail-making,  Wire 
nails,  Dies. 

41.  NAIL-MAKING,     CUT      NAILS,     HORSESHOE-NAILS, 

NAIL-PLATES.    Blanks  or  plates  of  suitable  section,  con- 
tour, material,  etc.,  to  especially  adapt  them  for  use  as  stock 
from  which  horseshoe-nails  may  be  cut. 
Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  33, 
Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Nail-plates. 

42.  NAIL-MAKING,     CUT     NAILS,     HORSESHOE-NAILS, 

PROCESSES.    Steps  or  sets  of  steps,  usually  mechanical, 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  cut  horseshoe-nails.    No  apparatus 
included. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  34, 
Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Processes. 

43.  NAIL-MAKING,  WIRE  NAILS.    Miscellaneous  machines  and 

devices  for  making  nails  from  a  coil  of  wire,  usually  by  heading 
the  free  end  of  the  wire  as  fed  in  and  then  pointing  and  severing 
the  nail  by  suitable  dies. 

44.  NAIL-MAKING     WIRE    NAILS,   MAKING    AND    DIS- 

TRIBUTING.   Machines  for  forming  nails  from  coils  of  wire 
and  feeding  them  to  suitably-arranged  chutes,  so  that  they 
may  be  driven  in  shoe-heels,  boxes,  etc. 
Search*  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  9,  Machines,  Box,  Nail- 
forming  and  driving,  and  27,  Machines,  Shoe,  Wire^-nail  form- 
ing and  driving,  for  machines  which  make,  distribute,  and 
drive  the  nails. 

45.  NAIL-MAKING,    WIRE    NAILS,    STRING-NAILS.      Ma- 

chines for  forming  strings  or  reels  of  nails  so  joined  head  to  point 
that  they  may  be  easily  broken  apart  and  driven  by  suitable 
driving  machines. 
Search  Class — 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  9,  Machines,  Box,  Nail 
forming  and  driving,  and  27,  Machines,  Shoe,  Wire-nail  form- 
ing and  driving,  for  machines  which  both  make  the  nail-string 
and  subsequently  sever  nails  therefrom  and  drive  them. 

46.  NAIL-MAKING,   WIRE    NAILS     SPIRAL-SHANK.    Ma- 

chines for  producing  wire  nails  with  helically-ribbed  shanks, 
the  helix  being  formed  either  by  twisting  a  wire  of  polygonal 
cross-section  or  by  rolling  or  cutting  a  helical  groove  in  the 
shank. 

47.  NAIL-MAKING,    WIRE    NAILS,    MULTIPLE-HEADER. 

Machines  having  a  plurality  of  heading  punches  and  capable  of 
forming  more  than  one  nail  at  each  reciprocation  of  the  punch 
carrier  or  carriers. 

48.  NAIL-MAKING,   WIRE   NAILS,   MULTIPLE-HEADER, 

OPPOSITE.  Machines  like  the  last  preceding  which  form  a 
plurality  of  nails  by  cutting  off  a  length  of  wire  sufficient  for 
two  nails  and  heading  its  opposite  ends  while  held  in  a  die 
which  usually  points  and  divides  the  double  blank  at  the 
center. 

49.  NAIL-MAKING,  WIRE  NAILS,  RECIPROCATING  DIE 

AND  HEADER.  Machines  for  making  wire  nails  in  which 
one  or  both  parts  of  the  wire-gripping  dies  reciprocate  trans- 
versely of  the  line  of  feed  of  the  wire  to  grip  and  release  the 
wire  and  the  header  reciprocates  in  the  direction  of  the  length 
of  the  nail  to  head  the  same  while  held  by  the  gripping  dies. 
The  dies  usually  point  and  sever  as  well  as  hold  the  nail. 
Search  Class  - 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
15,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Reciprocating  die  and  header,  and 
57,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Reciprocating  di» 
and  header. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


17 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

50.  NAIL-MAKING,  WIRE  NAILS,  RECIPROCATING  DIE 

AND  HEADER  TOGGLE-CLOSING  DIES.  Machines 
like  the  last  preceding  in  which  the  gripping-dies  are  actuated 
by  a  toggle. 

Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCKEW  MAKING,  subclass  16, 
Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Reciprocating  die  and  header,  Toggle- 
closing  dies. 

51.  NAIL-MAKING,  WIRE  NAILS,  RECIPROCATING  DIE 

AND  HEADER,  WEDGE-CLOSING  DIES.     Machines  of 
the  gripping-die  and  header  type  in  which  the  dies  are  closed 
by  wedges  thrust  behind  them  or  by  means  of  a  diagonal  cam 
slot  acting  in  a  substantially  similar  manner. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  17, 
Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Reciprocating  die  and  header,  Wedge- 
closing  dies. 

52.  NAIL-MAKING,      WIRE      NAILS,      ROTARY      WORK- 

HOLDER.  Machines  for  making  wire  nails  in  which  the 
blanks  are  carried  to  the  headers  and  other  forming  devices  by 
means  of  a  rotatable  work-holder  having  a  step-by-step  move- 
ment. 

Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses  6, 
Screw-making,  Head-nicking,  Rotary  work-holder;  13,  Bolt, 
and  rivet  making,  Rotary  multiple  dies;  39,  Nail-making,  Cut 
nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Finishing,  Rotary  work-holder;  60, 
Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Rotary  work-holder;  69, 
Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Rotary  work- 
holder;  77,  Nut  and  washer  making,  Forging,  Rotary  multiple 
dies,  and  158,  Capping  nails  and  screws,  Rotary  work-holder, 
for  similar  work-holders. 

53.  NAIL-MAKING,    WIRE    NAILS,    DIES.    Dies    especially 

adapted  to  hold  for  heading,  to  corrugate,  nick,  point,  sever, 
etc.,  wire  nails. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
24,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Dies;  61,  Nail-making,  Wrought 
nails,  Spikes,  Dies,  and  70,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails, 
Horseshoe-nails,  Dies. 

54.  NAIL-MAKING,  WIRE  NAILS,  PROCESSES.    Patents  de- 

scribing steps  or  sets  of  steps,  mechanical  and  otherwise,  in  the 
making  and  finishing  of  wire  nails. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  otherprocess 
subclasses. 

55.  NAIL-MAKING,  WROUGHT  NAILS.    Machines  and  devices 

not  otherwise  classifiable  for  making  nails  by  shaping  them 
from  heated  stock  rods  or  plates. 

56.  NAIL-MAKING,  WROUGHT  NAILS,  SPIKES.    Machines 

and  devices  not  otherwise  classified  for  making  spikes  from 
heated  stock.  The  heavy  character  of  the  work  generally 
necessitates  corresponding  changes  in  the  methods  of  manu- 
facture and  design  of  the  machine. 

57.  NAIL-MAKING,  WROUGHT  NAILS,  SPIKES,  RECIPRO- 

CATING DIE  AND  HEADER.  Machines  for  heading  and 
sometimes  completing  spikes  in  which  one  or  both  parts  of  the 
blank-gripping  dies  reciprocate  transversely  to  the  line  of  feed 
of  the  stock  to  grip  and  release  the  blank,  the  header  meanwhile 
reciprocating  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  the  blank  to  upset 
and  head  the  same  while  held  by  the  gripping  dies.  The  latter 
dies  sometimes  point  and  sever  as  well  as  hold  the  blank. 
Search  Class — 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
15,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Reciprocating  die  and  header,  and 
49,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Reciprocating  die  and  header. 

58.  NAIL-MAKING,  WROUGHT  NAILS,  SPIKES,  ROLLER- 

DIE.    Spike-machines  in  which  the  spikes  are  partly  but  not 
wholly  formed  by  means  of  dies  set  in  the  periphery  of  a  roll. 
Heading,  pointing,  and  other  shaping  means  in  addition  to  the 
die-rolls  are  included. 
Search  Class — 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  DIE-ROLLING,  and  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  machines  which  complete  spikes  by  rolling  alone. 

59.  NAIL-MAKING,    WROUGHT   NAILS,    SPIKES,    POINT- 

ING. Machines  and  devices  for  sharpening  the  entering  ends 
of  spikes. 

60.  NAIL-MAKING,  WROUGHT  NAILS,  SPIKES,  ROTARY 

WORK-HOLDER.    Machines  for  making  or  finishing  spikes 
in  which  the  blanks  are  carried  in  succession  to  the  various 
shaping  mechanisms  by  a  rotatable  table  or  holder  having  a 
step-by-step  movement. 
Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses  6, 
Screw-making,  Head-nicking,  Rotary  work-holder;  13,  Bolt 
and  rivet  making,  Rotary  multiple  dies;  39,  Nail-making,  Cut 
nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Finishing,  Rotary  work-holder;  52, 
Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Rotary  work-holder;  69,  Nail-mak- 
ing, Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Rotary  work-holder; 
77,  Nut  and  washer  making,  Forging,  Rotary  multiple  dies, 
and  158,  Capping  nails  and  screws,  Rotary  work-holder,  for 
similar  rotatable  holders. 

61.  NAIL-MAKING,    WROUGHT    NAILS,    SPIKES,    DIES. 

Dies  especially  adapted  for  the  shaping  of  forged  spikes. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
24,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Dies;  53,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails, 
Dies,  and  70,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails, 
Dies. 

2G6740— 12 2 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

62.  NAIL-MAKING,  WROUGHT  NAILS,  SPIKES,  BLANKS. 

Various  forms  of  stock  rods,  rolled  plates,  etc.,  adapted  to 
facilitate  and  cheapen  the  manufacture  of  spikes. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
33,  Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Nail-plates,  and  41,  Nail-making, 
Cut  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Nail-plates. 

63.  NAIL-MAKING,    WROUGHT    NAILS,    SPIKES,    PROC- 

ESSES. Various  steps  and  sets  of  steps,  including  mechanical 
methods  and  excluding  apparatus  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
spikes. 

Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses  10, 
Screw-making,  Processes;  27,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Processes, 
and  71,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Processes. 

04.  NAIL-MAKING,  WROUGHT  NAILS,  HORSESHOE- 
NAILS.  Machines  for  forging  horseshoe-nails  from  heated  rods 
or  other  forms  of  stock.  The  dies  and  other  mechanisms  are 
especially  designed  fo  form  horseshoe-nails  and  are  frequently 
constructed  to  simulate  the  peculiar  drawing  blow  of  a  hand- 
hammer. 

65.  NAIL-MAKING,     WROUGHT     NAILS,     HORSESHOE- 

NAILS,  CHAIN-FEED.  A  type  of  machine  in  which  the 
blanks  are  carried  to  the  shaping  mechanism  by  an  endless  car- 
rier or  sectional  table  mounted  upon  and  driven  by  chains. 

66.  NAIL  -  MAKING,     WROUGHT    NAILS,     HORSESHOE- 

NAILS,  ROLL-FORGING.    Machines  in  which  the  shap- 
ing of  the  nail  is  partly  but  not  wholly  effected  by  means  of 
rolls,  either  plain  or  having  dies  upon  their  peripheries. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  24,  Die-Rolling,  and  subclasses 
thereunder  for  machines  which  complete  the  nail  by  rolling 
alone. 

67.  NAIL  -  MAKING,     WROUGHT    NAILS,     HORSESHOE- 

NAILS,  ROLL-FORGING,  TRAVELING-ROLL.  Horse- 
shoe-nail-forgmg  machines  of  the  roll-forging  type  in  which 
the  forging-roll  rotates  on  an  axis  which  itself  has  a  lateral 
movement,  usually  in  a  planetary  path,  so  as  to  give  a  peculiar 
drawing  blow  upon  the  nail-blank,  similar  to  the  blow  of  a 
hand-hammer. 

68.  NAIL  -  MAKING,     WROUGHT    NAILS,     HORSESHOE- 

NAILS,     SIDE-SWAGE.    Horseshoe-nail-forging  machines 
in  which  the  nail  outlines  are  formed  in  part  by  laterally-mov- 
ing dies  which  operate  upon  the  sides  of  the  head  and  shank 
of  the  nail. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
18,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Side-swaging,  and  79,  Nut  and 
washer  making,  Forging,  Side-swage. 

69.  NAIL-MAKING,     WROUGHT     NAILS,     HORSESHOE- 

NAILS,     ROTARY     WORK-HOLDER.    Horseshoe-nail- 
forging  machines  in  which  the  blanks  are  carried  to  the  vari- 
ous forging  devices  by  a  rotatable  table  or  carrier  having  a  step- 
by-step  movement. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
6.  Screw-making,  Head-nicking,  Rotary  work-holder;  13, 
Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Rotary  multiple  dies;  39,  Nail-mak- 
ing, Cut  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Finishing,  Rotary  work-holder; 
52,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Rotary  work-holder;  CO,  Nail- 
making,  Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Rotary  work-holder,  and  158, 
Capping  nails  and  screws,  Rotary  work-holder. 

70.  NAIL  -  MAKING,     WROUGHT    NAILS,     HORSESHOE- 

NAILS,  DIES.  Dies  especially  designed  for  forging  horseshoe- 
nails. 

Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
24,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Dies;  53,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails, 
Dies,  and  (il,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Dies. 

71.  NAIL  -  MAKING,     WROUGHT     NAILS,     HORSESHOE- 

NAILS,  PROCESSES.  Steps,  and  sets  of  steps,  mechanical 
and  otherwise,  used  in  the  manufacture  of  forged  horseshoe- 
nails. 

Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
10,  Screw-making,  Processes:  27,  Bolt  and  rivet  making, 
Processes;  54,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Processes,  and  63, 
Nail-making,  W'rought  nails,  Spikes,  Processes. 

72.  NUT  AND   WASHER   MAKING.    Miscellaneous  machines 

and  devices  for  making  nuts  and  washers.  In  all  cases  the 
operations  include  something  more  than  mere  punching  and 
cutting  off  of  nut-blanks  or  washers.  The  manufacture  of  the 
two  articles  is  not  separated,  as  one  machine  may  often  make 
either  by  a  mere  change  of  dies. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BAKS.  Appropriate 
subclasses  for  machines  for  cold-punching  nut-blanks  and 
washers. 

73.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  LOCK-WASHER  MAK- 

ING. Machines  for  cutting,  coiling,  swaging,  and  otherwise 
shaping  washers  to  lie  used  as  nut-locks.  These  machines 
perform  more  than  the  single  operation  of  bending  a  bar  to 
shape. 

Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING.  Appropriate  subclasses  for  machines  for 
merely  bending  rods  to  various  shapes  to  be  used  as  nut-locks. 


18 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

74.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  COILING  AND  FORGING. 

Machines  for  bending  hot  blanks  by  dies  or  otherwise  and 
subsequently  forging  the  coiled  blank  into  nuts,  which  usually 
have  a  split  at  one  side  to' adapt  them  for  use  as  lock-nuts. 

75.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  NUT  FINISHING  AND 

TAPPING.  Machines  for  performing  various  operations  upon 
rough  nut-blanks,  such  as  facing  the  top  and  bottom,  milling 
the  sides,  and  threading  the  hole  of  the  blank.  These  are  all 
combined  machines  performing  more  than  one  function. 

76.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  FORGING.    Machines  and 

devices  for  forging  nuts  and  washers,  usually  nuts,  and  from 
heated  stock,  though  occasionally  the  article  is  shaped  cold. 

77.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  FORGING,  ROTARY 

MULTIPLE  DIES.    Machines  for  forging  nuts  and  washers, 
usually  nuts,  in  which  the  blanks  are  carried  to  the  various 
shaping  mechanisms  by  a  rotatable  die-carrier  having  a  step- 
by-step  movement. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT.  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  13, 
Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Rotary  multiple  dies. 

78.  NUT  AND  WASHER   MAKING,   FORGING,   DOUBLE- 

PUNCH  DRIVE.  Machines  for  forging  nuts  and  washers 
in  which  a  pair  of  alined  forming  and  perforating  punches 
acting  point  to  point  are  driven  by  suitable  mechanisms, 
usually  coupled,  at  each  end  of  the  machine. 

79.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  FORGING,  SIDE-SWAGE. 

Machines  in  which  the  nuts  are  given  a  polygonal  form  by 
hammers  or  dies  moving  laterally  and  at  right  angles  to  the 
axis  of  the  nut. 
Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
18,  Bolt  and  rivet  making.  Side-swaging,  and  08,  Nail-making, 
Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Side-swage. 

80.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  FORGING,  SIDE-SWAGE 

AND  MANDREL.  Nut  and  washer  forging  machines  in 
which  the  nut  is  held  on  a  mandrel  while  being  shaped  by 
side-swaging  dies  or  hammers. 

81.  NUT    AND    WASHER     MAKING,    NUT -BROACHING. 

Special  machines  for  finishing  the  sides  of  rough-forged  nuts 
by  driving  them  through  a  broaching-die. 
Search  Class — 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  33,  Plan- 
ing, Broaching,  for  machines  for  general  broaching  operations. 

82.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  NUT-MILLING.    Special 

machines  for  finishing  the  sides  of  rough  nut-blanks  by  means 
of  milling-cutters.    The  invention  usually  resides  in  the  means 
for  holding  and  feeding  the  nut-blanks. 
Search  Class— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  appropriate  sub- 
classes for  machines  for  general  milling. 

83.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING.   NUT-FACING.    Special 

machines  for  facing  the  tops  and  bottoms  of  rough  nut-blanks, 
usually  by  a  turning  operation. 

Note.— The  invention  resides  in  the  means  for  feeding  and  dis- 
charging the  nuts,  and  for  this  reason  the  machines  are  ex- 
cluded from  class  82,  TURNING,  the  broad  class  of  turning. 

84.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  NUT-FACING,  ARBORS. 

Arbors  or  mandrels  especially  designed  to  hold  nut-blanks 
while  being  faced.    They  usually  have  means  for  holding  the 
blank  in  true  axial  alinement  even  when  of  unequal  thickness 
on  opposite  sides. 
Search  Class— 
82 — TURNING,  subclass  43,  Work-drivers,  Mandrels. 

85.  NUT  AND  WASHER  MAKING,  DIES.    Dies  for  forging  and 

finishing  nuts  and  washers. 
Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
24,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Dies,  and  01,  Nail- Making,  Wrought 
nails,  Spikes,  Dies. 

86.  NUT   AND   WASHER   MAKING,    PROCESSES.    Various 

steps  and  sets  of  steps  applicable  to  the  manufacture  of  nuts 
and  washers.  The  steps  are  usually  mechanical  ones.  No 
apparatus  is  included. 

87.  SCREW-THREADING,     MACHINES,    COMBINED.    Ma- 

chines in  which  means  for  cutting  external  screw  threads  are 
combined  with  some  other  mechanism,  such  as  drilling  or 
turning  mechanism. 

88.  SCREW-THREADING,     WOODEN     SCREWS.    Machines 

and  devices  for  cutting  threads,  either  external  or  internal, 
in  wood,  such  as  wooden  bench-screws,  and  nuts  therefor, 
bed-rails,  etc. 

89.  SCREW-THREADING,    MACHINES.      Miscellaneous    ma- 

chines not  otherwise  classifiable  for  forming  external  screw- 
threads  on  articles  by  removing  a  portion  of  the  metal  by 
suitable  cutters. 

Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  84, 
Nut  and  washer  making,  Nut-facing  arbors. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

90.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  CUTTING-OFF  AND 

THREADING.    Machines   for   threading   articles,    usually 
lengths  of  pipe,  and  having  means  for  severing  the  articles 
in  suitable  lengths  either  simultaneously  with  the  threading 
or  separately. 
Search  Class  — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
110,  Screw-threading,  Implements,  Dies,  Combined  Cutting- 
ofl  and  threading. 

91.  SCREW-  THREADING,    MACHINES,    MULTIPLE -DIE. 

Machines  having  a  plurality  of  dies  or  cutting  heads  for  form- 
ing external  threads. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
114,  Screw-threading,  Implements,  Dies,  Multiple. 

92.  SCREW-THREADING,    MACHINES,     MULTIPLE -DIE 

ALINED.  Machines  or  devices  comprising  a  plurality  of 
threading-dies  in  axial  alinement  adapted  to  simultaneously 
cut  threads  on  different  portions  of  the  length  of  such  articles 
as  steam-boiler  stay-bolts,  etc. 

93.  SCREW-THREADING,     MACHINES,     MULTIPLE -DIE, 

TURRET.  Machines  having  a  plurality  of  screw-threading 
dies  arranged  on  the  periphery  of  a  rotatable  turret. 

94.  SCREW  -  THREADING,      MACHINES,      COLLAPSING- 

DIE.  Machines  in  which  the  die  after  cutting  a  thread  is 
capable  of  opening  or  retracting  the  thread-cutting  "chasers" 
from  the  work,  so  that  work  and  die  may  be  separated  without 
unscrewing  the  thread  just  formed. 

95.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  COLLAPSING-DIE, 

BEVEL-CLOSING.  Collapsing-die  machines  in  which  the 
chasers  are  mounted  on  wedge-shaped  pieces,  diagonal  slots, 
or  the  like  in  the  die-head,  so  that  moving  the  chaser-carrier 
in  the  axial  direction  relatively  to  the  head  also  acts  to  with- 
draw the  chasers  radially  and  release  the  work. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL -WORKING,  subclass  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Bevel-closing,  and  145,  WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  sub- 
class 84,  Handles,  Socket-fastenings,  Bevel-closing,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  similar  structures  for  moving  article- 
holding  jaws. 

93.  SCREW-THREADING.  MACHINES,  COLLAPSING-DIE, 
CAM -CLOSING.  Collapsing  die  machines  in  which  the 
chasers  are  moved  radially  by  means  of  cams,  usually  a  con- 
centric cam  with  a  series'  of  slots,  one  for  operating  each 
chaser. 
Search  Classes— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL.  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  122, 
Screw-threading.  Implements,  Dies,  Radial  chaser,  Adjust- 
able, Cam-operated. 

29— METALWORKING.  subclass  124,  Machine -chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Cam-closing. 

145— WOOD  WORKING -TOOLS,  subclass  9i,  Handles,  Socket- 
fastenings,  Cam-closing. 

97.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  COLLAPSING-DIE, 

LEVER-CLOSING.    Collapsing-die  machines  in  which  the 
chasers  are  mounted  upon  levers  capable  of  oscillating,  so  as 
to  give  the  chaser  a  radial  movement  to  release  the  work. 
Search  Classes— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  129,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Lever-closing. 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  98,  Handles,  socket-fasten- 
ings, Lever-closing. 

98.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  COLLAPSING-DIE, 

LEVER-CLOSING,    CONE.    Collapsing-die    machines    in 
which  the  chaser-operating  levers  are  actuated  by  the  axial 
movement  of  a  cone  beneath  the  free  ends  of  the  levers. 
Search  Class — 

29 — METAL- WORKING,  subclass  130,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Lever-closing,  Cone,  for  similar  structures  for  moving 
gripping-jaws. 

99.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  COLLAPSING-DIE, 

LEVER-CLOSING,    TOGGLE.    Machines    of    the    type 
shown  in  subclass  97,  in  which  the  levers  are  operated  by  or 
form  part  of  a  toggle-joint,  which  usually  serves  to  lock  the 
die-head  in  its  closed  position. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  131,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Lever-closing,  Toggle. 

100.  SCREW  THREADING.  MACHINES,  COLLAPSING-DIE, 

PIVOTED  CHASER-CARRIER.  Collapsing-die  machines 
in  which  the  chasers  are  mounted  either  separately  or  in  sets 
on  carriers  swinging  on  pivots  which  are  parallel  to  the  axis 
of  the  die-head. 

NOTE. — These  should  be  distinguished  from  devices  in  subclasses 
97,  98,  and  99,  in  which  t  he  levers  are  never  pivoted  on  pivots 
parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  head. 

101.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES  CHASING-CUTTER. 

Screw-threading  machines  having,  in  lieu  of  a  closed  die-head 
with  a  plurality  of  circumferentially-arranged  chasers,  only  a 
single  chasing-cutter  with  one  or  more  V-points  for  producing 
the  thread.  The  machines  are  usually  used  for  threading 
wood-screws. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


19 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

102.  SCREW-THREADING,MACHINES,CHASING-CUTTER, 

ROTARY.  Machines  in  which  the  chaser  is  cylindrical  in 
outline,  having  cutting-teeth  of  the  same  circular  pitch  as 
that  of  the  thread  to  be  cut  and  mounted  on  an  axis  at  right 
angles  to  the  axis  of  the  work,  so  that  it  may  have  a  rolling 
motion  along  the  work  as  the  two  are  moved  relatively  to  each 
other  in  the  direciton  of  the  axis  of  the  work. 

103.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  RECESSED  CYLIN- 

DRICAL  DIE-BLOCK.    Machines  or  machine  die-heads 
in  \yhich  the  chasers  are  short  cylinders  or  their  equivalent 
having  an  external  thread,  the  cutting  edge  of  the  chaser  being 
formed  by  removing  a  portion  of  the  cylinder  on  lines  par- 
allel to  its  axis. 
Search  Class— 
82— TURNING,  subclass  13,  Axial  pattern,  Profiled  cutter. 

104.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  SCREW  CHASER- 

ADJUSTMENT.  Machines  and  machine  die-heads  in  which 
the  chasers  are  adjusted  radially  for  wear  or  different-sized 
work  by  means  of  backing  screws  or  other  radially-arranged 
screws  bearing  upon  or  connected  to  the  chasers. 

105.  SCREW-THREADING,     MACHINES,     FEEDS.    Devices 

for  effecting  axial  movement  between  the  die-head  and  work 
in  screw-threading  machines  to  relieve  the  thread  and  dies 
from  the  strain  resulting  from  self-feeding. 

106.  SCREW-THREADING,     MACHINES,     LUBRICATORS. 

Devices  for  supplying  lubricants  to  the  dies  of  screw-cutting 
machines. 

107.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  WORK-HOLDERS. 

Devices  for  supporting  and  rotating  or  preventing  the  rotation 
of  work  while  being  screw-threaded. 

108.  SCREW-THREADING,  MACHINES,  WORK-HOLDERS, 

NIPPLE-CHUCKS.    Devices   for   securely    holding   short 
pieces  of  pipe  while  being  screw-threaded  throughout  the 
whole  or  the  greater  part  of  their  length. 
Search  Class— 

29 — METAL- WORKING,  subclasses  of  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets  for  devices  analogous  to  those  nipple-chucks  which 
have  movable  jaws. 

109.  SCREW  -  THREADING,    IMPLEMENTS,    COMBINED 

TURNING    AND    THREADING.    Portable   devices    for 
turning  worn  parts  and  rethreading  them  or  continuing  the 
old  thread.    They  are  for  the  most  part  devices  for  dressing 
and  rethreading  worn  wagon-axles. 
Search  Class— 

82— TURNING,  subclass  4,  Lathes,  Portable,  for  implements  of 
the  same  general  structure  which  turn  only. 

110.  SCREW-THREADING,     IMPLEMENTS,     DIES,     COM- 

BINED CUTTING-OFF  AND  THREADING.  Dies— 
that  is,  portable  hand-operated  screw-threading  devices — hav- 
ing radially-moving  tools  adapted  to  cut  to  length  the  pipe  or 
other  article  threaded.  These  cutters  usually  act  separately 
from  the  dies. 
Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  90, 
Screw-threading,  Machines,  Cutting-off  and  threading. 

111.  SCREW-THREADING,    IMPLEMENTS,    DIES.    Miscel- 

laneous screw-threading  implements  consisting  usually  of  a 
chaser-holding  head  with  operating-handles  and  a  work-guide. 
The  term  "die"  is  used  in  the  ordinary  trade  sense.  The 
dies  shape  by  cutting  instead  of  pressure,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
other  subclasses  of  dies  in  this  class. 

112.  SCREW-THREADING,     IMPLEMENTS,     DIES,     PIPE- 

TRIMMING.    Dies  for  threading  pipe  which  are  provided 
with  means  for  removing  the  scale  from  the  pipe  and  reducing 
it  to  size  and  true  circular  outline. 
Search  Class — 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  73.  Reamers,  Pipe-bur,  for 
devices  for  removing  the  interior  bur  left  in  the  pipe  by  roller 
cutters  and  in  some  cases  squaring  the  end  of  the  pipe. 

113.  SCREW-THREADING,  IMPLEMENTS,  DIES,  THREAD- 

TRIMMIN  G.  Screw-threading  dies  having  means  for  remov- 
ing a  portion  of  the  thread  already  formed,  so  as  to  leave  the 
tip  of  the  bolt  or  pipe  unthreaded  for  a  short  distance. 

114.  SCREW-THREADING,  IMPLEMENTS,   DIES,  MULTI- 

PLE.   Implements  having  several  dies  of  different  size  or 
pitch  mounted  in  the  same  holder  to  obviate  the  frequent 
changing  of  dies  in  the  same  stock. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
91,  Screw-threading,  Machines,  Multiple-die. 

115.  SCREW-THREADING,   IMPLEMENTS.   DIES,   MULTI- 

PLE, ROTATABLE  DIE-BLOCK.  Multiple  dies  in  which 
a  pair  or  set  of  cylindrical  or  polygonal  blocks  mounted  on 
parallel  pivots  have  part  dies  of  similar  size  and  pitch  cut  in 
corresponding  sides  of  the  blocks,  so  that  a  complete  working 
die  may  be  formed  by  turning  together  similar  part  dies  and 
locking  the  rotatable  blocks  in  that  position. 

116.  SCREW-THREADING,  IMPLEMENTS.  DIES,  DIVIDED. 

Dies  composed  of  separate  parts  mounted  in  a  retaining-ring, 
box,  or  other  holder  and  usually  capable  of  ad  j  ustment  therein. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

117.  SCREW-THREADING,  IMPLEMENTS,  DIES, DIVIDED, 

CONED-SCREW  ADJUSTMENT.  Divided  dies  mounted 
in  retaining  rings  or  holders  and  adjustable  therein  by  means 
of  cone-pointed  or  cone-headed  screws. 

118.  SCREW-THREADING.    IMPLEMENTS,    DIES,    INTE- 

GRAL. Dies  formed  of  a  single  piece  of  metal,  which  may  or 
may  not  be  slotted  at  one  side  to  permit  adjustment  within 
the  limits  of  the  resiliency  of  the  metal. 

119.  SCREW-THREADING,     IMPLEMENTS,     DIES,    INTE- 

GRAL, ADJUSTMENTS.  Integral  dies  having  slots  at  one 
or  more  points  of  their  circumference  and  means  for  giving  the 
die  a  limited  adjustment  by  springing  the  metal  of  the  die. 

120.  SCREW-THREADING,  IMPLEMENTS,  DIES,  RADIAL- 

CHASER.    Dies  in  which  the  immediate  thread-cutting  por- 
tions are  bar-like  chasers  toothed  at  their  inner  ends  and 
arranged  substantially  radially  in  the  die-head  or  holder. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
104,  Screw-threading,  Machines,  Screw  chaser-adjustment. 

121.  SCREW-THREADING,  IMPLEMENTS,  DIES,  RADIAL- 

CHASER,  ADJUSTABLE.  Dies  in  which  the  chasers  are 
radially  adjustable  for  wear  for  different  sizes  of  work  or  to 
release  the  work  when  finished. 

122.  SCREW-THREADING,  IMPLEMENTS,  DIES,  RADIAL- 

CHASER,   ADJUSTABLE,   CAM-OPERATED.     Dies  in 
which  the  radial  movement  or  adjustment  of  the  chaser  is 
effected  by  means  of  a  cam  having  slots  to  engage  each  chaser. 
Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
9G,  Screw-Threading,  Machines,  Collapsing-die,  Cam-closing. 

123.  SCREW-THREADING,    IMPLEMENTS,    DIE-STOCKS. 

Devices  comprising  a  die-holder  and  handles  for  rotating  the 
same,  together  with  other  mechanism  for  guiding  the  article 
to  be  threaded,  lubricating  the  chasers,  etc. 

124.  SCREW-THREADING,     IMPLEMENTS,     DIE-STOCKS, 

RATCHET.  Devices  for  holding  and  rotating  screw-thread- 
ing dies,  including  a  ratchet  mechanism  between  the  die  and 
driving-handles,  so  that  the  die  may  be  given  a  complete  rota- 
tion by  an  oscillating  motion  of  the  handles. 

125.  SCREW-THREADING,    IMPLEMENTS,    DIE-STOCKS, 

HINGED.  Die-stocks  provided  with  a  hinge  at  one  side  of 
the  die-frame  and  locking  means  at  the  other  side,  so  that  the 
stock  may  be  readily  opened  to  change  dies. 

126.  SCREW-THREADING,    IMPLEMENTS,    DIE-STOCKS, 

OILERS.  Stocks  having  oil-reservoirs,  usually  in  the  han- 
dles, and  mechanism  for  supplying  the  oil  to  the  cutting  ends 
of  the  chasers. 

127.  SCREW-THREADING,    IMPLEMENTS,    DIE-STOCKS, 

BUSHINGS.  Interchangeable  collars  or  their  equivalents 
attached  to  the  die-stock  in  axial  alinement  with  the  die  to 
surround  the  work  and  steady  the  stock  thereon  while  the 
thread  is  being  cut. 

128.  SCREW-THREADING,    TAPPING,    MACHINES,    COM- 

BINED REAMING  AND  TAPPING.  Machines,  usually 
for  finishing  pipe-fittings,  which  first  ream  and  then  tap  or 
interiorly  thread  the  rough  connection.  The  fittings  are  often 
held  in  a  rotatable  holder. 

129.  SCREW  -  THREADING,    TAPPING,    MACHINES.    Ma- 

chines not  otherwise  classifiable  for  cutting  interior  screw- 
threads. 

130.  SCREW-THREADING,  TAPPING,  MACHINES,  MULTI- 

PLE TAP-SPINDLE.    Machines  for  cutting  Interior  screw- 
threads  having  a  plurality  of  tap-driving  spindles. 
Search  Class— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  under  Drilling-machines, 
Multiple-spindle. 

131.  SCREW-THREADING.  TAPPING,  MACHINES,  MULTI- 

PLE TAP-SPINDLE,  TEE-THREADING.  Multiple- 
spindle  tapping-machines  especially  designed  to  tap  the  three- 
way  pipe-fittings  usually  called  "  tees." 

132.  SCREW-THREADING,  TAPPING,  MACHINES,  MULTI- 

PLE TAP-SPINDLE,  CIRCULAR-GANG.    Multiple-spin- 
dle tapping-machines  in  which  the  spindles  are  arranged  in  a 
circular  series,  either  parallel  to  each  other  or  radially  placed 
in  a  single  plane. 
Search  Class— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  23,  Drilling-machines, 
Multiple-spindle,  Parallel  axes,  Circular-gang,  and  26,  Drilling- 
machines,  Multiple-spindle,  Radial  axes. 

133.  SCREW-THREADING,   TAPPING,    MACHINES,    DOU- 

BLE TAP-GRIP.  Screw-tapping  machines  in  which  a  rela- 
tively long-shanked  tap  is  gripped  by  jaws  at  two  points  of  its 
length,  one  set  of  jaws  serving  to  hold  and  drive  the  tap,  while 
the  other  set  is  open  to  allow  nut-blanks  to  be  fed  along  the 
tap.  The  machines  are  thus  made  continuous  in  their  action, 
the  blanks  being  fed  upon  one  end  of  the  tap  and  the  finished 
nuts  discharged  from  the  other  end. 


20 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

134.  SCREW-THREADING,    TAPPING,     MACHINES,     RE- 

LEASABLE-TAP.  Screw-tapping  machines  having  means 
for  quickly  releasing  a  long-shanked  tap  from  its  driving  means, 
so  that  the  tapped  nuts  may  be  readily  discharged  therefrom 
and  the  tap  again  coupled  to  the  driver. 

135.  SCREW-THREADING,  TAPPING,  MACHINES,  YIELD- 

ING TAP-DRIVER.  Machines  and  devices  driving  the 
tap  by  frictional  or  other  clutches  adjusted  to  yield  as  soon  as 
the  tap  "bottoms"  or  meets  with  any  obstruction  which 
would  injure  it  if  rotated  further. 

136.  SCREW-THREADING,     TAPPING,     MACHINES,     RE- 

VERSING MECHANISMS.  Devices  for  changing  the  direc- 
tion of  rotation  of  the  tap-spindle  after  the  work  is  completed 
to  withdraw  the  tap. 

137.  SCREW-THREADING,     TAPPING,     MACHINES,     RE- 

VERSING MECHANISMS,  BEVEL-GEARED.  Tap- 
reversing  mechanisms  comprising  a  pair  of  oppositely-rotated 
bevel-gears  mounted  on  the  same  axis,  connected  by  a  third 
bevel-gear,  and  capable  of  being  separately  clutched  to  the 
driven  shaft  to  reverse  its  direction  of  rotation. 

138.  SCREW-THREADING,     TAPPING,     MACHINES,     RE- 

VERSING MECHANISMS,  SPUR-GEARED.  Tap 
reversing  mechanisms  comprising  a  train  of  spur-gears  into 
which  an  idler  may  be  introduced  to  change  the  direction  of 
rotation  of  the  driven  gear  and  the  spindle  to  which  it  is 
attached. 

139.  SCREW-THREADING,  TAPPING,  MACHINES,  FEEDS. 

Devices  for  automatically  feeding  nuts.  etc..  to  tapping- 
spindles  or  for  advancing  the  spindle  itself  to  the  work  to  be 
tapped. 

140.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAPS,  COMBINED.  Devices  comprising  a  screw-cutting 
tap  and  a  reamer,  drill  facing-tool,  or  similar  cutter. 

(Note. — All  combined  cutters  which  include  a  tap  as  an  element 
will  be  found  in  this  class,  except  such  as  are  incidentally 
shown,  unclaimed,  in  subclass  12,  Drilling-machines,  Port- 
able, Clamped,  Drilling  and  tapping,  and  subclass  37  Tapping- 
mains,  and  subclasses  thereunder,  in  class  77,  BORING  AND 
DRILLING.) 

Search  Class— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING  subclass  65,  Drills,  Combined,  for 
devices  combining  drills,  reamers,  countersinks,  and  similar 
tools  for  making  unthreaded  holes. 

141.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAPS.  Devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  for  cutting  interior 
screw-threads. 

142.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAPS,  ADJUSTABLE.  Taps  in  which  the  immediate 
thread-cutting  portions  are  capable  of  radial  adjustment,  but 
are  not  adapted  to  be  rapidly  retracted,  so  as  to  be  withdrawn 
from  the  thread  without  unscrewing. 

143.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAPS,  COLLAPSIBLE.  Devices  in  which  the  thread- 
cutting  portions  may  be  readily  retracted  toward  the  axis  of 
the  tap  to  permit  its  withdrawal  from  the  tapped  hole  without 
unscrewing. 

144.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAPS,  COLLAPSIBLE,  CAM-CORE.  Collapsible  taps 
in  which  the  cutters  are  protruded  and  retracted  by  rotating 
a  cam-surfaced  piece  axially  or  concentrically  mounted. 

145.  SCREW-THREADING.       TAPPING.       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAPS,  COLLAPSIBLE.  WEDGE-CORE.  Collapsible 
taps  in  which  the  cutters  are  protruded  and  retracted  by  the 
axial  movement  of  a  conical  or  wedge  shaped  core  or  center 
piece. 

146.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAPS,  BUILT-UP.  Taps  without  any  provision  for  adjust- 
ment of  the  cutting  portions,  but  made  up  of  several  pieces 
rigidly  secured  together  instead  of  a  single  piece  of  metal. 

147.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAPS,  GUIDES.  Various  devices  for  holding  taps  in  exact 
alinement  with  the  hole  or  series  of  alined  holes  to  be  tapped 
or  to  start  a  tap  exactly  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  pierced. 

148.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAP-WRENCHES.    Devices  especially  designed  for  holding 
and  rotating  screw-threading  taps  in  the  same  manner  that 
dies  are  rotated  by  a  die-stock. 
Search  Classes— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  of  Wrenches. 

145 — WOODWORKING  TOOLS,  subclass  65,  Handles,  Cross  bar. 

149.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAP-WRENCHES,  AXIAL-SCREW  CLAMP.  Tap- 
wrenches  in  which  the  tap-clamping  means  are  screws  arranged 
in  the  direction  of  the  length  of  the  wrench,  being  frequently 
the  threaded  ends  of  the  wrench-handles  themselves. 

150.  SCREW-THREADING,       TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAP-WRENCHES,  RATCHET.  Tap-driving  devices 
including  a  pawl-ancl-ratchet  mechanism  between  the  tap- 
holder  and  the  wrench-handles. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

Search  Classes 
10— Subclass  124,  Screw  threading,  Implements,  Die    stocks, 

Ratchet. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  16,  Pawls  and  Ratchets. 
77— BORING    AND    DRILLING,  subclass  10,  Drilling  Machines, 

Portable,  Rail-drills,  Ratchet;  subclasses  43  to  47.  Ratchet 

drills. 
145— WOODWORKING  TOOLS,  subclasses  70,  Bit  stocks,  Ratchet; 

75,  Handles,  Ratchet  and  Pawl;  76,  Handles,  Ratchet  clutch; 

and  77,  Handles,  Cross  bar,  Ratchet. 

151.  SCREW-THREADING,        TAPPING,       IMPLEMENTS, 

TAP-WRENCHES,  TRANSVERSE-SCREW  CLAMP. 
Tap-wrenches  in  which  the  tap-shank  is  gripped  by  screws 
arranged  transversely  of  the  frame  of  the  wrench  or  by  jaws 
operated  by  similarly-placed  screws. 

152.  SCREW-THREADING,    SWAGING.    Machines,  dies,  and 

devices  for  making  screw-threads  by  displacing  the  metal 
between  the  threads  by  pressure  and  crowding  it,  usually 
without  heating,  into  the  thread  itself. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  Screw-Threads,  and  subclasses  there- 
under for  swaging  screw-threads  by  reciprocating  platens, 
which  rotate  the  blank  between  them,  or  swaging  by  rolls. 

153.  SCREW-THREADING,  SWAGING,   RECIPROCATING- 

DIE.  Screw-swaging  machines  and  devices  including  parted 
dies  interiorly  threaded,  so  as  to  form  a  mating-thread  on  the 
work-piece  when  said  dies  are  reciprocated  in  a  direction  at 
right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  work. 

154.  SCREW-THREADING,  THREAD-MILLING.    Special  ma- 

chines for  cutting  screw-threads  by  means  of  V-shaped  rotary 
cutters. 

Search  Class— 

90 — GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING  AND  PLANING,  subclasses  11  to 
22  under  Milling  for  general  milling. 

155.  BOLT    AND    NUT    ASSEMBLING.    Special  machines  for 

screwing  together  finished  bolts  and  nuts.  They  are  fre- 
quently automatic,  the  separate  articles  being  fed  from  hop- 
pers to  tlie  assembling  mechanism. 

156.  CAPPING  NAILS  AND  SCREWS.    Special  machines  for 

providing  nails  and  screws  with  ornamental  sheet-metal  caps 
or  with  heads  larger  than  can  be  readily  swaged  from  the  stock 
used  for  the  shank.  A  few  machines  for  making  core-support- 
ing chaplets  are  included. 

157.  CAPPING    NAILS    AND    SCREWS,    RECTANGULAR 

STOCK-FEED.  Nail  and  screw  capping  machines  in  which 
the  stock  for  the  shanks  is  fed  longitudinally  into  the  machine, 
the  ribbon  or  plate  of  stock  for  the  heads  being  meanwhile  fed 
in  laterally  and  intersecting  the  line  of  feed  of  the  shank-stock 
at  right  angles,  the  forming  and  joining  mechanism  being 
located  at  this  point  of  intersection. 

158.  CAPPING    NAILS    AND    SCREWS,    ROTARY    "WORK 

HOLDER.    Nail  and  screw  capping  machines  in  which  the 
articles  are  held  and  carried  to  the  capping  mechanisms  by  a 
rotatable  work-holder  having  a  step-by-step  movement. 
Search  Class — 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  sub- 
classes 6,  Screw-making.  Head-nicking,  Rotary  work-holder; 
39,  Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Finishing,  Rotary 
work-holder;  60,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Rotary 
work-holder,  and  69,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Horse- 
shoe-nails, Rotary  work-holder. 

159.  CAPPING  NAILS  AND  SCREWS,  NICKING  DEVICES. 

Devices  for  cutting  through  the  sheet-metal  screw-head  cover- 
ing a  nick  to  correspond  with  the  nick  or  slot  in  the  screw-head. 
Search  Class — 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  sub- 
classes 5  to  7  under  Screw-making,  Head-nicking. 

160.  CAPPING  NAILS  AND  SCREWS,  DIES.    Dies  especially 

adapted  for  forming  and  closing  nail  and  screw  caps  about  the 
heads  of  the  articles. 

161.  CAPPING  NAILS  AND  SCREWS,  PROCESSES.    Steps 

and  sets  of  steps,  including  mechanical  processes  but  excluding 
apparatus,  for  affixing  caps  to  nail  and  screw  heads. 

162.  DISTRIBUTERS     AND     FEEDERS.    Miscellaneous  ma- 

chines for  feeding  nail,  screw,  and  nut  blanks  and  nail  plates 
or  stock  to  machines  for  performing  various  steps  in  the  manu- 
facture of  those  articles,  for  separating  finished  articles  from 
imperfect  work  and  chips,  and  for  conveying  articles  from 
machines  to  receptacles  for  packing,  etc. 

163.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  AGITATED-CHUTE. 

Feeders  in  which  the  articles  are  arranged  or  forwarded  by 
inclined  chutes  which  are  jolted  or  shaken  by  suitable  mech- 
anism. 

164.  DISTRIBUTERS    AND    FEEDERS,    AGITATED-HOP- 

PER. Feeders  in  which  the  articles  are  arranged  and  fed 
from  hoppers  which  are  tilted,  jarred,  or  rocked  to  move  the 
blanks  contained. 

165.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  INCLINED-CHUTE. 

Feeders  or  assorters  in  which  the  articles  are  arranged  or  as- 
sorted by  sliding  down  sharply-inclined  chutes  usually  having 
slots  in  their  bottoms  through  which  the  articles  hang  sup- 
ported by  their  heads. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


21 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

166.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND   FEEDERS,  GRIPPING  FEED- 

ING-JAWS. Feeders  in  which  the  articles  are  conveyed  one 
by  one  to  the  shaping  mechanisms  by  means  of  jaws  which 
grip  them  singly  and  carry  them  from  a  receptacle  to  the 
point  desired. 

167.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  RECIPROCATING- 

LIFTER.  Feeders  in  which  the  articles  are  elevated  from 
a  mass  a  few  at  a  time  by  means  of  a  lifter  which  reciprocates 
vertically  within  the  hopper,  usually  through  a  slot  in  its 
bottom.  The  articles  are  generally  discharged  from  the  lifter 
into  an  inclined  conveyer. 

168.  DISTRIBUTERS    AND    FEEDERS,    ROTARY-CYLIN- 

DER. Distributers  and  assorters  in  which  the  articles  are 
agitated  in  slotted  cylinders  often  having  inclined  axes  and 
usually  so  constructed  that  the  width  of  the  slots  may  be 
varied. 

169.  DISTRIBUTERS     AND     FEEDERS,     ROTARY-DISK. 

Feeders  in  which  the  articles  are  received  in  recesses  in  the 
peripheries  of  rota  table  disks  and  carried  thereby  to  the  point 
to  be  operated  upon. 

170.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  ROTARY-HOPPER. 

Feeders  in  which  the  articles  are  deposited  promiscuously  in 
a  rotating  hopper  from  which  they  are  taken  by  forked  lifters 
or  escape  by  chutes  adjacent  to  openings  in  the  bottom  of  the 
hopper. 

171.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  NAIL-PLATE.    Mis- 

cellaneous devices  for  feeding  nail-plates  to  cutting-machines. 
The  plates  may  be  fed  direct,  oscillated  to  produce  tapering 
nail-blanks,  or  may  be  turned  completely  over  after  each  cut. 


CLASS  10— Continued. 

172.  DISTRIBUTERS   AND   FEEDERS,   NAIL-PLATE,   OS- 

CILLATING. Devices  which  swing  the  nail-plate  from  side 
to  side  as  it  is  fed  forward,  so  that  the  nail-blanks  are  cut ' 
tapering,  the  head  end  lying  first  at  one  side  and  then  the 
other  of  the  plate. 

173.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  NAIL-PLATE,  RE- 

VERSING. Nail-plate  feeders  which  turn  the  plate  over 
after  each  nail  is  cut  therefrom. 

174.  -DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  NAIL-PLATE,  RE- 

VERSING, GEARED.  Nail-plate  feeders  in  which  the 
plate-holding  mechanism  is  reversed  or  turned  through  a  half- 
circle  by  means  of  a  train  of  gearing. 

175.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  NAIL-PLATE,  RE- 

VERSING, GEARED,  RACK-AND-PINION.  Nail-plate 
feeders  in  which  the  plate-holder  is  reversed  by  means  of  a 
concentrically-attached  pinion,  with  which  meshes  a  recip- 
rocating rack. 

176.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  NAIL-PLATE,  RE- 

VERSING, GEARED,  SEGMENTAL.  Nail-plate  feeders 
in  which  the  plate-holder  is  reversed  by  an  attached  pinion, 
with  which  meshes  an  oscillating  segmental  gear,  or  by  a 
gear-train,  containing  at  some  point  a  segmental  gear. 

177.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND   FEEDERS,  NAIL-PLATE,  RE- 

VERSING, STRAP-DRIVE.  Nail-plate  feeders  in  which 
the  plate-holder  is  reversed  by  means  of  straps  of  metal  or 
leather  wound  upon  the  barrel  from  opposite  sides  and  mech- 
anism for  pulling  the  straps  alternately  in  opposite  directions. 

178.  DISTRIBUTERS  AND  FEEDERS,  NAIL-PLATE.  NIP- 

PERS AND  NOSE-PIECES.  Devices  including  the  im- 
mediate gripping  portion  of  the  nail-pjate  holder  and  that 
part  of  the  barrel  nearest  the  nail-cutting  shears. 


CLASS   12.— BOOT  AND   SHOE   MAKING. 
DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  includes  instruments  specially  adapted  for  making  boots 
and  shoes  which  are  not  classified  elsewhere,  and  processes  of  making 
boots  and  shoes,  except  such  as  by  their  steps  merely  define  the 
structure  of  the  article,  such  processes  being  found  in  class  3  i,  BOOTS, 
SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  with  the  articles  to  which  they  relate. 

Molding  apparatus  and  processes  for  the  manufacture  of  rubber 
boots  and  shoes  are  found  in  class  18,  PLASTICS. 

Machines  for  die-cutting  shoe  blanks  or  parts  are  found  in  class 
164,  CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Boot  and  shoe  apparatus  which  do  not 

fall  in  the  more  specific  subclasses  of  this  class. 

2.  LASTING   AND   NAILING   MACHINES.    Machines  which 

stretch  the  upper  over  the  last  and  secure  it  by  nailing. 

3.  LASTING  AND  NAILING   MACHINES,  HAND-GUIDED 

DRIVERS.  Combined  lasting  and  nailing  machines  in  which 
the  nailing  device  is  moved  and  guided  to  the  proper  position 
by  hand. 

4.  LASTING     AND     NAILING     MACHINES,     MULTIPLE 

DRIVERS.  Combined  lasting  and  nailing  machines  pro- 
vided with  multiple  drivers. 

5.  LASTING  AND  NAILING  MACHINES,   PIVOTED-JACK. 

Combined  lasting  and  nailing  machines  in  which  the  nailing 
device  is  stationary  and  the  last  is  carried  on  a  pivoted  jack 
which  is  moved  under  the  nailing  device. 

6.  LASTING    AND    SEWING    MACHINES.    Machines   which 

stretch  the  upper  over  the  last  and  secure  it  by  sewing. 

7.  LASTING-MACHINES.    Miscellaneous  machines  used  in  or  in 

connection  with  the  lasting  operation—!,  r.,  in  stretching  and 
pulling  the  upper  over  the  last  to  fit  it  thereto  prior  to  securing 
it  to  the  sole. 

8.  LASTING-MACHINES,  GIRTH-STRETCHERS.    That  type 

of  lasting-machines  in  which  the  upper  is  stretched  by  drawing 
around  it  one  or  more  straps  or  girths,  which  may  be  elastic. 

9.  LASTING -MACHINES,    NIPPER -STRETCHERS.     That 

type  of  machine  in  which  nippers  grasp  the  upper  and  pull  it 
over  the  last. 
Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  2,  Lasting  and  nailing 
machines,  and  all  types  thereunder. 

10.  LASTING-MACHINES,  NIPPER-STRETCHER,  WIPER- 

FOLDER.  Nipper-stretcher  machines  in  which  the  edges  of 
the  upper  are  folded  over  the  edge  of  the  last  by  fingers  or 
wipers. 

11.  LASTING-MACHINES,  NIPPER-STRETCHER,  WIPER- 

FOLDER,  MULTIPLE  WORK-SUPPORTS.  Nipper- 
stretcher  wiper-folder  machines  in  which  a  plurality  of  work- 
supports  are  mounted  on  a  common  carrier  or  table,  the  work- 
holder  or  the  lasting  mechanism,  generally  being  revolnble  to 
bring  the  lasting  mechanism  in  position  to  cooperate  with  first 
one  and  then  another  of  the  work-supports. 

11.1.  LASTING   MACHINES,   NIPPER   STRETCHER,   NIP- 
PERS.   Includes  only  nippers  employed  in  lasting  machines 
of  the  nipper-stretcher  type. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  108,  Lasting  tools,  Nail- 
ing and  stretching,  and  110,  Lasting  tools,  Stretchers,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

12.  LASTING-MACHINES,  WIPER-STRETCHER.    That  type 

of  machine  in  which  the  only  stretching  means  are  wipers, 
which  rub  or  carry  the  upper  into  shape  by  frictional  contact. 
Search  Class  - 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  10,  Lasting-machines, 
Nipper-stretcher,  Wiper-folder. 

13.  LASTING-MACHINES,    WIPER-STRETCHER, 

PRONGE  D.  That  type  of  wiper-stretcher  machine  in  which 
the  wiper  is  provided  with  prongs  or  spurs  which  pierce  the 
upper  to  assist  in  stretching. 

14.  LASTING-MACHINES.  END-LASTING.    Lasting-machines 

in  which  the  whole  novelty  lies  in  the  mechanism  for  lasting 
the  shoe  at  the  heel  or  toe,  or  both. 
Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  10,  Lasting-machines, 
•   Nipper-stretcher,    Wiper-folder,   and   12,    Lasting-machines, 
Wiper-stretcher. 

14.1.  LASTING  MACHINES,  END  LASTING,  END  CLASPS. 
Includes  the  toe  and  heel  clasps  used  in  end  lasting. 


CLASS  12— Continued. 

15.  LASTING-MACHINES,  RELASTING.    Devices  for  forcing  a 

last  into  a  completed  or  partly-completed  boot  or  shoe. 

16.  LASTING-MACHINES,  TACK-PULLERS.      Machines    for 

pulling  out  the  lasting-tacks  used  for  temporarily  securing  the 
upper  to  the  sole  or  insole. 

17.  SOLE-MACHINES.    Miscellaneous  machines  used  in  the  pro- 

duction of  soles  and  insoles  and  for  operating  on  the  sole  after 
attachment  to  the  upper. 

18.  SOLE-MACHINES,    CHANNELING    AND    TRIMMING. 

Machines  which  channel  and  trim  soles  at  the  same  operation 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  27,  Sole-machines,  Chan- 
neling, for  machines  which  channel  and  bevel  the  sole. 

19.  SOLE-MACHINES,    CHANNELING    AND    TRIMMING, 

CLAMPED-WORK.  Combined  channeling  and  trimming 
machines  in  which  the  work  is  clamped  to  present  the  work  of 
the  cutters. 

20.  SOLE-MACHINES,     INSOLE-REINFORCING.     Machines 

for  applying  a  reinforcing-sheet  to  insole-blanks.  The  rein- 
forcing sheet  is  usually  woven  fabric  and  is  cemented  to  the 
sole,  the  machine  laying  it  over  the  molded  rib  and  in  the  chan- 
nel and  trimming  oS  the  surplus. 

21.  SOLE-MACHINES,  BLANK-MOLDING.    Machines  for  shap- 

ing sole-blanks  by  pressure  prior  to  their  attachment  to  the 
upper. 

22.  SOLE-MACHINES,  BLANK-MOLDING,  EDGE.    Machines 

for  upsetting,  flanging,  and  otherwise  shaping  sole  edges  by 
pressure,  usually  by  passing  the  sole  edge  between  rolls. 
Search  Class 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  30,  Sole-machines, Chan- 
nel-flap turners  for  machines  for  turning  up  and  setting  chan- 
nel flaps. 

23.  SOLE-MACHINES,     BLANK-ROUNDING.    Machines    for 

cutting  out  or  rough-shaping  sole-blanks,  except  die-cutting 
machines,  which  are  found  in  class  1(54,  CUTTING  AND  PUNCH- 
ING SHEETS  AND  BARS. 
Search  Class 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  18,  Sole-machines, 
Channeling  and  trimming,  and  20,  Sole-machines,  Insole- 
reinforcing. 

24.  SOLE-MACHINES,   BLANK-ROUNDING,   STRIP-FEED. 

Machines  with  mechanism  for  feeding  a  stock-strip  into  the 
machine  and  rounding  a  blank  therefrom. 

25.  SOLE -MACHINES,    BLANK -ROUNDING,    CLAMPED- 

WORK.    The  work  is  clamped  to  a  support  which  is  fixed  or 
is  constrained  to  move  in  a  predetermined  path. 
Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  24,  Sole-machines, 
Blank-rounding,  Strip-feed,  and  19,  Sole-machines,  Channeling 
and  trimming,  Clamped-work. 

2o.  SOLE -MACHINES,  BLANK -ROUNDING,  CLAMPED- 
WORK,  ROTARY  WORK  AND  CUTTER.  The  work  is 
held  between  clamping-plates  having  the  general  outline  of  a 
sole,  which  revolve  to  present  the  work  to  a  rotary  cutter. 

27.  SOLE-MACHINES,   CHANNELING.    Machines  for  cutting 

channels  in  soles  and  machines  which  in  addition  thereto  also 
bevel  the  edges  of  soles. 

28.  SOLE-MACHINES,    CHANNELING,    CLAMPED-WORK. 

Channeling-machines  in  which  the  work  is  clamped  to  a  work- 
support  to  present  it  to  the  channeling-cutters. 

29.  SOLE-MACHINES,  CHANNEL-FLAP  LAYERS.    Machines 

especially  adapted  to  lay  and  smooth  down  channel-flaps  after 
the  thread  is  laid  in  the  channel. 

30.  SOLE-MACHINES,    CHANNEL-FLAP    TURNERS.      Ma- 

chines for  openingchannels  and  turning  and  sett  ing  the  channel- 
lip  in  a  raised  position  to  prepare  the  sole  for  attachment  to  the 
upper. 

Note.— Similar  devices  are  found  in  class  112,  SEWING-MACHINES, 
subclass  20,  Sewing  shoes. 

31.  SOLE-MACTTINES,   EDGE-INKING.    Machines  for  inking 

sole  edges  in  the  finishing  of  boots  and  shoes. 
Search  Classes— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  70,  Burnishing-machines, 
and  80,  Cement-applying  devices:  15,  BRUSHING  AND  SCRUB- 
BING, in  the  subclasses  under  Fountain-brushes;  and  91, 
COATING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

32.  SOLE-MACHINES,     IMITATION-STITCH.    Machines     for 

embossing  or  imprinting  imitation  stitches  on  soles. 

23 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  12— Continued. 

33.  SOLE-MACHINES,  LAYING  AND  LEVELING.    Machines 

for  pressing  cemented  soles  to  lasted  uppers  and  machines  for 
hammering  and  pressing  shoe-bottoms  after  the  sole  has  been 
secured  to  the  upper.  Also  some  devices  for  positioning  the 
soles  preparatory  to  securing  them. 

34.  SOLE-MACHINES,   LAYING  AND   LEVELING,   ROLL. 

The  shoe  is  supported  by  a  jack  and  is  subjected  to  the  pressure 
of  a  roller,  the  roll  or  jack,  or  both,  being  reciprocated  to  pre- 
sent the  whole  shoe-bottom  to  the  roll. 

35.  SOLE-MACHINES,  LAYING   AND   LEVELING,   OSCIL- 

LATING JACK  AND  FORMER.  The  jack  and  former  are 
pivotally  mounted  on  parallel  axes  about  which  they  oscillate, 
engaging  as  do  coacting  gear-wheels. 

30.  SOLE-MACHINES,  LAYING  AND  LEVELING,  MUL- 
TIPLE WORK-SUPPORTS.  The  machines  are  provided 
with  a  pluralty  of  work-supports,  so  that  one  or  more  shoes  will 
be  in  engagement  with  the  press  while  the  operator  is  changing 
the  shoe  on  the  remaining  jack. 

37.  SOLE-MACHINES,    LAYING    AND    LEVELING,    MUL- 

TIPLE WORK-SUPPORTS,  REVOLUBLE.  A  plurality 
of  work-supports  are  mounted  on  a  carrier  which  rotates  about 
an  axis  to  change  the  position  of  the  work. 

38.  SOLE-MACHINES,    LAYING    AND    LEVELING,    DIES 

AND  FORMERS.    Inventions  in  which  the  novelty  lies  in 
the  construction  of  the  die  or  former  which  engages  with  the 
sole  to  lay  and  level  the  same. 
Search  Class 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass33,  Sole-machines,  Laying 
and  leveling. 

39.  SOLE-MACHINES,  LINING-APPLIERS.    Devices  for  ap- 

plying insole-linings  or  false  insoles  to  the  inner  side  of  lasted 
shoe-bottoms. 
Search  Class— 
12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass!41,  Lasts,  Shoe-retainers. 

40.  SOLE-MACHINES,   SLITTING    AND    GROOVING.    Ma- 

chines for  slitting  and  grooving  soles  and  insoles,  usually  to 
make  them  more  flexible. 

41.  SOLE-MACHINES.        STITCH-SEPARATING         AND 

INDENTING.  Machines  which  separate  and  shape  the 
stitches  and  indent  the  welt  between  the  stitches  of  welted 
shoes. 

42.  HEEL-MACHINES.    Miscellaneous   machines   used    in    the 

manufacture  of  boot  and  shoe  heels. 

43.  HEEL-MACHINES,      BREASTING       AND      NAILING. 

Combined  machines  which  nail  heels  to  shoes  and  then  breast 
them. 

44.  HEEL -MACHINES,    DIE -CUTTING    AND    NAILING. 

Machines  which  die-cut  heel-lifts  and  nail  them  together,  some 
machines  being  supplied  with  paste-applying  mechanism. 

45.  HEEL-MACHINES,   TRIMMING   AND   NAILING.    Com- 

bined machines  which  nail  heels  to  shoes  and  then  trim  them. 

46.  HEEL-MACHINES,     BEVEL     AND     SEAT     CUTTING. 

Machines  which  bevel  the  breast  edge  of  heel-lifts,  usually  to 
form  the  inside  lift  of  a  spring-heel  shoe,  or  which  gouge  or 
otherwise  cut  out  or  concave  the  heel-seat. 

47.  HEEL-MACHINES.   BREASTING.    Machines  which  trim 

the  front  edge  or  "  breast"  of  the  heel. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  43,   Heel-machines, 
Breasting  and  nailing. 

48.  HEEL-MACHINES,  MOLDING.    Machines  for  shaping  heel- 

blanks  by  pressure,  usually  by  direct  press  action.    A  few 
machines*  for  molding  the  shell  about  the  core  of  a  core  and 
shell  heel. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  33,  Machines,  Shoe,  Heel 
pressing  and  loading. 

49.  HEEL-MACHINES,  BEADING.      Machines  which  bead  or 

mill  parts  of  heels. 

50.  HEEL-MACHINES,  ASSEMBLING.      Frames  or  forms  on  or 

in  which  heel-lifts  are  assembled  and  held  preparatory  to  said 
heel-lifts  being  nailed  or  compressed. 

51.. UPPER-MACHINES.  Machines  specially  adapted  for  use  in 
the  making  of  boot  and  shoe  uppers  and  not  more  specifically 
classified  elsewhere. 

52.  UPPER-MACHINES,  ASSEMBLING.     Forms  and  clamping 

devices  for  assembling  the  various  parts  of  uppers. 

53.  UPPER-MACHINES,  BEADING.    Machines  which  turn  the 

lined  upper  to  bring  the  right  side  out  and  smooth  and  push 
out  the  seam,  especially  in  scalloped  button-flies,  and  which 
hammer  or  flatten  the  turned  seam,  and  machines  which  do 
both. 

54.  UPPER-MACHINES,   EDGE-NOTCHING.       Machines  for 

cutting  gashes  or  notches  in  the  edges  of  uppers  which  are  to 
be  folded. 


CLASS  12— Continued. 

55.  UPPER-MACHINES,  FOLDING.      Machines  for  folding  the 

edges  of  uppers. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  54,  Upper-machines, 
Edge-notching,  and  52,  Upper-machines,  Assembling. 

56.  UPPER-MACHINES,    MARKING.    Machines    for   marking 

upper-blanks  to  locate  seams  and  the  like. 
Search  Class— 
12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  51,  Upper-machines. 

57.  UPPER-MACHINES,  TURNING.    Machines  for  turning  boot 

and  shoe  tippers  right  side  out.  Includes  a  few  inventions  for 
turning  "turned"  shoes  right  side  out. 

58.  UPPER-MACHINES,  SKIVING.     Machines  specially  adapt- 

ed for  skiving  or  splitting  uppers. 

59.  UPPER-MACHINES,  STRAP-COVERING.      Machines  for 

covering  boot-straps  with  paper  or  other  material  to  prevent 
soiling  of  the  strap  in  the  manufacture  of  the  boot  or  shoe. 

60.  SHANK-MACHINES.    Miscellaneous   machines    for   making 

shanks,  principally  molding-machines  and  cutting-machines. 
The  cutting-machines  are  usually  arranged  to  bevel  the  edges 
of  the  shank. 

61.  TOE  AND  HEEL  STIFFENER  MACHINES.      Machines, 

generally  cutting  or  molding  machines,  peculiarly  adapted  to 
the  manufacture  of  heel  or  counter  stifleners,  box-toes,  or  toe- 
tips. 

62.  TOE  AND  HEEL  STIFFENER  MACHINES,  SKIVING. 

Machines  for  skiving  or  beveling  the  edges  of  toe  or  heel  stiff- 
ener  blanks. 

63.  TOE  AND  HEEL  STIFFENER  MACHINES,  SKIVING, 

RECESSED-CARRIER.  The  toe  and  heel  stiffener  blanks 
are  presented  to  the  skiving-knife  by  a  recessed  carrier,  into 
which  the  blanks  are  pressed,  or  by  recessed  feed-rolls,  the 
depth  of  the  depression  in  the  carrier  or  roll  determining  the 
thickness  of  the  skived  blank. 

64.  TOE  AND  HEEL  STIFFENER  MACHINES,  MOLDING. 

Machines  for  shaping  toe  and  heel  stiffener  blanks  by  pressure. 

65.  TOE  AND  HEEL  STIFFENER  MACHINES,  MOLDING, 

ROLL.  The  toe  or  heel  stiffener  blank  is  molded  by  being 
forced  between  rolls  or  between  a  roll  and  a  fixed  form,  the 
roll  being  rotated  to  feed  the  blank  through. 

66.  TOE  AND  HEEL  STIFFENER  MACHINES,  MOLDING, 

SEPARABLE-MATRIX.  The  matrix  or  form  into  which 
the  counter  is  forced  is  made  in  sections,  which  separate  to 
allow  the  insertion  or  withdrawal  of  the  stiflener-carrying 
plunger  or  former. 

67.  WELT  AND  RAND  MACHINES.  .   Miscellaneous  machines 

for  preparing  and  operating  on  welts  and  rands. 

67.1.  WELT  AND  RAND  MACHINES,  WELT  AND  RAND 

FORMERS.  Machines  for  crimping  or  molding  welts  and 
rands. 

67.2.  WELT    AND    RAND    MACHINES,    WELT    BEATERS. 

Machines  for  beating  out  the  welt  after  attachment  to  the 
upper  and  insole. 

08.  BOOT-TREEING  MACHINES.    Machines  for  smoothing  and 

finishing  the  surface  of  the  uppers  of  completed  shoes  by  a 
rubbing  action,  the  boots  and  shoes  being  mounted  on  boot- 
trees.  These  machines  are  usually  supplied  with  tree-holders 
which  can  be  shifted  to  present  the  shoe  to  the  finishing-tools 
in  the  various  positions  required. 

09.  BOOT-TREE   HOLDERS.    Jacks  or  supporting-frames   on 

which  boot-trees  are  mounted  while  the  treeing  operation  is 
performed.  They  are  usually  adjustable,  so  that  the  position 
of  the  boot  or  shoe  can  be  varied  as  desired  and  provided  with 
mechanism  for  expanding  the  tree.  Some  holders  are  pro- 
vided with  driers. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  68,  Boot-treeing  ma- 
chines. 

70.  BURNISHING-MACHINES.    Machines  which  polish  and  con- 

dense the  surface  of  boots  and  shoes,  particularly  the  sole  and 

heel  surfaces,  through  the  rubbing  action  of  a  rigid  metallic 

tool,  which  is  usually  heated. 
Search  Classes— 
12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  under  subclass  85,  Sole 

and  heel  edge  trimmers  for  analogous  structures. 
15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING  for  boot-blacking  machines. 
51 — GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  for  machines  for  abrading  boots 

and  shoes. 

71.  BURNISHING-MACHINES,  HEEL.       Machines  especially 

adapted  for  burnishing  the  heels  only  of  boots  and  shoes. 

72.  BURNISHING-MACHINES,       HEEL,       OSCILLATING- 

JACK.  Heel-burnishing  machines  in  which  the  boot  or  shoe 
is  mounted  on  a  jack  which  is  oscillatedautomatically  or  other- 
wise to  subject  the  entire  curved  periphery  of  the  heel  to  the 
action  of  the  burnishing-tool. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


25 


CLASS  12— Continued. 

73.  BURNISHING-MACHINES,       HEEL,       OSCILLATING- 

JACK,    AUTOMATIC     TRANSVERSE-FEED.        Heel- 
burnishing  machines  of  the  oscillating-jack  type  in  which  the 
tool-head  or  jack  or  both  have  an  automatic  feed  in  a  direction 
transverse  to  the  plane  of  oscillation. 
Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  75,  Burnishing-machines, 
Heel,  Oscillating  tool-head,  Automatic  transverse-feed. 

74.  BURNISHING-MACHINES,        HEEL,        OSCILLATING 

TOOL-HEAD.  Machines  in  which  the  boot  or  shoe  is  held 
immovable  while  the  tool  head  or  heads  are  oscillated  to  engage 
the  entire  curved  periphery  of  the  heel.  A  common  form  has 
a  single  tool  mounted  on  a  rock-shaft,  one  complete  oscillation 
of  which  carries  the  tool  from  one  end  of  the  breast  to  the  other 
and  back. 

75.  BURNISHING-MACHINES,        HEEL,        OSCILLATING 

TOOL-HEAD,      AUTOMATIC      TRANSVERSE-FEED. 
Heel-burnishing  machines  of  the  oscillating-tool-head  type  in 
which  the  tool-head  or  jack  or  both  have  an  automatic  feed  in 
a  direction  transverse  to  the  plane  of  oscillation. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  73,  Burnishing-machines, 
Heel,  Oscillating-jack,  Automatic  transverse-feed. 

76.  BURNISHING-MACHINES,  SHANK  AND  TREAD.    Ma- 

chines especially  adapted  to  burnish  the  shank  and  tread 
surfaces  of  soles  and  heels. 

77    BURNISHING-MACHINES,   ROTARY-TOOL.       Burnish- 
ing-machines  in  which  the  tool  rotates. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  72,  Burnishing-machines, 
Heel,  Oscillating-jack. 

78.  BURNISHING-MACHINES,  VIBRATING-TOOL.      Burn- 

ishing-machines in  which  the  tool  is  given  a  rapid  vibration  in 
a  fixed  path,  usually  in  a  straight  line  or  in  the  arc  of  a  circle. 
Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  76,  Burnishing-machines, 
Shank  and  tread. 

79.  BURNISHING-MACHINES,  VIBRATING-TOOL,  HAND- 

GUIDED.    Burnishing-machines  in  which  the  vibrating  tool 
is  flexibly  connected  to  the  source  of  power  and  is  guided,  by 
the  hand  of  the  operator. 
Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  77,  Burnishing-machines, 
Rotary-tool. 

80.  CEMENT-APPLYING     DEVICES.    Devices    for    applying 

cement  to  parts  of  boots  and  shoes  in  the  course  of  their  manu- 
facture. 

Search  Class— 
91— COATING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

81.  FELT-BOOT  FORMERS.      Devices  for  stretching  and  shap- 

ing felt-boot  blanks  or  cones. 

82.  INSEAM-TRIMMING  MACHINES.      Machines  for  trimming 

the  edges  of  the  upper,  welt,  insole,  or  some  of  them  at  the 
seam  which  unites  these  parts. 

83.  INSEAM  -  TRIMMING    MACHINES,    HORN -CARRIED 

KNIFE.  Machines  for  trimming  the  edge  of  the  upper  on  the 
inside  of  a  through-and-through-sewed  shoe,  the  trimming- 
knife  being  mounted  in  a  horn  which  is  inserted  in  the  shoe. 

83.S.  VAMP  TRIMMING  MACHINES.  Machines  for  trimming 
off  the  surplus  material  at  the  edges  of  the  vamp  and  lining 
of  a  lasted  shoe  after  the  lasting  operation,  in  order  to  prepare 
the  shoe  for  the  inseam  sewing  machine. 

84.  PEG-CUTTERS.    Devices  for  cutting  off  and  removing  the 

ends  of  the  sole  and  heel  attaching  pegs  and  nails  which  project 
into  the  shoe. 

85.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS.    This  subclass  in- 

cludes machines  for  trimming  the  edges  of  soles  and  heels. 

(Note.— Machines  for  cutting  out  a  sole-blank  are  found  in  this 
class  in  the  various  subclasses  under  the  title  of  Sole-machines, 
Blank-rounding.) 

Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  18,  Sole-machines,  Chan- 
neling and  trimming. 

86.  SOLE    AND    HEEL    EDGE    TRIMMERS,    CLAMPED- 

WORK.    Machines  in  which  the  work  is  clamped  to  a  work- 
support  to  present  it  to  the  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  45,  Heel-machines. 
Trimming  and  nailing,  and  19,  Sole-machines,  Channeling  and 
trimming,  Clamped-work. 

87.  SOLE     AND     HEEL    EDGE     TRIMMERS,     CLAMPED- 

WORK,  ROTARY-CUTTER.  Machines  in  which  the  work 
is  clamped  to  a  support  to  present  it  to  the  action  of  a  rotary 
cutter. 

88.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE   TRIMMERS,   ROTARY-CUT- 

TER.   Machines  employing  a  rotary  cutter-head. 
Search  Class — 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  87,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Clamped-work,  Rotary-cutter. 


CLASS  12— Continued. 

89.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  ROTARY-CUT- 

TER, MULTIPLE  CUTTER-HEAD.  Machines  provided 
with  a  plurality  of  rotary  cutter-heads. 

90.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  ROTARY-CUT- 

TER, ADJUSTABLE  RAND-GUIDE.  An  adjustable 
guide  or  guard  runs  between  the  rand  and  upper,  guiding  the 
rotary  cutter  and  guarding  the  work. 

91.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  ROTARY  CUT- 

TER-HEADS. The  rotary  cutter-heads  used  in  sole  and  heel 
edge  trimmers. 

(Note.— Somewhat  similar  cutter-heads  are  found  in  class  144. 
WOOD-WORKING.) 

92.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  ROTARY  CUT- 

TER-HEADS,    AXIALLY-ADJUSTABLE.    The    cutter- 
head  can  be  adjusted  to  trim  work  of  different  widths. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  89,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Rotary-cutter,  Multiple  cutter-head. 

93.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  ROTARY  CUT- 

TER-HEADS, SUPPLEMENTAL  CUTTERS.    The  cut- 
ter-head is  provided  with  a  supplemental  cutter  which  trims 
the  rand  or  face  of  the  sole  at  the  same  time  that  the  main  cut- 
ter trims  the  edge. 
Search  Class  - 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  92,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads,  Axially-adjustable. 

94.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  ROTARY  CUT- 

TER-HEADS, INSERTED  CUTTERS.    The  cutters  are 
not  integral  with  the  cutter-head,  but  are  inserted  therein. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  89,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Rotary-cutter,  Multiple  cutter-head. 

95.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  ROTARY  CUT- 

TER-HEADS, INSERTED  CUTTERS,  ANGULARLY 
ADJUSTABLE.  The  inserted  cutters  can  be  adjusted  angu- 
larly in  the  plane  of  revolution. 

93.  UPPER-CREASING.    Devices    for    making    the    transverse 
creases  sometimes  formed  in  the  vamps  of  uppers. 

97.  UPPER    CRIMPING    AND    STRETCHING.    Devices   for 

stretching  and  molding  uppers  into  shape  to  fit  the  foot.  The 
operation  is  carried  out  prior  to  the  securing  together  of  the  sole 
and  upper  and  usually  before  the  upper  is  closed  upon  itself. 

98.  UPPER     CRIMPING     AND     STRETCHING,     SHANK- 

STRETCHERS.  Devices  especially  adapted  for  stretching 
the  shank  of  the  upper  to  give  it  the  fullness  necessary  to  fit 
the  hollow  of  the  foot. 

99.  UPPER  CRIMPING  AND  STRETCHING,  FORMER  AND 

WIPER.  The  upper  is  crimped  over  a  former  by  means  of 
wiping-jaws.  These  jaws  are  usually  in  pairs,  the  former  being 
forced  down  between  them. 

100.  UPPER    CRIMPING    AND    STRETCHING,    FORMER 

AND  WIPER,  BELT-CARRIED  FORMER.  The  former 
or  formers  are  mounted  on  and  carried  by  a  traveling  belt  or 
chain,  which  draws  the  formers  through  the  wiping-jaws. 

101.  UPPER    CRIMPING    AND    STRETCHING,    FORMER 

AND  WIPER,  PIVOTED-FORMER.  The  former  is  piv- 
oted at  a  point  of  support  about  which  it  oscillates  or  revolves 
to  carry  it  into  or  out  of  engagement  with  the  wipers. 

102.  UPPER   CRIMPING   AND    STRETCHING,    FORMERS 

AND  CLAMPS.    Last-like  bodies  over  which  uppers  are 
stretched  and  clamps  for  securing  or  stretching  and  securing 
the  uppers  thereto. 
Search  Class — 

12— BOOT   AND    SHOE    MAKING,    subclass   110.    Lasting-tools, 
Stretchers. 

103.  TOOLS.    Miscellaneous  tools  used  in  the  manufacture  of  boots 

and  shoes. 

104.  BURNISHING-TOOLS.    Machine  and  hand  tools  for  bur- 

nishing boots  and  shoes. 
Search  Class— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  79,  Burnishing-machines, 
Vibrating-tool,  Hand-guided. 

105.  BURNISHING-TOOLS,  ROTARY.    Tools  which  are  rotated 

to  produce  the  rubbing  action. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  77,  Burnishing-machines, 
Rotary-tool. 

106.  CIIANNELING-TOOLS.    Hand-tools    used    in    channeling 

boot  and  shoe  soles. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  27,  Sole-machines,  Chan- 
neling for  cutters  used  in  channeling-machines. 

107.  LASTING-TOOLS.    Miscellaneous  tools  used  in  the  lasting  of 

boots  and  shoes. 


26 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  12— Continued. 

108.  LASTING-TOOLS,  NAILING  AND  STRETCHING.    Nail- 

driving  implements  provided  with  upper-gripping  devices. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  3,  Lasting  and  nailing 
machines,  Hand-guided  driver,  and  in  class  1,  NAILING  AND 
STAPLING,  subclasses  47,  Implements,  Nail-driving,  and  46, 
Implements,  Nail-driving,  Magazine. 

109.  LASTING    TOOLS,    STRETCHERS    AND    HAMMERS 

Stretchers  of  the  plier  type  provided  with  a  hammer-head. 

110.  LASTING-TOOLS,    STRETCHERS.    Hand-tools    used    in 

stretching  the  upper  over  the  last  in  the  lasting  operation. 

111.  LASTING-TOOLS,    STRETCHERS,    MULTIPLE-GRIP. 

Stretchers  provided  with  a  plurality  of  gripping  members, 
usually  two  in  number,  which  are  adapted  to  simultaneously 
grasp  the  edge  of  the  upper  at  the  opposite  sides  of  the  last. 

112.  LASTING-TOOLS,  STRETCHERS,  TOE.    Lasting-stretch- 

ers peculiarly  adapted  to  grasp  the  upper  at  the  toe. 

113.  LASTING-TOOLS,    FLY-CLOSERS.    Devices  for  holding 

the  flies  or  flaps  of  uppers  together  during  the  lasting  operation. 

114.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  HAND-TOOLS. 

Hand-tools  used  in  trimming  the  edges  of  soles  and  heels  and 
for  beveling  and  trimming  welts. 

Search  Class— 
12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  IOC,  Channeling  tools. 

115.  SOLE  AND  HEEL  EDGE  TRIMMERS,  HAND-TOOLS, 

DOUBLE-GRIP.    Edge-trimming  tools  provided  with  two 
handles  or  grips. 
Search  Class— 

145 — WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  55,  Spokeshaves,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

116.  BOOT-TREES.    Forms  which  are  inserted  in  boots  or  shoes 

to  sustain  them  during  the  treeing  operation.  The  form  con- 
sists of  a  foot-piece  which  may  be  collapsible  and  a  leg-piece 
which  is  usually  detachable  from  the  foot-piece  and  made  in 
two  parts.  Mechanism  is  usually  provided  by  which  the  leg 
and  foot  piece  can  be  expanded.  Some  of  the  boot-trees  are 
provided  with  hot-air  chambers  and  pipes. 

117.  BOOT-TREES,  PLUNGER-EXPANDED.    Boot-trees 

which  are  expanded  by  the  simple  reciprocation  of  a  plunger. 

118.  BOOT-TREES,  FOOT-LOCKS.    Devices  in  which  the  nov- 

elty lies  exclusively  in  mechanism  for  locking  a  last  to  a  boot- 
tree  leg. 

119.  BOOT-TREES,  FOOT-PIECES.  Invention  limited  to  the 

foot-piece  of  a  boot-tree. 

120.  BOOT-TREES,  CLASPS.    Clasps  attached  to  the  leg  of  a 

boot-tree  to  catch  and  hold  the  top  of  the  boot  or  shoe. 

121.  PATTERNS.    Various  patterns  specially  adapted  to  be  used 

in  laying  out  parts  of  boots  and  shoes. 
Search  Class— 

223 — APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  1,  Charts,  for  general  pat- 
terns. 

122.  SHOEMAKERS'      BENCHES.      Work-benches      specially 

adapted  for  shoemakers'  uses. 

123.  WORK-SUPPORTS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  holding  and 

sustaining  boots  and  shoes  during  the  process  of  manufacture. 
(Note. — Shoemakers'  repair-lasts  are  found  in  this  subclass.) 

124.  WORK-SUPPORTS,   EXPANSIBLE-HOLDER.    The  in- 

serted holder  may  be  expanded  to  fit  different-sized  shoes 
and  to  hold  the  shoe  more  securely. 

(Note. — Mere  expansible  fillers  to  distend  or  stretch  the  shoe 
are  found  in  the  subclass  128,  Formers,  and  subclasses  there- 
under in  this  class.) 

Search  Class — 
12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  09,  Boot-tree  holders. 

125.  WORK-SUPPORTS,  HEEL-CLAMPING.    The  shoe  is  held 

between  clamping-jaws,  one  of  which  bears  against  the  tread- 
surface  of  the  heel,  and  sometimes  against  the  sole  as  well, 
while  the  other  enters  the  shoe  and  presses  against  the  heel-seat 
or  against  an  inserted  last. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  72,  Burnishing-machines, 
Heel,  Oscillating-jack. 

126.  WORK-SUPPORTS,   LAST-JACKS.    Last-supports   which 

require  no  modification  or  adaptation  of  the  last  structure  or 
which  require  only  the  provision  of  one  or  more  cylindrical 
holes  in  the  heel  of  the  last. 


CLASS  12— Continued. 

127.  WORK-SUPPORTS,  LAST-JACKS,  SADDLE  AND  SPIN- 

DLE.   The  work-support  is  provided  with  a  pin,  which  enters 
the  socket  in  the  heel  of  the  last,  and  with  a  saddle-like  toe- 
support  in  which  the  toe  or  instep  portion  of  the  last  rests. 
Search  Class— 
12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  122,  Shoemakers'  benches. 

128.  FORMERS.    Devices  other  than  boot-trees  and  boot-treeing 

machines  for  stretching  and  shaping  or  preserving  the  shape  of 
the  shoe  after  it  is  made. 
Search  Class — 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  124,  Work-supports, 
Expansible-holder. 

129.  FORMERS,  PNEUMATIC.    A  flexible  air-tight  shoe-form  is 

inserted  in  the  shoe  and  is  inflated  by  pneumatic  pressure. 

130.  FORMERS,    STRETCHERS.    Devices   for   positively   and 

continuously  stretching  a  shoe  to  any  desired  degree  ana  pro- 
vided with  means  for  then  locking  the  stretcher. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  116,  Boot-trees;  117, 
Boot-trees,  Plunger-expanded,  and  124,  Work-supports,  Ex- 
pansible-holder. 

131.  FORMERS,    STRETCHERS,    LATERAL    AND    LONGI- 

TUDINAL.   Stretchers  inserted  in  the  shoe  to  stretch  it  both 
in  the  direction  of  its  length  and  transversely  thereto. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  119,  Boot-trees,  Foot- 
pieces. 

132.  FORMERS,    STRETCHERS,    LATERAL.    Stretchers   in- 

serted in  the  shoe  to  operate  transversely  of  the  foot. 

133.  LASTS.    Foot-forms  over  which  boots  and  shoes  are  shaped 

and  built  up. 

134.  LASTS,  ADJUSTABLE.    The  various  parts  of  the  last  can  be 

positively  adjusted  to  adapt  the  last  to  different-sized  shoes. 

135.  LASTS,   SEPARATE   HEEL-BLOCK.    The   heel-block  is 

made  separate  from  the  rest  of  the  last  to  facilitate  insertion 
and  removal  from  the  shoe. 

136.  LASTS,  SEPARATE  HEEL-BLOCK,  HINGED.    The  heel- 

block  is  hinged  to  the  body  of  the  last. 

137.  LASTS,  INSTEP-BLOCK  FASTENERS.    Devices  for  secur- 

ing the  instep-block  to  the  body  of  the  last. 
Search  Class — 
12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  134,  Lasts,  Adjustable. 

138.  LASTS,  INSTEP-BLOCK  FASTENERS,  SLIDING-BOLT. 

The  instep-block  is  secured  to  the  last-body  by  a  bolt  which 
lies  in  registering  sockets  formed  in  the  two  parts  of  the  last. 
To  release  the  instep-block,  the  bolt  slides  out  of  engagement 
with  one  or  the  other  of  the  last  parts. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  135,  Lasts,  Separate  heel- 
block  for  somewhat  similar  locking  devices. 

139.  LASTS,    HEEL-PLATES    AND    SOCKETS.    Devices    for 

strengthening  the  heel  portion  and  socket  of  wooden  lasts,  so 
that  they  may  be  mounted  on  spindle-jacks  and  withstand 
heavy  operations,  such  as  sole-leveling. 

140.  LASTS,  PEG-RECEIVERS.    Lasts  provided  with  grooves 

or  sockets,  which  may  or  may  not  be  filled  "with  some  mate- 
rial— such  as  rubber,  soft  wood,  or  the  like— and  into  which 
the  nails  for  securing  the  parts  of  the  shoe  to  the  last  and  to 
each  other  are  driven. 

141.  LASTS,  SHOE  RETAINERS.    Lasts  provided  with  spurs  or 

pins  which  hold  the  shoe  or  some  of  its  parts  in  position  on  the 
last  to  obviate  the  necessity  for  driving  pegs  into  the  last. 

142.  PROCESSES.    Processes  of  making  boots  and  shoes  except 

such  as  by  their  steps  merely  define  the  structure  of  the  article 
made,  such  being  found  in  class  36,  BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND 
LEGGINGS. 

143.  ABOLISHED. 

144.  PROCESSES,  BLANK-LAYING-OUT.    Plans  for  laying  out 

shoe-blanks  on  a  hide  or  side  of  leather  or  sheet  of  other  mate- 
rial, so  that  they  may  be  cut  up  with  a  minimum  of  waste. 

145.  PROCESSES,  LASTING.    Processes  of  lasting. 

146.  PROCESSES,  MISCELLANEOUS  PARTS.    Processes  for 

making  various  separate  parts  of  shoes,  as  soles,  counter- 
stiffeners,  etc. 

147.  PROCESSES,  HEEL.     Processes  of  making  and  attaching 

heels. 


CLASS   14.— BRIDGES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  structures  by  which  a  roadway  or  railroad 
is  carried  across  a  space  intervening  between  supports  and  all  struc- 
tures, such  as  gates,  etc.,  whose  operation  is  dependent  upon  the 
operation  of  the  bridge  (as  in  drawbridges). 

Structures  for  supporting  an  overhead  railroad  when  more  or  less 
intimately  associated  with  the  rails  or  other  features  peculiar  to 
railroads  will  be  found  in  class  104,  RAILWAYS,  subclass  4,  Elevated. 

Turn-tables,  buffers,  etc.,  which  are  not  specific  to  bridges  will  be 
found  in  class  104,  RAILWAYS. 

Gates  whose  operation  is  not  connected  in  some  way  with  the 
operation  of  a  drawbridge  will  be  found  in  class  39,  FENCES. 

No  attempt  has  been  made  to  separate  hand-rails  used  on  bridges, 
even  though  they  might  be  claimed.  A  few  patents  showing  these 
will  be  found  in  various  subclasses  hereunder,  usually  neither 
claiming  nor  showing  any  structure  which  would  distinguish  these 
barriers  from  fences  generally. 

Wooden  floors  intended  for  general  use  and  not  claiming  some 
feature  specific  to  bridges  will  be  found  in  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILD- 
INGS. 

Masonry  and  concrete  arches,  floors,  and  piers  will  be  found  in  class 
72,  MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES. 

There  has  been  no  attempt  in  this  classification  to  separate  lateral 
bracing.  Sometimes,  as  in  suspension-bridges,  the  lateral  bracing 
is  more  or  less  peculiar  to  the  class  of  bridge  structure.  In  some 
cases  there  appears  to  be.  no  distinction  in  either  structure  or  function 
between  bracing  intended  to  strengthen  a  bridge  against  wind- 
pressure  and  that  intended  to  support  weight,  and  they  have  all 
been  classified  together. 

No  clear  line  of  separation  can  be  made  between  bridge-trusses 
and  roof-trusses.  In  both  structure  and  function  they  may  be  iden- 
tical. Patents  have  been  separated  according  to  the  use  shown  and 
described.  Where  both  uses  have  been  shown  and  described,  the 
patent  has  been  placed  in  class  14,  BRIDGES,  and  a  cross-reference 
made  in  class  108,  ROOFS,  subclass  23,  Trusses. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.  Miscellaneous  bridge  structures  involving 

features  not  otherwise  classifiable  hereunder. 

2.  COMBINATION,  TRUSS  AND   ARCH.    Bridges  combining 

the  principle  of  the  truss  with  that  of  the  arch,  the  truss  and 
arch  being  connected,  but  usually  being  clearly  distinguish- 
able as  separate  structures. 
Search  Class— 

14.— BRIDGES,  subclass  25,  Arch,  Compound,  for  arches  including 
the  principle  of  the  truss  in  the  structure  of  the  arch. 

3.  TRUSS.    Truss-bridges  which   include  features   not  elsewhere 

classifiable  in  the  subclasses  hereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

14. — BRIDGES,  subclasses  2,  Combination,  Truss  and  arch,  and 
25,  Arch,  Compound. 

104 — RAILWAYS,  subclass  4,  Elevated,  for  features  similar  to 
those  shown  in  this  class,  subclasses  3,  Truss;  4,  Truss,  Ar- 
rangement; 13,  Truss,  Structure,  and  14,  Truss,  Details, 
Connections. 

108— ROOFS,  subclass  23,  Trusses,  for  features  similar  to  those 
shown  in  subclasses3,  Truss;  4,  Truss,  Arrangement;  13,  Truss, 
Structure;  14,  Truss,  Details,  Connections;  15,  Truss,  Details, 
End  shoes,  and  10,  Truss,  Details,  Expansion  devices. 

4.  TRUSS,  ARRANGEMENT.    The  arrangement  in  a  completed 

truss  of  the  several  parts  thereof  when  the  invention  lies  in  the 
relative  location  of  the  elements  of  the  truss  or  the  structure  of 
the  truss  as  a  whole. 
Search  Class — 
14.— BRIDGES,  subclass  2,  Combination,  Truss  and  arch. 

5.  TRUSS    ARRANGEMENT,  ADJUSTABLE.    Truss-bridges 

which  include  some   adjustable  feature    (usually,  but  not 
always,  the  camber). 
Search  Classes— 

14. — BRIDGES,  subclass  10,  Truss,  Arrangement,  Bowstring,  Ad- 
justable. 

61 — HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  8,  Docks. 

6.  TRUSS,  ARRANGEMENT,  DECK.    Bridges   in  which   the 

road  is  supported  on  the  upper  chord  of  the  truss. 

7.  TRUSS,  ARRANGEMENT,   CANTILEVER.    Miscellaneous 

bridges  of  the  cantilever  type. 
Search  Classes  - 

14.— BRIDGES,  subclasses  31,  Draw;  43,  Draw,  Horizontally-slid- 
ing, and  32,  Draw,  Swing,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  19,  Turn-tables. 

8.  TRUSS,     ARRANGEMENT.     CANTILEVER.     SUSPEN- 

SION.   Bridges  of  the  cantilever  type  which  include  means  of 
suspension  as  either  a  principal  or  a  subordinate  feature. 
Search  Class— 

14.— BRIDGES,  subclass  18,  Suspension,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 


CLASS  14— Continued. 

9.  TRUSS,   ARRANGEMENT,   BOWSTRING.    Bridge-trusses 

of  the  special  form  of  having  the  upper  member  an  arc  of  a 
circle  and  the  lower  member  the  chord  of  said  arc. 

10.  TRUSS,  ARRANGEMENT  BOWSTRING,  ADJUSTABLE. 

Bowstring  truss-bridges  which  include  some  adjustable  fea- 
ture. 

Search  Class  - 
14.— BRIDGES,  subclass  5,  Truss,  Arrangement,  Adjustable. 

11.  TRUSS,     ARRANGEMENT,     INTERMEDIATE     CATE- 

NARY.   Bridge-trusses  of  the  special  form  of  having  an 
approximate  catenary  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  truss. 

12.  TRUSS,  ARRANGEMENT,  BOTH  CHORDS  CURVED. 

Bridge-trusses  of  the  special  form  of  having  both  chords 
curved,  usually  oppositely. 

13.  TRUSS,  STRUCTURE.    Structure  of  the  members  individu- 

ally (usually,  but  not  always,  the  upper  chord)  of  trusses. 
Search  Classes— 
14.— BRIDGES,  subclass  17,  Girder. 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  1,  Buildings 

and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  12  Skeleton  towers,  and  the 

subclasses  thereunder;  and  38,  Columns  and  the  subclasses 

thereunder. 

14.  TRUSS,  DETAILS,  CONNECTIONS.    Details  of  connections 

between  the  parts  of  trusses  or  to  details  of  extensions  of  such 
parts. 
Search  Classes — 

14.— BRIDGES,  subclasses  5,  Truss,  Arrangement,  Adjustable;  10, 
Truss,  Arrangement,  Bowstring,  Adjustable;  15,  Truss,  De- 
tails, End  shoes,  and  75,  Piers. 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  151,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Bridge-irons. 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclasses  76,  Cars,  Floor- 
frames;  111,  Trucks,  Frames;  192,  Cars,  Freight,  Frames,  and 
201.  Cars,  Passenger,  Frames. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  5,  Buildings, 
Jails;  12,  Skeleton  towers;  and  38,  Columns  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

239— RAILWAY-RAILS  AND  JOINTS,  subclasses  under  Rail-joints. 

15.  TRUSS,  DETAILS,  END  SHOES.    Devices  connecting  the 

end  of  the  arch  member  of  bowstring-trusses  to  the  tension 
member.  Patents  of  other  kinds  of  trusses  in  which  the  com- 
pression and  the  tension  chord  are  joined  immediately  and  in 
which  such  connection  is  claimed  are  placed  in  this  subclass. 
Search  Class — 

14— BRIDGES,  subclass  14,  Truss,  Details,  Connections  for  shoes 
somewhat  similar  in  structure  to  End  shoes  and  16,  Truss, 
Details,  Expansion  devices. 

16.  TRUSS,  DETAILS,  EXPANSION  DEVICES.    Devices  for 

use  usually  on  piers  or  at  the  ends  of  bridges  to  enable  the 
bridge  structure  to  expand  or  contract  longitudinally  under 
the  influence  of  changes  of  temperature. 
Search  Class 
14. — BRIDGES,  subclass  21,  Suspension,  Towers  and  anchors. 

17.  GIRDER.    I-beams  or  other  beams  or  equivalent  structures  for 

supporting  roadways. 
Search  Classes — 

29.— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  155,  Blanks  and  processes,  Col- 
umns and  girders. 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  19,  Turn-tables,  and  48,  Transfer- 
tables. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  38,  Columns 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

18.  SUSPENSION.    Suspension-bridges  involving  structures  not 

elsewhere  classifiable  in  the  following  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

14.— BRIDGES,  subclasses  8,  Truss,  Arrangement, Cantilever,  Sus- 
pension, and  11,  Truss,  Arrangement,  Intermediate  catenary. 

19.  SUSPENSION, COMPOUND  SYSTEM.    Bridges  supported 

by  more  than  two  cables  arranged  in  sets  which  are  differently 
connected  to  the  bridge. 

20.  SUSPENSION,  SIMPLE  SYSTEM.    Bridges  supported  by  a 

siriiile  cable  or  by  a  simple  system  of  cables,  every  cable  being 
similarly  placed. 

21.  SUSPENSION,  TOWERS  AND  ANCHORS.    Supports  and 

securing  devices  for  suspension-cables. 
Search  Classes— 
14.— BRIDGES,  subclasses  7,  Truss.  Arrangement,  Cantilever;  8, 

Truss,  Arrangement,  Cantilever,  Suspension,  and  26,  Arch, 

Abutments  and  anchorages. 

104 — RAILWAYS,  subclass  4,  Elevated,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES, subclasses  12,  Skeleton 

Towers:  38,  Columns;  90.  Land  Anchors;  and  the  subclasses 

under  these. 

27 


28 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  14— Continued. 

22.  SUSPENSION,  CABLES,  AND  CABLE-CLAMPS,   Struc- 

tures (such  as  cables)  specially  designed  to  suspend  bridges 
and  devices  for  attachment  of  other  parts  to  the  cables. 

Search  Classes 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  16,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  means  of  con- 
necting ends  of  cables  together;  115,  Cord  and  rope  holders, 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  for  chains. 

248 — SUPPORTS,  subclass  31,  Pipe  or  cable  hangers. 

23.  SUSPENSION,    CONSTRUCTIVE    APPARATUS.    Appa- 

ratus for  use  in  getting  cables  into  position. 

24.  ARCH.     Bridges  of  the  simple  arch  type  not  otherwise  classi- 

fiable. 

Search  Classes  - 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  2,  Combination,  Truss  and  arch,  and  the 

subclasses  under  Draw,  Bascule. 
72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  for  Masonry  and 

concrete  arches. 
108 — ROOFS,  subclass  23,  Trusses. 

25.  ARCH,  COMPOUND.     Bridges  of  the  arch  type  in  which  the 

arch  is  not  a  simple  structure,  but  is  composed  of  a  lattice 
girder,  a  bowstring-truss,  or  some  other  compound  structure. 
Search  Classes — 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  2,  Combination,  Truss  and  arch,  and  the 
subclasses  under  Draw,  Bascule. 

108— ROOFS,  subclass  23,  Trusses. 

26.  ARCH,  ABUTMENTS  AND  ANCHORAGES.    Supports  for 

bridges  of  the  arch  type. 
Search  Class — 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  2,  Combination,  Truss  and  arch;  21, 
Suspension,  Towers  and  anchors;  the  subclasses  under  Draw, 
Bascule,  and  75,  Piers. 

27.  FLOATING.    Floating  bridges  involving  structures  not  classi- 

fiable in  the  subclasses  hereunder. 

28.  FLOATING,    ADJUSTABLE    HEIGHT.    Floating   bridges 

containing  some  structure  to  produce  or  to  permit  variations 
in  the  height  of  the  road-bed. 
Search  Class 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  42,  Draw,  Lift;  47,  Draw,  Aprons,  and 
71,  Gangways,  One  end  attached. 

29.  FLOATING,  DRAW.    Floating  bridges  of  the  draw  type. 

30.  FLOATING,  DRAW,  LOCKING.    Floating  bridges  of  the 

draw  type  which  show  some  form  of  device  to  lock  the  draw. 
Search  Class 

14^— BRIDGES,  the  various  subclasses  (under  the  main  subhead- 
ing of  "Draw")  which  include  locking  devices. 

31.  DRAW.    Drawbridges  involving  structures  not  classifiable  in 

any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 
Search  Class— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  29,  Floating,  Draw,  and  30,  Floating, 
Draw,  Locking. 

32.  DRAW,  SWING.    Drawbridges  of  the  swing  type  not  other- 

wise classifiable. 

Note. — This  subclass  is  limited  to  structures  embodying  some 
feature  specifically  intended  for  use  in  connection  with  a  bridge. 

Search  Class— 

104 — RAILWAYS,  subclasses  19,  Turn-tables,  and  48,  Transfer- 
tables. 

33.  DRAW,  SWING,  HAND  OR  MOTOR  OPERATED.    Means 

of  operating  bridges  of  the  swing  type. 
Search  Class— 
104 — RAILWAYS,  subclass  19,  Turn-tables. 

34.  DRAW,  SWING,  BOAT-OPERATED.    Bridges  intended  to 

be  swung  by  an  approaching  boat  and  usually  equipped  with 
an  automatic  return. 
Search  Classes 

14— BRIDGES,  subclass  44,  Draw,  Horizontally-sliding,  Boat- 
operated. 

39 — FENCES,  subclass  8,  Gates,  Swinging,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

35.  DRAW,  SWING,  END  SUPPORTS  AND  LOCKING  DE- 

VICES.   Devices  for  connecting  the  ends  of  swing-bridges  to 
the  stationary  supports  for  the  purpose  of  support  or  locking, 
or  both. 
Search  Classes— 

14 — BRIDGES,  all  subclasses  that  include  locking  devices. 

61 — HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  8,  Docks. 

36.  DRAW,  BASCULE,  FIXED-PIVOT.    Bridges  of  the  bascule 

type  revolving  on  a  fired  pivot  not  included  hi  the  subclasses 
hereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  39,  Draw,  Bascule,  Non-pivoted;  47, 
Draw,  Aprons,  and  71,  Gangways,  One  end  attached. 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclasses  187,  Cars,  Dumping, 
Inwardly-tilting  sections;  188,  Cars,  Dumping,  Outwardly- 
tilting  sections;  189,  Cars,  Dumping,  Outwardly-tilting  sec- 
tions, Displaceable  sides;  190,  Cars,  Dumping,  Tilting  body, 
and  191,  Cars,  Dumping,  Tilting  body,  Displaceable  sides. 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  82,  Gangways. 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclasses  9,  Raised  track, 
Track  end  dump,  Tilting  track-section,  and  11,  Tilting  plat- 
form. 


CLASS  14— Continued. 

37.  DRAW,  BASCULE,  FIXED-PIVOT,  HINGED  SECTIONS. 

Bridges  of  the  bascule  type  with  a  fixed  pivot  in  which  each 
vertically-swinging  part  is  composed  of  sections  hinged 
together. 

38.  DRAW,  BASCULE,  FIXED-PIVOT,  RACK-AND-PINION. 

Bridges  of  the  bascule  type  with  a  fixed  pivot  which  are  oper- 
ated by  a  rack  and  pinion,  the  rack  or  the  pinion  being  on  the 
movable  span  and  the  other  on  a  stationary  part  of  the  bridge. 
Search  Class— 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  40,  Draw,  Bascule,  Non-pivoted,  Rack- 
and-pinion. 

39.  DRAW,  BASCULE,  NON-PIVOTED.    Bridges  of  the  bas- 

cule type  with  no  fixed  pivot  which  are  operated  otherwise 
than  by  a  rack  and  pinion  acting  directly  on  the  movable  span. 
Search  Classes— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  30,  Draw,  Bascule,  Fixed-pivot;  47, 
Draw,  Aprons,  and  71,  Gangways,  One  end  attached. 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclasses  187,  Cars,  Dumping, 
Inwardly-tilting  sections;  188,  Cars,  Dumping,  Outwardly- 
tilting  sections;  189,  Cars,  Dumping,  Outwardlv-tilting  sec- 
tions, Displaceable  sides;  190,  Cars,  Dumping,  Tilting  body, 
and  191,  Cars,  Dumping,  Tilting  body,  Displaceable  sides. 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  82,  Gangways. 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclasses  9,  Raised  track, 
Track  end  dump,  Tilting  track-section,  and  11,  Tilting  plat- 
form. 

40.  DR AW,  BASCULE, NON-PIVOTED,  RACK-AND-PINION. 

Bridges  of  the  bascule  type  with  no  fixed  pivot  which  are  oper- 
ated by  a  rack  and  pinion,  the  rack  or  the  pinion  being  on  the 
movable  span  and  the  other  on  a  stationary  part  of  the  bridge. 
Search  Class 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  38,  Draw,  Bascule,  Fixed-pivot,  Rack- 
and-pinion. 

41.  DRAW,  BASCULE,  LOCKING  DEVICES.    Devices  for  posi- 

tively locking  the  movable  parts  of  bascule-bridges  against 
vertical  or  lateral  movement. 
Search  Class— 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  which  include  locking  devices. 

42.  DRAW,  LIFT.    Drawbridges  moving  vertically  (either  up  or 

down  from  normal  position)  with  usually  no  horizontal  mo- 
tion. 
Search  Classes— 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  71,  Gangways,  One  end  attached,  and  the 
various  subclasses  of  Vertically-sliding  under  Draw,  Gates. 

39 — FENCES,  subclass  24,  Gates,  Dropping.    . 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  48,  Docks,  Lifting. 

43.  DRAW,  HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING.    Drawbridges  which 

open  by  a  horizontal  longitudinal  movement. 
Search  Classes  — 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  72,  Gangways,  Unattached. 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  4,  Elevated. 

44.  DRAW,  HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING,  BOAT-OPERATED. 

Longitudinally-moving  drawbridges  which  are  operated  by 
an  approaching  boat. 
Search  Class— 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  34,  Draw,  Swing,  Boat-operated. 

45.  DRAW,   LAZY-TONGS.    Drawbridges  operated  by  one  or 

more  lazy-tongs. 
Search  Classes  - 

39 — FENCES,  subclass  21,  Gates,  Expanding. 
227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  15,  Lazy-tongs,  and  the  subclasses; 
thereunder. 

46.  DRAW,  LOCKING  DEVICES.    Devices  not  otherwise  classi- 

fiable for  positively  locking  drawbridges  against  movement. 
Search  Class  — 

14 — BRIDGES,  in  ths  various  subclasses  under  the  main  subtitles 
of  Draw  and  Floating  which  include  locking  devices. 

47.  DRAW,  APRONS.    Devices,  usually  constituting  part  of  the 

floor  or  roadway  and  connecting  the  draw  to  the  fixed  span, 
(being  hinged  to  one  or  the  other,)  which  are  moved  out  of  the 
way  either  prior  to  or  during  the  movement  of  the  draw 
Search  Class— 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  28,  Floating,  Adjustable  height;  the 
subclasses  under  Draw,  Bascule,  and  71,  Gangways,  One  end 
attached. 

48.  DRAW,  BUFFERS.    Structures  which  when  the  draw  is  open 

project  above  the  roadway  to  receive  the  impact  of  a  moving 
car  or  other  object  and  designed  to  resist  considerable  force. 
Note.— This  subclass  is  limited  to  buffers  actuated  by  drawbridges. 
Search  Classes— 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  49,  Buffers,  for  stationary  buffers  for 

railway  use. 

186 — STORE-SERVICE,  subclasses  24,  Buffers,  and  25,  Buffers, 
Slide. 

49.  DRAW,  SIGNALS.    Some  form  of  signal  apparatus  to  be  used 

in  connection  with  drawbridges  and  usually  operated  simul- 
taneously with  the  gates. 

This  subclass  is  limited  to  signals  whose  operation  involves  some 
features  specific  to  bridges. 

50.  DRAW,  GATES.    Gates  for  drawbridges  which  involve  struc- 

tures not  otherwise  classifiable'. 

This  subclass  and  the  subclasses  hereunder  are  limited  to  gates 
whose  operation  involve  some  feature  specific  to  bridges. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


29 


CLASS  H— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  37,  Draw,  Bascule,  Fixed-pivot,  Hinged 

sections. 
39 — FENCES. 
61 — HYDRAULIC    ENGINEERING,    subclasses    46,    Water-gates, 

Sliding;  47,  Water-gates,  Swinging,  and  56,  Wharves,  Gates. 

51.  DRAW,  GATES,  HAND  OR  MOTOR  OPERATED,  HORI- 

ZONTALLY-SWINGING. Drawbridges  having  a  horizon- 
tally-swinging gate  operated  or  controlled  wholly  or  in  part  by 
hand  or  motor  power.  If  the  operation  is  partly  automatic,  a 
cross-reference  is  made  to  the  appropriate  bridge-operated 
subclass. 

52.  DRAW,  GATES,  HAND  OR  MOTOR  OPERATED,  VER- 

TICALLY-SLIDING. Drawbridges  having  a  vertically- 
sliding  gate  operated  or  controlled  wholly  or  in  part  by  hand 
or  motor  power.  If  the  operation  is  partly  automatic,  a  cross- 
reference  Is  made  to  the  appropriate  bridge-operated  subclass. 
Search  Classes— 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  42,  Draw,  Lift,  and  71,  Gangways,  One 
end  attached. 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  48,  Docks,  Lifting. 

53.  DRAW,  GATES,  HAND  OR  MOTOR  OPERATED,  VER- 

TICALLY-SWINGING. Drawbridges  having  a  vertically- 
swinging  gate  operated  or  controlled  wholly  or  in  part  by 
hand  or  motor  power.  If  the  operation  is  partly  automatic,  a 
cross-reference  is  made  to  the  appropriate  bridge-operated 
subclass. 

54.  DRAW,    GATES,      BRIDGE-OPERATED.      DISPLACE- 

MENT, HORIZONTALLY  -  SLIDING.  Drawbridges 
which  operate  a  horizontally-sliding  gate  by  contact  therewith 
or  by  displacing  the  member  of  the  operative  mechanism 
which  contacts  with  the  movable  span  without  immediately 
rotating  the  shaft. 
Search  Class— 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  50,  Draw,  Gates,  and  62,  Draw,  Gates, 
Bridge-operated,  Shaft-rotation,  Horizontally-sliding. 

55.  DRAW,      GATES,      BRIDGE-OPERATED,    DISPLACE- 

MENT, HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING,  LOCKING.    Draw- 
bridges which  operate  a  horizontally-sliding  gate  by  contact 
therewith  or  by  displacing  the  member  of  the  operative  mech- 
anism which  contacts  with  the  movable  span  without  imme- 
diately rotating  a  shaft,  said  gate  having  an  attachment  for 
locking  it  in  one  position. 
Search  Class— 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  which  include  locking  devices. 

56.  DRAW,    GATES,    BRIDGE  -  OPERATED,    DISPLACE- 

MENT,   HORIZONTALLY  -  SWINGING.    Drawbridges 
which  operate  a  horizontally-swinging  gate  by  displacing  the 
member  of  the  operative  mechanism  which  contacts  with  the 
movable  span  without  immediately  rotating  a  shaft. 
Search  Class— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  51,  Draw,  Gates,  Hand  or  motor  oper- 
ated, Horizontally-swinging,  and  64,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge- 
operated,  Shaft-rotation,  Horizontally-swinging. 

57.  DRAW,    GATES,    BRIDGE  -  OPERATED,    DISPLACE- 

MENT,      HORIZONTALLY-SWINGING,      LOCKING. 
Drawbridges  which  operate  a  horizontally-swinging  gate  by- 
displacing  the  member  of  the  operative  mechanism  which 
contacts  with  the  movable  span  without  immediately  rotat- 
ing a  shaft,  said  gate  having  an  attachment  for  locking  it  in 
one  position. 
Search  Class— 
14 — BRIDGES,  all  subclasses  which  include  locking  devices. 

58  DRAW,  GATES,    BRIDGE  -  OPERATED,    DISPLACE- 

MENT, VERTICALLY-SLIDING.  Drawbridges  which 
operate  a  vertically-sliding  gate  by  immediate  contact  there- 
with or  by  displacing  the  member  of  the  operative  mechanism 
which  contacts  with  the  movable  span  without  mmediately 
rotating  a  shaft. 
Search  Class— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  52,  Draw,  Gates,  Hand  or  motor  oper- 
ated, Vertically-sliding,  and  66,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge-oper- 
ated, Shaft-rotation,  Vertically-sliding. 

59  DRAW,    GATES,    BRIDGE  -  OPERATED,    DISPLACE- 

MENT,     VERTICALLY-SLIDING,    LOCKING.    Draw- 
bridges which  operate  a  vertically-sliding  gate  by  immediate 
contact  therewith,  or  by  displacing  the  member  of  the  opera- 
tive mechanism  which  contacts  with  the  movable  span  with- 
out immediately  rotating  a  shaft,  said  gate  having  an  attach- 
ment for  locking  it  in  one  position. 
Search  Class— 
14— BRIDGES,  all  subclasses  which  include  locking  devices. 

60.  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE  -  OPERATED,  DISPLACE- 
MENT, VERTICALLY-SWINGING.  Drawbridges  which 
operate  a  vertically-swinging  gate  by  immediate  contact  there- 
with or  by  displacing  the  member  of  the  operative  mechanism 
which  contacts  with  the  movable  span  without  immediately 
rotating  a  shaft. 
Search  Class— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  53,  Draw,  Gates,  Hand  or  motor  oper- 
ated Vertically-swinging,  and  68,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge-oper- 
ated, Shaft-rotation,  Vertically-swinging. 


CLASS  14— Continued. 

61.  DRAW,    GATES,    BRIDGE  -  OPERATED.    DISPLACE- 

MENT, VERTICALLY-SWINGING,  LOCKING.    Draw- 
bridges which  operate  a  vertically-swinging  gate  by  imme- 
diate contact  therewith  or  by  displacing  the  member  of  the 
operative  mechanism  which  contacts  with  the  movable  span 
without  immediately  rotating  a  shaft,  said  gate  having  an 
attachment  for  locking  It  in  one  position. 
Search  Class — 
14— BRIDGES,  all  subclasses  which  include  locking  devices. 

62.  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE  -  OPERATED,  SHAFT-ROTA- 

TION, HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING.    Drawbridges  which 
operate  a  horizontally-sliding  gate  by  first  rotating  a  shaft  in 
the  operating  mechanism. 
Search  Class — 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  50,  Draw,  Gates,  and  54,  Draw,  Gates, 
Bridge-operated,  Displacement,  Horizontally-sl  ding. 

63.  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE-OPERATED,  SHAFT-ROTA- 

TION, HORIZONTALLY  -  SLIDING,  LOCKING.  Draw- 
bridges which  operate  a  horizontally-sliding  gate  by  first  rotat- 
ing a  shaft  in  the  operating  mechanism,  said  gate  having  an 
attachment  for  locking  it  in  one  position. 
Search  Class— 
14 — BRIDGES,  all  subclasses  that  include  locking  devices. 

64.  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE-OPERATED,  SHAFT-ROTA- 

TION,   HORIZONTALLY   -   SWINGING.    Drawbridges 
which  operate  a  horizontally-swinging  gate  by  first  rotating 
a  shaft  in  the  operating  mechanism. 
Search  Class — 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  56,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge-operated,  Dis- 
placement, Horizontally-swinging,  and  51,  Draw,  Gates,  Hand 
or  motor  operated,  Horizontally-swinging. 

65.  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE-OPERATED,  SHAFT-ROTA- 

TION,    HORIZONTALLY  -  SWINGING,     LOCKING. 
Drawbridges  which  operate  a  horizontally-swinging  gate  by 
first  rotating  a  shaft  in  the  operating  mechanism,  said  gate 
having  an  attachment  for  locking  it  in  one  position. 
Search  Class — 
14— BRIDGES,  all  subclasses  which  include  locking  devices. 

66.  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE-OPERATED,  SHAFT-ROTA- 

TION,    VERTICALLY-SLIDING.     Drawbridges     which 
operate  a  vertically-sliding  gate  by  first  rotating  a  shaft  in  the 
operating  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  52,  Draw,  Gates,  Hand  or  motor  oper- 
ated, Vertically-sliding,  and  5S,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge-oper- 
ated, Displacement,  Vertically-sliding. 

67.  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE-OPERATED,  SHAFT-ROTA- 

TION, VERTICALLY  -  SLIDING,   LOCKING.    Draw- 
bridges which  operate  a  vertically-sliding  gate  by  first  rotating 
a  shaft  in  the  operating  mechanism,  said  gate  having  an  attach- 
ment for  locking  it  in  one  position. 
Search  Class — 
14— BRIDGES,  all  subclasses  which  include  locking  devices. 

68  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE-OPERATED,  SHAFT-ROTA- 

TION, VERTICALLY-SWINGING.    Drawbridges  which 
operate  a  vertically-swinging  gate  by  first  rotating  a  shaft  in 
the  operating  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  53,  Draw,  Gates,  Hand  or  motor  oper- 
ated, Vertically-swinging,  and  60,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge-oper- 
ated, Displacement,  Vertically-swinging. 

69  DRAW,  GATES,  BRIDGE-OPERATED,  SHAFT-ROTA- 

TION,  VERTICALLY-SWINGING,   LOCKING.    Draw- 
bridges which  operate  a  vertically-swinging  gate  by  first  rotat- 
ing a  shaft  in  the  operating  mechanism,  said  gate  having  an 
attachment  for  locking  it  in  one  position. 
Search  Class— 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  which  include  locking  devices. 

70.  GANGWAYS,  ENDLESS  CONVEYER.  Gangways  which 
include  an  endless  conveyer  as  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  floor. 
Search  Classes— 

34—  DRIERS,  subclass  12,  Endless  carrier. 

56 — HARVESTERS,  subclasses  61,  Hay-loaders,  Endless  belts,  89, 
Self-rakers,  Endless  carriers,  and  107,  Corn-harvesters,  Stalk- 
cutters,  Droppers,  Endless  apron. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  7,  Wrapping-machines, 
Traveling  carrier. 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  82,  Gangways. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  57, 
Bakers'  ovens,  Charging  and  removing  devices,  Endless 
carrier. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  272,  Liquid-sterilizers. 

130— THRESHING,  subclass  21,  Grain-separators,  Straw-carriers, 
Endless  aprons. 

193— CONVEYERS,  subclass  2,  Endless,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  10,  Endless  carriers. 

71    GANGWAYS,  ONE  END  ATTACHED.    Gangways  of  which 
one  end  is  attached  either  to  the  fixed  structure  or  to  the  ves- 
sel.   Also  means  for  raising  the  free  ends  of  such  gangways. 
Search  Classes— 
14    BRIDGES,  subclasses  under  Draw,  Bascule,  and  42.  Draw, 

Lift,  and  47,  Draw.  Aprons. 
105— RAILWAY    ROLLING-STOCK,    subclass    21,    Cars,    Safety 

bridges. 
119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  82,  Gangways. 


30 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  14— Continued. 

72.  GANGWAYS,       UNATTACHED.     Removable     gangways 

which  are  lifted  or  slid  or  rolled  into  position. 
Search  Classes— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses,  31,  Draw,  and  43,  Draw,  Horizontally- 
sliding. 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  82,  Gangways. 

73.  FLOORS.    Floors  and  appurtenances  thereto  which  are  spe- 

cific to  bridge  structures. 
Search  Classes— 
20  Wooden  Buildings. 
72  Masonry  and  Concrete  Structures. 
189  Metallic  Building  Structures  for  floors  adapted  for  general 

use  or  for  specific  use  elsewhere. 

74.  COVERINGS.    Devices  for  covering  and  protecting  separately 

the  members  of  a  bridge.    Does  not  include  structures  for  cov- 
ering a  bridge  as  a  whole. 


CLASS  14— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

14 — BRIDGES  subclass  76,  Piers,  Fenders. 

75.  PIERS.    Piers  not  other  wise  classified. 
Search  Classes— 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  31,  Wharves,  for  piles. 
72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES  for  masonry  and 
concrete  piers. 

7G.  PIERS,  FENDERS.    Structures  designed  to  protect  piers  from 

damage  by  boats,  ice,  driftwood,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclass  74,  Coverings. 
114— SHIPS,  subclasses  219,  Fenders,  and  220,  Fenders,  Roller. 

77.  PIERS,  PROCESSES.    Methods  of  constructing  piers  and  ap- 
pliances and  structures  for  such  purpose. 
Search  Classes — 
61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  for  caissons,  cribs,  coffer-dams, 

and  pile-drivers. 
72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES  generally. 


CLASS   18.— PLASTICS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  is  a  general  class  for  the  working,  especially  molding  and 
casting,  of  miscellaneous  nonmetallic  plastic  materials  to  make 
and  reproduce  articles  of  a  definite  shape;  but  it  does  not  include 
the  working  or  molding  of  pastry,  (class  107,)  sugar,  (class  127,) 
peat,  (class  44,)  clay  and  earthenware,  (class  25,)  glass,  (class  49,) 
nor  the  making  of  paper,  (class  92,)  or  butter,  (class  31,).  Neither 
does  it  include  the  molding  of  the  following  articles:  sand  molds, 
(class  22,)  pills,  confectionery,  and  confectionery  molds,  (class  107,) 
stereotype-matrices,  (class  198,)  cigars,  (class  131,)  dental  plates  and 
teeth,  (class  32.) 

The  shaping  and  embossing  of  sheets  of  miscellaneous  non-metallic 
plastic  materials,  except  textile  fabrics,  leather,  and  wood,  to  make 
articles  of  definite  shape  is  also  included.  The  shaping  of  moist 
paper  is  included  where  the  shaping  or  embossing  action  makes 
an  article  that  does  not  require  further  molding  instead  of  a  sheet 
or  blank;  but  the  shaping  of  dry  paper  in  drawing-dies  is  classified 
in  class  113. 

The  common  property  of  plasticity  renders  molding  operations 
of  chief  importance  in  this  class.  Where  there  exists  an  art  class 
that  can  properly  include  all  operations  preliminary  to  molding, 
such  operations  will  be  classified  in  such  class,  the  molding  only 
being  placed  in  this  class,  as  oils,  fats,  glues  (class  87,)  chemicals, 
(class  23,)capsules,  (class  128.)  The  manufacture  of  viscose  and 
other  chemical  compounds  of  cellulose  is  included  in  class  23,  CHEM- 
ICALS, subclass  24,  Carbon  compounds.  The  manufacture  of  pyroxy- 
lin and  the  introduction  of  an  antacid,  whether  to  make  an  explosive, 
a  plastic,  or  a  varnish,  is- included  in  class  52,  EXPLOSIVES,  subclass 
3,  Nitro  compounds.  The  treatment  of  the  materials  in  making 
compositions  containing  pyroxylin,  viscose,  or  cellulose  and  the 
compositions  are  classified  in  classes  106,  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS, 
and  134,  LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS;  but  when  a  combination 
of  molding  operations  with  any  of  the  other  operations  mentioned 
above  is  claimed  the  patents,  if  relating  to  the  treatment  of  a  com- 
pound or  a  mixture  obtained  by  a  process  involving  the  action  of 
chemicals  on  cellulose,  are  included  in  this  class  and  cross-referenced 
into  the  other  class  or  classes  involved. 

When  there  is  no  class  which  could  include  such  operations, 
the  entire  preparation  of  the  material  is  included  in  this  class, 
(caoutchouc,  gutta-percha,  amber,  horn,  plaster-of-paris,  scraps 
of  cork,  leather,  etc.;)but  only  those  are  included  in  which  the 
preliminary  operations  are  performed  for  the  purpose  of  preparing 
the  material  for  molding.  Grinding,  mixing,  and  tempering  capable 
of  general  application  are  classified  in  class  83,  MILLS;  but  the  pre- 
liminary preparation  of  caoutchouc  and  similar  gums,  even  when 
limited  to  these  operations,  is  included  in  this  class. 

Subsequent  treatment,  such  as  baking,  drying,  annealing,  burn- 
ing, cutting,  punching,  bending,  etc.,  when  performed  entirely 
after  the  article  is  removed  from  the  mold  will  be  classified  with 
the  proper  functional  classes;  but  when  there  is  neither  a  proper 
functional  class  nor  art  class  the  treatment  of  these  plastic  materi- 
als will  be  retained  in  this  class— for  example,  making  veneers  of 
pyroxylin  compounds  to  imitate  various  materials,  making  arti- 
ficial silk,  treating  vulcanized  rubber,  etc. 

By  "molding  operations"  is  meant,  besides  the  act  of  molding 
itself,  the  preparation  of  the  mold,  as  by  coating  it,  charging,  heating, 
or  cooling  the  mold,  stripping  or  ejecting  the  article,  and  the  like, 
and  where  articles  are  made  in  continuous  long  lengths  cutting 
them  apart. 

Plastic  compositions  and  their  preparation  are  included  in  class 
IOC,  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  as  per  definition  of  that  class;  but  this 
class  is  superior  to  class  106,  and  when  there  is  an  alleged  combina- 
nation  between  the  preparation  of  the  composition  and  subsequent 
treatment  thereof  the  patent  will  be  included  in  this  class. 

Coating  articles  with  a  plastic  composition  is  classified  in  class 
91,  COATING,  except  where  a  molding  or  shaping  operation  is  in- 
volved, when  it  is  included  in  this  class.  Making  composite  or 
laminated  articles — such  as  fabrics,  tubes,  tires,  roof-coverings, 
insulated  cables,  and  the  like — by  building  up,  cementing,  winding, 
etc.,  sheets,  strips,  and  the  like,  whether  combined  or  not  with 
molding  operations,  is  excluded  from  this  class,  (see  especially  class 
154,  LAMINATED  FABRICS  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES;  but  the 
manufacture  of  the  same  articles  when  limited  to  molding  operations, 
as  defined  above  is  included  in  this  class. 

Articles  made  of  plastic  materials  and  article  processes  are  in 
general  classified  with  the  respective  arts  to  which  they  are  most 
nearly  related;  but  machine  processes,  under  the  restrictions  noted 
above,  are  included  in  this  class. 

Subclasses. 

1  .MISCELLANEOUS  APPARATUS.  Apparatus  for  use  in 
working  plastic  materials  and  not  otherwise  classified.  In- 
cludes apparatus  for  assembling  and  transferring  molded 
articles  and  blanks,  (lacing-hooks,  etc.,)  for  combinations  of 
molding  and  other  operations  not  otherwise  classified,  and 
for  treating  other  plastic  materials  than  pyroxylin,  vulcaniz- 
able  gums,  and  their  compounds. 

2.  MISCELLANEOUS        APPARATUS,        VULCANIZABLE 
GUMS.    Apparatus  not  confined  to  molding,  shaping,  and 
vulcanizing,  for  preparing  and  treating  all  vulcanizable  gums, 
such  as  caoutchouc  and  gutta-percha. 
Search  Class— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  52,  Processes,  Restoring  caoutchouc. 


CLASS  18-Continued. 

3.  MISCELLANEOUS   APPARATUS,    PYROXYLIN.    Appa- 

ratus, not  confined  to  molding  and  shaping,  for  treating  py- 
roxylin and  its  plastic  compositions  (celluloid). 

Note. — Apparatus  for  analogous  use  with  viscose  and  other 
unnitrated  cellulose  compounds  are  included  in  subclass  1 
Miscellaneous  apparatus,  this  class. 

Note.— Attention  is  called  to  the  third  paragraph  of  the  general 
definition. 

Search  Class— 

181,  ACCOUSTICS,  subclass  16,  Graphophones,  Tablets,  Dupli- 
cating devices. 

3.5.  PUTTYING  DEVICES.    Tools,  knives,  and  other  devices 
for  applying  putty  in  setting  glass,  including  machines  for  forc- 
ing the  putty  through  a  die  onto  glass. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  12,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing, 
and  13,  Molding  devices.  Die-expressing,  Compound. 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURE,  subclass  128,  Im- 
plements. 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  52, 
Implements,  Depositors. 

4.  MOLDING  PLANTS.    Apparatus  including  molding  or  casting 

devices  in  combination  with  means  for  performing  one  or  more 

other  operations  not  included  in  the  definition  of  molding 

operations  given  above. 
Search  Classes— 
22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  13,  Molds,  metal,  Ingots,  and 

pigs;  20,  Molding  apparatus,  Plants,  and  subclasses  under 

each  of  these. 
25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 

2,  Brick-making  plants. 
44 — FUEL,  subclass  3,  Peat-machines. 
107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  3. 

Starch  molding  apparatus. 

5.  MOLDING  DEVICES.    Apparatus  for  forming  plastic  mate- 

rial into  the  desired  shape  not  otherwise  classifiable.    It  does 
not  include  combinations  of  molding  with  any  operations 
except  those  mentioned  in  the  definition  of  the  class  as  molding 
operations. 
Search  Classes — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  17,  Molded  molds,  Tools  and 
arts,  42,  Molding  apparatus,  Machines;  185,  Molding  tools,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
1.  Miscellaneous;  7,  Soap-molding,  devices;  22,  Pottery-ma- 
chines; 23,  Pottery-machines,  Fluid-operated;  30,  Pipe-ma- 
machines;  31,  Pipe-machines,  Fluid-operated;  33,  Pipe-ma- 
chines, Multitubular;  34,  Pipe  machines,  Multitubular.  Per- 
forators, 35,  Pipe-machines,  Perforating-former;  41,  Block- 
molding  machines,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter- workers  and  molds. 

92 — PAPER-MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclasses 58,  Pulp 
molding,  Centrifugal  action;  66,  Pulp  molding,  winders;  67, 
Pulp  molding,  Winders,  Sheet  and  board  forming. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  1, 
Composite  cake  and  confection  apparatus;  3,  Starch  molding 
apparatus;  8,  Molding  apparatus;  9,  Molding  apparatus,  loaf 
forming;  27,  Depositing  apparatus,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

6.  MOLDING    DEVICES,    HEATING    AND   VULCANIZING. 

Apparatus  for  molding  or  shaping  combined  with  means  for 
heating  or  vulcanizing,  except  presses,  heating-pots,  and 
molds. 

Search  Class— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  52,  Processes,  Restoring  caoutchouc. 

7.  MOLDING    DEVICES,    HEATING   AND   VULCANIZING, 

POTS.  Vulcanizing-pots  for  containing  flasks  or  molds  with 
or  without  means  for  clamping  the  flasks  or  molds.  Chiefly 
used  for  vulcanizing  dental  plates. 

8.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  FILAMENT-FORMING.    Apparatus 

without  molds  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  word  for  forming 
filaments  or  threads.  May  include  means  for  spinning,  twist- 
ing, coiling,  and  drawing  out  the  filaments. 

Note.— Means  for  making  filaments  by  simply  expressing  through 
dies  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  12,  Molding  devices, 
Die-expressing. 

Search  Class— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  54,  Processes,  Filament-forming. 

9.  MOLDING   DEVICES,   ROLLING.    Apparatus  in  which  a 

shapeless  mass  of  material  is  pressed  into  form  by  means  of 
surfaces  having  a  rolling  contact.  Frequently  only  one  of  the 
surfaces  is  a  roller.  Making  compound  articles  in  this  manner 
is  included  in  this  class,  subclass  11,  Molding  devices,  rolling, 
compound.  Machines  in  which  the  material  is  first  passed 
through  a  die  or  other  preliminary  molding  machine  and  then 
shaped  by  rolling  are  included. 
Search  Classes — 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  2,  Miscellaneous  apparatus,  Vulcaniz- 
able gums;  10,  Molding  devices.  Rolling,  Sheets,  and  11,  Mold- 
ing devices,  Rolling,  Compound. 

31 


32 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  18— Continued. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
5,  Playing-marble  machines;  20,  Die-expressing,  Dies,  Per- 
forating and  ornamenting;  21,  Roller-forming;  76,  Block- 
presses,  Rotary-mold,  Peripheral,  Continuous,  Opposed  mold- 
wheel;  77,  Block-presses,  Rotary-mold,  Peripheral,  Continu- 
ous, Opposed  mold-wheel,  Mating. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  14,  Plug-making. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  6, 
Combined  machines,  Cutting  and  distributing:  10,  Molding 
apparatus,  Rolling;  subclasses  thereunder;  34,  Mixers,  knead- 
ers,  and  beaters,  Roller;  48,  Implements,  Pie  crimpers  and 
trimmers;  and  50,  Implements,  Rolling  pins. 

198 — MATRIX-MAKING,  subclass  6,  Rotary-die  carrier. 

207— PLASTIC  METAL  WORKING. 

10.  MOLDING    DEVICES,   ROLLING,    SHEETS.    Apparatus 

for  embossing  and  shaping  plastic  material  in  sheet  form  by 
rolling.    Does  not  include  making  sheets  by  rolling  the  mass 
of  plastic  material  into  sheet  form. 
Search  Classes— 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  Co,  Toe  and  heel  stiffener 
machines,  Molding,  Roll. 

68— LAUNDRY,  subclasses  7,  Fluting-irons,  and  9,  Ironing-ma- 
chines. 

69— LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  5,  Machines,  Folding 
and  rolling. 

144 — WOODWORKING, subclass  273,  Wood-ornamenting,  Emboss- 
ing, Die-rollers. 

149— HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclass  23,  Apparatus, 
Rolling  and  embossing. 

201— METAL-ORNAMENTING,  subclass  5,  Die  pressing,  Roller 
and  bed. 

11.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  ROLLING,  COMPOUND.    Under  the 

restrictions  of  subclass  9,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  apparatus 
for  making  compound  articles  by  rolling  together  two  or  more 
materials,  at  least  one  of  which  is  plastic — for  example,  putting 
a  plastic  composition  on  picture  frames  and  moldings  to  pre- 
pare them  for  gilding. 

12.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  DIE-EXPRESSING.    Apparatus  in 

which  the  material  is  shaped  by  being  forced  or  drawn  through 
a  die,  except  to  make  hollow,  tubular,  and  compound  articles. 
Charging,  and  even  mixing,  is  included  when  in  combination 
with  the  molding. 

Note.— When  the  material  is  rolled  to   shape   it   after  passing 
through  the  die,  patents  are  included  in  subclass  9,  Molding 
devices,  Rolling,  of  this  class. 
Search  Classes — 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  8,  Molding  devices,  Filament-forming; 
13,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing,  Compound;  14,  Molding 
devices,  Die-expressing,  Tube  and  hollow,  arid  30,  Molding 
devices,  Chargers. 

17 — BUTCHERING,  subclass  0,  Sausage-machines. 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  166,  Cores,  Pipe. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
8,  Soap-molding  devices,  Die-expressing,  and  11,  Die-express- 
ing, and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

44 — FUEL,  subclass  3,  Peat-machines. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses.  14, 
Molding  apparatus,  Die-expressing;  and  27,  Depositing  appa- 
ratus, and  subclasses  thereunder. 

152— RESILIENT  TIRES  AND  WHEELS,  subclass  23,  Repairing. 

184 — LUBRICATING,  subclasses  under  Lubricators,  Force-feed, 
Followers. 

207 — PLASTIC  METAL  WORKING,  Die-expressing  subclasses. 

221— DISPENSING  CANS,  subclass  79,  Tanks,  Pressure,  Follower, 
Screw. 

13.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  DIE-EXPRESSING,  COMPOUND. 

Apparatus  for  making  compound  articles  by  expressing 
through  dies.  Usually  a  solid  or  plastic  core  is  drawn  through 
the  die  and  a  coating  is  molded  upon  it,  as  in  making  moldings. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  1, 
Composite  cake  and  confection  apparatus. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  244,  Machines  for 
covering. 

207— PLASTIC  METAL  WORKING. 

14.  MOLDING   DEVICES,   DIE-EXPRESSING,  TUBE  AND 

HOLLOW.    Apparatus  for  forming  tubes  or  other  hollow 

articles  by  expressing  through  a  die. 
Search  Classes— 
18 — PLASTICS,   subclass   13,   Molding  devices,    Die-expressing, 

Compound. 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  106,  Cores,  Pipe. 
25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

13,  Die-expressing,  Pottery;  14,  Die-expressing,  Screw-ejector; 

17,  Die-expressing,  Dies;  20,  Die-expressing,  Dies,  Perforating 

and  ornamenting,  and  30,  Pipe-machines. 
207— PLASTIC  METAL  WORKING. 

15.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  FILM-SPREADING.    Apparatus  for 

making  filaments  or  sheets  by  spreading  a  liquid  or  semiliquid 
material  upon  a  plane  or  other  surface,  upon  which  it  solidifies 
and  from  which  it  is  afterward  removed.  Does  not  include 
applying  a  permanent  coating,  shaping  sheets  previously 
formed,  or  forming  articles  by  dipping. 
Search  Class — 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  24,  Molding  devices,  Dipping;  25, 
Molding  devices,  Dipping,  Capsule-machines,  and  41,  Molding 
devices,  Molds,  Dipping. 

16.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  PRESSES.    Instruments  not  other- 

wise classifiable  for  compressing  and  molding  plastic  materials 
to  make  articles. 


CLASS-  18— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

22,  METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  42,  Molding  apparatus.  Pack- 
ing sand,  Presses,  and  subclasses  thereunder;  and  40,  Molding 
apparatus,  Packing  sand,  Press  heads  and  plungers. 

25— PLASTIC  BLpCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
7,  Soap-molding  devices;  27,  Pottery-machines,  Presses;  45, 
Block-presses;  all  subclasses  under  the  subtitle  Block-presses, 
Portable-mold;  99,  Block-presses,  Endless  chain  of  molds, 
Continuous-travel:  100,  Block-presses,  Endless  chains  of 
molds,  Intermittent-travel;  101,  Block-presses,  Expanding- 
mold;  and  102,  Block-presses,  Plungers. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

49 — GLASS,  subclass  35,  Molding-presses  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

92— PAPER-MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass,  59,  Pulp- 
molding,  Compressors. 

100— PRESSES,  all  subclasses. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  3, 
Starch-molding  apparatus;  15,  Molding  apparatus,  Presses; 
and  l(i,  Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Popcorn. 

131 — TOBACCO,  subclass  14,  Plug-making. 

198— MATRIX-MAKING,  subclasses  1(  Bar;  3,  Miscellaneous;  4, 
Reciprocating  die-carrier,  Electrical;  5,  Reciprocating  die- 
carrier,  Mechanical,  and  6,  Rotary  die-carrier. 

17.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  PRESSES,  HEATING  AND  VUL- 

CANIZING. Piesses  for  holding  and  molding  the  material 
while  heating  and  vulcanizing.  Contains  combinations  of 
presses  with  heating-pots,  flasks,  molds,  or  heating  means,  but 
does  not  include  molding  by  expressing  through  heated  dies 
or  with  heated  rollers. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  18,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Heating 
and  vulcanizing,  Tire-repairing;  also  198,  MATRIX-MAKING, 
subclass  1,  Miscellaneous. 

18.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  PRESSES,  HEATING  AND  VUL- 

CANIZING, TIRE-REPAIRING.  -Presses,  under  the  re- 
strictions of  subclass  17  abort",  for  holding  and  vulcanizing 
tires  and  parts  of  tires  in  repairing  them. 
Search  Class  - 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  17,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Heating 
and  vulcanizing. 

19.  MOLDING     DEVICES,     PRESSES,     SHEET-SHAPING. 

Presses  for  shaping  and  embossing  plastic  sheets  without  sub- 
stantially changing  the  thickness,  as  distinguished  from  mold- 
ing from  a  shapeless  plastic  mass.    Does  not  include  making 
sheets. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  16,  Molding  devices,  Presses;  17, 
Molding  devices,  Presses,  Heating  and  vulcanizing;  18, 
Molding  devices,  Presses,  Heating  and  vulcanizing,  Tire- 
repairing;  20,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Rotary  Mold-support; 
22,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Reciprocating  mold,  and  23, 
Molding  devices,  Presses,  Stationary-mold. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  272,  Wood-ornamenting,  Em- 
bossing. 

198— MATRIX-MAKING,  subclasses  4,  Reciprocating  die-carrier, 
Electrical;  5,  Reciprocating  die-carrier,  Mechanical,  and  6, 
Rotary  die-carrier. 

201— METAL-ORNAMENTING,  subclass  3,  Die-pressing. 

20.  MOLDING     DEVICES,     PRESSES,     ROTARY     MOLD- 

SUPPORT.    Presses  in  which  the  molds  ar%  mounted  on  the 
face  of  a  rotating  support. 
Search  Classes— 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
63,  Block-presses,  Rotary-mold,  Fluid-operated,  and  those 
under  the  subtitle  of  Block-presses,  Rotary-mold,  Facial,  be- 
ginning with  64. 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  24,  Surface  type,  Relief  and 
intaglio,  and  classes  there  cited. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  17, 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Tablet. 

198— MATRIX-MAKING,  subclass  6,  Rotary  die-carrier. 

21.  MOLDING     DEVICES.     PRESSES,     ROTARY     MOLD- 

SUPPORT,  PERIPHERAL.    Presses  in  which  the  molds 

are  mounted  on  the  periphery  of  a  rotating  mold-support. 
Search  Classes— 
25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

9,    Soap-molding   devices,    Rotary-mold,  and  all  subclasses 

under  the  subtitle  of  Block-presses,  Rotary-mold,  Peripheral, 

beginning  with  75. 
107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  10, 

Molding  apparatus,   Rolling,   and   17,    Molding   apparatus, 

Presses,  Tablet. 

22.  MOLDING     DEVICES,     PRESSES,     RECIPROCATING- 

MOLD.    Presses  in  which  the  mold  is  mounted  to  reciprocate. 
Search  Class — 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
7,  Soap-molding  devices,  and  54,  Block-presses,  Reciprocating- 
mold,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

23.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  PRESSES,  STATIONARY-MOLD. 

Presses  in  which  the  main  part  of  tho  mold  is  stationary.  The 
mold  may  be  removable;  but  it  is  not  intended  to  move  dur- 
ing the  operation  of  any  part  of  the  machine;  but  one  or  more 
plungers  always  move  in  or  through  the  mold. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


33 


CLASS  18— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  17,  Molding  devices.  Presses,  Heating 
and  vulcanizing;  18,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Heating  and 
vulcanizing.  Tire-repairing,  and  19,  Molding  devices,  Presses, 
Sheet-shaping;  also  25,  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE 
APPARATUS,  subclasses  10,  Soap-molding  devices,  Stationary- 
mold;  27,  Pottery-machines,  Presses;  28,  Pottery-machines, 
Presses,  Bottom  ejectors;  30,  Pipe-machines;  31,  Pipe-ma- 
chines, Fluid-operated;  83,  Block-presses,  Stationary-mold, 
and  subclasses  thereunder,  and  101,  Block-presses,  Expand- 
ing-mold. 

31— DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

92— PAPER-MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  59,  Pulp- 
molding,  Compressors,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

100—  PRESSES,  subclass  51,  Expressing,  Articles  and  attach- 
ments, Cake-formers;  107,  BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION 
MAKING,  subclasses  15,  Molding  apparatus,  Presses:  lf>, 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Popcorn,  and  18,  Molding  appa- 
ratus, Presses,  Tablet,  Stationary  mold. 
31 — TOBACCO,  subclasses  9,  Molding  cigars,  and  14,  Plug- 
making. 

21.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  DIPPING.  Apparatus  for  mold- 
ing articles  by  immersing  the  mold,  usually  in  the  form  of  a 
core,  pin,  or  cord,  in  the  liquid  material,  withdrawing  the 
mold  coated  with  the  material,  and  removing  the  article  from 
the  mold,  except  in  the  case  of  candles,  where  the  wick  which 
acts  as  a  mold  is  retained  in  the  complete  article. 
Note.— Where  the  object  is  merely  coating  instead  of  making  and 
molding  an  article,  the  patents  are  classified  in  class  91, 
COATING. 

25.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  DIPPING,  CAPSULE-MACHINES. 

Machines  for  making  medicinal  capsules  under  the  restric- 
tions of  subclass  24  above. 

Note. — Machines  for  coating  and  wiping  capsule-molds  are  in 
subclass  31,  Molding  devices,  Mold  wiping  and  coating. 

Note.— Machines  for  making  capsules  by  shaping  sheet  material 
will  be  found  in  other  subclasses  in  this  class. 

Note. — Molds  for  dipping  capsules  will  be  found  in  subclass  41, 
Molding  devices,  Molds,  Dipping. 

Note.— Machines  for  filling  capsules  and  joining  the  halves  to- 
gether are  in  class  128,  SURGERY,  subclass 32,  Capsule-machines. 

26.  MOLDING  DEVICES.  CASTING.    Mold  ing  apparatus  in  which 

the  material  is  introduced  in  a  liquid  or  semiliquid  condition, 
takes  its  form  (usually  by  gravity)  without  the  application 
of  pressure,  and  hardens  or  solidifies  upon  cooling,  evapora- 
tion of  the  liquid,  or  the  like  and  not  classifiable  in  the  other 
subclasses  under  this  title.  May  include  means  for  removing 
the  article  from  the  mold. 

Note.— Casting  plants  are  in  subclass  4,  Molding  plants. 
Search  Classes — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  57,  Casting  apparatus,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  27, 
Depositing  apparatus,  subclasses  thereunder,  and  52,  Imple- 
ments, Depositors. 

27.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  CASTING,  CANDLES.    Apparatus 

fOL  casting  candles,  including  operating  and  coating  wicks. 
Apparatus  for  molding  candles  in  other  ways  and  mere  candle- 
molds  are  elsewhere  classified  in  this  class. 

Note.— Candle-finishing  apparatus,  unless  involving  some  mold- 
ing operation,  is  included  in  class  87,  OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE, 
subclass  3,  Candle  apparatus. 

Search  Class — 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  24,  Molding  devices,  Dipping,  and  39, 
Molding  devices,  Molds,  Casting. 

28.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  CASTING,  CRAYONS.    Apparatus 

for  casting  crayons. 

Note. — Mere  molds  for  casting  crayons  are  in  subclass  39,  Molding 
devices,  Molds,  Casting,  in  this  class. 

29.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  CASTING,  ROLLERS.    Apparatus 

for  casting  printing  and  other  rollers. 

Note. — Performing  operations  on  printing-rollers  after  removal 
from  the  mold  is  included  in  class  101,  PRINTING,  subclass  73, 
Inking  apparatus,  Composition  rollers,  Preserving. 

Note.— For  mere  molds  for  casting  rollers  search  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 39,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Casting. 

Search  Class — 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

30.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  CHARGERS.    Devices  for  charging 

molds.  Machines  including  both  charging  and  molding  de- 
vices are  placed  in  the  proper  subclass  above  and  cross-refer- 
enced into  this  subclass;  but  those  in  which  the  same  means 
forces  material  into  the  mold  and  compresses  it  there  and  com- 
binations of  charger  with  mold  are  included  here. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  12,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing, 
and  subclasses  thereunder;  15,  Molding  devices,  Film-spread- 
ing, and  29,  Molding  devices,  Casting,  Rollers. 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclass  G,  Sausage-machines. 

22— METAL-FOUNDINGS,  subclasses  35,  Molding  apparatus, 
Charging  flask;  40,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing  sand:  67,  Cast- 
ing apparatus, Com  pression.MW  subclasses  under  each  of  these. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
103,  Block-presses,  Chargers. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  1, , 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Tablet;  27,Depositing  apparatus, 
and  subclasses  under  each  of  these. 

26GT40— 12 3 


CLASS  18— Continued. 

31.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLD  WIPING  AND  COATING. 

Devices  for  wiping  or  coating  molds  before  or  after  molding. 
When  in  combination  with  molding  or  casting  apparatus,  pat- 
ents are  classified  in  the  proper  subclasses  above  and  cross- 
referenced  into  this  subclass. 
Search  Classes 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  88,  Mold  coating  and  lining 
apparatus. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
116,  Sanders,  Mold,  and  117,  Sanders,  Mold,  Rotary-drum. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  17, 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Tablet. 

204— ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclasses  7,  Electrolysis,  Aqueous 
bath,  Cathodes,  Cleaning,  and  8,  Electrolysis,  Aqueous  bath, 
Cathodes,  Metallizing. 

32.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  FLASKS    AND   CLAMPS.    Recep- 

tacles, for  holding  molds,  usually  of  plastic  material,  which 
are  to  be  used  for  molding  or  vulcanizing,  and  clamps  there- 
for.   Also  includes  combinations  of  flask  or  clamp  with  the 
mold. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  7,  Molding  devices,  Heating  arid  vul- 
canizing, Pots,  and  33,  Molding  devices,  Flasks  and  clamps, 
Dental. 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  96,  Flasks,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  297,  Clamps,  Portable. 

33.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  FLASKS  AND  CLAMPS,  DENTAL. 

Flasks  and  flask-clamps  for  vulcanizing  dental  plates. 
Search  Class— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  7,  Molding  devices,  Heating  and  vul- 
canizing, Pots,  and  32,  Molding  devices,  Flasks  and  clamps. 

34.  MOLDING    DEVICES,    MOLDS.    Molds,    not    embodying 

means  for  manipulating  or  compressing  the  material,  not 
otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  32,  Molding  devices,  Flasks  and  clamps; 
also,  all  the  subclasses  under  the  above  title  of  Molding  devices, 
Molds. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  113,  Molds,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
3,  Electrical-fixture  machines;  4,  Knob-machines;  6,  Tobacco- 
pipe  machines;  7,  Soap-molding  devices;  44,  Block-molding 
machines,  Undercutting,  and  118,  Molds,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

32 — DENTISTRY,  subclass  6,  Molds. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  72,  Molds,  Pressing,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  19, 
Molding  apparatus,  Molds;  and  48,  Implements,  Ice-cream 
dishers. 

35.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  SHEET-SHAPING.    Molds 

for  embossing  sheets  of  plastic  material. 
Search  Classes 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  19,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Sheet- 
shaping;  34,  Molding  devices,  Molds;  36,  Molding  devices, 
Molds,  Blank  covering  and  filling:  37,  Molding  devices,  Molds, 
Blank  covering  and  filling,  Lacing  hooks  and  studs;  46,  Mold- 
ing devices,  Molds,  Cores,  Boot  trees  and  lasts,  and  56,  Proc- 
esses, Molding,  Sheets. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES. 

198 — MATRIX-MAKING,  subclass  2,  Dies. 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclasses  21,  Hat-machines,  Blocks, 
and  31,  Hat-machines,  Shapers. 

36.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  BLANK  COVERING  AND 

FILLING.    Molds  provided  with  means  for  supporting  a 
blank  and  adapted  to  cover  or  fill  it  with  plastic  material,  ex- 
cept to  make  lacing  studs  and  hooks. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  59,  Processes,  Molding,  I  niting. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  116,  Molds,  Composite  cast- 
ings and  joints,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
38,  Pipe-machines,  Plastic  lining  and  coating. 

32— DENTISTRY,  subclass  6,  Molds. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  1, 
Composite  cake  and  confection  apparatus. 

215— BOTTLES  AND  JARS,  subclass  111,  Bottles,  Necks,  Stoppers, 
Plastic. 

37.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  BLANK  COVERING  AND 

FILLING,  LACING  HOOKS  AND  STUDS.  Molds,  under 
the  restrictions  of  subclass  36  above,  for  covering  lacing  stud 
and  hook  blanks. 

38.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  HEATING  AND  VULCAN- 

IZING. Molds  combined  with  heating  means  forming  part 
of  the  mold.  Molds  simply  intended  to  be  placed  in  an  oven 
and  heated  are  not  included. 

39.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  CASTING.    The  element  of 
a  casting  device  that  gives  form  to  the  body  being  cast. 

Search  Classes— 
18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  40,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Casting, 

Soap,  and  58,  Processes,  Molding,  Casting  and  dipping. 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  113,  Mold,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 


34 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  18— Continued. 

32— DENTISTRY,  subclass  G,  Molds. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  19, 

Molding  apparatus,  Molds. 
127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  6,  Cube  sugar,  and  subclass  12, 

Molds  and  carriages. 

40.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  CASTING,  SOAP.    Molds 

for  casting  soap  blocks  and  cakes,  as  per  definition  of  subclass 
39,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Casting. 

Note. — Devices  for  molding  soap  in  a  plastic  state  are  classified  in 
class  25,  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  un- 
der the  group  entitled  Soap-molding  devices. 

41.  MOLDING   DEVICES,   MOLDS,   DIPPING.    Molds  to  be 

used  for  dipping,  as  per  definition  of  subclass  24,  Molding  de- 
vices, Dipping,  usually  in  the  form  of  a  pin  or  core. 
Search  Class— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  45,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Cores. 

42.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  TWO  AND  THREE  PART. 

Molds  in  which  the  mold-cavity  is  formed  entirely  of  not  more 
than  three  pieces.  In  a  two-part  mold  there  may  be  only  one 
core,  and  that  consisting  of  one  piece,  except  when  a  plurality 
of  separate  cores  is  attached  to  a  single  element  and  all  the 
cores  are  necessarily  operated  by  it.  Several  mold-cavities 
may  be  shown  in  one  structure,  provided  each  one  satisfies 
these  conditions. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  32,  Molding  devices,  Flasks  and  clamps; 
33,  Molding  devices,  Flasks  and  clamps,  Dental;  35,  Molding 
devices,  Molds,  Sheet-shaping;  36,  Molding  devices,  Molds, 
Blank  covering  and  filling;  37,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Blank 
covering  and  filling,  Lacing  hooks  and  studs;  38,  Molding  de- 
vices, Molds,  Heating  and  vulcanizing;  39,  Molding  devices, 
Molds,  Casting,  and  43,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Clamping. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
7,  Soap-molding  devices;  24,  Pottery-machines,  Jiggers;  119, 
Molds,  Block;  120,  Molds,  Block.  Ejectors,  and  129,  Molds, 
Pottery. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  21,  Cheese-hoops,  and  25,  Butter  workers 
and  molds. 

32— DENTISTRY,  subclass  6,  Molds. 

53— DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  10,  Waffle  irons. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  19, 
Molding  apparatus,  Molds,  and  48,  Implements,  Ice-cream 
dishers. 

127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  0,  Cube  sugar,  and  subclass  12, 
Molds,  and  carriages. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  9,  Molding  cigars. 

43.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  CLAMPING.    Devices  for 

clamping  or  holding  together  the  parts  of  molds  comprising 

more  than  a  simple  screw  or  dowel-pin,  but  not  amounting  to 

a  press. 

Search  Classes— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass   40,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Casting, 

Soap. 
25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

119,  Molds,  Block;  120,  Molds,  Block,  Ejectors,  and  120,  Molds, 

Pipe. 
131— TOBACCO,  subclass  9,  Molding  cigars. 

44.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  DIES,  AND  MATRICES. 

Dies  or  matrices  not  combined  with  other  parts  of  the  mold. 
They  may  be  constructed  in  several  pieces  so  long  as  they  form 
only  one  die  or  matrix. 

Note. — Dies  for  shaping  by  expressing  are  classified  in  this  class, 
subclass  12,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing,  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 
Search  Classes 

31 — DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  59,  Box-machines,  Man- 
drels and  dies. 

181— ACOUSTICS,  subclass  10,  Graphophones,  Tablets,  Dupli- 
cating devices. 

198— MATRIX-MAKING,  subclasses  2,  Dies,  and  7,  Matrices  and 
materials. 

45.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  CORES.    Cores  to  be  used 

in  the  mold,  but  not  combined  with  any  other  part  of  the  mold. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  41,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Dipping, 
and  40,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Cores.  Boot  trees  and  lasts. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  105,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
22,  Pottery-machines;  44,  Block-molding  Machines,  Under- 
cutting; 124,  Molds,  Cistern;  128,  Molds,  Pipe,  Cores,  and  130, 
Molds,  Sarcophagi  and  tank. 

92— PAPER-MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclasses  59,  Pulp 
molding;  GO,  Pulp  molding,  Winders,  and  07,  Pulp  molding, 
Winders,  Sheet  and  board  forming. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  59,  Box-machines,  Man- 
drels and  dies. 

46.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  CORES,  BOOT  TREES 

AND  LASTS.    Boot  trees  and  lasts  for  vulcanizing  rubber 
boots  and  shoes. 
Search  C'ass— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  116,  Boot-trees,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

47.  MOLDING  DEVICES,  MOLDS,  MATERIALS.   Materialsand 

compositions  for  making  and  coating  molds  used  in  this  art. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  188,  Mold  and  core  materials, 
and  189,  Mold  and  core  materials,  Coatings  and  linings. 


CLASS  18— Continued. 

23— CHEMICALS,  subclass  11,  Packing  chemicals. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
122,  Molds,  Block,  Linings. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  9,  Molding  cigars. 

181— ACOUSTICS,  subclass  10,  Graphophones,  Tablets,  Duplicat- 
ing devices. 

198— MATRIX-MAKING,  subclass  7,  Matrices  and  materials. 

47.5  PROCESSES,  COMBINED.  Combinations  not  otherwise 
provided  for  of  operations  characteristic  of  this  class  with 
other  operations,  as  dyeing  or  impregnating,  which  do  not 
alter  the  essential  character  of  the  product.  Conventional 
reference  to  such  operations  as  hardening,  working,  drying, 
polishing,  cutting,  orcoating  does  not  throw  a  patent  into  this 
subclass,  nor  does  the  denitration  of  nitrocellulose  nor  the  ap- 
plication of  specific  substances  to  caoutchouc  articles  to  pre- 
vent cohesion. 

48.  PROCESSES,    MISCELLANEOUS.    Processes  for  working 

plastic  materials  other  than  pyroxylin,  vulcanizablegums,  and 
their  compounds  and  involving  other  operations  than  mold- 
ing, uniting,  and  heating,  or  facing. 
Search  Class 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous  apparatus;  49,  Proc- 
esses, Miscellaneous,  Vulcanizable  gums,  and  50,  Processes, 
Miscellaneous,  Vulcanizable  gums,  Caoutchouc. 

49.  PROCESSES,       MISCELLANEOUS,       VULCANIZABLE 

GUMS.    Miscellaneous  processes  for  preparing  and  treating 
vulcanizable  gums,  except  caoutchouc.    Does  not  include 
molding,  vulcanizing,  or  restoring,  except  in  combination 
with  other  processes. 
Search  Class— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  50,  Processes,  Miscellaneous,  Vulcan- 
izable gums,  Caoutchouc;  52,  Processes,  Restoring  caout- 
chouc, and  53,  Processes,  Vulcanizing  caoutchouc. 

50.  PROCESSES,       MISCELLANEOUS,       VULCANIZABLE 

GUMS,  CAOUTCHOUC.    Miscellaneous  processes  for  pre- 
paring and  treating  caoutchouc.    Does  not  include  molding, 
vulcanizing,  or  restoring,  except  in  combination  with  other 
processes. 
Search  Class— 

18— PLASTICS  .subclasses  2,  Miscellaneous  apparatus, Vulcanizable 
gums;  0,  Molding  devices,  Heating  and  vulcanizing;  49,  Proc- 
esses, Miscellaneous, Vulcanizablegums;  52,  Processes ,  Restor- 
ing caoutchouc,  and  53,  Processes,  Vulcanizing  caoutchouc. 

50.5.  PROCESSES,  IMITATING  MARBLE.    Involving  the  pro- 
duction of  a  veining,   mottling,   or  similar  effect  upon  or 
throughout  a  plastic  product  by  a  plastic  operation. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  01,  Processes,  Facjng  type,  Design,  for 
certain  processes  of  producing  a  design  upon' the  surface  of  a 
plastic  product. 

91 — COATING,  for  processes  of  coating  glass,  matured  brick, 
blocks,  boards,  metal,  or  the  like  in  imitation  of  marble,  but 
without  the  employment  of  a  molding  operation. 

106. —  PLASTIC  COMPOSITION,  for  compositions  resembling  mar- 
ble by  reasons  of  the  mere  mixing  of  named  ingredients. 

51.  PROCESSES,     MISCELLANEOUS,     PYROXYLIN.    Mis- 

cellaneous processes  of  treating  pyroxylin  and  its  plastic  com- 
positions (celluloid)  as  per  definition  of  subclass  3,  Miscella- 
neous apparatus,  Pyroxylin.  Does  not  include  mere  molding 
and  shaping. 

Note. — Viscose  and  other  unnitrated  cellulose  compositions  will 
be  found  in  subclass  48,  Processes,  Miscellaneous. 

Search  Class — 

18  —PLASTICS,  subclasses  3,  Miscellaneous  apparatus,  Pyroxylin, 
and  54,  Processes,  Filament- forming. 

52.  PROCESSES,  RESTORING  CAOUTCHOUC.     Processes  for 

restoring  old  gums  and  scrap  fabrics,  including  devulcanizing. 
Search  Class— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  2,  Miscellaneous  apparatus,  Vulcaniz- 
able gums. 

53.  PROCESSES,  VULCANIZING  CAOUTCHOUC.     Processes 

for  vulcanizing  gums.    Includes  preparation  of  the  sulfur, 
mixing  it  with  gums,  and  treating  it  in  any  way  to  effect  or 
affect  the  vulcanization,  but  does  not  include  processes  in 
which  the  step  of  vulcanizing  is  merely  included  broadly. 
Search  Class— 

18  -PLASTICS,  subclasses  2,  Miscellaneous  apparatus,  Vulcan- 
izable gums,  and  0,  Molding  devices,  Heating  and  vulcanizing 

54.  PROCESSES,  FILAMENT-FORMING.    Processes  of  form- 

ing continuously  filaments  or  threads,  such  as  artificial  silk  or 
hair,  from  plastic  materials.  May  include  in  combination 
with  the  forming  of  the  filaments  any  other  operations — 
such  as  spinning,  twisting,  drawing  the  filaments,  making 
and  preparing  the  plastic  material,  etc.-  provided  that  these 
operations  are  properly  included  in  this  class  according  to  its 
definition.  Does  not  include  processes  of  die-expressing  and 
coating  to  obtain  short  lengths. 

Note.  — Processes  of  making  electric-light  filaments,  including 
carbonizing,  flashing,  and  other  operations  limited  to  that  art, 
are  in  class  170,  ELECTRIC  LAMPS. 

Search  Classes— 

18 -PLASTICS,  subclass  8,  Molding  devices.  Filament-forming. 
176— ELECTRIC   LAMPS,   subclass  4,   Manufacture   and   repair, 
Composition,  and   subclasses   under   Filament   and   glower 
composition. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


35 


CLASS  18— Continued. 

55.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING.    Processes  of  molding  not  other- 

wise classifiable  involving  no  operations  except  uniting  and 
those  designated  above  as  molding  operations.    Combina- 
tions of  molding  plastic  masses  and  sheet-shaping  are  in- 
cluded. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  54,  Processes,  Filament-forming,  and  59, 
Processes,  Molding,  Uniting. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  193,  Molding,  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass  1, 
Miscellaneous. 

32 — DENTISTRY,  subclasses  4,  Mechanical;  6,  Molds. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  54, 
Processes. 

181— ACOUSTICS,  subclass  16,  Graphophones,  Tablets,  Duplicat- 
ing devices. 

198 — MATRIX-MAKING,  subclasses  2,  Dies,  and  7,  Matrices  and 
materials. 

56.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING.  SHEETS.    Processes  of  embossing 

sheets  of  plastic  material.    Does  not  include  coating  blanks 
with  sheets. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  10,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Sheets; 
19,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Sheet-shaping;  35,  Molding  de- 
vices. Molds,  Sheet-shaping,  and  59,  Processes,  Molding, 
Uniting. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  277,  Wood-ornamenting,  Proc- 


57.  PROCESSES,   MOLDING.    FILM-SPREADING.   Processes 

for  making  thin  sheets  of  filaments  by  spreading  it  or  flowing 
the  liquid  or  semiliquid  material  upon  a  plane  or  other  sur- 
face, no  other  mold  being  employed. 
Search  Class— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  15,  Molding  devices,  film-spreading; 
24,  Molding  devices,  Dipping;  25,  Molding  devices,  Dipping, 
Capsule-machines;  41,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Dipping, 
and  58,  Processes,  Molding,  Casting  and  dipping. 

58.  PROCESSES,    MOLDING,    CASTING     AND     DIPPING. 

Processes  of  molding  in  which  the  material  in  a  liquid  or  semi- 
liquid  condition  takes  its  form  (usually  by  gravity  or  by  clip- 
ping) without  the  application  of  pressure  and  hardens  or 
solidifies  upon  cooling,  evaporation,  or  the  like,  and  not  used 
to  produce  films,  as  per  subclass  57,  Processes,  Molding,  Film- 
spreading. 
Search  Class — 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  15,  Molding  devices,  Film-spreading; 
24,  Molding  devices,  Dipping;  25,  Molding  devices,  Dipping, 
Capsule-machines;  26,  Molding  devices,  Casting,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder;  39,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Casting;  40, 
Molding  devices,  Molds,  Casting,  Soap;  41,  Molding  devices, 
Molds,  Dipping,  and  57,  Processes,  Molding,  Film-spreading. 


CLASS  18-Continued. 

59.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING,  UNITING.    Processes,  except  as 

noted  below,  of  molding  and  at  the  same  time  uniting  two  or 
more  substances,  at  least  one  of  which  is  plastic.  Does  not 
include  uniting  by  casting  or  mere  coating  operations,  but 
does  include  the  embedding  of  solids  during  the  formation  of 
objects  from  plastic  material  while  such  material  is  green,  or 
the  application  of  a  backing  of  plastic  material  to  solids, 
whether  or  not  the  latter  be  arranged  to  form  a  design  upon 
the  face  of  the  resultant  product,  as  in  the  making  of  decorative 
tiles  or  mosaic-covered  forms,  and  includes  also  the  forming 
of  a  facing  from  plastic  material  upon  any  solid  substance  by  a 
process  which  involves  the  molding  of  the  plastic  material. 
Search  Classes- 
IB— PLASTICS,  subclasses  36,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Blank  cov- 
ering and  filling;  37,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Blank  covering 
and  filling,  Lacing  hooks  and  studs,  and  58,  Processes,  Mold- 
ing, Casting,  and  Dipping. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
154,  Processes,  Reinforcing  and  Finishing,  for  processes  of  re- 
inforcing or  finishing  in  the  formation  of  objects  from  clay  or 
concrete  by  the  use  of  a  mold  or  die., 
32— DENTISTRY,  subclasses  4,  Mechanical,  and  6,  Molds. 
154— LAMINATED   FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
for  certain  processes  of  uniting  self-sustaining  sheets,  processes 
of  making  nose,  and  processes  of  making  pneumatic  tires. 

60.  PROCESSES,  FACING  TYPE.    Processes  of  forming  a  facing 

upon  a  given  plastic  product  or  of  applying  a  backing  of  plastic 
material  to  a  prepared  facing  material,  excepting  processes  in 
which  the  facing  material  consists  of  formed  solids  or  frag- 
ments or  in  which  a  marbling  effect  or  a  design  is  produced 
and  excepting  processes  of  producing  a  neat  face  upon  con- 
crete blocks  without  the  addition  of  special  facing  materials. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  50.5,  Processes,  Imitating  marble,  for 
processes  of  producing  a  veining,  mottling,  or  like  effect  in- 
volving a  plastic  operation. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
154,  Processes,  Reinforcing  and  finishing,  for  processes  of  pro- 
ducing a  neat  face  upon  concrete  blocks  without  the  addition 
of  special  facing  materials. 

91 — COATING,  for  processes  of  coating  products  previously  per- 
fected by  nring  or  the  like. 

61.  PROCESSES,  FACING  TYPE,  DESIGN.    Processes  of  pro- 

ducing designs  other  than  mere  relief  or  intaglio  upon  green 
plastic  material  otherwise  than  by  embedding  of  solids  to 
constitute  such  facings  and  by  processes  not  necessarily 
dependent  upon  an  artist's  skill. 
Search  Classes 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  50.5,  Processes,  Imitating  marble,  for 
processes  of  producing  a  veining  or  marble  effect  through  or 
upon  plastic  material;  59,  Processes,  Molding,  Uniting,  for 
processes  of  inserting  formed  solids  into  a  plastic  composition. 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  for  such  processes  of  decorating  plastic 
material  as  are  necessarily  dependent  upon  an  artist's  skill 
or  upon  the  use  of  transfers. 


CLASS  20. -WOODEN  BUILDINGS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

\Vooden  buildings,  general  form  and  arrangement  of  buildings, 
and  such  accessories  as  are  found  in  building  construction  generally; 
also,  scaffolds  used  in  connection  with  building  construction.  Iron 
structures.  Masonry,  Tents,  Roofs,  Bridges,  and  Fences, areelsewhere 
classified. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BUILDINGS.    Structures  and  accessories  peculiar  to  building 

which  do  not  clearly  fall  in  any  of  the  other  building  classes  or 
subclasses. 

1.1.  BUILDINGS,    PLANS.    Inventions   of   general   application 

relating  to  the  form,  arrangement,  and  disposition  of  the  parts 
of  a  building  as  shown  in  architectural  designs. 

1.11.  BUILDINGS,   APARTMENTS.    Structures  not  otherwise 
provided  for,  designed  to  economize  space  in  habitations  other 
than  by  the  arrangement  and  disposition  of  the  parts  of  the 
building.    Includes   special   modifications   of   parts   of   the 
building  structure  in  combination  with  furniture,  and  special 
modification  of  building  structure  to  adapt  it  to  receive  fur- 
niture. 

1.12.  BUILDINGS,  AUDITORIUMS.     Buildings  specialized  to 
accommodate  assemblages  of  persons  and  such  accessories 
thereof  as  are  not  otherwise 'classifiable. 

1.13.  BUILDINGS,  STORAGE.     Buildings  such  as  warehouses 
and  exhibition  buildings  and  accessories,  not  otherwise  classi- 
fiable, specially  adapted  to  contain  commodities. 

1.2.  BUILDINGS,    BINS.    Structures   particularly    adapted    for 

storing  solid  materials,  such  as  grain,  ore,  ensilage,  etc. 
Search  Classes 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  5,  Build- 
ings, Storage,  and  6,  Buildings,  Elevators  and  bins. 

98—  PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  20,  Ventilation,  Grain,  and  27,  Ven- 
tilation, House,  for  inventions  in  bins  which  include  means  for 
ventilating  the  same. 

130 — THRESHTNG,  subclass  14,  Granaries  and  bins,  for  inventions 
in  bins  which  include  an  arrangement  of  the  bin  and  material 
handling  devices  designed  to  mix  the  material  stored. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  3,  Buildings, 
Bins. 

193— CONVEYERS,  subclass  20,  Storehouse,  for  bins  having  con- 
veying mechanism  for  filling  and  discharging  combined  there- 
with. 

1.4.  BUILDINGS,  BINS,  SILOS.    Bins  for  the  storage  of  green 

fodder  which  include  arrangements  designed  to  facilitate  re- 
moval of  material  from  the  top  and  to  exclude  light  and  air 
on  the  sides  and  bottom. 
Search  Classes— 

99— PRESERVING,  subclass  8,  Exclusion  of  air,  for  processes  of 
preserving  ensilage. 

100 — PRESSES,  subclass  57,  Packing,  Single  compression,  for 
silos  including  means  for  packing  and  compressing  the  ensilage. 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  4,  Tanks,  for  inventions 
relating  solely  to  stave  and  hoop  constructions.  In  some 
instances  a  complete  silo  structure  is  shown. 

220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  124, 
Tank-closures. 

2.  BUILDINGS,  PORTABLE  HOUSES.     Knockdown,  folding, 

or  separable  houses  adapted  to  be  readily  moved  and  again  set 
up. 

3.  BUILDINGS,   PORTABLE  HOUSES,  VOTING-BOOTHS. 

Small  collapsible  houses  for  voting  purposes. 
Search  Class— 

135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclasses  3, 
Tents,  Frames,  and  4,  Tents,  Frames,  Folding. 

3.5.  BUILDINGS,     PORTABLE     HOUSES,     TELEPHONE- 

BOOTHS.    Small  movable  houses  or  cabinets  used  in  tele- 
phoning to  secure  greater  privacy  in  communication. 

4.  WALL  CONSTRUCTION.    Miscellaneous  building  walls;  ar- 

rangements to  secure  air-spaces;  protective  linings  and  air- 
stops;  also,  built-up  cell-walls. 
Search  Class— 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subolaea  33,  \\  alls. 
Wood  and  plastic,  for  inventions  involving  combined  wood  and 
mortar,  brick,  or  other  masonry;  also  where  fiber  is  compressed 
into  brick-like  form. 

6.  WEATHERBOARDING.    Construction  of  the  edges  whereby 
the  boards  lap  or  interlock. 


CLASS  20— Continued. 

6.  FLOORS,    MISCELLANEOUS.    Various    forms    of    flooring 

which  do  not  clearly  fall  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  of  floor- 
ing. 

Search  Class— 
94— PAVING,  subclass  8,  Pavements,  Wood. 

7.  FLOORS,  COMPOSITE.    Composition,  felt,  or  other  fibrous 

strips  between  or  under  the  boards  to  make  a  water-tight  floor. 
Coatings  over  floor  to  make  smooth,  preserve,  or  protect  the 
floor. 

Search  Class — 
94— PAVING,  subclass  8,  Pavements,  Wood. 

8.  FLOORS,  INTERLOCKING.    The  meeting  edges  or  ends  of 

the  boards  are  modified  so  as  to  interlock  or  to  receive  an  inter- 
locking device,  usually  a  strip. 

9.  FLOORS,  JOIST-BRIDGING.    JoisMmdges  of  various  kinds, 

mostly  metal. 

10.  STAIRS.    Newels,  balusters,  steps,  knockdown  spiral  stairs, 

winter  hand-rails,  joints,  brackets,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  43.  Stairs, and 
44,  Stairs,  Spiral,  for  combined  features  of  wood  and  iron  stairs. 

11.  DOOR  AND  WINDOW  FRAMES.    Features  of  frame  con- 

struction purely,  excluding  forms  of  frames  which  cooperate 
with  particular  forms  of  sash. 

12.  DOOR  AND  WINDOW  FRAMES,  MOVABLE  JAMBS. 

Frames  in  which  sections  of  the  jambs,  heads,  sills,  or  beads 
are  movable,  removable,  or  adjustably  mounted. 

13.  LATHING.    Various  kinds  of  lath  and  various  surfaces  grooved 

or  otherwise  adapted  to  receive  plaster. 
Search  Class— 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  110,  Rein- 
forcing elements,  Lathing,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

14.  LATHING,  LATH-HOLDERS.    Frames  to  hold  a  series  of 

lath  in  proper  position  while  the  entire  series  is  nailed  before 
the  frame  is  removed.  Brackets  adapted  to  be  attached  to  the 
building  or  to  the  body  of  the  mechanic  to  temporarily  sup- 
port a  bundle  of  lath  within  convenient  reach. 

15.  PANELS   AND    WAINSCOTING.      Construction    of    orna- 

mental panels  of  nonmetallic  materials,  except  inlaid  or  mosaic 
panels,  and  methods  of  joining  or  attaching  wainscoting  to 
walls. 

16.  DOORS,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Doors  that  do  not  clearly  fall 

in  the  other  subclasses. 

Note.— Constructions  involving  novel  features  common  to  the  sub- 
classes of  doors,  hangers,  and  gate-openers  are  placed  with 
doors.  Devices  for  opening  and  closing  doors  when  not  in- 
volved in  the  construction  of  the  door  or  frame  are  in  class  39, 
FENCES, subclasses 91  to97,  Gates,  Openers.  Thehangers, rails, 
guide-rollers,  and  brackets  when  not  involved  in  the  construc- 
tion of  the  door  or  its  framing  are  in  class  16,  BUILDERS' 
HARDWARE,  subclass  7  et  seq.,  Door-Hangers,  etc. 

17.  DOORS,  OPPOSITELY-HINGED.    Doors  adapted  to  swing 

from  either  edge. 

18.  DOORS,  ROTATING.    Doors  that  are  adapted  to  revolve  on 

a  vertical  pivot  like  a  turnstile. 
Search  Class— 
39— FENCES,  subclass  99,  Gates,  Turnstiles. 

19    DOORS,     SLIDING,     MISCELLANEOUS.    Sliding     doors 
which  do  not  clearly  fall  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 

20.  DOORS,  SLIDING,  JOINTED.    Doors   made   up  of  jointed 

sections  adapted  to  be  slid  out  of  the  way  and  Tolded  or  rolled 
up  or  slid  into  a  casement  at  an  angle  to  the  plane  of  the  door- 
frame. 

21.  DOORS,  CAR,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Non-sliding  doors,  some 

fastenings,  mountings,  and  double  doors  with  outward  swing 
on  horizontal  pivots. 

22.  DOORS,  CAR,  SLIDING,   MISCELLANEOUS.     Car  doors 

that  donotclearly  fall  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  of  sliding 
car-doors. 

23.  DOORS,   CAR,   SLIDING,   LATERAL-MOVEMENT.    Car 

doors  that  are  adapted  to  permit  a  lateral  movement  out  of  or 
into  the  seat;  some  devices,  cams,  crank-arms,  etc.,  for  forcing 
the  doors  laterally  into  or  out  of  the  seat. 

37 


38 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  20— Continued. 

24.  DOORS,  CAR,  SLIDING,  LATERAL-MOVEMENT,  LINK- 

SUPPORT.  Car  doors  hung  by  a  link  support,  so  as  to  per- 
mit lateral  movement  to  seat  or  unseat  them  at  the  car-open- 
ing. The  devices  for  operating  doors  so  suspended. 

25.  DOORS,  CAR,  SLIDING,  GUIDE-CLOSURES.    The  guide, 

whether  the  rail  or  bracket,  acts  to  close  the  door  by  forcing  it 
into  its  seat,  either  by  the  inclination  of  the  rail  to  the  plane  of 
the  car,  a  wedge  on  the  bracket,  or  a  wedge  on  the  door. 

26.  DOORS,  CAR,  SLIDING,  CLEATS.    Strips  to  close  the  open- 

ing between  the  edge  of  the  door  and  the  car  to  keep  out  rain, 
sparks,  etc.,  when  door  is  closed. 

27.  DOORS,  CAR,  GRAIN,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Car  doors  that 

do  not  clearly  fall  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  of  grain-doors. 

28.  DOORS,  CAR,   GRAIN,   HORIZONTAL-SWING.    Single, 

double,  or  sectional  grain-doors  which  are  hinged  to  swing 
horizontally  outward  or  slide  up  a  little  and  swing  inward, 
or  swing  both  outward  and  inward. 

29.  DOORS,  CAR,  GRAIN,  PIVOTED  SIDE-TILT.    Car  doors 

that  have  a  single  pivot  at  one  side  or  one  corner  which  may 
work  in  a  slot  at  the  end  of  a  link  or  be  fixed  to  permit  the  door 
on  this  pivot  as  a  center  to  be  tilted  up  sidewise  to  one  side  of 
the  opening. 

30.  DOORS,  CAR,  GRAIN,  REMOVABLE.    Car  doors  that  are 

removable  bodily  by  pulling  them  up  above  guides,  clips, 
cleats,  or  other  fastener  or  by  having  a  two-part  door  hinged 
in  the  center,  so  that  it  will  yield  outward  and  thus  withdraw 
the  edges  from  the  cleats  or  other  fasteners. 

31.  DOORS,  CAR,  GRAIN,  SIDE-SLIDE.    Car  doors  adapted  to 

be  slid  to  one  side  of  the  opening.  Some  are  raised  slightly  or 
have  one  end  so  raised  before  sliding. 

32.  DOORS,    CAR,    GRAIN,    VERTICAL-SLIDE.    Car    doors 

which  slide  in  continuous  guides  upward  and  then  pass  be- 
neath the  roof.  Door  is  usually  made  up  of  sections  flexibly 
connected. 

33.  DOORS,   CAR,   GRAIN,  VERTICAL-SLIDE,    PIVOTED- 

GUIDE .  Car  doors  adapted  to  slide  upward  on  pivoted  guides 
and  then,  together  with  the  guides,  be  swung  upward  to  be 
secured  beneath  the  roof. 

34.  DOORS,  CAR,  GRAIN,  VERTICAL-SLIDE  AND  SWING. 

Car  doors  that  slide  upward  in  fixed  guides  and  then  swing 
upward  to  be  secured  beneath  the  roof.  Some  few  are  also 
adapted  to  swing  outward  at  the  bottom. 

35.  DOORS,  DOOR  CONSTRUCTION.    The  construction  of  the 

door  per  se. 

36.  DOORS,DOOR  CONSTRUCTION,  REMOVABLE  »EANEL. 

Panels  detachably  secured  in  place,  so  that  the  dooT  can  be 
converted  into  either  a  screen,  glass,  or  solid  door. 

37.  DOORS,  CAR,  DOOR  CONSTRUCTION.    The  structure  of 

the  car  door  itself,  independent  of  any  mountings,  hangers,  fas- 
teners, or  operating  devices.  Some  removable  panels,  shut- 
ters, metallic  doors,  etc. 

38.  DOORS,  BRACES.    Metal  braces,  some  inlaid,  some  at  cor- 

ners, and  others  along  the  edges  of  the  door  to  correct  or  pre- 
vent warping. 

39.  DOORS,  WICKETS.    Doors  having  small  apertures  and  the 

closures  for  same. 

40.  WINDOWS,   MISCELLANEOUS.    Forms  of  windows   not 

classifiable  in  the  special  subclasses  under  windows  and  attach- 
ments for  windows  not  properly  classifiable  under  other 
classes,  nor  in  other  subslasses  under  windows. 

40.5.  WINDOWS,    CONDENSATION    PREVENTING.    Win- 
dows provided  with  means  for  preventing  accumulations  of 
moisture  or  frost  upon  the  panes. 
Search  Classes — 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  56.5,  Windows,  parallel  panes. 

Ib— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  59,  Window  cleaners. 

98-^PNEUMATics,  subclass  32,  Window  ventilators.  Condensa- 
tion preventers,  for  the  prevention  of  condensation  on  win- 
dows by  ventilation. 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  27,  Window  frost 
preventive,  for  compositions  and  for  coating  window  panes  to 
prevent  accumulations  of  frost. 

41.  WINDOWS,  CAR.    Windows  especially  designed  for  use  in 

railway  cars  and  hi  the  cabs  of  locomotives  and  showing  con- 
structive features  not  in  use  on  house  windows. 

42.  WINDOWS,  SLIDING  AND  SWINGING  SASH,  MISCEL- 

LANEOUS. Windows  with  sliding  and  swinging  sashes  not 
susceptible  of  proper  classification  in  the  special  subclasses 
under  sliding  and  swinging  sash. 

43.  WINDOWS,  CORD-FASTENER  PIVOT.    Sash-cord  fasten- 

ers pivotally  connected  with  the  sashes  and  the  sashes  swing 
on  these  pivots.  The  point  of  attachment  is  generally  near 
the  middle  of  the  side  of  the  sash;  but  in  some  instances  it  is 
near  the  bottom  or  top  of  the  sash. 


CLASS  20— Continaed. 

44.  WINDOWS,  GUIDE-ROD  PIVOT.    Sashes  attached  at  one 

side  to  guide-rods  which  are  attached  at  top  and  bottom  to 
the  window-frame  and  on  which  the  sashes  swing. 

45.  WINDOWS,  HORIZONTALLY-PIVOTED  FRAME,  SLID- 

ING-SASH.  A  section  of  the  stile  on  each  side  the  frame  is 
mounted  on  a  pivot  and  the  sashes  swing  with  the  piloted 
stile-sections. 

46.  WINDOWS,  SEPARABLE-HINGE,  SIDE  SWING.     Sepa- 

rable hinge  members  are  provided  on  sash  and  frame  which 
are  brought  into  engagement  when  it  is  desired  to  swing  the 
sash  out  of  the  frame  and  which  are  disengaged  when  the  sash 
is  to  slide  in  its  guideways.  The  swing  is  in  a  horizontal  plane. 

47.  WINDOWS,   SEPARABLE-HINGE,  VERTICAL-SWING. 

Separable  hinge  members  are  provided  on  sash  and  frame 
which  are  brought  into  engagement  when  it  is  desired  to  swing 
the  sash  out  of  the  frame  and  which  are  disengaged  when  the 
sash  is  to  slide  in  its  guideways. 

48.  WINDOWS.  SLIDING-FRAME,  VERTICALLY-PIVOTED 

SASH.  The  sash  proper  is  attached  by  vertical  hinges  or 
pivots  to  an  auxiliary  frame  which  slides  in  the  main  frame. 

49.  WINDOWS,     SLIDING-STILE,     HORIZONTALLY-PIV- 

OTED SASH.  Sashes  connected  by  means  of  horizontal 
pivots  with  strips  supported  by  the  sash-cords  and  sliding  in 
guideways  of  the  frame.  In  some  cases  the  sliding  strips  are 
connected  by  cross-pieces,  which  form  with  the  strips  an  aux- 
iliary frame.' 

50.  WINDOWS,   SLIDING-STILE,   VERTICALLY-PIVOTED 

SASH.  Sashes  attached  by  vertical  hinges  or  pivots  to  a 
sliding  strip  or  stile  which  moves  in  guideways  on  the  frame. 

51.  WINDOWS,    VERTICALLY-PIVOTED    FRAME,    SLID- 

ING-SASH.  The  sashes  slide  in  an  auxiliary  frame  which  is 
hinged  at  the  side  to  the  frame  proper  and  with  which  the 
sashes  are  carried  when  it  is  swung  on  its  hinges. 

52.  WINDOWS,    SLIDING-SASH.    Sashes    capable    of    sliding 

movement  only  and  features  of  both  frame  and  sash  construc- 
tion are  involved. 

53.  WINDOWS,  SWINGING-SASH.    Windows  whose  sashes  are 

capable  of  a  swinging  movement  only,  and  hanging  and  oper- 
ating devices  for  swinging  sashes  when  claimed  in  combina- 
tion with  the  structural  features  of  the  window. 

54.  WINDOWS,  SASHES,  CUSHIONED.    Sashes  provided  with 

a  spring-strip  at  one  side  or  with  a  binding  of  yielding  material. 

55.  WINDOWS,  STORM.    Sashes  designed  for  attachment  outside 

the  ordinary  window  in  stormy  weather  and  readily  detach- 
able when  not  needed. 

56.  WINDOWS,  SASH  CONSTRUCTION.    Features  of  sash  con- 

struction which  do  not  involve  any  modification  of  frame  con- 
struction and  which  do  not  include  any  sash  attachments 
other  than  those  employed  in  holding  the  panes  in  position. 

56.1.  WINDOWS,     SASH    CONSTRUCTION,     REMOVABLE 

PANEL.  Sashes  having  frame  panels  detachably  secured  in 
place. 

56.2.  WINDOWS,  SASH  CONSTRUCTION,  SLIDING  PANE. 

Sashes  in  which  the  panes  are  slidable  into  and  out  of  position. 

56.3.  WINDOWS,  CORNER  POSTS  AND  MULLIONS.    Win- 

dow mullion  and  corner  constructions  wholly  or  in  part  of 
wood. 

56.4.  WINDOWS,  PANE  FASTENERS.    Devices  consisting  of 

strips,  packings,  frames,  and  fastenings  other  than  glaziers' 
points  for  securing  panes  of  gljss  in  window  frames  or  sashes. 

56.5  WINDOWS,    PARALLEL    PANES.    Windows    or   sashes 
having  two  or  more  panes  opposite  and  approximately  parallel. 
Search  Class— 

20-^WooDEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  40.5,  Windows,  Condensa- 
tion preventing. 

57.  WINDOW-CRANES.    Devices  which  do  not  form  part  of  the 

structure  of  the  window  proper,  but  which  are  attached  to 
the  frame  and  serve  to  swing  the  sashes  out  of  their  normal 
position  and  hold  them  in  positions  favorable  for  cleansing. 

58.  SHUTTERS,    MISCELLANEOUS.    Shutters    that    do    not 

clearly  fall  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 

Note. — Iron  shutters  are  under  class  189,  METALLIC  BUILDING 
STRUCTURES,  subclass  54,  Shutters,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 
Constructions  involving  novel  features  common  to  all  shutters 
will  be  found  hi  subclasses  of  Shutters  hi  class  20,  WOODEN 
BUILDINGS. 

59.  SHUTTERS,  AWNING.    Shutters  adapted  to  be  thrown  out- 

ward at  the  bottom  to  serve  also  as  an  awning. 

60.  SHUTTERS,  REGISTERING  SLIDE.    Shutters  having  a 

fixed  grating  and  a  sliding  grating  adapted  to  register  there- 
with to  cover  or  uncover  the  apertures  in  the  fixed  grating. 

61.  SHUTTERS,  SLIDING.    Shutters  or  shutter-sections  adapted 

to  slide  in  guides  to  cover  or  uncover  the  window.  Some  sec- 
tions fold  before  sliding. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


39 


CLASS  20— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  20,  Doors,  Sliding,  Jointed; 
32,  Doors,  Car,  Grain,  Vertical-Slide,  and  52,  Windows,  Sliding- 
sash. 

62.  SHUTTERS,  SLATS,  PIVOTED.    Shutters  having  the  slats 

pivoted.  The  slat  construction,  its  journals,  slat-operating 
devices,  and  fasteners  or  locks  for  same. 

63.  SHUTTERS,   SLATS,   FIXED.    Shutters  having  the  slats 

fixed  in  the  stiles.  The  slat  construction  and  the  means  for 
securing  it  to  the  stiles. 

64.  THRESHOLDS.    Door-sills  of  various  forms  designed  for  the 

most  part  to  serve  as  weather-strips,  being  provided  with 
drainage  devices  and  in  some  cases  cooperating  with  attach- 
ments to  the  door. 

65.  WEATHER-STRIPS,  HINGED.    Strips  hinged  or  pivoted 

on  a  door  or  sash  and  thrown  into  operative  or  inoperative 
position  by  mechanism  which  is  not  spring-actuated. 

66.  WEATHER-STRIPS,    HINGED,    SILLS.       Weather-strips 

hinged  or  pivoted  to  a  door  or  window  sill  and  provided  with 
means  for  automatically  bringing  the  strip  into  contact  with 
the  door  or  sash  when  the  door  or  window  is  closed. 

67.  WEATHER-STRIPS,  HINGED,  SPRING.   Hinged  weather- 

strips thrown  into  operative  or  inoperative  position  by  spring- 
actuated  mechanism  or  held  by  spring-catches. 

68.  WEATHER-STRIPS,    SLIDING.     Weather-strips    slidably 

mounted  upon  a  door  or  window  sash  and  provided  with 
means  for  automatically  throwing  it  into  operative  or  inoper- 
ative position  by  opening  or  closing  the  door  or  window. 

69.  WEATHER-STRIPS,  PACKING.    Packing  devices  attached 

directly  to  windows  or  doors  and  not  hinged  or  slidably 
mounted  thereon. 

70.  DOOR  AND  WINDOW  TROUGHS.    Drip-troughs  placed  at 

the  lower  edge  of  doors  or  windows  to  catch  the  ram-water. 
Search  Class— 
108 — ROOFS,  subclass  28,  Eaves-troughs. 

71.  DOOR  AND  WINDOW  GUARDS.    Various  devices,  includ- 

ing gratings,  nursery-grates,  etc.,  adapted  to  be  detachably 
secured  in  door  or  window  frames  to  prevent  window-cleaners, 
children,  or  others  falling  out  or  to  prevent  unauthorized 
parties  breaking  in. 

72.  DOOR    AND    WINDOW   GUARDS,   BODY-ATTACHED. 

Various  straps,  belts,  etc.,  adapted  to  be  secured  to  the  body 
and  to  the  frame  to  prevent  the  window-cleaner  from  falling 
out. 

73.  MANTELS.    Wooden  house-mantels  and  mantels  generally. 

74.  MOLDINGS.    Ornamental  strips  of  wood,  metal,  or  some  sub- 

stitute therefor  which  are  not  designed  especially  for  picture- 
frames  and  in  which  the  invention  is  not  confined  to  mere 
surface  ornamentation;  also,  methods  of  cutting  moldings  and 
devices  for  hanging  moldings. 
Search  Classes— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  12, 
Checks,  Labels,  and  Tags,  Holders,  Cornice,  and  152,  Picture 
Frames,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  272  etseq.,  Wood-ornamenting. 

75.  MOSAICS  AND  INLAYING.    Inlaid  articles  of  wood,  mosaic 

woodwork,  mortised  blocks  for  floor-covering,  and  floor-cover- 
ing fabric  of  wood  blocks  and  cloth  backing. 

76.  CORNER-SHIELDS.    Small  corner-plates   to   be  placed   in 

corners  of  rooms  or  stairs  to  keep  dust  out  of  the  corner. 

77.  CEILING-CENTERPIECES.    Various  ornamental  pieces,  not 

plaster,  adapted  to  be  secured  to  the  ceiling.  Frames  upon 
which  paper  can  be  hung.  Some  ornamental  sheet-metal 
pieces. 

78.  SLATTED  FLOOR-COVERING.    Flexibly  or  rigidly  united 

slats  for  floors  of  houses,  cars,  etc. 

Note.— Door-mats  of  wire,  other  metal,  wood  or  fiber,  are  under 
class  15,  BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclasses  62-64,  Mats; 
Mats,  Wire,  and  Mats,  Metallic. 

79.  STAIR-COVERS.    Various  detachable  pads  and  covers  to  pro- 

tect the  stairs  or  prevent  slipping. 
Note.— This  class  does  not  include  stair-pads  to  go  under  carpets, 

or  fireproof  stair  coverings. 
Search  Class — 
20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  78,  Slatted  Floor-Covering. 


CLASS  20— Continued. 

80.  ABOLISHED. 

81.  SCAFFOLDS,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Various  sorts  of  build- 

ers' scaffolds  which  do  not  clearly  fall  in  any  of  the  other  sub- 
classes. 

Search  Class  - 

57— HOISTING,  and  187,  ELEVATORS,  subclass  9,  Portable,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

82.  SCAFFOLDS,   SWINGING.    Scaffolds   adapted   to   be   sus- 

pended from  the  sides  or  roof  of  a  building. 
Search  Class— 
228 — LADDERS,  subclass  20,  Scaling. 

83.  SCAFFOLDS,    TRESTLES.    Various  trestles   or   "scaffold- 

horses"  for  supporting  boards  or  other  platform  for  workmen. 

84.  SCAFFOLDS,  BRACKETS.    Brackets  to  be  secured  to  the 

side  of  a  building  to  support  the  boards  or  platform  for  the 
mechanics. 

85.  SCAFFOLDS,  BRACKETS,  LADDER.    Detachable  brackets 

or  jacks  to  be  hung  upon  a  ladder  to  support  the  mechanic, 
his  tools,  mortar  or  other  building  material,  or  boards  on 
which  the  mechanic  may  stand. 

86.  SCAFFOLDS,  BRACKETS,  SHINGLING.  Scaffolds  adapted 

to  engage  roof-shingles,  so  as  to  support  the  mechanic,  his 
tools,  or  bundles  of  shingles  upon  the  roof. 

87.  SCAFFOLDS,    WINDOW.    Window  -  supported    platforms, 

chairs,  and  balconies,  to  be  used  for  pleasure,  for  window- 
cleaning,  or  for  painting. 

88.  SCAFFOLDS,  BINDERS.    Various  metal  clamps,  chains,  and 

binders  for  general  use  for  temporarily  supporting  scaffolding. 
Search  Classes— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  94,  Joist  Connections,  and 
95,  Framing  Sockets;  45,  FURNITURE;  subclass  48,  Tables, 
leg  fastening  and  bracing;  46,  GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass 3.3, 
Stilts;  144,  WOODWORKING;  subclass  289,  Clamps,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder;  214,  LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass 
25,  Load- Binders. 

89.  VENEERING.    Thin  sheets  of  wood  or  thin  sheets  of  wood 

mounted  on  some  backing  fabric;  methods  of  mounting  ve- 
neers on  lumber. 

90.  COMPOSITE    BOARDS.    Board  composed   of  some  plastic 

material  in  combination  with  fibrous  or  other  filling  material. 

91.  COMPOUND  LUMBER.    Lumber  made  up  of  sheets,  strips, 

or  blocks  for  ornamental  purposes,  except  mosaics  or  inlaid 
work,  or  in  order  to  utilize  lumber  waste. 

92.  SPLICES  AND  JOINTS.    Various  wood  joints  and  splices  for 

house  and   bridge  work,   box,  window-screen  and  picture 

frames,  metal  clamps,  «orner-braces,  dowel-pins,  and  timber 

seats. 
Note. — Constructions  to  go  in  this  subclass  must  be  mere  joints 

or  splices  capable  of  general  application  to  wood  structures. 
Search  Classes— 

5 — BEDS,  subclass  55,  Corner-fastenings. 
21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  49,  Spoke-sockets. 
45 — FURNITURE,  subclasses  24,  Fabric-stretching  frames;  130, 

Fabric-stretching  frames,  Painters. 
229 — PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  49,  Boxes,  Stays. 

93.  NAIL-HOLE  PLUGS.    Wooden  plugs  to  be  placed  in  nail 

holes. 

94.  JOIST  CONNECTIONS.    Metallic  joist  hangers  and  anchors 

that  are  particularly  adapted  to  be  hung  from  or  nailed  to 
joists. 

95.  FRAMING-SOCKETS.    Metallic  devices  designed  to  fit  the 

tops  of  wooden  posts  or  columns  and  support  joists  or  the  like. 

96.  POST-BASES.    Bases,    usually    metallic,    for    wooden    posts 

which  usually  include  some  feature  to  prevent  the  posts  from 
rotting. 

Search  Class— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  42,  Columns. 
Caps  and  bases. 

97.  WOODEN  COLUMNS.    Wooden  columns  for  use  in  structural 

work. 
Note. — Metallic  columns,  metallic  caps  and  bases  therefor,  and 

columns  composed  of  wood  and  metal  are  classified  in  class  189, 

METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES. 
Search  Class— 
20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  89,  Veneering;  92,  Splices 

and  joints;  95,  Framing-sockets,  and  96,  Post-bases. 


CLASS  22.— METAL-FOUNDING. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  includes  the  entire  art  of  casting  all  metals  and  alloys 
and  is  limited  thereto.  It  includes  the  pouring  of  the  metal,  the 
introduction  of  it  into  the  mold,  and  the  treatment  of  the  casting 
while  in  the  mold  and  until  the  casting  itself  is  produced  as  a  casting. 

It  does  not  include  the  finishing  of  the  casting  in  any  way,  heat- 
treating  after  the  casting  is  taken  from  the  mold  as  a  complete  casting 
nor  the  working  of  the  metal,  even  when  in  combination  with  the 
casting,  except  in  making  type  and  stereotype-plates. 

Machines  which  make  a  continuous  product,  provided  the  mold 
moves  forward  with  the  casting  in  its  travel  or  a  portion  of  its  travel 
and  then  the  mold  parts  are  separated  and  returned  to  the  point  of 
pouring,  are  included  in  this  class.  Machines  in  which  the  metal 
moves  through  the  mold  or  die  are  classified  hi  class  207,  PLASTIC 
METAL-  WORKING. 

Mixing  the  metal  with  other  metals  or  materials  is  included  only 
when  this  is  done  in  the  mold  or  during  the  process  of  pouring  or 
introducing  the  metal. 

The  casting  of  stereotype-plates  and  of  single  type  is  included  even 
when  in  combination  with  finishing  mechanism.  The  finishing 
mechanism  by  itself  is  included  in  class  90,  GEAR-GUTTING,  MILLING, 
AND  PLANING.  Linotype  machines  and  those  machines  which  both 
cast  and  set  the  type  are  excluded  from  this  class.  See  classes  199, 
TYPE-BAR  MAKING,  and  101,  PRINTING,  subclass  200,  Setting  and 
distributing,  Setting,  Making  and  setting. 

This  class  also  includes  the  manufacture  of  molds  and  cores  for 
exclusive  use  in  casting  metals  from  sand,  loam,  and  plastic  materi- 
als generally  and  the  treatment  of  such  molds  and  cores  to  render 
them  suitable  for  the  purpose  intended.  See  definition  of  subclass 
87,  Mold  and  core  drying  apparatus. 

It  does  not  include,  however,  the  manufacture  of  molds  from  solid 
materials  when  capable  of  being  classified  in  class  29,  METAL-WORK- 
ING,  class  125,  STONE-WORKING,  and  analogous  classes. 

The  manufacture  of  patterns  is  not  included  except  when  in  com- 
bination with  the  production  of  the  mold  or  casting,  unless  the  pat- 
tern is  made  from  plastic  material.  The  manufacture  of  wooden 
patterns  is  included  in  class  144,  WOODWORKING. 

The  manufacture  of  pattern  plates  is  included,  unless  consisting 
merely  of  ordinary  woodworking,  metal-working,  or  other  processes 
capable  of  classification  in  the  functional  classes. 

Machines  and  implements  for  performing  separate  functions  and 
capable  of  general  use,  when  not  m  combination  with  foundry  appa- 
ratus, are  classified  elsewhere — as,  for  example,  sand-sifting  screens 
are  classified  in  class  83,  MILL  s, subclass  50,  Ore  and  coal,  Sifters  and 
screens,  and  foundry-cranes  in  class  212,  CRANES  AND  DERRICKS. 

The  treatment  of  molding  sand  to  render  it  especially  applicable 
for  making  molds,  as  by  tempering  and  moistening,  is  included  in 
this  class,  but  not  when  limited  to  crushing,  sifting,  or  other  func- 
tions capable  of  classification  in  the  functional  classes  in  the  Office. 
Clamps  which  are  adapted  for  use  on  flasks,  but  which  have  none 
of  their  members  attached  to  the  flask,  are  classified  in  class  144, 
WOODWORKING,  subclass  297,  Clamps,  Portable,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Apparatus  properly  included  in  this  class, 

but  including  the  performance  of  functions  not  capable  of 
classification  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses.  Apparatus  for 
making  molds  for  casting  metals  from  non-plastic  materials, 
like  cuttlebone,  are  included  here  when  not  classifiable  in 
other  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

22 — METAL  FOUNDING,  subclasses  3,  Stereotype-casting  appa- 
ratus. Combined  machines,  and  7,  Type-casting  apparatus, 
Combined  machines. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous  apparatus. 

2.  STEREOTYPE-CASTING     APPARATUS.    Apparatus     for 

casting  stereotype-plates  in  which  no  other  function  is  per- 
formed and  which  amounts  to  more  than  the  mere  mold. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  3,  Stereotype-casting  appara- 
tus, Combined  machines. 

3.  STEREOTYPE-CASTING  APPARATUS,  COMBINED  MA- 

CHINES. Apparatus  for  casting  stereotype-plates  combined 
with  finishing  or  other  operations  not  separable  from  the  cast- 
ing. 

Note. — Apparatus  for  finishing  by  cutting  is  classified  in  class  90, 
GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING. 

4.  STEREOTYPE-CASTING  APPARATUS,     HEATING     OR 

COOLING  MOLDS.  Apparatus  for  casting  stereotype-plates 
provided  with  means  for  heating  and  cooling  the  molds. 

5.  STEREOTYPE-CASTING  APPARATUS,  MOLDS.    Stereo- 

type-molds not  combined  with  means  for  moving  any  of  the 
parts  or  for  heating  or  cqoling  them. 

6.  TYPE-CASTING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus  for  casting  single 

metal  type  not  combined  with  any  other  operation  pnd 
amounting  to  more  than  the  mere  mold. 

Note.— Linotype-casting  is  classified  in  class  199,  TYPE-BAR  MAK- 
ING. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  7,  Type-casting  apparatus,  Com- 
bined machines. 

101— PRINTING,  subclass  200,  Setting  and  distributing,  Setting, 
Making  and  setting. 

7.  TYPE-CASTING  APPARATUS,  COMBINED  MACHINES. 

Type-casting  machines  in  combination  with  apparatus  for 
finishing  or  performing  other  operations  not  separable  from  the 
casting. 

Note. — Finishing  apparatus  per  se  is  classified  in  class  90,  GEAR- 
CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  25,  Planing,  Soft- 
metal. 

Note. — The  combination  of  casting  and  setting  is  classified  in 
class  101,  PRINTING,  subclass  200,  Setting  and  distributing, 
Setting,  Making  and  setting,  which  should  be  searched. 

8.  TYPE-CASTING  APPARATUS,  MOLDS.    Type-molds  not 

combined  with  means  for  moving  any  of  the  parts. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  6,  Type-casting  apparatus, 
and  7,  Type-casting  apparatus,  Combbed  machines. 

9.  MOLDING  APPARATUS.    Miscellaneous  apparatus  for  use 

in  making  sand  and  loam  molds  for  casting  metal.  Apparatus 
for  making  molds  of  non-plastic  materials  for  casting  metals 
are  not  included  in  this  subclass,  even  if  classifiable  in  the  class. 
Under  this  head  are  included  moving  parts  with  means  for 
moving  them,  either  directly  included  or  so  described  as  to 
render  the  inference  of  their  presence  necessary.  Those  with 
parts  movable  by  hand  and  not  intended  to  be  moved  by  me- 
chanical means  are  not  included.  This  subclass  includes 
patents  involving  any  of  the  operations  classifiable  in  the 
subclasses  hereunder  when  in  combination  with  other  mold- 
ing operations  not  so  classifiable. 
Search  Class— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  10,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Sheets; 
14,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing,  Tube  and  hollow;  15, 
Molding  devices,  Film-spreading;  Id,  Molding  devices,  Presses; 
20,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Rotary  mold-support,  and  21, 
Molding  devices,  Presses,  Rotary  mold-support,  Peripheral. 

10.  MOLDING     APPARATUS,     CORE-MAKING.    Apparatus 

for  making  cores  in  core-boxes  and  other  ways,  except  by  ex- 
pressing through  dies  and  applying  the  material  to  a  rotating 
core-bar,  comprising  means  for  moving  the  parts,  as  distin- 
guished from  mere  core-boxes  which  do  not  include  such 
means.  Machines  which  are  adapted  to  be  used  for  both  core- 
making  and  mold-making  are  included.  May  include  any 
molding  operations  in  combination. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  12,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing, 
and  14,  Molding  devices.  Die-expressing,  Tube  and  hollow. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  14, 
Molding  apparatus,  Die-expressing. 

11.  MOLDING     APPARATUS,     CORE-MAKING,      DIE-EX- 

PRESSING. Machines  for  making  cores  by  forcing  the  ma- 
terial through  a  die. 

12.  MOLDING   APPARATUS,  CORE-MAKING,   ROTATING 

CORE-BAR.  Machines  for  making  cores  by  depositing  and 
affixing  the  core  material  to  a  core-bar  or  mandrel  capable  of 
rotating  and  for  shaping  such  material  on  a  rotating  core-liar 
or  mandrel.  Includes  in  combination  means  for  supplying  the 
material. 
Search  Class— 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
24,  Pottery-machines,  Jiggers. 

13.  MOLDING       APPARATUS,       CORE-MAKING,       CORE- 

BOXES.    Core-boxes  not  involving  means  for  moving  the 
parts  or  removing  the  cores  or  performing  other  operations 
except  holding  and  shaping  the  core  material. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  10,  Molding  apparatus,  Core- 
making. 

14.  MOLDING    APPARATUS,    SCREW-THREADS.    Appara- 

tus for  molding  screws  and  other  articles  which  have  a  helical 
thread  or  groove.  They  are  usually  provided  with  stripper- 
plates,  but  not  necessarily.  May  'include  any  function  in- 
cluded hi  subclass  9,  Molding  apparatus. 

15.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  CURVED  MOLDS.    Apparatus 

for  molding  curved  pipes  and  other  articles  in  which  the  mold- 
ing progresses  from  one  end  to  the  other  along  a  curve.    Does 
not  include  the  helical  curves  of  subclass  14,  Molding  appara- 
tus, Screw-threads,    Does  not  include  those  in  which  curved 
pipe  or  other  article  is  molded  throughout  its  length  simul- 
taneouslv.    Such  machines  being  capable  of  general  use  are 
classified  under  the  functional  and  structural  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 
49— GLASS,  subclass  30,  Molding,  Curved  pipes  and  tubes. 

41 


42 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

16.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PIPES  VERTICAL.  Apparatus 
for  molding  pipes  in  a  vertical  position,  whether  they  are  to  be 
cast  in  that  position  or  not,  when  the  entire  operation  of  com- 
pacting the  sand  is  not  performed  by  the  pattern  itself. 

•  17.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PIPES  VERTICAL,  COMPACT- 
ING PATTERN.  Apparatus  for  molding  pipes  in  a  vertical 
position  by  the  compacting  action  of  a  traveling,  but  not  a 
rotating ,  pattern. 

18.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PIPES  VERTICAL,  COMPACT- 

ING PATTERN,  ROTATING.  Apparatus  for  molding 
pipes  in  a  vertical  position  by  the  compacting  action  of  a  rotat- 
ing patterta  or  a  non-rotating  pattern  and  rotating  flask.  The 
pattern  usually  travels  longitudinally.  Includes  improve- 
ments in  such  patterns  when  not  capable  of  general  use. 

19.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PIPES  VERTICAL,  COMPACT- 

ING PATTERN,  ROTATING,  BEAD-FORMING.  Ap- 
paratus for  forming  beads  at  the  ends  of  pipes  by  a  rotating 
former  or  pattern. 

20.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PLANTS.    Apparatus  and  plants 

for  molding  in  which  there  is  an  alleged  combination  between 
mold  making  and  manipulating  machines.  They  are  usually 
foundry  plants  embodying  means  for  transferring  the  molds 
from  the  molding  position  to  casting  position.  Casting  is 
sometimes  included  in  combination. 
Search  Classes — 

22—  METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  21,  Molding  apparatus,  Rotating- 
table. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  4,  Molding  plants. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
2,  Brick-making  plants. 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  3, 
Starch-molding  apparatus. 

21.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  ROTATING  TABLE.    Molding 

machines  in  which  flask,  mold,  or  pattern  is  carried  around 
on  a  horizontal  rotating  table,  with  or  without  means  for  per- 
forming several  operations.  May  include  any  molding  oper- 
ation. Mere  turn-tables  adapted  to  hold  molds  are  included 
Search  Classes — 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  03,  Casting  apparatus,  Pigs, 
Rotating  table. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  20,  MoldiAg  devices,  Presses,  Rotary 
mold-support. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
2,  Brick-making  plants,  and  all  subclasses  under  Block- 
presses,  Rotary-mold,  Facial. 

22.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  ROLLING-PATTERN.    Appa- 

ratus for  molding  in  which  the  pattern  has  a  rolling  motion  or 
is  mounted  upon  the  surface  of  a  roller.    This  pattern  also 
often  acts  to  press  the  sand. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  19,  Molding  apparatus,  Pipes 
vertical,  Compacting  pattern,  Rotating,  Bead-forming. 

23.  MOLDING      APPARATUS,      SEGMENTAL-PATTERN. 

Molding  apparatus  in  which  a  segment  only  of  the  pattern  is 
used.  The  segment  being  placed  in  rholding  position,  with 
the  sand  packed  around  it,  is  then  withdrawn  and  placed  in 
an  adjacent  position,  so  that  a  complete  mold  is  formed  by  a 
series  of  these  operations  on  the  same  segmental  pattern. 
They  are  generally  used  for  molding  large  gear-wheels. 

24.  MOLDING    APPARATUS,    SWEEPING    OR    CUTTING. 

Molding  apparatus  for  forming  molds  by  the  operation  of  a 
moving  sweep,  strickle,  or  profile  pattern'    They  are  generally 
used  in  loam  molding,  and  the  sweep  usually  has  a  mere  mo- 
tion of  rotation  about  a  fixed  spindle  or  center. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  12,  Molding  apparatus,  Core- 
making,  Rotating  core-bar. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  5,  Molding  devices. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
24,  Pottery-machines,  Jiggers. 

25.  MOLDING   APPARATUS,   PACKING   AND   DRAWING. 

Machines  for  ramming  or  compressing  sand  and  drawing  the 
pattern  after  the  mold  is  made,  except  those  which  can  be  in- 
cluded in  the  other  subclasses  under  this  head.  May  include 
in  combination  any  of  the  operations  separately  classified 
under  the  heading  "Molding  apparatus,"  but  not  others. 

26.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,   PACKING  AND   DRAWING, 

MOLD  MOVING  AGAINST  PRESS-HEADS.  Machines 
for  ramming  and  drawing  in  which  the  pattern,  stripping- 
plate,  or  some  other  part  or  parts  is  forced  against  the  press- 
head.  The  press-head  is  usually  stationary  above  the  flask 
during  the  operation,  but  may  be  movable  between  opera- 
tions. 

27.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,   PACKING  AND   DRAWING, 

PARTING  SURFACE  COMPRESSION.  Machines  falling 
under  the  definition  of  subclass  25,  Molding  apparatus,  Pack- 
ing and  drawing,  in  which  the  compression  takes  place  upon 
the  parting  surface;  in  other  words,  in  which  the  pattern  or 
some  part  of  the  parting  surface  is  forced  into  the  sand,  usually 
from  below,  and  in  which  there  is  no  stripping. 

28.  MOLDING   APPARATUS,    PACKING   AND   DRAWING, 

PARTING  SURFACE  COMPRESSION,  STRIPPING. 
Machines  otherwise  falling  under  the  definition  of  the  last 
subclass,  in  which  the  stripping-plate  is  used  in  conjunction 
with  the  pattern.  The  pressure  is  frequently  imparted  by 
the  stripping-plate. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

29.  MOLDING   APPARATUS,   PACKING   AND   DRAWING, 

JARRING-MOLD  AND  STRIPPING.  Machines  for  ram- 
ming and  drawing  in  which  the  ramming  operation  is  per- 
formed by  jarring— that  is,  dropping  the  flask  containing  the 
pattern  and  sand  upon  a  jarring-block— and  the  drawing  of 
the  pattern  is  performed  by  lifting  the  stripping-p'.ate,  thus 
leaving  the  pattern  outside  the  mold. 

30.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,   PACKING  AND   DRAWING, 

PRESSING  AND  VIBRATING  PATTERN.  Machines 
falling  under  the  general  definition  of  subclass  25,  Molding 
apparatus,  Packing  and  drawing,  in  which  the  drawing  opera- 
tion is  facilitated  or  caused  by  imparting  a  vibratory  move- 
ment to  the  pattern.  Those  'in  which  there  are  devices  for 
transmitting  the  vibrations  to  the  pattern  are  included,  even 
if  not  combined  with  means  for  producing  vibrations.  They 
are  chiefly  swinging-head  presses. 

31.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  ASSEMBLING   MOLD  PARTS. 

Apparatus  for  molding  embodying  means  for  assembling  parts 
of  the  mold,  as  a  cope  and  drag,  and  combined  or  not  with 
means  for  performing  other  molding  operations  which  are 
separately  classified.  Machines  performing  this  function  in 
combination  with  both  ramming  and  drawing  are  not  in- 
cluded, except  as  cross-references. 

32.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  INVERTING  FLASK.    Molding- 

machines  in  which  the  flask  is  mounted  upon  the  plate  or 
other  device,  so  that  it  can  be  reversed  after  molding.  The 
mold  is  usually  moved  from  the  pattern  or  the  pattern  from 
the  mold.  Usually  the  two  half-patterns  are  mounted  on  op- 
posite sides  of  the  pattern-plate,  and  the  head  is  provided 
with  supporting-trunnions.  l>o  not  necessarily  include  any 
mechanical  means  for  inserting  the  parts.  Such  machines 
provided  with  means  for  both  ramming  and  drawing  are  in- 
cluded under  subclass  25,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing  and 
drawing. 

33.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  INVERTING  FLASK,  ROCK- 

OVER.  Machines  falling  under  the  definition  of  the  last  sub- 
class in  which  the  parts  are  rocked  over  upon  a  pivot  or  its 
equivalent  placed  at  one  side  of  the  flask  and  usually  wholly 
without  the  flask.  They  do  not  usually  contain  any  means 
for  performing  the  operation  of  rocking  over  except  a  handle. 
Usually  the  flask  is  rocked  over  to  invert  it,  and  then  the 
pattern  is  rocked  back  to  its  original  position  to  draw  it. 

34.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  REMOVING  MOLD.    Machines 

which  are  provided  with  means  for  removing  the  mold  after 
molding.  Sometimes  the  mold  is  mounted  on  a  truck  travel- 
ing on  tracks,  there  being  no  other  means  for  moving  it.  Those 
involving  both  ramming  and  drawing  in  combination  are 
not  included,  except  as  cross-references. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclasses  21,  Molding  apparatus, 
Rotating-table;  32,  Molding  apparatus,  Inverting  flask,  and 
33,  Molding  apparatus,  Inverting  flask,  Rock-over. 

35.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  CHARGING-FLASK.    Machines 

for  molding  having  means  for  delivering  sand  to  the  flask. 
This  subclass  does  not  include  machines  coming  under  the 
definition  of  ramming  and  drawing,  but  aside  from  that  in- 
cludes machines  of  various  types.    Includes  mere  charging 
without  molding. 
Search  Class — 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  30,  Molding  devices,  Chargers. 

36.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  CHARGING-FLASK,  UNDER 

PRESSURE.  Machines  which  deliver  the  sand  to  the  flask 
with  sufficient  force  for  packing  it  in  the  flask,  usually  so  that 
it  will  not  require  further  compression.  Does  not  include 
mere  presses  in  which  a  false  flask  is  used  to  hold  the  sand  and 
through  which  it  is  forced  into  the  flask. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  12,  Molding  apparatus,  Core- 
making,  Rotating  core-bar. 
18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  30,  Molding  devices,  Chargers. 

37.  MOLDING    APPARATUS,    CORE-SETTING.    Apparatus 

for  use  in  molding  embodying  means  for  placing  cores,  core 
parts,  or  any  interior  molding  parts  in  the  molds  or  in  parts  of 
the  molds,  either  in  combination  or  not.  with  means  for 
molding  sprues,  venting,  packing,  or  drawing  patterns. 
Machines  involving  this  operation  in  combination  with 
both  ramming  and  drawing  are  not  included,  except  as  cross- 
references. 

38.  MOLDING   APPARATUS     SPRUE-MOLDING.    Molding- 

machines  including  special  means  for  molding  sprues,  either 
in  combination  or  not  with  ramming,  drawing,  or  venting,  in 
which  the  sprue-molding  device  is  something  more  than  a 
mere  sprue  pin  or  pattern  attached  to  the  press-head  or  pat- 
tern— that  is,  those  in  which  there  is  specific  means  for  operat- 
ing the  sprue  pin  or  pattern.  Machines  involving  this  func- 
tion in  combination  with  any  other  function  than  those  men- 
tioned above  or  with  both  ramming  and  drawing  are  not  in- 
cluded, except  as  cross-references. 

Note. — Sprue  patterns  or  pins  are  classed  in  this  class,  subclass 
162,  Patterns,  Sprue,  gate,  and  runner. 

39.  MOLDING    APPARATUS,    VENTING.    Molding-machines 

provided  with  means  for  forming  vent-openings  in  the  molds 
during  or  after  molding,  either  in  combination  or  not  with 
packing  or  drawing,  but  not  with  both. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


43 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

40.  MOLDING    APPARATUS,    PACKING    SAND.    Machines 

limited  to  the  function  of  ramming,  packing,  or  compressing 
sand  to  make  molds  in  which  such  functions  are  performed  by 
other  means  than  by  a  press,  jarring  device,  or  multiple  rammer. 
Under  this  head  are  included  mere  combinations  of  flask  and 
packing  devices,  even  in  the  absence  of  means  for  moving 
either.  Includes  single-rammer  machines,  roller  packing  de- 
vices, and  all  combination  packing-machines. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclasses  25,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing 
and  drawing,  and  36,  Molding  apparatus,  Charging-flask, 
Under  pressure. 

41.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PACKING  SAND,  MULTIPLE 

RAMMER.  Mold-packing  devices  in  which  the  packing 
operation  is  performed  by  a  plurality  of  rammers  or  plungers 
operating  on  a  mold.  Includes  such  devices  whether  they  can 
properly  be  called  presses  or  not. 

42.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PACKING  SAND,  PRESSES. 

Presses  for  packing  sand  in  molding  having  a  single  rammer 
and  not  provided  with  a  swinging  press-head.    Rolling  de- 
vices are  not  included. 
Search  Classes 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclasses  21,  Molding  apparatus, 
Rotating-table;  25,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing  and  drawing; 
26,  Molding  apparatus.  Packing  and  drawing,  Mold  moving 
against  press-head;  27,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing  and  draw- 
ing, Parting  surface  compression,  and  28,  Molding  apparatus, 
Packing  and  drawing,  Parting  surface  compression,  Stripping. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  16,  Molding  devices,  Presses. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  3, 
Starch-molding  apparatus,  and  15,  Molding  apparatus, 
Presses. 

43.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,   PACKING  SAND,   PRESSES, 

SWINGING  PRESS-HEAD.  Mold-ramming  presses  in 
which  the  press-head  is  capable  of  swinging  over  and  away 
from  the  mold  on  pivots  or  their  equivalent  and  the  press-head 
has  a  motion  against  the  mold  for  compressing,  whether  the 
mold  also  has  an  opposite  motion  or  not. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  25,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing 
and  drawing. 

44.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,   PACKING  SAND,  PRESSES, 

SWINGING  PRESS-HEAD,  RECIPROCATING-MOLD. 
Mold-ramming  presses  in  which  the  press-head  is  capable  of 
swinging  over  and  away  from  the  mold  on  pivots  or  then- 
equivalent  and  during  the  pressing  operation  is  stationary,  so 
that  in  compressing  the  mold  the  mold  necessarily  moves 
against  the  press-head. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING  subclasses  26,  Molding  apparatus,  Pack- 
ing and  drawing,  Mold  moving  against  press-head,  and  30, 
Molding  apparatus,  Packing  and  drawing,  Pressing  and  vi- 
brating pattern. 

45.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PACKING  SAND,  JARRING. 

Machines  for  packing  molds  by  a  jarring  operation,  usually  by 
lifting  the  flask  containing  the  sand  and  pattern  and  allowing 
it  to  drop  upon  a  jarring-block. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  29,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing 
and  drawing,  Jarring-mold  and  stripping. 

46.  MOLDING     APPARATUS,    PACKING    SAND.    PRESS- 

HEADS  AND  PLUNGERS.  Improvements  limited  to  the 
press-head,  plunger,  or  rammer,  adapted  to  be  attached  to  a 
mold-press  or  other  packing  device. 

Note.— For  hand-rammers  see  in  this  class,  subclass  187,  Molding- 
tools,  Rammers. 

Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  41,  Molding  apparatus,  Pack- 
ing sand,  Multiple  rammer. 

47.  MOLDING   APPARATUS,  DRAWING   PATTERN.    Ma- 

chines for  drawing  the  pattern  or  a  part  of  the  pattern  from 
the  mold  after  compression  of  the  mold.  This  subclass  in- 
cludes inventions  involving  presenting  the  pattern  to  or  into 
the  mold  or  flask,  but  not  when  any  compression  or  ramming 
of  the  sand  is  included.  It  does  not  include  those  in  which 
the  pattern  is  drawn  by  lifting  the  flask,  the  use  of  a  stripping- 
plate,  nor  those  in  which  the  drawing  of  the  pattern  is  facili- 
tated by  means  forming  part  of  the  machine  for  rapping  or 
vibrating  the  pattern,  except  in  combination. 
Search  Classes— 

22 — METAL  FOUNDING,  subclasses  25,  Molding  apparatus,  Pack- 
ing and  drawing;  32,  Molding  apparatus,  Inverting  flask;  33, 
Molding  apparatus,  Inverting  flask.  Rock-over,  and  56,  Mold- 
ing apparatus,  Drawing  pattern,  Vibrating. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  3, 
Starch-molding  apparatus. 

48.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  DRAWING  PATTERN,  MOLD- 

LIFTING.  Apparatus  for  separating  the  pattern  from  the 
mold  by  lifting  the  latter  off  the  pattern,  in  which  the  patt3rn 
has  no  movement  during  the  mold-lifting  operation.  Usually 
a  stripping-plate  carrying  the  flask  and  mold  is  lifted,  and 
vibration  may  be  included  in  combination. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  29,  Molding  apparatus,  Tack- 
ing and  drawing,  Jarring-mold  and  stripping,  and  33,  Molding 
apparatus,  Inverting  flask,  Rock-over. 


CLASS  22-Continued. 

49.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  DRAWING  PATTERN  MOLD- 

LIFTING,  RECIPROCATING  PATTERN.  Apparatus 
for  separating  the  pattern  from  the  mold  by  lifting  the  latter 
off  the  pattern,  the  pattern  having  a  reciprocating  motion 
during  such  operation  or  immediately  before  it.  The  motion 
of  the  pattern  usually  starts  the  mold-lifting  devices.  Strip- 
ping and  vibrating  may  be  included  in  combination. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  29,  Molding  apparatus,  Pack- 
ing and  drawing,  Jarring-mold  and  stripping. 

50.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  DRAWING  PATTERN,  STRIP- 

PING. Machines  for  drawing  patterns  from  mojds  in  which 
a  stripping-plate  is  used  to  hold  the  sand  while  the  pattern  is 
being  drawn  and  not  capable  of  classification  in  any  of  the 
other  subclasses  under  this  head.  The  stripper  is  usually  sta- 
tionary, the  pattern  being  drawn  down  through  it.  Vibra- 
tion may  be  included  in  combination.  Under  this  head  are 
included  so-called  "patterns"  which  embrace  means  for  draw- 
ing a  part  of  the  pattern  within  the  main  part  of  the  pattern, 
but  not  those  in  which  the  projecting  part  is  merely  pivoted 
or  otherwise  made  to  permit  it  to  be  withdrawn  inside  the 
pattern,  nor  those  with  means  for  moving  the  projecting  part 
so  as  to  permit  withdrawal  of  the  pattern  when  not  involving 
means  for  withdrawing  any  part  of  the  mold. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  14,  Molding  apparatus,  Screw- 
threads;  28,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing  and  drawing,  Part- 
ing surface  compression,  Stripping;  29,  Molding  apparatus, 
Packing  and  drawing,  Jarring-mold  and  stripping;  48,  Mold- 
ing apparatus,  Drawing  pattern,  Mold-lifting,  and  49,  Molding 
apparatus,  Drawing  pattern,  Mold-lifting,  Reciprocating  pat- 
tern. 

51.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  DRAWING  PATTERN,  STRIP- 

PING, COMPOUND  STRIPPING-PLATE.  Stripping- 
plate  machines  for  drawing  patterns  from  molds  in  which  the 
stripping-plate  is  made  up  of  two  or  more  relatively  movable 
parts,  at  least  one  of  which  usually  forms  a  part  of  the  pattern , 
and  those  in  which  a  part  of  the  pattern  acts  as  a  stripping- 
plate  for  another  part  and  such  mentioned  part  is  drawn 
through  a  stripping-plate. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  28,  Molding  apparatus,  Pack- 
ing and  drawing,  Parting  surface  compression,  Stripping. 

52.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  DRAWING  PATTERN,  STRIP- 

PING, PARALLEL  MOTION.  Machines  for  drawing  pat- 
terns entirely  by  stripping  in  which  the  pattern  is  drawn  by 
mechanism  constructed  to  give  equal  and  parallel  motion  to 
the  pattern-plate  at  at  least  two  points.  Does  not  include 
those  in  which  the  force  is  applied  at  a  single  point  and  the 
pattern  merely  guided  along  parallel  lines. 

53.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  DRAWING  PATTERN, STRIP- 

PING, CURVILINEAR  DRAW.  Machines  for  drawing 
patterns  through  stripping-plates  in  longitudinally-curved 
lines. 

Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  14,  Molding  apparatus,  Screw- 
threads;  15,  Molding  apparatus,  Curved  molds,  and  33,  Mold- 
ing apparatus,  inverting  flask,  Rock-over. 

54.  MOLDING  APPARATUS, DRAWING  PATTERN,  STRIP- 

PING, STOOL.  Stripping-plate  machines  for  drawing  pat- 
terns from  molds  in  which  ;i  part  of  the  stripping-plate  takes 
the  form  of  a  "stool" — -that  is,  a  green-sand  core  is  supported 
during  the  molding  and  likewise  during  the  drawing  of  an  out- 
side part  of  the  pattern  by  a  stool  or  the  like,  which  is  usually 
within  the  pattern. 

55.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  DRAWING  PATTERN,  STRIP- 

PING, LEVER  AND  LINK.  Machines  for  drawing  pat- 
terns through  stripping-plates  which  do  not  fall  under  any  of 
the  other  subclasses  under  this  head  and  in  which  the  pattern 
is  drawn  entirely  by  means  of  combinations  of  levers  and  links. 
either  or  both. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  51,  Molding  apparatus,  Draw- 
ing 
Mo" 
motion. 

56.  MOLDING    APPARATUS,    DRAWING    PATTERN,    VI- 

BRATING. Machines  for  drawing  patterns  from  molds 
without  lifting  the  mold  or  stripping  the  pattern,  in  which  the 
operation  is  facilitated  by  means  forming  a  part  of  the  machine 
for  vibrating  or  rapping  the  pattern,  either  before  the  drawing 
operation  commences  or  after,  and  includes  machines  haying 
devices  adapted  to  be  vibrated  and  to  communicate  vibra- 
tions to  the  pattern,  even  when  no  means  for  producing  vibra- 
tions is  included  as  a  part  of  the  invention. 
Search  Classes 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  30,  Molding  apparatus,  Pack- 
ing and  drawing,  Pressing  and  vibrating  pattern. 

107 — BREAD.  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  3, 
Starch-molding  apparatus. 

57.  CASTING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus  for  casting  metals  not 

including  any  other  function  and  containing  matter  not  ca- 
pable of  classification  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  under  this 
head.  This  subclass  includes  combination  patents  part  of 
which,  but  not  all,  could  be  classed  in  other  subclasses  under 
this  head,  so  long  as  they  include  nothing  but  casting  the 
metal.  Casting  includes  introducing  the  metal  into  the  mold 
and  treating  it  therein.  The  subclasses  under  this  head  in- 


ig  pattern,  Stripping,  Compound  stripping-plate,  and  52, 
lolding  apparatus,   Drawing  pattern,   Stripping,   Parallel 


44 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

elude  apparatus  which  involves  something  more  than  a  mere 
mold  or  the  support  therefor  and  in  general  are  regarded  as 
machines  for  casting.    Casting  stereotype-plates  and  type  are 
not  included. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  2,  Stereotype-casting  appa- 
ratus; 3,  Stereotype-casting  apparatus,  Combined  machines; 
6.  Type-casting  apparatus,  and  7,  Type-casting  apparatus, 
Combined  machines. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  26,  Molding  devices,  Casting,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
29,  Pottery-machines,  Casting. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  39,  Molding,  Casting. 

58.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND 

JOINTS.    Machines  for  making  castings  or  joints  of  two  or 
more  metals  or  a  metal  and  a  non-metal,  except  for  producing 
compound  ingots  and  for  making  joints  in  fences  and  casting 
leads  on  nets,  which  consist  of  something  more  than  a  mold — 
i.  e. ,  means  for  moving  the  mold  or  other  parts  or  feeding  or 
cutting  the  wire  or  other  article  upon  which  the  metal  is  to  be 
cast.    May  include  all  functions  properly  classifiable  under 
Casting  apparatus. 
Search  Class— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  27,  Molding  devices,  Casting,  Candles. 

59.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND 

JOINTS,  FENCE  AND  NET  LEADING.  Machines  for 
casting  leads  and  lead-joints  upon  fences  and  nets.  Usually 
comprise  means  for  feeding  the  fence-wires  or  net-strings  to 
and  from  the  molds.  May  include  all  functions  properly 
classifiable  under  Casting  apparatus. 

60.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND 

JOINTS,  INGOTS.  Machines  for  producing  compound  in- 
gots. May  include  any  function  properly  classifiable  under 
Casting  apparatus. 

Note. — For  mere  molds  for  compound  ingots  see  subclass  121, 
Molds,  Composite  castings  and  joints,  Ingots. 

61.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  PIGS.    Apparatus  for  casting  pigs 

in  horizontal  open-topped  molds  that  are  not  movable  upon 
an  endless  chain  or  belt  nor  upon  a  table  rotating  about  a  ver- 
tical shaft.  The  molds  are  usually  stationary  during  cooling 
of  the  casting.  Mere  pig-beds  are  not  included  unless  having 
elements  that  render  them  machines.  May  include  any  func- 
tion properly  included  under  Casting  apparatus. 

Note.— For  pig-molds  see  in  this  class,  subclass  143,  Molds,  Metal, 
Ingots  and  pigs,  Horizontal. 

Note.— Rapping  molds  to  loosen  the  pigs,  coating  the  molds,  and 
other  additional  functions  are  included  in  combination  in  this 
subclass,  but  not  in  subclasses  hereunder. 

Note.— For  coating  these  molds  see  in  this  class,  subclass  88,  Mold 
coating  and  lining  apparatus. 

Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  75,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving- 
mold, and  78,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving-mold,  Reciprocating. 

62.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  PIGS,   ENDLESS-CHAIN..    Ma- 

chines for  casting  pigs  in  accordance  with  the  definition  of  sub- 
class til,  Casting  apparatus,  Pigs,  in  which  a  series  of  molds  is 
mounted  to  move  upon  an  endless  chain  or  its  equivalent  or 
are  connected  together  in  such  a  way  as  to  constitute  an  end- 
less carrier. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  70,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving- 
mold,  Endless-chain. 

63.  CASTING     APPARATUS,     PIGS,     ROTATING-TABLE. 

Machines  for  casting  pigs  in  accordance  with  the  definition 
of  subclass  61,  Casting  apparatus,  Pigs,  in  which  a  series  of 
molds  is  mounted  upon  a  table  rotating  upon  a  vertical  axis. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  21,  Molding  apparatus,  Rotat- 
ing-table,  and  77,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving-mold,  Rotating- 
table. 

64.  CASTING    APPARATUS,    PLANTS.    Combinations    of    a 

casting-machine  or  a  casting  device  with  other  apparatus, 
except  for  molding,  properly  classifiable  in  this  class  and  under 
Casting  apparatus. 

Note.— See  definition  of  subclass  20,  Molding  apparatus,  Plants, 
in  this  class. 

Note. — Plants  involving  the  melting  of  metals,  as  Bessemer  plants, 
are  classified  in  class  75,  METALLURGY,  subclass  188,  Con- 
verters, Plants. 

Search  Class — 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  61,  Casting  apparatus,  Pigs. 

65.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  CENTRIFUGAL.    Machines  for 

casting  metals  by  centrifugal  force.  May  include  in  combina- 
tion any  of  the  functions  separately  classified  in  subclasses 
under  Casting  apparatus. 

66.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  TANDEM.    Machines  for  casting 

metal  in  which  a  series  of  castings,  usually  ingots,  are  cast  one 
upon  the  end  of  the  other,  forming  a  continuous  product, 
which  is  generally  broken  into  lengths.  The  mold  moves  for- 
ward tinlh  the  casting  in  its  travel  or  a  portion  of  its  travel, 
and  then  the  mold  parts  are  separated  and  returned  to  the 
point  of  pouring. 

Note. — For  similar  machines  in  which  the  metal  moves  through 
the  mold  or  die  see  class  207,  PLASTIC  METAL- WORKING. 

Search  Class— 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  208,  Processes,  Casting,  Tandem. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

67.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  COMPRESSION.    This  subclass 

includes  casting-machines  in  which  pressure  is  applied  posi- 
tively to  the  metal,  except  such  as  are  classified  in  the  several 
subdivisions  thereof.  The  application  of  pressure  by  centrifu- 
gal force  is  not  included  under  this  head,  nor  is  the  application 
of  pressure  by  means  of  a  head  of  metal.  Otherwise  the  sub- 
classes under  this  head  may  include  in  combination  any  of  the 
other  functions  separately  classified  in  the  subclasses  under 
Casting  apparatus. 
Search  Class— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  16,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

68.  CASTING    APPARATUS,    COMPRESSION,    CHARGING 

UNDER  PRESSURE.  Casting-machines  as  defined  in  the 
definition  of  subclass  67,  Casting  apparatus,  Compression,  in 
which  the  metal  is  forced  into  the  mold  under  positive  pressure 
and  not  capable  of  classification  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses 
under  this  head.  This  and  the  subclasses  under  this  head 
may  include  in  combination  means  for  feeding  metal  in  the 
form  of  ingots  or  in  any  other  form  to  the  pot. 
Search  Classes— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  80,  Casting  apparatus,  Metal 
holding  and  pouring,  Pot-charging. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  30,  Molding  devices,  Chargers. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
103,  Block-presses,  Chargers. 

69.  CASTING   APPARATUS,    COMPRESSION,    CHARGING 

UNDER    PRESSURE,    PNEUMATIC.    Casting-machines 
as  defined  in  definition  of  subclass  67,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
pression, in  which  the  metal  is  forced  into  the  mold  under 
pneumatic  pressure. 
Search  Class— 
18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  30,  Molding  devices,  Chargers. 

70.  CASTING    APPARATUS.    COMPRESSION,    CHARGING 

UNDER    PRESSURE,    MELTING-POT    AND    PUMP. 
Casting-machines  as  defined  in  subclass  67,  Casting  apparatus, 
Compression,  in  which  the  metal  is  forced  into  the  mold  by 
means  of  a  pump  contained  in  a  melting-pot  or  attached 
thereto  and  without  means  fer  heating  the  pot. 
Search  Class — 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  30,  Molding  devices,  Chargers. 

71.  CASTING    APPARATUS,    COMPRESSION,    CHARGING 

UNDER  PRESSURE,  MELTING-POT  AND  PUMP, 
HEATED.  Casting-machines  as  defined  in  subclass  67,  Cast- 
ing apparatus,  Compression,  in  which  the  metal  is  forced  into 
the  mold  by  means  of  a  pump  contained  in  a  melting-pot  or 
attached  thereto  and  with  means  for  heating  the  pot. 

72.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  COMPRESSION,  PNEUMATIC. 

Machines  for  casting  as  defined  in  the  definition  of  subclass 
67,  Casting  apparatus,  Compression,  in  which  the  metal  is  com- 
pressed by  pneumatic  pressure  after  it  is  introduced  into  the 
mold,  but  is  not  introduced  under  pressure. 

73.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  VACUUM.    Casting  apparatus  in 

which  the  air  or  other  gas  is  exhausted  or  partially  exhausted 
from  the  mold  before,  during,  or  after  casting.  May  include  in 
combination  introduction  of  the  metal  when  not  under  pres- 
sure and  heating  and  moving  mold. 

74.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  MOLD-HEATERS.    Casting  appa- 

ratus comprising  heaters  for  molds  usually  in  combination 
with  the  mold  itself  and  may  include  meajas  for  introducing 
the  metal  when  not  under  pressure  and  means  for  moving  the 
mold. 

Search  Class— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  6,  Molding  devices,  Heating  and  vulcan- 
izing. 

75.  CASTING    APPARATUS,    MOVING-MOLD.     Casting-ma- 

chines in  which  the  mold  or  molds  have  a  motion  between  the 
casting  operations  or  during  the  casting  operation  and  not 
otherwise  classifiable  under  this  head.  These  subclasses  may 
include  in  combination  means  for  introducing  metal  when  not 
under  pressure. 
Search  Classes — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  61,  Casting  apparatus,  Pigs. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  16,  Molding  devices,  Presses. 

76.  CASTING    APPARATUS,    MOVING-MOLD,    ENDLESS- 

CHAIN.    Casting-machines  in  accordance  with  the  definition 
of  subclass  7o,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving-mold,  in  which  the 
molds  are  mounted  upon  a  moving  endless  chain  or  its  equiva- 
lent. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,   subclass  62,   Casting  apparatus,   Pigs, 
Endless-chain. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  16,  Molding  devices,  Presses. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
under  Block-presses,  Endless  chain  of  molds. 

77.  CASTING  APPARATUS,   MOVING-MOLD,  ROTATING- 

TABLE.    Casting-machines  as  defined  in  the  definition  of 
subclass  75,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving-mold,  in  which  molds 
are  mounted  upon  a  table  rotating  upon  a  vertical  axis. 
Search  Classes 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  63,  Casting  apparatus,  Pigs, 
Rotating-table,  and  65,  Casting  apparatus,  Centrifugal. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  20,   Molding  devices,   Presses,  Rotary 
mold -support. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
under  Block-presses,  Rotary-mold,  Facial. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


45 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

78.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  MOVING-MOLD,  RECIPROCAT- 

ING. Casting-machines  as  denned  in  the  definition  of  sub- 
class 75,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving-mold,  in  which  the  molds 
are  given  a  reciprocating  motion  between  casting  operations 
or  during  the  casting  operation. 

Search  Classes 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  6,  Type-casting  apparatus 
and  61,  Casting  apparatus.  Pigs. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  22,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Reciprocat- 
ing mold. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
54,  Block-presses,  Reciprocating-mold,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

79.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  METAL  HOLDING  AND  POUR- 

ING.   Devices  for  holding  and  discharging  metal  into  molds  or 
into  other  metal-holding  devices  without  the  application  of 
pressure  not  otherwise  classifiable  under  this  head. 
Note.— Crucibles  are  classified  in  class  75,  METALLURGY,  subclass 
182,  Crucibles. 

80.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  METAL  HOLDING  AND  POUR- 

ING, POT-CHARGING.  Apparatus  for  charging  metal- 
holding  pots  or  their  equivalent  with  metal  in  either  solid  or 
liquid  form.  It  may  include  in  combination  the  pot  itself,  but 
not  means  for  creating  pressure.  Those  involving  a  pump  are 
classified  under  subclasses  70,  Casting  apparatus,  Compression, 
Charging  under  pressure,  Melting-pot  and  pump,  and  71,  Cast- 
ing apparatus,  Compression,  Charging  under  pressure, 
Melting-pot  and  pump,  Heated,  and  are  cross-referenced  into 
this  subclass. 

81.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  METAL  HOLDING  AND  POUR- 

ING,  LADLES.    Ladles  for  conveying  and  pouring  metals 
not  otherwise  classifiable  under  this  head. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  82,  Casting  apparatus,  Metal 
holding  and  pouring,  Ladles,  Carriers  and  manipulators. 

82.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  METAL  HOLDING  AND  POUR- 

ING, LADLES,  CARRIERS,  AND  MANIPULATORS. 
Devices  for  holding,  carrying,  and  manipulating  metal-casting 
ladles  which  involve  elements  especially  adapting  them  for 
this  purpose. 

Note.— Mere  cranes,  hoisting  devices,  trucks,  etc.,  are  not  included, 
being  classified  in  the  appropriate  functional  classes,  as  212, 
CRANES  AND  DERRICKS;  21,  CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS;  105, 
RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  etc. 

83.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  METAL  HOLDING  AND  POUR- 

ING, LADLES,  SKIMMING.  Metal-casting  ladles  provided 
with  means  for  skimming  the  floating  materials  from  the  top 
of  the  metal. 

84.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  METAL  HOLDING  AND  POUR- 

ING, LADLES,  BOTTOM-POUR.  Metal-casting  ladles 
provided  with  means  for  discharging  the  metal  from  the  bot- 
tom or  the  lower  part  of  the  ladle  and  without  internal  stop- 
pers. 

Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  85,  Casting  apparatus,  Metal 
holding  and  pouring,  Bottom-pour,  Internal-stopper. 

85.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  METAL  HOLDING  AND  POUR- 

ING, LADLES,  BOTTOM-POUR,  INTERNAL-STOP- 
PER. Metal-casting  ladles  adapted  to  discharge  the  metal 
from  the  bottom  or  lower  part  of  the  ladle  and  provided  with 
stoppers  for  the  discharging-opening  contained  within  the 
ladle. 

86.  CASTING  APPARATUS,  METAL  HOLDING  AND  POUR- 

ING, LADLES,  HAND.  Metal-casting  ladles  adapted  to  be 
supported  and  manipulated  by  hand. 

87.  MOLD  AND  CORE   DRYING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus 

for  drying  sand  or  metal  molds  or  cores  in  which  the  mold  or 
core  is  itself  a  part  of  and  in  combination  with  the  drying 
means. 

Note. — Apparatus  for  drying  molds  and  cores  in  which  the  molds 
or  cores  are  merely  placed  within  the  drying-chamber  and  in 
which  other  articles  could  be  placed  therein  for  drying  are 
classed  in  class  34,  DRIERS. 

88.  MOLD  COATING  AND  LINING  APPARATUS.    Appara- 

tus for  applying  a  blacking  or  other  composition  in  a  liquid, 
powdered ,  or  other  state  to  molds  or  cores.    This  subclass  in- 
cludes the  coating  of  both  sand  and  metal  molds. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  31,  Molding  devices,  Mold  wiping  and 
coating. 

91— COATING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

89.  MOLD-MATERIAL-TREATING    APPARATUS.     Appara- 

tus for  treating  and  preparing  materials,  such  as  sand  and  loam 
especially,  to  render  them  suitable  for  molding.     Does  not  in- 
clude mere  grinding  or  sifting  these  materials  unless  in  com- 
bination with  other  operations  that  fall  under  the  definition. 
Search  Classes— 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  217,  Processes,  Preparation  of 

mold  materials. 
83— MILLS,  subclass  50,  Ore  and  coal,  Sifters  and  screens. 

90.  MOLD  AND  FLASK  SUPPORTS.     Apparatus  whose  func- 

tion is  to  support  a  mold  or  flask  and  which  does  not  permit 
the  mold  or  flask  to  have  a  tilting  motion.  It  is  usually  in 
combination  with  the  mold  or  flask,  and  so  may  include  sepa- 
rating the  mold  parts  or  ejecting  the  casting,  but  no  casting  or 
molding  operations.  Bottom  boards  for  flasks  and  molders' 
benches  are  included. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  2,  Stereotype-casting  appa- 
ratus; 21,  Molding  apparatus,  Rotating-table;  34,  Molding 
apparatus,  Removing  mold;  40,  Molding  apparatus,  Pack- 
ing sand;  47,  Molding  apparatus,  Drawing  pattern;  48,  Mold- 
ing apparatus,  Drawing  pattern.  Mold-lifting;  50,  Molding 
apparatus,  Drawing  pattern,  Stripping,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder;  59,  Casting  apparatus,  Composite  castings 
and  joints,  Fence  and  net  leading,  and  75,  Casting  apparatus 
Moving-mold. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  41,  Mold  supports  and  carriers. 

91.  MOLD   AND  FLASK  SUPPORTS,  TILTING.    Apparatus 

falling  under  the  definition  of  the  last  subclass  in  which  the 
support  is  so  constructed  as  to  permit  the  tilting  of  the  mold  or 
flask. 

Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  2,  Stereotype-casting  appa- 
ratus; 4,  Stereotype-casting  apparatus,  Heating  or  cooling 
mold;  15,  Molding  apparatus,  Curved  molds;  32,  Molding 
apparatus,  Inverting  flask,  and  33,  Molding  apparatus.  Invert- 
ing flask,  Rock-over. 

92.  MOLD-SEPARATING  DEVICES.    Apparatus  for  separating 

the  parts  of  the  mold,  not  confined  to  those  with  means  for 
drawing  the  core  and  not  in  combination  with  means  for  mov- 
ing the  mold  as  a  whole  or  introducing  the  metal.  May  in- 
clude the  mold  and  means  for  ejecting  the  casting  in  com- 
bination. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  2,  Stereotype-casting  appa- 
ratus, and  48,  Molding  apparatus,  Drawing  pattnrn.  Mold- 
lifting. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  42,  Mold-separating  devices. 

93.  MOLD-SEPARATING  DEVICES,  DRAWING  CORE.    Ap- 

paratus for  drawing  one  or  more  cores  from  the  mold  and 
casting  and  not  in  combination  with  any  other  mold-operating 
or  casting  devices,  except,  in  some  cases,  ejecting  the  casting. 
Usually  the  mold  is  a  part  of  the  combination. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  37,  Molding  apparatus,  Core- 
setting,  and  47.  Molding  apparatus,  Drawing  pattern. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  43,  Mold-separating  devices,  Drawing  core. 

94.  CASTING-EJECTORS.    Apparatus  for  operating  an  ejector  to 

force  or  draw  the  casting  from  the  mold,  not  in  combina- 
tion with  any  other  mold-operating  or  casting  devices.  The 
mold  is  usually  a  part  of  the  combination.  Molds  merely  pro- 
vided with  plungers  or  their  equivalent  and  without  means 
for  operating  them  are  included  in  Molds,  Metal,  Ejecting. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDFNG,  subclasses  6,  Type-casting  apparatus, 
and  95,  Casting-ejectors,  Ingot-strippers. 

95.  CASTING-ETECTORS,     INGOT-STRIPPERS.    Apparatus 

for  stripping  ingots  from  their  molds,  not  in  combination  with 
any  other  mold  or  ingot  manipulating  or  casting  devices. 
Search  Class— 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  94,  Casting-ejectors. 

96.  FLASKS.    Castings,  frames,  etc.,  for  holdingsand  during  mold- 

ing, and  ordinarily  known  as  "molders'  flasks,"  contain^ 
ing  elements  which  render  them  incapable  of  classification  in 
any  of  the  other  subclasses  under  this  head.  Under  this  head 
are  included  combinations  between  the  flasks  and  molds,  pat- 
terns, chills,  etc.,  cross-references  being  placed  in  the  proper 
subclasses  below.  This  subclass  also  includes  "false  flasks," 
which  are  frames  temporarily  placed  on  the  flask  to  retain  loose 
sand  until  pressed.  But  patents  containing  any  means  for 
operating  the  flask,  pattern,  or  other  parts  or  the  sand  are 
classed  under  Molding  apparatus,  even  if  nearly  all  of  the  in- 
vention lies  in  the  flask. 

97.  FLASKS,  DENTAL-PLATE.    Flasks  falling  under  the  defi- 

nition of  subclass  96,  Flasks,  which  are  specially  adapted  for 
molding  and  casting  metal  dental  plates. 
Search  Class— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  33,  Molding  devices.  Flasks  and  clamps, 
Dental. 

98.  FLASKS,  VERTICAL-PIPE.    Flasks  falling  under  the  defi- 

nition of  subclass  96,  Flasks,  which  are  especially  adapted  for 
molding  vertical  pipes. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  16,  Molding  apparatus,  Pipes 
vertical;  17,  Molding  apparatus,  Pipes  vertical,  Compacting 
pattern,  and  18,  Molding  apparatus,  Pipes  vertical,  Compact- 
ing pattern,  Rotating. 

99.  FLASKS,  MULTIPART.    Flasks  composed  of  three  or  more 

parts,  usually  the  cope,  drag,  and  cheek,  which  latter  is  fre- 
quently further  divided.  Each  part  is  adapted  and  con- 
structed to  hold  and  retain  its  portion  of  the  mold  when  sepa- 
rated from  the  other  parts,  and  therefore  the  mold  must  always 
be  divided  into  as  many  separable  parts  as  the  flask. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  106,  Flasks,  Separable  sides 
or  ends,  and  107,  Flasks,  Separable  sides  or  ends,  Snap-flasks, 
for  flasks  merely  made  separable  to  permit  removal  from  the 
mold,  which  are  not  included  in  this  subclass. 

100.  FLASKS,  EXTENSIBLE.    Flasks  having  means  whereby 

the  dimensions  may  be  decreased  or  increased.  Does  not  in- 
clude those  in  which  the  sides  or  ends  may  be  merely  ex- 
changed for  others  of  different  lengths.  Usually  have  some 
telescoping  action. 


46 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

101.  FLASKS,  PATTERN,  CORE,  OR  INSERT  HOLDING. 

Flasks  provided  with  means  for  supporting  patterns,  cores, 
or  inserts,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  by  means  of  pattern  or 
match  plates  during  molding  or  casting.  Usually  include 
these  elements  in  combination. 

Note.— Such  flasks  when  especially  adapted  for  molding  sash- 
weights  are  separately  classed  in  subclass  102,  Flasks,  Pattern, 
core,  or  insert  holding,  Sash-weights,  which  should  be 
searched. 

102.  FLASKS,  PATTERN,  CORE,  OR  INSERT  HOLDING, 

SASH-WEIGHTS.  Flasks  which  have  means  for  supporting 
the  pattern  during  the  molding  or  cores  or  inserts  during  the 
casting,  specially  adapted  for  molding  sash-weights.  They 
usually  form  multiple  molds. 

103.  FLASKS,  CHILL-HOLDING.    Flasks  provided  with  means 

for  attaching  a  chill  to  the  flask  or  flasks  supported  on  a  chill. 
Note. — Those  for  molding  and   casting  wheels  are  separately 
classed  in  subclass  104.  Flask,  Chill-holding,  Wheel. 

104.  FLASKS,  CHILL-HOLDING,  WHEEL.    Flasks  for  mold- 

ing and  casting  wheels  of  all  kinds  in  which  the  chill  is  sup- 
ported by  the  flask  or  the  flask  by  the  chill. 
Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  128,  Molds,  Sand  and  metal, 
Circular  chills,  Wheel. 

105.  FLASKS,  SWINGING-COPE.    Flasks  composed  of  cope  and 

drag  in  which  the  latter  is  pivoted  or  hinged  to  the  former,  so 
that  it  may  be  elevated  by  swinging  on  such  pivots  or  hinges. 
Includes  improvements  in  hinges  for  such  flasks  when  not 
capable  of  general  use. 

106.  FLASKS,  SEPARABLE  SIDES  OR  ENDS.    Half-flasks  in 

which  the  improvements  consist  in  means  for  removably  con- 
necting the  sides  or  ends  so  that  they  may  be  separated  with- 
out destroying  the  flask.  Does  not  include  snap-flasks.  They 
are  usually  so  constructed  as  to  be  readily  removable  from  the 
mold. 

Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  107,  Flasks,  Separable  sides  or 
ends,  Snap-flasks. 

107.  FLASKS,    SEPARABLE     SIDES     OR     ENDS,    SNAP- 

FLASKS.  Half-flasks  falling  under  the  definition  of  the  last 
subclass  in  which  the  parts  are  connected  by  a  binge  or  its 
equivalent  at  one  corner  and  at  the  opposite  corner  having  a 
snap  device  which  fixes  the  parts  together  when  closed. 
Note. — These  flasks  sometimes  include  in  combination  means  for 
holding  the  mold  after  removal;  but  for  such  means  alone  see 
subclass  112,  Mold  jackets  and  weights. 

108.  FLASKS,    GATE-EXTENSION.    Molding-flasks    provided 

with  an  extension  or  extensions  for  holding  a  molded  gate  or 
sprue. 

109.  FLASKS,  CLAMPING.    Patents  in  which  the  entire  inven- 

tion lies  in  the  means  for  clamping  the  cope  and  drag  or  cheek 
together,  either  in  combination  or  not,  with  means  for  attach- 
ing such  clamping  device  to  the  flasks. 

Note.— Clamps  which  are  entirely  removable  and  portable  and 
have  no  part  thereof  attached  permanently  to  the  flask  are 
classified  in  class  144,  WOODWORKING,  subclass  297,  Clamps, 
Portable,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 
Search  Classes — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  156,  Molds,  Metal,  Clamping. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  43,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Clamping. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  75,  Molds,  Clamping. 

110.  FLASKS,  GUIDES.    Patents  in  which  the  entire  invention 

lies  in  the  means  for  guiding  and  holding  in  position,  but  not 
clamping  the  parts,  as  the  cope  and  drag  or  cheek.    May  in- 
clude in  combination  means  for  attaching  parts  of  the  g'uide 
to  the  flasks. 
Search  Class — 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  32,  Molding  devices,  Flasks  and  clamps, 
and  33,  Molding  devices,  Flasks  and  clamps,  Dental. 

111.  FLASKS,    SAND-RETAINING     DEVICES.    Patents    in 

which  the  entire  invention  lies  in  cross-bars  or  other  means 
for  holding  the  sand  within  the  flask.  May  be  in  combination 
with  the  flask  broadly,  and  means  for  attaching  such  bars, 
etc.,  to  the  flask,  but  not  when  embodying  other  improve- 
ments in  the  flask  itself. 

112.  MOLD  JACKETS  AND  WEIGHTS.    Jackets,  weights,  and 

holders  adapted  to  be  placed  upon  or  around  molds,  usually 
after  a  snap  or  other  separable  llask  has  been  removed  there- 
from ,  to  protect  the  mold  and  hold  it  together  or  in  place  dur- 
ing, before,  and  after  pouring. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  107,  Flasks,  Separable  sides  or 
ends,  Snap-flasks. 

113.  MOLDS.    Improvements  in  molds  which  are  limited  thereto 

and  not  combined  with  flasks  or  any  external  devices  what- 
ever, but  may  be  combined  with  cores,  chills,  and  the  like  and 
not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  under  this  head. 
In  this  subclass  are  included  only  those  molds  which  are  com- 
posed entirely  or  in  part  of  materials  other  than  sand,  loam, 
or  metal,  in  which  the  invention  is  not  confined  to  a  particular 
composition  and  which  are  not  especially  adapted  for  finger- 
rings,  split  castings,  composite  castings,  or  joints. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

114.  MOLDS.  FINGER-RINGS.    Molds  of  any  material  especially 

adapted  for  casting  finger-rings  and  not  combined  with  flasks 
or  any  external  devices  whatever. 

115.  MOLDS,  SPLIT  CASTINGS.    Molds  of  any  materials  espe- 

cially adapted  for  forming  castings  intended  to  be  split  either 
for  removal  from  the  mold  or  for  attachment  to  something 
after  being  finished  and  not  combined  with  flasks  or  any  ex- 
ternal devices. 

116.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS.    Molds 

not  formed  entirely  of  sand  or  loam  and  provided  with  means, 
for  sustaining  a  metal  piece  or  part  to  be  united  by  the  inflow- 
ing metal  to  the  casting  produced  or  with  means  for  intro- 
ducing two  or  more  metals  in  a  molten  state  so  that  they  can 
be  united  by  the  casting  operation  and  not  capable  of  classi- 
fication in  any  of  the  subclasses  under  this  head. 
Search  Classes— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  58,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints,  and  59,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints,  Fence  and  net  leading. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  36,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Blank  cov- 
ering and  filling. 

49 — GLASS,  subclass  66,  Molds,  Uniting  parts. 

117.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS,  PIPE- 

JOINTS.    Molds,  usually  metal,  for  casting  pipe-joints. 

118.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS,  PIPE- 

JOINTS,  EXTERNAL  BANDS.  Bands,  clips,  or  clamps, 
adapted  to  be  placed  around  the  outside  of  pipes  to  form  a 
part  of  a  mold  for  casting  pipe-joints. 

119.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS,  PIPE- 

JOINTS,  EXPANDING  CLAMPS.  Pipe-joint  molds  and 
parts  of  molds  provided  with  means  for  expanding  the  pipe  or 
holding  it  in  an  expanded  condition. 

120.  MOLDS^  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS, 

WHEELS.  Molds  usually  of  metal  in  part  or  in  whole,  for 
making  wheels  of  two  or  more  metals.  In  general  there  are 
two  kinds  of  these  molds — those  in  which  the  spokes  are  fixed 
into  the  hub  by  casting  the  hub  around  their  ends  and  those 
in  which  the  rim  is  made  of  a  different  kind  of  metal  from  the 
rest  of  the  wheel  by  casting  one  part  upon  another  part  pre- 
viously formed. 

121.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS,  INGOTS. 

Ingot-molds,  usually  of  metal,  especially  adapted  for  produc- 
tion of  compound  bigots. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  60,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints,  Ingots. 

122.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS,  NON- 

METALLIC  INSERTS.  Molds  in  which  non-metallic  ma- 
terial is  placed  partly  within  the  mold,  so  that  the  metal 
poured  shall  unite  it  or  hold  it  upon  or  hi  the  casting. 

123.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS,  LINING 

ARTICLES.  Molds  for  producing  linings  within  metallic 
articles  by  casting  the  metal  upon  their  inner  surface.  The 
article  usually  forms  the  principal  part  of  the  mold  and  is  often 
included  in  combination. 

124.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS,  SAND 

MOLDS.    Molds  composed  entirely  of  sand,  especially  adapt- 
ed for  producing  composite  castings  and  joints. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  101,  Flasks,  Pattern,  core,  or 
insert  holding. 

125.  MOLDS,  COMPOSITE  CASTINGS  AND  JOINTS,  SAND 

MOLDS,  INSERT-CLAMPS.  Clamps  for  holding  rails  or 
other  inserts  within  sand  molds  while  the  metal  is  poured  into 
the  mold. 

126.  MOLDS,  SAND  AND  METAL.    Molds  composed  partly  of 

sand  and  partly  of  metal  and  not  including  any  other  mate- 
rial in  which  the  chills  are  not  both  circular  and  external. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  103,  Flasks,  Chill-holding; 
128,  Molds,  Sand  and  metal,  Circular  chills,  Wheel,  and  129, 
Molds,  Sand. 

127.  MOLDS,    SAND    AND    METAL,    CIRCULAR    CHILLS. 

Molds  composed  entirely  of  sand  and  metal  in  which  the 
metal  chills  are  circular  and  disposed  about  the  circumference 
of  the  casting  to  be  produced.  These  chills  may  be  in  one  or 
several  parts  and  are  usually  applied  to  rolls  and  other  circu- 
lar objects;  but  wheels  are  separately  classified  in  subclass  128, 
Molds,  Sand  and  metal,  Circular  chills,  Wheel. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses .  103,  Flasks,  Chill-holding, 
and  128,  Molds,  Sand  and  metal,  'Circular  chills,  Wheel. 

128.  MOLDS,    SAND    AND    METAL,    CIRCULAR    CHILLS, 

WHEEL.    Molds  as  defined  in  definition  of  subclass  127, 
Molds,  Sand  and  metal,  Circular  chills,  especially  adapted  for 
casting  wheels. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  104,  Flasks,  Chill-holding, 
Wheel. 

129.  MOLDS,  SAND.    Molds  which  are  limited  thereto  and  not 

combined  with  flasks  or  any  external  devices,  composed  en- 
tirely of  sand  or  loam  and  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other 
subclasses  under  this  head. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


47 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

Search  Class 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  113,  Molds,  and  126,  Molds, 
Sand  and  metal. 

130.  MOLDS,  SAND,  MULTIPLE.    Sand  molds  in  which  there 

is  a  combination  of  two  or  more  molds  arranged  to  be  filled  in 
succession  or  simultaneously  from  a  single  runner  or  series  of 
runners.    They  are  usually  piled  one  above  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  102,  Flasks,  Pattern,  core,  or 
insert  holding,  Sash-weights;  142,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and 
pigs,  Multiple,  and  149,  Molds,  Metal,  Multiple. 

131.  MOLDS,  SAND,  WITH  CORES.    Sand  molds  provided  with 

baked  or  green  sand  cores  not  exclusively  circumferential  or 
vertical. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  151,  Molds,  Metal,  Separable 
cores. 

132.  MOLDS,  SAND,  WITH  CORES,  CIRCUMFERENTIAL. 

Sand  molds  provided  with  baked  or  green  sand  cores  disposed 
around  the  circumference  of  the  mold  and  usually  forming 
most  of  the  outside  boundary  of  the  mold  and  not  having  other 
cores. 

133.  MOLDS,  SAND,  WITH  CORES,  VERTICAL.    Sand  molds 

provided  with  vertical  baked  or  green  sand  cores  only. 

134.  MOLDS,  SAND,  SPRUE,  GATE,  RUNNER,  AND  RISER. 

Sand  m(51ds  hi  which  the  invention  lies  entirely  in  the  sprue, 
gate,  runner,  or  riser. 
Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  155,  Molds,  Metal,  Runner, 
and  162,  Patterns,  Sprue,  gate,  and  runner. 

135.  MOLDS,  SAND,  VENTS.    Improvements  in  vents  for  allow- 

ing air  and  gas  to  escape  from  sand  molds  during  casting. 
Search  Classes— 
22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  171,  Cores,  Vents;  176,  Chills, 

Plow,  Vents,  and  183.  Chills,  Vents. 
49 — GLASS,  subclass  71,  Molds,  Blowing,  Vented. 

136.  MOLDS,  METAL.    Molds,  limited  strictly  thereto,  composed 

entirely  of  metal  and  not  capable  of  classification  in  any  of  the 
other  subclasses  under  this  head. 
Search  Classes — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  5,  Stereotype-casting  appa- 
ratus, Molds;  8,  Type-casting  apparatus,  Molds,  and  113, 
Molds. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  34,  Molding  devices,  Molds. 

49 — GLASS,  subclass  65,  Molds. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY.  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  19, 
Molding  apparatus,  Molds. 

137.  MOLDS,  METAL,  CHAINS.    Metal  molds  for  casting  chains. 

138.  MOLDS,  METAL,  WHEELS.    Metal  molds  for  casting  pul- 

leys and  all  other  kinds  of  wheels. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  104,  Flasks,  Chill-holding, 
Wheel;  114,  Molds,  Finger-ring;  120,  Molds,  Composite  cast- 
ings and  joints.  Wheels,  and  128,  Molds,  Sand  and  metal,  Cir- 
cular chills,  Wheel. 

139.  MOLDS,  METAL,  INGOTS  AND  PIGS.    Metal  molds  for 

casting  ingots  or  pigs  not  capable  of  classification  hi  any  of  the 
other  subclasses  under  this  head. 
Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  60,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints,  Ingots,  and  121,  Molds,  Composite 
castings  and  joints,  Ingots. 

140.  MOLDS,  METAL,  INGOTS  AND  PIGS,  HOLLOW.    Metal 

molds  provided  with  a  core  for  casting  hollow  ingots  and  pigs . 

141.  MOLDS,  METAL.  INGOTS  AND  PIGS,  BOTTOM-POUR. 

Metal  ingot  and  pig  molds  provided  with  means  at  the  bottom 
for  the  introduction  of  metal.  The  molds  are  entirely  of 
metal;  but  the  runner  is  sometimes  formed  of  refractory  or 
other  non-metallic  material. 

142.  MOLDS,    METAL,    INGOTS    AND    PIGS,    MULTIPLE. 

Groups  of  metal  ingot  or  pig  molds  in  which  more  than  one 
mold  is  filled  from  the  same  sprue  or  runner.    They  are  fre- 
quently piled  one  upon  another. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  130,  Molds,  Sand,  Multiple; 
141.  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Bottom-pour,  and  149, 
Molds,  Metal,  Multiple. 

143.  MOLDS,  METAL,  INGOTS  AND  PIGS,  HORIZONTAL. 

Metal  molds  for  casting  ingots  or  pigs  in  horizontal  position. 
They  are  chiefly  open-topped  pig-molds. 
Search  Class— 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  61,  Casting  apparatus,  Pigs. 

144.  MOLDS,     METAL,     INGOTS     AND     PIGS,    DOUBLE- 

WALLED.  Ingot  and  pig  molds  having  two  or  more  walls, 
the  inner  one  at  least  being  of  metul,  and  usually  having  a 
packing  of  non-heat-conducting  material  between  them;  but 
some  merely  have  a  space  for  the  circulation  of  air  or  Water. 

145.  MOLDS,  METAL,   INGOTS   AND   PIGS.   SEPARABLE 

SIDES.  Longitudinally-divided  metal  ingot  cr  pig  molds 
not  provided  with  clamps. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

146.  MOLDS,   METAL,   INGOTS   AND    PIGS,    SEPARABLE 

SIDES,  CLAMPED.  Longitudinally-divided  metal  ingot 
or  pig  molds  provided  with  clamps  for  holding  the  parts  to- 
gether. 

Search  Class— 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  156,  Molds,  Metal,  Clamping. 

147.  MOLDS,  METAL,  INGOTS   AND   PIGS,   SINK-HEADS 

AND  FEEDERS.  Ingot  and  pig  molds  in  which  the  entire 
invention  lies  in  a  sink-head  or  feeder  for  supplying  the  mold 
with  molten  metal  as  the  metal  first  cast  shrinks. 

148.  MOLDS,  METAL,  INGOTS  AND  PIGS,  STOPPERS.    Stop- 

pers for  use  in  metal  ingot  and  pig  molds  and  adapted  to  stop 
off  the  flow  of  metal.  Generally  used  in  bottom-pour  molds. 

149.  MOLDS,  METAL,  MULTIPLE.    Groups   of  metal   molds 

in  which  more  than  one  mold  is  filled  from  the  same  sprue  or 
runner.    They  are  usually  piled  one  upon  another. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  130.  Molds,  Sand,  Multiple, 
and  142,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Multiple. 

150.  MOLDS,  METAL,  SPRUE-SEPARATING.    Metal  molds 

provided  with  means  for  separating  the  sprue  from  the  casting. 
The  sprue-separator  is  a  mere  attachment  to  the  mold. 

151.  MOLDS,  METAL,   SEPARABLE    CORES.    Metal   molds 

provided  with  a  plurality  of  metallic  cores,  capable  of  separation 
from  the  walls  of  the  mold. 
Search  Class — 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  131,  Molds,  Sand,  With  cores. 

152.  MOLDS,  METAL,  SEPARABLE  CORES,  SINGLE.    Metal 

molds  provided  with  a  single  metallic  core  capable  of  separa- 
tion from  the  walls  of  the  mold. 
Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  93,  Mold-separating  devices, 
Drawing  core,  and  140,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Hollow. 

153.  MOLDS,  METAL,  TWO-PART.    Metal  molds  consisting  of 

two  parts  only. 
Search  Class— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  42,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Two  and 
three  part. 

154.  MOLDS,  METAL,  EJECTING.    Metal  molds  provided  with 

an  ejector  for  the  casting,  but  not  with  mechanism  for  oper- 
ating. 

Search  Class — 
22— METAL-FouNDmo,  subclass  94,  Casting-ejectors. 

155.  MOLDS,  METAL,  RUNNER.    Runners  for  metal  molds  not 

involving  the  structure  of  the  mold  itself. 
Search  Class — 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  134,  Molds,  Sand,  Sprue,  gate, 
runner,  and  riser. 

156.  MOLDS,  METAL,  CLAMPING.    Clamps  for  metal  molds. 

The  molds  themselves  are  not  included  in  this  subclass  except 

as  cross-references  unless  claimed  broadly  in  combination  with 

the  clamp. 
Search  Classes — 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  109.  Flasks,  Clamping,  and 

14(i,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Separable  sides.  Clamped. 
18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  43,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Clamping. 

157.  PATTERN  AND  MATCH   PLATES.    Devices  for  tempo- 

rarily or  permanently  supporting  patterns  and  parts  of  pat- 
terns during  molding,  not  combined  with  any  other  elements 
except  the  patterns  themselves.    Includes  compositions  for 
making  such  devices. 
Search  Class — 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  101,  Flasks,  Pattern,  core,  or 
insert  holding,  and  181,  Chills,  Circular,  Non-chilling  rings. 

158.  PATTERNS.  Molding  patterns  and  parts  of  patterns  to  be 

used  in  this  art  not  falling  under  any  of  the  other  subclasses 
under  this  head. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  51,  Molding  apparatus,  Draw- 
ing pattern,  Stripping,  Compound  stripping-plate 

159.  PATTERNS,  PIPE.     Patterns  especially  adapted  for  molding 

pipes. 

Search  Class— 

22—  METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  16,  Molding,  Pipes  vertical,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

160.  PATTERNS,  INSERT,  CORE,  OR  CHILL  SUPPORTING. 

Patterns  provided  with  moans  for  supporting  inserts,  cores,  or 
chills  ami  leaving  them  in  the  mold  when  drawn.  Does  not 
include  those  which  support  detachable  parts  of  the  pattern 
itself. 

Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  37,  Molding  apparatus,  Core- 
setting. 

161.  PATTERNS,  CORE-FORMING.     Patterns  made  hollow  or 

with  a  cavity,  so  that  they  will  form  a  green-sand  core  at  the 
time  the  mam  part  of  the  mold  is  formed. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  198,  Processes,  Molding,  (rreen- 
sand,  Mold  and  core. 

162.  PATTERN'S,  SPRUE,  GATE,  AND  RUNNER.     Patterns 

exclusively  adapted  for  forming  sprues,  gates,  and  runners  in 
molds. 
Note.— Sprue-cutters  are  included  in  subclass  185,  Molding-tools. 


48 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

163.  PATTERNS,  UNDERCUTTING.    Patterns  having  means 

for  producing  undercut  parts  in  the  molds,  except  those  falling 
under  the  definition  of  subclass  160,  Patterns,  Insert,  core,  or 
chill  supporting. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  51,  Molding  apparatus,  Draw- 
ing patterns,  Stripping,  Compound  stripping-plate,  and  53, 
Molding-apparatus,  Drawing  pattern,  Stripping;  Curvilinear 
dra"v. 

163.5  PATTERNS,  COATING.  Materials  and  compositions  for 
coating  a  pattern  to  prevent  it  from  sticking  to  the  sand  of  the 
mold. 

164.  PATTERNS,  COMPOSITION  AND  COMPOSITE.    Inven- 

tions which  are  confined  to  the  materials  of  which  the  patterns 
are  made  or  to  the  structure  of  the*  patterns  as  composed  of 
a  series  of  materials  and  independent  of  other  features  of  con- 
struction. 

165.  CORES.    Inventions  limited  to  that  part  of  the  mold  which 

forms  internal   cavities   in   the   article   produced.     Usually 
formed  of  material  which  has  to  be  driea  or  baked,  and  not 
classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  under  this  head. 
May  include  core  parts  in  combination. 
Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  13,  Molding  apparatus.  Core- 
making.  Core-boxes;  126,  Molds,  Sand  and  metal;  131,  Molds, 
Sand,  With  cores,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

166.  CORES,  PIPE.    Cores  especially  adapted  for  use  in  molding 

pipes  or  long  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  133,  Molds,  Sand,  With  cores, 
Vertical,  and  140,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Hollow. 

167.  CORES,  CHILL  OR  INSERT  HOLDING.    Cores  adapted 

for  holding  chills  or  inserts  within  the  mold  or  mold-walls 
while  casting. 

168.  CORES,  METAL.    Cores  formed  entirely  of  metal,  except  S- 

trap  and  contracting  cores. 
Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  140,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and 
pigs,  Hollow,  151,  Molds,  Metal,  Separable  cores,  and  152, 
Molds,  Metal,  Separable  cores,  Single. 

169.  CORES,  METAL,  S-TRAP.    Metal  cores  for  S-shaped  plumb- 

ers' traps. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  170,  Cores,  Metal,  Contracting, 
and  173,  Cores,  Core-bars,  Collapsible. 

170.  CORES,  METAL,  CONTRACTING.     Metal  cores,  except  for 

S-shaped  plumbers'  traps,  which  are  constructed  to  contract 
and  designed  to  be  used  without  a  coating  of  appreciable  thick- 
ness. 

Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  160,  Cores,  Pipe;  169,  Cores, 
Metal,  S-trap;  173,  Cores,  Core-bars,  Collapsible,  and  182, 
Chills,  Circular,  Contracting. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WAKE,  MAKING,  subclass  103,  Soldering, 
Clamps,  Expanding  Mandrel. 

171.  CORES,  VENTS.    Vents  for  cores  for  conducting  air  and  gases 

therefrom. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  135,  Molds,  Sand,  Vents;  176, 
Chills,  Plow,  Vents,  and  183,  Chills,  Vents. 

172.  CORES,  CORE-BARS.  Inventions  limited  to  core-bars,  ar- 

bors, and  supports  contained  within  the  core  and  whose  func- 
tion is  entirely  to  support  the  core  and  which  are  not  capable 
of  collapsing. 

Note. — Core  bars  claimed  in  combination  with  the  non-metallic 
core-body  are  classified  elsewhere,  usually  in  subclass  n>.r>, 
Cores. 

173.  CORES,  CORE-BARS,  COLLAPSIBLE.    Core-bars  as  de- 

nned in  the  last  subclass  which  are  capable  of  collapsing  in  or- 
der that  the  core  may  be  removed  from  the  casting. 

Note. — Core-bars  claimed  in  combination  with  the  non-metallic 
core-body  are  classed  elsewhere,  usually  in  subclass  100,  Cores, 
Pipe. 

Search  Class 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  166,  Cores,  Pipe;  169,  Cores. 
Metal,  S-trap,  and  170,  Cores,  Metal,  Contracting. 

174.  CHILLS.    Inventions  limited  to  metallic  chills  for  use  in  sand 

molds  and  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  under 
this  head. 

175.  CHILLS,  PLOW.    Chills  especially  adapted  for  molding  parts 

of  plows,  usually  the  moldboards. 

Note. — All  plow-molds  are  cross-referenced  into  this  subclass, 
except  those  in  subclass  176,  Chills,  Plow,  Vents. 

176.  CHILLS,  PLOW,  VENTS.    Chills  falling  under  the  defini- 

tion of  the  last  subclass  provided  with  means  for  conducting 
away  the  air  or  gases. 
Search  Class— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  135,  Molds,  Sand,  Vents;  171, 
Cores,  Vents,  and  183,  Chills,  Vents. 

177.  CHILLS,  HEATED  OR  COOLED.    Chills  provided  with 

means  for  heating  or  cooling  either  before  or  during  casting. 
Note. — All  heated  and  cooled  metal  molds  are  cross-referenced  into 
this  subclass. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  4,  Stereotype-casting  apparatus, 
Heating  or  cooling  mold. 

178.  CHILLS,  CIRCULAR.  Chills  to  be  placed  about  the  circum- 
ference of  the  mold  and  forming  wholly  or  partly  the  circumfer- 
ential boundary  of  the  casting,  except  such  as  are  specially 
adapted  to  form  gear-teeth  and  rolls  and  those  having  a  non- 
conducting ring  or  capable  of  contracting. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  127,  Molds,  Sand  and  metal, 
Circular  chills:  12S,  Molds,  Sand  and  metal,  Circular  chills, 
Wheel:  138,  Molds,  Metal,  Wheels,  and  181,  Chills,  Circular, 
Non-chilling  rings. 

179. 'CHILLS,  CIRCULAR,  GEAR-TEETH.  Chills  for  forming 
gear-teeth,  which  are  placed  around  the  circumference  of  the 
mold  and  may  be  in  one  or  many  parts.  Usually  each  tooth 
or  each  space  between  the  teeth  is  formed  by  a  separate  chill. 

180.  CHILLS,  CIRCULAR,  ROLLS.    Circular  chills  fjr  forming 

parts  of  rolls. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  127,  Molds,  Sand  and  metal, 
Circular  chills. 

181.  CHILLS,  CIRCULAR,  NON-CHILLING  RINGS.    Circular 

chills  provided  with  a  recess  which  is  filled  either  with  sand  or 
air,  so  that  the  chill  presents  a  non-heat-conducting  surface 
to  the  molten  metal  at  some  point. 

182.  CHILLS,    CIRCULAR,    CONTRACTING.    Circular    chills 

which  are  capable  of  contracting. 
Search  Class— 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  170,  Cores,  Metal,  Contracting. 

183.  CHILLS,  VENTS.    Improvements  in  vents  for  chills. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  135,  Molds,  Sand,  Vents;  171, 

Cores,  Vents,  and  17ti,  Chills,  Plow,  Vents. 
49— GLASS,  subclass  71,  Molds,  Blowing,  Vented. 

184.  CORE  CHAPLETS  AND  SUPPORTS.    Devices  adapted  for 

holding  cores  within  the  molds  while  casting.    They  are  also 
sometimes  used  for  holding  the  pattern  while  forming  the 
mold.    Mere  chaplets  are  included,  as  well  as  supports,  which 
extend  into  the  walls  of  the  molds,  or  even  into  the  flasks. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  101,  Flasks,  Pattern,  core,  or 
insert  holding. 

185.  MOLDING-TOOLS.    Hand  tools  and  implements  exclusively 

for  use  in  forming  sand  molds  and  cores  and  other  foundry 
operations  not  otherwise  classifiable  under  this  head  and  not 
capable  of  general  use  in  other  arts.  Under  this  head  are 
included  only  such  tools  as  are  adapted  to  be  operated  and 
supported  by  the  hand. 

186.  MOLDING-TOOLS,  PATTERN-LIFTERS  AND  DRAW- 

PLATES.  Pattern-lifters,  rapping-bars,  and  draw-plate.i 
adapted  to  draw  or  lift  patterns  and  combinations  thereof  fall- 
ing under  the  definition  of  subclass  1S5,  Molding-tools. 

187.  MOLDING  -  TOOLS,  RAMMERS.    Hand  -  rammers  exclu- 

sively adapted  for  molding. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  46,  Molding  apparatus,  Packing 
sand,  Press-heads  and  plungers. 

188.  MOLD  AND  CORE  MATERIALS.    Materials  and  compo- 

sitions for  exclusive  use  in  making  molds  for  casting  metals. 
Includes  alleged  processes  consisting  in  forming  a  mold  of  a 
particular  composition  or  material  or  casting  metal  in  a  mold 
of  a  particular  composition  or  material  unless  some  other  fea- 
ture or  element  is  included. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  113,  Molds,  and  189,  Mold  and 
core  materials,  Coatings  and  linings. 

189.  MOLD    AND    CORE    MATERIALS,    COATINGS    AND 

LININGS.  Materials  and  compositions  for  exclusive  use  in 
coating  and  lining  metal,  sand,  and  other  molds  for  casting 
metals.  Includes  alleged  processes  consisting  in  lining  or 
coating  a  mold  with  a  particular  composition  or  material  or 
casting  metal  in  a  mold  lined  or  coated  with  a  particular  coin- 
position  or  material.  Does  not  include  molds  built  up  of 
two  or  more  layers  of  different  materials  except  as  cross- 
references. 

190.  PROCESSES.    All  processes  including  steps  not  capable  of 

classification  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  under  this  head 
and  which  belong  in  the  class  by  its  definition. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous,  and  191, 
Processes,  Pattern-plate  and  match  making. 

191.  PROCESSES,   PATTERN-PLATE   AND   MATCH   MAK- 

ING.   All  processes  for  making  pattern-plates  and  matches 
for  use  in  this  art.    They  include,  either  singly  or  combined, 
molding,  casting,  and  any  other  functions  properly  classifiable 
in  this  class. 
Search  Class — 
22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  157,  Pattern  and  match  plates. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


49 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

192.  PROCESSES,  TREATING   MOLD.    Processes  of  treating 

sand,  metal,  and  other  molds  to  prepare  them  for  casting 
metals.    Includes  drying,  burning,  coating,  etc.,  and  may 
include  in  combination  molding,  casting,  or  preparing  the 
mold  materials. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  87,  Mold  and  core  drying  ap- 
paratus, and  88,  Mold  coating  and  lining  apparatus. 

193.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING.    Processes  of  making  molds  for 

casting  metals  from  plastic  mold  materials  except  green  sand 
and  not  confined  to  molding  by  destroying  the  pattern  in 
the  mold.  Combined  processes  including  steps  not  classi- 
fiable in  any  of  the  subclasses  under  this  head  are  included. 
Casting  ana  the  preparation  of  the  mold  materials  may  be 
included  in  combination. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  9,  Molding  apparatus:  97. 
Flasks,  Dental-plate,  and  191,  Processes,  Pattern-plate  and 
match  making. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  55,  Processes,  Molding. 

4C— GLASS,  subclass  85,  Processes,  Molding. 

194.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING,  CORE-MAKING.    Processes  of 

molding  cores,  except  those  in  which  a  hollow  pattern  forms 
both  mold  and  core  simultaneously.    May  include  in  combi- 
nation the  preparation  of  the  molding  materials. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  10,  Molding  apparatus,  Core- 
making;  11,  Molding  apparatus,  Core-making,  Die-expressing; 
12,  Molding  apparatus,  Core-making,  Rotating  core-bar,  and 
198,  Processes,  Molding,  Green-sand,  Mold  and  core. 

195.  PROCESSES,    MOLDING,    PATTERN-MAKING.    Proc- 

esses of  making  patterns  by  molding  plastic  materials.    May 
include  in  combination  preparation  of  such  materials  prior  to 
molding.    (See  general  definition,  paragraph  6). 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  191,  Processes,  Pattern-plate 
and  match  making. 

19C>.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING,  DESTROYING  PATTERN. 
Processes  of  molding  green  sand  and  other  plastic  materials 
for  metal-founding  in  which  the  pattern  is  formed  of  destruct- 
ible material,  the  plastic  material  formed  around  it,  and  the 
pattern  destroyed,  usually  by  heat,  to  remove  it  from  the 
mold.  Contains  the  "cire  perdue"  process  of  making  molds. 

197.  PROCESSES,    MOLDING,    GREEN-SAND.    Processes   of 

molding  confined  to  green  sand  or  sand  not  intended  to  be 
baked  before  use  and  not  classifiable  in  the  next  two  sub- 
classes.   Includes  all  other  strictly  molding  operations. 
Search  Class — 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  9,  Molding  apparatus;  36, 
Molding  apparatus,  Charging-flask,  Under  pressure;  191, 
Processes,  Pattern-plate  and  match  making,  and  198,  Proc- 
esses, Molding,  Green-sand,  Mold  and  core. 

198.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING,   GREEN-SAND,  MOLD  AND 

CORE.  Processes  of  molding  entirely  in  green  sand  which 
involve  the  making  of  the  mold  and  core  at  once  or  in  connec- 
tion with  each  other.  May  include  any  strictly  molding  op- 
eration. 

Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  161,  Patterns,  Core-forming, 
and  194,  Processes,  Molding,  Core-making. 

199.  PROCESSES,    MOLDING,    GREEN-SAND,    DRAWING 

PATTERN.    Processes  limited  to  the  drawing  of  the  pattern 
from  the  mold. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  14,  Molding  apparatus, 
Screw-threads;  47,  Molding  apparatus,  Drawing  pattern;  48, 
Molding  apparatus,  Drawing  pattern,  Mold-lifting;  50,  Mold- 
ing apparatus,  Drawing  pattern,  Stripping,  and  56,  Molding 
apparatus,  Drawing  pattern,  Vibrating. 

200.  PROCESSES,  CASTING.    Processes  exclusively  for  casting, 

not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  subordinate  subclasses.    Casting 

includes  introducing  the  metal  into  the  mold  and  treating  it 

therein. 

Search  Classes 
22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  57,  Casting  apparatus;  65, 

Casting  apparatus,  Centrifugal,  and  73,  Casting  apparatus, 

Vacuum. 
18 — PLASTICS,   subclass   58,    Processes,    Molding,   casting   and 

dipping. 

201.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  COMPOSITE  ARTICLE.    Proc- 

esses of  making  composite  articles  and  joints  or  unit  ing  metals 
by  casting  a  metal  onto  another  while  the  second  is  in  a 
molten  state  or  casting  both  into  contact  with  each  other,  so 
as  to  form  a  close  union. 
Search  Class — 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  60,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints,  Ingots,  and  205,  Processes,  Casting, 
Composite  article,  One  metal  solid,  Heated,  By  original  heat 
of  casting. 

202.  PROCESSES,      CASTING.      COMPOSITE      ARTICLES, 

PARTLY  NON-METALLIC.  Processes  of  making  com- 
posite articles  and  joints  or  uniting  a  metal  to  a  non-metal 
by  casting  a  metal  in  a  molten  state  upon  or  against  a  non- 
metallic  article  or  blank. 

26674°— 12 4 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  122,  Molds,  Composite  castings 
and  joints,  Non-metallic  inserts. 

203.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  COMPOSITE  ARTICLES,  ONE 

METAL  SOLID.  Processes  of  making  composite  articles  or 
joints  or  uniting  metals  by  casting  one  metal  in  a  fluid  state 
onto  another  which  is  solid  and  not  heated  previous  to  the 
final  pouring  of  the  metal,  at  least  one  of  said  metals  being 
other  than  iron  or  steel. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDFNG,  subclasses  58,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints;  116,  Molds,  Composite  castings  and 
joints;  204,  Processes,  Casting,  Composite  articles,  One  metal 
solid,  Heated,  and  205,  Processes,  Casting,  Composite  articles, 
Heated,  By  original  heat  of  casting. 

204.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  COMPOSITE  ARTICLE,  ONE 

METAL  SOLID,  HEATED.  Processes  of  making  com- 
posite castings  or  joints  or  uniting  metals  by  casting  one  metal 
ma  fluid  state  onto  another  which  is  solid  and  has  been  heated 
prior  to  the  final  pouring.  The  solid  metal  is  sometimes 
heated  by  letting  the  molten  metal  flow  over  it  before  finally 
pouring  and  holding  it  in  the  mold.  Includes  all  metals. 

205.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  COMPOSITE  ARTICLE,  ONE 

METAL  SOLID,  HEATED,  BY  ORIGINAL  HEAT  OF 
CASTING.  Processes  of  making  composite  castings  or  joints 
or  uniting  metals  by  casting  one  metal  and  before  it  has  be- 
come cool,  but  after  it  has  hardened,  casting  the  other  upon 
or  in  contact  with  it.  Includes  all  metals. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  60,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints,  Ingots,  and  201,  Processes,  Casting, 
Composite  article. 

206.  PROCESSES,  CASTING.  COMPOSITE  ARTICLE,  ONE 

METAL  SOLID,  IRON  AND  STEEL.    Processes  under 
the  head  of  subclass  203,  Processes,  Casting,  Composite  arti- 
cles, One  metal  solid,  except  that  both  metals  are  iron  or  steel 
and  no  pressure  is  applied. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  58,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints;  116,  Molds,  Composite  castings  and 
joints;  204,  Processes,  Casting,  Composite  article,  One  metal 
solid,  Heated,  and  205,  Processes,  Casting,  Composite  article, 
One  metal  solid,  Heated,  By  original  heat  of  casting. 

207.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  COMPOSITE  ARTICLE,  ONE 

METAL  SOLID,  IRON  AND  STEEL,  COMPRESSION. 
Processes  of  the  kind  designated  in  the  title  in  which  pres- 
sure is  applied  to  the  metals  during  the  casting  operation 
or  afterward  to  consolidate  the  products. 

208.  PROCESSES.  CASTING,  TANDEM.    Processes  of  casting 

a  series  of  castings,  usually  ingots,  one  upon  the  end  of  the 
other,  forming  a  continuous  product  designed  to  be  broken 
into  lengths. 
Search  Class— 
22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  66,  Casting  apparatus,  Tandem. 

209.  PROCESSES,      CASTING,      INTRODUCING      METAL. 

Processes  of  casting  limited  to  the  manner  of  introduction  of 
metal  into  the  mold. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  68,  Casting  apparatus.  Com- 
pression, Charging  under  pressure;  79,  Casting  apparatus, 
Metal  holding  and  pouring,  and  201,  Processes,  Casting,  Com- 
posite article. 

210.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  INTRODUCING  METAL,  BY 

IMMERSION.  Processes  of  casting  limited  to  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  metal  into  the  mold  by  immersing  the  mold  in  the 
molten  metal. 

211.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  ANNEALING  IN  MOLD.     Proc- 

esses of  casting  consisting  in  so  treating  the  metal  while  ha  the 
mold  as  to  anneal  it.    Includes  cooling  in  combination. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  212.  Processes,  Casting,  Cooling. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  85,  Processes,  Molding. 

212.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  COOLING.     Processes  of  casting 

consisting  in  cooling  the  metal  which  is  in  the  mold,  except  for 
chilling  iron. 

213.  PROCESSES,  CASTING,  COOLING,  CHILLING  IRON. 

Processes  of  casting  iron  to  produce  chilled  surfaces  by  casting 
the  desired  portion  against  a  heat-conducting  surface. 

214.  PROCESSES,    CASTING,    TREATING    WITH    GASES. 

Processes  of  casting  consisting  in  treating  the  metal  in  the 
mold  with  gases  or  vapors. 

215.  PROCESSES,    CASTING,    TREATING    WITH    SOLIDS. 

Processes  of  casting  consisting  in  treating  the  metal  in  the 
mold  with  solid  substances. 

216.  PROCESSES,    CASTING,    PREVENTING    PIPING    BY 

MANIPULATION.  Processes  of  preventing  piping  in 
castings  by  manipulating  the  casting  while  solidifying.  Other 
ways  of  preventing  piping  are  included  in  several  other  sub- 
classes under  the  head  of  subclass  200,  Processes,  Casting. 


50 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

217.  PROCESSES,  PREPARATION  OF  MOLD  MATERIALS. 

Processes  of  the  same  character  and  scope  as  the  apparatus 
included  in  subclass  89,  Mold-material-treating  apparatus. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  89,  Mold-material-treating 
apparatus. 

218.  INGOTS.    Improvements  in  cast-metal  ingots  composed  of 

a  single  metal. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  139,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and 
pigs;  140,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Hollow;  143,  Molds, 
Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Horizontal,  and  145,  Molds,  Metal, 
Ingots  and  pigs,  Separable  sides. 


CLASS  22— Continued. 

219.  INGOTS,   COMPOSITE.    Improvements  in  cast-metal  in- 
gots composed  of  two  or  more  metals  or  one  or  more  metals 
and  a  non-metal. 
Search  Classes — 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  121,  Molds,  Composite  castings 
and  joints.  Ingots,  and  201,  Processes,  Casting,  Composite 
article,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder 

29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  181  et  seq,  Metal  stock,  Com- 
pound. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  92,  Structure. 


CLASS  24.— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  is  to  provide  a  place  for  buckles,  buttons,  clasps,  cord 
and  rope  holders,  pins,  separable  fasteners,  etc.,  which  have  become 
so  varied  in  use  and  so  allied  in  structure  as  to  belong  to  no  specific 
art,  but  are  novel  only  as  to  their  structures.  There  are,  however, 
several  classes  of  fastenings  included  where  the  devices  are  but 
slightly  identified  with  the  art  and  are  closely  analogous  to  the  mam 
titles  above  cited.  Such  patents  are  retained  under  more  or  less  art 
titles.  Devices  which  embrace  fastenings  as  above,  but  also  include 
elements  which  connect  them  with  various  specific  arts,  have  been 
excluded  as  far  as  practicable. 

The  fastenings  have  been  classified  structurally  as  far  as  possible, 
and  where  two  or  more  simple  fastenings  are  contained  in  one  struc- 
ture, it  is  found  in  classes  indicating  the  kinds  of  fastenings  so  com- 
bined. This  scheme  is  followed  also  throughout  those  art  classes 
which  have  been  retained,  where  possible. 

Search  should  be  made  in  class  241.  GARMENT-SUPPORTERS,  for 
fastening  devices  which  have  special  functions  in  connection  with 
clothing,  such  as  devices  for  connecting  waists  and  skirts,  garment- 
supporters,  and  suspenders. 

All  parts  making  up  a  suspender  are  also  found  under  class  241, 
GARMENT-SUPPORTERS,  except  buckles,  clasps,  and  cast-offs,  where 
the  cast-off  is  nothing  more  than  a  snap-hook  or  a  separable  fastening, 
in  which  case  search  subclasses  under  this  class. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Such  devices  as  are  considered  a  part  of 

this  class  and  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  ALBUM-FASTENERS.    Devices  specially  adapted  for  the  pur- 

pose of  keeping  albums  and  other  books  closed  when  not  in  use. 

3.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS.    Devices  usually  in  the  nature  of  a 

clasp  for  fastening  or  holding  articles  which  are  to  be  carried 
about  on  the  clothing,  such  as  pencils,  flowers,  napkins,  spec- 
tacles, spectacle-cases,  scissors,  etc.  Devices  which  are  not 
specially  adapted  for  carrying  specific  articles  are  classified 
as  structures  under  appropriate  subclasses. 

Note. — Such  devices  as  are  not  mere  article  holders  for  personal 
wear  or  use,  but  in  which  the  idea  of  transportation  prevails, 
are  found  in  class  224,  PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS. 

Note. — Ticket-holders  are  found  in  class  40,  CARD,  PICTURE,  AND 
SIGN  EXHIBITING,  under  the  title  Checks,  labels,  and  tags, 
particularly  subclasses  10,  Holders,  and  11,  Holders,  Clip. 

Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  136,  Spool-holders,  Car- 
rier Attachments,  for  spool-holders  attached  to  the  person. 

4.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,   CHATELAINE    SAFETY-HOOKS. 

These  devices  are  adapted  for  holding  chatelaine-bags.    The 
hook  is  provided  with  a  safety  device  to  prevent  loss  of  bag. 
Search  Class — 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  27,  Body  and 
belt  attached,  Bag,  case,  or  frame,  Chatelaine. 

5.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,  FLOWER.  Devices  designed  especially 

to  hold  flowers  in  those  cases  where  the  flowers  are  to  be 
attached  to  the  clothing. 
Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  10,  Article- 
holders,  Pencil;  11.  Article-holders,  Pencil.  Clasp-attached, 
and  12,  Article-holders,  Pencil,  Pin-attached. 

6.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,  FLOWER,  PIN-ATTACHED.    Hold- 

ers attached  by  means  of  a  pin  fastening. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  12,  Article-hold- 
ers, Pencil,  Pin-attached. 

7.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,  NAPKIN.    Devices  containing  features 

which  make  them  specially  adapted  for  use  as  napkin-holders. 
Includes  holders  which  are  convertible  into  napkin-rings  when 
desired. 

Search  Class — 

65 — KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  29,  Napkin-holders, 
for  mere  napkin-rings  and  napkin-holders  attached  to  the 
table  and  the  like. 

8.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,  NAPKIN,  HOOK.    Holders  attached 

to  the  clothing  by  a  hook. 

9.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,       NAPKIN,       NECK-INCLOSING. 

Holders  encircling  the  neck  of  the  wearer. 

10.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,  PENCIL.    Devices  specially  adapted 

for  the  purpose  of  holding  pencils  and  like  articles  in  pockets, 
including  pencil-holders  attached  to  the  clothing.  Patents 
are  excluded  which  are  for  devices  intended  to  close  the  mouth 
of  the  pocket,  even  when  there  is  some  special  arrangement 
connected  with  the  pocket-closure  for  holding  a  pencil. 
Search  Classes — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  5,  Article-hold- 
ers, Flower,  and  6,  Article-holders,  Flower,  Pin-attached. 

2 — APPAREL,  subclass  15,  Nether  garments,  Pockets. 


CLASS  24—  Continued. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  84,  Pencils,  Attachments,  for  pencil- 
holders  which  are  a  permanent  part  of  the  pencil.;  subclasses 
102.  Penholders,  Grips;  103,  Penholders,  Grips,  Detachable,  ' 
and  106,  Penholders,  Slant  devices,  for  pencil-holders  which 
consist  of  a  ring  on  the  finger  with  a  pencil-holding  attachment. 

150 — CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  34, 
Porte-monnaies  and  pocketbooks,  Article  holding. 

11.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,      PENCIL,      CLASP-ATTACHED. 

Pencil-holders  which  are  attached  to  the  clothing  by  means 
of  a  clasp. 

12.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,    PENCIL,    PIN-ATTACHED.    At- 

tached by  means  of  a  pin-fastening. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  6,  Article-holders 
Flower,  Pin-attached. 

13.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,     PIN-ATTACHED.    Article-holders 

which  have  a  pin  attachment  and  are  not  classifiable  in  other 

specific  subclasses. 
Search  Classes  - 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  86,  Fasteners 

combined,  Pin-hook. 
242— WINDING    AND    REELING,    subclass    98,    Reeling    and 

Unreeling,  Reels,  Carriers,  Hand    or    body,  Spring  drum 

article  holders;  also   subclass    136,    Spool-holders,    Carrier 

attachments,  for  spool-holders  attached  to  the  person  by  a 

pin-fastening. 

14.  ABOLISHED. 

15.  ARTICLE-HOLDERS,  SLEEVE.    Devices   for   holding  the 

inner  coat-sleeve  while  an  outer  coat  is  being  put  on.  This 
subclass  also  includes  other  sleeve-holders  which  do  not  come 
under  the  above  definition,  but  are  placed  there  because  they 
are  sleeve-holders  nominally. 

16.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES.    Devices  which  are  especially 

adapted  for  bundling  papers,  bales,  packets,  etc. 

Note. — Devices  for  holding  the  ends  of  cords  or  ropes  are  found 
under  Cord  and  rope  holders,  in  this  class. 

Note. — Barrel-hoops  consisting  of  a  strip,  with  means  for  securing 
the  ends  together,  except  for  tightening  the  hoop,  are  included 
under  this  title.  All  other  barrel-hoops  are  found  in  class  217, 
WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  under  the  title  of  Hoops. 

Search  Class— 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  66,  Boxes,  Straps;  67, 
Boxes,  Straps,  Corrugated,  and  68,  Boxes,  Straps,  Wire,  for 
devices  similar  to  bale-ties,  but  adapted  for  use  on  wooden 
packages  by  reason  of  fastenings. 

17.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  PACKET-HOLDERS.    De- 

vices specially  adapted  for  bundling  or  packing  such  articles 
as  sheet-paper,  currency,  gloves,  and  the  like,  but  excludes 
such  as  are  receptacles.  They  consist  of  various  arrangements 
of  bands,  straps,  cords,  and  wires  in  connection  with  some  form 
of  tying  or  fastening  means.  On  account  of  the  close  similarity 
in  structure  umbrella-ties,  trunk-strap  fastenings,  bag-holders, 
etc.,  have  been  included  where  the  invention  is  not  classifiable 
as  a  fastening  device  simply. 

Note.— Bag-fasteners  which  are  peculiarly  adapted  for  closing  bags 
are  excluded — for  example,  where  the  closure  is  of  rigid  mate- 
rial conforming  to  the  shape  of  the  bag-neck  and  where  the 
closure  is  a  part  of  the  bag  or  is  woven  into  the  bag. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  66,  Paper-clips, 
for  devices  adapted  for  holding  the  edges  or  ends  of  a  number 
of  sheets  of  paper  so  as  to  permit  writing  on  same  or  reference 
to  individual  sheets. 

70— LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclasses  100,  Seals,  Box  and  bag, 
and  101,  Seals,  Box-strap,  for  devices  which  seal  the  package 
in  addition  to  bundling. 

100,  PRESSES,  subclass  14,  Baling,  Articles  and  attachments, 
Bales  and  bale-covers. 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  27,  Trunks,  Harness,  for  combinations 
of  straps  suitable  for  securing  trunks  in  their  closed  position 
or  straps  attached  to  the  trunks. 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  all  subclasses  under  the 
subtitle  Hand,  for  similar  devices  in  which  a  handle  or  a  carry- 
ing device  is  included. 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  78,  Envelopes,  Closures, 
Fasteners,  Metallic. 

241— GARMENT-SUPPORTERS,  subclass  5,  Limb-encircling. 

18  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  PACKET  -  HOLDERS, 
CORD.  Packet-holders  which  make  use  of  cord  or  rope  and 
have  a  metallic  fastener  for  holding  the  ends. 

Note.— These  are  distinguished  from  cord  and  rope  holders  in 
having  a  fastener  which  provides  for  the  cord  passing  about  the 
package  in  two  directions. 

Search  Classes — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  115,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  when  the  cord-holder  is  intended  for  cords  which 
only  pass  around  the  package  in  one  direction,  subclass  17, 
Bale  and  package  ties,  Packet-holders,  for  devices  in  which 
cord  is  made  use  of  as  a  part  of  the  holder,  but  do  not  come 
under  the  definition  of  Packet-holders,  Cord. 

51 


52 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

70— LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclasses  100,  Seals,  Ba?  and  box, 

and  101,  Seals,  Box-strap,  for  devices  which  seal  the  package 

in  addition  to  bundling. 
224,  PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclasses  56,  Hand, 

Handle  and  strap,  Cord  or  chain,  and  57,  Hand,  Handle  and 

strap,  Cord  or  chain,  Cord-hook. 

19.  BALE    AND    PACKAGE   TIES,    STRAP-TIGHTENERS. 

Devices  used  as  bale-ties,  trunk-straps,  and  similar  articles 
in  which  there  is  some  means  for  tightening  the  band,  such 
as  a  pivoted  lever  or  a  turnbuckle. 
Search  Classes 

24— -BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  under  68,  Strap- 
tighteners. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  110,  Tires,  Metallic. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  27,  Harries,  Fasteners,  Lever. 

100 — PRESSES,  subclass  15,  Baling,  Articles  and  attachments. 
Bale-band  tighteners. 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  5,  Loading  and  un- 
loading, Load-binders. 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  94,  Barrels,  Hoops. 
Tighteners,  and  95,  Barrels,  Hoops,  Tighteners,  Screw. 

224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  51,  Hand, 
Handle  and  clamping-plates,  Strap-tightener. 

20.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  METAL  BANDS.    The  tie 

is  a  metallic  band,  and  the  connection  is  made  by  means  of 
some  integral  part  of  the  band,  either  by  bending  cutting,  or 
forming  up  a  portion  of  the  same.  Devices  are  also  included 
where  the  invention  lies  in  the  band  itself. 

21.  BALE  AND   PACKAGE   TIES,   METAL   BANDS,   SEPA- 

RATE CONNECTIONS.  The  metal  band  is  connected  by 
means  of  a  separate  part  or  parts. 

22.  BALE  AND   PACKAGE   TIES,   METAL   BANDS,   SEPA- 

RATE CONNECTIONS,  ONE-PIECE.  The  separate  con- 
nection is  made  of  one  piece. 

23.  BALE   AND   PACKAGE   TIES,   METAL  BANDS,   SEPA- 

RATE CONNECTIONS,  ONE-PIECE,  SHEET-METAL. 
The  connection  is  made  of  sheet  metal  in  one  piece. 

24.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  METAL  BANDS,  SEPA- 

RATE CONNECTIONS,  PIVOTED  PARTS.  The  con- 
necting parts  are  pivoted  together. 

25.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  METAL  BANDS,  SEPA- 

RATE CONNECTIONS,  WEDGING  PARTS.  Wedges 
or  rolls  are  used  to  clamp  the  band  in  the  connection. 

26.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  METAL  BANDS,  SEPA- 

RATE CONNECTIONS,  WIRE.  The  connection  is  made 
of  wire. 

27.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  WIRE.    The  tie  is  composed 

of  wire,  having  the  ends  so  made  or  formed  as  to  be  capable  of 
fastening  without  other  parts. 

28.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  WIRE,  SEPARATE  CON- 

NECTIONS. A  wire  tie  fastened  by  means  of  a  separate 
connection. 

29.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  WIRE,  SEPARATE  CON- 

NECTIONS, WIRE.  A  wire  tie  has  a  separate  connection, 
which  is  also  of  wire. 

30.  BALE  AND  PACKAGE  TIES,  WOODEN  BANDS.    The 

tie  is  made  of  wood  and  is  usually  used  as  a  barrel-hoop.  Some 
are  made  with  a  separate  metallic  connecting  part. 

30.5.  BAG-FASTENERS.  Devices  fastening  around  the  neck  of 
a  bag  for  holding  the  same  closed. 

31.  BELT-FASTENERS.    Devices  specially  adapted  for  connect- 

ing together  the  ends  of  driving-belts. 
Search  Class  - 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  123,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Couplings  and  sockets,  for  couplings  or  fasteners 
for  round  belts  or  ropes;  124,  Cord  and  rope  holders,  Coup- 
lings and  sockets,  Nut-clamp,  and  125,  Cord  and  rope  holders, 
Couplings  and  sockets,  Screw-clamp. 

32.  BELT-FASTENERS,  TIGHTENERS.    Devices  which  con- 

nect the  belt  ends  and  have  the  additional  function  of  permit- 
ting adjustment  at  any  time  when  the  belt  is  too  loose  or  too 
tight. 

Note. — These  devices  are  to  be  distinguished  from  class  57,  HOIST- 
ING, subclass  120,  Belt-stretchers,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, where  the  device  is  used  for  drawing  together  the  belt 
ends  for  the  purpose  of  lacing  or  connecting;  also,  from  class 
69,  LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  1.5,  Machines,  Belt- 
stretching,  where  the  initial  stretch  is  taken  out  of  the  belt. 

33.  BELT-FASTENERS,  HINGED.    The  fastener  is  hinged  so 

as  to  facilitate  its  passage  over  the  pulley. 

34.  BELT-FASTENERS,    LACING.    Includes   the    various   ar- 

rangements for  lacing  belts  where  flexible  laces  are  used. 
Search  Class  - 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  39,  Belt-fas- 
teners, Wire,  for  wire  lacing;  140,  Lacing  devices;  143,  Lacing 
devices,  Laces  and  tips,  for  the  lace  itself. 

36.  BELT-FASTENERS,  ONE-PIECE.  All  belt-fasteners  which 
are  made  of  a  single  integral  piece  for  the  entire  connection  or 
joint. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

36.  BELT  -  FASTENERS,     ONE  -  PIECE,     DEFLECTING 

PRONG.    Includes  those  one-piece  connections  in  which 
prongs  are  passed  through  the  belt  and  are  then  bent  or  turned 
over  to  complete  the  fastening. 
Search  Class- 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  31,  Belt-fas- 
teners, for  rivet-fastenings  and  all  deflecting-prong  fastenings 
which  are  not  properly  a  part  of  this  subclass;  94,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Deflecting  prong,  or  rivet;  95,  Buttons  and  fas- 
teners, Deflecting  prong  or  rivet,  Anvil  or  plate,  and  96,  But- 
tons and  fasteners,  Deflecting  prong  or  rivet,  Integral. 

37.  BELT-FASTENERS,    SCREW-CLAMP.      The    connecting 

part  or  plate  is  fastened  to  the  belt  ends  by  screws. 

38.  BELT-FASTENERS,  SPLICES.    The  belt  ends  are  cut  in 

various  ways  and  spliced  together  to  make  the  connection. 

39.  BELT-FASTENERS,  WIRE.    The  belt-fastener  is  made  of 

wire.    This  subclass  includes  wire-lacing  devices. 

Note.— Belt-fasteners  for  round  belts  or  driving-ropes  are  found 
under  subclass  123,  Cord  and  rope  holders,  Couplings  and 
sockets. 

Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ECT.,  subclass  14.3,  Lacing  de- 
vices, Laces  and  tips,  for  flexible  laces  and  tips  for  same. 

40.  BUTTONERS.    Devices  for  drawing  a  button  into  engage- 

ment with  a  buttonhole,  used  principally  on  gloves,  shoes, 
corsets,  collars,  and  cuffs. 

41.  CUFF-HOLDERS.    Devices  specially  adapted  for  the  pur- 

pose of  holding  the  cuffs  in  position. 

Note. — For  specific  forms  of  clasps,  pins,  etc.,  search  the  appro- 
priate subclasses  under  the  simple  fastening  subclasses,  such 
as  Pin-fasteners,  Clasps,  Separable  fasteners,  etc. 

42.  CUFF-HOLDERS,  ADJUSTABLE.      Cuff-holders  in  which 

adjustment  of  the  cuff  is  obtained  by  means  of  a  special  pro- 
vision in  the  device. 

43.  CUFF-HOLDERS,  CLASP-BUTTON.    These  holders  have  a 

clasp  to  grip  the  sleeve  and  a  button  to  engage  the  cuff. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  80,  Fasteners 
combined,  Clasp-button. 

44.  CUFF-HOLDERS,  CLASP-CLASP.    Holders  having  a  clasp 

for  the  cuff  and  a  clasp  for  the  sleeve. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  81,  Fasteners 
combined,  Clasp-clasp. 

45.  CUFF-HOLDERS,  CLASP-HOOK.    Holders  having  a  clasp 

for  the  sleeve  and  a  hook  to'  engage  the  buttonhole  of  the  cuff. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  84,  Fasteners 
combined,  Clasp-hook. 

46.  CUFF-HOLDERS,  CLASP-PIN.    Holders  having  a  clasp  at 

one  end  of  the  same  and  a  pin-fastening  at  the  other  end. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES.  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  85,  Fasteners 
combined,  Clasp-pin. 

47.  CUFF-HOLDERS,  PIN-BUTTON.      The  combination  of  a 

pin-fastening  for  the  sleeve  and  a  button  for  the  cuff. 
Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  73,  Fasteners 
combined. 

48.  CUFF-HOLDERS,  PIN-FASTENER.    Holders  having  a  pin- 

fastening  at  one  end  and  any  form  of  attachment  at  the  other 
end,  except  where  there  are  specific  subclasses  covering  the 
combination. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  73,  Fasteners 
combined;.8f>,  Fasteners  combined,  Pin-hook,  and  87,  Fas- 
teners combined,  Pin-pin. 

49.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS.     Devices     specially    adapted     for 

holding  the  necktie  in  its  proper  position,  excluding  the  de- 
vices which  consist  of  a  tip  on  the  band  end  designed  to  lock 
.    in  some  part  of  the  necktie  after  having  been  adjusted.    De- 
vices for  engaging  the  fabric  of  the  band  itself  are  included. 
Note.— Where  there  is  any  device,  even  in  combination  with  a 
fastener,  which  is  necessary  or  requisite  in  the  formation  of  the 
tie,  the  patents  are  excluded,  being  classified  in  class  2,  AP- 
PAREL, subclass  11,  Body-garments,  Neckties. 

50.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,  BANDS.    Devices  specially  adapt- 

ed for  fastening  the  band  of  a  necktie,  either  to  prevent  the 
same  from  riding  up  on  the  collar  or  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
necting the  ends  of  the  bands  together. 
Search  Class — 

2— APPAREL,  subclass  85,  Body-garments,  Neckties,  Tips,  for 
special  forms  of  band-tips  used  in  connection  with  a  device  on 
the  necktie  itself  for  fastening  the  same. 

51.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,  BANDS,  END-SECURING  PIN. 

A  pin  device  is  used  to  hold  the  band  after  being  drawn  up 
to  its  proper  position  about  the  collar. 

52.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,  BANDS,  GRIPPING.     A  band- 

holding  device  consisting  of  a  clasp  for  gripping  the  same. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


53 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

53.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,  BANDS,  DEPRESSORS.       De- 

vices which  are  specially  designed  to  prevent  the  necktie- 
band  from  riding  up  over  the  collar. 
Search  Class  - 

24— BUCKLER,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  62,  Necktie-fas- 
teners, Collar-button  cumbined,  Clasp-attached. 

54.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,  BANDS,  DEPRESSORS,  BUT- 

TON-ENGAGING. These  devices  prevent  the  necktie-band 
from  riding  up  on  the  collar  by  means  of  a  connection  with 
the  collar-button. 

55.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,    BANDS,    DEPRESSORS,    PIN 

OR  SPUR.  The  necktie-band  is  prevented  from  riding  up 
on  the  collar  by  pin  or  spur  attached  devices. 

56.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,      BUTTON-ENGAGING.        De- 

vices attached  to  the  necktie  proper  and  adapted  for  engaging 
the  colla&button  to  hold  the  necktie  in  place. 

57.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BUTTON-ENGAGING, ADJUST- 

ABLE. These  necktie-fasteners  have  some  means  for  ad- 
justing the  position  of  the  necktie. 

58.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,  BUTTON-ENGAGING,  CORD- 

LOOP.    A  cord  loop  engages  the  collar-button. 

59.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,     BUTTON-ENGAGING       PIV- 

OTED OR  SLIDING  JAW.  The  button  engagement  is  ob- 
tained with  the  aid  of  pivoted  or  sliding  jaws. 

60.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,     BUTTON-ENGAGING,     PIN- 

ATTACHED.    These  fasteners  have  some  form  of  pin-fas- 
tening to  engage  the  necktie. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  56,  Necktie- 
fasteners,  Button  engaging,  for  those  devices  which  include 
mere  wire  attachment  or  those  in  which  the  prongs  are  bent 
over  to  permanently  fasten  the  device. 

61.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,        COLLAR-BUTTON        COM- 

BINED. The  necktie-fastener  is  combined  with  a  collar- 
button. 

62.  NECKTIE -FASTENERS.     COLLAR  -  BUTTON     COM- 

BINED, CLASP-ATTACHED.  The  necktie-fastener  con- 
sists of  a  collar-button  with  a  clasp  attached  to  hold  the 
necktie. 

63.  NECKTIE -FASTENERS,       COLLAR  -  BUTTON       COM- 

BINED, PIN-ATTACHED.  The  necktie-fastener  consists 
of  a  collar-button  having  a  pin-fastening  attached  for  holding 
the  necktie  in  place. 

64.  NECKTIE  -  FASTENERS,      COLLAR  -  BUTTON      COM- 

BINED, SEPARABLE  FASTENER.  The  necktie-fas- 
tener consists  of  a  collar-button  in  which  some  form  of  sepa- 
rable fastener  is  used  to  connect  the  same  to  the  necktie  attach- 
ment. 

65.  NECKTIE-FASTENERS,  TIE-ATTACHED  HOOK.    Neck- 

tie-fasteners which  consist  of  a  hook  which  engages  over  the 
collar  or  neckband. 

66.  PAPER-CLIPS.    Devices  specially  adapted  for  use  as  clips  for 

temporarily  holding  paper  in  sheets.  If  the  device  has  no 
special  features,  it  is  classified  under  the  appropriate  subclass 
under  Clasps. 

Note. — Under  subclass  17,  Bale  and  package  ties,  Packet-holder?, 
are  placed  devices  somewhat  similar  to  paper-clips,  but  are 
designed  to  bundle  up  or  pack  the  paper,  and  consequently 
would  not  be  suitable  for  writing  purposes. 

Search  Classes— 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  28,  Copyholders. 
129—  PAPER  FILES  ANB  BINDERS,  subclass  35,  Clamping,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  devices  somewhat  analogous  to 
paper-clips,  but  containing  features  which  connect  them  more 
closely  with  class  129  than  with  class  24.  These  subclasses 
should  therefore  be  regarded  in  making  a  complete  search 
along  this  line. 

67.  PAPER-FASTENERS.    Devices  specially  adapted  for  fasten- 

ing together  two  or  more  sheets,  papers,' documents,  and  the 
like,  excluding  clasps  of  a  general  nature. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC..  subclasses  153.  Pin-fasten- 
ers, Paper:  154,  Pin-fasterers,  Paper,  Suspending  devices,  and 
155,  Pin-fasteners,  Loss-preventing  devices;  and  for  mere 
clasps,  subclass  243,  Clasps,  and  particularly  subclasses  255, 
Clasps,  Resilient;  259,  Clasps,  Resilient,  Sheet-metal,  and  261, 
Clasps,  Resilient,  Wire. 

68.  STRAP-TIGHTENERS.    Devices  usually  used  in  place  of 

buckles  on  shoes,  gloves,  corsets,  belts,  etc.    The  distinction 
from  other  forms  of  fastenings  lies  in  the  drawing-up  or  strap- 
tightening  feature  of  the  device. 
Search  Classes — 

84— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  19,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Strap-tighteners. 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  64,  Antislipping 
devices,  Detachable,  Clamping. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  27,  Hames,  Fasteners,  Lever. 

09.  STRAP-TIGHTENERS,  CAM-LEVER   AND   LOOP.     Le- 
vers usually  pivoted,  pass  through  a  loop  and  are  turned 
down,  the  parts  being  drawn  together  by  this  movement. 
Search  Class  - 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  19,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Strap-tighteners. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

70.  STRAP-TIGHTENERS,  CAM-LEVER  AND  LOOP,  STEP- 

ADJUSTED.    The  device  is  adjusted  by  means  of  a  step- 
by-step  movement. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  19,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Strap-tighteners. 

71.  STRAP-TIGHTENERS,  STRAP-ATTACHED    FOLDING- 

LEVER.    In  this  case  the  lever  and  the  strap  are  perma- 
nently connected  together. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  19,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Strap-tighteners. 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  64,  Antislipping 
devices,  Detachable,  Clamping. 

72.  TROUSER    GUARDS    AND    STRAPS.    Devices   specially 

adapted  for  binding  or  holding  the  lower  part  of  the  trousers 
and  also  devices  for  strapping  the  trousers  down  to  the  shoe. 
Search  Classes— 

24-TBucKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  256,  Clasps,  Re- 
silient, Circular. 

2— APPAREL,  subclasses  124,  Nether  garments,  Edge-protec- 
tors, and  135,  Nether  garments,  Skirt-protectors. 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclasses  56,  Uppers,  Pulls, 
and  70,  Garment^protectors. 

73.  FASTENERS  COMBINED.    Otherwise  unclassified  combi- 

nations of  two  or  more  simple  forms  of  fastenings.  If  there  is 
no  specific  subclass  covering  the  combination,  they  will  be 
found  in  the  miscellaneous  subclass. 

Note. — For  various  combinations  search  in  this  class,  sub-classes 
41,  Cuff-holders,  and  42,  Cuff-holders,  Adjustable. 
For  buckle-hooksearchtheseyeralsubclasses under  Buckles, 

in  which  "hook-attached"  is  found. 
For  the  specific  fastening  search  in  this  class  the  subclass 

defining  the  structure. 
Search  Class — 

24.— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,subclasses3,  Article-hold- 
ers, and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  63,  Necktie-fasteners,  Col- 
lar-button combined,  Phi-attached,  103,  Buttons  and  fasten- 
ers. Pin-attached,  and  165,  Buckles,  Harness,  Combined 
buckles  and  snap-hooks. 

74.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  BUCKLE-BUCKLE.    Two  or 

more  buckles  are  com  bined .    Harness-buckles  with  a  plurality 
of  tongues  or  studs  are  excluded. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  177,  Buckles, 
Harness,  Penetrating-tongue,  Multiple. 

75.  FASTENERS     COMBINED,     BUCKLE-BUCKLE,     SEP- 

ARABLY-CONNECTED. A  separable  fastening  intervenes 
between  the  two  or  more  buckles. 

76.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  BUCKLE-PIN.    The  combina- 

tion of  a  buckle  and  a  pin. 

77.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  BUCKLE  SEPARABLE.    The 

combination  of  a  buckle  and  a  separable  fastening. 

78.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  BUCKLE  SEPARABLE.  PIV- 

OTED-LEVER  BUCKLE.  The  combination  of  a  buckle 
and  a  separable  fastening  when  the  buckle  is  a  pivoted-lever 
buckle. 

79.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  CLASP-BUCKLE.    The  com- 

bination of  a  clasp  and  a  buckle. 

80.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  CLASP-BUTTON.    The  com- 

bination of  a  clasp  and  a  button. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  43,  Cuff-hold- 
ers, Clasp-button,  and  62,  Necktie-fasteners,  Collar-button 
combined,  Clasp-attached. 

81.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  CLASP-CLASP.    The  combina- 

tion of  a  clasp  and  a  clasp . 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclassas  44,  Cuff-holders, 
Clasp-clasp;  5,  Article-holders,  Flower,  and  11,  Article-hold- 
ers, Pencil,  Clasp-attached. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  11,  Chocks, 
labels,  and  tags,  Holders,  Clip. 

82.  FASTENERS     COMBINED,     CLASP-CLASP,      PIN-AT- 

TACHED. The  combination  of  a  clasp  and  a  clasp  with  the 
additional  fastening  devices  consisting  of  a  pin-fastening. 

83.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  CLASP-CLASP,  SEPARABLY- 

CONNECTED.  The  combination  of  a  clasp  and  a  clasp,  but 
connected  by  means  of  a  separable  fastening. 

84.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  CLASP-HOOK.    The  combina- 

tion of  a  clasp  and  hook. 
Search  Classes— 

24—  BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  8,  Article- 
holders,  Napkin,  Hook,  and  45,  Cuff-holders,  Clasp-hook. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  11,  Checks, 
labels,  and  tags,  Holders,  Clip  for  mere  portable  or  pocket  hooks. 

248— SUPPORTS,  subclass  22,  Hooks. 

85.  FASTENERS,   COMBINED,    CLASP-PIN.    The   combina- 

tion of  a  clasp  and  a  pin. 


54 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

Search  Classes 

24 — BUCKLES.  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  6,  Article- 
holders,  Flower,  Pin-attached;  12,  Article-holders,  Pencil, 
Pin-attached:  13,  Article-holders,  Phi-attached,  and  46,  Cuff- 
holders,  Clasp-pin. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  11,  Checks, 
labels,  and  tags,  Holders,  Clip. 

86.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  PIN-HOOK.    The  combination 

of  a  pin  and  a  hook. 
Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  48,  Cuff-holders, 
Phi-fastener. 

87.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  PIN-PIN.    The  combination  of 

a  pin  and  a  phi. 

88.  FASTENERS  COMBINED,  PIN-PIN,  SEPARABLY-CON- 

NECTED. The  combination  of  a  pin  and  a  pin  with  a  sep- 
arable fastening  intervening. 

89.  INTERCHANGEABLE    BUTTON-LOOP  AND  PIN.    De- 

vices provided  with  button-engaging  parts  and  also  with  a 
pin-fastening,  the  pin-fastening  being  designed  to  be  used 
when  the  other  fastening  gives  out  for  any  reason. 

90.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS.    Buttons  as  articles  and  the 

various  means  for  fastening  the  same  on  the  garment  not  pro- 
vided for  in  the  specific  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  for  ornamental  features  which  might  be 
applied  to  buttons;  also  in  class  165  DESIGNS,  for  buttons. 

91.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  ADJUSTABLE.    Buttons 

usually  used  as  collar-buttons  in  which  there  is  some  means 
for  adjusting  the  button. 

92.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  CLOTH  SHANKS  AND 

COVERS.  The  button  has  a  shank  made  of  cloth  for  use  in 
attaching  the  button,  and  also  includes  buttons  covered  with 
cloth. 

93.  BUTTONS    AND    FASTENERS,    MULTIPLE    ATTACH- 

MENT. Several  buttons  are  fastened  on  by  means  of  a  com- 
mon fastener. 

94.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  DEFLECTING  PRONG 

OR  RIVET.  A  fastener  for  a  button  in  which  metal  prongs 
or  rivets  are  bent  over  or  upset  in  attaching  the  button. 

95.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  DEFLECTING  PRONG 

OR  RIVET,  ANVIL  OR  PLATE.  The  button  is  provided 
with  a  part  which  deflects  the  prongs  by  contact  and  pressure 
thus  doing  away  with  riveting-tools. 

96.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  DEFLECTING  PRONG 

OR  RIVET,  INTEGRAL.  The  prongs  or  rivets  are  a  part 
of  the  button  or  are  firmly  attached  and  are  pushed  through 
the  material,  being  clenched  on  the  opposite  side.  Those 
using  washers  are  also  included  if  they  have  no  part  in  deflect- 
ing the  prongs. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  146,  Lacing  de- 
vices, Studs,  Hook. 

97.  BUTTONS    AND    FASTENERS,    HINGED-LEAF.    This 

button  is  of  the  type  in  which  movable  leaves  permit  the  easy 
insertion  of  the  button  in  the  buttonhole,  after  which  the 
leaves  prevent  the  withdrawal  of  the  button. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  212,  Separable 
fasteners,  Head  and  socket,  Axial  closures,  Pivoted-head. 

98.  BUTTONS    AND    FASTENERS,    HINGED-LEAF,    AX- 

IALLY-ROTATING.  The  leaves  swing  about  the  axis  of 
the  button. 

99.  BUTTONS   AND    FASTENERS,   HINGED-LEAF,    DOU- 

BLE.   There  are  two  hinged  leaves.    It  does  not  include  those 
in  which  there  is  one  hinged  leaf  and  one  rigid  leaf,  these  being 
found  in  subclass  97,  Buttons  and  fasteners,  Hinged-leaf. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES.  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  97,  Buttons  and 
fasteners,  Hinged-leaf. 

100.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  HINGED-LEAF,  SLID- 

ING. There  is  a  sliding  movement  of  the  leaf.  It  includes 
those  in  which  there  is  a  combined  pivoted  and  sliding  move- 
ment. 

Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS.  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  100.5,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Slid  ing-bar. 

100.5.  BUTTONS  AND   FASTENERS,  SLIDING-BAR.    But- 
tons having  a  transversely  sliding  member  which  is  retracted 
for  the  purpose  of  removing  the  button. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  100,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Hinged-leaf,  Sliding. 

101.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  INTEGRAL  OR  RIGID 

STUD.  This  subclass  includes  buttons  of  the  collar  or  cuff 
button  type  which  are  either  made  of  one  piece  or  are  so  built 
up  as  to  \x  a  rigid  button  when  complete,  and  thus  equivalent 
to  an  integral  button.  Other  one-piece  buttons,  such  as  those 
which  are  to  be  sewed  on,  are  classified  in  subclass  90,  But- 
tons and  fasteners. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  114,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Pads,  and  146,  Lacing  devices,  Studs,  Hooks. 

102.  BUTTONS    AND    FASTENERS,    LINKS.    Buttons    with 

two  heads,  adapted  for  use  in  cuffs. 

103.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  PIN-ATTACHED.    But- 

tons, badges,  etc.,  which  are  attached  to  the  garment  by  means 
of  a  pin,  provided  the  invention  lies  in  the  pin-fastening. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  63,  Necktie- 
fasteners,  Collar-button  combined,  Pin-attached. 

104.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  SEPARABLE.    Buttons 

of  the  type  in  which  two  parts  are  adapted  to  be  joined  together 
or  separated  at  will. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  201,  Separable 
fasteners,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  64,  Necktie-fast- 
eners, Collar-button  combined,  Separable  fastener  for  the  sep- 
arable fasteners  per  se. 

105.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  SEPARABLE,  SCREW. 

One  part  is  screwed  into  another  part. 

106.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  SEPARABLE,  SPRING. 

The  two  parts  are  sprung  together. 

107.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  SEPARABLE,  SPRING, 

RESILIENT-HEAD.    These  buttons  have  resilient  or  spring 
heads  and  rigid  sockets. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  110,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  With  operating  devices. 

108.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  SEPARABLE,  SPRING, 

RESILIENT-SOCKET.    In  this  subclass  the  socket  mem- 
ber contains  the  resilient  part. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  110,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  With  operating  devices. 

109.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  SEPARABLE,  SPRING, 

ROTATING-HEAD.    The  head  is  rotated  to  connect  or  dis- 
connect the  two  members. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  221,  Separable 
fasteners,  Head  and  socket,  Axial  closures,  Rotating-head. 

110.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  SEPARABLE,  SPRING, 

WITH  OPERATING  DEVICES.  The  two  parts  are  sprung 
together,  and  there  is  some  independent  device  which  must 
be  operated  to  release  the  parts. 

111.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  SEPARATE  THREAD- 

BAR.    The  thread-bar  is  a  separate  piece. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  90,  Buttons  and 
fasteners,  for  integral  and  other  thread-bars. 

112.  BUTTONS    AND    FASTENERS,    SPIRAL    FASTENER. 

The  engaging  part  is  a  spiral  which  is  screwed  into  the  but- 
tonhole. 

113.  BUTTONS  AND  FASTENERS,  COVERS.    The  invention 

lies  in  the  cover  of  the  button  or  in  the  mode  of  applying  the 
same.  Usually  the  idea  is  to  permit  the  use  of  various  covers 
as  occasion  arises. 

Note. — Where  the  device  is  for  attaching  stones  or  like  orna- 
ments, even  though  to  a  button,  and  the  device  is  not  pecu- 
liar to  buttons,  search  class  63,  JEWELRY,  subclass  26,  Gem- 
settings,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

114.  BUTTONS   AND    FASTENERS.   PADS.    Protectine-pads 

so  attached  to  the  buttons  that  metallic  contact  with  the 
skin  is  prevented. 

115.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS.    Devices  for  gripping  and 

holding  cord,  rope,  and,  in  some  cases,  chain,  when  the  device 
is  analogous.  Includes  devices  used  in  holding  lace  ends  on 
gloves  and  shoes.  These  latter  are  classified  under  the  head 
of  Lacing-terminals.  Devices  for  holding  or  gripping  the  end 
of  a  strap  or  band,  but  which  are  not  properly  buckles,  have 
been  placed  in  Rope-holders.  These  devices  are  usually  as 
well  adapted  for  rope  as  for  bands  and  are  more  commonly 
used  as  hitching-strap  holders. 

Note.— The  title  Cord  and  rope  holders  excludes  those  devices  in 
which  a  pulley  by  its  peculiar  construction  acts  as  the  rope 
grip  and  also  those  in  which  a  clamping  part  cooperates  with 
a  pulley  to  grip  the  rope,  these  devices  being  classified  in  olass 
57,  HOISTING,  subclass  34,  Block  and  tackle;  but  where  a 
mere  guide  bar  or  pulley  is  included  as  an  independent  ele- 
ment or  where  any  form  of  pivoted  cam  is  found  it  is  not 
considered  to  be  a  pulley,  and  the  patents  are  classified  under 
the  title  of  Cord  and  rope  holders. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  18,  Bale  and 
package-ties,  Packet-holders,  Cord  for  packet-holders;  123, 
Cord  and  rope  holders,  Couplings  and  sockets;  124,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Couplings  and  sockets,  Nut-clamp;  and  140, 
Lacing  devices,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder  for  devices 
specially  adapted  for  lacing. 

16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclasses  under  Ferrules,  rings, 
and  thimbles,  for  devices  which  bind  the  end  of  cord  or  rope 
to  prevent  fraying. 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  53,  Grips,  and  112,  Wire,  Stays,  Wire. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


55 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  145.8,  Pic- 
ture-hangers, Retaining-cord. 

68 — LAUNDRY,  subclasses  3,  Clothes-lines,  and  12,  Clothes-line 
fasteners,  for  cord  and  rope  holders  specially  adapted  for 
clothes-line  supports  or  reels  and  for  clothes-lines  proper. 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  35,  Grippers,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under for  cable-grippers  analogous  in  some  respects  to  cord 
and  rope  holders. 

114 — SHIPS,  subclasses  199,  Cable  stoppers,  218,  Bitts,  cleats 
and  pin-rails,  225,  Implements;  Spikes,  pins,  and  fids,  22G, 
Implements,  Clamps,  for  devices  analogous  to  cord  and  rope 
holders,  but  specially  adapted  for  ship  use. 

166— ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclasses  3,  Drilling  and 
boring,  and  7,  Tube-clamps. 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  19,  Elevated  carriers, 
Rope-catch,  for  pulleys  and  rope-clamps. 

227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  13,  Hand-protectors,  for  devices 
held  in  the  hand  to  grip  a  rope. 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  40,  Boxes,  Closures, 
Fasteners,  Cord;  63,  Bags,  Closures,  Cord,  and  77,  Envelopes, 
Closures,  Fasteners. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  126,  Bobbins  and  spools. 
Thread  fasteners  and  guides,  Separable,  for  devices  which  hold 
a  thread  similar  to  cord  and  rope  holders. 

U6.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  CHAIN.    Devices  similar  to  cord- 
holders  but  in  which  a  chain  is  held  instead  of  a  cord. 

117.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  LACING-TERMINALS. 

Cord-holders  specially  fitted  for  use  >n  holding  the  shoe  or 
glove  lace  after  lacing.  Includes  devices  for  preventing  the 
untying  of  bow-knots  as  applied  to  shoes,  etc. 

118.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  LACING-TERMINALS, 

FRICTION-DISK.    A  disk  holds  the  lace  by  friction  after 
being  wound  about  a  central  portion. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  127,  Cord  and 
rope-holders,  Friction-disk. 

119.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  LACING-TERMINALS, 

KNOT-INCLOSING.  Devices  which  prevent  the  bow-knot 
from  untying. 

120.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  LACING-TERMINALS, 

PIVOTED-JAW.  The  gripping  of  the  lace  is  due  to  the 
action  of  a  pivoted  part. 

121.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  LACING-TERMINALS, 

RESILIENT-CLIP.  A  spring-clip  catches  the  lace  and  pre- 
vents it  from  loosening. 

Note.— For  other  forms  of  resilient  clips  see  Clasps,  under  this 
class. 

122.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  LACING-TERMINALS, 

WIRE.    The  device  is  made  of  wire,  usually  in  one  piece. 

123.  CORD    AND    ROPE     HOLDERS,    COUPLINGS    AND 

SOCKETS.  This  title  includes  all  devices  adapted  for  con- 
necting together  cord  and  rope  ends,  round  leather  belts,  etc., 
including  those  in  which  a  rope-gripping  means  is  shown  in 
combination  with  a  coupling.  Rope-sockets  of  the  blind- 

.    end  type  are  also  included  as  being  ordinarily  used  in  connec- 
tion with  a  coupling,  though  some  are  shown  as  connected 
with  snap-hooks  and  the  like. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  33,  Belt-fas- 
teners, Hinged. 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  95 
Chains,  Swivels,  for  swivels. 

64— JOURNAL-BOXES,    PULLEYS,    AND    SHAFTING,    subclass    13, 

Shaft-couplings,  for  other  coupling  devices. 

103— PUMPS,  subclass  01,  Elements,  Miscellaneous  and  com- 
bined. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  28,  Pipe-couplings,  De- 
tachable. 

166— ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclass  7,  Tube-clamps,  for 
analogous  devices  used  to  clamp  rods  and  tubes. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  263,  Connectors, 
Wire-splices,  for  wire-couplings  analogous  to  cord  and  rope 
couplings. 

124  CORD     AND     ROPE     HOLDERS,     COUPLINGS     AND 

SOCKETS,  NUT-CLAMP.  A  nut  and  threaded  sleeve,  usu- 
ally split,  constitute  the  rope-clamping  means. 

125  CORD     AND     ROPE     HOLDERS,     COUPLINGS     AND 

SOCKETS,  SCREW-CLAMP.  A  screw  or  bolt  passes 
through  the  device  and  is  the  means  used  to  connect  the  rope 
to  the  coupling. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  135,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Screw-clamp,  where  the  rope-grip  of  this  type 
is  desired. 

120    CORD     AND     ROPE     HOLDERS,     COUPLINGS     AND 

'     SOCKETS,    SLIDING    PART    OR  WEDGE.    The   rope 

is  gripped  by  means  of  a  sliding  collar  on  a  tapering  sleeve, 


or  a  w    _ 

24— BUCKTES  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  136,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Sliding  part  or  wedge,  where  the  rope-grip  of 
this  type  is  desired. 

127  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  FRICTION-DISK.  The 
cord  or  rope  is  wound  around  a  central  portion  and  is  held 
by  a  disk,  which  frictionally  engages  fhe  cord. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  118,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Lacing-terminals,  Friction-disk. 

128.  CORD    AND    ROPE    HOLDERS,    KNOT-ENGAGING. 

The  cord  is  knotted  at  suitable  points  and  the  holding  device 
is  designed  to  make  use  of  the  knots  to  hold  the  cord  after 
tightening. 

129.  CORD  AND  ROPE   HOLDERS,   ONE-PIECE.    Includes 

all  cord-holders  in  which  only  one  integral  piece  is  used. 
Search  Classes   - 

73— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  28,  Insulators. 
227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  28,  Rope-brakes,  Tortuous. 

130.  CORD  AND  ROPE    HOLDERS,  ONE-PIECE,  WEDGE 

SLOT.  A  V-shaped  slot  catches  the  cord  or  rope  when  prop- 
erly positioned. 

131.  CORD  AND  ROPE    HOLDERS,    ONE-PIECE,    WIRE. 

The  device  is  made  of  wire. 

132.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  PIVOTED-PART.    A  piv- 

oted part  enters  into  the  construction  of  the  rope-gripping 
device. 

Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  120,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Lacing-terminals,  Pivoted-jaw. 

133.  CORD     AND     ROPE     HOLDERS,     PIVOTED-PART, 

LEVER-TENSION.  An  extra  lever  or  arm  projects  from 
this  device,  and  the  rope  passing  over  the  same  by  its  tension 
forces  the  pivoted  part  into  closer  engagement  with  the  rope. 

134.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,  PIVOTED-PART,  CAM- 

LEVER.    The  pivoted  part  is  so  constructed  that  tension 
on  the  rope  pulls  the  pivoted  part  more  tightly  into  the  rope, 
the  pivoted  part  being  either  cam-shaped  orequivalent  thereto 
in  its  action. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  133,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Pivoted-part,  Lever-tension. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclasses  25,  Rope-brakes,  Grip-jaw,  and 
29,  Rope-brakes,  Tortuous  and  grip. 

135.  CORD  AND  ROPE  HOLDERS,   SCREW-CLAMP.    The 

clamping  is  caused  by  turning  a  screw  or  bolt  either  in  a  nut 
or  a  part  of  the  device  itself. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS.,  ETC.,  subclass  125,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Couplings  and  sockets,  Screw-clamp. 

173 — ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclasses  28,  Insulators,  and 
259,  Connectors,  Binding-posts. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclasses  26,  Rope-brakes,  Grip-jaw, 
Screw-operated,  and  30,  Rope-brakes,  Tortuous  and  screw- 
operated  grip. 

136   CORD   AND   ROPE   HOLDERS,   SLIDING    PART    OR 

WEDGE.    A  sliding  movement  is  used  in  clamping  the  cord. 

It  includes  wedges  which  slide  and  like  devices. 
Search  Classes— 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  126,  Cord  ana 

rope  holders,  Couplings  and  sockets,  Sliding  part  or  wedge; 

171,  Buckles,  Harness,  Clamping,  Sliding  part  or  wedge,  and 

194,  Buckles,  Sliding  part  or  wedge. 
39—FENCES,  subclass  112,  Wire,  Stays,  Wire. 
227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  27,  Rope-brakes,  Grip-jaw,  Wedge. 

137.  CLOTHES-PINS.  Devices  specially  adapted  for  fastening 
clothes  on  a  line.  Mere  clasps  are  excluded,  and  such  will  be 
found  under  the  title  of  Clasps  in  the  appropriate  structure 
subclass. 

67— LAUNDRY,  subclass  3,  Clothes-lines,  where  the  clothes-pin  is 
a  part  of  the  clothes-line. 

138  CLOTHES-PINS,  KERF.  Clothes-pins  usually  made  of 
wood  and  having  a  tapering  slot  cut  therein  for  the  purpose  of 
engaging  or  clamping  the  clothes  on  the  line. 

139.  CLOTHES-PINS,  WIRE.  These  pins  are  constructed  of 
wire,  as  indicated  in  the  title. 

24— BUCLKES,  BUTTONS, CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  261,  Clasps,  Re- 
silient, Wire. 

140  LACING  DEVICES.    This  title  embraces  all  fastenings  which 

are  used  in  connection  with  flexible  laces,  including  the  laces 
themselves,  and  also  eyelets:  but  devices  used  to  hold  the  lace 
ends  are  classified  under  subclass  117,  Cord  and  rope  holders, 
Lacing-terminals,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  34,  Belt-fasten- 
ers, Lacing. 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  50,  L  ppers,  Closures. 

141  LACING  DEVICES,  EYELETS.    Devices  for  the  purpose  of 

forming  a  protected  opening  in  a  fabric.  They  are  usually 
specially  adapted  for  lacing,  but  other  eyelets  are  included  if 
there  is  no  other  special  art  classification  for  them. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  202,  Separable 
fasteners,  Buttonhole-protectors. 

142  LACING  DEVICES,  EYELETS,   PLASTIC  HEAD.    The 

eyelet  has  a  plastic  coating,  by  which  it  should  be  understood 
is  meant  a  covering  applied  in  a  plastic  or  fluid  state,  subse- 
quently hardening  to  form  the  completed  eyelet. 


56 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

143.  LACING  DEVICES,  LACES  AND  TIPS.    The  construction 

of  the  lace  itself  and  the  various  devices  used  in  tipping  the 
same. 

144.  LACING  DEVICES,  STUDS.    Various  forms  of  guides  for  the 

lace,  except  eyelets,  eyelets  being  distinguished  from  studs  in 
having  an  opening  entirely  through  the  fabric,  while  a  stud  is 
only  used  on  the  surface,  the  lace  not  passing  through  the 
material. 

145.  LACING  DEVICES,  STUDS,  CLOSED-LOOP.    Studs  in 

which  the  lace  must  be  threaded  through  a  loop,  but  are  still 
not  eyelets  which  make  an  opening  through  the  fabric. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  141,  Lacing 
devices,  Eyelets,  and  149,  Lacing  devices,  Studs,  Roller. 

146.  LACING  DEVICES,  STUDS,  HOOK.    Studs  in  the  form  of 

hooks  for  engaging  the  lace. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  148,  Lacing 
devices,  Studs,  Plastic-head. 

147.  LACING     DEVICES,     STUDS,     MOVING-PART.    Studs 

having  moving  parts,  except  those  found  in  the  subclass  149, 
Lacing  devices,  Studs,  Roller. 

148.  LACING  DEVICES,  STUDS,  PLASTIC-HEAD.     Studs  in 

which  the  plastic  coating  is  the  subject  of  the  invention. 
Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  142,  Lacing 
devices,  Eyelets,  Plastic-head. 

149.  LACING     DEVICES,     STUDS,     ROLLER.    Lacing-studs 

which  have  roller-bearings  for  the  lace. 

150.  PIN-FASTENERS.    All  pin-attaching  devices  of  a  general 

nature,  except  when  in  combination  with  some  other  fastening. 

Note. — When  in  combination  with  some  other  fastening,  search 
subclass  73,  Fasteners  combined;  also,  the  various  subclasses 
in  this  class  where  a  pin  or  pin-fastening  is  mentioned  in  the 
title. 

Note. — In  class  40,  CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  sub- 
classes 1.5,  Badges,  and  1.6,  Badges,  Changeable  reading, 
are  found  pin-fastenings  in  combination  with  badge  features; 
but  the  independent  pin  constructions  are  found  in  this  class 
under  Pin-fasteners. 

Note. — In  class  63,  JEWELRY,  subclass  20,  Ornamental  pins,  are 
found  pin-fastenings  in  combination  with  some  feature  of  the 
brooch  or  scarf-pin  as  such;  but  the  independent  pin-fastenings 
are  found  in  this  class  under  Pin-fasteners. 

Search  Classes — 

132— TOILET,  subclasses  22,  Hair-fasteners,  for  hair-pins,  and  25, 
Hat-fasteners,  in  which  subclass  are  found  devices  for  prevent- 
ing the  hat-pin  from  coming  out;  but  where  the  device  is  not 
attached  to  the  hat  in  any  way,  and  is  thus  independent,  it  is 
classified  in  this  class  under  the  titleof  155,  Pin-fasteners,  Loss- 
preventing  devices. 

156^-CuRTAiNS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  21,  Curtain 
rings  and  pins,  for  pin-fastenings  in  combination  with  a 
curtain-pole  ring.  Where  the  pin-fastening  is  independent, 
it  is  classified  in  this  class  under  the  title  of  Pin-fasteners, 
or  under  Fasteners  combined,  where  there  is  a  combination  of 
a  pin  and  a  hook. 

151.  PIN-FASTENERS,   ARM-PIT   SHIELDS.    Pins  specially 

fitted  for  use  in  fastening  dress-shields. 

152.  PIN-FASTENERS,    UPHOLSTERING.    These    pins    are 

specially  adapted  for  upholstering. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES.  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  153,  Pin- 
fasteners,  Paper,  and  154,  Pin-fasteners,  Paper,  Suspending 
devices. 

85 — DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclasses  13,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Multiple-pronged,  and 
49,  Staples. 

153.  PIN-FASTENERS,  PAPER.    Special  fastenings  for  paper  in 

which  a  pin  or  prong  passes  through  the  paper. 
Search  Classes — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  152,  Pin-fasten- 
ers, Upholstering. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING, subclasses 22, Checks, 
labels,  and  tags,  Fasteners,  Barbed;  23.  Cheeks,  labels,  and 
tags,  Fasteners,  Clasp,  and  25,  Checks,  labels,  and  tags,  Fas- 
teners, Spur. 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS,  sub- 
classes 13,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Multiple-pronged,  and  49, 
Staples. 

129— PAPER  FILES  AND  BINDERS,  subclass  21,  Pins,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder  for  devices  which  include  impaling  pins  or 
hooks  of  a  temporary  nature;  while  the  subclasses  153,  Pin- 
fasteners,  Paper,  and  154,  Pin-fasteners,  Paper,  Suspending 
devices,  in  this  class,  contain  paper-fasteners  which  perma- 
nently connect  together  several  sheets  of  paper  or  the  like. 

211 — STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass 2,  Bag  and  twine  holders,  Bag- 
holder,  for  temporary  pin-fastenings. 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  78,  Envelopes,  Closures, 
Fasteners,  Metallic. 

154.  PIN-FASTENERS,    PAPER,    SUSPENDING    DEVICES. 

A  means  of  suspension  is  a  part  of  the  device. 
Search  Classes 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  67,  Paper- 
fasteners,  and  261,  Clasps,  Resilient,  Wire. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  57,  Pack- 
ages, Dispensing,  Taper  sheets,  for  toilet-paper-suspending 
devices  in  combination  with  the  sheets  of  paper. 
211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  2,  Bag  and  twine  holders,  Bag- 
holders,  for  temporary  bag-holding  devices  analogous  to  this 
subclass. 

155.  PIN-FASTENERS,   LOSS-PREVENTING   DEVICES.     A 

separate  device  having  the  function  of  preventing  loss  or  theft 
of  a  pin.    May  be  either  independent  of  the  pin  or  it  may  be 
incorporated  in  the  body  of  the  pin. 
Search  Classes— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  97,  Buttons  and 
fasteners,  Hinged-leaf ,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

132 — TOILET,  subclass  25,  Hat-fasteners,  where  the  device  is 
attached  permanently  to  the  hat  or  is  peculiarly  adapted  for 
use  as  a  hat-fastener,  and  subclass  22,  Hair-fasteners,  for  analo- 
gous devices,  but  especially  adapted  for  the  purpose  set  forth. 

156.  PIN-FASTENERS,    GUARDS.    Devices    for    holding    and 

protecting  the  pin-point. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  161,  Pin-fasten- 
ers, Resilient. 

157.  PIN-FASTENERS,  GUARDS,  PIVOTED.    The  guard  has 

a  pivoted  part  which  operates  to  lock  the  pin  in  place. 
Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  devices  in  which  the  pin 
itself  is  pivoted,  for  which  search  in  this  class,  subclass  160, 
Pin-fasteners,  Pivoted. 

158.  PIN-FASTENERS,  GUARDS,  SLIDING.    The  locking  is 

accomplished  by  means  of  a  sliding  movement  of  the  guard. 
Where  the  pin  itself  has  a  sliding  movement,  the  device  is 
excluded  and  isclassified  in  subclass  162,  Pin-fasteners,  Sliding. 

159.  PIN-FASTENERS,    GUARDS,    WIRE.    The  guard   is   of 

wire.    Usually  the  whole  pin,  including  the  guard,  is  one 
piece  of  wire. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  101,  Pin-fasten- 
ers, Resilient. 

160.  PIN-FASTENERS,  PIVOTED.    Pivoted  pins  in  which  the 

invention  lies  in  features  peculiar  to  pivoted  pins,  such  as  the 
joints,  or  the  claims  include  both  joint  and  guard. 

161.  PIN-FASTENERS,    RESILIENT.    Pins    having    resilient 

joints  and  those  in  which  both  the  joint  and  guard  are  claimed. 

Note.— Common  safety-pin  joints  \vherethere  is  no  novelty  in  the 
joint  have  not  been  included  in  this  subclass;  but  such  pat- 
ents will  be  in  the  subclass  containing  the  novel  matter.  Or- 
dinarily this  novelty  lies  in  the  guard  for  the  pin-point. 

Search  Class— 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  24,  Checks, 
labels,  and  tags,  Fasteners,  Pin-loop. 

162.  PIN-FASTENERS,  SLIDING.    Some  part  of  the  pin  struc- 

ture slides,  usually  for  locking  the  pin.    Contains  also  patents 
claiming  both  guard  and  sliding  joint. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES?  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  158,  Pin-fasteners, 
Guards,  Sliding,  for  devices  in  which  the  pin-guard  slides 
over  the  point  to  protect  the  same. 

163.  BUCKLES.    Devices  which  are  designed  for  the  purpose  of 

adjusting  as  well  as  holding  straps,  bands,  and  similar  articles, 
excluding  bale-ties,  which  are  specially  adapted  for  holding 
bales.  Some  forms  of  buckles  are  closely  related  to  clasps  in 
structure,  but  are  always  distinguished  in  having  provision 
for  the  band  passing  through  the  structure,  so  that  it  may  be 
pulled  tight  for  the  purpose  of  adjustment,  a  clasp  being  only 
suitable  for  gripping  the  end  or  edge  of  the  material  or  band. 

Note. — Devices  which  resemble  buckles,  but  are  more  closely  re- 
lated to  cord  and  rope  holders  in  structure  as  well  as  use,  are 
excluded  from  Buckles  and  are  classified  as  Cord  and  rope 
holders.  The  more  common  use  of  these  devices  is  as  hitch- 
ing-strap  holders. 

Search  Classes— 

165 — DESIGNS,  for  all  forms  of  buckles. 

241 — GARMENT-SUPPORTERS,  subclass  8,  Waist-line  body-gar- 
ment, Belts,  for  buckles  specially  adapted  for  waist-belts;  also 
subclass  31,  Waist-line  body-garment,  Shoulder-suspension, 
Waist-formers,  for  buckles  specially  adapted  for  forming  the 
waist-front. 

164.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS.    Buckles  peculiarly  adapted  for  use 

in  harness  constructions  or  with  leather  straps. 
Search  Class — 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  28,  Hames,  Fasteners,  Strap;  50, 
Thill-tugs;  54,  Trace-carriers;  55,  Trace-carriers,  Hook>  for 
combined  buckles  and  hooks,  and  74,  Rein-holds. 

165.  BUCKLES,    HARNESS,    COMBINED    BUCKLES    AND 

SNAP-HOOKS.    A  buckle  and  snap-hook  are  combined  in 
the  same  structure,  sometimes  with  a  working  connection  be- 
tween the  buckle-tongue  and  the  snap-hook  closure. 
Search  Class — 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  51,  Thill-tugs,  Open,  and  55,  Trace- 
carriers,  Hooks. 

166.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  LOCK.    Buckles  in  which  an  inde- 

pendent device  is  used  to  prevent  the  tongue  of  the  buckle 
from  disengaging. 

167.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  LOCK,  KEY.    The  device  which 

locks  the  tongue  is  operated  by  means  of  a  key. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


57 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

168.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  CLAMPING.    The  strap  is  held  by 
clamping  solely,  without  any  penetrating  tongue  or  stud. 

109.  BUCKLES,    HARNESS,    CLAMPING,    ONE-PIECE.    A 

clamping-buckle  made  of  a  single  integral  part. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  198,  Buckles, 
One-piece;  199,  Buckles,  One-piece,  Hook-attached,  and  200, 
Buckles,  One-piece,  Looped-strap. 

170.  BUCKLES,   HARNESS,  CLAMPING,    PIVOTED    PAKT 

OR  LEVER.    The  clamping  is  done  by  a  jaw  attached  to  a 
pivoted  lever,  usually  hand-operated,  but  includes  strap- 
tightened  jaws. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  191,  Buckles, 
Pivoted-lever;  192,  Buckles,  Pivoted-lever,  Hook-attached, 
and  193,  Buckles,  Pivoted-lever,  Looped-strap. 

171.  BUCKLES,    HARNESS,    CLAMPING,    SLIDING    PART 

OR  WEDGE.  The  gripping  of  the  strap  is  accomplished  by 
means  of  a  sliding  part,  commonly  a  wedge  or  wedge-like  in 
action. 

Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  25,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Metal  bands,  Separate  connections,  Wedging 
parts,  and  194,  Buckles,  Sliding  part  or  wedge. 

172.  BUCKLES,    HARNESS,    CROSS-BAILS.    The    principal 

feature  of  these  buckles  is  the  combination  of  two  frames  or 
bails,  both  of  which  form  loops  entirely  inclosing  the  straps  and 
so  interlaced  that  a  tension  on  the  strap  throws  the  bails  into 
such  a  position  as  to  more  tightly  grip  the  same.  Studs  or 
tongues  are  sometimes  used  in  connection  with  the  clamping 
action.  This  subclass  contains  those  which  depend  entirely 
on  the  clamping  action. 

173.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  CROSS-BAILS,  PIVOTED  STUD- 

PLATE.  A  pivoted  plate  with  a  penetrating  stud  is  at- 
tached to  one  of  the  frames  to  further  assist  in  holding  the 
straps. 

174.  BUCKLES,    HARNESS,    CROSS-BAILS,    RIGID-STUD. 

A  stud  is  attached  rigidly  to  one  of  the  frames. 

175.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  PENETRATING  -  TONGUE, 

GUARDED.  The  tongue  of  the  buckle  is  protected  by  some 
device,  so  as  to  prevent  the  point  from  engaging  or  catching. 

176.  BUCKLES,       HARNESS,       PENETRATING-TONGUE, 

ONE-PIECE.    The  frame  and  stud  are  in  one  integral  piece. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  186,  Buckles. 
Penetrating-prong,  One-piece,  and  187,  Buckles,  Penetrating- 
prong,  One-piece,  Hook-attached. 

177.  BUCKLES,   HARNESS,   PENETRATING  -  TONGUE, 

MULTIPLE.  Buckles  in  which  there  are  two  or  more 
tongues  or  studs. 

178.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  PENETRATING-TONGUE,  PIV- 

OTED.   The  tongue  is  pivoted  to  the  frame. 
Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  186,  Buckles, 
Penetrating-prong,  One-piece,  and  187,  Buckles,  Penetrating- 
prong,  One-piece,  Hook-attached. 

179.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  PENETRATING-TONGUE,  PIV- 

OTED LEVER-ACTUATED.  A  lever  is  attached  to  the 
pivoted  tongue  for  withdrawing  the  tongue  from  engagement 
with  the  strap  without  first  loosening  the  buckle. 

180.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  PENETRATING-TONGUE,  PIV- 

OTED, STUD.  A  pivoted  stud  is  used  instead  of  a  tongue, 
the  distinction  being  that  a  stud  passes  vertically  through  the 
strap  and  has  no  support  on  the  frame,  as  is  the  case  with  a 
tongue-buckle. 

181.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  PENETRATING  -  TONGUE, 

SLIDING  PART  OR  WEDGE.    The  gripping  of  the  strap 
is  accomplished  by  means  of  a  sliding  part,  usually  wedge- 
like,  and  there  is  a  tongue  or  stud  to  further  assist  in  holding 
the  strap. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  195,  Buckles, 
Sliding  part  or  wedge,  Hook-attached. 

182.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,  STRAP-LOOPS  AND  ATTACH- 

ING DEVICES.    Devices  for  holding  the  strap  end  after 
buckling  and  means  for  attaching  the  same  to  a  fabric,  other- 
wise called  "billet-loops." 
Search  Classes — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  1(33,  Buckles. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  28,  Hames,  Fasteners,  Strap,  and  32, 
Hame-tugs. 

183.  BUCKLES,  HARNESS,   LOOP-SHIELDS.        Devices  at- 

tached to  buckles  for  preventing  wear  on  the  strap,  being  so 
designed  that  the  attaching  device  engages  with  the  metal  of 
the  buckle  and  not  on  the  strap. 
Search  Class— 
54— HARNESS,  subclass  28,  Hames,  Fasteners,  Strap. 

184.  BUCKLES,  GARMENT-SHIELDED.      Buckles  which  are 

so  constructed  that  no  metal  part  of  the  buckle  will  come  in 
contact  with  the  garment  underneath. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

18.x  BUCKLES,  COMBINED  PRESSURE-BAR  AND  GUARD, 
HOOK-ATTACHED.  Buckles  in  which  a  pressure-bar 
clamps  the  band  and  has  at  the  same  time  a  projection  which 
guards  the  hook,  usually  used  as  a  suspender-buckle. 

186.  BUCKLES,  PENETRATING-PRONG,  ONE-PIECE.      A 

one-piece  buckle  in  which  prongs  are  the  means  of  holding  the 
strap  or  band. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  176,  Buckles, 
Harness,  Penetrating-tongue,  One-piece. 

187.  BUCKLES,       PENETRATING-PRONG,       ONE-PIECE. 

HOOK-ATTACHED.  The  title  is  self-explanatory,  in  view 
of  the  definition  for  subclass  186,  Buckles,  Penetrating-prong, 
One-piece. 

188.  BUCKLES,    PENETRATING-PRONG,    PIVOTED.    The 

buckle-frame  and  the  prongs  are  pivoted  together. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  178,  Buckles, 
Harness,  Penetrating-tongue,  Pivoted. 

189.  BUCKLES,         PENETRATING-PRONG,         PIVOTED, 

HOOK-ATTACHED.  Same  as  subclass  188,  Buckles,  Pen- 
etrating-prong, Pivoted,  but  has  a  suspending-hook  attached. 

190.  BUCKLES,  PENETRATING-PRONG,  SLIDE.    Theframe 

and  the  prong  part  are  adapted  to  slide  on  each  other  to  cause 
engagement. 

191.  BUCKLES,   PIVOTED-LEVER.    A  lever  pivoted  to  the 

buckle-frame  serves  as  the  clamping  means.    It  may  be  either 
hand-operated  or  it  may  have  the  band  attached  to  it.    The 
gripping-jaws  may  be  toothed  or  smooth. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  78,  Fasteners 
combined,  Buckle  separable,  Pivoted-lever  buckle,  and  170, 
Buckles,  Harness,  Clamping,  Pivoted  part  or  lever. 

192.  BUCKLES,      PIVOTED-LEVER,      HOOK-ATTACHED. 

Same  as  subclass  191,  Buckles,  Pivoted-lever,  but  have  sus- 
pending hooks. 

193.  BUCKLES,    PIVOTED-LEVER,    LOOPED-STRAP.      A 

pivoted-lever  buckle  in  which  a  looped-strap-clamping  device 
is  used. 

194.  BUCKLES,  SLIDING  PART  OR  WEDGE.    These  buckles 

have  a  sliding  part  which  serves  to  clamp  the  fabric  either 
wedge-like  or  by  pressing  a  toothed  jaw  into  the  same.    In- 
cludes devices  in  which  a  separate  part  engages  the  two  jaws 
and  is  moved  back  and  forth  to  operate  the  same. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  171,  Buckles, 
Harness,  Clamping,  Sliding  part  or  wedge,  and  181,  Buckles, 
Harness,  Penetrating-tongue,  Sliding  part  or  wedge. 

195.  BUCKLES,  SLIDING  PART  OR  WEDGE,  HOOK-AT- 

TACHED. Buckles,  sliding  part  or  wedge,  with  a  suspend- 
ing-hook attached. 

196.  BUCKLES,    SLIDING    PART    OR    WEDGE,    LOOPED- 

STRAP.  A  sliding  part  passes  through  a  looped  strap  and 
is  drawn  down  to  clamp  the  fabric. 

197.  BUCKLES,  LOOPED-STRAP.    The  clamping  of  the  strap 

or  band  is  accomplished  by  means  of  looping  or  doubling  the 
band  on  itself,  the  two  portions  of  the  band  being  pressed  into 
contact  in  such  a  manner  as  to  grip  and  hold. 
Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  the  subclasses  of  "Looped 
strap"  under  other  subclasses  of  Buckles. 

198.  BUCKLES,  ONE-PIECE.    The  buckle  is  composed  of  one 

piece  of  metal. 
Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC..  subclasses  169,  Buckles, 
Harness,  Clamping,  One-piece;  176,  Buckles,  Harness,  Pene- 
trating-tongue, One-piece,  and  186,  Buckles,  Penetrating- 
prong,  One-piece. 

199.  BUCKLES,    ONE-PIECE,    HOOK-ATTACHED.    A    sup- 

porting-hook is  an  integral  part  of  the  buckle. 

200.  BUCKLES,    ONE-PIECE,    LOOPED-STRAP.     The   V>and 

is  held  by  means  of  looping  or  doubling  the  band. 

201.  SEPARABLE   FASTENERS.    This  title  provides  for  all 

two-part  fastenings— that  is,  where  one  part  engages  with 
another  part  for  the  purpose  of  connecting  two  parts  of  a  gar- 
ment or  other  articles.  Hooks  and  eyes  and  head-and-soeket 
fasteners  are  familiar  examples  of  this  type  of  fastening. 
This  subclass  also  includes  button-loops  adapted  to  be  used 
in  connection  with  a  common  sewed-on  button,  except 
where  the  button  and  loop  are  in  one  structure  and  the  fabric 
is  gripped  between  the  button  and  loop. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  245,  Clasps, 
Button  and  loop,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  where  the 
button  and  loop  are  in  one  structure  and  the  fabric  is  gripped 
between  the  button  and  loop;  subclasses  104,  Buttons  and 
fasteners,  Separable,  and  110,  Buttons  and  fasteners,  Sepa- 
rable, Spring,  With  operating  devices. 

16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclasses  7fi,  Casters,  Pintle- 
retainers,  and  7f,  Door-checks,  Catches,  Wall. 


58 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  21,  Collars,  Fasteners. 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  96,  Key- 
holders. 

63 — JEWELRY,  subclasses  of  Bracelets,  where  a  separable  fastener 
is  claimed  in  combination  with  some  detail  construction  of  a 
bracelet;  but  where  the  separable  fastening  is  an  independent 
element  it  is  classified  in  this  class  under  the  title  of  Separable 
fasteners. 

70— LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  116,  Bag-  fasteners. 

202.  SEPARABLE  FASTENERS,  BUTTONHOLE-PROTEC- 

TORS.   Devices  adapted  for  protecting  either  the  entire  edge 
of  a  buttonhole  or  the  end  on  which  the  strain  comes;  also 
includes  devices  for  surrounding  a  fabric  buttonhole  to  prevent 
the  same  from  tearing  out. 
Search  Class — 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  52,  Buttonhole- 
pieces. 

203.  SEPARABLE    FASTENERS,    MULTIPLE.    Devices    in 

which  there  is  more  or  less  invention  in  the  arrangement  or 
combination  of  two  or  more  simple  separable  fasteners. 

204.  SEPARABLE        FASTENERS,        MULTIPLE,      INTE- 

GRALLY-CONNECTED. Includes  those  fasteners  in  which 
two  or  more  engaging  or  engageable  members  are  integrally 
connected. 

205.  SEPARABLE   FASTENERS,   MULTIPLE-OPERATED. 

A  series  of  fastenings  are  operated  either  simultaneously  or 
consecutively  by  some  independent  operating  means. 

206.  SEPARABLE  FASTENERS,  STEP-ADJUSTING.    Means 

are  provided  for  adjusting  the  separable  members  at  fixed 
intervals. 
Search  Classes— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  123,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Couplings  and  sockets. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  33,  Hame-tugs,  Adjustable. 

70— LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  116,  Bag-fasteners. 

241 — GARMENT-SUPPORTERS,  subclass  26,  Waist-line  body-gar- 
ment, Shoulder-suspension,  Step-adjusting. 

207.  SEPARABLE    FASTENERS,    RUNWAY-ENGAGING. 

Guides  or  runways  are  attached  to  the  two  parts  which  are  1o 
be  brought  together.  In  these  runways  a  part  so  operates  that 
a  sliding  movement  in  one  direction  draws  the  parts  together, 
while  the  reverse  movement  permits  them  to  open  out. 

208.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES.  In  this  type  the  parts  engage  in  an 
axial  direction  as  distinguished  from  a  lateral  or  side  move- 
ment. 

209.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       IIEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  LINK-BUTTON.  A  link  is  attached 
to  the  stud  members  and  is  so  constructed  that  both  link  and 
stud  may  be  passed  through  the  eyelet  axially,  after  which  the 
link  is  turned  down  and  slid  along  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  but- 
ton, which  prevents  disengagement. 

210.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  HINGED  CAP-PLATE.  These 
devices  consist  essentially  of  a  stud,  an  eyelet  through  which 
the  stud  passes,  and  a  hinged  plate  which  swings  over  the  stud 
to  prevent  disengagement  between  the  eyelet  and  the  stud. 

211.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,   PIVOTED   OR  SLIDING    LOCK. 

In  these  fastenings  the  locking  of  the  parts  is  attained  by  means 
of  plates,  either  pivoted  or  slidable.    These  _plates  may  be 
either  in  the  head  or  the  socket  part  of  the  device. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  59,  Necktie- 
fasteners.  Button-engaging,  Pivoted  or  sliding  jaw;  104,  But- 
tons and  fasteners,  Separable;  107,  Buttons  and  fasteners, 
Separable,  Spring,  Resilient-head;  108,  Buttons  and  fasteners, 
Separable,  Spring,  Resilient-socket;  1 10,  Buttons  and  fasteners, 
Separable,  Spring,  With  operating  devices,  and  205,  Separable 
fasteners,  Multiple-operated. 

212.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL-CLOSURES,  PIVOTED-HEAD.    The  head  of  the 
stud  is  pivoted  and  can  thus  be  turned  into  an  axial  position 
while  being  passed  through  the  eyelet,  after  which  the  head  is 
placed  in  a  lateral  position  to  prevent  disengagement. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  97,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Hinged-leaf,  and  99,  Buttons  and  fasteners, 
Hinged-leaf,  Double. 

213.  SEPARABLE        FASTENERS,      HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  RESILIENT-HEAD.    Axial  closure 
head  and  socket  fasteners  having  a  resilient  head. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  107,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  Resilient-head,  and  214,  Sepa- 
rable fasteners,  Head-and-socket,  Axial  closures,  Resilient- 
head,  Rigid-socket. 

214.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL      CLOSURES,      RESILIENT-HEAD,      RIGID- 
SOCKET.    The  head  or  stud  is  made  resilient  and  the  socket 
is  rigid,  both  fastenings  being  claimed. 
Search  Class  - 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS.  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  107,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  Resilient-head. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

215.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  RESILIENT-HEAD,  WIRE.  The 
resilient  part  is  of  wire  and  is  in  the  stud  or  head. 

216.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,    RESILIENT-SOCKET.    The  resil- 
ient socket  only  is  the  subject  of  the  invention. 
Search  Class-- 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  108,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  Resilient-socket,  and  217. 
Separable  fasteners,  Head-and-socket,  Axial  closures,  Resili- 
ent-socket, Rigid-head. 

217.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET 

AXIAL    CLOSURES,     RESILIENT-SOCKET,     RIGID- 
HEAD.    The  socket  member  is  resilient  and  the  stud  member 
is  rigid,  both  parts  being  claimed. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  108,  Buttons  and 
fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  Resilient-socket. 

218.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,     HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  RESILIENT-SOCKET,  WIRE. 
The  resilient  part  is  of  wire  and  is  in  the  socket  member. 

219.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  RIGID-HEAD.    Rigid  studs  or  but- 
tons for  use  with  resilient  sockets  where  only  the  stud  membpr 
is  claimed. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  108,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  Resilient-socket,  and  217, 
Separable  fasteners,  Head-and-socket,  Axial  closures,  Resili- 
ent-socket, Rigid-head. 

220.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  RIGID-SOCKET.    Rigid  sockets  for 
use  with  resilient  heads  where  only  the  socket  member  is 
claimed. 
Search  Class — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  107,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  Resilient-head,  and  214, 
Separable  fasteners,  Head-and-socket,  Axial  closures,  Resili- 
ent-head, Rigid-socket. 

221.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  ROTATING-IIEAD.    The  head  is 
elongated  and  must  register  with  an  eyelet  of  similar  shape 
before  engagement  or  disengagement  can  be  effected,  which  is 
done  by  rotating  or  turning  the  head. 
Search  Class— 

24—  BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  109,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  Rotat  ing-head. 

222.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET 

LATERAL  CLOSURES.    This  type  of  fastener  requires  a 
lateral  or  side  movement  in  operating  the  device,  an  example 
of  which  is  the  ordinary  corset-fastening. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  56,  Necktie- 
fasteners,  Button-engaging,  and  104,  Buttons  and  fasteners, 
Separable. 

223.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 

AXIAL  CLOSURES,  AUXILIARY  LOCKING  DEVICES. 

Fasteners  of  the  lateral-closing  type  in  which  there  is  an  inde- 
pendent device  whose  purpose  is  to  lock  the  members  into 
engagement. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  110,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  With  operating  devices;  211. 
Separable  fasteners,  Head-and-socket,  Axial  closures,  Pivoted 
or  sliding  lock,  and  224,  Separable  fasteners,  Head-and-socket, 
Lateral  closures,  Resilient. 

2?4.  SEPARABLE       FASTENERS,       HEAD-AND-SOCKET, 
LATERAL  CLOSURES,  RESILIENT.    A  spring  device 
prevents  disengagement  of  the  members. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  106,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Separable,  Spring,  and  110,  Buttons  and  fasten- 
ers, Separable,  Spring,  With  operating  devices. 

225.  SEPARABLE  FASTENERS,  IIOOK-AND-EYE.  One 

member  is  a  hook  and  the  other  member  is  an  eye,  as  indicated 
in  the  title.  Includes  hooks  which  engage  a  cloth  buttonhole 
or  loop— for  example,  hooks  attached  to  the  trousers  and 
engaging  the  cloth  loops  attached  to  the  undergarments. 

226.  SEPARABLE  FASTENERS,  HOOK-AND-EYE,  SHEET- 

METAL.    The  members  are  composed  of  sheet  metal. 

227.  SEPARABLE  FASTENERS,  HOOK-AND-EYE,  SHEET- 

METAL,  METALLIC  ATTACHMENT.  The  members 
have  metallic  fastening  means,  usually  prongs,  which  are 
passed  through  the  material  and  bent  down. 

22S.  SEPARABLE  FASTENERS,  HOOK-AND-EYE,  WIRE. 

The  members  are  made  of  wire. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  27,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Wire. 

229.  SEPARABLE  FASTENERS,  HOOK-AND-EYE,  WIRE, 
METALLIC  ATTACHMENT.  The  members  are  attached 
to  the  material  by  metallic  means  as  distinguished  from  those 
which  are  sewed  on  by  thread. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


59 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  88,  Fasteners 
combined,  Pin-pin,  Separably  connected. 

230.  SEPARABLE   FASTENERS,   LATERAL-SLIDING.     All 

separable  fastenings  in  which  the  members  engage  laterally 
and  are  not  classifiable  as  head-and-socket  fastenings. 
Search  Class— 

70 — LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclasses  82,  Box-fasteners,  Spring- 
catch,  and  87,  Knob  attachments,  Spring-fastener. 

231.  SNAP-HOOKS.    All  devices  for  closing  or  locking  the  parts 

of  a  hook,  so  as  to  prevent  disengagement.    So-called  "  watch- 
chain  swivels  "  are  included  where  the  invention  is  in  the  hook- 
closure.    Hoisting-hooks  where  no  closure  is  shown  and  hooks 
for  releasing  or  dropping  a  load  are  excluded. 
Search  Classes— 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  27,  Holdbacks;  79, 
Whiffletree-hooks,  and  92,  Pole-tips. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  9,  Checks, 
labels,  and  tags,  Hat. 

54— H  ARNESS,  subclasses  46,  Saddles,  Riding,  Attachments,  and 
02,  Check-hooks,  Movable-keeper. 

57— HOISTING,  subclasses  127,  Hoisting-hooks,  and  128,  Hoisting- 
hooks,  Releasing,  for  hoisting-hooks  where  no  closure  is  shown, 
and  hooks  for  releasing  or  dropping  a  load. 

59— CHATN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  appropriate 
subclasses  under  Chains,  Links,  Detachable. 

165— DESIGNS,  for  snap-hooks. 

232.  SNAP-HOOKS,   PIVOTED.    Hooks  which  are  closed  by 

some  part  moving  on  a  pivot. 
Search  Classes — 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  185,  Buckles, 

Combined  pressure-bar  and  guard,  Hook-attached,  for  pivoted 

snap-hooks. 
59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  88, 

Chains,   Links,   Detachable,   Double  lap,   Pivoted,  and  89, 

Chains,  Links,  Detachable,  Pivoted  Closure. 

233.  SNAP-HOOKS, PIVOTED,  SPRING.    Pivoted  closures  held 

in  place  by  springs. 

234.  SNAP-HOOKS,  PIVOTED,  SPRING,  COIL.    Pivoted  clo- 

sures held  in  place  by  means  of  coil-springs. 

235.  SNAP-HOOKS,     PIVOTED,    SPRING,    COIL,    AXIAL. 

Pivoted  closures  held  in  place  by  means  of  coil-springs  wound 
about  the  pivot  as  an  axis. 

236.  SNAP-HOOKS,  RESILIENT.    A  spring  of  some  kind  is  the 

closing  means. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  193,  Buckles, 
Pivoted-lever,  Hook-attached. 

237.  SNAP-HOOKS,  RESILIENT,  ONE-PIECE.    Thehpok  and 

closure  are  of  one  piece  and  form  a  spring-tongue  closure. 
Search  Class— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  231,  Snap- 
hooks,  and  225,  Separable  fasteners,  Hook-and-eye,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder  for  one-piece  hooks  not  resilient. 

238.  SNAP-HOOKS,  SLIDING.    The  closure  has  a  sliding  move- 

ment. 

239.  SNAP-HOOKS,   SLIDING,   SPRING.    The  closure  has  a 

sliding  movement  and  is  kept  in  place  by  means  of  a  spring. 

240.  SNAP-HOOKS,  WATCH    CHAIN    ATTACHING.    Snap- 

hooks  specially  adapted  for  attaching  a  watch  to  a  chain  and 
sometimes  include  the  swiveling  device. 
Search  Class— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  95, 
Chains,  Swivels,  for  swivels  per  se. 

241.  SNAP-HOOKS,  LOCKING  DEVICES.  All  closures  in  which 

some  special  part  or  provision  is  found  for  positively  locking 
the  closure,  but  excludes  those  patents  in  which  the  closure 
itself  without  any  additional  feature  locks  the  hooks. 

242.  SNAP-HOOKS,  LOCKING  DEVICES,  TENSION-OPER- 

ATED. The  locking  is  caused  by  the  action  of  the  article 
carried  or  by  the  pull  of  the  connecting-strap.  In  the  first 
case  the  article  must  be  lifted  to  open  the  hook,  and  in  the 
second  case  the  strap  must  be  loosened  for  the  same  purpose. 

243.  CLASPS.    Devices  of  general  utility  in  which  the  following 

characteristics  appear:  suitably-connected  gripping-jaws  hav- 
ing the  function  of  temporarily  engaging  over  an  edge  of 
material  or  over  the  article,  but  "which  do  not  permit  the  ma- 
terial to  be  drawn  through  in  such  a  way  as  to  become  a  strap 
or  web  adjustment. 

Note. — Adjusting  devices  are  classified  under  Buckles. 

Note.— Clasps  which  are  of  special  art  utility  are  classified  in  the 
appropriate  art  classes  arid  are  excluded  from  this  class. 

Note.— There  are  a  number  of  patents  classified  as  clasps  (par- 
ticularly resilient  clasps)  which  are  very  similar  to  some  of  the 
patents  found  in  class  129,  PAPER  FILES  AND  BINDERS,  sub- 
class 35,  Clamping,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  but  the 
general  principle  is  that  where  the  device  is  specially  adapted 
for  use  as  a  temporary  binder  it  is  classified  in  class  129,  PAPER 
FILES  AND  BINDERS,  while  devices  more  closely  related  to 
clasps  for  general  purposes  are  found  in  this  class. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

5— BEDS,  subclass  22,  Clothes-clamps. 

11— BOOKBINDING,  subclass  12,  Book  leaf-holders  and  marks. 
165— DESIGNS,  for  clasps. 

244.  CLASPS,  BALL  OR  ROLL.    A  ball  or  roll  suitably  incased 

tends  to  grip  the  material  to  be  held  between  the  ball  and  cas- 
ing.   Usually  the  ball  acts  as  a  wedge. 
Search  Class— 
16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  19,  Sash-holders. 

245.  CLASPS,  BUTTON-AND-LOOP.    This  form  of  clasp  is  com- 

posed of  a  stud  or  button  over  which  the  material  to  be  held  is 
placed  and  a  loop  which  engages  the  button-shank  in  such  a 
way  that  the  material  is  prevented  from  slipping.  Where 
a  button  engages  the  loop  member  directly,  the  button  being 
attached  to  the  article  which  is  to  be  held,  the  device  is  classed 
as  a  separable  fastener  under  the  appropriate  subclass. 

246.  CLASPS,  BUTTON-AND-LOOP,  PIVOTED  OR  RESILI- 

ENT ARMS.  In  this  case  the  engaging  loop  is  either  pivoted 
to  the  button-frame  or  is  in  the  form  of  a  spring-arm. 

247.  CLASPS,  BUTTpN-AND-LOOP,  SLIDE.    The  loop  portion 

has  a  sliding  motion  on  the  button-frame  to  permit  of  engaging 
and  disengaging  the  clasp. 

248.  CLASPS,  PIVOTED.    Clasps  in  which  the  jaws  are  pivoted 

249.  CLASPS,    PIVOTED,    BROOM    OR    HANDLE.    Clasps 

adapted  specially  to  grip  a  handle,  such  as  a  broom  or  similar 

article. 

Search  Classes— 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  254,  Clasps, 

Pivoted,  Spring,  Broom  or  handle,  and  257.  Clasps,  Resilient, 

Broom  or  handle,  for  other  broom  or  handle  grips. 
15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  6,  Brush  and  broom 

supports,  for  broom-holders  which  are  more  than  a  mere  clasp 

for  the  handle  or  are  a  part  of  a  broom  or  where  the  broom  rests 

on  some  support. 
16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  118,  Sash-fasteners,  Rod' 

clamps. 
21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  129,  Whip-sockets,  and 

131,  Whip-sockets  and  rein-holders  combined. 
65— KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  62,  Dust-pans, 

Brush  attachments. 

250.  CLASPS,   PIVOTED,   SEPARATE    LOCK-LEVER.     The 

pivoted  jaws  are  provided  with  a  separate  part  or  lever  which 
may  be  operated  to  lock  the  jaws  into  their  gripping  contact. 

Note.— Where  the  jaw  itself  is  the  lever,  it  is  excluded  from  this 
subclass  and  will  be  found  under  subclass  248,  Clasps,  Pivoted. 
Where  the  separate  locking  device  is  a  sliding  part,  search  in 
this  class,  subclass  251,  Clasps,  Pivoted,  Sliding-lock. 

Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  258,  Clasps,  Re- 
silient, Separate  lock-lever. 

251.  CLASPS,  PIVOTED,  SLIDING-LOCK.    The  pivoted  jaws 

are  provided  with  a  sliding  part  which  locks  the  jaws  in  their 
operative  position. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  260,  Clasps,  Re- 
silient, Sliding-lock. 

252.  CLASPS,  PIVOTED,  SPRING.    The  pivoted  jaws  are  held 

together  by  a  spring. 

253.  CLASPS,  PIVOTED,  SPRING,  AXIAL-COIL.    The  spring 

is  a  coil  about  the  pivoted  axis. 

254.  CLASPS,  PIVOTED,  SPRING,  BROOM  OR  HANDLE. 

The  clasp  is  shaped  to  hold  broom-handles  and  like  articles. 
Search  Classes— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  249.  Clasps, 
Pivoted.  Broom  or  handle,  and  257,  Clasps,  Resilient,  Broom 
or  handle. 

15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  6,  Brush  and  broom 
supports,  for  broom-holders  which  are  more  than  a  mere  clasp 
for  the  handle  or  are  a  part  of  a  broom  or  where  the  broom  rests 
on  some  support. 

16—  BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  118,  Sash-fasteners,  Rod- 
clamps. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  129,  Whip-sockets,  and 
131.  Whip-sockets  and  rein-holders  combined. 

65— KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  62,  Dust-pans, 
Brush  attachments. 

255.  CLASPS,  RESILIENT.    The  jaws  are  so  connected  as  to  form 

spring-arms  and  depend  upon  the  spring  of  the  material  to 
open  or  close  the  jaws. 
Search  Classes— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  121,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Lacing-terminals,  Resilient-clip. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  131,  Whip-sockets  and 
rein-holders  combined;  132,  Rein-holders,  Clamp,  and  133, 
Rein-holders,  Spring. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  10, 
Checks,  labels,  ana  tags,  Holders,  and  11,  Checks,  labels,  and 
tags,  Holders,  Clip,  for  spring-clips  adapted  for  holding  a 
check  or  used  commonly  on  car-seats  and  which  includes 
devices  for  that  purpose  attached  to  the  person. 


60 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

256.  CLASPS,  RESILIENT,  CIRCULAR.    The  clasp  is  circular 

in  shape  and  is  sprung  over  the  article  to  be  gripped.    More 
commonly  used  as  trouser-guards  or  armlets. 
Search  Class  - 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  72,  Trouser 
guards  and  straps. 

257.  CLASPS,  RESILIENT,  BROOM  OR  HANDLE.    Adapted 

to  grip  handles  or  rods. 
Search  Classes 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  249,  Clasps, 
Pivoted,  Broom  or  handle,  and  254,  Clasps,  Pivoted,  Spring, 
Broom  or  handle. 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  6,  Brush  and  broom 
supports,  for  broom-holders  which  are  more  than  a  mere  clasp 
for  the  hand  le  or  are  a  part  of  a  broom  or  where  the  broom  rests 
on  some  support. 

16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  118,  Sash-fasteners,  Rod- 
clamps. 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  1 29,  Whip-sockets,  and 
131,  Whip-sockets  and  rein-holders  combined. 

65 — KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  62,  Dust-pans, 
Brush  attachments. 

258.  CLASPS,  RESILIENT,   SEPARATE-LOCK-LEVER.    A 

separate  lever  locks  the  jaws  together. 
Search  Class— 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  250,  Clasps, 
Pivoted,  Separate  lock-lever,  and  200,  Clasps,  Resilient,  Slid- 
ing-lock,  where  the  separate  locking  device  slides. 

259.  CLASPS,  RESILIENT,  SHEET-METAL.    Resilient  clasps 

constructed  of  sheet  metal;  but  where  a  sheet-metal  clasp  con- 
tains operating  means  as  specified  in  the  other  subclasses  it  is 
classified  in  that  subclass  to  which  it  relates. 

260.  CLASPS,  RESILIENT,  SLIDING-LOCK.    A  sliding  part 

locks  the  jaws  together. 

261.  CLASPS,  RESILIENT,  WIRE.    Clasps  made  entirely  of 

wire. 

Note. — Wire  clasps  where  the  operating  means  is  the  principal 
feature  will  be  found  occasionally  in  the  clasp  subclasses. 

Search  Class 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  122,  Cord  and 
rope  holders.Lacing-terminals,  Wire;  139,  Clothes-pins,  Wire; 
260,  Clasps,  Resilient,  Sliding-lock,  and  204,  Clasps,  Wedge- 
slot. 


CLASS  24— Continued. 

262.  CLASPS,  PROTECTED  JAWS.    A  clasp  having  the  jaws 

provided  with  tips,  usually  for  preventing  damage  to  the  ma- 
terial gripped. 

263.  CLASPS,  SLIDING-JAW.    The  jaws  are  so  connected  that 

one  jaw  may  slide  on  the  other  to  grip  the  material. 

264.  CLASPS,  WEDGE-SLOT.    A  V-shaped  or  wedge  slot  grips 

the  material  by  tending  to  .force  the  same  into  a  more  con- 
tracted portion  of  the  slot. 
Search  Class  - 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  130,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  One-piece,  Wedge-slot. 

265.  STRAP-END-ATTACHING  DEVICES.    Devices  for  attach- 

ing the  strap  or  band  to  buckles,  clasps,  snap-hooks,  and  like 
articles,  including  permanent  attaching  means,  and  also  those 
temporary  attachments  which  are  not  properly  buckles  or 
any  other  recognized  form  of  fastening. 

266.  DRAW-STRINGS.    Devices  in  which  a  strap  or  a  string  is 

drawn  through  an  eyelet  or  equivalent  opening  and  is  then 
doubled  over  and  pulled  up,  so  that  some  form  of  fastening 
device  may  hold  the  same  in  that  position.  These  devices  are 
used  commonly  on  gloves,  shoes,  and  leggings. 

207.  PIVOTED  EDGE  STAYS.    Devices  which  consist  of  two 
parts  or  jaws  pivoted  at  one  end  and  haying  some  means  for 
locking  the  jaws  when  in  a  closed  position.    They  are  com- 
monly used  on  gloves,  shoes,  and  dress-plackets  and  take  the 
place  of  other  fastenings. 
Search  Class— 
2— APPAREL,  subclass  132,  Nether  garments,  Placket-closures. 

268.  RESILIENT  CONNECTIONS.    Devices  in  which  a  resilient 
connecting  part  is  in  combination  with  buttons,  buckles, 
clasps,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  48,  Stirrups,  Elastic,  and  86,  Elastic 
connections. 

74~MACHiNE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  72,  Elastic  tension  devices, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder  for  resilient  connections  per  se. 

241 — GARMENT  SUPPORTERS,  subclasses  5,  Limb  encircling, 
and  21,  Waist-line  body  garment,  Shoulder  suspension,  Con- 
nections, Resilient. 


CLASS  25.  —  PLASTIC  -  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE 
APPARATUS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  apparatus  for  making  blocks  of  plastic  ma- 
terial and  apparatus  for  making  articles  of  earthenware,  such  as 
pipe,  pottery,  door  -  knobs,  electrical  fixtures,  etc.  The  term 
"plastic  block"  as  here  used  includes  blocks  made  of  substances 
which  when  pressed  in  a  pulverulent  condition  or  expressed  through 
a  die  in  a  moistened  and  tempered  condition  have  sufficient  cohesive 
power  to  retain  the  shape  given  them  or  which  when  placed  in  a 
mold  in  a  semiliquid  or  viscous  condition  at  ordinary  temperature 
will  set  so  as  to  retain  the  shape  given  by  the  mold. 

This  class  does  not  include  apparatus  which  may  be  used  in  this 
art,  but  which  has  a  well-defined  status  in  the  other  arts,  such  as 
driers,  trucks,  grapples,  conveyers,  loading  and  unloading  appara- 
tus, and  devices  for  pugging,  mixing,  tempering,  or  grinding,  these 
latter  devices  being  classified  in  class  83,  MILLS;  nor  does  it  include 
presses  for  butter,  dough,  pills,  or  confectionery. 

Under  the  subclasses  of  "Fluid-operated"  are  included  combina- 
tions of  fluid-operated  motors  with  the  machine,  where  the  improve- 
ment may  be  in  the  combination  or  partly  in  the  motor  and  partly 
in  the  machine,  also  motors  especially  organized  to  operate  machines 
belonging  in  this  class  only.  Improvements  solely  in  motors  of 
general  utility  are  classified  with  the  appropriate  motor  classes. 

This  class  also  includes  purely  manipulative  processes  for  the 
formation  of  objects  from  clay  or  other  natural  plastic  or  from  mois- 
tened lime  or  cement,  with  or  without  the  addition  of  inert  solids. 
When,  however,  inert  solids  are  so  incorporated  as  to  constitute  a 
facing  or  when  the  intermixing  of  ingredients  not  included  above  is 
also  made  material  by  the  language  of  the  claims,  the  patent  is  made 
original  in  class  18,  PLASTICS,  even  though  the  claims  involve  a  special 
manipulation  of  interest  in  this  class.  The  term  "natural  plastic" 
is  used  herein  to  designate  any  mineral  occurring  in  nature  which 
forms  a  stone-like  product  if  merely  ground,  moistened,  and  burned, 
as  clay  or  slate. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Apparatus  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of 

plastic  blocks  and  earthenware  not  otherwise  classified.  In- 
cludes such  tools  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  bricks  and 
pottery  as  are  not  adapted  for  use  in  other  arts. 

2.  BRICK-MAKING  PLANTS.    Apparatus    for    manufacturing 

bricks  or  similar  blocks,consisting  of  a  combination  of  machines, 
at  least  one  of  them  belonging  in  this  class,  and  others  which, 
if  considered  by  themselves,  would  be  classified  in  another  art. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  4,  Molding  plants. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  20,  Molding  apparatus,  Plants; 
64,  Casting  apparatus,  Plants;  139,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and 
pigs,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

3.  ELECTRICAL-FIXTURE  MACHINES.    Apparatus  for  mak- 

ing electrical  insulators,  switch-covers,  etc.,  of  earthenware  or 

similar  plastic    material.    Does  not  include  apparatus  for 

making  electric-light  carbons  and  filaments. 
Note. — Machines  which  make  insulating-tubes  of  plastic  material 

are  classified  under  "Pipe-machines"  and  its  subclasses  in 

this  class. 
Search  Class— 
49— GLASS,  for  making  electrical  fixtures  of  glass. 

4.  KNOB-MACHINES.    Machines  for  making  knobs,  such  as  door- 

knobs and  drawer-knobs,  of  earthenware  or  similar  plastic 
material. 

5.  PLAYING-MARBLE    MACHINES.    Apparatus    for    making 

playing-marbles  from  clay  or  similar  material. 
Search  Class— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  11, 
Rolling,  Pills. 

6.  TOBACCO-PIPE  MACHINES.    Apparatus  for  making  tobacco- 

pipes  from  clay  or  similar  material. 

7.  SOAP-MOLDING  DEVICES.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  mold- 

ing cakes  of  soap. 

8.  SOAP-MOLDING  DEVICES,  DIE-EXPRESSING.     Molding 

devices  in  which  the  soap  material  is  expressed  through  a  die. 

9.  SOAP-MOLDING   DEVICES,   ROTARY   MOLD.     Machines 

in  which  soap  is  pressed  in  a  series  of  molds  which  are  rotated 
so  as  to  bring  each  mold  successively  into  position  for  charging 
and  pressing. 

10.  SOAP-MOLDING  DEyiCES,  STATIONARY  MOLD.    Ma- 

chines in  which  soap  is  pressed  in  stationary  molds  by  mov- 
able plungers. 

11.  DIE-EXPRESSING.    Miscellaneous  machines  in  which  the 

article  to  be  formed  is  expressed  through  a  die  in  order  to  give 
it  the  required  shape. 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

207— PLASTIC-METAL  WORKING,  subclass  2,  et  seq.,  Die  ex- 
pressing. 

12.  DIE-EXPRESSING,    DETACHED    BLOCK.    Machines   in 

which  the  material  is  expressed  through  a  die  in  the  form  of 
detached  blocks  or  blocks  which  are  readily  separated  from 
each  other  instead  of  a  continuous  length  which  requires  cut- 
ting. Sometimes  separating-plates  are  inserted  between 
successive  charges  to  separate  the  blocks  and  are  forced  out  of 
the  die  or  open-end  mold  with  the  material. 

13.  DIE-EXPRESSING,     POTTERY.    Machines    which    form 

earthenware  receptacles  by  expressing  the  material  through 
a  die. 

14.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  SCREW-EJECTOR.   Machines  in  which 

the  material  is  expressed  through  a  die  by  means  of  a  forcing- 
screw. 

Search  Class — 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS;  subclass 
48,  Block-presses,  Portable  mold,  Supported  in  race;  17, 
BUTCHERING,  subclasses  6,  Sausage-machines;  20,  Meat- 
cutters,  Cylinder  and  concave,  and  21,  Meat-cutters,  Double- 
cylinder. 

15.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  PLUNGER  -  EJECTOR.    Machines  in 

which  the  material  is  expressed  through  a  die  by  means  of  a 
plunger. 
Search  Class — 

17 — BUTCHERING,  subclass  6,  Sausage-machines. 

16.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  PLUNGER  -  EJECTOR,  FLUID-OP- 

ERATED.   Those  in  which  the  plunger  is  operated  by  means 
of  a  fluid,  such  as  water,  steam,  or  compressed  air. 
Search  Class— 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
23,  Pottery-machines,  Fluid-operated;  31,  Pipe-machines, 
Fluid-operated;  55,  Block-presses,  Reciprocating  mold,  Fluid- 
operated;  63,  Block-presses,  Rotary  mold,  Fluid-operated; 
84,  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold,  Single-surface  plunger, 
Fluid-operated,  and  91,  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold, 
Opposed  plunger,  Fluid-operated. 

17.  DIE-EXPRESSING,    DIES.    Improvements   in   dies   which 

are  used  with  this  type  of  machine  and  not  classified  in  the 
following  three  subclasses. 
Search  Class — 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
39,  Pipe-machines,  Socket-formers,  for  dies  which  form  sockets 
on  pipe. 

18.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  DIES,  LIQUID-LUBRICATED.     Ex- 

pressing dies  in  which  provision  is  made  for  lubricating  by 
means  of  a  liquid,  such  as  oil  or  water. 

19.  DIE-EXPRESSING,   DIES,   STEAM-LUBRICATED.     Ex- 

pressing dies  in  which  provision  is  made  for  lubricating  by 
means  of  steam. 

20.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  DIES,  PERFORATING  AND  ORNA- 

MENTING, Expressing  dies  which  have  an  additional 
movable  part  which  perforates  or  ornaments  the  article  ex- 
pressed. 

21.  ROLLER-FORMING.    Machines  in  which   the  material  is 

pressed  into  shape  by  the  action  of  rollers. 
Search  Classes— 
25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 

11,  Die  expressing,  for  machines  in  which  the  material  is 

pressed  out  of  a  die  by  rollers;  also  subclass  41,  Block-molding 

machines. 

80— METAL  ROLLING. 
207— PLASTIC-METAL  WORKING. 

22.  POTTERY-MACHINES.    Machines  for  making  earthenware 

receptacles  not  included  in  the  other  subclasses. 

Note.— Machines  which  form  pottery  by  expressing  it  through 
a  die  are  classified  in  subclass  13,"  Die-expressing,  Pottery,  in 
this  class. 

Search  Classes— 

49,  CLASS,  subclasses  8,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and 
blowing:  35,  Molding,  Presses;  72,  Molds,  Pressing,  and  sub- 
classes under  each  of  these. 

92— PAPER-MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclasses  58, 
Pulp  molding.  Centrifugal  action;  59,  Pulp  molding,  Compres- 
sors; 66,  Pulp  molding.  U'inding;  and  67,  Pulp  molding,  Wind- 
ers, Sheet  and  board  forming. 

23.  POTTERY-MACHINES,     FLUID-OPERATED.      Pottery- 

machines  which  are  operated  by  means  of  a  fluid. 
Search  Class— 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS  subclasses 
16,  Die-expressing,  Plunger-ejector,  Fluid-operated;  31,  Pipe- 
machines,  Fluid-operated;  55,  Block-presses,  Reciprocating 

61 


62 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

mold,  Fluid-operated;  63,  Block-presses,  Rotary  mold,  Fluid- 
operated;  84,  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold,  Single-surface 
plunger,  Fluid-operated,  and  91,  Block-presses,  Stationary 
mold,  Opposed  plunger,  Fluid-operated. 

24.  POTTERY-MACHINES,  JIGGERS.    Machines  for  forming 

receptacles,  having  a  rotating  mold  in  which  the  material  is 
placed  and  shaped  by  a  former  which  is  brought  down  into 
the  mold.  Usually  the  interior  of  the  mold  is  of  the  same 
shape  as  the  exterior  of  the  object  to  be  molded;  but  in  a 
modified  form  for  molding  shallow  receptacles,  such  as  plates 
and  saucers,  the  surface  of  the  mold  is  of  the  shape  of  the  inte- 
rior of  the  article. 
Search  Class— 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
129,  Molds,  Pottery,  for  molds  for  use  in  jiggers. 

25.  POTTERY-MACHINES,  JIGGERS,  IRREGULAR  FORM. 

Jiggers  which  form  receptacles  of  elliptical  or  other  irregular 
shape. 

26.  POTTERY-MACHINES,  JIGGERS,  ROTARY  FORMER. 

Jiggers  in  which  the  former  or  core  instead  of  the  mold  rotates. 

27.  POTTERY-MACHINES,     PRESSES.    Pottery-machines 

which  form  the  article  by  direct  pressure  in  a  mold. 

28.  POTTERY-MACHINES,  PRESSES,  BOTTOM  EJECTORS. 

Presses  in  which  the  article  after  it  is  formed  in  the  mold  is 
ejected  by  the  movable  bottom  of  the  mold. 
Search  Class— 

25—  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
26,  Pottery-machines,  Jiggers,  Rotary  former. 

29.  POTTERY-MACHINES,   CASTING.    Machines   for  casting 

receptacles  from  slip.  The  slip  is  poured  into  a  porous  mold, 
which  absorbs  the  water  and  leaves  a  deposit  of  the  material 
on  the  interior.  When  this  deposit  is  sufliciently  thick,  the 
remaining  slip  is  removed  in  some  manner,  as  by  inverting 
the  mold  and  pouring  it  out  or  drawing  it  out  by  a  pump  or 
other  appliance. 

30.  PIPE-MACHINES.    Miscellaneous  machines  for  forming  earth- 

enware pipe,  such  as  drain-tile,  sewer-pipe,  electrical  con- 
duits, and  insulating-tubes. 
Note. — Machines  which  express  the  pipe  from  a  die  are  classified 

in  "  Die-expressing"  and  its  subclasses  in  this  class.. 
Search  Classes— 
22 — METAL  FOUNDING,  subclasses  16,  Molding  apparatus,  Pipes 

vertical,  and  subclasses  thereunder;  98.  Flasks,  Vertical  pipe; 

140,  Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Hollow;  and  166,  Cores, 

Pipe. 
49 — GLASS,  especially  subclasses  30,  Molding,  Curved  pipes  and 

tubes,  and  31,  Molding,  Vertical  pipes  and  tubes. 
92 — PAPER-MAKING   AND    FIBER    LIBERATION,  subclasses  58, 

Pulp-molding,  Centrifugal;    59,   Pulp-molding,  Compressors; 

66,  Pulp-molding,  Winders,  and  67,  Pulp  molding,  Winders, 

Sheet  and  board  forming. 

31.  PIPE-MACHINES,     FLUID-OPERATED.    Pipe-machines 

operated  by  means  of  a  fluid. 
Search  Class— 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclases 
16,  Die-expressing,  Plunger-ejector,  Fluid-operated;  23,  Pot- 
tery-machines, Fluid-operated;  55,  Block-presses,  Recipro- 
cating mold,  Fluid-operated;  63,  Block-presses.  Rotary  mold, 
Fluid-operated;  84,  TJlock-presses,  Stationary  mold,  Single- 
surface  plunger,  Fluid-operated,  and  91,  Block-presses,  Sta- 
tionary mold,  Opposed  plunger,  Fluid-operated. 

32.  PIPE-MACHINES,  IN  SITU.    Pipe-machines  which  form  the 

pipe  in  the  place  where  it  is  to  remain. 

Note. — Machines  which  excavate  the  ditch  in  addition  to  forming 
the  pipe  are  classified  on  the  excavating  feature  and  will  be 
cross-referenced  only  into  this  class.  This  does  not  include 
machines  which  lay  the  pipe  after  it  is  already  formed. 

33.  PIPE-MACHINES,       MULTITUBULAR.      Pipe-machines 

which  form  pipe  having  a  plurality  of  longitudinal  passages, 
such  as  electrical  conduits  and  twyers. 

34.  PIPE-MACHINES,  MULTITUBULAR,  PERFORATORS. 

Pipe-machines  in  which  the  plurality  of  passages  are  formed 
by  rods  or  mandrels  which  are  forced"  through  the  material. 
Search  Class— 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
35,  Pipe-machines,  Perforating-former. 

35.  PIPE  -  MACHINES,   PERFORATING-FORMER.      Pipe- 

machines  in  which  a  mandrel  or  former  is  forced  through  the 
material  to  form  a  single  passage. 
Search  Class — 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
6,  Tobacco-pipe  machines,  and  34,  Pipe-machines,  Multi- 
tubular,  Perforators. 

36.  PIPE  -  MACHINES,        COMPACTING  -  FORMER.     Pipe- 

machines  in  which  the  mandrel  or  former  has  a  screw  or  wing 
on  its  surface  to  compact  the  material  as  the  mandrel  is  moved 
through  from  one  end  to  the  other. 

37.  PIPE-MACHINES,  TAMPER.    Pipe-machines  which  form 

pipe  by  a  tamping  action.  Usually  there  are  a  series  of  rods 
which  tamp  the  material  as  it  is  added  gradually. 

38.  PIPE-MACHINES,    PLASTIC   LINING    AND   COATING. 

Pipe-machines  which  line  or  coat  pipe  with  plastic  material. 
Does  not  include  machines  which  coat  the  pipe  by  a  painting 
or  dipping  operation. 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

39.  PIPE-MACHINES,    SOCKET-FORMERS.     Pipe-machines 

which  form  the  socket  or  bell-shaped  end  of  the  pipe. 

40.  PIPE-MACHINES,  TURNERS.    Devices  for  turning  or  re- 

versing the  pipe  after  it  is  formed  in  the  machine. 
Search  Class— 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
113,  Cutters,  Tables. 

41.  BLOCK-MOLDING    MACHINES.    Miscellaneous    machines 

for  forming  blocks  or  slabs  of  plastic  material. 
Search  Class — 

22 — METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  9,  Molding  apparatus,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder;  57,  Casting  apparatus;  75,  Casting  appa- 
ratus, Moving  mold,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

42.  BLOCKTMOLDING  MACHINES,  FLAT  TILE.    Machines 

for  molding  floor  and  wall  tiles  and  ornamental  tiles. 

43.  BLOCK-MOLDING    MACHINES,    ROOFING-TILE.    Ma- 

chines for  molding  roofing-tiles.    They  usually  have  means 
for  forming  the  tiles  so  that  they  will  overlap,  as  by  forming  a 
flange  at  one  end  and  a  groove  at  the  other. 
Note. — Those  which  are  expressed  through  a  die  are  classified  in 
subclass  11,  "Die-expressing"  and  its  subclasses  in  this  class. 

44.  BLOCK  -  MOLDING      MACHINES,      UNDERCUTTING. 

Machines  which  undercut  the  back  of  the  tile  or  other  block  so 
that  it  may  be  more  securely  held  in  position. 

45.  BLOCK-PRESSES.    Miscellaneous    machines    which    form 

blocks  and  briquets  by  direct  pressure  in  a  mold;  also  includes 
miscellaneous  parts  of  such  presses  not  elsewhere  classified. 
Search  Classes— 

22^— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclasses  42,  Molding  apparatus.  Pack- 
ing sand,  Presses,  and  subclasses  thereunder;  46,  Molding 
apparatus,  Packing  sand,  Press  heads  and  plungers. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  8,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and 
blowing;  35,  Molding  presses;  72,  Molds,  Pressing,  and  sub- 
classes under  each. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  14,  Plug-making. 

BLOCK-PRESSES,  PORTABLE  MOLD.  Machines  for  form- 
ing blocks  of  plastic  material  in  which  the  molds  are  adapted 
to  be  carried  away  from  the  press  after  having  been  filled. 
The  material  is  usually  molded  in  a  wet  or  soft  condition, 
forming  what  is  known  as  "soft-clay"  bricks. 

46.  BLOCK-PRESSES.  PORTABLE  MOLD,  MOVABLE  SUP- 

PORT, TOWARD  FEED.  Block-presses  in  which  a  mov- 
able support  carries  the  mold  toward  the  filling-orifice,  thus 
obtaining  an  additional  force  to  compact  the  material  in  the 
mold. 

47.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  PORTABLE  MOLD,  MOVABLE  SUP- 

PORT, TRANSVERSE  TO    FEED.   Block-presses  in 

which  a  movable  support  carries  the  mold  transversely  or  at 
right  angles  to  the  line  of  feed  from  the  filling-orifice. 

48.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    PORTABLE    MOLD,    SUPPORTED 

IN  RACE.  Machines  of  the  portable-mold  type  in  which  the 
molds  are  adyanced  to  the  filling-orifice  through  a  race  or 
way,  usually  being  advanced  automatically  by  a  reciprocating 
pusher.  A 'forcing-screw  is  most  commonly  used  to  compact 
the  material  in  the  molds. 

49.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  PORTABLE  MOLD,  SUPPORTED  IN 

RACE,  PLUNGER.  Block-presses  of  this  type  and  not  in- 
cluded in  the  following  three  subclasses  in  which  the  material 
is  expelled  through  the  filling-orifice  and  into  the  molds  by  a 
plunger  or  in  which  the  material  drops  into  the  molds  and  is 
then  compacted  by  a  plunger  located  in  the  mold-race  beyond 
the  filling-orifice. 

50.  BLOCK-PRESSES.  PORTABLE  MOLD,  SUPPORTED  IN 

RACE,  PLUNGER,  LEVER.  Block-presses  in  which  the 
expelling  or  compacting  plunger  is  operated  directly  by  a 
lever. 

51.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  PORTABLE  MOLD,  SUPPORTED  IN 

RACE,  PLUNGER,  PITMAN.  Block-presses  in  which  the 
expelling  or  compacting  plunger  is  operated  directly  by  a 
pitman. 

52.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  PORTABLE  MOLD.  SUPPORTED  IN 

RACE,  PLUNGER,  RACK  AND  PINION.  Block-presses 
in  which  the  expelling  or  compacting  plunger  is  operated 
directly  by  a  rack  and  pinion. 

53.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  PORTABLE     MOLD,     MOLD-PUSH- 

ERS. Improvements  in  devices  for  advancing  the  mold  in 
the  race  to  the  filling-orifice  and  removing  it  therefrom. 

54.  BLOCK-PRESSES,      RECIPROCATING      MOLD.    Block- 

presses  in  which  the  mold  has  a  reciprocating  movement,  but 
is  not  to  be  removed  from  the  press  and  not  included  in  the 
following  eight  subclasses. 

55.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    RECIPROCATING    MOLD,    FLUID- 

OPERATED.    Block-presses  in  which  the  mold  or  the  plun- 
ger, or  both,  are  operated  by  means  of  a  fluid. 
Search  Class— 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
16,  Die-expressing,  Plunger-ejector,  Fluid-operated;  23,  Pot- 
tery-machinos,  Fluid-operated;  31,  Pipe-machines,  Fluid- 
operated;  63,  Block-presses,  Rotary  mold,  Fluid-operated; 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


63 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

84,  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold,  Single-surface  plunger, 
Fluid-operated;  91,  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold,  Opposed 
plunger,  Fluid-operated. 

56.  BLOCK -PRESSES,    RECIPROCATING    MOLD.    PLUN- 

GER, IN  LINE  OF  MOLD  TRAVEL.  Block-presses  which 
have  a  plunger  reciprocating  in  the  line  of  travel  of  the  mold. 
Usually  the  mold,  which  is  open  at  two  opposite  sides,  moves 
up  to  a  stationary  plate  or  plunger,  so  as  to  close  one  side,  and 
then  the  movable  plunger  advances  through  the  other  side  of 
the  mold  to  press  the  block.  When  the  mold  retreats  in  the 
same  direction  as  the  movable  plunger,  it  has  a  quicker  move- 
ment than  the  plunger,  so  as  to  eject  the  block.  This  subclass 
includes  only  those  in  which  the  plunger  is  not  operated  in 
the  manner  of  the  following  three  subclasses. 

57.  BLOCK -PRESSES,    RECIPROCATING    MOLD,    PLUN- 

GER, IN  LINE  OF  MOLD  TRAVEL,  CAM.  Block-presses 
of  this  type  in  which  the  plunger  is  operated  directly  by  a  cam. 

58.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    RECIPROCATING    MOLD.    PLUN- 

GER, IN  LINE  OF  MOLD  TRAVEL,  DROP.  Block- 
presses  in  which  the  plunger  is  raised  in  any  suitable  manner 
and  then  allowed  to  drop  by  gravity  to  compact  the  material. 

59.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  RECIPROCATING     MOLD,     PLUN- 

GER, IN  LINE  OF  MOLD  TRAVEL,  LEVER.  Block- 
presses  in  which  the  plunger  is  operated  directly  by  a  lever. 

60.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    RECIPROCATING    MOLD,     PLUN- 

GER, TRANSVERSE  TO  MOLD  TRAVEL.  Block- 
presses  in  which  the  plunger  reciprocates  transversely  or  at 
right  angles  to  the  line  of  travel  of  the  mold.  The  molds  are  pre- 
sented on  alternate  movements  to  the  compressing-plunger  or 
else  have  plungers  mounted  in  them  to  be  operated  by  some 
means,  such  as  cams,  during  the  movement  of  the  mold.  This 
subclass  includes  those  of  this  type  not  classified  in  the  follow- 
ing two  subclasses. 

61.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    RECIPROCATING    MOLD,    PLUN- 

GER, TRANSVERSE  TO  MOLD  TRAVEL,  CAM.  Block- 
presses  in  which  the  plunger  is  operated  by  a  cam. 

62.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    RECIPROCATING    MOLD,    PLUN- 

GER, TRANSVERSE  TO  MOLD  TRAVEL,  LEVER. 
Block-presses  in  which  the  plunger  is  operated  by  a  lever. 

BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD.  Under  this  head  are 
included  machines  for  forming  blocks  from  plastic  material  in 
which  the  molds  rotate  around  an  axis.  There  are  usually  a 
series  of  molds  formed  in  a  wheel  or  mold-table,  which  is  ro- 
tated so  as  to  bring  each  mold  successively  into  position  for 
charging  and  pressing. 

63.  BLOCK-PRESSES,     ROTARY     MOLD,     FLUID-OPER- 

ATED. Rotary  mold  block-presses  in  which  the  mold- 
wheel  or  the  plungers,  or  both,  are  operated  by  means  of  a 
fluid. 

Search  Class— 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
16,  Die-expressing,  Plunger-ejector,  Fluid-operated;  23,  Pot- 
tery-machines, Fluid-operated;  31,  Pipe-machines,  Fluid- 
operated;  55,  Block-presses,  Reciprocating  mold.  Fluid- 
operated;  84,  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold,  Single-surface 
plunger,  Fluid-operated,  and  91,  Block-presses,  Stationary 
mold,  Opposed  plunger,  Fluid-operated. 

BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  FACIAL.  Under  the 
head  of "  Facial"  are  included  those  presses  in  which  the  molds 
are  mounted  in  and  open  from  the  side  face  or  plane  surface  of 
the  wheel  or  table. 

64.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,    FACIAL,    CON- 

TINUOUS. Rotary  mold  block-presses  of  the  facial  type  not 
falling  in  the  next  subclass  and  having  continuous  rotation 
given  to  the  mold-wheel. 

65.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,    FACIAL,    CON- 

TINUOUS, PLUNGER,  CAM.  Rotary  mold  block-presses 
in  which  the  material  is  pressed  by  cam-operated  plungers. 

66.  BLOCK-PRESSES,   ROTARY   MOLD,   FACIAL,   INTER- 

MITTENT. Rotary-mold  block-presses  of  the  facial  type  in 
which  the  intermittent  motion  is  given  to  the  mold-wheel  and 
not  in  the  next  two  subclasses. 

67.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  FACIAL,  INTER- 

MITTENT, OPPOSED  PLUNGER.  Rotary-mold  block- 
presses  in  which  the  material  is  pressed  on  two  opposite  sur- 
faces by  plungers  which  are  moved  toward  each  other. 

68.  BLOCK-PRESSES,   ROTARY  MOLD,   FACIAL,   INTER- 

MITTENT, OPPOSED  PLUNGER,  LEVER.  Rotary 
mold  block-presses  of  this  type  in  which  the  plungers  are  op- 
erated directly  by  levers. 

69.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  FACIAL,  INTER- 

MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE  PLUNGER.  Miscellane- 
ous rotary-mold  block-presses  of  this  type  in  which  the  ma- 
terial is  pressed  by  plungers  which  act  on  only  one  surface. 

70  BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  FACIAL,  INTER- 
MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE  PLUNGER,  CAM.  Ro- 
tary mold  block-presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated 
directly  by  cams. 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

71.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  FACIAL,  INTER- 

MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE  PLUNGER,  DROP. 
Rotary  mold  block-presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  raised  by 
any  suitable  means  and  then  allowed  to  drop  by  gravity. 

72.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  FACIAL,  INTER- 

MITTENT,  SINGLE-SURFACE  PLUNGER,  LEVER. 
Rotary  mold  block  presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated 
directly  by  levers,  except  toggle-levers. 

73.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  FACIAL,  INTER- 

MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE  PLUNGER,  PITMAN. 
Rotary  mold  block  presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated 
directly  by  pitmen. 

74.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  FACIAL,  INTER- 

MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE  PLUNGER,  TOGGLE. 
Rotary  mold  block  presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated 
directly  by  toggles. 

BLOCK-PRESSES,  ROTARY  MOLD,  PERIPHERAL. 
Under  the  head  of  "Peripheral"  are  included  those  in  which 
the  molds  are  mounted  in  and  open  from  the  periphery  or 
curved  surface  of  the  wheel  or  table. 

75.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,    PERIPHERAL, 

CONTINUOUS.  Rotary  peripheral  mold  block-presses  in 
in  which  the  mold-wheel  is  rotated  continuously  and  not  fall- 
ing in  the  next  four  subclasess. 

76.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,    PERIPHERAL, 

CONTINUOUS,  OPPOSED  MOLD-WHEEL.  Rotary  pe- 
ripheral mold  block-presses  in  which  the  block  is  pressed  in 
the  mold-wheel  by  another  mold-wheel.  Usually  the  molds 
in  the  two  mold-wheels  are  presented  alternately  to  smooth 
portions  between  the  molds. 

77.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD.    PERIPHERAL, 

CONTINUOUS,  OPPOSED  MOLD-WHEEL,  MATING. 
Rotary  peripheral  mold  block-presses  in  which  the  block  is 
formed  partly  in  one  mold-wheel  and  partly  in  another,  the 
portion  of  the  mold  in  one  wheel  mating  with  the  portion  in 
the  other  as  the  two  are  rotated. 

78.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,     PERIPHERAL, 

CONTINUOUS,  PLUNGER,  CAM.  Rotary  peripheral 
mold  block-presses  in  which  the  material  is  pressed  by  plungers 
operated  by  cams. 

79.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,    PERIPHERAL, 

CONTINUOUS,  PRESSURE-ROLLER.  Rotary  periph- 
eral mold  block-presses  in  which  the  block  is  pressed  in  the 
mold-wheel  by  a  pressure-roller  which  does  not  itself  constitute 
a  mold-wheel. 

80.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,    PERIPHERAL, 

INTERMITTENT.  Rotary  peripheral  mold  block-presses 
in  which  intermittent  motion  is  given  to  the  mold-wheel  and 
not  in  the  next  two  subclasses. 

81.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,    PERIPHERAL, 

INTERMITTENT,  PLUNGER,  CAM.  Rotary  peripheral 
mold  block-presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated  directly 
by  cams. 

82.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    ROTARY    MOLD,    PERIPHERAL, 

INTERMITTENT,  PLUNGER,  LEVER.  Rotary  periph- 
eral mold  block-presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated 
directly  by  levers. 

BLOCK-PRESSES,  STATIONARY  MOLD.  Machines  for 
forming  blocks  from  plastic  material  by  pressing  it  in  sta- 
tionary molds.  The  molds  have  at  least  four  fixed  sides,  the 
ends  usually  being  open. 

83.  BLOCK-PRESSES.  STATIONARY  MOLD,  SINGLE-SUR- 

FACE PLUNGER.  Stationary  mold  block-presses  in  which 
the  material  is  pressed  by  plungers  which  act  on  onlv  one  sur- 
face and  not  falling  in  the  next  six  subclasses.  In  the  single- 
surface-plunger  type  there  is  very  often  an  opposed  plunger 
to  eject  the  block" after  it  is  pressed,  but  which  remains  at  rest 
during  the  pressing  operation. 

84    BLOCK-PRESSES.  STATIONARY  MOLD,  SINGLE-SUR- 
FACE   PLUNGER,    FLUID-OPERATED.       Stationary 
mold  block-presses  of  this  type  in  which  the  plungers  are 
operated  by  means  of  a  fluid." 
Search  Class— 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
16,  Die-expressing,  Plunger-ejector,  Fluid-operated;  23,  Pot- 
tery-machines, Fluid-operated;  31,  Pipe-machines,  Fluid- 
operated;  55,  Block-presses,  Reciprocating  mold,  Fluid-oper- 
ated; 63,  Block-presses,  Rotary  mold,  Fluid-operated,  and 
91,  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold,  Opposed  plunger,  Fluid- 
operated. 

85.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  STATIONARY  MOLD,  SINGLE-SUR- 

FACE PLUNGER,  CAM.  Stationary  mold  block-presses 
in  which  the  plungers  are  operated  directly  by  cams. 

86.  BLOCK-PRESSES.  STATIONARY  MOLD,  SINGLE-SUR- 

FACE PLUNGER.  DROP.  Stationary  mold  block-presses 
in  which  the  plungers  are  raised  by  any  suitable  means  and 
then  allowed  to  drop  by  gravity. 


64 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

87.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  STATIONARY  MOLD,  SINGLE-SUR- 

FACE PLUNGER,  LEVER.  Stationary  mold  block- 
presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated  directly  by  levers, 
except  toggle-levers,  which  are  in  subclass  89  of  this  class. 

88.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  STATIONARY  MOLD,  SINGLE-SUR- 

FACE PLUNGER,  PITMAN.  Stationary  mold  block- 
presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated  directly  by  pitmen. 

89.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  STATIONARY  MOLD,  SINGLE-SUR- 

FACE PLUNGER,  TOGGLE.  Stationary  mold  block- 
presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated  directly  by  toggles. 

90.  BLOCK-PRESSES,     STATIONARY    MOLD,     OPPOSED 

PLUNGER.  Those  in  which  the  material  is  pressed  on  two 
opposite  surfaces  by  plungers  which  are  moved  toward  each 
other  during  the  pressing  operation  and  not  in  the  next  eight 
subclasses. 

91.  BLOCK-PRESSES,     STATIONARY    MOLD,     OPPOSED 

PLUNGER,  FLUID-OPERATED.  Stationary  mold  block- 
presses  in  which  the  plungers  are  operated  by  means  of  a 
fluid. 

Search  Class— 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sub- 
classes 16,  Die-expressing,  Plunger-ejector,  Fluid-operated; 
23,  Pottery-machines,  Fluid-operated;  31,  Pipe-machines, 
Fluid-operated;  55,  Block-presses,  Reciprocating  mold,  Fluid- 
operated;  63,  Block-presses,  Rotary  mold,  Fluid-operated,  and 
84,  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold,  Single-surface  plunger, 
Fluid-operated. 

92.  BLOCK-PRESSES,     STATIONARY    MOLD,     OPPOSED 

PLUNGER,  CAM.  Stationary  mold  block-presses  in  which 
both  plungers  or  both  sets  of  plungers  are  operated  directly 
by  cams. 

93.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    STATIONARY    MOLD,     OPPOSED 

PLUNGER,  CAM  AND  LEVER.  Stationary  mold  block- 
presses  in  which  one  plunger  or  one  set  of  plungers  is  operated 
directly  by  a  cam,  while  the  opposite  plunger  or  set  is  operated 
directly  by  a  lever. 

94.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    STATIONARY    MOLD,    OPPOSED 

PLUNGER,  CAM  AND  PITMAN.  Stationary  mold  block- 
presses  in  which  one  plunger  or  one  set  of  plungers  is  operated 
directly  by  a  cam ,  while  the  opposite  plunger  or  set  is  operated 
directly  by  a  pitman. 

95.  BLOCK-PRESSES.     STATIONARY    MOLD,    OPPOSED 

PLUNGER,  LEVER.  Stationary  mold  block  presses  in 
which  the  plungers  are  operated  directly  by  levers,  except 
toggle-levels,  which  are  in  subclasses  97  and  98  in  this  class. 

96.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    STATIONARY    MOLD,    OPPOSED 

PLUNGER,  PITMAN.  Stationary  mold  block-presses  in 
which  the  plungers  are  operated  directly  by  pitmen. 

97.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    STATIONARY    MOLD,    OPPOSED 

PLUNGER,  TOGGLE.  Stationary  mold  block-presses  in 
which  the  plungers  are  operated  directly  by  toggles. 

98.  BLOCK-PRESSES,    STATIONARY    MOLD,    OPPOSED 

PLUNGER,  TOGGLE  AND  CONNECTING  BAR.  Sta- 
tionary mold  block-presses  in  which  one  plunger  or  one  set  of 
plungers  is  operated  directly  by  a  toggle,  while  the  other 
plunger  or  set  is  operated  through  the  same  toggle  by  means 
of  a  connecting-bar. 

99.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  ENDLESS  CHAIN  OF  MOLDS,  CON- 

TINUOUS TRAVEL.  Block-presses  in  which  the  molds 
are  connected  so  as  to  form  an  endless  chain,  which  is  moved 
continuously. 

100.  BLOCK-PRESSES,     ENDLESS     CHAIN     OF     MOLDS, 

INTERMITTENT  TRAVEL.  Block-presses  in  which  the 
molds  are  connected  so  as  to  form  an  endless  chain,  which  is 
moved  intermittently.  By  reason  of  the  intermittent  move- 
ment it  is  usual  to  employ  plunger  mechanism  to  press  the 
material  in  the  intervals  between  the  successive  movements 
of  the  chain. 

101.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  EXPANDING  MOLD.    Block-presses 

in  which  at  least  two  ad.iacent  sides  of  the  mold  are  movable 
with  respect  to  each  other. 

102.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  PLUNGERS.    Improvements  in  plun- 

gers which  are  used  with  block-presses. 

103.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  CHARGERS.    Improvements  in  devices 

which  are  used  to  charge  the  mold  with  material. 

104.  BLOCK-PRESSES,  STRIKES  AND  TRIMMERS.    Devices 

for  striking,  scraping,  or  trimming  the  material  from  the  top 
of  the  mold. 

105.  CUTTERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  cutting  the  material. 

Most  of  the  patents  under  "Cutters"  and  its  subclasses  are 
for  devices  which  cut  the  material  to  the  required  length  as 
it  is  expressed  through  a  die  in  a  continuous  stream.    They 
include  wire-cutters  for  forming  wire-cut  bricks. 
Search  Classes— 

17 — BUTCHERING,  subclass  2-1,  Meat-cutters,  Slicers. 

31 — DAIRY, subclasses 64,  Butter, Cutters,  and  68, Cheese,  Cutters. 

83 — MILLS,  subclass  61,  Sugar  and  salt  crushers. 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

106.  CUTTERS,  SOAP.    Cutters  used  for  cutting  soap.    They  are 

for  the  most  part  unlike  the  cutters  which  are  used  for  cutting 
clay  and  similar  material,  but  when  considered  useful  as 
references  in  the  subclasses  based  on  the  operation  of  the 
cutter  will  be  cross-referenced  into  those  subclasses. 

107.  CUTTERS,   RECIPROCATING.    Miscellaneous  reciprocat- 

ing cutters,  including  those  not  classified  in  the  next  subclass. 
Note. — Machines  which  form  a  slab  or  bar  of  plastic  material 
and  then  cut  it  up  into  blocks  by  means  of  a  cutter  in  the 
form  of  a  mold  which  incloses  a  plunger  to  eject  the  block 
are  classified  in  the  appropriate  subclasses  preceding  and  cross- 
referenced  into  this  subclass. 

108.  CUTTERS,  RECIPROCATING,  HORIZONTALLY.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  cutter  reciprocates  in  a  horizontal  direction 
during  the  cutting  operation. 

109.  CUTTERS,  ROTATING,  LONGITUDINAL  AXIS.    Cut- 

ters which  rotate  on  an  axis  which  extends  in  the  same  direc- 
tion as  that  in  which  the  bar  to  be  cut  travels. 

110.  CUTTERS,  ROTATING,  TRANSVERSE  AXIS.    Cutters 

which  rotate  on  an  axis  which  extends  transversely  or  at 
right  angles  to  the  direction  in  which  the  bar  to  be  cut  travels. 

111.  CUTTERS,    OSCILLATING.    Cutters    which    oscillate    or 

move  through  part  of  a  circle  without  making  a  complete 
rotation  during  the  cutting  operation. 

112.  CUTTERS,  STATIONARY.    Cutters  which  are  not  moved 

during  the  cutting  operation,  the  material  to  be  cut  being 
pushed  against  the  cutters. 

113.  CUTTERS,   TABLES.    Improvements  'in   the  table  upon 

which  the  material  is  cut.  Includes  devices  for  separating 
the  articles  after  they  are  cut. 

114.  CUTTERS,    CLEANERS.    Improvements    in    devices    for 

cleaning  the  cutters. 

115.  SANDERS.    Devices  for  applying  sand  directly  to  the  surface 

of  bricks.  A  few  patents  also  have  means  "for  roughening 
the  bricks. 

116.  SANDERS,  MOLD.    Sanders  which  apply  sand  to  the  molds. 

117.  SANDERS,  MOLD,  ROTARY  DRUM.    Sanders  in  which 

the  molds  to  be  sanded  are  rotated  in  a  drum  or  cylinder. 

118.  MOLDS.    Miscellaneous  molds  for  forming  articles  of  earthen- 

ware or  art iflcial-s tone  composition. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  especially  subclass  34,  Molding  devices,  Molds. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING," subclass  113,  Molds,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

49^- GLASS,  subclasses  s,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and  blow- 
ing; 35,  Molding ,  Presses;  72,  Molds,  Pressing;  and  sulxrlasses 
under  each  of  these. 

119.  MOLDS,  BLOCK.    Molds  used  for  forming  blocks  of  plastic 

material  not  classified  in  the  other  subclasses. 
Search  Class — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  96,  Flasks:  139,  Molds,  Metal, 
Ingots  and  pigs;  and  subclasses  under  each  of  these. 

120.  MOLDS,  BLOCK,  EJECTORS.    Molds  which  have  means 

for  ejecting  the  blocks  from  the  mold. 
Search  Class— 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
28,  Pottery-machines,  Presses,  Bottom  ejectors. 

121.  MOLDS,    BLOCK,    EXPANDING    AND    SEPARABLE. 

Molds  which  are  expanded  or  separated  in  order  to  remove 
the  blocks. 
Search  Class — 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
101,  Block-presses,  Expanding  mold. 

122.  MOLDS,  BLOCK,  LININGS.    Improvements  in  lining  for 

block-molds. 

123.  MOLDS,  BLOCK,  ORNAMENTAL.    Molds  used  to  form 

ornamental  blocks. 
Search  Class — 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCKS  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sub- 
classes 41,  Block-molding  machines,  and  42,  Block-molding 
machines.  Flat  tile. 

124.  MOLDS,  CISTERN.    Molds  used  in  forming  cisterns  orsimilar 

reservoirs  of  cement  or  concrete. 

Note. — Permanent  structures  for  cisterns  and  similar  reservoirs 
are  classified  in  class  72,  MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUC- 
TURES, subclass  9,  Cisterns. 

125.  MOLDS,  FENCE.    Molds  used  in  forming  fences  of  earth  or 

cement. 

126.  MOLDS,  PIPE.    Molds  used  in  forming  pipe  of  cement  or 

similar  material  and  not  included  in  the  next  two  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  17,  Molding  apparatus,  Pipes 
vertical,  Compacting  pattern;  subclasses  thereunder;  140, 
Molds,  Metal,  Ingots  and  pigs,  Hollow;  and  165,  Cores. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


65 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

127.  MOLDS,     PIPE,     EXPANDING     AND     SEPARABLE. 

Molds  which  are  expanded  or  separated  in  order  to  remove 
the  pipe. 

128.  MOLDS,  PIPE,  CORES.    Improvements  in  cores  used  in 

this  type  of  molds. 

129.  MOLDS,  POTTERY.    Molds  used  in  forming  pottery-ware. 

130.  MOLDS,    SARCOPHAGI    AND    TANK.    Molds    used    in 

forming  burial  cases,  tanks,  or  similar  receptacles  of  cement 
or  artificial-stone  composition. 

131.  MOLDS,  WALL.    Molds  which  are  used  in  building  up  walls 

from  concrete  or  similar  material. 

131.5.  MOLDS,  CENTERING.  All  such  temporary  means  for 
casting  concrete  floor  arches,  bridges,  and  the  like,  in  situ,  as 
are  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  this  class. 

132.  KILNS.    Apparatus  for  burning  and  hardening  earthenware 

and  plastic  blocks,  usually  clay  bricks  or  pottery-ware,  and 
not  classifiable  in  any  ofthe  other  subclasses;  also,  miscellaneous 
parts  of  kilns. 

Note. — Kilns  for  burning  lime  and  cement  are  classified  in  class 
222,  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT  AND  LIME.  Kilns  which  dry  but 
do  not  burn  are  classified  in  class  34,  DRIERS. 

Search  Classes — 

34— DRIERS,  subclass  19,  Houses  and  kilns;  107,  BREAD,  PASTRY, 
AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  55,  Bakers'  ovens,  and 
subclasses  thereunder;  and  in  222,  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT  AND 
LIME,  subclass  3,  Kilns. 

133.  KILNS,  INDURATING.    Apparatus  for  treating  artifieial 

stone  to  harden  it,  usually  by  subjecting  the  material  to  the 
action  of  steam ,  carbon  dioxid,  or  other  vapor  in  a  kiln  or  closed 
chamber. 

134.  KILNS,  CONTINUOUS.    Kilns  in  which  the  heat  passes 

from  one  compartment  to  another. 

135.  KILNS,  CONTINUOUS,  SEPARATE  KILN.     Kilns  which 

have  a  plurality  of  chambers  that  exist  as  separate  structures. 

136.  KILNS,  CONTINUOUS,  PERFORATED  FLOOR.    Kilns 

in  which  the  heat  passes  from  one  compartment  into  the  next 
through  perforations  in  the  floor. 

137.  KILNS,   CONTINUOUS,    PERFORATED    PARTITION. 

Kilns  in  which  the  heat  passes  from  one  compartment  into 
the  next  through  perforations  in  the  dividing-partition. 

138.  KILNS,    CONTINUOUS,    TEMPORARY  -  PARTITION. 

Kilns  in  which  the  partitions  between  adjacent  chambers  are 
destructible,  as  when  made  of  paper  or  removable  in  the  man- 
ner of  a  curtain  or  slide.  « 

139.  KILNS,  CONTINUOUS,  COMMON  FLUE.    Kilns  which 

have  a  flue  common  to  all  the  compartments,  the  heat  being 
conducted  into  or  out  of  the  various  compartments  by  branch 
flues  connecting  with  the  common  flue. 

140.  KILNS,  COMBINED  UP  AND  DOWN  DRAFT.    Kilns 

in  which  the  heat  is  admitted  at  the  top  and  bottom  simulta- 
neously, thus  producing  an  updraft  at  the  bottom  and  a  down- 
draft  at  the  top. 

141.  KILNS, COMBINEDUP  AND  DOWN  DRAFT, REVERS- 

IBLE. Kilns  which  can  be  changed  from  updraft  to  down- 
draft,  and  vice  versa,  by  means  of  dampers. 

142.  KILNS,    HORIZONTALLY-TRAVELING     MATERIAL. 

Kilns  in  which  the  material  to  be  burned  travels,  usually  on 
trucks  or  platforms,  in  a  substantially  horizontal  plane  during 
the  burning  operation. 
Search  Class— 

34 — DRIERS,  subclasses  12,  Endless  carrier;  46,  Truck  and  rail, 
Horizontal,  and  47,  Truck  and  rail,  Inclined. 

143.  KILNS,      VERTICALLY -TRAVELING       MATERIAL. 

Kilns  in  which  the  material  to  be  burned  travels  vertically, 
usually  from  the  top  downward,  during  the  burning  operation. 
Search  Class— 
34— DBIERS,  subclasses  11,  Elevator,  and  12,  Endless  carrier. 

144.  KILNS,  MUFFLE.    Kilns  which  have  muffles  to  prevent 

the  flame  from  coming  into  direct  contact  with  the  material 
which  is  being  burned. 
Search  Classes — 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  137,  Roasters,  Muffle;  126,  STOVES 
AND  FURNACES,  subclass  230,  Tool  heaters,  Soldering  iron, 
and  subclasses  thereunder,  and  148,  ANNEALING  AND  TEM- 
PERING, subclass  16,  Annealing  apparatus,  Muffles. 

145.  KILNS,  DOWNDRAFT.    Kilns  in  which  the  heat  is  con- 

veyed to  the  top  and  passed  downwardly  through  the  material 
which  is  being  burned.  Bag  or  flash  walls  of  various  construc- 
tion are  provided  for  guiding  the  first-part  ofthe  flame  upward 
before  striking  the  top  of  the  material. 

26674°— 12 5 


CLASS  25— Continued. 

146.  KILNS,   DOWNDRAFT,   MUFFLE-BOTTOM.    Kilns   in 

which  the  heat  is  conveyed  underneath  the  floor  and  then  to 
the  top  and  passed  downwardly  through  the  material.  The 
material  is  thus  heated  from  the  bottom  on  the  muffle  prin- 
ciple and  from  the  top  on  the  downdraft  principle. 

147.  KILNS,  UPDRAFT.    Kilns  in  which  the  heat  is  admitted  at 

the  bottom  and  passed  upwardly  through  the  material  which 
is  being  burned.    Open-top  kilns  operate  on  this  principle. 
Search  Class— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKFNG,  subclass  55, 
Bakers'  ovens,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

148.  KILNS,  FORCED-DRAFT.    Kilns  which  have  a  blast  or 

an  exhaust  for  producing  a  forced  draft. 

149.  KILNS,  FLUID-FUEL.    Kilns  which  are  adapted  to  use 

gas  or  liquid  for  fuel. 

150.  KILNS,  STEAM-COMBUSTION.    Kilns  especially  arranged 

to  have  steam  introduced  to  assist  the  combustion. 
Search  Class— 
110 — FURNACES,  subclass  79,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  steam. 

151.  KILNS,  FURNACES.    Furnaces  specially  adapted  for  use  in 

connection  with  the  type  of  kilns  in  this  class. 
Search  Classes— 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  40,  Furnaces,  Blank. 
110 — FURNACES. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  224,  Trash  burners, 
Domestic  refuse  burners. 

152.  KILNS,  FURNACES,  GRATES.    Grates  used  with  the  type 

of  furnace  in  the  preceding  subclass. 
Search  Classes   - 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  74,  Hollow  grate. 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  152,  Grates,  and  167, 
Grates,  Grate-bar. 

153.  KILNS,  SAGGERS.    Devices  for  protecting  and  supporting 

articles  in  the  kiln  while  they  are  being  burned. 

154.  PROCESSES, REINFORCING  AND  FINISHING.     Purely 

manipulative  processes,  except  as  noted  below,  involving  the 
use  of  a  mold  or  die  and  involving  the  introduction  of  rein- 
forcement into  clay  or  other  natural  plastic  or  into  concrete 
or  involving  a  special  distribution  of  the  usual  components 
of  concrete  to  produce  a  "  neat"  or  uniformly  dense  face  upon 
the  formed  object. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  for  miscellaneous  processes  of  applying  a  facing 
material  to  a  plastic  composition  while  the  latter  is  still  green. 

41  ORNAMENTATION,  for  processes  of  coating  which  involve  a 
transfer  operation  or  a  hand  operation. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  for  reinforced  or 
faced  blocks  or  walls. 

91-  COATING,  for  processes  of  coating  objects  from  plastic  or 
other  material  without  molding  or  a  transfer  operation  or  a 
hand  operation. 

155.  PROCESSES,  CONCRETE   BLOCK  TYPE.    Purely  ma- 

nipulative processes  of  conditioning  or  handling  moistened 
lime  or  cement  mixed  with  sand,  stone,  or  other  inert  granular 
and  aggregate  material  and  processes  performed  during  the 
placing  or  settling  of  the  above-mentioned  materials  in  the 
formation  of  objects  therefrom,  excepting  processes  of  rein- 
forcing or  facing. 
Search  Class— 

18  PLASTICS,  for  processes  involving  a  special  manipulation  of 
compositions  not  referred  to  in  the  above  definition. 

156.  PROCESSES,  CLAY  TYPE.    Processes,  except  as  noted 

below,  of  conditioning  clay,  slate,  or  any  natural  plastic  or  of 
handling  the  same  in  the  production  of" formed  objects  there- 
from and  processes  which  involve  the  application  of  a  specific 
combustible  coating  composition  to  an  object  formed  from 
such  material  to  preserve  its  form  until  fired. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  for  processes  of  handling  compositions  of  which 
clay  or  other  natural  plastic  is  merely  an  ingredient  and  for 
processes  of  facing  objects  of  clay  while  green. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
157,  Processes,  Clay  type.  Firing,  for  methods  of  firing. 

91 — COATING,  for  processes  of  coating  objects  of  clay  or  the  like 
after  burning. 

106 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  for  com  positions  containing  natural 
plastics. 

157.  PROCESSES,   CLAY   TYPE,   FIRING.    Processes   which 

are  used  in  connection  with  the  burning  of  earthenware  articles 
in  kilns. 

Note.— Subclasses  157  and  158  contain  patents  from  former  sub- 
classes 154  and  155,  respectively,  abolished  and  replaced  by 
present  subclasses  154  and  155. 

158.  PROCESSES,  CLAY  TYPE,  FIRING,  ROAD  BALLAST. 

Processes  of  burning  clay  or  other  natural  plastic  in  the  pro- 
duction of  formless  aggregates,  such  as  may  be  used  for  road 
ballast. 

N0te.— Subclasses  157  and  1.58  contain  patents  from  former  sub- 
classes 154  and  155.  respectively,  abolished  and  replaced  by 
present  subclasses  154  and  155. 


CLASS  29.— METAL-WORKING. 
DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

The  generic  class  of  metal  working  or  shaping.  It  comprises 
blanks,  processes,  and  apparatus  not  classifiable  in  the  specific 
classes  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  articles  from  metal.  It  in- 
cludes, also,  means  which  comprise  n  plurality  of  operations  which 
separately  might  be  classified  in  the  specific  classes,  but  which  by 
their  joinder  include  more  than  is  covered  by  the  definitions  of  such 
specific  classes.  It  also  includes  metal  stock  adapted  to  be  worked 
up  into  various  articles. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous    metal-working   machines 

which  are  not  otherwise  classifial  >le. 

2.  SPECIAL  WORK,  BATTERY-GRID  MAKING.    Machines 

and  processes  for  making  metallic  "  grids  "  for  electric  batteries. 

3.  SPECIAL  WORK,  BUCKLE-MAKING.    Machines  and  proc- 

esses for  making  the  parts  of  buckles  and  for  assembling  the 
same.  This  subclass  includes  the  manufacture  of  buckles 
from  rods,  wires,  plates,  or  sheets  of  metal. 

4.  SPECIAL  WORK,  BUTTON-FASTENER  MAKING.    Ma- 

chines and  processes  for  making  metallic  fastening  devices  for 
buttons  having  a  shank  provided  with  an  eye,  as  shoe-but- 
tons, etc. 

4.5.  SPECIAL   WORK,   COMMINUTING    METAL.    Machines 
for  reducing  metal  to  small  particles  or  shreds  by  cutting 
operations. 
Search  Classes — 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  197  Miscellaneous. 
83— MILLS,  subclass  91  Liquid  Comminuting  and  Solidifying,  for 

comminuting  molten  metal. 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  10.6, 
Scrap  cutting. 

5.  SPECIAL  WORK,  COTTER-PIN  MAKING.    Machines  and 

processes  for  forming  cotter-pins  or  split  keys,  which  includes 

other  operations  than  cutting  the  stock  and  bending  the  same. 

Note.— Machines  for  merely  bending  or  cutting  and  bending  are 

classified  in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING. 
Search  Class— 
29 — METAL  WORKING,  subclass  13,  Special  work,  Paper-fastener 

making,  for  analogous  machines. 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE  AND  HORSESHOE  MA  KING,  subclass  71,  Sta- 
ple making  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

6.  SPECIAL   WORK,    CRANK-SHAFT    MAKING.    Machines 

and  processes  for  bending,  forging,  and,  in  some  instances,  per- 
forming other  operations  upon  crank-shafts. 

7.  SPECIAL  WORK,  EYEBOLT  AND  HOOK  MAKING.    Ma- 

chines and  processes  for  making  eyebolts,  hooks,  etc.,  which 
comprise  more  than  bending,  with" the  incidental  operation  of 
cutting  the  stock. 

Note. — Machines  for  merely  bending  rods  into  the  form  of  hooks 
are  classified  in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING. 

8.  SPECIAL  WORK,  FINGER-RING  FORMING  AND  SIZ- 

ING. Machines  for  forming  finger-rings  by  die-cutting  a  flat 
ring  from  a  disk  and  subsequently  swaging  or  die-shaping  it 
into  the  desired  form.  It  also  contains  machines  and  devices 
for  stretching  or  contracting  rings  by  dies. 

Note. — Machines  for  forming  and  stretching  rings  by  means  of 
rolls  are  classified  in  class  80,  METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  5,  An- 
nular bodies. 

Note. — Molds  especially  adapted  for  the  casting  of  finger-rings  are 
classified  in  class  22,  METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  114,  Molds, 
Finger-ring. 

9.  SPECIAL  WORK,  FISH-HOOK  MAKING.    Machines  and 

processes  for  making  fish-hooks,  including  shaping,  pointing, 
and  barbing. 

10.  SPECIAL  WORK,  GEM  AND  JEWEL  SETTING.    Machines 

and  processes  for  cutting  the  sockets  for  gems  or  jewels  and  for 
securing  them  in  the  same.    This  subclass  includes  jewel- 
holders,  feeding  devices  for  jewel-setting  machines,  jewel-bur-' 
nishing  devices,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  7,  Special,  Watchmakers',  Jewel  setters. 

125  — STONE-WORKING,  subclass  4,  Diamond-tools. 

11.  SPECIAL  WORK,  HINGE  MAKING  AND  ASSEMBLING. 

Machines  and  processes  for  making  the  parts  of  hinges  and  as- 
sembling the  same,  also  machines  which  merely  assemble 
hinges.    The  operations  performed  are  mainly  die-cutting, 
milling,  or  broaching  to  finish  the  interlocking  parts,  bending 
the  sleeve,  and  inserting  the  pintle. 
Search  Class — 
29— METAL  WORKING,  sul>class  3,  Special  work,  Buckle-making. 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

12.  SPECIAL    WORK,    LACING-STUD    MAKING.    Machines 

and  processes  for  making  lacing-studs  from  rods,  wire,  or  spe- 
cially-prepared stock. 
Search  Classes — . 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  37,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Blank  cover- 
ing and  filling,  Lacing  hooks  and  studs,  for  molds  for  covering 
lacing-studs  with  a  plastic  material. 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  40.5,  Die-shaping, 
Lacing-studs,  for  machines  for  making  lacing-studs  from  sheet 
metal. 

13.  SPECIAL  WORK,   PAPER-FASTENER  MAKING.    Ma- 

chines and  processes  for  making  insertible  paper-fasteners. 
Search  Classes — 

2t» — METAL  WORKING,  subclass  5,  Special  work,  Cotter-pin  mak- 
ing. 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  71, 
Staple  making,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

14.  SPECIAL  WORK,  PLOW  AND  CULTIVATOR  IRONS, 

MAKING.    Patents  upon  machines  and  processes  for  making 
irons  which  form  parts  of  plows,  also  cultivator-irons,  harrow- 
irons,  clevises,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  68.5,  Dies,  Plow 
and  cultivator-irons,  for  dies  for  forging  plow  and  cultivator 
irons. 

15.  SPECIAL    WORK,    PUDDLERS'    BALLS,    WORKING. 

Machines  and  processes  for  compressing  by  rolling,  squeezing, 
etc.,  puddlers'  balls  for  the  purpose  of  expelling  the  slag  or 
cinder. 

10.  SPECIAL  WORK,  RAIL-VVAY-CHAIR  MAKING.  Ma- 
chines and  processes  for  making  railway-chairs. 

17.  SPECIAL   WORK,  SHEET-METAL  AND   FOIL  MANU- 

FACTURE. Machines  specially  adapted  to  manufacture 
thin  sheet  metal  and  foil. 

Note. — Machines  for  rolling  sheet  metal  in  packs  or  otherwise  in 
which  there  are  performed  only  such  operations  as  are  common 
to  metal-rolling  are  classified  "in  the  appropriate  subclasses  of 
class  80,  METAL-ROLLING. 

18.  SPECIAL  WORK,  SHEET-METAL  AND   FOIL  MANU- 

FACTURE, PROCESSES.    Processes  for  forming  thin  sheet 
metal  and  metal  foil. 
Search  Class — 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  189,  Metal  stock,  Processes, 
Compound  plate. 

19.  SPECIAL  WORK,  SHEET-METAL  AND   FOIL  MANU- 

FACTURE, PROCESSES,  PACK  MANIPULATION. 
Processes  of  arranging  and  manipulating  packs  of  sheet  metal 
in  the  manufacture  of  thin  sheet  metal  and  foil. 

20.  SPECIAL  WORK,  SPECTACLE-FRAME  MAKING.    Ma- 

chines and  processes  for  making  spectacle-frames,  temples, 
bridge-pieces,  etc. 

21.  SPECIAL  WORK,  STEREOTYPE-PLATE   FINISHING. 

Machines  and  processes  for  finishing  plane  or  curved  stereo- 
type-plates by  beveling  the  edges,  grooving,  or  finishing  the 
ribs  upon  the  back  of  the  plates. 

Note.— Apparatus  for  casting  stereotype-plates  combined  with 
finishing  mechanisms  are  classified  in  class  22,  METAL-FOUND- 
ING, subclass  3,  Stereotype-casting  apparatus,  Combined  ma- 
chines. 

Note.— Machines  for  merely  planing  the  backs  of  stereotype-plates 
are  classified  in  class  90,  GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLAN- 
ING, subclass  25,  Planing,  Soft  metal,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

22  SPECIAL  WORK,  TIRE  UPSETTING,  CUTTING, 
PUNCHING,  ETC.  Combined  machines,  including  tire- 
upsetting  mechanism,  punching-machines,  cutting-machines, 
etc. 

Note.— Machines  for  merely  upsetting  tires  are  classified  in  class  78, 
METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  under  subclass  55,  Forging, 
Tire-upsetting,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

23.  SPECIAL  WORK,  TOOTHED-CYLINDER  MAKING.    Ma- 

chines and  processes  for  applving  and  securing  metallic 
teeth  to  the  surface  of  substantially  cylindrical  bodies,  such  as 
record-rollers  for  musical  instruments  and  cylinders  for  textile 
machinery  in  which  the  teeth  are  secured  directly  to  the 
cylinder. 
Note. — Devices  for  applying  card-clothing  are  classified  in  class 

140,  WIRE-WORKING. 

23.5.  SPECIAL  WORK,  TURBINE-BLADE  MAKING.  Ma- 
chines and  methods  for  forming  and  mounting  the  blades  of 
turbines. 

24.  SPECIAL  WORK,  TYPE  FINISHING  AND  GROOVING. 

Machines  and  processes  for  breaking  the  "jets'1  from  type,  re- 
moving pins  or  burs,  and  for  grooving  type. 

67 


68 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

Note. — Machines  for  casting  type  in  combination  with  mechanism 
for  finishing  are  classified  in  class  22,  METAL-FOUNDING,  sub- 
class 7,  Type-casting  apparatus,  Combined  machines. 

Search  Class  - 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  25,  Plan- 
ing, So  ft  met  al. 

25.  SPECIAL  WORK,  UMBRELLA-FRAME  MAKING.    Ma- 

chines for  forming  and  assembling  umbrella-frames;  includes 
the  forging  of  the  ribs,  the  shaping  and  assembling  of  the  vari- 
ous attachments  to  the  ribs,  such  as  the  forks, notches,  tips, etc. 
Note. — Machines  for  merely  die-shaping  the  various  elements  from 
sheet  metal  are  classified  in  the  general  operation  subclasses  of 
class  113,  SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  or  class  78,  METAL 
FORGING  AND  WELDING. 

26.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TYPE  OF  MACHINE,  DRILL- 

PRESS.    Combined  machines  adapted  to  perform  various 
functions,  such  as  drilling,  boring,  milling,  etc.,  in  which  the 
mechanisms  for  adjusting  and  for  operating  the  drilling  or  bor- 
ing mechanism  are  the  dominating  features. 
Search  Class — 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  4,  Boring-machines,  Ver- 
tical. 

27.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TYPE  OF  MACHINE,  LATHE. 

Combined  machines  which  are  characterized  by  mechanisms 
for  rotating  the  work  while  a  cutting  or  milling  tool  is  travers- 
ing the  work,  either  externally  or  internally;  also  machines  in 
which  the  tool  is  rotated  about  the  work. 

28  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TYPE  OF  MACHINE,  LATHE, 
GRINDING  ATTACHMENT.  Combined  machines  char- 
acterized by  mechanisms  for  relatively  rotating  the  work  and 
a  turning  or  milling  tool  and  which  have  in  addition  thereto  a 
grinding  mechanism. 

29.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TYPE  OF  MACHINE,  LATHE, 

PULLEY,  AND  WHEEL.  Combined  machines  specially 
adapted  to  turn,  face,  and  bore  or  drill  pulleys  and  wheels,  and, 
in  some  instances,  to  slot  the  same.  These  machines  are  char- 
acterized by  the  rotation  of  the  work  about  its  axis  or  by  the 
rotation  of  the  tool  about  the  axis  of  the  work. 
Search  Classes— 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  3,  Boring-machines,  1  lori- 
zontal,  and  4,  Boring-machines,  Vertical. 

82 — TURNING,  subclasses  7,  Lathes,  Pulley,  and  8,  Lathes,  Wheel 
and  axle. 

30.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TYPE  OF  MACHINE,  PLANER. 

Combined  machines  characterized  by  a  relative  reciprocatory 
movement  in  substantially  a  straight  line  between  the  work 
and  tool,  said  tool  being  a  planing-tool,  a  milling-cutter,  or,  in 
some  instances,  a  drill. 

31.  COMBINED   MACHINES,   TYPE   OF   MACHINE,  VISE, 

DRILL,  ETC.  Combined  machines  comprising  vises  to 
which  are  attached  drills,  lathes,  punches,  cutters,  etc. 

32  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TYPE  OF  MACHINE,  VISE, 
DRILL,  ETC.,  ANVIL-ATTACHED.  Combined  machines 
comprising  anvils  to  which  are  attached  various  devices,  such 
as  vises,  drills,  cutters,  etc. 

33.  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Organized  machines  adapted  to 

perform  a  plurality  of  operations  upon  metal,  which  opera- 
tions are  not  comprised  in  any  one  of  the  various  specific 
metal-working  classes.  The  most  of  these  are  automatic 
machines,  such  as  turret-lathes  for  performing  a  definite 
series  of  operations  upon  stock,  while  the  remainder  are  ma- 
chines for  performing  special  work  or  are  devices  comprising 
a  plurality  of  distinct  machines  mounted  upon  a  single  frame. 

34.  COMBINED   MACHINES,    FORGING,   BENDING,   CUT- 

TING, AND  PUNCHING.  Combined  machines  which  are 
adapted  to  forge  or  weld  metal  and  also  to  perform  one  or 
more  of  the  above-mentioned  operations  upon  the  metal. 
Note. — Forging-machines  which  have  mere  incidental  cutting 
or  bending  mechanisms  are  classified  in  class  78,  METAL 
FORGING  AND  WELDING. 

35.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    FORGING    AND    ROLLING. 

Combined  machines  which  are  adapted  to  shape  metals  by 
both  forging  and  rolling  operations. 

36.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,    MULTIPLE    TUR- 

RET. Machines  having  two  or  more  turrets  for  carrying 
the  tools  or  the  stock.  Nearly  all  of  these  machines  have 
tool-turrets. 

37.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,    STOCK-TURRET. 

Machines  in  which  bars  of  metal  stock  of  sufficient  length  to 
form  more  than  one  completed  article  are  carried  by  a  rot at- 
able  turret  to  the  various  tools.  Multiple-tool  holders  in 
these  patents  are  usually  cam-operated  and  are  also  pro- 
vided with  one  or  more  rotary  tools. 

38.  COMBINED   MACHINES,   TURRET,   BLANK-TURRET. 

Machines  in  which  the  blank,  reduced  to  substantially  the 
length  of  the  finished  article,  is  carried  by  a  turret  into  posi- 
tions which  enable  it  to  be  operated  upon  by  various  tools. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
6,  Screw-making,  Head-nicking,  Rotary  work-holder;  13, 
Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Rotary  multiple  dies;  52,  Nail-mak- 
ing, Wire  nails,  Rotary  work-holder;  60,  Nail-making, 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Rotary  work-holder;  60,  Nail-making. 
Wrought  nails,  Horseshoe-nails,  Rotary  work-holder;  77, 
Nut  and  washer  making,  Forging,  Rotary  multiple  dies,  and 
158,  Capping  nails  and  screws,  Rotary  work-holder. 

39.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     TURRET,     TOOL-TURRET. 

Machines  in  which  some  or  all  of  the  operating-tools  are  car- 
ried by  a  rotatable  turret  and  which  are  not  classifiable  in 
the  following  specific  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
13,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Rotary  multiple  dies,  and  93, 
Screw-threading,  Machines,  Multiple  die,  Turret. 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  25,  Drilling-machines, 
Multiple  spindle,  Turret. 

40.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,    TOOL-TURRET, 

ROTARY  TOOL-HOLDER.  Machines  having  a  rotatable 
turret  which  is  provided  with  one  or  more  positively-rotated 
tools. 

41.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,    TOOL-TURRET. 

SLIDING  TOOL-HOLDER.  Machines  having  rotatable 
tool-turrets  in  which  the  tools  are  mounted  upon  sliding 
tool-spindles  which  are  thrust  forward  against  the  blank  or 
stock,  usually  against  the  pressure  of  a  spring. 

42.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,    TOOL-TURRET, 

FLUID-OPERATED.  Machines  having  a  tool-turret  which 
is  advanced  toward  and  retracted  from  the  work  by  means 
of  fluid-pressure.  In  some  cases  fluid-operating  mechanism 
is  employed  for  actuating  the  supplemental  cutting-tools, 
speed-controllers,  etc. 

43.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     TURRET,     TOOL-TURRET 

CAM-OPERATED,    LONGITUDINAL   TURRET-AXIS. 

Machines  having  a  rotatable  tool-holding  turret  the  axis  of 
which  is  disposed  longitudinally  of  the  lathe-bed  and  which 
is  advanced  toward  and  retracted  from  the  work-holding 
chuck  by  cam-operated  mechanisms. 

44.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,    TOOL-TURRET, 

CAM-OPERATED,  TRANSVERSE  TURRET-AXIS. 
Machines  having  a  rotatable  tool-holding  turret  the  axis  of 
which  is  disposed  transversely  of  the  lathe-bed  (including 
both  vertical  and  horizontal  axes)  and  which  is  advanced 
toward  and  retracted  from  the  work-holding  chuck  by  cam- 
operated  mechanisms. 

45.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,    TOOL-TURRET, 

LEVER-OPERATED.  Machines  having  a  rotatable  tool- 
turret  which  is  advanced  toward  and  retracted  from  the 
stock-holding  chuck  by  means  of  a  lever  or  a  system  of  levers, 
usually  hand-operated. 

46.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,      TOOL-TURRET 

RACK-AND-PINION  OPERATED.  Machines  having  a 
rotatable  tool-turret  which  is  advanced  toward  and  retracted 
from  the  work-holding  chuck  by  rack-and-pinion  mechanism. 

47.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TURRET,    TOOL-TURRET, 

SCREW-OPERATED.  Machines  having  a  rotatable  tool- 
turret  which  is  advanced  toward  and  retracted  from  the 
stock-holding  chuck  by  a  screw-feeding  mechanism. 

48.  COMBINED    MACHINES,     TURRET,     TURRETS.    The 

structure  of  rotatable  (turret)  tool-holders,  comprising  the 
device  for  securing  the  tools  in  the  turret  and  the  mechanisms 
for  mounting  the  turret  upon  its  carriage  or  upon  the  lathe- 
bed. 

Search  Class— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  142,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Sockets,  Multiple. 

49.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TURRET,  TURRET  ROTAT- 

ING AND  LOCKING,  FRICTIONAL  AND  POSITIVE. 
Mechanisms  for  rotating  and  locking  or  for  locking  the  turret 
from  further  rotation  by  means  of  a  friction-clamp  or  by  a 
clamping  or  wedging  action  between  the  turret  and  its  car- 
riage. In  most  instances  a  still  further  positive  lock,  such 
as  a  bolt  or  latch,  is  provided. 

50.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TURRET,  TURRET  ROTAT- 

ING AND  LOCKING,  POSITIVE.    Mechanisms  for  rotat- 
ing and  locking  or  for  locking  the  turret  by  means  of  a  sliding 
bolt,  latch,  or  other  positively-engaging  device. 
Search  Classes— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  suliclass  64,  Appliances,  Work- 
supports,  Indexing;  90,  GEAR-CUTTING,  MILIJNG,  AND  PLAN- 
ING, sulxjlass  57,  Indexing,  Index-heads,  for  analogous  devices. 

51.  COMBINED   MACHINES,   MULTIPLE-TOOL  HOLDER, 

LATERALLY-MOVABLE  STOCK-HOLDER.  Machines 
having  a  non-revoluble  tool-holder  carrying  a  plurality  of 
tools  (usually  rotary)  and  a  stock-holder  which  is  movable 
laterally  to  present  the  stock  to  the  various  tools. 

52.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-TOOL  HOLDER. 

AXIAL  TOOL  AND  TRANSVERSELY-MOVABLE 
SLIDE-REST.  Machines  having  a  non-revoluble  tool- 
holder  carrying  a  plurality  of  tools  which  is  movable  trans- 
versely of  the  machine-bed  and  having  in  addition  thereto  a 
single  tool-holder  adapted  to  operate  hi  the  axial  line  of  the 
chuck. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


69 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

53.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-TOOL  HOLDER, 

AXIAL  TOOL  AND  TRANSVERSELY-MOVABLE 
SLIDE-REST,  ROTARY  TOOL-SPINDLE.  Machines 
having  non-re  voluble  tool-holders  carrying  a  plurality  of  tools 
which  are  movable  transversely  of  the  machine-bed  and 
having  in  addition  thereto  a  single  tool-holder  adapted  to 
operate  in  the  axial  line  of  the  chuck,  one  or  more  of  said 
tool-holders  being  provided  with  a  rotary  tool-spindle.  Usu- 
ally the  axial  tool  is  rotatable. 

54.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-TOOL   HOLDER, 

LONGITUDINALLY  AND  TRANSVERSELY  MOV- 
ABLE. Machines  having  a  non-revoluble  tool-holder  carry- 
ing a  plurality  of  tools  which  are  adapted  to  be  moved  longi- 
tudinally of  the  machine-bed  to  bring  the  tools  into  operation 
and  transversely  of  the  bed  to  shift  the  various  tools  into 
alinement  with  the  stock  or  blank  holder,  or  vice  versa. 

55  COMBINED  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-TOOL  HOLDER, 
LONGITUDINALLY  AND  TRANSVERSELY  MOV- 
ABLE, ROTARY  TOOL-SPINDLE.  Machines  having  a 
non-revoluble  tool-holder  carrying  a  plurality  of  tools  pro- 
vided with  one  or  more  positively-rotated  tool-spindles  sup-  _ 
ported  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  moved  longitudinally  of 
the  machine-bed  to  bring  the  tools  into  operation  and  trans- 
versely of  the  bed  to  shift  the  various  tools  into  alinement 
with  the  stock  or  blank  holder,  or  vice  versa. 

50.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-TOOL  HOLDER, 
OSCILLATING  TOOL.  Machines  having  a  non-revoluble 
tool-holder  carrying  a  plurality  of  tools  which  are  oscillated 
about  a  pivot  to  place  the  tools  into  operative  position. 

57.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  ATTACHMENTS.    Devices,  such 
as  special  tool-holders  and  tool-operating  mechanisms,  which 
are  adapted  to  be  attached  to  and  removed  from  combined 
machines,  usually  "automatic  lathes,"  for  the  purpose  of 
performing  some  special  function  upon  the  work. 
Search  Class— 
82 — TURNING,  subclass  34.  Lathes,  Attachments. 

53.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  STOCK  AND  BLANK  FRED- 
ERS.    Machines  and  processes  for  feeding  metal  stock  and 
blanks  to  combined  machines  not  included  in  the  following 
specific  subclasses. 
Search  Classes — 
10— BOLT,  MAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 

160,  Distributers  and  feeders,  Gripping  feeding-jaws. 
140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  125,  Wire-feeding,  and  133, 
Tension  devices  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

59  COMBINED  MACHINES,  STOCK  AND  BLANK  FEED- 
ERS, ADVANCING  STOCK-SUPPORT.  Stock-support- 
ing mechanisms  which  are  continually  advanced  toward  the 
chuck  to  feed  the  bar  of  stock  into  or  through  the  same. 

60.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  STOCK   AND   BLANK  FEED- 

ERS, MAGAZINE.    Magazines  and  mechanisms  connected 
therewith  for  delivering  blanks  from  the  magazine  to  lathe- 
cluic-ks  or  blank  turrets. 
Search  Classes — 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  24,  Special  work,  Type  finish- 
ing and  grooving,  and  38,  Combined  machines,  Turret,  Blank- 
turret. 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  162, 
Distributers  and  feeders,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

61.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  STOCK  AND   BLANK  FEED- 

ERS, RECIPROCATING  GRIPPER.  Intermittently-re- 
ciprocated gripping  mechanisms  which  grasp  the  bar  of  stock, 
advance  to  feed  the  same  to  the  chuck,  then  release  the  stock, 
and  return  to  their  first  position. 

62.  COMBINED    MACHINES,  STOCK  AND  BLANK  FEED- 

ERS, RECIPROCATING  GRIPPER,  SLEEVE.  Mechan- 
isms for  feeding  bars  of  stock  to  the  chuck,  which  comprises  a 
sleeve,  usually  split  at  the  end  to  form  clamping-jaws,  which 
is  contained  within  the  hollow  chuck-spindle,  and  is  intermit- 
tently reciprocated  to  feed  the  stock  through  the  chuck. 

63.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  STOCK  AND  BLANK  FEED- 

ERS. ROLLER.    Mechanism  for  feeding  bars  of  stock  to  com- 
bined machines  by  means  of  a  roller  or  pairs  or  series  of  rollers. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  125,  Wire-feeding,  and  133, 
Tension  devices,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

64.  COMBINED        MACHINES,        SPEED-CONTROLLERS. 

Mechanisms  for  controlling  or  changing  the  speed  of  the  various 
parts  of  automatic  machines  during  the  cycle  of  operations 
performed  by  the  machines.    The  most  of  the  speed  controllers 
in  this  subclass  are  automatically  operated. 
Search  Classes — 

29— METAL  WORKING,  subclass  42,  Combined  machines,  Turret, 
Tool-turret,  Fluid-operated,  for  fluid-operated  speed  con- 
trollers. 

82— TURNING,  subclass  29,  Lathes,  Head-stocks,  Speed-changing 
gear. 

65.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CARRIAGE  STOP  MECHAN- 

ISMS. Automatic  mechanisms  for  stopping  the  feeding  of  the 
carriage  which  supports  the  turret  or  multiple-tool  or  stock 
holder.  These  mechanisms  are  usually  provided  with  devices 
for  stopping  the  travel  of  the  car;  iage  at  various  points  corre- 
sponding to  the  limit  of  the  operations  required  by  the  succes- 
sively-operating tools. 


CLASS  29 — Continued. 

Search  Classes — 
77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  33,  Drilling-machines,  Feed 

mechanisms,  Automatic  stop. 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass 51,  Planing, 
Planers,  Tool-feeds,  Stop  mechanisms. 

66.  METAL-BREAKERS.    Machines  for  breaking  metal  articles, 

such  as  pigs,  old  castings,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

83 — MILLS,  subclass  53,  Ore  and  coal,  Crushers. 
153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  38,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Three-point  jacks,  for  similar  structures. 

67.  SAWING.    Machines  and  devices  whose  sole  function  is  sever- 

ing metal  by  means  of  toothed  cutters  or  their  equivalent. 

Note. — Machines  which  shape  the  metal  acted  upon  by  the  cutter 
or  which  are  designed  primarily  to  shape  rather  than  sever  the 
metal  worked  upon  are  classified  in  class  90,  GEAR-CUTTING 
MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  11,  Milling. 

Search  Qlass— 

143  WOOD-SAWING,  and  class  145,  WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  sub- 
class 31,  Hand-saws. 

68.  SAWING,  BAND  SAW.    Machines  in  which  the  metal  is  sev- 

ered by  an  endless  saw  passing  over  and  driven  by  pulleys. 
Search  Class— 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  17,  Band-saw  machines,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

69.  SAWING,  CIRCULAR  SAW.    Machines  and  devices  in  which 

the  cutter  is  a  rotary  disk. 
Search  Class — 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  33,  Circular-saw  machines,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

70.  SAWING,  CIRCULAR  SAW,  MULTIPLE.    Machines  hav- 

ing a  plurality  of  saws,  usually  parallel,  on  the  same  shaft. 

71.  SAWING,  CIRCULAR  SAW,  RIM-DRIVEN.    Machines  in 

which  the  saw  is  driven  by  power  applied  directly  to  the  saw 
at  or  near  its  periphery  instead  of  mounting  the  saw  upon  a 
power-driven  shaft. 
Search  Class— 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  44,  Circular-saw  machines,  Rim- 
driven. 

72.  SAWING.  OSCILLATING  SAW.    Machines  and  devices  in 

which  the  cutting-teeth  move  backward  and  forward  in  the 
arc  of  a  circle.    The  saw  itself  is  usually  arc-shaped  and  its 
frame  pivoted  at  the  center  of  such  arc. 
Search  Class — 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  69,  Reciprocating-saw  machines, 
Drag,  Oscillatory. 

73.  SAWING,  RECIPROCATING  SAW.    Machines  in  which  a 

straight  saw-blade,  usually  stretched  in  a  suitable  frame,  is 
moved  backward  and  forward  across  the  work  in  substantially 
straight  lines. 
Search  Class— 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  61,  Reciprocating-saw  machines, 
Drag,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

74  SAWING,  RECIPROCATING  SAW,  VERTICAL.  Saws 
mounted  in  suitable  stretcher-frames  and  reciprocated  in 
substantially  vertical  lines,  usually  through  an  orifice  in  a 
horizontal  table. 

75.  SAWING,  RECIPROCATING  SAW,  HAND-DRIVEN. 
Devices  usually  comprising  a  blade-stretcher  suitably  guided 
to  permit  the  saw  to  reciprocate  in  substantially  straight  lines 
and  having  a  hand-grip  for  manually  reciprocating. 

76  FILING.    Machines  and  processes  for  filing  metal,  which  may 

be  defined  as  cutting  metal  by  a  hard  instrument  having  its 
surface  or  surfaces  sharply  ridged. 

77  FILING,  FILE-BLANK  STRIPPERS.    Machines  and  proc- 

esses for  preparing  file-blanks  by  filing  the  surfaces  of  the 
rough  blanks. 

Note.— Machines  for  grinding  the  surfaces  of  file-blanks  are  classi- 
fied in  class  51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclasses  4,  Metal, 
Curved  surfaces,  and  12,  Metal,  Plane  surfaces. 

78  FILING,  FILES  AND  RASPS.    Hard  smoothing  instruments 

having' their  working  surfaces  sharply  ridged  to  form  cutting 

edges  or  teeth. 
Search  Classes — 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  27,  Veterinary. 
168— FARRIERY,  subclass  48,  Tools,  Hoof  cleaners  and  trimmers. 

79  FILING,    FILES,    AND    RASPS,    SECTIONAL.    Files   or 

rasps  built  up  of  a  plurality  of  members,  usually  serrated 
plates. 

80  FILING,  FILES  AND  RASPS,  HOLDERS.    Handles  and 

devices  for  holding  files  or  rasps  during  their  use.     Includes 
also  shanks  and  supports  carried  by  a  handle,  to  which  the 
file  is  secured. 
Search  Classes — 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  27.  Veterinary. 

145 — WOODWORKING-TOOLS,    subclass    83,    Handles,    Socket- 
fastenings. 

81.  SCALE  REMOVERS  AND  PREVENTERS.  Machines  and 
processes  for  removing  scale  from  metal  sheets  and  bars  by 
scraping,  flexing,  treating  with  water  or  steam,  etc.,  except 
brushing  or  scouring  with  an  abradant  and  removing  scale  by 
chemical  action. 


70 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

Note. — For  brushing  or  scouring  with  an  abradant  see  class  51. 

GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  15,  Metal,  Sheet  metal  and 

wire. 

Search  Classes— 
91 — COATING,  subclass  70.3,  Processes,  With  heat,  With  metal, 

Molten,  Preparations. 
148— ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclass  42,  Pickling  and 

Swill  ing. 
204 — ELECTROCHEMISTRY,   subclass    7,  Electrolysis,    Aqueous 

bath.  Cathodes,  Cleaning. 
210 — WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclass  22.  Boiler  compounds,  for 

removing  scale  by  chemicals. 

82.  SHARPENING    EDGE-SERRATING.    Machines,   devices, 

and  processes  for  serrating  the  metal  adjacent  to  the  edges  of 
cutters,  the  serrations  extending  in  most  instances  across  the 
beveled  portion  of  the  blade  and  obliquely  to  the  edge. 

83.  SHARPENING,  SWAGING.    Machines  and  devices  for  sharp- 

ening metal  by  forging  or  rolling  the  metal  adjacent  to  the  edge. 
The  most  of  these  devices  are  adapted  to  sharpen  plow-points, 
harrow-disks,  and  other  farming  implements. 

84.  ASSEMBLING.    Miscellaneous  apparatus  and  processes  for 

assembling  and  securing  together  the  parts  of  metallic  articles 
or  those  composed  in  part  of  metal. 
Search  Classes— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  49,  Forging,  Rivet- 
ing, Machines,  Special. 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  3,  Special,  and  55,  Wrenches,  Machine, 
Bolt  holding. 

85.  ASSEMBLING,  AXLE,   PIN,  AND  COLLAR   PRESSES. 

Presses  for  inserting  or  extracting  axles,  pins,  etc.,  and  also 
presses  for  applying  or  removing  collars. 
Search  Class— 

29 — METAL  WORKING,  subclasses  88,  Assembling,  Staking 
watches  and  clocks;  80.1,  Assembling,  Pin  inserters  and 
removers,  and  88.2,  Assembling,  Tube  appliers  and  removers. 

86.  ASSEMBLING,  AXLE,  PIN,  AND  COLLAR   PRESSES, 

FLUID  OPERATED.  Presses  for  inserting  or  extracting 
axles,  pins,  etc.;  also  presses  for  applying  or  removing  collars 
which  are  actuated  by  fluid  pressure. 

86.1  ASSEMBLING,    PIN    INSERTERS   AND    REMOVERS. 

Apparatus  other  than  presses  for  performing  the  single  opera- 
tion of  removing  pins  from  collars  or  hinges,  keys  from  hubs  or 
shafts,  cotter-pins  from  cranks  or  cross-heads,  etc.,  or  inserting 
them  into  the  same. 
Search  Classes — 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  85,  Assembling,  Axle,  pin,  and 
collar  presses;  88.  Assembling,  Staking  watches  and  clocks, 
and  88.2,  Assembling,  Tube  appliers  and  removers. 

145— WOOD  WORKING  TOOLS,  subclasses  under  Nail  extractors. 

157— WHEELWRIGHT  MACHINES,  subclass  12,  Spoke  extractors. 

86.2  ASSEMBLING,    PIN    INSERTERS    AND    REMOVERS, 

PLIERS.    Tools  having  the  form  of  pliers  for  inserting  or 

removing  pins,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 
29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  88.1  Assembling,Staking  watches 

and  clocks,  Pliers. 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  8,  Special,  Watchmakers',  Ruby-pin  setters 

87.  ASSEMBLING,  SPOKED  WHEELS.    Means  for  assembling 

the  parts  of  metallic  spoked  wheels,  including  also  machines 
for  applying  spoke-washers  to  the  felly. 

Note. — Machines  for  securing  the  wheel  spokes  in  the  hub  or  felly 
by  upsetting  the  spoke  or  compressing  the  hub  or  felly,  are 
classified  in  class  78.  METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass 
16,  Forging,  Power  hammers  and  presses,  Spoke  securing. 
Search  Classes — 

29— METAL  WORKING,  subclass  174,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Spoked  wheels. 

157 — WHEELWRIGHT  MACHINES. 

87.1.  ASSEMBLING,  SPRING  APPLIERS  AND  REMOVERS. 
Apparatus  for  inserting  or  applying  and  removing  springs, 
and  clamps  for  holding  springs  compressed  to  enable  ready 
application  or  removal  of  the  spring  or  parts  cooperating  there- 
with. 

Search  Classes — 
23— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  88.2,  Assembling,  Tube  appliers 

and  removers. 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Special. 

88.  ASSEMBLING,    STAKING    WATCHES    AND    CLOCKS. 

Apparatus  for  removing  arbors  from  watch  pinions  or  insert- 
ing arbors  into  watch  pinions.    This  subclass  also  includes 
apparatus  for  inserting  the  leaves  of  lantern  pinions. 
Search  Classes— 

29 — METAL- WORKING,  subclasses  85,  Assembling,  Axle,  pin,  and 
collar  presses,  and  86.1,  Assembling,  Pin  inserters  and  remov- 
ers. 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  6,  Special ,  Watchmakers'. 

88.1.  ASSEMBLING,  STAKING   WATCHES  AND  CLOCKS, 
PLIERS.    Tools  having  the  form  of  pliers  or  pincers  for  re- 
moving arbors  from  watch  pinions,  hands  from  clocks  and 
watches,  collets  from  balance  wheels,  etc.,  or  for  inserting 
arbors  into  pinions,  etc. 
Search  Classes  - 
29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclass  86.2,  Assembling,  Pin  inserters 

and  removers,  Pliers. 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  6,  Special,  Watchmakers'. 


CLASS  29 — Continued. 

88.2.  ASSEMBLING,   TUBE   APPLIERS   AND   REMOVERS. 

Apparatus  specially  adapted  for  inserting  bushings,  couplings, 
tubes,  etc.,  or  for  applying  rings,  ferrules,  etc.,  or  for  extract- 
ing or  removing  the  same. 

89.  ASSEMBLING,      WORK      HOLDERS.    Clamps   and   jigs 

adapted  to  hold  the  parts  of  metallic  articles  of  manufacture 
while  they  are  being  assembled  or  are  being  operated  upon  by 
mechanisms  for  securing  said  parts;  also  work  holders  for 
metal  parts  for  which  there  is  no  specific  cla«s  or  subclass. 
Search  Classes— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  62,  Appliances,  Jigs. 

90— GEAR  CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  59,  Work 
holders. 

113— SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  99    Soldering, 
Clamps,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

90.  BURNISHING.    Machines  and  processes  for  condensing  the 

surface  of  metallic  articles,  usually  by  rubbing  with  a  smooth 
surface  of  greater  hardness  than  that  of  the  article  being 
operated  upon.  These  machines  differ  from  grinding  and 
polishing  machines  in  that  there  is  practically  no  abrasion  of 
the  surface  treated. 

91.  ABOLISHED. 

92.  ABOLISHED. 

93.  ABOLISHED. 

94.  ABOLISHED. 

95.  CUTTERS.    Miscellaneous    cutters    for    metal-working    ma- 

chines comprising  only  so  much  of  the  cutting  mechanism  as 
is  removabfy  secured  in  the  tool  post  or  rest  or  supported 
thereon  while  making  its  cut. 

96.  CUTTERS,     INSERTED     BLADE.    Devices  of  the  same 

general  configuration  as  integral  cutters  which  are  clamped 
in  a  tool-post,  but  having  a  small  removable  and  interchange- 
able blade  which  forms  the  immediate  stock-removing  portion 
of  the  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  105,  Cutters,  Rotary,  Inserted 
tooth. 

97.  CUTTERS,    INSERTED    BLADE,    MULTIPLE.    Cutters 

carrying  a  plurality  of  inserted  cutting-blades  capable  of  simul- 
taneous action. 

98.  CUTTERS,    INSERTED    BLADE,    ANGULAR    ADJUST- 

MENT. Inserted  blade  cutters  capable  of  angular  adjust- 
ment other  than  mere  rotation  about  their  own  axes. 

99.  CUTTERS,   INSERTED    BLADE,    LATERAL   OFFSET. 

Cutters  in  which  the  blade  is  located  in  an  approximately 
horizontal  plane  and  substantially  transverse  to  the  axis  of 
the  cutter-bod y. 

100.  CUTTERS,  INSERTED  BLADE,  VERTICAL  OFFSET. 

Inserted  blade  cutters  in  which  the  blade  is  located  in  an 
approximately  vertical  plane  and  transverse  to  the  axis  of 
the  cutter-body. 

101.  CUTTERS,    INSERTED    BLADE,    ARC.    Cutters  having 

an  arc-shaped  blade  secured  in  a  correspond ingly-shaped  re- 
cess hi  the  cutter-body. 

102.  CUTTERS,    PROFILED    CIRCULAR    BLADE.    Cutters 

producing  a  pattern-surface  by  means  of  a  blade  circular  hi 
cross-section  and  of  reverse  pattern  in  axial  section,  whose 
working  edge  is  formed  by  removing  a  portion  of  the  circum- 
ference, leaving  one  face  substantially  radial. 
Search  Class — 
82— TURNING,  subclass  13,  Axial  pattern,  Profiled  cutter. 

103.  CUTTERS,   ROTARY.    Miscellaneous  rotary  metal-working 

cutters  of  the  type  ordinarily  used  in  milling-machines. 
Search  Class — 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  91,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads. 

104.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,   GANG.    Form-milling  cutters  built 

up  by  placing  several  rotary  cutlers  in  axial  alinement  on  the 
same  driving-shaft. 

105.  CUTTERS,     ROTARY,     INSERTED     TOOTH.    Rotary 

cutters  built  up  from  a  body  in  which  are  secured  smaller 

separate  cutting-teeth. 
Search  Classes— 

29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclass  90,  Cutters,  Inserted  blade. 
12  — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  94,  Sole  and  heel  edge 

trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads,  Inserted  cutters. 
148— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  145,  Saw-teeth  fastenings,  and  the 

subclasses  thereunder. 

100.  CUTTERS.    LUBRICATORS.    Devices  for  supplying  lubri- 
cants to  cutting-tools  so  designed  as  to  convey  it  to  the  work- 
ing edge  of  the  tool. 
Search  Class — 
77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  68,  Drills,  Oil-conduit. 

107.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS.  Machine 
attachments  and  details  which  grip  articles  by  means  of  mov- 
able jaws  or  which  have  sockets  or  recesses  conforming  substan- 
tially to  the  shape  of  the  article  held  for  the  purpose  of  rotating 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


71 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

said  article.  This  subclass  contains  mainly  devices  for  metal- 
working,  but  is  not  confined  to  such,  being  the  general  class 
for  such  devices  as  are  not  specifically  classified  elsewhere. 

Note.— Nipple-chucks  and  sockets  for  holding  screw-threaded 
articles  are  classified  hi  class  10,  BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET, 
AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses  107,  Screw-threading,  Ma- 
chines, Work-holders,  and  108,  Screw-threading,  Machines, 
Work-holders,  Nipple-chucks. 

Note.— Other  devices  structurally  similar  will  be  found  hi  class 
81,  TOOLS,  subclass  53,  Wrenches,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, and  in  subclass  17,  Vises,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

Note.— leaning-machine  and  milling-machine  chucks,  which  do 
not  rotate  the  piece  held,  are  classified  in  class  81,  TOOLS,  sub- 
class 17,  Vises,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Note. — Expansible  mandrels  for  supporting  the  work  in  lathes, 
etc.,  are  in  class  82,  TURNING,  subclass  44,  Work-drivers,  Man- 
drels, Expansible. 

Note.— Tool-holders  for  planers  are  classified  in  class  90,  GEAR- 
CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  52,  Planing,  Plan- 
ers, Tool-heads. 

Note.— Rock-drill  chucks  mainly  designed  to  reciprocate  instead 
of  rotate  the  tool  held  are  in  class  135,  STONE-WORKING,  sub- 
class 3,  Chucks  for  rock-drills. 

Note.— Bit-sockets,  handle-sockets,  and  analogous  devices  struc- 
turally similar,  but  intended  for  use  in  portable  tools,  are  in 
class  145,  WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  83,  Handles,  Sockec- 
fastenings,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

107.5  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  INDEXED 
WORK-GRIPS.  Chucks  in  which  the  jaws  carry  work-grips 
which  may  be  indexed  about  a  transverse  axis, so  as  to  present 
the  several  faces  of  the  work-piece  successively  to  the  cutting- 
tools. 

108.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND     TOOL-SOCKETS,    ECCEN- 

TRIC. Chucks  arranged  to  hold  articles  eccentric  to  their 
axes  of  rotation. 

109.  MACHINE-CHUCKS      AND      TOOL-SOCKETS,      SELF- 

ALINING.  Chucks  in  which  the  article  rotated  is  free  to 
be  moved  laterally  or  angularly  into  alinement  or  coincidence 
with  the  axis  of  rotation  of  the  chuck. 

110.  MACHINE-CHUCKS     AND     TOOL-SOCKETS,     TANG- 

END  DRIVE.  Tool  chucks  and  sockets  which,  in  addition 
to  the  ordinary  holding  and  driving  means,  have  devices  for 
engaging  and  positively  rotating  the  flattened  end  of  the 
tool-tang. 

111.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  BEVEL- 

CLOSING.    Movable  chucks  in  which  the  relative  move- 
ment of  the  jaws  and  the  chuck-body  or  of  the  jaws  and  the 
jaw-actuating  device  is  along  lines  neither  parallel  nor  perpen- 
dicular to  the  axis  of  the  chuck. 
Search  Class- 
ID— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
95,  Screw-threading,  Machines,  Collapsing  die,  Bevel-closing. 

112.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  ADVANCING  JAW.  Bevel-closing  chucks  in 
which  the  jaws  are  advanced  into  a  beveled  socket,  the  jaws 
being  usually  carried  by  a  longitudinally-movable  sleeve 
which  is  lever-actuated. 

113.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  BEVEL- 

CLOSING,     RECEDING    JAW.    Bevel-closing  chucks  in 
which  the  jaws  are  drawn  back  into  a  beveled  socket,  the  jaws 
being  usually  carried   by  a  longitudinally-movable  sleeve 
which  is  lever-actuated. 
Search  Class — 
79— BUTTON-MAKING. 

114.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  AXIAL  DRAW-SCREW.  Bevel-closing 
chucks  in  which  the  jaws  are  drawn  back  into  a  beveled  socket 
by  an  axially-moving  screw  and  suitable  nut. 

115.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  AXIAL  THRUST-SCREW.  Bevel-closing 
chucks  in  which  the  jaws  are  thrust  forward  into  a  conical 
cap  or  converging  grooves  by  an  axially-moving  screw  mesh- 
ing with  a  corresponding  female  screw  in  the  chuck-body  and 
having  suitable  connection  with  the  jaws. 

116.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  ROTATING  RING.  Bevel-closing  chucks  in 
which  the  jaws  are  actuated  by  interiorly-threaded  rings 
which  rotate,  but  have  no  relative  longitudinal  movement. 

117.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  ROTATING  RING,  ADVANCING  JAW. 
Chucks  like  the  preceding  in  which  the  rotation  of  the  threaded 
ring  moves  the  gripping-jaws  forward  in  converging  guides. 

118   MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    BEVEL- 
CLOSING,  SCREW-CAP.    Bevel-closing  chucks  in  which 
the  jaws  are  given  their  converging  movement  by  a  cap  which 
screws  upon  the  end  of  the  chuck-body. 
Search  Class — 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  92,  Handles,  Socket-fas- 
tenings, Bevel-closing,  Screw-cap  for  analogous  structures. 

119.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  BEVEL- 
CLOSING,  SCREW-CAP,  CONICAL.  Chucks  like  the 
preceding  in  which  the  jaws  are  drawn  together  by  the  axial 
movement  of  an  internally-coned  screw-cap. 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

120.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  SCREW-RING.    Bevel-closing  chucks  hi  which 
the  jaws  are  given  their  converging  movement  by  a  screw-ring 
laterally  surrounding  and  moving  longitudinally  on  the  body 
of  th«  chuck. 
Search  Class— 

145— WooDWORKiNG-TdoLS,  subclass  89,  Handles,  Socket- 
fastenings,  Bevel-closing,  Screw-ring. 

121.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  SCREW-RING,  ADVANCING  JAW.  Chucks 
like  the  preceding  in  which  the  threaded  closing  ring  imparts 
to  the  jaws  its  own  relative  longitudinal  movement  of  advance 
with  reference  to  the  chuck-body. 

122.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  SCREW-RING,  RECEDING  JAW.  Chucks 
like  the  preceding  except  that  the  closing  movement  of  the 
jaw  is  in  the  opposite  direction  axially. 

123.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  SLIDING  RING.    Chucks  in  which  the  jaws  are 
actuated  by  a  connected  ring  or  sleeve  which  merely  slides 
longitudinally  on  the  chuck-body. 
Search  Class — 

145— WOODWORKING^TOOLS,  subclass  94,  Handles,  Socket-fas- 
tenings, Bevel-closing,  Sliding-ring. 

124.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  CAM-CLOS- 

ING.   Chucks  in  which  the  jaws  are  operated  by  a  rotating 
cam-surface. 
Search  Classes — 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  96, 
Screw-threading,  Machines,  Collapsing  die,  Cam-closing. 

82 — TURNING,  subclass  42,  Work-drivers,  Lathe-dogs,  Cam-grip. 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  96,  Handles,  Socket- 
fastenings,  Cam-closing. 

125.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  CAM-CLOS- 

ING, WORM  AND  WORM-WHEEL.  Chucks  in  which  the 
jaw-operating  cam  has  an  attached  worm-wheel  rotated  by  a 
transversely-located  worm. 

126.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  CAM-CLOS- 

ING, SCROLL.  Chucks  in  which  the  jaw-operating  cams 
are  of  considerable  length  and  slight  pitch,  necessitating  a 
rotation  through  a  large  angle  to  close  the  jaws.  The  cam- 
surfaces  are  usually  flat  spirals  located  on  the  face  of  the 
rotating  member. 

127.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  SCROLL,  BEVEL  PINION  AND  RING. 
Chucks  like  the  preceding  in  which  the  jaw-driving  scroll  is 
rotated  by  a  beveled  gear-ring  which  meshes  with  one  or  more 
bevel-pinions  having  wrench-holds. 

128.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    BEVEL- 

CLOSING,  SCROLL,  CONICAL.  Scroll-chucks  in  which 
the  jaw-operating  scroll  is  arranged  on  the  surface  of  a  rotating 
cone. 

129.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    LEVER- 

CLOSING.    Chucks  in  which  the  jaw  movements  are  effected 
by  levers. 
Search  Classes— 

10—BoLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  97, 
Screw-threading,  Machines,  Collapsing  die,  Lever-closing. 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  98,  Handles,  Socket- 
fastenings,  Lever-closing. 

130  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    LEVER- 

CLOSING,  CONE.    Chucks  like  the  preceding  in  which  the 
jaw-actuating  levers  are  oscillated  by  cones  moving  under 
then-  free  ends. 
Search  Class— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  98, 
Screw-threading,  Machines,  Collapsing  die,  Lever-closing, 
Cone. 

131  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    LEVER- 

CLOSING,  TOGGLE.    Chucks  in  which  the  jaw-closing 
levers  have  or  are  capable  of  having  a  toggle  or  locking  action. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  ARD  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
16,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Reciprocating  die  and  header, 
Toggle-closing  dies;  50,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Reciprocating 
die  and  header,  Toggle^losing  dies,  and  99.  Screw-threading, 
Machines,  Collapsing  die,  Lever-closing,  Toggle. 

132  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    TRANS- 

VERSE SCREW  -  CLOSING.    Chucks  in  which  the  jaws 
are  operated  or  the  article  is  gripped  by  screws  lying  hi  a  plane 
substantially  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  chuck. 
Search  Class— 

145_WooDWORKiNG-TooLs,  subclass  99,  Handles,  Socket-fasten- 
ings, Transverse  screw-clamp. 

133  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    TRANS- 

VERSE SCREW-CLOSING,  RADIAL-SCREW  JAW. 
Chueks  in  which  a  plurality  of  jaws  are  moved  in  radial  lines 
by  intermeshing  radial  screws. 

134.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  TRANS- 
VERSE SCREW-CLOSING,  RADIAL-SCREW  JAW, 
BEVEL  PINION  AND  RING.  Chucks  in  which  the  radi- 
ally-arranged jaw-driving  screws  are  simultaneously  rotated 
by  a  rotating  bevel-geared  ring  which  meshes  with  a  pinion 
secured  to  each  screw. 


72 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

135.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    TRANS- 

VERSE  SCREW-CLOSING,  OPPOSITE  COUPLED 
JAWS.  Chucks  in  which  a  pair  of  radially-opposed  jaws  are 
coupled  together  and  operated  by  a  screw  or  screws,  usually 
right  and  left  threaded. 

136.  ABOLISHED.    See  subclass  107.5. 

137.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    TRANS- 

VERSE SCREW-CLOSING,  OPPOSITE  COUPLED 
JAWS,  INTERLOCKING.  Chucks  with  screw-coupled 
paired  jaws  transversely  divided  into  sections  which  pass  the 
center  line  of  the  chuck  and  enter  corresponding  recesses  in 
the  opposite  jaw. 

138.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    TRANS- 

VERSE WEDGED  JAW.    Chucks  in  which  the  jaws  are 
moved  in  lines  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  chuck  by  means 
of  backing-wedges  operated  in  various  ways. 
Search  Class- 
ID— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
51,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  Reciprocating  die  and  header, 
Wedge-closing  dies;  and  17,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Recipro- 
cating die  and  header,  Wedge-closing  dies. 

139.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND     TOOL-SOCKETS,     LONGI- 

TUDINAL SCREW-CLAMP.  Chucks  in  which  the  article 
is  secured  to  the  rotating  chuck-body  by  clamping-screws 
arranged  parallel  to  the  axis  of  rotation. 

140.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    TRANS- 

VERSELY-OSCILLATING JAW.  Chucks  in  which  the 
gripping-jaws  converge  in  curved  paths  in  a  plane  substan- 
tially perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  chuck. 

141.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  SOCKETS. 

Devices  mainly  for  rotating  tools  which  have  rigid  recesses 
conforming  substantially  to  the  shank  of  the  tool  or  shape  of 
the  article  held. 
Search  Class  — 
142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclass  57,  Work-holders,  Socket. 

142.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  SOCKETS, 

MULTIPLE.  Devices  having  a  series  of  recesses  of  varying 
size  which  may  be  successively  brought  into  alinement  with 
the  axis  of  the  holder. 

143.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  SOCKETS. 

WEDGE.  Sockets  which  have  a  movable  contained  piece 
capable  of  being  forced  into  firm  engagement  with  the  article 
held  to  prevent  its  disengagement. 

144.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS    SOCKETS, 

SPLIT.    Sockets  composed  of  a  single  piece,  but  having  a 
longitudinal  dividing  slot  or  slots,  so  as  to  be  contracted  by 
outside  gripping  devices. 
Search  Class— 

145 — WOODWORKING-TOOLS,    subclass   101,    Handles,    Socket- 
fastenings,  Transverse  screw-clamp,  Split  socket. 

145.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  SOCKETS, 

DETENT.  Sockets  having  a  movable  contained  piece  which 
loosely  engages  the  article  held  to  prevent  its  rotation  or  dis- 
engagement. 

146.  MACHINE-CHUCKS    AND    TOOL-SOCKETS,    INDICA- 

TORS. Devices  attached  to  chuck  bodies  or  jaws  to  indicate 
the  amount  of  opening  of  the  jaws,  the  amount  of  eccentricity, 
etc. 

147.  MACHINE-CHUCKS  AND  TOOL-SOCKETS,  JAWS.    The 

immediate  movable  gripping-pieces  of  the  chuck. 

148.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES.    Blanks  and  processes  for  mak- 

ing special  metallic  articles  not  indicated  by  the  following 
specific  subclass  titles,  and  also  processes  for  working  metal 
not  classifiable  in  specific  art  classes. 

Note. — Processes  for  casting  metal  articles  are  in  class  22,  METAL- 
FOUNDING. 

Blanks  and  processes  for  making  tools  are  classified  in  class 
76.  METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING. 

Processes  for  forging  and  welding  are  classified  in  class  78, 
METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING. 

Processes  for  making  special  articles  from  sheet  metal  by  the 
operations  peculiar  to  sheet-metal  working  are  classified  in 
class  113,  SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  51,  Die- 
shaping,  Processes,  and  116,  Processes. 

149.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  BEAMS  AND  RAILS,  ME- 

CHANICALLY CAPPED.    Processes  for  capping  rails  and 
beams  by  mechanically  uniting  the  parts,  usually  by  dove- 
tailed joints. 
Search  Class— 

23— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  under  Metal  stock,  Processes, 
for  capping  by  welding. 

150.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  BRACES  AND  BRACKETS. 

Blanks  and  processes  for  forming  iron  braces  and  brackets  by 
swaging,  die-forming,  bending,  etc. 

151.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  BRIDGE-IRONS.    Blanks 

and  processes  for  forming  eyebars,  links,  or  other  tension  or 
compression  members  for  bridge-irons. 

152.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  CARRIAGE-IRONS.    Mis- 

cellaneous blanks  and  processes  for  forming  special  irons  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  carriages  and  wagons,  including  steps, 
clips,  etc. 


CLASS  29-  Continued. 

153.  BLANKS     AND      PROCESSES,     CARRIAGE  -  IRONS, 

AXLES.    Blanks  and  processes  for  forming  metallic  axles 
for  carriages,  wagons,  etc. 
Search  Class  - 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  165,  Blanks  and  processes,  Rail- 
way-car irons,  Axles. 

154.  BLANKS     AND     PROCESSES,     CARRIAGE  -  IRONS, 

AXLE  BOXES  AND  SKEINS.    Blanks  and  processes  for 
making  axle-boxes  for  vehicle-hubs  or  axle-skeins  adapted  to 
be  applied  to  wooden  vehicle-axles. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  166,  Blanks  and  processes,  Rail- 
way-car irons,  Axle-boxes. 

155. 


156.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  FERRULES,  RINGS,  AND 

THIMBLES.  Blanks  and  processes  for  forming  ferrules, 
rings,  including  packing-rings,  thread-protecting  rings,  pipe- 
couplings,  etc.,  formed  by  forging,  swaging,  rolling,  etc. 

Note. — Forming  rings,  etc.,  from  thin  sheet  metal  which  involves 
merely  operations  common  to  sheet-metal  work,  such  as  die- 
shaping,  bending,  soldering,  etc.,  are  classified  in  class  113, 
SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING. 

Search  Class— 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  8,  Special  work,  Finger-ring 
forming  and  sizing. 

157.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  GAS  AND  WATER  FIT- 

TINGS. Blanks  and  processes  for  forming  various  fittings 
and  devices  used  in  gas,  steam,  and  water  distributing  appa- 
ratus, including  elbows,  T's,  and  other  pipe  connections, 
screw-couplings,  valves,  plumbers'  tacks,  etc. 

158.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  GAS  AND  WATER  FIT- 

TINGS, TRAPS.  Blanks  and  processes  for  forming  (and 
assembling)  traps  and  trap-chambers  used  in  water  or  gas 
distribution. 

159.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  GEARS,  PULLEYS, 

TIRES,  AND  WHEELS.    Blanks  and  processes  for  forming 
the  various  articles  above  enumerated,  excepting  such  articles 
having  spokes  formed  independently  of  the  hub  or  rim,  and 
railway  car  wheels. 
Search  Class — 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclasses  174,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Spoked  wheels,  and  168,  Blanks  and  processes,  Railway-car 
irons,  Wheels. 

160.  BLANKS    AND    PROCESSES,    GRILLES.    Blanks    and 

processes  for  making  metallic  grilles. 

161.  BLANKS    AND    PROCESSES,    KNOBS    AND    KNOB- 

SHANKS.  Blanks  and  processes  for  manufacturing  metallic 
knobs  (usually  door-knobs)  and  shanks  to  which  knobs  are 
secured. 

162.  BLANKS     AND     PROCESSES,     LINED     PIPES     AND 

TANKS.    Blanks  and  processes  for  applying  or  securing  a 
shee4-metal  lining  to  pipes,  reservoirs,  tanks,  etc. 
Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  coating  with  fluid  metal, 
which  is  in  class  91,  COATING. 

163.  BLANKS  AND   PROCESSES,   MUSICAL  VIBRATORS. 

Blanks  and  processes  for  forming  metallic  vibrating  devices 
adapted  to  produce  musical  tones,  such  as  organ-reeds,  tuning- 
forks,  etc. 

164.  BLANKS   AND    PROCESSES,   RAILWAY-CAR   IRONS. 

Miscellaneous  blanks  and  processes  for  making  irons  for  rail- 
way rolling-stock  not  included  in  the  following  subclasses. 

165.  BLANKS  AND   PROCESSES,  RAILWAY-CAR  IRONS, 

AXLES.    Blanks  and  processes  for  making  axles  for  railway 
rolling-stock. 
Search  Class — 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  153,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Carriage-irons,  Axles. 

166.  BLANKS  AND   PROCESSES,  RAILWAY-CAR  IRONS, 

AXLE-BOXES.    Blanks  and   processes  for  making  axle- 
boxes  for  railway  rolling-stock. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  154,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Carriage-irons,  Axle  boxes  and  skeins. 

167.  BLANKS  AND   PROCESSES,  RAILWAY-CAR  IRONS, 

COUPLINGS  AND  DRAW-BARS.  Blanks  and  processes 
for  making  car-couplings,  including  links,  and  draw-bars, 

108.  BLANKS  AND  7'ROCESSES,  RAILWAY-CAR  IRONS, 
WHEELS.  Blanks  and  processes  for  making  car-wheels 
where  there  is  some  further  function  performed  than  mere 
casting  or  forging  or  rolling. 

169.  BLANKS      AND      PROCESSES.      RAILWAY  -  TRACK 

IRONS.    Blanks  and  processes  for  forming  track-irons  for 
railways,  including  rails,  rail-braces,  ties,  bonds,  etc. 
Note.— Railway-chairs  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  16, 
Special  work,  Railway-chair  making. 

170.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  SPINNERS'  AND  WEAV- 

ERS' IRONS.  Blanks  and  processes  for  making  the  various 
iron  parts  used  in  looms,  spinning-machines,  carding- 
machines,  etc.,  except  spinning-rings. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


73 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

171.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  SPINNERS'  AND  WEAV- 

ERS' IRONS,  SPINNING-RINGS.  Blanks  and  processes 
for  forming  or  repairing  spinning-rings. 

172.  BLANKS    AND    PROCESSES,    SPRING-HEAD    CLIPS. 

Blanks  and  processes  for  making  clips  for  carriage-spring 
heads,  spring-clips  for  railway  rolling-stock,  etc. 

173.  BLANKS    AND    PROCESSES,    SPRINGS.    Blanks    and 

processes  for  making  springs,  including  leaf,  plate,  spiral,  etc., 
in  which  other  operations  are  performed  than  mere  bending 
or  coiling  or  tempering. 

174.  BLANKS     AND     PROCESSES,     SPOKED     WHEELS. 

Blanks  for  forming  wheels  having  spokes  formed  independ- 
ently of  the  hub  or  rim,  also  processes  for  forming  such 
wheels,  including  processes  for  securing  the  ends  of  the  spokes 
to  the  hub-rim,  for  tensioning  the  spokes,  and  for  truing  the 
wheel. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  processes  for  casting  wheels 
on  hubs  or  in  rims  which  are  classified  in  class  105,  RAILWAY 
ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  140,  Wheel-bodies,  Cast  in  tires,  and 
141,  Wheel-bodies,  Cast  on  hubs. 

Search  Class— 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,    subclasses   under    Processes,    Casting, 
Composite  article,  for  uniting  parts  by  casting  metal  generally. 

175.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  TURNBUCKLES.    Blanks 

and  processes  for  forming  turnbuckles  and  for  securing  the 
tensioning  members  to  said  turnbuckles. 

276.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  VELOCIPEDE-IRONS. 
Blanks  and  processes  for  making  the  metallic  parts  of  the 
velocipedes,  such  as  forks,  pedals,  cranks,  frames,  etc. 

177.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  WATCHES  AND  CLOCKS. 

Miscellaneous  blanks  and  processes  for  making  parts  of 
watches  and  clocks  not  included  in  the  following  subclasses. 

178.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  WATCHES  AND  CLOCKS, 

ARBORS,  PINIONS,  AND  BALANCES.  Blanks  and 
processes  for  making  arbors,  pinions  (including  lantern- 
wheels),  and  balances  for  watches  and  clocks. 

179.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES.  WATCHES  AND  CLOCKS, 

CASES,  CROWNS,  AND  PENDANTS.  Blanks  and  proc- 
esses for  forming  watchcases,  crowns,  and  pendants  which 
includes  other  steps  than  mere  die-shaping. 
Note. — Machines  for  merely  die-shaping  the  sheet  metal  are 
classified  in  class  113,  SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  sub- 
class 38,  Die-shaping. 

Machines  for  die-shaping  the  centers  of  watchcases  are 
classified  in  class  113,  SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  sub- 
class 47,  Die-shaping,  Roller  and  concave. 

Machines  for  ornamenting  watchcases  are  classified  in  class 
201,  METAL-ORNAMENTING,  subclasses  2,  Nurling,  and  3,  Die- 
pressing. 

180.  METAL   STOCK.    Metal  bars,  plates,  tubes,  etc.,  generally 

formed  of  a  single  metal,  which  are  adapted  to  be  sold  as 
articles  of  manufacture. 

Note.— Blanks  which  are  adapted  to  be  formed  into  special  arti- 
cles are  classified  in  this  class  under  Blanks  and  processes. 

Search  Class — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  for  metal  girders,  beams, 
and  columns. 


CLASS  29— Continued. 

181.  METAL  STOCK,  COMPOUND.    Metal  plates,  etc.,  which 

are  made  by  joining  two  or  more  different  metals. 

182.  METAL  STOCK,  COMPOUND,  BARS  AND  TUBES. 

Bars  and  tubes  made  by  joining  two  or  more  different  metals. 

183.  METAL   STOCK,    PILES   AND    FAGOTS,    PARALLEL 

BARS.  Assemblages  of  bars  or  plates  arranged  in  parallelism 
which  are  adapted  to  be  heated  and  rolled  or  forged  into 
bars,  beams,  railroad-rails,  etc. 

184.  METAL   STOCK,   PILES   AND   FAGOTS,    PARALLEL 

BARS,  RAILROAD-RAILS.  Piles  and  fagots  comprising 
railroad-rails  arranged  in  parallelism  with  or  without  a  filling 
of  muck-iron  or  the  like,  which  are  adapted  to  be  rolled  into 
bars,  beams,  or  railroad-rails.  The  patents  in  this  subclass 
are  mainly  for  utilization  of  old  railroad-rails. 

185.  METAL    STOCK,    PILES    AND    FAGOTS     TUBULAR. 

Piles  made  from  bars,  plates,  etc.,  arranged  about  a  non- 
metallic  core  or  In  the  form  of  a  tube  adapted  to  be  heated 
and  rolled  or  forged  into  a  tube  or  a  hollow  beam. 

186.  METAL    STOCK,    PILES    AND    FAGOTS,    BOX    AND 

SCRAP.  Piles  comprising  a  box-like  structure  formed  of 
plates  or  bars  the  interior  of  which  is  filled  with  iron-scraps. 

187.  METAL  STOCK,  TUBE  AND  PLATE,  INTERLOCKED 

JOINT.  Tubes,  plates,  etc. ,  whose  edges  or  surfaces  are  united 
by  dovetailed  or  other  interlocked  joints.  These  tubes  are 
generally  intended  for  structural  work,  such  as  bicycle-frames, 
bedsteads,  etc. 

188.  METAL  STOCK,  PROCESSES,  COMPOUND  BARS  AND 

TUBES.  Processes  for  making  bars  or  tubes  comprising 
two  or  more  metals  or  forms  of  the  same  metal  united  by 
welding,  soldering,  or  other  molecular  adhesion. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  casting  per  se,  nor  coating 
with  fluid  metal,  nor  by  chemical  or  electro  deposition  of  one 
of  the  metals. 

Note.— Methods  of  covering  wire  with  sheet  metal  closed  upon 
the  wire  core  by  drawing  are  classified  in  class  205,  METAL- 
DRAWING,  subclass  18,  Wire,  Covering,  Processes. 

189.  METAL    STOCK,    PROCESSES,    COMPOUND    PLATE. 

Processes  for  making  metal  plates  or  sheets  comprising  two 
or  more  metals  or  forms  of  the  same  metals  united  by  weld- 
ing, soldering,  or  other  molecular  adhesion. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  processes  for  forming  com- 
pound ingots  by  casting  unless  such  process  includes  further 
steps  of  forging,  rolling,  or  the  like;  nor  coating  with  fluid 
metal  which  is  poured  upon  the  surface  of  the  basic  plate  or 
into  which  such  plate  is  dipped;  nor  electric  or  chemical 
deposition  of  one  of  the  metals. 

Search  Classes— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  18,  Special  work,  Sheet-metal 
and  foil  manufacture,  Processes,  and  181,  Metal  stock,  Com- 
pound. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclasses  201,  Processes.  Casting,  Com- 
posite article,  for  processes  of  making  composite  articles  by 
casting  one  metal  upon  another  fluid  metal  or  casting  both 
in  contact  with  each  other;  204,  Processes,  Casting,  Com- 
posite article.  One  motal  solid.  Heated,  for  processes  of  cast- 
ing one  metal  upon  another  metal  which  is  In  a  solid  state; 
and  207,  Processes,  Casting,  Composite  article.  One  metal 
solid,  Iron  and  steel,  Compression. 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  93,  Welding, 
Processes,  Dissimilar  metals. 


CLASS  36.— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  miscellaneous  footwear,  such  as  boots,  shoes, 
and  leggings  and  accessories  peculiar  to  them. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous  footwear  and  such  details 

as  do  not  fall  in  other  classes  and  subclasses. 

2.  LEGGINGS  AND  GAITERS.    Ordinary  leggings  and  gaiters 

which  are  worn  outside  or  above  the  boot  or  shoe. 
Note.— Such  knit  leggings  as  differ  from  stockings  only  in  that 
they  lack  footpieces  are  found  in  subclass  Nether  garments, 
Stockings,  class  2,  APPAREL.  • 

3.  VENTILATED.    All  modifications  of  the  boot  or  shoe  and  its 

parts  to  ventilate  or  drain  it. 

4.  RUBBER.    Boots  and  shoes  the  upper  at  least  of  which  is  made 

from  rubber  or  fabric  impregnated  with  rubber. 

5.  RUBBER,  OVERSHOES.    Rubber  shoes  adapted  to  be  worn 

over  other  boots  or  shoes  and  to  protect  at  least  part  of  the 
upper. 

6.  RUBBER,  OVERSHOES,  HEELLESS.    Rubber  overshoes 

made  to  protect  only  the  ball  of  the  foot  or  provided  with  an 
opening  through  which  the  heel  of  the  undershoe  projects. 

7.  RUBBER,  OVERSHOES,  RETAINERS.    Devices  to  be  at- 

tached to  and  modifications  of  the  overshoe  to  hold  the  over- 
shoe on.  Does  not  include  buckles,  clasps,  and  the  like. 

8.  RUBBER,  OVERSHOES,  RETAINERS,  HEEL-ENGAG- 

ING. The  retaining  device  engages  with  the  heel  of  the 
undershoe. 

9.  FELT  AND  FABRIC.    Boots  and  shoes  of  which  the  upper  at 

least  is  made  of  felt,  cloth,  or  other  fabric  except  rubber. 

10  INSIDE  SLIPPERS.  Slippers  of  thin  material  to  be  worn 
inside  of  a  boot  or  shoe  to  protect  the  stocking.  Generally 
used  with  rubber  boots. 

11.  MOCCASINS.    Boots  and  shoes  made  from  soft  leather,  the 

piece  forming  the  sole  being  extended  to  form  part  or  all  of 
the  upper. 

12.  SOLE-ATTACHING  MEANS.    Boots  and  shoes  in  which  the 

novelty  lies  in  the  means  for  securing  the  sole  to  the  upper  or 
the  arrangement  of  the  parts  for  that  purpose. 

13.  SOLE-ATTACHING  MEANS,  WOODEN  SOLES.    Fasten- 

ings peculiar  to  wooden  soles. 

14.  SOLE-ATTACHING  MEANS,  RUBBER.    The  upper  or  sole 

or  both  are  rubber  and  are  secured  together  by  means  essen- 
tially peculiar  to  such  material,  usually  by  vulcanization. 

15.  SOLE-ATTACHING    MEANS,    DETACHABLE    SOLES. 

The  outer  tread-sole  of  the  shoe  is  provided  with  devices 
whereby  it  may  be  readily  attached  to  and  detached  from  the 
shoe. 

Search  Class— 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  13,  Sole-attaching 
means,  Wooden  soles. 

16.  SOLE-ATTACHING    MEANS,    OUTTURNED    UPPERS. 

The  bottom  of  the  upper  is  turned  outward  to  form  a  flange 
which  is  secured  to  the  outer  sole. 

17.  SOLE-ATTACHING  MEANS,  WELT-CONNECTED.    The 

upper  is  secured  to  the  welt  and  usually  to  the  insole,  the  welt 
in  turn  being  secured  to  the  outer  sole. 
Search  Class— 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  10,  Sole-attaching 
means,  Outturned  uppers. 

18.  SOLE-ATTACHING  MEANS,  SINGLE-FACED  STITCH. 

The  stitch  which  secures  the  parts  together  does  not  go  through 
the  body  of  the  sole,  but  goes  in  and  out  on  the  same  side. 
Search  Class— 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  17,  Sole-attaching 
means,  Welt-connected. 

19.  SOLE-ATTACHING      MEANS,    THROUGH-AND- 

THROUGH.  The  pegs  or  stitches  pass  directly  through 
the  sole,  through  the  upper,  and  generally  through  the  insole, 
if  there  be  one. 

20.  SOLE-ATTACHING, MEANS, PROCESSES.    Suchmethods 

for  securing  soles  to  uppers  as  by  their  steps  merely  define 
the  structure  of  the  article. 


CLASS  36 — Continued. 

21.  SOLE-ATTACHING  MEANS,  SEAMS.    The  arrangement  of 

the  pegs  or  threads  to  form  the  seam  which  secures  the  upper 
to  the  sole. 

22.  SOLE-ATTACHING  MEANS,  PREPARED  SOLES.    Sole- 

blanks  prepared  for  attachment  by  channeling,  ribbing,  or  the 
like. 

Search  Class— 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclasses  16,  Sole-attaching 
means,  Outturned  uppers,  19,  Through-and-through,  17, 
Welt-connected,  and  18,  Single-faced  stitch. 

23.  SOLE-ATTACHING     MEANS,    FASTENERS.     Fasteners 

for  securing  soles  and  uppers  together. 

Note. — Threads  for  this  purpose  are  found  in  class  28,  CORDAGE. 
Nails  and  tacks  for  this  purpose  are  found  in  class  85,  NAILS  AND 
SPIKES. 

24.  SOLE-ATTACHING      MEANS,      FASTENERS,      PEGS. 

Pegs  and  peg-ribbons  from  which  pegs  are  cut. 
Note.— Strips  or  carriers  in  which  the  pegs  are  mounted  are  found 
in  class  1,  NAILING  AND  STAPLING. 

25.  SOLES.    This  subclass  includes  such  structures  of  soles  as  are 

not  herein  more  specifically  classified. 

20.  SOLES,  FLEECED   SLIPPER.      Soles  lined  with  fleece  to 
be  used  in  the  ordinary  house-slipper  with  knit  uppers. 

27.  SOLES,  SPRING-HEEL.    One  piece  of  material  covers  the 

whole  shoe-bottom ,  being  "  sprung ' '  to  form  the  heel  elevation. 

28.  SOLES,  CUSHION.    The  sole  is  made  yielding  or  has  a  spring 

attachment  to  cushion  the  foot  in  walking. 
Search  Class — 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclasses  44,  Soles,  Insoles, 
Laminated,  and  3,  Ventilated. 

29.  SOLES,  CUSHION,  PNEUMATIC.    The  cushioning  device  is 

a  pneumatic  pad. 
Search  Class— 
36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  3,  Ventilated. 

30.  SOLES,  LAMINATED.    The  sole  is  made  up  of  several  layers, 

and  the  novelty  lies  in  the  material  used  or  the  arrangement 
of  the  layers  or  the  means  of  securing  the  layers  together  to 
make  a  sole-blank. 
Search  Classes — 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  26,  Soles,  Fleeced 
slipper. 

174 — ELECTRICITY,  MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL,  subclass  174,  Elec- 
tric soles. 

31.  SOLES,  SECTIONAL.    The  sole-blank  is  made  up  of  several 

pieces  joined  edge  to  edge  and  no  one  of  them  big  enough  to 
cover  the  sole. 

32.  SOLES,  RUBBER.    The  outer  tread-sole  is  made  of  rubber. 
Search  Class — 

36 BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclasses  12,  Sole-attaching 

means,  Rubber,  and  36,  Soles,  Laminated. 

33.  SOLES,  WOODEN.    The  main  outer  sole  is  made  of  wood. 
Search  Class — 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  13,  Sole-attaching 
means,  Wooden  soles. 

34.  HEELS.    This  class  includes  the  ordinary  external  heel  and 

the  means  for  attaching  it  to  the  sole. 

35  HEELS,  CUSHION.    The  heel  is  made  of  yielding  material  or 

has  a  cushion  or  spring  attached  to  protect  the  foot  from  jar 
in  walking. 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  3,  Ventilated. 

36  HEELS,  CUSHION,  DETACHABLE.    The  cushion-heel  or 

part  of  it  may  be  detached  for  replacement  or  the  like. 

37  HEELS,  CUSHION,  INTERNAI^CUSHION.    A  recess  is 

formed  in  a  rigid  heel  in  which  a  spring  or  cushion  is  mounted, 
on  which  the  foot  rests.  This  subclass  also  includes  yielding 
heel-pads  to  be  inserted  in  the  shoe. 

38  HEELS,  CUSHION,  METALLIC-SPRING.    The  heel-body 

is  a  metallic  spring,  or  an  external  metal  spring  is  attached 
to  it. 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  37,  Heels,  Cushion, 
Internal  cushion. 

39  HEELS,  ROTARY.    The  heel  is  made  in  two  parts,  one  of 

which  is  a  circular  disk  and  rotatably  connected  to  the  other, 
so  that  by  shifting  the  disk  it  will  wear  evenly. 

75 


76 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  36— Continued. 

40.  HEELS,  METALLIC-SHELL.    A  metal  shell  forms  the  heel, 

which  is  sometimes  filled  by  a  plug  or  core. 

41.  HEELS,  METALLIC-SHELL,  DETACHABLE.    The  metal- 

shell  heel  is  made  readily  detachable. 

42.  HEELS,  DETACHABLE.    The  heel  or  part  of  it  is  made 

readily  detachable. 
Search  Ciass— 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS, subclasses 30,  Heels,  Cushion, 
Detachable,  39,  Heels,  Rotary,  and  41,  Heels,  Metallic-shell, 
Detachable. 

43.  SOLES,  INSOLES.    Includes  both  fixed  and  removable  insoles 

and  heel-pads. 

Note.— Where  the  novelty  lies  in  the  channeling  or  other  arrange- 
ment for  securing  to  the  upper,  see  subclass  22,  Sole-attaching 
means,  Prepared  soles,  this  class. 

44.  SOLES,  INSOLES,  LAMINATED.    The  insole  is  formed  of 

several  layers  of  material. 

45.  UPPERS.    The  novelty  lies  in  the  part  forming  the  upper  of 

the  boot  or  shoe  as  distinguished  from  the  sole  and  heel. 
Modifications  of  the  upper  to  facilitate  lasting  are  also  found 
here. 

46.  UPPERS,  CORDED.    The  upper  is  prepared  for  lasting  by 

threading  a  puckering-cord  around  its  sole  edge. 

47.  UPPERS.  BLANKS.    The  novelty  lies  in  the  arrangement  and 

shape  ol  the  part  or  parts  which  make  the  upper. 
Note.— Modifications  of  the  top  to  allow  the  insertion  and  with- 
drawal of  the  foot  are  found  in  subclass  50,  Uppers,  Closures, 
this  class. 

48.  UPPERS,  BLANKS,  INTEGRAL  VAMP  AND  QUAR- 

TERS. A  single  piece  of  material  forms  the  vamp  and  quar- 
ters or  counters  of  the  boot  or  shoe. 

49.  UPPERS,  BLANKS,  INTEGRAL  VAMP  AND  QUAR- 

TERS, SEAMLESS.  A  single  piece  of  material  is  crimped 
or  split  so  that  it  forms  an  endless  vamp  and  quarters. 

50.  UPPERS,  CLOSURES.    The  arrangement  of  the  shoe-upper 

to  permit  of  its  opening  and  closing  to  allow  the  foot  to  be 
inserted  or  withdrawn. 

51.  UPPERS,  CLOSURES,  ELASTIC.    The  closure  is  effected 

through  the  elasticity  of  the  parts  forming  the  top  or  part  of 
the  top  of  the  shoe. 

52.  UPPERS,     CLOSURES,     BUTTONHOLE-PIECES.    The 

structure  of  the  buttonhole-pieces;  mostly  stays  to  prevent 
the  material  from  tearing  at  the  buttonhole. 

53.  UPPERS,  CLOSURES,  SLIT  STAYS.    Bars,  tacks,  and  other 

stays  to  be  placed  at  the  lower  end  of  the  closure-slit  to  prevent 
the  material  from  tearing. 

54.  UPPERS,  CLOSURES,  TONGUE-PIECES.    The  ordinary 

tongue  which  bridges  the  closure-slit.  Some  devices  for  at- 
taching the  upper  end  of  the  tongue  to  the  lacing  to  hold  it  in 
position  are  also  found  here. 

55.  UPPERS,  LININGS.    The  structure  and  arrangement  of  the 

upper-linings. 

56.  UPPERS,  PULLS.    Boot-straps  and  other  devices  attached  to 

the  boot  or  shoe  to  be  grasped  in  pulling  the  boot  or  shoe  on. 

57.  UPPERS,  SEAMS,  STAYS,  AND  PIPINGS.    This  class  in- 

cludes the  arrangement  of  parts  to  form  an  upper  seam  or  to 
stay  it  and  the  pipings  to  stiffen  and  protect  the  edge  of  the 
upper. 

58.  UPPERS,  METALLIC  SEAM-STIFFENERS.    A  metal  rod, 

strip  or  spring  is  laid  in  the  upper  seam  to  stiffen  it. 

59.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES.    The  sole  or  heel  or  both  of  a 

boot  or  shoe  are  modified  or  an  attachment  is  secured  thereto 
to  prevent  slipping. 

60.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES,  POLE-CLIMBERS.    Spurred- 

attachments  secured  to  the  foot  or  leg  to  facilitate  the  climb- 
ing of  poles  or  trees. 
Search  Class— 

227— FIRE  ESCAPES,  subclass  8,  Climbers. 

61.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES,  DISENGAGING.    Antislipping 

devices  so  arranged  that  without  removal  from  the  boot  or 
shoe  the  spur-points  can  be  thrown  into  or  out  of  position  to 
engage  the  surface  walked  on. 


CLASS  36— Continued. 

62.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES,  DETACHABLE.  Antislipping 
device  designed  to  be  readily  attached  to  and  removed  from 
the  boot  or  shoe  at  the  pleasure  of  the  wearer. 

03.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES,  DETACHABLE,  SANDALS, 
Detachable  antislipping  device  provided  with  friction-sur- 
faces under  both  the  ball  and  heel  of  the  foot. 

64.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES,  DETACHABLE,  CLAMPING. 

Detachable  antislipping  device  secured  to  the  boot  or  shoe 
by  a  positive  clamping  mechanism. 

65.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES,  DETACHABLE,  CLAMPING, 

SCREW.    Detachable  antislipping    device   secured  to  the 
boot  or  shoe  by  a  screw-operated  clamp. 
Search  Class — 

36— BOOTS.  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  61,  Antislipping 
devices,  Disengaging. 

66.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES,  DETACHABLE,  ATTACHED 

FASTENERS.  Detachable  antislipping  device  secured  to 
the  boot  or  shoe  by  means  of  a  nut,  slotted  locking-plate,  or 
the  like,  which  is  permanently  attached  to  the  shoe. 

67.  ANTISLIPPING  DEVICES,  CALKS.    A  calk  consisting  of  a 

spur-point  and  a  shank  forms  the  antislipping  device,  the 
shank  being  premanently  inserted  in  the  sole  or  heel. 

68.  COUNTER-STIFFENERS.    The  structure  and  arrangement 

of  counter-stiffeners. 

69.  COUNTER  AND  HEEL  SUPPORTS.     Braces  or  supports, 

generally  metal,  attached  to  the  boot  or  shoe  to  stiffen  the 
counter  and  heel  so  that  they  will  not  run  over. 

70.  GARMENT-PROTECTORS.    Attachments,  such  as  hooks  or 

shields,  to  be  attached  to  the  boot  or  shoe  to  hold  the  panta- 
loon or  skirt  out  of  contact  with  the  ground,  or  at  least  to  pre- 
vent it  rubbing  against  the  shoe. 

71.  PADS  AND  FOOT-SUPPORTERS.     Pads  to  be  worn  inside 

the  shoe  and  such  stays  as  are  built  into  the  boot  or  shoe  to 
support  the  foot  or  ankle. 

Note. — Ankle  supports  or  braces  made  independent  from  the  boot 
or  shoe  are  found  in  subclass  Fracture  apparatus  of  class  3, 
ARTIFICIAL  LIMBS. 

72.  PROTECTORS.     Devices  to  be  placed  on  boots  and  shoes  to 

protect  the  boot  or  shoe  during  the  process  of  manufacuring  or 
when  in  service.  The  protector  mav  be  permanently  attached 
to  the  shoe  or  detachably  connected. 

73.  PROTECTORS,  SOLE  AND  HEEL.     Plates,  studs,  and  the 

like  to  be  secured  to  and  protect  soles  and  heels  from  heat, 

moisture,  or  wear. 
Note. — Protectors  provided  with  spur-points  or  other  friction 

devices  are  found  in  class  30,  BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS, 

subclass  59,  Antislipping  devices. 
Search  Class— 
36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  69,  Counter  and 

heel  supports. 

74.  PROTECTORS,  SOLE  AND  HEEL,  STUR-ATTACHED. 

The  protector  consists  of  a  plate  or  head  provided  with  one  or 
more  spurs  or  projections  and  is  secured  in  place  by  driving 
the  spurs  into  the  sole  or  heel  from  the  outside. 

75.  PROTECTORS,  SOLE  AND  HEEL,  EMBEDDED.     Pro- 

tectors wholly  or  partly  embedded  in  the  sole  or  heel,  usually 
during  the  making  of  the  shoe. 
Search  Class — 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  73.  Protectors,  Sole 
and  heel,  Spur-attached. 

76.  SHANKS.     Stiffening-pieces  inserted  in  the  shank  or  waist  of 

the  shoe  to  preserve  the  arch  of  the  sole. 

77.  TOE  CAPS  AND   TIPS.     Box-toe  stiffeners,    also   tips  and 

caps  designed  to  protect  the  toe  of  the  upper  which  are  per- 
manently attached  to  the  shoe  and  form  a  part  thereof. 

78.  WELTS  AND  RANDS.    Y.'elts  used  in  connecting  the  sole 

and  upper  and  the  beveled  pieces  used  in  building  up  the 
heel. 

Search  Class — 

3g_ BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  17.    Sole-attaching 
means,  Welt-connected. 


CLASS    40.— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND    SIGN    EXHIBITING 

DEFINITIONS. 


This  class  includes  means  for  displaying  information  by  printed 
or  painted  cards,  calendars,  pictures,  labels,  tags,  or  signs.  Picture- 
frames  and  stands  for  supporting  pictures  are  also  included.  Albums 
are  included  in  subclasses  Changeable  exhibitors,  Hinged  leaves; 
Changeable  exhibitors,  Pivoted  plates,  and  in  Picture-frames,  Mats, 
mounts,  and  backs,  Pocketed.  Such  station-indicators  as  change  the 
reading  matter  displayed  are  included  under  the  several  subclasses 
of  Changeable  exhibitors. 

This  class  does  not  (except  in  Checks,  labels,  and  tags.  Changeable- 
reading,  and  in  Calendars)  include  such  devices  as  select  or  point 
out  one  or  more  of  several  inscriptions,  characters,  or  legends  by 
means  of  a  movable  pointer.  Sucn  are  found  in  class  116,  SIGNALS, 
Indicators.  Nor  does  it  include  devices  for  displaying  articles  of 
merchandise;  such  are  in  class  211,  STORE  FURNITURE. 

Subclasses. 

1.  EXHIBITORS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  continuously  or  tem- 

porarily displaying  cards,  pictures,  maps,  and  signs  which  are 
not  properly  classifiable  in  any  of  the  following  subclasses: 

1.5.  BADGES.    Devices  for  attachment  to  the  clothing,  designed  to 

display  information. 
Search  Class — 

63 — JEWELRY,  subclass  20,  Ornamental  pins,  for  purely  orna- 
mental devices  to  be  attached  to  the  clothing. 

l.G.  BADGES,  CHANGEABLE  READING.    Badges  in  which 

the  information  displayed  may  be  changed. 
Search  Class — 

63— JEWELRY,  subclasses  18,  Lockets,  and  19,  Lockets,  Hinged 
covers,  for  personal  wear  ornaments  adapted  to  carry  a  con- 
cealed picture. 

2.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS.    Checks,  labels,  and  tags  of  a 

miscellaneous  character  designed  to  be  attached  to  merchan- 
dise for  the  purpose  of  conveying  some  definite  information 
concerning  such  merchandise." 

3.  CHECKS,    LABELS,    AND    TAGS,    ANIMAL-MARKERS. 

Identification  devices  designed  to  be  attached  to  animals. 

4.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  BOTTLE.    Labels  and  tags 

specially  designed  and  constructed  for  use  in  connection  with 
bottles  and  which  are  not  capable  of  general  use  in  connection 
with  other  articles  of  merchandise. 

5.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  CHANGEABLE  READ- 

ING.   Devices  designed  for  attachment  to  articles  of  merchan- 
dise, in  which  one  or  more  of  several  legends  are  exposed  for 
display  for  such  time  as  desired  and  afterwards  changed  at 
will  or  in  which  one  or  more  of  several  legends  which  are  con- 
stantly displayed  may  be  indicated  as  the  ones  disclosing  the 
particular  information  to  be  imparted. 
Search  Class — 
116 — SIGNALS,  subclass  31,  Indicators. 

6.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  CHANGEABLE-READ- 

ING, BAGGAGE-CHECKS.  Devices  for  temporary  attach- 
ment to  baggage  for  identification  purposes  or  to  designate 
the  destination  of  the  baggage,  or  for  both  purposes. 

7.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  DISPLAY-BOX  LABELS. 

Labels  or  tags  which  are  permanently  attached  to  display- 
boxes.    They  are  usually  attached  to  project  from  the  inside 
of  the  box  and  are  capable  of  being  folded  down  out  of  the  way 
of  the  lid  of  the  box  when  it  is  closed. 
Search  Class— 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  60,  Boxes,  Closures, 
Hinged,  Supports. 

8.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  DOOR-KNOB  AND 

DRAWER-PULL.  Door-knobs,  drawer-pulls,  and  analo- 
gous devices  specially  designed  for  holding  and  exposing  a 
card  or  label. 

9.  CHECKS,   LABELS,   AND  TAGS,   HAT.    Labels  and  tags 

specially  designed  to  be  attached  to  hats  to  disclose  the  owner- 
snip  thereof  and  which  are  not  suitable  for  other  uses. 
Search  Class — 
2 — APPAREL,  subclass  108,  Head-Coverings,  Hats. 

10.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS.    Receptacles 

of  miscellaneous  construction  for  holding  for  display  purposes 
checks,  labels,  and  tags  to  protect  them  from  loss  "or  destruc- 
tion while  in  ordinary  use. 

11.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS,  CLIP.    Card 

or  label  holders  in  which  acard  or  label  is  supported  in  one  or 
more  slits  in  the  upper  end  of  the  fastener.  The  fastener  may 
be  secured  to  the  article  by  a  similar  slit  in  its  lower  end  or  by 
any  other  approved  device. 


CLASS  40-Continued. 

12.  CHECKS  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS,  CORNICE. 

Racks  designed  for  use  in  the  interior  of  cars  and  omni  busses 
or  in  the  room  of  a  building  at  or  near  the  junction  of  the  roof 
or  ceiling  and  the  sides  thereof  for  supporting  and  displaying 
advertising-cards. 

13.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS,  HINGED- 

CLAMP.  Card  or  label  holders  provided  with  a  hinged  frame, 
a  portion  of  which  extends  across  or  against  the  face  of  the 
inclosed  card  or  label  to  prevent  its  accidental  displacement. 

14.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS,  HINGED- 

CLAMP  AND  SPUR.  Card  and  label  holders  comprising  a 
hinged  frame,  a  portion  of  which  extends  across  or  against  the 
face  of  the  inclosed  card  or  label  and  is  provided  with  one  or 
more  spurs  or  projections  to  impale  the  card  or  label  and  pre- 
vent it  from  being  displaced. 

15.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS,  LOCK. 

Holders  for  checks  or  labels  which  comprise  a  lock  for  securing 
the  check  or  label  from  displacement  until  released  by  the  in- 
sertion of  a  proper  key. 

16.  CHECKS,    LABELS,    AND    TAGS,    HOLDERS,    SLIDE. 

Open-ended  card  or  label  holding  display  racks  or  pockets,  the 
construction  being  such  that  the  card  or  label  is  inserted  edge- 
wise into  the  rack  or  pocket. 

17.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS.  SLIDE  AND 

DETENT.  Tags  and  holders  for  cards  or  labels  provided 
with  a  slideway  to  receive  the  card  or  label  and  a  projection  or 
detent  to  prevent  the  card  or  label  from  accidental  slipping  out 
of  the  slideway. 

18.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS,  SLIDE  AND 

DETENT,  LIMITED-MOVEMENT.  Cards  or  tags  secured 
within  pockets  or  retainers,  so  that  they  may  be  partly  with- 
drawn therefrom  for  inspection,  but  which  cannot  be  entirely 
withdrawn  therefrom,  being  checked  in  their  movement  by  a 
peculiar  retaining  device. 

19.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  HOLDERS,  TUBULAR, 

Tubular  receptacles  of  any  cross-section  designed  and  con- 
structed for  containing  and  preserving  identification  cards, 
checks,  or  labels.  These  receptacles  may  be  provided  with  an 
attaching  device  for  securing  the  holder  to  an  article. 

20.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  FASTENERS.    Miscella- 

neous devices  designed  for  connecting  and  securing  tags  to  arti- 
cles. 

21.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  FASTENERS,  BAND. 

Tags  provided  with  a  fastener  for  securing  them  to  articles, 
which  fastener  consists  of  a  band  adapted  to  be  secured  at  its 
ends  around  a  portion  of  the  article.  This  subclass  also  in- 
cludes devices  peculiarly  adapted  for  the  attachment  of  a  tag 
to  a  band  which  is  secured  around  the  article. 

22.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  FASTENERS,  BARBED. 

Tags  in  which  the  fastening  device  is  provided  with  an  en- 
larged head  or  barb  for  preventing  the  accidental  removal  of 
the  fastening  device  from  the  article  to  which  it  is  affixed. 

23.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  FASTENERS,  CLASP. 

Tags  provided  with  fastening  devices  for  securing  them  to  arti- 
cles by  means  of  arms  or  brandies  which  merely  embrace  or 
inclose  the  article  or  a  portion  thereof. 
Search  Class 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  11,  Checks, 
labels,  and  tags,  Holders,  Clip. 

24.  CHECKS,    LABELS,    AND    TAGS     FASTENERS     PIN- 

LO  O  P.  Tags  comprising  fasteners  formed  of  strips  of  wire  or 
sheet  metal  adapted  to  be  looped  through  or  otherwise  at- 
tached to  the  tag  and  having  one  or  both  ends  of  the  strip  free 
and  pointed  to  penetrate  the  goods  to  which  the  tags  are  to 
be  attached.  The  fastener  may  be  twisted  about  the  goods 
to  prevent  accidental  displacement. 

25.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  FASTENERS,  SPUR. 

Tags  provided  with  one  or  more  separate  integral  pointed 
projections  or  spurs  which  are  adapted  to  penetrate  or  pierce 
the  article  to  which  it  is  to  be  atlixed.  The  spurs  may  be 
rigid  and  stiff,  or  flexible,  so  that  they  may  be  twisted  or  bent 
to  prevent  accidental  withdrawal  of  the  fastener. 
Search  Class  — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  11,  Checks, 
labels,  and  tags,  Holders,  Clip. 

26.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  FASTENERS,  SPRING- 

HOOK.  Tags  provided  with  snar>hook  or  buttonhole  fasten- 
ing devices  and  formed  in  whole  or  in  part  of  resilient  material. 

27.  CHECKS,  LABELS,  AND  TAGS,  REINFORCED.     Labels 

and  tags  which  are  strengthened  by  miscellaneous  reinforcing 
devices  to  prevent  tearing  or  mutilation. 

77 


78 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  40— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

156— CURTAINS,    SHADES,   AND   SCREENS,   subclass  31,  Shade, 
Sticks. 

28.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for 

changeably  exhibiting  cards,  pictures,  and  signs,  involving 
features  of  construction  which  do  not  permit  of  their  being 
more  specifically  classified  in  any  of  the  following  subclasses 
under  this  title. 

NOTE.— Devices  comprising  a  charactered  board  and  a  movable 
pointer  for  selecting  a  particular  character  for  observation  are 
classified  in  class  116,  SIGNALS,  subclass  31,  Indicators. 

29.  CHANGEABLE   EXHIBITORS,   AEROSTATIC.    Display 

devices  of  a  changeable  character  which  are  supported  from  a 
balloon,  kite,  or  other  aerostat. 

30.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     MOTOR-OPERATED. 

Changeable  display  devices  which  comprise  a  motor  for  effect- 
ing changes  or  causing  different  characters  to  appear  for  obser- 
vation. 

31.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     MOTOR-OPERATED, 

DOUBLE  REEL  AND  WEB.  Changeable  display  devices 
comprising  a  charactered  web  or  chain  of  charactered  plates 
having  its  ends  connected  with  rollers  and  a  controlling-motor 
for  operating  the  rollers  and  web  to  cause  the  characters  to  be 
successively  displayed  for  observation. 

32.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     MOTOR-OPERATED, 

ENDLESS.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  char- 
actered endless  web  or  endless  chain  of  charactered  plates 
which  is  controlled  In  its  movements  bv  a  suitable  motor  to 
cause  the  characters  to  be  successively  displayed  for  observa- 
tion. 

33.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     MOTOR-OPERATED, 

ROTATABLE.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising  ro- 
tating charactered  parts,  as  plates,  prisms,  cylinders,  etc., 
which  are  controlled  in  their  rotation  by  means  of  a  suitable 
motor,  so  that  the  characters  may  be  successively  displayed 
for  observation. 

34.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     MOTOR-OPERATED, 

ROTATABLE,  DISK.  Changeable  display  devices  com- 
prising one  or  more  rotating  charactered  disks  which  are  con- 
trolled in  their  movements  by  means  of  a  suitable  motor  to 
successively  display  the  characters  thereon.  The  disk  may  or 
may  not  be  rotated  back  of  an  aperture  or  sight-opening  in  a 
suitable  face-plate. 

35.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     MOTOR-OPERATED, 

ROTATABLE,  HINGED  LEAVES.  Changeable  display 
devices  comprising  a  rotatable  support  to  which  charactered 
plates  or  leaves  are  flexibly  connected,  so  that  they  may  be 
successively  displayed  as  the  support  is  rotated  by  means  of  a 
suitable  motor. 

36.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     MOTOR-OPERATED, 

SHIFTERS.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  series 
of  charactered  plates  or  cards  and  motor-controlled  mechanism 
for  successively  displaying  the  plates  or  cards  for  observation. 
Search  Classes— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  29,  Serving  Apparatus. 

37.  CHANGEABLE      EXHIBITORS,      FLUID-OPERATED. 

Changeable  display  exhibiting  devices  of  miscellaneous  charac- 
ter which  are  changed  or  operated  by  pressure  of  a  fluid,  such 
as  air,  gas,  steam,  or  water. 

38.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS.     FLUID-OPERATED, 

DOUBLE  REEL  AND  WEB.  Changeable  display  devices 
comprising  a  charactered  web  having  its  ends  connected  with 
rollers  which  are  controlled  by  pressure  of  a  fluid,  as  air,  gas, 
steam,  or  water,  to  cause  the  characters  to  successively  appear 
to  the  observer. 

39.  CHANGEABLE      EXHIBITORS,      FLUID-OPERATED, 

ROTATABLE.  Changeable  display  exhibiting  devices 
which  are  caused  to  rotate  by  pressure  of  a  fluid,  as  air,  gas, 
steam,  or  water. 

40.  CHANGEABLE      EXHIBITORS,      FLUID-OPERATED, 

ROTATABLE,  ILLUMINATED.    Changeable  display  de- 
vices comprising  an  illuminated  charactered  cylinder  or  other 
suitable  inscription  or  picture  bearing  body  which  is  made  to 
rotate  by  pressure  of  a  fluid,  as  air,  gas,  steam,  or  water. 
Search  Class  — 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  49,  Lanterns,  Revolving. 

41.  CHANGEABLE       EXHIBITORS,       AXLE-OPERATED. 

Display  devices  of  a  miscellaneous  changeable  character  which 
are  operated  by  motion  imparted  from  the  rotation  of  a  vehicle 
axle  or  wheel. 

42.  CHANGEABLE       EXHIBITORS,       AXLE-OPERATED, 

DOUBLE  REEL  AND  WEB.  Changeable  display  devices 
comprising  a  charactered  web  which  is  secured  at  its  ends  to 
rollers,  so  as  to  be  wound  from  one  roller  upon  the  other  by 
means  of  gearing  connected  w  ith  the  revolving  axle  or  wheel  of 
a  vehicle,  whereby  the  characters  upon  the  web  are  succes- 
sively displayed  for  observation. 

43.  CHANGEABLE       EXHIBITORS,       AXLE-OPERATED, 

ENDLESS.  Display  devices  comprising  an  endless  charac- 
tered web  which  is  actuated  from  the  revolving  axle  or  wheel 
of  a  vehicle  to  successively  display  the  characters  to  an  ob- 
server. 


44.  CHANGEABLE       EXHIBITORS,       AXLE-OPERATED, 

ROTATABLE.  Axle-operated  display  devices  which  com- 
prise one  or  more  rotating  charactered  drums,  cylinders, 
prisms,  etc.,  which  successively  display  the  characters  carried 
thereby  as  they  are  rotated. 

45.  CHANGEABLE        EXHIBITORS,        OBSTACLE-OPER- 

ATED. Changeable  display  devices  of  a  miscellaneous  char- 
acter or  devices  for  operating  changeable  display  devices  com- 
prising mechanism  which  is  actuated  or  started  in  motion  by 
coming  in  contact  with  a  suitable  obstruction  placed  so  as  to 
be  engaged  by  such  mechanism,  as  the  vehicle  upon  which  it 
is  carried  moves  past  the  obstruction. 

46.  CHANGEABLE        EXHIBITORS,        OBSTACLE-OPER- 

ATED, DOUBLE  REEL  AND  WEB.  Changeable  display 
devices  comprising  a  charactered  web  connected  at  its  ends 
with  two  rollers,  so  that  it  is  wound  upon  one  roller  as  it  is 
unwound  from  the  other  to  successively  display  the  different 
characters  to  an  observer,  the  rollers  being  rotated  by  mechan- 
ism arranged  to  engage  with  suitable  obstacles  so  placed  as  to 
be  struck  as  the  vehicle  which  supports  the  display  device 
passes  such  obstacle. 

47.  CHANGEABLE        EXHIBITORS,        OBSTACLE-OPER- 

ATED, DOUBLE  REEL  AND  WEB,  CLUTCH  TAKE- 
UP.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising  an  obstacle- 
operated  double  reel  and  charactered  web,  when  the  reels  and 
web  are  connected  with  the  operating  mechanism  by  means 
of  take-up  clutch  devices. 

48.  CHANGEABLE          EXHIBITORS;       OBSTACLE-OPER- 

ATED, ENDLESS.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising 
an  endless  charactered  web  or  a  chain  of  charactered  plates 
supported  upon  rollers  which  are  actuated  by  mechanism 
adapted  to  be  set  into  motion  as  it  comes  into  contact  with  a 
suitable  obstacle  placed  in  or  near  the  track  of  the  vehicle 
which  supports  the  display  device. 

49.  CHANGEABLE        EXHIBITORS,        OBSTACLE-OPER- 

ATED, ROTATABLE.  Changeable  display  devices  com- 
prising a  rotating  charactered  cylinder  or  prism  and  an  oper- 
ating mechanism  therefor  adapted  to  come  into  engagement 
with  a  suitably-placed  obstacle  and  be  set  into  motion  by  such 
engagement,  whereby  the  characters  are  successively  presented 
for  observation. 

50.  CHANGEABLE        EXHIBITORS,        OBSTACLE-OPER- 

ATED. SHIFTERS.  Changeable  display  devices  compris- 
ing a  plurality  of  charactered  cards  or  plates  and  controlling 
mechanism  by  which  they  are  adapted  to  be  shifted  or  changed 
from  one  position  to  another,  so  that  they  may  be  successively 
displayed  for  observation,  the  shifting  mechanism  being 
started  in  motion  by  engagement  with  suitable  obstacles 
located  in  the  path  of  the  vehicle  which  supports  the  display 
device. 

51.  CHANGEABLE      EXHIBITORS,       PENDULUM-OPER- 

ATED. Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  pendulum 
or  swinging  weight  connectedby  ratchet  or  clutch  mechanism 
with  a  roller,  so  that  as  the  pendulum  is  vibrated  the  roller  is 
rotated  to  change  the  characters  of  a  suitable  exhibiting 
device  actuated  by  such  roller. 
Search  Class — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  139,  Signs, 
Vibratory,  Motor-operated. 

52.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ELECTRICALLY-CON- 

TROLLED. Electrically-controlled  mechanism  for  change- 
ably  exhibiting  cards,  pictures,  or  signs,  the  source  of  the 
electricity  being  immaterial. 

53.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS.    ELECTRICALLY-CON- 

TROLLED, ELECTROMOTOR-OPERATED.  Change- 
able exhibitors  for  displaying  cards;  pictures,  and  signs  which 
comprisean  electromotor  for  producing  the  desired  changes  and 
an  electric  controlling  mechanism  for  starting  or  stopping  the 
electromotor  or  for  connecting  and  disconnecting  the  change- 
producing  mechanism  with  the  motor. 

54.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ELECTRICALLY-CON- 

TROLLED, MAGNETO-CLUTCH  LET-OFF.  Change- 
able exhibitors  for  displaying  cards,  pictures,  and  signs  com- 
prising a  motor  for  producing  the  desired  changes  and  an 
electrically-controlled  magnet-armature  so  connected  with  a 
clutch  as  to  release  the  motor  or  to  disconnect  the  motor  and 
change-producing  mechanism  at  will. 

55.  CHANGEABLE   EXHIBITORS,   ELECTRICALLY- CON- 

TROLLED, MAGNETO-CLUTCH  TAKE-UP.  Change- 
able exhibitors  for  displaying  cards,  pictures,  and  signs  com- 
prising an  electro-magnet  and  an  armature,  the  latter  provided 
or  connected  wit  ha  ratchet-pawl  to  engage  with  and  operate  a 
ratchet-wheel  of  the  changeable  exhibitor  when  an  electric 
current  is  passed  through  the  electromagnet. 

56.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,  ELECTRICALLY-CON- 

TROLLED, OBSTACLE-CONTROLLED  CIRCUIT- 
CLOSERS.  Electric  -  circuit  -  controlling  mechanisms  for 
changeable  display  devices  carried  by  cars  and  vehicles  com- 
prising a  projecting  lever  or  arm  carried  by  the  car  or  vehicle, 
adapted  to  come  into  contact  with  suitable  obstacles  situated 
in  or  near  the  course  of  the  car  or  vehicle,  the  movement  of  the 
lever  or  arm  caused  bv  such  obstruction  being  such  as  to  close 
and  open  thecircuit  of  an  electric  current  to  operate  the  change- 
able exhibitor. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


79 


CLASS  40— Continued. 

57.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ELECTRICALLY-CON- 

TROLLED, OBSTACLE-CONTROLLED  CIRCUIT- 
CLOSERS,  ELECTROMOTOR-OPERATED.  Change- 
able exhibiting  devices  for  displaying  cards,  pictures,  and 
signs  in  cars  or  vehicles  and  which  comprise  an  electro- 
motor for  effecting  the  desired  changes  and  a  suitable  cir- 
cuit-controlling mechanism,  which  is  in  turn  controlled  by 
obstacles  placed  in  or  adjacent  to  the  path  of  the  car  or  vehicle 
to  engage  with  and  move  a  lever  or  arm  to  complete  or  break 
an  electric  circuit  which  operates  the  electromotor. 

58.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ELECTRICALLY-CON- 

TROLLED, OBSTACLE-CONTROLLED  CIRCUIT- 
CLOSERS  MAGNETO-CLUTCH  LET-OFF.  Changeable 
exhibitors  for  displaying  cards,  pictures,  and  signs  in  cars  and 
vehicles.  The  mechanism  for  effecting  the  change  of  display 
comprises  an  obstacle-controlled  electric-circuit  closing  and 
breaking  device,  an  electromagnet  and  its  armature  provided 
with  a  ratchet  in  engagement  with  a  ratchet-wheel  forming  a 
part  of  the  changeable  exhibiting  device.  An  arm  or  lever 
projected  from  the  car  is  adapted  to  be  engaged  by  obstacles 
placed  in  or  adjacent  to  the  path  of  the  car  or  vehicle,  and  when 
so  engaged  the  arm  or  lever  will  be  moved  to  complete  or  break 
an  electric  circuit.  When  the  circuit  is  completed  or  broken, 
the  electromagnet  will  attract  or  release  the  armature  and  the 
pawl  carried  thereby  will  be  moved  to  release  the  ratchet-wheel 
of  the  changeable  exhibitor  and  permit  the  display  to  1)6 
changed. 

59.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ELECTRICALLY-COX- 

TROLLED,  OBSTACLE-CONTROLLED  CIRCUIT- 
CLOSERS,  MAGNETO-CLUTCH  TAKE-UP.  Chan-c- 
able exhibitors  for  displaying  cards,  pictures,  and  signs 
in  cars  and  vehicles.  The  mechanism  for  effecting  the 
change  of  display  comprises  an  obstacle-controlled  electric- 
circuit  closing  and  breaking  device,  an  electro-magnet  and 
its  armature  provided  with  a  ratchet  in  engagement  with 
a  ratchet-wheel  forming  part  of  the  changeable  exhibiting 
device.  An  arm  or  lever  projected  from  the  car  is  adapted 
to  be  engaged  by  obstacles  placed  in  or  adjacent  to  the  path 
of  the  car  or  vehicle,  and  when  so  engaged  the  arm  or  lever 
will  be  moved  to  complete  or  break  an  electric  circuit.  When 
the  circuit  is  completed  or  broken,  the  electromagnet  will 
attract  or  release  the  armature  and  the  pawl  carried  thereby 
will  be  moved  to  positively  actuate  the  ratchet-wheel  of  the 
changeable  exhibitor  and  cause  the  display  to  be  changed. 

60.  CHANGEABLE       EXHIBITORS,       DOOR-OPERATED. 

Mechanism  for  swinging  a  sign  to  attract  attention  or  for  oper- 
ating a  changeable  display  device  by  the  swinging  of  a  door 
or  gate. 

61.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  INSCRIPTION-COVERS. 

Devices  for  changeably  exhibiting  characters  or  inscriptions 
comprising  a  movable  cover  for  temporarily  shutting  one  or 
more  of  the  characters  or  inscriptions  from  observation  and 
leaving  nothing  exposed  except  what  is  to  be  observed. 
Search  Class— 
116— SIGNALS,  subclass  31,  Indicators. 

62.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  INSCRIPTION-COVERS. 

SLIDING.    Devices  for  changeably  exhibiting  characters  or 
inscriptions  comprising  a  sliding  shutter  by  means  of  which 
one  or  more  of  the  characters  or  inscriptions  may  be  obscured 
from  view  and  only  such  as  are  to  be  observed  are  exposed. 
Search  Class — 
116— SIGNALS,  subclass  50,  Indicators,  Sliding. 

63.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    INTERCHANGEABLE 

PLATES.    Display  devices,  exclusive  of  educational  appli- 
ances and  signs  comprising  interchangeable  letters,  consisting 
of  a  frame  provided  with  recesses  within  which  charactered 
plates  may  be  shifted  or  changed  at  will. 
Search  Classes — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  140,  Signs, 
Interchangeable  letters,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

35— EDUCATIONAL  APPLIANCES. 

64.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    INTERCHANGEABLE 

PLATES,  SLIDING.  Display  devices  comprising  a  frame 
provided  with  slide  grooves  or  rods  within  or  upon  which  are 
temporarily  secured  detached  charactered  plates  or  slides. 
The  construction  is  such  that  the  charactered  plates  may  be 
changed  at  will. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  signs  formed  with  inter- 
changeable letters.  Such  are  found  in  this  class  under  the 
subtitle  of  Signs,  Interchangeable  letters. 

65.  CHANGEABLE      EXHIBITORS,      SLIDING      PLATES. 

Display-boards  provided  with  sliding  charactered  plates 
which  may  be  projected  from  the  back  of  the  board  at  will  so 
that  the  characters  may  be  observed  either  beyond  the  edges 
of  the  board  or  through  an  aperture  therein. 

66.  CHANGEABLE      EXHIBITORS,      SLIDING      PLATES 

BOLT-OPERATED.  Door-signs  in  which  the  inscriptions 
are  changed  by  the  operations  of  bolting  and  unbolting  the 
door. 

Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  60,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Door-operated. 

67.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     PIVOTED     PLATES. 

Display  devices  provided  with  several  boards  or  frames 
pivoted  thereon  to  turn  edgewise,  carrying  inscriptions  or 
pictures,  so  that  one  or  more  of  the  plates  or  frames  may  be 
thrown  out  for  observation. 


CLASS  40— Continued. 

68.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,   ROTATABLE.    Display 

devices  provided  with  charactered  drums,  cylinders,  prisms, 
or  boards  which  may  be  revolved  at  will  to  successively  present 
the  inscriptions  or  pictures  thereon  for  observation. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  37,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Fluid-operated. 

69.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  ROTATABLE,  CLUTCH 

TAKE-UP.  Rotatable  changeable  display  exhibiting 
devices  which  are  provided  with  a  clutch  take-up  mechanism 
for  operating  the  rotating  part  with  a  step-by-step  motion. 

70.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ROTATABLE,    DISK. 

Display  devices  comprising  charactered  disks  which  may  be 
rotated  at  will  to  successively  bring  different  inscriptions  or 
pictures  to  view. 
Search  Classes — 

40    CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  111,  Calen- 
dars, Rotatable. 

116 — SIGNALS,  subclasses  31,  Indicators,  Office;  and  49,  Indica- 
tors, Rotary. 

71.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS.    ROTATABLE,    DISK, 

CLUTCH  TAKE-UP.  Rotatable  disk  changeable  display 
exhibiting  devices  which  are  provided  with  a  clutch  take-up 
mechanismfor  operating  the  rotating  part  with  a  step-by-step 
motion. 

72.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  ROTATABLE,  HINGED 

LEAVES.    Changeable     display     devices     comprising     a 
rotatable  support  to  which  charactered  plates  are  pivoted  in 
such  manner  that  the  characters  upon  the  plates  may  be 
successively  displayed  as  the  support  is  rotated. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  49,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Obstacle-operated,  Rotatable. 

73.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  ROTATABLE,  HINGED 

LEAVES,  CLUTCH  TAKE-UP.  Changeable  display  de- 
vices comprising  a  rotatable  support  to  which  charactered 
plates  are  pivoted  in  such  manner  that  the  characters  upon 
the  plates  may  be  successively  displayed  as  the  support  is 
caused  to  rotate  by  means  of  a  clutch  take-up  mechanism. 

74.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ROTATABLE,    RADI- 

ALLY-MOVABLE LEAVES.  Changeable  display  devices 
comprising  a  rotatable  support  in  which  charactered  plates 
are  mounted  so  as  to  be  successively  slid  in  a  radial  direction 
from  the  rotatable  support  to  display  the  characters  thereon. 

75.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ROTATABLE,    RADI- 

ALLY-MOVABLE LEAVES,  CLUTCH  TAKE-UP. 
Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  rotatable  support  in 
which  charactered  plates  are  mounted  so  as  to  be  slid  in  a 
radial  direction  from  the  rotatable  support  to  display  the 
characters  thereon,  the  rotation  of  the  support  being  controlled 
by  a  clutch  take-up  mechanism. 

76.  CHANGEABLE   EXHIBITORS,  ROTATABLE,  MULTI- 

PLE-DRUM CONTROLLERS.  Changeable  display  de- 
vices comprising  a  plurality  of  rotatable  charactered  parts 
which  are  controlled  in  their  rotation  by  a  master  mechanism 
to  change  the  relative  arrangements  of  the  characters  displayed 
from  the  rotatable  parts.  This  subclass  includes  train-annun- 
ciators wherein  the  master  mechanism  controls  the  extent  of 
rotation  of  each  rotatable  part,  so  that  some  may  be  rotated 
farther  than  others  to  bring  the  proper  characters  thereon  into 
view. 

77.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  ROTATABLE,  ILLUMI- 

NATED. Changeable  display  devices  comprising  an  illumi- 
nated and  charactered  part  which  may  be  rotated  to  succes- 
sively display  the  characters  thereon. 

78.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,   SHIFTERS.    Exhibiting 

devices  comprising  a  plurality  of  independent  charactered 
cards  or  plates  with  mechanism  for  successively  displaying 
them.  The  cards  or  plates  may  be  caused  to  successively 
appear  at  the  front  of  a  pack,  slide  along  one  after  the  other 
back  of  a  sight-opening,  or  to  be  successively  pushed  forward, 
displayed,  and  then  retracted. 

79.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  SHIFTERS,  RECIPRO- 

CATING. Changeable  display  devices  comprising  charac- 
tered cards  or  plates  and  a  reciprocating  carrying  mechanism 
to  slide  or  shift  the  cards  from  one  position  to  another,  so  that 
they  may  be  successively  displayed  for  observation. 

80.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,   SHIFTERS,   REVOLV- 

ING. Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  revolving 
trunnioned  box  provided  with  sight-apertures  through  which 
inclosed  charactered  cards  or  plates  may  be  observed.  The 
construction  of  the  box  is  such  that  the  cards  are  shifted  in 
position  by  the  rotation  thereof  to  successively  display  the 
characters. 

81.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,   SHIFTERS,   REVOLV- 

ING PACK-CASE.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising 
a  plurality  of  independent  charactered  cards  or  plates  which 
are  carried  in  a  two-celled  case  in  such  manner  that  the  rota- 
tion of  the  case  shifts  the  cards  or  plates  one  at  a  time  from  one 
cell  to  the  other,  the  case  being  provided  with  sight-apert  ures, 
through  which  the  cards  or  plates  may  be  successively  ob- 
served. 


80 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  40— Continued. 

82.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    SINGLE    REEL    AND 

WEB.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  charactered 
web  having  one  end  connected  to  a  roller,  about  which  it  is 
adapted  to  be  wound  more  or  less  to  expose  different  charac- 
ters for  observation. 

Note.    This  subclass  does   not   include  patents  for  displaying 
samples  of  articles  of  merchandise. 

Search  Classes— 

156 — CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  and  211,  STORE  FURNI- 
TURE, subclass  18,  Display-racks,  Roll. 

83.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    SINGLE    REEL    AND 

WEB,    REEL-CABINETS.    Changeable    display    devices 
comprising   a   plurality   of  charactered-web-bearing  rollers 
which  are  compactly  mounted  in  a  protecting-frame  of  such 
construction  as  to  permit  the  webs  10  be  unrolled  from  the 
rollers  and  depend  therefrom  for  observation. 
Search  Class — 
211-  STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  18,  Display-racks,  Roll. 

84.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    SINGLE    REEL    AND 

WEB,  REEL-CABINETS,  REVOLVING.  Changeable 
display  devices  comprising  a  plurality  of  charactered-wb- 
bearing  rollers  which  are  compactly  mounted  in  a  revolving 
frame  which  is  of  such  construction  as  to  permit  the  webs  to 
be  unrolled  from  the  rollers  and  depend  therefrom  for  observa- 
tion. 

Search  Class — 
211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  IS,  Display-racks,  Roll. 

85.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    SINGLE    REEL    AND 

WEB,  SPRING-REWIND.  Changeable  display  devices 
comprising  a  charactered  web  having  one  end  connected  to 
and  wound  upon  a  spring-controlled  roller,  from  which  it  is 
adapted  to  be  unwound  more  or  less  to  expose  different  char- 
acters for  observation. 
Search  Classes  - 

1 36  -CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  and  211,  STORE  FURNI- 
TURE, subclass  18,  Display-racks,  Roll. 

86.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  DOUBLE  REEL  AND 

WEBB.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  charac- 
tered web  having  its  ends  connected  with  rollers  in  such 
manner  as  to  be  wound  upon  one  roller  as  it  is  unwound  from 
the  other  and  to  thereby  successively  display  the  characters 
thereon  for  observation. 

87.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  DOUBLE  REEL  AND 

WEBB,  CLUTCH  TAKE-UP.  Changeable  display  devices 
comprising  a  roller-operating  take-up  clutch  to  operate  a 
charactered  web  carried  by  two  rollers  to  which  it  is  secured 
at  its  ends,  whereby  upon  the  rotation  of  the  rollers  the  web  is 
rolled  from  one  roller  upon  the  other  to  successively  display 
the  characters  thereon. 

88.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  DOUBLE  REEL  AND 

WEB,  CLUTCH  TAKE-UP,  REVERSIBLE-CLUTCH. 
Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  roller-operating 
take-up  clutch  which  may  be  reversed  to  operate,  in  either 
direction,  the  rollers  to  which  the  ends  of  a  charactered  web 
are  secured,  so  that  the  direction  of  movement  of  the  web  may 
be  reversed  when  it  is  completely  unwound  from  one  of  the 
rollers. 

89.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  DOUBLE  REEL  AND 

WEB, SPRING-REWIND.  Changeable  display  devices  com- 
prising a  charactered  web  having  its  ends  connected  to  rollers, 
so  that  it  may  be  wound  from, one  roller  upon  the  other.  One 
of  the  rollers'  is  so  connected  with  a  spring  that  it  is  wound 
closer  as  the  web  is  unwound  from  the  roller  and  tends  to  keep 
the  web  stretched  taut  between  the  rollers  and  to  wind  the  web 
upon  the  spring-controlled  roller  when  permitted  to  do  so. 

90.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  DOUBLE  REEL  AND 

WEB,  SPRING-RE"VVIND,  CLUTCH  TAKE-UP. 
Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  charactered  web 
having  its  ends  secured  to  two  rollers,  one  of  which  is  so  con- 
nected with  a  coiled  spring  as  to  tend  to  wind  the  web  thereon. 
The  roller  which  is  not  provided  with  a  spring  is  positively 
rotated  to  wind  the  web  thereupon  against  the  tension  of  the 
spring  controlled  roller  by  means  of  a  clutch  take-up  device. 

91.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  DOUBLE  REEL  AND 

WEB, SPRING-REWIND, CLUTCH  LET-OFF.  Change- 
able display  devices  comprising  a  charactered  web  having  its 
ends  secured  to  two  rollers,  one  of  which  is  actuated  to  turn  in 
one  direction  by  means  of  a  coiled  spring,  the  movement  of  the 
spring-actuated  roller  being  controlled  by  an  escapement  or 
let-off  clutch. 

92.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,   DOUBLE    REEL   AND 

WEB,  SPRING  REWIND,  CLUTCH  LET-OFF,  OBSTA- 
CLE-TRIP. Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a 
charactered  web  having  its  ends  secured  to  two  rollers,  one  of 
which  is  actuated  to  turn  in  one  direction  by  means  of  a  coiled 
spring,  the  movement  of  the  spring-actuated  roller  being  con- 
trolled by  an  escapement  or  let-off  clutch,  which  is  in  turn 
set  in  motion  by  means  of  a  tripping  device  so  placed  as  to 
come  in  contact  with  a  designed  obstacle. 

S3.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  DOUBLE  REEL  AND 
WEB,  REVERSING-GEARS.  Changeable  display  devices 
comprising  a  charactered  web  having  its  ends  connected  with 
two  rollers  which  are  operated  in  opposite  directions  by  means 
of  gear-shifting  dev  ices. 


CLASS  40— Continued, 

Search  Class — 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  91,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Double  reel  and  web.  Spring-rewind,  Clutch 
let-off. 

94.  CHANGEABLE   EXHIBITORS,   DOUBLE   REEL   AND 

WEB,  REVERSING-GEARS,  CLUTCH  TAKE-UP. 
Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  charactered  web 
having  its  ends  connected  to  rollers  which  are  controlled  in 
their  movements  by  reversing-gears  and  clutch  take-up  de- 
vices. 

95.  CHANGEABLE   EXHIBITORS.   DOUBLE   REEL   AND 

WEB,  INTERGEARED  REELS.  Changeable  display 
devices  comprising  a  charactered  web  which  has  its  ends  con- 
nected to  rollers,  so  as  to  be  wound  from  one  roller  upon  the 
other.  In  this  subclass  the  rollers  are  caused  to  turn  with  the 
same  velocity  by  means  of  intermeshing  gears  or  equivalent 
connecting  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  87, 
Changeable  exhibitors,  Double  reel  and  web,  Clutch  take-up; 
88,  Changeable  exhibitors,  Double  reel  and  web,  Clutch  take- 
up,  Reversible  clutch,  and  42,  Changeable  exhibitors,  Axle- 
operated,  Double  reel  and  web. 

96.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    ENDLESS.    Changeable 

display  devices  comprising  an  endless  charactered  web  or  an 
endless  chain  of  charactered  plates  or  cards  so  supported  that 
it  may  successively  display  the  characters  to  an  observer. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  32, 
Changeable  exhibitors,  Motor-operated.  Endless;  37,  Change- 
able exhibitors.  Fluid-operated;  43,  Changeable  exhibitors, 
Axle-operated,  Endless;  48,  Changeable  exhibitors,  Obstacle- 
operated,  Endless,  and  118,  Calendars,  Endless. 

97.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     ENDLESS,     HINGED 

LEAVES.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  web 
having  flexibly  secured  thereto  depending  charactered  leaves 
which  are  successively  displayed  to  the  observer  as  the  carry- 
ing-web is  caused  to  move  along. 

98.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     ENDLESS,     RADIAL 

LEAVES.  Changeable  display  exhibiting  devices  compris- 
ing an  endless  web  or  chain  of  links  or  plates  from  which  project 
rigid  charactered  plates  or  picture-holders  which  project  at 
right  angles  from  the  web,  so  that  as  the  web  is  moved  along 
the  charactered  plates  or  pictures  are  successively  displayed 
for  observation. 

99.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     ENDLESS,     CLUTCH 

TAKE-UP.    Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  char- 
actered web  or  a  chain  of  charactered  plates  supported  by  one 
or  more  rollers  which  are  caused  to  rotate  by  means  of  a  clutch 
take-up  device. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  28, 
Changeable  exhibitors,  and  48,  Changeable  exhibitors,  Obsta- 
cle-operated, Endless. 

100.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  FOLDING  WEB  AND 

REEL.  Changeable  display  devices  comprising  a  chain  of 
charactered  plates  which  are  adapted  to  be  folded  back  and 
forth  to  occupy  a  small  space  and  to  be  unfolded  and  succes- 
sively displayed  for  observation  by  the  rotation  of  a  polygonal 
or  sp'rocket  roller  which  engages  with  the  plates. 

101.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  FOLDING  WEB  AND 

REEL,  CLUTCH  TAKE-UP.  Changeable  display  devices 
comprising  a  chain  of  charactered  plat'te  which  are  adapted 
to  be  unfolded  and  successively  displayed  by  means  of  a 
clutch-operated  polygonal  or  sprocket  roller  which  engages 
with  the  plates  comprising  the  chain. 

102.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     HINGED     LEAVES. 

Changeable  display  devices  comprising  hinged  charactered 
leaves  or  frames  connected  to  form  an  album  or  a  structure 
somewhat  like  a  book,  so  that  the  characters  may  be  suc- 
cessively displayed  as  the  leaves  or  frames  are  turned  on  their 
hinges. 

Search  Class— 

211 — STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  14,  Display-Racks  and  the 
several  subclasses  thereunder. 

103.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     HINGED     LEAVES, 

LEAF-RE  LEASERS.    Changeable    display    devices    com- 
prising hinged  charactered  leaves  or  frames  connected  to  form 
a  structure  somewhat  like  a  book  standing  upon  its  back, 
with  a  releasable  detent  device  for  holding  the  leaves  in  a 
vertical  posit  ion  until  it  is  desired  to  release  a  leaf  or  frame 
to  allow  it  to  be  turned  down  by  gravity  to  display  the  char- 
acters thereon. 
Search  Class— 
84 — Music,  Leaf-Turners,  subclass  135,  Spring  and  gravity. 

104.  CHANGEABLE     EXHIBITORS,     HINGED     LEAVES, 

LEAF-TURNERS.    Changeable  display  devices  compris- 
ing hinged  charactered  leaves  or  frames  connected  to  form 
book-like  structures  and  provided  with  mechanism  to  engage 
and  turn  the  leaves  to  successively  display  the  characters 
thereon  for  observation. 
Search  Class  — 
84— Music,  subclass  135,  Leaf'Turners. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


81 


CLASS  40— Continued. 

105.  CHANGEABLE  EXHIBITORS,  TRAIN-ORDER  HOLD- 

ERS. Changeable  display  devices  comprising  supports  for 
temporarily  holding  and  displaying  despatches  and  messages 
for  railway-trainmen. 

106.  CHANGEABLE    EXHIBITORS,    COUPLINGS.    MECH- 

atiLsm  for  connecting  two  display  devices  together  when  they 
are  placed  in  different  cars  and  are  to  be  operated  simulta- 
neously. 

107.  CALENDARS.    Miscellaneous    devices    for    disclosing    the 

relation  of  the  days  and  months  in  a  given  year  or  series  of 
years.  In  some  instances  they  disclose  additional  astro- 
nomical data.  Calendars  also  comprise  devices  for  calling 
attention  to  memoranda  or  appointments  to  be  noted  on  par- 
ticular days  of  the  month. 
Search  Classes — 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  4,  Clocks,  Calendar,  and  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  subclass  58,  Watches,  Calendar. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  1,  Combination  Devices. 

108.  CALENDARS,  PENCIL  ATTACHMENTS.    Calendar  at- 

tachments specially  designed  for  use  in  connection  with  pen- 
cils or  penholders  in  which  the  claims  embody  some  improve- 
ment or  change  in  the  construction  of  the  calendar  per  se  and 
do  not  include  changes  in  the  pencil  per  se  except  such  as  are 
necessary  in  order  to  adapt  the  new  calendar  thereto. 

109.  CALENDARS,  CHARACTERED-SLIDE.    Calendars  em- 

bodying a  charactered  plate  or  sliding  part  which  slides  back 
of  one  or  more  openings  in  a  suitable  support  to  disclose  a  num- 
ber of  characters  therethrough  or  which  slides  upon  the  face 
of  a  charactered  support  to  shift  certain  of  the  characters  on 
the  sliding  part  opposite  certain  other  characters  upon  the 
support  to  bring  into  proper  relation  the  names  of  the  days 
of  the  week  and  the  corresponding  numbers  of  the  days  of  the 
month  for  any  desired  month. 

110.  CALENDARS,      CHARACTER  -  MARKERS.      Calendars 

comprising  a  charactered  plate  and  a  movable  pointer  or 
marker  which  may  be  placed  at  will  opposite  any  particular 
character  to  attract  attention  thereto. 
Search  Classes— 

116— SIGNALS,  subclass  31,  Indicators. 

235— REGISTERS. 

111.  CALENDARS,  ROTATABLE.    Calendars  comprising  char- 

actered rollers  mounted  to  rotate  in  a  suitable  frame,  so  as  to 
present  different  characters  as  the  rollers  are  rotated. 

112.  CALENDARS,  ROTATABLE,  CLUTCH  TAKE-UP.    Cal- 

endars comprising  one  or  more  rotatable  charactered  parts 
placed  back  of  openings  in  the  face  of  a  suitable  support,  so 
that  the  characters  may  be  observed  through  such  openings, 
and  suitable  clutch  mechanism  whereby  such  charactered 
parts  may  be  rotated. 

113.  CALENDARS,  ROTATABLE,  DISK.    Calendars  compris- 

ing charactered  disks  mounted  upon  the  back  of  a  suitable 
support,  so  that  the  characters  upon  the  faces  of  the  disks  may 
appear  through  sigh1>openings  in  the  support.  This  sub- 
class includes  calendars  comprising  overlapping  eccentric 
disks  which  when  rotated  show  different  combinations  of 
figures  to  make  different  numbers;  also,  a  single  rotating 
charactered  disk  mounted  upon  a  charactered  support,  so  that 
by  rotating  the  disk  a  different  combination  of  characters  can 
be  effected. 

114.  CALENDARS,  ROTATABLE,  SINGLE-AXIS.    Calendars 

comprising  a  plurality  of  charactered  drums,  cylinders,  or 
prisms  arranged  to  be  rotated  upon  a  single  axis,  so  as  to 
arrange  a  plurality  of  combinations  of  calendar  characters 
suitable  for  different  periods  of  time. 
Search  Class — 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  108,  Cal- 
endars, Pencil  attachments. 

115.  CALENDARS,     ROTATABLE,     SINGLE-AXIS,     DISK. 

Calendars  comprising  several  charactered  disks  of  different 
sizes  mounted  concentrically  to  turn  upon  a  single  axis.  The 
disks  may  be  upon  the  face  of  a  suitable  support  and  present 
rings  of  characters,  or  they  may  be  upon  the  rear  of  the  sup- 
port and  the  characters  exposed  through  suitable  sight- 
openings. 

116.  CALENDARS,   SINGLE    REEL   AND   WEB.    Calendars 

comprising  a  charactered  web  and  a  suitable  roller  to  which 
the  web  may  be  attached  and  about  which  the  web  may  be 
wound.    The  roller  may  be  carried  in  bearings  in  a  suitable 
support. 
Search  Class — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  108,  Calen- 
dars, Pencil  attachments. 

117.  CALENDARS,  DOUBLE  REEL  AND  WEB.    Calendars 

comprising  a  charactered  web  having  its  ends  connected  to 
rollers,  the  web  being  adapted  to  be  wound  upon  one  of  the 
rollers  as  it  is  unwound  from  the  other. 

118.  CALENDARS,   ENDLESS.    Calendars  comprising   one   or 

more  endless  webs  bearing  the  numbers  of  the  days  of  the 
month,  the  numbers  of  the  years,  the  names  of  days  of  the 
week,  or  the  names  of  the  months  of  the  year  and  capable  of 
being  shifted  to  properly  designate  the  dates  of  any  particular 
week  or  month. 

26674°— 12 6 


CLASS  40— Continued. 

119.  CALENDARS,  HINGED  LEAVES.    Calendars  comprising 

a  plurality  of  charactered  leaves  flexibly  connected  together, 
as  in  a  book,  so  that  the  leaves  may  be  turned  over  to  expose 
the  characters  upon  the  succeeding  leaves. 
Search  Class — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  120  Cal- 
endars, Stands. 

120.  CALENDARS,  STANDS.    Stands  or  frames  for  supporting 

block;  pad,  or  tablet  calendar  leaves  of  such  construction  as  to 
permit  the  front  leaves  to  be  successively  removed  or  turned 
back  to  display  the  face  of  the  following  leaf. 

121.  CALENDARS,   TEAR-OFF    TABLETS.    Calendars   com- 

prising a  block,  pad,  or  tablet  of  charactered  leaves  so  con- 
structed as  to  permit  the  leaves  to  be  successively  removed 
as  the  dates  designated  thereon  have  expired. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  123,  Cal- 
endars, Printing  arrangement. 

122.  CALENDARS,  CARD-POCKETS.    Calendars  comprising  a 

pack  of  calendar-cards  held  in  a  suitable  open-faced  envelop, 
receptacle,  or  frame,  so  that  the  front  card  may  be  removed 
and  inserted  at  the  rear  of  the  pack  to  expose  the  following 
card  to  view. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING  subclass  10,  Checks 
labels,  and  tags,  Holders. 

123.  CALENDARS,   PRINTING  ARRANGEMENT.    Calendar 

patents  in  which  the  invention  lies  in  the  characters  themselves 
or  in  the  specific  arrangement  of  the  printed  characters. 
Search  Class — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  109, 
Calendars,  Charactered-slide;  113,  Calendars,  Rotatable,  Disk, 
and  115,  Calendars,  Rotatable,  Single-axis,  Disk. 

124.  CARD-RACKS.    Wire  racks  or  supports  of  notched  metal  or 

wood,  usually  adapted  to  be  hung  upon  a  wall  or  other  ver- 
tical surface  to  support  and  display  business  or  picture  cards. 

124.5.  MEMORIAL  TABLETS.  Devices  in  the  nature  of  name 
plates  and  picture  retainers  designed  to  be  placed  on  monu- 
ments and  used  for  like  purposes. 

125.  SIGNS.    This  subclass   comprises  inscribed   boards,  cards, 

plates,  or  objects  whereby  definite  information  may  be  con- 
veyed to  the  observer. 

Note. — Imitation  articles  which  are  used  for  sign  purposes  are 
also  included  in  the  subclass  126,  Signs,  Dummies,  in  this 
class. 

126.  SIGNS,  DUMMIES.    Imitation   articles  or  figures  used  for 

display  purposes  to  indicate  some  trade,  business,  or  profes- 
sion or  the  sale  of  some  article  of  commerce. 

127.  SIGNS,  AEROSTATIC.    Display  devices  of  an  unchangeable 

character  which  are  supported  from  a  balloon,  kite,  or  other 
aerostat. 

128.  SIGNS,  HANGING.    Fixed  or  swinging  signs  which  depend 

from  an  overhead  support. 

129.  SIGNS,  PORTABLE.    Signs  to  be  displayed  while  being  car- 

ried about  from  place  to  place  by  a  person,  animal,  or  vehicle, 
Search  Class— 
240— ILLUMINATION,  appropriate  subclasses. 

130.  SIGNS,  ILLUMINATED.    Signs  in  which  the  characters  or 

legends  are  made  more  apparent  by  means  of  a  special  illumi- 
nating device. 
Search  Classes — 

177— ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclass  346,  Systems,  Display,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  11,  Lanterns,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

131.  SIGNS,  ILLUMINATED,  LAMP  ATTACHMENTS.    Signs 

designed  to  be  secured  to  a  lamp-post  or  lamp,  so  that  the  sign 
shall  be  illuminated  by  the  light  from  the  lamp. 

132.  SIGNS,    ILLUMINATED,    LAMP-BOXES.    Lamp-boxes 

having  one  or  more  of  their  sides  provided  with  a  sign  through 
which  the  light  from  the  inclosed  lamp  passes. 

133.  SIGNSJLLUMINATED, LAMP-BOXES,  PERFORATED- 

FACE.  Signs  comprising  lamp-inclosing  boxes  of  wood, 
metal,  or  other  opaque  material  having  perforations  therein 
outlining  legends  or  characters,  which  perforations  are  usually 
filled  or  covered  with  transparent  or  translucent  material. 

134.  SIGNS,  ILLUMINATED,  LUMINOUS-PAINT.    Signs  in 

which  the  characters  are  outlined  or  made  conspicuous  by 
luminous  paint. 

135.  SIGNS,   MULTIPLE-LAYER.    Signs   formed   of  superim- 

posed  layers   of  differently-colored   materials,   not   simply 
painted  boards. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING, subclasses  125,  Signs, 
and  130,  Signs,  Illuminated. 


82 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  40— Continued. 

136.  SIGNS, EMBOSSED, MOLDED, ROLLED.-OR  STAMPED. 

Signs  formed  of  material  which  is  given  the  desired  configura- 
tion by  means  of  embossing,  molding,  rolling  or  stamping 
processes. 
Search  Class — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  154,  Pic- 
ture-frames, Embossed,  molded,  rolled,  or  stamped. 

137.  SIGNS,  VARIABLE-READING.    Signs  which  have  some  of 

the  characters  placed  upon  parts  projecting  angularly  from 
the  body  thereof,  the  effect  of  which  is  to  cause  the  reading 
to  change  as  the  position  of  the  observer  is  changed. 

138.  SIGNS,  VIBRATORY.    Signs  which  in  whole  or  in  part 

vibrate,  and  thus  attract  attention  thereto. 

139.  SIGNS,  VIBRATORY,  MOTOR-OPERATED.    Signs  which 

in  whole  or  in  part  vibrate  to  attract  attention,  the  vibration 
being  effected  by  some  mechanical  motor. 

140.  SIGNS,  INTERCHANGEABLE   LETTERS.    Signs  com- 

prising letters  of  a  miscellaneous  character  constructed  to  be 
arranged  together  upon  a  suitable  support  to  form  the  design 
or  legend,  and  fastening  devices  for  such  letters  special  thereto. 

141.  SIGNS, INTERCHANGEABLE  LETTERS,  GLASS.    Signs 

comprising  interchangeable  letters  the  principal  ingredient  of 
which  is  glass. 

142.  SIGNS,    INTERCHANGEABLE    LETTERS,    FASTEN- 

ERS. Interchangeable  signs  comprising  miscellaneous  fas- 
tening devices  for  securing  the  sign-letters  in  position  upon  a 
suitable  support  to  form  the  legend  or  design. 

143.  SIGNS,    INTERCHANGEABLE    LETTERS,    FASTEN- 

ERS, PRONG.  Signs  and  separate  letters  for  signs  in  which 
a  prong  or  spur  projection  is  used  as  the  means  for  securing  the 
letter  to  the  background  or  support. 

144.  SIGNS,    INTERCHANGEABLE    LETTERS,    FASTEN- 

ERS, STRING.  Signs  and  separate  letters  for  signs  in  which 
the  letters  are  threaded  or  strung  along  a  string,  wire,  or  band 
which  passes  through  the  letters  or  through  one  or  more  pro- 
jections formed  upon  the  letters. 

145.  SIGNS,  POST  ATTACHMENTS.    Signs  which  are  particu- 

larly adapted  to  be  secured  to  and  supported  by  a  post.    This 
subclass  also  includes  devices  which  are  specially  constructed 
for  securing  signs  to  posts. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  131,  Signs, 
Illuminated,  Lamp  attachments. 

145.1.  PICTURE-HANGERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  adapted  par- 
ticularly for  the  hanging  of  pictures,  mirrors,  and  similar  arti- 
cles on  walls  and  include  molding-hooks. 

Note. — Devices  for  adjusting  mirrors  relative  to  the  wall  or  sup- 
port are  found  in  class  45,  FURNITURE,  subclasses  18,  Mirrors, 
and  97,  Mirrors,  Bracket. 

145.2.  PICTURE-HANGERS,  ADJUSTABLE.    Devices  for  vary- 
ing either  the  inclination  or  the  vertical  position  of  the  picture. 

Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  145.7,  Pic- 
ture-hangers, Plaque-retainers. 

145.3.  PICTURE-HANGERS,  ADJUSTABLE,  CORD.    Devices 
in  which  a  cord  or  flexible  part  is  adjusted. 

145.4.  PICTURE-HANGERS,  ADJUSTABLE,  CORD,  PAWL 
AND  RATCHET.    The  adjustment  is  made  by  means  of  a 
pawl  and  ratchet. 

145.5.  PICTURE-HANGERS,     ADJUSTABLE,     STEPS.    The 
adjustment  is  by  steps  and  not  continuous. 

145.fi.  PICTURE-HANGERS,    ADJUSTABLE,    SLIDE    AND 
CLAMP.    The  title  explains  itself. 

145.7.  PICTURE  -  HANGERS,  PLAQUE  -  RETAINERS.    De- 
vices which  grip  the  edges  of  plaques  or  plates  and  are  adapted 
for  suspending  them  on  walls. 

145.8.  PICTURE-HANGERS,  RETAINING-CORD.    The  hang- 
ing device  has  the  additional  function  of  holding  the  picture- 
cord  in  a  given  position. 

145.9.  PICTURE  -  HANGERS,      MOLDING  -  HOOKS.    Hooks 
adapted  for  use  on  picture-moldings. 

146.  PICTURE  STANDS  AND   SUPPORTS.     Portable  stands 

or  props  for  supporting  cards,  maps,  or  pictures  in  an  upright 
position  for  display  purposes.  The  front  of  the  support  may 
itself  constitute  the  card  or  picture  back,  or  there  may  be 
separate  holding  devices  for  securing  a  card  or  picture  upon 
the  support. 


CLASS  40— Continued. 

Note. — Such  supporting-stands  as  are  designed  for  supporting  arti- 
cles of  merchandise  other  than  cards,  maps,  or  pictures  are 
classified  in  class  211,  STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  34,  Display- 
Cards,  or  subclass  24,  Display-Stands. 

147.  PICTURE  STANDS  AND  SUPPORTS,  ILLUMINATORS. 

Picture-supports  comprising  reflecting  surfaces  whereby  the 
picture  is  illuminated;  also,  stands,  which  hold  the  picture  so 
that  light  may  be  transmitted  through  the  picture  to  illumi- 
nate it. 

148.  PICTURE  STANDS  AND  SUPPORTS,  FRAMES.   Picture- 

supports  in  which  the  front  or  picture-supporting  portion 
comprises  a  picture-frame,  and  the  brace  is  frequently  a  bail, 
which  serves  also  as  a  suspension-loop  when  it  is  desired  to 
hang  the  picture. 

149.  PICTURE  STANDS  AND  SUPPORTS,  SINGLE-BLANK. 

Picture-supports  in  which  the  entire  article  (the  supporting 
card  or  board  and  the  brace  at  the  rear)  is  cut  in  the  form  of  a 
single  blank  and  bent  to  the  desired  shape. 

150.  PICTURE  STANDS  AND  SUPPORTS,  SINGLE-BLANK, 

BRACES.  Picture  supports  and  braces  cut  in  the  form  of  a 
single  blank  and  bent  to  proper  form  to  constitute  both  the 
brace  and  the  part  to  be  secured  to  the  picture  or  to  the  card 
which  supports  the  picture. 

151.  PICTURE  STANDS  AND  SUPPORTS,  WIRE.    Picture- 

supports  constructed  entirely  of  wire  or  metal  strips  bent  to 
proper  form  to  engage  the  picture  and  support  it  in  upright 
position  for  observation. 

152.  PICTURE-FRAMES.    Structures  for  partially  inclosing  and 

displaying  cards,  pictures,  or  signs  to  preserve  them  in  shape 
and  permit  of  their  observation.  In  some  instances  these 
frames  are  mere  stiffening  devices  secured  to  the  edges  of  the 
article  to  be  displayed.  In  others  they  are  built-up  struc- 
tures, which  inclose  the  article  at  the  back  and  edges. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  those  structures  where  the 
structure  of  the  card,  picture,  or  sign  is  an  essential  element  of 
the  combination  claimed,  such  combinations  being  classified 
in  class  41,  ORNAMENTATION. 

Search  Classes — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  148,  Pic- 
ture stands  and  supports,  Frames;  159,  Picture-frames,  Mats, 
Mounts,  and  Backs,  Pocketed;  120,  Stationery,  subclass  82, 
Paper-weights. 

153.  PICTURE-FRAMES,  CORD  OR  WIRE.    Frames  compris- 

ing strips  of  cord  or  wire  secured  along  or  near  the  edges 
of  cards  or  pictures  to  form  an  ornamental  border  therefor  and 
which  in  some  instances  may  furnish  a  means  for  hanging  the 
card  or  picture. 

154.  PICTURE-FRAMES,  EMBOSSED,  MOLDED,  ROLLED, 

OR  STAMPED.  Frames  made  of  material  which  is  shaped 
by  being  cast  in  molds,  embossed,  rolled,  or  stamped  with  the 
desired  pattern. 

155.  PICTURE-FRAMES,     EXTENSIBLE,     FOLDING,     OR 

KNOCKDOWN.  Frames  made  adjustable  to  inclose  differ- 
ent-sized cards  or  pictures  or  made  capable  of  being  dismantled 
and  folded  to  occupy  a  small  space  for  storage  or  transportation^ 

15C.  PICTURE-FRAMES,  CARD  OR  PICTURE  RETAINERS. 
Devices  for  securing  cards  or  pictures  in  place  within  their 
frames.  They  comprise  clamps,  buttons,  beading-strips, 
springs,  etc.,  secured  to  the  frame  so  as  to  bear  against  the  card 
or  picture. 

157.  PICTURE-FRAMES,  COVER-RETAINERS.    Devices  for 

securing  gauze,  netting,  or  other  protecting  material  over  pic- 
ture-frames and  pictures. 
Search  Class  - 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  155,  Picture- 
frames,  Extensible,  folding,  or  knockdown. 

158.  PICTURE-FRAMES,    MATS,    MOUNTS,    AND    BACKS. 

Firm  and  stiff  paper  or  thin  boards  for  supporting  and 
strengthening  pictures  to  prevent  them  from  being  easily  bent 
and,  in  some  instances,  for  forming  an  ornamental  border 
around  the  edges  of  the  pictures. 

159.  PICTURE-FRAMES,    MATS,    MOUNTS,    AND    BACKS, 

POCKETED.  Mats,  mounts,  and  backs  provided  with 
recesses  or  pockets  within  which  the  picture  is  partially  In- 
closed. 

160.  PICTURE-FRAMES,    RELIEF-PICTURE.     Frames      for 

pictures  having  raised  surfaces  and  for  game  pieces,  as  stuffed 
and  mounted  skins  of  birds,  fishes,  or  other  animals,  and 
mounted  heads  or  horns  of  animals. 
Search  Class — 
35— EDUCATIONAL  APPLIANCES,  subclass  12,  Miscellaneous. 


CLASS  41.— ORNAMENTATION 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

The  miscellaneous  and  parent  class  covering  inventions  relating  to 
ornamental  forms  and  surface  ornamentation  not  elsewhere  pro- 
vided for. 

Apparatus  falling  in  this  class  is  placed  in  subclass  1,  Apparatus 
and  appliances,  or  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Objects  and  processes  of  making  the  same  other  than  substantially 
flat  panels  or  decorations  when  falling  in  this  class  are  placed  in 
subclass  10,  Ornamental  forms,  or  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Surface  ornamentation  and  substantially  flat  panels,  including 
processes  Of  producing  the  same,  when  falling  in  this  class  are  placed 
in  subclass  17,  Surface  type,  or  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Note.— An  invention  comprising  matter  classifiable  in  more  than 
one  specific  subclass  of  this  class  is  placed  in  the  subclass  having  the 
lowest  number  and  cross-referenced  into  the  subclass  or  subclasses 
having  a  "higher  number  or  numbers. 

Note. — For  further  information  see  the  subclass  definitions. 

Subclasses. 

1.  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES.    Apparatus  or  appliances 

not  elsewhere  classifiable  for  producing  ornamental  objects  or 
surfaces. 
Search  Class — 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  33,  Surface  type,  Transfers,  for 
sheets  for  transferring  decalcomania  designs. 

2.  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES,  IMITATION  FLOWER 

MAKING.    Apparatus  not  falling  in  any  general  class  for 
producing  imitation  flowers,  fruit,  and  foliage. 
Search  Class— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  69, 
Finishing,  Wrinkling,  for  machines  for  wrinkling  paper  sheets. 

3.  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES,  IMITATION  FLOWER 

MAKING,  STEMS  AND  VINES.  Apparatus  for  producing 
floral  strands  and  vine  structures.  Frequently  natural  ever- 
greens and  the  like  are  employed  in  preparing  an  imitation 
vine. 

4.  APPARATUS    AND    APPLIANCES,    PAINTERS'.     Appa- 

ratus not  elsewhere  provided  for  employed  in  the  application 
of  colors. 
Search  Classes — 

8— BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  for  apparatus  for  dyeing  fibers  and 
fabrics;  91,  COATING,  for  apparatus  for  spreading  a  continuous 
or  haphazard  coating,  and  101,  PRINTING,  for  apparatus  for 
applying  designs  by  means  of  printing  surfaces  and  stencils. 

15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  for  paint  brushes. 

33— DRAFTING,  subclass  16,  Perspectographs,  for  appliances 
employed  in  drawing  perspectives. 

45— FURNITURE,  subclass  129,  Easels,  for  painters'  easels, 
including  combinations  of  folding  easels  and  jhairs  and  easels 
and  cabinets;  also  attachments  for  easels  in  the  nature  of  trays, 
receptacles,  and  supports,  but  not  for  rotatable  chucks  for 
clamping  china  and  the  like  articles  while  being  painted;  sub- 
class 69,  Desks,  Portable,  for  small  portable  desks  when  the 
only  feature  that  distinguishes  i  t  from  a  writing  desk  is  an  easel 
attached  to  the  back  tor  holding  the  design  to  be  copied;  sub- 
class 130,  Fabric  stretching  frames,  Painters',  for  frames  for 
holding  the  canvas  stretched  for  receiving  the  colors. 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  4,  Special,  Engravers'  clamps,  for  clamps 
for  holding  articles  to  be  engraved. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  23,  Scholars'  companions,  for  special 
receptacles  for  holding  pencils,  pens,  and  the  like,  which  are 
somewhat  similar  to  "artists'  kits";  and  206,  SPECIAL  RECEP- 
TACLES AND  PACKAGES,  for  other  special  receptacles. 

224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  for  devices  for  carrying 
freshly  painted  pictures. 

5.  APPARATUS    AND    APPLIANCES,    PAINTERS',    PAL- 

ETTES AND  MIXING   PLATES.    Devices  upon  which 
artists  prepare  and  hold  the  colors  while  working.    Also  in- 
cludes attachments  for  palettes. 
Search  Class— 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  4,  Apparatus  and  appliances, 
Painters',  for  palettes  modified  in  shape  to  fit  a  "  kit  ";  also  for 
packages  holding  cakes  of  paint,  usually  water  colors. 

6.  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES,  PAINTERS',  MIXING 

CHARTS.    Charts  for  guidance  in  mixing  colors. 
Search  Class — 

88— OPTICS,  subclass  14,  Testing  instruments,  for  charts  for 
testing  the  optical  effect  of  various  colors. 

7.  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES,  METALLIC  LEAF  AP- 

PLYING.   Apparatus  for  applying  metallic  leaf  or  like  deco- 
rative films. 
Search  Class— 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  for  analogous  me- 
chanical structure. 


CLASS  41— Continued. 

8.  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES,  METALLIC  LEAF  AP- 

PLYING, MAGAZINE  HAND  TOOLS.    Hand  tools  hold- 
ing a  supply  of  film  which  is  delivered  as  applied. 
Search  Classes — 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  71,  Pack- 
ages, Metallic  leaf,  for  packages  containing  metallic  leaf. 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclass  20,  Ma- 
chines, Strip,  for  analogous  mechanical  structure. 

9.  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES,  ETCHING.    Apparatus 

employed  in  ornamenting  and  in  producing  designs  on  mineral 
substances  by  surface  removal  through  chemical  agents  and 
without  electricity. 
Search  Class  - 

148 — ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclass  42,  Pickling  and 
swilling,  for  various  machines  for  applying  chemicals  to  the 
surface  of  metal. 

10.  ORNAMENTAL   FORMS.    Ornamental  bodies  other  than 

substantially  flat  panels  or  surface  decorations  and  processes  of 
making  the  same  not  elsewhere  classifiable.  Does  not  include 
the  surface  ornamentation  of  an  ornamental  form  when  not 
involving  features  peculiar  to  the  structure  of  the  form.  Does 
not  include  useful  objects  of  peculiar  form,  but  includes  orna- 
mental forms  mounted  on  such  objects  when  the  object  is, 
conventional. 
Search  Classes — 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclasses  24,  Surface  type,  Relief  and 
intaglio  and  25,  Surface  type,  Relief  and  intaglio.  Reproduc- 
ing, for  ornamentation  of  a  surface  nature,  but  which  presents 
outstanding  features,  including  some  surface  preparation  of 
statues  and  the  like;  subclass  34,  Surface  type,  Applied  objects, 
for  the  application  of  bodies  to  a  surface;  also  subclass  32,  Sur- 
face type,  Pigment,  Plaques  and  surfaces,  for  ornamental 
plaques  designed  to  receive  a  painting. 

2 — APPAREL,  subclass  187,  Trimmings,  and  subclasses  there- 
under, for  ornaments  such  as  are  usually  sewed  onto  clothing 
and  the  like. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  for  ornamental  building  structure, 
especially  subclasses  15,  Panels  and  wainscoting;  73,  Mantels; 
74,  Moldings,  and  77,  Ceiling  center  pieces. 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  113,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Covers,  for  ornamental  button  structure. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  for  signs,  picture 
frames,  and  exhibition  devices,  many  of  which  include  quite 
ornamental  structure. 

45— FURNITURE,  subclasses  105,  Screens,  and  106,  Screens, 
Folding,  for  ornamental  screens. 

46 — GAMES  AND  TOYS,  for  ornamental  toys;  also  for  panoramic 
pictures  and  those  with  moving  parts. 

47— TREES,  PLANTS,  AND  FLOWERS,  for  ornamental  flower 
holders  capable  of  holding  moisture. 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  75,  Trimmings,  Covered,  and  76,  Trim- 
mings, Ornamental,  for  harness  ornaments. 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  88,  Watches,  Cases,  for  watch  case 
structure  including  some  ornamental  features. 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  80, 
Chains,  Ornamental,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  orna- 
mental chain  structure. 

63— JEWELRY,  for  ornaments  to  be  worn  on  the  person,  com- 
posed of  precious  metal  and  stones  or  imitations  of  the  same, 
but  not,  however,  for  comparatively  cheap  trimmings,  such  as 
used  by  milliners,  in  the  nature  of  artificial  flowers  and  the 
like. 

65— KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  for  ornamental  napkin 
holders  and  articles  of  table  ware. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  125,  Plas- 
tering, Plaster  boards,  Ornaments,  for  ornaments  especially 
designed  to  be  used  with  plastering  or  as  a  substitute  therefor. 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclasses  52,  Washers,  Ornamental,  and  53,  Ornamental 
heads,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  ornaments  particu- 
larly designed  to  be  used  with  nails  and  other  fastening  de- 
vices of  that  type. 

116— SIGNALS,  subclass  12,  FlagstafTs,  for  flags  and  flagstaff's. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  82,  Paper  weights,  for  ornamental 
paper  weights. 

125— STONE  WORKING,  subclass  15,  Monuments,  for  monu- 
ments, usually  of  ornamental  design. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  219,  Stove  lids  and  tops, 
Heating  Stove,  Ornaments  and  urns,  for  ornamental  stove 
tops. 

139— WEAVING,  subclass  10,  Fringes,  for  ornamental  fringes. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  for  ornamental  cur- 
tain attachments,  especially  subclasses  33,  Curtain  holders, 
and  40,  Curtain  tassels. 

165— DESIGNS. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  for  ornamental  metal- 
lic building  structures,  especially  subclasses  82,  Grilles,  Com- 
posite, and  83,  Grilles,  Integral. 

215- -BOTTLES  AND  JARS,  subclass  79,  Bottles,  Nesting,  for 
ornamental  arrangement  of  glass  bottles. 

231— WHIPS  AND  WHIP  APPARATUS,  subclass  6,  Whips,  Caps, 
buttons,  and  joints,  for  somewhat  ornamental  rings,  buttons, 
and  the  like,  especially  designed  for  whips. 

83 


84 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  41— Continued. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  10,  Decorative  lights,  and  the 
subclasses  under  108,  Shades,  especially  subclass  109,  Shades, 
Canopy,  for  ornamental  forms  to  be  used  with  lights. 

11.  ORNAMENTAL    FORMS,    COLLAPSIBLE.     Ornamental 

forms  the  parts  of  which  are  designed  to  be  brought  close 
together  so  as  to  occupy  less  space. 
Search  Class — 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  15,  Ornamental  forms,  Imita- 
tion trees,  for  knockdown  imitation  trees. 

12.  ORNAMENTAL  FORMS,  FLORAL.    Frames  or  structures 

upon  which  flowers  or  foliage,  natural  or  artificial,  may  be 

secured  in  order  to  produce  a  design. 
Search  Classes— 
27 — UNDERTAKING,  subclass  2,  Burial  apparatus,  for  structures 

which  may  have  flowers  secured  thereon  and  designed  to  be 

used  in  covering  the  open  grave. 
47— TREES,   PLANTS,  AND   FLOWERS,  especially  subclass  18, 

Flower  holders,  for  devices  for  holding  flowers,  which  are 

capable  of  holding  moisture. 

13.  ORNAMENTAL  FORMS,  IMITATION  FLOWERS.    Imi- 

tation flowers,  fruit,  and  foliage.    May  be  in  part  composed 
of  natural  elements.    Includes  processes  for  producing  imita- 
tion flowers  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 
Search  Class  - 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  2,  Apparatus  and  appliances, 
Imitation  flower  making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
apparatus  for  producing  imitation  flowers. 

14.  ORNAMENTAL  FORMS,  IMITATION  FLOWERS,  SPE- 

CIAL FEATURES.    Imitation  flowers  having  concealed  or 
other  special  features. 
Search  Classes — 

41 — ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  11,  Ornamental  forms,  Collapsi- 
ble, for  collapsible  imitation  floral  decorations. 

63 — JEWELRY,  subclass  31,  Gem  settings,  Movable,  for  vibrating 
gem  settings  and  the  like. 

15.  ORNAMENTAL  FORMS,  IMITATION  TREES.    Built  up 

tree  structure. 

16.  ORNAMENTAL      FORMS,     IMITATION      FEATHERS. 

Built  up  feathers,  as  distinguished  from  natural  growth. 
Search  Classes — 
15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  28,  Brush  heads  and 

faces,   Dusting  brushes,  for  feathers  prepared  for  dusting 

brushes. 
54— HARNESS,  subclass  76,  Trimmings,  Ornamental,  for  plumes 

such  as  are  used  to  decorate  harness. 

17.  SURFACE  TYPE.    Inventions    not    elsewhere    classifiable 

relating  to  the  ornamentation  of  surfaces.  Includes  orna- 
mental panels  and  substantially  flat  decorations,  even  when 
the  invention  is  not  confined  strictly  to  the  surface.  If  the 
ornamentation  is  of  the  latter  type  and  the  structure  involved 
is  part  of  an  ornamental  form, "such  as  referred  to  in  subclass 
10,  Ornamental  forms,  and  ti<e  search  notes  thereunder,  the 
patent  is  placed  in  the  subclass  in  which  the  ornamental  form 
is  classified. 

Note. — Commercial  fabrics  and  machine  operations  of  preparing 
and  treating  them  are  usually  provided  for  elsewhere. 

Note. — Methods  of  applying  letters  to  signs  when  strictly  of  a 
surface  nature — such  as  painting,  etching,  and  the  like — are 
classifiable  herein. 

Search  Classes — 

2— APPAREL;  112,  SEWING  MACHINES,  and  223,  APPAREL 
APPARATUS,  for  the  ornamenting  of  cloth  by  sewing,  em- 
broidering, and  other  methods  of  introducing  threads  into 
finished  fabrics;  26,  CLOTH  FINISHING,  subclass  2,  Finishing, 
for  methods  of  mechanically  ornamenting  the  surface  of  cloth, 
which  can  be  performed  by  running  the  web  through  a  ma- 
chine, but  not  including  embossing  or  the  introduction  of 
threads  in  the  nature  of  sewing,  embroidery,  and  the  like. 
1&— PLASTICS,  for  methods  of  incorporating  decorative  material 

in  the  surface  of  a  plastic  object. 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  68,  Fin- 
ishing, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  mechanical  methods 
or  ornamenting  paper  webs,  not  including  embossing. 

Note. — For  further  information  see  the  search  notes  of  the  more 
specific  subclasses. 

18.  SURFACE      TYPE,       MISCELLANEOUS      METALLIC. 

Ornamentation  on  metal  or  with  metal  when  not  falling  in 
any  of  the  more  specific  subclasses  of  this  class  or  in  other 
classes. 
Search  Classes — 

41 — ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  38,  Surface  type,  Removing 
portions  of  coating,  for  inventions  involving  plating  with 
metal  before  or  after  removing  a  portion  of  the  plating. 

91 — COATING,  the  subclasses  specially  provided  for  coating  with 
metal,  for  methods  not  involving  steps  for  the  production  of  a 
design. 

159 — ENGRAVING,  for  ornamentation  with  cutting  tools. 

201— METAL   ORNAMENTATION,  for  ornamenting  the  surface  of 
etal  by  mechanical  impression. 

204 — ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  for  metallic  ornamentation  by  elec- 
trochemical action. 

19.  SURFACE   TYPE,   STRIATED   EFFECTS.    Surfaces  pro- 

vided with  close-lying  substantially  parallel  lines  or  ridges, 
so  that  peculiar  light  effects  are  produced. 
Search  Classes— 

88— OPTICS,  subclass  60,  Building  lights,  Window,  for  striated 
glass  panes. 


CLASS  41— Continued. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  103,  Reflectors,  and  100.  Re- 
fractors, for  like  structure  limited  to  use  with  artificial  light. 

20.  SURFACE  TYPE,  TRANSFORMATION  EFFECTS.    De- 

signs which  show  different  effects  under  different  conditions. 
Search  Classes— 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  19,  Surface  type,  Striated  effects, 
for  changes  due  to  close-lying  striations. 

11— BOOKBINDING,  subclass  13,  Bank  notes,  checks,  and  bonds, 
for  negotiable  paper  which  changes  under  certain  conditions. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  137,  Signs, 
Variable  reading,  for  signs  of  this  type. 

48— GAMES  AND  TOYS  for  designs  having  moving  parts  or  designs 
of  which  portions  are  formed  somewhat  in  the  nature  of  fire- 
works. 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  29,  Ink,  Sympa- 
thetic, for  ink  which  is  particularly  adapted  for  transformation 
purposes. 

21.  SURFACE  TYPE  DIAPHANOUS.    Ornamental  panels  and 

surfaces  other  than  mosaic  capable  of  transmitting  light. 
Does  not  include  open-work  structure,  such  as  grilles,  lace, 
and  the  like;  nor  does  it  include  surface  ornamentation  of 
glass  and  transparent  materials  by  etching,  abrading,  paint- 
ing, and  the  like  when  the  diaphanous  feature  is  not  involved. 
Search  Classes— 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclasses  19,  Surface  type,  Striated  effects, 
for  diaphanous  effects  of  that  nature;  28,  Surface  type,  Pigment, 
Treating  photographs,  Clearing  feature,  for  transparent 
photographs  mounted  on  glass  and  the  like,  and  38,  Surface 
type,  Removing  portions  of  coating,  for  methods  of  producing 
open-work  designs  on  transparent  materials  by  removing  por- 
tions of  an  opaque  covering. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  130.  Signs, 
Illuminated,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  diaphanous 
signs,  and  subclass  147,  Picture  stands  and  supports,  Illumi- 
nators, for  picture  supports  having  like  features. 

49 — GLASS,  especially  subclass  92,  Structure,  when  the  orna- 
mentation is  prepared  during  the  manufacture  of  the  glass. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  10,  Decorative  lights,  and  108, 
Shades,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  especially  109,  Shades, 
Canopy  for  diaphanous  ornamental  attachments. 

22.  SURFACE     TYPE,     DIAPHANOUS     FACE,     OPAQUE 

BACKING.    Ornamentation  in  which  the  face  layer  is  diaph- 
anous and  is  placed  or  designed  to  be  placed  against  an  opaque 
backing.    Merely  coating  an  opaque  design  with  transparent 
varnish  or  glaze  is  not  included.    . 
Search  Classes— 

41 — ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  28,  Surface  type,  Pigment, 
Treating  photographs,  Clearing  feature,  for  transparent  pho- 
tographs mounted  on  an  opaque  backing,  and  subclass  36, 
Surface  type,  Applied  objects,  Particles,  for  transparent  beads 
and  the  like  attached  to  an  opaque  backing. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  124.5, 
Memorial  tablets;  134,  Signs,  Illuminated,  Luminous  paint; 
135,  Signs,  Multiple  layers,  and  141,  Signs,  Interchangeable 
letters,  Glass,  for  signs  of  this  type. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  82,  Paper  weights,  for  analogous 
structure. 

23.  SURFACE   TYPE,    MOSAIC.    Continpus   surface   produced 

by  securing  solid  pieces  of  material  in  position  with  their 
edges  adjoining  not  provided  for  elsewhere.  It  is  mostly  con- 
fined to  ornamental  glass  panels.  Does  not  include  methods 
of  laying  tile  floors,  walls,  and  roofs  unless  limited  to  a  method 
of  arranging  a  mosaic  design,  which  would  be  of  general 
application. 
Search  Classes—  . 

18 — PLASTICS,  for  processes  involving  also  a  molding  operation. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS;  108,  ROOFS,  and  72,  MASONRY  AND 
CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  for  the  laying  of  tiles  and  the  like  in 
building  construction. 

29 — METAL  WORKING,  subclass  181,  Metal  stock,  Compound, 
for  metal  stock  of  this  type. 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  26,  Linoleum  making,  Processes,  Inlaid,  for  process 
of  preparing  mosaic-like  linoleum. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  77,  Windows, 
Sash,  Pane  supports  and  fastenings,  for  leaded  and  other 
metallic  structure  for  holding  mosaic  glass  structure  in  place. 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  especially  subclasses  10,  Decorative  lights, 
and  109,  Shades,  Canopy,  for  light  attachment  of  a  mosaic 
character. 

24.  SURFACE  TYPE,  RELIEF  AND  INTAGLIO.    Ornamen- 

tation in  which  portions  lie  above  or  below  the  ground.    If 
falling  in  this  class,  the  invention  usually  involves  hand 
methods.    Placing  the  material  in  a  mold  or  running  it  through 
a  machine  is  usually  provided  for  elsewhere. 
Search  Classes — 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclasses  19,  Surface  type,  Striated 
effects,  for  small  raised  parallel  ridges;  30,  Surface  type,  Pig- 
ment, Filled  recesses,  for  recesses  partly  filled  with  coloring 
matter,  thereby  leaving  intaglio  features;  34,  Surface  type, 
Applied  objects,  for  objects  applied  to  a  surface  and  standing 
out  therefrom;  37,  Surface  type,  Applied  objects,  Metallic 
leaf,  for  leaf  applied  with  a  stamp  which  may  have  relief  or 
intaglio  features,  and  38,  Surface  type,  Removing  portions 
of  coating,  for  slight  recesses  left  by  the  removed  portions. 

18— PLASTICS,  especially  subclass  35,  Molding  devices,  Molds, 
Sheet  shaping,  for  molds  designed  to  be  used  for  embossing 
photographs  and  process  subclasses  for  methods  of  facing 
which  involve  a  molding  operation. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  136,  Signs, 
Embossed,  molded,  rolled,  or  stamped,  for  signs  of  this  char- 
acter. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


85 


CLASS  41— Continued. 

101— PRINTING;  113,  SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING;  144,  WOOD 
WORKING;  149,  HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER;  153,  METAL 
BENDING;  154,  LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANU- 
FACTURES; 198,  MATRIX  MAKING,  and  201,  METAL  ORNAMENT- 
ING, for  machine  embossing  operations. 

159 — ENGRAVING,  for  the  engraving  of  this  type  of  surface. 

25.  SURFACE  TYPE,  RELIEF  AND  INTAGLIO,  REPRO- 

DUCING.   The  reproducing  of  relief  or  intaglio  surfaces 
when  not  provided  for  elsewhere,  usually  methods  employed 
by  a  sculptor  in  reproducing  figures.    Includes  the  prepara- 
tion of  masks  of  faces  and  the  like. 
Search  Class  — 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  73,  Conformators,  for 
instruments  used  for  measuring  contours. 

26.  SURFACE  TYPE,  PIGMENT.    The  application  of  coloring 

material  by  operations  not  elsewhere  classifiable.  Inven- 
tions found  here  are  usually  in  the  nature  of  hand  methods 
or  design  decorations  which  are  not  particularly  adapted  to 
be  produced  by  machines.  Conventional  shading  or  color- 
ing of  an  ornamental  effect  falling  in  some  other  specific  sub- 
class of*this  class  does  not  place  the  patent  in  this  subclass. 
Search  Classes— 

41 — ORNAMENTATION,  subclasses  4,  Apparatus  and  appliances, 
Painters',  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  appliances  to  be 
employed  in  this  character  of  work;  38,  Surface  type,  Remov- 
ing portions  of  coating,  for  methods  of  ornamentation  by 
removing  portions  of  a  colored  surface,  and  33,  Surface  type, 
Transfers,  for  methods  of  transferring  previously  formed 
pigment  designs. 

2 — APPAREL,  subclass  147,  Trimmings,  Embroidery,  for  com- 
bination of  colored  and  embroidery  ornamentation. 

8 — BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  for  the  dyeing  of  fabric  and  the  like; 
91,  COATING,  for  coating  not  limited  to  steps  for  the  produc- 
tion of  a  definite  design  and  including,  under  subclass  67.9, 
Fabric  coating  and  printing,  the  production  of  serviceable 
fabrics  by  the  combination  of  coating  and  printing  or  emboss- 
ing operations,  and  101,  PRINTING,  for  the  application  of 
designs  to  surfaces  by  means  of  type,  stencils  or  planographic 
surfaces,  including  in  subclasses  28,  Color  machines,  Graining, 
and  181,  Imitating,  special  methods  of  imitating  natural, 
woven,  and  other  surfaces. 

11 — BOOK  BINDING,  subclass  13,  Bank  notes,  checks,  and  bonds, 
for  surface  preparation  peculiar  to  negotiable  paper. 

18— PLASTICS,  for  introduction  of  coloring  matter  into  the  sur- 
face of  pyroxylin  and  vulcanizable  gums  bv  methods  peculiar 
to  those  materials  and  for  processes  which  involve  molding 
or  the  facing  of  a  plastic  while  green;  12,  MASONRY  AND  CON- 
CRETE STRUCTURES;  94,  PAVING,  for  the  introduction  of 
coloring  matter  into  the  surface  of  cement  and  the  like  sub- 
stances during  the  molding  of  the  material,  and  107  BREAD, 
PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  for  coloring  peculiar  to 
confectionery  and  the  like. 

27.  SURFACE     TYPE,     PIGMENT,     TREATING     PHOTO- 

GRAPHS.   The  coloring  of  photographs  and  other  previ- 
ously formed   pictures   not   provided   for  elsewhere.    Also 
includes  mounting  the  colored  picture  on  a  backing. 
Search  Classes — 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  for  methods  of  coloring  photographs  unique 
to  that  art. 

101 — PRINTING,  subclasses  159,  Surfaces,  Multicolor,  and  162, 
Surfaces,  Tintographs,  for  printing  surfaces  adapted  for  this 
type  of  work. 

28.  SURFACE     TYPE,     PIGMENT,     TREATING     PHOTO- 

GRAPHS, CLEARING  FEATURE.  Coloring  photo- 
graphs and  pictures  by  methods  which  involve  the  step  of 
rendering  them  substantially  transparent  or  in  which  a  trans- 
parent picture  is  employed,  usually  so  that  they  may  be  col- 
ored from  the  back.  Includes  rendering  pictures  transparent 
when  no  coloring  is  mentioned. 

29.  SURFACE  TYPE,  PIGMENT,  MASKING.    Applying  color- 

ing material  to  a  surface  partially  covered  by  a  mask,  either 
in  the  nature  of  a  substance  which  may  be  washed  off  or 
removed  after  the  color  has  been  applied  or  which  will  not 
take  the  color.  Does  not  include  stenciling  in  which  perma- 
nent plates  are  used.  Does  not  include  printing  and  dyeing 
operations  in  which  a  portion  of  the  material  treated  is  pro- 
tected in  this  manner.  Does  not  include  novel  methods  of 
coating  a  surface  such  as  would  fall  in  class  91,  COATING,  but 
in  which  a  pattern  is  applied  in  a  conventional  manner  to  a 
portion  of  the  surface. 

0.  SURFACE  TYPE,  PIGMENT,  FILLED  RECESSES.  Fill- 
ing re-jesses  formed  in  a  surface  wholly  or  in  part  with  coloring 
mattar. 

Search  Class— 

144 — WOOD-WORKING,  subclasses  272,  Wood  ornamenting,  Em- 
bossing, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  275,  Wood  orna- 
menting, Graining,  for  the  coloring  of  recesses  incidental  to  the 
embossing  and  graining  of  wood. 

31.  SURFACE  TYPE,  PIGMENT,  FILLED  RECESSES,  AP- 

PLIED OUTLINES.  Applying  or  building  up  bands  or 
divisions  on  a  surface  and  filling  the  recesses  thus  formed  with 
coloring  matter.  Usually  known  as  "cloisonne1  work." 

32.  SURFACE  TYPE,  PIGMENT,  PLAQUES  AND  SUR- 

FACES. Surfaces  such  as  canvases,  panels,  plaques,  and  the 
like  specially  prepared  or  designed  to  receive  pigment  orna- 
mentation. Does  not  include  mere  coating  and  impregnating 
methods. 


CLASS  41— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  158,  Pic- 
ture frames,  Mats,  mounts,  and  backs,  for  plaques  constructed 
to  hold  cards  or  pictures. 

33.  SURFACE    TYPE,    TRANSFERS.     Preparing    designs    or 

shapes  in  pigments  or  analogous  materials  upon  a  temporary 
support  and  securing  the  material  thus  formed  to  a  permanent 
ground  before  detaching  the  temporary  support. 
Search  Class— 

101— PRINTING,  for  methods  of  transferring  fluid  designs  to  a 
ground  in  which  no  special  manipulation  or  preparation  for 
releasing  the  entire  body  of  fluid  is  involved;  also  subclass  163, 
Surfaces,  Elastic,  for  sheet  construction  similar  to  transfer 
sheets  employed  in  this  subclass;  also  subclass  166,  Surfaces, 
Mechanical  transferring  and  registering,  for  machine  methods 
of  manipulating  and  regulating  a  transfer  sheet,  in  preparing 
a  printing  surface. 

34.  SURFACE  TYPE,  APPLIED  OBJECTS.    Ornamentation  of 

surfaces  by  applying  solid  objects  not  provided  for  elsewhere. 
Search  Classes — 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclasses  10,  Ornamental  forms,  or  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  ornamental  objects  which  are  not 
designed  to  lie  on  a  surface,  but  which  are  in  some  instances 
mounted  on  other  objects;  21,  Surface  type,  Diaphanous;  22, 
Surface  type,  Diaphanous  face,  Opaque  backing;  23,  Surface 
type.  Mosaic;  31,  Surface  type,  Pigment.  Filled  recesses,  Ap- 
plied outlines;  33,  Surface  type,  Transfers,  and  38,  Surface 
type,  Removing  portions  of  coating,  for  features  somewhat  of 
this  nature,  but  peculiar  to  the  types  contained  in  those  sub- 
classes and  usually  not  cross-referenced  here. 

2— APPAREL,  subclass  187,  Trimmings,  for  cloth  ornamented  by 
means  of  objects  sewed  thereon. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  140,  Signs, 
Interchangeable  letters,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  let- 
ters to  be  applied  to  signs;  subclasses  124.5,  Memorial  tablets, 
and  152,  Picture  frames,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
picture  retainers  which  are  sometimes  mounted  on  other 
objects. 

46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  especially  subclass  40,  Toys,  Figure,  for 
pictures  of  figures  having  portions  of  clothing  or  other  appro- 
priate objects  secured  thereon  in  such  a  manner  that  portions 
of  the  object  are  capable  of  movement. 

69— LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  21,  Articles  and  proc- 
esses, for  leather  ornamented  by  attached  leather  objects. 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  52,  Washers,  Ornamental,  for  ornamental  washers  to 
be  used  with  nails,  screws,  or  the  like. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  34,  Display  cards,  for  objects 
attached  to  cards  in  the  nature  of  samples. 

231—  WHIPS  AND  WHIP  APPARATUS,  subclass  6,  Whips,  Caps, 
buttons,  and  joints,  for  ornamental  rings  and  the  like  for 
whips. 

35.  SURFACE  TYPE,  APPLIED  OBJECTS,  INLAID.    Apply- 

ing solid  objects  in  such  a  manner  that  a  portion  of  the  object 
lies  below  the  ground. 
Search  Classes— 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  37,  Surface  type,  Applied  ob- 
jects, Metallic  leaf,  for  leaf  decoration  which  may  involve  this 
feature. 

18;— PLASTICS,  especially  subclass  59,  Processes,  Molding,  Unit- 
ing; 72,  MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  and  94, 
PAVING,  for  methods  of  inlaying  objects  in  soft  or  softened 
plastic  materials,  and  49,  GLASS,  especially  subclass  81, 
Processes,  Uniting  parts,  for  methods  of  incorporating  objects 
in  the  soft  glass. 

20^— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  especially  subclass  75,  Mosaics  and 
inlaying,  and  144,  WOOD-WORKING,  especially  subclass  277, 
Wood  ornamenting,  Processes,  for  methods  of  inlaying  wood 
in  wood. 

23— METAL-WORKING,  especially  subclasses  148,  Blanks  and 
processes,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  189,  Metal  stock, 
Processes,  Compound  plate,  for  methods  of  inlaying  metal  in 
metal. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  124.5, 
Memorial  tablets,  for  tablets  inlaid  in  monuments  and  the 
like. 

63— JEWELRY,  subclass  26,  Gem  settings,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  gems  and  jewels  set  into  objects. 

36.  SURFACE    TYPE,    APPLIED    OBJECTS,    PARTICLES. 

Small  particles,  flakes,  globules,  and  the  like  applied  to  the 
surface. 
Search  Classes — 

2— APPAREL,  subclass  187,  Trimmings,  and  223,  APPAREL  AP- 
PARATUS, subclass  52,  Trimmings,  Making,  for  methods  of 
ornamenting  fabrics  by  sewing  beads  and  the  like  thereon. 

91 — COATING,  for  methods  of  covering  a  surface  by  flocking, 
sanding,  and  the  like. 

37.  SURFACE     TYPE,     APPLIED     OBJECTS,     METALLIC 

LEAF.    Inventions  relating  to  ornamentation  by  the  use  of 
metallic  leaf. 
Search  Classes— 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  7,  Apparatus  and  appliances, 
Metallic  leaf  applying,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  ap- 
paratus for  applying  leaf. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  71,  Pack- 
ages, Metallic  leaf,  for  packages  of  leaf. 

38.  SURFACE  TYPE,  REMOVING  PORTIONS  OF  COATING. 

Effects  produced  by  removing  portions  of  a  coating  or  cover- 
ing, so  that  the  ground  is  exposed. 


86 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  41— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclasses  35,  Surface  type,  Applied  ob- 
jects, Inlaid,  for  somewhat  similar  features  employed  in  pro- 
ducing inlaid  work;  43,  Surface  type,  Chemical,  Etching,  Ile- 
sist  preparation;  44,  Surface  type,  Chemical,  Etching,  Resist 
preparation,  Photographic,  and  46,  Surface  type,  Mechanical 
negatives,  for  the  preparation  of  surfaces  by  removing  portions 
of  coating  as  a  preliminary  step  in  other  operations. 

39.  SURFACE  TYPE,  ABRADED  AND  ROUGHENED.    Or- 

namentation by  roughening  a  portion  of  the  surface.    Does 
not  include  engraving. 
Search  Classes— 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclasses  41,  Surface  type,  Chemical,  or 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  when  the  roughing  is  limited  to 
chemical  methods,  and  38,  Surface  type,  Removing  portions 
of  coating,  when  abrading  is  employed  in  removing  coating. 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  for  sand  blast  and  other  abrad- 
ing apparatus. 

40.  SURFACE  TYPE,  ABRADED  AND  ROUGHENED,  CHIP- 

PING WITH  ADHESIVE.  Chipping  a  surface,  usually 
glass,  by  applying  an  adhesive  which  in  drying  contracts  and 
detaches  small  particles  from  the  surface. 

41.  SURFACE    TYPE,    CHEMICAL.    Ornamental  effects   pro- 

duced by  chemical  action  not  provided  for  in  other  classes. 
Does  not  include  chemical  deposition  of  metal  when  not  com- 
bined with  other  features. 
Search  Classes— 

2— APPAREL,  subclass  147,  Trimmings,  Embroidery,  for  the  use 
of  chemicals  for  destroying  threads  in  preparing  embroidery 
work. 

8 — BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  for  chemieal  methods  of  dyeing 
fabrics  and  the  like. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  50,  Processes,  Miscellaneous,  Vulcan- 
izable  gums,  Caoutchouc,  and  51,  Processes,  Miscellaneous, 
Pyroxylin,  for  chemical  ornamental  changes  peculiar  to  rub- 
ber and  celluloid. 


CLASS  41— Continued. 

42.  SURFACE  TYPE,  CHEMICAL,  ETCHING.    Ornamenting 

and  producing  designs  on  mineral  substances  by  surface  re- 
moval with  chemical  agents  when  not  involving  the  use  of 
electricity.  Includes  processes  of  applying  the  reagent  if  not 
falling  in  subclass  45,  Surface  type,  Chemical,  Etching,  De- 
signs without  resist. 
Search  Classes— 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  9,  Apparatus  and  appliances, 
Etching,  for  apparatus  employed  in  this  art. 

101— PRINTING,  subclasses  under  "Surfaces,"  for  methods  of 
preparing  printing  surfaces  by  etching,  which  involve  special 
features  that  distinguish  them  from  etching  ornamental  effects. 
This  does  not  apply  to  photographic  methods.. 

43.  SURFACE     TYPE,     CHEMICAL,     ETCHING,     RESIST 

PREPARATION.  The  preparation  of  a  resist  to  protect  a 
portion  of  the  surface  from  the  action  of  the  agent.  If  the  resist 
is  described  as  capable  of  use  in  etching,  it  should  be  placed 
herein,  even  though  it  may  be  used  for  other  protective  pur- 
poses. 

44.  SURFACE     TYPE,     CHEMICAL,     ETCHING,     RESIST 

PREPARATION,  PHOTOGRAPHIC.    Preparing  the  re- 
sist by  the  action  of  light. 
Search  Class— 

101— PRINTING,  subclasses  204,  Surfaces,  Planographic,  Photo- 
mechanical, and  205,  Surfaces,  Relief  and  intaglio,  Photome- 
chanical, for  the  preparation  of  printing  surfaces. 

45.  SURFACE    TYPE,    CHEMICAL,    ETCHING,    DESIGNS 

WITHOUT  RESIST.  Inventions  leading  to  the  production 
of  a  design  by  an  etching  agent  without  the  use  of  a  resist. 

46.  SURFACE    TYPE,    MECHANICAL    NEGATIVES.     The 

mechanical  preparation  of  plates  which  are  designed  to  be  used 
in  printing  by  the  action  of  light. 


CLASS  42.— FIREARMS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  the  lighter  firearms  which  are  supported  by 
hand  when  operated,  as  shoulder-guns,  pistols,  revolvers,  toy  fire- 
arms, cane-guns,  and  such  implements,  as  bayonets,  pistol- 
swords,  gun-barrel  cleaners,  ramrods,  intrenching  devices,  etc., 
which  are  usually  attached  to  the  arm.  Some  gun-rests  adapted  to 
be  attached  to  an  ordinary  shoulder-gun,  some  body-supported  arm- 
rests, and  some  shell  and  load  extracting  implements  are  also  here 
classified. 

The  heavier-mounted  guns  are  found  in  class  89,  ORDNANCE. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Firearms  and  accessories  not  classifiable 

in  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 

2.  BREECH-LOADING.    Miscellaneous    firearms    adapted    for 

loading  at  the  breech.  The  subclasses  under  this  title, 
except  those  of  the  automatic,  the  spring-motor  guns,  and 
the  grip-magazine  pistols,  are  based  on  the  movements  of  the 
breech-block  or  barrel  in  opening  the  breech.  Features  of 
magazine  structure  may  be  found  in  any  of  the  magazine  sub- 
classes. 

3.  BREECH-LOADING,     AUTOMATIC,     GAS-OPERATED. 

The  force  of  expansion  of  the  gases  of  discharge  is  used  to  open 
the  breech,  extract  and  eject  the  shells ,  insert  a  fresh  load  from 
the  magazine,  close  the  breech,  and  cock  the  piece.  The 
breech  is  usually  opened  by  the  breech-block  sliding  rearward 
or  the  barrel  forward. 

4.  BREECH-LOADING, AUTOMATIC, RECOIL-OPERATED. 

The  force  of  recoil  is  utilized  to  open  the  breech,  extract 
and  eject  the  empty  shell,  insert  a  fresh  cartridge  from  the 
magazine,  close  the  breech,  and  cock  the  piece.  In  this  class 
of  guns  the  breech-block  usually  slides  rearward  to  open  the 
breech,  or  both  barrel  and  breech-block  slide  rearward  and  the 
barrel  returns  to  its  forward  or  firing  position  in  advance  of  the 
return  of  the  block. 

5.  BREECH-LOADING,       SPRING-MOTOR       OPERATED. 

Firearms  in  which  a  spring,  which  is  wound  up,  is  utilized  to 
furnish  the  power  for  opening  the  breech,  usually  by  sliding 
the  breech-block  rearward,  ejecting  the  shell,  reloading,  and 
closing  the  breech.  Usually  one  winding  of  the  spring  is  suffi- 
cient for  a  magazine  full  of  cartridges. 

6.  BREECH-LOADING,    MAGAZINE.     Miscellaneous    breech- 

loading  magazine-guns  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  sub 
classes  of  magazine-guns. 
Search  Class— 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  3,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Gas- 
operated;  4.  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Recoil-operated;  5, 
Breech-loading,  Spring-motor  operated,  and  7,  Breech-loading, 
Grip-magazine  pistols. 

7.  BREECH-LOADING,    GRIP-MAGAZINE     PISTOLS.    The 

magazine  is  placed  in  the  handle  or  grip  of  the  pistol .  Usually 
the  breech-block  slides  rearward  or  the  barrel  forward  to  open 
the  breech. 

8.  BREECH  -  LOADING,  BREECH  -  HINGED  BARREL. 

"Break-down"  guns  in  which  the  hinge  is  located  at  the 
breech. 

9.  BREECH-LOADING,     FAUCET     BREECH-BLOCK.    The 

breech-block  turns  about  a  central  fixed  axis,  like  a  faucet,  to 
open  and  close  the  breech.  The  charge  is  sometimes  received 
in  this  block  and  there  retained  when  fired.  In  other  cases 
the  block  closes  the  breech  containing  the  charge. 

10.  BREECH-LOADING,     FORWARD-SLIDING     BARREL. 

The  barrel  slides  forward  to  open  the  breech. 
Search  Class  — 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  3,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Gas- 
operated,  and  7,  Breech-loading,  Grip-magazine  pistols. 

11.  BREECH-LOADING,     FORWARD-SLIDING     BARREL, 

MAGAZINE.    Magazine-guns  in  which  the  barrel  slides  for- 
ward to  open  the  breech,  this  movement  also  operating  to 
reload  the  gun  from  the  magazine. 
Search  Class— 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  3,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Gas- 
operated,  and  7,  Breech-loading,  Grip-magazine  pistols. 

12.  BREECH-LOADING,   SIDE-SWINGING    BARREL.    The 

barrel,  to  open  the  breech,  is  made  to  swing  to  one  side. 

13.  BREECH-LOADING,  SIDE-SWINGING  BARREL,  PAR- 

ALLEL PIVOT.  The  barrel,  to  open  the  breech,  is  made  to 
swing  to  one  side  on  a  pivot,  or  axis  parallel  to  the  length  or 
axis  of  the  barrel. 


CLASS  42— Continued. 

14.  BREECH-LOADING,   SLIDING   BREECH-BLOCK.    The 

breech-block  is  made  to  slide  in  guides  to  open  or  close  the 
breech. 

15.  BREECH-LOADING,  SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,  MAG- 

AZINE.   Magazine-guns  having  a  sliding  breech-block. 

16.  BREECH-LOADING  SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,  REAR- 

WARD.   The  breech-block,  in  opening  the  breech,  is  made 
to  slide  rearward  substantially  in  line  with  the  barrel. 
Search  Class— 

42 — FIREARMS,  subclasses  3,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Gas- 
operated;  4.  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Recoil-operated;  5, 
Breech-loading,  Spring-motor  operated,  and  7,  Breech-loading, 
Grip-magazine  pistols. 

17.  BREECH-LOADING, SLIDINGBREECH-BLOCK, REAR- 

WARD,   MAGAZINE.    Magazine-guns    having    a    breech- 
block made  to  slide  rearward  substantially  in  line  with  the 
gun-barrel. 
Search  Class— 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  3,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Gas- 
operated;  4,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Recoil-operated;  5, 
Breech-loading,  Spring-motor  operated,  and  7,  Breech-loading, 
Grip-magazine  pistols. 

18.  BREECH-LOADING.  SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,REAR- 

WARD,  MAGAZINE,  BOX.    The  magazine  is  of  the  side- 
feeding  or  "box"  type. 
Search  Class— 

42 — FIREARMS,  subclasses  3,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Gas- 
operated;  4,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Recoil-operated;  5, 
Breech-loading,  Spring-motor  operated,  and  7,  Breech-loading, 
Grip-magazine  pistols. 

•  19.  BREECH-LOADING,  SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,  REAR- 
WARD, MAGAZINE,  ROTARY.    Firearms  in  which  a 
rotary  magazine,  like  a  revolver-cylinder,  is  employed  to  bring 
the  cartridges  successively  to  position  in  line  with  the  breech, 
where  they  are  pushed  into  the  barrel  by  the  returning  breech- 
block.   In  revolvers  the  cartridges  are  retained  in  the  cylinder 
when  fired. 
Search  Class— 
42— FIREARMS,  subclass  59,  Revolvers. 

20  BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,  REAR- 

WARD, PIVOTED  HAMMER.    Guns  of  this  type  in  which 
a  pivoted  hammer  is  employed  to  strike  the  charge  or  a  firing- 
pin  which  transmits  the  blow  to  the  charge. 
Search  Class— 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  3,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Gas- 
operated;  4.  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Recoil-operated;  5, 
Breech-loading,  Spring-motor  operated,  and  7,  Breech-loading, 
Grip-magazine  pistols. 

21  BREECH-LOADING,  SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,  REAR- 

WARD, PIVOTED  HAMMER,  MAGAZINE.    Magazine- 
guns  of  the  type  in  the  preceding  subclass. 

22  BREECH-LOADING.  SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,  REAR- 

WARD, PIVOTED  HAMMER, MAGAZINE,  BOX.    Maga- 
zine-guns with  this  breech-block  movement  which  have  the 
side-feeding  or  "box"  magazine. 
Search  Class— 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  3,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Gas- 
operated;  4,  Breech-loading,  Automatic,  Recoil-operated;  5, 
Breech-loading,  Spring-motor  operated,  and  7,  Breech-loading, 
Grip-magazine  pistols. 

23.  BREECH-LOADING,  SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,  VER- 
TICAL MORTISE.  The  breech-block, in openingthe breech, 
slides  vertically  in  a  mortise. 

24  BREECH-LOADING,  SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK,  VER- 

TICAL   MORTISE,    MAGAZINE.    Magazine-guns   which 
have  the  breech-block  fitted  to  slide  in  a  vertical  mortise. 

25  BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING  BREECH-BLOCK, REAR- 

WARD, EXTRACTORS.    Shell-extracting  devices  pertain- 
ing to  this  type  of  gun. 

26  BREECH-LOADING,  SWINGING  BREECH-BLOCK.   The 

breech-block  is  hinged  or  pivoted  and  made  to  swing  to  open 
the  breech. 

27.  BREECH  -  LOADING,  SWINGING  BREECH-BLOCK 
MAGAZINE.  Magazine-guns  with  a  hinged  or  pivoted 
breech-block. 

28  BREECH  -  LOADING,  SWINGING  BREECH  -  BLOCK, 
DOWNWARD  AND  REARWARD.  The  breech-block 
being  pivoted  at  its  rear  end,  its  front  end  swings  downward 
and  to  the  rear  to  uncover  the  breech. 

87 


88 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  42— Continued. 

29.  BREECH  -  LOADING.    SWINGING    BREECH  -  BLOCK, 

DOWNWARD  AND  REARWARD,  MAGAZINE.  Maga- 
zine-guns in  which  the  breech-block  is  pivoted  at  its  rear  end, 
so  its  front  end  swings  downward  and  to  the  rear. 

30.  BREECH  -  LOADING,    SWINGING    BREECH-BLOCK, 

LATERALLY  FORWARD  The  breech-block,  pivoted  at 
its  forward  end,  swings  outward  and  forward  at  its  rear  end  to 
open  the  breech. 

31.  BREECH  -  LOADING.  SWINGING  BREECH  -  BLOCK 

LATERALLY  REARWARD.  The  breech-block  is  pivoted 
at  its  rear  end,  and  its  front  end  swings  outward  and  to  the 
rear  to  open  the  breech. 

32.  BREECH -LOADING,    SWINGING    BREECH-BLOCK, 

PARALLEL  PIVOT.  The  breech-block,  to  open  the  breech, 
swings  on  a  pivot  or  hinge  which  is  parallel  with  the  gun-barrel 
axis. 

33.  BREECH  -  LOADING,    SWINGING    BREECH  -  BLOCK, 

PARALLEL  PIVOT,  MAGAZINE.  Magazine-guns  in 
which  the  breech-block,  to  open  the  breech,  swings  on  a  pivot 
or  hinge  which  is  parallel  to  the  gun-axis. 

34.  BREECH  -  LOADING,    SWINGING    BREECH  -  BLOCK, 

REARWARD  AND  DOWNWARD.  The  breech-block 
is  pivoted  below  the  gun-axis,  and  the  upper  part  of  the  block, 
to  open  the  breech,  swings  rearward  and  downward. 

35.  BREECH  -  LOADING,    SWINGING    BREECH  -  BLOCK, 

REARWARD  AND  DOWNWARD,  MAGAZINE.  Maga- 
zine-guns in  which  the  breech-block ,  to  open  the  breech ,  swings 
to  the  rear  and  downward. 

36.  BREECH  -  LOADING,  SWINGING  BREECH  -  BLOCK, 

UPWARD  AND  FORWARD.  The  breech-block  is  pivoted 
at  its  forward  part,  and,  to  open  the  breech,  its  rearward  part 
swings  upward  and  forward. 

37.  BREECH  -  LOADING,  SWINGING  BREECH  -  BLOCK, 

UPWARD  AND  FORWARD,  MAGAZINE.  Magazine- 
guns  in  which  the  breech-block  is  pivoted  at  its  forward  part 
and,  to  open  the  breech,  swings  the  rearward  part  upward  and 
forward. 

38.  BREECH  -  LOADING,  SWINGING  BREECH  -  BLOCK, 

UPWARD  AND  REARWARD.  The  breech-block  is  piv- 
oted at  the  rear  end,  and,  to  open  the  breech,  its  forward  end 
swings  upward  and  to  the  rear. 

39.  BREECH -LOADING,    SWINGING    BREECH-BLOCK, 

UPWARD  AND  REARWARD,  MAGAZINE.  Magazine- 
guns  in  which  the  breech-block  is  pivoted  at  its  rear  end.  To 
open  the  breech,  its  forward  end  swings  upward  and  to  the 
rear. 

40.  BREECH  -  LOADING,    UPWARD-TILTING  BREECH. 

The  barrel  is  pivoted  to  the  stock  at  a  point  in  advance  of  the 
breech,  and,  to  open  the  breech,  the  barrel  swings  on  this  pivot, 
the  muzzle  downward  and  breech  upward.  These  are  often 
styled  "breakdown"  guns. 

41.  BREECH -LOADING,   UPWARD  -  TILTING    BREECH, 

LOCKS.    Guns  of  this  type  in  which  the  improvement  lies 
wholly  in  the  lock  or  firing  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 
42 — FIEEARMS,  subclasses  65,  Revolvers,  Locks,  and  69,  Locks. 

42.  BREECH-LOADING,      UPWARD-TILTING      BREECH, 

LOCKS,  SINGLE-TRIGGER.  The  lock  for  two  or  more 
barrels  on  a  single  gun  Is  adapted  to  be  operated  by  a  single 
trigger. 

43.  BREECH-LOADING,      UPWARD-TILTING      BREECH, 

LOCKS,  COCKING  DEVICES.  In  the  breaking  down  of 
the  gun  or  in  closing  the  breech  the  hammer  is  cocked. 

44.  BREECH-LOADING,      UPWARD-TILTING      BREECH, 

BARREL-LOCKS.  Devices  for  holding  or  locking  the 
breech  in  the  closed  position. 

45.  BREECH-LOADING,      UPWARD-TILTING      BREECH, 

BARREL-LOCKS,  HAMMER-COCKING.  Barrel-locking 
devices  which  also  operate  to  cock  or  partly  cock  the  hammer. 

46.  BREECH-LOADING,      UPWARD-TILTING      BREECH, 

EXTRACTORS.  Shell-extracting  mechanism  usually  oper- 
ated by  the  breakdown  of  the  gun. 

47.  BREECH-LOADING,      UPWARD-TILTING      BREECH, 

EJECTORS.  Mechanism,  usually  operated  by  the  break- 
down of  the  gun,  for  throwing  out  or  ejecting  the  cartridge- 
shells. 

48.  BREECH-LOADING,      UPWARD-TILTING      BREECH, 

EJECTORS,  HAMMER.  The  ejector  is  struck  by  an  ejector 
hammer,  usually  in  breaking  down  the  gun,  and  thus  throws 
out  the  cartridge  shells. 

49.  BREECH-LOADING,   MAGAZINES.    The  novelty  resides 

solely  in  the  gun-magazine. 
Search  Class — 

42 — FIREARMS,  subclass  87,  Magazine  chargers,  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 


CLASS  42— Continued. 

50.  BREECH-LOADING,  MAGAZINES,  BOX.    The  novelty  re- 

sides solely  in  the  magazine  of  the  side-feeding  or  "box"  type. 
Search  Class— 

42 — FIREARMS,  subclass  88,  Magazine-chargers,  Packs,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

51.  MUZZLE-LOADERS.    Firearms  which  can  be  loaded  only 

through  the  muzzle. 

52.  CANE-GUNS.    Walking-canes  which  are  adapted  also  to  be 

used  as  firearms. 

53.  PISTOL-SWORDS.    Those  pistols  which  combine  therewith 

a  sword  or  knife  attachment. 

54.  TOY.    Devices— such  as  toy  pistols,  cannon,  etc.— made  to  imi- 

tate firearms  and  which  either  fire  an  explosive,  like  a  cap  or 
match,  by  means  of  some  sort  of  a  lock  or  which  have  a  barrel 
in  which  an  explosive  is  placed  and  fired.  Liquid-throwing 
pistols  are  from  analogy  here  included. 

NOTE. — For  such  cap-exploding  toys  and  fire-cracker  holders  as 
are  not  made  in  imitation  of  firearms  search  should  be  made  in 
class  46,  GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  40,  Toys,  Sounding. 
For  such  spring  or  air  guns  as  in  addition  to  projecting  a 
missile,  also  explode  a  cap,  search  should  be  made  in  class 
124,  AFR-GUNS,  CATAPULTS,  AND  TARGETS,  subclasses  8,  Guns, 
Air,  and  12,  Guns  Spring. 

55.  TOY,  CANNON.    Devices  made  in  imitation  of  cannon,  mor- 

tars, etc.,  and  adapted  to  hold  an  explosive  charge,  generally 
a  fire-cracker.  A  projectile  may  or  may  not  be  used. 

56.  TOY,   LIQUID-THROWING.    Pistols  adapted  to  throw  a 

liquid  a  short  distance. 
Search  Class— 
128— SURGERY,  subclass  25,  Syringes. 

57.  TOY,  RIBBON-FED.    The  device  is  adapted  to  receive  a  "rib- 

bon "  of  the  explosives  or  caps  and  feed  this  ribbon  as  the  caps 
are  successively  exploded  by  the  hammer. 

58.  TOY,  REVOLVERS.    The  toy  is  made  to  imitate  a  revolver. 

59.  REVOLVERS.    Pistols  in  which  there  is  a  revolving  cylinder 

adapted  to  carry  a  plurality  of  loads  and  bring  each  load  suc- 
cessively to  firing  position. 

60.  REVOLVERS,  MAGAZINE-FED  CYLINDER.    The  revol- 

ver carries  a  fixed  magazine  from  which  the  cylinder  is  supplied 
or  fed. 

Search  Class — 

42— FIREARMS,  subclass  19,  Breech-loading,  Sliding  breech- 
block, Rearward,  Magazine,  Rotary. 

61.  REVOLVERS,  MUZZLE-LOADERS.    The  cylinder  can  be 

loaded  only  from  the  forward  end. 

62.  REVOLVERS,     SWINGING-CYLINDER.      The     cylinder 

swings  outward  to  reload,  clean,  etc. 

63.  REVOLVERS,  HINGED-BARREL.    Revolvers  of  the  break- 

down type. 

64.  REVOLVERS,  HINGED-BARREL,  BARREL-CATCHES. 

Devices  for  locking  or  holding  the  barrel  in  its'  closed  or  opera- 
tive position. 

65.  REVOLVERS,  LOCKS.    Revolver  locks  or  firing  devices. 
Search  Class— 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  41,  Breech-loading,  Upward-tilting 
breech,  Locks,  and  69,  Locks. 

66.  REVOLVERS,    LOCKS,    SAFETY    DEVICES.     Arrange- 

ments lor  preventing  premature  explosion  of  the  charge. 
Search  Class — 
42— FIREARMS,  subclass  83,  Nipples  and  guards. 

67.  REVOLVERS,  LOCKS,  CYLINDER-STOPS.    Devices  for 

checking  the  revolution  of  the  cylinder  and  holding  it  during 
the  firing. 

68.  REVOLVERS,      SHELL-EXTRACTORS.    Shell-extracting 

mechanism. 

69.  LOCKS.    Miscellaneous  subclass  of  gun-locks. 
Search  Class— 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  41,  Breech-loading,  Upward-tilting 
breech,  Locks,  and  65,  Revolvers,  Locks. 

70.  LOCKS,  SAFETY.    Those  locks  which  have  some  sort  of  mech- 

anism for  preventing  premature  explosion. 
Search  Class— 

42— FIREARMS,  subclasses  41,  Breech-loading,  Upward-tilting 
breech,  Locks;  65,  Revolvers,  Locks,  and  69,  Locks,  for  lock 
features  aside  from  the  safety  devices. 

71.  STOCKS.    The  novelty  resides  solely  in  the  stock  or  butt  of  the 

gun. 

72.  STOCKS,  AUXILIARY.    Additional  or  auxiliary  stocks  to  be 

attached  usually  to  pistol-handles  to  convert  them  into 
shoulder-guns. 

73.  STOCKS,    ADJUSTABLE.    Adjustably-attached    stocks    to 

permit  varying  the  angle  between  the  stock  and  barrel. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


89 


CLASS  42— Continued. 

74.  STOCKS,  CUSHIONED.    Rubber,  spring,  air,  or  other  cush- 

ioned gun-butt  to  diminish  the  effect  of  the  recoil  or  "kick" 
of  the  gun. 

75.  STOCKS,  STOCK  AND  BARREL  FASTENINGS.    Arrange- 

ments for  fastening  the  barrel  and  stock  together. 
Search  Class— 
42 — FIREARMS,  subclass  76,  Barrels. 

76.  BARRELS.    The  barrel  structure  and  means  for  uniting  two 

or  more  barrels  together. 
Search  Class— 
42 — FIREARMS,  subclass  75,  Stocks,  Stock  and  barrel  fastenings. 

77.  BARRELS,  AUXILIARY.    Barrels  some  of  which  are  adapt- 

ed to  be  placed  within  the  usual  barrel  to  make  a  rifle  in  place 
of  a  shotgun  or  for  some  other  reason  to  reduce  the  usual  bore; 
some  barrels  adapted  to  be  placed  by  and  removed  from  the 
side  of  the  usual  barrel  to  make  a  double-barreled  gun  or  one 
with  a  shot  and  also  a  rifle  barrel. 
Search  Class— 
89— ORDNANCE,  subclass  29,  Practice-barrels. 

78.  BARRELS,  RIFLING.    Gun  barrels  in  which  the  novelty 

resides  in  the  rifling.  This  subclass  includes  rifling  for  heavy 
ordnance  as  well  as  for  the  lighter  firearms. 

79.  BARRELS,  CHOKE  DEVICES.    Gun  muzzle  constructions 

or  muzzle  attachments  designed  to  prevent  the  shot  scattering 
when  the  charge  leaves  the  gun. 

80.  SIGHTS.    Sight  mountings,  adjustments,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

89— ORDNANCE,  subclass  32,  Sights. 

88 — OPTICS,  for  lens   arrangements  and   structures  involving 
features  of  optics  and  optical  instruments. 

81.  SIGHTS,  REFLECTORS  AND  ILLUMINATORS.    Various 

arrangements  for  reflecting  the  light  upon  or  illuminating  by 
artificial  light  the  gun-sights  or  the  object  at  which  the  gun  is 
aimed. 

82.  SIGHTS,    VERTICALLY-ADJUSTABLE.    Those    adapted 

for  vertical  adjustment  for  different  distances'. 
Search  Class— 
89 — ORDNANCE,  subclass  32,  Sights. 

83.  NIPPLES  AND  GUARDS.    Nipple  structures  and  also  guards 

either  carried  by  the  stock  or  by  the  hammer  and  adapted  to 
prevent  the  hammer  prematurely  striking  the  nipple. 
Search  Class — 
42 — FIREARMS,  subclass  66,  Revolvers,  Locks,  Safety  devices. 

84.  ELECTRICAL    APPLIANCES.    Principally    electric    firing 

devices.    Some  alarms  for  indicating  when  guns  of  the  "  ham- 
merless"  type  are  set  at  "unsafe." 
Search  Class — 

42 — FIREARMS,  subclass  81,  Sights,  Reflectors  and  illuminators, 
for  electric-lighting  devices  for  gun-sights. 


CLASS  42— Continued. 

85.  GUN-TRIMMINGS.    Bands,  clips,  hooks,  etc.,  for  sling-strap 

attachment,  gun-stacking,  and  ram  or  wiper  rod  attachment. 

86.  BAYONETS.     Gun-bayonets  of  various  kinds. 
Search  Class — 

42 — FIREARMS,  subclass  93,  Implements,  Intrenching,  for  dig- 
ging devices  adapted  to  be  attached  to  gun-bayonets. 

87.  MAGAZINE-CHARGERS.    Devices  for  temporarily  holding 

a  series  of  cartridges  or  gun  charges  and  inserting  them  in  the 
gun-magazine. 
Search  Class — 
42 — FIREARMS,  subclass  49,  Breech-loading,  magazine. 

88.  MAGAZINE-CHARGERS,  PACKS.    Cartridge-holding  clips 

or  packs  for  temporarily  holding  the  loads  and  inserting  them 
in  the  gun-magazine. 
Search  Class — 
42— FIREARMS,  subclass  50,  Breech-loading,  Magazines,  Box. 

89.  MAGAZINE-CHARGERS,  PACKS,  REVOLVER.    Devices 

for  temporarily  holding  cartridges  in  such  position  as  to  readily 
insert  them  in  the  cylinder  of  a  revolver. 

90.  IMPLEMENTS.    Various  implements  intimately  associated 

with  the  use  of  firearms,  such  as  cartridge-openers,  ball-extrac- 
tors, loaders  for  muzzle-loading  guns,  wire-fence-cutting  attach- 
ments, ramrods,  etc. 

91.  IMPLEMENTS,  CLEANING.    Various  gun-barrel-bore-clean- 

ing devices. 
Search  Class — 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclasses  41,  Chimney-cleaners, 
Flue  and  stovepipe,  and  42,  Chimney-cleaners,  Lamp. 

92.  IMPLEMENTS,     CLEANING,    ROD-JOINTS.    Rod-joints 

for  gun-cleaning  rods. 
Search  Classes — 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  28,  Pipe-couplings,  De- 
tachable. 

166— ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclass  10,  Sucker-rods. 

93.  IMPLEMENTS,      INTRENCHING.    Digging      implements 

adapted  for  attachment  to  the  gun  or  its  bayonet. 
Search  Class — 

65— HARROWS  AND  DIGGERS,  subclass  14,  Shovels,  for  intrench- 
ing implements  which  are  not  attachments  to  the  gun. 

94.  IMPLEMENTS,  RESTS.    Various  forms  of  arm-rests  and  also 

some  gun-rests  adapted  to  support  the  usual  shoulder-firearm. 
Search  Class — 

89 — ORDNANCE,  subclass  40  Mounts,  Field,  for  the  gun-rests 
for  the  heavier  field-guns. 

95.  IMPLEMENTS,    SHELL-EXTRACTING.    Various    imple- 

ments or  tools  for  extracting  shells  from  the  gun. 


CLASS   48.— GAS,  HEATING  AND   ILLUMINATING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  relates  only  to  gas  for  heating  and  illuminating  pur- 
poses and  includes  apparatus,  processes,  and  compositions  for  the 
manufacture  of  such  gas  and  means  for  the  purification,  distribution, 
and  storage  thereof. 

This  class  does  not  include  the  manufacture  of  gas — such,  for 
example,  as  oxygen,  ozone,  nitrous  oxid,  carbonic-acid  gas,  and 
chemical  gases  in  general.  These  are  not  heating  or  illuminating 
gases. 

This  class  does  not  include  rigid  holders  for  storing  gas  under  com- 
pression. 

This  class  does  not  include  charging  and  discharging  devices  for 
retorts,  nor  does  it  include  charging  devices  for  cupola-generators, 
such  as  the  well-known  bell-and-hopper  type.  For  these  two  classes 
of  inventions  see  classes  202,  CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  and  75,  METAL- 
LURGY, respectively. 

Every  plant  for  producing  gas  from  the  combustion  of  fuel  neces- 
sitates the  use  of  a  furnace  of  some  sort,  and  where  the  invention 
alleged  includes  more  than  the  furnace  and  extends  into  apparatus 
for  treating  the  gases  or  modifications  of  the  furnace,  adapting  it  to 
treat  them,  the  application  belongs  in  class  48,  whether  the  furnace 
per  se  be  a  limckim  or  a  smelting-furnace.  In  either  case  the  furnace 
Is  merely  an  element  of  the  plant  and  if  divided  out  may  be  sent  to 
its  proper  class. 

The  subclass  of  "Ammonia,"  under  class  23,  CHEMICALS,  is  very 
closely  related  to  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  and 
where  the  plant  is  specially  designed  to  increase  the  product  of 
ammonia  the  application  for  it  should  be  assigned  to  that  class  and 
if  reduced  to  the  mere  production  of  gas  may  afterward  be  trans- 
ferred to  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING. 

Class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  deals  with  the  manu- 
ufacture  of  gas,  while  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURN- 
ERS, relates  to  the  simultaneous  manufacture  and  combustion  of 
gas  without  preliminary  purification,  fixation,  or  storage.  Class 
158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  is  therefore  primarily 
the  superior  class. 

There  is  very  little  conflict  between  these  classes  where  the  manu- 
fecture  of  coal-gas  is  concerned,  for  the  making  and  burning  of  such 
gas  is  generally  conducted  separately,  and  furthermore,  the  retort 
is  not  intimately  related  to  the  burner,  so  that  if  the  case  is  one 
merely  involving  the  manufacture  of  coal-gas  by  burning  a  portion 
of  the  gas  generated  in  the  retort  to  supply  heat  for  the  same  the 
conflict  will  be  settled  by  cross-referencing  or,  in  case  of  an  applica- 
tion, dividing  out  any  novel  burner  into  class  158,  LIQUID  AND 
GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  and  leaving  the  patent  in  class  48.  If, 
however,  the  coal-gas  were  generated  by  heat  derived  from  the  gas 
and  the  heat  thus  produced  were  utilized  in  a  furnace  for  metal- 
lurgical or  steam-producing  purposes,  the  invention  lying  in  the 
gas-burning  furnace,  the  patent  for  such  combination  would  be  clas- 
sified in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

The  relation  between  the  classes  on  the  line  of  oil-gas  produced  in 
a  retort-furnace  is  much  closer  than  in  the  case  of  coal-gas,  for  the 
retort  is  often  so  closely  combined  with  the  burner  that  they  are 
inseparable.  When  patents  of  this  character  are  in  question,  a 
complete  plant  for  the  making,  in  retorts,  of  an  oil-gas  and  the  purifi- 
cation, fixation,  or  storage  of  the  same  will  be  assigned  to  class  48, 
GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  and  whenever  in  such  cases  the 
retort  is  heated  by  the  combustion  of  a  portion  of  the  gas  generated 
therein  the  patent  will  be  cross-referenced  into  class  158,  LIQUID  AND 
GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

Patents  which  generate  oil-gas  in  a  retort  by  heat  derived  from  a 
portion  or  all  of  the  gas  produced,  but  which  do  not  cover  the  puri- 
fication, fixation,  or  storage  of  the  gas  separately  or  combined,  will 
be  classified  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

All  burners  for  burning  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  for  heating  purposes 
will  be  classified  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

All  patents  which  cover  nothing  more  than  an  independent  retort 
for  the  generation  of  oil-gas,  except  such  as  are  clearly  intended  to 
be  used  as  a  part  of  a  vapor-burner,  will  be  classified  in  class  48, 
GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING. 

Systems  for  feeding  oil  are  more  generally  found  in  apparatus 
involving  the  burning  of  the  oil  or  oil-gas,  and  except  such  as  are 
especially  adapted  to  feed  to  a  carbureter  or  those  where  the  feed 
is  controlled  by  pressure  generated  in  a  retort  or  steam-boiler,  which 
are  classified  in  class  23«,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  will  be  treated  in 
class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

Patents  for  stove  structures  in  which  carbureted  air  or  gas  is 
burned  will  belong  to  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  but  where 
nothing  is  involved  beyond  the  carbureting  of  the  air  or  gas  and 
burning  it  there  is  gene'rally  nothing  novel  in  the  burner,  and  the 
patents  will  be  assigned  to  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMI- 
NATING, and  if  a  novel  burner  be  claimed  it  will  be  a  mere  gas-burner 
and  will  be  divided  out  or  cross-referenced  into  class  158,  LIQUID  AND 
GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

This  line  leaves  retorts  in  combinations  for  generating  oil-gas  in 
"both  classes;  but  this  is  unavoidable,  and,  furthermore,  similar  struc- 
tures are  found  in  many  other  classes,  as  stills,  steam-boilers,  etc., 
and  a  search  for  such  features  must  be  a  general  one. 

Devices  for  the  purpose  above  set  forth  not  coming  within  the 
limits  above  defined,  but  which  are  claimed  in  combination  with 
an  internal-combustion  engine  or  with  any  element  thereof,  will  be 
placed  in  appropriate  subclasses  under  class  123,  INTERNAL-COMBUS- 
TION ENGINES.  This  is  not  intended  to  apply  to  claims  which, 
while  in  the  form  of  a  combination,  state  merely  the  intended  use  of 
the  device — as,  for  example,  "The  combination,  with  an  internal- 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

combustion  engine,  of"  followed  by  words  defining  the  structure  of 
a  mixture-producing  device  not  in  itself  classified  hi  internal-combus- 
tion engines. 

Devices  for  producing  an  explosive  mixture  from  a  liquid  hydro- 
carbon and  air  or  for  producing  the  combustible  constituent  for  such 
an  explosive  mixture,  in  which  the  operation  of  the  mixture- 
producing  device  does  not  necessarily  depend  upon  the  suction 
produced  by  an  internal-combustion  engine,  which  mixture- 
producing  device  is  capable  of  operation  independent  of  the  engine 
and  if  continued  in  operation  would  continue  to  produce  an  explosive 
mixture  whether  or  not  the  engine  continued  to  operate,  go  in  appro- 
priate subclasses  under  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING, 
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  device  may  be  actually  designed 
for  the  purpose  of  supplying  an  internal-combustion  engine  with  an 
explosive  mixture  and  may  be  operated  by  such  engine.  These 
devices  are  ordinarily  supplied  with  air  or  liquid  hydrocarbon,  or 
both,  under  pressure  and  if  operated  independently  of  the  engine 
would  produce  an  explosive  mixture  which  frequently  is  or  might 
be  stored  for  future  use.  If  provided  with  regulating  means  to  limit 
the  amount  of  explosive  mixture  produced,  such  means  are  a  part  of 
the  mixture-producing  mechanism  and  are  independent  of  the 
engine.  Devices  in  which  it  does  not  positively  appear  whether  they 
are  operated  by  suction  produced  by  an  internal-combustion  engine 
or  not,  which  could  be  so  operated,  but  which  do  not  necessarily 
depend  upon  suction  for  their  operation,  go  in  appropriate  subclasses 
under  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING.  These  devices 
ordinarily  consist,  essentially,  of  a  chamber  containing  a  liquid 
hydrocarbon  over  or  through  which  air  flows,  it  not  positively  ap- 
pearing whether  such  air  is  forced  through  such  chamber  as  by  a 
pump  or  is  caused  to  flow  therethrough  by  suction  produced  by  an 
engine. 

Subclasses. 

1.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATION    AND    LIQUEFACTION. 

Apparatus  and  processes  for  the  combined  generation  and 
liquefaction  of  acetylene  gas. 
Search  Class— 
62 — REFRIGERATION,  subclass  18,  Liquefaction  of  gases. 

2.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATOR  AND  HOLDER.    Connected 

generators  and  gas-holders,  the  pressure  in  the  generator  regu- 
lating the  supply  of  water  in  a  to-and-fro  or  ebb-and-flow 
movement  to  the  carbid. 

3.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATOR    AND    MIXER.    Apparatus 

and  processes  in  which  the  acetylene  gas  is  generated  and 
combined  with  some  aeriform  or  gaseous  fluid.  It  includes 
those  in  which  acetylene  gas  and  another  gas  are  simulta- 
neously generated  in  the  same  or  adjacent  apparatus  or  gas 
is  generated  and  passed  over  calcium  carbid  or  mingled  with 
acetylene  gas. 

4.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED.    Structures 

whereby  water  is  fed  to  the  carbid.    The  water  is  fed  by 
gravity  and  controlled  by  the  pressure  of  the  gas  in  the  gene- 
rator or  by  the  operation  of  the  gas-holder.    It  also  includes 
structures  for  feeding  the  water  to  the  carbid  by  capillary 
attraction.    This  subclass  includes  generators  in  which  water 
is  fed  by  gravity  to  the  top  of  the  carbid  and  automatically 
regulated  by  the  gas-pressure  in  the  generator.    A  hand-valve 
is  employed  to  turn  on  and  off  the  water-feed. 
Search  Class — 
209— CARBONATING  BEVERAGES,  subclass  4,  Gas-generators. 

5.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED.  HOLDER- 

OPERATED.  Generators  in  which  the  water-feed  is  regu- 
lated by  the  movement  of  the  gas-holder.  This  subclass 
includes  structures  whereby  the  gas-holder  operates  a  valve 
which  feeds  water  to  the  top  of  the  carbid  in  the  generator. 

6.  ACETYLENE, GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED, HOLDER- 

OPERATED,  SERIES.  Generators  in  series  of  two  or  more 
and  hi  which  the  water-feed  is  controlled  by  the  gas-holder. 

7  ACETYLENE.  GENERATORS.  WATER-FEED. HOLDER- 

OPERATED,  SERIES,  AUTOMATIC-SWITCH.  Gener- 
ators in  series  of  two  or  more  in  which  the  water-feed  is 
controlled  by  the  gas-holder  and  automatically  directed  from 
one  generator  to  another. 

8  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS.  WATER-FEED,  HOLDER- 

OPERATED,    CELLS-SERIES.    Receptacles    for    carbid 
divided  into  communicating  compartments  to  which  water, 
fed  successively,  is  controlled  by  the  holder. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  42,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Carbid-feed,  Dip,  Cells-series. 

9  ACETYLENE.  GENERATORS.  WATER-FEED,  HOLDER- 

OPERATED,  GASOMETER  AND  HIGH-PRESSURE 
HOLDER.  Receivers  to  which  the  after-generation  is  con- 
ducted— that  is,  when  the  gasometer  has  been  filled  with  gas. 

10.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  HOLD- 
ER-OPERATED, INTERIOR-VALVE.  Structures  feed- 
Ing  water  from  the  gas-holder  tank  to  the  generator,  the  gas- 
holder operating  a  valve  located  within  the  tank.  It  also  in- 
cludes structures  wherein  a  valved  water-tank  is  located  within 
or  on  the  gas-holder  bell. 

91 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

11.  ACETYLENE.  GENERATORS.  WATER-FEED,  HOLD- 

ER-OPERATED, ROTARY-CYLINDER.  Cylinders,  slat- 
ted or  otherwise,  for  carbid  which  are  caused  to  rotate  by  the 
gas-holder  and  in  which  the  water-feed  is  controlled  by  the 
action  of  the  gas-holder.  This  subclass  also  includes  cylin- 
ders rotated  by  gravity  or  hand  in  which  the  water-feed  is 
operated  by  the  gas-holder. 

12.  ACETYLENE,   GENERATORS.  WATER-FEED,  HOLD- 

ER-OPERATED, UNDERFEED.  Generators  towhichthe 
the  water  is  supplied  beneath  the  upper  surface  of  the  carbid 
and  regulated  by  the  movement  of  the  gas-holder. 

13.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  HOLD- 

ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS.  Apparatus  in  which  no 
valve  is  employed  to  regulate  the  feed  of  water  to  the  generator. 
It  includes  means  for  displacing  water,  a  flexible  tube,  a  siphon 
or  tilting  vessel  operated  by  the  gas-holder.  In  this  subclass 
the  feed  of  water  is  controlled  by  the  gas-pressure  in  the 
generator  or  holder  acting  upon  the  column  of  water  to  be  fed. 
It  also  includes  means  carried  by  the  gas-holder  not  otherwise 
classified  under  the  subclasses  of  "Valveless  feed." 

14.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  HOLD- 

ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS,  DISPLACER.  Devices 
such  as  a-  wedge,  piston,  plunger,  bucket,  float,  etc.,  carried 
by  the  gas-holder  for  displacing  water  contained  in  a  tank, 
causing  it  to  overflow  and  pass  to  the  generator. 

15.  ACETYLENE.  GENERATORS.  WATER-FEED,  HOLD- 

ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS,  FLEXIBLE-TUBE. 
Flexible  tubes  for  feeding  water  to  the  generator  carried  by 
the  gas-holder  connected  to  and  elevated  and  depressed  with- 
in or  above  and  below  the  water-supply. 

16.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  HOLD- 

ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS,  GENERATOR-SUP- 
PORTED. Generators  directly  connected  to  the  interior  of 
the  gas-holder  and  caused  to  dip  in  and  out  of  the  water  in 
the  gas-holder  tank  to  feed  water  to  the  interior  of  the  generator. 

17.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED.  HOLD- 

ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS,  SIPHON.    Siphon-tubes 
carried  by  the  gas-holder  for  making  connections  between  the 
water-tank  and  the  generator  for  feeding  water. 
Search  Class 

209— CARBONATING   BEVERAGES,  subclass   6,   Gas-generators, 
Acid-feed  siphon. 

18.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  HOLD- 

ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS,  TILTING.    Trunnioned 
or  pivoted  vessels  operated  by  the  gas-holder  so  as  to  discharge 
water  into  a  pipe  leading  to  the  generator. 
Search  Class— 

230— Am  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  23,  Fluid-piston,  Tilted 
tank. 

19.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATORS,    WATER-FEED,    EBB- 

AND-FLOW.    Generators  containing  carbid  to  which  the 

water  is  admitted  by  an  ebb-and-flow  movement  produced 

by  the  gas-pressure  in  the  generator. 
Search  Classes— 
48 — GAS,  HEATING,  AND  iLLUMrNATmo,  subclass  114,  Generators, 

Hydrogen. 
209 — CARBONATING  BEVERAGES. 

20.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATORS,    WATER-FEED,    EBB- 

AND-FLOW,  SERIES.  Two  or  more  generators  having 
means  for  supporting  carbid  to  which  a  body  of  water  is  sup- 
plied from  beneath  in  an  ebb-and-flow  movement  produced  by 
the  pressure  of  the  gas  in  the  generator. 

21.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATORS,    WATER-FEED,    EBB- 

AND-FLOW,  CELLS-SERIES.  Receptacles  for  carbid 
divided  into  separate  compartments  or  superposed  and  to 
which  water  fed  successively  from  below  in  a  body  iscon trolled 
by  the  pressure  of  the  gas  in  the  generator. 

22.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATORS.    WATER-FEED.    EBB- 

AND-FLOW,  CONCENTRIC.  Receptacles  in  the  form  of 
a  bell  and  tank  stationary  one  within  the  other,  and  means 
provided  within  the  bell  for  supporting  the  carbid  to  which 
water  is  fed  from  beneath  by  a  to-and-fro  or  ebb-and-flow 
motion  controlled  by  the  pressure  of  the  gas  in  the  bell. 

23.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  SERIES. 

Structures  in  which  two  or  more  generators  are  employed  and 
which  are  used  successively. 

24.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS   WATER-FEED,  CELLS- 

SERIES.  Receptacles  for  carbid  divided  into  communicating 
compartments  to  which  water  is  fed  successively.  The  recep- 
tacles may  be  in  series.  In  this  subclass  the  water  is  fed  drop 
by  drop  to  the  top  of  each  successive  cell  and  controlled  by  the 
pressure  of  the  gas  in  the  generator. 

25.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  CAPIL- 

LARY. Generators  in  which  water  is  supplied  to  the  carbid 
by  capillary  attraction.  In  this  subclass  an  absorbent  is  used 
to  conduct  the  water. 

20.  ACETYLENE.  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  CAPIL- 
LARY, ADJUSTABLE.  Structures  whereby  the  absorbent 
through  which  the  water  is  fed  by  capillary  attraction,  may 
be  adjusted  to  and  from  the  carbid. 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

27.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  PERCO- 

LATING.     Generators  wherein  means  and  materials  are 
employed,  except  capillary  feed,  through  which  water  seeps 
in  its  passage  to  the  carbid. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  59,  Acetylene, 
Carbid-cartridges. 

28.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  PERCO- 

LATING, PRESSURE-VALVES.  Percolating  water-feed 
generators  having  valves  operated  by  the  pressure  of  the  gas 
in  the  generator  to  regulate  the  flow  of  water. 

29.  ACETYLENE,     GENERATORS.     WATER-FEED,     EX- 

PANSIBLE CARBID-CONTAINER.  Cans  or  cases  for 
carbid  constructed  of  telescopic  sections  each  having  a  closed 
end,  one  of  which  sections  may  be  spring-pressed  or  it  may  be 
an  open-top  can  containing  carbid  in  which  is  placed  a  fol- 
lower which  may  be  spring  or  weight  pressed. 

30.  ACETYLENE,     GENERATORS,     WATER-FEED,     EX- 

PANSIBLE WATER-HOLDER.  Vessels  constructed  of 
flexible  elastic  material  for  feeding  water  to  the  carbid,  the 
pressure  in  the  generator  causing  a  to-and-fro  movement. 

31.  ACETYLENE,   GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  INEX- 

PANSIBLE  GAS-HOLDER  AND  WATER-FEED.  Ves- 
sels divided  by  a  partition-wall  into  two  communicating  com- 
partments, one  of  the  compartments  connecting  with  the 
generator  to  supply  water  thereto  and  receive  gas  therefrom, 
the  pressure  of  the  gas  in  the  generator  and  compartment 
regulating  the  water-fend  to  the  generator  and  causing  the 
water  to  flow  to  and  from  the  second  compartment. 

32.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  OSCIL- 

LATING. Trunnioned  receptacles  provided  with  a  support 
forthecarbid  and  means  to  oscillate  the  same,  whereby  water  in 
the  lower  part  of  the  receptacle  may  be  intermittently  brought 
in  contact  with  the  carbid. 

33.  ACETYLENE      GENERATORS,     WATER-FEED,     RO- 

TARY-CYLINDER. Cylinders  of  or  for  containing  carbid, 
caused  to  rotate  or  oscillate,  whereby  the  hydrate,  due  to 
decomposition  of  the  carbid  and  water,  is  removed  by  agita- 
tion. This  subclass  includes  cylinders,  slatted  or  otherwise, 
rotated  or  oscillated  by  hand  or  gravity;  also  cylinders  com- 
posed of  carbid,  and  cylindrical  carriers  for  carbid-packages. 
Search  Class— 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  11,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Water-feed,  Holder-operated,  Rotary-cylinder. 

34.  ACETYLENE,     GENERATORS,     WATER-FEED      RO- 

TARY-GRATE. Generators  having  a  rotary  grate  for  sup- 
porting the  carbid  and  removing  the  hydrate. 

35.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  UNDER- 

FEED. Generators  to  which  the  water  is  supplied  within 
and  beneath  the  upper  surface  of  the  carbid  drop  by  drop. 

30.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,  INTER- 
LOCKING DEVICES.  Devices  for  preventing  accidents  in 
the  handling  of  the  generator  including  means  for  interlock- 
ing two  or  more  valves  or  means  which  extend  over  or  secure 
the  cover  to  the  generator  and  simultaneously  operate  either 
one  or  more  of  the  following  valves:  the  gas-outlet  valve,  the 
water-inlet  valve,  or  the  sludge-valve,  or  vent  the  generator. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  58,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Valves,  Gas  and  water-feed. 

37.  ACETYLENE,   GENERATORS,  WATER-FEED,   PRES- 

SURE-VALVES.   Means  for  operating  the  water-feed  valve 
by  gas-pressure  hi  the  generator. 
Search  Class — 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  28,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Water-feed,  Percolating,  Pressure-valves. 

38.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED.    Genera 

tors  containing  water  into  which  the  carbid  is  fed.  This  sub" 
class  contains  generators  to  which  the  carbid  is  fed  not  other" 
wise  classified  under  the  various  subclasses  of  "Carbid-feed.'- 

39.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  APRON 

OR  BELT.    Generators  in  which  an  endless  belt  or  an  apron 
is  employed  to  feed  the  carbid  to  the  water.    It  does  not  in- 
clude aprons  or  belts  carrying  buckets  containing  measured 
charges  of  carbid. 
Search  Class— 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  48,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Carbid-feed,  Measured  charges,  Rotary-carrier, 
and  49,  Acetylene,  Generators,  Carbid-feed,  Measured  charges, 
Rotary-carrier,  Vertical,  for  aprons  or  belts  carrying  buckets 
containing  measured  charges  of  carbid. 

40.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  COCK- 

Generators  containing  water  to  which  the  feed  of  carbid  is 
regulated  by  means  of  a  cock. 

41.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATORS,    CARBID-FEED,    DIP. 

Generators  in  which  the  carbid  is  caused  to  dip  hi  and  out  of 
the  water.  In  this  subclass  the  carbid  may  be  suspended 
from  or  held  in  suitable  means  supported  by  the  gas-holder  or 
supported  by  a  piston  or  supported  by  yielding  means  within 
the  tank. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

42.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATORS,    CARBID-FEED,    DIP, 

CELLS-SERIES.  Dip  carbid-feed  generators  wherein  the 
carbid-receptacle  is  composed  of  a  number  of  chambers  or 
compartments  which  are  successively  brought  in  contact  with 
the  water. 

43.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  FLAP- 

VALVE.  Carbid-feed  generators  having  flap  valves  hinged 
at  or  near  the  mouth  of  the  chute  or  hopper  through  which 
the  carbid  passes,  automatically  operated  to  feed  the  carbid. 

44.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,- HAND. 

Generator-tanks  to  which  the  carbid  is  fed  by  hand.  In  this 
subclass  the  carbid  may  be  fed  loosely  or  put  in  holders.  Does 
not  include  cartridges. 

45.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  HAND- 

DIP.  Generators  provided  with  suitable  means  for  support- 
ing carbid  which  is  caused  to  dip  hi  and  out  of  the  water,  the 
carbid  being  fed  through  a  hand-operated  valve. 

46.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED.  MEAS- 

URED CHARGES.  Means  for  feeding  definite  charges  of 
carbid.  In  this  subclass  will  be  found  devices  not  otherwise 
classified  under  " Measured  charges."  This  subclass  includes 
those  structures  caused  to  reciprocate  and  discharge  in  the 
tank. 

47.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  MEAS- 

URED CHARGES,  CARTRIDGES.    Devices  for  feeding 
cartridges  containing  carbid. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  59,  Acetylene, 
Carbid-cartridges  for  construction  of  the  cartridge. 

48.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  MEAS- 

URED CHARGES,  ROTARY-CARRIER.  Includes  a 
series  of  receptacles  arranged  on  the  same  horizontal  plane 
supported  by  means  caused  to  rotate  and  discharge  the  recep- 
tacles successively.  The  receptacles  may  be  provided  with 
hinged  bottoms  and  means  for  securing  and  releasing  the  same, 
or  the  receptacles  may  be  trunnioned  and  provided  with 
means  for  dumping  the  same  or  an  endless  belt  provided  with 
pockets. 

49.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  MEAS- 

URED CHARGES,  ROTARY-CARRIER,  VERTICAL. 
Pocket-wheels  arranged  to  rotate  on  a  vertical  plane  and 
discharge  successively.  The  pocket  may  be  provided  with 
lids  and  means  for  opening  and  closing  the  same.  It  also 
includes  an  endless  belt  having  cups  or  carriers. 

50.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,   CARBID-FEED,   MEAS- 

URED CHARGES,  STATIONARY.  Receptacles  for 
carbid  which  have  a  fixed  relation  with  the  generator.  They 
may  be  hinged  and  caused  to  dump,  or  they  may  be  recep- 
tacles provided  with  hinged  or  sliding  bottoms  w'ith  catches 
and  releasing  means  or  a  receptacle  divided  by  a  series  of 
hinged  or  sliding  shelves  with  catches  and  releasing  means. 

51.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  PISTON. 

Generators  where  a  piston  is  used  to  feed  the  carbid. 

52.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  PLATE- 

VALVE.  Carbid  feed  generators  having  a  plate  arranged 
beneath  the  discharge-opening  of  the  carbid-hopper  with  an 
intervening  space,  the  carbid  resting  upon  the  plate.  The 
plate  may  be  in  the  form  of  a  disk,  or  curved. 

53.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATORS,    CARBID-FEED,    POP- 

VALVE.  Carbid  feed  generators  having  valves  caused  to 
pass  to  and  fro  or  through  the  discharge-opening  of  the  carbid- 
hopper  hi  a  vertical  plane. 

53.1.  ACETYLENE,   GENERATORS,  CARBID  FEED,  POP- 

VALVE,    BELL-OPERATED.     Carbid    feed    pop-valves 
operated  by  the  rising  and  falling  movement  of  the  bell. 
Search  Class-- 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  53.2,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Carbid  feed,  Pop-valve,  Bell-operated,  Bell  and 
holder  combined,  for  pop- valves  in  which  the  carbid  holder 
is  carried  by  the  bell. 

53.2.  ACETYLENE,   GENERATORS,  CARBID  FEED,  POP- 

VALVE,  BELL-OPERATED,  BELL  AND  HOLDER 
COMBINED.  Bell-operated  carbid  feed  pop-valves  in 
which  the  carbid  holder  is  carried  by  the  bell. 

53.3.  ACETYLENE,   GENERATORS,  CARBID  FEED,  POP 

VALVE,  DIAPHRAGM-OPERATED.  Carbid  feed  pop- 
valves  operated  by  the  movement  of  the  diaphragm. 

53.4.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID   FEED,  POP- 

VALVE,  FLOAT-OPERATED.  Carbid  feed  pop-valves 
operated  by  the  movement  of  the  float. 

54.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,  SCREW. 

Generators  having  a  screw  conveyer  to  feed  the  carbid  thereto. 

55.  ACETYLENE,  GENERATORS,  CARBID-FEED,   SLIDE- 

VALVE.  Carbid  feed  generators  in  which  the  valve  slides 
upon  its  seat  distinguished  from  the  structures  in  subclass  52, 
Acetylene,  Generators,  Carbid-feed.  Plate- valve,  in  that  there 
is  no  intervening  space  between  the  valve  and  the  mouth  of 
the  hopper  or  seat. 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

56.  ACETYLENE,   GENERATORS,  AUTOMATIC  SAFETY 

ESCAPE.  Structures  used  in  connection  with  the  generator 
whereby  excess  pressure  in  the  generator  permits  gas  to 
escape. 

57.  ACETYLENE,     GENERATORS,     SLUDGE-REMOVER. 

Means  located  in  and  attached  to  the  generator  for  stirring 
and  removing  the  hydrate. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  47,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Carbid-feed,  Measured  charges,  Cartridges. 

58.  ACETYLENE,    GENERATORS,    VALVES,    GAS    AND 

WATER-FEED.    Generators    in    which    the    valves    con- 
trolling the  water-feed  and  the  gas-outlet  are  connected  so  as 
to  open  or  close  simultaneously.    It  also  includes  the  simul- 
taneous venting  of  the  generator. 
Search  Class— 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  36,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Water-feed,  Interlocking  devices. 

59.  ACETYLENE,    CARBID-CARTRIDGES.    Structures   such 

as  cans  or  cases  to  be  used  hi  generators  and  in  which  a  small 

quantity  of  carbid  is  placed. 
Search  Classes — 
48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  29,  Acetylene, 

Generators,  Water-feed,  Expansible  carbid-container. 
23 — CHEMICALS,  subclass  11,  Packing  chemicals. 

60.  ACETYLENE,  CARBID-CARTRIDGES,  CONGLOMER- 

ATE. Cartridges  in  which  the  carbid  is  combined  with  an 
agglutinating  and  protecting  substance  and  formed  into 
briquets,  tablets,  sticks,  etc. 

61.  GENERATORS.    Miscellaneous     generators     not     otherwise 

classifiable. 

62.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA.    Miscellaneous  generators,  hav- 

ing an  upright,  substantially  cylindrical  body. 
Search  Class 
75— METALLURGY,  subclass  5,  Furnaces,  Blast. 

63.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  AIR  AND  STEAM  INJECTED. 

Cupola  structures  wherein  air  and  steam  are  simultaneously 
injected  for  the  continuous  production  of  gas. 
Search  Class  — 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  64,  Generators, 
Cupola,  Air  and  steam  injected,  Superheated. 

64.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  AIR  AND  STEAM  INJECTED, 

SUPERHEATED.  Means  for  superheating  the  air  or  steam, 
or  both,  before  entering  the  cupola. 

65.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  ELECTRIC.    Structures  of  the 

cupola  type  in  which  an  electric  current  is  used  or  produced 
for  heating  purposes. 

66.  GENERATORS,   CUPOLA,   ROTARY-BOTTOM.    Cupola 

structures  provided  with  a  bottom  for  supporting  the  fuel, 
constructed  to  rotate  or  rock.  Does  not  include  rotary 
grates. 

Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  68,  Generators, 
Cupola,  Water-jacket,  Rotary-bottom. 

67.  GENERATORS,   CUPOLA,  WATER-JACKET.        Cupola 

structures  having  a  water-jacket. 

68.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  WATER-JACKET,  ROTARY- 

BOTTOM.  Water-jacketed  cupola  structures  having  a 
rotary  bottom  for  supporting  the  fuel. 

69.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA    WATER-SEAL   PIT.    Cupola 

structures  having  an  open  bottom  and  a  basin  or  trough  for 
water,  forming  a  seal  for  closing  said  open  bottom  and  through 
which  the  ash  is  removed. 

70.  GENERATORS,   CUPOLA,    HYDROGEN.    Cupola  struc- 

tures for  heating  metals  or  their  oxids  by  means  of  which 
hydrogen  is  obtained  by  the  decomposition  of  steam  or  hydro- 
carbons, or  both. 

71.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  COAL,  OIL,  AND   WATER. 

Cupola  structures  in  which  coal  is  distilled  or  gasified  and 
into  which  steam  or  water  is  injected  and  decomposed  and 
into  which  oil  or  oil- vapor  is  also  injected.  The  oil- vapor 
may  be  added  to  the  coal  and  water  gas  outside  of  the  dis- 
tilling-chamber. 

72.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  COAL  AND  OIL.    Generators 

in  the  form  of  a  cupola  or  shaft  in  which  coal  is  distilled  or 
gasified  and  into  which  oil  or  oil-vapor  is  introduced  or  oil-gas 
is  added. 

73.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  COAL  AND  WATER.     Cupola 

structures  in  which  coal  is  distilled  or  gasified  and  into  which 
steam  is  injected  and  decomposed.  ^  ater-gas  may  be  made 
separately  and  added  to  the  coal-gas. 

74.  GENERATORS,    CUPOLA,    REFRACTORY    FILLING. 

Cupola  structures  having  a  filling  of  refractory  material,  such 
as  brick,  so  as  to  be  heated  to  a  high  temperature. 
Search  Class 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  80,  Generators, 
Cupola,  Water,  Carbureter,  Fixer, 


94 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

75.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  OIL  AND  STEAM  INJECTED. 

Cupola  structures  adapted  for  injection  of  oil  or  oil-vapor 
and  steam  into  incandescent  coal. 

76.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,   PRODUCERS.    Cupola  struc- 

tures wherein  ignited  fuel  is  subjected  to  an  air-blast. 
Search  Class — 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  67,  Genera- 
tors, Cupola,  Rotary-bottom;  68,  Generators,  Cupola,  Water- 
jacket,  Rotary-bottom,  and  69,  Generators,  Cupola,  Water- 
seal  pit. 

77.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  COAL.    Generators  in  the  form 

of  a  cupola  or  shaft  in  which  coal  is  distilled  or  gasified. 

78.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  WATER.    Cupola  structures  for 

containing  a  bed  of  incandescent  fuel  to  which  steam  is 
admitted.  This  subclass  includes  the  alternate  process  of 
first  blasting  with  air  and  then  decomposing  steam. 

79.  GENERATORS,    CUPOLA,    WATER,     CARBURETER. 

Cupola  structures  for  producing  water-gas  by  the  alternate 
process  by  first  blasting  and  then  decomposing  steam.  The 
water-gas  thus  produced  is  then  carbureted  by  the  addition 
of  a  hydrocarbon  fluid,  oil- vapor,  or  oil-gas,  fn  this  subclass 
the  water-gas  is  passed  through  an  ordinary  carbureting 
vessel  containing  oil. 

80.  GENERATORS,    CUPOLA,    WATER,    CARBURETER, 

FIXER.  Containing  in  addition  to  the  cupola  structure  for 
the  production  of  water-gas  by  the  alternate  process  a  chamber 
filled  with  refractory  material  to  be  highly  heated  and  into 
which  a  hydrocarbon  oil  is  admitted.  Oil-gas  may  be 
admitted  into  this  chamber,  the  oil  or  oil-gas  combining 
with  the  water-gas. 

81.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA  WATER,  CARBURETER, 

RETORT.  Combining  with  the  well-known  cupola  structure 
for  the  production  of  water-gas  a  retort  to  and  through  which 
the  water-gas  passes  and  to  which  a  hydrocarbon  oil  or  vapor 
is  simultaneously  admitted. 

82.  GENERATORS,    CUPOLA,    WATER,    UP-AND-DOWN 

RUN.  Cupola  structures  containing  a  body  or  bodies  of 
incandescent  fuel  through  which  the  steam  is  caused  to  pass 
first  upwardly  and  then  downwardly,  or  vice  versa. 

83.  GENERATORS,    CUPOLA,    WATER,    UP-AND-DOWN 

RUN,  INTERLOCKING  VALVES.  Cupola  structures  for 
making  water-gas  by  the  up-and-down  run  provided  with 
connected  valves  for  changing  the  direction  of  the  run. 

84.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  WATER,  OIL-GAS.    Combined 

cupola  structure  for  the  production  of  water-gas  and  a  means 
for  producing  oil-gas  and  combining  the  two  gases. 

85.  GENERATORS,   CUPOLA,   CARBON   MONOXID.    Gen- 

erators and  processes  for  the  manufacture  of  carbon-monoxid 
gas.  Includes  carbureting  the  gas. 

86.  GENERATORS,     CUPOLA,     CHARGERS.    Miscellaneous 

means  for  feeding  fuel  to  the  cupola  gas-generator. 
Note. — Does  not  include  the    bell-and-hopper   structure,  such 
being  classified  in  class  75,  METALLURGY,  subclass  115,  Fur- 
naces, Blast,  Charging  Devices,  Bell  and  hopper. 

87.  GENERATORS,  CUPOLA,  ACCESSORIES.    Means  applied 

to  cupola  structures,  such  as  pressure-indicators,  means  for 
distributing  steam,  means  for  switching  the  blast  or  run, 
removable    bottoms,    fuel-rammers,  poke-holes,  peep-holes, 
oil-spraying  devices,  etc. 
Search  Classes 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  73,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Spray,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

75 — M  ETALLURGY. 

88.  GENERATORS,   CUPOLA.   STIRRER.   Cupola  generators 

having  means  within  the  cupola  for  stirring  the  fuel. 
Search  Class 
75— METALLURGY,  subclass  143,  Roasters,  Stirrers,  Rotary. 

89.  GENERATORS,   RETORT.    Closed  heated  retorts  for  the 

gasification  of  carbonaceous  material  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

90.  GENERATORS,   RETORT,  DOMESTIC  PLANTS.    Indi- 

vidual plants  consisting  of  a  retort,  purifier,  condenser,  and 
holder.  The  retort  may  be  placed  in  an  ordinary  cookstove. 
They  may  omit  the  purifier,  condenser,  or  holder. 

91.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  PORTABLE.     Generators  con- 

structed to  be  transported  from  place  to  place  for  the  purpose 
of  filling  local  gasometers. 

92.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  METAL-BATH.    Retorts  con- 

taining heated  molten  metal  into  which  materials  to  be  gasified 
are  injected. 

93.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,   OIL  AND  GAS  INJECTED. 

Retorts  into  which  oil  and  gas  are  injected. 

94.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  OIL  AND  STEAM  INJECTED. 

Retorts  into  which  oil  and  steam  or  water  are  injected. 

95.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  OIL  AND  STEAM  INJECTED, 

AIR.  Retorts  into  which  oil,  steam,  or  water  and  air  are 
injected  to  be  gasified.  The  air  may  be  added  to  the  gas  pro- 
duced from  the  oil  and  steam  or  water. 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

96.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  OIL  AND  STEAM  INJECTED, 

CARBURETER.  Retorts  into  which  oil  and  steam  or  water 
are  injected  and  the  resultant  gas  passed  through  a  vessel  con- 
taining hydrocarbon  fluid. 

97.  GENERATORS,     RETORT,     HYDROGEN.     Retorts     for 

heating  metals  or  their  oxids  for  the  decomposition  of  steam 
or  hydrocarbons,  or  both;  also  includes  the  separation  of 
gases  by  dialysis. 

98.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  COAL,   OIL,  AND  WATER. 

Combined  retorts  for  gasifying  coal  and  means  for  introducing 
steam  or  water  and  oil .  The  water  or  steam  may  be  converted 
into  CO,  H,  and  the  oil  gasified  in  separate  retorts  and  com- 
bined with  the  coal-gas. 

99.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  COAL  AND  WATER.    Com- 

bined retorts  for  the  gasification  of  coal  and  means  for  intro- 
ducing water,  steam,  or  water-gas. 

100.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  COAL  AND  OIL.    Combined 

retorts  for  gasifying  coal  and  means  for  introducing  oil  therein 
or  for  combining  the  coal  and  oil  gas. 

101.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  COAL.    Retorts  for  producing 

gas  from  coal. 

102.  GENERATORS,    RETORT,    OIL.    Retorts    containing    a 

body  of  oil  or  into  which  oil  is  injected. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  vapor-generators  forming 
a  part  of  an  explosive-engine  shown  in  class  123,  INTERNAL 
COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  119,  Charge  forming  devices, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder.  It  does  not  include  means  for 
vaporizing  and  burning  oil  as  shown  in  class  t>7,  ILLUMINAT- 
ING BURNERS,  subclass  37,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners,  Vapor,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  53,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

103.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  OIL,  ELECTRIC  HEATER. 

Retorts  in  which  is  located  an  electric  heater  for  gasifying  the 
oil. 

Note. — This  subclass   does   not  include  apparatus  or  processes 
where  an  electrolytic  action  is  effected  upon  the  material 
gasified,  for  example. 
Search  Classes 

204— ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclass  31,  Synthesis. 
219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTAT'S,  subclass  38,  Heaters, 
fluid. 

104.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  OIL,  JET-MIXERS.    Retorts 

in  which  oil  is  gasified,  the  gas-pressure  being  used  to  entrain 
air  on  its  way  to  the  gasometer.  In  this  subclass  the  gas  is 
purified  or  fixed  on  its  way  to  the  storage-gasometer.  The 
retort  is  heated  by  a  portion  of  the  gas  generated.  Does  not 
include  similar  devices  where  a  portion  or  all  of  the  gas  is 
burned  to  heat  the  retort,  in  which  there  is  no  fixation,  purifi- 
cation, or  storage  of  the  gas. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  37,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  53,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

105.  GENERATORS,    RETORT,    OIL,    STEAM-INJECTED. 

Vessels  containing  a  body  of  oil  into  which  steam  is  injected. 
Also  includes  devices  feeding  oil  for  gasification  into  a  highly- 
superheated  jet  of  steam  for  decomposition 

106.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  OIL,  AUTOMATIC-FEED. 

Devices  whereby  the  oil  fed  to  the  retort  is  regulated  by  the 
pressure  of  the  gas  either  in  the  retort  or  gasometer. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  104,  Generators, 
Retort,  Oil,  Jet-mixers. 

107.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  OIL,  AIR-INJECTED.     Com- 

bined retorts  for  gasifying  oil  and  means  for  introducing  air 
or  oxygen.    The  air  or  oxygen  may  be  added  to  the  oil-gas  after 
it  leaves  the  retort  or  in  the  gasometer. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  37,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

108.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  WATER.    Retorts  constructed 

to  contain  incandescent  coal  and  into  which  steam  is  injected. 

109.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  WATER,  CARBURETER. 

Retorts  constructed  to  contain  incandescent  coal  for  making 
water-gas,  which  is  afterward  carbureted. 

110.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  WATER,    OIL-GAS.     Retorts 

for  separately  making  water  and  oil  gases,  which  may  after- 
ward oe  mixed. 

111.  GENERATORS,    RETORT,    WOOD.     Retorts    in    which 

wood,  peat,  sawdust,  or  other  vegetable  matter  is  distilled  for 
making  gas  and  to  which  steam  may  be  added  and  decomposed. 
Search  Class— 

202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclasses  3,  Charcoal,  Retorts,  and 
9,  Coke,  Retort-ovens. 

112.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  WOOD,  OIL.    Retorts  in  which 

wood,  etc.,  is  distilled  for  making  gas  and  into  which  oil  is 
injected  or  separately  gasified  and  added  to  the  wood-gas. 
Steam  may  also  be  injected. 


DEFINITIONS   OF  CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


95 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

113.  GENERATORS,  RETORT,  FURNACES.    Furnace  struc- 

tures to  generate  producer-gas  for  heating  benches  of  retorts. 
The  furnace  may  have  flues  for  the  passage  of  air,  also  flues  for 
the  passage  of  the  products  of  combustion  whereby  the  air  is 
heated.  Includes  settings  for  the  retorts  and  processes  for 
heating  the  retorts. 

114.  GENERATORS,     HYDROGEN.    Generating     plants    for 

making  hydrogen,  also  for  carbureting  the  same,  also  for  car- 
bureting air  and  combining  with  hydrogen.    This  subclass 
includes  devices  whereby  an  acid  solution  is  brought  in  contact 
with  a  metal. 
Search  Classes— 

48— GAS,    HEATING    AND    ILLUMINATING,    subclasses    under 
"Acetylene." 

67— ILLUMINATING    BURNERS,    subclass    5,    Igniting    devices, 
Hydrogen-platinum. 

209,'CARBONATiNG  BEVERAGES,  subclass  4,  Gas-generators,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

115.  GENERATORS,  HYDROGEN,  SERIES.    Two  or  more 

generators  which  may  be  operated  in  unison  or  in  sequence. 

116.  GENERATORS,    HYDROGEN,    CARBURETER.    Com- 

bined hydrogen-generators  and  means  for  carbureting  the 
hydrogen  by  passing  the  same  in  contact  with  or  through  a 
hydrocarbon  liquid. 

117.  GENERATORS,    HYDROGEN,   CARBURETER,    AIR. 

Combined  hydrogen-generators  and  means  for  carbureting  air 
and  mixing  the  two  gasses.  They  may  further  carburet  the 
mixture. 

118.  GENERATORS,  HYDROGEN,  CARBURETER,  FLOAT- 

ING-OIL. Generators  in  whien  a  hydrocarbon  oil  floats  on 
the  surface  of  the  acid  solution  and  through  which  the  gen- 
erated hydrogen  passes. 

119.  RETORTS.    Vessels  constructed  of  metal,  clay,  etc.,  for  gasify- 

ing materials  by  heat  applied  thereto.    This  subclass  includes 
retorts  of  various  designs  arranged  on  a  horizontal  plane. 
Search  Classes— 

34— DRIERS,  subclass  30,  Retort. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  154,  Spelter,  Retorts. 

120.  RETORTS,  COMPOUND.    Retorts  divided  or  formed  into 

two  or  more  chambers. 

121.  RETORTS,  ROTARY.    Retorts  constructed  to  rotate. 

122.  RETORTS,  INCLINED.    Retorts  constructed  to  be  placed 

in  the  furnace  in  an  inclined  position. 
Search  Classes  - 
34— DRIERS,  subclass  30,  Retort. 
75— METALLURGY,  subclass  154,  Spelter,  Retorts. 

123.  RETORTS,  VERTICAL.    Retorts  vertically  arranged  within 

the  furnace. 

124.  RETORTS,  LIDS.    Doors  for  closing  the  mouth  of  retorts. 

Includes  special  fastening  means. 
Search  Classes— 

34— DRIERS,  subclass  30,  Retort. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  173,  Doors,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  6,  Coke,  Ovens,  Doors. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  124, 
Tank-closures. 

125.  RETORTS,  LIDS,  ROTARY.    Doors  for  closing  the  mouth 

of  retorts,  constructed  to  rotate  on  the  mouthpiece  or  face  of 
the  retort  with  a  grinding  action. 

126.  RETORTS,  ATTACHMENTS.    Auxiliary  devices  applied 

to  retorts,  such  as  mouthpieces,  door-seats,  stoppers,  etc. 

127.  RETORTS,  CLEANING.    Means,  processes,  and  composi- 

tions for  removing,  also  preventing,  the  formation  of  incrusta- 
tions, tar  deposits,  etc..  on  the  interior  of  retorts,  stand-pipes, 
hydraulic  mains,  and  the  distributing-pipes. 
Search  Classes — 

83— MILLS,  subclass  64,  Steam-boiler  and  flue-scrapers. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  390,  Cleaning, 
Fluid  jet,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  70,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Cleaners,  and  97,  Nozzles,  Tube  cleaners. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  38,  Fluid  piston,  Injectors 
and  aspirators,  Tube  cleaners. 

128.  PURIFIERS.    Means  not  otherwise  classifiable  wherein  gas 

is  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  medium  capable  of  removing 
impurities. 

129.  PURIFIERS,  WASHER  AND  DRY  PURIFIER.    Com- 

bined means  for  containing  separately  a  washing  fluid  and  a 
dry  material,  such  as  lime,  through  each  of  which  the  gas  is 
caused  to  pass. 

130.  PURIFIERS,  WASHER   AND   SCRUBBER.    Means  for 

subjecting  gas  to  the  action  of  a  liquid  for  removing  impurities, 
such  as  ammonia,  tar;  etc.    This  subclass  includes  structures 
to  contain  a  body  of  liquid  through  which  the  gas  passes. 
Search  Classes — 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  30,  Fume-arresters. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  subclass   39,  Air   Moistening,  cooling,  and 
cleansing. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  183,  Smoke  Purifiers. 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

131.  PURIFIERS,    WASHER    AND    SCRUBBER,    FLOAT. 

Means  caused  to  float  on  a  body  of  water  beneath  which  the 
gas  is  caused  to  pass. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass    169,  Carbu- 
reters, Surface,  Float. 

132.  PURIFIERS,  WASHER  AND  SCRUBBER,  RECIPRO- 

CATING. Means  in  the  form  of  a  perforated  bell  caused  to 
dip  in  and  out  of  a  body  of  water  and  through  which  the  gas  is 
caused  to  pass. 

133.  PURIFIERS,  WASHER  AND   SCRUBBER,   ROTARY. 

Means,  such  as  a  disk,  caused  to  rotate  within  a  vessel  con- 
taining a  body  of  water  and  through  or  against  which  the 


134.  PURIFIERS,  WASHER  AND  SCRUBBER,  ROTARY. 

VERTICAL.  Means,  such  as  a  disk,  arranged  vertically  and 
caused  to  rotate  within  a  vessel  containing  a  body  of  water  and. 
through  or  against  which  the  gas  is  caused  to  pass. 

135.  PURIFIERS,    WASHER    AND    SCRUBBER,    SPRAY- 

Structures  in  which  water  is  sprayed  and  through  which  the 

gas  is  caused  to  pass. 
Search  Classes— 
62— REFRIGERATION,  subclasses  25,  Condensers,  Jet,  and   31, 

Heat  transferers  and  conservers,  Injected. 
75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  30,  Fume-arresters. 
210— WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclass  21,  Steam  heater  and  filter. 

136.  PURIFIERS,    WASHER    AND    SCRUBBER,    SPRAY, 

ROTARY.  Structures  in  which  the  means  for  spraying  the 
water  is  caused  to  rotate. 

137.  PURIFIERS.  BOXES.    Vessels  constructed  to  contain  a  dry 

purifying  material,  such  as  lime. 
Search  Class— 

34 — DRIERS,  subclasses  1,  Absorbent;  2,  Baffles  and  screens; 
9,  Cylinder,  Internal,  Vertical;  10,  Disk  and  hopper;  11,  Eleva- 
tor; 12,  Endless  carrier;  15,  Floors,  Tilting  section;  34,  Shafts, 
Vertical;  37,  Shaft  and  shelf;  38,  Shaking. 

138.  PURIFIERS,  CONDENSERS.    Means  for  removing  lique- 

fiable  matter  from  gas  by  condensation. 
Search  Classes — 
34— DRIERS,  subclass  3,  Condensers. 
62— REFRIGERATION,  subclasses  24,  Condensers;  26,  Condensers, 

Surface,  and  30.  Heat  transferers  and  conservers.  Surface. 
196— MINERAL  OILS,  subclass  5,  Apparatus,  Stills,  Condensers. 

139.  PURIFIERS,  TRAYS.    Grates  for  supporting  the  dry  purify- 

ing material. 
Search  Classes— 

34^DRiERS,  subclasses  14,  Floors,  Fixed;  15,  Floors,  Tilting  sec- 
tion; 17,  Frames  and  trays,  and  21,  Pans. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  152,  Grates,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

140.  PURIFIERS,  SEPARATORS.    Means  whereby  foreign  mat- 

ter— such  as  oil,  water,  dirt,  etc. — is  separated  from  gas,  prin- 
cipally natural  gas,  and  by  gravity. 
Search  Classes— 

83— MILLS,  subclass  90,  Steam  separators. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  488,  Separators, 
Boiler  circulation,  and  the  other  subclasses  under  separators. 

141.  PURIFIERS,    SEPARATORS,    CENTRIFUGAL.    Means 

for  separating  impurities  from  gas  centrifugally. 
Search  Class — 

127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclasses  3,  Centrifugal  machines,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

142.  PURIFIERS,    SEPARATORS,    FLOAT-VALVE.    Means 

combined  with  the  separator  wherein  a  float- valve  is  employed 
to  discharge  the  precipitated  impurities. 

143.  PURIFIERS,   REVIVIFYING.    Apparatus   and   processes 

for  restoring  the  spent  purifying  material  to  its  original  effi- 
ciency. 

144.  CARBURETERS.    Vessels  for  containing  liquid  hydrocarbon 

through  or  over  which  air  or  gas  is  passed . 

Note. — See  also  main  class  definition  under  this  class. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  119,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

145.  CARBURETERS,  REGULATING.    Means  for  controlling 

the  admission  of  air  or  gas  to  or  passage  of  gas  from  the  carbu- 
reter, whereby  a  steady  pressure  is  had  at  the  burner. 

146.  CARBURETERS,  SERIES.    Two  or  more  connected  carbu- 

reting vessels,  not  single  vessels  having  two  or  more  communi- 
cating compartments . 

147.  CARBURETERS,  FIXER.    Carbureting  vessels,  combined 

with  heated  means  outside  of  the  carbureter  for  fixing  the  car- 
bureted air  or  gas. 

148.  CARBURETERS,  HEATER.    Means  for  heating  the  car- 

bureter. 

Search  Classes — 
48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  161,  Carbureters, 

Lamps. 

123.  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  119,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


96 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  48 — Continued. 

149.  CARBURETERS,  HEATER,  AIR.    Means  for  heating  the 

air  before  it  enters  the  carbureting  vessel. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLITMINATING,  subclass  161,  Carbureters, 
Lamps. 

150.  CARBURETERS,  OIL-FEED.    Means  for  feeding  oil  to  the 

carbureter. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BUKNEES,  subclass  36,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

151.  CARBURETERS,  OIL-FEED,  FLOAT-VALVES.    Carbu- 

reters having  valves  controlled  by  a  float  resting  upon  the  oil 
in  the  carbureting-chamber  or  a  chamber  connected  thereto. 

152.  CARBURETERS.  OIL-FEED,  PUMP.    Carbureters  having 

a  pump  for  delivering  the  oil  to  the  carbureting-chamber. 

153.  CARBURETERS,  OIL-FEED,  ROTARY.    Carriers  caused 

to  dip  into  the  oil  and  discharge  the  same  at  an  elevated  point 
into  the  carbureting-chamber. 

154.  CARBURETERS,   OIL-FEED,  SPRAY.    Vessels  through 

which  air  or  gas  is  passed  and  into  which  oil  is  sprayed. 

154.1.  CARBURETERS,  OIL -FEED,  SUCTION -CON- 
TROLLED VALVE.  In  these  devices  the  oil  supply  to  the 
carbureter  is  controlled  by  a  valve,  which  is  operated  by  a 
movable  member  (generally  a  valve)  in  the  air  duct,  which  is 
itself  operated  by  the  air  current. 

155.  CARBURETERS,    ATOMIZERS.    Vessels   provided    with 

means  for  atomizing  hydrocarbon  oil  by  air  or  gas  under 
pressure. 
Search  Classes— 

98^  PNEUMATICS,  subclass  40,  Ventilation,  Air  moistening,  cool- 
ing, and  cleansing,  Atomizers. 

123 — INTERNAL-COMBUSTION   ENGINES,   subclass   131,   Charge- 
forming  devices,  Atomizers. 

155.1.  CARBURETERS,  ATOMIZERS,  CONSTANT  LEVEL. 
Devices  which  atomize  or  spray  the  oil  by  air  pressure  produced 
by  suction  or  otherwise  and  which  have  in  addition  to  the 
atomizing  elements  means  for  maintaining  the  oil  at  a  constant 
height  with  reference  to  the  end  of  the  oil  supply  conduit,  gen- 
erally at  or  slightly  below  the  level  of  the  discharge  end. 

Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  132,   Charge- 
forming  devices,  Atomizers,  Constant-level. 

155.2.  CARBURETERS,  ATOMIZERS.  CONSTANT   LEVEL, 
AUTOMATIC  DILUTION.    Atomizing  carbureters  which 
in  addition  to  the  means  stated  in  connection  with  subclass 
155.1  above  automatically  supply  an  additional  amount  of  air 
in  proportion  to  the  increased  amount  of  consumption. 

156.  CARBURETERS,    CAPILLARY.    Vessels    containing    an 

absorbent  material  for  mechanically  suspending  hydrocarbon 
oil  through  which  the  air  or  gas  passes. 
Search  Class — 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  164,  Carbu- 
reters, Pivoted,  and  165,  Carbureters,  Pivoted,  Revolving. 

157.  CARBURETERS,      CAPILLARY,      SPIRAL-PASSAGE. 

Vessels  provided  with  a  spiral  passage  containing  an  absorbent 
material  for  the  hydrocarbon  liquid  through  which  the  air  or 
gas  passes. 

158.  CARBURETERS,    CAPILLARY,    VERTICAL-SCREEN. 

Vessels  in  which  the  absorbent  material  in  the  form  of  wicking 
or  curtains  is  vertically  arranged. 

159.  CARBURETERS,      CAPILLARY,      ZIGZAG-PASSAGE. 

Vessels  containing  staggered  passages  provided  with  an  ab- 
sorbent material  for  the  liquid  hydrocarbon. 

160.  CARBURETERS,  GRAVITY.    Vessels  constructed  to  con- 

tain hydrocarbon  liquid,  or  to  which  the  same  is  fed  drop  by 
drop,  and  to  which  air  is  admitted  under  atmospheric  pressure, 
ana  from  which  the  carbureted  air  passes  by  gravity. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  162,  Carbureters, 
Lamps,  Gravity. 

161.  CARBURETERS,  LAMPS.    Vessels  containing  hydrocarbon 

liquid  through  which  air  or  gas  is  passed  and  having  burners 
for  illuminating.  The  air  or  gas  may  be  heated  by  the  burner. 

162.  CARBURETERS,  LAMPS,  GRAVITY.    Vessels  containing 

hydrocarbon  liquid  to  which  air  is  admitted  under  atmos- 
pheric pressure  and  from  which  the  carbureted  air  passes  by 
gravity,  said  vessels  provided  with  a  burner  for  illuminating. 

163.  CARBURETERS,  OSMOTIC.    Vessels  having  a  wall  or  pas- 

sage composed  of  porous  material  and  through  which  oil  seeps 
and  with  which  the  air  or  gas  contacts. 

164.  CARBURETERS,  PIVOTED.    Vessels  constructed  so  as  to 

be  oscillated  or  inverted. 

165.  CARBURETERS,  PIVOTED,  REVOLVING.    Vessels  piv- 

oted so  as  to  revolve. 

166.  CARBURETERS,  SUBMERGED-BLAST.    Moans  for  intro- 

ducing the  air  or  gas  into  the  body  beneath  the  surface  of  the 
oil 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

167.  CARBURETERS,   SUBMERGED-BLAST.   COIL.     Pipes, 

generally  in  the  form  of  a  coil  containing  oil,  through  which  air 
is  passed. 

168.  CARBURETERS,  SURFACE.    Vessels  to  contain  oil,  over 

the  surface  of  which  the  air  or  gas  is  passed. 

169.  CARBURETERS,  SURFACE,  FLOAT.    Vessels  containing 

oil  and  a  float,  resting  on  the  surface  or  within  the  body  of  the 
oil,  having  an  air  or  gas  supply. 

170.  CENTER  AND  BY-PASS  VALVES.    Means  for  directing 

the  passage  of  the  gas  through  two  or  more  purifiers  and  for  by- 
passing one  or  more. 

171.  DIP-PIPES.    Hydraulic  mains  and  gas-pipes  extending  there- 

into leading  from  the  gas-generator.    The  mains  may  be  pro- 
vided with  means  for  maintaining  a  liquid  seal  for  the  pipes. 

172.  DIP-PIPES,  VALVES.    Dip-pipes  having  valves  for  closing 

the  pipe  or  by-passing  the  seal. 

173.  EXHAUSTERS.    Means  for  drawing  the  gas  from  the  genera- 

tor, regulating  the  action  of  the  same,  and  preventing  the  for- 
mation of  a  vacuum. 

174.  HOLDERS.     Vessels  for  the  storage  of  gas.     This  subclass 

includes  stationary  vessels  and  independent  parts  to  be  used 

in  the  construction  of  the  holder. 
Search  Classes — 
105— RAILWAY   ROLLING-STOCK,   subclass  264,   Cars,   Freight, 

Tank. 
220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclasses,  108, 

Casks,  and  125,  Tanks,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

175.  HOLDERS,      HIGH-PRESSURE      SAFETY     ESCAPE. 

Means  combined  with  the  holder  so  related  that  on  excessive 
pressure  in  the  holder  the  gas  escapes. 

176.  HOLDERS,  BELL  AND  TANK.    Structures  consisting  of  an 

open-top  tank  and  an  inverted  bell.    The  tank  may  be  pro- 
vided with  a  purifier  through  which  the  gas  passes  on  its  way 
to  the  bell;  or  with  a  chamberfor storing  oil  or  various  utensils 
used  around  the  works. 
Search  Classes— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  5,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Water-feed,  Holder-operated,  and  104,  Generators, 
Retort,  Oil,  Jet-mixers. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS-PUMPS,  subclass  17,  Fluid-piston,  Tank  and 
bell. 

177.  HOLDERS,    BELL    AND    TANK     SECTIONAL-BELL. 

Structures  where  the  bell  is  divided  horizontally  into  sections 
having  water-seal  joints  and  telescoping. 

178.  HOLDERS,  COLLAPSIBLE.    Holders  comprising  a  plural- 

ity of  sections  of  which  one  or  more  is  flexible  and  so  related 
that  the  holder  may  collapse. 

179.  HOLDERS,  TANK.    Open-top  chambers  within  which  the 

bell  moves. 
Search  Class— 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  125, 
Tanks. 

180.  MIXERS.    Processes  and  apparatus  for  mixing  combustible 

gases  or  a  gas  and  a  supporter  of  combustion. 
Note. — It  does  not  include  mixers  peculiar  to  explosive-engines 
such  as  found  in  class  123.  INTERNAL^  COMBUSTION  ENGINES, 
subclass  119,  Charge-forming  devices,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  nor  such  as  are  used  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND 
GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

181.  MIXERS  BELL  AND  TANK.    Mixers  comprising  a  bell  and 

tank  within  which  the  gases  are  mixed,  the  movement  of  the 
bell  controlling  the  supply  of  gases  or  air  and  gas. 

182.  MIXERS,    BELL    AND    TANK,    ANTERIOR.    Devices 

where  the  mixture  of  gases  or  gas  and  air  takes  place  before 
entering  the  bell  and  is  controlled  thereby. 

183.  MIXERS,    BELL   AND    TANK,    POSTERIOR.    Devices 

where  the  mixture  of  gases  or  air  and  gas  is  made  beyond 
the  bell  and  controlled  thereby. 

184.  MIXERS,    DIAPHRAGM.    Devices    where    a    diaphragm 

operates  the  valves  controlling  the  supply  of  gases  or  gas 
and  air,  the  pressure  of  the  gas  operating  the  diapnragm. 

185.  MIXERS,  GRAVITY.    Devices  where  a  body  connected  to 

and  operating  the  supply-valves  for  the  gases  or  gas  and  air 
is  made  buoyant  by  the  specific  gravity  of  the  gas. 

180.  MIXERS.  PUMP.    Devices  where  pumps  are  employed  to 
deliver  the  gases  or  air  and  gas  to  a  mixing-chamber. 

187.  MIXERS,  ROTARY-DRUM.    Bladed  rotary  drums  located 

within  a  casing  for  drawing  in  the  gases  or  air  and  gas  and 
mixing  them. 

188.  MIXERS,  ROTARY-DRUM,  ANTERIOR.    Devices  where 

the  air  and  gas  or  gases  are  mixed  before  entering  the  drum. 

189.  MIXERS,  ROTARY-DRUM,  POSTERIOR.    Devices  where 

the  air  and  gas  or  gases  are  mixed  beyond  the  drum,  the  dram 
being  used  to  force  one  or  both  of  the  elements. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


97 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

190.  DISTRIBUTION.  Means  and  methods  for  the  distribution  of 

gas. 
Note.— This  subclass  contains  miscellaneous  patents  not  otherwise 

classified,  such  as  those  for  preventing  the  freezing  in  the  pipes, 

charging  distributing-holders  on  trains,  ships,  etc. 
Search  Class — 
137—WATER    DISTRIBUTION,  subclass    75,    Mains  and  pipes, 

Pipes. 

191.  DISTRIBUTION,    REGULATING    PRESSURE.    Means 

for  reducing  and  regulating  the  pressure  of  gas  in  a  distributing 
system. 

Note. — It  does  not  include  the  specific  construction  of  the  regulator 
found  in  class  50,  FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS. 

192.  DISTRIBUTION,  SAFETY  DEVICES.    Means  for  prevent- 

ing, also  localizing  and  confining,  explosions  in  a  gas-distribut- 
ing system. 

193.  DISTRIBUTION,    LEAKAGE.    Means   for   detecting   and 

providing  for  the  escape  of  leakage  gas  from  mains. 
Search  Class— 

137—WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  77,  Mains  and  pipes,  Leak- 
detectors. 

194.  DISTRIBUTION,  LEAKAGE,  PREVENTING.    Means  for 

preventing  the  leakage  of  gas  from  the  mains  at  their  couplings. 
Search  Class— 

137—WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  29,  Pipe-couplings,  Per- 
manent. 

195.  DISTRIBUTION,  ODORIZERS.    Means  for  charging  gas 

with  an  odorous  substance. 

196.  NATURAL.    Apparatus  and  processes  for  the  treatment  of 

natural  gas  to  make  the  same  suitable  for  heating  or  illuminat- 
ing purposes. 

197.  PROCESSES.    Processes  not   otherwise  classifiable  for  the 

manufacture  and  accessory  treatment  of  gas. 

198.  PROCESSES,  HYDROGEN.  Processes  for  bringing  together 

of  an  acid  solution  and  a  metal  or  heating  metals  or  their 
oxids  and  decomposing  steam  or  hydrocarbon,  or  both,  in 
contact  therewith;  also  the  decomposition  of  water  by  elec- 
trolysis. 

199.  PROCESSES,  HYDROGEN,  CARBURETING.    Processes 

wherein  hydrogen  gas  is  brought  in  contact  with  a  liquid 
hydrocarbon. 

200.  PROCESSES    COAL,  OIL,  AND  WATER.    Processes  for 

gasifying  coal  and  oil  and  decomposing  water  and  combining 
the  resultant  gases.  These  elements  may  be  separately  gasi- 
fied and  united  or  conjointly  gasified. 

201.  PROCESSES,  COAL  AND  OIL.  Processes  for  making  and 

combining  coal  and  olefiant  gases.  They  may  be  made  sepa- 
rately and  united  or  made  combined. 

202.  PROCESSES,  COAL  AND  WATER.    Processesfor  gasifying 

coal  and  combining  therewith  water-gas  or  simultaneously 
gasifying  coal  and  decomposing  steam  in  the  same  retort. 

203.  PROCESSES,  PRODUCER.    Processes  for  making  the  well- 
known  Siemens  producer  gas,  which  consists  in  blasting  with 
air  an  ignited  bed  of  fuel. 

204.  PROCESSES,  WATER.    Processes  whereby  a  body  of  fuel 

is  first  heated  to  incandescence  and  then  steam  injected. 

205.  PROCESSES,      WATER,      CARBURETING.     Processes 

whereby  steam  is  decomposed  by  being  passed  through  a 
body  of  incandescent  fuel  and  then  carbureted  by  means 
of  a  volatile  hydrocarbon  either  in  the  form  of  a  liquid,  vapor, 
or  gas. 

206.  PROCESSES,     WATER,    CONTINUOUS.    Processes    for 

the  continuous  manufacture  of  water-gas  by  bringing  steam 
into  contact  with  coal  maintained  at  a  decomposing  tempera- 
ture either  by  internal  combustion  or  heat  applied. 

207.  PROCESSES,  WATER,  DOWN-RUN.    Processes  wherein 

steam  is  admitted  to  the  top  of  a  bed  of  incandescent  fuel, 
passes  through,  and  the  resultant  gas  drawn  off  at  the  bottom. 


CLASS  48— Continued. 

208.  PROCESSES,  WATER,  UP-AND-DOWN  RUN.    Processes 

in  which  steam  is  caused  to  pass  upwardly  and  downwardly, 
or,  vice  versa,  through  a  body  or  separate  bodies  of  incan- 
descent fuel. 

209.  PROCESSES,  WOOD.    Processes  for  gasifying  wood,  saw- 

dust, peat,  or  other  vegetable  matter.    The  gas  generated 
may  be  carbureted  or  have  added  to  it  oil  or  oil  gas  or  other  gas. 
Search  Class— 
202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  2,  Charcoal,  Processes. 

210.  PROCESSES,  COAL.    Methods  for  generating  gas  from  coal. 

211.  PROCESSES,  OIL.    Processes  for  gasifying  oil. 

212.  PROCESSES,     OIL,     AIR-INJECTED.    Processes    where 

oil  and  air  are  injected  into  a  heated  retort.  The  air  may 
be  added  to  the  gas  produced  from  the  oil. 

213.  PROCESSES,    OIL,    GAS-INJECTED.    Processes   wherein 

oil  and  gas  are  injected  into  a  highly  heated  retort. 

214.  PROCESSES,  OIL  AND  STEAM  INJECTED.    Processes 

wherein  oil  and  steam  or  water  are  injected  into  a  highly 
heated  retort. 

215.  PROCESSES,  OIL  AND  STEAM  INJECTED,  AIR.     Proc- 

esses wherein  oil,  steam,  and  air  are  injected  into  a  highly 
heated  retort.  The  air  may  be  added  to  and  mixed  with  the 
gas  resulting  from  the  decomposition  of  the  oil  and  steam  or 
water. 

216.  PROCESSES,     ACETYLENE.    Processes    for    generating 

acetylene  gas  by  the  mutual  decomposition  of  calcium  carbid 
and  water  and  for  preparing  calcium  carbid  for  such  use. 
This  subclass  covers  processes  of  the  first  type. 

217.  PROCESSES,  ACETYLENE,  SLOW.     Processes  in  which  a 

retarded  generation  of  acetylene  is  produced  in  contradistinc- 
tion to  the  usual  rapid  generation. 
Search  Class — 

48— GAS  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  60,  Acetylene, 
Carbia  cartridges,  Conglomerate. 

218.  PROCESSES,    ACETYLENE     TREATMENT    OF   CAL- 

CIUM CARBID.  Processes  for  preparing  carbid  for  slow 
generation  and  protecting  the  same  from  atmospheric  influ- 
ences. 

Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  60,  Acetylene, 
Carbid  cartridges,  Conglomerate. 

219.  PROCESSES,  CARBURETING.    Processes  for  carbureting 

air  or  gas  generally  by  passing  the  same  in  contact  with  a 
hydrocarbon  liquid. 

220.  PROCESSES,  PURIFYING.    Processes  for  removing  impuri- 

ties— such  as  ammonia  and  its  compounds,  sulphur  and  its 
compounds — from  gas. 
Search  Class — 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  224,  Composi- 
tions, Purifying. 

221.  PROCESSES,     STORAGE.    Processes    for    storing    gases, 
mainly  by  mechanically  suspending  the  gas  by  absorption. 

Search  Classes— 
105— RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,  subclass  264,  Cars,   Freight, 

Tank. 
220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING   VESSELS,  subclasses, 

108,  Casks  and  125,  Tanks,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 
230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  25,  Receivers. 

222.  ABOLISHED. 

223.  ABOLISHED. 

224.  COMPOSITIONS,    PURIFYING.    Materials  and  composi- 

tions of  matter  through  which  the  gas  to  be  purified  is  passed. 
Search  Class— 
48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  197,  Processes. 


26674°— 12- 


CLASS  49.— GLASS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  the  entire  art  of  making  glass,  working  it 
while  in  a  molten,  soft,  or  plastic  state,  with  the  exceptions  noted 
below,  and  reheating,  annealing,  and  "cutting"  it  to  sever  into 
parts  when  in  a  hard  state.  Other  operations  on  hard  glass  are 
classed  with  the  proper  functional  classes.  Cutting  by  abrasion 
to  make  "cut  glass"  is  in  class  51.  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING. 
Frosting  to  make  "ground  glass"  and  the  like  is  in  class  41,  ORNA- 
MENTATION. Coating  and  painting  are  in  class  91,  COATING. 

Electric  furnaces  and  electric-furnace  processes  for  making  glass 
in  which  the  electric  heating  device  is  more  than  a  mere  substitute 
for  other  forms  of  heating  devices  which  might  be  used  without 
changing  the  invention  are  classed  in  class  204,  ELECTROCHEMISTRY. 
Those  in  which  an  arc  is  used  are  practically  all  of  that  nature. 

This  class  includes  apparatus  and  processes  for  making  electric 
incandescent  lamps  which  are  limited  to  the  usual  glass-working 
operations  classed  in  this  class,  such  as  blowing,  drawing,  perforat- 
ing, reshaping,  polishing,  annealing,  severing,  welding,  etc.;  but 
when  these  operations  are  combined  with  other  operations  not 
capable  of  general  use— such  as  flashing,  mounting,  or  welding  the 
filaments,  forming  conductors  from  the  joint,  and  the  like — the 
inventions  belong  in  class  176,  ELECTRIC  LAMPS.  Uniting,  welding, 
and  sealing  by  operations  on  the  glass  while  in  a  soft  or  plastic  state 
are  included  in  this  classs  only  when  amounting  to  no  more  than  the 
uniting  of  glass  to  glass  or  to  wire  and  are  excluded  when  involving 
in  any  degree  the  structure  of  the  joint  or  the  relative  arrangement 
of  the  parts  of  the  lamp. 

Uniting  hard  glass  to  hard  glass  or  metal  by  cementing  is  excluded. 
(See  note  to  subclass  81.) 

Uniting  glass  to  other  materials  and  making  composite  articles 
are  included  only  when  the  glass  alone  is  worked. 

Specific  glass  articles  are  not  included  in  this  class  except  those  in 
which  the  entire  invention  lies  in  the  structure  or  characteristics  of 
the  glass  itself  independent  of  those  of  the  particular  article  in  which 
it  happens  to  be  embodied. 

Glass  consists  of  a  double  silicate  or  a  combination  of  two  or  more 
silicates,  of  an  alkali  and  another  metal,  usually  in  combination 
with  other  materials,  as  coloring  or  decoloring  oxids,  which  is  fusible 
afordinary  high  furnace  temperatures  and  when  softened  by  heat 
passes  through  a  prolonged  plastic  stage  in  which  it  may  be  easily 
worked,  drawn  out  into  fine  threads,  and  blown,  and  when  cold  is 
hard  and  brittle  and  not  easily  acted  upon  by  any  acids  except 
fluoric.  It  is  usually  formed  by  the  fusion  of  silica  with  oxids  of 
potassium,  sodium,  iron,  lead,  aluminium,  calcium,  etc.,  with  other 
matter,  as  coloring  or  decoloring  oxids. 

Other  bodies  than  silica  are  capable  of  entering  into  vitreous 
fusion,  as  phosphoric  acid,  boracic  acid,  arsenic  acid,  and  the  prod- 
ucts of  such  fusion  with  the  metallic  oxids  are  called  "glasses"  and 
included  in  this  class. 

Enamel  is  a  glass  falling  under  the  definition  above  given;  but 
the  enamels  are  usually  made  from  feldspar,  boracic  acid,  silica, 
and  some  form  of  clay,  with  coloring  metallic  oxids,  etc.,  and  are 
used  only  for  glazing  "surfaces  of  ceramics,  metals,  glass,  and  other 
materials. 

Such  vitreous  enamel  compositions  and  their  manufacture  are 
included  in  this  class;  but  the  application  of  enamels  to  surfaces  is 
included  in  classes  18,  PLASTICS;  41,  ORNAMENTATION,  and  91, 
COATING,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  operation,  and  kilns  and 
processes  for  firing  them  are  in  class  25,  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTH- 
ENWARE APPARATUS. 

Subclasses. 

1.  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Machines  and  plants  for  performing 

two  or  more  distinct  operations  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the 
subclasses  under  this  title. 
Note.— See  definitions  of  subclasses  17,  Drawing;  18,  Blowing, 

and  22,  Reshaping,  in  this  class. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  4,  Molding  plants. 
107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  4, 
Combined  machines. 

2.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  INCANDESCENT-LAMP  MAK- 

ING. Machines  and  plants  for  making  incandescent-electric- 
lamp  bulbs  which  include  more  than  one  distinct  operation. 
Those  which  are  confined  to  one  operation  are  classified  with 
the  proper  functional  subclass,  as  Blowing,  Annealing,  Mis- 
cellaneous, etc. 

3.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  SHEET  AND  PLATE  MAKING. 

Machines  and  plants  for  making  plate,  window,  and  other 
sheet  glass  involving  more  than  one  distinct  operation.  Those 
limited  to  a  single  operation  are  classified  with  the  proper 
functional  subclasses,  as  Drawing,  Casting,  Rolling,  Flat- 
tening, Miscellaneous,  and  those  involving  flattening  and 
annealing  and  no  other  operation  are  classified  in  subclass  4, 
Combined  machines,  sheet  and  plate  making,  flattening,  and 
annealing.  Making  wire-glass  and  prism-glass  and  the  like 
in  sheet  form  are  included  under  the  same  conditions. 
Search  Class— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  4,  Molding  plants. 


CLASS  49— Continued. 

4.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  SHEET  AND  PLATE  MAKING, 

FLATTENING  AND  ANNEALING.  Machines  and  plants 
for  flattening  glass  and  then  annealing,  usually  for  making 
window-glass  from  split  cylinders. 

5.  COMBINED   MACHINES,   CHARGING,   CUTTING,   AND 

MOLDING.  Machines  and  plants  which  charge  molds  and 
involve  cutting  or  shearing  the  plastic  glass  as  it  is  placed  in 
the  molds  or  whilein  the  mold,  sometimes  measuring  or  weigh- 
ing it  at  the  same  time.  The  molding  device  is  usually  a  part 
of  the  combination.  Machines  in  which  the  cutting  is  per- 
formed after  the  article  is  molded  are  excluded. 

6.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     SHAPING     AND     CUTTING. 

Machines  and  plants  for  first  shaping,  molding,  or  reshaping 
soft  glass  in  any  way  and  then  cutting  it  either  before  or  after 
hardening. 

7.  COMBINED   MACHINES,   REHEATING   AND   RESHAP- 

ING. Machines  and  plants  for  first  reheating  glass  blanks 
and  then  performing  some  reshaping  or  finishing  operation  on 
the  soft  glass. 

Note.— Finishing  operations  performed  on  hard  glass  are  not  in 
eluded.  Furnaces  which  merely  melt  the  edges  of  an  article 
which  in  itself  is  the  finishing  operation  are  under  subclass  57, 
Reheating-furnaces,  under  Heating  apparatus. 

8.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    PRESSING   AND    BLOWING. 

Machines  and  plants  for  first  compressing  by  mechanical, 
pneumatic,  or  other  means  and  then  blowing  the  glass  in  a 
single  mold  which  does  not  have  a  descending  bottom.  May 
include  in  combination  means  for  casting  or  manipulating  the 
blowpipe. 
Search  Class — 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  9,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and 
blowing,  In  separate  molds;  10.  Combined  machines,  Pressing 
and  blowing,  In  separate  molds,  Internal  press-mold,  and  11, 
Combined  machines,  Pressing  and  blowing,  Descending  mold- 
bottom. 

9.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  PRESSING  AND  BLOWING,  IN 

SEPARATE  MOLDS.  Machines  and  plants  for  pressing  a 
blank  or  parison  in  one  mold  and  then  blowing  it  in  another, 
the  press-mold  not  being  contained  within  the  blow-mold 
at  any  stage  of  the  operation.  There  is  usually  means  for  trans- 
ferring the  article  from  the  press-mold  to  the  blow-mold  con- 
sisting of  a  moving  neck-mold. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  13,  Combined  machines,  Casting  and  blow- 
ing, In  separate  molds. 

10.  COMBINED  MACHINES,   PRESSING  AND   BLOWING, 

IN  SEPARATE  MOLDS,  INTERNAL  PRESS-MOLD. 
Machines  and  plants  for  pressing  glass  in  a  parison-mold  con- 
tained within  a  blow-mold,  withdrawing  the  former,  leaving 
the  article  suspended  in  the  latter,  and  then  blowing  it  in  the 
blow-mold. 
Search  Class  — 

49— GLASS,  subclass  11,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and  blow- 
ing, Descending  mold-bottom. 

11  COMBINED  MACHINES,  PRESSING  AND  BLOWING, 
DESCENDING  MOLD-BOTTOM.  Machines  for  pressing 
a  parison  in  the  top  of  the  blow-mold  by  means  of  a  plunger, 
which  later  descends  and  forms  the  bottom  of  the  blow-mold, 
and  then  blowing  it  in  the  blow-mold. 
Search  Class— 

49 — GLASS,  subclass  10,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and  blow- 
ing, In  separate  molds,  Internal  press-mold. 

12.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    CASTING    AND    BLOWING. 

Machines  for  first  casting  a  parison  without  pressure  and  then 
blowing  it  without  transferring  it  to  another  mold.    The  mold 
is  usually  inverted  after  casting.    Means  for  introducing  the 
glass  or  charging  the  mold  is  not  included. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  8,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and 
blowing,  and  13,  Combined  machines,  Casting  and  blowing, 
In  separate  molds. 

13.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CASTING  AND  BLOWING,  IN 

SEPARATE  MOLDS.    Machines  and  plants  for  casting  a 
blank  or  parison  without  pressing,  placing  it  in  another  mold, 
and  blowing  it. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  0.  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and  blow- 
ing, In  separate  molds,  and  10,  Combined  machines,  Pressing 
and  blowing,  In  separate  molds,  Internal  press-mold. 

14.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  for  performing  a  single  function 

not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  following  subclasses.    Includes 
devices  for  cutting  soft  glass. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  1,  Combined  machines;  2,  Combined 
machines,  Incandescent-lamp  making;  3,  Combined  machines, 
Sheet  and  plate  making;  5,  Combined  machines,  Charging, 
cutting,  and  molding,  and  6,  Combined  machines,  Shaping 
and  cutting. 

99 


100 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  4D— Continued. 

15.  MISCELLANEOUS,  TOOLS.    Hand-operated  and  hand-sti]>- 

ported  implements  for  use  in  this  art,  except  for  blowing, 
finishing,  molding,  and  cutting  hard  glass. 

16.  PIN-HEADING.    Apparatus  for  forming  glass  heads  on  pins. 
Search  Class  - 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  24,  Molding  devices,  Dipping. 

17.  DRAWING.    Machines  for  shaping  glass  by  drawing  directly 

from  a  tank  or  furnace  or  by  stretching  a  previously  formed 
blank.  May  include,  in  combination,  the  tanks  or  other 
heating  or  melting  devices,  means  for  cooling  and  shaping  the 
glass  as  it  takes  its  preliminary  form,  means  for  taking  the 
article  away,  etc. 

Note. — Drawing  apparatus  combined  with  other  devices  are  classi- 
fied in  the  combined  machine  subclasses. 

Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  83.1,  Processes,  Drawing,  and  18,  PLASTICS, 
subclass  8,  Molding  devices,  Filament  forming. 

17.1.  DRAWING,    CYLINDERS.    Machines   for   drawing   glass 
cylinders  directly  from  a  tank  or  furnace  or  for  stretching  a 
previously  formed  blank  to  form  a  cylinder  or  tube. 
Search  Class— 
49 — GLASS,  subclasses  17,  Drawing,  and  83.1,  Processes,  Drawing. 

18.  BLOWING.    Machines  for  blowing  glass,  except  those  having 

means  for  manipulating  the  blow-irons  or  moving  the 
molds.  Includes  blow-molds  having  specific  means  for  the 
introduction  of  the  blowing  fluid  or  for  exhaustion.  When 
a  mold  is  used,  it  is  either  stationary  or  merely  rotates  on 
its  axis  to  smooth  the  article.  The  blow-iron  sometimes 
rotates  on  its  axis  for  the  same  purpose. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  8,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and 
blowing,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  12,  Combined 
machines,  Casting  and  blowing,  and  13,  Combined  machines, 
Casting  and  blowing,  In  separate  molds. 

19.  BLOWING,   TRAVELING   MOLD.     Blowing-machines  in 

which  tb.3  mold  is  moved  by  the  machine  during  its  opera- 
tion, except  those  in  which  the  mold  is  merely  rotated  on  the 
axis  of  the  article  being  blown.    The  blow-iron  is  sometimes 
moved  with  the  mold. 
Search  Class — 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  13,  Combined  machines,  Casting  and  blow- 
ing, In  separate  molds,  and  37,  Molding,  Presses,  Traveling 
mold. 

20.  BLOWING,    MANIPULATING     BLOW-IRON.    Blowing- 

machines  without  traveling  molds,  in  which  the  blow  iron  or 
tool  is  given  a  motion  by  the  machine  other  than  rotation 
about  its  own  axis.    Includes  supports  for  the  irons. 
Search  Class— 
49 — GLASS,  subclass  62,  Gathering  and  ladling. 

21.  BLOWING, TOOLS.    Irons  and  tubes  for  blowing  glass  adapted 

to  be  supported  and  operated  by  hand  or  attached  to  a  machine. 

Some  include  a  hand-pump  or  bellows  for  forcing  air  through 

the  pipe  and  means  for  rotating  them  so  long  as  they  satisfy 

the  conditions  above. 
Search  Classes— 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  90,  Blowpipes. 
158 — LIQUID  AND   GASEOUS   FUEL   BURNERS,  subclass   109, 

Pressure  burners. 

22.  RESHAPING.    Apparatus  and  tools  for  reshaping  or  finishing 

previously-formed  blanks  while  in  a  soft  or  plastic  state,  not 
involving  heating  or  neck-forming  nor  limited  to  flaring, 
spreading,  or  crimping.  Usually  the  reshaping  and  polishing 
are  performed  simultaneously  and  by  the  same  means.  Does 
not  include  polishing  or  otherwise  finishing  hard  glass. 
Search  Classes— 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  7,  Combined  machines,  Reheating  and 
reshaping;  23,  Reshaping,  Neck-forming,  and  29,  Molding. 

18—  PLASTICS,  subclass  5,  Molding  devices. 

23.  RESHAPING,    NECK-FORMING.    Machines    for    forming 

necks  on  bottles,  jars,  and  the  like  while  in  a  soft  or  plastic 
state.    Usually  includes  polishing  done  simultaneously  with 
the  shaping  and  by  the  same  means. 
Search  Class— 
49 — GLASS,  subclass  22,  Reshaping. 

24.  RESHAPING,  NECK-FORMING,  TOOLS.  Hand-supported 

and  hand-operated  implements  lor  forming  necks  on  bottles, 
jars,  and  the  like  while  in  a  soft  or  plastic  state,  in  which  the 
mandrel  that  enters  the  mouth  of  the  article  is  in  one  piece  or 
the  pieces  are  rigidly  connected.  They  usually  polish  simul- 
taneously with  the  shaping. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  23,  Reshaping,  Neck-forming;  25,  Re- 
shaping, Neck-forming,  Tools,  Divided  mandrel,  and  27,  Re- 
shaping, Spreading  or  flaring. 

25.  RESHAPING,  NECK-FORMING,  TOOLS,  DIVIDED  MAN- 

DREL. Hand-supported  and  hand-operated  tools  for  neck- 
forming,  in  which  the  mandrel  that  enters  the  mouth  of  the 
article  is  in  two  or  more  parts,  some  or  all  of  which  are  movable 
to  contact  with  the  glass  or  shape  the  inside  of  the  article. 
Many  have  undercutting-plungers  capable  of  being  withdrawn 
within  the  mandrel. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS, subclasses 23,  Reshaping,  Neck-forming;  27,  Reshap- 
ing, Spreading  or  flaring,  and  76,  Molds,  Cores  and  plungers. 


CLASS  49— Continued. 

20.  RESHAPING,  CRIMPING.  Apparatus  for  ci imping  or  cor- 
rugating  previously-formed  blanks  while  in  a  soft  or  plastic 
State.  Sometimes  includes  flaringin  combination  withcrimp- 
ing. 

27.  RESHAPING,  SPREADING  OR  FLARING.  Apparatusfor 
spreading  or  flaring  blanks  while  in  a  soft  or  plastic  state 


device. 
Search  Class — 
49 — GLASS,  subclass  26,  Reshaping,  Crimping. 

23.  PERFORATING.    Devices  for  perforating  previously-formed 

articles  and  blanks. 
Search  Class— 
49 — GLASS,  subclass  27,  Reshaping,  Spreading  or  flaring. 

29.  MOLDING.    Machines  for  molding  other  articles  than  wire- 

glass  and  curved  or  vertical  pipes  and  tubes  from  a  shape- 
less mass  in  other  ways  than  by  rolling,  pressing,  casting, 
blowing,  and  drawing,  and  combinations  of  any  number  of 
molding  operations  not  including  blowing  or  drawing.  Also 
includes  hand-supported  and  hand-operated  tools  for  this 
purpose.  Does  not  include  reshaping  previously-formed 
blanks  nor  mere  molds. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  22,  Reshaping. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  5,  Molding  devices,  and  15,  Molding 
devices,  Film-spreading. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
7,  Soap-molding  devices,  and  41,  Block-molding  machines. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  8, 
Molding  apparatus. 

30.  MOLDING,  CURVED  PIPES  AND  TUBES.    Apparatus  for 

moldingcurved  pipes  and  tubes  in  other  ways  than  by  blowing 
or  drawing.  A  mold  is  always  used;  but  there  is  always  some- 
thing more,  as  means  for  forcing  the  core. 

31.  MOLDING,  VERTICAL  PIPES  AND  TUBES.    Apparatus 

for  molding  pipes  and  tubes  in  vertical  molds  and  in  other  ways 
than  by  blowing  or  drawing.    The  core  usually  moves  ver- 
tically into  and  out  of  the  mold. 
Search  Class— 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sul>class 
30,  Pipe-machines. 

32.  MOLDING,  WIRE-GLASS.    Apparatus  for  making  wire-glass 

by  molding. 
Search  Class— 
18—  PLASTICS,  subclass  11,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Compound. 

33.  MOLDING,  ROLLING.    Apparatus  for  forming  glass  from  a 

plastic  mass  by  a  rolling  operation,  except  to  make  wire-glass 
and  except  those  consisting  of  a  bed  and  roller.  Means  for 
pouring  the  glass  is  not  included,  but  a  chute  or  guide  for 
directing  it  to  the  rollers  may  be.  Improvements  in  rollers 
alone  are  included. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  9,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  and  10, 
Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Sheet. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
21,  Roller-forming. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  10, 
Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  and  12,  Molding  apparatus,  Roll- 
ing, Sheeting. 

207— PLASTIC  METAL  WORKING,  subclass  14,  Gravity  molding, 
By  rolls. 

34.  MOLDING,  ROLLING,   BED  AND   ROLLER.    Machines 

for  rollng  glass  involving  a  bed,  platen,  platform,  or  belt  on 

which  the  mass  of  glass  is  placed  to  lie  rolled  out  by  a  roller, 

except  for  making  \yire-glass.    Includes  improvements  in  the 

beds  alone,  but  not  in  the  rollers  alone. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  32,  Molding,  Wire-glass. 
18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  9,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  and  10, 

Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Sheets. 
107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  10, 

Molding  apparatus,    Rolling,   and    12,   Molding  apparatus, 

Rolling,  Sheeting. 

35.  MOLDING,  PRESSES.    Presses  and  parts  of  presses  for  mold- 

ing glass  using  a  stationary  mold,  not  operated  by  fluid- 
pressure,  and  for  molding  other  articles  than  screw-threaded 
ones. 
Search  Classes — 

49— GLASS,  sul>classes  5,  Combined  machines,  Charging,  Cut- 
ting, and  Molding;  8,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and  blow- 
ing, and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  10,  Molding  devices,  Presses;  17,  Mold- 
ing devices,  Presses,  Heating  and  vulcanizing,  and  23,  Molding 
devices,  Presses,  Stationary  mold. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sul>classes 
I'O,  Soap-molding  devices,  Stationary  mold;  27,  Pottery- 
machines,  Presses;  28,  Pottery-machines,  Presses,  Bottom 
ejectors;  30,  Pipe-machines;  35,  Pipe-machines,  Perforating- 
former;  3(i,  Pipe-machines,  Compacting-former;  45,  Block- 
presses;  all  subclasses  under  Block-presses,  Stationary  mold; 
101,  Block-presses,  Expanding  mold;  102,  Block-presses, 
Plungers,  and  103,  Block-presses,  Chargers. 

100 — PRESSES,  all  appropriate  subclasses. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  15 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  and  18,  Molding  apparatus, 
Presses,  Tablet,  Stationary  mold. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


301 


CLASS  49— Continued. 

30.  MOLDING,  PRESSES,  SCREW-THREADING.  Presses  for 
molding  screw-threaded  articles,  usually  with  means  for  with- 
drawing a  screw-threaded  core  or  die. 

37.  MOLDING,  PRESSES,  TRAVELING  MOLD.    Presses  for 

molding  glass  in  which  the  mold  is  given  a  motion  of  transla- 
tion, usually  between  molding  operations.    Does  not  include 
portable  presses  unless  satisfying  the  other  conditions. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  su'  classes  5,  Combined  machines,  Charging,  Cut- 
ting, and  Molding;  13,  Coml  lined  machines,  Casting  and  blow- 
ing, In  separate  molds,  and  19,  Blowing,  Traveling  mold. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  20,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Rotary- 
mold  support;  21,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Rotary-mold 
support,  Peripheral,  and  22,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Recip- 
rocating mold. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
9,  Soap-molding  devices,  Rotary  mold;  all  subclasses  under 
Block-presses,  Portable  mold;  all  subclasses  of  54,  Block- 
presses,  Reciprocating  mold;  also  subclasses  of  Block-presses, 
Rotary  mold,  and  the  subclasses  under  Block-presses,  Endless 
chain  of  molds. 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  15, 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  and  17,  Molding  apparatus, 
Presses,  Tablet. 

38.  MOLDING,  PRESSES,  FLUID-OPERATED.    Glass-mold- 

ing presses  in  which  the  plunger  is  operated  by  fluid-pressure. 
Does  not  include  those  in  which  the  fluid-motor  is  shown  and 
claimed  broadly  as  a  means  for  operating  the  machine  and 
could  readily  be  replaced  by  other  motive  power  without 
affecting  the  invention. 
Search  Class— 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
31,  Pipe-machines,  Fluid-operated,  and  63,  Block-presses, 
Rotary  mold,  Fluid-operated. 

39.  MOLDING,  CASTING.    Apparatus  for  casting  glass  from  a 

ladle  or  its  equivalent,  usually  into  molds,  where  it  takes  its 
form  by  gravity.  Includes  casting-tables  and  the  like,  eitherin 
combination  or  not,  but  not  molds  per  se  nor  apparatus  which 
involves  means  for  taking  the  glass  from  the  furnace. 
Search  Classes— 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  5, Combined  machines,  Charging, Cutting, 
and  Molding;  31,  Molding,  Vertical  pipes  and  tubes,  and  C2, 
Gathering  and  ladling. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  20,  Molding  devices,  Casting. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
29,  Pottery-machines,  Casting. 

40.  MOLD-COOLERS.    Devices  for  cooling  pastes  and  other  molds 

which  contain  more  than  mere  passages  in  the  mold-walls 
(classified  in  Molds,  cooling  and  heating)  and  not  combined 
with  other  parts  of  the  press  or  blowing-machine,  except  means 
for  separating  the  parts  of  the  mold  or  immersing  it  in  a  cooling- 
bath. 

Search  Class — 
49— GLASS,  subclass  19,  Blowing,  Traveling  mold. 

41.  MOLD  SUPPORTS  AND  CARRIERS.    Devices  for  support- 

ing or  carrying  glass-molds  and  for  attaching  them  to  any  part 
of  a  molding-machine  when  not  combined  with  a  press  or 
other  machine.    May  include  in  combination  novelty  in 
means  for  separating  the  parts  of  the  mold  or  in  the  mold. 
Search  Class— 

49 — GLASS, subclasses  5,  Combined  machines, Charging,  Cutting, 
and  Molding;  8,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and  blowing, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  12,  Combined  machines,  Cast- 
ing and  blowing;  13,  Combined  machines,  Casting  and  blow- 
ing, In  separate  molds;  18,  Blowing;  19,  Blowing,  Traveling 
mold;  30,  Molding,  Curved  pipes  and  tubes;  35,  Molding, 
Presses,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  40,  Mold-coolers. 

42.  MOLD-SEPARATING    DEVICES.    Devices   for   separating 

the  parts  of  molds,  except  drawing  cores.    Includes  means  for 
closing  them. 
Search  Classes — 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  19,  Blowing,  Traveling  mold;  23,  Reshap- 
ing, Neck-lorming,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  40, 
Mold-coolers. 

13 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  19,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Sheet- 
shaping;  22,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Reciprocating  mold, 
and  23,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Stationary  mold. 

43.  MOLD-SEPARATING     DEVICES,     DRAWING     CORE. 

Devices  for  withdrawing  cores,  plungers,  and  undercut  parts 
from  the  article,  so  that  it  can  be  removed  or  freed  from  a  part 
of  the  mold.    Includes  the  mold  in  combination. 
Search  Classes — 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  10,  Combined  machines,  Pressing  and 
blowing,  In  separate  molds,  Internal  press-mold;  11,  Com- 
bined machines.  Pressing  and  blowing,  Descending  mold- 
bottom;  23,  Reshaping,  Neck-forming;  30,  Molding,  Curved 
pipes  and  tubes;  31,  Molding,  Vertical  pipes  and  tubes,  and 
35,  Molding,  Presses,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
44,  Block-molding  machines,  Undercutting. 

44.  FLATTENING.    Apparatus  for  flattening  split  cylinders  or 

other  glass  articles  to  make  window  and  other  sheet  glass. 
Includes  furnaces  and  Hattening-tables,  but  not  when  in 
combination  with  annealing  apparatus. 
Search  Class  - 

49 — GLASS,  subclass  4,  Combined  machines,  Sheet  and  plate 
making,  Flattening  and  annealing. 


CLASS  49— Continued. 

45.  ANNEALING.    Plants,  appliances  and  attachments  for  an- 

nealing glass  where  the  invention  does  not  cover  or  is  not 
limited  to  a  mere  furnace,  oven,  kiln,  or  leer  or  to  a  convey- 
ing device  therein  for  the  glass.    Includes  leer-pans,  baths, 
and  combinations  of  furnaces  with  baths. 
Search  Class— 

148— ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclass  13,  Annealing  appa- 
ratus. 

46.  ANNEALING;   FURNACES.    Furnaces,  ovens,  kilns,  and 

leers  for  heating  or  for  cooling  glass  to  anneal  it  without  any 
other  action  and  without  conveying  means  for  the  glass  in 
the  oven.  Does  not  include  combinations  consisting  of  two 
or  more  furnaces. 

Search  Classes — 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  4,  Combined  machines,  Sheet  and  plate 
making,  Flattening  and  annealing,  and  47,  Annealing, 
Furnaces,  Conveying. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sub- 
classes 132,  Kilns;  133,  Kilns,  Indurating;  134,  Kilns,  Con- 
tinuous, and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  140,  Kilns,  Combined 
up  and  down  draft;  141.  Kilns,  Combined  up  and  down 
draft,  Reversible;  144,  Kilns.  Muffle;  145,  Kilns,  Down- 
draft;  146,  Kilns,  Downdraft,  Muffle-bottom;  147,  Kilns  Up- 
draft;  148,  Kilns,  Forced-draft;  1<9,  Kilns,  Fluid-fuel;  ICO, 
Kilns,  Steam-combustion;  151,  Kilns,  Furnaces,  and  152. 
Kilns,  Furnaces,  Grates. 

148—  ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclass  17,  Annealing  appa- 
ratus, ovens. 

47.  ANNEALING,     FURNACES,     CONVEYING.    Conveyers 

for  carrying  glass  through  annealing-furnaces,  etc.,  and  com- 
binations thereof  with  the  furnace,  leer,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  4,  Combined  machines,  sheet  and  plate 
making,  Flattening  and  annealing,  and  44,  Flattening. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
142,  Kilns,  horizontally-traveling  material,  and  143,  Kilns, 
vertically-traveling  material. 

148— ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclass  18,  Annealing  ap- 
paratus, ovens,  rotary  hearths. 

48.  CUTTING  HARD  GLASS.    Miscellaneous  machines  for  mark- 

ing on  the  surface  of  hard  glass  preparatory  to  breaking  it  and 
for  breaking  it — that  is,  performing  the  operation  commonly 
known  as  "cutting. " 
Note. — Does  not  include  grinding  or  abrading,  which  is  classed 

in  class  51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING. 
Search  Classes — 

49— GLASS,  subclass '49,  Cutting  hard  glass,  lens-blanks. 
159 — KNGRAVING. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  71, 
Cutting,  machines,  sweep-cutter,  and  72,  Cutting,  machines, 
sweep-cutter,  elliptical  work. 

49.  CUTTING    HARD    GLASS,    LENS-BLANKS.    Apparatus 

for  cutting  out  lenses  of  circular  or  elliptical  form. 
Search  Classes— 

33— DRAFTING,  subclass  5,  Ellipsographs. 
164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  63 
Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary  Cutter,  Curved-plate  work  and 
72,  Cutting,  Machines,  Sweep-cutter,  Elliptical  work. 

50.  CUTTING  HARD   GLASS,  HEAT-APPLYING.    Appara- 

tus for  cutting  hard  glass  in  which  the  cutting  or  cracking  is 
effected  solely  by  the  application  of  heat  or  heat  and  cold. 
Those  which  have  means  for  marking  or  scoring  before  apply- 
ing the  beat  are  not  included  except  as  cross-references. 

51.  CUTTING  HARD  GLASS,  GUIDES  AND  GAGES.    Guides 

and  gages  adapted  for  use  in  cutting  hard  glass  not  combined 
with  means  for  operating  the  tools  or  other  parts.    May  in- 
clude the  tool  in  combination. 
Search  Classes — 

33— DRAFTING,  subclasses  2,  Curve-scribers;  5,  Ellipsographs; 
9,  Scribers;  15,  Drawing-boards;  18,  Rulers,  and  20,  Rulers, 
slate  and  blackboard. 

159 — KNGRAVING. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  59, 
Cutting  Machines,  Reciprocating  cutter,  Gages;  78,  Cutting, 
Machines,  Cutting-tables,  and  82,  Cutting,  Implements, 
Sweep. 

52.  CUTTING    HARD    GLASS,    TOOLS.    Hand-operated   and 

hand-supported  tools  for  marking  and  cutting  hard  glass. 

Some  carry  an  adjustable  gage  or  a  breaking  device,  but  not 

otherwise  combined  with  guides  or  gages. 
Search  Classes— 

125 — STONE- WORKING,  subclass  4,  Diamond  tools. 
164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  82, 

Cutting,  Implements,  Sweep. 

53.  HEATING  APPARATUS.    Miscellaneous  glass  heating  and 

melting  apparatus,  plants,  furnaces,  and  attachments. 

Note.— The  mere  combustion  of  fuel  is  included  in  classes  110, 
FURNACES,  and  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS, 
even  when  shown  and  claimed  in  a  glass-furnace,  unless  in 
combination  with  specific  means  for  applying  the  heat  to  the 
glass. 

Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  7,  Combined  machines,  Reheating  and 
reshaping,  ana  J7,  Heating  apparatus,  Reheating-furnaces. 


102 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  49— Continued. 

54.  HEATING  APPARATUS,  TANK-FURNACES.  Furnaces 
for  melting  glass  in  a  tank  without  a  separate  gathering- 
compartment  and  without  means  for  delivering  the  glass 
from  the  furnace.  Some  have  a  pot-hearth  in  combination 
with  the  tank  or  a  place  for  reheating  the  glass  or  irons. 

65.  HEATING   APPARATUS,   TANK-FURNACES,   DELIV- 
ERING.   Tank-furnaces  having  means  for  delivering  or  dis- 
charging the  glass.    Includes  delivering  means  when  not  in 
combination  with  any  specific  part  of  the  furnace.    Does  not 
include  gathering  or  ladling  devices.    Those  which  shape  the 
glass  when  issuing  from  the  furnace,  as  by  dies,  are  included 
only  as  cross-references. 
Search  Class— 
49— GLASS,  subclass  17,  Drawing. 

50.  HEATING  APPARATUS,  TANK-FURNACES,  SEPA- 
RATE GATHERING-POOL.  Tank-furnaces  in  which  the 
gathering  part  is  separated  from  the  melting  part  by  a  bridge, 
dam,  or  its  equivalent.  Includes  those  having  additional 
features,  as  places  for  heating  irons  or  glass  during  blowing, 
etc. 

57.  HEATING    APPARATUS,    REHEATING-FURNACES. 

Glory-hole  and  other  furnaces  for  reheating  glass  articles  to 
finish  them  and  for  heating  irons  without  means  for  manipu- 
lating the  articles.    Flattening-tables  are  included  in  sub- 
class 44,  Flattening,  in  this  class. 
Search  Class 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  7,  Combined  machines,  Reheating  and 
reshaping;  53,  Heating  apparatus,  and  58,  Heating  apparatus, 
Reheating-furnaces,  Work-manipulating. 

58.  HEATING     APPARATUS,     REHEATING-FURNACES, 

WORK-MANIPULATING.  Glory-hole  and  other  furnaces 
for  reheating  glass  articles  to  finish  them  in  combination  with 
means  for  feeding,  rotating,  or  otherwise  manipulating  the 
articles,  but  without  means  for  shaping  or  polishing  them. 
Such  manipulating  devices  are  included  even  when  not  com- 
bined with  the  furnace.  Furnaces  having  a  mere  support  for 
the  punty-rod  are  not  included. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  7,  Combined  machines,  Reheating  and 
reshaping. 

59.  HEATING     APPARATUS,     POT-FURNACES.    Furnaces 

having  a  hearth-seat  or  siege  for  supporting  melting-pots  and 
not  having  a  tank  or  other  means  than  the  pots  for  containing 
glass  nor  means  for  removing  the  glass  or  pots. 

60.  HEATING    APPARATUS,    MELTING-POTS.     Pots  espe- 

cially adapted  for  being  set  in  a  pot-hearth  furnace  for  melting 
glass. 

Note. — Those  adapted  for  melting  both  glass  and  metal  are  in- 
cluded in  class  75,  METALLURGY,  subclass  182,  Crucibles. 

61.  HEATING     APPARATUS,     FLOATS.      Floating      rings, 

bridges,  and  the  like  for  tank-furnaces  and  melting-pots  used 
for  skimming. 

62.  GATHERING    AND    LADLING.    Apparatus  for  manipu- 

lating a  gathering  iron  or  ladle  to  introduce  it  into  molten 
glass  or  withdraw  it,  combined  or  not  with  means  for  swing- 
ing the  iron,  for  introducing  a  blowing  fluid  into  the  iron 
where  hollow,  or  for  transferring  the  iron  or  ladle  to  the 
mold  and  discharging  the  mold;  but  the  last  step  is  not  in- 
cluded when  a  cutting-off  device  is  combined  with  it. 
Gathering-irons  are  included  when  adapted  for  blowing — 
i.  e.,  hollow. 
Search  Class — 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  5,  Combined  machines,  Charging,  Cut- 
ting, and  molding,  and  20,  Blowing,  Manipulating  blow-iron. 

63.  BATCH-MIXERS.    Apparatus  for  mixing  the  ingredients  of 

glass  before  melting. 
Search  Classes— 

91 — COATING,  subclass  57,  Mixers  and  stirrers. 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses 
30,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters;  32,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and 
beaters,  Moving  receptacle;  33,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters. 
Moving  receptacle,  Rotating;  34.  Mixers,  kneaders,  and 
beaters,  Roller;  30,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary 
dasher,  Multiple;  38,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary 
dasher,  Single,  and  40,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary 
dasher,  Single,  Horizontal. 

64.  SNAPS    AND    SOCKETS.    Tools   for   gripping   or   holding 

glass  articles  while  being  reheated,  finished,  or  otherwise 
treated. 

Search  Class — 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  101,  Globes,  Manipulators. 

65.  MOLDS.    Molds  for  use  in  this  art  not  falling  in  any  of  the  sub- 

classes Indented  hereunder  and  not  combined  with  any  part  of 
a  press  except  the  plunger  nor  with  blowing,  cooling,  heating, 
mold-moving,  or  other  mechanism  exterior  to  the  mold. 
May  include  a  mere  handle  for  opening  and  closing  the  parts, 
but  no  more  complicated  means  for  doing  that. 

Note.— Digests  of  mold  materials  will  be  found  in  class  18,  PLAS- 
TICS, subclass  47,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Materials. 

Search  Classes— 
49— GLASS,  subclasses  66,  Molds,  Uniting  parts,  and  68,  Molds, 

Cooling  or  heating. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  34,  Molding  devices,  Molds;  35,  Mold- 
ing devices,  Molds,  Sheet-shaping;  39,  Molding  devices,  Molds, 
Casting;  42,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Two  and  three  part; 
44,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Dies  and  matrices. 


CLASS  '49— Continued. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
118,  Molds,  and  119,  Molds,  Blocks,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 126,  Molds,  Pipe,  and  129,  Molds,  Pottery. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  19, 
Molding  apparatus,  Molds. 

66.  MOLDS,  UNITING  PARTS.     Molds  constructed  to  hold  a 

blank  or  part  of  an  article  while  plastic  glass  is  molded  onto  it. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  82,  Processes,  Uniting  parts,  Glass  to  glass. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  36,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Blank  cov- 
ering and  filling,  and  37,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Blank  cov- 
ering and  filling,  Lacing  hooks  and  studs. 

67.  MOLDS,  BENDING.    Molds  adapted  only  for  bending  sheet- 

glass  without  blowing  or  pressing.  Usually  the  sheet  of  glass 
is  heated  and  being  put  on  the  mold  sinks  to  the  form  of  the 
mold. 

68.  MOLDS,  COOLING  OR  HEATING.    Molds  combined  with 

cooling  or  heating  means  forming  part  of  the  mold,  usually 
passages  in  the  mold-walls.  Those  simply  intended  to  be 
cooled  or  heated  by  external  means  not  forming  part  of  the 
mold  are  not  included,  nor  are  devices  external  to  the  mold  for 
this  purpose. 
Search  Class— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  38,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Heating  and 
vulcanizing. 

69.  MOLDS,  BLOWING.    Molds  which  are  only  useful  for  forming 

articles  by  blowing  and  without  means  for  venting  or  labeling. 
May  include,  broadly,  a  blow-iron,  but  not  if  there  is  any  im- 
provement in  it  nor  if  it  is  so  connected  as  to  aid  in  operating 
a  part  of  the  mold.  Those  adapted  for  also  performing  another 
operation  as  pressing  or  casting,  are  not  included,  except  as 
cross-references. 
Search  Class — 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  12,  Combined  machines,  Casting  and 
blowing;  41,  Mold  supports  and  carriers;  42,  Mold-separating 
devices;  66,  Molds,  Uniting  parts;  70,  Molds,  Blowing,  Label- 
ing, and  71,  Molds,  Blowing,  Vented. 

70.  MOLDS,  BLOWING,  LABELING.    Blowing-molds  having 

movable  or  stationary  means  for  forming  labels,  letters,  and  the 
like  on  the  article  blown. 

71.  MOLDS,    BLOWING,    VENTED.    Blowing-molds    having 

means  for  allowing  the  escape  of  air  and  gases  therefrom. 

72.  MOLDS,   PRESSING.    Molds  adapted  for  compressing  the 

glass  by  being  placed  in  a  press  or  the  like  and  not  falling  under 
the  next  two  definitions.    Usually  have  a  plunger  as  part  of 
the  mold,  but  no  other  part  of  the  press. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  74,  Molds,  Pressing,  Helically-separable. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  34,  Molding  devices,  Molds;  35,  Mold- 
ing devices,  Molds,  Sheet-shaping;  39,  Molding  devices,  Molds, 
Casting;  42,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Two  and  three  part,  and 
44,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Dies  and  matrices. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sub- 
classes 118,  Molds,  and  119,  Molds,  Block,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  126,  Molds,  Pipe. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  19, 
Molding  apparatus,  Molds. 

73.  MOLDS,  PRESSING,  LATERALLY-SEPARABLE  SIDES. 

Pressing  molds  in  which  at  least  two  side  pieces  are  separable 
laterally  from  the  article,  the  top  and  bottom  being  separable 
in  any  way  or  integral  with  the  sides.T- 
Search  Classes— 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  42,  Mold-separating  devices;  69,  Molds, 
Blowing;  70,  Molds,  Blowing,  Labeling;  71,  Molds,  Blowing, 
Vented,  and  74,  Molds,  Pressing,  Helically-separable. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  19, 
Molding  apparatus,  Molds. 

74.  MOLDS,  PRESSING,  HELICALLY-SEPARABLE.    Press- 

ing-molds in  which  the  plunger  or  some  other  part  is  separable 
from  the  article  by  a  helical  motion— i.  e.,  by  unscrewing. 
Usually  for  molding  screw-threads.    Does  not  'include  mech- 
anism for  unscrewing  the  parts. 
Search  Class — 
49— GLASS,  subclass  36,  Molding,  Presses,  Screw-threading. 

75.  MOLDS,  CLAMPING.    Means  for  clamping  the  parts  of  molds 

together,  but  without  operating  means.    May  include  the  mold 

broadly  in  combination,  but  not  the  specific  improvements 

therein. 

Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  42,  Mold-separating  devices. 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  43,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Clamping. 
25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

119,  Molds,  Block;  12;>,  Molds,  Block,  Ejectors,and  126,  Molds, 

Pipe. 
131— TOBACCO,  subclass  5,  Cigar-machines. 

76.  MOLDS,CORES  AND  PLUNGERS.    Inventions  wherein  the 

entire  improvement  lies  in  the  core  or  plunger. 
Search  Classes— 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  22,  Reshaping,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, and  68,  Molds,  Cooling  or  heating. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  45,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Cores. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sub- 
classes 22,  Pottery-machines;  44,  Block-molding  machines, 
Undercutting;  128,  Molds,  Pipe,  Cores,  and  130,  Molds,  Sar- 
cophagi and  tank. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


103 


CLASS  49— Continued. 

77.  PROCESSES.  Processes  of  making  and  working  glass  limited 

to  a  single  kind  of  operation  and  not  classifiable  in  any  of 
the  subclasses  indented  hereunder  and  not  consisting  merely  in 
making  glass  or  enamel  by  combining  certain  ingredients. 
Includes  processes  consisting  of  any  number  of  steps  all  tending 
to  produce  a  single  result. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  79,  Processes,  Combined. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  48,  Processes,  Miscellaneous. 

78.  PROCESSES,  INCANDESCENT-LAMP  MAKING.    Single 

processes  of  making  or  sealing  electric  incandescent  lamps, 
X-ray  tubes,  Geissler  tubes.etc.,  as  are  included  in  this  class 
by  the  general  definition.    Does  not  include  the  mere  manu- 
facture of  the  globes. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  2,  Combined  machines,  Incandescent- 
lamp  making;  81,  Processes,  Uniting  parts,  and  82,  Processes, 
Uniting  parts,  Glass  to  glass. 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  2  to  7,  inclusive,  under 
Manufacture  and  Repair. 

78.1.  PROCESSES,    QUARTZ    GLASS.    Processes   for   making 
glass  from  quartz  or  silica  by  fusion  or  of  working  the  same. 
Search  Class— 

204— ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclass  64,  Electric  furnaces,  where 
the  use  of  an  electric  furnace  is  involved. 

79.  PROCESSES,  COMBINED.     Processes  of  making  and  working 

glass  involving  more  than  one  distinct  class  of  operations, 
except  molding  and  blowing.  Processes  involving  several 
steps  all  cooperating  to  produce  a  single  result,  as  annealing, 
molding,  uniting  parts,  and  the  like,  are  not  regarded  as 
combined  processes. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  48,  Processes,  Miscellaneous. 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  2  to  7,  inclusive,  under  Manu- 
facture and  Repair. 

80.  PROCESSES,  COMBINED,  MOLDING  AND  BLOWING. 

Processes  including  and  limited  to  molding  a  blank  or  parison 
and  then  blowing  it.  Either  the  preliminary  molding  process 
or  the  blowing  process  may  include  more  than  one  step,  so  long 
as  no  other  function  is  performed,  and  reshaping  steps  per- 
formed after  blowing  are  also  included.  Does  not  include 
molding  one  part,  blowing  another,  and  uniting  them,  nor 
blowing  a  part  onto  a  previously-molded  blank,  unless  there 
is  a  combined  molding  and  blowing  on  the  same  part  of  the 
article.  In  that  case  uniting  is  included  in  combination. 
Does  not  include  processes  of  blowing  a  blank  previously 
formed  by  molding  when  such  molding  is  not  a  part  of  the 

Erocess  claimed.    Does  not  include  processes  of  blowing  a 
lank  or  article  and  then  reshaping. 

81.  PROCESSES,  UNITING  PARTS.     Processes  of  uniting  glass 

in  a  soft  or  plastic  condition  to  other  materials  except  to  make 
wire-glass  and  incandescent  lamps,  where  the  glass  is  worked 
to  form  the  union.  Some  necessarily  include  annealing, 
molding,  and  shaping,  but  not  when  it  is  a  distinct  and  sepa- 
rate operation. 

Note.— Processes  of  uniting  hard  glass  to  other  materials  in  order 
to  complete  the  glass  article,  as  a  tile  with  a  roughened  back, 
which  are  capable  of  general  use  and  are  not  capable  of  classifi- 
cation in  any  article  class,  are  also  included,  but  processes  of 
uniting  lamp  pedestals  to  fonts  when  the  glass  is  in  a  hard 
state  and  is  not  worked  are  classed  in  class  67,  ILLUMINATING 
BURNERS.  Cement  compositions  for  use  on  glass  are  included 
in  class  87,  OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  17,  Adhesives. 
Search  Classes— 

49 — Glass,  subclasses  78,  Processes,  Incandescent-lamp  making, 
and  80,  Processes,  Molding,  Wire-glass. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  59,  Processes,  Molding,  Uniting. 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  2  to  7,  inclusive,  under  Manu- 
facture and  Repair. 

82.  PROCESSES,  UNITING  PARTS,  GLASS  TO  GLASS.    Mis- 

cellaneous processes  of  uniting  molten,  plastic,  or  soft  gjass  to 
soft  or  hard  glass.    Some  necessarily  include  molding,  shaping, 
and  annealing  in  combination. 
Search  Class — 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  59,  Processes,  Molding,  Uniting. 

82.1.  PROCESSES,  UNITING  PARTS.  GLASS  TO  GLASS, 
BIFOCAL  LENSES.  Processes  of  uniting  molten  plastic 
or  soft  glass  to  soft  or  hard  glass  for  making  bifocal  lenses. 

83.  PROCESSES,  BLOWING.    Processes  of  blowing  glass,  includ- 

ing, or  not,  swinging,  whirling,  marvering,  and  the  like  and 
dividing  the  blown  blank,  but  not  other  molding  opera- 
tions. May  also  include  annealing  in  combination.  Includes 
blowing  a  previously-molded  blank  when  not  in  combination 
with  the  process  of  molding  such  blank. 
Search  Class— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  80,  Processes,  Combined,  Molding  and  blow- 
ing. 


CLASS  49— Continued. 

83.1.  PROCESSES,  DRAWING.   Processes  of  draw  ing  glass  sheets, 
cylinders,  etc.,  directly  from  a  tank  or  furnace  or  of  stretching 
a  previously-formed  blank. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  17,  Drawing,  and  17.1,  Drawing,  Cyl- 
inders, and  18,  PLASTICS,  subclass  8,  Molding  devices,  Fila- 
ment forming. 

84.  PROCESSES,   RESHAPING.    Processes   of  reshaping   pre- 

viously-formed blanks,  whether  reheated  or  not,  and  processes 
of  finishing  previously-formed  blanks  in  a  soft  or  plastic  state. 
The  operation  usually  reshapes  and  polishes  at  the  same  time 
Finishing  operations  on  hard  glass  are  not  included. 
Search  Classes — 

49— GLASS,  subclass  28,  Perforating. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  56,  Processes,  Molding,  Sheets. 

85.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING.    Processes  of  molding  glass  from  a 

shapeless  or  incompletely-formed  mass,  as  distinguished  from 
reshaping  blanks  which  have  been  previously  formed  to  nearly 
the  form  desired,  except  for  making  plate,  window,  and  sheet 
or  wire  glass.  Some  include  any  number  of  distinctly  mold- 
ing operations,  cooling,  and  annealing  in  combination  when 
not  a  distinct  operation. 
Search  Classes  - 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  29,  Molding;  80,  Processes,  Combined. 
Molding  and  blowing;  86,  Processes,  Molding,  Wire-glass,  and 
87,  Processes,  Molding,  Sheets  and  Plates. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  54,  Processes,  Filament-forming;  55, 
Processes,  Molding,  and  58,  Processes,  Molding,  Casting  and 
dipping. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  54, 
Processes. 

86.  PROCESSES,    MOLDING,    WIRE-GLASS.    Processes    of 

making  wire-glass  by  embedding  the  wire  or  wire  fabric  in 
glass  while  in  a  molten ,  soft,  or  plastic  state.    Some  necessarily 
include  shaping  and  annealing  in  combination. 
Search  Class — 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  32,  Molding,  Wire-glass,  and  81,  Processes, 
Uniting  parts. 

87.  PROCESSES,  MOLDING,  SHEETS  AND  PLATES.    Pro- 

cesses of  molding  glass  to  make  plate,  window,  and  sheet  glass 
not  involving  reshaping  previously-formed  sheets.  Some  in- 
clude any  number  of  distinctly  molding  operations,  cooling, 
and  annealing  in  combination  when  not  a  distinct  operation. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclasses  3,  Combined  machines,  Sheet  and  plate 
making;  17,  Drawing,  and  86,  Processes,  Molding,  Wire-glass. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  57,  Processes,  Molding,  Film-spreading. 

88.  PROCESSES,    HEAT-DEVELOPED    COLORING.    Proc- 

esses limited  to  coloring  or  changing  the  color  of  glass  entirely 
by  heat  treatment.  May  include  annealing  when  not  a  dis- 
tinct operation. 

89.  PROCESSES,   ANNEALING.    Processes   of  annealing  and 

"tempering"  glass.  Those  that  consist  of  molding  and  an- 
nealing in  the  same  mold  are  included  in  Processes,  molding. 
Does  not  include  flattening  or  bending. 

90.  COMPOSITIONS.    Miscellaneous  compositions   for   making 

glass  under  the  general  definition,  processes  of  making  the 
compositions,  and  processes  of  making  glass  which  consist 
merely  in  the  use  of  these  compositions.    Includes  composi- 
tions used  for  both  enamel  and  glass. 
Search  Classes— 

49— GLASS,  subclass  91,  Compositions,  Enamel. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  11,  Fire-hardened. 

91.  COMPOSITIONS,  ENAMEL.    Compositions  for  making  vitre- 

ous enamels  for  metal,  ceramics,  glass,  and  other  materials 
under  the  general  definition,  processes  of  combining  the  ingre- 
dients to  make  the  compositions,  and  processes  of  making 
enamels  which  consist  merely  in  the  use  of  these  compositions. 
Search  Class— 
49— GLASS,  subclass  90,  Compositions. 

92.  STRUCTURE.    Improvements  in  glass  in  which  the  entire  in- 

vention lies  in  the  structure  or  characteristics  of  the  glass 
itself  independent  of  those  of  the  particular  article  in  which 
it  may  happen  to  be  embodied.  Includes  improvements  in 
wire-glass  under  the  same  restrictions.  Patents  having  as  an 
element  of  the  combination  any  part  or  element  peculiar  to 
the  article  itself,  instead  of  the  glass,  are  classified  in  the  proper 
article  classes. 
Search  Classes— 

88— OPTICS,  subclasses  54,  Eyeglasses  and  spectacles,  Lenses: 
57,  Lenses;  57.5,  Building-lights  and  subclasses  thereunder. 


CLASS  50.— FLUID-PRESSURE   REGULATORS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  devices  which  regulate  the  pressure  of  a  fluid  or 
which  regulate  the  pressure  and  cut  off  the  flow  of  a  fluid  by  the 
pressure  of  the  fluid  itself.  Examples  of  devices  which  regulate  the 
flow  of  a  fluid  by  the  pressure  of  another  fluid  will  be  found  in  classes 
103  PUMPS,  subclass  87,  Regulators,  Pressure,  and  appropriate  sub- 
classes thereunder;  110,  FURNACES,  subclass  54,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  air  and  steam,  Boiler-controlled;  121.  STEAM-ENGINES,  sub- 
class H4,  Speed-governors,  Pressure;  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND 
VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  447,  Regulation,  fuel  and  water,  Fluid  fuel, 
Cut-off,  and  448,  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water,  Automatic  control, 
Fluid  fuel;  120,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  351,  Water  heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic;  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL 
BURNERS,  subclasses 36,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  and  121, 
Valves  and  cleaners,  Pressure-governed;  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC, 
subclasses  6,  Fluid  pressure,  and  8,  Pressure,  Motor. 

Subclasses. 

I.  COMBINED  REGULATORS  AND  CUT-OFFS.    Includes  de- 

vices for  automatically  regulating  the  pressure  of  a  fluid  pass- 
ing through  a  valve  and  for  automatically  closing  and  main- 
taining closed  the  said  valve  when  the  pressure  of  the  fluid 
falls  below  or  exceeds  a  predetermined  point.  The  valve  is 
actuated  to  reduce  the  pressure  of  the  fluid  passing  there- 
through either  by  the  inlet-pressure,  the  outlet-pressure,  or  the 
difference  between  the  inlet  and  outlet  pressures. 
Search  Class— 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  115,  Gaseous  fuel  burners. 
Automatic  cut-offs,  Pressure. 

2  COMBINED  REGULATORS  AND  CUT-OFFS,  VALVE- 
BALANCING.  Means  connected  to  but  not  forming  a  por- 
tion of  the  valve  itself,  for  preventing  the  movement  of  the 
valve  by  sudden  fluctuations  of  pressure  in  the  fluid-supply. 
Not  to  be  confounded  with  balanced  valves. 

3.  COMBINED   REGULATORS  AND   CUT-OFFS,   LIQUID- 

TRANSFER.  The  pressure  of  the  fluid  is  exerted  upon  the 
surface  of  a  liquid  free  to  move  in  such  manner  that  fluctuations 
in  the  pressure  of  the  fluid  will  transfer  the  liquid  from  one 
receptacle  to  another  or  from  one  portion  of  a  receptacle  to 
another  portion  thereof,  and  thereby  operate  the  regulating- 
valve. 

4.  COMBINED     REGULATORS     AND     CUT-OFFS,     DIA- 

PHRAGM. The  regulating-valve  is  operated  by  a  diaphragm 
connected  thereto  and  exposed  to  the  pressure  of  the  fluid. 

5.  COMBINED     REGULATORS     AND     CUT-OFFS,     DIA- 

PHRAGM, LEVER.  A  lever  or  its  equivalent  is  employed 
to  transmit  motion  from  the  diaphragm  to  the  regulating- 
valve. 

6.  COMBINED    REGULATORS   AND    CUT-OFFS,    FLOAT. 

The  regulating-valve  is  operated  by  a  float  or  bell  connected 
thereto  and  exposed  to  the  pressure  of  the  fluid. 

7.  COMBINED    REGULATORS   AND    CUT-OFFS,    FLOAT, 

LEVER.  A  lever  or  its  equivalent  is  employed  to  transmit 
motion  from  the  float  or  bell  to  the  regulating-valve. 

8.  COMBINED   REGULATORS  AND   CUT-OFFS,   PISTON. 

The  regulating-valve  is  operated  by  a  piston  formed  with  or 
connected  thereto  and  exposed  to  the  pressure  of  the  fluid. 

9.  COMBINED  REGULATORS  AND   CUT-OFFS,   PISTON, 

LEVER.  A  lever  or  its  equivalent  is  employed  to  transmit 
motion  from  the  piston  to  the  regulating-valve. 

10.  MULTIPLE     REGULATING     DEVICES.    Regulators    in 

which  the  regulation  is  accomplished  by  more  than  one  regu- 
lating device,  as  by  a  plurality  of  operating  devices  connected 
to  a  single  valve  mechanism,  or  by  a  plurality  of  valve  mech- 
anisms connected  to  a  single  operating  device,  or  by  a  plu- 
rality oi  valve  mechanisms  and  operating  devices. 
Search  Classes— 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  180,  Mixers, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  114,  Speed-governors,  Pressure. 

II.  MULTIPLE     REGULATING     DEVICES,     AUXILIARY 

VALVE.    The  regulating- valve  is  normally  held  open  by  the 

Sressure  of  the  fluid,  but  is  closed  by  the  automatic  action  of  a 
uid-operated  auxiliary  valve  when  the  pressure  becomes  ex- 
cessive. 

Search  Classes— 
103— PUMPS,  subclass  87,  Regulators,  Pressure,  and  appropriate 

subclasses  thereunder. 
121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  114,  Speed-governors,  Pressure. 


CLASS  50— Continued. 

12.  MULTIPLE     REGULATING     DEVICES,     AUXILIARY 

VALVE,  VENTING.  The  regulating-valve  is  normally  held 
open  by  tbe  pressure  of  the  fluid  on  a  piston  or  other  similar 
actuating  device  connected  thereto.  When  the  fluid-pressure 
becomes  excessive,  the  auxiliary  valve  cuts  off  the  pressure  to 
the  actuating  device  and  the  pressure  side  of  said  device  is 
vented  to  permit  movement  thereof  in  a  direction  to  close  the 
regulating-valve. 

13.  REGULATORS,    BALANCED-PRESSURE.    Devices     for 

automatically  regulating  the  flow  of  a  fluid  through  a  valve  by 
differences  in  pressure  between  the  inlet  and  outlet  sides  of  the 
valve  or  its  actuating  device.  The  flow  of  fluid  is  controlled 
by  the  movement  of  the  valve  to  reduce  the  flow  therethrough 
as  the  difference  between  the  inlet  and  outlet  pressures  in- 
creases and  to  increase  the  flow  therethrough  as  the  difference 
between  the  inlet  and  outlet  pressures  decreases.  These  de- 
vices resemble  closely  in  structure  and  arrangement  of  parts 
the  devices  in  Regulators,  inlet-pressure,  but  are  distinguished 
from  the  latter  in  that  they  require  the  presence  of  an  increas- 
ing resistance  to  oppose  the  closing  movement  of  the  valve  and 
of  a  material  space  or  chamber  on  the  outlet  side  of  the  valve  or 
its  actuating  means,  whereby  the  latter  may  be  readily  affected 
by  variations  in  the  pressure  on  the  outlet  side  thereof. 

14.  REGULATORS,    INLET-PRESSURE.    Devices    for    auto- 

matically regulating  the  flow  of  fluid  to  apparatus,  the  con- 
sumption of  which  is  constant,  to  prevent  fluctuations  in 
pressure  on  the  inlet  side  of  the  valve  from  affecting  the  pres- 
sure on  the  outlet  side  thereof.  The  pressure  of  the  fluid  on  the 
inlet  side  of  the  valve  operates  the  valve  to  reduce  the  flow  of 
fluid  therethrough  as  the  inlet-pressure  increases  and  to  in- 
crease the  flow  of  fluid  therethrough  as  the  inlet-pressure  de- 
creases. 
Search  Classes — 

50— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  13,  Regulators, 
Balanced-pressure. 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  115,  Gaseous  fuel  burn- 
ers, Automatic  cut-offs,  Pressure;  118,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Regulating,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

15.  REGULATORS,   OUTLET-PRESSURE.    Includes  devices 

for  automatically  regulating  the  pressure  of  fluid  in  apparatus 
the  consumption  of  which  is  variable.  The  regulating-valve 
is  controlled  by  the  pressure  of  the  fluid  on  the  outlet  side 
thereof,  being  operated  to  reduce  the  flow  of  fluid  therethrough 
as  the  pressure  increases  and  to  increase  the  flow  of  fluid  there- 
through as  the  pressure  decreases. 
Search  Class— 

50—  FLUID- PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  1,  Combined  regu- 
lators and  cut-offs. 

16.  REGULATORS.    OUTLET-PRESSURE,    VARYING-RE- 

SISTANCE.  In  addition  to  regulating  the  outlet-pressure  in 
the  usual  manner  these  devices  are  provided  with  means  for 
automatically  varying  the  resistance  to  the  closing  of  the  valve, 
whereby  an  increased  flow  of  fluid  through  the  valve  is  ob- 
tained at  times  when  such  flow  is  desired  without  operating 
the  valve  to  close  the  same.  Used  generally  in  gas-supply  sys- 
tems to  allow  the  regulator  to  be  employed  either  with  the 
light  day  pressure  or  the  heavier  night  pressure. 

17  REGULATORS,    OUTLET-PRESSURE,    VARYING-RE- 

SISTANCE,  AUTOMATIC  WEIGHT-VARYING.  The 
movement  of  the  operating  device  to  close  the  regulating-valve 
is  resisted  by  a  weight  which  is  automatically  varied  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  pressure  of  the  fluid. 

18  REGULATORS,    OUTLET-PRESSURE,    VARYING-RE- 

SISTANCE,  CLOCKWORK.  The  closing  of  the  regulating- 
valve  at  times  when  an  increased  flow  of  fluid  is  desired  is 
resisted  by  means  of  clockwork  mechanism. 

19  REGULATORS,    OUTLET-PRESSURE,    VARYING-RE- 

SISTANCE,  LIQUID-TRANSFER.  The  transfer  of  a 
liquid  from  one  receptacle  to  another  or  from  one  portion  of  a 
receptacle  to  another  portion  thereof  resists  the  closing  move- 
ment of  the  regulating-valve  at  the  times  when  an  increased 
flow  of  the  fluid  is  desired. 
Search  Class— 

50 — FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  3.  Combined  regu- 
lators and  cut-offs,  Liquid-transfer. 

20  REGULATORS,   OUTLET  -  PRESSURE,  VALVE  -  BAL- 

ANCING.   Means  are  provided  connected  to  but  not  forming 
a  portion  of  the  valve  itself  for  preventing  movement  of  the 
valve  by  sudden  fluctuations  of  pressure  in  the  fluid-supply. 
Not  to  be  confounded  with  balanced  valves. 
Search  Class — 

50— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  2.  Combined  reg- 
ulators and  cut-offs,  Valve-balancing;  subclass  10,  Multiple 
regulating  devices  in  which  will  be  found  devices  similar  to 
those  existing  in  this  class  connected  to  the  valve,  but  suffi- 
ciently larger  than  the  valve  to  constitute  an  operating  device 
therefor. 

105 


106 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  50— Continued. 

21.  REGULATORS,     OUTLET-PRESSURE,     DIAPHRAGM' 

The  regulating-valve  is  operated  by  a  diaphragm  directly 
connected  thereto  and  exposed  to  the  pressure  of  the  fluid 
Search  Classes  - 

50—  FLUID- PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  4.  Combined  reg- 
ulators and  cut-offs,  Diaphragm. 

48 — GAS  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  2,  Acetylene, 
Generator  and  holder;  145,  Carbureters,  Regulating;  and  184, 
Mixers,  Diaphragm. 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  17,  Igniting  devices, 
Gaseous,  Pilot,  Pressure-operated,  Multiple  fluid;  18,  Igniting 
devices,  Gaseous,  Pilot,  Pressure-operated,  Single  fluid;  115, 
Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Automatic  cut-offs,  Pressure;  and  119, 
Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Regulating,  Automatic. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  1,  Meters,  Air  and  gas. 

103 — PUMPS,  subclass  87,  Regulators,  Pressure,  and  appropriate 
subclasses  thereunder. 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  114,  Speed-governors,  Pressure. 

137— ^yATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  4,  Cocks  and  faucets, 
Reciprocating  valves;  69,  Mains  and  pipes,  Valves,  and  93, 
Cocks  and  faucets,  Water-closet  valves,  for  combinations  of 
diaphragms  and  valves  with  connections. 

18fr— RAIL  WAY-BRAKES,  the  following  subclasses  under  the  sub- 
title Fluid-Pressure:  1,  Automatic;  12,  Pressure-retainers; 
and  15,  Triple-valves. 

236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  6,  Fluid-pressure;  and 
8,  Pressure-motor. 

22.  REGULATORS,    OUTLET-PRESSURE,    DIAPHRAGM, 

WATER-PROTECTED.  The  diaphragm  is  protected  from 
injury  by  the  fluid  by  means  of  water  interposed  between  said 
diaphragm  and  fluid.  Used  generally  where  the  fluid  to  be 
controlled  is  steam. 

23.  REGULATORS,    OUTLET-PRESSURE,    DIAPHRAGM, 

SPRING.    The  movement  of  the  diaphragm  to  close  the  reg- 
ulating-valve is  resisted  by  a  spring. 
Search  Classes— 

50—  FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclasses  11,  Multiple  reg- 
ulating devices,  Auxiliary  valve,  and  12,  Multiple  regulating 
devices,  Auxiliary  valve,  Venting. 

48— GAS,  HEATING,  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  2,  Acetylene, 
generator  and  holder. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  93,  Cocks  and  faucets, 
Water-closet  valves,  for  combinations  of  valves,  diaphragms, 
and  springs. 

188,— RAILWAY-BRAKES,  the  following  subclasses  under  the 
subtitle  Fluid-pressure:  1,  Automatic;  12,  Pressure-retainers; 
and  15,  Triple  valves. 

236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  6,  Fluid-pressure,  and 
8,  Pressure-motor. 

24.  REGULATORS,    OUTLET-PRESSURE,    DIAPHRAGM, 

WEIGHT.    The  movement  of  the  diaphragm  to  close  the 
regulating-valve  is  resisted  by  a  weight  either  applied  directly 
to  the  diaphragm  or  indirectly  thereto,  as  by  a  lever. 
Search  Class— 

50 — FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  22,  Regulators, 
Outlet-pressure,  Diaphragm,  Water-protected. 

25.  REGULATORS,    pUTLET-PRESSURE,    DIAPHRAGM, 

LEVER.    The  diaphragm  which  actuates  the  regulating- 
valve  is  connected  thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equivalent. 
Search  Classes— 

50— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  5,  Combined  regu- 
lators and  cut-off,  Diaphragm,  Lever. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  145,  Carburet- 
ers, Regulating. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  1,  Meters,  Air  and  gas. 

236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  6,  Fluid-pressure;  and 
8,  Pressure-motor. 

20.  REGULATORS  OUTLET-PRESSURE,  DIAPHRAGM, 
LEVER,  SPRING.  The  diaphragm  which  actuates  the  reg- 
ulating-valve is  connected  thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equivalent, 
the  movement  of  the  diaphragm  to  close  the  regulating-valve 
being  resisted  by  a  spring. 
Search  Class — 

50— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  23,  Regulators, 
Outlet-pressure;  Diaphragm,  Spring,  for  analogous  devices 
comprising  a  diaphragm,  valve,  and  spring,  but  omitting  a 
lever  connection. 

27.  REGULATORS.    OUTLET-PRESSURE,    DIAPHRAGM, 

LEVER,  WEIGHT.  The  diaphragm  which  actuates  the 
regulating-valve  is  connected  thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equiva- 
lent, the  movement  of  the  diaphragm  to  close  the  regulating- 
valve  being  resisted  by  a  weight  either  applied  directly  to  the 
diaphragm  or  indirectly  thereto,  as  by  a  lever. 
Search  Class— 

60— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS;  subclass  24,  Regulators, 
Outlet-pressure,  Diaphragm,  Weight,  for  analogous  devices 
comprising  a  diaphragm,  valve,  and  weight,  but  omitting  a 
lever  connection. 

28.  REGULATORS,    OUTLET  -  PRESSURE,    FLOAT.    The 

regulating-valveTs  operated  by  a  float  or  bell  directly  connected 
thereto  and  exposed  to  the  pressure  of  the  fluid. 
Note.— Not  to  be  confounded  with  gasometer-bells,  which  merely 
cut  off  the  flow  of  a  fluid  to  a  reservoir  when  the  latter  is  filled 
to  a  certain  limit,  examples  of  which  may  be  found  in  class  48, 
GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  5,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Water-feed,  Holder-operated,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 


CLASS  50— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

50— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  0,  Combined  regu- 
lators and  cut-offs,  Float. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  2,  Acetylene 
Generator  and  holder;  38,  Acetylene,  Generators,  Carbid'-feed' 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  145,  Carbureters,  Regulating- 
and  184,  Mixers,  Diaphragm. 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  17,  Igniting  Devices 
Gaseous,  Pilot,  Pressure  operated,  Multiple  fluid;  18,  Igniting 
devices,  Gaseous.  Pilot,  Pressure  operated,  single  fluid;  and 
115,  Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Automatic  cut-offs,  Pressure. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  1,  Meters,  Air  and  gas 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  20,  Traps. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  68,  Tanks,  Automatic, 
101,  Feeders,  102,  Indicators,  103,  Traps. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  38,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Maintained  oil-level,  Float- 
controlled. 

29.  REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, FLOAT, SPRING. 

The  movement  of  the  float  to  close  the  regulating-valve  is 
resisted  by  a  spring. 

30.  REGULATORS,   OUTLET  -PRESSURE,   FLOAT 

WEIGHT.    The  movement  of  the  float  to  close  the  regulat- 
ing-valve is  resisted  by  a  weight  either  applied  directly  to  the 
float  or  indirectly  thereto,  as  by  a  lever. 
Search  Classes— 

50— FLUID- PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclasses  17,  Regulators, 
Outlet  -  pressure,  Varying  -  resistance,  Automatic  weight- 
varying;  19,  Regulators,  Outlet-pressure,  Varying-resistance, 
Liquid-transfer. 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  24,  Traps,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

31.  REGULATORS,    OUTLET  -PRESSURE,  FLOAT 

LEVER.    The  float  which  actuates  the  regulating-valve  is 
connected  thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equivalent. 
Search  Classes— 

50— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,subclass  7, Combined  regula- 
tors and  cut-offs,  Float,  Lever. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  181,  Mixers, 
Bell  and  tank;  182,  Mixers,  Bell  and  tank,  Anterior,  and  183, 
Mixers,  Bell  and  tank,  posterior,  for  combinations  of  floats 
and  valves  with  lever  connections. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  101,  Feeders;  102, 
Indicators:  and  103,  Traps. 

182— SEWERAGE,  subclass  4,  Flushing. 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  24,  Traps,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

32.  REGULATORS,  OUTLET-PRESSURE,  FLOAT,  LEVER, 

SPRING.    The  float  which  actuates  the  regulating-valve  is 
connected  thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equivalent,  the  movement 
of  the  float  to  close  the  valve  being  resisted  by  a  spring. 
Search  Class— 

50— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  29,  Regulators, 
Outlet-pressure,  Float,  Spring,  for  analogous  devices,  com- 
prising a  float,  valve,  and  spring,  but  omitting  a  lever  connec- 
tion. 

33.  REGULATORS,  OUTLET-PRESSURE,  FLOAT,  LEVER, 

WEIGHT.  The  float  which  actuates  the  regulating-valve  is 
connected  thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equivalent,  the  movement 
of  the  float  to  close  the  valve  being  resisted  by  a  weight  either 
applied  directly  to  the  float  or  indirectly  thereto,  as  by  a 
lever. 

Search  Class — 

50—  FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  30,  Regulators, 
Outlet-pressure,  Float,  Weight,  for  analogues  devices  com- 
prising a  float,  valve,  and  weight,  but  omitting  a  lever  con- 
nection. . 

34.  REGULATORS,  OUTLET-PRESSURE,  PISTON.    The  reg- 

ulating-valve is  operated  by  a  piston   directly  connected 
thereto  and  exposed  to  the  pressure  of  the  fluid. 
Search  Classes— 

50 — Fluid-pressure  regulators,  subclasses  8,  Combined  regulators 
and  cut-offs,  Piston;  11,  Multiple  regulating  devices,  Auxiliary 
valve,  and  12,  Multiple  regulating  devices,  Auxiliary  valve, 
Venting. 

103 — PUMPS,  subclass  87,  Regulators,  Pressure,  and  appropriate 
subclasses  thereunder. 

121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  114,  Speed-governors,  Pressure. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  4,  Cocks  and  faucets, 
Reciprocating  valves;  53,  Safety-valves;  69,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Valves. 

138 — HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  14.  For  elevators,  Valves. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS. FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  36, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding;  and  121,  Valves  and 
cleaners,  Pressure-  governed. 

169— FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS,  subclass  23,  Stationary  systems, 
Automatic  valve,  Pressure-controlled. 

188— RAILWAY-BRAKES,  the  following  subclasses  under  the  sub- 
title Fluid-pressure;  1,  Automatic;  7,  Engineers'  valves;  10, 
Brake-release  valves;  12,  Pressure-retainers;  and  15,  Triple 
valves. 

236 — Dampers.  Automatic,  subclasses  6,  Fluid-pressure;  and 
Pressure-motor. 

35.  REGULATORS,   OUT  LET- PR  E  S  SU  R  E,   PISTON, 

SPRING.  The  movement  of  the  piston  to  close  the  regulat- 
ing-valve is  resisted  by  a  spring. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


107 


CLASS  50— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

50 — FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclasses  11,  Multiple 
regulating  devices,  Auxiliary  valve,  and  12,  Multiple  regulat- 
ing devices,  Auxiliary  valve,  Venting. 

188 — RAILWAY-BRAKES,  Fluid-pressure,  subclasses  1,  Auto- 
matic; 7,  Engineers'  valves;  10,  Brake-release  valves;  12, 
Pressure-retainers,  and  15,  Triple  valves. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  53,  Safety-valves;  subclass 
93,  Cocks  and  faucets,  Water-closet  valves,  for  combinations 
of  pistons,  springs,  and  valves. 

36.  REGULATORS,          OUTLET-PRESSURE,          PISTON, 

WEIGHT.  The  movement  of  the  piston  to  close  the  regu- 
lating-valve is  resisted  by  a  weight  either  applied  directly  to 
the  piston  or  indirectly  thereto,  as  by  a  lever. 

37.  REGULATORS,  OUTLET-PRESSURE,  PISTON,  LEVER. 

The  piston  which  actuates  the  regulating-valve  is  connected 
thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equivalent. 
Search  Classes— 

50 — FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  9,  Combined 
regulators  and  cut-offs.  Piston.  Lever. 

103 — PUMPS,  subclass  87,  Regulators,  Pressure,  and  appropriate 
subclasses  thereunder. 

121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  114,  Speed-governors,  Pres- 
sure. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  53,  Safety-valves,  for  com- 
binations of  pistons,  levers,  and  valves. 


CLASS  50— Continued. 

158 — LIQUID  AND   GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses,    36. 

Burners,    Liquid-fuel,    Fuel-feeding,  and    121,  Valves    and 

cleaners,  Pressure-governed. 
236 — DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  6,  Fluid-pressure,  and  8, 

Pressure-motor. 

38.  REGULATORS,      OUTLET-PRESSURE,     PISTON,  LE- 

VER, SPRING.  The  piston  which  actuates  the  regulating- 
valve  is  connected  thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equivalent,  the 
movement  of  the  piston  to  close  the  valve  being  resisted  by  a 
spring.  r 

Search  Classes— 

50 — FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  35,  Regulators, 
Outlet-pressure,  Piston,  Spring,  for  analogous  devices  com- 
prising a  piston,  valve,  and  spring,  but  omitting  a  lever  con- 
nection. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  53,  Safety-valves,  for  com- 
binations of  pistons,  levers,  valves,  and  resisting-springs. 

39.  REGULATORS,          OUTLET-PRESSURE,          PISTON, 

LEVER,  WEIGHT.    The  piston  which  actuates  the  regulat- 
ing-valve is  connected  thereto  by  a  lever  or  its  equivalent, 
the  movement  of  the  piston  to  close  the  valve  being  resisted 
by  a  weight  either  applied  directly  to  the  piston  or  indirectly 
'     thereto,  as  by  a  lever. 
Search  Class— 

50— FLUID-PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  36,  Regulators, 
Outlet  pressure,  Piston,  Weight,  for  analogous  devices  com- 
prising a  piston,  valve,  and  weight,  but  omitting  a  lever  con- 
nection. 


CLASS  54.— HARNESS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes,  besides  the  usual  harness  for  attaching 
animals  to  vehicles,  such  harness  arrangements  or  devices  as  are 
used  for  breaking  or  training  animals,  preventing  their  kicking;  also, 
horse-boots,  riding-saddles,  spurs,  ox-yokes,  fly-nets,  and  such 
bonnets  and  protectors  or  shields  forprotectingtheanimal  from  sun, 
rain,  etc. ,  as  are  adapted  to  be  attached  to  the  animal  or  the  harness; 
also,  blanket-fasteners  when  not  useful  in  other  relations;  also,  all 
pad,  collar, and  hame  fasteners,  halter,  hame,  and  trace,  trace  and 
whiffletree  couplings,  and  trace-carriers. 

Patents  relating  solely  to  harness  buckles,  hooks,  clips,  clamps, 
clasps,  couplings,  or  fastenings  of  a  general  nature  are  in  class  24, 
BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  etc. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Harness  structures  and  parts  not  classi- 

fiable in  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 

2.  TRACK.    Harness  especially  adapted  to  race-track  purposes. 

Usually  the  collar  and  hames  or  the  breast-collar  is  omitted 
and  the  thills  areattached  to  the  back-band  or  harness-saddles. 

3.  YOKE.    Double  harness  in  which  there  is  a  cross  piece  or  pieces 

extending  from  one  animal  to  the  other  and  the  draft  connec- 

,  the  ordinary  traces 


>Kt,.  .Double  harness  in  which  there  is  a  cross 
extending  from  one  animal  to  the  other  and  th 
tion  is  made  between  the  animals  to  this  cro 
as  the  connection  to  an  ox-yoke  is  made,  the 
being  omitted. 


as 

being  omitted 

4.  BACK-BANDS.    Special  forms  of  back-bands. 
Search  Class— 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  38,  Saddles,  Harness. 

5.  BREECHING.    Hamessin  which  the  novelty  lies  in  the  breech- 

ing-straps  or  their  relative  arrangements. 

Note.— Holdback-hooks  and  other  fastening  devices  especially 
adapted  to  secure  the  holdback-straps  to  the  thills  are  in 
class  21,  CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  Holdbacks,  while  hooks 
and  buckles  of  a  general  nature  are  to  be  found  in  class  24, 
BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  etc. 

Search  Class— 

248— SUPPORTS,  under  the  appropriate  subclasses  of  "Hooks," 
for  simple  supporting  hooks. 

<3.  BRIDLES.    Such  inventions  as  relate  to  the  headstall  or  its 

connections  to  the  bit. 
Search  Class— 
54— HARNESS,  subclass  24,  Halters. 

7.  BRIDLES,  BITS.    Inventions  relating  solely  to  the  bridle-bit. 

S.  BRIDLES,  BITS,  MOUTHPIECES.  Inventions  relating 
solely  to  the  part  of  the  bit  which  is  to  be  placed  in  the  animal's 
mouth  or  relating  to  the  attachment  of  the  mouthpiece  to  the 
end  rings  or  cheek-pieces. 

9.  BRIDLES,  BITS,  MOUTHPIECES,  DOUBLE.    Inventions 

relating  to  those  bits  characterized  by  two  connected  mouth- 
pieces so  arranged  as  to  be  separated  laterally  or  slid  in  oppo- 
site directions  by  the  pull  on  the  reins;  also,  those  patents  in 
which  the  check-bit  is  attached  to  the  driving-bit. 

10.  BRIDLES,  BLINDS.    Blinds  and  their  attachment  to  the 

bridle. 

Note.— Blindfolding  devices  to  be  used  in  case  of  fire  and  such 
blinds  as  are  used  to  prevent  animals  in  pasture  from  jump- 
ing fences,  fighting,  etc.,  are  in  class  119,  ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY, 
subclass  104,  Restraining  devices,  Blinders. 

11.  BRIDLES,  BLINDS,  COVERING  AND  UNCOVERING. 

Inventions  which  relate  to  such  blinds  as,  by  means  of  a  cord 
or  other  connection  operated  by  the  driver,  can  be  quickly 
brought  entirely  over  the  animal's  eyes  to  blindfold  him. 
Usually  employed  when  the  animal  takes  fright. 
Search  Class— 
54 — HARNESS,  subclass  15,  Bridles,  Stranglers. 

12.  BRIDLES,    BROW-BANDS.    Inventions    relating    to    the 

brow-band  of  the  bridle. 

13.  BRIDLES,  CRO'VVN-LOOPS.    The  loops  or  guides  on  top  of 

the  bridle  for  guiding  the  overdraw-checkrein. 

14.  BRIDLES,  GAG-RUNNERS.    The  runners  or  guides  attached 

to  the  sides  of  the  bridle  and  through  which  the  side  check- 
rein  is  made  to  pass. 

15.  BRIDLES,  STRANGLERS.    Devices  to  be  operated  by  the 

driver,  either  through  the  driving-reins,  a  separate  line,  or 
other  connection,  adapted  to  interfere  with  the  breathing  of 
the  animal,  either  by  choking  or  by  compressing  or  covering 
the  nostrils,  usually 'to  stop  runaway  or  vicious  horses. 
Search  Class— 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  11,  Bridles,  Blinds,  Covering  and  un- 
covering. 


CLASS  54— Continued. 

16.  CHECKREINS.    Reins  for  holding  up  the  animal's  head. 

17.  CHECKREINS,  HOOK-LOOPS.    Retaining-Ioops  or  devices 

for  connecting  and  holding  the  checkrein  on  the  check-loop. 
Some  rein-spreading  bars  are  here  included. 

18.  COMBINED  COLLAR  AND  HAMES.    Structures  in  which 

the  collar  and  hames  are  permanently  attached  together  or  in 
which  these  parts  are  merged  into  one  structure,  to  the  dis- 
appearance of  a  separate  collar  or  hames,  the  traces  being  di- 
rectly secured  to  the  single  structure.- 
Search  Class — 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  21,  Collars,  Fasteners,  and  26,  Hames, 
Fasteners,  for  features  of  fastening  devices. 

19.  COLLARS.    Inventions  relating  to  the  structure  of  a  horse 

collar. 

Search  Class — 
54— HARNESS,  subclasses  65,  Pads,  and  67,  Pads,  Neck. 

20.  COLLARS,  BREAST.    The  collar  portion  of  what  is  commonly 

known  as  "breast-harness." 

21.  COLLARS,   FASTENERS.    Means  for  fastening  the  collar 

ends  together. 
Search  Class — 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  26,  Hames,  Fasteners,  and  68,  Pads, 
Fasteners. 

22.  CRUPPERS.    Inventions  relating  to  the  harness-crupper. 

23.  GIRTHS.    Inventions  in  which  the  "novelty  lies  in  the  saddle 

or  harness  girth  or  surcingle. 

24.  HALTERS.    Novel  forms  of  halters. 
Search  Classes — 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  0,  Bridles,  and  15,  Halters,  Con- 
nectors. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  etc.,  for  clamps  or  coupling  de- 
vices for  rope  halters. 

25.  HAMES.    Inventions  in  which  the  novelty  resides  in  the  hame 

structure. 
Search  Class — 
54 — HARNESS,  subclass  18,  Combined  collar  and  hames. 

26.  HAMES,   FASTENERS.    Devices   for  fastening  the  hames 

together  when  in  position  on  the  collar  and  on  the  animal. 
Search  Class— 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  18,  Combined  collar  and  hames,  and 
21,  Collars,  Fasteners. 

27.  HAMES,  FASTENERS,  LEVER.    Fastening  devices  involv- 

ing a  lever  action  in  their  operation. 

28.  HAMES,  FASTENERS,  STRAP.    Such  devices  as  comprise 

a  strap-fastening,  usually  with  a  specially  adapted  buckle. 

29.  HAMES,  FASTENERS,  TOP.    Devices  for  fastening  the  top 

or  upper  ends  of  the  hames. 

30.  HAME  AND  TRACE  CONNECTORS.    Devices     or    cou- 

plings for  connecting  together  the  hames  and  the  tugs  or  traces. 
Search  Class — 
24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  etc. 

31.  HAME    AND    TRACE    CONNECTORS,    ADJUSTABLE. 

Such  connections  as  are  capable  of  an  adjustment  so  as  to 
bring  the  point  of  connection  higher  or  lower  upon  the  hames. 

32.  HAME-TUGS.    That  part  of  the  harness  sometimes  considered 

the  forward  part  of  the  trace,  but  which  connects  the  trace 
proper  with  the  hame. 

33.  HAME-TUGS,  ADJUSTABLE.    Tugs  adapted  to  be  adjusted 

in  length. 

34.  HITCHING-STRAPS.  Various  devices  for  hitching  animals, 

straps  or  ropes  to  be  attached  to  bridle-bits  or  halters  or 
passed  about  the  animal's  neck  or  nose,  devices  for  engaging 
posts  or  similar  stationary  objects;  also,  arrangements  for 
converting  the  driving-rein  into  a  hitching-strap. 
Search  Class— 

119  —ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  109,  Restraining,  Hitching 
devices,  and  subclasses  thereunder  for  such  devices  as  are 
stationary  and  not  adapted  to  be  carried  with  the  animal; 
also,  such  arrangements  as  are  for  tethering  animals  for  graz- 
ing purposes. 

35.  MARTINGALES.    Devices  adapted  to  be  attached  to  the 

animal's  head  and  also  to  the  girth  to  serve  as  a  means  for 
properly  holding  the  animal's  head. 

36.  REINS.    The  structure  or  arrangement  of  the  driving-reins. 

37.  SADDLES.    Saddles  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  sub- 

classes.   Pack-saddles  are  here  included. 

109 


110 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  54— Continued. 

38.  SADDLES,  HARNESS.    Harness-saddles. 

39.  SADDLES,  HARNESS,  CART.    Saddles  especially  designed 

for  cart-harness.  Usually  the  thill-tug  strap  is  free  to  slide 
or  a  pivoted  cross-bar  carries  a  thill-tug  strap  at  each  end. 

40.  SADDLES,  HARNESS,  PIVOTED  SIDE  PLATES.    Sad- 

dles characterized  by  having  the  side  or  "jockey"  plates 
pivoted  either  to  each  other  or  to  a  central  intermediate 
piece  in  order  to  adapt  the  saddle  to  different  animals.  Some 
of  these  pivots  are  adapted  to  be  clamped  at  any  desired 
adjustment,  while  others  are  free  to  permit  the  plates  to  move. 

41.  SADDLES,  HARNESS,   CUSHIONS.    Saddle  cushions  or 

pads  when  especially  constructed  to  be  attached  to  and 
become  part  of  the  saddle. 

Note. — Pads  of  more  general  utility  are  to  be  found  in  this  class 
in  subclass  66,  Pads,  Back. 

42.  SADDLES,  HARNESS,  SEAT  AND  TREE  CONNECTORS. 

Means  for  connecting  together  the  seat  and  saddletree  proper. 
Usually  the  check  or  water  hook  fastening  is  involved  in  the 
connection. 

43.  SADDLES,   HARNESS,    TUG-BEARERS.    Fastenings   or 

guides  for  the  thill-tug  straps. 

44.  SADDLES,  RIDING.    Riding-saddles. 
Search  Class— 

54— HARNESS,  subclass  66,  Pads,  Back,  for  the  features  of  pads 
for  riding-saddles. 

45.  SADDLES,  RIDING,  SIDE.    Sidesaddles  for  women  riders. 

46.  SADDLES,     RIDING,     ATTACHMENTS.    Stirrup-straps, 

sweat-leathers,  covers,  girth  or  stirrup  connectors,  or  other 
attached  saddle  parts. 

47.  STIRRUPS.    Riding-stirrups  and  their  housings  or  fenders. 

48.  STIRRUPS,  ELASTIC.    Stirrups  so  constructed  as  to  yield 

under  the  rider's  weight  to  reduce  the  jar  of  the  animal's 
motions. 
Search  Class— 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  86,  Elastic  connections,  for  elastic 
couplings  adapted  to  form  part  of  the  stirrup-strap  or  sup- 
port for  a  rigid  stirrup. 

49.  STIRRUPS,  SAFETY.    Stirrups  constructed  with  a  view  to 

preventing  the  rider's  foot  "hanging"  or  catching  after  dis- 
mounting or  in  case  the  rider  is  thrown. 

50.  THILL-TUGS.    The  tug,  lug,  or  loop  attached  to  the  harness- 

saddle  and  through  which  the  shaft  or  thill  is  passed  to  be 
supported. 
Search  Class— 
54— HARNESS,  subclass  54,  Trace-carriers. 

51.  THILL-TUGS,  OPEN.    Tugs  adapted  to  be  opened  laterally 

so  the  thill  can  be  put  in  from  the  side  without  the  necessity 
of  inserting  it  into  the  tug  end  first. 

52.  TRACES.    Novel  trace  structure. 
Search  Classes — 

54— HARNESS,  subclass  32,  Hame-tugs  for  the  forward  portion 
of  the  tug  or  trace  which  extends  from  the  hame  to  the  back- 
band;  subclass  30,  Hame  and  trace  connectors  for  the  con- 
necting devices  between  the  hame  and  trace  or  tug;  subclass 
53,  Traces,  whiffletree-connectors  for  the  connections  to  the 
whiffletree. 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  etc.,  for  trace  or  tug  buckles. 

53.  TRACES,   WHIFFLETREE-CONNECTORS.     Devices  in- 

cluding the  usual  cockeyes  for  attaching  the  traces  to  the 
whiffletrees. 
Search  Class— 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  Whiffletree-hooks,  for  such 
whiffletree-hooks  and  trace-coupling  devices  as  do  not  involve 
any  modification  of  the  trace  part. 

54.  TRACE-CARRIERS.    Devices  adapted  to  guide,  hold,  or 

support  the  trace  at  some  point  between  the  hame  and  single- 
tree, usually  opposite  the  back-band  or  harness-saddle. 
Search  Class— 
54 — HARNESS,  subclass  50,  Thill-tugs. 

55.  TRACE-CARRIERS,  HOOK.    Such  carriers  as  are  adapted 

to  hook  into  or  around  the  trace  (usually  a  chain  trace)  to 
support  it. 
Search  Class— 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  56,  Trace-end  supporters,  and  62, 
Check-hooks,  Movable-keeper. 

56.  TRACE-END  SUPPORTERS.    Hooks,  clips,  or  other  devices 

to  which  the  free  ends  of  the  traces  are  attached  after  being 
unhitched  from  the  whiffletree. 
Search  Class  - 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  55,  Trace-carriers,  Hook,  and  62, 
Check-hooks,  Movable-keeper. 

67.  UNDERCHECKS.  Devices  attached  below  the  animal's  head 
to  hold  it  up  and  in  proper  position.  Usually  the  device  is  a 
rigid  bar  and  acts  to  push  up  the  head  of  the  animal. 

58.  BREAST-STRAPS.  Straps  or  chains  which  are  attached  to 
the  hames  and  to  the  neck-yoke  or  wagon-tongue  to  hold  up 
the  latter. 


CLASS  54—  Continued. 

59.  BREAST-STRAPS,  SHIELDS  AND  CONNECTORS.    Va- 

rious slides,  shields,  or  other  arrangements  for  protecting  the 
strap  from  the  wear  of  the  neck-yoke;  also,  other  connecting 
devices  between  the  strap  and  ne'ck-yoke. 

60.  ABOLISHED. 

61.  CHECK-HOOKS.    Hooks,  usually  attached  to  the  harness- 

saddles  or  back-bands  for  holding  the  checkreins. 
Search  Class — 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  70,  Checking  and  unchecking  devices, 
subclass  42,  Saddles,  Harness,  Seat  and  tree  connectors,  for  the 
means  for  securing  the  hook  to  the  saddle. 

62.  CHECK-HOOKS,    MOVABLE-KEEPER.    Checkrein-hooks 

which  have  a  movable'part  to  keep  the  rein  in  the  hook. 
Search  Class— 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  70,  Checking  and  unchecking  devices, 
56,  Trace-end  supporters,  and  55,  Trace-carriers,  Hook. 

63.  TERRETS.    Guides  or  rings  usually  attached  to  the  back- 

band,  harness-saddle,  collar,  or  hames  to  guide  the  driving- 
reins. 

Search  Class — 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  38,  Saddles,  Harness,  and  25,  Hames, 
for  means  for  attaching  the  terret  to  its  support. 

64.  HITCHING-STRAP    HOLDERS.    Devices,    usually    clips, 

clasps,  or  clamps,  attached  to  some  convenient  part  of  the 
harness  for  holding  the  free  end  of  the  hitching-strap  when  the 
latter  is  not  in  use. 

65.  PADS.    Various  cushioning-pads  for  harness. 

66.  PADS,  BACK.    Pads  especially  designed  to  be  placed  upon  the 

animal's  back,  as  harness  and  riding-saddle  pads. 
Search  Class — 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  41,  Saddles,  Harness,  Cushions,  and  44, 
Saddles,  Riding,  for  such  pads  as  are  adapted  to  be  perma- 
nently attached  to  and  become  part  of  the  harness  or  riding- 
saddle. 

67.  PADS,  NECK.    Neck-pads,  usually  for  collars. 
Search  Class— 

54— HARNESS,  subclass  19,  Collars. 

68.  PADS,  FASTENERS.    Devices  for  fastening  the  pads  to  the 

harness  part. 

69.  ATTACHING  AND  DETACHING  DEVICES.    Special  ar- 

rangements of  harness  and  such  special  vehicle  attachments 
as  are  to  cooperate  therewith  for  quiokly  connecting  and  dis- 
connecting the  animal  and  vehicle.  Usually  the  driver  can 
operate  the  disconnecting  devices  without  leaving  the  vehicle. 
Usually  the  connection  is  made  to  the  thills  opposite  the  back- 
bank  or  thill-loops,  no  singletree  being  used. 
Search  Class— 

21,  CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  75,  Horse-detachers,  for 
such  attaching  and  detaching  devices  as  involve  no  harness 
modification  other  than  the  usual  trace-eye  connection,  which 
is  usually  between  the  tugs  or  traces  and  the  singletree  ends. 

70.  CHECKING  AND  UNCHECKING  DEVICES.    Devices  for 

this  purpose  which  are  adapted  to  be  operated  by  the  driver 
while  remaining  in  the  vehicle. 
Search  Class — 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  61,  Check-hooks;  62,  Check-hooks, 
Movable-keeper,  and  56,  Trace-«nd  supporters  for  check-hook 
structures. 

71.  BREAKING  AND  TRAINING  DEVICES.    Various  harness 

arrangements  for  controlling  vicious  or  unruly  animals  or 
training  animals  to  trot,  pace,  etc.  Kicking-straps,  devices 
for  throwing  animals,  stopping  them  from  running  away, 
increasing  leg  or  knee  action,  etc.,  are  here  included. 
Note. — Tethering-hopples  are  found  in  class  119,  ANIMAL  HUS- 
BANDRY, subclass  126,  Restraining  devices,  Hopples. 

72.  BREAKING  AND  TRAINING  DEVICES,  LEG-SPREAD- 

ERS.   Devices  for  pulling  or  causing  the  animal  to  throw  the 
legs  farther  apart  in  traveling  to  prevent  interference. 
Note. — Such  devices  as  are  in  the  nature  of  so-called  "horse- 
boots"  will  be  found  in  this  class  in  subclass  82,  Horse-boots. 

73.  REIN-GUARDS.    Various  devices,  other  than  terrets,  carried 

by  the  harness  for  guiding  or  guarding  the  reins  to  prevent 
them  catching  on  the  harness  or  under  the  animal's  tail. 
Note. — Devices  for  holding  the  animal's  tail  to  prevent  it  being 
switched  about  or  over  the  reins  are  in  this  class  in  subclass  78, 
Tail-holders. 

74.  REIN-HOLDS.    Various  hand-loops,  buttons,  clamps,  or  other 

devices  designed  to  enable  the  driver  to  get  a  firmer  or  bettor 
grip  or  pull  on  the  reins. 

75.  TRIMMINGS,    COVERED.    Various   covered    harness-trim- 

mings, such  as  buckles,  rings,  check-hooks,  terrets,  etc. 

76.  TRIMMINGS,    ORNAMENTAL.    The    various    ornamental 

harness  attachments,  such  as  rosettes,  plumes,  tassels,  etc. 

77.  OX-YOKES.    Yokes  for  oxen. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


Ill 


CLASS  54— Continued. 

78.  TAIL-HOLDERS.    Devices  for  holding  the  animal's  tail  for 

various  purposes,  such  as  to  keep  it  out  of  the  mud,  prevent 
it  being  switched  about  or  over  the  reins,  to  cause  it  to  hang 
in  proper  curve,  or  to  take  out  undesirable  curves  or  shapes. 
Note. — Devices  for  holding  a  cow's  tail  while  she  is  being  milked 
are  found  in  class  119,  ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  16.5,  Re- 
straining devices,  Cow  tail-holders,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

79.  BLANKETS.    Horse-blankets,  ways  of  fitting  and  securing 

them,  and  some  novel  materials. 
Search  Class — 
2— APPAREL,  subclass  80,  Body-garments,  Lap-robes. 

80.  BONNETS  AND  SHIELDS.    Shades,  bonnets,  shields,  and 

protectors  (not  blankets  or  fly-nets)  adapted  to  be  attached 
to  the  animal  or  harness  to  keep  off  sun,  wind,  rain,  dust,  etc. 
Note.— Such  canopies  as  are  adapted  to  be  carried  by  the  vehicle 
or  its  thills  or  shafts  are  found  in  class  135,  TENTS,  CANOPIES, 
UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  5,  Canopies. 

81.  FLY-NETS.    Nets  for  protecting  the  animal  from  insects. 

82.  HORSE-BOOTS.    Various  devices,  commonly  styled  "horse- 

boots,"  adapted  to  be  secured  to  the  animal's  leg  or  hoof  to 
secure  protection,  prevent  interfering,  hold  medicating  sub- 
stances, etc. 

Note.— Such  devices  as  in  any  way  engage  or  pass  beneath  the 
hoof  to  cushion,  protect,  or  hold  medicating  substances  to  it 
are  to  be  found  in  class  168,  FARRIEKY,  Hoof-pads. 


CLASS  54— Continued. 

83.  SPURS.    Riding-spurs. 

84.  SUPPORTS.    Devices  for  suspending  or  supporting  harness, 

usually  so  it  can  be  quickly  lowered  upon  the  animal,  as  lor 
fire-engines,  police-patrols,  hospital- vans,  etc. 

85.  HALTERS,  CONNECTORS.    Limited  to  the  various  metallic 

connecting-pieces  employed  on  strap  halters. 
Note. — Metallic  couplings  for  rope  halters  are  found  in  class  24, 

BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  etc. 
Search  Class— 
54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  24,  Halters,  and  34,  Hitching-straps. 

86.  ELASTIC    CONNECTIONS.    Elastic    connecting    pieces    in 

combination  with  parts  of  harness,  such  as  reins,  checkreins, 
draft-tugs,  stirrup-straps,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  72,  Elastic  tension  devices, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder  for  elastic  connections  per  se. 

87.  LOOPS.    Such  loops  and  rings  as  are  adapted  for  use  on  various 

parts  of  the  harness  where  two  or  more  straps  are  to  be  joined 
or  connected  together. 


CLASS  58.— HOROLOGY. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  instruments  employed  for  measuring  time  and 
the  parts  or  details  peculiar  thereto. 

The  class  does  not  include  machines  or  implements  for  making, 
assembling,  testing,  or  in  any  manner  operating  upon  the  timepiece 
or  any  of  its  parts,  these  being  found  in  class  81,  TOOLS,  subclass  3, 
Special,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  class  29,  METAL  WORKING, 
appropriate  subclasses;  and  class  73,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  or 
in  such  other  classes  as  are  appropriate  to  the  invention. 

Nor  does  it  include  certain  parts  ordinarily  employed  in  connection 
with  the  motor  mechanism  of  the  timepiece,  but  which  are  of  general 
utility,  being  adapted  for  use  in  connection  with  other  motors,  these 
being  found  in  class  185,  MOTORS. 

Nor  does  it  include  inventions  whereby  certain  things  are  done  or 
machines  or  devices  operated  at  a  predetermined  time,  these  being 
classified  in  class  161,  TIME-CONTROLLING  MECHANISM. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Horological  devices  not  elsewhere  classi- 

fiable. 

2.  CLOCKS.    Clocks  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 

3.  CLOCKS,  ASTRONOMICAL.    Clocks  for  indicating  astronom- 

ical facts. 
Search  Class — 
68— HOROLOGY,  subclass  58,  Watches,  Calendar. 

4.  CLOCKS,  CALENDAR.    Clock  mechanisms  for  automatically 

indicating  the  days  of  the  week,  days  of  the  month,  the  years, 
or  any  other  feature  of  a  calendar. 
Search  Class— 
58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  58,  Watches,  Calendar. 

5.  CLOCKS,  CALENDAR,  DIAL.    Calendar-clocks  having  dials 

for  indicating  the  calendar  features. 
Search  Class— 
58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  58,  Watches,  Calendar. 

6.  CLOCKS,  CALENDAR.  ROLLER.    Calendar-clocks  having 

rollers  or  drums  for  indicating  the  calendar  features. 
Search  Class— 
58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  58,  Watches,  Calendar. 

7.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS.    The  internal  movements  of  clocks. 
Search  Class  - 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  59,  Watches,  Movements. 

8.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,  STRIKING.    Trains  of  gearing  otherwise 

unclassified  whereby  the  hours  or  fractions  thereof  are  sounded. 

9.  CLOCKS,     TRAINS,     STRIKING,     CAM-CONTROLLED. 

Striking-trains  which  are  tripped  by  a  cam  action. 

10.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,   STRIKING,  REPEATING.    Striking 

mechanism  by  which  the  preceding  hour  may  be  repeated  at 
any  desired  time. 
Search  Class— 
58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  60,  Watches,  Repeaters. 

11.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,  STRIKING,  REPEATING,  DOUBLE- 

SNAIL.    Repeating  mechanism  having  hour,  quarter,  or 
minute  snails  to  repeat  the  hours  and  parts  thereof. 
Search  Class — 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclasses  61,  Watches,  Repeaters,  Double- 
snail,  and  62,  Watches,  Repeaters,  Double-snail,  Trains. 

12.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,   STRIKING,   MUSICAL.    Clock-trains 

operating  at  predetermined  times  on  a  musical  instrument; 
also,  "cuckoo-clocks"  and  the  like. 

13.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,  STRIKING,  CHIMES.    Striking-trams 

operating  on  a  series  of  bells  of  different  tones. 

14.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,  STRIKING,  GRAPHOPHONE.    Clocks 

having  striking-trains  wherein  the  bell  or  other  alarm  is 
replaced  by  a  graphophone  or  gramophone  record  for  announc- 
ing the  hour  or  any  other  desired  fact. 

15.  CLOCKS    TRAINS,  STRIKING,  TURN-BACKS.    Devices 

upon  the  center  arbor  which  allow  the  lifting-hooks  to  be 
turned  back  past  zero  without  interfering  with  the  striking 
mechanism. 

16.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,  ALARM.    Clock-trains  sounding  an  alarm 

at  any  predetermined  time  to  which  the  device  has  been  set. 
Search  Class — 
161 — TIME-CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass  23,  Alarms. 

17.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,  ALARM,  EIGHT-DAY.    Alarm-trains 

that  run  for  a  time  longer  than  a  day  (generally  eight  days) 
and  sound  an  alarm  each  day  at  the  time  to  which  it  has 
been  set. 

26674°— 12 8 


CLASS  58 — Continued. 

18.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,  ALARM,  REPEATING.    Alarm-clocks 

so  constructed  as  to  repeat  the  alarm  several  times  with  short 
intervals  between. 

19.  CLOCKS,    TRAINS     ALARM,    ELECTRIC.    Alarm-clocks 

not  otherwise  classified  wherein  the  alarm  is  operated  at  the 
desired  time  by  the  closing  of  an  electric  circuit. 

20.  CLOCKS,    TRAINS,    ALARM,     ELECTRIC,     LET-OFF. 

Electrically-operated  alarm-clocks  wherein  the  circuit  is  closed 
by  the  sudden  letting  off  of  some  part  of  the  alarm  mechanism. 

21.  CLOCKS,    TRAINS,    ALARM,    ELECTRIC,     LET-OFF, 

ALARM  WINDING-ARBOR.  Electrically-operated  alarm- 
clocks  wherein  the  alarm  is  let  off  by  the  movement  of  the 
winding-arbor  when  the  alarm-train  is  placed  in  action. 

22.  CLOCKS,  TRAINS,  ALARM,  LET-OFF.    Trip  devices  for 

releasing  the  alarm-train. 

23.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC.    Electric-clocks  not  classifiable  else- 

where. 

24.  CLOCKS;     ELECTRIC,     SYSTEMS.     Systems    of    electric 

clocks,  including  the  primary  or  master  clock,  the  secondary 
or  receiving  clocks,  and  the  connections,  circuits,  etc. 

25.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  PRIMARY.    Restricted  to  the  primary 

or  master  clock  of  an  electric-clock  system,  together  with  its 
mechanism  for  operating  the  circuits  to  the  secondary  clocks. 
Search  Class — 
58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  24,  Clocks,  Electric,  Systems. 

26.  CLOCKS,   ELECTRIC,   SECONDARY.    The  secondary  or 

receiving  clocks  of  an  electric-clock  system,  together  with  their 
immediate  operating  mechanism  when  such  operating  mechan- 
ism is  not  an  escapement  device. 
Search  Class — 
58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  24,  Clocks,  Electric,  Systems. 

27.  CLOCKS,    ELECTRIC,    SECONDARY,    ESCAPEMENT. 

Secondary  electric  clocks  wherein  the  time  mechanism  is 
operated  by  an  escapement. 

28.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  BALANCE.    Electrically  operated  or 

controlled  clocks  employing  a  balance  instead  of  a  pendulum. 

29.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  PENDULUM.    Electrical  devices  by 

which  power  is  transmitted  to  the  escape-wheel,  the  pendu- 
lum controlling  the  circuit  receiving  its  impulse  from  either 
the  escape-wheel  or  an  electromagnet,  but  not  transmitting 
any  power. 

30.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  PENDULUM,  ACTUATED.    Clocks 

wherein  the  pendulum  is  electrically  controlled  and  mechani- 
cally transmits  power  to  the  escape-wheel. 

31.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  PENDULUM,  REGULATED.    Elec- 

tric means  for  controlling  the  length  of  the  pendulum. 

32.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  PENDULUM,  SYNCHRONIZERS. 

Electric  means  whereby  the  pendulums  of  several  clocks  are 
caused  to  vibrate  in  unison. 

33.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  CIRCUIT-CONTROLLERS.    Elec- 

tric clocks,  including  the  circuit-breakers,  etc.,  of  electric-clock 
systems. 

34.  CLOCKS,     ELECTRIC,      HAND-SETTERS.     Electrically- 

operated  devices  for  automatically  setting  the  hands  of  clocks 
to  any  desired  time  for  which  the  mechanism  has  been  adjusted. 

35.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  HAND-SETTERS,  SYSTEMS.    De- 

vices including  the  general  organization  and  circuits  whereby 
the  hands  of  any  number  of  clocks  in  different  localities  are 
set  from  a  central  station. 

36.  CLOCKS,     ELECTRIC,     HAND-SETTERS,     OPPOSED- 

LEVER.  Electric  hand-setting  devices  wherein  at  the  de- 
sired time  two  levers  are  moved  toward  each  other  and  in  their 
movement  carry  the  hands  to  the  time  to  which  the  clock  is  to 
be  set. 

37.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC.  HAND-SETTERS,  SLIDING  CON- 

NECTIONS. Electric  hand-setting  tTevices  wherein  the 
hands  before  being  set  are  separated  from  the  clock-train  by  a 
connection  having  a  longitudinal  sliding  movement. 

38.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  STRIKING.    Clock  striking  mechan- 

ism operated  electrically. 

39.  CLOCKS,    ELECTRIC,    STRIKING,    INTERMITTENT- 

SIGNAL.  Electric  means  whereby  a  time-signal  is  sent  at 
any  desired  time  over  a  telegraph  or  telephone  line. 

40.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  WINDING.    Electric  devices  located 

at  points  distant  from  the  clocks  for  winding  the  same. 

113 


114 


DEFINITIONS   OP   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  58— Continued. 

41.  CLOCKS,  ELECTRIC,  WINDING,  SELF.    Winding-trains 

operated  electrically,  the  circuits  being  automatically  closed 
at  regular  or  desired  intervals  by  the  movement  of  some  part 
of  the  clock  mechanism. 

42.  CLOCKS,  PNEUMATIC.    Clocks  whose  time  mechanism  is 

operated  by  pneumatic  pressure. 

43.  CLOCKS,     GEOGRAPHICAL,     DISK.    Clocks    employing 

disks  to  indicate  the  absolute  or  relative  time  at  various  places 
on  the  earth. 

44.  CLOCKS,   GEOGRAPHICAL,   GLOBE.    Clocks  employing 

globes  to  indicate  the  absolute  or  relative  time  at  various 
places  on  the  earth. 

45.  CLOCKS,  MAGIC.    Clocks  having  the  time-train  concealed  in 

the  hands  and  having  a  weight  to  overbalance  the  same. 

46.  CLOCKS,  WINDING.    Trains  of  gearing  and  parts  thereof 

whereby  power  is  transmitted  from  the  winding-key  to  the 
mainspring. 
Search  Class— 

185— MOTORS,  subclass  6,  Composite,  Weight,Winding,  together 
with  the  search  classes  noted  thereunder,  for  mechanism  for 
operating  winding  drums. 

47.  CLOCKS     WINDING,    MOTORS,    PNEUMATIC.    Clock- 

trains  that  are  wound  up  by  means  of  pneumatic  power  or  by 
the  action  of  the  wind  or  the  like. 
Search  Class- 
IBS— MOTORS,  subclass  8,  Composite,  Weight,  Winding,  Motor, 
Fluid,  together  with  the  search  classes  noted  thereunder,  for 
spring  and  weight  motors  which  derive  their  energy  from  fluid 
motors. 

48.  CLOCKS,    WINDING,    MOTORS,    SPRING.    Clock-trains 

including  in  their  construction  a  motor-spring  which  at  regu- 
lar intervals  winds  up  the  mainspring. 
Search  Class  — 

185— MOTORS,  subclass  7,  Composite,  Weight,  Winding,  Motor, 
together  with  the  search  classes  noted  thereunder. 

49.  CLOCKS,  WINDING,  MOTORS,  THERMAL.    Clock-trains 

wherein  the  mainspring  is  wound  at  intervals  by  the  expan- 
sion and  contraction  of  some  part  acted  on  by  differences  of 
temperature. 

50.  CLOCKS,  ILLUMINATED.    Clocks  the  dials  of  which  are 

illuminated. 

51.  CLOCKS,  LEVELING  DEVICES.    Devices  connected  with 

clock-cases  for  leveling  the  same. 
Search  Class — 

46 — GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  13,  Billiard  appliances,  Table- 
levelers. 

52.  CLOCKS,  FRAMES.    The  supporting  structures  in  a  clock  in 

which  the  arbors  are  journaled. 

53-.  CLOCKS,  CASES.    Miscellaneous  cases  wherein  the  works  of 
clocks  are  inclosed. 

54.  CLOCKS.  CASES,  CYLINDRICAL.    Clock-cases  having  cyl- 

indrical forms. 

55.  CLOCKS,  CASES,  MATERIALS.    Inventions  in  clock-cases 

constructed  of  particular  materials. 

56.  CLOCKS,  CASES,  SUPPORTS.    Clock-cases,  together  with 

supports  on  or  in  which  the  clock  is  placed. 

57.  WATCHES.    Watches  not  classifiable  elsewhere. 

58.  WATCHES,    CALENDAR.    Watch    mechanisms    for    auto- 

matically indicating  the  days  of  the  week,  days  of  the  month, 
the  years,  or  any  other  calendar  or  astronomical  feature. 
Search  Class — 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclasses  4,  Clocks,  Calendar;  5,  Clocks,  Cal- 
endar, Dial,  and  6,  Clocks,  Calendar,  Roller. 

59.  WATCHES,  MOVEMENTS.    Inventions  not  classifiable  else- 

where covering  the  movements  or  trains  in  watches. 
Search  Class— 
58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  7,  Clocks,  Trains. 

60.  WATCHES,  REPEATERS.    Watches  having  mechanism  to 

strike  the  preceding  hour  or  the  hour  and  fraction  thereof  at 
any  desired  time. ' 
Search  Class— 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  10,  Clocks,  Trains,  Striking,  Repeat- 
ing. 

61.  WATCHES,   REPEATERS,  DOUBLE-SNAIL.    Repeating 

watches  having  two  or  more  snail-cams  for  controlling  the 
striking  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  11,  Clocks,  Trains,  Striking,  Repeat- 
ing, Double-snail. 

62.  WATCHES,    REPEATERS,    DOUBLE-SNAIL,    TRAINS. 

Double-snail   repeating  watches  having   winding   or  other 
trains  connected  with  the  striking  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  11,  Clocks,  Trains,  Striking,  Repeat- 
ing, Double-snail. 


CLASS  58— Continued. 

63.  WATCHES,  STEM  WINDING  AND  SETTING.    Watches 

having  both  stem  winding  and  stem  setting  attachments,  not 
otherwise  classifiable. 

64.  WATCHES,  STEM  WINDING  AND  SETTING,  LEVER- 

SET.  Stem  winding  and  setting  watches  otherwise  unclassi- 
fiable  whose  stems  are  connected  with  the  winding  or  the 
setting  train  by  means  of  a  lever. 

65.  WATCHES,  STEM  WINDING  AND  SETTING,  LEVER- 

SET,  CLUTCH.  Lever-set  stem  winding  and  setting 
watches  wherein  the  connection  with  the  winding  or  the  set- 
ting train  is  made  by  means  of  a  clutch  operated  by  the  lever. 

66.  WATCHES,  STEM  WINDING  AND  SETTING,  LEVER- 

SET,  YOKE.  Lever-set  stem  winding  and  setting  watches 
wherein  the  connection  with  the  winding  or  the  setting  train  is 
made  by  means  of  a  pivoted  yoke  operated  by  the  lever,  the 
yoke  carrying  a  pinion  or  pinions  adapted  to  mesh  with  a 
pinion  of  either  train. 

67.  WATCHES,  STEM  WINDING  AND  SETTING,  PENDANT- 

SET.  Stem  winding  and  setting  watches  not  elsewhere  classi- 
fiable wherein  the  connection  with  the  setting  or  the  winding 
train  is  made  by  means  of  the  longitudinal  movement  of  the 
pendant-stem  in  one  or  the  other  direction. 

68.  WATCHES.   STEM  WINDING  AND   SETTING,   PEND- 

ANT-SET, CLUTCH.  Pendant-set  stem  winding  and  set- 
ting watches  wherein  the  connection  with  the  winding  or  the 
setting  train  is  made  by  means  of  a  clutch. 

69.  WATCHES,  STEM  WINDING   AND   SETTING,    PEND- 

ANT-SET, YOKE,  DOUBLE-GEAR.  Pendant-set  stem 
winding  and  setting  watches  not  classifiable  elsewhere  wherein 
the  connection  with  the  winding  or  the  setting  train  is  made 
by  means  of  a  pivoted  yoke,  said  yoke  having  a  gear  at  each 
end  for  connecting  with  either  train. 

70.  WATCHES.   STEM  WINDING  AND   SETTING,    PEND- 

ANT-SET, YOKE,  DOUBLE-GEAR,  CAM.  Pendant-set 
stem  winding  and  setting  watches  wherein  the  connection 
with  the  winding  or  the  setting  train  is  made  by  a  pivoted 
yoke  having  a  gear  on  each  end,  the  yoke  being  moved  by  a 
cam  device. 

71.  WATCHES,   STEM  WINDING   AND   SETTING,    PEND- 

ANT-SET, YOKE,  DOUBLE-GEAR,  LEVER.  Pendant- 
set  stem  winding  and  setting  watches  wherein  the  connection 
with  the  winding  or  the  setting  train  is  made  by  a  pivoted 
yoke  having  a  gear  on  each  end,  the  yoke  being  moved  by  a 
lever  device. 

72.  WATCHES.   STEM  WINDING   AND   SETTING,   PEND- 

ANT-SET, YOKE,  SINGLE-GEAR.  Pendant-set  stem 
winding  and  setting  watches  wherein  the  connection  with  the 
winding  or  the  setting  train  is  made  by  means  of  a  pivoted 
yoke  operated  by  the  pendant-stem,  "the  yoke  carrying  a 
pinion  adapted  to  mesh  with  a  pinion  of  either  train. 

73.  WATCHES,    STEM-WINDING.    Stem-winding   devices   for 

watches,  but  not  including  any  stem-setting  devices. 

74.  WATCHES,  STOP.    Watches  not  otherwise  classifiable  pro- 

vided with  devices  whereby  they  may  be  stopped  at  will. 

75.  WATCHES,   STOP,   SPLIT-SECONDS.    Stop-watches  hav- 

ing two  or  more  additional  seconds-hands  to  indicate  different 
intervals  of  time. 

76.  WATCHES,  STOP,  COUPLERS,  PIVOTED.    Stop-watches 

having  pivoted  couplers  between  their  stop  and  start  mechan- 
ism and  their  time-trains. 

77.  WATCHES,  STOP,  COUPLERS,  SLIDING.    Stop-watches 

having  sliding  couplers  between  their  stop  and  start  mechan- 
ism and  their  time-trains. 

78.  WATCHES,    STOP,    POSITIVE.    Watches    not    elsewhere 

classifiable  whose  movements  are  positively  stopped  by  means 
of  a  lever  or  brake  placed  against  or  in  the  path  of  one  of  the 
moving  parts. 
Search  Class — 

161 — TIME-CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass  17,  Timing 
Mechanism,  Game. 

79.  WATCHES,  STOP,  POSITIVE,  BALANCE-STOP.  Watches 

having  a  positive  stop  mechanism  applied  to  the  balance- 
wheel. 

80.  WATCHES,  WINDING.    Winding  mechanisms  for  watches 

not  otherwise  classifiable. 

81.  WATCHES,  WINDING,  LEVER.    Winding  devices  operated 

by  a  lever  instead  of  a  key. 

82.  WATCHES,    WINDING,    SELF-WINDERS.    Watches    so 

constructed  as  to  be  wound  by  the  vibrations  caused  by  the 
movements  of  the  wearer. 
Search  Class— 
235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  105,  Pedometers. 

83.  WATCHES.  WINDING,  OVERWINDING-PREVENTERS. 

Devices  for  preventing  the  overwinding  of  watches  or  clocks. 
Search  Class— 

185 — MOTORS,  subclass  13,  Composite,  Spring,  Winding,  Over- 
winding preventers,  together  with  the  search  classes  noted 
thereunder. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


115 


CLASS  58— Continued. 

84.  WATCHES,    WINDING,    ATTACHED    KEYS.    Winding 

attachments  for  watches,  comprising  keys  attached  to  the 
watches,  either  normally  kept  in  the  case  or  carried  in  the 
pendant. 

85.  WATCHES,  WINDING,  INDICATOR.    Devices  for  show- 

ing the  degree  to  which  a  watch  or  clock  is  wound  or  for  operat- 
ing an  indicator  when  the  watch  or  clock  needs  winding. 
Search  Class— 

185— MOTORS,  subclass  14,  Composite,  Spring,  Winding,  Indi- 
cator, together  with  the  search  classes  noted  thereunder. 

86.  WATCHES,   BARRELS.    Devices  for  immediately  holding 

the  mainspring  in  the  movement  and  for  receiving  and  dis- 
tributing power  therefrom. 

87.  WATCHES,      BARRELS,      MAINSPRING-FASTENERS. 

Devices  for  securing  the  end  of  the  mainspring  in  the  watch- 
barrel. 

88.  WATCHES,  CASES.    Watchcases  proper  and  parts  thereof 

not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class— 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  106.5,  Anti-magnetic  devices,  for  anti- 
magnetic  cases. 

89.  WATCHES,  CASES,  CONVERTIBLE.    Watches  having  an 

inner  case  pivoted  within  an  outer  and  which  can  be  turned 
to  convert  the  watch  into  an  open-faced  or  a  hunting-case 
watch,  sometimes  called  "magic"  watches. 

90.  WATCHES,     CASES,     DUST-PROOF.    Improvements    in 

watchcases  for  preventing  the  admission  of  dust  into  the 
movement. 

91.  WATCHES,  CASES,  BEZELS.    The  internally-grooved  rings 

of  the  case  that  contain  the  glass. 

92.  WATCHES,  CASES,   CENTERS.    The  central  movement- 

holding  ring  of  the  watchcase. 

93.  WATCHES,  CASES,  CENTERS,  INTEGRAL.    Watchcases 

having  the  case-center  integral  with  the  front  or  the  back. 

94.  WATCHES,   CASES,   MOVEMENT-RINGS.    The  separate 

rings  in  watchcases  for  holding  the  movement. 

95.  WATCHES,  CASES,   PENDANTS.    The  post  attached   to 

the  case-center,  which  receives  the  stem  and  bow;  also,  any 
appurtenances  thereto  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 

96.  WATCHES,    CASES,    PENDANTS,    BOW-FASTENERS. 

Means  not  otherwise  classifiable  by  which  the  bow  is  fastened 
to  the  pendant. 

97.  WATCHES,    CASES,    PENDANTS,    BOW-FASTENERS, 

PIN  OR  SCREW.  Means  employing  either  a  pin  or  a  screw 
by  which  the  bow  is  secured  to  the  pendant. 

98.  WATCHES,    CASES,    PENDANTS,    BOW-FASTENERS, 

SLEEVE.  Means  employing  a  sleeve  by  which  the  bow  is 
secured  to  the  pendant. 

99.  WATCHES,   CASES,    PENDANTS,   STEM-FASTENERS. 

Devices  for  securing  the  stem  in  the  pendant. 

100.  WATCHES,  CASES,  SCREW.    Watcheases  having  the  front 

or  the  back  screw-threaded  to  the  case-center. 
Search  Class— 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclasses  93,  Watches,  Cases,  Centers,  Integra 
and  94.  Watches,  Cases,  Movement-rings. 

101.  WATCHES,  CASES,  SPRINGS.    The  springs  by  which  the 

front  or  the  back  of  the  case  is  opened. 

102.  WATCHES  CASES,  SPRINGS,  COVER  CONNECTIONS. 

Patents  including  both  the  springs  and  the  connections  there- 
from to  the  part  opened  thereby. 

103.  WATCHES,  CASES,  HINGES.    The  hinges  whereby  the 

front  or  back  of  the  watchcase  is  united  to  the  center. 

104.  WATCHES,  PLATES.    The  plates  or  frames  in  which  the 

arbors  are  journaled. 

105.  WATCHES,    PROTECTORS.    Devices   for   protecting   the 

cases  of  watches. 
Search  Class— 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  106.5,  Anti-magnetic  devices,  for  means 
for  protecting  against  magnetic  influence. 

106.  WATCHES,  TOY.    Toy  watches  comprising  cheap  and  some- 

times only  partial  watch-movements. 

106.5.  ANTI-MAGNETIC  DEVICES.  Means  specially  adapted 
to  protect  the  mechanism  of  timepieces  from  magnetic  in- 
fluence. 

Search  Class — 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  181,  De- 
magnetizing, for  devices  for  demagnetizing  watches  and 
clocks. 

107.  BALANCES.    Horplogical  balance-wheels  and  parts  thereof 

not  elsewhere  classifiable. 

108.  BALANCES,    COMPENSATING.    Means   connected    with 

balances  for  automatically  correcting  errors  due  to  thermal 
changes. 


CLASS  58— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclasses  110,  Balances,  Regulating,  Compen- 
sating, and  133,  Pendulums,  Compensation. 

109.  BALANCES,  REGULATING.    Devices  not  otherwise  classi- 

fiable for  controlling  the  length  of  the  hair-spring. 

110.  BALANCES,  REGULATING,  COMPENSATING.    Regu- 

lating  devices  operating  automatically  for  correcting  errors  due 
to  thermal  changes. 
Search  Class — 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclasses  108,  Balances,  Compensating,  and 
133,  Pendulums,  Compensation. 

111.  BALANCES,  REGULATING,  RACK-AND-PINION.  Reg- 

ulating devices  including  a  rack  and  pinion. 

112.  BALANCES,    REGULATING,    SCREW.    Regulating    de- 

vices operated  through  the  medium  of  a  screw. 

113.  BALANCES,  REGULATING,  CURB-PINS.    Pins  on  the 

regulator  for  controlling  the  length  of  the  hair-spring. 

114.  BALANCES,  HAIR-SPRINGS.    Coiled  springs  by  which  the 

vibrations  of  the  balances  are  controlled. 

115.  BALANCES,  HAIR-SPRINGS,  COLLETS  AND  STUDS. 

Means  whereby  the  inner  end  of  the  hair-spring  is  attached  to 
the  balance-staff  or  the  outer  end  to  the  plate. 

116.  ESCAPEMENTS.    Horological   escapements    not  elsewhere 
classifiable. 

Search  Class — 

185— Motors,  for  escapements  of  general  application  to  various 
mechanisms. 

117.  ESCAPEMENTS,  BALANCE.    Escapements  not  otherwise 

classifiable  cooperating  with  a  balance-wheel. 

118.  ESCAPEMENTS,  BALANCE,  CHRONOMETER.    Escape- 

ments in  which  the  escape-wheel  is  locked  on  a  pallet  carried 
in  a  detent  and  impulse  is  given  by  the  teeth  of  the  escape- 
wheel  to  a  pallet  on  the  balance-staff  once  in  every  alternate 
vibration. 

119.  ESCAPEMENTS,  BALANCE,  CYLINDER.    The  cylinder 

or  horizontal  escapement  is  one  in  which  the  impulse  is  given 
by  the  teeth  of  a  horizontal  wheel  acting  on  a  hollow  cylinder 
on  the  axis  of  the  balance. 

120.  ESCAPEMENTS,  BALANCE,  DUPLEX.    Escapements  in 

which  the  escape-wheel  has  two  sets  of  teeth,  one  set  locking 
the  wheel  by  pressing  on  the  balance-staff  and  the  other  set 
giving  impulse  to  the  balance. 

121.  ESCAPEMENTS,  BALANCE,   LEVER.    Escapements   in 

which  the  communication  between  the  pallets  and  the  balance 
is  made  by  means  of  two  levers,  one  attached  to  or  carrying 
the  pallets  and  the  other,  in  the  form  of  a  roller  with  a  pin 
projecting  from  its  face,  attached  to  the  balance-staff. 

122.  ESCAPEMENTS,     BALANCE,     LEVER,     STRAIGHT- 

LINE.  Escapements  having  the  arbors  of  the  balance  and 
the  escape-wheel  and  the  pivot  of  the  escape-lever  in  a  straight 
line. 

123.  ESCAPEMENTS,    PENDULUM.    Escapements   controlled 

by  a  pendulum. 

124.  ESCAPEMENTS,      PENDULUM,      GRAVITY.    Escape- 

ments in  which  impulse  is  given  to  the  pendulum  by  weights 
falling  through  a  constant  distance. 

125.  DIAL-TRAINS.    Trains  of  gearing  connecting  the  hour  and 

minute  hands  of  a  timepiece. 

126.  DIALS  AND   HANDS.    Combinations  of  dials  and  hands 

of  timepieces. 
Search  Class — 
58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  125,  Dial-trains. 

127.  DIALS.    The  plate  constituting  a  horological  dial. 
Search  Class — 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclasses  4,  Clocks,  Calendar;  5,  Clocks,  Cal- 
endar. Dial;  6,  Clocks,  Calendar,  Roller;  43,  Clocks,  Geograph- 
ical, Disk;  44,  Clocks,  Geographical,  Globe;  58,  Watches,  Cal- 
endar, and  126,  Dials  and  hands. 

128.  DIALS,  SHIFTING  FIGURES.    Dials  for  indicating  time 

up  to  twenty-four  hours,  they  showing  the  hours  up  to  twelve 
during  the  first  rotation  of  the  hands,  after  which  the  figures 
are  automatically  shifted  to  show  hours  from  thirteen  to 
twenty-four. 

129.  PENDULUMS.    Clock  pendulums  and  parts  of  the  same  not 

elsewhere  classifiable. 

130.  PENDULUMS,  METRONOME.    Devices  for  marking  time 

in  music. 

131.  PENDULUMS,  TORSION.     Pendulums  in  which  the  spring 

or  rod  receives  a  twisting  strain  to  oscillate  the  ball. 

132.  PENDULUMS,     REGULATING.    Manually-operated     de- 

vices for  regulating  the  vibrations  of  the  pendulum. 


116 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  58— Continued. 

133.  PENDULUMS,   COMPENSATION.    Devices  for  automat- 

ically correcting  errors  in  the  length  of  the  pendulum-rod  due 
to  thermal  changes. 
Search  Class — 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclasses  108,  Balances,  Compensating,  and 
110,  Balances,  Regulating,  Compensating. 

134.  PENDULUMS,    BEAT-ADJUSTERS.    Devices   connected 

with  a  pendulum  whereby  it  is  caused  to  vibrate  properly 
even  if  the  clock  should  not  be  exactly  level. 

135.  PENDULUMS,  BALLS.    The  weights  or  "bobs  "at  the  lower 

end  of  the  pendulum-rod. 

136.  SAFETY-WHEELS,  BARREL.    Attachments  to  the  main- 

spring-barrel whereby  injury  to  the  train  is  prevented  upon 
the  breaking  of  the  spring. 


CLASS  58— Continued. 

137.  SAFETY-WHEELS,  CENTER.    Attachments  to  the  center- 

wheel  of  a  timepiece  whereby  injury  to  the  train  is  prevented 
upon  the  breaking  of  the  mainspring. 

138.  CANNON-PINIONS.    The  pinion  frictionally  placed  on  the 

center  arbor  by  which  the  time  and  dial  trains  are  connected 
and  having  a  long  boss  or  pipe,  to  which  the  minute-hand  is 
attached. 
Search  Class— 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclasses  7,  Clocks,  Trains,  and  59,  Watches, 
Movements. 

139.  ARBORS  AND  PINIONS.    The  arbors  and  pinions  of  time- 

pieces. 

140.  STAFFS  AND  BEARINGS.    Arbors  and  bearings  therefor 

belonging  to  balance-wheels  or  other  parts  of  a  time-movement. 

141.  SUN-DIALS.    Devices  for  indicating  time  by  solar  shadows. 


CLASS  59.— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING. 
DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  includes  generally  chain,  staple,  horseshoe,  and  ox-shoe 
making,  swivel-making  being  included  under  Chain-making. 

Also  the  article  subclasses  of  Chains,  including  general-purpose 
and  ornamental  chains  and  swivels,  and  the  article  subclasses  of 
Key-holders. 

For  further  explanation  in  regard  to  what  may  be  included  in  the 
above  art  and  article  subclasses,  see  the  definitions,  particularly 
those  given  under  the  head  of  each  of  the  arts. 
Note.— Rolling-machines  or  rolls  designed  especially  for  the  manu- 
facture of  chains,  chain-links.  horseshoeSj  horseshoe  bars  or 
calks,  and  staples  in  which  there  is  invention  in  the  construc- 
tion or  operation  of  the  means  or  parts  which  give  the  form  to 
the  blank  or  article  produced  are  included  in  this  class;  other- 
wise in  class  SO,  METAL-ROLLING. 

Note. — If  the  invention  resides  simply  in  the  manner  of  attaching 
the  dies  to  the  rolls,  the  patentswi'll  be  found  in  classSO,  METAL- 
ROLLING. 

Note. — This  class  is  closely  related  to  classes  29,  METAL-WORKING; 
78,  METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING;  80,  METAL-ROLLING; 
113,  SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING;  140,  WIRE-WORKING; 
153,  METAL-BENDING,  and  164,  CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING 
SHEETS  AND  BARS,  which  classes  should  be  kept  in  mind  in 
completing  a  search  in  this  class. 

Subclasses. 

CHAIN-MAKING.  Relates  to  the  broad  art  of  chain-making  and 
includes  all  patents  for  machines,  apparatus,  blanks,  and 
processes  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  chains  or  links, 
except  such  as  shall  be  referred  to  hereinafter.  Includes 
patents  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  swivels,  which arefound 
in  subclass  9,  Chain-making,  swivel-making. 

Note.— The  manufacture  of  simple  links  for  car-couplings  will  be 
found  in  appropriate  subclasses  under  this  head. 

Note. — Electric  heating  and  welding  machines  and  processes 
comprising  any  in  vent  ion  in  the  means  of  apply  ing  or  process 
of  application  are  classified  in  the  appropriate  metal  heating 
and  working  subclasses  in  class  219,  ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND 
RHEOSTATS.  If,  however,  the  use  of  electricity  is  incidental 
and  the  claims  embrace  no  novel  features  relating  thereto, 
the  patents  will  be  classified  herein. 

Note.— Machines  which  coil  the  wire  or  rod  into  a  helix  or  which 
coil  the  helix  and  cut-off  coils  or  sections  to  form  links  are 
found  in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64,  Coiling,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder.  If  the  machine,  in  addition  to 
coiling  and  cutting,  gives  link  form  to  the  part  cut  off  or 
assembles  such  parts  into  a  chain,  it  will  be  classified  in  this 
class. 

1.  CHAIN-MAKING.    Miscellaneous  inventions  in  chain-making 

not  included  in  the  subclasses  under  this  head. 

2.  CHAIN-MAKING,     BEAD    CHAIN.    Devices    for    forming 

metallic  bead  chains,  said  chains  usually  consisting  of  hollow 
balls  or  beads  joined  to  one  another  by  connecting-links. 
Note. — For  the  making  of  hollow  beads  from  sheet  metal,  see  Class 
113  Sheet-metal  ware.  Making,  the  subclasses  under  38,  Die- 
shaping,  particularly  subclass  41,  Die-shaping,  Rolling  hollow 
bodies. 

3.  CHAIN-MAKING,  LOOP-INTERLOCKED.      Apparatus  for 

making  chains  formed  of  oval  or  elongated  1  inks  bent  into  sub- 
stantially U  shape,  the  link  being  passed  through  the  pre- 
viously-formed link  or  links  before  being  bent. 
Search  Class— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  13, 
Chain-making,  Sheet-metal,  and  15,  Chain-making,  Sheet- 
metal,  Stamping  and  bending. 

4.  CHAIN-MAKING,  ROLLER-CHAIN.    Devices  for  forming  or 

uniting  the  parts  or  units  of  a  roller-chain. 

5.  CHAIN-MAKING,   SPROCKET-CHAIN.    Miscellaneous  ma- 

chines and  devices  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  sprocket- 
chains. 

6.  CHAIN-MAKING,    SPROCKET-CHAIN,    SHEET-METAL. 

Machines  for  forming  sprocket  chains  or  links  out  of  sheet 
metal. 

7.  CHAIN-MAKING,      SPROCKET-CHAIN,      LINK-ASSEM- 

BLING.   Machines  for  assembling  and  joining  together  the 
finished  sprocket-links  to  form  a  chain. 

8.  CHAIN-MAKING,    SPROCKET-CHAIN,    BLANKS    AND 

PROCESSES.    Blanks    and    processes    used    in    making 
sprocket-chains. 

9.  CHAIN-MAKING,  SWIVEL-MAKING.    Apparatus  employed 

in  the  manufacture  of  swivels  used  as  connecting  means'be- 
tween  chains,  cables,  or  similar  articles. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

10.  CHAIN-MAKING,  WELDLESS.    Machines  for  forming  chains 

with  solid  links  from  a  continuous  bar  or  blank  by  rolling, 
swaging,  or  cutting  and  without  bending,  winding,  or  weld- 
ing. This  type  of  machine  usually  forms  the  chain  from  a  bar 
cruciform  in  cross-section. 

Note. — To  distinguish  between  rolling-machines  and  machines 
for  making  weldless  chains  by  rolling,  see  note  under  general 
class  definition. 

11.  CHAIN-MAKING,    WELDLESS,    LINK    SEPARATION. 

Machines  which  separate  or  cut  apart  links  formed  in  the 
manufacture  of  weldless  chains  from  a  continuous  bar  or  rod. 
Search  Class — 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  10, 
Chain-making,  Weldless. 

12.  CHAIN-MAKING,   WELDLESS,   BLANKS   AND    PROC- 

ESSES. Blanks  and  processes  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
weldless  chains. 

13.  CHAIN-MAKING,  SHEET-METAL.  Miscellaneous  machines 

and  apparatus  for  making  links  or  chains  from  sheet  metal. 
Search  Classes — 
59— CHAIN,   STAPLE,   AND  HORSESHOE   MAKING,   subclass  6, 

Chain-making,  Sprocket-chain,  Sheet-metal. 
153— METAL-BENDING,  appropriate  subclasses  for  machines  for 

crimping,   corrugating,  beading,  bending,  and  embossing 

sheet  metal. 
164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  appropriate 

subclasses. 

14.  CHAIN  -  MAKING,      SHEET -METAL,      PRONG -CON- 

NECTED. Apparatus  for  making  chains  from  sheet  metal 
having  links  formed  from  sheet  metal  with  prongs  or  pro- 
jections and  corresponding  apertures  or  notches,  whereby  the 
links  may  be  connected  with  one  another.  Chains  of  this, 
character  are  usually  designed  for  ornamental  purposes. 

15.  CHAIN-MAKING,     SHEET-METAL,     STAMPING    AND 

BENDING.  Machines  which  stamp  or  cut  the  link  from 
sheet  metal,  thread  it  through  the  previously-formed  link, 
and  bend  it  back  upon  itself. 

16.  CHAIN-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Miscellaneous 

combined  machines  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes— 

59— CHAIN.  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING.  Combined  ma- 
chine subclasses  under  Horseshoe-makingand  Staple-making. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  34,  Combined  machines,  Forg- 
ing, bending,  cutting,  and  punching. 

17.  CHAIN-MAKING,    COMBINED    MACHINES,    COILING, 

CUTTING,  BENDING,  CURBING.  Machines  for  forming 
wire  curb-chains  by  coiling  the  wire  into  a  helix,  cutting  it 
into  sections,  bending  it  into  link  form,  the  links  being  assem- 
bled to  form  the  chains,  and  giving  to  the  links  a  curbed  or 
twisted  form. 
Search  Classes— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  28, 
Chain-making,  Curbing,  for  chain-curbing  machines. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64,  Coiling,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  coiling  and  cutting  machines. 

18.  CHAIN-MAKING,  COMBINED   MACHINES,  FEEDING, 

CUTTING,  BENDING,  WELDING.  Machines  for  per- 
forming the  above  operations  in  chain-making.  Specific  feed- 
ing means  are  not  shown  and  described  in  every  case. 

19.  CHAIN-MAKING,  COMBINED   MACHINES,   FEEDING, 

CUTTING,  BENDING,  WRAPPING.  Machines  which 
feed  a  continuous  wire  or  rod  to  a  cutting  mechanism, 
passing  it  through  the  previously-formed  link,  and  then  bend 
it  into  link  form,  wrapping  or  twisting  the  ends  of  the  wire 
around  other  portions  of  the  link  in  order  to  securely  fasten 
said  ends,  and  so  dispense  with  welding.  In  some  cases  no 
specific  feeding  or  cutting  means  are  shown. 
Search  Class — 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  72,  Article  making  or  forming, 
Heddle;  88,  Article  making  or  forming,  Rings;  102,  Loop  form- 
ing; 104,  Eye  forming. 

20.  CHAIN-MAKING,    COMBINED    MACHINES,    COILING, 

CUTTING,  ASSEMBLING.    Machines  for  forming  chains 
from  a  continuous  rod  or  wire  by  coiling  such  rod  or  wire  into 
a  helix,  cutting  off  sections  to  form  links,  and  assembling  and 
uniting  the  links  to  form  a  completed  chain. 
Search  Classes — 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  under  Article  making  or 
forming. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64,  Coiling,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  coiling  and  cutting  machines. 

21.  CHAIN-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,   BENDING 

AND  EYE-FORMING.  Machines  for  bending  link-blanks 
into  U-shaped  links  and  forming  eyes  at  the  ends  of  the  links, 
the  blank  generally  being  thrust  through  the  eyes  of  the  pre- 
viously formed  link  before  being  bent. 

117 


118 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 
59 — CHAIN,    STAPLE,  AND    HORSESHOE    MAKING,  subclass   3, 

Chain-making,  Loop-interlocked. 
29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  3,  Special  work,  Buckle-making. 

22.  CHAIN-MAKING    COMBINED    MACHINES,   BENDING 

AND  WELDING.  Combined  machines  and  devices  for 
bending  the  links  into  form  and  welding  the  ends  together. 
In  some  of  the  machines  of  this  type  the  links  are  auto- 
matically assembled  before  welding.  These  machines  may 
also  include  means  for  completing  the  act  of  welding  by 
shaping  the  links. 
Search  Class— 

53 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  27, 
Chain-making,  Bending,  and  31,  Chain-making,  Welding. 

23.  CHAIN-MAKING,  COMBINED    MACHINES,    CUTTING 

AND  BENDING.    Combined  machines  for  cutting  from  a 
bar,  rod,  or  wire  sufficient  for  a  link  and  then  bending  it  into 
the  general  or  completed  form  of  a  link. 
Search  Classes — 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  27, 
Chain-making,  Bending,  for  bending  devices  for  chain-links. 

29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclass  5,  Special  work,  Cotter-pin 
making. 

53 — METAL-BENDING,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  general-pur- 
pose machines  for  cutting  and  bending. 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  £8,  Article  making  or  forming, 
Rings. 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  appropriate 
subclasses,  for  feeding  and  cutting  devices. 

24.  CHAIN-MAKING,    COMBINED    MACHINES,   CUTTING 

AND  BENDING,  AUTOMATIC  FEED.    Combined  ma- 
chines for  cutting  and  bending  having  automatic  means  for 
feeding  the  rod  or  wire  to  the  cutting  mechanism. 
Search  Classes— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  15, 
Chain-making.  Sheet-metal ;  Stamping  and  bending;  18,  Chain- 
making,  Combined  machines,  Feeding,  cutting,  bending, 
welding;  19,  Chain-making,  Combined  machines,  Feeding, 
cutting,  bending,  wrapping;  37,  Horseshoe-making,  Combined 
machines;  38,  Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines,  Cut- 
ting, Bending,  shaping,  punching  and  creasing,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder;  49,  Horseshoe-making,  Combined  ma- 
chines, Cutting,  bending,  shaping,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 66,  Horseshoe-making,  Calk-making,  and  71,  Staple- 
making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  appropriate 
subclasses. 

29— METAL  WORKING,  subclass  58,  Combined  machines,  Stock 
and  blank  feeders,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  27,  Work  handling 
mechanism,  Wire  or  strip  feeding. 

140 — WIRE  WORKING,  subclasses  under  feeding. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  in  the  various 
subclasses  of  work,  feeding  and  Feed  mechanisms. 

25.  CHAIN-MAKING,    COMBINED    MACHINES,    CUTTING 

AND  BENDING,  AUTOMATIC  FEED,  LINK-ASSEM- 
BLING. Combined  machines  for  cutting  and  bending  hav- 
ing an  automatic  feed  and  in  which  the  links  are  assembled 
into  a  completed  chain. 

26.  CHAIN-MAKING,    COMBINED    MACHINES,   WINDING 

AND  WELDING.  Combined  machines  for  making  chains 
by  winding  several  convolutions  of  the  stock  or  wire  into  link 
form  and  welding  the  same  into  an  integral  link.  These  ma- 
chines are  usually  constructed  so  that  the  convolutions  of 
the  link  being  wound  shall  pass  through  the  previously- 
formed  link.  Also  machines  which  simply  perform  the 
operation  of  winding  without  welding. 
Search  Classes— 

80 — METAL  ROLLING,  subclass  5,  Annular  bodies. 

163— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  54,  Curving  and  straightening, 
Roll;  also  in  subclass  64,  Coiling,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

27.  CHAIN-MAKING,    BENDING.    Machines  and   devices  for 

bending  links  into  complete  form  in  the  finished  chain  or 
preparatory  to  the  operation  of  welding. 
Search  Classes — 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  the  subclasses 
under  Combined  machines  which  include  the  operation  of 
bending;  also  in  the  appropriate  subclasses  under  Horseshoe- 
making  and  Staple-making. 

29 — METAL-WORKING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

28.  CHAIN-MAKING,  CURBING.    Devices  for  imparting  a  curb 

form  to  chains. 
Search  Class— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLF,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  1C, 
Chain-making,  Combined  machines,  and  17,  Chain-making, 
Combined  machines,  Coiling,  cutting,  bending,  curbing. 

29.  CHAIN-MAKING,    SIZING    AND    TRIMMING.    Machines 

and  apparatus  for  trimming,   straightening,  stretching,   or 

otherwise  imparting  uniform  dimensions  to  chain-links  after 

they  have  received  their  general  form. 
Search  Classes— 
59—CHAiN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  22, 

Chain-making,  Combined  machines,  Bending  and  welding; 

30,  Chain-making,  Swaging  and  shaping;  31,  Chain-making, 

Welding,  and  33,  Chain-making,  Welding,  Dios. 
29— METAL-WORKING,   subclass  8,   Special  work,   Finger-ring 

forming  and  sizine. 
80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  5,  Annular  bodies. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

30.  CHAIN-MAKING,  SWAGING  AND  SHAPING.    Machines 

or  devices  for  giving  form  to  the  link  by  swaging  or  the  like. 
Search  Classes  - 

69— CHAIN,  STAPLE  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  10, 
Chain  making,  Weldless;  22,  Chain  making,  Combined  ma- 
chines, Bending  and  welding;  33,  Chain  making,  Welding, 
Dies;  29,  Chain  making,  Sizing  and  trimming,  for  machines 
for  trimming  the  links  to  give  them  equal  dimensions  after  they 
have  received  their  general  form. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  9,  Special  work,  Finger  ring, 
Sizing  and  forming;  34,  Combined  machines,  Forging,  bending, 
cutting  and  punching;  and  35,  Combined  machines,  Forging 
and  rolling. 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING. 

80 — METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  5,  Annular  bodies. 

201 — METAL  ORNAMENTING,  for  impressing  ornamental  form 
into  a  link. 

31.  CHAIN-MAKING,     WELDING.      Apparatus      particularly 

adapted  for  use  in  welding  chain-links.  All  machines  in  which 
there  is  invention  in  the  form  of  die  are  included  in  this  group. 
Includes  machines  having,  in  addition  to  the  welding  means, 
means  for  completing  the  weld  by  sizing  or  shaping  the  link. 

Note. — Welding-machines  in  which  the  invention  resides  entirely 
in  the  means  for  operating  the  power  hammer  or  press  an-  in- 
cluded in  class  78,  METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  as  are  also 
those  machines  adapted  for  general  welding  and  having  no 
construction  peculiar  to  chain- welding  machines. 

For  distinction  between  class  59  and  class  219,  ELECTRIC 
HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  see  note  under  definition  of 
Chain-making. 

Search  Class — 

59—CHAiN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  16, 
Chain-making,  Combined  machines,  and  appropriate  sub- 
classes thereunder;  also  in  subclass  35,  Chain-making,  Blanks 
and  processes,  for  processes. 

32.  CHAIN-MAKING,  WELDING,  ROTARY  FEED.    Machines 

which  rotate  the  links  during  the  act  of  welding.  In  some 
cases  the  act  of  rotation  threads  the  link  to  be  welded  into  the 
previously-welded  link. 

33.  CHAIN-MAKING,   WELDING,    DIES.    Inventions  in   the 

welding-dies  per  se.    It  includes  also  such  patents  as  show  or 
claim  finishing  or  sizing  dies  in  addition  to  the  welding-dies. 
Search  Class— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  22, 
Chain-making,  Combined  machines,  Bending  and  welding. 

34.  CHAIN-MAKING,  WELDING,  HOLDING  DEVICES.    De- 

vices for  holding  a  link  or  previously-formed  part  of  a  chain  in  a 
convenient  position  or  for  manipulating  it  during  the  opera- 
tion of  welding. 
Search  Classes— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  31, 
Chain-making,  Welding. 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  101,  Work-han- 
dling mechanism,  Supports. 

35.  CHAIN-MAKING,   BLANKS  AND   PROCESSES.    Blanks 

for  use  in  chain-making  or  processes  employed  in  chain-mak- 
ing or  link  formation. 

Note. — Patents  having  claims  both  to  the  chain  or  link  as  an 
article  and  also  to  the  blank  or  process  will  be  found  in  the 
appropriate  subclasses  under  the  head  of  Chains. 

Blanks  and  processes  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  sprocket- 
chains  are  classified  in  subclass  8,  Chain-making,  Sprocket- 
chain,  Blanks  and  processes,  and  those  relating  to  the  manu- 
facture of  weldless  chains  in  subclass  12,  Chain-making,  Weld- 
less,  Blanks  and  processes. 

Search  Class— 
78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  appropriate   subclasses 

for  processes  of  woldine;  not  found  in  this  subclass. 
HORSESHOE-MAKING.  Relates  to  the  broad  art  of  horse- 
shoe-making and  includes  all  patents  for  machines,  apparatus, 
blanks,  and  processes  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  horse- 
shoes or  horseshoe-calks,  except  such  as  are  hereinafter  men- 
tioned. 

Note. — Anvil-vises  and  vise  attachments  for  anvils  adapted  for 
use  in  horseshoe  or  calk  making  or  forming  are  found  in  class 
78,  METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  where  the  device  simply 
holds  the  shoe  or  calk  to  be  operated  upon  by  some  other 
tool.  Where  the  machine  or  device  is  designed  to  perform 
any  positive  operation,  it  is  found  in  class  59. 

Such  other  attachments  as  have  simply  a  lug  or  projection 
for  engaging  a  hole  in  the  anvil  or  lie  on  the  face  of  the  anvil 
without  being  otherwise  attached  or  connected  to  it  are  found 
in  this  class. 

30.  HORSESHOE-MAKING.    Miscellaneous    horseshoe    making 
inventions  not  included  in  the  subclasses  indented  hereunder. 

37.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,    COMBINED    MACHINES.    Ma- 

chines performing  two  or  more  functions  or  operations  in  the 
manufacture  of  horseshoes  which  are  not  classified  in  the  more 
specific  subclasses. 

Note. — This  subclass  is  largely  made  up  of  machines  which  form 
calks  or  clips  in  addition  to  the  other  operations  of  bending, 
swaging,  etc. 

38.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TING, BENDING,  SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREAS- 
ING. Miscellaneous  combined  machines  for  performing  the 
above  operations.  Machines  of  this  type  mayor  may  not  have 
means  for  feeding  forward  the  blank  for  operation  upon  by 
the  machine. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


119 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  37, 
Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines;  5C>,  Horsoshoe-mak- 
ing.  Bending;  57,  Horseshoe-making,  Punching  and  creasing, 
and  58,  Horseshoe-making,  Swaging  and  shaping. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  34,  Combined  machines,  Forg- 
ing, bending,  cutting,  and  punching. 

39.  HORSESHOE-MAKIN.O,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TING, BENDING,  SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREAS- 
ING, CALK  AND  CLIP  BENDING  AND  FORMING.  Ma- 
chines which  in  addition  to  cutting,  bending,  shaping,  punch- 
ing, and  creasing  perform  one  or  more  operations  relating  to  the 
bending  or  forming  of  calks  or  clips. 
Search  Class— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  37, 
Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines,  and  05,  Horseshoe- 
making,  Calk  and  clip  bending,  forming,  sharpening,  welding. 

40.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TING, BENDING,  SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREAS- 
ING, RECIPROCATING  JAW  OR  DIE-BLOCK.  Ma- 
chines in  which  a  reciprocating  motion  is  imparted  to  the  die- 
block  around  which  the  blank  is  bent  or  to  the  jaws  which 
bend  the  blank  around  the  die-block. 

41.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TING, BENDING,  SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREAS- 
ING, RECIPROCATING  JAW  OR  DIE-BLOCK,  RE- 
CIPROCATING PUNCH  AND  CREASER.  Machines  of 
this  type  which  have  in  addition  to  the  reciprocating  jaw  or 
die-block  a  reciprocating  means  for  punching  and  creasing  tlw 
shoe. 

Search  Class— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclass  42, 
Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines,  Cutting,  bending, 
shaping,  punching  and  creasing,  Rotary  die-block,  for  recipro- 
cating punches  and  creasers. 

42.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TING. BENDING,  SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREAS- 
ING, ROTARY  DIE-BLOCK.  Machines  having  a  rotary 
die-block  or  former  around  which  the  blank  is  bent. 

43.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TIN  G.BENDING,  SHAPING.  PUNCHING  AND  CREAS- 
ING. ROTARY  DIE-BLOCK,  ROTARY  PUNCH  AND 
CREASER.  Machines  having  in  addition  to  the  rotary  die- 
block  or  former  around  which  the  blank  is  bent  a  rotary  means 
for  punching  and  creasing  the  blank  or  shoe. 
Search  Class— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclass  40, 
Horseshoe-making,  Cutting,  bending,  shaping,  punching  and 
creasing,  Reciprocating  jaw  or  die-block,  for  rotary  punches 
and  creasers. 

44.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  BEND- 

ING, SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREASING.    Miscel- 
laneous combined  machines  for  performing  the  operations 
above  enumerated. 
Search  Class— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclasses  50, 
Horseshoe-making,  Bending;  57,  Horseshoe-making,  Punch- 
ing and  creasing,  and  58,  Horseshoe-making,  Swaging  and 
shaping. 

45.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  BEND- 

ING, SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREASING,  RECIP- 
ROCATING JAW  OR  DIE-BLOCK.  Machines  in  which 
reciprocating  motion  is  communicated  to  the  die-block  around 
which  the  blank  is  bent  or  to  jaws  which  bend  the  blank 
around  the  die-block. 

46.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  BEND- 

ING, SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREASING,  RECIP- 
ROCATING JAW  OR  DIE-BLOCK,  RECIPROCATING 
PUNCH  AND  CREASER.  Combined  machines  which  have 
reciprocating  means  for  punching  and  creasing  the  shoe  in 
addition  to  the  reciprocating  jaws  or  die-block  for  bending  and 
shaping  the  blank. 
Search  Class — 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclass  47, 
Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines,  Bending,  shaping, 
punching  and  creasing,  Rotary  die-block,  for  reciprocating 
punches  and  creasers. 

47.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES, BEND- 

ING, SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREASING,  Ro- 
TARY  DIE-BLOCK.  Combined  machines  performing  the 
above  operations  which  have  a  rotary  die-block  around  which 
the  blank  is  bent. 

48.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES.  BEND- 

ING, SHAPING,  PUNCHING  AND  CREASING,  RO- 
TARY DIE-BLOCK, ROTARY  PUNCH  ANDCREASER. 
Combined  bending,  shaping,  punching,  and  creasing,  rotary 
die-block  machines  having  in  addition  to  the  rotary  die  block 
rotary  means  for  punching  and  creasing  the  shoe. 
Search  Class— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclass  45, 
Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines,  Bending,  shaping, 
punching  and  creasing.  Reciprocating  jaw  or  die-block  for 
rotary  punches  and  creasers. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

49.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TING,  BENDING,   SHAPING.    Miscellaneous  combined 
machines  performing  the  above  operations.    Machines  of  this 
type  may  or  may  not  have  means  for  feeding  forward  the 
blanks  to  the  cutting  apparatus. 
Search  Classes — 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclasses  38, 
Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines,  Cutting,  bending, 
shaping,  punching  and  creasing;  56,  Horseshoe-making,  Bend- 
ing, and  58,  Horseshoe-making,  Swaging  and  shaping. 
164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  appropriate 
subclasses  for  cutting-machines. 

50.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TING. BENDING,  SHAPING,  RECIPROCATING  DIE- 
BLOCK.  Combined  cutting,  bending,  and  shaping  horse- 
shoe-making machines  having  a  reciprocating  die-block  or 
former  around  which  the  blank  is  bent. 

51.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUT- 

TING, BENDING,  SHAPING,  ROTARY  DIE-BLOCK. 
Combined  cutting,  bending,  and  shaping  horseshoe-making 
machines  characterized  by  a  rotary  die-block  or  former 
around  which  the  blank  is  bent  in  the  formation  of  the  shoe. 

52.  HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED  MACHINES,  BEND- 

ING AND  SHAPING.  Miscellaneous  machines  for  bending 
the  blank  into  the  form  of  a  horseshoe  and  at  the  same  time  or 
subsequently  giving  shape  to  the  shoe  by  swaging  or  other 
means. 

Search  Class — 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclasses  56, 
Horseshoe-making;  Bending,  and  58,  Horseshoe-making, 
Swaging  and  shaping. 

53.  HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED  MACHINES,  BEND- 

ING AND  SHAPING,  RECIPROCATING  DIE-BLOCK. 
Machines  having  a  reciprocating  die-block  or  former  around 
which  the  blank  is  bent. 

54.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  BEND- 

ING AND  SHAPING,  ROTARY  DIE-BLOCK.  Machines 
having  a  rotary  die-block  or  former  around  which  the  blank  is 
bent. 

55.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  COMBINED  MACHINES,  SHAP- 

ING, PUNCHING  AND  CREASING.     Combined  machines 
for  shaping  the  shoe  and  also  punching  or  creasing,  or  both. 
Search  Class— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclasses  63, 
Horseshoe-making,  Blanks  and  bars,  Rolling,  for  shaping  and 
punching  and  creasing  before  the  blank  is  bent,  57,  Horseshoe- 
making,  Punching  and  creasing,  and  58,  Horseshoe-making, 
Swaging  and  shaping. 

56.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  BENDING.    Machines  or  devices 

particularly  designed  for  bending  the  bar  or  blank  into  the  gen- 
eral form  or  shape  of  a  shoe. 
Search  Classes 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  in  appropriate 
subclasses  under  the  heads  of  Chain-making  and  Staple-mak- 
ing; subclass  52,  Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines, 
Bending  and  shaping,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder  for  ma- 
chines which  thicken  the  heels  in  addition  to  bending. 

29 — METAL- WORKING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

57.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,   PUNCHING  AND  CREASING. 

Machines  and  apparatus  for  performing  either  one  or  both  the 
above  operations. 
Search  Classes— 

59— -CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclass  37,  Com- 
bined machines,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  also  sub- 
classes 60,  Horseshoe-making,  Diesandtools,and63,  Horseshoe- 
making,  Blanks  and  bars,  Rolling. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  appropriate 
subclasses,  for  punching-machines. 

58.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  SWAGING  AND  SHAPING.    Ma- 

chines and  devices  for  swaging,  rolling,  or  in  any  manner  shap- 
ing or  giving  form  to  the  shoe.    May  include  means  for  thick- 
ening up  heels  or  ends  of  shoes. 
Search  Class— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclasses  37, 
Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines,  and  appropriate  sub- 
classes thereunder:  GO,  Horseshoe-making,  Dies  and  tools,  and 
63,  Horseshoe-making,  Blanks  and  bars,  Rolling. 

59.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  TRIMMING  AND  BUR-REMOV- 

ING.   Machines  and  devices  for  trimming  horseshoes  or  for 

removing  the  burs  raised  in  the  operations  of  punching  and 

creasing. 

Search  Classes— 
59— CHAIN,   STAPLE,   AND    HORSESHOE-MAKING,    subclass  37, 

Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines. 
29 — METAL-WORKING,  appropriate  subclasses. 
164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  appropriate 

subclasses. 

60.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,    DIES    AND    TOOLS.    Dies   de- 

signed to  be  used  in  forming  or  making  horseshoes;  also  tools 
for  use  in  making  or  shaping  calks  and  horseshoes  and  not 
adapted  for  general  purposes. 


120 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HOESESHOE-MAKING,  subclass  61, 
Horseshoe-making,  Processes;  subclasses  65,  Horseshoe-mak- 
ing, Calk  and  clip  bending.  Forming,  sharpening,  welding,  and 
66,  Horseshoe-making,  Calk-making  for  dies  for  forming  calks. 

168— FARRIERY,  for  such  tools  as  operateon  theshoewhenit  ison 
the  horse's  foot. 

61.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  PROCESSES.    The  title  indicates 

the  contents  of  this  subclass. 
Search  Class— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclass  64, 
Horseshoe-making,  Blanks  and  bars,  Rolling,  Processes,  for 
processes  for  rolling  blanks  or  bars;  subclass  68,  Horseshoe- 
making,  Calk-making,  Processes,  for  processes  for  making 
calks. 

62.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,    BLANKS  AND  BARS.    Blanks 

and  bars  designed  especially  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  horse- 
shoes; also  machines  and  apparatus  for  producing  blanks  and 
bars  which  are  not  classified  in  the  subclasses  under  this  head. 
Note.— Patents  having  claims  both  to  the  blank  or  bar  and  to 

the  shoe  are  classified  in  class  168,  FARRIERY. 
Search  Classes— 
59— CHAIN,   STAPLE,   AND   HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclass    61, 

Horseshoe-making,  Processes. 
168— FARRIERY,  subclasses  4,  Shoes,  and  24,  Shoes,  Shape. 

63.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,   BLANKS  AND   BARS,  ROLL- 

ING. Rolling-machines  and  rolls  for  forming  blanks  or  bars 
particularly  designed  for  horseshoes.  One  or  more  of  the  op- 
erations of  beveling,  punching,  and  creasing  or  calk-forming 
may  be  performed  during  the  rolling  of  the  blank.  Does  not 
include  machines  which  bend  the  blank  into  the  general  form 
of  horseshoe  or  which  operate  on  the  blank  after  it  has  been  so 
bent. 

Note. — To  distinguish  between  the  machines  of  this  group  and 
those  found  in  class  80,  METAL-ROLLING,  see  note  under  the 
general  definition  of  this  class. 
Search  Classes — 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclass  57, 
Horseshoe-making,  Punching  and  creasing,  for  machines  with 
rolls  which  simply  punch  and  crease  the  blank;  subclasses  66, 
Horseshoe-making,  Calk-making,  67,  Horseshoe-making,  Calk- 
making,  Blanks  and  bars,  and  68,  Horseshoe-making,  Calk- 
making,  Processes  for  rolling-machines  for  forming  calks. 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  90,  Welding, 
Rolling. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  28, 
Cutting,  Die-machines,  Roller-die. 

64.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,   BLANKS  AND   BARS,  ROLL- 

ING, PROCESSES.  Processes  or  methods  for  producing 
blanks  and  bars  for  horseshoes  by  rolling. 

65.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,   CALK  AND   CLIP   BENDING, 

FORMING,  SHARPENING,  WELDING.  Machines  and 
devices  which  perform  one  or  more  of  the  above  operations 
such  as  show  means  for  forming  the  calk  or  clip  from  the  horse- 
shoe-blank or  operating  upon  the  calk  in  connection  with  the 
shoe. 

Note. — The  thickening  of  the  heels  may  be  included  in  the  op- 
eration of  shaping  in  subclass  58,  Horseshoe-making,  Swag- 
ing and  shaping,  or  in  any  of  the  subclasses  under  Combined 
machines  which  include  shaping. 
Search  Classes — 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  subclasses  37, 
Horseshoe-making,  Combined  machines;  39,  Horseshoe- 
making,  Combined  machines,  Cutting,  bending,  shaping, 
punching,  and  creasing,  Calk  and  clip  bending  and  forming, 
and  66,  Horseshoe-making,  Calk-making  and  subclasses  there- 
under for  machines  which  form  the  calks  apart  from  the  shoe. 

78— ^METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclasses  3,  Forging,  Anvil- 
vises;  4,  Forging,  Anvil-vises,  Foot,  and  5,  Forging,  Anvils, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  anvil-vises  and  vise  at- 
tachments. See  note  under  general  definition  to  distinguish 
between  the  devices  included  in  this  subclass  and  anvil  vises 
and  attachments. 

168— FARRIERY,  for  machines  for  sharpening  calks  when  the  shoe 
is  on  the  horse's  foot. 

66.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  CALK-MAKING.    Apparatus  for 

making  horseshoe-calks. 

Note. — For  distinction  between  this  subclass  and  subclass  65, 
Horseshoe-making,  Calk  and  clip  bending,  forming,  sharp- 
ening, welding,  see  note  under  the  deficnition  of  that  sub- 
class. 

67.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  CALK-MAKING,  BLANKS  AND 

BARS.  Blanks  and  bars  designed  for  use  in  the  manufacture 
of  horseshoe-calks  or  from  which  the  calks  are  cut. 

68.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,  CALK-MAKING,   PROCESSES. 

Processes  or  methods  for  making  or  treating  calks  or  the  blanks 
or  bars  from  which  the  calks  are  made. 

69.  HORSESHOE-MAKING,    CALK-MAKING,    CALKS.    In- 

cludes calks  which  are  not  removable  and  in  which  there  is 
invention  in  the  means  for  attaching  them  to  the  shoes. 
Note. — For  calks  not  included  in  this  subclass,  see  class  168, 
FARRIERY. 

70.  OX-SHOE   MAKING.     Miscellaneous  machines,   apparatus, 

blanks,  and  processes  particularly  designed  for  use  in  the 
manufacture  of  ox-shoes. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

Note. — This  art  is  analogous  to  that  of  horseslioe-inaking,  and  in 
most  cases  the  search  should  be  completed  by  reference  to  the 
appropriate  subclasses  under  Horseshoe-making. 

STAPLE-MAKING.  Machines,  apparatus,  blanks,  and  proc- 
esses for  making  or  forming  staples  of  general  U  shape  having 
legs  substantially  equal  in  1  ength  and  adapted  to  be  driven  into 
wood  or  other  material,  including  staples  for  general  purposes 
and  such  as  are  made  by  machines  which  can  not  be  classi- 
fied in  the  specific  art  classes  and  subclasses. 

Note. — For  distinction  between  classes  59,  CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND 
HORSESHOE  MAKING,  and  80,  METAL-ROLLING,  see  note  under 
general  definition  of  this  class. 

Note. — For  machines  for  forming  staples  for  fastening  buttons 
to  shoes,  see  class  29,  METAL-WORKING,  subclass  4,  Special 
work,  Button-fastener  making. 

Note. — For  machines  for  making  staples  for  paper-fasteners, 
see  class  29,  METAL-WORKING,  subclass,  13,  Special  work, 
Paper-fastener  making. 

Note. — For  machines  which  both  form  the  staple  and  drive  it, 
see  class  1,  NAILING  AND  STAPLING. 

Note. — For  machines  for  forming  staples  and  setting  shoe-buttons 
therewith,  see  class  218,  BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SET- 
TING, subclass  8,  Machines,  Button,  Staple-fastener,  Staple 
making  and  setting. 

Note. — For  forming  clips  from  wire,  see  class  140,  WIRE-WORK- 
ING. 

Note. — For  tools  for  bending  wire  into  U  shape,  see  class  81, 
TOOLS. 

Note. — For  bending  devices,  search  should  be  made  in  class  153, 
METAL-BENDING;  also  in  this  class  in  the  subclasses  of  Bend- 
ing under  Chain-making  and  Horseshoe-making. 

Note. — For  pointing  devices,  search  should  be  made  in  class  10, 
BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  particularly  in 
subclasses  31,  Nail-making,  Cut  nails,  Cutting  and  pointing, 
and  59,  Nail-making,  Wrought  nails,  Spikes,  Pointing. 

Note. — For  pointing  and  barbing,  search  class  10,  BOLT,  NAIL, 
NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  53,  Nail-making, 
Wire  nails,  Dies. 

Search  Class — 

29 — METAL-WORKING, subclasses3,  Special  work, Buckle-making 
and  5,  Special  work,  Cotter-pin  making. 

71.  STAPLE-MAKING.    Miscellaneous  staple-making  inventions 

not  included  in  the  specific  subclasses  under  this  head. 

72.  STAPLE-MAKING,  SHEET-METAL.    Machines  for  making 

staples  from  sheet-metal  strips  or  plates. 

73.  STAPLE-MAKING,   CUTTING,    BENDING.    BARBING. 

Combined  machines  which  perform  the  operations  of  cutting, 
bending,  and  barbing  or  corrugating.    This  type  of  machine 
may  or  may  not  have  an  automatic  feeding  mechanism  for 
feeding  the  wire  to  the  cutting  apparatus. 
Note.— See  notes  under  general  head  of  Staple-making. 
Search  Classes — 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  105,  Crimping. 
153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  68,  Corrugating,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

74.  STAPLE -MAKING,     CUTTING,     BENDING,     POINT- 

FORMING.  Machines  which  perform  the  above  operations, 
the  point-forming  operation  being  distinct  and  separate  from 
the  operation  of  cutting  the  wire  or  rod  into  lengths. 

Note. — See  notes  under  general  head  of  Staple-making.  Many 
wire-pointing  devices  will  be  found  in  the  subclasses  under 
Power-hammers  and  presses  in  class  78,  METAL  FORGING  AND 
WELDING. 

Search  Class — 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  71, 
Staple-making. 

75.  STAPLE-MAKING,    CUTTING,    AND     BENDING.    Ma- 

chines for  cutting  the  wire  into  lengths  and  bending  into  staple 
form.    These  machines  may  or  may  not  have  an  automatic 
feeding  mechanism,  and  the  cutting  mechanism  may  also 
operate  to  point  the  staples. 
Search  Class — 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  appropriate 
subclasses  under  Chain-making  and  Horseshoe-making. 

76.  STAPLE-MAKING,  CUTTING  AND  BENDING,  ROTARY 

FORMER.  Machines  for  cutting  and  bending  having  a 
rotary  former  or  die-block  around  which  the  staple  is  bent  or 
rotary  jaws  or  lugs  for  bending  it  around  a  stationary  die- 
block. 

77.  STAPLE-MAKING,  BLANKS  AND   PROCESSES.    Proc- 

esses of  manufacture  and  blanks  or  bars  designed  to  be  used  in 
staple-making. 

Note. — Patents  having  claims  to  both  the  article  and  process 
or  method  are  found  in  class  85,  DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND 
SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS,  subclass  49,  Staples. 

CHAINS.  Under  this  head  are  included  general-purpose  and 
ornamental  chains,  also  swivels.  The  group  does  not  include 
patents  showing  bars,  beads,  links,  or  rings  strung  upon  or 
attached  to  parallel  flexible  elements,  or  lugs  or  projections 
attached  to  continuous  flexible  elements  as  belts  or  cables, 
etc.  Such  devices  will  be  found  generally  in  class  74,  MA- 
CHINE ELEMENTS,  or  in  class  63,  JEWELRY,  depending  upon 
whether  they  are  designed  as  machine  elements  or  for  jewelry 
or  personal  wear. 

NOTE. — Sprocket-chains  including  dredger  and  elevator  chains 
are  found  in  class  74,  MACHINE  ELEMENTS. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


121 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

All  chains  having  projections  for  engaging  depressions  in 
sprocket-wheels  and  generally  chains  with  ball-and-socket 
joints  will  be  classified  with  sprocket-chains. 

For  chains  for  chain-pumps,  search  in  class  103,  PUMPS,  sub- 
class 6,  Chain. 

78.  CHAINS.    Miscellaneous  chains  not  included  in  the  subclasses 

indented  hereunder. 

79.  CHAINS,  ELASTIC.    Chains  which  upon  the  application  of 

tension  will  be  extended  and  will  automatically  resume 
their  normal  length  when  the  tension  is  removed. 
Search  Classes— 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  63,  Tongue-supports; 
76,  Draft-equalizers;  78,  WhifHetree-hooks,  and  79,  Whiffle- 
trees. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  268,  Resilient 
connections. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  86,  Elastic  connections. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclasses  62,  Belts,  and  66,  Belts, 
Round;  72,  Elastic  tension  devices,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under for  elastic  links. 

97— PLOWS,  subclass  4,  Clevises. 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  213,  Tension-relievers,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

80.  CHAINS,  ORNAMENTAL.    Chains  ornamental  in  appearance 

designed  for  jewelry  or  personal  wear,  and  includes  chains 
having  alternate  or  different  links  composed  of  different 
materials,  or  the  links  joined  in  a  manner  to  render  the  chain 
ornamental  in  appearance,  or  the  individual  links  composed 
of  different  metals  or  materials  whichrender  them  ornamental 
in  appearance,  or  having  parts  or  features  rendering  the 
chains  ornamental  in  appearance,  but  which  parts  or  fea- 
tures would  possess  no  particular  utility  in  a  general-purpose 
chain.  Metallic  bead  chains  are  included  in  this  subclass. 

Note.— Where  the  invention  resides  in  the  structure  of  an  orna- 
mental fabric  per  se  and  does  not  include  features  charac- 
teristic of  chains,  it  will  be  classified  in  class  63,  JEWELRY, 
appropriate  subclasses  or  class  245,  Wire  Fabrics  and  Struc- 
ture, appropriate  subclasses. 

This  subclass  does  not  include  wire  curb-chains  or  chains 
made  up  of  twisted-wire  links.  Such  chains  are  found  in  this 
class,  subclass  83,  Chains,  Wire. 

Search  Class— 
165— DESIGNS,  under  Ornamental  chains. 

81.  CHAINS,    ORNAMENTAL,    MULTISTRAND    ROLLER. 

Chains  composed  of  two  or  more  parallel  rows  or  strands  of 
roller  links  or  beads  having  means  extending  transversely  of 
the  chain  for  connecting  them. 

82.  CHAINS,  ORNAMENTAL,  LINKS.    Inventions  limited  to 

the  construction  of  the  link. 
Search  Class— 
165 — DESIGNS,  under  Ornamental  chains. 

83.  CHAINS,  WIRE.    Chains  composed  of  wire  links  or  elements. 

n  the  invention  be  limited  to  the  link  structure,  the  patents 
will  be  classified  in  the  appropriate  subclass  under  the  head 
of  Links. 

Note. — As  to  what  wire  chains  should  be  included  under  orna- 
mental chains,  see  definition  of  subclass  80,  Chains,  Orna- 
mental, herein. 

Elastic  wire  chains  will  be  found  in  subclass  79,  Chains, 
Elastic. 

Search  Classes — 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  67,  Belts,  Woven-wire. 
245 — WIRE   FABRICS   AND    STRUCTURE,  subclass  4,   Fabrics, 
Chain. 

84.  CHAINS,  LINKS.    Miscellaneous  inventions  in  the  construc- 

tion of  the  link.  This  subclass  includes  links  made  up  of  two 
or  more  parts  or  composed  of  different  materials. 

Note. — Pjain  oval  or  elongated  car-coupling  links  will  be  found 
in  this  subclass  and  also  in  subclass  90,  Chains,  Links,  One- 
piece. 

Search  Class— 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  82, 
Chains,  Ornamental,  Links,  for  ornamental  links. 

85.  CHAINS,     LINKS,    DETACHABLE.      Links   or   coupling 

devices  of  the  general  form  of  a  chain-link  which  are  de- 
signed to  replace  broken  links  or  connect  chains  or  parts  of 
chains  without  heating  or  welding.  These  links  should  be 
capable  of  receiving  two  chain-links  and  furnishing  bearings 
for  the  same,  one  at  each  end  of  the  detachable  link. 
Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  hooks  or  coupling  mem- 
bers or  devices  which  are  especially  designed  for  other  pur- 
poses and  are  classifiable  elsewhere, 'as  whiffletree-connectors, 
clevises,  etc. 

Lap  links  or  rings  designed  for  general  use  and  which  answer 
the  above  requirements  will  be  included  in  this  subclass. 

For  links  for  connecting  sprocket-chains,  see  class  74,  MA- 
CHINE ELEMENTS,  subclass  49,  Gearing,  Sprocket-chains,  Con- 
nectors. 
Search  Classes — 

69— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING, subclass  96,  Key- 
holders,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  78,  Whiffletree-hooks , 
and  79,  Whiffletrees. 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  231,  Snap- 
hooks,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

64— HARNESS,  subclasses  30,  Hame  and  trace  connectors,  and 
53,  Traces,  Whiffletree-connectors. 

114 — SHIPS,  subclasses  113,  Sails  and  rigging,  Hoops  and  con- 
nections, and  114,  Sails  and  rigging,  Cringles  and  hanks. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

86.  CHAINS,    LINKS,    DETACHABLE,    SHACKLES.     Cou- 

plings for  chains  or  parts  of  chains  comprising  U  or  link  shaped 
members  pivoted  together  by  a  removable  pin  and  having 
means  for  normally  retaining  the  pin  in  position. 
Search  Classes— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  85, 
Chains,  Links,  Detachable. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  123,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Couplings  and  sockets,  and  201,  Separable  fas- 
teners, and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

97 — PLOWS,  subclass  4,  Clevises. 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  114,  Sails  and  rigging,  Cringles  and  hanks. 

87.  CHAINS,  LINKS,  DETACHABLE,  DOUBLE-LAP.    Links 

comprising  two  main  members,  usually  constituting  the  sides 
of  the  links,  which  members  overlap  each  other  at  and  for 
some  distance  adjacent  their  extremities.  The  members  may 
or  may  not  have  interlocking  lugs  and  recesses. 

88.  CHAINS,  LINKS,  DETACHABLE,  DOUBLE-LAP,  PIV- 

OTED. Double-lap  links  which  are  pivoted  together  or  have 
means  for  maintaining  them  in  pivotal  relation. 

89.  CHAINS,  LINKS,  DETACHABLE,  PIVOTED  CLOSURE. 

Links  having  pivoted  closures  which  may  or  may  not  have 
locking  means. 
Search  Classes — 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE ,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  96,  Key- 
holders. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  231,  Snap- 
hooks;  232,  Snap-hooks,  Pivoted,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, and  241,  Snap-hooks,  Locking  devices. 

90.  CHAINS,  LINKS,  ONE-PIECE.    Such  links  as  are  formed  of 

a  single  piece  of  metal  or  other  material. 

Note. — Composite  links  made  up  of  different  metals  will  be  found 
in  subclass  84,  Chains,  Links. 

91.  CHAINS,    LINKS,    ONE-PIECE,    SHEET-METAL.    The 

title  is  self-explanatory. 
Search  Classes— 
59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  80, 

Chains,  Ornamental,  and  82,  Chains,  Ornamental,  Links. 
74— MACHTNE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  44,  Gearing,  Sprocket-chains, 

Solid  link  and  coupler. 

92.  CHAINS,  LINKS,  ONE-PIECE,  WRAPPED  AND  TWIST- 

ED. Links  usually  formed  from  wire  having  their  ends 
wrapped  or  twisted  about  other  portions  of  the  links,  thereby 
securely  fastening  said  ends  and  dispensing  with  welding. 

93.  CHAINS,  ATTACHMENTS.    Various  devices  not  otherwise 

classifiable,  such  as  hooks,  bars,  and  rings  to  be  attached  at 
or  intermediate  the  ends  of  the  chain  and  becoming  a  part  of 
and  being  used  in  connection  with  the  chain. 
Search  Classes— 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  78,  Whiffletree-hooks, 
and  79,  Whifflelrees. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  116,  Cord  and 
rope  holders,  Chain,  and  123,  Cord  and  rope  holders,  Cou- 
plings and  sockets. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclasses  30,  Hame  and  trace  connectors,  and 
53,  Traces,  Whiffletree-connectors. 

63 — JEWELRY,  subclass  9,  Watch-chain  attachments. 

94.  CHAINS,  ATTACHMENTS,  HOOKS  AND  GRABS.    Hooks 

and  grabs  to  be  attached  to  a  chain  and  constructed  to  engage 
a  link  at  any  desired  point  in  the  chain. 
Search  Classes— 

9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  23,  Hoisting  and  lowering  de- 
vices, Detaching  devices,  and  57,  HOISTING,  subclass  128, 
Hoisting-hooks,  Releasing,  for  releasing  hooks. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC., subclass  231,  Snap-hooks, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  127,  Hoisting-hooks. 

248 — SUPPORTS,  subclass  22,  Hooks,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

95.  CHAINS,  SWIVELS.    Includes  all  devices  in  which  the  in- 

vention resides  in  the  swivel  per  se. 
Search  Classes— 
24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC., subclass  240,  Snap-hooks, 

Watch-chain  attaching,  for  swiveling  devices  shown  with 

snap-hooks  for  attaching  a  watch  to  a  chain. 
43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclasses  7,  Fishing,  Hooks,  and 

30,  Fishing,  Hooks,  Artificial  bait. 
46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  69,  Exercising-machines. 
103 — PUMPS,  subclass  6,  Chain. 
166 — ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclass  3,  Drilling  and  boring 

for  swivels  used  in  drilling. 

96.  KEY-HOLDERS.    Devices   especially   designed   for   holding 

keys. 
Note. — Where  there  is  means  for  attachment  to  the  dress  or  other 

object,  the  device  will  be  classified  in  class  24,  BUCKLES,  BUT- 
TONS, CLASPS,  ETC. 
Search  Classes — 
59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  85, 

Chains,  Links,  Detachable,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous,  for  key-holders 

combined  with  other  articles  or  tools. 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  201,  Separable 

fasteners,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  subclass  231, 

Snap-hooks,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


122 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

97.  KEY-HOLDERS,  FLEXIBLE.    Key-holders  having  flexible 

members  for  holding  the  keys. 

98.  KEY-HOLDERS,  ONE-PIECE.    Key-holders  formed  of  one 

piece  of  sheet  metal,  wire,  or  other  material. 
Search  Class 

59 — CHAM,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  85, 
Chains,  Links,  Detachable,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


CLASS  59— Continued. 

99.  KEY-HOLDERS,  ROTARY  AND  SLIDING  CLOSURES. 

Key-holders  in  which  the  openings  through  which  the  keys 

are  introduced  are  closed  by  sliding  or  rotary  members  or 

members  having  both  a  sliding  and  rotary  movement. 

Note.— Such  key-rings  as  include  a  threaded  closure  for  travel 

upon  one  end  of  the  ring  are  included  in  this  subclass. 
Search  Class— 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  85, 
Chains,  Links,  Detachable. 


CLASS   60.— MISCELLANEOUS   HEAT-ENGINE   PLANTS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  engines, plants,  and  systems  adapted  to  trans- 
late and  apply  the  power  of  heated  bodies  that  are  not  included 
in  the  definitions  of  other  classes. 

A  discussion  of  the  relation  of  this  class  to  other  classes  will  be 
found  in  the  notes  below. 

Patents  claiming  the  structure  of  the  car  or  carriage  upon  which 
the  engine  is  used  are  classified  in  the  class  in  which  such  carriage 
is  classified  and  claims  to  the  engine  cross-referenced  to  this  class. 

Note.— In  class  42,  FIREARMS,  are  found  motors  using  the  ex- 
plosion-gases for  working  the  firearms. 

Note. — In  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  are  found 
devices  for  generating  gas  and  also  making  use  of  the  pressure 
of  natural  gas  by  using  it  to  work  an  engine  of  the  ordinary 
steam-engine  type  and  storing  the  gas  after  use  in  a  receiver. 

Note. — In  class  89,  ORDNANCE,  are  found  motors  that  make  use 
of  the  energy  of  the  explosion-gases  to  assist  in  working  the 
ordnance. 

Note.— In  class  103,  PUMPS,  and  in  class  160,  STEAM  AND  VACUUM 
PUMPS,  will  be  found  devices  whose  sole  purpose  is  to  raise 
water. 

Note. — In  class  110,  FURNACES,  are  found  furnaces  for  the  gen- 
eration of  heat;  but  when  the  furnace  forms  an  indivisible 
part  of  the  engine  it  is  classified  in  this  class,  unless  its  char- 
acter is  such  as  properly  falls  within  the  definition  of  class 
121,  STEAM-ENGINES,  or  class  123,  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION 
ENGINES. 

Note.— Motors  inseparably  connected  with  the  structure  of  a 
ship,  boat,  or  torpedo  are  found  in  class  114,  SHIPS,  or  in 
class  115.  MARINE  PROPULSION,  except  devices  found  in  this 
class,  subclass  3,  Boat  and  torpedo. 

Note.— In  class  121,  STEAM-ENGINES,  are  placed  patents  for 
engines  using  steam,  air,  or  other  gas  when  the  structure  is 
adapted  to  use  steam  as  a  motor  fluid  as  well  as  any  other 
gas,  although  the  patentee  intends  only  air  to  be  used  in  the 
engine. 

Note.— Engines  that  are  adapted  only  for  using  air  as  a  motor 
fluid  are  placed  in  class  230,  AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS. 

Note.— Class  121,  STEAM-ENGINES,  contains  patents  for  general 
combination  steam  plants;  but  when  such  plants  or  engines 
claim  construction  for  the  use  of  a  plurality  of  motor  fluids, 
like  steam,  air,  or  other  vapors,  either  mixed  or  unmixed, 
then  the  engine,  plant,  or  system  will  be  found  in  patents 
classified  in  this  class. 

Note.— Class  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  is  broadly 
the  class  of  pressure-generators;  but  patents  for  devices  that 
are  especially  adapted  for  generating  pressure  of  air  or  other 
gases  or  vapor  from  combustible  or  volatile  liquids  by  heat 
where  provision  is  made  for  such  generation  that  would  not 
ordinarily  be  used  for  generation  of  stearn  are  classified  in 
class  60,  MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS. 

Note.— Engines  and  plants  that  do  not  fall  under  the  definition 
of  class  123,  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  but  that  are 
of  an  analogous  nature,  are  classified  in  this  class. 

Note. — This  class  does  not  include  heat-engines  that  are  mere 
adjunctive  devices  for  controlling  parts  of  another  mech- 
anism—for example,  thermostats  and  motors  for  fluid-pressure 
dampers,  in  class  236,  DAMPERS.  AUTOMATIC;  but  see  definition 
to  subclass  2,  Atmospheric  and  solar,  in  this  class. 

Note. — Heat-motors  of  a  type  similar  to  those  noted  above  and 
those  made  use  of  for  winding  up  a  spring-motor  in  class  185, 
MOTORS,  or  a  clock,  class  58.  HOROLOGY,  are  classified  in  class 
60,  MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS,  unless  the  clock 
structure  or  specific  connecting  mechanism  is  claimed. 

Note.— For  explosion-motors  intimately  connected  with  mech- 
anism for  turning  a  hydraulic  motor,  see  classes  123,  INTER- 
NAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES,  and  138,  HYDRAULIC  MOTORS. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous  devices  pertaining  to  the 

subject-matter  of  this  class  and  processes  that  are  not  found 
in  other  subclasses  below. 
Search  Classes— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  196,  Natural. 

103 — PUMPS,  sabclass  67,  Fluid-motive  power. 

114—  SHIPS,  subclass  20,  Torpedoes. 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclasses  11,  Jet, and  13,  Jet,  explo- 
sive. 

121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  generally. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  generally. 

123 — INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  generally. 

138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  generally. 

160— STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS. 

185— MOTORS. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  generally. 

2.  ATMOSPHERIC  AND  SOLAR.    Plants    designed    to    make 

use  of  the  heat  of  the  sun,  atmosphere,  or  natural  springs 
to  work  the  motor. 

Note. — Claims  to  the  structure  of  a  solar  heater  per  se  are  classified 
in  class   126,  STOVES  AND   FURNACES,  subclass  82,  Heaters, 
Solar:  combinations  of  solar  heaters  with  other  things  are  classi- 
fied in  accordance  with  the  application. 


CLASS  60— Continued. 

3.  BOAT  AND  TORPEDO.    Motor  plants  that  sustain  a  special 

relation  to  a  boat  or  torpedo  in  general  arrangement,  but  not 
enough  boat  structure  to  be  included  in  classes  114,  SHIPS,  or 
115,  MARINE  PROPULSION. 
Search  Class — 
114— SHIPS,  subclass  20,  Torpedo. 

4.  ROTARY  ENGINE.    Heat-engine    plants    having    a    rotary 

engine. 

Search  Classes— 
121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclasses  56,  Rotary,  Impact,  and  61, 

Rotary,  Impact,  Reaction. 
123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  8,  Rotary,  and 

subclasses  thereunder. 

5.  ROTARY  ENGINE,  INJECTOR.     Plants  with  rotary  engines 

where  the  jet  of  explosion  or  pressure  gases  draw  in  by  injector 
action  a  fluid  of  greater  specific  gravity,  like  water  or  mercury. 
Search  Class— 
121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  59,  Rotary,  Impact,  Injector. 

6.  VOLATILE  LIQUID.    Plants  and  engines  where  a  volatile 

liquid  is  used  for  a  motor  fluid— such  as  ammonia  liquid, 
naphtha,  or  carbon  bisulfid— such  liquid  being  vaporized  and 
the  vapor  used  to  work  an  engine  in  a  manner  like  that  of 
steam  and  having  means  for  the  recovery  of  the  vapor  for 
reuse. 

7.  VOLATILE  LIQUID,  LIQUID-BURNER.     Devices  for  gen- 

erating pressure  and  using  for  power  purposes  a  combustible 
volatile  liquid,  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  liquid  being  burned 
to  generate  the  pressure. 

8.  STEAM,  COMBUSTION-PRODUCTS   INJECTED.    Steam- 

power  plants  where  the  steam-pressure  is  generated  by  intro- 
duction of  combustion-gases  into  the  boiler  and  the  combined 
products  are  used  to  work  the  engine. 

9.  STEAM,  AIR-INJECTED.    Steam-generating  plants  that  inject 

air  into  the  boiler,  steam-pipe,  or  engine  to  mix  with  the 
steam. 

10.  STEAM,  AIR-INJECTED,   AUXILIARY.    Devices  for  in- 

jecting air  into  the  steam-space  for  the  purpose  of  running 
the  steam-engine  until  steam  can  be  generated  in  the  boiler; 
especially  designed  for  fire-engines. 

11.  HOT  AIR,  LIQUID-HEATED.    Engines  and  plants  using 

hot  air  as  a  motive  fluid,  the  energy  of  which  is  obtained 
from  a  heated  liquid. 

12.  HOT   AIR,   LIQUID-HEATED,   SPRAY.    Hot-air  engines 

and  plants  using  air  as  the  motive  fluid,  the  heat  being  ap- 
plied to  it  by  means  of  a  hot-water  spray.  There  may  be  a 
cold-water  spray  also  cooling  the  air  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  piston. 

13.  HOT   AIR,  CONTINUAL  AIR-SUPPLY.    Hot-air  engines 

and  plants  where  a  continual  fresh  supply  of  air  is  heated 
and  discharged  after  it  is  used  to  work  the  piston. 
Note.— For  vacuum-engines,  see  class  60,  MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT- 
ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclass  19,  Vacuum,  Air. 

14.  HOT  AIR,  CONTINUAL  AIR-SUPPLY,  COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED.    Hot-air  engines  and  plants  where 
the  products  of  combustion  mix  with  the  air  that  is  used  to 
work  the  engine. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  especially  subclass  23, 
Solid  fuel. 

15.  HOT  AIR,  CONTINUAL  AIR-SUPPLY,  COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED,  EXPLOSION.    Hot-air  engines 
and  plants  where  the  energy  is  obtained  from  an  explosive 
compound  to  work  the  engine. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  appropriate  subclasses, 
especially  subclass  24,  Gunpowder. 

16.  HOT  AIR,  CONTINUAL  AIR-SUPPLY,  COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED,  WATER-INJECTED.  Hot-air 
engines  where  the  combustion  products  and  water  enter  the 
air-supply. 

17.  HOT  AIR,  CONSTANT  MASS.    Hot-air  engines  and  plants 

where  the  same  volume  of  air  is  alternately  heated  and  cooled 
for  working  the  engine.    Provision  is  generally  made  for  sup- 
plying air  for  leakage. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION    ENGINES,  subclass    22,   Internal 
combustion  and  air. 

18.  HOT  AIR,  CONSTANT  MASS,  VAPOR.     Hot-air  constant 
mass  engines  in  which  a  liquid  is  used  to  make  a  vapor  for  the 
working  fluid  or  in  which  air  and  vapor  are  mixed. 

Search  Class— 
121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  1,  Combined  engine  and  boiler. 

123 


124 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  60— Continued. 

19.  VACUUM,  AIR.    Engines  where  the  cooling  of  the  air  produces 

a  vacuum  in  the  cylinder  or  chamber  communicating  with 
the  cylinder,  the  atmospheric  pressure  then  moving  the 
piston. 

Search  Classes — 
121 — STEAM-ENGINES,    subclasses    1,    Combined    engine    and 

boiler,  and  18,  Portable. 
123 — INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  38,  Atmospheric. 

20.  VACUUM,  AIR,  VAPOR.    Engines  where  the  working  fluid 

is  hot  air  and  a  vapor,  generally  of  water,  the  air  and  vapor 
being  suddenly  cooled,  forming  a  vacuum  in  the  cylinder  or 
a  chamber  connecting  with  the  cylinder,  the  atmospheric 
pressure  moving  the  piston. 

21.  VACUUM,  EJECTOR.    Devices  where  some  form  of  pump  is 

used  to  create  a  vacuum  on  one  side  of  the  piston — for  example, 
by  burning  a  fluid,  causing  an  ejector  action. 

22.  VACUUM,  EXPLOSION.    Devices  where  an  explosive  mix- 

ture is  used  to  form  a  vacuum  in  a  chamber  connected  with 
the  engine-cylinder. 

23.  SEPARATE    FLUID.    Engines   using   two   or    more  fluids 

either  in  separate  engines  or  on  opposite  sides  of  the  piston 
in  the  same  engine  without  mixing. 

24.  SEPARATE  FLUID,  WASTE  HEAT.     Devices  where  one 

fluid  is  used  to  work  an  engine  and  the  exhaust  is  used  to 
vaporize  another  liquid  to  use  in  another  engine. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  f>,  Combined  de- 
vices, Internal  combustion  and  fluid-pressure,  Waste-heat 
utilizing. 

25.  LIQUEFIED   GAS.    Plants  for  using  a  liquefied  gas,  such 

gas — like  air  or  carbon  dioxid,  for  example — receiving  ad- 
ditional heat  before  it  is  exhausted  from  the  engine.    Plants 
having  a  tank  of  compressed  air  that  work  similarly  are  also 
classified  herein. 
Search  Classes— 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  90,  Motor-vehicles. 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  28,  Cars,  Steam,  Street. 

208 — VELOCIPEDES,  subclasses  under  Bicycles,  Propulsion,  and 
Polycycles,  Propulsion,  generally. 

230 — AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  generally,  for  similar  devices  where 
no  heat  is  used. 

26.  GRAVITY.    Devices  having  one  or  more  receptacles  contain- 

ing a  fluid  to  which  heat  is  applied  which  transfers  the  liquid 
to  another  part  of  the  device,  forming  an  unstable  equilibrium, 
causing  the  device  to  rotate  or  oscillate  by  gravity. 

27.  BUOYANCY.    Devices    having   a   receptacle   filled   with   a 

liquid  in  which  is  the  motor  that  is  caused  to  move  by  steam 
or  air  or  a  mixture  of  them,  displacing  the  liquid  in  the  buck- 
ets on  one  side  of  the  motor,  causing  it  to  move  through  the 
buoyancy  of  the  gas  in  the  buckets. 

28.  PRESSURE-GENERATORS.    Devices  for  generating  pres- 

sure for  purposes  disclosed  by  the  definition  of  the  main 
class  title. 

Note. — For  steam,  search  class  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORI- 
ZERS, unless  the  products  of  combustion,  air,  or  other  gases 
are  mixed  with  the  steam,  in  which  case  search  appropriate 
subclasses  in  this  class. 

29.  PRESSURE-GENERATORS,    STEAM.    AIR-INJECTED. 

Devices  for  generating  steam  into  which  air  is  injected  and 
mechanism  therefor. 


CLASS  60— Continued. 

30.  PRESSURE  -  GENERATORS,    STEAM,    COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED,  EXPLOSION.  Devices  for 
generating  steam  by  injecting  the  products  of  an  explosive 
compound  into  the  generator. 

31.  PRESSURE  -  GENERATORS.    STEAM,    COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS 
FUEL.  Devices  for  generating  steam  where  the  combustion 
products  of  a  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  are  injected  into  the 
generator  to  mingle  with  the  vapor  or  water  when  the  fuel  is 
burned  with  a  continuous  flame. 
Search  Class— 

60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclass  30,  Pres- 
sure-generators, Steam,  Combustion-products  injected,  Ex- 
plosion. For  pressure-generators  using  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel 
in  the  form  of  an  explosive. 

32.  PRESSURE  -  GENERATORS,    STEAM,    COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED,  SOLID  FUEL.  -Steam-genera- 
tors into  which  the  products  of  combustion  of  solid  fuel  are 
injected. 

33.  PRESSURE  -  GENERATORS,    STEAM,    COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED,  FLASHER  TYPE.  Steam- 
generators  where  the  products  of  combustion  are  injected  into 
the  generator  with  the  injection  of  a  small  quantity  of  water 
that  immediately  flashes  into  steam  and  mixes  with  the 
gases. 

34.  PRESSURE-GENERATORS,  LIQUID  BATH.     Generators 

for  liquid  vapor  that  is  generally  of  inflammable  character. 
the  liquid  being  placed  in  a  compartment  that  is  surrounded 
by  another  liquid. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  for  generators  of  this 
type  whose  general  construction  adapts  them  for  steam  gener- 
ation. 

35.  PRESSURE-GENERATORS,  AIR.    Devices  for  heating  air 

or  other  gas  to  increase  the  pressure  in  order  to  increase  the 
effectiveness  for  use  as  a  motor  fluid. 

36.  PRESSURE  -  GENERATORS,       AIR,       COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED.     Devices  for  increasing  air-pres- 
sure by  injecting  the  products  of  combustion  into  the  air  in 
the  receptacle  or  conduit. 
Search  Class— 
123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

37.  PRESSURE  -  GENERATORS,      AIR,       COMBUSTION- 

PRODUCTS  INJECTED,  EXPLOSION.    Devices  for  in- 
jecting the  explosive  products  of  combustion  into  the  air  to 
be  heated. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  appropriate  subclasses 
for  analogous  devices. 

38.  PRESSURE    -    GENERATORS,     AIR,      MOISTURE-IN- 

JECTED. Devices  for  heating  and  moistening  air  to  increase 
the  pressure. 

39.  PRESSURE-GENERATORS,  AIR,  ELECTRIC  HEATER. 

Devices  for  heating  air  by  an  electric  heater  to  increase  pres- 
sure. 

Search  Class — 
219 — ELECTRIC  HEATERS  AND  RHEOSTATS,  generally. 

40.  FLUID  COMPOUNDS.    Compounds  used  in  engines  of  this 

type  for  working  fluids. 


CLASS  63.-JEWELRY. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  articles  generally  composed  of  precious  metals 
and  stones,  or  imitations  of  the  same,  which  are  intended  to  be  worn 
upon  the  person  as  ornaments. 

A  few  articles  of  an  analogous  nature,  which  are  composed  of  other 
materials,  have  been  included. 

A  group  of  safety  attachments  for  preventing  loss  of  watches  has 
also  been  included. 

Note.— Patents  have  been  excluded  in  which  the  invention  re- 
sides in  attachments  applied  to  ornamental  articles  as  above 
defined,  which  attachments  can  be  elsewhere  classified. 
Note.— Where  the  invention  resides  in  an  ornamental  surface  for 
an  article  of  jewelry,  the  patent  is  placed  in  class  41,  ORNA- 
MENTATION, subclass  17,  Surface  type,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

Subclasses. 

1.  COMBINATION  ARTICLES.  Constructions  in  which  are  com- 

bined two  or  more  articles  having  different  functions,  at  least 
one  of  the  articles  falling  within  this  class. 
Search  Classes — 

63— JEWELRY,  subclasses  22,  Watch  and  chain  attachments, 
Bars,  and  23,  Watch  and  chain  attachments,  Charms,  since 
these  subclasses  are  largely  composed  of  articles  of  conven- 
tional form  connected  with  a  bar  or  charm,  and  patents  of 
this  character  have  not  been  included  here. 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclasses  37, 
Receptacles,  Pocket  and  personal  use,  and  38,  Recep'tacles, 
Pocket  and  personal  use,  Combination. 

2.  MISCELLANEOUS.     Inventions  falling  within  the  definition 

of  this  class,  but  not  within  that  of  any  subclass,  or  patents 
more  closely  related  to  this  class  than  to  any  other. 

3.  BRACELETS.    Ornaments  for  encircling  the  arm. 

Note. — To  complete  a  search  in  this  subclass,  the  search-cards 
under  the  more  specific  subclasses  of  Bracelets  should  be 
studied,  as  most  of  them  apply  to  some  extent  here. 
Search  Classes — 

65— KITCHEN   AND    TABLE    ARTICLES,    subclass    29,    Napkin- 
holders. 
165 — DESIGNS,  JEWELRY,  BRACELETS. 

4.  BRACELETS,  CHAIN.     Bracelets   composed    of  a   series    of 

links  or  units,  which  are  joined  together  by  non-expanding 
connections,  an  attaching  means  being  employed  for  uniting 
the  ends  of  the  chain. 
Search  Classes — 

69— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  80, 
Chains,  Ornamental;  82,  Chains,  Ornamental,  Links,  and  81, 
Chains,  Ornamental,  Multistrand  roller,  for  various  types  of 
ornamental  chains. 

241 — GARMENT-SUPPORTERS,  subclass  8,  Waist-line  body-gar- 
ments, Belts. 

5.  BRACELETS,  EXPANSIBLE.    Bracelets  which  are  endless 

and  may  be  expanded  to  slip  over  the  hands. 
Search  Classes— 
69 — CHAIN,   STAPLE,   AND   HORSESHOE   MAKING,   subclass  79, 

Chains,  Elastic. 
241 — GARMENT-SUPPORTERS,  subclasses  5,  Limb-encircling,  and 

8,  Waist-line  body-garments,  Belts. 

6.  BRACELETS,    EXPANSIBLE,    TWO-PART.     Expansible 

bracelets  composed  of  two  sections  only. 

7.  BRACELETS,     SINGLE      HINGE.      Bracelets  formed  with 

two  sections  hinged  at  one  point. 

Note. — When  the  invention  is  in  the  hinge  structure  per  se  the 
patent  is  placed  in  this  subclass. 

Note. — Bracelet  fasteners,  when  there  is  no  combination  between 
the  bracelets  and  the  fastener,  are  found  in  class  24,  BUCKLES, 
BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  and  nearly  all  such  fasteners  occur 
in  subclass  230,  Separable  fasteners,  Lateral  sliding.  Search 
should  be  made  in  this  subclass  for  bracelets  having  abutting 
ends. 

Search  Classes— 

16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  105,  Hinges,  Concealed. 
70 — LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  24,  Shackles. 

8.  BRACELETS,  SINGLE-HINGE,  SPRING.    Bracelets  having 

spring  means  which  operates  to  hold  the  sections  in  desired 
position  or  positions. 
Search  Class— 
16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  25,  Hinges,  Spring. 

9.  BRACELETS,  MULTIPLE-HINGE.     Bracelets  hinged  at  a 

plurality  of  points. 

10.  BRACELETS,  SWIVELED.    Bracelets  the  sections  of  which 

are  connected  by  one  or  more  swivel  joints. 


CLASS  63— Continued. 

11.  BRACELETS,  RESILIENT.    Bracelets  constructed  without 

pivot  or  hinge  joints,  but  composed  of  material  with  suffi- 
cient spring  to  permit  the  bracelets  to  open  for  the  insertion  of 
the  hand. 
Search  Class— 
63— JEWELRY,  subclass  16,  Finger-rings,  Adjustable  and  divided. 

12.  EAR-RINGS.    Ornaments  to  be  attached  to  the  ear. 
Search  Classes — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  155,  Pin-fasten- 
ers, Loss-preventing  devices,  which  contains  ear-rings  in 
which  the  invention  resides  in  means  for  preventing  with- 
drawal of  the  ear-ring  from  the  ear. 

165 — DESIGNS,  JEWELRY,  EAR-RINGS. 

13.  EAR-RINGS,   PENDENT-JEWEL.     Ear-rings  having  orna- 

ments suspended  and  free  to  swing. 
Search  Class— 
63— JEWELRY,  subclass  14,  Ear-rings,  Non-piercing. 

14.  EAR-RINGS,  NON-PIERCING.    Ear-rings  in  which  the  at- 

taching member  is  clamped  or  secured  upon  the  lobe  of  the 
ear  without  piercing  the  same. 

15.  FINGER-RINGS.    Ornamental  rings  for  the  fingers. 
Search  Classes— 

63— Jewelry,  in  the  various  subclasses  of  Gem-Settings,  espe- 
cially subclass  29,  Gem-settings,  Detachable,  where  many  rings 
having  interchangeable  initial-mountings  are  found. 

165— DESIGNS,  JEWELRY,  FINGER  AND  SCARF  RINGS. 

16.  FINGER-RINGS,  ADJUSTABLE  AND  DIVIDED.    Rings 

which  may  be  varied  in  size  or  may  be  expanded  or  opened. 
Note. — Similar  structures  may  be  found  in  the  various  subclasses 
of  bracelets. 

17.  FINGER-RINGS,    GUARDS.     Attachments   for  preventing 

the  loss  of  the  ring. 

18.  LOCKETS.    Ornaments  having  a  concealed  recess  adapted  to 

receive  a  picture  and  so  constructed  that  the  picture  may  be 
disclosed. 
Search  Classes— 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING  subclasses  10, 
Checks,  labels,  and  tags,  Holders  1.5,  Badges,  and  1.6,  Badges, 
Changeable  reading,  for  somewhat  similar  devices,  but  which 
are  intended  for  displaying  information  rather  than  for  orna- 
ments. 

165— DESIGNS,  JEWELRY,  LOCKETS. 

19.  LOCKETS,  HINGED  COVERS.    Lockets  having  the  recess 

concealed  by  a  cover  opening  at  an  angle  to  the  plane  of  its  seat. 
Search  Classes— 
40 — CARD,    PICTURE,    AND    SIGN    EXHIBITING,    subclass    156, 

Picture-frames,  Card  or  picture  retainers. 
58— HOROLOGY,  subclasses  88,  Watches,  Cases,  and  103,  Watches, 

Cases,  Hinges. 

20.  ORNAMENTAL  PINS.    Ornaments  which  are  intended  to  be 

secured  to  the  clothing  by  means  of  a  pin  attachment. 
Search  Classes— 

63 — JEWELRY,  subclass  31,  Gem-settings,  Movable,  for  pins 
having  a  vibrating  jewel. 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  6,  Article- 
holders,  Flower,  Pin-attached;  13,  Article-holders,  Pin- 
attached;  103,  Buttons  and  fasteners,  Pin-attached;  150,  Pin- 
fasteners;  155,  Pin-fasteners,  Loss-preventing  devices;  156, 
Pin-fasteners,  Guards,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  161, 
Pin-fasteners,  Resilient,  and  162,  Pin-fasteners,  Sliding. 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  1.5, 
Badges,  and  1.6,  Badges,  Changeable  reading. 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  10,  Ornamental  forms. 
165 — DESIGNS,  subclasses  Jewelry,  Brooches  and  pins. 

21.  WATCH  AND  CHAIN  ATTACHMENTS.    Ornamental  and 

safety  attachments  for  watches  and  for  ornamental  chains  not 
elsewhere  classifiable. 

Note. — Chain  structure  per  se  is  found  in  class  59,  CHAIN,  STAPLE, 
AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING. 

Search  Class— 

165— DESIGNS,  JEWELRY,  ORNAMENTAL  CHAINS,  AND  WATCH- 
CHAIN  ATTACHMENTS. 

22.  WATCH  AND  CHAIN  ATTACHMENTS,  BARS.    Attach- 

ments for  chains  to  be  passed  through  a  buttonhole  to  secure 
the  chain  to  the  clothing. 

23.  WATCH  AND  CHAIN  ATTACHMENTS,  CHARMS.    Pend- 

ent ornaments,  such  as  are  usually  attached  to  a  watch-chain. 
Note.— If  the  article  carries  a  concealed  picture,  It  should  be 
classified  under  subclass  18,  Lockets,  or  subclass  19,  Lockets, 
Hinged. 

125 


126 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  63— Continued. 

Note. — If  the  article  is  of  inferior  material  and  its  main  function 
is  to  display  certain  information,  it  should  be  classified  under 
class  40,  CARto,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING, subclasses  1.5, 
Badges,  and  1.6,  Badges,  Changeable  reading. 

24.  WATCH  AND  CHAIN  ATTACHMENTS,  SAFETY 
WATCH-GUARDS.  Attachments  designed  to  prevent  the 
loss  of  the  watch  from  the  pocket. 

N0te. — if  the  device  is  not  detached  from  the  pocket  upon  the 
withdrawal  of  the  watch,  the  patent  should  be  placed  in  class 
2,  APPAREL,  subclass  153,  Pockets,  Safety  attachments, 
Watch. 

Search  Classes— 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  84,  Pencils,  Attachments. 
150— CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass 
47,  Portemonnaies  and  Pocketbooks,  Safety  attachments. 

25   WATCH      AND      CHAIN      ATTACHMENTS,      SAFETY 
WATCH-GUARDS,      AUTOMATICALLY-OPERATED. 
Safety  watch-guards  carrying  means  which  is  automatically 
thrown  to  engaging  position  by  a  pull  on  the  chain. 
Search  Classes — 

43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  G,  Fishing,  Harpoons  and 
spears. 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  208,  Anchors,  Fluke-pivoted. 

132 — TOILET,  subclasses  22,  Hair-fasteners,  and  2.5,  Hat-fasteners. 

189— METALLIC    BUILDING    STRUCTURES,    subclass    92,    Land- 
anchors,  Expanding. 

26.  GEM-SETTINGS.     Means  carried  by  articles  of  jewelry  for 

holding  gems. 
Search  Classes — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  155,  Pin-fasten- 
ers, Loss-preventing  devices. 


CLASS  63— Continued. 

29— METAL-WORKING,   subclass   10,   Special   work,    Gem  and 

jewel  setting. 
165— DESIGNS,  subclass  Jewelry,  Miscellaneous. 

27.  GEM-SETTINGS,  CROWN.     Open  settings  which  hold  the 

gem  by  means  of  a  circular  series  of  prongs. 
Search  Class— 
63— JEWELRY,  the  various  subclasses  of  Ear-rings. 

28.  GEM-SETTINGS,  MULTIPLE.    Settings  for  holding  a  plu- 

rality of  gems  closely  assembled,  such  as  cluster-sellings  and 
jewel  bars. 

29.  GEM-SETTINGS,  DETACHABLE.     Gem-settings  in  which 

the  gem  or  the  gem  and  its  holder  may  be  detached  from 
the  article  in  order  that  another  mounting  may  be  substi- 
tuted. 
Search  Classes — 

63— JEWELRY,   subclass   23,   Watch   and   chain   attachments, 
Charms. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  113,  Buttons 
and  fasteners,  Covers. 

30.  GEM-SETTINGS,    DETACHABLE,    EXHIBITING.      De- 

vices for  temporarily  holding  a  gem  for  display  purposes. 

31.  GEM-SETTINGS,     MOVABLE.    Gem-settings     which    are 

mounted  on  a  spring,  so  that  it  may  vibrate  or  is  so  connected 
with  mechanism  that  a  positive  motion  may  be  imparted  to  it. 
Search  Class— 

63— JEWELRY,  subclass  13,  Ear-rings,  Pendent-jewel,  for  sus- 
pended gems. 

32.  GEMS.    Limited  to  the  stones  or  gems  per  se. 


CLASS  67.— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  is  limited  to  the  production  of  light  for  illumination  by 
combustion. 

This  class  relates  to  burners  and  certain  of  their  accessories  that 
are  designed  to  use  gaseous,  liquid,  or  solid  fuel  and  that  are  prima- 
rily employed  in  the  production  of  light.  It  is  intended  to  include 
only  the  burner  and  such  accessories  as  are  so  intimately  associated 
with  the  burner  as  to  be  indivisible  or  are  of  use  only  with  illumi- 
nating burners. 

This  class  in  part  parallels  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL 
BURNEES.  When  a  device  is  capable  of  use  in  both  these  arts  and 
when  there  is  a  specific  subclass  in  one  art,  but  not  in  the  other,  the 
device  will  be  classified  in  the  specific  subclass. 

Systems  for  feeding  liquid  fuel  to  illuminating  burners  capable  of 
general  application  are  classified  in  class  158.  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS 
FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Fuel  feeding,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Class  240,  ILLUMINATION,  is  superior  to  class  07.  Class  240  includes 
lanterns,  casings,  and  other  devices  for  protecting  the  flame,  electric 
light,  or  other  source  of  light  or  for  distributing  the  light  from  such 
light  sources,  those  systems  for  distributing  light,  generally  daylight, 
through  buildings  being  classified  in  class  88,  OPTICS,  subclass  57.5, 
Building  lights. 

When  the  casings  in  class  240,  ILLUMINATION,  are  used  with 
burners,  they  necessarily  include  means  admitting  the  air  for  com- 
bustion and  for  the  escape  of  the  products  of  combustion.  The 
combination  of  a  burner  and  a  lantern  casing  or  other  protector  will 
be  classified  in  class  240.  In  such  cases  the  burner  should  be  divided 
out  or  cross-roferenced  into  class  67. 

The  combination  of  an  illuminating  burner  and  a  carbureter  is 
classified  in  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses 
101,  Carbureters,  Lamps,  or  102,  Carbureters,  Lamps,  Gravity. 

Devices  for  the  distribution  of  gaseous  fuel  are  classified  in  classes 
4S,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  or  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION. 

The  line  between  the  solid  fuel  subclasses  in  this  class  and  the  su  b- 
classes  under  Pyrotechnics  in  class  102,  AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLO- 
SIVE DEVICES,  is  that  the  devices  in  class  67,  ILLUMINATING  BURN- 
ERS, are  primarily  employed  to  produce  light  for  illumination,  while 
those  in  class  102  are  primarily  employed  to  produce  light  for  display, 
amusement,  or  spectacular  effects.  The  devices  in  class  67  are  per- 
manent burners  designed  to  be  recharged  with  fuel  and  used  repeat- 
edly, while  the  devices  in  class  102,  subclass  20,  Pyrotechnics,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  are  in  general  not  intended  for  repeated  use. 
Therefore  cartridges  or  receptacles  of  flash  powder  that  are  not  de- 
signed to  be  refilled  are  classified  in  class  102,  although  they  may  be 
for  the  purpose  of  illuminating. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous     devices     for     producing 

light  by  combustion. 

2.  COMBINED  GAS  AND  VAPOR.    Burners  which  are  designed 

for  use  with  liquid  vapor  fuel  or  gaseous  fuel  at  will. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  11,  Com- 
bined oil  and  gaseous  fuel. 

3.  IGNITING   DEVICES.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  producing 

or  maintaining  a  flame  by  combustion,  the  resulting  flame 
being  used  as  an  igniter  for  illuminating  burners  rather  than 
as  an  illuminator  itself. 

Note. — Electric  igniters  are  classified  in  class  219,  ELECTRIC  HEAT- 
ING AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  32,  Heaters,  Tools  and  instru- 
ments, Burning,  Igniters,  or  in  class  175,  ELECTRICITY,  GEN- 
ERAL APPLICATIONS,  subclasses  under  Igniting  devices. 

4.  IGNITING  DEVICES,  CIGAR.    Stands  or  pendants  capable 

of  producing  or  maintaining  a  flame  by  combustion  for  the 
purpose  of  lighting  a  cigar  or  for  similar  use. 

Note.— Electric  cigar  igniters  are  classified  in  class  219,  ELECTRIC 
HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  32,  Heaters,  Tools  and 
instruments,  Burning,  Igniters,  or  in  class  175,  ELECTRICITY, 
GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  296,  Igniting  devices,  Cigar. 

The  combination  of  cigar  igniters  with  other  devices,  such  as 
cigar  tip  cutters,  are  classified  in  class  131,  TOBACCO,  subclasses 
38,  Cigar  cutters,  Tip,  and  59,  Tobacco  users'  appliances. 

5.  IGNITING  DEVICES,  HYDROGEN-PLATINUM.     "Dobe- 

reiner's  Light."  Limited  to  the  combination  of  an  automatic 
hydrogen  or  equivalent  gas  generator  with  a  catalytic  body 
which  is  raised  to  incandescence  by  the  gas,  thus  igniting  it. 

Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  7.  Igniting  devices, 
Pocket;  8,  Igniting  devices,  Pocket  A  ttached  lamp;  9,  Ignit- 
ing devices,  Lamp,  and  19,  Igniting  devices,  Gaseous,  Self- 
igniting.  Catalytic,  for  catalytic  features. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  114,  Generators, 
Hydrogen,  for  generator  features. 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

6.  IGNITING  DEVICES,  IMPLEMENTS.    Separate  implements 

specially  adapted  for  igniting  gas  or  oil  lamps  or  the  like.  The 
implement  may  consist  of  a  device  carrying  a  flame  or 
equipped  with  mechanism  for  producing  a  flame  or  a  combi- 
nation of  an  igniter  with  a  gas  key  or  wick  operator.  The  line 
between  these  implements  and  the  gaseous  and  lamp  igniting 
devices  in  this  class  is  that  the  former  are  separate  and  inde- 
pendent and  are  designed  to  be  carried  from  lamp  to  lamp, 
while  the  latter  are  an  integral  part  of  the  lamp  or  burner 
structure. 

7.  IGNITING    DEVICES,    POCKET.     Devices   or   receptacles' 

(other  than  ordinary  match  safes)  for  the  pocket  or  personal 
use  which  are  capable  of  producing  flame  by  combustion  for 
a  short  while.  The  igniting  means  is  generally  fulminating 
or  catalytic. 

Note.— Receptacles  using  a  plurality  of  ordinary  matches  are 
classified  in  class  200,  SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES, 
subclass  20,  Receptacles,  Match  safes,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

Search  Class — 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  4,  Igniting  devices, 
Cigar;  10,  Igniting  devices,  Lamp,  Fulminating;  12,  Igniting 
devices,  Lamp,  Match  scratchers;  19,  Igniting  devices,  Gas- 
eous, Self-igniting,  Catalytic;  20,  Igniting  devices,  Gaseous, 
Self-igniting,  Fulminating,  and  33,  Solid  fuel,  Flash  lights, 
Fulminant  ignition,  for  the  form  of  igniting  devices. 

8.  IGNITING  DEVICES,  POCKET,  ATTACHED  LAMP.    Ig- 

niting devices  to  be  carried  in  the  pocket  or  for  personal  wear 
which  include  in  addition  to  the  igniter  a  small  lamp  or  candle, 
so  that  the  light  may  be  maintained  for  a  considerable  time. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  10;  Igniting  devices, 
Lamp,  Fulminating,  and  12,  Igniting  devices,  Lamp,  Match 
scratchers. 

9.  IGNITING    DEVICES,    LAMP.     Liquid    fuel    illuminating 

lamp  igniting  devices  of  a  miscellaneous  nature  other  than 
electrical  which  are  integral  with  or  permanently  attached  to 
the  lamp. 

Note. — Electrical  igniting  devices  for  oil  lamps  are  classified  in 
class  175,  ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclasses 
under  Igniting  devices,  or  in  class  219,  ELECTRIC  HEATING 
AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  32,  Heaters.  Tools  and  instruments 
Burning,  Igniters. 

10.  IGNITING    DEVICES,   LAMP,    FULMINATING.    Liquid 

fuel  illuminating  lamp  igniting  devices  which  are  integral 
with  the  lamp  structure  and  which  derive  their  igniting  flame 
from  fulminating  material,  said  material  forming  part  of  the 
device.  These  devices  are  generally  capable  of  repeated  oper- 
ation. 
Search  Classes — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  4,  Igniting  devices, 
Cigar;  7,  Igniting  devices,  Pocket;  8,  Igniting  devices,  Pocket, 
Attached  lamp;  20,  Igniting  devices,  Gaseous,  Self-igniting, 
Fulminating,  and  33,  Solid  fuel,  Flash  lights,  Fulminant 
ignition. 

102 — AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclasses  21,  Pyro- 
technics, Cartridges;  24,  Pyrotechnics,  Torches,  and  39,  Pro- 
jectiles, Shells,  Fuses,  Percussion. 

161— TIME  CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclasses  11,  Lighting 
mechanism,  and  14,  Lighting  mechanism,  Friction. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclasses  32,  Re- 
ceptacles, Match  safes,  Withdrawal  igniting,  and  34,  Recep- 
tacles, Match  safes,  Pocket,  Withdrawal  igniting. 

11.  IGNITING  DEVICES,  LAMP,   APERTURE.    Liquid  fuel 

illuminating  lamp  structures  that  are  provided  with  an  aper- 
ture and. a  movable  closure  therefor  to  permit  the  introduction 
of  igniting  means. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  90,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Perforated  combustion  tube,  Lighting  arrange- 
ments. 

12.  IGNITING    DEVICES.    LAMP,   MATCH    SCRATCHERS. 

Liquid  fuel  illuminating  lamp  igniting  devices  in  which  an 
ordinary  match  held  directly  in  the  hand  is  inserted  into  the 
lamp  and  manually  or  automatically  forced  against  a  match 
scratcher. 
Search  Class— 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclasses  32,  Re- 
ceptacles, Match  safes,  Withdrawal  igniting,  and  34,  Recep- 
tacles, Match  safes,  Pocket,  Withdrawal  igniting. 

1.3.  IGNITING  DEVICES,  LAMP,  SEPARABLE.  Liquid  fuel 
illuminating  burners  wherein  the  gallery  can  be  moved  away 
from  the  rest  of  the  burner  to  give  access  to  the  wick  for  light- 
ing, trimming,  etc. 

127 


128 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

14.  IGNITING    DEVICES,    GASEOUS.    Miscellaneous   devices 
for  igniting  illuminating  gas  burners  in  which  the  igniting 
•  temperature  is  derived  from  combustion. 

Note.— Does  not  include  electric  igniters,  for  which  see  class  219, 
ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  32,  Heaters, 
Tools  and  instruments,  Burning,  Igniters,  and  class  175, 
ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclasses  under  Ignit- 
ing devices. 

15   IGNITING  DEVICES.  GASEOUS,  CONDUCTING  TUBE. 
Devices  in  which  the  igniting  flame  is  conveyed  to  inaccessible 
illuminating  gas  burners  by  means  of  a  tube  which  contains 
gas.    This  tube  is  generally  perforated  or  slotted. 
Search  Classes— 
126— STOVES  AND   FURNACES,  subclass  39,   Stoves,  Cooking, 

Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas. 

188— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BUHNERS,  subclass  115,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Lighting  devices. 

16.  IGNITING  DEVICES,  GASEOUS,  PILOT.  Devices  in 
which  a  small  igniting  or  pilot  flame  is  maintained  when  the 
main  flame  is  extinguished.  The  pilot  may  or  jr-ay  not  be 
extinguished  when  the  main  flame  is  lighted.  Includes  single 
flame  burners  in  which  total  extinguishment  of  the  flame  is 
prevented,  as  by  a  stop  on  the  control  valve. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses .. 19,  Igniting  devices, 
Gaseous,  Self-Igniting,  Catalytic:  89,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  Calcium  light  type;  110,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Intermittent,  and  111,  Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Intermittent, 
Self-operated. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  52,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Valve  mechanism,  Article  controlled: 
234,  Tool  heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas  burner  attach- 
ments, Tool  controlled  valve,  and  23S,  Tool  heaters,  Soldering 
iron,  Gas  heaters,  Tool  controlled  valve. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  115,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Lighting  devices. 

17  IGNITING   DEVICES,   GASEOUS,   PILOT,   PRESSURE 

OPERATED,  MULTIPLE  FLUID.  Gas  igniting  and  ex- 
tinguishing devices  of  the  pilot  type  in  which  the  control  valve 
is  operated  by  auxiliary  fluid  pressure.  One  of  the  two  opera- 
tions for  opening  or  closing  the  gas  valve  may  be  manual  and 
the  other  effected  by  the  pressure. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  19,  Lighting  devices, 
Gaseous,  Self-igniting,  Catalytic. 

96— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  54,  Cameras,  Shutters,  Fluid  oper- 
ing  mechanisms. 

18  IGNITING   DEVICES.   GASEOUS,   PILOT,   PRESSURE 

OPERATED,  SINGLE  FLUID.  Gas  igniting  and  extin- 
guishing devices  of  the  pilot  type  in  which  the  control  valve 
is  operated  by  variations  in  the  gas  pressure,  the  pressure  varia- 
tions being  produced  at  will.  One  of  the  two  operations  for 
opening  and  closing  the  gas  valve  may  be  manual  and  the 
other  effected  by  the  pressure. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  19,  Igniting  devices, 
Gaseous,  Self-igniting,  Catalytic,  and  119,  Gaseous  fuel  burn- 
ers, Regulating,  Automatic. 

19  IGNITING     DEVICES,     GASEOUS,     SELF -IGNITING, 

CATALYTIC.    Devices  specifically  adapted  to  ignite  illumi- 
nating gas  burners  and  which  derive  their  igniting  flame  from 
catalytic  material  brought  into  contact  with  the  flow  of  gas, 
which  may  be  the  main  or  an  auxiliary  supply. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  5,  Igniting  devices, 
Hydrogen-platinum;  7,  Igniting  devices,  Pocket,  and  8,  Ignit- 
ing devices,  Pocket,  Attached  lamp. 

20  IGNITING  DEVICES,  GASEOUS,  SELF-IGNITING,  FUL- 

MINATING.   Devices  specifically  adapted  to  ignite  illumi- 
nating gas  burners  and  which  derive  their  igniting  flame  from 
fulminating  material  contained  within  the  device. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  \,  Igniting  devices, 
Cigar;  7,  Igniting  devices.  Pocket;  8,  Igniting  devices,  Pocket, 
Attached  lamp;  10,  Igniting  devices,  Lamp,  Fulminating,  and 
33,  Solid  fuel,  Flash  lights,  Fulminant  ignition. 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclasses  21, 
Pyrotechnics.  Cartridges;  24,  Pyrotechnics,  Torches,  and  39, 
Projectiles,  Shells,  Fuses.  Percussion. 

161 — TIME  CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclasses  11,  Lighting 
mechanism,  and  14,  Lighting  mechanism,  Friction. 

206—  SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclasses  32,  Re- 
ceptacles, Match  safes,  Withdrawal  igniting,  and  34,  Recep- 
tacles, Match  safes,  Pocket,  Withdrawal  igniting. 

21.  SOLID  FUEL.    Miscellaneous  illuminating  devices  whose  fuel 

is  a  solid,  such  as  candle  stock,  solid  lard  or  grease,  etc. 

22.  SOLID  FUEL,  CANDLES.    Limited  to  the  physical  structure 

of  illuminating  candles. 
Note  — The  chemical  composition  of  the  candle  is  classified  in 

class  87,  OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  21,  Candles. 
Search  Class — 
167— MEDICINES,  subclass  12,  Disinfectants,  Candles  and  holders. 

23.  SOLID   FUEL.  CANDLESTICKS.    Devices  for  supporting 

the  ordinary  illuminating  candle  that  are  not  provided  with 
means,  such  as  globes  or  lantern  cases,  for  protecting  the  can- 
dle flame. 

Note. — Protected  candle  holders  are  classified  in  class  240,  ILLU- 
MINATION, subclass  13,  Lanterns,  Candle  type. 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

Search  Class 
167— MEDICINES,  subclass  12,  Disinfectants,  Candles  and  holders. 

24.  SOLID     FUEL,     CANDLESTICKS,     EXTINGUISHERS. 

Mechanical  devices  for  automatically  extinguishing  the  flame 
of  the  ordinary  illuminating  candle  when  a  predetermined 
portion  of  the  candle  has  been  consumed.    This  subclass  also 
includes  manual  extinguishers. 
Search  Class — 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  73,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Extinguishers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

25.  SOLID   FUEL,  CANDLESTICKS,  CANDELABRA.    Can- 

dle holders  designed  to  support  a  plurality  of  candles.    These 
devices  are  generally  adjustable  or  collapsible. 

20.  SOLID  FUEL,  CANDLESTICKS,  MINERS'.    Candlesticks 
which  are  specially  adapted  to  be  attached  to  the  walls  or 
timbering  of  mines.    They  are  generally  provided  with  a  sharp 
prong  or  prongs  for  this  purpose. 
Search  Classes — 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  10,  Type,  Miner's  candlestick. 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  56,  Light  supports,  Christmas  tree. 

27.  SOLID  FUEL,  CANDLESTICKS,  MAINTAINED  FLAME 

LEVEL.    Candle  supports  so  constructed  that  the  candle 

flame  is  maintained  in  the  same  horizontal  plane  despite  the 

shortening  of  the  candle  due  to  burning. 
Search  Classes — 

112— SEWING  MACHINES,  subclass  28,  Wax  thread. 
184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  under  Lubricators,  Force  feed, 

Followers. 
240— ILLUMINATION. 

28.  SOLID   FUEL,   FLASH  LIGHTS.    Devices  for  igniting  a 

charge  of  combustible  powder  for  producing  an  illuminating 
flash,  generally  for  taking  photographs.  Does  not  include 
simple  cartridges  or  receptacles  containing  powder  which  are 
ignited  manually  or  with  a  fuse,  such  devices  being  classified 
in -class  102.  AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass 
20,  Pyrotechnics.  Does  not  include  pryotechnical  devices. 
Note. — Flash  light  subclasses  are  limited  to  machines  for  igniting 
and  for  retaining  the  smoke  from  charges  of  highly  inflam- 
mable non-explosive  powders  for  giving  instantaneous  flashes 
of  light.  The  machine  is  generally  charged  with  the  loose  pow- 
der, although  it  may  be  supplied  with  cartridges  specially 
adapted  for  the  device. 

29.  SOLID   FUEL,  FLASH  LIGHTS,  SHUTTER  RELEASE 

AND  LIGHT.  Devices  for  simultaneously  operating  the 
shutter  of  a  camera  and  igniting  a  charge  of  flash  light  powder. 

30.  SOLID   FUEL,   FLASH   LIGHTS,   HOODS.    Casings  sur- 

rounding flash  lights  for  the  purpose  of  retaining  the  smoke  or 
fumes  from  the  burning  powder. 

31.  SOLID  FUEL,  FLASH  LIGHTS,  ELECTRIC  IGNITION. 

Machines  for  igniting  flash  light  powder  charges  in  which  the 
ignition  is  effected  by  means  of  an  electric  current,  generally 
by  means  of  a  hot  wire  or  a  spark. 
Search  Classes— 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass  38,  Pro- 
jectiles, Shells,  Fuses,  Electric. 

175 — ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclasses  under 
igniting  devices. 

219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING,  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  32,  Heaters, 
Tools  and  instruments,  Burning,  Igniters,  for  electric  features. 

32.  SOLID  FUEL,  FLASH  LIGHTS,  FLAME  IGNITION.    Ma- 

chines for  igniting  flash  light  powder  charges  in  which  the  pow- 
der and  a  constantly  burning  flame  or  a  constantly  heated 
body  which  are  normally  out  of  contact  are  brought  together 
to  effect  ignition. 

33.  SOLID  FUEL,  FLASH  LIGHTS,FULMINANT  IGNITION. 

Machines  for  igniting  flash-light  powder  charges  in  which  the 

ignition  is  effected  by  the  detonation  of  a  fulminating  body, 

such  as  a  percussion  cap  or  a  match. 
Search  Classes— 
67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  4,   Igniting  devices, 

Cigar;  7,  Igniting  devices,  Pocket;  8,  Igniting  devices,  Pocket. 

Attached  lamp;  10,  Igniting  devices,  Lamp,  Fulminating,  and 

20,  Igniting  devices,  Gaseous,  Self-igniting,  Fulminating. 
102 — AMMUNITION  AND   EXPLOSIVE   DEVICES,   subclasses  21, 

Pyrotechnics,  Cartridges;  24,  Pyrotechnics,  Torches,  and  39, 

Projectiles,  Shells,  Fuses,  Percussion. 

34.  SOLID  FUEL,  MAGNESIUM  STRIP  TYPE.    Illuminating 

devices  which  utilize  strips  or  wires  of  magnesium  or  similar 
highly  combustible  metals  as  fuel. 

35.  LIQUID   FUEL.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  producing  light 

from  liquid  fuel. 

36.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS.    Miscellaneous  liquid  fuel  burn- 

ers for  producing  light. 

37.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  VAPOR.    Liquid  fuel  illumi- 

nating burners  in  which  there  is  a  distinct  zone  of  vaporization 
between  the  liquid  fuel  and  the  flame. 

38.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    VAPOR,    BLUE    FLAME 

WICK  TYPE.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the  vnck 
type  which  are  designed  to  give  a  blue  or  neatine  flame,  which 
flame  is  used  to  incandesce  a  mantle  or  other  refractory  body. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


129 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 
87—  ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  56,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 

Wick  type,  Argand,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
158— LIQUID  AND   GASEOUS   FUEL   BURNERS,  subclasses  88, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Perforated  combustion  tube,  Wick,  and 
94,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Lamp  type. 

39.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  VAPOR,  MULTIPLE  FLUID. 

Illuminating  liquid  fuel  burners  of  the  vapor  type  in  which 
one  or  more  auxiliary  fluids  are  used.  These  auxiliary  fluids 
are  generally  used  to  spray  or  atomize  the  liquid  fuel.  The 
auxiliary  fluid  is  generally  steam  or  air,  but  may  be  liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  appropriate  sub- 
classes. 

40.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  VAPOR,  RETORT.    Liquid 

fuel  illuminating  burners  in  which  the  fuel  is  vaporized  in  a 
well  defined  closed  chamber  or  retort.  In  no  case  does  the 
flame  come  in  direct  contact  with  the  fuel  while  the  latter  is  in 
the  liquid  state.  Most  of  the  retort  burners  with  the  air 
mixing  features  are  used  to  incandesce  mantles. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS  under  retorts  for 
Retort  structure. 

41.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  VAPOR,  RETORT,  START- 

ERS.   Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the  retort  type  that 
are  provided  with  means  other  than  the  usual  starting  cup  for 
preheating  the  retort  for  starting.    Also  devices  or  implements 
specially  adapted  to  start  the  retort  burner. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  61, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater;  62,  Burners, 
Liquid  fuel;  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater,  Subburner,  and  81, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort  starters,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

42.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  VAPOR,  RETORT,  HEAT- 

ING JET.    Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the  retort 
type  in  which  the  retort  is  heated  by  an  auxiliary  flame. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  58,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Additional  carbureter,  and  59,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Additional  carbureter,  Central  gen- 
erator. 

43.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  VAPOR.  RETORT,  HEAT- 

ING, JET,  AIR  MIXING.    Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners 
of  the  air  mixing  retort  t  y  pe  in  which  the  retort  is  heated  by  an 
auxiliary  flame,  the  fuel  therefor  being  derived  from  the  mix- 
ture of  vapor  and  air  of  the  main  or  illuminating  flame. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  58, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Additional  carbureter,  and  59, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Additional  carbureter,  Central 
generator. 

44.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  VAPOR,  RETORT,  HEAT 

CONDUCTING.    Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the 
retort  type  in  which  the  retort  is  not  heated  directly,  but 
derives  its  heat  through  conduction.    The  retort  generally 
underlies  the  flame. 
Search  Class — 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  32, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Blast  lamp;  35,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel, 
Blast  lamp,  Hand  torches,  Wick  type;  66,Burners,  Liquidfuel, 
Retort,  Underlying,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  72, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Wick  feed. 

45.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  VAPOR,  RETORT,  HEAT 

CONDUCTING,  AIR  MIXING.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating 
burners  of  the  retort  type  in  which  the  retort  is  not  heated 
directly,  but  derives  its  heat  through  conduction  from  the 
flame,  and  in  which  the  vapor  is  mixed  with  air  before  reaching 
the  point  of  combustion.  The  retort  generally  underlies  the 
flame. 

Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  32. 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Blast  lamp,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 66,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Underlying,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  and  72,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort, 
Wick  feed. 

46.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    VAPOR,    RETORT,    AIR 

MIXING.    Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the  retort 
type  in  which  the  vapor  is  mixed  with  air  before  it  reaches  the 
llame.    This  is  generally  accomplished  in  a  Bunsen  tube. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  64. 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Overlying,  Mixing  chamber;  65, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Overlying,  Mixing  chamber, 
Burner  cap;  68,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Underlying, 
Conducting  plate,  Mixing  chamber  and  burner  cap;  O'J. 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Underlying,  Mixing  chamber 
and  burner  cap,  and  70,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Under- 
lying, Mixing  chamber  and  flame  deflector. 

47.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    VAPOR,    RETORT,    AIR 

MIXING,  ^NTERNAL.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners 
of  the  air  mixing  retort  type  in  which  the  retort  is  immersed  in 
the  flame.  When  the  burner  is  equipped  with  a  mantle, 
then  the  retort  is  inside  the  mantle. 

26674°— 12 9 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

48.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    VAPOR,    RETORT,    AIR 

MIXING,  OVERLYING.    Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners 
of  the  air  mixing  retort  type  in  which  the  retort  is  located 
above  the  flame. 
Search  Class— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  63, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Overlying,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

49.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    VAPOR,    RETORT,    AIR 

MIXING,    SIDE.    Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the 
air  mixing  retort  type  hi  which  the  retort  is  located  at  one  side 
of  the  flame. 
Search  Class — 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  71, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Side  retort. 

50.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    VAPOR,    RETORT,    AIR 

MIXING,  INVERTED.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners 
of  the  retort  air  mixing  type  in  which  the  burner  is  inverted— 
i.e.,  the  combustion  occurs  below  the  burner  tip.  The  burner 
is  generally  equipped  with  an  inverted  mantle. 

51.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    FLOATING.    Liquid  fuel 

illuminating  burners  in  which  the  burner  floats  upon  the 
surface  of  the  fuel. 
Search  Class— 
67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  21,  Solid  fuel. 

52.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  FORCED  DRAFT.    Liquid 

fuel  illuminating  burners  in  which  the  draft  is  augmented  by 
artificial  means.    Does  not  include  the  ordinary  chimney  or 
globe. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  90,  Gaseous  fuel 
burners,  Incandescent,  Pressure;  91,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  Pressure,  Self-intensifying:  107,  Gaseous  fuel 
burners,  Multiple  fluid,  and  108,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Regenerative. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  11, 
Combined  oil  and  gaseous  fuel,  and  45,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel, 
Fuel  feeding,  Lamp  stove  type,  Reservoir,  Protector,  and  air 
feeding. 

53.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE.    Miscellaneous 

illuminating  burners  designed  to  burn  liquid  fuel  from  a  wick 
and  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 

54.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  MULTIPLE. 

Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the  wick  typo  where  the 
invention  resides  in  providing  the  burner  with"  a  plurality  of 
independent  burning  wicks. 

55.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,    WICK    TYPE,    CHIMNEY- 

LESS.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating  lamps  of  the  wick  type  that 
are  designed  to  bum  without  a  protecting  chimney  or  globe. 
Includes  the  miners'  lamps,  flambeaux,  and  torches  using 
wicks. 

Search  Class — 
221— DISPENSING  CANS,  subclass  55,  Hand-oilers,  Illuminating. 

56.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,   WICK   TYPE,   ARGAND. 

Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  having  a  wick  annular  in 
cross-section,  air  for  combustion  being  fed  to  the  flame  through 
the  central  opening  formed  by  the  annular  wick.    The  wick  is 
not  necessarily  a  true  circle  in  section. 
Search  Classes— 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  38,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  Blue  flame  wick  type. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  88,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Perforated  combustion  tube,  Wick,  and  94, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Lamp  type. 

57.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    WICK   TYPE,   ARGAND, 

LATERAL  AIR  INLET.    Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners 
of  the  Argand  type  in  which  the  air  is  admitted  to  the  inner 
wick  tube  through  a  lateral  passage  or  passages  passing  through 
the  wick  tubes  above  the  font. 
Search  Classes  — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  38,  Liquid  fuel,  Burn- 
ers, Vapor,  Blue  flame  wick  type;  58,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Wick  type,  Argand,  Central  draft,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  94,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Lamp  type. 

58.  LIQUID   FUEL,    BURNERS,   WICK   TYPE,   ARGAND, 

CENTRAL  DRAFT.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of 
the  Argand  type  in  which  the  inner  wick  tube  passes  entirely 
through  the  font  and  draws  its  air  supply  from  beneath 
through  the  font.  Includes  wick  raisers  specially  adapted  to 
central  draft  burners  that  do  not  fall  in  the  subclasses  here- 
under. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  38,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  Blue  flame  wick  type. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS"  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  94,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Lamp  type. 

59.  LIQUID   FUEL,    BURNERS,    WICK   TYPE,   ARGAND, 

CENTRAL  DRAFT,  DRAW  BAR.  Liquid  fuel  illuminat- 
ing burners  of  the  Argand  central  draft  type  in  whic-h  the  wick 
is  operated  by  a  bar  projecting  from  the" font  and  reciprocated 
directly  by  hand. 


130 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  60,  Liquid  fuel,  Burn- 
ers, Wick  type,  Argand,  Central  draft,  Rack  bar,  and  01, 
Liquid  fuel,  Burners,  Wick  type,  Argand,  Central  draft. 
Screw  rod. 

60.  LIQUID    FUEL,   BURNERS.   WICK   TYPE,   ARGAND, 

CENTRAL  DRAFT,  RACK  BAR.  Liquid  fuel  illuminat- 
ing burners  of  the  Argand  central  draft  type  in  which  the 
wick  is  operated  by  a  bar  on  which  is  formed  a  rack  which 
engages  a  nand  operated  pinion. 

61.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    WICK   TYPE,   ARGAND, 

CENTRAL  DRAFT,  SCREW  ROD.  Liquid  fuel  illuminat- 
ing burners  of  the  Argand  central  draft  type  in  which  the  wick 
is  operated  by  a  screw- threaded  rod  or  bar,  said  rod  being 
rotatable  or  engaging  a  rotatable  finger  piece. 

62.  LIQUID   FUEL,    BURNERS,   WICK   TYPE,    ARGAND, 

CENTRAL  DRAFT,  SWISS  SCREW.  Liquid  fuel  illumi- 
nating burners  of  the  Argand  central  draft  type  in  which  the 
wick  is  operated  by  a  screw  formed  on  one  of  the  wick  tubes  or 
on  a  sleeve  concentric  with  said  tubes. 

63.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  ARGAND,  AIR 

DISTRIBUTERS.    Devices  placed  at  the  top  of  the  inner 
wick  tube  of  liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the  Argand 
type  for  regulating  and  directing  the  air  fed  through  the  inner 
wick  tube. 
Search  Classes— 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  38,  Liquid  fuel,  Burn- 
ers, Vapor,  Blue  flame  wick  type,  and  50,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Wick  type,  Argand,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  94,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Lamp  type. 

64.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  RETURNED 

WICK.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  in  which  the  wick 
is  passed  up  to  the  point  of  combustion  and  then  returned  to 
the  font  so  that  the  flame  occurs  at  a  point  intermediate  of  the 
ends  of  the  wick.  In  some  cases  the  wick  is  endless. 

65.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  WICK  RAIS- 

ERS. Devices  for  adjusting  the  wick  to  position  in  the  wick 
tube  for  regulating  the  flame.  Does  not  include  wick  raisers 
which  are  specially  adapted  to  the  central  draft  Argand  oil 
burners,  which  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  50,  Liquid 
fuel,  Burners,  Wick  type,  Argand.  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. Includes  wick  raisers  for  heating  burners  when  they 
are  not  specific  to  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL 
BURNERS. 
Search  Class— 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  56,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Wick  type,  Argand,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

66.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  WICK  STOPS. 

Devices  for  preventing  the  displacement  of  the  wick  as  by 
shock,  inadvertence,  or  malicious  intent.  Also  includes  do- 
vices  which  limit  the  movement  of  the  wick,  so  that  it  can  not 
be  turned  too  high  or  too  low.  The  device  is  either  applied  to 
the  wick  raiser  or  directly  to  the  wick.  Includes  wick  stops 
for  heating  burners  when  they  are  not  specific  to  class  158, 
LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

67.  LIQUID    FUEL,   BURNERS,   WICK   TYPE,   WICK   IN- 

SERTERS. Implements  for  facilitating  the  insertion  of 
wicks  into  the  wick  tube  or  to  wick  tubes  that  are  so  modified 
as  to  aid  in  the  insertion  of  the  wick.  Includes  wick  inserters 
for  heating  burners  when  they  are  not  specific  to  class  158, 
LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

68.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  WICK  TRIM- 

MERS. Devices,  generally  implements,  for  trimming  the 
wick  of  liquid  fuel  burners.  They  generally  operate  by  scrap- 
ing, cutting,  or  brushing.  Includes  candle  trimmers.  In- 
cludes wick  trimmers  for  heating  burners  when  they  are  not 
specific  to  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

69.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  WICKS.    De- 

vices for  conveying  liquid  fuej  from  the  source  of  supply  to  the 
point  of  combustion  by  capillary  attraction. 

Note. — Includes  wicks  for  heating  burners  when  they  are  not 
specific  to  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

Search  Class — 
87.  OILS,  FAT,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  21,  Candles. 

70.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  WICKS,  MUL- 

TIPLE PIECE.  Compound  wicks  having  one  end  specially 
adapted  to  convey  the  fuel  and  the  other  end  specially  adapted 
to  withstand  the  effects  of  the  combustion. 
Note. — Includes  wicks  of  this  type  for  heating  burners  when 
they  are  not  specific  to  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL 
BURNERS. 

71.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  GLASS  CONE. 

Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the  wick  type  in  which 
the  cone  is  of  glass  or  similar  transparent  or  translucent  ma- 
terial, the  object  being  to  eliminate  the  shadow  cast  by  the 
cone  and  to  utilize  the  entire  flame  for  illuminating. 

72.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  WICK  TYPE,  AIR  DISTRIB- 

UTERS. Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burners  of  the  wick  type 
that  are  provided  with  devices  at  the  upper  end  of  the  w'ick 
tube  for  the  purpose  of  regulating  the  size,  shape,  or  character 
of  the  flame.  Includes  devices  for  covering  a  part  of  the  wick 
to  produce  a  pilot  flame  or  a  "  night  light." 


CLASS  G7— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  38,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  Blue  llame  wick  type;  78,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners,  Ex- 
tinguishers, Mechanical,  Cap;  79,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Extinguishers,  Mechanical,  Double  wing;  and  80,  Liquid  fuel, 
Burners,  Extinguishers,  Mechanical,  Sliding  sleeve. 

73.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  EXTINGUISHERS.    Liquid 

fuel  illuminating  burner  extinguishing  devices  of  a  miscel- 
laneous nature.  The  device  may  be  manual  or  automatic. 

74.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  EXTINGUISHERS,  FUEL 

EXHAUSTION.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burner  extin- 
guishers where  the  extinguisher  mechanism  is  operated  by 
the  fall  hi  the  level  of  the  fuel  in  the  font,  as  by  a  float.  The 
device  may  be  set  to  extinguish  when  the  oil  reaches  any  pre- 
determined level,  thus  producing  a  time  feed. 
Note. — These  devices  differ  from  those  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND 
GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  4<i.5;  Burners,  Liquid  fuel, 
Fuel  feeding,  Tanks,  Reserve  supply,  in  that  they  operate  a 
flame  extinguisher,  whereas  those  in  class  158,  subclass  46.5 
cause  the  fuel  feed  to  be  cut  off,  so  that  the  flame  fails  for  want 
of  fuel. 

75.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  EXTINGUISHERS,  PNEU- 

MATIC.   Liquid    fuel    illuminating    burner    extinguishers 
wherein  the  extinction  of  the  flame  is  accomplished  by  a  cur- 
.    rent  or  blast  of  air  or  other  gas.    Also  includes  some  imple- 
ments which  can  be  used  on  lamps  or  candles. 
Search  Class — 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  17,  Igniting  devices, 
Gaseous,  Pilot,  Pressure  operated,  Multiple  fluid;  29,  Solid 
fuel,  Flash  lights,  Shutter  release  and  light,  and  32,  Solid  fuel, 
Flash  lights,  Flame  ignition. 

76.  LIQUID  FUEL,  BURNERS,  EXTINGUISHERS,  LIQUID. 

Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burner  extinguishers  wherein  a 
body  of  non-combustible  liquid,  generally  water,  is  applied  to 
the  flame  or  mixed  with  the  fuel  to  effect  extinction  of  the 
flame. 

Search  Class — 

X58 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  95,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Lamp  type,  WTater  vaporizers. 

77.  LIQUID    FUEL     BURNERS,    EXTINGUISHERS,    ME- 

CHANICAL. Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burner  extinguishers 
wherein  the  extinction  of  the  flame  is  effected  by  mechanical 
means,  such  as  plates,  caps,  or  sleeves,  which  are  interposed 
between  the  flame  and  the  ah-  supply,  and  which  are  not  classi- 
fiable in  the  other  subclasses  of  this  group,  or  by  withdrawing 
the  wick  within  the  wick  tube,  which  thus  constitutes  a  sleeve. 
This  subclass  is  a  miscellaneous  one  and  contains  patents  to  the 
combinations  of  the  cap,  wing,  or  sleeve  type  of  extinguisher. 
Search  Class— 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  72,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Wick  type,  Air  distributers. 

78.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    EXTINGUISHERS,    ME- 

CHANICAL, CAP.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating  burner  extin- 
guishers in  which  the  extinction  of  the  flame  is  accomplished 
by  a  single  cap  or  shutter.  Thecap  is  generally  pivotedat  one 
side  of  the  wick  tube,  although  it  may  be  a  part  thereof. 

79.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    EXTINGUISHERS.    ME- 

CHANICAL, DOUBLE  WING.  Liquid  fuel  illuminating 
burner  extinguishers  in  which  the  extinction  of  the  flame  is 
accomplished  by  a  pair  of  movable  caps  or  wings  generally 
pivoted  one  on  each  side  of  the  wick  tube.  The  two  wings 
may  act  together  or  independently.  ^ 

80.  LIQUID    FUEL,    BURNERS,    EXTINGUISHERS,    ME- 

CHANICAL, SLIDING  SLEEVE.  Liquid  fuel  illuminat- 
ing burner  extinguishers  in  which  the  extinction  of  the  flame 
is  accomplished  by  a  movable  sleeve  or  tube  generally 
mounted  on  the  wick  tube. 

81.  LIQUID  FUEL,  FONTS.    Miscellaneous  liquid  fuel  illumi- 

nating devices  wherein  the  invention  relates  to  the  fuel  con- 
tainer. 

Search  Class — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  55,  Liquid  fuel  burners, 
Wick  type,  Chimneyless. 

82.  LIQUID  FUEL,  FONTS,  INDEPENDENT.    Devices  spe- 

cially adapted  to  feed  liquid  fuel  to  illuminating  burners  and 
wherein  the  reservoir  is  not  directly  attached  to  the  burner 
head.  The  invention  generally  is  in  the  mere  arrangement 
of  the  reservoir  or  burner.  The  devices  are  generally  of  the 
"student  lamp"  type. 

Note. — Where  the  invention  resides  in  the  fuel  feed  control,  it  is 
classified  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS, 
under  the  Fuel  feed  subclasses. 

83.  LIQUID  FUEL,  FONTS,  COLLARS.    Means  for  connecting 

burner  heads  to  the  font  in  liquid  fuel  illuminating  devices. 
Note. — Where  the  invention  resides  in  adapting  the  collar  to  catch 
the  drip,  it  is  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  84,  Liquid  fuel, 
Fonts,  Drip  catchers. 

Where  the  invention  resides  in  adapting  the  collar  for  vent- 
ing the  font,  it  is  classified  hi  this  class,  subclass  86,  Liquid 
fuel,  Fonts,  Vents. 

Where  the  invention  resides  in  adapting  the  collar  for  use  in 
filling,  it  is  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  85,  Liquid  fuel, 
Fonts,  Filling  devices. 
Search  Class — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  84,  Liquid  fuel,  Fonts, 
Drip  catchers;  85,  Liquid  fuel,  Fonts,  Filling  devices,  and  86, 
Liquid  fuel,  Fonts,  Vents. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


131 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

84.  LIQUID  FUEL,  FONTS,  DRIP  CATCHERS.    Devices  for 
either  retaining  the  drip  from  liquid  fuel  illuminating  lamps 
or  for  returning  it  to  the  font. 
Search  Classes— 

45— FURNITURE,  subclass  15,  Insect  guards. 
221— DISPENSING  CANS,  subclass  39,  Hand  oilers,  Drip  catchers, 
Return,  Vents. 

85  LIQUID  FUEL,  FONTS,  FILLING  DEVICES.    Devices  for 

providing  filling  openings  in  the  fonts  of  liquid  fuel  illuminat- 
ing lamps.  This  opening  is  generally  through  the  collar  or 
burner  head.  This  subclass  also  includes  devices  for  holding 
the  lamp  burner  while  the  font  is  being  filled  through  the 
collar. 

Note.— When  the  filler  opening  is  through  the  wall  of  the  font 
and  the  device  is  capable  of  application  to  any  liquid  con- 
tainer, it  is  classified  in  class  221,  DISPENSING  CANS,  subclass  2, 
Filling  cans,  Closures,  or  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

86  LIQUID  FUEL,  FONTS,  VENTS.    Vents  applied  to  the  collars  or 

burner  heads  of  liquid  fuel  illuminating  lamps  to  relieve  high 
or  low  pressure  in  the  font. 

Note.— Vents  applied  to  the  font  itself  and  capable  of  general  ap- 
plication to  any  liquid  container  are  classified  in  class  221,  DIS- 
PENSING CANS,  subclass  31,  Filling  cans,  Vents. 
Search  Classes 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  84,  Liquid  fuel,  Fonts, 
Drip  catchers. 

221— DISPENSING  CANS,  subclasses  20,  Filling  cans,  Nozzles,  Cut- 
offs Rotary,  Vented;  28,  Filling  cans,  Nozzles,  Vented;  31, 
Filling  cans,  Vents;  39,  Hand  oilers,  Drip  catchers,  Return, 
Vents,  and  59,  Hand  oilers,  Vented. 

87.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS.    Miscellaneous  illuminating 

gas  burners  not  classifiable  in  the  subclasses  hereunder. 
Search  Class-- 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  relating 
togas. 

88.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT.    Illumi- 

nating gas  burners  in  which  the  light  is  derived  from  a  refrac- 
tory body  heated  to  incandescence  by  the  flame,  the  burner 
itself  being  generally  of  the  Bunsen  type. 

89    GASEOUS   FUEL   BURNERS,   INCANDESCENT,   CAL- 
CIUM LIGHT  TYPE.    Illuminating  gas  burners  in  which 
a  block  of  lime  or  similar  material  is  heated  to  incandescence 
by  an  oxy-hydrogen  or  similar  flame. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  90,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  Pressure,  for  burner  structure. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  90,  Blowpipes. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  109,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Pressure  burners. 

90.  GASEOUS  FUEL   BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT,  PRES- 

SURE.   Illuminating  gas  burners  ofthe  incandescent  type  in 
which  the  pressure  of  the  fuel  at  the  burner  head  is  increased. 
This  increased  pressure  may  be  effected  by  a  pump  in  the  gas 
supply  or  by  the  introduction  of  a  jet  of  compressed  air. 
Search  Classes — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  52,  Liquid  fuel,  Burn- 
ers, Forced  draft,  and  100,  Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandescent, 
Mantle  making. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  109,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Pressure  burners. 

91.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT,  PRES- 

SURE,  SELF-INTENSIFYING.    Illuminating  gas  burn- 
ers of  the  incandescent  pressure  type  in  which  the  energy  for 
operating  the  gas  or  air  pumps  is  derived  from  the  heat  of  the 
burner  flame. 
Search  Class— 

67 — ILLUMINATING-BURNERS,  subclass  52,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Forced  draft. 

92.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS.  INCANDESCENT,  RESIL- 

IENT SUPPORT.  Devices  lor  resiliently  supporting  all  or 
a  part  of  the  burner  structure  of  incandescent  illuminating 
gaseous  burners  (other  than  the  mantle  support  alone)  for  the 
purpose  of  protecting  the  mantle  from  shock  or  vibration. 
Note.— When  the  mantle  support  alone  is  resilient,  the  patent  is 
classified  in  this  class,  subclass  104,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  Mantle  support,  Resilient. 

93.  GASEOUS   FUEL   BURNERS,   INCANDESCENT,  COM- 

BINED UPRIGHT  AND  INVERTED.  Illuminating  gas 
burner  structures  of  the  incandescent  type  which  comprises 
both  an  upright  and  an  inverted  mantle  burner. 

94.  GASEOUS     FUEL     BURNERS,     INCANDESCENT,     IN- 

VERTED. Illuminating  gas  burner  structures  of  the  incan- 
descent type  in  which  the  mantle"  is  located  below  the  burner 
mouth. 

Search  Class — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  50,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  Retort,  Air  mixing,  Inverted. 

95.  GASEOUS    FUEL    BURNERS,    INCANDESCENT,    IN- 

CLINED. Illuminating  gas  burner  structures  of  the  mean- 
descent  type  in  which  the  major  axis  of  the  mantle  is  inclined 
to  the  vertical. 

96.  GASEOUS    FUEL    BURNERS,    INCANDESCENT,    UP- 

RIGHT. Illuminating  gas  burner  structures  of  the  incan- 
descent type  in  which  the  mantle  is  located  above  the  burner 
mouth. 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

97.  GASEOUS    FUEL    BURNERS     INCANDESCENT,    UP- 

RIGHT, PREHEATER.    Illuminating  burner  structures  of 
the  upright  mean  descent  type  in  which  the  gas  or  air  is  heated 
before  combustion  either  by  the  main  flame  or  by  an  auxiliary 
jet. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  under  40,  Liquid  fuel, 
Burners,  Vapor,  Retort;  91,  Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandes- 
cent, Pressure,  Self- intensify  ing,  and  94,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  Inverted. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  108,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Regenerative. 

98.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT,  MAN- 

TLES. The  physical  structure  of  the  mantle  or  refractory 
body  which  is  designed  to  give  out  light  by  being  heated  to 
incandescence  by  a  combustion  flame. 

Note.— Method  of  making  the  mantle  is  in  this  class,  subclass  100, 
Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandescent,  Mantle  making. 

Receptacles  for  shipping  mantles  are  classified  in  class  206, 
SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  68,  Packages, 
Incandescent  mantles. 

99.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT,   MAN- 

TLE COMPOSITIONS.  The  chemical  composition  of  the 
mantle,  both  method  and  article. 

100.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT,  MAN- 

TLE MAKING.  Devices  or  methods  for  making  or  regen- 
erating mantles;  also  the  operations  of  impregnating,  cutting 
off,  shaping,  trimming,  and  firing. 

Note. — Devices  for  shirring  and  threading  in  the  supporting  loop 
are  classified  in  class  112,  SEWING  MACHINES,  subclass  17, 
Running  stitch. 
Search  Classes — 

91— COATING,  subclass  13,  Combined  machines,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  impregnating. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  60, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary  cutter,  for  trimmers. 

101.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT,  MAN- 

TLE SUPPORT.  Miscellaneous  devices  for  supporting  in- 
candescent illuminating  mantles  hi  proper  position  relative 
to  the  burner. 

102.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT,  MAN- 

TLE SUPPORT  INCLOSED.    Mantle  supports  that  are 
inclosed  within  the  mantle. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  38,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  Blue  flame  wick  type. 

103.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS.  INCANDESCENT,  MAN- 

TLE SUPPORT,  INVERTED.  Mantle  supports  for  man- 
tles of  the  inverted  type. 

104.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INCANDESCENT,  MAN- 

TLE SUPPORT,  RESILIENT.  Mantle  supports  that  are 
made  resilient  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  the  mantles  from 
injurious  shocks  or  vibrations. 

Note. — For  devices  where  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  burner  struc- 
ture is  also  made  resilient,  search  in  this  class,  subclass  92, 
Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandescent,  Resilient  support. 

105.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  ACETYLENE.    Illuminat- 

ing burners  specially  adapted  for  burning  acetylene  or  similar 
high  carbon  gases.    Does  not  include  incandescent  acetylene 
burners,  which  are  classified  in  incandescent  gas  burners. 
Search  Class— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  101,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Acetylene. 

106.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  ANNULAR.    Illuminating 

gas  burners  of  the  ring  or  Argand  type  in  which  air  is  fed 
through  the  ring  to  the  inner  side  of  the  flame  as  well  as  to  the 
outer  side. 
Search  Class— 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  108,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Regenerative. 

107.  GASEOUS     FUEL    BURNERS,    MULTIPLE    FLUID. 

Illuminating  gas  burners  in  which  one  or  more  fluids  under 
pressure  are  fed  to  the  gas  flame.    These  fluids  are  generally 
air  or  oxygen. 
Search  Class — 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  39,  Liquid  fuel  burners, 
Vapor,  Multiple  fluid;  89,  Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandescent, 
Calcium  light  type,  and  91,  Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandes- 
cent, Pressure,  Self-intensifying. 

10S.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  REGENERATIVE.  Illu- 
minating gas  lamp  structures  in  which  the  air  or  gas  and  air 
are  preheated  by  the  illuminating  flame  or  by  the  products 
of  combustion.  Does  not  include  incandescent  gas  burners 
nor  burners  which  are  preheated  by  an  auxiliary  flame. 
Search  Classes— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  87,  Gaseous  fuel  burn- 
ers; 94,  Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandescent,  Inverted,  and  97, 
Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandescent,  Upright,  Preheater. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  10S,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Regenerative. 

109.  GASEpUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  REGENERATIVE,  GAS. 
Illuminating  gas  burners  in  which  the  gas  alone  is  preheated 
by  the  flame  or  products  of  combustion.  Does  not  include 
incandescent  gas  burners. 


132 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  97,  Gaseous  fuel  burn- 
ers, Incandescent,  Upright,  Preheater,  and  91,  Gaseous  fuel 
burners,  Incandescent,  Pressure,  Self-intensifying. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  108,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Regenerative. 

110.  GASEOUS   FUEL  BURNERS,   INTERMITTENT.    Illu- 

minating gas  burners  which  are  turned  on  and  off  at  short 
intervals  in  order  to  give  a  flash  signal  or  to  illuminate  a  sign 
intermittently.  The  control  valve  is  run  by  an  independent 
motor. 

Search  Class — 

161— TIME  CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass  9,  Valve  actuat- 
ing mechanism,  Gas  cocks. 

111.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  INTERMITTENT,  SELF- 

OPERATED.  Illuminftting  gas  burners  of  the  intermittent 
type  in  which  the  control  valve  is  operated  by  the  flow  of  the 
gas  either  directly  by  means  of  a  motor  run  by  the  gas  or 
indirectly  by  a  thermostat  heated  by  the  burner.  The  power 
to  operate  the  control  valve  is  derived  from  the  gas  itself. 
Search  Class — 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  18,  Igniting  devices 
Gaseous,  Pilot,  Pressure  operated,  Single  fluid. 

112.  GASEOUS   FUEL  BURNERS,   TIPS.    Improvements  on 

the  illuminating  gas  burner  tips.     The  tip  is  generally  of  the 
fish  tail  or  bat  wing  type. 
Search  Class — 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  105,  Gaseous  fuel  burn- 
ers, Acetylene. 

113.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  AUTOMATIC  CUT-OFFS. 

Miscellaneous  devices  for  cutting  off  the  flow  of  illuminating 
gas  when  the  conditions  become  abnormal  in  the  supply  pipe 
on  either  side  of  the  device.  Includes  combined  high  and  low 
pressure  cut-offs.  Does  not  include  cut-offs  that  are  operated 
by  the  action  of  fire. 

Note. — For  cut-offs  that  are  operated  by  the  action  of  fire,  see 
class  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  92,  Cocks  and  fau- 
cets, Thermal,  High  temperature. 

114.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  AUTOMATIC  CUT-OFFS, 

DRAFT.  Automatic  fuel  cut-offs  which  are  operated  by  an 
unusual  draft  striking  the  burner.  Includes  cut-offs  which 
operate  upon  the  cessation  of  the  draft  of  hot  air  from  the 
burner  flame,  as  when  the  flame  is  extinguished. 

115.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  AUTOMATIC  CUT-OFFS, 

PRESSURE.  Devices  for  automatically  cutting  otf  the  flow 
of  gas  when  the  pressure  in  the  supply  pipe  on  either  side  of 


CLASS  67— Continued. 

.  the  device  drops  below  a  predetermined  limit  and  which  stay 
closed  upon  an  increase  or  renewal  of  pressure.  Does  not 
include  check  valves  nor  devices  that  close  when  the  flow  is 
abnormally  increased. 

11G.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  AUTOMATIC  CUT-OFFS, 
THERMOSTATIC.  Thcrmostatic  devices  for  automatically 
cutting  off  the  flow  of  gas  when  the  flame  is  extinguished. 
Note. — Thennostatic  regulating  devices  for  keeping  the  temper- 
ature and  pressure  constant  are  classified  in  class  236,  DAM- 
PERS, AUTOMATIC,  subclass  5,  Expansion. 

117.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  AUTOMATIC  CUT-OFFS, 

THERMOSTATIC,  SELF-SETTING.  Automatic  cut-offs 
of  the  thermostatic  type  which  are  automatically  sot  upon 
turning  on  the  gas.  They  do  not  require  to  be  preheated,  nor 
is  the  cock  required  to  be  held  open  for  an  interval. 

118.  GASEOUS    FUEL   BURNERS,    REGULATING.    Miscel- 

laneous regulating  devices  specially  adapted  to  control  the 
flow  of  fuel  in  illuminating  gas  burners. 

119.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  REGULATING,  AUTO- 

MATIC. Devices  which  automatically  tend  to  control  the 
flow  of  fuel  to  the  burner  by  means  of  the  variations  in  the 
gas  pressure.  They  are  generally  an  integral  part  of  the 
burner  structure,  although  some  are  located  in  the  pipe  line. 
These  devices  differ  from  those  in  class  50,  FLUID  PRESSURE 
REGULATORS,  in  that  they  are  not  true  regulators.  They 
merely  oppose  an  increase  or  decrease  in  pressure  or  flow  of 
fuel,  but  do  not  entirely  prevent  it.  Fluid  pressure  regulators 
hold  the  pressure  exactly  at  a  predetermined  point. 
Search  Classes — 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  18,  Igniting  devices, 
Gaseous,  Pilot,  Pressure  operated,  Single  fluid. 

50 — FLUID  PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

120.  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  REGULATING,  FIXED. 

Fixed  non-adjustable  devices  specially  adapted  to  control  the 
flow  of  fuel  to  the  burner.  They  are  generally  an  integral 
part  of  the  burner  structure.  Includes  some  devices  which 
are  placed  in  the  pipe  lines. 

121.  GASEOUS    FUEL    BURNERS,    REGULATING,    MAN- 

UAL.   Manually  operated  valves  specially  adapted  to  con- 
trol the  flow  of  fuel  to  the  burner.    They  are  generally  an 
integral  part  of  the  burner  structure.    Includes  some  devices 
which  are  placed  in  the  pipe  line. 
Search  Class — 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  118,  Gas 
and  air  mixers;  119,  Gas  and  air  mixers,  Proportional,  and 
120,  Valves  and  cleaners. 


CLASS  69.— LEATHER  MANTJFACTTJRES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  leather-working  apparatus  and  leather  articles 
not  elsewhere  classified  under  more  specific  titles. 

The  class  does  not  include  hoots,  shoes,  gloves,  trunks,  baggage, 
pocket-books,  or  other  leather  receptacles  or  their  manufacture, 
except  such  apparatus  as  is  clearly  general  in  its  capability  of  opera- 
tion. 

It  does  not  include  leather  cutting  (except  skiving  and  splitting), 
punching,  or  sewing,  or  the  manufacture  of  leather  from  hides,  skins, 
etc.  The  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  harness  is  here  included ; 
but  the  articles  of  harness  are  elsewhere  classified. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MACHINES.    Miscellaneous  leather-working  machines. 

1.5.  MACHINES,  BELT-STRETCHING.  Various  machines  for 
putting  leather,  canvas,  or  other  belting  under  tension  to  take 
out  the  initial  stretch  or  to  bring  the  belting  to  uniform  shape. 

2.  MACHINES,  CUTTING  AND  IMPRESSING.    Machines  for 

cutting  or  trimming  leather  and  at  the  same  time  creasing  or 
otherwise  impressing  it  for  ornamental  purposes  or  which 
simply  crease  or  impress  without  cutting. 
Search  Class — 

149 — HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclass  23,  Apparatus, 
Rolling  and  embossing. 

3.  MACHINES,  HORSE-COLLAR-SHAPING.    Apparatus  upon 

which  horse-collars  are  shaped  or  given  proper  contour. 
Search  Class— 

69— LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  8,  Machines,  Forming 
and  pressing. 

4.  MACHINES,  HORSE-COLLAR-STUFFING.    Apparatus  for 

stuffing  the  padding  material  into  horse-collars. 

5.  MACHINES,  FOLDING  AND  ROLLING.    Machines  for  fold- 

ing or  rolling  or  both  folding  and  rolling  leather,  usually  for 
reins  for  harness. 
Search  Class— 

149 — HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclass  23,  Apparatus, 
Rolling  and  embossing. 

6.  MACHINES,  ROUNDING.    Machines  which  by  drawing  or 

passing  a  string  or  strip  therethrough  will  cut  or  roll  the  same 
to  circular  or  semicircular  shape,  usually  for  harness-reins, 
fillings,  or  whip-lashes. 

7.  MACHINES,  SEAM-PRESSING.    Machines  for  pressing,  rub- 

bing, or  rolling  down  leather  seams. 
Search  Class— 
68 — LAUNDRY,  subclass  10,  Ironing  machines. 

8.  MACHINES,  FORMING  AND  PRESSING.    Various  mold- 

ing, clamping,  and  pressing  apparatus  for  forming  or  shaping 
leather  articles,  mostly  harness  parts. 
Search  Class— 

69— LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  3,  Machines,  Horse- 
collar-shaping. 

9.  MACHINES,   SKIVING   AND   SPLITTING.    Miscellaneous 

machines  for  skiving,  splitting,  or  beveling  leather. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  62,  Toe  and  heel  stiffener 
machines,  skiving,  and  46,  Heel-machines,  Bevel  and  seat 
cutting. 

10.  MACHINES,  SKIVING  AND  SPLITTING,  BELT-KNIFE. 

Skiving  and  splitting  machines  which  employ  a  traveling 
belt  or  band  knife. 


CLASS  69— Continued. 

Search  Classes  - 

69 — LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  13,  Machines,  Skiving 
and  splitting,  Fixed-knife,  Roller-feed. 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  17,  Band-saw  machines  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  35, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Band-knife. 

11.  MACHINES,      SKIVING      AND   SPLITTING,      FIXED- 

KNIFE.    Skiving  and  splitting  machines  which  employ  a 
stationary  cutter  against  which  the  work  is  drawn  or  fed. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  36, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Fixed-cutter. 

12.  MACHINES,     SKIVING     AND     SPLITTING,     FIXED- 

KNIFE,  RECIPROCATING-FEED.     Fixed-knife  skiving 
and  splitting  machines  in  which  a  reciprocating  feed  mecha- 
nism is  employed  to  carry  the  work  to  the  fixed  cutter. 
Search  Classes— 

144_ WOODWORKING,  subclass  175,  Slicers,  Fixed-knife. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  38, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Fixed-cutter,  Work-feeding. 

13.  MACHINES,     SKIVING     AND     SPLITTING,     FIXED- 

KNIFE,  ROLLER-FEED.     Fixed-knife  skiving  and  split- 
ting machines  in  which  the  work  is  fed  to  the  fixed  cutter  by 
positively-driven  rolls. 
Search  Classes  - 

69— LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  10,  Machines,  skiving 
and  splitting,  Belt-knife. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  175,  Slicers,  Fixed-knife. 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  39, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Fixed-cutter,  Work-feeding,  Roller-feed. 

14.  MACHINES,     SKIVING     AND     SPLITTING,     FIXED- 

KNIFE,  ROLLER-FEED,  TRIMMING  ATTACH- 
MENTS. Roller-feed,  fixed-knife  skiving  and  splitting 
machines  which  employ  a  trimming-knife  in  addition  to  the 
skiving  or  splitting  knife  to  trim  the  edge  of  the  passing  work 

15.  MACHINES,  SKIVING  AND  SPLITTING,  RECIPROCAT- 

ING-KNIFE.  Skiving  and  splitting  machines  in  which  the 
cutter  is  reciprocated.  Either  the  work  is  fed  against  the 
knife  or  lies  stationary  while  the  knife  operates. 

16.  MACHINES,    SKIVING    AND    SPLITTING,    ROTARY 

DISK  KNIFE.  Skiving  and  splitting  machines,  usually  for 
skiving,  in  which  is  employed  a  disk  knife  which  shaves  on  the 
portions  as  it  passes  over  the  surface  of  the  work. 

17.  MACHINES,  STRAP-FINISHING.    Machines  for  rubbing, 

blacking,  polishing,  creasing,  burnishing,  and  otherwise  fin- 
ishing leather  straps. 

18.  MACHINES,  TACK-LEATHERING.    Machines  for  attach- 

ing the  leather  heads  to  carpet-tacks.    Usually  the  leather 
disks  are  cut  out  from  a  continuous  strip  and  the  tacks  inserted 
by  a  plunger  through  the  disks. 
Search  Class— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  6,  Machines,  Nail-driving, 
Nail-feeding. 

19.  WORK-HOLDERS.    Various  clamping  apparatus  for  hold- 

ing leather  while  it  is  being  worked  upon  mostly  "stitching- 
horses"  for  saddlers  or  harness-makers. 
Search  Class— 
223 — APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  54,  Work-holders. 

20.  TOOLS.    Various  hand-tools  peculiar  to  the  leather-workers' 

art. 

21.  ARTICLES  AND  PROCESSES.    Various  leather  structures- 

such  as  bindings  or  pipings,  seams,  and  ornamental  pieces — 
of  more  or  less  general  use  in  making  up  complete  articles; 
also,  some  leather-working  processes  are  here  included. 

133 


CLASS  72.— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  is  intended  to  include  all  patents  for  masonry  and  con- 
crete structures  capable  of  application  to  constructions  in  general. 
Devices  which  are  practically  inseparable  from  the  art  where  they 
e  used  will  be  classified  in  the  particular  art  classes. 


20 


are  us 


Subclasses. 


1.  BUILDINGS.    Miscellaneous  features  of  masonry  buildings  not 

properly  classifiable  in  any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 

2.  ABOLISHED.  See  class  20. 

3.  ABOLISHED.  See  class  20. 

4.  ABOLISHED.  See  class  20. 

5.  ABOLISHED.  See  class  20. 

6.  BUILDINGS,  ELEVATORS  AND  BINS.    Masonry  or  con- 

crete structures  built  either  to  withstand  great  internal  pres- 
sure or  to  provide  sloping  bottoms  or  to  provide  for  the  group- 
ing of  a  plurality  of  tanks  or  bins  in  close  relationship. 
Search  Classes— 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  1.  2  Bins,  and  1.  4  Bins, 
Silos. 

130— THRESHING,  subclass  14,  Granaries  and  bins. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  3,  Buildings, 
Bins. 

7.  BUILDINGS,   VAULTS.    Overground   burial-vaults   and  all 

underground  burial-vaults  of  masonry  or  concrete  and  features 
of  construction  thereof  that  are  not  specifically  identified  with 
some  particular  art. 

Note. — Mausoleum-roofs  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  89, 
Coping,  Vault. 

8.  BRIDGES.    Concrete  or  masonry  bridges  wherein  the  features 

claimed  are  more  than  the  arch  structure  or  the  flooring. 
Note. — Masonry  or  concrete  bridge  arches  per  se  are  classified  in 
this  class,  subclasses  56,   Arches,   Bridge,  and  57,   Arches, 
Bridge,  Metal-liiied. 

Masonry  or  concrete  bridge  floorings  per  se  are  classified  in 
this  class,  subclass  64,  Arches,  Floor,  Bridge. 

9.  CISTERNS.    Miscellaneous  inventions  directed  toward  masonry 

well  and  cistern  constructions  capable  of  application  to  either 
and  all  specific  constructions  capable  of  application  to  cisterns 
only. 

Note. — All  masonry  constructions  providing  for  the  entrance  of 
water  at  the  bottom  thereof  are  classified  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 12,  Wells. 

10.  CELLARS.    Cellar-bottoms,  constructed  to  provide  drainage 

facilities  and  the  like. 

Note. — Waterproofing  of  cellar-walls  is  classified  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 126,  Waterproofing,  Cellars. 

11.  CELLARS,  CAVES.    Outdoor  vegetable-caves,  cyclone-cellars, 

and  the  like. 

12.  WELLS.    Masonry  structures  built  or  sunk  in  the  ground  that 

allow  for  the  entrance  of  water  at  or  near  the  bottom  thereof. 

13.  TANKS.    Miscellaneous  masonry  or  concrete  tanks  and  fea- 

tures of  construction  thereof. 
Search  Class— 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  6,  Build- 
ings, Elevators  and  bins,  and  9,  Cisterns. 

14.  TANKS,  LINED.    Masonry  or  concrete  tanks  that  are  pro- 

vided with  a  lining  either  for  waterproofing  or  for  protection. 

15.  BUILDING  ELEMENTS  AND  SUPPORTS,  INTEGRAL. 

Metal-reinforced  structures  in  which  the  floors  or  beams  and 
the  walls  or  other  supports  are  cast  integrally,  so  that  the  en- 
tire structure  is  a  monolith. 

16.  WALLS.    Miscellaneous  features  of  wall  construction  that  do 

not  readily  fall  under  any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 

17.  WALLS,  FACED.    Miscellaneous  walls  or  floors  provided  with 

a  facing  in  which  the  invention  resides  in  the  facing  or  its 
mode  of  union  with  the  wall. 

18.  WALLS,    FACED,    TILE.    Miscellaneous   walls   faced   with 

tiles  and  the  tiles  themselves  for  facing  such  walls  where  the 
tiles  form  the  finish  of  the  walls.  The  tiles  may  be  either 
metallic  or  plastic  in  substance;  but  if  metallic  they  are  to  be 
set  in  some  plastic  backing. 

19.  WALLS,   FACED,    TILE,  WALL-ANCHORED.    Miscella- 

neous means  for  anchoring  facing-tiles  to  walls,  except  by 
pressing  into  a  plastic  backing. 


CLASS  72— Continued. 

I.  WALLS,  FACED,  TILE,  WALL-ANCHORED,  METAL- 
REINFORCED.  Facing-tiles  provided  with  a  metal  anchor- 
ing means  whereby  the  tile  is  firmly  secured  to  the  wall. 

21.  WALLS,  FACED,  TILE,  WALL-ANCHORED,  BONDED. 

Means  for  attaching  facing  to  masonry  work  by  means  of  bonds 
with  such  masonry  work. 

22.  WALLS,  FACED,  TILE,  FLEXIBLE-BACKED.    Facing- 

tiles  with  a  flexible  backing  whereby  to  facilitate  handling  or 
packing  them. 

23.  WALLS,    FACED,    TILE,    RIGID-BACKED.    Facing-tiles 

with  rigid  backings  whereby  to  facilitate  handling  or  packing 
them. 

24.  WALLS,  FACED,  TILE,  FRAMED.    Means  whereby  fafmg- 

tiles,  either  singly  or  in  groups,  are  held  in  place  by  some 
structure  in  the  nature  of  a  frame. 

25.  WALLS,  FACED,  TILE,  INTERLOCKING.    Such  facing- 

tiles  as  are  mutually  interlocked  when  set. 

26.  WALLS,   FACED,   TILE,   FACED   ELEMENTS.    Facing- 

tiles  that  are  themselves  faced,  when  the  invention  resides  in 
the  facing. 

27.  WALLS,    FACED,   MONOLITHIC.    Non-reinforced    mono- 

lithic facings  for  walls. 

28.  WALLS,  FACED,  MONOLITHIC,  METAL-REINFORCED. 

Monolithic  facings  for  walls  that  are  provided  with  a  metal 
reinforcement.  . 

29.  WALLS,    BLOCK    AND    PLASTIC,     PLASTIC-FILLED. 

Non-reinforced  walls  formed  from  hollow  blocks  and  either 
wholly  or  partially  filled  with  plastic  material  and  blocks  for 
forming  such  walls. 

30.  WALLS,    BLOCK    AND    PLASTIC,    PLASTIC-FILLED. 

METAL-REINFORCED.  Metal-reinforced  walls  formed 
from  hollow  blocks  and  either  wholly  or  in  part  filled  with 
plastic  material  and  blocks  for  forming  such  walls. 

31.  WALLS,  BLOCK  AND  PLASTIC,    PLASTIC-COVERED. 

Non-reinforced  walls  so  constructed  that  they  are  not  finished 
without  a  covering  of  plastic  material,  wherein  the  invention 
resides  in  the  wall  itself  and  not  in  the  covering.  This  sub- 
class also  includes  blocks  so  scored  or  deformed  that  they  may 
be  plastered  to. 

32.  WALLS,  BLOCK  AND  PLASTIC,  PLASTIC-COVERED, 

METAL-REINFORCED.  Reinforced  walls  so  constructed 
that  they  are  not  finished  without  a  covering  of  plastic  mate- 
rial, wherein  the  invention  resides  in  the  wall  and  not  in  the 
covering.  This  subclass  also  includes  elements  of  construc- 
tion of  such  walls. 

33.  WALLS,  WOOD   AND   PLASTIC.    Walls  in   which   wood 

forms  the  mam  bulk  and  yet  in  which  the  wood  is  so  inti- 
mately associated  with  the  plastic  material  that  the  finished 
structure  has  the  appearance  of  being  a  monolith. 

34.  WALLS,  FENCES.    Miscellaneous  masonry  or  concrete  fence 

structures. 

35.  WALLS,  BLOCK,  FACED,  ATTACHED.    Building-blocks 

capable  of  general  application  that  are  provided  with  a  facing 
that  is  attached  to  the  block  after  the  substance  of  the  block 
is  set  or  while  it  is  setting. 

36.  WALLS,  BLOCK,  FACED,  INTEGRAL.    Building-blocks 

capable  of  general  application  that  are  provided  with  a  facing 
that  is  either  cast  with  the  block  or  else  is  some  modification 
of  the  substance  of  the  main  portion  of  the  block. 

37.  WALLS,    BLOCK,    SOLID.    Miscellaneous    solid    building- 

blocks  not  otherwise  provided  for  and  walls  built  therefrom. 
The  blocks,  if  otherwise  solid,  may  have  a  groove  on  one  side 
thereof  or  running  entirely  therearound. 
Search  Class— 
94— PAVING,  subclass  1,  Pavements,  Concrete. 

38.  WALLS,  BLOCK,  SOLID,  INTERLOCKED.    Solid  blocks 

provided  with  a  positive  interlocking  means  therebetween 
and  walls  built  therefrom. 

39.  WALLS,    BLOCK,    SOLID,    ANGULAR.     Building-blocks 

formed  with  re-entrant  angles  on  their  exteriors,  so  that 
when  they  are  laid  in  the  wall  they  provide  either  an  inter- 
bonded  wall  or  else  a  wall  with  air-spaces. 

40.  WALLS,  BLOCK,  SOLID,  METAL-REINFORCED.    Mis- 

cellaneous solid  building-blocks  that  are  provided  with  a  metal 
reinforcement  that  are  not  otherwise  provided  for  and  walls 
built  therefrom.  The  blocks,  if  otherwise  solid,  may  have  a 
groove  on  one  side  thereof  or  running  entirely  therearound. 

135 


136 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  72— Continued. 

41.  WALLS,       BLOCK,      HOLLOW.     Non-reinforced    blocks 

intended  for  general  wall  construction  provided  either  with 
an  opening  running  completely  through  the  block  or  a  recess 
on  one  or  more  sides  that  renders  the  block  substantially  hol- 
low and  walls  built  from  such  blocks. 

42.  WALLS,    BLOCK,    HOLLOW,    METAL-REINFORCED. 

Hollow  blocks  that  are  provided  with  a  metal  reinforcement. 

43.  WALLS,  BLOCK,  PARALLEL-SPACED.    Building-blocks 

that  are  formed  with  two  main  portions  separated  by  either 
one  or  more  thin  webs  or  else  by  posts.  The  posts  or  webs  in 
this  subclass  may  be  any  but  a  metallic  substance  and  may  be 
either  cast  integrally  with  the  blocks  or  joined  thereto  by 
cement  or  the  like.  This  subclass  also  includes  walls  built 
from  such  blocks  as  are  herein  defined. 

44.  WALLS,  BLOCK,  PARALLEL-SPACED,  METAL-REIN- 

FORCED. Building-blocks  that  are  formed  with  two  main 
portions  separated  by  metal  posts  or  sheets  and  walls  built 
therefrom.  The  main  portions  may  or  may  not  be  reinforced 
with  metal. 

45.  WALLS,  BLOCK,  FIBER.    Blocks  formed  from  hay,  straw, 
^bagasse,  and  the  like  and  walls  built  therefrom,  whether  cov- 
ered with  plastic  material  or  not. 

40.  WALLS,  MONOLITHIC,  PARTITION.  Monolithic  wall 
structures  of  such  construction  that  they  are  essentially  par- 
titions. 

47.  WALLS,  MONOLITHIC,  HOLLOW.    Hollow  walls  cast  from 

concrete,  in  situ,  that  are  not  provided  with  a  metal  reinforce- 
ment. 

48.  WALLS,      MONOLITHIC,      HOLLOW,      METAL-REIN- 

FORCED. Hollow  walls  cast  from  concrete,  in  situ,  that 
are  provided  with  a  metal  reinforcement. 

49.  WALLS,    MONOLITHIC,   SOLID.    Solid  monolithic   walls 

cast  in  situ  not  provided  with  a  metal  reinforcement, 
whether  cast  about  wooden  studding  or  not. 

50.  WALLS,  MONOLITHIC,  SOLID,  METAL-REINFORCED. 

Solid  walls  cast  from  concrete  or  the  like,  in  situ,  and  provided 
with  metal  reinforcement. 
Search  Class— 
61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  24,  Dams  and  levees. 

51.  CONDUITS.    Masonry  conduits  capable  of  general  application 

and  not  specifically  provided  for  in  any  of  the  subclasses  here- 
under  given. 

Note. — Conduits  which  are  intimately  associated  with  any  par- 
ticular art  are  to  be  classified  with  such  art. 
Search  Classes— 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclasses  9,  Drains,  and  16, 
Tunnels. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  MAINS  AND  PIPES. 

182— SEWERAGE,  subclass  3,  Construction. 

247 — ELECTRICITY  CONDUITS,  all  subclasses. 

52.  CONDUITS,  CULVERTS.    Small  masonry  conduits  for  water 

courses  under  roads;  does  not  include  those  large  arch  struc- 
tures that  are  in  reality  arch  bridges. 

Note.— Metallic  culvert  structures  are  to  be  found  in  class  61, 
HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclasses  9,  Drains,  and  Hi, 
Tunnels. 

53.  CONDUITS,  PIPES.    Cement  or  concrete  pipes,  not  classifiable 

hi  the  next  subclass,  so  constructed  as  to  withstand  internal 
pressure,  whether  internally  reinforced  with  a  skeleton  rein- 
forcement or  not. 
Search  Class— 
61 — HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  16,  Tunnels. 

54.  CONDUITS,    PIPES,    LINED    AND    COVERED.    Pipes 

formed  from  plastic  material  and  provided  with  either  a  lin- 
ing, a  covering,  or  an  internal  stiffening  means,  said  stiffening 
means  being  in  the  form  of  a  sheet  and  either  plain  or  deformed 
in  any  way  to  give  increased  contact  for  the  plastic  material. 
Search  Class— 
61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  10,  Tunnels, 

55.  ARCHES.    Arches,  whether  of  metal,  stone,  or  composite  build- 

ing material,  which  are  independent  of  any  part  icular  art  and 
which  are  of  such  general  character  as  not  to  fall  under  any  of 
the  subclasses  following  hereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  16,  Tunnels. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  99,  Furnace  structure,  Arches. 

182— SEWERAGE,  subclass  3,  Construction. 

56.  ARCHES,  BRIDGE.    Masonry  bridge-arches,  aside  from  sub- 

class 57,  Arches,  Bridge,  Metal-lined,  in  which  the  invention 
resides  in  the  construction  of  the  arch  proper,  and  does  not 
include  the  structure  of  abutments  or  spandrel  walls. 
Note. — All  purely  metal  or  wooden  arch-bridge  structures  are 
in  class  14,  BRIDGES,  subclass  24,  Arch,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

57.  ARCHES,    BRIDGE,    METAL-LINED.    The   title   is   self- 

explanatory. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  small  pipe-like  culverts, 
which  are  classified  in  class  61,  HYDBAULIC  ENGINEERING, 
subclass  9,  Drains. 


CLASS  72— Continued. 

58.  ARCHES,  FIREPLACE.    Arches  built  in  the  floor  to  give 

protection  to  the  floor  from  the  fireplace. 

59.  ARCHES,    GIRDERS.    Miscellaneous  masonry   or  concrete 

girders  not  specifically  provided  for  in  the  subclasses  here- 
under given. 

60.  ARCHES,  GIRDERS,  PLASTIC-FILLED.    Girders  formed 

of  metal  shells  filled  with  plastic  material. 

61.  ARCHES,     GIRDERS,     METAL-REINFORCED.    Girders 

cast  from  concrete  that  are  provided  with  metal  reinforce- 
ment, and  the  reinforcements  therefor. 

62.  ARCHES,  GIRDERS,  ATTACHING.    Means  for  attaching 

shafting  and  other  fixtures  to  concrete  girders. 

63.  ARCHES,  FLOOR.    Miscellaneous  masonry  or  concrete  floors 

that  do  not  readily  fall  under  any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder 
given. 

64.  ARCHES,  FLOOR,  BRIDGE.    Heavy  masonry  or  concrete 

flooring  structures  which  are  peculiarly  adapted  to  bridge- 
flooring. 

65.  ARCHES,  FLOOR,  TILE  AND  CONCRETE.     Floors  formed 

with  main  supporting  elements  between  which  are  placed 
non-reinforced  tiles  of  considerably  less  thickness  than  that  of 
the  finished  floor,  thus  allowing  for  a  filling. 

66.  ARCHES,  FLOOR,  TILE  AND  CONCRETE,  METAL- 

REINFORCED.  Floors  formed  with  main  supporting  ele- 
ments between  which  are  placed  either  supplemental  rein- 
forcins  means  together,  with  non-reinforced  tiles,  or  metal- 

is  be- 

les  being 
'  floor, 

67.  ARCHES,  FLOOR,  TILE.    Floors  formed  with  main  support- 

ing elements  between  which  are  placed  non-reinforced  tiles 
of  substantially  the  same  thickness  of  the  finished  floor,  there- 
by doing  away  with  filling. 

68.  ARCHES,  FLOOR,  TILE,  METAL-REINFORCED.    Floors 

formed  with  main  supporting  elements  between  which  are 
placed  either  supplemental  reinforcing  means,  together  with 
non-reinforced  tiles,  or  metal-reinforced  tiles  without  supple- 
mental reinforcing  means  between  the  main  supports,  or  both, 
in  either  case  the  tiles  being  substantially  the  thickness  of  the 
finished  floor,  thereby  doing  away  with  filling. 

69.  ARCHES,  FLOOR,  CONCRETE.    Those  floors  that  are  cast 

in  situ  from  concrete  with  no  reinforcement  save  the  main 
supports  therefor. 

70.  ARCHES,  FLOOR,  CONCRETE,  EXTERNALLY  METAL 

REINFORCED.  Metal-reinforced  floors  cast  in  situ  from 
concrete  in  which  the  principal  reinforcement  is  either  entirely 
external  to  the  concrete  or  is  merely  superficially  embedded 
therein. 

71.  ARCHES,  FLOOR,  CONCRETE,  INTERNALLY  METAL 

REINFORCED.  Metal-reinforced  floors  cast  in  situ  from 
concrete  in  which  the  principal  reinforcement  is  designed  to 
be  so  embedded  in  the  concrete  as  to  take  up  the  principal 
strains  set  up  therein. 

72.  COLUMNS.  Miscellaneous  masonry  or  concrete  columns. 

73.  COLUMNS,  TILE-COVERED.    Inventions  in  the  application 

of  covering  tiles  to  columns  either  with  or  without  interme- 
diate filling  of  plastic  materials. 

74.  COLUMNS,    PLASTIC-COVERED.    Inventions   capable   of 

application  to  building  constructions  in  general,  in  which  the 
invention  resides  in  the  application  of  a  plastic  covering  to  a 
supporting-column  either  with  or  without  an  intermediate 
air-space. 
Search  Class — 
61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  43,  Piles,  Protected. 

75.  COLUMNS,  PLASTIC-FILLED.    Columns  that  are  formed 

of  an  iron  or  steel  shell  with  a  filling  of  plastic  material.    If 
there  be  an  interior  supporting  mem  ber,  i  t  is  more  in  the  nature 
of  a  stiffening  member  than  a  support  for  a  load. 
Search  Class — 
61 — HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  43,  Piles,  Protected. 

76.  COLUMNS,    METAL  -  REINFORCED.    Building  -  columns 

formed  of  concrete  with  internal  metal  reinforcing  and  all  such 
reinforced  concrete  columns  as  are  not  intimately  associated 
with  some  particular  art. 
Search  Classes— 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  81,  Foun- 
dations, Concrete  piles,  and  82,  Posts. 

238— RAILWAY-TIES  AND  FASTBNERS,  subclass  3,  Stringers  and 
ties,  Composition. 

77.  FOUNDATIONS.    Foundations  not    inseparably  associated 

with  some  art  and  not  included  in  the  subclasses  hereunder. 

78.  FOUNDATIONS,  MACHINE.    Includes  only  machine-piers. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


137 


CLASS  72— Continued. 

79.  FOUNDATIONS,  SHORING.    Methods  of  shoring  and  all  de- 

vices specifically  adapted  for  that  purpose. 
Search  Class 
61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  52,  Piles,  Sheet-piling. 

80.  FOUNDATIONS,  PIERS.    Masonry  bridges,  piers,  and  abut- 

ments and  all  pier  structures  that  employ  plastic  material  in 
their  structure. 

81.  FOUNDATIONS,  CONCRETE  PILES.    Pile  structures  that 

are  formed  of  concrete  blocks,  solid  bodies  of  concrete  or  other 
conglomerate,  armored  concrete,  and  the  like,  and  also  those 
methods  of  making  piles  which  consists  in  forming  them  in  situ. 

82.  POSTS.    Posts  formed  of  stone  or  plastic  material. 
Search  Class— 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  76,  Col- 
umns, Metal-reinforced,  81,  Foundations,  Concrete  piles,  and 
85,  Telegraph-poles. 

83.  POSTS,  INSEPARABLE  BASES.    Bases  formed  of  plastic 

material  or  stone,  which  are  inseparably  attached  to  the  post. 

84.  POSTS, SEPARABLE  BASES.    Bases  formed  of  plastic  mate- 

rial or  of  stone,  that  are  so  attached  to  the  post  as  to  be  more 
or  less  readily  separated  therefrom. 

85.  TELEGRAPH-POLES.    Concrete  or  concrete  and  iron  poles 

which  have  some  feature  that  makes  them  primarily  suited 
for  use  as  telegraph-poles. 

Note. — All  masonry  or  concrete  pole  or  column  structures  capable 
of  general  application  are  to  be  classified  in  this  class,  subclass 
72,  Columns  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

86.  COPING.    Miscellaneous  coping  structures  including  such  cop- 

ing structures  as  do  not  fall  under  any  of  the  subclasses  here- 
under. 

87.  COPING,  BORDERS.    Grass-borders,  borders  for  flower-beds, 

coping  for  graves,  etc.,  but  not  pavement-gutters. 
Search  Class— 
94 — PAVING,  subclasses  1,  Pavements,  Concrete,  and  2,  Gutters. 

88.  COPING,   CHIMNEY-CAPS.    Chimney-caps   irrespective   of 

what  material  they  may  be  made. 

89.  COPING,  VAULT.    Such  vault-coverings  as  are  in  the  nature 

of  mausoleum-roofs. 

90.  SMOKE-FLUES.    Masonry  or  concrete  smoke-flues  that  do  not 

readily  fall  under  any  of  the  following  subclasses. 

91.  SMOKE-FLUES,  BLOCK.    Smoke-flues  built  up  from  blocks, 

aside  from  those  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  93,  Smoke- 
flues,  Stacks. 

92.  SMOKE-FLUES,  SECTIONAL.    Smoke-flues  formed  of  sec- 

tions of  such  character  that  each  section  forms  a  complete  zone 
of  the  flue. 

93.  SMOKE-FLUES,    STACKS.    Large    factory-stacks    whether 

built  up  from  blocks  or  cast  from  concrete. 
Search  Class — 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  6,  Build- 
ings, Elevators  and  bins. 

94.  SMOKE-FLUES,  LINED.    Smoke-flues  wherein  the  invention 

resides  either  in  the  lining  itself  or  in  its  application  to  the  flue . 

95.  SMOKE-FLUES,    BASES.    Smoke-flue  bases  as  such. 
Note. — Devices  for  collecting  soot  at  the  base  of  smoke-flues  are 

classified  in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  2SO, 
Soot-catchers. 

96.  STAIRS.    Stairs  built  from  blocks  or  cast  from  concrete;  also 

iron  stairs  faced  with  slabs  or  concrete  and  nosings  for  concrete 
stair-steps. 

97.  DOORS.    Doors  in  which  a  plastic  compound  figures  largely  as 

part  of  the  construction. 
Search  Classes — 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  under  Doors. 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  46,  Doors,  and 

subclasses  thereunder  for  elements  of  construction. 

98.  SILLS  AND  JAMBS.    Masonry  or  concrete  jambs  and  sills 

wherein  the  jamb  or  sill  is  claimed  as  such. 

99.  WINDOWS.    Window-sashes    made    from    plastic    material 

whether  covered  with  metal  or  not. 

Note. — Window-/rarnes  formed  from  plastic  material  are  in  this 
class,  subclass  98,  Sills  and  jambs. 

100.  MANHOLES  AND  COVERS.    Covers  for  cisterns,  wells,  and 

the  like  and  all  such  masonry  manholes  as  are  not  inseparably 
associated  with  some  particular  art. 
Search  Classes 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  9,  Cisterns. 

182— SEWERAGE,  subclasses  3,  Construction,  and  10,  Manholes, 
Catch-basins,  and  cesspools. 

247— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUITS,  all  subclasses  under  Junction- 
boxes. 

101.  BONDING  AND  TYING.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  joining 

masonry  structures  or  for  attaching  articles  to  masonry  work 
not  intimately  associated  with  any  particular  art  and  not  spe- 
cifically provided  for  in  the  subclasses  hereunder  given. 


CLASS  72— Continued. 

102.  BONDING  AND  TYING,  BONDING.    Inventions  in  the 

application  of  bonding  bricks  to  masonry  blockwork. 

103.  BONDING  AND  TYING,  TIES.    Metallic  articles  of  manu- 

facture designed  to  bind  masonry  work  in  course. 

104.  BONDING  AND  TYING,  CLAMPS.    Devices  that  bind  to- 

gether masonry  structures  or  bind  articles  to  masonry  work 
with  a  clamping  action  not  otherwise  provided  for. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  nuts  embedded  in  the  ma- 
sonry work  to  serve  as  attaching  means.  Such  devices  are 
classified  in  this  class,  subclass  105,  Bonding  and  tying,  Fixing- 
blocks. 

Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclasses  2,  Bolts,  Expanding  core,  2.4,  Bolts,  Expanding 
sleeve,  and  2.8,  Bolts,  Expanding  sleeve,  Double  wedge. 

105.  BONDING  AND  TYING,  FIXING-BLOCKS.    Attaching 

devices  not  otherwise  provided  for  designed  to  be  embedded  in 
masonry  work. 
Note. — This  subclass  has  special  reference  to  nailing  clips  and 

blocks. 

Search  Class — 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
. . jmbclasses  2>  Bolts,  Expanding  core,  2.4,  Bolts,  Expanding 
'sleeve,  and  2.8,  Bolts,  Expanding  sleeve,  Double  wedge. 

106.  BONDING  AND  TYING,  JOINTS.    Miscellaneous  masonry 

joints,  such  as  expansion-joints,  and  joints  between  new  and 
old  concrete  work. 

Note.— Joints  for  reinforcing  elements  are  in  this  class,  subclass  114, 
Reinforcing  elements,  Joints. 

107.  BONDING  AND  TYING,  JOINT,  BLOCK.    Includes  joints 

between  individual  blocks,  being  mostly  means  for  keying  the 
blocks  together  or  devices  for  preventing  the  mortar  from 
spreading  into  the  blocks. 

108.  BONDING  AND  TYING,  ANCHORS  AND  SOCKETS. 

Devices  particularly  adapted  to  masonry  work  for  anchoring 
joists  and  the  like  to  masonry  work. 

Note. — Timber-seats  and  post-caps  not  specifically  applicable  to 
masonry  and  concrete  structures  are  classified  in  class  20, 
WTOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  94,  Joist  connections,  and  95, 
Framing-sockets. 

109.  REINFORCING    ELEMENTS.    Metal    reinforcements   for 

masonry  work  that  do  not  readily  fall  under  any  of  the  sub- 
classes following  hereunder. 

110.  REINFORCING  ELEMENTS,  COMPOUND.    Reinforcing 

elements  per  se  that  are  built  up  and  include  more  than  at- 
tached shear  members. 

111.  REINFORCING  ELEMENTS,  BARS.    Such  reinforcing  ele- 

ments as  are  simple  bars,  where  invention  is  in  the  peculiar 
form  given  to  such  bars. 

112.  REINFORCING      ELEMENTS,      BARS,      ATTACHED 

SHEAR  MEMBERS.  Reinforcing  elements  that  are  in  the 
shape  of  bars  with  shear  members  attached  thereto. 

113.  REINFORCING      ELEMENTS,      BARS,      INTEGRAL 

SHEAR  MEMBERS.  Such  reinforcing  elements  as  are  in 
the  form  of  bars  with  shear  members  formed  integrally  there- 
with. 

114.  REINFORCING  ELEMENTS,  JOINTS.    Devices  for  joining 

reinforcing  elements  designed  for  concrete  and  masonry  work. 

115.  REINFORCING   ELEMENTS,   STUDDING.    Mainly  de- 

vices particularly  adapted  to  support  thin  building  parti- 
tions. 

116.  REINFORCING  ELEMENTS,  LATHING.    Miscellaneous 

lathing  devices  and  processes,  not  otherwise  provided  for. 
Note. — Wooden  lathing  is  in  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS 

117.  REINFORCING  ELEMENTS,  LATHING,  EXPANDED- 

METAL.  Metal  lathing  made  of  sheet  metal  that  has  been 
slit,  bent,  and  stretched. 

Note. — Plain  punched  sheet  metal  is  classified  in  this  class,  sub- 
class llfi,  Reinforcing  elements,  Lathing. 

118.  REINFORCING    ELEMENTS,    LATHING,    FURRING 

AND    FASTENING.    Devices   for   spacing   and   fastening 
non-wire  metal  lathing. 
Search  Class— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  34,  Structural 
units,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

119.  REINFORCING  ELEMENTS,  LATHING,  WIRE.    The 

title  is  self-explanatory. 

120.  REINFORCING  ELEMENTS,  LATHING,  WIRE,  FUR- 

RING AND  FASTENING.    Furring  and  fastening  devices 
peculiarly  adapted  to  use  with  wire  lathing. 
Search  Class — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  34,  Structural 
units,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

121.  REINFORCING     ELEMENTS,    LATHING,    CORNER- 

BEADS.    Devices  for  preventing  plaster  from  being  knocked 
off  of  corners. 
Search  Class— 
20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  74,  Moldings. 


138 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  72— Continued. 

122.  REINFORCING    ELEMENTS,    SPACERS.    Devices    for 

sparing  reinforcing  elements  from  each  other  and  from  the 
mold  while  the  plastic  material  is  being  put  in  the  mold. 

123.  PLASTERING.    Miscellaneous  plastering  operations  and  de- 

vices that  do  not  fall  within  either  of  the  two  following  sub- 
classes. 

124.  PLASTERING,    PLASTER-BOARDS.    Composition    and 

compound  foundations  designed  as  supports  for  plastering-, 
calcimine,  etc.,  when  claimed  as  articles  of  manufacture, 
except  such  as  fall  under  the  next  subclass. 

125.  PLASTERING,      PLASTER-BOARDS,      ORNAMENTS. 

Wall  ornaments,  whether  in  the  form  of  "trim,"  ceiling  orna- 
ments, or  cornice-moldings,  when  made  of  plastic  or  analogous 
material. 

126.  WATERPROOFING,  CELLARS.    Limited  to  inventions 

for  waterproofing  cellars. 

Note. — Where  the  invention  is  capable  of  general  application,  it 
should  be  classified  under  subclass  127,  Waterproofing,  Walls. 

127.  WATERPROOFING,  WALLS.    Limited  to  inventions  for 

waterproofing  walls  and  the  like  that  are  capable  of  feneral 
application. 

128.  IMPLEMENTS.    Hand  implements  used  in  masonry  and 

plastering  work  which  do  not  readily  fall  under  any  of  the  sub- 
classes hereunder  given. 


CLASS  72— Continued. 

129.  IMPLEMENTS,      BRICKLAYING-MACHINES.     Devices 

for  holding  a  quantity  of  bricks  while  being  laid  and  machines 
for  setting  bricks. 

130.  IMPLEMENTS,  PLASTERING-MACHINES.    Devices  for 

spreading  mortar  and  the  like  on  tiles  in  a  frame,  and  similar 
devices  when  used  on  work  intended  for  masonry,  as  well  as 
machines  for  spreading  mortar  on  walls,  ceilings,  and  the  like. 

131.  IMPLEMENTS,  RUNNING-MOLDS.    Cornice-molding  de- 

vices and  all  masons'  tools  on  that  order. 

132.  IMPLEMENTS,  GAGES.    Masonry  gages  and  all  devices  for 

holding  gage-lines  for  masonry  work. 

133.  IMPLEMENTS,  PLUMBS.    Devices  to  be  used  in  and  espe- 

cially adapted  to  the  plumbing  of  masonry  walls. 

134.  IMPLEMENTS,  HODS.    Bricks  and  mortar  receptacles  to 

be  carried  on  the  shoulders. 

135.  IMPLEMENTS,  HAWKS.    Hand  trays  for  holding  mortar. 

136.  IMPLEMENTS,  TROWELS  AND  FLOATS.    The  title  is 

self-explanatory. 

137.  IMPLEMENTS,  SCRAPERS.    Devices  for  scraping  off  old 

calcimine,  wall-paper,  and  the  like  in  order  to  fit  ceilings  and 
walls  for  a  new  covering. 

138.  IMPLEMENTS,  POINTERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  giv- 

ing to  the  seams  of  masonry  a  finish  and  also  for  giving  to  ma- 
sonry work  the  appearance  of  being  seamed. 


CLASS  76.— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  comprises  special  machines,  processes,  blanks,  and  dies 
for  making  tools,  many  of  which  are  designated  by  the  subclass  titles, 
while  the  remainder  are  to  be  found  in  the  proper  miscellaneous  sub- 
classes. 

The  class  includes  mechanisms  for  sharpening  various  cutting- 
tools  by  the  removal  of  the  stock  adjacent  to  the  edge  of  the  same  by 
a  cutting  or  filing  action  as  distinguished  from  an  abrading  action. 
Mechanism  for  sharpening  harrow-disks,  etc.,  are  included  in  this 
class  under  subclass  85,  Cutting-sharpeners,  Rotary,  because  of  their 
analogy  to  the  other  types  of  cutting  sharpeners. 

This  class  also  includes  machines  and  processes  for  making  dies, 
whether  to  be  used  as  hand-operated  implements  or  in  forging  or 
other  machines. 

This  class  does  not  include  machines  for  die-rolling  various  tools, 
these  being  classified  in  class  80,  METAL-ROLLING,  under  the  die- 
rolling  subclasses. 

Nor  does  this  class  include  patents  for  merely  bending  or  twisting 
the  blank  in  the  process  of  the  manufacture  of  special  tools.  Such 
patents  are  to  be  found  under  the  proper  subclasses  of  class  153, 
METAL-BENDING. 

General  operation  machines,  though  adapted  by  the  substitution 
of  special  tool-forming  dies  to  form  tools,  are  classified  in  the  general 
operation  classes. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  for  making  tools  and  imple- 

inents  not  classifiable  elsewhere. 

2.  MACHINES,  AUGER.    Machines  specially  adapted  to  form 

augers. 

Note.— Machines  for  nutting  spiral  grooves  in  augers  are  classified 
in  class  90,  GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass 
13,  Milling,  Pattern-controller. 

Machines  for  twisting  augers  are  classified  in  class  153,  METAL- 
BENDING,  subclass  78,  Twisting. 

3.  MACHINES,  AUGER,  CLEARING  AND   LIP-CUTTING. 

Machines  for  cutting  away  the  material  of  the  auger-bit  adja- 
cent to  the  cutting  edge  to  give  clearance  to  the  blade  and  also 
machines  for  forming  the  cutting-lips  of  the  bit. 
Note. — Machines  for  performing  these  operations  by  grinding  are 
classified  in  class  51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING." 

4.  MACHINES,  DIE-FORMING.    Machines  specially  adapted  to 

form  dies  to  be  used  in  metal  shaping  or  forging  machines  or 
in  punching-machines. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  machines  for  engraving  dies 
for  printing,  which  are  in  class  159,  ENGRAVING,  nor  machines 
for  making  matrices  for  printing-type,  which  are  classified 
in  class  198,  MATRIX-MAKING. 

5.  MACHINES,  DRILL  FORMING  AND  SHARPENING.    Ma- 

chines specially  adapted  to  form  drills  or  to  sharpen  drills  by 
swaging  or  by  cutting  away  the  stock  adjacent  to  the  edges  of 
the  drill. 

"Note. — Machines  for  sharpening  drills  by  grinding  with  an  abra- 
sive material  are  classified  in  class  51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISH- 
ING. 

Machines  for  grooving  drill-bits  by  milling  are  classified  in  class  90, 
GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  13,  Milling, 
Pattern-controller. 

Machines  for  merely  twisting  drills  are  classified  in  class  153, 
METAL-BENDING,  subclass  78,  Twisting. 

6.  MACHINES,  EYE-HEADED   TOOL.    Machines  for  forging 

tool-heads  which  are  provided  with  eyes  in  which  the  handle  is 
to  besecured,  also  machines  for  piercing  the  eyes,  and  machines 
for  making  hammers,  picks,  mattocks,  and  hoes  having  eyes 
for  the  handles. 
Search  Class  - 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  9,  Forging,  Billet- 
piercing. 

7.  MACHINES,  EYE-HEADED  TOOL,  AX.    Machines  specially 

adapted  to  forge  and  shape  ax-polls  and  hatchet-heads. 
Search  Classes  - 

76 — METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  6,  Ma- 
chines, Eye-headed  tool. 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  18,  Power  ham- 
mers and  presses,  Die-inclosed  work. 

8.  MACHINES,  EYE-HEADED   TOOL,  AX,  ADJUSTABLE 

HEADER.    Machines  having  plungers  or  dies  adapted  to  be 
adjusted  in  such  a  manner  that  ax-heads  having  diiferent 
weights  may  be  forged  in  the  same  dies. 
Search  Class— 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  18,  Power  ham- 
mers and  presses,  Die-inclosed  work. 

9.  MACHINES,  SOCKET,  STRAP,  AND  TANG  TOOL.    Ma- 

chines adapted  to  forge  and  shape  various  tool-heads  having 
handle-sockets  (not  eyes),  straps,  or  tangs,  including  hoes, 
shovels,  rakes,  pitchforks,  etc. 

10.  MACHINES,  WRENCH.    Machines  specially  adapted  to  forge 

and  shape  the  parts  of  wrenches. 


CLASS  76— Continued. 

11.  MACHINES,  BLANK-SPLITTING.    Machines  for  splitting 

tool-blanks,  usually  for  the  purpose  of  forming  the  "straps"  to 
which  the  handle  is  secured.  Also  machines  for  splitting  ax- 
polls  for  the  insertion  of  the  steel  bit. 

12.  FILE-CUTTING.    Miscellaneous  machines  for  forming  the  cut- 

ting ribs  or  teeth  of  files  and  rasps. 

Note. — Machines  for  cleaning  or  resharpening  files  by  means  of  a 
blast  of  sand  or  other  abrading  material  are  classified  in  class 
51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING. 

For  resharpening  by  means  of  immersion  in  an  acid-bath  and  the 
application  of  an  electric  current  see  class  204,  ELECTROCHEM- 
ISTRY, sutelass  7,  Electrolysis,  Aqueous  bath,  Cathodes, 
Cleaning. 

13.  FILE-CUTTING,    RASP-PUNCHING.    Machines   specially 

adapted  to  form  rasping-teeth  upon  file-blanks,  usually  by 
swaging  up  the  teeth  from  the  surface  of  the  blank  by  means 
of  punches.  These  machines  are  usually  characterized  by 
mechanism  adapted  to  shift  the  bed  or  the  tool  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  form  the  teeth  in  staggered  rows. 

14.  FILE-CUTTING,  SWAGING.    Machines  which  force  up  the 

file-ribs  by  means  of  a  cutter  or  punch  which  is  actuated  by 
pressure  as  distinguished  from  a  blow. 
Search  Classes— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  13,  File- 
cutting,  Rasp-punching. 

80— METAL-ROLLING,   subclass   10,   Screw-threads,   Rods   and 
wires. 

If).  FILE-CUTTING,  TRIP-OPERATED  CUTTER.  Machines 
in  which  the  cutter  is  raised  against  a  spring  or  weight  by 
means  of  a  trip-cam  or  other  device,  which  upon  release  causes 
the  cutter  to  strike  a  blow  upon  the  file-blank. 

16.  FILE-CUTTING,  TRIP-OPERATED  CUTTER,    BLOW- 

CONTROLLED.  Machines  in  which  the  cutter  is  raised 
against  a  spring  or  weight  by  means  of  a  trip-cam,  which  upon 
release  causes  the  cutter  to  strike  a  blow  upon  the  file-blank 
and  which  is  provided  with  means,  usually  automatic,  for  in- 
creasing or  decreasing  the  force  of  the  blow  in  conformity  to 
the  width  or  thickness  of  the  file-blank  as  it  is  fed  beneath  the 
cutter. 

17.  FILE-CUTTING,  IDLE  CUTTER, HAMMER-OPERATED. 

Machines  in  which  the  cutter  is  supported  over  the  blank,  usu- 
ally by  a  spring,  and  is  struck  by  a  nammer,  generally  power- 
operated. 

18.  FILE-CUTTING,  IDLE  CUTTER,  HAMMER-OPERATED, 

BLOW-CONTROLLED.  Machines  in  whicn  the  cutter  is 
supported  over  the  blank,  usually  by  a  spring,  and  is  struck 
by  a  power-operated  hammer,  the  force  of  the  blow  being  in- 
creased or  diminished,  usually  automatically,  in  conformity 
to  the  width  or  thickness  of  the  file-blank  as  it  is  fed  beneath 
the  cutter. 

19.  FILE-CUTTING,  PRESSERS.    Pressers  for  holding  the  file- 

blank  upon  the  bed  of  the  file-cutting  machine. 

20.  FILE-CUTTING,    BEDS    AND    CLAMPS.    Beds   for    sup- 

porting the  file-blanks,  also  the  clamps  for  securing  said 
blanks  to  the  beds. 
Note. — The  beds  in  this  class  are  mostly  of  the  oscillating  type. 

21.  FILE-CUTTING,      CUTTER-HEADS.    Cutter-heads      and 

holders  for  the  cutting-tool  or  punch  of  file  or  rasp  making  ma- 
chines. 

22.  FILE-CUTTING,  FEEDING.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  feed- 

ing the  blanks  to  the  file  cutting  or  punching  mechanisms. 

23.  FILE-CUTTING,  FEEDING,  SCREW-OPERATED.  Mech- 

anisms for  feeding  the  blanks  to  the  file  cutting  or  punching 
devices,  comprising  a  screw-feed  for  advancing  the  blank  car- 
riage or  clamp. 

24.  FILE-CUTTING,  PROCESSES.    Processes  for  cutting  or  re- 

sharpening  files  by  machines  or  by  chemical  action. 
Note. — This  sulxjlass  does  not  include  processes  which  have  elec- 
trolytic action,  which  areclassified  in  class  204,  ELECTROCHEM- 
ISTRY, subclass  7,  Electrolysis,  Aqueous  bath,  Cathodes,  Clean- 
ing. 

25.  SAW-MAKING.    Miscellaneous  machines  and  devices  for  form- 

ing and  fitting  saws. 

Note.— Processes  for  making  and  fitting  saws  are  classified  in  this 
class,  subclass  112,  Blanks  and  processes,  Saws. 

26.  SAW-MAKING,  STRETCHING,  HAMMER.    Machines  for 

stretching  and  straightening  saw-blades  or  sections  thereof  for 
the  purpose  of  reducing  "buckled"  portions  by  means  of  a 
hammering  action;  also  devices  for  supporting  saws  upon 
anvils,  thus  adapting  them  to  be  stretched  by  a  manually- 
operated  tool. 

27.  SAW-MAKING,  STRETCHING,  ROLLER.    Machines  for 

stretching  and  straightening  saw-blades,  comprising  a  pair  of 
rollers  or  a  roller  and  bed,  between  which  the  saw-blade  is 
passed. 

139 


140 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  76— Continued. 

28.  SAW-MAKING,  TOOTH-FORMING,  CHISEL-CUTTING. 

Machines  in  which  saw-teeth  are  formed  upon  a  blank  by 
means  of  a  chisel,  which,  being  forced  into  the  edge  of  the 
blank,  cuts  and  swages  up  the  saw-teeth,  also  machines  having 
chisel-cutters  adapted  to  shave  the  tooth,  the  line  of  movement 
of  the  cutter  being  in  the  plane  of  the  disk. 
Search  Classes— 

76 — METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  12,  File- 
cutting,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  45,  Forging, 
Toothed  articles. 

29.  SAW-MAKING,  TOOTH-FORMING,  DIE-CUTTING.    Ma- 

chines for  notching  the  blank  to  form  saw-teeth  by  means  of  a 
cutting-die  or  punch. 
Search  Classes— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  30,  Saw- 
making,  Sharpening  and  gumming,  Die-cutting. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  50, 
Cutting  machines,  Reciprocating  cutter,  Notched  work,  and 
64,  Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary  cutter,  Notched  work. 

30.  SAW-MAKING,   SHARPENING   AND   GUMMING,   DIE- 

CUTTING.    Machines  which  remove  the  metal  at  the  bases 
of  saw-teeth  to  lengthen  the  teeth  by  means  of  a  die-cutter  or 
punch. 
Search  Classes— 

76 — METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  29,  Saw- 
making,  Tooth-forming,  Die-cutting. 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  50, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating  cutter,  Notched  work,  and 
64,  Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary  cutter,  Notched  work. 

31.  SAW-MAKING,  SHARPENING  AND  GUMMING,  RECIP- 

ROCATING TOOL.  Machines  for  sharpening  saws  in  which 
a  file  or  sharpening-tool  is  positively  guided  in  its  reciprocation 
across  the  saw.  The  patents  in  this  subclass  are  mainly  hand- 
operated  devices. 

32.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RE- 

CIPROCATING TOOL,  GIN-SAWS.  Machines  provided 
with  reciprocating  sharpening-tools  especially  adapted  to 
sharpen  gin-saws.  These  machines  are  usually  characterized 
by  crossed  files. 

NOTE.— Machines  for  sharpening  gin-saws  by  means  of  a  rotary 
file  or  grinder  are  classified  in  this  class  subclass  37,  Saw-mak- 
ing, Sharpening  and  gumming,  Rotating  tool,  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 

33.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING.    RE- 

CIPROCATING TOOL,  TRAVELING  TOOL-CAR- 
RIAGE. Machines  for  sharpening  the  teeth  of  saws  by  means 
of  a  reciprocating  file  or  tool  in  which  the  carriage  supporting 
the  filing  mechanism  is  automatically  moved  forward  as  the 
successive  teeth  are  sharpened. 

Note. — Machines  in  which  the  carriage  is  fed  forward  by  hand  are 
classified  in  this  class,  subclass  31,  Saw-making,  Sharpening 
and  gumming,  Reciprocating  tool. 

34.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RE- 

CIPROCATING TOOL  CLAMP-FEED.  Machines  in 
which  the  saw-teeth  are  sharpened  by  a  reciprocating  file  or 
tool  and  which  are  provided  with  automatic  means  for  feeding 
the  saw-clamp  forward  as  the  successive  teeth  are  sharpened. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  76,  Saw- 
making,  Feeding,  Clamp-feed  for  clamp-feeding  mechanism. 

35.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RE- 

CIPROCATING TOOL,  TOOTH-ENGAGING  FEED. 
Machines  in  which  the  saw-teeth  are  sharpened  by  a  recipro- 
cating file  or  tool  and  which  are  provided  with  means  for  en- 
gaging the  teeth  of  the  saw  and  feeding  it  forward  as  the  suc- 
cessive teeth  are  sharpened. 

36.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RE- 

CIPROCATING TOOL,  FILE-HOLDERS  AND  GUIDES. 
File-holders  having  guides  or  indicators  attached  to  and  car- 
ried by  the  file  in  its  movement  which  show  to  the  operator 
the  angle  at  which  the  file  is  being  held. 

Note.— Guides  supported  by  the  saw-clamp  are  classified  in  this 
class,  subclass  31,  Saw-making,  Sharpening  and  gumming, 
Reciprocating  tool. 

Search  Class— 
29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  Filing,  Files  and  rasps,  Holders. 

37.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RO- 

TATING TOOL.  Miscellaneous  machines  which  sharpen 
the  teeth  of  saws  by  means  of  a  rotary  file,  milling-tool,  or 
abrading-tool,  not  classifiable  in  the  following  subclasses. 

38.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RO- 

TATING TOOL,  SPIRAL.    Machines  which  sharpen  the 
teeth  of  saws  by  means  of  a  helical  or  spiral  file,  cutter,  or 
abrading  device. 
Search  Class— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  4,  Gear- 
cutting,  Rotating  cutter,  Helical  gears  for  analogous  machines. 

39.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RO- 

TATING TOOL,  SWITCH-CAM  FEED.  Machines  which 
sharpen  saws  by  means  of  a  rotary  file  or  abrading-disk  having 
oblique  or  helical  ribs  adapted  to  engage  the  teeth  of  the  saw 
for  the  purpose  of  feeding  the  saw  forward.  The  disks  or  cut- 
ters in  this  class  of  machines  usually  have  a  section  broken 
away  to  permit  the  feeding  of  the  saw. 


CLASS  76— Continued. 

40.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING     RO- 

TATING TOOL,  PIVOTED  GATE.  Machines  for  sharp- 
ening the  teeth  of  saws  in  which  a  rotary  file  or  abrading-tool 
carried  by  a  pivoted  gate  or  bracket  is  adapted  to  be  swirg 
toward  and  from  the  saw-blade. 

41.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RO- 

TATING TOOL,  SLIDING  GATE.  Machines  for  sharp- 
ening the  teeth  of  saws  in  which  a  rotary  file  or  abrading-tool 
supported  upon  a  sliding  gate  is  adapted  to  be  reciprocated 
toward  and  from  the  saw-blade. 

42.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RO- 

TATING TOOL,  PIVOTED  SAW-CARRIAGE.  Machines 
for  sharpening  the  teeth  of  saws  by  means  of  a  rotating  file, 
cutter,  or  abrading-tool  in  which  the  saw  is  supported  upon  a 
pivoted  carriage  and  adapted  to  be  swung  against  the  rotating 
tool. 

43.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RO- 

TATING TOOL,  SLIDING  SAW-CARRIAGE.  Machines 
for  sharpening  saws  by  means  of  a  rotating  file,  cutter,  or 
abrading-tool  in  which  the  saw  is  supported  upon  a  sliding 
carriage  and  is  adapted  to  be  reciprocated  into  contact  with  the 
rotating  tool. 

44.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING  AND    GUMMING,    RO- 

TATING TOOL,  MILLING.  Machines  which  remove  the 
metal  at  the  bases  of  saw-teeth  to  lengthen  the  teeth  by  means 
of  milling-cutters.  This  subclass  also  includes  machines  hav- 
ing annular  cutters. 

45.  SAW-MAKING,    SHARPENING    AND    GUMMING,    RO- 

TATING TOOL,  DISKS  AND  CUTTERS.    Filing,  grind- 
ing, or  other  disks  or  cutters  especially  adapted  for  sharpening 
and  gumming  saw-teeth.    This  subclass  includes  spiral  files. 
Search  Classes— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  103,  Cutters,  Rotary. 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  155,  Saw-hanging,  Circular  saw. 

46.  SAW-MAKING,  DRESSING,  JOINTING,  AND  GAGING. 

Machines  and  implements  in  which  devices  for  truing  the 
teeth  of  saws  by  side-dressing  or  making  the  teeth  of  uniform 
length  are  combined  with  a  gage  which  is  adapted  to  deter- 
mine the  relative  length  of  the  teeth  or  the  amount  of  set  of 
the  teeth. 

47.  SAW-MAKING,   DRESSING   AND  JOINTING.    Machines 

and  implements  for  truing  the  teeth  of  saws,  including  side- 
dressing  teeth,  and  making  the  teeth  of  uniform  length. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  46,  Saw- 
making,  Dressing,  jointing,  and  gaging. 

48.  SAW-MAKING,  DRESSING  AND  JOINTING,  CIRCULAR 

SAW.  Devices  specially  adapted  to  true  the  teeth  of  circular 
saws  in  such  a  manner  that  the  points  of  all  the  teeth  will  lie 
in  the  circumference  of  a  circle;  also  devices  for  truing  the 
sides  of  the  teeth  of  saws. 

49.  SAW-MAKING,  DRESSING  AND  JOINTING,  COMPRESS- 

IN"  G.  Machines  and  implements  for  shaping  and  truing 
the  points  and  sides  of  the  teeth  of  saws  by  swaging.  These 
machines  are  generally  adapted  to  be  used  on  circular  saws. 

50.  SAW-MAKING,  DRESSING  AND  JOINTING,  ROTARY 

TOOL.  Machines  having  rotary  cutting  or  abrading  devices 
for  truing  the  points  and  sides  of  the  teeth  of  saws. 

51.  SAW-MAKING,  SWAGING.    Miscellaneous  implements,  ma- 

chines, and  processes  for  widening  the  points  of  the  teeth  of 
saws,  not  classifiable  in  the  following  subclasses.  This  sub- 
class also  includes  devices  for  "knocking  down"  the  points  of 
the  teeth  of  saws. 

52.  SAW-MAKING,  SWAGING,  PIVOTED  SWAGE,  LEVER- 

OPERATED.    Machines  in  which  the  swaging-tool  is  piv- 
otally  supported  and  is  forced  forward  to  swage  the  tooth  by 
means  of  a  lever  or  system  of  levers. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  63,  Saw- 
making,  Setting,  Pivoted  set,  Lever-operated. 

53.  SAW-MAKING,  SWAGING,  SLIDING  SWAGE,  LEVER- 

OPERATED.    Machines  in  which  the  swage  is  slidably 
mounted  and  is  adapted  to  be  forced  forward  to  swage  the 
tooth  by  means  of  a  lever  or  a  system  of  levers. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  68,  Saw- 
making,  Setting,  Sliding  set,  Lever-operated. 

54.  SAW-MAKING,   SWAGING,  CAM-SWAGE.    Machines  for 

widening  the  points  of  the  teeth  of  saws  by  means  of  cam- 
faced  swages,  the  s.vages  being  in  many  instances  provided 
with  rollers.  These  machines  are  used  for  sharpening  or  re- 
newing the  teeth  of  saws.  This  subclass  also  includes  cam- 
swaging  machines  for  "knocking  down"  the  points  of  teeth 
and  for  swaging  the  raker-teeth  of  crosscut-saws. 

55.  SAW-MAKING,  SWAGING,  IDLE  SWAGE.    Machines  for 

swaging  the  teeth  of  saws  in  which  the  tooth  is  supported 
upon  an  anvil  and  a  punch  normally  supported  in  proper  po- 
sition over  the  anvil,  usually  by  a  spring,  is  adapted  to  be 
struck  by  a  hammer. 
Search  Class— 

76 — METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS.  MAKING,  subclasses  65, 
Saw-making,  Setting,  Pivoted  set,  Idle,  and  70,  Saw-making, 
Setting,  Sliding  set,  Idle. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


141 


CLASS  76— Continued. 

56.  SAW-MAKING,  SWAGING,  TOOLS.    Implements  for  swag- 

ing the  teeth  of  saws,  usually  "punches,"  having  properly- 
formed  swaging-faees  adapted  to  be  held  in  the  hand  and 
struck  by  a  hammer;  also  tools  for  "knocking  down"  the 
points  of  the  saw-teeth. 

57.  SAW-MAKING,  SWAGING,  ANVILS.    Specially-formed  an- 

vils upon  which  the  saw  tooth  is  held  by  means  of  clamps  or 
otherwise  and  the  tooth  swaged  by  being  struck  with  a  ham- 
mer or  a  punch  held  in  the  hand. 
Search  Classes — 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  73,  Saw- 
making,  Setting,  Anvil  set. 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  6,  Forging,  Anvils, 
Special  work. 

58.  SAW-MAKING,  SETTING.    Miscellaneous  machines,  imple- 

ments, and  processes  for  bending  the  teeth  of  saws  laterally  in 
order  to  give  proper  clearance  in  the  cut  or  kerf  made  by  the 

saw. 

59.  SAW-MAKING,  SETTING,  ROTARY  SET.    Machines  in 

which  the  teeth  of  the  saw  are  given  set  by  means  of  a  rotary 
set — as,  for  example,  toothed  or  corrugated  rolls  or  disks. 

60.  SAW-MAKING,    SETTING,    SCREW-OPERATED    SET. 

Machines  in  which  the  tooth-setting  devices  are  forced  into  en- 
gagement with  the  teeth  by  means  of  a  screw. 

61.  SAW-MAKING,  SETTING,  PIVOTED  SET,  MULTIPLE. 

Instruments  having  pivotally-mounted  sets  adapted  to  act 
upon  a  plurality  of  teeth  simultaneously.    They  are  usu- 
ally for  simultaneously  bending  adjacent  teeth  in  opposite 
directions. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  66,  Saw 
making,  Setting,  Sliding  set,  Multiple. 

62.  SA^Y-MAKING.  SETTING,   PIVOTED  SET,  TRIP.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  set  or  punch  is  carried  by  a  pivoted  arm, 
usually  spring-actuated,  and  adapted  to  be  operated  by  a  trip 
dog  or  cam. 
Search  Class — 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclasses  15,  File- 
cutting,  Trip-operated  cutter,  and  67,  Saw-making,  Setting, 
Sliding  set,  Trip. 

63.  SAW-MAKING,     SETTING,     PIVOTED     SET,     LEVER- 

OPERATED.    Machines  in  which  the  set  or  punch  is  carried 
by  a  lever-operated  pivoted  arm  and  is  adapted  to  bend  the 
tooth  against  a  properly-formed  anvil. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclasses  52, 
Saw-making,  Swaging,  Pivoted  swage,  Lever-operated,  and 
68,  Saw-making,  Setting,  Sliding  set,  Lever-operated. 

64.  SAW-MAKING,    SETTING.     PIVOTED    SET,    LEVER- 

OPERATED,  PLIERS.    Hand  implements  in  the  form  of 
pliers  in  which  the  set  or  punch  is  carried  by  a  pivoted  arm 
which  is  actuated  by  one  of  the  plier-handles. 
Search  Class — 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  69,  Saw- 
making,  Setting,  Sliding  set,  Lever-operated,  Pliers. 

65.  SAW-MAKING    SETTING,   PIVOTED  SET,  IDLE.    Ma- 

chines in  which  a  set  or  punch  carried  upon  a  pivoted  arm  is 
adapted  to  be  struck  by  a  hammer  to  give  set  to  a  tooth  held 
upon  a  properly-formed  anvil. 
Search  Class — 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclasses  55, 
Saw-making,  Swaging,  Idle  swage,  and  70,  Saw-making,  Set- 
ting, Sliding  set,  Idle. 

66.  SAW-MAKING,  SETTING,   SLIDING  SET,  MULTIPLE 

Machines   and    implements   having   slidably-mounted   sets 
adapted  to  act  upon  a  plurality  of  teeth  simultaneously. 
These  devices  are  usually  for  simultaneously  bending  adjacent 
teeth  in  opposite  directions. 
Search  Class— 

76 — METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  61,  Saw- 
making,  Setting,  Pivoted  set,  Multiple. 

67.  SAW-MAKING,   SETTING     SLIDING   SET,   TRIP.    Ma- 

chines  in   which   a  slidably-mounted   set,   usually  spring- 
actuated,  is  operated  by  a  trip  dog  or  cam. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  62,  Saw- 
making,  Setting,  Pivoted  set,  Trip. 

88.  SAW-MAKING,     SETTING,     SLIDING     SET,     LEVER- 
OPERATED.    Machines  in  which  a  set  slidably  supported 
is  operated  by  a  lever  or  a  cam-lever  to  bend  the  tooth  against 
a  suitably-formed  anvil. 
Search  Class — 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  63,  Saw- 
making,  Setting,  Pivoted  set,  Lever-operated. 

69.  SAW-MAKING,     SETTING,     SLIDING     SET.     LEVER- 
OPERATED.   PLIERS.    Hand    implements   in  the  form 
of  pliers  in  which  a  slidably-mounted  set  is  actuated  by  one 
of  the  pivoted  handles. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  64,  Saw- 
making,  Setting,  Pivoted  set,  Lever-operated,  Pliers. 


CLASS  76— Continued. 

70.  SAW-MAKING,  SETTING,   SLIDING   SET,  IDLE.    Ma- 

chines in  which  a  set  slidably  supported,  usually  by  means 
of  a  spring,  is  adapted  to  bi  struck  by  a  hammer  to  give  set 
to  a  tooth  held  upon  a  suitably-formed  anvil. 
Search  Class — 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclasses  55, 
Saw-making,  Swaging,  Idle  swage,  and  65,  Saw-making,  Set- 
ting, Pivoted  set,  Idle. 

71.  SAW-MAKING,  SETTING,  SPRING  SET.    Machines  and 

implements  having  means  for  engaging  or  embracing  the 
tooth,  the  lateral  (or  oscillating)  movement  of  the  device 
serving  to  bend  the  tooth  to  the  proper  set  without  the  co- 
operation of  an  anvil. 

72.  SAW-MAKING,  SETTING,  SWAGE  SET.    Machines  and 

implements  in  which  the  tooth  is  bent  by  means  of  a  wedge- 
shaped  punch  or  swaging  device. 

73.  SAW-MAKING,  SETTING    ANVIL  SET.    Bevel-faced  an- 

vils upon  which  the  saw  is  laid  and  the  teeth  bent  to  conform 
to  the  beveled  face  of  the  anvil  by  being  struck  by  a  manually- 
operated  hammer. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  57,  Saw- 
making,  Swaging,  Anvils. 

74.  SAW-MAKING,  GUIDES.    Devices  adapted  to  support  and 

guide  saws  to  sharpening,  dressing,  or  setting  mechanisms. 
These  guides  are  usually  used  to  support  band-saws. 
Search  Class — 
143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  160,  Saw-guides. 

75.  SAW-MAKING,  FEEDING.    Mechanisms  adapted  to  feed 

the  saw-blank  or  saw  to  mechanisms  for  operating  upon  the 
same,  not  classifiable  in  the  following  subclasses. 

76.  SAW-MAKING     FEEDING,   CLAMP-FEED.    Mechanisms 

for  feeding  a  clamp  which  holds  the  saw  or  saw-blank  to  the 
devices  which  operate  upon  the  saw  blade  or  teeth. 
Search  Class — 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclasses  22, 
File-cutting,  Feeding,  and  34,  Saw-making,  Sharpening  and 
gumming,  Reciprocating  tool,  Clamp-feed. 

77.  SAW-MAKING,  FEEDING,  TOOTH-ENGAGING  FEED. 

Mechanisms  for  feeding  the  saw  to  the  devices  which  operate 
upon  the  saw  handle  or  teeth,  which  comprise  a  reciprocating 
pawl  or  other  means  for  engaging  successive  teeth  of  the  saw 
to  feed  the  saw  forward. 
Search  Class — 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  35,  Saw- 
making,  Sharpening  and  gumming,  Reciprocating  tool,  Tooth- 
engaging  feed. 

78.  SAW-MAKING,   CLAMPS.    Clamps   and   vises   for  holding 

saws  during  their  manufacture  or  while  being  sharpened, 
set,  etc. 
Note. — Vises  for  general  use  are  classified  in  class  81,  TOOLS. 

79.  SAW-MAKING,  CLAMPS.  CENTER-SUPPORTS.    Clamps 

and  vises  for  holding  circular  saws  during  their  manufacture  or 
while  being  sharpened.    Includes,  mainly,  clamps  applied  to 
the  center  of  the  saw,  but  also  includes  other  forms  of  clamps 
having  special  attachments  for  centering  the  saw. 
Search  Class — 
143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  155,  Saw-hanging,  Circular  saw. 

80.  SAW-MAKING,     TOOTH-INSERTERS.    Tools     especially 

adapted  for  inserting  and  extracting  saw-teeth. 

81.  SAW-MAKING,  GAGES.    Devices  for  determing  the  amount 

of  set  given  to  a  saw-tooth.    Also  devices  for  gaging  the  clear- 
ance of  the  raker-^eth,  the  latter  in  many  instances  including 
filing-guides. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  46,  Saw- 
making,  Dressing,  jointing,  and  gaging. 

82.  CUTTING  SHARPENERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  and  ma- 

chines for  sharpening  cutters  by  removing  the  material  of  the 
cutter  adjacent  to  the  edge  by  cutting;  filing,  or  chipping,  as 
distinguished  from  abrading  or  swaging.  There  are  a  few 
patents  for  scissors-sharpeners,  the  action  of  which  is  somewhat 
analogous  to  swaging  sharpeners. 

Note. — Swaging   sharpeners   are  classified  in  class  29,  METAL- 
WORKING,  subclass  83,  Sharpening,  Swaging. 

Devices  for  serrating  the  edges  of  cutters  are  classified  in 
class  29,  METAL-WORKING,  subclass  82,  Sharpening,  Edge- 
serrating. 

Machines  and  devices  for  sharpening  cutters  by  grinding 
are  classified  in  class  51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING. 

83.  CUTTING    SHARPENERS,    SKATE.    Devices    especially 

adapted  to  sharpen  skates. 

84.  CUTTING  SHARPENERS,  BUTCHERS'  STEELS.    The 

title  is  self-explanatory. 

85.  CUTTING     SHARPENERS,     ROTARY.    Disk-sharpening 

devices,  including  cutting  or  filing  tools,  adapted  to  be  rotated 
about  the  disk  or  against  which  the  disk  is  rotated.  This 
subclass  comprises,  mainly,  devices  for  sharpening  harrow- 
disks. 


142 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  76— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  83,  Sharpening,  Swaging,  for  de- 
vices for  sharpening  harrow-disks,  etc.,  by  swaging  by  rolls 
or  otherwise. 

gl_GRrNDiNG  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  7,  Metal,  Edge-tools,  for 
devices  for  sharpening  disks  by  grinding. 

86.  CUTTING  SHARPENERS,  MULTIPLE  CUTTER,  CON- 

VERGING. Devices  comprising  a  plurality  of  converging 
cutting  or  filing  blades,  the  article  to  be  sharpened  being 

gassed  between  them,  thereby  having  stock  removed  from 
oth  sides  of  the  blade  adjacent  to  the  edge  thereof. 
Search  Class— 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  1,  Abrading  materials 
and  tools. 

87.  CUTTING  SHARPENERS,  MULTIPLE  CUTTER,  CON- 

VERGING,   DISKS.    Devices   comprising   a   plurality   of 
cutting  disks  or  files,  such  disks  being  arranged  in  such  a  man- 
ner that  the  circumferences  of  the  disks  are  tangent  to  the  same 
line  or  overlap  one  another. 
Search  Class— 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  1,  Abrading  materials 
and  tools. 

88.  CUTTING  SHARPENERS,  CUTTER  AND  GUIDE.    De- 

vices for  sharpening  cutters  comprising  an  edged  blade  or  a  file 
against  which  the  article  to  be  sharpened  is  directed  by  means 
of  a  guide  usually  angularly  disposed  relative  to  the  blade. 
Search  Class — 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  1,  Abrading  materials 
and  tools. 

89.  CUTTING  SHARPENERS,  CUTTER  AND  GUIDE,  DISK. 

Devices  for  sharpening  cutters  in  which  the  article  to  be  sharp- 
ened is  directed  against  a  disk  cutter  or  file  by  means  of  a 
guide. 

Search  Class — 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  1,  Abrading  materials 
and  tools. 

90.  DIES.    Miscellaneous  dies  used  in  the  manufacture  of  metal 

tools  and  implements. 

91.  DIES,  AUGERS.    Dies  adapted  to  form  auger-bits  by  a  swaging 

or  forging  action. 

Note. — Dies  for  merely  bending  or  twisting  auger-bits  are  classified 
in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING,  subclass  78,  Twisting. 

92.  DIES,  AXES,  HAMMERS,  AND  HATCHETS.    Dies  adapted 

toformaxes,  adzes,  hammers,  hatchets,  and  like  tools  adapted 
to  strike  blows. 

93.  DIES,  CUTLERY.    Dies  for  forming  various  articles  of  cut- 

lery, as  knives,  scissors,  shears,  etc. 

94.  DIES,  CUTLERY,  FORKS  AND  SPOONS.    Dies  adapted 

to  form  table  forks  or  spoons. 

95.  DIES.  DRILLS.    Dies  for  forming  metal-working  drills,  stone- 

working  drills,  etc.;  also  dies  for  reshaping  or  sharpening  worn 
drills  by  swaging. 

96.  DIES,  HOES,  MATTOCKS,  AND  PICKS.    Dies  for  forming 

digging-tools,  adapted  to  strike  blows,  such  as  hoes,  grub-hoes, 
picks,  mattocks,  etc. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  dies  for  making  toothed 
diggers  having  the  function  of  a  rake,  which  are  classified  hi 
this  class,  subclass  97,  Dies,  Pitchforks  and  rakes. 

97.  DIES,  PITCHFORKS  AND  RAKES.    Dies  for  forming  metal 

tools  having  teeth  or  tines,  such  as  pitchforks,  potato-forks, 
rakes,  manure-hooks,  etc. 

98.  DIES,  PLIERS  AND  TONGS.    Dies  for  forming  the  parts  of 

tools  for  holding  or  bending  objects  kflown  in  the  arts  as  pliers 
and  tongs. 

99.  DIES,  SHOVELS.    Dies  for  forming   metal  digging   imple- 

ments having  a  single  operating-blade,  usually  curved  or 
dished,  such  as  shovels,  spades,  scoops,  etc. 


CLASS  76— Continued. 

100.  DIES,  WRENCHES.    Dies  for  forming  the  parts  of  wrenches, 

including  dies  for  forming  watch  and  clock  keys. 

101.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES.    Processes  for  making  various 

tools  and  implements  not  classifiable  hi  the  following  sub- 
classes. It  also  includes  specially-formed  blanks  to  be  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  tools  and  implements. 

102.  BLANKS    AND    PROCESSES,    AUGERS.     Processes    for 

forming  auger-bits,  also  blanks  especially  adapted  to  be  made 
into  augers. 

103.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  AXES,  HAMMERS,  AND 

HATCHETS.  Processes  for  making  the  heads  of  axes,  adzes, 
hammers,  and  hatchets  (mainly  woodworking-tools),  also 
blanks  specially  adapted  to  be  made  into  such  tools. 

104.  BLANKS  AND    PROCESSES,  CUTLERY.    Processes  for 

making  various  articles  of  hardware  commonly  known  as 
"cutlery,"  such  as  knives,  scissors,  shears,  etc.,  excepting 
articles  having  hollow  handles  and  forks  and  spoons,  also 
blanks  specially  adapted  to  be  made  into  such  articles. 

105.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  CUTLERY,  FORKS  AND 

SPOONS.  Processes  for  making  metallic  table  forks  and 
spoons,  also  patents  upon  blanks  specially  adapted  to  be  made 
into  such  articles. 

Note. — Processes  for  making  metallic  forks  for  heavy  work  are 
classified  in  this  class,  subclass  111,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Pitchforks  and  rakes. 

106.  BLANKS    AND    PROCESSES,    CUTLERY,    HOLLOW 

HANDLES.  Processes  for  making  hollow  handles  of  articles 
of  cutlery,  also  making  articles  of  cutlery  having  hollow 
handles,  also  blanks  specially  adapted  to  be  formed  into  such 
articles. 

107.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  DIES.    Processes  for  forming 

dies  for  metal-forging  machines,  stencil-punching,  sheet-metal 
shaping,  metal-ornamenting,  etc.,  also  blanks  from  which, 
such  dies  are  made. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  matrix-forming  for  printing, 
which  is  classified  in  class  198,  MATRIX-MAKING. 

108.  BLANKS    AND    PROCESSES,    DRILLS.    Processes    for 

forming  drills,  including  metal  drills,  stone-working  drills,  etc. 

109.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  HOES,  MATTOCKS,  AND 

PICKS.  Processes  for  making  hoes,  mattocks,  grub-hoes,  or 
other  hand  digging-tools  adapted  to  strike  blows. 

110.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  KEYS.    Processes  for  making 

hand-operated  lock-keys,  also  patents  upon  blanks  for  ranking 
keys. 

Note. — It  does  not  include  processes  for  making  watch-keys,  which 
are  to  bo  found  in  this  class,  subclass  114,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Wrenches,  nor  does  it  include  processes  for  making  keys  for 
holding  pinions  on  shafts,  etc. 

111.  BLANKS     AND     PROCESSES,     PITCHFORKS     AND 

RAKES.  Processes  for  making  metallic  tools  having  teeth 
or  tines  to  be  used  for  heavy  work,  comprising  pitchforks, 
manure-forks,  garden-rakes,  potato-rakes,  etc.;  also  blanks 
specially  adapted  to  be  made  into  such  articles. 

112.  BLANKS  AND  PROCESSES,  SAWS.    Processes  for  mak- 

ing saws,  including  forming  saw-teeth,  sharpening,  gumming, 
stretching,  and  setting  and  patching  saws,  etc.;  also  blanks 
for  saw-blades,  patches  for  cracked  blades,  etc. 

113.  BLANKS  AND   PROCESSES,   SHOVELS.    Processes  for 

making  shovels,  spades,  scoops,  etc.,  also  blanks  specially 
adapted  to  be  made  into  such  articles. 

114.  BLANKS    AND    PROCESSES,    WRENCHES.    Processes 

for  making  wrenches,  including  watch  and  clock  keys,  also 
blanks  specially  adapted  to  be  made  into  such  articles. 


CLASS  77.— BORING  AND   DRILLING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  machines  and  devices  for  producing  finished 
holes,  usually  circular  in  cross-section,  by  means  of  a  rotating  cutter 
and  mainly  In  metal,  though  the  class  is"  not  limited  to  metal-work- 
ing. Boring,  as  the  term  is  used  in  this  class,  is  distinguished  from 
drilling  in  that  boring  enlarges  and  trues  a  hole  already  existing, 
while  drilling  produces  a  hole  in  solid  material. 

Note.— Machines  and  tools  for  boring  holes  in  wood  are  found  in 
class  144,  WOODWORKING,  Boring;  those  for  producing  holes  in  stone 
are  in  class  125,  STONE-WORKING,  Drills,  and  for  bone,  ivory,  mother- 
of-pearl,  etc.,  in  class  79,  BUTTON-MAKING. 

Subclasses. 

BORING-MACHINES.  Organized  machines  for  enlarging  rough 
holes — that  is,  holes  previously  cored  or  forged— as  distin- 
guished from  drilling-machines  in  which  the  tool  makes  a 
hole  in  solid  material.  A  further  distinction,  of  degree  only, 
is  that  boring-machines  produce  holes  much  larger  in  cross- 
section  than  do  drilling-machines.  Either  tool  or  work  may 
rotate. 

1.  BORING-MACHINES,     MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines    for 

enlarging  and  finishing  holes  of  circular  cross-section  not 
otherwise  classified. 

2.  BORING-MACHINES,  PORTABLE.    Machines, mostly  hand- 

driven,  easily  movable,  and  which  are  secured  to  the  work  to 
rebore  worn  surfaces  or  finish  pieces  of  unwieldy  size. 
Search  Class 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  56,  Appliances,  Boring- 
bars,  and  57,  Appliances,  Boring-bars,  Feed  devices. 

3.  BORING-MACHINES,  HORIZONTAL.    Machines  in  which 

the  axis  of  the  cutter-carrier  is  horizontally  arranged. 

4.  BORING-MACHINES,  VERTICAL.    Machines  in  which  the 

cutter-carrying  axis  is  vertically  arranged  or  in  which  a  non-ro- 
tary cutter  has  a  vertical  travel  while  the  work  rotates. 

DRILLING-MACHINES.  Machines  for  producing  holes  of  cir- 
cular cross-section  in  solid  material,  usually  by  means  of  a  ro- 
tating end-cutting  tool. 

5.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  for 

drilling  metal  and  analogous  material  not  otherwise  classified. 

6.  DRILLING-MACHINES,     INDEPENDENT-MOTOR.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  motor  is  directly  connected  to  the  machine- 
frame. 

7.  DRILLING-MACHINES,   PORTABLE.    Machines  intended 

to  be  brought  to  the  work  or  secured  thereto,  as  distinguished 
from  those  placed  on  a  foundation  and  supporting  the  work. 

8.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  PORTABLE,  RAIL-DRILLS.    Ma- 

chines for  drilling  railroad-rails  in  place  upon  the  track. 

9.  DRILLING-MACHINES,     PORTABLE      RAIL- DRILLS, 

QUICK-SETTING.  Rail-drills  in  which  either  the  securing 
means  or  spindle-driving  means  are  readily  detachable  to 
permit  the  passage  of  trains. 

10.  DRILLING-MACHINES,      PORTABLE,     RAIL-DRILLS. 

RATCHET.    Rail-drills  in  which  the  drill-spindle  is  rotated 
by  pawl-and-ratchet  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

77—  BORING  AND  DRILLING,  Ratchet-Drills,  and  subclasses  there- 
under, for  this  type  of  spindle-drive. 

11.  DRILLING-MACHINES,     PORTABLE,     RAIL-DRILLS, 

CLAMP-FRAMES.    Frames  for  securing  the  drilling  mech- 
anism to  the  rail  and  for  receiving  the  thrust  of  the  feed-screw. 
Search  Class — 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  10,  Drilling-machines,  Por- 
table, Rail-drills,  Ratchet. 

12.  DRILLING  -  MACHINES,        PORTABLE,       CLAMPED, 

DRILLING  AND  TAPPING.  Drilling  devices  secured  to 
the  work,  usually  by  a  chain,  and  carrying  a  combined  tool 
for  drilling  and  threading  a  hole  at  one  operation. 
Note.— These  devices  differ  from  main-tapping  machines  in  that 
there  is  no  provision  for  preventing  the  flow  of  fluids  from 
around  the  tool.  They  are  equally  well  adapted  for  producing 
threaded  bolt-holes  in  columns,  etc. 

13.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  PORTABLE,  CLAMPED.    Drill- 

ing devices  which  are  secured  to  the  work  by  screw-operated 
jaws  or  pointed  screws,  or  miscellaneous  securing  devices. 

14.  DRILLING  -  MACHINES,       PORTABLE,       CLAMPED, 

CHAIN.  Drilling  devices  secured  to  the  work  by  a  chain 
passing  around  the  work  and  having  tightening  means  at  its 
ends. 


CLASS  77— Continued. 

15.  DRILLING-MACHINES         PORTABLE,        FLEXIBLE- 

SHAFT.  Portable  drills  to  which  power  is  supplied  through 
flexible  shafting. 

16.  DRILLING-MACHINES.  PORTABLE,  BOW.    Devices  in 

which  the  drill-spindle  is  given  rotations  by  a  reciprocating 
'    bow  and  cord  or  analogous  means. 

17.  DRILLING-MACHINES,        PORTABLE,        CORD-AND- 

SPRING  DRIVE.  Hand-drills  in  which  the  drill-spindle 
is  rotated  in  the  cutting  direction  by  the  pull  of  a  cord,  which 
movement  also  winds  a  spring,  the  spring  upon  release  of  the 
cord  rotating  the  spindle  in  the  reverse  direction  and  recoiling 
the  cord. 

18.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  CENTER  DRILLS.    Machines  for 

bringing  lathework  into  axial  alinement  with  a  rotating  tool 
or  series  of  such  tools,  so  as  to  drill  and  countersink  its  ends  to 
receive  the  lathe-centers. 

19.  DRILLING-MACHINES,     BENCH.    Machines    with    light 

(usually  hand)  driving  mechanisms  and  short  frames  designed 
to  be  attached  to  a  work-bench. 

20.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  POST.    Light  drills,  usually  hand- 

driven,  adapted  to  be  rigidly  secured  to  an  upright  side  post 
or  column. 

DRILLING-MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-SPINDLE.    Machines 
having  a  plurality  of  drill-spindles. 

21.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-SPINDLE,  AXIAL- 

LY-OPPOSITE.    Multiple-spindle  drills  in  which  the  spin- 
dles are  in  axial  alinement  and  the  drills  cut  toward  each  other 
from  opposite  sides  of  the  work. 
Search  Classes— 

79— BUTTON-MAKING,  subclass  11,  Pearl  and  composition,  Mul- 
tiple spindle,  Axially  opposite. 

144— WOOD-WORKING,  subclass  94,   Boring-machines,   Brush, 
Multiple  bit. 

22.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-SPINDLE,  PARAL- 

LEL AXES.  Machines  in  which  the  sets  of  spindles  are 
arranged  parallel  to  drill  a  number  of  holes  in  the  same  di- 
rection. 

Search  Class— 

77— BORING   AND    DRILLING,  subclass  18,   Drilling-machines, 
Center  drills. 

23.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-SPINDLE,  PARAL- 

LEL AXES,  CIRCULAR  GANG.  Machines  in  which  the 
parallel  drill-spindles  are  arranged  to  drill  holes  in  the  cir- 
cumference or  a  segment  of  the  circumference  of  a  circle. 

24  DRILLING-MACHINES,  MULTIPLE-SPINDLE,  PARAL- 
LEL AXES,  INDEPENDENT  ADJUSTMENT.  Machines 
in  which  one  or  more  of  the  set  of  parallel  drill-spindles  can  be 
laterally  adjusted  without  disturbing  the  position  of  other 
spindles. 

25.  DRILLING-MACHINES,     MULTIPLE-SPINDLE,     TUR- 

RET. Machines  in  which  the  series  of  spindles  are  so  ar- 
ranged in  a  revolving  frame  that  they  can  be  brought  succes- 
sively into  operative  contact  with  a  driving-spindle. 

26.  DRILLING-MACHINES,      MULTIPLE-SPINDLE,      RA- 

DIAL AXES.  Machines  in  which  the  series  of  spindles  di- 
rect the  drills  radially  either  toward  or  from  a  common  center. 

27.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  RADIAL.    Machines  with  a  swing- 

ing radial  arm  which  permits  the  adjustment  of  the  spindle  to 
any  position  within  a  circle  or  a  considerable  sector  of  a  circle. 

28  DRILLING-MACHINES,  RADIAL,  VERTICALLY-AD- 
JUSTABLE ARM.  Radial  drills  in  which  the  spindle-car- 
rying arm  is  vertically  movable  on  the  central  column. 

29.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  FRICTION-DRIVE.  Machines  in 
which  the  spindle  is  rotated  by  either  friction-disks  or  friction- 
clutches. 

30  DRILLING-MACHINES,  TREADLE-FEED.     Machines  in 

which  the  drill  and  work  are  made  to  approach  by  depressing 
a  treadle. 

31  DRILLING-MACHINES,  ANGULAR  SPINDLE  ADJUST- 

MENT. Machines  in  which  the  rotating  spindle  is  angularly 
adjusted  with  reference  to  the  work  and  the  main  frame  oi 
the  machine. 

32.  DRILLING-MACHINES,   FEED  MECHANISMS.  Mechan- 

isms for  relatively  moving  the  tool,  the  work,  or  both  to  pro- 
duce a  cut. 

33.  DRILLING-MACHINES,    FEED   MECHANISMS,    AUTO- 

MATIC-STOP. Feed  mechanisms  in  which  the  relative 
movement  of  approach  between  tool  and  work  is  arrested  or 
reversed  when  the  tool  has  cut  to  a  predetermined  depth. 

143 


144 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  77 — Continued. 

34.  DRILLING-MACHINES,    FEED    MECHANISMS,    FRIC- 

TIONAL.  Feed  mechanisms  with  a  yielding  frictional  drive 
to  prevent  overfeed  of  the  cutting-tool. 

35.  DRILLING-MACHINES,    BACK   GEARS.    Shiftable   gear- 

trains  for  changing  the  speed  or  direction  of  rotation,  or  both, 
of  the  tool-carrying  spindle. 

36.  DRILLING-MACHINES,  COUNTERWEIGHTS.     Weights 

and  suspension  apparatus  for  counterbalancing  the  weight  of 
drill-heads,  spindles,  and  other  vertically-moving  parts  of 
machines. 

37.  TAPPING  MAINS.    Portable  devices  for  tapping  gas  and  wa- 

ter mains  under  pressure. 

Note.— Devices  with  no  provision  for  arresting  the  flow  of  gas  or 
water  from  the  main  will  be  found  in  subclass  14,  Drilling- 
machines,  portable,  clamped,  chain,  and  subclass  12,  Drilling- 
machines,  portable,  clamped,  drilling  and  tapping,  or  class 
77,  BORING  AND  DRILLING. 

38.  TAPPING  MAINS,  CLOSED  TOOL-CHAMBER.     Devices 

in  which  the  escape  of  fluid  is  prevented  by  inclosing  the  cut- 
ting-tool in  a  tight  chamber  and  operating  it  from  without  the 
chamber  by  suitable  driving  means. 

39.  TAPPING  MAINS,  CLOSED  TOOL-CHAMBER,  MULTI- 

PLE-TOOL HOLDER.  Devices  in  which  the  tool-chamber 
incloses  a  series  of  tools,  -with  provision  for  bringing  them  suc- 
cessively into  the  same  position  to  drill,  thread,  and  close  a 
hole  in  the  main. 

40  TAPPING  MAINS,  CLOSED  TOOL-CHAMBER,  VALVED. 
Devices  in  which  the  tool  may  be  withdrawn  to  the  rearward 
portion  of  the  working  chamber  and  the  flow  cut  off  by  a  valve 
to  permit  a  change  of  tools. 

41.  TAPPING  MAINS,  CLOSED  TOOL-CHAMBER,  VALVED, 

PERMANENT.  Devices,  like  the  preceding,  in  which  the 
valved  chamber  is  permanently  secured  to  the  main  and  re- 
mains as  the  branch  connection  after  the  main  is  tapped. 

42.  TAPPING  MAINS,  CLOSED  TOOL-CHAMBER,  VALVED, 

PERMANENT,  ANNULAR  CUTTER.  Devices,  like  the 
preceding,  jn  which  the  cutting  mechanism  travels  in  an  annu- 
lar path  and  removes  a  large  portion  of  the  main  wall  entire  in 
line  with  the  branch  connection.  There  is  usually  provision 
for  preventing  the  piece  severed  from  falling  into  the  main. 
Search  Classes — 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  69,  Drills,  Annular. 

143— WOOD  SAWING,  subclass  85,  Tubular  saw  machines. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  24,  Special  work  machines,  Single 
or  combined,  Disk  cutting  Sweep  cutter. 

145— WOODWORKING  TOOLS,  subclass  121 ,  Augers,  sweeps. 

43.  RATCHET-DRILLS,  COMBINATION.    Hand  lever  drills  of 

the  general  ratchet-and-pawl  type  having  combined  with  or 
readily  substituted  for  the  drill-socket  means  for  performing 
some  other  function,  such  as  tightening  nuts,  cutting  threads, 
etc. 

44.  RATCHET-DRILLS.    Hand-driven  devices  in  which  the  spin- 

dle is  intermittently  rotated  by  a  lever  operating  a  ratchet  and 
pawl  or  some  intermittently-gripping  device  analogous  to  a 
ratchet  and  pawl. 
Search  Classes — 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  10,  Drilling  machines,  Port- 
able, Rail  drills. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  16,  Pawls  and  ratchets. 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  53,  Wrenches,  Clutched  head,  and  63, 
Wrenches,  Clutched  head,  Ratchet,  Pivoted  pawl,  Reversing, 
Single. 

145— WOODWORKING  TOOLS,  subclass  70,  Bit  stocks,  Ratchet. 

45.  RATCHET-DRILLS,  SELF-FEEDING.    Devices  in  which 

the  feed  is  operated  by  frictional  means  or  by  the  same  oscilla- 
tions of  the  driving-leVer  which  rotate  the  drill-spindle. 

46.  RATCHET  -  DRILLS,    DOUBLE-ACTING,    AXIALLY- 

SWINGING  LEVER.  Lever-drills  in  which  the  driving- 
lever  swings  in  the  plane  of  the  drill-axis  or  one  parallel  thereto 
and  produces  a  partial  rotation  of  the  spindle  when  swung  in 
either  direction. 

47.  RATCHET -DRILLS,     DOUBLE-ACTING,     TRANS- 

VERSELY-SWINGING LEVER.  Devices  with  a  forward 
drive  of  the  spindle  for  either  forward  or  backward  swing  of  the 
lever,  the  lever  moving  in  a  plane  approximately  at  right  an- 
gles to  the  drill-spindle  axis. 

48.  RATCHET-DRILLS,  REVERSIBLE.    Devices  in  which  the 

direction  of  rotation  of  the  drill-spindle  may  be  reversed — 
usually  by  manipulation  of  the  driving  pawl  or  pawls. 

49.  RATCHET -DRILLS,  AXIALLY- YIELDING   CLUTCH. 

Hand-lever  drills  in  which  the  driving  and  driven  members  of 
the  gripping  device  separate  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  the 
drill-spindle  to  secure  a  new  driving  position. 

50.  RATCHET  -  DRILLS,   BAND -GRIP.    Drilling  devices  in 

which  a  jointed  or  yielding  band  surrounding  the  drill-spindle 
is  alternately  tightened  and  released  by  the  driving  and  return 
movements  of  the  hand-lever. 

51.  RATCHET-DRILLS.  SLIDING-PAWL.    Devices  in  which 

the  pawl  moves  to  and  from  the  ratchet  in  the  direction  of  its 
length  instead  of  about  a  pivot. 


CLASS  77— Continued. 

52.  RATCHET-DRILLS,  WEDGING-PAWL.    Devices  in  which 

the  positively-driving  pawl  acting  on  serrations  of  the  ratchet 
is  replaced  by  irregular  pieces  which  grip  by  being  canted  or  by 
being  moved  forward  between  approaching  surfaces  and  are 
released  on  the  backward  stroke. 

53.  RATCHET-DRILLS,  WEDGING-PAWL,  ROLLER-GRIP. 

Devices,  like  the  preceding,  in  which  wedges  constitute  a  sys- 
tem of  rollers  between  surfaces  against  which  they  wedge  on 
the  working  stroke  and  from  which  they  are  released  on  the 
backward  stroke. 

54.  RATCHET-DRILLS,    FEED-SCREWS.    Spindle-advancing 

screws  adapted  to  ratchet-drills  and  arranged  to  bear  at  one  end 
upon  the  spindle-axis  and  at  the  other  upon  a  backing-piece. 

55.  APPLIANCES.    Devices  other  than  complete  machines  for 

driving,  handling,  and  guiding  tools  or  for  supporting  or  secur- 
ing the  work. 

50.  APPLIANCES,  BORING-BARS.  Bars  supported  on  centers 
and  carrying  a  cutter  or  cutters  intermediate  the  ends  for  en- 
larging and  truing  to  circular  cross-section  and  uniform  or 
varying  longitudinal  sections  openings  already  made  in  the 
work  by  coring  or  otherwise. 
Search  Class— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  2,  Boring-machines,  Port- 
able. 

57.  APPLIANCES,  BORING-BARS,  FEED  DEVICES.    Mech- 

anisms for  giving  the  cutter  of  a  boring-bar  either  axial  or 
lateral  movement  with  relation  to  the  bar. 
Search  Class — 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  2,  Boring-machines,  Port- 
able. 

58.  APPLIANCES,  BORING-HEADS.    Cutting  devices  differing 

from  boring-bars  in  being  supported  at  but  one  end  and  carry- 
ing the  cutter  at  or  near  the  other. 

59.  APPLIANCES,  DRILL-BRACES.    Devices  attached  to  the 

work  to  support  the  drilling  mechanism  and  receive  the  thrust 
of  the  feed-screw. 

60.  APPLIANCES,  DRILL-HOLDERS.    Devices  for  surround- 

ing the  tang  or  shank  of  a  drill  to  prevent  its  rotation  when 
used  in  a  lathe. 

61.  APPLIANCES,  NON-CIRCULAR  CUT.    Cooperating  cutters 

and  templets  or  organized  attachments  for  producing  holes  of 
various  cross-sections  other  than  circular. 
Search  Class — 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  122,  Augers,  Square-hole 
cutters. 

62.  APPLIANCES,  JIGS.    Miscellaneous  devices  specially  adapted 

to  guide  drills  for  securing  precision  in  the  size,  direction,  and 
location  of  drilled  holes. 

63.  APPLIANCES,  WORK-SUPPORTS.    Tables,  centers,  vises, 

etc. ,  for  supporting  and  securing  work  while  being  drilled. 
Search  Classes— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  18,  Drilling-machines,  Cen- 
ter drills. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  92,  Boring. 

64.  APPLIANCES,  WORK-SUPPORTS,  INDEXING.    Work- 

supports  which  are  adapted  to  move  the^work-piece  in  such  a 
manner  that  holes  may  be  drilled  at  predetermined  circumfer- 
ential or  linear  distances  apart. 
Search  Classes— 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  13,  Dividing  engines. 

90— GEAR  CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclasses  56,  In- 
dexing, and  57,  Indexing,  Index  heads. 

65.  DRILLS,  COMBINED.    Cutters  in  which  the  piercer  or  drill  is 

combined  with  a  facing-tool,  reamer,  or  similar  secondary 
cutter. 

66.  DRILLS,  COMBINED,  DRILLS  AND  COUNTERSINKS. 

Cutters  in  which  the  piercer  is  combined  with  a  secondary  cut- 
ter for  producing  a  conical  depression  surrounding  the  drill- 
hole. 

Search  Class— 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  123,  Augers,  Counter- 
sinks, and  125,  Augers,  Secondary  cutters. 

67.  DRILLS.    The  immediate  cutting  portion  of  the  drilling  mech- 

anism having  cutting  edges  or  "  lips  "  for  cutting  on  its  advanc- 
ing end. 

68.  DRILLS,  OIL  CONDUIT.    Cutting-tools  having  a  groove  or 

tube  to  conduct  lubricants  to  the  cutting-lip  of  the  drill;  also, 
oiling-sockets  for  such  drills. 

69.  DRILLS,  ANNULAR.    Cutters  which  remove  the  metal  in  an 

annular  path,  detaching  a  central  core  or  disk  entire. 
Search  Classes— 
77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  42,  Tapping  mains,  Closed 

tool  chamber,  Valved,  Permanent,  Annular  cutter. 
79 — BUTTON  MAKING,  subclass  16,  Pearl  and  composition,  Blank 

sawing.  Tubular  saw. 

143— WOOD  SAWING,  subclass  85,  Tubular  saw  machines. 
144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  24,  Special  work  machines,  Single 

or  combined,  Disk  cutting,  Sweep  cutter. 
145— WOODWORKING  TOOLS,  subclass  121,  Augers,  Sweeps. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


145 


CLASS  77— Continued. 

70.  DRILLS,  TWIST.    Cutters  having  helical  chip-discharging 

grooves. 

71.  DRILLS,  TANGS.    Cutters  showing  special  means  for  fasten- 

ing them  in  the  socket  of  the  driving-spindle. 

72.  REAMERS.    Rotating  cutting  devices  with  substantially  lon- 

gitudinal cutting  edges  converging  at  the  forward  end  for  re- 
moving small  cuts  to  smooth  and  size  or  shape  a  hole.  They 
are  to  be  distinguished  from  boring-heads  and  other  boring- 
cutters  in  that  they  are  incapable  of  taking  heavy  cuts. 

73.  REAMERS,  PIPE-BUR.    Devices  for  removing  from  the  inte- 

rior of  pipes  the  bur  thrown  up  by  the  pipe-cutter. 

73.5.  REAMERS,  COUNTERSINKS.  Devices  primarily  adapt- 
ed for  producing  and  finishing  depressions  about  he  mouth  of 
a  hole. 


CLASS  77— Continued. 

74.  ABOLISHED. 

75.  REAMERS,  ADJUSTABLE.    Reamers  provided  with  means 

for  varying  the  position  of  the  cutting  edges. 

75.5.  REAMERS,  ADJUSTABLE,  WEDGE.  Adjustable  ream- 
ers  in  which  the  separation  of  parts  is  secured  by  the  insertion 
between  them  of  a  structure  utilizing  the  wedge  principle  and 
having  a  rectilinear  movement  in  a  direction  transverse  to  the 
direction  of  separation.  The  wedge  structure  may  be  integral 
with  one  or  more  of  the  parts  to  be  separated. 

76.  REAMERS,  ADJUSTABLE,  WEDGE,  CENTRAL  CONE. 

Adjustable  reamers  in  which  the  movable  parts  are  separated 
by  central  cones,  which  have  a  possible  rotary  as  well  as  a  lon- 
gitudinal movement  relative  to  the  movable  parts. 

77.  ABOLISHED.    See  subclass  73.5. 


26674°— 12- 


-10 


CLASS  78.     METAL   FORGING  AND   WELDING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  apparatus  and  processes  in  general  for  perform- 
ing those  metal-working  operations  known  as  "forging  and  swag- 
ing," and  "welding." 

The  term  "forging"  as  used  in  this  class  means  shaping  metal 
while  in  a  self-sustaining  condition  by  distorting  it  by  direct  pressure 
or  impact,  thereby  changing  its  cross-section  without  general  molec- 
ular disintegration  and  rearrangement. 
Search  Classes— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  for  shaping  metal  by  rolls  while  in  a  self- 
sustaining  condition. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  38,  Die  shaping, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  shaping  sheet  metal  by  dis- 
tortion, as  in  die  drawing. 
153 — METAL-BENDING,  for  shaping  metal  by   mere  bending 

operations. 

207 — PLASTIC-METAL  WORKING,  for  shaping  metal  while  in 
either  a  molten  or  a  solid  condition  by  distorting  it  by  direct 
pressure,  thereby  causing  considerable  molecular  disintegra- 
tion or  rearrangement,  and  also  for  shaping  molten  metals  by 
rolls. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  work- 
ing metals  heated  by  electricity. 

The  term  "welding"  as  used  in  this  class  means  general  welding 
not  provided  for  elsewhere,  including  welding  self-sustaining,  usu- 
ally heated  masses  by  pressure. 
Search  Classes — 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  especially  subclass  190,  Processes,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  welding  by  casting  one  metal 
onto  another. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE.  MAKING,  subclass  59,  Soldering,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  welding  by  fusion  without 
pressure  and  without  casting. 

205— METAL-DRAWING,  subclass  9,  Tube  welding,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  welding  pipe  by  drawing  through  dies. 
219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  weld- 
ing metals  while  heated  by  electricity. 

Combination-machines  performing  operations  other  than  forg- 
ing or  welding  and  handling  the  work  are  classified  in  class  29, 
METAL-WORKING,  or  the  appropriate  art  classes. 

Subclasses. 

1.  FORGING.    Miscellaneous  apparatus  and  processes  for  forging 

and  swaging.  The  allied  tire-upsetting  and  riveting  devices 
are  included.  Patents  for  the  combination  of  motors  and 
power  hammers  and  presses  are  included. 

2.  ABOLISHED. 

3.  FORGING,  ANVIL-VISES.    Combined  anvils  and  vises,  dis- 

tinguished from  devices  included  in  subclass  8,  Forging,  An- 
vils, Attachments,  Vises,  by  the  fact  that  they  involve  mutual 
adaptation  of  the  anvil  and  vise. 
Search  Class — 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
22,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Anvils. 

4.  FORGING,  ANVIL-VISES,  FOOT.    Anvil-vises  that  include 

foot-operated  means  for  closing  the  vise-jaws. 

5.  FORGING  ANVILS.    Miscellaneous  supports  for  metal  arti- 

cles while  being  hammered. 
Search  Class— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  44,  Forging, 
Power  hammers  and  presses,  Anvils. 

6.  FORGING,  ANVILS,  SPECIAL  WORK.    Anvils  which  are 

designed  for  hand-forging  of  particular  articles  or  articles  of 
particular  shape.  Such  anvils  are  not  adapted  for  general 
work. 

7.  FORGING,  ANVILS,  ATTACHMENTS.    Attachments  which 

may  be  applied  to  the  blacksmith's  anvil.  Ordinarily  no 
material  modification  of  the  anvil  is  necessary. 

8.  FORGING,  ANVILS,  ATTACHMENTS,  VISES.    Vise-jaws 

which  may  be  applied  to  an  anvil  without  material  modifica- 
tion of  the  latter. 

9.  FORGING,    BILLET-PIERCING.    Machines    and    dies    for 

punching  a  hole  through  or  cavity  in  billets  of  metal  by  mere 
displacement  of  the  molecules. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL  ROLLING,  subclass  13,  Tubes,  Axial  rolling,  for  ro- 
tary piercing  mills. 

10.  FORGING,    BILLET-PIERCING,    FIXED    MANDREL.' 

Billet-piercing  machines  in  which  the  piercing-mandrel  is 
fixed  during  me  piercing  operation,  the  billet  being  advanced. 


CLASS  78— Continued. 

11.  FORGING.   BILLET-PIERCING,  ROTARY  MANDREL 

OR  BILLET.  Billet-piercing  machines  in  which  the  man- 
drel or  billet  is  given  rotary  motion  about  its  axis  as  well  as 
longitudinal  motion. 

12.  FORGING,  BILLET-PIERCING,  PROCESSES.    Processes 

of  punching  billets  by  distortion  or  displacement. 

13.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES.    Power 

hammers  and  presses  for  forging.  Machines  commonly  known 
as  "trip-hammers,"  "drop-hammers,"  "swaging-machines," 
etc. 

14.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  PIPE- 

SWAGING.  Machines  for  reducing  the  thickness  of  pipe- 
walls.  They  are  usually  of  the  hammer-anvil  type,  but  are 
distinguished  therefrom  by  the  presence  of  a  mandrel  on 
which  the  work  is  supported. 

15.  FORGING.      POWER      HAMMERS      AND      PRESSES, 

SHRINKING.    Machines  for  shrinking  tires,  hub-bands,  etc., 
by  hammering  or  pressing. 
Search  Class — 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  56,  Forging,  Tire- 
upsetting,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

16.  FORGING  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  SPOKE- 

SECURING.    Devices  and  organized  machines  for  securing 
wheel-spokes  in  the  hub  or  felly  either  by  upsetting  the  spoke 
or  compressing  the  hub  or  felly. 
Search  Class — 

29— METAL- AVoRKiNG,  appropriate  art  subclasses  for  machines 
for  performing  this  and  additional  operations. 

17.  FORGING,    POWER    HAMMERS    AND    PRESSES,   UP- 

SETTING. Devices  for  changing  the  cross-section  of  metal 
by  blows  or  pressure  applied  longitudinally  of  the  blank. 

18.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  DIE- 

INCLOSED  WORK.  Presses  in  which  the  material,  gen- 
erally hot.  is  held  in  a  die,  generally  sectional,  and  is  operated 
on  by  a  plunger  closely  fitting  the  portion  of  the  die  in  which 
it  works,  thereby  causing  the  material  to  fill  the  die. 

19.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  TRAV- 

ELING. Power-hammers  provided  with  means  whereby 
they  may  be  moved.  Portability  by  reason  of  mere  size  is  not 
enough  to  put  a  device  in  this  class. 

20.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  HAM- 

MER-ANVIL. Includes  those  machines  known  as  "swag- 
ing-machines."  There  is  no  fixed  anvil,  but  the  work  is 
forged  by  oppositely-moving  hammers  operating  simultane- 
ously on  opposite  sides.  Generally  more  than  one  such  pair 
of  hammers  are  provided.  Contains  also  heavy  forging-ma- 
chines  employing  a  hammer-anvil. 

21.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  HAM- 

MER-ANVIL, CAM-OPERATED.  Machines  in  which  the 
hammers  are  operated  by  tappets  and  generally  slide  in 
guides.  Generally  the  hammers  and  tappets  are  carried  by 
concentric  heads,  one  of  which  rotates. 

22.  FORGING.  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  HAM- 

MER-ANVIL, CAM-OPERATED,  ADJUSTABLE  DIES. 
Machines  including  dies  adjustable  so  as  to  vary  the  limit  of 
their  stroke. 

23.  FORGING.  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  HAM- 

MER-ANVIL, HELVED.  Machines  in  which  hammers  or 
dies  are  operated  by  a  lever  or  helve  intermediate  them  and 
the  actuator. 

24.  FORGING.  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES.  MUL- 

TIPLE-HAMMER. Machines  having  a  fixed  anvil  or  die 
and  plurality  of  hammers  operating  successively  or  simulta- 
neously on  the  work. 

25.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  DROP. 

Hammers  raised  by  mechanical  means,  released,  and  per- 
mitted to  fall  by  the  action  of  gravity  or  a  spring,  and  special 
accessories. 

26.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  DROP, 

CAM-LIFT.  Drop-hammers  in  which  a  rotating  cam  raises 
the  hammer-head.  Under  the  term  "cam"  are  included 
"wipers,"  "tappets,"  and  similar  means. 

27.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  DROP. 

CAM-LIFT,  SLIDING-HEAD.  Drop-hammers  of  the  cam- 
lift  type  in  which  the  hammer-head  moves  in  guides  with 
which  it  has  sliding  contact. 

28.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  DROP, 

CRANK-LIFT.  Drop-hammers  in  which  the  hammer  is 
lifted  by  a  crank  and  connecting-rod.  Under  the  term ' '  crank" 
eccentrics  are  included. 

147 


148 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  78— Continued. 

29.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES.  DROP, 

FRICTION-LIFT.  Drop-hammers  in  which  the  hammer- 
head is  raised  by  friction-rollers  engaging  with  a  rod  or  bar 
connected  to  the  hammer-head.  The  hammer-head  is  re- 
leased by  releasing  the  Motional  contact  of  the  rollers  and  bar. 

30.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  DROP, 

WINDING-LIFT.  Drop-hammers  in  which  the  head  is 
raised  by  a  flexible  connector  which  can  be  caused  to  friction- 
ally  engage  a  rotating  pulley. 

31.  FORGING,      POWER      HAMMERS      AND      PRESSES, 

HELVED.    Power  hammers  and  presses  hi  which  the  ham- 
mer-head is  carried  by  a  pivoted  helve  or  lever. 
Search  Class — 

78— METAL  FORGING  AXD  WELDING,  subclasses  23,  Forging, 
Power  hammers  and  presses,  Hammer-anvil,  Helved,  and  26, 
Forging,  Power  hammers  and  presses,  Drop,  Cam-lift. 

32.  FORGING,      POWER      HAMMERS      AND      PRESSES, 

HELVED,  CRANK-OPERATED.  Helved  power  ham- 
mers and  presses  in  which  the  helve  is  operated  by  a  con- 
necting-rod and  crank. 

33.  FORGING,      POWER      HAMMERS      AND      PRESSES, 

HELVED  OLIVERS.  Helved  hammers  that  are  held  in 
an  elevated  position,  as  by  a  spring  or  counterweight,  and 
with  which  the  blow  is  struck  by  hand  or  foot  operated  means. 

34.  FORGING.   POWER   HAMMERS   AND    PRESSES,   RE- 

VOLVING-HAMMER. Power  hammers  and  presses  in 
which  one  or  more  hammers  are  connected  to  a  part  which 
by  rotation  carries  the  hammers  into  contact  with  the  work. 

'35.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  SCREW- 
OPERATED.  Power  hammers  and  presses  in  which  the 
hammer  or  press  head  is  brought  into  engagement  b y  means 
of  a  screw.  Such  devices  are  included  whether  the  head  be 
controlled  by  guides  or  be  free. 

36.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  SLID- 

ING-HEAD. Miscellaneous  power  hammers  and  presses  in 
which  a  positively-actuated  head  reciprocates  in  guides. 
Note. — Those  in  which  the  head  is  directly  operated  by  a  screw  or 
fluid-operated  piston  are  classified,  respectively,  in  this  class, 
subclass  35,  Forging,  Power  hammers  and  presses,  Screw- 
operated  head,  and  subclass  42,  Forging,  Power  hammers  and 
presses,  Fluid-operated. 

37.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  SLID- 

ING-HEAD, ADJUSTABLE  GUIDES.  Sliding-head 
power  hammers  and  presses  having  adjustable  guides  in 
which  the  head  slides. 

38.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  SLID- 

ING-HEAD,CAM-OPERATED.  Sliding-head  power  ham- 
mers and  presses  hi  which  the  sliding  head  is  actuated  to  de- 
liver the  blow  by  a  cam  or  tappets. 

39.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES.  SLID- 

ING-HEAD CRANK-OPERATED.  Sliding-head^  power 
hammers  and  presses  In  which  the  head  is  operated  by  means 
of  a  crank  and  connecting-rod. 

40.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  SLID- 

ING-HEAD. CRANK-OPERATED,  CUSHIONED.  Power 
hammers  and  presses  in  which  the  head  is  operated  by  a  crank 
and  pitman,  the  latter  being  provided  with  some  means,  such 
as  a  spring  or  cylinder  and  piston,  for  cushioning  the  blow  de- 
livered. 
Search  Class— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  43,  Forging, 
Power-hammers  and  presses,  Cushioned  elements. 

41.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  SLID- 

ING-HEAD, TOGGLE-OPERATED.  Sliding-head  power 
hammers  and  presses  in  which  the  head  is  operated  by  means 
of  a  toggle  intermediate  it  and  the  actuating  means. 

42.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  FLUID- 

OPERATED.  Power  hammers  and  presses  in  which  the 
hammer-head  is  directly  operated  by  the  piston  of  a  fluid- 
operated  motor. 

Note. — Power  hammers  and  presses  in  which  the  hammer-head 
is  indirectly  operated  by  fluid  pressure  are  classified  under 
the  appropriate  structural  subclasses. 

Note. — Improvements  in  the  motor  are  classified  in  class  138, 
HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  10,  For  presses,  and  subclasses 
thereunder;  class  121,  STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  19,  Hammers, 
and  subclasses  thereunder,  and  in  class  123,  INTERNAL-COM- 
BUSTION ENGINES,  especially  subclass  7,  Hammers. 

43.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  CUSH- 

IONED ELEMENTS.  Improvements  in  various  elements 
of  power  hammers  and  presses,  including  anvils,  whereby  the 
blow  of  the  machine  is  cushioned.  Complete  power-hammers 
employing  cushioning  means  are  classified  in  the  appropriate 
structural  subclass. 
Search  Class— 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclasses  32,  Forging, 
Power  hammers  and  presses,  Helved,  Crank-operated-  3C, 
Forging,  Power  hammers  and  presses.  Sliding-head.  and  40, 
Forging,  Power  hammers  and  presses,  Sliding-head,  Crank- 
operated,  Cushioned. 


CLASS  78— Continued. 

44.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES.  ANVILS. 

Improvements  in  the  anvils  of  power-hammers. 
Search  Class— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  6,  Forging,  Anvils, 
and  subclasses  thereunder  for  Anvils  for  hand-forging  or  black- 
smiths' anvils. 

44.5.  FORGING,  POWER  HAMMERS  AND  PRESSES,  TOOL 
RETAINERS.    Devicesfor  retaining  the  tool  or  die  in  ham- 
mers of  the  piston  hammer  type,  usually  permitting  limited 
endwise  movement. 
Search  Classes — 

32— DENTISTRY,  subclass  8,  Pluggers,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  20,  Hammers,  Piston  hammer. 

172—  ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  15,  Dental  instru- 
ments. 

45.  FORGING.    TOOTHED     ARTICLES.     Means    peculiarly 

adapted  for  forging  toothed  articles,  such  as  milling-cutters, 
tapping-tools,  etc. 

46.  FORGING,  RIVETING.    Machines,  tools,  and  appliances  for 

riveting,  riveted  joints,  and  processes  of  riveting. 

47.  FORGING,  RIVETING,  CALKING.    Appliances  forcalking 

either  thejoint  between  the  plates  or  the  joint  between  the  plate 
and  rivet. 

48.  FORGING,  RIVETING,  MACHINES.    Machines  specially 

adapted  for  riveting. 

Note.— Those  power-hammers  which  are  called  "riveting-ma- 
chines" simply  because  provided  with  rivet-heading  dies  are 
classified  in  subclass  13,  Forging,  Power  hammers  and  presses 
or  in  subclasses  thereunder. 

Search  Class— 

218— BUTTON,  EYE  LET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  1,  Machines, 
Riveting. 

49.  FORGING,   RIVETING,  MACHINES,   SPECIAL.    Rivet- 

ing-machines not  of  general  utility,  but  designed  for  riveting 
particular  articles.  In  some  of  the  machines  the  rivets  are  cut 
from  wire,  inserted,  and  headed.  Other  machines  perform  a 
part  only  of  these  operations,  or  use  previously-formed  rivets, 
or  punch  the  rivet-hole  and  head  the  rivet. 

50.  FORGING,     RIVETING,     MACHINES,     WORK  -  SUP- 

PORTED. Riveting-machines  provided  with  means  where- 
by they  are  attached  to  and  supported  by  the  work  to  be  riv- 
eted. 

51.  FORGING,    RIVETING,    MACHINES,    PIPE.    Riveting- 

machines  which  are  especially  adapted  for  riveting  pipe, 
whether  straight  or  spiral  seamed. 

52.  FORGING,    RIVETING,    MACHINES,    PLATE-CLAMP- 

ING. Riveting-machines  which  include  means  for  clamping 
the  plates  together  during  the  rivet-heading  operation. 

53.  FORGING,  RIVETING,  MACHINES,  ROTATING-TOOL. 

Machines  in  which  the  heading  tool  or  die  is  rotated  during  the 
rivet-heading  operation.  Generally  the  tool  has  a  reciprocat- 
ing motion  also. 

54.  FORGING,     RIVETING,     RIVETEJ)     JOINTS.    Riveted 

joints  of  particular  construction. 

55.  FORGING,  TIRE-UPSETTING.    Machines  and  devices  for 

reducing  the  circumference  of  tires  without  cutting  and  weld- 
ing. 
Search  Classes— 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  15,  Forging, 
Power  hammers  and  presses,  Shrinking. 

157 — WHEELWRIGHT  MACHINES,  subclass  5,  Tire  setters. 

56.  FORGING,    TIRE-UPSETTING,    CIRCUMFERENTIAL. 

Belts,  bands,  or  like  flexible  elements  partially  or  entirely 
surrounding  the  tire  and  by  means  of  which  the  tire  is  com- 


57.  FORGING,  TIRE-UPSETTING,  PIVOTED-CLAMP.    Ma- 

chines having  clamps  for  gripping  the  tire  on  each  side  of  the 
section  to  be  upset,  which  clamps  are  pivotally  mounted,  so 
that  they  may  be  swung  toward  each  other,  and  thus  upset 
the  tire. 
Search  Class— 

76— METAL  TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS,  MAKING,  subclass  27,  Com- 
pound metal-working  machines. 

58.  FORGING,  TIRE-UPSETTING,  PIVOTED-CLAMP,  SIN- 

OLE-LEVER.  Tire  upsetting  machines  in  which  theclamps 
are  gripped  upon  the  work  and  are  swung  toward  each  other 
by  means  of  a  single  lever. 

59.  FORGING,   TIRE-UPSETTING,   SLIDING-CLAMP.    Ma- 

chines having  clamps  for  gripping  the  tiretin  each  side  of  the 
section  to  be  upset,  which  clamps  are  slidably  mounted  in 
guides,  so  that  they  may  be  reciprocated  to  upset  the  tire. 
Search  Class — 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  96, 
Punching,  Machines,  Lever-operated. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


149 


CLASS  78— Continued. 

60  FORGING,  DIES.  Miscellaneous  dies  for  forging  various 
metal  articles.  Some  of  the  dies  perform  other  incidental 
operations  than  forging  or  shaping,  such  as  cutting  or  trim- 
ming. 

Note.— With  the  exception  of  this  subclass  and  subclass  61, 
Forging,  Dies,  Upsetting,  forging  dies  are  subdivided  accord- 
ing to  the  articles  made. 

61.  FORGING,  DIES,  UPSETTING.    Dies  used  in  increasing 

the  cross  section  of  metal  articles  by  pressure  or  blows. 
Note— This  subclass  contains  all  such  except  those  for  upsetting 
the  ends  of  bars  and  for  upsetting  tubes,  which  are  classified 
under  the  subclasses  62,  Forging,  Dies,  Upsetting,  Heading- 
bars,  and  63,  Forging,  Dies,  Upsetting,  Tubular  articles, 
respectively. 

62.  FORGING,  DIES,  UPSETTING,  HEADING-BARS.    Self- 

explanatory. 

63.  FORGING,  DIES,  UPSETTING,  TUBULAR  ARTICLES. 

Self-explanatory. 

•  64.  FORGING,    DIES,   CARRIAGE-IRONS.    Self-explanatory. 

65.  FORGING,    DIES,    CARRIAGE-IRONS,    AXLES    AND 

AXLE-BOXES.    Self-explanatory. 

66.  FORGING,     DIES,     CARRIAGE-IRONS,     CLIPS     AND 

SHACKLES.    Self-explanatory. 

67.  FORGING,  DIES,  CA.RRIAGE-IRONS,  FIFTH-WHEELS. 

Self-explanatory. 

68.  FORGING,    DIES,    CARRIAGE-IRONS,    KING-BOLTS. 

Self-explanatory. 

68.5.  FORGING,  DIES,  PLOW  AND  CULTIVATOR  IRONS. 
Dies  for  forming  plow  and  cultivator  irons,  such  as  plow-points 
beams,  moldboards,  harrow-teeth,  clevises,  etc. 

69.  ABOLISHED. 

70.  FORGING,    DIES,    EYEBARS    AND    EYEBOLTS.    Self- 

explanatory. 

71.  ABOLISHED. 

72.  FORGING,  DIES,  LEATHER-WORKERS'  IRONS.    Self- 

explanatory. 

73.  FORGING,  DIES,  RAILWAY-CAR  IRONS.    Self-explana- 

tory. 

74  FORGING,  DIES,  RAILWAY-CAR  IRONS,  AXLES  AND 
AXLE-BOXES.  Self-explanatory. 

75.  FORGING,  DIES,  RAILWAY-CAR  IRONS,  DRAW-BARS 

AND  COUPLINGS.    Self-explanatory. 

76.  FORGING,    DIES,    RAILWAY-TRACK    IRONS.    Self-ex- 

planatory. 

77.  FORGING,  DIES,  SPINNERS'  AND  WEAVERS'  IRONS. 

Self-explanatory. 

78.  FORGING,  DIES,  SPRINGS  AND  SPRING-CLIPS.    Self- 

explanatory. 

79.  FORGING,  DIES,  TURNBUCKLES.    Self-explanatory. 

80.  FORGING,  DIES,  WHEELS.    Self-explanatory. 

81.  FORGING,  PROCESSES.    General  forging  processes. 
Note.— When  the  process  is  limited  to  the  production  of  a  particu- 
lar article,  it  is  classified  in  class  29,  METAL-WORKING,  sub- 
class 148,  Blanks  and  processes  or  in  a  subclass  thereunder. 

82.  WELDING.    Apparatus,  material,  and  processes  for  uniting 

metal  parts  by  welding. 

Note. — The  mere  utility  of  a  machine  for  welding  is  not  sufficient 
to  place  it  in  this  class.  Only  those  machines  which  are 
peculiarly  adapted  for  welding  are  here  included. 

83.  WELDING,    TUBES.    Machines   for   making  welded   tubes 

either  from  flat  blanks  or  from  skelps. 
Search  Class — 

205— METAL-DRAWING,  subclass  9,  Tube-welding,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  Machines  and  processes  for  making 
welded  tubes  by  drawing  through  dies. 


CLASS  78— Continued. 

84.  WELDING,  TUBES,  CROSS-WELD.    Machines  for  welding 

tube-sections  together — that  is,  making  a  welded  joint  in  a 
plane  transverse  to  the  axis  of  the  tube. 

85.  WELDING,  TUBES,  CROSS-WELD,  ROLLING.    Machines 

for  welding  tube-sections  together,  the  welded  joint  being 
made  by  the  operation  of  rolls. 

86.  WELDING,  TUBES,  SPIRAL-WELD.    Machines  for  mak- 

ing tubes  by  spirally  winding  a  sheet  of  metal  and  welding 
together  contiguous  edges. 

87.  WELDING,    TUBES,    ROLLING.    Machines    for    making 

welded  tubes,  the  welded  joint  being  made  by  the  operation 
of  a  roll  or  rolls. 

88.  WELDING,  TUBES,  ROLLING,  ROLLS  AND  MANDREL. 

Machines  for  making  welded  tubes,  the  skelp  being  passed 
over  a  mandrel  and  being  operated  on  by  rolls  upon  opposite 
sides  of  the  mandrel. 
Search  Classes— 

78-  METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  103,  Mandrels. 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  11,  Tubes,  and  13,  Tubes,  Axial- 
rolling. 

89.  WELDING,  TUBES,  END-CLOSING.    Machines  for  closing 

the  ends  of  tubes  by  welding  in  heads  or  welding  up  the  end. 

90.  WELDING,  ROLLING.    Machines  for  welding  together  metal 

parts  by  means  of  rolls  either  rotary  or  oscillating. 

91.  WELDING,  WELDING-STRIPS.    Strips  of  metal  to  be  inter- 

posed between  metal  parts  to  be  joined  and  to  be  welded  to 
both. 

92.  WELDING,  PROCESSES.    Processes,  applicable  generally, 

for  welding  metal  articles  and  processes  for  welding  particular 
articles  which  require  some  modification  of  the  welding  opera- 
tion. 

93.  WELDING,  PROCESSES,  DISSIMILAR  METALS.    Proc- 

esses for  welding  unlike  metals  together,  as  wrought-iron  and 
steel,  iron  and  copper,  etc. 

94.  WELDING,  PROCESSES,  RINGS  AND  TUBES.    Processes 

for  making  welded  rings  and  tubes  and  welding  together  sec- 
tions of  tubes. 

95.  WELDING  PROCESSES,  BLOOMS.    Processes  for  making 

blooms  from  scrap-iron,  railroad-rails,  etc.,  by  operations  or 
treatment  which  welds  the  parts  together. 

96.  WORK-HANDLING  MECHANISM.    Devices  and  machines 

for  automatically  feeding  or  manipulating  work  to  be  forged 
or  to  assist  in  manually  feeding  or  manipulating  the  work  or 
mechanism  for  discharging  the  work. 

97.  WORK-HANDLING    MECHANISM,    WIRE    OR    STRIP 

FEEDING.  Mechanism  for  feeding  wire  or  strips  to  the 
forging  or  welding  machines. 

98.  WORK-HANDLING  MECHANISM,  FEEDING  AND  RO- 

TATING. Mechanisms  for  feeding  and  rotating  or  feeding 
or  rotating  the  work  under  the  hammer. 

99.  WORK-HANDLING    MECHANISM,    BLANK-FEEDING. 

Mechanisms  for  feeding  blanks  to  forging  or  welding  machines 
or  discharging  the  articles. 

100.  WORK-HANDLING  MECHANISM,  SHIFTING.    Mechan- 

isms for  gold-beating  machines  and  the  like  which  shift  the 
work  under  the  hammer. 

101.  WORK-HANDLING  MECHANISM,  SUPPORTS.    Devices 

for  supporting  work  being  operated  upon .  The  work  is  merely 
supported  and  must  be  manually  manipulated. 

102.  WORK-HANDLING    MECHANISM,    SUPPORTS,    TA- 

BLES. Tables  for  power  hammers  and  presses,  on  which 
the  work  can  be  supported  while  being  forged  or  welded. 

103.  MANDRELS.     All  mandrels  used  for  pipe-welding,  seam- 

less-tube rolling,  or  similar  purposes. 
Search  Classes— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  88,  Welding, 
Tubes,  Rolling,  Rolls  and  mandrel;  80,  METAL-ROLLING,  sub- 
class 11,  Tubes,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 


CLASS  79.— BUTTON-MAKING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  machines  and  processes  for  making  buttons  or 
the  parts  thereof  and  assembling  the  same,  including  metallic, 
composition,  pearl,  etc.,  except  such  buttons  as  are  formed  of  plastic 
material,  including  molten  glass,  which  are  formed  in  molds  or  are 
molded  upon  the  shanks  of  the  buttons,  these  being  classified  in 
class  18,  PLASTICS,  or  class  49,  GLASS,  or  class  92,  PAPER-MAKING 
and  FIBER  LIBERATION  under  appropriate  subclasses,  and  except 
metallic  buttons  formed  by  casting,  including  casting  upon  shanks, 
classified  in  class  22,  Metal"  founding. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines    and    processes    for    making 

buttons  or  the  parts  thereof  and  assembling  such  parts  not 
otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  SHANK-BUTTONS.    Machines    and    processes    for    making 

shank-buttons  from  sheet  metal,  leather,  and  compositions, 
including  glass,  papier-mache',  etc.,  which  form  the  button- 
head  and  also  form  and  secure  a  shank  or  eye  to  the  button- 
head. 

Note.— Machines  for  forming  the  shank  merely  are  also  classified 
in  this  subclass,  inasmuch  as  they  are  usually  but  fragments 
of  the  button-making  machines. 

Note.— Machines  that  merely  mold  buttons  are  classified  in  the 
appropriate  molding  or  casting  class  according  to  the  material 
used. 

Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  30,  Molding  devices,  molds,  blank  cov- 
ering and  filling,  for  machines  for  molding  buttonheads 
upon  already-formed  backs  or  shanks. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  66,  Molds,  Uniting  parts,  and  81,  Processes. 
Uniting  parts. 

3.  METALLIC.    Miscellaneous    machines    for   making    metallic 

buttons,  usually  by  cutting  the  bjank  from  a  sheet  of  metal 
and  bending,  die-shaping,  or  spinning  the  blank  into  the  form 
of  a  button. 

Note.— Machines  for  merely  cupping  or  die-shaping  button- 
blanks  are  classified  in  class  113,  SHEET-METAL  WARE  MAK- 
ING, subclass  38,  Die-shaping,  and  other  subclasses  under 
Die-shaping. 

4.  METALLIC,   COVERED.    Machines  for  uniting  the  front, 

filling-blank,  and  back  of  metallic  buttons,  including  buttons 
having  celluloid  fronts,  photographic  buttons,  etc. 

5.  METALLIC,   COVERED,    CLOTH.     Machines   for   forming 

and  assembling  cloth-covered  buttons.  These  machines 
include  devices  for  cutting  the  cloth. 

6.  PEARL  AND  COMPOSITION,  SURFACING  AND  DRILL- 

ING.   Combined  machines  for  surfacing  and  drilling  pearl  or 
composition  buttons. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  14,  Special-work  machines,  Com- 
bined, Spool. 

7.  PEARL    AND    COMPOSITION,    SURFACING.    Machines 

and  processes  for  turning,  grinding,  buffiing,  or  polishing  but- 
tons in  the  process  of  their  manufacture  not  classifiable  in  the 
following  subclasses. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  patents  on  devices  for 
cleaning  and  polishing  buttons  attached  to  garments.  Such 
patents  are  classified  in  class  61,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING, 
subclass  4,  Metal,  Curved  surfaces. 

8.  PEARL     AND     COMPOSITION,     SURFACING,     TOOL- 

SHARPENING.  Machines  having  tool-sharpening  mechan- 
ism in  combination  with  turning  or  surfacing  mechanism. 

9.  PEARL  AND  COMPOSITION,  SURFACING,  MULTIPLE 

CHUCK.    Machines  for  turning,  grinding,  or  polishing  the 
face  of  a  button,  which  are  provided  with  a  plurality  of  chucks 
for  clamping  the  button-blank. 
Search  Class— 

79— BUTTON-MAKING,  subclass  6,  Pearl  and  composition,  Surfac- 
ing and  drilling. 


CLASS  79— Continued. 

10.  PEARL  AND  COMPOSITION,  SURFACING,  TRIMMING. 

Machines  and  processes  for  smoothing  and  trimming  the 

periphery  of  buttons  or  button-blanks. 
Search  Classes— 
10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  21, 

Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Bolt-pointing. 
144^-WooDWORKiNG,    subclasses   30,  Special-work   machines, 

Single  or  combined,  Pin-pointing,  and  205,  Tenon-turning. 

11.  PEARL  AND  COMPOSITION,  DRILLING,  MULTIPLE 

SPINDLE,  AXIALLY  OPPOSITE.    Machines  for  drilling 
buttons  in  which  the  button-blank  is  held  in  a  clamp  between 
axially-alined  drills  or  pairs  of  drills  which  cut  toward  each 
other  from  opposite  sides  of  the  work. 
Search  Class— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  21,  Drilling-machines, 
Multiple  spindle,  Axially  opposite. 

12.  PEARL  AND  COMPOSITION,  DRILLING,  MULTIPLE 

SPINDLE,    MULTIPLE    CHUCK.     Button-drilling    ma- 
chines having  a  plurality  of  drill-spindles  and  also  a  plurality 
of  button-holding  chucks. 
Search  Classes— 

79-  BUTTON-MAKING,  subclass  6,  Pearl  and  composition,  Sur- 
facing and  drilling. 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  23,  Drilling-machines, 
Multiple  spindle,  Parallel  axes,  Circular  gang. 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclass  4,  Circular  section.  Many-spindle 
lathes. 

13.  PEARL  AND  COMPOSITION,  DRILLING,  MULTIPLE 

SPINDLE,   SINGLE   CHUCK.    Button-drilling  machines 
having  a  plurality  of  drill-spindles  which  operate  upon  a 
button  held  in  a  single  chuck. 
Search  Class— 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  23,  Drilling-machines, 
Multiple  spindle,  Parallel  axes,  Circular  gang. 

14.  PEARL     AND     COMPOSITION,     DRILLING,     SINGLE 

SPINDLE,  SINGLE  CHUCK.  Button-drilling  machines 
having  but  a  single  drill-spindle  and  a  single  chuck  for  holding 
the  button. 

15.  PEARL    AND    COMPOSITION,    BLANK-SAWING.    Ma- 

chines for  cutting  and  sizing  button-blanks  by  means  of  a  saw. 
These  machines  are  mainly  for  producing  buttons  of  equal 
thickness.    This  subclass  d'oes  not  include  tubular  saws. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  21,  Special-work  machines.  Sin- 
gle or  combined,  Disk-cutting,  and  22,  Special-work  machines. 
Single  or  combined,  Disk-cutting,  Blank-sawing.  Feeding  and 
punching. 

16.  PEARL  AND  COMPOSITION,  BLANK-SAWING,  TUBU- 

LAR SAW.    Machines  for  cutting  button-blanks  from  the 

stock  by  means  of  a  tubular  saw. 
Search  Classes— 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  85,  Tubular-saw  machines. 
144— WOODWORKING,   subclasses   20,  Special-work   machines, 

Single  or  combined,  Disk  cutting  and  boring;  23,  Special-work 

machines,  single  or  combined,  Disk-cutting,  Rotary  tubular 

cutter,  and  113,  Boring,  Hollow  auger. 

17.  BLANK-FEEDERS.    Mechanisms    for    feeding    blanks    to 

button  making  or  assembling  machines.    This  subclass  also 
includes  devices  for  feeding  the  partly-formed  button  from 
one  operating  mechanism  to  another. 
Search  Classes— 
113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  114,  Work-feeders, 

Cap  and  head. 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclasses  12, 
Machines,  Button,  Button-feeders,  and  13,  Machines,  Button, 
Tack-fastener  feeders. 

18.  WORK-SUPPORTS.    Clamps    for    supporting    the    button- 

blank  while  it  is  being  operated  upon  by  the  surfacing  or  drill- 
ing mechanism. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  chucks  carried  by  either 
the  head-stock  or  the  tail-stock  of  the  lathe. 

151 


CLASS  80.— METAL-ROLLING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  devices  and  processes  for  shaping  metal  while 
in  a  self-sustaining  condition  by  the  action  of  rolls  and  those  which 
shape  it  by  giving  the  metal  a  rolling  action. 

Note. — Mere  bending  of  the  metal  without  changing  'he  cross-sec- 
tional area  is  found  in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING. 

Note. — Combined  cutting  and  rolling,  drawing  and  rolling,  and 
heating  and  rolling  devices  and  processes  are  found  in  this 
class. 

Note. — Combined  welding  and  rolling  and  forging  and  rolling  are 
found  in  class  29,  METAL-WORKING,  and  in  class  78,  METAL- 
FORGING  AND  WELDING. 

Note.— Shaping  molten  metal  by  rolls  is  hi  class  207,  PLASTIC 
METAL  WORKING. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Metal-rolling  devices  not  classifiable  else- 

where. 

2.  HEATING  AND  ROLLING.    Apparatus  which  heats  and  also 

rolls  the  metal. 

3.  CUTTING  AND  ROLLING.    Apparatus  which  cuts  and  also 

rolls  the  metal. 

Note.— The  severing  by  the  sharp  edges  of  die-rolls  is  not  found 
here,  but  in  subclass  24,  Die-rolling,  and  subclasses  thereun- 
der. 

4.  DRAWING  AND  ROLLING.    Apparatus  which  draws  and 

also  rolls  the  metal. 

5.  ANNULAR  BODIES.    The  blank  operated  upon  or  produced 

is  ring-shaped.  One  or  more  rolls  act  upon  the  outer  periph- 
ery of  the  annular  body,  which  is  supported  in  whole  or  in 
part  by  one  or  more  rolls  acting  upon  its  inner  periphery. 

6.  SCREW-THREADS.    Apparatus  for  rolling  screw-threads  into 

metal  bodies. 

7.  SCREW-THREADS    CONCAVE  AND  ROLL.    The  screw- 

threads  are  formed  on  the  blank  by  the  cooperation  of  a  roll 
and  concave  die. 

8.  SCREW-THREADS,    PLATEN-ROLLING.       Screw-threads 

are  rolled  upon  the  blank  by  the  cooperation  of  a  pair  of  platen- 
dies,  between  which  the  blank  is  rolled. 

9.  SCREW-THREADS,  PLATEN-ROLLING,  DIES.      Dies  of 

screw-thread  platen-rolling  machines. 

10.  SCREW-THREADS,   RODS   AND   WIRES.    Machines  for 

rolling  screw-threads  on  wires  or  rods  of  indefinite  lengths. 
Note. — A  few  machines  for  corrugating  or  nicking  wire  by  a  roll- 
ing action  are  also  found  here. 

11.  TUBES.    Rolling-mills  for  rolling  tubes  from  tubular  or  solid 

blanks. 
Note.— Machines  which  merely  bend  flat  plates  into  tubular  form 

are  found  in  class  153,  METAL- BENDING,  in  which  class  see  the 

subclass  of  54,  Curving  or  straightening,  Roll. 
Search  Class — 
78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  103,  Mandrels  for 

the  structure  of  the  mandrel  over  which  the  tube  is  formed. 

12.  TUBES,  IDLE  ROLLS.    Mills  for  rolling  tubes  in  which  the 

tube  is  shaped  by  being  forced  through  idle  rolls. 

13.  TUBES,  AXIAL-ROLLING.    Mills  for  rolling  tubes  in  which 

the  axes  of  the  rolls  are  substantially  parallel  with  the  axis  of 
the  tube,  the  tube  rotating  on  its  axis  under  the  action  of  the 
rolls. 

Search  Class— 
80— METAL  ROLLING,  subclass  12,  Tubes,  Idle  rolls. 

'  14.  TUBES,  SEGMENTAL  ROLLS.  The  tube  is  fed  through 
rolls  which  are  segmental  in  form,  the  tube  being  fed  forward 
by  a  separate  feeding  mechanism  whenever  the  cut-away 
portion  of  the  roll  is  in  position  to  allow  it. 

15.  TUBES,  SKELPING.    A  blank  is  formed  into  proper  shape 

and  bent  into  tubular  form  by  rolls. 

Note.— Machines  which  merely  bend  a  flat  blank  into  tubular 
shape  are  found  in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING. 

Note.— Machines  which  weld  and  shape  are  in  class  78,  METAL- 
FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclasss  103,  mandrels  and  class  205, 
METAL-DRAWING  subclasses  26,  Dies  and  27,  Dies,  Skelping. 

16.  WHEELS  AND  DISKS.    Mills  for  performing  rolling  opera- 

tions on  wheels  and  disks. 
Search  Class — 

80— METAL  ROLLING,  subclass  1,  Annular  bodies  for  Mills  for  roll- 
ing tires  and  the  like. 


CLASS  80— Continued. 

17.  REWORKING.    Apparatus  for  rolling  old   or  worn  metal 

shapes  into  merchantable  shapes. 

18.  CONCAVE  AND  ROLL.    The  work  is  shaped  between  a  roll 

and  a  concave  surface. 
Search  Class 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  7.  Screw-threads,  Concave  and 
roll. 

19.  PLATEN  AND  ROLL.    The  metal  is  shaped  between  a  roll 

and  a  moving  platen. 

20.  PLATEN-ROLLING.    The  metal  is  shaped  between  a  pair  of 

platens,  the  relative  motion  of  which  gives  a  rolling  motion 
to  the  blank. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  8,  Screw-threads,  Platen-rolling, 
and  9,  Screw-threads,  Platen-rolling,  Dies. 

21.  PLATEN-ROLLING,  DISK-PLATENS.    The  metal  is  rolled 

between  a  pair  of  rotating  disks  placed  face  to  face. 

22.  AXIAL-ROLLING.    The  work  is  acted  upon  by  two  or  more 

rolls  rotating  in  the  same  direction,  the  axes  of  the  rolls  being 
parallel,  or  substantially  so,  to  the  axis  of  tne  work,  which 
rotates  about  its  own  axis  under  the  action  of  the  rolls. 
Search  Classes— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  13,  Tubes,  Axial-rolling, 
153— METAL,  BENDING,  subclass  60,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Roll,  Skewed. 

23.  AXIAL-ROLLING,  PATTERN-ROLLS.      The  rolls  are  so 

shaped  that  the  work  turned  out  has  a  predetermined  form 
other  than  that  of  a  bar  of  uniform  circular  section. 
Search  Class— 

80 — METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  6,  Screw-threads,  and  10,  Screw- 
threads,  Rods  and  wires. 

24.  DIE-ROLLING.    The  work  is  fed  through  a  roll-pass  which 

varies  in  size  or  configuration  as  the  work  progresses  through 
the  rolls. 

25.  DIE-ROLLING,  OSCILLATING  ROLLS.    Die-rolling  mills 

in  which  the  work  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  pair  of  rolls  or 
roll-segments  which  do  not  rotate,  but  merely  oscillate  about 
their  axes. 

26.  DIE-ROLLING,  BLANK  FEEDING  AND  GAGING.     Die- 

rolling  mills  provided  with  mechanism  for  feeding  or  gaging 
the  work. 
Search  Class— 

80^— METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  8,  Screw-threads,  platen-roll- 
ing; 12,  Tubes,  Idle  rolls,  and  14,  Tubes,  Segmental  rolls. 

27.  DIE-ROLLING,  CONTINUOUS.    The  work  travels  through 

successive  die-roll  passes  and  is  in  engagement  with  the  walls 
of  two  or  more  of  the  passes  at  the  same  time. 

28.  DIE-ROLLING,  THREE  OR  MORE  COACTING  ROLLS. 

Three  or  more  rolls  cooperate  to  form  a  die-pass  through  which 
the  work  is  forced. 

29.  DIE-ROLLING,  ADVANCING  AND  RECEDING  ROLLS. 

The  roll-pass  through  which  the  work  passes  is  varied  by  mov- 
ing the  rolls  bodily  toward  or  from  one  another  while  the  work 
is  progressing  through  them. 

30.  DIE-ROLLING,  RECURRENT-PATTERN.    Thediesareso 

developed  about  the  rolls  that  when  a  bar  or  strip  of  material 
is  fed  continuously  into  the  rolls  articles  of  the  desired  shape 
are  formed  successively  therefrom. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  6,  Screw-threads,  27,  Die-rolling, 
continuous;  and  28,  Die-rolling,  Three  or  more  coacting  rolls. 

31.  ABOLISHED. 

32.  MILLS,  COILING.    Rolling-mills  provided  with  mechanism 

for  coiling  the  product. 
Search  Class— 

80 — METAL-ROLLING,   subclass    10,    Screw-threads,    Rods   and 
wires. 

33.  MILLS,   WORK-REVERSING.       Two-high  mills  specially 

adapted  to  the  repeated  back  and  forth  rolling  of  the  blank 
between  the  same  pair  of  rolls. 

Note. — The  adaptation  to  carry  the  invention  into  this  subclass 
must  be  something  more  than  the  mere  addition  of  a  reversing 
mechanism. 

34.  MILLS,  THREE  OR  MORE  COACTING  ROLLS.     Three  or 

more  rolls  cooperate  to  form  the  pass  through  which  the  work 

is  forced. 
Note. — In  mills  of  the  axial-rolling  tvpe  three  rolls  surrounding 

the  work  are  frequently  employed. 
Search  Class — 
80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  28,  Die-rolling,  Three  or  more 

coacting  rolls. 

153 


154 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  80— Continued. 

35.  MILLS,  CONTINUOUS.      Rolling-mills  in  which  the  work 

passes  through  successive  roll-passes  and  is  in  engagement 
ordinarily  with  two  or  more  passes  at  the  same  instant. 
Search  Classes — 

80 — METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  27,  Die-rolling,  Continuous;  153, 
METAL-BENDING,  subclass  54,  Curving  or  straightening,  Roll. 

36.  MILLS,  CONTINUOUS,  INCLINED  TRAINS.    The  succes- 

sive pairs  of  rolls  or  some  of  them  are  not  parallel  to  each  other, 
but  are  so  set  that  they  act  upon  the  work  from  different 
directions. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  11,  Tubes;  27,  Die-rolling,  Con- 
tinuous, and  34,  Mills,  Three  or  more  coacting  rolls. 

37.  MILLS,  CONTINUOUS,  LOOP-RETURN.      The  successive 

roll-passes  are  formed  in  the  same  stand  of  three-high  rolls,  or 
at  least  are  so  placed  that  the  work  in  traveling  from  one  pass 
to  the  next  turns  upon  itself,  looped  guides  being  usually 
provided  to  take  care  of  the  work. 

38.  MILLS,  AUXILIARY  SUPPORTING-ROLLS.    The  rolls 

between  which  the  work  passes  are  supported  by  other  rolls 
whose  axes  are  parallel  to  those  of  the  working  rolls. 

39.  MILLS,    THREE-HIGH.    Mills   in    which    three   rolls   are 

mounted  in  the  same  stand  with  their  axes  parallel  and  in  the 
same  vertical  plane,  thus  forming  two  roll-passes  or  series  of 
passes,  the  work  entering  one  pass  and  being  returned  through 
the  other  pass  or  through  one  of  the  passes  in  the  other  series. 
Search  Class — 

80 — METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  37,  Mills,  Continuous,  Loop- 
return. 

40.  MILLS,  IDLE  ROLLS.    The  shaping-rolls  are  not  provided 

with  driving  mechanism,  the  work  being  pushed  or  pulled 
through  the  rolls  by  a  separate  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  12,  Tubes,  Idle  rolls;  34,  Mills, 
Three  or  more  coacting  rolls,  and  36,  Mills,  Continuous,  In- 
clined trains. 

41.  ROLL  COOLING  AND  HEATING.    Appliances  and  modi- 

fications in  the  roll  structure  to  permit  of  an  artificial  heating 
or  cooling  of  the  roll. 

42.  COOLING-BEDS.    Beds   or   tables  upon   which   the  metal 

coming  from  the  rolls  is  placed  to  cool. 

43.  FEEDING.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  feeding  and  convey- 

ing the  work  to  and  from  the  rolls. 
Search  Classes — 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  20,  Die-rolling,  blank  feeding 
and  gaging;  193,  CONVEYERS,  according  to  the  structure  of  the 
mechanism;  212,  CRANES  AND  DERRICKS;  and  214,  LOADING 
AND  UNLOADING. 

44.  FEEDING,   TABLES.    Platforms   or  like   structures   upon 

which  the  work  rests  to  be  fed  into  or  away  from  the  forming- 
rolls. 

45.  FEEDING,   TABLES,   HORIZONTALLY   AND   VERTI- 

CALLY MOVABLE.  The  feed-table  can  be  moved  bodily 
both  in  a  horizontal  and  vertical  direction. 

46.  FEEDING,     TABLES,     HORIZONTALLY  -  MOVABLE. 

The  feed-table  can  be  moved  bodily  in  its  horizontal  plane. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  45,  Feeding,  Tables,  Horizontally 
and  vertically  movable. 

47.  FEEDING,    TABLES,    VERTICALLY-MOVABLE.    The 

feed-table  can  be  moved  bodily  in  a  vertical  direction. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  45,  Feeding,  Tables,  Horizon- 
tally and  vertically  movable. 

48.  FEEDING,  TABLES,  SHIFTERS.    The  type  of  feed-table 

which  is  provided  with  mechanism  for  shifting  the  position 
of  the  work  on  the  table.  Devices  for  transferring  the  work 
from  one  table  to  another  are  also  found  here. 

49.  FEEDING,     TABLES,     SHIFTERS,     HORIZONTALLY 

AND  VERTICALLY  MOVABLE  CARRIER.  The  work 
is  shifted  by  means  of  a  carrier  which  has  a  horizontal  and 
vertical  movement. 


CLASS  80— Continued. 

60.  FEEDING,  TABLES,  SHIFTERS,  SWINGING  CAR- 
RIER.  The  shifting  is  done  by  means  of  a  carrier  on  which 
the  work  rests  and  which  swings  bodily  with  the  work  from 
one  position  to  another. 

51.  FEEDING,   GUIDES   AND    CONDUCTORS.    Mechanism, 

such  as  troughs  and  gripping  devices,  for  guiding  and  con- 
ducting the  work  into  and  away  from  the  rolls. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  the  subclasses  under  the  title  of  Mills, 
Continuous. 

52.  FEEDING,    GUIDES    AND    CONDUCTORS,    LOOP-RE. 

TURN.    Guides  and  conductors  to  be  employed  where  the 
work  is  turned  upon  itself  loop  fashion. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  37,  Mills,  Continuous,  Loop- 
return. 

53.  FEEDING,     GUIDES     AND     CONDUCTORS,     WORK- 

ROTATING.  The  guiding  and  conducting  mechanism  is 
adapted  to  give  the  work  as  it  emerges  from  one  pass  of  a 
continuous  mill  a  partial  rotation  with  respect  to  its  own 
axis  before  entering  it  in  the  succeeding  pass. 

54.  GEARING.    Such  forms  of  gearing  as  appear  peculiar  to  the 

driving  of  the  rolls  in  the  metal-rolling  mill. 

Note.— For  gearing  employed  in  increasing  the  speed  of  succes- 
sive pairs  of  rolls  in  continuous  mills  see  in  this  class  the  sub- 
classes under  the  title  of  Mills,  Continuous. 

Search  Class— 
80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  33,  Mills,  Work-reversing. 

55.  HOUSINGS.    The  novelty  lies  in  the  frame  or  housing  in  which 

the  rolls  are  mounted. 

56.  ROLL  ADJUSTMENTS.    Mechanism  for  adjusting  rolls  in 

order  to  vary  the  size  or  shape  of  the  roll-pass. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  5,  Annular  bodies;  22,  Axial- 
rolling;  29,  Die-rolling,  Advancing  and  receding  rolls;  30, 
Mills,  Continuous,  Inclined  trains;  and  33,  Mills,  Work- 
reversing. 

57.  ROLL  ADJUSTMENTS,  RELIEF  DEVICES.    Devices  to 

allow  the  rolls  to  separate  when  overloaded,  often  automatic. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  5,  Annular  bodies,  and  22, 
Axial-rolling. 

58.  ROLLS.    The  general   structure   of  the  forming-roll  of  the 

ordinary  type  of  rolling-mill. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  under  the  title  of  Die-rolling,  for  struc- 
tures peculiar  to  the  rolls  of  die-rolling  mills. 

59.  ROLLS,    PASS    ARRANGEMENT.    Modifications    of   the 

working  faces  of  rolls  to  produce  a  pass  or  series  of  passes  of 
a  particular  configuration  or  configurations,  except  such  as 
are  found  in  subclass  24,  Die-rolling  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

Search  Class— 

80 — METAL-ROLLING,  subclasses  17,  Reworking;  34,  Mills, 
Three  or  more  coacting  rolls;  66,  Processes,  Flanged  bars, 
and  65,  Processes,  Reworking. 

60.  PROCESSES.    Methods  of  manufacture  by  rolling  of  metal 

shapes,  also  methods  involving  cutting  and  rolling,  drawing 
and  rolling,  and  heating  and  rolling.  .. 

61.  PROCESSES,     SCREW-THREADS.    Methods    of    making 

screw  surfaces  in  metal  by  rolling. 

62.  PROCESSES,  TUBES.    Methods  involved  in  the  manufac- 

ture of  tubes  by  rolling. 

63.  PROCESSES,  RODS  AND  WIRES.    Methods  involved  in 

the  manufacture  of  rods  and  wires  by  rolling. 

64.  ABOLISHED. 

65.  PROCESSES,    REWORKING.    Methods    involved    in    the 

reworking  of  old  or  worn  metal  forms  by  rolling. 

66.  PROCESSES,  FLANGED  BARS.    Methods  involved  in  the 

manufacture  by  rolling  of  flanged  bars,  such  as  T-rails  or 
I-beams. 


CLASS  81. -TOOLS. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

In  this  class  are  tools  which  are  not  structurally  limited  to  any 
classified  art.  The  class  is,  with  the  exception  of  wrenches  and  vises, 
limited  to  hand-tools. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous  tools  not  otherwise  classi- 

fiable. 

2.  COMBINED    WRENCHES    AND    PUMPS    OR    OILERS. 

Wrenches  combined  with  pumps  or  oilers,  or  with  both. 

3.  SPECIAL.    Tools  haying  a  construction  which  limits  them  to 

work  upon  a  specific  article  and  for  which  there  is  no  art 

classification. 

4.  SPECIAL,  ENGRAVERS'  CLAMPS.    Devices  for  clamping 

articles  while  being  engraved. 
Search  Class — 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  14,  Tweezers. 

5.  SPECIAL,    TWEEZERS.    Tweezers  having  specific  features 

which  limit  their  application. 
Search  Class— 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  14,  Tweezers. 

6.  SPECIAL,   WATCHMAKERS'.     Tools   having    special    con- 

struction limiting  them  to  watchmakers'  use.  % 

7.  SPECIAL,   WATCHMAKERS',    JEWEL-SETTERS.    Tools 

of  special  construction  for  use  in  setting  jewels. 

7.5.  SPECIAL,  WATCHMAKERS',  MAINSPRING-WINDERS. 
Devices  for  winding  and  holding  watch-mainsprings  and  for 
transferring  the  same  into  the  mainspring-barrels  of  watches. 

8.  SPECIAL,     WATCHMAKERS',     RUBY-PIN      SETTERS. 

Tools  of  special  construction  for  use  in  setting  ruby-pins  or 
roller-jewels. 

9.  ABOLISHED. 

9.3.  HOSE   CLAMP  APPLIERS.    Implements,   usually  of  the 
plier  type,  for  tightening  and  fastening  wires,  bands,  straps, 
etc.,  around  hose  pipe. 
Search  Class— 

100— PRESSES,  subclass  15,  Baling,  Articles  and  attachments, 
Bale-band  tighteners,  for  somewhat  similar  devices  used  for 
tightening  bale-bands. 

9.5.  WIRE  STRIPPERS.  Hand  tools  for  cutting,  crushing,  and 
removing  wire  coverings  or  sheaths,  principally  for  stripping 
off  insulation. 

Note.— Implements  of  somewhat  similar  structure  for  cutting  or 
crimping  fuse  are  classified  in  class  80,  ARMS,  PROJECTILES, 
AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING,  subclass  22,  Loading 
fireworks  and  blasting  charges,  Implements,  Fuse. 

10.  NUT-LOCK.    Tools  specially  adapted  for  locking  nuts  and 

bolts  together  or  for  applying  or  removing  nut  or  bolt  locking 
devices. 

11.  ABOLISHED. 

12.  ABOLISHED. 

13.  BOLT-HOLDERS.    Devices  for  holding  a  bolt  from  movement 

while  a  nut  is  turned  on  or  off. 
Search  Class— 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  55,  Wrenches,  machine,  bolt-holding. 

13.5.  ABOLISHED. 

14.  TWEEZERS.     Miscellaneous,    lightly   constructed   grasping 

tools  the  grasping  arms  of  which  are  usually  of  elastic  mate- 
rial having  a  tendency  to  open  or  close. 

Note.— Tweezers  of  special  construction  for  special  work  are  in 
this  class,  subclass  5,  Special,  tweezers. 

15.  BENDING.    Tools  specially  adapted  for  bending. 

Note. — Tools  limited  to  bending  wire  are  in  class  140,  WIRE- 
WORKING,  subclass  123,  IMPLEMENTS,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

16.  ABOLISHED. 

17.  VISES.    Instruments  having  jaws  for  firmly  holding  objects 

while  being  worked  upon  and  known  in  the  arts  as  "vises." 
Search  Class— 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  113,  Lifters,  Stove  goods  for  analogous 
structure. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

18.  VISES,  HAND.    Vises  grasped  by  one  hand  while  the  other 

holds  the  tools  to  work  upon  the  object  held. 
Search  Class — 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  45,  Pliers  and  tongs,  locked  jaws. 

19.  VISES,    ROUND-WORK.    Vises    specially   constructed    for 

holding  round  work,  as  tubes,  spheres,  etc. 
Search  Class — 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  39,  Vises,  Jaw  attachments,  Round-work. 

20.  VISES,  TURRET.    The  jaws  are  on  revolving  heads  or  carriers 

which  may  be  turned  to  bring  any  pair  of  jaws  into  the  desired 
position. 

21.  VISES,  PIVOTED-JAW.    One  or  both  jews  are  pivoted  or 

swing  or  turn  as  if  on  a  pivot. 
Search  Class — 

78— METAL-FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclasses  4.  Forging,  An- 
vils, Vises,  Foot,  and  8,  Forging,  Anvils,  Attachments,  Vises. 

22.  VISES,  PIVOTED-JAW,  WEDGE-SHAPED  WORK.    The 

jaw  or  jaws  are  specially  pivoted  for  receiving  wedge-shaped 
work. 

Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  40,  Vises,  jaw  attachments,  wedge-shaped 
work. 

23.  VISES,  PIVOTED-JAW,  ADJUSTABLE-FULCRUM.    The 

fulcrum  on  which  the  jaw  swings  is  adjustable  or  travels 
toward  and  from  the  other  jaw  in  order  to  hold  work  of 
different  thickness. 
Search  Class — 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  42,  Vises,  Parallel  mechanisms. 

24.  VISES,    PIVOTED  -  JAW,    ADJUSTABLE  -  FULCRUM, 

RACK.    The  fulcrum  of  the  pivoted  jaw  is  a  tooth  of  a  rack. 
Search  Class— 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  42,  Vises,  Parallel  mechanisms. 

25.  VISES,  PIVOTED-JAW,  CAM.    The  jaw  is  closed  by  a  cam. 
Search  Class— 

78— METAL-FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclasses  4,  Forging, 
Anvils,  Vises,  Foot,  and  8,  Forging,  Anvils,  Attachments, 
Vises. 

26.  VISES,  SLIDING-JAW,  CAM.    A  sliding  jaw  is  closed  by  the 

actuation  of  a  cam  or  by  being  guided  on  a  cam-path. 
Search  Class— 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  128,  Wrenches,  Sliding-jaw,  Cam-closing 

27.  VISES,  RACK-LOCK.    The  movable  jaw  is  locked  against  the 

work  by  means  of  a  rack. 

28.  VISES,  RACK-LOCK,  TOOTHED-NUT.    The  nut  or  half- 

nut  cooperating  with  the  actuating-screw  has  teeth  which  may 
be  engaged  with  or  disengaged  from  a  rack  or  pawl  to  provide 
a  quick  adjustment. 

29.  VISES,    RACK-LOCK,     TOOTHED-NUT,    SECTIONAL. 

The  toothed-nut  or  half-nut  is  made  up  of  one  or  more  sections 
which  move  toward  and  from  a  rack  to  lock  and  unlock  the 
vise-jaw. 

30.  VISES,    RACK-LOCK,    PIVOTED    RACK-CATCH.    The 

movable  iaw  is  locked  in  place  by  a  pivoted  catch  which  inter- 
locks with  a  rack,  the  catch  not  being  rigid  with  the  jaw  or  the 
frame. 

Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  134,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, Rack, 
Pivoted  rack-catch;  135,  Wrenches;  Sliding  adjustments, 
Rack,  Pivoted  rack-catch,  Non-traveling;  130,  Wrenches,  Slid- 
ing adjustments,  Rack,  Pivoted  rack-catch,  Non-traveling. 
Intermediate-fulcrum,  and  137,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Rack,  Pivoted  rack-catch,  Transverse. 

31.  VISES,  RACK-LOCK,  SLIDING  RACK-CATCH.    The  mov- 

able jaw  is  locked  by  a  sliding  catch  interlocking  with  a  rack. 
Search  Class — 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  142,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Rack,  Sliding  rack-catch;  143,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjust- 
ments, Rack,  Sliding  rack-catch.  Cam-seated;  144,  Wrenches, 
Sliding  adjustments,  Rack,  Sliding  rack-catch,  Screw  or  nut 
seated;  145,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Rack,  Sliding 
rack-catch,  Spring-seated. 

32.  VISES,  NUT-OPERATED.    The  jaws  are  closed  by  the  actua- 

tion of  an  interiorly-threaded  device. 

33.  VISES,  SCREW-OPERATED.    The  jaws  are  closed  by  the 

actuation  of  an  exteriorly-threaded  device. 
Search  Class— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  18,  Vises,  Hand;  19,  Vises,  round-work; 
21,  Vises,  Pivoted  jaw;  22,  Vises,  Pivoted-jaw,  Wedge-shaped 
work;  23,  Vises,  Pivoted-jaw,  Adjustable-fulcrum;  24,  Vises, 
Pivoted-jaw,  Adjustable-fulcrum,  Rack;  25.  Vises,  Piv- 
oted-jaw, Cam;  28,  Vises,  Rack-lock,  Toothed-nut,  and  29, 
Vises,  Rack-lock  Toothed-nut,  Sectional. 

155 


156 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

34.  VISES,   SCREW   -    OPERATED     MULTIPLE   -  INTER- 

GEARED.    A  plurality  of  jaw-closing  screws  are  driven  by 
gearing  connecting  them. 

35.  VISES,    SCREW  -  OPERATED      RIGHT    AND     LEFT 

THREADS.    The  jaws  are  closed  by  the  actuation  of  a  right 
and  left  threaded  screw. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  163.  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Thread, 
Right  and  left  threads. 

36.  VISES,  SCREW-OPERATED,  DISPLACEABLE  NUT  OR 

SCREW.    The  nut  and  screw  are  separated  in  order  to  pro- 
vide a  quick  adjustment. 
Search  Class— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  157,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Displaceable  nut  or  screw,  and  158,  Wrenches,  Sliding 
adjustments,  Thread,  Displaceable  nut  or  screw,  Traveling- 
screw,  Shank-rack. 

37.  VISES, SCREW-OPERATED, INTERRUPTED-THREAD. 

The  threads  of  the  nut  and  screw  are  interrupted  or  cut  away, 
so  that  by  registering  the  cut-away  part  of  the  one  with  the 
full  part  of  the  other  a  quick  adjustment  may  be  had. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  159,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Interrupted;  160,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Interrupted,  Nut-set;  161,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjust- 
ments, Thread,  Interrupted,  Nut-set,  Traveling-nut,  and  162, 
Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Thread,  Interrupted,  Travel- 
ing-screw, Shank-rack. 

38.  VISES,  JAW  ATTACHMENTS.    Parts  attached  to  or  cooper- 

ating with  the  jaw-holders  and  capable  of  replacement  when 
worn  or  when  a  jaw-piece  of  a  different  kind  is  desired. 

39.  VISES,  JAW  ATTACHMENTS,  ROUND-WORK.    Attach- 

ments constructed  to  hold  round  work,  as  pipes,  spheres,  etc. 
Search  Class— 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  19,  Vises,  Round  work. 

40.  VISES,  JAW  ATTACHMENTS,  WEDGE-SHAPED  WORK. 

Attachments  constructed  to  hold  wedge-shaped  work. 
Search  Class— 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  22,  Vises,  Pivoted-jaw,  Wedge-shaped  work. 

41.  VISES,  MOUNTS.    Means  by  which  vises  are  mounted  to  make 

them  secure  or  to  adapt  them  to  be  turned  in  various  direc- 
tions. 
Search  Classes— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  288,  Work-holding  stands. 

208 — VELOCIPEDES,  subclass  Holders  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

42.  VISES,  PARALLEL  MECHANISMS.    Means  whereby  the 

jaws  are  caused  to  maintain  parallelism. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  23,  Vises,  Pivoted-jaw,  Adjustable- 
fulcrum,  and  24,  Vises,  Pivoted-jaw,  Adjustable-fulcrum, 
Rack. 

43.  PLIERS  AND  TONGS.    Tools  for  holding  or  bending  objects 

and  embracing  those  pincers  and  grasping  devices  known  in 

the  arts  as  pliers  and  tongs. 
Note.— Pliers  specially  constructed  for  bending  are  in  Bending, 

this  class,  and  for  cutting,  in  Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  under  this 

class. 

Search  Classes— 
81— TOOLS,  subclasses  3,  Special;  4,  Special,  Engravers'  clamps, 

and  5,  Special,  Tweezers. 
7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  subclasses 

thereunder. 

44.  PLIERS   AND   TONGS,   EXPANDING.    The  Jaws  move 

away  from  each  other  in  seizing  objects. 
Search  Classes— 
81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  3,  Special;  4,  Special,  Engravers' clamps, 

and  5,  Special,  Tweezers. 
7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  subclasses 

thereunder. 

45.  PLIERS  AND  TONGS,  LOCKED  JAWS.    The  tool  is  pro- 

vided with  means  for  locking  the  jaws  in  their  closed  or  oper- 
ative position. 
Search  Classes— 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  18,  Vises,  Hand;  111,  Wrenches,  Pivoted 
side  jaw,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

46.  PLIERS  AND   TONGS,  SLIDING-JAW.    The  jaws  have  a 

relative  sliding  movement,  one  or  both  jaws  moving  on  guides. 
Search  Classes— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclass  85,  Wrenches,  Hand-grip,  Sliding-jaw,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

47.  PLIERS  AND  TONGS,  CROSSED  HANDLES.    The  han- 

dles cross  each  other. 
Search  Classes— 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  79,  Wrenches,  Hand-grip,  Pivoted-jaw, 
Crossed  handles,  the  sulxjlasses  thereunder,  and  49,  Pliers 
and  Tongs,  Crossed  handles,  Pivoted  jaw-piece. 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  sul>class  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

48.  PLIERS  AND  TONGS,  CROSSED  HANDLES,  ADJUST- 

ABLE PIVOT.    The  pivots  of  the  handles  are  movable  in 
order  to  adjust  the  spread  of  the  jaws. 
Search  Class — 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

49.  PLIERS  AND  TONGS,  CROSSED  HANDLES,  PIVOTED 

JAW-PIECE.    One  or  both  jaw-carriers  have  pivoted  jaw- 
pieces  to  enable  the  tool  to  fit  the  surfaces  of  wedge-shaped  or 
irregular  objects. 
Search  Class — 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

50.  PLIERS  AND  TONGS,  CROSSED  HANDLES,  PARAL- 

LEL JAWS.    The  jaws  are  parallel  in  all  positions. 
Search  Classes — 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  46,  Pliers  and  Tongs,  Sliding  jaw,  for  pliers 
having  a  sliding  jaw  movable  on  guides. 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

51.  PLIERS  AND  TONGS,  CROSSED  HANDLES,  SPRING- 

PRESSED.    The  jaws  are  pressed  by  a  spring. 
Search  Class— 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

52.  PLIERS  AND  TONGS,  JAW  ATTACHMENTS.    Parts  at- 

tached to  the  jaw-holders  and  capable  of  replacement  when 
worn  or  when  a  jaw-piece  of  different  type  is  desired. 

53.  WRENCHES.    Devices  for  exerting  a  twisting  strain,  as  in 

turning  bolts,  nuts,  pipes,  and  the  like,  and  known  in  the  arts 
as  wrenches. 

Note.— This  subclass  includes  wrenches  not  classifiable  in  any 
subclass  hereinunder. 

Search  Class- 
ID— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
148  to  151,   Screw-threading,   Tapping,   Implements,   Tap- 
wrenches,  and  2,  Screw  making,  for  wrenches  for  rotating  taps. 

54.  WRENCHES,   MACHINE.    Wrenches  haying   a  casing  or 

framework  which  carries  moving  mechanical  elements,  but 
does  not  itself  move  during  the  operation  of  the  wrench. 

55.  WRENCHES,  MACHINE,  BOLT-HOLDING.    The  wrench 

has  a  device  or  part  which  prevents  the  movement  of  the  bolt 
while  the  nut  is  being  turned  on  or  off. 
Search  Class— 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  13,  Bolt-holders 

56.  WRENCHES,     MACHINE,     BOLT  -  HOLDING,     GEAR- 

O  PERATED.    The  bolt-holding  wrench  is  operated  by  gear- 
ing. 

Note.— Where  the  novelty  lies  in  the  gearing,  search  should  be 
made  in  this  class,  subclass  57,  Wrenches,  Machine,  Gear- 
operated. 

57.  WRENCHES,     MACHINE,     GEAR  -  OPERATED.       The 

wrench  is  operated  by  gearing. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  56,  Wrenches,  Machine,  Bolt-holding,  Gear- 
operated. 

58.  WRENCHES,  CLUTCHED-IIEAD.    The  jaws  of  the  wrench 

are  supported  by  a  head  which  is  clutched  by  an  operating- 
part,  usually  a  lever. 
Search  Classes— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
124,  Screw-threading,  Implements,  Die-stocks,  Ratchet,  and 
150,  Screw-threading,  Tapping,  Implements,  Tap-wrenches, 
Ratchet. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  16, Pawls  and  ratchets. 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  10,  Drilling-machines, 
Portable,  Rail-drills,  Ratchet;  44,  Ratchet-drills,  and  50, 
Ratchet-drills,  Band-grip. 

145 — WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  70,  Bit-stocks,  Ratchet; 
75,  Handles,  Ratchet-and-pawl;  70,  Handles,  Ratchet-clutch, 
and  77,  Handles,  Cross-bar,  Ratchet. 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  under  Coupled  nut  and 
bolt,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  17,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Thread-lock, 
Superposed  nuts,  Oppositely-threaded,  Key  or  pawl  locked; 
39,  Locked  nut.  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  40,  Locked 
nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Nut-carried  pawl;  41, 
Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Yielding  inter- 
locking washer,  and  48,  Locked  nut,  Side  lock,  Pawl-and- 
ratchet. 

188 — RAILWAY-BRAKES,  subclass  52,  Staffs,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

59.  WRENCHES.    CLUTCHED-HEAD,    SEGMENTAL.    The 

wrench-head  is  a  segment  of  a  circle  at  the  clutching-surface 

and  is  not  capable  of  full  revolution. 
Search  Classes  - 
10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 

124,  Screw-threading,  Implements,  Die-stocks,  Ratchet,  and 

150,  Screw-threading,  Tapping,  Implements,  Tap-wrenches, 

Ratchet. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  16,  Pawls  and  ratchets. 
77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  10,  Drilling-machines, 

Portable,  Rail-drills,  Ratchet,  and  44,  Ratchet-drills. 
145 — WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  70,  Bit-stocks,  Ratchet; 

75,  Handles,  Ratchet-and-pawl;  76,  Handles,  Ratchet-clutch, 

and  77,  Handles,  Cross-bar  ratchet. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


157 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

151 — NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  under  Coupled  nut  and 
bolt,  Fawl-and-ratchet;  17,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Thread- 
lock,  Superposed  nuts,  Oppositely-threaded,  Key  or  pawl 
locked;  39,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  40, 
Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Nut-carried 
pawl;  41,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Yield- 
ing interlocking  washer,  and  48,  Locked  nut,  Side  lock,  Pawl- 
and-ratchet. 

188— RAILWAY-BRAKES,  subclass  52,  Staffs,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

60.  WRENCHES,     CLUTCHED  -  HEAD,     RATCHET.      The 

wrench-head  has  a  series  of  ratchet-teeth  clutched  by  the  driv- 
ing device. 
Search  Classes— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW-MAKING,  subclasses 
124,  Screw-threading,  Implements,  Die-stocks,  Ratchet,  and 
150,  Screw-threading,  Tapping,  Implements,  Tap-wrenches, 
Ratchet. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  16,  Pawls  and  ratchets. 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  10,  Drilling-machines, 
Portable,  Rail-drills,  Ratchet;  44,  Ratchet-drills,  and  51, 
Ratchet-drills,  Sliding-pawl. 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  70,  Bit-stocks,  Ratchet; 
75,  Handles,  Ratchet-and-pawl;  7G,  Handles,  Ratchet-clutch, 
and  77,  Handles,  Cross-bar,  Ratchet. 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  under  Coupled  nut  and 
bolt,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  17,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Thread- 
lock,  Superposed  nuts,  Oppositely-threaded,  Key  or  pawl 
locked;  39,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  40, 
Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Nut-carried  pawl; 
41,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Yielding  in- 
terlocking washer;  and  48,  Locked  nut,  Side  lock,  Pawl-and- 
ratchet. 

188 — RAILWAY-BRAKES,  subclass  52,  Staffs,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

Cl.  WRENCHES,  CLUTCHED-HE  AD,  RATCHET,  PIVOTED- 
PAWL.    A  pawl  pivoted  to  the  driving  device  engages  the 
ratchet-teeth  of  the  head. 
Search  Classes— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
124,  Screw-threading,  Implements,  Die-stocks,  Ratchet,  and 
150,  Screw-threading,  Tapping,  Implements,  Tap-wrenches, 
Ratchet. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  16,  Pawls  and  ratchets. 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  10,  Drilling-machines, 
Portable,  Rail-drills,  Ratchet,  and  44,  Ratchet-drills. 

145 — WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  70,  Bit-stocks,  Ratchet; 
75,  Handles,  Ratchet-and-pawl;  76,  Handles,  Ratchet-clutch, 
and  77,  Handles,  Cross-bar,  Ratchet. 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  under  Coupled  nut  and 
bolt,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  17,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Thread- 
lock,  Superposed  nuts,  Oppositely-threaded,  Key  or  pawl 
locked;  39,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  40, 
Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Nut-carried  pawl; 
41,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Yielding  inter- 
locking washer,  and  48,  Locked  nut,  Side  lock,  Pawl-and- 
ratchet. 

188— RAILWAY-BRAKES,  subclass  52,  Staffs,  et  seq. 

62.  WRENCHES,  CLUTCHED-HE  AD,  RATCHET,  PIVOTED- 

PAWL,   REVERSING.    The  direction  of  rotation  of  the 
ratchet-head  is  reversible. 
Search  Classes— 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 
124,  Screw-threading,  Implements,  Die-stocks,  Ratchet,  and 
150,  Screw-threading,  Tapping,  Implements,  Tap-wrenches, 
Ratchet. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  16,  Pawls  and  ratchets. 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  10  Drilling-machines, 
Portable,  Rail-drills,  ratchet;  44,  Ratchet  drills,  and  48, 
Ratchet-drills,  Reversible. 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  under  Coupled  nut  and 
bolt,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  17,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Thread- 
lock,  Superposed  nuts,  Oppositely-threaded,  Key  or  pawl 
locked;  39,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  40, 
Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Nut-carried  pawl; 
41,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Yielding 
interlocking  washer,  and  48,  Locked  nut,  Side  lock.  Pawl- 
and-ratchet. 

188 — RAILWAY-BRAKES,  subclass  52,  Stan's. 

63.  WRENCHES.  CLUTCHED-HEAD,  RATCHET,  PIVOTED- 

PAWL,  REVERSING,  SINGLE.    A  single  pawl  controls 
the  direction  of  revolution. 
Search  Classes  — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING;  subclasses 
124,  Screw-threading,  Implements,  Die-stocks,  Ratchet,  and 
150,  Screw-threading,  Tapping,  Implements,  Tap-wrenches, 
Ratchet. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  16,  Pawls  and  ratchets. 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclasses  10,  Drilling-machines, 
Portable,  Rail-drills,  Ratchet;  44,  Ratchet-drills,  and  48, 
Ratchet-drills,  Reversible. 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  70,  Bit-stocks,  ratchet; 
75,  Handles,  Ratchet-and-pawl;  76,  Handles,  Ratchet-clutch, 
and  77,  Handles,  Cross-bar,  Ratchet. 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  under  Coupled  nut  and 
bolt,  Pawl-and-ratchet;  17,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Thread- 
lock,  Superposed  nuts,  Oppositely-threaded,  Key  or  pawl 

,  locked;  39,  Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  I3awl-and-ratehet;  40, 
Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  Yielding  inter- 
locking washer,  and  48,  Locked  nut,  Side  lock,  Pawl-and- 
ritchet. 

188 — RAILWAY-BRAKES,  subclass  52,  Staffs. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

64.  WRENCHES,  FLEXIBLE.    The  object  turned  is  surrounded 

wholly  or  partly  by  a  flexible  gripping  device. 
Search  Class — 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  50,  Ratchet  drills,  Hand- 
grip- 

65.  WRENCHES,  FLEXIBLE,  THREADED  ADJUSTMENT. 

The  flexible  device  is  adjusted  to  the  size  of  the  work  by  a 
screw-threaded  device. 

66.  WRENCHES,  FLEXIBLE   LINK.    The  flexible  device  is 

made  up  of  links. 

67.  WRENCHES,  FLEXIBLE,  LINK,  CLAW.    A  part  of  the 

handle  claws  or  draws  or  tends  to  claw  or  draw  a  portion  of 
the  cham  lengthwise  between  the  work  and  such  part  of  the 
handle. 

68.  WRENCHES,    FLEXIBLE,    LINK,    HANDLE-JAW.    A 

jaw  on  the  handle  engages  the  work. 

Note.— If  a  pivoted  jaw  is  a  link  of  a  chain  it  is  classified  herein 
not  in  Flexible,  link,  handle-jaw,  pivoted,  this  class. 

69.  WRENCHES,  FLEXIBLE,  LINK,  HANDLE-JAW,  PIV- 

OTED.   A  pivoted  jaw  carried  by  the  handle  engages  the 
work,  the  said  jaw  not  being  a  link  of  the  chain. 
Note.— If  the  jaw  is  a  link  of  the  chain,  it  is  classified  hi  this  class, 
subclass  68,  Wrenches,  flexible,  link,  handle-jaw. 

70.  WRENCHES,   FLEXIBLE,  LINK,  HANDLE-JAW    DU- 

PLEX. The  handle-jaw  has  two  faces,  either  of  which  may 
engage  the  work  according  to  the  direction  the  cham  is  passed 
about  it. 

71.  WRENCHES  INSERTED.    Wrenches  which  are  inserted  ha 

a  hole  or  tube. 

72.  WRENCHES,   INSERTED,   EXPANDING.    Parts  of  the 

wrench  move  outwardly  to  cause  locking  engagement  with 
the  walls  of  holes  or  tubes. 

73.  WRENCHES,  U-CRANK  ARM.    The  operating  part  has  a 

U-shaped  arm  similar  to  the  common  bit-stock. 

74.  WRENCHES,   WHEEL-OPERATED.    Wrenches  attached 

to  and  driven  by  wheels  to  turn  nuts  on  or  off  from  axles. 

75.  WRENCHES,  WHEEL-OPERATED,  HUB-RIM  GRASP. 

The  wrench  grips  the  rim  of  the  wheel-hub  to  rotate  the 
wrench  and  wheel  together. 

76.  WRENCHES,  WHEEL-OPERATED,  HUB-RIM  GRASP, 

INTERNAL.  The  wrench  grips  the  Interior  of  the  hub- 
rim. 

77.  WRENCHES,  DOUBLE-ENDED,  SIMULTANEOUS  AD- 

JUSTMENT. The  wrench  has  at  each  end  jaws  which  are 
adjusted  at  the  same  time. 

WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP.  The  subclasses  hereunder  include 
wrenches  whose  jaws  close  upon  the  work  by  the  grip  of  the 
hand. 

78.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,  PIVOTED-JAW.    The  grip  of 

the  hand  operates  one  or  more  pivoted  jaws,  one  jaw  swinging 
relatively  to  the  other. 

79.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,   PIVOTED-JAW,  CROSSED 

HANDLES.  The  handles  gripped  by  the  hand  cross  each 
other. 

80.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,   PIVOTED-JAW,  CROSSED 

HANDLES,  NON-TRAVELING  FULCRUM.  The  ful- 
crum or  pivot  of  the  jaws  has  no  movement  relative  to  the 
parts  connected  by  the  fulcrum  or  pivot  or  to  the  fixed  jaw. 

81.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,  PIVOTED-JAW,  CROSSED 

HANDLES,  NON-TRAVELING  FULCRUM,  PIVOTED 
GRIPPING-PIECE.  One  or  both  of  the  jaw-levers  carry 
pivoted  jaw-pieces  which  engage  the  work. 

82.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,  PIVOTED-JAW,  CROSSED 

HANDLES,  NON-TRAVELING  FULCRUM,  SLIDING 
GRIPPING-PIECE.  One  or  both  of  the  jaw-levers  carry 
sliding  jaw-pieces  which  engage  the  work. 

83.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,   PIVOTED-JAW,  CROSSED 

HANDLES,    SLOTTED    FULCRUM-GUIDE.    The    ful- 
crum of  the  jaws  is  adjustable  along  a  slot. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  109,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  outer  jaw,  Travel- 
ing-fulcrum, Slotted  guide. 

84.  WRENCHES,    HAND-GRIP,    PIVOTED-JAW.    LINKED 

JAW  AND  HANDLES.  The  jaws  are  closed  by  the  oper- 
ation of  a  link  connecting  the  jaw  and  the  handle. 

85.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,  SLIDING-JAW.    The  grip  of 

the  hand  causes  one  jaw  to  slide  relatively  to  the  other. 

86.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,  SLIDING-JAW,  CLAW-LEV- 

ER AND  RACK.  A  lever  having  a  tooth  or  claw  engaging 
•  a  rack  to  close  the  jaws,  the  rack  having  more  than  one  tooth. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  127,  Wrenches,  Sliding-jaw,  Handle-lever 
grip,  claw. 


158 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

87.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,  SLIDING-JAW,  LEVER  AND 

CAM  FEED.    A  lever  operates  a  cam  which  closes  the  jaws. 

88.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,  SLIDING-JAW,  LEVER  AND 

LINK  FEED.  A  lo.ver  operates  through  a  link  connected 
thereto  to  close  the  jaws. 

89.  WRENCHES,  HAND-GRIP,  SLIDING-JAW,  LEVER  AND 

PAWL  FEED.  A  lever  operates  a  pawl  connected  thereto 
and  engaging  a  rack  to  close  the  jaws. 

90.  WRENCHES,    SPANNERS.    Wrenches    haying    shoulders, 

projections,  or  holes  to  engage  with  cooperating  parts  on  the 
object  to  be  turned,  usually  a  pipe-coupling. 

91.  WRENCHES,  MULTIPLE  PIVOTED  JAWS,  HANDLE- 

LEVER  GRIP.  A  plurality  of  pivoted  jaws  is  caused  to 
grip  the  work  by  the  action  of  a  handle-lever.  A  pull  on  the 
handle  causes  a  grip  on  the  work. 

92.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  INNER  JAW.    The  inner  jaw  (the 

one  nearest  the  hand)  is  pivoted  and  swings  or  rocks  to  grip 
or  engage  the  work. 

93.  WRENCHES   PIVOTED  INNER  JAW,  NUT  OR  SCREW 

FULCRUM.  The  inner  jaw  rocks  or  swings  upon  a  nut  or 
screw  as  its  fulcrum. 

94.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  INNER  JAW,  PIN-FULCRUM. 

The  inner  jaw  has  a  pin  as  its  fulcrum. 

95.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  INNER  JAW,  PIN-FULCRUM, 

ROLLER-JAW.  The  pin-fulcrumed  inner  jaw  is  a  disk  or 
roller. 

96.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  INNER  JAW,  PIN-FULCRUM, 

ROLLER-JAW,  PINION.  The  roller  or  disk-shaped  jaw  is 
toothed  and  travels  on  a  rack  on  the  handle. 

97.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  INNER  JAW,  PIN-FULCRUM, 

SPRING-PRESSED.  The  pin-fulcrumed  inner  jaw  is 
pressed  by  a  spring. 

WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  OUTER  JAW.  The  outer  jaw  (the 
one  at  the  end  of  the  handle  or  the  one  farthest  from  the  hand) 
is  pivoted  or  swings  as  on  a  pivot. 

WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  OUTER  JAW,  FIXED-FULCRUM. 
The  fulcrum  on  which  the  jaw  swings  does  not  travel  rela- 
tively to  either  the  fixed  jaw  or  the  parts  which  it  connects. 

98.  WRENCHES,    PIVOTED    OUTER    JAW,    FIXED-FUL- 

CRUM, NON-TRAVELING-JAW.  The  outer  jaw  does 
not  travel  longitudinally  or  in  a  substantially  right  line  to 
adjust  itself  to  the  size  o'f  the  work. 

99.  WRENCHES,    PIVOTED    OUTER    JAW.    FIXED-FUL- 

CRUM NON-TRAVELING-JAW,  SPRING-PRESSED. 
The  outer  jaw  is  pressed  by  a  spring.' 

100.  WRENCHES,    PIVOTED    OUTER   JAW,    FIXED-FUL- 

CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW.  The  outer  jaw  travels  longi- 
tudinally or  in  a  substantially  right  line  to  adjust  itself  to  dif- 
ferent sizes  of  work. 

101.  WRENCHES,   PIVOTED    OUTER    JAW,   FIXED-FUL- 

CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW  NUT-FULCRUM.  The  outer 
jaw  swings  or  rocks  on  the  adjusting-nut  as  a  fulcrum. 

102.  WRENCHES,    PIVOTED    OUTER    JAW,   FIXED-FUL- 

CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW,  ROCKING-SLEEVE.  The 
outer  jaw  is  carried  by  a  rocking  sleeve. 

103.  WRENCHES,    PIVOTED    OUTER   JAW,   FIXED-FUL- 

CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW,  ROCKING-SLEEVE, 
SPRING-PRESSED.  The  rocking  sleeve  is  spring-pressed. 

104.  WRENCHES,    PIVOTED    OUTER   JAW.    FIXED-FUL- 

CRUM. TRAVELING-JAW.  ROCKING-SLEEVE. 
SPRING-PRESSED,  FULCRUM-WASHER.  The  sleeve 
is  a  washer  on  which  the  nut  is  seated  and  on  which  the  outer 
jaw  rocks. 

105.  WRENCHES,   PIVOTED   OUTER  JAW,   FIXED   FUL- 

CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW,  ROCKING-SLEEVE, 
SPRING-PRESSED,  SLEEVE-INCLOSED  NUT.  The 
sleeve  wholly  or  partly  incloses  the  adjusting-nut. 

106.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED   OUTER  JAW,  TRAVELING- 

FULCRUM.  The  fulcrum-point  of  the  outer  jaw  travels 
relatively  to  either  the  fixed  jaw  or  the  parts  which  it  connects. 

107.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED   OUTER  JAW,  TRAVELING- 

FULCRUM,  THREADED  HANDLE-BAR.  The  fulcrum 
is  adjusted  by  a  nut  or  screw  working  on  a  threaded  handle- 
bar. 

Search  Class— 

81— Tooi.SjSubclass  174,  Wrenches,  Slidingadjustments,  Thread, 
Traveling-nut,  Threaded  handle-bar. 

108.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED   OUTER  JAW,  TRAVELING- 

FULCRUM,  THREADED  HANDLK-BAR,  AXIALLY- 
ROTATING.    The  fulcrum  is  adjusted  by  the  axial  rotation 
of  a  threaded  handle-bar. 
Search  Class 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  164,  Wrenches,  Slidingadjustments,  Thread, 
Rotating  threaded  shank. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

109.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED   OUTER    JAW.  TRAVELING 

FULCRUM,  SLOTTED  GUIDE.    The  fulcrum  is  adjustable 
in  a  slot  in  the  shank  of  the  fixed  jaw. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  83,  Wrenches,  Hand-grip,  Pivoted-jaw, 
Crossed  handles,  Slotted  fulcrum-guide. 

110.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED   OUTER  JAW,  TRAVELING- 

FULCRUM,  FULCRUM-TOOTH  AND  RACK.  The  ful- 
crum of  the  outer  jaw  is  a  tooth  which  is  adjustable  along  teeth 
or  notches  on  the  shank  of  the  fixed  j  aw. 

111.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  SIDE-JAW.    One  or  both  jaws 

swing  sidewise  of  the  handle  to  close  upon  the  work,  the  meet- 
ing plane  of  the  jaws,  or  the  opening  between  the  jaws  when  in 
their  normal  closed  condition,  lying  on  opposite  sides  of  the 
central  longitudinal  line  of  the  handle  or  of  a  line  parallel 
thereto. 

112.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  SIDE-JAW,  BEVEL-CLOSING. 

The  relative  movement  of  the  jaws  and  the  handle-body  or  of 
the  jaws  and  the  jaw-actuating  device  is  along  lines  neither 
parallel  nor  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  handle. 
Search  Class— 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  84,  Handles,  Socket-fast- 
enings, Bevel-closing. 

113.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  SIDE-JAW,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

AXIAL  NUT  OR  SCREW.    The  jaws  are  drawn  back  into 
a  beveled  socket  or  are  thrust  forward  into  a  conical  cap  by  an 
axially-moving  nut  or  screw. 
Search  Class— 

14,5—  WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  85,  Handles,  Socket-fast- 
enings, Bevel-closing,  Axial-screw. 

114.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  SIDE-JAW,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

SCREW-RING.    An  interiorly-threaded  ring  laterally  sur- 
rounds the  jaws  and  has  a  helical  movement  thereon. 
Search  Class— 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  89,  Handles,  Socket- 
fastenings,  Bevel  closing,  Screw-ring;  and  90,  Handles,  Socket- 
fastenings,  Bevel-closing,  Screw-ring,  Spring-retracted  jaws. 

115.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  SIDE-JAW,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

ROTATING-RING.    The  jaws  are  closed  by  an  unthreaded 
ring  or  collar,  which  embraces  the  jaws  and  cams  them  toward 
each  other. 
Search  Class— 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  87,  Handles,  Socket- 
fastenings,  Bevel-closing,  Rotating-ring,  and  88,  Handles, 
Socket-fastenings,  Bevel-closing,  Rotating-ring,  Spring-re- 
tracted jaws. 

116.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  SIDE-JAW,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

WEDGE.  One  or  both  of  the  jaws  are  closed  by  apart  which 
slides  between  the  jaws  or  between  the  jaw  and  another  part, 
producing  a  wedge-like  action. 

117.  WRENCHES,  PIVOTED  SIDE-JAW,  ROCKING-LINK. 

One  or  both  of  the  jaws  are  closed  by  means  of  links  which 
cause  one  or  both  of  the  jaws  to  travel  longitudinally  and 
inwardly. 

118.  WRENCHES,    PIVOTED    SIDE-JAW,    TRANSVERSE- 

SCREW  CLAMP.  The  jaws  are  closed  by  a  screw  located 
transversely  of  the  axis  of  the  tool. 

119.  WRENCHES,  RIGID  JAWS.    The  jaws  or  work-engaging 

parts  have  no  relative  movement. 

120.  WRENCHES,  RIGID  JAWS,  ROUND-WORK.    The  jaws 

are  specially  adapted  for  grasping  or  clutching  round  work. 

121.  WRENCHES,  RIGID  JAWS,  INCLOSED.    The  jaw  has 

inclosing  walls  forming  an  opening  which  receives  a  nut  or  the 
like. 

122.  WRENCHES,  RIGID  JAWS,  INCLOSED,  WATCH  AND 

CLOCK  KEYS.    Socketed  tools  for  winding  watches  orclocks. 

123.  WRENCHES,  RIGID  JAWS,  INCLOSED,  WATCH  AND 

CLOCK  KEYS,  DUST-PROTECTORS.  The  watch  or 
clock  keys  have  means  for  excluding  dust  from  the  sockets. 

124.  WRENCHES,  RIGID  JAWS,  INCLOSED,  WATCH  AND 

CLOCK  KEYS,  SAFETY.  The  watch  or  clock  keys  have 
means  to  prevent  the  overwinding  of  the  springs. 

125.  WRENCHES,  RIGID  JAWS,  INCLOSED,  WORK-HOLD- 

ING. The  socket  has  means  for  holding  a  nut  from  dropping 
out. 

126.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING-JAW,  HANDLE-LEVER  GRIP. 

The  actuation  of  a  handle-lever  causes  a  sliding  jaw  to  grip  the 
work.    A  pull  on  the  handle  closes  the  jaws. 
Search  Class— 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

127.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING-JAW,  HANDLE-LEVER  GRIP, 

CLAW.    The  actuating-lever  has  a  claw  or  tooth  which  claws 

or  forces  the  sliding  jaw  to  its  work. 
Search  Classes— 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  86,   Wrenches,   Hand-grip,   Sliding-jaw, 

Claw-lever  and  rack. 
7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3 ,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  subclasses 

thereunder. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


159 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

128.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING-JAW,  CAM-CLOSING.    A  cam  is 

actuated  to  operate  a  sliding  jaw  or  cooperates  with  said  jaw 
to  produce  a  sliding  movement  thereon. 
Search  Class— 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  26,  Vises,  Sliding-jaw,  Cam. 

129.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS.    Means     for 

adjusting  sliding  parts,  as  jaws,  pivot-carrying  blocks,  etc. 

130.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING   ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK.    The 

adjustment  is  made  by  means  of  a  rack  which  locks  the  parts 
from  movement. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  110,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  outer  jaw,  Travel- 
ing-fulcrum, Fulcrum-tooth,  and  rack. 

131.  WRENCHES.  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,INTER- 

LOCKING  JAW-HANDLES.  The  jaws  are  carried  by 
handles  which  interlock. 

132.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,  LOCK- 

ING SETSCREW  ORNUT.  The  jaws  are  locked  by  means 
of  a  set  screw  or  nut  which  locks  together  the  rack  and  its  inter- 
locking part. 

133.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,  PIN- 

ION-LOCK. A  pinion  which  travels  on  a  rack  on  the  shank 
is  locked  so  as  to  prevent  movement  of  the  pinion-carrier. 

134.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,  PIV- 

OTED RACK-CATCH.    A  pivoted  device  or  a  device  moving 
as  if  on  a  pivot  interlocks  with  a  rack. 
Search  Class — 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  30,  Vises,  Rack-lock,  Pivoted  rack-catch. 

135.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING   ADJUSTMENTS,   RACK,  PIV- 

OTED  RACK-CATCH,  NON-TRAVELING.    The  catch 
does  not  travel  with  the  traveling-jaw. 
Search  Class — 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  30,  Vises,  Rack-lock,  Pivoted  rack-catch. 

136.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS.   RACK.   PIV- 

OTED    RACK-CATCH,     NON-TRAVELING,     INTER- 
MEDIATE-FULCRUM.   The  non-traveling  catch  has  its 
pivot  between  its  locking  end  and  its  operating  part. 
Search  Class— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  30,  Vises,  Rack-lock,  Pivoted  rack-catch, 
and  140,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Pivoted  rack-catch, 
Intermediate-fulcrum. 

137.  WRENCHES,   SLIDING   ADJUSTMENTS,   RACK,   PIV- 

OTED  RACK-CATCH,  TRANSVERSE.    The  catch  has 
its  pivot  or  axis  of  movement  lying  longitudinally  of  the  handle. 
It  swings  transversely  of  the  interlocked  rack. 
Search  Class— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  30,  Vises,  Rack-lock,  Pivoted  rack-catch; 
159,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Thread,  Interrupted;  160, 
Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Thread,  Interrupted,  Nut-set, 
and  161,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Thread,  Interrupted, 
Nut-set,  Traveling-nut. 

138.  WRENCHES,   SLIDING   ADJUSTMENTS,   RACK,   PIV- 

OTED RACK-CATCH,  CAM-SEATED.  The  catch  is 
forced  by  a  cam  into  locking  engagement  with  the  rack. 

139.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING   ADJUSTMENTS,   RACK,   PIV- 

OTED RACK-CATCH,  INDIRECTLY-OPERATED. 
The  catch  is  operated  by  a  part  not  rigidly  attached  thereto. 

140.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,  PIV- 

OTED    RACK-CATCH,    INTERMEDIATE-FULCRUM. 
The  catch  moves  on  a  pivot  located  between  its  locking  end 
and  its  operating  part. 
Search  Class— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclass  136,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Rack, 
Pivoted  rack-catch,  Non-traveling,  Intermediate-fulcrum. 

141.  WRENCHES,       SLIDING       ADJUSTMENTS,      RACK, 

SHANK-ENGAGED  CAM.  A  cam  engages  the  shank  and 
draws  the  rack  and  the  teeth  of  its  cooperating  member 
together. 

142.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,  SLID- 

ING RACK-CATCH.    A  sliding  catch  interlocks  with  the 
rack  of  the  sliding  part. 
Search  Class — 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  31,  Vises,  Rack-lock,  Sliding  rack-catch. 

143.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,  SLID- 

ING  RACK-CATCH,  CAM-SEATED.    A  cam  holds  the 
catch  in  engagement  with  the  rack. 
Search  Class — 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  31,  Vises,  Rack-lock,  Sliding  rack-catch. 

144.  W'RENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,  SLID- 

ING   RACK-CATCH,   SCREW    OR   NUT   SEATED.    A 
screw  or  nut  holds  the  catch  in  engagement  with  the  rack. 
Search  Class— 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  31,  Vises,  Rack-lock,  Sliding  rack-catch. 

145.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  RACK,  SLID- 

ING RACK-CATCH,  SPRING-SEATED.    A  spring  forces 
the  catch  into  engagement  with  the  rack. 
Search  Class— 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  31,  Vices,  Rack-lock,  Sliding  rack-catch. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

146.  WRENCHES,       SLIDING       ADJUSTMENTS,       RACK, 

SPRING-SEATED  JAW-FRAME.  A  spring  presses  the 
teeth  of  a  jaw  carrying  frame  into  engagement  with  teeth  on 
the  shank  of  the  other  jaw. 

Note. — This  subclass  includes  only  those  jaw-frames  whose  teeth 
are  not  integral  therewith. 

147.  WRENCHES,       SLIDING       ADJUSTMENTS,       RACK, 

SPRING-SEATED  JAW-FRAME,  INTEGRAL,  FRAME 
AND  TEETH.  The  frame  and  the  teeth  are  integral. 

148.  WRENCHES,       SLIDING       ADJUSTMENTS,       RACK, 

WEDGE-LOCK.    A  wedge  forces  the  teeth  of  one  part  into 
locking  engagement  with  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  154,  Wrenches,  sliding  adjustments,  Shank- 
grip,  Locking-incline. 

149.  WRENCHES,       SLIDING       ADJUSTMENTS,       RACK, 

WEDGE-LOCK,  WEDGE-PUSHER.    A  special  part  not 
rigidly  attached  to  the  wedge  moves  the  latter. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  154,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Shank- 
grip,  Locking-incline. 

150.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  SHANK-GRIP. 

The  traveling  jaw  is  locked  to  the  shank  by  a  gripping  or 
clamping  action. 

151.  WRENCHES,       SLIDING       ADJUSTMENTS,    SHANK- 

GRIP,  SIDE-JAW.  The  traveling  jaw  moves  sideswise  of 
the  shank,  the  plane  of  the  meeting  faces  of  the  jaws  lying 
on  opposite  sides  of  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  handle  or -of  a 
line  parallel  thereto. 

152.  WRENCHES,      SLIDING      ADJUSTMENTS,      SHANK- 

GRIP,  CLUTCH-YOKE.  A  yoke  or  ring-like  device  has  a 
portion  which  grips  or  bites  the  shank  to  lock  the  traveling 
jaw. 

153.  WRENCHES,       SLIDING      ADJUSTMENTS,      SHANK- 

GRIP,  ROLLER-CLUTCH.  The  traveling  jaw  is  locked 
by  gripping  or  clutching  action  of  a  roller  upon  the  shank. 

154.  WRENCHES,      SLIDING      ADJUSTMENTS,      SHANK- 

GRIP,  LOCKING-INCLINE.    The  traveling  jaw  is  locked 
to  the  shank  by  one  or  more  inclines. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  148,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Rack,  Wedge-lock,  and  149,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustment, 
Wedge-lock,  Wedge-pusher. 

155.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD. 

The  sliding  part  is  adjusted  by  means  of  a  threaded  device. 

156.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD 

DISPLACEABLE  HALF-NUT.  The  nut  is  made  of  sec- 
tions which  move  away  from  the  screw  or  of  a  single  section 
which  partially  surrounds  the  screw  and  moves  away  from 
the  screw  in  order  to  make  a  quick  adjustment. 

157.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THRE  VD 

DISPLACEABLE  NUT  OR  SCREW.    The  nut  or  screw 
is  separated  bodily  from  its  cooperating  member  to  provide 
a  quick  adjustment. 
Search  Class— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  36,  Vices,  Screw-operated,  Displaceable 
nut  or  screw,  and  137,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Rack, 
Pivoted  rack-catch,  Transverse. 

158.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

DISPLACEABLE  NUT  OR  SCREW,  TRAVELING- 
SCREW,  SHANK-RACK.  The  screw  is  carried  by  the 
traveling  jaw  and  is  moved  away  from  its  cooperating  member 
which  is  a  rack  on  the  shank,  to  provide  a  quick  adjustment. 
Search  Class — 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  36,  Vices,  Screw-operated,  Displaceable 
nut  or  screw,  and  176,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Tread, 
Traveling-screw,  Shank-rack. 

159.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

INTERRUPTED.    A  portion  of  the  threads  are  removed 
from  cooperating  parts,  so  that  by  registering  the  removed 
portion  of  one  part  with  the  full  portion  of  the  other  a  quick 
adjustment  is  provided. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  37,  Vices,  Screw-operated,  Interrupted- 
thread. 

160.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

INTERRUPTED,  NUT-SET.  An  interiorly-threaded  device 
is  operated  to  lock  and  advance  the  jaw  at  the  time  of  locking. 
Search  Class— 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  37,  Vices,  Screw-operated,  Interrupted- 
thread,  and  137,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustment,  Rack,  Pivoted 
rack-catch,  Transverse. 

161.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD- 

INTERRUPTED,  NUT-SET,  TRAVELING-NUT.     The 
nut  is  secured  to  the  traveling  jaw. 
Search  Class — 

81 — TOOLS,  subclasses  37,  Vices,  Screw-operated,  Interrupted- 
thread,  and  137,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Rack, 
Pivoted  rack-catch,  Transverse. 


160 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

162.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

INTERRUPTED,       TRAVELING-SCREW,       SHANK- 
RACK.    An  externally-threaded  device  secured  to  the  travel- 
ing jaw  is  operated  in  connection  with  rack-like  threads  on  the 
shank  of  the  fixed  jaw. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  37,  Vices,  Screw-operated,  Interrupted- 
thread,  and  176,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Thread, 
Traveling-screw,  Shank-rack. 

163.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

RIGHT    AND    LEFT    THREADS.    The  sliding  part  or 
parts  are  adjusted  by  the  actuation  of  a  device  having  right 
and  left  threads. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  35,  Vices,  Screw-operated,  Right  and  left 
threads. 

164.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

ROTATING  THREADED  SHANK.    The  sliding  part  is 
adjusted  by  the  axial  rotation  of  a  threaded  handle. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  108,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  outer  jaw,  Travel- 
ing-fulcrum, Threaded  handle-bar,  Axially-rotating,  and  192 
Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Traveling,  External,  Thread,  Feed, 
Rotary-handle. 

165.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

SLIDING  SIDE-JAW.  The  sliding  jaw  has  amovement 
transverse  of  the  shank  supporting  it. 

WRENCHES, SLIDING  ADJUSTMENTS,  THREAD,NON- 
TRAVELING  NUT.  An  interiorly-threaded  device  having 
no  travel  is  operated  to  adjust  the  sliding  part. 

166.  WRENCHES,      SLIDING     ADJUSTMENT,     THREAD, 

NON-TRAVELINaNUT,  INTERMEDIATE.    The  actu- 
ating-nut  is  seated  between  the  jaws  and  the  end  of  the  handle. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  168,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Non-traveling  nut,  Terminal. 

167.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD 

NON-TRAVELING  NUT,  INTERMEDIATE,  SLIDING 
OUTER  JAW.  The  outer  jaw  is  adjusted  by  the  actuation 
of  a  nut  between  jaws  and  the  end  of  the  handle. 

Note. — Where  the  nut  is  used  as  the  fulcrum  of  a  swinging  outer 
jaw,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  101,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  outer 
jaw.  Fixed-fulcrum,  Traveling-jaw.  Nut-fulcrum. 

Note. — Where  the  nut  is  carried  on  a  rocking  washer,  see  in  this 
class,  subclass  104,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  outer  jaw,  Fixed- 
fulcrum,  Traveling-jaw,  Rocking-sleeve,  Spring-pressed, 
Fulcrum-washer. 

Note. — Where  the  nut  is  carried  in  a  rocking  sleeve  which  guides 
an  outer  jaw,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  105,  Wrenches,  Pivoted 
outer  jaw,  Fixed-fulcrum,  Traveling-jaw,  Rocking-sleeve, 
Sleeve-inclosed  nut. 

Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  169,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Non-traveling  nut,  Terminal,  Sliding  outer  jaw. 

168.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

NON-TRAVELING  NUT,  TERMINAL.  The  actuating 
nut  is  seated  at  the  end  of  the  handle. 

Note.— Where  the  nut  is  used  as  the  fulcrum  of  a  swinging  outer 
jaw,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  101,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  outer 
jaw,  Fixed-fulcrum,  Traveling-jaw,  Nut-fulcrum. 

Note. — Where  the  nut  is  carried  on  a  rocking  washer,  see  in  this 
class,  subclass  104,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  outer  jaw,  Fixed- 
fulcrum,  Traveling-jaw,  Rocking-sleeve,  Spring-pressed,  ful- 
crum-washer. 

Note. — Where  the  nut  is  carried  on  a  rocking  sleeve  which  guides 
an  outer  jaw,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  105,  Wrenches,  Pivoted 
outer  jaw,  Fixed-fulcrum,  Traveling-jaw,  Rocking-sleeve, 
Sleeve-inclosed  nut. 

Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  166,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Non-traveling  nut,  Intermediate. 

169.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

NON-TRAVELING       NUT,       TERMINAL,       SLIDING 
OUTER  JAW.    The  outer  jaw  is  adjusted  by  the  actuation 
of  a  nut  at  the  end  of  the  handle. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  167,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Non-traveling  nut,  Intermediate,  Sliding  outer  jaw. 

170.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

NON-TRAVELING  SCREW.  An  exteriorly-threaded  de- 
vice having  no  longitudinal  movement  is  actuated  to  adjust 
the  sliding  part. 

171.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

NON-TRAVELING  SCREW,  BRACKET-BEARING. 
The  screw  has  its  bearing  in  or  on  a  bracket,  usually  on  or  a 
part  of  the  upper  end  of  the  handle  proper. 
Note. — Where  the  screw  is  used  as  the  fulcrum  of  an  inner  jaw, 
S3e  in  this  class,  subclass  93,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  inner  jaw, 
Nut  or  screw  fulcrum. 

172.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

NON-TRAVELING  SCREW,  SHANK-SLEEVED.  The' 
screw  is  a  sleeve  which  surrounds  the  shank  of  the  fixed  jaw. 

173.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD. 

TRAVELING-NUT.  An  interiorly-threaded  device  carried 
by  the  sliding  part  is  actuated  to  secure  an  adjustment. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

174.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

TRAVELING-NUT,  THREADED  HANDLE-BAR.  The 
actuating-nut  cooperates  with  threads  upon  the  handle-bar. 

Note. — Where  the  nut  is  used  as  the  fulcrum  of  an  inner  jaw, 
see  in  this  class,  subclass  93,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  inner  jaw, 
Nut  or  screw  fulcrum. 

Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  107,  Wrenches,  Pivoted  outer  jaw,  Travel- 
ing-fulcrum, Threaded  handle-bar. 

175.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

TRAVELING-SCREW.  An  exteriorly-threaded  device 
travels  longitudinally  to  make  an  adjustment. 

176.  WRENCHES,     SLIDING     ADJUSTMENTS,     THREAD, 

TRAVELING-SCREW,  SHANK-RACK.    The  actuating, 
screw  travels  with  the  sliding  part  and  cooperates  with  rack- 
like  threads  upon  the  shank. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  158,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Displaceable  nut  or  screw,  Traveling-screw,  Shank- 
rack,  and  H>2,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments,  Thread,  Inter- 
rupted, Traveling-screw,  Shank-rack. 

177.  WRENCHES,  HANDLES  AND  SHANKS.    Wrenches  have 

ing  novelty  hi  the  handle  or  the  shank. 
Search  Class — 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  171,  Wrenches,  Sliding  adjustments, 
Thread,  Non-traveling  screw,  Bracket-bearing. 

178.  WRENCHES,  REVERSIBLE  JAWS.    The  jaws  are  reversi- 

ble to  bring  a  new  part  into  operative  position. 

179.  WRENCHES,  SLIDING  JAW-FACE.    The  jaw  or  jaws  are 

provided  with  a  sliding  jo,w-face  which  moves  in  some  degree 
transversely  of  the  shank. 

180.  WRENCHES,  ATTACHMENTS  AND  ADJUNCTS.    Parts 

which  are  exchangeable  for  other  parts,  as  jaw-pieces,  cutters, 
and  the  like,  or  are  added  to  improve  wrenches  as  such. 

Note. — Attachments  and  adjuncts,  except  cutters,  pumps,  and 
oilers,  which  are  added  to  wrenches  to  give  them  a  function 
other  than  that  of  wrenches,  are  classified  in  class  7,  COM- 
POUND TOOLS. 

Note. — For  adjuncts  holding  a  nut  from  dropping  out  of  a  wrench 
see  in  this  class,  subclass  125,  Wrenches,  Rigid  jaws,  Inclosed, 
Work-holding. 

181.  WRENCHES,  ATTACHMENTS  AND  ADJUNCTS,  CUT- 

TERS. Attachments  and  adjuncts  which  are  applied  to 
wrenches  to  convert  them  into  cutters  and  which  are  so  com- 
bined with  the  wrench  that  the  parts  which  operate  the  jaws 
of  the  wrench  are  employed  for  applying  the  necessary  pres- 
sure to  the  cutters. 

Note. — Cutters  of  a  general  nature  applied  to  various  parts  of  the 
wrench,  but  not  coming  within  the  above  definition,  are 
found  in  class  7,  COMPOUND  TOOLS. 

182.  WRENCHES,  ATTACHMENTS  AND  ADJUNCTS,  CUT- 

TERS, ROTARY.    The  cutters  are  rotary  disks  or  the  like. 

183.  WRENCHES,  ATTACHMENTS  AND  ADJUNCTS,  ROL- 

LER-CLUTCH. Rollers  added  to  wrench-jaws  and  causing 
a  clutch-grip  on  the  work. 

184.  WRENCHES,    ATTACHMENTS    AND    ADJUNCTS, 

SHANK-EMBRACING.  The  attachment  is  sleeved  upon 
or  partially  embraces  the  shank  of  the  wrench. 

185.  WRENCHES,    ATTACHMENTS    AND    ADJUNCTS, 

SOCKET-REDUCERS.  Attachments  for  reducing  the  size 
of  wrench-sockets. 

186.  WRENCHES,  JAW-FACES.    Inventions  relating  to  the  sur- 

face structure  of  the  jaws. 

187.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS.    Tools  for  cutting  pipes  and 

rods. 

Note. — Shears  for  cutting  wire  are  in  class  30,  CUTLERY,  subclass 
17,  Wire-shears. 

Note. — Cutters  combined  with  wrenches  in  which  the  jaw-operat- 
ing parts  supply  the  power  for  bringing  the  cutters  into  opera- 
tion are  found  in  this  class,  subclass  181,  Wrenches,  attach- 
ments and  adjuncts,  cutters. 

Note. — Tools  for  cutting  sheets  and  bars  are  in  class  164,  CUTTING 
AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS. 

188.  PIPE    AND   ROD   CUTTERS,   NON-TRAVELING,   IN- 

TERNAL. Tools  having  the  cutting-blade  inside  of  a  tube 
or  the  like,  the  part  carrying  the  cutter  having  no  travel  rela- 
tive to  the  tube. 

189.  PIPE    AND    ROD    CUTTERS.    TRAVELING,    EXTER- 

NAL.   The  cutting  portion  of  the  tool  operates  externally  of 
a  cylinder  or  tube  to  be  cut  and  travels  circumferentially 
about  it. 
Search  Class— 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
110,  Screw  threading  implements,  Dies,  combined  cutting- 
ofl  and  threading. 

190.  PIPE    AND    ROD    CUTTERS,    TRAVELING,    EXTER- 

NAL,  GEAR-OPERATED.    The  cutter  is  by  means  of 
gearing  caused  to  travel  circumferentially  about  a  bar  or  tube. 
Search  Class 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
110,  Screw  threading  implements,  Dies,  combined  cutting- 
ofl  and  threading. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


161 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

191.  PIPE   AND   ROD   CUTTERS,   TRAVELING,   EXTER- 

NAL, THREAD-FEED.    The  cutter  is  fed  by  a  threaded 
device  during  the  travel  thereof. 
Search  Class— 

1C— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
110,  Screw  threading  implements,  Dies,  combined  cutting- 
off  and  threading. 

192.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  TRAVELING,  EXTER 

NAL,  THREAD-FEED,  ROTARY  HANDLE.  By  axi 

ally  rotating  the  handle  a  threaded  device  feeds  the  cutter 

into  the  work. 
Search  Classes — 
81— TOOLS,    subclass    1G4,    Wrenches,    Sliding   adjustments 

Thread,  Rotating  threaded  shank. 
10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 

110,  Screw  threading  implements,  Dies,  combined  cutting- 

ofl  and  threading. 

193.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  TRAVELING,  INTERNAL. 

The  cutting  portion  of  the  tool  operates  inside  of  a  pipe  to  be 
cut  and  its  carrier  travels  relatively  to  the  pipe. 

194.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  TRAVELING,  INTERNAL, 

ROTARY.    The  cutter  travels  about  the  pipe  to  make  a  cut 
transverse  of  its  axis. 

195.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  TRAVELING,  INTERNAL, 

ROTARY,  WEDGE-FEED.    A  wedge  feeds  the  cutter  to 
its  work. 

196.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  PIVOTED.    The  cutter  is 

carried  by  a  pivoted  part. 
Search  Class — 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

197.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  PIVOTED,  CAM.    The  cut- 

ter-jaws are  closed  by  the  actuation  of  a  cam. 
Search  Class— 

7 — COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 


CLASS  81— Continued. 

198.  PIPE    AND    ROD    CUTTERS,    PIVOTED,    HANDLE- 

JAWS.    The  cutting-jaws  are  carried  rigidly  by  the  handles, 
as  in  the  common  nippers  or  wire-cutters. 
Search  Class — 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

199.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  PIVOTED,  TOGGLE.   The 

jaws  are  closed  by  the  actuation  of  a  toggle. 

200.  PIPE    AND   ROD    CUTTERS,    PIVOTED.   INTER- 

GEARED  HANDLES.  The  handles  are  geared  together,  so 
as  to  cause  a  simultaneous  movement  of  the  jaws. 

201.  PIPE    AND    ROD    CUTTERS,    SLIDING.    The    cutting 

blade  or  blades  slide  in  a  substantially  right  line. 

202.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  SLIDING,  CAM.    The  slid- 

ing jaw  is  actuated  by  a  cam. 

.203.  PIPE  AND  ROD  CUTTERS,  SLIDING,  HEAD  AND 
SOCKET.  The  sliding  jaw  is  actuated  by  the  movement  of 
a  head  in  a  socket.  The  head  in  most  cases  is  carried  by  a 
lever  and  fits  a  spcket  in  the  cutter-bar. 

204.  PIPE   AND  ROD  CUTTERS,   SLIDING,  LEVER   AND 

LINK.  The  sliding  jaw  is  actuated  by  the  cooperation  of  a 
lever  and  a  link. 

205.  PIPE    AND    ROD    CUTTERS,    SLIDING,    RACK    AND 

SEGMENT.  The  sliding  jaw  is  actuated  bv  the  cooperation 
of  a  rack  and  a  segment,  the  former  usually  carried  by  the 
blade  and  the  latter  by  a  lever. 

206.  PIPE    AND    ROD    CUTTERS,   JAW    ATTACHMENTS. 

Parts  attached  to  the  jaw-holders  and  capable  of  replacement 
by  other  parts  when  the  original  parts  are  dull  or  worn  out  or 
when  a  jaw-piece  of  a  different  character  is  desired. 


26674°— 12- 


-11 


CLASS  82.— TURNING. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  includes  inventions  for  producing  articles  of  predeter- 
mined section,  usually  circular,  by  means  of  cutters  brought  into 
engagement  with  the  exterior  of  a  rotating  work-piece  or  by  means 
of  cutters  revolving  circumferentially  around  and  in  engagement 
with  that  portion  of  the  work-piece  to  be  shaped.    It  contains  mainly 
metal-working  machines,  but  is  not  confined  thereto,  including  all 
such  mechanisms  of  the  above-named  structure  and  function  as  are 
not  specifically  classified  elsewhere. 
Search  Classes— 
79 — BUTTON-MAKING,    subclass    7,    Surfacing    and    subclasses 

thereunder. 

125 — STONE  WORKING,  subclass  6,  Dressing  stone. 
142— WOOD-TURNING. 
181— ACOUSTICS,  subclass  15,  Tablets,  Turning  and  smoothing. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Various  turning  devices,  not  organized 

lathes,  and  turning  processes  for  producing  articles  of  circular 
cross-section. 

2.  LATHES.    Organized  machines  and  devices  for  producing  ar- 

ticles of  regular  section,  usually  circular,  by  means  of  work- 
supports  and  guided  cutters,  with  mechanism  for  effecting 
a  relative  rotation  between  the  cutters  and  the  work;  also, 
details  of  such  machines. 

3.  LATHES,  MULTIPLE.    Lathes  for  operating  simultaneously 

on  more  than  one  piece  of  work.  The  operations  are  usually 
the  same  on  each  piece. 

4.  LATHES,  PORTABLE.    Lathes,  usually  hand-driven,  read- 

ily transported  and  attached  to  axles,  crank-pins,  commuta- 
tors, and  other  parts  to  be  turned  or  trued. 

5.  LATHES,  SCREW-CUTTING.    Organized  machines  of  the 

"engine-lathe"  type  havingfeed  mechanism  adapted  to  vary 
the  rate  of  tool  travel  to  cut  screws  of  various  pitches. 

5.  LATHES,    SCREW-CUTTING,    SWINGING    FEED-NUT 

AND  TOOL-BAR.  Lathes  in  which  the  lead-screw  is 
integral  with  the  head-stock  spindle  or  relatively  mounted 
on  a  stud  projecting  from  the  head-stock  end  of  the  bed  and 
geared  to  said  spindle  in  such  position  as  to  be  readily  engaged 
by  a  sectional  nut  at  the  end  of  a  lever  whose  opposite  end  is 
attached  to  a  rocking  "chaser-bar,"  usually  at  the  back  of  the 
bed,  and  carrying  at  another  point  of  its  length  a  second  lever 
upon  which  is  mounted  the  threading-tool. 

6.  LATHES,  BENCH.    Light  lathes  without  legs,  mainly  de- 

signed for  jeweler's  and  watchmaker's  use. 

7.  LATHES,  PULLEY.    Lathes  especially  designed  for  rotating 

and  facing  pulleys.  They  generally  include  special  driving 
means  and  means  for  crowning  the  pulley-face. 

8.  LATHES,  WHEEL  AND  AXLE.    Organized  machines  for 

turning  heavy  wheels  and  axles,  usually  those  of  railway 
rolling-stock. 
Search  Class— 

82— TURNING,  subclass  4,   Lathes,   Portable,  for  devices  for 
finishing  or  re-turning  worn  wagon-axles. 

9.  LATHES,   CRANK    AND    CRANK-PIN.    Lathes   particu- 

larly designed  for  rotating  cranks  and  crank-disks  concen- 
trically to  turn  the  main  journals  or  eccentrically  to  turn  the 
crank-pin,  or  machines  with  offset  revolving  tools  for  turning 
crank-pins  held  stationary,  but  eccentric  with  respect  to  the 
lathe-centers. 

Note.— This  subclass  includes  only  fully-organized  power-driven 
machines.  Portable  pin-turners,  usually  hand-driven  and 
clamped  to  the  work  to  be  turned,  are  classified  in  subclass 
4,  Lathes,  Portable. 

10l  LATHES,  CRANK  AND  CRANK-PIN,  OSCILLATING 
WORK.  Machines  mainly  for  turning  cross-head  phis 
designed  to  rotate  through  a  portion  of  the  circumference 
only  of  such  work  as  the  tool  can  not  pass  entirely  around. 

ll.'AXIAL  PATTERN.  Machines  for  producing  articles  of  cir- 
cular cross-section  and  of  varying  axial  section  other  than 
cylindrical  or  conical  forms. 

12.  AXIAL    PATTERN,    PIVOTED    TOOL-REST.    Machines 

in  which  the  axial  outline  is  traced  by  a  tool  rotating  about 
an  axis  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  work.  It  mainly 
comprises  lathes  for  turning  spheres,  though  in  some  cases 
the  tool  traces  a  curve  convex  toward  the  work-axis. 

13.  AXIAL  PATTERN,  PROFILED  CUTTER.    Machines  for 

producing  articles  the  axial  section  of  which  is  predetermined 
by  that  of  a  formed  cutter  or  series  of  juxtaposed  cutters. 


CLASS  82— Continued. 

14.  AXIAL    PATTERN,    TEMPLET  -  GUIDE.    Machines    in 

which  the  axial  pattern  is  produced  by  a  tool  the  transverse 
movements  of  which  are  controlled  by  a  templet. 

TAPERS.  Machines  for  producing  conical  surfaces  in  which 
the  elements  of  the  cone  are  usually  at  a  comparatively  small 
angle  to  the  axis  of  the  work. 

15.  TAPERS,  OFFSET  WORK-AXIS.    Machines  in  which  the 

axis  of  the  rotating  work  is  at  a  slight  angle  to  the  line  of  feed, 
the  tool  or  work  having  a  simple  straight-line  feed  only. 

16.  TAPERS,  TRANSVERSELY-SHIFTED  CUTTER,  GEAR- 

CONTROLLED.  Machines  in  which  a  conical  surface  is  gen- 
erated by  giving  the  cutting-tool  a  compound  feed,  one  parallel 
to  the  axis  of  the  work  and  the  other  at  right  angles  thereto, 
the  latter  feed  being  governed  by  a  gear-train. 

17.  TAPERS,  TRANSVERSELY-SHIFTED  CUTTER,  TEM- 

PLET-CONTROLLED. Machines  like  the  last  preceding 
in  which  the  transverse  feed  of  the  cutter  is  governed  by  a 
fixed  templet  and  connections  between  said  templet  and 
cutter  or  cutter-support. 

18.  PATTERN-SECTION.    Machines   for   producing   articles   of 

predetermined  noncircular  section,  usually  by  giving  the  cut- 
ter a  motion  radial  with  respect  to  the  rotating  work  in  addi- 
tion to  its  usual  feed  motion. 

19.  PATTERN-SECTION,     CAM-CONTROLLED      CUTTER. 

Machines  in  which  the  radially-reciprocating  motion  of  the 
cutter  is  governed  by  a  cam. 

20.  LATHES,   HOLLOW  CUTTER-HEAD.    Machines  having 

rotating  or  stationary  cutter-heads  for  supporting  the  cutters 
radially  with  their  cutting  ends  toward  the  axis  of  the  work 
and  means  for  effecting  relative  rotation  and  axial  feed  be- 
tween cutters  and  work. 
Search  Class — 

82— TURNING,  subclasses  35,  Rests,  Tool  and  work;  and  4, 
Lathes,  Portable. 

21.  LATHES,  CARRIAGE-FEEDS.    All  details  of  lathes  instru- 

mental in  giving  the  cutting-tool  either  longitudinal  or  trans- 
verse feed  or  in  limiting  such  feeds. 

22.  LATHES,    CARRIAGE-FEEDS,    APRON    MECHANISM. 

All  gearing  or  feed-controlling  mechanism  attached  to  or 
covered  by  the  apron  secured  to  the  lathe-carriage  and  special 
thereto. 

23.  LATHES.    CARRIAGE-FEEDS,    APRON    MECHANISM, 

FEED-NUT  CONTROLLERS.  Devices  for  closing  the  feed- 
nut  upon  the  feed-screw  or  releasing  it  therefrom;  also,  for 
preventing  the  closing  of  the  nut  except  in  certain  positions 
to  insure  "catching  the  thread"  correctly  with  the  tool  in 
screw-threading. 

24.  LATHES,  CARRIAGE-FEEDS,  SLIDE-RESTS.    Tool-sup- 

porting devices,  usually  mounted  upon  the  lathe-carriage 
and  longitudinally  movable  with  it,  for  giving  to  the  tool  an 
additional  feed,  ordinarily  one  transverse  to  the  axis  of  the 
work. 

25.  LATHES,     CARRIAGE-FEEDS,     SLIDE-RESTS,     MUL- 

TIPLE TOOL-SUPPORT.  Devices  like  the  preceding, 
but  carrying  a  plurality  of  cutting-tools,  usually  located  on 
opposite  sides  of  the  axis  of  the  work. 

26.  LATHES,    CARRIAGE-FEEDS,    CHANGE-GEARS.    Sets 

of  gears  and  provisions  for  mounting  and  shifting  them  in 
order  to  change  the  speed  of  rotation  of  the  feed-screw  or  other 
carriage-driving  means,  and  consequently  the  rate  of  carriage- 
feed. 

27.  LATHES,    CARRIAGE-FEEDS,     FEED-SCREWS     AND 

RODS.  Mechanisms,  usually  in  the  form  of  rotating  screws 
or  splined  rods,  for  transmitting  motion  from  the  head-stock 
or  change-gears  to  the  carriage  to  effect  the  necessary  tool- 
feeds. 

Search  Class— 
82 — TURNING,  subclass  5,  Lathes,  Screw-cutting. 

28.  LATHES,  HEAD-STOCKS.    General  features  and  miscella- 

neous improvements  in  devices  for  supporting  one  end  of  the 
work-piece  and  for  rotating  it. 

29.  LATHES,  HEAD-STOCKS,  SPEED-CHANGING   GEAR. 

Devices  for  giving  variable  rotation  to  the  chuck  or  face-plate 

for  a  given  rotation  of  the  cone-pulley;  ordinarily,  back-gears. 

Note. — This  subclass  includes  only  such  devices  as  are  specifically 

designed  for  lathes  and  not  for  general  application. 
Search  Classes— 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  appropriate  subclasses  under  Gearing. 
77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  35,  Drilling  machines,  Back 
gears. 

163 


164 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  82— Centinued. 

30.  LATHES,  HEAD-STOCKS,  SPINDLES,  AND  BEARINGS. 

The  title  sufficiently  defines  the  subclass. 

31.  LATHES,  TAIL-STOCKS.    Devices  for  securing  and  rotat- 

ably  supporting  the  end  of  the  work-piece  remote  from  the 
head-stock  or  driving  end  of  the  lathe. 

32.  LATHES,  BEDS.    Structure  of  the  frame  and  ways  of  the 

lathe. 

33.  LATHES,  CENTERS.    Devices  secured  in  the  head-stock  or 

tail-stock  to  rotatably  support  the  work. 
Search  Class— 
142 — WOOD-TURNING,  subclass  53,  Lathe  centers. 

34.  LATHES,  ATTACHMENTS.    Miscellaneous  devices  secured 

to  lathes  for  facilitating  their  manipulation,  increasing  their 
accuracy, etc. 

RESTS.    Devices  for  securing  or  supporting  the  cutting-tool  or 
the  work,  or  both,  during  the  turning  operation. 

35.  RESTS,  TOOL  AND  WORK.    Devices  for  simultaneously 

supporting  both  the  tool  and  the  work  upon  which  it  operates. 
Search  Class— 
82— TURNING,  subclass  20,  Lathes,  hollow  cutter-head. 

36.  RESTS,  TOOL.    Devices  for  supporting  lathe-tools  held  in 

the  hand  or  for  clamping  them  and  effecting  their  rectilinear 
vertical  adjustment  or  angular  adjustment  in  a  vertical  plane. 
Search  Class— 
82— TURNING,  subclass  35,  Rests,  Tool  and  work. 

37.  RESTS,  TOOL,   TOOL-POSTS.    The  immediate  clamping 

means  for  securing  the  tool  or  cutter  of  a  lathe.  These  devices 
include  adjusting  means  only  when  the  adjustment  is  effected 
by  unclamping  and  reclamping  the  cutter  itself. 

38.  RESTS,  WORK.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  supporting  work 

in  a  lathe:  either  the  free  end  of  a  piece  of  stock  or  the  side 
opposite  the  cutting-tool,  to  receive  the  thrust  of  the  tool,  or 
for  other  purposes. 

39.  RESTS,  WORK,  CENTER  RESTS.    Devices  secured  to  the 

bed  or  ways  of  a  lathe  and  provided  with  a  bushing  or  with 
centering-jaws  in  axial  alinement  with  the  work  supported 
between  the  centers,  to  prevent  springing  of  the  work  from 
the  thrust  of  the  cutter. 
Search  Class — 
82— TURNING,  subclass  45,  Centerers. 

40.  WORK-DRIVERS.    Miscellaneous   devices   for   transmitting 

the  rotary  motion  of  the  lathe-spindle  to  the  work  held  be- 
tween the  centers. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  107,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

41.  WORK-DRIVERS,  LATHE-DOGS.    Driving  devices  which 

grip  the  work  to  be  rotated  and  have  a  spur  or  other  driving- 
connection  which  loosely  engages  a  slot  or  other  rotating  por- 
tion of  the  face-plate  or 'spindle. 

42.  WORK-DRIVERS,      LATHE-DOGS,      CAM-GRIP.    Dogs 

which  have  cam-surfaces  engaging  the  work  to  be  driven  in 
such  a  manner  that  rotation  in  the  working  direction  causes 
the  cam  to  grip  the  work  the  more  firmly. 


CLASS  82— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  124,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Cam-closing. 

43.  WORK-DRIVERS,  MANDRELS.    Devices  placed  between 

the  centers  of  the  lathe  and  driving  hollow  work-pieces  by 
engaging  their  interior  surfaces. 

44.  WORK-DRIVERS,    MANDRELS,    EXPANSIBLE.    Man- 

drels having  work-engaging  pieces  capable  of  radial  adjust- 
ment to  center  the  work  and  secure  driving  contact  therewith. 
Search  Classes — 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  31,  Hubs. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  103,  Soldering, 
Clamps,  Expanding  mandrel. 

242— W  INDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  63,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabric,  automatically-contracting  reel;  72,  Reeling  and 
unreeling.  Fabric  cores  and  holders,  contractile;  110,  Reeling 
and  unreeling,  Reels,  contractile,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

45.  CENTERERS.    Devices  for  determining  the  centers  or  axes 

of  work-pieces  preparatory  to  mounting  them  on  lathe-cen- 
ters or  for  bringing  such  axes  into  coincidence  with  the  line 
joiningthe  lathe-centers  after  the  work-pieces  have  been  pkuvd 
in  the  lathe. 
Search  Classes — 

82— TURNING. subclass  29,  Rests,  Work,  Center  rests. 

29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclass  107,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets. 

77 — BORING  AND.  DRILLING,  subclass  18,  Drilling-Machines, 
Center-drills. 

46.  CENTERERS,  CAM-CLOSING.    Centerers  in  which  the  cen- 

tering-pieces are  moved  inward  by  cam-surfaces,  usually  of 
the  scroll  type. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  124,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  cam-closing. 

47.  CENTERERS,  COUPLED  V-JAWS.    Devices  in  which  the 

center  of  the  work-piece  is  determined  or  indicated  by  jaws 
which  approach  the  piece  from  opposite  sides  and  have  ap- 
proximately   V-shaped   recessed  ends   between   which   the 
work-piece  is  held  by  the  jaw-coupling  means. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  135,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Transverse-screw  closing,  Opposite-coupled  jaws. 

48.  CENTERERS,    HOLLOW-CONE.    Devices    in    which    the 

center-marking  means  is  located  coaxially  with  a  hollow  cone, 
which  is  placed  over  the  end  of  the  piece  to  be  centered. 

49.  CENTERERS,     PIVOTED-LEVER     AND     CONE.    Cen- 

terers in  which  a  series  of  circumferentially-arranged  pivoted 
levers  are  closed  equally  upon  the  piece  to"  be  centered  by  an 
axially-moving  cone. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  130,  Machine-chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Lever-closing,  Cone. 

50.  CENTERERS,  PIVOTED-LINK.    Devices  in  which  a  series 

of  surrounding  pivoted  links  are  caused  to  move  equally 
toward  the  axis  of  the  device  until  they  impinge  upon  the 
work-piece. 

51.  Abolished. 


CLASS  85.-  DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED 
FASTENINGS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  contains  such  bolts,  rivets,  nails,  screws,  and  other 
fastenings  as  are  adapted  to  general  use  and  not  so  limited  to  special 
articles  or  structures  as  to  require  special  classification.  It  also 
includes  washers  which  though  not  covered  by  the  class  title  are  so 
closely  allied  in  use  as  to  render  separate  classification  inexpedient. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BOLTS.    Fastenings  designed  either  to  be  passed  through  two 

or  more  pieces  to  be  secured  together  and  having  a  separate 
locking  device,  as  a  nut,  or  those  having  a  threaded  or  other- 
wise-prepared shank  which  engages  a  correspondingly- 
prepared  recess  in  one  of  the  pieces  to  be  secured. 

1.5.  BOLTS,  STAY.    Bolts,  together  with  the  necessary  coacting 
sleeves  or  spacing  members  for  securing  two  or  more  plates 
or  members  spaced  apart.    Devices  known  as  boiler  stay  bolts 
arc  classified  here. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  49»>,  Crown 
sheets  and  stays,  for  combinations  with  the  boiler  structure. 

2.  BOLTS,  EXPANDING-CORE.    Bolts  having  a  hollow  shank 

to  receive  a  conical  expanding  pifcp.  either  threaded  or  plain, 
to  firmly  secure  the  bolt  or  its  nut  in  place. 
Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,   HEADED,   AND  SCREW-THREADED   FASTENINGS, 
subclass  (i,  Bolts,  Threadless,  Axial-wedge. 

2.4.  BOLTS,  EXPANDING-SLEEVE.  Fastening  devices  often 
used  for  securing  structures  to  masonry  walls,  comprising  a 
central  securing  part  and  surrounding  devices,  either  sepa- 
rated or  adjustably  secured  together,  adapted  to  be  radially 
expanded  by  the  longitudinal  movement  of  the  interior  bolt 
or  nut. 

Note. — They  are  distinguished  from  subclass  2.  Bolts,  Expanding- 
core,  in  that  the  head,  nut,  or  other  article-holding  means  is 
here  integral  with  or  secured  to  the  interior  expanding  means, 
while  in  2,  Bolts,  Expanding-core,  the  securing  device  is  itself 
expanded. 

2.8.  BOLTS,  EXPANDING-SLEEVE,  DOUBLE  -  WEDGE. 
Devices  similar  to  those  in  subclass  2.4,  Bolts,  Expanding- 
sleeve,  in  which  the  sleeve  is  expanded  by  the  cooperation  of 
two  wedges  or  cones  which  travel  axially  toward  or  from  each 
other. 

3.  BOLTS,  PIVOTED  END-LOCK.    Bolts  having  a  locking  piece 

or  pieces  so  pivoted  at  or  near  one  end  that  the  locking  device 
may  be  swung  transversely  of  the  bolt-axis  to  secure  the  bolt 
or  into  axial  alinement  therewith  to  permit  its  withdrawal. 

4.  BOLTS,  LAPPED.    Bolts  having  similar  headed  halves  or  parts 

which  are  passed  in  from  opposite  sides  of  the  material  to  be 
fastened  and  are  lapped  and  secured  either  within  the  mate- 
rial or  on  opposite  sides  thereof. 

5.  BOLTS,  THREADLESS.    Bolts  without  a  helical  thread,  but 

of  such  contour  as  to  be  secured  by  partial  rotation,  or  having 
additional  threadless  securing  means. 

6.  BOLTS,     THREADLESS,     AXIAL -WEDGE.    Bifurcated 

threadless  bolts  secured  in  place  by  a  wedge-shaped  piece 
thrust  into  the  slot  in  the  bolt-body.  They  are  distinguished 
from  Bolts,  expanding-core,  in  that  the  bolt  body  or  shank  is 
cleft  from  side  to  side,  and  the  expander  is  a  wedge  substan- 
tially as  wide  as  the  bolt  shank  instead  of  conical. 
Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,   HEADED,   AND  SCREW-THREADED   FASTENINGS, 
subclass  2,  Bolts,  Expanding-core. 

7.  BOLTS,  THREADLESS,  KEY-LOCK.    Bolts  secured  in  place 

by  a  transverse  key,  cotter,  or  pin  instead  of  a  nut. 

8.  BOLTS,     THREADLESS,     KEY-LOCK,     BIFURCATED- 

Key  or  cotter  locked  bolts  in  which  a  bifurcated  key  passes 
astride  the  shank  of  the  bolt  instead  of  through  an  opening 
therein. 

9.  BOLTS,  HEADS.    Modifications  in  the  head  of  the  bolt,  usually 

with  a  view  to  preventing  its  rotation  when  the  nut  is  screwed 
on. 

10.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS.    Fastenings  designed  to  be 

driven  by  repeated  blows  or  by  nailing-machines  and  laterally 
displacing  the  material  into  which  they  are  forced.    They  re- 
tain their  hold  by  friction  alone,  by  clenching,  or  by  additional 
lot-king  means. 
Search  Class— 

39— FENCES,  subclass  12,  Wire,  Fasteners,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 


CLASS  85— Continued. 

11.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  SHEET-METAL.    Fasten- 

ing  devices  cut  or  stamped  from  sheet  metal  and  frequently 
corrugated,  folded,  or  rolled  longitudinally  to  increase  their 
rigidity. 
Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS. 
subclass  15,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Glaziers'  points. 

12.  NAILS,   SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,   HORSESHOE  -  NAILS. 

The  title  defines  the  class. 

13.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  MULTIPLE-PRONGED. 

Fastenings  with  two  or  more  prongs,  usually  designed  to  enter 
the  material  at  or  near  the  same  point,  and  distinguished  from 
staples  in  that  they  are  not  adapted  to  span  and  secure  be- 
tween two  of  the  holding-points  a  separate  piece  of  material. 

14.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  DOUBLE-ENDED.    Nails 

or  dowels  intended  to  be  driven  for  a  part  of  their  length  and 
then  have  another  piece  of  material  driven  or  forced  upon  the 
protruding  end. 
Search  Class — 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  42,  Screws,  Double-ended. 

15.  NAILS,    SPIKES,    AND    TACKS,    GLAZIERS'    POINTS. 

Fastenings,  usually  of  sheet  metal,  for  securing  panes  of  glass 
in  sash-frames. 

16.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  TACKS.    Small  driven  fas- 

tenings, usually  adapted  for  securing  carpets,  etc. 

17.  NAILS,  SPIKES  AND  TACKS,  TACKS,  STRIPS.    Wires 

or  strips  of  metal  bent  or  cut  into  a  series  of  tacks  adapted  to  be 
separated  as  driven.    These  strips  differ  from  string-nails  in 
that  the  tacks  are  joined  side  by  side  instead  of  end  to  end. 
Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED.  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  18,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  String-nails,  and  subclass 
13,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Multiple-pronged. 

18.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  STRING-NAILS.    Wire  or 

similar  material  swaged  or  otherwise  shaped  into  a  series  of 
nails  joined  head  to  point,  adapted  to  be  separated  and  driven 
by  nailing  and  pegging  machines. 
Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  17,  Nails,  Spikes,  and  tacks,  Tacks,  Strips. 

19.  NAILS,    SPIKES,    AND    TACKS,    LONGITUDINALLY- 

RIBBED.  Nails  and  spikes  with  longitudinally  grooved  or 
ribbed  shanks  to  increase  their  holding  power  or  rigidity. 

20.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  SPIRAL-SHANK.    Driven 

fastenings,  the  shanks  of  which  either  have  flattened  faces  and 
are  twisted  or  have  a  helical  groove  or  ridge  about  the  same. 
They  are  distinguished  from  drive-screws  in  that  the  heads 
have  no  slot  or  other  means  to  permit  their  rotation  and  with- 
drawal. 

Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  44,  Screws,  Drive. 

21.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  BARBED  AND  INDENT- 

ED.   Driven  fastenings  the  shanks  of  which  are  barbed,  ser- 
rated, or  otherwise  indented  to  prevent  easy  withdrawal. 
Search  Class — 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  22,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Threaded  and  indented 
wire. 

22.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  THREADED  AND  IN- 

DENTED WIRE.  Wire  or  other  stock  threaded,  serrated, 
or  otherwise  indented  or  roughened,  adapted  to  be  severed  as 
driven. 

Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN.  HEADED.  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  21,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Barbed  and  indented. 

23.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  LOCKING  DEVICES.    De- 

vices attached  to  or  made  integral  with  the  nail  or  spike  to 
prevent  or  render  difficult  its  withdrawal. 
Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclasses  7,  Bolts,  Threadless,  Key-lock,  and  8,  Bolts,  Thread- 
less,  Key-lock,  Bifurcated. 

24.  NAILS,    SPIKES,    AND    TACKS,    LOCKING    DEVICES, 

RAIL-FLANGE.  Railroad-spikes  having  lugs  or  projections 
which  engage  the  under  surface  of  the  rail-flange  to  prevent 
withdrawal. 

25.  NAILS,    SPIKES,    AND    TACKS,    LOCKING    DEVICES, 

RAIL-TREAD.  Railroad-spikes  having  spurs  above  the 
flange-engaging  shoulder  to  engage  the  under  side  of  the  tread 
of  the  rail  and  prevent  withdrawal. 

165 


166 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLA§SE&  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  85— Continued. 

26.  NAILS,    SPIKES,    AND    TACKS,    LOCKING    DEVICES, 

POINT-SPREADERS.    Wedges  adapted  to  be  placed  in  the 
bottom  of  a  previously-bored  hole  to  deflect  and  clench  the 
points  of  a  bifurcated  nail  or  spike. 
Search  Class — 

85 — DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  6,  Bolts,  Threadless,  Axial-wedge. 

27.  NAILS,    SPIKES,    AND    TACKS,    LOCKING    DEVICES, 

TRANSVERSE-KEY.  Locking  devices,  usually  for  rail- 
road-spikes, comprising  a  single-pointed  or  bifurcated  key 
which  is  driven  into  the  tie  or  the  like  hi  a  direction  substan- 
tially transverse  to  the  spike  or  nail  and  engaging  recesses  in 
the  shank  thereof. 
Search  Class — 

85 — DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclasses  7,  Bolts,  Threadless,  Key-lock,  and  8,  Bolts,  Thread- 
less,  Key-lock,  Bifurcated. 

28.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  HEADS.    Inventions  in  the 

head  of  the  nail. 
Search  Class — 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW- THREADED  FASTENINGS,- 
subclass  9,  Bolts,  Heads. 

29.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  HEADS,  PRONGED.     De 

vices,  usually  railroad-spikes,  having  heads  provided  on  the 
under  side  with  additional  holding-prongs. 

30.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  POINTS.    Inventions  in  the 

entering  end  of  the  nail  or  the  like. 

31.  NAILS,  SPIKES,  AND  TACKS,  POINTS,  DEFLECTING. 

Points  so  constructed  or  beveled  as  to  divert  them  from  a 
straight  line  when  driven  to  increase  the  holding  power  of  the 
nail  or  spike. 
Search  Class— 

85 — DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  13,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Multiple-pronged. 

32.  NUTS.    Securing  devices  attached  to  the  ends  of  boltshavingan 

opening  either  threaded  to  correspond  to  the  thread  of  the  bolt 
or  some  similar  cooperating  structure  to  secure  the  bolt  in 
place  in  the  material  to  which  it  is  applied. 

33.  NUTS,  ADJUSTABLE-THREAD.    Nuts  in  which  the  thread 

is  adjustable  either  radially  or  axially  for  various  purposes. 
Search  Class— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass 22,  Milling, 
Work-feeds,  Back-lash  compensators. 

34.  NUTS,  BLANKS.    Forms  and  structure   of  blanks  for  the 

manufacture  of  nuts. 

35.  NUTS,  CAPPED.    Nuts  in  which  the  top  is  inclosed,  usually 

by  a  separate  ornamental  piece,  adapting  the  nut  for  use  on 
top-props,  vehicle-axles,  etc. 

36.  NUTS,  THREADLESS.    Devices  without  an  internal  thread 

adapted  to  secure  various  forms  of  threadless  bolts. 
Search  Class — 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  30,  Hub-attaching  de- 
vices. 

36.5.  NUTS,  TURNBUCKLES.    The  title  is  self-explanatory. 

37.  RIVETS.    Securing  devices  of  the  general  form  of  bolts,  but 

adapted  to  be  permanently  secured  by  upsetting  or  otherwise 
distorting  a  portion  of  the  shank  at  one  or  both  ends. 

38.  RIVETS,  DIVIDED.    Rivets  in  which  the  shanks  and  some- 

times a  portion  of  the  heads  are  divided  into  two  or  more 
prongs  by  longitudinal  clefts  or  notches.  The  shanks  have 
often  an  axial  recess. 

39.  RIVETS,  DOUBLE-CLENCH.    Rivets  composed  of  two  parts 

passed  into  the  material  to  be  secured  from  opposite  sides,  each 
point  being  clenched  within  the  material  or  against  the  head 
of  the  opposite  part. 

40.  RIVETS,  HOLLOW.    Rivets  in  which  the  shanks  are  hollow 

for  part  or  all  of  their  length. 
Search  Class — 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  38,  Rivets,  Divided. 

41.  SCREWS.  Fastening  devices  having  shanks  provided  with 

threads  adapted  to  produce  a  corresponding  internal  thread 
in  the  material  in  which  the  screw  is  inserted  and  with  a  head 
having  means  to  engage  a  rotating  device.  They  are  distin- 
guished from  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  spiral-shank,  in  that 
they  may  be  withdrawn  by  rotation. 


CLASS  85— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

85 — DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
„  subclass  20,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Spiral-shank. 

42.  SCREWS.  DOUBLE-ENDED.    Screws  having  double-pointed 

shanks,  one  or  both  ends  being  threaded  and  usually  having 
a  boss  or  the  like  midway  of  the  article,  by  which  it  may  be 
rotated. 

Search  Class — 

85 — DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
..subclass  14,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Double-ended. 

43.  SCREWS,     COUNTERSINKING.    Screws     having     heads 

adapted  to  cut  away  the  material  into  which  the  screw  is 
driven,  so  that  the  head  may  be  sunk  even  with  or  below  the 
surface. 

44.  SCREWS,  DRIVE.    Screws  having  threads  of  such  pitch  or 

form  that  the  screw  may  be  driven  like  a  nail,  but  having  also 
moans  for  rotating  the  screw  to  withdraw  it. 
Note.— ^Search  also  in  this  class,  subclass  20,  Nails,  spikes,  and 
tacks,  Spiral-shank. 

45.  SCREWS    DRIVING   CONTACTS.    Means  such   as   nicks 

angular  heads,  or  projecting  ribs  adapted  to  be  engaged  by  a 
correspondingly-shaped  driver  to  rotate  the  screw. 

46.  SCREWS.  THREADS.    Invention  residing  in  a  variation  of 

form  or  location  of  the  thread. 
Search  Class— 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  1,  Bolts. 

47.  SCREWS,  THREADS,  INTERRUPTED.    Threads  whose 

continuity  is  broken  by  longitudinal  slots  of  varying  section. 

48.  SCREWS,  THREADS,  ROLLED.    Threads  produced  by  dis- 

placing the  metal  laterally  by  dies  instead  of  removing  it  by  a 
cutting-tool. 

49.  STAPLES.    Double-pointed  fastenings, substantially  U-shaped 

and  usually  having  legs  of  equal  length,  which  are  designed  to 
span  and  hold  in  place  a  separate  piece  or  article,  the  legs  pierc- 
ing the  material  on  opposite  sides  of  the  article  held. 
Search  Classes — 
85 -DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 

subclass  13,  Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Multiple-pronged. 
217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES, subclass  71,  Boxes,  Stays,  Driving, 
Wire. 

50.  WASHERS.    Annular    devices  not  strictly    fastenings,    but 

grouped  therewith  because  of  their  associated  use  and  adapted 
to  be  placed  beneath  bolt-heads,  nuts,  and  the  like  for  addi- 
tional security,  to  reduce  friction,  for  ornament,  etc. 
Search  Class — 
121— STEAM  ENGINES,  PACKING. 

51.  WASHERS, REMOVABLE.    Sectional  washers  so  constructed 

as  to  be  removed  laterally  from  beneath  the  securing-head. 

52.  WASHERS,   ORNAMENTAL.    Perforated   ornamental   de- 

vices placed  beneath  nail,  bolt,  and  screw  heads,  but  not  per- 
manently concealing  sucn  heads,  some  having  swinging  caps 
which  may  be  thrown  over  the  head  of  the  fastening. 
Search  Class — 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  53,  Ornamental  heads,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

53.  ORNAMENTAL  HEADS.    Picture  nails,  screws,  etc.,  pro- 

vided with  ornamental  heads,  frequently  attached  after  the 
fastening  is  driven,  and  completely  covering  the  protruding 
end  of  the  screw  or  nail,  by  which  construction  they  are  dis- 
tinguished from  ornamental  washers. 
Search  Class — 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  -  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  52,  Washers,  Ornamental. 

54.  ORNAMENTAL  HEADS,  MOLDED.    Heads  composed  of 

plastic  material  compressed  by  dies  upon  the  shank  or  integral 
head  of  the  fastener. 

55.  ORNAMENTAL    HEADS,    CLIP-ATTACHED.    Fasteners 

adapted  to  be  driven  and  have  the  ornamental  head  subse- 
quently attached  by  sliding  the  fastening-shank  either  trans- 
versely or  axially  beneath  clips  provided  on  the  under  side  of 
the  head. 

56.  ORNAMENTAL     HEADS,    SCREW-ATTACHED.    Orna- 

mental heads  secured  to  the  screw-threaded  tip  of  the  shank 
after  the  manner  of  a  nut  or  by  means  of  a  small  auxiliary 
screw. 


CLASS  88.-ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND   EXPLOSIVE 
CHARGES.    MAKING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  contains  special  machines,  devices,  and" processes  for 
manufacturing  firearms,  ordnance,  projectiles,  cartridges  and  caps 
(either  loaded  or  empty) ,  pyrotechnic  devices,  blasting  charges,  etc. 
All  such  single  operations  as  rolling,  turning,  milling,  boring, 
forging,  paper-strip  winding,  and  the  like  as  may  be  necessary  in 
the  production  of  articles  of  this  class  will  be  found  classified  in  the 
corresponding  functional  classes. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  for  inventions  in  molding  explosive  composi- 
tions and  substances;  22,  METAL-FOUNDING,  for  casting  pro- 
jectiles; 52,  EXPLOSIVES,  for  explosive  compositions:  75, 
METALLURGY,  subclass  197,  Miscellaneous:  and  83,  MILLS, 
subclass  91,  Liquid  comminuting  and  solidifying,  for  shot 
towers. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  and  devices  not  otherwise  classi- 

fiable for  making  the  articles  named  in  the  class  title. 

2.  ORDNANCE.    Machines  and  processes  for  manufacturing  can- 

non and  similar  heavy  guns. 

3.  ORDNANCE,    PROCESSES.    Methods    of   casting,    forging, 

shrinking  reinforces,  and  otherwise  constructing  solid  or  built- 
up  ordnance. 

Note. — If  the  method  of  manufacture  be  apparent  from  an  inspec- 
tion of  the  piece  itself,  such  processes  are  classified  with  the 
articles. 

4.  GUN-BARRELS.    Special  machines,  devices,  and  methods  for 

manufacturing  the  barrels  of  firearms. 

5.  RIFLING.    Machines  and  devices  for  cutting  spiral  grooves  in 

the  interior  of  the  barrels  of  firearms  and  ordnance. 

6.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,     SHELLS.    Machines,    methods, 

etc.,  for  making  and  banding  projectiles  for  heavy  ordnance. 

7.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,  BULLETS  AND  SHOT.    Special 

machines  and  methods  for  making  bullets  and  shot  from  solid 
metal  by  cutting,  rolling,  shaking,  etc.;  usually  by  combina- 
tions of  these  operations. 
Search  Classes — 

22— METAL-FOUNDING;  75,  METALLURGY,  subclass  197,  Miscel- 
laneous, for  making  bullets  and  shot  from  molten  metal;  83, 
MILLS,  subclass  91,  Liquid  comminuting  and  solidifying. 

8.  AMMUNITION ,  MAKING,       BULLETS       AND       SHOT, 

BULLET  -  SWAGING.    Special    machines  for    producing 
bullets  by  rolling,  die-shaping,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

18— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING. 
80 — METAL-ROLLING. 

9.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,  BULLETS  AND  SHOT,  PROC- 

ESSES. Methods  peculiar  to  the  manufacture  of  bullets  and 
shot  from  solid  metal. 

10.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,     CAPS     AND     CARTRIDGES. 

Miscellaneous  machines  and  devices  for  making  percussion 
caps  and  cartridges  for  firearms. 

11.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,     CAPS     AND     CARTRIDGES, 

PAPER  SHELLS.  Miscellaneous  machines  for  making 
metal-headed  paper  shells  for  shot-cartridges. 

12.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,    CAPS    AND    CARTRIDGES, 

PAPER  SHELLS,  ASSEMBLING.  Machines  for  setting 
reinforces,  wads,  heads,  caps,  or  for  otherwise  assembling  the 
parts  of  paper  cartridge-shells. 

13.  ABOLISHED. 

14.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,     CAPS     AND     CARTRIDGES, 

SHELL-HEADING.  Machines  for  flattening,  flanging,  and 
indenting  the  closed  ends  of  metal  tubes  to  adapt  them  for  use 
as  rim  or  center  fire  cartridges. 

15.  AMMUNITION-MAKING.    CAPS     AND    CARTRIDGES, 

SHELL  TAPERING  AND  NECKING.  Machines  for  either 
uniformly  tapering  the  shell  of  a  cartridge  or  for  constricting  it 
sharply  near  its  open  end  to  adapt  it  to  a  bullet  smaller  than 
the  caliber  of  the  powder-chamber. 

10.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,  CAPS  AND  CARTRIDGES, 
SHELL-TRIMMING.  Machines  for  trimming  the  heads, 
flanges,  primer-holes,  and  mouths  of  cartridge-shells. 

17.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,  CAPS  AND  CARTRIDGES. 
SHELL  LINING  AND  VARNISHING.  Machines  for  var- 
nishing the  interior  of  cap  and  cartridge  shells  or  for  covering 
the  fulminate  or  shell  interior  with  metal  foil. 


CLASS  86 — Continued. 

18.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,    CAPS    AND    CARTRIDGES, 

PROCESSES.  Methods  or  sets  of  steps  employed  in  produc- 
ing cartridge-shells,  etc. 

19.  AMMUNITION-MAKING,  LUBRICATING.    Machines  and 

devices  for  lubricating  bullets,  wads,  and  cartridges.  A  few 
machines  cut  as  well  as  lubricate  the  wads. 

20.  LOADING  FIREWORKS  AND    BLASTING    CHARGES 

Machines,  etc. ,  for  filling  and  ramming  fireworks  and  for  filling, 
tamping,  and  priming  charges  to  be  fired  as  blasts. 
Search  Class— 

86— ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
appropriate  subclasses  under  subclass  23,  Ammunition- 
loading. 

21.  LOADING  FIREWORKS  AND  BLASTING  CHARGES, 

IMPLEMENTS.    Devices  for  filling  and  tamping  blast-holes. 

22.  LOADING  FIREWORKS  AND  BLASTING  CHARGES, 

IMPLEMENTS,  FUSE.    Tools  for  cutting,  capping,  and 
setting  fuses  in  blasting  charges. 
Search  Class — 
7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  10,  Type,  Miner's  candlestick. 

23.  AMMUNITION-LOADING.    Machines  and  devices  not  other- 

wise classifiable  for  loading  or  reloading  fixed  ammunition  for 
small-arms  and  ordnance. 

24.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,    IMPLEMENTS.    Hand    sup- 

ported and  operated  devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  for  per- 
forming the  various  operations  of  loading  and  reloading  car- 
tridges. A  few  perform  various  other  functions,  such  as 
molding  and  sizing  bullets,  sizing  and  trimming  shells,  ex- 
tracting cartridges  from  barrels  of  firearms,  etc. 
Note. — All  devices  having  a  fixed  base  or  means  for  clamping  to 
a  fixed  support  are  considered  machines  throughout  this  class 
and  are  correspondingly  classified. 

25.  AMMUNITION -LOADING,    LOADING     AND     SHELL 

CLOSING.  Machines  and  devices  for  filling,  wadding,  and 
ramming  the  charge  and  then  contracting  the  mouth  of  the 
shell  either  above  the  outer  wad  or  upon  the  periphery  of  the 
bullet.  All  the  operations  of  loading  are  performed  except 
capping  and  uncapping  and  in  many  cases  these  also. 

26.  AMMUNITION  -  LOADING,     LOADING     AND     SHELL 

CLOSING,  RECTILINEAR  SHELL-FEED.  Machines 
for  loading  or  reloading  and  crimping  cartridges  in  which  the 
shells  are  fed  through  the  machine  in  a  straight  line  by  means 
of  guides,  independent  holders,  or  endless  linked  tables. 

27.  AMMUNITION -LOADING,     LOADING     AND     SHELL 

CLOSING,  ROTARY  SHELL-FEED.  Machines  for  load- 
ing and  crimping,  cartridges  in  which  the  shells  are  carried  to 
the  various  loading  devices  by  a  rotary  table  having  a  step-by- 
step  movement.  Many  automatic  machines  are  included 
which  perform  all  the  loading  steps  except  capping  the  shells. 

28.  AMMUNITION  -  LOADING,    LOADING     AND     SHELL 

CLOSING  IMPLEMENTS.  Hand  supported  and  operated 
devices  for  loading  and  closing  cartridge-shells  either  by  crimp- 
ing the  cartridge  upon  the  outer  wad  or  swaging  it  upon  the 
bullet.  Some  of  these  implements  lack  means  for  capping  and 
uncapping  the  shells  or  for  measuring  and  inserting  the  con- 
tents. 

29.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,    FILLING   AND   RAMMING. 

Machines  and  devices  for  placing  the  powder  and  shot  in  car- 
tridges and  setting  the  wads  in  the  same. 
Search  Class — 

86 — ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES.  MAKING, 
subclasses  20,  Loading  fireworks  and  blasting  charges;  25, 
Loading  and  shell-closing;  26,  Loading  and  shell-closing,  Rec- 
tilinear shell-feed,  and  27,  Loading  and  shell-closing,  Rotary 
shell-feed,  under  Ammunition-loading. 

30.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,    FILLING   AND   RAMMING, 

RAMMERS.  Machines  and  devices  for  compacting  the 
charges  in  cartridges  or  setting  wads  in  the  same.  The  ma- 
chines usually  have  means  for  applying  the  same  pressure  to 
each  of  a  number  of  ramming  pistons. 

31.  AMMUNITION  -  LOADING,    FILLING.    Instruments   for 

measuring  powder  and  shot  charges  and  conveying  the  same 
into  the  shells  to  be  loaded. 
Search  Class— 

86 — ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
subclasses  25,  Loading  and  shell-closing;  26,  Loading  and  shell- 
closing,  Rectilinear  shell-feed;  27,  Loading  and  shell-closing, 
Rotary  shell  feed,  and  29,  Filling  and  ramming,  all  under  Am- 
munition-loading. 

32.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,    FILLING,   CAP    AND    CAR- 

TRIDGE PRIMING.  Machines  for  supplying  cap  and  car- 
tridge shells  with  fulminate.  In  many  cases  the  explosive  is 
spread  or  packed  in  the  shell  by  rapidly  rotating  the  latter. 

167 


168 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  86— Continued. 

33.  AMMUNITION  -  LOADING,    FILLING,    IMPLEMENTS. 

Hand-supported  devices  for  measuring  charges  and  placing  the 
same  in  shells. 

34.  ABOLISHED. 

35.  ABOLISHED. 

36.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,  CAPPING  AND  UNCAPPING. 

Instruments  for  removing  exploded  primers  from  used  car- 
tridges or  for  setting  fresh  primers,  or  both. 

37.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,  CAPPING  AND  UNCAPPING 

IMPLEMENTS.    Hand  supported  and  operated  devices  for 

removing  exploded  primers  or  for  setting  fresh  ones,  or  both. 
Search  Classes— 
29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  86.1,  Assembling,  Pin  inserters 

and  removers. 
218— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclasses  19  to  27, 

Implements. 

38.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,  CAPPING  AND  UNCAPPING. 

IMPLEMENTS,  MAGAZINE.    Hand-operated  capping  and 
uncapping  devices  having  a  receptacle  for  holding  and  present- 
ing a  fresh  primer  to  the  capping  means. 
Search  Class — 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclasses  19  to  27, 
Implements. 

39.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,  CRIMPING.     Instruments   for 

closing  paper  shells  upon  the  outer  wad  or  for  swaging  a 
metal  shell  upon  the  bullet.  The  wad  may  be  held  by  turn- 
ing in  the  mouth  of  the  shell,  by  creasing  it  in  longitudinal 
folds,  or  by  indenting  or  perforating  the  shell  just  above  the 
wad. 

Search  Class— 

86— ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
subclasses  23.  Ammunition-loading,  and  under  that  25,  Load- 
ing and  shell-closing;  26,  Loading  and  shell-closing,  Recti- 
linear shell-feed;  and  27,  Loading  and  shell-closing,  Rotary 
shell-feed. 


CLASS  86— Continued. 

40.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,   CRIMPING     IMPLEMENTS. 

Hand  supported  and  operated  devices  for  closing  shells  to 
secure  the  outer  wad  or  the  bullet  in  place. 
Search  Class— 

86 — ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
subclasses  24,  Ammunition-loading,  Implements,  and  28, 
Loading  and  shell-closing,  Implements. 

41.  AMMUNITION  -  LOADING,  CRIMPING,  CRIMPER- 

HEADS.      Those    elements    of    crimping-machines    which 
directly  effect  the  closing  of  the  cartridge. 
Search  Class— 

86 — ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
subclasses  24,  Ammunition-loading.  Implements;  25,  Loading 
and  shell-closing;  26,  Loading  and  shell-closing,  Rectilinear 
shell-feed;  27,  Loading  and,shell-closing,  Rotary  shell-feed;  39, 
Crimping;  and  40,  Crimping,  implements. 

42.  AMMUNITION  -  LOADING,    BULLET  -  PATCHING.    In- 

struments for  cutting  and  attaching  cloth  patches  to  bullets. 

43.  AMMUNITION  -  LOADING,    BULLET  -  SETTING.     In- 

struments for  pressing  bullets  into  cartridge-shells. 

44.  AMMUNITION-LOADING,    SHELL-HOLDERS.    Devices 

for  holding  shells  in  convenient  position  for  loading. 
Search  Class — 

86 — ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
subclass  31,  Ammunition-loading,  Filling. 

45.  FEEDING    DEVICES.    Instruments  for  conveying  bullets, 

shells,  wads,  etc.,  to  the  working  parts  of  ammunition-making 
and  loading  machines. 
Search  Class — 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  102, 
Distributers  and  feeders,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

46.  FEEDING    DEVICES,    SHELL.     Instruments  for  feeding 

empty  shells  to  ammunition-making  and  loading  machines. 

47.  CARTRIDGE-PACKING.    Instruments   for    packaging   car- 

tridges for  shipping. 


CLASS  88.— OPTICS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  instruments  (and  their  accessories)  for 
aiding  or  testing  vision  and  for  projecting  images  upon  surfaces 
external  to  the  instruments;  also,  astronomical  and  surveying 
instruments  in  which  vision  is  employed  for  accurate  alinement 
and  other  devices  or  methods  Involving  reflection,  refraction,  or 
chromatic  effects  which  are  not  so  closely  related  to  other  arts  that 
they  should  be  classified  elsewhere. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Optical  devices  not  covered  by  the  more 

specific  subclass  titles. 

2.  ASTRONOMICAL    AND    SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS. 

Instruments  and  parts  of  instruments  for  making  the  observa- 
tions of  astronomy,  navigation,  or  surveying. 

3.  ASTRONOMICAL   AND    SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS, 

DISTANCE.  Instruments  specially  designed  for  determin- 
ing the  distance  of  remote  objects  without  actually  traversing 
the  intervening  space.  In  some  instruments  the  distance  is 
determined  directly  and  in  others  calculations  must  be  made 
from  the  data  obtained  by  observations  with  the  instrument. 

4.  ASTRONOMICAL    AND    SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS, 

DISTANCE,  ELECTRIC.  All  distance  instruments  in 
which  the  readings  are  obtained  from  variations  in  the  strength 
of  an  electric  current. 

5.  ASTRONOMICAL    AND    SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS, 

DISTANCE,  REMOTE-BASE.  Instruments  for  determin- 
ing distances  from  calculations  based  on  a  known  dimension 
at  the  point  whose  distance  is  to  lie  determined. 

6.  ASTRONOMICAL    AND    SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS, 

DISTANCE,  DOUBLE-OBSERVATION.  Distance  in- 
struments having  sighting  devices  at  either  end  of  a  member 
of  known  length  which  forms  the  base  of  the  triangle  of 
calculation. 

T.  ASTRONOMICAL  AND  SURVEYING  INSTRUMENTS, 
DISTANCE,  DOUBLE-OBSERVATION,  EXTERNAL- 
BASE.  Instruments  designed  for  determining  distances  by 
making  two  observations  of  the  distant  point  from  the  ends  of 
a  line  of  known  length  external  to  the  instrument,  this  line 
forming  the  base  of  the  triangle  of  calculation. 

8.  ASTRONOMICAL    AND    SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS, 

SOLAR.  Instruments  constructed  especially  for  observa- 
tions of  the  sun  and  used  chiefly  in  the  determination  of  the 
true  meridian. 

9.  ASTRONOMICAL    AND    SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS, 

ALTITUDE.  Instruments  designed  merely  for  the  deter- 
mination of  angular  magnitudes  in  vertical  planes. 

10.  ASTRONOMICAL  AND   SURVEYING  INSTRUMENTS, 

ALTITUDE,  SEXTANTS.  Instruments  for  determining 
altitudes  by  simultaneously  observing  the  point  of  reference 
(usually  the  horizon)  by  direct  vision  and  the  point  of  un- 
known altitude  by  reflection. 

11.  ASTRONOMICAL   AND    SURVEYING   INSTRUMENTS, 

ALTITUDE,  ARTIFICIAL  HORIZONS.  Artificial 
means  for  indicating  the  horizontal  plane  when  the  horizon  is 
obscured. 

12.  ASTRONOMICAL  AND   SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS, 

LEVELING.  Instruments  for  determining  by  suitable 
leveling  means  and  sighting  devices  true  horizontal  lines  that 
are  entirely  independent  of  the  surface  on  which  the  instru- 
ment stands. 

Note.— All  instruments  for  testing  the  level  or  inclination  of  the 
surface  on  which  the  instrument  rests  are  classified  in  class  73, 
MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  under  the  titles  Plumb  levels; 
Levels,  Spirit,  and  Levels,  Spirit,  Clinometers. 

13.  ASTRONOMICAL   AND    SURVEYING    INSTRUMENTS, 

LEVELING,  GRADIENT.  Leveling  instruments  pro- 
vided with  means  for  determining  grades— i.  e.,  straight  lines 
departing  slightly  from  the  horizontal. 

14.  TESTING  INSTRUMENTS.    Testing  instruments  for  various 

purposes,  but  all  involving  optical  principles,  such  as  reflec- 
tion, refraction,  or  the  comparison  of  colors  and  not  requiring 
any  chemical  changes  in  the  substances  tested. 
N0te. — Apparatus  for  testing  eggs,  being  distinct  in  character 
and  having  1  een  long  identified  with  the  preserving  art,  is 
left  in  class  99,  PRESERVING. 

15.  KALEIDOSCOPES.    Instruments  provided  with  mirrors  so 

placed  as  to  cause  objects  viewed  through  the  instruments  to 
appear  multiplied  in  symmetrical  patterns. 


CLASS  88— Continued. 

16.  MOTION  PICTURE  APPARATUS.    Instruments  for  suc- 

cessively displaying  pictures  or  for  projecting  images  of  objects 
in  successively  different  positions  with  such  rapidity  that 
owing  to  the  persistence  of  visual  impressions  upon  the  retina 
the  illusion  of  the  pictured  objects  in  motion  is  produced,  also 
cameras  peculiarly  adapted  for  producing  "motifln  pictures." 
Search  Classes — 

88 — OPTICS,  subclasses  28,  Projecting  apparatus,  Magic  lanterns, 
View  changing  devices,  and  31,  Stereoscopes,  View  changing. 
40— CARD,  PICTURE  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  28,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

17.  MOTION   PICTURE    APPARATUS,    PICTURE-STRIP. 

Motion  picture  apparatus  wherein  the  picture  vehicle  consists 
of  a  strip  or  sheet  bearing  the  successive  pictures  adapted  to 
be  moved  past  a  light-orifice  of  the  apparatus. 

18.  MOTION    PICTURE    APPARATUS,    PICTURE-STRIP, 

INTERMITTENT-FEED.  Picture-strip  apparatus  having 
means  to  feed  the  strip  rapidly  step  by  step. 

19.  MOTION    PICTURE    APPARATUS,    PICTURE-LEAF. 

Motion  pu-ture  apparatus  wherein  the  picture  vehicle  consists 
of  a  series  of  leaves  or  plates,  the  pictures  being  successively 
exposed  to  view  by  the  rapid  successive  turning  of  the  leaves. 

19.5.  MOTION  PICTURE  APPARATUS,  PICTURE  VEHI- 
CLES AND  ELEMENTS.  The  structure  of  the  picture- 
bearing  elements  of  motion  picture  apparatus,  arrangements 
of  pictures  thereon,  and  such  other  picture  elements  as  are 
peculiar  to  motion  picture  machines. 
Search  Classes — 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  17,  Surface  type,  and  appro- 
priate subclasses  thereunder,  for  pictures  and  processes  of 
making  them  of  general  application. 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  photographic 
methods  for  producing  negative  or  positive  pictures  and  for 
photographic  surfaces . 

20.  OPTOMETERS.    All  instruments   for  examining   the  eye, 

whether  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  nature  and-degree 
of  visual  defects  or  for  the  purpose  of  fitting  glasses. 

21.  OPTOMETERS,     FACE-GAGES.    Instruments  for  making 

such  facial  measurements  as  are  necessary  to  make  glasses  fit 
the  face  of  the  wearer.  The  subclass  does  not  include  any 
devices  for  use  in  selecting  lenses  to  suit  the  eyes. 

22.  OPTOMETERS,  MULTIPLE-LENS.    Optometers  provided 

with  a  carrier  for  a  plurality  of  lenses  which  may  be  succes- 
sively brought  before  the  eyes  for  testing  them. 

23.  PHOTOMETERS.    All  forms  of  apparatus  for  measuring  the 

intensity  of  light. 

Note.— Means  adapted  to  measure  actinic  intensity  are  classified 
in  class  95,  PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  10,  Actinometers. 

24.  PROJECTING   APPARATUS.    Instruments  not  otherwise 

classifiable  peculiarly  adapted  to  project  real  images. 
Search  Classes— 

88 — OPTICS,  subclass  16,  Motion  picture  apparatus,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  11,  Cameras,  and  appropriate 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  means  for  projecting  images  onto 
light  sensitive  surfaces. 

25.  PROJECTING  APPARATUS,  HELIOSTATS.    Projecting 

apparatus  using  solar  light  and  comprising,  essentially,  a  re- 
flector and  mechanism  for  causing  it  to  follow  the  apparent 
movements  of  the  sun,  so  as  to  keep  the  direction  of  the  re- 
flected light  constant. 

26.  PROJECTING  APPARATUS,  MAGIC  LANTERNS.    Pro- 

jecting apparatus  using  artificial  light,  except  mere  as- 
semblages of  instruments  of  common  type,  the  novelty  of 
which  lies  in  the  way  in  which  the  instruments  are  combined. 

27  PROJECTING  APPARATUS,  MAGIC  LANTERNS,  RO- 
TARY SLIDE-CARRIERS.  Magic  lanterns  provided  with 
a  rotary  disk  or  hollow  cylinder  carrying  a  number  of  designs 
which  are  successively  brought  into  position  for  projection. 
The  instruments  are  usually  automatic  and  used  chiefly  for 
advertising. 

28.  PROJECTING      APPARATUS,      MAGIC      LANTERNS, 

VIEW-CHANGING  DEVICES.  Devices  for  facilitating  the 
operation  of  changing  slides  in  a  magic  lantern,  most  of  them 
being  designed  to  produce  dissolving  effects. 

29.  STEREOSCOPES.    Picture-viewing    apparatus  designed  to 

produce  relief  effects. 
Note.— Compare  class  40,  CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING. 

30.  STEREOSCOPES,  ALBUM.    Stereoscopes  consisting  of  view- 

ing-lenses  in  combination  with  a  book  of  views. 
Note.— Compare  class  40,  CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING. 

169 


170 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  88— Continued. 

31.  STEREOSCOPES,    VIEW-CHANGING.    Stereoscopes  hav- 

ing devices  for  holding  a  number  of  views  and  bringing  them 
successively  into  position  for  viewing. 
Search  Class — 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  28,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

32.  TELESCOPES.    Instruments  for  viewing  objects  at  a  distance 

too  great  for  clear  vision  with  the  naked  eye. 
Note. — Does  not  include  the  so-called  submarine  telescopes,  fog- 
penetrating  glasses,  and  instruments  for  looking  over  ob- 
stacles.   These  may  be  found  in  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous. 

33.  TELESCOPES,  PRISMATIC.    Telescopes  in  which  totally- 

reflecting  prisms  are  employed  to  give  a  long  focus  without 
using  long  barrels  for  holding  the  lenses. 

34.  TELESCOPES,  FIELD    AND    OPERA    GLASSES.    Bin- 

ocular telescopes  of  the  kind  commonly  used  in  field  work  and 
in  theaters. 

35.  TELESCOPES,  FIELD  AND  OPERA  GLASSES,  FOLD- 

ING AND  COLLAPSIBLE.  Field  and  opera  glasses  in 
which  the  lenses  are  mounted  in  frames  which  fold  upon  one 
another  or  which  are  so  supported  that  the  whole  structure 
will  collapse  and  occupy  very  small  space. 

36.  TELESCOPES,   FIELD   AND   OPERA   GLASSES,   SUP- 

PORTS. Supports  of  various  kinds  for  field  and  opera- 
glasses,  chiefly  handles  for  supporting  the  glasses  before  the 
eyes  while  the  glasses  are  in  use. 

37.  TELESCOPES,   FIELD   AND   OPERA   GLASSES,  SUP- 

PORTS, FOCUSING.  Supports  provided  with  means  for 
approximating  and  separating  the  lenses  in  focusing. 

38.  TELESCOPES,  REFLECTING  ATTACHMENTS.    Mirror 

attachments  for  telescopes  to  permit  the  users  to  observe  ob- 
jects without  appearing  to  be  looking  toward  them. 

39.  MICROSCOPES.    All  instruments  for  the  visual  examination 

of  objects  too  small  to  be  clearly  seen  with  the  unaided  eye, 
including  mere  hand-lenses  used  for  reading. 
Search  Class — 

88 — OPTICS,  subclass  41,  Eye  glasses  and  spectacles,  for  small 
microscopes  used  by  jewelers,  engravers,  etc.,  and  worn  as 
eyeglasses. 

40.  MICROSCOPES,   ACCESSORIES.    Various  implements  and 

articles  used  only  in  connection  with  microscopes,  including 
slides,  microtomes,  forceps,  etc. 

41.  EYEGLASSES.  AND   SPECTACLES.    Instruments  for  aid- 

ing vision,  consisting  of  a  lens,  usually  simple,  for  each  eye  or 
for  one  eye  only  and  means  for  supporting  the  lenses  before 
the  user's  eyes. 

42.  EYEGLASSES     AND     SPECTACLES,     CONNECTIONS. 

Devices  for  connecting  the  bridge  and  lens-supports  of  eye- 
glasses and  in  many  cases  securing  the  nose-grips  also. 
Note. — Means  for  attaching  the  nose-grips  only  are  classified  with 
the  grips  in  subclass  48,  Eyeglasses  and  spectacles,  Nose-grips. 

43.  EYEGLASSES    AND    SPECTACLES,    BRIDGES.    Bars, 

springs,  or  combinations  thereof  extending  across  the  nose  and 
connecting  the  lens-supports  of  eyeglasses  or  spectacles. 

44.  EYEGLASSES   AND   SPECTACLES,   BRIDGES,   FOLD- 

ING. Bridges  for  eyeglasses  and  spectacles  having  a  joint 
permitting  the  folding  of  one  lens  on  the  other. 

45.  EYEGLASSES  AND  SPECTACLES   BRIDGES,  SPRING. 

Bridges  consisting  wholly  or  in  part  of  springs  to  exert  pressure 
upon  the  nose  of  the  wearer. 

46.  EYEGLASSES  AND  SPECTACLES,  BRIDGES,  SPRING, 

BAR.  Spring  bridges  having  a  straight  bar  which  serves  as  a 
guide  for  the  movement  of  the  lenses. 

47.  EYEGLASSES     AND     SPECTACLES,     LENS-MOUNTS. 

Frames  and  gripping  devices  for  the  lenses  of  eyeglasses  and 
spectacles. 

48.  EYEGLASSES  AND  SPECTACLES,  NOSE-GRIPS.    De- 

vices for  gripping  the  nose  in  order  to  hold  the  eyeglasses  or 
spectacles  in  position  including  the  means  for  attaching  such 
grips  to  the  rest  of  the  eyeglass  structure. 

Note. — When  such  attaching  means  serves  to  connect  the  bridge 
and  lens-supports  it  is  classified  in  subclass  42,  Eyeglasses  and 
spectacles,  Connections. 


CLASS  88— Continued. 

49.  EYEGLASSES   AND   SPECTACLES,   NOSE-GRIPS,   AD- 

JUSTABLE. All  nose-grips  susceptible  of  adjustment  to  fit 
noses  of  different  shapes  and  sizes. 

50.  EYEGLASSES  AND  SPECTACLES,  NOSE-GRIPS,  AD- 

JUSTABLE, AUTOMATIC.  All  nose-grips  adapted  to  con- 
form automatically  to  the  size  and  shape  of  the  wearer's  nose. 

51.  EYEGLASSES  AND  SPECTACLES,  SUPPORTS.    Devices 

other  than  the  usual  nose-grips,  bridges,  and  temples  for  sup- 
porting eyeglasses  or  spectacles  before  the  eyes  of  the  user. 

52.  EYEGLASSES    AND    SPECTACLES,     TEMPLES.    Sup- 

porting devices  for  spectacles  consisting  of  members  secured 
to  the  outer  ends  of  t  lie  lenses  or  their  frames  and  bearing  upon 
the  sides  of  the  user's  head. 

53.  EYEGLASSES  AND  SPECTACLES,  TEMPLES,  CONNEC- 

TIONS. Means  for  connecting  the  temples  of  spectacles  with 
the  lenses  or  their  frames. 

54.  EYEGLASSES    AND     SPECTACLES,     LENSES.    Lenses 

specially  adapted  for  use  in  spectacles  or  eyeglasses. 

55.  EYEGLASSES     AND     SPECTACLES,     NOSE-GUARDS. 

Devices  removably  secured  to  the  bridges  of  eyeglasses  and 
spectacles  to  prevent  injury  to  the  nose  of  the  wearer. 

56.  LENS-TESTERS.    Instruments  for  determining  the  foci,  cen- 

ters, optical  axes,  or  other  optical  characteristics  of  lenses. 

57.  LENSES.    All  lenses  and  their  mounts  not  otherwise  provided 

for. 

Search  Classes — 

88 — OPTICS,  subclass  54,  Eyeglasses  and  spectacles,  Lenses. 
240— ILLUMINATING  BUKNEES,  subclass  106,  Refractors. 

57.5.  BUILDING  LIGHTS.    Miscellaneous  reflecting  and  refract- 
ing appliances  specially  adapted  to  be  used  to  distribute  light 
in  rooms  and  buildings. 
Search  Class — 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  for  reflectors  and  refractors  specially 
adapted  for  use  with  artificial  light  sources. 

58.  BUILDING-LIGHTS,  CANOPY.    Lighting  devices  for  the 

interior  of  buildings  consisting  of  a  supporting-frame  attached 
to  the  wall  or  roof  of  the  building  and  having  some  means 
for  throwing  light  into  the  building  by  refraction,  reflection, 
or  both. 

Search  Class — 

88 — OPTICS,  subclass  25,  Projecting  apparatus,  Heliostats,  for 
reflectors  provided  with  mechanism  for  causing  the  reflector 
to  follow  the  apparent  movement  of  the  sun. 

59.  BUILDING-LIGHTS,   VAULTS.    Masses  of  glass  or  other 

transparent  material  of  suitable  shape  for  diffusing  light  in 
certain  desired  directions  and  designed  for  use  in  vault-covers 
and  the  like. 

60.  BUILDING-LIGHTS,    WINDOW.    Window-panes   of  glass 

or  similar  material  having  surfaces  designed  to  transmit  and 
diffuse  light  in  certain  desired  directions. 

01.  TRIPODS.  Supports,  usually  three-legged,  for  surveyors'  in- 
struments, photographic  cameras,  and  other  optical  instru- 
ments. 

Note.— Supports  in  general  are  in  class  248,  SUPPORTS. 
Search  Class— 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  86,  Camera-supports,  for  supports 
peculiarly  adapted  for  use  with  cameras. 

62.  TRIPODS,  CANE  TYPE.    Tripods  which  when  folded  resem- 

ble an  ordinary  walking-cane. 

63.  TRIPODS,  HORIZONTAL  ADJUSTMENTS.    Devices  for 

shifting  the  tripod-head  horizontally  without  disturbing  the 
feet. 

64.  TRIPODS,  INSTRUMENT-ATTACHING  DEVICES.    Va- 

rious means  for  securing  the  instrument  to  the  tripod. 

65.  TRIPODS,  LEVELING  ADJUSTMENTS.    Adjusting  means 

for  bringing  the  instrument  to  a  level  without  disturbing  the 
tripod. 

66.  RODS  AND  TARGETS.     Graduated  rods  for  use  in  leveling 

and  other  surveying  operations,  together  with  targets  for  use 
in  connection  therewith. 

67.  WINDOW-REFLECTORS.    Reflectors  designed  to  be  sup- 

ported adjacent  to  windows  and  in  analogous  situations  to 
enable  persons  to  observe  objects  which  could  not  be  seen 
by  them  without  changing  position. 


CLASS  89.— ORDNANCE. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  includes  all  guns  adapted  to  be  mounted  or  sup- 
ported otherwise  than  by  hand,  also  the  mounts,  supports,  or 
carriages,  loading  and  hoisting  mechanism,  shields  and  sights. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.     Ordnance  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  AUTOMATIC,  GAS-OPERATED.    Those  guns  which  utilize 

the  expansive  force  of  the  gases  of  explosion  to  automatically 
perform  the  entire  cycle  of  operations  comprising  opening  the 
breech,  ejecting  the  shell,  feeding  in  a  new  charge,  and  closing 
the  breech.  Usually  by  holding  the  safety-sear  the  charge  is 
fired  and  the  loading  and  firing  continue  until  the  sear  is 
released  or  the  ammunition  no  longer  supplied. 
Search  Class — 

42— FIRE-ARMS,  subclass  3,  Breech  loading,  Automatic,  Gas 
operated. 

3.  AUTOMATIC,  RECOIL-OPERATED.    Guns  in  which  the 

recoil  of  the  gun  opens  the  breech,  ejects  the  shell,  inserts  a 
new  charge,  and  closes  the  breech.  Usually  a  safety-sear  is 
provided  which,  if  held,  permits  the  charge  to  be  fired  and 
the  cycle  of  operations  to  be  repeated  so  long  as  ammunition 
is  supplied. 
Search  Class — 

42— FIRE-AEMS,  subclass  4,  Breech  loading,  Automatic,  Recoil 
operated. 

4.  SEMI-AUTOMATIC.    Guns  which  utilize  the  force  of  the  ex- 

plosion "to  open  the  breech  and  eject  the  cartridge-shell  if 
present.  A  new  charge  inserted  by  hand  or  other  separate 
means  usually  releases  the  breech-block,  which  then  auto- 
matically closes.  Some  breech-blocks  are,  however,  closed 
by  hand. 

5.  SUBMARINE.    Guns  adapted  to  be  employed  under  water, 

usually  for  discharging  torpedoes. 

6.  PNEUMATIC.    Guns  adapted  to  the  use  of  compressed  air  or 

mixtures  of  air  and  other  gases  as  the  propelling  agent. 

7.  PNEUMATIC,  EXPLOSIVE-CHARGE.    Guns  in  which  the 

compression  of  the  propelling-gas  is  secured  by  exploding  a 
separate  charge  or  in  which  the  mixture  is  itself  exploded. 

8.  ACCELERATING.    Guns  in  which  several  charges  are  succes- 

sively exploded  to  produce  an  accelerating  effect  upon  the 
projectile. 

9.  MACHINE-GUNS.    Guns  in  which  mechanical  means  are  em- 

ployed to  load,  fire,  and  reload  the  gun  or  in  which  a  holder 
containing  a  series  of  charges  is  mechanically  shifted  or  fed 
to  bring  the  charges  successively  to  firing  position. 

10.  MACHINE-GUNS,   CENTRIFUGAL.    Machine  guns  which 

have  no  explosive  charge,  but  depend  upon  centrifugal  force 
to  throw  the  projectile. 

11.  MACHINE-GUNS,  AXIALLY-MOVING  BREECH-BLOCK. 

Machine  guns  in  which  the  movement  of  the  breech-block  in 
opening  and  closing  the  breech  is  in  line  with  the  axis  or 
bore  of  the  gun. 

12.  MACHINE-GUNS,  REVOLVING-BARREL.    Machine  guns 

in  which  the  barrels  revolve  during  the  loading  operations. 
The  Gatling  and  Hotchkiss  type  are  here  included. 

13.  MACHINE  -  GUNS,  REVOLVING  -  CYLINDER.    Machine 

guns  in  which,  like  the  common  revolver,  the  cylinder  con- 
taining the  charges  revolves  to  bring  a  new  load  or  set  of 
loads  to  firing  position. 

14.  BARRELS.    Structure  of  the  barrel  or  body  of  the  gun  or  the 

shape  or  arrangement  of  the  bore  or  firing-chamber. 

15.  BARRELS,  WOUND.    Gun  barrels  strengthened  by  wind- 

ings of  wire,  metal  ribbon,  rawhide,  etc. 

1C.  BARRELS,  COMPOSITE.    Gun  barrels  built  up  or  formed  of 
more  than  one  piece. 

17.  BREECH-CLOSURES.    The  breech-block,  its  operating  mech- 

anism, or  the  means  for  securing  the  block  to  the  breech. 

18.  BREECH-CLOSURES,  KEY-LOCKED.    Breech-closures  in 

which  a  locking-key  is  used  to  hold  the  block  in  the  breech. 
The  key  may  be  radially  thrown  out,  inserted  behind  the 
block,  or  otherwise  employed. 

19.  BREECH-CLOSURES,  SCREW.    Breech-blocks  adapted  to 

be  screwed  into  the  breech. 

20.  BREECH  -  CLOSURES,      SCREW.      INTERRUPTED. 

Breech-blocks  held  in  the  breech  by  divided  or  interrupted 
screw-threads. 

21.  BREECH  -  CLOSURES,      SCREW,      INTERRUPTED, 
FIXED   AMMUNITION.    Closures  of  the  divided-screw- 
thread  type  adapted  to  fire  charges  inclosed  hi  a  rigid  case. 


CLASS  89— Continued. 

22.  BREECH-CLOSURES,  TRANSVERSE.    Breech-closures  in 

which  the  block  in  opening  or  closing  the  breech  moves  trans- 
versely to  the  axis  of  the  bore. 

23.  BREECH-CLOSURES,    TRANSVERSE,    SLIDING    AND 

SWINGING.  Breech-closures  in  which  the  breech-block  has 
both  a  transverse  sliding  and  then  a  swinging  movement. 

24.  BREECH  -  CLOSURES,      TRANSVERSE       SLIDING. 
Breech-closures  in  which  the  breech-block  slides  laterally  to 
open  the  breech. 

25.  BREECH -CLOSURES,     TRANSVERSE,     SWINGING. 

Breech-closures  in  which  a  block  is  pivoted  and  has  no  move- 
ment except  to  swing  transversely  to  the  axis  of  the  bore  to 
open  or  close  the  breech. 

26.  BREECH-CLOSURES,    GAS-CHECKS.    Breech-closures   in 

which  the  novelty  resides  in  the  means  for  checking  the  gases 
from  escaping  at  the  breech  in  those  guns  which  fire  loose 
charges. 

27.  FIRING  DEVICES.    The  lock  or  charge-exploding  mechanism. 
Search  Class — 

89 — ORDNANCE,  subclasses  2,  Automatic,  Gas-operated,  3,  Auto- 
matic, Recoil-operated;  all  those  under  9,  Machine-guns;  20, 
Breech-closures,  Screw,  Interrupted;  21,  Breech-closures, 
Screw,  Interrupted,  Fixed-ammunition;  and  24,  Breech- 
closures,  Transverse,  Sliding. 

28.  FIRING    DEVICES,    ELECTRIC.    Apparatus    for    firing 

charges  by  electricity. 

29.  PRACTICE-BARRELS.    Small  barrels  adapted  to  be  inserted 

in  the  bore  of  larger  guns  in  order  to  permit  firing  a  small 
load  for  practice  or  any  other  purpose. 

30.  VENTS  AND  STOPPERS.    Inventions  relative  to  the  vent 

or  touch-hole  or  its  stopper. 

31.  TOMPIONS  AND  VALVES.    Devices  for  closing  the  gun- 

muzzle  or  other  opening  in  the  barrel. 

32.  SIGHTS.    Inventions  in  the  mounting  or  arrangement  of  the 

sight  or  the  traverse-indicators. 
Search  Class — 
42— FIRE-ARMS,  subclass  80,  Sights,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

33.  CARTRIDGE-FEEDING.    Devices  adapted  to  feed  the  cart- 

ridges to  the  gun. 

34.  CARTRIDGE  -  FEEDING,  HOLDERS.      Magazines,  feed- 

cases,  packages,  etc.,  in  which  cartridges  are  regularly  placed 
to  be  fed  therefrom  to  the  feeding-chute  or  other  mechanism 
which  directly  supplies  the  gun. 

35.  CARTRIDGE-FEEDING,  BELTS.    Inventions  in  the  feed- 

belt  to  which  the  cartridges  are  attached. 
Search  Class — 

224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  13,  Body 
and  belt  Attached,  Cartridge,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

36.  SHIELDS.    Gun-shields,  body-attached  shields,   bullet-proof 

cloth,  etc. 

37.  MOUNTS.    Gun-supporting  devices  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

38.  MOUNTS,  DISAPPEARING  GUN.    Mounts  for  guns  made 

to  disappear  after  firing  to  be  reloaded. 

39.  MOUNTS,     DISAPPEARING     GUN,    COUNTERPOISE. 

Mounts  which  are  balanced  by  a  weight  or  weights. 

40.  MOUNTS,  FIELD.    Wheeled  mounts,  tripods,  etc.,  adapted 

to  be  readily  moved,  as  in  field-service. 

41.  MOUNTS,  TRAINING  MECHANISM.    Mounts  for  positively 

moving  the  gun  in  pointing  it. 

42.  MOUNTS,  RECOIL-CHECKS.    Mounts  in  which  the  novelty 

resides  in  the  devices  for  taking  up  the  force  of  the  recoil. 
Search  Class — 

89 — ORDNANCE,  subclasses  3,  Automatic,  Recoil-operated,  and 
4,  Semi-automatic. 

43.  MOUNTS,  RECOIL-CHECKS,  FLUID.    Means  for  checking 

the  recoil  by  compression  of  air,  water,  or  other  liquid  or 
gaseous  material. 

44.  MOUNTS,     RECOIL-CHECKS,     SPRING.    Recoil    checks 

wherein  the  recoil  is  taken  up  by  the  compression  of  a  spring 
or  springs. 

45.  LOADING.    Devices  for  getting  the  load  into  firing  position  hi 

the  gun  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

46.  LOADING,  HOISTING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus  for  rais- 

ing the  load  to  the  muzzle  or  breech  of  the  gun. 

47.  LOADING,  RAMMERS.    Devices  for  ramming  or  pushing  the 

load  into  the  gun. 

171 


CLASS  90.— GEAR-CTJTTING,   MILLING,   AND   PLANING. 

DEFINI  -IONS. 
Class. 

This  class  covers  the  three  allied  operations  named,  since  gears 
are  produced  by  either  rotating  milling-cutters  or  by  reciprocating 
cutters  similar  to  those  used  in  planing-machines,  and  for  the  further 
reason  that  the  work-indexing,  work-supporting,  and  work-feeding 
devices  employed  in  all  three  operations  are  structurally  indistin- 
guishable. 

Subclasses. 

1.  GEAR-CUTTING.    Miscellaneous    instruments     for     cutting 

gear-teeth  on  cylindrical,  conical,  or  hemispherical  blanks  or 
for  cutting  separate  cogs  or  teeth  for  subsequent  insertion  in 
such  blanks. 

2.  GEAR-CUTTING,    INTERMESHING-GENERATOR.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  working  faces  of  the  teeth  of  the  blank 
are  "generated"  by  cutters  which  intermesh  with  the  blank 
after  the  manner  of  a  mating  gear.  Though  the  generating- 
cutter  usually  revolves,  its  cutting  action  is  a  planing  or 
broaching  rather  than  a  milling  action. 

3.  GEAR-CUTTING,  ROTATING-CUTTER.    Machines  for  pro- 

ducing gears,  usually  spur-gears,  by  means  of  rotating  cutters 
which  have  the  same  section  as  the  space  between  two  teeth 
of  the  blank,  there  bung  also  means  for  effecting  a  relative 
feeding  movement  between  cutter  and  blank. 

4.  GEAR-CUTTING,         ROTATING-CUTTER,         HELICAL 

GEARS.  Machines  of  the  rotating-cutter  type  for  producing 
worm-gearing  or  spiral  gears. 

5.  GEAR-CUTTING,  ROTATING-CUTTER,  BEVEL-GEARS. 

Machines  of  the  rotating-cutter  type  especially  designed  to 
produce  bevel-gears. 

6.  GEAR-CUTTING,  ROTATING-CUTTER,  BLANK-PILLAR 

AND  CUTTER-SLIDE.  A  type  of  rotating-cutter  or  "gear- 
milling"  machines  in  which  the  blank-mandrel  is  adjustably 
supported  upon  an  upright  pillar,  while  the  cutter  is  carried 
upon  a  slide  traversing  ways  on  the  frame  of  the  machine. 

7.  GEAR-CUTTING,       ROTATING-CUTTER,       AXIALLY- 

TR  AVELING.  Machines  in  which  a  gang  of  rotating  cutters 
mounted  on  the  same  driving-mandrel  have  in  addition  to 
their  rotary  motion  a  rectilinear  motion  in  a  direction  tangent 
to  the  synchronously  rotated  blank,  thus  generating  the 
tooth  curve. 

.8.  GEAR-CUTTING,  RECIPROCATING-CUTTER.  Machines 
in  which  the  tooth  outline  is  produced  by  a  cutter  which 
reciprocates  in  the  direction  of  the  length  of  the  tooth,  whether 
of  a  spur  or  bevel  gear,  since  most  of  the  devices  will  produce 
either  by  merely  changing  the  angular  adjustment  of  the 
blank-holder.  The  subclass  also  contains  machines  for 
"broaching"  teeth  or  even  complete  gears  by  a  single  forward 
movement  of  the  cutter. 

9.  GEAR-CUTTING,    RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,    TOOTH- 

CURVE  GENERATING.  Machines  in  which  a  recipro- 
cating cutter,  often  of  rack-tooth  outline,  is  given  also  a  tan- 
gential or  rotary  lateral  movement  such  as  will  generate  a 
theoretically  correct  tooth  curve  on  the  blank. 

10.  GEAR-CUTTING,    RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,    TEMP- 

LET-GUIDE. Gear-planing  machines,  usually  for  producing 
bevel-gears,  in  which  the  tooth  curve  is  determined  by  a 
"master- tooth"  or  templet,  which  controls  the  movement  of 
either  the  cutter  or  the  blank. 

11.  MILLING.    Instruments  for  shaping  material,  usually  metal, 

by  means  of  toothed  rotary  cutters  which  actually  se'ver  por- 
tions of  the  material  by  a  clean  cut,  as  distinguished  from 
rotary  disks,  etc.,  which  merely  abrade. 

12.  MILLING,    PORTABLE.    Machines  readily   movable   from 

place  to  place,  usually  having  special  clamping  means  for 
attachment  to  the  work  and  being  frequently  hand-driven. 
Search  Classes— 

77 — BORING  AXD  DRILLING,  subclass  7,  Drilling-machines,  Port- 
able. 

82 — TURNING,  subclass  4,  Lathes,  Portable. 

12.5.  MILLING,  PORTABLE,  VALVE-REFITTING.  Portable 
milling-machines  adapted  for  attachment  to  globe-valves  to 
dress  the  valve-seat. 

13.  MILLING,  PATTERN-CONTROLLER.    Machines  for  pro- 

ducing predetermined  forms  in  which  the  movement  of  either 
the  cutter  or  the  work  is  controlled  by  a  pattern  or  templet. 

14.  MILLING,  MOVABLE  CUTTER-AXIS,  AXIAL.    Machines 

in  which  the  cutter-axis  may  be  moved  in  the  direction  of  its 
length  during  the  progress  of  the  cut. 


CLASS  90— Continued. 

15.  MILLING,  MOVABLE  CUTTER-AXIS,  LATERAL.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  cutter-axis  may  be  moved  during  the  cut 
in  a  direction  at  an  angle,  usually  a  right  angle,  to  its  length. 
This  motion  is  the  necessary  feed-motion. 
Search  Class — 

90—  GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclasses  12,  Mill- 
ing, Portable,  and  13,  Milling,  Pattern-controller. 

16.  MILLING,    ADJUSTABLE     CUTTER-AXIS.    Milling-ma- 

chines in  which  the  cutter-axis  is  capable  of  either  longitudinal 
or  lateral  adjustment  in  substantially  straight  lines,  the  cut- 
ter-axis, however,  remaining  stationary  during  the  cutting 
operation. 

17.  MILLING,   ADJUSTABLE    CUTTER-AXIS,   ANGULAR. 

Machines  in  which  the  cutter-axis,  though  stationary  during 
the  cutting  operation,  is  capable  of  angular  adjustment  in  one 
or  more  planes. 

18.  MILLING,   STATIONARY   CUTTER-AXIS.    Machines  in 

which  the  cutters  have  rotary  motion  only,  the  feed  being 
effected  by  moving  the  work. 
Search  Class— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  13,  Milling, 
Pattern-controller. 

19.  MILLING,  STATIONARY  CUTTER-AXIS,  VERTICAL. 

Machines  in  which  the  cutter-axis  is  placed  vertical  to  facilitate 
the  use  of  "end  mills,"  usually  called  "vertical"  milling-ma- 
chines. 

20.  MILLING,  STATIONARY   CUTTER-AXIS,   ROTATING 

WORK-HOLDER.  Machines  with  stationary  cutter-axes 
having  means  for  rotating  the  work  on  its  own  axis,  so  as  to 
produce  articles  of  circular  cross-section  or  arc-shaped  cuts. 

21.  MILLING,  WORK-FEEDS.    Devices  for  bringing  the  work 

into  operative  contact  with  the  cutting  mechanism,  usually  in 
machines  with  stationary  cutter-axes. 
Search  Class— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING.  MO.LING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  13,  Milling, 
Pattern-controller. 

22.  MILLING,      WORK-FEEDS,      BACKLASH-COMPENSA- 

TORS. Devices  for  removing  backlash  or  wear  from  screw- 
feeds,  rack-and-pinion  feeds,  etc.,  to  prevent  the  work  from 
drawing  under  the  cutter. 

23.  MILLING,   TAIL-STOCKS.    Tail-stocks   with  angularly-ad- 

justable centers  or  other  features  particularly  adapting  them 
to  milling-machines. 
Search  Class— 
82 — TURNING,  subclass  31,  Lathes,  Tail-stocks. 

24.  PLANING.    Machines  and  devices  for  removing  material,  usu- 

ally metal,  from  a  work-piece,  mainly  by  means  of  compara- 
tively light  cuts  of  a  non-rotary  tool  or  scries  of  such  tools, 
between  which  tools  and  the  work-piece  there  is  relative  recip- 
rocalpry  movement  in  substantially  straight  lines.  Planing 
also  includes  a  few  devices  for  producing  plane  surfaces  in 
which  there  is  relative  rotation  in  the  same  plane  as  the  surface 
acted  upon  between  tool  and  work  and  for  producing  curved 
surfaces  by  modifying  the  reciprocatory  rectilinear  travel  of 
either  tool  or  work.' 

25.  PLANING,  SOFT-METAL.    Machines  and  devices  for  operat- 

ing  on   type-metal,  stereotypes,   battery-plates,  etc.    They 
are  usually  characterized  by  broad  cutters  which  cover  at  one 
cut  the  entire  surface  to  be  finished  and  by  correspondingly- 
modified  driving  means. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,    subclass   121,  Planers,    Reciprocating- 
cutter. 

26.  PLANING,     SOFT-METAL,     CYLINDRICAL     STEREO- 

TYPES.   Machines   for    finishing   the   concave   surfaces  of 
stereotype  forms  for  cylinder-presses. 
Search  Class— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclasses  29-32, 
Planing,  Curved  surfaces. 

27.  PLANING,    SOFT-METAL,    DOUBLE-RACK    CUTTER- 

DRIVE.  Machines  in  which  the  broad  cutter  is  actuated  by 
a  rack  secured  at  each  end  thereof,  the  racks  being  driven  by 
suitably-mounted  pinions. 

28.  PLANING,  SOFT-METAL,  ROLLER-FEED.    Machines  in 

which  the  metal  is  fed  past  the  cutters  by  rolls  after  the  man- 
ner of  wood-planing  machines. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODAVORKING,  in  the  subclasses  under  Feed  and  presser 
mechanisms,  Rolls,  Feed. 

29.  PLANING,    CURVED    SURFACES,    ROLL-GROOVING. 

Machines  for  scoring  the  surfaces  of  grinding  and  crushing  rolls, 
etc.,  with  longitudinal,  helical,  sinuous,  or  other  grooves. 

173 


174 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


31.  PLANING,   CURVED   SURFACES,   LATERALLY-MOV- 

ING CUTTER.    Machines  in  which  the  curved  surface  is 
produced  by  a  tool  given  a  feeding  movement  in  a  curved 
path,  the  work  meanwhile  reciprocating  in  a  path  substan- 
tially perpendicular  to  the  plane  in  which  the  tool  moves. 
Search  Class 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,   MILLING.   AND   PLANING,   subclasses   30, 
Planing,  Curved  surfaces,  Cycloids;  29,  Planing,  Curved  sur-    j 
faces,  Roll-grooving,  and  26  Planing,  Soft-metal,  Cylindrical    ! 
stereotypes. 

32.  PLANING,   CURVED    SURFACES,   LATERALLY-MOV- 

ING WORK.    Machines  which  give  the  work  both  lateral 
and  longitudinal  movement  with  reference  to  a  relatively 
stationary  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

90 — GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclasses  30, 
Planing,  Curved  surfaces,  Cycloids;  29,  Planing,  Curved  sur- 
faces, Roll-grooving,  and  26,  Planing,  Soft-metal,  Cylindrical, 
Stereotypes. 

33.  PLANING,    BROACHING.    Machines    and    appliances    for 

finishing  surfaces,  cutting  slots,  etc.,  by  a  single  forward  move- 
ment of  either  tool  or  work,  the  tool  having  usually  a  succession 
of  gradually-elevated  cutting-points  which  effect  the  same  re- 
sult as  continued  reciprocations  of  a  single  pointed  tool. 

34.  PLANING,    PLANERS,    RECIPROCATING-BED.       Ma- 

chines having  a  cutter-head  mounted  on  a  cross-rail  or  similar 
supporting  device  and  a  work-holding  bed  reciprocating  on 
suitable  ways  to  present  the  work  to  the  cutter. 

35.  PLANING,  PLANERS,  RECIPROCATING-BED,  RACK- 

DRIVE.  Machines  in  which  the  bed  is  reciprocated  by 
means  of  an  attached  rack  with  which  meshes  the  reversely- 
rotated  driving-gear. 

36.  PLANING,  PLANERS,  RECIPROCATING-BED,  SCREW- 

DRIVE.  Machines  in  which  the  bed  is  reciprocated  by  an 
intermeshing  nut  and  longitudinally-arranged  screw. 

37.  PLANING,  PLANERS,  RECIPROCATING-BED,  CROSS- 

RAILS.  Adjustable  rails  extending  horizontally  from  the 
uprights  of  the  planer  above  the  reciprocating  bed  to  support 
and  provide  feeding-ways  for  the  cutter-head. 

38.  PLANING,       PLANERS,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

HORIZONTAL.  Machines  and  devices,  usually  known  to 
the  trade  as  "shapers,"  in  which  the  work  is  held  stationary 
while  the  cutter  is  horizontally  reciprocated  to  effect  the  cut. 

39.  PLANING,      PLANERS,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

HpRIZONTAL,  OSCILLATING  LINK-DRIVE.  Ma- 
chines having  a  slotted  link  pivoted  in  a  vertical  plane,  usu- 
ally at  its  lower  end,  in  an  upright  pillar,  and  movably  con- 
nected at  its  upper  end  to  the  horizontal  tool-carrying  ram, 
the  link  being  driven  by  suitable  gearing  and  ordinarily 
affording  a  quick  return  for  the  cutter. 

40.  PLANING,      PLANERS,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

HORIZONTAL,  CRANK-DRIVE.  Machines  in  which  the 
cutter  is  horizontally  reciprocated  by  a  crank  and  connecting- 
rod. 

41.  PLANING,       PLANERS.      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

HORIZONTAL,  RACK-DRIVE.  Machines  in  which  the 
horizontally-reciprocating  cutter-carrying  ram  is  actuated 
through  an  attached  rack  and  suitable  reversing  driving 
mechanism. 

42.  PLANING,      PLANERS,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

HORIZONTAL,  SCREW-DRIVE.  Machines  in  which  the 
tool-head  is  actuated  by  screw-gearing,  usually  an  attached 
nut  and  an  intermeshing  screw,  with  suitable  reversing  driving 
mechanism. 

43.  PLANING,      PLANERS,       RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

VE  RTICAL.  Machines  in  which  the  work  is  usually  clamped 
to  a  horizontal  bed  while  the  cutter  is  vertically  reciprocated. 
This  type  of  machine  includes  most  of  the  tools  known  as 
"slotters"  and  "key-seaters." 

44.  PLANING,      PLANERS,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

VERTICAL,  CRANK-DRIVE.  Machines  of  the  "slotter" 
type  having  vertically-reciprocating  cutter-heads  actuated  by 
a  crank  and  connecting-rod. 

45.  PLANING,      PLANERS,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

VERTICAL,  CRANK-DRIVE,  INVERTED.  Machines 
with  vertically-reciprocating  cutter-carriers  in  which  the 
work-holder  is  located  at  the  top  of  the  frame,  while  the 
actuating-crank  is  beneath  the  work-securing  means— a  type 
of  machine  frequently  used  for  key-seating. 


CLASS  90— Continued. 

46.  PLANING,      PLANERS,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

VERTICAL,  RACK-DRIVE.  Machines  in  which  the  ver- 
tically-reciprocating cutter  is  actuated  by  means  of  an  attached 
rack  and  a  suitable  intermeshing  driving-train. 

47.  PLANING,      PLANERS,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

VERTICAL,  RACK-DRIVE,  INVERTED.  Machines  with 
vertically-reciprocating  cutter-carriers  having  a  superposed 
work  table  or  support  with  the  rack-and-pinion  cutter-driving 
means  located  beneath  it. 

48.  PLANING,     PLANERS,     REVERSING     MECHANISMS. 

Devices  for  changing  the  direction  of  motion  of  either  the 
work-table  or  cutter-carrying  ram  of  planers. 

49.  PLANING,  PLANERS,  TOOL-FEEDS.    Devices  for  giving 

the  tool-heads  of  planers,  "shapers,"  etc.,  an  intermittent-feed 
motion  in  a  direction  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  of  the  cut. 

50.  PLANING,  PLANERS,  TOOL-FEEDS,  CLUTCH-BOXES. 

Devices  for  giving  an  impulse  to  the  feeding  mechanism  of  a 
planer  at  the  beginning  or  end  of  a  stroke  and  then  yielding 
f rictionally  or  positively  disengaging  during  the  remainder  of 
the  stroke;  usually  in  the  form  of  f  rictionally-engaging  disks, 
one  attached  to  the  reversible  driving-shaft  and  the  other  to  a 
feed-rod  and  oscillating  between  fixed  stops. 

51.  PLANING,  PLANERS,  TOOL-FEEDS,  STOP  MECHAN- 

ISMS. Devices  for  disengaging  the  intermittent-feed  mechan- 
ism at  any  piedetermined  point. 

52.  PLANING,    PLANERS,    TOOL-HEADS.    Mechanisms   for 

supporting,  adjusting,  and  releasing  the  cutting-tools  of 
planers. 

53.  PLANING,    PLANERS,    TOOL-HEADS,    OSCILLATING 

DOUBLE  CUTTER.  Tool-heads  supporting  a  pair  of  cut- 
ters or  a  two-edged  single  cutter  in  such  a  manner  as  to  cut  in 
both  directions  of  travel,  one  cutting  edge  being  swung  out  of 
contact  with  the  work  while  the  other  is  acting. 

54.  PLANING,  PLANERS,  TOOL-HEADS,  PIVOTED  CUT- 

TER-RELEASE. Tool  heads  and  holders  having  cutters  so 
pivoted  as  to  rest  against  a  backing-piece  on  the  cutting  stroke 
and  swing  clear  of  the  work  on  the  return  stroke. 

55.  PLANING,   PLANERS,   TOOL-HEADS,   CUTTER-LIFT- 

ERS. Devices  for  positively  releasing  the  cutter  and  holding 
it  out  of  contact  with  the  work  during  the  return  stroke. 

56.  INDEXING.    Complete  devices,  gear-trains,  etc.,  for  automat- 

ically spacing  gears  and  other  articles  through  aliquot  parts  of 
a  circumference  to  produce  a  regular  series  of  teeth  or  grooves. 
Search  Classes— 

90 — GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  1,  Gear 
cutting. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  13,  Dividing  engines. 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  64,  Appliances,  Work- 
Supports,  Indexing. 

57.  INDEXING,  INDEX-HEADS.    That  portion  of  the  indexing 

mechanism  which  includes  an  equally-divided  disk  or  cylin- 
der, means  for  intermittently  rotating  such  divided  part  or  a 
concentric  engaging  device,  means  for  interlocking  the  said 
parts,  and  usually  a  center  for  supporting  one  end  of  the  blank 
operated  upon. 

Note. — Some  form  of  indexing  or  spacing  mechanism  is  essential 
to  all  gear-cutting  and  many  milling  machines,  so  that  a  com- 
plete search  on  such  devices  must  necessarily  cover  both  those 
main  subclasses.  The  subclasses  of  Indexing  and  Index-heads, 
include  only  such  patents  and  cross-references  as  contain 
claims  to  and  are  therefore  supposed  to  show  novel  features  in 
such  mechanisms. 
Search  Classes— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  1,  Gear- 
cutting. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  13,  Dividing  engines. 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  64,  Appliances,  Work- 
Supports,  Indexing. 

58.  WORK-TABLES.    Movable  or  stationary  tables  for  supporting 

the  work  operated  upon  or  the  clamp  for  securing  such  work. 
They  are  usually  provided  with  slots  for  securing  work  and 
with  adjusting  means. 

59.  WORK-HOLDERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  supporting  or 

securing  work-pieces  while  being  acted  upon  by  planing,  mill- 
ing, or  gear-cutting  cutters. 

60.  WORK-HOLDERS,  MACHINE-VISES.    Devices  with  mov- 

able gripping-jaws  adapted  to  be  secured  to  machine-tables  to 
clamp  the  work  while  being  acted  upon. 
Search  Class — 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  17,  Vises  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

61.  WORK-HOLDERS,      MACHINE-VISES,      ANGULARLY 

ADJUSTABLE  JAWS.  Vises  having  adjustable  jaws  or 
jaw-pieces  adapted  to  damp  work  with  non-parallel  sides. 


CLASS  91.— COATING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  embraces  machines  and  processes  for  applying  and 
spreading  coating  material  over  various  objects.  The  particular 
coating  substance  is  immaterial  to  this  class,  as  is  also  the  object  to 
which  it  is  applied,  except  as  indicated  hi  the  titles  of  special 
subclasses. 

The  machines  are  classified  on  the  structure  of  the  spreading 
mechanism. 

Special  machines  are  excluded  from  this  class  except  in  those 
cases  where  the  coating  operation  is  in  the  main  capable  with  slight 
changes,  principally  in  the  proportions,  of  a  more  general  use  for 
coating. 

Combined  machines  are  excluded  from  this  class  when  the  opera- 
tions other  than  coating  limit  the  machines  to  some  other  art. 

Coating  parts  or  portions  of  the  object  with  a  view  to  an  orna- 
mentation of  the  object,  such  as  printing  in  colors  or  coating  in 
patterns  or  stenciling,  are  also  excluded.  When,  however,  the 
mechanism  is  the  same  as  that  for  spreading  the  coating  material 
entirely  over  the  object  with  a  spreader  too  narrow  to  entirely  cover 
the  object  with  the  coating  material  or  with  a  plurality  of  narrow 
spreaders  to  cover  the  object  with  a  series  of  stripes,  such  patents 
are  included  in  this  art  under  subclass  12,  Special  machines,  Striping. 

The  processes  are  classified  on  the  steps  employed  in  spreading 
the  coating.  Machine  processes  are  classified  in  subclass  68,  Proc- 
esses, and  are  cross-referenced  into  the  appropriate  machine  sub- 
class. 

Processes  which  consist  merely  in  applying  a  particular  and 
named  coating  composition  to  an  object  are  classified  either  under 
class  134,  LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  or  under  class  106,  PLASTIC 
COMPOSITIONS. 

Machines  specially  adapted  for  coating  with  metal  are  classified 
in  this  class  under  the  title  "With  metal."  Machines  which  while 
adapted  for  coating  with  metal  are  also  capable  of  general  applica- 
tion in  the  coating  art  are  classified  in  the  proper  general  machine 
subclasses. 

Processes  for  coating  with  metal  are  classified  under  "  Processes, 
With  metal."  They  are  limited  to  those  processes  of  applying  a 
metal  coating  that  are  dependent  on  some  physical  or  chemical 
property  of  the  metal  to  effect  a  physical  or  chemical  change  in  the 
metal  coating  during  the  coating  process.  Processes  for  applying  a 
coating  of  metal  not  limited  as  above  stated  are  classified  in  the 
general  process  subclasses  of  coating.  For  example,  a  process  for 
applying  a  coating  of  metallic  powder  which  is  in  the  same  physical 
condition  after  application  as  before  would  be  classified  in  a  general 
process  coating  subclass.  A  process  for  coating  which  consisted  in 
applying  a  metallic  powder  and  then  heating  the  same  to  fusion, 
the  physical  condition  of  the  same  being  thereby  changed,  would  be 
classified  in  the  proper  subclasses  under  "Processes,  vVith  metal." 

Processes  for  making  compound  metal  stock  by  welding  or  solder- 
Ing  or  by  welding,  soldering,  or  other  molecular  adhesion  combined 
with  some  metal  working  operation  are  classified  in  class  29,  METAL 
WORKING,  subclasses  188,  Metal  stock,  Processes,  Compound  bars 
and  tubes,  and  189,  Metal  stock,  Processes,  Compound  plate. 

Processes  for  welding  dissimilar  metals  by  the  application  of  heat 
and  pressure  are  classified  in  class  78,  METAL  FORGING  AND  WELD- 
ING, subclass  93,  Welding,  Processes,  Dissimilar  metals. 

Coating  with  metal  which  involves  the  use  of  a  mold  or  its  equiva- 
lent is  classified  in  class  22,  METAL  FOUNDING.  Where  the  metal 
moves  through  the  mold  or  die,  it  is  classified  hi  class  207,  SHAPING 
FLUID  METAL. 

Coating  with  metal  by  electrodeposition  only  is  classified  in  class 
204,  ELECTROCHEMISTRY. 

Processes  for  uniting  articles  by  coating  the  same  with  hard  or 
soft  solder  are  classified  in  class  113,  SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING, 
subclass  112,  Soldering,  Processes. 

Coating  with  metallic  compounds  is  classified  in  the  general 
process  subclasses  of  coating,  except  those  compounds  in  which  an 
element  of  the  same  is  furnished  by  the  material  on  which  a  coating 
is  to  be  produced.  For  example,  forming  an  insoluble  coating  of 
lead  chromate  on  lead  by  treating  the  same  with  a  solution  of 
bichromate  of  potassium  would  not  be  classified  in  this  class,  but  in 
class  148,  ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclass  41,  Iron  oxids. 

Processes  which  are  a  combination  of  general  coating  and  coating 
with  metal  are  classified  in  the  general  coating  subclasses  and  cross- 
referenced  into  the  "With  metal"  subclasses. 

Processes  which  in  addition  to  coating  with  metal  include  steps 
having  in  view  the  production  of  a  design  are  classified  in  class  41, 
ORNAMENTATION. 

A  process  for  coating  a  wire  rod  with  metal  and  drawing  it  is 
classified  in  class  205,  METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  21 ,  Wire,  Processes. 

Articles  coated  with  metal  by  processes  in  this  class  are  classified 
herein  under  the  processes  by  which  they  are  coated  unless  they  are 
such  articles  as  fall  within  other  specific  article  classes. 

An  alloy  for  coating  is  classified  in  class  75,  METALLURGY,  subclass 
1,  Alloys;  a  composition  including  a  metal  and  a  flux,  in  same  class, 
subclass  187,  Fluxes. 

Metal  coating  compositions  may  also  be  classified  in  class  134, 
LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  and  class  106,  PLASTIC  COMPOSI- 
TIONS. 

For  applying  metallic  leaf  see  class  41,  ORNAMENTATION,  subclass 
37,  Surface  type,  Applied  objects.  Metallic  leaf. 


CLASS  91— Continued. 

Subclasses. 

1.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,  BORDERING   LETTER-PAPER. 

Instruments  for  stacking,  holding,  and  coating  the  borders 
of  letter-paper  for  making  bordered  stationery. 

2.  SPECIAL  MACHINES.  CONFECTIONS  AND  PILLS.    Mis- 

cellaneous machines  for  covering  confections,  cakes,  and  pills 
with  sugar  or  chocolate  coating. 

3.  SPECIAL     MACHINES,     CONFECTIONS     AND     PILLS, 

FOUNTAIN.    Machines  in  which  the  coating  is  applied  to 
the  confections  or  pills  by  means  of  a  fountain — that  is,  the 
coating  is  showered,  sprayed,  poured,  or  sifted  over  the  con- 
fections or  pills. 
Search  Class — 
91 — COATING,  subclass  43,  Machines,  Fountain. 

4.  SPECIAL    MACHINES;    CONFECTIONS     AND     PILLS, 

IMMERSION.    Machines  in  which  the  articles  being  treated 
are  immersed  in  a  bath  of  coating  material. 
Search  Class — 
91 — COATING,  subclass  46,  Machines,  Immersion. 

5.  SPECIAL     MACHINES,    CONFECTIONS     AND     PILLS, 

IMMERSION,   CHARGERS.    Instruments  for  arranging 
and  placing  the  pills  or  confections  on  the  holders  used  hi 
immersing  the  pills  and  confections  in  the  coating  material. 
Search  Class — 
91 — COATING,  subclass  60,  Work-holders. 

6.  SPECIAL     MACHINES,    CONFECTIONS     AND     PILLS. 

IMMERSION,    DIPPING    IMPLEMENTS.    Instruments 
for  holding  and  immersing  confections  and  pills  in  the  coat- 
ing material,  also  racks  and  trays  for  holding  the  articles 
after  they  have  been  coated. 
Search  Class — 
91 — COATING,  subclass  46,  Machines,  Immersion. 

7.  SPECIAL     MACHINES,     CONFECTIONS     AND     PILLS, 

RUMBLE.    Machines  in  which  pills  and  confections  are 
coated  by  placing  them  in  a  vessel  containing  coating  mate- 
rial and  rolling  them  around  in  contact  with  the  coating 
material  and  with  each  other.    The  vessel  itself  may  be  rotated 
or  the  vessel  may  be  stationary,  the  articles  being  rolled 
around  by  rotating  blades,  or  both  the  vessel  and  blades  may 
be  rotated. 
Search  Class — 
91 — COATING,  subclass  52,  Machines,  Rumble. 

7.5.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,  ELECTROTYPE  MOLDS.  For 
coating  molds  from  which  an  electrotype  is  to  be  made  with 
a  thin  layer  of  conductive  material,  usually  graphite,  and  not 
falling  within  the  "With  metal"  subclasses. 

8.  SPECIAL    MACHINES,  FLOCKING.    Machines  for  coating 

paper  or  other  fabrics  with  flock. 

9.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,  MARBLING.    Machines  f9r  produc- 

ing a  so-called  "marbled  surface"  on  articles  by  distributing 
and  floating  drops  of  variously-colored  coating  material  over 
a  supporting  liquid,  agitating  the  drops  to  form  mottled 
streaks,  and  bringing  the  object  to  be  coated  into  contact  with 
the  floating  coating  material. 

10.  SPECIAL    MACHINES,    PHOTOGRAPHIC    FILM    AND 

PLATE.    Machines  for  spreading  sensitive  emulsion  coatings 
on  films,  plates,  or  fabric. 
Search  Class — 

91 — COATING,  subclass  69,  Processes,  Photographic  film  and 
plate. 

11.  SPECIAL  MACHINES    PITCHING  CASKS.    Machines  for 

coating  the  insides  of  barrels  and  casks  with  pitch  or  other 
coating  material. 
Search  Class— 
51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  14,  Metal,  Rumbles. 

12.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,  STRIPING.    Machines  for  spread- 

ing coating  material  in  lines  or  stripes. 
Search  Class — 

111— SEEDERS   AND    PLANTERS,   subclass  41,   Land-markers, 
Liquid  and  powder. 

12.1.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,  WITH  METAL,  COMBINED- 
MACHINES.  Machines  which  perfor.ni  some  operation  on 
the  article  additional  to  that  set  forth  in  any  of  the  "  With 
metal"  subclasses  and  not  excluded  by  the  class  definition. 
Machines  for  coating  with  flux  and  coating  with  metal  are 
classified  herein  only  when  the  fluxing  operation  is  of  general 
application;  otherwise  they  are  classified  on  the  metal  coating 
operation. 

175 


176 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  91— Continued. 

12.2.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,  WITH  METAL,  MISCELLANE- 

OUS. Miscellaneous  apparatus  specially  adapted  for  apply- 
ing a  coating  of  metal. 

12.3.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,  WITH  METAL,  PLATES.    Ap- 

paratus for  coating  sheets  or  plates  with  metal,  except  as 
hereinafter  provided. 

12.4.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,  WITH  METAL,  PLATES,  MIR- 

RORS.   Apparatus  for  coating  sheets  or  plates,  usually  of 
glass,  with  metal  for  making  mirrors,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided. 
Search  Class — 

91 — COATING,  subclass  10,  Special  machines,  Photographic  film 
and  plate. 

12.5.  SPECIAL  MACHINES,   WITH   METAL,  IMMERSION. 

Miscellansous  apparatus  specially  adapted  for  coating  articles 
with  metal  by  immersing  or  dipping  the  same  into  a  bath 
containing  the  coating  metal. 
Search  Classes— 

91 — COATING,  subclass  46,  Machines,  Immersion,  and  the  sub- 
classes referred  to  in  the  definition  thereto. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  24,  Molding  devices,  Dipping. 

113 — SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  78,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Head  seam,  Bath. 

148— ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclasses  34,  Hardening 
apparatus;  35,  Bands  and  wire,  and  3ii,  Clamps. 

204 — ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclasses  5,  Electrolysis,  Aqueous 
bath,  Apparatus,  and  11,  Electrolysis,  Aqueous  bath,  Depo- 
larizing and  burnishing. 

12.6.  SPECIAL   MACHINES,  WITH    METAL,   IMMERSION, 

WORK  CONVEYING.    Apparatus  of  the  type  indicated 
for  conveying  the  material  to  be  coated  to,  from,  or  through 
the  metal  bath  and  not  of  general  application. 
Search  Classes— 

91 — COATING,  subclass  46,  Machines,  Immersion,  and  the  sub- 
classes mentioned  in  the  definition  thereto. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  24,  Molding  devices,  Dipping. 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  15,  Metal,  Sheet  metal 
and  wire. 

101 — PRINTING,  subclasses  under  "Feeding." 

113 — SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  all  subclasses  of  bath 
type  under  "Soldering,"  and  sul)class  113,  Work  feeders. 

12ft— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  272,  Liquid  sterilizers. 

141— WASHING  APPARATUS,  subclass  9,  Dish  cleaners. 

148— ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclasses  42,  Pickling  and 
swilling,  and  34,  Hardening  apparatus,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

193 — CONVEYERS,  for  conveyers  of  general  application. 

204— ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclass  11,  Electrolysis,  Aqueous 
bath,  Depolarizing  and  burnishing. 

12.7.  SPECIAL   MACHINES,    WITH   METAL,  IMMERSION; 

WORK   CONVEYING,  ROLLS.    Machines  of  the   type, 
indicated  in  which  the  article  is  guided  or  conveyed  to,  from, 
,       or  through  the  coating  bath  between  cooperating  rolls  ana 
not  of  general  application.    These  rolls  may  also  aid  in  the 
coating  operation. 
Search  Classes — 

91 — COATING,  subclass  48,  Machines,  Roller,  and  the  sub- 
classes referred  to  in  the  definition  thereto,  and  subclass  59.2, 
With  metal,  Finishing,  Rolls. 

101 — PRINTING,  subclasses  under  "Feeding." 

13.  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Embraces  that  class  of  machines 

which  perform  in  addition  to  a  coating  operation  some  other 
function  upon  the  material  being  treated. 

Note. — Machines  performing  combined  operations  for  making 
particular  articles  or  coating  particular  objects  are  classified 
in  this  class  under  Special  machines. 

14.  COMBINED     MACHINES,    COATING    AND    CUTTING. 

Machines  in  which  the  material  being  treated  in  addition  to 
being  coated  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  cutting  mechanism. 
Search  Class — 

216 — LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclasses  5, 
Paper  hanging,  Coating  and  affixing  apparatus;  6,  Paper 
hanging,  Coating  and  affixing  apparatus,  Hand;  7,  Paper 
hanging,  Affixing  apparatus,  and  21,  Machines,  Strip,  Sev- 
ering, and  subclasses  thereunder. 

15.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    COATING    AND    FOLDING. 

Machines  in  which  the  material  being  treated  is  folded  after 
being  coated. 
Search  Class — 
91 — COATING,  subclass  55,  Dryers  and  coolers. 

16.  COMBINED   MACHINES,   COATING   AND    PRINTING. 

Machines  in  which  the  material  being  treated  is  run  through 
a  printing-press  either  before  or  after  the  coating  operation. 

17.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  COATING  AND  STRETCHING. 

Machines  in  which  the  material  being  treated  is  coated  and 
stretched. 

18.  MACHINES.     Miscellaneous    machines   and    apparatus   not 

otherwise  classifiable  for  applying  and  spreading  a  coating  on 
an  object  or  article. 

19.  MACHINES,  BRUSH,  FOUNTAIN,  AND  ROLLER.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  three  above  dis- 
tinct submechanisms,  any  one  of  which  alone  would  effect  a 
distribution  or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object, 
but  probably  not  so  perfectly  or  so  thoroughly  as  by  the  suc- 
cessive or  combined  action  of  the  three. 


CLASS  91— Continued. 

20.  MACHINES,  BRUSH,  FOUNTAIN,  AND  SCRAPER.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  three  above  dis- 
tinct submechanisms,  any  one  of  which  alone  would  effect  a 
distribution  or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object, 
but  probably  not  so  perfectly  or  so  thoroughly  as  by  the  suc- 
cessive or  combined  action  of  the  three. 

21.  MACHINES,  BRUSH,  IMMERSION  AND  ROLLER.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  .coating  is  spread  by  the  three  above  dis- 
tinct submechanisms,  any  one  of  which  alone  would  effect  a 
distribution  or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object, 
but  probably  not  so  perfectly  or  so  thoroughly  as  by  the  suc- 
cessive or  combined  action  of  the  three. 

22.  MACHINES,    BRUSH,    IMMERSION,    AND    SCRAPER. 

Machines  in  which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  three  above 
distinct  submechanisms,  any  one  of  which  alone  would  effect 
a  distribution  or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  ob- 
ject, but  probably  not  so  perfectly  or  so  thoroughly  as  by  the 
successive  or  combined  action  of  the  three. 

23.  MACHINES,    FOUNTAIN,    ROLLER,    AND     WEB.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  three  above  dis- 
tinct submechanisms,  any  one  of  which  alone  would  effect  a 
distribution  or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object, 
but  probably  not  so  perfectly  or  so  thoroughly  as  by  the  suc- 
cessive or  combined  action  of  the  three. 

24.  MACHINES,  IMMERSION,  ROLLER,  AND    SCRAPER. 

Machines  in  which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  three  above 
distinct  submechanisms,  any  one  of  which  alone  would  effect 
a  distribution  or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object, 
but  probably  not  so  perfectly  or  so  thoroughly  as  by  the  suc- 
cessive or  combined  action  of  the  three. 

25.  MACHINES,    BRUSH    AND    FOUNTAIN.    Machines    in 

which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  sub- 
mechanisms,  either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribu- 
tion or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but. 
probably  not  so  perfectly  or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive 
or  combined  action  of  both. 

Note. — This  subclass  is  to  be  distinguished  from  subclass  39,  Ma- 
chines, Brush,  Fountain-feed,  since  in  the  latter  the  fountain 
is  employed  to  supply  the  coating  material  to  the  brush, 
while  in  this  class  the  fountain  as  well  as  the  brush  spreads 
the  coating  material  directly  upon  and  over  the  object. 

Search  Class— 

91 — COATING,  subclasses  19,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and 
roller,  and  20,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and  scraper. 

26.  MACHINES,    BRUSH    AND    IMMERSION.    Machines    in 

which  the  coating  material  is  spread  over  the  object  by 
brushes  and  by  immersing  the  object  in  the  coating  material. 
Search  Class— 

91 — COATING,  subclass  22,  Machines,  Brush,  immersion,  and 
scraper. 

27.  MACHINES,  BRUSH  AND  ROLLER.    Machines  in  which 

the  coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  submechan- 
isms, either  of  which  alone  would  elfect  a  distribution  or 
spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but  probably 
not  so  perfectly  or  so  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive  or  com- 
bined action  of  both. 
Search  Class— 

91 — COATING,  subclasses  19,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and 
roller,  and  21,  Machines,  Brush,  immersion,  and  roller. 

28.  MACHINES,  BRUSH  AND  WEB.    Machines  in  which  the 

coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  submechanisms. 
either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribution  or  spreading 
of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but  probably  not  so  per- 
fectly or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive  or  combined  action 
of  both. 

29.  MACHINES,   FOUNTAIN   AND    ROLLER.    Machines  in 

which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  sub- 
mechanisms,  either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribution 
or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but  prob- 
ably not  so  perfectly  or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive  or 
combined  action  of  both. 
Search  Class— 

91 — COATING,  subclass  19,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and 
roller. 

30.  MACHINES,  FOUNTAIN  AND  SCRAPER.    Machines  in 

which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  sub- 
mechanisms,  either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribution 
or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but  probably 
not  so  perfectly  or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive  or  combined 
action  of  both. 
Search  Class— 

91— COATING,  subclass  20,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and 
scraper. 

31.  MACHINES,  IMMERSION  AND  ROLLER.    Machines    in 

which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  sub- 
mechanisms,  either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribu- 
tion or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but 
probably  not  so  perfectly  or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive 
or  combined  action  of  both. 
Search  Classes — 

91 — COATING,  subclasses  21,  Machines,  Brush,  immersion,  and 
roller,  and  12.5,  Special  machines,  with  metal,  immersion, 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

8— BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  subclass  19,  Open  vats. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


177 


CLASS  91—  Continued. 

32.  MACHINES,  IMMERSION  AND  SCRAPER.    Machines  in 

which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  sub- 
mechanisms,  either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribu- 
tion or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but  prob- 
ably not  so  perfectly  or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive  or 
combined  action  of  both. 
Search  Classes— 

91—  COATING,  sul>class  22,  Machines,  Brush,  immersion,  and 
scraper. 

112—  SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  28,  Wax-thread. 

33.  MACHINES,    ROLLER    AND    SCRAPER.    Machines    in 

which  the  coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  sub- 
mechanisms,  either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribution 
or  spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but  probably 
not  so  perfectly  or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive  or  com- 
bined action  of  both. 
Search  Class  — 

91—  COATING,  subclass  24,  Machines,  Immersion,  roller,  and 
scraper. 

34.  MACHINES,  ROLLER  AND  WEB.    Machines  in  which  the 

coating  is  spread  by  the   two  above  distinct  submechan- 
isms,  either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribution  or 
spreading  of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but  probably 
not  so  perfectly  or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive  or  com- 
bined action  of  both. 
Search  Class  — 
91  —  COATING,  subclass  23,  Machines,  Fountain,  roller,  and  web. 

36.  MACHINES,  SCRAPER  AND  WEB.  Machines  in  which  the 
coating  is  spread  by  the  two  above  distinct  submeehanisms, 
either  of  which  alone  would  effect  a  distribution  or  spreading 
of  coating  material  over  the  object,  but  probably  not  so  per- 
fectly or  thoroughly  as  by  the  successive  or  combined  action 
of  both. 

36.  MACHINES,  ABRASION.    Machines  in  which  the  coating 

material  in  a  soft  or  friable  condition  is  held  stationary  and 
against  the  object  or  article  to  be  coated,  motion  being  im- 
parted to  the  object,  or  in  which  the  object  to  be  coated  is  held 
stationary  and  the  coating  material  is  moved  and  rubbed  over 
the  object. 

37.  MACHINES,  BRUSH.    Machines  not  otherwise  classifiable  for 

spreading  a  coating  by  means  of  a  brush  alone.  The  term 
"brush"  includes,  in  addition  to  the  structure  ordinarily 
known  by  that  name,  all  structures  in  which  a  flexible  pile  or 
padded  surface  is  used  to  spread  or  smear  the  coating  over  the 
object. 

Search  Class  — 

91  —  COATING,  subclasses  19,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and 
roller;  20,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and  scraper;  21,  Ma- 
chines, Brush,  immersion,  and  roller;  22,  Machines,  Brush, 
immersion,  and  scraper;  20,  Machines,  Brush  and  immersion, 
and  27,  Machines,  Brush  and  roller. 

38.  MACHINES,  BRUSH,  CAPILLARY  FEED.    Machines  in 

which  the  coating  material  is  fed  to  the  spreading-brush  by 
capillary  action. 
Search  Class— 

15—  BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  66,  Fountain-brushes, 
Mucilage. 

39.  MACHINES,    BRUSH,    FOUNTAIN-FEED.     Machines   in 

which  the  coating  material  flows  from  the  supply-reservoir 
over  or  through  the  brush  which  spreads  the  material  over  the 
surface  of  the  object. 
Search  Class  — 

15  —  BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  49,  Fountain-brushes, 
Paint. 

40.  MACHINES,  BRUSH,  ROLLER-FEED.    Machines  in  which 

the  spreading-brush  contacts  with  a  roller  which  is  supplied 
with  coating  material  in  any  suitable  manner. 

41.  MACHINES,  BRUSH,  TANK-FEED.    Machines  in  which 

the  spreading-brush  revolves  in  a  tank  located  below  the  brush 
and  containing  the  coating  material. 

42.  MACHINES,  CENTRIFUGAL.    Machines  in  which  the  coat- 

ing material,  applied  to  the  object  in  any  suitable  manner,  is 
spread  and  distributed  over  the  surface  by  rapidly  rotating 
the  object. 

43.  MACHINES,  FOUNTAIN.    Machines  in  which  the  coating 

material  is  merely  flowed,  sprayed,  scattered,  or  sifted  over  the 
object  without  any  intermediate  distributing  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

91—  COATING,  subclasses  19,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and 
roller;  20,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and  scraper,  and  25, 
Machines,  Brush  and  fountain. 

44.  MACHINES,    FOUNTAIN,    PROJECTION.    Machines    in 

which  the  coating  material  is  forcibly  sprayed,  thrown,  or 
projected  against  the  article  to  be  coated  by  any  means  or 
mechanism  other  than  by  "air-brushes." 

45.  MACHINES,   FOUNTAIN,    PROJECTION,   AIR-BRUSH. 

Machines  in  which  a  liquid  coating  material  is  forcibly  sprayed 
by  an  air-blast  over  the  object  to  be  coated. 


CLASS  91— Continued. 

46.  MACHINES,   IMMERSION.  Machines    and    apparatus    for 

coating  objects  by  immersing,  dipping,  or  passing  them 
through  a  bath  of  coating  material.  This  subclass  also  in- 
cludes apparatus  for  holding  articles  while  being  dipped  and 
after  beuig  dipped  and  the  construction  of  tanks  for  holding 
the  coating  material  used  when  the  whole  coating  operation 
is  one  of  immersion. 
Search  Classes — 

91 — COATING,  subclasses  21,  Machines,  Brush,  immersion,  and 
roller;  22,  Machines,  Brush,  immersion,  ana  scraper;  24,  Ma- 
chines, Immersion,  roller,  and  scraper;  26,  Machines,  Brush 
and  Immersion;  31,  Machines,  Immersion  and  roller;  32,  Ma- 
chines, Immersion  and  scraper,  and  12.5,  Special  machines, 
With  metal,  Immersion  ana  subclasses  thereunder. 

8— BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  subclass  19,  Open  vats. 

99— PRESERVING,  subclass  12,  Wood  saturation. 

149— HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclass  10,  Apparatus,  Vats. 

157— WHEELWRIGHT-MACHINES,  subclass  7,  Tire-setters,  Trestles 
and  tanks. 

47.  MACHINES,  IMPRESSION.    Machines  in  which  the  object 

to  be  coated  is  pressed  against  a  surface  coated  with  the  coating 
material.  The  coating  material  is  thus  pressed  into  the  object. 

48.  MACHINES,  ROLLER.    Miscellaneous  machines  in  which 

the  coating  material  is  spread  or  distributed  over  the  object 
by  rollers  alone. 
Search  Class — 

91 — COATING,  subclasses  19,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and 
roller;  21,  Machines,  Brush,  immersion,  and  roller;  23,  Ma- 
chines, Fountain,  roller,  and  web;  24,  Machines,  Immersion, 
roller,  and  scraper;  27,  Machines,  Brush  and  roller;  29,  Ma- 
chines, Fountain  and  roller;  31,  Machines,  Immersion  and 
roller;  33,  Machines,  Roller  and  scraper,  and  34,  Machines, 
Roller  and  web. 

49.  MACHINES,  ROLLER,  FOUNTAIN-FEED.    Machines  in 

which  the  coating  material  is  spread  over  the  object  by  rollers, 
the  coating  material  being  supplied  to  the  distributing-rollers 
from  a  fountain  or  elevated  reservoir,  so  that  the  coating 
material  flows  directly  to  and  over  the  distributing-rollers. 
Search  Class— 
101 — PRINTING,  subclass  74,  Inking  apparatus,  Fountains. 

50.  MACHINES,  ROLLER,  ROLLER-FEED.    Roller-machines 

in  which  the  coating  material  is  carried  to  the  distributing- 
rollers  from  any  suitable  source  or  supply-tank  by  intermediate 
rollers. 

51.  MACHINES,  ROLLER,  TANK-FEED.    Roller-machines  in 

which  the  distributing  rollers  rotate  in  a  tank  containing  the 
coating  material  and  in  contact  with  the  coating  material. 
Search  Class— 
91— COATING,  subclass  33,  Machines,  Roller  and  scraper. 

52.  MACHINES,  RUMBLE.    Machines  in  which  small  articles  are 

coated  by  placing  them  in  a  barrel-like  receptacle  containing 
coating  material  and  rolling  the  articles  around  in  contact  with 
said  material  and  with  each  other.  The  barrel  itself  may  be 
rotated,  or  the  barrel  may  be  held  stationary  and  the  articles 
moved  around  in  the  barrel  by  rotating  blades,  or  the  articles 
may  be  rolled  around  by  both  rotating  the  barrel  and  rotating 
the  blades  simultaneously. 
Search  Classes— 

91— COATING,  subclasses  7,  Special  machines,  Confections  and 
Pills;  Rumble,  11,  Special  machines,  Pitching  casks. 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  14.  Metal,  Rumbles. 

149— HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclass  11,  Apparatus, 
Tumbling-drums. 

53.  MACHINES,   SCRAPER.    Machines  hi   which   the  coating 

material  is  spread  and  distributed  over  the  object  by  the 
action  of  scrapers,  blades,  or  doctors. 
Search  Class— 

91 — COATING,  subclasses  20,  Machines,  Brush,  fountain,  and 
scraper;  22,  Machines,  Brush,  immersion,  and  scraper;  24,  Ma- 
chines, Immersion,  roller,  and  scraper;  30,  Machines,  Fountain 
and  scraper;  32,  Machines,  Immersion  and  scraper,  and  33, 
Machines,  Roller  and  scraper. 

54.  MACHINES,  WEB.    Machines  in  which  a  web,  belt,  or  strip  of 

textile  material  covered  or  coated  with  coating  material  is 
brought  into  contact  with  the  object  or  article  to  be  coated. 
Search  Classes— 

91— COATING,  subclasses  28,  Machines,  Brush  and  web;  34,  Ma- 
chines, Roller  and  web,  and  35,  Machines,  Scraper  and  web. 

101— PRINTING,  subclass  28,  Color-machines,  Graining. 

55.  DRIERS  AND  COOLERS.    Special  mechanisms  for  drying  or 

cooling  the  coating  material  after  it  has  been  applied  to  the 
object. 

Search  Class — 

91— COATING,  subclass  15,  Combined  machines,  Coating  and 
folding. 

56.  ELEVATING    DEVICES.    Mechanisms    for    elevating    the 

coating  material  from  a  lower  supply-reservoir  to  an  upper 
distributing-reservoir  or  to  the  point  where  the  coating  is 
applied. 
Search  Class— 

91— COATING,  subclasses  40,  Machines,  Brush,  roller-feed,  and 
50,  Machines,  Roller,  Roller-feed. 


26674°—  12 


12 


178 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  91— Continued. 

57.  MIXERS  AND   STIRRERS.    Mechanisms  for  mixing  and 

stirring  the  coating  material. 
Search  Classes — 

91— COATING,  subclass  4,  Special  machines,  Confections  and 
pills,  Immersion. 

83— MILLS,  subclass  73,  Mortar-mixers. 

94 — PAVING,  subclass  9,  Mixers. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  30, 
Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters;  35,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and 
beaters,  Rotary  dasher,  Compound  rotation;  36,  Mixers, 
kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary  dasher,  Multiple;  38,  Mixers, 
kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary  dasher,  Single,  and  40,  Mixers, 
kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary  dasher,  Single,  Horizontal. 

127 — SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  11,  Mixers. 

8.  STRIPPERS.    Means  for  stripping   the  coated  articles  from 
the  carrier. 

59.  WIPERS  AND  DUSTERS.    Mechanisms  for  removing  surplus 

coating  material  from  portions  of  articles  intended  to  be  kept 
uncoated. 

59.1  WITH  METAL,  FINISHING.    Miscellaneous  machines  and 
processes  for  treating  the  articles  while  the  metal  coating  is  in 
a  molten  condition  to  secure  a  suitable  finish  and  uniformity 
in  the  coating,  usually  by  avoiding  surplus  coating. 
Search  Classes— 

91— COATING,  subclass  59.8,  With  metal,  Crystallizing,  for  treit- 
ing  a  coating  in  a  molten  condition  to  secure  a  crystalline  effect; 
subclass  55,  Driers  and  coolers. 

29 — METAL  WORKING,  subclass  90,  Burnishing,  for  finishing  a 
solidified  coating  by  burnishing. 

51 — GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  15,  Metal,  Sheet  metal 
and  wire,  for  finishing  by  abrading  or  polishing. 

SO^METAL  ROLLING,  for  finishing  by  rolling. 

205— METAL  DRAWING,  for  finishing  by  drawing. 

59.2.  WITH    METAL,    FINISHING    ROLLS.    Machines    and 

processes  in  which  the  coated  article  is  finished  by  being  passed 
through  cooperating  rolls  while  the  metal  coating  is  in  a  molten 
condition.    The  rolls  are  specially  adapted  by  their  construc- 
tion or  location  for  finishing. 
Search  Class— 

91_CoATiNG,  subclass  12.7,  Special  machines,  With  metal. 
Immersion,  Work  conveying,  Rolls,  and  the  subclasses  re- 
ferred to  in  the  definition  thereto. 

59.3.  WITH  METAL,  FINISHING,  SEPARATORS.    Appara- 

tus and  processes  for  treating  in  bulk  small  articles  while  the 
coating  is  in  a  molten  condition,  separating  the  articles  from 
each  other  and  from  the  surplus  adhering  metal,  so  that  when 
cool  the  articles  will  be  clean  of  surplus  metal  and  separate 
from  each  other. 

59.4.  WITH  METAL,  FINISHING,  WIPERS.    Apparatus  and 

processes  for  removing  surplus  metal  while  in  a  molten  condi- 
tion by  a  wiping,  scraping,  or  abrasive  action. 
Search  Classes  - 

91— COATING,  subclasses  53,  Machines,  Scraper,  and  the  sub- 
classes referred  to  in  the  definition  thereto;  37,  Machines, 
Brush,  and  the  subclasses  referred  to  in  the  definition  thereto; 
58,  Strippers,  and  59,  Wipers  and  dusters. 

113— SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  97,  Soldering, 
Wipers. 

59.8.  WITH  METAL,  CRYSTALLIZING.    Apparatus  and  proc- 
esses for  producing  a  crystalline  effect  in  the  metal  coating. 

60.  WORK-HOLDERS.    Devices  for  holding  the  articles  while 

being  coated. 
Search  Classes— 

91— COATING,  subclasses  4,  Special  machines,  Confections  and 
pills,  Immersion;  5,  Special  machines,  Confections  and  pills, 
Immersion,  Charges;  6,  Special  machines,  Confections  and 
pills,  Immersion,  Dipping  implements,  and  46,  Machines, 
Immersion. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  65,  Match-making,  Dipping- 
frames. 

61.  WORK-HOLDERS,     ENAMELING-TABLES.    Adjustable 

and  movable  tables  for  holding  heated  articles  while  the 
enameling  material,  usually  in  the  form  of  a  powder,  is  sifted 
or  scattered  over  said  articles. 

62.  WORK-HOLDERS,  GRIPPER  MECHANISMS.    Gripping 

mechanisms,  clamps,  and  jaws  for  carrying  the  articles  being 
treated  through  the  coating-machine. 

63.  IMPLEMENTS,  BRUSH  HOLDERS  AND  CLEANERS. 

Cabinets  and  other  receptacles  for  holding  paint  and  varnish 
brushes  while  not  in  use.  containing  provisions  for  cleaning  the 
brushes  or  for  keeping  them  in  a  soft  and  pliable  condition. 
Search  Class— 

15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  6,  Brush  and  broom 
supports. 

64.  IMPLEMENTS,  PAINTERS' HOOKS.    Hooks  adapted  to  be 

attached  to  a  roof,  side  of  a  building,  or  ladder,  primarily  for 
supporting  paint-pots;  but  they  are  usually  a  sort  of  combina- 
tion-tool adapted  to  serve  other  purposes  in  addition  to  that 
of  supporting  the  pot. 


CLASS  91— Continued. 

65.  IMPLEMENTS,  PAINT-PROTECTORS.    Devices  used  by 

painters  for  protecting  one  of  two  adjacent  surfaces  while  the 
other  is  being  painted. 

66.  IMPLEMENTS,  POTS,    Portable  receptacles— such  as  pots, 

cups,  and  pails  -for  holding  coating  material  while  the  same  is 

being  applied  or  so  that  it  can  readily  be  applied. 
Search  Classes— 

91— COATING,  subclass  62,  Work-holders,  Gripper  mechanisms. 
15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  6,  Brush  and  broom 

supports. 
220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  33. 

Buckets. 

07.  IMPLEMENTS,  SANDERS.  Hand  implements  forscattering 
sand  over  freshly  painted  or  coated  surfaces. 

67.1.  IMPLEMENTS,  MUCILAGE  HOLDERS.  Receptacles  of 
various  sorts  especially  designed  to  contain  liquid  adhesives 
and  facilitate  the  removal  of  the  adhesives  from  the  receptacles. 

(17.2.  IMPLEMENTS,  MUCILAGE  HOLDERS,  BRUSHES. 
Brushes  designed  for  use  in  mucilage  receptacles  and  the  like. 
They  are  usually  combined  with  some  form  of  closure  for  the 
receptacle  in  which  the  brush  is  used. 

67.3.  IMPLEMENTS,    MUCILAGE    HOLDERS,    SCRAPERS. 

Mucilage  holders  provided  with  scraping  devices  for  removing 
surplus  mucilage  from  the  brush. 

67.4.  IMPLEMENTS,  MUCILAGE  HOLDERS,  SPREADERS. 

Mucilage  holders  provided  with  spreading  devices  in  the 
closure  of  the  holder,  which  makes  the  use  of  a  brush  unneces- 
sary. 

Note. — Mucilage  holders  having  brushes  or  sponges  attached  to 
serve  as  spreading  devices  are  classified  in  class  15,  BRUSHING 
AND  SCRUBBING,  FOUNTAIN  BRUSHES,  MUCILAGE. 

67.5.  IMPLEMENTS,  MUCILAGE  HOLDERS,  SPREADERS, 

FLEXIBLE  CAP.  Mucilage  holders  having  spreaders  con- 
sisting of  a  flexible  cap,  usually  rubber,  having  an  opening  at 
the  tip,  through  which  the  mucilage  escapes. 

07.9.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  PRINTING.    Includes  fabrics 
that  are  either  coated  or  impregnated  and  in  addition  printed 
or  embossed;  also  processes  of  preparing  them. 
Search  Class— 

91— COATING,  subclass  10,  Combined  machines,  Coating  and 
printing,  for  analogous  apparatus. 

68.  PROCESSES.    Miscellaneous  processes  for  spreading  coating 

material  over  an  article  or  object. 

68.1.  PROCESSES,  WITH  METAL.  Miscellaneous  processes 
for  applying  a  coating  of  metal  as  limited  in  the  main 
definition. 

68  2.  PROCESSES,     WITH     METAL,     COMBINED     WITH 
ELECTRODEPOSITION.    Processes    in    which    electro- 
depositon  of  metal  is  at  least  one,  but  not  all.  of  a  plurality 
of  metal  coating  operations.    This  subclass  includes  processes 
which  are  a  combination  of  coating  with  metal  by  electro- 
deposition  and  coating  with  metal  as  defined  in  this  class  and 
may  involve  either  one  or  a  plurality  of  coatings. 
Search' Class— 
204 — ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  appropriate  subclasses. 

68.3.  PROCESSES,  WITH  METAL,  PRECIPITATION.     Proc- 
esses whereby  the  metal  coating  is  precipitated  from  a  solu- 
tion, usually  aqueous,  on  the  surface  to  be  coated. 
Search  Classes— 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  18,  Solution  and  precipitation; 
67,  Solution  and  precipitation,  Chlorination,  and  185,  Solu- 
tion and  precipitation,  Cyanids. 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  24.5,  Metal 
depositing. 

204 — ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  for  precipitation  by  electrodeposi- 
tion. 

69.  PROCESSES,     PHOTOGRAPHIC     FILM     OR     PLATE. 

Processes  of  spreading  a  sensitive  emulsion  coating  material 
over  films,  plates,  fabrics,  tissue,  paper,  etc. 

70.  PROCESSES,     WITH     HEAT.    Coating     processes    which 

involve  the  application  of  heat  as  one  of  the  steps  thereof. 

70  1    PROCESSES,  WITH  HEAT,  WITH  METAL.    Processes 
for  applying  a  coating  of  metal  involving  the  application  of 
a  high  degree  of  heat  to  produce  a  physical  or  chemical  change 
in  the  coating  material. 
Search  Classes— 

23— METAL  WORKING,  subclasses  188,  Metal  stock,  Processes, 
Compound  bars  and  tubes,  and  189,  Metal  stock,  Processes, 
Compound  plate. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  187,  Fluxes. 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  93,  Welding. 
Processes,  Dissimilar  metals. 

113— SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  112,  Soldering, 
Processes. 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  4,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Apparatus,  Filaments  and  glowers,  and  also  subclasses  131  and 
132  under  Filament  and  glower  compositions. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


179 


CLASS  91— Continued. 

70.2.  PROCESSES,  WITH  HEAT,  WITH  METAL,  MOLTEN. 

Processes  in  which  the  coating  metal  is  in  a  molten  state 

before  and  when  applied  to  the  surface  to  be  coated. 
Search  Classes— 
22-  METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  200,  Processes,  Casting,  and 

the  subclasses  thereunder. 
75— METALLURGY,  subclasses  1,  Alloys,  for  alloys  for  coating, 

and  75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  187,  Fluxes,  for  compositions 

including  a  metal  and  a  flux. 
113— SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  112,  Soldering, 

Processes, 

70.3.  PROCESSES,  WITH  HEAT,  WITH  METAL,  MOLTEN, 

PREPARATION.    Processes  for  coating  with  molten  metal, 
combined  with  a  preparatory  treatment  of  the  material  to  be 
coated. 
Search  Classes— 

91— COATING,  subclass  68.1,  Processes,  With  metal,  for  prepara- 
tory processes  for  coating  with  metal  not  limited  to  molten 
metal  and  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

29— METAL  WORKING,  subclass  81,  Scale  removers  and  pre- 
venters. 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING. 


CLASS  91— Continued. 

75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  187,  Fluxes. 

148— ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclass  42,  Pickling  and 

swilling. 
204— ELECTROCHEMISTRY,    subclass    7,   Electrolysis,  Aqueous 

bath,  Cathodes,  Cleaning. 

71.  PROCESSES,  WITH  HEAT,  JAPANNING.    Processes  of 

coating  surfaces  of  metal,  wood,  etc.,  with  japan  or  other 
varnish  which  is  dried  and  hardened  at  a  high  temperature 
in  stoves  or  heated  chambers. 

72.  PROCESSES,   WITH    HEAT,   VITREOUS.    Processes   of 

coating  wood  and  other  surfaces  (except  metal  surfaces)  with 
vitriflable  material  and  firing  to  vitrify  the  coating  mate- 
rial and  to  affix  it  to  the  surface. 

73.  PROCESSES,  WITH  HEAT,  VITREOUS,  ON  METAL. 

Processes  of  coating  metal  surfaces  with  vitriflable  material 
and  firing  to  vitrify  the  coating  material  and  to  affix  it  to  the 
surface. 

Search  Class — 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  26,  Surface  type,  Pigment  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 


CLASS  92.— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION. 
DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  covers  the  preparation  of  paper  pulp  and  the  formation 
of  structure  from  the  same.  It  includes  fluid  and  chemical  treat- 
ment of  fibrous  materials  for  liberating  and  degumming  fiber, 
whether  restricted  to  the  paper  making  art  or  otherwise. 

Broadly  the  complete  operation  involves  suspending  disintegrated 
fibrous  material  in  water,  passing  the  mass  through  a  shaping  appa- 
ratus, which  expresses  the  water  and  delivers  the  product  in  self- 
sustaining  form. 

The  class  includes  machines  and  processes,  also  structure  of 
product  per  se,  when  the  invention  resides  in  the  structure  produced 
by  operations  within  the  scope  of  the  class. 

Preliminary,  subsequent,  and  a  few  intermediate  operations 
Which  are  not  necessarily  limited  to  this  art  are  excluded. 

When  foreign  material  is  introduced  into  the  fibrous  mass  the 
line  between  this  art  and  the  plastic  art  is  not  distinct:  but  gen- 
erally if  the  material  introduced  rather  than  the  expressing  action 
is  primarily  depended  upon  to  bind  the  fibers  together  the  invention 
is  excluded  from  this  class. 

This  class  is  divided  into  five  groups,  as  follows: 

STOCK  TREATMENT,  covering  the  reduction  of  the  stock  to  a  crude 
pulp  or  liberated  fiber. 

STUFF  WORKING,  refining  the  crude  mass. 

WEB  FORMING,  producing  a  continuous  web  of  paper  from  the 
pulp. 

PULP  MOLDING,  producing  any  structure  or  article  from  the  pulp 
other  than  a  continuous  web. 

FINISHING,  treating  the  paper  after  it  has  reached  a  substantially 
dry  or  self-sustaining  stage. 

Note. — An  invention  comprising  matter  classifiable  in  more  than 
one  specific  subclass  of  this  class  is  placed  in  the  subclass  having  the 
lowest  number  and  cross-referenced  into  the  subclass  or  subclasses 
having  a  higher  number  or  numbers. 

Note. — For  further  information  see  the  subclass  definitions. 

Subclasses. 

1.  STOCK  TREATMENT.    Miscellaneous  inventions  relating  to 

the  degumming  of  fibrous  materials  and  the  reduction  of  paper 
stock  to  a  crude  pulpy  mass.  Preliminary  operations  which 
do  not  produce  such  results  are  excluded.  When  the  method 
of  liberation  is  designed  to  preserve  the  fiber,  so  that  it  may 
be  employed  for  textile  or  other  purposes,  it  is  placed  in  one 
of  the  subclasses  designated  by  the  term  "fiber." 
Search  Classes— 

13— BRAKES  AND  GINS,  and  19,  CARDING,  for  the  mechanical 
treatment  of  textile  materials  and  small  fibrous  stalks. 

13 — BRAKES  AND  GINS,  subclass  22,  Rag  cutters,  and  19,  CARD- 
ING, subclass  9,  Pickers,  for  mechanical  treatment  of  rag  stock. 

83— MILLS,  especially  subclass  75,  Wood  and  bark,  for  the  dis- 
integration of  larger  material,  such  as  wood.  Chip  graders 
are  also  found  in  class  83,  MILLS,  subclass  74,  Chip  graders. 

2.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  BY-PRODUCT  RECOVERY.    In- 

ventions for  preparing  stock  or  liberating  fiber  which  also  in- 
clude by-product  recovery  or  which  recover  products  from 
paper  stock  waste  by  operations  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 
Does  not  include  the  extraction  of  pure  chemicals  when  not 
combined  with  any  operation  of  the  class. 

3.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  SPECIAL  PAPER  STOCK.    Inven- 

tions in  which  some  particular  stock  is  utilized  for  paper 
making  purposes.    The  treatment  of  well   known  stock- 
such  as  rags,  wood,  straw,  etc. — is  not  found  here.    Does  not 
include  alkaline  digestive  treatment. 
Search  Class— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  14, 
Stock  treatment,  Alkaline,  Special  paper  stock,  when  hot 
alkaline  liquor  is  employed  in  the  treatment. 

4.  STOCK    TREATMENT     FIBER.    Miscellaneous    treatment 

other  than  mechanical  when  the  design  is  to  liberate  and 
degum  the  fiber  rather  than  prepare  a  pulp. 

In  process  claims  falling  within  this  class  the  statement  that 
the  material  is  crushed  or  broken  is  disregarded;  but  if  appa- 
ratus for  mechanical  disintegration  is  also  included  the  patent 
is  placed  in  this  subclass  and  cross-referenced,  if  necessary,  into 
other  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

92 — PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  in  the  "Digestive" 
subclasses,  for  liberation  of  fiber  by  digestive  operations. 

13— BRAKES  AND  GINS,  for  the  mechanical  breaking  up  of  the 
smaller  fibrous  plants.  The  application  of  moisture  during 
the  breaking  action  does  not  exclude  the  patent  from  class  115. 

5.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  FIBER,  BACTERIA.    The  libera- 

tion of  fiber  depending  upon  the  presence  of  bacteria.  Fre- 
quently called  "retting" — a  slow  process. 


CLASS  92— Continued. 

6.  STOCK    TREATMENT,    COMBINED    GRINDING    AND 

DIGESTING.  The  production  of  paper  stock  exclusively, 
and  covers  treatments  that  involve  both  grinding  and  digest- 
ing features.  This  does  not  include  the  mere  crushing  or 
breaking  of  small  fibrous  plants,  but  usually  refers  to  the  com- 
bination of  mechanical  disintegrating  operations,  such  as 
grinding  and  chipping,  with  extended  hot  liquid  treatment. 

Patents  are  not  cross-referenced  from  this  subclass  into  the 
miscellaneous  digestive  subclass. 
Search  Classes— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  the  "Digestive" 
subclasses,  and  the  classes  mentioned  in  the  search  notes 
thereof,  especially  71,  FERTILIZERS,  subclass  1,  Apparatus; 
195,  ALCOHOL,  subclasses  25,  Mashing,  Apparatus;  26,  Mash- 
ing, Apparatus,  Digesters  and  disintegrators,  and  32,  Mash- 
ing, Processes. 

7.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE.    The  reduction  of  the 

stock  to  pulp  by  the  application  of  hot  liquid  or  vapor.  Also, 
in  the  fiber  subclasses,  the  liberation  of  the  fiber  is  included. 
When  a  particular  reagent  other  than  water  is  employed,  the 
patent  falls  under  one  of  the  more  specific  subclasses  relating 
to  this  treatment. 

Apparatus  found  in  various  classes  may  easily  be  adapted 
to  this  art,  and  extensive  search  may  therefore  be  necessary 
for  analogous  structure. 
Search  Classes— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  6,  Stock 
treatment,  Combined  grinding  and  digesting. 

8— BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  subclass  18,  Close  vats. 

34— DRIERS,  subclass  30,  Retort. 

68— LAUNDRY,  subclass  16,  Washing  machines,  Boiler,  and  30, 
Washboilers. 

71— FERTILIZERS,  subclass  1,  Apparatus. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  27,  Preparing  grain,  Steaming  and  dam- 
pening, and  28,  Preparing  grain,  Processes. 

87— OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE  especially  subclasses  4,  Decompos- 
ing fats;  6,  Extracting  oils;  12,  Refining  fat  oils;  13,  Render- 
ing, and  16,  Soap  manufacture. 

99— PRESERVING,  subclasses  2,  Apparatus;  5,  Desiccation,  and 
12,  Wood  saturation. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  11,  Furnace  structure,  Wet  fuel,  Gar- 
bage and  sewage,  Closed  retort. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  348,  Water  heaters, 
Kettle  furnace,  Steam  generators  and  cookers. 

127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclasses  1,  Bleaching  cane  juice;  10, 
Glucose,  and  17,  Sugar  making. 

195— ALCOHOL,  subclasses  26,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  Digesters 
and  disintegrators;  28,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  Mash  tubs;  30, 
Mashing,  Apparatus,  Mash  Tubs,  Tubular  rakes;  31,  Mashing, 
Hops;  32,  Mashing,  Processes:  33,  Mashing,  Wort,  and  34, 
Mashing,  Wort,  Hopping. 

196— MINERAL  OILS,  subclasses  4,  Apparatus,  Stills,,  Stirrers 
and  scrapers,  and  18,  Apparatus,  Stills,  Supplementary 
heating. 

202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  3,  Charcoal,  Retorts. 

203— AMMONIA.  WATER,  AND  WOOD  DISTILLATION,  especially 
subclass  6,  Wood. 

209— CARBONATING  BEVERAGES,  subclass  17,  Gas  generators, 
Furnace. 

210 — WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclass  19,  Filters,  Chemical 
feeders. 

8.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE    FIBER.     Inventions 

designed  to  degum  and  preserve  the  fiber  rather  than  produce 
a  pulp. 

Unless  it  is  definitely  stated  that  the  digestive  treatment 
is  designed  to  isolate  a  fiber  for  textile  or  other  general  purposes 
the  patent  is  not  classified  in  any  of  the  fiber  subclasses. 

9.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE,  MISCELLANEOUS 

REAGENTS.  Inyentions  wherein  a  particular  reagent  other 
than  water  is  described  which  does  not  fall  within  any  of  the 
following  subclasses. 

If  the  method  is  substantially  an  alkaline  or  a  sulfurotis  acid 
treatment,  the  addition  of  other  chemicals  does  not  place  the 
patent  in  this  subclass. 

10.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE,  MISCELLANEOUS 

REAGENTS,  FIBER.  Digestive  treatment  with  miscella- 
neous reagents  for  the  production  of  liberated  fiber. 

11.  STOCKTREATMENT, DIGESTIVE,  ACID, SULFUROUS, 

Digestive  treatment  by  the  well  known  "sulfite"  process- 
but  is  broad  enough  to  include  digestive  apparatus  and  proc, 
esses  when  the  treatment  described  relies  upon  sulfurous  acid 
as  the  principal  agent. 
Search  Class— 

92  PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  10. 
Stock  treatment,  Digestive,  Shells  and  linings,  when  the  only 
disclosure  is  a  shell  or  lining  which  may  be  used  with  thi's 
treatment. 

181 


182 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  92— Continued. 

12.  STOCKTREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE,  ACID,  SULFUROUS, 

FIBER.  The  production  of  liberated  fiber  by  digestive 
treatment  with  sulfurous  acid  as  the  principal  agent. 

13.  STOCK   TREATMENT,    DIGESTIVE,    ALKALINE.    Di- 

gestive treatment  where  the  reagent  employed  is  of  an  alka- 
line nature. 
Search  Class 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  l<>,  Stock 
treatment,  Digestive,  Alkaline,  Bleaching  feature,  if  the  treat- 
ment ajso  involves  a  bleaching  feature. 

14.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE,  ALKALINE,  SPE- 

CIAL PAPER  STOCK.  Alkaline  digestive  treatment  of 
special  paper  stock  as  denned  under  subclass  3,  Stock  treat- 
ment, Special  paper  stock. 

15.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE,ALKALINE,  FIBER. 

The  production  of  liberated  fiber  by  alkaline  digestive  treat- 
ment. 

16.  STOCK      TREATMENT,       DIGESTIVE,      ALKALINE, 

BLEACHING  FEATURE.    Alkaline  digestive  treatment, 
including  a  bleaching  feature. 
Search  Class— 

8— BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  for  bleaching  of  the  stock  unless 
involved  with  some  other  treatment. 

17.  STOCK      TREATMENT,      DIGESTIVE,      ALKALINE, 

BLEACHING  FEATURE,  FIBER.  The  production  of 
liberated  fiber  by  an  alkaline  digestive  treatment  involving 
bleaching. 

18.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE,  ROTARY  DIGES- 

TERS. Digestive  stock  treatment  wherein  are  employed 
digesters  designed  to  rotate. 

In  addition  to  the  search  outlined  under  "  Digestive  treat- 
ment" for  analogous  structures, 
Search  Classes 

34— DRIERS,  subclass  5,  Cylinder,  Internal,  Rotary  horizontal. 

75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  138,  Roasters,  Revolving,  Cylinders. 

87 — OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  13,  Rendering. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  14,  Furnace  structure,  Wet  fuel,  Gar- 
bage and  sewage,  Rotary  retort. 

122— STEAM  BOILERS,  subclass  13,  Rotary. 

195— ALCOHOL,  subclass  22,  Malting,  Apparatus,  Cylinders, 
rotary. 

196 — MINERAL  OILS,  subclasses  20,  Coal,  Retorts,  Rotary,  and 
12,  Apparatus,  Stills,  Rotary. 

222— HYDRAULIC  CEMENT  AND  LIME,  subclass  7,  Kilns,  Rotary. 

19.  STOCK  TREATMENT,  DIGESTIVE,  SHELLS  AND  LIN- 

INGS.   Shell  or  lining  structure  of  the  digester. 
Search  Classes 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  30,  Artificial  stone,  Solu- 
ble silicates,  in  addition  to  the  classes  noted  under  the  "  Digest- 
ive treatment"  subclasses. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  2,  Recep- 
tacles, Acid-proof. 

20.  STUFF  WORKING.    The  reduction  and  refining  of  the  crude 

or  green  pulp  into  condition  to  be  fed  to  the  machines  or  molds 
upon  which  it  is  to  be  given  form.  This  is  the  miscellaneous 
subclass  of  the  group  and  contains  any  means  for  reducing 
inequalities  in  the  pulpy  mass  which  does  not  fall  within  the 
more  specific  subclasses  hereunder.  This  may  be  considered, 
broadly,  as  the  second  stage  in  the  process  of  paper  making. 
Search  Classes 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  37,  Stuff 
working.  Stuff  chests,  and  the  classes  mentioned  in  the  notes 
thereunder,  for  agitating  devices. 

8— BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  for  bleaching  operations  when  not 
combined  with  other  features. 

34 — DRIERS,  especially  subclass  14,  Floors,  Fixed;  100,  PRESSES, 
subclasses  of "  Expressing;"  127,  SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  3, 
Centrifugal  machines,  and  210,  WATER  PURIFICATION,  for 
devices  for  draining  water  from  the  pulp,  except  in  the  forma- 
tion of  a  web  or  on  a  cylinder  machine. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  63,  Batch  mixers;  83,  MILLS,  subclass  73, 
Mortar  mixers;  87,  OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  16,  Soap 
manufactures;  94,  PAVING,  subclass  9,  Mixers;  107,  BREAD, 
PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  30,  Mixers, 
kneaders,  and  beaters,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  127, 
SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclasses  11,  Mixers,  and  23,  Starch:  195, 
ALCOHOL,  subclasses  25,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  and  21,  Malting,  Apparatus,  for  similar 
mechanical  features. 

141— WASHING  APPARATUS,  subclass  12,  Miscellaneous  fiber  and 
pulp  washers,  for  washing  of  the  pulp  unless  covering  appa- 
ratus specially  provided  for  in  class  8,  BLEACHING  AND  DYE- 
ING. 

210— WATER  PURIFICATION,  for  apparatus  for  collecting  fiber 
and  other  materials  from  waste  water  of  any  operation. 

21.  STUFF   WORKING,   SPECIAL   MATERIAL   INCORPO- 

RATING.   Any  operation,  by  which  any  material,  except 
paper  stock,  is  mixed  with  the  stuff  or  pulp  prior  to  the 
structure  forming  stage. 
Search  Classes 

92  PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  40,  Web 
forming,  Special  material  incorporating,  or  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  subclass  55,  Pulp  molding,  Special  material 
and  object  incorporating,  if  introduced  into  the  stun*  or  pulp 
while  on  the  machine  or  mold. 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  the  "Sizing"  subclasses, 
if  the  invention  merely  covers  a  composition  or  the  use  of  a 
substance  or  composition  for  giving  body  or  surface  to  the 
paper  not  unique  to  paper  making. 


CLASS  92— Continued. 

22.  STUFF   WORKING,   BEATING   ENGINES.    Stuff  work- 

ing machines  having  a  rotating  beating  surface  with  blades 
or  projections  running  in  proximity  to  an  opposed  cooperating 
surface,  the  stuff  traveling  in  the  direction  of  motion  of  the 
blades  at  the  point  of  operation.  In  this  class  of  machines  the 
stuff  usually  travels  in  an  endless  course  until  sufficiently 
beaten. 
Search  Classes 

8 — BLEACHING  AND  DYEING,  subclass  19,  Open  vats. 

19— CARDING,  subclass  19,  Opener  beaters. 

68— LAUNDRY,  subclass  23,  Washing  machines,  Roller  and  bed. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  34, 
Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Roller. 

23.  STUFF     WORKING,     BEATING     ENGINES,     SCREEN 

ATTACHMENT.  Beating  engines  having  a  screen  attach- 
ment for  washing  purposes. 

Engines  falling  within  the  "Stuff  working"  group  which 
have  screen  attachments  for  washing  purposes  are  cross- 
referenced  here  when  not  of  the  beating  type. 
Search  Class— 

141— WASHING  APPARATUS,  subclass  12,  Miscellaneous  fiber 
and  pulp  washers,  if  there  is  no  improvement  in  the  beater. 

24.  STUFF    WORKING,    BEATING    ENGINES,    HORIZON- 

TAL COURSE.  Beating  engines  wherein  the  stuff-flow  is 
substantially  horizontal. 

25.  STUFF  WORKING,  BEATING   ENGINES,  VERTICAL 

COURSE.  Beating  engines  wherein  the  courae  of  the  stuff 
is  substantially  vertical,  so  that  the  stuff  during  a  portion  of 
the  travel  flows  above  another  part  of  the  course. 

26.  STUFF    WORKING.    REFINING    ENGINES.    Machines 

designed  for  the  final  reducing  or  disintegrating  treatment  of 
the  pulp.  Are  distinguished  from  the  beating  engines  by  the 
fact  that  the  material  passes  in  a  direction  substantially  at 
right  angles  to  the  motion  of  the  operating  surface.  Both"  the 
beating  and  refining  engines  contain  opposed  cooperating 
surfaces  and  the  operations  somewhat  approximate  grinding 
as  distinguished  from  a  kneading  or  stirring  of  the  mass. 
Search  Classes— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  20,  Stuff 
working,  for  reducing  engines  that  do  not  fall  clearly  within 
a  beating  or  refining  subclass,  but  have  general  characteristics 
of  beating  or  refining  engines. 

83— MILLS,  especially  subclass  75,  Wood  and  bark,  for  analogous 
structures. 

27.  STUFF  WORKING,  REFINING  ENGINES,  CONE  AND 

SHELL.    Refining  engines  generally  of  the  type  known  as 
"  Jordan  "  or  modifications  of  that  type.     The  distinguishing 
characteristic  is  a  rotary  cone  running  in  proximity  to  an  outer 
cooperating  shell. 
Search  Class— 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  13,  Grinding  mills,  Cone  and  shell,  and 
31,  Grain  scourers,  Conical,  for  analogous  structure. 

28.  STUFF    WORKING,    SAND    SEPARATORS.    Inventions 

for  removing  sand  and  similar  heavy  particles  from  the  stuff. 
The  foreign  matter  generally  settles  to  the  bottom  and  is 
trapped,  while  the  stuff  travels  on. 
Search  Classes— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  29,  Stuff 
working,  Strainers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  inven- 
tions involving  passing  the  stuff  through  a  screen  for  separat- 
ing knots,  slivers,  etc. 

83— MILLS,  subclass  59,  Ore  and  coal,  Separators,  Washers;  103, 
PUMPS,  subclass  64,  Elements,  Sand  traps  and  strainers,  and 
210,  WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclass  5,  Filters,  Decanters,  for 
similar  devices. 

29.  STUFF  WORKING,  STRAINERS.    Inventions  for  working 

out  knots,  slivers,  lumps,  etc.,  from  the  stuff  by  passing  it 
through  screens. 
Search  Classes 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  86,  Solution  and  precipitation, 
Apparatus. 

83  -MILLS,  subclasses  27,  Preparing  grain,  Steaming  and  damp- 
ening; 28,  Preparing  grain,  Processes;  26,  Sifters  and  screens, 
and  59,  Ore  and  coal. 

146— VEGETABLE  CUTTERS  AND  CRUSHERS,  subclass  9,  Crush- 
ers and  graters,  Rotary. 

195— ALCOHOL,  subclasses  25,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  and  3.~>,  Mashing,  Wort,  Purifying. 

210— WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclass  16,  Filters,  Strainers. 

30.  STUFF     WORKING,     STRAINERS,     FLAT     SCREEN. 

'Strainers  having  a  flat  screen  for  use  in  this  art  or  apparatus 
supplied  with  a  flat  screen  or  screens  only  and  not  provided 
for  in  the  following  subclasses. 

31.  STUFF  WORKING,  STRAINERS,  FLAT  SCREEN,  HORI- 

ZONTAL STATIONARY.  Flat  screen  strainers,  particu- 
larly adapted  to  strain  pulp,  which  are  substantially  horizon- 
tal and  without  motion,  the  stuff  usually  being  worked  through 
by  auxiliary  mechanism. 

32.  STUFF  WORKING,  STRAINERS,  FLAT  SCREEN,  HORI- 

ZONTAL STATIONARY,  VERTICALLY  VIBRATING 
DIAPHRAGM.  Horizontal  stationary  flat  screen  strainers  in 
connection  with  vertically  moving  diaphragms  substantially 
parallel  to  the  horizontal  screens  for  facilitating  the  passage 
of  the  stuff.  In  some  instances  the  diaphragm  is  pivoted  at 
one  edge. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


183 


CLASS  92— Continued. 

33.  STUFF     WORKING,      STRAINERS,     FLAT     SCREEN, 

SHAKING.  Flat  screen  strainers  adapted  to  be  given  a  shak- 
ing or  jarring  motion  in  any  direction  to  assist  in  the  operation. 
Search  Classes— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  35,  Stuff 
working,  Strainers,  Cylindrical  rotating  screen,  Outward  flow, 
for  rotating  srreens  which  have  also  a  jarring  motion;  subclass 
29,  Stuff  working,  Strainers,  for  other  strainers  of  various  forms 
actuated  by  a  reciprocating  movement;  subclass  45,  Web 
forming,  Fourdrinier  machines,  Shake  frames. 

34— DRIERS,  subclass  38,  Shaking. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  35,  Grain  scourers.  Reciprocating  and  end- 
less and  3S,  Chop  graders,  Shaking  bolts. 

130— THRESHING,  subclass  15,  Grain  separators,  Shaking 
screens. 

34.  STUFF  WORKING,  STRAINERS,  CYLINDRICAL  STA- 

TIONARY SCREEN.     Stuff  strainers  of  cylindrical  form 

within  which  the  stuff  is  generally  placed  and  driven  out  as 

by  means  of  beating  blades. 
Search  Classes —    . 
92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  35,  Stuff 

working,  Strainers,  Cylindrical  rotating  screen,  Outward  flow. 
127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  3,  Centrifugal  machines,  if  the 

stuff  is  screened  by  the  centrifugal  action  of  a  rapidly  rotating 

containing  vessel  or  screen. 

35.  STUFF  WORKING,  STRAINERS,  CYLINDRICAL   RO- 

TATING SCREEN,  OUTWARD  FLOW.    Stuff  working 
strainers  of  cylindrical  rotating  screen  type  wherein  the  stuff 
is  supplied  to  the  ulterior  of  a  slowly  rotating  screen  from 
which  it  escapes  through  the  meshes  to  the  exterior. 
Search  Classes— 

83— MILLS,  subclass  39,  Chop  graders.  Rotary  bolts. 

130— THRESHING,  subclass  16,  Grain  separators,  Rotary  screens. 

210— WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclass  14,  Filters,  Rotary  bed. 

36.  STUFF  WORKING,  STRAINERS,  CYLINDRICAL  RO- 

TATING   SCREEN,    INWARD    FLOW.    Stuff    working 
machines  of  the  cylindrical  rotating  screen  type  wherein  the 
stuff  is  supplied  to  the  exterior  of  a  cylindrical  rotating  screen 
and  caused  or  permitted  to  flow  through  the  screen  to  the 
interior,  from  which  it  is  allowed  to  escape. 
Search  Class— 
210— WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclass  14,  Filters,  Rotary  bed. 

37.  STUFF   WORKING,   STUFF  CHESTS.    Vessels  generally 

supplied  with  agitators,  for  holding  the  finished  pulp  until  it 
is  fed  to  the  machine  or  mold.  This  subclass  has  no  structural 
characteristics  that  limit  the  apparatus  to  paper  making,  and 
unless  the  invention  is  described  as  designed  for  this  art  the 
patent,  should  be  excluded. 
Search  Classes— 

91— COATING,  subclass  57,  Mixers  and  stirrers,  and  the  classes 
mentioned  thereunder,  when  the  apparatus  is  described  as 
adapted  for  general  analogous  purposes. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  22,  Cheese-vats  and  curd  breakers;  the 
various  subclasses  of  "Churns,"  especially  42,  Churns,  Rotary, 
Vertical  single  dasher,  and  86,  Milk  cans,  Creaming,  Agitators. 

34    DRIERS,  subclass  43,  Stirrers. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  4,  Ice  cream  freezers. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  86,  Solution  and  precipitation 
apparatus. 

83— MILLS,  subclass  11,  Grinding  mills,  Rotary  beaters. 

87— OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  16,  Soap  manufacture. 

94— PAVING,  subclass  9,  Mixers. 

195— ALCOHOL,  subclass  25,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

196— MINERAL  OILS,  subclass  4,  Apparatus,  Stills,  Stirrers  and 
scrapers. 

38.  WEB  FORMING.    Inventions  for  forming  pulp  into  a  con- 

tinuous sheet  or  web,  and  contains  all  inventions  for  handling 
the  web  while  in  the  moist  formative  stage  which  have  not 
been  specially  excluded. 
Search  Classes— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBEK  LIBERATION,  the  "special  work 
machines"  of  the  "Web  forming"  group,  if  the  invention 
involves  a  special  independent  treatment  of  the  web  while 
drying  for  preparing  a  modified  product;  subclass  68,  Finish- 
ing, and  classes  noted  thereunder,  if  the  material  to  be  acted 
upon  is  merely  moist  paper,  which  may  or  may  not  be  in  the 
process  of  formation. 

34 — DRIERS,  for  apparatus  for  merely  drying  paper;  also  in  34, 
for  the  breaking  up  of  webs  of  green  pulp  into  flakes  or  particles 
and  the  drying  of  the  same. 

100— PRESSES,  subclasses  35,  Expressing,  Belt;  36,  Expressing, 
Belt  and  plunger,  and  37,  Expressing,  Belt  and  roller. 

193— CONVEYERS,  subclass  23,  Endless  belt  guides,  for  guides 
for  endless  aprons,  felts  and  the  like,  whether  for  paper  making 
machines  or  other  purposes. 

Of  appropriate  fabric  making  for  wire  and  felt  aprons  of  peculiar 
weave  or  structure. 

39.  WEB  FORMING,  SPECIAL  WORK.    Inventions  particu- 

larly relating  to  the  formation  of  a  web  having  special  or  pe- 
culiar features. 
Search  Classes 

82— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclasses  of 
"Special  stock"  of  the  "Stock  treatment"  group,  if  the 
novelty  resides  merely  in  the  paper  stock.  Webs  built  up  of 
multiple  continuous  layers  of  pulp  are  classified  here;  subclass 
21,  Stuff  working,  Special  material  incorporating,  if  in  mixing 
foreign  matter  with  the  stock  prior  to  the  web  forming  stage. 
54— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES,  if 
the  web  is  formed  of  multiple  layers  of  finished  paper. 


CLASS  92— Continued. 

40.  WEB    FORMING,    SPECIAL    WORK,    SPECIAL    MATE- 

RIAL   INCORPORATING.    The  art  of  introducing  mate- 
rials other  than  paper  stock  into  the  pulp  while  the  web  is 
being  formed. 
Search  Class— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  the  subclasses  of 
"Special  work,"  for  the  building  up  of  webs  containing  a 
plurality  of  layers  of  various  kinds  of  colors  of  pulp,  with  or 
without  adhesives,  or  in  any  other  way  mixing  different  pulps 
in  the  web  forming  machine;  subclasses  21,  Stuff  working, 
Special  material  incorporating,  and  55,  Pulp  molding,  Special 
material  and  object  incorporating,  which  are  parallel  with 
these. 

41.  WEB    FORMING,    SPECIAL   WORK,   SPECIAL  MATE- 

RIAL   INCORPpRATING,     CYLINDER     MACHINES. 
Inventions  involving  special  material  incorporating  by  the 
aid  of  cylinder  type  machines. 
Search  Class— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclasses  42, 
Web  forming,  Special  work,  Cylinder  machines,  and  43,  Web 
forming,  Cylinder  machines,  for  cylinder  machines. 

42.  WEB    FORMING,    SPECIAL   WORK,    CYLINDER    MA- 

CHINES.   Special  work  machines  wherein  the  special  web 
is  formed  by  the  cylinder  type  machine. 
Search  Class— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclasses  41, 
Web  forming.  Special  work,  Special  material  incorporating, 
Cylinder  machines,  and  43,  Web  forming,  Cylinder  machines. 

43.  WEB  FORMING,  CYLINDER  MACHINES.    Web  forming 

machines  having  a  rotating  cylindrical  screen  adapted  to  be 
partially  immersed  in  a  vat  of  pulp.  In  operation  a  thin  layer 
of  pulp  accumulates  on  the  cylindrical  surface  and  is  constantly 
removed  by  some  means  and  carried  away  in  a  continuous  web. 
Machines  of  this  type  are  classified  here  even  when  the  web 
taken  up  is  not  made  at  once  into  paper,  but  is  collected  as 
drained  pulp  for  future  use. 
Search  Classes 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclasses  41, 
Web  forming,  Special  work,  Special  material  incorporating, 
Cylinder  machines;  42,  Web  forming,  Special  work,  Cylinder 
machines,  and  53,  Web  forming,  Suction  boxes,  Traveling 
face,  Cylindrical. 

210— WATER  PURIFICATION,  for  save-alls  and  devices  for  collect- 
ing the  scattered  fibers  and  materials  from  waste  water,  unless 
combined  with  a  paper  making  machine,  even  though  com- 
prising a  cylindrical  screen. 

44.  WEB     FORMING,     FOURDRINIER     MACHINES.    Ma- 

chines having  a  substantially  horizontal  endless  traveling 
screen  or  apron,  on  one  end  of  which  the  pulp  may  be  con- 
stantly deposited,  through  which  most  of  the  water  escapes, 
the  resulting  layer  or  web  being  continuously  removed  and 
carried  away  from  the  other  end  of  the  apron. 
Search  Class— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  45,  Web 
forming,  Fourdrinier  machines,  Shake  frames,  for  general 
structure  of  this  type. 

45.  WEB  FORMING,  FOURDRINIER  MACHINES,  SHAKE 

FRAMES.    Machine  structures  of  the  Fourdrinier  type  in 
which  the  invention  in  some  way  effects  or  involves  mechan- 
ism for  imparting  a  shaking  motion  to  the  traveling  apron. 
Search  Class — 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  33,  Stuff 
working,  Strainers,  Flat  screen.  Shaking,  and  the  search 
notes  thereof,  for  general  shaking  mechanism. 

46.  WEB  FORMING,  FEED  REGULATORS.    Devices  which 

control  or  regulate  the  feeding  of  the  pulp  to  the  machine. 
Search  Classes 

50— FLUID  PRESSURE  REGULATORS;  73,  MEASURING  INSTRU- 
MENTS, especially  the  subclasses  of  "Liquid  measurers''  and 
of  "Weighers;"  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  especially  sub- 
class 62,  Tanks,  Automatic,  and  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS 
FUEL  BURNERS,  the  subclasses  of  "Liquid  fuel  feeding,"  for 
general  liquid  supply  regulating  devices. 

47.  WEB  FORMING,  CpUCH  ROLLS.    Web  forming  apparatus 

comprising  rolls  which  bear  upon  the  pulp  web  while  it  is  still 
upon  the  forming  wire  to  assist  in  laying  the  fiber  and  express- 
ing the  water.  They  are  also  sometimes  employed  to  assist 
in  transferring  the  web  to  the  press  felt,  and  in  cylinder  ma- 
chines the  felt  often  runs  over  the  couch  rolls  and  is  thereby 
pressed  against  the  forming  wire  cylinder.  This  subclass 
includes  couch  roll  attachments. 

48.  WEB  FORMING,  DANDY  ROLLS  AND  WATER  MARK- 

ING DEVICES.  Rolls  having  open-work  peripheries,  gen- 
erally of  wire,  which  bear  upon  the  pulp  web  while  on  the 
forming  wire  and  imprint  a  more  or  less  distinct  surface  pat- 
tern. These  rolls  may  carry  designs  also  for  forming  water 
marks  in  the  web.  Includes  attachments  for  dandy  rolls  and 
also  other  devices  for  water  marking  purposes  when  the  opera- 
tion occurs  while  the  web  is  in  the  formative  stage. 
Search  Class — 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  43,  Web 
forming,  Cylinder  machines,  for  skeleton  roll  structure. 

49.  WEB  FORMING,  PRESS  ROLLS  AND  FELTS.    Inven- 

tions relating  to  the  rolls  and  felts  employed  in  pressing  the 
moisture  out  of  the  web  after  it  has  left  the  forming  wire. 


184 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  92— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBEK  LIBERATION,  subclass  39,  Web 
forming,  Special  work,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  vari- 
ous arrangements  of  the  felts  and  rolls  not  involving  novel  felt 
or  roll  structure  per  se. 

68— LAUNDRY,  subclass  33,  Wringer  rolls. 

101— PRINTING,  subclasses  76,  Inking  apparatus,  Rollers,  and 
77,  Inking  apparatus,  Rollers,  Composition. 

50.  WEB  FORMING,  FELT  AND  WIRE  CLEANERS.    At- 

tachments for  cleaning  the  press  felts  and  forming  wires. 
Search  Classes   - 
92— PAPER  MAKING  AND    FIBER   LIBERATION,   subclass   76, 

Finishing,  Calenders,  Damping  devices. 
210— WATEK  PURIFICATION,  subclass  14,  Filters,  Rotary  bed. 

51.  WEB  FORMING,  SUCTION  BOXES.    Devices  placed  below 

the  forming  wire  wherein  a  partial  vacuum  may  be  produced 
to  assist  in  drawing  the  water  out  of  the  pulp  web. 

52.  WEB  FORMING,  SUCTION  BOXES,  TRAVELING  FACE. 

Suction  boxes  whereof  the  face  of  the  box  against  which  the 
wire  bears  is  designed  to  travel  with  the  wire. 

53.  WEB  FORMING,  SUCTION  BOXES,  TRAVELING  FACE, 

CYLINDRICAL.  Suction  boxes  whereof  the  face  is  a  cylin- 
der which  revolves  as  the  wire  passes  over  it.  In  many  in- 
stances the  entire  box  rotates.  Are  not  to  be  confused  with 
small  rotary  antifriction  rollers  which  are  carried  by  a  box 
having  a  stationary  face. 
Search  Class — 

92—  PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  43,  Web 
forming,  Cylinder  machines. 

54.  PULP  MOLDING.    The  formation  of  all  articles  from  paper 

pulp  excepting  continuous  webs.  If,  however,  the  first  step 
involves  the  formation  of  a  film  not  of  the  endless  type,  the  in- 
vention is  included  in  this  group. 

The  modification  of  molding  devices  so  that  heat  may  be 
applied  is  within  the  scope  of  this  group. 

Pulp  molding  is  in  the  nature  of  a  subordinate  or  more  lim- 
ited division  of  plastic  molding,  the  difference  being  due  to  the 
fact  that  the  pulp  such  as  employed  in  this  art  contains  an  ex- 
cess of  water,  which  must  be  expressed  or  allowed  to  escape, 
thereby  necessitating  that  the  molds  be  perforated. 
Search  Classes— 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  "Web  forming, 
Special  work"  subclasses,  for  inventions  wherein  the  first  step 
in  molding  the  article  involves  the  formation  of  a  pulp  web. 

18— PLASTICS,  should  be  considered  for  molding  operations. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sub- 
classes 41,  Block  molding  machines;  42,  Block  molding  ma- 
chines, Flat  tile,  and  43,  Block  molding  machines,  Roofing  tile, 
for  molding  apparatus  generally. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  8, 
Molding  apparatus,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

207— PLASTIC  METAL  WORKING. 

55.  PULP  MOLDING.  SPECIAL  MATERIAL  AND  OBJECT 

INCORPORATING.  Pulp  molding  involving  the  incorpo- 
ration of  material  other  than  paper  pulp  generally  of  bodies 
of  some  size.  Is  similar  to  the  "Special  material  incorporat- 
ing" subclasses  of  the  two  preceding  groups. 

56.  PULP  MOLDING,  COMBINED  SUBMERGING  AND  COM- 

PRESSING.   Pulp  molding  inventions  involving  submerg- 
ing the  mold  and  compressing  the  pulp  covering  deposited 
thereon. 
Search  Class — 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclasses  57, 
Pulp  molding,  Submerged  mold,  and  59,  Pulp  molding,  Com- 
pressors. 

57.  PULP  MOLDING,  SUBMERGED   MOLD.    Inventions  in 

the  practice  of  which  a  foraminous  mold  is  submerged  wholly 
or  in  part  in  a  vat  of  pulp  or  is  inserted  in  a  wall  of  the  vat. 
Pulp  is  then  deposited  upon  the  mold  by  forcing  or  permitting 
the  water  to  escape  through  the  perforations. 
Search  Classes — 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  56,  Pulp 
molding,  Combined  submerging  and  compressing. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  8(>,  Solution  and  precipitation,  Ap- 
paratus, for  devices  with  somewhat  similar  structure. 

58.  PULP  MOLDING,  CENTRIFUGAL  ACTION.    Inventions 

in  the  practice  of  which  the  pulp  is  placed  within  a  foraminous 
vessel  and  deposited  upon  the  inner  wall  by  centrifugal  action 
due  to  the  rapid  rotation  of  the  vessel. 
Search  Classes— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  65,  Casting  apparatus,  Centrifu- 
gal, for  general  machine  structure. 

91— COATING,  subclass  42,  Machines,  Centrifugal. 

127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  3,  Centrifugal  machines,  when 
it  is  not  intended  to  form  an  article,  but  merely  to  drain  the 
water  out  of  the  pulp. 

59.  PULP  MOLDING,  COMPRESSORS.    Devices  for  forming 

articles  by  pressing  the  pulp  between  opposed  surfaces  pro- 
vided with  escape  passages  for  the  water. 
Search  Classes — 

18—  PLASTICS,  for  pressing  slightly  moist  paper  sheets  into  arti- 
cles where  it  is  unnecessary  to  express  water. 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  57,  Casting  apparatus;  49, 
GLASS,  subclasses  35,  Molding,  Presses,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  72,  Molds,  Pressing,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 100,  PRESSES,  subclasses  under  "Expressing;"  107, 
BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  15,  Mold- 


CLASS  92— Continued. 

ing  apparatus,  Presses,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  113, 
SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  38,  Die  shaping,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder;  131,  MATRIX  MAKING;  201,  METAL 
ORNAMENTING,  subclass  3,  Die  expressing,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder:  223,  APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  31,  Hat 
machines,  Shapers,  for  similar  machine  structure. 

60.  PULP     MOLDING,     COMPRESSORS,     ELASTIC     DIA- 

PHRAGM. Pulp  molding  compressors  having  a  diaphragm 
composed  of  elastic  material  to  press  the  pulp  upon  the  form 
or  to  assist  in  the  operation. 

61.  PULP  MOLDING,  COMPRESSORS,  SHEET  AND  BOARD 

FORMING.  Pulp  molding  compressors  for  pressing  pulp 
into  substantially  flat  sheets  or  boards  either  in  form  for  final 
use  or  as  cakes  or  slabs  of  stock  to  be  employed  in  subsequent 
operations.  A  design  may  be  imprinted  on  the  surface;  but 
the  formation  of  receptacles  and  articles  of  peculiar  or  irregu- 
lar shape  is  not  included  here. 
Search  Classes — 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  67,  Pulp 
molding,  Winders,  Sheet  and  board  forming,  for  like  articles 
formed  by  winding. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  for  anal- 
ogous invention. 

62.  PULP    MOLDING,    COMPRESSORS,    CONTRACTIBLE 

MATRIX.    Pulp  molding  compressors  having  an  external 
former  which  surrounds  the  pulp  and  is  contracted  or  reduced 
to  compress  it.    This  type  should  not  be  confused  with  that 
having  an  elastic  diaphragm  which  may  contract  upon  a  form, 
but  does  not  have  a  forming  face.    Nor  does  this  subclass 
inc|ude_  separable  matrices  which  may  be  opened  after  the 
article  is  formed,  but  do  not  impart  positive  compression. 
Search  Classes— 
10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 

15,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Reciprocating  die  and  header;  49. 
Nail  making,  Wire  nails,  Reciprocating  die  and  header,  and 
57,  Nail  making,  Wrought  Nails,  Spikes,  Reciprocating  die 
and  header;  25,  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARA- 
TUS, subclass  101,  Block  presses,  Expanding  mold,  and  113, 
SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  48,  Die  shaping,  Ex- 
panding die,  for  analogous  machine  structure. 

63.  PULP    MOLDING,    COMPRESSORS,    CONTRACTIBLE 

MATRIX,  PISTON  CLOSING.  Pulp  molding  compressors 
having  contractible  matrices  wherein  the  elements  of  the 
matrix  are  contracted  by  fluid  pressure  pistons  directly  con- 
nected to  the  same.  This  does  not  include  patents  having 
other  mechanism  for  closing  the  matrix,  which  is  in  turn 
actuated  by  piston. 

64.  PULP    MOLDING.    COMPRESSORS,    CONTRACTIBLE 

MATRIX,  TOGGLE  CLOSING.    Pulp  molding  compressors 
having  contractible  matrices  wherein  toggles  are  employed 
for  closing  the  elements  of  the  matrix. 
Search  Class — 
10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 

16,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Reciprocating  die  and  header,  Tog- 
gle closing  dies;  50,  Nail  making.  Wire  nails,  Reciprocating 
die  and  header,  Toggle  closing  dies,  for  similar  mechanism. 

65.  PULP    MOLDING,    COMPRESSORS,    CONTRACTIBLE 

MATRIX,  WEDGE  CLOSING.     Pulp  molding  compressors 
having  contractible  matrices  wherein  the  matrix  is  contracted 
by  means  of  wedges,  cam  slots,  or  similar  devices. 
Search  Class— 
10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 

17,  Bolt  and  rivet  making,  Reciprocating  die  and  header, 
\\  edge  closing  dies,  and  51,  Nail  making ;  Wire  nails,  Recipro- 
cating die  and  header,  Wedge  closing  dies,  for  wedge  closing 
dies. 

66.  PULP  MOLDING,  WINDERS.    Inventions  for  molding  arti- 

cles by  winding  a  thin  sheet  of  pulp  upon  a  form  until  sufticient 
thickness  is  obtained.  The  sheet  may  be  produced  by  one 
of  the  operations  of  the  preceding  group  of  web  forming  or 
if  not  of  the  endless  type  by  an  operation  falling  within  one 
of  the  subclasses  of  this  group. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  for  contractible  mandrels  for 
winding  generally. 

67.  PULP    MOLDING,    WINDERS,    SHEET    AND    BOARD 

FORMING.    Pulp  molding  winders  wherein  the  continuous 
web  is  wound  upon  a  cylinder  until  of  sulfieient  thickness.    It 
is  then  severed  longitudinally  and  laid  open  to  form  a  flat 
board  or  sheet. 
Search  Classes — 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  61, 
Pulp  molding,  Compressors,  Sheet  and  board  forming,  for 
like  articles  formed  by  presses. 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURER, 
subclass  35,  Fabric  coating  and  uniting,  where  finished  paper 
is  coated  with  an  adhesive  and  wound  up  to  form  a  board,  for 
similar  machines. 

68.  FINISHING.    Operations  performed  upon  the  paper  after  it  has 

taken  form  and  dried  or  which  it  is  not  essential  should  take 
place  before  this  stage  and  which  are  not  elsewhere  provided 

Search  Classes— 

8— BLEACHING  AND   DYEING,  for  coloring  with  dyes,  parch- 
ment izing,  and  other  fluid  and  chemical  treatments. 
11— BOOKBINDING,  for  operations  for  preparing  negotiable  paper 
so  as  to  prevent  fraudulent  alterations. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


185 


CLASS  92 — Continued. 

41 — ORNAMENTATION,  for  ornamenting  with  designs  and  pat- 
terns. 

91— COATING,  for  coating  or  loading  paper  when  not  occurring 
during  the  manufacture. 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  for  the  manufacture  of  articles 
from  finished  paper. 

101 — PRINTING,  for  embossing  machines. 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
for  preparing  laminated  stock. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  for  the  cut- 
ting of  paper. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  for  the  winding  of  paper. 

09.  FINISHING,     WRINKLING.    Inventions  for  imparting  to 
paper  irregular  wrinkles  and  various  similar  distortions,  usu- 
ally of  the  crape  paper  type. 
Search  Class — 

154 —LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  30,  Yielding  fabric  making,  Corrugating  and  indent- 
ing, for  producing  definite  corrugations,  plaits,  and  indenta- 
tions, usually  in  heavy  paper  or  like  fabric. 

70.  FINISHING,     FLEXIBILITY    IMPARTING.     Operations 

which  prepare  the  paper  so  that  it  may  be  more  readily  bent 
without  breaking.  Does  not  include  coating  or  impregnating 
with  a  softening  fluid. 

71.  FINISHING,  CALENDERS.    Devices  adapted  to  impart  a 

polished  and  smooth  surface  to  paper.    Includes  calenders 

equally  well  adapted  for  cloth  or  paper. 
Search  Classes— 
26 — CLOTH  FINISHING,  subclass  11,  Calendering,  for  machines 

which  are  designed  for  calendering  cloth  exclusively;  subclass 

2,  Finishing. 
68 — LAUNDRY,    subclass    9,    Ironing    machines;  13,    Mangles, 

and  32,  Wringers. 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  104,  Burnishing;  10.%  Burnish- 
ing, Rotary  machines,  and  106,  Burnishing,  Rotary  machines, 

Internally  heated. 

72.  FINISHING,     CALENDERS,     RECIPROCATING     POL- 

ISHER. Calenders  having  a  reciprocating  polisher  and  an 
opposed  surface  between  which  the  paper  is  to  be  passed. 


CLASS  92— Continued. 

Search  Classes- 
Noted  in  subclass  71,  Finishing,  Calenders,  herein. 
149 — HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclasses  17,  Apparatus, 

Reciprocating  tools,  and  18,  Apparatus,  Reciprocating  tools, 

Rocking  frames. 

73.  FINISHING,    CALENDERS,   STACKED   ROLLS   TYPE. 

Calenders  comprising  three  or  more  rolls  mounted  in  a  ver- 
tical tier  or  stack.    General  structure  of  this  type  also  extends 
through  the  two  following  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

80— METAL  ROLLING,  subclass  39,  Mills,  Three-high,  for  stacked 
roll  arrangement. 

74.  FINISHING,   CALENDERS,   STACKED   ROLLS   TYPE, 

DOCTORS  AND  GUIDES.    Calenders  of  the  stacked  rolls 
type  provided  with  devices  for  guiding  paper  around  and 
through  the  rolls  and  for  keeping  the  rolls  free  and  clean. 
Note. — Doctors  and  guides  adapted  for  use  with  this  type  are 
cross-referenced  here  from  other  calender  subclasses. 

75.  FINISHING,   CALENDERS,   STACKED   ROLLS    TYPE, 

PRESSURE  REGULATORS.    Inventions  involving  means 
for  regulating  or  releasing  pressure  in  the  stack  of  rolls. 

76.  FINISHING,   CALENDERS,   DAMPING   DEVICES.    De- 

vices to  be  employed  in  connection  with  calenders  for  apply- 
ing moisture  to  the  paper  operated  upon. 
Search  Classes— 

92 — PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  50,  Web 
forming,  Felt  and  wire  cleaners. 

26— CLOTH  FINISHING,  subclass  7,  Sponging. 

101 — PRINTING,  subclasses  180,  Planographic  machines,  Damp- 
ing; 96,  Paper  damping  machines,  and  97,  Paper  damping 
machines,  Winders. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  80,  Sprayers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

77.  FINISHING,  CALENDERS,  ROLL.    Limited  to  the  struc- 

ture of  the  calender  roll  per  se. 


CLASS  93.— PAPER  MANUFACTURES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
'Class. 

Machines  for  working  up  previously-made  paper  into  articles  of 
commerce,  except  those  which  make  the  article  from  dry  paper  by 
means  of  drawing-dies,  which  are  classified  in  class  113,  SHEET- 
METAL  WARE.  MAKING,  VESSELS,  DIE-SHAPING,  and  those  which 
mold  the  article  from  moist  paper  or  in  heated  dies,  which  are  classi- 
fied in  class  18,  PLASTICS. 

Note. — Wood  veneer,  cloth,  and  similar  flexible  materials  when 
handled  in  the  same  manner  as  paper  to  form  specific  articles 
are,  for  the  purposes  of  classification,  regarded  as  paper,  and 
machines  for  working  such  materials  to  make  specific  articles 
are  classified  in  paper  manufactures,  subject  to  the  exceptions 
stated  in  the  above  general  definition.  Compound  webs  and 
sheets  of  paper  are  not  regarded  as  specific  articles,  and  patents 
relating  to  the  formation  of  such  webs  and  sheets  are  classified 
in  class  92,  PAPER-MAKING  AND  FIBEK  LIBERATION  and  in 
class  154,  LAMINATED  SHEETS  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFAC- 
TURES. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Means  for  working  paper  into  articles  and 

parts  and  adjuncts  of  such  machines  and  appliances  which  are 
not  otherwise  classified. 

2.  WRAPPING-MACHINES,  MISCELLANEOUS.  Machines  for 

applying  wrappers  to  articles  of  commerce  and  parts  and  ad- 
juncts of  such  machines  which  are  not  classified  under  more 
specific  titles. 

Note. — Machines  for  wrapping  newspapers  are  classified  in  class 
101,  PRINTING,  subclass  46,  Folders,  Newspaper-Wrapping 
Machines. 

3.  WRAPPING-MACHINES,  RECEPTACLE  MAKING  AND 

FILLING.    Machines  which  make  a  paper  receptacle  and  fill 

the  same  with  loose  material. 
Search  Classes — 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  38,  Sack  scales. 
86 — ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 

subclass  23,  Ammunition-Loading  and  subclasses  thereunder. 
127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  6,  Cube  sugar. 
128— SURGERY,  subclass  32,  Capsule  machines. 
226— PACKAGING  LIQUIDS,  subclass  9,    Filling  machines,  for 

filling  apparatus. 

4.  WRAPPING-MACHINES,       PACKET       MAKING       AND 

WRAPPING.  Machines  which  form  a  packet  or  cake  of 
fibrous  or  other  loose  material  and  inclose  the  same  in  a  paper 
covering. 

.5.  WRAPPING-MACHINES,  CRIMPERS  AND  TWISTERS. 
Machines  which  apply  paper  wrappers  to  articles  of  commerce 
by  crimping  or  twisting  the  sheet  about  the  article.  These 
machines  are  usually  designed  to  wrap  oranges  and  other 
fruit,  but  are  not  confined  to  fruit-wrapping. 

6.  WRAPPING-MACHINES,  RECEPTACLE  FILLING  AND 

CLOSING.    Machines  which  fill  a  previously-made  paper 
receptacle  and  thereafter  close  the  same. 
Search  Classes — 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  38,  Sack  scales. 

86— ARMS,  PROJECTILES  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
subclass  23,  Ammunition-Loading  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  6,  Cube  sugar. 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  32,  Capsule  machines. 

144— WOOD-WORKING,  subclass  61,  Match  making,  Box  filling, 
for  filling  boxes  without  closing. 

226— PACKAGING  LIQUIDS,  subclass  9,  Filling  machines  for  filling 
apparatus. 

7.  WRAPPING-MACHINES,     TRAVELING-CARRIER.    Ma- 

chines which  employ  a  traveling  carrier  to  convey  the  objects 
being  operated  on  "from  place  to  place,  where  the  several 
manipulations  involved  in  the  wrapping  are  performed. 
Search  Class — 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  11,  Bag-machines,  Plate- 
mandrel;  12,  Rectangular-mandrel;  and  44,  Box-machines, 
Endless-mandrel  carrier. 

8.  BAG-MACHINES,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machinesfor  making 

paper  bags  and  parts  and  adjuncts  of  such  machines  which 
are  not  classified  under  more  specific  titles. 

9.  BAG-MACHINES,    TRIANGULAR-FOLD,    BLADE-AND- 

ROLLER.  Machines  for  making  triangular  or  cone-shaped 
bags,  the  bags  being  formed  by  driving  the  material  between 
rollers  by  means  of  a  folding-blade. 

10.  BAG-MACHINES,     TRIANGULAR-FOLD,     MANDREL. 

Machines  for  making  triangular  or  cone-shaped  bags,  the  bags 
being  formed  by  folding  the  material  around  a  triangular  or 
cone-shaped  mandrel. 


CLASS  93— Continued. 

11.  BAG-MACHINES,    PLATE-MANDREL.    Machines    which 

form  bags  by  folding  the  material  around  a  plate  or  flat  man- 
drel. 

12.  BAG-MACHINES,      RECTANGULAR-MANDREL.        Ma- 

chines which  form  bags  by  folding  the  material  around  a 
rectangular  mandrel. 
Search  Class — 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier,  and  7,  Wrapping-machines,  Traveling- 
carrier. 

13.  BAG-MACHINES,  CENTRAL-FOLD.    Machines  which  form 

bags  by  folding  the  material  transversely  on  a  line  about 
equally  distant  from  the  sides  or  ends  of  the  blank  and  secur- 
ing the  edges  together. 
Search  Class — 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  62,  Envelop-machines, 
Rotary,  Blank-supply,  and  63,  Rotary,  Web-supply- 

14.  BAG-MACHINES,   WEB-FORMERS,   CUTTERS,    OPEN- 

ERS AND  CLOSERS.  Machines  which  fold  and  paste  a 
web  of  paper  longitudinally  to  form  a  tube,  cut  the  tube  into 
bag  lengths,  open  into  some  form  one  end  of  each  length  as  a 
preliminary  step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom,  and  close  the 
opened  formation  to  complete  the  bag. 

Note. — When  the  opening  of  the  tube  is  effected  by  devices  carried 
by  rolls  or  by  contrivances  operating  on  the  edges  of  the  tube, 
the  patents  are  classified  in  subclasses  15  and  16  of  this  class 
according  to  the  opening  mechanism. 

15.  BAG-MACHINES,   WEB-FORMERS,   CUTTERS,    OPEN- 

ERS AND  CLOSERS,  OPENERS,  ROLL.  Machines 
which  fold  and  paste  a  web  of  paper  longitudinally  to  form  a 
tube,  cut  the  tube  into  bag  lengths,  open  into  some  form  one 
end  of  each  length  by  means  of  openers  carried  by  rolls  as  a 
preliminary  step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom,  and  close 
the  opened  formation  to  complete  the  bag. 

16.  BAG-MACHINES,   WEB-FORMERS,   CUTTERS,    OPEN- 

ERS AND  CLOSERS,  OPENERS,  SIDE.  Machines 
which  fold  and  paste  a  web  of  paper  longitudinally  to  form  a 
tube,  cut  the  tube  into  bag  lengths,  open  into  some  form  one 
end  of  each  length  by  means  of  openers  operating  on  the  edges 
of  the  bag  length  as  a  preliminary  step  in  the  formation  of  the 
bottom,  and  close  the  opened  formation  to  complete  the  bag. 

17.  BAG-MACHINES,     WEB-FORMERS,     CUTTERS     AND 

OPENERS.  Machines  which  fold  and  paste  a  web  of  paper 
longitudinally  to  form  a  tube,  cut  the  tube  into  bag  lengths, 
and  open  into  some  form  one  end  of  each  length  as  a  prelimi- 
nary step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom,  the  opened  formation 
being  afterward  closed  by  hand  or  by  independent  mechanism 
to  complete  the  bag. 

18.  BAG-MACHINES,     WEB-FORMERS,     CUTTERS     AND 

CLOSERS.  Machines  which  fold  and  paste  a  web  of  paper 
longitudinally  to  form  a  tube,  cut  the  tube  into  bag  lengths, 
and  fold  one  end  of  each  length  back  upon  itself  to  close  the 
same  and  complete  the  bag. 

19.  BAG-MACHINES,    WEB    FORMERS    AND    CUTTERS. 

Machines  which  fold  and  paste  a  web  of  paper  longitudinally 
to  form  a  tube  and  cut  the  tube  into  bag  lengths,  the  remaining 
operations  necessary  to  complete  the  bag  being  afterward 
performed  by  hand  or  by  independent  mechanism. 

20.  BAG-MACHINES,  WEB-FORMERS.    Machines  which  fold 

and  paste  a  web  of  paper  longitudinally  to  form  a  tube,  the 
remaining  operations  necessary  to  complete  the  bag  being 
afterward  performed  by  hand  or  by  independent  mech- 
anism. 
Search  Classes— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  48,  Box-machines,  Fold- 
ing, Web-supply,  Stationary  folders,  and  52,  Folding,  Station- 
ary folders,  and  82  Tube-machines,  Axial-feed. 

131 — TOBACCO,  subclass  43,  Cigar-machines,  Endwise-moving 
filler. 

21.  BAG-MACHINES,  CUTTERS,  OPENERS  AND  CLOSERS. 

Machines  which  cut  a  previously-made  tube  into  bag  lengths, 
open  into  some  form  one  end  of  each  length  as  a  preliminary 
step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom,  and  close  the  opened 
formation  to  complete  the  bag. 

22.  BAG-MACHINES,  OPENERS  AND  CLOSERS.    Machines 

which  open  into  some  form  one  end  of  previously-made  bag 
lengths  as  a  preliminary  step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom 
and  close  the  opened  formation  to  complete  the  bag. 
Note. — When  the  opening  of  the  tube  is  effected  by  devices  carried 
on  rolls  or  by  contrivances  operating  on  the  edges  of  the  tube, 
the  patents  are  classified  in  subclasses  23  and  24  of  this  class 
according  to  the  opening  mechanism. 

187 


188 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  93— Continued. 

23.  BAG-MACHINES,    OPENERS    AND    CLOSERS,    OPEN- 

ERS, ROLL.  Machines  which  open  into  some  form  one  end 
of  previously-made  bag  lengths  by  means  of  openers  carried 
by  rolls  as  a  preliminary  step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom 
and  close  the  opened  formation  to  complete  the  bag. 

24.  BAG-MACHINES,  OPENERS  AND  CLOSERS,  OPENERS, 

SIDE.  Machines  which  open  into  some  form  one  end  of 
previously-made  bag  lengths  by  means  of  openers  operating 
on  the  edges  of  the  bag  lengths  and  close  the  opened  formation 
to  complete  the  bag. 

25.  BAG-MACHINES,      CUTTERS      AND      OPENERS.    Ma- 

chines which  cut  previously-made  tubes  into  bag  lengths  and 
open  into  some  form  one  end  of  each  lengths  as  a  preliminary 
step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom,  the  opened  formation 
being  afterward  closed  by  hand  or  by  independent  mechanism 
to  complete  the  bag. 

26.  BAG-MACHINES,  CUTTERS  AND  CLOSERS.     Machines 

which  cut  previously-made  tubes  into  bag  lengths  and  fold 
one  end  of  each  length  back  upon  itself  to  complete  the  bag. 

27.  BAG-MACHINES,    CLOSERS.    Machines   which   close   pre- 

viously-prepared bag  lengths  to  complete  the  bag. 
Note. — These  machines  are  usually  in  the  nature  of  attachments 
to  bag-machines,  but  in  some  instances  are  complete  machines 
to  which  the  incomplete  bags  are  fed. 

28.  BAG-MACHINES,   OPENERS.    Machines  which  open  into 

some  form  one  end  of  previously-made  bag  lengths  as  a  prelimi- 
nary step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom,  the  opened  formation 
being  afterward  closed  by  hand  or  by  independent  mechanism. 
Note. — When  the  opening  of  the  tube  is  effected  by  devices  carried 
by  rolls  or  by  contrivances  operating  on  the  edges  of  the  tube, 
the  patents  are  classified  in  subclasses  29  and  30  of  this  class 
according  to  the  opening  mechanism. 

29.  BAG-MACHINES,     OPENERS,     ROLL.    Machines    which 

open  into  some  form  one  end  of  previously-made  bag  lengths 
by  means  of  openers  carried  by  rolls  as  a  preliminary  step 
in  the  formation  of  the  bottom,  the  opened  formation  being 
afterward  closed  by  hand  or  by  independent  mechanism  to 
complete  the  bag. 

30.  BAG-MACHINES,  OPENERS,  SIDE.    Machines  which  open 

into  some  form  one  end  of  previously-made  bag  lengths  by 
means  of  openers  operating  on  the  edges  of  the  bag  lengths  as 
a  preliminary  step  in  the  formation  of  the  bottom,  the  opened 
formation  being  afterward  closed  by  hand  or  by  independent 
mechanism  to  complete  the  bag. 

31.  BAG-MACHINES,  HAND  BOTTOM-FOLDERS,  TABLES. 

Work-tables  designed  to  hold  previously-made  bag  lengths  or 
tubes  while  the  bottoms  are  formed  thereon  by  hand. 

32.  BAG-MACHINES,     REFOLDERS.    Machines  for  operating 

upon  previously-made  bags  to  change  the  formation  or  config- 
uration of  the  same. 

33.  BAG-MACHINES,  CUTTING.    Cutting-machines  and  parts 

and  adjuncts  of  such  machines  which  are  specially  applicable 
for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  bags  and  which  are  not  of  general 
application. 

Note. — To  complete  the  search  for  cutters  designed  for  use  in  con- 
nection with  bag-machines,  all  subclasses  in  bag-machines 
which  include  "cutters"  in  the  title  should  be  examined. 

Search  Class— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  8,  Bag-machines,  Mis- 
cellaneous; 9,  Triangular-fold,  Blade-and-roller;  10,  Triangular- 
fold,  Mandrel;  11  Plate-mandrel;  12  Rectangular  mandrel; 
13  Central-fold. 

34.  BAG-MACHINES,    PRINTING    ATTACHMENTS.    Print- 

ing machines,  attachments,  and  appliances  which  are  specially 
applicable  for  use  in  conjunction  with  paper-bag  machines  and 
which  are  not  of  general  application. 

35.  BAG-MACHINES,     METHODS.    Methods  of  making  paper 

bags  wherein  the  steps  follow  the  operation  of  the  machine, 
and  an  examination  of  the  machine  class  is  necessary  to  com- 
plete the  search  for  the  method. 

36.  BOX-MACHINES,   MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  for  mak- 

ing paper  boxes  and  parts  and  adjuncts  of  such  machines 
which  are  not  classified  under  more  specific  titles. 

37.  BOX-MACHINES,     CELL-CASES.    Machines    for    making 

boxes  or  cases  having  a  plurality  of  compartments  or  cells, 
such  as  egg-cases,  except  such  as  are  classified  under  more 
specific  titles. 

38.  BOX  -  MACHINES,  CELL  -  CASES,  TRAVELING  -  CAR- 

RIER, SHIFTING-FORM.  Machines  for  making  boxes  or 
cases  having  a  plurality  of  compartments  or  cells,  such  as  egg- 
casos,  which  are  provided  with  a  plurality  of  shifting  forms 
arranged  on  a  traveling  carrier. 

39.  BOX-MACHINES,  FOLDING  AND  SETTING  UP.     Ma- 

chines which  fold  one  blank  to  form  an  incomplete  box  and 
afterward  set  thereon  or  attach  thereto  other  blanks  to  com- 
plete the  box. 
Search  Class — 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  44,  Box -machines, 
Endless-mandrel  carrier. 


CLASS  93— Continued. 

40.  BOX-MACHINES,    FOLDING    AND    COVERING.      Ma- 

chines which  fold  a  box-blank  into  shape  and  afterward 
apply  ornamental  covering-paper  to  the  folded  box. 
Search  Class— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier. 

41.  BOX-MACHINES',  FOLDING  AND  STAYING.   Machines 

which  fold  a  box-blank  into  shape  and  afterward  stay  the  ad- 
joining edges. 
Search  Class — 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier. 

42.  BOX-MACHINES,  FOLDING  AND  STAPLING.    Machines 

which  fold  a  blank  into  shape  and  afterward  secure  the  edges 
or  joints  by  means  of  staples. 

Note.— Many  of  the  machines  make  veneer  or  paper  dishes  for 
grocers'  use. 

Search  Classes 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  44,  Box  machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier,  and  1,  NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses: 
7,  Machines,  Book,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  8,  Book, 
Staple-setting;  11,  Machines,  Box,  Staple  forming  and  set- 
ting; 12,  Machines,  Box,  Staple  forming  and  setting,  Sheet- 
metal;  13,  Machines,  Box,  Staple-setting;  2,  Machines, 
Staple  forming  and  setting;  20,  Machines,  Shoe,  Staple  form- 
ing and  setting;  and  21,  Machines,  Shoe,  Staple-setting. 

43.  BOX-MACHINES,  SETTING  UP  AND  COVERING.    Ma- 

chines which  make  boxes  by  setting  together  two  or  more 
independent  pieces  of  material  and  afterward  apply  ornamen- 
tal covering-paper  to  the  folded  box. 

44.  BOX  -  MACHINES,   ENDLESS  -  MANDREL   CARRIER. 

Machines  for  making  paper  boxes  which  employ  a  plurality 
of  holders,  forms,  or  mandrels  mounted  on  a  traveling  carrier 
to  hold  the  blanks  while  the  several  manipulations  necessary 
to  complete  the  boxes  are  performed  thereon. 
Search  Classes— 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  7,  Wrapping-machines, 
Traveling-carrier;  11,  Plate-mandrel;  12,  Bag-machines,  Rec- 
tangular-mandrel; 46,  Box-machines,  Folding,  Web-supply, 
Driers;  and  50,  Box-machines,  Folding,  Driers. 

113 — SHEET  METAL  WARE  MAKING,  subclass  7,  Can-making 
machines. 

5.  BOX-MACHINES,  FOLDING,  WEB-SUPPLY.  Machines 
which  cut  box-blanks  from  a  continuous  web  and  fold  boxes 
therefrom,  except  such  as  are  classified  under  more  specific 
titles. 

Search  Class — 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier. 

46.  BOX-MACHINES,  FOLDING,  WEB-SUPPLY,  DRIERS. 

Machines  which  cut  box-blanks  from  a  continuous  web  and 
fold  boxes  therefrom ,  the  machines  being  provided  with  driers 
which  dry  the  boxes  during  their  manufacture  or  after  their 
completion. 
Search  Class — 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier. 

47.  BOX-MACHINES,  FOLDING,  WEB-SUPPLY,  PLUNGER- 

AND-DIE.  Machines  which  cut  box-blanks  from  a  continu- 
ous web  and  fold  boxes  therefrom  by  rrfeans  of  a  plunger  and 
die. 

Search  Class — 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier;  46,  Box-machines,  Folding,  Web-supply, 
Driers;  and  50,  Box-machines,  Folding,  Driers. 

48.  BOX-MACHINES   FOLDING,  WEB-SUPPLY,  STATION- 

ARY FOLDERS.  Machines  for  making  folded  boxes  from  a 
continuous  web,  the  folding  operations  being  performed  by 
means  of  stationary  folders  or  guides  over  which  the  material 
is  drawn.  These  machines  either  first  fold  a  web  of  paper 
into  a  tube  and  then  cut  the  boxes  from  such  folded  tube  or 
else  cut  the  blanks  from  a  web  and  then  fold  the  blanks  to> 
complete  the  box. 
Search  Classes— 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  62,  Envelope-machines, 
Rotary,  Blank-supply;  and  63,  Web-supply;  and  82,  Tube- 
machines,  Axial-feed. 

131 — TOBACCO,  subclass  43,  Cigar  machines,  Endwise  moving 
filler. 

49.  BOX-MACHINES.  FOLDING.    Machines  w,hich  form  boxes 

by  folding  into  shape  previously-prepared  blanks  and  parts 
and  adjuncts  of  such  machines,  except  such  as  are  classified 
under  more  specific  titles. 
Search  Class— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier. 

50.  BOX-MACHINES,  FOLDING,  DRIERS.     Machines  which 

form  boxes  by  folding  into  shape  previously-prepared  blanks 
and  which  are  provided  with  means  for  drying  the  folded 
boxes. 

Search  Class— 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


189 


CLASS  93— Continued. 

51.  BOX-MACHINES,  FOLDING,  PLUNGER-AND-DIE.    Ma- 

chines which  form  boxes  by  folding  into  shape  previously- 
prepared  blanks  by  means  of  a  plunger  and  die. 
Search  Class— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  44,  Box-machines,  End- 
less-mandrel carrier;  46,  Box-machines,  Folding,  Web-supply, 
Driers;  and  50,  Box-machines,  Folding,  Driers. 

52.  BOX-MACHINES,  FOLDING,  STATIONARY  FOLDERS. 

Machines  which  form  boxes  by  folding  into  shape  previously- 
prepared  blanks  by  drawing  the  same  over  stationary  folders 
or  guides. 
Search  Classes 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  62,  Envelop-machines, 
Rotary,  Blank-supply;  63,  Rotary,  Web-supply;  and  82, 
Tube-machines,  Axial-feed. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  43,  Cigar  machines,  Endwise  moving 
filler. 

53.  BOX-MACHINES,  REFOLDERS.    Machines  for  refolding  or 

breaking  on  alternate  edges  previously-made  boxes  of  rectan- 
gular form  or  tubes  from  which  such  boxes  are  to  be  made,  so 
that  the  finished  boxes  will  be  equally  flexible  at  all  corners. 

54.  BOX-MACHINES,  COVERING.     Machines  and  appliances 

and  parts  and  adjuncts  of  such  machines  and  appliances  for 
fixing  covering  material  to  boxes  otherwise  complete. 

55.  BOX-MACHINES,  SETTING  UP.    Machines  for  setting  to- 

gether independent  pieces  of  previously-prepared  material  to 
form  boxes. 

56.  BOX-MACHINES,  STAYING.    Machines  for  applying  strips 

of  paper,  cloth,  or  other  material  to  the  corners  of  paper  boxes 
to  secure  the  parts  together  or  to  strengthen  the  joint  when 
otherwise  secured. 

Note. — Machines  for  driving  metallic  stays  into  the  corners  of 
boxes  are  found  in  class  1,  NAILING  AND  STAPLING. 

57.  BOX-MACHINES,  FLY-AFFIXERS.    Machines  for  applying 

an  inner  fly  or  flap  of  ornamental  paper  to  boxes  otherwise 
complete. 

58.  BOX-MACHINES,  CUTTING  AND  SCORING.     Machines 

which  cut  and  score  box-blanks  and  machines  which  either 
cut  or  score  such  blanks  and  which  are  not  of  general  applica- 
tion, but  are  specially  designed  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of 
paper  boxes. 
Search  Class— 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  Box-machines,  the  following  sub- 
classes: 30,  Miscellaneous;  37,  Cell-cases;  38,  Cell-cases,  travel- 
ing-carrier, Shifting-form;  41,  Folding  and  staying;  4.3,  Set- 
ting up  and  covering;  44 ,  Endless-mandrel  carrier;  45,  Folding, 
Web-supply;  46,  Folding,  Web-supply,  Driers;  47,  Folding, 
Web-supply,  Plunger-and-die;  48,  Folding,  Web-supply, 
Stationary  folders;  54,  Covering;  and  56,  Staying. 

59.  BOX-MACHINES,    MANDRELS    AND    DIES.      Mandrels, 

dies,  and  forming-blocks  used  in  the  manufacture  of  paper 
boxes. 

60.  BOX-MACHINES,  PLAITING.    Machines  which  make  paper 

receptacles  by  plaiting  the  material  from  a  single  sheet  or 
blank. 

61.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  for 

making  envelops  and  parts  and  adjuncts  of  such  machines 
which  are  not  classified  under  more  specific  titles. 

62.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,     ROTARY,     BLANK-SUPPLY. 

Machines  which  make  envelops  from  previously-cut  blanks  by 
means  of  continuously-operating  rotary  elements  which  gum 
and  fold  the  blanks  to  complete  the  envelops. 
Search  Class— 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  13,  Bag-machines, 
Central-fold,  and  03,  Envelop-machines,  Rotary,  Web- supply. 

63.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  ROTARY,  WEB-SUPPLY.    Ma- 

chines which  make  envelops  from  a  continuous  web  by  means 
of  continuously-operating  rotary  elements  which  cut  out  the 
blanks  and  gum  and  fold  the  same  to  complete  the  envelops. 
Search  Class— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  13,  Bag-machines, 
Central-fold,  and  02,  Envelop-machines,  Rotary,  Blank- 
supply. 

64.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,    RECIPROCATING,    WEB-SUP- 

PLY. Machines  which  cut  envelop-blanks  from  a  continuous 
web,  gum  the  same,  and  fold  the  blanks  by  means  of  recipro- 
cating folding  mechanism. 

65.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,    RECIPROCATING,    TURRET. 

Machines  which  gum  previously-cut  envelop-blanks  and  fold 
the  same  by  means  of  reciprocating  folding  mechanism,  the 
operating  elements  being  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  turret,  so 
that  several  blanks  may  be  operated  on  at  the  same  time. 

66  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING,  GUMMING 
AND  FOLDING.  Machines  which  gum  previously-cut 
,>nvelop-blanks  and  fold  the  same  by  means  of  reciprocating 
folding  mechanism. 

67.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING,  FOLDING. 
Machines  which  are  confined  in  their  operation  to  folding 
previously-cut  and  gummed  envelop-blanks  by  means  of 
reciprocating  folding  mechanism  and  parts  and  elements  of 
such  mechanism. 


CLASS  93— Continued. 

68.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING,  GUMMING. 

Machines  which  are  confined  in  their  operation  to  gumming 
previously-cut  envelop-blanks  as  a  step  preliminary  to  the 
folding  operation. 

69.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING,  GUMMING, 

PICKER-FACES.  Pads  or  heads  for  the  gumming  mechan- 
ism of  envelop-machines. 

70.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING,  CREASING 

MECHANISM.  Devices  which  are  confined  in  their  opera- 
tion to  the  creasing  of  envelop-blanks  as  a  step  preliminary  to 
the  operation  of  the  folding  mechanism. 

71.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING,  CARRYING 

MECHANISM.  Devices  which  are  confined  in  their  opera- 
tion to  the  carrying  of  envelop-blanks  from  the  stack  to  the 
creasing  or  the  folding  mechanism. 

72.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING,   EJECTING 

MECHANISM.  Devices  which  are  confined  in  their  opera- 
tion to  discharging  or  ejecting  envelops  from  the  folding-box 
into  the  receiving-box  or  drying-chain. 

73.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,   PRINTING    AND    STAMPING. 

Printing  and  stamping  machines,  attachments,  and  appli- 
ances which  are  specially  applicable  for  use  in  conjunction 
with  envelop-machines  and  which  are  not  of  general  appli- 
cation. 

74.  ENVELOP-MACHINES      DRYING.       Drying-chains     and 

other  drying  devices  which  are  specially  designed  for  us    in 
conjunction  with  envelop-machines. 
Search  Class — 
34— DRIERS,  subclass  12,  Endless  carrier. 

75.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,    DRYING,   CHAIN.-DISCHARG- 

ING.  Devices  which  are  confined  in  their  operation  to  dis- 
charging or  ejecting  envelops  from  the  drying  devices  into 
the  counting-box  or  other  receptacle. 

76.  ENVELOP-MACHINES,    THREAD-AFFIXERS.    Devices 

which  are  confined  in  their  operation  to  applying  a  wire  or 
thread  to  envelops  as  a  means  for  opening  the  same. 

77.  TUBE  -  MACHINES,    MISCELLANEOUS.     Machines     for 

making  paper  tubes  and  parts  and  adjuncts  of  such  machines 
except  such  as  are  classified  under  more  specific  titles. 

78.  TUBE  -  MACHINES,     FUSE-MAKING.     Machines    which 

make  fuses  by  forming  a  paper  tube  and  filling  the  same  with 
firing  material. 

79.  TUBE -MACHINES,    TAPERING-WIND.     Machines    for 

making  tapered  tubes,  usually  cigarette  holders,  by  winding  a 
strip  of  paper  over  a  tapered  mandrel. 

80.  TUBE-MACHINES,  SPIRAL-WIND.    Machines  which  wind 

one  or  more  strips  of  paper  spirally  over  a  mandrel  to  form  a 

tube. 

Search  Classes 
153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  67,  Coiling,  Traveling  Die  or 

Mandrel. 
154— LAMINATED   FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS   MANUFACTURES, 

subclass  6,  Hose  making,  Axial  feed. 

81.  TUBE-MACHINES,        CONVOLUTE-WIND.        Machines 

which  wind  a  sheet  of  paper  in  a  number  of  convolutions  over 
>  a  mandrel  to  form  a  tube. 
Search  Class— 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  7,  Hose  making,  Convolute  wind. 

82.  TUBE-MACHINES,  AXIAL-FEED.    Machines  which  feed 

a  web  of  paper  to  a  stationary  mandrel  in  line  with  its  axis  and 
fold  the  same  longitudinally  to  form  a  tube. 
Search  Classes  — 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  43,  Box-machines,  Fold- 
ing, web-supply,  stationary  folders;  subclasses  14-20,  Bag- 
machines,  Web-formers. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  25,  Molding  devices,  Dipping,  Capsule 
machines. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  43,  Cigar  machines,  Endwise  moving 
filler. 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  6,  Hose  making,  Axial  feed. 

83.  TUBE-MACHINES,    SIZING    AND    BURNISHING.    Ma- 

chines for  reducing  to  uniform  size  and  burnishing  previously- 
made  paper  tubes. 

84.  FOLDING,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  for  making  folded 

paper  articles  and  parts  and  adjuncts  of  such  machines,  except 

such  as  are  classified  under  more  specific  titles. 
Search  Classes 
93 — PAPER   MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  14-20,   Bag-machines, 

web-formers,  and  82,  Tube-machines,  axial-feed. 
101— PRINTING,  subclass 44,  Folders,  Longitudinal. 
131 — TOBACCO,  subclass  43,  Cigar  machines,  Edwise-Moving 

filler. 
223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  15,  Folders. 

85.  FOLDING,  POWDER-PAPER  MACHINES.    Machines  for 

making  folded  powder-papers  such  as  are  used  by  physicians 
and  druggists  to  inclose  medicinal  powders. 


190 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  93— Continued; 

86.  FOLDING,  RADIAL-FOLD.    Machines  for  making  radially- 

folded  sheets  of  paper,  usually  filter-paper. 

87.  TAG-MACHINES,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  for  mak- 

ing shipping  and  marking  tags  and  parts  and  adjuncts  of  such 
machines,  except  such  as  are  classified  under  more  specific 
titles. 

88.  TAG-MACHINES,  PIN-TICKET  MAKING  AND  ATTACH- 

ING.   Machines  for  making  marking-tags,  applying  fastening 

pins  or  wires  to  the  same,  and  securing  the  finished  tag  to  the 

fabric  to  be  marked. 
Search  Classes— 
93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  42,  Box-machines,  Folding 

and  stapling. 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING. 
218— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING. 

89.  TAG-MACHINES,   PIN-TICKET   MAKING.    Machines   for 

making  marking-tags  and  for  applying  fastening  pins  or  wires 

to  the  same. 
Search  Classes— 
93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  42,  Box-machines,  Folding 

and  stapling. 
1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING. 

90.  TAG-MACHINES,     EYELETING.    Machines    for     making 

marking  or  shipping  tags  which  are  provided  with  metallic 
eyelets. 

Search  Class — 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclasses  25,  Im- 
plements, Eyeleting;  14,  Machines,  Eyeleting,  and  15,  Ma- 
chines, Eyeleting,  Magazine. 


CLASS  93— Continued. 

91.  TAG-MACHINES,     STRING-ATTACHING.    Machines    for 

making  marking  or  shipping  tags  which  are  provided  with 
securing  strings  or  wires;  also,  machines  for  securing  such 
strings  to  tags  otherwise  complete. 
Search  Classes— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  40,  Machines,  Packet  loop- 
ing. 

56— HARVESTERS,  subclass  83,  Self-binders,  Cord  knotters. 

112— SEWING  MACHINES,  subclass  24,  Special  machines. 

92.  TAG-MACHINES,  WASHER-ATTACHING.      Machines  for 

making  marking  or  shipping  tags  which  have  the  perforated 
portions  strengthened  by  washers  secured  around  the  opening. 
Search  Class— 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  55,  Collar,  Cuff,  and  bosom 
machines. 


93.  BUNCHING  AND  BANDING.  Machines  for  gathering  manu- 
factured paper  articles  into  bunches  of  a  predetermined  num- 
ber and  machines  for  applying  a  band  to  such  bunches  already 
gathered  and  machines  which  both  gather  such  articles  and 
also  band  the  same;  mostly  machines  for  counting,  bunching, 
and  banding  for  use  with  envelop-machines,  but  also  includes 
machines  for  collecting  and  bunching  other  articles,  such  as 
bags,  boxes,  tags,  etc. 


94.  TUBES.  Includes  paper  tu  bes  as  articles  of  manufacture ,  e  xcept 
such  as  by  reason  of  their  peculiar  construction  are  limited  in 
use  to  some  specific  art. 


CLASS  95.— PHOTOGRAPHY. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  is  a  class  of  machines,  articles,  and  processes  peculiar  to 
pictures  made  by  the  action  of  light  upon  a  medium  sensitive  to  it 
or  to  the  production  of  these  pictures. 

Where  the  invention  goes  beyond  the  production  of  a  photograph 
and  includes  features  belonging  to  some  other  art,  it  is  classified 
with  that  art.  Thus  where  processes  otherwise  photographic  are 
adapted  specially  for  or  include  etching  or  water-swelling  in  order 
to  produce  an  ink-printing  surface  they  are  classified  in  class  41, 
ORNAMENTATION,  subclasses  under  Surface  type,  and  class  101, 
PRINTING,  subclass,  SURFACES,  PLANOGRAPHIC,  respectively,  and 
so-called  "photosculpture"  Is  classified  with  class  41,  ORNAMENTA- 
TION, subclass  Relief  and  intaglio. 

Inventions  relating  to  mounting,  embossing,  coloring,  or  other- 
wise decorating  photographs,  but  which  are  suitable  also  for  other 
pictures,  are  classified  with  the  corresponding  class  outside  of 
photography. 

Kinetogra'phic  cameras  are  classified  with  Motion-picture  appa- 
ratus in  class  88,  OPTICS,  subclass  10,  Motion-picture  apparatus 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Inventions  belonging  to  this  class  which 

are  not  otherwise  provided  for. 

2.  COLOR.    Inventions  peculiar  to  photography  in  natural  colors. 
Note. — Painting  or  tinting  the  base  or  coating  of  a  photograph 

is  not  considered  a  step  in  color  photography  unless  it  is  accom- 
panied by  a  light-selective  photographic  step,  such  as  exposure 
through  a  color-screen. 

Note. — 'Where  the  invention  is  equally  suited  to  the  production 
of  other  colored  pictures,  it  is  classified  outside  this  class  not- 
withstanding an  indicated  photographic  use. 

3.  DAGUERREOTYPY.    Inventions    relating   to   that   extinct 

branch  of  photography  known  as  "daguerreotypy,"  in  which 
the  sensitization  and  development  are  secured  by  the  use  of 
vapors. 

4.  DAGUERREOTYPY,   VISES.    Clamps   for   the  support   of 

negatives  while  they  are  being  polished  or  otherwise  treated 
subsequent  to  development. 

5.  PROCESSES.    Methods  of  performing  photographic  operations 

except  such  as  are  noted  below. 
Search  Class — 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  2,  Color;  3,  Daguerreotypy;  fi, 
Sensitizing  and  developing;  7,  Sensitizing;  73,  Printing;  79, 
Printing,  Vignetting;  88,  Developing;  101,  Retouching;  and 
104,  Burnishing,  for  the  processes  pertaining,  respectively,  to 
the  operations  indicated  by  their  titles. 

5.5  PROCESSES,  VITREOUS  COLORS.  Methods  of  perform- 
ing distinctly  photographic  operations  particularly  and  exclu- 
sively adapted  for  making  photographs  with  verifiable  colors 
on  ceramics,  glass,  etc.,  the  firing  necessarily  forming  a  step. 

6.  SENSITIZING    AND    DEVELOPING.    Inventions    in    the 

composition  of  combined  sensitizers  and  developers  and  in 
the  processes  relating  to  the  combined  acts  of  sensitizing  and 
developing. 

7.  SENSITIZING.    Inventions  in  the  composition  of  the  sensitizer 

and  in  processes  relating  thereto. 
Search  Class — 

91 — COATING,  subclass  69,  Photographic  film  or  plate,  for  pro- 
cesses of  applying  the  sensitive  coating  to  its  support. 

8.  SURFACES.    Inventions  in  the  composition  or  character  of 

the  supports  upon  which  light-sensitive  coatings  are  spread 
and  such  coatings  placed  upon  these  supports  for  photo- 
graphic purposes  as  do  not  involve  the  composition  of  the 
sensitizer  or  developer  or  mere  preparation  for  retouching  or 
burnishing. 

Note.— Constructions  which  go  beyond  photography  to  include 
features  in  special  preparation  for  use  in  another  art.  although 
involving  photographic  features,  are  classified  with  that  art. 

Note.— When  the  composition  of  the  sensitizer  or  developer  or 
the  preparation  for  retouching  or  burnishing  is  involved,  the 
invention  is  found  in  this  class  under  the  corresponding  title. 

Search  Class— 

91— COATING,  subclass  69,  Photographic  film  or  plate  for  inven- 
tions in  the  method  or  apparatus  for  applying  the  several 
coatings. 

9.  SURFACES,  FILMS.    Sensitive-film  supports  of  a  flexible  char 

acter.  The  roll  or  series  of  films  as  an  article  of  manufacture 
is  here  classified  unless  the  invention  lies  in  the  inclosing  cape 
or  mounting  roller. 

Note.— When  the  composition  is  not  peculiar  to  photography  it  is 
classifiable  elsewhere. 


CLASS  95-Continued. 

10.  ACTINOMETERS.    Such  devices  for  measuring  the  intensity 

of  light  as  are  specially  adapted  for  photographic  use. 
Search  Classes— 

88— OPTICS,  subclass  23,  Photometers,  for  devices  capable  of  gen- 
eral use. 

235— REGISTERS,  for  Calculators  for  estimating  the  size  of  dia- 
phragm or  time  of  exposure  from  known  facts. 

11.  CAMERAS.    Inventions  relating  to  the  construction  of  the 

camera  or  the  case,  shutter,  or  plate  holder  used  therewith. 
Finders  and  such  vignetters  as  are  used  in  connection  with 
the  camera  are  also  here  found. 

12.  CAMERAS.  COMBINATION.    Combinations  of  cameras  with 

other  devices  which  do  not  serve  a  photographic  purpose. 
Search  Class — 

88— OPTICS,  subclass  1",  Motion-picture  apparatus,  Picture- 
strip,  for  kinetographic  cameras  capable  of  use  also  to  exhibit 
pictures. 

13.  CAMERAS,  DEVELOPING.    In  combination  with  the  expo- 

sure means  these  cameras  embrace  also  light-excluding  cases  in 
which  photographic  surfaces  are  subjected  to  one  or  more  fluid- 
treating  operations,  such  as  sensitizing,  developing,  etc. 

14.  CAMERAS,  DEVELOPING,  AUTOMATIC.    The  successive 

operations  of  developing,  etc.,  are  here  performed  automati- 
cally. 

Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  where  the  invention 
includes  check-controlled  mechanism  for  operating  the  device. 

15.  CAMERAS,   PANORAMIC.    Cameras  in  which  the  lens  is 

made  to  rotate  or  revolve  during  the  exposure  in  order  to 
increase  the  angular  extent  of  the  view  covered  by  it. 

16.  CAMERAS,    PANORAMIC,   CONCAVE-SURFACE.    Cam- 

eras wherein  the  sensitized  surface  is  bent  into  the  form  of  a 
partial  cylinder,  and  exposure  is  made  upon  the  inner  cylin- 
drical surface. 

17.  CAMERAS,     PANORAMIC,    CONVEX-SURFACE.    Cam- 

eras wherein  the  sensitized  surface  is  bent  into  the  form  of  a 
partial  cylinder,  and  exposure  is  made  upon  the  outer  cylin- 
drical surface. 

18.  CAMERAS,    SIMULTANEOUS-EXPOSURE.    Devices   by 

which  two  or  more  exposures  are  made  at  the  same  time. 

19.  CAMERAS,  MAGAZINE.    Inventions  by  which  two  or  more 

sensitized  surfaces,  herein  called  "plates,"  not  in  the  same 
plane  are  incased  within  a  camera  or  light-tight  receiver 
attachable  thereto  and  are  brought  to  the  exposure  position 
one  at  a  time  without  opening  the  receiver  to  the  light. 

Search  Class — 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  6t>,  Cameras,  Plate-holders  for 
mere  double  plate-holders. 

Note. — Plates  or  sections  of  plates  within  the  same  plane  which 
are  successively  subjected  to  exposure  are  classified  in  this 
class,  subclass  3(5,  Cameras,  Successive  plate-sections,  unless 
they  are  roller-mounted,  when  they  are  found  in  subclass  31, 
Cameras,  Roll-holding,  in  this  class. 

20.  CAMERAS,  MAGAZINE,  HAND-CHANGED  PLATE.     A 

flexible  end  to  the  magazine-box  or  light-guards  admitting  the 
hand  of  the  operator  to  this  box  permits  a  change  of  the  plate 
to  be  effected  by  hand  guidance  of  the  changing  mechanism 
or  by  handhold  upon  the  plate. 

21.  CAMERAS,  MAGAZINE,  TILTING-MAGAZINE.    Cameras 

in  which  the  change  of  the  plate  from  storage  to  exposure 
position,  or  vice  versa,  necessitates  tilting  or  rotating  a  receiver 
constituting  at  least  a  part  of  the  magazine  and  itself  holding 
more  than  one  plate  in  different  planes. 

Note. — Receivers  which  are  hinged  to  the  camera  or  to  another 
receiver  in  order  that  they  may  be  moved  out  of  the  way 
when  not  in  use,  but  which  can  be  kept  Immovable  for  suc- 
cessive transfers,  are  not  placed  here,  but  are  classified  accord- 
ing to  the  method  of  transfer. 

22.  CAMERAS,  MAGAZINE,  FLEXIBLE  PLATE-CARRIER. 

Cameras  characterized  by  flexible  means  for  transferring  the 
plates  between  the  storage  and  exposure  positions. 

23.  CAMERAS,  MAGAZINE,  SLIDING-PLATE.    In  these  con- 

structions the  transfer  of  the  plate  is  effected  by  movement  in 
its  own  plane. 

24.  CAMERAS,   MAGAZINE,    SLIDING  -  PLATE,   SLIDING 

AND  RETURN.  Each  of  the  plates  in  the  receivers  here 
included  is  held  in  a  guide  from  which  it  is  slid  to  the  exposure 
position  and  to  which  it  is  afterwards  returned. 

191 


192 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  95— Continued. 

25.  CAMERAS.  MAGAZINE,   SLIDING-PLATE,   CONTINU- 

OUS GUIDES.  The  plates  are  here  supported  by  guides  in 
which  or  upon  which  they  slide  during  their  entire  movement. 
There  is  a  separate  guide  for  each  plate.  Adjustment  is  made 
to  bring  the  planes  of  the  several  guides  successively  into  focus. 

26.  CAMERAS.  MAGAZINE.  SLIDING-PLATE,  INTERME- 

DIATE EXPOSURE-CHAMBER.  In  these  sliding-plate 
constructions  an  exposure  position  is  provided  in  a  chamber 
intermediate  the  two  plate  receivers. 

27.  CAMERAS,  MAGAZINE,  QUARTER-TURNED    PLATE. 

These  cameras  each  embody  two  receivers,  the  planes  of 
whose  plates  are  perpendicular  to  each  other,  and  such  con- 
structions as  are  involved  in  exposing  the  plates  or  transferring 
them  from  one  receiver  to  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  21,  Cameras,  Magazine,  Tilting- 
magazine. 

28.  CAMERAS,  MAGAZINE  QUARTER-TURNED  PLATE, 

TILTING.  Cameras  wnerein  transfer  from  one  receiver  to 
the  other  is  effected  by  swinging  the  plate  upon  an  axis  in  or 
near  one  of  its  edges. 

29.  CAMERAS,  MAGAZINE,  QUARTER-TURNED   PLATE, 

TILTING,  BASE  GUIDES.  Cameras  wherein  the  plate  is 
guided  at  its  base  during  movement  between  its  two  storage 
positions. 

30.  CAMERAS,   MAGAZINE,    REAR-PLATE    REPLACING. 

Magazine  cameras  wherein  the  plates  are  removed  from  one 
end  or  face  of  a  receiver  and  replaced  at  the  other  end  or  face 
of  the  same  receiver  in  a  plane  parallel  to  their  first  positions. 

Note. — A  space  does  not  cease  to  be  one  receiver  in  the  sense  used 
in  the  above  definition  because  it  is  divided  by  a  partition 
whose  plane  is  parallel  to  that  of  the  plates  and  which  moves 
transversely  to  this  plane. 

Search  Class— 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  20,  Cameras,  Magazine,  Hand- 
changed  plate,  and  21,  Cameras,  Magazine,  Tilting-magazine. 

31.  CAMERAS,     ROLL-HOLDING.    Roll-holding    devices    for 

cameras  whether  integral  with  or  detachable  from  the  camera. 
Search  Classes — 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  15,  Cameras,  Panoramic  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

88— OPTICS,  subclass  16,  Motion-picture  apparatus,  Picture- 
strip. 

235— REGISTERS,  where  the  invention  lies  in  registering  devices 
to  indicate  the  number  of  exposures. 

32.  CAMERAS,    ROLL-HOLDING,     FOLDING.    Roll-holding 

cameras  capable  of  reduction  in  size  other  than  such  slight  re- 
duction as  may  be  necessary  for  focusing. 

33.  CAMERAS,  ROLL-HOLDING,  FOLDING,  HINGED-BEL- 

LOWS.  Roll-holding  cameras  characterized  by  bellows 
which  are  hinged  along  one  edge  so  as  to  open  in  V  shape. 

34.  CAMERAS,     ROLL-HOLDING,     POSTERIOR     ROLLS. 

Roll-holding  cameras  in  which  the  rolls  lie  behind  the  plane 
upon  which  exposure  is  made.  Most  of  the  constructions  here 
contained  are  separable  from  the  camera-body. 

35.  ABOLISHED. 

36.  CAMERAS,  SUCCESSIVE  PLATE-SECTION.    Devices  by 

which  exposure  is  made  upon  successive  portions  of  the  same 
sensitized^  surface  or  successive  sensitized  surfaces  which  are 
mounted  in  the  same  plane. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  31,  Cameras,  Roll-holding,  and 
subclasses  thereunder  for  roller  -  mounted  surfaces  fed  by 
successive  sections  into  the  same  exposure  plane,  57,  Cameras, 
Shutters,  Curtain,  and  15,  Cameras.  Panoramic,  and  subclasses 
under  the  latter  for  a  continuous  exposure  upon  successive  sec- 
tions not  always  in  the  same  plane,  effected  by  movement  of 
the  surface  or  exposure  opening  relative  the  one  to  the  other. 

37.  CAMERAS,  SUCCESSIVE  PLATE-SECTION,  SHIFTING 

LENS  OR  PLATE.  Cameras  having  successive  sections 
brought  into  exposure  position  by  movement  of  the  lens  or 
plate  relative  the  one  to  the  other. 

38.  CAMERAS,  SUCCESSIVE  PLATE-SECTION,  SHIFTING 

LENS  OR  PLATE,  ROTARY.  Rotary  lenses  or  plates  to 
effect  successive  exposures. 

39.  CAMERAS,  FOLDING.    Cameras  having  means  whereby  a 

reduction  is  secured  in  the  length  of  the  camera  bed  or  frame. 
Search  Class— 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  44,  Focusing,  and  subclasses  there- 
under for  such  slight  adjustments  as  are  involved  in  focusing. 

40.  CAMERAS,  FOLDING,  HINGED-BASE.    Folding  cameras 

in  which  the  reduction  in  length  is  secured  by  hinging  a  part  of 
the  base,  upon  which  part  in  use  the  front  or  back  is  extended. 
Search  Class— 
95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  32,  Cameras,  Roll-holding,  Folding. 


CLASS  95— Continued. 

41.  CAMERAS,  PLATE-HOLDER  STORAGE.    Mere  storage- 

receivers  for  plate-holders.  They  may  be  either  integral  with 
the  camera  or  attachable  thereto 

Note. — Camera  "magazines"  have  means  by  which  one  sensitized 
surface,  usually  not  held  in  a  light-tight  plate-holder,  can  be 
removed  from  the  exposure  position  and  replaced  by  another 
without  opening  the  magazine.  Plate-holder-storage  receivers 
differ  from  these  in  that  they  must  be  opened  to  effect  the 
change  and  in  that  they  contain  plate-holders  which  are  them- 
selves light-tight. 

42.  CAMERAS,  EXPOSURE-LENS  FINDER.    Structures  char- 

acterized by  reflectors  which  can  be  placed  in  the  path  of  the 
rays  from  the  main  lens  in  order  to  direct  these  rays  upon  a 
"finding"  or  foctisinsj  surface.  To  effect  an  exposure,  the  re- 
flector is  removed  from  the  path  of  the  light-rays.  These  find- 
ers usually  focus  also. 

43.  CAMERAS,  COPYING  AND  ENLARGING.    Cameras  and 

attachments  thereto  which  are  particularly  adapted  for  copy- 
ing, enlarging,  or  reducing  work,  with  such  arrangements  for 
holding  the  surface  to  be  copied  as  do  not  form  part  of  a  camera- 
support. 
Search  Class — 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  87,  Camera-supports,  Copy-holding, 
for  copy-holders  which  form  part  of  the  camera-supports. 

44.  CAMERAS,  FOCUSING.     Means  for  securing  or  indicating  the 

proper  distance  between  the  lens  and  sensitized  surface  at 

which  the  light-rays  are  focused. 
Search  Class— 
95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses 42,  Cameras,  Exposure-lens  finder; 

and  49,  Cameras,  Ground  glasses  and  frames,  for  improvements 

in  the  material,  construction,  or  mounting  of  a  ground-glass  or 
.  other  focusing  surface. 

45.  CAMERAS,     FOCUSING,     ADJUSTING    MECHANISMS. 

Mechanisms  for  forcing  the  lens  or  plate-holder  carrier  of  a 
camera  from  or  toward  each  other. 

46.  CAMERAS,  FOCUSING,  GUIDES  AND  LOCKS.    Tracks, 

in  which  or  upon  which  the  front  or  back  of  a  camera  moves 
from  or  toward  the  other  in  the  act  of  focusing,  and  clamps  or 
similar  devices  to  secure  these  parts  in  the  desired  position. 

47.  CAMERAS,  FOCUSING,  HOODS.   Curtains,  shades,  or  covers 

which  reduce  the  light  upon  or  exclude  the  light  from  a  focus- 
ing-surface  in  order  that  the  image  formed  upon  it  may  be  more 
clearly  seen. 

48.  CAMERAS,   REVERSIBLE-BACK.    Means    permitting   an 

angular  movement  of  the  sensitized  surface  within  its  own 
plane.  This  is  done  usually  so  that  the  longer  dimension  of  a 
sensitized  surface  may  correspond  at  will  to  either  the  horizon- 
tal or  vertical  dimension  of  the  object  to  be  photographed. 

49.  CAMERAS,  GROUND  GLASSES  AND  FRAMES.    Inven- 

tions involving  the  material,  construction,  or  mounting  of 
any  focusing-surface  and  such  combinations  of  the  camera  or 
plate-holder  therewith  as  enable  this  surface  and  the  sensitized 
surface  to  be  successively  brought  to  the  same  position  relative 
to  the  lens. 

50.  CAMERAS,  SWING  FRONT   OR   BACK.    Means  permit- 

ting angular  adjustment  of  the  front  or  back  of  a  camera  in 
some  other  than  its  own  plane. 
Search  Class— 
95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  40,  Cameras,  Folding,  Hinged-base. 

51.  CAMERAS,  SHIFT  FRONT  OR  BACK.     Means  permitting 

adjustment,  other  than  angularly,  of  the  front  or  back  within 
approximately  its  own  plane. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  37,  Cameras,  Successive  plate- 
section,  Shifting  lens  or  plate,  and  48,  Cameras,  Reversible- 
back,  for  angular  adjustments  in  the~same  plane  as  that  of 
the  part  moved  to  alter  the  angle  of  the  dimensions  of  the 
picture  relative  to  those  of  the  plate. 

52.  CAMERAS,  FINDERS.     Devices  independent  of  the  exposure- 

lens  by  which  the  operator  can  learn  the  extent  and  position 
upon  the  sensitized  surface  of  the  image  formed  through  the 
exposure-lens. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  42,  Cameras,  Exposure-lens  finder, 
and  44,  Cameras,  Focusing,  for  devices  showing  the  distance 
from  the  lens  at  which  the  sensitized  surface  must  be  placed 
in  order  to  secure  a  focus. 

53.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS.    Devices  for  admitting,  restricting, 

or  cutting  off  light  from  sensitive  surfaces. 

Note. — Shields  for  cutting  off  a  portion  of  the  image  will  be  found 
in  this  class,  subclasses  3'i.  Cameras,  successive  plate-section; 
(15,  Cameras,  vignetters,  and  79,  Printing,  vignetting. 
Search  Classes— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  66,  Cameras,  Plate-holders,  and  73, 
Printing,  respectively,  for  slides  and  other  light-shields  used 
with  plate-holders  and  printing  appliances;  81.  Screens,  for 
partially  transparent  mediums  interposed  to  diffuse,  alter  the 
character  of,  or  break  up  the  light  before  it  reaches  a  sensitized 
surface. 

88— OPTICS,  subclass  17,  Motion-picture  apparatus,  Picture- 
strip. 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclass  95,  Shutter. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


193 


CLASS  95— Continued. 

54.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS,  FLUID-OPERATING   MECHA- 

NISMS. Operating  mechanisms  for  moving,  releasing,  or  regu- 
lating the  time  of  movement  of  shutters  are  classified  here  when 
the  invention  lies  in  constructions  producing  motion  of  a  piston 
or  other  part  by  fluid-pressure  rather  than  in  connecting  parts 
by  which  this  motion  is  communicated  to  the  shutter. 

55.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS,  SLIDING.    Shutters  having  slld- 

able  light-excluding  parts. 

56.  CAMERAS,   SHUTTERS,   SLIDING,    OPPOSITE-MOVE- 

MENT. Shutters  having  two  or  more  light-excluding  mem- 
bers slidable  in  opposite  or  diverse  directions  in  order  to  make 
an  exposure. 

57.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS,  CURTAIN.    Shutters  wherein  the 

light-excluding  members  are  flexible  sheets  or  curtains  pro- 
vided with  openings  which  pass  across  the  lens-opening  or 
sensitized  surface  to  produce  the  exposure.  They  are  usually 
roller-mounted. 

58.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS,  PIVOTED.    Shutters  in  which  the 

light-excluding  members  are  pivoted. 
Search  Class— 
95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  42,  Cameras,  Ex  osure-lens  finder. 

59.  CAMERAS,    SHUTTERS,    PIVOTED,    BLADE.    Pivoted 

shutters  characterized  by  flat  light-excluding  parts  which 
move  in  their  own  planes. 

Note.— Flat  light-excluding  members  which  move  in  a  plane  per- 
pendicular to  their  own  are  found  in  the  miscellaneous  subclass 
of  pivoted  shutters. 

60.  CAMERAS,    SHUTTERS,    PIVOTED,    BLADE,    BLADE 

AND  COVER  BLIND.  Pivoted  shutters  of  two  types— one 
type  auxiliary  to  pivoted  shutter-blades,  whether  themselves 
pivoted  or  not,  to  vary  the  opening  in  the  pivoted  blade  or  to 
cover  this  or  the  lens-opening  during  resetting,  and  the  other 
type,  themselves  pivoted,  which  cover  the  opening  of  the 
main  blade  or  of  the  lens  during  resetting. 

61.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS,  PIVOTED,  BLADE,  ROTARY. 

Shutter-blades  each  having  two  or  more  exposure-openings 
which  are  rotated  past  the  lens  in  turn  to  make  successive  ex- 
posures without  changing  the  direction  of  rotation. 

62.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS,  PIVOTED,  BLADE,  OPPOSITE- 

MOVEMENT.  Shutters  having  two  or  more  pivoted  blades 
moving  in  different  directions  to  make  or  close  the  opening. 

63.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS,  PIVOTED,  BLADE,  OPPOSITE- 

MOVEMENT,  SYMMETRICAL-OPENING.  Shutters 
characterized  by  pivoted  blades  which  move  in  diverse  direc- 
tions from  or  toward  a  center  and  form  an  opening  symmetrical 
at  all  times. 

64.  CAMERAS,  SHUTTERS,  DIAPHRAGMS.    Devices  which 

reduce  the  effective  aperture  of  a  lens,  either  to  avoid  exces- 
sive light  or  to  gain  definition.  They  are  usually  removable 
or  adjustable. 

Note.— Diaphragms  are  distinguished  from  other  shutters  in  that 
the  former  never  entirely  cut  ofl  the  light  and  arc  usually  not 
adjusted  during  exposure. 

Note.— Curtains  placed  either  in  front  of  or  behind  a  lens  to  cut 
off  a  portion  of  the  image  are  found  in  this  class,  subclasses 
36;  Cameras,  Successive  plate-sections,  and  05,  Cameras, 
Vignetters. 

Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  03,  Cameras,  Shutters,  Pivoted, 
Blade,  Opposite-Movement,  Symmetrical-opening. 

65  CAMERAS,  VIGNETTERS.    Devices  adapted  for  use  within 
the  camera  or  between  the  camera  and  the  object  to  be  photo- 
graphed for  partially  masking  the  object  during  the  exposure. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  79,  Printing,  Vignetting, for  vignet- 
ting devices  and  methods  used  in  photographic  printing. 

66.  CAMERAS,  PLATE-HOLDERS.  Holders  which  are  sepa- 
rable from  a  camera,  but  are  intended  for  the  support  of  sen- 
sitized surfaces  during  their  exposure  in  a  camera  or  to  protect 
these  surfaces  while  they  are  being  transferred  to  a  camera. 
Here  are  also  placed  such  supports  for  finished  negatives  and 
screens  used  within  a  camera  as  are  separable  therefrom. 

Note.— Devices  which  are  not  merely  double  plate-holders,  but 
by  means  of  which  separate  sensitized  surfaces  or  separate 
portions  of  the  same  sensitized  surfaces  are  simultaneously 
exposed  in  a  camera,  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  18, 
Cameras,  Simultaneous-exposure.  Where  these  separate  sur- 
faces or  portions  are  successively  brought  into  the  same  posi- 
tion relative  to  the  lens  for  exposure,  whether  they  are  sepa- 
rable from  the  camera  or  not,  they  are  classified,  according  to 
the  means  used,  in  subclasses  19,  Cameras,  Magazine;  31, 
Cameras,  Roll-holding,  and  30,  Cameras,  Successive  plate- 
section,  of  this  class  and  in  the  subclasses  under  them. 

Note.— Ground-glass  combinations  with  plate-holders  and  frames 
attached  to  the  camera  as  guides  within  which  the  plate- 
holder  and  ground  glass  slide  are  found  in  this  class,  subclass 
49,  Cameras,  Ground  glasses  and  frames. 

Search  Class— 

235— REGISTERS,  subclass  91,  Operating  devices,  for  devices 
which  register  the  number  of  times  the  plate-holder  has  been 
opened  to  indicate  the  number  of  prints  taken. 


CLASS  95— Continued. 

67.  CAMERAS,  PLATE-HOLDERS,  LIGHT-SEALS.  Movable 

cut-offs  to  prevent  the  admission  of  light  to  the  plate-holder 
through  openings  therein,  except  such  slides  or  doors  as  close 
front  or  rear  openings  used  to  admit  the  plate  or  to  expose  it 
when  in  place. 

68.  CAMERAS,    PLATE-HOLDERS,    PLATE-FASTENINGS 

AND  KITS.  Inventions  in  the  corner-pieces,  catches,  or 
other  devices  which  support  or  retain  a  sensitized  surface 
within  a  plate-holder  and  such  open  plate  or. film  holding 
frames  ("kits")  as  are  used  within  a  plate-holder  or  magazine- 
camera.  These  all  support  the  sensitized  surface  during  its 
exposure. 

Note.— Adaptations  of  kits  to  special  types  of  magazine-cameras 
are  classified  with  these  cameras.  Thus,  extended  bases 
upon  kits  occur  in  this  class,  subclass  29,  Cameras,  Magazine, 
Quarter-turned  plate,  Tilting,  Base-guides. 

Note. — Plate  or  film  holding  frames  used  within  a  plate-holder, 
but  which  are  themselves  light-excluding,  are  found  in  this 
class,  subclass  71,  Cameras,  Plate-holders,  Auxiliary. 

69.  CAMERAS,    PLATE-HOLDERS,    PLATE-FASTENINGS 

AND  KITS,  ADJUSTABLE.  Plate-holders  wherein  the 
retaining  parts  are  adjustable  to  fit  surfaces  of  different  sizes. 

70.  CAMERAS,      PLATE-HOLDERS,      SOLUTION-DRAINS 

AND  RESISTANTS.  Modifications  of  the  structure  or 
material  of  the  plate-holders  to  permit  collection  of  the  solu- 
tions draining  from  wet  plates  or  to  prevent  or  withstand  the 
injurious  effects  of  these  solutions. 

71.  CAMERAS,  PLATE-HOLDERS,  CLOSURE  LOCKS  AND 

CHECKS.  Devices  to  retain  the  slide,  door,  or  other  plate- 
holder  closure  or  prevent  reexposure  of  the  sensitized  surface. 

72.  CAMERAS,    PLATE-HOLDERS,    AUXILIARY.        Plate- 

holders  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  plates  or  films  to  and 
removing  the  same  from  "principal"  plate-holders  in  day- 
light and  either  do  not  themselves  hold  the  plate  or  film 
during  exposure  or  have  independent  front  closures  and  are 
otherwise  light-excluding. 

Note. — When  these  auxiliary  holders  contain  more  than  one  plate 
and  are  capable  of  successively  supplying  these  plates  to 
exposure  position,  the  holders  become  magazines  and  are 
classified  in  this  class,  subclass  19,  Cameras,  Magazine,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  unless  the  device  is  a  mere  double 
plate-holder. 

73.  PRINTING.    Processes  or  apparatus  for  printing  a  sensitized 

surface  by  light  passing  through  a  negative. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  43,  Cameras,  Copying  and  enlarg- 
ing for  cameras  which  enlarge  or  reduce  from  a  negative. 

74.  PRINTING,  SUPERPOSED  NEGATIVE.    Such  processes 

and  apparatus  as  use  two  or  more  negatives  placed  one  upon 
another  to  form  a  compound  printing-negative. 

75.  PRINTING,    CONTINUOUS-FILM.    Means  for  successively 

printing  successive  portions  of  a  continuous  sensitized  surface 
and  for  successively  printing  from  successive  portions  of  a 
continuous  negative. 
Search  Class— 
95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  31,  Cameras,  Roll-holding. 

76.  PRINTING,    FLUID-PRESSURE    CONTACT.       Printing 

means  in  which  contact  between  the  surfaces  is  secured  by 
fluid-pressure. 

77.  PRINTING,  FRAMES.    Approximately  flat  portable  devices 

which  hold  negatives  and  sensitized  surfaces  in  their  proper 
relative  positions  for  printing. 

Note.— When  the  invention  embodies  auxiliary  apparatus,  such 
as  timing  or  lighting  mechanism,  it  is  elsewhere  herein  classi- 
fied. 

77.5.  PRINTING,  FRAMES,  CYLINDRICAL.  Printing-frames 
generally  used  for  making  blue-prints,  wherein  the  sensitive 
paper  and  design  to  be  copied  are  supported  upon  a  cylindri- 
cal surface,  usually  of  glass. 

78.  PRINTING,    STANDS.    Devices    which    support    printing- 

frames  or  by  which  the  angle  at  which  they  are  set  is  adjusted. 
Search  Class— 
211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  24,  Display-stands. 

79.  PRINTING,  VIGNETTING.     Means  for  masking  a  part  of 

the  sensitized  surface  during  the  printing  operation  or  for  dif- 
fusing the  light  admitted  to  this  surface  by  a  medium  placed 
at  such  distance  or  of  such  a  nature  as  not  to  imprint  its  char- 
acter upon  the  sensitive  surface. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  80,  Screens,  where  the  color  or  the 
character  of  the  interposed  medium  affects  the  sensitive  sur- 
face; subclass  04,  Cameras,  Vignetters,  when  the  vignetting 
device  is  used  in  making  the  exposure  with  a  camera. 

80.  PRINTING,       VIGNETTING,       FRAME  -  ATTACHING 

MECHANISMS.  Vignetting  mechanisms  which  are  attached 
to  printing-frames  and  in  which  the  invention  includes  the 
character  of  the  attaching  means  or  some  modification  of  the 
printing-frame  to  accommodate  the  vignetter. 


2GG740— 12- 


-13 


194 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  95— Continued. 

81.  SCREENS.    Colored  light-selective  mediums  or  lined,  blocked, 

dotted,  or  stippled  screens,  whose  purpose  is  the  breaking  up 
of  an  image  according  to  the  nature  or  pattern  of  the  screen. 
In  each  case  the  distinctive  characteristic  of  the  screen  affects 
the  image  formed  upon  a  sensitive  surface  which  is  exposed 
through  it.  These  may  be  auxiliary  to  or  independent  of  any 
backgrounds,  negatives,  or  objects  to  be  directly  or  reversely 
copied.  Special  mounts  for  these  screens  are  also  here  placed. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  65,  Cameras,  Vignetters,  and  78, 
Printing,  Vignetting,  for  light  diffusing  and  masking  inven- 
tions which  do  not  impress  their  distinctive  characteristics 
upon  the  sensitized  surface  exposed. 

82.  STUDIOS.    Studio  structures,  mechanisms  for  varying  the 

light  upon  the  subject,  and  such  other  requisites  of  studio 

operation  as  are  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 
88— OPTICS,  subclasses  57.5  et  seq.,  Building-lights,  for  structures 

which  admit  light  to  buildings  without  varying  its  amount. 
240 — ILLUMINATION,  for  artificial  illumination  generally. 

83.  BACKGROUNDS.    Devices   auxiliary    to   the   main    object 

which  is  to  be  photographed  and  are  included  in  the  picture 
to  produce  a  scenic  effect.  They  differ  from  models  in  that 
the  latter  inventions  relate  to  the  objects  whose  pictures  are 
sought. 

84.  BACKGROUNDS,     ROLLING     CURTAIN.    Backgrounds 

mounted  upon  rollers  and  adapted  to  be  rolled  upon  them. 

85.  MODELS.    Means  for  modifying  the  structure  or  arrangement 

of  objects  which  are  to  be  photographed  to  facilitate  the  pro- 
duction of  a  desired  effect. 

Note. — Backgrounds  are  distinguished  from  models  in  that  the 
former  are  auxiliary  to  the  objects  to  be  photographed  and  do 
not  modify  them,  while  the  latter  relate  to  the  objects  them- 
selves. 

86.  CAMERA-SUPPORTS.    Structures    peculiarly    adapted    for 

supporting  cameras. 
Search  Classes— 
45— FURNITURE,  subclass  31  et  seq.,  Tables,  for  stands  which 

are  mere  tables. 
88— OPTICS,  subclass  01,  Tripods. 

87.  CAMERA-SUPPORTS,  COPY-HOLDING.  Camera-supports, 

including  also  holders  for  the  object  which  is  to  be  copied. 

88.  DEVELOPING.    All  such  operations  as  fixing,  toning,  inten- 

sifying, reducing,  and  washing  which  are  performed  upon  a 
lighl^sensitive  surface  to  complete  the  image  or  to  remove  the 
chemicals  used.  Includes  methods  and  compositions  which 
have  for  their  object  the  accomplishment  of  any  of  these  oper- 
ations. 

Search  Class — 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  6,  Sensitizing  and  developing; 
13,  Cameras,  Developing,  and  14,  Cameras,  Developing, 
Automatic. 

89.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus  for  perform- 

ing or  facilitating  the  operations  of  sensitizing  where  this  is 
merely  wet-plate  dipping,  and  of  afterward  fluid-treating  pho- 
tographic surfaces. 
Search  Classes— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  13,  Cameras,  Developing,  and  14, 
Cameras,  Developing,  Automatic. 

91 — COATING,  subclass  69,  Photographic  film  or  plate,  for  appa- 
ratus for  coating  a  surface  with  a  sensitized  solution  other  than 
for  wet-plate  dipping,  as  above. 

90.  FLUID-TREATING    APPARATUS.    DARK   CABINETS. 

Light-excluding  cases  adapted  to  hold  photographic  surfaces 
while  they  are  being  subjected  to  the  processes  of  dipping  for 
wet-plate  sensitization  or  of  development,  etc.,  subsequent  to 
exposure. 
Search  Classes— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  13,  Cameras,  Developing,  and  14, 
Cameras,  Developing,  Automatic;  subclass  CO,  Cameras, 
plate-holders,  where  the  combination  is  with  a  plate-holder 
independent  of  the  camera  structure. 

91 — COATING,  subclass  69,  Photographic  film  or  plate,  for  ma- 
chines and  arrangements  for  applying  sensitive  coatings  to 
surfaces  other  than  by  mere  dipping. 

90.5.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS,  DARK  CABINETS, 
ROLL-FILM.  Light-excluding  cases,  (as  described  in  sub- 
class 90,  Fluid-treating  apparatus,  Dark  cabinets,)  adapted 
for  treating  roll-films. 

91.  FLUID-TREATING    APPARATUS,    DARK    CABINETS, 

HAND-INSERTION.  Dark  cabinets  adapted  to  admit  the 
hands  and  sometimes  the  entire  upper  part  of  the  body  of 
the  operator  through  flexible  light-guards. 


CLASS  95— Continued. 

92.  FLUID-TREATING    APPARATUS,    DARK    CABINETS, 

HAND-INSERTION.  VENTILATED.  Hand  insertion 
dark  cabinets  provided  with  means  of  ventilation. 

93.  FLUID-TREATING     APPARATUS,    ROTATING    CAR- 

RIERS. Rotatable  supports,  usually  turned  by  the  force  of 
the  fluid  used,  which  carry  photographic  surfaces  while  they 
are  being  treated. 

94.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS,  FILM-GUIDES.   Means 

by  which  a  flexible  band  carrying  a  photographic  surface  is 
guided  in  order  that  it  may  be  supported  or  stretched  during 
its  treatment  by  a  tluid. 
Search  Class— 
95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  89,  Fluid-treating  apparatus. 

95.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS,  TRAYS.    Fluid-treat- 

ing receptacles  have  relatively  low  sides,  are  usually  open,  and 
do  not  exclude  light.  The  surface  to  be  acted  upon  in  some 
cases  forms  the  bottom  of  the  tray. 

96.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS,  TANKS.    Fluid-treat- 

ing receptacles  have  relatively  high  sides,  are  usually  open,  and 
do  not  exclude  light. 

97.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS,  TANKS,  WASHING. 

Tanks  having  provision  for  the  circulation  of  a  fluid  for  wash- 
ing or  otherwise  treating  a  photographic  surface  after  ex- 
posure. 

Search  Class — 

141 — WASHING  APPARATUS,  subclasses  9,  Dish-cleaners,  and  8, 
Combined  dish  cleaners  and  drainers. 

98.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS,  TANKS,  WASHING, 

PLATE-SUPPORTING.    Washing-tanks    provided     with 
means  for  supporting  negatives  or  other  photographic  surfaces 
and  such  removable  racks  or  stands  as  are  intended  to  retain 
these  surfaces  during  the  washing  operation. 
Search  Class— 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  92,  Fluid-treating  apparatus,  rotat- 
ing carriers  when  the  support  is  rotatable. 

99.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS,   ROCKING    MECHA- 

NISMS. Fluid-treating  apparatus  wherein  the  containing 
vessel  or  the  surface  which  is  being  treated  is  rocked. 

100.  FLUID-TREATING  APPARATUS,  WORK-HANDLING 

DEVICES.  Devices  by  which  a  photographic  surface  is 
lifted  or  stretched  during  the  processes  of  wet-plate  dipping, 
developing,  etc.  They  are  independent  of  the  containing- 
wheel. 

Search  Class— 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  98,  Fluid-treatingapparatus,  Tanks, 
Washing,  Plate-supporting,  for  racks  or  stands  used  as  supports 
within  tanks. 

101.  RETOUCHING.    Means  for  improving  a  photographic  surface 

by  adding  lines,  stipples  etc.,  mechanically  and  such  com- 
pounds as  prepare  the  surface  to  receive  the  pencil. 
Search  Classes— 
32 — DENTISTRY,  subclasses  18  Pluggers,  Air,  and  26  Pluggers, 

Power-operated. 

101— PRINTING,  subclass  133,  Stencil-making  pens  for  vibratory 
hand-tools  similar  to  those  used  in  retouching. 

102.  RETOUCHING,  STANDS.    Supports  for  the  surface  which 

is  to  be  retouched ,  usually  characterized  by  an  open  framework 
which  permits  illumination  of  the  under  side  of  the  surface. 

103.  RETOUCHING,    STANDS,     VIBRATING.       Retouching 

stands  adapted  to  be  given  a  vibratory  motion. 

104.  BURNISHING.     Means  designed  to  polish  a  photographic 

mage  by  applying  to  it  heat^pressure  or  friction  and  such  com- 
pounds as  facilitate  these  operations. 

Search  Class — 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  8,  Surfaces,  when  the  polish  is 
secured  by  drying  one  surface  in  contact  with  another  or  by 
the  drying  of  a  photographic  varnish  or  enamel. 

Note.— Methods  and  structures  similar  to  these  found  in  this  sub- 
class with  a  like  object  may  be  found  in  class  68,  LAUNDRY, 
subclasses  Ironing-machines  and  mangles;  class  92,  PAPER- 
MAKING  AND  FIBER-LIBERATION,  subclasses  71  FINISHING, 
Calendaring  and  subclasses  thereunder;  class  20,  CLOTH- 
FINISHING,  subclass  11,  Calendaring,  and  class  12,  BOOT  AND 
SHOE  MAKING,  all  burnishing-machines,  and  burnishing-tool 
subclasses. 

105.  BURNISHING,   ROTARY   MACHINES.     Burnishing-ma- 

chines wherein  the  part  which  polishes  the  photographic  sur- 
face rotates  during  the  act  of  polishing. 

106.  BURNISHING,  ROTARY  MACHINES,  INTERNALLY- 

HEATED.  Burnishing-machines  in  which  a  hollow  rotary 
polishing-tool  is  heated  from  the  inside. 


CLASS   102.— AMMUNITION  AND   EXPLOSIVE   DEVICES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  various  kinds  of  explosive  devices  comprising 
gun  ammunition,  means  for  blasting,  pyrotechnics,  and  torpedoes. 

It  also  includes  shapes  or  mechanical  structures  of  grains,  sticks, 
or  bars  of  explosive  substance  when  arranged  for  the  purpose  of 
modifying  the  rate  or  manner  of  burning  or  exploding. 

Explosive  compositions  are  in  class  52,  EXPLOSIVES. 

Explosive  devices  such  as  torpedoes,  peculiar  to  railway  signaling, 
axe  in  class  246,  RAILWAY  SIGNALING. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Ammunition  and  explosive  devices  not 

classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 

2.  TORPEDOES.    Includes  the  common  self-propelled  torpedo 

those  that  are  hurled   from   a  gun,  stationary  submarine 
mines,  and  those  used  to  break  up  the  earth  at  the  bottoms 
of  oil-wells  to  increase  their  flow. 
Search  Class— 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass  23,  Pyro- 
technics, Rockets,  for  self-propelled  torpedoes, 

3.  TORPEDOES,      SUBMARINE      MINES.    Torpedoes     used 

under  water,  usually  for  harbor  and  coast  defense. 
Search  Class— 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclasses  G,  Blast- 
ing, Cartridges,  and  7,  Blasting,  Cartridges,  Electric,  for  the 
firing  devices. 

4.  TORPEDOES,  WELL.    Torpedoes  adapted   for     use  at  the 

bottoms  of  oil-wells  to  break  up   the  surrounding  earth  to 
increase  the  flow  of  oil. 
Search  Class — 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass  6, 
Blasting,  Cartridges. 

6.  BLASTING.    Various  devices  for  and  methods  of  blasting  coal, 
stone,  timber,  etc. 

6.  BLASTING,  CARTRIDGES.    Blasting  charges  put  up  in  car- 

tridge form. 
Search  Class— 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclasses  3, 
Torpedoes,  Submarine  mines,  and  4,  Torpedoes,  Well. 

7.  BLASTING, CARTRIDGES, ELECTRIC.  Blasting  cartridges 

specially  devised   to   be    exploded  by  means  of  an  electric 
current. 
Search  Class — 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass  3, 
Torpedoes,  Submarine  mines. 


fuses,    matches,    and    other 


8.  BLASTING,     FUSES.    Miners' 

charge-igniting  devices. 

9.  BLASTING.  FUSES,  CAPS.    Igniting-caps  to  be  attached  to 

the  blast-fuses. 

10.  BLASTING,  FUSES,  ELECTRIC.    Fuses  or  charge-igniters 

adapted  to  be  fired  by  an  electric  current. 
Search  Class — 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclasses  19, 
Cartridges,  Primers,  Electric,  and  38,  Projectiles,  Shells, 
Fuses,  Electric. 

11.  BLASTING.   PLUGS.    Various  plugs  adapted  to  be  inserted 

in  blast-holes  in  stone,  coal,  timber,  etc.,  usually  in  lieu  of  the 
ordinary  tamping,  to  confine  the  blasting  charge. 

12.  CARTRIDGES.    Includes  the  various  kinds  of  gun-cartridges. 

13.  CARTRIDGES,    ACCELERATING.    Cartridges  wherein  the 

charge  is  constructed  or  arranged  to  explode  gradually  or  is  in 
several  parts  which  explode  successively  with  a  view  to  pro- 
ducing an  accelerating  effect  upon  the  projectile. 

14.  CARTRIDGES,    PRACTICE.    Cartridges  specially  designed 

for  mere  practice  or  short-range  work  with  guns  which  ordi- 
narily take  larger  or  more  powerful  ammunition.  Miniature 
and  subcaliber  cartridges  are  here  included. 

15.  CARTRIDGES,   SHOT.    Cartridges  having  features  peculiar 

to  the  firing  of  groups  of  shot  rather  than  single  projectiles. 

16.  CARTRIDGES,    SHELLS.    Cartridges  wherein  the  novelty 

resides  wholly  in  the  shell. 

17.  CARTRIDGES,       SHELLS,       BREECH       STRUCTURE. 

The  arrangement  at  the  rear  or  breach  of  the  shell. 

18.  CARTRIDGES,  PRIMERS.    Arrangements  of  the  cap,  anvil, 

or  the  fulminate  support,  also  modification  of  the  shell  to  ac- 
commodate these  parts. 

19.  CARTRIDGES,  PRIMERS,  ELECTRIC.    Primers  adapted 

to  be  exploded  by  electric  current. 
Search  Class— 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclasses  10, 
Blasting,  Fuses,  Electric,  and  3S,  Projectiles,  Shells,  Fuses, 
Electric. 


CLASS  102— Continued. 

20.  PYROTECHNICS.    Various    fireworks    for   display,   amuse- 

ment, flash-light,  or  signal  purposes. 

21.  PYROTECHNICS,    CARTRIDGES.     Pyrotechnics  in   car- 

tridge form,  adapted  to  be  fired  in  an  ordinary  gun. 

22.  PYROTECHNICS,      FIRE-CRACKERS.     Includes     novel 

structures  of  fire-crackers. 

23.  PYROTECHNICS,    ROCKETS.    Structures  of  sky-rockets, 

their  supporting-sticks,  and  some  devices  for  holding  them 
when  they  are  set  off. 
Search  Class — 

102— AMMUNITION    AND     EXPLOSIVE    DEVICES,  subclass    2, 
Torpedoes. 

24.  PYROTECHNICS,         TORCHES.     Pyrotechnical    devices 

adapted  to  burn  for  an  appreciable  time  and  be  held  in  the 
hand  or  to  a  fixed  support. 

25.  PYROTECHNICS,  TOY  TORPEDOES.    Forms  of  the  toy 

torpedo  adapted  to  be  thrown  by  hand  and  exploded  on 
1    impact. 

26.  PROJECTILES.    The  bullet,  shell,  or  other  part  which  is 

projected  or  "  fired  "  from  the  gun. 

27.  PROJECTILES,       BOMB-LANCES.    Lances    usually    em- 

ployed in  fishing  operations,  adapted  to  be  fired  from  a  more 
or  less  special  gun  and  carrying  an  explosive  charge  to  be 
exploded  in  the  object  struck  by  the  lance. 

28.  PROJECTILES,    CAPPED    OR    COVERED.    The  various 

capped  and  also  the  "jacketed"  projectiles  designed  for 
securing  greater  penetration,  strength,  etc. 

29.  PROJECTILES,    SHELLS.    Projectiles  adapted  to  carry  an 

explosive  charge  to  be  fired  on  impact  or  by  time-fuse. 

30.  PROJECTILES,     SHELLS,     HIGH-EXPLOSIVE.    Shells 

especially  designed  to  carry  a  high-explosive  charge. 

31.  PROJECTILES.    LUBRICATING.    Projectiles  which  have 

arrangements  lor  lubricating  the  inside  of  the  gun-barrel  as 
the  projectile  passes  through  in  its  flight. 

32.  PROJECTILES,     SELF-ROTATING.    Various    means    for 

giving  a  spinning  or  rotating  movement  by  the  effect  of  the 
air  on  the  projectile  in  its  flight,  thus  obviating  the  necessity 
for  or  accelerating  the  effect  of  the  gun-rifling. 

33.  PROJECTILES,   CANISTERS.    Cases  inclosing  a  number 

of  projectiles  adapted  to  burst  either  in  the  air  or  on  impact, 
thus  scattering  the  contents. 

34.  PROJECTILES.     LINE-CARRYING.    Projectiles  specially 

designed  to  be  fired  or  projected  to  or  over  ships,  in  windows  of 
burning  buildings,  or  to  other  inaccessible  places  to  carry  life 
or  other  lines. 
Search  Class — 

102— AMMUNITION    AND    EXPLOSIVE    DEVICES,   subclass    27, 
Projectiles,  Bomb-lances. 

35.  PROJECTILES,     OIL-DISTRIBUTING.  Projectiles  adapted 

to  be  projected  upon  the  water  and  permit  oil  to  escape 
to  calm  the  waves. 

36.  PROJECTILES,    SHELLS,    FUSES.    Construction  of  fuses 

or  primers  for  igniting  the  explosive  charges  in  shells. 

37.  PROJECTILES,      SHELLS,      FUSES,      COMBINATION. 

Projectiles  which  combine  both  the  time  and  percussion  fuse 
arrangement.  In  some  the  time-fuse  may  at  will  be  rendered 
inoperative,  while  in  others  the  time-fuse  is  always  ignited 
on  the  shell  leaving  the  gun  and  explodes  the  charge  unless 
the  shell  strikes  in  the  meantime. 

38.  PROJECTILES,    SHELLS,    FUSES,    ELECTRIC.    Fuses 

adapted  to  be  ignited  by  an  electric  current. 
Search  Class— 

102 -AMMUNITION  AND   EXPLOSIVE    DEVICES,    subclasses  10, 
Blasting,  Fuses,  Electric,  and  19,  Cartridges,  Primers,  Electric. 

39.  PROJECTILES,  SHELLS,  FUSES,  PERCUSSION.    Fuses 

adapted  to  be  exploded  by  impact  of  the  shell.  In  some  eases 
the  shell  explodes  immediately,  while  in  others  the  fuse  is 
ignited,  but  the  explosion  is  momentarily  delayed,  usually  to 
permit  the  shell  to  penetrate  the  armor  or  other  defense,  so 
the  explosion  will  take  place  inside  the  vessel  or  fort. 

40.  PROJECTILES,  SABOTS.    Bands,  disks,  flanges,  shoes,  etc., 

placed  on  or  attached  to  the  shell  to  engage  the  rifling  in  the 
gun  and  to  prevent  windage. 

41.  PROJECTILES,  SABOTS,  WEDGE-EXPANDED.    Sabots 

which  instead  of  being  swaged  outward  to  engage  the  grooves 
of  the  gun  are  expanded  by  sliding  wedge-shaped  parts  or 
themselves  slide  upon  wedTe-shaped  or  conical  parts. 

42.  PROJECTILES,   WADS.    Various  forms  of  gun  or  cartridge 

wads. 

43.  PRIMERS.    Various    charge-primers — such    as    fulminate   or 

percussion  wafers,  ribbons,  strips,  pellets,  balls,  sticks,  and 
cartridges — where  the  invention  does  not  reside  in  the 
composition  of  the  compound. 

195 


CLASS  106.— PLASTIC   COMPOSITIONS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  compositions  which  are  molded  or  spread 
in  a  plastic  condition,  also  processes  of  treating  and  making  the 
composition  and  processes  of  mixing  the  ingredients  to  form  the 
composition.  It  does  not  include  processes  which  are  clearly  dis- 
tinct from  the  composition,  such  as  processes  of  ornamenting, 
decorating,  molding,  and  coating;  nor  does  it  include  composi- 
tions for  such  special  purposes  as  filters,  artificial  fuel,  explosives, 
medicines,  incandescent  mantels,  filaments,  and  carbons,  inking- 
rollers,  journal-boxes,  abrasives,  detergents,  and  lubricants,  where 
the  substance  may  be  plastic,  but  is  not  necessarily  so. 

Compositions  intended  particularly  for  writing-surfaces,  such 
as  blackboards  and  slates,  will  be  classified  in  class  35,  EDUCA- 
TIONAL APPLIANCES,  and  will  be  cross-referenced  into  this  class 
whenever  considered  necessary. 

Patents  on  the  structure  of  the  article  are  classified  with  the  art 
to  which  they  belong,  and  when  they  contain  in  addition  any  nov- 
elty in  the  composition  are  cross-referenced  into  this  class. 

This  class  is  superior  to  class  134,  LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS, 
so  that  compositions  which  are  intended  for  use  either  in  a  plastic 
condition  or  in  such  condition  that  they  may  be«spread  with  a 
brush  will  be  classified  here  and  cross-referenced  into  class  134, 
LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Compositions   of  a   plastic   nature   not 

otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class — 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  1,  Miscella- 
neous; 2,  Barrel-lining;  7,  Leather  coating  and  polishing;  11, 
Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing;  18,  Sizing,  and  39,  Paint. 

1.5.  SOUND  RECORD.    Moldable  compositions  specially  adapted 
to  be  formed  into  record  tablets  for  sound  recording  and  re- 
producing machines. 
Search  Class— 

181 — ACOUSTICS,  subclass  17,  Graphophones,  Tablets,  for  sound 
record  tablets  arranged  in  laminae  or  presenting  other  local 
variations  in  composition. 

2.  BATTERY-JARS.    Compositions  for  making  or  lining  battery 

jars  and  cells. 

3.  BOOT  HEELS  AND  SOLES.    Compositions  for  heels  and  soles 

of  boots  and  shoes. 

4.  COB  PIPES  AND  FILLINGS.    Com  positions  for  making,  or  fill- 

ing interstices  of,  cob  pipes. 

5.  CRAYONS  AND  PENCILS.    Compositions  for  crayons,  pen- 

cils, and  billiard-chalk. 
Search  Class — 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  38,  Ink,  Writing, 
Powders. 

6.  DENTAL.    Compositions  for  dental  plates  and  fillings. 

7.  FLOOR-CLOTH.    Compositions  for  making  floor  cloth  and 

coverings. 

8.  LUTING.    Compositions  of  a  plastic  nature  for  packing  joints 

and  for  use  as  a  putty. 

9.  FIRE-BRICK  AND   REFRACTORY  LININGS.    Composi- 

tions for  fire-brick,  crucibles,  and  refractory  linings  for  furnaces 

and  stoves  not  containing  ingredients  of  an  argillaceous  nature, 

which  are  in  the  following  subclass. 
Note.— Compositions  for    lining    furnaces,  converters,  etc.,   in 

which  there  is  a  chemical  reaction  with  the  molten  metal  are 

classified  in  class  75,  METALLURGY. 
Search  Class— 
108— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  11,  Fire-hardened;  24, 

Artificial  stone,  and  18,  Heat-insulating,  and  the  subclasses 

thereunder. 

10.  FIRE-BRICK  AND  REFRACTORY  LININGS,  ARGIL- 

LACEOUS.   Compositions  for  fire-brick,  crucibles,  and  re- 
fractory linings  for  furnaces  and  stoves  containing  clay  or  other 
earth  of  an  argillaceous  nature. 
Search  Class— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  11,  Fire-hardened;  21, 
Heat-insulating,  Argillaceous;  2(i,  Artificial  stone,  Hydraulic 
Cement,  Argillaceous,  and  35,  Artificial  stone,  Argillaceous. 

11.  FIRE-HARDENED.    Compositions  which  are  hardened  by 

firing  at  a  high  temperature.    Includes  compositions  of  a 
ceramic  nature. 
Search  Class— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  9,  Fire-brick  and  re- 
fractory linings;  10,  Fire-brick  and  refractory  linings,  Argilla- 
ceous; 21,  Heat-insulating,  Argillaceous,  and  35,  Artificial 
stone,  Argillaceous. 

12.  ELECTRICAL  INSULATING.    Compositions  for  use  as  in- 

sulators of  electricity. 
Search  Class— 

106  -PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  18,  Heat-insulating,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 


CLASS  106— Continued. 

13.  ELECTRICAL    INSULATING,    RUBBER.    Compositions 

for  electrical  insulating  containing  rubber,  caoutchouc,  gut- 
ta-percha, balata,  or  other  ingredients  in  the  nature  of  rubber. 
Search  Class— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  54,  Paint,  Rub- 
ber, and  17,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing,  Rubber. 

14.  ELECTRICAL    INSULATING,    SOLUBLE    SILICATES. 

Compositions  for  electrical  insulating  containing  silicates  of 
the  alkaline  metals,  usually  sodium  or  postassium,  and  other- 
wise known  as  "  water-glass." 
Search  Classes— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  19,  Heat-insulating,  sol- 
uble silicates,  and  30,  Artificial  stone,  Soluble  silicates. 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  45,  Paint,  Fire- 
proof, Soluble  silicates. 

15.  ELECTRICAL  INSULATING,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RES- 

INOUS. Compositions  for  electrical  insulating  containing  in- 
gredients of  a  bituminous  or  resinous  nature,  except  tar  and 
wax  (which  are  classified  under  the  next  two  subclasses). 
Under  these ' '  bituminous  and  resinous' '  subclasses  are  included 
all  compositions  for  electrical  insulating  that  contain  ingre- 
dients in  the  nature  of  bitumen,  asphalt,  resin,  etc.,  which  are 
characterized  by  the  fact  that  they  are  softened  by  heat  and 
harden  when  cold  or  are  dissolved  by  solvents  and  harden  by 
evaporation  of  these  solvents.  Includes  gum-resins,  but  not 
gums. 
Search  Classes 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  31,  Artificial  stone,  Bi- 
tuminous and  resinous. 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  3,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  8,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  13,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproof- 
ing, Bituminous  and  resinous;  21,  Sizing,  Bituminous  and 
resinous;  36,  Ink,  Printers',  Bituminous  and  resinous;  41, 
Paint,  Antifouling  and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous, 
and  51,  Paint,  Bituminous  and  resinous. 

16.  ELECTRICAL  INSULATING,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RES- 

INOUS, TAR.    Compositions  for  electrical  insulating  contain- 
ing ingredients  of  a  tarry  nature,  such  as  coal-tar,  gas-tar,  wood- 
tar,  pine-tar,  petroleum-tar,  tar-pitch,  etc. 
Search  Classes  — 

106—  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  32,  Artificial  stone,  B  itumi- 
nous  and  resinous,  Tar. 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  4,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar;  14,  Fabric  coating  and  water- 
proofing, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar;  42,  Paint,  Antifouling 
and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar,  and  52,  Paint, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar. 

17.  ELECTRICAL  INSULATING,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RES- 

INOUSj  WAX.    Compositions  for  electrical  insulating  con- 
taining ingredients  of  a  waxy  nature,  such  as  beeswax,  min- 
eral wax,  ozokerite,  paraffin,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  33,  Artificial  stone,  Bitu- 
minous and  resinous.  Wax. 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  5,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  9,  Leather  coating  and  pol- 
ishing, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  15,  Fabric  coating  and 
waterproofing,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  22,  Sizing,  Bi- 
tuminous and  resinous,  Wax;  43,  Paint,  Antifouling  and  in- 
secticidal, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax,  and  53,  Paint,  Bi- 
tuminous and  resinous,  Wax. 

18.  HEAT-INSULATING.    Compositions  for  heat-insulating,  such 

as  coverings  for  steam-boilers,  steam  and  refrigerative  pipes 
and  refrigerators,  and  not  classified  in  the  three  following  sub- 
classes. 

Search  Class— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  12,  Electrical  Insulating, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

19.  HEAT-INSULATING,  SOLUBLE   SILICATES.    Composi- 

tions for  heat  insulation  containing  silicates  of  the  alkaline 
metals,  usually  sodium  or  potassium,  and  otherwise  known 
as  "water-glass." 
Search  Classes— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  14,  Electrical  insulating, 
Soluble  silicates,  and  30,  Artificial  stone,  Soluble  silicates. 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  45,  Paint,  Fire- 
proof, Soluble  silicates. 

20.  HEAT-INSULATING,     PLASTER-OF-PARIS.      Composi- 

tions for  heat  insulation  containing  plaster-of-paris,  otherwise 
known  as  "calcined  gypsum,"  "calcined  plaster,"  "calcium 
sulfate,"or  "sulfate  of  lime." 
Search  Class— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  34,  Artificial  stone.  Plaster- 
of-paris. 

21.  HEAT-INSULATING,  ARGILLACEOUS.    Compositions  for 

heat-insulation  containing  clay  or  other  earth  of  an  argilla- 
ceous nature. 
Search  Class — 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  10,  Fire-brick  and  re- 
fractory linings,  Argillaceous;  11,  Fire-hardened;  26,  Artifi- 
cial stone,  Hydraulic  cement,  Argillaceous,  and  35,  Artificial 
stone,  Argillaceous. 

197 


198 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  106— Continued. 

22.  ARTIFICIAL  IVORY  AND  HARD  RUBBER.    Composi- 

tions for  forming  artificial  ivory  and  substances  in  the  nature 
of  hard  rubber.    The  substance  imitated  depends  chiefly  upon 
the  coloring  material. 
Search  Class — 
106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  37,  Pyroxylin. 

23.  ARTIFICIAL  RUBBER.    Compositions  which  are  used  as 

substitutes  for  india-rubber,  caoutchouc,  or  gutta-percha. 
Does  not  include  compositions  which  are  used  to  imitate  hard 
rubber. 

24.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE.    Miscellaneous  compositions  for  artifi- 

cial stone  which  are  not  included  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 
Under  "Artificial  stone"  and  its  subclasses  are  included  com- 
positions which  set  without  firing  and  form  a  material  in  the 
nature  of  stone.  Here  are  included  all  plastic  self-setting  com- 
positions for  paving,  roofing,  and  plastering. 

25.  ARTIFICIAL  STpNE,  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT.    Composi- 

tions for  hydraulic  cement — i.  e.,  cement  which  sets  under  wa- 
ter— except  those  containing  ingredients  of  an  argillaceous 
nature,  which  are  in  the  following  subclass. 

26.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT,  ARGIL- 

LACEOUS. Compositions  for  hydraulic  cement  containing 
clay  or  other  earth  of  an  argillaceous  nature. 

27.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  INDURATING.    Compositions  used 

to  harden  artificial  stone.  Most  of  these  compositions  are 
used  in  treating  gypsum  without  pulverization  in  order  to  pro- 
duce artificial  marble. 

28.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  RETARDERS.    Compositions  for  re. 

tarding  the  setting  of  artificial-stone  compositions. 

29.  ARTIFICIAL   STONE,   OXYCHLORID   AND    OXYSUL- 

FATE.  Compositions  tor  artificial  stone  containing  an  oxid 
and  a  chlorid  or  sulfate,  usually  of  the  same  base,  which  react 
to  form  an  oxychlorid  or  an  oxysulfate.  The  base  is  usually 
magnesium;  but  zinc  and  other  related  metals  are  used. 

30.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  SOLUBLE  SILICATES.    Composi- 

tions for  artificial  stone  containing  silicates  of  the  alkaline 
metals,  usually  sodium  or  potassium,  and  otherwise  known  as 
"water-glass." 
Search  Classes — 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  14,  Electrical  insulating, 
Soluble  silicates,  and  19,  Heat-insulating,  Soluble  silicates. 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  45,  Paint,  Fire- 
proof, Soluble  silicates. 

31.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS. 

Compositions  for  artificial  stone  which  contain  ingredients  of 
a  bituminous  or  resinous  nature,  except  those  which  contain 
tar  and  wax,  which  are  classified  in  the  two  following  sub- 
classes. 

Note. — Under  this  and  subordinate  subclasses  are  included  all 
compositions  for  artificial  stonj  which  contain  ingredients  in 
the  nature  of  bitumen,  asphalt,  resin,  etc.,  which  are  character- 
ized by  the  fact  that  they  are  softened  by  application  of  heat 
and  harden  when  cold  or  are  dissolved  by  solvents  and  harden 
by  evaporation  of  these  solvents.  Includes  gum-resins,  but  not 
gums. 

Search  Classes — 
106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  15,  Electrical  insulating, 

Bituminous  and  resinous. 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  3,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  8,  Leath  >r  coating  and  polishing, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  13,  Fabric  coating  and  water- 
proofing, Bituminous  and  resinous;  21,  Sizing,  Bituminous 
and  resinous;  36,  Ink,  Printers',  Bituminous  and  resinous;  41, 
Paint,  Antifouling  and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous, 
and  51,  Paint,  Bituminous  and  resinous. 

32.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  BITUMINOUS   AND  RESINOUS, 

TAR.    Compositions  for  artificial  stone  containing  ingredients 
of  a  tarry  nature,  such  as  coal-tar,  gas-tar,  wood-tar,  pine-tar, 
petroleum-tar,  tar-pitch,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

106 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  10,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar. 

134-;-LiQuiD  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  4,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar;  14,  Fabric-coating  and  water- 
proofing, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar;  42,  Paint,  Anti- 
fouling and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar,  and 
52,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar. 

33.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS, 

WAX.  Compositions  for  artificial  stone  containing  ingre- 
dients of  a  waxy  nature,  such  as  beeswax,  mineral  wax, 
ozokerite,  paraffin,  etc. 

Search  Classes— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  17,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax. 

134 — LIQUID-COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  5,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  9,  Leather  coating  and  polish- 
ing, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  15,  Fabric  coating  and 
waterproofing,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  22,  Sizing, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  43,  Paint,  Antifouling  and 
insscticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  53,  Paint, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax. 


CLASS  106— Continued. 

34.  ARTIFICIAL    STONE,    PLASTER-OF-PARIS.    Composi- 

tions for  artificial  stone  containing  plaster-of-paris,  otherwiss 
known  as  "calcined  gypsum,"  "calcined  plaster,"  "calcium 
sulfate,"  or  "sulfate  of  lime." 
Search  Class— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  20,  Heat-insulating, 
Plaster-of-paris. 

35.  ARTIFICIAL    STONE,    ARGILLACEOUS.    Compositions 

for  artificial  stone  containing  clay  or  other  earth  of  an  argilla- 
ceous nature. 
Search  Class— 

106 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  10,  Fire-brick  and  refrac- 
tory linings,  Argillaceous;  11,  Fire-hardened;  21,  Heat-insulat- 
ing, Argillaceous,  and  26,  Artificial  stone,  Hydraulic  cement, 
Argillaceous. 

36.  ARTIFICIAL    STONE,    GELATINOUS    AND     GUMMY. 

Compositions  for  artificial  stone  containing  ingredients  of  a 
gelatinous  or  gummy  nature,  such  as  ordinary  glue,  gelatin, 
flour,  starch,  dextrine,  etc.,  and  gums,  such  as  gum-arabic  and 
gum-tragacanth.  These  substances  are  characterized  by  the 
fact  that  they  either  dissolve,  solten,  or  gelatinize  in  water. 
Does  not  include  the  gum-resins. 
Search  Classes— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  39,  Gelatinous  and 
gummy. 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  6,  Barrel-lining, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  10,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  16,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  23,  Sizing,  Gelatinous  and  gummy; 
55,  Paint,  Gelatinous  and  gummy,  and  19,  Sizing,  Laundry 
starch  and  polish. 

37.  PYROXYLIN.    Plastic  compositions  containing  pyroxylin, 

gun-cotton,  nitrocellulose,  or  collodion.    Includes  composi- 
tions for  celluloid.     When  the  patent  falls  in  one  of  the  sub- 
classes based  on  the  use  for  which  the  composition  "s  intended, 
it  is  classified  in  that  subclass  and  cross-refarenced  into  this 
subclass. 
Search  Class— 
134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  59,  Pyroxylin. 

38.  PROTEIDS.    Plastic  compositions  containing  one  or  more  of 

the  proteids,  such  as  casein,  gluten,  albumen,  fibrin,  etc., 
or  substances  made  up  partly  of  proteids,  such  as  milk  and 
blood,  and  characterized  by  the  fact  that  they  are  coagulated 
by  heat  or  chemicals.  When  the  patent  falls  in  one  of  the  sub- 
classes based  on  the  use  for  which  the  composition  is  intended, 
it  is  classified  there  and  cross-referenced  into  this  subclass. 
Search  Class— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  12,  Fabric  coat- 
ing and  waterproofing,  Proteids;  20,  Sizing,  Proteids,  and  50, 
Paint,  Proteids. 

39.  GELATINOUS   AND   GUMMY.     Plastic  compositions  con- 

taining ingredients  of  a  gelatinous  or  gummy  nature,  such  as 
ordinary  glue,  gelatin,  flour,  starch,  dextrine,  etc.,  and  gums, 
such  as  gum-arabic  and  gutn-tragacanth.  These  substances 
are  characterized  by  the  fact  that  they  either  dissolve,  soften, 
or  gelatinize  in  water.  Doas  not  include  the  gum-resins. 
When  the  patent  falls  in  one  of  the  subclasses  based  on  the 
use  for  which  the  composition  is  intended,  it  is  classified  there 
and  cross-referenced  into  this  subclass,  with  ths  exception  of 
those  which  fall  under  the  head  of  "Artificial  stone." 
Search  Classes 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  36,  Artificial  stone, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy. 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  6,  Barrel-lining, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  10,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  16,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  23,  Sizing,  Gelatinous  and  gummy; 
55,  Paint,  Gelatinous  and  gummy,  and  19,  Sizing,  Laundry 
starch  and  polish. 

40.  VISCOSE    AND   CELLULOSE.     Plastic  compositions   con- 

taining cellulose  or  the  solution  of  csllulose  known  as  "vis- 
cose." When  the  patent  falls  in  one  of  the  subclasses  based  on 
the  use  for  which  the  composition  is  intended,  it  is  classified 
there  and  cross-referenced  into  this  subclass. 

41.  MISCELLANEOUS    TREATMENT.    Methods    of    treating 

plastic  compositions  not  included  under  the  following  five 

subclasses. 

Note. — Under  the  "  Treatment "  subclasses  are  included  meth- 
ods of  making,  compounding,  and  treating  plastic  compositions, 
but  not  including  the  handling  of  the  composition  in  the  manu- 
facture of  articles  therefrom,  which  will  be  found  in  class  25, 
PLASTIC-BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWAKE  APPARATUS,  or  in  class  18, 
PLASTICS. 
Search  Class— 
134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  60,  Miscellaneous 

treatment. 

42.  FIRE-HARDENED,  TREATMENT.    Methods  of  treatment 

for  making  compositions  which  are  to  be  hardened  by  firing. 

43.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT,  TREAT- 

MENT.   Methods  of  treatment  for  making  hydraulic  cement. 

44.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  TREATMENT.    Methods  of  treat- 

ment for  making  compositions  for  artificial  stone. 

45.  ARTIFICIAL    STONE,    INDURATING,    TREATMENT. 

Methods  of  treatment  for  hardening  artificial  stone. 

46.  PROTEIDS,  TREATMENT.    Methods  of  treatment  for  mak- 

ing plastic  compositions  containing  proteids.' 


CLASS  107.— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAK- 
ING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  the  art  of  mechanically  working  and  manipu- 
ating  dough  and  paste  to  make  such  alimentary  articles  as  bread, 
pies,  crackers,  macaroni,  jellies,  ice-cream,  confectionery,  lozenges, 
tablets,  pills,  yeast-cakes,  croquettes,  and  the  like. 

For  classification  purposes  sugar,  after  its  manufacture  is  com- 
pleted, is  treated  like  confectionery.  Cutting  it  when  in  a  soft  state 
and  molding  it  when  entirely  independent  of  sugar-manufacturing 
operations— such  as  draining,  liquoring,  crystalizing,  etc.— are  in- 
cluded in  this  class;  but  apparatus  for  compressing  it  into  blocks  is 
classified  in  class  25,  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARA- 
TUS, and  when  the  cutting  or  molding  is  combined  with  any  such 
sugar-manufacturing  operation  the  patents  are  classified  in  class  127, 
SUGAR  AND  SALT.  Cutting,  crushing,  grinding,  and  pulverizing 
hard  sugar  are  classified  in  class  83,  MILLS,  subclass  61,  Sugar  and 
salt  crushers. 

This  class  includes  processes,  machines,  and  implements  for  per- 
forming all  operations  involved  in  making  these  articles— such  as 
mixing,  kneading,  beating,  whipping,  aerating,  flour,  eggs,  sugar, 
and  other  ingredients  to  make  dough,  paste,  batter,  etc.;  slabbing, 
sheeting,  molding,  dividing,  and  cutting  the  dough  or  paste;  clean- 
big,  stacking,  flouring,  salting,  sugaring,  and  ornamenting  the  arti- 
cles; distributing  them  into  pans,  and  making  and  manipulating 
molds  for  candies;  also  bakers'  ovens. 

Molds  for  use  in  this  art  are  generally  included,  but  waffle-irons, 
bake-pans.  and  the  like,  are  classified  in  class  53,  DOMESTIC  COOKING 
VESSELS,  if  uncombined,  or  in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  if 
provided  with  heating  means. 

So-called  "ice-cream  freezers,"  which  are  merely  molds  adapted 
to  be  introduced  into  a  congealing  agent,  but  without  means  for  hold- 
ing such  agent  and  without  agitating  or  scraping  means,  are  included 
in  this  class.  Ice-cream  freezers  not  so  limited  are  in  class62,  REFRIG- 
ERATION. Molding  devices  also  used  for  preserving  ice-cream  after 
manufacture  are  included  even  when  including  refrigerating  means. 
Dou?h-dividing  machines  which  wei^h  out  a  definite  quantity  are 
classified  in  class  73,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS;  but  those  which 
merely  measure  it  out  by  filling  a  mold  are  included  in  this  class. 

Scoops,  ladles,  cake-turners,  and  other  kitchen  and  table  articles 
not  used  for  performing  the  operations  named  are  classified  in  class 
65,  KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES.  Flour  sifters  are  classified  in 
class  83,  MILLS,  subclass  60,  Sifters  and  screens,  Household. 

Kitchen  tables,  in  combination  with  dough-boards  and  other 
implements,  are  .classified  in  class  45,  FURNITURE,  subclasses  16, 
Kitchen-cabbie ts,  and  17,  Tables,  Kitchen. 

Vegetable  and  bread  cutters  and  slicers  are  classified  in  class  146, 
VEGETABLE  CUTTERS  AND  CRUSHERS. 

Milling  operations  and  substitutions  therefor  which  comprise  the 
preparation  of  cereals  for  use  with  or  without  grinding,  involving 
crushing  the  grains  and  forming  them  into  flakes  or  shreds,  are  classi- 
fied in  class  83,  MILLS;  but  the  manufacture  of  biscuits,  cakes,  and 
other  forms  from  these  prepared  cereals  even  when  involving  the 
preliminary  preparation^  combination  are  included  in  this  class. 
Food  articles,  food  compounds  or  compositions,  the  treatment  of 
the  ingredients  in  making  them,  the  chemical  treatment  of  cereal 
products  in  making  bread  and  other  foods,  making  and  using  leaven 
for  these  purposes,  and  combinations  thereof  with  any  of  the  above- 
mentioned  operations  are  classified  in  class  99,  PRESERVING,  sub- 
classes 10,  Panification,  and  11,  Food  compounds. 

Confectionery  compositions,  the  treatment  of  the  ingredients  in 
making  them,  boiling  and  mixing  kettles  therefor  and  confectionery 
articles  are  classified  in  class  127,  SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclasses  4, 
Confectionery,  and  11,  Mixers. 

Medicinal  tablet  and  pill  compositions,  the  treatment  of  the  ingre- 
dients in  making  them,  and  the  articles  are  classified  in  class  167, 
MEDICINES. 

Coating  confectionery,  pills,  cakes,  and  the  like  when  not  involv- 
ing any  of  the  operations  belonging  to  this  class  is  classified  in  class 
91 ,  COATING. 

Coating  confectionery  and  pills,  and  printing  lozenges  are  included 
in  this  class  only  when  in  combination  with  some  of  the  other  opera- 
tions mentioned. 

Subclasses. 

1.  COMPOSITE  CAKE  AND  CONFECTION  APPARATUS. 

Apparatus  for  making  cakes,  pies,  ice-cream,  confections,  pills, 
etc.,  in  two  or  more  layers,  usually  of  at  least  two  different 
materials,  and  for  applying  ornamentation.  The  article  is 
usually  made  by  forming  the  several  layers  at  once  and  uniting 
them.  The  mere  coating  of  articles  previously  formed  is  classi- 
fied in  class  91,  COATING. 
Search  Classes  - 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  54, 
Processes. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  11,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Com- 
pound; 13,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing,  Compound;  36, 
Molding  devices.  Molds.  Blank  covering  and  filling. 

2.  SHREDDED    CEREAL    BISCUIT    APPARATUS.    Appa- 

ratus for  making  biscuits  and  other  articles  from  shreds  of 
cereal  material.  Includes  apparatus  for  shredding  the  cereals 
when  in  combination  with  the  biscuit-forming  means,  but  not 
otherwise. 


CLASS  107— Continued. 

3.  STARCH-MOLDING  APPARATUS.    Machines  and  plants 

for  filling  trays  with  starch  or  other  mold  material  or  for  making 
molds  for  confectionery  and  the  like,  either  singly  or  combined 
with  each  other  or  with  apparatus  for  filling  the  molds  with 
candy  or  the  like,  separating  it  from  the  mold,  or  cleaning  it. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  4,  Molding  plants;  16,  Molding  devices, 
Presses;  23.  Molding  devices,  Presses.  Stationary-mold. 

22— METAL- FOUNDING,  subclass  9,  Molding  apparatus,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

4.  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Machines  for  performing  two  or 

more  distinct  operations  and  not  classifiable  in  either  of  the 
next  two  subclasses.  In  these  subclasses  the  feeding  of  the 
material  to  the  machine,  whether  it  is  at  the  same  time  made 
into  a  sheet  or  slab  or  not,  is  not  considered  as  a  separate  opera- 
tion, nor  are  mixing,  kneading,  flouring,  or  dusting  the  dough. 
Search  Class — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  1. 
Composite  cake  and  confection  apparatus;  2,  Shredded  cereal 
biscuit  apparatus,  and  3,  Starch-molding  apparatus. 

5.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    PRINTING    AND    CUTTING 

LOZENGES.    Machines  for  printing  on  a  sheet  of  dough  and 
then  cutting  it  up  to  make  lozenges,  or  for  first  cutting  it  and 
then  printing  on  the  lozenges.    The  printing  device  usually 
has  means  for  inking  it  and  is  always  distinct  from  the  shap- 
ing means. 
Search  Class — 
101— PRINTING. 

6.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  CUTTING  AND   DISTRIBUT- 

ING. Machines  which  cut  crackers,  lozenges,  and  other 
articles  from  a  sheet  or  slab  of  dough  and  then  separate  them 
from  the  scrap,  conveying  the  articles  and  scrap  to  different 
points. 

Note.— Merely  ejecting  them  from  the  cutters  and  merely  arrang- 
ing the  articles  without  separating  scrap  are  not  included. 

7.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous  single-operation  machines 

and  attachments  for  working  dough,  paste,  batter,  etc.,  and 
for  making  and  treating  the  articles  mentioned  in  the  general 
definition  and  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  4, 
Combined  machines. 

8.  MOLDING  APPARATUS.    Machines  for  molding  not  classi- 

fiable in  any  of  the  next  eleven  subclasses.    Some  include  in 
combination  means  for  stripping  the  articles  from  the  molds 
and  means  for  feeding  the  material  to  the  mold,  even  if  involv- 
ing sheetbig,  slabbing,  mixing,  or  kneading. 
Search  Classes— 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  1, 
Composite  cake  and  confection  apparatus;  3,  Starch-molding 
apparatus;  27,  Depositing  apparatus;  28,  Depositing  appara- 
tus, Valve  cut-off,  and  29,  Depositing  apparatus,  Valve  cut-off, 
Transversely-reciprocating. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  5,  Molding  devices. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 
41,  Block-molding  machines,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
and  7,  Soap-molding  devices. 

9  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  LOAF-FORMING.  Molding- 
machines  for  forming  bread,  cake,  and  other  loaves  by  rolling 
or  folding  a  sheet  or  slab  of  dough.  Some  include  cutting  or 
flattening  the  dough. 

10  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  ROLLING.    Machines  for  rolling 

dough  or  paste  into  stick  candy  and  other  articles,  except  pills 
and  sheets,  as  by  passing  it  between  rollers  or  a  roller  and 
another  surface  which  do  not  give  the  article  itself  an  axial  or 
rolling  motion.  Some  include  the  twisting  of  the  article  when 
performed  entirely  by  the  molding-rollers.  Machines  which 
merely  employ  a  rotary  compressing  means  are  in  subclass  15, 
Presses,  in  this  class. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  9, 
Molding  apparatus,  Loaf-forming;  11,  Molding  apparatus, 
Rolling,  Pills;  12,  Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  Sheeting;  13, 
Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  Axial,  and  34,  Mixers,  Kneaders, 
and  beaters,  Roller. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  9,  Molding  devices,  Rolling;  10,  Mold- 
ing devices,  Rolling,  Sheets,  and  11,  Molding  devices,  Rolling, 
Compound. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
21,  Roller-forming. 

11  MOLDING   APPARATUS,   ROLLING    PILLS.    Machines 

for  forming  pills  by  rolling.    Some  include  in  combination 
means  for  forming  a  sheet  or  cylinder;  but  those  in  which  the 
operation  does  not  go  to  the  extent  of  making  a  pill  are  not 
included. 
Search  Classes— 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  13, 
Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  Axial. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS  subclass 
5,  Playing-marble  machines. 

199 


200 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  107— Continued. 

12.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  ROLLING,  SHEETING.    Ma- 

chines for  rolling  dough  from  a  shapeless  mass  or  a  thick  sheet 
to  a  sheet  suitable  for  cutting  or  other  shaping  operation. 
Devices  which  perform  a  kneading  operation  and  by  the,  same 
means  simultaneously  roll  the  dough  to  a  sheet,  and  those  that 
have  interchangeable  kneading  and  sheeting  rollers  used  suc- 
cessively in  the  same  bearings  are  included,  but  not  those  that 
in  kneading  incidentally  reduce  dough  to  a  sheet  and  do  not 
leave  it  in  that  form .  Feed-rollers  for  cutting-machines  which 
have  this  function  are  included. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  1, 
Composite  cake  and  confection  apparatus;  5,  Combined  ma- 
chines, Printing  and  cutting  lozenges;  6,  Combined  machines, 
Cutting  and  distributing;  10,  Molding  apparatus,  Rolling;  25, 
Cutting  apparatus,  Reciprocating-die,  Dough-feeding,  and  34, 
Mixers,  Kneaders  and  beaters,  Roller. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  2,  Miscellaneous  apparatus,  Vulcaniza- 
ble  Gums;  9,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  and  10,  Molding  de- 
vices, Rolling,  Sheets. 

13.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  ROLLING,  AXIAL.    Machines 

for  rolling  in  which  the  work  is  of  circular  section  (usually 
spherical  or  cylindrical)  and  is  acted  upon  by  the  rolling 
means  in  such  a  way  as  to  rotate  the  work  about  its  own 
axis  and  give  it  a  rolling  motion  transverse  to  its  axis,  but 
not  to  give  it  at  the  same  time  a  movement  in  the  direction 
of  this  axis. 
Search  Classes — 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  9, 
Molding  apparatus,  Loaf-forming,  and  11,  Molding  apparatus, 
Rolling,  Pills. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
5,  Playing-marble  machines. 

80— METAL  ROLLING,  subclasses  18,  Concave  and  roll;  19,  Platen 
and  roll;  22,  Axial  rolling;  and  23,  Axial  rolling,  Pattern- 
rolls. 

14.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  DIE-EXPRESSING.    Machines 

and  dies  for  shaping  dough  and  paste  by  forcing  it  through  a 
die.  Usually  includes  a  screw  or  other  forcing  device  which 
can  sometimes  act  as  a  mixer  and  a  device  for  cutting.  In- 
cludes twisting  the  candy,  etc.,  when  performed  by  the  ro- 
tation of  the  die  or  receptacle,  but  not  when  performed  by 
external  means. 
Search  Classes — 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  1, 
Composite  cake  and  confection  apparatus. 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclasses  6,  Sausage-machines,  and  20,  Meat- 
cutters,  Cylinder  and  concave. 

18— PLASTIC'S,  subclasses  12,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing;  13, 
Molding  devices,  Die-expressing.  Compound;  14,  Molding  de- 
vices, Die-expressing,  Tube  and  hollow;  and  30,  Molding 
devices,  Chargers. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  166,  Cores,  Pipe. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

8,  Soap-molding  devices,  Die-expressing,  and  11,  Die-express- 
ing, and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclass  65,  Butter,  Cutters,  and  subclass  68,  Cheese, 

Cutters. 
207— PLASTIC  METAL  WORKING,  die-expressing  subclasses. 

15.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PRESSES.    Machines  for  molding 

alimentary  articles  by  means  of  a  press. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  3, 
Starch-molding  apparatus;  16,  Molding  apparatus,  Presses, 
PopC9rn;  17,  Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Tablet;  and  18, 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Tablet,  Stationary-mold. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  16,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
45,  Block-presses,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

31— DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

100—  PRESSES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  14,  Plug-making. 

16.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,  PRESSES,  POPCORN.    Presses 

for  molding  popcorn. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  15, 
Molding  apparatus.  Presses;  17,  Molding  apparatus.  Presses, 
Tablet;  and  18,  Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Tablet,  Sta- 
tionary-mold. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  16,  Molding  devices,  Presses;  20, 
Molding  devices,  Presses,  Rotary-mold  support;  21,  Molding 
devices,  Presses,  Rotary-mold  support,  Peripheral;  and  22, 
Molding  devices,  Presses,  Reciprocating-mold. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

9,  Soap-molding  devices,  Rotary-mold;  the  subclasses  under 
Block-presses,  Portable  mold;  those  under  54,  Block-presses, 
Reciprocating-mold;  those  under  Block-presses,  Rotary-mold; 
99,  Block-presses,  Endless  chain  of  molds,  Continuous  travel; 
and  100,  Block-presses,  Endless  chain  of  molds,  Intermittent 
travel. 


CLASS  107— Continued. 

17.  MOLDING  APPARATUS,   PRESSES,  TABLET.    Presses 

for  molding  medicinal  tablets  in  which  the  mold  moves  con- 
tinuously or  intermittently  between  molding  operations. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  15, 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  and  16,  Molding  apparatus, 
Presses,  Popcorn. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  16,  Molding  devices,  Presses;  20, 
Molding  devices,  Presses,  Rotary-mold  support;  21,  Molding 
devices,  Presses,  Rotary-mold  support,  Peripheral,  and  22, 
Molding  devices,  Presses,  Reciprocating-mold^ 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

9,  Soap-molding  devices,  Rotary-mold;  the  subclasses  under 
Block-presses,  Portable    mold;  those  under  54,  Block-presses, 
Reciprocating-mold;  those  under  Block-presses,  Rotary-mold; 
99,  Block-presses,  Endless  chain  of  molds,  Continuous  travel; 
and  100,  Block-presses,  Endless  chain  of  molds,  Intermittent 
travel. 

18.  MOLDING   DEVICES,    PRESSES,    TABLET,    STATION- 

ARY-MOLD.    Presses    for    molding    medicinal    tablets    in 
which  the  mold  is  stationary. 
Search  Classes— 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  15, 
Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  and  16,  Molding  apparatus, 
Presses,  Popcorn. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  23,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Stationary- 
mold. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

10,  Soap-molding   devices,    Stationary-mold,   and   the  sub- 
classes under  Block-presses,  Stationary-mold. 

19.  MOLDING   APPARATUS,    MOLDS.    Molds   and   parts   of 

molds  for  use  in  this  art  not  combined  with  any  means  for 
moving  the  mold  or  pressing  the  article,  but  including  mov- 
able ejectors. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  48, 
Implements,  Ice-cream  dishers. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  34,  Molding  devices,  Molds;  39,  Molding 
devices,  Molds,  Casting:  42,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Two 
and  three  part;  43,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Clamping;  and 
44,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Dies  and  matrices. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sub- 
classes 118,  Molds;  119,  Molds,  Block,  and  120,  Molds,  Block 
ejectors. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  21,  Cheese-hoops,  and  25,  Butter  workers 
and  molds. 

53— DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  10,  Waffle  irons. 

127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclasses  6,  Cube  sugar,  and  12,  Molds 
and  carriages. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  9,  Molding  cigars. 

.20.  CUTTING  APPARATUS.    Machines,   dies,  and  cutters  for 
cutting  articles  from  dough,  etc.    Some  have  a  surface  inside 
the  cutter  which  has  a  molding  operation  and  some  have 
means  for  ejecting  the  cut  article. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  27, 
Depositing  apparatus. 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclass  18,  Meat-cutters,  Cube. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
105,  Cutters,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  65,  Butter,  Cutters,  and  68,  Cheese,  Cut- 
ters. 

87— OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  7,  Glue. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  4x0  BARS,  appropriate 
subclasses. 


21.  CUTTING  APPARATUS,  KNIFE.    Cutting-machines  using 

one  or  more  knife-blades  specialized  for  cutting  dough,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  2, 
Shredded  cereal  biscuit  apparatus;  11,  Molding  apparatus, 
Rolling,  Pills;  13,  Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  Axial;  14 
Molding  apparatus.  Die-expressing;  22,  Cutting  apparatus, 
Knife,  Circular;  and  29,  Depositing  apparatus,  Valve  cut-off, 
Transversely-reciprocating. 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclasses  18,  Meat-cutters,  Cube;  23,  Meat- 
cutters,  Rocking  knife,  and  24,  Meat-cutters,  Slicers. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  sub- 
classes 106,  Cutters,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclasses  22,  Cheese-vats  and  curd-breakers;  65, 
Butter,  Cutters;  and  68,  Cheese,  Cutters. 

83— MILLS,  subclass  61,  Sugar  and  salt  crushers. 

87— OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  7,  Glue. 

100— PRESSES,  subclass  53,  Expressing,  Articles  and  attach- 
ments, Cake-trimmers. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclasses  33,  Tobacco-cutters,  Pivoted-knife; 
34,  Tobacco-cutters,  Reciprocating-knife;  and  35,  Tobacco- 
cutters,  Rotating-knife. 

146 — VEGETABLE  CUTTERS  AND  CRUSHERS,  subclasses  7,  Cut- 
ters, Reciprocating,  and  12,  Cutters,  Bread. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  34, 
Cutting-machines,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


201 


CLASS  107— Continued. 

22.  CUTTING   APPARATUS,   KNIFE,  CIRCULAR.     Cutting 

machines  employing  one  or  more  circular  knives  usually 
mounted  on  a  rolling  or  rotating  shaft  or  drum. 
Search  Classes — 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  10, 
Molding  apparatus,  Rolling;  11,  Molding  apparatus,  Rolling, 
Pills;  13,  Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  Axial;  and  23,  Cutting 
apparatus,  Rotary-die. 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclass  19,  Meat-cutters,  Cylinder  and  block, 

83— MILLS,  subclass  61,  Sugar  and  salt  crushers. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  35,  Tobacco-cutters,  Rotating-knife. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  77, 
Cutting-machines,  Traveling  cutter-carriage,  Roller  knife. 

23.  CUTTING     APPARATUS       ROTARY-DIE.    Cutting-ma- 

chines employing  a  rotary  shaft  or  drum  carrying  dies  adapted 

to  cut  in  more  than  one  direction  on  the  surface  of  the  sheet 

of  dough. 
Search  Classes — 
107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  10, 

Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  and  22,  Cutting  apparatus,  Knife, 

Circular. 
83— MILLS,  subclass  61,  Sugar  and  salt  crushers. 

24.  CUTTING    APPARATUS,   RECIPROCATING-DIE.    Cut- 

ting-machines employing  one  or  more  reciprocating  dies  which 
cut  at  one  time  in  more  than  one  direction  on  the  surface  of 
the  sheet  of  dough  and  without  an  internal  plunger  or  dough- 
feeding  means. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  5, 
Combined  machines,  Printing  and  cutting  lozenges;  6,  Com- 
bined machines,  Cutting  and  distributing;  21,  Cutting  appa- 
ratus, Knife;  and  28,  Depositing  apparatus,  Valve  cut-off. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  23, 
Cutting,  Die,  Machines,  Reciprocating  cross-head;  24,  Cut- 
ting, Di?,  Machines,  Reciprocating  cross-head,  Shifting  dies; 
25,  Cutting.  Die,  Machines,  Reciprocating-plunger,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

25.  CUTTING       APPARATUS,      RECIPROCATING    -    DIE, 

DOUGH-FEEDING.    Cutting-machines  employing  recipro- 
cating dies  and  provided  with  a  device  for  feeding  a  sheet  of 
dough  to  the  cutters  which  sometimes  sheets  or  compresses 
the  dough. 
Search  Classes— 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  5, 
Combined  machines,  Printing  and  cutting  lozenges;  6,  Com- 
bined machines,  Cutting  and  distributing;  and  21,  Cutting 
apparatus,  Knife. 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
20,  Cutting,  Die,  Machines,  Work-feeding;  21,  Cutting,  Die, 
Machines,  Work-feeding,  Reciprocating-feeder;  and  22,  Cut- 
ting, Die,  Machines,  Work-feeding,  Roller-feed. 

26.  CUTTING    APPARATUS,     RECIPROCATING-DIE,    IN- 

TERNAL PLUNGER.  Cutting-machines  employing  re- 
ciprocating dies  having  a  relatively  movable  inside  plunger 
or  plungers  for  stamping  or  stripping  the  product  or  clearing 
the  die.  In  some  cases  the  plunger  acts  before  the  die  to 
flatten  the  dough  and  somehave  twoseries  of  knives  crossed  at 
right  angles  for  dividing  dough. 
Search  Classes — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING, subclasses  23, 
Cutting  apparatus,  Rotary-die,  and  28,  Depositing  apparatus, 
Valve  cut-off. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  33, 
Cutting  Die,  Dies,  Blank-ejecting. 

27.  DEPOSITING  APPARATUS.    Machines  for  dropping  soft 

dough,  batter,  or  paste  from  a  nozzle  or  its  equivalent  onto  a 
belt,  tray,  pan,  mold,  or  other  device  which  acts  to  give  final 
shape  to  the  article,  except  those  which  cut  off  the  material  as 
it  emerges  from  the  nozzle  by  means  of  a  valveorcut  itoff  by  a 
knife  after  it  emerges  and  after  it  has  been  given  its  final  shape. 
Usually  the  dough-box  or  the  receiving  device  has  a  vertical 
reciprocation  which  acts  to  separate  the  deposited  cake  or 
candy  from  that  in  the  box,  or  a  plunger  in  the  box  is  with- 
drawn a,  short  distance  for  this  purpose.  Those  for  shaping  by 
expressing  through  dies  are  not  included. 
Search  Classes — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION-MAKING,  subclass  1, 
Composite  cake  and  confection  apparatus. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  26,  Molding  devices,  Casting,  and  30, 
Molding  devices,  Chargers. 

28.  DEPOSITING     APPARATUS,     VALVE     CUT-OFF.     De- 

positing-machines  in  which  a  valve  or  its  equivalent  cuts  off 
the  material  as  it  exudes  from  the  nozzle,  the  valve  notrecipro- 
cating  transversely  to  the  stream  of  dough. 
Search  Class— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION-MAKING,  subclass  52, 
Implements,  Depositors. 

29.  DEPOSITING  APPARATUS,  VALVE  CUT-OFF,  TRANS- 

VERSELY-RECIPROCATING.   Depositing-machines     in 
which  the  exuding  stream  of  dongh  is  cut  off  by  a  valve  or 
knife  reciprocating  across  the  face  of  the  nozzle — i.e.,  transverse 
to  the  stream  of  dough. 
Search  Class — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION-MAKING, subclasses  28, 
Depositing  apparatus,  Valve  cut-off,  for  oscillating  valve, 
and  52,  Implements,  Depositors. 


CLASS  107— Continued. 

30.  MIXERS,   KNEADERS,   AND   BEATERS.    Machines  for 

working,  kneading,  or  beating  dough,  batter,  paste,  eggs,  etc., 
not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  following  twelve  subclasses. 
Some  include  means  for  introducing  the  ingredients. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION-MAKING,  subclasses  31, 
Mixers,  Kneaders,  and  beaters,  Aerating;  32,  Mixers,  Kneaders, 
and  beaters,  Moving-receptacle,  and  33,  Mixers,  Kneaders, 
and  beaters,  Moving-receptacle,  Rotating. 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclass  17,  Meat-cutters,  Crank  mechanism. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  9,  Churns,  Double-acting;  17,  Churns, 
Vibrating;  22,  Cheese-vats  and  curd-breakers;  25,  Butter 
workers  and  molds;  29,  Churns,  Reciprocating,  Crank  mech- 
anism, Multiple-dasher;  31,  Churns,  Reciprocating,  Combined 
lever  and  crank  mechanism,  and  34,  Churns,  Reciprocating 
Lever  mechanism,  Multiple-dasher. 

31.  MIXERS,   KNEADERS,   AND   BEATERS,   AERATING. 

Machines  for  mixing,  kneading,  or  beating,  including  means 
for  introducing  air  or  gas  into  the  mass  to  aid  in  the  mixing 
operation. 
Search  Classes — 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  7,  Churns;  37,  Churns,  Reciprocating, 
without  operating  mechanism, and  90,  Milk- treating,  Aerating. 
195 — ALCOHOL,  subclass  30,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  Mash-tubs, 
Tubular  rakes. 

32.  MIXERS,     KNEADERS,     AND     BEATERS,     MOVING- 

RECEPTACLE.  Mixers,  kneaders,  or  beaters  in  which  part 
or  all  of  the  mixing  or  kneading  operation  is  performed  by  the 
movement  of  the  receptacle  which  holds  the  material,  the 
motion  being  other  than  rotary.  Those  in  which  the  recepta- 
cle merely  moves  to  discharge  the  contents  for  convenience 
in  repairing  and  the  like  are  not  included. 
Search  Class— 

31 — DAIRY,  subclasses  18,  Churns,  Working  body,  and  63, 
Drink-mixers. 

33.  MIXERS,     KNEADERS,     AND     BEATERS,     MOVING- 

RECEPTACLE,  ROTATING.    Mixers,  kneaders,  or  beaters 
in  which  part  or  all  of  the  mixing  or  kneading  operation  is 
performed  by  the  rotation  of  the  receptacle  which  holds  the 
material. 
Search  Classes — 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclasses  19,  Meat-cutters,  Cylinder  and 
block;  17,  Meat-cutters,  Crank  mechanism,  and  25,  Meat- 
cutters,  Trip  mechanism. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  7,  Churns,  and  18,  Churns,  Working 
body,  and  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

62 — REFRIGERATION,  subclass  4,  Ice-cream  freezers. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  45,  Grinding-mills,  Chasing,  and  72,  Mor- 
tar-mixers. v 

34.  MIXERS,     KNEADERS,     AND     BEATERS,     ROLLER. 

Machines  which  mix  or  knead  dough  by  means  of  one  or  more 
rollers.  Some  have  a  device  for  forcing  the  dough  to  the 
roller.  Those  that  have  kneading  and  sheeting  rollers  used 
successively  in  the  same  bearings  and  those  that  first  knead 
and  then  sheet  are  classed  in  subclass  12,  Molding  apparatus, 
Rolling,  Sheeting. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING, subclasses  10, 
Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  and  12,  Molding  apparatus, 
Rolling,  Sheeting. 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclass  29,  Meat-tenderers,  Rotary. 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  2,  Miscellaneous  apparatus,  Vulcanizable 
gums. 

31— DAIRY,  subclass  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds. 

83 — MILLS,  subclass  45,  Grinding-mills,  Chasing. 

92— PAPER-MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  22,  Stuff 
working,  Beating-engines. 

MIXERS,  KNEADERS,  AND  BEATERS,  ROTARY- 
DASHER.  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters  employing  dashers 
which  perform  theirfunction  by  rotating  and  in  which  no  part 
of  the  mixing  operation  is  performed  by  the  motion  of  the  con- 
taining-receptacle. 

35  MIXERS,  KNEADERS,  AND  BEATERS,  ROTARY- 
DASHER,  COMPOUND-ROTATION.  Machines  of  the 
rotary-dasher  type  in  which  a  compound  rotation  is  given 
to  the  dasher  of  dashers — i.  e.,  the  axis  on  which  the  dasher 
rotates  itself  has  a  rotary  motion. 
Search  Class— 

195— ALCOHOL,  subclass  29,  Mashing,  apparatus,  Mash-tubs, 
rakes. 

36.  MIXERS,  KNEADERS,  AND  BEATERS,  ROTARY- 
DASHER,  MULTIPLE.  Machines  of  the  rotary-dasher 
type  employing  more  than  one  rotating  dasher  mounted  on 
different  shafts.  Those  in  which  a  plurality  of  dashers  are 
secured  to  the  same  shaft  are  not  included. 
Search  Classes — 

107_BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  35, 
Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary-dasher,  Compound- 
rotation. 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclass  17,  Meat-cutters,  Double-cylinder. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds;  40,  Churns, 
Rotary,  Horizontal  double-dasher,  Concentric  shafts;  41, 
Churn's,  Rotary,  Horizontal  double-dasher,  Parallel  shafts; 
43,  Churns,  Rotary,  Vertical  double-dasher,  Concentric  shafts, 
and  44,  Churns, '  Rotary,  Vertical  Double-dasher,  Parallel 
shafts. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  11.  Grinding-mills,  Rotary  beaters,  and  72, 
Mortar-mixers. 


202 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  107— Continued. 

37.  MIXERS,    KNEADERS,    AND    BEATERS,    ROTARY- 

DASHER,  MULTIPLE,  HAND-SUPPORTED.  Devices 
falling  under  the  definition  of  subclass  38,  Mixers,  kneaders, 
and  beaters,  rotary-dasher,  multiple,  in  which  the  beater  is 
adapted  to  be  supported  in  part  or  wholly  by  one  hand  and 
operated  by  the  other,  chiefly  egg-beaters. 
Search  Class — 

107 — BREAD,  PASTKY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  30, 
Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary-dasher,  Multiple. 

38.  MIXERS,    KNEADERS,    AND    BEATERS,    ROTARY- 

DASHER,  SINGLE.    Machines  of  the  rotary-dasher  type 
having  a  single  dasher  rotating  on  a  vertical  or  inclined  shaft 
having  secured  to  it  one  or  more  dashers  or  blades. 
Search  Classes — 

107— BREAD,  PASTKY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  36, 
Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary-dasher,  Multiple. 

17 — BUTCHERING,  subclasses  20,  Meat-cutters,  Cylinder  and 
concave,  and  26,  Meat-mixers. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclasses  9,  Churns,  Double-acting;  22,  Cheese- 
vats  and  curd-breakers;  38,  Churns,  Rotary,  Diagonal-dasher, 
and  42,  Churns,  Rotary,  Vertical  single-dasher. 

62 — REFRIGERATION,  subclass  4,  Ice-cream  freezers 

83 — MILLS,  subclass  11,  Grinding-mills,  Rotary  beaters,  and  72, 
Mortar-mixers. 

91 — COATING,  subclass  57,  Mixers  and  stirrers. 

127 — SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  11,  Mixers. 

195— ALCOHOL,  subclass  29,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  Mash-tubs, 
Rakes,  and  30,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  Mash-tubs,  Tubular 
rakes. 

39.  MIXERS,    KNEADERS,    AND    BEATERS,    ROTARY- 

DASHER,  SINGLE,  OSCILLATING.    Devices  of  the  ro- 
tary-dasher type  in  which  the  single  dasher  is  necessarily 
caused  to  rotate  first  in  one  direction  and  then  in  the  reverse 
direction.    They  are  usually  hand-supported  egg-beaters. 
Search  Class — 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  9,  Churns,  Double-acting,  and  17,  Churns, 
Vibrating. 

40.  MKERS,     KNEADERS,     AND     BEATERS,     ROTARY- 

DASHER,   SINGLE,   HORIZONTAL.    Machines   of  the 

rotary-dasher  type  having  a  single  rotating  horizontal  shaft 

having  secured  to  it  one  or  more  dashers  or  blades. 
Search  Classes  - 
107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING, subclasses  14, 

Molding  apparatus,  Die-expressing;  31,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and 

beaters,  Aerating,  and  36,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters, 

Rotary-dasher,  Multiple. 
17— BUTCHERING,  subclasses  20,   Meat-cutters,   Cylinder  and 

concave,  and  26,  Meat-mixers. 
31 — DAIKY,  aibclasses  25,  Butter  workers  and  molds,  and  38, 

Churns,  Rotary,  Diagonal-dasher. 
49— GLASS,  subclass  03,  Batch-mixers. 
83 — MILLS,  subclasses  11,  Grinding-mills,  Rotary  beaters,  and  72, 

Mortar-mixers. 

91— COATING,  subclass  57,  Mixers  and  stirrers. 
92— PAPEK-MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  22,  Stuff 

working,  Beating-engine,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 
127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  11,  Mixers. 
195— ALCOHOL,  subclass  26,  Mashing,  Apparatus,  Digesters  and 

disintegrators. 

41.  MIXERS,    KNEADERS,    AND     BEATERS,     ROTARY- 

DASHER,   SINGLE    HAND-SUPPORTED.    Devices   of 
the  single  rotary-dasher  type  in  which  the  beater  is  adapted 
to  be  supported  in  part  or  wholly  by  one  hand  and  operated 
by  the  other,  chiefly  egg-beaters. 
Search  Class — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING  subclasses  37, 
Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Rotary-dasher,  Multiple, 
Hand-supported,  and  39,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters, 
Rotary  dasher,  Single,  Oscillating. 

42.  MIXERS,  KNEADERS,  AND  BEATERS,  SINGLE,  RE- 

CIPROCATING-DASHER.  Devices  for  beating  eggs,  etc., 
in  which  a  single  dasher  is  reciprocated  in  a  straight  line, 
usually  by  the  direct  application  of  a  reciprocating  motion  to 
the  dasher-shaft.  Usually  consist  merely  of  a  cylinder  and 
dasher. 
Search  Classes — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  31, 
Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters,  Aerating. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  9,  Churns,  Double-acting;  30,  Churns, 
Reciprocating,  Crank  mechanism,  Single-dasher;  31,  Churns, 
Reciprocating,  Combined  lever  and  crank  mechanism;  32, 
Churns,  Reciprocating,  Foot  mechanism;  33,  Churns,  Re^ 
ciprocating,  Hand  and  foot  mechanism;  35,  Churns,  Recipro- 
cating ,  Lever  mechanism,  Single-dasher;  36,  Churns,  Recipro- 
cating, Rocking  seat  mechanism;  and  37,  Churns,  Without 
operating  mechanism. 

43.  SIZING    AND    SALTING    APPARATUS.    Apparatus    for 

apply  ing  salt  to  crackers,  pretzels,  etc.,  usually  before  baking, 
in  combination  or  not  with  apparatus  for  applying  sizing  in 
vapor  or  other  form  prior  to  the  salting  to  make  the  salt  stick 
and  give  a  glazed  appearance  to  the  product. 

44.  CLEANING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus  for  cleaning  confec- 

tionery, sheets  of  dough,  etc.,  chiefly  removing  flour,  starch, 
dust,  etc.,  by  brushing,  steaming,  etc. 

45.  STACKING  AND  PACKING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus  for 

assembling,  packing,  and  stacking  crackers,  lozenges,  and  other 

articles  in  this  art. 
Search  Classes— 

100— PRESSES,  subclass  59,  Packing,  Articles. 
127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  6,  Cube  sugar. 


CLASS  107—  Continued. 

46.  PASTRY-BOARDS.    Simple  and  composite  boards  especially 

adapted  for  rolling  and  kneading  dough  and  paste,  combined 
or  not  with  any  implements,  such  as  bread-trays,  rolling-pins, 
etc.    Includes  pill-tiles. 
Search  Class — 

45— FURNITURE,  subclasses  16,  Kitchen-cabinets,  and  17,  Tables, 
Kitchen. 

47.  IMPLEMENTS.    Hand-operated    and    hand-directed    imple- 

ments for  use  in  this  art,  except  those  excluded  by  the  defini- 
tion of  the  class  and  which  are  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the 
following  six  subclasses. 

48.  IMPLEMENTS,   ICE-CREAM   DISHERS.    Hand  operated 

and  directed  implements  for  dishing  ice-cream  and  other  ices. 
They  usually  are  adapted  to  cut  into  the  mass  of  cream,  remove 
a  measured  amount,  mold  it,  and  discharge  it. 
Search  Class— 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  65,  Butter,  Cutters,  and  68,  Cheese, 
Cutters. 

49.  IMPLEMENTS.  PIE  CRIMPERS  AND  TRIMMERS.    Hand 

operated  and  directed  implements  for  crimping  and  trimming 
pies  involving  one  or  more  cutting  or  trimming  knives  com- 
bined with  one  or  more  marking,  crimping,  or  molding  devices, 
but  no  other  implements. 

50.  IMPLEMENTS,  ROLLING-PINS.    Rolling-pins  combined  or 

not  with  other  implements  which  are  contained  within  them. 
Search  Class  — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  49, 
Implements,  1'ie  crimpers  and  trimmers. 

51.  IMPLEMENTS,   CUTTERS.    Hand  operated  and  directed 

implements  for  cutting  with  or  without  movable  ejectors  or 
docking,  pricking,  or  molding  plungers  inside  the  cutters. 
Note. — Cutting-dies  intended  to  be  placed  in  a  press  or  other 
machine  are  classified  in  subclass  20,  Cutting  apparatus,  this 
class. 
Search  Classes — 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  20, 
Cutting  apparatus;  49,  Implements,  Pie  crimpers  and  trim- 
mers; and  50,  Implements,  Rolling-pins. 

17 — BUTCHERING,  subclasses  22,  Meat-cutters,  Hand,  and  27, 
Meat-tenderers,  Hand. 

30 — CUTLERY,  subclass  9,  Knives. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclasses  65,  Butter,  Cutters,  and  68,  Cheese,  Cutters. 

131 — TOBACCO,  subclass  49,  Cigar-makers'  implements,  Wrapper- 
cutters. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  80, 
Cutting,  implements,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

52.  IMPLEMENTS,  DEPOSITORS.    Hand  operated  and  directed 

receptacles  for  dropping  soft  dough,  batter,  paste,  etc.,  into 
pans  or  molds;  custard,  etc.,  into  pies;  frosting  or  ornamenta- 
tions onto  cakes  and  confectionery,  etc.    Does  not  include 
those  which  drop  two  or  more  kinds  simultaneously. 
Search  Classes  - 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  27, 
Depositing  apparatus;  28,  Depositing  apparatus,  Valve  cut- 
off; and  29,  Depositing  apparatus,  Valve  cut-off.  Transversely- 
reciprocating. 
221 — DISPENSING-CANS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

53.  IMPLEMENTS,  MIXERS,  KNEADERS,  AND  BEATERS. 

Implements  adapted  to  be  entirely  supported,  directed,  and 

operated  by  a  single  hand  for  mixing,  kneading,  or  beating 

dough,  batter,  paste,  eggs,  and  the  like. 
Search  Classes— 

17 — BUTCHERING,  subclass  27,  Meat-tenderers,  Hand. 
30 — CUTLERY,  subclass  22,  Forks  and  spoons. 
31 — DAIRY,  subclass  63,  Drink-mixers. 
146 — VEGETABLE  CUTTERS  AND  CRUSHERS,  subclass. 15,  Crushers 

and  graters,  Reciprocating. 

54.  PROCESSES.    Processes  for  use  in  this  art. 
Search  Class— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  48,  Processes,  Miscellaneous,  and  55, 
Processes,  Molding. 

55.  BAKERS'  OVENS.     Ovens  usually  of  brick  construction  and 

designed  for  commercial  purposes  or  baking  on  a  large  scale 
and  not  adapted  for  household  use. 

56.  BAKERS'  OVENS,  CHARGING  AND  REMOVING  DE- 

VICES. Trays  that  are  designed  to  support  the  articles  to  be 
baked  and  means  for  placing  and  withdrawing  them  from 
the  baking-chamber.  These  devices  are  usually  designated 
"draw-plates." 

57.  BAKERS'  OVENS,  CHARGING  AND  REMOVING  DE- 

VICES, ENDLESS-CARRIER.  Ovens  that  are  provided 
with  article  placing-in  and  removing  devices  that  are  in  the 
form  of  endless  belts  or  carriers. 

Note. — This  subclass  includes  all  bakers'  ovens  that  are  provided 
with  this  form  of  device  other  than  those  that  are  circular  or 
rotary  in  form,  and  search  should,  therefore,  be  made  in  oven 
subclasses  for  oven  structures. 

Search  Class — 
34— DRIERS,  subclass  12,  Endless  carrier. 

58.  BAKERS'  OVENS,  CHARGING  AND  REMOVING  DE- 

VICES, ENDLESS-CARRIER,  AUTOMATIC  PANS  OR 
FORMS.  Endless-carriers  that  are  provided  with  covered 
baking  pans  or  forms  and  automatic  means  for  opening  and 
closing  the  pans  or  forms  during  operation. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


203 


CLASS  107— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 
107 — BREAD,  PASTRY  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  60, 

Bakers'  ovens,  Forming  and  baking  plates. 
53 — DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  10,  Waffle-irons. 

59.  BAKERS'  OVENS,  CHARGING  AND  REMOVING  DE- 

VICES, REEL.  Ovens  known  as  "reel-ovens"  in  which 
the  pans  or  trays  for  holding  the  articles  to  be  baked 
are  mounted  on  a  revolving  reel  arranged  in  the  baking- 
chamber.  Includes  stop  mechanism  and  means  for  placing 
in  or  removing  from  the  trays  the  articles  to  be  baked  applica- 
ble to  this  type  of  oven. 

NOte.— Search  should  be  made  in  oven  subclasses  for  the  form  of 
oven  per  se,  also  in  appropriate  subclasses  for  the  form  of  tray 
or  support. 

60.  BAKERS'  OVENS,  CHARGING  AND  REMOVING  DE- 

VICES, ROTARY  HEARTH.  Ovens  known  as  "rotary," 
in  which  the  pans  or  tray-supporting  means  rotate  or  travel 
in  a  horizontal  circular  direction.  Rotating  belts  or  carriers 
are  included. 

Note. — Oven-structure  features  should  be  searched  in  appropriate 
subclasses. 


61.   BAKERS'    OVENS,    WAGON-OVENS.      Ovens   that   are 
mounted  upon  wagon-frames  and  are  designed  to  be  trans- 
ported from  place  to  place. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  268,  Heaters,  Lunch- 
Wagon. 


CLASS  107— Continued. 

62.  BAKERS'    OVENS,    KNOCKDOWN    OR    SEPARABLE. 

Ovens  that  are  easily  dissembled  and  put  together  and 
usually  termed  "portable."  This  subclass  is  only  designed 
to  include  ovens  of  large  capacity  for  commercial  purposes 
and  not  to  include  the  ordinary  domestic  portable  oven  de- 
signed for  household  use. 

63.  BAKERS'    OVENS,    FLUID-CIRCUIT    OR    INDIRECT 

HEATING.  Ovens  wherein  the  specific  or  direct  means  for 
heating  the  same  is  a  fluid-circuit,  such  as  steam,  oil,  air,  or 
analogous  substance. 

64.  BAKERS'    OVENS,    ATTACHMENTS.    Devices   that   are 

designed  to  be  attached  to  bakers'  ovens  without  reference  to 
the  form  or  structure  of  the  oven.  This  subclass  also  includes 
devices  for  introducing  steam  into  the  oven. 

65.  BAKERS'  OVENS,  DOORS.    Forms  or  types  of  doors  and 

operating  means  that  are  specially  applicable  to  bakers'  ovens. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  173,  Doors,  and  reference-notes  there- 
under. 

66.  BAKERS'  OVENS,  FORMING  AND  BAKING  PLATES. 

Two-part  hinged  plate  and  forming  devices  designed  for  the 
baking  of  wafers  and  similar  articles  and  manual  means  for 
opening  and  closing  the  plates. 
Search  Classes— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  58, 
Bakers'  ovens,  Charging  and  removing  devices,   Endless- 
carrier,  Automatic  pans  or  forms. 
53— DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  10,  Waffle-irons. 

67.  BAKERS'  OVENS,  BAKERS'  PEEL.    Devices  designed  for 

the  placing  in  or  the  removal  of  the  articles  from  tbe  oven. 


CLASS  108.— ROOFS. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

Includes  all  roof  construction  and  all  roof-coverings  except  roofing 
fabrics  and  compositions  of  matter  to  be  spread  on  roofs. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Roofs    not    otherwise    classifiable;  also, 

miscellaneous  attachments  to  roofs. 

2.  ADJUSTABLE.    Roofs  which  may  be  raised  or  lowered  on 

standards  and  roofs  made  in  sections  which  may  be  shifted  in 
position  to  permit  free  circulation  of  air. 

3.  PORTABLE.    Roofs  designed  for  temporary  use  and  adapted 

to  be  readily  carried  from  place  to  place. 

4.  OBSERVATORY-DOMES.    The  structure  of  domes  of  glass  or 

other  material  for  observatories  and  trucks  for  supporting 
such  domes. 

5.  CAR.    Roofs  designed  for  use  on  cars  exclusively  and  of  types 

not  shown  in  roofs  for  buildings. 

6.  COMPOSITE.    Roofs  composed  of  one  or  more  layers  of  mate- 

rial at  least  one  of  which  must  consist  of  a  plastic  substance  or 
a  plastic  in  combination  with  some  other  material. 

6.5.  COMPOSITE,  FIREPROOF.  Roofs  so  constructed  that 
they  are  fireproof,  wherein  the  invention  resides  in  such  con- 
struction. 

7.  FABRIC.    Fabric-covered  roofs,  including  joints  for  the  strips 

of  fabric  and  methods  of  uniting  the  fabric  and  undersheathing 
of  the  roof. 
Search  Class — 

154— LAMINATED  FABRICS  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES 
for  miscellaneous  laminated  fabrics  that  may  be  adapted  for 
roofing  material. 

8.  SLATE  AND  SHINGLE.    Various  forms  of  shingles  of  wood, 

slates,  and  artificial  shingles  and  slates. 

9.  SLATE  AND  SHINGLE,  LAYING.    Methods  of  laying  slate 

and  shingle  roofs  and  fastening  devices  for  slates  and  shingles. 
Search  Class — 
108— ROOFS,  subclasses  10,  Tile,  and  17,  Metallic,  Shingle. 

10.  TILE.    Structure  of  roofing-tiles  and  methods  of  laying  tiles  on 

roofs,  including  fasteners  for  tiles. 
Search  Classes— 
108— ROOFS,  subclass  9,  Slate  and  Shingle  Laying;  12,  Lap 

Joints,  and  17,  Metallic,  Shingle. 
72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  17,  Walls, 

Faced,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

11.  THATCH.    Roofs  composed  of  wisps  of  straw  or  grass. 

12.  LAP-JOINT.    Roofs  composed  of  wooden  boards,  in  which  the 

joints  are  protected  by  inside  or  outside  battens  or  in  which 

the  joints  are  formed  by  the  overlapping  of  boards  forming  the 

roof. 

Search  Classes— 
108— ROOFS,  subclass  10,  Tile. 
20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  6,  Floors,  miscellaneous,  and 

5,  Weather-boarding. 

13.  METALLIC,    MISCELLANEOUS.    Sheet-metal    roofs    not 

clearly  classifiable  in  other  subclasses. 
Search  Class — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  85,  Metal 
sheathing,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

14.  CAR,  FABRIC-LINED.    An  outer  sheathing  of  wood  covers 

an  inner  roof  of  cloth,  rubber,  roofing-felt,  or  other  fabric. 


CLASS  108— Continued. 

15.  CAR,  METAL-LINED.    An  outer  sheathing  of  wood  covers 

an  inner  roof  of  sheet  metal. 

16.  SKYLIGHTS.    Frames,  glass  bars,  combined  sheet-metal  gut- 

ters and  bars',  arrangements  for  ventilating  without  admitting 
rain,  and  other  structures  pertaining  to  roof-skylights. 
Note. — Metal  plates  with  refracting  or  reflecting  lights  inserted 
are  classified  under  class  94,  PAVING,  subclass  7,  Vault- 
covers,  and  class  88  OPTICS,  subclass  59,  Building  lights, 
Vault.  Glass  plates  for  greenhouse  roofs  or  skylights  and  de- 
vices for  fastening  the  plates  to  the  bars  are  found  under  class 
108,  ROOFS,  subclass  10,  Tile. 

17.  METALLIC,  SHINGLE.    Metallic  sheets  or  plates  prepared  for 

laying  like  shingles  and  requiring  no  further  manipulation  to 
form  joints. 

18.  METALLIC,  RIB-SEAM.    Seams  formed  along  ribs  in  the  roof 

by  folding  the  roofing-sheets  over  an  underlying  batten  or  by 
bending  the  edges  of  the  sheets  into  ribs  and  laying  one  over 
the  other. 

19.  METALLIC,  RIB-SEAM,  CAPPED.    Seams  formed  by  up- 

turning the  margins  of  the  sheets,  bending  their  edges  outward, 
covering  them  with  a  broad  cap,  and  flattening  the  ?eams,  or 
by  placing  a  cap  over  a  rib-seam  of  the  ordinary  type  instead 
of  lapping  the  sheets. 

20.  METALLIC,  STANDING-SEAM.    The  upturned  margins  of 

the  sheets  are  brought  together  and  the  edges  folded  over  to 
form  the  joints;  also,  the  anchors  and  cleats  for  fastening  the 
sheets. 

21.  METALLIC,  STANDING-SEAM,  CAPPED.    The  upturned 

margins  of  the  sheets  are  covered  by  a  cap  clamped  over  them 
instead  of  being  merely  folded.  The  seams  are  not  flattened. 

22.  METALLIC,  INTERLOCKING  LAP-SEAM.    The  roofing- 

sheets  are  folded  at  the  edge,  so  as  to  interlock  and  form  a  flat 
seam. 

23.  TRUSSES.    Frames  of  wood  or  metal  for  supporting  roofs. 
Search  Class — 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  24.  Arch,  and  subclasses  thereunder; 
subclass  3,  Truss,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

24.  RIDGES.    Saddle-pieces  and  ornamental  crests  for  the  ridges 

or  hips  of  roofs. 

25.  VALLEYS.    Constructions  for  forming  a  gutter  between  two 

oppositely-sloping  portions  of  a  roof  and  forming  close  joints 
therewith. 

26.  FLASHINGS.    Constructions  for  making  a  close  joint  between 

the  roof  and  structures  passing  through  or  above  the  roof. 

27.  FENDERS.    Devices  attached  to  the  surface  of  the  roof  to  pre- 

vent snow  and  ice  from  sliding. 

28.  EAVES-TROUGHS.    Eaves-gutters    of    different    materials, 

whether  formed  integral  with  the  roof  or  suspended  at  its  edge. 

29.  EAVES-TROUGHS,  HANGERS.    All  supporting  devices  for 

eaves-troughs,  even  though  one  of  the  complementary  parts  of 
the  supporting  device  be  secured  to  the  trough. 
Search  class— 

248— SUPPORTS,  subclass  31,  Pipe  and  cable  hangers,  for  sup- 
ports for  spouts,  etc. 

30.  EAVES-TROUGHS,  STRAINERS.    Screens  in  or  over  eaves- 

troughs  to  exclude  leaves  or  trash  from  eaves-troughs  or  con- 
ductor-pipes. 

31.  SKYLIGHTS,  OPERATING  DEVICES.    Devices  for  open- 

ing, closing,  and  securing  the  skylight  or  its  cover. 
Search  Class — 
16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  28,  Transom  Lifters. 

205 


CLASS  110.— FURNACES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  relates  to  the  broad  art  of  combustion  of  solid  fuel 
and  also  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  when  it  is  burned  as  an  auxiliary 
fuel.  It  also  contains  patents  for  furnaces  that  may  be  readily 
converted  from  a  solid-fuel  burner  to  a  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  burner 
when  such  construction  is  claimed.  Under  the  term  "solid  fuel" 
is  included  everything  used  as  fuel  except  liquid  and  gaseous  fuel. 
But  this  class,  although  being  the  broadest  class  in  the  furnace  art, 
is  strictly  limited  to  the  furnace  structure  itself,  together  with  means 
for  feeding  solid  fuel  to  such  furnace,  and  does  not  contain  patents 
with  claims  to  combinations  of  furnaces  with  the  structure  of  the 
thing  to  be  heated.  For  example,  patents  with  claims  to  a  furnace 
structure  having  features  that  especially  adapt  it  for  use  in  metal- 
lurgical processes  are  classified  in  class  75,  METALLURGY;  but  if  the 
claims  in  such  patents  relate  only  to  the  combustion  or  to  the  feed- 
ing of  the  fuel  they  are  classified  in  class  110,  FURNACES,  although 
a  metallurgical  furnace  structure  may  be  shown  and  described. 
Patents  claiming  structure  of  a  furnace  combined  with  boiler 
structure  in  the  same  claim  or  having  claims  to  the  boiler  alone 
and  also  claims  to  the  furnace  alone  are  classified  in  class  122,  LIQUID 
HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  and  the  claims  to  the  furnace  cross- 
referenced  into  their  proper  subclass  in  class  110,  FURNACES.  In 
class  110,  FURNACES,  are  classified  patents  for  furnaces  designed  to 
burn  wet  fuel — such  as  bagasse,  garbage,  sewage,  and  all  refuse — 
unless  such  furnace  is  of  a  character  that  pertains  to  a  certain  art. 
For  example,  patents  for  furnaces  designed  to  burn  offal  for  the 
making  of  fertilizers,  such  offal  being  placed  in  a  closed  retort  where 
the  flame  and  heat  from  the  fire  do  not  come  into  contact  with  the 
offal,  are  classified  in  class  71,  FERTILIZERS;  but  if  the  offal  is  burned 
in  an  open  retort  or  heated  in  some  part  of  the  furnace  and  dumped 
upon  the  fire  and  burned,  patents  for  such  devices  are  classified  in 
class  110,  FURNACES,  although  it  be  the  intention  of  the  inventor 
to  make  use  of  the  residuum  for  fertilizers.  Patents  for  furnaces  for 
burning  garbage  and  other  refuse,  of  a  structure  designed  for  being 
used  upon  a  domestic  stove  or  furnace,  are  classified  in  class  126, 
STOVES  AND  FURNACES.  Patents  for  furnaces  for  converting  refuse 
into  oil  or  glue  are  classified  in  class  87,  OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE. 
This  class  does  not  include  furnaces  for  ordinary  domestic  purposes, 
like  cooking  and  heating  stoves,  fireplaces,  hot-air  furnaces,  etc.. 
that  are  classified  in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES. 

Patents  for  processes  are  classified  with  the  apparatus  shown  and 
described.  Where  no  apparatus  is  shown,  such  patents  are  placed 
in  subclass  1,  Furnace  structure,  unless  the  process  would  naturally 
pertain  to  some  other  subclass. 

Although  class  110,  FURNACES,  is  made  the  broad  class  of  com- 
bustion generally  and  contains  patents  for  specific  parts  of  such 
furnaces  as  are  classified  here — such  as  doors,  dead-plates,  bridge- 
walls,  etc. — yet  an  exception  is  made  in  patents  for  grates.  Class 
126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  contains  patents  for  grates  broadly, 
and  only  such  patents  for  grates  are  classified  in  class  110,  FUR- 
NACES, as  are  hollow  and  designed  for  heating  air  as  it  passes 
through  the  grate  for  feeding  the  heated  air  to  the  fire  and  for 
keeping  the  grate  cool,  or  such  grates  as  are  designed  for  progressively 
moving  the  fuel  along  the  grate.  Patents  for  hollow  grates  through 
which  water  circulates,  whether  such  circulation  is  connected  with 
the  boiler  or  not,  are  classified  in  class  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND 
VAPORIZERS.  Class  110,  FURNACES,  contains  patents  for  furnace- 
doors  in  general,  unless  the  construction  is  such  as  to  be  especially 
adapted  to  a  special  art.  Doors  of  a  light  character  designed  for  do- 
mesticstovesandfurnacesare  found  in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FUR- 
NACES. In  class  110,  FURNACES,  are  classified  devices  for  regulating 
the  draft  of  the  furnace.  Patents  for  dampers  for  all  kinds  of  furnaces 
are  classified  in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES;  but  patents 
involving  claims  to  combinations  of  feeding  air  or  steam  with  the 
damper  in  the  stack  are  classified  in  class  110,  FURNACES;  but  the 
mechanism  for  operating  a  damper  automatically  is  classified  in 
class  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC.  Furnaces  for  burning  liquid  and 
gaseous  fuel  are  classified  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL 
BURNERS,  or  in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES.  Mechanism  for 
opening  or  closing  furnace-doors  in  combination  with  the  door 
structure  or  that  is  of  a  character  especially  adapting  it  to  operate 
a  furnace-door  is  classiled  in  class  110,  FURNACES,  subclass  176, 
Doors,  Operators;  but  if  the  mechanism  is  generally  capable  of 
opening  any  door  or  gate  it  is  classified  in  class  39,  FENCES,  sub- 
class 5,  Gates.  Devices  for  heating  surfaces,  whether  used  for 
melting  snow  and  ice,  thawing  earth  for  placer  mining,  burning 
weeds  or  stubble,  destroying  microbes  in  the  soil  or  heating  pave- 
ments when  either  a  fluid  fuel  or  solid  fuel  furnace  or  burner  is 
employed  are  classified  in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  sub- 
classes 271.1,  Heaters,  Surface,  and  the  minor  subclasses  thereunder. 
Devices  for  thawing  pipes,  including  many  furnaces,  are  found  in 
class  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  72,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Thawing.  The  following  classes  are  also  noted  in  addition  to  the 
above  citations  for  furnaces  used  in  special  arts:  17,  BUTCHERING, 
subclass  7,  Scalding  and  singeing;  25,  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTH- 
ENWARE APPARATUS,  subclass  132,  Kilns;  34,  DRIERS,  subclasses 
18,  Heaters,  and  19,  Houses  and  kilns:  37,  EXCAVATING,  subclass 
35,  Snow  road  machines,  for  furnaces  for  making  snow  roads;  48, 
GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING;  72,  MASONRY,  subclasses  20, 
Stone  and  brick  setting,  and  27,  Building-blocks,  for  furnace  struc- 
ture; 126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  343.5,  Melting  furnaces, 
for  tanks  and  miscellaneous  devices  for  melting  snow;  127,  SUGAR 
AND  SALT,  subclasses  9,  Evaporating-pans,  and  18,  Vacuum-pans; 
158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  1,  Furnaces: 
196,  MINERAL  OILS,  subclass  9,  Apparatus,  Stills,  Furnaces  and 
flues;  202,  CHARCOAL  AND  COKE. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

Subclasses. 

1.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE.    Miscellaneous   types  of  furnaces 

not  otherwise  classifiable  and  all  parts  of  furnace  structure 
not  properly  allied  to  the  structure  defined  in  the  subclass 
types.  This  is  also  the  general  miscellaneous  division  of 
class  110,  FURNACES. 

2.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,   AUTOMOBILE.    Furnaces   for 

automobiles  that  burn  hard  fuel,  such  as  coal  or  wood,  to- 
gether with  draft-regulating  devices  whose  structure  especially 
adapts  them  to  automobile-furnaces. 

3.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,    CREMATION.    Furnaces    de- 

signed for  the  burning  of  bodies. 

4.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDRICAL 

BOILER.  Furnaces  whose  structure  claimed  involves  the 
construction  of  the  furnace  walls  above  a  horizontal  plane 
passed  through  the  center  of  the  boiler,  as  well  as  that  part 
below  the  center. 

Note.— For  structures  of  furnaces  containing  horizontal  cylin- 
drical boilers  where  the  claims  are  on  the  lower  part,  search 
in  this  class,  subclasses  23,  Furnace  structure,  Multiple  series; 
28,  Furnace  structure,  Fine  fuel  burned  in  suspension;  51, 
Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and  gas  return,  Before  passing 
boiler-flues;  52,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and  gas  return, 
Before  passing  boiler-flues,  From  fire-box;  59,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Feeding  air  and  steam,  Horizontal  base,  and  82,  Furnace 
structure.  Horizontal  base. 

5.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,     STRAW     BURNERS     AND 

FEEDERS.    Furnaces  specially  adapted  for  burning  straw 
and  the  feeding  mechanism  thereof. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  222,  Trash  burners, 
Cooking  stoves;  223,  Trash  burners,  Cooking  stoves,  Feeding 
attachments;  224,  Trash  burners,  Domestic-refuse  burners; 
and  225,  Trash  burners,  Heating-stoves. 

6.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,     STRAW     BURNERS     AND 

FEEDERS,  FIRE-BOX,  EXTERIOR,  DETACHABLE. 
Includes  fire-boxes  for  straw-burning  furnaces  that  are  exte- 
rior to  the  main  furnace  structure  and  capable  of  being  readily 
separated  or  detached  therefrom. 
Search  Classes   - 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  88,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box, 
Exterior,  Detachable. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  222,  Trash  burners, 
Cooking  stoves;  223,  Trash  burners,  Cooking  stoves,  Feeding 
attachments;  224,  Trash  burners,  Domestic-refuse  burners; 
and  225,  Trash  burners,  Heating-stoves. 

7.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    WET-FUEL.     Furnaces     spe- 

cially adapted  to  burn  wet  fuels,  like  garbage  and  sewage 
and  bagasse. 

Note.— Most  of  the  bagasse-burners  are  placed  in  this  main  sub- 
class 7;  but  if  the  structure  is  such  as  to  be  common  to  gar- 
bage they  are  placed  under  the  garbage  and  sewage  sub- 
classes, although  the  patent  may  allege  that  it  is  intended 
only  for  bagasse.  If  the  patent  states  that  the  furnace  is  to 
be  used  for  bagasse,  but  there  is  no  structure  shown  to 
adapt  it  especially  for  bagasse,  but  which  might  be  used 
with  equal  advantage  for  coal  or  wood,  such  patent  is  classi- 
fied structurally  in  its  proper  subclass  like  any  other  furnace. 
The  same  remark  is  applicable  to  tanbark  and  sawdust. 

Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  18,  Furnace  structure,  Refuse,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

8.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  WET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 

SEWAGE.    Furnaces  especially  adapted  for  burning  garbage 

and  sewage. 
Search  Classes — 
71 — FERTILIZERS,  subclasses  1,  Apparatus,  and  8,  Sewage  and 

night-soil. 
87 — OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  13,  Rendering. 

9.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  WET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 

SEWAGE,  DRY  CLOSETS.  Devices  for  burning  fecal 
matter  when  this  device  is  combined  with  a  dry  closet. 
Garbage  may  be  thrown  in  and  burned  with  it. 
Note. — Dry  closets  having  a  fire  for  simply  drying  fecal  matter 
are  classified  in  class  4,  BATHS  AND  CLOSETS",  subclass  20,  Dry 
closets. 

10.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  WET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 

SEWAGE,  STEAM-BOILER.  Garbage  and  sewage  fur- 
naces that  make  use  of  the  heat  generated  to  heat  a  steam- 
boiler. 

Search  Class— 

122— LUH'ID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  2,  Plants, 
Garbage. 

11.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  WET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 

SEWAGE,  CLOSED  RETORT.  Furnaces  for  burning 
garbage  and  sewage  in  which  the  garbage  is  placed  in  a  closed 
retort  over  the  fire  and  then  incinerated.  This  retort  may  or 
may  not  have  means  for  dumping  its  contents  on  the  fire. 

207 


208 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 
48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  119,  Retorts, 

and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
71— FERTILIZERS,  subclasses  1,  Apparatus,  and  8,  Sewage  and 

night-soil. 

87— OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  13,  Rendering. 
92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  7,  Stock 

treatment,  Digestive,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 
202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclasses  3,  Charcoal,  Retorts,  and 

9,  Retort-ovens. 
203—  \MMONIA,  WATER,  AND  WOOD  DISTILLATION,  subclass  6, 

Wood. 

12  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  WET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 
SEWAGE,  REVERBERATORY  PLATFORM.  Gar- 
bage-burners in  which  the  garbage  rests  on  a  platform  over 
which  pass  the  flames  of  the  furnace,  and  generally  the  coked 
garbage  is  raked  off  into  the  fire  and  burned. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  9,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel,  Gar- 
bage and  sewage,  Dry  closets. 

13.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  WET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 

SEWAGE,  ROTARY  GRATE,  VERTICAL  AXIS.    Gar- 
bage-burners with  rotary  grates  or  rotary  supports  having  a 
vertical  axis  for  the  grate  or  support. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  36.  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  Rotary,  Vertical  axis. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  170,  Grates,  Oscillatory, 
Vertical  axis;  171,  Grates,  Oscillatory,  Vertical  axis,  Dumping 
section;  172,  Grates,  Oscillatory  Vertical  axis,  Sliding  section; 
182,  Grates,  Rotary,  Vertical  axis. 

14.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  WET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 

SEWAGE,  ROTARY  RETORT.  Garbage-burners  where 
the  garbago  is  fed  into  a  rotary  retort  and  the  heat  being  applied 
either  as  a  jet  of  oil  or  pulverized  coal  to  tha  inside  of  the  retort 
or  the  heat  being  applied  to  the  outside  of  the  retort  from  a  fur- 
nace, the  gases  passing  either  inside  or  outside  the  retort  and 
the  coked  products  of  the  garbago  passing  to  the  fire. 
Search  Classes — 

71— FERTILIZERS,  subclass  1,  Apparatus,  for  garbage-incinerators 
having  a  rotary  retort,  the  heat  being  applied  to  the  outside  of 
the  retort  and  the  garbage  never  coming  into  contact  with  the 
flame  or  combustible  gases,  but  the  garbage  passing  and  being 
finally  delivered  outside  the  furnace. 

34— DRIERS,  subclasses  5,  Cylinder,  Internal,  Rotary  horizontal, 
and  6,  Cylinder,  Internal,'  Rotary  inclined,  and  222,  HYDRAU- 
LIC CEMENT  AND  LIME,  subclass  7,  Kilns,  Rotary,  for  general 
structure  of  rotary  cylinders. 

15.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  A7ET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 

SEWAGE,  DRYING-CONVEYER.  Furnaces  with  some 
form  of  carrier  to  convey  the  fuel  to  the  furnace  and  arranged  so 
that  the  heat  of  the  furnace  will  dry  the  fuel  as  it  travels 
toward  the  fire. 

Note.— If  a  furnace  structure  is  shown  that  would  serve  the  purpose 
for  any  kind  of  wet  fuel  with  a  drying-carrier,  it  is  placed  here. 

Search  Classes — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  43,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  Chain,  Bridge-wall  feed;  107,  Fuel-feeders,  Bridge- 
wall;  111,   Fuel-feeders,    Spreader,  Carrier,   and   112,   Fuel- 
feeders,  Spreader,  Carrier.  Door. 
34— DRIERS,  subclasses  11,  Elevator,  and  12,  Endless  carrier. 

16.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  WET-FUEL,  GARBAGE  AND 

SEWAGE,  UNDERFEED.    Devices  for  feeding  the  garbage 
to  the  furnace  from  underneath  the  fire-box. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  44,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Underfeed. 

17.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE.  WET-FUEL,  FUEL-SUPPORT 

ABOVE  GRATE.  Devices  for  supporting  fuel  above  the 
grate,  so  the  air  can  better  circulate  through  the  fuel. 

18.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  REFUSE.    Furnaces  adapted  for 

burning  miscellaneous  refuse  not  otherwise  classified. 

Note. — Furnaces  whose  structure  is  such  that  they  are  capable  of 
burning  any  common  fuel  are  classified  in  their  proper  struc- 
tural subclasses,  although  it  may  be  stated  that  they  are  for 
burning  refuse.  Furnaces  for  burning  garbage,  bagasse,  or 
other  wet  fuel  are  classified  in  wet-fuel  furnaces,  and  the  proper 
subclasses  thereunder. 

Search  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

19.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,  REFUSE,  BRUSH,   PORTA- 

BLE. Furnaces  of  such  a  structure  that  one  or  two  men  may 
drag  or  carry  them  for  the  purpose  of  burning  brush  therein. 

20.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    REFUSE,    STUBBLE.     Fur- 

naces for  burning  grass  and  the  stubble  of  grass  or  grain. 
Search  Classes  — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  271.1,  Heaters,  Surface; 
271.2,  Heaters,  Surface,  Fluid  fuel;  271.3,  Heaters,  Surface, 
Solid  fuel;  for  stubble  burners,  melters  for  ice  and  snow,  thaw- 
ing earth  furnaces  and  pavement  heaters. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  72,  Mains  and  pipes,  Thaw- 
ing. 

21.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    REFUSE,    STUMP.    Devices 

especially  adapted  for  burning  stumps  of  trees. 
Note.— Generally  the  furnace  is  in  the  form  of  a  hood  inclosing  the 
stump. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  271.2,  Heaters,  Surface, 
Fluid  fuel;  271.3,  Heaters,  Surface,  Solid  fuel,  for  furnaces  for 
thawing  frozen  earth. 

22.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    GAS    OR    OIL   AND    SOLID 

FUEL.  Inventions  relating  to  the  burning  of  solid  fuel  in 
combination  with  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel.  Patents  containing 
claims  to  a  furnace  that  may  be  convertible  from  a  solid-fuel 
burner  to  a  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  burner  are  also  classified 
herein. 

Note.— Furnaces  that  bum  wet  fuel,  like  garbage  and  sewage, 
bagasse,  etc.,  in  combination  with  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  are 
classified  in  their  proper  subclasses  under  subclass  7,  Furnace 
structure,  Wet-fuel. 

Note. — Patents  having  claims  only  to  a  furnace  for  burning  liquid 
or  gaseous  fuel  are  classified  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS 
FUEL  BURNERS, althoughsuch patents mayshow and  describe 
a  convertible  furnace. 

Search  Classes  — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  99,  Hot  ah-  furnaces; 
36,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Combined  coal  and 
gas. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  1,  Fur- 
naces, and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

23.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    MULTIPLE    SERIES.    Fur- 

naces having  more  than  one  fire-box,  the  gases  from  one  fire 
being  passed  successively  through  or  over  the  fire  in  the  other 
fire-boxes.  These  fire-boxes  may  or  may  not  be  in  compact 
relation  in  one  structure.  Also  furnaces  with  one  fire-box  pro- 
vided with  means  for  controlling  the  draft  through  different 
parts  of  the  grate,  as  in  the  case  where  there  are  two  separate 
ash-pits,  the  fuel  being  pushed  from  one  S"ction  to  the  other 
and  the  gases  from  the  now  fuel  being  consumed  as  they  pass 
over  the  coked  fuel  on  the  other  section. 

Note. — For  similar  function,  see  in  this  class,  subclasses  12,  Fur- 
nace structure.  Wet-fuel,  Garbage  and  snvage,  Reverberatory 
platform;  25,  Furnace  structure,  Coking,  Gas  passing  under 
grate;  26,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire-box,  Alternate  smoke- 
return,  Over  fire,  and  27,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire-box, 
Alternate  smoke-return,  Under  fire. 

24.  FURNACE   STRUCTURE,  COKING.    Furnaces  having  a 

special  repository  for  fuel  for  eliminating  the  combustible  gases 
and  burning  thorn  before  the  coked  fuel  is  fed  upon  the  fire. 
Note.— For  the  distinction  between  this  subclass  and  subclass  31, 
Furnace  structure,  Gas-producer,  see  note  under  the  latter 
subclass. 

This  subclass  is  closely  allied  to  subclass  29,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Magazine,  herein;  but  the  distinction  drawn  between  the 
magazine  type  of  furnaces  and  coking  is  this:  A  magazine- 
furnace  has  a  receptacle  into  which  coal  or  other  fuel  is  placed, 
with  a  conduit  leading  to  the  firo-box  in  such  a  direction  and 
of  such  capacity  that  the  fuel  will  fall  by  gravity  and  be  fed  to 
the  fire,  while  in  the  coking-furnaces  thare  is  a  repository  or  a 
retort  for  fuel  and  some  means  must  be  used  to  empty  the 
retort  other  than  gravity,  although  if  there  is  a  magazine, 
retort,  or  other  repository  for  fuel  that  would  allow  the  fuel  to 
be  fed  to  the  fire  save  for  a  gate  or  valve  it  is  placed  in  coking. 
Search  Classes  — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder;  also  subclasses  29,  Furnace  struc- 
ture. Magazine;  30,  Furnace  structure,  Magazine,  Cage-grate; 
65,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire-box,  Drop- 
arch;  93,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  Drop-arch,  and  107, 
Fuel-feeders,  Bridge-wall;  and  subclasses  28,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Fine  fuel  burned  in  suspension,  and  104,  Fuel-feeders, 
Blower,  for  devices  for  heating  fine  fueLas  it  passes  through  a 
conduit. 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  66,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  coking  chamber. 

202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  generally. 

25.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,     COKING,     GAS     PASSING 

UNDER  GRATE.    Furnaces  with  a  retort  near  the  fire-box, 
the  distilled  gases  passing  under  and  through  the  fire. 
Search  Class— 
110— FURNACES,  subclass  29,  Furnace  structure,  Magazine. 

26.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  DOUBLE  FIRE-BOX,  ALTER- 

NATE SMOKE-RETURN,  OVER  FIRE.    Furnaces  with 
two  fire-boxes  designed  to  be  fired  alternately,  the  smoke  from, 
the  newly-fired  furnace  being  passed  over  the  glowing  fire  in 
the  other  furnace. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  57,  Fire- tube, 
Horizontal,  Double  water  fire-box,  Alternate  smoke  return; 
60,  Fire-tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  fire-box,  Double,  Alter- 
nate smoke  return. 

27.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  DOUBLE  FIRE-BOX,  ALTER- 

NATE SMOKE-RETURN,  UNDER  FIRE.    Furnaces  with 
two  fire-boxes  designed  to  be  alternately  fired,  the  smoke,  from 
the  newly-fired  furnace  being  passed  under  and  through  the 
fire  of  the  glowing  coke  in  the  other  furnace. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  57,  Fire-tube, 
Horizontal,  Double  water  fire-box,  Alternate  smoke  return; 
60,  Fire-tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  fire-box,  Double,  Alter- 
nate smoke  return. 

28.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    FINE    FUEL    BURNED    IN 

SUSPENSION.  Furnaces  designed  to  burn  powdered  fuel 
blown  into  the  furnace,  the  burning  taking  place  before  the 
fuel  falls  to  the  bottom  of  the  combustion-chamber.  In  this 
subclass  are  placed  patents  containing  both  claims  to  the  feed- 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


209 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

ing  mechanism  and  the  structure  of  the  furnace,  the  feeding- 
mechanism  claims  being  cross-referenced  into  their  appro- 
priate subclass.  Also  patents  for  furnaces  that  have  a  bed  of 
solid  fuel  on  the  grate  in  connection  with  claims  to  fine  fuel 
burned  in  suspension. 
Search  Classes  - 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  1,  Fur- 
naces, and  tho  subclasses  thereunder. 

222— HYDRAULIC  CEMENT  AND  LIME,  subclass  7,  Kilns,  Rotary. 

29.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  MAGAZINE.    Furnaces  having 

a  receptacle  designed  to  be  filled  with  fuel,  such  receptacle 
being  connected  with  a  conduit  loading  to  the  fire-box,  the 
fuel  settling  down  or  passing  through  siich  conduit  gradually 
as  the  fuel  is  burned  out  from  underneath  said  conduit. 

Note. — This  subclass  is  closely  allied  to  subclasses  24,  Furnace 
structure,  Coking,  and  25,  Furnace  structure,  Coking,  Gas 
passing  under  grate,  which  should  be  searched. 

Search  Class — 

HO— FURNACES,  subclasses  32,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed;  65,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire-box. 
Drop-arch;  93,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  Drop-arch,  and 
118,  Fuel-feeders,  Vertical-drop. 

30.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    MAGAZINE,   CAGE-GRATE. 

Furnaces  with  a  magazine  the  lower  part  of  which  has  perfo- 
rations or  bars  on  opposite  sides,  the  air  entering  on  one  side 
and  the  flames  passing  out  on  the  other  side. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  373,  Water 
grate,  Cage. 

31.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    GAS-ERODUCER.    Furnaces 

whoso  structure  is  such  that  but  a  very  small  part  of  the  fuel 
is  oxidized  in  the  fire-box,  but  the  fuel  is  converted  into  a  gas, 
and  this  gas  is  burned  mainly  outside  the  fire-box  by  supply- 
ing air  thereto. 

Note.— This  subclass  is  distinguished  from  tho  subclasses  of  coking- 
furnaces  (24  and  25)  in  that  the  coking-furnace  has  a  retort  or 
open  support  in  or  closely  communicating  with  the  fire-box 
where  new  fuel  is  placed,  and  the  gases  from  the  fuel  distil  into 
the  fire-box  and  are  mainly  consumed  therein  over  the  glowing 
tire  or  are  consumed  by  being  passed  through  tho  glowing  fire, 
while  in  the  gas-producer  type  the  whole  fire-box  serves  as  a 
fuel-retort  and  most  of  tho  gas  is  consumed  outside  the  fire-box. 

When  the  gas  is  not  burned  in  connection  with  its  produc- 
tion, patents  with  claims  to  a  gas-producer  are  classified  in 
class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING. 

When  the  thing  to  be  heated  receives  a  substantial  amount 
of  heat  from  the  producer  before  the  main  body  of  the  gas  is 
burned,  patents  with  claims  to  the  construction  of  the  pro- 
ducer are  classified  ua  this  class,  subclass  31,  Furnace  structure, 
Gas-producer. 

But  if  a  gas-producer  is  claimed  in  combination  with  the 
burning  of  the  gas  at  such  a  distance  that  no  appreciable 
amount  of  heat  is  obtained  from  the  producer  to  the  thing  to 
be  heated— a  boiler,  for  instance — then  such  a  patent  would 
beclassified  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

If  patents  claim  the  construction  of  the  boiler  or  a  boiler  is 
claimed  intimately  connected  with  the  producer,  then  such 
patent  will  be  classified  in  class  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND 
VAPORIZERS,  subclass  5,  Gas  producer. 

The  order  of  superiority  is,  then,  as  follows:  class  122, 
LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS;  class  110,  FURNACES; 
class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  and  class  48, 
GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING. 
Search  Classes— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  61,  Generators, 
and  appropriate  subclasses  thereunder  for  the  type  of  pro- 
ducer desired. 
122  -LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  5,  Gas-pro- 

durer. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  6,  Fur- 
naces, Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Gas-making,  and  7,  Furnaces, 
Gas. 

32.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  PROGRESSIVE-FEED.    Fur- 

naces having  mechanism  for  continuously  feeding  the  fuel  to 
the  furnace  and  along  the  grate,  whether  the  grate  be  sta- 
tionary or  movable,  horizontal  or  inclined. 

Note. — The  mechanism  of  the  grate  for  progressively  feeding  the 
fuel  along  the  grate  is  classified  in  the  appropriate  subclasses 
under  subclass  33,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive-feed,  Grate, 
in  this  class. 

Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  24,  Furnace  structure,  Coking;  25, 
Furnace  structure,  Coking,  Gas  passing  under  grate,  and  29, 
Furnace  structure,  Magazine. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  376,  Water 
grate,  Progressive  feed. 

33.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE,         PROGRESSIVE-FEED, 

GRATE.  Furnaces  where  the  fuel  is  fed  along  by  the  move- 
ment of  the  grate. 

34.  FURNACE      STRUCTURE,       PROGRESSIVE       FEED, 

GRATE,  BOILER-CONTROLLED.  Progressive-feed 
grate-furnaces  in  which  the  amount  of  fuel  admitted  is  con- 
trolled by  the  pressure  in  the  boiler. 

35.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE,          PROGRESSIVE-FEED, 

GRATE,  ROTARY,  HORIZONTAL  AXIS.  Progressive- 
feed  grates  having  a  grate  composed  of  one  or  more  horizontal 
bars  over  which  the  coal  is  fed  progressively. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

36.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE,         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

GRATE,  ROTARY,  VERTICAL  AXIS.    Furnaces  with  a 
rotary  grate  whose  axis  of  rotation  is  substantially  a  plumb 
line  and  having  the  fuel  fed  on  top  and  not  from  underneath 
the  grate. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,   subclass   13,    Furnace  structure,  Wet   fuel 
Garbage  and  sewage,  Rotary  grate,  Vertical  axis. 

126— STOVES  AND    FURNACES,  subclass  182,   Grates,  Rotary 
Vertical  axis. 

37.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE.         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

GRATE,  RAKING-BAR.    Furnaces  having  a  raking  mech- 
anism passing  through  the  grate  to  move  the  fuel  along  or  to 
rake  out  the  ashes  and  cinders. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  173,  Grates,  Raking 
attachments;  175,  Grates,  Reciprocating  bar,  Alternate  bar. 

38.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE,         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

GRATE,  RECIPROCATING-BAR.    Furnaces  where  the 
fuel  is  fed  along  the  grate-bars,  the  movement  of  the  bars  being 
substantially  in  the  line  of  their  axis. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  174,  Grates,  Reciprocat- 
ing. 

39.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE.         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

GRATE,  ROCKING-BAR.  Furnaces  in  which  the  fuel  is 
made  to  travel  along  the  grate  by  the  movement  of  the  grate 
when  tho  grate  is  made  of  sections  that  rock  back  and  forth 
each  of  said  sections  having  a  fulcrum  on  a  fixed  part  of  the 
furnace. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  176,  Grates,  Rocking  bar. 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

40.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE,         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

GRATE,  CHAIN.    Furnaces  with  an  endless  grate. 

41.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE,         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

GRATE,  CHAIN,  MULTIPLE-FUEL.  Chain-grate  fur- 
naces where  two  or  more  kinds  of  fuel  are  burned  at  the  same 
time. 

42.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE,         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

GRATE,  CHAIN,  LOCOMOTIVE.  Chain-grate  furnaces 
especially  adapted  for  locomotives. 

43.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE.         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

GRATE,  CHAIN    BRIDGE-WALL  FEED.    Chain-grate 
furnaces  m  which  the  fuel  is  fed  to  the  furnace  part  of  the  grate 
at  the  bridge-wall  and  the  grate  carries  the  fuel  toward  the 
front  of  the  fire-box. 
Search  Class — 
110— FURNACES,  subclass  107,  FueWeeders,  Bridge-wall. 

44.  FURNACE         STRUCTURE,         PROGRESSIVE-FEED 

UNDERFEED.    Includes  all  furnaces  where  the  fuel  is  fed 

underneath  the  burning  fuel. 
Search  Classes— 
110— FURNACES,    subclass    16,    Furnace    structure,    Wet-fuel, 

Garbage  and  sewage,  Underfeed. 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  44,  Stoves,  Magazine. 

45.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    PROGRESSIVE-FEED    UN- 

DERFEED, CENTER-FEED,  CONTINUOUS.  Under- 
feed-furnaces  in  which  the  fuel  is  fed  to  the  center  of  the  fire- 
box by  a  continuous  feed-carrier,  either  by  a  screw  or  recipro- 
cating carrier,  but  does  not  include  center-feed  furnaces  where 
a  separate  charge  of  fuel  is  fed  to  the  furnace  underneath. 

46.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    PROGRESSIVE-FEED     UN- 

DERFEED, CENTER-FEED,  SEPARATE  CHARGES. 
Devices  that  feed  fuel  to  the  fire-box  center  in  separate  charges. 

47.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    PROGRESSIVE-FEED     UN- 

DERFEED, PROGRESSIVE-FEED  GRATE,  DOUBLE. 
Underfeed  furnaces  where  the  fuel  is  fed  to  the  middle  of  the 
fire-box  with  progressive-feed  grates  on  each  side  that  carry 
the  fuel  along  these  grates  to  each  side  of  the  fire-box. 

48.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    PROGRESSIVE-FEED     UN- 

DERFEED, PROGRESSIVE-FEED  GRATE,  SINGLE. 
Underfeed-furnaces  where  the  fuel  is  fed  to  one  side  of  the  fire- 
box from  underneath  to  a  grate  and  by  the  movement  of  the 
grate  is  progressively  carried  along  the  grate. 

49.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  SMOKE  AND  GAS  RETURN 

Furnaces  where  the  products  of  combustion,  either  wholly  or 
in  part,  are  returned  to  the  same  fire  that  produced  them. 

Note.— For  furnaces  where  the  products  of  combustion  are  passed 
through  or  over  another  fire  in  series,  search  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 23,  Furnace  structure,  Multiple  series. 

For  furnaces  with  two  fire-boxes  side  by  side,  the  products 
of  one  fire  being  passed  to  the  other  fire  and  consumed,  see  in 
this  class,  subclasses  26,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire-box, 
Alternate  smoke-ret  urn,  Over  fire,  and  27,  Furnace  structure. 
Double  fire-box,  Alternate  smoke-return,  Under  fire 

Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  25,  Furnace  structure,  Coking,  Gas 
passing  under  grate. 


26674°— 12- 


-14 


210 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

50.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  SMOKE  AND  GAS  RETURN, 

LOCOMOTIVE.    Smoke  and  gas  returning  devices  especially 
adapted  to  a  locomotive. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  120,  Spark-arresters,  Furnace-con- 
ductor, and  145,  Spark  and  smoke  conductors. 

51.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  SMOKE  AND  GAS  RETURN, 

BEFORE    PASSING    BOILER-FLUES.    Inventions    for 
returning  the  products  of  combustion  before  they  pass  the 
boiler-flues,  after  they  leave  the  fire-box,  to  the  fire  again. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  25,  Furnace  structure,  Coking,  Gas 
passing  under  grate;  20,  Furnace  structure.  Double  fire-box, 
Alternate  smoke-return,  Over  fire,  and  27,  Furnace  structure, 
Double  fire-box,  Alternate  smoke-return,  Under  fire. 

52.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  SMOKE  AND  GAS  RETURN, 

BEFORE    PASSING    BOILER-FLUES,    FROM   FIRE- 
BOX.   Inventions  for  returning  the  smoke  and  gases  before 
they  pass  out  of  the  fire-box  to  another  part  of  the  fire-box  or 
underneath  the  grate. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  25,  Furnace  structure,  Coking,  Gas 
passing  under  grattr. 

53.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM. 

Furnaces  having  mechanism  for  feeding  air  and  steam.  The 
air  may  be  fed  by  a  steam-jet,  or  the  air  may  be  fed  separately 
at  one'place  and'  the  steam  at  another,  and  in  some  instances 
mentioned  in  the  note  below  patents  with  only  air-feed  are 
placed  here. 

Note. — There  is  a  parallel  classification  in  relation  to  the  feeding 
air,  feeding  air  and  steam,  feeding  steam,  and  general  furnace 
structure.  Furnaces  whose  products  of  combustion  pass  sub- 
stantially in  a  horizontal  direction  without  mechanism  for 
feeding  air  or  steam  other  than  an  ordinary  draft  are  classified 
in  subclass  82,  Furnace  structure,  Horizontal  base.  If  a  fur- 
nace of  such  a  character  has  feeding-air  features  beyond  the 
bridge-wall,  it  is  classified  in  subclass  73,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  air,  Horizontal  base;  if  both  feeding  air  and  steam 
features,  it  is  classified  in  subclass  59,  Furnace  structure,  Feed- 
ing air  and  steam,  Horizontal  base.  The  same  is  true  of  the 
remaining  parallel  subclasses.  Where  there  is  no  subclass 
under  feeding  air  corresponding  with  the  parallel  classification, 
the  patent  containing  only  feeding-air  features  without  any 
steam-feeding  features  is  classified  in  the  parallel  subclass 
under  feeding  air  and  steam  where  its  structure  is  similar  to 
that  subclass  type.  The  reason  for  doing  this  is  that  in  some 
instances  there  are  either  no  patents  to  place  in  a  feeding-air 
subclass  or  their  number  is  very  small,  and  as  the  structure  of 
the  two  classes  is  very  similar,  a  search  should  be  made  in 
each. 

For  the  same  reason  there  is  only  one  subclass  each  of  Boiler- 
controlled,  Heaters,  Time-limit,  and  Undergrate,  all  placed 
under  Feeding  air  and  steam,  whether  air  alone  or  both  air 
and  steam  are  used. 

The  same  remark  applies  to  hollow  grates ,  they  being  placed 
under  the  feeding-air  subclass,  even  if  steam  is  also  used. 

For  feeding  steam  alone  or  water,  search  subclasses  78,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Feeding  steam  and  water.  Undergrate;  70, 
Furnace  structure,  Feeding  steam,  and  81,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  water. 

For  air  and  steam  feeding  devices  in  connection  with  draft- 
regulators  and  spark-arresters,  search  in  this  class,  subclasses 
119,  Spark-arresters,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  K7 
Draft-regulators,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
Search  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel;  32, 
Furnace  structure.  Progressive-feed,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 49,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and  gas  return,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder;  72,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air; 
172,  Fronts,  and  174,  Doors,  Feeding  air  and  steam. 

54.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

BOILER-CONTROLLED.  Devices  for  fseding  air  or  steam 
or  both  air  and  steam  to  furnaces,  the  operation  of  which  is 
started  or  stopped  by  devices  depending  upon  the  pressure  of 
steam  in  the  boiler 

Note.— Devices  that  combine  feeding  air  or  steam  features  with 
automatic  damper  in  the  stack  whose  operation  depends  upon 
boiler-pressure  are  classified  here,  while  the  automatic  damper 
and  its  mechanism  alone  are  classified  in  class  236,  DAMPERS, 
AUTOMATIC. 

55.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIH  AND  STEAM, 

TIME-LIMIT.  Devices  for  feeding  air  or  steam  to  a  furnace, 
especially  just  after  firing  with  new  fuel,  and  having  means 
for  automatically  shutting  off  the  supply  of  air  or  steam  after 
a  limited  time;  also  devices  for  feeding  air  or  steam  over  the 
fire  for  a  time  and  then  feeding  it  under  the  fire  for  a  period; 
also  devices  for  feeding  air  or  steam  combined  with  mechanism 
for  operating  a  damper  in  the  stack  or  outlet-flue 

Noto  —  The  damper-operating  mechanism  itself  will  be  found 
under  their  proper  subclasses  in  class  236,  DAMPERS,  Auto- 
matic , 

Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  54,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and 
steam,  Boiler-controlled. 

56.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

HEATERS  Structure  for  heating  air  to  feed  furnaces  or 
heating  air  and  steam  together. 

Note.— Does  not  include  conduits  in  the  furnace-wall  construc- 
tion, for  which  search  the  other  subclasses  of  this  group  and 
subclass  72,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

For  heaters  peculiar  to  bagasse-furnaces,  search  in  this 
class,  subclass  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

75 — METALLURGY,  subclasses  53,  Hot-blast  ovens,  Double-sur- 
face, and  121,  Furnaces,  Reverberatory,  Heating  ah". 

57.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

HEATERS,  LOCOMOTIVE.    Inventions  limited  to  heat- 
ing air  to  food  furnaces,  especially  adapted  to  locomotives. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  50,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and 
gas  return,  Locomotive;  61,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  staam,  Fire-box,  Locomotive;  76.  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  air,  Fire-box,  Locomotive;  and  120,  Spark-arresters, 
Furnace-conductor. 
237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  10,  Tram,  Ah-. 

58.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

HEATERS,  MEETING  FURNACE-GASES.  Devices 
where  the  air  is  heated  by  passing  the  incoming  air  at  least  a 
part  of  the  way  into  contact  with  the  gases  arising  from  the 
combustion  of  the  fuel.  The  ah-  may  be  fed  above  or  below 
the  fire,  or  both. 

59.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

HORIZONTAL  BASE.  Furnaces  where  the  products  of 
combustion  pass  horizontally  under  a  boiler  or  arch  and  the 
air  and  steam  are  fed  into  the  products  in  the  horizontal  path. 
Also  devices  in  which  air  is  fed  to  the  fire-box  in  combination 
with  devices  for  feeding  air  beyond  the  bridge-wall. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel;  72, 
Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Horizontal  base,  and  82,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Horizontal  base. 

60.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

FIRE-BOX.  Devices  for  feeding  air  and  steam  together 
above  the  fire  and  also  where  air  and  steam  are  fed  below  the 
fire-grate  when  combined  with  the  feeding  of  them  above  the 
fire. 

Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel;  52, 
Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and  gas  return,  Before  passing 
boiler-flues,  From  fire-box;  56,  Furnace  structure.  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Heaters;  75,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Fire- 
box, and  subclass  86,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  for  fire- 
boxes without  feeding  air  or  steam  features. 

61.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

FIRE-BOX,  LOCOMOTIVE.    Fire-boxes  of  the  locomotive 
type  having  feeding  air  and  steam  features  when  the  ah-  is  not 
fed  below  the  grate. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  57,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Heaters,  Locomotive;  76,  Furnace  structure,  Feed- 
ing air,  Fire-box,  Locomotive,  and  120,  Spark-arresters,  Fur- 
nace-conductor. 

62.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

FIRE-BOX,  SUPERIMPOSED.  Fire-boxes  having  air  or 
steam  feeding  features,  one  fire-box  being  placed  above  the 
other. 

Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  90,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  Super- 
imposed. 

63.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  APR  AND  STEAM, 

FIRE-BOX,  SUPERIMPOSED  INTERMEDIATE 
DRAFT.  Furnaces  where  one  fire-box  is  placed  above  the 
other,  the  draft  of  the  upnor  being  down  through  the  grate  and 
the  draft  of  the  lower  being  up  tlirough  the  grate,  the  products 
of  combustion  from  each  meeting  the  other,  with  air  or  steam 
feeding  features. 
Search  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass91.  Furnacestructure,  Fire-box,  Super- 
imposed, Intermediate  draft. 

64.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

FIRE-BOX,  INTERSTITIAL  OUTLET.    Fire-boxes  with 
feeding  air  or  steam  features  having  many  small  passages  for 
the  exit  of  the  flames  from  the  fire-box. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  92,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  Inter- 
stitial outlet. 

65.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

FIRE-BOX,  DROP- ARCH.    Fire-boxes  having  feeding  air 
or  steam  features  having  an  arch  dropped  from  the  top  of  the 
fire-box  toward  the  fire. 
Search  Class— 

110— FUP.NACES,  subclass  93,  Furnacestructure,  Fire-box,  Drop- 
arch. 

66.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

FIRE-BOX,  DOOR  AND  BRIDGE-WALL  ARCH.     Fire- 
boxes having  an  arch  projecting  from  both  the  doorand  bridge- 
wall  over  the  fire,  including  feeding  air  or  steam  features. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  94,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  Door 
and  bridge-wall  arch. 

67.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

FIRE-BOX,  DOOR-ARCH.    Fire  boxes  having  an  arch  pro- 
jecting over  the  fire  from  the  door  of  the  fire-box,  including 
fending  air  or  steam  features. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  95,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  Door- 
arch. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


211 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

68.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM 

FIRE-BOX,  BRIDGE-WALL  ARCH.     Fire-boxes  having 
an  arch  projecting  from  the  bridge-wall  over  the  fire,  with  air 
or  steam  feed  to  the  fire-box. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  96,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box, 
Bridge-wall  arch, 

69.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

UNDERGRATE,    Devices  for  admitting  air  and  steam  or 
air  alone  into  the  ash-pit  under  the  grate  for  increasing  draft 
and  promoting  combustion, 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  60,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Fire-box;  74,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Hol- 
low grate,  and  75,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Fire-box. 

230— AIE  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  13,  Fluid-piston,  Injectors 
and  aspirators. 

70.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 

UNDERGRATE,  LOCOMOTIVE.    Devices  for  admitting 

air  and  steam  into  the  ash-pan  of  a  locomotive  for  assisting  the 

draft  and  promoting  combustion. 
Search  Classes— 
110— FURNACES,  subclasses  61 ,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 

and  steam,  Fire-box,  Locomotive,  and  76,  Furnace  structure, 

Feeding  air,  Fire-box,  Locomotive. 
230 — AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  13,  Fluid-piston,  Injectors 

and  aspirators,  for  structure  of  blower. 

71    FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM, 
UNDERGRATE,  DEFLECTORS.    Devices  for  deflecting 
the  air  and  steam  as  it  is  admitted  under  the  grate. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  23,  Furnace  structure,  Multiple  se- 
ries; 69,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire-box, 
Undergrate,  and  70,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam, 
Undergrate,  Locomotive. 

72.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR.    Miscellaneous 

structures  where  air  is  fed  to  a  furnace,  not  otherwise  classified. 
Note. — When  steam  is  fed  with  the  air,  such  patents  are  classified 
in  the  feeding  air  and  steam  subclasses.  When  the  air  is  fed 
in  connection  with  a  progressive-feed  furnace,  see  in  this  class, 
.subclass  32,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive-feed.  For  feeding 
air  and  smoke,  see  subclass  49,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and 
gas  return.  See  also  definition  of  subclass  53,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Feeding  air  and  steam.  See  also  subclass  101 ,  Fuel-feed- 
ers, when  air  is  fed  with  the  fuel.  For  feeding  air  to  a  furnace 
for  a  limited  time,  see  subclass  55,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding 
air  and  steam ,  Time-limit.  For  feeding-air  doors,  see  subclass 
175,  Doors,  Feeding  air.  For  draft  regulation  and  spark- 
arresters,  see  subclasses  119,  Spark-arresters,  and  147,  Draft- 
regulators. 
Search  Classes — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel;  53, 
Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  and  56,  Furnace 
structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Heaters. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  for  feeding-air  devices  applicable 
to  domestic  stoves  and  furnaces. 

73.  FURNACE   STRUCTURE,   FEEDING  AIR,   HORIZON- 

TAL BASE.  Furnaces  where  the  products  of  combustion 
pass  horizontally  under  a  boiler  or  arch  and  the  air  is  fed  into 
the  products  in  the  horizontal  path.  Generally  the  boiler  is 
ofthecommonhorizontalcylindricaltypc;  butit  mayinclude 
those  furnaces  sat  into  a  large  flue  of  a  horizontal  boiler.  It 
also  includes  fading  air  to  the  fire-box  in  combination  with 
dsvices  for  feeding  air  beyond  the  bridge- wall. 
Search  Class— 

113— FURNACES,  subclasses  4,  Furnace  structure,  Horizontal 
cylindrical  boiler;  31,  Furnace  structure,  Gas-producer;  54, 
Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Boiler-controlled; 
!"i,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam.  Time-limit;  56, 
Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Heaters;  59,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Horizontal  base. 

74.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    FEEDING    AIR,    HOLLOW 

GHATS.  Furnaces  having  grates  made  hollow,  through 
which  air,  stoam,  or  wat3r  passss  to  aid  combustion.  Claims 
to  mechanism  for  forcing  air  and  steam  into  the  furnace,  if 
combined  with  the  grate  structure,  are  placed  here,  as  well  as 
the  specific  article,  hollow  grate. 

75.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR,  FIRE-BOX. 

Devices  for  foading  air  above  the  fire  and  combination  devices 
for  feeding  air  above  and  below  the  grate. 

Note. — For  feeding  air  combined  with  an  air-heater,  see  subclass 
56,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Heaters.  For 
air-feeding  features  combined  with  a  hollow  grate,  see  subclass 
74,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Hollow  grate. 

Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  7,  Furnace  structure, Wet-Juel;  49, 
Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and  gas  return,  and  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  60,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam, 
Fire-box. 

70.  FURNACE   STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR,   FIRE-BOX, 
LOCOMOTIVE.    Devices  for  feeding  air  above  the  fire  in  a 
locomotive  type  of  boiler  and  also  combination  devices  for 
feeding  air  above  and  below  the  grate. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  49,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and 
gas  return,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  57,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Feeding  air  and  steam,  Heaters,  Locomotive;  61,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam.  Fire-box,  Locomotive; 
74,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Hollow  grate,  and  subclass 
120,  Spark-arresters,  Furnace-conductor,  for  air-feeding  fea- 
tures. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

77.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  AIR,  FIRE-BOX, 

DOUBLE.    Furnaces  having  a  double  fire-box  side  by  side 
having  air-feed  over  the  fire. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  26,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire- 
box, Alternate  smoke-return,  Over  fire,  and  27,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Double  fire-box,  Alternate  smoke-return,  Under  fire. 

78.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  STEAM  AND  WA- 

TER, UNDERGRATE.    Devices  for  feeding  steam  or  water 
under  the  grate  or  upon  the  grate  for  aiding  combustion  or 
preventing  the  formation  of  clinkers  on  the  grate  or  on  the 
furnace- walls. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  74,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air, 
Hollow  grate. 

79.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,   FEEDING    STEAM.    Devices 

for  feeding  steam  to  furnaces  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

80.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    FEEDING     STEAM,    FIRE- 

BOX. Devices  for  feeding  steam  alone  over  the  fire  or  in 
combination  with  steam  fed  under  the  grate. 

81.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FEEDING  WATER.    Devices 

for  feeding  water  to  furnaces  to  assist  combustion. 
Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  water  sprays  for  extin- 
guishing sparks  in  the  smoke  box  or  stack,  such  devices 
being  found  in  subclass  119,  Spark-arresters,  and  subclasses 
thereunder,  or  subclass  183,  Smoke-purifiers,  nor  does  it  in- 
clude devices  for  feeding  water  or  steam  under  the  grate,  which 
are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  78,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  steam  and  water,  Undergrate. 

82.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  HORIZONTAL  BASE.    Struc- 

ture of  the  base  of  furnaces  where  the  products  of  combustion 
pass  from  the  fire-box  in  a  substantially  horizontal  direc- 
tion. 

Note. — This  same  construction  of  furnace  when  having  feeding 
„  air  or  steam  features  will  be  found  in  the  parallel  classifica- 
tion. When  patents  contain  claims  to  structure  of  furnace- 
wall  above  the  base  surrounding  a  horizontal  cylindrical 
boiler,  they  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  4,  Furnace 
structure,  Horizontal  cylindrical  boiler,  which  should  be 
searched. 

Search  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  53,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam;  59,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam. 
Horizontal  base;  71,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and 
steam,  Undergrate,  Deflectors,  and  72,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  air,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

83.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  REVERSIBLE  DRAFT.    Fur- 

naces with  mechanism  for  passing  the  draft  through  the  grate 
in  the  opposite  direction  from  that  usually  employed. 

84.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  DOWNDRAFT.  Furnaces  hav- 

ing a  grate  for  the  support  of  fuel  and  the  draft  being  down 
through  the  fuel  and  the  grate. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners 
and  feeders;  63,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam, 
Superimposed,  Intermediate  draft,  and  91,  Furnace  structure, 
Fire-box,  Superimposed,  Intermediate  draft,  for  furnaces 
having  two  fire-boxes,  one  superimposed  above  the  other, 
with  downdraft  through  the  upper  one. 

85.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,     GRATELESS.    Furnaces    In 

which  there  is  no  perforated  support  or  grate,  but  does  not 
include  structures  of  furnaces  designed  to  burn  wet  fuel, 
such  as  bagasse,  having  no  grate;  nor  does  it  include  furnaces 
having  no  grate  that  burn  fine  fuel  in  suspension,  but  only 
those  furnaces  where  the  fuel  rests  upon  a  grateless  bottom. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  31,  Furnace  structure,  Gas- 
producer. 

86.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FIRE-BOX.    Fire-box  construc- 

tions generally  where  there  are  no  feeding  air  or  steam  fea- 
tures.   Here   are   placed    dead-plates   when   not   connected 
with  air-feed  mechanism  and  fine-fuel  burners  when  it  is  not 
burned  in  suspension. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel;  17, 
Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel,  Fuel  support;  60,  Furnace  struc- 
ture. Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire-box;  75,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  air,  Fire-box;  80,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  steam, 
Fire-box,  and  90,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  Superimposed. 

87.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    FIRE-BOX,    LOCOMOTIVE. 

Fire-boxes  adapted  for  locomotives. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  26,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire- 
box, Alternate  smoke-return,  Over  fire;  27,  Furnace  structure, 
Double  fire-box.  Alternate  smoke-return,  Under  fire;  57,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam.  Heaters,  Locomotive; 
61,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire-box,  Loco- 
motive; 70,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Under- 
grate, Locomotive,  and  76,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  ah", 
Fire-box,  Locomotive. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  for  hollow  grates. 


212 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

88.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FIRE-BOX,  EXTERIOR,  DE- 

TACHABLE. Fire-boxes  that  are  wholly  exterior  and  sep- 
arate from  the  body  of  the  furnace  and  capable  of  being  de- 
tached therefrom. 

Note. — For  this  type  of  fire-box  for  straw-burning  furnaces,  see 
class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  49,  Burners, 
Refuse,  and  79,  Burners,  Hay  and  straw. 

Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  6,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners 
and  feeders,  Fire-box,  Exterior,  Detachable. 

89.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FIRE-BOX,  ADJUSTABLE. 

Fire-boxes  the  size  of  which  is  variable,  either  by  having  a 
movable  adjustable  grate,  a  movable  adjustable  bridge-wall, 
or  dead-plates  that  cover  up  more  or  less  of  the  grate-surface  to 
vary  the  effective  area  of  the  fire. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  144,  Firepots  and  lin- 
ings and  subclasses  thereunder,  and  152,  Grates  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 

90.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FIRE-BOX,  SUPERIMPOSED. 

Fire-boxes  where  one  is  located  directly  over  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  62,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and 
steam,  Fire-box,  Superimposed. 

91.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,  FIRE  BOX,  SUPERIMPOSED, 

INTERMEDIATE  DRAFT.    Fire-boxes  where  one  is  lo- 
cated above  the  other,  with  the  draft  passing  up  through  the 
fire  on  the  lower  grate  and  down  through  the  fire  on  the  upper 
grate. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  63,  Furnacestructure,  Feeding  air  and 
steam,  Fire-box,  Superimposed,  Intermediate  draft. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  for  water-grates,  etc. 

92.  FURNACE  STRUCTURE,   FIRE-BOX,  INTERSTITIAL 

OUTLET.  Fire-boxes  where  the  gases  must  pass  through 
small  perforations  or  numerous  limited  spaces  before  the  escape 
from  the  fire-box.  These  outlets  may  be  formed  by  perfo- 
rating an  arch  over  the  fire,  by  numerous  arches  overlhe 
fire  with  small  spaces  between  them,  or  the  small  spaces  may 
be  in  the  bridge  wall. 
Search  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  65,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Fire-box,  Drop-arch,  for  fire-boxes  of  this  type 
having  feeding  air  or  steam  features;  and  97,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Baffles  and  heat-retainers. 

93.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,     FIRE-BOX,     DROP-ARCH. 

Furnaces  with  an  arch  projecting  from  the  top  of  the  fire-box 
or  boiler  toward  the  fire. 

NOTE. — Search  this  class  for  fire-boxes  of  this  type  having  feeding 
air  or  steam  features  in  subclasses  65,  Furnace  structure,  Feed- 
ing air  and  steam,  Fire-box,  Drop-arch,  and  99,  Furnace 
structure,  Arches. 

94.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,"  FIRE-BOX,     DOOR     AND 

BRIDGE-WALL  ARCH.  Fire-boxes  with  an  arch  pro- 
jecting back  from  the  door  and  bridge-wall  over  the  fire,  the 
products  of  combustion  passing  between  them. 
Note. — For  fire-boxes  of  this  type  having  feeding  air  or  steam 
features,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  66,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire-box,  Door  and  bridge-wall  arch. 

95.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,     FIRE-BOX,     DOOR-ARCH. 

Furnaces  with  an  arch  extending  from  the  door  or  front  of  the 
furnace  over  the  fire. 

Note. — For  fire-boxes  of  similar  construction  with  feeding  air  or 
steam  features,  search  in  this  class,  subclasses  67,  Furnace 
structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire-box,  Door-arch;  99, 
Furnace  structure,  Arches;  180,  Doors  and  casings,  Cooling, 
and  182,  Door  casings  and  arches,  Feeding  air. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  497,  Fronts, 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

96.  FURNACE   STRUCTURE,    FIRE-BOX,    BRIDGE-WALL 

ARCH.  Furnaces  with  an  arch  extending  from  the  bridge- 
wall  over  the  fire. 

Note. — For  furnaces  with  feeding  air  or  steam  features  having 
a  bridge-wall  arch  over  the  fire,  search  in  this  class,  subclass 
68,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire-box, 
Bridge-wall  arch. 

97.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,"  BAFFLES     AND     HEAT- 

RETAINERS.  Devices  for  retarding  the  heat  or  reflecting  it 
upon  the  boilers  and  concentric  tiles  and  arches  fitting  on 
the  under  side  of  a  cylindrical  boiler  for  modifying  the  heat, 
but  does  not  include  movable  dampers.  Here  are  also  placed 
heat-absorbers,  whether  they  be  solid  or  liquid. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  64,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Fire-box,  Interstitial  outlet;  123,  Spark-arresters, 
Smoke-box,  Draft-regulator,  and  163,  Draft-regulators, 
Damper. 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS. 

98.  FURNACE     STRUCTURE,      BAFFLES      AND      HEAT- 

RETAINERS,  WATER-TUBE  BO1LKRS.  Devices  at- 
tached to  the  water-tubes  of  water-tube  boilers  for  directing  and 
retarding  the  products  of  combustion  or  deflecting  the  heat 
generated  among  the  tubes.  Also  screens  for  retarding  and 
reflecting  the  heat. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,   subclasses   123,    Spark-arresters,    Smoke-box, 

Draft-regulators,  and  163,  Draft-regulators,  Damper. 
122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS. 

99.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    ARCHES.     Furnace   arch   con- 

struction not  otherwise  classified. 

Search  Class— 
110— FURNACES,  all  fire-box  subclasses  generally. 

Also  subclasses  10,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel,  Garbage  and 
sewage,  Steam-boiler;  20,  Furnacestructure,  Wet-fuel,  Refuse, 
Stubble;  27,  Furnace  structure.  Double  fire-box,  Alternate 
smoke-return,  Under  fire;  30,  Furnace  structure,  Magazine, 
Cage-grate;  60,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Fire 
box,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  86,  Furnace  structure, 
Fire-box,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  180,  Doors  and  cas- 
ings, Cooling,  and  181,  Door  casings  and  arches. 

100.  FURNACE    STRUCTURE,    BY-PASS    FLUE.    Furnaces 

having  by-pass  flues  leading  from  the  fire  to  the  chimney,  so 
that  the  heat  may  be  passed  through  it  and  cut  off  from  its 
regular  course  under  or  through  the  boiler.    Also  patents 
where  the  fire-box  is  removed  from  its  usual  place  in  the  fur- 
nace to  another  compartment,  the  by-pass  flue  connecting  this 
compartment  with  the  stack. 
Search  Class— 
127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  9,  Evaporating-pans. 

101.  FUEL-FEEDERS.    Devices  for  feeding  fuel  to  furnaces  ex- 

cept straw-feeders  and  feeders  when  combined  with  a  pro- 
gressive-feed grate. 

Note. — Patents  for  feed-hoppers  when  not  combined  with  grate 
structures  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  108,  Fuel-feeders, 
Hopper,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  although  designed  to 
feed  fuel  to  a  progressive-feed  grate;  but  when  there  are 
claims  also  to  the  grate  they  are  classified  under  progressive- 
feed  grates,  subclass  32,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive-feed, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Furnace  structure,  Straw-burners; 
7,  Furnace  structure,  Wet-fuel;  28,  Furnace  structure,  Fine 
fuel  burned  in  suspension:  32  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  86,  Generators, 
Cupola,  Chargers. 

83 — MILLS,  subclass  11,  Grinding-mills,  Rotary  beaters. 

193— CONVEYERS,  all  subclasses. 

202 — CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  5,  Coke,  Ovens,  Chargers 
and  dischargers. 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  23,  Loading  and  un- 
loading, Furnace-charging. 

222— HYDRAULIC  LIME  AND  CEMENT,  subclass  7,  Kilns,  Rotary. 

102.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  SHAVINGS  AND  SAWDUST.     Fuel- 

feeding  devices  especially  adapted  for  feeding  shavings  and 
sawdust  to  furnaces. 

Note. — Where  the  structure  is  capable  of  feeding  coal  and  other 
fuel  also,  it  is  classified  under  the  other  fuel-feeding  subclasses . 
Feed-chutes  located  on  the  straw-burning  furnace  are  classi- 
fied in  this  class,  subclass  5,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners 
and  feeders,  which  subclass  should  be  searched. 

Search  Class — 
83— MILLS,  subclass  47,  Dust-collectors,  Reciprocating. 

103.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  BOILER-CONTROLLED.    Devices  for 

feeding  fuel  whose  operation  is  controlled  by  the  pressure  of 
steam  in  the  boiler. 

Note. — For  furnaces  having  progressive-feed  grates  whose  move- 
ments and  feeding  mechanism  are  controlled  by  the  pressure 
of  steam  in  the  boiler,  search  in  this  class,  subclass  34,  Furnace 
structure,  Progressive-feed,  Grate,  Boiler-controlled. 

Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  54,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Boiler-controlled,  and  236,  Dampers,  Automatic. 

104.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  BLOWER.    Devices  for  blowing  the  fuel 

into  the  fire-box  either  by  air  or  steam  or  both  conjoined 
together,  with  devices  for  conveying  the  fuel  to  the  blower 
into  the  path  of  the  fluid  current,  and  all  devices  for  preparing 
the  fuel  by  pulverizing  it  if  subsequently  delivered  to  the 
furnace  by  a  fluid-jet. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  102,  Fuel-feeders,  Shavings  and 
sawdust;  103,  Fuel-feeders,  Boiler-controlled,  and  108,  Fuel- 
feeders,  Hopper. 

193— CONVEYERS,  subclasses  1,  Conveyers;  10,  Pneumatic,  and 
21,  Pneumatic,  Stackers. 

222— HYDRAULIC  LIME  and  CEMENT,  subclass  7,  Kilns,  Rotary. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclasses  11,  Fan-blowers,  and  13, 
Fluid-piston,  Injectors  and  aspirators. 

105.  FUEL-FEEDERS,    BLOWER,    HOPPER.      Feeders    in 

which  the  fuel  is  fed  from  a  hopper  and  delivered  to  the  fur- 
nace by  a  blast  of  air  or  steam,  such  hopper  being  immediately 
attached  to  the  furnace. 

Note.— When  the  hopper  feeds  into  a  conduit  a  long  distance  from 
the  furnace,  such  patents  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass 
KM,  Fuel-feeders,  Blower,  which  should  be  searched. 

Search  Class — 
110— FURNACES,  subclass  108,  Fuel-feeders,  Hopper. 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


213 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

100.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  BLOWER,  PULVERIZER.  Devices 
having  a  fan-blower  where  the  fuel  is  passed  through  the  fan- 
casing  and  is  pulverized  by  the  fan-blades,  and  it  includes 
also  those  devices  having  a  fan  blower  and  a  rotary  grinder 
in  the  same  casing  or  in  a  casing  in  close  proximity  to  the  fan- 
casing  for  pulverizing  the  fuel,  and  the  fuel  is  passed  on  by 
the  air-current  to  the  fire-box. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  105,  Fuel-feeders,  Blower,  Hopper, 
and  115,  Fuel-feeders,  Spreader,  Rotary. 

83— MILLS,  subclass  11,  Grinding-mills,  Rotary  beaters. 

107.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  BRIDGE-WALL.     Devices  for  feeding 

fuel  to  the  furnace  at  the  bridge-wall  except  those  that  feed 
at  the  bridge-wall  upon  a  chain-grate,  and  these  are  classified 
under  subclass  43,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive-feed,  Grate, 
Chain,  Bridge-wall  feed. 
Searcb  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  43,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  Chain,  Bridge-wall  feed. 

108.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  HOPPER.    Feed-hoppers  per  se  when 

not  combined  with  other  features. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  34,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate.  Boiler-controlled;  37,  Furnace  structure,  Pro- 
gressive-feed, Grate,  Raking-bar;  38,  Furnace  structure, 
Progressive-feed,  Grate,  Reciprocating-bar;  39,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Progressive-feed,  Grate,  Rocking-bar;  104,  Fuel  feeders, 
Blower;  105,  Fuel-feeders,  Blower,  Hopper;  113,  Fuel-feeders, 
Spreader,  Oscillating;  114,  Fuel-feeders.  Spreader,  Recipro- 
cating-plunger;  115,  Fuel-feeders,  Spreader,  Rotary,  and  117, 
Fuel-feeders,  Chute,  Door,  Multiple-charge. 

83— MILLS. 

109.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  HOPPER,  PUSHER,  RECIPROCAT- 

ING.   Hoppers  and  feed-chutes  where  the  fuel  is  simply 
pushed  into  the  furnace  by  a  reciprocating  member. 
Search  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  34,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate.  Boiler-controlled;  37,  Furnace  structure,  Pro- 
gressive-feed, Grate,  Raking-bar;  38,  Furnace  structure,  Pro- 
gressive-feed, Grate,  Reciprocating-bar;  39.  Furnace  structure, 
Progressive-feed,  Grate,  Rocking-bar,  and  44,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Progressive-feed,  Underfeed. 

110.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  HOPPER,  PUSHER,  SCREW.    Feed- 

hoppers  that  push  the  fuel  into  the  body  of  fuel  in  the  fire- 
box by  a  rotary  screw. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  34,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate.  Boiler-controlled;  37,  Furnace  structure,  Pro- 
gressive-feed. Grate,  Raking-bar;  38,  Furnace  structure, 
Progressive-feed,  Grate,  Reciprocating-bar;  39,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Progressive-feed,  Grate,  Rocking-bar,  and  44,  Furnace 
structure,  Progressive-feed,  Underfeed. 

111.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  SPREADER,  CARRIER.    Devices  that 

have  a  carrier  for  taking  the  fuel  into  the  furnace  over  the 

fire  and  scattering  it  thereon,  such  carrier  not  passing  through 

the  door. 

Search  Classes — 

193— CONVEYERS,  generally  for  various  forms  of  carriers. 
202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  5,  Coke,  Ovens,  Chargers 

:md  dischargers. 
214— LOADING  AND   UNLOADING,   subclass   23,    Loading  and 

unloading,  Furnace-charging. 

112.  FUEL -FEEDERS,     SPREADER,     CARRIER,     DOOR. 

Devices  for  carrying  fuel  through  the  furnace-door  over  the 
fire  and  scattering  it  thereon. 
Search  Classes— 

193 — CONVEYERS,  generally  for  structure  of  carrier. 

202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  5,  Coke,  Ovens,  Chargers 
and  dischargers. 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  23,  Loading  and  un- 
loading, Furnace-charging. 

113.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  SPREADER,  OSCILLATING.     Fuel- 

feed  hoppers  having  an  oscillating  fuel-spreader  that  scatters 
the  fuel  delivered  upon  it  over  the  fire. 

114.  FUEL -FEEDERS,     SPREADER,     RECIPROCATING- 

PLUNGER.    Fuel-feeding   hoppers    that   deliver   the   fuel 
before  a  plunger  that  scatters  the  coal  over  the  fire. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  109,  Fuel-feeders,  Hopper,  Pusher, 
Reciprocating. 

115.  FUEL-FEEDERS,    SPREADER,    ROTARY.      Fuel-feed 

hoppers  having  a  rotary  fuel-spreader  that  scatters  the  fuel 
delivered  to  it  over  the  fire. 
Search  Class — 
110— FURNACES,  subclass  106,  Fuel-feeders,  Blower,  Pulverizer. 

11C.  FUEL-FEEDERS,  CHUTE,  DOOR.     Devices  for  feeding 
fuel  through  a  gravity-feed  chute  to  the  furnace  through  the 
f  a  rnace-d  oor  way . 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners 
and  feeders,  and  118,  Fuel-feeders,  Vertical-drop. 

117.  FUEL -FEEDERS,      CHUTE,       DOOR,       MULTIPLE 
CHARGE.    Fuel-feeding  devices  for  charging  furnaces  with 
fuel  at  intervals,  either  motor  or  clock  operated  or  operated 
by  hand,  at  the  will  of  the  operator,  such  being  fed  through 
the  doorway  of  the  furnace. 
Search  Class— 
HO — FURNACES,  subclass  118,  Fuel-feeders,  Vertical-drop. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

118.  FUEL-FEEDERS,   VERTICAL-DROP.      Devices   for  de- 

livering fuel  to  the  fire-box  by  gravity  feed  when  the  fuel  is 

fed  from  overhead  and  falls  directly  upon  the  fire  from  above. 
Search  Classes — 
110— FURNACES,  subclasses  29,  Furnace  structure,  Magazine, 

and  117,  Fuel-feeders,  Chute,  Door,  Multiple-charge. 
48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  86,  Generators, 

Cupola,  Chargers. 
75— METALLURGY,  subclasses  114,   Furnaces,   Blast,  Charging 

devices,  and  115,  Furnaces,  Blast,  Charging  devices,  Bell  and 

Hopper. 

119.  SPARK-ARRESTERS.    Devices  for  preventing  live  sparks 

from  passing  out  of  the  stack  or  chimney.  This  is  accom- 
plished either  by  screens,  baffles,  steam  or  water  spray  located 
either  in  the  smoke-box  or  smoke-stack  and  in  some  cases  by 
screens  in  the  boiler-flues. 

Note. — When  both  the  smoke  and  sparks  are  returned  to  the  fire- 
box, such  patents  are  classified  in  subclass  49,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Smoke  and  gas  return,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

When  only  the  sparks  are  returned,  the  devices  will  be 
placed  in  this  class,  subclass  120,  Spark-arresters,  Furnace- 
conductor. 

For  a  discussion  of  the  relations  between  spark-arresters 
and  smoke-purifiers,  see  under  subclass  142;  Spark-arresters, 
Stack,  Steam  or  water  spray,  note  to  definition. 

For  distinction  between  this  subclass  and  ordinary  baffles 
and  heat-retainers,  see  subclass  97,  Furnace  structure,  Baffles 
and  heat-retainers. 

When  the  sparks  and   smoke  are  simply  conducted  away 
to  the  ground  from  the  locomotive  or  over  the  train,  these 
devices  are  classified  in  subclass  145,  Spark  and  smoke  con- 
ductors. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  97,  Furnace  structure,  Baffles  and 
heat-retainers;  98,  Furnace  structure,  Baffles  and  heat- 
retainers,  Water-tube  boilers;  145,  Spark  and  smoke  conduc- 
tors; 146  Spark  and  smoke  conductors,  Train,  and  183,  Smoke- 
purifiers. 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  135,  Purifiers, 
Washer  and  scrubber.  Spray. 

75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  20,  Fume-arresters. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  47,  Dust-collectors,  Reciprocating,  and 
48,  Dust-collectors,  Rotating. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  37,  Ventilation,  Combined  venti- 
lators and  cleaners,  Water-tanks,  Spray  wheel;  39,  Ventilation, 
Air  moistening,  cooling,  and  cleansing,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  all  subclasses  under  the  subtitle  of  Chimney- 
cowls. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  183,  Heating-drums, 
and  280,  Soot  catchers. 

120.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,     FURNACE-CONDUCTOR.       De- 

vices where  the  sparks  are  returned  to  the  furnace,  either  to 
the  fire-box  or  ash-pan. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  49,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and 
gas  return,  and  50,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and  gas  return. 
Locomotive,  where  the  smoke  and  sparks  both  are  returned 
to  the  fire-box. 

121.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,      COMBINED       STACK      AND 

SMOKE-BOX.     Devices  where  the  arrester  is  contained  in 
both  the  stack  and  smoke-box. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  124,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box, 
Divided,  and  140,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Tangential  sepa- 
rator. 

122.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  SMOKE-BOX.     Devices  located  in 

the  smoke-box  for  arresting  sparks. 

123.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,     SMOKE-BOX,     DRAFT-REGU- 

LATOR. Invention  limits  to  draft  regulation  in  addition  to 
a  spark-arrester  or  where  there  are  claims  that  involve  the 
combination  of  the  two  functions. 

Note. — The  subclass  of  spark-arresters  is  made  superior  to  that  of 
draft-regulators. 

Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  12<>,  Spark-arresters.  Smoke-box,  Ver- 
tical-drum, where  draft  regulation  is  of  vertical-drum  type. 

124.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  SMOKE-BOX,  DIVIDED.     Smoke- 

boxes  having  two  compartments,  into  one  of  which  the  sparks 
are  precipitated. 
Search  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  140,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Tangen- 
tial separator;  143,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Water-receptacle, 
and  144,  Spark-arresters,  Water-receptacle. 

125.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,     SMOKE-BOX,     HOOD.     Devices 

having  a  hood  over  the  boiler-tubes,  through  which  the  prod- 
ucts of  combustion  must  pass. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES. subclasses  120,  Spark-arresters,  Furnace-conduc- 
tor, and  124,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box,  Divided. 

126.  SPARK  -  ARRESTERS,     SMOKE  -  BOX,     VERTICAL- 

DRUM.    Devices  where  the  arrester  is  hollow,  somewhat 
cylindrical  in  form,  and  vertically  arranged,  through  which 
the  exhaust-steam  passes. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  121.  Spark-arresters.  Combined  stack 
and  smoke-box;  123,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box,  Draft-regu- 
lator, and  1('4,  Draft-regulators,  Lift-pipe. 


214 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

127.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,    SMOKE-BOX,    EJECTOR.     De- 

vices for  ejecting  the  sparks  from  the  smoke-box  by  a  jet  of 
steam,  air,  water,  or  a  fan  or  other  means. 
Search  Class — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  120,  Spark-arresters,  Furnace-conduc- 
tor. 

128.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  SMOKE-BOX,  WATER-RECEP- 

TACLE. Devices  where  the  sparks  are  precipitated  into 
a  water-receptacle  in  the  smoke-box  and  also  includes  devices 
with  a  steam  or  water  spray  in  combination  with  the  recepta- 
cle. 

Note. — For  a  discussion  of  the  relation  of  devices  for  extinguishing 
sparks  and  purifying  smoke  by  water  or  steam,  see  in  this  class, 
subclass  142,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Steam  or  water  spray. 

When  sparks  are  precipitated  into  aseparate  compartment  of 
the  smoke-box,  but  not  into  a  water-receptacle,  such  devices 
are  classified  in  subclass  124,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box, 
Divided. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  140,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Tangen- 
tial separator;  143,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Water-receptacle; 
144,  Spark-arresters,  Water-receptacle,  and  183,  Smoke-puri- 
fiers. 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  130,  Purifiers, 
Washer  and  scrubber. 

83 — MILLS,  subclasses  of  Dust-collectors. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclass  39,  Ventilation,  Air  moistening,  cool- 
ing, and  cleansing. 

129.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,    SMOKE  -  BOX,    DISCHARGE- 

VALVE.  Discharge-valves  for  dumping  the  sparks  from  the 
smoke-box. 

130.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,    STACK.    Devices   in   or   immedi- 

ately applied  to  a  smoke-stack  for  arresting  sparks. 
Search  Classes— 
110— FURNACES,  subclasses  50,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and  gas 

return,  Locomotive;  121,  Spark-arresters,  Combined  stack  and 

smoke-box,  and  145,  Spark  and  smoke  conductors. 
98— PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  under  Chimney-cowls. 
121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  110,  Mufflers. 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  183,  Heating-drums, 

and  280,  Soot-catchers. 

131.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  STACK,  FEEDING  AIR.    Devices 

where  air  is  let  into  the  stack  for  the  purpose  of  allowing  the 
sparks  to  be  consumed  in  the  passage  and  for  diluting  the 
smoke  with  air.    This  subclass  is  closely  allied  to  subclass  157, 
Draft-regulators,  Smoke-box,  Feeding  air. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  157,  DraftVregulators,  Smoke-box, 
Feeding  air. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  under  Chimney-cowls,  and  30,  Ven- 
tilating-chimneys. 

132.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,     STACK,     RETURN-CURRENT. 

Devices  where  the  sparks  are  thrown  out  of  the  exhaust-cur- 
rent and  are  again  caught  up  and  carried  round  and  round  un- 
til they  are  disintegrated  and  extinguished.  Patents  are  clas- 
sified here,  although  there  may  be  a  pipe  to  conduct  the  sparks 
to  the  exhaust-nozzle  in  the  smoke-box. 

133.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  STACK,  ANNULAR  RECEPTA- 

CLE.   Devices  in  which  the  sparks  are  precipitated  into  an 
annular  receptacle  in  or  around  the  stack,  except  those  in- 
cluded under  other  definitions  under  this  subtitle. 
Search  Classes  — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  132,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Return- 
current;  134,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Annular  receptacle, 
Conductor;  137,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Rotary  baffle;  138, 
Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Spiral  baffle,  Stationary,  and  139, 
Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Spiral  baffle,  Stationary,  Separator. 
121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  116,  Mufflers. 

134.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  STACK,  ANNULAR  RECEPTA- 

CLE, CONDUCTOR.  Devices  in  which  the  sparks  are  pre- 
cipitated into  an  annular  receptacle  in  the  stack,  such  recepta- 
cle having  a  conductor  for  the  sparks  leading  therefrom,  with 
the  exception  of  those  classified  in  other  subclasses  of  this 
group. 

Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  120,  Spark-arresters,  Furnace-con- 
ductor; 121,  Spark-arresters,  Combined  stack  and  smoke-box; 
137,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Rotary  baffle;  138,  Spark-arrest- 
ers, Stack,  Spiral  baffle,  Stationary,  and  139,  Spark-arresters, 
Stack,  Spiral  baffle,  Stationary,  Separator. 

135.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  STACK,  CENTRAL  DISCHARGE 

DOWNWARD.  Devices  that  discharge  the  sparks  centrally 
and  downwardly  from  the  stack. 

136.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  STACK,  CENTRAL  DISCHARGE 

UPWARD.  Devices  that  discharge  the  sparks  centrally  and 
upwardly  from  the  stack. 

137.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,     STACK,     ROTARY     BAFFLE. 

Rotating  devices  within  a  stack  operated  by  the  outgoing  cur- 
rent and  designed  to  beat  the  sparks  to  a  powder  or  precipitate 
them. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  162,  Draft-regulators,  Fan-exhaust. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  subclass  2,  Chimney-cowls,  Ejector,  Draft- 
wheel. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

138.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  STACK,  SPIRAL  BAFFLE,  STA- 

TIONARY.   Devices  where  there  is  a  spiral  baffle  to  give  the 
sparks  a  spiral  motion  when  passing  through  the  stack. 
Search  Class— 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  32,  Heating-drums. 

139.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  STACK,  SPIRAL  BAFFLE.  STA- 

TIONARY SEPARATOR.  Devices  where  there  is  a  sta- 
tionary spiral  baffle  to  give  the  sparks  a  spiral  motion  and  cast 
them  to  one  side,  separating  them  from  the  smoke  and  pre- 
venting them,  from  passing  out  of  the  stack  with  the  smoke. 

140.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,    STACK,    TANGENTIAL   SEPA- 

RATOR. Devices  where  the  sparks  are  separated  from  the 
smoke  when  the  path  of  the  smoke  is  changed  from  a  straight 
line,  the  sparks  passing  out  of  the  current  by  virtue  of  their 
momentum,  but  not  classified  in  subclass  139,  Spark-arresters, 
Stack,  Spiral  baffle,  Stationary,  Separator. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  124,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box, 
Divided,  and  143,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Water-receptacle. 

141.  SPARK-ARRESTERS     STACK,    HEADS,    SYMMETRI- 

CAL.   Devices  in  which  there  is  a  symmetrically-shaped  head 
on  the  top  of  a  stack  and  not  otherwise  classified. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  under  the  subtitle  Spark-arresters, 
Stack. 

142.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,    STACK,    STEAM    OR    WATER 

SPRAY.  Devices  for  extinguishing  sparks  in  a  stack  by 
steam  or  water  spray  when  the  extinguishing-sprayer  is  inti- 
mately connected  with  the  construction  of  the  stack.  (See 
note  below.) 

Note.— If  the  products  of  combustion  pass  from  the  stack  into  a 
by-pass  and  are  there  washed  or  sprayed,  such  devices  are 
classified  in  subclass  183,  Smoke-purifiers. 

Devices  having  a  water-receptacle  on  the  outside  of  the  stack 
with  water  or  steam  spray,  the  gases  being  passed  through  a 
by-pass  and  the  sparks  being  precipitated  into  the  water-recep- 
tacle, are  classified  in  subclass  143,  Spark-arresters,  Stack, 
W  ater-recep  tacle . 

Devices  having  a  water-receptacle  into  which  sparks  are  pre- 
cipitated when  not  intimately  connected  with  the  stack  by 
position  or  construction  are  classified  in  subclass  144,  Spark- 
arresters,  Water-receptacle,  unless  such  receptacle  is  within  or 
forms  part  of  the  smoke-box  structure,  when  they  are  placed 
in  subclass  128,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box,  Water-receptacle. 
For  spraying  devices  for  extinguishing  sparks  in  ash-pans, 
search  subclass  171,  Ash  receiving  and  handling  devices,  Ash- 
pans,  Steam  and  water  attachments. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  128,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box, 
Water-receptacle;  143,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Water-recep- 
tacle; 144,  Spark-arresters,  Water-receptacle,  and  183,  Smoke- 
purifiers. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  128,  Purifiers, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  30,  Fume-arresters. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  47,  Dust-collectors,  Reciprocating,  and  48, 
Dust-collectors,  Rotating. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  subclass  39,  Ventilation,  Air  moistening,  cool- 
ing, and  cleansing,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

143.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,  STACK,  WATER-RECEPTACLE. 

Devices  where  the  sparks  are  precipitated  into  a  water-recep- 
tacle in  or  on  the  outside  of  the  stack. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  142,  S park-acres ters,  Stack,  Steam  or 
water  spray;  144,  Spark-arresters,  Water-receptacle,  and  183, 
Smoke-purifiers. 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  128,  Purifiers, 

and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  30,  Fume-arresters. 

83— MILLS,  subclass. s  47,  Dust-collectors,  Reciprocating,  and  48, 
Dust-collectors,  Rotating. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  all  subclasses  under  39,  Ventilation,  Air  moist- 
ening, cooling,  and  cleansing. 

144.  SPARK-ARRESTERS,      WATER-RECEPTACLE.       De- 

vices having  a  water-receptacle  into  which  sparks  are  precipi- 
tated to  extinguish  them,  the  smoke  passing  off  and  not  en- 
tering the  water,  such  receptacles  not  being  a  part  of  the  stack 
structure. 
Search  Classes — 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  143,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Water- 
receptacle,  for  devices  having  a  water  receptacle  in  the  stack; 
subclass  183,  Smoke-purifiers  for  devices  for  purifying  smoke 
of  both  sparks  and  visible  smoke  by  washing  the  smoke  with 
water,  and  subclass  142,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Steam  or 
water  spray. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  128,  Purifiers, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  30,  Fume-arresters. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  47,  Dust-collectors,  Reciprocating,  and  48, 
Dust-collectors,  Rotating. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  subclass  39,  Ventilation,  Air  moistening, 
cooling,  and  cleansing,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

145.  SPARK  AND  SMOKE  CONDUCTORS.    Devices  applied  to 

the  stack  or  smoke-box  of  a  locomotive  for  conducting  the 
smoke  and  sparks  and  discharging  them  upon  the  ground  or 
into  the  air  in  such  a  direction  as  not  to  discharge  upon  the 
train.  They  need  not  necessarily  be  conduits  but  may  be 
shields  or  deflectors  to  turn  the  smoke  and  sparks  away 
from  the  train.  Nor  are  these  devices  limited  to  use  upon 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


215 


CLASS  110 -Continued. 

locomotives,  but  may  be  applied  to  a  stationary-boiler  stack 
or  eny  chimney.  Includes  conduits  applied  to  the  stack  of  a 
boiler  used  for  threshing  purposes  on  a  farm,  the  conduit  being 
carried  at  a  distance  from  the  boiler  or  engine,  and  discharging 
into  a  water-receptacle  to  prevent  the  sparks  setting  fire  to 
the  straw. 
Search  Class — 

HO— FURNACES,  subclasses  50,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and 
gas  return,  Locomotive,  and  120,  Spark-arresters,  Furnace- 
conductor. 

146.  SPARK  AND  SMOKE  CONDUCTORS,  TRAIN.    Devices 

having  a  conduit  extending  from  the  smoke-discharge  end  of 
the  locomotive  past  the  cars  of  the  train  to  carry  away  the 
smoke  and  sparks  and  discharge  them  at  the  rear  of  the  train. 
Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  patents  where  the  heat 
from  the  smoke  is  made  use  of  to  heat  the  cars,  such  devices 
being  classified  in  class  237,  HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS, 
subclasses  11,  Train,  Smoke,  and  12,  Train,  Steam. 

147.  DRAFT-REGULATORS.    Devices  located  so  as  to  act  directly 

on  the  products  of  combustion  after  they  leave  the  fire-box 
designed  to  affect  the  velocity  of  said  products.  Also  combi- 
nation devices  of  the  character  above  described  coupled  with 
devices  that  act  directly  on  the  fire  as  blowers  for  tne  fire,  in 
combination  with  steam  or  air  jets  that  either  increase  or  de- 
crease the  draft.  Here  are  classified  exhaust  mechanism  of 
locomotives  that  have  claims  to  the  form  of  exhaust-nozzle. 
Note. — Where  air  or  steam  is  injected  into  the  products  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  more  completely  consuming  the  smoke  and 
gases,  such  devices  are  classified  in  Feeding  air  or  Feeding 
steam. 

Ordinary  dampers  for  stoves  and  furnaces  and  their  oper- 
ating mechanism  are  classified  in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FUR- 
NACES, subclass  2S5,  Dampers,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  2,  Furnace  structure,  Automobile, 
for  draft-regulators  especially  adapted  for  automobiles. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  under  Chimney-cowls,  and  30, 
Ventilating-chimneys. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  13,  Fluid-piston,  Injectors 
and  aspirators. 

236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC. 

148.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,     SEPARATION     OF     GASES. 

Devices  for  separating  the  heavy  gases  and  drawing  them  off, 
allowing  only  the  lighter  gases  to  pass  through  the  stack. 

149.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  EXTERNAL  EXHAUST  AND 

BLOWER.  Engines  with  an  external  exhaust  that  does  not 
affect  the  draft  with  some  form  of  blower  for  the  fire,  either  a 
fan  or  steam-jet  blower  being  used  to  force  air  to  the  grate  or 
an  injector  being  placed  in  the  smoke-box  or  flues  to  increase 
the  draft. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  69,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  stsam,  Undergrate,  and  70,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding 
air  and  steam,  Undergrate,  Locomotive,  for  feeding  air  or 
steam  under  the  fire;  150  Draft-regulators,  Steam-injector, 
for  auxiliary  blowers;  156,  Draft-regulators,  Exhaust-nozzle, 
Shunt-pipe. 

150.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,    STEAM-INJECTOR.      Devices 

where  steam  is  injected  into  the  path  of  the  products  of  com- 
bustion to  regulate  its  velocity,  but  does  not  include  exhaust- 
mechanism  nozzles. 

151.  DRAFT-REGULATORS  EXHAUST-NOZZLE.    Exhaust- 

nozzles  for  engines  located  in  the  smoke  box  or  stack  to  affect 
the  draft  of  the  fire. 

152.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,     EXHAUST-NOZZLE,    VARI- 

ABLE-DISCHARGE.   Devices  where  the  discharge  of  steam 
varies  as  to  the  velocity  with  which  it  is  discharged  or  the 
quantity  that  is  discharged  therethrough. 
Search  Class — 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  17,  Nozzles, and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  and  80,  Sprayers,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

153.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,     EXHAUST-NOZZLE,     VARI- 

ABLE-DISCHARGE, BOILER  CONTROLLED.  Ex- 
haust-nozzles where  the  velocity  of  the  steam  is  varied  by 
boiler-pressure. 

154.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,     EXHAUST-NOZZLE,     VARI- 

ABLE-DISCHARGE, EXHAUST-CONTROLLED.  Ex- 
haust-nozzles where  the  amount  of  steam  or  its  velocity  is 
controlled  by  the  pressure  of  steam  in  the  exhaust-nozzle,  so 
as  to  make  a  more  even  draft  through  the  boiler-flues. 

155.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,    EXHAUST-NOZZLE,     AIR- 

FEED.  Exhaust-nozzles  having  provision  for  admitting  air 
to  the  current  of  steam  in  the  nozzle  for  lessening  its  injector 
effect  on  the  draft.  The  draft  is  generally  admitted  to  the 
nozzle  from  outside  the  smoke-box; 'but  air  or  gas  may  be 
admitted  to  the  nozzle  from  the  smoke-box. 

Note. — This  subclass  is  differentiated  from  subclass  164,  Draft- 
regulators,  Lift-pipe,  in  which  may  be  found  nozzles  admit  t  ing 
the  furnace-gases  to  thepathofthe'steamin  the  nozzle,  in  that 
the  lift-pipes  accelerate  the  draft,  while  the  air-feed  nozzle 
retards  the  draft. 

Search  Class — 
110— FURNACES,  subclass  104,  Draft-regulators,  Lift-pipe. 


CLASS  110-Continued. 

156.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  EXHAUST-NOZZLE,  SHUNT- 

PIPE.    Exhaust  mechanism  where  the  draft  is  varied  by 
admitting  the  exhaust-steam  to  a  separate  pipe  or  pipes  that 
discharge  outside  the  stack  or  at  different  points  in  the  stack, 
at  the  desire  of  the  engineer,  or  automatically. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  149,  Draft-regulators,  External  ex- 
haust and  blower. 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  12,  Train,  Steam. 

157.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  SMOKE-BOX,  FEEDING  AIR. 

Devices  for  admitting  air  to  the  smoke-box  or  base  of  stack  to 
retard  the  draft. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  131,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Feeding 
air. 

158.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  SMOKE-BOX,  FEEDING  AIR, 

DOOR-OPERATED.    Devices   for   admitting   air   to    the 
smoke- box  where  the  air-opening  valve  is  controlled  by  move- 
ment of  the  furnace-door. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  55,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Time-limit,  and  174,  Doors,  Feeding  air  and  steam. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  280,  Dampers,  Distance 
operating  devices,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

159.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  STACK,  PORTABLE.    Devices 

that  are  intended  to  be  applied  to  a  stack  for  a  limited  time  to 
assist  the  draft,  especially  in  firing  up  a  locomotive. 

• 

160.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  STACK,  AIR-JET.    Devices  for 

forcing  a  jet  of  air  into  a  stack  or  chimney  to  regulate  the  draft 

by  induction. 
Search  Classes— 
110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  131,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Feeding 

air,  and  162,  Draft-regulators,  Fan-exhaust. 
98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  under  Chimney-cowls. 

161.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  STACK,  AIR-JET,  STEAM-IN- 

JECTED.   Devices  for  forcing  air  into  a  stack  by  a  jet  of 
steam. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  69,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Undergrate,  and  131,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Feed- 
ing air. 

98—  PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  under  Chimney-cowls;  29,  Stove- 
pipe-ventilators, and  30,  Ventilating-chimneys. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  13,  Fluid-piston,  Injectors 
and  aspirators. 

162.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,        FAN-EXHAUST.        Devices 

where  the  products  of  combustion  or  a  part  of  them  are  drawn 
through  a  fan  to  increase  the  draft. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  159,  Draft-regulators,  Stack,  portable, 
for  portable  fans  designed  to  be  applied  to  a  smoke-stack  to 
assist  the  draft  of  the  fire  and  capable  of  being  readily  detached, 
and  137,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Rotary  baffle. 

98— PNEUMATICS. 

163.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  DAMPER.    Movable  devices  in 

the  path  of  the  products  of  combustion  for  regulating  thecross- 
sectional  area  of  said  path  or  for  closing  one  path  in  order  to 
pass  them  through  another  or  longer  course. 
Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  dampers  in  the  outlet-flue 
or  stack  with  its  operating  mechanism,  which  are  classified  in 
class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  183,  DAMPERS,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  26,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire- 
box, Alternate  smoke-return,  Over  fire;  27,  Furnace  structure, 
Double  fire-box,  Alternate  smoke-return,  Under  fire;  55,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Time-limit;  100,  Fur- 
nace structure,  By-pass  flue,  and  123,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke- 
box,  Draft-regulator. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  285,  Dampers. 

236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC. 

164.  DRAFT-REGULATORS,  LIFT-PIPE.    Inventions  imited 

to  a  lift  or  petticoat  pipe  generally  used  in  the  smoke-box  of  a 
locomotive  or  claims  to  the  combined  exhaust-nozzle  and  lift- 
pipe  and  annular  nozzles  providing  a  passage  for  the  smoke 
through  the  center  of  the  ring. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  123,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box, 
Draft-regulator;  126,  Spark-arresters,  Smoko-box,  Vertical 
drum,  and  155,  Draft-regulators,  Exhaust-nozzle,  Air-feed. 

165.  ASH  RECEIVING  AND  HANDLING  DEVICES.    Devices 

for  receiving  and  removing  ashes,  including  ash-pit  struc- 
tures, ash-pans,  and  conveyers  when  furnace  structure  is  in- 
cluded. 

Note. — Devices  of  a  character  designed  for  domestic  stoves  and 
furnaces  are  classified  in  class  120,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES, 
subclass  242,  Ash  discharge  and  collecting,  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 
Search  Classes  - 

72 — MASONRY,  subclass  26,  Ash-chutes. 

83— MILLS,  subclass  56,  On;  and  coal,  Sifters  and  screens. 

193— CONVEYERS,  for  form  of  conveyer. 


216 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

166.  ASH  RECEIVING  AND  HANDLING   DEVICES,  ASH- 

PANS.  Receptacles  under  a  furnace-grate  for  receiving  the 
ashes  as  they  fall  therefrom,  except  the  ash-pit  itself.  The 
pan  must  be  a  removable  receptacle  suspended  from  the  fur- 
nace or  resting  on  a  support  beneath  the  grate  or  perma- 
nently attached  to  the  furnace,  as  in  some  locomotive  struc- 
tures. 

Note.— This  minor  subclass  docs  not  include  ash-pans  designed 
for  domestic  stoves  and  furnaces,  which  are  classified  in  class 
126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  242,  Ash  discharge  and 
collecting,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

167.  ASH  RECEIVING  AND   HANDLING   DEVICES,  ASH- 

PANS,  DUMPING.  This  minor  subclass  is  made  broad 
enough  to  include  all  mechanical  devices  for  emptying  the 
ash-pan, except  where  the  pan  is  cleaned  by  a  fluid  jot,  includ- 
ing pans  having  scrapers  or  carriers,  valves  in  the  bottom 
for  allowing  the  ashes  to  fall  out  when  opened,  or  pans  allowing 
the  whole  bottom  to  swing  down  to  dump  the  ashes. 
Search  Class — 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  the  subclasses  under  Cars, 
Dumping. 

168.  ASH   RECEIVING    AND   HANDLING   DEVICES,   ASH- 

PANS,    DUMPING,    CONJOINED    FLOOR-SECTIONS. 
Pans  whose  bottoms  are  made,  of  a  plurality  of  sections  pivoted 
at  each  end  and  connected  to  a  common  operating-bar. 
Search  Class — 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclasses  under  Cars,  Dump- 
ing. 

169.  ASH   RECEIVING  AND   HANDLINQ   DEVICES,  ASH- 

PANS,   DUMPING,   RECIPROCATING,    DISCHARGE- 
VALVE.    Ash-pans  that  dump  the  contents  by  reciprocating 
one  or  more  valves  in  the  bottom  of  the  pan. 
Search  Class — 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclasses  under  Cars,  Dump- 
ing. 

170.  ASH   RECEIVING  AND   HANDLING   DEVICES,  ASH- 

PANS,  DUMPING,  SCRAPER.  Ash-pans  that  have  a 
scraper  for  pushing  the  contents  out  of  the  pan. 

171.  ASH  RECEIVING   AND   HANDLING   DEVICES,  ASH- 

PANS,  STEAM  AND  WATER  ATTACHMENTS.  De- 
vices where  water  or  steam  is  injected  into  the  ash-pan  for  the 
purpose  of  ejecting  the  ashes  or  extinguishing  sparks. 

172.  FRONTS.    Constructions  for  furnace-fronts  in  general  unless 

boiler  construction  is  involved. 
Note. — Patents    including    door   structures    and    furnace-fronts 

are  classified  here  and  the  door  features  cross-referenced  to 

their  proper  subclasses  under  Doors. 
Search  Class — 
122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  497,  Fronts, 

and  subclasses  thereunder. 

173.  DOORS.    Closures  for  openings  in  furnace-walls,  except  such 

as  are  noted  below. 
Note.—  .V  hen  air  or  steam  is  fed  to  the  furnace  for  a  limited  time, 

see  in  this  class,  subclass  55,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and 

steam,  Time-limit. 
Search  Classes— 
110— FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners 

and  feeders,  and  172,  Fronts. 
25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclasses 

1,  Miscellaneous,  and  151,  Kilns,  Furnaces. 
48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  124,  Retorts, 

Lids,  and  125,  Retorts,  Lids,  Rotary. 
75— METALLURGY,  subclass  132.  Puddling-hearths,  Doors  and 

bits. 
122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subc-lass  498,  Fronts, 

Doors,  for  doors  with  water  circulation  connected  with  the 

boiler. 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  190,  Stove  doors  and 

windows,  and  subclasses  thereunder.    107— BREAD,  PASTRY 

AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  65,  Baker's  OveiiS,  Doors. 
202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  6,  Coke,  Ovens,  Doors. 

174.  DOORS,  FEEDING  AIR  AND  STEAM.    Doors  through 

which  air  and  steam  are  fed  to  the  firo  and  also  patents  where 
air  or  steam  is  fed  to  the  fire  when  the  valve  controlling  the 
admission  of  the  fluid  is  operated  by  the  door,  whether  the 
fluid  passes  through  the  door  or  not,  but  does  not  include 
air  or  steam  feeding  devices  with  a  time-limited  cut-off. 
Search  Class — 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  55,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Time-limit,  and  175,  Doors,  Feeding  air. 

175.  DOORS,  FEEDING  AIR.    Doors  designed  to  admit  air  to 

the  furnace  either  by  ports  or  conduits  through  the  door 
structure  or  having  means  for  keeping  the  door  partly  open 
where  the  construction  is  especially  adapted  for  admitting  air 
other  than  by  simply  opening  a  door  of  common  construction. 
Search  Classes  - 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  55,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Time-limit,  and  174,  Doors,  Feeding  air  and  steam. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  193,  Stove  doors  and 
windows,  Feeding  air. 

176.  DOORS,  OPERATORS.    Devices  for  opening  and  closing 

doors  aside  from  the  ordinary  latch. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  175,  Doors,  Feeding  air. 
39— FENCES,  subclasses  under  Gates,  Openers,  and  those  under 

Gates,  Swinging. 


CLASS  110— Continued. 

177.  DOORS,  OPERATORS,  MOTOR.     Devices  for  opening  or 

closing  doors  by  a  motor. 
Search  Classes— 
39 — FENCES,   subclasses    under    Gates,    Openers,   and    under 

Gates,  Swinging. 
138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclasses  9,  For  jacks,  and  10,  For 

presses. 

178.  DOORS,  OPERATORS,  PEDAL.    Doors  that  are  opened  or 

closed  by  foot-power  directly  without  the  interposition  of  a 
motor.  / 

Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  177,  Doors,  Operators,  Motor. 

39— FENCES,  subclasses  under  Gates,  Openers,  and  under  Gates, 
Swinging. 

179.  DOORS,   FLUID-SCREENS.    Devices   for   preventing  the 

heat,  gases,  or  flames  from  passing  out  of  the  furnace  when 
the  door  is  opened  either  by  a  spray  of  steam,  air,  or  water 
or  by  causing  air  to  be  drawn  into  the  door  or  having  means 
to  draw  the  gases  through  a  by-pass  when  the  door  is  opened. 
These  devices  also  serve  to  prevent  the  cold  outside  air  from 
cooling  the  boiler. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  163,  Draft-regulators,  Damper,  for 
devices  for  preventing  the  chilling  of  the  fire  and  boiler-flues. 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  87,  Generators, 
Cupola,  Accessories. 

180.  DOORS  AND  CASINGS,  COOLING.    Doors  and  casings 

that  are  kept  cool  by  the  circulation  of  steam  or  air  through 
them,  but  does  not  include  doors  and   casings  where  the 
fluid  after  passing  through  them  is  fed  to  the  fire. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  182,  Door  casings  and  arches,  Feeding 
air. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  132,  Puddling-hearths,  Doors  and 
bits. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  497,  Fronts, 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  6,  Coke,  Ovens,  Doors. 

181.  DOOR  CASINGS  AND  ARCHES.    Construction  of  casings 

and  arches  for  furnace  doors. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  99,  Furnace  structure,  Arches,  and 
180,  Doors  and  casings,  Cooling,  for  casings  containing  con- 
duits. 

72— MASONRY,  subclasses  20,  Stone  and  brick  setting,  and  27, 
Building-blocks. 

182.  DOOR  CASINGS  AND  ARCHES.  FEEDING  AIR.    Arches 

and  casings  with  circulation-conduits  through  which  air  or 

air  and  steam  are  passed  to  be  fed  to  the  furnace. 
Note. — Patents  for  casings  having  conduits  for  cooling  them 

through  which  air,  steam  or  water  circulates,  but  such  steam 

or  air  not  passing  into  the  furnace,  are  classified  in  subclass 

180,  Doors  and  casings,  Cooling. 
Search  Classes— 
110 — FURNACES,  subclass  55,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 

and  steam,  Time-limit. 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  112,  Hot-air  furnaces, 

Feeding  air. 

183.  SMOKE-PURIFIERS.    Devices  not  included  above  in  the 

subclasses  142,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Steam  or  water  spray; 
143,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Water-receptacle,  nor  144,  Spark- 
arresters,  Water-receptacle,  for  preventing  the  visible  particles 
of  combustion  from  passing  into  the.atmosphere,  by  washing 
the  gases  either  by  a  steam  or  a  water  spray  or  by  passing  the 
gases  through  a  body  of  water. 

Note. — Devices  for  purifying  illuminating-gas,  are  classified  in 
class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING. 
When  provision  is  made  for  the  recovery   of   vaporized 
metals  from  smoke  in  a  metallurgical  furnace,  such  patents 
are  classified  in  class  75,  METALLURGY. 
Devices  for  moistening  and  purifying  air  are  classified  in 

class  98,  PNEUMATICS,  under  Ventilation. 
See  discussion  of  smoke-purifiers  and  spark-arresters  under 
subclass  142,  Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Steam  or  waterspray. 
Search  Classes— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  128,  Spark-arresters,  Smoke-box, 
Water-box,   Water  receptacle;   142,   Spark-arresters,   Stack, 
Steam  or  water  spray;  143,   Spark-arresters,  Stack,  Water- 
receptacle,  and  144,  Spark-arresters,  Water-receptacle. 
48— GAS.  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  128,  Purifiers, 
and    the   subclasses    thereunder,    especially    135,    Purifiers, 
Washer  and  scrubber.  Spray. 
75— METALLURGY,  subclass  30',  Fume-arresters. 
83— MILLS,  subclasses  47,  Dust-collectors,  Reciprocating,  and  48, 

Dust-collectors,  Rotating. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  subclass  39,  Ventilation,  Air  moistening, 
cooling  and  cleansing,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

184.  SMOKE-STACKS.    Metal  smoke-stacks  of  locomotives  and 

portable  boilers. 
Search  Classes — 
110 — FURNACES,  subclasses   under    Spark-arresters,  and    also 

subclass  KiO,  Draft-regulators.  Stack,  Air-jet. 
72 — MASONRY,  subclass  18,  Hollow-tile  walls,  and  also  subclass 

19,  Smoke  and  air  flues,  for  chimneys  made  of  masonry,  and 

large  metal  stacks. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclass  30,  Ventilating-chimneys. 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  208,  Yards  and  plants,  Smoke-jacks. 
114— SHIPS,  subclass  187,  Smoke-stacks. 


GLASS  113.— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

Machines  and  processes  for  shaping,  seaming,  and  soldering 
sheet-metal  receptacles,  conduits,  and  other  hollow  articles,  also 
machines  for  forming  and  compressing  seams  of  roofing-sheets, 
and  all  machines  and  processes  for  uniting  articles  by  means  of 
solder. 

This  class  does  not  include  the  mere  bending  of  sheet  metal, 
which  is  found  in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING,  nor  forging,  in  which 
there  is  a  considerable  flow  of  metal,  for  which  see  class  78,  METAL 
FORGING  AND  WELDING. 

This  class  also  includes  machines  for  die-shaping  dry-paper 
articles. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Sheet-metal-working  machines  which  are 

not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  BOTTLE-CAPPING,    DIE.    Machines    which    force   metallic 

caps  within  or  upon  the  necks  of  bottles  by  means  of  simple 
dies. 

Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WAKE,  MAKING,  subclass  10,  Can-making 
machines,  Head-seaming,  Die. 

3.  BOTTLE-CAPPING,    DIE,    FILLERS    AND    FORCERS. 

Machines  which  force  or  compress  metallic  caps  upon  the 
necks  of  bottles  by  means  of  elastic-faced  dies  or  by  means  of 
a  surrounding  chamber  of  fluid. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  44,  Die-shaping, 
Fillers  and  forcers. 

4.  BOTTLE-CAPPING,   DIE,   SECTIONAL.    Machines  which 

force  metallic  caps  within  or  upon  the  necks  of  bottles  by 
means  of  sectional  dies. 
Search  Class — 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  18,  Can-making 
machines,  Head-seaming,  Die,  Sectional. 

5.  BOTTLE-CAPPING,  ROTARY  TOOL.    Machines  in  which 

metallic  ca^s  are  secured  within  or  upon  the  necks  of  bottles 
by  means  of  a  rotating  tool,  also  by  rotating  the  bottle  against 
a  stationary  tool. 
Search  Classes — 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  24,  Can-making 
machines,  Head-seaming,  Roller,  Stationary  chuck,  Rotary 
seaming-tool,  External;  2.5,  Can-making  machines,  Head- 
seaming,  Roller,  Stationary  seaming-tool,  Internal,  and  52, 
Spinning. 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  81,  Pipe  expanders  and 
dangers,  Traveling,  Rotary,  and  82,  Pipe  expanders  and 
flangers,  Traveling,  Rotary,  Wedge-feed. 

6.  BOTTLE-CAPPING,  STRAP-COMPRESSOR.    Machines  in 

which  metallic  caps  are  secured  upon  the  necks  of  bottles  by 
means  of  one  or  more  straps  which  encompass  the  neck  of  the 
bottle  and  press  the  cap  into  place. 

7.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES.    Machines  adapted  to  form  a  can- 

body  from  a  blank  and  secure  the  heads  upon  the  same;  also 
miscellaneous  machines  for  making  cans  not  classifiable  in 
other  subclasses  of  can-making  machines. 

8.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  BODY-FORMING  AND  SIDE- 

SEAMING.    Machines  which  form  a  sheet-metal  blank  into 
a  can-body  and  side-seam  the  same. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  7,  Can-making 
machines,  and  the  other  subclasses  under  8,  Can-making 
machines,  Body-forming  and  side-seaming. 

9.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  BODY-FORMING  AND  SIDE- 

SEAMING,  SOLDERING.    Machines  in  which  the  can- 
body  is  formed  and  the  side  seam  locked  and  soldered. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  7,  Can-making 
machines,  and  10,  Can-making  machines,  Body-forming  and 
side-seaming,  Soldering,  Blank-feeding. 

10.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  BODY-FORMING  AND  SIDE- 

SEAMING,      SOLDERING,      BLANK-FEEDING.    Ma- 
chines which  have  automatic  mechanism  for  feeding  a  sheet- 
metal  blank  to  a  mechanism  which  forms  the  blank  into  a 
can-body,  locks  the  side  seam,  and  solders  the  same. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  7,  Can-making 
machines. 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

11.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES.  BODY-FORMING  AND  SIDE- 

SEAMING,  BLANK-FEEDING.    Machines  which  form  a 
sheet-metal  blank  into  a  can-body  and  side-seam  the  same 
and  which  have  also  automatic  means  for  feeding  the  blank 
to  the  forming  and  seaming  mechanism. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  7,  Can-making 
machines;  10,  Can-making  machines,  Body-forming  and  side- 
seaming,  Soldering,  Blank-feeding,  and  33,  Tube-making. 

12.  CAN-MAKING    MACHINES,    SIDE-SEAMING.    Machines 

which  fold  and  compress  the  side  seams  of  can-bodies.  These 
machines  have  no  special  mechanism  for  feeding  the  blanks 
or  for  forming  the  can-bodies. 

13.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  HEAD-SEAMING,  SOLDER- 

ING.   Machines  which  seam  the  heads  upon  cans  and  also 
solder  the  head-seam. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  7,  Can-making 
machines. 

14.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  HEAD-SEAMING,  FEEDING 

AND  APPLYING.  Machines  which  have  means  for  feeding 
can  bodies  and  heads  to  the  head-applying  devices  and  have 
also  means  for  crimping  or  seaming  the  can-heads  upon  the 
body. 

Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  7,  Can-making 
machines. 

15.  CAN-MAKING      MACHINES,      HEAD-SEAMING,      RIP- 

SEAM  MAKING.  Machines  for  making  rip-seams  for  cans 
including  key-opening  seams  provided  with  wire  or  strip 
cutters  and  also  machines  for  making  weakened  lines  in  cans. 

16.  CAN-MAKING      MACHINES,      HEAD-SEAMING,      DIE. 

Machines  for  seaming  heads  upon  cans  by  means  of  a  simple 
die. 

17.  CAN-MAKING      MACHINES,     HEAD-SEAMING,      DIE, 

AXIAL  ROLLING.  Machines  in  which  cans  are  axially 
rolled  over  a  die-track  by  means  of  a  traveling  carrier  and  the 
flange  of  the  can-heads  thereby  crimped  upon  the  bodies. 

18.  CAN-MAKING      MACHINES,      HEAD-SEAMING,      DIE, 

SECTIONAL.    Machines  which  seam  heads  upon  cans  by 

means  of  a  sectional  expansible  die. 
Search  Classes— 
113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  4,  Bottle-capping, 

Die,  Sectional. 
153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  19,  Angular,  Pivoted  bender. 

Bed-clamped  work.   Rotary,  and  80,   Pipe  expanders  and 

flangers,  Non-traveling,  Segmental  expander. 

19.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES    HEAD-SEAMING,  ROLLER. 

Machines  in  which  can-heads  are  seamed  upon  can-bodies  by 
means  of  a  roller-tool,  such  as  a  tinner's  roll. 
Search  Class — 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  9,  Beading  and  crimping 
rolls;  30,  Angular,  Roll,  Flanging,  Tinners'  rolls,  and  59, 
Curving  or  straightening,  Roll,  Edge-curling. 

20.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  HEAD-SEAMING,  ROLLER, 

ROTARY  CHUCK,  PATTERN-CONTROLLED  TOOL. 
Machines  in  which  the  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  into 
the  field  of  a  rotatable  roller  seaming-tool  and  the  seaming- 
tool  advanced  toward  and  retracted  from  the  axis  of  the 
chuck  by  means  of  a  pattern-cam.  These  machines  are 
mainly  for  seaming  rectangular  cans. 

21.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  HEAD-SEAMING,  ROLLER, 

ROTARY  CHUCK,  PATTERN-CONTROLLED  TOOL, 
AUTOMATIC  CLUTCH.  Same  as  above,  with  the  addition 
of  an  automatic  clutch  mechanism  for  operating  the  chuck 
or  tool. 

22.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  HEAD-SEAMING.  ROLLER, 

ROTARY  CHUCK,  LATERALLY-ROCKING  TOOL- 
HOLDER.  Machines  in  which  the  can-body  is  supported 
in  a  rotary  chuck  and  a  roller  seaming-tool  rocked  at  right 
angles  to  the  direction  in  which  it  travels  along  the  seam  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  fold  over  and  compress  the  seam. 

23.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  HEAD-SEAMING,  ROLLER, 

ROTARY  CHUCK,  STATIONARY  SEAMING-TOOL. 
Machines  in  which  the  can  is  supported  by  a  rotary  chuck 
which  cooperates  with  a  non-revoluble  roller-tool  or  series  of 
roller-tools  to  seam  the  head. 

217 


218 


DEFINITIONS   OP   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

24.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES.  HEAD-SEAMING.  ROLLER, 

STATIONARY  CHUCK.  ROTARY  SEAMING-TOOL, 
EXTERNAL.  Machines  in  which  the  can  is  held  in  a  sta- 
tionary chuck  and  the  head  seamed  on  by  means  of  a  travel- 
ing roller-tool  which  turns  the  seam  outside  the  periphery  of 
the  can-body. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  5,  Bottle-capping, 
Rotary  tool. 

25.  CAN-MAKING  MACHINES,  HEAD-SEAMING,  ROLLER, 

STATIONARY  CHUCK,  ROTARY  SEAMING-TOOL, 
INTERNAL.  Machines  in  which  the  can  is  held  in  a  sta- 
tionary chuck  and  the  head  seamed  on  by  means  of  a  traveling 
roller-tool  which  turns  the  seam  within  the  periphery  of  the 
can-body. 
Search  Class— 

153 -METAL-BENDING,  subclass  82,  Pipe  expanders  and 
Hangers,  Traveling,  Rotary,  Wedge-feed. 

26.  CAN-MAKING     MACHINES,     HEAD     FEEDING     AND 

APPLYING,   BODY-FEEDING,  CHUTE.    Machines  in 
which  the  can-body  is  fed  along  a  chute  or  mandrel  to  head 
feeding  and  applying  mechanisms. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  33,  Tube- 
making,  and  63,  Soldering,  Cans,  Side-seam,  Reciprocating 
carrier,  for  the  feeding  mechanism. 

27.  CAN-MAKING     MACHINES,     HEAD     FEEDING     AND 

APPLYING,  BODY-FEEDING,  ENDLESS-CHAIN  CAR- 
RIER.   Machines  in  which  the  can-body  is  carried  to  head 
feeding  and  applying  mechanisms  by  means  of  an  endless- 
chain  carrier. 
Search  Class— 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  GO,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Side-seam,  for  the  carrier. 

28.  CAN-MAKING     MACHINES,     HEAD     FEEDING     AND 

APPLYING.  BODY-FEEDING,  ROTARY-DRUM  CAR- 
RIER. Machines  in  which  a  drum  rotatable  about  a  sub- 
stantially horizontal  axis,  provided  with  means  for  engaging 
a  can-body,  transfers  the  can-body  to  head  feeding  and  apply- 
ing mechanisms. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  60,  Soldering, 
Cans.  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Bath;  70,  Soldering,  Cans, 
Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Flame,  and  71,  Soldering,  Cans, 
Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Soldering-iron,  for  the  carrier. 

29.  CAN-MAKING     MACHINES,     HEAD     FEEDING     AND 

APPLYING,     BODY-FEEDING,    ROTARY     TABLE- 
CARRIER.    Machines  in  which  the  can-body  is  carried  to 
head  feeding  and  applying  mechanisms  by  means  of  a  table- 
carrier  rotatable  about'a  substantially  vertical  axis. 
Search  Class — 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  in  the  subclasses  under 
Soldering.  Cans,  Side-seam,  Rotary  table-carrier,  and  those 
under  Soldering,  Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Rotary 
table-carrier,  for  the  carrier. 

30.  CAN-MAKING      MACHINES,      HEAD-APPLYING.    Ma- 

chines for  placing  heads  upon  can-bodies  by  means  of  force, 
there  being  no  special  means  for  feeding  either  the  can-body 
or  the  head. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  all  subclasses  under  the 
subtitle  Can-making  machines,  Head  feeding  and  applying, 
Body-feeding,  and  2,  Bottle-capping,  Die. 

31.  CAN-MAKING    MACHINES,     HEAD-APPLYING,    SEC- 

TIONAL GUIDE.    Machines  which  have  expansible  guides 
for  directing  the  can-body  into  the  head,  or  vice  versa. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  all  subclasses  under  Can- 
making  machines,  Head  feeding  and  applying,  Body-feeding, 
and  4,  Bottle-capping,  Die,  Sectional. 

32.  PENS  AND  PENHOLDERS.    Machines  and  processes  for 

making  pens  and  penholders. 

33.  TUBE-MAKING.    Includes  machines  and  processes  for  mak- 

ing tubes  from  sheet  metal  not  classifiable  in  other  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  7,  Can-making 
machines;  10,  Can-making  machines,  Body-forming  and  side- 
seaming.  Soldering,  Blank-feeding,  and  11,  Can-making  ma- 
chines, Body-forming  and  side-seaming,  Blank-feeding. 

80—  M'STAL-RoLUNO,  subclass  15,  Tubes,  Skelping. 

15J— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  32,  Curving  or  straightening. 

34.  TUBE-MAKING,  SIDE-SEAM  COMPRESSING.     Machines 

f  orcom pressing  the  interlocked  edges  of  thesideseam  of  a  sheet- 
metal  tube  bv  means  of  a  die  or  by  means  of  a  roller  adapted 
to  pass  over  the  seam. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  7,  Can-making 
machines;  8,  Can-making  machines,  Body-forming  and  side- 
seaming,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  12,  Can-making 
machines,  Side-seaming. 

35.  TUBE-MAKING,  SPIRAL-SEAMING.    Machines  and  proc- 

esses in  which  tubes  are  made  from  flat  sheets  of  metal  by 
seaming  the  edges  of  such  sheets  in  such  a  manner  that  the 
seam  runs  spirally  around  the  tube. 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  86,  Welding, 
Tubes,  Spiral-wind. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass 80,  Tube-machines,  Spiral- 
wind. 

153 — METAI.-BENDING,  subclass  73,  Corrugating,  Tubes,  Trans- 
verse-bend. 

36.  TUBE-MAKING,   TRANSVERSE    SEAMING,   DIE.    Ma- 

chines which  form  transverse  seams  in  tubes  by  means  of  dies. 

37.  TUBE-MAKING,   TRANSVERSE   SEAMING,  ROLLER 

Machines  which  form  transverse  seams  in  tubes  by  means  of  a 
roller. 
Search  Classes— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  19,  Can-making 
machines,  Head-seaming,  Roller. 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  9,  Beading  and  crimping  rolls; 
30,  Angular,  Roll,  Flanging,  Tinners'  rolls;  72,  Corrugating, 
Tubes,  Spiral-bend,  Roll,  and  73,  Corrugating,  Tubes,  Trans- 
verse-bend. 

38.  DIE-SHAPING.    Machines  which  shape  sheet  metal  by  means 

of  dies  having  substantially  the  same  contour,  so  that  the 
thickness  of  the  sheet  is  not  materially  diminished;  also 
machines  in  which  the  dies  do  not  have  the  same  contour,  but 
in  which  the  forming  of  the  article  includes  merely  a  shaping 
by  dies,  as  in  the  manufacture  of  hollow  spheres. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  19,  Molding  devices,  Presses,  Sheet- 
shaoing,  and  35,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Sheet-shaping. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  23,  Angular,  Reciprocating 
bender,  Pan-shaped  dies. 

39.  DIE-SHAPING,  DENTAL.    Machines  adapted  to  form  dental 

plates  and  tooth-crowns  by  die-shaping  sheet  metal. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  44,  Die-shaping, 
Fillers  and  forcers. 

40.  DIE-SHAPING,  EYELETS.    Machines  for  cutting  and  draw- 

ing  or  die-shaping  eyelets  from  sheet  metal. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  42,  Die-shaping, 
Cutting. 

40.5.  DIE-SHAPING,  LACING-STUDS.    Machines  and  processes 

for  forming  lacing-studs  from  sheet  metal. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  12,  Special  work,  Lacing-stud 
making,  for  machines  and  processes  for  forming  lacing-studs 
from  wire  or  metal  bars. 

41.  DIE-SHAPING,  ROLLING  HOLLOW  BODIES.    Machines 

having  a  bed  or  concave  and  a  cooperating  rotatable  part 
adapted  to  roll  hollow  spheres  or  tubular  articles. 
Search  Class— 
80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  18,  Concave  and  roll. 

42.  DIE-SHAPING,  CUTTING.    Machines  which  shape  the  sheet 

metal  by  means  of  dies  and  also  have  means  for  first  cutting 
the  blank  or  for  punching  the  article  formed  by  the  dies. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  40,  Die-shaping, 
Eyelets. 

42.5.  DIE-SHAPING,  CUTTING,  SHOE-SHANK  STIFFEN- 
ERS.  Machines  and  processes  for  forming  metal  shoe-shank 
stiffeners  from  sheet  metal.  v 

43.  DIE-SHAPING,   COMBINED    MACHINES.    Miscellaneous 

die-shaping  machines  which  perform  additional  functions 
other  than  cutting  and  punching. 

44.  DIE-SHAPING,  FILLERS  AND  FORCERS.    Machines  for 

shaping  sheet  metal  by  forcing  the  metal  against  the  face  of  a 
die  by  the  compression  of  a  (luid,  plastic,  or  resilient  medium. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  2,  Bottle-cap- 
ping, Die,  and  39,  Die-shaping,  Dental. 

45.  DIE-SHAPING,  FLUID-OPERATED.    Machines  in  which 

the  dies  are  operated  by  means  of  fluid-pressure. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  56. 
Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating  cutter,  Fluid-operated,  and 
95,  Punching,  Machines,  Hydraulic. 

46.  DIE-SHAPING,     DRAWING.    Machines     which     draw     a 

planchet  through  a  bottomless  die  into  the  form  of  a  closed 
tube  or  capsule.  Cartridge-drawing  machines  are  to  be  found 
in  this  class. 

47.  DIE-SHAPING,  ROLLER  AND  CONCAVE.    Machines  in 

which  the  blank  is  forced  by  means  of  a  roller  into  a  die  carried 
by  a  rotary  chuck  or  concave. 

48.  DIE-SHAPING,  EXPANDING  DIE.    Die-shaping  machines 

in  which  one  of  the  dies  is  formed  in  segments  which  are 
adapted  to  be  expanded  or  contracted. 
Search  Class  - 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  12,  Angular,  Combined  recip- 
rocating bender  and  pivoted  side-shaper,  and  T:i,  Angular, 
Combined  reciprocating  bender  and  sliding  side-shaper. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


219 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

49.— DIE-SHAPING,  DIES  AND   DIE-HOLDERS.     Inventions 
in  the  particular  form  of  die  or  in  the  means  for  holding  the  die. 
Search  Classes  — 

78  -METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  the  various  subclasses  un- 
der subclass  60,  Forging,  Dies. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  118, 
Punching,  Machines,  Dies  and  die-holders. 

50.  DIE-SHAPING,  EJECTORS.    Mechanisms  for  ejecting  the 

for.iieil  article  from  the  matrix  or  fe.nale  die. 
Search  Class  - 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  33, 
Cutting,  Die,  Dies,  Blank-ejecting. 

51.  DIE-SHAPING,  PROCESSES.    Processes  for  manipulating  or 

shaping  sheet  metal  by  means  of  dies. 
Search  Class— 

201— METAL-ORNAMENTING,  subclass  3,  Die-pressing,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  machines  and  processes  for  orna- 
menting the  surface  merely  by  impression. 

52.  SPINNING.    Machines  and  processes  for  shaping  metal  be- 

tween two  or  more  relatively  rotatable  parts,  one  of  which 
has  a  movement  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  rotation,  whereby 
the  metal  is  drawn  or  spun. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  5,  Bottle-capping, 
Rotary  tool. 

53.  SPINNING,        CARRIAGE -FEED,        PATTERN -CON- 

TROLLED. Machines  for  spinning  metal  having  pattern- 
controlled  feeding  mechanism  for  directing  the  spinning-tool. 

54.  SEAMING-MACHINES,  COMPRESSING  AND  FOLDING. 

Combined  machines  which  fold  the  edges  of  sheets,  unite  the 
same,  and  compress  the  seam. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  in  appropriate  subclasses,  for  machines 
which  merely  fold  or  "edge"  the  sheets. 

55.  SEAMING-MACHINES,  COMPRESSING  AND  FOLDING, 

ROOFERS'  CARRIAGES.  Machines  for  seaming  roofing- 
sheets  by  folding  or  pressing  the  seams  by  means  of  rollers  as 
the  machine  is  pushed  along  the  roof-seam. 

56.  SEAMING-MACHINES,  COMPRESSING  AND  FOLDING, 

ROOFERS'  TONGS.  Lever-operated  tools  which  fold  and 
compress  seams  of  roofing-sheets. 

57.  SSAMING-MACHINES,  COMPRESSING,  DIE.    Machines 

which  compress  the  seam  uniting  the  edges  of  the  sheets  by 
means  of  a  die  or  hammer.  These  machines  also  have  means 
for  reeling  the  continuous  sheet. 

58.  SEAMING-MACHINES,  COMPRESSING,  ROLLER.    Ma- 

chines which  compress  the  seam  uniting  the  edges  of  sheets 
by  means  of  rollers.  These  machines  have  also  means  for 
reeling  the  continuous  sheet. 

59.  SOLDERING.    Miscellaneous  means    for  uniting  metal   by 

means  of  either  hard  or  soft  solder. 

60.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  SIDE-SEAM.    Machines  for  soldering 

the  side-seams  of  cans  not  characterized  by  the  type  of  con- 
veyer indicated  in  the  following  subclasses. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  9,  Can-making 
machines,  Body-forming  and  side-seaming,  Soldering,  and  10, 
Can-making  machines,  Body-forming  and  side-seaming,  Sol- 
dering, Blank-feeding. 

61.  SOLDERING,    CANS,    SIDE-SEAM,    ENDLESS-CHAIN 

CARRIER,  BATH.    Machines  in  which  the  can  is  carried 
by  an  endless-chain  carrier  and  the  side  seam  caused  to  dip 
into  a  bath  of  molten  solder. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  68,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Head-seam,  Axial  rolling. 

62.  SOLDERING,    CANS,    SIDE-SEAM,    ENDLESS-CHAIN 

CARRIER,  SOLDERING-IRON.  Machines  in  which  the 
can  is  carried  by  an  endless-chain  carrier  to  a  soldering  mech- 
anism comprising  a  soldering-iron  adapted  to  smooth  the 
solder  and  fuse  the  same  into  the  side  seam. 

63.  SOLDERING,    CANS,     SIDE-SEAM,    RECIPROCATING 

CARRIER.    Machines  in  which  the  can  is  carried  along  a 
mandrel  or  chute  to  the  soldering  mechanism  by  means  of  a 
reciprocating  carrier  or  feed  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  26,  Can-making 
machines.  Head  feeding  and  applying,  Body-feeding,  Chute, 
for  the  carrier. 

64.  SOLDERING,    CANS,    SIDE-SEAM,    ROTARY    TABLE- 

CARRIER,  BATH.    Machines  in  which  the  can-body  is  car- 
ried by  a  table-carrier  rotatable  about  a  vertical  axis  and  the 
side  seam  caused  to  dip  in  a  bath  of  molten  solder. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  68, Soldering, Cans 
Head-seam,  Axial  rolling. 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

65.  SOLDERING,   CANS.    SIDE-SEAM,    ROTARY    TABLE- 

CARRIER,  FLAME.  Machines  in  which  the  can-body  is 
carried  by  a  table-carrier  rotatable  about  a  substantially  ver- 
tical axis  into  the  field  of  a  flame  which  is  adapted  to  fuse  the 
solder  into  the  side-  seam. 

66.  SOLDERING,    CANS,    SIDE-SEAM,    ROTARY    TABLE- 

CARRIER,  SOLDERING-IRON.  Machines  in  which  the 
can-body  is  carried  by  a  table-carrier  rotatable  about  a  sub- 
stantially vertical  axis  to  a  soldering  mechanism  which 
includes  a  soldering-iron  adapted  to  smooth  the  solder  and  fuse 
it  into  the  side  seam:  also  rotary  table-carriers  for  supporting 
the  can  while  the  side  seam  is  soldered  by  hand. 

67.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  HEAD-SEAM.    Miscellaneous  devices 

for  soldering  the  head-seam  of  cans  not  classifiable  in  other 
subclasses.  Also  machines  for  sealing  cans  by  means  of 
molten  wax  as  well  as  solder. 

68.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  HEAD-SEAM,  AXIAL  ROLLING. 

Machines  in  which  the  can  is  rolled  axially  along  a  track  and 
the  head-seam  soldered  by  rolling  it  through  a  bath  of  molten 
s  jl  1  :r  or  by  causing  the  s?am  to  which  solder  has  been  applied 
to  roll  within  the  field  of  a  heating  means  whereby  the  solder 
is  fused  into  the  head-seam. 
Search  Class  — 

113  -SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  61,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Si'le-s>am,  Endless-chain  carrier,  Bath,  and  64,  Solder- 
ing, Cans,  Side-seam,  Rotary  table-carrier,  Bath  for  the  con- 
veyer. 

69.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  HEAD-SEAM,  ROTARY  CHUCK, 

BATH.    Machines  in  which  the  can  is  rotated  by  means  of  a 
rotary  chuck  and  the  head-seam  caused  to  dip  and  revolve  in 
a  bath  of  molten  solder. 
Search  Class— 

113  -SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  72,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Endlsss-chain  carrier,  Bath, 
and  75,  Soldering,  Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  table-carrier, 
Bath. 

70.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  HEAD-SEAM,  ROTARY  CHUCK, 

FLAME.    Machines  in  which  the  can  is  rotated  by  means  of  a 
rotary  chuck  within  the  field  of  a  flame  whereby  the  solder  is 
fus  M!"  into  the  head-seam. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  73,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Endless-chain  carrier, 
Flame,  and  76,  Soldering,  Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck, 
Rotary  table-carrier,  Flame. 

71.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  HEAD-SEAM,  ROTARY  CHUCK, 

SOLDERING-IRON.    Machines  in  which  the  can  is  rotated 
by  means  of  a  rotary  chuck  against  a  soldering-iron. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  74,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Hea'1-saam,  Rotary  chuck,  Endless-chain  carrier, 
Soldering-iron;  77,  Soldering,  Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck, 
Rotarv  tabb-carrier,  Soldering-iron,  and  84,  Soldering,  Cans, 
Cap,  Rotary  chuck,  Stationary  tool. 

72  SOLDERING,  CANS,   HEAD-SEAM,   ROTARY  CHUCK, 

ENDLESS-CHAIN  CARRIER,  BATH.  Machines  in 
which  the  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  mounted  upon  an 
endless-chain  carrier  in  such  a  manner  that  the  head-seam  of 
the  can  is  caused  to  dip  and  revolve  in  a  bath  of  molten  solder. 
Also  mechanisms  for  tilting  the  can  so  as  to  solder  either  or 
both  ends. 

73  SOLDERING,   CANS,   HEAD-SEAM,  ROTARY  CHUCK, 

ENDLESS-CHAIN    CARRIER,    FLAME.    Machines    in 
which  the  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  mounted  upon  an 
endless-chain  carrier  into  the  field  of  a  flame  whereby  the 
solder  applied  to  the  can  is  fused  into  the  head-seam. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  £3,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Cap,  Rotary  chuck,  Flame,  Endless-chain  carrier. 

74  SOLDERING,   CANS,    HEAD-SEAM,   ROTARY  CHUCK, 

ENDLESS-CHAIN  CARRIER,  SOLDERING-IRON. 
Machines  in  which  the  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck 
mounted  upon  an  endless-chain  carrier  which  is  intermit- 
tently moved  in  such  a  manner  that  tho  can-scam  is  rotated  in 
contact  with  a  soldering-iron. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  85,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Cap,  Rotary  chuck,  Stationary  tool,  Endless-chain 
carrier. 

75  SOLDERING,  CANS.  HEAD-SEAM,  ROTARY  CHUCK, 

ROTARY  TABLE-CARRIER,  BATH.  Machines  in  which 
the  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  moui  ted  upon  a  rotatable 
table-carrier  in  such  a  manner  that  the  head-soam  is  caused  to 
dip  and  revolve  in  a  bath  of  molten  solder.  Also  mechanisms 
for  tilting  the  cans  so  as  to  solder  either  or  both  head-seams. 

76  SOLDERING,  CANS,   HEAD-SEAM,  ROTARY  CHUCK, 

ROTARY  TABLE-CARRIER,  FLAME.  Machines  in 
which  the  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  mounted  upon  a 
rotary  table-carrier  into  the  field  of  a  flame  whereby  the  solder 
applied  to  the  can  is  fused  into  the  head-seam. 


220 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

,77.  SOLDERING,  CANS.  HEAD-SEAM,  ROTARY  CHUCK, 
ROTARY  TABLE-CARRIER,  SOLDERING-IRON. 
Machines  in  which  tho  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck 
mounted  upon  an  intormittontly-rotatable  table-carrier  and 
caused  to  contact  with  a  soldering-iron  which  spreads  the 
solder  along  the  head-seam.  Also  machines  having  a  rotary 
table-carrier  in  which  the  soldering  is  performed  by  hand. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  86,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Cap,  Rotary  chuck,  Stationary  tool,  Rotary  table- 
carrier. 

78.  SOLDERING,    CANS,     HEAD-SEAM,    BATH.    Machines 

which  solder  the  head-seam  by  plunging  the  seam  into  a  bath 
of  molten  solder.  Also  machines  in  which  the  molten  solder 
is  caused  to  rise  from  a  receptacle  and  flow  over  or  submerge 
the  seam. 

79.  SOLDERING,    CANS,    HEAD-SEAM,   FLAME.       Burners 

and  stove  structures  for  generating  heat,  to  which  the  can  is 
adapted  to  be  presented  by  hand  for  the  purpose  of  fusing 
solder  already  applied  to  the  head-seam  into  the  scam. 

80.  SOLDERING,      CANS,      CAP-PREPARING,      SOLDER- 

AFFIXING,  AND  GASKET-APPLYING.  Machines 
which  attach  or  hem  a  ring  of  solder  upon  a  can  cap  or  head. 
Also  machines  for  applying  gaskets  to  can-caps  either  by 
placing  a  formed  gasket  within  the  cap  or  by  forming  a  gasket 
by  moans  of  the  application  of  fluid  or  plastic  compositions 
within  the  cap. 

81.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP.    Machines  for  soldering  the  caps 

on  cans  not  classifiable  in  other  subclasses. 

82.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  HERMETIC.    Machines  which 

seal  the  cap  or  head  upon  a  filled  can  in  vacua  by  means  of 
solder  or  molten  wax,  etc.    Also  machines  for  sealing  the 
vent-hole  in  vacua  by  means  of  solder  or  molten  wax. 
Search  Class — 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  97, 
Cans,  Hermetic  closures,  Sealers. 

83.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  ROTARY  CHUCK,  FLAME, 

ENDLESS-CHAIN   CARRIER.    Machines   in   which   the 
can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  mounted  upon  an  endless- 
chain  carrier  into  the  field  of  a  flame  whereby  the  solder  is 
fused  Into  the  cap-seam. 
Search  Class — 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  73,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Endless-chain  carrier, 
Flame. 

84.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP.  ROTARY  CHUCK,  STATION- 

ARY TOOL.    Machines  m  which  the  can  is  carried  by  a 
rotary  chuck  mounted  upon  the  machine-frame  and  the  cap- 
seam  soldered  by  means  of  a  non-rotatable  soldering-tool 
which  is  caused  to  approach  the  chuck. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  71,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Soldering-iron. 

85.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  ROTARY  CHUCK,  STATION- 

ARY TOOL,  ENDLESS-CHAIN  CARRIER.  Machines 
in  which  the  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  mounted  upon 
an  endless-chain  carrier  and  the  solder  or  sealing  material 
fused  into  the  cap-seam  by  means  of  a  soldering-tool  which  is 
stationary  relatively  to  the  rotation  of  the  chuck. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  74,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Endless-chain  carrier,  Sol- 
dering-iron. 

86.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  ROTARY  CHUCK,  STATION- 

ARY TOOL,  ROTARY  TABLE-CARRIER.  Machines 
in  which  the  can  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  mounted  upon 
a  rotary  table-carrier  and  the  cap-seam  soldered  by  means  of  a 
tool  which  is  stationary  relatively  to  the  rotation  of  the  chuck. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  77,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Head-seam,  Rotary  chuck,  Rotary  table-carrier,  Solder- 
ing-iron. 

87.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  ROTARY  TOOL.    Machines  in 

which  the  can  is  supported  upon  a  stationary  table  and  the 
cap  soldered  by  means  of  a  rotary  soldering-tool. 

88.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  ROTARY  TOOL,  ENDLESS- 

CHAIN  CARRIER.  Machines  in  which  the  can  is  carried  to 
the  soldering  mechanism  by  an  endless-chain  carrier  and  the 
solder  or  sealing  material  fused  into  the  cap-seam  by  means  of 
a  rotary  soldering-tool. 

89.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  ROTARY  TOOL,  ROTARY 

TABLE-CARRIER.  Machines  In  which  tho  can  is  carried 
to  the  soldering  mechanism  by  means  of  a  table-carrier  rota- 
table  about  a  substantially  vertical  axis  and  the  solder  fused 
into  the  cap-seam  by  moans  of  a  rotary  soldering-tool. 

90.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  ROTARY  TOOL,  SHIFTING 

TRAY.  Machines  in  which  cans  (usually  a  plurality)  are 
carried  by  a  tray  which  is  move:!  into  the  soldering  position 
by  an  intermittent  tray-feo'lins;  device  and  the  cap-seam 
soldered  by  a  rotary  soldering-tool. 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

91.  SOLDERING,  CANS,  CAP,  TIPPING.    Machines  which  sol- 

der the  vent-holes  in  filled  cans. 
Search  Class — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  82,  Soldering, 
Cans,  Cap,  Hermetic. 

92.  SOLDERING,   HEAT   AND   PRESSURE.       Machines  for 

soldering  metal  having  means  for  applying  pressure  to  the 
joint  being  soldered.  Mainly  machines  'for  brazing. 

93.  SOLDERING,     SOLDER-FEEDERS,     LIQUID.    Mechan- 

isms for  feeding  liquid  solder  to  soldering  mechanisms  or  for 
applying  liquid  solder  to  seams  or  to  blanks. 

94.  SOLDERING,  SOLDER-FEEDERS,  SOLID.    Mechanisms 

for  applying  solder  to  seams  or  blanks  or  for  feeding  solder 
against  a  soldering-tool.  Includes  feeding  bar-solder  and  also 
feeding  granular  or  comminuted  solder. 

95.  SOLDERING,  FLUX-FEEDERS,  LIQUID.      Mechanisms 

for  applying  liquid  flux  to  a  seam  or  to  blanks  to  be  soldered 
and  mechanisms  for  passing  articles  through  a  flux-bath. 

96.  SOLDERING,  FLUX-FEEDERS,  SOLID.     Mechanisms  for 

feeding  solid  or  comminuted  flux  to  a  seam  or  to  blanks  to  be 
soldered. 

97.  SOLDERING,  WIPERS.      Mechanisms  which  remove  the 

excess  of  solder  or  flux  from  a  soldered  joint.  Devices  which 
brush,  wipe,  scrape,  or  remove  the  excessive  solder  by  a  sand- 
blast. 

98.  SOLDERING,  COOLERS.     Devices  for  supplying  a  cooling 

means  to  a  freshly  soldered  seam;  also  devices  for  maintaining 
a  can  in  a  desired  position  until  the  solder  is  hardened. 

99.  SOLDERING,  CLAMPS.    Devices  for  clamping  articles  to  be 

joined  by  soldering  or  brazing  not  classifiable  in  the  following 
subclasses. 

100.  SOLDERING,  CLAMPS,  VESSEL.    Devices  for  clamping 

can-bodies  and  like  articles  while  the  seams  are  being  sol- 
dered. 

101.  SOLDERING.    CLAMPS,    TROUGH.      Clamping   devices 

adapted  to  hold  the  sections  of  trough  or  gutters  in  place  while 
the  seams  uniting  the  same  are  being  soldered. 

102.  SOLDERING,  CLAMPS,   PIPE.    Clamps  adapted  to  hold 

one  or  more  pipes  in  position  for  soldering;  mainly  plumbers' 
clamps. 

103.  SOLDERING,  CLAMPS,  EXPANDING  MANDREL.    De- 

vices in  which  the  article  is  supported  by  or  clamped  upon  an 
expanding  mandrel.  Includes  mainly  means  for  supporting 
and  gaging  can-bodies  while  the  side  seams  are  being  soldered. 

104.  SOLDERING,  CLAMPS,  ADJUSTABLE  ARMS.    Devices 

having  two  or  more  adjustable  arms  provided  with  clamping- 
jaws  adapted  to  hold  the  several  parts  to  be  joined  in  position 
while  being  soldered;  mainly  jewelers'  clamps  and  clamps  for 
holding  spectacle-rims. 

105.  SOLDERING,  IRONS.    Soldering  implements  used  for  the 

purpose  of  fusing  solder  used  in  uniting  sheet  metal. 
Search  Classes — 
158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  all  subclasses  under 

subclass  24,  Self-heating  tools,  Soldering-irons. 
219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  26,  Heaters, 

Tools  and  instruments,  Soldering-irons,  and  the  subclasses 

thereunder. 

106.  SOLDERING,  IRONS,  CAPPING.    Soldering-irons  adapted 

to  solder  the  seams  of  the  caps  of  tin  cans.  These  implements 
are  usually  provided  with  a  cylindrical  solderiris-bit  or  means 
whereby  the  bit  or  tip  is  carried  through  a  circular  path. 

107.  SOLDERING,  IRONS,  CAPPING,  HEATERS.    Capping- 

irons  provided  with  self-heating  means. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  all  subclasses  under 
subclass  24,  Self-heating  tools,  Soldering-irons,  for  the  heating 
mechanism. 

108.  SOLDERING,    IRONS,    CAPPING,    HEATERS,    ELEC- 

TRIC.   Capping-irons  having  electric  self-heating  means. 
Search  Class— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  26,  Heaters, 
Tools  and  instruments,  Soldering-irons,  for  the  heating 
mechanism. 

109.  SOLDERING,    IRONS,    SOLDER-FEEDING.    Soldering- 

irons  provided  with  means  for  supporting  or  for  containing 
solder  and  supplying  the  same  to  the  soldering-iron. 
Search  Classes— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  l:>,  Self- 
heating  tools,  Soldering-irons,  Solder-feeders. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  27,  Heaters. 
Tools  and  instruments,  Soldering-irons,  Solder-feeding. 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


221 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

110.  SOLDERING,  SOLDER  FORMS.    Solder  forms  adapted  to 

be  applied  to  the  article  to  be  soldered. 

111.  SOLDERING,  TOOLS  AND  APPLIANCES.    Miscellaneous 

tools  and    appliances  used    in  soldering.    Tinners'  slakes, 
benches,  soldering-beds,  scrapers,  etc. 

112.  SOLDERING,  PROCESSES.     Processes  for  uniting  articles 

by  either  hard  or  soft  solder. 

113.  WORK-FEEDERS.    Miscellaneous     machines     for    feeding 

blanks  to  the  shaping  or  operating  mechanism;  also  mecha- 
nisms for  transferring  the  partly  completed  article  from  one 
mechanism  to  another. 
Search  Classes — 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  10,  Can-making 
machines,  Body-forming  and  side-seaming,  Soldering,  Blank- 
feeding,  and  11,  Can-making  machines,  Body-forming  and 
side-seaming,  Blank-feeding. 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  99,  Work-handling 
mechanism,  Blank-feeding. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  116, 
Punching-machines,  Feed  mechanisms. 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

114.  WORK-FEEDERS,  CAP  AND  HEAD.     Mechanisms  which 
are  adapted  to  feed  sheet-metal  can  heads  or  caps  or  bottle- 
caps  to  an  operating  mechanism. 
Search  Classes— 

113 — SHEET-METAL  AVARE,  MAKING,  all  subclasses  under  Can- 
making  machines,  Head  feeding  and  applying,  Body-feeding. 
226 — PACKAGING    LIQUIDS,    subclasses    5,    Corking  machines, 
Automatic  feed,  and  7,  Corking-machines,  Compressing,  Auto- 
matic feed. 


115.  WORK-FEEDERS,  CAN-BODY.     Mechanisms  for  feeding 
can-bodies  to  head-applying   machines,   seaming  machines, 
etc.,  and  mechanisms  for  transferring  can-bodies  from  one 
machine  to  another. 
Search  Class— 
226— PACKAGING  LIQUIDS,  subclass  9,  Filling-machines. 


116.  PROCESSES.    Miscellaneous  processes  for  making  sheet-metal 
ware. 


CLASS  114.— SHIPS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  marine  vehicles  and  accessories,  as  merchant 
vessels,  war-ships,  submarines,  torpedo-boats,  etc.,  their  spars,  sails, 
and  fittings  specific  thereto  and  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

Boats,  canoes,  life-boats,  and  rafts  and  other  small  craft  usually 
propelled  by  oars  are  separately  classified  in  class  9,  BOATS  AND 
BUOYS. 

Subclasses. 

0.5.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Marine  vehicle  structures  and  devices 
not  otherwise  classifiable. 

1.  WAR-SHIPS.    Ships  and  similar  structures  for  offensive  and 

defensive  purposes,  elements  or  details  specific  thereto,  and 
inventions  relating  to  the  construction  and  building  of  such 
vessels  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  WAR-SHIPS,  RAMS.    Vessels  provided  with  bow  or  stern  ex- 

tensions below  the  water-line  for  ramming  purposes — or  ships 
having  battering-rams  or  augers. 
Search  Class — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  41,  Ice-breakers,  Rams,  for  rams  used  in 
ice-breaking. 

3.  WAR-SHIPS,  RAMS,  BATTERING.    Vessel?  having  recipro- 

cating or  thrusting  rams  designed  to  batter  in  or  puncture  the 
hull  of  a  vessel;  also  vessels  provided  with  augers  or  boring 
devices  to  effect  the  same  ends. 

4.  WAR-SHIPS,     FLOATING     BATTERIES.    Floating    forts 

designed  to  be  anchored  in  harbors,  usually  of  circular  section 
and  cylindrical  or  globular  in  form,  and  though  such  forts 
may  have  moans  of  propulsion  they  differ  from  the  general 
type  of  war-ships  and  form  a  distinctive  class. 
Note.— These  devices  differ  from  turrets  in  that  turrets  are  for- 
tified structures  mounted  upon,  rotating  with,  or  being 
elevated  upon  other  structures,  while  floating  batteries  form 
a  single  structure,  being  rotated  or  elevated  as  a  whole. 

5.  WAR-SHIPS,  TURRET.    War-ships  having  mounted  thereon 

an  armored  short  or  flat  tower,  generally  cylindrical  or  conical 
in  shape,  within  which  guns  are  operated.    These  structures 
usually  rotate  upon  or  are  elevated  or  lowered  on  the  vessel 
carrying  them. 
Search  Classes — 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  4,  War-ships,  floating  batteries,  for  revolv- 
ing vessels, 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  55,  Harbors,  Fortifica- 
tions and  defenses,  Turrets,  for  turrets  designed  for  land  forti- 
fications. 

6.  WAR-SHIPS.  TURRET,  COMBINED  ELEVATING  AND 

ROTARY.  War-ships  provided  with  revoluble  turrets  that 
may  be  elevated  or  depressed  at  will. 

7.  WAR-SHIPS,  TURRET,  ELEVATING.    Turrets  that  may  bo 

elevated  or  depressed  on  the  vessel  that  supports  them. 

8.  WAR-SHIPS,  TURRET,  ROTARY.    Turrets  that  are  revo- 

luble upon  the  vessel  supporting  them. 

9.  WAR-SHIPS.  ARMORED.    Miscellaneous  armor-^lad  vessels 

in  which  turret  features  are  not  claimed  and  which  involve 
novelty  in  protected  hulls  or  docks,  etc.,  either  through  belts 
or  sheathing  of  armor-plate  which  may  be  placed  to  form 
deflecting-surfaoos  or  by  moans  of  temporary  shields  and 
screens  (other  than  the  shields  of  gun-mounts  in  class  89, 
ORDNANCE,  subclass  30,  Shields). 

10.  WAR-SHIPS,    ARMORED,    DEFLECTORS.    Devices    for 

protecting  war-ships  by  means  of  armor  arranged  to  form 
deflecting-surfaces  to  receive  the  impact  of  projectiles  and 
cause  their  rebound. 
Search  Class — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  5,  War-ships,  Turret,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

11.  WAR-SHIPS,    ARMORED,    BELTING    AND    PLATING. 

Inventions  in  protecting  war-ships  by  armor,  involving  the 
structure,  assembling,  and  securing  of  armor-plates  or  equiva- 
lent upon  the  hull,  decks,  or  elsewhere  to  form  sheaths  or  belts. 

12.  WAR-SHIPS,    ARMORED,    BELTING    AND    PLATING, 

COMPOUND.  Armor-plating  composed  of  a  plurality  of 
superposed  parts  jointed  or  locked  together  to  form  an  integral 
plate  or  in  which  the  bolting  or  plating  is  of  a  compound  char- 
acter formed  of  different  materials,  including  buffers  or  equiva- 
lent, or  structurally  united,  or  in  which  the  plating  is  composed 
of  a  plurality  of  layers  of  plates. 

13.  WAR-SHIPS,    ARMORED,    BELTING    AND    PLATING, 

COMPOUND,  BUFFERS.  Armor  bolting  and  plating  in 
which  yielding  or  elastic  means  are  provided  either  at  the 
backing  or  supports  or  between  the  elements  of  the  com- 
pound armor  or  plates. 


CLASS  114—  Continued. 

14.  WAR-SHIPS,    ARMORED,    SCREENS    AND    SHIELDS. 

Devices  in  which  protection  is  secured  to  the  vessel  or  crew  by 
moans  of  a  screen  or  shield  secured  to  the  vessel  or  which  is  port- 
able. It  differs  from  class  89,  ORDNANCE,  subclass  36,  Shields, 
in  that  the  latter  shields  are  a  part  of  the  gun-mount,  while  the 
devices  of  this  subclass  are  a  part  of  the  vessel  or  are  inde- 
pendent of  the  gun  and  its  mount. 
Search  Classes— 

114— SHIPS,  subclasses  174,  Ports,  Stoppers,  and  175,  Ports,  Stop- 
pers, Gun-port. 

89 — ORDNANCE,  subclass  36,  Shields,  for  shields  of  gun-mounts. 

15.  WAR-SHIPS,  CONCEALMENT.    Means  for  rendering  a  war- 

ship invisible  or  indistinguishable  at  a  distance  by  particular 
combinations  of  paints  or  through  resemblance  to  surround- 
ings. 

10.  SUBMARINE  VESSELS.  Vessels  that  may  be  operated 
wholly  beneath  the  surface  of  the  water  or  submergible  vessels 
and  vessels  designed  to  travel  on  the  bottom  of  the  sea. 

16.4.  SUBMARINE  VESSELS,  LIFE  AND  VESSEL  SAVING 

DEVICES.  Submarine  vessels  provided  with  devices  for 
saving  the  lives  of  the  crow  or  for  salvage  of  the  vessel  or  cargo 
when  sunk  or  submerged  and  unable  to  rise  to  the  surface.  In 
this  subclass  are  properly  classifiable  also  patents  relating  to 
detachable  keels  of  submarines  when  such  feature  alone  is 
claimed,  but  if  other  features  are  claimed,  by  cross-reference 
from  superior  subclasses. 
Search  Class — 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclasses  7,  Diving  armor;  3, 
Caissons,  and  20,  Caissons,  Ship,  for  devices  of  general  appli- 
cation relating  to  this  art. 

16.5.  SUBMARINE  VESSELS,  LIFE  AND  VESSEL  SAVING 

DEVICES,  BUOYS.  Submarines  carrying  buoys  releasable 
by  means  controlled  from  within  the  vessel.  These  buoys  are 
usually  provided  with  signaling  devices  for  indicating  the 
position  of  the  submerged  vessal,  with  means  for  establishing 
or  maintaining  communication,  supplying  air  or  food,  etc., 
and  generally,  though  not  necessarily,  connected  by  cable  or 
other  means  with  the  submerged  submarine. 
Search  Class — 

9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclasses  9,  Buoys,  Wreck-indicating, 
and  10,  Buoys,  Safes. 

1C.6.  SUBMARINE  VESSELS,  LIFE  AND  VESSEL  SAVING 
DEVICES,  ESCAPES.  Submarines  provided  with  devices 
for  enabling  the  crew  or  passengers  to  escape  from  the  sunken 
or  submerged  vessel,  usually  an  air  lock  or  an  escape  tube 
through  which  the  crew  may  pass  from  the  interior  to  the 
exterior  of  the  vessel  or  to  the  surface.  Air  lock  or  egress  de- 
vices of  submarines,  though  not  intended  as  escapes,  may  be 
found  here  by  cross-reference. 

16.7.  SUBMARINE  VESSELS,  LIFE  AND  VESSEL  SAVING 

DEVICES,  ESCAPES,  BOATS  OR  BUOYS.  Submarines 
carrying  boats  or  buoys  connected  to  and  in  communication 
with  the  interior  of  the  vessel  and  into  which  one  or  more  of 
the  crow  may  pass,  the  communicating  openings  closed,  the 
boat  or  buoy  released  or  detache-1  to  rise  to  the  surface.  These 
boats  or  buoys  while  rising  or  floating  may  still  be  connected 
to  the  sunken  vessel  by  a  cable  or  other  connecting  device. 
Search  Class— 

9 — BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  4,  Life-boats,  Inclosed,  for  boats 
or  buoys  per  se. 

16.8.  SUBMARINE  VESSELS,  LIFE  AND  VESSEL  SAVING 

DEVICES,  SALVAGE.  Submarines  having  devices  for 
saving  property,  the  vessel  itself,  or  another  submarine,  but 
not  devices  for  raisin?  a  submerged  vossol,  which  are  classified 
in  this  class,  subclass  44,  Vessel  raising  and  docking. 

17.  SUBMARINE  VESSELS,  TORPEDO-BOATS.  Submarine 
boats  having  means  for  placing,  launching,  or  discharging 
torpedoes. 

Note.— If  no  means  are  claimed  for  placing  or  discharging  tor- 
pedoes, see  subclass  16,  Submarine  vessels,  above. 

IS.  TORPEDO-BOATS.  Torpedo-boats  that  run  on  the  surface 
or  awash  and  that  are  not  submersible.  All  have  means  for 
placing,  launching,  or  discharging  torpedoes  or  are  themselves 
the  carrier  of  the  explosive. 

Note. — Torpedo-boats  differ  from  torpedoes  in  that  they  are 
manned  and  controlled  by  a  crew,  while  torpedoes  carry  no 
crew,  are  not  designed  for  such  purpose,  and  are  much 
smaller. 

10.  TORPEDO-BOATS,  SPAR.  Torpedo-boats  carrying  torpe- 
does at  the  end  of  a  spar,  the  torpedo  being  exploded  on 
contacting  the  hull  of  tho  vessel  toward  which  it  is  directed, 
being  launched  from  the  spar  toward  the  hull,  or  discharged 
at  will. 

223 


224 


DEFINITIONS  OF    CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

20.  TORPEDOES.    Fish  or  automobile  torpedoes,  the  power  of 

propulsion  being  self-contained  and  nearly  always  actuating 
screw-propellers,  which  propel  the  torpedo  on  the  surface  or 
at  any  desired  depth. 
Search  Classes— 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICE",  subclasses  2.  Tor- 
pedoes, and  23,  Pyrotechnics,  Rockets,  for  rocket-torpedoes; 
subclass  3,  Torpedoes.  Submarine  mines,  for  submarine  mines. 

172 — ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  8,  Steering  and 
propulsion,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  unless  the  invent  ion 
includes  features  specific  to  general  torpedo  structure,  when  it 
is  classifiable  in  this  subclass  or  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
electrically-controlled  torpedoes  involving  elfictrically-con- 
trolled  apparatus  for  steering  and  propulsion,  etc. 

21.  TORPEDOES,    EXTERNAL    CONTROL.     Fish    or    auto- 

mobile torpedoes  controlled  from  a  shore  or  other  station 
through  electric  cables  or  cords  for  steering,  the  invention 
being  specific  to  torpedo  structure  rather  than  to  the  electric 
features. 
Search  Class— 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  8,  Steering  and 
propulsion,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  electrical  fea- 
tures. 

22.  TORPEDOES,  SEPARABLE    SECTIONS.     Fish-torpedoes 

formed  of  a  plurality  of  separable  sections  or  parts,  one  of  which 
contains  the  explosive,  the  remaining  sections  being  capable 
of  a  subsequent  use. 

23.  TORPEDOES,   STEERING  MECHANISM.      Torpedoes  of 

this  type  wherein  the  invention  relates  to  the  steering  mecha- 
nism. 
Search  Classes— 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  21,  Torpedoes,  External  control,  for  other 
than  automatic  or  self-contained  devices. 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  8,  Steering  and 
propulsion,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  electrical  fea- 
tures. 

24.  TORPEDOES,  STEERING  MECHANISM,  GYROSCOPE. 

Steering  mechanisms  for  fish-torpedoes  in  which  a  gyroscope 
disk  or  wheel  controls  the  steadiness  of  the  torpedo's  course, 
direction,  speed,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  78,  Gyroscopes,  for  gyroscopes 
of  general  application. 

25.  TORPEDOES,  DEPTH  REGULATION.    Devices  for  keep- 

ing torpedoes  at  a  predetermined  depth  below  the  surface 
while  on  its  course  or  flight. 
Search  Class— 

114— SHIPS,  subclasses  16,  Submarine  vessels,  and  17,  Subma- 
rine vessels,  Torpedo-boats,  for  such  regulating  devices  as  are 
applicable  to  submarines. 

26.  SCOWS.    Vessels  of  the  well-known  type  approximately  flat- 

bottomed  or  square-ended;  also  oyster-floats. 
Search  Class — 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  8,  Bridges,  Floating,  for  pontoon-boats. 

27.  SCOWS,   DUMPING   AND    UNLOADING.    Scows   having 

means  for  discharging  a  load  by  overturning,  opening  doors 
at  bottom  or  sides,  by  tilting  platforms,  by  conveyers,  car- 
riers, by  sectional,  hinged,  or  separable  parts,  or  by  flooding 
or  washing  away,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  for  loading  and  unloading  fea- 
tures of  general  application. 

28.  SCOWS,   DUMPING   AND   UNLOADING,   SECTIONAL. 

Scows  formed  of  a  plurality  of  sections,  hulls,  or  parts. 

29.  SCOWS,   DUMPING   AND    UNLOADING,   SECTIONAL 

HINGED.  Dumping-scows  in  which  the  sections  are  hinged 
together  and  hold  the  load  when  united  and  dump  it  when 
separated,  the  sections  turning  on  the  hinges  usually  placed 
amidships. 

30.  SCOWS,    DUMPING    AND    UNLOADING,    SECTIONAL, 

SEPARABLE.  Dumping  and  sectional  scows,  the  load 
being  dumped  by  the  separation  of  the  sections. 

31.  SCOWS,    DUMPING    AND    UNLOADING,    PLATFORM. 

Scows  carrying  loads  on  platforms  or  decks  rather  than  in 
holds  and  having  means  or  structure  to  facilitate  dumping  or 
unloading. 

32.  SCOWS     DUMPING    AND    UNLOADING,    PLATFORM, 

TILTING.    Scows  in  which  a  platform  carrying  the  load  is 
adapted  to  be  tilted  and  dump  the  load. 
Search  Class — 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  11,  Loading  and  un- 
loading, Tilting  platform,  for  tilting  platforms  of  general 
application. 

33.  SCOWS,   DUMPING    AND    UNLOADING,    PLATFORM, 

TILTING,  CARRIERS.  Scows  having  tilting  platforms 
which  are  movable  laterally  before  tilting,  affording  greater 
facility  in  tilting  the  platform  to  discharge  the  load  overboard. 

34.  SCOWS.   DUMPING    AND    UNLOADING,    PLATFORM, 

CONVEYERS.  Scows  of  this  type  in  which  an  endless  belt, 
carrier,  conveyer,  or  equivalent  conveys  and  discharges  the 
load  bv  its  movement. 


CLASS  114-Continued. 

35.  SCOWS,  DUMPING  AND  UNLOADING,  PLATFORM, 
SIDE  DOORS.  Scows  wherein  the  load  is  discharged  by 
opening  doors  or  gates  at  the  sides  of  the  scow,  the  platform 
usually  being  inclined  and  the  load  held  in  place  by  the  closed 


36.  SCOWS,     DUMPING     AND      UNLOADING,     BOTTOM 

DOORS.  Dumping-scows  discharging  loads  by  the  opening 
of  doors  or  gates  in  the  bottom  of  the  scow. 

37.  SCOWS,     DUMPING     AND      UNLOADING,     BOTTOM 

DOORS,  FLOODING-GATES.  Dumping-scows  having 
bottom  doors  and  additional  gates  for  admission  of  water  to 
flood  the  load  and  facilitate  dumping  or  discharge. 

38.  SCOWS,    DUMPING    AND    UNLOADING,    TURNOVER. 

Scows  adapted  to  be  reversed  or  turned  over  to  dump  the  load. 

39.  SAIL-BOATS.    Combinations  of  boats,  sails,  masts,  rigging, 

spars,  floats,  etc.,  especially  adapted  for  use  in  small  craft  or 
sail-boats. 
Search  Class— 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  123,  Ballasting,  Floats,  for  use  of  floats  in 
ballasting. 

40.  ICE-BREAKERS.    Vessels  or  boats  designed  and  operated  to 

break  and  cut  up  ice-floes  or  to  open  channels  for  the  passage 
of  vessels. 

41.  ICE-BREAKERS,    RAMS.    Ice-breakers   adapted   to  break 

up  the  ice  by  ramming,  the  bow  or  stern  structure  being  de- 
signed for  that  purpose,  the  cutting  being  produced  by  the 
blows  and  wedging  caused  by  the  speed  and  impact  of  the 
vessel. 

42.  ICE-BREAKERS,  CUTTERS.    Ice-breakers  having  saws  or 

cutters  for  disrupting  the  ice,  usually  actuated  by  means  inde- 
pendent of  the  speed  of  the  boat  or  not  due  to  the  momentum 
of  the  vessel. 

43.  ICE-BOATS.    Boats  or  vessels  designed  to  be  used  on  water 

or  ice  and  sometimes  land.    The  boat's  structure  is  essential. 
Search  Class— 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  1,  Land  and  water  boats, 
for  vessels  having  wheels  for  land  service. 

44.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING.    Miscellaneous  means 

or  devices  for  raising  sunken  or  submerged  vessels,  floating 
dry-docks,  or  devices  specific  to  such  use. 

45.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING,  FLOATING  DRY- 

DOCKS.  Means  for  raising  vessels  by  use  of  semi-submergible 
docks,  nearly  all  of  which  are  floating  vessels  and  constructed 
to  receive  the  vessel  upon  its  bottom  or  upon  a  platform  or 
equivalent  way,  the  dock  being  raised  by  changing  the  line  of 
flotation  through  buoyancy  by  ejecting  or  pumping  water 
from  the  water-tanks  or  by  changing  ballast. 
Search  Class — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  49,  Vessel  raising  and  docking,  Camels, 
caissons,  and  pontoons;  and  subclass  53,  Vessel  raising  and 
docking,  Submerged,  Air-tanks,  Camels,  caissons,  and  pon- 
toons, for  structures  that  are  to  be  entirely  submerged. 

46.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING,  FLOATING  DRY- 

DOCKS,  SECTIONAL.  Floating  dry-docks  formed  of  a 
plurality  of  movable  and  independent  sections  that  united 
form  the  dock  or  in  which  one  or  more  sections  may  be  used 
to  dock  other  sections  or  vessels. 

47.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING,  FLOATING  DRY- 

DOCKS,  END-GATES.  Integral  structures  provided  with 
gates  or  caissons  adapted  to  be  closed  and  inclose  the  vessel 
in  a  dock,  from  which  the  water  may  be  expelled  to  expose 
the  hull  of  the  vessel. 

48.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING,  FLOATING  DRY- 

DOCKS,  ELEVATORS.    Floating  dry-docks  havinga  plat- 
form upon  which  the  hull  of  the  vessel  is  supported  and  which 
is  elevated  or  depressed  upon  the  dock  by  buoyant  action 
secured  by  emptying  water-tanks  or  by  hoisting. 
Search  Class— 

61 — HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  48,  Docks,  Lifting,  for 
elevators  in  stat  ionary  or  land  dry-docks  in  which  the  eleva- 
tor is  usually  raised  by  hoisting. 

49.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING,  CAMELS,  CAISSONS, 

AND  PONTOONS.  Devices  between  which  a  vessel  is 
raised  by  their  buoyant  action,  the  structures  not  being  de- 
signed to  be  sunk  (as  in  subclass  53,  below).  The  camels, 
caissons,  or  pontoons  are  partially  submerged  by  opening 
water-valves  and  the  vessels  secured  by  straps,  chains,  etc., 
and  by  changing  the  buoyancy  of  the  structures  by  expelling 
water  from  tanks  or  on  rise  of  tide  the  vessel  is  raised. 
Search  Classes — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  53,  Vessel  raising  and  docking,  Submerged, 
Air-tanks,  Camels,  caissons,  and  pontoons,  for  similar  struc- 
tures designed  to  be  sunk  and  secured  to  sunken  or  sub- 
merged vessels. 

9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  11,  Life-rafts. 

50.  VESSEL     RAISING     AND     DOCKING,     SUBMERGED. 

Devices  for  raising  sunken  vessels;  also  means  for  forcing  air 
into  a  vessel  and  expelling  the  water  after  sealing  up  openings. 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


225 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

51.  VESSEL     RAISING     AND     DOCKING,     SUBMERGED, 

HOISTING.  Means  for  raising  sunken  vessels  by  hoisting 
or  for  hauling  vessels  off  shoals  or  bars.  The  sunken  vessel 
is  hoisted  toward  some  floating  vessel  which  supports  the 
hoisting  apparatus. 

52.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING,  SUBMERGED,  AIR- 

TAN"  K.S.  Vessels,  tanks,  or  receptacles  for  containing  air 
adapted  when  filled  to  raise  a  sunken  vessel  by  their  combined 
buoyant  force. 

53.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING.  SUBMERGED.  AIR- 

TANKS,  CAMELS,  CAISSONS,  AND  PONTOONS. 
Structures  adapted  to  receive  water  and  be  sunk,  attached  to 
sunken  vessels,  and  have  the  water  expelled,  thus  raising  the 
vessel  by  buoyant  force. 

54.  VESSEL  RAISING  AND  DOCKING,  SUBMERGED,  AIR- 

TANKS,  INFLATABLE  BAGS.  Bags  or  receptacles  for 
con  taining  air  adapted  to  be  attached  or  secured  to  or  in  sunken 
vessels  when  empty  and  by  inflation  raise  the  same  by  buoy- 
ancy. 

55.  VESSEL     RAISING     AND     DOCKING,     SUBMERGED, 

SAND  AND  MUD  LOOSENING.  Devices  or  means  for 
removing  the  sand  or  mud  about  a  submerged  hull. 

56.  FORM.    Inventions  in  the  shape,  cross-section,  or  "lines"  of  a 

vessel  in  contact  with  the  water  or  the  exterior  form  in  general. 
Search  Classes- 
US— MARINE  PROPULSION,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  specific 

features  involved  in  marine,  propulsion. 
244^- AERONAUTICS,  for  ah-  ships  adapted  to  marine  use. 

57.  FORM,  SCREW-PROPELLER  TYPE.    Inventions  in  the 

exterior  form  of  vessels  propelled  by  screw-propellers. 

58.  FOTIM,    PADDLE-WHEELERS.    Inventions  in  the  form  of 

vessels  propelled  by  wheels. 

59.  FORM,  SPINDLE.    Vessels  of  spindle  form  having  nearly  cir- 

cular cross-section  amidships  and  tapering  toward  bow  and 
stern. 

60.  FORM,  CANAL  AND  FERRY  BOATS.    Inventions  relating 

to  the  form  of  vessels  designed  for  canal,  ferry,  or  tow  sen  i< -e. 
Search  Class — 

115 — MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  6,  Towing,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

61.  FORM,  DIVIDED  HULL.    Types  of  ship  form  in  which  the 

ship's  body  is  divided  into  a  plurality  of  hulls  or  in  which  the 
hull  is  divided  below  the  water-line. 
Search  Class— 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclasses  22,  Manual  power,  Cata- 
maran, and  20,  Marino  pedomotors.  Catamaran,  for  separate 
hulls,  boats,  or  floats  united  to  form  so-called  "catamarans." 

62.  FORM,  CONCAVE  BOTTOM.    Forms  of  hull  presenting  a 

more  or  less  concave  surface  to  the  water  from  bilge  to  bilge, 
bilges  to  keel,  or  longitudinally. 

63.  FORM,  FLAT  BOTTOM.    Inventions  in  ship's  forms  in  which 

flat  bottoms  are  used  with  or  without  keels  or  in  which  the 
bottom  is  nearly  flat  or  horizontal. 
Search  Class— 

114  -SHIPS,  subclass  20,  Scows,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  flat-bottom  scows. 

64.  FORM,  DRAFTING.     Inventions  involving  the,  use  of  lines 

or  curves,  etc.,  in  drafting  or  laying  down  the  lines  of  vessels. 

65.  BUILDING.    Inventions  relating  to  the  construction  of  vessels 

except   war-ships   or   submarine  types  and    not  otherwise 
classifiable. 
Search  Classes— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  56,  Form,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  inventions  in  external  form  or  water-resistance  surface. 

9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  1,  Boats,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  especially  subclasses  2,  Boats.  Sectional  and 
folding;  6,  Boats,  Hull  construction,  and  0.5,  Boats,  Hull 
construction,  Formers  and  framers,  for  small  boats. 

66.  BUILDING,  OBSERVATION  BOATS.    Boats  having  glass 

bottoms  or  windows  for  the  purpose  of  viewing  marine  life 
and  scenery. 

66.5.  BUILDING,  HYDROPLANE  BOATS.  Boat  or  vessel 
structures  or  attachments  therefor  in  which  means  comprising 
laterally  extended  or  inclined  planes,  boards,  fins,  or  a  suit- 
able form  of  hull  are  provided  for  increasing  the  speed  of  the 
boat  when  moving  in  the  water,  such  means  then  operating 
upon  the  principle  of  the  wedge  or  inclined  plane  partially  to 
raise  the  boat  out  of  the  water  and  to  diminish  the  amount  of 
submerged  surface  that  opposes  resistance  to  speed  movement 
through  the  water. 
Search  Class— 

114  SHIPS,  appropriate  subclasses  of  submarine  vessels  and 
torpedoes,  for  analogous  devices. 

67.  BUILDING,  ANTIFRICTION  SURFACES.    Devices   pro- 

viding means  for  diminishing  the  resistance  between  the 
water  and  the  vessel  when  moving  through  the  water  and 
effective  in  increasing  the  speed.  The  present  types  com- 
prise friction-roller  surfaces,  conveyers,  and  air-distributing 
means  or  attachments  to  produce  a  better  cutting  edge. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

114— SHIPS,  subclasses  232,  Oil-distributers,  and  233,  Oil-dis- 
tributers, Ship  structure,  for  devices  for  distributing  oils  or 
liquids  between  the,  ship's  skin  and  the  water. 

115 — MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  11,  Jet,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  vessels  having  means  to  expel  air  or  water 
about  the  surface  of  the  submerged  hull  with  sufficient  effect 
and  force  to  propel  the  vessel. 

68.  BUILDING,  INSUBMERGIBLE   VESSELS.    Vessels  pro- 

vided with  means  for  preventing  a  vessel  from  sinking,  in- 
volving sufficient  bulkheads  or  compartments  to  keep  it 
afloat  or  providing  impenetrable  or  puncture-proof  skins  or 
sides  with  or  without  linings  or  fillings  of  waterproof  or  leak- 
stopping  character. 

69.  BUILDING      INSUBMERGIBLE     VESSELS,    LININGS 

AND  FILLINGS.  Vessels  of  insubmergible  or  non-sinkable 
type  having  linings  or  fillings  in  the  sheathing  that  through 
yielding  surfaces,  waterproof,  or  leak-stopping  qualities  pre- 
vent the  admission  of  water. 

70.  BUILDING,    CANAL    AND     FERRY     BOATS.    Vessels 

designed  and  constructed  for  the  above  service  and  including 
those  carrying  trains  and  cars. 
Search  Class — 

114  SHIPS, subclass  60,  Form,  Canal  and  ferry  boats,  for  form  of 
boats. 

71.  BUILDING,  CABINS.    Inventions  relating  to  vessels  having 

cabin  structures  or  means  for  supporting  them. 
Search  Class — 

114  SHIPS,  subclass  189,  Furniture,  Cabins  and  state-rooms,  for 
separate  structures. 

72.  BUILDING,  FREIGHTERS.    Vessels  designed  for  carrying, 

securing,  and  preserving  freight  or  cargo. 
Search  Classes— 

114  SHIPS,  subclasses  20,  Scows,  and  70,  Building,  Canal  and 
ferry  boats. 

214  LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  1,  Loading  and  un- 
loading. 

73.  BUILDING,  FREIGHTERS,  BULK-CARGO.    Vessels  con- 

structed to  carry  cargo  in  bulk,  as  ore,  grain,  coal,  etc.,  whether 
of  the  hopper  type  or  otherwise. 

74.  BUILDING,    FREIGHTERS,    BULK-CARGO,    LIQUID. 

Bulk-cargo  freighters  constructed  to  carry  liquids  in  one  or 
more  tanks. 

75.  BUILDING,      FREIGHTERS,      BULK-CARGO,      ANTI- 

SHIFTING  DEVICES.  Inventions  relating  to  means  for 
keeping  the  cargo  from  moving  about  during  the  movements 
of  the  vessel. 

76.  BUILDING    FREIGHTERS,   BULK-CARGO,  CEILINGS 

AND  FLOORS.  Devices  for  sustaining  and  covering  car- 
goes, preventing  access  of  water  or  moisture,  etc. 

77.  BUILDING,    SECTIONAL.    Composite   vessels   constructed 

of  a  plurality  of  independent  parts  structurally  united  or 
decked  to  form  a  single  vessel. 
Search  Class— 
9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  2,  Boats,  Sectional  and  folding. 

78.  BUILDING,  BULKHEAD  AND  COMPARTMENT.     Ves- 

sels having  bulkheads  or  compartments  as  elements  of  com- 
binations. 
Search  Classes — 

114  -SHIPS,  subclass  116,  Bulkheads  and  doors,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  bulkheads  per  fie  and  doors. 
9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclasses  3,  Boats,  Life-boats,  and  4, 
Boats,  Life-boats,  Inclosed. 

79.  BUILDING,  IRON.    Various  types  of  construction  for  iron 

vessels  or  in  which  iron  or  metal  is  an  essential  element  of  the 
hull  structure. 

80.  BUILDING,  IRON,  CORRUGATED.    Ships  in  which  corru- 

gated iron  is  used. 

81.  BUILDING,  IRON,  TUBULAR.    Ships  in  which  iron  tubes 

are  used  in  construction. 
Search  Class  — 
9     BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  4,  Boats,  Life-boats,  Inclosed. 

82.  BUILDING,  WOOD.    Vessels  in  which  wood  is  the  principal 

material  used  in  construction. 

83.  BUILDING,  BRACING  AND  STAYING.    Means  for  bracing, 

staying,  trussing,  etc.,  the  timbers,  frames,  sheathing,  and 
decks  of  vessels. 

84.  BUILDING,    SHEATHING    AND    PLANKING.    Various 

means  and  methods  of  constructing  the  sides  of  vessels,  in- 
volving the  use  of  planks  or  sheaths  or  placing  additional 
sheaths  or  linings  thereon  or  therein. 
Search  Class— 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  11,  War-ships,  Armored,  Belting  and 
plating,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  metal  or  armor 
bolts  or  sheaths. 

85.  BUILDING,  DECKS.    Methods  and  means  for  constructing 

vessels'  decks  or  relating  thereto. 


26674°— 12- 


-15 


226 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

86.  BUILDING,   CALKING    AND    SEAMING.    Methods   and 

means  for  filling  or  closing  the  seams  between  planking,  etc., 
and  making  them  water-tight. 
Search  Class— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  224,  Implements,  Calking,  Paying,  etc., 
for  tools,  implements,  and  machines  for  putting  in  the  calk- 
ing material  and  paying  or  puttying  seams. 

87.  BUILDING,  KNF«ES.    Braces  or  knees  used  in  shipbuilding. 

88.  BUILDING,  JOINTS.    Specific  means  or  devices  for  uniting 

timbers,  plates,  frames,  seats,  and  thwarts,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  92,  Splices  and  joints,  for 
joints  used  in  wooden  buildings. 

89.  SPARS.    Inventions  in  ships'  spars,  as  masts,  yards,  booms, 

gaffs,  etc.,  their  attachments,  connections,  and  manner  of 
mounting,  raising,  and  securing  them. 

90.  SPARS,  MASTS  AND  MASTING.    Inventions  in  masts,  their 

material,  form,  construction,  and  position,  and  means  for 
securing  them. 

91.  SPARS,  MASTS  AND   MASTING,   SWINGING.    Devices 

for  pivoting  masts,  adapting  them  to  be  turned  down,  up, 
around  at  will,  or  automatically. 
Search  Class— 

114  —Snips,  subclass  143,  Keels,  Rocking,  for  swinging  masts 
with  rocking  keels;  subclass  39,  Sail-boats,  for  swinging  masts. 

92.  SPARS  MASTS  AND  MASTING,  CROSS  AND  TRESTLE 

TREES.  Inventions  in  the  above-mentioned  devices  or 
then-  equivalents,  trestle-trees  being  defined  as  fore  and  aft 
pieces  secured  on  each  side  of  a  mast  or  resting  on  the  hounds 
to  support  the  rigging,  cross-trees,  etc.  Cross-trees  an; 
athwartships  timbers  supported  by  bibbs  and  trestle-trees  to 
sustain  top  frames  or  extend  topgallant  shrouds. 

93.  SPARS,  MASTS  AND  MASTING,  COATS,  SHIELDS,  AND 

STEPS.  Devices  for  protecting  a  mast  or  the  deck  through 
which  it  passes,  rendering  the  joint  impervious  to  water,  and 
devices  or  means  for  securing  the  heel  or  foot  of  the  mast  to 
the  ship's  timbers,  keel,  or  keelson,  etc.,  and  fastening  it  in 
place. 

94.  SPARS,  MASTS  AND  MASTING,  HEADS  AND  IRONS. 

Caps  and  trucks  or  structure  of  the  upper  end  or  head  of  the 
mast  and  the  various  types  of  metal  bands  or  irons,  etc.,  that 
are  secured  to  masts  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  98,  Spars,  gaffs,  booms,  etc.,  Pivoted,  for 
"irons." 

95.  SPARS,  YARDS.    Inventions    in   the  horizontally-disposed 

spars  extending  athwartships  to  which  the  sails  of  square- 
rigged  vessels  are  secured,  as  courses,  topsails,  topgallant,  and 
royal  sails. 

96.  SPARS,  YARDS,  TRUSSES  AND  PARRELS.  Devices  for 

hanging,  supporting,  or  securing  the  yards  of  vessels,  trusses 
usually  being  of  iron,  to  which  the  lower  yard  is  pivoted  or 
secured,  and  parrels  being  hoops,  rings,  or  chains  encircling 
the  mast  and  secured  to  the  yards. 

97.  SPARS,  GAFFS,  BOOMS,  ETC.    All  ship-spars  except  masts 

and  yards  (separately  classified)  and  their  connections  to  masts 
or  yards. 

98.  SPARS,  GAFFS,  BOOMS,  ETC.,  PIVOTED.    Gaffs,  booms, 

etc.,  which  ara  pivoted  or  the  means  or  devices  for  pivoting 
them  to  the  masts  or  other  supports. 
Search  Class— 
114 — SHIPS,  subclass  19,  Torpodo-boats,  Spar. 

99.  SPARS,  GAFFS,  BOOMS,  ETC.,  CROTCHES  AND  SUP- 

PORTS. Devices  for  supporting  booms,  usually  a  support 
having  a  crotch  hi  its  upper  end  in  which  the  boom  rests. 

100.  SPARS,  SPAR-IRONS.    Bands  or  irons  of  various  types 

which  are  attached  or  secured  to  yards,  booms,  gaffs,  etc.,  and 
which  are  not  classifiable  in  subclasses  94,  Spars,  masts  and 
masting,  heads  and  irons;  90,  Spars,  yards,  trusses  and  par- 
rels; 98,  Spars,  gaffs,  booms,  etc.,  Pivoted;  101,  Spars,  Fair- 
leaders  and  chocks;  112,  Sails  and  rigging,  Mast-travelers, 
and  218,  Bitts,  cleats,  and  pin-rails. 

101.  SPARS,  FAIR-LEADERS  AND  CHOCKS.    Devices  to  se- 

cure the  free  running  of  ropes,  cables,  etc.,  adapted  to  be  se- 
cured to  spars  or  ship-timbers  or  structurally  a  part  of  spars 
or  attached  to  tops,  cross-trees,  decks,  pin-rails,  etc. 

102.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING.    Miscellaneous  inventions  relating  to 

sails,  standing  and  running  rigging,  setting,  reefing,  and  furling 
sails,  and  their  elements. 

103.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  SAILS.    Sails,  their  patterns,  mate- 

ri:il,  construction,  etc. 
Search  Class— 
114 — SHIPS,  subclass  39,  Sail-boats. 

104.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  SAILS,  REEFING  AND  FURL- 

ING.   Inventions  for  taking  in  or  shortening  sail. 

105.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  SAILS,  REEFING  AND  FURL- 

ING, FORE-AND-AFT  SAILS.  Means  and  methods  of 
reefing  and  furling  those  sails  which  are  set  normally  in  a  fors- 
and-aft  line,  as  jibs,  staysails,  spankers,  and  sails  of  the  sloop 
or  schooner  rig  types. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

IOC.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  SAILS,  REEFING  AND  FURL- 
ING, FORE-AND-AFT  SAILS,  ROLLING.  Devices  for 
shortening  fore-and-aft  sails  by  rolling  them  upon  rollers,  said 
rollers  being  the  booms,  gaffs,  etc.,  or  rollers  attached  thereto 
or  to  stays,  etc. 

107.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  SAILS,  REEFING  AND  FURL- 

ING, ROLLING.  Devices  for  shortening  the  sails  of  other 
than  fore-and-aft  types  on  rollers,  the  rollers  being  the  yards  or 
attached  thereto  or  to  the  masts. 

108.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  SAILS,  FASTENING  DEVICES. 

Mechanical  devices,  usually  metallic,  by  means  of  which  sails 
are  secured  to  their  support,  these  devices  usually  being  se- 
cured to  the  sail,  and  which  are  not  classifiable  in  subclasses 
112,  113,  114,  and  115. 

109.  SAILS     AND     RIGGING,     RIGGING     SCREWS     AND 

STRETCHERS.    Means  for   tightening  up   or  shortening 
shrouds  or  other  standing  rigging  and  permanently  placed, 
the  turning  of  a  screw  producing  greater  tension  between  the 
•ends  of  shrouds,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  223,  Implements,  Rigging,  for  portable  rig- 
ging-screws. 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  15,  Lifting-jacks,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  lifting-jacks. 

110.  SAILS     AND     RIGGING,     RIGGING     SCREWS     AND 

STRETCHERS,  TENSION-RELIEVERS.  Rigging  screws 
and  stretchers  having  a  yielding  part  adapted  to  yield  under 
sudden  strain  or  tension  and  of  the  nature  of  elastic  couplings. 
Search  Classes — 

114— SHIPS,  subclasses  205,  Travelers,  Tension-relievers;  213, 
Tension-relievers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  other 
tension-relieving  devices. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  208,  Resilient 
connections. 

54— HARNESS,  subclass  86,  Elastic  connections. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  72,  Elastic  tension  devices. 

111.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING   RUNNING  RIGGING.    Means  for 

making  or  setting  sails,  hoisting  means,  or  relating  thereto. 

112.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  MAST-TRAVELERS.    Devices  by 

which  the  hoops  or  sail-fasteners  are  made  to  travel  up  and 
down  on  masts  and  longitudinally  on  yards  or  spars  when  the 
sails  are  being  set  or  furled,  etc.;  the  sail-fastening  device  hav- 
ing an  element  movable  in  a  guide,  slot,  or  iron  attached  to  or 
structurally  apart  of  the  mast  or  spar.  This  subclass  includes 
all  travelers  attached  to  spars  or  which  are  not  secured  to  the 
rail  or  deck. 

113.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  HOOPS  AND   CONNECTIONS. 

The  title  is  self-explanatory,  the  connections  usually  being  a 
part  of  the  hoop  rather  than  a  sail-fastener,  the  latter  forming  a 
part  of  or  secured  to  the  sail  or  its  bolt-rope. 

114.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  CRINGLES  AND  HANKS.    Eyes, 

loops,  grommets,  etc.,  or  their  metal  equivalents  worked  in  or 
secured  to  the  sides  or  leaches  of  sails  at  the  bolt-ropes,  the 
eye  or  loop  adapted  to  receive  the  hook  of  a  tackle  or  equivalent 
orto  sail-fastening  devices  secured  to  jibs  and  stay-sails  orfore- 
and-aft  sails  and  having  a  plurality  of  loops,  one'for  the  stay, 
another  for  the  bolt-rope  of  sails,  and  which  are  usually  in  the 
same  plane  and  adapted  to  secure  the  free  running  of  the  sail 
on  its  stay  or  support. 

115.  SAILS  AND  RIGGING,  CLEWS  .AND.  THIMBLES.    So- 

called  "spectacle"  or  other  irons  or  devices  secured  to  the 
lower  corners  of  sails  to  which  the  sheets  are  attached.  The 
spectacle-iron  or  iron  clew  is  usually  formed  with  three  eyes, 
to  which  the  loach-rope,  the  foot-rope  of  the  sail,  and  the 
sheet  or  sheet-block  are  attached.  Thimbles  are  also  placed 
in  this  subclass  and  are  defined  as  metal  eyes  or  rings  secured 
in  a  bight  of  rope  or  metal  strap  and  used  as  a  fair-leader  to 
prevent  chafing  or  to  distribute  the  strain  to  the  rope  in  which 
it  is  secured. 
Search  Class — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  202,  Separable 
fasteners,  Buttonhole-protectors,  for  analogous  devices. 

116.  BULKHEADS  AND  DOORS.    Inventions  in  bulkheads  usu- 

ally adapted  to  form  water-tight  compartments  of  vessels. 

117.  BULKHEADS   AND   DOORS,   DOORS.    Bulkheads  pro- 

vided with  doors. 
Search  Classes— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  under  Doors,  Car. 

34 — DRIERS,  subclasses  under  Cylinder,  and  subclass  30,  Retort. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  124,  Retorts. 

Lids. 
92 — PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  7,  Stock 

treatment,  Digestive. 
109 — SAFES,  subclass  4,  Circular-door. 
138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  2,  Reciprocating,  for  the 

motors  for  operating  bulkhead-doors. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  271,  Wood-bending,  Steaming. 
167 — MEDICINES,  subclass  3,  Disinfectants. 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  40,  Doors,  and 

appropriate  subclasses  thereunder. 
220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  124, 

Tank-closures,  for  similar  structures. 

118.  BULKHEADS  AND  DOORS,  DOORS,  AUTOMATIC. 

Doors  of  bulkheads  adapted  for  self-closure  or  in  which  the 
closing  is  automatic,  as  on  the  entry  of  water  to  a  certain 
height,  the  doors  being  closed  by  swinging  or  rotating. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


227 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  92,  Gates,  Openers,  Car-door;  95,  Gates, 
Openers,  Swinging-door,  and  9(>,  Gates,  Openers,  Hatch. 

119.  BULKHEADS  AND  DOORS,  DOORS,  AUTOMATIC, 

SLIDING.    Automatic  closing  doors  of  bulkheads,  said  doors 
being  sliding. 
Search  Classes— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  19,  Doors,  Sliding,  Miscel- 
laneous, and  subclasses  27  et  scq.,  Doors,  Car. 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  92,  Gates,  Openers,  Car-door;  94,  Gates, 
Openers,  Sliding-door,  and  90,  Gates,  Openers,  Hatch. 

120.  BULKHEADS  AND  DOORS,  DOORS,  SLIDING.    Bulk- 

head-doors which  close  by  sliding. 
Search  Classes— 
20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  especially  subclasses  19,  Doors,  Sliding, 

Miscellaneous,  and  22,  Doors,  Car,  Sliding,  Miscellaneous. 
39 — FENCES,  subclasses  92,  Gates,  Openers,  Car-door;  94,  Gates, 
Openers,  Sliding-door,  and  90,  Gates,  Openers,  Hatch. 

121.  BALLASTING.    Devices  designed  to  steady  and  trim  vessels, 

prevent  careening,  rolling,  pitching,  etc. 

122.  BALLASTING,  ANTIROLLING.    Means    to    prevent  the 

rolling,  pitching,  etc.,  due  to  wave  motion. 

123.  BALLASTING,  FLOATS.    Means  providing  buoyant  floats, 

caissons,  etc.,  secured  to  the  vessel  and  floating  alongside,  pre- 
venting careening,  capsizing,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  39,  Sail-boats,  for  combinations  with  boats, 
spars,  sails,  etc. 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclasses  22,  Manual  power,  Cata- 
maran, and  20,  Marine  podomotors,  Catamaran,  for  combina- 
tions of  floats  with  marine  propelling  devices. 

124.  BALLASTING,  SHIFTING  WEIGHTS.    Devices  in  which 

weights  are  adapted  to  move  about  or  to  be  moved  to  dis- 
tribute the  weight  and  change  the  position  of  the  center  of 
gravity  to  steady,  trim,  or  ballast  a  vessel  when  sailing  or  in 
a  seaway. 

125.  BALLASTING,  WATER-TANKS.    Devices  in  which  bal- 

lasting is  secured  by  water-tanks  adapted  to  be  filled  or  emp- 
tied, thereby  distributing  weight,  which  steadies  and  trims 
the  vessel  in  sailing,  etc. 

126.  BALLASTING,  FINS  AND  BOARDS.    Ballasting  devices 

in  which  lee  or  weather  boards  or  fins,  plates,  blados,  etc.,  are 
adapted  to  project  from  the  vessel's  sides  or  keel  laterally, 
obliquely,  or  horizontally  to  form  a  resistance-surface  to  pre- 
vent careening  or  capsizing  and  to  enable  a  vessel  to  point  or 
sail  closer  to  the  wind  and  prevent  making  leeway. 
Search  Class — 

114 — SHIPS,  subclasses  135,  Centerboards,  Pivoted,  Lateral,  and 
142,  Keels,  Bilge,  for  centerboards,  lateral,  which  partake  of 
the  nature  of  fins  and  lee-boards,  though  used  as  centerboards 
or  keels;  subclass  152,  Steering  mechanism.  Fins,  for  diving- 
fins. 

127.  CENTERBOARDS.    Vessels  having  boards,  plates,  planks, 

etc.,  placed  longitudinally  amidships  and  projecting  in  line 
with  the  keel  or  approximate  thereto  and  adapted  to  be  raised 
or  lowered  to  increase  the  resistance-surface  and  prevent  capsiz- 
ing or  sudden  careening,  thereby  steadying  and  trimming  the 
vessel,  usually  preventing  making  to  "leeward,  and  enabling 
a  vessel  to  point  or  sail  closer  to  the  wind.  Centerboards  are 
usually  short  in  length  and  move  in  a  recess  or  casing  formed 
in  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  and  raised,  lowered,  or  adjusted 
at  will. 

128.  CENTERBOARDS,     STEERING.    Centerboards    adapted 

to  be  turned  more  or  less  obliquely  or  athwartships  and  capable 
or  adapted  to  be  used  for  steering.  The  devices  of  this  type 
are  centerboards  in  that  they  are  adapted  to  be  lowered  as 
centerbpards  and  serve  the  purpose  of  such  or  are  too  long  to 
be  considered  as  mere  rudders. 

Note. — Steering  mechanism,  Keel,  subclass  149,  this  class,  is  lim- 
ited to  rudders  placed  upon  or  in  line  with  the  keel  and  not 
adapted  to  be  raised  or  lowered  as  centerboards,  or  the  in- 
vention relates  to  the  means  for  steering  rather  than  to  the 
principles  of  centerboards. 

129.  CENTERBOARDS,  MULTIPLE.     Devices  in  which  more 

than  one  ccnterboard  is  used  and  in  line  with  the  keel  longi- 
tudinally. 

130.  CENTERBOARDS,  VERTICAL-DROP  AND  PIVOTED- 

SWING.  Devices  in  which  the  centerboard  is  adapted  to  be 
lowered  vertically  and  then  swung  down  to  greater  depth 
at  will  or  tilted  or  turned  transversely  athwartships. 

131.  CENTERBOARDS,  VERTICAL-DROP  AND  PIVOTED- 

SWING,  SECTIONAL.  Centerboards  of  vertical-drop 
and  swing  type  and  made  of  a  plurality  of  movable  Darts. 

132.  CENTERBOARDS,    PIVOTED.    Centerboards  pivoted  at 

or  near  one  end,  adapted  to  swing  down  to  greater  or  less 
depth,  and  adjustable  at  will. 

133.  CENTERBOARDS,    PIVOTED,     SECTIONAL.     Pivoted 

centerhoards  composed  of  a  plurality  of  separate  parts  usually 
movable  or  pivotally  connected. 

134.  CENTERBOARDS,      PIVOTED,      SECTIONAL,      FAN. 

Folding  sectional  boards  in  which  the  parts  fold  together  fan- 
like  and  having  a  common  pivot  on  which  the  sections  turn. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

135.  CENTERBOARDS,      PIVOTED.       LATERAL.      Center- 

boards  displaced  laterally  from  the  keel  and  not  in  line  there- 
with. 

Search  Class — 
114— SHIPS,  subclass  120,  Ballasting,  Fins  and  boards. 

136.  CENTERBOARDS,  PIVOTED,  LATERAL-SWING.    Cen- 

terboards adapted  to  be  swung  obliquely  across  the  line  of  the 
keel,  but  not  primarily  for  steering. 

137.  CENTERBOARDS,    PIVOTED,    LATERAL-TILT.    Cen- 

terboards that  are  adapted  to  tilt  horizontally  or  obliquely 
up  or  down  against  the  keel,  being  usually  hinged  at  or  in  line 
therewith. 

138.  CENTERBOARDS,      VERTICAL  -  DROP.      Centerboards 

that  are  adapted  to  be  raised  or  lowered  vertically,  both 
ends  being  adjustable  at  will  either  separately  or  simulta- 
neously, and  in  most  cases  the  centerboard  is  moved  as  a  whole 
and  not  merely  one  end. 

139.  CENTERBOARDS,    VERTICAL  -  DROP,    SECTIONAL. 

Centerboards  adapted  to  be  moved  vertically  and  composed 
of  a  plurality  of  movable  parts. 

140.  KEELS.    Keels  and  their  structure  and  means  and  methods 

of  securing  them,  whether  fixed  or  movable. 
Note. — Keels  differ  from  centerboards  in  being  longer,   being 
usually  thelength  of  the  boat,  or  being,  when  short,  immovably 
fixed  to  the  hull. 

141.  KEELS,    VERTICAL    ADJUSTMENT.     Keel    structures 

which  are  adapted  to  be  moved  vertically  as  a  whole  and 
which  extend  from  bow  to  stern  and  not  merely  centerboards. 
Search  Class — 

114^Smps,  subclasses  130,  Centerboards,  Vertical-drop  and 
piyoted-swing;  131,  Centerboards,  Vertical-drop  and  pivoted- 
swing,  Sectional;  138,  Centerboards,  Vertical-drop,  and  139, 
Centerboards,  Vertical-drop,  Sectional,  for  centerboards. 

142.  KEELS,    BILGE.    Keels  laterally  displaced  from  the  true 

keel — i.  e.,  located  upon  the  sides  or'bilge  of  the  vessel's  bottom. 

143.  KEELS,    ROCKING.     Keel  structures  that  are  adapted  to 

rock  or  swing  upon  pivots  laterally  or  longitud  inally  and  which 
are  keels  rather  than  centerboards. 

144.  STEERING  MECHANISM.    Devices  for  changing  the  direc- 

tion or  speed  of  a  vessel's  motion  by  means  of  rudders,  brakes, 
speed-retarders,  and  the  like. 
Search  Classes — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  162,  Steering  mechanism,  Rudders,  for 
tillers,  and  subclass  209,  Anchors,  Drags  or  sea-anchors,  for 
draf-anchors  for  speed -retard  ing  and  steering. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclasses  114,  Traction-engines, 
and  90,  Motor-vehicles. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  79,  Mechanical  movements, 
Steering-gear  type,  and  the  subclass  thereunder. 

115 — MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclasses  12,  Jet,  Steering;  18,  Porta- 
blepropellers,  Steering;  21,  Manual  power,  and  subclasses  there- 
under; 25,  Marine  pedomotors,  and  subclasses  thereunder; 
29,  Oscillating  propellers,  Steering;  32,  Reciprocating  pro- 
psllers,  Steering;  35,  Screw-propellers,  Steering;  53,  Paddle- 
wheels,  Steering;  64,  Chain  propellers,  Steering  and  adjust- 
able, and  G7,  Crank-paddles,  Steering  and  adjustable,  for  va- 
rious types  of  steering-gear  involved  in  and  combined  with 
propelling  devices. 

121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  13,  Steering  mechanism,  for 
mechanism  of  general  application  for  all  types  involving  steam- 
engine  structures. 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  8,  Steering  and 
propulsion,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder  for  electrical  appara- 
tus and  the  electrical  control  of  steering  and  pronelling  devices. 

208 — VELOCIPEDES,  subclass  114,  Steering  devices,  and  sub- 
classes under  Steering-wheel. 

244 — AERONAUTICS,  subclass  29,  Steering  mechanism. 

145.  STEERING     MECHANISM,     SPEED    -    RETARDERS. 

Brakes  or  devices  for  retarding  a  ship's  motion  through  the 
water  and  also  adapted  for  steering  when  used  separately, 
usually  rudders  or  projecting  plates  attached  to  the  vessel's 
sides. 

Search  Class— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  209,  Anchors,  Drags  or  sea-anchors,  for 
checking  headway  by  drags. 

146.  STEERING  MECHANISM,   AUXILIARY.    Inventions  in 

steering  apparatus  having  a  plurality  of  devices  for  operating 
the  rudder  or  steering  means,  one  auxiliary  to  the  other  for 
simultaneous  use,  or  as  an  aid  to  that  in  general  use. 
Search  Class— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  163,  Steering  mechanism,  Rudders,  Multi- 
ple, for  multiple  rudders,  and  subclass  164,  Steering  mechan- 
ism, Rudders,  Auxiliary,  for  auxiliary  rudders. 

147.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  PADDLES  AND  WHEELS. 

Devices  in  which  paddle-wheels  or  screw-propellers,  etc.,  are 
used  to  effect  a  change  of  direction,  such  devices  being  used 
for  steering  and  not  primarily  for  propulsion. 
Search  Class— 

115— MARINE    PROPULSION,    subclasses    35,    Screw-propellers, 
Steering,  and  50,  Paddle-wheels,  Steering,  for  combined  steer-  . 
ing  and  propelling  screws  or  wheels. 


228 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

148.  STEERING  MECHANISM,   PADDLES  AND   WHEELS, 

CHANNELS,  Wheels  or  propellers  placed  in  channels  or 
waterways  formed  in  the  ship's  side  or  hull  to  effect  changes 
in  direction  by  propulsion,  the  wheels  or  propellers  located 
in  the  channels  setting  in  motion  a  column  of  water  or  jut 
which  by  reaction  changes  direction  of  course. 
Search  Classes— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  151,  Steering  mechanism,  Fluid-pressure, 
Jet,  for  steering  devices  in  which  a  mere  jet  is  used  without  the 
use  of  wheels,  etc. 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  12,  Jet,  Steering,  for  combi- 
nations of  propulsion  and  steering  wheels  in  channels;  sub- 
classes 35,  Screw-propellers,  Steering,  and  50,  Paddle-wheels, 
Steering,  for  screws  or  wheels  in  channels  or  waterways. 

149.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  KEEL.    Rudders  or  equivalent 

which  are  located  upon  or  below  the  keel  and  partaking  of 
the  nature  of  centerboards  and  adapted  to  be  turned  across 
the  keel,  but  not  adjustable  vertically. 
Search  Class — 

114— SHIPS,  subclasses  12S,  Centerboards,  Steering,  and  129, 
Centerboards,  Multiple. 

150.  STEERING    MECHANISM,    FLUID-PRESSURE.    Steer- 

ing mechanism  in  which  fluid-pressure  is  used  to  control  (lie 
rudder,  tiller,  or  steering-wheel,  etc.,  or  to  react  upon  the  water 
through  which  the  vessel  moves.  It  includes  all  pneumatic, 
steam,  and  hydraulic  means  specific  to  ships  and  their  struc- 
ture and  not  so  claimed  as  to  be  of  general  application  in 
steam-steering. 
Search  Classes— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  146,  Steering  mechanism,  Auxiliary,  for  de- 
vices in  which  either  hand  or  fluid-pressure  steering  powers 
are  used  independently  or  simultaneously  or  for  means  for 
coupling  one  to  the  other. 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  13,  Steering  mechanism,  for 
steam  and  hydraulic  devices,  including  specific  steam-engine 
structures  and  types,  unless  other  elements  of  a  combination 
limit  the  device  to  ships. 

151.  STEERING     MECHANISM,     FLUID-PRESSURE,    JET. 

Devices  in  which  a  jet  of  fluid,  usually  water,  is  thrown  out 
approximately  athwartships  or  obliquely  to  the  keel  at  bow 
or  stern,  turning  a  vessel  by  the  reaction  due  to  jet  propul- 
sion. 

Search  Class— 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  12,  Jet,  Steering,  for  com- 
bined propulsion  and  steering  jets. 

152.  STEERING    MECHANISM,  FINS.    Structures  located   at 

ships'  ends  designed  to  effect  diving,  or  similar  devices  at  the 
sides  of  vessels,  any  of  which  may  be  used  for  steering,  but 
which  are  not  rudders  in  the  ordinary  meaning,  their  action 
and  position  being  similar  to  those  of  the  fins  of  fishes. 
Search  Class— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  126,  Ballasting,  Fins  and  boards,  for  ballast- 
ing-fins. 

153.  STEERING     MECHANISM,     FOOT.    Means   for   steering 

operated  by  the  foot  or  feet. 

154.  STEERING  MECHANISM,   WHEEL-SHAFT  GEARING. 

Combinations  of  the  ordinary  steering-wheel  or  equivalent 
and  its  shaft  with  gears  for  operating  the  rudder,  but  not 
involving  a  wheel  and  drum. 

155.  STEERING  MECHANISM,   WHEEL-SHAFT  GEARING, 

SCREW.  Wheel-shaft  gearing  in  which  screws  or  worms  are 
used.  This  subclass  also  includes  multiple  screw  devices  in 
which  a  plurality  of  screws  or  worms  is  used,  provided  one  of 
them  is  upon  the  wheel-shaft,  and  said  shaft  turns  another 
through  intermediate  gear,  all  screws  being  of  the  same  type. 

156.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  WHEEL-SHAFT  GEARING, 

SCREW,  INTERMEDIATE  GEAR.  Screw-shaft  gearing 
in  which  other  gears  are  placed  between  the  steering-wheel 
shaft  and  the  screws  or  worms.  In  the  miscellaneous  sub- 
class above  (155)  the  screw  or  worm  is  located  upon  the  wheel- 
shaft. 

157.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  WHEEL-SHAFT  GEARING, 

SCREW,  RIGHT  AND  LEFT.  Wheel-shaft  gearing  in- 
volving right  and  left  screws  or  worms  operating  the  rudder, 
one  or  both  of  the  screws  being  upon  the  wheel-shaft. 

158.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  WHEEL-SHAFT  GEARING, 

SCREW,  RIGHT  AND  LEFT,  INTERMEDIATE  OKA!;. 
Steering  mechanism  of  the  above-mentioned  type  in  which 
other  gearing  is  placed  between  the  wheel-shaft  and  the  screws 
or  worms,  which  are  geared  to  control  the  rudder. 

159.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  WHEEL-SHAFT  GEARING, 

SEGMENTAL  RACK.  Wheel-shaft  gearing  operating  a 
rack  of  segmental  shape  or  equivalent  located  upon  the  rudder- 
head  and  turning  therewith. 

160.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  WHEEL  AND  DRUM.    Steer- 

ing mechanism  comprising  a  wheel  and  a  drum,  upon  which 
the  steering  ropes  or  chains  are  wound. 

101.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  WHEEL  AND  DRUM,  IN- 
TERMEDIATE GEAR.  Wheel  and  drum  steering  means 
in  which  gears  or  mechanical  elements  are  placed  between 
the  wheel  or  ^xls  and  the  drum. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

162.  STEERING     MECHANISM,     RUDDERS.    Miscellaneous 

forms  of  rudders,  not  otherwise  classifiable;  also  includes 
'•tillers." 

163.  STEERING     MECHANISM,     RUDDERS,     MULTIPLE. 

Steering  mechanisms  in  which  a  plurality  of  rudders  is  used. 

164.  STEERING    MECHANISM,    RUDDERS,    AUXILIARY. 

Rudders  of  permanent  nature  brought  into  use  upon  loss  of 
the  usual  rudder.  They  are  movable  into  position,  but  are 
not  portable,  as  are  jury  rudders. 

1C5.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  RUDDERS,  HANGING  AND 
SHIPPING.  Means  for  pivoting,  securing,  or  supporting  the 
rudder  or  its  post  in  the  bearings  in  combination  with  stem 
or  stem  posts,  keel,  or  keelson,  and  devices  for  shipping  or 
unshipping  the  rudder  from  its  hanging  or  support. 

1(6.  STEERING      MECHANISM,     RUDDERS,      TUBULAR. 
Rudders  of  tubular  shape  through  which  the  propeller  forces 
a  jet  or  through  which  water  reacts  to  move  the  stern 
Search  Class— 

115— MABINB  PROPULSION,  subclasses  42,  Screw-propellers, 
Fitting  and  driving,  Casings  and  shields;  48,  Screw-propellers, 
Radial  blades,  Rims  or  cylinders,  and  35,  Screw-propellers, 
Steering. 

167.  STEERING     MECHANISM,     RUDDERS,     SECTIONAL. 

Rudders  composed  of  a  plurality  of  rudders,  parts,  extensions, 
or  blades  designed  to  increase  resistance-surface 

168.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  RUDDERS,  JURY.     Portable 

and  temporary  devices  designed  to  serve  as  a  steering  means 
•  1 1  he  usual  rudders  have  been  lost  or  rendered  inoperative. 
Search  Class— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  209,  Anchors,  Drags  or  sea-anchors,  for 
drag-anchors. 

ItiO.  STEERING  MECHANISM,  RUDDERS,  POST  BEAR- 
INGS AND  HEADS.  The  title  is  self-explanatory. 

170.  STEERING   MECHANISM,   RUDDERS,   BRAKES.    De- 

vices for  relieving  strain  on  the  helmsman  or  rudder,  adapted 
to  yield  gradually  to  the  force  of  the  waves,  thereby  preventing 
the  breaking  of  the  rudder  or  its  connections. 

171.  STEERING   MECHANISM,   RUDDERS,  BRAKES,   HY- 

DRAULIC. Brakes  in  which  tension  is  relieved  through 
fluid  resistance,  the  fluid  being  compressed  or  retarded  in  its 
flow. 

172.  STEERING     MECHANISM,     RUDDERS,     LOCKS.     De- 

vices for  securing  the  steering  mechanism  or  rudder  in  fixed 
position,  and  controllable  at  will. 

173.  PORTS.    Devices  including  openings  through  ships'  sides  or 

decks  not  otherwise  classifiable,  and  stoppers,  shutters,  and 
shields  for  closing  the  same. 

174.  PORTS,  STOPPERS.    Covers,  doors,  etc.,  for  closing  ports, 

differing  from  the  covers  of  the  light  and  air  ports  principally 

in  the  use  to  which  said  port  is  adapted  and  being  generally 

larger  and  of  rectangular  construction,  while  the  light  and 

air  ports  are  usually  circular. 
Search  Classes — 

34— DRIERS,  subclasses  under  Cylinder,  and  subclass  30,  Retort. 
48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass,  124,  Retorts, 

Lids. 
92— PAPER-MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  7,  Stock 

treatment,  Digestive. 
94 — PAVING,  subclass  7,  Vault-covers. 
109— S.\i''::s,  subclass  4,  Circ;ilar-door. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  13,  Hydrants  and  plugs. 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  271,  Wojd-bending,  Steaming. 
167— MEDICINES,  subclass  3,  Disinfectants. 
220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  124, 

Tank-closures. 

175.  PORTS,  STOPPERS,  GUN-PORT.    Port-stoppers  specially 

adapted  for  ports  through  which  the  gun  is  pointed,  the 
stoppers  fitting  the  muzzle  of  the  gun  or  forming  a  shield  or 
protector. 
Search  Classes— 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  238,  Torpedo-launching. 

89 — ORDNANCE,  subclass  5,  Submarine,  for  stoppers  for  subma- 
rine ordnance. 

89— ORDNANCE,  subclass  36,  Sliields,  for  protectors  that  close 
the  port,  but  are  structurally  a  part  of  the  gun-mount. 

176.  PORTS,  STOPPERS,  HINGED.    Port-stoppers  in  which  the 

cover  or  stopper  is  hinged  or  pivoted  in  or  to  the  port. 
Search  Classes— 
114 — SHIPS,  subclass  175,  Ports,  Stoppers,  Gun-port,  for  hinged 

gun-port  stoppers  and  shields. 
114— SHIPS, subclass  178,  Ports,  Light  and  air,  Hinged  covers, for 

hinged  covers  for  light  and  air  ports. 

177.  PORTS,  LIGHT  AND  AIR.     Ports,  usually  of  circular  shape, 

designed  to  secure  light  and  air,  and  smaller  than  cargo  or  gun 
ports. 

178.  PORTS,   LIGHT   AND   AIR,  HINGED   COVERS.     Light 

and  air  parts  provided  with  hinged,  pivoted,  or  swinging 
covers  for  < .bsing  the  sama,  usually  forming  air  and  water 
tight  joints  when  closed. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


229 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

179.  HAWSE-PIPES.    Devices   involving   openings   or   passages 

in  a  vessel's  bow  or  stern  or  sides  to  permit  cables  or  hawsers 
to  run  through. 

180.  HAWSE-PIPES,    STOPPERS    AND    COVERS.    Hawse- 

pipes  having  means  of  closure. 

181.  HAWSE-PIPES,  FRICTION-ROLLERS.    Hawse-holes  hav- 

ing friction  rollers  or  pulleys  to  facilitate  the  running  out  or 
heaving  in  of  the  cable. 

182.  SCUPPERS.     Devices  involving  passages  or  holes  from  tin- 

decks  through  the  ship's  side  to  permit  water  accumulating 
on  the  decks  to  run  out. 

183.  BILGE-DISCHARGE.    Devices    for   expelling    bilge-water, 

ash,  or  refuse  from  a  ship's  bilge  or  hold,  including  ejectors 
or  other  devices  operated  by  the  movement  of  the  vessel  in 
the  water,  or  specific  to  ship  use  or  structure. 
Search  Classes— 

103— PUMPS,  subclass  62,   Elements,   Operating  devices,    for 
pumps  operated  by  weights  oscillating  through  the  rolling  of 

103— PUMPS,  subclasses  62,  Elements,  Operating  devices,  and 

79,  Systems,  for  ship  and  bilge  pumps  not  involving  ship 

structure. 
103— PUMPS,  subclass  69,  Fluid-motive  power,  Water-wheel, 

for  water-wheels  attached  to  or  towed  by  moving  vessels  and 

operating  pumps,  etc. 
185— Motors,  subclasses  29,  Weight,  Oscillating,  and  30,  Weight, 

Oscillating,  Wave  type,  for  oscillating-weight  motors  which 

may  be  operated  by"  a  rolling  vessel. 

184.  BILGE-DISCHARGE,  EJECTORS.    Devices  for  entraining 

water  or  ashes,  etc..  by  the  motion  of  the  ship  through  the 
water,  water  being  injected  to  entrain  the  former  or  by  suc- 
tion produced  by  shape  of  discharge-orifice  or  its  position  in 
the  bottom  of  the  vessel. 

185.  BILGE-DISCHARGE,     EJECTORS,     SHIP'S    MOTION. 

Ejectors  which  take  in  water  forward  or  acting  by  suction 
due  to  the  shape  of  the  discharge-orifice  or  its  position,  either 
type  being  operative  only  when  the  ship  is  moving  through 
the  water  or  when  a  current  is  flowing  and  the  vessel  is  sta- 
tionary. 

186.  BILGE-DISCHARGE,     EJECTORS,     ASH.    Ejectors    in- 

cluding hoppers  or  other  means  for  dumping  and  expelling 
ashes  through  water  or  steam  injection,  etc. 

187.  SMOKE-STACKS.    Steamboat  stacks  or  chimneys  specially 

adapted  to  use  on  vessels,  mostly  swinging  or  telescopic  in 
structure  and  having  no  application  elsewhere. 
Search  Class— 
110— FURNACES,  subclass  184,  Smoke-stacks. 

188.  FURNITURE.    Furniture  and  furnishings  of  ships  not  classi- 

fiable elsewhere  because  of  special  fitness  to  use  on  ships. 

189.  FURNITURE,  CABINS  AND    STATE-ROOMS.    Devices 

or  arrangements  of  cabins  and  state-rooms  to  secure  light, 
ventilation,  comfort,  and  economy  of  space  and  usually  sepa- 
rate structures  rather  than  permanent  structures  in  ship- 
building. 
Search  Class — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  71,  Building,  Cabins,  for  permanent  struc- 
tures in  shipbuilding. 

190.  FURNITURE,  LIFE-PRESERVER  RACKS.    Devices  for 

holding  or  supporting  life-preservers  on  vessels  and  specific 
thereto. 

191.  FURNITURE,      SELF-LEVELING.    Furniture     that     is 

specific  to  use  on  ships,  automatic  in  operation,  maintaining 
a  level  surface  during  rolling  and  tossing  of  the  vessel. 

192.  FURNITURE,  SELF-LEVELING,  BERTHS.    Berths  pro- 

viding for  single  or  double  swing,  etc.,  during  the  rolling  and 
pitching  of  the  vessel,  maintaining  a  level  surface,  and  devices 
to  steady  berths  during  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  vessel. 

193.  FURNITURE,    SELF-LEVELING,    BERTHS,    SINGLE- 

PIVOT.  Berths  suspended  from  a  universal  joint  or  single 
pivot,  providing  for  berth  equilibrium  during  the  motions  of 
the  vessel. 

194.  FURNITURE,   SELF-LEVELING,  CHAIRS.    Chairs  au- 

tomatically maintaining  a  level  seat  or  rest  during  motions 
of  the  vessel  in  the  water. 

195.  FURNITURE,  SELF-LEVELING,  TABLES.    Tables  hav- 

ing automatic  leveling  tops  or  equivalent  devices  securing 
the  same  end. 

196.  VALVES.    Valves  specific  to  use  on  ships  and  structurally 

united  thereto. 

197.  VALVES,     BOAT-PLUGS.     Plugs    having    valves    therein 

adapted  to  fit  in  the  bottom  of  a  boat  and  permit  the  emer- 
gence of  water. 

198.  VALVES,  SEA-COCKS.    Devices  permitting  the  entrance  of 

sea-water  from  outside  to  the  hold,  magazine,  etc.,  or  for  sub- 
merging the  ship  and  usually  placed  in  the  bottom  or  between 
double  bottoms  and  structurally  united  therewith. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

199.  CABLE-STOPPERS.    Devicesof  the  nature  of  compressors  or 

controllers  which  have  means  to  check  or  stop  the  cable  from 
running  out  and  to  hold  it  securely  at  any  point.     Cabl'  is 
used  generically  and  includes  hawsers,  tow-lines,  ropes,  etc. 
These  devices  are  controllable  at  will. 
Search  Class— 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  34,  B|ock  and  tackle,  for  analogous  de- 
vices, or  rope-clamps  combined  with  hoisting  apparatus. 

200.  CABLE-STOPPERS,  CHAIN.    Cable-stoppers  structurally 

adapted  for  use  on  chain  cables  and  not  upon  rope  or  wire. 

201.  HATCHES  AND  COVERS.    Inventions  in  deck-hatches  in- 

volving stru-ture  of  hatches  or  deck-openings  and  covers 
thereto  and  devices  for  fastening  or  locking  said  covers  down. 
Search  Class — 
39— FENCES,  subclass  96,  Gates,  Openers,  Hatch. 

202.  HATCHES  AND  COVERS,  SLIDING.    Sliding  covers  and 

gratings  involving  more  than  sliding  doors. 
Search  Class— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  19.  Doors,  Sliding,  Miscella- 
neous, and  20,  Doors,  Sliding,  Jointed,  for  sliding  doors  of  gen- 
eral application. 

203.  HATCHES    AND    COVERS,   FASTENERS.    Devices  for 

battening,  securing,  and  locking  hatch-covers  in  place. 

204.  TRAVELERS.  Devices  having  means  to  permit  the  reciproca- 

tion of  a  slide  or  ring  to  which  the  sheet  of  fore-and-aft  sails  is 
secured,  such  devices  being  fastened  to  the  deck  or  rail. 
Search  Class — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  112,  Sails  and  rigging,  Mast-travelers,  for 
travelers  permitting  vertical  motion  on  masts  and  longitudinal 
motion  on  yards,  etc. 

205.  TRAVELERS,  TENSION-RELIEVERS.    Travelers  having 

one  or  more  tension  or  surge  relievers  as  an  element  of  con- 
struction. 
Search  Class— 
114— SHIPS,  subclass  213,  Tension-relievers. 

200.  ANCHORS.    Devices  for  anchoring  a  vessel. 
Search  Classes — 

37— EXCAVATING,  subclass  18,  Dredgers,  Anchoring,  for  project- 
ing piles  for  anchoring  dredges. 

189 — METALLIC   BUILDING    STRUCTURES,   subclass    90,    Land- 
anchors. 

207.  ANCHORS,  FLUKE.    Anchors  having  flukes  or  holding-sur- 

faces to  hook  or  scoop  into  the  bottom,  usually  some  form  of 
hook  and  with  or  without  palms  or  blades. 

208.  ANCHORS,  FLUKE,  PIVOTED.    Fluke-anchors  in  which 

one  or  more  of  the  flukes  are  pivotally  secured  to  the  shank,  so 
that  the  fluke  may  be  folded  up  or  rotated. 

209.  ANCHORS,   DRAGS    OR    SEA-ANCHORS.    Devices  de- 

signed to  prevent  motion  of  a  vessel  through  the  water  where 
anchorage  is  unattainable,  usually  a  device  to  be  thrown  over- 
board sacured  by  a  cable  or  hawser. 
Search  Class— 
114— SHIPS,  subclass  168,  Steering,  Rudders,  Jury. 

210.  ANCHOR-TRIPPERS.    Devices  for  instantaneously  releas- 

ing anchors,  shank-painters,  ring  or  cat  stoppers,  anchor-sup- 
gorters,  shoes,  and  fluke-holders,  and  devices  for  catting  and 
shing  anchors. 
Search  Classes— 

9 — BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  22,  Hoisting  and  lowering. 
21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  75,  Horse-detachers. 
54 — HARNESS,  subclass  69,  Attaching  and  detaching  devices. 
57 — HOISTING,  subclass  128,  Hoisting-hooks.  Releasing. 
119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  110,  Restraining  devices, 
Hitching,  Releasers. 

211.  VENTILATION.    Ventilating  devices  specific  to  ships  and 

involving  the  structure  of  the  ship. 
Search  Class— 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  under  Chimney-cowls  and  under 
Ventilation,  for  ventilation  in  general. 

212.  VENTILATION,  VALVES.    Ventilating  devices  in  which 

cowls  or  hoods  are  provided  with  valves,  dampers,  or  baffle- 
plates  to  prevent  the  ingress  of  water. 

213.  TENSION-RELIEVERS.    Devices  specific  to  ships  having 

yielding  parts  to  prevent  tension  or  strains  from  rupturing 
some  element  of  the  combination  and  applied  to  cables,  cable- 
stoppers,  sheets,  secured  ends  or  "standing"  parts,  ropes,  etc. 
The  yielding  means  is  usually  rubber,  spring,  or  fluid,  which 
is  compressed  or  stretched,  as  the  case  may  be. 
Search  Classes— 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  72,  Elastic  tension  devices, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  tension  relievers  not  specific 
to  ships. 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  10,  Towing-machines. 

214.  TENSION-RELIEVERS,    FLUID.    Tension    or   surge    re- 

lievers in  which  the  yielding  means  is  hydraulic  or  pneumatic. 
Search  Class— 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  171,  Steering  mechanism,  Rudders,  Brakes, 
Hydraulic. 

215.  TENSION-RELIEVERS,  CABLE.    Tension-relievers  to  take 

up  the  strain  on  the  cable  and  prevent  parting  of  the  cable. 
The  yielding  means  generally  forms  an  element  of  the  cable 
stopper  or  compressor.  This  subclass  includes  tension-re- 
lievers for  chain-stoppers  as  well  as  cable-stoppers. 


230 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

216.  TENSION-RELIEVERS,   COUPLERS.    Elastic  couplings 

specific  to  use  on  ships  and  in  rigging. 
Search  Classes^ 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  268,  Resilient 

connections. 
64— HARNESS,  subclass  86,  Elastic. 

217.  TENSION-RELIEVERS,      COUPLERS,      SAFETY-RE- 

LEASE. Tension-relievers  of  the  coupling  type  having  a 
safety-release  by  means  of  which  the  coupled  part  is  released 
when  the  tension  reaches  a  certain  limit. 

218.  BITTS,  CLEATS,  AND   PIN-RAILS.    Devices  for  belaying 

and  securing  ropes,  cables,  hawsers,  cleats  being  stationary  and 
formed  with  projecting  horns,  with  or  without  safety  releasing 
means;  also  includes  rotary  piles  or  spiles,  rails  for  belaying- 
pins,  and  their  attachments. 
Search  Classes— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  217,  Tension-relievers,  Couplers,  Safety- 
release. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  115,  Cord  and 
rope  holders. 

219.  FENDERS.    Devices  to  prevent  injury  to  ships'  hulls,  their 

bows,  and  sides  from  collision,  grounding,  or  waves,  the  wave- 
fenders  acting  as  a  screen  or  protector. 

220.  FENDERS,  ROLLER.     Fenders  provided  or  formed  with  a 

freely  rotating  friction-roller. 

221.  IMPLEMENTS.    Devices  of  miscellaneous  character  adapt- 

able and  specific  to  use  on  board  ships  and  boats,  usually  sepa- 
rate and  independent  of  the  structure  of  the  ship. 

222.  IMPLEMENTS,    HULL-CLEANING.    Devices   of   various 

types  especially  adapted  to  cleaning,  painting,  or  scraping  a 
ship's  hull  or  preventing  the  growth  and  deposit  of  foreign 
matter  thereon,  as  barnacles,  or  means  for  preventing  barnacle 
growth. 

Search  Class — 
114— SHIPS,  subclass  232,  Oil-distributers. 

223.  IMPLEMENTS,  RIGGING.    Miscellaneous  devices  specific  to 

use  in  or  about  ships'  rigging,  but  not  in  permanent  use,  in- 
cluding rope  stoppers,  grips,  tighteners,  and  other  rope-han- 
dling devices. 

224.  IMPLEMENTS,  CALKING,  PAYING,  ETC.    Devices  for 

calking  or  making  the  seams  water-tight  and  painting,  pitch- 
ing, or  puttying  the  same. 

Note. — Where  such  results  are  secured  by  the  manner  or  means  of 
uniting  sheaths,  strakes,  plates,  or  planking,  see  in  this  class, 
subclass  86,  Building,  Calking  and  seaming,  the  devices  of  this 
subclass  being  implements  or  machines  entirely  separate  there- 
from. 

Search  Class 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  3.5,  Puttying  devices. 

225.  IMPLEMENTS,    SPIKES,    PINS,    AND     FIDS.    Wedge- 

shaped  devices  for  working  rope  or  securing  and  locking  mast 
or  spar  joints,  etc. 

226.  IMPLEMENTS,  CLAMPS.    Devices  for  securing  and  holding 

ropes  and  hawsers  to  facilitate  splicing,  turning  in  dead-eyes, 

hauling,  etc.,  and  hawser-tongs. 
Search  Classes 
24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  115,  Cord  and 

rope  holders. 
57 — HOISTING,  subclass  34,  Block  and  tackle,  for  rope-clamps 

combined  with  hoisting-tackle  or  pulley-blocks. 

227.  LEAK-STOPPERS.    Devices  for  stopping  leaks  of  vessels 

applied  from  the  inside  or  from  the  exterior  of  the  vessel,  but 
not  of  the  nature  of  linings  and  fillings  between  bottoms, 
planks,  or  plates. 
Search  Class— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  09,  Building,  Insubmergible  vessels,  Lin- 
ings, and  fillings,  for  linings  and  fillings  between  bottoms, 
planks,  or  plates. 

228.  LEAK-STOPPERS,  INTERIOR.    Stoppers  applied  to  the 

inside  of  the  hull. 

229.  LEAK-STOPPERS,   APRONS,   MATS,   ETC.    Means  ap- 

plied externally  to  prevent  leaking  in  which  the  stopper  is  of 
the  nature  of  an  apron,  mat,  mattress,  curtain,  etc.,  and  applied 
over  the  leak. 


CLASS  114— Continued. 

230.  MOORING    DEVICES.    Devices  for  securing  a  vessel  to  a 

buoy-float,  dock,  or  slip,  the  securing  or  releasing  means  being 
usually  automatic  in  the  latter  case. 

231.  MOORING  DEVICES,  FERRY-SLIP.    Moorings  in  which 

a  part  of  the  securing  means  is  located  upon  the  vessel  and 
usually  operated  automatically  as  the  boat  comes  in. 
Search  Class — 
14— BRIDGES,  subclass  2,  Gangways  and  ferry  guards. 

232.  OIL-DISTRIBUTERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  spreading 

oil  upon  the  surface  of  the  waves  or  hulls  of  the  vessels,  pri- 
marily to  diminish  the  roughness  and  force  of  the  waves  in 
storms;  includes  devices  that  distribute  oil  to  the  contact- 
surface  of  the  hulls  of  vessels  to  diminish  the  water  friction  and 
increase  the  speed  and  prevent  attachment  and  growth  of 
barnacles,  etc.,  thus  cleaning  the  hull. 
Search  Classes— 

9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  8.5,  Buoys,  Oil-distributers. 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  54,  Harbors,  Fortifica- 
tions and  defenses,  for  oil-distributers  used  in  harbors. 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass  35,  Pro- 
jectiles, oil-distributing. 

233.  OIL-DISTRIBUTERS,  SHIP  STRUCTURE.     Devices  fixed 

to  or  involving  the  ship  or  its  structure,  usually  distributing 
oil  through  pipes  to  orifices  in  or  about  the  hull. 
Search  Class  — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  67,  Building,  Antifriction-surfaces,  for  air 
and  oil  distrubuters  of  similar  structure  used  for  diminishing 
friction. 

234.  OIL-DISTRIBUTERS,     DRAGS      AND      FLOATS.     Oil- 

receptacles  thrown  overboard  from  vessels  to  gradually  spread 
oil  on  the  surface  of  the  sea  secured  to  the  vessel  by  a  tow-line 
or  hawser  and  dragged  or  floated  on  the  surface  of  the  sea. 
Search  Class — 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  54,  Harbors,  Fortifica- 
tions and  defences,  for  devices  for  distributing  oil  in  harbors. 

235.  TOWING.    Devices  specific  to  boat  and  ship  tows,  including 

arrangements  of  boats  in  train,  lashing  and  securing  means, 
tow-couplings  and  lines,  and  attachments. 
Search  Class— 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  6,  Towing,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  all  towing  devices  involving  means  for 
marine  propulsion. 

236.  TOWING,  STEERING  MECHANISM.    Devices  applicable 

only  to  use  in  towing  and  to  boats  in  train  for  changing  the 
direction  of  the  tow  or  operating  the  rudder  of  any  of  them. 

237.  TOWING,  STEERING  MECHANISM,  INDICATORS.    In- 

dicators or  devices  for  locating  the  position  of  the  tow  when 
the  vessel  may  not  be  discernible  and  not  otherwise  classifiable 
because  of  the  specific  use  to  which  it  is  applied  and  the  com- 
bination of  elements  of  which  it  is  one. 
Search  Class— 

177 — ELECTRIC  S<GNALING,  subclass  324,  Annunciators,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  electrically-operated  devices. 

238.  TORPEDO-LAUNCHING.    Devices  for  launching,  releasing, 

handling,  or  expelling  torpedoes  of  the  fish  or  automobile  type. 
In  the  torpedo-tubes  included  herein  the  expelling  power  of 
air,  gas,  liquid,  or  gunpowder  is  only  sufficient  to  make  the 
torpedo  take  the  water. 
Search  Class — 

89— ORDNANCE,  subclass  5,  Submarine,  for  torpedo-guns  for  tor- 
pedo-projectiles that  are  projected  rather  than  launched. 

239.  TORPEDO-LAUNCHING,  OUTBOARD.    Devices  pivoted, 

suspended,  or  secured  to  the  ship's  side  or  deck  for  expelling, 
handling,  or  launching  torpedoes,  including  tubes  mounted 
upon  boats'  decks,  but  not  torpedo-tubes  of  the  inboard  type. 
Search  Class — 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  19,  Torpedo-boats,  Spar,  for  torpedoes  car- 
ried at  the  end  of  the  spar. 

240.  TORPEDO-GUARDS.     Devices  applied  externally  to  a  ship 

or  supported  thereon  to  prevent  torpedoes  from  touching  the 
vessel's  hull. 

241.  TORPEDO-GUARDS,  NETS.    Net-like  torpedo  guards. 


CLASS  115.— MARINE   PROPULSION. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  and  is  limited  to  inventions  that  relate  to 
and  have  for  their  object  means  other  than  oars  or  sails  for  moving 
vessels  through  the  water.  It  includes  all  types  of  propellers  acting 
or  reacting  upon  the  water  and  all  inventions  for  moving  tows  not 
otherwise  classified. 

Inventions  pertaining  to  the  structure  or  details  of  ships  or  boats 
are  classified  in  classes  114,  SHIPS,  and  9,  BOATS  AND  BUOYS. 

Subclasses. 

0.5.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Such  propelling  devices  as  are  not  other- 
wise classifiable. 

1.  LAND  AND  WATER  BOATS.     Inventions  relating  specifi- 

cally to  propelling  means  and  designed  for  use  upon  either 
land  or  water. 

Note. — Ice-boats  adapted  to  be  used  in  water  and  usually  pro- 
vided with  rammers,  with  or  without  ice  propelling  means,  are 
classified  in  class  114,  SHIPS. 

2.  LAND  AND  WATER  BOATS,  PEDOMOTORS.    Land  and 

water  boat-propellers  driven  by  the  feet. 

3.  WIND-MOTORS.    Motors  actuated  by  the  wind  and  which 

operate  propellers  of  any  type. 

4.  WAVE   PROPULSION.    Devices  actuated  by  the  motion  of 

the  vessel  or  by  wave-motors  that  drive  the  propellers  or  the 
vessel. 

Note. — Wave-motors  per  se  are  classified  in  class  61,  HYDRAULIC 
ENGINEERING,  subclasses  of  Tide-powers,  and  in  class  138, 
HYDRAULIC  MOTORS. 

5.  WAVE  PROPULSION,  OSCILLATING  WEIGHT.    Marine 

propelling  devices  operated  through  the  oscillation  of  a  weight 
actuated  by  the  rolling  or  other  motion  of  the  vessel,  the  mo- 
tion being  caused  by  waves. 
Search  Class— 

185— MOTORS,  subclasses  29,  Weight,  Oscillating,  and  30, 
Weight,  Oscillating,  Wave  type. 

6.  TOWING.    Inventions  in  means  for  propelling  or  towing  vessels 

in  canals  and  rivers  or  upon  the  sea  or  other  body  of  water, 
other  than  those  involving  the  construction  of  electrical  rail- 
way motors  and  systems. 
Search  Classes — 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  235,  Towing,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  towing  devices  other  than  propelling  means. 

191— ELECTRICITY,  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass  22,  Telpher 
and  towing,  for  electric-railway  systems. 

7.  TOWING,  CABLE  SYSTEMS.    Propelling  means   involving 

the  use  of  a  cable,  which  may  be  either  fixed  or  movable.  If 
movable,  the  vessel  is  provided  with  means  for  securing  the 
cable  thereto,  and  if  fixed  the  vessel  has  traction  means  for 
hauling  the  cable  in  and  paying  it  out;  also  ferrying  devices 
comprising  fixed  cables  and  vessels  operated  by  rudders,  fins, 
or  other  current  devices  and  motors  for  propelling  across  the 
stream. 

Search  Class— 

191— ELECTRICITY,  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass  22,  Telpher 
and  towing,  when  electrical  devices  are  involved  and  the 
cable  is  an  electric  trolley. 

8.  TOWING,  TRACK  SYSTEMS.     Propelling    means    used    in 

towing  iri  which  tracks  are  used  upon  which  the  traction  de- 
vice or  vessel  runs,  it  being  immaterial  whether  the  track  is 
horizontal,  vertical,  or  in  the  bed  of  a  canal. 

9.  TOWING,   GROUND-WHEELS   OR   POLERS.     Propelling 

means  in  which  traction-wheels  are  used  to  take  on  the  bed  or 
bottom  of  the  canal  or  in  which  the  vessel  is  pushed  by  polers 
or  poles. 

10.  TOWING,  TOWING-MACHINES.    Devices  for  hauling  in  or 

paying  out  the  cable  or  tow-line  upon  sudden  strain  caused  by 
force  of  the  waves.  These  devices  are  of  the  nature  of  tension 
or  surge  relievers  and  are  chiefly  used  to  preserve  the  relation 
between  the  towing  vessel  and  the  tow. 

11.  JET.    Propelling  devices  in  which  a  jet  of  fluid  is  used  for  pro- 

pelling a  vessel  which  by  reaction  upon  the  water  in  which  the 
vessel  is  floated  causes  its  motion. 

12.  JET,  STEERING.    Jet-propellers  that  involve  means  for  steer- 

ing combined  with  the  propelling  means. 
Search  Class— 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  151,  Steering  mechanism,  Fluid-pressure, 
Jet,  for  jet-steering  alone  or  for  the  purpose  of  steering  only. 

13.  JET,  EXPLOSIVE.    Propelling  devices  causing  explosive  jets 

of  the  nature  of  those  used  in  air  and  gas  engines  used  for  pro- 
pelling a  vessel  and  usually  specific  thereto  or  involving  the 
structure  of  the  vessel. 


CLASS  115— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

160— STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS,  for  explosive  devices  per  se 
for  elevating  or  propelling  water. 

14.  JET,  HYDRAULIC.     Jet-propelling  devices  in  which  a  col- 

umn or  jet  of  water  is  ejected  by  any  means,  the  vessel  being 
propelled  by  the  reaction  due  to  the  impact  of  the  jet. 

15.  JET,  HYDRAULIC,   PNEUMATIC-DRIVE.    Hydraulic-jet 

devices  in  which  the  jet  is  set  in  motion  in  a  water-channel  by 
means  of  the  force  exerted  thereon  by  an  aeriform  body,  usu- 
ally air  or  steam. 

Note. — Explosive  jets,  whether  acting  directly  upon  the  external 
water  or  upon  a  channel  in  which  water  is  combined,  are 
classified  in  this  class,  subclass  13,  Jet,  Explosive. 

16.  JET,  HYDRAULIC,  WHEEL-DRIVE.    Hydraulic  jets  actu- 

ated by  paddle  or  water  wheels,  screws,  or  centrifugal  pumps 
which  are  located  somewhere  in  a  water  channel  or  way  be- 
tween the  intake  and  emerging  orifices. 

Note.— These  devices  differ  from  paddle-wheels  or  screws  in  chan- 
nels or  ways  (see  subclasses  39  and  53  in  this  class)  in  that  in 
these  the  channel  is  closed,  not  open  to  the  water  laterally,  and 
in  that  the  vessel  is  propelled  by  the  reaction  caused  by  the 
impact  of  the  jet  upon  the  external  water,  while  in  the  wheels 
and  screws  in  channels  and  ways  the  reaction  is  principally 
upon  the  wheel  or  screw. 

17.  PORTABLE  PROPELLERS.    Propelling    devices    of   any 

type  adaptable  to  any  boat  or  vessel  and  not  permanently 
secured  thereto,  usually  provided  with  clamping  means  by 
which  they  may  be  secured  to  the  gunwale,  stern,  or  sides 
or  that  are  easily  removable  or  attached. 

18.  PORTABLE    PROPELLERS,    STEERING.    Portable  pro- 

pellers that  steer  as  well  as  propel,  when  desired. 

19.  BUOYANT  PROPELLERS.    Types    of   propelling    devices 

which  are  distinctly  buoyant  in  structure  and  action  and  help 
to  buoy  up  or  float  the  vessel. 

20.  BUOYANT   PROPELLERS,   ROTARY  HULL.    Buoyant 

propellers  in  which  the  hull  or  outer  shell  revolves  in  propel- 
ling, either  rolling  upon  or  over  or,  screw-like,  revolving 
through  the  water,  the  machinery,  cabins,  etc.,  being  within 
the  rotary  shell. 

21.  MANUAL  POWER.    Propellers  driven  by  hand-power  and 

not  otherwise  classifiable,  the  invention  relating  principally  to 
the  hand-motor  for  driving  the  propeller  or  including  it. 
Search  Class — 
115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  66,  Crank-paddles. 

22.  MANUAL     POWER,     CATAMARAN.    Manually-propelled 

boats  or  vessels  in  which  a  plurality  of  hulls  or  floats  are  struc- 
turally united,  usually  to  form  a  channel-way  in  or  adjacent  to 
which  the  propeller  is  hung  or  fitted. 

23.  MANUAL     POWER,     PADDLE-WHEEL.     Paddle-wheels 

operated  by  hand-power. 

24.  MANUAL     POWER,     SCREW.     Manually-propelled  screw- 

propellers. 

25.  MARINE  PEDOMOTORS.    Marine  velocipedes  propelled  by 

foot-power. 

26.  MARINE  PEDOMOTORS,  CATAMARAN.     Foot-propelled 

velocipedes  of  the  multiple  hull  or  float  type. 

27.  MARINE  PEDOMOTORS,  BICYCLE-PROPELLED.  Foot- 

power  velocipedes,  an  ordinary  bicycle  being  the  actuating 
device. 

28.  OSCILLATING  PROPELLERS.     Propellers    which    propel 

the  vessel  by  their  oscillations,  the  blades  of  said  propellers 
usually  feathering  or  offering  but  little  resistance  to  the  water 
on  the  return  stroke. 

Note. — These  propellers  differ  from  "reciprocating  propellers" 
(31)  in  that  the  propeller  does  not  move  back  and  forth  in 
a  straight  line,  and  they  differ  from  "crank-paddles"  (66)  in 
that  the  latter  dip  into  the  water  and  are  wholly  or  partially 
retracted.  The  resistance  of  the  water  on  the  back  stroke  of 
oscillating  propellers  is  overcome  by  feathering. 

29.  OSCILLATING    PROPELLERS,    STEERING.     Propellers 

of  this  type  that  are  adaptable  for  steering  and  propulsion. 

30.  OSCILLATING    PROPELLERS,    REVERSING.    Oscillat- 

ing propellers  having  means  for  reversing,  so  that  they  may  be 
used  for  propelling  "ahead "  or  "back, "  usually  by  causing  the 
blades  to  feather  in  the  opposite  direction  or  on  the  other  side. 

31.  RECIPROCATING  PROPELLERS.    Propellers  of  this  type 

operate  back  and  forth  in  a  straight  line,  the  resistance  of  the 
water  being  overcome  on  the  back  stroke  by  feathering  or 
equivalent. 

231 


232 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  115— Continued. 

32.  RECIPROCATING    PROPELLERS,   STEERING.    Recip- 

rocating propellers  that  are  used  for  steering  as  well  as  for 
propelling. 

33.  RECIPROCATING    PROPELLERS,    REVERSING.    Re- 

ciprocating propellers  having  means  for  reversing  by  which 
they  are  used  for  going  ahead  or  backing,  usually  by  changing 
the  direction  of  feathering  or  equivalent. 

34.  SCREW-PROPELLERS.    Types     of    screw-propellers     not 

otherwise  classifiable  below  and  involving  then:  form  and 
construction. 
Search  Classes— 

193— CONVEYERS,  subclass  13,  Screw. 
244 — AERONAUTICS,  subclass  26,  Propellers,  Screw. 

35.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,     STEERING.    Types    of    screw- 

propellers  combined  with  means  by  which  they  may  be  and 
are  used  for  steering. 

36.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,  FITTING  AND  DRIVING.  Means 

and  methods  of  driving  the  propeller,  the,  arrangement,  hang- 
ing connections  or  fittings,  or  all  other  combinations  that 
involve  more  than  the  structure  of  the  propeller  per  se. 
Search  Class — 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclasses  21,  Manual  power;  22, 
Manual  power,  Catamaran,  and  24,  Manual  power,  Screw, 
for  manually-propelled  screws;  subclass  25,  Marine  pedom- 
otors,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  foot-propelled  veloci- 
pedes. 

37.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,  FITTING  AND  DRIVING,  MUL- 

TIPLE  OR   TWIN  SCREW.     Inventions  relating  to  the 
use  of  more  than  one  propeller. 
Search  Class— 
114 — SHIPS,  subclass  57,  Form,  Screw-propeller  type. 

38.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,  FITTING  AND  DRIVING,  MUL- 

TIPLE OR  TWIN  SCREW,  SIDE.  Those  screw-pro- 
pellers in  which  a  plurality  of  screws  is  used  amidships,  or 
•nearly  so,  at  the  sides  of  the  vessel. 

39.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,      FITTING      AND      DRIVING, 

CHANNELS  AND  WAYS.  Inventions  in  fitting  and  driv- 
ing in  which  the  vessel  is  formed  so  as  to  provide  a  water 
channel  or  way  to  force  the  water  toward  and  from  the  screw. 
These  channels  are  more  or  less  open. 

Note. — For  channels  formed  through  the  vessel  within  which  a 
screw  revolves  to  form  an  emerging  jet  see  this  class,  subclass 
16,  Jet,  Hydraulic,  Wheel-drive. 

Note. — Where  the  channel  is  formed  by  a  short  cylinder  or  casing 
around  the  screw,  see  this  class,  subclass  42,  Screw-propellers, 
Fitting  and  driving,  Casings  and  shields. 

Search  Class— 
114— SHIPS,  subclass  57,  Form,  Screw-propeller  type. 

40.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,  FITTING  AND  DRIVING,  SELF- 

CLEARING.  Propellers  having  means  for  cutting  them- 
selves free  from  weeds  or  other  marine  vegetation. 

41.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,      FITTING      AND      DRIVING, 

DEPTH  REGULATION.  Means  for  adjusting  the  screw- 
propeller  vertically. 

42.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,  FITTING  AND  DRIVING,  CAS- 

INGS AND  SHIELDS.  Screw-propellers  fitted  with  incas- 
ing hoods,  cylinders,  or  other  casings  not  revoluble  or  struc- 
turally integral  with  the  screw.  This  group  also  includes 
grates,  screens,  or  other  fenders  or  shields  designed  to  protect 
the  screw  and  its  blades. 

Note. — Where  the  casing  is  structurally  united  with  the  blades  or 
screw  and  revolves  with  it,  soo  this  class,  subclass  48,  Screw- 
propellers,  Radial  blades,  Rims  or  cylinders. 

43.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,  FITTING  AND  DRIVING,  PRO- 

PELLER-SHAFT BRAKES.  Inventions  in  brakes  ap- 
plied to  and  acting  upon  the  propeller-shaft  to  prevent  the 
"racing"  of  the  propeller  and  usually  automatic  in  operation. 
Note. — Propeller-shaft  brakes  that  involve  means  for  throttling 
the  steam  by  a  marine  governor  are  classified  in  class  121, 
STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  113,  Speed-governors,  Marine. 

44.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,  ADJUSTABLE  BLADES.    Screw- 

propellers  in  which  the  blades  are  adjustable  in  any  way, 
usually  by  devices  for  changing  the  pitch. 

45.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,    ADJUSTABLE    BLADES,    RE- 

VERSING. Screw-propellers  having  adjustable  blades,  with 
means  for  reversing  the  pitch  of  the  blades,  changing  from  a 
right  to  left  handed  screw  or  equivalent. 

46.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,   RADIAL   BLADES.    Screw-pro- 

pellers in  which  tho  blades  emerge  from  tha  hub  as  spokes 
from  a  wheel  or  in  which  the  blade  neither  extends  more  than 
half-way  around  tho  circumference  of  tho  hub  nor  forms  a 
so-called  "continuous  screw"  around  the,  hub  or  cylinder  on 
which  it  is  formed.  This  group  is  further  limited  to  pro- 
pellers per  se,  not  involving  driving  or  fitting  means. 
Search  Class— 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  42,  Screw-propellers,  Fit- 
ting and  driving,  Casings  and  shields. 

47.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,     RADIAL     BLADES,     REMOV- 

ABLE. Radial-blade  propellers  in  which  tho  blades  are 
separable  or  provided  with  means  for  removable  attachment 
to  the  hub,  so  that  the  blades  may  be  replaced  or  taken  off  for 
rerjairs. 


CLASS  115— Continued. 

48.  SCREW-PROPELLERS,    RADIAL    BLADES,    RIMS    OR 

CYLINDERS.  Radial-blade  prop  >ll"rs  that  are  surrounded 
by  a  rim  or  cylinder,  said  rim,  cylinder,  or  equivalent  being 
revplubl  >,  with  the  screw  and  structurally  united  thereto  or  in 
which  the  peripheral  extremities  of  the"  blades  are  united  to 
form  such  rim  or  cylinder. 

Note.— For  similar  devices  that  are  not  revoluble  with  the  screw 
see  this  class,  subclass  42,  Screw-propellers,  Fitting  and  driv- 
ing, Casings  and  shields. 

49.  PADDLE-WHEELS.    Miscellaneous  paddle  or  water  wheels 

not  otherwise  classifiable  used  for  propelling  vessels. 
Search  Class— 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  23,  Manual  power,  Paddle- 
wheel. 

50.  PADDLE-WHEELS,  STEERING.    Paddle-wheels  arranged 

to  effect  steering  as  well  as  propulsion  or  provided  with  means 
by  which  they  may  be  used  for  steering  also. 

51.  PADDLE-WHEELS,   FITTING   AND   DRIVING.    Inven- 

tions relating  to  the  fitting  of  paddle-wheels  or  to  driving 
means  involving  more  than  the  paddle-wheel  per  se. 

Note.— For  devices  that  are  as  applicable  to  screw  propulsion  as 
to  paddle-wheels  see  in  this  class,  subclass  36,  Screw-propellers, 
Fitting  and  driving. 

Note. — For  manually-actuated  motors  see  in  this  class,  subclasses 
22,  Manual  power,  Catamaran,  and  23,  Manual  power,  Paddle- 
wheel. 

Note. — For  foot-propellad  wheels  see  in  this  class,  subclass  25, 
Marine  pedomotors,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

52.  PADDLE-WHEELS,   FITTING  AND   DRIVING,  HORI- 

ZONTAL AND  INCLINED  WHEELS.  Paddle-wheels 
having  other  than  a  horizontal  axis. 

Note.— Many  wheels  of  this  type  are  classified  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 50,  Paddle-wheels,  Steering. 

53.  PADDLE-WHEELS,   FITTING   AND   DRIVING,    CHAN. 

NELS  AND  WAYS.  Inventions  in  which  the  water  or  paddle 
wheel  is  placed  in  a  waterway  formed  in  the  vessel  that  is  open 
at  the  bottom  or  sides  or  that  is  formed  bteween  the  parts  of  a 
divided  hull  or  between  hulls. 

Note. — For  devicesin  which  the  water- wheel  is  placed  in  a  channel 
open  only  at  the  ends  in  which  the  wheel  sets  a  jet  in  motion, 
the  reaction  of  which  propels  the  vessel,  see  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 16,  Jet,  Hydraulic,  Wheel-drive. 

Note. — For  similar  channels  and  ways  in  which  screw-propellers 
are  used  search  in  thisclass,  subclass  41,  Screw-proppllers.  Fit- 
ting and  driving,  Depth  regulation,  or  in  subclass  42,  Screw- 
propellers,  Fitting  and  driving,  Casings  and  shields. 

54.  PADDLE-WHEELS,  FITTING  AND  DRIVING,  DEPTH 

REGULATION.    Inventions  relating  to  moans  for  the  verti- 
cal adjustment  or  submergence  of  the  paddle-wheel. 
Search  Class — 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  41,  Screw-propellers,  Fit- 
ting and  driving,  Depth  regulation,  for  similar  devices  for 
screw-propellers. 

55.  PADDLE-WHEELS,    FEATHERING    BLADES.    Paddle- 

wheels  having  means  for  turning  the  blades  or  buckets  so  as  to 
offer  less  or  no  resistance  to  their  passage  through  the  water 
when  they  have  passed  through  the  effective  portion  of  their 
rotation.  The  blades  are  made  to  feather  about  a  radial  axis 
or  about  a  line  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  wheel. 
Search  Classes — 

103— PUMPS,  subclass  60.  Fluid-motive  power,  Water-wheel. 

138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  12,  Rotary,  Feathering. 

170— WIND-WHEELS,  subclasses  1,  Wind-wheels,  Horizontal, 
and  2,  Wind-wheels,  Oscillating. 

50.  PADDLE-WHEELS,  FEATHERING  BLADES,  ADJUST- 
ABLE. Inventions  in  feathering  paddle-wheels  in  which 
the  amount  of  feathering  is  adjustable  or  can  be  effected  at 
different  points  in  the  rotation  of  the  wheel. 

57.  PADDLE-WHEELS,  FEATHERING  BLADES,  RADIAL 

AXIS.  Feathering  means  in  which  the  blade  is  turned  or 
feathered  about  an  axis  coincident  or  parallel  with  the  radius 
of  the  wheel  in  distinction  from  that  in  which  the  feathering 
is  about  an  axis  parallel  with  that  of  the  a\is  of  the  wheel  or  in 
which  the  blades  are  moved  in  and  out  radially. 

58.  PADDLE-WHEELS,  FEATHERING  BLADES,  GUIDES, 

TRACKS,  ETC.  Devices  for  causing  the  paddle-blade, 
bucket,  or  float  to  turn  on  its  horizontal  axis  or  move  in  and 
out  by  means  of  a  cam  or  by  guides,  tracks,  etc.,  over  or 
through  which  a  part  connected  to  the  blade  or  bucket  travels. 

59.  PADDLE-WHEELS,    FEATHERING    BLADES,    GEAR- 

ING. Devices  in  which  feathering  is  effected  by  means  of 
intermediate  gearing  between  the  blades  or  buckets  and  the 
hub  or  wheel. 

60.  PADDLE-WHEELS,   FEATHERING    BLADES,   ECCEN- 

TRICS. Devices  in  which  the  blades  or  buckets,  etc.,  of  the 
paddle-wheel  are  feathered  by  means  of  connections  to  an 
eccentric  on  the  axis  of  the  wheel. 

61.  PADDLE-WHEELS,  ADJUSTABLE  BLADES  OR  BUCK- 

ETS. Paddle-wheels  in  which  the  blades,  buckets,  or  floats 
of  the  wheel  are  made  adjustable  thereon. 

62.  PADDLE-WHEELS,      CURVILINEAR       BLADES       OR 

BUCKETS.  Inventions  relating  to  the  curvilinear  form, 
shape,  or  to  the  periphery  of  the  blades,  buckets,  floats,  etc. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


233 


CLASS  115— Continued. 

63.  CHAIN-PROPELLERS.    In  the  propellers  of  this  type  the 

blades,  buckets,  or  floats  that  act  on  the  water  are  secured  to 
an  endless  chain  or  web,  the  movement  of  which  moves  the 
blades  that  propel  the  boat. 

Note.— For  similar  devices  actuated  by  a  current  or  tide-water 
which  if  their  action  were  reversed  could  be  used  as  propellers, 
see  class  138,  HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  11,  Chain. 

64.  CHAIN-PROPELLERS,  STEERING  AND  ADJUSTABLE. 

Chain-propellers  that  are  constructed  and  used  for  steering  as 
well  as  propulsion;  also  chain-propellers  that  are  adjustable 
as  a  whole  or  in  part  in  any  way. 

65.  CHAIN-PROPELLERS,  FEATHERING.     Chain-propellers 

that  have  means  for  making  the  blades  take  a  position  in 
which  they  offer  but  little  or  no  resistance  to  the  water  or  air 
through  which  they  pass  in  moving  on  the  back  stroke  or  when 
not  in  position  for  propelling. 


CLASS  115— Continued. 

66.  CRANK-PADDLES.    Propellers  operated  by  a  crank  or  equiv- 

alent, the  propeller-blades,  usually  in  the  form  of  a  paddle, 
being  dipped  thereby  in  to  the  water  during  the  effective  por- 
tion of  their  stroke  and  wholly  or  partially  retracted  during  the 
remainder  or  on  the  back  stroke,  thereby  presenting  less  sur- 
face to  the  water.  Their  operation  is  similar  to  that  of  a  canoe- 
paddle  made  to  move  mechanically. 

67.  CRANK-PADDLES,    STEERING    AND     ADJUSTABLE. 

Crank-paddles  that  are  used  for  steering  and  propulsion  and 
crank-paddles  that  are  adjustable  in  any  way. 


CLASS  119.— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY. 

DEFINITIONS. 


The  broad  or  group  class  of  inventions  applicable  to  the  propaga- 
tion, rearing,  training,  and  care  of  living  animals.  The  word  "ani- 
mal" is  used  in  its  generic  biological  meaning  of  a  living  sentient 
organism  and  is  applicable  to  insects,  fish,  fowl,  mammals,  and  other 
forms  of  animal  life. 

The  class  is  subdivided  into  (1)  a  special  culture  group,  wherein 
are  classified  those  inventions  the  common  bond  between  which  is 
determined  by  the  particular  kind  of  organism  which  they  are 
designed  to  treat,  and  (2)  a  number  of  groups  the  common  bond 
between  which  is  determined  by  the  function  or  mode  of  operation  of 
the  inventions  rather  than  the  particular  creature  to  which  they  are 
applied.  In  the  latter  group  are  also  placed  special  apparatus 
limited  in  use  to  the  care  and  culture  of  fowls,  which  are  placed  in 
subclasses  having  a  distinctive  title. 
Search  Classes — 

6— BEE  CULTURE,  for  the  propagation  and  care  of  bees. 
17 — BUTCHERING,  for  slaughtering  apparatus. 
43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  for  apparatus  for  capturing  wild 

animals. 

54—  HARNESS,  for  work  and  training  harness  for  animals. 
101— PRINTING,  for  printing,  branding,  and  tattooing  instru- 
ments. 

128 — SURGERY,  subclasses  under  "Veterinary,"  for  animal  sur- 
gical appliances,  including  castrating,  dehorning,  tagging, 
snout-cutting,  and  ring  and  clip  applying  instruments  and 
those  for  cutting  identification  marks  or  otherwise  operating 
upon  the  flesh. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  14,  Self- 
heating  tools,  Branding  irons,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  branding  tools  of  general  application,  some  of  which  are 
adapted  to  brand  domestic  animals,  and  in  subclass  17,  Self- 
heating  tools,  Burning  tools,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  cauterizing  tools,  among  which  are  devices  for  sterilizing 
wounds  of  animals. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Inventions  not  otherwise  classified  hav- 

ing to  do  with  animal  husbandry. 

2.  SPECIAL  CULTURE,  AQUATIC,  CRUSTACEAN.    Inven- 

tions relating  to  the  care  and  propagation  of  lobsters,  crabs, 
and  like  aquatic  crustaceans. 

3.  SPECIAL  CULTURE,  AQUATIC,  FISH.    Inventions  specifi- 

cally adapted  to  the  care  and  propagation  of  fish. 

4.  SPECIAL  CULTURE,  AQUATIC,  MOLLUSK.    Inventions 

specifically  adapted  to  the  propagation  and  care  of  oysters, 
clams,  and  other  aquatic  mollusks. 

5.  SPECIAL  CULTURE,   AQUATIC,  AQUARIUMS.    Special 

forms  of  water  receptacles  and  appliances  cooperating  there- 
with adapted  to  the  care  or  exhibition  of  fishes  and  other 
aquatic  animals.  Excludes  all  devices  particularly  adapted 
for  use  in  propagation. 

6.  SPECIAL  CULTURE,  SILKWORM.    Inventions  employed 

in  propagating  and  caring  for  the  "worm"  and  other  forms  of 
those  moths  whose  larvae  produce  silk. 

7.  STOCK  CARS.    Such  superstructure  of  freight  cars  and  equip- 

ment cooperating  therewith  not  otherwise  classifiable  as 
specially  adapt  them  to  the  transportation  and  care  of  animals. 
Search  Classes — 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  appropriate  subclasses,  and  189, 
METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  appropriate  subclasses,  for 
elements  of  stock  car  structure,  such  as  doors,  floors,  etc. 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  15,  Cars,  Freight,  and 
appropriate  subclasses,  for  general  freight  car  structure. 

8.  STOCK  CARS,  CONVERTIBLE.    Stock  cars  provided  with 

means  whereby  they  may  be  converted  into  an  ordinary 
closed  freight  or  "box"  car  for  the  transportation  of  grain,  etc.. 
or  for  the  protection  of  valuable  animals  against  inclement 
weather. 
Search  Class — 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  193,  Cars,  Freight, 
Removable  side  sections. 

9.  STOCK  CARS,   DECKS.    Stock  cars  which  in  addition  to 

devices  designed  to  facilitate  the  care  of  animals  are  provided 
with  intermediate  floors  for  the  accommodation  of  small  stock. 
Search  Class— 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  199,  Cars,  Passenger, 
Double-deck,  for  cars  with  permanent  double-decks  specifi- 
cally adapted  to  carry  human  beings,  and  appropriate  sub- 
classes under  Cars,  for  car  decks  of  general  application. 

10.  STOCK  CARS    FEEDING  AND  WATERING  DEVICES. 

Racks,  troughs,  drinking  fountains,  water  supply  systems, 
and  food  storage  systems  specially  constructed  for  use  in  a 
stock  car,  and  particularly  the  arrangement  and  cooperation 
of  said  devices  to  facilitate  the  feeding  and  watering  of  the 
animals  being  transported. 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

Search  Class 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  51,  Feeding  devices, 
appropriate  subclasses,  for  feeding  devices  per  se,  and  74, 
Watering  devices,  Fountains  and  troughs,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  watering  devices  of  general  application. 

11.  STOCK    CARS,    PARTITIONS.    Vertical   movable   devices 

specially  adapted  to  subdivide  a  stock  oar  into  stalls  or  pen- 
like  compartments  for  the  purpose  of  separating  animals  dur- 
ing transportation,  including  not  only  flexible,  open,  and  solid 
partitions  and  inswinging  doors  performing  similar  functions, 
but  mechanisms  specially  adapted  to  use  in  a  stock  car  for 
moving  said  partitions. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  27,  Confining  and  housing 
devices,  Stalls,  for  stall-forming  partitions  of  general  applica- 
tion. 

12.  STOCK  CARS,  PARTITIONS    POULTRY.    Stock  cars  so 

constructed  interiorly  as  to  facilitate  the  care  for  and  transpor- 
tation of  a  large  number  of  groups  of  fowls. 
Search  Class  - 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  77,  Cars,  Freight. 
Fruit,  for  details. 

13.  STOCK  CARS,  SAFEGUARDS.    Means  for  preventing  ani- 

mals from  being  injured  during  transportation  by  the  swaying 
or  jerking  of  the  cars  or  from  their  remaining  upon  their  feet 
during  a  long  period  of  time,  such  as  interior  buffers,  yielding 
partitions,  supporting  platforms,  stocks,  and  slings  specially 
designed  for  use  in  stock  cars. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  100,  Restraining  devices, 
Stocks,  Combined  slings  and  hopples,  and  102,  Restraining 
devices,  Stocks,  Slings,  and  the  subclasses  referred  to  in  the 
search  notes  thereof. 

14.  STOCK  CARS,  VESTIBULE.    Stock  cars  provided  with  end 

openings  and  end  platforms  inclosed  by  walls  forming  a  vesti- 
bule or  protected  passage  way  designed  to  connect  contiguous 
cars  and  to  afford  a  safe  passage  for  animals. 
Search  Class— 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  61,  Cars,  Vestibule, 
for  vestibule  structures  of  general  application. 

15.  CONFINING  AND  HOUSING  DEVICES.    Inventions  not 

otherwise  classifiable  specially  adapted  for  confining  animala 
to  comparatively  restricted  areas  for  protecting  them  against 
intruders  and  unfavorable  conditions  of  weather  or  for  facili- 
tating then-  care  and  management.  Inventions  in  metal, 
wood,  or  masonry  structures  or  elements  or  receptacles  of 
general  utility  are  not  classified  here,  although  used  ha  animal 
housing. 

16.  CONFINING   AND   HOUSING   DEVICES,   BARNS  AND 

SHEDS.    Roofed  building  structures  particularly  adapted  to 
house  and  protect  animals  and  to  facilitate  their  care. 
Search  Classes — 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS;  72,  MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE 
STRUCTURES,  and  189,  METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES, 
appropriate  subclasses,  for  the  various  units  of  building  struc- 
ture. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  2,  Portable  houses,  and  189, 
METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  2,  Buildings,  Port- 
able, for  portable  buildings. 

17.  CONFINING  AND  HOUSING  DEVICES,  CAGES.    Barred 

or  reticulated  structures  designed  to  confine  birds  or  other 
animals.  Cages  confine  against  escape  in  all  directions.  A 
structure  need  not  be  made  entirely  of  openwork  to  fall  within 
this  subclass,  but  the  openwork  must  be  more  than  a  mere 
door  or  window. 
Search  Classes— 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  5,  Buildings, 
Jails,  for  analogous  structures. 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  and  220,  METALLIC  SHIPPING 
AND  STORING  VESSELS,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  confining 
and  transporting  receptacles  of  general  utility,  although 
adapted  to  confine  small  animals. 

18.  CONFINING  AND  HOUSING  DEVICES,  CAGES,  FOOD 

AND  WATER  HOLDERS.  Food  and  water  receptacles 
specially  adapted  to  cages  and  in  that  respect  distinguished 
from  the  feeding  and  watering  devices  elsewhere  classified 
herein. 

19.  CONFINING   AND   HOUSING   DEVICES,   COOPS   AND 

KENNELS.  Small,  easily  portable,  roofed,  house-like  struc- 
tures not  otherwise  classifiable  designed  to  inclose  and  to  pro- 
tect a  limited  number  of  fowls  or  other  animals.  Coops  are 
distinguished  from  brooders  in  that  they  lack  the  essential  of 
a  chick  hover. 

20.  CONFINING    AND    HOUSING    DEVICES,    PENS    AND 

RACKS.  Roofless  inclosing  means  particularly  adapted  to 
confine  stock  or  protect  it  from  intrusion.  Pens  and  racks  are 

235 


236 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

distinguished  from  "animal  stocks"  in  that  the  latter  are 
specially  designed  to  hold  animals  in  a  comparatively  immov- 
able position,  while  the  former  permit  free  movement  within 
the  inclosure.  Includes  corrals,  stock  yards,  racks  for  plat- 
form scales,  feeding  and  farrowing  pens,  and  devices  of  a  simi- 
lar structure  and  function  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  39,  Boxes,  Crates,  Poul- 
try, and  221,  METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  ap- 
propriate subclasses  under  Crates,  for  construction  of  poultry 
confining  and  shipping  crates  wherein  the  invention  is  of 
general  utility  in  receptacles. 

21.  CONFINING  AND  HOUSING  DEVICES,  FOWL.    Build- 

ings (and  accessories)  specially  designed  to  confine  and  protect 
poultry;  differing  from  coops  in  that  they  are  comparatively 
large  and  generally  designed  to  accommodate  a  considerable 
number  of  mature  fowls,  and  differing  from  barns  and  sheds 
more  particularly  in  internal  arrangement  and  equipment  and 
in  means  of  ventilation  and  lighting. 

22.  CONFINING  AND  HOUSING  DEVICES,  FOWL,  APPLI- 

ANCES. Poultry  house  fitfings  and  furnishings  not  other- 
wise classinable.  Includes  poultry  run-ways,  guano  catchers, 
etc. 

23.  CONFINING  AND  HOUSING  DEVICES,  FOWL,  BIRD 

HOUSES.  Small  inclosures  having  one  or  more  openings  to 
admit  a  small  bird,  usually  designed  to  be  secured  to  a  tree  or 
some  elevated  support. 

24.  CONFINING      AND      HOUSING      DEVICES,       FOWL, 

PERCHES.  Devices  specially  designed  to  support  a  roosting 
fowl. 

25.  CONFINING      AND      HOUSING      DEVICES,      FOWL, 

PERCHES,  ANTIVERMIN.  Perches  constructed  to  re- 
ceive an  insecticide  and  perches  having  insect  traps  and  guards 
to  prevent  access  of  vermin. 

26.  CONFINING      AND      HOUSING      DEVICES,      FOWL, 

PERCHES,  BIRD.  Perches  particularly  designed  for  the 
use  of  small  birds  and  generally  having  special  means  adapting 
them  to  be  secured  to  a  cage. 

27.  CONFINING  AND  HOUSING  DEVICES,  STALLS.    Open 

compartments,  usually  adapted  to  a  barn,  shed,  or  pen,  of  such 
size  and  shape  as  to  afford  a  means  for  segregating,  standing, 
and  restraining  quadrupeds,  particularly  horses  and  cattle, 
for  the  purpose  of  protecting  them  from  interference  and  injury 
or  of  placing  them  advantageously  for  feeding  purposes. 
Search  Class— 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  11,  Stock  cars,  Partitions, 
for  devices  employed  to  form  stalls  specially  adapted  to  use 
in  a  stock  car  or  freight  boat. 

28.  CONFINING     AND     HOUSING      DEVICES,      STALLS, 

FLOORS.  Limited  to  structures  forming  the  bottom  of  a 
stall  or  pen  to  insure  a  dry,  sanitary,  easily  cleaned,  durable 
floor  upon  which  confined  animals  may  stand  or  lie.  In  this 
subclass  are  placed  stable  drains  and  glitters  designed  to  coop- 
erate with  the  floor  structure  to  facilitate  the  removal  of  excre- 
ment. 
Search  Classes— 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  62,  Mats,  for  mat-like 
devices  employed  as  a  stall  floor. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  under  Floors,  for  wooden 
floors  of  general  application;  subclass  78,  Slatted  floor  cover- 
ing, for  slatted  floor  coverings  per  se. 

29.  BREAKING  AND  TRAINING  DEVICES.    Inventions  re- 

lating to  training,  breaking,  and  exercising  horses  or  other  ani- 
mals. Includes  harness  elements,  in  conjunction  with  sweeps, 
thills,  chariots,  movable  stocks,  traveling  floors,  or  slings  de- 
signad  to  give  the  trainer  more  complete  control  of  the  animal 
placed  therein  for  training,  but  does  not  include  training 
harness. 
Search  Class— 

54 -HARNESS,  subclass  71,  Breaking  and  training  devices,  for 
breaking  and  training  harness. 

30.  BROODERS  AND  INCUBATORS.    Devices  capable  of  per- 

forming the  functions  of  a  brooder  and  incubator  simulta- 
neously, the  combination  involving  a  separate  chamber  for 
each  function,  both  of  which  chambers  are  usually  warmed 
from  the  same  source  of  heat.  The  essential  of  the  inventions 
in  this  subclass  lies  in  the  combination  in  one  structure  of  an 
incubator  and  a  brooder,  the  latter  being  distinguished  from  a 
chick  nursery  in  that  the  brooder  is  especially  adapted  to  hover 
and  protect  the  chicks  during  their  growth  from  exclusion  to 
weaning  time,  while  the  nursery  is  usually  located  in  the  egg 
chamber  and  is  merely  designed  to  receive  temporarily  the 
newly  hatched  chicks  pending  their  removal  to  the  brooder. 
Search  Class — 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  31,  Brooders,  and  thesub- 
classes  thereunder,  and  35,  Incubators,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

31.  BROODERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  not  otherwise  classifiable 

designed  to  provide  small  warmed  inclosed  compartments  for 
hovering  and  housing  chicks.  They  are  distinguished  from 
small  coops  in  that  the  brooder  is  provided  with  a  hover  or 
hover  compartment  designed  to  perform  the  function  of  a 
mother  fowl  in  providing  welter  and  warmth,  while  the  coop  Is 
usually  a  very  small  house-like  structur.1  containing  no  hover 
and  designed  merely  to  house  a  fowl  and  its  young  brood. 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

237— HEAT- DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  21,  Brooder  and 
incubator,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  heat-distributing 
systems  and  heaters  per  se  adapted  to  heat  an  incubator  or  a 
brooder. 

32.  BROODERS,    CENTRAL    HEATER.    Brooders   having   a 

primary  source  of  heat  located  approximately  in  a  line  vertical 
to  the  center  of  the  hover  or  hover  chamber. 
Search  Classes — 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  39,  Incubators,  Hot  air, 
and  41,  Incubators,  Hot  water,  for  elements  in  common. 
237 — HEAT-DISTRIBUTING    SYSTEMS,    appropriate    subclasses 
under  21,  Brooder  and  incubator,  for  heaters. 

33.  BROODERS,  FIREL^SS.    Brooders  so  constructed  that  the 

temperature  is  maintained  in  the  brood  chamber  by  conserving 
heat  from  the  brooded  chicks  or  from  a  previous  heating  or 
by  utilizing  the  heat  resulting  from  organic  fermentation  or 
other  heating  process  not  due  to  combustion  of  fuel. 

34.  BROODERS,    LATERAL    HEATER     Brooders   having   a 

primary  heater  located  at  one  side  of  the  hover. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  40,  Incubators,  Hot  air, 
Lateral  heater,  and  42,  Incubators,  Hot  water,  Lateral  heater. 

35.  INCUBATORS.     Devices  specially  designed  to  hatch  fowls 

from  eggs.  Includes  all  miscellaneous  features  and  attach- 
ments, as  well  as  such  types  of  incubators  as  are  not  clearly 
covered  by  the  minor  subclasses  hereunder,  and  systems, 
apparatus,  and  methods  of  moisture  supply  or  ventilation 
exclusively  applicable  to  incubators. 
Search  Classes— 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  under  Incubators,  for 
systems  of  incubator  ventilation  that  are  so  intimately  re- 
lated to  the  other  factors  of  a  complete  operative  incubator 
as  to  be  indivisible  therefrom. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  for  the  generic  art  of  ventilation;  subclass  39, 
Ventilation,  Air  moistening,  cooling,  and  cleansing,  and 
appropriate  subclasses,  for  the  general  art  of  air  moistening. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  113,  Hot-air  furnaces, 
Air-moisteners;  120,  Fireplaces,  and  134,  Fireplaces,  Air- 
moistening  attachments,  for  combined  heaters  and  airmoisten- 
ers;  subclass  293,  Dampers,  Stovepipe,  Combined  damper 
and  ventilator,  for  manually  operated  combined  dampers  and 
ventilators;  subclass  80,  Stoves,  Heating,  Ventilating  attach- 
ments, and  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  for  ventilation  of  heaters 
of  general  application,  and  for  ventilators  indivisibly  related 
to  temperature  regulation  and  which  are  employed  to  perform 
the  double  function  of  regulating  the  temperature  of  the  egg 
chamber  and  the  amount  of  fresh  air  admitted  thereto;  and  for 
thermostatic  devices  for  regulating  temperature. 

30.  INCUBATORS,  CONTACT.    Inventions  in  which  heat  is  con- 
veyed to  the  eggs  by  contact  with  a  warm  body  other  than  air. 

37.  INCUBATORS,  ELECTRICAL.    Complete  incubators  whose 

egg  chambers  are  warmed  by  an  electrical  heater. 
Search  Class— 

219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  electric  heating  systems  and  electric  heaters. 

38.  INCUBATORS,  FIRELESS.    Incubators  wherein  the  incu- 

bating temperature  is  maintained  in  the  egg  chamber  either 
by  conserving  the  heat  from  a  previous  heating  or  by  utilizing 
the  heat  resulting  from  organic  fermentation  or  other  heating 
process  not  due  to  combustion  of  fuel. 
Search  Classes— 

62 — REFRIGERATION,  subclasses  10,  Refrigerators;  11,  Refriger- 
ator buildings;  12,  Refrigerator  cars,  and  23,  Heat-insulated 
receptacles,  for  casings  showing  heat-insulation. 

106 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  under  18,  Heat-insulat- 
ing, for  heat-insulating  compositions. 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclasses  44,  Heat-insulating  coverings,  and  45,  Heat-insulat- 
ing coverings,  Air-spaced,  for  structure  of  heat-insulating 
coverings. 

39.  INCUBATORS,  HOT  AIR.    Incubators  provided  with  a  hot- 

air  system  whos2  primary  heater  is  located  elsewhere  than  at 
one  side  or  end  of  the  hatching  chamber,  said  primary  heater 
being  usually  located  at  the  center  or  below  the  center  of  the 
egg  chamber. 
Search  Classes— 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  31,  Brooders. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  85,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  for  gas  heaters  of  general  applica- 
tion; subclass  9(i,  Stoves,  Heating,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel, 
Liquid,  Wick,  for  wick-stove  heaters  of  general  application. 

237— HEAT- DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  appropriate  subclasses, 
particularly  subclass  22,  Brooder  and  incubator,  Air,  for  hot- 
air-distributing  systems  per  se  for  incubators. 

40.  INCUBATORS,  HOT  AIR,  LATERAL  HEATER.    Incuba- 

tors whose  incubating  temperature  is  maintained  by  a  hot- 
air-distributing  system  the  heater  of  which  is  located  at  one 
side  of  the  egg  chamber. 

41.  INCUBATORS,   HOT  WATER.    Incubators  having  a  hot- 

waU>r  system  to  maintain  the  incubating  temperature  the 
heater  of  which  is  not  located  at  one  side  of  the  egg  chamber. 
Search  Classes— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  31,  Brooders,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

237—  HEAT-DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  23,  Brooder  and 
incubator,  Water. 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


237 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

42.  INCUBATORS,    HOT    WATER,    LATERAL    HEATER. 

Incubators  employing  a  hot-water  system  the  heater  of  which 
is  located  at  one  side  of  the  egg  chamber. 

43.  INCUBATORS,  TRAYS.    Egg  trays  and  nursery  trays  espe- 

cially designed  to  hold  eggs  during  the  period  of  incubation 
and  to  receive  and  support  young  chicks  for  a  brief  period 
immediately  following  their  "exclusion." 
Search  Class— 

99 -PRESERVING,  subclass  2,  Apparatus,  for  trays  for  storing 
o.^gs  for  preservation;  subclass  (>, Egg-testers,  for  trays  designed 
to  support  eggs  for  testing  purposes  and  usually  so  constructed 
as  to  facilitate  the  removal  of  the  eggs  from  the  testing  ma- 
chine. 

44.  INCUBATORS,   TRAYS,  EGG-TURNERS.    Incubator  egg 

trays  designed  to  be  used  for  supporting  eggs  in  an  incubator 
during  the  period  of  incubation  and  turning  them  for  the 
purpose  of  presenting  a  fresh  supply  of  egg  food  to  the  growing 
chick. 

Search  Class— 

99 — PRESERVING,  subclass  2,  Apparatus,  for  egg-turning  devices 
employed  in  the  art  of  preserving  and  generally  adapted  for 
use  in  cold  storage  chambers  for  turning  the  eggs  through  a 
wide  angle  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  yolk  from  settling 
out  of  its  normal  position. 

45.  NESTS   AND   NEST   APPLIANCES.     Miscellaneous  small 

structures  designed  to  serve  as  a  place  in  which  a  single  fowl 
may  lay  an  egg  and  appliances  limited  to  use  with  them. 
Nests  are  distinguished  from  laying  houses  in  that  the  former 
are  normally  small,  box-like,  easily  portable,  partially  open 
devices,  limited  in  capacity  to  a  single  fowl  and  provided  with 
nesting  material  or  a  nesting  surface  for  receiving  an  egg,  while 
the  latter  is  a  house  or  compartment  in  which  several  nests 
are  placed. 

4G.  NESTS  AND  NEST  APPLIANCES,  MEDICATED  NEST- 
EGGS.  Imitation  eggs  constructed  of  materials  containing 
a  medicament,  such  as  an  insecticide  or  a  disinfectant,  or  so 
constructed  that  they  may  be  charged  with  a  volatile  medica- 
ment. 

47.  NESTS   AND  NEST  APPLIANCES,  TRAP-NESTS,  COM- 

BINED. Limited  to  nests  adapted  to  trap  both  the  egg  and 
the  fowl  or  so  constructed  that  they  may  readily  be  converted 
from  an  egg  to  a  fowl  trap-nest  or  vice  versa. 

48.  NESTS  AND  NEST  APPLIANCES,  TRAP-NESTS,  EGG. 

Nests  provided  with  means  for  trapping  the  egg  laid  by  the 
fowl,  the  egg  being  conveyed  to  a  separate  compartment  and 
out  of  reach  of  the  fowl. 

49.  NESTS  AND  NEST  APPLIANCES,  TRAP-NESTS,  FOWL. 

Trip-nests  provided  with  means  to  prevent  the  escape  of  the 
fowl  until  released  by  an  attendant. 
Search  Class — 

43 — FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclasses  24,  Traps,  Self  and  ever- 
sat,  and  2;>,  Traps,  Victim-set,  for  traps  of  general  application 
and  details  applicable  to  this  art. 

50.  NESTS  AND  NEST  APPLIANCES,  TRAP-NESTS,  FOWL, 

FOWL-RELEASED.  Nests  provided  wiUi  means  for  aiito- 
maticnS.y  entrapping  a  fowl  and  excluding  other  fowls  during 
the  period  of  occupancy  and  so  constructed  that  the  entrapped 
fowl  is  automatically  released  and  the  trap  reset  by  the  escape 
of  the  fowl. 
Search  Class— 

43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  24,  Traps,  Self  and  ever- 
set,  for  trap  details. 

51.  FEEDING  DEVICES.    Miscellaneous  inventions  not  other- 

wise classifiable  specially  adapted  to  the  feeding  of  animals. 

52.  FEEDING  DEVICES,  HOPPERS  AND  TROUGHS.    Mis- 

cellaneous combinations  of  a  supply  hopper  and  feed  trough 
not  otherwise  classifiable.     The  hopper  is  any  receptacle  so 
related  to  the  trough  that  it  serves  as  the  primary  depository 
for  the  food  which  may  be  fed  therefrom  into  the  trough. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  05,  Feeding  devices,  Feed- 
bags. 

53.  FEEDING     DEVICES,     HOPPERS     AND     TROUGHS, 

ADJUSTABLE  SUPPLY.  Devices  comprising  in  addition 
to  the  combined  hopper  and  trough  a  means  for  regulating  the 
amount  of  feed  passing  from  the  hopper  to  the  trough,  said 
means  consisting  usually  of  a  manually  adjustable  valve  or 
other  device  performing  the  function  of  a  flow  regulator. 
Search  Classes— 

83— MILLS,  various  subclasses  thereunder,  and  111,  SEEDERS 
AND  PLANTERS,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  other  devices 
which  regulate  the  flow  of  grain  or  ground  feed  from  a  hopper. 

54.  FEEDING     DEVICES.     HOPPERS     AND     TROUGHS, 

ANIMAL-CONTROLLED  SUPPLY.  Combined  hoppers 
and  troughs  provided  with  means  for  causing  or  controlling 
the  flow  of  feed  from  hopper  to  trough  operated  by  pressure 
from  the  feeding  animal,  generally  applied  through  the  ani- 
mal's nose  or  forehead. 
Search  Class— 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  75,  Watering  devices, 
Fountains  and  troughs,  Animal-controlled  supply. 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

55.  FEEDING     DEVICES,     HOPPERS     AND     TROUGHS, 

ANIMAL-CONTROLLED  SUPPLY,  PLATFORM. 
Combined  hoppers  and  troughs  having  means  whereby  the 
weight  of  the  feeding  stock  may  control  the  flow  of  feed  from 
hopper  to  trough  or  the  uncovering  of  the  trough,  the  essential 
feature  lying  in  the  fact  that  the  stock  seeking  food  controls 
access  to  it  or  the  rate  of  its  flow,  or  both,  by  stepping  upon  a 
platform  or  treadle. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  76.  Watering  devices, 
Fountains  and  troughs,  Animal-controlled  supply,  Platform. 

56.  FEEDING     DEVICES,     HOPPERS     AND     TROUGHS, 

CHARGE-DELIVERING.  Hoppers  and  troughs  not  other- 
wise classifiable  provided  with  means  whereby  a  "charge" 
or  definite  quantity  of  stock  food  may  be  delivered  from  the 
hopper  into  the  trough  or  elsewhere  upon  movement  of  the 
charge-controlling  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

161— TIME-CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass  10,  Valve-actu- 
al ing  mechanism,  .stock-feeders,  for  charge-delivering  hoppers 
controlled  by  time-measuring  devices. 

57.  FEEDING  DEVICES,  HOPPERS  AND  TROUGHS,  MOV- 

ABLE-TROUGH  CONTROLLED  SUPPLY.    The  supply 
of  feed  from  hopper  to  trough  is  controlled  by  a  device  opera- 
tively  connected  to  the  trough,  which  upon  receiving  a  charge 
of  feed  moves  said  device  to  shut  off  the  source  of  supply. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  81,  Watering  devices, 
Fountains  and  troughs,  Movable-trough  controlled  supply. 

58.  FEEDING  DEVICES,  RACKS  AND  TROUGHS.    Combi- 

nations of  a  rack  for  hay  or  coarse  fodder  and  a  trough  for 
receiving  and  hoi  jng  concentrate!  feed  or  for  supporting  the 
folder  in  the  rack  or  receiving  it  when  dislodged  from  the  rack. 
Search  Class — 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  10,  Stock  cars,  Feeding 
and  watering  devices;  52,  Feeding  devices,  Hoppers  and 
troughs,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  60,  Feeding  de- 
vices, Racks,  for  details. 

59.  FEEDING  DEVICES,  RACKS  AND  TROUGHS,  ANIMAL- 

EXCLUDING.  Combined  racks  and  troughs  having  means 
to  permit  the  exclusion  of  stock  from  the  feed  trough  or  rack, 
both  or  either,  at  the  option  of  the  attendant. 

60.  FEEDING  DEVICES,  RACKS.    Apparatus  for  holding  the 

various  fodder  and  bulky  food,  specially  designed  to 
prevent  the  wasting  of  said  foods  and  characterized  by  the 
presence  of  open  slat-work,  grids,  or  parallel  bars  for  support- 
ing or  inclosing  and  preventing  waste  of  fodder. 

61.  FEEDING   DEVICES,   TROUGHS.    Miscellaneous  feeding 

devices  consisting  of  open  receptacles  specially  designed  to 
receive  an  1  hoi  Ifaed  accessible  to  animals.    Trough  guards 
an  1  similar  devices  designed  to  prevent  the  fouling  and  wast- 
ing of  fee  1  are  also  included  in  this  subclass. 
Search  Classes — 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  72,  Watering  devices,  for 
analogous  devices;  subclass  65,  Feeding  devices,  Feed-bags, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  easily  portablefeed  troughs, 
pails,  an  1  boxes  performing  the  function  of  the  conventional 
"nose  bag." 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  125, 
Tanks,  for  metal  troughs  of  general  application. 

62.  FEEDING    DEVICES,   TROUGHS,    ANIMAL-OPENED. 

Troughs  normally  closed,  but  adapted  to  be  automatically 
opened  by  animals  approaching  them  for  the  purpose  of 
feeding. 

63.  FEEDING    DEVICES,    TROUGHS,    ANIMAL-EXCLUD- 

ING. Troughs  provided  with  means  for  excluding  stock 
therefrom  at  the  option  of  the  attendant  for  the  purpose  of 
permitting  him  to  place  food  in  said  trough  without  interfer- 
ence, of  cleaning  the  same,  or  of  limiting  the  quantity  of  food 
consumed. 
Search  Class — 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  61,  Feeding  devices, 
Troughs,  for  troughs  having  a  mere  guard  for  preventing  the 
fouling  of  food  or  for  preventing  the  monopoly  thereof  by  the 
stronger  members  of  the  feeding  stock  and  which  are  not  else- 
where placed. 

64.  FEEDING    DEVICES,   ANTICRIBBING.    Devices    to    be 

applied  to  the  manger  or  trough  to  discourage,  prevent,  or 
cure  the  habit  of  seizing,  sucking,  or  biting  'the  manger  or 
trough. 

Search  Class— 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  129,  Restraining  devices, 
Mouth-guards,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  devices 
applied  to  the  head  of  the  animal  to  prevent  cribbing. 

65.  FEEDING   DEVICES,   FEED-BAGS.    Miscellaneous    bags, 

nose  bags,  pails,  boxes,  etc.,  specially  designed  to  be  employed 
in  feeding  animals  and  adapted  to  be  placed  easily  in 
position  and  removed  therefrom  for  transportation  or  storage, 
the  invention  lying  primarily  in  the  structure  of  the  receptacle. 
Inventions  n>sl  -m*.  in  the  apparatus  employe  1  in  supporting 
the  feed-bag  in  operative  position  are  classified  in  one  of  the 
subclasses  hereunder. 


238 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  72,  Elastic  tension  devices, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  elastic  supports  of  general 
utility. 

150— CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass 
48,  Baskets  and  buckets,  for  analogous  devices  of  general 
utility. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  107,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing. Spring-drum  type,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
spring-reel  supports  of  general  utility. 

66.  FEEDING       DEVICES,       FEED-BAGS,     HALTER-SUP- 

PORTED. Feed-bags  adapted  to  be  supported  from  the 
head  of  the  feeding  animal  by  means  of  straps,  halters,  bridles, 
or  other  devices  capable  of  holding  said  receptacles  in  opera- 
tive position  wherein  the  claimed  invention  includes  the 
structure  of  the  supporting  means. 

67.  FEEDING      DEVICES,     FEED'BAGS,      HARNESS-SUP- 

PORTED. Feed-bags  provided  with  means  for  supporting 
them  from  the  harness  of  an  animal  or  some  specially  con- 
structed devices  secured  to  the  animal  about  the  base  of  the 
neck  or  body,  or  both,  and  designed  so  to  support  the  recep- 
tacle as  to  allow  free  movement  of  the  head  of  the  animal  with 
reference  to  said  receptacle,  the  invention  residing  in  the  means 
of  support  rather  than  in  the  construction  of  the  feed-bag. 

68.  FEEDING  DEVICES,  FEED-BAGS,  POLE-SUPPORTED. 

Feed-bags  provided  with  means  for  supporting  them  from  the 
pole  or  thills  of  a  vehicle,  the  invention  residing  in  the  sup- 
porting means  rather  than  in  the  receptacle. 

69.  FEEDING    DEVICES,    FEED-BAGS,    STANDARD-SUP- 

PORTED.   Feed-bags  to  be  supported  by  a  standard  adapted 
to  rest  upon  the  ground. 
Search  Class- 
ISO— CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass 
48,  Baskets  and  buckets,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

70.  FEEDING  DEVICES,  POULTRY-EXERCISING.    Devices 

constructed  to  supply  feed  to  poultry  in  a  manner  to  promote 
exercise. 

7U  FEEDING  DEVICES,  SUCKLING  APPLIANCES.  De- 
vices having  one  or  more  nipples  and  a  corresponding  number 
of  tubes  leading  to  a  source  of  liquid-food  supply,  designed  to 
be  employed  in  conveying  liquid  nourishment  to  the  young 
of  mammals.  These  devices  may  be  of  comparatively  large 
capacity,  such  as  pails,  tanks,  or  casks,  and  the  suckling 
appliances  suitable  for  young  calves,  colts,  pigs,  etc. 

72.  WATERING    DEVICES.    Inventions  not  otherwise  classi- 

fiable especially  designed  for  supplying  animals  with  drink. 

73.  WATERING     DEVICES,      TEMPERATURE-CONTROL- 

LING. Water  holding  devices  for  supplying  stock  involving 
a  trough  or  the  combination  of  a  barometric  fountain  or  other 
means  of  constant  supply  and  a  trough  with  means  to  prevent 
the  freezing  of  the  water  or  to  regulate  the  temperature  for 
other  purposes. 
Search  Classes — 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  23,  Insulated  receptacles,  for 
apparatus  and  methods  relating  to  heat  insulation. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  18,  Heat-insulating,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  154,  LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND 
ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  44,  Heat-insulating 
coverings,  and  45,  Heat-insulating  coverings,  Air-spaced. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  360,  Water-heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Submerged,  and  the  subclasses  under 
Water-heaters,  Submerged,  for  tank  and  trough  heaters 
per  se. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  68,  Tanks,  Automatic,  for 
automatic  valve-controlled  tanks  provided  with  antifreezing 
means. 

74.  WATERING  DEVICES,  FOUNTAINS  AND  TROUGHS. 

Devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  specially  designed  to  serve 
water  to  domestic  animals,  involving  a  trough  and  source  of 
supply  therefor. 
Search  Classes — 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  52,  Feeding  devices,  Hop- 
pers and  troughs,  for  analogous  structures  designed  to  hold 
feed  and  usually  involving  those  modifications  incident  upon 
the  serving  of  solids  instead  of  liquids. 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  13, 
Tanks;  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  21,  Tanks,  and 
217,  WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  4,  Tanks,  for  tanks 
which  may  serve  as  a  source  of  supply  to  a  water  trough  or 
other  receptacle. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  125, 
Tanks,  for  metallic  tanks  and  troughs  of  general  application. 

75.  WATERING  DEVICES.  FOUNTAINS  AND  TROUGHS 

ANIMAL-CONTROLLED  SUPPLY.  Animal  -  watering 
fountains  and  troughs  comprising  a  source  of  supply,  a  valve 
controlling  said  supply,  and  means  operatively  connected 
to  said  valve  and  operable  by  pressure  exercised  by  the 
animal,  generally  by  the  nose  or  forehead,  for  regulating  the 
supply  to  the  trough. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  54,  Feeding  devices,  Hop- 
pers and  troughs,  Animal-controlled  supply,  for  details. 

76.  WATERING  DEVICES,  FOUNTAINS  AND  TROUGHS, 

ANIMAL-CONTROLLED  SUPPLY,  PLATFORM.  Stock- 
watering  fountains  and  troughs  comprising  a  source  of  supply 
and  a  means  for  controlling  the  source  of  supply  adapted  to  be 
operated  by  the  weight  of  the  animal  seeking  water,  generally 
applied  by  stepping  upon  a  platform  or  treadle. 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 
119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  appropriate  subclasses  under  51, 

Feeding  devices,  for  details. 

103 — PUMPS,  subclass  5,  Cattle,  for  devices  which  are  operated 
by  an  approaching  animal  to  pump  water  into  a  trough. 

77.  WATERING  DEVICES,  FOUNTAINS  AND  TROUGHS, 

BAROMETRIC.     Stock-watering    fountains    and    troughs 
comprising  a  barometric  fountain  so  related  to  the  trough 
as  to  afford  a  constant  supply  of  water  to  said  trough  at  a 
fixed  level. 
Search  Classes — 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  73,  Watering  devices, 
Temperature-  controlling. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  13,  Water-coolers. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  59,  Inkstands,  Barometer. 

221— DISPENSING  CANS. 

78.  WATERING  DEVICES,  FOUNTAINS  AND  TROUGHS, 

FLOAT-CONTROLLED   SUPPLY.    Combined  fountains 
and  troughs  wherein  the  supply  to  the  trough  is  controlled  by 
a  float  valve. 
Search  Class— 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  68,  Tanks,  Automatic, 
for  fountains  and  troughs  automatically  controlled  by  a 
float  where  the  moans  of  control  usually  consists  of  an  inlet 
valve  so  related  to  a  float  that  the  level  of  the  liquid  supplied 
is  maintained  at  a  predetermined  point. 

79.  WATERING  DEVICES.  FOUNTAINS  AND  TROUGHS, 

FLOAT  -  CONTROLLED  SUPPLY,  OSCILLATING 
VALVE.  Fountains  and  troughs  wherein  a  float-operated, 
hinged,  flap,  or  oscillating  valve  controls  the  supply  conduit. 

80.  WATERING  DEVICES,  FOUNTAINS  AND  TROUGHS, 

FLOAT-CONTROLLED  SUPPLY,  RECIPROCATING 
VALVE.  Fountains  and  troughs  having  a  float-operated 
reciprocating  valve  controlling  the  source  of  supply. 

81.  WATERING  DEVICES,  FOUNTAINS  AND  TROUGHS, 

MOVABLE  -  TROUGH  CONTROLLED  SUPPLY. 
Fountains  and  troughs  having  depressible  water  receptacles- 
connected  to  a  water-supply  valve,  so  as  to  hold  it  open  when 
in  its  uppermost  position.  The  weight  of  the  water  in  the 
receptacle  causes  the  trough  to  move  and  close  the  supply 
valve. 

82.  GANGWAYS.    Devices  which  comprise  a  floored,  narrow, 

fenced  structure  specially  adapted  to  serve  as  a  bridge  for 
supporting,  conveying,  or  directing  live  stock  to  or  from  a 
platform,  stock  car,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous;  31,  Draw;  70,  Gang- 
ways, Endless  conveyer,  and  72,  Gangways,  Unattached; 
57,  HOISTING,  subclass  18,  Skids;  and  105,  RAILWAY  ROLL- 
ING-STOCK, subclass  21,  Cars,  Safety  bridges,  for  analogous 
structures. 

83.  GROOMING  DEVICES.    Miscellaneous  inventions  not  other- 

wise classifiable  specially  adapted  for  currying,  brushing, 
cleaning,  massaging,  or  rubbing  the  coat  of  an  animal. 
Search  Class— 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  especially  subclass  31,  Brush 
heads  and  faces,  Horse-brashes,  for  brushing  and  scrubbing 
devices  of  general  application;  subclass  37,  Brash  heads  and 
faces,  Rotary  brushes,  for  grooming  devices  consisting  of  a 
rotary  brush. 

84.  GROOMING  DEVICES,  PNEUMATIC.    Compressed  air  or 

vacuum  machines  specially  adapted  to  the  grooming  of  live 
stock.  Groomers  are  distinguished  from  currycombs  in  that 
the  former  are  usually  constructed  with  soft  rubbing  or  brush- 
ing elements  or  with  a  wide  pneumatic  nozzle,  in  each  case  the 
function  being  that  of  removing  material  loosely  adhering  to 
the  animal,  while  the  latter  is  provided  with  more  or  less  rigid 
teeth  or  with  plain  or  serrated  knife-like  bars  designed  to 
dislodge  or  loosen  dirt,  hair,  filth,  or  vermin  closely  adhering 
to  the  epidermis,  the  grooming  process  usually  involving  (1) 
the  use  of  the  currycomb  and  (2)  the  use  of  brushes  or  similar 
grooming  devices. 
Search  Classes— 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  8,  Carpet-cleaners,  for 
nozzles  and  for  combinations  thereof  with  an  air-moving 
element,  designed  for  cleaning  fabrics,  floors,  casings,  etc. 

83 — MILLS,  subclasses  under  Dust-collectors,  for  dust-col- 
lectors, dust-traps,  and  devices  for  purifying  the  atmosphere. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  for  air  pumps  employed  in  these 
pneumatic  cleaning  devices. 

85.  GROOMING    DEVICES,    COMBINED.    Combined    curry- 

combs and  brushes,  sweat  and  hair  removers,  mane  and  tail 
cards,  or  combinations  of  two  distinct  grooming  mechanisms. 
Search  Class  — 

132— TOILET,  subclass  3,  Combs,  for  combined  devices  covering 
a  brash  and  a  toilet  comb. 

86.  GROOMING    DEVICES,    CURRYCOMBS.     Grooming    de- 

vices not  otherwise  classifiable  adapted  in  structure  to  scrape 
or  comb  the  coat  of  a  domestic  animal. 
Search  Class— 

132— TOILET,  subclass  3,  Combs,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  analogous  devices. 

87.  GROOMING    DEVICES,    CURRYCOMBS,    DUST    AND 
VERMIN    TRAP.    Currycombs    possessing    special    devices 

for  trapping  dust  and  vermin  during  the  process  of  currying 
or  grooming. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


239 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

88.  GROOMINQ  DEVICES,  CURRYCOMBS    SELF-CLEAN- 

ING. Currycombs  provided  with  means  for  dislodging  hair 
and  dirt  from  the  teeth  and  comb  body. 

89.  GROOMING  DEVICES,  CURRYCOMBS,  CURVED  AND 

RETICULATED  WIRE.  Currycombs  whose  "teeth"  or 
rubbing  surfaces  are  formed  of  wire  fabric  or  wire  in  the  form 
of  loops  or  curves. 

90.  GROOMING    DEVICES,   CURRYCOMBS,    PLAIN    BAR. 

Currying  devices  characterized  by  the  absence  of  teeth  and 
having  the  nibbing  surface  composed  of  straight,  curved,  or 
coiled  bars  or  strips  of  metal  or  other  solid  substances. 

91.  GROOMING  DEVICES,  CURRYCOMBS,  ROTARY.    Cur- 

rycombs having  one  or  more  rotatable  combs  designed  to  be 
rotated  by  frictional  contact  with  the  surface  to  which  it  is 
applied  or  otherwise. 
Search  Class — 

15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclasses  37,  Brush  heads 
and  faces,  Rotary  brushes,  and  (50.  Carpet-sweepers,  and  13, 
BRAKES  AND  GINS,  subclass  11,  Gin-brushes,  for  details. 

92.  GROOMING     DEVICES,     CURRYCOMBS,     SERRATED 

BAR.  Currycombs  whose  friction  surfaces  are  formed  of 
serrated  or  notched  bars,  bands,  or  strips. 

93.  GROOMING        DEVICES,       CURRYCOMBS,        SPIKE- 

TOOTHED.  Currycombs  having  wire  studs  or  spikes  or 
having  more  or  less  spike-like  projections  for  the  comb  sur- 
faces. 

Search  Class— 

132— TOILET,  subclass  3,  Combs,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  toilet  combs  spike-toothed. 

94.  GROOMING     DEVICES,     CURRYCOMBS,     HANDLES. 

Grasping  devices,  ringer  holds,  and  all  means  designed  to 
facilitate  the  holding  of  currying  devices,  including  also 
specific  means  for  securing  the  handles  to  the  frame  or  plate, 
said  handles  being  specially  designed  to  meet  the  require- 
ments of  the  hand  in  the  various  positions  assumed  in  the  proc- 
ess of  grooming. 

95.  MANURE-POUCHES.    Devices  in    the  form    of   pouch-like 

receptacles  designed  and  constructed  to  be  so  placed  in  rela- 
tion to  a  domestic  animal  as  to  receive  the  fecal  droppings 
therefrom. 

96.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES.    Miscellaneous  inventions   not 

otherwise  classifiable  designed  to  limit  or  restrain  the  free 
movements  of  animals. 

97.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  POULTRY.    Miscellaneous  re- 

straining devices  particularly  applicable  to  fowls. 

98.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  STOCKS.    Restraining  devices 

not  otherwise  classifiable  specially  constructed  and  designed 
to  hold  securely  without  injury  an  animal  in  a  substantially 
immovable  position,  to  facilitate  the  application  of  other  re- 
straining devices,  the  removal  of  its  coat,  the  performaBce  of 
surgical  operations,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclass  30,  Slaughtering,  elevating,  and 
suspending,  for  devices  employed  in  holding  animals  for 
slaughtering. 

99.  RESTRAINING       DEVICES,       STOCKS.       COMBINED 

CRATES  AND  NECK-STOCKS.  Combinations  of  crates 
and  crate-like  structures  for  limiting  the  movement  of  the 
animal's  body  in  a  lateral  direction  and  a  neck  or  head  em- 
bracing means  designed  to  hold  the  animal's  head  in  a  com- 
paratively immovable  position. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  20,  Confining  and  hous- 
ing devices,  Pens  and  racks,  and  147,  Restraining  devices, 
Stanchions,  for  details;  also  13,  Stock  cars,  Safeguards. 

100.  RESTRAINING      DEVICES,      STOCKS,      COMBINED 

SLINGS  AND  HOPPLES.    Animal  stocks  involving  the 
combination  of  a  sling  for  raising  or  partially  raising  the 
animal  off  its  feet  and  a  hopple  for  holding  one  or  more  of 
the  feet  in  comparatively  immovable  position. 
Search  Classes— 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclasses  102,  Restraining  devices, 
Stocks,  Slings,  and  126,  Restraining  devices,  Hopples,  for 
details. 

5 — BEDS,  subclasses  44,  Bedsteads,  Invalid,  Lifters  and  con- 
veyers, and  45,  Bedsteads,  Invalid,  Vertically-moving  frame; 
17,  BUTCHERING,  subclass  30,  Slaughtering,  elevating,  and 
suspending;  and  57,  HOISTING,  appropriate  subclasses,  for 
analogous  devices. 

101.  RESTRAINING   DEVICES,   STOCKS,   HARNESS.    Ani- 

mal stocks  characterized  by  the  employment  of  harness  and 
harness  elements  in  firmly  securing  the  animal  to  a  more  or 
less  rigid  structure  or  in  hampering  its  movements. 
Search  Classes — 
119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  29,  Breaking  and  training 

devices. 
54— HARNESS,  subclass  71,  Breaking  and  training  devices. 

102.  RESTRAINING   DEVICES,  STOCKS,  SLINGS.    Animal 

stocks  comprising  a  sling  or  a  wide,  usually  flexible,  support- 
ing means  designed  to  be  passed  beneath  the  animal  ana  pro- 
vided with  means  for  partially  or  wholly  raising  it  off  its  feet. 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

5— BEDS,  subclasses  44,  Bedsteads,  Invalid,  Lifters  and  con- 
veyers, and  45,  Bedsteads,  Invalid,  Vertically-moving  frame, 
for  details  in  slings  and  means  for  operating  them. 

103.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    STOCKS,    TABLES    AND 

TRAYS.    Animal  stocks  comprising  a  table  or  tray,  usually 
tiltable,  having  means  whereby  the  animal  may  be  secured 
thereto  so  firmly  as  to  be  comparatively  helpless. 
Search  Classes— 

6— BEDS,  subclasses  9,  Bedsteads,  Folding,  and  12,  Bedsteads, 
Invalid;  45,  FURNITURE,  subclasses  under  Tables.  Adjust- 
able, and  50,  Tables,  Surgical;]  and  155,  CHAIRS,  subclass  23 
Chairs,  Surgical,  for  details. 

104.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  BLINDERS.    Devices  adapted 

to  obscure  the  sight  of  an  animal  to  cure  or  prevent  fence 
jumping  or  to  render  the  animal  more  easily  controllable  in 
case  of  fire,  accident,  or  when  being  trained. 
Search  Class— 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  10,  Bridles,  Blinds,  and  11,  Bridles, 
Blinds,  Covering  and  uncovering,  for  devices  designed  par- 
tially to  obstruct  the  vision  of  the  animal  wearing  them. 

105.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  COW-TAIL  HOLDERS.    De- 

vices particularly  adapted  to  hold  a  cow's  tail  in  such  a 
position  that  it  can  not  DC  switched  freely. 
Search  Classes— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  128,  Restraining  devices, 
Hopples,  Shackles. 

24— BUCKLES.  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  243,  Clasps, 
and  264,  Clasps,  Wedge-slot,  and  144,  WOODWORKING,  sub- 
class 302  Clamps,  Portable,  Pivoted  lever,  for  clasps  and 
clamps  of  analogous  structure. 

54— HARNESS,  subclass-  78,  Tail-holders,  for  animal-tail-holders 
of  general  application. 

106.  RESTRAINING   DEVICES,  COLLARS.    Neck-embracing 

bands,  chains,  or  other  flexible  devices  not  otherwise  classi- 
fiable designed  to  afford  a  means  for  attaching  a  lead-line  or 
tether  to  an  animal,  for  supporting  a  bell,  tag,  etc. ,  or  providing 
protection  against  enemies.  Excludes  draft  collars,  which  are 
deemed  to  be  harness. 
Search  Classes — 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  118,  Restraining  devices. 
Hitching,  Ties,  and  54,  HARNESS,  subclasses  24,  Halters,  and 
34,  Hitching  straps,  for  collars  which  are  formed  of  a  part  of  the 
tethering  means. 

63— JEWELRY,  subclass  3,  Bracelets,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, and  241,  GARMENT-SUPPORTERS,  subclasses  5,  Limb- 
encircling;  6,  Limb-encircling,  Garment-attached,  and  8, 
Waist-line  body-garments,  Belts,  for  analogous  structures. 

107.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,  DRAGS    AND    WEIGHTS. 

Weights,  impeding  drags,  inertia  balls,  friction  floats,  flexible 
hooking  means,  and  miscellaneous  devices  designed  to  be 
attached  to  the  animal  by  means  of  a  tether,  the  drag  or  weight 
being  adapted  to  restrain  the  animal  by  coming  in  contact 
with  a  barrier  or  by  its  weight  or  construction,  whereby  it 
resists  being  moved  along  the  surface  of  the  ground. 

108.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,   HAMPERING    PADS.    De- 

vices consisting  of  bands  or  pads  provided  with  spurs  or  other 
pain  inflicting  means  so  placed  about  the  throat,  neck,  or 
body  that  the  attempt  of  the  animal  to  break  down  a  fence, 
gnaw  a  feed  manger,  or  lie  down  causes  the  infliction  of  pain 
upon  the  animal  wearing  the  device. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  129,  Restraining  devices, 
Mouth-guards,  for  the  various  weaning  devices  provided  with 
spurs  designed  to  inflict  pain  upon  animals  other  than  the 
wearer. 


103.  RESTRAINING     DEVICES,     HITCHING.     Devices     not 
otherwise  classifiable  designed  to  be  used  in  securing  or  teth- 
ering an  animal. 
Search  Class— 
54— HARNESS,  subclass  34,  Hitching  straps,  for  tethers. 

110.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  HITCHING,  RELEASERS. 
Miscellaneous  devices,  not  included  in  the  minor  subclasses 
of  releasers,  specially  designed  quickly  to  release  an  animal. 
Includes  devices  for  releasing  a  flexible  hitching  means  from 
the  part  to  which  it  is  attached,  and  for  releasing  doors,  stall 
partitions,  and  other  similar  elements. 
Search  Classes — 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  148,  Restraining  devices, 
Stanchions,  Multiple,  for  devices  unlocking  a  multiplicity  of 
stanchions. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  75,  Horse-detachers,  for 
emergency  detaching  devices  and  details. 

39— FENCES,  subclass  103,  Gates.  Race-starters,  for  devices 
designed  to  release  a  plurality  of  barriers. 

43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  s'ubclass  25,  Traps,  Sporting,  for 
releasing  devices  designed  to  set  free  a  bird  or  animal  from  a 
cage  and  usually  constructed  to  expel  them  or  frighten  or 
otherwise  facilitate  their  exit. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  69,  Attaching  and  detaching  devices, 
showing  harness  freed  from  thills. 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  210,  Anchor-trippers;  subclass  217,  Tension- 
relievers,  Couplers,  Safety-release,  for  safety  releasing  devices. 


240 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

111.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,   HITCHING,    RELEASERS, 

WITH  LEAD-LINE.  Hitching  devices  provided  both  v.  1th 
releasing  mechanism  and  a  line,  chain,  wire,  or  similar  flexible 
means  for  leading  the  stock  from  the  stalls  or  barn.  The 
releasing  device  may  be  any  of  the  types  of  releasers,  and  the 
lead-line  operated  by  hand  or  by  a  windlass  or  other  means. 

112.  RESTRAINING   DEVICES,   HITCHING,  RELEASERS, 

WITH  SPRAYER.  Releasing  devices  combined  with  spray- 
ing systems,  the  latter  being  designed  primarily  to  throw 
water  upon  the  animal  to  hasten  its  exit,  but  also  serving 
incidentally  to  protect  the  animal  and  to  extinguish  a  fire 
adjacent  thereto. 
Search  Classes — 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  159,  Antivermin  treatment, 
Dusting  and  spraying,  and  169,  FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS,  sub- 
class 20,  Stationary  systems,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  stationary  sprinkling  systems. 

113.  RESTRAINING   DEVICES,   HITCHING,  RELEASERS, 

ELECTRIC.     Tether-releasing  mechanism  operated  or  con- 
trolled by  an  electromagnet  or  equivalent. 
Search  Classes— 

178— TELEGRAPHY,  subclass  162,  Telegraphs,  Fire,  Engine-house 
apparatus,  for  electromagnets  employed  to  unlock  or  unlatch 
doors  or  shutters. 

169— FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS,  subclasses  21,  Stationary  systems, 
Automatic,  and  22,  Stationary  systems,  Automatic  valve,  for 
automatic  valve-operating  mechanism  released  by  an  elect  ro- 
magnet. 

114.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  HITCHING,    RELEASERS, 

HALTER-SNAP.  Releasers  characterized  by  means  adapted 
to  unlock  or  open  a  special  halter-snap  or  lock  secured  to  the 
tethering  means  and  designed  to  disconnect  either  at  the 
halter  or  the  hitching  post,  the, releasing  mechanism  being 
carried  by  the  tether  rather  than  by  the  structure  within 
which  or  to  which  the  animal  is  hitched. 
Search  Classes — 

54— HARNESS,  subclass  69,  Attaching  and  detaching  devices, 
for  details. 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  217,  Tension-relievers,  Couplers,  Safety- 
release. 

115.  RESTRAINING   DEVICES,   HITCHING,  RELEASERS, 

RECIPROCATING  BAR.  Releasers  in  combination  witli 
bars,  rods,  wires,  or  similar  elements  operative!}-  related 
thereto,  so  that  upon  being  given  an  endwise  movement  the 
releasing  means  will  be  moved  to  release  the  hitching  connec- 
tions to  the  animal,  a  single  reciprocatory  element  usually  con- 
trolling a  plurality  of  releasers. 
Search  Class — 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  75,  Horse-detachers,  for 
releasing  devices  operated  by  the  driver  in  the  vehicle  to 
release  the  draft  animal  therefrom.  Usually  the  tugs  are 
released  from  the  whifHetree  by  reciprocating  mechanism. 

116.  RESTRAINING   DEVICES,   HITCHING,  RELEASERS, 

ROTATABLE  SHAFT.  Releasable  hitching  devices  com- 
prising a  rotatable  shaft  operatively  related  to  the  tether-hold- 
ing means  and  so  connected  therewith  that  upon  the  rotation 
of  the  shaft  the  tethering  means  will  be  released. 

117.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  HITCHING,  ROTARY  ARM. 

Hitching  devices  consisting  of  a  support,  such  as  a  post  or 
picket,  upon  which  is  rotatably  secured  an  arm  or  similar 
device  to  which  a  tether  may  be  secured. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  124,  Restraining  devices, 
Hitching,  Posts,  Automatic  take-up,  for  many  devices  con- 
taining the  automatic  take-up  feature  similar  in  function  to 
that  shown  in  this  subclass  (117). 

118.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  HITCHING,  TIES.     Hitching 

devices  of  a  miscellaneous  nature  having  a  neck-engaging 
apparatus  which  is  usually  flexibly  united  to  a  tethering 
means,  the  neck-engaging  device  being  constructed  of  a  lopped 
chain,  a  metallic  or  wooden  bow  or  loop,  or  similar  appliance 
not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 

54— HARNESS,  subclasses  24,  Halters,  and  34,  Hitching  straps, 
for  details. 

59— CHAIN.  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  93, 
Chains,  Attachments. 

119.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    HITCHING,    TIES,    MOV- 

ABLE. Hitching  tics  combined  with  a  slidable  or  pivoted 
device  to  which  the  animal  is  tethered,  designed  to  give  free- 
dom of  movement,  particularly  in  a  vertical  direction,  and  to 
minimize  the  danger  of  casting. 

120.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    HITCHING,    TRAVELER. 

Hitching  devices  comprising  a  tether  attachment  or  tether- 
carrying  device  so  supported  as  to  have  limited  movement 
imparted  by  the  tethered  animal;  the  tether-carrying  means 
being  itself  carried  by  a  trolley,  thimble,  ring,  or  carriage  along 
a  track. 

121.  RESTRAINING       DEVICES,      HITCHING,      PICKET- 

STAKES.  Devices  easily  portable  and  readily  driven  into 
the  ground  that  are  adapted  to  receive  and  to  hold  securely 
one  end  of  a  tethering  device,  the  upper  part  of  the  stake  be  tag 
constructed  to  hold  the  tether  in  whatever  direction  the  strain 
may  be. 


CLASS  113— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  117,  Restraining  devices, 
Hitching,  Rotary  arm,  for  an  arm  support  often  carried  by  a 
picket-stake. 

135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  15, 
Tents,  Pegs,  poles,  and  cover-fastenings,  for  tent  pins  designed 
to  resist  strain  only  in  one  direction  and  to  hold  the  tent  rope 
securely  only  when  the  pull  is  in  the  direction  of  the  strain- 
resisting  feature. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  30,  Electrlc- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles.  Bases,  Anchored,  Augers; 
91,  Land-anchors,  Augers,  for  picket  stakes  and  pins  having 
a  spiral  shank  adapting  them  to  be  screwed  into  the  ground, 
and  92,  Land-anchors,  Expanding,  for  stakes  of  general 
application  provided  with  an  expansible  member. 

122.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    HITCHING,    POSTS.    Mis- 

cellaneous stationary  posts,  subterranean  casings,  and  other 
stationary  tether-supporting   means  not  classifiable  in  the 
remaining  subclasses  of  this  art  and  which  are  specially  de- 
signed to  serve  as  tether-supporting  devices. 
Search  Classes — 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  97,  Wooden  columns,  for 
wooden  posts  of  general  application. 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  under  Posts,  and  68,  LAUNDRY,  sub- 
class 12,  Clothes-line  fasteners,  for  details. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  82,  Posts, 
for  concrete  posts  of  general  application. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  23,  Electric- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  and  38,  Columns,  for  metallic 
posts  of  general  application. 

123.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    HITCHING,    POSTS,    AT- 

TACHMENTS. Devices  specially  designed  to  connect  a 
tethering  means  to  a  post  or  stationary  support. 

124.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  HITCHING,  POSTS,  AUTO- 

MATIC T  A  KE-U  P.  II  itching  posts,  whether  located  above 
or  below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  containing  or  supporting  a 
direct-acting  means  for  automatically  retracting  a  tethering 
device,  said  means  usually  consisting  of  a  weight,  spring  reel, 
or  spiral  spring  so  related  to  the  tether  that  when  said  tether 
is  pulled  from  the  post  a  weight  will  be  lifted  or  a  spring  placed 
under  tension,  all  designed  to  maintain  the  tether  taut  or  to 
withdraw  it  into  the  post. 
Search  Classes—  . 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  117,  Restraining  devices, 
Hitching,  Rotary  arm,  for  means  for  causing  the  rotary  arm 
to  take  up  the  slack  to  the  tether,  both  to  prevent  the  tethered 
animal  from  becoming  entangled  and  to  offer  a  yielding  resist- 
ance to  a  severe  strain. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclasses  72,  Elastic  tension  devices, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  68,  Springs,  for  tension 
elements. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  appropriate  subclasses,  forspring- 
operated  winding  drums  of  general  utility. 

125.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  HITCHING,  POSTS,  DISAP- 

PEARING.   Posts  and  similar  tether-supporting  means  pro- 
vided with  casinps  below  the  level  of  the  ground  surface  so 
constructed  that  the  post  may  be  let  down  into  the  casing. 
Search  Class— 
68— LAUNDRY,  suMass  12,  Clothes-line  fasteners. 

126.  RESTRAINING     DEVICES,      HOPPLES.       Restraining 

means  designed  to  hamper  the  free  movement  of  the  animal 
by  interfering  with  limb  action  or  head  movement,  the  ulti- 
mate purpose  being  to  discourage  or  prevent  kicking  or  leap- 
ing and  breaking  down  fences. 

127.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  HOPPLES,  FETTER -BARS. 

Hopples  having  bars,  stays,  or  other  bracing  adapted  to  be  so 
placed  on  the  limb  of  a  domestic  animal  as  to  interfere  with  or 
prevent  the  flexing  of  said  limb,  the  bracing  elements  being 
secured  usually  on  both  sides  of  the  joint. 

128.  RESTRAINING     DEVICES,      HOPPLES,    SHACKLES. 

Hopples  in  the  form  of  rings,  bracelets,  or  limb-clamping  de- 
vices not  otherwise  classifiable  designed  to  be  secured  about 
some  part  of  the  animal's  limbs  and  so  connected  to  other 
devices  carried  by  the  animal  as  to  prevent  free  movement  of 
the  hampered  limbs.  Specially  adapted  to  domestic  live 
stock. 

Search  Class — 

70— LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  24,  Shackles,  for  shackles  of 
general  application. 

129.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    MOUTH-GUARDS.      Anti- 

cribbing  appliances,  gags,  and  other  means  for  limiting  the 
animal's  use  of  its  mouth  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

130.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    MOUTH-GUARDS,    MUZ- 

ZLES. Halter-supported  nose  bands,  plates,  or  spike-curry- 
ing devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  and  which  are  designed 
to  serve  as  weaning  devices  or  as  means  for  restraining,  con- 
trolling, or  breaking  feeding  habits. 

131.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    MOUTH-GUARDS,    MUZ- 

ZLES, BAFFLES.  Muzzles  having  as  essential  elements 
single  plates,  open-work  guards,  or  other  similar  structures  so 
supported  as  to  be  capable  of  being  oscillated  to  permit  graz- 
ing, but  so  arranged  that  upon  the  animal's  raising  its  head 
the  baffle  will  fall  over  the  mouth. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


241 


CLASS  119— Continued. 

132.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES.    MOUTH-GUARDS,    MUZ- 

ZLES, BAFFLES,  NOSTRIL -ATTACHED.  Baffles 
adapted  to  be  secured  to  the  nostrils. 

133.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    MOUTH  -  GUARDS,  MUZ- 

LES,  CAGE  FORM.  Muzzles  of  open-work  cage-like  struc- 
ture that  normally  entirely  inclose  the  rr.outh,  being  either 
rigid  in  structure  or  composed  of  two  or  more  hinged  or  recip- 
rocating parts,  which  open  automatically  upon  the  animal's 
lowering  its  head  to  graze. 

134.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  MOUTH-GUARDS,  WEAN- 

ING BITS.  Mouth-guards  superficially  resembling  bridle 
bits  and  designed  to  be  placed  in  an  animal's  mouth,  the  bit 
usually  being  a  hollow  perforated  element,  close  spiral,  or 
similar  device  constructed  to  prevent  the  formation  of  a  "suck- 
ing" vacuum. 
Search  Class — 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  27,  Veterinary,  for  ventilating  bits  used 
to  cure  or  prevent  colic. 

135.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  NOSE  RINGS  AND  CLIPS. 

Rings,  plugs,  loops,  clamps,  clips,  and  other  similar  devices 
specially  designed  to  be  attached  to  the  nostrils  or  snout-rings 
of  domestic  animals.  These  devices  are  designed  to  be  per- 
manently attached  and  are  such  as  are  limited  in  use  to  animal 
husbandry. 
Search  Classes — 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  238,  Snap- 
hooks,  Sliding;  241,  Snap-hooks,  Locking  devices,  and  242, 
Snap-hooks,  Locking  devices,  Tension-operated,  for  detachable 
rings,  loops,  etc.,  of  general  application;  and  243,  Clasps,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  detachable  gripping  devices. 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  85, 
Chains,  Links,  Detachable,  and  96,  Key-holders,  and  the 
suliclasses  thereunder,  for  detachable  metallic  loops  and  similar 
devices. 

136.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  POKES.    Devices  comprising 

a  rod  or  a  combination  of  rods  or  similar  elements  supported 
by  a  head,  neck,  limb,  or  body  embracing  means  all  cooperat- 
ing to  discourage  or  prevent  breaking,  leaping,  or  passing 
through  fences  or  similar  barriers. 

137.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,   POKES,  BAR  AND  BELT. 

Pokes  having  a  rod  or  pole  whose  principal  posterior  support 
consists  of  a  belt  or  band  passing  around  the  animal's  body 
adjacent  to  his  fore  legs,  the  anterior  support  of  said  poke 
being  usually  a  neck-band  or  halter,  or  both. 

138.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,   POKES,   BAR  AND  BOW. 

Pokes  having  a  bow,  yoke,  or  neck-band,  in  combination  with 
a  rod,  bar,  or  similar  element,  the  bow  and  bar  being  rigidly 
connected,  the  former  being  designed  to  embrace  the  neck 
of  the  animal  and  the  latter  to  contact  with  a  fence  for  the 
purpose  of  discouraging  or  preventing  the  wearer  from  leaping 
fences  or  breaking  through  them. 

139.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,   POKES,  BAR  AND  BOW, 

JOINTED  BOW.  Pokes  of  the  bar  and  bow  type  wherein 
the  bow,  yoke,  or  neck-band  is  jointed,  so  that  its  parts  may 
freely  move  relatively  to  each  other.  Includes  the  jointed 
bov,',  v.-hether  claimed  by  itself  or  in  combination  with  the 
poke. 

140.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,"  POKES,   BAR  AND  BOW, 

PIVOTED  BAR.  Pokes  of  the  bar  and  bow  type  having 
the  bar,  rod,  or  poke  pivoted  or  so  connected  to  the  bow  or 
yoke  that  it  may  freely  move  in  relation  thereto. 

141.  RESTRAINING   DEVICES,    POKES,    BAR   AND   HAL- 

TER. Poke  bars  or  equivalents  supported  by  a  halter  or 
halter-like  device  adapted  to  embrace  the  animal's  head. 

142.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    POKES,    FACE-GUARDS. 

Bars,  rods,  face  plates,  or  flexible  elements  supported  by  the 
animal'shead,  located  in  front  of  his  face,  and  usually  provided 
with  means  for  inflicting  pain  upon  the  animal  when  it  pushes 
the  face-guard  against  an  obstruction. 

143.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    SHIELDS.    Easily  portable 

devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  designed  to  be  secured  to 
an  animal  to  protect  it  against  enemies  or  to  prevent  its  doing 
injury  to  itself  or  an  attendant. 

144.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,   SHIELDS,   HORN.     Shields 

adapted  in  structure  to  receive  the  tips  of  an  animal's  horns 
or  otherwise  to  muffle  the  horn  tips. 

145.  RESTRAINING      DEVICES,      SHIELDS,      STALLION. 

Devices  for  preventing  the  practice  of  self-abuse  among 
stallions. 

146.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  SHIELDS,  UDDER.    Devices 

specially  adapted  to  protect  the  udders  or  teats  of  mammals 
against  injury. 

147.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  STANCHIONS.    Devices  com- 

prising as  a  unit  two  adjacent,  vertical  bars,  one  or  both 
pivotally  supported  and  capable  of  being  moved  away  from 
a  central  vertical  line  to  admit  the  head  and  neck  of  the  ani- 
mal to  be  restrained  and  then  moved  toward  said  line  to 
embrace  the  neck  and  prevent  withdrawal  of  the  head,  a 
device  for  locking  the  stanchion  bars  in  ne.ck-embracing  posi- 
tion being  usually  a  necessary  element  of  the  operative  com- 
bination. In  this  subclass  are  placed  all  stanchions  and 
stanchion  elements  not  otherwise  classifiable  which  are 


CLASS  119-Continued. 

restricted  in  use  to  the  restraining  of  live  stock.  Stanchions 
differ  from  the  neck-stocks  found  in  animal-stocks  in  that 
they  permit  more  or  less  freedom  of  movement,  the  latter 
being  more  rigid  in  structure  and  designed  to  reduce  to  a 
minimum  the  movement  of  the  head  and  neck,  while  the 
former  are  designed  simplyto  prevent  the  escape  of  the  animal 
from  its  stall  and  to  segregate  it  for  feeding  and  housing 
purposes. 

148.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  STANCHIONS,  MULTIPLE. 

Combinations  of  two  or  more  stanchion  sets,  usually  con- 
nected with  a  common  controlling  means,  whereby  they  may 
be  simultaneously  released  or  locked  by  an  attendant,  so 
that  two  or  more  head  of  stock  may  be  locked  in  or  released 
from  said  stanchions  by  the  movement  of  a  single  element. 

149.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    STANCHIONS,    ROTATA- 

BLE.  Stanchions  rotatable  about  a  vertical  axis,  without 
provision  for  preventing  rotation  while  said  stanchions  are 
open  for  admission  of  an  animal's  head. 

150.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    STANCHIONS,    ROTATA- 

BLE, STOP-LOCK.  Rotatable  stanchions  having  means 
for  preventing  rotation  when  the  stanchion  bars  are  open  to 
admit  the  animal's  head. 

151.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    CATCHING    AND    HOLD- 

ING TOOLS.  Tools  not  otherwise  classifiable  designed  to 
be  manipulated  by  an  attendant  to  catch  and  to  hold  a  do- 
mestic animal.  Such  tools  are  usually  provided  with  a  handle 
at  one  end  and  a  catching  and  holding  device  at  the  other 
specially  designed  to  embrace  some  part  of  the  animal  and 
to  be  readily  detached  therefrom  without  inflicting  injury. 
Search  Class — 

43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  12,  Fishing,  Oyster  rakes 
and  tongs,  for  somewhat  similar  tools  designed  to  be  used  in 
dredging  mollusks,  but  not  adapted  to  catch  and  hold  live 
stock  without  injury. 

152.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES.    CATCHING    AND    HOLD- 

ING TOOLS,  CROOKS.    Catching  and  holding  tools  pro- 
vided with  a  hook-like  element,  usually  having  the  form  of 
a  shepherd's  crook. 
Search  Classes — 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  4,  Article- 
holders,  Chatelaine  safety-hooks,  and  264,  Clasps,  Wedge- 
slots,  and  59,  CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING, 
subclass  94,  Chains,  Attachments,  Hooks  and  grabs,  for  the 
hook  element  per  se. 

153.  RESTRAINING  DEVICES,  CATCHING  AND  HOLDING 

TOOLS,  LOOPS.    Catching  and  holding  tools  provided  with 
a  loop,  the  loop  usually  being  placed  or  thrown  about  the 
nose,  head,  neck,  or  limb. 
Search  Class— 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  28,  Miscellaneous,  for  analogous  struc- 
ture, noting  "6craseurs,"  or  instruments  for  removing  intra- 
nasal  growths;  and  subclass  27,  Veterinary,  noting  obstetrical 
devices. 

154.  RESTRAINING    DEVICES,    CATCHING    AND    HOLD- 

ING TpOLS,  TONGS.    Catching  and  holding  tools  pro- 
vided with  jaws  or  long  fingers  specially  adapted  to  embrace 
and  to  hold  without  injury  some  part  of  a  domestic  animal. 
Search  Classes— 

65— KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclasses  52,  Table-tongs, 
and  56,  Compound  tools,  Gripping,  and  126,  STOVES  AND 
FURNACES,  subclasses  320,  Stove  implements,  Combined,  and 
321,  Stove  implements,  Fire-tong,  for  details. 

68— LAUNDRY,  subclass  6,  Clothes  sticks  and  tongs,  for  analo- 
gous structures. 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  27,  Veterinary,  noting  pig-tongs  and 
similar  obstetrical  devices. 

155.  STOCK- SORTERS.    Means  operated  manually,  automat- 

ically, or  by  the  animal  to  control  the  size  or  kind  of  animal 
that  shall  pass  a  given  barrier  and  designed  to  separate  one 
class  or  size  of  domestic  animal  from  another. 

156.  ANTTVERMIN  TREATMENT.     Inventions    for   washing, 

applying  medicaments  to,  or  otherwise  treating  animals  for 
the  purpose  of  freeing  them  from  filth  and  parasites  or  for 
repelling  insects,  healing  sores,  etc.  Does  not  include  "dips" 
or  other  compositions  nor  internal  medical  treatment  nor 
surgical  operations. 

157.  ANTPVERMIN  TREATMENT,  DAUBING   AND   RUB- 

BING. Inventions  for  applying  a  medicament  to  animals 
by  contact  or  friction.  Includes  rubbing  posts,  fowl-greasing, 
and  nose-tarring  devices. 

158.  ANTIVERMIN  TREATMENT,  DIPPING  AND  WASH-" 

ING.  Inventions  relating  to  the  dipping  or  washing  of  ani- 
mals in  an  insecticidal  or  cleansing  liquid  and  includes  both 
the  dipping  or  washing  vat  and  the  means  employed  to  insure 
the  immersion  or  washing  of  the  animal  under  treatment. 

159.  ANTIVERMIN  TREATMENT,  DUSTING  AND  SPRAY- 

ING.   Devices  specially  adapted  to  apply  an  insecticide  or  the 
like  in  the  form  of  a  fine  powder  or  spray  to  domestic  fowls 
and  stock,  usually  operated  by  the  animal. 
Search  Class — 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  spray- 
ing apparatus  of  general  application. 

160.  ANTIVERMIN   TREATMENT      FUMIGATING.    Inven- 

tions specially  constructed  to  aid  in  the  application  of  fumes 
to  a  fowl  or  other  animal. 


26G740— 12- 


-16 


CLASS  120.— STATIONERY. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  is  limited  to  implements  for  use  in  penmanship  and 
clerical  work  and  includes  all  such  implements  except  such  as  are 
more  properly  classified  elsewhere  because  of  more  general  utility. 

Subclasses. 

1.  COMBINATION  DEVICES.    Articles  of  stationery  in  which 

are  combined  two  or  more  devices  having  different  functions. 
Search  Class— 
7 — COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  2,  Miscellaneous,  Integral. 

2.  COMBINATION  DEVICES,  BLOTTERS  AND   RULERS. 

Devices  adapted  to  serve  as  blotters  and  as  rulers. 

3.  COMBINATION   DEVICES,   INKSTANDS   AND   CALEN- 

DARS.   Inkstands  provided  with  calendar  attachments. 

4.  COMBINATION     DEVICES,     INKSTANDS     AND     PEN- 

RACKS.    Combined  inkstands  and  pen-racks. 

5.  COMBINATION     DEVICES,     INKSTANDS     AND     PEN- 

RACKS,  SELF-OPENING.  Combined  inkstands  and  pen- 
racks  so  constructed  that  the  removal  of  a  pen  from  the  rack 
causes  the  inkstand  to  open. 

6.  COMBINATION    DEVICES,   MOISTENERS   AND    SEAL- 

ERS.   Implements  and  machines  for  both  moistening  and 
sealing  the  flaps  of  envelops. 
Search  Classes 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  2,  Wrapping  machines. 
Miscellaneous. 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclass  3,  Com- 
bined Machines,  Envelop  sealing  and  stamping. 

7.  COMBINATION  DEVICES,  PENCIL-SHARPENERS  AND 

ERASERS.  Combined  pencil-fiharpeners  and  erasers,  most 
of  them  being  designed  for  attachment  to  a  pencil  and  serving 
as  point-protectors  as  well. 

8.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Various  devices  for  use  in  clerical  work, 

such  as  paper-folders,  paper-tearers,  linen-markers,  etc. 

9.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES.    Devices  known  t9  the  trade  as 

propelling  pencils  and  pen-holders,  together  with  other  de- 
vices for  adjustably  holding  pencils,  leads,  crayons,  and  tail- 
ors' chalk. 

Search  Class— 

145_WoqDWORKiNG-TooLS,    subclass    64,    Handles,    Hollow, 
Retractile-tool.  , 

10.  PEN -AND  PENCIL  CASES,  COMPOUND.    Pen  and  pencil 

cases  in  each  of  which  are  embodied  two  or  more  different 
forms  of  operating  mechanism. 

11.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  COMPOUND,  AUTOMATIC. 

Compound  pen  and  pencil  cases  in  which  one  or  more  of  the 
operating  mechanisms  is  automatic. 

12.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  COMPOUND,  SCREW-AND- 

SLIDE.  Compound  pen  and  pencil  cases  in  which  the 
propelling  mechanisms  are  of  the  screw-and-slide  types. 

13.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  CHALK-HOLDERS,    Holding 

devices  for  chalk  or  crayons,  especially  tailors'  chalk. 

14.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  POLYPOINTED.    Magazine 

pen  and  pencil  cases  in  which  are  contained  a  number  of 
leads  or  pen-points. 
Search  Class — 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  sul>class  63,  Handles,  Magazine, 
Registering-chambers. 

15.  PEN   AND    PENCIL   CASES,    SHARPENING.    Pen   and 

pencil  cases  provided  with  mechanism  for  sharpening  the 
lead . 

16.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  MAGIC.    Cases  so  constructed 

that  the  pen  or  lead  holder  is  protruded  by  moving  some 
part  of  the  case  in  the  direction  opposite  to  that  in  which 
the  pen  or  lead  holder  moves  when  it  is  protruded. 

17.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  STEP-BY-STEP.    Cases  pro- 

vided with  mechanism  which  projects  the  lead  a  predeter- 
mined amount  at  each  operation  of  the  mechanism. 

18.  PEN   AND    PENCIL  CASES,    SCREW.    The  pen  or  lead 

holder  is  protruded  by  screw  mechanism. 

19.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  SLIDE.    The  pencil,  lead,  or 

pen  holder  slides  within  the  cass  and  is  protruded  by  the 
direct  action  of  the  fingers  of  the  user  or  by  means  of  a  sliding 
member  which  may  be  secured  to  the  holder  or  simply  push 
it  forward. 


CLASS  120— Continued. 

20.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  AUTOMATIC-CATCH.    When 

the  lead  or  pen  holder  is  projected,  it  is  automatically  caught 
and  held,  usually  by  a  sort  of  latch. 

Note.— Automatic  clutch  devices  are  not  in  this  subclass,  being 
separately  classified. 

21.  PEN  AND  PENCIL  CASES,  CLUTCH.    The  lead  or  crayon 

is  gripped  between  two  or  more  movable  jaws. 
Search  Class— 

14.5— WOOD-WORKING    TOOLS,    subclass   83,  Handles,    Socket 
fastenings. 

22.  PEN    AND    PENCIL    CASES,    CLUTCH,    AUTOMATIC. 

The  clutch  mechanism  is  operated  automatically  after  the 
lead  is  projected. 

23.  SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS.  Receptacles  or  combined  im- 

plements and  receptacles  especially  adapted  to  contain  the 
pens,  pencils,  and  other  implements  commonly  required  by 
school  children. 

24.  BLOTTERS.    Sheets  or  blocks  of  absorbent  material  for  re- 

moving surplus  ink   from   freshly  written   matter,  holders 
for  blotting  material,  and  devices  for  supporting  blotters  in 
such  manner  that  they  may  be  readily  reached  when  desired 
for  use  and  be  out  of  the  way  when  not  in  use. 
Search  Classes — 

51 — GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  1,  Abrading  materials 
and  tools. 

101— PRINTING,  subclass  107,  Press-copying,  Damping. 

25.  BLOTTERS,    HAND-ATTACHED.    Blotters    designed    for 

attachment  to  the  hand  of  the  writer  and  to  be  carried  along 
by  it  as  it  travels  over  the  surface  which  is  being  written 
upon. 

23.  BLOTTERS,   ROTARY.    Blotting  material  secured  to  the 
surface  of  a  rotary  cylinder. 

27.  BLOTTERS,    SUPPORTS.    Supporting    devices  for  use  on 

desks  or  writing-tables  and  designed  to  hold  the  blotter  out 
of  the  way  when  not  in  use,  but  in  such  position  that  it  will 
be  readily  accessible  when  wanted. 

28.  COPY-HOLDERS.    Devices  for  holding  manuscript  in  such 

position  that  it  may  be  conveniently  copied. 

29.  COPY-HOLDERS,  MOVABLE  COPY.   Copy-holders  so  con- 

structed that  the  copy  may  be  moved  in  such  manner  as  to 
bring  each  line  of  the  copy  successively  into  a  certain  position 
for  copying. 

30.  COPY-HOLDERS,   MOVABLE    COPY,    ROLLER-FEED. 

The  copy  is  moved  by  means  of  roller  mechanism. 

31.  COPY-HOLDERS,    MOVABLE  COPY,    ROLLER-FEED, 

POSITIVE-GRIP.  The  feed-roller  is  provided  with  a 
clamping  device  for  gripping  one  end  of  the  copy,  which  is 
wound  on  the  roller. 

32.  COPY-HOLDERS,   MOVABLE    COPY,    ROLLER-FEED, 

STEP-BY-STEP  MOVEMENT.  The  feed-rollers  are  pro- 
vided with  mechanism,  usually  involving  a  pawl  and  ratchet, 
for  rotating  them  with  a  stop-by-step  movement. 

33.  COPY-HOLDERS,  MOVABLE  MARKER.    The  manuscript 

to  be  copied  is  held  stationary  and  the  line  that  is  being  copied 
is  indicated  by  a  movable  marker  which  may  be  moved  by 
the  hand  of  the  copyist  or  by  appropriate  mechanism. 

34.  COPY-HOLDERS,     MOVABLE      MARKER,     STEP-BY- 

STEP  MOVEMENT.  The  copy-holder  is  provided  with 
mechanism  for  moving  the  marker  with  a  step-by-step  move- 
ment. 

35.  ENVELOP-OPENERS.    Devices  of  various  sorts,   specially 

designed  to  open  envelops. 

30.  ERASERS.    Devices  of  various  sorts  for  the  removal  of  ink 
and  pencil  lines,  together  with  devices  for  restoring  the  sur- 
face of  the  paper  after  the  erasure  of  the  lines. 
Search  Class  — 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  1,  Abrading  materials 
and  tools. 

37.  ERASERS,  COMBINATION.    Erasing  implements  in  which 

are  combined  erasing  devices  of  two  or  more  different  kinds. 

38.  ERASERS,    PENCIL    ATTACHMENTS.    Erasers,    usually 

blocks  of  rubber,  permanently  or  removably  attached  to  a 
pencil. 

39.  ERASERS,   KNIFE.    Erasers  in  which   thti  erasing  device 

consists  of  a  sharpened  blade. 

40.  ERASERS,  RUBBER.    Erasers  consisting,  essentially,  of  one 

or  more  blocks  of  rubber  with  which  is  usually  mixed  some 
finely-pulverized  abrading  material. 

41.  ERASING-SHIELDS.    Devices  to  cover  and  protect  the  part 

of  a  manuscript  which  is  not  to  be  erased  and  exposing  that 
which  is  to  be  erased. 

243 


244 


DEFINITIONS   OP   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  120— Continued. 

42.  FOUNTAIN-PENS.    Pens   provided  with   an   ink  reservoir 

which  is  usually  contained  in  the  penholder  and  which  is  so 
connected  with  the  pen-nib  that  a  flow  of  ink  from  the  reser- 
voir to  the  pen  may  be  produced  during  the  operation  of 
writing,  thus  obviating  all  need  of  dipping  the  pen  in  ink. 
Search  Class — 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  49,  Fountain  Brushes, 
Paint. 

43.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,  SPECIAL-USE.   Fountain-pens  in  which 

the  ordinary  nib  is  replaced  by  a  roller,  ball,  or  other  ink- 
applying  device  to  fit  the  pen  for  some  special  purpose. 

44.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,  STYLOGRAPHIC.    The  ordinary  split 

nib  is  replaced  by  a  slender  rod  or  spindle  passing  through 
a  hollow  cone,  the  apex  of  which  forms  the  writing-point. 

45.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,     STYLOGRAPHIC,     SPRING-ACTU- 

ATED SPINDLE.  The  spindle  is  connected  with  a  spring 
which  keeps  it  normally  protruded  from  the  tip  of  the  pen. 

46.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,  FORCE-FEED  AND  FILLER.    Pens 

provided  with  self-contained  filling  devices  or  with  devices 
for  forcing  the  ink  from  the  reservoir  to  the  nib.  The  same 
mechanism  may  serve  to  fill  the  pen  and  to  control  the  feed 
of  ink. 

47.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,   FORCE-FEED   AND   FILLER,   PIS- 

TON.' The  feed  or  filler  mechanism  consists  chiefly  of  a 
piston  which  is  reciprocated  within  the  barrel  of  the  pen. 

48.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,       VALVED.     Fountain-pens    provided 

with  valves  to  control  the  flow  of  ink  to  the  nib  or  the  ingress 
of  air  into  the  ink  reservoir. 

49.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,     RETRACTILE     PEN-SECTION. 

Pens  so  constructed  that  the  "pen-section"  can  be  drawn 
back  into  the  barrel  of  the  pen  when  it  is  not  in  use. 

50.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,    FEEDERS.    Devices   of  various  sorts 

for  conveying  the  ink  from  the  reservoir  to  the  nib  and  regu- 
lating the  amount  of  the  flow. 

51.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,    FEEDERS,  MODIFIED-NIB.    Feed- 

ing devices  involving  some  modification  of  the  pen-nib. 

52.  FOUNTAIN-PENS,    FEEDERS,    MODIFIED    PEN-SEC- 

TION. Feeding  devices  involving  some  modification  of  the 
ordinary  form  of  "pen-section"  or  nib-holding  member. 

53.  HAND  AND  ARM  RESTS.    Devices  to  support  the  hand  or 

arm  of  a  person  when  writing  in  spaces  in  which  it  is  difficult 
to  write  without  special  support;  also,  supports  designed  to 
prevent  fatigue  from  writing  or  to  keep  the  hand  out  of  con- 
i  tact  with  the  paper. 

54.  HAND   AND   ARM   RESTS,   TRAVELING.    Rests  which 

travel  over  the  paper  with  the  hand  or  arm  of  the  writer. 

55.  HAND  AND  ARM  RESTS,  BOOK-SUPPORTED.    Rests 

designed  to  be  supported  by  having  one  end  thrust  between 
the  pages  of  a  boot. 

56.  HAND     AND     ARM    RESTS,    ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT. 

Rests  so  constructed  that  their  height  may  be  adjusted  as 
the  writer  wishes. 

57.  INKSTANDS.    Receptacles  for  ink  designed  to  facilitate  the 

use  of  ink  in  writing  and  not  to  serve  as  mere  storing  vessels. 
The  subclass  also  includes  supports  for  such  ink  receptacles 
and  attachments  for  inkstands  that  do  not  fall  into  other 
subclasses. 
Search  Class — 
91— COATING,  subclasses  66,  Pots,  and  (57.1,  Mucilage  holders. 

58.  INKSTANDS,  DESK-ATTACHED.    Inkstands  of  the  type 

usually  used  in  schools  and  firmly  secured  to  a  desk,  in  the 
top  of  which  the  inkstand  is  generally  embedded. 

£9.  INKSTANDS,  BAROMETER.    Inkstands  in  which  the  level 
of  the  ink  is  controlled  by  atmospheric  pressure. 

60.  INKSTANDS,  FOUNTAIN.    Inkstands  provided  with  a  dip- 

cup  which  is  normally  empty,  but  hi  to  which  ink  may  be 
forced  by  various  means  whenever  the  pen  is  to  be  supplied 
with  ink. 

61.  INKSTANDS,  FOUNTAIN,  AUTOMATIC.    Fountain  inK- 

stands  which  act  automatically  when  a  pen  is  inserted  into 
the  dip-cup  and  pressure  made  upon  it. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  automatic  fountain  ink- 
stands having  a  flexible  diaphragm,  pressure  upon  which 
causes  the  rise  of  the  ink  in  the  dip-cup. 

62.  INKSTANDS.  FOUNTAIN,  COMPRESSIBLE  INK-BAG. 

I:ik  is  contained  in  a  bag  made  of  pliable  material,  and  pr  s- 
sure  upon  the  bag  forces  the  ink  up  into  the  dip-cup. 

63.  INKSTANDS,    FOUNTAIN,    FLEXIBLE-DIAPHRAGM. 

A  flexible  diaphragm  forms  a  part  of  the  wall  of  the  ink  reser- 
voir, and  pressure  upon  the  diaphragm  causes  the  ink  to  rise 
into  the  dip-cup. 

64.  INKSTANDS,    FOUNTAIN,    FLEXIBLE-DIAPHRAGM, 

AUTOMATIC.  The  flexible  diaphragm  is  connected  with 
the  dip-cup  in  such  a  way  that  the  pressure  of  a  pen  upon  the 
dip-cup  causes  ink  to  rise  in  the  cup. 


CLASS  120— Continued. 

65.  INKSTANDS,  GRAVITY-FEED.    Inkstands  having  a  reser- 

voir at  a  higher  level  than  the  dip-cup,  so  that  the  ink  will  flow 
from  reservoir  to  dip-cup  under  the  influence  of  gravity  when- 
ever the  passage  between  the  two  is  unobstructed. 

66.  INKSTANDS,     MOVABLE     DIP-CUP.    Inkstands  each  of 

which  is  provided  with  a  small  movable  cup  which  holds  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  ink  to  supply  a  pen  and  which  is  sup- 
ported upon  a  spring,  lever,  or  other  device  in  such  a  way  that 
the  dip-cup  may  be  readily  replenished  when  empty. 

67.  INKSTANDS,      SELF-CLOSING.    Inkstands  closing   auto- 

matically when  the  pen  is  withdrawn  from  the  ink. 

68.  INKSTANDS,    SELF    OPENING    AND    CLOSING.    The 

closure  of  the  inkstand  is  opened  by  the  pressure  of  the  pen 
upon  the  closure  or  some  device  connected  therewith  in  the 
act  of  dipping  the  pen. 

69.  INKSTANDS,     SUPPLEMENTARY- RESERVOIR.     Be- 

sides the  small  receptacle  which  contains  the  ink  into  which 
the  pen  is  dipped  each  stand  has  a  larger  supplementary  reser- 
voir from  which  the  dipping-receptacle  may  be  supplied. 
There  is  no  special  form  of  apparatus  for  transferring  ink  from 
the  large  reservoir  to  the  dipping-receptacle. 

70.  INKSTANDS,  TILTING-RESERVOIR.    The  reservoir  is  in 

most  cases  supported  upon  pivots  and  is  tilted  to  bring  the 
ink  into  proper  position  for  dipping  the  pen.  Those  stands 
whose  reservoirs  are  not  supported  on  pivots  are  set  in  an 
inclined  position  while  in  use. 

71.  INKSTANDS,  DIP-GAGES.    Devices  for  regulating  the  depth 

to  which  the  pen  enters  the  ink  in  the  stand;  also  inkstands 
provided  with  such  gages. 

72.  INKSTANDS,  OPENING  AND  CLOSING  DEVICES.    De- 

vices which  facilitate  the  opening  and  closing  of  inkstands. 
They  frequently  consist  of  devices  connecting  the  covers  of 
several  ink-wells  in  such  a  way  that  the  opening  of  one  closes 
any  other  that  may  be  open. 

73.  INKSTANDS,     SUPPORTS.    Devices  of  various  sorts  for 

supporting  ink-wells. 
Search  Class 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  58,  Ink-stands,  Desk-attached,  for 
ink-wells  let  into  a  desk-top  and  of  the  sort  generally  used  in 
school-desks. 

74.  LETTER-SHEETS     AND     POSTAL     CARDS.    Sheets  of 

paper  or  cardboard  designed  for  mailing  without  envelops. 
The  subclass  includes  postal  cards  with  reply-cards  attached 
and  sheets  with  attached  flaps  for  concealing  the  contents  of 
the  letter. 

75.  MOISTENERS.    Devices   for   moistening   gummed   surfaces, 

such  as  those  of  envelops,  stamps,  and  the  like. 
Search  Classes — 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  sub-class  under  Fountain- 
rushes,  for  moisteners  in  the  form  of  fountain  brushes. 

101,  PRINTING,  subclass  107,  Press-copying,  Damping. 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclass  43,  Ma- 
chines, Affixing.  Magazine,  Stationary,  Adhesive  applying  or 
moistening,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

76.  MOISTENERS,    ROLLER.    A  rotating  cylinder  or  sphere, 

a  part  of  whose  surface  is  always  in  contact  with  the  water  in 
the  moistener,  serves  to  convey  the  water  to  the  surface  which 
is  to  be  moistened. 

77.  ABOLISHED. 

78.  ABOLISHED. 

79.  ABOLISHED. 

80.  ABOLISHED. 

81.  ABOLISHED. 

82.  PAPER-WEIGHTS.    Masses  of  suitable  size  and  weight,  and 

usually  of  somewhat  ornamental  appearance,  whose  only  func- 
tion is  that  of  holding  loose  papers  in  place  upon  a  desk  or 
other  support. 

83.  PENCILS.    This  subclass  contains  all  marking  devices  consist- 

ing of  a  solid  material  which  produces  a  mark  by  leaving  a 
portion  of  its  substance  upon  the  surface  over  which  it  is 
drawn. 
Search  Classes— 

106,  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  5,  Crayons  and  pencils. 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  28,  Ink  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

84.  PENCILS,    ATTACHMENTS.     Permanent  or  removable  at- 

tachments of  various  sorts  for  pencils,  excluding  mere  eraser 
attachments,  which  are  classified  with  erasers. 

85.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,    IMPLEMENTS,    COMPOUND. 

Pencil  and  crayon  sharpening  implements  embodying  in  each 
implement  two  or  more  different  forms  of  sharpening  devices. 

86.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS.    IMPLEMENTS,    COMPOUND, 

RECIPROCATING  -  MOVEMENT.  Compound  pencil  - 
sharpeners  in  which  the  relative  movement  of  pencil  and 
sharpener  is  reciprocatory  in  character. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


245 


CLASS  120— Continued. 

87.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,    IMPLEMENTS,    POINT-PRO- 

TECTORS. Pencil-sharpeners  designed  to  fit  over  the  point 
of  the  pencil  and  protect  it  when  not  in  use. 

88.  PENCIL  -   SHARPENERS,      IMPLEMENTS,      KNIFE- 

GAGES.  Devices  which  are  slipped  over  the  end  of  a  pencil 
to  gage  the  cut  of  a  knife-blade  when  used  in  sharpening  the 
pencil. 

89.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,   IMPLEMENTS,   RECIPROCA- 

TOR  Y-MO  VEMENT.  The  relative  movement  of  pencil  and 
sharpener  is  reciprocatory  in  character,  and  either  pencil  or 
sharpener  may  be  moved  in  the  process  of  sharpening. 

90.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,   IMPLEMENTS,   RECIPROCA- 

TORY-MOVEMENT,  SHAVING.  Reciprocatory  pencil- 
sharpeners  in  which  the  sharpening  means  consists  of  blades 
so  placed  that  they  will  cut  shavings  from  the  wood  of  the 
pencil  instead  of  grinding  the  wood  away  to  form  the  point. 

91.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,  IMPLEMENTS,  REVOLVING- 

PENCIL.  Sharpeners  consisting  in  part  of  an  annular  or 
conical  abrading  surface  over  which  the  pencil  is  made  to 
travel  during  the  sharpening  process. 

92.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,       IMPLEMENTS,       ROTARY- 

MOVEMENT.  The  relative  movement  of  pencil  and  sharp- 
ener is  rotary  in  character. 

93.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,       IMPLEMENTS,       ROTARY- 

MOVEMENT,  SHAVING.  Rotary  sharpeners  provided 
with  one  or  more  blades  so  placed  that  they  remove  the  wood 
of  the  pencil  in  the  form  of  shavings  instead  of  by  abrasion. 

94.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,     MACHINES.     Pencil-sharpeners 

having  a  fixed  base  and  other  parts  movable  relatively  thereto. 
Search  Classes— 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  3,  Glass  and  stone. 
Curved  surfaces;  4,  Metal,  Curved  surfaces;  5,  Wood,  Curved 
surfaces;  144,  WOOD  WORKING,  subclass  30,  Special  work 
machines,  Single  or  combined,  Pin  pointing;  168,  FARRIERY, 
subclass  46,  Tools,  Calk  sharpeners. 

95.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,  MACHINES,  ROTATING  CUT- 

TER AND  PENCIL.  Both  cutter  and  pencil-holder  are 
mechanically  rotated  during  the  sharpening  process. 

96.  PENCIL-SHARPENERS,  MACHINES,  ROTATING  CUT- 

TER. Pencil-sharpening  machines  in  which  the  pencil  is 
turned  by  hand  and  a  rotating  cutter  used. 

97.  PEN-EXTRACTORS.    Devices  of  various  kinds  designed  for 

extracting  pens  from  penholders. 

98.  PENHOLDERS.    Holders  for  pens,  including  some  attach- 

ments for  such  holders. 

99.  PENHOLDERS,        MULTIPLE.     Penholders    for    holding 

several  pens  simultaneously,  including  also  some  yokes  for 
connecting  two  pens  or  pencils  so  that  two  lines  may  be  made 
at  one  stroke. 

100.  PENHOLDERS,   ANGULAR  ADJUSTMENT.    The  staff 

of  the  holder  and  the  nib-holder  proper  are  pivotally  con- 
nected, so  that  the  nib  may  be  set  at  an  angle  to  the  staff  of  the 
bolder. 


CLASS  120— Continued. 

101.  PENHOLDERS,  RELEASING.    Penholders  so  constructed 

that  the  grip  of  the  holder  on  the  pen  may  be  released  at  will. 

102.  PENHOLDERS,    GRIPS.    Modifications  of  penholders  and 

permanent  attachments  thereto  for  the  purpose  of  making 
them  conform  more  readily  to  the  hand  or  to  prevent  fatigue 
from  writing. 

103.  PENHOLDERS,    GRIPS,    DETACHABLE.    Grips  which 

are  not  permanently  attached  to  the  penholders. 

104.  PENHOLDERS,      INK-GUARDS.    Attachments  for  pen- 

holders to  prevent  the  inking  of  the  user's  ringers  in  the  act 
of  supplying  the  pen  with  ink  or  to  prevent  overdipping. 

105.  PENHOLDERS,       RULING-GUARDS.    Attachments    to 

penholders  to  prevent  inking  the  ruler  when  the  pen  is  used 
for  ruling. 

106.  PENHOLDERS,    SLANT    DEVICES.    Devices  for  use  in 

writing  to  give  the  pen  the  proper  slant. 

107.  PENHOLDERS,     SLANT     DEVICES,     SUPPORTING. 

Slant  devices  which  support  the  pen  or  the  hand  of  the  writer. 

108.  PEN    RACKS    AND    CLEANERS.    Racks  and  other  sup- 

porting devices  for  pens,  wipers  for  pens,  and  devices  which 
may  be  used  for  both  supports  and  cleaners. 
Search  Classes — 

65 — KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  65,  Racks  and 
rests;  131,  TOBACCO,  subclass  51,  Cigar  supports  and  stands. 

109.  PENS.  Points  for  applying  ink  to  paper  in  the  operations  of 

writing,  shading,  and  ruling,  combinations  of  points  and 
holders,  and  attachments  of  various  sorts  for  pens. 

110.  PENS,    RULING.  Pens  especially  designed  for  ruling,  being 

adapted  to  make  lines  of  uniform  width  and  to  operate  when 
moved  in  one  direction  only. 

111.  PENS,    SHADING.    Pens  designed  primarily  for  producing 

heavily  shaded  letters. 

112.  PENS,     STYLUS.    Pens  used  chiefly  for  marking  in  large 

rough  letters  and  resembling  a  stylus  in  form. 

113.  PENS,  RESERVOIR  ATTACHMENTS.    Attachments  for 

pens  designed  to  increase  the  ink-carrying  capacity  of  the  nibs. 

114.  PENS,  RESERVOIR  ATTACHMENTS,  NIB-ATTACHED. 

The  reservoir  attachments  are  secured  directly  to  the  pen-nib 
instead  of  to  the  holder. 

115.  PENS,  RESERVOIR  ATTACHMENTS,  NIB-ATTACHED, 

INTEGRAL.  The  attachments  are  intergal  with  the  pen- 
nibs. 

116.  SEALING-WAX    APPLIERS.    Devices  of  various  sorts  to 

facilitate  the  application  of  sealing-wax  to  packages,  etc.  The 
subclass  includes  sealing-wax  packages  having  applying  de- 
vices in  combination  therewith. 


CLASS  122.— LIQUID   HEATERS  AND   VAPORIZERS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  relates  to  heating  liquids,  generating  vapors  from 
liquids,  treating  the  vapors  generated  for  use,  such  as  superheating 
or  cooling  them,  and  conserving  the  heat  remaining  in  the  liquid 
or  vapor  after  a  part  of  the  heat  energy  has  been  made  use  of  for 
any  purpose.  To  bringaliquid  heater  intothisclass,thechambef, 
receptacle,  or  conduit  in  which  the  liquid  is  heated  must  be  fluid 
tight. 

The  liquid  containers  classified  in  this  class  may  be  heated  either 
by  solid  or  fluid  fuel  burned  in  any  type  of  furnace  or  burner.  The 
heat  may  be  applied  directlv  to  the  walls  of  the  fluid  containing 
chamber  or  indirectly  by  the  interposition  of  a  fluid  in  a  distinct  and 
separate  chamber,  which  fluid  being  heated  may  impart  its  heat  to 
the  fluid  to  be  finally  heated.  When  the  fluid  is  neated  by  the 
interposition  of  another  fluid  the  heat  generator  must  be  a  part  of 
the  unitary  structure  of  the  fluid  heater,  with  one  exception— to  wit: 
devices  for  generating  a  vapor  haying  a  vapor  separator  within  the 
fluid  chamber  may  be  heated  indirectly  by  a  fluid,  the  furnace  for 
heating  which  does  not  form  part  of  the  unitary  structure.  The 
fluid  may  be  heated  also  by  a  heat  radiating  body  in  either  a  liquid, 
or  solid  state,  which  body  may  be  either  on  the  inside  or  on  the 
outside  of  the  fluid  chamber;  but  if  said  heating  body  be  inside  the 
fluid  chamber  its  nature  must  be  such  that  it  will  not  mix  with  the 
fluid  to  be  heated.  The  fluid  may  also  be  heated  by  friction,  or  by 
chemical  action  other  than  combustion,  or  by  electricity;  but  mere 
boilers  in  combination  with  a  particular  electric  heater  and  boilers 
modified  in  structure  to  adapt  their  contents  to  be  heated  by  an 
electric  heater  are  not  classified  herein,  but  in  the  heater  class. 
Neither  does  this  class  include  solar  heaters  for  heating  fluids. 

This  class  includes  combinations  of  steam  superheaters,  feed-water 
heaters,  steam  separators,  condensers,  traps,  manhole-closures, 
safety  devices,  cleaners,  and  feeders  with  a  boiler  when  the  structure 
claimed  otoecessity  must  form  a  part  of  the  boiler  structure  combina- 
tion, also  parts  of  boilers  unless  they  are  of  general  application. 

The  search  notes  at  the  end  of  the  main  class  definition  and  the 
subclass  definitions  should  be  consulted  as  to  the  classification  of 
patents  used  in  boilers  but  not  included  in  this  class.  The  excep- 
tions referred  to  in  the  search  notes  are  to  be  considered  in  defining 
the  limitations  of  this  class. 

The  words  "water"  and  "steam"  as  used  in  these  definitions 
are  to  be  taken  in  a  generic  sense  as  meaning  liquid  and  vapor. 

The  words  "fire  tubes  "  include  both  small  and  large  tubes  through 
which  the  products  of  combustion  pass  unless  the  term  "flue"  is 
used  with  them,  in  which  case  "fire  tubes"  would  refer  to  the  small 
tubes,  and  "  flues  "  to  the  large  tubes  for  the  products  of  combustion. 
The  words  "water  tubes"  designate  tubes,  both  large  and  small, 
through  which  liquid  or  vapor  passes. 

The  words  "steam  tubes"  designate  vapor  tubes  whether  the 
vapor  therein  be  formed  from  water  or  any  other  liquid. 

"  Boiler'r  is  used  as  a  generic  term  for  a  liquid  heater.  The  nature 
of  the  liquid  heated  is  immaterial.  Whether  the  liquid  heated  is 
conducted  from  the  boiler  as  liquid  or  vapor  depends  upon  the 
amount  supplied  and  the  degree  of  heat  attained,  and  for  this  reason 
generally  no  distinction  has  been  noted  in  the  classification,  similar 
structures  being  classified  together  regardless  of  the  ultimate  effect. 
In  the  type  of  boilers  known  as  "flashers"  this  distinction  is  of 
importance  and  provision  has  been  made  therefor. 

In  many  cases  the  kind  of  fuel  used  is  of  importance  for  classifica- 
tion and  examination  purposes,  and  patents  have  been  divided  into 
parallel  subclasses  on  the  kind  of  fuel  used,  either  solid  or  fluid 
fuel,  and  patents  have  been  classified  in  the  fluid  fuel  subclasses  both 
upon  the  claims  and  upon  the  disclosure. 

Patents  containing  claims  covering  the  boiler  and  furnace  in 
combination  or  containing  claims  to  the  boiler  alone  and  also  claims 
to  the  furnace  alone  are  classified  in  this  class  (122)  and  the  novelty 
in  furnace  structure  claimed  or  disclosed  is  cross-referenced  into 
appropriate  subclasses  in  class  110,  FURNACES. 

All  patents  claiming  water-cooled  grates  as  the  subject  matter  of 
invention  are  classified  in  this  class  (122)  whether  the  connection 
with  a  boiler  for  heating  the  boiler  water  is  or  is  not  claimed.  The 
reason  for  this  disposition  is  that  most  of  the  patents  claiming  a 
water-cooled  grate  structure  also  claim  the  relation  and  arrangement 
of  the  grate  with  the  boiler  structure,  making  it  a  part  of  the  water 
heating  and  steam  generating  structure  of  the  boiler,  and  since  the 
water  flowing  through  the  grate  is  necessarily  heated  the  grate 
becomes  a  water  heater.  Those  water-cooled  grates  that  are  not 
used  in  a  boiler  furnace  are  classified  in  the  same  class  with  the 
other  water-cooled  grates  that  are  used  in  a  boiler  furnace,  in  order 
that  the  art  may  not  be  separated. 

Note. — In  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  348,  Water 
heaters,  Kettle  furnace,  Steam  generators  and  cookers,  are  the  steam 
generators  and  cookers. 

Note. — The  distinction  between  water  heaters  in  classes  122  and 
126  is  this:  The  water  heaters  in  class  122  have  a  closed  water  con- 
taining chamber  or  receptacle  for  holding  the  water  while  it  is 
heated  or  have  one  or  more  closed  conduits  through  which  the 
water  flows  while  being  heated;  but  the  water  heaters  in  class  126 
are  of  the  open  type.  In  class  122  are  classified  mechanism  for 
regulating  both  the  inflow  of  water  to  the  boiler  and  the  burning  of 
the  fuel  in  all  cases  when  steam  is  generated  and  also  in  all  cases 
when  water  is  heated,  excepting  in  devices  for  heating  water  where 
the  opening  of  a  valve  to  permit  water  to  flow  through  the  heater 
at  the  same  time  increases  the  heat  of  the  heat  generator,  such 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

devices  being  classified  in  class  126,  subclass  351,  Water  heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic;  but  this  subclass  relates  only  to 
the  controlling  device  for  the  water  and  fuel.  Claims  to  the  struc- 
ture of  the  water  heater  or  boiler  together  with  such  a  controlling 
mechanism  are  classified  in  class  122,  and  claims  relating  to  the 
controlling  mechanism  will  be  cross-referenced  into  class  126,  sub- 
class 351. 

Note. — Patents  relating  to  the  automatic  control  of  the  burning 
of  the  fuel,  either  solid  or  fluid,  are  not  classified  in  class  122.  For 
such  devices  see  class  110,  FUENACES,  subclasses  54,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Feeding  air  and  steam,  Boiler  controlled,  and  55,  Furnace 
structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Time  limit;  class  158,  LIQUID  AND 
GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Fuel 
feeding;  class  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  all  subclasses,  and  class 
237,  HEAT-DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  23,  Brooder  and  incu- 
bator, Water. 

The  following  notes  indicate   the  classification  of  inventions 
adapted  to  be  used  in  connection  with  boilers  and  of  related  inven- 
tions.   Reference  may  also  be  made  to  the  search  notes  under  the 
various  subclasses. 
Search  Classes- 
Si— DAIRY,  subclasses  89,  Milk  treating;  90,  Milk  treating  Aer- 
ating, and  91,  Milk  treating,  Circulation;  126,  STOVES  AND 
FURNACES,  subclass  272,  Liquid   sterilizers;  195,  ALCOHOL, 
subclass  5,  Beer,  Preserving,  Pasteurizing,  and  210,  WATER 
PURIFICATION,  subclass  20,  Filters,  Liquid  sterilizers,  for  liquid 
sterilizing  by  heating  liquids  by  steam  or  hot  water,  and  210, 
WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclass  20,  Filters,  Liquid  sterilizers, 
for  sterilizing  liquids  by  heating  the  inflowing  cold  liquid  by 
the  outflowing  hot  liquid,  whether  the  liquid  is  heated  by  a 
hot  fluid,  such  as  steam  or  hot  water,  or  by  a  fuel  burner. 
51 — GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclasses  4,  Metal,  Curved  sur- 
faces, and  18,  File  cleaning  and  resharpening,  Sand  blast,  for 
structural  features  of  cleaners  for  tubes  and  flues. 
60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  for  boilers  having 
mechanism  for  introducing  air  or  the  products  of  combustion. 
62— REFRIGERATION,  for  miscellaneous  condensers,  cooling  radia- 
tors, miscellaneousheattransferrers,such  as  feed  water  heaters, 
and  steam  condensers  in  which  steam  comes  into  contact  with 
water,  steam  superheaters,  and  feed  water  heaters  heated  by 
furnace  gases,  but  relating  to  form  only. 
75— METALLURGY,  subclasses  110,  Cupolas,  Water  jackets;  116, 
Furnaces,  Blast,  Protecting  walls;  123,  Furnaces,  Reverber- 
atory.  Water  walls  and  roofs,  and  180,  Furnaces,  Forge,  for 
combinations  of  boilers  and  metallurgical  furnaces  not  classi- 
fied in  class  122. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  64,  Steam  boiler  and  flue  scrapers,  for 
detached  scrapers  operated  either  by  hand  or  power;    90, 
Steam  separators. 
85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 

subclass  1.5,  Bolts,  Stay,  for  boiler  stay  bolts. 
103 — PUMPS,  subclasses  85,   Regulators,   and   the  subclasses 

thereunder,  and  106,  Trap  type,  for  pump  regulators. 
110— FURNACES,    subclass   87,    Furnace    structure,    Firebox, 

Locomotive. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Combined  cooking  and  heating  stove,  Steam  or  water  genera- 
tors, for  combination  cooking  stoves  and  water  heaters  and 
steam  generators;  20,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Ovens,  Steam  or  hot 
water,  for  steam  heated  ovens  and  generators;  33,  Stoves, 
Cooking,  Tables,  Steam  heated,  for  combination  steam  gen- 
erators and  steam  tables;  31,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Water  heat- 
ing, Flue  extension;  34,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Water-backs,  35, 
Stoves,  Cooking,  Water-backs,  Safety  devices,  for  water- 
backs  and  safety  devices  therefor  and  water  heating  tanks; 

101,  Hot  air  furnaces,  Combined  furnace  and  steam  or  water, 
for  combination  of  hot  air  furnaces  with  boilers  for  hot  water 
or  steam;    132,  Fireplaces,  Water-backs,  for  fireplace  water 
heaters;  271,  Heaters,  Solar,  Water,  and  60,  MISCELLANEOUS 
HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclass  2,  Atmospheric  and  solar, 
for  solar  water  heaters  and  steam  generators. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  344,  Water  heaters; 
345,  Water  heaters,  Kettle  furnace,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, and  350,  Water  heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  domestic  water  heaters  and  furnace 
heated  kettles;  361,  Water  heaters,  Stand  boilers,  for  struc- 
ture of  common  "kitchen"  or  "range"  stand  boilers  when 
they  are  not  heated  directly  (stand  boilers  having  a  direct 
heater  are  classified  in  class  122);  3(U,  Water  heaters,  Stove- 
pipe; 365,  Water  heaters,  Stovepipe,  Circulation;  the  sub- 
classes under  Water  heaters,  Submerged  and  the  subclasses 
under  Water  heaters,  Vessels,  for  other  types  of  water  heaters 
not  noted  above  that  do  not  fall  under  the  definitions  of 
class  122. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  70,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Cleaners;  and  100,  Mains  and  pipes,  Tubes,  for  form  of  boiler 
tubes  and  flues;  97,  Nozzles,  Tube  cleaners,  for  detached 
cleaning  nozzles  that  do  not  act  as  aspirating  air  pumps;  76, 
Mains  and  pipes,  Stoppers;  98,  Pipe  couplings,  Pipe  and  plate, 
and  99,  Leak  stoppers,  Patches  and  plugs,  for  patches  for  boil- 
ers and  plugs  for  boiler  tubes;  98,  Pipe  couplings,  Pipe  and 
plate,  for  unions  between  boiler  tubes  or  condenser  tubes  and 
a  tube  sheet;  101,  Feeders,  for  valves  and  gravity  feeders 
having  a  chamber  either  stationary  or  movable,  with  means 
for  equalizing  the  pressures  between  boiler  and  chamber; 

102,  Indicators,  for  pressure  and  float  controlled  indicators 

247 


248 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

and  signals  formerly  in  class  122,  subclass  11,  Indicators, 
where  the  novelty  resides  in  the  valve;  103,  Traps,  for  steam 
traps  provided  with  means  for  discharging  water  of  condensa- 
tion to  the  atmosphere.  (The  body  or  water  chamber  may 
be  either  stationary  or  movable  and  the  outlet  valve  may  be 
operated  by  a  float  or  weight.) 

160— STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS,  subclasses  2,  Steam  loop,  for 
devices  for  raising  water  by  alternate  globules  of  water  and 
steam  and  returning  it  to  the  boiler  or  delivering  it  to  an 
elevated  tank;  3,  Feeders  and  traps,  for  devices  for  raising 
water  by  vacuum  and  delivering  it  to  the  boiler  or  to  a  closed 
receptacle  by  equalizing  pressures  between  the  vacuum  pump 
and  receptacle  or  boiler. 

162— INJECTORS  AND  EJECTORS,  subclass  2,  Injector,  Fluid  level 
controlled,  for  injectors  controlled  by  the  level  of  the  water 
in  the  boiler. 

182— SEWERAGE,  subclass  2,  Cleaning. 

204 — ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclass  25,  Electrolysis,  Purifying 
liquids,  Water,  for  boiler  purifiers  with  electrolytic  action. 

210 — WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclasses  21,  Steam  heater  and 
filter,  for  heating  feed  water  or  condensing  steam  in  which  the 
filter  is  claimed;  22,  Boiler  compounds,  and  23,  Boiler  com- 
pound holders,  for  receptacles  for  boiler  compounds. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  38,  Heaters, 
Fluid,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  water  heaters  and 
steam  generators  particularly  adapted  to  be  heated  by  an 
electric  heater. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclasses 
121,  Tank  attachments,  Safety,  for  safety  devices;  124,  Tank 
closures,  for  manhole  covers;  125,  Tanks,  for  boilers  that  are 
of  general  application  as  closed  receptacles;  139,  Tanks, 
Supports  and  brackets,  for  boiler  supports  of  general  applica- 
tion, and  140,  Tanks,  Braces,  for  braces  and  stays  for  the  inside 
of  boilers,  of  general  application. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclasses  14,  Fluid  piston,  Injectors, 
and  aspirators,  Rotary,  for  jet  condensers;  2(1,  Sand  blowers, 
for  cleaning  nozzles  provided  with  a  sand  blast,  and  38,  Fluid 
piston,  Injectors  and  aspirators,  Tube  cleaners,  for  detached 
cleaning  nozzles  that  act  as  an  aspirating  air  pump. 

236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  for  heat  regulation  generally;  sub- 
classes 9,  Traps,  Thermostatic,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  thermostatic  traps  solely  operated  by  an  expansible  mem- 
ber; 12,  Expansion,  Liquid  level;  13,  Expansion,  Liquid 
level,  Separate  conduit;  14,  Expansion,  Liquid  level,  Sepa- 
rate conduit,  Pressure  operated  valve,  for  thermostatically 
controlled  valves  and  indicators;  15,  Expansion,  Liquid  level, 
Trip  valve,  for  safety  devices  provided  with  a  valve  that  closes 
when  a  certain  water  level  is  attained;  16,  Fusible,  for  fusible 
boiler  plugs  and  valves  operated  by  the  fusing  of  a  plug. 

237 — HEAT-DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclasses  23,  Brooder  and 
Incubator,  Water,  for  water  heaters  for  incubators;  24,  Traps, 
for  miscellaneous  traps  for  separating  water  from  steam  or 
other  gaseous  fluid;  25,  Traps,  Heated,  for  traps  having  means 
for  heating  them  to  prevent  freezing;  26,  Traps,  Float  valve, 
Air  port;  27,  Traps,  Float  valve,  Air  port,  Thermostatic, 
for  traps  provided  with  a  float  valve  and  also  a  thermostatic 
valve;  28,  Traps,  Pressure  operated  valve,  Air  port,  for  traps 
whose  main  valve  is  operated  by  a  pressure  motor,  the  trap 
also  having  an  air  leak  port;  29,  Traps,  Pressure  operated 
valve,  Air  port,  Thermostatic,  for  traps  similar  to  those  in 
class  237,  subclass  25,  but  also  having  a  thermostatically  con- 
trolled valve;  and  30,  Traps,  Liquid  seal,  Air  port,  for  liquid 
seal  traps  provided  with  an  air  leak  port. 

Subclasses. 

1.  PLANTS.     Combinations  of  elements  and  devices  each  per- 
forming different  functions  for  the  conservation  of  the  heat 
generated  in  the  furnace,  the  ultimate  object  of  which  is  the 
production  of  steam  or  the  heating  of  water. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  445,  Regu- 
lation, Depending  on  load;  448,  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water, 
Automatic  control,  Fluid  fuel;  449,  Regulation,  Fuel  and 
water,  Automatic  control,  Solid  fuel;  450,  Regulation,  Sus- 
pended boiler,  and  452,  Feeders,  Boiler  pressure;  21,  Chemical, 
for  "alkali"  steam  generators. 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  90,  Motor  vehicles,  for 
motor  vehicle  plants  where  the  structure  of  the  vehicle  is 
involved  or  the  general  arrangement  of  the  plant  on  the  vehicle. 

60 — MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  for  plants  not 
included  in  this  subclass  and  the  definition  of  this  class,  such 
as  plants  for  the  generation  of  steam  mixed  with  air  or  the 
products  of  combustion. 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  for  plants  involving  the  steam  engine 
structure. 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  sulxjlass  2,  Combined 
devices,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  combinations  of 
internal  combustion  motors  and  other  engines  and  steam 
boilers. 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclasses  9,  Steam,  and 
15,  Water,  for  plants  where  the  novelty  resides  in  the  heating 
system. 

2.  PLANTS,  GARBAGE.    Plants  far  the  destruction  of  garbage 

in  which  the  novelty  resides  either  in  the  arrangement  of  the 

boiler  or  the  boiler  structure  adapted  for  this  special  purpose. 

Note.— For  garbage  burning  boilers  search  the  subclasses  covering 

the  structure  desired . 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  232,  Sec- 
tional, Water  grate,  and  376,  Water  grate,  Progressive  feed, 
for  structure  of  boilers  adapted  to  burn  garbage  or  other  waste 
material. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  10,  Furnace  structure,  Wet  fuel, 
Garbage  and  sewage,  Steam  Iwiler,  for  garbage  plants  with  a 
conventional  arrangement  of  a  boiler  therewith. 


CLASS  122— Continued 

3.  PLANTS,  MOTOR  VEHICLE.    Boiler  plants  specially  adapted 

for  motor  vehicles. 
Search  Classes  - 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  445,  Regu- 
lation, Depending  on  load;  446,  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water, 
Fluid  fuel;  447,  Regultaion,  Fuel  and  water,  Fluid  fuel, 
Cut-off;  448,  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water,  Automatic  control, 
Fluid  fuel;  449.  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water,  Automatic 
control,  Solid  fuel,  and  452,  Feeders,  Boiler  pressure,  and 
158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Fuel  feeding,  for  features  coming  within 
the  definition  of  these  subclasses. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  90,  Motor  vehicles, 
where  the  structure  of  the  vehicle  or  the  general  arrangement 
of  the  plant  on  the  vehisle  is  claimed. 

4.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous  boilers  and  parts  thereof 

not  otherwise  classifiable. 

Note. — For  directions  as  to  the  classification  of  boiler  parts  and 
accessories  now  classified  elsewhere  the  search  notes  under  the 
main  class  definition  should  be  consulted. 

Search  Classes— 

60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  for  steam  gener- 
ators where  the  products  of  combustion  enter  the  steam  gen- 
erator. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  for  electrically  heated 
boilers. 

5.  GAS  PRODUCER.    Combinations  of  a  gas  producing  furnace 

and  boiler  when  the  structure  of  the  boiler  is  intimately  asso- 
ciated with  the  producer,  so  as  to  form  a  unitary  structure,  the 
gas  from  the  producer  being  burned  to  heat  the  boiler. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  6,  Industrial; 
7,  Industrial,  Waste  heat,  for  boilers  heated  by  gas  passing 
through  a  boiler  from  a  gas  producer  but  not  being  burned 
for  heating  the  boiler,  the  heat  of  the  hot  gas  being  used  for  heat- 
ing the  boiler. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  for  gas  making  plants 
including  a  boiler. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  31,  Furnace  structure,  Gas  producer, 
for  gas  producer  furnaces.  ( See  also  notes  under  the,4efinition 
of  class  110,  subclass  31.) 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  7,  Fur- 
naces, Gas,  for  gas  producers  and  burners  therefor  for  heating 
boilers. 

6.  INDUSTRIAL.    Boilers,  water  heaters,  or  cooling  devices  for 

furnace  walls  having  a  closed  chamber  or  conduit  combined 
with  a  conventional  type  of  furnace  employed  in  a  special  art. 

Note. — If  the  cooling  device  is  not  a  closed  chamber  or  conduit, 
it  will  be  classified  in  the  type  of  furnace  of  the  special  art. 
Class  122  includes  such  devices  known  as  bosh  plates,  water 
cooled  walls  and  roofs,  linings,  and  water  cooled  tuyers  when 
the  cooling  device  is  a  closed  chamber  or  conduit  and  there  is 
otherwise  no  novelty  in  the  invention. 

Search  Classes— 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  63,  Genera- 
tors, Cupola,  Air  and  steam  injected;  64,  Generators,  Cupola, 
Air  and  steam  injected,  Superheated,  and  67,  Generators, 
Cupola,  Water  jacket. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclasses  110,  Cupolas,  Water  jackets;  116, 
Furnaces,  Blast,  Protecting  walls;  123,  Furnaces,  Reverbera- 
tory,  Water  walls  and  roofs,  and  180,  Furnaces,  Forge,  for  boil- 
ers so  intimately  connected  with  the  structure  of  a  metallurgi- 
cal furnace  that  they  belong  to  the  special  art  of  metallurgy. 

7.  INDUSTRIAL,  WASTE  HEAT.    Combinations  of  a  conven- 

tional type  of  industrial  furnace  and  a  boiler  located  so  as  to 
be  heated  by  the  waste  heat  of  the  furnace. 
Search  Class— 

122  -LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  20,  Sub- 
sidiary; 421,  Feed  heaters,  Furnace  gases,  Offtake  flue,  and 
470,  Steam  treatment,  Horizontal  boiler,  Superheater,  Waste 
heat  flue,  for  devices  covered  by  these  subclass  definitions. 

8.  INDUSTRIAL,    WATER-FIREBOX.      Industrial     furnaces 

having  a  water  jacket  firebox. 

9.  INDUSTRIAL, WATER-FIREBOX,  WATER-TUBE  TYPE. 

Industrial  furnaces  where  the  novelty  is  in  the  structure  of  a 
firebox  the  walls  of  which  are  provided  with  water  containing 
tubes. 

10.  FOR  FLUID-FUEL  BURNER.    Boilers  for  generating  steam 

for  feeding  a  fluid  fuel  burner. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  56, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Oil,  steam,  or  water;  57,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Retort,  Oil,  steam,  or  water,  Steam  jet, 
for  combinations  of  steam  generator  and  retort  burner;  73, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Spray;  74,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Spray, 
Oil,  air,  and  steam;  75,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Spray,  Oil  and 
steam,  for  steam  genera  tor  spray  burners;  and  92,  Burners,  Liq- 
uid fuel,  Pan  or  tray,  Steam  or  air  spray,  for  steam  generator 
and  pan  burner. 

11.  ROTARY.    Boilers  in  which  a  substantial  part  or  the  whole  of 

the  fluid-containing  chamber  is  designed  to  be  continuously 
rotated  while  heating  the  water  or  generating  steam. 

12.  ROTATABLY  SUPPORTED.    Boilers  that  are  supported  in 

bearings  so  that  the  whole  boiler  or  a  substantial  part  thereof 
may  be  turned  on  an  axis,  generally  either  vertical  or  horizon- 
tal, after  its  connecting  steam  and  water  pipes  have  been  un- 
coupled . 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


249 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

13.  STAND-BOILER.  Closed  water  chambers,  tanks,  or  recepta- 
cles usually  known  in  the  art  as  "range"  or  "stand"  boilers, 
whose  structure  is  modified  for  the  purpose  of  applying  heat 
directly  to  the  boiler. 

Note. — See  also  the  proper  structural  subclass,  for  auxiliary  heat- 
ers for  stand  boilers  in  this  class.  For  example,  if  it  be  a  sec- 
tional water  heater,  that  type  of  heaters;  if  it  be  a  water  tube 
type  of  heater,  search  the  type  subclass  under  Water  tube 
boilers.  See  subclasses  210,  Sectional,  Fluid  fuel,  and  250, 
Water  tube,  Coil,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  20,  Subsid- 
iary, for  water  heaters,  some  of  which  may  be  connected  to 
heat  water  for  a  stand  boiler. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  for  combination  of  cooking  or 
heating  stoves,  water  or  steam  generators,  circulating  systems 
of  pipes  and  stand  boilers  heated  by  water-backs,  and  solar 
heaters  and  steam;  subclasses  5,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Combined 
cooking  and  heating  stove,  Steam  or  water  generators;  34, 
Stoves,  Cooking,  Water-backs;  35,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Water- 
backs,  Safety  devices;  350.  Water  heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous 
fuel;  351,  Water  heaters.  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic, 
for  water  heaters  applicable  to  stand  boilers  that  are  not  clas- 
sified in  class  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS;  271, 
Heaters,  Solar,  Water;  364,  Water  heaters,  Stovepipe;  365, 
Water  heaters,  Stovepipe,  Circulation;  361,  Water  heaters, 
Stand  boilers,  for  ordinary  stand  boilers  not  modified  for  being 
heated;  362,  Water  heaters,  Stand  boilers,  Circulation;  366. 
Water  heaters,  Submerged,  Closed  systems  pipes,  for  stand 
bailors  with  water  heaters  and  circulation  systems;  and  363, 
Water  heaters,  Stand  boilers,  Supports,  for  boiler  supports  that 
may  have  a  heating  burner. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

23.  FLUID  FUEL.     Boilers  not  otherwise  classifiable  that  are 

heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

Note.— The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  the  subclasses  disclosing 
boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel  classified  in  class  122: 


Miscellaneous  stand  boil- 


14.  STAND-BOILER,  FLUID  FUEL. 

ers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

15.  STAND-BOILER,  SOLID  FUEL.     Stand  boilers   having  a 

solid  fuel  furnace  forming  a  part  of  the  unitary  structure  of  the 
stand  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  13,  Stand 
boiler,  for  stand  boilers  modified  to  be  heated  by  the  waste  heat 
of  a  solid  fuel  furnace  like  that  of  a  cooking  stove,  but  not  in- 
volving the  structure  of  the  stove,  such  art  being  classified  in 
class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES. 

16.  STAND-BOILER,     FIRE-TUBE    AND     WATER-TUBE, 

FLUID  FUEL.    Stand  boilers  provided  with  both  fire  tubes 
and  water  tubes  adapted  to  be  heated  by  a  fluid  fuel  burner. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  15,  Stand 
boilers,  Solid  fuel,  for  steam  boilers  provided  with  fire  tubes 
and  water  tubes  heated  by  a  solid  fuel  furnace;  17,  Stand  boiler 
Fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  stand  boilers  provided  only  with  fire 
tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

17.  STAND-BOILER,    FIRE-TUBE,    FLUID    FUEL.     Stand 

boilers  provided  with  fire  tubes  and  heated  by  a  fluid  fuel 
burner. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  13,  Stand 
boiler;  15,  Stand  boiler.  Solid  fuel,  for  stand  boilers  having  fire 
tubes  and  heated  by  solid  fuel;  and  16,  Stand  boiler,  Fire  tube 
and  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  stand  boilers  provided  with  both 
fire  tubes  and  water  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

18.  STAND-BOILER,    WATER-TUBE,     BELOW     BOILER, 

FLUID  FUEL.  Stand  boilers  provided  with  water  tubes 
located  below  the  boiler  and  heated  by  a  fluid  fuel  burner. 

19.  STAND-BOILER,     WATER-TUBE,     CASING,      FLUID 

FUEL.  Stand  boilers  provided  with  water  tubes  and  sur- 
rounded by  a  casing  and  heated  by  a  fluid  fuel  burner. 

20.  SUBSIDIARY.    Steam   generators  or  water   heaters  located 

either  in  the  firebox,  combustion  chamber,  or  offtake  flue  of  a 
furnace  whose  main  purpose  is  not  for  the  generation  of  steam 
or  the  heating  of  water  in  such  boiler. 

Note. — These  boilers  may  be  of  any  form  consisting  of  mere  pipes 
or  coils,  hollow  plate's,  or  cylinders  with  or  without  fire  flues 
or  tubes. 

Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  6.  Industrial, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  10,  For  fluid  fuel  burner;  37, 
Comparment;  38,  Compartment,  Auxiliary,  Draft  regulator, 
and  439,  Feed  heaters,  Stack;  498,  Fronts,  Doors. 
126— STOVESAND  FURNACES, subclasses. 5,  Stoves. Cooking, Com- 
bined cooking  and  heating  stove,  Steam  or  water  generators; 
31,  Stove:;,  Cooking,  Water  heating,  Flue  extension;  34, 
Stoves,  Cooking,  Water  backs;  101,  Hot  air  furnaces,  Com- 
.  bined  furnace  and  steam  or  water;  132,  Fireplaces,  Water 
backs;  133,  Fireplaces,  Water  backs,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel; 
364,  Water  heaters,  Stovepipe,  and  365,  Water  heaters,  Stove- 
pipe, Circulation,  for  analogous  art  not  of  general  application. 

21.  CHEMICAL.    Boilers  wholly  or   partly  heated   by  chemical 

action  other  than  that  of  the  combustion  of  fuel. 
Note. — This  subclass  includes  that  type  of  liquid  heater  and  steam 
generator  known  in  the  art  as  "alkali"  generators  for  steam. 

22.  FLUID  AND  SOLID  FUEL.    Boilers  not  otherwise  classifiable 

heated  by  solid  or  fluid  fuel  or  both  combined. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  211,  Sectional, 
Fluid  or  solid  fuel,  for  sectional  boilers  heated  by  solid  or  fluid 
fuel. 


10.  For  fluid-fuel  burner. 

Water-tube  — 

Stand-boiler— 

236. 

Fluid  fuel, 

14.      Fluid  fuel, 

Capillary  — 

Fire-tube    and    water- 

243. 

Fluid  fuel, 

tube  — 
16.         Fluid  fuel, 
Fire-tube  — 

245. 

Coil  or  loop- 
Central  standpipe  — 
Fluid  fuel, 

17.      .    Fluid  fuel, 

Coil- 

Water-tube  — 

Horizontal  — 

Below  boiler  — 

248. 

Fluid  fuel, 

18.             Fluid  fuel, 

Vertical  — 

Casing— 

250 

Fluid  fuel, 

19.             Fluid  fuel. 
23.  Fluid  fuel— 

Longitudinal  upper 
drum  — 

24.      Explosion, 

274. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Plural  burner— 

Loop  — 

25.         Superimposed. 

Over  firebox  — 

Flasher— 

Vertical- 

41.      Fluid  fuel. 

283. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Fire  and  water  tube— 

Spur  — 

43.      Fluid  fuel. 
Fire-tube  — 

308. 

Central  standpipe  — 
Fluid  fuel, 

4b.      Fluid  fuel, 

Vertical  — 

Vertical  — 

319. 

Fluid  fuel, 

115.         Fluid  fuel. 

Stand  pipe  — 

Flue  — 

322. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Vertical  — 

Straddle- 

156.          Fluid  fuel, 

Single  upper  drum  — 

Concentric  shell  — 

Plural  lower  drum  — 

161.             Fluid  fuel, 

328. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Internal  water  tube  — 

Vertical  — 

167.             Fluid  fuel, 

333. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Tranverse  — 

Internal  fire  tube  — 

177.                 Fluid  fuel, 

348. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Vertical  alined  fire 

Zigzag- 

tube  — 

356. 

Fluid  fuel, 

179.                Fluid  fuel, 

Regulation  — 

Spiral  water  conduit  — 

Fuel  and  water  — 

183.             Fluid  fuel. 

446. 

Fluid  fuel- 

Plate- 

447. 

Cut-off, 

Zigzag  conduit  — 

Automatic  control  — 

208.          Fluid  fuel. 

448. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Sectional— 

Fluid  displacer  — 

210.      Fluid  fuel, 

502. 

Fluid  fuel. 

211.      Fluid  or  solid  fuel, 

Horizontal  sections  — 

•  Superimposed  — 

Central   connec- 

tion — 

216.                 Fluid  fuel. 

24.  FLUID  FUEL,   EXPLOSION.    Boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel 

whose  combustion  is  intermittent  and  explosive. 
Search  Classes— 

60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclasses  30, 
Pressure  generators,  Steam,  Combustion  products  injected, 
Explosion,  and  37,  Pressure  generators,  Air,  Combustion  prod- 
ucts injected,  Explosion,  if  the  products  of  combustion  enter 
the  fluid  chamber. 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  6,  Combined 
devices,  Internal  combustion  and  fluid  pressure,  Waste  heat 
utilizing. 

25.  FLUID   FUEL,  PLURAL    BURNER,  SUPERIMPOSED. 

Boilers  provided  with  a  plurality  of  fluid  fuel  burners  one 
above  the  other. 

26.  FRICTION   GENERATOR.    Boilers  heated  by  friction. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  380,  Clean- 
ing, Agitating  circulator,  and  411,  Circulation,  Mechanical, 
Internal. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  247,  Heaters,  Frictional, 
for  frictional  air  heaters. 

27.  NON-COMBUSTIBLE      HEATER,      SURFACE.      Boilers 

heated  by  a  non-combustible  hot  material,  such  as  slag,  bars 
or  pigs  of  iron,  or  brick  that  does  not  come  into  contact  with 
the  liquid  to  be  heated. 

28.  NON-COMBUSTIBLE  HEATER,  WATER  IN  CONTACT. 

Boilers  heated  by  a  non-combustible  hot  material,  either  in- 
troduced into  the  water  or  having  the  water  fed  upon  the  hot 
material. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  31,  Indirectly 
heated,  Separate  fluid,  Injected. 

29.  ANNULAR  FIREBOX.    Miscellaneous  boilers  not  otherwise 

classifiable  which  have  an  annular  firebox. 

Note. — The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  subclasses  disclosing 
boilers  with  an  annular  firebox: 


Water-tube — 
Coil  or  loop — 

Central  standpipe — 
246.  Annular  firebox, 

Spur- 
Central  standpipe — 
309.  Annular  firebox, 


Water-tube— 

Spur- 
Stand-pipe — 
323.  Annular  firebox. 

Vertical — 
335.          Annular  firebox. 


250 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  127,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  firebox,  Annular,  for  vertical  fire  tube 
boilers  having  an  annular  firebox;  184,  Flue,  Vertical,  Stand 
pipe,  Water  tube,  Annular  firebox,  for  vertical  flue  boilers 
with  annular  fireboxes. 

30.  MAGAZINE.    Boilers  having  fuel  magazines  and  not  otherwise 

classifiable. 

Note.— The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  subclasses  of  boilers 
having  fuel  magazines: 


5.  Gas  producer. 

Sectional- 

Fire-tube— 

Vertical  sections  — 

46.      Magazine, 

Annularly  posited  — 

Horizontal  — 

222. 

Central  magazine. 

Drop  water  firebox  — 

Water-tube— 

66.            Water  coking  cham- 

237. 

Magazine, 

tocr 

Coil  — 

Water  firebox— 

Vertical  — 

92.             Magazine, 

251. 

Central  magazine, 

Vertical  — 

Internal  fire  tube  — 

117.         Central  magazine, 
124.          Side  magazine, 

272. 

Vertical  — 
Central  magazine, 

Water  firebox  — 

Spur  — 

128.             Central  magazine. 
Flue— 

310. 

Central  stand  pipe  — 
Central  magazine, 

136.      Horizontal, 

Vertical  — 

Vertical— 

320. 

Central  magazine, 

157.         Central  magazine— 

Vertical  — 

158.            Water  jacket, 
Concentric  shell  — 

334. 

Side  magazine, 
Annular  lower  drum—  , 

162.            Central  magazine, 

Annular    upper 

Internal  water  tube  — 

drum  — 

168.             Central  magazine. 

339. 

Central  magazine, 

Sectional  — 

Upper  drum  — 

212.      Magazine, 

344. 

Central  magazine. 

Horizontal  sections- 

Water-grate— 

Superimposed— 

373. 

Cage. 

Water  firebox— 

219.               Central  magazine. 

31.  INDIRECTLY     HEATED,     SEPARATE     FLUID,     IN- 

JECTED.   Boilers  in  which  the  fluid  to  be  heated  is  heated 
by  the  injection  of  a  hot  liquid  of  such  a  nature  that  it  will  not 
mix  with  the  fluid  to  be  heated. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  28,  Non- 
combustible  heater,  Water  in  contact,  for  analogous  devices. 

32.  INDIRECTLY    HEATED,    SEPARATE    FLUID,    SUR- 

FACE. Liquid  and'  vapor  generators  having  two  separata 
compartments  not  in  communication,  the  liquid  to  be  vapor- 
ized being  in  one  compartment  and  heated  by  a  hot  fluid  in 
the  other  compartment. 

Note.— Slag  heated  boilers,  where  the  slag  heats  a  fluid  like  air 
or  water,  which  in  turn  imparts  its  heat  to  the  water  in  the 
steam  making  chamber  and  water  evaporating  apparatus, 
indirectly  heated,  provided  the  structure  of  such  apparatus 
must  act  as  a  vapor  or  steam  generator,  are  classified  in  this 
and  its  subsidiary  subclasses.  Even  sugar  evaporators  and 
vacuum  pans  are  classified  here  if  the  structure  is  such  as  to  be 
of  general  application  as  a  steam  generator  and  the  discharge 
outlet  for  the  syrup  is  only  of  such  a  character  as  to  be  equally 
adapted  for  a  blow-off  conduit  for  sludge  in  a  steam  generator. 
Note. — Devices  for  the  transference  of  heat  from  one  fluid  to 
another,  unless  they  are  necessarily  steam  generators,  are  not 
classified  in  class  122. 
Search  Classes  — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  483,  Steam 
treatment,  Superheater,  Indireqtly  heated,  for  superheaters 
indirectly  heated. 

31— DAIRY,  subclasses  89,  Milk  treating;  90,  Milk  treating, 
Aerating,  and  91,  Milk  treating.  Circulation,  and  210,  WATER 
PURIFICATION,  subclass  20,  Filters,.  Liquid  sterilizers,  for 
liquid  heaters  heated  indirectly. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclasses*24,  Condensers,  for  condensers 
provided  with  evaporators  for  water,  the  vapor  being  con- 
densed in  order  to  obtain  pure  water  for  boilers  or  drinking 
purposes,  such  as  salt  water  evaporators  for  ships,  combined 
with  a  steam  engine  condenser;  29,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  and  30,  Heat  transferrers  and  conservers,  Surface,  for 
water  heaters  indirectly  heated  by  steam. 

33.  INDIRECTLY    HEATED.    SEPARATE    FLUID,    SUR- 

FACE, FURNACE.  Boilers  having  two  separate  com- 
partments not  in  communication  with  each  other,  each 
adapted  to  contain  a  fluid,  and  provided  with  a  furnace 
forming  a  part  of  a  unitary  structure,  that  heats  the  fluid 
in  one  compartment,  which  in  turn  imparts  its  heat  to  the 
fluid  in  the  other  compartment. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  483,  Steam 
treatment,  Superheater,  Indirectly  heated,  for  superheaters 
indirectly  heated. 

34.  INDIRECTLY    HEATED,    SEPARATE    FLUID,    SUR- 

FACE, SEPARATOR.  Liquid  and  vapor  generators 
of  the  character  defined  in  subclass  32,  Indirectly  heated, 
Separate  fluid,  Surface,  but  having  an  internal  vapor  or 
steam  separator  claimed. 

Note.— The  same  remarks  apply  to  this  subclass  as  to  subclass  32, 
above  mentioned,  and  the  search  notes  for  that  subclass  are 
applicable  here. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

35.  ACCUMULATOR.    Boilers  provided  with  one  or  more  cham- 

bers in  which  the  hot  boiler  water  or  steam  may  be  stored 
when  less  than  the  normal  amount  of  steam  is  being  used, 
which  may  serve  as  a  storage  reservoir  for  heat  energy  under 
abnormal  demands  for  steam. 

Note.— This  type  of  accumulator  has  no  relation  to  the  type  of 
accumulator  for  exhaust  steam  and  water  of  condensation 
which  is  classified  at  present  in  class  121,  STEAM  ENGINES,  sub- 
class 95,  Exhaust-regenerated. 

36.  AUXILIARY    STEAM-HEATER.    Boilers    haying    means 

for  passing  exhaust  steam  through  conduits  within  the  boiler 
or  in  surface  contact  therewith  or  for  passing  live  steam  gen- 
erated in  the  same  boiler  or  in  another  boiler  into  the  water 
in  the  boiler.  This  subclass  includes  processes  for  getting  up 
steam  by  the  injection  of  live  steam  from  one  boiler  into 
another  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  27,  Non- 
combustible  heater,  Surface,  and  28,  Non-combustible  heater, 
Water  in  contact,  for  boilers  heated  by  slag  or  hot  brick  or  bars 
of  iron;  31,  Indirectly  heated,  Separate  fluid,  Injected,  for 
boilers  heated  by  the  injection  of  a  liquid  of  a  kind  that  does 
not  mix  with  the  water  in  the  boiler;  32,  Indirectly  heated, 
Separate  fluid,  Surface,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
boilers  heated  indirectly  by  another  hot  fluid;  407,  Circulation, 
Injector,  for  closely  allied  functions;  453,  Feeders,  Exhaust 
steam,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  devices  for  return- 
ing exhaust  steam  to  the  boiler;  463,  Steam  treatment,  Fire 
tube  boiler,  Horizontal,  Superheater,  Interior  steam  space, 
Internal  fire  tube,  and  509,  Submerged  steam  chamber  for 
analogous  art. 

37.  COMPARTMENT.    Boilers    having    separate    water    cham- 

bers,  which  may  or  may  not  be  in  communication  with  each 
other  at  the  top  of  the  boiler. 

Note. — These  boilers  are  designed  to  be  used  either  as  steam 
boilers  for  generating  steam  at  different  pressures  or  for  gen- 
erating steam  and  also  for  heating  water  when  it  is  desired 
to  have  steam  for  one  purpose  and  water  heating  for  other 
purposes,  as,' for  instance,  using  the  steam  for  one  set  of  radia- 
tors and  the  water  for  another  set,  or  for  generating  steam  or 
hot  water  for  the  radiators  on  one  floor  of  a  building  and  for 
generating  steam  or  hot  water  for  radiators  on  another  floor, 
with  separate  circuits  to  each  compartment. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  20,  Sub- 
sidiary, for  boilers  provided  with  auxiliary  water  heaters, 
where  the  water  is  heated  or  steam  generated  for  separate  use; 
33,  Indirectly  heated,  Separate  fluid,  Surface,  Furnace,  for 
boilers  having  separate  compartments,  where  the  water  is 
heated  or  steam  generated  indirectly  by  heat  fro:n  water  or 
steam  heated  in  another  compartment  of  the  boiler  by  a  fur- 
nace; 83,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Transverse  diaphragm,  and 
123,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Separate  compartment,  for  boilers 
with  separate  compartments,  where  the  water  is  fed  pro- 
gressively from  one  compartment  to  the  next  one;  125,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Top  water  chamber;  420,  Feed  heaters,  Fur- 
nace gases;  421,  Feed  heaters,  Furnace  gases,  Offtake  flue, 
and  439,  Feed  heaters,  Stack,  for  water  heaters  heated  by 
furnace  gases. 

38.  COMPARTMENT,  AUXILIARY,  DRAFT  REGULATOR. 

Boilers  having  a  separate  compartment  for  heating  water 
designed  and  adapted  to  operate  a  motor  for  regulating  the 
combustion  of  the  boiler  furnace. 

39.  FILM.    Boilers  in  which  the  liquid  flows  over  the  heating 

surface  of  the  boiler  in  a  thin  stream  and  occupies  only  a 
limited  portion  of  the  boiler  space. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  218,  Sec- 
tional, Horizontal  sections,  Superimposed,  Water  fire  box; 
242,  Water  tube,  Capillary,  and  243,  Water  tube,  Capillary, 
Fluid  fuel,  for  capillary  tubes;  258,  Water  tube,  Downflow, 
for  allied  a^t;  501,  Fluid  displacer,  and  502,  Fluid  displacer, 
Fluid  fuel,  for  displacing  elements  in  tubes  causing  the  liquid 
to  spread  in  a  tlu'n  film. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  359,  Water  heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Overflow. 

40.  FLASHER.    Boilers  in  which  liquid  is  flashed  into  vapor 

as  soon  as  it  enters  the  vapor  generating  chamber.    The 
liquid  may  be  preheated  in  a  chamber  forming  part  of  the 
unitary  boiler  structure  or  preheated  in  a  chamber  separate 
from  the  main  vapor  generator. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  proper  structural 
subclasses,  for  boilers  consisting  of  conduits  or  coils  to  which 
liquid  is  fed  and  its  temperature  progressively  raised  in  its 
passage  through  the  boiler,  even  though  it  be  discharged  as 
superheated  steam,  which  is  not  the  true  flasher;  subclasses 
39,  Film;  242,  Water  tube,  Capillary.  342,  Water  tube,  Capil- 
lary, Fluid  fuel,  and  260,  Water  tube,  Flat,  for  progressive 
heaters;  247,  Water  tube,  Coil,  248,  Water  tube,  Coil,  Hori- 
zontal, Fluid  fuel,  249,  Water  tube,  Coil,  Vertical,  and  250. 
Water  tube,  Coil,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  for  progressively  heated 
steam  generators;  445,  Regulation,  Depending  on  load,  446, 
Regulation,  Fuel  and  water,  Fluid  fuel,  448,  Regulation, 
Fuel  and  water,  Automatic  control,  Fluid  fuel,  449,  Regula- 
tion, Fuel  and  water,  Automatic  control,  Solid  fuel,  and  452, 
Feeders,  Boiler  pressure,  for  regulating  devices  for  flashers 
and  progressively  heated  steam  generators. 
60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclass  33, 
Pressure  generators,  Steam,  Combustion  products  injected, 
Flasher  type. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

126— STOVES  AND    FURNACES,   subclass   359,   Water   heaters, 

Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Overflow. 
219— ELECTRIC    HEATING   AND    RHEOSTATS,   For   electrically 

heated  flash  boilers. 

41.  FLASHER,  FLUID  FUEL.    Flash  boilers  heated  by  fluid 

fuel. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  39,  Film; 
248,  Water  tube,  Coil,  Horizontal,  Fluid  fuel,  and  250,  Water 
tube,  Coil,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  for  progressively  heated  fluid 
by  a  fluid  fuel  burner;  445,  Regulation,  Depending  on  load, 
446,  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water,  Fluid  fuel,  448,  Regulation, 
Fuel  and  water,  Automatic  control,  Fluid  fuel,  and  452, 
Feeders,  Boiler  pressure,  and  103,  PUMPS,  subclass  85,  Regu- 
lators, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  regulation  of  boilers. 

60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclass  33, 
Pressure  generators,  Steam,  Combustion  products  injected, 
Flasher  type,  for  products  of  combustion  mingled  with  the 
steam. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  359,  Water  heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Overflow. 

42.  FIRE    AND    WATER    TUBE.    Miscellaneous    boilers   pro- 

vided with  both  water  tubes  and  fire  tubes  not  otherwise 
provided  for. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  53,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Plural,  Water  tube,  the  subclasses  under 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  68,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Drop  water  fire  box,  Water  tube,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, and  98,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  fire  box,  Water 
grate,  Updraft,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with  water 
tubes;  113,  Fire  tube,  Transverse,  Water  tube,  for  analogous 
art;  130,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers  provided  with  water 
tubes;  138,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Plural,  Water  tube,  140,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 149,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  150,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Rear  water  tube,  and  152,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Water  grate  in  flue,  for  horizontal  flue  boilers 
with  water  tubes;  153,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  and 
154,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall;  166, 
Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, for  vertical  flue  boilers  provided  with  water  tubes; 
195,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  with  water  tubes. 

43.  FIRE  AND  WATER  TUBE,  FLUID  FUEL.    Miscellaneous 

combined  water  tube  and  fire  tube  boilers  heated  by  fluid 
fuel  not  falling  within  the  definition  of  other  subclasses. 

44.  FIRE-TUBE.    Miscellaneous  fire  tube  boilers  not  within  the 

definition  of  other  subclasses. 

Note.— Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  having  water  heating  struc- 
tures consisting  of  water  tubes,  drums,  water  walls,  and  water 
chambers  of  various  forms,  claimed  in  combination  with  the 
boiler  or  being  of  such  a  configuration  as  to  adapt  it  for  use  with 
a  horizontal  cylindrical  boiler,  are  classified  in  class  122,  sub- 
classes 191-207, inclusive,  under  Horizontal  cylinder,  although 
fire  tubes  may  be  made  an  element  of  the  claim,  provided  the 
novelty  of  the  invention  is  not  dependent  upon  the  boiler's 
being  provided  with  fire  tubes. 

Note.— The  term  "fire  tube"  is  used  in  a  sense  broad  enough  to 
include  both  small  tubes  and  large  tubes  forming  passages 
through  a  chamber  when  the  size  of  the  tubes  is  immaterial  to 
the  invention  claimed;  but  patents  disclosing  boilers  provided 
with  large  fire  tubes  or  "  flues,"  where  the  large  size  of  the  tubes 
is  a  material  feature  of  the  structure  and  is  necessary  to  the 
structure  of  the  boiler  and  its  combination  with  other  features, 
are  classified  under  the  "flue"  types  of  boilers,  subclass  135, 
Flue,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  except  in  that  type  of 
boiler  where  the  large  fire  tube  or  flue  be  a  subsidiary  feature 
of  the  boiler,  which  is  manifestly  of  the  small  fire  tube  type,  in 
which  case  it  is  classified  under  the  fire  tube  subclasses.  See, 
for  example,  class  122,  subclasses  47,  Fire  tube,  Flue,  Hori- 
zontal; 48,  Fire  tube,  Flue,  Vertical;  50,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal 
or  inclined,  Water  firebox,  Flue,  and  78,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Return  fire  tube,  Water  firebox,  Flue. 

Note.— When  a  large  flue  in  a  boiler  is  essential  to  the  structure 
and  is  not  a  mere  subsidiary  feature,  such  patents  are  classified 
in  the  "flue"  type  of  boiler,  although  small  fire  tubes  are  an 
essential  part  of  the  combination ,  except  those  types  classified 
in  class  122,  subclasses  47,  Fire  tube,  Flue,  Horizontal,  and  48, 
Fire  tube,  Flue,  Vertical. 

Note. — Miscellaneous  combinations  of  fire  tube  and  water  tube 
boilers  are  classified  in  class  122,  subclasses  42,  Fire  and  water 
tube,  and  43,  Fire  and  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  but  only  those 
that  are  not  specially  provided  for  in  the  combination  fire 
tube  and  water  tube  subclasses  under  the  fire  tube  or  the  flue 
type. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  37,  Compart- 
ment, for  boilers  having  separate  compartments  having  fire 
tubes. 

45.  FIRE-TUBE,  FLUID  FUEL.    Miscellaneous  fire  tube  boilers 

heated  by  fluid  fuel  not  covered  by  the  definitions  of  other 
subclasses  under  the  fire  tube  group. 

Note.— The  following  is  a  list  of  subclasses  containing  fire  tube  or 
flue  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel: 


115. 


156. 
161. 


Fire  tube- 
Vertical — 

Fluid  fuel. 
Flue- 
Vertical — 
Fluid  fuel. 
Concentric  shell — 
Fluid  fuel. 


170. 
183. 


Flue— 

Vertical- 
Internal  water  tube- 
Fluid  fuel. 
Vertical  alined  fire 

tube — 
Fluid  fuel. 

Spiral  waterconduit — 
Fluid  fuel. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

46.  FIRE-TUBE,  MAGAZINE.  Miscellaneous  fire  tube  boilers 
having  a  fuel  magazine  not  coming  within  the  definition  of 
other  fire  tube  magazine  boilers. 

Note. — The  following  is  a  list  of  all  subclasses  having  fire  tube 
boilers  with  magazines: 
Fire-tube— 
Horizontal — 

Water  firebox— 
92.  Magazine, 

Vertical— 

124.         Side  magazine, 
Water  firebox — 
128.  Central  magazine. 

Note.— The  following  is  a  list  of  all  subclasses  of  flue  boilers  with 
magazines: 

Flue- 
Vertical— 


157. 
162. 


Central  magazine, 
Concentric  shell- 
Central  magazine, 
Internal  water  tube — 
Central  magazine. 


168. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  212,  Sec- 
tional, Magazine;  219,  Sectional,  Horizontal  sections,  Super- 
imposed, Water  firebox,  Central  magazine,  and  222,  Sectional, 
Vertical 'sections,  Annularly  posited,  Central  magazine,  for 
sectional  boilers  with  fuel  magazines. 

47.  FIRE-TUBE,  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL.    Miscellaneous   fire 

tube  boilers  having  a  large  horizontal  flue,  not  covered  by  the  . 
definitions  of  other  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  50,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal  or  inclined,  Water  firebox,  Flue,  and  78, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Water  firebox,  Flue, 
for  analogous  art;  13l>,  Flue,  Horizontal,  for  horizontal  flue 
boilers  with  transverse  fire  tubes;  149,  Flue,  Horizontal, 
Return  fire  tube,  for  horizontal  flue  boilers  with  return  fire 
tubes  within  the  same  part  of  the  boiler  as  the  flue. 

48.  FIRE-TUBE,  FLUE,  VERTICAL.    Miscellaneous  fire  tube 

boilers  having  a  large  vertical  flue  not  covered  by  the  defini- 
tions of  other  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  49,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal  and  vertical,  for  fire  tube  boilers  of  a  miscellaneous 
type  with  vertical  fire  tubes. 

49.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL   AND  VERTICAL.    Miscel- 

laneous fire  tube  boilers  having  both  horizontal  and  vertical 
fire  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  85,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small  diameter  over  fire- 
box, and  191,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Subjacent  fire  tube,  Be- 
yond bridge  wall. 

50.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL  OR    INCLINED,  WATER- 

FIREBOX,  FLUE.    Fire  tube  boilers  that  are  horizontal  or 
somewhat  inclined  from  the  horizontal,  having  fire  tubes  that 
communicate  with  a  large  flue  within  the  boiler,  that  may 
serve  as  a  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  78,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Water  firebox,  Flue,  80, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Subjacent  flue,  95,  Fire  tube,  Hori- 
zontal, Water  firebox,  Plural,  Common  combustion  chamber, 
and  149,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  for  special  fea- 
tures; 109,  Fire  tube,  Inclined,  for  inclined  fire  tube  boilers. 

51.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL.    Miscellaneous  horizontal  fire 

tube  boilers  not  covered  by  other  subclasses. 

Note.— See  subclass  44,  Fire  tube,  notes,  for  distinction  between 
fire  tube  and  flue  boilers. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  minor  subclasses 
under  the  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers,  fon^various  structures 
combined  with  a  horizontal  fire  tube  boiler;  subclasses  47, 
Fire  tube,  Flue,  Horizontal,  for  fire  tube  boilers  with  a  large 
horizontal  flue;  49,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal  and  vertical,  for 
horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  vertical  fire  tubes;  113,  Fire 
tube,  Transverse,  Water  tube,  for  horizontal  boilers  with 
transverse  fire  tubes;  136,  Flue,  Horizontal,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  combinations  of  horizontal  large  flue  boilers 
with  fire  tubes,  both  horizontal  and  vertical. 

52.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,     PLURAL.     Miscellaneous 

liquid  heaters  having  two  or  more  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
arranged  side  by  side  or  superposed. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  82,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Superjacent  feed  heater,  In  communication; 
137,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Plural,  for  horizontal  flue  boilers  with 
the  same  arrangement. 

53.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  PLURAL,  WATER-TUBE. 

Plural,  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  hi  combination  with  water 
tubes  with  various  arrangement. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  138,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Plural,  Water  tube,  for  horizontal  flue  boilers  with 
water  tubes. 

54.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    CENTRAL     FIREBOX, 

DOUBLE  OUTLET.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with  a 
firebox  located  midway  its  ends,  having  outlets  for  the  prod- 
ucts of  combustion  opposite  each  other. 


252 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

55.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  CYLINDER.    The  structure 

of  single  cylindrical  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  horizontal  cylin- 
drical boilers  generally,  and  the  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  for 
special  features;  and  especially  subclass  75,  Fire  tube,  Hori- 
zontal, Return  fire  tube. 

56.  FIRE-TUBE,      HORIZONTAL,      DEPENDING      FIRE- 

TUBE   REAR  OF  BRIDGE-WALL.    Horizontal  fire  tube 
boilers  having  a  separate  and  distinct  boiler  section  provided 
with  fire  tubes,  located  beneath  the  boiler,  at  the  rear  of  the 
bridge  wall. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  81,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Subjacent  transverse  fire  tube;  85,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small  diameter  over  fire- 
box; 86,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small  diame- 
ter over  firebox,  Water  firebox;  110,  Fire  tube,  Transverse, 
Horizontal  boiler,  and  191,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Subjacent 
fire  tube,  Beyond  bridge  wall,  for  closely  allied  art. 

57.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DOUBLE  WATER-FIRE- 

BOX, ALTERNATE  SMOKE  RETURN.  Horizontal 
fire  tube  boilers  having  a  two-part  water  firebox  or  the  equiva- 
lent thereof,  with  mechanism  for  passing  the  products  of  com- 
bustion from  one  part  of  the  firebox  to  the  other  part,  in  order 
that  the  smoke  may  be  consumed. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  00,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Double,  Alternate 
smoke  return,  for  similar  functions  with  a  different  structure. 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  26,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire 
box,  Alternate  smoke  return,  Over  fire,  and  27,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Double  firebox,  Alternate  smoke  return,  Under  fire. 

68.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX. 
Miscellaneous  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  water  fire- 
box united  to  and  extending  below  the  main  body  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  73,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Projecting  into  firebox,  Drop  water  firebox; 
74,  Fire  tube,-  Horizontal,  Return  and  reverse,  Drop  water 
firebox;  76,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Drop 
water  firebox,  and  77,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube, 
Drop  water  firebox,  Internal  water  tube,  for  return  fire  tube 
horizontal  fire  tube  boilars  with  drop  water  fireboxes;  107, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  wall,  Drop  water  firebox,  for 
horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with  water  walls  having  a  drop 
water  firebox;  139,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox;  141, 
Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube,  Longitudinal,  Drop 
water  firebox,  and  146,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube, 
Transverse,  Drop  water  firebox,  for  horizontal  large  flue  boilers 
with  drop  water  fireboxes. 

59.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

CIRCULATION  CONDUIT.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
having  a  drop  water  firebox  with  a  conduit  located  either 
Inside  or  outside  the  boiler  to  connect  the  water  firebox  with 
the  opposite  end  of  the  boiler  to  help  the  circulation  of  the 
water. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  91,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Firebox  water  heater,  Trapped 
circuit,  when  this  conduit  is  provided  with  a  sediment  trap 
and  water  heating  tubes. 

60.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

DOUBLE,  ALTERNATE  SMOKE  RETURN.  Horizon- 
tal fire  tube  boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox  made  with 
two  compartments,  with  means  for  alternately  passing  the 
products  of  combustion  from  one  compartment  to  the  other. 
Search  Classes — 

128— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  57,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Double  water  firebox,  Alternate  smoke  return, 
for  water  fireboxes  with  alternate  smoke  return  features;  95, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Plural,  Common  com- 
bustion chamber,  for  plural  fireboxes. 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  26,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire- 
box, Alternate  smoke  return,  Over  fire,  and  27,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Double*firebox,  Alternate  smoke  return,  Under  fire, 
/or  similar  functions  in  the  furnace  art. 

61.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

DROP  WATER-BAFFLE.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
having  a  drop  water  firebox,  with  a  water  baffle  depending 
from  the  top  of  the  firebox,  formed  either  by  walls  spaced 
apart  or  water,  tubes,  or  water  tubes  combined  with  fire  brick, 
or  water  walls. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  188,  Horizon- 
tal cylinder,  Drop  water  baffle,  and  110,  FURNACES,  sub- 
classes 65,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Firebox, 
Drop  arch,  and  93,  Furnace  structure,  Firebox,  Drop  arch, 
for  similar  art. 

62.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

FRONT    AND    REAR     WATER-BAFFLE.    Horizontal 
fire  tube  boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox  with  both  front 
and  rear  water  baffles  for  the  products  of  combustion. 
Search  Classes   - 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  sulxslass  71,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Solid  baffle,  for 
rear  baffles  having  water  tubes  on  which  rests  brickwork. 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  66,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Firebox,  Door  and  bridgewall  arch,  and  94,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Firebox,  Door  and  bridge  wall  arch,  for  similar 
functions  in  the  combustion  art;  61,  Furnace  structure,  Feed- 
ing air  and  steam, Firebox,  Locomotive,  and  76,  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Feeding  air,  Firebox,  Locomotive,  for  allied  art. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

63.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX 

FRONT  WATER-BAFFLE.    Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
having  a  drop  water  firebox,  with  a  water  baffle  in  the  front 
of  the  firebox. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  62,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Front  and  rear  water  baffle, 
and  110,  FURNACES,  subclasses  66,  Furnace  structure,  Feed- 
ing air  and  steam,  Firebox,  Door  and  bridgewall  arch;  67, 
Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Firebox,  Door  arch, 
and  76,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Firebox,  Locomotive, 
for  similar  art. 

64.  FIRE-TUBE',  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

INTERPOSED  COMBUSTION  CHAMBER.    Horizontal 
fire  tube  boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox,  with  a  separate 
combustion  chamber  between  the  firebox  and  the  fire  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  suliclasses  95,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Plural,  Common  combus- 
tion chamber,  and  100,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox, 
Water  tube  type,  Interposed  flue,  for  other  types  of  boilers 
with  an  interposed  combustion  chamber  between  the  firebox 
and  the  fire  tubes. 

65.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX. 

REAR  WATER-BAFFLE.    Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers, 
having  a  drop  water  firebox,  with  a  water  baffle  in  the  rear  of 
the  firebox. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  62,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Front  and  rear  water  baffle, 
and  110,  FURNACES,  sul  classes  68,  Furnace  structure,  Feed- 
ing air  and  steam,  Firebox,  Bridgewall  arch;  76,  Furnace 
structure,  Feeding  air,  Firebox,  Locomotive,  and  96,  Furnace 
structure,  Firebox,  Bridgewall  arch,  for  similar  art. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  sul>class  71,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tubes,  Solid  baffle,  for 
solid  baffles,  supported  by  water  tubes. 

66.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

WATER    COKING    CHAMBER.    Horizontal    fire    tube 
boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox  containing  a  water-cooled 
coking  chamber  for  fuel. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  67,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  grate,  Intermediate 
draft,  and  110,  FURNACES,  subclasses  21,  Furnace  structure, 
Coking,  and  25,  Furnace  structure,  Coking,  Gas  passing  under 
grate,  for  similar  art. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  92,  Fire  tube. 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Magazine,  for  magazines. 

67.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

WATER-GRATE,  INTERMEDIATE-DRAFT.  Horizon- 
tal fire  tube  boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox  with  a 
plurality  of  fuel  chambers,  one  of  which  at  least  has  a  water 
grate,  the  products  of  combustion  from  the  fuel  chambers 
meeting  each  other.  The  fuel  chambers  are  generally  super- 
posed. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  66,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  coking  chamber, 
for  boilers  of  this  type  when  the  upper  fuel  chamber  is  a  coking 
chamber;  371,  Water  grate,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  grate  structure. 

68.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

WATER-TUBE.    Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  drop 
water  firebox,  with  some  form  of  water  tubes  in  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  69,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Feed 
heater,  Check  valved;  70,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water 
firebox,  Water  tube,  Feeding  air;  71,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Solid  baffle;  91,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Firebox  water  heater,  Trapped 
circuit,  and  99,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Water 
tube,  Straddle,  for  various  types  of  water  tubes  in  the  firebox. 

69.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

WATER-TUBE,  FEED-HEATER,  CHECK-VALVED. 
Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox  pro- 
vided with  a  heating  chamber,  tubes  or  conduits  in  the  firebox, 
with  the  combination  of  one  or  more  check  valves  so  arranged 
that  water  from  the  boiler  circulates  through  the  heater  until 
feed  water  is  being  fed  to  the  heater,  when  the  boiler  circula- 
tion is  cut  off. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  sulxjlasses  118,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Circulation  tube,  Internal,  for  similar  art;  196, 
Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  Feed  heater,  Check  valved, 
for  check  valved  feed  heaters  for  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers. 

70.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX. 

WATER-TUBE,  FEEDING  AIR.  Horizontal  fire  tube, 
boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox,  with  water  tubes  in  the 
firebox,  combined  with  air  feeding  conduits. 

71.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  DROP  WATER-FIREBOX, 

WATER-TUBE,  SOLID  BAFFLE.    Horizontal  fire  tube 
boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox  with  water  tubes  therein, 
with  solid  baffle  brick  combined  with  them. 
Search  Classes  - 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses61,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firetx>x,  Drop  water  baffle;  65,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Rear  water  baflle;  68. 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube;  and 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


253 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

69,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal.  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube, 
Feed  heater,  Check  valved,  and  110,  FURNACES,  subclasses  61, 
Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam,  Firebox,  Locomo- 
tive, and  70,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Firebox,  Loco- 
motive, for  similar  art  disclosed. 

72.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  PROJECTING  INTO  FIRE- 

BOX. Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  the  end  of  the 
boiler  projecting  into  the  firebox  or  overhanging  the  fire  grate. 

73.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  PROJECTING  INTO  FIRE- 

BOX, DROP  WATER-FIREBOX.  Boilers  having  hori- 
zontal fire-tubes  projecting  into  a  drop  water  firebox. 

74.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  RETURN  AND  REVERSE, 

DROP  WATER-FIREBOX.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
having  a  drop  water  firebox  so  arranged  that  the  products  of 
combustion  pass  a  plurality  of  times  through  the  boiler  or 
underneath,  through  or  over  the  boiler,  and  are  discharged  at 
the  outlet  flue  located  at  the  end  of  the  boiler  farthest  from  the 
firebox. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  73.  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Projecting  into  firebox,  Drop  water  firebox. 

75.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    RETURN    FIRE-TUBE. 

Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  so  arranged  that  the  products  of 
combustion  pass  through  the  boiler  in  opposite  directions  two 
or  more  times  before  they  enter  the  outlet  Hue. 
Note.— Patents  coming  within  the  definitions  of  the  following 
subclasses  are  not  placed  here: 
Fire-tube— 
Horizontal — 

Depending  fire-tube — 
56.  Rear  of  bridge  wall, 

81.         Subjacent  transverse  fire-tube, 
Two  diameters — 

85.  Small  diameter  over  firebox— 

86.  Water  firebox, 

87.  U -coupling. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  54,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Central  firebox,  Double  outlet;  72,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Projecting  into  firebox,  and  73,  Fire  tube,  Hori- 
zontal.Proiecting  into  firebox,  Drop  water  firebox;  87,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  U-coupling,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
having  U-shaped  couplings  for  the  fire  tubes;  149,  Flue,  Hori- 
zontal, Return  fire  tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
horizontal  flue  boilers  having  return  fire  tubes. 

76.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    RETURN     FIRE-TUBE, 

DROP  WATER-FIREBOX.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
having  a  water  walled  firebox  depending  from  the  boiler  so 
arranged  that  the  products  of  combustion  pass  directly  through 
the  lower  tubes  and  return  to  the  front  of  the  boiler  through  the 
upper  tubes  and  are  discharged  to  the  outlet  flue  at  this  point. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  73,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal.  Projecting  into  firebox,  Drop  water-firebox;  74, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Return  and  reverse,  Drop  water-firebox, 
and  149,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire-tube;  107,  Fire-tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  wall,  Drop  water-firebox. 

77.  FiRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,     RETURN    FIRE-TUBE, 

DROP  WATER-FIREBOX,  INTERNAL  WATER- 
TUBE.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  drop  water 
firebox  so  arranged  that  the  products  of  combustion  pass 
directly  into  the  lower  fire  tubes  or  flues  and  return  to  the 
front  of  the  boiler  through  the  upper  fire  tubes,  where  they 
are  discharged,  and  having  water  tubes  within  some  of  the 
flues  or  fire  tubes,  which  may  extend  into  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  141,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube,  Longitudinal,  Drop  water- 
firebox,  and  14(1,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water-tube, 
Transverse,  Drop  water-firebox,  for  allied  art. 

78.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,     RETURN     FIRE-TUBE, 

WATER-FIREBOX,  FLUE.    Horizontal  return  flue  fire 
tube  boilers  having  a  water  firebox  of  the  large  flue  type. 
Search  Class— 

122  —LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  50,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal  or  inclined,  Water  firebox,  Flue. 

79.  FIRE-TUBE,     HORIZONTAL,    SUBJACENT     WATER- 

ARCH.    Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  water  heating 
arch,  formed  of  metal  walls  spaced  apart,  located  beneath  the 
boiler,  extending  either  only  over  the  firebox  or  along  the 
whole  combustion  chamber. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  103,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Horizontal,  Over  bridge  wall, 
and  105,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Rearwardly  In- 
clined, Over  bridge  wall,  for  subjacent  water  arches  formed  of 
water-tubes. 

80.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  SUBJACENT  FLUE.    Hori- 

zontal fire  tube  boilers  having  one  or  more  cylindrical  sections, 
provided  with  large  flues  located  below  the  main  boiler  and  in 
communication  therewith.  The  large  flues  generally  inclose 
the  fuel  grate  and  serve  as  a  firebox.  At  the  rear  of  the  large 
flues  there  may  or  may  not  be  small  fire  tubes  in  alinement 
therewith. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  50,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal  or  inclined,  Water-firebox,  Flue,  and  241, 
Water  tube,  Firebox  in  drum. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

81.  JBTRE-TUBE.    HORIZONTAL,      SUBJACENT      TRANS- 

VERSE FIRE-TUBE.    Horizontal  fire-tube  boilers  having 
a  water  chamber  depending  from  the  main  boiler,  provided 
with  transverse  fire  tubes  and  located  in  rear  of  the  bridge  wall. 
Search  Class— 

123— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  £6,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Depending  fire  tube,  Rear  of  bridge  wall; 
85,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small  diameter  over 
firebox;  86,  Fire-tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small 
diameter  over  firebox,  Water-firebox;  110,  Fire-tube,  Trans- 
verse, Horizontal  boiler;  and  19ly  Horizontal  cylinder,  Subja- 
cent fire-tube,  Beyond  bridge  wall. 

82.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    SUPERJACENT     FEED- 

HEATER,  IN  COMMUNICATION.  Horizontal  fire  tube 
boilers  having  a  feed  water  heater  located  above  the  main 
boiler,  in  the  combustion  flue,  heated  by  the  products  of  com- 
bustion, and  in  open  communication  with  the  water  space  of 
the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  443,  Feed 
heater,  Steam.  Injected,  Superposed,  Open  to  steam  space, 
for  superposed  feed  heaters  in  communication  with  the  boiler 
steam  space. 

83.  FIRE-TUBE,      HORIZONTAL        TRANSVERSE       DIA- 

PHRAGM. Horizontal  fire-tube  boilers  having  compart- 
ments separated  by  metal  diaphragms  transversely  arranged 
inside  the  boiler,  or  to  boilers  having  a  combustion  chamber 
intermediate  the  ends,  with  transverse  diaphragms  at  each 
end  of  the  combustion  chamber,  or  to  separate  boilers  in 
alinement. 

Note.— This  subclass  includes  patents  defined  by  the  subclass 
definition  for  progressively  heating  water  fed  to  the  boiler  and 
also  where  the  diaphragm  is  described  as  being  only  for  sup- 
porting the  tubes  to  prevent  vibration  or  where  the  diaphragms 
are  for  circulation  purposes. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  101,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  smokebox;  151,  Flue,  Horizontal, 
Return  fire  tube,  Water  smokebox,  Separate,  and  425,  Feed 
heaters,  Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler,  Smokebox,  Furnace  gases 
and  steam:  123,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Separate  compartment, 
for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers  with  transverse  diaphragms  and 
having  separate  compartments;  125,  Fire-tube,  Vertical,  Top 
water  chamber. 

84.  FIRE-TUBE,       HORIZONTAL,      TWO       DIAMETERS, 

GREAT  DIAMETER  OVER  FIREBOX.  Horizontal  fire 
tube  boilers  having  two  diameters,  with  that  part  of  the  boiler 
having  the  greater  diameter  over  the  firebox.  The  great 
diameter  is  offset  from  the  main  boiler,  and  the  offset  portion 
has  short  fire  tubes  passed  therethrough,  while  long  fire  tubes 
extend  through  the  whole  length  of  the  boiler.  The  products 
of  combustion  pass  out  of  the  firebox  and  return  through  the 
short  tubes  in  the  offset  portion,  and  then  pass  in  an  opposite 
direction  to  the  other  end  of  the  boiler,  where  the  outlet  flue 
is  located,  or  they  may  return  and  pass  through  the  upper 
short  tubes  and  leave  the  boiler  at  the  outlet  flue  located  at  the 
firebox  end. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  56,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Depending  fire-tube,  Rear  of  bridge  wall, 
81,  Fire-tube,  Horizontal,  Subjacent  transverse  fire-tube;  85; 
Fire-tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small  diameter  over, 
firebox,  and  86.  Fire-tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small 
diameter  over  firebox,  Water-firebox,  for  similar  art. 

85.  FIRE-TUBE,       HORIZONTAL,       TWO       DIAMETERS, 

SMALL  DIAMETER  OVER  FIREBOX.  Horizontal  fire- 
tube  boilers  having  two  diameters,  the  small  diameter  being 
over  the  firebox  and  the  large  diameter  being  beyond  the 
bridge  wall.  The  offset  portion  of  the  large  diameter  is  pro- 
vided with  longitudinally  extending  fire  tubes,  through  which 
the  products  of  combustion  from  the  firebox  pass  and  then  are 
passed  through  return  fire  tubes  extending  the  whole  length  of 
the  boiler.  The  products  of  combustion  may  then  pass  to  the 
outlet  flue  at  the  front  end  of  the  boiler,  or  they  may  pass  rear- 
wardly  above  the  boiler  to  the  outlet  flue  located  at  the  rear 
end,  and  in  their  final  rearward  passage  may  pass  through  fire 
tubes  in  an  upwardly  offset  portion  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses56,  Fire-tube, 
Horizontal,  Depending  fire  tube,  Rear  of  bridge  wall;  81,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Subjacent  transverse  fire  tube;  8(1,  Fire-tube, 
Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small  diameter  over  firebox, 
Water  firebox;  110,  Fire-tube,  Transverse,  Horizontal  boiler; 
and  191,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Subjacent  fire-tube,  Beyond 
bridge  wall. 

86.  FIRE-TUBE,      HORIZONTAL,       TWO       DIAMETERS, 

SMALL  DIAMETER  OVER  FIREBOX,  WATER-FIRE- 
BOX.   Types  of  boilers  defined  in  the  preceding  subclass  (85) 
and  having  a  water  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  56,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Depending  fire  tube,  Rear  of  bridge  wall; 
81,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Subjacent  transverse  fire  tube;  110, 
Fire  tube,  Transverse,  Horizontal  boiler,  and  191,  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Subjacent  fire  tube,  Beyond  bridge  wall. 

87.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,   U-COUPLING.    Horizontal 

fire  tube  boilers  provided  with  U-shaped  couplings  connecting 
the  fire  tubes  at  the  ends  of  the  boiler,  hi  order  that  the  prod- 
ucts of  combustion  may  flow  back  and  forth  through  the  fire 
tubes  in  succession. 


254 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  75,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  for  miscellaneous  boilers 
of  the  horizontal  fire-tube  type  where  the  products  of  com- 
bustion pass  back  and  forth  through  the  fire  tubes;  360,  Water 
tube,  Headers,  Closures  and  Couplings,  for  U-couplings. 

88.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,     UPPER     DRUM.    Hori- 

zontal fire-tube  boilers  having  a  superposed  horizontal  upper 
drum. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  50,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal  or  inclined,  Water  firebox,  Flue,  for  similar 
art;  486,  Steam  treatment,  Superheater,  Steam  dome;  and  492. 
Separators,  Steam  dome,  for  special  features. 

89.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  WATER-ARCH, REAR  OF 

FIRE-TUBE.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  provided  with 
a  water-cooled  arch  over  the  combustion  chamber  at  the  roar 
of  the  fire  tubes.  This  arch  may  be  formed  of  plates  spaced 
apart  or  of  water  tubes  or  water  tubes  combined  with  solid 
material  like  firebrick. 

90.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  WATER-FIREBOX.    Mis- 

cellaneous horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  water  firebox 
that  are  not  otherwise  classified. 
Search  Class  - 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  50,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal  or  inclined,  Water  firebox,  Flue,  for  hori- 
zontal or  inclined  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  large  flue  for  the 
firebox;  58,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with 
drop  water  fireboxes;  73,  Fire  tube.  Horizontal,  Projecting  in- 
to firebox,  Drop  water  firebox,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
with  the  barrel  of  the  boiler  projecting  into  the  firebox,  which 
is  of  the  drop  water  firebox  type;  74,  Fire  tube,  Horizon- 
tal, Return  and  reverse,  Drop  water  firebox;  and  75,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  return  fire  tube  boilers  with  water  fireboxes;  107,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  wall,  Drop  water  firebox,  for  water  walls 
with  drop  water  fireboxes;  139,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Drop  water 
firebox,  and  141,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube,  Long- 
itudinal, Drop  water  firebox,  for  water  fireboxes  with  other 
types  of  horizontal  flue  boilers;  149,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return 
fire  tube,  for  boilers  having  a  large  flue,  with  a  water  firebox; 
189,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water  roof; 
193,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  firebox,  and  194,  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube  type,  for  water  fireboxes 
for  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  which  may  or  may  not  have 
horizontal  fire  tubes. 

91.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL  WATER-FIREBOX,  FIRE- 

BOX \VATER-HEATER,  TRAPPED  CIRCUIT.  Hori- 
zontal fire  tube  boilers  having  a  water  firebox,  with  some  form 
of  water  heating  chamber  or  conduits  within  the  firebox,  con- 
nected in  circuit  with  the  main  part  of  the  boiler,  with  some 
form  of  sediment  trap  in  the  water  circuit. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  59,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Circulation  conduit,  for 
circulating  conduits  with  water  heaters  in  the  firebox;  202, 
Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  Trapped  circuit,  for  hori- 
zontal cylindrical  boilers  having  water  heating  tubes  or  cham- 
bers in  circuit  with  the  boiler,  with  a  sediment  trap  in  the  cir- 
cuit; 380,  Cleaning,  Agitating  circulator,  and  403,  Cleaning, 
Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit,  Feed  heater,  for  analogous  art 
with  a  trapped  circuit. 

92.  FIRE- TUBE, HORIZONTAL.WATER-FIREBOX,  MAGA- 

ZINE.   Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with  a  water  firebox  pro- 
vided with  a  fuel  magazine. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  46,  Fire 
tube,  Magazine,  for  miscellaneous  fire-tube  boilers  with  a  fuel 
magazine;  66,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox, 
Water  coking  chamber. 

93.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  WATER-FIREBOX,  OFF- 

SET.   Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  fire  tubes,  either 
large  or  small,  with  an  offset  water  firebox  at  the  end  of  the 
boiler  so  arranged  that  the  products  of  combustion  pass  from 
the  firebox  directly  into  the  fire-tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  189,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water  roof,  and  190, 
Horizontal  cylinder,  Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water  tube,  for 
offset  water  fireboxes  so  arranged  that  the  products  of  com- 
bustion pass  beneath  the  boiler  upon  leaving  the  firebox. 

94.  FIRE-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  WATER-FIREBOX,   OFF- 

SET, WATER-TUBE  TYPE.    Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers 
having  an  offset  water  firebox  composed  of  water  tubes  in 
whole  or  in  part  arranged  so  that  the  products  pass  directly 
through  the  fire  tubes  after  leaving  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  190,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  .Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water- tube,  for 
analogous  art. 

95.  FIRE-TUBE,       HORIZONTAL,       WATER  -  FIREBOX, 

PLURAL,  COMMON  COMBUSTION  CHAMBER.  Hor- 
izontal fire-tube  boilers  having  a  plurality  of  water  fireboxes 
hi  communication  with  a  common  combustion  chamber  lo- 
cated between  the  fireboxes  and  the  fire  tubes. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  57,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Double  water  firebox,  Alternate  smoke  re- 
turn, 60,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Double, 
Alternate  smoke  return,  and  96,  Fire-tube,  Horizontal,  Water 
firebox,  Superposed,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  a 
plurality  of  water  fireboxes;  64,  Fire-tube,  Horizontal,  Drop 
water  firebox,  Interposed  combustion  chamber,  and  100,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube  type,  Interposed 
flue,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  water  firebox, 
with  a  combustion  chamber  between  the  firebox  and  fire- 
tubes. 

96.  FIRE-TUBE,       HORIZONTAL,      WATER  -  FIREBOX, 

SUPERPOSED.    Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  super- 
posed water  fireboxes  of  a  miscellaneous  type. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  66,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  coking  chamber, 
and  67,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water- 
grate,  Intermediate  draft,  for  special  types  of  superposed  fuel 
chambers. 

97.  FIRE-TUBE,      HORIZONTAL,       WATER  -  FIREBOX. 

WATER   GRATE,  DOWNDRAFT.    Horizontal  fire-tube 
boilers  having  a  water  firebox  with  a  downdraft  water  grate. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  203,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water-tube,  Water-grate,  Downdraft. 

98.  FIRE-TUBE,       HORIZONTAL,       WATER  -  FIREBOX, 

WATER-GRATE,  UPDRAFT.    Horizontal  fire  tube  boil- 
ers having  a  water  firebox  with  an  updraft  water  grate. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  374,  Water 
grate,  Grate  structure;  377,  Water  grate,  Water  firebox,  Solid 
and  water  bar,  Updraft,  and  378,  Water  grate,  Water  firebox, 
Updraft,  for  structure  of  grate. 

99.  FIRE-TUBE,        HORIZONTAL,       WATER- FIREBOX, 

WATER-TUBE,  STRADDLE.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boil- 
ers having  a  water  firebox  with  water  tubes  therein  straddling 
the  fuel  chamber. 

100.  FIRE-TUBE,       HORIZONTAL,       WATER  -  FIREBOX, 

WATER-TUBE   TYPE,    INTERPOSED    FLUE.    Hori- 
zontal fire  tube  boilers  having  a  water  firebox  of  the  water  tube 
type  constructed  wholly  or  in  part  of  water  tubes,  with  an 
interposed  large  flue  between  the  firebox  and  the  fire  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  94,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox.  Offset,  Water  tube  type,  for 
similar  firebox  structure;  C4,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop 
water  firebox,  Interposed  combustion  chamber;  94,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Offset,  Water  tube  type,  and  95, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Plural,  Common  com- 
bustion chamber,  for  combustion  chambers  interposed  be- 
tween firebox  and  fire  tubes. 

101.  FIRE-TUBE,     HORIZONTAL,    WATER  -  SMOKEBOX. 

The  structure  of  a  water  cooled  smokebox  of  horizontal  fire 
tube  boilers. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  151,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Water  smokebox,  Separate;  423. 
Feed  heaters;  Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler,  Smokebox;  425,  Feed 
heaters,  Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler,  Smokebox,  Furnace  gases 
and  steam,  and  420,  Feed  heaters,  Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler, 
Smokebox,  Water  tube,  for  special  features. 

102.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    WATER-TUBE,    HORI- 

ZONTAL, OVER  BRIDGE-WALL.    Horizontal  fire  tube 
boilers  having  water  tubes  extending  horizontally  over  the 
bridge  wall. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  154,  Flue. 
Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  for  horizontal 
flue  boilers  with  water  tubes  over  the  bridge  wall;  195,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  tube,  196,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water 
tube,  Feed  heater,  Check  valved,  197,  Horizontal  cylinder, 
Water  tube,  Lateral  longitudinal,  201,  Horizontal  cylinder. 
Water  tube,  Subjacent  internal  fire  tube,  and  202,  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Water  tube,  Trapped  circuit,  for  horizontal  cylin- 
drical boilers  having  fire  tubes,  with  water  tubes  extending 
horizontally  over  the  bridge  wall,  where  it  is  immaterial 
whether  the  boiler  is  provided  with  fire  tubes  or  not;  263, 
Water  tube,  Horizontal.  Over  bridge  wall,  for  water  tube  boil- 
ers having  water  tubes  horizontal  over  the  bridge  wall. 

103.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    WATER-TUBE,    REAR 

OF    FIRE -TUBE.    Horizontal    fire   tube    boilers    having 
water  tubes  in  the  rear  of  the  fire  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,-  subclasses  150,  Flue 
Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Rear  water  tube,  for  closely 
allied  art;  153,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  for  horizontal 
flue  boilers  with  water  tubes;  89,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water 
arch,  Rear  of  fire  tube,  and  195,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water 
tube,  for  related  art. 

104.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    WATER-TUBE,    REAR- 

WARDLY  DECLINED  OVER  BRIDGE-WALL.  Hori- 
zontal fire  tube  boilers  having  rearwardly  declined  water 
tubes  over  the  bridge  wall. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


255 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  108,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water-wall,  Subjacent  water-tube;  154, 
Flue,  Horizontal,  Water-tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  for  horizontal 
flue  boilers,  with  water-tubes  over  the  bridge  wall;  195,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  tube,  196,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water 
tube,  Feed-heater,  Check  valved;  197,  Horizontal  cylinder, 
Water-tube,  Lateral  longitudinal;  201,  Horizontal  cylinder, 
Water-tube.  Subjacent  internal  fire-tube,  and  202,  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Water-tube,  Trapped  circuit,  for  horizontal  cylin- 
drical boilers  provided  with  various  kinds  of  water-tubes  in 
the  combustion  chamber;  291,  Water-tube.  Rearwardly 
declined.  Over  bridge  wall,  Front  and  rear  header,  Horizontal 
longitudinal  drum,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  296, 
Water-tube,  Rearwardly  declined,  Over  bridge  wall,  Front 
and  rear  header,  Longitudinal  declined  drum,  for  rearwardly 
declined  water-tubes  over  the  bridge  wall,  having  a  longitu- 
dinally posited  drum  without  fire-tubes  over  the  water-tubes. 

105.  FIRE-TUBE.    HORIZONTAL.    WATER-TUBE,    REAR- 

WARDLY INCLINED,   OVER  BRIDGE-WALL.    Hori- 
zontal fire  tube  boilers  having  water  tubes  inclined  rearwardly 
over  the  bridge  wall. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  108,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  wall,  Subjacent  water  tube;  154,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  for  horizontal  flue 
boilers  with  water  tubes  over  the  bridge  wall;  265,  Water 
tube,  Inclined,  for  rearwardly  inclined  water  tube  boilers 
over  the  bridge  wall. 

106.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    WATER -WALL.    Hori- 

zontal fire-tube  boilers  having  water  walls  at  the  sides,  front, 
or  rear  of  the  boiler  or  at  all  of  said  locations.    The  wall  may 
also  extend  across  the  boiler  below  the  combustion  chamber. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  107,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  wall,  Drop  water  firebox,  and  108, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal  Water  wall,  Subjacent  water  tube,  for 
similar  art. 

107.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL,    WATER-WALL,    DROP 

WATER  FIREBOX.    Horizontal  fire-tube   boilers  having 
water  walls  that  may  extend  underneath  the  main  part  of 
the  boiler  and  having  a  water  walled  firebox  depending  from 
the  boiler  structure. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  76,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Drop  water  firebox,  and 
149,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  for  closely  related  art. 

108.  FIRE-TUBE,    HORIZONTAL.    WATER -WALL,    SUB- 

JACENT  WATER-TUBE.    Horizontal   fire  tube  boilers 
with  depending  water  walls,  with  some  form  of  water  tubes 
between  the  walls  in  the  combustion  chamber. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  135,  Flue, 
and  136,  Flue,  Horizontal,  for  closely  allied  structure. 

109.  FIRE-TUBE,  INCLINED.    Miscellaneous  boilers  having  in- 

clined fire  tubes. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  50.  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal  or  inclined,  Water  firebox,  Flue,  for  similar 
art;  47,  Fire  tube,  Flue,  Horizontal;  51,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal; 
54,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Central  firebox,  Double  outlet,  and 
110,  Fire  tube,  Transverse,  Horizontal  boiler,  for  boilers  having 
some  of  the  fire  tubes  inclined. 

110.  FIRE-TUBE,  TRANSVERSE,  HORIZONTAL  BOILER. 

Horizontally  disposed  boilers  having  transverse  fire  tubes. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  56,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Depending  fire  tube,  Rear  of  bridge  wall, 
and  191,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Subjacent  fire  tube,  Beyond 
bridge  wall,  for  analogo'us  art;  81,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Sub- 
jacent transverse  fire  tube,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with 
transverse  fire  tubes;  113,  Fire  tube,  Transverse,  Water 
tube,  for  combinations  of  transverse  fire  tubes,  with  water 
tubes. 

111.  FIRE-TUBE,     TRANSVERSE,     VERTICAL    BOILER. 

Vertical  boilers  having  transverse  fire  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  187,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Transverse  fire  tube,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  with 
transverse  fire  tubes. 

112.  FIRE-TUBE,     TRANSVERSE,     VERTICAL     BOILER, 

WATER-FIREBOX.    Vertical  boilers    having   transverse 
fire  tubes  and  a  water  firebox. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  187.  Flue, 
Vertical,  Transverse  fire  tube,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  having 
fire  tubes  extending  from  the  inner  large  flue  to  the  outside 
of  the  boiler;  220,  Sectional,  Horizontal  sections,  Superim- 
posed, Water  tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  Water  firebox,  for  sec- 
tional boilers. 

113.  FIRE-TUBE,  TRANSVERSE,  WATER-TUBE.    Fire  tube 

boilers  having  fire  tubes  extending  transversely  through  the 
boiler  and  also  having  water  tubes  in  communication  with  the 
boiler. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

114.  FIRE-TUBE,    VERTICAL.    Miscellaneous    boilers   having 

vertical  fire  tubes  not  otherwise  provided  for. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses,  13,  Stand 
boiler;  15,  Stand  boiler,  Solid  fuel;  16,  Stand  boiler,  Fire  tube 
and  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  and  17,  Stand  boiler,  Fire  tube. 
Fluid  fuel,  for  "stand  boilers"  or  "range  boilers"  provided 
with  vertical  fire  tubes;  20,  Subsidiary,  for  boilers  having 
auxiliary  water  heaters;  37,  Compartment,  for  vertical  fire  tube 
boilers  having  separate  boiler  compartments  which  may  or 
may  not  be  in  communication  with  each  other.  (One  com- 
partment may  be  used  as  a  water  heater  and  the  other  as  a 
steam  generator);  40,  Flasher,  and  41,  Flasher,  Fluid  fuel,  for 
flash  boilers  with  vertical  fire  tubes;  42,  Fire  and  water  tube, 
and  43,  Fire  and  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  combinations  of 
water  tube  and  fire  tube  boilers  of  a  miscellaneous  character; 
48,  Fire  tube,  Flue,  Vertical,  for  combinations  of  fire  tube 
boilers  with  vertical  flue  boilers  or  fire  tube  boilers  having 
a  large  vertical  flue  of  a  miscellaneous  character;  49,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal  and  vertical,  for  boilers  having  both,  hori- 
zontal and  vertical  tubes;  110,  Fire  tube,  Transverse,  Hori- 
zontal boiler,  for  horizontally  disposed  boilers  with  transverse 
vertical  fire  tubes;  115,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  and  119, 
Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Cylinder,  for  vertical  cylindrical  boilers 
with  vertical  fire  tubes;  178,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube,  Vertical  alined  fire  tube,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, for  vertical  cylindrical  fire  tubes  above  and  in  aline- 
ment  with  a  vertical  flue  in  the  boiler,  (see  also  subclass 
48,  Fire  tube,  Flue,  Vertical);  182,  Flue,  Vertical,  Return 
fire  tube,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  return  fire  tubes. 

115.  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  FLUID  FUEL.    Boilers  having 

vertical  fire  tubes  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  16,  Stand 
boiler,  Fire  tube  and  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  and  17,  Stand 
boiler,  Fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  stand  boilers  heated  by  fluid 
fuel  and  having  vertical  fire  tubes;  22,  Fluid  and  solid  fuel,  for 
miscellaneous  boilers  heated  by  solid  or  fluid  fuel;  23,  Fluid 
fuel,  for  miscellaneous  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  24,  Fluid 
fuel,  Explosion,  for  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel  which  is  ex- 
ploded while  burning;  43,  Fire  and  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel, 
for  combined  fire  tube  and  water  tube  boilers  heated  by  fluid 
fuel  that  are  of  a  miscellaneous  nature;  156,  Flue.  Vertical, 
Fluid  fuel,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  167, 
Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel;  177,  Flue 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Transverse,  Fluid  fuel,  and 
179,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Vertical  alined  fire 
tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  combined  with 
internal  water  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  161,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Concentric  shell,  Fluid  fuel,  and  183,  Flue,  Vertical. 
Spiral  water  conduit,  Fluid  fuel,  for  other  types  of  vertical 
flue  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

116.  FIRE-TUBE,     VERTICAL,      CENTRAL     FIRE-DOME. 

Vertical  fire  tube  bcilers  provided  with  a  large  space  or  dome 
at  the  lower  end  of  the  boiler,  extending  into  the  boiler,  located 
over  the  firebox,  with  vertical  fire  tubes  disposed  around  the 
dome. 

117.  FIRE-TUBE,     VERTICAL,      CENTRAL      MAGAZINE. 

Boilers  haying  vertical  fire  tubes  and  a  centrally  disposed 
fuel  magazine. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  30.  Maga- 
zine, for  miscellaneous  magazine  boilers;  128,  Fire  tube  Ver- 
tical, Water  firebox,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  fire  tube 
boilers  having  a  water  firebox  and  a  central  fuel  magazine; 
157,  Flue,  Vertical,  Central  magazine,  and  168,  Flue,  Vertical, 
Internal  water  tube,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  flue  boilers 
with  a  central  fuel  magazine. 

118.  FIRE-TUBE,    VERTICAL,    CIRCULATION  TUBE,  IN- 

TERNAL.   Vertical  fire  tube  boilers  having  sleeves,  cylin- 
ders, or  tubes  arranged  inside  the  boiler  for  aiding  the  boiler 
circulation. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  159,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Circulation  tube,  Internal,  for  similar  devices  within 
a  vertical  flue  boiler;  408,  Circulation,  Internal  conduit. 

119.  FIRE-TUBE,    VERTICAL,    CYLINDER.    Vertical  cylin- 

drical boilers  provided  with  vertical  fire  tubes  that  do  not 
fall  within  the  definition  of  other  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  115.  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  for  vertical  cylindrical  boilers 
heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

120.  FIRE-TUBE,     VERTICAL,    OFFSET    FIREBOX.    Ver- 

tical fire  tube  boilers  having  an  offset  firebox  out  of  alinement 
with  the  fire  tubes.    The  firebox  is  generally  of  the  water 
firebox  type. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  175,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Offset  water  firebox,  for  vertical 
flue  boilers  with  an  offset  water  firebox. 

121.  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  RETURN  FIRE-TUBE.    Ver- 

tical fire  tube  boilers  provided  with  fire  tubes  through  which 
the  products  of  combustion  pass  upon  leaving  the  firebox 
and  also  fire  tubes  through  which  the  products  of  combustion 
return  to  the  other  end  of  the  boiler  before  they  enter  the 
outlet  flue. 


256 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  128,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  firebox,  Central  magazine,  for  this  type 
of  boiler  having  a  central  magazine;  182,  Flue,  Vertical,  Re- 
turn fire  tube,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  having  return  fire  tubes. 

122.  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  RETURN  FIRE-TUBE,  WA- 

TER-FIREBOX.   Boilers  defined  in  subclass  121  above  and 
having  a  water  firebox.    The  return  fire  tubes  may  be  through 
the  same  boiler  section  or  in  another  boiler  section  placed 
beside  the  other. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  182,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Return  fire  tube. 

123.  FIRE-TUBE,     VERTICAL,     SEPARATE      COMPART- 

MENT. Vertical  fire  tube  boilers  provided  with  separate 
compartments,  either  by  diaphragms  extending  across  the 
tubes  or  by  complete  boiler  sections  superposed  or  placed  side 
by  side,  and  having  the  feed  water  introduced  into  the  com- 
partment farthest  from  the  firebox. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  83,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Transverse  diaphragm,  for  horizontal  fire 
tube  boilers  having  a  progressive  heating  of  the  feed  water; 
122,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Return  fire  tube,  Water  firebox;  125, 
Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Top  water  chamber,  for  analogous  art. 

124.  FIRE-TUBE,   VERTICAL,  SIDE    MAGAZINE.    Vertical 

fire  tube  boilers  having  a  fuel  magazine  disposed  on  one  or 
more  sides  of  the  boiler. 

125.  FIRE-TUBE,   VERTICAL,    TOP    WATER  -  CHAMBER. 

Vertical  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  separate  water  chamber 
above  the  steam  space,  through  which  the  fire  tubes  pass  to 
prevent  the  leaking  of  flue  joints  or  to  heat  feed  water. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  123,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Separate  compartment,  for  similar  art;  83, 
Fire  tube.  Horizontal,  Transverse  diaphragm,  and  104,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Insulated  outlet  flue. 

126.  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  WATER-FIREBOX.    Vertical 

fire  tube  boilers  having  a  water  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  48,  Fire 
tube,  Flue,  Vertical,  for  analogous  structure;  120,  Fire  tube, 
Vertical,  Offset  firebox,  for  offset  fireboxes;  122,  Fire  tube, 
Vertical,  Return  fire  tube,  Water  firebox,  for  return  fire  tube 
vertical  fire  tube  boilers  with  a  water  firebox;  178,  Flue,  Ver- 
tical, Internal  water  tube,  Vertical  alined  fire  tube,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  similar  structure. 

127.  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  WATER- FIREBOX,  ANNU- 

LAR.   Vertical  fire  tube  boilers  having  a  water  firebox  in 
the  form  of  a  ring  or  the  like. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  29,  Annular 
firebox,  for  annular  fireboxes  with  miscellaneous  types  of 
boilers;  184,  Flue,  Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Annular 
firebox,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  an  annular  firebox. 

128.  FIRE-TUBE,    VERTICAL,    WATER-FIREBOX,    CEN- 

TRAL MAGAZINE.    Vertical  fire  tube  boilers  having  a 
water  firebox  and  a  central  fuel  magazine. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  117,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Central  magazine,  for  miscellaneous  vertical 
fire  tube  boilers  having  a  central  fuel  magazine;  157,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Central  magazine,  and  168,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal 
water  tube,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  a 
central  magazine. 

129.  FIRE-TUBE,    VERTICAL,    WATER-GRATE,    DOWN- 

DRAFT.    Vertical   fire -tube   boilers   having  a   downdraft 
water  grate. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  371,  Water- 
grate,  for  miscellaneous  boileis  with  water  grates. 

130.  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  WATER-TUBE.    Vertical  fire- 

tube  boilers  having  some  form  of  water-tubes,  not  otherwise 
provided  for. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  166,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  water  tubes  in  the  flues. 

131.  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  WATER-TUBE,  INTERNAL. 

Vertical  fire-tube  boilers  having  water  tubes  within  the  fire 
tubes. 

Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  166,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water-tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  water  tubes  in  the  flue. 

132.  FIRE-TUBE,    VERTICAL,     WATER-TUBE,     RADIAL 

LOOP.    Vertical  fire-tube  boilers  having  looped  water  tubes 
arranged  around  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  185,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water-tube,  Loop,  for  vertical  flue  boilers 
with  looped  water  tul>es  around  a  stand  pipe  within  the  flue; 
244,  Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  and  2S1,  Water-tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox, 
Stand  pipe,  for  water  tube  boilers  having  a  stand  pipe  with 
water  tubes  surrounding  it. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

133.  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR.    Ver- 

tical fire-tube  boilers  provided  with  spur  water  tubes. 

134.  FIRE-TUBE,  VOLUTE.     Fire-tube  boilers  having  one  or 

more  fire  tubes  in  the  form  of  a  volute. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  261,  Water- 
tube,  Plat,  Volute,  for  water  tubes  of  similar  form.  (See  also 
the  search  notes  thereunder.) 

135.  FLUE.    Miscellaneous  boilers  having  one  or  more  large  fire- 

tubcs  or  flues  wholly  surrounded  by  the  water  space  or  only 
partly  surrounded  thereby. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  6,  Indus- 
trial, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  industrial  furnace 
boilers;  20,  Subsidiary,  and  37,  Compartment;  47,  Fire  tube, 
Flue,  Horizontal,  and  48,  Fire  tube,  Flue,  Vertical,  for  com- 
binations of  miscellaneous  fire  tube  and  flue  boilers;  368, 
Water  firebox,  for  analogous  art. 

136.  FLUE,  HORIZONTAL.    Boilers  having  a  large  horizontal 

flue  not  otherwise  provided  for. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  47.  Fire- 
tube,  Flue,  Horizontal,  for  miscellaneous  fire  tube  boilers 
having  a  large  horizontal  flue;  78,  Fire-tube,  Horizontal, 
Return  fire  tube,  Water  firebox,  Flue,  for  horizontal  return 
fire  tube  boilers  with  a  horizontal  flue  firebox;  80,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Subjacent  flue,  for  horizontal  fire-tube  boilers 
with  a  large  flue  boiler  section  beneath  the  boiler;  409,  Circu- 
lation, Internal  conduit,  Horizontal  flue  boiler,  and  410,  Cir- 
culation, Internal  conduit,  Horizontal  flue  boiler,  Return  fire- 
tube. 

137.  FLUE,  HORIZONTAL,  PLURAL.     A  plurality  of  horizon- 

tal  boilers  with  large  flues,  either  posited  side  by  side  or  super- 
posed one  above  the  other. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  52,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Plural,  for  similar  arrangement  of  fire  tube 
boilers. 

138.  FLUE,  HORIZONTAL,  PLURAL,  WATER-TUBE.    The 

combination  and  arrangement  of  plural  horizontal  flue  boilers, 
having  water  tubes  in  communication  with  the  boilers. 
Search  Class— 

122—  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  102,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tubs,  Horizontal,  Over  bridge  wall; 
104,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water-tube,  Rearwardly  declined, 
Over  bridge  wall,  and  105,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube, 
Rearwardly  inclined,  Over  bridge  wall,  for  boiler  structure 
not  included  in  this  subclass  where  horizontal  flue  boilers 
are  disclosed;  140,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water-tube,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  horizontal  flue  boilers  with 
internal  water  tub?s;  153,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Water-t,ub3;  154, 
Flue,  Horizontal,  Water-tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  for  horizontal 
flue  boilers  with  water  tubes  exterior  of  the  boiler;  5'i,  Fire- 
tube,  Horizontal,  Plural,  Water-tute;  195,  Horizon  tal  cylinder, 
Water  tube,  for  horizontal  cylindrical  fire-tube  boilers  with 
similar  arrangement. 

139.  FLUE,      HORIZONTAL,      DROP     WATER-FIREBOX. 

Boilers  having  one  or  more  large  flues  horizontally  disposed, 
with  a  drop  water  firebox  at  one  end  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  r>3,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water-firebox,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with  drop  water 
firebox  of  analogous  structure;  141,  Flae,  Horizontal,  Internal 
water-tube,  Longitudinal,  Drop  water-firebox;  146,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube,  Transverse,  Drop  water  fire- 
box, and  148,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water-tube,  Water- 
firebox,  for  other  types  of  horizontal  flue  boilers  with  drop 
water  fireboxes. 

140.  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL.     INTERNAL    WATER-TUBE. 

Horizontal  flue  boilers  having  some  form  of  water  tubes  in 
the  flues. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  43,  Fire 
and  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  horizontal  flue  boilers  haying 
internal  water  tubes  heated  by  fluid  fuel,  154,  Flue,  Horizon- 
tal, Water  tube.  Over  bridge  wall,  for  special  art  having  water 
tubes  within  a  large  horizontal  flue. 

141.  FLUE,  HORIZONTAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE, 

LONGITUDINAL,     DROP    WATER-FIREBOX.     Hori- 
zontal flue  boilers  having  a  drop  water  firebox  with  longitu- 
dinal water  tubes  in  the  flues. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  77,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  firo  tube,  Drop  water  firebox.  Inter- 
nal water  tube,  and  146,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water 
tube,  Transverse,  Drop  water  firebox,  for  allied  art;  154,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  for  longitudinal 
water  tubes  within  the  flue. 

14.'.  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL,     INTERNAL     WATER-TUBE, 
RETURN    FIRE-TUBE.    Horizontal  flue  boilers  having 
return  fire  tubes,  with  some  form  of  water  tubes  within  the 
large  flues. 
Search  Class— 

122 —LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  77,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Drop  water  firebox,  Infer- 
nal water  tube,  for  analogous  art;  147,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Inter- 
nal water  tube,  Transverse,  Return  fire  tube,  for  horizontal 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


257 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

flue  boilers  having  return  fire  tubes,  with  transverse  water 
tubes  in  the  flues;  149,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  for 
horizontal  flue  boilers  with  return  fire  tube1:;  150,  Flue,  Hori- 
zontal, Return  firo  tube,  Rear  water  tube,  for  horizontal  flue 
boilers  with  return  fire  tubes,  with  water  tubes  at  the  rear  of 
the  flues  and  fire  tubes;  151,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire 
tube,  Water  smokebox,  Separate,  for  return  fire  tube  hori- 
zontal flue  boilers  with  a  separate  water  smokebox. 

143.  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL,    INTERNAL    WATER-TUBE, 

SPUR.  Horizontal  flue  boilers  having  spur  water  tubes  in 
the  flues. 

144.  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL,    INTERNAL    WATER-TUBE, 

SUBJACENT  FIREBOX.  Horizontal  flue  boilers  having 
water  tubes  in  the  flue,  with  a  firebox  located  beneath  the 
boiler. 

145.  FLUE,     HORIZONTAL,     INTERNAL     WATER-TUBE, 

TRANSVERSE.    Horizontal  flue  boilers  having  water  tubes 
extending  across  the  flues  and  communicating  with  the  boiler 
at  both  ends. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATEKS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  143,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube,  Spur,  for  spur  tubes  in  the 
flue. 

146.  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL,     INTERNAL     WATER-TUBE, 

TRANSVERSE,   DROP  WATER-FIREBOX.      Horizon- 
tal flue  boilers  having  a  drop  water-firebox,  with  water  tubes 
arranged  transversely  in  the  flue. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  77,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Drop  water  firebox,  In- 
ternal water  tube,  for  analogous  art:  141,  Flue,  Horizontal, 
Internal  water  tube,  Longitudinal,  Drop  water  firebox,  for 
the  same  stracture  with  longitudinally  placed  water  tubes 
in  the  flue. 

147.  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL,     INTERNAL    WATER-TUBE, 

TRANSVERSE,  RETURN  FIRE-TUBE.  Horizontal 
flue  boilers  having  small  fire-tubes,  through  which  the  prod- 
ucts of  combustion  pass,  after  leaving  the  large  horizontal 
flues,  in  an  opposite  direction,  the  large  flues  having  water 
tubes  disposed  transversely  therein. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  143,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Internal  water-tube,  Spur,  for  large  flues  having 
spur  water  tubes  therein;  142,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water 
tube,  Return  fire  tube;  146,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water 
tube,  Transverse,  Drop  water-firebox,  and  149,  Flue,  Hori- 
zontal, Return  fire-tube,  for  special  features. 

148.  FLUE,  HORIZONTAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE, 

WATER  FIREBOX.    Horizontal  flue  boilers  with  water 
tubes  in  the  flue  and  having  a  water-firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  77,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Drop  water  firebox,  In- 
ternal water  tube,  for  similar  art;  141,  Flue,  Horizontal,  In- 
ternal water  tube,  Longitudinal,  Drop  water  firebox,  for  hori- 
zontal flue  boilers  with  a  drop  water  firebox,  with  water  tubes 
in  the  flue,  running  longitudinally;  140,  Flue,  Horizontal, 
Internal  water  tube,  Transverse,  Drop  water  firebox,  for 
horizontal  flue  boilers  with  transverse  water  tubes  and  with 
a  drop  water  firebox. 

149.  FLUE,  HORIZONTAL,  RETURN  FIRE-TUBE.    Boilers 

having  one  or  more  large  flues  horizontally  disposed  and  hav- 
ing horizontally  disposed  small  fire  tubes,  through  which  the 
products  of  combustion  are  returned  through  the  boiler  after 
leaving  the  large  flues.  The  firebox  is  generally  located  in 
the  large  flues. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  47,  Fire 
tube,  Flue,  Horizontal,  for  miscellaneous  boilers  having  fire 
tubes  with  a  horizontal  flue;  76,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Return 
fire  tube,  Drop  water  firebox,  for  similar  art;  74,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Return  and  reverse,  Drop  water  firebox;  76,  Fire 
tube.  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Drop  water  firebox,  and 
107,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  wall,  Drop  water  firebox, 
for  related  art  in  the  fire  tube  type  of  boiler;  141,  Flue,  Hori- 
zontal, Internal  water  tube,  Longitudinal,  Drop  water  fire- 
box; 146,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube,  Transverse, 
Drop  water  firebox;  150,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube, 
Rear  water  tube;  151,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube, 
Water  smokebox,  Separate,  and  410,  Circulation,  Internal 
conduit,  Horizontal  flue  boiler,  Return  fire  tube,  for  other 
types  of  horizontal  flue  boilers  having  return  fire  tubes. 

150.  FLUE,  HORIZONTAL,  RETURN  FIRE-TUBE,  REAR 

WATER-TUBE.  Horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  return 
fire  tubes,  with  water  tubes  at  the  rear  of  the  flues  and  fire 
tubes. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  77,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Drop  water  firebox,  In- 
ternal water  tube,  and  103,  Fire  tube.  Horizontal,  Water  tube, 
Rear  of  fire  tube,  for  similar  art  in  a  fire  tube  type  of  boiler. 

151.  FLUE,  HORIZONTAL,  RETURN  FIRE-TUBE, WATER- 

SMOKE  BOX,  SEPARATE.  Horizontal  return  fire  tube 
boilers  having  a  separate  compartment  at  the  rear  of  the  fire 
tubes  and  flues  in  which  feed  water  may  bo  heated. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  425,  Feed 
heaters,  Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler,  Smokebox,  Furnace  gases 
and  steam,  for  similar  structure. 

266T4C 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

152.  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL,    WATER-GRATE     IN     FLUE. 

Horizontal  flue  boilers  with  some  form  of  water  grate  within 
the  flue. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  371,  Water 
grate,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  structure  of  water 
grates;  37fi.  Water  grate,  Progressive  feed,  for  horizontal  flue 
boilers  with  progressive  fuel  feed  water  grates  in  the  flue. 

153.  FLUE,    HORIZONTAL,    WATER-TUBE.    Miscellaneous 

horizontal  flue  boilers  not  otherwise  provided  for. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  under  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube;  138,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Plural, 
Water  tube,  for  plural  boilers  with  water  tubes. 

154.  FLUE.  HORIZONTAL,  WATER-TUBE  OVER  BRIDGE- 

WALL.    Boilers  having  a  large  horizontal  flue  therein,  either 
open  or  closed  at  the  bottom  side,  with  water  tubes  extending 
over  the  bridge  wall  in  the  flue. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  77,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube.  Drop  water  firebox, 
Internal  water  tube;  102,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube, 
Horizontal,  Over  bridge  wall;  104,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Water  tube,  Rearwardly  declined.  Over  bridge  wall;  105,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Rearwardly  inclined,  Over 
bridge  wall,  and  108,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  wall,  Sub- 
jacent water  tube,  for  related  structure;  141,  Flue,  Horizontal, 
Internal  water  tube.  Longitudinal,  Drop  water  firebox,  for 
closely  allied  art  in  the  horizontal  flue  type  of  boiler. 

155.  FLUE,  VERTICAL.    Miscellaneous  boilers  having  a  large 

vertical  flue  not  provided  for  in  other  subclasses. 
Note. — The  following  subclasses  are  cited  as  disclosing  art  with 
vertical  flue  boilers: 

Plants— 
2.      Garbage. 

Industrial— 
8.      Water  firebox. 
13.  Stand-boiler— 
15.      Solid  fuel. 
Note. — Ses  notes  to  subelas?  44,  Fire  tubes,  for  distinction  between 

"fire  tubes"  and  ^flues'"  as  used  in  this  class. 
Search  Class — 

122—  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  48,  Fire 
tube,  Flue,  Vertical,  for  miscellaneous  firo  tube  boilers  hav- 
ing a  vertical  flue,  and  368,  Water  firebox. 

156.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  FLUID  FUEL.    Miscellaneous  vertical 

flue  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  22,  Fluid 
and  solid  fuel,  for  miscellaneous  boilers  heated  by  solid  or  fluid 
fuel;  23,  Fluid  fuel,  for  miscellaneous  boilers  heated  by  fluid 
fuel;  115,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  for  vertical  fire  tube 
boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  167.  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube,  Fluid  fuel;  177,  Flue,  Vertical.  Internal  water  tube, 
Transverse,  Fluid  fuel;  179,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube,  Vertical  alined  fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  and  183,  Flue,  Ver- 
tical, Spiral  water  conduit.  Fluid  fuel,  for  other  types  of  verti- 
cal flue  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

157.  FLUE,    VERTICAL,    CENTRA.L    MAGAZINE.    Vertical 

flue  boilers  having  a  centrally  posited  fuel  magazine  not  other- 
wise provided  for. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  117,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Central  magazine,  and  128,  Fire  tube,  Vertical, 
Water  fire  box,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers 
with  central  magazines;  158,  Flue,  Vertical.  Central  magazine. 
Water  jacket,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  a  water  jacketed 
central  fuel  magazine;  162,  Flue,  Vertical,  Concentric  shell, 
Central  magazine,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  having  concentric 
water  heating  shells  with  a  central  magazine;  168,  Flue,  Ver- 
tical, Internal  water  tube,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  flue 
boilers  provided  with  water  tubes  within  the  flue  and  having 
a  central  fuel  magazine. 

158.  FLUE    VERTICAL,   CENTRAL    MAGAZINE,  WATER- 

JACKET.    Vertical    flue    boilers    having    a    central    water 
jacketed  fuel  magazine. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  117,  Fire- 
tube,  Vertical,  Central  magazine,  and  128,  Fire-tube,  Vertical, 
Water  fire  box,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers 
with  central  magazines;  157,  Flue,  Vertical,  Central  magazine, 
and  162,  Flue,  Vertical,  Concentric  shell  Central  magazine,  for 
vertical  flue  boilers  with  central  fuel  magazines. 

159.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  CIRCULATION  TUBE,  INTERNAL. 

Vertical  flue  boilers  having  internal  tubes,  cylinders,  or  sleeves 
inside  the  boiler  space  for  increasing  the  circulation  of  water. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  118,  Fire- 
tube,  Vertical,  Circulation  tube,  Internal;  for  similar  art;  408, 
Circulation,  Internal  conduit,  for  circulation  features  of  a  gen- 
eral character. 

160.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  CONCENTRIC  SHELL.    Vertical  flue 

boilers  consisting   of  a   plurality   of  concentrically   posited 
annular  water  shells  formed  of  walls  spaced  apart. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  158,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Central  magazine,  Water  jacket,  for  special  forms  of 
this  type  of  boiler. 


258 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

161.  FLUE      VERTICAL,    CONCENTRIC    SHELL,    FLUID 

FUEL.    Vertical  boilers  consisting  of  two  or  more  annular 
water  chambers  concentrically  and  vertically  posited  and 
heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  183,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Spiral  water  conduit,  Fluid  fuel. 

162.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  CONCENTRIC  SHELL,  CENTRAL 

MAGAZINE.    Vertical  flue  boilers  having  one  or  more  con- 
centrically located  water  containing  chambers  of  annular  form 
within  the  vertical  flue  and  having  a  centrally  disposed  fuel 
magazine. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  157,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  a 
central  fuel  magazine  without  the  water  jacket;  158,  Flue,  Ver- 
tical, Central  magazine,  Water  jacket,  for  a  water  jacketed 
fuel  magazine  centrally  disposed  in  the  vertical  flue. 

163.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  EXTERIOR   DRUM.    Vertical  flue 

boilers  having  a  steam  or  water  drum  located  outside  of  the 
main  boiler  structure. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  20,  Sub- 
sidiary, for  similar  art. 

164.  FLUE,     VERTICAL,     INSULATED      OUTLET-FLUE. 

Vertical  flue  boilers  having  the  outlet  flue  through  the  steam 
space  of  the  boiler  provided  with  a  heat  insulator  to  prevent 
heating  the  steam  space.    This  insulator  may  be  of  some 
packing  material  or  formed  by  an  air  chamber. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  125,  Fire  tube, 
Vertical,  Top  water  chamber. 

165.  FLUE,   VERTICAL,     INTERNAL     WATER-HEATER. 

Boilers  having  a  large  vertical  flue,  within  which  is  some  form 
of  water  heater  other  than  water  tubes. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  160,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Concentric  shell,  and  185.  Flue,  Vertical,  Standpipe. 
Water  tube,  Loop,  for  allied  art?  166,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal 
water  tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  vertical  flue 
boilers  having  internal  water  tubes. 

166.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL   WATER-TUBE.    Ver- 

tical flue  boilers  having  water  tubes  within  the  flue  in  com- 
munication with  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  131,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Internal,  for  vortical  water  tube 
boilers  with  water  tubes  in  the  flues;  184  to  187  under  Flue, 
Vertical,  Standpipe,  Water  tube,  for  vertical  flue  boilers 
having  a  central  Standpipe  provided  with  water  tubes  located 
in  the  vertical  flue;  468,  Steam  treatment.  Flue  boiler,  Ver- 
tical, Internal  water  tube,  Superheater,  for  boilers  of  that  type 
having  a  steam  superheater. 

167.  FLUE  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  FLUID 

FUEL.    Vertical  flue  boilers  having  internal  water  tubes 
therein  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  161,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Concentric  shell,  Fluid  fuel;  177,  Flue,  Vertical, 
Internal  water  tube,  Transverse,  Fluid  fuel;  179,  Flue,  Ver- 
tical, Internal  water  tube.  Vertical  aimed  fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel, 
and  183,  Flue,  Vertical.  Spiral  water  conduit,  Fluid  fuel,  for 
other  types  of  vertical  flue  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

168.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  CEN- 

TRAL MAGAZINE.  Vertical  flue  boilers  having  water 
tubes  in  the  flue,  with  a  fuel  magazine  centrally  located  in  the 
flue. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  117,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical.  Central  magazine,  and  128,  Fire  tube,  Ver- 
tical, Water  fire  box,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  fire 
tube  boilers  with  a  central  magazine;  158,  Fuel,  Vertical, 
Central  magazine,  Water  jacket,  and  162,  Flue,  Vertical,  Con- 
centric shell,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  having 
a  concentrically  located  water  shell  or  flue  within  the  main 
flue  and  having  a  central  fuel  magazine. 

169.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  COIL. 

Vertical  flue  boilers  having  coiled  water  tubes  within  the  flue. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  170,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Coil,  Header,  for  coiled  water 
tubes  communicating  with  headers  located  in  the  flue;  247, 
Water  tube.  Coil,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  structure 
of  water  tubes. 

170.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  COIL, 

HEADER.    Vertical  boilers  having  water  tubes  in  the  form 
of  coils  communicating  with  headers  located  within  the  flue. 
Search  Class^- 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  172,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Header,  for  analogous  art; 
244,  Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  standpipe,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  and  247,  Water  tube,  Coil,  for  str  ucture  of 
water  tubes. 

171.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  CON- 

TRACTED INLET.  Vertical  flue  boilers  having  a  large 
vertical  flue,  with  the  inlet  opening  to  the  flue  of  smaller 
diameter  than  the  flue,  and  having  water  tubes  within  the 
flue.  There  may  or  may  not  be  a  water  fire  box  below  the 
contracted  inlet. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  175,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Offset  water  fire  box,  and  179, 
Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Vertical  alined  fire  tube, 
Fluid  fuel,  for  similar  art. 

172.  FLUE,       VERTICAL,       INTERNAL       WATER-TUBE, 

HEADER.  Miscellaneous  vertical  flue  boilers  having  water 
tubes  in  communication  with  headers  located  within  the  flue. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  water  tube  boiler 
subclasses,  for  structure  of  the  water  tubes;  subclasses  170. 
Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Coil,  Header,  for  vertical 
flue  boilers  having  coiled  water  tubes  communicating  with 
headers  located  in  the  flue;  178,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internalwater 
tube,  Vertical  alined  fire  tube,  for  similar  structures  of  water 
tubes;  184,  Flue,  Vertical,  Standpipe,  Water  tube,  Annular 
fire  box;  185,  Flue,  Vertical,  Standpipe,  Water  tube,  Loop, 
and  186,  Flue,  Vertical  Standpipe,  Water  tube,  Spur,  for 
stand  pipes  provided  with  water  tubes  located  in  vertical  flues. 

173.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  HORI- 

ZONTAL SPUR.    Vertical  flue  boilers  having  horizontal 
spur  water  tubes  within  the  flue. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  133,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Spur,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers 
with  spur  water  tubes;  180,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube, 
Vertical  alined  fire  tube,  Spur  water  tube,  and  181,  Flue,  Ver- 
tical, Internal  water  tube,  Vertical  spur,  for  other  types  of 
vertical  flue  boilers  having  spur  water  tubes. 

174.  FLUE,   VERTICAL,    INTERNAL    WATER-TUBE,   IN- 

TERNAL FIRE-TUBE.  Vertical  flue  boilers  having  water 
tubes  provided  with  internal  fire  tubes  located  within  the 
flue. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  242,  Water 
tube,  Capillary,  and  243,  Water  tube,  Capillary,  Fluid  fuel, 
for  capillary  tubes  of  this  type;  260,  Water  tube,  Internal  fire 
tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  structure  of  water 
tubes  with  internal  fire  tubes;  271,  Water  tube,  Internal  fire 
tube,  Vertical,  and  348,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Internal  fire 
tube,  Fluid  fuel,  especially  for  vertical  water  tubes  with 
internal  fire  tubes. 

175.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  OFF- 

SET WATER-FIREBOX.  Vertical  flue  boilers  having 
water  tubes  within  the  flue  and  provided  with  an  offset  water 
firebox. 

Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  120,  Fire  tube, 
Vertical,  Offset  firebox,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers  with  off- 
set water  fireboxes. 

176.  FLUE,      VERTICAL,       INTERNAL      WATER-TUBE, 

TRANSVERSE.    Vertical  flue  boilers  having  water  tubes 
extending  transversely  across  the  flue  and  communicating  at 
both  ends  with  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  177,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Transverse,  Fluid  fuel,  for 
boilers  of  this  type  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

177.  FLUE,      VERTICAL,       INTERNAL       WATER-TUBE, 

TRANSVERSE,  FLUID  FUEL.    Vertical  flue  boilers  hav- 
ing transverse  water  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  179,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Vertical  alined  fire  tubCj  Fluid 
fuel,  and  183,  Flue,  Vertical,  Spiral  water  conduit,  Fluid  fuel, 
for  other  types  of  vertical  flue  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

178.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  VER- 

TICAL ALINED  FIRE-TUBE.     Boilers   having  a  large 
vertical  flue,  with  water  tubes  in  the  flue,  and  having  small 
fire  tubes  in  alinement  with  the  flue. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  48,  Fire 
tube,  Flue,  Vertical,  and  120,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Water  fire- 
box, for  analogous  structures  in  the  fire  tube  art;  179,  Flue. 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Vertical  alined  fire  tube,  Fluid 
fuel,  for  boilers  of  this  type  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  180,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Vertical  alined  fire  tube,  Spur 
water  tube,  for  boilers  of  this  type  having  spur  water  tubes. 

179.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  VER- 

TICAL ALINED  FIRE-TUBE,  FLUID  FUEL.  Types  of 
boilers,  defined  in  subclass  178  above,  which  are  heated  by  fluid 
fuel. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  115,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel;  167,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube,  Fluid  fuel,  and  171,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube, 
Contracted  inlet,  for  analogous  art. 

180.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  VER- 

TICAL ALINED  FIRE-TUBE,  SPUR   WATER-TUBE. 
Vertical  flue  boilers  having  vertically  alined  fire  tubes  with 
spur  water  tubes  within  the  large  flue. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  133,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Spur,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers 
having  spur  water  tubes;  173,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube,  Horizontal  spur,  and  181,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube,  Vertical  spur,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  having  spur  water 
tubes  without  the  vertically  aimed  fire  tubes;  186,  Flue,  Ver- 
tical, Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Spur,  for  vertical  flue  boilers 
having  a  spur  water  tube  stand  pipe  within  the  flue. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


259 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

181.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  VER- 

TICAL SPUR.    Vertical  flue  boilers  having  vertical  spur 
water  tubes  within  the  flue. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  133,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Spur,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers, 
with  vertical  spur  water  tubes. 

182.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  RETURN  FIRE-TUBE.    Boilers  hav- 

ing large  vertical  flues  or  one  large  vertical  flue  with  small 
vertical  fire  tubes,  through  which  the  products  of  combustion 
pass  after  leaving  the  large  flues.  The  fire  tubes  may  be  within 
the  same  boiler  section  as  the  large  flue  or  in  a  separate  boiler 
section. 

Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  121,  Fire* 
tube,  Vertical,  Return  fire  tube,  and  122,  Fire  tube,  Vertical, » 
Return  fire  tube,  Water  firebox,  for  return  fire  tube  vertical ' 
fire  tube  boilers. 

183.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  SPIRAL  WATER-CONDUIT,  FLUID* 

FUEL.  Vertical  flue  boilers  consisting  of  one  or  more  annular 
chambers  having  spiral  water  passages  vertically  posited. 
There  may  or  may  not  be  some  kind  of  water  heating  conduits 
within  the  vertical  flues;  but  there  is  a  fluid  fuel  burner  either 
disclosed  or  claimed. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  161,  Flue. 
Vertical,  Concentric  shell,  Fluid  fuel;  501,  Fluid  displacer,  and 
502,  Fluid  displacer,  Fluid  fuel,  for  related  art. 

184.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  STAND  PIPE,  WATER-TUBE   AN- 

NULAR FIREBOX.    Vertical  boilers  having  a  stand  pipe 
provided  with  water  tubes  or  merely  a  vertical  pipe  extend- 
ing downwardly  within  the  flue  through  the  fuel  grate  to 
form  an  annular  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  29,  Annular 
firebox,  for  miscellaneous  boilers  with  an  annular  fire  tube; 
127,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Water  firebox,  Annular,  for  vertical 
fire  tube  boilers  with  an  annular  water  firebox. 

185.  FLUE,     VERTICAL,      STAND-PIPE,     WATER-TUBE, 

LOOP.    Vertical  flue  boilers  having  a  vertical  stand  pipe, 
with  looped  water  tubes  located  within  the  flue. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  215,  Sec- 
tional, Horizontal  sections,  Superimposed,  Central  connec- 
tion, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  similar  art  in  sectional 
boilers;  244,  Water  tube,  Coil  or  Loop,  Central  stand  pipe, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  2S1,  Water  tube,  Loop, 
Over  firebox,  Stand  pipe,  for  structure  of  stand  pipe  and  water 
tubes. 

186.  FLUE,     VERTICAL,      STAND-PIPE,       WATER-TUBE 

SPUR.    Vertical  flue  boilers  having  a  stand  pipe  provided 
with  spur  water  tubes  located  within  the  flue. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  184,  Flue 
Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Annular  firebox,  for  similar 
structure;  215,  Sectional,  Horizontal  sections,  Superimposed, 
Central  connection,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder  for  similar 
art  in  sectional  boilers;  subclass  307,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Cen- 
tral stand  pipe,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  spur  water 
tube  stand  pipe  structure. 

187.  FLUE,  VERTICAL,  TRANSVERSE  FIRE-TUBE.    Ver- 

tical flue  boilers  having  fire  tubes  extending  transversely 
through  the  annular  water  chamber  formed  by  the  inner  and 
outer  walls  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  111,  Fire 
tube,  Transverse,  Vertical  boiler,  for  vertical  boilers  with 
transverse  fire  tubes  extending  through  the  whole  boiler. 

188.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER,  DROP  WATER-BAFFLE. 

Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers   provided  with  a  depending 
water-cooled  baffle  for  the  products  of  combustion,  formed    I 
either  of  plates  spaced  apart,  water  tubes,  or  the  combina- 
tion of  either  of  these  with  firebrick  or  some  solid  material 
Search  Class — 

•  122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  61,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Drop  water  baffle,  for  drop 
baffles  in  the  water  firebox. 

189.  HORIZONTAL     CYLINDER,     OFFSET     SUBJACENT 

FIREBOX,  WATER-ROOF.  Horizontal  cylindrical  boil- 
ers having  an  offset  subjacent  firebox  provided  with  a  water- 
cooled  roof.  The  firebox  in  addition  to  the  water  roof  may 
also  have  one  or  moreof  its  walls  water-cooled,  thereby  forming 
an  offset  subjacent  water  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  93,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Offset,  and  94,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Offset,  Water  tube  type,  for  offset 
water  fireboxes  for  a  horizontal  fire  tube  boiler;  190,  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water  tube,  for  offset  water 
tube  fireboxes;  209,  Sectional,  and  213,  Sectional,  Plural  fire- 
box; 238,  Water  tube,  Offset  firebox;  336,  Water  tube,  Vertical, 
Offset  firebox,  and  352,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Plural  upper 
transverse  dram,  Plural  lower  transverse  dram,  Offset  firebox, 
for  water  tube  boilers  with  offset  fireboxes. 

190.  HORIZONTAL     CYLINDER,     OFFSET     SUBJACENT 

FIREBOX,  WATER-TUBE.  Horizontal  cylindrical  boil- 
ers haying  an  offset  subjacent  firebox  having  water  tubes  sur- 
rounding the  fuel  space. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  194,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube  type. 

191.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER,  SUBJACENT  FIRE-TUBE 
BEYOND  BRIDGE-WALL.  Horizontal  cylindrical  boil- 
ers haying  a  subsidiary  fire  tube  section  of  the  boiler  beyond 
the  bridge  wall.  The  fire  tubes  may  be  either  vertical  or  hori- 
zontal, and  if  horizontal  may  extend  either  longitudinally  or 
transversely  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class — 

V  122— LiQuro  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  56,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Depending  fire  tube,  Rear  of  bridge  wall. 
81,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Subjacent  transverse  fire  tube;  85, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small  diameter  over 
i  firebox,  and  86,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Two  diameters,  Small 

diameter  over  firebox,  Water  firebox,  for  closely  allied  struc- 
ture. 

,192.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER,  WATER  BRIDGE-WALL 
~   Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  having  a  water-cooled  bridge 
wall. 

193.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER,  WATER-FIREBOX.    Hori- 

zontal cylindrical  boilers  having  a  firebox  located  beneath  one 
end  of  the  boiler  and  having  one  or  more  water  walls  forming 
the  sides  of  the  firebox. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  58,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  90,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with 
various  types  of  water  fireboxes;  139,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Drop 
water  firebox;  141,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube, 
Longitudinal,  Drop  water  firebox,  and  146,  Flue,  Horizontal, 
Internal  water  tube,  Transverse,  Drop  water  firebox,  for  hori- 
zontal flue  boilers  with  water  fireboxes;  188,  Horizontal  cylin- 
der. Drop  water  baffle,  for  drop  water  baffles;  189,  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water  roof. 

194.  HORIZONTAL    CYLINDER,  WATER-FIREBOX,  WA- 

TER-TUBE TYPE.    Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  having 
a  series  of  water  tubes  either  embedded  in  the  walls  of  the  fire- 
box or  located  just  inside  the  walls  surrounding  the  fuel  space. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  190,  Horizon- 
tal cylinder,  Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water  tube. 

195.  HORIZONTAL     CYLINDER,     WATER-TUBE.       Hori- 

zontal cylindrical  boilers  having  some  form  of  water  tubes, 
water  chambers,  or  drams  in  communication  therewith.    The 
cylindrical  boiler  may  or  may  not  be  provided  with  fire  tubes 
or  flues. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  45,  Fire 
tube,  Fluid  fuel;  47,  Fire  tube,  Flue,  Horizontal;  48,  Fire  tube. 
Flue,  Vertical;  49,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal  and  Vertical;  50, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal  or  inclined,  Water  firebox,  Flue,  and 
51,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
various  types  of  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  provided  with 
water  tubes,  water  walls,  drams,  or  chambers  when  the  fire 
tubes  are  an  essential  feature  in  the  combination;  136,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  horizontal 
cylindrical  boilers  having  large  flues  therein  and  provided 
with  water  tubes,  water  walls,  drams,  or  water  heating  cham- 
bers. 

196.  HORIZONTAL    CYLINDER,    WATER-TUBE,     FEED 

HEATER,  CHECK  VALVED.  Horizontal  cylindrical 
boilers  having  water  tubes  in  communication  therewith  lo- 
cated within  the  combustion  chambers,  through  which  the 
boiler  water  circulates  and  is  heated,  with  check  valves  so 
arranged  that  the  feed  water  when  introduced  flows  through 
the  tubes  and  is  heated  therein  and  is  not  permitted  to  enter 
the  boiler  directly. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  69,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Feed  heater, 
Check  valved,  for  a  similar  arrangement  of  valves. 

197.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER,  WATER-TUBE,  LATERAL 

LONGITUDINAL.  Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  having 
water  tubes  located  in  the  combustio'n  chamber  and  extending 
longitudinally  on  the  sides  thereof. 

198.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER,  WATER-TUBE,  LATERAL 

VERTICAL.    Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  having  water 
tubes  withinl  the  combustion  chamber,  arranged  vertically 
on  the  sides  thereof. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  51,  Tire 
tube,  Horizontal;  53,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Plural,  Water 
tube;  138,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Plural,  Water  tube;  153,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Water  tube,  and  199,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water 
tube,  Lateral  vertical,  Firebox,  for  analogous  art. 

199.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER,  WATER-TUBE   LATERAL 

VERTICAL,    FIREBOX.    Horizontal    cylindrical    boilers 
having  vertical  water  tubes  on  each  side  of  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  68,  Fire 
tube.  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  and  94, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Offset,  Water  tube  type, 
for  analogous  art. 

200.  HORIZONTAL     CYLINDER,    WATER-TUBE,    OVER 

FUEL  GRATE.  Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  with  water 
tubes  over  the  fuel  grate. 


260 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

201.  HORIZONTAL    CYLINDER,   WATER-TUBE,   SUBJA- 

CENT INTERNAL  FIRE-TUBE.    Horizontal  cylindrical 
boilers  having  water  tubes  provided  with  internal  fire  tubes 
located  in  the  combustion  chamber  beneath  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  267,  Water 
tube,  Internal  fire  tube.  Horizontal,  and  analogous  subclasses, 
for  internal  fire  tubes  within  the  water  tubes. 

202.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE,  TRAPPED 

CIRCUIT.    Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  having  a  water 
tube  heating  circuit  provided  with  some  form  of  sediment 
trap  in  the  circuit. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  91,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Firebox  water  heater,  Trap- 
ped circuit;  398,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  Feeding  water, 
and  404,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit,  Steam  in- 
jector, for  analogous  art. 

203.  HORIZONTAL    CYLINDER,  WATER-TUBE,  WATER- 

GRATE,  DOWNDRAFT.  Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers 
having  a  downdraft  water  grate  located  beneath  the  boiler. 

204.  HORIZONTAL    CYLINDER,  WATER-TUBE,  WATER- 

GRATE,  INTERMEDIATE  DRAFT.  Horizontal  cylin- 
drical boilers  provided  with  a  plurality  of  fireboxes  having 
fuel  grates,  at  least  one  of  which  is  a  water-cooled  grate,  so 
arranged  that  the  products  of  combustion  from  the  fireboxes 
meet  each  other. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  67,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  grate,  Inter- 
mediate draft,  and  287,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  Water 
grate,  Intermediate  draft. 

205.  HORIZONTAL  CYLINDER,   WATER-TUBE,  WATER- 

GRATE,  MULTIPLE  SERIES.  Horizontal  cylindrical 
boilers  having  water  tubes  in  the  combustion  chambers  and  a 
plurality  of  fire  grates,  one  or  more  of  which  are  of  the  water 
tube  type  and  so  arranged  that  the  products  of  combustion 
from  one  grate  pass  over  or  through  the  other  grate. 

206.  HORIZONTAL   CYLINDER,  WATER-TUBE,  WATER- 

GRATE,  SOLID  AND  WATER  BAR.    Horizontal  cylin- 
drical boilers  having  water  tubes  in  the  combustion  chamber 
and  a  fuel  grate  consisting  of  solid  bars  and  water-cooled  bars 
combined. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  375,  Water 
grate,  Grate  structure,  Solid  and  water  bar,  and  377,  Water 
grate,  Water  firebox,  Solid  and  water  bar,  Updraft,  for  grate 
structure. 

207.  HORIZONTAL   CYLINDER,    WATER-TUBE,  WATER- 

GRATE,  UPDRAFT.  Horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  having 
an  updraft  water  grate  located  beneath  the  boiler. 

208.  PLATE,  ZIGZAG  CONDUIT,  FLUID  FUEL.    Boilers  con- 

sisting of  flat  plates  provided  with  zigzag  passages  heated  by 
fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  356,  Water 
tube,  Zigzag,  Fluid  fuel,  for  zigzag  water  tube  boilers  heated 
by  fluid  fuel. 

209.  SECTIONAL.    Boilers  made  of  separate  parts,  not  otherwise 

classifiable. 

Note. — Boilers  included  in  the  sectional  subclasses  are  generally 
formed  of  cast  metal  sections.  Sectional  water  tube  boilers 
are  classified  in  the  water  tube  subclasses  or  in  fire  tube  or 
flue  subclasses  having  combinations  of  fire  tubes  or  flues  with 
water  tubes. 

210.  SECTIONAL,  FLUID  FUEL.    Sectional  boilers  heated  by 

fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  23,  Fluid 
fuel,  for  miscellaneous  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  211,  Sec- 
tional, Fluid  or  solid  fuel,  for  sectional  boilers  heated  by 
either  solid  or  fluid  fuel. 

211.  SECTIONAL,  FLUID  OR  SOLID  FUEL.    Sectional  boilers 

heated  by  either  solid  or  fluid  fuel  or  both  combined. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  22,  Fluid 
and  solid  fuel,  for  miscellaneous  boilers  heated  by  both  solid 
and  fluid  fuel. 

212.  SECTIONAL,  MAGAZINE.    Sectional  boilers  having  a  fuel 

magazine. 
Search  Class  — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  30,  Maga- 
zine, for  miscellaneous  magazine  boilers  (see  the  notes  there- 
under for  subclasses  of  boilers  with  magazines). 

213.  SECTIONAL,  PLURAL  FIREBOX.    Sectional  boilers  hav- 

ing a  plurality  of  fireboxes. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  232,  Sec- 
tional, Water  grate,  for  sectional  boilers  having  a  water  grate 
above  the  main  grate  for  supporting  waste  material. 

214.  SECTIONAL,    HORIZONTAL    SECTIONS,    SUPERIM- 

POSED. Sectional  boilers  whose  sections  are  superimposed 
and  lie  substantially  hi  a  horizontal  plane. 

215.  SECTIONAL,    HORIZONTAL    SECTIONS,    SUPERIM- 

POSED, CENTRAL  CONNECTION.  Sectional  boilers 
having  sections  horizontally  disposed,  the  sections  being  in 
communication  with  one  another  at  their  centers. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

216.  SECTIONAL,    HORIZONTAL    SECTIONS,    SUPERIM- 

POSED, CENRTAL  CONNECTION,  FLUID  FUEL. 
Sectional  boilers  having  superimposed  horizontally  disposed 
sections  with  a  central  communication  between  them  and 
htated  by  fluid  fuel. 

217.  SECTIONAL,    HORIZONTAL    SECTIONS,    SUPERIM- 

POSED, CENTRAL  CONNECTION,  WATER-FIRE- 
BOX. Boilers  having  superimposed  horizontal  centrally  con- 
nected sections  with  a  water  firebox. 

218.  SECTIONAL.    HORIZONTAL    SECTIONS,    SUPERIM- 

POSED,   WATER-FIREBOX,    Sectional    boilers    having 
horizontal  superimposed  sections  with  a  water  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  217,  Sec- 
tional, Horizontal  sections,  Superimposed,  Central  connec- 
tion, Water  firebox,  for  horizontal  sections  centrally  connected 
with  a  water  firebox. 

219.  SECTIONAL,    HORIZONTAL    SECTIONS,    SUPERIM- 

POSED, WATER-FIREBOX,  CENTRAL  MAGAZINE. 
Sectional  boilers  having  horizontally  superimposed  sections 
with  a  water  firebox  and  a  central  fuel  magazine. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  212,  Sec- 
tional. Magazine,  for  miscellaneous  sectional  boilers  with  fuel 
magazines. 

220.  SECTIONAL,    HORIZONTAL     SECTIONS,    SUPERIM- 

POSED,   WATER-TUBE,     INTERNAL     FIRE -TUBE, 
WATER-FIREBOX.    Sectional  boilers   having  horizontal 
superimposed  sections  having  water  tubes  provided  with  inter- 
nal fire  tubes,  with  a  water  firebox. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  266,  Water 
tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
water  tube  boilers  having  internal  fire  tubes. 

221.  SECTIONAL,    VERTICAL    SECTIONS,    ANNULARLY 

POSITED.    Sectional  boilers  having  vertically  disposed  sec- 
tions around  the  combustion  chamber. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  222,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Annularly  posited,  Central  maga- 
zine, for  the  same  arrangement  of  sections  with  a  centrally 
disposed  fuel  magazine. 

222.  SECTIONAL,    VERTICAL    SECTIONS,    ANNULARLY 

POSITED,  CENTRAL  MAGAZINE.  Sectional  boilers  hav- 
ing vertically  disposed  sections  around  the  combustion  cham- 
ber, with  a  centrally  disposed  fuel  magazine. 

223.  SECTIONAL,     VERTICAL     SECTIONS,     LONGITUDI- 

NALLY POSITED.    Sectional  boilers  having  vertical  sec- 
tions extending  longitudinally  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  224,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Longitudinally  posited,  Casing,  for 
similar  art  with  an  inclosing  casing. 

224.  SECTIONAL,     VERTICAL     SECTIONS,     LONGITUDI- 

NALLY POSITED,  CASING.  Sectional  boilers,  having 
vertical  sections  longitudinally  placed  in  the  boiler  structure 
and  having  an  inclosing  casing  spaced  apart  from  the  sections 
to  allow  passage  for  the  products  of  combustion  around  the 
sections. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  223,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Longitudinally  posited,  for  similar 
structure  without  an  inclosing  casing. 

225.  SECTIONAL,  VERTICAL  SECTIONS,  TRANSVERSELY 

POSITED.    Sectional    boilers    having    sections    vertically 
placed  transversely  of  the  boiler.     A  plane  cutting  the  section 
and  lying  therein  would  be  vertical  and  at  right  angles  to  the 
general  course  of  the  products  of  combustion. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  226,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Transversely  posited,  Casing,  and 
227,  Sectional,  Vertical  sections,  Transversely  posited.  Casing, 
Divided  section,  for  special  features  of  this  type  of  boiler  hav- 
ing an  inclosing  casing;  229,  Sectional,  Vertical  sections,  Trans- 
versely posited,  Water  grate,  for  boilers  of  this  type  with  water 
grates. 

226.  SECTIONAL,  VERTICAL  SECTIO.NS,  TRANSVERSELY 

POSITED,  CASING.    Sectional  boilers  having  vertical  sec- 
tions made  in  two  parts  arranged  transversely  of  the  boiler, 
with  an  inclosing  casing,  so  that  the  products  of  combustion 
come  into  contact  with  the  outer  edges  of  the  sections. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  227,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Transversely  posited,  Casing,  Divided 
section,  for  the  same  general  structure  with  a  casing  where  the 
sections  are  made  in  two  parts;  345,  Water  tube,  Vertical, 
Beyond  bridge  wall,  for  similar  art  in  water  tube  boilers. 

227.  SECTIONAL,  VERTICAL  SECTIONS,  TRANSVERSELY 

POSITED,     CASING,     DIVIDED     SECTION.     Sectional 
boilers  having  two-part  vertical  sections  transversely  arranged, 
with  a  casing  around  the  sections  and  spaced  therefrom. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  226,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Transversely  posited,  Casing,  for 
similar  structure  when  the  sections  are  made  in  one  part. 


DEFINITIONS   OP    CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


261 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

228.  SECTIONAL,  VERTICAL  SECTIONS,  TRANSVERSELY 

POSITED,  DIVIDED  SECTION.    Vertical  sectional  boilers 
whose  sections  are  made  in  two  parts  and  posited  transversely 
of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  227,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Transversely  posited,  Casing,  Divided 
section,  for  boilers  of  this  type  having  an  inclosing  casing. 

229.  SECTIONAL,  VERTICAL  SECTIONS,  TRANSVERSELY 

POSITED,    WATER-GRATE.    Sectional    boilers    having 
vertical  sections  arranged  transversely  of  the  boiler  and  pro- 
vided with  a  water  grate. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  232,  Sec- 
tional, Water  grate,  for  miscellaneous  sectional  boilers  with 
water  grates. 

230.  SECTIONAL,   VERTICAL   SECTIONS,    TWO-SECTION. 

Sectional  boilers  consisting  of  only  two  vertical  sections. 

231.  SECTIONAL,   ACCESSORIES.    Specific  parts  of  sectional 

boilers,  such  as  joints,  fireboxes,  ashpits,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  360,  Water 
tube,  Headers,  Closures  and  couplings,  511,  Tubes  and  con- 
nections, and  the  search  notes  thereunder,  and  137.  WATER 
DISTRIBUTION,  generally,  for  packing  and  gaskets. 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  110,  Packing,  Steam-joint. 

232.  SECTIONAL,    WATER-GRATE.     Miscellaneous    sectional 

boilers  having  a  water  grate. 
Search  class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  229,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Transversely  posited,  Water  grate, 
for  sectional  boilers  having  a  water  grate;  371,  Water  grate,  for 
miscellaneous  boilers  with  water  grates,  and  see  the  list  of  sub- 
classes thereunder  of  boilers  with  water  grates. 

233.  TANK,  HORIZONTAL.    Boilers  consisting  of  a  horizontally 

disposed  closed  chamber. 

Note. — This  subclass  includes  the  combination  of  such  a  closed 
chamber  with  the  furnace  walls.  Patents  claiming  a  closed 
tank  or  receptacle,  whether  used  as  a  boiler  or  for  other  pur- 
poses, are  classified  in  class  220,  METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND 
STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  125,  Tanks. 

234.  TANK,  VERTICAL.    Boilers  consisting  of  a  closed  chamber 

vertically  disposed,  in  combination  with  means  for  heating  it. 
Search  Classes— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  13,  Stand 
boiler,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  stand  boilers  having 
heating  furnaces  or  burners;  126,  Stoves  and  Furnaces,  sub- 
class 361,  Water  heaters,  Stand  boilers,  for  stand  boiler  tank 
structures. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  125, 
Tanks,  for  tank  structure. 

235.  WATER-TUBE.    Miscellaneous  boilers  whose  heating  surface 

consists  substantially  of  tubes,  through  which  the  water  cir- 
culates or  passes  while  being  heated. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  11,  Rotary, 
for  rotary  water  tube  boilers;  42,  Fire  and  water  tube;  476, 
Steam  treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Superheater,  and  477, 
Steam  treatment  Water  tube  boiler,  Superheater  and  feed- 
heater,  for  combined  fire  and  water  tube  boilers  of  a  miscel- 
laneous character;  the  various  subclasses  under  fire  tube  or 
flue  boilers  and  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  provided  with 
water  tubes  for  those  types  of  boilers,  and  especially  68,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  69,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Feed 
heater,  Check  valved;  113,  Fire  tube,  Transverse,  Water  tube, 
140,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Internal  water  tube,  153,  Flue,  Hori- 
zontal, Water  tube,  166,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  195,  Horizontal  cylinder, 
Water  tube;  459,  Steam  treatment,  for  water  tube  boilers  with 
superheaters. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  98,  Furnace  structure,  Baffles  and 
heat  retainers,  Water  tube  boilers. 

236.  WATER-TUBE,  FLUID  FUEL.    Miscellaneous  water  tube 

boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

Note. — The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  water  tube  boilers 
heated  by  fluid  fuel.  It  does  not  contain  the  combination 
of  water  tube  and  fire  tube  or  flue  types  of  boilers  heated  by 
fluid  fuel: 


Flasher  — 

Water-tube— 

41. 

Fluid  fuel. 

Spur  — 

Water-tube— 

Central  stand  pipe  — 

Capillary  — 

308. 

Fluid  fuel, 

243. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Vertical  — 

Coil  or  loop  — 

319. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Central  stand  pipe  — 

Stand  pipe  — 

245. 

Fluid  fuel, 

322. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Coil- 

Straddle- 

Horizontal— 

Single  upper  drum  — 

248. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Plural     lower 

Vertical  — 

drum  — 

250. 

Fluid  fuel, 

328. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Longitudinal      upper 

Vertical  — 

drum  — 

333. 

Fluid  fuel, 

274. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Internal  fire  tube  — 

Loop  — 

348. 

Fluid  fuel, 

Over  firebox  — 
Vertical  — 

356. 

Zigzag- 
Fluid  fuel. 

283. 

Fluid  fuel, 

CLASS  122— Continued. 

237.  WATER-TUBE,    MAGAZINE.    Water   tube  boilers   pro- 
vided with  fuel  magazines,  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Note. — The  following  is  a  full  list  of  water  tube  boilers  with  a 
fuel  magazine: 


Water-tube— 

Coil- 
Vertical — 

251.  Central  magazine, 

Internal  fire  tube — 

Vertical— 

272.  Central  magazine. 

Spur- 
Central  stand  pipe — 
310.  Central  magazine, 

Vertical— 
320.         Central  magazine, 


Water-tube — 

Vertical— 
334.         Side  magazine, 

Annular     lower 

drum — 
Annular    upper 

drum — 
339.  Central  magazine, 

Upper  drum — 
344.  Central  magazine. 


238.  WATER-TUBE,  OFFSET  FIREBOX.    Water  tube  boilers 

having  a  firebox  offset  from  the  main  part  of  the  boiler  struc- 
ture that  do  not  fall  within  the  definitions  of  the  other  sub- 
classes of  water  tube  boilers  having  an  offset  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  93,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Offset,  94,  Fire  tube,  Hori- 
zontal, Water  firebox,  Offset,  Water  tube  type,  120,  Fire  tube, 
Vertical,  Offset  firebox,  175,  Flue.  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube,  Offset  water  firebox,  189,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Offset 
subjacent  firebox,  Water  roof,  190,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Offset 
subjacent  firebox.  Water  tube,  209,  Sectional,  and  213,  Sec- 
tional, Plural  firebox,  for  other  types  of  boilers  provided  with 
offset  fireboxes;  336,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Offset  firebox;  337, 
Water  tube,  Vertical,  Offset  firebox,  Elevated,  and  352,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Plural  upper  transverse  drum,  Plural  lower 
transverse  dram,  Offset  firebox,  for  other  types  of  water  tube 
boilers  with  offset  fireboxes. 

239.  WATER-TUBE,    SUPERIMPOSED    FIREBOX.     Water 

tube  boilers  haying  a  plurality  of  superimposed  fireboxes. 
Note.— The  following  is  a  list  of  subclasses  containing  boilers 
with  fireboxes  or  fluid  fuel  burners  superimposed  one  above 
the  other: 


Plants- 

Horizontal  cylinder  — 

2. 

Garbage. 

Water-tube  — 

Fluid-fuel— 

Water  grate- 

25. 

Plural  burner  — 
Superimposed. 

205. 

Multiple  series. 
Sectional- 

Fire-tube  — 

Horizontal  sections  — 

Horizontal  — 
Drop  water  firebox  — 

214. 

Superimposed. 
Water-tube— 

W  ater  grate  — 

240. 

Plural  firebox. 

07. 

Intermediate 

Water-grate— 

draft. 

Plural  firebox  — 

Horizontal  cylinder  — 

Water  tube  — 

Superimposed  — 
Water  grate- 

Water  grate  — 

372. 

Up  draft. 

>04. 

Intermediate  draft. 

240.  WATER-TUBE,  PLURAL  FIREBOX.    Water  tube  boilers 

having  a  plurality  of  fireboxes  not  otherwise  provided  for. 
Note. — The  following  is  a  list  of  subclasses  where  water  tube 
boilers  of  various  types  with  plural  fireboxes  may  be  found: 


Water-tube — 

Over  bridge  wall — 

Water  grate — 

287.  Intermediate  draft, 

Rearwardly  declined — 
Over  bridge  wall — 
Front     and     rear 

header — 

Horizontal    longi- 
tudinal drum— 
294.  Water  wall, 


Water-tube — 

Separate  banks — 
304.         Opposite  fireboxes, 
Straddle- 
Single  upper  drum— 
Plural     lower 

drum — 
330.  Plural  firebox. 


Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  23,  Fluid 
fuel,  for  other  types  of  fluid-fuel  burners;  25,  Fluid  fuel,  Plural 
burner,  Superimposed,  for  boilers  heated  by  a  plurality  of 
superimposed  fluid-fuel  burners;  53,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal. 
Plural,  Water  tube,  138,  Flue.  Horizontal,  Plural,  Water  tube, 
204,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  Water  grate,  Inter- 
mediate draft,  arid  205,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube, 
Water  grate,  Multiple  series,  for  other  types  of  boilers  having 
water  tubes  and  a  plurality  of  fireboxes. 

241.  WATER-TUBE,  FIREBOX  IN  DRUM.    Water  tube  boilers 

having  a  drum,  within  which  the  firebox  is  located. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  50,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal  or  inclined.  Water  firebox,  Flue;  80,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Subjacent  flue,  for  analogous  art. 

242.  WATER-TUBE,  CAPILLARY.    Boilers  provided  with  wator 

tubes  whose  passages  have  an  extremely  small  cross-sectional 
area  as  compared  with  the  length  of  the  tubes. 
Search  Class — 

122-^LiQUio  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  39, Film,  for 
boilers  whose  water  is  heated  by  passing  over  the  heating  sur- 
face in  a  thin  film;  40,  Flasher;  41,  Flasher,  Fluid  fuel,  and  502, 
Fluid  displacer,  Fluid  fuel;  260,  Water  tube,  Flat,  for  flat  tube 
boilers;  501 ,  Fluid  displacer,  for  water  tubes  containing  a  dis- 
placing element,  that  renders  the  tube  similar  in  action  to  a 
capillary  tube. 


262 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122 — Continued. 

243.  WATER -TUBE,   CAPILLARY,   FLUID    FUEL.    Water 

tube  boilers  having  capillary  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  41,  Flasher, 
Fluid  fuel,  and  39,  Film,  for  analogous  art;  200,  Water  tube, 
Flat,  for  flat  tubes;  348,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Internal  fire 
tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  vertical  water  tube  boilers  having 
internal  fire  tubes;  502,  Fluid  displacer,  Fluid  fuel,  for  dis- 
placing elements  within  the  tube. 

244.  WATER-TUBE,  COIL  OR  LOOP,  CENTRAL  STAND- 

PIPE.    Water  tube  boilers  consisting  of  a  vertical  stand  pipe, 
around  which  extends  coils  or  loops  of  tubes  in  either  direct 
or  indirect  communication  with  the  stand  pipe. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  132,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube.  Radial  loop,  for  vertical  fire  tube 
boilers  provided  with  radial  loops;  133  Fire  tube,  Vertical, 
Water  tube,  Spur,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers  provided  with 
radial  spurs;  109,  Flue.  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Coil,  and 
170,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Coil,  Header,  for 
similar  structure  located  within  a  vertical  flue;  185.  Flue. 
Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Loop,  for  vertical  stand 
pipes  provided  with  radial  loops  located  in  a  vertical  flue;  180, 
Flue.  Vertical  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube.  Spur,  for  stand  pipes 
provided  with  radial  spur  tubes  located  within  a  vertical  flue; 
245.  Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  Fluid  fuel, 
and  246,  Water  tube  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  Annular 
firebox  for  analogous  art;  281,  Water  tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox, 
Stand  pipe,  for  stand  pipes  provided  with  loops  over  a  firebox; 
307,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Central  stand  pipe,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  central  standpipes  provided  with  spur  tubes; 
323,  Water  tube,  Stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox,  for  miscella- 
neous water  tube  boilers  with  central  stand  pipes. 

245.  WATER-TUBE,  COIL  OR  LOOP,  CENTRAL  STAND- 

PIPE,  FLUID  FUEL.    Water  tube  boilers  consisting  of  a 
central  stand  pipe  surrounded  by  coiled  or  looped  tubes  in 
either  direct  or  indirect  communication  with  the  stand  pipe 
and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class  — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  281,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Stand  pipe,  and  283,  Water  tube, 
Loop,  Over  firebox,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  for  analogues  art;  308, 
Water  tube,  Spur,  Central  stand  pipe,  Fluid  fuel,  for  water 
tube  boilers  provided  with  a  central  stand  pipe  having  radial 
spur  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  322,  Water  tube,  Stand 
pipe,  Fluid  fuel,  for  miscellaneous  central  stand  pipe  water 
tube  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

246.  WATER-TUBE,  COIL  OR  LOOP,  CENTRAL  STAND- 

PIPE,  ANNULAR  FIREBOX.  Water  tube  boilers  con- 
sisting of  a  central  stand  pipe  extending  below  the  grate  and 
forming  an  annular  firebox  and  having  coiled  or  looped  water 
tubes  surrounding  the  stand  pipe,  in  either  direct  or  indirect 
communication  therewith. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  184,  Flue. 
Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Annular  firebox,  for  a  stand 
pipe,  provided  with  water  tubes  located  in  a  vertical  flue  boiler 
and  having  an  annular  firebox;  309,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Central 
stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox,  for  water  tube  boilers  provided 
with  a  central  stand  pipe  having  spur  tubes  and  an  annular 
firebox;  323,  Water  tube,  Stand  pipe;  Annular  firebox,  for 
miscellaneous  water  tube  boilers  provided  with  a  standpipe 
and  an  annular  firebox;  335,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Annular 
firebox,  for  miscellaneous  water  tube  boilers  with  an  annular 
firebox. 

247.  WATER-TUBE,  COIL.    Water  tube  boilers  provided  with 

coils  of  tubes  not  coming  within  the  definitions  of  other  sub- 
classes covering  water  tube  boilers  of  the  coil  type. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  109,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Coil,  and  170,  Flue,  Vertical, 
Internal  water  tube,  Coil,  Header,  for  Vertical  coiled  water 
tubes  located  within  a  vertical  flue;  244,  Water  tube,  Coil  or 
loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder.  248, 
Water  tube,  Coil,  Horizontal,  Fluid  fuel,  and  249,  Water  tube, 
Coil,  Vertical,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  various  types 
of  coil  tube  boilers;  355,  Water  tube,  Zigzag,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  analogous  water  tube  boilers  incorrectly  said 
to  be  coil  boilers. 

248.  WATER-TUBE,  COIL,  HORIZONTAL,  FLUID  FUEL. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  one  or  more  coils  of  tubes  heated 
by  a  fluid  fuel  burner,  the  axes  of  the  coils  being  horizontal. 

249.  WATER -TUBE,  COIL,  VERTICAL.    Water  tube  boilers 

having  one  or  more  coils  of  tubes,  the  axes  of  the  coils  being 
vertical. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  109,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Coil,  and  170.  Flue,  Vertical, 
Internal  water  tube,  Coil,  Header,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  pro- 
vided with  internal  water  tube  coils;  183,  Flue,  Vertical, 
Spiral  water  conduit,  Fluid  fuel. 

250.  WATER -TUBE,    COIL,    VERTICAL,    FLUID    FUEL. 

Water  tube  boilers  provided  with  coiled  tubes  heated  by  fluid 
fuel,  the  axes  of  the  coils  being  vertical. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  109,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Coil;  170,  Flue,  Vertical,  In- 
ternal water  tube.  Coil,  Header,  and  183,  Flue,  Vertical,  Spiral 
water  conduit,  Fluid  fuel,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  having  in- 
ternal coils. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

251.  WATER -TUBE,  COIL.  VERTICAL,  CENTRAL  MAGA- 

ZINE.   Water  tube  boilers  having  coils  of  tubes  with  vertical 
axes  and  a  central  fuel  magazine. 

252.  WATER-TUBE  COIL,  VERTICAL,  WATER-FIREBOX. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  coils  of  tubes  with  vertical  axes 
and  provided  with  a  water  firebox. 

253.  WATER-TUBE,  CROSS.    Water  tube  boilers  whose  tubes 

are  so  arranged  as  to  cross  one  another  and  includes  cross  tube 

boilers  that  are  not  specially  provided  for  by  other  subclass 

definitions. 
Note. — There  is  a  close  analogy  between  the  cross  loop  type  and 

the  zigzag  and  the  cross  tube  type  of  water  tube  boilers. 
Note. — The  Following  is  a  list  of  subclasses  including  different 

types  of  boilers  provided  with  cross  water  tubes: 


Flue— 

Water-tube— 

Horizontal  — 

Cross- 

Internal  water  tube 

Transverse  — 

145. 

Transverse  — 

Header  — 

146. 

Drop  water   fire- 

257.               Drum, 

box, 

Loop  — 

147. 

Return  fire  tube, 

Over  firebox  — 

Vertical- 

278.             Cross, 

Internal  water  tube  — 

Spur  — 

170. 

Transverse  — 

311.          Cross, 

177. 

Fluid  fuel. 

Straddle- 

253. 

Water-tube— 

Cross- 

Plural upper  drum  — 
Plural     lower 

254. 

over  bridge  wall, 

drum— 

Over  firebox  — 

326.                Cross, 

Longitudinal  — 

Single  upper  drum  — 

Header— 

Plural      lower 

255. 

Drum, 

drum— 

Transverse  — 

329.                Cross. 

Header  — 

256. 

Drum. 

I  Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  99,  Fire 
tube.  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Straddle,  and 
355,  Water  tube,  Zigzag,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

254.  WATER-TUBE,  CROSS,  OVER  BRIDGE  WALL.    Water 

tube  boilers  provided  with  water  tubes  inclined  in  opposite 
directions  over  the  bridge  wall. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  277,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  bridge  wall;  357,  Water  tube,  Zigzag.  Over 
bridge  wall,  Longitudinal  drum,  and  358,  Water  tube,  Zigzag, 
Over  bridge  wall,  Transverse  drum. 

255.  WATER-TUBE,  CROSS,  OVER  FIREBOX,  LONGITU- 
x  DINAL    HEADER,  DRUM.    Water  tube  boilers  having 

banks  of  water  tubes  over  the  firebox,  inclined  in  opposite 
directions  longitudinally  of  the  boiler  and  crossing  each  other, 
and  each  bank  of  tubes  being  in  communication  with  headers 
at  each  end,  which  headers  are  in  turn  in  either  direct  or  in- 
direct communication  with  one  or  more  drums. 
Search  Class— 

1 122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  278,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Cross,  for  the  crossed  loop  type  of 
water  tube  boiler. 

256.  WATER -TUBE,    CROSS.    OVER    FIREBOX,    TRANS- 

VERSE, HEADER,  DRUM.    Water  tube  boilers  provided 
with  banks  of  water  tubes  crossing  each  other,  each  bank  of 
tubes  being  in  communication  with  headers  at  each  end,  which 
in  turn  are  in  communication  with  a  tlrum  above  the  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  278,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Cross,  for  the  crossed  loop  type  of 
boiler. 

257.  WATER  -  TUBE,    CROSS,    TRANSVERSE,    HEADER, 

DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having  banks  of  water  tubes 
crossing  each  other  transversely  of  the  boiler,  each  tube  being 
in  communication  with  headers  at  each  end,  which  headers 
are  in  either  direct  or  indirect  communication  with  a  drum 
located  above  the  water  tubes. 

258.  WATER  -  TUBE,     DOWN     FLOW.    Water   tube   boilers 

provided  with  means  for  causing  a  downward  flow  of  water 
in  the  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  39,  Film, 
for  analogously  operating  boilers;  209,  Sectional,  and  218, 
Sectional,  Horizontal  sections,  Superimposed,  Water  firebox, 
for  sectional  boilers  with  a  down  flow  of  water  through  the 
sections. 

259.  WATER  -  TUBE,     DRUM     TYPE.    Boilers   composed  of 

very  large  tubes  or  drums. 

260.  WATER-TUBE,  FLAT.    Water   tube   boilers    having   flat 

tubes. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  39,  Film, 
40,  Flasher;  41,  Flasher,  Fluid  fuel;  242,  Water  tube,  Capillary, 
and  243,  Water  tube,  Capillary,  Fluid  fuel. 

201.  WATER  -  TUBE,    FLAT.    VOLUTE.    Water  tube  boilers 
haying  flat  tubes  coiled  about  a  central  axis,  each  winding 
being  spaced  apart. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  134,  Fire 
tube,  Volute,  for  volute  fire  tube  boilers. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


263 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  the  subclasses  under  Heat  transferrers 
and  conservers,  (30,  31,  32;)  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES, 
subclass  183,  Heating  drums,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
and  237,  HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  18,  Steam 
radiators,  for  analogous  structure. 

262.  WATER -TUBE,   HORIZONTAL.    Horizontal  water  tube 

boilers  that  do  not  fall  within  the  definitions  of  other  sub- 
classes. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  102,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Horizontal?  Over  bridge  wall, 
for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  horizontal  water  tubes 
over  the  bridge  wall;  197,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube, 
Lateral  longitudinal;  201,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube, 
Subjacent  internal  fire  tube,  and  the  subclasses  under  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  tube.  Water  grate,  for  horizontal  cylin- 
drical boilers  provided  with  horizontal  water  tubes;  236,  Water 
tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  horizontal  water  tube  boilers  heated  by 
fluid  fuel,  except  the  zigzag  type  noted  in  the  other  notes;  267. 
Water  tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  Horizontal,  for  horizontal 
tubes  provided  with  internal  fire  tubes;  279,  Water  tube. 
Loop,  Over  firebox,  Horizontal,  for  horizontally  disposed 
looped  tubes;  285,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall.  Transverse 
water  baflle;  286,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  Water  grate, 
Downdraft;  2S7,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  Water  grate, 
Intermediate  draft;  289,  Water  tube,  Over  fireboipWater 
grate,  Updraft,  and  354,  Water  tube,  Water  grate,  Downdraft, 
for  horizontal  water  tube  boilers  with  water  grates;  316. 
Water  tube,  Spur,  Over  firebox,  Horizontal,  for  horizontal 
spur  tubes  over  the  firebox;  353,  Water  tube,  Water  grate. 

263.  WATER-TUBE,  HORIZONTAL,  OVER  BRIDGE-WALL. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  horizontally  disposed  water  tubes 
over  the  bridge  wall. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  102,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Horizontal,  Over  bridge  wall, 
for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  horizontal  water  tubes 
over  the  bridge  wall;  also  the  subclasses  noted  under  the 
preceding  subclass  (262). 

204.  WATER-TUBE,     HORIZONTAL       OVER     FIREBOX. 
Water  tube  boilers  having  water  tubes  horizontally  disposed 
over  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  236,  Water 
tube,  Fluid  fuel;  258,  Water  tube,  Down  flow,  and  316,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Over  firebox,  Horizontal,  and  especially  the  sub- 
classes noted  under  subclass  262. 

265.  WATER-TUBE,  INCLINED.     Water  tube  boilers  not  other- 

wise classifiable  having  water  tubes  inclined  from  a  vertical 
or  a  horizontal  line. 

Note. — The  following  is  a  list  of  subclasses  of  water  tube  boilers 
having  inclined  or  declined  tubes  in  which  all  patents  that 
fall  within  their  definitions  are  classified,  and  only  those  mis- 
cellaneous water  tube  boilers  with  inclined  tubes  are  placed 
in  this  subclass  (265): 

244,  Water-tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

253,  Water-tube,  Cross,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
266,  Water-tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

275,  Water-tube,  Loop,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
305,  Water-tube,  Spur,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
324,  Water-tube,  Straddle,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
355,  Water-tube,  zigzag,  and    the  subclasses   thereunder,  for 

inclined  zigzag  water  tubes. 
Under  Water-tube,  Rearwardly  declined,  290  to  302. 

266.  WATER-TUBE,  INTERNAL   FIRE-TUBE.     Water-tube 

boilers  provided  with  water  tubes  within  which  there  is  a  fire 
tube  forming  an  annular  water  space. 

Note. — The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  all  subclasses  contain- 
ing patents  in  which  this  type  of  water  tube  forms  a  part  of 
the  boiler  structure: 


Flue- 

Water-tube— 

Vertical  — 

266. 

Internal  fire-tube  — 

165.         Internal  water-heater, 

267. 

Horizontal, 

Internal  water-tube  — 

268. 

Inclined, 

174.             Internal  fire-tube. 

269. 

Plural  fire-tube, 

Horizontal  cylinder- 

270. 

Straddle, 

Water  tube  — 

271. 

Vertical  — 

201.         Subjacent  internal  fire- 

272. 

Central  magazine, 

tube. 

348. 

Fluid  fuel. 

Sectional- 

Horizontal  sections  — 

Superimposed  — 
Water-tube  — 

Internal  fire  tube— 

220.                    Water  fire-box. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  242,  Water 
tube,  Capillary,  and  243,  Water  tube,  Capillary,  Fluid  fuel, 
for  capillary  tubes  constructed  in  this  manner. 

267.  WATER-TUBE,    INTERNAL  FIRE-TUBE,   HORIZON- 

TAL. Water  tube  boilers  whose  water  tubes  are  horizontally 
disposed  and  provided  with  internal  fire  tubes. 

268.  WATER-TUBE,  INTERNAL  FIRE-TUBE,  INCLINED. 

Water-tube  boilers  provided  with  inclined  water  tubes  having 
fire  tubes  within  the  water  tubes,  and  includes  patents  for 
inclined  water  tube  boilers  provided  with  internal  fire  tubes 
not  covered  by  the  definitions  of  subclasses  269  and  270. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

269.  WATER-TUBE,    INTERNAL    FIRE-TUBE,    PLURAL 

FIRE-TUBE.  Water  tube  boilers  whose  water  tubes  have 
a  plurality  of  fire  tubes  within  them. 

270.  WATER-TUBE,  INTERNAL  FIRE  TUBE,  STRADDLE. 

Water-tube  boilers  consisting  of  banks  of  water  tubes  provided 
with  internal  fire  tubes  inclined  toward  each  other  over  the 
combustion  chamber  or  firebox.  The  tubes  are  generally  pro- 
vided with  headers  at  top  and  bottom,  and  the  headers  may 
be  in  communication  with  drums  extending  longitudinally  of 
the  boiler. 

271.  WATER-TUBE,  INTERNAL  FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL. 

Water-tube  boilers  of  the  internal  fire  tube  type  whose  tubes 
are  in  a  substantially  vertical  position. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  348,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Internal  fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  that  type  of 
boiler  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

272.  WATER-TUBE,  INTERNAL    FIRE-TUBE,  VERTICAL. 

CENTRAL  MAGAZINE.    Water  tube  boilers  consisting  of 
vertical  water  tubes  provided  with  internal  fire  tubes  and 
having  a  centrally  disposed  fuel  magazine. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  339,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Annular  upper  drum. 
Central  magazine,  for  vertical  water  tube  boilers  provided 
with  a  centrally  disposed  fuel  magazine  when  the  water  tubes 
do  not  contain  fire  tubes. 

273.  WATER-TUBE,      LONGITUDINAL    UPPER      DRUM. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  an  upper  longitudinal  drum  with 
miscellaneous  types  of  water  tubes  communicating  therewith 
not  provided  for  in  the  definitions  of  other  water  tube  boiler 
subclasses. 

Note.— The  following  is  a  list  of  water  tube  boiler  subclasses  con- 
taining water  tube  boilers  having  a  longitudinal  upper  drum: 


Water-tube— 

Longitudinal    upper 

drum — 
274.         Fluid  fuel, 

Rearwardly   declined— 
Over  bridge  wall— 
Front  and  rear 
header — 

291.  Horizontal   lon- 

g  i  t  u  dinal 
drum — 

292.  Firebox  tube, 

293.  Longi  t  u  d  i  n  al 

water  baffle, 

294.  Water  wall, 
Over  firebox — 

Front    and    rear 

header — 

298.  Horizontal    longi- 

tudinal drum, 


Water-tube — 

Spur— 

312.         Horizontal  longitudi- 
nal drum, 
Vertical — 
Beyond  bridge  wall — 

346.  Gas  return, 
Longitudinal  upper 

drum — 

347.  Longitudinal 

lower  drum — 
Plural  upper  longitu- 
dinal drum — 

351.  Plural  lower  longi- 

tudinal drum, 
Zigzag- 
Over  bridge  wall — 
357.  Longitudinal  drum. 


Note. — When  the  horizontal  drum  is  provided  with  fire  tubes  or 
fire  flues,  the  boiler  is  then  classified  in  the  subclasses  of  hori- 
zontal fire  tube  or  flue  boilers. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  subclasses  under 
looped  tube,  coiled  tube,  and  straddle  tube  boilers,  for  those 
types  of  water  tube  boilers. 

274.  WATER-TUBE,     LONGITUDINAL     UPPER      DRUM. 

FLUID  FUEL.  Water  tube  boilers  having  a  longitudinal 
upper  drum  provided  with  water  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid 
fuel. 

Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  250,  Water 
tube,  Coil,  Vertical.  Fluid  fuel,  283,  Water  tube,  Loop,  Over 
firebox,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  328,  Water  tube,  Straddle,  Single 
upper  drum,  Plural  lower  drum,  Fluid  fuel,  348,  Water  tube, 
Vertical,  Internal  fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  and  356,  Water  tube, 
Zigzag,  Fluid  fuel,  for  analogous  art;  331,  Water  tube,  Trans- 
verse horizontal  drum,  for  transverse  horizontal  drum  boilers. 

275.  WATER-TUBE,    LOOP.    Miscellaneous  water  tube  boilers 

whose  tubes  are  in  the  form  of  loops. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  132,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Radial  loop,  and  185,Flue,Vertical, 
Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Loop,  for  other  types  of  boilers  pro- 
vided with  looped  water  tubes;  244,  Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop, 
Central  stand  pipe,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  boilers 
of  the  water  tube  type  having  either  looped  or  coiled  tubes  or 
both  combined;  3.55,  Water  tube,  Zigzag,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  analogous  structures. 

276.  WATER-TUBE,  LOOP,  FIREBOX  INCLOSING.    Water 

tube  boilers  having  water  tubes  in  the  form  of  loops  and  a  fire 
box  located  within  the  loops. 

277.  WATER-TUBE,  LOOP,  OVER  BRIDGE  WALL.    Water 

tube  boilers  having  water  tubes  in  the  form  of  loops  extending 
over  the  bridge  wall. 

278.  WATER-TUBE,     LOOP,     OVER     FIREBOX,     CROSS. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  looped  water  tubes  crossing  each 
other  over  the  firebox. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  311,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Cross,  for  crossed  spur  water  tubes  over  the  firebox; 
355,  Water  tube,  Zigzag,  for  crossed  zigzag  tubes. 


264 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

279.  WATER-TUBE,  LOOP,    OVER   FIREBOX,  HORIZON- 

TAL.   Water  tube  boilers  having  looped  water  tubes  extend- 
ing over  the  firebox,  the  axes  of  the  loops  being  substantially 
horizontal. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  316,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Over  firebox,  Horizontal,  for  similar  boilers  whose 
tubes  are  of  the  spur  type. 

280.  WATER-TUBE,  LOOP,    OVER    FIREBOX,  REAR  OF 

BRIDGE   WALL,   BRIDGE   WALL   HEADER.    Water 
tube  boilers  having  one  or  more  headers  vertically  posited  at 
the  bridge  wall,  provided  with  looped  tubes  extending  over 
and  in  rear  of  the  firebox  or  only  in  the  rear  thereof. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  306,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Bridge  wall  header,  for  similarly  constructed 
water  tube  boilers  provided  with  spur  tubes. 

281.  WATER-TUBE,     LOOP,     OyER     FIREBOX,    STAND 

PIPE .    Water  tube  boilers  having  a  stand  pipe  provided  with 
looped  tubes  over  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  132,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Radial  loop,  for  vertical  fire  tube 
boilers  provided  with  looped  water  tubes;  185,  Flue,  Vertical, 
Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Loop,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  having 
a  looped  tube  stand  pipe;  244,  Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Cen- 
tral stand  pipe,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  308,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Central  stand  pipe,  Fluid  fuel,  and  309,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Central  stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox,  for  spur  tube 
boilers  naving  a  stand  pipe,  with  tubes  over  the  firebox. 

282.  WATER-TUBE,  LOOP,  OVER  FIREBOX,  VERTICAL. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  looped  tubes  over  the  firebox,  the 
axis  and  plane  of  the  loops  being  substantially  vertical. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  318,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Vertical;  359,  Water  tube,  Zigzag,  Over  firebox. 

283.  WATER-TUBE,  LOOP,  OVER  FIREBOX,  VERTICAL, 

FLUID     FUEL.    Water  tube  boilers  having  loops  located 
over  a  fluid  fuel  burner  or  firebox,  the  axis  of  the  loops  being 
substantially  vertical. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  319,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  for  similar  boilers  having  spur 
tubes;  356,  Water  tube,  Zigzag,  Fluid  fuel. 

284.  WATER-TUBE,  OVER  BRIDGE-WALL,  HEADERS  AT 

RIGJIT  ANGLES.    Water  tube  boilers  having  water  tubes 
extending  over  the  bridge  wall  and  in  communication  with 
headers  at  each  end,  which  are  substantially  at  right  angles 
.    to  each  other. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  288,  Water 
tube,  Over  firebox,  Headers  at  right  angles. 

285.  WATER-TUBE,  OVER  BRIDGE-WALL,  TRANSVERSE 

WATER-BAFFLE.    Water  tube  boilers  having   banks  of 
water  tubes  substantially  parallel  extending  over  the  bridge 
wall  and  having  a  transverse  water  baffle  for  the  products 
of  combustion. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  280,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Rear  of  bridge  wall,  Bridge  wall 
header,  and  300,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Bridge  wall  header,  for 
analogous  art;  293,  Water  tube,  Rearwardly  declined,  Over 
bridge  wall,  Front  and  rear  header,  Horizontal  longitudinal 
drum,  Longitudinal  water  baffle,  for  water  tube  boilers  with 
longitudinal  water  baffles  between  the  tubes. 

286.  WATER-TUBE,      OVER      BRIDGE-WALL,     WATER- 

GRATE,  DOWNDRAFT.  Water  tube  boilers  having  water 
tubes  extending  over  the  bridge  wall  and  provided  with  a 
downdraft  water  grate. 

287.  WATER-TUBE,     OVER     BRIDGE     WALL,    WATER- 

GRATE,  INTERMEDIATE  DRAFT.  Water  tube  boilers 
having  water  tubes  extending  over  the  bridge  wall  and  a 
plurality  of  fireboxes,  the  products  of  combustion  from  one 
firebox  meeting  those  from  the  other  firebox  and  the  fuel  grate 
of  at  least  one  firebox  being  of  the  water  grate  type. 

Note.— The  firebox  with  the  water  grate  is  generally  located  above 
the  other  firebox  and  the  draft  is  down  through  the  water 
grate. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  07,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  grate,  Inter- 
mediate draft,  and  204,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube, 
Water  grate,  Intermediate  draft,  for  other  types  of  boilers 
having  intermediate  draft  water  grates. 

288.  WATER-TUBE,     OVER     FIREBOX,      HEADERS     AT 

RIGHT   ANGLES.    Water  tube  boilers  having  water  tubes 
located  over  the  firebox  and  communicating  with  headers  at 
each  end  at  right  angles  with  each  other. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  284,  Water 
tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  Headers  at  right  angles,  for  similar  art. 

289.  WATER-TUBE,    OVER    FIREBOX,    WATER-GRATE, 

UPDRAFT.  Water  tube  boilers  having  water  tubes  over 
the  firebox  and  with  an  updraft  water  grate. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

290.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL,     FRONT     AND     REAR     HEADER. 
Water  tube  boilers  having  banks  of  water  tubes  rearwardly 
declined  over  the  bridge  wall  and  being  in  communication 
with  a  front  header  or  dram  and  a  rear  header  or  drum. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  297,  Water 
tube,  Rearwardly  declined,  Over  bridge  wall,  Front  and  rear 
header,  Transverse  drum,  for  analogous  structure;  265,  Water 
tube,  Inclined;  331,  Water  tube,  Transverse  horizontal  drum, 
and  474,  Steam  treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Over  bridge 
wall,  Superheater. 

291.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER, 
HORIZONTAL  LONGITUDINAL  DRUM.  Water  tube 
boilers  having  banks  of  substantially  parallel  water  tubes  rear- 
wardly declined  over  the  bridge  wall  and  in  communication 
with  front  and  rear  headers,  which  in  turn  are  either  in  direct 
or  indirect  communication  with  one  or  more  horizontally  and 
longitudinally  posited  elevated  drums. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  104,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Rearwardly  declined,  Over 
bridge  wall;  2C8,  Water  tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  Inclined:  295, 
"\totcr  tube,  Rearwardly  declined,  Over  bridge  wall,  Front 
ana  rear  header,  Internal  water  tube;  472,  Steam  treatment, 
Water  tube  boiler,  Declined  over  bridge  wall,  Front  and  rear 
header,  Longitudinal  drum,  Superheater,  and  473,  Steam 
treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Longitudinal  drum,  Super- 
heater, and  110,  FURNACES,  subclass  98,  Furnace  structure, 
Baffles  and  heat  retainers,  Water  tube  boilers,  for  allied  art. 

292.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER, 
HORIZONTAL  LONGITUDINAL  DRUM,  FIREBOX 
TUBE.  Types  of  boilers  defined  in  subclass  291  above  and 
having  heating  tubes  extending  over,  through,  or  around  the 
firebox,  forming  distinct  circulation  and  heating  conduits  from 
the  main  banks  of  tubes. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  407,  Circula- 
tion, Injector. 

293.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL.  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER, 
HORIZONTAL  LONGITUDINAL  DRUM,  LONGITU- 
DINAL WATER-BAFFLE.  Types  of  boilers  defined  in 
subclass  291  above  and  having  water  baffles  extending  longi- 
tudinally of  the  water  tubes. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  285,  Water 
tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  Transverse  water  baffle. 

294.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER, 
HORIZONTAL  LONGITUDINAL  DRUM,  WATER- 
WALL.  Boilers,  such  as  those  defined  in  subclass  291  above, 
provided  with  water  walls  on  two  or  more  sides  of  the  com- 
bustion chamber,  consisting  of  metal  sheets  spaced  apart  or 
formed  of  water  tubes.  There  may  or  may  not  be  cross  water 
tubes  extending  through  the  combustion  chamber. 

295.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL.  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER,  IN- 
TERNAL WATER-TUBE.  Water  tube  boilers  provided 
with  banks  of  water  tubes  rearwardly  declined  over  the  bridge 
wall  and  connected  to  front  and  rear  headers,  the  tubes  having 
within  them  and  spaced  therefrom  smaller  tubes  communi- 
cating with  separate  compartments  of  the  headers,  and  such 
tubes  not  being  of  the  spur  tube  or  "  Field  "  tube  type.  These 
headers  may  _be  in  communication  with  longitudinally  or 
transversely  disposed  drums. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  305,  Water 
tube.  Spur,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  with  the  exception 
of  subclass  317,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Straddle;  474,  Steam  treat- 
ment, Water  tube  boiler,  Over  bridge  wall,  Superheater. 

296.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER, 
LONGITUDINAL  DECLINED  DRUM.  Water  tube 
boilers  having  banks  of  substantially  parallel  water  tubes 
rearwardly  declined  over  the  bridge  wall  and  in  communica- 
tion with  front  and  rear  headers,  which  in  turn  are  in  either 
direct  or  indirect  communication  with  one  or  more  drums 
substantially  parallel  with  the  tubes  and  rearwardly  declined 
longitudinally  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  471,  Steam 
treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Declined  over  bridge  wall,  Front 
and  rear  header,  Declined  drum,  Superheater. 

297.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER, 
TRANSVERSE  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having  banks 
of  substantially  parallel  water  tubes  rearwardly  declined  over 
the  bridge  wall  and  in  communication  with  front  and  rear 
headers,  which  are  in  turn  in  communication,  either  directly 
or  indirectly,  with  one  or  more  transverse  drums. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  277,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  bridge  wall;  331,  Water  tube.  Transverse 
horizontal  drum,  and  478,  Steam  treatment,  Water  tube 
boiler,  Transverse  drum,  Superheater. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


265 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

298  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    DECLINED,   OVER 

FIREBOX,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER,  HORIZON- 
TAL LONGITUDINAL  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having 
banks  of  water  tubes  delcined  rearwardly  over  the  firebox, 
in  communication  with  front  and  rear  headers,  which  are  in 
turn  in  communication,  directly  or  indirectly,  with  one  or 
more  horizontally  and  longitudinally  posited  drums  above  the 
tubes. 

299  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY   DECLINED,   OVER 

FIREBOX,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER,  TRANS- 
VERSE DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having  banks  of  water 
tubes  substantially  parallel,  rearwardly  declined  over  the 
firebox,  and  in  communication  with  front  and  rear  headers, 
which  are  in  turn  either  directly  or  indirectly  in  communica- 
tion with  one  or  more  transversely  posited  drums. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  265,  Water 
tube,  Inclined. 

300.  WATER-TUBE,  REARWARDLY  DECLINED,  OVER 
FIREBOX,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER,  TUBES 
BEYOND  SIDE  WALL.  Water  tube  boilers  consisting  of 
banks  of  water  tubes  rearwardly  declined  over  the  firebox  and 
in  communication  with  front  and  rear  headers,  which  may 
also  be  in  communication  with  some  form  of  drums  above  the 
tubes,  and  also  having  banks  of  tubes  beyond  side  walls  of  the 
main  combustion  chamber. 

301  WATER-TUBE,  REARWARDLY  DECLINED,  PLURAL 
UPPER  TRANSVERSE  DRUM,  PLURAL  LOWER 
TRANSVERSE  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  consisting  of 
rearwardly  declined  banks  of  water  tubes,  in  communication 
with  a  plurality  of  horizontally  and  transversely  disposed 
drums,  both  at  the  top  and  at  the  bottom  of  the  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  352,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Plural  upper  transverse  drum,  Plural  lower 
transverse  drum,  Offset  firebox,  for  analogous  structures; 
478,  Steam  treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Transverse  drum, 
Superheater. 

302.  WATER-TUBE,  REARWARDLY  DECLINED,  PLURAL 

UPPER  TRANSVERSE  DRUM,  SINGLE  LOWER 
TRANSVERSE  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  consisting  of 
banks  of  tubes  rearwardly  declined  and  communicating  with 
a  plurality  of  upper  transverse  horizontal  drums  at  the  top 
and  with 'a  single  transverse  horizontal  drum  at  the  bottom, 
or  the  tubes  may  be  in  communication  with  a  header  at  the 
bottom,  which  is  in  turn  in  communication  with  the  lower 
drum. 

303.  WATER-TUBE,    REARWARDLY    INCLINED,    OVER 

FIREBOX,  FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER,  TRANS- 
VERSE DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having  banks  of  sub- 
stantially parallel  water  tubes  rearwardly  inclined  over  the 
firebox  and  in  communication  with  front  and  rear  headers, 
which  are  in  turn  in  either  direct  or  indirect  communication 
with  one  or  more  transversely  posited  drums. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  265,  Water 
tube,  Inclined. 

304.  WATER-TUBE,  SEPARATE  BANKS,  OPPOSITE  FIRE- 

BOXES.   Water  tube  boilers  provided  with  separate  banks 
of  water  tubes  over  separate  fireboxes  disposed  on  opposite 
sides  of  the  unitary  boiler  structure. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  240,  Water 
tube,  Plural  firebox,  for  water  tube  boilers  with  a  plurality  of 
fireboxes  that  do  not  come  within  the  definition  of  this 
subclass. 

305.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR.    Water  tube  boilers  not  otherwise 

classifiable  having  spur  tubes  projecting  from  a  drum  or 
equivalent,  communicating  therewith  at  one  end  and  having 
the  other  end  closed. 

Note. — The  following  is  a  list  of  subclasses  disclosing  boilers  hav- 
ing spur  tubes  which  form  some  substantial  part  of  the  heating 
surface: 

Fire-tube— 
Vertical — 

Water  tube-  311. 

133.  Spur.  312. 

Flue- 
Horizontal—  313. 

Internal  water  tube — 

143.  Spur,  314. 

Vertical—  315. 

Internal  water  tube —     316. 

173.  Horizontal  spur,          318. 

Vertical  aligned  fire     319. 

tube—  320. 

180.  Spur  water  tube, 

181.  Vertical  spur, 

Stand  pipe —  342. 

Water  tube — 
186.  Spur. 

Water-tube— 

305.  Spur — 

306.  Bridge  wall  header, 

307.  Central  stand  pipe— 

308.  Fluid  fuel,  462. 

309.  Annular  firebox, 

310.  Central  magazine, 


Water-tube— 

Spur — 
Cross, 

Horizontal  longitudi- 
nal drum, 
Over  bridge  wall, 
Over  firebox — 
Central  header, 
Declined, 
Horizontal, 
Vertical — 
Fluid  fuel, 
Central  magazine, 
Vertical — 

Annular  lower  drum — 
Spur -tube      upper 

drum. 

Steam  treatment — 
Fire  tube  boiler — 
Horizontal — 
Superheater — 
In  fire  tube — 
From      smoke- 
box. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  275,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  water  tube 
boilers  of  similar  types  having  looped  tubes. 

306.  WATER-TUBE,     SPUR,     BRIDGE-WALL     HEADER. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  a  vertical  header  located  at  the 
bridge  wall,  provided  with  spur  tubes  extending  over  the  fire- 
box and  in  rear  thereof  or  extending  in  the  rear  of  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  280,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Rear  of  bridge  wall.  Bridge  wall 
header,  for  boilers  of  similar  structure  provided  with  looped 
tubes. 

307.  WATER-TUBE, SPUR, CENTRAL  STAND-PIPE.     Water 

tube  boilers  having  a  stand  pipe  provided  with  radial  spur 
tubes. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  133,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Spur,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers 
provided  with  radial  spur  tubes;  143,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Inter- 
nal water  tube,  Spur,  for  horizontal  flue  boilers  provided  with 
spur  water  tubes  internally;  173,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal 
water  tube,  Horizontal  spur,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  provided 
with  internal  horizontal  spur  tubes;  180,  Flue,  Vertical,  Inter- 
nal water  tube,  Vertical  aligned  fire  tube,  Spur  water  tube, 
for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  vertically  aligned  fire  tubes  and 
having  spur  water  tubes;  181,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube.  Vertical  spur,  for  vertical  flue  boilers  with  vertical  spurs; 
244,  Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  stand  pipes  provided  with  coiled  or 
looped  tubes;  281,  Water  tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Stand 
pipe,  for  stand  pipe  boilers  of  the  water  tube  type  provided 
with  radial  looped  tubes  over  the  firebox;  342,  Water  tube, 
Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Spur  tube  upper  drum,  for 
spur  tube  drums;  47"),  Steam  treatment,  Water  tube  boiler, 
Stand  pipe,  Spur  tube,  Superheater,  for  this  type  of  boiler 
with  a  superheater. 

308.  WATER-TUBE, SPUR, CENTRAL  STAND-PIPE,  FLUID 

FUEL.    Water  tube  boilers  having  a  central  stand  pipe  pro- 
vided with  spur  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  245,  Water 
tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  Fluid  fuel,  for  water 
tube  boilers  having  a  central  stand  pipe  provided  with  coiled 
or  looped  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  281,  Water  tube, 
Loop,  Over  firebox,  Stand  pipe,  for  water  tube  boilers  having 
stand  pipes  provided  with  looped  tubes;  322,  Water  tube, 
Stand  pipe,  Fluid  fuel,  for  miscellaneous  water  tube  boilers 
provided  with  stand  pipes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

309.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR,  CENTRAL  STAND-PIPE,  AN- 

NULAR FIREBOX.    Water  tube  boilers  having  a  central 
stand  pipe  provided  with  spur  tubes  and  extending  below 
the  fire  grate,  forming  an  annular  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  186,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Spur,  for  vertical  flue  boil- 
ers with  a  spur  tube  stand  pipe  and  an  annular  firebox;  246, 
Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox, 
for  boilers  of  the  water  tube  type  provided  with  a  central 
stand  pipe  having  coils  or  loops  and  an  annular  firebox;  323, 
Water  tube,  Stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox,  for  miscellaneous 
water  tube  boilers  with  a  central  stand  pipe  and  an  annular 
firebox. 

310.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR,  CENTRAL  STAND-PIPE,  CEN- 

TRAL MAGAZINE.    Water  tube  boilers  having  a  central 
stand  pipe  provided  with  spur  tubes  and  having  a  fuel  maga- 
zine within  the  stand  pipe. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  168,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical 
flue  boilers  with  central  magazines  with  internal  water  tubes. 

311.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR,  CROSS.    Water  tube  boilers  hav- 

ing spur  tubes  crossing  each  other  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  278,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Cross,  for  cross  looped  tubes. 

312.  WATER-TUBE,    SPUR,    HORIZONTAL   LONGITUDI- 

NAL   DRUM.    Boilers   having   a   horizontal   longitudinal 
drum  provided  with  spur  water  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  195,  Horizon- 
tal cylinder,  Water  tube;  273,  Water  tube,  Longitudinal  upper 
drum,  and  274,  Water  tube,  Longitudinal  upper  drum,  Fluid 
fuel;  317,  Water  tul>e,  Spur,  Straddle,  for  drums  provided 
with  spur  tubes  that  straddle  the  combustion  chamber. 

313.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR,  OVER  BRIDGE-WALL.    Water 

tube  boilers  having  spur  water  tubes  extending  over  the 
bridge  wall. 

314.  WATER-TUBE,    SPUR,   OVER    FIREBOX,  CENTRAL 

HEADER.  Water  tube  boilers  having  a  vertical  header  pro- 
vided with  spur  water  tubes  on  both  sides,  located  over  the 
firebox. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  319,  Water 
tube,  Spur,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  for  analogous  art. 


266 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

315.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR,  OVER  FIREBOX,  DECLINED. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  spur  tubes  declined  over  the  firebox . 

316.  WATER-TUBE,   SPUR,  OVER    FIREBOX,  HORIZON- 

TAL.   Water  tube  boilers  having  spur  water  tubes  horizon- 
tally disposed  over  the  firebox. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  279,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Horizontal,  for  horizontal  loop  tubes 
over  the  firebox. 

317.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR,  STRADDLE.    Water  tube  boilers 

having  spur  water  tubes  straddling  the  combustion  chamber. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  99,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Straddle;  270, 
Water  tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  Straddle,  for  spur  tubes  having 
internal  fire  tubes  straddling  the  combustion  chamber;  324, 
Water  tube,  Straddle,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  other 
types  of  water  tube  boilers  of  the  straddle  type. 

318.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR,  VERTICAL.    AVater  tube  boilers 

having  vertical  spur  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  133,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Spur,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers 
with  vertical  spur  tubes;  181,  Flue,  Vertical,  Internal  water 
tube,  Vertical  spur;  282,  Water  tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox, 
Vertical;  271,  Water  tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  Vertical,  and 
348,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Internal  fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel. 

319.  WATER-TUBE,     SPUR,    VERTICAL,     FLUID     FUEL 

Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  spur  water  tubes  heated 
by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  179,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Vertical  aligned  fire  tube.  Fluid 
fuel;  283,  Water  tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel; 
333,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel,  and  348,  Water  tube, 
Vertical,  Internal  fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  for  other  types  of 
vertical  water  tube  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

320.  WATER-TUBE,  SPUR.  VERTICAL,  CENTRAL  MAGA- 

ZINE.   Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  spur  tubes  and  a 
centrally  disposed  fuel  magazine. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  168,  Flue, 
Vertical, Internal  water  tube,  Central  magazine,  for  vertical  flue 
boilers  with  internal  spur  tubes;  339,  Water  tube,  Vertical, 
Annular  lower  drum,  Annular  upper  drum,  Central  magazine, 
and  344,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Upper 
drum,  Central  magazine,  for  other  types  of  water  tube  boilers 
with  vertical  tubes  and  a  central  magazine. 

321.  WATER-TUBE,  STAND-PIPE.    Water  tube  boilers  hav- 

ing a  vertical  pipe  relatively  large  in  cross  section  and  provided 
with  some  form  of  water  tubes  and  not  otherwise  provided  for. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  13,  Stand 
boiler,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  range  or  kitchen 
boilers,  called  in  the  art  "stand  boilers,"  which  are  provided 
with  a  heater;  132,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Radial 
loop;  133,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Water  tube,  Spur;  184,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Annular  firebox;  185,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Loop;  186,  Flue,  Vertical, 
Stand  pipe,  Water  tube,  Spur;  215,  Sectional,  Horizontal 
sections,  Superimposed,  Central  connection,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  218,  Sectional,  Horizontal  sections,  Superim- 
pos: ],  Water  firebox,  for  sectional  stand  pipe  boilers;  244, 
Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder;  281,  Water  tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox, 
Stand  pipe;  307,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Central  stand  pipe,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  subclass  475,  Steam  treatment, 
Water  tube  boiler,  Stand  pipe,  Spur  tube,  Superheater,  for 
stand  pipes  provided  with  spur  water  tubes;  322,  Water  tube, 
Stand  pipe,  Fluid  fuel,  for  miscellaneous  stand  pipe  water 
tube  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  323,  Water  tube,  Stand  pipe, 
Annular  firebox,  for  miscellaneous  stand  pipe  water  tube 
boilers  with  an  annular  firebox. 

322.  WATER-TUBE,    STAND-PIPE,  FLUID    FUEL.    Miscel- 

laneous water  tube  boilers  with  a  stand  pipe  of  different  forms 
or  provided  with  some  form  of  water  tubes  and  heated  by 
fluid  fuel  not  otherwise  provided  for. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  216,  Sec- 
tional, Horizontal  sections,  Superimposed,  Central  connec- 
tion. Fluid  fuel,  for  sectional  stand  pipe  boilers  heated  by 
fluid  fuel;  245,  Water  tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe, 
Fluid  fuel,  for  coiled  or  looped  tube  boilers  with  a  stand  pipe 
and  heated  by  fluid  fuel;  308,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Central  stand 
pipe,  Fluid  fuel,  for  stand  pipes  provided  with  spur  water 
tubes  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

323.  WATER-TUBE,  STAND-PIPE,  ANNULAR   FIREBOX. 

Miscellaneous  water  tube  boilers  not  otherwise  provided  for 
having  a  stand  pipe  provided  with  some  form  of  water  tubes, 
the  stand  pipe  extending  downwardly  below  the  fire  grate, 
forming  an  annular  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  184,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Stand  pipe,  Water  tube.  Annular  firebox;  246,  Water 
tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox;  309, 
Water  tube,  Spur,  Central  stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox,  and  475, 
Steam  treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Stand  pipe,  Spur  tube, 
Superheater,  for  stand  pipes  provided  with  spur  tubes  having 
an  annular  firebox. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

324.  WATER-TUBE,  STRADDLE.    Water  tube  boilers  having 

water  tubes  that  straddle  the  combustion  chamber. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  99,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Straddle;  270,  Water 
tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  Straddle,  and  317,  Water  tube,  Spur, 
Straddle,  for  other  types  of  straddle  water  tube  boilers. 

325.  WATER-TUBE,  STRADDLE,  PLURAL  UPPER  DRUM, 

PLURAL  LOWER  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having 
water  tubes  straddling  the  combustion  chamber,  the  tubes 
being  either  in  communication  with  headers  at  top  and  bot- 
tom, which  are  in  turn  in  communication  with  separate  upper 
and  lower  drums,  or  in  communication  directly  with  separate 
upper  and  lower  drums. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  240,  Water 
tube,  Plural  firebox;  351,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Plural  upper 
longitudinal  drum,  Plural  lower  longitudinal  drum. 

326.  WATER-TUBE,  STRADDLE,  PLURAL  UPPER  DRUM, 

PLURAL  LOWER  DRUM,  CROSS.     Boilers  of  the  type 
defined  in  subclass  325  above,  but  having  the  tubes  crossed 
over  the  combustion  chamber. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  329,  Water 
tube,  Straddle,  Single  upper  dram,  Plural  lower  drum,  Cross. 

327.  WATER-TUBE,  STRADDLE,  SINGLE  UPPER  DRUM, 

PLURAL  LOWER  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having 
water  tubes  straddling  the  combustion  chamber  and  either  in 
direct  communication  with  a  single  upper  drum  and  with  a 
plurality  of  lower  drums  or  in  direct  communication  with 
headers,  which  are  in  turn  in  communication  with  the  drums. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  99,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Straddle;  329, 
Water  tube,  Straddle,  Single  upper  drum,  Plural  lower  drum, 
Cross,  for  boilers  of  this  type  having  the  tubes  crossing  each 
other. 

328.  WATER-TUBE,  STRADDLE,  SINGLE  UPPER  DRUM, 

PLURAL  LOWER  DRUM,  FLUID  FUEL.  Types  of 
boilers  defined  in  subclass  327  above  and  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 

329.  WATER-TUBE,  STRADDLE,  SINGLE  UPPER  DRUM, 

PLURAL  LOWER  DRUM,  CROSS.  Water  tube  boilers 
having  tubes  that  cross  each  other  and  straddle  the  combustion 
chamber,  communicating  either  directly  with  a  single  upper 
drum  and  a  plurality  of  lower  drums  or  communicating 
directly  with  headers,  which  in  turn  communicate  with  the 
drums. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  326,  Water 
tube.  Straddle,  Plural  upper  drum,  Plural  lower  drum.  Cross; 
327,  Water  tube,  Straddle,  Single  upper  dram,  Plural  lower 
drum,  and  328,  Water  tube.  Straddle,  Single  upper  drum, 
Plural  lower  drum,  Fluid  fuel,  for  this  type  of  boiler  without 
the  cross  tubes;  330,  Water  tube,  Straddle,  Single  upper  drum, 
Plural  lower  drum,  Plural  firebox,  for  this  type  of  boiler  with 
plural  fireboxes. 

330.  WATER-TUBE,  STRADDLE,  SINGLE  UPPER  DRUM, 

PLURAL  LOWER  DRUM,  PLURAL  FIREBOX.  Water 
tube  boilers  having  two  or  more  fireboxes  and  water  tubes  that 
straddle  the  fireboxes,  either  in  direct  communication  with  a 
single  upper  dram  and  a  plurality  of  lower  drams  or  directly 
in  communication  with  headers,  that  are  in  turn  in  communi- 
cation with  the  drums. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  240,  Water 
tube,  Plural  firebox. 

331.  WATER-TUBE,  TRANSVERSE  HORIZONTAL  DRUM. 

Water-tube  boilers  having  one  or  more  transverse  horizontal 
drums  provided  with  water  tubes  that  are  not  otherwise  pro- 
vided for. 

Note. — The  following  subclasses  include  water  tube  boilers  with 
transverse  horizontal  drums: 


Water-  tube- 

Water-tube  — 

Cross  — 

Rearwardly  declined  — 

Over  firebox  — 

Plural    upper    trans- 

Longitudinal — 

verse  drum  — 

Header  — 

302.            Single  lower  trans- 

255. 

Drum, 

verse  drum, 

Transverse  — 

Rearwardly  inclined  — 

Header  — 

Over  firebox- 

257. 

Drum, 

Front      and      rear 

Loop- 

header— 

277. 

Over  bridge-wall, 

303.                 Transverse  drum. 

Rearwardly     d  e  - 

332.      Vertical— 

clined— 
Over  bridge  wall  — 

Beyond  bridge  wall  — 
346.             Gas  return, 

290. 

Front      and      rear 

Plural    upper    trans- 

header — 

verse  dram  — 

297. 

Transverse  dram, 

Plural  lower  trans- 

Over firebox- 

verse  drum  — 

Front      and      rear 

352.                 Offset  firebox, 

header  — 

Zigzag- 

299. 

Transverse  drum, 

Over  bridge-wall  — 

Plural    upper    trans- 

358.           Transverse  drum. 

verse  arum- 

301. 

Plural  lower  trans- 

verse drum, 

DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


267 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

332.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL.    Water-tube  boilers  having 

vertical  tubes  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  103,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  tube,  Rear  of  fire  tube,  171,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Contracted  inlet;  198,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  tube,  Lateral  vertical,  and  199,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  tube,  Lateral  vertical.  Firebox;  247, 
Water  tube,  Coil,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  266.  Water 
tube.  Internal  fire  tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  275, 
Water  tube,  Loop,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  281,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Stand  pipe,  for  vertical  columns 
provided  with  looped  tubes  extending  over  the  firebox;  282, 
Watertube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Vertical,and  318,  Water  tube, 
Spur,  Vertical;  305,  Watertube,  Spur,andthesubclasses there- 
under, for  spur  tube  boilers;  355,  Water  tube,  Zigzag,  and  359, 
Water  tube,  Zigzag,  Over  firebox,  for  vertical  columns  sur- 
rounding the  combustion  chamber,  with  zigzag  water  tubes 
communicating  with  the  columns. 

333.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL  FLUID  FUEL.    Water  tube 

boilers  with  vertical  tubes  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  167,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Fluid  fuel,  and  174,  Flue,  Verti- 
cal, Internal  water  tube,  Internal  fire  tube;  250,  Water  tube, 
Coil,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel;  283,  Watertube,  Loop,  Over  firebox. 
Vertical,  Fluid  fuel;  319,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Vertical,  Fluid 
fuel;  348,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Internal  fire  tube,  Fluid  fuel. 

334.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  SIDE  MAGAZINE.    Water 

tube  boilers  having  vertical  water  tubes  and  a  fuel  magazine 
at  the  side  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  339,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Annular  upper  drum, 
Central  magazine,  and  344,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Annular 
lower  drum,  Upper  drum,  Central  magazine,  for  other  types  of 
fuel  magazines  with  vertical  water  tube  boilers;  373,  Water 
grate,  Cage,  for  analogous  art. 

335.  WATER-TUBE,    VERTICAL,    ANNULAR    FIREBOX. 
Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  water,  tubes  and  an  annular 

or  surrounding  firebox. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  246,  Water 
tube,  Coil  or  loop,  Central  stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox,  for 
coiled  or  looped  water  tubes  around  a  stand  pipe  having  an 
annular  firebox;  309,  Water  tube,  Spur,  Central  stand  pipe, 
Annular  firebox. 

336.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  OFFSET  FIREBOX.  Water 

tube  boilers  having  vertical  water  tubes  and  an  offset  firebox 
exterior  of  the  main  boiler  structure. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  175,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Offset  water  firebox,  for  other 
types;  209,  Sectional,  for  sectional  boilers  with  offset  fireboxes; 
213,  Sectional,  Plural  firebox,  for  sectional  boilers  with  plural 
fireboxes,  one  of  which  mav  be  offset;  221,  Sectional,  Vertical 
sections,  Annularly  posited;  subclass  238,  Water  tube,  Offset 
firebox;  352,  Wate'r  tube,  Vertical,  Plural  upper  transverse 
drum,  Plural  lower  transverse  drum,  Offset  firebox. 

337.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  OFFSET  FIREBOX,  ELE- 

VATED.   Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  water  tubes 
and  an  offset  firebox  at  the  top  of  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  175,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Offset  water  firebox,  for  other 
types;  209,  Sectional,  for  sectional  boilers  with  offset  fireboxes; 
213,  Sectional,  Plural  firebox,  for  sectional  boilers  with  plural 
fireboxes,  one  of  which  may  be  offset;  221,  Sectional,  Vertical 
sections,  Annularly  posited;  238,  Water  tube,  Offset  firebox; 
352,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Plural  upper  transverse  drum, 
Plural  lower  transverse  drum,  Offset  firebox. 

338.  WATER-TUBE,      VERTICAL,      ANNULAR      LOWER 

DRUM,  ANNULAR  UPPER  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers 
having  substantially  vertical  water  tubes  communicating  with 
the  upper  and  the  lower  drums,  which  are  of  ring  or  equivalent 
form. 

339.  WATER-TUBE,   VERTICAL,   ANNULAR   LOWER 

DRUM,  ANNULAR  UPPER  DRUM,  CENTRAL  MAG- 
AZINE.   Boilers  of  the  type  defined  in  subclass  338  above 
and  having  a  centrally  disposed  fuel  magazine. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  251,  Water 
tube,  Coil,  Vertical,  Central  magazine;  320,  Water  tube,  Spur, 
Vertical,  Central  magazine;  344,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Annu- 
lar lower  drum,  Upper  drum,  Central  magazine,  for  boilers  of 
a  similar  type  having  a  central  magazine,  but  whose  upper 
drum  is  not  annular  in  form. 

340.  WATER-TUBE,      VERTICAL,      ANNULAR      LOWER 

DRUM,  ANNULAR  UPPER  DRUM,  TUBES  OVER 
FIREBOX.  Boilers  of  the  type  defined  in  subclass  338  above, 
having  water  tubes  within  the  space  inclosed  by  the  vertical 
tubes  over  the  firebox. 

341.  WATER-TUBE,      VERTICAL,      ANNULAR      LOWER 

DRUM,  FIRE-TUBE  UPPER  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers 
having  vertical  water  tubes  communicating  with  an  annular 
lower  drum  and  communicating  with  an  upper  drum  provided 
with  fire  tubes. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  342,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Spur  tube  upper  drum, 
and  343,  Water  tube.  Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Upper 
drum,  for  boilers  of  similar  structure,  but  whose  upper  drum 
is  not  provided  with  fire  tubes. 

342.  WATER-TUBE,      VERTICAL,      ANNULAR      LOWER 

DRUM,  SPUR-TUBE  UPPER  DRUM.  Water  tube  boil- 
ers having  vertical  water  tubes  communicating  with  an  annu- 
lar lower  drum  and  an  upper  drum  provided  with  spur  water 
tubes. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  341,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Fire  tube  upper  drum, 
and  343,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Upper 
drum,  for  boilers  of  similar  structure  without  the  spur  tubes 
on  the  upper  drum. 

343.  WATER-TUBE,      VERTICAL,      ANNULAR      LOWER 

DRUM,  UPPER  DRUM.  Boilers  having  vertical  water 
tubes  communicating  with  an  annular  lower  drum  and  with 
an  upper  drum  that  are  not  provided  for  elsewhere. 

344.  WATER  -  TUBE,     VERTICAL,     ANNULAR      LOWER 

DRUM,  UPPER  DRUM,  CENTRAL  MAGAZINE.  Types 
of  boilers,  defined  in  subclass  343  above,  having  a  central  maga- 
zine. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  339,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Annular  lower  drum,  Annular  upper  drum, 
Central  magazine. 

345.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  BEYOND  BRIDGE-WALL. 

Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  water  tubes  beyond  the 
bridge  wall  and  with  or  without  vertical  water  tubes  around 
or  over  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  226,  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Transversely  posited,  Casing,  for 
analogous  art  in  sectional  boilers^  347,  Water  tube,  Vertical, 
Beyond  bridge  wall,  Longitudinal  upper  drum,  Longitudinal 
lower  drum,  and  352,  Water  tube,  Vertical,- Plural  upper  trans- 
verse drum.  Plural  lower  transverse  drum,  Offset  firebox. 

346.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  BEYOND  BRIDGE-WALL, 

GAS  RETURN.  Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  water 
tubes  beyond  the  bridge  wall  and  above  the  firebox,  with  any 
type  of  drums  or  headers  communicating  with  the  tubes  and 
so  arranged  that  the  products  of  combustion  pass  over  the 
bridge  wall  and  upwardly  through  a  separate  passage  to  the 
front  of  the  boiler  before  they  are  discharged. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  350,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Over  firebox,  Gas  return,  for  similar  art  where 
there  are  boilers  with  vertical  tubes  wholly  over  the  firebox 
and  having  the  products  of  combustion  pass  out  at  one  end 
of  the  firebox  and  return  through  the  vertical  tubes  above  the 
firebox. 

347.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  BEYOND  BRIDGE-WALL, 

LONGITUDINAL  UPPER  DRUM,  LONGITUDINAL 
LOWER  DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  water 
tubes  in  the  rear  of  the  bridge  wall  and  communicating  with  a 
longitudinal  upper  and  a  longitudinal  lower  drum.  There 
may  or  may  not  be  water  tubes  above  the  firebox,  but  the 
products  of  combustion  do  not  return. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  346,  vv  ater 
tube,  Vertical,  Beyond  bridge  wall,  Gas  return,  for  vertical 
water  tube  boilers  having  horizontal  longitudinal  upper  and 
lower  drums  where  the  products  of  combustion  pass  also  rear- 
wardly  through  the  tubes;  444,  Feed  heaters,  Water  tube 
boiler. 

348  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  INTERNAL  FIRE-TUBE, 
FLUID  FUEL.  Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  water 
tubes  provided  with  internal  fire  tubes  and  heated  by  fluid 
fuel. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  1*4,  Flue, 
Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  for  vertical 
flue  boilers  having  vertical  water  tubes  provided  with  internal 
fire  tubes;  243,  Water  tube,  Capillary,  Fluid  fuel;  271,  Water 
tube,  Internal  fire  tube,  Vertical,  for  vertical  water  tube  boil- 
ers provided  with  internal  fire  tubes  and  heated  by  solid  fuel. 

349.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  OVER  FIREBOX.    Water- 
tube  boilers  having  vertical  water  tubes  communicating  with 
drums  or  headers  and  being  located  over  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  282,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  Over  firebox,  Vertical;  318,  Water  tube,  Spur, 
Vertical;  333,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel. 

350    WATER-TUBE,    VERTICAL,    OVER    FIREBOX,    GAS 

RETURN.  Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  water  tubes 
over  the  firebox,  the  products  of  combustion  passing  out  of 
the  firebox  at  the  rear  and  returning  over  the  firebox  be- 
tween the  water  tubes. 

Search  Class—  __ 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  346,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Beyond  bridge  wall,  Gas  return. 


268 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

351.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  PLURAL  UPPER  LONGI- 
TUDINAL DRUM,  PLURAL  LOWER  LONGITUDI- 
NAL DRUM.  Water  tube  boilers  having  vertical  water  tubes 
in  communication  with  a  plurality  of  horizontally  and  longi- 
tudinally posited  upper  and  lower  drums  forming  a  plurality 
of  fireboxes. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  240,  Water 
tube,  Plural  firebox,  for  analogous  art. 

862.  WATER-TUBE,  VERTICAL,  PLURAL  UPPER  TRANS- 
VERSE DRUM,  PLURAL  LOWER  TRANSVERSE 
DRUM,  OFFSET  FIREBOX.  Water  tube  boilers  having 
a  plurality  of  upper  transverse  drums  and  a  plurality  of  lower 
transverse  drums  with  vertical  water  tubes  connecting  the 
upper  and  lower  drums  and  with  a  firebox  offset  from  the  main 
boiler  structure. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  238,  Water 
tube,  Offset  firebox;  301,  Water  tube.  Rearwardly  declined, 
Plural  upper  transverse  drum,  Plural  lower  transverse  drum, 
and  336,  Water  tube,  Vertical,  Offset  firebox,  for  analogous  art. 

353.  WATER-TUBE,  WATER-GRATE.    Water  tube  boilers  with 

water  grates  that  are  not  otherwise  provided  for. 
Note — The  following  is  a  list  of  subclasses  of  water  tube  boilers 
with  water  grates: 

Water-tube — 
Over  bridge  wall — 
Water-grate — 

286.  Downdraft, 

287.  Intermediate  draft, 
Over  firebox — 

Water-grate— 
289.  Updraft, 

Water-grate — 
354.          Downdraft. 

354.  WATER -TUBE,     WATER -GRATE,     DOWNDRAFT. 

Water  tube  boilers,  having  downdraft  water  grates. 

355.  WATER-TUBE,  ZIGZAG.    Water-tube  boilers  having  the 

water  tubes  so  arranged  that  the  water  passes  back  and  forth 
in  a  zigzag  manner  through  the  tubes. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  247,  Water 
tube,  Coil,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  258,  Water  tube, 
Downflow,  for  zigzag  tubes  where  the  water  flows  downwardly 
through  the  tubes;  275,  Water  tube,  Loop,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  looped  tube  boilers  where  the  water  flows 
through  one  tube  and  back  through  another;  305,  Water  tube, 
Spur,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  spur  tube  boilers  pro- 
vided with  an  internal  tube  or  partition,  so  that  the  water  will 
flow  out  and  back  through  the  same  tube. 

356.  WATER-TUBE,  ZIGZAG,  FLUID  FUEL.    Zigzag  water- 

tube  boilers  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  208,  Plate, 
Zigzag  conduit,  Fluid  fuel,  for  plate  boilers  with  zigzag  con- 
duits; 250,  Water  tube,  Coil,  Vertical,  Fluid  fuel. 

357.  WATER-TUBE   ZIGZAG,  OVER  BRIDGE-WALL,  LON- 

GITUDINAL DRUM.    Zigzag  water  tube  boilers  having  a 
longitudinally  posited  drum  above  the  tubes,  which  extend 
in  a  zigzag  manner  over  the  bridge  wall. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  273,  Water 
tube,  Longitudinal  upper  drum,  and  see  the  subclasses  noted 
thereunder,  for  other  types  of  water  tube  boilers  having  a 
longitudinal  drum. 

358.  WATER- TUBE,    ZIGZAG,     OVER      BRIDGE-WALL 

TRANSVERSE  DRUM.    Zigzag  water  tube  boilers  having 
water  tubes  that  extend  over  the  bridge  wall  in  a  zigzag  man- 
ner and  in  communication  with  one  or  more  transversely 
posited  drums. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  331,  Water 
tube,  Transverse  horizontal  drum  (see  the  subclasses  noted 
thereunder,  for  other  types  of  water  tube  boilers  having  trans- 
versely posited  drums). 

359.  WATER -TUBE,    ZIGZAG,    OVER     FIREBOX.    Water 

tube  boilers  of  the  zigzag  type  whose  tubes  are  located  over  the 
firebox. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  249,  Water 
tube,  Coil,  Vertical;  258,  Water  tube,  Down  flow,  for  zigzag 
boilers  having  tubes  over  the  firebox  when  the  flow  of  fluid  is 
yji  a  downward  direction;  356,  Water  tube,  Zigzag,  Fluid  fuel. 

360.  WATER -TUBE,    HEADERS,  CLOSURES    AND    COU- 

PLINGS.   The  structure  of  headers  for  water  tube  boilers; 
also  includes  the  coupling  connection  between  the  headers  and 
water  tubes  and  the  closures  for  the  hand  holes  in  the  headers 
when  the  form  of  the  header  is  involved  in  the  claims. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  511,  Tubes 
and  connections. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  98,  Pipe  couplings,  Pipe 
and  plate,  for  couplings  and  unions  between  a  tube  and  plate 
of  general  application;  and  100,  Mains  and  pipes,  Tubes,  for 
structure  of  boiler  tubes  per  se. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass 
124.  Tank  closures,  for  manholes  and  closures  of  general  appli- 
cation, whether  applied  to  a  boiler  or  boiler  header,  where  the 
structure  of  the  boiler  or  header  is  not  involved. 


CLASS  122-Continued. 

361.  WATER -TUBE,  HEADERS,   CLOSURES    AND    COU- 

PLINGS, CLEANING.    The  structure  of  the  header,  with 
its  connections,  when  formed  for  the  purpose  of  cleaning  the 
header  or  boiler  tubes,  either  inside  or  outside. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  379,  Cleaning, 
and  its  subsidiary  subclasses,  for  the  general  apparatus  for 
cleaning  boilers  of  the  kind  classified  in  class  122. 

362.  WATER -TUBE,   HEADERS,    CLOSURES    AND   COU- 

PLINGS, CONCENTRIC  TUBE.     The  structure  of  the 
header  and   tube  connections  of  specific  application  for  a 
water  tube  boiler  when  two  tubes  concentrically  arranged  are 
coupled  to  a  header. 
Search  Classes— 

62— REFRIGERATION;  127,  SUGAR  AND  SALT,  and  237,  HEAT 
DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS. 

363.  WATER -TUBE,   HEADERS,    CLOSURES    AND    COU- 

PLINGS, DRUM.     The  structure  of  headers  of  the  drum 
type  and  tube  connections  therefor  and  closures  for  the  drum 
hand  holes  when  the  drum  structure  is  involved. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  365,  Water 
tube,  Drums  and  couplings,  for  general  structure  of  drums  for 
water  tube  boilers;  393,  Cleaning,  Mud  drum. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  124, 
Tank  closures,  for  closures  of  general  application. 

364.  WATER -TUBE,    HEADERS,  CLOSURES    AND    COU- 

PLINGS, TUBE  CLOSURES.    Headers  and  tubes  provided 
with  valves  for  closing  the  flow  of  water  through  the  tubes  or 
headers. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  507,  Safety 
devices,  Self-closing  valve,  for  automatically  closed  valves 
classified  in  class  122. 

136— STEAM  ENGINE  VALVES,  subclass  11,  Throttle,  for  auto- 
matically closed  valves  of  general  application  for  closing  a 
conduit  when  it  breaks. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  76,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Stoppers,  for  boiler  tube  closures  of  general  application. 

365.  WATER -TUBE,     DRUMS     AND     COUPLINGS.      The 

structure  of  drums  and  couplings  and  unions  between  the 
drum  and  the  header  or  the  drum  and  the  water  tubes. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  192,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  bridge  wall,  for  drums;  363,  Water 
tube,  Headers,  Closures  and  couplings,  Drum,  for  headers  of 
drum  form;  393,  Cleaning,  Mud  drum,  for  structure  of  mud 
drums  unless  of  general  application;  434,  Feed  heaters,  Loco- 
motive tender,  for  special  combinations  of  drums  and  feed 
water  heaters;  511,  Tubes  and  connections,  and  512,  Tube 
sheets,  for  couplings  of  specific  form  for  boilers. 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  110,  Packing,  Steam  joint,  and 
137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  generally,  for  packing  and  gaskets. 

366.  WICK.    Boilers  provided  with  an  absorbent  wick  within  the 

fluid  chamber  for  raising  water  from  one  part  of  the  chamber 
to  another  to  increase  the  generation  of  vapor. 

3C7.  HEAT  TRANSMITTER.    Boilers  with  some  special  heat 

transmitting  structure  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Note.— Most  of  these  devices  include  tubes  or  boiler  walls  provided 

with  flanges  or  heat  conducting  pins. 
Search  Class— 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  20,  Steam  radia- 
tors, Heat  diffusing  elements,  for  heat  transmitters. 

368.  WATER-FIREBOX.     Boilers     not    otherwise    classifiable 

having  water  fireboxes. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  44,  Fire 
tube  and  Water  firebox  subclasses  thereunder;  135,  Flue, 
and  Water  firebox  subclasses  thereunder;  209,  Sectional 
and  subclasses  of  Water  firebox  thereunder;  2,  Plants,  Gar- 
bage, for  garbage  burning  plants  disclosing  boilers  with  water 
fireboxes;  8,  Industrial,  Water  firebox,  and  9,  Industrial,  Wat- 
firebox,  Water  tube  type,  for  industrial  furnaces  haying 
water  fireboxes;  15,  Stand  boiler,  Solid  fuel,  for  stand  boilers 
haying  water  fireboxes;  135,  Flue,  for  most  of  the  patents  for 
boilers  with  water  fireboxes,  but  claiming  or  disclosing  more 
than  a  water  firebox;  193,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  firebox, 
and  194,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube  type, 
and  the  subclasses  under  Horizontal  cylinder,  Offset  subjacent 
firebox,  for  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  with  water  fireboxes; 
and  the  water  tube  boiler  subclasses  for  special  combinations 
of  water  fireboxes  with  water  tube  boilers,  and  especially  sub- 
classes 241 ,  Water  tube,  Firebox  in  drum,  and  252,  Water  tube, 
Coil,  Vertical,  Water  firebox,  for  water  fireboxes. 

369.  WATER-FIREBOX,  MUD  RING.    The  construction  of  the 

lower  part  of  a  water  firebox  and  mud  ring  or  spacing  member 
forming  the  bottom  of  the  water  walls. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  385,  Clean- 
ing, Blow-off,  Bottom,  Internal  conduit,  Mud  ring. 

370.  WATER-FIREBOX,  PLURAL.    Miscellaneous  water  fire- 

box boilers  having  a  plurality  of  water  fireboxes  not  otherwise 
provided  for. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  under  the  types  of 
boilers  disclosed  for  other  types  of  water  firebox  boilers  hav- 
ing a  plurality  of  water  fireboxes.  The  following  subclasses 
are  the  most  important  ones  having  plural  water  fireboxes: 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


269 


CLASS  122— Continued. 


Fire-tube— 

Sectional— 

Horizontal  — 

213.      Plural  firebox, 

Double  water  firebox  — 

Vertical  sections- 

57. 

Alternate      smoke      re- 

Transverse! vposited 

turn. 

229.            Water  grate. 

Drop  water  firebox  — 

Water-grate— 

Double- 

Plural  firebox  — 

60. 

Alternate    smoke    re- 

Superimposed — 

turn. 

Water  grate  — 

Water  firebox- 

372.               Updraft. 

Plural— 

95. 

Common    combustion 

chamber. 

9ti. 

Superposed. 

371.  WATER-GRATE.    Boilers  having  water  grates  that  do  not 

come  within  the  definitions  of  other  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  2,  Plants, 
Garbage,  for  garbage  boiler  plants  disclosing  boilers  with 
water  grates;  5,  Gas  producer;  321,  Water  tube,  Stand  pipe, 
and  323,  Water  tube,  Stand  pipe,  Annular  firebox;  66,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  coking  chamber; 
67,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  grate, 
Intermediate  draft;  97,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox, 
Water  grate,  Downdraf  t,  and  98,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Wa- 
ter firebox,  Water  grate,  Updraft,  for  horizontal  fire  tube 
boilers,  other  than  those  included  in  subclasses  under  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  tube,  Water  grate,  having  water  grates; 
129,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Water  grate,  Downdraft;  152,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Water  grate  in  flue;  203  to  207  under  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Water  tube,  Water  grate;  229,  Sectional,  Vertical  sec- 
tions, Transversely  posited,  Water  grate,  and  232,  Sectional, 
Water  grate;  286,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  Water  grate, 
Downdraft;  287,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  Water  grate, 
Intermediate  draft;  289,  Water  tube,  Over  firebox,  Water 
grate,  Updraft;  353,  Water  tube,  Water  grate,  and  354,  Water 
tube,  Water  grate,  Downdraft. 

372.  WATER-GRATE.     PLURAL     FIREBOX,      SUPERIM- 

POSED, WATER-GRATE,  UPDRAFT.  Boilers  not  other- 
wise classified  having  superimposed  fireboxes,  with  at  least 
one  of  the  fuel  grates  of  the  water  grate  type. 

Note. — This  type  of  boiler  is  generally  used  for  the  burning  of 
garbage  or  other  waste  material. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  2,  Plants, 
Garbage,  for  garbage  plants  having  water  grate  boilers  of  this 
type;  207,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  Water  grate, 
Updraft,  and  232,  Sectional,  Water  grate;  353,  Water  tube, 
Water  grate,  for  water  tube  boilers  with  superposed  updraft 
water  grates. 

373.  WATER-GRATE,  CAGE.    Boilers  having  a  water  grate  of 

cage-like  or  basket-like  structure. 
Search  Classes — 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  30,  Furnace  structure,  Magazine,  Cage- 
grate. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  132,  Fireplaces,  Water- 
backs. 

374.  WATER-GRATE,  GRATE   STRUCTURE.    The  structure 

of  water  grates  themselves  except  the  cage  grate  type. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  321,  Water 
tube,  Stand  pipe;  373,  Water  grate,  Cage;  375,  Water  grate, 
Grate  structure,  Solid  and  water  bar. 

375.  WATER-GRATE,  GRATE    STRUCTURE,  SOLID  AND 

WATER  BAR.    The  structure  of  grates  having  both  solid 
and  water  bars. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  206,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  tube,  Water  grate,  Solid  and  water 
bar,  for  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  with  this  type  of  grate; 
subclass  374,  Water  grate,  Grate  structure. 

376.  WATER-GRATE,  PROGRESSIVE  FEED.    Boilers  having 

a  water-cooled  progressive  fuel  feeding  grate  having  means  for 
moving  the  fuel  along  the  grate. 

377.  WATER-GRATE,     WATER-FIREBOX,     SOLID      AND 

WATER  BAR, UPDRAFT.    Boilersnot  otherwise  provided 
for  having  a  water  firebox  with  an  updraft  fuel  grate  composed 
of  both  solid  bars  and  water  bars. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  206,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  tube,  Water  grate,  Solid  and  Water 
bar;  213,  Sectional,  Plural  firebox,  and  229,  Sectional,  Vertical 
sections,  Transversely  posited,  Water  grate;  353,  Water  tube, 
Water  grate,  for  water  tube  boilers  with  this  type  of  water 
grate;  375,  Water  grate,  Grate  structure,  Solid  arid  water  bar, 
for  the  grate  structure  of  this  type  of  grate. 

378.  WATER-GRATE,       WATER-FIREBOX,       UPDRAFT. 

Boilers  not  otherwise  provided  for  having  a  water  firebox 
with  an  updraft  water  grate. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  98,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Water  grate,  Updraft;  229  Sec- 
tional, Vertical  sections,  Transversely  posited,  Water  grate, 
and  232,  Sectional,  Water  grate;  289,  Water  tube,  Over  firebox, 
Water  grate,  Updraft,  and  353,  Water  tube,  Water  grate. 


pl 
de 


CLASS  122-Continued. 

379.  CLEANING.    Boilers  provided  with  mechanism  for  cleaning 

the  boiler  or  purifying  the  water  while  the  boiler  is  in  operation 
and  so  united  therewith  that  it  remains  in  position  when  the 
boiler  is  in  operation,  or  the  mechanism  is  of  such  specific 
application  that  it  is  adapted  for  use  with  no  other  art,  and  not 
provided  for  in  other  subclasses  in  this  class. 
Search  Classes— 

122  —  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  91,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Firebox  water  heater,  Trapped 
circuit,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with  water  heating  cir- 
culating tubes  with  a  sediment  trap;  202,  Horizontal  cylinder, 
Water  tube,  Trapped  circuit,  for  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers 
with  water  heating  and  circulating  tubes  provided  with  a 
sediment  trap;  360,  Water  tube,  Headers,  Closures  and  coup- 
lings. for  structure  of  headers  for  water  tube  boilers,  with 
hand  openings  and  closures  therefor,  when  the  structure  of  the 
header  is  modified;  361,  Water  tube,  Headers,  Closures  and 
couplings,  Cleaning,  for  headers  provided  with  special  boiler 
cleaning  devices;  364,  Water  tube.  Headers,  Closures  and 
couplings,  Tube  closures,  for  headers  provided  with  tube 
closures;  429,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  conduit,  Automatic  sedi- 
ment valve,  and  433,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  conduit,  Trap 
outside  boiler,  for  feed  heaters  with  automatically  operated 
valves  for  reversing  the  flow  of  water  through  the  trap  when 
the  blow-oft  is  opened;  431,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  conduit, 
Filter  in  boiler,  for  feed  water  heaters  with  a  filter  inside  the 
boiler. 

62—  REFRIGERATION,  subclass  31,  Heat  transferors  and  conserv- 
ers,  Injected,  for  water  heaters  and  purifiers  by  heat  only,  for 
boiler  purposes. 

83  —  MILLS,  subclass  64,  Steam-boiler  and  flue  scrapers,  for  de- 
tachable steam  boiler  and  flue  scrapers. 

137—  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  70,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Cleaners,  for  similar  scrapers;  97,  Nozzles,  Tube  cleaners,  for 
nozzles  for  using  a  steam,  air,  or  water  jet  for  cleaning  boilers. 

204—  ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclass  25,  Electrolysis,  Purifying 
liquids,  Water,  for  purification  of  water  electrolytically,  either 
inside  or  outside  a  boiler. 

210—  WATER  PURIFICATION,  generally,  for  purifying  water  be- 
fore it  is  fed  to  the  boiler  where  a  filter  or  chemicals  are  em- 
loyed; and  subclasses  19.  Filters,  Chemical  feeders,  for 
evices  for  feeding  chemicals  to  a  boiler  or  to  the  feed  water 
conduit  leading  to  the  boiler;  21,  Steam  heater  and  filter,  for 
heating  water  and  filtering  it  for  boiler  purposes  before  enter- 
ing the  boiler;  22,  Boiler  compounds,  for  boiler  compounds  or 
mixtures  and  chemicals  for  introducing  into  boilers  for  pre- 
venting the  formation  of  scale  or  for  removing  the  scale  from 
the  boiler  when  formed;  23,  Boiler  compound  holders  for 
holders  or  receptacles  for  containing  the  boiler  compounds 
adapted  to  be  supported  within  the  boiler. 

220—  METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  124, 
Tank  closures,  for  boiler  manholes  and  closures. 

230—  AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  38,  Fluid  piston,  Injectors 
and  aspirators,  Tube  cleaners,  for  nozzles  having  an  injector- 
like  action  for  using  steam  or  air  for  cleaning  boiler  tubes. 

380.  CLEANING,  AGITATING  CIRCULATOR.    Boilers  having 

mechanically  operated  agitators  or  circulators  for  the  water  in 
the  boiler  or  scrapers  so  arranged  that  the  sediment  will  be 
carried  to  the  clean-out  end  of  the  boiler  or  mud  drum. 
Search  Class— 

122—  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  411.  Circu- 
lation, Mechanical,  Internal,  for  mechanical  circulating  de- 
vices within  the  boiler. 

381.  CLEANING,  BLOW-OFF,  BOTTOM  AND  SURFACE. 

Boilers  hnving  means  for  blowing  off  the  water  both  at  the 
surface  and  at  the  bottom. 

382.  CLEANING,    BLOW-OFF,    BOTTOM.    Boilers    provided 

with  means  for  blowing  off  the  boiler  at  the  bottom  and  re- 
moving the  sediment. 
Search  Class— 

122—  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  381,  Cleaning, 
Blow-off,  Bottom  and  surface,  for  devices  for  blowing  off  the 
boiler  both  at  the  bottom  and  the  surface  of  the  water. 

383.  CLEANING,  BLOW-OFF,  BOTTOM,  INTERNAL  CON- 

DUIT. Boilers  haying  a  conduit  extending  into  the  boiler 
along  the  bottom,  either  fixed  or  movable,  adapted  to  remove 
the  sediment. 

384.  CLEANING,  BLOW-OFF,  BOTTOM,  INTERNAL  CON- 

DUIT, EJECTOR.  Boilers  having  one  or  more  conduits 
extending  along  the  bottom  of  the  boiler,  provided  with  a 
steam  ejector. 

385.  CLEANING,  BLOW-OFF,  BOTTOM,  INTERNAL  CON- 

DUIT,  MUD   RING.    Boilers  provided  with  an  internal 
conduit  located  within  the  water  firebox  above  the  mud  ring. 
Search  Class— 

122—  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  369,  Water 
firebox,  Mud  ring;  405,  Cleaning,  Washout  nozzle,  for  analo- 
gous art. 

386.  CLEANING,  BLOW-OFF,  BOTTOM,  INTERNAL  CON- 

DUIT, PAN.    Boilers  having  a  sediment  pan  or  receptacle 
at  the  bottom  of  the  boiler  and  provided  with  a  blow-oft  con- 
duit communicating  with  the  pan. 
Search  Class  — 

122  —  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  393,  Clean- 
ing, Mud  drum;  394,  Cleaning,  Pans,  lor  pans  without  blow- 
on*  conduits. 


270 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

387.  CLEANING,  BLOW-OFF,  BOTTOM    INTERNAL  CON- 

DUIT, SCRAPER.    Boilers  having  bottom  blow-off  con- 
duits extending  along  the  bottom  of  the  boiler,  provided  with 
scrapers  for  removing  the  incrustation  cr  sediment. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATEKS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  379,  Clean- 
ing, for  scrapers  attached  to  the  boiler,  but  movable  and  not 
having  a  blow-off  conduit;  384,  Cleaning,  Blow-off,  Bottom, 
Internal  conduit,  Ejector. 

83 — MILLS,  subclass  64,  Steam  boiler  and  flue  scrapers,  for  me- 
chanical boiler  cleaners  that  are  not  attached  to  the  boiler. 

388.  CLEANING,  BLOW-OFF,  BOTTOM,  INTERNAL  CON- 

DUIT, VALVED.  Boilers  having  a  conduit  extending  along 
the  bottom  of  the  boiler  provided  with  one  or  more  valved 
ports. 

Note. — Compare  with  subclass  405,  Cleaning,  Washout  nozzle,  in 
this  class. 

389.  CLEANING,  BLOW-OFF,  SURFACE  EXIT.    Boilers  hav- 

ing means  for  blowing  off  or  removing  the  surface  water  of  the 

boiler. 
Note.— This  subclass  contains  patents  for  devices  known  in  the 

art  as  "skimmers." 
Search  Class — 
122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  400,  Cleaning, 

Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit,  for  combinations  of  skimmers 

with  a  trapped  circulating  conduit. 

390.  CLEANING,  FLUID  JET.    Devices  for  cleaning  boilers  of 

soot  and  ashes  by  means  of  fluid  jets  when  either  the  structure 
of  the  boiler  or  of  the  furnace  is  modified  for  the  reception  of 
the  cleaner  when  in  operation. 
Search  Classes  — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  361,  Water 
tube,  Headers,  Closures  and  couplings,  Cleaning,  for  structure 
of  headers  with  cleaners  for  water  tube  boilers. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  97,  Nozzles,  Tube  clean- 
ers, and  230,  AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  38.  Fluid  piston, 
Injectors  and  aspirators,  Tube  cleaners,  for  fluid  jet  cleaners  of 
general  application. 

391.  CLEANING,  FLUID  JET,  HORIZONTAL  FIRE-TUBE 

BOILER.    Devices  for  cleaning  the  soot  and  ashes  from  a 
horizontal  fire  tube  boiler  by  means  of  fluid  jets  when  the 
cleaner  is  attached  permanently  to  the  boiler  or  to  the  furnace 
walls. 
Search  Classes— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  53,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam;  59,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam, 
Horizontal  base;  72,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air;  79,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Feeding  steam;  147,  Draft  regulators,  and  150, 
Draft  regulators,  Steam  injector,  for  feeding  air  and  steam  jets 
that  are  intended  to  aid  combustion,  but  which  might  also  act 
as  fluid  jet  cleaning  devices. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  97,  Nozzles,  Tube  clean- 
ers, and  230,  AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  38,  Fluid  piston, 
Injectors  and  aspirators,  Tube  cleaners,  for  fluid  jet  nozzles 
adapted  to  clean  boiler  tubes  and  walls  or  any  other  tubes  or 
walls. 

392.  CLEANING,    FLUID    JET,    WATER-TUBE    BOILER. 

Fluid  jet  cleaners  that  are  attached  either  to  the  boiler  or 
furnace  walls  of  a  water  tube  boiler  for  blowing  the  soot  and 
ashes  from  the  boiler. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  361,  Water 
tube,  Headers,  Closures  and  couplings,  Cleaning,  for  structure 
of  headers. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  275,  Water 
tube,  Loop,  and  280,  Water  tube,  Over  bridge  wall,  Water 
grate,  Downdraft;  and  110,  FURNACES,  subclasses  53,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Feeding  air  and  steam;  59,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  air  and  steam,  Horizontal  base;  72,  Furnace  structure, 
Feeding  air;  79,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  steam;  98,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Baffles  and  heat  retainers,  Water  tube  boilers; 
147,  Draft  regulators,  and  150,  Draft  regulators.  Steam  in- 
jector, for  devices  for  feeding  air  and  steam  to  assist  the  com- 
bustion of  fuel  that  would  also  serve  as  cleaning  jets. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  97,  Nozzles,  Tube  clean- 
ers, and  230,  AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  38,  Fluid  piston, 
Injectors  and  aspirators,  Tube  cleaners,  for  fluid  jet  nozzles 
adapted  to  clean  boiler  or  any  other  tubes. 

393.  CLEANING,  MUD  DRUM.    The  structure  of  mud  drums 

and  the  necessary  modification  in  the  boiler  structure  for  their 
application. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  type  subclasses,  for 
special  types  of  boilers  with  mud  drums  in  combination; 
subclasses  52,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Plural;  137,  Flue,  Hori- 
zontal, Plural,  and  259,  Water  tube,  Drum  type;  192,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Water  bridge  wall,  for  drums  "forming  bridge 
walls  for  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers;  363,  Water  tube, 
Headers,  Closures  and  couplings,  Drum,  and  365,  Water  tube. 
Drums  and  couplings,  for  water  tube  boiler  drums;  444.  Feea 
heaters,  Water  tube  boiler,  for  drums  for  water  tube  boilers 
with  special  feed  heating  means. 

394.  CLEANING,  PANS.    Receptacles,  either  open  at  the  top  or 

closed,  but  having  openings  for  the  passage  of  water  there- 
through, for  receiving  the  sediment  precipitated  from  the 
water.  The  pan  may  have  a  conduit  leading  to  the  mud 
drum. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  386,  Cleaning, 
Blow-off,  Bottom,  Internal  conduit,  Pan,  for  pans  with  blow- 
off  conduits  leading  from  the  pan  to  the  outside  of  the  boiler; 
393,  Cleaning,  Mud  drum,  for  comparison;  430,  Feed  heaters, 
Internal  conduit,  Blow-off  delivery. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

395.  CLEANING,  SAND  BLAST.    Sand  blast  cleaning  devices 

that  must  of  necessity  be  used  with  a  boiler. 
Search  Classes — 

61— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclasses  3,  Glass  and  stone, 
Curved  surfaces,  and  18,  File  cleaning  and  resharpening,  Sand 
blast,  and  230,  AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  26,  Sand  blow- 
ers, for  devices  of  this  nature,  some  of  which  were  intended  to 
be  used  as  boiler  cleaners,  but  which  are  of  general  application. 

396.  CLEANING,  SYSTEMS.    Apparatus  and  processes  for  clean- 

ing and  filling  boilers  where  an  interchange  of  heat  is  effected 
between  the  blow-off  water  and  the  clean  filling  water. 
Search  Classes— 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  29,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  special  features. 

397.  CLEANING,  TRAPPED  CIRCUIT.    Boilers  provided  with 

one  or  more  conduits,  through  which  the  boiler  water  is 
caused  to  pass,  and  haying  some  form  of  trap  or  filter  in  the 
circuit,  after  passing  which  the  water  is  returned  to  the  boiler. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  91,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Firebox  water  heater, 
Trapped  circuit,  and  202,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube, 
Trapped  circuit,  for  boilers  also  having  trapped  circuits;  414, 
Feed  heaters,  Boiler  circuit,  Feed  injected,  and  415,  Feed 
heaters,  Circulation,  Surface  exit,  Mechanical  pump,  Feed 
injected,  for  circulation  features  without  the  sediment  trap. 

398.  CLEANING,  TRAPPED  CIRCUIT    FEEDING  WATER. 

Boilers  provided  with  a  water  circulating  conduit  having  a 
sediment  trap  therein  so  arranged  that  boiler  water  will  cir- 
culate therethrough,  with  means  for  introducing  feed  water 
into  the  circulating  conduit. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  403,  Clean- 
ing, Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit.Feed  heater,  for  similar  art; 
414,  Feed  heaters,  Boiler  circuit,  Feed  injected,  for  similar  ar- 
rangement of  conduit  with  feed  water  introduction  without 
the  sediment  trap. 

399.  CLEANING,  TRAPPED  CIRCUIT  SURFACE  AND  BOT- 

TOM EXIT.  Such  mechanism  as  is  defined  in  subclass  397 
above,  with  means  for  withdrawing  the  water  from  the  boiler 
into  the  circulation  conduits  from  the  top  or  the  bottom,  or 
both. 

Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  202,  Horizon- 
tal cylinder,  Water  tube,  Trapped  circuit;  381,  Cleaning,  Blow- 
off,  Bottom  and  surface,  for  blow-off  devices  taking  the  water 
from  either  the  surface  or  the  bottom;  382,  Cleaning,  Blow-off, 
Bottom,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  special  features  01 
outlets;  389,  Cleaning,  Blow-off,  Surface  exit,  for  surface  blow- 
off  devices  and  for  "skimmers"  adapted  to  be  used  on  the  sur- 
face outlets  of  the  circuit  devices  of  this  subclass. 

400.  CLEANING,    TRAPPED    CIRCUIT,    SURFACE    EXIT. 

Boilers  with  circulating  conduits,  through  which  water  is 
caused  to  pass  from  the  surface  thereof  and  to  be  returned  to 
the  boiler  after  passing  through  a  trap  or  filter. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  91,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Firebox  water  heater,  Trapped  cir- 
cuit, and  202,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  Trapped  cir- 
cuit; 389,  Cleaning,  Blow-off,  Surface  exit,  for  the  structure  of 
what  are  technically  known  as  "skimmers";  399,  Cleaning, 
Trapped  circuit,  Surface  and  bottom  exit,  for  combination  of 
surface  and  bottom  outlets  to  a  trapped  circuit;  415,  Feed 
heaters,  Circulation,  Surface  exit,  Mechanical  pump,  Feed  in- 
jected, for  surface  exit  circulating  circuits  without  a  trap  in 
the  circuit,  but  having  a  forced  circulation  by  means  of  a  me- 
chanical pump,  with  feed  water  introduced  into  the  circuit. 

401.  CLEANING,    TRAPPED    CIRCUIT,    SURFACE    EXIT, 

CHEMICAL  FEEDER.  Boilers  having  a  conduit  commu- 
nicating with  the  boiler  to  form  a  circuit  and  so  arranged  that 
the  surface  water  in  the  boiler  will  flow  through  the  circuit, 
which  is  provided  with  a  sediment  trap,  the  circuit  having 
means  for  feeding  a  chemical  or  some  composition  thereto  for 
precipitating  the  salts  in  the  water. 
Search  Class — 

210 — WATER  PURDTICATION,  subclass  19,  Filters,  Chemical  feed- 
ers, for  chemical  feeders  for  boilers. 

402.  CLEANING,    TRAPPED    CIRCUIT,    SURFACE    EXIT. 

CIRCULATING  PUMP.    Boilers  having  a  circuit  provided 
with  a  sediment  trap  and  a  circulating  pump,  which  conduit 
is  arranged  to  receive  boiler  water  near  the  surface  and  to  re- 
turn it  to  the  boiler  after  passing  it  through  the  trap. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  404,  Clean- 
ing, Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit,  Steam  injector,  for  similar 
arrangement  of  conduit  and  trap,  with  a  steam  jet  for  circulat- 
ing the  water. 

403.  CLEANING,    TRAPPED    CIRCUIT,    SURFACE    EXIT, 

FEED  HEATER.  Boilers  provided  with  a  conduit,  into 
which  the  surface  water  in  the  boiler  flows,  the  conduit  hav- 
ing a  trap  for  extracting  the  sediment  as  the  water  passes 
through  it  and  the  water  being  returned  to  the  boiler,  and 
also  having  in  combination  therewith  a  heater  for  the  feed 
water. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  415,  Feed 
heaters,  Circulation,  Surface  exit,  Mechanical  pump,  Feed 
injected,  for  allied  art  without  the  sediment  trap. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


271 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

404.  CLEANING,    TRAPPED    CIRCUIT,    SURFACE    EXIT, 

STEAM  INJECTOR.    Boilers  having  a  water  circulating 
conduit  provided  with  a  sediment  trap,  through  which  the 
surface  water  of  the  boiler  flows,  the  circulation  being  aided 
by  means  of  a  steam  jet  located  at  some  point  of  the  circuit. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  384,  Clean- 
ing, Blow-off,  Bottom,  Internal  conduit,  Ejector,  for  steam 
jet  blow-offs;  402,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit, 
Circulating  pump,  for  this  subject  matter  where  the  circula- 
tion is  maintained  by  a  mechanical  pump. 

405.  CLEANING,  WASHOUT   NOZZLE.    Nozzles  or  conduits 

having  one  or  more  discharge  orifices,  either  permanently  at- 
tached to  the  inside  of  the  boiler  or  of  such  structure  that  they 
are  not  of  general  application  in  other  arts,  for  washing  the 
sediment  from  the  tubes  or  boiler  walls. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  383,  Cleaning, 
Blow-off,  Bottom,  Internal  conduit,  for  structures  that  are 
also  adapted  to  serve  as  washout  nozzles. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  17,  Nozzles;  57,  Nozzles, 
Splasher,  and  97,  Nozzles,  Tube  cleaners,  for  structure  of 
nozzles. 

'406.  CIRCULATION.    Devices  not  otherwise  classified  for  regu- 
lating the  circulation  of  water  in  the  boiler. 
Note. — Circulation  devices  in  combination  with  means  for  clean- 
ing the  boiler  or  purifying  the  water,  except  those  noted  below, 
are  classified  in  subclasses  379,  Cleaning;  380,  Cleaning,  Agitat- 
ing circulator;  393,  Cleaning,  Mud  drum;  394,  Cleaning,  Pans, 
and  397,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, in  this  class. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  11,  Rotary, 
for  rotary  boilers;  36,  Auxiliary  steam  heater,  and  407,  Circu- 
lation, Injector,  for  steam  and  water  jets  that  help  the  circula- 
tion; 39,  Film;  59,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox, 
Circulation  conduit,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with  a  drop 
water  firebox  haying  a  conduit  located  either  outside  or  inside 
the  boiler  for  aiding  the  circulation;  69,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Feed  heater,  Check  valved, 
and  196,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  Feed  heater,  Check 
valved,  where  the  boiler  circulation  ceases  through  certain 
parts  when  feed  water  is  fed  to  the  boiler  and  the  parts  serve  as 
a  feed  water  heater;  83,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Transverse  dia- 
phragm, for  horizontal  boilers  with  fire  tubes  having  trans- 
verse diaphragms  for  assisting  the  circulation;  91,  Fire  tube. 
Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Firebox  water  heater,  Trapped 
circuit;  118,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Circulation  tube.  Internal, 
and  159,  Flue,  Vertical,  Circulation  tube,  Internal,  lor  vertical 
fire  tube  and  vertical  flue  boilers  with  internal  tubes  or  sleeves 
for  increasing  the  circulation;  123,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Sepa- 
rate compartment,  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers  with  transverse 
diaphragms;  202,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  Trapped 
circuit,  for  horizontal  cylindrical  boilers  having  a  sediment 
trap  through  which  the  water  circulates;  258,  Water  tube, 
Down  flow,  for  boilers  in  which  the  circulation  is  downward 
through  water  tubes;  292,  Water  tube,  Rearwardly  declined, 
Over  bridge  wall,  Front  and  rear  header,  Horizontal  longitu- 
dinal drum,  Firebox  tube;  366,  Wick,  for  absorbent  wicks, 
within  the  boiler  space;  414,  Feed  heaters,  Boiler  circuit,  Feed 
injected;  415,  Feed  heaters,  Circulation,  Surface  exit,  Mechan- 
ical pump,  Feed  injected;  418,  Feed  heaters,  Fire  engine  boiler, 
Auxiliary,  Attached;  419,  Feed  heaters,  Fire  engine  boiler, 
Auxiliary,  Detachable;  428,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  conduit, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  442,  Feed  heaters,  Steam,  In- 
jected, and  444,  Feed  heaters,  Water  tube  boiler,  for  circula- 
tion features  combined  with  the  heating  and  introduction  of 
feed  waters;  488,  Separators,  Boiler  circulation,  for  combined 
separators  for  steam  and  circulation  devices;  495,  Crown  sheet 
protecting,  for  circulation  devices  for  protecting  the  crown 
sheet;  501,  Fluid  displacer,  and  502,  Fluid  displacer,  Fluid 
fuel,  for  displacing  elements  within  water  tubes. 
103— PUMPS,  for  structure  of  pumps. 

407.  CIRCULATION,  INJECTOR.    Boilers  provided  with  an  in- 

jector or  tubes  connected  in  such  a  manner  as  to  act  like  an 
injector  and  having  means  for  heating  part  of  the  water  to  a 
higher  temperature  in  a  separate  compartment  or  conduit  that 
delivers  the  water  heated  in  the  separate  compartment  to  the 
injector  for  increasing  the  circulation. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  36,  Aux- 
iliary steam  heater;  292,  Water  tube,  Rearwardly  declined, 
Over  bridge  wall,  Front  and  rear  header,  Horizontal  longi- 
tudinal drum,  Firebox  tube;  384,  Cleaning,  Blow-off,  Bot- 
tom, Internal  conduit,  Ejector;  398,  Cleaning,  Trapped  cir- 
cuit, Feeding  water;  404,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  Surface 
exit.  Steam  injector;  414,  Feed  heaters,  Boiler  circuit.  Feed 
injected;  415,  Feed  heaters,  Circulation,  Surface  exit,  Me- 
chanical pump,  Feed  injected,  and  444,  Feed  heaters,  Water 
tube  boiler,  for  related  art  on  the  injector  action. 

408.  CIRCULATION,  INTERNAL  CONDUIT.     Boilers  having 

conduits  located  inside  the  boiler  and  generally  below  the 
water  line  for  accelerating  the  circulation  of  the  water  in  the 
boiler.  These  conduits  may  consist  of  tubes,  inverted  bells, 
cylinders,  or  even  plates  spaced  apart  from  each  other  or 
spaced  from  the  boiler  walls  or  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  36,  Aux- 
iliary steam  heater,  and  407,  Circulation,  Injector,  for  special 
types  of  circulating  devices;  59,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop 
water  firebox,  Circulation  conduit,  for  conduits,  either  inter- 
nal or  external,  for  aiding  the  circulation  of  horizontal  fire 
tube  boilers  with  a  drop  water  firebox;  83,  Fire  tube,  Hori- 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

zontal,  Transverse  diaphragm,  for  plates  or  diaphragms,  ar- 
ranged transversely  of  a  horizontal  fire  tube  boiler  for  aiding 
the  circulation;  118,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Circulation  tube,  In- 
ternal, for  internal  circulation  tubes,  cylinders,  or  sleeves  for 
vertical  fire  tube  boilers;  159,  Flue,  Vertical,  Circulation  tube. 
Internal,  for  internal  circulation  tubes,  cylinders,  or  sleeves 
for  vertical  flue  boilers;  379,  Cleaning,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, for  internal  circulating  conduits  combined  with  water 
purifying  and  boiler  cleaning  apparatus;  412,  Feed  heaters, 
and  subclasses  thereunder,  for  circulation  features  combined 
with  feed  water  heaters;  488,  Separators,  Boiler  circulation, 
for  circulation  devices  combined  with  a  steam  separator. 

409.  CIRCULATION,  INTERNAL  CONDUIT,  HORIZONTAL 

FLUE  BOILER.  Circulation  conduits  for  the  interior  of 
horizontal  large  flue  boilers. 

410.  CIRCULATION,  INTERNAL  CONDUIT,  HORIZONTAL 

FLUE  BOILER,  RETURN  FIRE-TUBE.  Internal  con- 
duits for  horizontal  flue  boilers  having  return  fire  tubes. 

411.  CIRCULATION,  MECHANICAL,  INTERNAL.    Mechan- 

ical devices  located  inside  boilers  for  circulating  or  agitating 
the  water. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  380,  Clean- 
ing, Agitating  circulator,  for  agitators  and  water  circulators  of 
a  mechanical  type  when  they  have  the  additional  function 
of  removing  sediment  from  the  boiler  or  transferring  it  from 
one  part  of  the  boiler  to  another. 

412.  FEED-HEATERS.    Miscellaneous    feed   water    heaters    for 

boilers. 

Note. — In  order  that  devices  for  heating  feed  water  shall  be  clas- 
sified in  any  of  the  boiler  subclasses  they  must  be  so  inti- 
mately connected  and  combined  with  the  boiler  structure 
that  they  are  inseparable  therefrom  or  not  of  general  applica- 
tion for  heating  water  and  not  excluded  therefrom  by  the 
main  definition  of  this  class. 

Note. — The  following  subclasses  noted  will  assist  in  finding  struc- 
tures where  there  is  structure  of  the  boiler  claimed  with  inci- 
dental heating  of  the  feed  water.  Note  is  also  made  of  devices 
for  heating  water  that  may  be  used  for  boiler  purposes  or  for 
any  other  purpose,  which  devices  are  not  classifiable  in  this 
class. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  1,  Plants, 
and  3,  1'lants,  Motor  vehicle,  for  combinations  of  feed  heaters 
with  other  elements  that  form  a  boiler  plant;  20,  Subsidiary, 
for  structure  of  devices  for  heating  water  that  could  readily 
l>e  applied  for  heating  feed  water,  (this  is  a  very  closely  re- 
lated subclass);  30,  Auxiliary  steam  heater,  for  boilers  having 
means  for  heating  the  water  by  steam  jets  or  tubes  before  the 
boiler  is  fired  up;  37,  Compartment,  disclosing  boilers  having 
separate  compartments,  one  compartment  being  used  for  im- 
pure water  full  of  mud  or  salt,  the  steam  passing  to  the  other 
compartment  which  contains  purified  water,  and  feed  heaters; 
40,  Flasher,  and  41,  Flasher,  Fluid  fuel,  for  flash  boilers  hav- 
ing a  preheater  for  the  water  intimately  associated  with  the 
flash  boiler;  62,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox, 
Front  and  rear  water  baffle;  63,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop 
water  firebox,  Front  water  baffle,  and  65,  Fire  tube,  Hori- 
zontal, Drop  water  firebox,  Rear  water  baffle,  for  heating 
water  introduced  into  the  heaiMrs  in  the  firebox;  68,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  and  69,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube,  Feed 
'  heater,  Check  valved;  69,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water 
firebox,  Water  tube,  Feed  heater,  Check  valved,  and  196, 
Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  Feed  heater,  Check  valved, 
for  boilers  provided  with  heating  tubes  through  which  the 
boiler  water  circulates  and  is  heated,  but  when  the  feed  water 
is  being  fed  to  the  boiler  the  boiler  circulation  is  stopped  by 
means  of  automatically  operated  valves  and  the  feed  water 
is  heated  in  the  tubes  before  it  is  conducted  to  the  main  part 
of  the  boiler;  82,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Superjacent  feed 
heater,  In  communication,  for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  with 
superposed  feed  water  heaters  in  open  communication  with 
the  boiler,  delivering  water  to  the  bottom  of  the  boiler  from 
the  feed  heater;  83,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Transverse  dia- 
phragm, and  123,  Fire  tube.  Vertical,  Separate  compartment, 
for  horizontal  fire  tube  and  vertical  fire  tube  boilers,  respec- 
tively, that  have  transverse  diaphragms,  the  feed  water  en- 
tering the  compartment  farthest  from  the  firebox  and  being 
progressively  heated  as  it  approaches  the  firebox;  89,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  arch,  Rear  of  fire  tube,  for  water 
arches  at  the  rear  of  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  that  serve  as 
feed  water  heaters;  106,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  wall, 
for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  having  water  walls  that  may 
be  used  as  a  feed  water  heater;  118,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Cir- 
culation tube,  Internal,  and  159,  Flue,  Vertical,  Circulation 
tube,  Internal,  for  special  types;  125,  Fire  tulse,  Vertical,  Top 
water  chamber,  for  similar  structure  for  feed  heaters;  151, 
Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Water  smokebox,  Sepa- 
rate, for  horizontal  flue  boilers  having  return  fire  tubes,  with 
a  smokebox  closure  having  a  separate  compartment  that  may 
serve  as  a  food  water  heater;  189,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Offset 
subjacent  firebox,  Water  roof;  190,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Off- 
set subjacent  firebox,  Water  tube;  193,  Horizontal  cylinder, 
Water  firebox;  194,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  firebox, 
Water  tube  type,  and  202,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube, 
Trapped  circuit,  where  water  is  introduced  into  a  certain  part 
of  the  structure  before  passing  to  the  main  part  of  the  boiler; 
192,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  bridge  wall,  for  water  bridge 
walls  and  drums  where  water  is  introduced  and  heated;  195, 
Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  tube,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, for  means  for  heating  feed  water  when  it  is  introduced, 
(these  are  really  main  boiler  structures  with  means  for  inci- 


272 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

dentally  heating  the  water  when  it  is  introduced  l>efore  it 
enters  the  horizontal  cylinder);  371,  Water  grate,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  (water  grates  used  as  feed  water  heaters 
will  be  found  in  the  various  types  of  boilers  having  water 
grates;  a  complete  list  of  boilers  with  water  grates  is  given 
in  the  notes  to  sulxilass  371,  Water  grate);  379,  Cleaning,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  feed  water  heaters  combined 
with  boiler  cleaning  devices,  traps,  and  filters;  396,  Cleaning, 
Systems,  for  combined  cleaning  and  feed  water  heating  system 
where  the  blow-off  water  is  used  to  heat  the  feed  water  when 
refilling  the  boiler,  (Especially  used  for  cleaning  and  filling 
locomotive  boilers);  398,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  Feeding 
water,  for  boilers  having  a  circulating  conduit  provided  with  a 
sediment  trap  or  filter,  the  water  being  introduced  into  the  cir- 
culating conduit;  403,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit, 
Feed  heater,  for  feed  heaters  having  a  sediment  trap,  (com- 
pare also  subclasses  91,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox, 
Firebox  water  heater,  Trapped  circuit,  and  202,  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Water  tube,  Trapped  circuit);  454,  Feeders,  Ex- 
haust steam,  Water  injected,  for  heating  feed  water  by  mixing 
it  with  exhaust  steam  as  it  is  being  returned  to  the  boiler;  457, 
Feeders,  Gravity,  Automatic,  Heater,  and  458,  Feeders,  Grav- 
ity, Heater,  for  gravity  boiler  feeders  with  incidental  feed  water 
heater;  477,  Steam  treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Superheater 
and  feed  heater,  for  combination  of  a  water  tube  boiler  with  a 
steam  superheater  and  a  feed  water  heater;  494,  Casings,  for 
surrounding  casings  to  prevent  radiation  of  heat  from  a  boiler 
which  heats  feed  water;  498,  Fronts,  Doors,  for  water-cooled 
doors  for  heating  feed  water;  499,  Fronts,  Mouths,  and  500, 
Fronts,  Mouths,  Water  firebox,  for  furnace  mouths  or  fuel 
door  openings  provided  with  water  heaters  and  used  for  heat- 
ing feed  water;  497,  Fronts,  for  feed  heating  furnace  and  boiler 
fronts. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclasses  29.  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers;  30,  Heat  transferrers  and  conservers,  Surface,  and  31, 
Heat  transferrers  and  conservers,  Injected,  for  water  heaters 
heated  by  steam  where  no  filter  is  claimed,  although  a  filter 
may  be  disclosed;  32,  Heat  transferrers  and  conservers.  One 
fluid,  for  structures  of  general  application,  although  a  feed 
water  heater  located  in  a  furnace  offtake  flue  may  be  disclosed. 

210 — WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous,  and  21, 
Steam  heater  and  filter,  for  water  heaters  provided  with  a 
filter,  heated  by  steam. 

413.  FEED-HEATERS,  ASH  PAN.    Feed  heaters  that  are  either 

located  in  the  ash  pan  or  ash  box  or  form  part  of  the  structure 
thereof. 

414.  FEED-HEATERS,  BOILER  CIRCUIT,  FEEDINJECTED. 

Boilers  having  a  conduit  in  circuit  with  the  boiler,  with  means 
for  introducing  feed  water  into  the  circuit,  thereby  mixing 
the  feed  with  the  boiler  water  before  introduction. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  398,  Clean- 
ing, Trapped  circuit,  Feeding  water,  and  403,  Cleaning. 
Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit,  Feed  heater;  415,  Feed  heaters, 
Circulation,  Surface  exit,  Mechanical  pump,  Feed  injected; 
structural  subclasses  of  boilers  generally  for  the  special  struc- 
ture of  boilers  having  means  for  introducing  feed  water  into 
certain  parts  of  the  boiler  circulating  system. 

415.  FEED-HEATERS,    CIRCULATION,    SURFACE    EXIT 

MECHANICAL  PUMP,  FEED  INJECTED.  Boilers  pn> 
vided  with  a  circulating  conduit  communicating  with  the 
boiler  at  the  water  level,  having  a  mechanical  pump  in  the 
circuit  for  withdrawing  water  from  the  boiler  at  the  water 
line  and  returning  it  to  the  boiler  at  some  other  point  and  hav- 
ing means  for  heating  the  feed  water  by  means  of  either  the 
surface  or  jet  type  and  injecting  the  feed  water  into  the  boiler 
or  conduit,  but  so  arranged  that  the  water  level  in  the  boiler 
will  be  maintained. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  398,  Clean- 
ing, Trapped  circuit,  Feeding  water;  402,  Cleaning,  Trapped 
circuit,  Surface  exit,  Circulating  pump;  403,  Cleaning,  Trapped 
circuit,  Surface  exit.  Feed  heater;  408,  Circulation,  for  com- 
binations of  circulating  pump  with  boiler;  414,  Feed  heaters, 
Boiler  circuit,  Feed  injected,  for  feed  water  introduced  into 
the  circuit. 

103 — PUMPS,  for  type  of  pump. 

416.  FEED-HEATERS,    COMPOUND    ENGINE.    Feed    water 

boilers  combined  with  compound  engines. 

417.  FEED-HEATERS,    DRIP    PLATE    IN    BOILER.    Feed 

heaters  located  in  the  steam  space  of  the  boiler,  consisting  of 
plates  or  receptacles  superimposed  in  such  a  way  that  the  feed 
water  falls  from  one  to  the  other.  The  heater  may  or  may  not 
have  means  for  trapping  the  sediment  and  blowing  it  out  of 
the  boiler. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  435,  Feed 
heaters,  Pan  in  steam  space;  436,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  in  steam 
space,  Spray,  and  438,  Feed  heaters,  Spray  to  steam  space; 
442,  Feed  heaters,  Steam,  Injected,  and  443,  Feed  heaters, 
Steam,  Injected,  Superposed,  Open  to  steam  space;  62, 
REFRIGERATION,  subclass31,  Heat  transferrers  and  conservers, 
Injected,  and  210,  WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclasses  1,  Mis- 
cellaneous and  21,  Steam  heater  and  filter,  for  structure  of 
plates  and  receptacles. 

418.  FEED-HEATERS,   FIRE   ENGINE  BOILER,   AUXILI- 

ARY, ATTACHED.  Combinations  of  fire  engine  boilers 
with  a  water  heater  attached  to  the  boiler  or  some  part  of  the 
apparatus  for  keeping  the  water  in  the  boiler  hot  when  the 
boiler  is  not  fired  up. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  structural  sub- 
classes, for  the  structure  of  the  heating  boiler. 

419.  FEED-HEATERS,  FIRE    ENGINE    BOILER,   AUXILI- 

ARY, DETACHABLE.  Water  heaters  for  keeping  the 
water  in  a  fire  engine  boiler  hot  when  the  fire  engine  is  in  the 
engine  house  and  the  firebox  is  not  in  use,  which  consist  of 
a  stationary  water  heater  located  in  the  engine  house,  adapted 
to  be  coupled  to  the  fire  engine  boiler  to  establish  a  water 
circulation. 
Search  Class — 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclasses  9,  Steam,  and 
15,  Water,  for  combinations  of  this  heating  device  with  the 
heating  system  of  the  engine  house. 

420.  FEED-HEATERS,  FURNACE  GASES.    Feed  water  heaters 

which  are  heated  by  furnace  gases  only  not  within  the  defini- 
tions of  other  subclasses. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  structural  sub- 
classes under  the  different  types  of  boilers  for  feed  heaters 
heated  by  furnace  gases  where  the  heater  forms  a  part  of  the 
boiler  and  boiler  water  circulates  therethrough,  except  when 
the  feed  water  is  being  fed  to  the  feed  water  heating  section; 
subclasses  40,  Flasher,  and  41,  Flasher,  Fluid  fuel,  for  flash 
boilers  with  preheaters  for  the  water;  68,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Drop  water  firebox,  Water  tube;  82,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Superjaeent  fe^d  heater,  In  communication;  83,  Fire  tube' 
Horizontal,  Transverse  diaphragm;  89,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal' 
Water  arch,  Rear  of  fire  tube;  106,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Water  wall,  123,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Separate  compartment, 
and  151,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Water  smoke- 
box,  Separate;  69,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox 
Water  tube,  Feed  heater,  Check  valved;  196,  Horizontal  cyl- 
inder, Water  tube,  Feed  heater,  Check  valved,  and  412,  Feed 
heaters,  for  feed  heaters  that  form  part  of  the  water  heating 
section  of  the  boiler,  but  that  are  automatically  converted 
into  a. feed  water  heater  when  water  is  being  fed  to  the  boiler 
and  the  boiler  circulation  is  suspended;  195,  Horizontal  cyl- 
inder. Water  tube,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  horizon- 
tal cylindrical  boilers  with  circulating  tubes,  into  which  feed 
water  is  fed  and  heated;  371,  Water  grate  and  the  subclasses 
listed  in  the  search  notes  thereunder,  for  water  grates  that 
serve  as  feed  water  heaters;  412,  Feed  heaters,  and  the  sub- 
classes listed  in  the  search  notes  thereunder  for  further  direc- 
tions as  to  feed  water  heaters;  412,  Feed  heaters,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  special  types  of  feed  heaters;  497 
Fronts,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

62 — REFRIGERATION,  subclass  32,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  One  fluid,  for  feed  heaters  claimed  as  of  general  appli- 
cation for  heat  transference,  although  disclosed  located  in  a 
furnace  offtake  flue. 

421.  FEED-HEATERS,      FURNACE      GASES,      OFFTAKE 

FLUE.    Feed  water  heaters  not  of  general  application  in 
other  arts  for  heat  transference,  located  in  the  waste  heat  flue 
or  "offtake"  flue  of  the  boiler,  between  the  boiler  and  the 
smokestack. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  20,  Sub- 
sidiary, for  very  similar  art  for  heating  water;  82,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Superjaeent  feed  heater,  In  communication;  83, 
Fire  tube,  Horizontal,  Transverse  diaphragm,  and  123,  Fire 
tube,  Vertical,  Separate  compartment;  412,  Feed  heaters,  the 
search  notes  thereunder,  and  420,  Feed  heaters,  Furnace  gases. 
62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  32,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  One  fluid,  for  structure  of  general  application  for 
transferring  heat  from  one  fluid  to  another. 

122.  FEED-HEATERS,    FURNACE    GASES   AND    STEAM. 
Feed  water  heaters  heated  by  furnace  gases  and  steam  not 
within  other  definitions. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  403,  Clean- 
ing, Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit,  Feed  heater;  425,  Feed 
heaters,  Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler,  Smokebox,  Furnace 
gases  and  steam;  432,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  conduit,  Furnace 
gases;  434,  Feed  heaters,  Locomotive  tender,  and  440,  Feed 
heaters,  Stack,  Furnace  gases  and  steam,  for  special  types  of 
heaters  of  this  nature. 

423.  FEED-HEATERS.  HORIZONTAL  FIRE  TUBE  BOILER, 

SMOKEBOX.  Feed  water  heaters  for  horizontal  fire  tube 
boilers  having  a  feed  heater,  located  either  within  the  smoke- 
box  or  forming  a  part  of  the  smokebox  structure. 

Note. — A  "smokebox"  is  distinguished  from  a  "smoke  chamber" 
in  that  the  former  consists  of  a  closed  chamber  at  the  end  of 
the  boiler,  into  which  the  products  of  combustion  pass  directly 
from  the  fire  tubes  and  thence  to  the  smokestack,  while  a 
"smoke  chamber"  is  a  chamber  at  the  end  of  the  boiler,  into 
which  the  products  of  combustion  enter  either  from  the  fire 
tubes  or  from  the  flue  outside  of  the  boiler  and  do  not  pass 
directly  out  of  the  chamber,  but  may  return  through  other 
boiler  flues. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  151,  Flue, 
Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube,  Water  smokebox,  Separate. 

424.  FEED-HEATERS,  HORIZONTAL  FIRE  TUBE  BOILER, 

SMOKEBOX,  EXHAUST  PIPE.  Feed  water  heaters 
located  in  the  smokebox  of  a  horizontal  fire  tube  boiler  consist- 
ing of  a  water-jacketed  exhaust  "lift"  pipe. 

425.  FEED-HEATERS, HORIZONTAL  FIRE  TUBE  BOILER, 

SMOKEBOX,  FURNACE  GASES  AND  STEAM.  Feed 
water  heaters  located  at  the  smokebox  end  of  the  boiler,  heated 
both  by  furnace  gases  and  by  steam,  which  may  or  may  not 
come  into  contact  with  the  feed  water. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


273 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATEKS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  83,  Fire  tube 
Horizontal,  Transverse  diaphragm;  101,  Fire  tube,  Horizontal, 
Water  smokebox,  and  151,  Flue,  Horizontal,  Return  fire  tube, ' 
Water  smokebox,  Separate,  for  general  structure;  422,  Feed 
heaters,  Furnace  gases  and  steam;  432,  Feed  heaters,  Internal 
conduit,  Furnace  gases,  and  440,  Feed  heaters,  Stack,  Furnace 
gases  and  steam,  for  other  types  of  feed  heaters  heated  by  fur- 
nace gases  and  steam  in  combination. 

42<i.  FEED-HEATERS, HORIZONTAL  FIRE-TUBE  BOILER, 
SMOKEBOX,  WATER  TUBE.  Feed  water  heaters  located 
at  the  smokebox  end  of  a  horizontal  fire  tube  boiler,  consisting 
of  either  water  tubes  located  in  the  smokebox  or  of  a  water 
walled  casing,  forming  the  smokebox,  provi  ed  with  water 
tubes. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  465,  Steam 
treatment,  Fire  tube  boiler,  Horizontal,  Superheater,  Smoke- 
box,  Steam  tube. 

427.  FEED-HE  ATERS,  HORIZONTAL  FIRE-TUBE  BOILER, 

SMOKE  CHAMBER.  Feed  heaters  for  horizontal  fire  tube 
boilers  located  in  the  smoke  chamber  at  the  rear  of  the  boiler 
or  having  one  side  exposed  to  the  heat  of  the  products  of  com- 
bustion as  they  pass  through  the  chamber. 

Note. — For  distinction  between  "smokebox"  and  "smoke  cham- 
ber," see  note  to  subclass  423. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  89,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Water  arch,  Rear  of  fire  tube;  151,  Flue,  Horizon- 
tal, Return  fire  tube,  Water  smokebox,  Separate,  and  403, 
Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit,  Feed  heater;  479  to 
487,  Steam  superheaters,  for  structure. 

428.  FEED-HEATERS,  INTERNAL  CONDUIT.    Boilers  pro- 

vided with  a  conduit  located  inside  the  boiler  for  heating  the 
water  before  it  is  finally  delivered  to  the  boiler  from  the  con- 
duit.   The  feed  water  may  or  may  not  ke  mixed  with  boiler 
water  or  steam  before  its  final  delivery  to  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  36,  Auxil- 
iary steam  heater;  444,  Feed  heaters,  Water  tube  boiler,  where 
feed  water  is  injected  into  the  boiler  water  tubes  for  heating 
the  water  and  increasing  circulation. 

429.  FEED-HEATERS,  INTERNAL  CONDUIT,  AUTOMATIC 

SEDIMENT  VALVE.  Heating  conduits  for  feed  water 
located  inside  the  boiler,  having  a  sediment  trap  provided 
with  one  or  more  valves  automatically  operated  when  the 
blow-off  valve  of  the  trap  is  opened  to  change  the  course  of 
flow  of  the  water  and  clear  the  trap  of  sediment. 

430.  FEED-HEATERS,  INTERNAL  CONDUIT,  BLOW-OFF 

DELIVERY.  Boilers  provided  with  an  internal  conduit 
for  heating  the  feed  water  and  delivering  it  toward  the  blow- 
off  end  or  mud  drum  of  the  boiler. 

431.  FEED-HEATERS,  INTERNAL  CONDUIT,  FILTER  IN 

BOILER.    Boilers  provided  with  a  filter  on  the  feed  water 
conduit,  both  of  which  are  located  inside  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  428,  Feed 
heaters,  Internal  conduit,  and  429,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  con- 
duit, Automatic  sediment  valve,  for  traps  inside  the  boiler. 

432.  FEED-HEATERS,   INTERNAL    CONDUIT,   FURNACE 

GASES.  Boilers  having  a  feed  water  heater  of  the  internal 
conduit  type  and  furnace  gas  type  connected  hi  series— that  is, 
the  water  is  heated  in  a  conduit  heated  by  the  products  of 
combustion  and  then  passes  into  a  conduit  within  the  boiler, 
where  it  is  heated  before  delivery  thereto,  or  is  heated  in  con- 
duits passing  through  the  boiler  and  then  in  a  furnace  gas 
heated  chamber  or  conduit  and  then  delivered  to  the  boiler. 

433.  FEED-HEATERS,  INTERNAL  CONDUIT,  TRAP  OUT- 

SIDE BOILER.  Boil -rs  having  a  feed  water  heatins;  conduit 
within  the  boiler,  with  a  trap  or  filter  outside  the  boiler, 
through  which  the  water  passes  before  it  enters  the  feed  heater. 

434.  FEED-HEATERS,     LOCOMOTIVE      TENDER.     Water 

heaters  combined  with  the  water  tank  of  a  locomotive  tender. 

435.  FEED-HEATERS,  PAN  IN  STEAM  SPACE.    Boilers  hav- 

ing an  open  receptacle  or  pan  located  within  the  steam  space 
of  the  boiler,  in  which  water  is  fed  and  heated.    The  pan  may 
be  provided  with  devices  for  intercepting  the  sediment  that  is 
precipitated  and  for  blowing  it  off. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  417,  Feed 
heaters,  Drip  plate  in  boiler;  436,  P>ed  heaters,  Pan  hi  steam 
space,  Spray,  and  438,  Feed  heaters,  Spray  to  steam  space,  for 
structure  of  pans  and  sprayers. 

436.  FEED-HEATERS,    PAN  IN   STEAM    SPACE,    SPRAY. 

Boilers  having  an  open  pan  or  receptacle  located  in  the  steam 
space  of  the  boiler,  with  means  for  spraying  feed  water  to  the 
pan.    The  pan  is  generally  provided  with  means  for  collecting 
the  sediment  and  blowing  it  off. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  417,  Feed 
heaters,  Drip  plate  in  boiler;  435,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  in  steam 
space,  and  438,  Feed  heaters,  Spray  to  steam  space,  for  struc- 
ture of  pans  and  nozzles  and  sprayers. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

437.  FEED-HEATERS,  SAFETY  VALVE.    Boilers   having   a 

conduit  leading  from  the  safety  valve  to  a  water  receptacle  for 
heating  the  water  when  the  steam  escapes  from  the  safety 
valve. 

438.  FEED-HEATERS,  SPRAY  TO  STEAM  SPACE.    Boilers 

provided  with  means  for  spraying  water  into  the  steam  space 
of  the  boiler. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  417,  Feed 
heaters,  Drip  plate  in  boiler,  and  436,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  in 
steam  space,  Spray,  for  structure  of  spraying  devices. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  17,  "Nozzles;  57,  Nozzles, 
Splasher;  80,  Sprayers;  81,  Sprayers,  Cap;  83,  Sprayers,  Rose, 
and  87,  Sprayers,  Reaction,  for  structure  of  nozzles. 

439.  FEED-HEATERS,  STACK.     Feed  water  heaters  either  form- 

ing part  of  the  stack  or  located  in  the  smokestack. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  20,  Subsidi- 
ary, for  water  heaters  of  general  application  located  in  the 
smokestack  or  chimney;  123,  Fire  tube,  Vertical,  Separate 
compartment;  440,  Feed  heaters,  Stack,  Furnace  gases  and 
steam,  for  stack  feed  v;ater  heaters  heated  by  both  furnace 
gases  and  steam. 

440.  FEED-HEATERS,    STACK,     FURNACE     GASES    AND 

STEAM.  Feed  water  heaters  located  in  the  smokestack  or 
chimney  or  forming  a  part  thereof,  in  which  the  water  is  heated 
both  by  the  furnace  gases  and  by  steam.  The  steam  may  or 
may  not  come  into  contact  with  the  water. 

441.  FEED-HEATERS,  STEAM.    Boilers  having  means  for  heat- 

ing the  feed  water  by  means  of  live  or  exhaust  steam,  not  with- 
in the  definitions  of  other  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  398,  Clean- 
ing, Trapped  circuit,  Feeding  water,  and  403,  Cleaning, 
Trapped  circuit,  Surface  exit,  Feed  heater,  for  combinations 
of  boiler  feed  heaters  and  cleaners;  412.  Feed  heaters,  and  as 
indicated  in  the  search  notes  thereunder;  416,  Feed  heaters. 
Compound  engine;  422,  Feed  heaters,  Furnace  gases  and 
steam;  425,  Feed  heaters,  Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler,  Smoke- 
box,  Furnace  gases  and  steam;  432,  Feed  heaters,  Internal 
conduit,  Furnace  gases;  434,  Feed  heaters,  Locomotive  tender, 
and  440,  Feed  heaters,  Stack,  Furnace  gases  and  steam,  for 
combinations  of  steam  heaters  and  feed  heaters  heated  by  fur- 
nace gases;  453,  Feeders,  Exhaust  steam,  and  457,  Feeders, 
Gravity,  Automatic,  Heater. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclasses  23,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  and  30,  Heat  transferrers  and  eonservers,  Surface,  for 
water  heaters  heated  by  steam  out  of  contact  with  the  water. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  370,  Water  heaters, 
Vessels,  Steam  or  water  heated,  and  371,  Water  heaters,  Ves- 
sels. Steam  or  water  heated,  Closed  chamber  or  coil. 

210— WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous,  and  21, 
Steam  heater  and  filter,  for  water  heaters  with  a  filter,  claimed 
in  combination. 

442.  FEED-HEATERS,  STEAM,  INJECTED.    Boilers  provided 

with  means  for  heating  the  feed  water  by  live  or  exhaust  steam 
coming  into  contact  with  the  water. 

Note. — This  is  a  miscellaneous  subclass  for  steam  injected  feed 
water  heaters  not  otherwise  provided  for. 

Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  434,  Feed 
heaters,  Locomotive  tender;  435,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  in  steam 
space;  436,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  in  steam  space,  Spray;  437,  Feed 
heaters,  Safety  valve;  438,  Feed  heaters,  Spray  to  steam  space; 
443,  Feed  heaters,  Steam,  Injected,  Superposed,  Open  to  steam 
space,  and  444,  Feed  heaters,  Water  tube  boiler,  for  special 
types  of  heaters;  454,  Feeders,  Exhaust  steam,  Water  injected, 
and  455,  Feeders,  Exhaust  steam,  Water  injected,  From  boiler, 
for  devices  for  mixing  water  with  exhaust  steam  and  returning 
it  to  the  bailer;  457,  Feeders,  Gravity,  Automatic,  Heater,  and 
458,  Feeders,  Gravity,  Heater,  and  search  note  thereunder, 
for  devices  for  mixing  water  with  exhaust  steam  and  return- 
ing it  to  the  boiler. 

62 — REFRIGERATION,  subclass  31,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  Injected,  for  feerl  water  heaters  and  purifiers  not  con- 
nected with  the  boiler  structure,  of  the  steam  injected  type. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  372,  Water  heaters,  Ves- 
sels, Steam  or  water  heated,  Jet. 

210— WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous,  and 
21,  Steam  heater  and  filter,  for  feed  water  heaters  of  the  steam 
injected  type  provided  with  a  filter. 

443.  FEED-HEATERS,  STEAM,  INJECTED,  SUPERPOSED, 

OPEN  TO  STEAM  SPACE.  Closed  chambers  or  receptacles 
located  over  the  boiler  and  in  open  communication  with  the 
steam  space,  having  means  for  injecting  water  thereto  that  it 
may  be  heated  by  contact  with  the  steam  before  it  enters 
the' boiler. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  425,  Feed 
heaters,  Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler,  Smokebox,  Furnace  gases 
and  steam,  and  442,  Feed  heaters,  Steam,  Injected,  for  similar 
parts. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  31,  Heat  transferors  and  con- 
servers,  Injected,  and  210,  WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclasses 
1,  Miscellaneous,  and  21  Steam  heater  and  filter,  for  similar 
internal  structure  of  the  heater. 


26674°— 12- 


-18 


274 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

444.  FEED-HEATERS,    WATER-TUBE    BOILER.    Miscella- 

neous combinations  of  means  for  heating  the  feed  water  in  a 
water  tube  boiler,  whether  the  water  be  heated  outside  or  in- 
side the  water  space  of  the  boiler,  not  defined  in  other  sub- 
classes. 

Search  Class  — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  347,  Water 
tube,  Vertical,  Beyond  bridge  wall,  Longitudinal  upper  drum. 
Longitudinal  lower  drum;  365,  Water  tube,  Drums  and 
couplings,  for  disclosures  of  feed  water  heating  devices  within 
the  steam  and  water  drum  of  a  water  tube  boiler;  413,  Feed 
heaters.  Ash  pan;  414,  Feed  heaters,  Boiler  circuit,  Feed 
injected;  415,  Feed  heaters,  Circulation,  Surface  exit,  Me- 
chanical pump.  Feed  injected;  417,  Feed  heaters,  Drip  plate 
in  boiler;  420,  Feed  heaters,  Furnace  gases;  421,  Feed  heaters, 
Furnace  gases,  Offtake  flue;  422,  Feed  heaters,  Furnace  gases 
and  steam;  428,  Feed  heaters.  Internal  conduit,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder;  435,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  in  steam  space; 
436,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  in  steam  space,  Spray;  438,  Feed  heat- 
ers, Spray  to  steam  space;  the  subclasses  under  Feed  heaters, 
Horizontal  fire  tube  boiler;  439,  Feed  heaters,  Stack;  440. 
Feed  heaters,  Stack,  Furnace  gases  and  steam,  and  441,  Feed 
heaters,  Steam,  and  the  subclasses  thereuncler,  for  heaters 
disclosed  for  water  tube  boilers  where  the  invention  is  of 
general  application  to  all  types  of  boilers;  477,  Steam  treat- 
ment, Water  tube  boiler,  Superheater  and  feed  heater,  for 
combinations  of  feed  heaters  and  superheaters. 

445.  REGULATION,    DEPENDING    ON    LOAD.    Apparatus 

for  controlling  the  generation  of  steam  depending  upon  the 
loadput  upon  the  motor. 

Note. — This  may  be  accomplished  by  regulating  the  combustion 
of  the  fuel,  or  controlling  the  feed  of  water  to  the  boiler  by 
variations  of  pressure  in  the  steam  main  or  motor  cylinder, 
or  by  variations  in  the  velocity  of  the  moving  parts  operated 
by  the  motor,  or  by  variations  in  the  resistance  to  the  motor. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  subclasses  under 
Regulation,  Fuel  and  water,  Automatic  control,  and  sub- 
class 452,  Feeders.  Boiler  pressure;  subclasses  40,  Flasher, 
and  41,  Flasher,  Fluid  fuel;  and  60,  MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT 
ENGINE  PLANTS,  especially  for  control  of  fuel  and  water  where 
the  products  of  combustion  mix  with  the  steam. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  54,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air 
and  steam,  Boiler  controlled,  and  153,  Draft  regulators,  Ex- 
haust nozzle.  Variable  discharge,  Boiler  controlled;  158, 
LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36,  Burners, 
Liquid  fuel,  Fuel  feeding,  and  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC, 
for  control  of  combustion,  depending  upon  boiler  conditions. 

446.  REGULATION,  FUEL  AND  WATER,   FLUID   FUEL. 

Devices  for  feeding  both  fluid  fuel  to  the  burner  and  water 
to  the  boiler  that  are  not  automatically  regulated. 
Search  Classes  - 

103— PUMPS,  subclass  85,  Regulators,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, for  the  pump  controllers  for  boilers. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Fuel  feeding,  for  fuel  supply  systems. 

447.  REGULATION,  FUEL  AND  WATER,  FLUID  FUEL, 

CUT-OFF.  Devices  for  controlling  the  supply  of  feed  water 
to  the  boiler,  which  is  heated  by  fluid  fuel,  with  automatic 
mechanism  for  culling  off  the  fuel  supply  when  the  water 
level  in  the  boiler  becomes  either  too  high  or  too  low  or  both. 
Search  Classes — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Fuel  feeding,  and  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC, 
for  similar  art  on  fuel  control. 

236 — DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  15,  Expansion,  Liquid 
level,  Trip  valve,  and  16,  Fusible. 

448.  REGULATION.    FUEL    AND    WATER,    AUTOMATIC 

CONTROL,  FLUID  FUEL.    Devices  for  controlling  auto- 
matically both  the  feed  of  fluid  fuel  to  the  burner  and  the 
feed  of  water  to  the  boiler. 
Search  Classes — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  and  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  452,  Feeders, 
Boiler  pressure;  subclasses  under  subclass  451,  Feeders,  for 
water  feeders,  and  see  the  search  notes  thereunder  to  other 
classes. 

103— PUMPS,  subclass  85.  Regulators,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, for  pump  regulators  for  controlling  the  operation  of 
rnps  for  feeding  water  to  boilers  or  fuel  to  burners. 
STOVES   AND    FURNACES,   subclass   351,    Water   heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic;  158,  LIQUID  AND  GAS- 
EOUS FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Fuel 
feeding,  and  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  for  control  of  the 
fuel  feed. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  351,  Water  heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic,  for  controlling  devices  for 
fuel  and  water  when  the  drawofl  faucet  is  operated. 

449.  REGULATION,    FUEL    AND    WATER,    AUTOMATIC 

CONTROL,  SOLID  FUEL.  Devices  for  automatically  con- 
trolling the  combusiton  of  solid  fuel  and  the  regulation  of  the 
water  feed  to  boilers,  depending  upon  the  conditions  within 
the  boiler. 

Note. — This  is  accomplished  either  by  steam  pressure  or  the  tem- 
perature of  the  water  or  steam. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  448,  Regula- 
tion, Fuel  and  water,  Automatic  control,  Fluid  fuel. 

450.  REGULATION,    SUSPENDED    BOILER.     Boilers    that 

are  movably  supported  to  control  either  the  combustion  of 
the  fuel  or  water  feed  or  both. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

161 — TIME  CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass  16,  Timing 
mechanism,  Culinary,  for  similar  supports. 

451.  FEEDERS.  Miscellaneous  devices  for  introducing  water  to 
boilers  and  controlling  the  introduction  not  otherwise  pro- 
vided for. 

Note. — Those  devices  that  are  of  general  application  for  feeding 
water  to  tanks,  either  open  or  closed,  whether  a  boiler  be  dis- 
closed or  claimed  in  a  general  way,  are  not  classified  in  class 
122  at  all,  but  are  placed  in  classes  that  will  be  noted  below. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS  subclasses  1,  Plants, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  boiler  plants  having  a 
boiler  feeder  in  combination;  11,  Rotary,  where  the  move- 
ment of  the  boiler  is  combined  with  the  feeding  of  water;  40, 
Flasher,  and  41,  Flasher,  Fluid  fuel,  for  boilers  of  the  flasher 
type  having  special  means  for  introducing  water  into  the 
boiler  combined  therewith;  3(55,  Water  tube,  Drums  and  coup- 
lings; 428,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  conduit,  and  444,  Feel 
heaters,  Water  tube  boiler,  for  devices  disclosing  feed  intro- 
ducing apparatus  for  water  tube  boilers;  366,  Wick,  for  ab- 
sorbent wicks  for  feeding  water  from  one  portion  of  the  boiler 
to  another;  396,  Cleaning,  Systems,  for  combined  cleaning, 
heating,  and  feeding  devices;  398,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit, 
Feeding  water,  and  403,  Cleaning,  Trapped  circuit,  Surface 
exit,  Feed  heater,  for  combined  purifiers,  circulators,  heaters, 
and  feed  introduction;  406,  Circulation,  for  feed  introduction 
combined  with  circulation;  414,  Feed  heaters,  Boiler  circuit, 
Feed  injected,  for  injecting  water  into  a  circuit  taking  water 
from  the  boiler;  415,  Feed  heaters,  Circulation,  Surface  exit, 
Mechanical  pump,  Feed  injected,  for  boilers  having  a  circuit 
communicating  with  the  boiler  provided  with  a  pump  for 
withdrawing  water  from  the  water  level  in  the  boiler,  intro- 
ducing feed  water,  and  mixing  it  with  the  boiler  water  in  the 
circuit  and  maintaining  the  water  level;  417;  Feed  heaters, 
Drip  plate  in  boiler;  435,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  m  steam  space; 
436,  Feed  heaters,  Pan  in  steam  space,  Spray,  and  438,  Feed 
heaters,  Spray  to  steam  space,  for  devices  for  introducing 
water  into  the  steam  space;  431,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  con- 
duit, Filter  in  boiler,  and  433,  Feed  heaters,  Internal  conduit, 
Trap  outside  boiler,  for  feed  water  conduits  provided  with 
traps  and  niters;  445,  Regulation.  Depending  on  load,  where 
the  feed  water  is  controlled  by  devices  depending  upon  the 
load  on  the  motor;  446,  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water.  Fluid 
fuel,  for  combinations  of  fuel  and  water  feeders;  447,  Regula- 
tion, Fuel  and  water.  Fluid  fuel,  Cut-off,  for  feeders  with 
automatic  cut-off  for  the  fluid  fuel  upon  the  occurrence  of  an 
abnormal  water  level;  450,  Regulation,  Suspended  boiler, 
where  the  feed  is  governed  by  the  movement  of  the  boiler 
itself.  (See  also  in  this  connection  class  161,  TIME  CONTROL- 
LING MECHANISM,  subclass  16,  Timing  mechanism,  Culinary); 
446  to  419  under  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water,  Automatic 
control,  for  automatic  control  of  both  fuel  and  water  to  the 
boiler;  452,  Feeders,  Boiler  pressure,  for  art  in  this  class  where 
the  feed  is  controlled  by  the  pressure  inside  the  boiler;  495, 
Crown  sheet  protecting,  when  water  is  fed  upon  the  crown 
sheet. 

103— PUMPS,  subclass  85,  Regulators,  for  controlling  devices  for 
feed  water  pumps  depending  upon  the  water  level  or  pressure 
of  water  or  steam  in  the  boiler. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  351,  Water  heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic,  for  automatically  con- 
trolled valves  for  the  type  of  water  heater  known  in  the  art 
as  "instantaneous  water  heaters." 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  68,  Tanks,  Automatic, 
and  104,  Float  valves,  for  float  valves,  whether  used  in  a 
boiler  or  any  other  tank;  101,  Feeders,  for  valves  and  water 
level  controlling  devices  of  general  application  and  for  devices 
for  introducing  water  into  a  closed  tank,  chamber,  or  boiler, 
commonly  known  as  "gravity"  feeders  of  a  type  that  has  no 
special  provision  for  condensing  the  steam  (so  as  to  make  it 
a  vacuum  pump  and  feeder  combined,  such  devices  being 
classified  in  class  160,  STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS,  subclass 
3,  Feeders  and  Traps);  102,  Indicators,  for  float  valves;  and 
103,  Traps,  for  float  valves  for  steam  traps. 

160— STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS,  subclasses  2,  Steam  loop,  for 
devices  technically  known  in  the  art  as  "steam  loop"  feeders, 
which  raise  water  by  alternating  slugs  of  water  and  steam  in 
a  pipe  and  delivering  it  to  an  elevated  tank  against  the  hy- 
draulic head  or  returning  the  water  to  the  boiler  against  the 
boiler  pressure;  3,  Feeders  and  traps,  and  in  class  237,  HEAT 
DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  9,  Steam,  for  apparatus  act- 
ing as  a  steam  vacuum  pump  for  raising  wator  and  feeding  it 
to  a  closed  chamber  or  boiler  having  a  different  pressure  by 
gravity  action  or  for  creating  a  vacuum  for  withdrawing  air 
and  water  of  condensation  from  a  heating  system.  (For 
similar  arrangement  without  special  means  for  producing  a 
vacuum  ses  class  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  101, 
Feeders.) 

162— INJECTORS  AND  EJECTORS,  subclasses  2,  Injector,  Fluid 
level  controlled,  for  injectors  for  boilers  that  are  controlled  by 
the  water  level  in  the  boiler;  3,  Ejector,  Fluid  level  controlled, 
for  water  level  controlled  ejectors  for  removing  water  from  a 
tank,  well,  or  steam  trap. 

175— ELECTRICITY,    GENERAL    APPLICATIONS,  subclass    309, 
Switches,  Float-operated,  for  electrical  switches  for  control- 
ling feed  valves  of  boilers  operated  by  a  float. 

236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  9,  Traps,  Thermostatic, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  thermostatically  operated 
steam  traps;  12,  Expansion,  Liquid  level,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  valves  thermostatically  operated  for  control- 
ling the  level  of  water  in  a  boiler;  16,  Fusible,  for  valves 
operated  by  a  fusible  member  at  a  certain  temperature,  for 
whatever  purpose  used  in  a  boiler. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


275 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  24,  Traps,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  combinations  of  thermostatic 
valves  and  float  valves  or  pressure  operated  valves  in  steam 
traps. 

452.  FEEDERS,    BOILER-PRESSURE.    Devices    for    feeding 

water  to  a  boiler  and  controlling  the  supply  by  boiler  pressure. 
This  subclass  also  contains  patents  having  claims  to  boiler 
structure  combined  with  the  feeding  mechanism. 
Search  Classes— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  445,  Regu- 
lation- Depending  on  load;  448,  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water. 
Automatic  control,  Fluid  fuel,  and  449,  Regulation,  Fuel  and 
water,  Automatic  control,  Solid  fuel,  for  the  combination  of 
the  feed  water  and  the  fuel  controlling  devices  depending  on 
boiler  pressure. 

103 — PUMPS,  subclass  85,  Regulators,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, for  feeders  for  boilers  controlled  by  boiler  pressure 
claiming  a  pumping  system  where  it  is  immaterial  whether 
the  tank  to  which  the  water  is  pumped  be  a  boiler,  tank,  or 
any  other  receptacle. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36, 
Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Fuel  feeding,  and  230,  AIR  AND  GAS 
PUMPS,  under  the  special  type  of  control,  for  the  control  of 
the  fuel  by  boiler  pressure. 

453.  FEEDERS,    EXHAUST-STEAM.    Devices    for    returning 

the  exhaust  steam  to  the  boiler. 

454.  FEEDERS,     EXHAUST-STEAM,     WATER-INJECTED. 

Devices  for  mixing  exhaust  steam  with  water  and  returning 
it  to  the  boiler. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  442,  Feed 
heaters,  Steam,  Injected,  for  feed  water  heaters  heated  by 
injecting  steam . 

62 — REFRIGERATION,  subclass  31,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  Injected,  and  210,  WATER  PURIFICATION,  subclasses 
1,  Miscellaneous,  and  21,  Steam  heater  and  filter,  for  water 
heaters  heated  by  injecting  steam  of  general  application. 
62 — INJECTORS  AND  EJECTORS,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous, 


162 


for 


injectors. 


455.  FEEDERS,     EXHAUST-STEAM,     WATER-INJECTED, 

FROM  BOILER.    Devices  for  mixing  exhaust  steam  with 
water  taken  from  the  boiler  and  returning  it  to  the  boiler. 
Ssarch  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  36,  Aux- 
iliary steam  heater. 

456.  FEEDERS,  GRAVITY,  AUTOMATIC.    Boiler  feeders  con- 

sisting of  one  or  more  closed  tanks  or  receptacles  having  auto- 
matically controlled  inlet  and  outlet  valves  for  admitting 
water  to  the  tank  and  discharging  it  therefrom,  and  also 
having  means  for  equalizing  the  pressure  between,  the  tank 
and  the  boiler,  whereby  the  water  will  fall  by  gravity  into 
the  boiler,  the  tank  being  located  above  the  boiler. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  451,  Feeders, 
and  the  subclasses  indicated  in  the  search  notes  thereto;  457, 
Feeders,  Gravity,  Automatic,  Heater. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  101,  Feeders,  and  160, 
STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS,  subclass  3,  Feeders  and  traps. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  18,  Fluid  piston,  Tank  and 
float,  for  valve  structure  and  analogous  arrangement. 

457.  FEEDERS,  GRAVITY,  AUTOMATIC, HEATER.    Gravity 

automatic  boiler  feeders,  with  means  for  heating  the  feed 

water. 

Search  Classes— 
122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses 456,  Feeders, 

Gravity,  Automatic,  for  automatic  gravity  feeders  without 

the  heater;  458,  Feeders,  Gravity,  Heater,  for  hand  operated 

gravity  feeders  with  a  heater. 
137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  101,  Feeders,  and  230,  AIR 

AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  18,  Fluid  piston,  Tank  and  float, 

for  structure  of  valves  and  floats  having  the  same  operation. 
160— STEAM  AND  VACUUM   PUMPS,  subclass  3,   Feeders  and 

traps,  for  closely  allied  art. 

458.  FEEDERS,  GRAVITY,  HEATER.    Gravity  feeders  having 

means  for  heating  the  feed  water,  but  not  of  the  automatic 
type. 

Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  457,  Feeders, 
Gravity,  Automatic,  Heater,  for  gravity  feeders  of  the  auto- 
matic type  with  a  feed  water  heater. 

459.  STEAM  TREATMENT.    Miscellaneous  apparatus  and  meth- 

ods for  treating  steam  or  vapor,  either  by  superheating  or 
cooling  it,  or  by  expanding  or  compressing  it,  or  by  any  com- 
bination of  operations. 

Note. — If  a  superheater  is  of  general  application  for  heat  transfer- 
ence, it  is  not  classified  in  the  boiler  art  at  all,  but  in  class  62, 
REFRIGERATION,  subclass  32,  Heat  transferrers  and  conservers, 
One  fluid. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  487,  Steam 
treatment,  Superheater,  Water  injected,  for  superheaters  hav- 
ing means  for  injecting  water  into  the  steam. 

60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  for  superheating 
devices  for  steam  when  the  products  of  combustion  are 
mixed  with  the  steam  or  air  and  steam  are  superheated  com- 
minglsd. 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  for  devices  for  superheating  the  steam 
in  the  engine  cylinder  and  combinations  of  engines  with  super- 
healers  when  the  structure  of  the  engine  is  involved. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  for  electric  heat- 
ing devices  for  superheating  steam. 

460.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  BOILERS  WITH  SUPERHEAT- 

ERS.   General  combinations  of  boilers  of  a  miscellaneous 
structure  with  steam  superheaters,  not  defined  in  other  sub- 
classes.   Superheaters  of  use  only  as  a  steam  superheater  are 
classified  here. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  477,  Steam 
treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Superheater  and  feed  heater, 
for  combinations  of  water  tube  boilers  with  steam  super- 
heaters and  feed  water  heaters;  485,  Steam  treatment,  Super- 
heater, Separate  furnace,  for  superheaters  with  a  separate 
furnace. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  32,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  One  fluid,  for  structure  of  general  application  for  heat 
transference  that  may  or  may  not  be  employed  as  a  super- 
heater, although  the  title  of  the  invention  may  be  "steam 
superheater." 

461.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  FIRE-TUBE    BOILER,  HORI- 

ZONTAL, SUPERHEATER.  Steam  superheaters  in  com- 
bination with  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers  or  flue  boilers  of  a 
miscellaneous  character. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  469,  Steam 
treatment,  Horizontal  boiler,  Superheater,  Rear  of  firebox, 
and  481,  Steam  treatment,  Superheater,  Firebox. 

462.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  FIRE-TUBE    BOILER,  HORI- 

ZONTAL, SUPERHEATER,  IN  FIRE  TUBE,  FROM 
SMOKEBOX.  The  structure  and  arrangement  of  a  steam 
tube  superheater  having  steam  tubes  extending  from  the 
smoke  box  of  a  horizontal  fire  tube  boiler  into  the  fire  tubes. 

463.  STEAM  TREATMENT,   FIRE-TUBE    BOILER,   HORI- 

ZONTAL. SUPERHEATER,  INTERIOR  STEAM 
SPACE,  INTERNAL  FIRE-TUBE.  Horizontal  fire  tube 
boilers  having  a  steam  space  within  the  boiler  separate  from 
the  main  steam  space,  in  which  are  fire  tubes  for  superheating 
the  steam. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  482,  Steam 
treatment,  Superheater,  Fire  tube  in  steam  space. 

464.  STEAM    TREATMENT,   FIRE-TUBE    BOILER,   HORI- 

ZONTAL, SUP  ERH  EATER,  SMOKE  BOX,  FIRE-TUBE. 
The  structure  and  arrangement  of  a  superheater  for  steam 
having  fire  tubes  passing  through  the  swam  chamber  of  the 
superheater,  located  at  the  smokebox  end  of  a  horizontal  fire 
tube  boiler. 

465.  STEAM  TREATMENT,   FIRE-TUBE    BOILER,   HORI- 

ZONTAL. SUPERHEATER,  SMOKEBOX,  STEAM- 
TUBE.  The  structure  and  arrangement  of  a  steam  tube 
superheater  at  the  smokebox  end  of  a  horizontal  fire  tube 
boiler  and  generally  located  in  the  smokebox. 

466.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  FIRE-TUBE  BOILER,  SUPER- 

HEATER AN.D  FEED  HEATER.  Fire  tube  boilers  or 
large  flue  boilers  having  both  a  steam  superheater  and  a  feed 
water  heater  combined  therewith. 

4C7.  STEAM     TREATMENT,    FIRE-TUBE     BOILER,  VER- 
TICAL,  SUPERHEATER.     The    structure    and    general 
arrangement  of  superheaters  for  vertical  fire  tube  boilers, 
except  those  located  in  the  firebox. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  468,  Steam 
treatment,  Flue  Boiler,  Vertical,  Internal  water  tube,  Super- 
heater; 481,  Steam  treatment,  Superheater,  Firebox. 

4G8.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  FLUE  BOILER,  VERTICAL. 
INTERNAL  WATER-TUBE,  SUPERHEATER.  Ver- 
tical flue  boilers  having  water  tubes  within  the  flue,  in  com- 
bination with  a  steam  superheater. 

469.  STEAM    TREATMENT,    HORIZONTAL    BOILER,    SU- 

PERHEATER,   REAR    OF    FIREBOX.      Superheaters 
located  at  the  rear  of  the  firebox  or  back  of  the  bridge  wall  of 
miscellaneous  boilers  extending  horizontally.    The  boiler  is 
generally  of  the  horizontal  cylindrical  type. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  464,  Steam 
treatment,  Fire  tube  boiler,  Horizontal,  Superheater,  Smoke- 
box,  Fire  tube,  for  general  combination  of  superheater  with 
horizontal  fire  tube  boilers;  481,  Steam  treatment,  Superheater, 
Firebox. 

470.  STEAM    TREATMENT.    HORIZONTAL    BOILER,    SU- 

PERHEATER,  WASTE   HEAT   FLUE.    The  structure 
and  arrangement  of  a  superheater  in  the  waste  heat  flue  of  a 
horizontally  located  boiler. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  the  subclasses  under 
Feed  Heaters  generally,  and  especially  subclass  421,  Feed 
healers,  Furnace  gases,  Offtake  flue. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  32,  Heat  transferrers  and  con- 
servers,  One  fluid,  for  structures  of  general  application  for 
heat  transference,  although  a  steam  boiler  may  be  disclosed 
in  the  patent. 


276 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

471.  STEAM  TREATMENT,   WATER-TUBE    BOILER,  DE- 

CLINED OVER  BRIDGE-WALL,  FRONT  AND  REAR 
HEADER,  DECLINED  DRUM,  SUPERHEATER.  The 
structure  and  general  arrangement  of  a  steam  superheater 
within  the  combustion  space  of  a  water  tube  boiler  having 
banks  of  water  tubes  rearwardly  declined  over  the  bridge  wall 
and  in  communication  with  front  and  rear  headers,  which 
are  in  communication  with  a  declined  drum  posited  above 
the  water  tubes. 

472.  STEAM  TREATMENT.    WATER-TUBE   BOILER,  DE- 

CLINED OVER  BRIDGE-WALL.  FRONT  AND  REAR 
HEADER,  LONGITUDINAL  DRUM,  SUPERHEATER. 
The  structure  and  general  arrangement  of  a  superheater  in 
the  combustion  space  of  a  water  tube  boiler  having  banks  of 
water  tubes  rearwardly  declined  over  the  bridge  wall  and 
communicating  with  headers  at  each  end,  which  headers 
communicate  with  a  longitudinal  drum  posited  above  the 
water  tubes. 

473.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  WATER-TUBE  BOILER,  LON- 

GITUDINAL   DRUM,    SUPERHEATER.    Superheaters 
for  water  tube  boilers  having  a  longitudinal  drum  not  other- 
wise provided  for. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  472,  Steam 
treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Dei-lined  over  bridge  wall, 
Front  and  rear  header,  Longitudinal  drum,  Superheater. 

474.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  WATER-TUBE  BOILER,  OVER 

BRIDGE-WALL,  SUPERHEATER.  Miscellaneous  super- 
heaters for  water  tube  boilers  having  banks  of  tubes  over  the 
bridge  wall. 

475.  STEAM      TREATMENT,      WATER-TUBE       BOILER, 

STAND-PIPE,  SPUR-TUBE,  SUPERHEATER.  The 
structure  and  general  arrangement  of  a  steam  superheater  in 
the  combustion  space  of  a  water  tube  boiler  having  a  stand 
pipe  provided  with  spur  water  tubes. 

476.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  WATER-TUBE    BOILER,    SU- 

PERHEATER.   Miscellaneous  water  tube  boilers  having 
superheaters  for  steam  combined  with  the  boiler  in  the  same 
heating  chamber. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  474,  Steam 
treatment,  Water  tube  boiler,  Over  bridge  wall,  Superheater, 
for  superheaters  for  water  tube  boilers  of  a  miscellaneous  type, 
with  water  tubes  over  the  bridge  wall;  477,  Steam  treatment, 
Water  tube  boiler,  Superheater  and  feed  heater. 

477.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  WATER-TUBE    BOILER,    SU- 

PERHEATER AND  FEED  HEATER.  Water  tube  boil- 
ers provided  with  both  a  superheater  for  steam  and  a  feed 
water  heater. 

478.  STEAM      TREATMENT,      WATER-TUBE       BOILER, 

TRANSVERSE  DRUM,  SUPERHEATER.  Superheaters 
for  water  tube  boilers  having  one  or  more  transverse  drums. 

479.  STEAM  TREATMENT    SUPERHEATER,  AUTOMATIC 

HEAT  REGULATION.    Steam  superheaters  having  means 
for  automatically  regulating  the  temperature  of  the  super- 
heated steam. 
Search  Classes—  . 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  445,  Regu- 
lation, Depending  on  load;  the  subclasses  under  Regulation, 
Fuel  and  water,  Automatic  control,  and  452,  Feeders,  Boiler 
pressure,  for  closely  allied  art  and  special  features  of  controlling 
devices. 

126 -STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  351,  Water  heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic,  for  similar  controllers. 

236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  for  structure  of  the  controlling 
device. 

480.  STEAM    TREATMENT,     SUPERHEATER,     DAMPER 

CONTROLLED.    Superheaters  having  a  damper  for  varying 
the  amount  of  heat  to  which  the  superheater  is  subjected  and 
their  arrangement  with  the  boiler. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  479,  Steam 
treatment,  Superheater,  Automatic  heat  regulation. 

481.  STEAM    TREATMENT     SUPERHEATER,    FIREBOX. 

Superheaters  located  in  the  firebox  of  any  type  of  boiler,  or  the 
superheater  may  be  located  around  the  "firebox. 

482.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  SUPERHEATER,   FIRE-TUBE 

IN  STEAM-SPACE.     Boilers  having  fire  tubes  in  the  steam 
space  of  the  boiler  for  superheating  the  steam. 
Search  Class  — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  463,  Steam 
treatment,  Fire  tube  boiler,  Horizontal,  Superheater,  Interior 
steam  space,  Internal  fire  lube,  for  fire  tubes  heating  a  sepa- 
rate steam  chamber  in  the  boiler;  486,  Steam  treatment,  Super- 
heater, Steam  dome,  for  superheated  steam  domes. 

483.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  SUPERHEATER,  INDIRECTLY 

HEATED.  Devices  for  superheating  steam  indirectly  by 
heating  a  (luid  or  fusible  solid  and  transferring  the  heat  of  the 
fluid  or  melted  mass  to  the  steam. 

Note.— Compare  the  subclasses  under  Indirectly  heated,  Sepa- 
rate fluid. 

Search  Class  — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  479,  Steam 
treatment,  Superheater,  Automatic  heat  regulation,  for  this 
type  of  superheater  having  an  automatic  leiiiiwrature  regu- 
lator. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

484.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  SUPERHEATER,  SEPARATE 
CHARGES.  Superheaters  provided  with  means  for  heating 
the  steam  in  separate  charges,  each  charge  or  portion  being  cut 
off  and  isolated  from  the  main  steam  line  while  being  super- 
heated. 
Search  Classes— 

60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  if  air  or  products 
of  combustion  are  mixed  with  the  steam. 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  if  the  superheater  is  combined  with  the 
engine  structure. 

4S5.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  SUPERHEATER,  SEPARATE 
FL  RN ACE.  Steam  superheaters  having  a  separate  furnace 
for  heating  them. 

486.  STEAM   TREATMENT,   SUPERHEATER,   STEAM- 

DOME.    Steam  domes  provided  with  means  for  drying  or 
superheating  the  steam,  excluding  mere  steam  separators. 
Search  Class— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  492,  Sepa- 
rators, Steam  dome,  for  steam  domes  with  separators;  508, 
Steam  domes,  for  steam  domes  without  separators. 

487.  STEAM  TREATMENT,  SUPERHEATER,  WATER  IN- 

JECTED. Means  for  injecting  water  into  superheated  steam 
or  to  structure  of  superheaters  with  water  injection  mechanism. 

488.  SEPARATORS,    BOILER    CIRCULATION.    Devices    lo- 

cated within  the  boiler  for  separating  the  steam  from  the 
water  as  it  circulates  in  the  boiler. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  408,  Circula- 
tion, Internal  conduit,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  cir- 
culating conduits  with  incidental  steam  separators. 

489.  SEPARATORS,     BOILER     RETURN.    Combinations    of 

separators  located  in  the  steam  main  leading  from  the  boiler 
with  means  for  automatically  returning  the  water  to  the  boiler. 
Search  Classes— 

83— MILLS,  subclass  90,  Steam  separators,  for  structure  of  the 
s  'parator. 

160— STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS,  subclass  2,  Steam  loop,  for 
disclosures  of  separators  in  the  steam  main  with  "stedkn  loop  " 
apparatus  for  returning  the  water  to  the  boiler. 

490.  SEPARATORS,  FOR    TILTING    BOILERS.    Mechanism 

for  preventing  water  being  carried  out  of  the  boiler  into  the 
steam  main  when  the  boiler  is  tilted  or  inclined  from  a  normal 
horizontal  position,  as,  for  instance,  when  a  ship  is  pitching 
or  rolling  or  when  a  traction  engine  is  ascending  or  descending 
a  grade  or  when  a  locomotive  on  a  railroad  is  hi  like  position. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  495,  Crown 
sheet  protecting,  and  as  indicated  in  the  notes  thereto. 

491.  SEPARATORS,  INTERIOR  OF  BOILER.    Steam  separa- 

tors located  either  within  the  steam  space  of  a  boiler  or  in  the 
steam  space,  in  combination  with  a  separator  in  the  steam 
dome  or  steam  mam  or  at  the  outlet  of  the  boiler,  so  that  the 
water  will  fall  back  into  the  boiler  when  steam  is  being  dis- 
charged. 

NOTE. — This  subclass  includes  separators  of  the  nature  defined, 
although  they  may  be  used  in  a  sugar  evaporator. 

Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  488,  Sepa- 
rators, Boiler  circulation,  and  the  subclassss  referred  to  in  the 
notes  thereunder,  for  means  for  separating  steam  from  the 
water  circulation  of  the  boiler;  489,  Separators,  Boiler  return, 
for  separators  in  the  steam  main  with  means  for  returning  th  • 
water  to  the  boiler;  492,  Separators,  Steam  dome,  for  steam 
domes  with  separators. 
83— MILLS,  subclass  90,  Steam  separators,  for  separators  located 

in  a  steam  main. 

103— PUMPS,  subclass  106,  Trap  type;  137,  WATER  DISTRIBU- 
TION, subclass  103,  Traps;  160,  STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS, 
subclass  3,  Feeders  and  traps;  162,  INJECTORS  AND  EJECTORS, 
subclass  3,  Ejector,  Fluid  level  controlled;  236,  DAMPERS. 
AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  9,  Traps,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 12,  Expansion,  Liquid  level;  13,  Expansion,  Liquid 
level,  Separate  conduit,  and  14,  Expansion,  Liquid  level, 
Separate  conduit,  Pressure  operated  valve,  and  237, 1  IEAT  DIS- 
TRIBUTING SYSTEMS,  subclass  24,  Traps,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  steam  traps. 

492.  SEPARATORS,  STEAM-DOME.    Steam  separators  located 

in  the  steam  dome  of  the  boiler  or  to  the  structure  of  the  steam 

dome  having  steam  separating  apparatus. 
Search  Classes— 
122  -LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  486,  Steam 

treatment,  Superheater,  Steam  dome,  for  steam  domes  with 

superheaters;  508,  Steam  domes,  for  steam  domes  without 

steam  separators. 
136— STEAM  ENGINE  VALVES,  subclass  11,  Throttle,  for  throttle 

valves  in  steam  domes  with  incidental  steam  separators. 

493.  BRACES  AND  STAYS.    Miscellaneous  braces  and  stays  and 

their  general  arrangement  with  the  boiler  walls  not  included 
in  the  definitions  of  other  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  sulx;lasses  83,  Fire  tube, 
Horizontal,  Transverse  diaphragm,  for  supports  for  fire  tubes 
for  horizontal  fire  tube  boilers;  3(K),  Water  tube,  Headers, 
Closures  and  couplings,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
braces  and  stays  for  headers  and  header  structure;  496,  Crown 
sheets  and  stays,  for  the  general  arrangement  of  stays  and  the 
structure  of  crown  sheets. 


DKFINTTIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


277 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

83— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  1.5  Bolts,  Stays,  for  boiler  stay  bolts. 

220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  140, 
Tanks,  Braces,  for  boiler  braces  of  general  application  for  any 
closed  tank. 

494.  CASINGS.    Inclosures  surrounding  a  boiler  of  a  miscellaneous 

nature  not  specially  provided  for  in  other  subclasses  in  this  or 
any  other  main  class. 
Search  Classes— 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  23,  Heat  insulated  receptacles; 
72,  MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  41,  Walls, 
Block,  Hollow;  106,  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  18,  Heat 
insulating;  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  72,  Mains 
and  pipes,  Thawing,  and  75,  Mains  and  pipes,  Pipes,  for  other 
heat  insulating  art. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  1,  Furnace  structure,  and  4,  Fur- 
nace structure,  Horizontal  cylindrical  boiler,  for  brickwork 
forming  part  of  the  furnace  which  covers  the  boiler. 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALAGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclasses  44,  Heat  insulating  coverings,  and  45,  Heat  insu- 
lating coverings,  Air-spaced,  for  what  are  known  as  "boiler 
coverings"  for  preventing  the  radiation  of  heat. 

495.  CROWN-SHEET    PROTECTING.     Boilers  having  means 

to  prevent  the  crown  sheet  over  the  firebox  from  being  uncov- 
ered by  water  when  the  boiler  is  tilted  from  the  normal  hori- 
zontal position. 
Search  Classes — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  490,  Separa- 
tors, For  tilting  boilers,  for  allied  art. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  114,  Traction  engines, 
for  devices  to  keep  the  boiler  of  a  traction  engine  level  when 
going  up  or  down  grade. 

496.  CROWN  SHEETS   AND   STAYS.    The  structure  of  crown 

sheets  and  braces  and  stays  therefor. 
Search  Classes— 
122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  58,  Fire 

tube,  Horizontal,  Drop  water  firebox;  493,  Braces  and  stays, 

for  miscellaneous  braces  and  stavs. 
85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 

subclass  1.5,  Bolts,  Stay,  for  stay  bolts. 
220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  140, 

Tanks,  Braces,  for  braces  and  stays  for  boilers  and  closed  tanks 

of  general  application. 

497.  FRONTS.    Water-cooled  fronts  for  boilers. 

498.  FRONTS,  DOORS.    Water-cooled  furnace  doors.    There  may 

or  may  not  be  a  circulatory  communication  with  the  boiler. 

The  door  may  be  employed  to  heat  water  for  any  purpose  or 

to  generate  steam. 
Search  Classes— 
75— METALLURGY,  subclass  132,  Puddling  hearths,  Doors  and 

bits,  and  202,  CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  subclass  6,  Coke,  Ovens, 

Doors. 
110— FURNACES,  subclass  180,  Doors  and  casings,  Cooling,  for 

air-cooled  furnace  doors. 

499.  FRONTS,  MOUTHS.    The  structure  of  the  fuel  feed  opening 

of  a  firebox  having  water  heating  chambers  or  conduits.    The 
feed  water  may  be  heated  in  this  structure. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  93,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Water  firebox,  Offset;  94,  Fire  tube,  Hori- 
zontal, Water  firebox,  Offset,  Water  tube  type;  189,  Hori- 
zontal cylinder,  Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water  roof;  190, 
Horizontal  cylinder,  Offset  subjacent  firebox,  Water  tube; 
193,  Horizontal  cylinder,  Water  firebox,  and  194,  Horizontal 
cylinder,  Water  firebox,  Water  tube  type. 

500.  FRONTS,  MOUTHS,  WATER-FIREBOX.    The  construc- 

tion of  the  fuel  feed  passage  in  a  water  firebox. 

501.  FLUID-DISPLACER.    Boilers  whose  steam  or  water  space 

or  some  part  thereof  contains  fluid  displacing  elements. 
Search  Class — 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  40,  Flasher; 
242,  Water  tube,  Capillary:  243,  Water  tube,  Capillary,  Fluid 
fuel;  406,  Circulation,  and  509,  Submerged  steam  chamber. 

502.  FLUID-DISPLACER,  FLUID  FUEL.    Bolters  whose  steam 

or  water  space  or  some  part  thereof  contains  fluid  displacing 
elements  and  is  heated  by  fluid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  243,  Water 
tube,  Capillary,  Fluid  fuel,  and  406,  Circulation. 

503.  FUEL-BAFFLES.    The    structure    and    arrangement    of  a 

water-cooled  baffle,  which  is  generally  located  in  the  firebox 
for  reciving  the  impact  of  the  burning  fuel,  either  fluid  or 
comminuted  solid  fuel. 

Note. — Compare  class  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS, 
subclass  10,  For  fluid  fuel  burner. 

504.  SAFETY    DEVICES.    Devices  not  otherwise  provided  for 

to  prevent  explosions  or  injury  to  boilers, 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  125,  Fire 
tut)?,  Vertical,  Top  water  chamber,  and  164,  Flue,  Vertical, 
Insulated  outlet  flue;  304,  Water  tube,  Headers,  Closures  and 
couplings,  Tube  closures;  437,  Feed  heaters,  Safety  valve; 
447,  Regulation,  Fuel  and  water,  Fluid  fuel,  Cut-off;  490, 
Separators,  For  tilting  boilers;  494,  Casings;  495,  Crown  sheet 
protecting,  for  different  types  of  safety  devices  in  this  class. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  450,  Regu- 
lation, Suspended  boiler;  161,  TIME  CONTROLLING  KECHA- 
MSM,  subclass  16,  Timing  mechanism,  Culinary,  and  236, 
DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  490,  Separa- 
tors, for  tilting  boilers;  103,  PUMPS;  175,  ELECTRICITY, 
GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  309,  Switches,  Float  oper- 
ated, and  177,  ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclass  317,  Alarms, 
Liquid  level,  for  special  safety  devices. 

B&^REFRIGERATION,  subclass  24,  Condensers,  for  safety  de- 
vices for  condensers. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  54,  Gages,  Water. 

85— DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW  THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclass  1.5,  Bolts,  Stay,  for  stay  bolts  having  indicators  for 
breakage  of  bolt;  also  in  this  class  (122),  subclasses  493,  Braces 
and  stays,  and  510,  Supports. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  35,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Water  backs,  Safety  devices;  136,  STEAM  ENGINE  VALVES, 
subclasses  9,  Safety,  and  11,  Throttle;  137,  WATER  DISTRIBU- 
TION, subclass  53.  Safety  valves,  and  237,  HEAT  DISTRIBU- 
TING SYSTEMS,  subclass  15,  Water,  for  safety  valves. 

136 — STEAM  ENGINE  VALVES,  subclass  11,  Throttle,  for  valves 
of  general  application  that  close  a  steam  conduit  to  prevent 
steam  from  escaping  and  doing  damage  when  a  steam  main 
or  pipe  bursts. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  4,  Cocks  and  faucets, 
Reciprocating  valves,  for  valves  provided  with  diaphragms 
that  break  under  a  given  pressure;  102,  Indicators;  103,  Traps, 
for  steam  traps  that  are  drained  when  the  pressure  is  ofl  to 
prevent  freezing. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  121, 
Tank  attachments,  Safety,  for  diaphragms  for  boilers  and 
tanks  that  break  under  a  given  pressure;  124,  Tank  closures, 
for  boiler  manholes  and  closures  with  safety  attachments. 

236 — DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  15,  Expansion,  Liquid 
level,  Trip  valve,  and  10,  Fusible,  for  valves  closed  or  opened 
for  safety  purposes  and  for  fusible  plugs  or  parts  in  the  ooiler 
walls. 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  25,  Traps,  Heated, 
for  steam  traps  that  are  heated  to  prevent  freezing. 

505.  SAFETY  DEVICES,  FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS,  FLOAT- 

CONTROLLED.    Float  controlled  devices  for  admitting 
steam  or  water  to  the  firebox  or  for  otherwise  extinguishing 
or  dampening  the  fire. 
Search  Class — 

236 — DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclasses  10,  Fusible,  for  fusible 
members  and  plugs  for  admitting  water  or  steam  to  the  boiler; 
15,  Expansion,  Liquid  level,  Trip  valve,  and  169,  FIRE  EX- 
TINGUISHERS, generally. 

506.  SAFETY    DEVICES,    FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS,   PRES- 

SURE-CONTROLLED. Devices  for  extinguishing  or 
dampening  the  fire  of  the  boiler  when  a  certain  pressure  inside 
the  boiler  is  attained.  This  includes  combined  safety  valves 
and  fire  extinguishers. 

507.  SAFETY   DEVICES,   SELF-CLOSING   VALVE.    Boilers 

with  valves  that  close  automatically  when  some  part  of  the 
boiler  bursts  in  order  to  prevent  steam  or  water  from  escaping. 
Search  Classes — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  364,  Water 
tube.  Headers,  Closures  and  couplings,  Tube  closures,  for 
hand  operated  valves  for  closing  tubes  and  headers. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  24,  Condensers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  valves  automatically  operated  for 
similar  purposes. 

83— MILLS,  subclass  90,  Steam  separators,  for  steam  separators 
provided  with  valves  for  preventing  the  water  of  condensa- 
tion from  entering  the  steam  main  leading  to  the  engine. 

136— STEAM  ENGINE  VALVES,  subclass  11,  Throttle,  for  valves 
of  general  application  to  a  steam  conduit  for  preventing  escape 
of  steam  or  water. 

508.  STEAM-DOMES.    The  structure  of  the  steam  receiving  and 

storing  chambers  for  boilers  with  which  the  steam  main  com- 
municates which  do  not  come  within  the  definition  of  other 
subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  88,  Fire 
tube,  Horizontal,  Upper  drum;  3C5,  Water  tube,  Drums  and 
couplings,  for  steam  and  water  drums  for  water  tube  boilers; 
4(13,  Steam  treatment,  Fire  tube  boilers,  Horizontal,  Super- 
heater, Interior  steam  space,  Internal  fire  tube,  and  509,  Sub- 
merged steam  chamber,  forsteam collecting  chambers  located 
within  the  body  of  the  boiler;  486,  Steam  treatment,  Super- 
heater, Steam  dome,  for  steam  domes  or  chambers  having 
means  for  superheating  the  steam.  See  also  suliclass  463, 
Steam  treatment,  Fire  tube  boiler,  Horizontal,  Superheater, 
Interior  steam  space,  Internal  fire  tube. 

136 — STEAM  ENGINE  VALVES,  subclass  11,  Throttle,  for  steam 
domes  with  throttle  valves. 

509.  SUBMERGED  STEAM-CHAMBER.    Boilers  provided  with 

a  steam  chamber  or  receiver  inside  the  boiler  below  the  water 
line. 

Search  Class— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  36,  Auxil- 
iary steam  heater,  and  463,  Steam  treatment,  Fire  tul:>e  boiler, 
Horizontal,  Superheater,  Interior  steam  space,  Internal  fire 
tube,  for  special  combinations. 

510.  SUPPORTS.    Mechanism  and  structure  for  supporting  boilers 

of  various  types  when  the  structure  of  the  boiler  or  the  gen- 
eral arrangement  is  claimed  in  combination  with  the  support. 


278 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  11,  Rotary, 
and  12,  Rotatably  supported,  for  rotatably  supported  boilers; 
450,  Regulation,  Suspended  boiler,  for  normally  supported 
boilers  for  regulating  the  feed  water  or  heat  generation. 

110 — FURNACES,  for  structure  of  furnace  walls. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  139, 
Tanks,  Supports  and  brackets,  for  boiler  supports  and  set- 
tings and  brackets  of  general  application  adapted  to  support 
any  closed  or  open  tank. 

836—  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC. 

511.  TUBES  AND  CONNECTIONS.    The  structure  of  tubes  and 
flues  for  boilers  not  of  general  applicat  ion  and  their  connection 
with  the  boiler  and  couplings  for  tubes  or  flues,  not  specially 
provided  for  in  other  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

122 — LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  360,  Water 
tube,  Headers,  Closures  and  couplings,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  305,  Water  tube,  Drums  and  couplings,  for 
tube  couplings  for  headers  and  drums  and  the  structure  of  the 
headers  and  drums. 


CLASS  122— Continued. 

62 — REFRIGERATION,  subclasses  24,  Condensers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder;  28,  Cooling  radiators,  Motor  vehicle,  and 
29,  Heat  transferrers  and  conservers,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  97,  Furnace  structure,  Baffles  and 
heat  retainers,  for  protecting  devices  for  the  ends  of  boiler 
tubes. 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  110,  Packing,  Steam-joint. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  98,  Pipe  couplings,  Pipe 
and  plate,  for  couplings  for  tubes  of  boilers  and  condensers  or 
feed  water  heaters  to  the  tube  sheet. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  100,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Tubes,  for  structure  of  tube  or  flue. 

512.  TUBE  SHEETS.    Structure  of  the  tube  sheet  for  boilers  not 

of  general  application. 
Search  Class — 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclasses  365,  Water 
tube,  Drums  and  couplings,  and  511,  Tubes  and  connections. 


CLASS  123.— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  contains  inventions  relating  to  prime  movers  or  engines 
in  which  a  combustible  material  is  burned  within  an  inclosed  space 
or  chamber  and  the  heat  energy  thus  developed  converted  into  work 
by  permitting  the  resulting  products  of  combustion  to  act  upon  and 
through  mechanical  powers,  the  engine  in  question  including  suit- 
able mechanism  whereby  the  functions  above  enumerated  are  con- 
tinually and  automatically  carried  out,  and  such  engine  being 
designed  to  communicate  power  to  some  machine  or  device  exterior 
to  itself. 

The  space  or  combustion-chamber  above  referred  to  is  ordinarily 
the  interior  of  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine,  the  products  of 
combustion  acting  immediately  upon  a  reciprocating  or  rotating 
piston  moving  within  the  same  chamber  in  which  combustion  takes 
place  or  in  an  extension  thereof.  Some  types  of  internal-combustion 
engines,  however,  besides  fulfilling  the  conditions  above  mentioned, 
have  a  valve  operated  by  and  in  unison  therewith  located  between 
the  combustion-chamber  and  the  elements  upon  and  through  which 
the  products  of  combustion  act  to  thereby  control  th?  flow  of  said 
products,  in  which  case  the  chamber  within  which  the  combustible 
material  is  burned  is  so  formed  within  the  structure  of  the  engine  of 
which  it  forms  a  part,  as  to  be  inseparable  therefrom  without  destroy- 
ing the  identity  of  the  device  as  a  whole. 

The  working  fluid  is  ordinarily  such  as  results  from  combustion 
alone;  but  in  some  of  the  engines  in  this  class  a  small  quantity  of 
water  is  supplied  to  the  engine,  generally  by  injecting  it  directly 
into  the  interior  of  the  combustion-chamber  during  or  after  the 
combustion  of  the  combustible  material;  but  in  all  engines  using 
water  the  amount  used  is  comparatively  small,  so  that  the  resulting 
steam  is  necessarily  in  a  superliented  condition. 

This  class  also  includes  separate  parts  of  engines  coming  within 
the  above  definition  and  also  subordinate  elements  designed  for  use 
with  such  engines  and  incapable  of  use  in  the  manner  contemplated 
with  other  devices  or  in  other  relations. 

From  the  above  it  will  be  seen  that  devices  go  into  this  class 
"because  of  a  function  performed  by  a  given  element  or  combination 
of  elements  rather  than  because  of  any  particular  structure  of  such 
elements,  and  therefore,  given  structural  features  forming  a  machine 
adapted  for  use  as  an  internal-combustion  engine,  may  be  found  in 
any  other  classes  having  machines  of  like  general  structure.  Thus 
probably  any  given  structure  adapted  for  use  as  an  internal-com- 
t>ustion  engine  could  generally  with  slight  modification  be  used  as 
a  steam  or  other  heat  engine,  and  often  as  an  air,  gas,  or  water  pump, 
a  hydraulic  motor,  a  meter,  etc.  This  would  not  ordinarily  oe  the 
case  with  the  subordinate  or  auxiliary  devices  included  in  this  class, 
as  from  what  appears  above  such  subordinate  elements  as  the  class 
contains  are  adapted  for  use  in  the  manner  contemplated  only  with 
or  forming  a  part  of  an  internal-combustion  engine. 

It  therefore  follows  that  a  search  for  a  given  general  mechanical 
structure  adapted  for  use  as  an  internal-combustion  engine  will 
generally  need  to  be  continued  in  the  classes  above  indicated. 

Further  fields  of  search  for  the  various  subordinate  elements  de- 
signed for  and  adapted  to  be  used  only  with  internal-combustion 
engines,  and  therefore  included  in  this  class,  are  indicated  in  the 
definitions  hereinafter  appearing  of  those  various  subclasses. 

For  devices  for  elevating  water  through  the  agency  of  burned  or 
exploded  gases,  see  class  160,  STEAM  AND  VACUUM  PUMPS,  and 
class  103,  PUMPS,  subclass  07,  Fluid  motive  power. 

For  devices  for  propelling  boats  through  the  same  agency,  see 
class  115,  MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  13,  Jet,  Explosive. 

For  devices  in  which  burned  or  exploded  gases  are  nsad  directly 
to  operate  a  rock-drill,  see  class  125.  STONE-WORKING,  subclass  10, 
Drills. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Internal-combustion  engines  not  coming 

within  the  terms  of  the  definition  of  some  one  of  the  following 
internal-combustion-engine  subclasses.  This  subclass  con- 
tains patents  relating  to  cycles  or  modes  of  operation  not 
hereinafter  provided  for  or  in  which  the  cycle  or  mode  of 
operation  is  not  definitely  determined  by  the  structure  dis- 
closed and  will  not  ordinarily  contain  patents  relating  to 
definite  mechanical  structure. 

Note. — Given  mechanical  structures  not  provided  for  in  structural 
subclasses,  but  operating  upon  a  definite  and  determined 
cycle  of  operation  provided  for  in  this  classification,  are  classi- 
fied in  miscellaneous  functional  or  cycle  subclasses,  such  as 
65,  Two-cycle  and  subclasses  thereunder,  and  75,  Four-cycle 
and  subclasses  thereunder,  etc. 

2.  COMBINED  DEVICES.    Combinations  not  coming  within  the 

terms  of  the  following  subclasses  of  combined  devices  in  which 
an  internal-combustion  engine  is  disclosed  and  claimed  in 
combination  with  some  other  device  not  in  itself  classifiable 
in  some  appropriate  subclass  of  internal-combustion  engines 
and  which  combined  device  itself  is  not  treated  as  a  unitary 
machine  in  the  general  system  of  Office  classification  and  as 
such  classified  in  some  appropriate  class. 
Search  Classes — 

171 — ELECTRICITY,  GENERATiON,»subclass  314,  Systems,  Second- 
ary battery. 

191— ELECTRICITY,   ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass  2,   Electric 
locomotives. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

3.  COMBINED   DEVICES,    GENERATING   PLANTS.    Com- 

binations  of  an  internal-combustion  engine  together  with 
means  for  generating  and  supplying  a  combustible  mixture 
thereto,  the  engine  and  generating  apparatus  being  ordinarily 
capable  of  separation,  but  disclosed  and  claimed  in  combina- 
tion, and  the  elements  collectively  forming  a  complete  plant 
for  developing  and  applying  power.  In  the  power  plants 
occurring  herein  the  various  elements  constituting  the  gen- 
erating portion  of  the  plant  are  of  ordinary  or  commercial 
form  and  if  presented  by  themselves  would  be  classified  in 
other  classes  or  subclasses.  Patents  covering  the  engine  and 
generating  device  together  are  classified  in  the  class  of  internal- 
combustion  engines,  because  all  the  elements  of  the  plant  are 
so  correlated  as  to  develop  and  apply  power  by  means  in- 
cluding an  internal-combustion  engine. 

Note. — The  devices  occurring  in  this  subclass  differ  from  many  of 
the  engines  in  subclasses  of  oil-engines  in  that  in  an  oil-engine 
the  source  of  power  is  always  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  and  the 
elements  concerned  with  the  vaporization  of  the  oil  and  those 
constituting  the  engine  are  so  designed  with  reference  to  each 
other  as  to  form  a  single  unitary  machine  incapable  of  being 
separated  into  its  component  sets  of  elements  without  defeat- 
ing the  operation  of  the  engine  as  a  whole  in  the  manner  con- 
templated. 

4.  COMBINED  DEVICES,  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  AND 

FLUID-PRESSURE.  Engines  or  systems  for  developing 
and  applying  power  comprising  an  internal-combustion 
engine  and  a  fluid-pressure  engine,  each  designed  to  operate 
through  mechanical  means  to  drive  a  given  machine  and  both 
generally  acting  to  drive  a  single  machine,  the  engine  or  system 
in  question  not  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  definition  of  one 
of  the  two  following  subclasses.  The  internal-combustion  and 
fluid-pressure  engines  may  be  separate  and  distinct  from  each 
other,  or  a  single  working  cylinder  may  be  supplied  alter- 
nately with  a  fluid  under  pressure  to  act  therein  without 
chemical  change  and  with  a  combustible  mixture  to  be  burned 
therein,  the  engine  in  the  second  of  the  cases  herein  stated  not 
coming  within  the  terms  of  the  definition  of  the  subclass  of 
Internal-combustion  and  air.  This  subclass  also  includes 
devices  comprising  an  internal-combustion  engine  and  a  con- 
vertible pump  and  fluid-pressure  motor,  by  means  of  which 
surplus  energy  may  be  stored  when  the  engine  is  running  light 
and  utilized  to  assist  the  engine  when  the  work  to  be  done  is 
excessive.  The  fluid  under  pressure  which  drives  the  fluid- 
pressure  motor  undergoes  no  chemical  change  therein,  and 
such  fluid  may  be  one  not  adapted  for  use  in  an  internal-com- 
bustion engine,  as  air,  steam,  etc.,  or  the  fluid-pressure  motor 
may  be  operated  by  a  compressed  fluid  having  combustible 
properties,  in  whicllkcase  the  exhaust-gases  therefrom  are  nor- 
mally conducted  to  and  burned  within  the  internal-combus- 
tion engine. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  internal-combustion  engines 
in  which  a  combustible  mixture  under  pressure  is  supplied  to 
a  single  working  cylinder  and  acts  to  propel  the  piston  through 
a  portion  of  its  working  stroke  before  ignition  of  the  charge 
takes  place.  Such  engines  are  classified  in  subclass  68,  Two- 
cycle,  Pump  compression,  and  in  subclass  61,  Double-acting, 
Two-cycle,  both  in  this  class. 

Note. — Tms  subclass  does  not  include  internal-combustion  en- 
gines in  which  the  exhaust^gases  are  conducted  to  and  per- 
mitted to  expand  in  a  second  cylinder.  For  such  engines 
see  in  this  class,  subclass  36,  Multiple  expansion. 

5.  COMBINED  DEVICES,  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  AND 

FLUID -PRESSURE,  FLUID  TRANSMISSION.  En- 
gines or  systems  for  developing  and  applying  power,  com- 
prising an 'internal-combustion  engine,  a  fluid  compressing  or 
forcing  device  operated  thereby,  a  fluid-pressure  motor  de- 
signed to  operate  the  machine  or  other  device  to  be  driven, 
and  a  conduit  connecting  the  fluid  compressing  or  forcing 
device  and  the  fluid-pressure  motor,  whereby  the  energy 
developed  by  the  internal-combustion  engine  is  transmitted 
to  and  operates  the  fluid-pressure  motor  through  the  fluid 
operated  upon  by  the  comoressing  or  forcing  device.  The 
fluid-pressure  mo'tor  thus  becomes  the  immediate  source  of 
power  for  operating  the  machine  to  be  driven,  and  the  internal- 
combustion  engine  can  in  no  case  act  directly  upon  the  said 
machine  to  drive  it.  The  fluid  after  having  passed  through 
the  fluid-pressure  motor  may  or  may  not  be  returned  to  the 
fluid  compressing  or  forcing  device  to  be  used  over  again. 
Note. — Patents  disclosing  only  an  internal-combustion  engine 
and  a  compressing  or  forcing  device  operated  thereby,  al- 
though capable  of  and  frequently  designed  to  form  a  part  of 
such  a  system  as  is  defined  herein,  are  classified  in  this  class, 
subclass  2,  Combined  devices. 

6.  COMBINED  DEVICES,  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  AND 

FLUID-PRESSURE,  WASTE-HEAT  UTILIZING.  En- 
gines designed  to  utilize  the  heat  usually  lost  through  the  ex- 
haust gases,  the  cooling  medium,  or  through  radiation  in  the 
operation  of  an  internal-combustion  engine,  comprising  means 
whereby  the  heat  generated  by  burning  a  combustible  mixture 
in  such  an  engine  and  not  converted  into  work  thereby  is 
utilized  to  impart  energy  to  a  fluid,  which  energy  is  utilized,  by 
permitting  the  said  fluid  or  vapor  generated  therefrom  to  act 

279 


280 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

without  chemical  change  in  a  suitable  fluid-pressure  motor, 
whereby  work  is  done  in  addition  to  that  done  by  the  internal- 
combustion  engine,  and  systems  for  generating  power  and  in- 
volving means  for  utilizing,  as  above  set  forth,  the  heat  usually 
lost  in  the  operation  of  an  internal-combustion  engine.  The 
fluid  acted  upon  by  the  surplus  heat  may  be  one  not  adapted 
for  use  in  an  internal-combustion  engine,  as  water,  air  under 
pressure,  etc.,  or  it  may  have  combustible  properties,  in  which 
case  after  a  portion  of  the  energy  imparted  thereto  has  been 
utilized  by  a  fluid-pressure  motor,  as  above  set  forth,  the  fluid 
is  normally  conducted  to  the  internal-combustion  engine  and 
burned  therein.  The  engines  ordinarily  include  two  or  more 
working  chambers  and  pistons  therefor  acting  upon  a  single 
crank-shaft,  in  one  of  which  a  combustible  charge  is  burned, 
while  the  energy  imparted  to  the  fluid  is  utilized  in  the  other. 
The  internal-combustion  and  fluid-pressure  engines  may,  how- 
ever, be  wholly  independent  except  as  to  the  interchange  of 
heat  set  forth. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  devices  whereby  the  com- 
bustible charge  or  one  of  its  constituents  is  heated  by  heat 
ordinarily  lost  in  the  operation  of  an  internal-combustion 
engine,  the  energy  thus  imparted  to  the  charge  not  being 
utilized  as  above  set  forth  to  do  work.  For  such  devices 
see  in  this  class,  subclass  129,  Charge-forming  devices,  Heat- 
ing, and  the  subclasses  under  Oil-engines. 

Note.— For  devices  in  which  heat  ordinarily  lost  in  the  operation 
of  an  internal-combustion  engine  is  utilized  to  generate  steam 
to  be  used,  together  with  air  and  a  hydrocarbonj  to  form  the 
combustible  mixture  supplied  to  and  burned  within  the  engine 
see  in  this  class,  subclass  25,  Water  and  hydrocarbon. 

Note. — For  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the  combustible 
mixture,  or  both  the  constituents  thereof,  is  supplied  to  the 
working  cylinder  under  pressure  after  the  beginning  of  the 
working  stroke,  together  with  means  whereby  the  waste  heat 
from  the  engine  is  utilized  to  heat  the  said  mixture  or  one  or 
both  of  its  constituents  prior  to  the  entry  thereof  into  the  work- 
ing cylinder, see  in  thisclass,  subclassesOl,  Double-acting,  Two- 
cycle,  and  08,  Two-cycle.  Pump  compression. 

Note.— For  devices  designed  to  utilize  the  heat  ordinarily  lost  in 
the  operation  of  a  steam  engine  in  a  way  similar  to  that  de- 
fined in  this  definition,  see  in  class  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND 
VAPORIZERS,  subclass  24,  Fluid  fuel,  Explosion. 

Search  Class — 

60 — MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclass  24,  Sepa- 
rate fluid,  Waste  heat. 

7.  HAMMERS.    Devices  designed  to  deliver  a  blow  or  series  of 

blows  to  a  material  or  object  operated  upon;  such  as  hammers, 
rock-drills,  stamps,  and  the  like,  said  device  being  provided 
with  operating  means,  including  a  working  cylinder  and  means 
for  supplying  a  combustible  thereto  and  burning  it  therein, 
and  the  invention  as  defined  by  the  claims  relating  to  the  inter- 
nal-combustion-engine feature's  of  the  mechanism. 

8.  ROTARY.    Miscellaneous  internal-combustion  engines  in  which 

the  element  or  piston  upon  which  the  gases  resulting  from  the 
ignition  of  a  combustible  mixture  supplied  thereto  act  partakes 
of  a  continuous  rotary  motion. 

Note. — The  engines  occurring  in  this  and  the  following  subclasses 
of  rotary  internal-combustion  engines  often  include  a  closed 
chamber  to  which  air  and  a  hydrocarbon  are  supplied  under 
pressure  to  be  burned  therein  and  the  resulting  gases  conducted 
to  and  permitted  to  act  upon  the  rotating  member  of  the  engine , 
the  structure  and  operation  being  thus  similar  to  that  of  many 
of  the  devices  occurring  in  class  00,  MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT- 
ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclass  4,  Rotary  engine.  This  is  par- 
ticularly the  case  as  to  the  engines  classified  in  subclass  9, 
Rotary,  Impact,  hi  this  class. 

Note. — Where  the  chamber  in  which  the  hydrocarbon  is  burned 
to  produce  a  gas  under  pressure  is  so  intimately  associated 
with  the  rotating  element  and  inclosing  casing  of  the  engine 
as  to  be  incapable  of  separation  therefrom  without  destroying 
the  identity  of  the  device  as  a  whole  and  defeating  its  operation 
hi  the  manner  contemplat  ed ,  the  de  vice  as  a  w  hole  is  considered 
as  an  internal-combustion  engine  and  is  classified  in  this  or  in 
some  one  of  the  following  rotary-engine  subclasses.  Where 
the  pressure-generating  chamber  is  disclosed  as  removed  from 
the  rotating  element  and  inclosing  casing  of  the  engine  and  con- 
nected therewith  by  means  of  a  suitable  conduit  through  which 
the  burned  gases  flow,  so  that  the  pressure-generating  chamber 
could  be  used  with  elements  other  than  those  with  which  it  is 
disclosed  to  form  the  other  air-engines,  the  device  as  a  whole  is 
classified  in  class  00,  MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS, 
subclass  4,  Rotary  engine. 

Note. — Patents  in  which  the  invention  claimed  relates  solely  to 
a  closed  chamber  and  means  for  supply  ing  a  combustible  mix- 
ture thereto  and  for  burning  such  mixture  therein,  as  above 
pointed  out,  to  produce  a  fluid  under  pressure,  which  fluid, 
although  perhaps  most  frequently  intended  for  the  purpose 
of  operating  a  suitable  fluid-pressure  engine,  is  obviouslv  ca- 
pable of  any  use  to  which  such  a  fluid  is  applicable,  are  classi- 
fied in  class  (10,  MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-KNGINE  PLANTS,  sub- 
classes 28,  Pressure  generators;  3(1,  Pressure  generators,  Air, 
Combustion  products  injected;  'and  37,  Pressure  generators, 
Ah*,  Combustion  products  injected,  Explosion. 

Search  Classes— 

121— STEAM-KNGINES,  subclass  47,  Rotary,  and  subclasses 
thereunder,  containing  engines  structurally  similar  to  the 
one  in  question. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass 37,  Meters,  Rotary. 
103— PUMPS,  subclasses  43,  Rotary  single  piston,  and  44,  Rotary 

double  piston. 
138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  3,  Rotary. 

9.  ROTARY,  IMPACT.  Rotary  internal-combustion  engines  in 
which  the  gases  resulting  from  the  combustion  of  a  mixture 
of  air  and  a  hydrocarbon  are  directed  against  the  rotating 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

element  of  the  engine  and  impel  said  element  by  impact 
therewith,  the  engine  thus  depending  for  its  operation  upon 
the  kinetic  energy  of  the  burned  gases  as  they  flow  to  the 
rotating  element. 

Note.— For  devices  including  a  closed  chamber  and  means  for 
supplying  air  and  a  hydrocarbon  thereto  and  for  burning 
the  resulting  combustible  mixture  therein,  thus  producing 
a  gas  under  pressure  available  for  general  purposes,  see  class 
60,  MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclasses  28, 
Pressure  generators,  30;  Pressure  generators,  Air,  Combus- 
tion products  injected;  and  37,  Pressure  generators,  Ah-,  Com- 
bustion products  injected,  Explosion;  and  for  such  a  device 
hi  combination  with  a  rotating  element,  the  several  elements 
not,  however,  so  closely  associated  as  pointed  out  in  the 
definition  of  the  preceding  subclass  as  to  bring  the  device  as  a 
whole  into  some  rotary  internal-combustion-engine  subclass, 
see  in  same  class,  subclass  4,  Rotary  engine. 

Search  Class— 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  50,  Rotary,  Impact,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  according  to  the  type  of  the  device  in 
question. 

10.  ROTARY,  REACTION.    Rotary  internal-combustion  engines 

in  which  the  gases  resulting  from  the  combustion  of  a  mixture 
of  air  and  a  hydrocarbon  are  permitted  to  issue  from  an  open- 
ing hi  the  periphery  of  the  rotating  element  of  the  engine, 
thereby  impelling  the  said  element  by  reaction. 
Search  Class— 
121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  61,  Rotary,  Impact,  Reaction. 

11.  ROTARY,   ALTERNATING   PISTONS.    Rotary   internal- 

combustion  engines  comprising  a  stationary  inclosing  casing, 
sections  of  which  in  planes  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the 
engine  are  circular,  and  a  plurality  of  partitions  or  pistons 
rotating  about  the  axis  of  the  said  casing,  together  with  means 
for  causing  the  said  pistons  to  advance  alternately,  whereby 
the  space  or  chamber  inclosed  between  two  of  the  pistons 
and  the  casing  and  within  which  the  burned  gases  act  expan- 
sively to  impel  one  of  the  pistons  is  caused  to  alternately 
enlaree  and  contract. 
Search  Class — 
121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  48,  Rotary,  Alternating  piston. 

12.  ROTARY,  GEARED   PISTONS.    Rotary  internal-combus- 

tion engines  comprising  a  stationary  inclosing  casing  and  a 
plurality  of  rigid  rotary  members  or  pistons  rotating  therein, 
the  peripheries  of  which  pistons  move  in  contact  with  the 
inner  surface  of  the  casing,  said  pistons  engaging  with  each 
other  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  meshing  of  ordinary  gears, 
but  the  form  of  the  engaging  portions  of  the  pistons  not  neces- 
sarily being  such  that  one  may  drive  the  other  continuously, 
both  said  pistons  being  impelled  by  the  action  of  the  burned 
gases  thereupon  and  both  acting  to  drive  the  power-shaft  of 
the  engine. 
Search  Class— 
121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  54,  Rotary,  Geared  piston. 

13.  ROTARY,    ROTATING    ABUTMENT.     Rotary    internal- 

combustion  engines  comprising  a  stationary  inclosing  casing, 
sections  of  which  in  planes  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the 
engine  are  circular,  and  a  rotating  element  or  piston  therein, 
together  with  an  element,  designated  an  "abutment"  in  this 
classification,  movable  in  itself,  but  fixed  relatively  to  the 
rotary  movement  of  the  piston,  the  piston  being  a  single  rigid 
or  solid  structure,  said  casing,  abutment,  and  a  portion  of  the 
piston  inclosing  an  annular  space  or  chamber  within  which 
the  burned  gases  are  inclosed  and  permitted  to  act  expan- 
sively, thereby  impelling  the  piston,  the  abutment  aforesaid 
partaking  of  a  continual  rotary  motion. 
Search  Class— 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  51,  Rotary,  Geared  abutment, 
and  the  subclasses  thereof. 

14.  ROTARY,    SLIDING    ABUTMENT.    Internal-combustion 

engines  differing  from  those  occurring  in  the  preceding  sub- 
class hi  that  the  abutment  partakes  of  a  reciprocatory  motion 
of  translation. 
Search  Class— 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  67,  Rotary,  Sliding  abutment, 
and  the  subclass  thereunder. 

15.  ROTARY,  SWINGING  ABUTMENT.    Internal-combustion 

engines  differing  from  those  occurring  in  subclass  13,  Rotary, 
Rotating  abutment,  in  that  the  abutment  partakes  of  an 
oscillating  or  swinging  motion  about  a  given  axis. 
Search  Class  — 

121— STEAM-KNGINES,  subclass  82,  Rotary,  Swinging  abutment, 
and  the  subclasses  thereof. 

16.  ROTARY,  SLIDING  PISTON.    Rotary  internal-combustion 

engines  comprising  a  stationary  inclosing  casing  and  a  rotating 
member  therein,  the  rotating  member  including  an  element  or 
piston  carried  by  and  partaking  of  the  rotary  motion  of  said 
rotating  member  and  being  also  movable  relatively  thereto, 
said  casing,  rotating  member,  and  piston  inclosing  an  annular 
space  or  chamber  within  which  the  burned  gases  are  inclosed 
and  permitted  to  act  expansively,  thereby  impelling  the  pis- 
ton, the  said  piston  partaking  of  a  reciprocatory  motion  of 
translation  with  reference  to  the  rotating  member. 
Search  Class— 
121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclasses  under  Rotary,  Sliding  piston. 

17.  ROTARY,  SWINGING 'PISTON.    Rotary  internal-combus- 

tion engines  in  which  the  piston  partakes  of  an  oscillating  or 
swinging   motion    about    an  axis  carried   by   the   rotating 
member. 
Search  Class— 

121— STEAM-ENGINE?,  subclass  82.  Rotary,  Swinging  abutment, 
and  the  subclasses  thereof. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


281 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

18.  OSCILLATING  PISTON.  Internal-combuslMn  engines  irre- 
spective of  cycle  or  mode  of  operation,  comprising  a  stationary 
inclosing  casing,  sections  of  which  perpendicular  to  its  axis 
are  bounded  by  circular  arcs  concentric  to  said  axis,  and  a 
movable  member  or  piston  therein  moving  in  contact  with 
the  inner  walls  of  the  said  casing,  said  piston  partaking  of  an 
oscillating  or  swinging  motion  about  the  axis  of  the  casing 
and,  together  with  the  walls  thereof,  inclosing  a  space  or  cham- 
ber within  which  the  burned  gases  act  expansively  to  impel 
the  piston. 
Search  Class — 
121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  43,  Oscillating  piston. 

10.  LIQUID  PISTON.  Internal-combustion  engines  in  which  a 
body  of  liquid  is  interposed  between  the  burned  gases  and  the 
working  piston  or  equivalent  element,  whereby  power  is  com- 
municated to  the  main  driving-shaft  of  the  engine,  the  said 
liquid  preventing  the  burned  gases  within  the  combustion- 
chamber  and  working  cylinder  from  coming  into  direct  con- 
tact with  the  working  piston  or  equivalent  element. 

20.  STEAM  CONVERTIBLE.    Engines  designed  to  be  operated 

either  by  steam  generated  by  means  independent  of  the  en- 
gi  ne  and  supplied  thereto  under  pressure  or  by  a  combustible 
mi  %  ture  of  air  and  hydrocarbon  as  interchangeable  sources  of 
power  and  means  for  converting  the  engine  from  one  type  to 
the  other,  whereby  a  single  engine  structure  may  be  operated 
either  as  a  steam  or  as  an  internal-combustion  engine.  This 
subclass  also  contains  devices  in  the  nature  of  attachments  or 
auxiliary  devices  designed  to  be  applied  to  existing  engines 
to  enable  them  to  be  operated  either  as  steam  or  as  internal- 
combustion  engines.  The  engines  in  this  subclass  may  use 
either  steam  or  a  combustible  mixture  as  a  source  of  power, 
but  not  both  at  the  same  time. 

Note.— For  engines  operated  by  steam  and  a  combustible  mixture 
acting  in  separate  working  cylinders  or  chambers  or  acting  in 
a  single  working  cylinder  or  chamber  upon  alternate  working 
strokes,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  4,  Combined  devices,  Inter- 
nal-combustion and  fluid-pressure. 

Note. — For  engines  operated  by  a  combustible  mixture  and  steam 
mixed  together  to  form  the  successive  charges,  see  in  this 
class,  subclass  25,  Water  and  hydrocarbon. 

21.  CONVERTIBLE  CYCLE.    Internal-combustion  engines  hav- 

ing a  cylinder  and  a  working  piston  reciprocating  therein,  but 
irrespective  of  other  structural  features,  in  which  means  are 
provided  whereby  the  mode  of  operation  of  the  engine  may  be 
determined  and  the  engine  caused  to  operate  upon  either  a 
two-stroke  or  a  four-stroke  cycle. 

22.  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  AND  AIR.    Engines  including 

in  their  structure  elements  normally  found  only  in  hot-air 
engines  and  other  elements  normally  found  only  in  internal- 
combustion  engines  and  having  steps  in  their  cycle  of  opera- 
tion peculiar  to  both  such  types  of  engines.  This  subclass 
includes  engines  including  elements  selected  from  both  the 
above-mentioned  types  and  convertible  either  at  will  or  auto- 
matically, as  by  a  suitable  governing  device,  so  as  to  operate 
either  as'hot-air  or  as  internal-combustion  engines,  and  engines 
operating  upon  a  predetermined  cycle,  including  working 
strokes,  upon  which  the  piston  is  impelled  alternately  by 
gases  heated  within  the  working  cylinder  by  combustion,  as 
m  internal-combustion  engines,  arid  by  gases  heated  within 
the  working  cylinder  by  contact  with  the  inner  surface  of  said 
working  cylinder  and  the  clearance-space. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  61,  Double- 
acting,  Two-cycle,  and  68,  Two-cycle,  Pump  compression. 

23.  SOLID  FUEL.    Internal-combustion  engines  in  which  a  solid 

non-explosive  fuel  or  combustible  is  introduced  into  and 
burned  within  the  working  cylinder  of  an  internal-combus- 
tion engine  or  into  a  combustion-chamber  in  permanently 
open  communication  therewith  and  the  energy  of  the  result- 
ing gases  converted  into  work  by  permitting  them  to  expand 
and  act  upon  a  piston  moving  in  the  said  cylinder.  The  solid 
fuel  may  be  introduced  into  the  working  cylinder  upon  each 
successive  cycle  of  operation  of  the  engine  and  in  quantities 
sufficient  only  to  supply  the  energy  required  for  the  successive 
working  strokes  of  the  engine,  or  it  may  be  introduced  at 
comparatively  long  intervals  of  time  and  in  quantities  suffi- 
cient to  furnish  energy  for  several  working  strokes,  in  which 
case  air  only  is  supplied  upon  the  successive  cycles  of  operation 
to  consume  portions  of  the  charge  of  fuel  already  within  the 
engine. 

Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  24,  Gunpow- 
der, and  13f>,  Charge-forming  devices,  Oil-feeding,  for  feeding 
mechanism  available  generally  for  the  purpose  of  supplying 
solid  fuel  to  engines  of  the  type  occurring  in  this  subclass. 

24.  GUNPOWDER.     Internal-combustion   engines    in    which    a 

charge  of  gunpowder  or  other  explosive  substances  is  supplied 
to  and  exploded  within  the  cylinder  of  the  engine  or  com- 
bustion-chamber in  communication  therewith  and  the  energy 
of  the  resulting  gases  converted  into  work  by  permitting  them 
to  act  upon  a  moving  part  of  the  engine.  This  subclass  is  in- 
tended to  include  all  engines  using  an  explosive  substance  as 
above,  irrespective  of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or  mode 
of  operation. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES, subclasses 23,  Solid  fuel, 
and  130, Charge-forming  devices, Oil-feeding,  for  feeding  mecha- 
nism available  generally  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  the  ex- 
plosive substance  to  engines  of  the  type  occurring  in  this  sub- 
class. 


CLASS  123- Continued. 

25.  WATER      AND      HYDROCARBON.    Internal-combustion 

engines  having  a  cylinder  and  a  working  piston  reciprocating 
therein,  but  irrespective  of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or 
mode  of  operation,  in  which  the  combustible  mixture  supplied 
to  and  burned  within  the  working  cylinder containsa quantity 
of  aqueous  vapor  or  in  which  water  in  any  form  is  supplied  to 
the  working  cylinder  after  a  charge  has  been  ignited  therein. 
The  water  may  be  supplied  to  the  air  and  hydrocarbon  before 
the  charge  is  ignited,  in  which  case  the  combustible  charge  is 
made  up  of  air,  hydrocarbon,  and  aqueous  vapor,  or  a  com- 
bustible mixture  of  air  and  hydrocarbon  may  be  ignited  in  the 
working  cylinder,  the  water  being  supplied  to  the  expanding 
gases  therein  during  the  working  stroke.  In  cases  where  water 
in  the  form  of  steam  is  supplied  to  the  combustible  mixture,  as 
above,  the  steam  is  frequently  generated  by  means  of  heat 
ordinarily  lost  in  the  operation  of  the  engine,  as  by  the  heat 
of  the  exhaust-gases,  or  the  cooling-jacket  may  be  utilized  as  a 
steam-generator  to  supply  water  to  the  combustible  charge. 
Note. — For  engines  designed  to  be  operated  either  as  a  steam  or  as 
an  internal-combustion  engine  and  convertible  at  will  into 
either  type,  see  in  this  class ,  subclass  20,  Steam  convertible,  and 
for  engines  designed  to  use  both  steam  and  a  combustible  mix- 
ture at  the  same  time,  either  in  separate  and  distinct  working 
chambers  or  upon  alternate  working  strokes  in  a  single  working 
chamber,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  4,  Combined  devices,  In- 
ternal-combustion and  fluid-pressure. 

26.  ADDITIONAL      AIR-SUPPLY.      Internal-combustion    en- 

gines in  which  a  combustible  mixture  is  ignited  in  the  working 
cylinder  at  the  beginning  of  the  working  stroke,  as  in  the  ordi- 
nary operation  of  internal-combustion  engines ,  after  which  and 
at  some  time  before  the  end  of  the  working  stroke  an  addi  tional 
quantity  of  compressed  air  or  equivalent  non-combustible  gas 
is  supplied  to  the  working  cylinder  and  mingles  with  the  burned 
gases  therein,  the  piston  being  impelled  through  the  remaining 
portion  of  its  working  stroke  by  the  combined  action  of  the 
burned  gases  and  the  air  supplied  thereto. 

27.  BURNING   BY  HIGHLY-COMPRESSED  AIR.    Internal- 

combustion  engines  in  which  air  or  eq  ui  valent  non-combustible 
gas  is  supplied  to  the  working  cylinder  and  compressed  therein 
by  a  distinct  compression-stroke  of  the  working  piston  to  such 
a  degree  that  the  temperature  of  the  gas  rises  to  such  a  point 
that  a  combustible  supplied  thereto  will  be  ignited  by  the 
highly-compressed  non-combustible  gas  upon  coming  into  con- 
tact therewit  h,  after  which  and  after  the  beginning  of  the  work- 
ing stroke  a  combust  ible  upon  being  supplied  to  the  body  of  the 
compressed  non-combustible  gas  ignites  as  it  comes  into  con- 
tact therewith  and  burns  at  constant  pressure  or  perhaps  con- 
stant temperature.  The  cycle  upon  which  the  engines  occur- 
ring in  this  subclass  operate  is  sometimes  designated  by  text- 
writers  as  the  "  Diesel"  cycle. 

Note. — For  engines  in  which  gas  is  burned  at  constant  pressure, 
see  in  this  class,  subclasses  61,  Double-acting,  Two-cycle,  anol 
68,  Two-cycle,  Pump  compression. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  32,  Oil-en 
gines,  Internal-vaporizing,  Forced  oil-supply,  and  33,  Oil- 
engines Internal- vaporizing,  Forced  oil-supply,  Oil-atomizing. 

OIL-ENGINES.  The  "oil-engine"  subclasses  contain  internal- 
combustion  engines  having  a  cylinder  and  a  working  piston 
reciprocating  therein,  but  irrespective  of  other  structural  fea- 
tures, cycle,  or  mode  of  operation,  which  are  designed  to  be 
operated  by  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  and  in  which  the  means 
concerned  with  the  supply  and  vaporization  of  the  oil  are  so 
closely  associated  with  the  elements  constituting  the  engine 
that  a  true  combination  would  appearto  exist  between  the  two 
sets  of  elements.  A  given  mechanism  including  an  engine  and 
means  for  supplying  oil  thereto  to  be  burned  therein  is  not  classi- 
fied as  an  oil-engine  merely  because  it  is  designed  to  use  oil  as 
a  source  of  power  if  the  means  whereby  the  oil  or  vapor  is 
supplied  to  the  engine  is  capable  of  separation  therefrom  and 
of  use  with  other  engines  without  affecting  the  operation  of 
either  the  engine  or  the  oil-supplying  devices.  A  given  struc- 
ture will  be  classified  in  these  subclasses  only  in  cases  where 
mechanical  separation  of  the  elements  concerned  with  the 
supply  or  vaporization  of  the  oil  from  the  elements  constitu- 
ting the  engine  is  impossible  without  defeating  the  operation 
of  the  device  as  a  whole  in  the  manner  contemplated  by  the 
inventor,  and  a  simple  pipe  or  equivalent  connection  through 
which  the  exhaust-gases  from  the  engine  are  conducted  to  the 
oil-supplying  or  vaporizing  device  to  heat  the  same  is  not  con- 
sidered as  bringing  the  two  sets  of  elements  into  such  intimate 
association  as  to  make  the  whole  mechanism  a  single  device 
and  as  such  classifiable  as  an  oil-engine.  From  these  consid- 
erations it  therefore  ordinarily  follows  that  patents  disclosing 
both  an  engine  and  a  device  for  supplying  it  with  oil  or  vapor 
therefrom  and  which  do  not  come  within  the  terms  of  the 
above  definition,  and  are  therefore  not  classifiable  in  oil-engine 
subclasses,  are  classified  and  cross-referenced  according  to 
the  separate  groups  of  elements  entering  into  and  forming 
the  complete  device,  the  oil  supplying  or  vaporizing  device 
ordinarily  going  into  appropriate  subclasses  of  Charge-form- 
ing devices  and  the  engine  into  appropriate  subclasses  in  this 
class,  according  to  its  form,  mode  of  operation,  or  other  dis- 
tinguishing features. 

28.  OIL-ENGINES,  PUMP-SUPPLY  TO  AIR-INLET,  FOUR- 

CYCLE. Oil-engines  in  which  oil  in  the  liquid  form  and 
unmixed  with  air  is  supplied  directly  to  an  air-supply  conduit 
leading  to  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine  and  adjacent  to 
the  main  inlet^ valve  thereof  by  means  of  a  pump  operated  by 
and  in  unison  with  the  engine,  said  pump  forcing  the  oil  into 
the  stream  of  air  passing  through  the  supply-conduit  in  a  series 
of  jets  as  the  engine  operates,  which  jets  are  generally  but  not 


282 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

invariably  in  unison  with  the  suction-strokes  of  the  engine. 
The  air  to  which  the  oil  is  supplied  as  above  is  always  caused  to 
flow  into  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine  by  suction  upon 
the  charging  stroke,  the  engines  in  this  subclass  being  invaria- 
bly four-stroke-cycle  engines.  There  is  frequently  no  distinct 
vaporizing  means  present  in  the  engines  in  this  subclass,  the 
oil  being  generally  atomized  by  the  air  and  the  heat  of  the  cyl- 
inder and  the  combustion-chamber  being  relied  upon  to  vapor- 
ize the  oil  after  its  entry  thereinto. 
Search  Class — 

123 — INTERNALCOMBUSTION  ENGINES, subclasses  29,OU-Engines, 
Pump-supply  to  air-inlet,  Two-cycle;  32,  Oil-engines,  Internal- 
vaporizing,  Forced  oil-supply;  139,  Charge-forming  devices, 
Oil-feeding,  Pumps,  and  140,  Charge-forming  devices,  Oil-feed- 
ing, Pumps,  Governor-controlled,  for  oil-pumps  available  for 
the  purpose  of  supplying  oil  to  form  the  combustible  charge  in 
engines  of  the  type  occurring  in  this  subclass. 

29.  OIL-ENGINES,  PUMP-SUPPLY  TO  AIR-INLET,  TWO- 

CYCLE.  Oil-engines  differing  from  those  occurring  in  the 
preceding  subclass  in  that  the  engines  operate  upon  a  two- 
stroke  cycle,  the  oil  being  supplied  to  the  stream  of  air  either  as 
it  enters  the  supply-pump  forming  a  part  of  two-stroke-cycle 
engines  or  to  the  air  as  it  passes  from  the  supply-pump  to  the 
working  cylinder  of  the  engine. 
Search  Class— 

123 — INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES, subclasses32, Oil-engines, 
Internal-vaporizing,  Forced  oil-supply;  139,  Charge  forming  de- 
vices, Oil-feeding,  Pumps,  and  140, "Charge-forming  devices, 
Oil-feeding,  Pumps,  Governor-controlled,  for  oil-pumps. 

30.  OIL-ENGINES,  INTERNAL-VAPORIZING.    Oil-engines  in 

which  oil  in  the  liquid  form  and  either  unmixed  with  air  or 
mixed  with  a  part  only  or  with  all  the  air  necessary  to  form  a 
complete  combustible  charge  is  supplied  directly  to  the  in- 
terior of  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine  or  directly  to  the 
interior  of  the  combustion-chamber  or  other  chamber  in  per- 
manently open  communication  with  the  working  cylinder  to 
be  therein  vaporized  and  ignited,  the  engine  in  question  not 
coming  within  the  terms  of  the  definition  of  some  one  of  the 
following  internal-vaporizing  subclasses.  This  subclass  de- 
pends upon  function  rather  than  structure  and  includes  oil- 
engines in  which  oil  in  the  liquid  form  is  supplied  directly  to 
the  ulterior  of  the  engine  and  vaporized  therein,  as  above  set 
forth,  the  engine  in  question  not  coming  within  the  terms  of  the 
definition  of  one  of  the  oil-engine  subclasses  preceding  this, 
from  which  it  follows  that  in  the  engines  in  this  subclass  there 
may  frequently  be  but  little  or  perhaps  no  separate  and  dis- 
tinct vaporizer  structure  present,  provided  that  the  function 
set  forth  is  carried  out.  In  such  cases  the  heat  of  the  cylinder 
and  combustion-chamber  is  ordinarily  relied  upon  to  vaporize 
the  oil  after  its  entry  thereinto.  In  the  engines  occurring  in 
this  and  the  following  internal- vaporizing  subclasses  the  com- 
bustible charge  is  frequently  ignited  by  the  same  element  that 
has  previously  acted  to  vaporize  the  oil,  and  the  vaporizing  ele- 
ment is  frequently  described  as  a  combined  vaporizing  and 
igniting  device  and  sometimes  merely  as  an  igniting  device. 
The  oil-engines  in  this  and  the  following  internal-vaporizing 
subclasses  are  designed  to  be  operated  by  the  less  volatile 
hydrocarbon  oils,  and  the  vaporizing  elements  thereof  are 
always  heated  to  a  high  temperature  by  contact  with  the 
burning  gases  within  the  working  cvlinder  or  by  heating 
means  exterior  to  the  working  cylinder  and  vaporizing  de- 
vice. The  vaporizing  elements  are  always  designed  with 
special  reference  to  such  heating  action  and  are  ordinarily  so 
designed  with  reference  to  the  particular  engine  with  which 
they  are  to  be  used  as  to  be  incapable  of  separation  therefrom 
and  use  with  other  engines.  This  and  the  following  internal- 
vaporizing  subclasses  includes  in  addition  to  patents  disclosing 
a  complete  engine  structure  patents  disclosing  devices  de- 
signed for  and  capable  of  use  only  with  and  as  forming  a  part 
of,  but  which  do  not  disclose  all,  the  elements  necessary  toform 
a  complete  oil-engine  of  the  type  defined— as,  for  example, 
patents  disclosing  an  internal-vaporizing  device  together  with 
the  combustion-chamber  or  working  cylinder  of  the  engine 
with  which  it  is  designed  to  be  used  or  with  a  portion  only  of 
those  elements. 

31.  OIL-ENGINES,    INTERNAL-VAPORIZING,    FOUR-CY- 

CLE. Oil-engines  differing  from  those  defined  in  the  pre- 
ceding definition  in  that  the  engines  are  designed  to  operate 
upon  a  four-stroke  cycle,  the  oil  or  mixture  being  caused  to 
flow  into  the  working  cylinder  by  suction  upon  the  charging 
stroke  of  the  engine,  or 'in  cases  where  a  part  only  of  the  ele- 
ments necessary  to  form  a  complete  engine  is  shown  the  parts 
disclosed  are  obviously  designed  to  be  used  with  and  to  form  a 
part  of  an  oil-engine  operating  upon  a  four-stroke  cycle  and 
would  operate  in  the  manner  contemplated  only  when  used 
with  such  an  engine. 

32.  OIL-ENGINES,     INTERNAL-VAPORIZING,     FORCED 

OIL-SUPPLY.  Internal-vaporizing  oil-engines  in  which  oil 
in  the  liquid  form  and  unmixed  with  air  is  supplied  under 
pressure  directly  to  the  interior  of  the  working  cylinder  of  the 
engine  or  directly  to  the  combustion-chamber  or  o'ther  chamber 
in  permanently  open  communication  with  such  working  cyl- 
inder to  be  therein  vaporized  and  ignited,  the  oil  being  forced 
into  the  engine  as  above  at  any  period  of  its  cycle  of  operation. 
From  the  above  it  follows  that  the  engines  occurring  in  this 
subclass  are  independent  of  cycle  and  may  be  either  two-stroke 
or  four-stroke  cycle  engines.'  The  oil  is  generally  forced  inlo 
the  working  cylinder  by  means  including  a  pump  operated  by 
and  in  unison  with  the  engine.  The  air  necessary  to  form  a 
combustible  mixture  with  the  oil  may  be  supplied  to  the 
working  cylinder  in  any  way. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

123 — INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  28,Oil-engines, 
Pump-supply  to  air-inlet,  Four  -cycle;  29,  Oil-engines,  Pump- 
supply  to  air-inlet,  Two-cycle;  139,  Charge-forming  devices, 
Oil-feeding,  Pumps,  and  140,  Charge-forming  devices,  Oil- 
feeding,  Pumps,  Governor-controlled,  for  oil-pumps  available 
for  the  purpose  of  supplying  oil  to  form  the  combustible  charge 
in  engines  of  the  type  occurring  in  this  subclass. 

33.  OIL-ENGINES,    INTERNAL- VAPORIZING,    FORCED 

OIL-SUPPLY,  OIL-ATOMIZING.  Oil-engines  differing 
from  those  defined  in  the  preceding  definition  in  that  a  mixture 
of  oil  in  the  liquid  form  and  a  small  quantity  of  air,  insufficient 
in  amount  to  form  a  combustible  charge  with  the  oil,  is  sup- 
plied under  pressure  directly  to  the  interior  of  the  working 
cylinder  of  the  engine,  the  air  acting  to  more  or  less  thoroughly 
atomize  the  oil. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  69,  Two-cycle, 
Separate  air  and  gas  pumps. 

34.  OIL-ENGINES,   EXTERNAL-VAPORIZING.     Oil-engines 

in  which  oil  is  supplied  to  and  vaporized  by  a  vaporizing  de- 
vice located  without  the  working  cylinder  and  communi- 
cating therewith  by  a  passage  controlled  by  a  valve  depending 
upon  the  engine  for  its  operation,  the  vapor  thus  produced 
without  the  working  cylinder  being  caused  to  flow  thereinto 
either  unmixed  with  air  or  mixed  with  a  part  only  or  with 
all  the  air  necessary  to  form  a  complete  combustible  charge. 
The  oil-engines  in  this  subclass  are  designed  to  be  operated 
by  the  less  volatile  hydrocarbon  oils,  and  the  vaporizing 
elements  thereof  are  always  heated  to  a  high  temperature 
by  heat  derived  from  some  element  of  the  engine.  The  vapor- 
izing device  is  always  designed  with  special  reference  to 
such  heating  action  and  is  ordinarily  so  designed  with  ref- 
erence to  the  particular  engine  with  which  it  is  to  be  used 
as  to  be  incapable  of  peparation  therefrom  and  use  with  other 
ensdnos.  This  subclass  includes  in  addition  to  patents 
disclosing  a  complete  engine  structure  patents  disclosing 
devices  designed  for  and  capable  of  use  only  with  and  as  form- 
ing a  part  of,  but  which  do  not  disclose  all,  the  elements  nec- 
essary to  form  a  complete  oil-engine  of  the  type  herein 
defined— as,  for  example,  patents  disclosing  an  external-vapor- 
izing device  together  with  the  combustion-chamber  or  work- 
ing cylinder  of  the  engine  with  which  it  is  designed  to  bo 
used  or  with  a  portion  of  those  elements. 

35.  OIL-ENGINES,   EXTERNAL-VAPORIZING,    FOUR-CY- 

CLE. Oil-engines  differing  from  those  defined  in  the  preced- 
ing definition  in  that  the  engines  are  designed  to  operate  upon 
a  for.r-stroke  cycle,  the  oil  or  mixture  being  caused  to  flow 
into  the  working  cylinder  by  suction  upon  the  charging  stroke 
of  the  engine,  or  in  cases  where  a  part  only  of  the  elements 
necessary  to  form  a  complete  engine  is  shown  the  parts  dis- 
closed are  obviously  designed  to  be  used  with  and  to  form  a 
part  of  an  oil-engine  operating  upon  a  four-stroke  cycle  and 
would  operate  in  the  manner  contemplated  only  when  used 
with  such  an  engine. 

36.  MULTIPLE     EXPANSION.    Internal-combustion    engines 

having  reciprocating  pistons,  but  irrespective  of  other  struc- 
tural features,  cycle,  or  mode  of  operation,  in  which  the  burned 
gases  act  to  do  work  by  expanding  successively  in  two  or 
more  working  cylinders.  All  engines  of  the  reciprocating 
type  in  which  it  is  attempted  to  more  completely  utilize  the 
energy  of  the  combustile  charge  by  causing  the  gases  resulting 
from  the  ignition  thereof  to  expand  in  successive  working 
cylinders  or  successively  in  a  single  cylinder. 
Search  Class— 

121 — STEAM-ENGINES, in  the  subclasses  under  Multiple  expan- 
sion. 

37.  MULTIPLE  EXPLOSION.  Internal-combustion  engines  hav- 

ing a  cylinder  and  working  piston  reciprocating  therein,  but 
irrespective  of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or  mode  of  op- 
eration, in  which  two  or  more  separate  and  distinct  charges 
of  combustible  mixture  are  burned  and  act  in  succession 
upon  the  working  piston  during  each  working  stroke  there- 
of, each  charge  after  the  first  upon  ignition  entering  the  cyl- 
inder and  mingling  with  and  tending  to  increase  the  pressure 
of  the  burned  gases  already  therein. 

38.  ATMOSPHERIC.    Internal-combustion  engines  of  the  recip- 

rocating type  wherein  the  working  piston  is  permanently  con- 
nected with  the  main  driving-shaft  of  the  engine  in  which  a 
combustible  mixture  is  burned  within  the  working  cylinder 
thereof  and  the  resulting  gases  cooled  and  condensed,  thereby 
producing  a  more  or  less  perfect  vacuum  within  the  said 
working  cylinder,  whereupon  atmospheric  pressure  acts 
upon  the  said  working  piston  to  move  it  through  a  working 
stroke.  The  pressure  of  the  atmosphere  may  be  the  only 
force  acting  upon  the  working  piston,  or  the  engine  may  be 
so  designed  that  the  combustible  gases  upon  being  ignited 
generate  pressure  which  also  acts  upon  the  said  working 
piston. 

39.  NON-COMPRESSION.    Internal-combustion  engines  of  the 

reciprocating  type,  but  irrespective  of  other  structural  fea- 
tures, in  which  the  combustible  mixture  is  ignited  in  the 
working  cylinder  at  or  substantially  at  atmospheric  pressure. 
The  combustible  mixture  ordinarily  begins  to  enter  the  work- 
ing cylinder  at  the  beginning  of  the  working  stroke,  in  which 
case  it  is  ignited  at  atmospheric  pressure,  as  above,  after  a 
definite  portion  of  the  working  stroke  has  been  performed 
and  the  whole  charge  supplied,  the  engine  thus  working  upon 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


283 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

a  two-stroke  cycle  without  compression.  The  charge  may, 
however,  be  drawn  into  the  working  cylinder  by  a  distinct 
charging  stroke,  such  stroke  being  followed  by  a  stroke  cor- 
responding with  the  compression-stroke  in  four-cycle  engines, 
during  which  the  exhaust-valve  is  held  open  and  the  charge 
then  ignited  under  atmospheric  pressure  at  the  beginning  of 
the  third  or  working  stroke,  in  which  case  the  engine  works 
upon  a  four-stroke  cycle  without  compression. 

Note.— Engines  in  this  subclass  working  on  the  two-stroke  cycle 
without  compression,  as  above,  differ  from  the  majority  of 
the  engines  occurring  in  the  subclass  of  C8,  Two-cycle,  Pump 
compression,  and  engines  working  upon  a  similar  cycle  occur- 
ring in  the  subclass  01,  Double-acting,  Two-cycle,  only  in  the 
degree  of  pressure  under  which  the  charge  exists  before  the 
ignition  thereof. 

Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  38,  Atmos- 
pheric. 

40.  VACUUM-EXHAUST.    Internal-combustion  engines  having  a 

cylinder  and  a  working  piston  reciprocating  therein,  but  irre- 
spective of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or  mode  of  opera- 
tion, in  which  it  is  attempted  to  secure  a  more  complete 
removal  of  the  burned  gases  from  the  cylinder  after  they  nave 
expanded  therein  by  establishing  at  the  end  of  the  working 
stroke  a  communication  between  the  interior  of  the  cylinder 
and  a  chamber  in  which  a  more  or  less  perfect  vacuum  exists, 
whereby  the  burned  gases  or  the  portion  thereof  remaining 
after  allowing  the  greater  part  of  such  gases  to  escape  in  the 
ordinary  manner  flow  into  the  vacuum-chamber.  The  en- 
gines in  this  subclass  are  ordinarily  two-cycle  engines,  and 
the  flow  of  the  burned  gases  into  the  vacuum-chamber  gen- 
erally induces  a  simultaneous  flow  of  a  fresh  charge  into  the 
working  cylinder. 

41.  REVERSIBLE.    Internal-combustion  engines  having  a  cyl- 

inder and  a  working  piston  reciprocating  therein,  but  irre- 
spective of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or  mode  of  opera- 
tion, in  which  means  are  provided  for  causing  the  engine  to 
run  in  either  direction  at  the  will  of  the  operator  and  subor- 
dinate mechanism  for  accomplishing  the  same  result,  but  not 
disclosed  in  connection  with  all  the  elements  necessary  to 
form  a  complete  and  operative  engine. 

Note. — In  this  connection  it  should  be  observed  that  engines 
working  upon  a  two-stroke  cycle  are  frequently  capable  of 
operating  in  either  direction  without  addition  to  or  change 
in  the  elements  necessary  to  the  operation  thereof,  and  this 
is  especially  true  of  the  engines  in  the  subclasses  of  73,  Two- 
cycle,  Rear  compression,  Crank-case;  74,  Two-cycle,  Rear 
compression,  Cylinder;  71,  Two-cycle,  Pump  and  cylinder  co- 
axial, and  40,  Vacuum-exhaust.  Internal-combustion  en- 
gines inherently  capable  of  operation  in  either  direction  are 
not  included  in  this  subclass. 

Search  Class — 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  100,  Valve-gear,  Shifting  eccen- 
tric, for  such  types  of  revolving  mechanism  for  internal-com- 
bustion engines  as  include  a  cam,  eccentric,  or  similar  element, 
together  with  means  for  shifting  the  position  of  such  element 
relatively  to  the  main  crank  of  the  engine. 

42.  OSCILLATING    CYLINDER.    Internal-combustion  engines 

having  a  cylinder  and  working  piston  reciprocating  therein, 
but  irrespective  of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or  mode 
of  operation,  in  which  the  working  cylinder  partakes  of  an 
oscillatory  motion  about  a  fixed  axis  as  the  piston  reciprocates 
therein. 

Search  Class— 
121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  42,  Oscillating  cylinder. 

43.  ROTATING  CYLINDER.    Internal-combustion  engines  hav- 

ing a  cylinder  and  working  piston  reciprocating  therein,  but 
irrespective  of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or  mode  of 
operation,  in  which  the  working  cylinder  partakes  of  a  con- 
tinuous rotarv  motion  about  a  fixed  axis  as  the  working  piston 
reciprocates  therein  and  engines  including  a  plurality  of  work- 
ing cylinders  each  coming  within  the  terms  of  this  definition, 
the  engine  in  question  not  coming  within  the  terms  of  the 
definition  of  the  subclass  following  this. 
Search  Class— 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  02,  Rotary,  Reciprocating  piston, 
and  subclasses  thereof. 

44.  ROTATING    CYLINDER,    RADIAL.    Internal-combustion 

engines  differing  from  those  occurring  in  the  preceding  sub- 
class in  that  axial  lines  of  the  rotating  cylinders  lie  in  a  plane 
perpendicular  to  the  crank-shaft  of  the  engine  and  are  also 
radial  thereto,  the  cylinders  or  cylinder  when  one  only  is  dis- 
closed being  immovable  relatively  to  the  member  by  which 
they  are  carried  and  with  which  they  rotate. 
Search  Class — 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  62,  Rotary,  Reciprocating 
piston,  and  the  subclasses  thereof. 

45.  ROTARY  RECIPROCATING   PISTON.    Internal-combus- 

tion engines  having  a  cylinder  and  a  working  piston  recipro- 
cating therein,  but  irrespective  of  other  structural  features, 
cycle,  or  mode  of  operation,  in  which  the  working  piston 
rotates  or  oscillates  upon  its  longitudinal  axis  and  that  of  the 
working  cylinder  as  it  reciprocates  therein  and  in  so  doing 
opens  and' closes  in  proper  order  the  various  ports  necessary 
to  supply  combustible  mixture  to  and  to  permit  the  exhaust 
of  the 'burned  gases  from  the  engine,  the  periphery  of  the 
piston  or  an  extension  thereof  forming  a  closure  for  the  sup- 
ply and  exhaust  ports  when  they  are  required  to  be  closed. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

46.  FREE  PISTON.    Internal-combustion  engines  having  a  cylin- 

der and  one  or  more  reciprocating  pistons  therein,  one  at 
least  of  which  pistons  is  movable  freely  and  independently 
of  the  main  shaft  of  the  engine  on  the  stroke  of  such  piston 
immediately  following  the  ignition  of  the  charge,  during 
which  stroke  the  energy  of  the  burned  gases  is  stored  and 
thereafter  transferred  to  the  main  shaft  01  the  engine.  Ordi- 
narily the  freely-movable  piston  is  the  only  piston  employed 
in  engines  in  this  subclass.  The  energy  is  ordinarily  stored 
by  forcing  the  piston  against  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere; 
and  the  stored  energy  is  ordinarily  transferred  to  the  main 
shaft  by  securing  the  piston  thereto  by  means  of  a  suitable 
clutch  provided  with  suitable  converting  mechanism  upon 
its  return  stroke. 

47.  VALVED  PISTON.    Internal-combustion  engines  having  a 

cylinder  and  working  piston  reciprocating  therein,  but  irre- 
spective of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or  mode  of  opera- 
tion, the  said  working  piston  being  provided  with  a  passage 
leading  into  the  working  cylinder  and  controlled  by  a  valve 
depending  upon  the  engine  for  its  operation,  said  valve  being 
concerned  either  with  the  supply  of  the  successive  combust- 
ible charges  to  the  working  cylinder  or  with  the  exhaust  of 
the  burned  gases  therefrom. 

48.  ADJUSTABLE  COMBUSTION-CHAMBER.    Internal-com- 

bustion engines  having  a  cylinder  and  a  working  piston  recip- 
rocating therein,  but  irrespective  of  other  structural  features, 
cycle,  or  mode  of  operation,  in  which  means  are  provided 
whereby  the  volume  of  the  clearance-space  or  combustion- 
chamber  may  be  varied  or  adjusted  either  manually  or  auto- 
matically, as  by  a  suitable  governing  device,  to  thereby  in- 
sure a  proper  degree  of  compression  of  the  combustible  charge 
before  ignition  thereof. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  78,  Four-cycle, 
Variable  clearance,  for  internal-combustion  engines  in  which 
the  volume  of  the  clearance-space  is  varied  in  unison  with  the 
exhaust-stroke,  such  action  being  a  definite  step  in  each  cycle 
of  operation  of  the  engine. 

49.  VALVE-CONTROLLED  COMBUSTION-CHAMBER.     In- 

ternal-combustion engines  of  the  reciprocating  type,  but  irre- 
spective of  other  structural  features,  cycle,  or  mode  of  opera- 
tion, in  which  a  combustible  mixture  is  supplied  to  and 
burned  within  a  combustion-chamber  communicating  with 
the  working  cylinder  by  a  passage  provided  with  a  valve  and 
.  upon  communication  with  the  cylinder  being  established  by 
the  operation  of  the  valve  aforesaid  the  burned  gases  allowed 
to  expand,  thereby  acting  upon  the  working  piston  of  the 
engine,  the  valve-controlled  chamber  and  the  working  cylin- 
der being  both  contained  in  a  single  engine  structure  and  in 
such  intimate  association  that  mechanical  separation  of  the 
two  would  be  impossible  without  defeating  the  operation  of 
the  engine  as  a  whole,  the  combustible  mixture  or  the  con- 
stituents thereof  being  supplied  to  the  combustion-chamber 
prior  to  each  successive  working  stroke  and  in  quantities 
sufficient  only  for  such  working  stroke  and  the  burned  gases 
being  conducted  immediately  to  the  working  cylinder,  there 
being  no  storage  of  burned  gases  contemplated  and  no  ele- 
ment present  by  means  of  which  a  quantity  of  burned  gases 
greater  than  that  required  for  each  successive  working  stroke 
could  be  produced  and  stored. 
Search  Class— 

60— MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclasses  4,  Ro- 
tary engine;  28,  Pressure  generators;  36,  Pressure  generators, 
Air,Combustipn  products  injected;  and  37,  Pressure  generators, 
Air,  Combustion  products  injected.  Explosion,  for  devices  re- 
sembling those  in  this  subclass  so  far  as  the  function  of  the 
machine  as  a  whole  is  concerned,  but  in  which  the  chamber 
in  which  combustion  takes  place  is  separate  and  distinct  from 
the  engine  and  is  adapted  to  be  used  with  various  types  of 
engines. 

50.  RECIPROCATING    CYLINDER.    Internal-combustion   en- 

gines comprising  a  cylinder  and  a  piston  therein,  the  cylinder 
being  capable  of  reciprocatory  movement  in  a  straight  line 
relatively  to  the  piston  and  the  piston  being  either  immov- 
able or  adapted  for  simultaneous  movement  in  a  direction 
opposite  to  the  movement  of  the  said  movable  cylinder, 
whereby  the  gases  resulting  from  the  combustion  of  a  com- 
bustible mixture  within  the  cylinder  as  they  expand  act 
upon  the  movable  cylinder  and  transmit  power  therethrough 
to  the  main  driving-shaft  of  'the  engine  or  act  upon  the  mov- 
able cylinder  and  the  piston,  when  it  also  is  movable,  to 
transmit  power  through  both  said  elements. 

51.  MULTIPLE  PISTON.    Internal-combustion  engines  compris- 

ing two  working  pistons  moving  simultaneously  in  opposite 
directions  in  a  single  cylindrical  structure  composed  of  two 
working  cylinders  arranged  tandem  with  a  combustion- 
chamber  between  and  in  permanently  open  communication 
with  both  said  cylinders  or  two  working  pistons  moving  in 
like  manner  in  two  similarly-arranged  cylinders  whose  axial 
lines  when  extended  are  parallel  and  adjacent  and  which 
communicate  with  a  single  combustion-chamber,  as  above, 
whereby  the  gases  resulting  from  the  combustion  of  a  com- 
bustible mixture  within  the  combustion-chamber  as  they 
expand  act  with  equal  pressure  upon  both  pistons  and  trans- 
mit substantially  equal  amounts  of  power  through  each 
piston  to  the  main  driving-shaft  of  the  engine,  and  internal- 
combustion  engines  comprising  two  or  more  such  units  as 
are  above  defined. 
Search  Class— 
121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  41,  Multiple  piston. 


284 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

52.  MULTIPLE  CYLINDER.    This  and  the  following  multiple- 

cylinder  subclasses  include  internal-combustion  engines  of 
the  reciprocating  type  having  two  or  more  working  cylinders 
and  a  single  working  piston  in  each  cylinder,  but  irrespective 
of  cycle  or  mode  of  operation. 
Search  Class— 
121 — STEAM  ENGINES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

53.  MULTIPLE  CYLINDER,  SIMULTANEOUS  EXPANSION. 

Multiple-cylinder  internal-combustion  engines  having  two 
or  more  separate  and  distinct  working  cylinders,  a  single 
working  piston  reciprocating  in  each  cylinder,  and  a  single 
combustion-chamber  communicating  with  all  of  said  work- 
ing cylinders,  together  with  means  whereby  the  burned 
gases  resulting  from  the  ignition  of  a  combustible  charge  in 
the  combustion-chamber  are  permitted  to  act  simultaneously 
upon  all  pf  the  said  working  pistons  to  drive  them  through 
the  whole  or  through  a  part  only  of  their  working  stroke. 
The  pistons  in  all  the  cylinders  perform  their  working  stroke 
at  the  same  time,  one  piston,  however,  sometimes  moving 
somewhat  in  advance  of  the  others,  and  there  is  frequently 
an  attempt  to  keep  the  fresh  combustible  mixture  separate 
from  the  residual  products  of  combustion  from  the  previous 
charge,  as  by  leading  the  supply-conduit  into  one  working 
cylinder,  while  the  exhaust-conduit  leads  from  another. 
Note. — The  engines  occurring  in  this  subclass  differ  from  en- 
engines  having  a  somewhat  similar  mode  of  operation  occur- 
ring in  the  subclass  of  51,  Multiple  piston,  in  this  class,  in 
that  the  engines  occurring  in  this  subclass  always  include 
separate  and  distinct  working  cylinders,  while  the  engines 
occurring  in  the  other  subclass  might  generally  be  described 
as  having  a  single  working  cylinder  with  two  working  pistons 
moving  therein. 

54.  MULTLTIPLE  CYLINDER,  CYLINDERS  OFFSET.    Mul- 

tiple-cylinder internal-combustion  engines  in  which  axial 
lines  passed  through  the  separate  single  cylinders,  or  a  single 
axial  line  through  two  or  more  cylinders  when  arranged  tan- 
dem, or  axial  lines  through  two  or  more  series  of  cylinders, 
each  series  arranged  tandem,  would,  if  extended,  pass  to  one 
side  of— that  is,  would  not  intersect — the  main  shaft  of  the 
engine. 

55.  MULTIPLE    CYLINDER,    CYLINDERS    RADIATING. 

Multiple-cylinder  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  axial 
lines  passed  through  the  separate  single  cylinders  would,  if 
continued,  intersect  the  main  shaft  of  the  engine  at  right 
angles.  The  several  cylinders  are  ordinarily  arranged  at  equal 
annular  intervals  around  the  shaft,  and  ordinarily  axial  lines 
as  above  would  all  lie  in  a  single  plane  at  right  angles  to  the 
main  shaft. 

56.  MULTIPLE      CYLINDER,      CYLINDERS      OPPOSITE. 

Multiple-cylinder  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the 
cylinders  are  arranged  in  pairs  one  upon  either  side  of  the 
main  shaft  of  the  engine,  axial  lines  through  the  separate  cyl- 
inders when  extended  being  either  coincident  or  parallel  and 
intersecting  the  said  shaft  at  right  angles,  and  when  more 
than  one  pair  of  cylinders  arranged  as  above  is  used  the  axial 
lines  of  all  the  cylinders  lying  in  a  single  plane  passing  through 
the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  said  main  shaft. 

57.  MULTIPLE  CYLINDER,  CYLINDERS  TANDEM.    Mul- 

tiple-cylinder internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the  cyl- 
inders are  arranged  all  upon  one  side  of  the  main  shaft  of  the 
engine,  the  pistons  being  all  rigidly  connected  together  and 
moving  in  unison  in  the  same  direction,  the  axial  line  through 
the  series  of  cylinders  when  extended  intersecting  the  said 
shaft  at  right  angles,  and  when  more  than  one  series  of  cyl- 
inders arranged  as  above  is  used  the  axial  lines  of  all  the  series 
of  cylinders  lying  in  a  single  plane  passing  through  the  longi- 
tudinal axis  of  the  said  main  shaft. 

58.  MULTIPLE     CYLINDER,     CYLINDERS     PARALLEL. 

Multiple-cylinder  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  axial 
lines  passed  through  the  separate  single  cylinders  are  parallel 
with  the  main  shaft  of  the  engine.  Such  axial  lines  are  ordi- 
narily at  equal  radial  distances  from  the  axis  of  the  main 
shaft  and  are  arranged  around  said  shaft  at  equal  angular 
intervals. 

59.  MULTIPLE  CYLINDER, CYLINDERS  LpNGITUDINAL. 

Multiple  cylinder  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the 
separate  cylinders  are  arranged  in  line  along  the  main  shaft 
of  the  engine,  axial  lines  through  the  separate  cylinders  when 
extended  intersecting  the  said  shaft  at  right  angles,  and  the 
axial  lines  through  the  several  cylinders  all  lying  in  a  single 
plane  passing  through  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  said  main 
shaft. 

60.  MULTIPLE    CYLINDER,    CYLINDERS     LONGITUDI- 

NAL, CRANKS  COINCIDENT.  Multiple-cylinder  internal 
combustion  engines  fulfilling  the  conditions  enumerated  in 
the  definition  of  the  preceding  subclass  and  having  the  further 
distinguishing  feature  that  the  cranks  of  the  two  cylinders 
coincide  angularly— that  is,  there  is  no  angular  distance  be- 
tween the  two  cranks— the  engines  in  this  subclass  being 
invariably  two-cylinder  engines.  Each  cylinder  of  the  en- 
gines occurring  in  this  subclass  operates  upon  a  four-stroke 
cycle  with  compression  of  the  combustible  charge  previous  to 
the  ignition  thereof,  the  working  stroke  of  one  cylinder  coin- 
ciding with  the  suction-stroke  of  the  other,  and  because  of  the 
arrangement  of  the  cranks  a  single  impulse  is  imparted  to  the 
crank-shaft  during  each  revolution  thereof. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

61.  DOUBLE-ACTING,  TWO-CYCLE.    Internal-combustion  en- 

fines  working  on  a  two-stroke  cycle  and  in  which  successive 
urned  charges  act  upon  opposite  sides  of  a  single  piston 
reciprocating  in  a  single  cylinder,  whereby  the  working  piston 
is  impelled  alternately  in  each  direction.  Includes  two-cycle 
engines  operating  upon  recompression  and  also  two-cycle 
engines  operating  upon  pump-compression  cycles,  both  of 
which  terms  are  more  fully  explained  hereinafter.  The  work- 
ing cylinder  in  the  engines  in  this  subclass  is  of  simple  cylin- 
drical form,  and  the  supply-pump  for  the  combustible  mix- 
ture is  wholly  separate  and  dist  inct  from  the  working  cylinder 
and  is  not  considered  in  this  definition. 

62.  DOUBLE-ACTING,    TWO-CYCLE,    COMBINED    PUMP 

AND  MOTOR  CYLINDER.  Internal-combustion  engines 
working  on  a  two-stroke  cycle  and  in  which  successive  com- 
bustible charges  after  ignition  thereof  act  so  as  to  impel  the 
working  piston  alternately  in  each  direction,  the  elements  of 
the  engine  and  of  the  pump  for  supplying  the  combustible 
mixture  thereto  being  all  contained  within  a  single  cylinder 
structure  and  so  intimately  associated  as  to  make  mechanical 
separation  of  the  two  sets  of  elements  impossible  without 
defeating  the  operation  of  the  engine  as  a  whole. 
Search  Class — 

123 — INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGFNES,  subclass  66,  Two-cycle, 
Combined  pump  and  motor  cylinder. 

63.  DOUBLE-ACTING,     FOUR-CYCLE.      Internal-combustion 

engines  working  on  the  four-stroke  cycle,  hereinafter  defined, 
in  which  successive  burned  charges  act  alternately  upon  oppo- 
site sides  of  a  single  reciprocating  piston  moving  in  a  single 
cylinder. 

64.  SIX-CYCLE.   Internal-combustion  engines  of  the  reciprocating 

type  working  upon  a  modified  four-stroke  cycle  with  recom- 
pression in  the  working  cylinder,  as  defined  in  the  definition 
of  subclass  75,  Four-cycle,  below,  and  in  which  air  unmixed 
with  combustible  is  drawn  into  and  expelled  from  the 
working  cylinder  one  or  more  times  upon  distinct  suction  and 
expelling  strokes  of  the  working  piston  after  the  end  of  the 
exhaust-stroke  and  before  the  beginning  of  the  suction-stroke 
of  the  normal  four-stroke  cycle,  whereby  a  more  complete 
removal  of  the  burned  gases  from  the  working  cylinder  and 
combustion-chamber  is  secured. 

65.  TWO-CYCLE.    Internal-combustion  engines  having  a  single 

single-acting  working  cylinder  and  a  single  working  piston 
reciprocating  therein  arid  having  suitable  means  for  supply- 
ing a  combustible  mixture  thereto;  such  engines  working  on 
the  two-stroke  cycle  and  not  coming  within  the  definitions 
of  the  following  subclasses  of  two-cycle  engines.  Internal- 
combustion  engines  are  said  to  work  upon  the  two-stroke 
cycle  when  a  combustible  mixture  under  pressure  materially 
greater  than  atmospheric  pressure  is  burned  and  the  result- 
ing products  of  combustion  allowed  to  expand  within  the 
working  cylinder  upon  every  second  stroke  of  the  working 
piston  of  the  engine.  The  means  for  supplying  the  combus- 
tible mixture  to  the  engine  ordinarily  includes  a  pump  oper- 
ated by  and  in  unison  therewith,  which  pump  and  engine 
are  generally  inseparable  without  destroying  the  indentity  of 
the  device  as  a  whole.  In  the  engines  occurring  in  two-cycle 
subclasses  a  combustible  mixture  is  supplied  to  the  working 
cylinder  and  burned  therein  under  pressure  upon  each 
second  stroke  of  the  working  piston,  and  such  mixture  after 
having  been  supplied  to  the  working  cylinder  at  a  pressure 
not  necessarily  greater  than  is  sufficient  to  insure  its  flow  there- 
into may  be  recompressed  therein  by  the  working  piston  or  by 
the  working  and  pump  pistons  acting  together  before  ignition 
and  the  beginning  of  the  working  stroke,  which  is  the  more 
ordinary  mode  of  operation,  or  the  mixture  may  be  supplied 
to  the  working  cylinder  after  the  beginning  of  the  working 
strokeand  at  the  maximum  pressureunderwhichitexistsbefore 
ignition,  in  which  case  it  is  not  recompressed  in  the  working 
cylinder  before  ignition,  but  is  ignited  either  at  constant  pres- 
sure as  it  enters  or  at  constant  volume  after  the  whole  charge 
has  been  supplied.  Two-cycle  engines  coming  within  the  latter 
of  the  above  cases  are  claksified  as  two-cycle  pump-compres- 
sion engines.  The  combustible  mixture  is  ordinarily  sup- 
plied to  the  working  cylinder  by  a  pump,  and  in  the  first  of 
the  above  cases,  while  the  charge  may  be  compressed  to  a 
considerable  degree  by  the  supply-pump,  such  charge  enters 
the  working  cylinder  only  against  the  pressure  of  the  atmos- 
phere and  after  having  entered  must  exist  therein  at  or  sub- 
stantially at  atmospheric  pressure,  and  the  initial  compres- 
sion of  the  charge  upon  wnich  the  efficiency  of  an  internal- 
combustion  engine  so  largely  depends  is  produced  wholly  by 
recompression  of  the  charge  in  the  working  cylinder,  whi'le  in 
the  second  ease  such  initial  pressure  is  produced  wholly  by  the 
supply-pump  which  compresses  the  charge  directly  to  the 
maximum  pressure  at  which  it  exists  before  ignition. 
Search  Class— 

123  IxTERXAL-CoMBUSTTON  ENGINES,  subclasses  49,  Valve-con- 
trolled combustion-chamber;  61,  Double-acting,  Two-cycle, 
and  62.  Double-acting,  Two-cycle, Combined  pump  and  motor 
cylinder. 

66.  TWO-CYCLE,   COMBINED   PUMP   AND   MOTOR   CYL- 

INDER. Two-cycle  internal-combustion  engines  in  which 
separate  and  distinct  working  and  pumping  pistons  operate 
in  a  single  cylinder,  a  portion  of  which,  together  with  the 
working  piston,  forms  a  motor,  while  another  portion  of  such 
cylinder,  together  with  the  pum ping-piston,  forms  a  pump 
for  supplying  a  fresh  charge  to  the  working  cylinder.  The 
supply-pump  is  operated  by  and  in  unison  with  the  engine, 
and  as  the  supply-pump  and  motor  elements  of  the  engine 
are  all  contained  i'n  a  single  cylinder  the  two  sets  of  elements 
are  necessarily  inseparable  without  wholly  defeating  the  opera- 
tion of  the  engine  in  the  manner  contemplated. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


285 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  62,  Double- 
acting,  Two-cycle,  Combined  pump  and  motor  cylinder. 

67.  T\VO-CYCLE,  DIVIDED  PUMP  DISCHARGE.    Two-cycle 

internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the  air  pumped  by  a 
single  supply-pump  operated  by  and  in  unison  with  the  engine 
is  separated  or  divided  into  two  separate  and  distinct  streams, 
one  of  which  passes  to  the  working  cylinder  unchanged,  while 
the  other  receives  a  supply  of  hydrocarbon  on  its  way  to  the 
working  cylinder.  The  stream  to  which  no  hydrocarbon  is 
supplied  ordinarily  acts  to  more  or  less  thoroughly  expel  the 
burned  gases  from  the  working  cylinder  prior  to  the  formation 
of  a  new  charge  therein,  and  the  two  streams  frequently  re- 
unite as  they  enter  the  working  cylinder  or  shortly  before  their 
entry  thereinto. 

68.  TWO-CYCLE,  PUMP  COMPRESSION.    Two-cycle  internal- 

combustion  engines  in  which  the  combustible  mixture,  or  both 
the  constituents  thereof,  is  supplied  to  the  working  cylinder 
under  pressure  materially  greater  than  atmospheric  pressure, 
such  supply  beginning  at  the  beginning  of  the  working  stroke 
and  continuing  for  a  determinate  portion  thereof,  the  com- 
bustible mixture  being  ignited  either  at  constant  pressure  as 
it  enters  the  cylinder  or  at  constant  volume  after  the  whole 
charge  has  been  supplied  thereto,  in  either  case  without  recom- 
pression  in  the  working  cylinder.  The  combustible  mixture 
or  the  constituents  thereof  may  be  supplied  directly  to  the 
working  cylinder  without  preliminary  storage  or  may  be  sup- 
plied to  suitable  reservoirs  interposed  between  the  compress- 
in  n  means  and  the  working  cylinder  and  within  which  a  con- 
siderable volume  of  combustible  mixture,  or  its  constituents, 
is  stored.  Engines  in  this  subclass  in  which  ignition  takes 
place  after  the  whole  charge  has  been  supplied  to  the  working 
cylinder  differ  from  those  in  subclass  39  Non-compression, 
which  work  upon  a  two-stroke  cycle,  only  in  the  decree  of  com- 
pression to  which  the  charge  is  subjected  before  ignition,  and 
as  some  of  the  engines  in  the  subclass  above  mentioned  are 
provided  with  a  supply-pump  for  forcing  air  through  a  charge- 
forming  device  to  the  cylinder  of  the  engine  the  combustible 
mixture  thus  produced  is  necessarily  supplied  to  such  engines 
under  some  pressure.  However,  where  the  structure  and  op- 
eration of  the  device  as  a  whole  clearly  indicate  that  the  pres- 
sure under  which  the  charge  is  supplied  is  so  slight  as  to  be 
sufficient  only  to  insure  its  flow  into  the  working  cylinder  the 
engine  is  classified  in  subclass  39,  Non-compression.  In  engines 
working  on  the  two-cycle  pump-compression  cycle  the  whole 
charge  properly  mixed  to  form  a  combustible  mixture  may  be 
compressed  by  a  single  pump  or  the  air  and  combustible  may 
be  compressed  by  separate  pumps  to  be  mixed  on  their  way 
to  the  working  cylinder  or  after  such  constituents  have  entered 
thereinto. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  61,  Double- 
acting,  Two-cycle,  for  double-acting  engines  working  on  the 
two-stroke  pump-compression  cycle;  subclasses  32,  Oil-engines, 
Internal-vaporizing,  Forced  oil-supply,  and  33,  Oil-engines, 
Internal-vaporizing,  Forced  oil-supply,  Oil-atomizing,  for  oil- 
engines operating  upon  a  cycle  similar  to  that  defined  by  this 
definition. 

69.  TWO-CYCLE,     SEPARATE     AIR     AND     GAS     PUMPS. 

Two-cycle  recompression  internal-combustion  engines  in  which 
air  and  combustible  in  the  gaseous  form  are  supplied  to  the 
working  cylinder  or  combustion-chamber  by  separate  and  dis- 
tinct pumps,  each  operated  by  and  in  unison  with  the  engine, 
one  at  least  of  the  constituents  being  recompressed  within  the 
working  cylinder  before  the  ignition  of  the  combustible  mix- 
ture. The  air  is  ordinarily  supplied  to  the  working  cylinder 
of  the  engine  before  the  gas,  and  such  air  is  frequently  designed 
to  more  or  less  completely  scavenge  the  working  cylinder.  In 
such  cases  a  part  of  the  air  thus  supplied  remains  in  the  cyl- 
inder to  form  with  the  gas  subsequently  supplied  thereto  the 
next  following  charge.  The  air  and  gas  may,  however,  enter 
the  working  cylinder  simultaneously.  The  air  and  gas  are 
ordinarily  intermixed  within  the  working  cylinder  before  the 
completion  of  the  compression-stroke,  so  that  the  complete 
charge  is  recompressed  in  the  working  cylinder  before  the  igni- 
tion thereof  and  the  beginning  of  the  working  stroke;  but  this 
subclass  also  includes  engines  in  which  one  only  of  the  con- 
stituents of  the  charge  is  recompressed  in  the  working  cylinder, 
in  which  case  the  other  is  supplied  thereto  under  pressure 
during  the  working  stroke. 
Search  Classes— 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  61,  Double- 
acting,  Two-cycle,  and  (18,  Two-cycle,  Pump  compression,  for 
other  internal-combustion  engines  having  separate  pumps  for 
air  and  gas. 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  33,  Oil-engines. 
Internal-vaporizing,  Forced  oil  supply,  Oil-atomizing,  for  oil- 
engines having  one  pump  for  supplying  air  to  the  working  cyl- 
inder thereof  and  another  for  supplying  oil  and  air,  the  oil 
being  frequently  atomized  by  the  air,  but  not  vaporized  prior 
to  its  entry  into  the  working' cylinder. 

70.  TWO-CYCLE,     PUMP     AND     CYLINDER     ADJACENT. 

Two-cycle  recompression  internal-combustion  engines  in  which 
the  working  cylinder  and  the  pump  for  supplying  a  combus- 
tible mixture  thereto  are  located  adjacent  each  other,  axial 
lines  through  the  pump  and  motor  cylinders  being  parallel 
and  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  main  shaft  of  the  engine 
and  both  lying  in  a  plane  passing  through  the  axis  of  the 
main  shaft.  In  engines  in  this  subclass  the  supply -pump 
is  inseparable  from  the  engine  and  may  draw  both  air  and 
hydrocarbon  into  the  cylinder  thereof  upon  the  suction- 
stroke,  so  that  the  pump  operates  upon  the  whole  charge 
to  be  supplied  to  the  working  cylinder,  or  the  supply -pump 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

may  draw  in  and  discharge  air  only,  in  which  case  the  com- 
bustible constituent  of  the  charge  is  supplied  to  the  air  dur- 
ing its  passage  to  the  working  cylinder. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  68,  Two-cycle 
Pump  compression. 

71.  TWO-CYCLE,  PUMP  AND  CYLINDER  COAXIAL.    Two- 

cycle  recompression  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the 
axes  of  the  working  and  pump  cylinders  form  a  single  straight 
line  which,  if  extended,  would  intersect  the  main  shaft  of  the 
engine  at  right  angles,  the  cylinders  abutting  and  the  work- 
ing piston  being  prolonged  and  extended  into  the  pump- 
cylinder  and  enlarged  therein  to  form  the  pumping-piston, 
thereby  forming  an  annular  pumping-chamber  which  sur- 
rounds the  extension  of  the  working  piston.  From  the  above 
it  follows  that  the  working  and  pump  pistons  form  a  single 
rigid  structure.  In  the  engines  in  this  subclass  compression 
of  the  charge  prior  to  the  ignition  thereof  is  effected  by  the 
joint  action  of  the  pump  and  motor  pistons.  The  arrange- 
ment above  defined  may  be  reversed,  in  which  case  the  cyl- 
inder above  described  as  the  working  cylinder  becomes  the 
cylinder  of  the  supply-pump  and  the  annular  pumping-cham- 
ber becomes  the  working  chamber. 

Note.— The  supply-pump  is  inseparable  from  the  engine  and  ordi- 
narily operates  upon  the  whole  charge,  as  in  engines  in  the 
subclass  of  70,  Two-cycle,  Pump  and  cylinder  adjacent. 

72.  TWO-CYCLE,     PUMP     AND     CYLINDER     INCLINED. 

Two-cycle  recompression  internal-combustion  engines  in  which 
the  working  piston  and  the  pump  for  supplying  a  combustible 
mixture  thereto  are  arranged  at  an  angle  to  each  other,  axial 
lines  through  the  pump  and  motor  cylinders  being  perpendic- 
ular to  the  main  shaft  of  the  engine  and  lying  in  planes  in- 
clined to  each  other,  which  pass  through  the  said  main  shaft. 
The  axes  of  the  pump  and  working  cylinder  also  ordinarily 
lie  in  a  single  plane  perpendicular  to  the  main  shaft  of  the 
engine. 

Note. — The  supply-pump  is  inseparable  from  the  engine  and  ordi- 
narily operates  upon  the  whole  charge,  as  in  engines  in  the 
subclass  70,  Two-cycle,  Pump  and  cylinder  adjacent. 

73.  TWO-CYCLE,    REAR    COMPRESSION,    CRANK-CASE. 

Two-cycle  recompression  internal-combustion  engines  having 
a  cylinder  closed  at  one  end  and  an  air-tight  casing  inclosing 
the  connecting-rod  and  crank  and  forming  a  closed  crank-case 
in  open  communication  with  the  other  end  of  the  cylinder  and 
a  piston  reciprocating  in  the  said  cylinder,  such  piston  per- 
forming at  the  same  time  the  functions  of  both  a  working  pis- 
ton and  a  piston  for  the  pump  which  supplies  a  fresh  charge 
to  the  engine,  one  end  of  the  cylinder  and  the  corresponding 
end  of  the  piston  constituting  trie  working  cylinder  and  piston, 
while  the  other  or  rear  end  of  the  piston  and  the  corresponding 
end  of  the  cylinder,  together  with  the  closed  crank -case,  form 
a  pump  for  introducing  a  new  charge  into  the  working  end  of 
the  cylinder.  In  engines  in  this  subclass  the  supply  or  ex- 
haust ports,  or  both,  are  generally  formed  in  the  cylinder-wall 
and  are  then  controlled  by  the  piston  as  it  reciprocates,  the 
piston  forming  a  closure  for  such  ports  when  it  is  required  that 
they  be  kept  closed. 

74.  TWO-CYCLE,      REAR      COMPRESSION,      CYLINDER. 

Two-cycle  recompression  internal-combustion  engines  having 
a  cylinder  closed  at  both  ends  and  a  piston  reciprocating  there- 
in, such  piston  performing  at  the  same  time  the  functions  of 
both  a  working  piston  and  a  piston  for  the  pump  which  sup- 
plies a  fresh  charge  to  the  engine,  one  end  of  the  cylinder  and 
the  corresponding  end  of  the  piston  constituting  the  working 
cylinder  and  piston,  while  the  other  or  rear  end  of  the  piston 
and  the  corresponding  end  of  the  cylinder  form  a  pump  for 
introducing  a  new  charge  into  the  working  end  of  the  cylin- 
der. In  engines  in  this  subclass  the  supply  or  exhaust  ports, 
or  both,  are  generally  formed  in  the  cylinder-wall  and  are 
then  controlled  by  the  piston  as  it  reciprocates,  the  piston 
forming  a  closure  for  such  ports  when  it  is  required  that  they 
be  kept  closed. 

75.  FOUR-CYCLE.    Internal-combustion  engines  having  a  single 

single-acting  working  cylinder  and  a  single  working  piston 
reciprocating  therein  and  in  which  the  charge  is  compressed 
in  the  working  cylinder  before  ignition,  such  engines  work- 
ing upon  a  cycle"  comprising  four  distinct  strokes— namely, 
a  working  stroke  following  the  ignition  of  the  charge,  fol- 
lowed by  exhaust,  charging,  and  compression  strokes— and 
not  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  definitions  of  the  follow- 
ing four-cycle  subclasses.  This  subclass  is  intended  to  in- 
clude engines  working  upon  cycles  comprised  of  four  strokes, 
as  above,  but  varied  or  modified  more  or  less  from  the  sim- 
ple four-stroke  cycle  above  described,  and  such  miscellaneous 
forms  or  types  of  engines  working  upon  unmodified  four- 
stroke  cycles  as  do  not  come  within  the  following  four-cycle 
subclasses.  Except  in  such  engines  as  are  classified  in  sub- 
class 77,  Four-cycle,  Single-revolution,  the  cycle  of  four  strokes 
requires  two  revolutions  of  the  main  shaft  of  the  engine  for 
its  completion. 

76.  FOUR-CYCLE,     SCAVENGING.     Four-cycle  internal-com- 

bustion engines  in  which  a  volume  of  air  unmixed  with  com- 
bustible is  caused  to  pass  through  the  working  cylinder  of  the 
engine  or  the  combustion-chamber  thereof  at  any  time  between 
the  end  of  the  working  stroke  and  the  beginning  of  the  next 
following  charging  stroke,  whereby  to  secure  a  more  complete 
removal  of  the  burned  gases  of  the  previous  charge  from  the 
cylinder  and  combustion-chamber,  so  that  the  successive 
charges  will  be  unmixed  with  residual  burned  gases  from  a 
previous  charge.  The  scavenging  action  may  take  place  be- 


286 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

fore  or  after  or  be  simultaneous  with,  the  regular  exhaust- 
stroke  of  the  engine.  In  the  engines  in  this  subclass  a  com- 
plete charge  comprising  all  the  ingredients  necessary  to  form 
a  combustible  mixture  enters  the  cylinder  upon  a  distinct 
charging  stroke,  the  air  supplied  for  the  purpose  of  scaveng- 
ing not  being  necessary  to  form  or  complete  the  following 
charge. 

Note. — Engines  frequently  described  as  scavenging-engines  and 
in  which  a  volume  of  air  is  caused  to  pass  through  the  work- 
ing cylinder  and  combustion-chamber  for  the  same  purpose 
as  in  this  subclass,  but  in  which  a  portion  of  such  air  is  nec- 
essary to  complete  the  following  charge,  are  classified  in  this 
class,  subclass  69,  Two-cycle,  Separate  air  and  gas  pumps. 
In  subclass  70,  Four-cycle,  Scavenging,  the  engine  begins  its 
suction-stroke  with  air  in  the  clearance-space  only,  while  in 
engines  in  subclass  09,  Two-cycle,  Separate  air  and  gas  pumps, 
the  engine  begins  its  compression-stroke  with  a  considerable 
volume  of  air  in  the  cylinder  thereof,  to  which  a  combustible 
is  supplied  to  complete  the  charge. 

Search  Class — 

123 — INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  64,  Six-cycle, 
and  69,  Two-cycle,  Separate  ah-  and  gas  pumps. 

77.  FOUR-CYCLE,  SINGLE-REVOLUTION.    Four-cycle  inter- 

nal-combustion engines  in  which  a  four-stroke  cycle  is  carried 
out  during  a  single  revolution  of  the  main  shaft  of  the  engine. 
For  the  purposes  of  this  definition  a  continuous  movement 
of  the  working  piston  in  one  direction  is  considered  as  two 
strokes  and  the  sequence  of  the  strokes  is  varied  from  that 
present  in  engines  working  on  the  ordinary  four-stroke  cycle, 
the  working  stroke  being  followed  by  the  charging  stroke  as 
the  piston  moves  in  one  direction  and  the  exhaust  and  com- 
pression strokes  taking  place  in  the  order  named  as  the  piston 
moves  in  the  reverse  direction. 

Note. — For  engines  working  on  this  cycle,  but  having  two  or 
more  working  cylinders,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  53,  Multiple 
cylinder,  Simultaneous  expansion. 

Note. — For  other  engines  in  which  the  four  strokes  comprising 
a  single  cycle  occur  during  a  single  revolution  of  the  main 
shaft  of  the  engine,  see  in  this  class,  subclass,  78,  Four-cycle, 
Variable  clearance. 

78.  FOUR-CYCLE,    VARIABLE    CLEARANCE.      Four-cycle 

internal-combustion  engines  provided  with  means  whereby 
the  clearance-space  is  varied  in  unison  with  the  movement  of 
the  working  piston,  being  as  far  as  practicable  eliminated  at 
the  end  of  the  e.\haust-stroke  and  greatest  at  the  end  of  the 
compression-stroke,  whereby  to  secure  a  more  complete 
removal  of  the  residual  burned  gases  from  the  cylinder  and 
combustion-chamber  of  the  engine.  The  clearance-space  is 
ordinarily  varied  by  causing  the  strokes  of  the  working  piston 
to  vary  in  length,  and  the  four  strokes  required  for  a  complete 
cycle  are  frequently  performed  during  a  single  revolution  of 
the  main  shaft  of  the  engine. 

79.  FOUR-CYCLE,     SINGLE     PUPPET-VALVE.    Four-cycle 

internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the  combustible  charge 
enters  the  working  cylinder  and  after  ignition  and  expansion 
the  burned  gases  are  exhausted  therefrom  through  a  single  pas- 
sage controlled  by  a  single  positively-operated  puppet  or 
equivalent  valve,  said  common  passage  being  provided  with 
means  for  directing  the  flow  of  the  combustible  charge  from 
a  supply-conduit  to  the  common  conduit  and  for  directing 
the  flow  of  the  exhaust-gases  from  such  common  conduit  into 
the  exhaust-conduit  leading  from  the  engine.  The  directing 
means  ordinarily  comprise  a  valve  or  valves  operated  either 
positively  or  by  the  suction  and  pressure  alternately  exist- 
ing in  the  common  conduit,  and  such  means  are  protected 
from  the  pressure  of  the  gases  within  the  cylinder  by  the 
single  valve. 

80.  FOUR-CYCLE,  ROTATING-VALVE.    Four-cycle  internal- 

combustion  engines  provided  with  a  rotating  valve  for  directly 
controlling  the  supply  of  combustible  mixture  to  the  working 
cylinder  or  the  exhaust  of  burned  gases  therefrom  and  means 
operated  by  the  engine  for  rotating  the  said  valve  to  secure 
the  continuous  and  automatic  operation  of  the  engine.  The 
rotating  valve  in  theengines  in  this  subclass  ordinarily  controls 
both  the  supply  to  and  the  exhaust  from  the  engine  and  fre- 
quently also  a  passage  used  in  connection  with  a  flame  or 
incandescent  igniting  device,  and  the  valve  is  so  designed 
with  reference  to  the  particular  engine  with  which  it  is  used 
or  with  reference  to  other  elements  of  the  engine  as  to  be  inca- 
pable of  convenient  separation  therefrom  or  of  use  with  other 
engines. 

Note. — For  rotating  valves  capable  of  general  use  with  internal- 
combustion  engines,  the  structure  of  the  engine  or  of  elements 
thereof  other  than  the  valve  not  being  involved,  see  in  this 
class,  subclass  190,  Valves,  Rotary. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  144,  Igniters. 
Flame,  and  151,  Igniters,  Sparkers,  Combined  sparker  and 
valve. 

81.  FOUR-CYCLE,  OSCILLATING-VALVE.    Four-cycle  inter- 

nal-combustion engines  provided  with  an  oscillating  valve  for 
directly  controlling  the  supply  of  combustible  mixture  to  the 
working  cylinder  or  the  exhaust  of  burned  gases  therefrom 
and  means  operated  by  the  engine  for  oscillating  the  said 
valve  to  secure  the  continuous  and  automatic  operation  of  the 
engine.  The  oscillating  valve  ordinarily  controls  both  the 
supply  to  and  theexhaust  from  the  engine  and  frequently  also  a 
passage  used  in  connection  with  a  flame  or  incandescent  ignit- 
ing device,  and  the  valve  is  so  designed  with  reference  to  the 
particular  engine  with  which  it  is  used  or  with  reference  to 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

other  elements  of  the  engine  as  to  be  incapable  of  convenient 
separation  therefrom  or  of  use  with  other  engines. 

Note. — For  oscillating  valves  capable  of  general  use  with  internal- 
combustion  engines,  the  structure  of  the  engine  or  of  elements 
thereof  other  than  the  valve  not  being  involved,  see  in  this 
class,  subclass  190,  Valves,  Rotary. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  144,  Igniters, 
Flame. 

82.  FOUR-CYCLE,    ROTATING    SIDE   SHAFT.    Four-cycle 

internal-combustion  engines  having  a  rotating  shaft  driven 
from  the  crank-shaft  thereof  and  extending  parallel  to  the  axis 
of  the  working  cylinder  and  ordinarily  along  the  side  of  the 
engine,  said  shaft  being  provided  with  means,  generally  in  the 
form  of  cams,  for  operating  in  the  proper  order  one  or  more 
of  the  valves,  the  igniting  device,  or  other  element  necessary 
for  the  continuous  automatic  operation  of  the  engine,  and 
mechanism  including  a  rotating  shaft  located  as  above  set 
forth  and  designed  to  operate  the  valves  or  other  elements 
of  the  engine,  but  not  shown  in  connection  with  all  the  ele- 
ments necessary  to  form  a  complete  and  operative  engine. 
Search  Class— 

123—  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  57,  Multiple 
cylinder,  Cylinders  tandem. 

83.  FOUR-CYCLE,  ROTATING  TRANSVERSE  SHAFT. 

Four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines  having  a  rotating 
shaft  driven  from  the  crank-shaft  thereof  and  extending  trans- 
verse to  the  axis  of  the  working  cylinder  and  clear  across  the 
engine,  said  shaft  being  provided  with  means,  generally  in  the 
form  of  cams,  for  operating  in  the  proper  order  one  or  more  of 
the  valves,  the  igniting  device,  or  other  element  necessary  for 
the  continuous  automatic  operation  of  the  engine,  and  mech- 
anism including  a  rotating  shaft  located  as  above  set  forth 
and  designed  to  operate  the  valves  or  other  elements  of  the 
engine,  but  not  shown  in  connection  with  all  the  elements  nec- 
essary to  form  a  complete  and  operative  engine. 
Search  Class— 

123-  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  84,  Four-cycle, 
Adjacent  supply  and  exhaust  valves,  for  engines  coming 
within  the  terms  of  this  definition,  except  that  the  transverse 
shaft  does  not  extend  clear  across  the  engine,  the  axis  of  such 
shaft  lying  in  a  plane  passing  through  the  axis  of  the  working 
cylinder. 

84.  FOUR-CYCLE,   ADJACENT   SUPPLY   AND    EXHAUST 

VALVES.  Four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines  having 
the  supply  and  exhaust  valves  thereof  located  adjacent  and  in 
a  single  valve-chamber,  the  axes  of  such  valves  being  parallel 
with  the  axial  line  of  the  working  cylinder  and  both  valves 
being  positively  operated,  and  reciprocating  rods  extending 
longitudinally  of  the  engine  and  operated  by  and  in  unison 
therewith  for  operating  such  valves  in  the  proper  order  to 
secure  the  continuous  automatic  operation  of  the  engine,  and 
similar  arrangements  of  valves  and  operating  means  therefor 
but  not  shown  in  connection  with  all  the  elements  necessary 
to  form  a  complete  and  operative  engine. 

85.  FOUR-CYCLE,     ALINED     SUPPLY     AND     EXHAUST 

VALVES.  Four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines  having 
the  supply  and  exhaust  valves  thereof  arranged  in  alinement 
and  in  a  single  valve-chamber,  the  common  axis  of  such  valves 
being  parallel  with  the  axial  line  of  the  working  cylinder,  and 
a  reciprocating  rod  or  rods  extending  longitudinally  of  the 
engine  and  operated  by  and  in  unison  therewith  for  operating 
one  or  both  such  valves  in  the  proper  order  to  secure  the  con- 
tinuous automatic  operation  of  the  engine,  and  similar  arrange- 
ments of  valves  and  operating  means_.therefor,  but  not  shown 
in  connection  with  all  the  elements  necessary  to  form  a  com- 
plete and  operative  engine. 

80.  FOUR  CYCLE,  OPPOSITE  SUPPLY  AND  EXHAUST 
VALVES.  Four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines  having 
the  supply  and  exhaust  valves  thereof  located  in  separate 
valve-chambers  upon  opposite  sides  of  the  working  cylinder, 
the  axes  of  such  valves  lieing  parallel  with  the  axial  line  of  the 
working  cylinder  and  lying  in  a  plane  passing  therethrough 
and  through  the  axis  of  the  crank-shaft,  and  a  reciprocating 
rod  or  rods  extending  longitudinally  of  the  engine  and  oper- 
ated by  and  in  unison  therewith  for  operating  one  or  both  of 
such  valves  in  the  proper  order  to  secure  the  continuous  auto- 
matic operaton  of  the  engine,  and  similar  arrangements  of 
valves  and  operating  means  therefor,  but  not  shown  in  con- 
nection with  all  the  elements  necessary  to  form  a  complete 
and  operative  engine. 

87.  FOUR-CYCLE,  LONGITUDINAL  VALVE  AND  LEVER. 

Four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines  having  the  supply 
or  exhaust  valve  thereof,  or  both,  located  in  the  cylinder-head 
and  disposed  longitudinally  to  the  working  cylinder,  the 
movement  of  such  valve  or  valves  being  along  a  line  parallel 
with  the  axial  line  of  the  working  cylinder,  a  lever  disposed 
transverse  to  the  working  cylinder,  and  a  reciprocating  operat- 
ing member  operated  by  and  in  unison  with  the  engine  for 
operating  such  valve  or  valves  in  the  proper  order  to  secure 
continuous  operation  thereof,  and  si  nilar  arrangements  of 
valves  and  operating  means  therefor,  but  not  shown  in  con- 
nection with  all  the  elements  necessary  to  form  a  complete 
and  operative  engine. 

88.  FOUR-CYCLE,    TRANSVERSE   VALVE   AND    LEVER. 

Four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines  having  the  supply 
or  exhaust  valve  thereof,  or  both,  disposed  transverse  to  the 
working  cylinder,  the  axis  of  such  valve  or  valves  lying  in  a 
plane  perpendicular  to  the  axial  line  of  the  working  cylinder, 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


287 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

and  a  lever  extending  longitudinally  of  the  engine  and  oper- 
ated by  and  in  unison  therewith  for  operating  the  valve  or 
valves  aforesaid  in  the  proper  order  to  secure  the  continuous 
automatic  operation  thereof,  and  similar  arrangements  of 
valves  and  operating  means  therefor,  but  not  shown  in  con- 
nection with  all  the  elements  necessary  to  form  a  complete 
and  operative  engine. 

89.  FOUR-CYCLE,     TRANSVERSE    VALVE    AND     BELL- 

CRANK.  Four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines  having 
the  supply  or  exhaust  valve  thereof,  or  both,  disposed  trans- 
verse to  the  working  cylinder,  the  axis  of  such  valve  or  valves 
lying  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  axial  line  of  the  working 
cylinder,  and  a  bell-crank  lever  operated  by  and  in  unison 
with  the  engine  for  operating  such  valve  or  valves  in  the 
proper  order  to  secure  the  continuous  automatic  operation 
thereof,  and  similar  arrangements  of  valves  and  operating 
means  therefor,  but  not  shown  in  connection  with  all  the 
elements  necessary  to  form  a  complete  and  operative  engine. 

90.  VALVE-OPERATING  MECHANISM.     Inventions  relating 

to  mechanism  intermediate  the  crank-shaft  of  an  internal 
combustion  engine  and  the  supply,  exhaust,  or  fuel  valve 
thereof  or  operating  one  or  more  of  the  said  valves,  the  de- 
vice in  question  not  coming  within  the  terms  of  some  one 
of  the  following  subclasses  of  valve-operating  mechanism. 
The  subclasses  of  valve-operating  devices  following  this 
being  all  designed  for  use  with  engines  operating  upon  a  four- 
stroke  cycle,  it  follows  that  the  devices  occurring  in  this  sub- 
class are  either  designed  for  use  with  engines  operating  upon  a 
two-stroke  cycle  or  are  independent  of  the  mode  of  operation 
of  the  engine'and  capable  of  use  with  engines  operating  upon  a 
four-stroke  or  two-stroke  cycle.  Some  of  the  val  ve-operating  de- 
vices hereinare  disclosed  in  connection  withfour-cycle  engines; 
but  in  such  cases  the  valve  mechanism  is  clearly  not  limited 
in  its  use  to  engines  of  that  type,  and  in  no  case  is  the  reduc- 
ing mechanism  of  four-stroke-cycle  engines — that  is,  the 
mechanism  whereby  a  member  is  operated  one-half  as  fre- 
quently as  another  element  of  the  engine  and  from  which 
first  member  the  supply,  e.xhaust,  or  fuel  valve  may  be  oper- 
ated by  means  of  a  suitable  valve-operating  mechanism — 
involved  in  the  devices  in  this  subclass.  Inventions  relating 
to  valve-operating  mechanism  designed  for  use  with  and  to  form 
a  part  of  four-cycle  engines  of  the  form  or  type  occurring  in  the 
nine  preceding  subclasses  are  classified  in  some  one  of  those 
subclasses,  according  to  the  form  or  type  of  engine  with  which 
the  valve-operating  mechanism  in  question  is  used ,  f  r  om  which 
it  follows  that  in  searches  involving  valve-operating  means  it 
should  first  be  determined  whether  or  not  the  device  in  ques- 
tion is  not,  in  fact,  a  part  of  a  definite  form  or  type  of  engine, 
and  therefore  classifiable  in  some  one  of  those  type  subclasses, 
rather  than  a  valve-operating  means  of  general  application, 
such  as  would  be  found  in  this  subclass. 

Note.— Valve-operating  means  by  which  the  engine  is  rendered 
reversible  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  41,  Reversible. 

Note.— Valve-operating  mechanism  described  as  designed  for 
general  use  with  fluid-pressure  engines,  irrespective  of  the 
mode  of  operation  or  the  fluid  by  which  such  engines  are 
operated,  is  classified  in  class  121,  STEAM-ENGINES,  sub- 
class 97,  Valve-gear,  and  the  subclasses  thereof,  unless  there 
is  something  about  the  device  in  question  as  disclosed  in  the 
specification  and  drawing  especially  adapting  it  for  use  with 
an  internal-combustion  engine  and  making  its  use  with  other 
types  of  fluid-pressure  engines  improbable,  if  not  impossible, 
in  which  case  the  valve-operating  mechanism  is  classified  in 
this  subclass. 

Search  Classes— 

121  -STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  97,   Valve-gear,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereof,  according  to  the  type  of  the  device  in  question. 
230— AIE  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  34,  Valves  and  valve-gear. 

91.  VALVE  -  OPERATING    MECHANISM,    FOUR  -  CYCLE. 

Mechanism  intermediate  the  crank-shaft  of  an  internal-com- 
bustion engine  and  the  supply,  exhaust,  or  fuel  valve  thereof 
for  operating  one  or  more  of  the  said  valves  upon  each  fourth 
stroke  of  the  working  piston,  the  device  in  question  being 
designed  for  and  capable  of  use  on}y  with  and  as  forming  a 
part  of  an  engine  operating  upon  a  four-stroke  cycle  and  not 
coming  within  the  terms  of  the  following  subclasses  of  four- 
cycle valve-operating  mechanism.  The  patents  often  contain 
claims  to  subcombinations  not  limited  by  the  terms  of  the 
claim  to  use  with  an  engine  operating  upon  a  four-stroke 
cycle;  but  the  devices  as  a  whole  as  disclosed  in  the  specifica- 
tion and  as  defined  by  the  most  specific  claims  are  such  as 
would  be  used  only  with  and  as  forming  a  part  of  four-cycle 
engines. 

Note. — For  valve-operating  mechanism  in  which  the  exhaust-valve 
or  a  member  carried  thereby  is  brought  into  engagement  with 
the  supply-valve  to  prevent  the  opening  of  said  supply-valve 
during  the  exhaust-stroke  of  the  engine,  said  valves  being  in 
axial  alinement,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  85,  Four-cycle, 
Alined  supply  and  exhaust  valves. 

92.  VALVE  -  OPERATING     MECHANISM,     FOUR-CYCLE, 

PNEUMATIC.  Valve-operating  mechanism  for  four-cycle 
internal-combustion  engines,  said  mechanism  depending  for 
its  operation  upon  a  gas  under  pressure  either  above  or  below 
atmospheric  pressure.  The  valve-operating  mechanisms  oc- 
curring in  this  subclass  ordinarily  act  upon  the  exhaust-valve 
of  the  engine  and  depend  for  their  operation  upon  gas  under 
pressure  derived  from  the  working  cylinder  at  or  near  the 
end  of  the  working  stroke. 

93.  VALVE  -  OPERATING    MECHANISM,    FOUR  -  CYCLE, 

DOUBLE-LOOP  CAM.  Valve-operating  mechanism  for 
four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines,  said  mechanism  in- 
cluding a  cam  having  a  groove  or  race  made  up  of  two  loops 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

which  intersect  and  cross  each  other,  thereby  forming  a  cam- 
race  capable  of  development  into  a  double-looped  figure, 
resembling  somewhat  the  figure  8. 

94.  VALVE  -  OPERATING    MECHANISM,    FOUR  -  CYCLE, 

INTERMITTENTLY  -  OPERATED  CAM.  Valve- 
operating  mechanism  for  four-cycle  internal-combustion  en- 
gines, said  mechanism  including  a  cam  or  a  disk  having  a 
series  of  cams  arranged  at  intervals  upon  the  periphery  thereof 
and  a  pawl-and-ratchet  or  equivalent  device  for  giving  such 
cam  a  step-by-step  rotary  movement,  the  cam  operating 
positively  and  either  directly  or  through  suitable  mechanical 
elements  upon  the  valve  or  valves  to  be  operated. 

95.  VALVE  -  OPERATING  MECHANISM,  FOUR  -  CYCLE, 

INTERMITTENTLY -OPERATED  TAPPET.  Valve- 
operating  mechanism  for  four-cycle  internal-combustion  en- 
gines, comprising  a  reciprocating  member,  a  tappet  member 
provided  with  one  or  more  tappets  carried  by  and  moving 
with  said  reciprocating  member  and  movable  relatively 
thereto,  and  mechanically-operated  means  for  moving  the 
tappet  member  relatively  to  the  reciprocating  member  to 
thereby  remove  the  tappet  thereof  from  the  path  of  the  valve- 
stem  upon  alternate  movements  of  said  movable  member  in 
the  same  direction.  The  tappet  member  is  ordinarily  in  the 
form  of  a  cylinder  or  disk  having  recesses  in  the  periphery 
thereof  to  alternately  engage  and  miss  the  end  of  the  valve- 
stem  as  the  said  member  is  reciprocated,  with  a  pawl-and- 
ratchet  device  for  giving  such  disk  or  cylinder  a  step-by-step 
rotary  motion. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  92,  Valve- 
operating  mechanism,  Four-^ycle,  Pneumatic,  for  valve-oper- 
ating mechanism  coming  within  the  terms  of  this  definition, 
except  that  the  tappet  member  is  operated  by  a  gas  under 
pressure. 

90.  VALVE  -  OPERATING  MECHANISM,  FOUR-CYCLE, 
TWO-TO-ONE  GEARING.  Valve-operating  mechanism 
for  four-cycle  internal-combustion  engines,  said  mechanism 
including'a  train  of  bevel,  spur,  or  spiral  gearing  so  designed 
that  the  gear  thereof  most  remote  from  the  crank-shaft  may 
operate  a  valve  of  the  engine,  as  above  set  forth.  Patents  dis- 
closing common  forms  of  gearing  for  four-cycle  engines  compris- 
ing two  bevel,  spur,  or  spiral  gears  having  a  velocity  ratio  of  two 
to  one  do  not  appear  as  cross-references  in  any  subclass;  but 
claims  covering  such  a  device  or  improvements  relating  thereto 
go  in  this  subclass,  and  patents  disclosing  trains  of  gearing 
other  than  that  above  set  forth  appear  herein  as  cross- 
references. 
Search  Class— 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  7,  Gearing,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereof,  according  to  the  type  of  the  device  in  question. 

97.  SPEED-REGULATORS.  Such  miscellaneous  devices  for 
regulating  the  speed  of  internal-combustion  engines  as  do  not 
come  within  the  terms  of  the  definition  of  the  following  speed- 
regulator  subclasses. 

Note.— The  following  classification  of  speed-regulating  devices  for 
internal-combustion  engines  is  mainly  upon  functional  lines, 
and  a  given  structure  of  governor  employed  in  and  forming 
a  part  of  a  speed-regulating  device  for  an  internal-combus- 
tion engine  may  be  found  in  any  class  having  machines  the 
speed  of  which  is  automatically  regulated. 

Note. — In  searches  involving  governor  structure  per  se  without 
reference  to  the  manner  in  which  such  governor  acts  to  control 
the  speed  of  the  engine  it  should  be  observed  that  the  devices 
occurring  hi  all  charge-proportion-varying  and  charge- volume- 
varying  subclasses,  almost  without  exception,  either  dis- 
close or  are  intended  to  be  operated  by  a  centrifugal  governor 
or  by  an  inertia-governor,  as  that  term  is  understood  in  the 
high-speed  steam-engineering  art,  so  that  a  search  for  centrifu- 
gal-governor structure  would  necessarily  extend  to  all  silch 
subclasses  and  to  such  charge-omitting  subclasses  as  show  by 
their  title  that  a  centrifugal  governor  forms  a  part  of  the  speed- 
regulating  means  occurring  therein.  On  the  other  hand, 
inertia-governors,  as  the  term  is  understood  in  this  art,  are 
seldom  found  outside  of  such  charge-omitting  subclasses  as 
show  by  their  title  that  an  inertia-governor  forms  a  part  of  the 
speed-regulating  means  occurring  therein. 

Note. — Most,  if  not  all,  of  the  speed-regulating  devices  occurring 
In  charge-proportion-varying  and  charge- volume- varying  sub- 
classes will,  in  the  limiting  position  of  the  speed-regulating 
means,  act  to  suspend  the  supply  of  combustible  charges  to 
the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine,  as  in  charge-omit  ting  sub- 
classes. Where  a  mere  farther  movement  of  the  specd- 
regulating  devices  occurring  in  the  subclasses  above  men- 
tioned will  act  to  suspend  the  supply  of  combustible  charges 
to  the  engine,  the  device  is  considered  as  a  charge- varying  de- 
vice, rather  than  as  a  charge  varying  and  omitting  device,  and 
is  therefore  not  classified  in  a  combined  type  subclass  or  cross- 
referenced  in  to  charge-omitting  subclasses,  while  in  cases  where 
the  speed  is  varied  by  means  of  two  separate  and  distinct 
mechanisms,  one  operating  to  vary  the  charge  and  the  other 
to  suspend  the  supply  of  combustible  charges,  the  device  is 
classified  in  the  subclass  101,  Speed-regulators,  Combined  types, 
Charge  varying  and  omitting. 

Note. — Patents  disclosing  and  claiming  means  for  regulating  the 
speed  of  an  internal-combustion  engine  by  suspending  the 
supply  of  combustible  charges  thereto,  together  with  means 
for  suspending  the  operation  of  the  igniting  device  of  the 
engine  during  the  time  that  the  supply  of  combustible  charges 
is  suspended,  are  classified  and  cross-referenced  with  reference 
to  the  speed-regulating  and  igniting  features  considered  sepa- 
rately, the  igniting  devices  and  mechanism  cooperating  there- 
with as  above  being  classified  in  subclass  165,  Igniters,  Sparkers, 
Circuit-closers,  hereto.  The  ignition  of  the  charge  is  con- 


288 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

sidered  as  being  involved  in  the  speed-regulating  function  of 
the  engine  only  in  cases  where  the  tune  with  reference  to  the 
compression  or  working  stroke  at  which  the  charge  is  ignited 
is  automatically  varied,  and  in  cases  where  a  combustible 
charge  is  supplied  to  the  working  cylinder,  but  not  ignited 
therein. 

Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  48,  Adjusta- 
ble combustion  chamber;  123,  Charge-forming  devices,  Gov- 
ernor controlled;  140,  Charge-forming  devices,  Oil  feeding, 
Pumps,  Governor  controlled. 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  111,  Speed-governors,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  governing  devices  of  general  appli- 
cation irrespective  of  the  type  of  engine  on  which  they  are 
intended  to  be  used. 

98.  SPEED-REGULATORS,      MANUALLY-CONTROLLED. 

Speed-regulating  devices  for  internal-combustion  engines  in- 
cluding an  element  designed  to  be  operated  by  the  hand  or  foot 
of  the  operator,  whereby  the  speed  of  the  engine  may  be  con- 
trolled and  generally  varied  over  a  considerable  range.  The 
devices  are  ordinarily  designed  for  use  with  engines  adapted  to 
propel  a  vehicle ,  and  the  speed-regulat  ing  mechanism  as  a  whole 
may  or  may  not  include  means forautomatically  maintaining  a 
given  speed,  determined  by  the  position  of  the  manually-oper- 
ated controlling  element.  A  given-speed-regulating  mechan- 
ism willnot  beclassified  in  this  subclass  merely  because  it  fails 
to  disclose  the  governing  means  whereby  a  constant  speed  of 
the  engine  is  maintained.  Devicesevidently  designed  to  auto- 
matically maintain  a  constant  speed  will  be  considered  as  pro- 
•  vided  with  governing  means  suitable  for  that  purpose.  This 
subclass  does  not  include  manually-controlled  charge-forming 
devices.  All  types  of  charge-forming  devices  frequently  in- 
clude adjusting  means  whereby  the  mixture  may  be  conve- 
niently varied  and  the  speed  of  the  engine  thereby  controlled. 
Such  an  adjusting  means  will  be  considered  as  a  part  of  the 
charge-forming  device  with  which  it  is  used. 

99.  SPEED-REGULATORS,  COMBINED  TYPES.    Excepting 

such  combined  types  of  speed-regulators  as  come  within  the 
terms  of  the  two  following  subclasses,  this  subclass  is  intended 
to  contain  patents  disclosing  and  claiming  devices  for  auto- 
matically regulating  the  speed  of  an  internal-combustion  en- 
gine comprising  two  or  more  mechanisms  cooperating  to  regu- 
late the  speed  thereof,  each  of  which  mechanisms  considered 
by  itself  would  come  within  the  terms  of  some  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing subclasses  of  speed-regulators,  and  speed-regulating 
devices,  whether  distinctly  compound  in  structure  or  not,  in 
which  the  functions  present  in  the  devices  occurring  in  two 
or  more  of  the  following  speed-regulator  subclasses  are  car- 
ried out. 

Note. — Patents  disclosing  and  claiming  speed-regulating  devices 
including  mechanism  which,  considered  by  itself,  comes 
within  the  terms  of  the  definition  of  some  one  of  the  follow- 
ing speed-regulator  subclasses,  together  with  additional 
mechanism  not  coming  within  the  terms  of  some  one  of 
those  definitions,  the  two  sets  of  mechanism  cooperating  to 
maintain  a  constant  speed  of  the  engine,  are  classified  in  the 
general  subclass  97,  Speed-regulators. 

100.  SPEED-REGULATORS,  COMBINED  TYPES,  CHARGE 

VOLUME  AND  PROPORTION  VARYING.  Devices  for 
automatically  regulating  the  speed  of  internal-combustion 
engines  comprising  two  separate  and  distinct  speed-regulating 
means  which  cooperate  to  maintain  a  constant  speed  of  the 
engine,  one  of  said  means  acting  to  vary  in  any  way  the  volume 
of  the  successive  combustible  charges  supplied  to  the  engine 
and  the  other  to  vary  the  proportion  of  the  constituents 
forming  the  said  charges,  the  separate  speed-regulating  means 
acting  either  simultaneously  or  successively  as  the  speed  of 
the  engine  increases,  and  speed-regulating  devices  in  which 
the  constituent  elements  thereof  are  so  closely  associated  as  to 
be  incapable  of  separation  into  two  separate  and  distinct  sets 
of  speed-regulating  means,  but  in  which  the  device  in  question 
acts  to  vary  both  the  volume  and  the  proportion  of  the  succes- 
sive combustible  charges. 

101.  SPEED-REGULATORS.  COMBINED  TYPES,  CHARGE 

VARYING  AND  OMITTING.  Devices  for  automatically 
regulating  the  speed  of  internal-combustion  engines  compris- 
ing two  separate  and  distinct  speed-regulating  means  which 
cooperate  to  maintain  a  constant  speed  of  the  engine,  one  of 
said  means  acting  to  vary  in  any  way  the  volume  of  the  succes- 
sive charges  supplied  to  the  engine  or  the  proportion  of  the 
constituents  thereof,  while  the  other  means  acts  to  suspend 
the  supply  of  combustible  charges  to  the  engine,  said  sepa- 
rate and  distinct  means  coming  into  effective  operation  to 
carry  out  the  functions  enumerated  in  succession  in  the 
order  above  mentioned  as  the  speed  of  the  engine  increases. 

102.  SPEED-REGULATORS,     ELECTRICAL.    Speed-regulat- 

ing devices  for  internal-combustion  engines  which  depend  for 
their  operation  upon  a  current  of  electricity,  such  devices 
acting  in  any  way  to  automatically  control  the  combustible 
mixture  flowing  to  the  engine,  as  by  varying  the  volume  or 
composition  of  said  mixture  or  by  suspending  the  supply 
thereof  to  the  engine. 

Note.— In  devices  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  above  state- 
ment a  current  of  electricity  is  frequently  generated  by  a 
dynamo  operated  by  the  engine  the  speed  of  which  is  to  bo 
controlled.  In  cases  where  the  sole  purpose  of  such  dynamo 
is  to  supply  only  so  much  current  as  is  necessary  to  the  opera- 
tion of  the  engine  the  device  as  a  whole  is  considered  as  a  speed- 
regulatinf?  means  and  as  such  will  be  classified  in  this  sul>class. 
When,  however,  the  purpose  of  the  engine  is  to  operate  a 
dynamo  for  supplying  a  current  of  electricity  for  general  pur- 
poses, the  arrangement  and  cooperation  being  such  that  the 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

speed  of  the  engine  is  controlled  by  means  dependent  for  their 
operation  upon  the  current  flowing  in  the  external  circuit  of 
the  dynamo,  the  device  as  a  whole  is  considered  as  an  electric 
generating  plant  and  is  classified  in  the  subclass  of  226,  Regu- 
lators, Engine-control,  in  class  171,  Electricity,  Generation. 

Note.— For  devices  for  regulating  the  speed  of  an  "internal-combus- 
tion engine  by  controlling  the  electrical  igniting  device  thereof, 
see  in  this  class,  subclasses  117,  Speed-regulators.  Automati- 
cally-controlled igniting  device,  and  118,  Speed-regulators, 
Ignition  omitting. 

Search  Classes— 

136— STEAM-ENGINE  VALVES,  subclass   15,  Throttle,   Electric. 
171 — ELECTRICITY,    GENERATION,   subclass    226,    Regulators, 
Engine-control. 

103.  SPEED-REGULATORS,  PNEUMATIC.    Speed-regulating 

devices  for  internal-combustion  engines  which  depend  for  their 
operation  upon  a  fluid,  ordinarily  air,  under  pressure  either 
above  or  below  atmospheric  pressure,  such  devices  acting 
in  any  way  to  automatically  control  the  combustible  mixture 
flowing  to  the  engine,  as  by  varying  the  volume  or  composition 
of  said  mixture  or  by  suspending  the  supply  thereof  to  the 
engine. 

Search  Class— 
121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  114,  Speed-governors,  Pressure. 

104.  SPEED-REGULATORS      SUPPLY-PUMP     REGULAT- 

IXG.  Speed-regulating  devices  for  such  internal-combustion 
engines  as  include  a  pump  for  supplying  a  combustible  mix- 
ture or  one  or  both  the  constituents  thereof  to  the  working 
cylinder,  comprising  automatically-regulated  controlling 
means  acting  upon  the  said  supply-pump,  the  regulating  means 
acting  upon  the  pump  in  any  way,  as  by  determining  the 
volume  of  combustible  mixture  or  of  one  of  its  constituents 
supplied  by  the  pump  to  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine, 
the  proportion  of  the  constituents  of  the  said  mixture,  or  by 
temporarily  suspending  the  effective  operation  of  the  supply- 
pump. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  140,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Oil-feeding,  Pumps,  Governor-controlled. 

105.  SPEED-REGULATORS,      CHARGE-REJECTING.      De- 

vices for  regulating  the  speed  of  internal-combustion  engines 
comprising  automatically-controlled  means  for  permitting  a 
part  only  or  the  whole  of  a  complete  combustible  charge  pre- 
viously admitted  to  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine  to  be 
rejected  therefrom  during  the  early  part  or  throughout  the 
whole  of  the  compression-stroke  of  the  working  piston,  the 
remainder  of  the  charge,  in  the  first  case  stated,  being  then 
compressed  and  ignited,  whereby,  in  the  first  case,  variable 
volumes  of  combustible  charge,  ordinarily  of  constant  pro- 
portion, are  compressed  and  ignited  upon  each  working 
stroke  9f  the  engine,  and,  in  the  second  case,  impulses  due 
to  the  ignition  of  a  combustible  charge  within  the  working 
cylinder  of  the  engine  are  suspended  when  the  speed  of  the 
engine  is  too  great.  The  portion  of  the  charge  rejected  from 
the  working  cylinder  is  ordinarily  forced  back  into  the  supply 
reservoir  or  conduit  either  through  the  regular  supply  passage 
and  past  the  supply- valve  of  the  engine  or  through  an  auxiliary 
valve-controlled  passage. 

106.  SPEED-REGULATORS,  CHARGE-PROPORTION  VA- 

RYING. Devices  for  regulating  the  speed  of  internal-combus- 
tion engines  by  automatically  varying  the  proportion  of  air 
and  combustible  forming  the  successive  charges  supplied  to 
and  burned  within  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine,  the 
volume  of  such  successive  charges  remaining  constant  and  the 
pressure  thereof  being  always  at  or  substantially  at  atmos- 
pheric pressure  at  the  beginning  ofthe  compression-stroke. 
Speed-regulating  devices  for  internal-combustion  engines 
are  considered  as  coming  within  this  definition  in  cases  where 
the  amount  of  combustible  in  the  successive  charges  at  con- 
stant volume  and  at  atmospheric  pressure  is  automatically 
varied  by  the  said  speed-regulating  device,  and  among  the 
ways  in  which  the  said  proportion  may  be  varied  are  (1)  by 
directly  controlling  the  flow  of  both  the  air  and  combustible 
to  the  engine  by  suitable  valves  located  in  the  respective 
supply-conduits  and  operating  to  throttle  the  supply  of  one  of 
the  constituents  while  opening  a  more  free  passage  for  the 
other,  and  (2)  by  throttling  the  supply  of  either  constituent, 
generally  of  the  combustible,  by  a  suitable  valve  located  in 
the  supply-conduit  therefor,  the  supply  of  the  other  constit- 
uent being  uncontrolled,  and  (3)  by  supplying  variable  and 
regulated  quantities  of  a  mixture  of  air  and  hydrocarbon  to 
the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine,  which  mixture,  together 
with  such  an  additional  amount  of  fluid  as  is  necessary  to  fill 
the  working  cylinder  at  atmospheric  pressure,  forms  the  suc- 
cessive charges. 

Note.— A  given  regulating  device  which  might  be  used  to  control 
one  of  the  constituents  of  the  combustible  charge  in  a  sp.'rd- 
regulating  device'  properly  classifiable  in  this  subclass  might 
be  used  to  control  the  whole  charge  in  devices  occurring  in  the 
following  charge-volume-varying  subclasses.  Search  should 
therefore  be  continued  in  appropriate  charge-volume-varying 
subclasses. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  100,  Speed- 
regulators,  Combined  types,  Charge  volume  and  proportion 
varying. 

107.  SPEED-REGULATORS,  CHARGE-PROPORTION  VA- 

RYING, EXHAUST-REGULATING.  Devices  for  regulat- 
ing the  speed  of  internal-combustion  engines  by  automatically 
varying  the  proportion  of  air  and  combustible  forming  the 
successive  charges  supplied  to  and  burned  within  the  working 
cylinder  of  the  engine,  in  which  each  successive  charge  is  com- 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


289 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

posed  of  a  portion  of  the  burned  gases  from  the  preceding 
charge,  together  with  a  quantity  of  fresh  mixture  of  air  and 
combustible  sufficient  in  amount  to  fill  the  working  cylinder 
and  clearance-space,  so  that  the  successive  charges  are  of  con- 
stant volume  and  at  or  substantially  at  atmospheric  pressure 
at  the  beginning  of  the  compression-stroke.  Among  the  ways 
in  which  the  amounts  of  burned  gases  and  mixture  of  air 
and  combustible  which  together  form  the  successive  charges 
may  be  varied,  thereby  varying  the  quantity  of  combustible 
in  the  gases  constituting  the  whole  charge,  are  (1)  by  throttling 
the  supply  of  the  mixture  during  the  suction-stroke  of  the  en- 
gine, the  exhaust-valve  being  free  to  open  when  the  pressure 
within  the  working  cylinder  falls  below  atmospheric  pressure, 
and  (2)  by  permitting  a  part  only  of  the  burned  gases  to  escape 
from  the  working  cylinder,  the  space  thus  vacated  being  filled 
with  fresh  mixture  upon  the  following  suction-stroke,  and  (3) 
by  holding  the  exhaust- valve  open  during  a  part  of  the  suction- 
stroke,  whereby  exhaust-gases  are  drawn  back  into  the  work- 
ing cylinder  during  a  part  of  the  suction-stroke,  the  mixture 
entering  after  the  exhaust-valve  closes. 

S.  SPEED-REGULATORS,  CHARGE-VOLUME  VARY- 
ING, THROTTLING.  Devices  for  regulating  the  speed  of 
internal-combustion  engines  by  varying  the  volume  at  con- 
stant pressure  of  the  successive  charges  supplied  to  and  burned 
within  the  working  cylinder,  the  proportion  of  the  constitu- 
ents of  such  charge  remaining  constant  and  the  flow  thereof 
into  the  working  cylinder  continuing  throughout  the  whole 
of  the  charging  stroke  of  the  working  piston,  comprising  an 
automatically-controlled  throttle  valve  or  valves  located  in 
the  supply-conduit  for  the  mixture  or  in  the  supply-conduits 
for  both  the  constituents  thereof  and  operating  to  throttle  or 
obstruct  the  flow  of  the  mixture  to  the  engine  or  of  both  the 
constituents  of  such  mixture  to  a  mixing  chamber  communi- 
cating with  the  engine,  whereby  variable  volumes  of  com- 
bustible mixture  to  form  the  successive  charges  are  permitted 
to  enter  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine.  In  devices  hav- 
ing, in  effect,  two  valves  for  throttling  the  supply-conduits 
for  both  the  air  and  combustible  the  valves  are  ordinarily  so 
associated  as  to  form  but  a  single  valve  structure  controlling 
the  flow  of  both  the  constituents  of  the  charge  to  a  mixing- 
chamber  adjacent  the  said  valve,  from  which  chamber  the 
mixture  flows  to  the  engine. 

Note. — The  term  "throttling"  is  used  in  this  subclass  to  define  a 
definite  mechanical  structure  rather  than  a  function,  and  the 
combustible  mixture  is  subjected  to  a  throttling  action  in  all 
of  the  devices  occurring  in  the  subclass  of  109,  Speed-reirula- 
tors,  Charge-volume  varying,  Supply-valve-lift  regulating, 
below,  and  the  combustible  mixture,  or  both  the  constituents 
thereof,  is  subjected  to  a  throttling  action  in  many  of  the  de- 
vices occurring  in  the  subclass  110,  Speed-regulators,  Charge- 
volume  varying,  Automatic  cut-oil,  below. 

Note. — In  addition  to  the  field  of  search  indicated  in  the  definition 
of  the  subclass  97,  Speed-regulators,  see  also  subclass  100 
Speed-regulators,  Charge-proportion  varying,  for  throttling 
devices  adapted  to  control  the  flow  of  one  only  of  the  con- 
stituents of  the  combustible  charge. 

Search  Class — 

123  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  100,  Speed-regu- 
lators, Combined  types,  Charge  volume  and  proportion  vary- 
ing, and  121,  STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  112,  Speed-governors, 
Centrifugal. 

109.  SPEED-REGULATORS,  CHARGE-VOLUME  VARY- 
ING, SUPPLY-VALVE-LIFT  REGULATING.  Devices 
for  regulating  the  speed  of  internal-combustion  engines  by 
varying  the  volume  at  constant  pressure  of  the  successive 
charges  supplied  to  and  burned  within  the  working  cylinder 
thereof,  the  proportion  of  the  constituents  of  such  charge  re- 
maining constant-,  comprising  automatically  controlled  means 
for  limiting  the  degree  of  opening  or  lift  of  the  main  supply- 
valve  of  the  engine  upon  the  charging  stroke  of  the  working 
piston,  the  said  valve  being  opened  by  suction  and  the  supply 
of  combustible  mixture  continuing  throughout  the  whole  of 
the  charging  stroke.  The  supply-valve  in  the  devices  occur- 
ring in  this  subclass  is  always  suction-operated. 
Note. — For  devices  differing  from  those  in  this  subclass  only  in 
that  a  like  valve  is  operated  positively  from  a  moving  part  of 
the  engine  and  in  unison  with  the  charging  stroke  of  the  work- 
ing piston,  see  subclass  110,  Speed-regulators,  Charge-volume- 
varying,  Automatic  cut-off,  below. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  100,  Speed- 
regulators,  Combined  types,  Charge  volume  and  proportion 
varying. 

110  SPEED-REGULATORS,  CHARGE-VOLUME  VARY- 
ING, AUTOMATIC  CUT-OFF.  Devices  for  regulating  the 
speed  of  an  internal  -combustion  engine  by  varying  the  volume 
at  constant  pressure  of  the  successive  charges  supplied  to  and 
burned  within  the  working  cylinder,  the  proportion  of  the 
constituents  of  such  charge  remaining  constant,  comprising 
a  valve  or  valves  for  controlling  the  flow  of  the  combustible 
mixture  or  of  both  the  constituents  thereof,  and  operated  from 
a  moving  part  of  the  engine  and  in  unison  with  the  charging 
stroke  of  the  working  piston,  together  with  automatically- 
controlled  means  actmg  upon  the  said  valve  or  valves  and 
operating  to  open  the  same  during  variable  portions  of  the 
successive  charging  strokes,  or  to  open  said  valve  or  valves  to 
a  variable  degree  during  the  whole  of  the  successive  charging 
strokes,  whereby  variable  volumes  of  combustible  mixture  to 
form  the  successive  charges  are  permitted  to  enter  the  work- 
ing cylinder  of  the  engine.  The  positively-operated  valve 
whereby  the  volume  of  the  successive  charges  is  varied  as 
above  may  be  either  the  main  supply-valve  of  the  engine  or 
an  auxiliary  valve  located  in  the  main  supply-conduit  through 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

which  the  mixture  flows  to  the  engine.    In  cases  where  two 
valves  are  employed  they  commonly  control  the  flow  of  air 
and  combustible  to  a  mixing-chamber  separated  from  the 
working  cylinder  by  the  main  supply-valve  of  the  engine. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  100,  Speed- 
regulators,  Combined  types,  Charge  volume  and  proportion 
varying. 

111.  SPEED-REGULATORS,     CHARGE-OMITTING,     CEN- 

TRIFUGAL GOVERNOR,  SUPPLY  AND  EXHAUST 
VALVE  REGULATING.  Devices  for  regulating  the  speed 
of  internal-combustion  engines  by  suspending  the  supply  of 
combustible  charges  to  the  working  cylinder  thereof  when  the 
engine  runs  too  fast,  comprising  automatically-controlled 
means  acting  to  interrupt  the  operation  of  a  valve  concerned 
with  the  supply  of  combustible  mixture  to  the  engine  and  also 
to  interrupt  the  operation  of  the  exhaust-valve,  said  means 
including  a  centrifugal  governor.  The  valve  concerned  with 
the  supply  of  combustible  mixture  to  the  engine  may  be  either 
the  mam  inlet-valve  controlling  the  supply  of  mixture  to  the 
engine  or  an  auxiliary  valve  located  in  and  controlling  the 
supply-conduit  for  the  combustible  charge,  or  a  valve  con- 
trolling the  supply  of  the  combustible  constituent  only  of  the 
charge  either  directly  to  the  working  cylinder  or  to  a  mixing- 
chamber  in  communication  therewith. 

Note. — For  other  examples  of  speed-regulating  devices  which  gov- 
ern by  suspending  the  supply  of  combustible  mixture  to  the 
engine,  see  in  this  class  subclasses  101,  Speed-regulators,  Com- 
bined types,  Charge  varying  and  omitting;  102,  Speed-regu- 
lators, Electrical,  and  103,  Speed-regulators,  Pneumatic. 

Note.— A  search  for  a  governing  means  per  se  dependent  for  its 
operation  upon  centrifugal  force,  but  irrespective  of  the  way 
in  which  such  governor  acts  to  control  the  speed  of  the  engine, 
should  be  continued  as  indicated  in  the  definition  of  the  sub- 
class 97,  Speed-regulators,  in  this  class. 

112.  SPEED-REGULATORS,     CHARGE-OMITTING,      CEN- 

TRIFUGAL GOVERNOR,  SUPPLY-VALVE  REGU- 
LATING. Speed-regulating  devices  differing  from  those 
defined  in  the  preceding  definition  in  that  the  centrifugal  gov- 
ernor acts  to  interrupt  the  operation  of  a  valve  concerned  with 
the  supply  of  combustible  mixture  to  the  engine. 

113.  SPEED-REGULATORS,     CHARGE-OMITTING,      CEN- 

TRIFUGAL GOVERNOR,  EXHAUST-VALVE  REGU- 
LATING. Speed-regulating  devices  differing  from  those 
defined  in  the  preceding  definition  in  that  the  centrifugal 
governor  acts  to  interrupt  the  operation  of  the  exhaust-valve 
of  the  engine. 

114.  SPEED  -  REGULATORS,    CHARGE  -  OMITTING,    IN- 

ERTIA -  GOVERNOR,  SUPPLY  AND  EXHAUST 
VALVE  REGULATING.  Speed-regulating  devices  differ- 
ing from  those  defined  in  the  definition  of  subclass  111  above 
in  that  the  speed-regulating  function  is  carried  out  by  means 
including  an  inertia-governor. 

115.  SPEED  -  REGULATORS,    CHARGE  -  OMITTING,    IN- 

ERTIA-GOVERNOR, SUPPLY -VALVE  REGULAT- 
ING. Speed-regulating  devices  differing  from  those  defined 
in  the  definition  of  subclass  114  in  that  the  inertia-governor 
acts  to  interrupt  the  operation  of  a  valve  concerned  with  the 
supply  of  combustible  mixture  to  the  engine. 

116.  SPEED  -  REGULATORS,    CHARGE  -  OMITTING,    IN- 

ERTIA-GOVERNOR, EXHAUST-VALVE  REGULAT- 
ING. Speed-regulating  devices  differing  from  those  defined 
in  the  preceding  definition  in  that  the  inertia-governor  acts  to 
interrupt  the  operation  of  the  exhaust-valve  of  the  engine. 

117.  SPEED  -  REGULATORS,   AUTOMATICALLY  -  CON- 

TROLLED IGNITING  DEVICE.  Devices  for  regulating 
the  speed  of  internal-combustion  engines  comprising  means 
for  automatically  varying  the  time  in  the  cycle  of  operation 
of  the  engine  at  which  the  combustible  charge  in  the  working 
cylinder  is  ignited.  Includes  devices  for  retarding  or  delay- 
ing the  ignition  of  the  combustible  charge,  so  that  ignition 
will  take  place  after  the  beginning  of  the  working  stroke,  and 
also  devices  for  advancing  or  making  earlier  the  time  of  igni- 
tion of  the  combustible  charge,  so  that  ignition  will  take  place 
before  the  end  of  the  compression-stroke,  the  means  whereby 
the  ignition  is  retarded  or  advanced  being  automatically  con- 
trolled in  either  case. 

Note.— For  engines  in  which  the  combustible  charge  is  supplied 
to  the  working  cylinder  under  pressure  for  a  variable  time 
after  the  beginning  of  the  working  stroke,  the  combustible 
charge  being  ignited  simultaneously  with  the  termination  of 
the  supply  thereof,  see  subclass  68,  Two-cycle,  Pump  com- 
pression, and  01,  Double-acting,  Two-cycle,  both  in  this  class. 

Note. — For  means  operated  by  the  speed-regulating  device  of  the 
en.sine  for  interrupting  the  operation  of  the  igniting  device 
while  the 'supply  of  combustible  charges  to  the  engine  is  sus- 
pended, see  in  this  class,  subclass  165,  Igniters,  Sparkers,  Cir- 
cuit-closers. 

Note. — For  governor-controlled  igniting  devices  in  which  the  igni- 
tion of  a  combustible  charge  within  the  working  cylinder  is 
interrupted,  see  the  following  subclass. 

Note. — For  manually-operated  adjusting  means  designed  for  use 
with  electrical  ig'niting  devices  for  determining  the  time  with 
reference  to  the  compression  or  working  stroke  at  which  the 
charge  is  ignited,  see  in  this  class,  subclasses  104,  Igniters, 
Sparkers,  Make-and-break,  Adjusting  mechanism;  166,  Igni- 
ters, Sparkers,  Circuit-closers,  Single  circuit:  167,  Igniters, 
Sparkers,  Circuit-closers,  Multiple  circuit;  and  168,  Igniters, 
Sparkers,  Circuit-closers,  Primary  and  secondary  control. 


26G740— 12- 


-19 


290 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

118.  SPEED -REGULATORS,  IGNITION  -  OMITTING.    De- 

vices for  regulating  the  speed  of  internal-combustion  engines 
by  automatically  interrupting  the  operation  of  the  igniting 
device  when  the  engine  runs  too  fast.  In  the  devices  occur- 
ring in  this  subclass  a  combustible  charge  is  always  supplied 
to  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine  and  is  in  condition  to  be 
ignited  therein  when  the  operation  of  the  igniting  device  is 
interrupted.  The  unignited  charge  thus  present  in  the  work- 
ing cylinder  during  the  working  stroke  may  be  discharged 
therefrom  during  the  following  exhaust-stroke,  or  the  con- 
struction of  the  valve-operating  mechanism  of  the  engine  may 
be  such  that  the  exhaust-valve  is  not  opened  unless  a  charge 
has  been  ignited  upon  the  preceding  working  stroke. 

Note. — Speed-regulating  devices  of  the  type  occurring  in  this 
subclass  are  ordinarily  disclosed  in  connection  with  such 
valve-operating  mechanisms  as  occur  in  subclass  92,  Valve- 
operating  mechanism,  Four-cycle,  Pneumatic,  in  this  class. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  devices  in  which  the  speed 
of  an  internal-combustion  engine  is  regulated  by  means  oper- 
ating to  suspend  the  supply  of  combustible  charges  thereto 
and  in  which  the  operation  of  the  igniting  device  is  interrupted 
while  suchspeed-regulating  means  is  acting  to  reduce  the  speed 
of  the  engine.  For  the  treatment  of  such  cases  see  the  defini- 
tion of  subclass  97,  Speed-regulators.  That  portion  of  the 
device  in  question  that  relates  to  the  means  whereby  the 
governor  acts  upon  the  igniting  device  to  produce  the  result 
set  forth  is  classified  in  subclass  105,  Igniters,  Sparkers,  Circuit- 
closers,  in  this  class. 

Note. — For  governor-controlled  igniting  devices  in  which  the  time 
at  which  the  charge  is  ignited  is  varied,  see  subclass  117,  Speed- 
regulators,  Automatically-controlled  igniting  device. 

119.  CHARGE-FORMING   DEVICES.    Such    miscellaneous  de- 

vices relating  to  the  production  of  a  mixture  of  air  and  hydro- 
carbon without  the  working  cylinder  of  an  internal-combus- 
tion engine  and  with  the  supply  of  such  mixture  to  the  engine 
as  do  not  come  within  the  terms  of  the  definitions  of  the  fol- 
lowing subclasses  of  charge-forming  devices.  The  subclasses 
of  charge-forming  devices  for  internal-combustion  engines  in- 
clude (1 )  subordinate  devices  concerned  with  the  production  of 
a  mixture  of  air  and  hydrocarbon  to  be  supplied  to  and  burned 
within  an  internal-combustion  engine  and  with  the  supply 
of  such  mixture  thereto,  the  device  in  question  being  designed 
for  use  with  such  a  mixture-producing  device  and  incapable 
of  use  in  the  manner  contemplated  in  other  relations  or  with 
other  devices,  and  (2)  devices  including  a  pump  designed  and 
especially  adapted  for  use  with  an  internal-combustion  engine 
for  the  purpose  of  supplying  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  either 
directly  to  the  working  cylinder  thereof  to  be  vaporized  and 
burned  therein  or  to  a  mixture-producing  device  separate  from 
the  engine  and  designed  to  supply  a  mixture  of  air  and  hydro- 
carbon thereto,  and  (3)  devices  designed  and  especially 
adapted  for  use  with  an  internal-combustion  engine  and  de- 
pending for  their  operation  upon  the  continued  operation 
thereof  for  producing  a  homogeneous  mixture  of  air  and  gas 
to  be  supplied  to  and  burned  within  the  engine,  and  (4)  de- 
vices designed  and  especially  adapted  for  use  with  an  internal- 
combustion  engine  for  the  purpose  of  producing  a  combustible 
mixture  from  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  and  air  to  be  supplied  to 
and  burned  within  the  engine  or  forproducing  the  combustible 
constituent  of  such  a  mixture,  the  operation  of  such  device 
being  dependent  upon  suction  produced  by  the  working  piston 
of  the  engine  or  by  the  supply-pump  therefor,  and  which 
devices  would  not  operate  in  the  manner  contemplated  to 
produce  any  considerable  amount  of  combustible  mixture  or 
of  the  combustible  constituent  thereof  except  when  the  engine 
was  in  operation.  The  devices  are  invariably  intermittent  in 
their  action  and  operate  to  produce  the  quantity  of  combusti- 
ble mixture  as  above  necessary  for  the  successive  combustible 
charges  stroke  by  stroke  as  the  engine  continues  in  operation, 
the  combustible  mixture  being  conveyed  directly  to  the  work- 
ing cylinder  of  the  engine  and  burned  therein  without  prelimi- 
nary storage. 

Note.— The  devices  in  charge-forming  device  subclasses  being 
specific  devices  designed  and  adapted  for  use  only  in  connec- 
tion with  an  internal-combustion  engine,  but  the  function  of 
which,  broadly  considered,  is  to  produce  a  combustible  gas,  a 
search  will  need  to  be  continued  in  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING 
AND  ILLUMINATING,  or  not,  according  as  the  invention  in  ques- 
tion is  broadly  or  specifically  considered. 

120.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,GAS  AND  AIR  MIXERS. 

Charge-forming  devices  designed  to  produce  a  homogeneous 
mixture  of  air  and  a  combustible  gas,  as  distinguished  from  a 
mixture  of  air  and  a  liquid  hydrocarbon,  to  be  supplied  to  and 
burned  within  the  working  cylinder  of  an  internal-combustion 
engine,  such  device  depending  upon  the  engine  with  which  it 
is  used  for  its  operation  and  being  incapable  of  use  in  the  man- 
ner contemplated  except  in  connection  with  an  internal-com- 
bustion engine. 

Note. — For  gas  and  air  mixing  devices  of  general  application,  sec 
in  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  180, 
Mixers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Note. — Also  for  like  devices  used  in  connection  with  a  heating- 
burner,  see  in  class  158.  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS, 
subclasses  11 8,  Gas  and  air  mixers,  and  119, Gas  and  air  mixers, 
Proportional. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION    ENGINES,    sulx-lass    108,    Speed- 
regulators,  Charge-volume'  varying,  Throttling. 

121.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,  COMBINED  OIL  AND 

GAS.  Charge-forming  devices  designed  to  produce  a  com- 
bustible mixture  from  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  and  air  or  from  a 
combustible  pas  and  air,  whereby  the  engine  supplied  with 
combustible  mixture  by  such  charge-forming  device  may  be 


CLASS  123-Continued. 

operated  either  with  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  or  with  a  combus- 
tible gas  as  interchangeable  sources  of  power  and  may  ordi- 
narily be  operated  by  a  combustible  mixture  formed  from  air 
and  both  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  and  a  combustible  gas  by 
properly  regulating  the  controlling-valves  ordinarily  present 
in  the  oil  and  gas  supply  conduits. 

122.  CHARGE-FORMING      DEVICES,      HEATING.     Charge- 

forming  devices  other  than  those  in  which  oil  is  evaporated  to 
furnish  the  combustible  constituent  of  the  charge,  as  in  oij- 
evaporating  subclasses  below,  but  otherwise  irrespective  of 
structural  features  or  mode  of  operation,  in  which  the  inven- 
tion relates  to  or  includes  means  for  heating  the  charge-forming 
device  or  a  part  thereof,  or  for  heating  one  or  both  of  the  con- 
stituents of  the  combustible  mixture,  or  for  heating  the  com- 
bustible mixture  prior  to  its  entry  into  the  engine. 

Note.— In  a  search  involving  the  idea  of  heating  the  combustible 
mixture  or  one  of  its  constituents  it  should  be  observed  that  all 
devices  classified  in  the  following  oil-evaporating  subclasses 
necessarily  depend  upon  heat  for  their  operation  and  that 
specific  heating  means  ordinarily  form  a  part  of  the  engines 
classified  in  the  preceding  oil-engine  subclasses. 

Search  Classes— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  148,  Carbu- 
reters, Heater. 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  34,  Oil-en- 
gines, External-vaporizing;  35,  Oil-engines,  External  vapor- 
izing, Four-cycle;  08,  Two-cycle,  Pump  compression;  and  133, 
Charge-forming  devices,  Oil-evaporating,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  58,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Additional  carbureter. 

123.  CHARGE-FORMING       DEVICES,       GOVERNOR-CON- 

TROLLED. Charge-forming  devices  irrespective  of  struc- 
tural features  or  mode  of  operation  having  in  addition  to  the 
elements  concerned  with  the  production  of  the  combustible 
mixture  means  for  automatically  controlling  the  mixture  pro- 
duced, and  thus  regulating  the  speed  of  the  engine  with  which 
the  charge-forming  device  is  used,  the  elements  concerned  with 
the  production  of  the  combustible  mixture  being  so  intimately 
associated  with  the  means  whereby  the  speed  of  the  engine  is 
regulated  that  mechanical  separation  of  the  two  sets  of  ele- 
ments would  be  impossible  without  destroying  the  identity 
of  the  device  as  a  whole  and  defeating  its  operation  in  the  man- 
ner contemplated  by  the  inventor.  In  all  types  of  charge- 
forming  devices  one  or  more  of  the  constituents  of  the  com- 
bustible charge  is  generally,  if  not  invariably,  controllable,  as 
by  a  suitable  valve,  and  a  mere  statement  that  such  a  control- 
ling means  may  be  regulated  by  an  automatic  governor  is  not 
in  itself  sufficient  to  cause  the  device  in  question  to  be  classified 
in  this  subclass.  Patents  disclosing  both  a  charge-forming 
device  and  a  speed-regulating  device,  even  though  such  devices 
be  closely  associated,  but  in  which  the  elements  forming  one 
of  the  devices  do  not  modify  or  affect  the  operation  of  the 
elements  forming  the  other  and  in  which  each  device  might  be 
used  alone  or  with  other  forms  of  the  other  device,  are  not 
classified  in  this  subclass,  but  in  appropriate  subclasses  of 
charge-forming  devices  and  of  speed-regulators. 

Note. — A  search  for  an  automatically-controlled  charge-forming 
device  should  be  continued  in  appropriate  subclasses  of  charge- 
forming  devices  having  devices  like  the  one  in  question  with- 
out the  speed-regulating  features  and  in  appropriate  subclasses 
of  speed-regulators  for  the  speed-regulating  features  without 
reference  to  the  charge-forming  device. 

Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses30,Oil-engines, 
Internal-vaporizing;  31,  Oil-cngiucs,  Internal-vaporizing, 
Four-cycle;  34,  Oil-engines,  External-vaporizing;  and  35,  Oil- 
engines, External-vaporizing,  Four-cycle. 

124.  CHARGE-FORMING    DEVICES,    AUTOMATIC    DILU- 

TION. Charge-forming  devices  having  means  for  producing 
a  combustible  mixture  from  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  and  air 
and  also  automatically-acting  means  dependent  for  its  opera- 
tion upon  an  increase  in  the  speed  of  the  engine  with  which 
the  device  is  used,  said  means  acting  to  admit  an  additional 
quantity  of  air  at  high  speeds  of  the  engine,  whereby  a  more 
uniform  mixture  is  produced.  The  purpose  of  the  devices  in 
this  subclass  is  to  produce  a  mixture  in  which  the  proportion 
of  air  and  hydrocarbon  will  be  substantially  constant  at  all 
speeds  of  the  engine.  This  is  accomplished  by  counteracting 
the  effect  of  an  increased  supply  of  oil,  due  to  the  greater 
suction  effect  produced  by  the  more  rapid  flow  of  the  air 
through  the  charge-forming  device  at  high  speeds  of  the  engine, 
by  admitting  at  such  times  an  additional  quantity  of  air  to 
the  charge-forming  device,  thereby  reducing  the  proportion 
of  hydrocarbon  in  the  mixture,  which  would  otherwise  be 
richer  in  hydrocarbon  than  is  desirable.  They  are  frequently 
described  as  devices  for  facilitating  the  starting  of  internai- 
combustion  engines,  and  they  differ  from  such  governor-con- 
trolled charge-forming  devices  as  vary  the  mixture  produced 
in  that  the  diluting-valve  opens  at  a  given  and  generally  com- 
paratively low  speed  of  the  engine  and  remains  in  that  condi- 
tion whatever  speed  the  engine  may  ultimately  attain,  while 
a  similar  valve  of  a  governor-controlled  charge-forming  device 
would  be  moved  with  every  change  of  speed  of  the  engine  with 
which  it  is  used. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  155.2,  Carbu- 
reters, Atomizers,  Constant  level,  Automatic  dilution. 

125.  CHARGE-FORMING   DEVICES,   OIL-INTERCEPTING. 

Charge-forming  devices  including  an  intercepting  member  and 
means  for  supplying  oil  thereto  and  means  whereby  a  current 
of  air  is  caused  to  flow  past  the  said  intercepting  member, 
whereby  oil  supplied  to  the  intercepting  member  is  inter- 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES    AND    SUBCLASSES. 


291 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

cepted  and  held  thereby  until  vaporized  or  atomized  by  the 
current  of  air  as  it  flows  by  the  said  member. 
Note. — The  intercepting  members  in  the  devices  occurring  in  this 
subclass  are  frequently  in  the  form  of  perforated  screens, 
through  which  the  air  passes.  This  subclass  does  not,  how- 
ever, include  screens  or  equivalent  devices  located  between 
the  point  where  the  mixture  is  formed  and  the  engine  and 
through  which  the  mixture  passes,  the  principal  function  of 
which  is  to  break  up  the  particles  of  oil  and  secure  a  more 
thorough  mixing  of  air  and  hydrocarbon,  although  in  such 
devices  the  screens  are  sometimes  described  as  having  the 
further  function  of  intercepting  the  particles  of  oil  and  holding 
them  until  vaporization  takes  place.  Such  devices,  if  claimed 
by  themselves,  are  classified  in  subclass  141,  Charge-forming 
devices,  Mixing  devices;  but  they  are  frequently  disclosed 
with  all  types  of  charge-forming  devices. 

126.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,  MOVABLE  CARRIER. 

Charge-forming  devices  including  among  their  elements  a 
movable  member  and  means  dependent  for  its  operation  upon 
the  engine  with  which  the  device  is  used  for  operating  the 
movable  member,  said  movable  member  being  designed  to 
engage  with  and  to  distribute  the  oil  in  such  a  manner  or  to 
carry  the  oil  into  such  a  position  that  its  vaporization  is  the 
more  readily  accomplished. 
Search  Class — 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  165,  Carburet- 
ers, Pivoted,  Revolving. 

127.  CHARGE-FORMING   DEVICES,   MULTIPLE   OIL-SUP- 

PLY. Charge-forming  devices  having  a  plurality  of  means 
for  supplying  oil  to  the  air  as  it  passes  therethrough,  the  oil 
being  either  all  of  one  quality  or  of  different  qualities,  whereby, 
in  the  first  case,  varying  quantities  of  oil  may  be  supplied  to 
the  engine  with  which  the  charge-forming  device  is  used,  and, 
in  the  second  case,  the  engine  may  be  operated  with  different 
qualities  or  kinds  of  oil  or  equivalent  fuel. 

128.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,  CONSTANT  OIL-SUP- 

PLY. Charge-forming  devices  in  which  a  continuous  stream 
of  oil  is  caused  to  pass  across  the  air-supply  conduit  or  through 
a  portion  of  such  conduit,  whereby  the  air  as  it  passes  by  the 
stream  of  oil  will  atomize  or  vaporize  a  portion  thereof.  The 
flow  of  air  being  intermittent,  while  the  flow  of  oil  is  con- 
tinuous and  generally  in  excess  of  the  quantity  which  can  be 
taken  up  by  the  air  as  it  passes  to  the  engine,  the  devices  in 
this  subclass  are  always  provided  with  draining  means  for 
conducting  the  surplus  oil  from  the  charge-forming  device. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  125,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Oil-intercepting,  for  devices  resembling 
those  in  this  subclass,  but  with  the  additional  feature  that  the 
oil  as  it  passes  through  the  air-supply  conduit  flows  over  a 
perforated  screen;  subclass  135,  Charge-forming  devices,  Oil- 
evaporating,  Extended  oil-film,  for  devices  designed  to 
vaporize  the  less  volatile  hydrocarbon  oils  and  in  which  no 
atomizing  action  is  possible,  but  which  otherwise  resemble 
somewhat  those  occurring  in  this  subclass. 

129.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,  VALVE-CONTROLLED 

OIL.  Charge-forming  devices  provided  with  a  chamber  in 
which  air  and  oil  are  mingled  to  form  a  combustible  mixture, 
the  oil-supply  conduit  being  provided  with  a  valve  for  arrest- 
ing the  flow  of  oil  into  the  mixing-chamber  during  the  inter- 
vals in  the  cycle  of  operation  of  the  engine  that  a  combustible 
mixture  is  not  required  thereby,  the  operation  of  such  valve 
depending  upon  suction  produced  by  the  working  piston  of 
the  engine  or  by  the  piston  of  a  pump  for  supplying  com- 
bustible mixture  thereto.  The  valve  above  mentioned  is 
ordinarily  located  at  the  discharge  end  of  the  oil-supply  con- 
duit, and  the  air-supply  conduit  to  the  mixing-chamber  is 
frequently  also  controlled  by  a  valve  depending  for  its  opera- 
tion upon  suction. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  154.1,  Car- 
bureters, Oil-feed,  Suction-controlled  valve. 

130.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,  VALVE-CONTROLLED 

OIL,  POSITIVELY-OPERATED.  Charge-forming  devices 
differing  from  those  occurring  in  the  preceding  subclass  in 
that  the  valve  controlling  the  oil-supply  conduit  instead  of 
depending  upon  suction  for  its  operation  is  positively  operated 
by  and  in  unison  with  the  enigne  with  which  the  charge- 
forming  device  in  question  is  used. 

131.  CHARGE-FORMING    DEVICES,   ATOMIZERS.    Charge- 

forming  devices  in  which  air  is  caused  to  flow  in  a  more  or  less 
confined  stream  and  at  high  velocity  past  the  discharge  end 
of  a  permanpntly-open  oil-supply  conduit,  whereby  the  oil  is 
entrained  and  atomized  or  sprayed,  the  resulting  combustible 
mixture  being  composed  of  air  and  oil  gasified  or  vaporized 
in  part  and  in  part  suspended  in  the  liquid  form.  The  sub- 
classes of  atomizing  charge-forming  devices  are  intended  to 
be  structural  rather  than  functional,  and  it  should  be  ob- 
served that  there  is  more  or  less  of  an  atomizing  action  pres- 
ent in  the  devices  occurring  in  all  charge-forming-device  sub- 
classes excepting  the  following  oil-evaporating  subclasses,  the 
subclass  of  gas  and  air  mixers,  and  the  oil-feeding  and  other 
elemental  subclasses.  In  oil-atomizing  charge-forming  devices 
the  air  for  atomizing  the  oil  is  generally  caused  to  flow  past 
the  discharge  end  of  the  oil-supply  conduit  intermittently  by 
suction  produced  by  the  working  piston  of  the  engine  with 
which  the  device  is  used  or  by  the  piston  of  a  supply-pump 
therefor  upon  the  charging  stroke  of  such  piston,  although  in 
some  devices  the  oil  is  atomized  by  air  under  pressure,  in 
•which  case  the  operation  of  the  atomizing  device  may  be 
continuous. 


CLASS  123-Contmued. 

Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  155,  Carburet- 
ers, Atomizers,  for  devices  for  producing  a  gas  for  heating  or 
illuminating  purposes  which  atomize  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  by 
means  of  air  under  pressure. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  73,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Spray,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
atomizing  devices  used  in  connection  with  a  heating-burner 
and  depending  for  their  operation  upon  air  under  pressure. 

132.  CHARGE-FORMING     DEVICES,     ATOMIZERS,     CON- 

STANT-LEVEL. Charge-forming  devices  which  atomize 
or  spray  the  oil,  as  in  the  preceding  subclass,  and  which  have 
in  addition  to  the  atomizing  elements  means  for  maintaining 
the  oil  at  a  constant  height  with  reference  to  the  discharge 
end  of  the  oil-supply  conduit,  generally  at  or  slightly  below 
the  level  of  such  discharge  enu. 

Note. — A  search  in  which  the  means  whereby  the  oil  is  main- 
tained at  a  constant  level  is  involved  should  be  continued  in 
class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  37. 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Maintained  Oil-level,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  in  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING 
AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclasses  155.1,  Carbureters,  Atomizers, 
Constant  level,  and  155.2,  Carbureters,  Atomizers,  Constant 
level,  Automatic  dilution. 

133.  CHARGE-FORMING    DEVICES     OIL-EVAPORATING. 

Charge-forming  devices  not  classified  in  the  following  oil- 
evaporating  subclasses,  in  which  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  is 
evaporated  to  furnish  the  combustible  constituent  of  the 
charge.  The  action  of  the  charge-forming  devices  in  this  and 
the  two  following  subclasses  is  always  an  evaporating  action, 
as  distinguished  from  an  atomizing  action  generally  present 
in  most  charge-forming  devices  for  internal-combustion  en- 
gines, although  in  such  devices  the  minute  particles  of  oil  are 
ordinarily  vaporized  after  atomization  and  before  the  mixture 
reaches  the  engines.  In  oil-evaporating  devices  evaporation 
ordinarily  takes  place  from  the  surface  of  a  considerable 
volume  of  oil  or  from  the  surface  of  an  absorbent  material 
communicating  with  and  kept  in  a  saturated  condition  by 
the  oil,  and  such  devices  always  require  heat  for  their 
operation,  the  heat  being  frequently  derived  from  the  sur- 
rounding atmosphere  and  the  air  used  to  form  the  charge  in 
devices  in  which  the  more  volatile  hydrocarbon  oils  are  used 
and  from  an  auxiliary  heating  device  when  less  volatile  oils 
are  used. 

Note. — For  devices  for  producing  a  gas  for  heating  or  illuminating 
purposes  by  evaporating  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  and  mixing 
the  resulting  vapor  with  air,  see  in  this  class,  subclasses  34, 
Oil-engines,  External-vaporizing,  and  35,  Oil-engines,  Ex- 
ternal-vaporizing, Four-cycle;  also  in  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING 
AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  156,  Carbureters,  Capillary,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder;  subclasses  168,  Carbureters,  Sur- 
face; 169,  Carbureters,  Surface,  Float;  102,  Generators,  Retort, 
Oil.  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  211,  Processes,  Oil, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

134.  CHARGE-FORMING    DEVICES,    OIL-EVAPORATING, 

SUBMERGED  AIR-SUPPLY.  Oil-evaporating  charge- 
forming  devices  in  which  the  air-supply  conduit  extends 
below  the  surface  of  the  oil  to  be  evaporated,  whereby  air  is 
supplied  to  the  body  of  the  oil  below  the  surface  thereof  and 
rises  in  bubbles  therethrough,  vaporizing  a  portion  of  the  oil 
and  forming  a  combustible  mixture  with  the  vapor. 
Note. — For  devices  for  producing  a  gas  for  heating  or  illuminating 
purposes  similar  in  structure  and  mode  of  operation  to  those 
in  this  subclass,  see  in  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMI- 
NATING, subclasses  106,  Carbureters,  Submerged-blast,  and 
167,  Carbureters,  Submerged-blast,  Coil. 

135.  CHARGE-FORMING    DEVICES,    OIL-EVAPORATING, 

EXTENDED  OIL-FILM.  Oil-evaporating  charge-forming 
devices  in  which  the  interior  of  the  chamber  in  which  the  ou 
is  evaporated  is  provided  with  an  extended  stationary  sur- 
face, generally  in  the  form  of  shelves,  trays,  plates,  or  similar 
devices,  to  which  surface  oil  is  supplied  and  over  which  it 
extends  or  spreads  hi  a  thin  film  of  large  extent,  whereby 
evaporation  of  the  oil  from  the  extended  surface  is  facilitated. 
The  devices  are  ordinarily  designed  to  vaporize  the  less  volatile 
hydrocarbon  oils,  crude  petroleum  frequently  being  the  oil 
employed  to  furnish  the  combustible  constituent  of  the 
charge.  The  vaporizing  devices  are  always  provided  with 
heating  means,  the  exhaust-gases  from  the  engines  with 
which  the  device  is  used  or  a  portion  of  such  gases  being 
ordinarily  employed  for  such  purpose.  The  oil  is  ordinarily 
supplied  to  the  extended  evaporating  surface  in  a  constant 
stream,  and  the  flow  thereof  is  generally  independent  of  the 
operation  of  the  engines  with  which  the  charge-forming  device 
is  used. 

Note. — Search  as  indicated  in  subclass  133,  Charge-forming  de- 
vices, Oil-evaporating,  above. 

13C.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,  OIL-FEEDING.  Devices 
not  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  definition  of  some  one  of 
the  following  oil-feeding  subclasses  tor  supply  ing  a  charge- 
forming  device  with  oil  or  equivalent  fuel  or  for  supplying  oil 
or  equivalent  fuel  directly  to  the  working  cylinder  or  com- 
bustion-chamber of  an  internal-combustion  engine  when  a 
separate  charge-forming  device  is  not  used  therewith  and 
devices  designed  for  use  with  a  charge-forming  device  or 
internal-combustion  engine  and  relating  to  the  supply  of  oil 
or  equivalent  fuel  thereto,  the  feeding  device  in  question 
having  features  of  construction  or  peculiarities  in  mode  of 
operation  particularly  adapting  it  for  use  with  internal- 
combustion  engines  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  oil  thereto 
and  rendering  its  use  in  other  relations  or  with  other  devices 
impossible,  or  at  least  unlikely. 


292 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

Note. — Oil-feeding  devices  of  general  application  designed  to  sup- 
ply or  control  the  flow  of  a  hydrocarbon  oil  to  any  device  in 
which  such  oil  is  to  beconsumed,  as  to  a  lamp,  heating-burner, 
or  like  device,  are  classified  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS 
FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  36,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel- 
feeding,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  which  subclasses 
should  be  searched  for  devices  in  which  the  means  for  sup- 
plying oil  to  charge-forming  devices  are  involved.  As  all 
charge-forming  devices  necessarily  include  some  means  for 
supplying  oil  thereto  a  search  for  means  adapted  for  that 
purpose  may  extend  to  all  subclasses  of  charge-forming  devices. 

Search  Classes— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  150,  Carbu- 
reters, Oil-feed,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
184 — LUBRICATION,  which  class  contains  devices  for  feeding  oil 
for  lubricating  purposes  similar  in  structure  and  operation  to 
many  of  the  devices  in  this  subclass. 

137.  CHARGE-FORMING    DEVICES,    OIL-FEEDING,    RE- 

CIPROCATING. Oil-feeding  devices  comprising  a  recipro- 
cating feeding  member  positively  operated  by  the  engine  with 
which  it  is  used  and  having  a  chamber  designed  to  receive  and 
to  transfer  oil  from  a  source  of  supply  to  a  charge-forming 
device  or  internal-combustion  engine,  said  chamber  being 
brought  by  the  reciprocation  of  tne  feeding  member  alternately 
into  communication  with  the  source  of  oil  and  with  the  device 
to  which  the  oil  is  to  be  supplied,  whereby  definite  quantities 
of  oil  are  supplied  to  the  charge-forming  device  or  internal- 
combustion  engine  with  which  the  oil-feeding  device  is  used. 

138.  CHARGE  -  FORMING  DEVICES,  OIL  -  FEEDING,  RO- 

TARY. Oil-feeding  devices  differing  from  those  defined  in 
the  preceding  definition  in  that  the  oil-feeding  member  par- 
takes of  a  rotary  or  of  an  oscillatory  motion. 

139.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,  OIL-FEEDING,  PUMPS. 

Pumps  and  accessories  thereto  for  supplying  a  charge-forming 
device  with  oil  or  for  supplying  oil  directly  to  the  working 
cylinder  or  combustion-chamber  of  an  internal-combustion 
engine  when  a  separate  charge-forming  derice  is  not  used 
therewith,  the  pump  being  operated  by  and  in  unison  with 
the  engine  with  which  it  or  the  charge-forming  device  which 
it  supplies  v/ith  oil  is  used. 

Note. — The  devices  occurring  in  the  class  103,  PUMPS,  are  gener- 
ally not  available  without  considerable  modification  for  the 
purpose  of  supplying  oil  to  internal-combustion  engines, 
although  claims  relating  to  a  pump  properly  classifiable  in 
this  subclass  might  bo  presented  in  such  a  form  as  to  neces- 
sitate a  search  in  that  class. 
Search  Classes — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  28,  Oil-en- 
gines, Pump-supply  to  air-inlet,  Four-cycle;  23,  Oil-engines, 
Pump-supply  to  air-inlet,  Two-cycle;  32,  Oil-engines,  Internal- 
vaporizing,  Forced  oil-supply;  33,  Oil-engines,  Internal-vapor- 
izing, Forced  oil-supply,  Oil-atomizing,  and  140,  Charge- 
forming  Devices,  Oil-feeding,  Pumps,  Governor-controlled. 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  152,  Carbureters, 
Oil-feed,  Pump. 

184— LUBRICATION. 

140.  CHARGE-FORMING  DEVICES,  OIL-FEEDING,  PUMPS, 

GOVERNOR-CONTROLLED.  Devices  like  those  in  the 
preceding  subclass,  but  with  the  additional  feature  that  the 
operation  of  the  pump  is  automatically  controlled  by  a  suitable 
governing  device,  whereby  the  quantity  of  oil  supplied  to  the 
charge-forming  device  or  to  the  engine  is  automatically  con- 
trolled. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  28,  Oil-en- 
gines, Pump-supply  to  air-inlet,  Four-cycle;  29,  Oil-enginos, 
Pump-supply  to  air-inlet,  Two-cycle;  32,  Oil-engines,  Internal- 
vaporizing,  Forcad  oil-supply;  33,  Oil-engines,  Internal-vap- 
orizing, Forced  oil-supply,  Oil-atomizing;  97,  Snood-regu- 
lators, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  the  spwd-regulating 
features  without  reference  to  the  pump  controlled  thereby. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  152,  Car- 
bureters, Oil-feed,  Pump. 

184 — LUBRICATION. 

141.  CHARGE-FORMING     DEVICES,     MIXING     DEVICES. 

Devices  concerned  with  the  production  of  a  combustible 
mixture  and  its  supply  to  an  internal-combustion  engine  to 
be  burned  therein  and  located  between  the  point  where  the 
air  and  hydrocarbon  are  first  mixed  and  the  engine,  such 
device  being  designed  to  more  thoroughly  commingle  a  mix- 
ture of  air  and  hydrocarbon  produced  by  a  charge-forming 
device  of  any  type  to  thereby  produce  a  more  uniform  and 
homogeneous  mixture.  The  devices  in  this  subclass  are 
commonly  shown  in  connection  with  some  specific  type  of 
charge-forming  device,  although  the  mixing  device  is  ordina- 
rily independent  of  the  means  whereby  the  initial  mixture 
is  produced  and  is  ordinarily  capable  of  use  to  more  thoroughly 
mix  the  mixture  of  air  and  hydrocarbon  produced  by  any  type 
of  charge-forming  device. 

Note. — It  should  be  observed  that  as  all  charge-forming  devices 
are  designed  to  produce  a  mixture  of  air  and  hydrocarbon 
and  as  the  intimacy  or  completeness  of  such  mixture  neces- 
sarily depends  to  some  extent  upon  the  construction  of  the 
charge-forming  device,  a  search  for  a  device  described  as  a 
mixing  device  of  general  application,  but,  in  fact,  involving 
the  structure  of  a  charge-forming  device,  may  sometimes 
extend  to  and  include  all  subclasses  of  charge-forming  devices. 

Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  142,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Safety  devices. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

142.  CHARGE-FORMING    DEVICES,    SAFETY    DEVICES. 

Devices  used  in  connection  with  charge-forming  devices  for 
the  purpose  of  preventing  the  ignition  of  the  combustible 
mixture  therein  and  devices  for  the  purpose  of  preventing 
injury  to  the  charge-forming  device  or  interference  with  its 
operation  in  case  the  combustible  mixture  therein  should 
become  ignited. 
Search  Classes — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  141,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Mixing  devices. 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  192,  Distribu- 
tion, Safety  devices. 

143.  IGNITERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  not  coming  within  the 

terms  of  the  definitions  of  the  following  subclasses  of  igniters 
for  igniting  the  successive  combustible  charges  supplied  to 
and  burned  within  an  internal-combustion  engine. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  184,  Starting 
devices,  Igniters,  for  devices  for  igniting  the  charge  within  the 
working  cylinder  at  starting  and  designed  for  temporary  use 
at  such  times. 

144.  IGNITERS,  FLAME.    Igniting  devices  for  internal-combus- 

tion engines  comprising  a  burner  located  without  the  work- 
ing cylinder  and  means  for  igniting  the  combustible  charge 
in  the  working  cylinder  from  the  flame  of  the  burner  either 
by  causing  the  flame  itself  to  come  into  direct  contact  with  the 
combustible  charge  within  the  working  cylinder  or  by  causing 
the  flame  to  ignite  an  auxiliary  yolump  of  combustible  gas, 
which  burning  gas  is  then  moved  into  direct  contact  with  the 
combustible  charge  within  the  working  cylinder.  Also  con- 
tains patents  in  whicha  flame-igniting  device  as  above  defined  is 
disclosed  and  claimed  in  combination  with  the  supply  or 
exhaust  valve  of  the  engine  or  with  a  valve  controlling  both 
the  supply  and  exhaust  ports.  Flame-igniting  devices  capa- 
ble of  use  only  with  internal-combustion  engines  operating 
upon  non-compression  cycles  are,  when  disclosed  or  claimed 
in  patents  claiming  also  a  complete  non-compression  engine, 
considered  as  a  part  of  such  an  engine  and  are  not  cross-ref- 
erenced into  this  subclass. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  39,  Non-com- 
pression. 

145.  IGNITERS,  INCANDESCENT.    Igniting  devices  for  inter- 

nal-combustion engines  comprising  an  igniting  member 
maintained  at  a  temperature  sufficient  to  ignite  the  com- 
bustible mixture  when  it  comes  into  contact  therewith  and 
heating  means  for  maintaining  such  igniting  member  at  a 
high  temperature,  generally  at  incandescence,  whereby  the 
combustible  charge  will  be 'ignited  upon  coming  into  contact 
with  the  igniting  member. 

NOTE. — The  igniting  member  may  extend  without  the  working 
cylinder  or  combustion-chamber  of  the  engine,  in  which 
case  it  is  generally  maintained  at  a  high  temperature  by 
means  of  an  external  heating-burner,  which  might  bo  of  any 
one  of  the  types  of  heating-burners  occurring  generally 
throughout  the  class  of  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL 
BURNERS,  or  the  said  igniting  member  may  be  located 
wholly  within  the  working  cylinder  or  combustion-chamber, 
in  which  case  it  is  ordinarily  maintain  d  in  a  heated  condi- 
tion by  the  burning  gases  within  the  engine.  The  heating 
means  for  the  igniting  device  ordinarily  forms  no  part  of  the 
igniting  device  itself;  but  such  burners  as  are  especially 
designed  for  and  adapted  to  be  used  with  an  incandescent 
igniting  device  and  are  disclosed  in  connection  with  such  a 
device  are  classified  in  this  subclass. 

Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  30,  Oil- 
engines, Internal-vaporizing,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
and  146,  Igniters,  Incandescent,  Valve-controlled,  for  other 
patents  relating  to  devices  located  within  the  working  cylinder 
or  combustion-chamber  of  an  internal-combustion  engine 
and  designed  to  or  which  in  fact  would  both  vaporize  oil 
supplied  to  the  engine  and  ignite  the  resulting  combustible 
mixture. 

146.  IGNITERS,  INCANDESCENT,  VALVE-CONTROLLED. 

Incandescent  igniting  devices  differing  from  those  in  the  pre- 
ceding subclass  in  that  a  valve  operated  by  and  in  unison  with 
the  engine  is  provided  for  controlling  the  flow  of  the  combustible 
charge  to  the  igniting  elements,  whereby  the  time  at  which 
ignition  of  the  charge  takes  place  may  be  determined. 

147.  IGNITERS,    SPARKERS,    LOW-TENSION.    Devices   for 

igniting  the  successive  combustible  charges  supplied  to  and 
burned  within  an  internal-combustion  engine,  comprising 
electrodes  extending  into  the  space  occupied  by  the  charge 
to  be  ignited  and  electrical  means  for  producing  a  spark  or  a 
series  of  sparks  between  the  said  electrodes,  whereby  the 
charge  is  ignited,  and  subordinate  and  auxiliary  devices 
designed  and  especially  adapted  for  use  with  igniting  devices 
of  the  typo  above  set  forth  and  incapable  of  use  in  the  manner 
contemplated  in  other  relations.  Inasmuch  as  the  devices 
occurring  in  the  subclasses  of  internal-combustion  engines, 
igniters,  sparkers,  are  electrical  devices  adapted  for  use  with 
an  internal-corn bustion  engine  and  as  those  devices  neces- 
sarily more  or  less  resemble  electrical  devices  employed  in 
other  arts,  it  follows  that  classes  and  subclasses  containing 
patents  relating  to  the  general  application  of  electricity  may 
have  to  be  considered  in  searches  involving  electrical  means 
concerned  with  the  ignition  of  the  combustible  charge  in  an 
internal-combustion  engine.  Such  will  not,  however,  ordi- 
narily be  the  case,  as  electricity  is  considered  as  a  force  capa- 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


293 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

ble  of  general  application  for  various  purposes,  and  the  means 
whereby  such  force  is  adapted  to  a  specific  purpose — for 
example,  that  set  forth  heroin — will  ordinarily  oe  found  to 
be  distinct  from  other  though  somewhat  similar  means 
through  which  the  same  force  is  adapted  to  other  purposes. 
This  subclass  contains  miscellaneous  sparking  devices  for 
internal-combustion  engines  in  which  a  current  of  electricity 
of  low  electromotive  force  is  employed,  thus  necessitating 
the  use  therewith  of  electrodes  normally  out  of  contact  with 
each  other  and  which  must  be  brought  into  contact  and  sepa- 
rated to  produce  a  spark,  as  in  the  following  make-and-break 
subclasses  of  electrical  igniting  devices,  and  subordinate  and 
auxiliary  devices  designed  for  use  with  and  to  form  a  part 
of  such  an  igniting  device  and  incapable  of  use  in  the  manner 
contemplated  in  other  relations,  the  device  in  question  in 
either  case  not  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  definition  of 
some  one  of  the  following  sparker  subclasses. 
Search  Class — 

175 — ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclasses  under 
Igniting  devices. 

14S.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,  HIGH-TENSION.  Miscella- 
neous sparking  devices  for  internal-combustion  engines  in 
which  a  current  of  electricity  of  high  electromotive  force  is 
employed,  thus  necessitating  the  use  therewith  of  electrodes 
permanently  separated  by  a  spark-gap,  across  which  the. 
current  jum'ps,  as  in  the  jump-spark  type  of  electrical  igniting 
device,  and  subordinate  and  auxiliary  devices  designed  for 
use  with  and  to  form  a  part  of  such  an  igniting  device  and 
incapable  of  use  in  the  manner  contemplated  in  other  rela- 
tions, the  device  in  question  in  either  case  not  coming  within 
the  terms  of  the  definition  of  some  one  of  the  following  sparker 
subclasses. 
Search  Classes — 
171 — ELECTRICITY,  GENERATION,  subclass  122,  Induetoriums, 

Induction-coils. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclasses  under 
Igniting  devices. 

149.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,  DYNAMOS.   Mechanism  whereby 

a  dynamo-electric  machine  is  operated  by  an  engine  and  is 
adapted  to  furnish  a  current  of  electricity  for  the  purpose  of 
igniting  the  successive  combustible  charges  supplied  thereto 
and  patents  disclosing  and  claiming  a  dynamo  in  combination 
with  igniting  mechanism,  which,  considered  by  itself,  would 
be  classifiable  in  some  one  of  the  following  igniter  subclasses, 
the  connection  between  the  two  being  other  than  by  means  of 
mere  conducting-wires,  and  patents  disclosing  and  claiming 
dynamo^electric  machines  having  features  of  construction  or 
peculiarities  in  mode  of  operation  particularly  adapting  them 
for  use  with  internal-combustion  engines  for  the  purpose  of 
igniting  the  successive  combustible  charges  supplied  thereto 
and  rendering  their  use  in  other  relations  or  with  other  devices 
impossible,  or  at  least  unlikely.  Dynamos  coming  within  the 
last  of  the  above  cases  are  generally  so  intimately  associated 
with  or  built  into  the  elements  constituting  the  engine  with 
which  they  are  used  as  to  be  incapable  of  separation  therefrom 
and  of  operation  or  existence  as  separate  mechanism. 

Note. — Combinations  of  engine  and  dynamo,  adapted  to  start  the 
engine,  maintain  current  for  lights",  ignition,  etc.,  may  be  found 
in  Class  171,  ELECTRICITY.  GENERATION, subclass  315,  Systems. 

Note. — Dynamo-electric  machines  complete  in  themselves  having 
no  element  in  common  with  an  internal-combustion  engine 
and  capable  when  put  in  operation  of  furnishing  a  current  of 
electricity  available  for  any  purpose  to  which  the  current  pro- 
duced by  the  said  dynamo  is  suitable  are  classified  in  suitable 
subclasses  of  class  171,  ELECTRICITY,  GENERATION,  according  to 
the  type  of  device  in  question,  and  neither  a  positive  statement 
in  the  specification  to  the  effect  that  the  device  in  question  is 
intended  to  be  used  to  furnish  current  for  the  igniting  device  of 
an  internal-combustion  engine  nor  the  fact  that  a  claim  posi- 
tively includes  an  internal-combustion  engine  or  its  igniting 
device  in  general  terms  will  be  sufficient  to  cause  a  patent  for 
such  a  dynamo  to  be  classified  as  an  igniting  device  for  internal- 
combustion  engines. 

Note. — Mechanism  interposed  between  an  internal-combustion 
engine  and  a  dynamo  driven  thereby  and  designed  to  furnish 
current  for  the  igniting  device  of  such  engine,  the  purposes  of 
said  mechanism  being  to  maintain  a  constant  speed  of  the 
dynamo  irrespective  of  variations  in  speed  of  the  engine,  are 
not  classified  in  this  subclass.  For  such  devices  see  in  class 
171,  ELECTRICITY,  GENERATION,  subclass  2.31,  Regulators, 
Transmitting  mechanism,  and  class  74,  MACHINE  ELEMENTS, 
subclass  45,  Machine-brakes,  Centrifugal  speed-regulators. 

Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES;  subclasses  147,  Igniters, 
Sparkers,  Low-tension,  and  148,  Igniters,  Sparkers,  High-ten- 
sion. 

150.  IGNITERS.  SPARKERS,  COMBINED  ADJUSTING  AND 

EXHAUST  -  REGULATING.  Manually  -  operated  means 
used  in  connection  with  sparking  devices  for  determining  the 
time  in  the  cycle  of  operation  of  the  engine  at  which  the  charge 
shall  be  ignited,  in  combination  with  means  for  acting  upon  the 
exhaust-valve  of  the  engine  to  regulate  the  said  valve,  said  last- 
mentioned  means  ordinarily  operating  either  to  cause  the  ex- 
haust-valve to  be  opened  upon  the  compression-stroke  of  the 
engine  to  thereby  facilitate  the  starting  thereof  or  to  maintain 
the  exhaust-valve  in  a  partially  or  wholly  open  position, 
thereby  acting  as  a  manually-controlled  speed-regulator. 

151.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,  COMBINED  SPARKER  AND 

VALVE.  Devices  comprising  a  valve  for  controlling  the  sup- 
ply of  combustible  mixture  to  the  working  cylinder  or  combus- 
tion-chamber of  an  internal-combustion  engine  or  the  exhaust 
of  burned  gases  therefrom,  or  both  the  supply  and  exhaust,  to- 
gether with  a  sparking  device  one  or  both  the  electrodes  of 
which  is  carried  by  and  moves  with  the  said  valve. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

152.  IGNITERS,    SPARKERS,    COMBINED    VALVE    AND 

SPARKER  OPERATING.  Valve-operating  mechanism  and 
sparker-operating  mechanism  in  combination  and  either  with 
or  without  speed-controlling  mechanism.  In  such  of  the  devices 
occurring  in  this  subclass  as  include  speed-controlling  mechan- 
ism the  speed-regulator  is  frequently  of  the  charge-omitting 
type,  and  the  combined  valve  and  sparker  operating  mechan- 
ism then  takes  the  form  of  means  operating  to  interrupt  the 
operation  of  the  igniting  device  of  the  engine  while  the  supply 
of  combustible  charges  thereto  is  suspended.  The  valve  acted 
upon  may  be  the  supply,  exhaust,  fuel,  or  other  vaive  upon 
which  the  operation  of  the  engine  depends,  and  the  sparking 
device  is  always  of  the  make-and-break  type,  hereinafter  de- 
fined. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  devices  in  which  the  only 
connection  between  the  valve-operating  mechanism  and  the 
igniting  device  is  that  the  valve-operating  mechanism  controls 
a  circuit-closing  device,  whereby  a  circuit  included  in  the 
sparking  device  is  controlled.  Such  devices  are  classified  in 
the  subclass  165,  Igniters,  Sparkers,  Circuit-closers. 

153.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,   MAKE-AND-BREAK.    Spark- 

ing devices  comprising  relatively  fixed  and  movable  electrodes 
normally  out  of  contact  with  each  other  and  mechanically- 
operated  means  adapted  to  move  the  movable  electrode  into 
contact  with  the  fixed  electrode  shortly  before  and  to  separate 
the  electrodes  when  the  combustible  charge  is  to  be  ignited, 
whereby  an  electric  circuit  in  which  the  electrodes  are  included 
is  alternately  made  and  broken  and  a  spark  produced,  and  sub- 
ordinate and  auxiliary  devices  designed  and  especially  adapted 
for  use  with  sparking  devices  of  the  type  above  set  forth  and 
incapable  of  use  in  the  manner  contemplated  in  other  relations, 
the  device  in  question  in  either  case  not  coming  within  the 
definition  of  some  one  of  the  following  make-and-break  sub- 
classes. The  mak&-and-break  subclasses  include  sparking  de- 
vices in  which  the  time  during  which  the  electrodes  are  in  con- 
tact with  each  other  is  much  greater  than  the  time  during 
which  they  are  separated,  the  normal  condition  of  electrodes 
which  must  be  brought  into  contact  and  then  separated  to  pro- 
duce a  spark  being  considered  as  out  of  contact  with  each  other. 

154.  IGNITERS    SPARKERS,  MAKE-AND-BREAK,   ELEC- 

TROMAGNETIC.   Sparking  devices  differing  from  those 
defined  in  the  preceding  definition  in  that  the  operating  means 
for  the  movable  electrode  includes  an  electromagnet. 
Search  Class — 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  115,  Ignit- 
ing devices,  Automatic. 

155.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,  MAKE-AND-BREAK,  PNEU- 

MATIC. Sparking  devices  differing  from  those  denned  in  the 
second  preceding  definition  in  that  the  means  whereby  the 
movable  electrode  is  actuated  is  dependent  for  its  operation 
upon  a  gas  under  pressure. 

156.  IGNITERS    SPARKERS,  MAKE-AND-BREAK,  RECIP- 

ROCATING ELECTRODE.  Make-and-break  sparking  de- 
vices in  which  the  movable  electrode  partakes  of  a  reciprocat- 
ing motion  of  translation,  the  relatively  fixed  electrode  being 
either  rigid  or  yieldable. 

157.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,  MAKE-AND-BREAK,  ROCK- 

ING-ELECTRODE  HAMMER-ACTION.  Make-and-break 
sparking  devices  in  which  the  movable  electrode  is  carried  by  a 
rock-shaft  and  the  electrodes  separated  by  a  reverse  movement 
of  the  movable  electrode,  the  relatively  "fixed  electrode  being 
rigid  and  unyielding,  the  operating  means  for  the  movable 
electrode  including  a  hammer  element  adapted  to  separate  the 
electrodes  by  delivering  a  blow  to  the  movable  electrode, 
whereby  a  more  sudden  separation  of  the  electrodes  is  secured 
and  a  more  effective  spark  produced. 

Note. — For  other  sparking  devices  in  which  the  means  for  separat- 
ing the  electrodes  include  an  element  designed  to  deliver  a  blow 
to  the  movable  electrode,  but  which  do  not  have  the  structural 
features  enumerated  in  this  definition,  see  the  preceding  sub- 
class. 

158.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,  MAKE-AND-BREAK,  ROCK- 

ING AND  RIGID  ELECTRODES.  Make-and-break  spark- 
ing devices  in  which  the  movable  electrode  is  carried  by  a  rock- 
shaft  and  the  electrodes  separated  by  a  reverse  movement  of 
the  movable  electrode,  the  relatively  fixed  electrode  being 
rigid  and  unyielding. 

159.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS.  MAKE-AND-BREAK,  ROCK- 

ING AND  YIELDING  ELECTRODES.  Make-and-break 
sparking  devices  in  which  the  movable  electrode  is  carried  by  a 
rock-shaft  and  the  electrodes  separated  by  a  reverse  movement 
of  the  movable  electrode,  the  relatively'fixed  electrode  being 
yieldable,  so  as  to  move  slightly  after  contact,  of  the  electrodes 
and  during  the  slight  farther  movement  of  the  movable  elec- 
trode. 

160.  IGNITERS.  SPARKERS,  MAKE-AND-BREAK.  OSCIL- 

LATING ELECTRODE.  Make-and-break  spar  king  devices 
in  which  the  movable  electrode  is  carried  by  a  rock-shaft  and 
the  electrodes  separated  by  a  farther  movement  of  the  mov- 
able electrode  in  the  same  direction. 

161.  IGNITERS,     SPARKERS.     MAKE-AND-BREAK,     RO- 

TA RY  ELECTRODE.  Make-and-break  sparking  devices  in 
which  the  movable  electrode  is  carried  by  a  rotating  shaft 
driven  continuously  or  intermittently  in  one  direction. 

162.  IGNITERS  SPARKERS,  MAKE-AND-BREAK,  PISTON- 

OPERATED.  Sparking  devices  comprising  an  electric  cir- 
cuit including  relatively  fixed  and  movable  electrodes,  the 
movable  electrode  being  adapted  to  make  and  break  the  cir- 


294 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

cult,  as  in  the  preceding  make-aud-break  subclasses,  and  the 
operation  thereof  depending  immediately  upon  the  piston  of 
the  engine  with  which  the  device  is  used.  In  the  devices  in 
this  subclass  the  movable  electrode  is  either  carried  by  the 
working  piston  or  is  located  in  the  clearance-space  of  the  en- 
gine, and  said  electrode  when  not  carried  by  the  piston  is  gen- 
erally operated  directly  by  the  piston  or  by  a  projection  there- 
on as  it  comes  into  contact  with  the  movable  electrode  near  the 
end  of  the  compression-stroke. 

163.  IGNITERS.    SPARKERS,    MAKE-AND-BREAK,    STA- 

TIONARY-ELECTRODE STRUCTURE.  The  form  or 
construction  of  the  stationary  electrode  designed  for  use  with 
and  to  form  a  part  of  a  sparking  device  including  relatively 
fixed  and  movable  electrodes,  as  in  the  preceding  make-and- 
break  subclasses,  such  stationary  electrodes  being  ordinarily 
capable  of  use  with  and  as  forming  a  part  of  any  sparking  de- 
vice which  includes  fixed  and  movable  electrodes. 
Note. — It  is  intended  that  patents  classifiable  in  other  make-and- 
break  subclasses,  but  which  disclose  specific  stationary-elec- 
trode structure  shall  appear  in  this  subclass  as  cross-references. 
Inasmuch,  however,  as  all  make-and-break  sparking  devices 
necessarily  include  a  stationary  electrode,  a  search  involving 
stationary-electrode  structures  may  sometimes  extend  to  all 
make-and-break  subclasses. 

164.  IGNITERS,     SPARKERS,     MAKE-AND-BREAK,     AD- 

JUSTING MECHANISM.  Inventions  relating  to  manually- 
operated  means  used  in  connection  with  make-and-break 
sparking  devices  for  determining  the  time  in  the  cycle  of  opera- 
tion of  the  engine  at  which  the  electrodes  shall  be  separated 
and  the  combustible  charge  ignited.  Includes  manually- 
operated  devices  for  temporarily  delaying  the  ignition  of  the 
combustible  charge  when  the  engine  is  to  be  started  for  the  pur- 
pose of  preventing  a  reversal  of  rotation  of  the  engine  at  such 
times. 

Note. — Patents  disclosing  devices  designed  for  use  with  and  to 
form  a  part  of  a  high-tension  electric  igniting  system  for  in- 
ternal-combustion engines  and  including  an  electric  circuit 
having  suitable  means  therein  for  making  and  breaking  such 
circuit  and  also  means  for  adjusting  the  circuit  making  and 
breaking  mechanism  to  vary  the  time  at  which  the  ignition 
of  the  charge  takes  place  do  not  appear  in  this  subclass  as 
cross-references.  For  such  devices  see  in  this  class,  subclass 
165,  Igniters,  Sparkers,  Circuit-closers,  and  subclasses  there- 
under. 

Note. — For  devices  for  regulating  the  speed  of  an  internal-com- 
bustion engine  by  automatically  varying  the  time  at  which 
the  charge  therein  is  ignited,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  117, 
Speed-regulators,  Automatically-controlled  igniting  device. 

Note. — For  devices  for  determining  the  time  at  which  the  igni- 
tion of  the  charge  shall  take  place,  in  combination  with  means 
designed  to  act  upon  and  regulate  the  exhaust-valve  of  the 
engine,  generally  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the  starting 
thereof,  see  subclass  150,  Igniters,  Sparkers,  Combined  adjust- 
ing and  exhaust  regulating,  in  this  class. 

Note.— Patents  classifiable  in  other  make-and-break  subclasses, 
but  which  disclose  specific  spark  adjusting  or  timing  mech- 
anism, appear  in  this  subclass  as  cross-references.  Inasmuch, 
however,  as  make-and-break  sparking  devices  ordinarily  in- 
clude means  for  varying  the  adjustment  thereof,  so  that  the 
charge  will  be  ignited  at  the  proper  time,  a  search  involving 
an  adjusting  or  timing  mechanism  may  extend  to  all  make- 
and-break  subclasses. 

165.  IGNITERS,    SPARKERS,    CIRCUIT-CLOSERS.    Miscel- 

laneous circuit  making  and  breaking  devices  designed  for  use 
with  and  to  form  a  part  of  an  electrical  igniting  mechanism  for 
internal-combustion  engines,  but  which  device  is  not  in  itself 
the  immediate  instrument  by  means  of  which  a  spark  for 
igniting  the  combustible  charge  is  produced,  the  making  and 
breaking  device  ha  question  being  capable  of  replacement  by 
a  bridging  member,  thereby  producing  a  continuous  circuit 
without  defeating  the  operation  of  the  remaining  elements 
of  the  igniting  mechanism  to  produce  a  spark  available  for  the 
purpose  of  igniting  thecharge.  Thecircuit-closers occurring  in 
this  subclass  are  used  with  either  high  or  low  tension  igniting 
systems,  and  they  are  not  indispensable  to  the  operation  of  the 
system  with  which  they  are  used 

Note. — For  circuit-closing  devices  included  in  and  forming  a  part 
of  mechanism  for  reversing  an  internal-combustion  engine, 
see  in  this  class,  subclass  41,  Reversible. 

Search  Class— 

175 — ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  282, 
Switches,  Mechanical,  and  the  subclasses  thereof,  according 
to  the  character  of  the  device  in  question,  for  details  of 
circuit-closing  devices  designed  for  use  with  electric  igniters 
for  internal-combustion  engines. 

166.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,  CIRCUIT-CLOSERS,  SINGLE 

CIRCUIT.  Inventions  relating  to  circuit-closers  operated  at 
regular  intervals  by  the  engine,  so  as  to  produce  a  spark  when 
the  combustible  charge  is  to  be  ignited,  and  being  themselves 
the  immediate  instrument  by  means  of  which  the  spark  is 
produced,  the  device  in  question  controlling  but  one  electric 
circuit.  The  circuit-closers  are  generally  used  with  high- 
tension  igniting  systems,  and  they  are  always  essential  to  the 
operation  of  the  system  with  which  they  are  used. 
Note.— For  automatically-controlled  circuit-closing  devices  simi- 
lar to  those  occurring  in  this  subclass,  see  the  subclass  117, 
Speed-regulators,  Automatic  igniting  device. 

167.  IGNITERS,  SPARKERS,  CIRCUIT-CLOSERS,  MULTI- 

PLE CIRCUIT.  Circuit-closers  differing  from  those  defined 
by  the  preceding  definition  in  that  two  or  more  circuits  are  con- 
trolled thereby,  the  circuits  being  all  alike— that  is,  all  pri- 
mary circuits  or  all  secondary  circuits. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  168,  Igniters, 
Sparkers,  Circuit-closers,  Primary  and  secondary  control. 

168.  IGNITERS,     SPARKERS,     CIRCUIT -CLOSERS,      PRI- 

MARY AND  SECONDARY  CONTROL.  Circuit-closing 
devices  designed  to  control  both  the  primary  and  secondary 
circuits  of  a  high-tension  electrical  igniting  system,  they  being 
thus  a  =pecies  of  multiple-circuit  circuit-closing  devices. 

169.  IGNITERS,    SPARKERS,    PLUGS.    Devices  used  in  con- 

nection with  jump-spark  or  high-tension  igniting  systems  for 
internal-combustion  engines  and  included  in  the  secondary 
circuit  thereof,  said  devices  having  relatively  fixed  and  insu- 
lated electrodes  permanently  out  of  contact  with  each  other 
and  the  inner  extremities  of  such  electrodes  being  in  contact 
with  the  combustible  charge  to  be  ignited,  whereby  when  a 
spark  or  a  series  of  sparks  is  produced  across  the  space  between 
the  electrodes  the  combustible  charge  will  be  ignited.  In 
most  of  the  devices  the  electrodes  are  permanently  fixed  in 
and  carried  by  a  single  integral  member  or  spark-plug  adapted 
for  use  with  nternal-combustion  engines  generally. 

170.  COOLING.    Such  miscellaneous  devices  for  cooling  the  work- 

ing cylinder,  piston,  piston-rod,  or  other  element  of  an  internal- 
combustion  engine  as  do  not  come  within  the  terms  of  the 
definition  of  some  one  of  the  following  subclasses  of  internal- 
combustion  engines,  cooling,  and  accessory  devices  designed 
for  and  used  with  cooling  systems  for  internal-combustion  en- 
gines and  not  classified  in  some  appropriate  cooling  subclass. 

Note.— Search  for  cooling  devices  in  which  an  element  of  the 
engine  is  cooled  by  a  liquid  in  contact  therewith  or  for  acces- 
sory devices  designed  for  use  with  liquid  cooling  systems 
should  be  continued  in  the  subclass  6,  Cooling  and  scaling,  in 
class  230,  Am  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  and  in  class  60,  MISCELLA- 
NEOUS HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS. 

Note — For  internal-combustion  engines  provided  with  means  for 
supplying  water  in  any  form  to  the  charge  either  before  the 
ignition  thereof  within  the  working  cylinder  or  during  the 
working  stroke  and  in  which  it  is  frequently  stated  in  the 
description  thereof  that  the  water  is  supplied  for  the  purpose 
of  cooling  engines,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  25,  Water  and 
hydrocarbon. 

Note— For  systems  including  an  engine  driven  by  a  gas  under 
pressure,  together  with  an  internal-combustion  engine,  the 
arrangement  being  such  that  the  compressed  gas  either  be- 
fore or  after  it  passes  through  the  first-mentioned  engine, 
wherein  it  does  work  without  chemical  change,  is  caused  to 
pass  around  the  cylinder  or  combustion-chamber  of  the  in- 
ternal-combustion engine,  thereby  cooling  the  same,  see  in 
this  class,  subclass  4,  Combined  devices,  Internal-combustion 
and  fluid-pressure,  and  the  subclasses  thereof. 

Note. — For  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the  heat  energy 
imparted  to  the  cooling  medium  is  utilized  for  generating 
steam  for  general  purposes,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  2,  Com- 
bined devices. 

Note. — For  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the  heat  energy 
imparted  to  the  cooling  medium  is  utilized  by  means  of  a 
suitable  fluid-pressure  motor,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  6,  Com- 
bined devices,  Internal-combustion  and  fluid-pressure,  Waste- 
heat  utilizing. 

Note. — For  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  the  heat  of 
the  working  cylinder  or  combustion-chamber  is  utilized  for 
the  purpose  of  vaporizing  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  to  be  burned 
within  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine,  see  in  this  class, 
subclasses  34,  Oil-engines,  External- vaporizing,  and  35,  Oil- 
engines, External-vaporizing,  Four-cycle. 

Note.— For  devices  hi  which  the  heat  energy  imparted  to  the 
cooling  medium  is  utilized  for  warming  purposes,  see  class  126, 
STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  204,  Foot-warmers,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  and  class  237,  HEAT  DISTRIBUTING 
SYSTEMS,  subclass  5,  Car,  Water. 

171.  COOLING,     AIR-COOLED.    Cooling  devices  for  internal- 

combustion  engines  in  which  the  working  cylinder,  piston, 
piston-rod,  or  other  element  of  the  engine  to  be  cooled  is 
cooled  by  means  of  air  in  contact  with  such  element,  the 
cooling-air  being  ordinarily  caused  to  flow  past,  around,  or 
through  the  element  to  be  cooled  in  a  more  or  less  confined 
stream  and  at  considerable  velocity. 

Note.— This  subclass  docs  not  include  patents  in  which  the  inven- 
tion relates  to  means  for  increasing  the  radiating  or  absorbing 
surface  of  a  given  element,  and  which  means  are  obviously 
capable  of  general  use  wherever  it  is  desired  to  either  dissipate 
or  to  absorb  heat  to  thereby  effect  an  interchange  of  tempera- 
ture between  the  said  element  and  the  surrounding  medium, 
even  though  the  means  in  question  be  disclosed  as  applied  to 
an  element  of  an  internal-combustion  engine  and  as  designed 
to  cool  said  element.  Such  devices  will  be  classified  in  this 
subclass  only  hi  cases  where  their  structure  is  such  as  to  limit 
their  use  in  the  manner  contemplated  to  an  internal-combus- 
tion engine  and  in  cases  where  they  are  used  in  combination 
with  other  elements  and  form  therewith  a  cooling  device  com- 
ing within  the  terms  of  the  first  clause  of  this  definition. 

Note.— Radiating  or  absorbing  devices  of  the  type  above  set  forth 
are  classified  in  class  237,  HEAT-DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  sub- 
classes 18,  Steam-radiators,  and  20,  Steam-radiators,  Heat- 
diffusing  elements. 

Note. — For  suggestions  as  to  further  fields  of  search,  see  in  this 
class,  subclass  170,  Cooling. 

172.  COOLING,    COMBINED     PACKING    AND    COOLING. 

Devices  designed  to  maintain  the  piston-rod  or  plunger  of  an 
internal-combustion  engine  at  a  temperature  suificiently  low 
for  successful  working,  comprising  packing  and  liquid-cooling 
means  therefor,  the  two  sets  of  means  being  so  closely  associ- 
ated as  to  form  a  combination. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


295 


. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  patents  in  which  the  inven- 
tion relates  solely  to  packing  means  for  a  piston-rod  or  plunger, 
such  packing  means  being  capable  of  use  with  engines  and 
similar  structures  generally.  For  such  devices  see  class  121, 
STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  109,  Packing,  Rod. 

Note. — For  devices  designed  for  use  with  compressing-pumps 
for  ammonia  and  similar  gases  and  similar  structurally  to 
those  occurring  in  this  subclass,  but  which  are  designed  more 
for  the  purpose  of  lubricating  the  element  with  which  it  is 
used  and  for  preventing  the  fluid  acted  upon  from  passing 
along  the  piston-rod  or  plunger  and  escaping  to  the  atmos- 
phere than  for  cooling  purposes,  see  class  230,  AIR  AND  GAS 
PUMPS,  subclass  6,  Cooling  and  sealing. 

173.  COOLING,  CYLINDER,  JACKET,  AND  HEAD  CON- 
STRUCTION. The  form,  structure,  or  construction  of  the 
working  cylinder,  the  casing  or  jacket  surrounding  the  same, 
or  the  cylinder-head,  whereby  one  or  more  passages  are  formed 
adjacent  the  working  cylinder  or  combustion-chamber, 
through  which  passages  a  cooling  liquid  is  caused  to  flow. 
Search  Class— 

;  230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  6,  Cooling  and  sealing. 
74.  COOLING,  HEAT  -  DISSIPATING  DEVICES.  Devices 
used  in  connection  with  liquid  cooling  systems  for  internal- 
combustion  engines  for  dissipating  the  heat  absorbed  by  the 
cooling  liquid  while  in  contact  with  the  element  of  the  engine 
to  be  cooled  and  consisting  of  a  tank,  coil,  or  equivalent  struc- 
ture exposed  to  the  atmosphere  and  through  which  the  heated 
cooling  liquid  circulates,  whereby  the  excess  heat  of  the  cool- 
ing liquid  is  dissipated  to  the  relatively  cooler  medium  sur- 
rounding the  said  tank  or  coil  and  the  liquid  cooled  for 
further  use,  the  said  heat-dissipating  device  being  structurally 
separate  and  distinct  from  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine 
and  located  at  a  distance  therefrom.  The  coils  or  tanks  used 
with  the  cooling  devices  in  this  subclass  are  ordinarily  so 
designed  as  to  expose  a  large  surface  to  the  atmosphere,  where- 
by a  more  rapid  dissipation  of  the  surplus  heat  is  secured. 
They  are  ordinarily  disclosed  and  claimed  in  connection  with 
means  for  connecting  them  with  the  element  of  the  engine  to 
be  cooled  and  with  such  auxiliary  devices  as  are  necessary  to 
form  a  complete  cooling  system  of  the  type  defined  herein. 

Note.— Patents  disclosing  devices  in  which  the  invention  relates 
to  the  form,  structure,  or  construction  of  an  air-cooled  heat- 
dissipating  coil  or  equivalent  structure  designed  for  and  dis- 
closed as  capable  of  use  either  in  and  as  forming  a  part  of  a 
liquid  cooling  system  for  an  internal-combustion  engine  or 
as  a  surface  condenser  for  use  with  a  steam-engine  are  classified 
in  class  62,  subclass  28,  Cooling  radiators,  Motor  vehicle, 
which  subclass  should  be  searched  for  devices  involving  the 
structure  of  a  radiating  tank  or  coil.  Devices  of  the  type  here 
mentioned  are  generally  used  with  motor-vehicles  propelled 
by  internal-combustion  or  steam  engines. 

Note.— For  structure  of  heat  radiating  or  absorbing  coils  and 
equivalent  structure,  see  class  237,  HEAT-DISTRIBUTING  SYS- 
TEMS, subclass  18,  Steam-radiators;  class  62,  REFRIGERATION, 
subclass  2,  Beer-coolers. 

Note. — For  suggestions  of  further  fields  of  search,  see  the  definition 
of  subclass  170,  Cooling,  in  this  class. 

175.  COOLING,  LIQUID-IMPELLING  DEVICES.    Devices  de- 

signed for  use  with  and  to  form  a  part  of  a  cooling  system  in 
which  a  cooling  liquid  is  employed  to  cool  the  working  cylin- 
der, piston,  piston-rod,  or  other  element  of  an  internal-com- 
bustion engine,  such  device  depending  for  its  operation  upon 
the  operation  of  the  engine  with  which  it  is  used  and  being 
adapted  to  maintain  a  constant  flow  of  the  liquid  cooling 
medium  past,  around,  or  through  the  element  of  the  engine  to 
be  cooled. 

Note. — The  devices  in  this  subclass  always  include  some  type  of 
pump,  and  in  so  far  as  pump  structure  is  involved  in  a  given 
device  a  search  therefor  should  be  continued  in  appropriate 
subclasses  in  class  103,  PUMPS. 

Search  Class— 
230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  6,  Cooling  and  sealing. 

176.  COOLING,  ROD  AND  PISTON.    Devices  for  cooling  the 

working  piston  or  the  piston-rod,  or  both  such  elements,  of  an 
internal-combustion  engine,  comprising  means  whereby  a 
cooling  liquid  is  caused  to  flow  through  a  chamber  hi  the  said 
piston  or  through  a  passage  in  the  said  rod  or  through  both  the 
rod  and  piston. 
Search  Class — 
230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  6,  Cooling  and  sealing. 

177.  COOLING,  VALVE.    Means  for  cooling  the  supply,  exhaust, 

or  other  valve  of  an  internal-combustion  engine  or  for  cooling 
the  seat  of  such  a  valve  by  causing  a  cooling  liquid  to  flow  past, 
around,  or  through  such  valve  or  its  seat  or  for  cooling  in  the 
same  manner  a  part  of  such  a  valve — as,  for  example,  its  stem 
or  a  guide  therefor — or  for  cooling  two  or  more  of  the  above- 
mentioned  elements. 

Note. — Search  also  as  indicated  hi  the  definition  of  subclass  170, 
Cooling,  in  this  class. 

Note. — For  patents  in  which  the  invention  relates  to  the  form  or 
construction  of  a  cylinder-head,  but  hi  which  the  seat  of  the 
supply,  exhaust,  or  other  valve  is  also  cooled,  as  in  this  sub- 
class, see  in  this  class,  subclass  173,  Cooling,  Cylinder,  jacket, 
and  head  construction. 

Note.— For  water-cooled  valves  used  hi  connection  with  metal- 
lurgical furnaces,  see  class  75,  METALLURGY,  subclass  124,  Hot- 
blast  valves. 

178.  COOLING,  TEMPERATURE  -  REGULATORS.    Devices 

for  regulating  the  temperature  of  the  working  cylinder,  com- 
bustion-chamber, or  other  element  of  an  internal-combustion 
engine  by  controlling  the  supply  of  cooling  medium  thereto. 
Note.— The  devices  ordinarily  include  a  thermostatic  valve,  and 
search  for  an  invention  involving  the  structure  of  such  a  valve 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

should  be  continued  in  classes  containing  such  valves,  among 
which  are  class  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  35,  Cocks 
and  faucets,  Thermal;  classes  2:J6,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC; 
and  120,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  351,  Water-heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic. 

179.  STARTING  DEVICES.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  starting 

an  internal-combustion  engine  from  a  condition  of  rest  or  for 
facilitating  the  starting  of  such  an  engine  not  classified  in  some 
one  of  the  following  subclasses  of  internal-combustion  engines, 
and  starting  devices,  and  accessory  devices  designed  to  facili- 
tate the  starting  of  such  an  engine  and  incapable  of  use  in  the 
manner  contemplated  in  other  relations. 

180.  STARTING  DEVICES,  COMBUSTIBLE-MIXTURE  SUP- 

PLY. Devices  for  starting  an  internal-combustion  engine 
comprising  means  for  supplying  a  combustible  mixture  of  air 
and  hydrocarbon  directly  to  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine, 
together  with  means  for  igniting  the  said  combustible  mixture 
within  the  working  cylinder  after  its  supply  thereto,  and  ac- 
cessory devices  designed  and  especially  adapted  for  use  with 
such  starting  devices,  the  device  in  question  being  separate 
and  distinct  from  the  elements  constituting  the  engine  and  not 
involved  in  the  normal  operation  thereof.  Includes  means 
for  supplying  an  easily-vaporized  fluid  to  the  engine  when  it 
is  to  be  started,  whereby  the  initial  combustible  charges  are 
more  easily  formed,  the  engine  being  afterwards  operated  by  a 
less  volatile  fluid,  the  device  hi  question  not  coming  within  the 
terms  of  the  definition  of  the  subclass  127,  Charge-forming  de- 
vices, Multiple  oil-supply.  The  means  for  igniting  the  com- 
bustible mixture  is  frequently  the  regular  igniting  device  of 
the  engine  or  such  device  with  suitable  auxiliary  appliances 
to  adapt  it  to  use  in  a  starting  device  of  the  type  occurring  in 
this  subclass.  The  essential  feature  in  the  devices  is  that  a 
combustible  mixture  is  supplied  directly  to  the  interior  of  the 
working  cylinder  and  ignited  therein  to  start  the  engine  by 
power  generated  within  itself.  Such  mixture  may  be  supplied 
at  substantially  atmospheric  pressure  or  at  a  comparatively 
high  pressure,  and  it  may  or  may  not  be  compressed  in  the 
working  cylinder  by  a  movement  of  the  working  piston  before 
ignition. 

Note. — Inventions  limited  to  mechanism  for  igniting  a  combustible 
mixture  as  above  when  the  engine  is  to  be  started  are  classified 
in  this  class,  subclass  184,  Starting  devices,  Igniters,  notwith- 
standing the  fact  that  the  starting  devices  occurring  in  this 
subclass  are  necessarily  provided  with  some  type  of  igniting 
device  or  the  fact  that  the  igniting  device  in  question  may  be 
designed  for  use  with  a  starting  device  of  the  type  occurring 
hi  this  subclass. 

Note. — For  internal-combustion  engines  which  are  self-starting 
because  of  the  cycle  upon  which  they  operate,  a  combustible 
mixture  being  supplied  to  the  working  cylinder  thereof  under 
pressure,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  68,  Two-cycle,  Pump  com- 
pression. 

181.  STARTING    DEVICES,    COMPRESSED-AIR    SUPPLY. 

Means  for  starting  an  internal-combustion  engine  by  means  of 
a  noncombustible  gas  under  pressure  acting  directly  upon  the 
working  piston  of  the  engine,  the  flow  of  said  gas  thereto  being 
ordinarily  controlled  by  a  valve  operated  by  and  in  unison 
with  the  engine. 

Note. — For  engines  designed  to  use  either  steam  or  a  combustible 
mixture  as  interchangeable  sources  of  power,  which  might 
be  considered  as  internal-combustion  engines  with  means  for 
starting  the  same  by  steam,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  20,  Steam 
convertible. 

Note. — For  systems  including  an  internal-combustion  engine  and 
a  fluid-pressure  engine  together  with  a  source  of  gas  under 
pressure,  which  gas  may  be  used  for  starting  the  engine,  and 
for  systems  including  an  internal-combustion  engine  and  a 
fluid-pressure  engine  and  means  whereby  surplus  power  de- 
veloped by  the  internal-combustion  engine  is  utilized  to  com- 
press a  fluid  to  be  used  to  drive  the  fluid-pressure  engine,  see 
m  this  class,  subclass  4,  Combined  devices,  Internal-combus- 
tion and  fluid-pressure,  and  the  subclasses  thereof. 

182.  STARTING     DEVICES,     COMPRESSION-RELIEVING. 

Devices  for  facilitating  the  starting  of  an  internal-combustion 
engine  by  power  applied  thereto,  comprising  means  for  per- 
mitting a  portion  of  the  combustible  charge  in  the  working 
cylinder  to  escape  therefrom  during  a  part  of  the  compression- 
stroke  of  the  engine,  whereby  the  volume  of  the  combustible 
charge  compressed  and  ignited  upon  the  initial  strokes  of  the 
engine  is  reduced  and  the  external  work  necessary  to  start  the 
engine  is  lessened. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  150, 
Igniters,  Sparkers,  Combined  adjusting  and  exhaust-regu- 
lating. 

183.  STARTING  DEVICES,  GUNPOWDER.    Starting  devices 

for  internal-combustion  engines  in  which  a  charge  of  gun- 
powder or  other  explosive  substance  is  exploded  and  the  re- 
sulting gases  allowed  to  act  upon  the  working  piston  of  the 
engine. 

184.  STARTING  DEVICES,  IGNITERS.    Devices  for  igniting 

the  charge  within  the  working  cylinder  of  an  internal-com- 
bustion engine  at  starting  in  cases  where  the  engine  is  started 
by  introducing  and  burning  a  combustible  mixture  within 
the  working  cylinder  thereof,  which  device  is  ordinarily  a  sup- 
plemental igniting  device  separate  and  distinct  from  the  regu- 
lar igniting  device  of  the  engine  and  designed  for  temporary 
use  at  starting  or  a  device  independent  of  the  engine  for  actuat- 
ing the  regular  igniting  device  thereof. 

Note.— The  combustible  mixture  may  be  supplied  to  the  working 
cylinder  by  separate  and  distinct  means,  as  in  subclass  180, 
Starting  d'evices,  Combustible-mixture  supply,  or  it  may 


296 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

reach  the  cylinder  by  way  of  the  regular  supply-passage  and 
inlet-valve  of  the  engine  operating  in  their  ordinary  manner. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  devices  for  delaying  the 
ignition  of  the  combustible  mixture  to  facilitate  the  starting 
of  the  engine,  but  which  device  is  not  in  itself  capable  of  ignit- 
ing the  charge.  For  such  devices,  if  manually  operated,  see 
subclass  1(54,  Igniters,  Sparkers,  Make-and-break,  Adjusting 
mechanism,  and,  if  automaticically  operated,  see  subclass  117, 
Speed-regulators,  Automatically-controlled  igniting  device, 
in  this  class. 

Note. — For  electrical  igniting  devices  provided  with  interchange- 
able sources  of  electricity,  one  for  use  at  starting  and  the  other 
in  the  normal  operation  of  the  engine,  see  in  this  class,  sub- 
classes 147.  Igniters,  Sparkers,  Low-tension,  and  148,  Igniters, 
Sparkers,  High-tension. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  180,  Starting 
devices,  Combustible-mixture  supply. 

185.  STARTING   DEVICES,  MECHANICAL.    Mechanical   de- 

vices for  facilitating  the  starting  of  an  internal-combustion 
engine  by  hand,  such  device  forming  a  connection  between  the 
mam  shaft  of  the  engine  and  a  conveniently-arranged  operating 
member,  through  which  connection  the  operator  may  revolve 
the  said  main  shaft  when  the  engine  is  to  be  started. 
Search  Class— 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  according  to  the  type  of  the  starting 
device  in  question. 

186.  STARTING     DEVICES,     MECHANICAL,     SPARK-DE- 

LAYING. Mechanisms  comprising  a  mechanical  starting 
device,  as  denned  in  the  above  definition,  and,  in  combination 
therewith,  means  for  acting  upon  the  sparking  device  of  the 
engine  in  such  a  manner  as  to  delay  the  ignition  of  the  com- 
bustible charge.  The  devices  are"  in  the  nature  of  safety 
devices,  wherein  the  act  of  starting  the  engine  by  hand  will 
automatically  move  an  element  of  the  sparking  device,  so  as 
to  delay  the  ignition  of  the  charge,  and  thus  prevent  injury 
to  the  operator  by  the  engine  starting  in  the  wrong  direction. 

187.  STARTING    DEVICES,    MECHANICAL,    MOTORS.    A 

mechanical  motor  and  means  whereby  energy  derived  from  an 
internal-combustion  engine  while  in  operation  is  communi- 
cated to  and  stored  by  said  motor  to  be  afterward  applied 
through  suitable  means  to  the  purpose  of  starting  the  same 
engine  from  a  condition  of  rest. 

Note. — Devices  for  starting  an  internal-combustion  engine  which 
are,  in  fact,  merely  mechanical  motors  applied  to  drive  the 
engine  at  starting  and  in  which  the  stored  energy  is  derived 
from  a  source  other  than  the  engine  which  such  motor  is  sub- 
sequently to  start  will  not  be  classified  in  this  subclass,  even 
though  the  motor  in  question  be  designed  for  the  specific  pur- 
pose of  starting  an  internal-combustion  engine. 

Search  Classes— 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  27,  Starters  and  brakes. 
185 — MOTORS,  subclasses  4,  Composite,  Weight;  9,  Composite, 
Spring;  27,  Weight,  and  37,  Spring,  and  the  subclasses  under 
each,  for  details  of  construction,  and  subclasses  12,  Composite, 
Spring,  Winding,  Motor,  Momentum  type,  and  41,  Spring, 
Winding,  Motor,  Momentum  type. 

187.5.  STARTING  DEVICES,  PRIMERS.  Devices  designed  to 
introduce  a  fluid  into  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine,  which 
when  mixed  with  the  gaseous  contents  thereof  forms  a  com- 
bustible mixture  which  is  ignited  to  start  the  engine,  the 
device  in  question  being  distinct  from  the  elements  constitut- 
ing the  engine  and  not  involved  in  the  normal  operation 
thereof. 

188.  VALVES.    Inventions  relating  to  the  supply,  exhaust,  or 

fuel  valve  of  an  internal-combustion  engine  or  to  a  valve  per- 
forming the  functions  of  two  or  all  of  such  valves  irrespective 
of  the  type  or  form  of  the  engine  with  which  the  valve  may  be 
used,  the  cycle  upon  which  it  operates,  or  of  the  means 
whereby  the  said  valve  is  operated  by  the  engine.  The  valve- 
seat,  the  chamber  in  which  the  valve  is  located,  the  end  of 
the  supply-conduit  leading  into  the  valve-chamber,  and  other 
accessories  not  extending  to  the  valve-operating  mechanism 
when  such  elements  are  disclosed  are  considered  as  parts  of 
the  valve  for  the  purposes  of  this  classification. 
Note. — This  being  a  subclass  of  elements,  a  complete  search  would 
necessarily  include  all  devices  in  which  similar  elements  are 
employed.  Patents  disclosing  and  claiming  a  single  valve 
structure  designed  to  control  the  supply  or  exhaust  ports  of 
an  engine  and  also  to  form,  together  with  an  external  flame,  a 
flame-igniting  device  are  classified  in  the  subclass  144,  Igniters, 
Flame,  in  this  class.  See  also  in  this  class,  subclasses  120, 
Charge- forming  devices,  Gas  and  air  mixers,  and  177,  Cooling, 
Valve. 
Search  Classes— 

103 — PUMPS,  subclass  66,  Elements,  Valves. 

136— STEAM-KNGINE  VALVES,  according  to  the  type  of  the  valve 
in  question. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  32,  Check-valves. 

230— AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  34,  Valves  and  valve-gear. 

189.  VALVES,     DETACHABLE.     Conveniently     disassembled 

valves  and  accessories  thereof  and  ordinarily  comprises  means 
for  attaching  the  supply  or  exhaust  conduit  to  the  engine  in 
such  a  way  as  to  be  readily  disconnected  therefrom,  thereby 
permitting  the  convenient  inspection  and  generally  the  re- 
moval of  the  valve  located  at  the  end  of  the  conduit  in  question. 
Note. — Valves  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  above  definition, 
but  which  are  capable  of  general  use,  as  with  air-compressors, 
pumps,  engines,  etc.,  are  classified  in  class  103,  PUMPS,  sub- 
class 66,  Elements,  Valves,  unless  there  is  something  about 
the  device  in  question  limiting  its  use  to  use  with  an  internal-  • 
combustion  engine. 


CLASS  123-Contmued. 

190.  VALVES,  ROTARY.    Rotating  or  oscillating  valves  designed 

for  general  use  with  internal-combustion  engines,  as  set  forth 
in  the  definition  of  subclass  188,  Valves,  above. 
Search  Classes— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  80,  Four-cycle, 
Rotating  valve. 

136 — STEAM-ENGINE  VALVES,  subclass  7,  Rotary. 

230 — AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  subclass  34,  Valves  and  valve-gear. 

191.  COMBUSTION-CHAMBERS.    The   form,  construction,   or 

other  features  of  the  combustion-chamber  or  clearance-space 
of  an  internal^combustion  engine,  excepting  devices  La  which 
the  vaporization  of  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  within  the  working 
cylinder  is  involved.  Inasmuch  as  the  supply  and  exhaust 
conduits  of  the  engine  ordinarily  communicate  directly  with 
the  combustion-chamber  thereof  and  as  the  igniting  device  is 
normally  located  therein,  the  relation  of  those  parts  to  the 
combustion-chamber  itself  is  often  involved  in  and  specifically 
set  forth  in  the  claim  defining  the  invention. 

Note. — Patents  disclosing  and  claiming  combustion-chamber 
structure,  but  in  which  the  vaporization  of  oil  within  the  en- 
gine, or  both  the  vaporization  of  oil  and  the  ignition  of  the 
resulting  combustible  mixture,  is  involved,  are  classified  with 
internal-vaporizing  oil-engines,  according  to  the  type  of  oil- 
engine with  which  they  are  obviously  intended  to  be  used. 

Note. — For  engines  including  combustion-chambers  and  means 
for  varying  the  volume  thereof,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  48, 
Adjustable  combustion-chamber. 

Note. — For  engines  including  a  combustion-chamber  separated 
from  the  working  cylinder  by  a  valve  operated  by  the  engine, 
see  in  this  class,  subclass  49,  Valve-controlled  combustion- 
chamber. 

192.  COMPENSATING   DEVICES.    Compensating  or  counter- 

balancing devices  adapted  only  for  use  with  an  internal-com- 
bustion engine,  the  purpose  of  such  device  l>eing  to  render 
the  force  transmitted  to  the  mam  driving-shaft  of  the  engine 
more  uniform  and  to  minimize  or  counteract  the  vibrations 
which  the  reciprocation  of  the  moving  parts  of  the  engine 
tends  to  establish. 

Note.— Compensating  devices  of  general  application  and  capable 
of  use  with  engines  irrespective  of  the  fluid  by  which  they  are 
operated  are  classified  in  class  121,  STEAM-ENGINES,  and  class 
74,  MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  20,  Overcoming  dead  centers. 

193.  CYLINDER  AND  PISTON  CONSTRUCTION.    The  form, 

construction,  or  other  features  of  a  piston  and  such  portions 
of  the  cylinder  as  cooperate  therewith,  adapted  solely  for  use 
with  an  internal-combustion  engine  or  having  features  of  con- 
struction or  peculiarities  in  mode  of  operation  rendering  its 
use  in  other  relations  or  with  other  devices  impossible,  or  at 
least  improbable. 

Note. — Does  not  Include  devices  within  the  terms  of  the  definition 
of  sul>classes  173,  Cooling,  Cylinder,  jacket,  and  head  construc- 
tion, or  17(i.  Cooling,  Rod  and  piston. 

Note. — Cylinder  or  piston  construction  of  general  application  and 
capable  of  use  with  engines  irrespective  of  the  fluid  by  which 
they  are  designed  to  lie  operated,  even  though  it  be  stated  that 
the  device  in  question  is  intended  for  use  with  and  to  form  a 
part  of  an  internal-combustion  engine,  is  classified  in  steam- 
engine  subclasses,  unless  there  is  something  about  the  device 
limiting  it  to  use  with  an  internal-combustion  engine,  as 
above  specified.  This  being  a  subclass  of  elements,  a  complete 
search  would  necessarily  include  all  devices  in  which  similar 
elements  are  employed.  Especially— 

Search  Classes— 

103  -PUMPS,  subclasses  59,  Elements,  Cylinders,  and  63,  Ele- 
ments, Pistons. 

121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclasses  104,  Pistons,  and  105,  Attach- 
ments. 

194.  EXHAUST  TREATMENT.    Means  for  operating  upon  or 

for  dealing  with  the  exhaust-gases  of  an  internal-combustion 
engine  in  such  a  manner  as  to  render  the  direct  discharge  of 
such  gases  into  the  atmosphere  less  objectionable,  the  device 
in  question  being  designed  with  special  reference  for  use  with 
such  an  engine  and  incapable  of  use  in  the  manner  contem- 
plated in  other  relations  or  having  features  of  construction 
or  peculiarities  in  mode  of  operation  limiting  it  to  use  with  an 
internal-combustion  engine  or  rendering  its  use  in  other  rela- 
tions unlikely. 

Note.— The  devices  invariably  act  as  mufflers  to  lessen  the  noise 
which  would  be  present  if  the  burned  gases  were  discharged 
directly  into  the  atmosphere.  This  subclass  does  not,  how- 
ever, include  devices  in  which  the  muffling  action  is  the  only 
function  performed  and  which  devices  would  obviously  act  in 
the  same  manner  to  lessen  the  noise  resulting  from  the  inter- 
mittent discharge  of  any  gas  under  pressure  directly  into  the 
atmosphere;  nor  does  it  include  devices  in  which  there  is 
nothing  inherent  in  the  structure  or  mode  of  operation  which 
would  limit  the  use  of  such  devices  to  use  with  an  internal- 
combustion  engine,  even  though  the  device  in  question  be 
designed  for  use  with  an  internal-combustion  engine  and  be  so 
disclosed.  For  such  devices  see  class  121,  STEAM-ENGINES, 
subclass  116,  Mufflers. 

195.  FRAME    CONSTRUCTION.    The    form,    construction,    or 

other  features  of  the  casing,  frame,  or  bed-plate  which  sup- 
ports the  various  elements  necessary  to  form  a  complete 
internal-combustion  engine  and  maintains  them  in  proper 
operative  relation  with  one  another  and  includes  such  con- 
structions of  the  cylinder  as  relate  to  the  means  of  attachment 
to  the  bed. 
Search  Class — 
121— STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  105,  Attachments. 


DEFINITIONS  OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


297 


CLASS  123— Continued. 

196.  LUBRICATORS.    Lubricating  means  for  internal-combus- 

tion engines,  the  device  in  question  being  designed  and  adapted 
for  use  only  with  such  an  engine  and  being  dependent  for  its 
action  upon  peculiarities  of  operation  present  only  in  internal- 
combustion  engines. 

Note.— Lubricating  means  capable  of  use  with  engines  generally, 
irrespective  of  the  fluid  by  which  they  are  operated,  and 
capable  of  use  with  air,  steam,  internal-combustion,  or  other 
engines  are  classified  in  class  121,  STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass 
115,  Lubricators,  notwithstanding  they  may  be  designed  with 
reference  to  use  with  internal-combustion  engines. 

197.  TRANSMISSION  MECHANISM.    Mechanism  intermediate 

the  working  piston  and  the  main  driving-shaft  of  the  engine 
through  which  power  is  transmitted  to  the  said  shaft.  The 


CLASS  123-Continued. 

ordinary  parts  of  an  engine  may  sometimes  be  mentioned 

broadly  in  the  claims,  provided  no  specific  construction  of 

such  parts  is  involved. 
Note. — For  other  examples  of  transmission  mechanism,  such 

mechanism,  however,  being  involved  in  the  cycle  upon  which 

the  engine  operates,  see  in  this  class,  subclasses  46,  Free  piston, 

and  78,  Four-cycle,  Variable  clearance. 
Search  Class — 
74^MACHiNE  ELEMENTS,  according  to  the  character  of  the  device 

in  question. 

198.  ACCESSORIES.  Miscellaneous  accessory  devices  designed  for 
use  with  internal-combustion  engines  not  otherwise  provided 
for  in  this  classification. 


CLASS  124.— AIR-GUNS,  CATAPULTS,  AND  TARGETS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  the  various  forms  of  projectile-throwing  appa- 
ratus in  which  no  explosion  of  the  propelling  agent  takes  place! 
and  also  various  gun,  archery,  marble,  or  other  projectile  targets. 

Subclasses. 

1.  CATAPULTS.    Miscellaneous  projectile  throwing  devices  not 

classifiable  elsewhere. 

2.  CATAPULTS,  RUBBER-SPRING.    A  stick  or  fork  adapted 

to  be  held  in  one  hand  having  a  rubber  cord  or  band  attached 
to  its  end,  and  a  suitable  pocket  for  the  projectile  attached  to 
the  rubber. 

3.  TARGET-TRAPS.    Devices,  usually  adapted  to  be  operated 

from  a  distance,  for  throwing  balls,  clay  figures,  disks,  and 
other  targets  into  the  air. 

4.  TARGET-TRAPS,    MAGAZINE.    Target-traps    having    self- 

feeding  arrangements. 

5.  TARGET-TRAPS,    PIVOTED    THROWING-ARM.  Target- 

traps  which  throw  the  target  from  the  outer  end  of  a  pivoted 
arm,  which  arm  may  be  impelled  by  a  separate  spring  or  may 
itself  be  of  spring  metal. 

6.  TARGET-TRAPS,    PIVOTED    THROWING-ARM,    ROTA- 

TABLE.  Target-traps  in  which  means  is  provided  for  rotat- 
ing the  thro  wing-arm  to  change  the  direction  in  which  the 
target  is  thrown. 

7.  BOWS  AND  CROSS-BOWS.    Projectile  throwers  in  which  a 

bow  is  relied  upon  as  the  spring  to  propel  the  projectile. 
Search  Class — 

124 — AIR-GUNS,  CATAPULTS  AND  TARGETS,  subclasses  8,  Guns, 
Air,  and  12,  Guns,  Spring,  and  subclasses  thereunder,  for  fea- 
tures of  lock  or  trigger  construction. 

8.  GUNS,  AIR.    Projectile  throwers  employing  compressed  air  as 

the  propelling  agent. 
Search  Class— 
42 — FIREARMS,  for  features  of  gun-locks. 

9.  GUNS,  AIR,  BLOW.    Air-guns  in  which  the  operator  uses  his 

breath  as  the  propelling  agent. 


CLASS  124— Continued. 

10.  GUNS,  AIR,  SPRING.   Air-guns  in  which  a  spring  is  employed 

to  compress  the  air  which  in  turn  expels  the  projectile. 
Search  Classes — 
124— AIR-GUNS,  CATAPULTS  AND  TARGETS,  subclass  12,  Guns, 

Spring. 
42 — FIREARMS,  for  features  of  lock  construction. 

11.  GUNS,  AIR,  SPRING,  MAGAZINE.    Spring  air-guns  having 

a  suitable  reservoir  and  means  for  feeding  the  projectiles  suc- 
cessively to  place. 
Search  Class — 

124 — AIR-GUNS,  CATAPULTS  AND  TARGETS,  subclass  13,  Guns, 
Spring,  Magazine. 

12.  GUNS,  SPRING.    Guns  employing  springs  as  the  sole  pro- 

pelling means. 
Search  Classes— 
124-^Am-GuNS,  CATAPULTS  AND  TARGETS,  subclass  10,  Guns, 

Air,  Spring. 
42 — FIREARMS,  for  lock  structure. 


13 


.  GUNS,  SPRING,  MAGAZINE.  Spring-guns  having  a  suitable 
magazine  and  means  for  feeding  the  projectiles  successively  to 
proper  position. 

Search  Class— 

124^-AiR-GuNS,  CATAPULTS  AND  TARGETS,  subclass  11,  Guns, 
Ah-,  Spring,  Magazine. 

14.  GUNS,  SPRING,  RUBBER.    Spring-guns  in  which  the  pro- 

pelling springs  are  rubber  cords,  strips,  or  bands. 
Search  Class — 

124 — AIR-GUNS,  CATAPULTS  AND  TARGETS,  subclass  7,  Bows 
and  cross-bows,  for  lock  structure. 

15.  TARGETS.    Various  gun,  archery,  marble,  or  other  projectile 

targets,  including  stationary,  alarm,  self-indicating,  travel- 
ing, swinging,  and  flying  targets. 

15.5.  TARGETS,  AIM-RECORDERS.  Devices  for  teaching  gun- 
pointing  in  which  the  firearm  is  aimed  at  the  desired  object 
and  is  so  connected  with  a  small  target  or  a  recording  device 
as  to  control  their  relative  positions,  and  when  fired  the  pre- 
cise spot  aimed  at  is  marked  on  the  target. 

1C.  TARGETS,  MOVING.  Targets  in  which  the  part  shot  at  is  at 
the  time  traveling,  swinging,  or  otherwise  moving. 

17.  TARGETS,  FLYING.    Targets  adapted  to  be  thrown  into  the 

air  by  a  target-trap. 

18.  TARGETS,   FLYING,  BALLS.    Target-balls  to  be  thrown 

from  ball-traps. 

299 


CLASS  126.— STOVES  AND  FURNACES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Ciass. 

This  class  includes,  generally,  apparatus  for  the  application  of  heat. 
It  comprises  heating  and  cooking  stoves,  hot-air  furnaces,  and 
accessories;  hot-air  radiators  and  heating  drums;  open  water  heaters, 
air  and  water  heaters  adapted  for  sterilizing  liquids  in  sealed  inclo- 
sures  and  the  like;  dampers,  fireplaces,  and  stovepipes;  and  is  the 
generic  class  for  fuel  grates. 

Note. — This  class  includes  the  fuel  burner  when  combined  with 
the  stove  or  furnace  structure,  but  the  structure  of  a  fluid  fuel  burner 
alone  is  classified  in  class  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 
Combinations  of  a  particular  stove  or  furnace  structure  with  a  closed 
water  heater  or  steam  generator  are  classified  here;  but  the  structure 
of  the  water  heater  or  steam  generator,  if  it  be  of  general  application , 
is  classified  in  class  122,  LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS.  This 
class  includes  only  water  heaters  of  the  nonpressure  type  unless  they 
are  structurally  tied  to  the  stove  or  furnace  or  form  a  necessary  part 
thereof.  Water-cooled  grates  are  classified  in  class  122,  LIQUID 
HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS;  air-cooled  grates  of  a  type  designed 
to  heat  the  air  for  boiler  furnaces,  and  also  grates  for  progressively 
feeding  the  fuel  along  the  grates,  in  class  110,  FURNACES;  while  grates 
of  general  use  in  stoves,  hot-air  furnaces,  or  boiler  furnaces  are  classi- 
fied in  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES. 

Note. — Class  110,  FURNACES,  includes  the  broad  art  of  combustion 
of  solid  fuel  and  solid  and  fluid  fuel  combined.  Class  158,  LIQUID 
AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  relates  to  the  broad  art  of  combustion 
of  fluid  fuel.  Class  219,  ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  relates 
to  the  generation  of  heat  by  electricity.  Class  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTO- 
MATIC, is  the  broad  class  of  temperature  control  and  regulation,  and 
includes  thermostatically  controlled  valves  and  dampers.  Class 
237,  HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  includes  heating  systems  for 
distributing  heat  by  using  air,  steam,  or  water  as  the  agent. 

Subclasses. 

1.  STOVES,  COOKING.    The  well-known  kitchen-stove  of  the 

portable  variety. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  100,  Hot-air  furnaces, 
Combined  furnace  and  cooking-stove;  137,  Fire-places,  Cooking 
and  oven  attachments;  218,  Stove  lids  and  tops,  Heating-stove, 
Cooking  attachments;  222,  Trash-burners,  Cooking-stoves; 
223,  Trash-burners,  Cooking-stoves,  Feeding  attachments. 

2.  STOVES,  COOKING,  DOUBLE  FIRE-POT.    Cooking-stoves 

that  have  two  or  more  fire-pots  related  to  a  single  structure. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  3,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Double  fire-pot,  Cooking  and  heating,  and  111,  Hot-air  fur- 
naces, Double  fire-pot. 

3.  STOVES,    COOKING,    DOUBLE    FIRE-POT,    COOKING 

AND  HEATING.    Combined  cooking  and  heating  stoves 
provided  with  double  fire-pots. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  2,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Double  fire-pot;  4,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Combined  cooking  and 
heating  stove;  111,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Double  fire-pot,  and 
125,  Fireplaces,  Two-room  direct  radiation. 

4.  STOVES,  COOKING,  COMBINED  COOKING  AND  HEAT- 

ING STOVE.    Includes,  broadly,  all  stoves  employed  for 
combined  cooking  and  room-heating  purposes.    In  this  sub- 
class will  be  found  what  are  generally  known  as  "parlor 
cooking-stoves." 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  3,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Double  fire-pot,  Cooking  and  heating;  100,  Hot-air  furnaces, 
Combined  furnace  and  steam  or  water,  and  218,  Stove  lids 
and  tops,  Heating-stove,  Cooking  attachments. 

5.  STOVES,  COOKING,  COMBINED  COOKING  AND  HEAT- 

ING   STOVE,    STEAM    OR    WATER    GENERATORS. 
Combined  cooking  and  heating  stoves  provided  with  steam 
or  hot-water  generators  for  house-heating,  power,  or  cooking. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  20,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Ovens,  Steam  or  hot  water;  101,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Combined 
furnace  and  steam  or  water;  132,  Fireplaces,  Water-backs; 
133,  Fireplaces,  Water-backs,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel;  210, 
Foot-warmers,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Water-heater,  and  305, 
Water-heaters,  Stovepipe,  Circulation. 

6.  STOVES,  COOKING,  COMBINED  COOKING  AND  HEAT- 

ING   STOVE,    AIR-HEATING.    Combined   cooking   and 
heating  stoves  which  have  means  for  heating  and  circulating 
a  current  of  air. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  appropriate  subclasses  under 
Heating-stoves  for  detail  air-heating  features. 

7.  STOVES,  COOKING,  COMBINED  COOKING  AND  HEAT- 

ING STOVE,  MAGAZINE.    Combined  cooking  and  heating 
stoves  which  contain  a  magazine  or  self-feeder. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  Magazine  subclasses,  for  specific 
magazine  features. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

8.  STOVES,   COOKING,    BRICK-SET.    Kitchen-stoves  set  in 

masonry,  permanent  in  character. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  stove 
features  in  detail. 

9.  STOVES,  COOKING,  KNOCKDOWN   OR    SEPARABLE.    Types    of 

cooking-stoves  structurally  adapted  to  be  folded  or  the  several 
parts  separated,  so  as  to  allow  for  its  easy  transportation  from 
place  to  place.    The  stoves  in  this  class  are  usually  termed 
"portable  furnaces." 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  29,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Summer,  Field;  30,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Summer,  Field,  Sup- 

S art  ing-frame;  59,  Stoves,  Heating,  Camp;  and  275,  Ovens, 
omestic,    Portable,   for    knockdown   or    separable    stove 
features. 

10.  STOVES,  COOKING  MAGAZINE.    Cooking-stoves  that  are 

provided  with  magazines  or  self-feeding  coal  devices. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  appropriate  Magazine  subclasses 
for  magazine  features  per  se. 

11.  STOVES,  COOKING,  MAGAZINE,  PORTABLE.    Cooking- 

stoves  provided  with  coal-receptacles  adapted  to  be  placed 
in  the  stove-holes  of  cooking-stoves  and  means  for  feeding  the 
coal  to  the  fire-pot. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  223,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Feeding  attachments,  and  224,  Trash-burners,  Domestic 
refuse-burners. 

12.  STOVES,  COOKING,   HEARTHS.    Stoves  where  the  im- 

provements reside  wholly  in  the  hearth;  also,  means  for  attach- 
ing them  to  the  stove. 

13.  STOVES,   COOKING,   HEARTHS,    FIRE-POT.    Cooking- 

stove  hearths  that  are  provided  with  fire-pots  for  cooking  or 

broiling  purposes. 
Search  Classes— 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  14,  Stoves,  Cooking, 

Broiling  attachments,  and  41,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Liquid  and 

gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Broilers. 
53,  DOMESTIC   COOKING   VESSELS,  subclass  5,  Gridirons,  for 

broiler  features. 

14".  STOVES,  COOKING,   BROILING   ATTACHMENTS.    At- 
tachments for  broiling  purposes  that  are  inseparable  from 
the  stove  structure,  except  those  found  in  subclass  113,  Stoves, 
Cooking,  Hearths,  Fire-pot. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  41,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Broilers. 

15.  STOVES,  COOKING,  FEEDING  AIR.    Stoves  in  which  the 

invention  resides  in  means  for  the  preliminary  heating  of  air 
before  its  introduction  into  the  combustion-chamber  or  flues. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  under  Feeding  Air; 
also  subclass  21,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Ovens,  Ventilated. 

110 -FURNACES,  subclass  72,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air. 

16.  STOVES,  COOKING,  FLUE-CLEANERS.    Stoves  in  which 

the  invention  resides  in  means  for  cleaning  the  flues;  also, 

combined  scrapers  and  soot-receptacles  applicable  to  this 

class  of  stove. 
Search  Classes— 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  280,  Soot-catchers,  for 

forms  of  soot-receptacles. 
15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  41,  Chimney-cleaners, 

Flue  and  stovepipe. 

17.  STOVES,  COOKING,  ELEVATED  OVENS,  SMOKE-PIPE 

HEATED.  Devices  that  have  ovens  supported  by  a  stove- 
pipe above  the  top  plate  of  a  stove  and  heated  thereby.  In 
this  subclass  will  be  found  warming-ovens  that  are  stovepipe- 
heated. 

Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  183,  Heatmg-dnims; 
188,  Heating-drums,  Stovepipe,  and  189,  Heating-drums, 
Stovepipe,  Hot-air,  for  detail  structural  features. 

18.  STOVES,  COOKING,  ELEVATED  OVENS,  TOP-PLATE 

SUPPORTED.  Stoves  in  which  the  oven  is  elevated  above 
and  supported  by  the  stove-top.  In  this  subclass  will  be 
found  elevated  warming-ovens  other  than  those  that  are 
smoke-pipe  heated. 

Note.— See  note  under  subclass  17,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Elevated 
ovens,  Smoke-pipe  heated. 

19.  STOVES,  COOKING,  OVENS.    Devices  where  the  improve- 

ments reside  in  the  oven  structure. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  273,  Ovens,  Domestic, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

301 


302 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

20.  STOVES,  COOKING,  OVENS,  STEAM  OR  HOT  WATER. 

Ovens  that  are  heated  by  steam  or  hot  water,  either  where 
the  steam  or  hot  water  surrounds  the  oven  or  where  the  steam 
enters  the  oven. 
Search  Classes — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  370,  Water-heaters,  Ves- 
sels, Steam  or  water  heated,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
53 — DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  2,  Boilers,  Domestic, 
Steamers. 

21.  STOVES,     COOKING,     OVENS,     VENTILATED.     Ovens 

where  the  improvements  consist  in  heating  a  current  of  air 
and  circulating  it  through  the  oven.    The  heated  air  is  usually 
fed  to  the  combustion-chamber  or  flues  of  a  cooking-stove. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  the  several  Feeding-air  subclasses 
for  detail  features  for  air-heating  means. 

22.  STOVES,     COOKING,     OVENS,     PROTECTOR-PLATE. 

Devices  to  be  placed  in  cooking-stove  ovens  for  the  purpose 
of  protecting  articles  to  be  baked  therein.  Some  of  these 
devices  are  provided  with  air-moistening  means. 

23.  STOVES,  COOKING,  REVERSIBLE.    Stoves  that  are  con- 

vertible into  a  right  and  left  hand  stove;  also,  where  the 
smoke-collar  is  interchangeable  from  the  back  to  the  top  plate, 
or  vice  versa. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  appropriate  subclasses  under 
Cooking-stoves  for  Stove  structures. 

24.  STOVES,   COOKING,   SHIP'S    GALLEY.    Cooking   stoves 

counterbalanced  or  suspended  to  maintain  their  equilibrium. 
Search  Class— 

114 — SHIPS,  subclass  188,  Furniture,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

25.  STOVES,  COOKING,  SUMMER.    Stoves  that  are  portable 

in  character,  usually  employed  in  outdoor  work,  and  adapted 
to  burn  charcoal  or  light  fuel.    These  stoves  are  frequently 
called  "braziers." 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  227,  Tool-heaters,  Flat- 
iron;  230,  Tool-heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Flat-iron,  and 
236,  Tool-heaters,  Soldering-iron. 

26.  STOVES,  COOKING,  SUMMER,   DETACHABLE   FIRE- 

POT.    Portable  fire-pot  structures  adapted  to  be  supported 
in  and  cooperate  with  the  stove-hole  of  ordinary  cooking- 
stoves  and  usually  employing  charcoal  or  light  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  227,  Tool-heaters,  Flat- 
iron;  230,  Tool-heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Flat-iron,  and 
236,  Tool-heaters,  Soldering-iron. 

27.  STOVES    COOKING,   SUMMER,    STOVE-TOP   SUP- 

PORTED. Stoves  designed  to  be  supported  upon  the  top 
plate  of  the  ordinary  kitchen-stove,  and  the  smoke-outlet  has 
communication  with  the  stove  proper  through  the  medium 
of  the  stove-lid  opening.  These  devices  are  frequently  termed 
"portable  furnaces." 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  2o,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Sum- 
mer, Detachable  fire-pot. 

28.  STOVES,    COOKING,    SUMMER,    STOVE-TOP    SUP- 

PORTED, STOVE-FLUE  CONNECTED.  Top-plate 
supported  stoves  in  which  the  smoke-outlet  has  direct  con- 
nection with  the  stovepipe  or  smoke-flue  of  the  stove.  These 
devices  are  frequently  termed  "portable  furnaces." 

29.  STOVES,  COOKING,  SUMMER,  FIELD.    Stoves  designed 

to  be  employed  in  the  open  air  and  are  what  may  be  termed 
"bottomless,"  the  fire  being  built  upon  the  ground. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  59,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Camp. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  21,  Furnace  structure,  Refuse,  Stump. 

30.  STOVES    COOKING,  SUMMER,  FIELD,  SUPPORTING- 

FRAME.    Devices  in  the  nature  of  supports  and  tripods 
designed  to  suspend  or  support  cooking  utensils  over  a  fire 
built  upon  the  ground. 
Search  Class — 
248— SUPPORTS. 

31.  STOVES,       COOKING,       WATER-HEATING,       FLUE 

EXTENSION.    Stoves  in  which  a  tank  containing  water  to 
be  heated  is  placed  in  an  extension-chamber  through  which 
the  products  of  combustion  pass.    This  type  of  stove  is  gen- 
erally known  as  "reservoir  cooking-stove." 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  364,  Water-heaters, 
Stovepipe. 

32.  STOVES,  COOKING,  SPITTOON  ATTACHMENTS.    The 

title  is  self-explanatory. 

33.  STOVES,   COOKING,   TABLES,   STEAM-HEATED.     De- 

vices that  are  in  the  form  of  shallow  chambers  provided  wil  h 
means  for  causing  a  circulation  of  steam  or  hot  water  therein, 
whereby  the  top  plates  or  receptacles  placed  thereon  are 
heated.  Candy-tables,  carving-1  allies,  food-warming  vessels, 
and  similar  devices  are  to  be  found  in  this  subclass. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  370.  Water-heaters, 
Vessels,  Steam  or  water  heated;  371,  Water-heaters,  Vessels, 
Steam  or  water  heated,  Closed  chamber  or  coil,  and  369,  Water- 
heaters,  Steaming  apparatus. 

34.  STOVES,   COOKING,    WATER-BACKS.    Stoves   provided 

with  generators,  steam  or  hot-water,  located  in  or  adjacent 
to  the  combustion-chamber. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Combined  cooking  and  heating  stove,  Steam  or  water  gener- 
ators; 53,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Water- 
backs,  and  365,  Water-heaters,  Stovepipe,  Circulation. 

35.  STOVES,  COOKING,   WATER-BACKS,  SAFETY  DEVI- 

CES.   Stoves  having  water-backs  that  are  provided  with 

means  for  preventing  the  bursting  of  the  water-back,  due  to 

excessive  internal  pressure  as  the  result  of  overheating  or  the 

freezing  of  the  water. 
Search  Classes— 
122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  subclass  504,  Safety 

devices,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  35,  Cocks  and  faucets, 

Thermal,  and  92,  Cocks  and  faucets,  High  temperature. 
220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  121, 

Tank  attachments,  Safety. 
236— DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclass  16,  Fusible. 

36.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

COMBINED  COAL  AND  GAS.    Combined  coal  and  gas 
stoves  where  the  gas-stove  is  a  permanent  part  of  the  cook- 
ing stove  or  range. 
Search  Classes — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  appropriate  subclasses  under  the 
subtitle  Cooking-stoves  for  stove  features:  appropriate  sub- 
classes under  Gas-stoves  for  gas-stove  features. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  burner  features  per  se. 

37.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

CABINET.  Cabinets  or  inclosing  casings  that  are  struc- 
turally designed  to  inclose  or  conceal  gas  or  liquid-fuel  stoves 
when  not  in  use.  The  cabinets  are  usually  provided  with 
compartments  wherein  articles  of  food  and 'the  like  may  be 
placed. 

Search  Class— 
45 — FURNITURE  for  cabinet  features  per  se. 

38.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

FOLDING  OR  NESTING  KIT.  Devices  adapted  to  be 
folded  or  slipped  together  and  designed  as  such  to  contain  the 
heating  element  and,  as  a  rule,  the  article  acted  upon  by  the 
heating  element.  These  devices  are  frequently  termed 
"pocket-stoves." 

39.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

GAS.    Improvements  in  the  ordinary  commercial  gas-stove. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND   FURNACES,   subclass  40,    Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Burner-stands,  and  230,  Tool 
heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Flat-iron. 
158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS  for  burner  con- 
struction. 

40.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

GAS,  BURNER-STANDS.  Devices  in  the  nature  of  com- 
bined burner  and  stand,  that  are  portable  in  character,  and 
as  such  are  designed  to  be  placed  upon  a  table  or  simliar 
article  of  support.  These  devices  are  usually  of  the  "single- 
burner"  variety. 

41.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL. 

GAS,    BROILERS.    Combined    gas-stove    structures    and 
broiling  attachments. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  13,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Hearths,  Fire-pots,  and  14,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Broiler  attach- 
ments. 

53— DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  5,  Gridirons. 

42.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

GAS,  SAFETY  ATTACHMENTS.  Devices  that  are  de- 
signed to  simultaneously  close  the  valves  in  the  branch  pipes 
when  the  valve  in  the  main  supply  is  closed,  also  valve- 
locking  means  that  will  prevent  the  accidental  opening  of 
the  valves. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  351,  Water-heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Automatic. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  115, 
Burners,  Gas,  Lighting  devices. 

43.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,    ALCOHOL.    Combined    heating    and    alcohol- 
burner  devices. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  96, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Absorbent,  and  97,  Burners,  Liquid- 
fuel,  Absorbent,  Alcohol,  for  burner  features  per  se. 

44.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,  VAPOR.  The  general  structure  of  liquid-fuel 
cooking-stoves  of  the  well-known  retort  vapor-burner  type. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


303 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  230,  Tool-heaters,  Liquid 

or  gaseous  fuel,  Flat-iron. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  of 
Retorts. 

45.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 
LIQUID,  WICK.    The  title  is  self  explanatory. 

40.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 
LIQUID,   WICK,  EXTENSION-TOP.    Liquid-fuel  wick- 
type  stoves  where  the  improvement  resides  in  the  means  for 
giving  the  top  an  enlarged  or  extended  cooking-surface. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  216,  Stove  lids  and  tops, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Extension-top. 

47.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,  WICK,  LAMP-TYPE.  Liquid-fuel  wick  lamp- 
type  cooking-stove  devices  where  the  heater  is  of  the  ordinary 
lamp  or  illuminating  type  structure. 

48.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,  WICK,  LAMP  TYPE,  COMBINED  TOP,  CHIM- 
NEY, AND  BURNER.  Liquid-fuel  wick  lamp-type  stoves 
where  the  improvement  resides  in  the  combined  top,  chimney , 
and  burner  of  a  cooking-stove  lamp.  These  devices  are  fre- 
quently termed  "drums"'  in  the  art. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  47,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Liquid  Wick,  Lamp  type  for  details. 

49.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,    WICK,    RESERVOIR -SUPPORTING    TOP 
AND  BURNER.    Liquid-fuel  wick-stove  devices  in  which 
the  combined  supporting-top  and  burner  are  supported  in  an 
elevated  position  from  and  above  the  oil-reservoir. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  under  the  Lamp  type 
for  details. 

50.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,   WICK,   SUPPORTING-FRAME.     Gas,  liquid- 
fuel,  and  vapor  stove  frames,  usually  of  skeleton  form,  pro- 
vided with  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  heating-burners  and  designed 
to  support  the  ordinary  kitchen  utensils. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  211,  Stove  lids  and  tops, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

51.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,  DRIP  PAN  OR  RECEPTACLE.  Devices  that 
are  in  the  form  of  pans  or  receptacles  so  attached  to  liquid  or 
vapor  stove  supporting  frames  that  they  will  catch  the  oil 
dripping  or  overflowing  from  a  burner  or  burners.  Means 
are  sometimes  provided  for  conducting  the  accumulated  oil 
from  the  pans  to  a  receptacle. 

52   STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

VALVE      MECHANISM,      ARTICLE  -  CONTROLLED. 

Types  of  valves  that  are  opened  by  the  weight  of  the  article  to 

be  heated  and  closed  through  the  medium  of  a  weight  or  spring. 

Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  234,  Tool-heaters,  liquid 
or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas-burner  attachments,  Tool-controlled 
valve,  and  238,  Tool-heaters,  Soldering-iron,  Gas-heaters,  Tool- 
controlled  valve. 

53.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

WATER-BACKS.    Gas  or  vapor  stove  structures  that  are 
provided  with  water-backs  designed  to  heat  water  for  domestic 
purposes. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  39,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas;  44,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Liquid,  Vapor,  and  34,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Water- 
backs  for  stove  and  detail  water-back  features. 

54.  STOVES,    COOKING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

WATER-BACKS,  COMBINED  BURNER  AND  WATER- 
BACK.  Burner  structures  that  have  combined  with  them 
integral  water-heating  means. 

55.  STOVES,    COOKING,    COMBINED    BASE    AND    HOT 

CLOSET.    Devices  that  are  designed  to  support  a  stove  or 
range  from  the  floor.    It  is  usual  to  provide  the  base  with 
what  may  be  termed  a  warming  or  hot  closet. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  277,  Platforms,  and  305, 
Stove-legs,  Base-supports. 

56.  STOVES,  CAR.    Types  of  stoves  that  are  specially  designed  for 

use  on  railroad-cars  and  similar  structures. 

57.  STOVES,  CAR,  PROTECTIVE  CASINGS.    Car-stoves  whore 

the  improvement  resides  in  means  to  make  it  safe  in  case  of 
derailment,  collision,  or  other  accident  to  the  car.  The  means 
may  be  an  inclosing  casing,  an  automatically-operated  cloring 
casing,  or  automatic  means  for  closing  the  inlet  and  outlet 
openings  of  the  stove. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  202,  Fenders,  Fire  screen 
or  Guard. 

58.  STOVES,  HEATING.    Includes, broadly, direct-heat  radiating 

stoves  that  are  not  provided  with  air-heating  or  magazine 
features. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

59.  STOVES,  HEATING,  CAMP.     Sheet-metal  knock-down  type 

of  stoves  specially  designed  for  tent  heating. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  9,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Knockdown  or  separable;  65,  Stoves,  Heating,  Sheet-metal, 
and  66,  Stoves,  Heating,  Sheet-metal,  Hot-air. 

59.5.  STOVES,   HEATING,   ORCHARD.    Portable  devices  for 

generating  heat  or  smoke  for  protecting  orchards  from  frost. 
Search  Classes — 
158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  when  theinvention 

is  merely  a  means  for  combustion  of  fluid  fuel. 
110— FURNACES,  where  it  is  merely  a  means  for  combustion  of 
solid  fuel. 

60.  STOVES,  HEATING,  HORIZONTAL  BODY.    Stoves  hav- 

ing elongated  fire-boxes  or  combustion-chambers. 

61.  STOVES,  HEATING,  HORIZONTAL  BODY,  HOT-AIR. 

Stoves  having  elongated  fire-boxes  or  combustion-chambers 
and  which  are  provided- with  means  for  heating  and  circulating 
a  current  of  air. 

62.  STOVES,     HEATING,     OPEN -FRONT.    Heat  -  radiating 

stoves  in  which  one  or  more  of  its  side  walls  are  provided  with 
an  opening,  so  as  to  obtain  direct  heat  radiation  from  the  flre. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  120,  Fireplaces  for  analo- 
gous devices. 

63.  STOVES,    HEATING,    OPEN-FRONT,    HOT-AIR.    Heat- 

radiating  open-front  stoves  that  are  provided  with  means  for 
heating  and  circulating  a  current  of  air. 

64.  STOVES,  HEATING,  PANEL.    Heat-radiating  stoves  where 

the  invention  resides  in  making  the  walls  of  earthenware  re- 
fractory material. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  98,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Joints,  and  119,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Joints. 

65.  STOVES,   HEATING,   SHEET  -  METAL.    Heat  -  radiating 

stoves  the  ouier  walls  of  which  are  formed  of  sheet  metal. 
These  stoves  are  of  the  wood-burning  type,  having  generally 
no  separate  or  distinct  fire-pot. 

66.  STOVES,  HEATING,  SHEET-METAL,  HOT-AIR.    Heat- 

radiating  stoves  the  outer  walls  of  which  are  formed  of  sheet 
metal  and  which  are  provided  with  air  heating  and  circulating 
features.  These  stoves  are  of  the  wood-burning  type,  having 
generally  no  separate  or  distinct  fire-box. 

67.  STOVES,  HEATING,  HOT-AIR.     Air  heating  and  circulat- 

ing heat-radiating  stoves  that  are  not  more  specifically  classi- 
fied and  that  are  not  provided  with  magazines. 

68  STOVES,  HEATING,  HOT-AIR,  MAGAZINE.  Hot-air 
heat-radiating  stoves  that  are  provided  with  magazines  or  self- 
feeders. 

Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  Magazine  subclasses  for  detail  fea- 
tures of  magazine  and  appropriate  subclasses  for  air-heating 
features. 

09  STOVES  HEATING,  HOT-AIR,  REyERTIBLE-DRAFT, 
B  YSE-HEATING.  Hot-air  heat-radiating  stoves  that  are 
provided  with  means  for  giving  the  products  a  direct  or  indi- 
rect course  to  the  outlet-flue.  When  the  indirect  is  employed, 
it  heats  the  base  of  the  stove. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  74,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Magazine,  Revertible-draft,  Base-heating,  and  75,  Stoves, 
Heating,  Revertible-draft,  Base-heating,  for  revertible-draft 
features,  and  appropriate  subclasses  for  air-heating  features. 

70  STOVES,  HEATING,  HOT-AIR,  INTERNAL  AIR-CHAM- 

BER.   Hot-air  heat-radiating  stoves  in  which  the  air-heating 
chamber  is   located  centrally   relative   to   the  combustion 
chamber. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  71,  Stoves,  heating,  hot- 
air,  central  air-tube,  and  subclass  183,  Heating-drums,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

71  STOVES,  HEATING,  HOT-AIR,  CENTRAL  AIR-TUBE. 

Hot-air  heat-radiating  stoves  in  which  the  air-tube  passes  ver- 
tically and  centrally  through  the  heater. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  sulwlasses  70,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Hot-air,  Internal  air-chamber;  72,  Stoves,  Heating,  Hot-air, 
Tubular  air-heaters,  and  109,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Tubular  air- 
heaters. 

72  STOVES,  HEATING,  HOT-AIR,  TUBULAR  AIR-HEAT- 

ERS.   Hot-air  heat-radiating  stoves  that  are  provided  with  a 
series  of  air-tubes  which  are  passed  vertically,  horizontally,  or 
diagonally  through  the  combustion-chamber. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  70,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Hot-air,  Internal  air-chamter;  71,  Stoves,  Heating,  Hot-air, 
Central  air-tul«,  and  109,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Tubular  air-heater. 

73.  STOVES,  HEATING.  MAGAZINE.  Heat-radiating  stoves 
that  are  provided  with  magazines  or  self-feeders  that  are  not 
provided  with  air-heating  or  revertible-draft  features. 


304 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  Magazine  subclasses  for  detail 

magazine  features. 
110—  FURNACES,  subclass  44,   Furnace  structure,  Progressive 

feed,  Underfeed. 

74.  STOVES,  HEATING,  MAGAZINE,  REVERTIBLE- 
DRAFT,  BASE  -  HEATING.  Magazine  heat  -  radiating 
stoves  that  are  provided  with  a  direct  or  indirect  course  to  the 
outlet-flue.  When  the  indirect  is  employed,  it  heats  the  base 
of  the  stove. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  69,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Hot-air,  Revertible-draft,  Base-heating,  and  75,  Stoves,  Heat- 
ing, Revertible-draft,  Base-heating,  and  subclasses  73  et  seq., 
Magazine,  for  detail  magazine  features. 

5.  STOVES,     HEATING,     REVERTIBLE-DRAFT,     BASE- 
HEATING.    Heat-radiating  stoves  where  means  are  em- 
ployed to  give  a  direct  or  an  indirect  course  to  the  products. 
The  indirect  draft  causes  the  heating  of  the  base. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  09,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Hot-air,  Revertible-draft,  Base-heating,  and  74,  Stoves,  Heat- 
ing, Magazine,  Revertible-draft,  Base-heating,  for  revertible- 
draft  features. 

76.  STOVES,  HEATING,  DOWNDRAFT.    Stoves  in  which  the 

draft  is  downward  through  the  fuel. 

77.  STOVES,  HEATING,  FEEDING  AIR.    Devices  where  the 

invention  resides  in  means  for  heating  and  introducing  air  to 

the  zone  of  combustion. 
Search  Classes— 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  112,  Hot-air  furnaces, 

Feeding  air;  146,    Fire-pots  and   linings,    Feeding  air;  163, 

Grates,  Feeding  air;  193,  Stove  doors  and  windows,  Feeding 

air,  and  15,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Feeding  air. 
110— FURNACES,  appropriate  Feeding-airsubclasses,  particularly 

subclass  72,  Furnace  structure,  feeding  air. 

78.  STOVES,  HEATING,  FEEDING  STEAM.    Feeding-steam 

devices  that  are  specially  applicable  and  structurally  related 
to  heating-stoves. 
Search  Class— 
110 — FURNACES,  steam  and  air  feeding  subclasses. 

79.  STOVES,  HEATING,  SMOKE  AND  GAS  RETURNING. 

Heating-stoves  that  are  provided  with  means  for  returning 
the  gases  or  products  of  combustion  from  the  smoke-outlet 
to  the  combustion-chamber  of  the  stove. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  particularly  subclasses  49,  Furnace  structure, 
Smoke  and  gas  return,  and  52,  Furnace  structure,  Smoke  and 
gas  return,  Before  passing  boiler-flues,  From  fire-box. 

80.  STOVES,  HEATING,  VENTILATING,  ATTACHMENTS. 

Types  of  heating-stoves  that  are  provided  with  special  ven- 
tilating attachments  or  features. 
Search  Classes  — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  21,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Ovens,  Ventilated;  84,  Stoves,  Heating,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel, 
Combined  heating  and  ventilating;  198,  Stove  doors  and  win- 
dows, Oven-doors,  Ventilating;  293,  Dampers,  Stove-pipe, 
Combined  damper  and  ventilator,  and  316,  Stovepipe-thim- 
bles, Combined  thimble  and  ventilator. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  of  ventilation. 

81.  STOVES,  HEATING,  STOVE-PLATES.    Stoves  where  the 

invention  resides  in  the  form  of  ornamental  and  name  plates; 
also,  in  the  means  employed  for  attaching  them  to  the  outer 
surfaces  of  stove-bodies. 

82.  STOVES,     HEATING,     ADJUSTABLE     PIPE-COLLAR. 

Stoves  in  which  the  invention  resides  in  the  back  plate  car- 
rying the  pipe-collar,  and  which  is  capable  of  variable  ad- 
justments relative  to  the  flue-opening. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  315,  Stovepipe-thimbles, 
Adjustable  flue-collar. 

83.  STOVES, HEATING,  DEFLECTOR-PLATE.    Stoveswhere 

the  improvement  consists  in  the  form  and  arrangement  of 
retarding-plates  for  the  products  of  combustion,  so  as  to  give 
them  a  circuitous  course  to  the  exit-flue. 

84.  STOVES,  HEATING.  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,COM- 

BINED  HEATING  AND  VENTILATING.    Liquid  and 
gaseous  fuel  heating-stoves  that  are  structurally  adapted  to 
both  heat  and  ventilate  the  room  in  which  they  are  located. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  80,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Ventilating  attachments;  94,  Stoves,  Heating,  Liquid  or  gas- 
eous fuel,  Liquid,  Flue-connected;  97,  Stoves,  I :  eating,  Liqud 
or  gaseous  fuel,  Liquid,  Wick,  Heating  and  illuminating 

85.  STOVES,  HEATING,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS. 

Gas  heating-stoves  that  do  not  fall  under  more  specific  sub- 
classes. 

86.  STOVES,  HEATING,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS, 

OPEN-FRONT.    Open-front  heaters  that  are  adapted  for 
the  burning  of  gaseous  fuel. 
Search  Class- 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  02,  Stoves,  Heating* 
Open-front;  03,  Stoves,  Heating,  Open-front,  Hot-air,  and  97, 
Stoves,  Heating,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Liquid,  Wick,  Heat- 
ing and  illuminating. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

87.  STOVES,  HEATING,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS, 

OPEN-FRONT,  ASBESTOS  FIREBACK.  Gas-heating 
open-front  stoves  where  the  back  plate  or  wall  is  provided  with 
asbestos  fiber  and  adapted  to  be  heated  to  incandescence  by 
gaseous-fuel  burners. 

88.  STOVES,  HEATING,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS, 

OPEN-FRONT,     ASBESTOS  -  FIREBACK,     HOT-AIR. 
Gas  open-front  asbsetos-fireback  stoves  that  are  provided  with 
specific  air-heating  features. 
Search  Class  — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  128,  Fireplaces,  Liquid 
or  gaseous  fuel,  Asbestos  fireback. 

89.  STOVES,  HEATING,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS, 

OPEN-FRONT,  HOT-AIR.  Gas  open-front  heating-stoves 
that  are  provided  with  specific  air-heating  features. 

90.  STOVES,  HEATING,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS, 

HOT-AIR.  Gas  heating-stoves  that  are  provided  with  va- 
rious forms  of  air-heating  means. 

91.  STOVES,  HEATING,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS, 

RADIATOR    TYPE.    Gas  heating-stoves   that  have   the 

structural  form  of  tubular  radiators. 
Search  Classes— 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  183,  Heating-drums,  and 

the  sulxjlasses  thereunder  for  stove  structural  features. 
219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  34,  Heaters, 

Radiators. 

92.  STOVES,   HEATING,   LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL. 

GAS,  INCANDESCENT  FIRE-GRATE.    Devices  that  are 
adapted  to  receive  or  hold  substances  which  are  heated  to 
incandescence  by  gas  or  similar  burners.    These  devices  are 
usually  employed  in  fireplaces  or  in  open-front  heaters. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  86,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Open-front,  and  87,  Stoves,  Heat- 
ing, Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Open-front,  Asbestos  fireback. 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  88,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

93.  STOVES,    HEATING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID.  Types  of  heating-stoves  that  are  structurally 
adapted  for  the  burning  of  liquid  fuel. 

94.  STOVES,    HEATING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,      FLUE. -CONNECTED.     Liquid -fuel    heating 
stoves  that  are  provided  with  means  for  connecting  them  with 
chimney  or  flue  openings. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  84,  Stoves,  Heating 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Combined  heating  and  ventilating. 

95.  STOVES,    HEATING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,  VAPO  R.  Liquid-fuel  heating-stoves  that  are  pro- 
vided with  liquid-fuel  retort  vapor-burners. 

96.  STOVES,    HEATING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,  WICK.  Liquid-fuel  heating-stoves  that  are  of 
the  wick  type  and  those  that  are  provided  with  specific  air- 
heating  features.  These  devices  are  usually  termed  "lamp- 
stoves.  " 

97.  STOVES,    HEATING,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LIQUID,    WICK,    HEATING    AND    ILLUMINATING. 

Liquid-fuel  wick  type  in  which  the  stove  proper  is  provided 
with  an  open  front  and  adapted  to  receive  an  illuminating- 
lamp  as  the  heater. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  62,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Open-front,  and  294,  Foot-warmers  for  detail  stove  features; 
also  subclass  248,  Heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Attach- 
ments, Drum,  and  the  other  subclasses  involving  drum  fea- 
tures in  this  group. 

98.  STOVES,  HEATING,  JOINTS.    Stoves  in  which  the  inven- 

tion resides  in  the  structural  features  of  stove-joints. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  64,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Panel,  and  119,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Joints. 

99.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES.    Furnaces  which  heat  air  in  an  in- 

closing case  or  jacket  to  be  distributed  to  points  remote  from 
the  furnace. 

100.  HOT-AIR    FURNACES,   COMBINED    FURNACE    AND 

COOKING-STOVE.  Air-heating  furnaces  that  are  provided 
with  cooking-stove  or  oven  attachments. 

101.  HOT-AIR    FURNACES,   COMBINED    FURNACE    AND 

STEAM  OR  WATER.  Combined  hot-air,  steam,  or  water 
heaters,  generally  known  in  the  art  as  "hot-air  furnaces, 
steam." 

102.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  CIRCULAR  RADIATING-DRUM. 

Furnaces  in  which  the  radiating  drum  encircles  the  fire-pot 
or  combustion-chamber. 

103.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  DOWNDRAFT.    Air-heating  fur- 

naces in  which  the  products  of  combustion  are  caused  to  pass 
in  a  downward  direction  through  the  fuel. 

104.  HOT-AIR   FURNACES,  HORIZONTAL  COMBUSTION- 

CHAMBER.  Air-heating  furnaces  which  are  provided  with 
horizontal  or  elongated  fire-boxes  or  combustion-chambers. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


305 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  60,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Horizontal  body;  61,  Stoves,  Heating,  Horizontal  body,  Hot- 
air,  and  108,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Secondary  heating-chamber 
horizontally  arranged. 

105.  HOT-AIR    FURNACES,   HOT-AIR    EQUALIZERS.    De- 

vices for  equably  distributing  heated  air  to  the  several  apart- 
ments of  a  building. 

106.  HOT-AIR     FURNACES,    INTERNAL    AIR-CHAMBER. 

Air-heating  furnaces  in  which  an  air-heating  chamber  is  cen- 
trally situated  as  respects  the  combustion-chamber  and  pro- 
vided with  passages  which  connect  the  chamber  with  the 
space  formed  by  the  inclosing  case  or  jacket. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  70,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Hot-air,  Internal  air-chamber;  71,  Stoves,  Heating,  Hot-air, 
Central  air-tube;  and  109,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Tubular  air-heater. 

107.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  MAGAZINE.    Air-heating  furnaces 

that  are  provided  with  magazines  or  self-feeders. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  44,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Underfeed. 

108.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  SECONDARY  HEATING-CHAM- 

BER HORIZONTALLY  ARRANGED.    Air-heating  fur- 
naces in  which  the  radiating  devices  are  located  at  the  rear  of 
the  furnace  proper  and  within  the  air-casing. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  104,  Hot-air  furnaces, 
Horizontal  combustion-chamber;  18fi,  Heating-drums,  Port- 
able heat-radiators;  and  187,  Heating-drums,  Portable  heat- 
radiators,  Hot-air. 

109.  HOT-AIR   FURNACES,  TUBULAR  AIR-HEATER.   Air- 

heating  furnaces  which  have  air-tubes  passed  vertically,  hori- 
zontally, or  diagonally  through  the  combustion-chamber  and 
which  communicate  with  the  space  formed  by  the  inclosing 
case  or  jacket. 
Search  Classes — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  71,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Hot-air,  Central  air-tube;  72,  Stoves,  Heating,  Hot-air,  Tubu- 
lar air-heaters;  and  106,  Hot-air  furnaces.  Internal  air-chamber. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  25,  Ventilation,  Flue-heaters,  and 
27,  Ventilation,  House. 

110.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  COMPRESSED-AIR.    Heaters  for 

heating  air  under  compression,  as  distinguished  from  devices 
for  compressing  the  air  to  heat  it. 

111.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  DOUBLE  FIRE-POT.    Air-heat- 

ing furnaces  that  are  provided  with  two  or  more  firepots  and 
structural  features  by  which  the  fire-pots  are  capable  of  sepa- 
rate or  joint  use. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  2,  Stoves,  Cooking. 
Double  fire-pot. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  27,  Furnace  structure,  Double  fire-box, 
Alternate  smoke-return.  Under  fire. 

112.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  FEEDING  AIK.    Air-heating  fur- 

naces where  the  invention  resides  in  the  form  and  arrange- 
ment of  devices  for  heating  and  introducing  air  into  the  com- 
bustion-chamber. 
Search  Classes — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  15,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Feeding  air;  77,  Stoves,  Heating,  Feeding  air;  78,  Stoves, 
Heating,  Feeding  steam;  146,  Fire-pots  and  linings,  Feeding 
air;  and  193,  Stove  doors  and  windows.  Feeding  air. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  72,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air, 
and  158,  Draft-regulators,  Smoke-box,  Feeding  air,  Door-oper- 
ated. 

113.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  AIR-MOISTENERS.    Air-heating 

furnaces  where  the  invention  resides  in  the  form  and  arrange- 
ment of  the  water-pan,  the  vapor  from  which  moistens  the 
air  heated  by  the  furnace. 

114.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  CASINGS.    Structure  and  arrange- 

ment of  the  inclosing  furnace-casing. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  117,  Hot-air  furnaces, 
Preliminary  air-heater. 

115.  HOT-AIR    FURNACES,    DUST-FLUE.    Air-heating    fur- 

naces that  are  provided  with  means  for  conveying  the  dust 
resultant  from  raking  the  fire  to  the  smoke-pipe  or  fire-pot. 

116.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  LIQUID  OR  GASEpUS  FUEL. 

Hot-air  furnaces  in  which  the  heating  agent  is  either  a  liquid 
or  gaseous  fuel  burner  or  combined  coal  and  liquid  or  gaseous 
fuel  burner.    Also  attachments  independent  of  the  main  fur- 
nace, but  connected  thereto,  also  floor-register  attachments. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  325,  Hot-air  registers,  for 
register  features. 

117.  HOT-AIR  FURNACES,  PRELIMINARY  AIR-HEATER. 

Devices  for  heating  the  air  before  it  is  conveyed  to  the  space 
formed  by  the  surrounding  jacket  or  casing  of  a  furnace. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  114,  Hot-air  furnaces, 
Casings. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

118.  HOT-AIR     FURNACES,    RADIATING-FLANGES.    Air- 

heating  furnaces  where  the  invention  resides  in  the  form  and 
arrangement  of  flanges  or  pins  which  are  attached  to  furnace 
sections  and  drums  for  increasing  their  radiating-surfaces. 
Search  Class— 
237 — HEAT-DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS. 

119.  HOT-AIR     FURNACES,    JOINTS.    Air-heating    furnaces 

where  the  invention  resides  in  the  structure  of  the  joints  of 
the  furnace  or  casing. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  64,  Stoves,  Heating, 
panel,  and  98,  Stoves,  Heating,  Joints. 

120.  FIRE  PLACES.    Fireplaces  wherein  the  improvements  reside 

in  the  structural  form  of  or  the  relation  of  fuel  structures  to  the 
Fireplace. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  120  et  seq.  under  Fire- 
place structures  for  detail  features;  also  subclass  288,  Dampers, 

Fireplace. 

121.  FIREPLACES,    HOT-AIR.    Fireplace   structures   that  are 

provided  with  air-heating  features  and  designed  to  discharge 
the  heated  air  into  the  room  in  which  the  fireplace  is  located. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  under  Fireplace  for 
detail  features. 

122.  FIREPLACES,  HOT-AIR,  TWO-ROOM  HEATERS.    Fire- 

places that  are  structurally  designed  to  heat  air  and  means  for 
conducting  the  heated  air  to  a  room  or  rooms  distant  from  that 
in  which  the  fireplace  is  located. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  61,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Horizontal  body,  Hot-air;  66,  Stoves,  Heating,  Sheet-metal, 
Hot-air;  67,  Stoves,  Heating,  Hot-air;  and  80,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Ventilating  attachments. 

123.  FIREPLACES,    HOT-AIR,    STOVE    STRUCTURE.    Air 

heaters  that  are  designed  to  be  placed  in  fireplace-openings 
and  are  in  themselves  complete  structures  and  separable  or 
removable  from  the  fireplace-opening.  Some  of  these  devices 
are  known  as  "latrobes. " 

124.  FIREPLACES,  HOT-AIR,  STOVE  STRUCTURE,  MAGA- 

ZINE.   Fireplace  hot-air  stove-structures  that  are  provided 
with  magazines  or  coal-feeders.    These  devices  are  commonly 
known  as  "latrobes." 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  69,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Hot-air,  Revertible  draft,  Base-heating;  74,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Magazine,  Revertible  draft,  Base-heating;  and  75,  Stoves, 
Heating,  revertible  draft,  Base-heating  for  reversible-draft 
features. 

125.  FIREPLACES,     TWO-ROOM     DIRECT     RADIATION. 

Heating  devices  of  the  open-front  type  that  are  placed  in  walls 
or  partitions  of  buildings  and  designed  to  heat  adjoining  rooms. 
Many  of  these  devices  are  of  the  revolving  type. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  of  Stove  structure  for 
detail  stove  features;  and  subclass  3,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Double 
firepot,  Cooking  and  heating. 

126.  FIREPLACES,   STOVE   STRUCTURE.    Stove  structures 

designed  to  be  employed  in  connection  with  fireplace-openings. 
Note. — See  Stove-structure  fireplaces,  Hot-air,  in  this  class,  and 
search  should  also  be  made  in  appropriate  Stove  subclasses 
for  details. 

127.  FIREPLACES,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL.    Fireplaces 

and  stove  structures  designed  to  be  placed  in  fireplaces  adapted 
to  the  burning  of  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel. 

128.  FIREPLACES,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  ASBES- 

TOS FIREBACK.    Asbestos  firebacks  of  the  liquid  or  gase- 
ous fuel  type  that  are  designed  to   be  placed  in  fireplace- 
openings,  the  asbestos  being  heated  to  incandescence  for  heat- 
radiating  purposes. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  88,  Stoves,  Heating,  Liq- 
uid or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Open-front,  Asbestos  fireback,  Hot- 
air. 

129.  FIREPLACES,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  ASBES- 

TOS FIREBACK,  HOT-AIR.  Asbestos-fireback  liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel  fireplaces  provided  with  air-heating  means. 

130.  FIREPLACES,  FIREBACKS.    The  form  or  character  of  the 

back  wall  or  lining  of  fireplaces. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  144,  Firepots  and  linings, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  in  subclass  120  et  seq.,  Fire- 
places generally,  for  details. 

131.  FIREPLACES,  FIREBACKS,  HOT-AIR.    Firebacks  or  lin- 

ings that  are  designed  for  air-heating  purposes. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  121,  Fireplaces,  Hot-air, 
and  general  Air-heating  subclasses. 

132.  FIREPLACES,    WATER-BACKS.    Fireplace-heaters    that 

are  provided  with  water  or  steam  generating  backs  and  de- 
signed to  be  connected  up  to  heat-radiators  in  distant  rooms. 
Search  Class— 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEML,  subclass  2,  Air,  steam,  or 
water. 


2G6740— 12- 


-20 


306 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

133.  FIREPLACES,  WATER-BACKS,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS 

FUEL.    Fireplace  water-backs  that  are  heated  by  liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel  burners. 
Search  Class— 

237— HEAT-DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  6  et  seq.,  for  local 
heating  systems. 

134.  FIREPLACES,     AIR-MOISTENING      ATTACHMENTS. 

Air-moistening  devices  that  are  designed  to  be  attached  to 
fireplaces  or  open-front  heaters. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  113,  Hot-air  furnaces, 
Air-moisteners,  and  313,  Stovepipes,  Air-moistening  attach- 
ments. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclass  39,  Ventilation,  air  moistening,  cool- 
ing, and  cleansing,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder  for  details. 

135.  FIREPLACES,  BLOWERS.    Blowers  wherein  the  invention 

resides  in  the  form  or  means  for  attaching  them  to  the  fire- 
place opening  or  grate  and  designed  to  promote  and  regulate 
the  draft.    The  roll  type  are  included  in  this  subclass,  and 
means  for  operating  it. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  140,  Fireplaces,  Fronts, 
grate-closure;  190,  Stove  doors  and  windows,  and  191,  Stove 
doors  and  windows,  Balanced. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  20,  Doors,  Sliding,  Jointed. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  80,  Fire- 
shields,  and  81,  Fire-shields,  Collapsible. 

75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  196,  Shields. 

136.  FIREPLACES,      BLOWERS,      STOVE      STRUCTURE. 

Blowers  that  are  designed  to  close,  promote,  and  regulate  the 
draft  in   open-front  stoves;   includes  those  that  are  perma- 
nently fixed  to  the  stove  and  means  for  operating  them. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  140,  Fireplaces,  Fronts, 
Grate-closure. 

13".  FIREPLACES,  COOKING  AND  OVEN  ATTACHMENTS. 
Improvements  in  adapting  a  fireplace  for  or  providing  it  with 
cooking  and  oven  attachments. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  336,  Stove-shelves,  Fire- 
place-grate. 

138.  FIREPLACES,  FRONTS.    Miscellaneous  devices  that  relate 

to  fireplace-fronts. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  137,  Fireplaces,  Cooking 
and  oven  attachments. 

139.  FIREPLACES,  FRONTS,  FRAMES.    Limited  to  the  frames 

surrounding  the  fireplace-opening  and  means  for  attaching 
them  to  the  chimney-breast. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  140,  Fireplaces,  Fronts, 
Grate-closure. 

140.  FIREPLACES,    FRONTS,    GRATE-CLOSURE.    Devices 

that  are  designed  to  close  fireplace-openings  and  open-front 
stoves  and  are  in  effect  "summer  fronts." 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  135,  Fire-places,  Blow- 
ers; 130,  Fire-places,  Blowers,  Stove  structure,  and  139,  Fire- 
places, Fronts,  Frames. 

141.  FIREPLACES,  FRONTS,  HEAT-REFLECTOR.    Devices 

that  are  designed  to  reflect  or  throw  the  heat  into  the  room  in 
which  the  fireplace  or  open-front  stove  is  located. 

142.  FIREPLACES,  FRONTS,  HOODS.    Fireplace  or  open-front 

heaters  provided  with  hoods  to  collect  the  ascending  smoke 
and  gases,  thereby  preventing  its  escape  into  the  room. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  127,  Fireplaces,  Liquid 
or  gaseous  fuel,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

143.  FIREPLACES,    HEARTHS.    Improvements    in    fireplace 

bases  or  hearths.    Included  in  this  subclass  are  air-feeding  and 
ventilating  hearth  features. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  203,  Fenders,  Fireplaoe- 
hearth,  and  279,  Platforms,  Stove-boards,  Ventilating. 

144.  FIRE  POTS  AND  LININGS.    Miscellaneous  fire-pots  and 

linings. 

Search  Classes — 
110-^FuRNACES,  subclasses  75,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air, 

Fire-box,  and  86,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box. 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  154,  Grates,  Adjustable, 

Vertically. 

145.  FIRE-POTS    AND    LININGS,    ADJUSTABLE.    Fire-pot 

and  lining  structures  adapted  to  be  adjusted  so  as  to  fit  stoves 
of  various  sizes;  includes  linings  that  are  provided  with  break- 
able grooves. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  151.  Fire-pots  and  lin- 
ings, Sectional,  and  153,  Grates.  Adjustable. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  89,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box, 
Adjustable. 

146.  FIRE-POTS  AND  LININGS,  FEEDING  AIR.    Fire-pots 

that  are  provided  with  aii -feeding  means. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  15,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Feeding  air;  77,  Stoves,  Heating,  Feeding  air,  and  112,  Hot- 
air  furnaces,  Feeding  air. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

147.  FIRE-POTS  AND   LININGS,   DIVIDED.    Fire-pots  that 

are  provided  with  means  to  divide  them  or  adjust  the  fuel 
capacity  of  the  fire-pot. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  25,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Summer,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  154,  Grates, 
Adjustable,  Vertically. 

148.  FIRE-POTS    AND    LININGS,    FIRE-PLATE.    Fire-pots 

that  are  provided  with  plates  to  limit  or  confine  the  fuel-space, 
and  thereby  regulate  the  combustion. 

149.  FIRE-POTS  AND  LININGS,  ROTARY,  HORIZONTAL 

AXIS.    Fire-box  structures  adapted   to   inclose   the   fuel, 
whereby  the  fire  box  can  be  given  a  complete  rotation  on  a 
horizontal  axis. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  181,  Grates,  Rotary, 
Horizontal  axis. 

150.  FIRE-POTS     AND     LININGS,     ROTARY,   VERTICAL 

AXIS.    Fire-pots  that  are  provided  with  means  for  imparting 
to  the  fire-pot  a  complete  rotation  on  a  vertical  axis. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  170,  Grates,  Oscillatory, 
Vertical  axis. 

151.  FIRE-POTS  AND  LININGS,  SECTIONAL.    Fire-pot  struc- 

tures where  the  improvement  resides  in  the  sectional  features 
and  the  arrangement  of  the  parts. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  145,  Fire-pots  and  linings, 
Adjustable. 

152.  GRATES.    Furnace,  stove,  and  range  grates  that  do  not  fall 

under  more  specific  subclasses.  Grates  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder  are  designed  to  include  all  grate  structures  per  se 
that  are  of  general  application  to  furnaces  and  stoves. 

Note. — For  grates  that  are  adapted  to  specific  applications  of  the 
heat  of  combustion  search  should  be  made  in  the  class  includ- 
ing surti  applications. 

Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  164,  Grates,  Fireplace. 
110— FURNACES,  subclass  33,  Furnace  structure,    Progressive 
feed,  Grate,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

153.  GRATES,  ADJUSTABLE.    Grates  adapted  to  fit  different- 

sized  fire-pots. 
Search  Classes — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  144,  Fire-pots  and  linings. 
110 — FURNACES,  subclass  89,  Furnace  structure,  Fire-box,  Ad- 
justable. 

154.  GRATES,  ADJUSTABLE,  VERTICALLY.    Grates  adapted 

to  vertical  adjustment. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  159,  Grates,  Agitating, 
Pocket. 

155.  GRATES,  AGITATING.    Miscellaneous  grates  adapted  to  be 

shaken  or  agitated  for  the  clearance  of  ashes. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  176,  Grates,  Rooking-bar, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

156.  GRATES,  AGITATING,  ALTERNATE  ENDS.    Agitating- 

grates  that  are  provided  with  means  for  imparting  vibrating 
or  rocking  motion  in  opposite  directions  to  adjacent  grate-bars. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  i76,  Grates,  Rooking-bar, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

157.  GRATES,  AGITATING,  ALTERNATE  BAR.    Agitating- 

grates  that  are  constructed  with  alternate  immovable  and 
movable  grate-bars  and  means  for  imparting  vertical  motion 
to  the  alternate  movable  bars. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  173,  Grates,  Raking  at- 
tachments. 

158.  GRATES,  AGITATING,  DUMPING.    Agitating-grates  that 

are  provided  with  dumping  means  or  sections. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  162,  Grates,  Dumping; 
171,  Grates,  Oscillatory,  Vertical  axis,  Dumping-section,  and 
177,  Grates,  Rooking-bar,  Dumping. 

159.  GRATES,  AGITATING,   POCKET.    Agitating-grates  that 

are  provided  with  means  for  giving  a  varying  depth  to  the  fuel 
over  the  grate-surface.     The  means  employed  are  usually 
pockets  or  depressions  in  the  grate-surface. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  154,  Grates,  Adjustable, 
Vertically. 

160.  GRATES,  CLOSURES.     Grates  provided  with  means  for 

regulating  the  grate-openings,  whereby  the  draft  may  be  full, 
reduced,  or  closed. 

161.  GRATES,  CUT-OFF.    Grates  provided  with  means  closely 

related  to  the  grate  structure  for  retaining  a  portion  of  the 

fuel  in  the  fire-pot,  thus  permitting  the  removal  of  the  bottom 

portion  or  ash. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  166,  Grates,  Fuel  cut-off. 
110 — FURNACES,    subclasses    117,    Fuel-feeders,    Chute,    Door, 

Multiple  charge,  and  118,  Fuel-feeders,  Vertical-drop. 


DEFINITIONS  OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


307 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

162.  GRATES,  DUMPING.     Grate  structures  that  are  provided 

with  special  dumping  means. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  33,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed.  Grate,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

103.  GRATES,  FEEDING  AIR.     Grates  provided  with  airfeeding 

features. 
Search  Classes— 

1^6— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  15,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
feeding  air;  77,  Stoves,  Heating,  Feeding  air,  and  146,  Fire- 
pots  and  linings,  Feeding  air. 

110—  FURNACES,  subclasses  74,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air, 
Hollow  grate;  75,  Furnace  structure,  Feeding  air,  Fire-box, 
and  182,  Door  casings  and  arches,  Feeding  air. 

104.  GRATES,  FIREPLACE.     Grates  specially  adapted  for  use  in 

fireplace-openings  or  opr-n-front  stoves;  may  involve  fireplace- 
structure  in  combination  with  the  grate. 

•   Note. — Specific  grate  structures  should  be  searched  inappropriate 
grate  subclasses.    However,  the  type  of  grates  disclosed  in  the 
mainclass  of  grates  is  more  analogous  to  the  type  found  in  this 
subclass. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  120,  Fireplaces,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

165.  GRATES,  FIREPLACE,  BASKET.     Fireplace-grates    that 

are  in  the  form  of  basket  fuel-holders,  are  designed  to  rest 
upon  the  fireplace-hearth  and  are  independent  in  structure 
from  the  fireplace. 

166.  GRATES,  FUEL  CUT-OFF.    Devices  that  are  designed  to 

be  passed  through  or  inserted  in  the  fuel  above  the  grate  in 
order  to  sustain  the  main  body  of  the  fuel,  and  thus  permit  of 
the  removal  of  ashes  and  cinders.     These  devices  are  inde- 
pendent of  the  fuel-support  or  grate. 
Search  Class — 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  161,  Grates,  Cut-off. 

167.  GRATES,   GRATE-BAR.     Grate-bars  where  the  improve- 

ment resides  wholly  or  solely  in  the  form  of  the  bar.    These 
bars  are  known  as  stationary  or  immovable. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  179,  Grates,  Rocking-bar, 
Grate-bar. 

108.  GRATES,     GRATE-BAR,     REMOVABLE     FUEL-SUP- 
PORT.    Grate-bars  that  are  provided  with  removable  fuel- 
supporting  devices. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  180,  Grates,  Rocking-bar, 
Grate-bar,  Removable  fuel-support. 

169.  GRATES,  OPERATING  MECHANISM.     Devices  designed 

for  the  operation  or  moving  of  the  grates  and  grate-bar  struc- 
tures in  general. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  32,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

170.  GRATES,    OSCILLATORY,    VERTICAL    AXIS.     Grates 

arranged  horizontally  on  a  vertical  axis  and  adapted  to  be 
given  a  to-and-fro  motion.     These  structures  are  sometimes 
termed  "rotary." 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  150,  Fire-pots  and  lin- 
ings, Rotary,  Vertical  axis. 

171.  GRATES,    OSCILLATORY,   VERTICAL   AXIS,    DUMP- 

ING-SECTION. Oscillating  grates  that  are  provided  with  a 
pivoted  dumping  section  or  sections. 

172.  GRATES,  OSCILLATORY,  VERTICAL  AXIS,  SLIDING 

SECTION.    Oscillating  grates  that  are  provided  with  a  slid- 
ing ash-discharge  section. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  152,  Grates,  and  164, 
Grates,  Fireplace. 

173.  GRATES,    RAKING    ATTACHMENTS.    Attachments    to 

grates  designed  to  rake  and  free  the  grate  from  ashes  and  clink- 
ers.    As  a  rule  these  devices  are  inseparable  from  the  grate 
structure. 
Search  Classes— 

148 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  88,  Generators, 
Cupola,  Stirrer. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  37,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  Raking-bar. 

174.  GRATES,  RECIPROCATING.     Grates  structurally  designed 

to  be  given  a  horizontal  to-and-fro  end  movement,  as  distin- 
guished from  the  oscillatory  or  rotary  type. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  152,  Grates;  164,  Grates, 
Fireplace,  and  172,  Grates,  Oscillatory,  Vertical  axis,  Sliding 
section. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  38,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Reciprocating-bar. 

175.  SRATES,  RECIPROCATING,  ALTERNATE  BAR.     Re- 

ciprocating grates  where  the  alternate  bars  are  given  an  oppo- 
site to-and-fro  end  movement  or  where  the  bars  are  moved  in 
reverse  horizontal  direction. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

176.  GRATES,     ROCKING-BAR.     Horizontally-pivoted     grates 

and  grate-bars  provided  with  means  for  giving  them  a  to-and- 
fro  or  rocking  motion,  but  not  adapted  to  be  given  a  complete 
rotation  or  revolution. 
Search  Classes 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  164,  Grates,  Fireplace, 
and  181,  Grates.  Rotary,  Horizontal  axis. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  33,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  and  39,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive-feed, 
Grate,  Rocking-bar. 

177.  GRATES,       ROCKING-BAR,      DUMPING.    Rocking-bar 

grates  that  are  provided  with  dumping  means  or  dumping- 
sections. 
Search  Class 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  39,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  Rocking-bar. 

178.  GRATES,  ROCKING-BAR,  DUPLEX.    Rocking-bar  grates 

where  different  fuel-supporting  faces  may  be  employed;  in- 
cludes grates  designed  for  the  burning  of  coal  or  wood,  com- 
bining coal  and  wood  bearing  faces. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  152  Grates,  for  wood- 
burning  grates,  and  181,  Grates,  Rotary,  Horizontal  axis. 

179.  GRATES,    ROCKING-BAR,    GRATE-BAR.    Rocking-bar 

grates  whore  the  improvement  resides  wholly  in  the  form  or 
character  of  the  rocking  bar. 
Search  Classes   - 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  appropriate  subclasses  under 
Grates,  Grate-bar. 

110 — FURNACES,  appropriate  subclasses  under  Furnace  struc- 
ture, Progressive-feed,  Grates. 

180.  GRATES,  ROCKING-BAR,  GRATE-BAR,  REMOVABLE 

FUEL-SUPPORT.    Rocking  grate-bars  provided  with  re- 
movable fuel-bearing  faces. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  168,  Grates,  Grate-bar, 
Removable  fuel-support. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  33,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  and  appropriate  subclasses  thereunder. 

181.  GRATES,  ROTARY  HORIZONTAL  AXIS.     Bars  that  are 

horizontally  pivoted  and  are  structurally  adapted  to  be  given 
a  complete  rotary  motion;   also,  means  for  imparting  this 
motion. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  149,  Fire-pots  and  lin- 
ings. Rotary,  Horizontal  axis,  and  176,  Grates,  Rocking-bar. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  35,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  Rotary,  Horizontal  axis. 

182.  GRATES,  ROTARY   VERTICAL  AXIS.     Grates  that  are 

horizontally  arranged,  mounted  upon  a  vertical  pivot,  and 
means  for  imparting  to  the  grate  a  full  and  complete  revolu- 
tion upon  its  axis  or  pivot. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  170etseq..  Grates,  Oscil- 
latory, and  150,  Fire-pots  and  linings,  Rotary,  Vertical  axis. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  36,  Furnace  structure,  Progressive- 
feed,  Grate,  Rotary,  Vertical  axis. 

183.  HE  ATIN G-DRUMS.    Heat-radiating  devices  that  are  adapted 

to  utilize  the  waste  heat  and  products  of  combustion  from 
stoves,  furnaces,  and  similar  structures  and  that  are  not  classi- 
fiable in  more  specific  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  248,  Heaters,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Drum. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  110,  Fuel-feeders,  Hopper,  Pusher, 
Screw;  119,  Spark-arresters,  and  138,  Spark-arresters,  Stack, 
Spiral  Baffle,  Stationary. 

184.  HEATING-DRUMS,    AIR-HEATING    ATTACHMENTS. 

Devices  adapted  to  be  heated  by  stoves  and  similar  structures 
and  to  utilize  waste  heat  and  products  of  combustion. 

185.  HEATING-DRUMS,  CHIMNEY  ATTACHMENTS.    Heat- 

radiators  designed  to  receive  waste  heat  and  products  of  com- 
bustion from  chimney-flues,  including  those  that  have  air- 
heating  features. 

186.  HEATING-DRUMS,    PORTABLE    HEAT-RADIATORS. 

Heating  drums  that  are  portable  in  character  and  designed  to 
receive  waste  heat  and  products  of  combustion  from  any  form 
of  combustion  apparatus. 

187.  HEATING-DRUMS,    PORTABLE    HEAT-RADIATORS, 

HOT-AIR.     Portable  heat-radiators  that  are  provided  with 
air-heating  features. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  185,  Heating-drums, 
Chimney  attachments. 

188.  HEATING-DRUMS,    STOVEPIPE.    Enlargements  of  the 

stovepipe  forming  one  section  thereof  adapted  to  utilize  the 
heat  of  combustion  products  passing  therethrough. 

189.  HEATING-DRUMS,  STOVEPIPE,  HOT-AIR.    Stovepipe- 

drums  that  are  provided  with  specified  forms  of  air-heating 
features. 


308 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

190.  STOVE    DOORS    AND    WINDOWS.     Miscellaneous    stove 

doors  iincl  windows  a]>plieab|c  to  heating  and  cooking  stoves. 
Search  Class — 
110 — FURNACES,  subclass  173,  Doors. 

191.  STUVK  DOORS  AND  WINDOWS,  HAI.ANCKD.     Doors  I  hat  are  pro- 

\  ided  \\ilh  weights  or  springs  designed  to  aid  in  ojiemng  or 
closing  the  door;  also,  to  prevent,  the  sudden  closing  of  the 
door. 

Search  Class— 
110,  FURNACES,  sulxjlass  173,  Doors. 

192.  STOVE  DOORS  AND  WINDOWS,  DOOK-o  PKK  ATOR. 

Door  (>i>cning  or  closing  devices.    Devices  known  in   the  art 
as  "kicker  latches." 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  I-' u  KNACKS,  subclass  I'.iT,  Siovo  doors  and  win- 
dows, Latches,  Combined  hitch  and  operator. 
39     FKNCKS,  subclass  .1,  i 
110— FURNACES,  sol iclass  17s,  Doors,  Operators,  I'edal. 

193.  STOVK     DOOKS     AND     WINDOWS.     FKKDINd     All;. 

I  )oors  designed  lo  admit  a  current  of  air  into  I  he  combust  ion 
chamber  above  the  fuel-level.     In  some  instances  the  object 
sought  is  to  prevent,  the  blackening  of  the  transparent  door- 
panel. 
Search  Classes 

186- -STOVES  AND  KUKNACKS,  subclasses  I'.is,  Stove  <loors  and 
windows,  Oven-doors,  Ventilat  ing:  2vT>,  Dampers,  and  the 
several  Feeding-air  subclasses. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  I7.r>,  Doors,  Feeding  air. 

KM.  STOVE  DOORS  AND  WINDOWS,  HINCKS.     Hinges  that 

are  |M-culiarly  applical)lo  to  domes!  ic  stoves  and  furnaces. 
Search  Classes  — 

16     Itrn.DKiis'  HARDWARE,  .subclass  II,  Hinges. 
110 — FURNACES,  subclass  173,  Doors. 

195.  STOVE  DOORS  AND  WINDOWS,   KN'OMS.     Knobs  that 

BTO  provided  willi  means  for  air  circulation. 

Note.  For  knobs  generally  search  should  be  made  in  appropriate 
subclasses  underclass  I'll,  llm.DKits'  1 1  \i;n  w  AI;K,  subclass  111, 
Handles,  and  in  class  70,  LOCKS  AND  LATCIIKS,  subclass  10. 
Knobs. 

I'.Hi.  STOVE  DOOKS  AND  WINDOWS,  LATCHES.    Stove  or 

furnace  door  latches. 
Search  Class  - 

70  LOCKS  AND  LATCIIKS,  subclasses  under  Ixx'ks  and  also  under 
Latches. 

K)7.  S'l'OVF,     DOOKS     AND     WINDOWS,     LATCIIKS,    COM- 
ItlNF.l)    LATCH   AND    OPKKATOR.    The  title  Is  self- 
explanatory. 
Search  Classes— 
126    STOVKS  AND   FURNACES,  subclass  192,  Stove  doors  and 

windows,  1  )oor-o|>erator. 

70— LOCKS  AND  LATCIIKS,  subclasses  under  Locks  and  also  under 
Latches. 

198.  STOVK  DOOKS  AND  WINDOWS.  OVEN-DOORS,  VEN- 

Tl  LATINO.    Oven-doors  provided  with  means  for  Ingress 

and  egress  of  air. 
Search  Class— 

126  STOVKS  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  21,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Ovens,  Ventilated,  and  193,  Stove  doors  and  windows,  Feed- 
ing uir. 

199.  STOVE    DOORS    AND    WINDOWrS,    THERMOMETER 

ATTACHMENTS.    Means    for    securing    thermometers    to 
stove-doors,  the  particular  structure  of  the  thermometer  not 
Using  involved. 
Search  Class 

73  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  under  appropriate  subclasses  for 
thermometer  features. 

200.  STOVE    DOORS    AND    WINDOWS,    TRANS  1'ARENT- 

I '  \  N  F.  L.     I  >oors  that  have  a  glass  or  mica  panel  therein. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  illuminating  devices  in 
bakers'  ovens  and  similar  devices  or  what  is  known  in  the  art 
as  "peep-holes." 

Search  Class  - 

126  -STOVKS  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  l'l:t,  Stove  doors  and 
windows.  Feeding  air;  l!('.l.  Stove  doors  and  windows,  Ther- 
mometer attachments,  and  213,  Stove  lids  and  tops,  Illumin- 
ating. 

201.  FENDERS.     Miscellaneous  guards  and  protectors.     In  this 

subclass  will  Ixi  found  stove  foot  rails  or  guards. 
Search  Class  - 

126    STOVKS  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses 202,  Fenders,  Fin- sen-en 
or  guard,  and  298,  Fire-dogs. 

202.  FENDERS,  FIRE  SCREEN  OR  GUARD.    Devices  that  are 

designed  to  screen  and  guard  stove  and  fireplace  openings. 
Search  Class  - 

126  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  sulx-lasses  57,  Stoves,  Car,  Pro- 
teciive  casings,  and  302,  Stove-hoods,  Stovepipe-discharge, 
stove  casing. 

203.  FFNDF.KS,  FIREPLACE-HEARTH.    Devices  designed  to 

protect  the  (Uxtr  from  falling  emU-rsor  cinders,  and  separable 
from  or  independent  of  the  fin-place  structure. 
Search  Class   • 
126    STOVKS  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  143,  Fireplaces,  Hearths. 


CLASS  126-Continued. 

204.  FOOT-WARM KKS.      Miscellaneous    body,    hand,    and  foot 

warmers. 
Search  Class— 

126  STOVKS  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  r>c>,  Stoves,  Car,and  201, 
Healers,  Lunch,  for  chemical  or  lime,  heaters. 

205.  FOOT-WARMERS,  BED-HEATERS.     Heaters  adapted  for 

healing  beds,  and  analogous  device::. 
Search  Class— 

4     BATHS  AND  CLOSETS,  subclass  5,  Closet-cisterns. 

5-BEDS,  subclasses    1,    Beds,   Air,  and    ll>,   Bedsteads,  Invalid. 

206.  FooT-W  A  KMERS,  COMPOSITION-FUEL.    Foot-warmers 

structurally  adapted  to  burn  composition  fuel,  notably  what 
is  known  in  the  art  as  "Japanese  punk." 

207.  FOOT-WAKMEKS,     HEATED-BLOCK.      Foot-warmers 

structurally  adapted  to  be  healed  by  a  hot  blank,  such  as 
iron,  soapslone,  and  similar  substances. 
Search  Class— 
126    STOVKS  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  240,  Heaters,  Dish. 

208.  FOOT-WARMERS,  LIQUID  OK  (iASKOUS  FUKL.     Foot- 

vvanucrs  structurally  adapted   for  the   burning  uf  liquid   or 
gaseous  fuel. 
Search  Class 

122     LIO.UD  HEATERS  AND  VAPORI/EKS.  subclass  LV,.   ; 
generator. 

L'i«i.  FOOT-W  ARM  KKS,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  COM- 
BINKD  HKATKK  AND  LANTERN.  Foot-warmers 
adapted  to  be  employed  both  as  heater  and  lantern. 

Note.— This  Is  a  combined  subclass,  and  the  detail  features  of 
both  heater  and  lantern  should  be  searched  for  in  appropriate 
classes  and  subclasses. 

Search  Class — 

126 -STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  sul>class207,  Heaters,  Lunch. 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel.  Dinner-buckets,  Combined  bucket  ana 
lantern. 

210.  FOOT-WARMERS,      LIQUID      OR   GASEOUS      FUEL. 

WATKK-HKATKR.     Water-heating  devices  that  are  struc- 
turally related  to  or  are  combined  with  body,  hand,  and  foot 
warming  devices. 
Search  Class 

237  HKAT-DISTIUIUITINU  SYSTEMS,  subclasses  7,  Local,  Steam, 
and  S,  Loral.  Water. 

211.  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS.    Improvements  on  the  top  plate 

of  cooking-stoves. 
Search  Class  - 

126  STC >v KS  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  214,  Stove  lids  and  tops, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel;  227,  Tool-heaters.  Flat-iron;  230,  Tool- 
heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Flat-iron,  and  338,  Stove- 
shelves,  Oven  shelf  or  rack,  Rotary. 

212.  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS,  CENTERS  OR  CROSS-PIECES, 

Improvements  on  stove  centers  or  cross-pieces.     These  devices 
are  generally  employed  in  cooking-stoves. 

213.  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS,  ILLUMINATING.    Illuminat- 

ing and  beat-reflecting  devices  placed  on  or  secured  to  the  top 
port  ion  of  a  stove. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  200,  Stove  doors  and  win- 
dows, Transparent-panel. 

214.  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS,  LIQUID  OK  GASEOUS  FUEL. 

Improvements  in  the  top  or  upper  portion  of  a  stove  peculiarly 
adapted  to  the  burning  of  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel. 

21f>.  STOVK  LIDS  AND  TO  PS,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL. 
ELEVATING-SUPPORT.  Devices  designed  to  be  placed 
on  gas  or  liquid  fuel  stove  tops  for  supporting  the  ordinary 
kitchen  utensil  or  article. 

2 1C..  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL, 
EXTENSION-TOP.  Gas  or  liquid  fuel  tops  that  are  de- 
signed to  have  an  enlarged  working  surface.  In  most  in- 
stances they  are  adapted  to  utilize  the  heat  from  a  single 

burner. 

Search  Class— 

126  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  Hi,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Liquid,  Wick,  Extension-top. 

217.  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS,  HEATING-STOVE.    Improve- 

ments in  the  tops  of  heating  stoves.     As  a  rule  they  relate  to 
t  he  means  for  opening  or  closing  the  magazine  feed-opening. 
Search  Class— 

126  -STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  335,  Stove-shelves,  Drop, 
Door-operated. 

218.  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS,  HEATING-STOVES,  COOK- 

ING  ATTACHMENTS.     Heating-stove  tops  that  an'  pro- 
vided with  means  to  adapt  them  to  l>eeinployed  in  cooking. 
Search  Class— 

126 -STOVKS  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  227,  Tool-heaters,  Flat- 
iron;  L'L'S,  Tool-heaters,  Flat-iron,  Attachments,  and  230,  Tool- 
heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Flat-iron. 

219.  STOVE-LIDS  AND  TOPS,  HEATING-STOVES,  ORNA- 

MENTS AND  URNS.    Heating-stove-top  ornaments  and 
urns. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


309 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

220.  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS,  LIDS.    Improvements  in  the  lids 

of  cooking-stoves. 
Search  Classes 

126  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  227,  Tool-heaters,  Flat- 
iron;  228,  Tool-heaters,  Flat-iron,  Attachments,  and  230,  Tool- 
heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Flat-iron. 

168— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  9,  Coal- 
stove  attachments,  Lid-burners,  for  lids  adapted  to  the  burn- 
ing of  liquid  fuel. 

221.  STOVE  LIDS  AND  TOPS,  STOVE-MATS.    Devices  in  the 

form  of  mats,  round  or  square,  designed  to  be  placed  upon  (lie 
stove-top,  usually  formed  of  asbestos  and  metal,  or  asbestos 
having  metal-bound  edges. 
Search  Class 
66—  KITCHKN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES. 

222.  TRASH-BURNERS,  COOKING-STOVES.    Cooking-stoves 

adapted  for  the  burning  of  straw,  hay,  sawdust,  and  similar 
material  as  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners 
and  feeders,  and  (i,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners  and  feed- 
ers, Kire-box,  Exterior,  Detachable. 

223.  TRASH-BURNERS,  COOKING-STOVES   FEEDING  AT- 

TACHMENTS.   Straw,  hay,  sawdust,  ami  similar  material 

feeding  attachments,  usually  of  magazine  form,  applicable  to 

cooking-stove  structures. 
Search  Classes 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,    subclass    11,    Stoves,  Cooking, 

Magazine,  Portable. 
110— FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners 

and  feeders,  and  6.  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners  and 

feeders,  Fire-box,  Exterior,  Detachable. 

224.  TRASH-BURNERS,    DOMESTIC-REFUSE    BURNERS. 

Refuse  or  "garbage"  burner  attachments  structurally  related 

to  the  cooking  or  heating  stove  art. 
Search  Classes 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,   subclass    11,    Stoves,  Cooking, 

Magazine,  Portable. 
110— FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Furnace  .structure,  Straw  burners 

and  feeders;  6,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners  and  feeders, 

Fire-box,    Exterior,    Detachable;  and   for   wet-fuel   burners 

appropriate  subclasses. 

225.  TRASH-BURNERS.  HEATING-STOVES.    Heating-stoves 

structurally  adapted  for  the  burning  of  hay,  straw,  sawdust 
and  similar  material. 
Search  Class 

110— FURNACES,  subclasses  5,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners 
and  feeders,  and  (i,  Furnace  structure,  Straw  burners  and 
feeders,  Fire-box,  Exterior,  Detachable. 

226.  TOOL-HEATERS.     Miscellaneous  devices  designed  for  the 

heating  of  various  types  of  tools. 

227.  TOOL-HEATERS,  FLAT-IRON.     Solid-fuel  stove  struct nrrs 

specially  designed  for  the  heating  of  llat-irons  or  "sad-irons." 
Search  Class  - 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  25,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Summer. 

228.  TOOL-HEATERS,        FLAT-IRON,        ATTACHMENTS. 

Portable  or  independent  heating  devices  structurally  designed 
to  be  employed  in  connection  with  solid,  gaseous,  or  liquid 
fuel  stove  structures. 
Search  Class   - 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  164,  Grates,  Fireplace; 
211,  Stove  lids  and  tops;  215,  Stove  lids  and  tops,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Elevating-support,  and  336,  Stove-shelves,  Fire- 
place-grate. 

229.  TOOL-HEATERS,     LIQUID      OR      GASEOUS     FUEL. 

Devices  adapted  to  the  burning  of  gaseous  or  liquid  fuel 
specially  designed  for  heating  various  types  of  tools. 

230.  TOOL-HEATERS,     LIQUID      OR      GASEOUS     FUEL, 

FLAT-IRON.  Gaseous  or  liquid  fuel  stoves  specially 
designed  for  the  heating  of  flat-irons  or  "sad-irons." 

231.  TOOL-HEATERS,      LIQUID      OR      GASEOUS   FUEL, 

GAS-BURNER     ATTACHMENTS.     Tool-heating  devices 
designed    to    be    attached    to   gas-brackets.    This   subclass 
includes  mainly  curling-iron  heaters. 
Search  Class 

126  -STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  235,  Tool-heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Lamp  attachment. 

232.  TOOL-HEATERS,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL.  GAS- 

BURNER  ATTACH. \IK.\TS,  COMBINED  LIGHTING 
AND  HEATING.  Gas-burner-attachments  where  the  heat- 
ing-burner is  supplied  with  gas  through  the  medium  of  a  by- 
pass without  affecting  the  operation  of  the  lighting-burner. 
As  a  rule  one  may  be  employed  to  the  exclusion  of  the  other, 
or  both  at  one  and  the  same  time. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVKS  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  254,  Heaters,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Gas-jet,  Combined. 

158  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  103, 
Burners,  Gas,  Gas-jet  attachments,  Convertible. 

233.  TOOL-HEATERS,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS- 

BURNKR  ATTACHMENTS,  .1  KT-M1X  K  R.  Gas-burner 
attachments  provided  with  specific  IMS  in- d  air  mixing  means 
whereby  the  illuminating-flame  is  converted  into  a  neating- 
flame. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  especially  in 
subclass  118,  Gas  and  air  mixers. 

234.  TOOL-HEATERS,  LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL,  GAS- 

BURNER      ATTACHMENTS,     TOOL-CONTROLLED 
VALVE.    Gas-burner    attachments    provided    with    tool- 
controlled  valve  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  52,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Valve  mechanism,  Article-controlled, 
and  238,  Tool-heaters,  Soldering-iron,  Gas-heaters,  Tool- 
controlled  valve. 

235.  TOOL-HEATERS,     LIQUID     OR     GASEOUS     FUEL, 

LAMP    ATTACHMENTS.    Tool-heating  devices  designed 
to  be  attached  to  lamps,  but  mainly  the  lamp-chimney.    In 
this  subclass  will  be  found  curling-iron  heaters. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  231,  Tool-heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas-burner  attachments. 

23(i.  TOOL-HEATERS,      SOLDERING-IRON.    Solid-fuel    fur- 
naces that  are  portable  in  character  and  provided  with  special 
means  for  retaining  the  iron  in  the  furnace. 
Search  Class 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  25,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Summer. 

237.  TOOL-HEATERS,       SOLDERING-IRON,       GAS-HEAT- 

F.  US.  Portable  gaseous-fuel  furnaces  structurally  designed 
for  the  heating  of  soldering-irons. 

238.  TOOL-HEATERS.  SOLDERING-IRON, GAS-HEATERS, 

TOOL-CONTROLLED      VALVE.     Portable   gaseous-fuel 
furnaces  designed  for  the  heating  of  tools  and  provided  with 
special  forms  of  automatic  gas  supply  and  cut-off  devices. 
Search  Class— 

126^-STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  52,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Valve  mechanism,  Article-controlled, 
ana  234,  Tool-heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas-burner 
attachments,  Tool-controlled  valve. 

2:«).  TOOL-HEATERS,  SOLDERING-IRON,  LIQUID-FUEL. 
Portable  liquid-fuel  furnaces  that  are  designed  for  the  heating 
of  tools,  mainly  soldering-irons. 

240.  TOOL-HEATERS,  SOLDERING-IRON,  LIQUID-FUEL, 

COMBINKD  HKATF.R  AND  SOLDK  R-POT.  Portable 
liquid-fuel  furnaces  designed  for  the  heating  of  soldering-irons, 
also  the  melting  or  solder  pot. 

241.  TOOL-HEATERS,  SOLDERING-IRON,  LIQUID-FUEL, 

LAMP.  Portable  furnace  structures  in  which  the  heating 
means  employed  is  a  lamp,  and  specially  designed  for  the 
heating  of  soldering-irons. 

242.  ASH    DISCHARGE    AND    COLLECTING.    Miscellaneous 

devices  designed  for  the  handy  removal  and  collection  of  ashes 
from  domestic  stoves  and  furnaces.  In  most  instances  the 
devices  have  direct  connection  with  the  stove  ash-pit  and  are 
in  the  form  of  chutes  leading  to  receptacles  and  provided  with 
gravity-traps.  The  chutes  may  also  be  provided  with 
screens  for  separating  the  cinders  from  the  ashes.  The  sub- 
class includes  also  receptacles  and  ash-pit-attaching  means 
and  means  for  removing  ashes  from  the  pit  into  the  receptacle. 
Search  Classes— 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  37,  Chutes. 

83 — MILLS,  subclass  (10,  Ore  and  coal,  Sifters  and  screens,  House- 
hold. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  !('">,  Ash  receiving  and  handling 
devices,  and  1(>7,  Ash  receiving  and  handling  devices,  Ash- 
pans,  Dumping. 

220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  115, 
Receptacles,  Garbage. 

243.  ASH    DISCHARGE    AND    COLLECTING,    ASH-PANS. 

Miscellaneous  ash  receptacles  or  pans  designed  to  be  em- 
ployed in  stove  or  furnace  ash-pits. 
Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  l(>(i,  Ash  receiving  and  handling 
devices,  Ash-pans. 

244.  ASH    DISCHARGE    AND    COLLECTING,    ASH-PANS. 

SIFTING.    Devices  of  the  ash-pan  type  that  are  provided 
with  sifting  means. 
Search  Class  - 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  ~>ti,  Ore  and  coal.  Sifters  and  screens,  and 
(10,  Ore  and  coal,  Sifters  and  screens,  Household. 

245.  ASH    DISCHARGE    AND    COLLECTING,    COMBINED 

STOVK    AND    ASH-PAN.     Devices,  generally  of  the  ash- 
pan  type,  that  include  some  special  feature  of  stove  structure 
which  cooperates  with  the  pan  to  produce  the  intended  result. 
Note.— The  ash-pans  are  usually  of  the  sifting  type. 

24ti.  HEATERS,  DISH.  Auxiliary  heat'ng  devices  designed  for 
warming  dishes  or  other  articles  or  for  keeping  warm  food- 
containing  vessels  after  removal  from  the  stove  and  in  \\  hich 
a  heat-retaining  substance  adapted  to  be  preheated  is  em- 
ployed. The  heated  substance  may  bo  either  liquid  or  solid. 
Search  Class— 

1M— STOVES  AND  FURNACES  subclasses  33,  Stoves, Cooking. 
Tallies,  Steam-li'-Mted:  207,  Foot-warmers,  Heated-block,  and 
2(>2,  Heaters,  Lunch,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


310 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

247.  HEATERS,    FRICTIONAL.    Devices  designed  to  generate 

heat  by  friction  for  the  purpose  of  heating  liquids  or  solids. 

248.  HEATERS,   LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS   FUEL,   ATTACH- 

MENTS,     DRUM.    Heating-drum   attachments    adapted 
for  use  with  heating  or  illuminating  burners. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES;  subclasses  97,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Liquid,  Wick,  Heating  and  illuminat- 
ing; 183,  Heating-drums,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder  for 
drum  details. 

249.  HEATERS,   LIQUID   OR   GASEOUS  FUEL,  ATTACH- 

MENTS, GAS-JET.    Miscellaneous  attachments  in  the  form 
of  brackets  or  supports  not  directly  supported  by  the  gas- 
bracket and  designed  to  sustain  articles  over  a  flame. 
Search  Class— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  111.  Shade,  Reflector  or  globe 
supports,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

250.  HEATERS,   LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS   FUEL,   ATTACH- 

MENTS,      GAS-JET,       AIR.     Air-heating      attachments 
adapted  for  use  with  the  ordinary  house  gas-bracket. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  Drum  subclasses. 

251.  HEATERS   LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL,   ATTACH- 

MENTS,    GAS-JET,     AIR,     JET-MIXER.    Gas-jet    air- 
heating  attachments  provided  with  means  for  mixing  gas  and 
air  in  advance  of  the  name-point. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  the  subclasses  of  Heating-drums 
for  drum  features. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  118,  Gas 
and  air  mixers,  for  mixer  features. 

252.  HEATERS,   LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS     FUEL,  ATTACH- 

MENTS, GAS-JET,  ARTICLE-SUPPORT.  Attachments 
in  the  form  of  brackets  or  supports  directly  attached  or  con- 
nected to  the  ordinary  gas-bracket  and  designed  to  sustain 
articles  over  a  flame. 

253.  HEATERS,  LIQUID    OR   GASEOUS  FUEL,  ATTACH- 

MENTS, GAS-JET,  ARTICLE-SUPPORT,  JET-MIXKR. 
Gas-jet  article-supporting  devices  provided  with  means  for 
mixing  gas  and  air  in  advance  of  the  flame-point. 
Search  Classes — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  233,  Tool-heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel.  Gas-burner  attachments,  Jet-mixer, 
and  251,  Heaters,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Gas- 
jet,  Air,  Jet-mixer. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  118,  Gas 
and  air  mixers. 

254.  HEATERS,   LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS   FUEL,   ATTACH- 

MENTS,   GAS-JET,    COMBINED.    Gas-bracket    attach- 
ments in  connection  with  which  there  is  employed  a  com- 
bined heating  or  lighting  burner  and  so  related  that  they 
can  be  used  join  ly  or  separately. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  232,  Tool-heaters,  Liquid 
or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas-burner  attachments,  Combined  lighting 
and  heating;  also  hi  appropriate  subclasses  for  detail  forms 
of  bracket  or  support. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  103,  Burners 
gas,  Gas-jet  attachments,  Convertible. 

255.  HEATERS,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL,  ATTACH- 

MENTS, LAMP.  Miscellaneous  attachments  designed  for 
use  with  lamp  or  wick  burners. 

256.  HEATERS,   LIQUID    OR   GASEOUS   FUEL,  ATTACH- 

MENTS, LAMP,  ARTICLE-SUPPORT.  Article-sup- 
porting attachments  that  are  supported  upon  the  lamp-body 
independent  of  the  lamp-chimney. 

257.  HEATERS,   LIQUID    OR   GASEOUS  FUEL,  ATTACH- 

MENTS, LAMP,  CHIMNEY-HEATERS,  AIR.    Air-heat- 
ers, usually  of  drum   form,  specially  applicable  to  lamp- 
chimneys. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  183,  Heating-drums, 
and  appropriate  subclasses  thereunder,  and  248,  Heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Drum. 

258.  HEATERS,  LIQUID   OR   GASEOUS   FUEL,  ATTACH- 

MENTS, LAMP,  CHIMNEY-HEATERS,  ARTICLE-SUP- 
PORT.   Article-supporting  brackets  that  are  specially  de- 
signed to  be  supported  upon  lamp-chimneys. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  235,  Tool-heaters,  Liquid 
or  gaseous  fuel,  Lamp  attachments. 

259.  HEATERS,   LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS   FUEL,   ATTACH- 

MENTS, LAMP,  STANDS,  AIR-HEATERS.    Air  or  drum 
heaters  that  are  supported  by  stands  over  and  independent 
of  the  lamp  structure. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  Drum  subclasses  for  detail  air- 
heating  features. 

260.  HEATERS,  LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS   FUEL,   ATTACH- 

MENTS, LAMP,  STANDS,  ARTICLE-SUPPORT.  Arti- 
cle-supporting stands  that  are  employed  in  connection  with 
lamp-heaters,  and  they  are  independent  of  the  form  orcharacter 
of  the  heater. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

261.  HEATERS,    LUNCH.    Heaters  designed   for   warming   and 

keeping  warm  articles  of  food.    This  subclass  contains  nursery 
or  hot-water  bags  provided  with  bottle  receptacles  or  pockets. 
Search  Class— 

128 — SURGERY,  for  special  bag  features  other  than  food  recep- 
tacles or  pockets. 

262.  HEATERS,  LUNCH,  COMBINED  CAN  AND  HEATER. 

Closed  receptacles  containing  food  products  that  are  provided 
with  permanently-attached  heaters. 

263.  HEATERS,  LUNCH,  COMBINED  CAN  AND  HEATER, 

CHEMICAL  HEATER.    Combined  can  and  heaters  where 
the  heating  means  is  a  chemical  or  heating  composition. 
Search  Class — 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  56,  Stoves,  Car. 

264.  Abolished. 

265.  HEATERS,    LUNCH,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL. 

Miscellaneous  food-warming  devices  employing  liquid  or  gase- 
ous fuel  as  the  heating  medium. 

266.  HEATERS,    LUNCH,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

DINNER-BUCKETS.    Devices  known  as    dinner  pails  or 
buckets  and  heated  by  forms  of  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  burners. 

267.  HEATERS,    LUNCH,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

DINNER-BUCKETS,  COMBINED  BUCKET  AND  LAN- 
TERN.   Dinner-buckets   structurally   adapted   to   be   em- 
ployed as  lanterns. 
Search'  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  209,  Foot-warmers,  Liquid 
or  gaseous  fuel,  Combined  heater  and  lantern. 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclass  2,  Combined  light  and  structure. 

268.  HEATERS,  LUNCH,  WAGON.     Vehicles,  sometimes  desig- 

nated "caterers'  wagons,"  designed  to  keep  food  at  a  predeter- 
mined temperature  while  conveying  the  same  to  customers  or 
dining  room. 
Search  Classes  - 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  276,  Ovens,  Wagon. 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  01, 
Bakers'  ovens,  Wagon-ovens. 

269.  HEATERS,  POWDER.  Devices  specially  adapted   for   the 

thawing  of  explosives,  such  as  powder,  dynamite,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  272,  Liquid-sterilizers; 

284,  Glue-pots,  and    370,  Water-heaters,  Vessels,  Steam  or 

water  heated. 
53— DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  1,  Boilers,  Domestic. 

270.  HEATERS,  SOLAR.    Devices  designed  to  utilize  the  sun's 

rays  for  general  heating  purposes. 
Search  Classes— 

60 — MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS. 
75— METALLURGY. 
103— PUMPS. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  119,  Spark-arresters,  and  130,  Spark- 
arresters,  Stack. 

271.  HEATERS,    SOLAR,    WATER.    Solar    heaters    specially 

designed  to  heat  water  for  domestic  use. 

271.1.  HEATERS,    SURFACE.    Miscellaneous    devices    for    ap- 
plying heat  to  surfaces  and  generally  adapted  to  be  moved 
over  the  surface.    Includes  devices  for  heating  surfaces  by 
steam,  that  either  comes  in  contact  with  the  surface  to  be 
heated  or  is  applied  by  a  radiator. 

Search  Classes— 

37 — EXCAVATING,  subclasses  35,  Snow-road  machines,  and  39, 
Miscellaneous. 

104— RAILWAYS, subclasses  58,  Track-cleaners,  Removing  weeds, 
and  153,  Track-cleaners,  Oilers,  and  washers. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  63,  Irrigating  and  sprin- 
kling, Carts,  for  wheeled  carts  provided  with  a  boiler  having 
nozzles  for  injecting  steam  or  hot  water  upon  surfaces  for 
heating  the  ground  or  melting  ice  or  snow. 

271.2.  HEATERS,  SURFACE,  FLUID-FUEL.    Devices  for  ap- 
plying the  products  of  combustion  of  fluid  fuel,  hot  air  heated 
by  fluid  fuel,  or  steam  in  combination  with  either  the  products 
of  combustion  or   hot  air  to  surfaces.    Includes  devices  for 
burning  weeds  or  stubble,  melting  snow  or  ice,  or  heating  the 
ground  for  cultivation. 

Search  Classes— 

37— EXCAVATING,  subclass  35,  Snow-road  machines,  for  anal- 
ogous structure. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  for  burner  structure 
and  fluid  fuel  paint  brearners. 

271.3.  HEATERS,    SURFACE,    SOLID     FUEL.    Devices    for 
applying   the  products  of  combustion  of  solid  fuel  or  the 
radiant  heat  thereof,  of  hot  air,  or  steam  in  combination  with 
the  products  of  combustion  or  hot  air  to  surfaces.    Includes 
devices  for  thawing  frozen  earth  in  placer  mining,  melting 
snow  and  ice,  burning  weeds  or  stubble,  heating  ground  for 
cultivation,  and  solid  fuel  paint  breamers. 

Search  Classes  — 

37 — EXCAVATING,  subclass  35,  Snow-road  machines. 
104 — RAILWAYS,  subclass  103,  Track-cleaners,  Hot  plows. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


311 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

272.  LIQUID-STERILIZERS.    Devices  designed  to  sterilize  cans 

or  jars  and  contents  thereof.  In  this  subclass  are  classified 
mechanisms  provided  with  endless  carriers  designed  to  carry 
the  cans  or  jars  forward  and  submerge  them  in  a  liquid  bath. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  apparatus  for  or  processes 
of  sterilizing  liquids  in  bulk,  which  are  classified  in  class  210, 
WATER  PURIFICATION. 

Search  Classes— 
31— DAIRY. 

53— DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclasses  1,  Boilers,  Do- 
mestic, and  2,  Boilers,  Domestic,  Steamers. 

273.  OVENS,  DOMESTIC.    Domestic  ovens,  that  do  not  fall  under 

more  specific  classes  and  subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  3,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Double  fire-pot,  Cooking  and  heating;  4,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Combined  cooking  and  heating  stove;  9,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Knockdown  or  separable;  19,  Stoves,  Cooking,  Ovens;  137, 
Fireplaces,  Cooking  and  oven  attachments;  198,  Stove  doors 
and  windows,  Oven-doors,  Ventilating;  218  Stove  lids  and 
tops,  Heating-stove,  Cooking  attachments,  and  337,  Stove, 
shelves.  Oven  shelf  or  rack. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  35,  Heaters, 
Ovens. 

274.  OVENS,  DOMESTIC,  DUTCH.    Domestic  ovens,  portable 

in  character,  having  an  open  side  and  adapted  to  receive 
radiated  heat  from  an  open  fireplace  or  stove. 

275.  OVENS,  DOMESTIC,  PORTABLE.    Domestic  ovens  struc- 

turally independent  of  stove  structure  and  designed  to  be 
placed  upon  stove-surfaces.  This  subclass  includes  those  de- 
vices that  are  known  in  the  trade  as  portable  gas  and  vapor 
stove  ovens. 

276.  OVENS,  WAGON.    Ovens  specially  adapted  to  be  mounted 

upon  wheeled  structures..    These  devices  are  usually  termed 

traveling  kitchens. 
Search  Classes— 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  268,  Heaters,  Lunch, 

Wagon,  and  276,  Ovens,  Wagon. 
107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  61, 

Bakers'  ovens,  Wagon-ovens. 

277.  PLATFORMS.    Devices   designed   to  support  stove-bodies. 

The  platform  may  be  provided  with  means  for  sustaining  it 
in  an  elevated  position. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  55,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Combined  base  and  hot  closet,  and  305,  Stove-legs,  Base- 
supports. 

278.  PLATFORMS,    STOVE-BOARDS.     Platforms  designed  to 

rest  flat  upon  the  floor-surface  and  to  protect  the  floor  from 
the  heat  of  a  stove  renting  thereon. 

279.  PLATFORMS,       STOVE  -  BOARDS,       VENTILATING. 

Stove-boards  so  constructed  as  to  allow  for  a  free  circulation  of 
air  beneath  or  through  them. 
Search  Class — 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  143,  Fireplaces,  Hearths. 

280.  SOOT-CATCHERS.     Receptacles  designed  to  be  so  placed  or 

suspended  that  they  will  catch  or  receive  the  soot  falling 
from  stovepipe  or  chimney  openings. 

2S1.  DOUGH-RAISERS.     Pan  or  tray  devices  designed  for  the 
raising  of  dough  and  usually  provided  with  means  for  heating 
and  maintaining  the  heat  of  the  pan  or  tray  at  a  uniform  tem- 
perature in  excess  of  that  of  the  surrounding  atmosphere. 
Search  Class— 
45 — FURNITURE,  subclass  16,  Kitchen-cabinets. 

282.  DOUGH-RAISERS,  LAMP  TYPE.    Dough-raising  devices, 

having  a  heater  of  the  liquid-fuel-burner  type. 
Search  Class— 
45— FURNITURE,  subclass  16,  Kitchen-cabinets. 

283.  FUEL-BOXES.     Fuel-holding  cabinets  provided  with  means 

for  permitting  the  withdrawal  of  small  quantities  of  fuel. 
Search  Classes— 

83— MILLS,  subclass  56,  Ore  and  coal,  Sifters  and  screens. 
211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  7,  Cabinets,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

284.  GLUE-POTS.     Devices  primarily  designed  for  the  melting  of 

glue  and  analogous  substances.    The  pots  are  usually  water 
or  steam  jacketed. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  33,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Tables,  Steam-heated;  282,  Dough-raisers,  Lamp  type;  370, 
Water-heaters,  Vessels,  Steam  or  water  heated;  371,  Water- 
heaters,  Vessels,  Steam  or  water  heated,  Closed  chamber  or 
coil,  and  372,  Water-heaters,  Vessels,  Steam  or  water  heated, 
Jet. 

285.  DAMPERS.    Miscellaneous  dampers  not    classifiable  other- 

wise. 
Search  Classes — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  325,  Hot-air  registers, 
and  326,  Hot-air  registers,  Wall,  for  damper  details. 

110 — FURNACES,  subclasses  147,  Draft-regulators,  and  163,  Draft- 
regulators,  Damper. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

286.  DAMPERS,       DISTANCE       OPERATING       DEVICES. 

Operating  devices   located   at  a  distance  and  designed   to 
operate  smoke,  air-flue,  and  stove  draft-dampers. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  158,  Draft-regulators,  Smoke-box, 
Feeding  air,  Door-operated. 

287.  DAMPERS,       DISTANCE       OPERATING       DEVICES, 

DOOR-OPERATED.     Damper-operating  devices  that  are 
coupled  up  or  connected  to  stove-doors  and  designed  to  operate 
the  damper  upon  the  opening  or  closing  of  the  stove-door. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  158,  Draft-regulators,  Smoke-box, 
Feeding  ah-,  Door-operated. 

288.  DAMPERS,  FIREPLACE.    Dampers  structurally  adapted 

for  use  in  fireplace  structures. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  295,  Dampers,  Stovepipe, 
Lock  and  indicator,  for  lock  and  indicator  features. 

289.  DAMPERS,  STOVE.    Dampers  structurally  adapted  for  use 

with  heating  or  cooking  stoves. 

290.  DAMPERS,  STOVE,  DRAFT.    Dampers  designed  to  control 

the  admission  of  air  to  the  combustion-chamber  of  stoves. 
Search  Classes— 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  193,  Stove  doors  and 

windows,  Feeding  air. 
110— FURNACES. 

291.  DAMPERS,    STOVE,    REPAIR.    Dampers    designed    to 

replace  broken  or  worn-out  dampers  and  adjustable  to  stoves 
of  different  sizes. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  145,  Fire-pots  and 
linings,  Adjustable  for  breaking-groove  structure,  and  153, 
Grates,  Adjustable. 

292.  DAMPERS,    STOVEPIPE.    Miscellaneous   Stovepipe    and 

air-flue  dampers. 

293.  DAMPERS,  STOVEPIPE,  COMBINED  DAMPER  AND 

VENTILATOR.  Damper  devices  where  the  smoke-control- 
ling damper  and  the  ventilating-damper  are  so  connected 
that  the  movement  of  one  operates  to  move  the  other. 

294.  DAMPERS,  STOVEPIPE,  CONE.    Dampers  in  the  form  of 

a  sectional  truncated  cone.  One  or  both  of  its  sides  are  usually 
movable,  so  as  to  cause  direct  or  retarded  draft  in  the  pipe. 

295.  DAMPERS,    STOVEPIPE,    LOCK    AND    INDICATOR. 

Dampers  provided  with  means  for  locking  or  holding  the 
damper  in  a  predetermined  position,  also  devices  for  indicating 
their  position. 
Search  Class— 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  288,  Dampers,  Fireplace. 

296.  DAMPERS,    STOVEPIPE,    MULTIPLE.    Dampers   com- 

posed of  two  or  more  plates  connected  by  a  common  operat- 
ing-rod, so  as  to  receive  simultaneous  action,  thereby  affect- 
ing the  direct  or  indirect  draft  of  the  pipe. 

297.  DAMPERS,  STOVEPIPE,  SINUOUS  PASSAGE.    Single- 

spindle-operating  pipe-dampers  that  have  retarding  means  for 
giving  a  circuitous  course  to  the  products. 

298.  FIRE-DOGS.    Devices  generally  known  as  andirons.    Some 

of  these  devices  are  provided  with  a  shelf  or  support,  also  a 
fender. 

Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  201,  Fenders;  202, 
Fenders,  Fire  screen  or  guard;  203,  Fenders,  Fireplace-hearth, 
and  336,  Stove-shelves,  Fireplace-grate. 

299.  STOVE-HOODS.    Miscellaneous  devices  designed  to  carry  off 

odors  from  kitchen  ranges,  etc. 
Search  Class — 
104 — RAILWAYS,  subclass  208,  Yards  and  plants,  Smoke-jacks. 

300.  STOVE-HOODS,  STOVE-DISCHARGE.    Stove-hoods  that 

discharge  into  the  stove-body  proper. 

301.  STOVE -HpODS,    STOVEPIPE  -  DISCHARGE.      Stove- 

hoods  provided  with  means  for  connecting  them  with  stove- 
pipes and  flues. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  312,  Stovepipes,  Ventila- 
tion. 

302.  STOVE-HOODS,     STOVEPIPE-DISCHARGE,     STOVE- 

CASING.  Stove-hoods  designed  to  inclose  a  stove;  the  cas- 
ing acts  as  a  heat-fender  and  is  provided  with  ventilating 
means. 

Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  202,  Fenders,  Fire  screen 
or  guard. 

303.  STOVE -HOODS,       STOVEPIPE- DISCHARGE,       TOP- 

PLATE  CASING.  Stove-hoodsdesigned  to  inclose  the  top 
plate  of  a  stove.  The  casing  is  usually  provided  with  venti- 
lating means. 

304.  STOVE-LEGS.    Stove-legs  and  the  means  for  attaching  them 

to  stove-bodies. 
Search  Classes— 
4 — BATHS  AND  CLOSETS. 
155— CHAFRS,  subclass  33,  Pads  and  feet. 


312 


DEFINITIONS   OP   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

305.  STOVE-LEGS,  BASE-SUPPORTS.    Devices  in  the  form  of 

a  ring  or  base,  to  which  the  stove-leg  is  attached,  and  designed 
to  support  the  stove-body. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  55,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Combined  base  and  hot  closet;  57,  Stoves,  Car,  Protective 
casings,  and  277,  Platforms. 

306.  STOVE-LEGS,  SHEET-METAL.    Sheet-metal  stove-legs. 

307.  STOVEPIPES.    Miscellaneous  smoke-flues,  designed  to  con- 

vey smoke  and  waste  gases  from  the  flrepot. 
Search  Classes— 
113 — SHEET-METAL   WARE,    MAKING,   especially  subclass   33, 

Tube-making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  9,  Cut-offs  and  spouts,  and 

appropriate  subclasses  under  Mains  and  pipes. 

308.  STOVEPIPES,   JOINTS   AND  COUPLINGS.    Stovepipes 

wherein  the  alleged  invention  consists  in  means  for  joining 
or  coupling  the  ends  of  the  sections. 

Search  Classes — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  310,  Stovepipes,  El- 
bows; 311,  Stovepipes,  Elbows,  Changeable  angle,  and  318, 
Stovepipe-thimbles,  Stovepipe  anchor  or  lock. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  9,  Cut-offs  and  spouts; 
33,  Hose-patches,  and  75,  Mains  and  pipes,  Pipes,  and  sub- 
classes under  Pipe-couplings. 

309.  STOVEPIPES,  SEAM.    Stove  pipes  where  the  improvement 

resides  in  seaming  the  several  pipe  or  flue  sections. 

310.  STOVEPIPES,  ELBOWS.    Stove  pipes  where  the  improve- 

ment resides  in  the  form  of  the  elbow. 
Search  Class— 
113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING. 

311.  STOVEPIPES,  ELBOWS,  CHANGEABLE  ANGLE.    Ad- 

justable stovepipe  elbows  adapted  to  assume  different  angles. 
Search  Class — 
137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  under  Mains  and  pipes. 

312.  STOVE  PIPES,  VENTILATION.   Stove  pipes  having  devices 

designed  to  carry  off  vitiated  air  and  odors. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  293,  Dampers,  Stove- 
pipe, Combined  damper  and  ventilator,  and  301,  Stove-hoods, 
Stovepipe-discharge. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  sulxjlasses  25,  Ventilation,  Flue-heaters,  and 
30,  Ventilating-chimneys. 

313.  STOVEPIPES,      AIR-MOISTENING      ATTACHMENTS. 

Open  vessels  containing  a  liquid  and  so  connected  to  the 
stovepipe  as  to  be  heated   thereby  and  designed  to  moisten 
the  air  in  the  room. 
Search  Class— 
98 — PNEUMATICS. 

314.  STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES.    Devices  adapted  to  be  applied 

to  Hue  and  similar  openings,  forming  a  lining  therefor,  and 
designed  to  receive  a  stove  or  similar  pipe. 
Search  Class— 
21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  89,  Hub-caps. 

315.  STOVEPIPE -THIMBLES        ADJUSTABLE          FLUE- 

COLLAR.    Devices  capable  of  vertical  adjustment  to  suit 
the  height  of  a  stovepipe  to  obviate  the  necessity  of  cutting 
the  same  to  fix  the  stove-hole  of  the  chimney;  also  adjustable 
thimbles  adapted  to  receive  different-sized  stovepipes. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  82,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Adjustable  pipe-collar. 

316.  STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES,  COMBINED  THIMBLE  AND 

VENTILATOR.    Thimbles  designed  to  ventilate. 

317.  STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES,       FLOOR       OR       CEILING 

PLATES.    Collar  and  thimble  devices  designed  for  use  in 
connection  with  pipes  which  pass  through  the  floors  or  ceilings 
of  buildings. 
Search  Class— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  87,  Light  supports,  Bracket  and 
chandeliers,  Hangers,  Canopies. 

318.  STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES,    STOVEPIPE    ANCHOR    OR 

LOCK.    Devices  for  locking  the  inserted  end  of  a  stovepipe 
in  a  flue  or  thimble  opening. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  308,  Stovepipes,  Joints 
and  couplings. 

319.  STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES,      FLUE-STOPPERS.    Devices 

designed  to  close  flue  and  thimble  openings. 

320.  STOVE     IMPLEMENTS,     COMBINED.    Combined  stove 

implements  not  otherwise  classifiable;  includes  mainly  lid- 
lifters  and  pokers. 
Search  Classes— 

7 — COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous. 

65 — KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclasses  10,  Compound 
tools;  32,  Plate-lifters,  and  56,  Compound  tools,  Gripping. 

321.  STOVE    IMPLEMENTS,    FIRE-TONG.     Devices    known 

as  household  or   kitchen   tongs   and  designed  to  be  used 
in  connection  with  stoves  and  open  grates. 
Search  Class— 
65 — KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  52,  Table-tongs. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

322.  STOVE  IMPLEMENTS,  HANDLES.    The  form  of  the  han- 

dle of  a  stove  implement. 
Search  classes— 
126-^-SiovES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  195,  Stove  doors  and 

windows,  Knobs,  and  226,  Tool-heaters. 
68 — LAUNDRY,  subclass  26,  Sad-irons. 
219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  21,  Heaters, 

Tools  and  instruments,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

323.  STOVE  IMPLEMENTS,  LID-LIFTER.    Structure  or  form 

of  stove-lid  lifters. 

324.  STOVE   IMPLEMENTS,   POKER.    Household  pokers. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  173,  Grates,  Raking  at- 
tachments. 

325.  HOT-AIR     REGISTERS.    Devices  provided  with  pivoted 

slats  or  "  louvers,"  and  means  for  operating  them,  and  designed 
to  be  supported  in  a  frame  surrounding  an  air  inlet  or  outlet 
opening.    These  devices  are  usually  termed  hot-air  and  venti- 
lating  registers. 
Search  Classes— 

126— -STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  326,  Hot-air  registers, 
Wall,  and  328,  Hot-air  registers,  Flush-surface,  for  form  of  slot 
or  louver  and  operating  means. 

116 — Hot-air  furnaces,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  and  285,  Dampers. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  60,  Shutters,  Registering 
slide. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  appropriate  subclasses  under  Ventilation. 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  82,  Grilles, 
Composite;  83,  Grilles,  Integral;  84,  Grilles,  Securing  devices, 
and  54,  Shutters,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

326.  HOT-AIR    REGISTERS,    WALL.    Wall-registers,  usually 

provided  with  cut-out  means  designed  to  cause  the  ascending 
air  to  be  partially  or  wholly  discharged  through  a  selected 
register. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  285,  Dampers,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  details  of  operating  mechanism. 

327.  HOT-AIR  REGISTERS,  BORDER  OR  FRAME.    Regis- 

ter-supporting border  or  frame  which  surrounds  the  air  inlet 
or  outlet  opening. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  139,  Fireplaces,  Fronts, 
Frames. 

328.  HOT-AIR    REGISTERS,     FLUSH-SURFACE.    Registers 

where  the  slats  or  louvers  are  so  pivoted  as  to  form  when  closed 
a  smooth  front-plate  surface. 

329.  HOT-AIR      REGISTERS,      HEAT-DISTRIBUTER.     Air 

deflectors  or  distributers  adapted  to  be  applied  to  registers  and 
designed  to  deflect  or  disseminate  the  air. 

330.  HOT-AIR    REGISTERS,    AIR-MOISTENING    ATTACH- 

MENTS.   Air-moistening  devices  ^>plicable  to  hot-air  regis- 
ters. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  136,  Fireplaces,  Blow- 
ers, Stove  structure;  115,  Hot-air  furnaces,  Dust-flue,  and  313, 
Stovepipes,  Air-moistening  attachments. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  for  air-moistening  features. 

331.  HOT-AIR    REGISTERS,  FOOT-RESTS.    Combined  heat- 

ing registers  and  foot-rests. 
Search  Classes — 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  137,  Fireplaces,  Cook- 
ing and  oven  attachments;  201,  Fenders;  204,  Foot  warmers; 
332,  Stove  shelves,  and  337,  Stove-shelVes,  Oven  shelf  or  rack. 

155— CHAIRS,  subclass  9,  Foot-rests. 

237 — HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  19,  Steam  radia- 
tors, Attachments. 

248— SUPPORTS,  subclass  20,  Brackets,  Special  article. 

332.  STOVE-SHELVES.    Shelves  or  racks  peculiarly  applicable 

to  stoves  and  as  a  rule  self-supporting. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  190,  Stove  doors  and 
windows,  and  214,  Stove  lids  and  tops,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel. 

333.  STOVE-SHELVES,    BRACKETS    OR    STANDS.    Stove- 

shelves  supported  by  a  bracket  or  stand  above  the  stove-top. 

334.  STOVE-SHELVES,    DROP.    Shelves  so   hung  as  to  form 

when  in  operative  position  an  extension  of  the  stove-top  or 

oven-bottom. 
Search  Classes— 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  190,  Stove  doors  and 

windows. 
45 — FURNITURE,  for  general  structure  and  details. 

335.  STOVE-SHELVES,  DROP,  DOOR-OPERATED.    Shelves 

so  hung  as  to  form  an  extension  of  the  oven-bottom  when 
the  oven-door  is  open  and  thrown  into  operative  or  inopera- 
tive position  by  the  opening  or  closing  of  the  oven-door. 
Search  Class— 

126-|-STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  191,  Stove  doors  and 
windows,  Balanced,  and  217,  Stove  lids  and  tops,  Heating- 
Stove. 

336.  STOVE -SHELVES,       FIREPLACE  -  GRATE.       Shelves 

adapted  to  fireplace-grates  or  any  open-grate  structure. 

337.  STOVE-SHELVES,  OVEN  SHELF  OR  RACK.    Improve- 

ments in  the  form  of  the  oven-rack  or  shelf. 
Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  273,  Ovens,  Domestic, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


313 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

338.  STOVE-SHELVES.  OVEN  SHELF  OR  RACK,  ROTARY. 

Oven  shelves  or  racks  adapted  to  be  revolved  or  rotated  in  the 
oven. 

Search  Class— 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  211,  Stove  lids  and  tops. 

339.  STOVE-SHELVES,  OVEN  SHELF  OR  RACK,  SLIDING. 

Oven  shelves  or  racks  adapted  to  be  withdrawn  from  the  oven 
and  means  for  holding  the  shelf  in  its  extended  horizontal 
position. 

?40.  STOVE-SHELVES,  OVEN  SHELF  OR  RACK,  SLIDING. 
DOOR-OPERATED.  Sliding  oven  shelves  or  racks  moved 
out  or  in  by  the  opening  or  closing  of  the  oven-door. 

341.  STOVE-SHELVES,     STOVEPIPE.    Shelves  stationary  in 

character  and  by  reason  of  their  structure  and  use  peculiarly 
applicable  to  stovepipes. 

342.  STOVE-SHELVES,     STOVEPIPE,     DROP.       Stovepipe- 

shelves  where  the  shelf  or  arm  is  adapted  to  be  moved  into 
an  up  or  down  position. 

343.  STOVE-SHELVES,    STOVEPIPE,    SWINGING.      Stove- 

pipe-shelves that  are  adapted  to  be  moved  right  or  left  upon 
a  fixed  pivot. 

343.5.  MELTING  FURNACES.  Miscellaneous  heaters  specially 
adapted  for  melting  substances  by  the  application  of  heat  to 
a  receptacle,  conduit,  or  support  for  the  material  to  be  melted. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  271.1,  Heaters,  Sur- 
face; 271.2,  Heaters,  Surface,  Fluid  fuel,  and  271.3,  Heaters, 
Surface,  Solid  fuel,  for  portable  apparatus  for  applying  heat 
to  surfaces  generally,  whether  for  the  purpose  of  melting 
snow  and  ice,  thawing  frozen  ground,  burning  weeds  or 
stubble,  or  preparing  ground  for  cultivation. 

37 — EXCAVATING,  subclasses  35,  Snow-road  machines,  and 
39,  Miscellaneous,  for  analogous  construction. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  63,  Irrigating  and  sprin- 
kling, Carts,  for  wheeled  tanks  and  boilers  with  nozzles  lor 
spraying  steam  or  hot  water  upon  the  ground  for  the  purpose 
of  heating  the  ground  or  melting  ice  or  snow. 

344.  WATER-HEATERS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  heating  water 

for  domestic  or  cooking  purposes. 
Search  Classes— 
126 — STOVES   AND    FURNACES,    subclass  271,    Heaters,   Solar, 

Water. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATERS  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  38,  Heaters, 
Fluid. 

345.  WATER-HEATERS,  KETTLE-FURNACE.    Open-tank  or 

boiler  structures  beneath  which  is  located  the  furnace  or 
heater.  These  devices  have  heretofore  been  termed  "agri- 
cultural boilers." 

346.  WATER-HEATERsf   KETTLE-FURNACE,    CANNING. 

Kettle-furnaces  provided  with  special  means  for  treating  food 
products  other  than  in  the  art  of  preserving,  and  includes 
tray  elevating  and  lowering  means. 
Search  Class — 
53— DOMESTIC  COOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  1,  Boilers,  Domestic. 

347.  WATER-HEATERS,    KETTLE-FURNACE,    HORIZON- 

TAL COMBUSTION-CHAMBER.   Kettle-furnaces  in  which 
there  is  a  horizontal  extension  of   the   main  combustion- 
chamber. 
Search  Classes— 

31— DAIRY,  subclass  22,  Cheese-vats  and  curd-breakers. 

127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  9.  Evaporating-pans. 

348.  WATER  -  HEATERS,    KETTLE  -  FURNACE,    STEAM 

GENERATORS  AND  COOKERS.    Combined  kettle  fur- 
nace steam-generators  and  steam-cookers.    These  devices  are 
designed  for  cooking,  by  steam,  food  products  in  an  open 
tank  or  receptacle. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  360  et  seq.,  Water- 
heaters,  submerged,  and  370  et  seq.,  Water-heaters,  Vessels. 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  for  steam-boiler  fea- 
tures. 

349.  'WATER-HEATERS,     KETTLE-FURNACE,     TILTING. 

Water-heating  kettle-furnaces  in  which  the  kettle  is  pivoted 
or  trunnioned,  so  as  to  permit  the  ready  dumping  of  the  con- 
tents of  the  kettle. 
Search  Class— 
127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  4,  Confectionery. 

350.  WATER-HEATERS,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL. 

Miscellaneous  domestic   water-heaters  that  are  heated  by 
liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  burners. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  210,  Foot-warmers, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Water-heater. 

351.  WATER-HEATERS,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

AUTOMATIC.  Water-heaters  in  which  the  flow  of  gas  to 
the  burner  is  automatically  controlled,  either  through  the 
medium  of  a  thermostat  or  through  the  pressure  in  the  system 
due  to  the  opening  or  closing  of  a  valve  or  valves.  The  burners 
are  usually  provided  with  continuously-burning  pilot-lights. 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS,  and  236— DAMPERS, 
AUTOMATIC,  for  automatic  burner-regulation. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

352.  ABOLISHED. 

353.  ABOLISHED. 

354.  ABOLISHED. 

355.  WATER-HEATERS,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

DRIP-PLATE.  Water-heaters  in  which  the  water  is  admit- 
ted into  the  top  portion  of  the  heater  aud  descends  to  the  bot- 
tom portion  thereof  through  the  medium  of  shallow  pans  or 
suspended  metal  strips,  the  water  coming  hi  direct  contact 
witn  the  ascending  gaseous  product  of  combustion. 
Search  Class— 

126^-STovEs   AND    FURNACES,    subclass   359,  Water-heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Overflow. 

356.  ABOLISHED. 

357.  WATER-HEATERS,     LIQUID     OR     GASEOUS    FUEL, 

HINGED  OR  SEPARABLE.  Devices  in  the  nature  of 
water-backs  and  designed  to  be  employed  with  liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel  cooking-stoves.  These  devices  may  be  hinged  to 
or  be  a  separable  part  of  the  stove  proper. 

358.  WATER-HEATERS,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

LAMP  TYPE.  Water-heaters  structurally  related  to  the 
lamp  or  wick  type  burners.  The  chimney  or  combustion 
flue  of  lamps  is  as  a  rule  surrounded  by  the  water  or  liquid 
con  tamed  vessel. 

359.  WATER-HEATERS,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

OVERFLOW .  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  portable  water-heaters 
in  which  the  supply-pipe  leads  into  and  discharges  in  the 
upper  portion  of  the  water  receptacle  or  heater  and  the  water 
is  sprayed  and  caused  to  flow  downward  over  the  heated 
cylinders  and  hi  a  reverse  direction  to  the  flame. 
Note. — For  detail  features  search  appropriate  detail  Water-heater 
subclasses,  especially  subclass  355,  Drip-plate. 

360.  WATER-HEATERS,    LIQUID    OR    GASEOUS    FUEL, 

SUBMERGED .   Submerged  liquid  tank  heaters  that  employ 
liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  the  flame  not  being  hi  direct  contact 
with  the  liquid.    This  subclass  includes  both  the  stationary 
and  portable  type  of  heater. 
Search  Classes— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  366  et  seq.,  Submerged, 
for  detail  tank  features. 

60 — MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT-ENGINE  PLANTS,  for  devices  hi  which 
the  flame  is  in  direct  contact  with  the  water. 

361.  WATER -HEATERS,    STAND -BOILERS.    Structure    of 

water-holding  tanks  or  boilers.    These  devices  are  termed 

generally  "kitchen-range  boilers." 
Search  Classes— 

122— LIQUID  HEATERS  AND  VAPORIZERS. 
220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  108, 

Casks,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

362.  WATER-HEATERS,  STAND-BOILERS,  CIRCULATION. 

Stand-boilers   where   the   improvements   reside    in   specific 
water-circulating  means. 
Search  Class — 

126 — STOVES    AND    FURNACES,    subclass    365,    Water-heaters, 
Stovepipe,  Circulation. 

363.  WATER-HEATERS,     STAND-BOILERS,      SUPPORTS. 

Devices  designed  to  support  stand-boilers  and  similar  struc- 
tures. 

Search  Class— 
248— SUPPORTS. 

364.  WATER-HEATERS,  STOVEPIPE.    Stoves  provided  with 

water-tanks  through  which  some  portion  of  the  smoke-pipe 
passes  to  heat  the  water  therein. 

365.  WATER  -  HEATERS,     STOVEPIPE,     CIRCULATION- 

Stovepipe  water-heaters  which  are  provided  with  circulation- 
pipes  between  the  heater  and  an  adjacent  tank  or  reservoir. 
These  heaters  have  the  character  and  function  of  "water- 
backs." 

Search  Class— 

126 — STOVES    AND    FURNACES,    subclass    362,   Water-heaters, 
Stand-boilers,  Circulation. 

366.  WATER-HEATERS.  SUBMERGED,  CLOSED  SYSTEMS 

PIPES.    Steam  or  hot-water  pipes  in  a  closed  liquid-heating 
system  and  designed  to  heat  the  same. 
Search  Classes— 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  370  et  seq.,  Water- 
heaters,  Vessels. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  38,  Heaters, 
Fluid,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

367.  WATER-HEATERS,  SUBMERGED,  PORTABLE.   Solid- 

fuel  stove  structures  designed  to  be  submerged  in  an  open 
tank  of  liquid  for  heating  the  same.    The  stove  structure  does 
not  form  a  permanent  part  of  the  tank,  but  is  readily  remov- 
able from  the  tank. 
Search  Class— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  38.  Heaters, 
Fluid,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

368.  WATER -HEATERS,     SUBMERGED,     STATIONARY. 

Solid-fuel  stove  structures  adapted  to  lw  submerged  in  an 
open  tank  of  liquid  for  heating  the  same. 


314 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 
219—  ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  38,  Heaters, 

Fluid,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

137 — WATEK    DISTRIBUTION,    subclasses   21,    Tanks,    and   68, 
Tanks,  Automatic. 

369.  WATER-HEATERS,  STEAMING  APPARATUS.     Steam 

boxes  or  receptacles  designed  for  steaming  or  cooking  food 
products. 
Search  Classes — 

126 — STOVES  AND   FURNACES,  subclass  20,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Ovens,  Steam  or  hot  water. 

34— DKIERS. 

83— MILLS,  subclasses  27,  Preparing  grain,  Steaming  and  damp- 
ening, and  28,  Preparing  gram,  Processes. 

370.  WATER-HEATERS,    VESSELS,    STEAM    OR    WATER 

HEATED.  Steam  or  water  jacketing  devices  that  wholly 
or  partially  surround  open  receptacles  and  designed  to  heat 
the  contents  therein  contained.  The  devices  as  a  whole  are 
usually  termed  "steam-jacketed  kettles." 


CLASS  126— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  281,  Dough-raisers,  and 
293,  Dampers,  Stovepipe,  Combined  damper  and  ventilator. 
87— OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  13,  Rendering. 
127— SUGAR  AND  SALT,  subclass  4,  Confectionery. 

371.  WATER-HEATERS,    VESSELS,    STEAM    OR   WATER 

HEATED,  CLOSED  CHAMBER  OR  COIL.    Devices  in 
the  form  of  a  steam  chamber  or  coil  designed  to  be  immersed 
in  and  heat  the  contents  of  open  receptacles. 
Search  Classes — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  366,  Water-heaters,  Sub- 
merged, Closed  systems  pipes. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  41,  Heaters, 
Fluid,  Immersion. 

372.  WATER-HEATERS,    VESSELS,    STEAM    OR    WATER 

HEATED,  JET.    Devices  that  are  designed  to  inject  steam 
into  water  contained  in  open  receptacles  for  heating  water  or 
cooking  purposes. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES   AND    FURNACES,    subclass   348,   Water-heaters, 
Kettle-furnace,  Steam  generators  and  cookers. 


CLASS  129.— PAPER  FILES  AND   BINDERS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  contains  all  devices  for  filing  or  temporarily  binding 
loose  sheets,  pamphlets,  newspapers,  cards,  photographs,  clippings, 
etc.,  except  those  not  designed  for  this  purpose  only  and  those  which 
are  more  properly  classified  as  articles  of  furniture,  receptacles,  or 
mere  clasps. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Files  and  binders  of  types  differing  from 

those  in  the  specific  subclasses,  together  with  a  few  imple- 
ments for  inserting  papers  into  a  file  or  binder. 

2.  CONTINUOUS-WEB.    The  file  consists,  essentially,  of  a  con- 

tinuous web  which  travels  over  rollers  and  upon  which  papers 
may  be  secured  by  being  pasted  directly  to  the  web  or  by 
means  of  various  fastening  devices. 

3.  PINS  AND  INDEXES.    Impaling-pins  provided  with  indexes 

for  the  filed  papers. 

4.  PINS  AND  FOLLOWERS.    The  sheets  of  paper  are  secured 

upon  impaling-pins,  and  a  follower  serves  to  hold  them  to- 
gether, to  protect  them,  or  to  force  them  upon  the  pins. 

5.  PINS  AND   FOLLOWERS,  SPRING.    Filing-pins  and  fol- 

lowers which  are  thrown  into  or  out  of  operative  position  by 
springs. 

€.  PINS  AND  FOLLOWERS  SPRING,  SLIDING.    Filing-pins 
and  sliding  followers,  which  are  spring  actuated. 

7.  PINS  AND  PUNCHES.    Files  of  the  impaling-pin  type  which 

are  provided  with  punches  for  perforating  the  papers  before 
filing. 

8.  PINS  AND  TRANSFER-WIRES.    Files  having  impaling-pins 

and  wires  which  may  be  brought  uiiO  juxtaposition  with  the 
pins,  so  that  papers  may  be  readily  transferred  from  the  pins 
to  the  wires. 

9.  PINS  AND  TRANSFER-WIRES,  SLIDING-BASE.    Impal- 

ing-pins or  transfer-wires  mounted  upon  a  slidable  base,  by 
the  movement  of  which  the  wires  and  pins  are  caused  to 
engage  or  disengage. 

10.  PINS  AND  TRANSFER-WIRES,  SWINGING.    Filing-pins 

or  transfer- wires  adapted  to  be  swung  laterally  to  cause  them 
to  engage  or  disengage. 

11.  PINS  AND  TRANSFER-WIRES,  TILTING.    Impaling-pins 

transfer-wires,  or  both,  capable  of  a  tilting  movement,  by 
means  of  which  they  are  caused  to  engage  or  disengage. 

12.  PROJECTING  PINS  AND  COVERS.    Covers,  one  of  which  is 

provided  with  pins  which  pass  through  perforations  in  the 
filed  sheets  and  through  the  other  cover,  which  is  provided 
with  some  fastening  device  to  engage  with  the  pins. 

13.  EXTENSIBLE  PINS  AND  COVERS.    Covers  provided  with 

binding  pins,  usually  iclescoping,  capable  of  extension  to  in- 
crease the  capacity  of  the  binder. 

14.  FOLLOWERS  AND  INDEX-PARTITIONS.    Files  having 

followers  to  exert  pressure  upon  the  filed  papers,  and  provided 
with  adjustable  index-partitions. 

15.  INDEXES.    Index-sheets  for  file-cases,  retainers  for  index- 

sheets,  and  combinations  of  cases  ana  index  leaves  or  parti- 
tions, provided  the  index-leaves  do  not  form  an  integral 
part  of  the  case  structure. 

16.  INDEXES,  CARD.    Cases  for  index-cards,  cards  for  indexes 

(including  some  envelop-like  receptacles  for  receiving  memo- 
randa and  adapted  for  use  as  index-cards),  combinations  of 
cases  and  cards,  and  combinations  of  cases  and  memorandum- 
books  or  the  like. 

17.  PINS  AND  HINGED  BACKS.    Book-covers  hinged  at  the 

back  and  provided  with  pins  rigidly  mounted  on  the  covers. 
To  expose  the  pins  in  position  to  receive  papers,  the  covers 
must  be  opened  wide. 

18.  NOTCHED  LEAVES.    Binders  in  which  the  retaining  devices 

engage  with  notches  of  various  forms  in  the  margins  of  the 
leaves. 

19.  STUBS  AND  FLAPS.    Series  of  stubs  to  which  the  filed  papers 

are  attached  singly  or  in  groups  and  flaps  between  which 


CLASS  129— Continued. 

papers  are  fastened.  Any  kind  of  fastening  means  may  be 
employed,  and  the  whole  device  is  usually  in  book  form. 

20.  SCRAP-BOOK  AND  ALBUM  LEAVES.    Leaves  designed  for 

scrap-books  and  albums  and  provided  with  gummed  surfaces, 
pockets,  clips,  bands,  or  other  devices  for  holding  clippings, 
cards,  and  the  like. 

21.  PINS.    Sharpened  pins  or  hooks  mounted  in  receptacles,  in 

book-covers,  or  upon  some  form  of  base  adapted  to  stand  on  a 
desk  or  hang  upon  a  wall. 

22.  PINS,  CORD-CARRYING.    Pins  designed  to  carry  binding 

threads  or  cords  for  securing  the  papers  when  removed  from 
the  pins. 

23.  PINS,  GUARDED.    Impaling-pins  provided  with  some  device 

for  preventing  the  accidental  escape  of  the  filed  papers. 

24.  PINS,  HINGED.    Filing-pins  attached  to  a  support  by  hinges 

or  pivots. 

25.  BINDING-WIRES.    Covers  or  presser-bars  combined   with 

wires  or  flexible  strips  of  metal,  which  are  bent  down  after 
passing  through  the  sheets  to  prevent  their  escape. 

26.  FOLLOWERS.  Filing-receptacles    provided    with    movable 

members  of  various  kinds  which  press  upon  the  filed  papers 
and  hold  ihem  securely. 

27.  FOLLOWERS,  LOCKING.    Followers  provided  with  means 

of  various  kinds  for  holding  them  in  fixed  position  some  of 
them  locking  only  when  jammed  against  the  papers  in  the 
file. 

28.  FOLLOWERS,   LOCKING,  RACKS.    Followers  secured  in 

position  by  the  engagement  of  a  detent  with  a  rack. 

29.  FOLLOWERS,  LOCKING,  LEVER-OPERATED  CATCH. 

Followers  secured  in  position  by  means  of  locking-catches 
operated  by  levers. 

30.  FOLLOWERS,  LOCKING,  SPRING-OPERATED  CATCH. 

Followers  provided  with  spring-operated  locking-catches. 

31.  FOLLOWERS,    LOCKING,    TILTING-RELEASE.    Lock- 

ing-followers released  from  their  locked  position  by  simply 
tilting  the  follower. 

32.  FOLLOWERS,    SPRING.    Followers   consisting   of  springs 

acting  directly  upon  the  papers  or  of  movable  pieces  actuated 
by  springs. 

33.  FOLLOWERS,    SPRING,    DOUBLE-ACTING.    Followers 

held  in  both  operative  and  inoperative  position  by  springs. 

34.  HINGED  LEAF-SUPPORTS.    Hinged  or  pivoted  plates  pro- 

vided with  devices  for  securing  the  papers  thereon. 

35.  CLAMPING.    Filing  or  binding  devices  in  which  the  papers  are 

secured  by  clamping  action  only. 

36.  CLAMPING,  PARALLEL  BARS.    A  pair  of  clamping-bars 

between  which  papers  are  gripped. 

37.  CLAMPING,  SPRING-BACKS.    Covers  provided  at  the  back 

with  spring  clamping  devices. 

38.  FOLD-ENGAGING,  BARS.    Devices  for  binding  sheets  or 

pamphlets  by  means  of  bars  engaging  with  their  folds. 

39.  FOLD-ENGAGING, CORDS.    Book-covers  or  other  supports 

provided  with  cords  for  engagement  with  the  folds  of  sheets 
or  pamphlets. 

40.  FOLD-ENGAGING,  HOOKS.    Covers  or  other  supports  pro- 

vided with  hooks  for  engagement  with  the  folds  of  sheets  or 
pamphlets. 

41.  TRANSVERSE  CORDS.    Cords  or  tapes  which  pass  through 

the  leaves  to  be  secured. 

42.  TRANSVERSE  CORDS  AND  LEAF-ATTACHERS.    Fas- 

teners of  various  kinds  used  to  attach  the  leaves  to  the  cords. 

43.  FILE-BOXES.    Receptacles  commonly  of  a  box-like  structure, 

but  in  which  the  construction  is  modified  to  specially  adapt 
the  case  as  a  container  for  filing  papers.  Does  not  include 
stands  or  racks  forming  stationary  pieces  and  serving  as  file- 
cabinets  or  simple  covers  or  cases  providing  only  the  protect- 
ing function  for  inclosing  maps  or  drawings. 

315 


CLASS  133.— COIN-HANDLING. 
DEFINITIONS. 


This  class  includes  machines  and  appliances  employed  for  the 
purpose  of  handling  coins  or  checks  or  tokens  similar  in  shape  to 
coins  and  used  as  substitutes  therefor  for  facilitating  the  making 
of  change  or  for  transferring  change  from  the  clerk  or  cashier  to  the 
customer. 

The  class  does  not  include  means  for  transmitting  money  between 
a  clerk  and  a  cashier  at  a  distance,  these  being  in  classes  180,  STORE- 
SERVICE  and  243,  PNEUMATIC  DESPATCH;  nor  does  it  include  money 
drawers  or  tills  unless  they  are  specially  constructed  for  use  in  con- 
nection with  coins. 

It  should  be  noted  in  connection  with  this  class  that  machines 
very  similar  in  construction,  but  used  in  connection  with  articles 
other  than  coins,  are  found  in  several  classes.  For  example, 
machines  similar  or  analogous  to  coin-assorters,  but  for  sepa- 
rating cartridges,  fruit,  vegetables,  coal,  etc.,  are  found  in  class 
73,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  10,  Gages,  and  subclasses 
thereunder,  in  class  83,  MILLS,  subclass  56,  Ore  and  coal,  Sifters  and 
screens,  and  in  class  130,  THRESHING,  subclass  32,  Fruit  and  vege- 
table separators.  Machines  for  delivering  powders,  etc.,  are  found  in 
class  73,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  02,  Measuring  vessels, 
and  subclasses  thereunder.  Machines  similar  to  coin-deliverers  are 
found  in  class  211,  STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  8,  Cabinets,  deliver- 
ing. Machines  similar  to  the  hand-operated  coin-deliverers  for 
delivering  stamps  or  tickets  are  found  in  class  220,  METALLIC  SHIP- 
PING AND  STORING  VESSELS,  sulx;lass5,Boxes,  and  subclasses  there- 
under, and  isolated  patents  may  also  be  found  in  other  classes  for 
operating  on  other  articles  or  materials. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Coin-handling    devices    not    classifiable 

elsewhere. 

2.  CHANGE-MAKERS.    Machines  having  two  sets  of  mechan- 

isms, one  representing  money  tendered  for  a  purchase  and  the 
other  the  amount  of  the  purchase,  the  two  sets  being  so  con- 
nected that  by  the  proper  manipulation  of  both  the  difference 
between  the  amount  tendered  and  the  purchase,  or  the  change, 
is  delivered  from  the  machine. 

3.  ASSORTERS.    Machines  or  receptacles  in  which  coins  of  dif- 

ferent sizes  are  placed  and  containing  provision  whereby  the 
coins  are  automatically  or  mechanically  sorted  according 
to  their  size. 


CLASS  133— Continued. 

4.  DELIVERERS,    MULTIPLE.    Machines  including   tubes  or 

equivalents  for  containing  coins  of  different  values  and  means 
for  delivering  coins  from  one  or  more  tubes  by  the  movement 
of  a  single  selected  key  or  its  equivalent. 

5.  DELIVERERS,  SINGLE.    Machines  C9ntaining  either  a  single 

tube  or  a  number  of  tubes  and  provision  whereby  at  a  single 
movement  a  com  is  mechanically  ejected  from  any  single 
selected  tube. 

6.  DELIVERERS,  SINGLE,  HAND-OPERATED.    Coin-tubes 

from  which  a  coin  may  be  manually  removed. 

7.  TUBES.    Tubes   for  containing  coins   and   having  provision 

whereby  the  coins  can  not  be  removed  until  a  certain  number 
has  been  placed  therein  or  until  the  tube  is  unlocked. 

8.  COUNTERS.    Machines  or  implements  by  which  coins  (not 

their  values)  may  be  counted. 

9.  PACKAGES.    Inclosing  casings  of  wire,  sheet  metal,  or  the  like 

adapted  to  hold  a  definite  number  of  coins  in  convenient 
shape  for  storage  or  handling. 

10.  PACKAGES,  WRAPPERS.    Blanks  of  paper,  sheet  metal,  or 

other  material  cut  into  the  proper  shape  to  be  wrapped  about  a 
package  of  coins. 

11.  RECEPTACLES.    Receptacles  otherwise  unclassified  for  hold- 

ing coin,  especially  such  as  are  adapted  to  hold  in  separate 
places  coins  of  different  values  in  order  that  they  may  easily 
be  taken  therefrom  in  making  change,  etc. 

12.  RECEPTACLES,    MATS    AND    TRAYS.    Mats    or    trays 

adapted  to  be  placed  upon  a  store  counter  for  holding  change, 
so  that  it  may  easily  be  picked  up  by  a  customer. 

13.  RECEPTACLES,  MATS  AND  TRAYS,  COUNTER.    Mats 

or  trays  inserted  in  or  flush  with  the  surface  of  a  store-counter. 

14.  RECEPTACLES,  MATS  AND  TRAYS,  MOUNTED.    Mats 

or  trays  mounted  upon  a  supporting  stand,  placed  on  a  store 
counter  or  other  convenient  place. 

317 


CLASS  134.— LIQUID   COATING   COMPOSITIONS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  compositions  which  are  ordinarily  used  in 
a  liquid  condition  for  coating  various  materials  as  a  protective, 
sizing,  polishing,  or  coloring  coating  or  as  an  ink;  also,  processes  of 
treating  and  making  the  composition  and  processes  of  mixing  the 
ingredients  to  form  the  composition;  also  some  apparatus  specialized 
to  the  manufacture  of  liquid  coating  compositions. 

It  does  not  include  processes  which  are  clearly  distinct  from  the 
composition,  such  as  processes  of  laying  on  the  composition  or  treat- 
ing the  material  coated  or  processes  of  making  the  separate  ingre- 
dients. 

Nor  does  it  include  compositions  for  glazes  or  enamels  of  a  glass- 
like  nature,  compositions  for  use  as  adhesives,  lubricants,  or  deter- 
gents, or  compositions  which  soak  into  the  material  without  leaving 
a  polish  or  coating  on  the  outside,  such  as  compositions  for  dyes, 
wood  saturation  (with  the  exception  of  fireproof  compounds)  or 
the  manufacture  of  leather. 

Compositions  intended  particularly  for  writing-surfaces,  such  as 
blackboards  and  slates,  are  classified  in  class  35,  EDUCATIONAL 
APPLIANCES,  and  cross-referenced  into  this  class  wherever  considered 
necessary. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Compositions  which  are  used  in  a  liquid 

condition  for  coating  and  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other 
sul>classes. 
Search  Class — 
106 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous. 

2.  BARREL-LINING.    Miscellaneous    compositions    for    barrel- 

lining.    Under  "  Barrel-lining  "  and  its  subclasses  are  included 
compositions  for  coating  the  inside  of  barrels,  casks,  and  simi- 
lar receptacles. 
Search  Class— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  7,  Leather  coat- 
ing and  polishing,  and  18,  Sizing. 

3.  BARREL-LINING,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS.  Com- 

positions for  barrel-lining  containing  ingredients  of  a  bitu- 
minous or  resinous  nature,  except  those  containing  tar  and 
wax,  which  are  classified  in  the  two  following  subclasses. 
Under  the  head  of  "Bituminous  and  resinous"  are  included 
compositions  which  contain  ingredients  in  the  nature  of 
bitumen,  asphalt,  resin,  etc.,  which  are  characterized  by  the 
fact  that  they  are  softened  by  heat  and  harden  when  cold  or 
are  dissolved  by  solvents  and  harden  by  evaporation  of  these 
solvents.  Includes  gum-resins,  but  not  gums. 
Search  Classes 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  8,  Leather 
coating  and  polishing,  Bituminous  and  resinous;  13,  Fabric 
coating  and  waterproofing,  Bituminous  and  resinous;  21, 
Sizing,  Bituminous  and  resinous;  41,  Paint,  Antifouling  and 
insecticidal.  Bituminous  and  resinous;  26,  Varnish;  30,  Ink, 
Printers',  Bituminous  and  resinous,  and  51,  Paint,  Bituminous 
and  resinous. 

IO&^PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS, subclasses  15,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  and  31,  Artificial  stone,  Bituminous 
and  resinous. 

4.  BARREL-LINING,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS,  TAR. 

Compositions  for  barrel-lining  containing  ingredients  of  a  tarry 
nature,  such  as  coal-tar,  gas-tar,  wood-tar,  pine-tar,  petro- 
leum-tar, tar-pitch,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  14,  Fabric 
coating  and  waterproofing,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar;  42, 
Paint,  Antifouling  and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous, 
Tar,  and  52,  Paint,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar. 

106-^PLASTic  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  16,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar,  and  32,  Artificial  stone,  Bitu- 
minous and  resinous,  Tar. 

5.  BARREL-LINING,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS,  WAX. 

Compositions   for  barrel-lining  containing  ingredients  of  a 
waxy  nature,  such  as  beeswax,  mineral  wax,  ozokerite,  par- 
affin, etc. 
Search  Classes — 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  9,  Leather 
coating  and  polishing,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  15 
Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing,  Bituminous  and  resinous 
Wax;  22,  Sizing,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  43,  Paint 
Antifouling  and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax 
and  53,  Paint,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  17,  Electrical  insulating 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax,  and  33,  Artificial  stone 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax. 

6.  BARREL-LINING,  GELATINOUS  AND  GUMMY.    Compo- 

sitions for  barrel-lining  containing  ingredients  of  a  gelatinous 
or  gummy  nature.  Under  the  head  of  "Gelatinous  and 
gummy"  are  included  compositions  which  contain  ingre- 
dients such  as  ordinary  glue,  gelatin,  flour,  starch,  dextrine, 
etc.,  and  gums  such  as  gum-arabic  and  gum-tragacanth. 
These  substances  are  characterized  by  the  fact  that  they 
either  dissolve,  soften,  or  gelatinize  in  water.  Does  not  in- 
clude the  gum-resins. 


CLASS  134— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  10,  Leather 
coating  and  polishing,  Gelatinous  and  gummy;  16,  Fabric 
coating  and  waterproofing,  Gelatinous  and  gummy;  19, 
Sizing,  Laundry  starch  and  polish;  23,  Sizing,  Gelatinous  and 
gummy,  and  55,  Paint,  Gelatinous  and  gummy. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  30,  Artificial  stone, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy,  and  39,  Gelatinous  and  gummy. 

7.  LEATHER    COATING    AND    POLISHING.    Compositions 

for  coating  leather  for  the  purpose  of  waterproofing,  polishing, 
and  coloring  it,  not  included  in  the  next  three  subclasses. 
Under  "  Leather  coating  and  polishing"  and  its  subclasses  are 
included  compostions  for  blacking  and  polishing  boots  and 
shoes.  When  the  composition  is  used  in  treating  the  leather 
during  the  manufacture  or  is  merely  for  softening  the  leather 
by  soaking  into  it  without  leaving  a  coating  or  polish,  it  is 
classified  in  class  149,  HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER. 
Search  Class— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  2,  Barrel-lining; 
11,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing;  18,  Sizing,  and  39, 
Paint. 

8.  LEATHER  COATING  AND  POLISHING,  BITUMINOUS 

AND  RESINOUS.  Compositions  for  coating  leather  con- 
taining ingredients  of  a  bituminous  nature,  except  those  con- 
taining wax,  which  are  classified  under  subclass  9  in  this  class. 
(See  definition  under  subclass  3,  Barrel-lining,  Bituminous 
and  resinous.) 
Search  Class— 

134^-LiQuio  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  3,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  13,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproof- 
ing, Bituminous  and  resinous;  21,  Sizing,  Bituminous  and  resin- 
ous; 26,  Varnish;  36,  Ink,  Printers',  Bituminous  and  resinous;41, 
Paint,  Antifouling  and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous, 
and  5l,  Paint,  Bituminous  and  resinous. 

9.  LEATHER  COATING  AND  POLISHING,  BITUMINOUS 

AND  RESINOUS,  WAX.    Compositions  for  coating  leather 
containing  ingredients  of  a  waxy  nature. 
Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclassesS,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  15,  Fabric  coating  and  water- 
proofing, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  22,  Sizing,  Bitumi- 
nous and  resinous,  Wax;  43,  Paint,  Antifouling  and  insectici- 
dal, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax,  and  53,  Paint,  Bitumi- 
nous and  resinous,  Wax. 

106—  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  17,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax. 

10.  LEATHER  COATING  AND  POLISHING,  GELATINOUS 

AND  GUMMY.    Compositions  for  coating  leather  containing 
ingredients  of  a- gelatinous  or  gummy  nature.    (See  definition 
under  subclass  6,  Barrel-lining,  Gelatinous  and  gummy.) 
Search  Classes — 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  6,  Barrel-lining, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  10,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  19,  Sizing,  Laundry  starch  and  pol- 
ish; 23,  Sizing,  Gelatinous  and  gummy,  and  55,  Paint,  Gelati- 
nous and  gummy. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  39,  Gelatinous  and 
gummy. 

11.  FABRIC    COATING    AND    WATERPROOFING.    Miscel- 

laneous compositions  for  coating  and  waterproofing  cloth, 
paper,  and  similar  fabrics. 
Search  Class — 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  2,  Barrel-lining; 
7,  Leather  coating  and  polishing;  18,  Sizing,  and  39,  Paint. 

12.  FABRIC    COATING    AND    WATERPROOFING,    PRO- 

TEIDS.  Compositions  for  coating  and  waterproofing  fabrics 
containing  one  or  more  of  the  proteids — such  as  casein,  gluten, 
albumin,  fibrin,  etc. — or  substances  made  up  partly  of  pro- 
teids, such  as  milk  and  blood.  They  are  characterized  by  the 
fact  that  they  are  coagulated  by  heat  or  chemicals. 
Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  20,  Sizing,  Pro- 
teids, and  50,  Paint,  Proteids. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  38,  Proteids. 

13.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  WATERPROOFING,  BITUMI- 

NOUS AND  RESINOUS.  Compositions  for  coating  and 
waterproofing  fabrics  containing  ingredients  of  a  bituminous 
and  resinous  nature,  except  those  containing  tar  and  wax, 
which  are  classified  under  subclasses  14  and  15  in  this  class. 
(See definition  undersubclass  3,  Barrel-lining,  Bituminous  and 
resinous.) 
Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  3,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  8,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  21,  Sizing,  Bituminous  and  res- 
inous; 26,  Varnish;  30,  Ink,  Printers',  Bituminous  and  res- 
inous; 41,  Paint,  Antifouling  and  insecticidal,  Bituminous 
and  resinous,  and  51,  Paint,  Bituminous  and  resinous. 
106^1'LASTic  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  15,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous. 

319 


320 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  134 — Continued. 

14.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  WATERPROOFING,  BITUMI- 

NOUS AND  RESINOUS,  TAR.     Compositions  for  coating 

and  waterproofing  fabrics  containing  ingredients  of  a  tarry 

nature. 

Search  Classes— 
134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  4,  Barrel-lining, 

Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar;  42,   Paint,  Antifouling  and 

insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar,  and  52,  Paint, 

Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar. 
106—  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  16,  Electrical  insulating, 

Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar. 

15.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  WATERPROOFING,  BITUMI- 

NOUS AND  RESINOUS,  WAX.  Compositions  for  coating 
and  waterproofing  fabrics  containing  ingredients  of  a  waxy 
nature. 

Search  Classes— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  5,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  9,  Leather  coating  and  polish- 
ing. Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  22,  Sizing,  Bituminous 
ana  resinous,  Wax;  43,  Paint,  Antifouling  and  insecticidal, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax,  and  53,  Paint,  Bituminous 
and  resinous,  Wax. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  17,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax. 

16.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  WATERPROOFING,  GELATI- 

NOUS AND  GUMMY.    Compositions  for  coating  and  water- 
proofing fabrics  containing  ingredients  of  a  gelatinous  or 
gummy  nature.    (See  definition  under  subclass  6,   Barrel- 
lining,  Gelatinous  and  gummy.) 
Search  Classes— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  6,  Barrel-lining, 
gelatinous  and  gummy;  10,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  23,  Sizing,  Gelatinous  and  gummy; 
19,  Sizing,  Laundry  starch  and  polish,  and  55,  Paint,  Gelati- 
nous and  gummy. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  39,  Gelatinous  and 
gummy. 

17.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  WATERPROOFING,  RUBBER. 

Compositions  for  coating  and  waterproofing  fabrics  containing 

rubber,  caoutchouc,  balata,  gutta-percha,  or  other  ingredients 

in  the  nature  of  rubber. 
Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  54,  Paint,  Rubber. 
106—  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  13,  Electrical  insulating, 

Rubber. 

18.  SIZING.    Miscellaneous  compositions  for  sizing  fabrics,  walls, 

etc.  Under  "  Sizing  "  and  its  subclasses  are  included  composi- 
tions for  filling,  stiffening,  and  giving  a  smooth  surface  to  fab- 
rics and  also  compositions  used  as  a  sizing  for  walls,  etc.  The 
compositions  are  usually  applied  to  fabrics  and  form  more  or 
less  of  a  coating;  but  they  may  be  mixed  with  the  pulp  in 
the  beating-engine. 
Search  Class — 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  2,  Barrel-lining; 
7,  Leather  coating  and  polishing;  11,  Fabric  coating  and  wa- 
terproofing, and  19,  Sizing,  Laundry  starch  and  polish. 

19.  SIZING.  LAUNDRY  STARCH  AND   POLISH.    Composi- 

tions for  starching  and  polishing  linen  and  similar  cloth. 

20.  SIZING,  PROTEIDS.    Compositions  for  sizing  containing  in- 

gredients which  fall  under  the  head  of  "  Proteids."    (See  also 
definition  under  subclass  12,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproof- 
ing, Proteids.) 
Search  Classes— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  12,  Fabric  coat- 
ing and  waterproofing,  Proteids,  and  50,  Paint,  Proteids. 

106 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  38,  Proteids. 

21.  SIZING,   BITUMINOUS   AND   RESINOUS.    Compositions 

for  sizing  containing  ingredients  of  a  bituminous  or  resinous 
nature,  except  those  containing  wax,  which  are  classified  in 
subclass  22  in  this  class.    ( See  definition  under  subclass  3,  Bar- 
rel-lining, Bituminous  and  resinous.) 
Search  Classes— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  3,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  8,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  13,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproof- 
ing, Bituminous  and  resinous;  26,  Varnish;  36,  Ink,  Printers', 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  41,  Paint,  Antifouling  and  insec- 
ticidal, Bituminous  and  resinous,  and  51,  Paint,  Bituminous 
and  resinous. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  15,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous. 

22.  SIZING  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS,  WAX.    Composi- 

tions for  sizing  containing  ingredients  of  a  waxy  nature. 
Search  Classes— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  5,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  9,  Leather  coating  and  pol- 
ishing, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  15,  Fabric  coating  and 
waterproofing,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  43,  Paint, 
Antifouling  and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax, 
and  53,  Paint,  Bituminous  and  resinous.  Wax. 

106-^PLASTic  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  17,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax. 

23.  SIZING,  GELATINOUS  AND  GUMMY.    Compositions  for 

sizing  containing  ingredients  of  a  gelatinous  or  gummy  nature. 
(See  definition  under  subclass  6,  Barrel-lining,  Gelatinous 
and  gummy.) 


CLASS  134— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  6,  Barrel-lining, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  10,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  16,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproof- 
ing. Gelatinous  and  gummy;  19,  Sizing,  Laundry  starch  and 
polish,  and  55,  Paint,  Gelatinous  and  gummy. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  39,  Gelatinous  and 
gummy. 

24.  FURNITURE-POLISH.    Compositions  for  polishing  and  re- 

storing the  paint  on  furniture  and  similar  articles. 
Search  Class— 

87 — OILS.  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  5,  Detergents,  for  compo- 
sitions that  clean  without  leaving  a  coating. 

24.5.  METAL  DEPOSITING.    Compositions  containing  metallic 
salts  from  which  the  metal  is  chemically  precipitated  by  wet 
processes  to  form  a  metal  coating. 
Search  Classes — 

91— COATING,  subclass  68.7,  Processes,  with  metal,  Precipita- 
tion, for  unstable  compositions  prepared  for  immediate  use. 
204 — ELECTROCHEMISTRY  for  compositions  for  coating  by  electro- 
deposition. 

25.  STOVE-POLISH.    Compositions  for  polishing  and  blacking 

stoves. 

26.  VARNISH.    Compositions  consisting  of  a  solution  of  resinous 

matter  in  alcohol,  liuseed-oil,  turpentine,  or  similar  sol- 
vents, forming  a  transparent  liquid,  which  when  applied  in 
a  thin  coat  to  the  surface  of  a  solid  body  dries  to  a  hard,  lus- 
trous, and  shining  film  without  losing  its  transparency. 
They  may  contain  a  certain  amount  of  coloring  material; 
but  when  this  is  in  sufficient  quantity  to  render  the  com- 
position at  all  opaque  they  are  classified  with  "Paint,"  sub- 
classes 50,  51,  or  52,  in  this  class. 
Search  Class — 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  24,  Furniture- 
polish. 

27.  WINDOW-FROST  PREVENTIVE.    Compositions  which  are 

used  to  coat  window-panes  to  prevent  the  formation  of  frost 
on  them. 

28.  INK.    Compositions  for  ink  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other 

subclasses.  Under  "Ink"  and  its  subclasses  are  included 
compositions  for  producing  characters  by  means  of  writing, 
printing,  or  marking.  They  are  usually  in  the  form  of  col- 
ored liquids  at  the  time  of  using,  but  may  be  viscous,  as  in 
the  case  of  printers'  ink,  or  colorless,  as  in  the  case  of  sympa- 
thetic ink. 

29.  INK,  SYMPATHETIC.    Compositions  for  ink  which  produce 

invisible  characters  when  used,  but  which  become  visible 
when  subjected  to  the  action  of  heat,  light,  or  appropriate 
chemical  reagents. 

30.  INK,  BRANDING.    Compositions  for  branding  animals,  usu- 

ally by  depilation. 

31.  INK,  COPYING.    Compositions  for  ink  which  retain  enough 

solubility  to  give  off  impressions  from  the  original  sheet 
upon  a  sheet  of  damp  paper  pressed  thereon.     They  con- 
tain either  hygroscopic  substances  to  prevent  drying  or  sub- 
stances which  arrest  the  action  of  the  air  by  forming  a  soluble 
glaze  over  the  ink. 
Search  Class— 
134—  LIQUID CoATiNGCoMPosmoNS,  subclass 34,  Ink,  Stamping. 

32.  INK,  INDELIBLE.    Compositions  for  ink  containing  ingre- 

dients which  resist  attempts  to  wash  out  the  ink  by  means  of 
water  or  chemicals. 

33.  INK,  FRAUD-PREVENTIVE.    Compositions  for  ink  to  be 

used  on  stamps,  bank-notes,  drafts,  checks,  etc.,  to  prevent 
fraud.  They  usually  consist  of  sensitive  or  deleble  ink,  so  that 
any  attempt  to  remove  the  canceling-marks  obliterates  or 
changes  the  ink.  Sometimes  they  consist  of  an  ink  of  such 
color  that  the  original  cannot  be  successfully  duplicated  by 
photographing. 
Search  Class— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  32,  Ink,  Indelible, 
for  indelible  inks  which  are  used  to  prevent  change  in  the  origi- 
nal or  to  prevent  removal  of  the  canceling-mark. 

34.  INK,  STAMPING.    Compositions  for  non-drying  ink  for  use  on 

stamping-pads. 
Search  Class — 
134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  31,  Ink,  Copying. 

35.  INK,  PRINTERS'.    Compositions  for  printers'  ink  not  classi- 

fied in  subclass  36  in  this  class.  Under  these  two  subclasses 
are  included  compositions  for  ink  used  with  type,  copper- 
plate, etc.,  and  in  lithography. 

36.  INK,     PRINTERS',     BITUMINOUS     AND     RESINOUS. 

Compositions  for  printers'  ink  containing  ingredients  of  a  bi- 
tuminous or  resinous  nature.    (See  definition  under  subclass 
3,  Barrel-lining,  Bituminous  and  resinous.) 
Search  Classes — 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  3,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  8,  Leather  coating  and  polishing 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  13,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproof- 
ing, Bituminous  and  resinous;  21,  Sizing,  Bituminous  and 
resinous;  26,  Varnish;  41,  Paint,  Antifouling  and  insecticidal. 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  and  51,  Paint,  Bituminous  and 
resinous. 

106 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  15,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


321 


CLASS  134— Continued. 

37.  INK,  WRITING.    Compositions  for  ink  ordinarily  used  for 

writing  with  a  pen. 
Search  Class— 
134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  32,  Ink,  Indelible. 

38.  INK,  WRITING,  POWDERS.    Compositions  which  are  kept 

in  a  powdered  or  solid  state  and  which  form  writing-ink  upon 
the  addition  of  water. 
Search  Class— 
106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  5,  Crayons  and  pencils. 

39.  PAINT.     Miscellaneous      compositions     for      paint.      Under 

"  Paint"  and  its  subclasses  are  included  compositions  which 
when  applied  to  the  surface  to  be  painted  in  a  liquid  condition 
and  then  exposed  to  the  atmosphere  will  dry  and  leave  be- 
hind a  firm,  hard,  and  opaque  coating  which  may  be  more 
or  less  lustrous  and  capable  of  resisting  the  weather. 

Note. — When  the  composition  is  of  such  a  character  that  wood  is 
immersed  in  it  for  a  considerable  length  of  time,  so  that  it  per- 
meates the  wood  and  acts  on  the  sap,  it  is  classified  in  class  99, 
PRESERVING,  subclass  12,  Wood  saturation. 

Search  Class— 

134 — LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  2,  Barrel-lining; 
7,  Leather  coating  and  polishing,  and  11,  Fabric  coating  and 
waterproofing. 

40.  PAINT,   ANTIFOULING   AND   INSECTICIDAL.    Miscel- 

laneous compositions  for  antifouling  and  insecticidal  paint. 
Under  these  subclasses  are  included  compositions  for  prevent- 
ing the  fouling  of,  or  the  action  of  insects  upon,  the  surface 
coated  therewith.  They  are  u-ed  principally  for  coating 
marine  structures  and  bottoms  of  ships  and  usually  contain 
poisonous  ingredients,  such  as  salts  of  copper,  mercury,  and 
arsenic. 

41.  PAINT,  ANTIFOULING  AND  INSECTICIDAL,  BITUMI- 

NOUS AND  RESINOUS.  Compositions  for  antifouling 
and  insecticidal  paint  except  those  containing  tar  and  wax, 
which  are  in  the  next  two  subclasses.  (See  definition  under 
subclass  3,  Barrel-lining,  Bituminous  and  resinous.) 

42.  PAINT,  ANTIFOULING  AND  INSECTICIDAL,  BITUMI- 

NOUS AND  RESINOUS,  TAR.  Compositions  for  antifoul- 
ing and  insecticidal  paint  containing  ingredients  of  a  tarry 
nature. 

43.  PAINT,   ANTIFOULING    AND   INSECTIDAL,   BITUMI- 

NOUS AND  RESINOUS,  WAX.  Compositions  for  antifoul- 
ing and  insecticidal  paint  containing  ingredients  of  a  waxy 
nature. 

44.  PAINT,  FIREPROOF.    Compositions  for  fireproof  paint  ex- 

cept those  containing  soluble  silicates,  which  are  in  the  next 
subclass.  Under  these  two  subclasses  are  included  composi- 
tions which  contain  ingredients  whose  purpose  is  to  render 
fireproof  the  surfaces  to  which  they  are  applied.  These  sub- 
classes contain  a  few  patents  for  fireproofing  fabrics  and  wood 
which  are  not  strictly  in  the  nature  of  paint. 

45.  PAINT,  FIREPROOF,  SOLUBLE  SILICATES.    Composi- 

tions lor  paint  which  contain  silicates  of  the  alkaline  metals, 
usually  sodium  or  potassium  and  otherwise  known  as  "water 
glass."" 

Search  Class — 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  14,  Electrical  insulating. 
Soluble  silicates;  19,  Heat  insulating,  Soluble  silicates,  and  30, 
Artificial  stone,  Soluble  silicates. 

46.  PAINT,  DISTEMPER.    Compositions  for  paint  made  from 

pigments  mixed  with  water  to  which  some  adhesive  substance 
is  usually  added  to  fix  it  to  the  surface  on  \vhich  it  is  used. 
They  are  usually  intended  for  application  to  plaster  and 
include  compositions  commonly  known  as  "calcimine." 
"alabastine,"  and  "whitewash." 

47.  PAINT,  LUMINOUS.    Compositions  for  paint  which  contain 

ingredients  which  give  the  paint  the  property  of  absorbing 
light  when  exposed  thereto  and  of  emitting  it  in  the  dark. 

48.  PAINT,  STAINS.    Compositions  for  staining  which  leave  a 

coating  on  the  material  and  for  imitating  the  grain  of  wood. 
Search  Class — 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  24,  Furniture 
polish. 

49.  PAINT,  FILLERS.    Compositions  for  filling  and  smoothing 

the  surface  to  be  painted  before  the  main  coat  is  applied. 

50.  PAINT,  PROTEIDS.    Compositions  for  paint  containing  ingre- 

dients which  fall  under  the  head  of  "  Proteids."    (See  defi- 
nition under  subclass  12,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing, 
Proteids. 
Search  Classes — 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  12,  Fabric  coat- 
ing and  waterproofing,  Proteids,  and  20,  Sizing,  Proteids. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  38.  Proteids. 

51.  PAINT,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS.    Compositions  for 

paint  other  than  antifouling  and  insecticidal  containing  ingre- 
dients of  a  bituminous  or  resinous  nature,  except  those  con- 
taining tar  and  wax,  which  are  classified  in  subclasses  51  and  52 
in  this  class.  (See  definition  under  subclass  3,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous.)  These  three  subclasses  include 
compositions  which  are  not  true  varnishes,  but  which  contain 
resinous  substances  or  varnish  mixed  with  paint  to  form 
enamel-paint,  which  dries  with  a  gloss,  thus  combining  paint- 
ing and  varnishing  into  one  operation. 


CLASS  134— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  3,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  8,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Bituminous  and  resinous;  13,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproof- 
ing, Bituminous  and  resinous;  21,  Sizing,  Bituminous  and 
resinous;  26,  Varnish;  36,  Ink,  printers',  Bituminous  and  resi- 
nous, and  41,  Paint,  Antifouling  and  insecticidal,  Bituminous 
and  resinous. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  15,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  and  31,  Artificial  stone,  Bituminous 
and  resinous. 

52.  PAINT,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS,  TAR.    Composi- 

tions for  paint  containing  ingredients  of  a  tarry  nature. 
Search  Classes — 

134^-LiQUiD  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  4,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar;  14,  Fabric  coating  and  water- 
proofing, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar,  and  42,  Paint,  Anti- 
fouling and  insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  16,  Electrical  insulating, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Tar,  and  32,  Artificial  stone.  Bitu- 
minous and  resinous,  Tar. 

53.  PAINT,  BITUMINOUS  AND  RESINOUS,  WAX.    Composi- 

tions for  paint  containing  ingredients  of  a  waxy  nature. 
Search  Classes— 

134^  LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  5,  Barrel-lining, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  9,  Leather  coating  and  pol- 
ishing, Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  15,  Fabric  coating  and 
waterproofing,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax;  22,  Sizing, 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax,  and  43,  Paint,  Antifouling  and 
insecticidal,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  17,  Electrical  insulating. 
Bituminous  and  resinous,  Wax,  and  33,  Artificial  stone,  Bitu- 
minous and  resinous,  Wax. 

54.  PAINT,  RUBBER.    Compositions  for  paint  containing  rubber, 

caoutchouc,  gutta-percha,  balata,  or  other  ingredients  in  the 

nature  of  rubber. 
Search  Classes— 
134    LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  17,  Fabric  coating 

and  waterproofing,  Rubber. 
106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  13,  Electrical  insulating, 

Rubber. 

55.  PAINT,   GELATINOUS  AND   GUMMY.    Compositions  for 

paint  containing  ingredients  of  a  gelatinous  or  gummy  nature. 
(See  definition  under  subclass  6,  Barrel-lining,  Gelatinous  and 
gummy.) 
Search  Classes— 

134— LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  6,  Barrel-lining, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  10,  Leather  coating  and  polishing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  16,  Fabric  coating  and  waterproofing, 
Gelatinous  and  gummy;  19,  Sizing.  Laundry  starch  and  polish; 
23,  Sizing,  Gelatinous  and  gummy,  and  46,  Paint,  Distemper. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  36,  Artificial  stone,  Gela- 
tinous and  gummy,  and  39,  Gelatinous  and  gummy. 

56.  PAINT,  VEHICLES.    Liquids  with  which  pigments  are  inti- 

mately mixed  for  the  production  of  paint.  Includes  paint- 
oils. 

57.  PAINT,  DRIERS.    Substances  added  to  the  paint  to  increase 

its  drying  or  oxidizing  power. 

58.  PAINT,  PIGMENTS.    Substances  which  are  used  to  impart 

the  characteristic  color  to  paint.    They  are  mixed  in  a  pow- 
dered form  with  oil  or  other  vehicle  to  form  paint.    In  this 
respect  they  differ  from  dyes,  which  are  employed  in  solution 
instead  of  in  suspension. 
Search  Class— 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  19,  Furnaces,  Pigment  for  processes 
and  apparatus  for  the  production  of  pigments  by  heating  ores 
and  metals  and  collecting  the  fumes. 

59.  PAINT,  PIGMENTS,  IRON  SALTS.    Inventions  relating  to 

the  manufacture  of  iron-salt  pigments  and  also  compositions 
containing  iron  salts  which  are  used  as  pigments. 

60.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LAMPBLACK.    Miscellaneous    pro- 

cesses and  apparatus  used  in  the  manufacture  of  lampblack. 

61.  PAINT,   PIGMENTS,   LAMPBLACK,   RECIPROCATING 

COLLECTOR-PLATE.  The  collector-plate  or  depositing 
surface  is  reciprocated  over  the  burners.  Fixed  scrapers  may 
be  used. 

62.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,   LAMPBLACK.   RECIPROCATING 

SCRAPER.  Scrapers  reciprocated  adjacent  to  a  fixed  collec- 
tor-plate or  depositing-surface  to  remove  the  lampblack  as  it 
is  formed. 

63.  PAINT,  PIGMENTS.  LAMPBLACK,  ROTATING  BURN- 

ERS. Burners  rotate  beneath  a  fixed  collector-plate  or 
depositing-surface.  Scrapers  usually  rotate  with  the  burners 
to  remove  the  lampblack. 

64.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LAMPBLACK,    ROTATING   COL- 

LECTOR-PLATE. A  collector-plate  or  depositing-surface 
is  rotated  over  stationary  burners.  Fixed  scrapers  may  be 
used. 

65.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LAMPBLACK,    ROTATING   CYL- 

INDER. A  rotating  cylinder  is  used  as  the  depositing-sur- 
face. The  burners  may  be  arranged  to  deposit  the  lampblack 
upon  either  the  external  or  the  internal  surface  of  the  cylinder. 

66.  PAINT,   PIGMENTS,   LAMPBLACK,   SETTLING-GUAM- 

BERS.    Settling-chambers  for  collecting  lampblack. 


26674°— 12- 


-21 


322 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  134— Continued. 

67.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LEAD    SALTS.    Miscellaneous   pro- 

cesses and  apparatus  used  in  the  manufacture  of  lead-salt  pig- 
ments, such  as  white  lead.  This  subclass  includes  composi- 
tions containing  lead  salts  which  are  used  as  pigments,  also 
some  oxids. 

68.  PAINT,  PIGMENTS,  LEAD  SALTS,  ATTRITION  PROC- 

ESS. Lead  particles  are  agitated  so  as  to  cause  an  attrition 
of  the  particles  upon  each  other,  the  pulp  thus  produced  usu- 
ally in  suspension  in  water  being  subjected  to  chemical  action, 
depending  upon  the  particular  salt  desired.  Tumbling  appa- 
ratus is  usually  employed. 

69.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LEAD    SALTS,    DRY    PROCESS, 

CARRIER.  Metallic  lead  is  placed  on  a  carrier  and  sub- 
jected to  the  action  of  a  vapor  or  spray  as  it  is  moved  along. 

70.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LEAD    SALTS,    DRY     PROCESS, 

STACK.  Metallic  lead  is  stacked  upon  shelves  or  in  pots  and 
subjected  to  the  action  of  a  vapor  or  spray. 

7J.  PAINT.    PIGMENTS,    LEAD    SALTS,    DRY    PROCESS, 
POTS.    Improvements  in  lead  corroding  pots. 

72.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS.    LEAD    SALTS,    TREATING.    In- 

cludes the  treating  of  the  lead  pigment  after  it  has  been  pro- 
duced, such  as  washing  and  cooling  it. 

73.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LEAD    SALTS,    WET    PROCESS, 

ALKALI.  Processes  of  producing  lead  pigments  in  which  an 
alkali  is  used. 

74.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LEAD    SALTS,    WET    PROCESS, 

AMMONIUM  ACETATE.  Processes  of^roducing  lead  pig- 
ments in  which  ammonium  acetate  is  used. 

75.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,    LEAD    SALTS,    WET    PROCESS, 

FRENCH.  In  this  process  white  lead  is  produced  from  a  so- 
lution of  basic  acetate  of  lead  by  precipitation  with  carbon 
dioxid.  This  is  also  known  as  the  "precipitation"  process. 


CLASS  134— Continued. 

76.  PAINT,   PIGMENTS,  METALLIC  POWDERS.    Pigments 

which  consist  of  metals  in  powdered  form. 

77.  PAINT,  PIGMENTS,  ULTRAMARINE.    Processes  and  ap- 

paratus for  making  ultramarine. 

78.  PAINT,    PIGMENTS,   ZINC   SALTS.    Compositions  which 

contain  zinc  salts  and  are  used  as  pigments,  such  as  zinc-white 
and  lithopone.  Also  processes  and  apparatus  for  making  the 
same. 

79.  PYROXYLIN.    Compositions  for  coating  containing  pyroxy- 

lin,  guncotton,    nitrocellulose,    or   collodion.     Includes   sol- 
vents which  are  used  in  making  these  compositions. 
Search  Class— 
106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  37,  Pyroxylin. 

80.  MISCELLANEOUS,  TREATMENT.    Methods  for  making, 

compounding,  and  treating  liquid  coating  compositions  not 
included  in  the  following  subclasses.  These  four  subclasses 
dp  not  include  processes  of  manufacturing  the  separate  ingre- 
dients which  may  be  used  in  making  the  composition.  These 
are  classified  under  the  art  to  which  they  belong. 
Search  Class — 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  41,  Miscellaneous,  Treat- 
ment. 

81.  VARNISH,  TREATMENT.    Methods  of  treatment  for  making 

compositions  for  varnish. 

82.  INK,  TREATMENT.    Methods  of  treatment  for  making  com- 

positions for  ink. 

83.  PAINT,  TREATMENT.    Methods  of  treatment  for  making 

compositions  for  paint. 
Search  Class— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclasses  41,  Miscellaneous,  Treat- 
ment, and  44,  Artificial  stone,  Treatment. 


CLASS  135.— TENTS,   CANOPIES,   UMBRELLAS,   AND 
CANES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  comprises  portable  coyeringsJor  protection  from  the 
weather  which  are  formed  of  flexible  material.  There  are  also 
included  frames  and  supports  for  the  same  and  canes  on  account 
of  the  similarity  of  the  last  to  umbrella-supporting  sticks. 

Rigid  and  rigidly-framed  structures  of  a  portable  nature  and 
flexible  coverings  using  the  article  protected  as  a  supporting-frame 
are  found  under  class  108,  ROOFS;  subclasses  2,  Adjustable,  and  3, 
Portable,  and  in  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS;  subclasses  2,  Build- 
ings, Portable  houses,  and  3,  Buildings,  Portable  houses,  Voting- 
booths. 

Awnings  are  found  in  class  156,  CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS, 
subclass  15,  Awnings,  unless  there  is  also  an  independently-sup- 
ported canopy  portion  complete  as  such  without  the  wall  attach- 
ment. 

In  general,  combinations  of  canes  with  other  artic}es  are  clas- 
sified with  these  articles  unless  they  are  merely  received  within 
or  supported  upon  the  cane. 

Subclasses. 

1.  TENTS.    Portable    lodges    for    protection   from    the   weather 

which  are  covered  with  flexible  material.  They  are  distin- 
guished from  portable  houses  by  the  absence  of  rigid  panels 
in  the  side-wall  construction  and  usually  also  by  the  flexi- 
bility of  the  roof-covering.  They  differ  from  canopies  in  the 
extent  of  the  protection  furnished  and  usually  also  in  the 
method  of  stretching  the  covering.  Tents  have  more  or 
less  complete  side  walls,  and  the  covering  is  generally  stretched 
by  means  outside  of  the  tent-frame. 

2.  TENTS,  UMBRELLA  TYPE.    Tent  structures  mounted  upon 

a  central  standard  and  held  extended  by  pivoted  ribs. 

3.  TENTS,   FRAMES.    Tent-frames  and  such  frames  intended 

primarily  for  canopies  as  are  equally  adapted  for  tent  sup- 
port. 

Note. — Where  the  frame-sections  are  themselves  panels,  they 
are  classified  in  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  2, 
Buildings,  Portable  houses,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
even  though  they  have  tent-like  flexible  tops. 

Note. — Ridge-poles  suitable  for  A-shaped  tent-supports  occur  in 
class  5,  BEDS,  subclass  32,  Hammocks,  Supports. 

4.  TENTS,  FRAMES,  FOLDING.    Frame  structures  formed  in 

sections  which  are  hinged  together.  They  differ  from  the 
folding  structures  of  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass 
2,  Buildings,  Portable  Houses,  in  that  the  latter  are  made  of 
sections  which  are  themselves  panels,  while  in  the  former  the 
sections  are  not  panels. 

Note. — For  rib -supported  structures,  folding  about  a  single 
standard,  see  also  subclass  2,  Tents,  Umbrella  Type,  in  this 
class. 

5.  CANOPIES.    Miscellaneous  sun  and  rain  protections  of  a  port- 

able nature  which,  as  opposed  to  portable  and  adjustable 
roofs,  are  both  supported  independently  of  the  material 
covered  and  provided  with  a  flexible  covering.  They  are 
distinguished  from  tents  by  the  fact  that  the  former  act  as 
shades  or  shelters  over  or  upon  one  side  of  the  object  to  be 
protected  rather  than  entire  coyers.  Awning  structures  are 
here  included  whenever  the  entire  roof  structure  or  a  section 
thereof  is  supported  independently  of  any  wall  attachment. 

6.  CANOPIES,  BOAT.    Canopies  applied  to  boat  use. 

7.  CANOPIES,  BICYCLES.    Sun  and  rain  protecting-coverings 

for  the  rider  which  are  mounted  upon  the  bicycle  or  similar 
vehicle. 

8.  CANOPIES,     HANGING     COVERS.    Suspended    coverings 

which  inclose  the  objects  to  be  protected. 

Note. — \Vhere  the  protection  is  from  insects,  the  structures  are 
classified  under  class  5,  BEDS,  subclass  14,  Mosquito-nets 
and  Canopies. 

9.  CANOPY-SUPPORTS.     Miscellaneous  supports  for  canopies. 
Note.— Those  supports  which  are  provided  with  clamps  or  sock- 
ets to  receive  and  hold  an  ordinary  umbrella-stick  will  be 
found  under  subclass  13,  Umbrella-supports.    Umbrella  and 
cane  sticks  are  also  found  elsewhere  in  this  class. 

Note. — Where  the  support  also  holds  a  hammock  which  the 
canopy  is  intended  to  cover,  it  is  placed  in  class  5,  BEDS, 
subclass  32,  Hammocks,  Supports. 

Search  Class— 

135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELTAS.  AND  CANES,  subclasses 
5,  Canopies,  and  7,  Canopies,  Bicycle  . 

10.  CANOPY-SUPPORTS,  BABY-CARRIAGE.    Structures  for 

supporting  and  adjustirg  baby-carriage  parasols.  The 
parasol  is  mounted  upon  *  single  bow  support,  which  may 
be  fastened  either  at  one  or  both  ends  to  the  body  of  the 
vehicle. 

Note. — Where  there  is  a  plurality  of  independent  supports  from 
the  carriage-body  or  a  bow  construction  hinged  at  each  end 
upon  the  body,  the  device  is  classified  in  class  21,  CARRIAGES 
AND  WAGONS,  subclass '62,  Tops. 


CLASS  135-Continued. 

11.  CANOPY-SUPPORTS,  BICYCLE.    Attachments  by  which 

canopies  are  held  upon  a  bicycle  or  similar  vehicle  when 
there  is  no  invention  in  the  canopy. 
Search  Class — 

135 — TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  7, 
Canopies,  Bicycle. 

12.  CANOPY-SUPPORTS,    BODY-HARNESS.    Means   for  at- 

tachment of  a  canopy  to  the  person  of  the  one  to  be  protected. 

13.  UMBRELLA-SUPPORTS.    Standards    or    brackets    which 

terminate  in  a  socket  or  clamp  adapted  to  receive  and  hold 
an  umbrella  handle  or  stick. 
Search  Class— 

135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS  AND  CANES,  subclass  12, 
Canopy-Supports,  subclass  12,  Body-Harness. 

14.  TENTS,  HEATERS,  LIGHTERS,  VENTILATORS,  AND 

DOORS.  Inventions  peculiar  to  the  heating,  lighting,  and 
ventilation  of  tents. 

Note. — Such  heaters  as  do  not  form  a  combination  with  the  tent 
structure  and  stovepipe-thimbles  not  intended  to  act  also 
as  ventilators  are  both  found  under  class  126,  STOVES  AND 
FURNACES. 

15.  TENTS,    PEGS,    POLES,    AND    COVER-FASTENINGS. 

Improvements  in  these  several  parts  that  are  peculiar  to 
tents. 

Note. — Cover-fastenings  used  in  connection  with  the  door  of  the 
tent  or  with  a  ventilator  are  placed  in  this  class  under  sub- 
class 14,  Tents,  Heaters,  Lighters,  Ventilators,  and  Doors. 

16.  UMBRELLAS,    COMBINED.    Combinations    of    umbrellas 

with  other  articles  than  canes  or  in  addition  to  them. 

17.  UMBRELLAS,  COMBINED,  UMBRELLAS  AND  CANES. 

Combined  structures  not  otherwise  herein  classified  and  not 
including  any  other  mechanism  in  the  combination. 
Note. — The  majority  use  the  inclosing  cases  as  a  stick  and  slide 
an  adjustable  runner  upon  it. 

18.  UMBRELLAS,  COMBINED,  UMBRELLAS  AND  CANES, 

IMITATION  CANE-CASE.  Cane-like  cases  which  are 
removed  when  the  umbrella  is  to  be  used. 

19.  UMBRELLAS,  COMBINED,  UMBRELLAS  AND  CANES, 

INDEPENDENT-STICK.  The  entire  umbrella  is  here 
placed  within  the  cane-case  when  not  in  use,  but  is  mounted 
upon  it  for  use.  The  invention  generally  lies  in  the  method 
of  mounting  the  umbrella-stick  upon  the  end  of  the  cane. 
The  umbrella-runner  in  no  instance  travels  upon  the  cane. 

20.  UMBRELLAS.    Stick-supported  easily-portable  structures  of 

the  canopy  type  folding  about  the  stick.  They  are  usually 
supported  from  the  stick  by  stretchers. 

Note. — Canopies  for  bicycles  and  more  rigid  or  less-easily-porta- 
ble structures  will  be  found  in  this  class  under  subclasses  5, 
Canopies,  and  7,  Canopies,  Bicycle,  respectively. 

Note. — Inventions  relating  to  the  stick  will  be  found  in  this  class 
under  subclass  45,  Canes  and  sticks,  if  equally  adapted  to 
cane  use,  and  under  subclass  46, Canes  and  sticks,  Umbrella- 
sticks,  if  limited  to  umbrella  use. 

21.  UMBRELLAS,   SUSPENDED.    Umbrellas  which  are  sup- 

ported from  a  point  above  or  within  the  raised  frame,  as  by 
a  projecting  stick-tip  or  an  extended  rib.  The  invention  lies 
in  the  umbrella  as  distinguished  from  the  support. 

22.  UMBRELLAS,   SELF   OPENING   AND   CLOSING.    Um- 

brellas which  are  automatically  opened  or  closed.  The 
means  here  employed  is  usually  a  spring  within  or  surround- 
ing the  stick  and  acting  upon  the  runner. 

23.  UMBRELLAS,  SELF  OPENING  AND  CLOSING,  TEN- 

SIONED  RIB  AND  STRETCHER.  Self  opening  and 
closing  umbrellas  where  the  means  of  operation  is  by  a  ten- 
sion device  operating  upon  the  ribs  or  stretchers  to  draw 
them  toward  and  hold  them  in  position. 

24.  UMBRELLAS,  SELF  OPENING  AND  CLOSING,  HAN- 

DLE-RELEASE. Self  opening  and  closing  umbrellas  in 
which  the  catch  which  retains  the  frame  in  its  open  or  closed 
position  is  released  by  mechanism  operated  from  a  distant 
point,  usually  at  or  near  the  handle. 

25.  UMBRELLAS,    FOLDING.    In   the   umbrella  classification 

"folding"  means  capable  of  reduction  in  length  of  frame 
and  involves  a  shortening  of  the  rib.  In  this  subclass  are 
found  folding  and  separable  rib-sections.  Lazy-tongs  frame 
constructions  and  locking  mechanisms  for  securing  the  sec- 
tions together  are  also  found  here. 

Note. — Various  constructions  for  shortening  the  stick  appear 
here;  but  when  the  invention  lies  in  this  feature  alone  it  will 
be  found  in  this  class  under  subclass  46,  Canes  and  Sticks, 
Umbrella-Sticks. 

323 


324 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  135— Continued. 

26.  UMBRELLAS,    FOLDING,    SLIDING-RIB.    Folding   um- 

brellas in  which  the  shortening  of  the  rib  is  accomplished  by 
forming  it  in  sections  which  slide  one  upon  or  within  the 
other.  Locking  mechanisms  for  the  rib-sections  are  also 
included. 

Note. — Various  stick-shortening  mechanisms  occur  here;  but 
when  the  invention  lies  in  this  feature  alone  it  will  be  found 
in  this  class  under  subclass  4(3,  Canes  and  Sticks,  Umbrella- 
Sticks. 

27.  UMBRELLAS,      AUXILIARY      FRAME-BRACE.    Struc- 

tures in  addition  to  or  independent  of  the  ordinary  comple- 
ment of  ribs  and  stretchers  used  for  the  purpose  of  stiffening 
the  frame. 

Note. — This  does  not  include  locking  mechanisms  for  rib-sections 
of  folding  umbrellas,  which  will  be  found  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 25,  Umbrellas,  Folding;  nor  does  it  include  tensioned 
rib  or  stretcher  devices;  which  will  be  found  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 31,  Umbrellas,  Ribs  and  stretchers. 

Search  Class— 

135 — TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  22, 
Umbrellas,  Self  Opening  and  Closing. 

28.  UMBRELLAS,   RUNNERS  AND   NOTCHES.    Inventions 

in  the  structure  of  the  cylindrical  movable  and  fixed  sup- 
ports to  which  the  inner  ends  of  the  stretchers  and  ribs  are 
respectively  pivoted.  These  inventions  are  entirely  inde- 
pendent of  said  pivot-joint  or  merely  for  the  purpose  of  mount- 
ing the  parts  forming  the  joint  without  restricting  its  char- 
acter. 

29.  UMBRELLAS,    RIB    AND    STRETCHER    JOINTS.    The 

mechanisms  by  which  ribs  and  stretchers  are  connected  at 
their  inner  ends  to  the  notches  and  runners,  respectively, 
with  such  modifications  of  the  meeting  parts  as  contribute 
to  the  joint. 

30.  UMBRELLAS,  RIB  AND  STRETCHER  JOINTS,  T-HEAD 

AND  SOCKET.  Joints  in  which  a  slot  or  other  opening  in 
the  runner  or  notch  receives  and  retains  a  T-head  mounted 
upon  the  inner  end  of  the  stretcher  or  rib.  while  permitting 
motion  of  the  stretcher  or  rib  along  the  length  of  the  slot. 
Modifications  of  the  meeting  parts  to  form  the  joint  are  also 
included. 

31.  UMBRELLAS,  RIBS  AND  STRETCHERS.    Structures  of 

the  body  of  the  rib  or  stretcher  as  distinguished  from  rib- 
tips  and  from  such  modifications  as  are  necessary  to  form  a 
joint. 

Note.— Rib-tips  are  found  in  this  class  under  subclass  36,  Um- 
brellas, Rib -tips,  top  -  protectors,  and  fasteners,  if  perma- 
nently attached,  and  under  subclass  34,  Umbrellas,  Covers, 
linings,  and  cases,  Covers  and  linings,  detachable,  if  re- 
movable. 

Note.— Modifications  to  form  the  several  joints  will  be  found  in 
this  class  under  subclasses  25,  Umbrellas,  Folding;  26,  Um- 
brellas, Folding,  Sliding-rib;  29.  Umbrellas,  Rib  and  stretcher 
joints;  30,  Umbrellas,  Rib  and  stretcher  joints,  T-head  and 
socket;  and  32,  Umbrellas,  Geats. 

32.  UMBRELLAS,  GEATS.     The  geat  is  the  attachment  to  or 

formation  of  the  rib  at  or  near  its  center  to  provide  for  a  joint 
with  the  stretcher.    This  subclass,  however,  includes  also  the 
joints  themselves  and  such  modifications  of  the  rib  or  adjoin- 
ing end  of  the  stretcher  as  are  made  necessary  by  the  joint. 
Search  Class— 

135 — TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclasses  25, 
Umbrellas,  Folding;  26,  Umbrellas,  Folding,  Sliding-rib,  and 
31,  Umbrellas,  Ribs  and  stretchers. 

33.  UMBRELLAS,    COVERS,    LININGS,    AND    CASES.    De- 

vices where  the  invention  lies  in  these  parts  themselves  or  in 
which  the  method  of  attachment  depends  largely  upon  modi- 
fication of  their  structure. 

34.  UMBRELXAS,  COVERS.  LININGS.  AND  CASES,  COV- 

ERS AND  LININGS,  DETACHABLE.  Covers  and  lin- 
ings so  held  in  place  as  to  be  readily  releasable  and  which  can 
be  replaced  by  unskilled  labor.  The  detachable  fastenings 
are  also  placed  here. 

36.  UMBRELLAS,  COVERS.  LININGS,  AND  CASES,  SIGIIT- 
O  PKNINGS  AND  VENTILATORS.  Devices  in  or  in  con- 
nection with  the  cover  by  means  of  which  an  increased  view 
or  better  circulation  of  air  is  obtained. 

36.  UMBRELLAS,     RIB-TIPS,     TOP-PROTECTORS,     AND 

FASTENERS.    Rib-tips,     mechanisms     for     permanently 

fastening  the  cover  or  lining  thereto  or  to  the  rib  or  stretcher, 

and  protectors  for  the  joint  between  the  cover  and  the  notch. 

Search  Class— 

135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  34, 
Umbrellas,  Covers,  linngs,  and  cases,  Covers  and  linings,  de- 
tachable, and  subclass  48,  Umbrellas,  Drip-cups,  for  remova- 
ble fastenings  for  retaining  detachable  covers  or  linings  upon 
the  frame. 


CLASS  135 — Continued. 

37.  UMBRELLAS,  RETAINERS.'    Devices  by  which  the  um- 

brella is  held  in  an  open  or  closed  position.  In  this  subclass 
the  devices  usually  engage  the  rib  or  stretcher  frictionally  or 
by  spring  tension. 

Note. — Where  the  retaining  means  is  a  spring  which  acts  also  to 
open  or  close  the  frame,  look  in  this  class  under  subclass  23. 
Umbrellas,  Self  opening  and  closing,  Tensioned  rib  and 
stretcher. 

38.  UMBRELLAS,  RETAINERS,  RUNNER.     Means  for  fast- 

ening the  umbrella  in  an  open  or  closed  position  by  preventing 
movement  of  the  runner. 

Note. — Where  the  means  used  also  acts  to  open  or  close  the  um- 
brella, it  will  be  found  in  this  class  under  subclass  22,  Umbrel- 
las, Self  opening  and  closing. 

39.  UMBRELLAS,  RETAINERS,  RUNNER,  SLIDING.    Here 

a  sleeve  is  mounted  upon  or  within  the  runner  and  is  moved 
longitudinally  to  release  the  retaining-catch. 

40.  UMBRELLAS,  RETAINERS,  RUNNER,  SPRING.   Spring- 

catches  placed  usually  in  the  stick. 

Note.— Many  of  these  used  for  the  purpose  of  retaining  telescopic 
stick-sections  are  shown  in  this  class  under  subclasses  25, 
Umbrellas,  Folding,  and  26,  Umbrellas,  Folding,  Sliding-rib, 
in  which  search  should  be  made;  also,  in  subclass  24,  Umbrel- 
las, Self  opening  and  closing,  Handle-release. 

41.  UMBRELLAS,  RETAINERS,  RUNNER,  SPRING,  MOD- 

IFIED RUNNER.  Spring  runner-retainers  in  which  the 
runner  is  modified  in  some  other  way  than  to  permit  turning 
and  so  as  to  accommodate  the  catch  or  releasing  mechanism. 

42.  UMBRELLAS,  RETAINERS,  RUNNER,  STICK-HINGE 

LOCKED.  Devices  in  which  the  runner  can  pass  a  hinge  in 
the  supporting-rod  freely  when  the  sections  are  in  line,  but 
is  retained  by  a  projecting  part  of  the  lower  member  when  the 
hinge  is  turned. 

43.  UMBRELLAS,  RETAINERS,  RUNNER,  TURNING.    Re- 

tainers in  which  either  the  runner  or  a  sleeve  upon  it  is  turned 
to  set  or  open  the  runner-fastening  or  to  lock  or  unlock  the 
same  in  any  position. 

44.  UMBRELLAS,  RETAINERS,  TIP.    Annular  retainers  sur- 

rounding the  rib-tips  when  the  umbrella  is  closed.  They  are 
distinguished  from  umbrella-ties  in  that  the  latter  are  of  gen- 
eral belt  form,  loosely  attached  or  separate,  and  embrace  the 
cover  as  well  as  the  rios.  The  tip-retainers  are  usually  rigid 
and  permanently  attached.  They  are  sometimes  mounted 
upon  the  runners,  are  frequently  spring-actuated,  and  usu- 
ally slide  or  turn  to  place. 

45.  CANES   AND   STICKS.    Here  are  found  stick  and   handle 

structures  either  adapted  for  canes  alone  or  equally  useful 
also  in  umbrellas. 

46.  CANES  AND  STICKS,  UMBRELLA-STICKS.     Sticks  and 

handles  which  are  adapted  particularly  to  umbrella  use,  as  by 
a  construction  to  accommodate  a  notch  or  by  the  remova- 
bility of  the  handle.  Here  will  be  found  folding,  telescoping, 
and  separable  rod  sections  and  the  various  catches  and  joints 
by  which  they  are  rigidly  united  for  use. 

Note.— Subclasses  22,  Umbrellas,  Self  opening  and  closing:  25, 
Umbrellas,  Folding,  and  26,  Umbrellas,  Folding,  Sliding- 
rib,  all  in  this  class,  contain  sticks  modified  for  umbrella  use 
and  should  be  searched  to  complete^  search  in  this  subclass. 

47.  CANES  AND  STICKS,  MODIFICATIONS  AND  ATTACH- 

MENTS. Cane  structures  used  for  mere  storage  of  articles 
or  upon  which  articles  or  attachments  are  mounted;  also, 
combined  structures  where  the  cane  forms  the  basis  of  the 
invention  or  whore  the  invention  consists  alone  in  the  assem- 
blage of  the  several  articles  in  one  structure  without  much 
modificatpn  of  either. 

Note. — Combinations  with  billard-cues,  fishing-rods,  guns,  head- 
rests, music-stands,  seats,  sounding  toys,  store-goods  lifters, 
tripods,  whips,  and  umbrellas  will  be  found  in  the  several 
classes  in  which  these  articles  belong. 
Search  Classes— 

135 — TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclasses  16, 
Umbrellas,  Combined;  17,  Umbrellas,  Combined,  Umbrellas 
and  canes;  IS,  Umbrellas,  Combined,  Umbrellas  and  canes, 
Imitation  cane-case,  and  19,  Umbrellas,  Combined,  Umbrellas 
and  canes,  Independent-stick. 

42— FIRE  ARMS,  subclass  52,  Canp-guns. 

155— CHAIRS,  subclass  42,  Stools,  Cane. 

48.  UMBRELLAS,  DRIP-CUPS.     Receptacles  carried  upon  the 

umbrella  for  the  purpose  of  catching  the  drip  from  the  cover. 


App: 

Th 


CLASS  140.     WIRE-WORKING. 
DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  is  limited  to  wire-working  and  includes  only  patents  for 
such  inventions  as  relate — 

1.  To  the  working  of  wire  into  different  shapes  or  forms  by  bend- 
ing or  twisting  it  into  specific  articles  or  fabrics. 

2.  To  devices  for  applying  wire  to  articles — such  as  bottles  and 
corks,  belts,  making  card-clothing,  etc. — but  excluding  winding 
devices,  now  classified  in  class  242,  WINDING  AND  REELING. 

3.  To  devices  for  cutting,  feeding,  straightening,  and  tensioning 
wire  in  which  such  features  alone  are  claimed  and  are  not  otherwise 
classifiable. 

The  patents  in  this  class  are  generally  for  apparatus — i.  e.,  ma- 
chines and  implements  for  working  wire.  There  are  also  patents 
for  processes  (other  than  article  processes),  classifiable  in  the  ma- 
chine subclasses.  Many  of  the  subclasses  of  this  class  are  there- 
fore designed  to  receive  both  machines  or  tools  and  processes,  in 
which  case  the  introductory  portions  of  the  definitions  of  such  sub- 
classes are  made  participial  in  form— as,  for  example,  subclass  93, 

pplying  wire,  "Applying  wire,  etc." 

The  class  of  wire-working  is  miscellaneous,  and  includes  all  in- 
ventions in  wire-working  except  those  more  appropriately  classi- 
fiable in  other  specific  classes.  It  excludes  wire  articles  or  manu- 
factures per  se  and  article  processes  classifiable  with  the  article. 

Inventions  in  the  manufacture  of  wire  are  classifiable  in  the  appro- 
priate metal-working  classes,  depending  upon  the  character  of  the 
method  of  production. 

In  class  153,  METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64,  Coiling,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  are  wire-coiling  devices  other  than  those  classifi- 
able hi  the  article  making  or  forming  subclasses  of  this  class,  (sub- 
class 71,  Article  making  or  forming,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under.) 

Note. — See  search  note  to  subclass  3,  Fabric-making,  in  this  class. 

Subclasses. 

1.  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Inventions  in  the  working  of  wire 

hi  which  other  features  not  specific  to  wire-working  are  claimed 
in  combination  therewith  or  such  inventions  as  do  not  come 
within  the  terms  of  the  subclasses  hereinafter  defined  because 
of  the  inclusion  of  elements,  combinations,  or  features  not  in 
themselves  classifiable  in  such  subclasses,  but  usually  in  some 
other  class. 

Also  inventions  in  wire-working  or  in  elements  of  combina- 
tions specific  to  this  class  in  combination  with  features  or 
means  specific  to  metal  casting,  swaging,  welding,  metal-roll- 
ing, nailing,  stapling,  painting,  etc.,  since  hi  these  instances 
the  class  of  Wire-working  is  made  superior. 

2.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous  inventions  in  wire-working 

not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  of  this  class. 
Search  Classes — 

29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclass  90,  Burnishing,  and  61,  GRIND- 
ING AND  POLISHING,  subclass  15,  Metal,  Sheet  metal  and  wire, 
for  devices  for  burnishing  or  planishing  wire. 

3.  FABRIC-MAKING.     Miscellaneous   fabric-making  inventions 

not  classifiable  in  the  subclasses  hereunder.  Wire-fabric  mak- 
ing devices  classifiable  hi  this  class  are  divided  into  two  main 
groups,  including,  respectively,  looms  or  stationary  machines 
and  portable  or  field  machines.  Each  of  these  groups  is  redi- 
vided  into  other  groups,  including,  respectively,  devices  for 
making  a  mesh  fabric  in  which  continuous  wire  or  wires 
are  interwoven  or  united  with  the  warp  wires  and  devices  in 
which  the  completed  fabric  shows  separate  cross  wires  or  stays. 
Devices  of  the  latter  type  are  classifiable  under  the  stay-apply- 
ing group  defined  below. 

Note. — Inventions  in  wire-fabric  making  classifiable  in  this 
class  are  characterized  by  working  in  the  wires  by  twisting, 
coiling,  or  by  some  bending  operation  which  is  not  character- 
istic or  usual  in  the  ordinary  weaving  machines  that  operate 
upon  cotton,  wool,  silk,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

139 — WEAVING,  subclass  39,  Looms,  Wire,  for  wire^loom  ma- 
chines for  making  the  ordinary  straight  weave  all-wire  fabrics. 

4.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ROTARY  MACHINES.     Fabric-making 

machines  comprising  a  rotary  device,  as  a  drum  or  wheel,  upon 
which  the  fabric  wires  or  elements  are  secured  together  during 
its  rotation. 

5.  FABRIC-MAKING;    ALL-WIRE,    MULTIPLE     STRAND. 

Making  an  all-wire  fabric  in  which  a  plurality  of  warp  or 
runner  strands  are  secured  together,  usually  by  twisting,  to 
form  a  cable,  and  to  which  the  woof,  stay,  or  cross  wires  are 
secured. 

6.  FABRIC-MAKING,    ALL-WIRE,     HEXAGONAL    MESH. 

Making  an  all-wire  fabric  having  hexagonal  meshes,  like 
chicken-wire  or  poultry-netting.  In  the  mesh  made  by  the 
devices  of  this  subclass  the  cross  wires  are  continuous  and  are 
not  cut. 

Search  Class — 

140 — WIRE- WORKING,  the  stay-applying  subclasses,  for  ma- 
chines hi  which  the  cross  wires  are  cut,  thus  forming  sepa- 
rate woof-wires  or  stays. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

7.  FABRIC-MAKING,        ALL-WIRE,         QUADRANGULAR 

MESH.    Making  all-wire  net  fabric  having  quadrangular  or 
four-sided  meshes. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  4,  Fabric-making,  Rotary 
machines;  subclass  5,  Fabric-making,  A 11- wire,  Multiple 
strand,  for  fabric-making  machines  in  which  the  warps  or 
runners  are  composed  of  a  plurality  of  strands  secured  together, 
for  example,  by  twisting. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  59,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints,  Fence  and  net  leading,  for  machines 
or  devices  for  joining  wires  by  metal-founding  means  or  for 
casting  a  metal  joint  upon  the  intersection  of  the  wires,  espe- 
cially in  fabric-making. 

8.  FABRIC-MAKING.        ALL- WIRE.         QUADRANGULAR 

MESH.  COILED.    Making  all-wire  mesh  fabric  or  netting 
by  coiling. 
Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64,  Coiling,  or  appropriate  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  devices  for  making  a  single  coil  though 
used  in  fabric-making. 

9.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ALL-WIRE,  DIAMOND  MESH.    Mak- 

ing wire  netting  having  diamond  or  V-shaped  meshes,  the 
cross  wire  or  wires  being  continuous  in  distinction  from  those 
inventions  for  the  making  of  diamond  mesh  fabric  where  the 
wires  are  not  continuous. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  the  Fabric-making,  Stay-applying  sub- 
classes, for  inventions  involving  cutting  the  wires  to  form 
stays  or  working  in  separate  wires  as  stays. 

10.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ALL-WIRE,   STAY-APPLYING.    Se- 

curing wire  stays  or  separate  cross  wires  to  the  runners, 
strands,  or  warp  wires  of  wire  netting  not  classifiable  in  the 
subclasses  of  this  group  defined  below. 

Note. — In  this  group  are  classifiable  all  devices  wherein  the 
so-called  "stays"  are  formed  by  cutting  the  cross  wire  at  the 
edges  of  the  fabric. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  6,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Hexagonal  mesh;  7,  Fabric-making,  All-wire,  Quadrangular 
mesh;  8,  Fabric-making,  All-wire,  Quadrangular  mesh, 
Coiled,  and  9,  Fabric-making,  All-wire,  Diamond  mesh,  for 
mesh-making  machines  employing  continuous  cross  or  woof 
wires,  etc. 

11.  FABRIC-MAKING,       ALL-WIRE,       STAY-APPLYING, 

CLIP-JOINING.  Applying  clips,  tie-wires,  or  equivalent, 
whether  of  wire  or  sheet  metal,  to  the  intersecting  wires  of  a 
wire  fabric  and  by  which  they  are  secured  together.  Also 
magazines  for  clips  or  feeding  devices  relating  to  all-wire  fabric- 
making. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  20,  Fabric-making,  AH-wire, 
Portable  machines,  Stay-applying,  Clip-joining,  for  similar 
devices  in  portable  machines;  subclass  llti,  Joining  wire, 
Tying-dies,  for  dies  employed  in  machines  for  applying  the 
wires  to  intersecting  wires,  as  in  fence  fabrics;  subclasses  53, 
Fabric-making,  Implements,  Magazine;  54,  Fabric-making, 
Implements,  Magazine,  Revoluble  head,  and  55,  Fabric-mak- 
ing, Implements,  Clip-affixing,  for  clip-affixing  implements. 

12.  FABRIC-MAKING,        ALL-WIRE,       STAY-APPLYING, 

WRAPPED  LOOP.    Making  all-wire  fabric  by  wrapping 
or  otherwise  securing  suitable  loops  formed  in  stay  wires 
about  the  strand  wires. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  21,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Portable  machines,  Stay-applying,  Wrapped  loop. 

13.  FABRIC-MAKING,        ALL-WIRE,        STAY-APPLYIXG, 

SHORT  STAY.  Making  an  all-wire  quadrangular,  usually 
square,  mesh  fabric  in  which  the  cross  wires  or  stays  are 
composed  of  short  lengths  each  connecting  a  plurality  of 
strands,  usually  two,  said  lengths  together  forming  a  "sec- 
tional stay." 

Note. — This  subclass  is  intended  to  include  all  looms  or 
fixed  machines  utilizing  short  stays  or  cross  wires  of  short 
length. 

Search  Class— 

64 — JOURNAL-BOXES,  PULLEYS,  AND  SHAFTING,  subclass  5, 
Belt-tighteners,  for  take-ups  similar  to  devices  employed  in 
this  subclass. 

14.  FABRIC-MAKING,        ALL-WIRE,        STAY-APPLYING, 

LOOPED    STRAND.    Fabric-making    in    which  suitable 
loops  are  formed  hi  the  warp  or  strands,  usually  for  the  pur- 
pose of  securing  the  stays  therein. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  22,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Portable  machines,  Stay-applying,  Looped  strand. 

15.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ALL- WIRE,  STAY-APPLYING,  SUC- 

CESSIVELY WRAPPED  STAY.  Making  fabric  by  wrap- 
ping or  coiling  the  stay  wires  successively  around  the  strands, 
usually  commencing  at  one  of  the  edge  strands,  and  coiling 
the  stay  successively  about  each  runner  and  securing  the  end 
of  the  stay  to  the  strand  on  the  opposite  edge  of  the  fabric. 

325 


326 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  53,  Fabric-making,  Imple- 
ments, Magazine,  and  54,  Fabric-making,  Implements,  Maga- 
zine, Revoluble  head,  for  implements  employed  in  making 
fabrics  in  this  manner;  subclass  1 17,  Joining  wire,  Implements, 
for  hand  tools  for  coiling  or  winding  one  wire  about  another, 
as  in  successively  wrapping  a  stay  about  the  several  fence 
strands. 

16.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ALL-WIRE,  PORTABLE  MACHINES. 

Portable  machines  for  making  all-wire  netting.  For  exam- 
ple, all  machines  employed  in  the  field  are  classifiable  in  this 
group. 

Search  Class— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  52,  Fabric-making,  Imple- 
ments, for  devices  adapted  to  be  held  in  the  hand  or  partially 
supported  by  the  work;  and  117,  Joining  wire,  Implements, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  devices  of  more  general 
application,  as  in  joining  wires.  Subclass  117  includes  all 
implements  for  coiling  one  wire  about  another,  as  in  succes- 
sively wrapping  stays. 

17.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ALL-WIRE,  PORTABLE  MACHINES, 

MESII-M  AKING.  Portable  all-wire  fabric-making  machines 
that  make  an  all-wire  netting  in  which  the  wires  employed  are 
practically  continuous  and  separate  or  so-called  stays  are  not 
separately  interwoven  or  secured  to  the  strands  or  the  cross 
wires  or  in  which  the  cross  wire  is  not  subsequently  cut  at  the 
edge  of  the  fabric. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  G,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Hexagonal  mesh,  and  7,  Fabric-making,  All-wire,  Quadran- 
gular mesh,  for  looms  or  stationary  machines  for  making  simi- 
lar fabrics. 

18.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ALL-WIRE,  PORTABLE  MACHINES, 

STAY-APPLYING.  Portable  machines  for  securing  sepa- 
rate wires  or  stays  to  the  warp,  strands,  or  runners  and  not 
classifiable  hi  the  minor  subclasses  of  this  group.  Stay-apply- 
ing machines  operate  to  secure  separate  cross  wires  or  stays  to 
the  warp  wires  or  strands,  or  the  cross  wires  are  cut  at  the  edge 
of  the  fabric,  thus  forming  separate  stays. 

19.  FABRIC-MAKING.  ALL- WIRE,  PORT  ABLE  MACHINES, 

STAY-APPLYING,  MULTIPLE  STRAND.  Portable 
stay-applying  machines  that  twist  or  unite  a  plurality  of 
strands  together  either  in  making  and  securing  a  multistrand 
stay  to  the  warp  wires  or  for  securing  wire  stays,  single  or 
multiple,  to  a  multistrand  runner  or  warp. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  5,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Multiple  strand,  for  fixed  machines  or  looms  that  secure  stay 
wires  to  a  multistrand  runner  or  warp. 

20.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ALL- WIRE,  PORTABLE  MACHINES, 

STAY-APPLYING,  CLIP-JOINING.    Portable  machines 
for  securing  stays  to  the  strands  by  means  of  clips  or  tie-wires. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  11,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Stay-applying,  Clip-joining,  for  similar  structural  features; 
subclass  116,  Joining  wire,  Tying-dies,  for  dies  employed  in 
machines  for  applying  tie-wires  to  intersecting  wires. 

21.  FABRIC-MAKING.  ALL- WIRE,  PORTABLE  MACHINES, 

STAY-APPLYING,  WRAPPED  LOOP.  Portable  stay- 
applying  machines  that  secure  the  stays  in  place  by  wrapping 
or  coiling  loops  suitably  formed  in  the  stay  about  the  strand 
wires. 

Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  12,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Stay-applying,  Wrapped  loop,  for  similar  features  in  looms. 

22.  FABRIC-MAKING.  ALL-WIRE,  PORT  ABLE  MACHINES, 

STAY-APPLYING,  LOOPED  STRAND.     Portable  fabric- 
making  machines  that  form  loops  or  kinks  in  the  strands  or 
warps  and  by  which  the  stays  are  secured  in  place,  each  loop 
usually  embracing  a  stay. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  14,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Stay-applying,  Looped  strand,  for  looms  having  like  features  [ 

23.  FABRIC-MAKING.  ALL-WIRE,  PORTABLE  MACHINES, 

STAY-APPLYING, SUCCESSIVELY  WRAPPED  STAY. 
Portable  fabric-making  machines  that  secure  the  stays  to  the 
strands  by  wrapping  or  coiling  operations,  each  stay  being 
successively  wrapped  around  the  strands  in  crossing  the 
fabric,  thus  securing  them  in  place. 
Search  Class — 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses.  15,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Stay-applying,  Successively  wrapped  stay,  for  looms  that 
operate  in  like  manner;  53,  Fabric-making,  Implements, 
Magazine,  and  54,  Fabric-making,  Implements,  Magazine, 
Revoluble  head,  for  implements  employed  in  making  fab- 
rics in  this  manner;  117,  Joining  wire,  Implements,  for  hand 
tools  for  coiling  or  winding  one  wire  about  another,  as  in 
successively  wrapping  a  stay  about  the  several  fence  strands. 

24.  FABRIC-MAKING,  ALL-WIRE,  EDGE-STRAND  BIND- 

ING. Inventions  in  making  selvages  or  binding  the  edge 
strands  or  in  coiling  or  knotting  the  ends  of  the  stays  to  the 
edge  strands  of  the  fabric,  and  machines  and  attachments  for, 
or  specific  structures  or  combinations  in,  all-wire  fabric- 
making  devices. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  14,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Stay-applying,  Looped  strand,  for  similar  features. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

25.  FABRIC-MAKING,    SLAT-AND-WIRE.     Inventions  in  or 

devices,  looms,  or  stationary  machines  for  making  a  slatted 
wire  fabric — such  as  a  picket  or  slatted  wire  fence,  barrel  fabric, 
basket  fabric,  etc.— and  not  classifiable  in  the  minor  subclasses 
defined  below.  The  term  "slat"  is  used  in  a  generic  sense  to 
include  wood,  metal,  etc.,  or  any  other  material  except  wire. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  appropriate  subclasses  of  all-wire 
machines,  for  machines  for  forming  wire  pickets  or  stays  into 
a  fabric;  subclass  3,  Fabric-making,  and  those  under  Fabrio 
making,  All-wire,  for  such  similar  structural  features  as  are 
also  characteristic  of  looms;  the  search  note  to  subclass  28, 
Fabric-making,  Slat-and-wire,  Dummy-spacing,  for  slat-and- 
wire  fabric- weaving  machines. 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  11,  Box,  Staple  forming 
and  setting,  and  14,  Machines,  Box,  Assembling  and  nailing, 
for  the  making  of  slatted  wire  fabric  by  stapling. 

139— WEAVING,  subclasses  2,  Looms,  Basket;  32,  Looms,  Slat, 
cane,  and  straw,  and  39,  Looms,  Wire. 

26.  FABRIC-MAKING,  SLAT-AND-WIRE,  SLAT-CUTTING. 

Slat-and-wire  fabric-making  involving  the  cutting  of  the  slats 
to  determinate  lengths  or  trimming  or  shaping  the  same. 

27.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT-AND-WIRE,     MAGAZINE. 

Slat-and-wire  fabric-making  machines  provided  with  hop- 
pers or  any  type  of  magazine  for  holding,  supplying,  or  feed- 
ing the  slats  or  pickets  to  the  machine. 

28.  FABRIC-MAKING,    SLAT-AND-WIRE,  DUMMY-SPAC- 

ING. Slat-and-wire  machines  having  means  for  forming 
spaces  between  the  slats  at  predetermined  points  by  the  omis- 
sion of  a  slat  or  by  the  prevention  of  slat-feeding  at  the  proper 
time.  This  subclass  includes  machines  particularly  adapted 
to  the  manufacture  of  barrel  fabric. 
Search  Class— 

147— COOPERING,  subclasses  1,  Barrel-making  machines,  for 
machines  for  making  barrel  or  basket  fabric  by  stapling  the 
staves  to  wire;  47,  Basket  forming  and  nailing,  and  48,  Basket- 
form  ing. 

29.  FABRIC  MAKING,  SLAT-AND-WIRE,  MOVABLE  CAR- 

RIAGE. Machines  having  lifting  frames  or  other  movable 
carriages  for  relatively  and  periodically  placing  the  slats, 
strands,  or  operating  mechanism  in  securing  relation — for 
example,  moving  the  strand-twisting  heads  periodically  into 
engagement  with  the  strands  to  be  twisted  or  coiled  about 
the  slats. 
Search  Class — 

140  -WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  32,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Strand-twisting,  Beaters,  and  44,  Fabric-making,  Slat- 
and-wire,  Portable  machines,  Strand-twisters,  Eccentric  type, 
for  slat  "beaters"  or  slat-placing  mechanism. 

30.  FABRIC-MAKING,  SLAT-AND-WIRE,  STRAND-TWIST- 

ING.   Inventions  in  fabric-making  wherein  the  slats  are  se- 
cured by  the  mutual  twisting  together  of  the  two  or  more 
strands  of  which  a  warp  or  runner  is  composed  and  not  classi- 
fiable hi  the  minor  subclasses  defined  below. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  52,  for  implements  specific  to 
wire-fabric  making;  118,  Joining  wire,  Implements,  Twisters, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  121.  Joining  wire, 
Implements,  Plier  type,  for  implements  employed  in  uniting 
intersecting  fence  strands  by  coiling  in  the  making  of  slatted 
wire  fabrics;  and  34,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and-wire,  Strand- 
coiling,  for  machines  for  coiling  one  of  the  strands  about 
another  or  winding  a  continuous  binding  wire  around  a  strand. 

31.  FABRIC-MAKING,  SLAT-AND-WlRE,  STRAND-TWIST- 

ING, EMBEDDING.  Looms  or  stationary  machines  hav- 
ing means  for  embedding  the  fabric  wires  or  stays  in  the  slats, 
usually  by  the  provision  of  suitable  pressure  rollers  or  ham- 
mers. 

32.  FABRIC-MAKING,  SLAT-AND-WIRE,  STRAND-TWIST- 

ING,   BEATERS.     Strand-twisting    slat-and-wire     fabric 
machines  provided  with  means  for  beating  or  hammering 
the  slats  to  place  in  the  crotch  between  the  strands. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  42,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Portable  machines,  Strand-twisters,  Beaters,  for  beaters 
in  portable  machines;  also  subclass  31,  Fabric-making,  Slat- 
and-wire,  Strand-twisting,  Embedding. 

33.  FABRIC-MAKING,  SLAT-AND-WIRE,  STRAND-TWIST- 

ING, SPREADERS.  Devices,  usually  separate  from  and 
employed  in  connection  with  strand-twisting  machines,  for 
separating  or  keeping  the  strands  apart  or  from  twisting  ex- 
terior to  or  in  advance  of  the  twister-heads  during  the  twist- 
ing operation. 

34.  FABRIC-MAKING,    SLAT-AND-WIRE,    STRAND-COIL- 

ING. Making  slatted  wire  fabric  hi  which  the  slats  are 
secured  to  the  strands  by  the  coiling  or  winding  of  one  strand 
about  the  other,  one  only  of  the  runner  strands  being  bent  or 
coiled,  the  other  remaining  substantially  straight,  or  a  smaller 
so-called  "binding"  or  continuous  tie-wire  may  be  used  and 
coiled  about  the  strand  between  the  slats,  thus  securing  the 
latter  in  place. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  49,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Portable  machines,  Tie-wire  appliers,  for  machines  that 
operate  to  secure  the  slats  by  securing  separate  pieces  of  wire 
or  "tie-wires"  to  the  strands  embracing  the  slats;  and 
57,  Fabric-making,  Implements,  Slat-attaching,  Tie-wire 
appliers,  for  implements  for  the  same  purpose. 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES    AND    SUBCLASSES. 


327 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

35.  FABRIC -MAKING,      SLAT- AND- WIRE,      WEAVERS. 
Looms  for  making  slatted  wire  fabric  or  fencing  by  wire- 
crossing  mechanism. 
NOTE.— See  Search  card  data  under  subclass  25,  Fabric-making, 

Slat-and-wire. 
Search  Classes — 
139— WEAVING,  for  devices  for  ordinary  weaving  in  the  making 

of  an  all-wire  fabric. 

147— COOPERING,  subclasses  47,  Basket  forming  and  nailing, 
and  48,  Basket-forming. 

30.  FABRIC-MAKING,       SLAT-AND-WIRE,        TWISTER- 
HEADS.    Twister-heads  of  the  kind  employed  in  wire-fabric 
making  machines. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  114,  Joining  wire,  Machines, 
Interlocking  eyes,  making;  115,  Joining  wire,  Machines, 
Revoluble  head,  and  119,  Joining  wire,  Implements,  Twisters, 
Revoluble  head,  for  similar  heads  employed  in  machines  for 
twisting  or  coiling  the  ends  of  wires  together. 

56— HARVESTERS,  subclasses  87,  Self-binders,  Twisters  and 
tuckers,  and  88,  Self-binders,  Wire-twisters. 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  14,  Twisting-heads. 

37.  FABRIC-MAKING,      SLAT-AND-WIRE,      PORTABLE 

MACHINES.    Portable  devices  or  machines  employed  in  the 
field  (mostly  fence  machines)  for  making  slatted  wire  fabric 
and  not  classifiable  in  the  minor  subclasses  defined  below. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  52,  Fabric-making,  Implements, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  implements  or  tools  adapted 
to  be  held  in  the  hand  or  partially  supported  by  the  work. 

38.  FABRIC -MAKING.      SLAT-AND-WIRE,      PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  MAGAZINE.  Portable  machines  having  slat 
holders,  hoppers,  or  equivalent  magazine  for  the  supply  of 
slats. 

Search  Class— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  27,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Magazine. 

39.  FABRIC-MAKING,      SLAT-AND-WIRE,      PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND-TWISTERS.    Portable   machines 
having  strand-twisting   devices  for  mutually  twisting  the 
strands  together  to  secure  slats  in  place  between  them. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  30,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Strand-twisting,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  simi- 
lar features  in  looms. 

40.  FABRIC-MAKING.      SLAT-AND-WIRE,      PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND-TWISTERS,  SLAT  ADJUST- 
MENT. Machines  provided  with  means  for  placing  the  slats 
in  definite  relation  either  laterally,  longitudinally  j  or  angu- 
larly. 

Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  41,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Portable  machines,  Strand-twisters,  Plumb  adjustment, 
for  portable  machines  having  plumbing  or  leveling  devices. 

41.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT-AND-WIRE,      PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND-TWISTERS,  PLUMB  ADJUST- 
MENT. Portable  slat-and-wire  fabric-making  machines 
having  strand-twisters  hi  which  means  are  provided  for  the 
angular  adjustment  thereof  or  for  positioning  the  slats  rela- 
tively to  the  surface  of  the  ground,  whereby  the  slats  may  be 
secured  in  a  vertical  position  or  plumb. 

42.  FABRIC-MAKING,      SLAT-AND-WIRE,      PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND-TWISTERS,  BEATERS.  Port- 
able machines  provided  with  distinct  means  for  beating  the 
slat  to  place  in  the  shed  or  crotch  between  the  strands.  The 
beating  of  the  slat  to  place  by  the  periodic  movement  of  the 
machine  itself  does  not  place  it  in  this  subclass.  The  beaters 
employed  are  usually  auxiliary  and  operate  hi  a  vibratory 
manner. 

Search  Class—  " 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  32,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Strand-twisting,  Beaters,  for  beaters  in  looms. 

43.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT-AND-WIRE,      PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND  -TWISTERS,  VERTICALLY 
ADJUSTABLE.  Portable  slat-and-wire  machines  having 
provision  for  adjusting  the  twisting  devices  vertically  to 
secure  a  desired  space  relation  between  the  strands  or  runners. 

44.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT-AND-WIRE,      PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND  -  TWISTERS,  ECCENTRIC 
TYPE.  Portable  slat-and-wire  fabric  machines  having 
twisters  comprising  a  suitable  carrier  provided  with  guides, 
clamps,  or  holders  for  the  strand  wires,  which  are  eccentrically 
mounted  at  one  side  of  and  revoluble  upon  or  within  a  ring 
or  substantially  annular  guide  forming  a  sort  of  eccentric 
strap.  The  carrier  holds  the  strand  -wires  at  one  side  of  the 
strap  center  and  revolves  or  turns  within  it,  so  as  to  move 
the  wires  in  a  circular  path  to  the  opposite  side  to  cross  them. 
This  is  repeated  to  produce  the  desired  number  of  twists. 

45.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT-AND-WIRE,     PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND-TWISTERS,  WIRE-CROSSERS. 
Portable  slat-and-wire  fabric-making  machines  which  operate 
to  effect  a  simple  or  single  cross  in  the  strand  wires  between 
the  pickets  or  slats,  distinguishing  these  machines  from  such 
as  produce  more  than  a  simple  cross. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  50,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Portable  machines,  Weavers,  for  portable  devices  for 
producing  mere  relative  separation  or  displacement  and  cross- 
ing of  the  strands  by  horizontal  movement  thereof  and  in  a 
few  instances  by  vertical  movement. 

46.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT  -  AND  -  WIRE,    PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND-TWISTERS,  WIRE-CROSSERS, 
OSCILLATORY.  Portable  slat-and-wire  fabric  machines 
provided  with  wire-crossers  having  an  oscillatory  strand 
holding  and  crossing  member,  which  either  structurally  or 
functionally  is  of  the  nature  of  a  compound  lever. 

47.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT-AND-WIRE,     PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  STRAND-COILERS.  Portable  slat-and-wire 
machines  having  means  for  coiling  or  wrapping  one  strand  of 
the  warp  or  runner  around  the  other  in  securing  the  slats  or 
for  coiling  a  binding  or  continuous  tie-wire  around  a  strand. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  34,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Strand-coiling,  for  loom  machines. 

48.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT-AND-WIRE,     PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  WEAVERS.  Portable  machines  for  making 
slatted  wire  fabrics  by  weaving  processes,  the  strands  being 
separated  and  crossed  usually  by  imparting  to  one  or  both  of 
them  horizontal  movement,  in  some  cases  vertical  movement. 
Search  Class — 

139— WEAVING,  subclass  2,  Looms,  Basket;  subclasses  39. 
Looms,  Wire,  for  stationary  machines  or  looms  employed 
for  ordinary  weaving  in  the  making  of  all- wire  fabrics,  and 
32,  Looms,  Slat,  cane,  and  straw,  for  looms  employing  other 
material  than  wire. 

49.  FABRIC-MAKING,     SLAT-AND-WIRE,     PORTABLE 

MACHINES,  TIE-WIRE  APPLIERS.    Portable  slat-and- 
wire  machines  for  applying  a  separate  tie-wire  to  the  strand 
in  securing  each  slat. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  57,  Fabric-making,  Implements, 
Slat-attaching,  Tie-wire  appliers,  for  tie-wire  applying  imple- 
ments; and  subclass  110,  Joining  wire,  Tying-dies,  for  dies  em- 
ployed in  machines  for  applying  tie-wires. 

50.  FABRIC-MAKING,    SLAT-AND-WIRE,  SPACERS.    De- 

vices used  in  connection  with  fabric-making  machines  for 
placing  strands  or  runners  in  desired  relative  position  or 
spacing  them  one  from  another. 

51.  FABRIC-MAKING,  CLAMPS.    Devices  for  holding  or  clamp- 

ing the  strand  wires,  slats,  or  pickets  in  attaching  the  latter 
or  while  effecting  repairs,  splicing,  twisting,  etc.;  also  struc- 
tural details  of  fabric  machines  for  clamping  the  fabric  wires 
while  making  the  fabric. 
Search  Classes — 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  117,  Joining  wire,  Implements. 

39— FENCES,  subclasses  53,  Stretchers,  Grips,  and  119,  Stretch- 
ers, Grips,  Sliding  jaw,  for  clamps  or  grips  for  holding  fence 
wires  to  effect  stretching;  and  108,  Wire,  Joints,  for  connecting 
fence  strands  together. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  263,  Connectors, 
Wire-splices,  for  clamps  employed  as  connectors  for  perma- 
nently securing  the  ends  of  conductors  together. 

52.  FABRIC-MAKING,     IMPLEMENTS.     Miscellaneous    wire- 

working  tools  or  devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  adapted  to 
be  held  in  the  hand  or  partially  supported  by  the  work,  which 
are  employed  in  making  or  repairing  fabrics. 
Search  Classes — 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  117,  Joining  wire,  Implements, 
or  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  tools  for  joining  wire  by 
twisting,  coiling,  etc.;  and  subclass  123,  Implements,  for  wire- 
working  implements  of  more  general  application. 

39— FENCES,  subclass  56,  Fences,  Stretchers,  Loopers,  for  loop- 
ing and  twisting  implements  employed  in  stretching  or  tight- 
ening fence  wires. 

81— TOOLS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

53.  FABRIC-MAKING,  IMPLEMENTS,  MAGAZINE.    Fabric- 

making  implements  having  a  wire  supply  or  reel  from  which 
the  cross  or  stay  wire  is  drawn;  also  implements  having  mag- 
azines for  the  supply  of  clips,  lock-plates,  etc.  Most  of  the 
fabric-making  implements  of  magazine  type  are  employed  in 
supplying  and  successively  wrapping  a  wire  about  the  strands, 
which  may  be  subsequently  cut  to  form  a  stay. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  15,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Stay-applying,  Successively  wrapped  stay,  for  looms  em- 
ployed in  similarly  wrapping  stays;  subclass  23,  Fabric-mak- 
ing, All-wire,  Portable  machines,  Stay-applying,  Successively 
wrapped  stay,  for  portable  machines;  and  subclass  117,  Joining 
wire,  Implements,  for  implements  employed  for  this  purpose. 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  3,  Machines,  Staple-setting, 
Magazine. 

54.  FABRIC-MAKING,    IMPLEMENTS,    MAGAZINE,    REV- 

OLUBLE HEAD.  Fabric-making  implements  of  the  mag- 
azine type  having  a  rotary  member  or  head  that  in  operation 
wraps  or  twists  the  cross  wire,  clip,  or  the  tie-wire  around  the 
strand. 

55.  FABRIC-MAKING,     IMPLEMENTS,     CLIP-AFFIXING. 

Fabric-making  implements  for  securing  the  intersecting  wires 
of  a  fabric  together  by  applying  a  clip,  lock-plate,  tie-wire, 
etc.,  thereto  or  for  applying  the  same  to  a  single  wire  of  a 
fabric  for  any  purpose. 


328 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

Search  Classes  — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  69,  Barbing,  Implements,  for 
implements  tor  applying  clips  or  the  like  which  have  the  char- 
acteristics of  a  barb;  subclasses  11,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Stay-applying,  Clip-joining,  and  20,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Portable  machines,  Stay-applying,  Clip-joining,  for  clip-affix- 
ing devices  other  than  implements;  and  subclass  82,  Article 
making  or  forming,  Clips,  for  clip-making  machines. 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  49,  Implements,  Staple- 
setting,  Magazine,  for  staple-applying  implements.  See  also 
subclasses  2,  Machines,  Staple  forming  and  setting;  4,  Ma- 
chines, Staple-setting;  7,  Machines,  Book,  Staple  forming  and 
setting,  and  8,  Machines,  Book.  Staple-setting. 

56— HARVESTERS,  subclass  82,  Self-binders,  Clips  and  prepared 
bands. 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  54,  Veterinary,  Ring-inserters. 

56.  FABRIC-MAKING,  IMPLEMENTS,  SLAT-ATTACHING. 

Fabric-making  implements  for  securing  slats,  pickets,  etc., 
to  the  strands  by  the  usual  wire-working  operations,  but  not 
staplers  for  driving  pointed  structures. 

57.  FABRIC-MAKING,  IMPLEMENTS,  SLAT-ATTACHING, 

TIE-WIRE    APPLIERS.     Slat-attaching  implements   for 
applying  a  tie-wire  to  a  strand,  so  as  to  embrace  and  thereby 
secure  the  slat  in  place. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  49,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Tie-wire  appliers,  for  portable  machines  employed  in 
applying  tie-wires;  subclass  117,  Joining  wire,  Implements, 
particularly  subclasses  119,  Joining  wire,  Implements,  Twist- 
ers, Revoluble  head,  and  122,  Joining  wire,  Implements, 
Revoluble  head,  for  implements  employed  in  splicing  wire 
having  similar  coiling  or  twisting  elements. 

58.  BARBING.    Miscellaneous  inventions  in  barbing  wire,  apply- 

ing barbs,  making  barb-wire  fences,  etc.,  not  classifiable  in  the 
minor  subclasses  defined  below. 
Search  Classes — 

140 — WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  66,  Barbing,  Sheet-metal,  for 
machines  employed  in  applying  sheet-metal  barbs. 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  21,  Cord  and  rope  machines,  for  ma- 
chines for  making  wire  cables  and  in  which  barbs  are  applied 
by  hand. 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  9,  Special  work,  Fish-hook  mak- 
ing, for  barbing  fish-hooks;  also  subclass  23,  Special  work, 
Toothed-cylinder  making. 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  73, 
Staple-making,  Cutting,  bending,  barbing,  for  barbing  staples. 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  10,  Screw-threads,  Rods  and 
wires,  for  notching  and  burring  wire  by  rolling. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  7, 
Fence-barbs,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  devices  for 
cutting  barbs  of  sheet  metal. 

59.  BARBING,    BARB-WIRE    FEEDING.      Machines    having 

means  for  the  infeeding  of  the  barb- wire  from  which  the  barbs 
are  formed. 

Note.— This  particular  subclass  (59)  with  subclasses  64,  Barb- 
ing, Barb-wire  feeding,  Strand-crimping,  and  65,  Barbing, 
Barb-wire  feeding,  Rotary  coilers,  includes  all  barbing  ma- 
chines for  forming  or  applying  other  than  four-pointed  barbs 
to  strands  by  means  of  dies  or  oscillating  formers,  which  shape 
and  clamp  the  barb  in  place. 

60.  BARBING^      BARB  -  WIRE      FEEDING,      MULTIPLE 

STRAND.  Barbing  machines  having  means  for  feeding  and 
applying  the  barb-wire  and  employing  twisting  devices  for 
twisting  a  plurality  of  runner  strands,  usually  two,  into  a 
cable,  and  thereby  securing  the  barbs  thereto.  Means  are 
also  usually  provided  for  coiling  the  barb-wire,  cutting  and 
forming  barbs. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  defined  below,  for  details  of 
coiling,  cutting,  and  barb-forming. 

61.  BARBING,    BARB  -  WIRE    FEEDING,    FOUR  -  POINT 

BARBS.  Machines  for  applying  four-point  wire  barbs  by 
other  processes  than  coiling  or  strand  crimping. 

Note. — In  this  miscellaneous  subclass  are  all  machines  having 
dies  or  formers  for  applying  four-point  barbs. 

Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  50,  Barbing,  Barb-wire  feed- 
ing, for  machines  for  applying  other  than  four-point  barbs. 

62.  BARBING,     BARB- WIRE     FEEDING,     FOUR  -  POINT 

BARBS,   STRAND-CRIMPIXC.     Machines    for    applying 
four-point  barbs  having  means  for  crimping  the  strands  or 
runners. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  64,  Barbing,  Barb-wirefeeding, 
Strand-crimping,  for  machines  for  applying  two-point  barbs 
to  and  crimping  the  runners;  105,  Crimping,  for  crimping 
features,  and  106,  Crimping,  Implements,  for  crimping  imple- 
ments. 

63.  BARBING,    BARB  -  WIRE    FEEDING.    FOUR  -  POINT 

BARBS,   ROTARY   COILERS.     Machines   having  rotary 
heads  or  coiling  devices  for  applying  four-point  barbs. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  65,  Barbing,  Barb-wire  feeding, 
Rotary  coilers,  for  specific  coiling  features  or  elements  in  two- 
point  barb  machines. 

64.  BARBING,  BARB-WIRE    FEEDING,   STRAND-CRIMP- 

ING. Machines  for  applying  two-point  barbs  having  means 
for  crimping  the  strands  to  which  the  barbs  are  secured. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  62,  Barbing,  Barb-wire  feeding, 
Four-point  barbs,  Strand-crimping,  for  similar  crimping 
features  in  four-point  barbing  machines;  subclasses  105.  Crimp- 
ing, for  crimping  features,  and  106,  Crimping,  Implements, 
for  crimping  implements. 

65.  BARBING,  BARB- WIRE  FEEDING,  ROTARY  COILERS. 

Machines  for  making  two-point  barbs  in  which  the  barbs  are 
secured  to  the  strands  by  means  of  rotary  coiling  heads. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  63,  Barbing,  Barb-wire  feeding, 
Four-point  barbs.  Rotary  coilers,  for  similar  coiling  devices 
employed  in  applying  four-point  barbs. 

66.  BARBING,  SHEET-METAL.    Applying  barbs  of  sheet-metal 

to  wire  strands. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  7, 
Fence-barbs,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  machines  for 
cutting  or  making  the  sheet-metal  barbs  from  strips  of  metal. 

67.  BARBING,  SEPARATE  BARBS.     The  making  or  applying 

of  separate  barbs  of  wire  and  barb-applying  machines  distin- 
guished by  the  absence  of  barb-wire  feeding  mechanism. 

68.  BARBING,   PICKETS.       Inserting  barbs  into  or  applying 

barbs  to  metal  rods,  pickets,  palings,  posts,  etc. 

69.  BARBING,  IMPLEMENTS.    Hand  tools  employed  in  barb- 

ing operations,  usually  for  forming  and  applying  barbs  to  wire. 

70.  BARBING,  IMPLEMENTS,  REVOLUBLE  HEAD.     Barb- 

ing implements  having  a  rotary  member  or  jaw  for  coiling, 
winding,  or  clamping  a  barb  upon  a  wire. 

71.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING.     Making  articles  from 

wire  stock  not  classifiable  otherwise. 
Search  Classes  - 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  the  staple  and  wire-nail  forming 
and  setting  subclasses. 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
43,  Nail-making,  Wire  nails,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder; 
29,  METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  under  Special  work; 
59,  CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  particularly 
subclass  71,  Staple-making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder; 
148,  ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclasses  20,  Annealing 
apparatus,  Wire  and  springs,  and  35,  Hardening  apparatus, 
Bands  and  wire;  163,  NEEDLE  AND  PIN  MAKING,  and  218, 
BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  8,  Machines, 
Button,  Staple-fastener,  Staple  making  and  setting,  for  other 
specific  wire-article  making  devices. 

28— CORDAGE,  particularly  subclass  21,  Cord  and  rope  machines, 
for  wire-rope  and  cord  making. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  for  mere  bending  devices;  also  subclass 
64.5,  Coiling,  Flat  wire,  Edge-winding,  for  edge-winding  of 
flat  wire. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  21.  Elec- 
tromagnets, and  242,  WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  7, 
Cylinder  and  conoid  winding,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  the  winding  and  making  of  armatures,  magnets,  and  their 
coils  and  for  winding  cylinders  or  conoidal  structures  with 
wire. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  2!i,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Wire,  for  winding  wire  bobbins. 

72.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  HEDDLES.      Making 

wire  heddles  or  heddle  eyes  for  weavers'  harness  employed  in 

weaving. 
Note. — Making  heddles  and  heddle  frames  not  of  metal  will  be 

found  in  class  139,  Weaving. 
Search  Class  — 
29— METAL-WORKING,   subclass    170,    Blanks   and    processes, 

Spinners'  and  weavers'  irons,  for   nuking   nuta'lic  heddles 

involving  other   than  wire-working  (bending  and  twisting). 

73.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR   FORMING,  BALE-TIES.    Mak- 

ing wire  baie-tics  for  baling  or  bundling,  eyes  or  hooks  being 
formed  at  t  fie  ends  of  the  tie  during  its  formation. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIKK-WORKIXG,  subclass  104,  Eye-forming,  for  specific 
eye-forming  devices;  subclass  80,  Article  making  and  forming, 
Hooks,  for  specific  hook-forming  devices;  subclass  102,  Loop- 
formini;,  for  specific  loop-forming  devices;  subclass  115,  Joining 
wire,  Machines,  Revoluble  head,  for  machines  for  splicing  or 
twisting  the  ends  of  bale-ties  together. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  16,  Bale-ties, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  the  article  of  manufacture; 
subclasses  27,  Bale  and  package  ties,  Wire,  and  23,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Wire,  Separate  connections,  Wire,  for  illus- 
trated methods  of  making  or  tying. 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  9.3,  Hose-'-la'mp  appliers. 

100  — PRESSES,  subclasses  15,  Baling,  Articles  and  attachments, 
Bale-band  tighteners,  and  20,  Balin?,  Articles  and  attach- 
ments, Binders,  for  tools  for  applying  and  tightening  bale- 
bands. 

74.  ARTICLE     MAKING     OR     FORMING,    BOX-STRAPS. 

Making  wire  into  articles  known  to  the  trade  as  "box-straps" 
or  "bundling  wire,"  usually  cornprisin<;  strands  having  eyes 
or  loops  formed  at  intervals  throughout  the  length. 
Search  Class— 

140 -WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  102,  Loop-farming,  and  104, 
Eye-forming,  for  miscellaneous  loop  and  eye  forming  devices, 
respectively. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


329 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

75.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  BAILS.    Making  wire 

bails  for  pails,  boxes,  etc.,  and  for  supplying  handles  thereto, 
most  of  which  include  means  for  forming  hooks  or  eyes  in  the 
ends  of  the  bail. 
Search  Class — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  102,  Loop-forming,  for  loop- 
forming  devices,  and  104,  Eye-forming  devices,  for  eye-form- 
ing devices. 

76.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  FERRULES.    Mak- 

ing ferrules  of  wire  by  coiling,  and  generally  including  means 

for  soldering  the  convolutions  into  an  integral  structure. 
Search  Classes  - 
16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  158,  Ferrules,  rings,  and 

thimbles,  for  the  article. 
29— METAL-WORKING,   subclass    156,    Blanks    and    processes, 

Ferrules,  rings,  and  thimbles. 
113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  35,  Tube-making, 

Spiral  seaming,  for  the  winding  of  metal  strips  or  ribbon. 

77.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  HAT-WIRES.    Bend- 

ing and  shaping  wire  into  forms  suitable  for  use  in  hats  and 
hat  frames. 
Search  Class— 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  25,  Hat-machines,  Brim- 
wirers,  for  inserting  wires  in  hat  brims. 

78.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  CONICAL  SPRINGS. 

Making  single  or  double  cone-shaped  or  tapering  wire  springs, 

such  as  are  commonly  employed  in  bed  bottoms  or  springs 

or  in  upholstery,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 
29— METAL- WORKING,   subclass    173,    Blanks    and    processes, 

Springs,  for  methods  of  making  springs  involving  more  than 

bending  or  coiling. 
153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64,  Coiling,  and  the  subclasses 

thereunder,   for  devices   for  making  cylindrical  springs  or 

springs  of  other  than  conical  shape,  even  if  specially  adapted 

for  wire. 

79.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  CONICAL  SPRINGS 

BY  ROLLS.    Machines  in  which  rolls  or  wheels  are  employed 
in  forming  or  shaping  the  wire  into  conical  or  tapering  coils. 

80.  ARTICLE   MAKING  OR   FORMING,  HOOKS.       Making 

wire  hooks. 
Search  Classes — 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  40,  Machines,  Packet-loop- 
ing, for  devices  for  forming  hanging  loops  for  packaging  paper, 
etc. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  7,  Eyebolt  and  hook  making, 
and  9,  Fish-hook  making. 

81.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  HOOKS,  GARMENT. 

Making  wire  garment  hooks  or  garment  hooks  and  eyes. 

82.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  CLIPS.    Inventions 

for  making  wire  clips  or  fasteners  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Includes  devices  for  the  making  of  unpointed  staples  or  those 
not  especially  adapted  to  be  driven. 
Search  Classes— 

140 — WIRE- WORKING,  the  search  notes  under  subclass  71,  for 
search  data  for  staple  making,  forming,  and  driving  devices 
wherein  the  staple  made  or  employed  is  adapted  to  be  driven . 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  13,  Special  work,  Paper-fastener 
making,  for  devices  for  making  paper-fastener  clips  designed 
to  perforate  the  paper;  also  subclass  5,  Special  work,  Cotter- 
pin  making,  for  clips  of  that  type. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  under  Tag-machines, 
especially  subclasses  88,  Pin-ticket  making  and  attaching,  and 
89,  Pin-ticket  making,  for  pin-ticket  making  or  attaching  de- 
vices for  applying  clips  to  tags. 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  54,  Veterinary,  Ring-inserters,  for  de- 
vices, usually  implements,  for  applying  rings,  clips,  etc.,  to 
live  stock,  as  hogs. 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  for  making  articles  by  a  mere  bending 
operation. 

83.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  CLIPS,  CLOTHES- 

PINS.   Making  wire  clips  designed  for  temporarily  securing 
clothing  or  the  like  to  a  clothes-line. 

84.  ARTICLE   MAKING    OR    FORMING,   BELT-LACINGS. 

Making  wire  lacings  for  securing  the  ends  of  belts  or  the 
edges  of  fabrics  together. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  93,  Applying  wire,  for  coiling 
devices  for  forming  and  applying  belt  fasteners  or  lacings 
comprising  wire  coils. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  31,  Belt-fasten- 
ers, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  the  article. 

85.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  CORK-FASTENERS. 

Making  wire  articles  adapted  to  be  subsequently  applied  to 
bottles  or  stoppers  for  securing  the  latter. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  94,  Wire-applying,  Bottles  and 
corks,  for  machines  for  applying  wire  to  bottles  and  corks  for 
stoppering  the  bottle. 

86.  ARTICLE    MAKING    OR     FORMING,    CORKSCREWS. 

Making  wire  cork  or  stopper  extractors  of  spiral  form. 
Search  Classes— 

65— KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  46,  Stopper-ex- 
tractors, for  illustrated  methods  of  making  and  for  the  article. 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  78,  Twisting,  for  auger-making 
by  twisting. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

87.  ARTICLE  MAKING    OR  FORMING,  HAIR-PINS.    Mak- 

ing hair-pins  from  wire  stock  by  bending  or  twisting. 
Note. — Mere  coating,  enameling,  soldering,  or  like  operations 
foreign  to  those  characterizing  wire-working  are  excluded  from  this 
subclass  unless  combined  with  operations  or  means  for  bending  or 
twisting  wire. 
Search  Class— 

163 — NEEDLE  AND  PIN  MAKING,  subclasses  6,  Pin-making,  and 
7,  Pin-making,  Safety-pins,  and  note  the  lines  of  division  set 
forth  by  definitions. 

88.  ARTICLE   MAKING  OR  FORMING,  RINGS.     Making  or 

forming  wire  rings,  hoops,  or  closed  loops  of  wire. 
Search  Classes — 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  81,  Article  making  or  form- 
ing, Hooks,  Garment,  and  104,  Eye-forming;  subclass  115, 
Joining  wire,  Machines,  Revoluble  head,  for  machines  for 
splicing  the  ends  of  a  wire  hoop  together. 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  40,  Machines,  Packet-loop- 
ing; 29,  METAL- WORKING,  subclass  171,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Spinners'  and  weavers'  irons.  Spinning-rings,  and  59,  CHAIN, 
STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  16,  Cham-mak- 
ing. Combined  machines,  for  specific  details. 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
72,  Nut  and  washer  making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
particularly  sutelass  74,  Nut  and  washer  making,  Coiling  and 
forging. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  7,  Special  work,  Eyebolt  and 
hook  making;  8,  Special  work,  Finger-ring  forming  and  sizing, 
and  156,  Blanks  and  processes,  Ferrules,  rings,  and  thimbles, 
for  specific  metal-article  forming  devices  and  processes. 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  94,  Welding,  Rings 
and  tubes. 

144-^WooDWORKiNG,  subclass  268,  Wood-bending,  Former, 
Pivotal,  Coiling,  for  coiling  wooden  hoops. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  35,  Curving  or  straightening. 
Stretching,  for  finishing,  stretching,  and  sizing  hoops,  ana 
subclass  55,  Curving  or  straightening,  Roll,  Hoop,  for  hoop- 
bending  by  rolls. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  5,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  Welding,  Rings,  for  ring  or  loop  mak- 
ing, involving  electric  welding. 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  4,  Corset-stiffeners,  mak- 
ing, for  hoop-skirt  making  machines. 

89.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  SPRING-SETTING. 

Setting  coil  springs  or  causing  them  to  conform  to  predeter- 
mined length  or  shape,  generally  by  compressing  them  to  pro- 
duce uniformity  of  product. 
Search  Class — 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  87.1,  Assembling,  Spring  ap- 
pliers  and  removers. 

90.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  STAYS.    Making  wire 

stays  as  a  separate  article  of  manufacture,  principally  the  stays 
or  cross  wires  employed  in  making  fabrics  or  fences. 
Search  Classes— 

39— FENCES,  subclass  74,  Fences,  Wire,  Stays,  for  the  manufac- 
tured fence  stay. 

245— WIRE  FABRICS  AND  STRUCTURE,  for  fabric  stays. 

91.  ARTICLE  MAKING  OR  FORMING,  STAYS,  GARMENT. 

Making  crimped  or  bent  wire  stays  employed  as  stiffeners  hi 

garments,  particularly  corset  stays. 
Search  Classes — 
2 — APPAREL,  subclass  76,  Body-garments,  Corset-stifleners,  for 

the  article. 
223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  4,  Corset-stifleners,  making, 

for  machines  for  making  or  applying  types  of  garment-stiflen- 

ers  other  than  bent  or  crimped  wire. 

92.  ARTICLE    MAKING    OR    FORMING,   STUD -SPIRALS. 

Making  spiral  studs — for  example,  shirt-studs — comprising  a 
tapering  or  conical  coil  of  wire  and  terminating  in  an  axially 
alined  shank  or  end  at  right  angles  to  the  plane  of  coiling. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  78,  Article  making  or  forming, 
Conical  springs,  for  coiling  mechanisms. 

93.  APPLYING  WIRE.    Applying  wire  to  articles— such  as  mak- 

ing and  applying  belt-lacings,  wire  couplings,  clips,  or  joints, 
wiring  nursery  tags,  making  folding  partition  box  packing, 
fastening  springs  to  articles  and  the  like— the  wire  being  bent, 
coiled,  or  twisted  in  a  manner  characteristic  of  wire-working 
devices,  but  excluding  wire-winding. 
Search  Classes— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  49,  Implements,  Staple- 
setting,  Magazine,  for  implements  for  applying  belt-fasteners 
of  staple  construction;  also  sul>class  40,  Machines,  Packet- 
looping. 

56 — HARVESTERS,  subclasses  87,  Self-binders,  Twisters  and 
tuckers;  88,  Self-binders,  Wire-twisters;  119,  Corn-harvesters, 
Self-binding,  and  124,  Self-binders. 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  9.3,  Hose-clamp  appliers,  for  applying  wire 
rings  and  clamps  to  hose  couplings. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  sulwlasses  under  Tag-machines, 
for  devices  for  applying  wire  to  tags,  usually  involving  feeding, 
cutting,  twisting,  or  knotting  devices. 

100— PRESSES,  subclasses  15,  Baling,  Articles  and  attachments, 
Bale-band  tighteners,  and  20,  Baling,  Articles  and  attach- 
ments, Binders. 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  54,  Veterinary,  Ring-inserters. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  25,  'Special- work  machines, 
Single  or  combined,  Box-hooping. 

94.  APPLYING   WIRE,   BOTTLES   AND   CORKS.       Wiring 

corks  and  bottles  to  provide  suitable  fastenings  for  securing 
the  corks  or  stoppers  to  the  bottles. 


330 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

140—  WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  1,  Combined  machines,  for  de- 
vices including  more  than  the  operation  of  wiring,  as  corking 
and  wiring,  etc. 

95.  APPLYING  WIRE,  BOTTLES  AND  CORKS,  ROTARY 

BOTTLE.  Devices  for  wiring  bottles  and  corks  having 
means  for  rotating  the  bottle. 

96.  APPLYING  WIRE,  BRUSH-MAKING.    Applying  or  insert- 

ing wires  singly,  in  the  form  of  a  tooth  or  pin,  in  a  suitable 
back  to  form  a  brush;  but  does  not  include  devices  for  insert- 
ing tufts  or  bunches  of  wire  bristles. 
Search  Class — 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  7,  Brash-machines, 
for  tuft  and  bunch  inserting  features. 

97.  APPLYING    WIRE,    CARD-CLOTHING,    ATTACHING. 

Applying  wire  to  a  suitable  back,  producing  what  is  tech- 
nically known  as  card-clothing,  employed  in  carding  ma- 
chines. 

Note. — These  inventions  are  divided  into  three  groups:  1.  The 
inventions  included  in  subclass  97  for  making,  applying,  or 
repairing  card-clothing  not  included  in  the  other  two  sub- 
classes hereunder.  (Subclass  97  includes  details,  attach- 
ments, and  principally  consists  of  devices  for  attaching  card- 
clothing.)  2.  Those  for  making  card-clothing  by  the  insertion 
of  wire.  3.  Card-clothing  making  devices  having  fillet  or 
strip  feeding  means. 

Search  Class— 

19— CARDING,  subclass  2,  Card-clothing,  for  the  article  and  its 
structural  features,  construction  of  teeth,  etc. 

98.  APPLYING    WIRE,    CARD-CLOTHING,    ATTACHING, 

MAKING.    Inventions  for  applying  wire  to  suitable  backing 
to  produce  card-clothing. 
Search  Class— 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  23,  Special  work,  Toothed-cyl- 
inder making. 

99.  APPLYING    WIRE,    CARD-CLOTHING,    ATTACHING, 

MAKING,  FILLET-FEEDING.  Devices  for  making  card- 
clothing  having  fillet  or  strip  feeding  means  or  details  relating 
thereto. 

100.  APPLYING  WIRE,  COMB-MAKING.    Applying  or  insert- 

ing a  single  row  of  teeth  or  combing  needles  in  a  narrow  back 
or  holder. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  96,  Applying  wire,  Brush- 
making,  and  97,  Applying  wire,  Card-clothing,  attaching. 

101.  KNOTTING.    Inventions  in  what  is  .technically  known  as 

"knotting" — i.  e.,  securing  the  ends  of  a  spiral  wire  spring 
either  to  itself  or  to  another  spring.    The  subclass,  however, 
is  intended  to  receive  all  miscellaneous  patents  involving 
wire-knotting  devices  not  directly  classifiable  elsewhere. 
Search  Classes — 

5—  BEDS,  subclass  21,  Springs,  for  illustrated  methods  of 
"knotting." 

56 — HARVESTERS,  subclasses  83,  Self-binders,  Cord-knotters; 
125,  Self-binders,  Cord-knotting,  and  127,  Self-binders,  Bind- 
ers only,  Cord-knotting,  for  machines  for  knotting  cord  or 
wire. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  under  Tag-machines, 
for  devices  for  applying  wire  to  tags,  usually  involving  feed- 
ing, cutting,  twisting,  or  knotting  devices. 

100— PRESSES,  subclass  20,  Baling,  Articles  and  attachments, 
Binders. 

102.  LOOP-FORMING.    Inventions  for  forming  loops  in  or  doub- 

ling wire. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  104,  Eye-forming,  when  the 
loop  is  formed  into  an  eye;  and  subclass  88,  Article  making 
or  forming,  Rings. 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  the  subclasses  of  Staple  forming  and 
setting,  and  40,  Machines,  Packet-looping. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  5,  Special  work,  Cotter-pin 
making. 

39 — FENCES,  subclass  56,  Fences,  Wire,  Stretchers,  Loopers, 
for  looping  implements  employed  in  tightening  fence  strands 
by  forming  a  loop  therein  and 'twisting. 

56 — HARVESTERS,  subclasses  83,  Self-binders,  Cord-knotters; 
125,  Self-binders,  Cord-knotting,  and  127,  Self-binders,  Bind- 
ers only,  Cord-knotting. 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  21, 
Chain-making,  Combined  machines,  Bending  and  eye  form- 
ing; 22,  Chain-making,  Combined  machines,  Bending  and 
welding,  and  71,  Staple-making. 

103.  LOOP-FORMING,    COIL-SPRINGS.     Coiling  the  ends  of 

wire  loops  or  other  portions  thereof. 

104.  EYE-FORMING.     Forming  eyes  or  closed  loops  in  wire,  gen- 

erally by  bending  or  twisting. 
Search  Classes— 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  73,  Article  making  or  form- 
ing, Bale-ties;  8S,  Article  making  or  forming,  Rings;  102,  Loop- 
forming,  and  114,  Joining  wire,  Machines,  Interlocking  eyes, 
Making. 

29 — METAL- WORKING,  subclasses  7,  Special  work,  Eyebolt  and 
hook  making,  for  eyebolt  and  hook  making  devices;  9,  Special 
work,  Fish-hook  making,  for  fish-hook  making,  and  20,  Special 
work,  Spsctacle-frame  making,  for  forming  eyes  in  spectacle 
frames. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

79— BUTTON-MAKING,  subclass  2,  Shank-buttons,  for  forming 

eyes  in  wire  button  shanks. 

12&— SURGERY,  subclass  54,   Veterinary,   Ring-inserters. 
163— NEEDLE    AND    PIN   MAKING,    subclass    7,    Pin-making, 

Safety-pins. 

105.  CRIMPING.    Forming  crimps  or  kinks  in  wire  or  wire  fabrics. 

This  subclass  includes  all  but  the  implements  which  are 
classified  in  the  subclass  immediately  following. 
Search  Classes— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  7,  Combined  operations, 
Curving  and  corrugating;  9,  Beading  and  crimping  rolls,  and 
68,  Corrugating,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  devices  for 
corrugating  metal  sheets  and  bars. 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclasses  30,  Yielding-fabric  making,  Corrugating  and  indent- 
ing, and  31,  Yielding-fabric  making,  Corrugating  and  indent- 
ing, Facing  feature,  for  devices  for  corrugating  or  crimping 
sheets,  such  as  paper  board  and  the  like. 

106.  CRIMPING,  IMPLEMENTS.     Hand  tools  specially  adapted 

for  crimping  wire. 

107.  FABRICS,  WORKING.    Wire-working  operations  upon  wire 

fabrics  or  in  finishing  the  same  by  gaging,  straightening,  lev- 
eling, compressing,  cutting,  forming,  or  shaping  by  dies,  etc., 
and  not  classifiable  in  the  minor  subclasses  below. 

108.  FABRICS,     WORKING,     STRETCHERS.     Devices     for 

stretching  win1  fabric,  but  not  devices  for  stretching  individual 
wires,  nor  permanent,  portable,  or  removable  fence  stretchers. 
Search  Classes— 

26— CLOTH- FINISHING,  subclasses  8,  Stretching,  and  16,  Stretch- 
ing and  dyeing,  for  cloth-stretching  devices. 

39— FENCES,  subclasses  under  Fences,  Stretchers,  for  stretch- 
ing individual  wires  and  for  permanent,  portable,  or  remov- 
able fence  stretchers. 

45 — FURNITURE,  subclass  24,  Fabric-stretching  frames. 

112 — SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  14,  Quilting,  for  quilting-frame 
structures. 

149— HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclasses  20,  Apparatus, 
Putting  out  and  stretching,  and  21,  Apparatus,  Putting  out 
and  stretching,  Stretching-frames. 

109.  FABRICS,    WORKING,     STRETCHERS,     FRAME-AT- 

TACHING. Stretchers  specially  adapted  for  use  in  attaching 
wire  fabrics  to  frames,  such  as  screen,  door,  and  window 
frames. 

110    FABRICS,     WORKING,     STRETCHERS,     FRAME-AT- 
TACHING,   BED- BOTTOMS.     Frame-attaching    devices 
particularly  adapted  for  securing  wire-mattress  fabric  to  bed 
frames. 
•Search  Class— 

5— BEDS,  subclasses  under  Bed-bottoms,  particularly  67,  Bed- 
bottoms,  Fabric,  Tighteners,  and  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
permanent  stretchers  attached  to  the  frame. 

111.  JOINING  WIRE.    Miscellaneous  devices  and  processes  for 

joining  or  uniting  wires  not  classifiable  in  the  minor  subclasses 
below. 
Search  Classes— 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  59,  Casting  apparatus,  Com- 
posite castings  and  joints,  Fence  and  net  leading,  for  machines 
or  devices  for  joining  wires  by  metal-founding  means  or  casting 
a  metal  joint  upon  the  intersection  of  wires,  especially  in 
fabric-making. 

39 — FENCES,  subclass  12,  Fences,  Wire,  Fasteners,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  illustrated  methods  of  joining  wires  in 
fences.  V 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  263,  Connectors, 
Wire-splices,  for  joints  formed  by  bending  or  twisting. 

245— WIRE  FABRICS  AND  STRUCTURE,  subclass  12,  Joints. 

112.  JOINING  WIRE,   ELECTRIC  WELDING.    Joining  wire 

by  the  process  of  electric  welding,  particularly  in  fabric- 
making. 
Search  Class— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  4,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  Welding,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  the  structure  of  the  welding  apparatus  and  for  processes. 

113.  JOINING  WIRE,  MACHINES.    Machines  for  tying,  splicing, 

or  otherwise  securing  the  ends  of  wires  together  or  securing 

one  wire  to  another. 
Search  Classes— 
56— HARVESTERS,  subclass  124,  Self-binders,  and  the  subclasses 

thereunder. 
100—  PRESSES,  subclass  20,  Baling,  Articles  and  attachments, 

Binders. 

114.  JOINING  WIRE,  MACHINES,  INTERLOCKING  EYES, 

MAKING.  Machines  for  forming  eyes  in  the  ends  of  wires 
and  interlocking  the  same  in  the  process  of  forming,  consisting 
principally  of  devices  for  making  check-row  wire,  but  not 
limited  thereto. 

115.  JOINING    WIRE,    MACHINES,    REVOLUBLE    HEAD, 

Wire-splicing  machines  having  a  revoluble  head  or  jaw  for 

twisting  or  coiling. 
Search  Classes — 
140— WIRE-WORKING,    subclass   36,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 

wire,  Twister-heads,  for  twister-heads. 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  14,  Twisting-heads,  for  twisting-heads. 
153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  78,  Twisting. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


331 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

110.  JOINING  WIRES,  TYING-DIES.    Dies  employed  in  ma- 
chines for  splicing  or  joining  wires. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  11,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Stay-applying,  Clip-joining;  20,  Fabric-making,  All-wire, 
Portable  machines,  Stay-applying,  Clip-joining,  and  113, 
Joining  wire,  Machines,  for  the  machines  in  which  the  dies 
are  used. 

117.  JOINING  WIRE,  IMPLEMENTS.    Miscellaneous  hand  tools 

for  splicing  or  securing  wires  together  and  not  classifiable  in 
the  subclasses  defined  below.    Includes  all  implements  for 
coiling  or  winding  one  wire  about  another. 
Search  Class— 

140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  124,  Implements,  Coiling,  for 
implements  employed  in  making  a  wire  coil  rather  than  in 
joining  wires. 

118.  JOINING    WIRE,    IMPLEMENTS,    TWISTERS.    Imple- 

ments for  mutually  twisting  two  wires  together,  a  twist  being 
imparted  to  each  wire,  so  that  they  are  intertwisted.    Most  of 
the  implements  of  this  subclass  are  employed  in  the  manu- 
facture of  slatted  wire  fabrics. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  117,  Joining  wire,  Implements, 
if  the  tool  operates  to  coil  or  wind  one  wire  about  another, 
which  remains  straight. 

39— FENCES,  subclass  56,  Fences,  Wire,  Stretchers,  Loopers, 
for  implementsemployed  in  looping  and  twisting  fence  strands 
for  the  purpose  of  taking  up  slack  and  stretching  them. 

119.  JOINING  WIRE,  IMPLEMENTS,  TWISTERS,  REVOLU- 

BLE  HEAD.    Wire-splicing    implements   having  a  rotary 
jaw  or  head  for  receiving  the  wires  to  be  intertwisted. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  36,  Fabric-making,  Slat-and- 
wire,  Twister  heads,  for  twister-heads  per  se. 

118 — SPINNING,  subclass  14,  Twisting-heads,  for  twisting-heads 

120.  JOINING  WIRE,  IMPLEMENTS,  TWISTERS,  SPREAD- 

WIRE.  Wire-twisting  tools  having  means  for  separating  the 
wires  to  be  twisted  or  spreading  them  apart  adjacent  to  the 
point  of  twisting. 

121.  JOINING  WIRE,  IMPLEMENTS,  PLIER  TYPE.    Wire- 

joining  tools  of  the  plier  type,  particularly  adapted  either  for 
coiling  or  twisting  wires  together. 
Search  Classes— 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclass  3,  Type,  Pliers,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  compound  tools  of  the  plier  type. 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  43,  Pliers  and  tongs,  ana  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  miscellaneous  tools  of  plier  type. 

122.  JOINING  WIRE,  IMPLEMENTS,  REVOLUBLE  HEAD. 

Implements  provided  with  a  rotary  coiler  or  winder  for  splic- 
ing wires  together  by  winding  or  coiling  one  wire  about 
another. 

123.  IMPLEMENTS.    Miscellaneous  hand  tools  specially  adapted 

for  working  wire  not  classifiable  in  the  other  subclasses  of 
implements  in  this  class  or  which  include  other  matter  not 
classifiable  in  such  classes. 
Search  Classes — 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  and  81,  TOOLS,  for  specific  structural 
features. 

124.  IMPLEMENTS,   COILING.    Hand   tools  for  making  wire 

coils,  but  not  tools  for  coiling  one  wire  about  another. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  117,  Joining  wire,  Implements, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  tools  for  coiling  one  wire 
about  another. 

125.  WIRE-FEEDING.     Miscellaneous    wire-feeding,    more  par- 

ticularly relating  to  this  class,  and  includes  all  wire-feeding 
devices  other  than  those  of  specific  types  defined  below. 
Search  Classes— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  particularly  those  subclasses  involv- 
ing staple  forming  and  setting,  wire  inserting  and  cutting, 
wire-nail  forming  and  driving,  etc.,  for  the  usual  type  of  wire- 
feeding  devices  or  mechanisms. 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  appropri- 
ate subclasses. 

29— METAL  WORKING,  subclass  13,  Special  work,  Paper-fast- 
ener making,  for  feeding  devices  of  analogous  character. 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING. 

66 — KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  12,  Feeding. 

80 — METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  43,  Feeding,  and  its  minor  sub- 
classes. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  under  Tag-machines, 
for  applying  wire  to  tags,  usually  involving  feeding,  cutting, 
twisting,  or  knotting  devices. 

139— WEAVING,  subclass  61,  Take-ups  and  let-offs. 

147— COOPERING,  subclasses  47,  Basket  forming  and  nailing, 
and  48,  Basket-forming. 

163— NEEDLE  AND  PIN  MAKING,  subclass  1,  Needle-making. 

205— METAL-DRAWING,  subclass  20,  Wire,  Drawing-drums. 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  8,  Ma- 
chines, Button,  Staple-fastener,  Staple  making  and  setting. 

126.  WIRE-FEEDING,     AUTOMATIC     STOP.      Wire-feeding 

devices  that  in  operation  automatically  stop  the  wire-feeding 
to  prevent  strain,  stretching,  breakage  of  the  wire,  etc.,  and 
usually  operated  by  the  wire  or  reel  from  which  it  is  fed,  upon 
tangling,  exhaustion  of  supply,  or  other  causes. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  31,  Warping  stop-motions. 
66— KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  7,  Stopping. 
139— WEAVING,  subclass  52,  Stopping,  and  the  subclasses 

thereunder. 
242— WINDING  AND  REELI-NG,  the  detectors  and  stops  subclasses, 

for  mechanisms  for  stopping  the  unwinding  of  the  material. 

127.  WIRE-FEEDING,  DRUM.    Wire-feeding  devices  having  a 

drum  or  wheel  around  which  the  wire  passes  and  with  or 
without  wire  clamping  or  tension  devices,  such  as  automatic 
gripping  fingers  or  devices  of  like  effect. 
Search  Class— 

64— JOURNAL-BOXES,  PULLEYS,  AND  SHAFTING,  subclass  40, 
Pulleys,  Grip. 

128.  WIRE-FEEDING,    DRUM,    TANGENTIAL    CONTACT. 

Wire-feeding  devices  comprising  one  or  more  drums  or  wheels 
making  tangential  contact  with  the  wire  in  feeding  it.  It  also 
includes  devices  for  producing  pressure  between  the  feeding 
wheels. 

Search  Classes — 
29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  63,  Combined  machines,  Stock 

and  blank  feeders,  Roller. 
205— METAL-DRAWING,  subclass  20,  Wire,  Drawing-drums. 

129.  WIRE-FEEDING,  INTERMITTENT.    Feeding  wire  in  an 

intermittent  or  interrupted  manner  not  classifiable  in  the 

minor  subclasses  hereunder. 
Search  Classes— 
1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  11,  Machines,  Box,  Staple 

forming  and  setting. 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING. 
29— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  58,  Combined  machines,  Stock 

and  blank  feeders,  and  particularly  63,  Combined  machines, 

Stock  and  blank  feeders,  Roller. 

130.  WIRE-FEEDING,      INTERMITTENT,     OSCILLATING 

CLAMP.    Feeding  devices  having  clamps,  gripping  fingers, 
or  equivalent  that  oscillate  or  reciprocate,  feeding  the  wire  hi 
movmg  in  one  direction  and  releasing  it  in  moving  hi  the 
other  or  that  grip  and  release  it  periodically  or  alternately. 
Search  Classes— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  particularly  the  staple-forming 
groups. 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  appropriate 
subclasses. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  61,  Combined  machines,  Stock 
and  blank  feeders,  Reciprocating  gripper. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  53,  Intermittent-grip  de- 
vices, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  types  of  intermittent- 
grip  devices  of  general  application. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  88,  Tag-machines,  Pin- 
ticket  making  and  attaching,  and  89,  Tag-machines,  Pin- 
ticket  making. 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  8,  Ma- 
chines, Button,  Staple-fastener,  Staple  making  and  setting. 

131.  WIRE-FEEDING,         INTERMITTENT,         RECESSED 

ROLLER.  Fee'dmg  devices  having  a  wheel  or  drum  that 
operate  to  feed  wire  by  tangential  contact  and  in  which  a  recess 
is  formed  in  the  periphery  of  the  wheel,  a  segment  or  sector 
being  removed,  or  other  means  are  provided  whereby  a  por- 
tion of  the  wheel  or  roller  is  periodically  rotated  out  of  contact 
with  the  wire  and  the  feeding  temporarily  stopped  until 
further  rotation  brings  another  or  the  same  portion  of  the 
wheel  into  wire-feeding  contact  or  relation. 

132.  WIRE-FEEDING,  INTERMITTENT,  SHORT  LENGTHS. 

Feeding  separate  short  pieces  of  wire  as  distinguished  from 
the  feeding  of  continuous  wire. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  4,  Fabric-making,  Rotary 
machines,  and  13,  Fabric-making,  All-wire,  Stay-applying, 
Short  stay. 

I_NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  18,  Machines,  Shoe,  Nail- 
driving,  Magazine. 

29— METAL- WORKING,    subclass    9,   Special   work,   Fish-hook 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclasses  96,  Work-han- 
dling  mechanism;  97,  Work-handling  mechanism,  Wire  or  strip 
feeding;  98,  Work-handling  mechanism,  Feeding  and  rotating, 
and  99,  Work-handling  mechanism,  Blank-feeding. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  88,  Tag-machines,  Pin- 
ticket  making  and  attaching,  and  89,  Tag-machines,  Pin- 
ticket  making. 

133.  TENSION  DEVICES.    Miscellaneous  devices  not  otherwise 

classifiable  operating  to  produce  tension  upon  wire  hi  feeding, 
reeling,  unwinding,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

56— HARVESTERS,  subclasses  80,  Self-binders,  Tension  and 
take-up  devices,  and  8S,  Self-binders,  Wire-twisters. 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  97,  Work-han- 
dling mechanism,  Wire  or  strip  feeding. 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclasses  23,  Shuttles  and  bobbins, 
and  39,  Tensions. 

117— SILK,  subclasses  4,  Doubling,  and  7,  Throwing. 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  13,  Throstles  and  caps. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  particularly  the  corresponding 
subclasses  of  Tension  devices. 


332 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

134.  TENSION  DEVICES,  EQUALIZERS.    Devices  for  main- 

taining uniform  tension  upon  the  strands  or  wires  in  the  mak- 
ing of  fabrics,  mostly  composed  of  eveners  or  equalizers  for 
the  strands  of  wire  fences  when  building  in  the  field.  Each 
device  provides  for  producing  yielding  tension  and  is  not 
designed  to  be  a  permanent  part  of  the  fence. 
Search  Classes— 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  76,  Draft-equalizers. 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  under  Fences,  Wire,  Stretchers,  for 
similar  devices  employed  in  stretching  fences  where  the  strand 
ends  are  gripped  or  fast  and  not  yieldingly  secured. 

135.  TENSION    DEVICES,   FRICTION-CLAMP.    Devices    for 

maintaining  a  yielding  tension  or  friction  upon  a  wire  or 
wires  by  means  of  a  clamping  plate,  plates,  jaws,  or  the  like. 
Search  Classes — 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  137,  Tension  devices,  Tor- 
tuous course,  and  138,  Tension  devices,  Tortuous  course, 
Adjustable,  for  friction-clamps  involving  a  tortuous  course 
for  the  wire. 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  20,  Yarn  guides  and  clearers. 

139 — WEAVING,  subclass  61,  Take-ups  and  let-offs,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

136.  TENSION     DEVICES,      FRICTION-ROLLER.     Tension 

devices  having  a  friction-roller,  drum,  or  reel  from  which  the 
wire  is  unwound,  and  having  means  for  preventing  its  free 
rotation  either  at  its  bearings  or  by  means  of  a  suitable  brake 
of  any  form  or  type. 
Search  Classes— 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  134,  Tension  devices,  Equal- 
izers. 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  23,  Shuttles  and  bobbins. 

137.  TENSION    DEVICES,    TORTUOUS    COURSE.    Tension 

devices  in  which  the  wire  is  forced  to  pass  over  a  devious  or 
crooked  path,  the  change  of  direction  producing  sufflcient 
friction  with  the  deflecting  elements  to  retard  its  movement. 
Search  Classes — 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  29,  Fliers. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  28,  Rope-brakes,  Tortuous. 

138.  TENSION  DEVICES,  TORTUOUS  COURSE,  ADJUST- 

ABLE. Tortuous-course  tension  devices  having  means  for 
adjusting  or  varying  the  path  over  which  the  wire  passes. 

139.  WIRE  CUTTING  AND  STRAIGHTENING.     Devices  that 

both  straighten  and  cut  wire. 

140.  WIRE    CUTTING    AND    STRAIGHTENING,    PREDE- 

TERMINED LENGTHS.  Wire  straightening  and  cutting 
devices  having  means  to  produce  straight  wires  of  given  length, 
the  cutting  mechanism  usually  being  actuated  by  the  wire  to 
be  cut. 

141.  WIRE-CUTTING.    Devices  particularly  adapted  for  cutting 

wire  not  classifiable  in  the  minor  subclasses  below. 
Search  Classes — 

10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  appropriate 
subclasses. 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  §4,  Peg-cutters. 

29 — METAL- WORKING,  subclass  13,  Special  work,  Paper-fastener 
making. 

59— CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  71, 
Staple-making;  73,  Staple-making,  Cutting,  bending,  barbing; 
74,  Staple-making,  Cutting,  bending,  point-forming;  75,  Staple- 
making,  Cutting  and  bending,  and  76,  Staple-making,  Cutting 
and  bending,  Rotary  former. 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  3,  Cutting  and  rolling. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  of  Tag-machines,  for 
devices  for  applying  wire  to  tags,  usually  involving  feeding, 
cutting,  twisting,  or  knotting  devices. 


CLASS  140— Continued. 

163— NEEDLE  AND  PIN  MAKING,  subclass  1,  Needle-making. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  analogous  sub- 
classes, for  devices  operating  upon  sheets  and  bars. 

218 — BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  8,  Ma- 
chines, Button,  Staple-fastener,  Staple  making  and  setting. 

142.  WIRE-CUTTING,  DIES.    Miscellaneous  cutting  devices  in 

the  form  of  dies  that  shape  or  bend  the  wire  cut  thereby. 

143.  WIRE-CUTTING,    OSCILLATING   APERTURED    CUT- 

TER. Wire-cutting  devices  in  which  a  plate  or  block  is  pro- 
vided with  an  aperture,  notch,  or  recess  in  which  the  wire  lies 
and  is  cut  by  relative  movement  between  the  same  and  the 
wire. 

Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  40, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Oscillating  apertured  cutter,  for  sheet  and 
bar  cutters. 

144.  WIRE-CUTTING,  PIVOTED  CUTTER.     Wire-cutting  de- 

vices provided  with  a  knife  or  cutter  having  an  oscillatory  mo- 
tion or  other  than  reciprocatory  or  rotary. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  14, 
Combined  machines,  Pivoted  knife-carrier,  and  15,  Combined 
machines,  Reciprocating  knife-carrier. 

145.  WIRE-CUTTING,  RECIPROCATING  CUTTER.    Cutters 

moving  in  straight  lines  back  and  forth  and  specially  adapted 
to  cut  wire. 
Search  Classes— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  18,  Machines,  Shoe,  Nail- 
driving,  Magazine. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  88,  Tag-machines ,  Pin- 
ticket  making  and  attaching,  and  89,  Tag-machines,  Pin-ticket 
making. 

146.  WIRE-CUTTING,  ROTARY  CUTTER.    Special  wire-cut- 

ting devices  having  a  revoluble  rather  than  an  oscillating 
cutter. 

147.  WIRE-STRAIGHTENING.    Devices  specially  adapted  for 

straightening  wire,  except  those  employing  rolls  or  rollers, 
which  ate  classifiable  in  the  minor  subclass  below. 
Search  Classes— 

148  —ANNEALING  AND  TEMPERING,  subclass  20,  Annealing  appa- 
ratus, Wire  and  springs. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  35,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Stretching,  for  spring-straightening;  subclass  37,  Curving  or 
straightening,  Flier-frame,  mostly  comprising  patents  for 
straightening  wire  by  means  of  a  revolving  flier. 

148.  WIRE-STRAIGHTENING,     ROLLS.      Wire-straightening 

devices  employing  rolls  or  rollers  that  rotate  with  the  move- 
ment of  the  wire. 

149.  WIRE-TWISTING.    Miscellaneous  wire-twisting  devices  not 

classifiable  in  other  subclasses  of  this  or  other  arts  under  ap- 
propriate titles. 
Search  Classes — 
140— WIRE- WORKING,  particular  groups  under  Article  making 

or  forming. 
28— CORDAGE,  subclasses  2,  Banding,  and  21,  Cord  and  rope 

machines. 
56— HARVESTERS,   subclasses  87,    Self-binders,    Twisters   and 

tuckers,  and  88,  Self-binders,  Wire-twisters. 
93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,    subclasses  wcf  Tag-machines,  for 

devices  for  applying  wire  to  tags,  usually  involving  feeding, 

cutting,  twisting,  or  knotting  devices. 
153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  78,  Twisting. 


CLASS  142.— WOOD-TURNING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

Wood-turning  includes  inventions  for  reducing  sticks  of  wood  to 
a  desired  form  by  means  of  rotary  or  non-rotary  cutters  brought  into 
engagement  with  the  circumference  of  the  continuously-rotating 
stick  or  by  means  of  rotary  or  non-rotary  cutters  revolving  circum- 
ferentially  around  and  in  engagement  with  the  stick  or  that  portion 
of  the  stick  to  be  reduced. 

Wood-turning  also  includes  machines  provided  with  work-holders 
•which  hold  several  sticks  arranged  axially  in  or  near  the  circumfer- 
ence thereof  to  form  a  cylinder  of  such  sticks  to  be  operated  upon  by 
the  cutter  as  though  it  were  a  single  stick.  These  machines  are  for 
producing  sticks  of  polygonal  section  by  turning  the  sticks  in  the 
work-holder  to  successively  present  new  surfaces  to  the  cutter. 

In  this  class  of  machines  rotating  saw-cutters  which  engage  with 
the  sticks  while  secured  in  the  lathe-chuck  or  between  the  centers 
are  regarded  as  a  species  of  rotary  cutters  and  are  not  classified  with 
saws  in  class  143,  WOOD-SAWING. 

Wood-turning  does  not  include  machines  comprising  a  relatively- 
rotating  cutter  and  table  or  support  upon  which  blocks  or  segmental 
strips  of  wood  are  so  secured  that  they  maybe  brought  into  engage- 
ment with  the  cutter  which  stands  transversely  to  the  sticks  ami 
feeds  longitudinally  thereof.  Such  machines  may  be  found  in  the 
several  subclasses  of  class  144,  WOODWORKING,  Shaping. 

Search  Class — 
82— TURNING. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Wood-turning  machines  which  comprise 

features  of  construction  not  elsewhere  specifically  classified. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses 48,  Combined  machines,  Turn- 
ing and  sawing,  and  47,  Combined  machines,  Turning  and  pol- 
ishing. 

2.  POLYGONAL-SECTION,  ANNULAR  WORK-HOLDERS. 

Machines  comprising  a  cutter  and  work-holders  adapted  to 
secure  several  sticks  together  in  the  form  of  a  hollow  cylinder 
to  be  rotated  in  contact  with  the  cutter.  After  the  cylinder 
has  been  reduced  by  the  cutter  the  sticks  are  turned  upon  their 
axes  in  the  work-holder  and  the  cylinder  again  submitted  to 
the  action  of  the  cutter.  This  operation  is  continued  until 
as  many  sides  have  been  produced  upon  the  sticks  as  desired. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  138,  Shaping,  Pattern,  Polygonal 
forms,  indexed  work. 

3.  PATTERN-SECTION,    MANY-SPINDLE     LATHES.    Ma- 

chines for  reducing  sticks  to  other  than  a  circular  cross-section, 
comprising  a  plurality  of  turning  spindles  whereby  several 
sticks  are  simultaneously  under  different  stages  of  completion. 
The  stock  may  be  supplied  to  the  spindles  successively  or 
simultaneously. 

4.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    MANY-SPINDLE    LATHES.    Ma- 

chines comprising  a  plurality  of  turning  spindles  whereby  sev- 
eral sticks  are  simultaneously  under  different  stages  of  com- 
pletion. The  stock  may  be  supplied  to  the  spindles  succes- 
sively or  simultaneously. 

5.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    MANY-SPINDLE    LATHES,    AU- 

TOMATIC SPINDLE-FEED.  Many-spindle  lathes  which 
comprise  mechanism  for  separating  the  pairs  of  spindles  to 
facilitate  the  removal  of  finished  sticks  and  the  supply  of  new 
stock  and  mechanism  for  causing  the  spindles  of  each  pair  to 
approach  each  other  to  engage  the  new  stock. 

6.  PATTERN-SECTION,     CAM-CONTROLLED,      CUTTER, 

LATERALLY  AND  LONGITUDINALLY  MOVABLE. 
Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  other  than  a  circular  cross- 
section,  wherein  the  cutter  is  given  a  simultaneous  longitudi- 
nal and  transverse  movement  relative  to  the  axis  of  the  stick, 
the  transverse  movement  of  the  cutter  being  controlled  by  a 
rotary  cam. 

7.  PATTERN-SECTION,  COPYING,  CUTTER,  LATERALLY 

AND  LONGITUDINALLY  MOVABLE.  Machines  for 
reducing  a  stick  to  other  than  a  circular  cross-section,  wherein 
the  cutter  is  made  to  advance  toward  or  recede  from  the  axis 
of  the  stick  by  means  of  a  rotating  pattern-guide.  Simulta- 
neously with  its  transverse  movements  the  cutter  is  given  a 
movement  lengthwise  of  the  stick. 
Search  Class— 

142 — WOOD-TURNING;  subclass  3,  Pattern  section,  Many-spindle 
lathes. 

8.  PATTERN -SECTION,     CLAMPED  -  WORK,     CUTTER, 

CHISEL,  LATERALLY  AND  LONGITUDINALLY 
MOVABLE.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  other  than  a 
circular  cross-section  by  means  of  a  chisel-cutter  which  is 
caused  to  move  longitudinally  and  around  the  clamped  stick 
and  is  controlled  in  its  movement  toward  or  from  the  axis  of 
the  stick  by  a  pattern-guide. 


CLASS  142— Continued. 

9.  PATTERN-SECTION,  CUTTER,  ROTARY.    Machines  for 

reducing  a  stick  to  other  than  a  circular  cross-section  by 
means  of  rotary  cutters  having  their  bearings  carried  in  mov- 
able supports,  the  supports  being  controlled  in  their  move- 
ments by  mechanism  other  than  a  cam  or  pattern-guide. 

10.  PATTERN-SECTION.    CAM-CONTROLLED.    CUTTER, 

ROTARY,  FIXED  BEARINGS.  Machines  for  reducing  a 
stick  to  other  than  a  circular  cross-section,  wherein  a  pattern- 
cutter  rotates  in  fixed  bearings  and  the  rotating  stick  is  caused 
to  approach  or  recede  from  the  cutter  by  means  of  a  cam  car- 
ried by  the  spindle. 
Search  Class — 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclass  3,  Pattern-section,  Many-spin- 
dle lathes. 

11.  PATTERN-SECTION,   COPYING,   CUTTER,   ROTARY, 

FIXED  BEARINGS.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to 
other  than  a  circular  cross-section,  wherein  the  rotary  cutter 
is  mounted  in  fixed  bearings  and  the  stick  is  caused  to  move 
endwise  and  at  the  same  time  transversely  of  its  axis  toward 
and  from  the  cutter  by  means  of  a  rotating  pattern-guide. 

12.  PATTERN-SECTION,    CAM-CONTROLLED,    CUTTER, 

LATERALLY-MOVABLE.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick 
to  other  than  a  circular  cross-section,  wherein  the  cuttar 
moves  transversely  to  the  axis  of  the  rotating  stick  and  is 
guided  toward  and  from  such  axis  by  a  rotary  cam.  While 
being  operated  upon  by  the  cutter  the  stick  moves  longitudi- 
nally. 

13.  PATTERN-SECTION,     COPYING,     CUTTER,     LATER- 

ALLY-MOVABLE. Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  other 
than  a  circular  cross-section,  wherein  the  cutter  is  made  to 
advance  toward  or  recede  from  the  axis  of  the  stick  by  means 
of  a  rotating  pattern-guide  and  the  stick  is  carried  endwise 
past  the  cutter. 

14.  PATTERN-SECTION,     CAM-CONTROLLED,     CUTTER, 

LONGITUDINALLY-MOVABLE.  Machines  for  reducing 
a  stick  to  other  than  a  circular  cross-section ,  wherein  the  cutter 
moves  longitudinally  of  the  stick  and  the  stick  is  given  a  simul- 
taneous transverse  movement  by  means  of  a  rotary  cam. 

15.  PATTERN-SECTION,   COPYING,   CUTTER,   LONGITU- 

DINALLY-MOVABLE. Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to 
other  than  a  circular  cross-section,  wherein  the  cutter  moves 
longitudinally  along  the  stick  and  the  axis  of  the  stick  is 
caused  to  approach  or  recede  from  the  cutter  by  means  of  a 
rotating  pattern-guide. 

16.  PATTERN-SECTION,  OVAL-FORM,  GUIDED  CHUCKS. 

Mechanisms  for  guiding  work-holding  chucks  in  elliptical  or 
oval  paths. 

17.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  AUTOMATIC  SPINDLE-LATHES, 

Turning-lathes  which  comprise  mechanism  for  periodically 
separating  and"  drawing  together  the  spindles,  whereby  they 
release  the  finished  material  and  engage  the  new  stock  to  be 
turned. 

18.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  AUTOMATIC  SPINDLE-LATHES, 

ENDLESS-FEED.    Automatic  spindle-lathes  in  which  the 
stock  is  fed  to  the  spindles  by  an  endless  conveyer. 
Search  Class— 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclass  5,  Circular-section,  Many-spin- 
dle lathes,  Automatic  spindle-feed. 

19.  CIRCULAR-SECTION.  AUTOMATIC  SPINDLE-LATHES. 

ENDLESS-FEED,  DISK.  Automatic  spindle-lathes  in 
which  the  stock  is  fed  to  the  spindles  by  a  rotating  disk  having 
conveying  notches  or  pockets  in  its  periphery. 

20.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  AUTOMATIC  SPINDLE-LATHES, 

CHUTE-FEED.    Automatic   spindle-lathes   in    which    the 
stock  is  fed  to  the  spindles  through  a  chute  or  over  a  table  or 
platform. 
Search  Classes— 

142— WOOD-TURINNG,  subclass  4,  Circular-section,  Many-spin- 
dle lathes,  Automatic  spindle-feed. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  245,  Feed  and  Presser  Mechan- 
isms, Blank  feeders. 

21.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  CUTTERS,  CHISELS,  PLAIN  AND 

PATTERN,  PATTERN-GUIDE.  Wood-turning  machines 
for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  circular  section  by  means  of  two  chisel- 


:  by  a  patter 
cutter  which  makes  a  thin  smoothing  or  finishing  cut. 

22.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  CUTTERS,  ROTARY  AND 
CHISEL,  PATTERN.  Wood-turning  machines  for  reduc- 
ing a  stick  to  a  circular  section  by  means  of  two  cutters  having 
pattern-cutting  edges,  one  of  which  cutters  is  rotary  and  the 
other  is  a  chisel.  The  rotary  cutter  rough-cuts  the  stick  to 
approximate  its  finished  form  and  the  chisel  makes  a  thin  fin- 
ishing cut. 

333 


334 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  142— Continued. 

23.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    SPIRAL-GROOVING,   HOLLOW 

CUTTER-HEAD.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  circu- 
lar section  having  a  spiral  groove  in  its  circumference  by  pass- 
ing the  stock  axially  through  a  rotary  hollow  cutter-head  nav- 
ing  a  chisel-cutter  projecting  through  its  circumference  toward 
the  axis  of  the  stick. 

24.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    SPIRAL-GROOVING,    CUTTER, 

ROTARY,  PATTERN-GUIDE.  Machines  for  reducing  a 
stick  to  a  circular  section  and  producing  a  spiral  groove  in  its 
circumference  by  means  of  a  rotary  cutter  which  is  guided  to 
move  toward  and  from  the  axis  of  the  stick  by  a  relatively- 
moving  pattern. 

25.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    SPIRAL-GROOVING,    CUTTER, 

ROTARY,  HOLLOW-MANDREL.  Machines  for  reducing 
a  stick  to  a  circular  section  and  producing  a  spiral  groove  in  its 
circumference  by  means  of  a  rotary  cutter.  The  stick  is  con- 
trolled in  its  movements  by  a  rotating  hollow  mandrel. 

26.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    SPIRAL-GROOVING,    CUTTER, 

ROTARY.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  circular  section 
and  producing  a  spiral  groove  in  its  circumference  by  means  of 
a  rotary  cutter. 

27.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  HOLLOW  CUTTER-HEAD,  CUT- 

TER, CHISEL,  RADIALLY-MOVABLE,  PATTERN- 
GUIDE.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  circular  section 
by  a  hollow  cutter-head,  in  which  the  chisel-cutter  is  made  to 
reciprocate  through  the  side  of  the  cylinder  of  the  cutter-head 
and  is  guided  to  approach  or  recede  from  the  axis  of  the  stick 
by  a  pattern. 

28.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  HOLLOW  CUTTER-HEAD,  CUT- 

TER, CHISEL,  RADIALLY- MOVABLE,  PATTERN- 
GUIDE,  ROTARY.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  cir- 
cular section  by  a  hollow  cutter-head,  in  which  the  chisel- 
cutter  is  made  to  reciprocate  through  the  side  of  the  cylinder 
of  the  cutter-head  and  is  guided  to  approach  or  recede  from  the 
axis  of  the  stick  by  a  rotary  pattern. 

29.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  HOLLOW  CUTTER-HEAD,  CUT- 

TER, CHISEL,  RADIALLY-MOVABLE.  Machines  for 
reducing  a  stick  to  a  circular  section  by  a  hollow  cutter-head,  in 
which  the  chisel-cutter  is  made  to  reciprocate  through  the  side 
of  the  cylinder  and  is  provided  with  a  plain  edge. 

30.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  HOLLOW  CUTTER-HEAD,  CUT- 

TER, CHISEL,  PATTERN,  RADIALLY-MOVABLE. 
Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  circular  section  by  a  hollow 
cutter-head,  in  which  the  chisel-cutter  is  made  to  reciprocate 
through  the  side  of  the  cylinder  and  is  provided  with  a  pattern 
edge. 

31.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  HOLLOW  CUTTER-HEAD,  CUT- 

TER, CHISEL.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  circular 
section  by  a  hollow  cutter-head,  in  which  the  chisel-cutter 
projects  through  the  cylinder  toward  its  axis. 

32.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  HOLLOW  CUTTER-HEAD.    Ma- 

chines for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  circular  section  by  means  of  a 
rotating  cylinder  having  a  chisel  cutting  edge  at  one  end. 
The  stick  to  be  reduced  is  forced  against  the  cutting  edge  of  the 
cylinder,  and  the  reduced  portion  passes  through  the  cylinder 
and  out  at  the  end  opposite  the  cutter. 
Search  Class — 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  23,  Special-work  machines,  Single 
or  combined,  Disk-cutting,  rotary  tubular  cutter. 

33.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    SPIRAL-GROOVING,    CUTTER, 

ROTARY,  RACK-AND-PINION  FEED.  Machines  for  re- 
ducinga  stickto  a  circular  section  and  producing  a  spiral  groove 
in  its  circumference  by  means  of  a  rotary  cutter.  The  relative 
movements  of  the  stick  and  the  cutter  are  controlled  by  a  rack 
and  pinion. 

34.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    SPIRAL-GROOVING,    CUTTER, 

ROTARY,  ROLLER-FEED.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick 
to  a  circular  section  and  producing  a  spiral  groove  in  its  circum- 
ference by  means  of  a  rotary  cutter.  The  movements  of  the 
stick  past  the  cutter  are  controlled  by  positively-driven  feed- 
rollers. 

35.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    SPIRAL-GROOVING,    CUTTER, 

CHISEL.  Machines  for  reducing  a  stick  to  a  circular  section 
and  producing  a  spiral  groove  in  its  circumference  by  means  of 
a  chisel-cutter. 

36.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  CUTTER,  SLICING,  LONGITUDI- 

NALLY-MOVABLE.   Wood-turning  machines  for  reduc- 
ing a  block  of  cork  or  other  soft  wood  to  a  circular  section  by 
rotating  it  in  contact  with  a  longitudinally-moving  cutter- 
blade  which  reduces  the  block  with  a  slicing  action. 
Search  Class— 

142— WOOD-TURNING,    subclass    40,    Circular-section,  Cutter, 
Rotary. 

37.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  CUTTER,  ROTARY,  PATTERN- 

GUIDE.  Wood-turning  machines  which  reduce  a  stick  to  a 
circular  section  by  rotating  the  stick  on  its  axis  and  in  contact 
with  a  rotary  cutter  which  is  guided  toward  and  from  the  axis 
of  the  stick  by  a  relatively-moving  pattern. 


CLASS  142— Continued. 

38.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    CUTTER,    CHISEL,    PATTERN- 

GUIDE.  Wood-turning  machines  which  reduce  a  stick  to  a 
circular  section  by  means  of  a  narrow  plain  chisel-cutter 
guided  toward  and  from  the  axis  of  the  stick  by  means  of  a 
relatively-moving  pattern. 

39.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    CUTTER,    CHISEL,    PATTERN- 

GUIDE,  ROTARY.  Wood-turning  machines  which  reduce 
a  stick  to  a  circular  section  by  means  of  a  narrow  plain  chisel- 
cutter  guided  toward  and  from  the  axis  of  the  stick  by  means 
of  a  rotating  pattern. 

40.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  CUTTER,   ROTARY.    Wood-turn- 

ing machines  which  reduce  a  stick  to  a  circular  section  by  ro- 
tating the  stick  on  its  axis  and  in  contact  with  a  rotary  cutter. 
Search  Classes — 

142—  WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  20,  Circular-section,  Automatic 
spindle-lathes,  Chute-feed;  5,  Circular-section,  Many-spindle 
lathes,  Automatic  spindle-feed,  and  the  several  subclasses  of 
Pattern-section 

120— STATIONERY,  subclasses  under  85  et  seq.,  Pencil-sharpeners. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  209,  Veneer-lathes;  30,  Special 
work-machines,  single  or  combined,  Pin-pointing. 

41.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  CUTTER,  ROTARY,  PATTERN. 

Wood-turning  machines  which  reduce  a  stick  to  a  circular  sec- 
tion by  rotating  the  stick  on  its  axis  and  in  contact  with  a 
broad-faced  rotary  cutter  having  other  than  a  plain  cutting 
edge. 

Search  Class— 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  34,  Circular-section,  Spiral- 
grooving,  Cutter,  Rotary,  Roller-feed;  33,  Circular-section, 
Spiral-grooving,  Cutter,  Rotary,  Rack-and-pinion  feed;  5,  Cir- 
cular-section, Many-spindle  lathes,  Automatic  spindle-feed; 
4,  Circular-section,  Many-spindle  lathes;  and  52,  Polygonal- 
section,  Annular  work-holders. 

42.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,  CUTTER,  CHISEL.    Wood-turning 

machines  which  reduce  a  stick  to  a  circular  section  by  rotating 
it  in  contact  with  a  plain  chisel  carried  by  an  adjustable  tool- 
rest,  whereby  the  chisel  may  be  directed  by  hand  to  properly 
shape  the  stick. 
Search  Class— 

146 — VEGETABLE  CUTTERS  AND  CRUSHERS,  subclass  8,  Apple 
Parers. 

43.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,    CUTTER,    CHISEL,    PATTERN. 

Wood-turning  machines  which  reduce  a  stick  to  a  circular  sec- 
tion by  rotating  it  in  contact  with  a  chisel  having  other  than  a 
plain  cutting  edge.  The  cutter  may  be  of  sufficient  width  to 
cut  the  entire  length  of  the  stick  or  may  be  narrow  and  make 
successive  cuts  along  the  stick. 
Search  Class — 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  20,  Circular-section,  Automatic 
spindle-lathes,  Chutes-feed;  5,  Circular-section,  Many-spindle 
lathes,  Automatic  spindle-feed;  and  4,  Circular-section,  Many 
spindle  lathes. 

44.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,   CUTTER,   CHISEL,    PATTERN, 

DIS  K.  Wood-turning  machines  which  reduce  a  stick  to  a  cir- 
cular section  by  rotating  it  in  contact  with  a  disk  provided 
with  a  chisel  edge  having  a  pattern  outline.  As  the  cutter 
is  moved  longitudinally  along  the  stick  the  disk  is  rotated  to 
present  the  entire  contour  of  the  cutter  to  the  stick. 

45.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,      CLAMPED-WORK,      HOLLOW 

CUTTER-HEAD,  END-TURNING.    Machines  for  reduc- 
ing the  ends  of  sticks  while  clamped  to  prevent  rotation  thereof 
by  means  of  a  hollow  cutter-carrying  head  having  a  cutter  pro- 
jecting within  the  shell  thereof. 
Search  Classes— 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  under  27,  Circular-section, 
Hollow  cutter-head. 

145— WOOD-WORKING  TOOLS,  subclass  115,  Tenon-cutters. 

46.  CIRCULAR-SECTION,      CLAMPED-WORK,      CUTTER, 

CHISEL,  LONGITUDINALLY-MOVABLE.  Machines 
for  reducing  the  ends  of  sticks  to  a  circular  section  by  means  of  a 
cutter  carried  in  a  frame  which  revolves  around  the  axis  of  the 
clamped  stick  and  comprises  mechanism  for  moving  the  cutter 
longitudinally  in  the  frame. 

47.  CARRIAGE-FEED.    Mechanism   for   controlling   the   move- 

ments of  the  carriage  or  tool-rest. 
Search  Class— 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  46,  Circular-section,  Clamped- 
work,  Cutter,  Chisel,  Longitudinally-movable;  26,  Circular- 
section,  Spiral-grooving,  Cutter,  Rotary;  24,  Circular-section, 
Spiral-grooving,  Cutter,  Rotary,  Pattern-guide;  21,  Circular- 
section,  Cutters,  Chisel,  plain  and  pattern,  Pattern-guide,  and 
the  several  subclasses  of  Pattern-section. 

48.  TOOL-RESTS   AND   WORK-SUPPORTS.    Tool-rests  pro- 

vided with  an  extension  adapted  to  support  the  turned  portion 
of  the  stick  near  the  cutter  and  prevent  it  from  springing 
therefrom. 
Search  Class— 

142 — WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  43,  Circular-section,  Cutter, 
Chisel,  Pattern;  44,  Circular-section,  Cutter,  Chisel,  Pattern, 
Disk;  37,  Circular-section,  Cutter,  Chisel,  Pattern-guide;  and 
21 ,  Circular-section,  Cutters,  Chisels,  plain  and  pattern,  Pattern- 
guide. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


335 


CLASS  142— Continued. 

49.  TOOL-RESTS.    Supports  within  which  wood-turning  cutter- 

tools  are  adjusted  and  secured. 

50.  STEADY-RESTS,  YIELDING.    Yielding  rests  or  supports  for 

sticks  having  irregular  cross-section.  These  supports  are  for 
preventing  the  stick  from  springing  away  from  the  cutter. 

51.  PATTERN-SECTION,  OVAL-FORM,  GUIDED  CHUCKS' 

COUNTER-POISES.  Oval  or  elliptically-guided  work- 
holder  chucks  provided  with  weights  or  counter-poises  to 
balance  the  reciprocating  parts  of  the  chuck. 

52.  POLYGONAL-SECTION,   ANNULAR  WORK-HOLDER, 

CHUCKS.  Chucks  for  holding  sticks  together  in  the  form  of 
a  hollow  cylinder. 

53.  LATHE-CENTERS.    Center  spindles  provided  with  one  or 

more  spurs  for  engaging  the  end  of  a  stick  of  wood  or  other  soft 
material  to  be  turned. 


CLASS  142— Continued. 

54.  HOLLOW    MANDRELS.    Longitudinally-perforated    rotary 

spindles  or  work-carriers  through  which  the  sticks  feed  end- 
wise. 

Search  Class— 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  23,  Circular-section,  Spiral- 
grooving,  Hollow  cutter-head;  32,  Circular-section,  Hollow 
cutter-head,  and  subclasses  thereof. 

55.  ATTACHMENTS.    Devices  to  be  attached  or  secured  to  wood- 

turning  machines  to  be  used  therewith  or  wood-turning  ma- 
chines designed  to  be  attached  to  the  frames  of  machines  which 
comprise  cylinders  for  the  purpose  of  resurfacing  the  cylinders. 

56.  TURNING-TOOLS.    Cutting-tools  peculiarly  adapted  for  use 

in  connection  with  wood-turning  machines. 

57.  WORK-HOLDERS,  SOCKET.     Socket-chucks  for  securing  a 

stick  to  the  live-spindle  of  a  wood-turning  machine. 


CLASS  143.— WOOD-SAWING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  machines,  parts  and  attachments  therefor,  in 
which  the  sole  function  is  severing  wood  by  means  of  saws;  also, 
saw-blades,  whether  for  machines  or  handsaws.  Machines  in  which 
sawing  is  not  the  sole  function,  as  well  as  those  in  which  saws  are  used 
for  dovetailing,  gaining,  or  any  other  purpose  than  severing  wood, 
are  classified  in  class  144,  WOODWORKING.  Handsaws  in  which  the 
cutting  part  of  the  saw  does  not  constitute  the  invention  are  classified 
in  class  145,  WOODWORKING-TOOLS. 

Search  Class — 
29— METAL  WORKING,  subclass  67,  Sawing,  et  seq. 

Subclasses. 

1.  COMBINATION-MACHINES.    Machines  embodying  in  each 

two  or  more  of  the  recognized  types  of  sa wing-machines. 

2.  HOOP-POLE  MACHINES.    Machines  for  sawing  hoops  from 

small  poles. 

3.  HOOP-POLE    MACHINES,    BAND-SAW.    Hoop-pole    ma- 

chines in  which  a  band-saw  is  used. 

4.  RESAWING-MACHINES.    Sawing-machines  designed  for  cut- 

ting sawed  lumber  into  thinner  pieces. 

Note. — Quarter-sawing  machines  are  not  included  in  this  class, 
but  with  the  various  structural  classes  of  sa  wing-machines. 

5.  RESAWING-MACHINES,  BAND-SAW.    Resawing-machines 

using  a  band-saw.         4 

6.  MITERING-MACHINES.    Sawing-machines    designed     espe- 

cially for  cutting  bevels  or  miters. 

7.  MITERING-MACHINES,   RECIPROCATING-SAW.    Miter- 

sawing  machines  having  a  reciprocating  saw. 

8.  SHINGLE-MACHINES.    Machines  especially  designed  for  saw- 

ing shingles  and  not  adapted  for  general  use. 

9.  SHINGLE-MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING-SAW.    A  series 

of  saws  mounted  in  a  reciprocating  frame  adapted  especially 
for  cutting  out  shingles. 

10.  SHINGLE-MACHINES,  BELT-FEED.    Shingle-sawing  ma- 

chines having  an  endless  chain  or  belt  for  carrying  the  blocks. 

11.  SHINGLE-MACHINES,     DOG-AND-STEP      FEED.    The 

blocks  are  set  for  each  cut  by  dog-and-step  mechanism,  which 
alternately  advances  either  end  of  the  block,  so  that  pieces 
thicker  at  one  end  than  the  other  may  be  sawed. 

12.  SHINGLE -MACHINES,  ROLLER -FEED.    The  shingle- 

blocks  are  set  for  each  cut  by  rolls  so  driven  that  each  end  of  the 
block  is  alternately  advanced. 

13.  SHINGLE -MACHINES,  TILTING  -  GAGE.    The  shingle- 

blocks  are  forced  against  a  vertically-pivoted  tilting-gage  plate 
which  determines  the  thickness  of  the  shingle. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  170,  Slicers,  Beveling,  Tilting- 
gage. 

14.  SHINGLE-MACHINES,  TILTING-TABLE.    After  each  cut 

the  shingle-blocks  are  allowed  to  drop  upon  a  horizontally-piv- 
oted tilting  table  to  determine  the  thickness  of  the  shingle. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  171,  Slicers,  Beveling,  Tilting- 
table. 

15.  SHINGLE  -  MACHINES,    TILTING  -  TABLE,  ROTARY- 

CARRIAGE.  Tilting-table  machines  in  which  the  block- 
holders  are  supported  upon  a  rotating  carriage. 

Hi.  ARC-SAW  MACHINES.    Machines  having  one  or  more  saws 
bent  into  arcs  and  designed  to  oscillate  in  the  line  of  curva- 
ture of  the  saw. 
Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  33,  Special  work  machines,  single 
or  combined ,  Tray-making. 

17.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES.    Sawing-machines  of  general  utility 

in  which  the  saws  are  endless  bands  traveling  over  a  plurality 
of  pulleys. 

18.  BAND-SAW   MACHINES,   CENTERED-LOG.     The  log  is 

centered  between  chucks  and  rotated  on  an  axis  parallel  to  the 
line  of  travel  of  the  saw. 
Search  Classes— 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  39,  Circular-saw  machines,  Angu- 
lar, Centered-log;  144,  WOODWORKING,  subclass  165,  Slicers, 
Strip-cutting,  Converging  knives,  Lathe  feed;  166,  Slicers, 
Strip-cutting,  Lathe  feed. 


26674°— 12- 


-22 


CLASS  143— Continued. 

19.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  HORIZONTAL-SAW.    The  saw 

travels  in  a  horizontal  plane,  though  the  kerf  may  be  either 
vertical  or  horizontal. 

20.  BAND  SAW  MACHINES,  INCLINED.    The  line  of  travel  of 

the  saw  is  oblique  to  the  line  of  travel  of  the  work. 

21.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE  IDLERS.    The  saw 

is  supported  on  two  or  more  idler-pulleys. 

22.  BAND  -  SAW  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE  -  SAW.    Machines 

having  two  or  more  band-saws  which  operate  simultaneously. 

23.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  RETARDED-IDLER.    Devices 

to  retard  the  idler-pulley  of  a  band-saw  machine  when  sudden 
strain  is  put  upon  the  saw,  and  so  taking  up  the  slack  caused 
by  the  strain. 

24.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  TILTING-FRAME.    The  frame 

supporting  the  saw-pulleys  is  designed.to  be  tilted  into  various 
positions  in  order  to  vary  the  angle  of  the  cut. 

25.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING-CARRIAGE. 

Band-saw  machines  in  which  the  work  is  presented  to  the  saw 
by  a  reciprocating  carriage. 

26.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  SPECIAL-FEED.    Band-saw  ma- 

chines characterized  by  various  forms  of  work-feeding  mech- 
anism. 

27.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  AUTOMATIC  TENSION-REGU- 

LATORS. Devices  for  automatically  taking  up  slack  in 
band-saws  and  so  keeping  the  tension  of  the  saws  uniform. 

28  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  CATCHERS.  Devices  for  catching 
band-saws  when  they  run  off  the  pulleys  or  for  keeping  them 
in  position  on  the  pulleys. 

29.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  PULLEY  CLEANERS  AND  LU- 

BRICATORS. Scraping,  washing,  and  oiling  devices  for  the 
pulleys  of  band-saw  machines. 

30.  BAND-SAW  MACHINES,  PULLEYS.     Pulleys  having  fea- 

tures of  construction  which  especially  adapt  them  to  use  upon 
band-saw  machines. 
Search  Class— 

64— JOURNAL  BOXES,  PULLEYS,  AND  SHAFTING,  subclass  17, 
Pulleys. 

31.  BAND-SAW    MACHINES,   SAW-LEAD   ADJUSTMENTS. 

Devices  for  inclining  the  pulleys  or  for  adjusting  the  saw  on 
the  pulleys  in  order  to  prevent  the  pressure  of  the  work  from 
forcing  the  saw  off  the  pulley. 

32.  CHAIN-SAW    MACHINES.    Sawing-machines   using  chain- 

saws. 

33.  CIRCULAR-SAW     MACHINES.    Sawing-machines    having 

none  but  circular  saws. 

34.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  PILE-CUTTING.     Circular 

saw  machines  for  cutting  off  the  tops  of  piles  after  they  have 
been  driven. 

35.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  ADJUSTABLE-SAW.    Cir- 

cular-saw machines  having  adjustable  saws. 

36.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  ADJUSTABLE-SAW,  AN- 

GULAR. Circular-saw  machines  whose  saws  are  angularly 
adjustable, 

37.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  ADJUSTABLE-SAW,  LAT- 

ERAL. Circular-saw  machines  having  the  saws  so  mounted 
in  the  machine  that  they  may  be  shifted  laterally  by  appropri- 
ate means. 

38.  CIRCULAR-SAW    MACHINES,   ANGULAR.    Circular-saw 

machines  employing  two  or  more  saws  set  at  angles  to  each 
other  and  operating  simultaneously  upon  the  same  material. 
Search  Class — 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  89,  Dovetailing,  Inclined  ro- 
tary-disk; 203,  Tenoning,  Rotary  gaining-cutters;  204,  Tenon- 
ing, Rotary  gaining-cutters,  Multiple-tenon. 

39.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  ANGULAR,  CENTERED- 

LOG.  Angular  circular-saw  machines  in  which  the  log  is  sup- 
ported between  centers  and  is  rotated  slightly  after  each  cut. 
Search  Classes— 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  IS,  Band-saw  machines,  Cen- 
tered-log. 

144 — \VOODWORKING,  subclasses  105,  Slicers,  Strip-cutting,  Con- 
verging knives,  Lathe-feed;  160,  Slicers,  Strip-cutting,  Lathe- 
feed. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  60, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary  cutter. 

337 


338 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  143— Continued. 

40.  CIRCULAR-SAW    MACHINES,    AUXILIARY-SAW.    Ma- 

chines having  two  circular  saws,  one  set  above  the  other,  and 
designed  for  sawing  material  of  thickness  too  great  to  be  read- 
ily cut  through  by  a  single  saw. 

41.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  DROP-SAW.    Machineshav- 

ing  saws,  usually  several,  separately  mounted  in  pivoted 
frames  which  permit  the  saw  to  be  dropped  below  the  table 
when  not  in  use.  In  some  machines  the  saws  are  above  the 
table  and  have  to  be  lowered  into  operative  position. 

42.  CIRCULAR-SAW   MACHINES,    KNIFE-DISK.    The  ordi- 

nary circular  saw  is  replaced  by  a  disk  knife  which  is  caused  to 
rotate  at  a  high  rate  of  speed. 
Search  Class — 

164^-ClTTTING  AND   PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  CO, 

Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary  cutter. 

43.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  PORTABLE.    Machines  de- 

signed for  easy  transportation  either  dismantled  or  set  up. 

44.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  RIM-DRIVEN.    The  saw  is 

driven  by  means  of  power  applied  directly  to  the  saw  near  the 
periphery  instead  of  to  the  shaft.  Most  of  the  saws  are  annu- 
lar in  form  and  supported  upon  a  plurality  of  rollers. 

45.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  SUCCESSIVE.    Two  or  more 

saws  mounted  in  a  pivoted  frame  which  permits  only  a  single 
saw  to  be  brought  into  operative  position  at  once. 

46.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  SWINGING-SAW.    The  saw 

is  mounted  in  a  swinging  frame  and  is  swung  into  operative 
position. 

47.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,   TRAVELING-SAW.    The 

work  remains  stationary  and  the  saw  travels  forward  while 
making  its  cut. 
Search  Class — 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  34,  Circular-saw  machines,  Pile- 
cutting. 

48.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  SPECIAL-FEED.    Circular- 

saw  machines  characterized  by  special  forms  of  feed  mechan- 
ism different  from  those  in  other  subclasses. 

49.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  CHAIN-FEED.    The  mate- 

rial to  be  sawed  is  conveyed  to  the  saw  by  an  endless  chain  or 
belt. 

Search  Classes— 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  41,  Circular-saw  machines,  Drop- 
saw;  144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  242,  Feed  and  presser 
mechanisms,  Miscellaneous. 

50.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  LATHE-FEED.    The  log  is 

centered  between  two  blocks  and  turned  slightly  after  each  cut. 
There  is  but  one  saw. 

51.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  PUSHER-FEED.    Thework 

is  pushed  across  the  supporting  frame  or  table  into  engagement 
with  the  saw. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  242,  Feed  and  presser  mechan- 
isms, Miscellaneous. 

52.  CIRCULAR-SAW    MACHINES,    RECIPROCATING-CAR- 

RIAGE.  The  work  is  supported  upon  a  carriage  which  is  re- 
ciprocated by  the  operator. 

53.  CIRCULAR-SAW    MACHINES,    RECIPROCATING-CAR- 

RIAGE,  AUTOMATIC-FEED.  The  position  of  the  work  on 
the  carriage  is  automatically  shifted  at  each  reciprocation 
thereof  in  order  to  set  the  work  for  another  cut. 

54.  CIRCULAR-SAW    MACHINES,    RECIPROCATING-CAR- 

RIAGE,  MECHANICALLY-OPERATED.  The  carriage 
is  reciprocated  by  mechanism  which  may  have  to  be  set  in  mo- 
tion independently  of  the  saw-driving  mechanism  or  which 
may  be  operatively  connected  therewith  and  act  automatic- 
ally. 

55.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  ROLLER-FEED.    Circular- 

saw  machines  in  which  the  work  is  fed  to  the  saw  by  means  of 
positively-driven  rolls;  also,  feed-rolls  especially  designed  for 
sawing-machines. 
Search  Classes— 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  84,  Reciprocal  ing-saw  machines, 
Roller-feed;  144,  WOODWORKING,  subclasses  117,  Planers,  Ro- 
tary-cutter, Cylinder;  240,  Feed  and  presser  mechanisms, 
Rolls,  Feed,  Miscellaneous;  247,  Feed  and  presser  mechanisms, 
Rolls,  Feed,  Spring-pressed;  248,  Feed  and  presser  mechan- 
isms, Rolls,  Feed,  Weighted. 

50.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  ROLLER-FEED,   GANG. 
Roller-feed  circular-saw  machines  having  a  number  of  saws 
mounted  upon  one  shaft. 
Search  Classes— 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  sul>class  84,  Reciprocating-saw  machines, 
Roller-feed;  144,  WOODWORKING,  subclasses  117,  Planers,  Ro- 
tary-cutter, Cylinder;  240,  Feed  and  presser  mechanisms, 
Rolls,  Feed,  Miscellaneous;  247,  Feed  and  presser  mechan- 
isms, Rolls,  Feed,  Spring-pressed;  248,  Feed  and  presser 
mechanisms,  Rolls,  Feed,  Weighted. 

57.  CIRCULAR-SAW  MACHINES,  ROTARY-CARRIAGE.    A 

rotary  carriage,  which  usually  has  several  work-holders,  pre- 
sents the  work  to  the  saw. 


CLASS  143— Continued. 

58.  CIRCULAR-SAW    MACHINES,    SWINGING-CARRIAGE. 

The  work  is  brought  into  contact  with  the  saw  by  means  of  a 
swinging  carriage. 
Search  Class 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  77,  Reciprocating-saw  machines, 
Special-cut,  Pivoted  work-holder. 

59.  CIRCULAR-SAW    MACHINES,    TILTING    WORK-SUP- 

PORT. The  work-table  is  mounted  on  pivots  so  that  it  may 
be  set  at  different  angles  to  the  saw. 

60.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES.    All  sawing-machines 

not  designed  for  sawing  special  articles  or  materials  in  which 
reciprocating  saws  are  used. 
Search  Classes— 

29— METAL-WORKING,  sul>class  73,  Sawing,  Reciprocating-saw. 
125— STONE-WORKING,  subclass  18,  Sawing  stone. 

61.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  DRAG.    Reciprocat- 

ing-saw machines  consisting  of  a  crosscut  or  buck  saw  and  a 
supporting-frame  which  guides  the  saw  in  its  movement  and 
which  may  or  may  not  include  devices  for  transmitting  power 
to  the  saw. 

62.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  DRAG,  AUTOMAT- 

IC RETURN.  Drag-saw  machines  in  which  the  return  move- 
ment of  the  saw  is  assisted  or  brought  about  by  means  of  a 
spring  or  weight . 

63.  RECIPROCATING-SAW    MACHINES,    DRAG,    CRANK. 

Movement  is  imparted  to  the  drag-saw  by  some  form  of  crank 
mechanism. 
Search  Class— 
29— METALWORKING,  subclass  73,  Sawing,  Reciprocating-saw. 

64.  RECIPROCATING-SAW    MACHINES,    DRAG,    LEVER. 

Movement  is  imparted  to  the  drag-saw  by  means  of  lever 
mechanism. 
Search  Class — 
29— METALWORKING,  subclass  73,  Sawing,  Reciprocating-saw. 

65.  RECIPROCATING-SAW    MACHINES,    DRAG,    LEVER- 

AND-BOW.  The  driving  mechanism  includes  a  lever  and 
swinging  bow  carrying  belts. 

66.  RECIPROCATING-SAW    MACHINES,    DRAG,    LEVER 

AND  GEARS.  The  drag-saw  is  driven  by  means  of  a  lever 
and  cooperating  gears,  usually  segmental. 

67.  RECIPROCATING-SAW    MACHINES,    DRAG,    LEVER 

AND  LAZY-TONGS.  The  saw  is  driven  by  means  of  a 
lever  and  lazy-tongs. 

68.  RECIPROCATING-SAW    MACHINES,    DRAG,    MOTOR. 

The  saw  is  driven  by  some  form  of  motor  which  is  shown  in 
combination  with  the  saw. 
Search  Class— 
121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  105,  Attachments. 

69.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  DRAG,  OSCILLA 

TORY.    The  saw  or  the  saw-frame  oscillates  upon  a  pivot. 

70.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  SCROLL.    Machines 

characterized  by  a  small  light  reciprocating  saw  adapted  to 
sawing  curved  patterns  in  thin  material,  which  is  usually  fed 
to  the  saw  by  hand. 

71.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  SCROLL,  FRAME. 

The  saw  is  mounted  hi  a  frame  which^scillates  or  reciprocates. 

72.  RECIPROCATING-SAW   MACHINES,   SCROLL,   FREE- 

END  SAW.  One  end  of  the  saw  is  gripped  by  the  operating- 
arm  and  the  other  is  free. 

73.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  SCROLL,  SPRING- 

RETURN.  The  saw  is  drawn  back  by  a  spring  after  the 
cutting  stroke. 

74.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  SCROLL,  SWIVEL- 

SAW.  The  saw  is  so  mounted  that  it  may  be  rotated  on  a 
longitudinal  axis. 

75.  RECIPROCATING-SAW      MACHINES,      SPECIAL-CUT. 

The  machines  are  designed  to  produce  lumber  of  peculiar 
forms  or  to  saw  up  irregular  material. 

76.  RECIPROCATING-SAW      MACHINES,      SPECIAL-CUT, 

PATTERN-GUIDE.  The  cut  of  the  saw  is  determined  by 
a  pattern-guide. 

77.  RECIPROCATING-SAW      MACHINES,      SPECIAL-CUT, 

PIVOTED  WORK-HOLDER.  The  work  is  supported 
upon  a  pivoted  work-holder  and  is  so  presented  to  the  saw 
that  the  cut  follows  an  arc  of  a  circle. 

78.  RECIPROCATING-SAW      MACHINES,      SPECIAL-CUT, 
.     TILTING  SAW-FRAME.    The  saw  is  supported  in  a  frame 

which  may  be  so  inclined  as  to  make  the  cut  at  an  angle  to  the 
plane  of  the  work-table. 

79.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  LATERALLY-AD- 

JUSTABLE ARM.  The  saws  are  capable  of  lateral  adjust- 
ment in  the  saw  frame  or  gate. 

80.  RECIPROCATING    -    SAW    MACHINES,    PISTON-CON- 

NECTED. The  saw  or  saw-frame  is  directly  connected  with 
a  fluid-operated  piston. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


339 


CLASS  143— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  105,  Attachments. 

81.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  VIBRATED-SAW. 
The  saw  is  caused  to  vibrate  in  its  own  plane  during  its  recip- 
rocation. 

S2.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES.  VIBRATED-SAW, 
LEVER-DRIVEN.  The  saw  receives  its  vibratory  and  re- 
ciprocatory  motion  from  a  pair  of  driving-levers. 

83.  RECIPROCATING-SAW  MACHINES,  VIBRATED-SAW, 

PIVOTED-GUIDES.    The  saw  is  made  to  vibrate  during 
its  reciprocations  by  means  of  the  rocking  of  pivoted  guides. 

84.  RECIPROCATING-SAW    MACHINES,    ROLLER-FEED. 

The  work  is  presented  to  the  saw  by  means  of  feed-rollers. 
Search  Classes— 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclasses  55,  Circular-saw  machines, 
Roller-feed;  5('>,  Circular-saw  machines,  Roller-fe.ed,  Gang. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  240,  Feed  and  presser  mechan- 
isms, Rolls,  Feed,  Miscellaneous  etseq.;  177,  Planers,  Rotary- 
cutter,  Cylinder. 

85.  TUBULAR-SAW    MACHINES.    Sawing-machines  hi  which 

the  saw  is  tubular  in  form. 
Search  Classes — 

79 — BUTTON-MAKING,  subclass  16,  Blank-sawing,  Tubular  saw. 
144 — WOODWORKING,    subclass    23,    Special-work     machines, 
Single  or  combined,  Disk-cutting,  Rotary  tubular-cutter. 

80.  MITER-BOXES.  Devices  for  holding  lumber  and  guiding  an 
ordinary  handsaw  in  the  operation  of  cutting. 

87.  MITER-BOXES,  ADJUSTABLE.    Miter-boxes  in  which  the 

relative  position  of  saw-guide  and  work-holder  can  be  readily 
changed. 

88.  MITER-BOXES,  ADJUSTABLE,  BIPLANE.    Miter-boxes 

capable  of  adjustment  in  both  horizontal  and  vertical  planes. 

89.  MITER  -  BOXES,    ADJUSTABLE,     SWINGING     SAW- 

GUIDE.    Miter-boxes  having  fixed  work-guides  and  saw- 
guides  which  swing  in  one  plane. 

90.  MITER-BOXES,    ADJUSTABLE,    SWINGING    WORK- 

GUIDE.     Miter-boxes    which   have  fixed  saw-guides  and 
whose  work-guides  swing  in  one  plane. 

91.  SAW-BUCKS.    Supports,  usually  provided  with  gripping  de- 

vices, for  holding  a  log  while  being  sawed. 

92.  LOG-TRANSFERS.    Apparatus  of  various  kinds  for  convey- 

ing logs  from  one  part  of  a  sawmill  to  another. 

93.  LOG-TRANSFERS,  PUSHER-BLOCKS.    Traveling  blocks 

which  shift  the  position  of  the  log  on  the  log-deck. 

94.  LOG-TRANSFERS,  TROUGH-AND-KICKER.    Apparatus 

for  forcing  the  log  out  of  the  jack-trough  and  upon  the  log-deck 
of  the  mill. 

95.  LOG  TURNERS  AND  DECK  BLOCKS.    Devices  embody- 

ing both  turners  and  deck-blocks  which  are  driven  by  the 
same  mechanism. 

96.  LOG-DECK    BLOCKS.    Devices  for  preventing  the  rolling  of 

logs  from  the  log-deck  to  the  carriage  and  for  loading  the  logs 
upon  the  carriage. 

97.  LOG-TURNERS.    Devices  which  turn  the  log  on  the  log-car- 

riage and  which  may  servo  to  roll  the  log  from  the  deck  to  the 
sa  wm  ill-carriage . 

98.  LOG-TURNERS,     BAR-AND-CHAIN.    Log-turners  having 

toothed  bars  to  engage  with  the  log  and  chains  to  communi- 
cate movement  to  the  bars. 

99.  LOG-TURNERS,  BAR  AND  INCLINED  PISTONS.    Log- 

turners  in  which  the  turning-bar  is  actuated  by  two  pistons 
set  at  an  angle  to  one  another. 

100.  LOG-TURNERS,    BAR    AND    PARALLEL    PISTONS. 

Log-turners  consisting  of  a  toothed  bar  operated  by  a  pair  of 
parallel  pistons. 

101.  LOG-TURNERS,     BAR-AND-PISTON.    Log-turners  con- 

sisting of  a  turning-bar  driven  by  a  single  piston. 

102.  LOG-TURNERS,  ENDLESS.    Log-turners  provided  with  a 

spurred  chain  running  over  sprockets  or  having  one  or  more 
toothed  wheels  which  engage  with  the  log. 

103.  LOG-TURNERS,  HOOK.    Log-turners  having  a  hook  which 

engages  the  log  and  which  is  moved  by  various  means. 

104.  LOG-TURNERS,    HOOK-AND-CHAIN.    Log-turners  con- 

sisting of  hooks  to  engage  with  the  log  and  chains  connected 
therewith  for  pulling  the  log  over. 

105.. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES.  Log-carriages  for  sawmills,  to- 
gether with  driving  means  therefor  and  such  attachments  as 
are  not  otherwise  classified. 

106.  SAWMILL-CARRIAGES,       FRICTION-FEED.    Sawmill- 
carriages  to  which  power  is  applied  through  friction-gears. 
Search  Class— 
74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  26,  Gearing,  Frictional. 


CLASS  143— Continued. 

107.  SAWMILL-CARRIAGES,  FRICTION-FEED,  DISK.     The 

feed  mechanism  involves  a  friction-disk. 
Search  Class— 
74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  26,  Gearing,  Frictional. 

108.  SAWMILL-CARRIAGES,  MOTOR-FEED.    The  feed  mech- 

anism in  vol  ves  some  form  of  motor  which  is  directly  connected 
with  the  carriage. 

109.  SAWMILL-CARRIAGES,   OFFSETTING.    The  carriage  is 

provided  with  mechanism  for  giving  it  an  offset  from  the  saw 
on  its  backward  movement. 

110.  SAWMILL-CARRIAGES,  OFFSETTING,  DRAFT-OPER- 

ATED. The  offsetting  mechanism  is  operated  by  reversing 
the  strain  upon  the  draft-bar  of  the  carriage. 

111.  SAWMILL-CARRIAGES,     OFFSETTING,     FRICTION- 

OPERATED.  The  offsetting  mechanism  is  set  in  operation 
by  means  of  friction-clutches  which  are  thrown  into  operative 
position  by  reversing  the  movement  of  the  carriage. 

112.  SAWMILL-CARRIAGES,     OFFSETTING,     LEVER-OP- 

ERATED. The  offsetting  mechanism  is  actuated  through 
a  lever  which  is  thrown  by  the  operator. 

113.  SAWMILI^CARRIAGES,  OFFSETTING,  TRACK-OPER- 

ATED. The  carriage  is  offset  by  means  of  a  trip  which  en- 
gages with  some  portion  of  the  track  on  the  backward  move- 
ment of  the  carriage. 

114.  SAWMILL  SET-WORKS.    Devices  for  shifting  the  knees  of 

a  sawmill-carriage  to  move  the  log  laterally  on  the  carriage. 

115.  SAWMILL    SET-WORKS,    AUTOMATIC.    Sawmill    set- 

works  which  are  automatically  advanced  and  retracted  by 
the  movements  of  the  carriage. 

116.  SAWMILL  SET-WORKS,  DIRECT-ACTUATED.    Sawmill 

set-works  which  are  operated  by  means  of  mechanism  acting 
directly  upon  the  knees  without  the  intervention  of  a  set-shaft. 

117.  SAWMILL  SET-WORKS,  END  DOGS.    Sawmill  set-works 

provided  with  dogs  which  grip  the  end  of  the  log. 

118.  SAWMILL    SET -WORKS,    FLUID  -  OPERATED.    The 

head-blocks  are  advanced  and  retracted  by  means  of  a  steam 
or  ah-  driven  piston. 
Search  Class— 
121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  105,  Attachments. 

119.  SAWMILL  SET-WORKS,  PAWL-AND-RACK.    The  set- 

works  are  driven  by  simple  pawl-and-rack  mechanism. 

120.  SAWMILL    SET-WORKS,    POWER-OPERATED.    Saw- 

mill set-works  driven  by  the  same  power  which  drives  the  saw- 
mill-carriage. 

121.  SAWMILL  SET-WpRKS,  SPRING-RETRACTED.    The 

head-blocks  are  provided  with  springs  which  retract  the  blocks 
when  they  are  thrown  out  of  engagement  with  the  driving 
devices. 

122.  SAWMILL  SET-WORKS,  SUPPLEMENTAL  SUPPORT. 

Sawmill  set-works  provided  with  additional  log-supporting 
devices  between  the  head-blocks. 

123.  SAWMILL    SET-WORKS,    WEDGE.    Sawmill  set-works 

moved  forward  by  one  or  more  wedges. 

124.  SAWMILL    SET-WORKS,    APPLIANCES.    Clamping  de- 

vices, gages,  and  other  attachments  for  sawmill  set-works. 

125.  SAWMILL-DOGS.    Devices  for  holding  the  log  upon  the  car- 

riage of  a  sawmill. 

126.  SAWMILL-DOGS,  LEVER.    The  gripping  devices  are  actu- 

ated by  means  of  a  lever  or  system  of  levers. 

127.  SAWMILL-DOGS,      LEVER-AND-CAM.    The  points  are 

forced  into  operative  position  by  means  of  a  cam  which  is 
turned  by  a  lever. 

128.  SAWMILL  -   DOGS,     LEVER     AND     COOPERATING 

GEARS.  The  dogs  are  actuated  by  cooperating  gears  which 
are  driven  by  means  of  a  lever. 

129.  SAWMILL-DOGS,    LEVER,    GEAR    AND    RACK.    The 

dogs  are  thrown  into  engagement  with  the  log  by  means  of  a 
rack  which  cooperates  with  a  lever-driven  gear. 

130.  SAWMILL-DOGS,     LEVER,     PAWL     AND     RACK.     A 

lever  operates  a  pawl-and-rack  mechanism  for  forcing  the  dogs 
into  the  log. 

131.  SAWMILL-DOGS,  SCREW.    The  points  are  forced  into  the 

log  by  means  of  a  screw.  The  points  may  or  may  not  be 
attached  directly  to  the  screw. 

132.  SAW-TABLES.    Tables  for  sawing-machines  and  adjusting 

devices  therefor. 

Note. — Tables  for  mitering  and  other  special  operations  are  classi- 
fied with  the  machines  performing  those  operations. 

133.  SAWS.    All  saws  in  which  the  teeth  are  integral  with  the  body 

of  the  saw. 

134.  SAWS,  BENT.    The  saw  is  curved  or  bent  at  an  angle,  so  that 

it  will  make  a  curved  or  angular  kerf. 


340 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  143— Continued. 

135.  SAWS,  CHAIN.    Saws  consisting  of  a  number  of  connected 

links  provided  with  cutting  edges. 
Search  Classes — 
144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  72,  Mortising,  Chain-cutter,  and 

73,  Mortising,  Chain-cutter,  Portable. 
56 — HARVESTERS,  subclass  42,  Cutting  apparatus,  Endless. 

136.  SAWS,  DISHED.    The  saw  is  made  concave  on  one  side. 

137.  SAWS,  EXPANSION-APERTURE.    The  saw  has  a  series 

of  openings  so  placed  as  to  compensate  for  the  unequal  expan- 
sion of  the  saw  while  in  use. 

138.  SAWS,  GUMMING-APERTURE.    The  saws  are  provided 

with  a  series  of  openings  near  the  teeth  to  prevent  gumming. 

139.  SAWS,  SECTIONAL.    The  saw  is  made  up  of  a  number  of 

sections. 

140.  SAWS,  SMOOTHING.    Saws  having  planer-teeth  for  smooth- 

ing the  sides  of  the  kerf. 

141.  SAW-TEETH.    Detachable  teeth  for  insertion  into  or  attach- 

ment to  saw-blades. 

142.  SAW-TEETH,  CROSS-CUT.    Teeth  especially  designed  for 

cross-cut-saws. 

143.  SAW-TEETH,  PLANER.    Saw-teeth  designed  to  cut  and 

smooth  a  kerf  simultaneously. 

144.  SAW-TEETH,  REVERSIBLE.    Saw-teeth  having  two  cut- 

ting bits  and  adapted  to  be  reversed  when  one  bit  becomes 
useless. 

145.  SAW-TEETH,  FASTENINGS.    Means  for  attaching  separa- 

ble teeth  to  saw-blades. 

146.  SAW-TEETH,   FASTENINGS,   BRIDGE-PLATE.       The 

tooth  is  mounted  in  a  removable  plate  instead  of  being  at- 
tached directly  to  the  saw. 

147.  SAW-TEETH,    FASTENINGS,   CAP.    The  bodies  of  the 

teeth  are  integral  with  the  saw-blade  and  the  detachable  por- 
tions are  in  the  form  of  tips  which  are  fitted  over  projections 
on  the  periphery  of  the  saw. 

148.  SAW-TEETH,  FASTENINGS,  CAP,  SEPARABLE-BIT. 

The  cutting-bit  is  mounted  in  a  cap  which  is  fitted  on  a  pro- 
jection upon  the  periphery  of  the  saw. 

149.  SAW-TEETH,  FASTENINGS,  KEY.    The  teeth  are  held  in 

their  recesses  in  the  saw-blade  by  gibs,  rivets,  or  screws. 

150.  SAW-TEETH,    FASTENINGS,    KEY    AND    LOCKING- 

PLATE.  The  tooth  is  retained  in  its  position  by  means  of  a 
locking-plate  and  a  key. 

151.  SAW-TEETH,  FASTENINGS,  LOCKING-PLATE.      The 

tooth  is  held  in  its  recess  in  the  saw-blade  by  means  of  a  lock- 
ing-plate with  or  without  gibs  or  rivets. 

152.  SAW-TEETH,    FASTENINGS,    SPRING-LATCH.       The 

teeth  are  retained  in  the  recesses  by  a  spring-catch  which  may 
form  a  part  of  the  base  of  the  tooth. 

153.  SAW-TEETH,  FASTENINGS,  WEDGE.      The  teeth  are 

held  in  recesses  in  the  saw  by  means  of  a  wedge  which  may 
operate  between  the  tooth  and  saw-blade  or  which  may  ex- 
pand the  base  of  the  tooth. 

154.  SAW-TEETH,  FASTENINGS,  WEDGE  AND  LOCKING- 

PLATE.  A  wedge  serves  to  hold  a  clamping-plate  in  engage- 
ment with  the  removable  bit. 

155.  SAW-HANGING,  CIRCULAR-SAW.      Devices  for  attach- 

ing circular  saws  to  their  supporting-arbors,  and  in  some 
instances  devices  supporting  the  arbor  in  the  saw-frame. 


CLASS  143— Continued. 

156.  SAW-HANGING,      RECIPROCATING-SAW.        Gripping 

and  straining  devices  for  reciprocating  saws. 

157.  SAWING  -  MACHINE  APPLIANCES.      Miscellaneous  de- 

vices designed  for  use  upon  or  in  connection  with  wood-sawing 
machines. 

158.  SAW  CLEANERS  AND  OILERS.    Attachments  to  sawing- 

machines  which  clean  and  oil  the  saws. 

159.  SAW-GUARDS.    Shields  of  various  kinds  which  are  intended 

to  cover  saws  while  in  operation  and  prevent  the  receipt  of 
injuries  therefrom. 
Search  Class — 
144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  251,  Cutter  guards. 

160.  SAW-GUIDES.    Devices  for  keeping  the  saw  in  its  kerf  and 

consisting  usually  of  jaws  between  which  the  saw  passes. 

161.  SAW-GUIDES,    BACK-DISK.        Saw-guides,    usually    for 

band-saws,  which  are  provided  with  a  disk,  usually  rotatable, 
against  which  the  saw  presses  when  it  is  forced  back  by  the 
work. 

162.  SAW-GUIDES    BACK-ROLLER.    Saw-guides,  usually  for 

band-saw  machines,  which  have  a  rotating  cylinder  for  the 
back  of  the  saw  to  press  against  when  forced  back  by  the 
work. 

163.  SAW-GUIDES,   DRAG.    Saw-guides  for  common  crosscut- 

saws  to  enable  one  man  to  operate  the  saw.  Used  mainly  in 
felling  trees. 

104.  SAW-GUIDES,  OILERS.    Saw-guides  provided  with  devices 
for  lubricating  the  saw-blade. 

165.  SAW-GUIDES,  PIVOTED-ARM.      Saw-guides  having  one 
or  both  arms  mounted  on  p 
jaws  may  be  varied  at  will 


or  both  arms  mounted  on  pivots,  so  that  the  opening  of  the 
nil. 


166.  SAW-GUIDES,  SLIDING-ARM.    Saw-guides  having  one  or 

both  jaws  mounted  upon  sliding  arms. 

167.  SAW-GUIDES,  WORK-ENGAGING.       Saw-guides  which 

are  adapted  to  engage  with  the  work  to  hold  or  guide  it  while 
being  sawed. 

168.  SAW-TABLE   GAGES.    Devices  attached  to  the  tables  of 

sawing-machines  for  gaging  the  cut  of  the  saw. 

169.  SAAV  -  TABLE      GAGES,      ANGULAR  -  ADJUSTMENT. 

Gages  which  may  be  set  at  an  oblique  angle  to  the  plane  of 
the  saw. 

170.  SAW-TABLE  GAGES,  ANGULAR-ADJUSTMENT,  VER- 

TICAL.   Gages  angularly  adjustable  in  a  vertical  plane  only. 

171.  SAW  -  TABLE   GAGES,  CURVE  -  CUTTING.      Gages  de- 

signed especially  for  sawing  out  curved  patterns. 

172.  SAW-TABLE  GAGES,  MARKERS.    Marking  gages  attached 

to  sawing-machines. 

173.  SAW  TABLE  GAGES,  ROLLER.    Gages  provided  with  a 

roller  for  contact  with  the  lumber. 
Search  Class — 

14 )— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass   5,  Resa wing- Machines,  Band- 
saw. 

174.  SAW-TABLE  GAGES,  SLIDING.    Gages  slidably  mounted 

upon  the  saw-tables  and  for  the  most  part  shifted  by  hand. 
Search  Class — 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  169,  Saw-table  gages,  Angular- 
adjustment. 

175.  SAW-TABLE   GAGES,  SLIDING,  LINK.      Sliding  gages 

operated  by  link  mechanism. 

176.  SAW-TABLE    GAGES     SLIDING,  RACK-AND-PINION. 

Sliding  gages  operated  by  a  rack  and  pinion. 


CLASS  144.— WOODWORKING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  machines  and  processes  for  working  in  wood 
not  classified  elsewhere  under  more  specific  titles,  and  also  some 
structural  stock  of  wood  embossed  with  ornamental  designs. 


1.  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Machines  of  general  utility,  not 

otherwise  specifically  classified,  which  are  adapted  to  either 
simultaneously  or  independently  perform  two  or  more  opera- 
tions upon  the  material. 

Note.— Machines  having  combined  operations  for  making  partic- 
ular articles  and  not  capable  of  general  use  are  to  be  found 
under  Special-work  machines  in  this  class. 

2.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES.    Machines  not  otherwise  spe- 

cifically classified,  which  are  adapted  to  perform  some  special 
work  or  make  some  special  article  and  which,  unless  modified 
to  a  considerable  degree,  would  not  be  useful  for  general  wood- 
working operations. 

Note.— Machines  performing  single  operations  even  when  de- 
signed for  special  work  are  usually  not  very  different  from 
general  single-operation  machines,  and  when  this  is  so  are 
classified  with  those  machines  of  general  utility. 

3.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  COMBINED.    Special-work 

machines  adapted  to  perform  two  or  more  operations. 

4.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES    COMBINED,  CIRCULAR- 

SECTION.  Machines  adapted  to  work  on  spindles,  balusters, 
and  similar  work  which  is  circular  in  cross-section. 

5.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  COMBINED,  BLIND  AND 

SASH  CUTTING.  Machines  adapted  to  perform  two  or 
more  operations  in  the  making  of  blinds  or  sashes.  Machines 
for  performing  the  single  operations— such  as  planing,  tenon- 
ing, shaping,  etc.— are  classified  under  these  various  headings 
with  general  operation  machines. 

C.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  COMBINED,  BLIND  AND 
SASH  CUTTING,  RELISHING.  Machines  adapted  to 
relish  the  frames  of  sashes  or  blinds  by  more  than  a  single 
operation. 

7.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  COMJ3INED,  BOX-BLANK. 

Machines  adapted  by  more  than  one  operation  to  cut  box- 
blanks. 

Note.— Machines  for  performing  single  operations  in  the  produc- 
tion of  box-blanks  are  classified  with  the  general  machines 
performing  such  respective  operations. 

8.  SPECIAL -WORK     MACHINES,     COMBINED,     CHAIR- 

ROUND  TENONING  AND  SAWING.    Machines  adapted 
to  trim  off  and  tenon  chair-rounds. 
Search  Class — 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  205,  Tenon-turning. 

9.  SPECIAL-WORK    MACHINES,    COMBINED,    CLOTHES- 

PIN. Machines  adapted  to  perform  two  or  more  operations 
in  the  manufacture  of  clothes-pins. 

10.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  COMBINED,  CONVEYER- 

FLIGHT.  Machines  adapted  to  perform  two  or  more  opera- 
tions in  the  manufacture  of  conveyer-flights. 

11.  SPECIAL-WORK   MACHINES,   COMBINED,   HANDLE. 

Machines  adapted  to  perform  two  or  more  operations  in  the 
manufacture  of  handles  for  various  implements. 

12.  SPECIAL-WORK    MACHINES,    COMBINED,    PIN.    Ma- 

chines adapted  to  perform  two  or  more  operations  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  wooden  pins. 
Search  Class— 

144  WOODWORKING,  subclass  30,  Special-work  machines, 
Single  or  combined,  Pin-pointing,  and  subclass  190,  Punching- 
cutters. 

13.  SPECIAL-WORK   MACHINES,   COMBINED,   SHINGLE. 

Machines  adapted  to  perform  two  or  more  operations  in  the 
manufacture  of  shingles.  % 

14.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  COMBINED,  SPOOL.    Ma- 

chines adapted  to  perform  two  or  more  operations  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  spools  or  bobbins. 

15.  SPECIAL-WORK     MACHINES,     COMBINED,     WHEEL 

TENONING  AND  BORING.    Machines  adapted  to  borp 
.  holes  in  the  hub  or  the  felly  and  turn  tenons  upon  the  spokes. 

Ifi.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  COMBINED,  WHEEL- 
II U  B.  Machines  adapted  to  perform  two  or  more  operations 
in  making  wheel-hubs. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

17.  SPECIAL-WORK    MACHINES.    COMBINED,    WHEEL- 

FELLY  BORING  AND  SAWING.  Machines  adapted  to 
saw  the  ends  of  the  felly  and  also  bore  the  spoke-holes. 

18.  SPECIAL-WORK    MACHINES.    COMBINED,    WHEEL- 

SPOKE  TENONING  AND  SAWING.  Machines  adapted 
to  saw  the  spoke  ends  to  uniform  length  and  turn  the  tenons. 

19.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  COMBINED,  WINDOW- 

STILE-POCKET  CUTTING.  Machines  adapted  to  cut  the 
pocket  by  means  of  two  or  more  operations. 

20.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

DISK  CUTTING  AND  BORING.  Machines  which  cut 
out  cylindrical  blanks  and  bore  them  longitudinally  by  means 
of  a  bit  which  passes  down  through  the  center  of  the  hollow 
cutter. 

21.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

DISK-CUTTING.  Machines  adapted  to  cut  out  or  to  cut  out 
and  otherwise  shape  disks,  usually  for  corks,  bungs,  etc. 

22.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

DISK-CUTTING,  BLANK  SAWING,  FEEDING,  AND 
PUNCHING.  Machines  which  sever  blanks  from  pieces  of 
wood  by  means  of  a  saw,  feed  the  blanks  to  a  cutter,  and 
finally  cut  out  the  disks  from  the  blanks. 

23.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

DISK-CUTTING    ROTARY  TUBULAR-CUTTER.    Ma- 
chines for  cutting  disks,  usually  of  cork,  by  means  of  a  tubular 
cutter,  which  is  rotated  as  it  is  brought  into  contact  with  the 
work  in  order  to  obtain  a  shearing  cut. 
Search  Class— 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclass  32,  Circular-section,  Hollow 
cutter-head. 

24.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES.  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

DISK-CUTTING,  SWEEP-CUTTER.  Cork  and  bung 
cutting  machines  having  one  or  more  cutting-blades  mounted 
in  a  rotating  block,  most  of  them  having  means  for  setting 
the  blades  at  varying  distances  from  the  center  and  for  setting 
them  at  an  angle  in  order  to  cut  tapering  corks  or  bungs. 

25.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  'COMBINED, 

BOX-HOOPING.  Machines  adapted  to  perform  the  opera- 
tion of  hooping  small  boxes,  usually  by  wire. 

26.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

COMB-TEETH  CUTTING.  Machines  adapted  to  cut 
comb-teeth  in  the  manufacture  of  combs. 

27.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES.  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

HINGE-SEAT  CUTTING.  Machines  adapted  to  cut  the 
mortise  or  bed  in  the  wood  in  which  a  hinge  is  to  be  placed. 

28.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

PENCIL-WOOD  MAKING.  Machines  adapted  to  perform 
such  operations  in  the  manufacture  of  pencil-wood  as  are  not 
elsewhere  specifically  classified. 

Note.— Machines  for  performing  one  of  such  operations  as  splitting, 
slicing,  sawing,  planing,  turning,  etc.,  are  placed  in  the  respec- 
tive classes  with  machines  of  general  utility. 

Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  41,  Combined  machines,  Shaping 
and  dividing. 

29.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED. 

PIANO-HAMMER  FELTING.  Machines  adapted  to  fold 
glue-covered  felt  about  and  secure  it  by  pressure  to  piano- 
hammers. 

30.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

PIN-POINTING.    Machines  adapted  to  point  pins  of  various 
kinds,  as  fence-pickets,  skewers,  shoe-pegs,  hop-poles,  dowel- 
pins,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

142 — WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  32,  Circular-section,  Hollow 
cutter-head;  27,  Circular-section,  Hollow  cutter-head,  Cutter, 
Chisel;  28,  Circular-section,  Hollow  cutter-head,  Cutter, 
Chisel,  Radially-movable,  Pattern-guide,  Rotary;  2ft,  Circular- 
section,  Hollow  cutter-head,  Cutter,  Chisel,  Radially-movable; 
and  30,  Circular-section,  Hollow  cutter-head,  Cutter,  Chisel, 
Pattern  Radially-movable. 

31.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

PIN-SETTING.  Machines  for  setting  or  inserting  wooden 
pins  for  various  purposes. 

32.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

SCREW-DRIVING.    Machines    adapted    to    set    or    drive 

screws. 

Search  Classes— 
10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  155, 

Bolt  and  nut  assembling. 
81— TOOLS,  subclass  04,  Wrenches,  Machine. 

341 


342 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

33.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

TRAY-MAKING.    Machines  for  cutting  out  veneer  dishes 
or  wooden  bowls  and  trays  of  greater  thickness  than  veneer. 
Search  Class  - 

147— COOPERING,  subclass  36,  Barrel-head  making  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 

34.  SPECIAL-WORK  MACHINES,  SINGLE  OR  COMBINED, 

TREE-FELLING.  Various  apparatus  for  cutting  down 
trees. 

Search  Class — 

143— WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  61,  Reciprocating-saw  machines, 
Drag,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

36.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  BORING  AND  SAWING.  Ma- 
chines adapted  to  bore  and  saw. 

36.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  PLANING  AND  MATCHING. 

Machines  for  surfacing  lumber,  tonguing  one  edge  and  grooving 
the  other. 
Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,    subclass    117,    Planers,   Rotary-cutter, 
Cylinder. 

37.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  PLANING,  MATCHING,  AND 

DIVIDING.  Machines  for  surfacing  wide  boards,  dividing 
them  longitudinally  into  two  or  more  strips,  and  tonguing 
and  grooving  each  strip. 

38.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  PLANING  AND    POLISHING. 

Machines  adapted  to  plane  lumber  and  then  further  smooth 
it  by  means  of  a  polisher. 
Search  Class— 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  13,  Wood,  Plane  sur- 
faces. 

39.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     PLANING    AND     SAWING. 

'Machines  adapted  to  plane  and  saw  up  lumber. 

40.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  RIVING  AND  SHAVING.     Ma- 

chines for  riving  and  shaving  rattan,  hoop-poles,  or  the  like  at 
one  operation. 

41.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    SHAPING    AND    DIVIDING. 

Machines  for  giving  some  predetermined  contour  to  several 
parallel  pieces  of  work  and  simultaneously  dividing  them 
from  a  common  piece  of  stock  and  from  each  otheY. 
Search  Class— 
144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  136,  Shaping,  Grooving. 

42.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     SLICING     AND     SCORING. 

Slicing-machines  which  have  devices  for  scoring  the  face  of  the 
bolt  from  which  the  slices  are  cut. 

43.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     SLICING     AND     SHAVING. 

Machines  which  cut  slices  from  a  block  of  wood  and  then 
shave  the  surfaces  smooth. 

44.  COMBINED     MACHINES.     SLICING     AND     SHAVING, 

CONVERGING  KNIVES.    Combined  slicing  and  shaving 
machines  in  which  the  severed  slice  is  simultaneously  shaved 
and  beveled  by  a  pair  of  converging  knives. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  126,  Planers,  Beveling,  Longi- 
tudinal, Shifting-cutter. 

45.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    TENONING    AND    BORING. 

Machines  adapted  to  bore  and,  sometimes  simultaneously, 
also  turn  a  tenon. 

46.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     TURNING     AND     BORING. 

Combined  lathe  and  boring  machines. 

47.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  TURNING  AND  POLISHING. 

Combined  lathe  and  polishing  machines. 

48.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     TURNING     AND     SAWING. 

Combined  lathe  and  sawing  machines. 

49.  MISCELLANEOUS    SINGLE-OPERATION    MACHINES. 

Machines  performing  only  one  operation,  as  distinguished 
from  the  combined  machines,  and  not  otherwise  specifically 
classified. 

60.  MATCH-MAKING.  Machines  which  sever  splints  and  then 
carry  them  through  one  or  more  of  the  processes  necessary  to 
the  production  of  matches  or  which  take  the  splints  already 
severed  and  pass  them  through  one  or  more  of  the  operations 
involved  in  the  conversion  of  the  splints  into  matches.  Ma- 
chines for  boxing  the  finished  matches  are  included  under  this 
head  also. 

51.  MATCH-MAKING,  WAX  AND  PAPER.    Machines  for  the 

manufacture  of  matches  from  paper-board  or  waxed  cord  in- 
stead of  wooden  splints. 

52.  MATCH-MAKING,    CUTTING,     FRAMING,     AND     DIP- 

PING. Machines  which  sever  splints  from  blocks  or  veneers 
and  carry  them  through  all  the  operations  necessary  to  the 
production  of  the  finished  matches. 

53  MATCH-MAKING, CUTTING, FRAMING,  AND  DIPPING, 
DIE-PUNCHES.  Cutting,  framing,  and  dipping  machines 
in  which  the  cutting  of  the  splints  is  done  by  reciprocating 
die-punches  which  carry  the  severed  splints  to  and  insert 
them  into  the  dipping-frames. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

54.  MATCH-MAKING,  CUTTING  AND  FRAMING.    Machines 

which  cut  the  match-splints  from  veneers  or  blocks  and  mount 
the  splints  in  frames  or  conveyers  for  dipping. 

55.  MATCH-MAKING,     CUTTING    AND    FRAMING,    DIE- 

PUNCHES.  Cutting  and  framing  machines  which  sever  the 
splints  from  the  block  by  means  of  reciprocating  die-punches 
which  carry  the  splints  to  the  frames  and  insert  them  therein. 

56.  MATCH-MAKING,     CUTTING    AND    FRAMING,     DIE- 

PUNCHES,  FIXED.  The  punches  are  fixed  in  position 
and  the  block  is  fed  to  them,  the  splints  being  severed  at  each 
movement,  forcing  out  of  the  punches  those  cut  at  the  pre- 
ceding stroke. 

57.  MATCH-MAKING,  CUTTING   AND  COILING.    Machines 

which  sever  the  splints  from  blocks  or  veneers  and  wind  them 
into  coils  for  dipping. 

58.  MATCH-MAKING,  FRAMING  AND  DIPPING.  Machines 

which  insert  the  severed  splints  or  splint-blocks  into  dipping- 
frames  or  conveyers  and  dip  the  splints  into  the  baths  neces- 
sary to  form  the  heads.  In  most  of  these  machines  the  splints 
are  fed  from  a  hopper  to  some  form  of  conveyer. 

59.  MATCH-MAKING,    COILING.     The   match-splints  are  fed 

from  a  hopper  or  some  other  holding  means  to  devices  which 
coil  the  splints  into  bunches  by  means  of  tapes  or  cords. 

60.  MATCH-MAKING,   DIPPING.     Machines  which  form  the 

head  upon  the  framed  or  coiled  match-splints,  but  which  do 
not  insert  the  splints  into  frames  or  conveyers.  Features  of 
conveyer  construction  are  sometimes  shown. 

61.  MATCH-MAKING,    BOX-FILLING.     Machines   for  boxing 

matches  or  other  small  splints  and  not  including  mechanism 
for  performing  any  of  the  operations  involved  in  the  manu- 
facture of  the  matches,  or  of  the  boxes. 
Search  Classes— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  191,  Slivering,  Receiving  and 
handling  devices. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  6,  Wrapping  machines, 
Receptacle  filling  and  closing. 

62.  MATCH-MAKING,       DIPPING-FRAMES,       EMPTYING. 

Machines  which  expel  the  matches  from  the  dipping-frames 
or  conveyers  after  the  completion  of  the  dipping  process. 

63.  MATCH-MAKING,    DIPPING-FRAMES,    FILLING.    Ma- 

chines for  inserting  match-splints  into  dipping-frames  or  con- 
veyers or  interweaving  them  with  cords,  wires,  or  tapes  which 
serve  in  lieu  of  frames. 

64.  MATCH-MAKING,         DIPPING-FRAMES,         FILLING, 

HOPPER-FEED.  Machines  for  filling  dipping-frames,  in 
which  the  splints  are  fed  from  a  hopper  to  the  inserting 
devices. 

65.  MATCH-MAKING,   DIPPING-FRAMES.    Frames  for  hold- 

ing  match-splints    during   the    operation    of   dipping  and 
methods  of  interweaving  match-splints  with  cords,  wires, 
or  tapes  to  serve  in  lieu  of  frames. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  52,  Match-making,  Cutting, 
Framing,  and  dipping  and  subclass  thereunder;  54,  Match- 
making, Cutting  and  framing,  and  subclasses  thereunder; 
58,  Match-making,  Framing  and  dipping;  60,  Match-making, 
Dipping;  62,  Match-making,  Dipping  frames,  Emptying;  63, 
Match-making,  Dipping  frames,  Filling,  and  subclass  there- 
under; 66,  Match-making,  Splint-feed?  mechanism. 

66.  MATCH-MAKING,    SPLINT-FEED    MECHANISM.      De- 

vices for  feeding  the  match-splints  to  the  machines  which 
convert  them  into  finished  matches,  including  hoppers,  con- 
veyer-belts, and  means  for  communicating  motion  to  the 
belts. 

Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  52,  Match-making,  Cutting, 
Framing  and  dipping,  and  subclass  thereunder;  58,  Match- 
making, Framing  and  dipping. 

67.  MORTISING,   MULTIPLE-CHISEL.     Chisel  mortising-ma- 

chines  in  which  there  are  several  chisels  with  means  for  operat- 
ing them. 

68.  MORTISING,    MULTIPLE-CHISEL,    PORTABLE.     Mul- 

tiple-chisel mortisers  adapted  to  be  moved  about  and 
placed  upon  the  work,  generally  clamped  thereto,  and  driven 
by  hand-cranks.  The  cutter-carriage  is  usually  fed  along  in- 
stead of  feeding  the  work,  as  in  stationary  machines. 

69.  MORTISING,    AUGER-CUTTER.      Mortising    by    augers 

whichjhave  side  and  end  cutting  edges.  They  first  bore  into 
the  wood  and  then  by  a  side  movement  cut  any  width  of 
mortise  desired. 

70.  MORTISING,    AUGER-CUTTER,    PORTABLE.      Auger- 

cutter  mortisers  adapted  to  be  moved  about  and  placed  upon 
the  work,  generally  clamped  thereto,  and  driven  by  hand- 
cranks.  The  cutter-carriage  is  usually  fed  along  instead  of 
feeding  the  work,  as  in  stationary  machines. 

71.  MORTISING,     AUGER-CUTTER,     AUTOMATIC     STEP- 

FEED.  Auger-cutter  mortisers  having  a  step-feed  and  also 
a  diagonal  feed,  by  which  a  succession  of  inclined  mortises 
are  formed  in  blind-stiles  to  take  the  ends  of  the  slats. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


343 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  219,  Cutters,  Rotary,  End 
thrust. 

72.  MORTISING,    CHAIN    CUTTER.      Machines    which    cut 

mortises  by  means  of  a  series  of  chisel-cutters  carried  by  a 
moving  endless  chain  supported  on  a  frame  by  pulleys,  which 
is  presented  to  the  work  at  the  pulley  end. 

73.  MORTISING,     CHAIN     CUTTER,     PORTABLE.    Chain 

mortising-machines  which  are  adapted  to.be  moved  about  and 
placed  upon  the  work,  generally  clamped  thereto,  and  driven 
by  hand-cranks.  The  cutter-carriage  is  usually  fed  along 
instead  of  feeding  the  work,  as  in  stationary  machines. 

74.  MORTISING,  CHISEL,  BORING  AND  MpRTISING.    In- 

cludes mortising-machines  which  are  provided  with  boring 
attachments,  not  including  those  in  which  the  bit  is  placed 
inside  a  hollow  chisel. 

75.  MORTISING,  CHISEL.    Mortising-machines  which  cut  a  mor- 

tise by  means  of  a  reciprocating  chisel. 
Search  Class— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING  AND  PLANING,  subclass  43,  Plan- 
ing, Planers,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Vertical,  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 

76.  MORTISING,    CHISEL,     PORTABLE.    Chisel    mortising- 

machines  which  are  adapted  to  be  moved  about  and  placed 
upon  the  work,  generally  clamped  thereto,  and  driven  by 
hand-cranks.  The  cutter-carriage  is  usually  fed  along  instead 
of  feeding  the  work,  as  in  stationary  machines. 

77.  MORTISING,     CHISEL-REVERSERS.    Constructions    for 

reversing  the  chisel  in  order  to  square  the  mortise  at  each  end. 

78.  MORTISING,    HOLLOW-CHISEL    AND    BIT.    Mortising- 

machines  haying  a  hollow  square  chisel  with  a  boring-bit 
operating  inside  thereof. 

79.  MORTISING,    HOLLOW-CHISEL    AND    BIT,    PORTA- 

BLE. Hollow-chisel  and  bit  machines  adapted  to  be  moved 
about  and  placed  upon  the  work,  generally  clamped  thereto, 
and  driven  by  hand-cranks.  The  cutter-carriage  is  usually  fed 
along  instead  of  feeding  the  work,  as  in  stationary  machines. 

80.  MORTISING,    OSCILLATING-CHISEL.    Machines    which 

have  a  bar  upon  the  end  of  which  is  a  pivoted  chisel  having  its 
edge  at  right  angles  to  the  bar  and  which  is  oscillated  and  cuts 
its  way  into  the  wood  to  form  a  mortise. 

81.  MORTISING,  OSCILLATING-CHISEL,  PORTABLE.    Os- 

cillating-chisel  mortisers  which  are  adapted  to  be  moved  about 
and  placed  upon  the  work,  generally  clamped  thereto,  and 
driven  by  hand-cranks.  The  cutter^arriage  is  usually  fed 
along  instead  of  feeding  the  work,  as  in  stationary  machines. 

82.  MORTISING,  ROTARY-CUTTER.    Machines  for  cutting  a 

mortise  by  means  of  a  rotating  cutter  carrying  knives  upon 
its  periphery. 

83.  MORTISING,  ROTARY-CUTTER,  PORTABLE.    Rotary 

cutter  mortisers  adapted  to  be  moved  about  and  placed  upon 
the  work,  generally  clamped  thereto,  and  driven  by  hand- 
cranks.  The  cutter-carriage  is  usually  fed  along  instead  of 
feeding  the  work,  as  in  stationary  machines. 

84.  MORTISING,  WORK-SUPPORTS.    Clamps  for  holding  the 

work,  devices  for  elevating  and  feeding  the  carriage,  and  stops 
and  gages  for  locating  the  mortise  where  they  form  part  of 
the  machine  structure.  Gages  which  are  mere  tools  are  classi- 
fied as  measuring  instruments. 

85.  DOVETAILING.    Machines  specialized  for  forming  undercut 

grooves,  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

86.  DOVETAILING,  CONSECUTIVE  CUTTERS.    Machines  in 

which  the  dovetailed  groove  is  formed  by  the  successive  action 
of  two  or  more  dissimilar  cutters. 

87.  DOVETAILING,    FRUSTO-CONICAL    BIT.    Machines   in 

which  the  undercut  groove  is  formed  by  the  relative  lateral 
movement  of  a  bit  broader  at  the  point  than  at  the  shank. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  86,  Dovetailing,  Consecutive 
cutters. 

88.  DOVETAILING,    INCLINED-CHISEL.    Machines    having 

pairs  or  sets  of  chisels  reciprocating  at  an  angle  to  each  other 
and  the  work  to  produce  undercut  recesses. 

89.  DOVETAILING,  INCLINED   ROTARY-DISK.    Machines 

producing  undercut-grooves  by  means  of  toothed  disks  having 
an  inclination  to  each  other  or  to  the  work-support,  which  is 
less  than  a  right  angle. 

90.  MATCHING.    Machines  for  producing  a  tongue  on  one  edge 

and  a  groove  on  the  other  edge  of  a  piece  of  lumber. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  36,  Combined  machines,  Plan- 
ing and  matching,  and  37,  Combined  machines,  Planing, 
Matching,  and  Dividing. 

91.  MATCHING,  END.    Machines  for  cutting  matching  tongues 

and  grooves  across  the  ends  of  flooring  material,  etc. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

92.  BORING.    Miscellaneous  features  not  otherwise  classified. 
Note. — Boring  hubs,  fellies,  and  tenoning  spokes  and  boring 

and  mortising  are  in  this  class  under  their  various  subclass 
titles. 

Search  Class — 
77— BORING  AND  DRILLING. 

93.  BORING,  SPECIAL-WORK.    Machines,  not  otherwise  classi- 

fied, designed  to  work  on  some  special  article,  as  to  bore  chair- 
seats,  spools,  shoe-lasts,  etc.,  and  not  adapted,  without  modi- 
fication, for  general  boring  purposes. 

94.  BORING.  BRUSH,  MULTIPLE-BIT.    Machines  in  which  a 

series  01  bits  are  adapted  to  simultaneously  bore  holes  in  a 
brush-block  at  various  angles  with  the  surface  in  order  that 
the  bristles  when  inserted  will  have  the  proper  flare. 

95.  BORING,  BRUSH    ROTATING  WORK-HOLDER.    Ma- 

chines for  boring  blocks  for  round  brushes.  The  block  is 
rotated  to  position  for  boring  the  next  hole  after  each  hole  is 
bored. 

90.  BORING,  BRUSH,  TILTING  WORK-HOLDER.  Ma- 
chines in  which  a  more  or  less  flat  brush-block  is  successively 
tilted  to  the  various  angles  desired  for  the  holes  to  be  bored, 
so  that  the  bristles  when  inserted  will  have  the  proper  flare. 

97.  BORING,  WHEEL-HUB.    Machines  adapted  to  bore  spoke- 

holes  in  the  hub. 
Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  15,  Special-work  machines,  Com- 
bined, Wheel  tenoning  and  boring. 

98.  BORING,   WHEEL-HUB,  AXIAL,  STATIONARY   BIT- 

STOCK.  Machines  in  which  the  work  is  rotated  while  the 
bit-stock  remains  stationary. 

99.  BORING,  WHEEL-HUB,  AXIAL,  STATIONARY-WORK. 

Machines  in  which  the  work  is  stationary  and  the  bit  is  made 
to  rotate. 

100.  BORING,      WHEEL-HUB,      AXIAL,      STATIONARY- 

WORK,  INCLINED  BIT-STOCK.  Machines  In  which  the 
bit-stock  is  adapted  to  work,  in  reaming  out  the  hub,  at  an 
angle  to  the  hub-axis. 

101.  BORING,      WHEEL-HUB,      AXIAL,      STATIONARY- 

WORK,  OPPOSITE  ROTARY  BIT-STOCKS.  Machines 
in  which  an  upper  and  a  lower  bit  are  adapted  to  bore  simul- 
taneously at  opposite  ends  of  the  hub. 

102.  BORING,    WHEEL-FELLY.    Machines    adapted    to    bore 

spoke  and  end  holes  in  wheel-fellies. 

103.  BORING,   SWINGING.    Machines   pivoted,   usually  over- 

head, and  adapted  to  be  freely  swung  to  any  operative  posi- 
tion within  their  radius.  The  bit-stock  is  usually  i  " 


be  moved  to  any  angle. 


.ly  also  free  to 


104.  BORING, PORTABLE,  HAND.     Hand-machines  for  general 

use  adapted  to  be  carried  from  place  to  place  by  the  operator. 

105.  BORING,    PORTABLE,    HAND,    OVERHEAD-WORK. 

Small  hand-machines  adapted  for  boring  in  joists  or  other 
overhead  work  for  the  passage  of  electric-light  wires  or  for 
other  purposes. 

106.  BORING,  PORTABLE,  HAND,  ANGULARLY-ADJUST- 

ABLE. Machines  which  can  be  adjusted  to  bore  at  any 
desired  angle  with  respect  to  the  surface  of  the  work. 

107.  BORING,    LONG-WORK,    AUTOMATIC    STEP-FEED. 

Machines  in  which  the  work-carriage  is  adapted  to  be  auto- 
matically ied  along  step  by  step  to  successive  positions  for 
boring  a  hole  or  a  series  of  holes. 

108.  BORING,    LONG-WORK,    HAND-OPERATED    STEP- 

FEED.  Machines  in  which  the  work-carriage  is  adapted  to 
be  moved,  from  one  position  for  boring  to  the  next,  by  manu- 
ally operating  some  catch  or  other  holding  device.  The  car- 
riage usually  has  notches  or  other  gage  upon  it  to  indicate  how 
far  it  is  to  be  moved,  and  the  catch  falls  successively  into  the 
notches. 

109.  BORING,  LONG-WORK.  TRAVELING-TOOL.    Machines 

in  which  the  work  isfed  along  continuously  and  the  bit,  while 
boring  the  hole,  travels  along  with  the  work. 

110.  BORING,  MULTIPLE.    Machines  for  general  boring  having 

a  plurality  of  bits  and  bit-stocks.  In  some,  all  of  the  bits  bore 
simultaneously,  in  others  sucessively,  while  in  still  others  any 
particular  bit  may  be  brought  into  operation. 

111.  BORING,  MULTIPLE,  DOUBLE-ENDED,  BIT-STOCK. 

Machines  in  which  the  bit-stock  or  arbor  is  adapted  to  receive  a 
bit  at  each  end,  whereby  both  bits  may  bore  simultaneously 
by  the  work  l>eing  moved  to  the  bits,  or  the  latter  may  operate 
alternately  by  reciprocating  the  stock  to  and  fro  between  the 
work. 

112.  BORING,  MULTIPLE,  RELATIVE  LATERAL  ADJUST- 

MENT. Machines  in  which  the  bit-stocks  or  arbors  are  rela- 
tively adjustable  to  vary  the  distance  between  them  and,  there 
fore,  the  holes  bored. 


344 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

113.  BORING,  HOLLOW-AUGER.    Machines  adapted  for  hol- 

low-auger work.  Arrangements  for  operating  the  augers,  for 
forcing  the  chips  through  the  center  of  the  auger,  for  operating 
two  augers,  one  within  the  other,  etc. 

PLANERS.  Machines  for  producing  plane  surfaces  on  rough  lum- 
ber and  such  other  machines  as  can  be  made  to  produce  plane 
surfaces  by  the  mere  substitution  of  a  straight  knife  for  one  of 
irregular  outline. 

114.  PLANERS,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  having  cutters 

for  surfacing  lumber  not  classifiable  in  the  other  named  sub- 
classes. 
Search  Classes— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  36,  Combined  machines,  Plan- 
ing and  matching;  134,  Shaping,  Miscellaneous. 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING  AND  PLANING,  all  the  subclasses 
under  24,  Planing. 

125— STONE-WORKING,  subclass  6,  Dressing  stone. 

115.  PLANERS,  SCRAPERS.    Machines  and  devices  in  which  the 

face  of  the  knife  is  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  work  while 
acting,  so  that  there  is  no  true  cutting  action. 

116.  PLANERS,  ROTARY-CUTTER,  CYLINDER,  DOUBLE 

SURFACERS.    Machines  of  the  rotary-cylinder  type  adapted 
to  plane  both  sides  of  the  work  simultaneously. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  36,  Combined  machines,  Planing 
and  matching. 

117.  PLANERS,  ROTARY-CUTTER,  CYLINDER.    Machines 

in  which  the  knife-edges  describe  a  cylindrical  surface  in 
contact  with  the  rectilinearly-moving  work. 
Search  Class  — 

144— WOODWORKING,  sulxslasses  36,  Combined  machines,  Plan- 
ing and  matching;  37,  Combined  machines,  Planing,  Match- 
ing, and  dividing. 

118.  PLANERS,  ROTARY-CUTTER,  DISK.    Machines  in  which 

the  knives  are  set  in  the  face  of  a  disk  and  describe  a  circular 
path  in  contact  with  the  work. 
Search  Class — 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  sulxjlass  13,  Wood,  Plane  sur- 
faces. 

119.  PLANERS,    ROTARY-CUTTER,    DISK,    TRAVELING. 

Disk  machines  in  which  the  cutter-carrier  has  motions  of  both 
rotation  and  translation  with  respect  to  the  work.  , 
Search  Class— 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclasses  13,  Wood,  Plane  sur- 
faces, and  11,  Glass  and  stone,  Plane  surfaces. 

120.  PLANERS,  STATIONARY-CUTTER.    Machines  in  which 

a  knife  of  the  general  bench-plane  type  is  fixed  and  the  work 
forced  past  it. 
Search  Classes— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  155,  Shaving,  Fixed  knife. 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING  AND  PLANING,  subclasses  34,  Plan- 
ing, Planers,  Reciprocating-bed;  3.5,  Planing,  Planers,  Recip- 
rocating-bed,  Rack-drive;  36,  Planing,  Planers,  Reciprocating- 
bed,  Screw-drive. 

125— STONEWORKING,  subclass  6,  Dressing  stone. 

121.  PLANERS,    RECIPROCATING-CUTTER.     Machines    in 

which  the  work  is  held  stationary  or  slowly  fed  while  the  cut- 
ters reciprocate  in  the  direction  of  the  feed. 
Search  Classes— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  147,  Shaping,  Reciprocal ing- 
knife. 

51 — GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  13,  Wood,  Plane  sur- 
faces. 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING  AND  PLANING,  all  the  subclasses 
under  Planing,  Planers,  Reciprocating-cutter. 

122.  PLANERS,     RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,     LATERAL. 

Machines  in  which  the  cutters  reciprocate  at  right  angles  to  the 
line  of  feed. 

123.  PLANERS,  ENDLESS-CUTTER  CARRIER.    Machines  in 

which  a  series  of  connected  cutters  pass  the  work  always  in  one 
direction  and  return  out  of  contact  with  the  work. 

124.  PLANERS,   BEVELING,   LATERAL.    Machines  for  sur- 

facing work  one  side  of  which  is  thicker  than  the  other — i.  c. ,  for 
beveling  work  in  a  plane  at  right-angles  to  the  direction  of  feed. 

125.  PLANERS,  BEVELING,  LONGITUDINAL,  INCLINED- 

WORK-POCKET.    Machines  which  bevel  in  the  direction  of 
the  grain  or  feed,  the  work  meanwhile  resting  in  a  recess  deeper 
at  one  end  than  at  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  43,  Combined  machines,  Slicing 
and  shaving. 

126.  PLANERS,  BEVELING,  LONGITUDINAL,  SHIFTING- 

CUTTER.    Machines  surfacing  work   thicker  at  one  end 
than  at  the  other  by  moving  the  cutter  in  a  path  substantially 
at  right  angles  to  that  of  the  travel  of  the  work. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  44,  Combined  machines,  Slicing 
and  shaving,  Converging  knives. 

127.  PLANERS,  BEVELING,  LONGITUDINAL,  SHIFTING 

WORK-SUPPORT.  Those  machines  surfacing  work 
thicker  at  one  end  than  at  the  other  by  moving  the  work 
holder  or  guide  with  reference  to  the  cutter  at  substantially  a 
right  angle  to  the  path  of  travel  of  the  work. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

128.  PLANERS,  ENDLESS-BED.    Machines  in  which  the  work 

is  carried  past  the  cutter  by  chain-feed  or  by  connected  or  dis- 
connected sections  continually  returned  to  the  front  of  the 
machine-frame. 

129.  PLANERS,  BED  ADJUSTMENTS.    Devices  for  varying  the 

position  of  the  work-supporting  bed  with  reference  to  the 
machine-frame  and  cutter. 

130.  PLANERS,  CUTTER  ADJUSTMENTS.    Means  for  varying 

the  position  of  the  cutter  with  reference  to  the  path  of  the  work 
or  to  the  machine-frame. 

131.  PLANERS,    ROTARY-CUTTER,    CYLINDER,     BEAR- 

INGS. Journal-bearings  particularly  designed  to  support  the 
cylindrical  cutters  of  wood-planers. 

132.  PLANERS,     STATIONARY-CUTTER,     BIT     ADJUST- 

MENTS. Means  for  varying  the  position  of  the  knife  of  sta- 
tionary cutters  with  reference  to  the  holding-stock  or  to  the 
work. 

133.  GAINING.    Machines  for  cutting  grooves  in  lumber  at  sub- 

stantially right  angles  to  the  grain  and  usually  by  means  of 
rotary  cutters. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  203,  Tenoning,  Rotary  gaining- 
cutters;  204,  Tenoning,  Rotary  gaining-cutters,  Multiple- 
tenon. 

SHAPING.  Machines  and  devices  for  producing  work  of  a  prede- 
termined shape  or  pattern,  usually  of  irregular  outline  or  sec- 
tion, in  which  the  depth  of  cut  is  not  limited  and  in  which 
structural  modifications  other  than  a  mere  change  of  cutter 
outline  are  necessary  to  adapt  the  device  for  finishing  plane 
surfaces. 

134.  SHAPING,    MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines   for   producing 

work  of  irregular  outline  or  section  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  46,  Heel  machines. 
Bevel  and  seat  cutting;  47,  Heel  machines,  Breasting:  85,  Sole 
and  heel  edge  trimmers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

135.  SHAPING     BOX-TRIMMING.    Machines   for  planing   the 

sides  and  trimming  the  covers  of  boxes. 

136.  SHAPING,  GROOVING.    Machines  for  longitudinally  scor- 

ing and  corrugating  surfaces. 

137.  SHAPING,  PATTERN,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines  for 

working  to  pattern  or  for  producing  predetermined  figures  and 
not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class — 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  85,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

138.  SHAPING.     PATTERN,     POLYGONAL     FORMS.     IN- 

DEXED-WORK.  Machines  for  forming  balusters  and  other 
work  of  regular  polygonal  cross-section  by  cutters  acting  suc- 
cessively on  the  sides  of  the  work;  the  work  being  turned 
through  equal  angles  by  the  supporting  mechanism  to  present 
each  side  in  turn  to  the  cutters  and  then  held  stationary  during 
the  action  of  the  cutter. 

139.  SHAPING,  PATTERN,  ROTATING-TABLE,  SHIFTING- 

CUTTER.    Machines  in  which  definitely-recurring  figures  are 
produced  by  the  combined  movements  of  a  rotating  work- 
table  and  a  guided  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

144 -WOOD WORKING,  subclass  154,  Shaping,  Rotary  work- 
carrier. 

140.  SHAPING,  PATTERN,  GEAR-GUIDED  CUTTER.    Ma- 

chines similar  to  the  last  preceding  in  which  the  transverse  cut- 
ter motion  is  controlled  by  a  gear-train  or  system  of  change- 
gears. 

Search  Class — 

147 — COOPERING,  subclasses  45,  Hoop  machines,  Lapping  and 
pointing,  and  46,  Hoop  machines,  Lock-cutting. 

141.  SHAPING,  PATTERN,  CRANK-GUIDED  CUTTER.    Ma- 

chines for  producing  recurring  figures,  in  which  the  transverse 
cutter  motion  is  controlled  by  a  crank. 

142.  SHAPING,  PATTERN,  CAM,  CUTTER-GUIDING.     Ma- 

chines for  producing  definitely-recurring  figures  by  the  com- 
bined motion  of  the  work  and  cutter,  the  latter  being  given  its 
motion  of  a  translation  by  a  cam. 

143.  SHAPING,    PATTERN,    CAM,    WORK-GUIDING.     Ma- 

chines similar  to  the  last  preceding  except  that  the  cam  shifts 
the  work  transversely  with  reference  to  the  cutter. 

144.  SHAPING,  PATTERN,  TEMPLET,  CUTTER-GUIDING. 

Machines  for  producing  definitely-recurring  figures  by  the 
combined  motion  of  the  work  and  cutter,  the  latter  being  con- 
trolled by  a  templet. 

144.5.  SHAPING.  PATTERN,  TEMPLET.  CUTTER-GUID- 
ING, TEMPLETS.  The  construction  of  a  templet  to  be  used 
in  machines  of  the  type  indicated  by  the  title. 

145.  SHAPING,   PATTERN,    TEMPLET,    WORK-GUIDING. 

Machines  similar  to  those  in  subclass  144  except  in  that  the 
work  is  controlled  in  its  transverse  motion  by  a  templet. 

146.  SHAPING,   OSCILLATING-KNIFE.    Devices  for  shaping 

work  by  means  of  a  pivoted  knife-arm. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


345 


CLASS  144 — Continued. 

147.  SHAPING,  RECIPROCATING-KNIFE.    Machines  in  which 

straight  or  pattern  knives  are  reciprocated  in  right  lines. 

148.  SHAPING,     REVERSIBLE-CUTTER.    Machines    having 

double  cutters,  one  idle  while  the  other  is  cutting,  and  means 
for  reversing  both  the  position  of  the  cutters  and  their  direc- 
tion of  rotation  with  reference  to  the  feed  as  may  be  required  by 
the  character  of  the  work. 

149.  SHAPING,      PATTERN-KNIFE,      SWINGING-FRAME. 

Machines  in  which  an  outlined  or  pattern  knife  is  mounted 
after  the  manner  of  a  swinging  saw. 

150.  SHAPING,     ROTARY-CUTTER,     END-THRUST.      Ma- 

chines having  rotary  cutters  of  the  disk  type,  usually  with 
pattern  knives,  and  arranged  to  give  relative  movement  be- 
tween cutter  and  work  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  the  cutter. 

151.  SHAPING,  UNIVERSALLY-JOINTED  CUTTER-SHAFT. 

Machines  in  which  the  cutter-shaft  is  so  mounted  as  to  allow 
the  rotary  cutter  to  have  movement  of  translation  in  more 
than  one  plane. 

152.  SHAPING,   CURVED-WORK   GUIDE.    Machines  having 

such  arrangement  of  guide-rolls  or  outline  of  guides  as  permits 
the  shaping  of  circular  and  similar  curves. 

153.  SHAPING,  CURVED-BAR  WORK-SUPPORT.    Machines, 

usually  of  the  vertical-spindle  type,  having  curve-topped  bars 
instead  of  tables,  permitting  work  to  be  swung  in  more  than 
one  plane. 

154.  SHAPING,  ROTARY  WORK-CARRIER.    Machines  hav- 

ing a  work-support  capable  of  carrying  work-pieces  in  a  circu- 
lar path  past  one  or  more  cutting-took. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  139,  Shaping,  Pattern,  Rotating- 
table,  Shifting-cutter. 

155.  SHAVING,    FIXED-KNIFE.    Machines    for    producing    a 

smooth  surface  on  wood,  cane,  or  rattan  and  at  the  same  time 
gaging  the  thickness  of  the  dressed  piece  by  forcing  the  material 
under  a  fixed  knife. 

Note. — Somewhat  similar  machines  may  be  found  under  class 
144,  WOODWORKING,  Planers,  Stationary- Cutter,  in  which 
class  are  classified  machines  otherwise  resembling  shaving- 
machines,  but  having  several  plane  bits  mounted  in  blocks  in 
order  to  remove  the  surface  material  by  several  successive 
shallow  cuts. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  120;  Planers,  Stationary-cutter; 
175,  Slicers,  Fixed-knife.  184,  Rivmg,  Fixed-knife. 

156.  SHAVING,  FIXED  KNIFE,  CIRCULAR  KNIFE-BLOCK. 

Machines  for  shaving  rattan  which  have  knives  set  radially  in  a 
circular  knife-block,  through  which  the  rattan  is  forced. 
Search  Class — 

142 — WOOD-TURNING,  subclasses  31,  Circular  section,  Hollow 
cutter-head,  Cutter,  Chisel;  29,  Circular  section,  Hollow 
cutter-head,  Cutter,  Chisel,  Radially-movable. 

157.  SHAVING,  FIXED-KNIFE,  DRUM-FEED.     Shaving-ma- 

chines in  which  the  work  is  caught  by  a  gripping  device  on  the 
surface  of  a  drum  and  drawn  under  one  or  more  fixed  knives. 

158.  SHAVING,   FIXED-KNIFE,   ROLLER-FEED.    Shaving- 

machines  in  which  feed-rolls  are  employed  as  means  to  convey 
the  work  to  the  knives. 
Search  Class — 
144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  175,  Slicers,  Fixed-knife. 

159.  SHAVING,  KNIFE  PAIR.    Shaving-machines  provided  with 

a  pair  of  fixed  knives,  between  which  the  work  is  fed  by  various 
means. 

160.  SHAVING,  KNIFE  PAIR,  GRIPPER.    Machines  in  which 

the  end  of  the  work  is  clamped  by  gripping  mechanism  and 
drawn  between  the  shaving-knives. 

161.  SHAVING,    KNIFE    PAIR,    ROLLER-FEED.    Shaving- 

machines  in  which  feed-rolls  force  the  work  between  the  pair 
of  fixed  knives. 

162.  SLICERS.    Machines  for  cutting  up  lumber  by  knife  action 

which  without  following  the  direction  of  the  grain  divide  the 
lumber  into  boards,  blocks,  or  strips. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  182,  Riving;  192,  Splitting  and 
bundling;  193,  Splitting;  194,  Splitting,  Self-feeding;  and  195, 
Splitting,  Self-feeding,  Roller  and  belt. 

163.  SLICERS,  RESLICERS.    Machines  which  sever  a  slice  from 

a  block  and  then  divide  the  slice  into  smaller  pieces. 
Search  Class — 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  195,  Splitting,  Self-feeding,  Rol- 
ler and  belt. 

164.  SLICERS,   STRIP-CUTTING,   CONVERGING   KNIVES. 

Strips  are  severed  from  a  log  by  knives  whose  edges  are  set 
approximately  at  right  angles.  No  special  form  of  knife  is 
used  and  no  special  kind  of  feed. 

165.  SLICERS,   STRIP-CUTTING,  CONVERGING   KNIVES, 

LATHE-FEED.  The  log  is  centered  between  chucks  and  ro- 
tated. One  knife  cuts  tangentially  and  another  radially,  the 
former  cutting  continuously  during  the  rotation  of  the  log  and 
the  latter  cutting  only  at  intervals  to  divide  the  veneer  severed 
from  the  log  by  the  former. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

166.  SLICERS,   STRIP-CUTTING,  LATHE-FEED.    The  log  is 

mounted  between  a  pair  of  chucks  and  rotated  step  by  step  by 
ratchet  mechanism,  the  strips  being  cut  by  knives  mounted 
in  a  block  which  reciprocates  longitudinally  of  the  log. 

167.  SLICERS,  ARC-CUT.    The  work  rests  upon  a  fixed  table  and 

is  sliced  by  an  oscillating  knife,  or  the  work  rests  upon  an 
oscillating  table  which  forces  the  work  against  a  fixed  knife. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  suliclasses  146,  Shaping,  Oscillating-knife; 
33,  Special-work  machines,  Single  or  combined,  Tray-making; 
and  177,  Slicers,  Stay-log,  Oscillating. 

168.  SLICERS,     BEVELING,      ALTERNATE      END-FEED. 

The  block  to  be  sliced  is  fed  to  a  reciprocating  knife  by  mechan- 
ism which  causes  each  end  to  be  alternately  advanced  farther 
than  the  other,  so  that  the  slices  severed  by  the  knife  shall  be 
thicker  at  one  end  than  the  other. 

169.  SLICERS,     BEVELING,     SHIFTING     KNIFE-GUIDE. 

The  inclination  of  the  knife-guide  to  the  work-supporting  table 
is  changed  at  each  stroke  of  the  knife  in  order  to  impart  a  bevel 
to  the  slice  cut  off. 

170.  SLICERS,   BEVELING    TILTING-GAGE.    The  thickness 

of  the  slice  severed  is  determined  by  a  tilting  gage  against 
which  the  block  is  pressed  before  each  cut. 

171.  SLICERS,   BEVELING,   TILTING-TABLE.    The  bevel  is 

imparted  to  the  slice  by  tilting  the  work-table  at  each  stroke 
of  the  knife  to  change  the  inclination  of  the  table  to  the  plane 
of  the  knife. 

172.  SLICERS,  CYLINDER.    The  slicing-knives  are  mounted  up- 

on the  curved  surface  of  a  rotating  cylinder  and  the  work  is  fed 
to  the  knife  in  any  way  desired. 

173.  SLICERS,    CYLINDER,     GROOVING.    Machines  having 

cutting  mechanism  consisting  of  one  or  more  cylinders  provid- 
ed with  circumferential  ribs  which  divide  a  sheet  of  veneer 
passed  under  or  between  them. 

174.  SLICERS      CYLINDER,     RADIAL-KNIFE.    A  rotating 

cylinder  having  radial  knives  divides  a  veneer  into  strips,  or 
scores  the  surface  of  a  log  preparatory  to  the  action  of  a  veneer- 
shaving  knife. 

175.  SLICERS,    FIXED-KNIFE.    The  block  is  cut  into  slices  by 

being  forced  by  hand  or  otherwise  against  a  fixed  knife. 

Note. — This  does  not  include  machines  in  which  the  work  is  clamp- 
ed upon  a  reciprocating  carriage  which  carries  it  over  the  knife, 
such  machines  being  found  under  class  178,  SLICERS,  Stay-log, 
reciprocating. 

Search  Class — 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  120,  Planers,  Stationary-cutter; 
155,  Shaving,  Fixed-knife;  and  184,  Riving,  Fixed-knife. 

176.  SLICERS,    ROTARY-DISK.    The  cutting-knives  are  set  in 

an  approximately  radial  position  upon  a  rotary  disk  and  cut 
in  a  plane  parallel  with  that  of  the  disk. 

177.  SLICERS,      STAY-LOG,      OSCILLATING.    The  work  is 

clamped  by  a  stay-log  which  oscillates  over  or  in  front  of  a 
fixed  knife.  Either  knife  block,  or  stay-log  may  be  fed  for- 
ward by  any  desired  means. 

178.  SLICERS,  STAY-LOG,  RECIPROCATING.    The  Stay-log 

is  caused  to  reciprocate  above  or  in  front  of  a  fixed  knife. 
Either  knife  block,  or  stay-log  may  be  fed  forward  by  any  de- 
sired means. 

179.  SLICERS,    STAY-LOG,    SCREW-FEED.    A  reciprocating 

knife  severs  the  slices  from  a  block  held  by  a  stay-log  which  is 
fed  forward  by  screw  mechanism. 

180.  SLICERS,    HOPPER-FEED.    A  slicing-knife  reciprocating 

beneath  a  hopper  in  which  the  block  to  be  sliced  is  placed. 
The  block  may  be  fed  downward  by  its  own  weight  or  pressure 
may  be  employed  to  force  it  down. 

181.  SLICERS,  ROLLER-FEED.    The  work  is  fed  to  the  cutting 

mechanism  by  rollers  which  also  gage  the  thickness  of  the 

slice. 

182.  RIVING.    Machines  which  divide  lumber  into  approximately 

equal  pieces  by  means  of  knives  which  cut  with  the  grain. 
Note. — The  machines  differ  from  splitting-machines  in  that  they 

actually  cut  the  material  instead  of  rending  it  by  wedge  action, 

as  is  done  in  splitting. 
Search  Class— 
144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  162,  Slicers,  and  193,  Splitting. 

183.  RIVING,  BEVELING.    Riving-machines  in  which  the  knife 

may  be  shifted  with  relation  to  the  work-guide,  so  as  to  divide 
the  stock  into  tapered  pieces. 

1M.  RIVING,      FIXED-KNIFE.    Machines  for  dividing  rattan, 
hooppoles,  whalebone,  and  the  like  by  forcing  the  work  against 
a  fixed  knife. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  155,  Shaving,  Fixed-knife,  and 
175,  Slicers,  Fixed-knife. 

185.  SLIVERING.  Machines  for  cutting  excelsior,  match-splints, 
or  toothpicks  and  some  devices  for  receiving  and  handling  the 
product.  They  differ  from  match-making  machines  in  not 
performing  any  of  the  operations  involved  in  forming  the 
match-heads.  "The  generic  subclass  of  silvering-machines  in- 
cludes machines  of  types  different  from  those  of  the  specific 
subclasses  and  also  attachments  for  silvering-machines. 


346 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  196,  Punching-cutters,  and  197, 
Punching-cutters,  Fixed-die. 

186.  SLIVERING,  SCORING-PLANE.    The  cutting  mechanism 

consists  of  a  block  provided  with  two  sets  of  cutters,  one  for 
scoring  the  surface  and  one  for  severing  the  slivers  from  the 
block. 

187.  SLIVERING,  SCORING-PLANE,  ENDLESS-BELT.  The 

scoring-plane  is  attached  to  an  endless  belt  or  chain  which  car- 
ries it  forward,  the  block  being  held  stationary. 

188.  SLIVERING,  SCORING-PLANE,  ROTARY.    Thescoring- 

planes  are  fixed  upon  a  rotating  disk  or  platform,  the  block 
being  held  stationary. 

189.  SLIVERING,    GANG-SAW.    Machines  for  dividing  match- 

cards,  cutting  wooden  phis,  etc.,  by  means  of  a  gang  of  saws, 
circular  or  reciprocating. 

190.  SLIVERING,    PLUNGER    AND    FIXED-KNIFE.    The 

cutting  mechanism  consists  of  a  fixed  knife  or  pair  of  knives 
over  which  a  sheet  of  veneer  is  fed  and  a  reciprocating  plunger 
which  severs  the  slivers  by  driving  the  veneer  down  upon  the 
knives. 

Search  Class— 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  197,  Punching-cutters,  Fixed-die. 

191.  SLIVERING,     RECEIVING     AND     HANDLING     DE- 

VICES.   Chutes  and  other  devices  for  attachment  to  sliver- 
ing-machines  to  receive  and  in  some  instances  to  straighten 
and  assemble  the  splints  for  packing. 
Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  50,  Match-making,  and  Gl, 
Match-making,  Box-filling. 

192.  SPLITTING     AND     BUNDLING.    Machines  which  split 

blocks  and  also  bind  the  split  pieces  into  bundles. 

193.  SPLITTING.    Machines  for  splitting  blocks  of  wood  whether 

operated  by  hand  or  other  power. 
Search  Class— 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  182,  Riving. 

194.  SPLITTING,      SELF-FEEDING.    Splitting-machines  pro- 

vided with  various  types  of  mechanism  for  feeding  the  blocks 
to  the  blades. 

195.  SPLITTING,     SELF-FEEDING,     ROLLER-AND-BELT. 

Splitting-machines  having  rollers  and  endless  belts  to  feed  the 
blocks  to  the  splitting-blades. 

196.  PUNCHING-CUTTERS.    Machines  for  cutting  out  pieces  or 

simply  cutting  holes  by  mere  punching  action. 
Search  Classes — 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  53,  Match-making,  Cutting, 
Framing  and  dipping,  Die-punches;  55,  Match-making,  Cut- 
ting and  framing,  Die-punches. 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS, subclasses  18, 
Cutting,  Die,  and  47,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter. 

197.  PUNCHING-CUTTERS,  FIXED-DIE.    Punching-cutters  in 

which  the  wood  is  forced  down  upon  a  fixed  die. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  50,  Match-making,  Cutting  and 
framing,  Die-punches,  fixed,  and  190,  Slivering,  Plunger  and 
Fixed-knife. 

198.  TENONING.    Machines  for  making  tenons  at  the  end  of  a 

piece  of  wood. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  133,  Gaining,  and  0,  Special- 
work  machines,  Combined,  Blind  and  sash  cutting,  Relishing. 

199.  TENONING,     BLIND-SLAT.    Machines  adapted  to  tenon 

blind-slats. 

200.  TENONING,  BLIND-SLAT,  ROTARY  CUTTERS.    Ma- 

chines adapted  to  form  tenons  by  some  sort  of  rotary  cutter. 

201.  TENONING,    BLIND-SLAT,    ROTARY    GAINING-CUT- 

TERS. Machines  for  forming  tenons  by  a  rotary  gaining- 
cutter. 

202.  TENONING,    CHISEL    PAIR.    Machines  with  oppositely- 

placed  chisel-cutters  which  simultaneously  cut  both  shoulders 
of  the  tenon. 

203.  TENONING,  ROTARY  GAINING-CUTTERS.    Machines 

which  are  adapted  to  cut  tenons  by  gaining. 
Search  Class— 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  38,  Circular-saw  machines,  Angu- 
lar. 

204.  TENONING,    ROTARY    GAINING-CUTTERS,    MULTI- 

PLE-TENON. Machines  adapted  to  simultaneously  gain 
two  or  more  tenons. 

205.  TENON-TURNING.    Machines  adapted  to  make  tenons  by 

turning. 
Search  Class— 
144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  199,  Tenoning,  Blind-slat. 

206.  TENON-TURNING,  WHEEL-SPOKE.    Machines  for  turn- 

ing spoke-tenons. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

207.  OSIER-PEELERS.    Machines  for  removing  the  bark  from 

withes  or  osiers  by  scraping  or  rubbing. 

208.  ROSSING   BARK.    Machines  for  cutting  the  bark  from  logs 

or  slabs  wholly  or  in  part.  Some  leave  the  bark  in  sheets  and 
others  cut  it  up  into  small  bits. 

209.  VENEER-LATHES.    Machines  for  shaving  veneers  from  the 

surface  of  a  log  which  is  centered  between  chucks  and  rotated 
against  a  knife. 

210.  VENEER  -  LATHES,    CONVERTIBLE.     Veneer  -  lathes 

whose  stay-logs  may  be  given  a  reciprocating  or  oscillatory  in- 
stead of  a  rotary  motion. 

211.  VENEER-LATHES,     INCLINED     KNIVES.    Lathes  in 

which  the  cutting-knives  are  set  at  an  angle  to  the  axis  of  the 
rotating  log. 

212.  VENEER-LATHES,    KNIVES    AND    KNIFE-BLOCKS. 

Knives  of  peculiar  form  and  mechanism  for  supporting  and 
shifting  the  knives  while  cutting  the  veneers. 

213.  VENEER-LATHES,  PRESSER  BARS  AND  ROLLS. 

Devices  for  gaging  the  thickness  of  the  veneer  cut  from  the  log 
and  for  preventing  the  checking  or  splintering  of  the  veneer 
under  the  action  of  the  knife. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  243,  Feed  and  presser  mecha- 
nisms, Presser  bars  and  chip  breakers. 

214.  VENEER-LATHES,    STAY-LOGS.    Means  for  supporting 

the  log  in  the  lathe. 

215.  VENEER-LATHES,  STRIP-CUTTING  ATTACHMENTS. 

Devices  to  be  attached  to  the  lathe  for  dividing  the  sheet  of 
veneer  into  strips  as  it  is  severed  from  the  log. 
Note. — This  does  not  include  rollers  with  radial  knives  which  score 
the  log  before  the  veneer  is  cut  off.    Such  devices  are  classified 
as  SLICERS,  CYLINDER,  RADIAL-KNIFE,  subclass  174. 

216.  MITER-CUTTE RS.    Machines  for  cutting  miters  by  means  of 

a  knife. 

Note. — Mitering-machines  in  which  the  cut  is  made  with  a  saw 
are  classified  under  class  143,  WOOD-SAWING,  subclasses  6, 
Mitering-machines,  and  80,  Miter-boxes. 

217.  MITER-CUTTERS,  ANGLE-KNIFE.    Machines  for  cutting 

miters  by  means  of  an  angular  knife  which  is  forced  against  the 
material. 

218.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Cutter-heads 

for  wood  containing  matter  partly  or  wholly  unclassified  else- 
where. 

Search  Class— 
29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  103,  Cutters,  Rotary. 

219.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  END-THRUST.    Cutters  to  which 

pressure  is  applied  in  the  direction  of  their  axis  of  rotation  and 
having  cutting  parts  for  their  face.  They  frequently  have 
also  side-cutting  edges,  so  that  after  boring  their  way  in  by 
end  pressure  they  can  then  be  moved  sidewise  to  enlarge 
the  cut.  This  class  includes  principally  carving  and  routing 
cutters. 
Search  Classes — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  69,  Mortising,  Auger-cutter. 

29—  METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  103  et  seq.,  Cutters,  Rotary. 

32-  DENTISTRY,  subclass  31,  Tools,  Burs. 

220.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  FRUSTO-CO^TICAL.    Cutter-heads 

in  the  form  of  cones  generally  used  for  cutting  a  dovetail  in 
the  edge  of  a  board. 

221.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  CYLINDRICAL,  SPIRAL-BIT.    A 

cutter  formed  by  twisting  a  long  blade  spirally,  with  or  with- 
out a  core-piece. 

222.  CUTTERS,    ROTARY,    SAW,    DOUBLE,    INTERMEDI- 

ATE-CUTTER. Two  or  more  saws  spaced  apart  on  then- 
arbor  and  having  the  intermediate  space  filled  by  a  cutter 
which  removes  the  material  between  the  saw-kerfs.  In  this 
class  a  disk  with  a  saw-section  secured  at  its  edge  is  considered 
a  saw. 

223.  CUTTERS,   ROTARY,  SAW,   SINGLE,  SIDE-CUTTER. 

A  saw  having  at  one  or  both  sides  a  cutter  which  removes  the 
material  to  make  a  wider  cut  than  the  thickness  of  the  saw- 
blade.  In  this  class  a  disk  with  a  saw-section  secured  at  its 
edge  is  considered  a  saw. 

224.  CUTTERS,     ROTARY,     POLYGONAL,     T-SLOT     BIT- 

CLAMP.  A  built-up  cutter  in  which  the  bits  are  secured  by 
clamps  sliding  in  T -slots  formed  in  the  faces  of  a  head  of  po- 
lygonal cross-section.  A  number  of  bits  are  frequently  used 
to  produce  a  pattern. 

225.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  POLYGONAL,  PLANE  BIT- 

SEAT.    A  built-up  cutter  in  which  bits  are  clamped  upon 
the  plane  faces  of  a  head  of  polygonal  cross-section. 
Search  Class— 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  91,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads,  and  all  subclasses  thereunder. 

226.  CUTTERS,    ROTARY,    POLYGONAL,    CONVEX    BIT- 

SEAT.  A  built-up  cutter  in  which  the  bits  are  curved  and 
are  secured  on  a  convex  face  of  a  head  having  a  polygonal 
cross-section. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


347 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

227.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  POLYGONAL,  CONCAVE  BIT- 

SEAT.  A  built-up  cutter  in  which  the  bits  are  curved  in 
transverse  section  and  are  secured  in  concave  recesses  formed 
in  a  head  of  polygonal  cross-section. 

228.  CUTTERS,    ROTARY,    RADIAL   ARMS,    PLANE    BIT- 

SEAT.  A  built-up  cutter  to  which  the  bits  are  secured 
upon  plane  faces  formed  on  radial  arms  of  a  head  which  is 
secured  to  an  arbor. 

229.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  RADIAL  ARMS.  SLOTTED  BIT- 

SEAT.  A  built-up  cutter  in  which  the  bits  are  secured  in 
slots  cut  in  radial  arms  of  a  head  which  is  secured  to  an  arbor. 

230.  CUTTERS,   R9TARY,   CYLINDRICAL,   SLOTTED-BIT 

SEAT.    A  built-up  cutter  formed  by  inserting  blades  into 

longitudinal  slots  in  the  periphery  of  a  cylindrical  head. 
Search  Classes — 
29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  105,  Cutters,  Rotary,  Inserted- 

tooth. 
12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  94,  Sole  and  heel  edge 

trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads,  Inserted  cutters. 

231.  CUTTERS,   ROTARY,   DISK,  MULTIPLE  CLAMPING- 

DISKS,  TANGENTIAL  BIT.  A  built-up  cutter  in  which 
the  bits  are  clamped  edgewise  between  two  or  more  disks  car- 
ried on  a  shaft  and  are  placed  in  a  tangential  or  chordal  rela- 
tion to  the  cylinder  of  rotation. 

232.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,   DISK,  MULTIPLE  CLAMPING- 

DISKS,    PIVOTED-BIT.    A    bit   clamped    between    two 
disks  in  such  a  manner  that  it  may  be  moved  about  an  axis 
eccentric  to  that  of  the  cutter-shaft  for  the  purpose  of  adjusting 
its  edge  toward  and  from  the  cutter-axis. 
Search  Class 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  226,  Cutters,  Rotary,  Polygonal, 
Convex  bit-seat. 

233.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  DISK,  MULTIPLE  CLAMPING- 

DISKS,   SHANK-BIT.    A   built-up  cutter-head  in  which 
bits  have  shanks  formed  thereon  and  are  clamped  between 
disks  which  are  strung  on  an  arbor. 
Search  Classes    - 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  94,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads,  Inserted  cutters. 

29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  105,  Cutters,  Rotary,  Inserted- 
tooth. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  232,  Cutters,  Rotary,  Disk,  Mul- 
tiple clamping-disks,  Pivoted-bit. 

234.  CUTTERS,    ROTARY,    DISK,    ECCENTRIC    SEGMEN- 

TAL-BIT.    A  built-up  cutter  in  which  an  annular  segmental 
bit  is  clamped  between  two  disks,  near  the  periphery  thereof, 
or  bolted  in  the  same  location  on  the  side  of  a  single  disk. 
Search  Class — 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  94,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads,  Inserted  cutters. 

235.  CUTTER,    ROTARY,    DISK,    SIDE-ATTACHED    BIT, 

EDGE-CUTTING.    A  built-up  cutter  in  which  bits  having 
shanks  are  bolted  on  the  side  of  a  disk,  extend  beyond  the 
periphery,  and  cut  with  their  projecting  ends. 
Search  Class — 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  94,  Sole  and  heel  edge 
trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads,  Inserted  cutters. 

236.  CUTTERS,    ROTARY,   DISK,   MULTIPLE,   PATTERN. 

A  gang  of  toothed  disks  of  various  diameter  strung  on  a  shaft 
in  close  proximity  to  each  other,  so  that  their  teeth  will  pre- 
sent an  irregular  longitudinal  contour  corresponding  to  a 
predetermined  pattern. 

237.  CUTTERS,   ROTARY,   DISK,   GANG.    A  gang  of  cutter- 

disks  clamped  on  a  shaft.  Some  are  beveled  and  used  to  cut 
out  beveled  slats  from  a  plank  by  operating  first  on  one  side 
and  then  on  the  other.  Others  are  mere  grooving-cutters. 

238.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  SAW,  WABBLE.  One  or  more 

saws  secured  on  a  shaft  in  such  a  manner  that  they  lie  in  a 
plane  which  cuts  the  axis  of  the  shaft  at  an  angle  other  than  a 
right  angle.  They  are  used  for  cutting  grooves  wider  than 
the  thickness  of  the  saw-blade,  and  also  for  cutting  dove- 
tail notches. 
Search  Class— 

144—  WOODWORKING,  subclass  201,  Tenoning,  Rotary  gaining- 
cutters. 

239.  CUTTERS,     ROTARY,     SAW,     DISTORTED.    Saws    in 

which  a  portion  of  the  periphery  is  twisted  out  of  its  original 
plane  so  that  it  stands  at  an  angle  thereto  and  in  rotating 
cuts  a  groove  of  a  width  greater  than  the  thickness  of  the 
saw-plate. 

240.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  SOLID.    Single  integral  cutters,  not 

including  saws  which  are  intended  merely  for  severing.    It 

does  include  saws  for  cutting  beveled  grooves. 
Search  Classes — 
12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  91,  Sole  and  heel  edge 

trimmers,  Rotary  cutter-heads. 
29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  103,  Cutters,  Rotary. 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  237,  Cutters,   Rotary,   Disk, 

Gang,  and  236,  Cutters,  Rotary,  Disk,  Multiple,   Pattern. 

241.  CUTTERS,  ROTARY,  BITS.    Bits  or  blades  to  be  secured 

to  a  rotary  head. 

Note.— Rotary  bits  for  cutting  excelsior  are  found  in  class  144, 
WOODWORKING,  Slivering,  Scoring-Plane,  Rotary. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

FEED  AND  PRESSER  MECHANISMS.  Devices  for  moving 
work  to  cutters  and  for  holding  it  against  spring  and  vibra- 
tion. 

242.  FEED  AND  PRESSER  MECHANISMS,  MISCELLANE- 

OUS. All  mechanisms  for  moving  the  work  to  the  cutting- 
tools  and  for  holding  it  to  the  machine-bed  and  not  otherwise 
classifiable. 

243.  FEED     AND     PRESSER     MECHANISMS,     PRESSER- 

BARS  AND  CHIP-BREAKERS.  Fixed  bars  which,  like 
presser-rolls,  hold  down  work  while  being  acted  on  by  the 
cutter.  They  also  often  are  formed  to  extend  under  the 
cutter  to  prevent  the  wood  from  slivering  into  the  uncut  por- 
tion. For  this  reason  this  combined  form  can  not  be  separated 
from  those  devices  which  break  chips  only. 

244.  FEED     AND     PRESSER     MECHANISMS,     PRESSER- 

BARS  AND  CHIP-BREAKERS,  SECTIONAL.  Presser- 
bars  and  chip-breakers  divided  transversely  into  several 
parts  to  allow  lumber  of  irregular  thickness  or  several  pieces 
of  varying  thickness  to  pass  under  them. 

245.  FEED  AND  PRESSER  MECHANISMS,  BLANK-FEED- 

ERS.   Devices   for  successively   feeding  small   similar  de- 
tached work-pieces  to  woodworking-machines. 
Search  Classes- 
ID— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
171,  Nail-plate,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  27,  Molding  devices,  Casting,  Candles. 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
7,  Soap-molding  devices. 

29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclass  60,  Combined  machines,  Stock 
and  blank  feeders,  Magazine. 

86— ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
subclass  23,  Ammunition  loading,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

101 — PRINTING,  subclasses  24,  Branding  stamps;  83,  Marking- 
machines;  and  84,  Marking-machines,  Rotary. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses  11, 
Molding  apparatus,  Rolling,  Pills;  17,  Molding  apparatus, 
Presses,  Tablet;  and  18,  Molding  apparatus,  Presses,  Tablet, 
Stationary  mold. 

112— SEWING  MACHINES,  subclass  32,  Sewing  on  buttons. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  2,  Bottle-capping, 
Die,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclass  20,  Circular-section,  Automatic 
spindle-lathes,  Chute-feed. 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  24,  Linoleum-making,  Inlaid,  Pattern-forming,  From 
sheets. 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  6,  Loading  and  un- 
loading, Filers. 

216 — LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclasses  57,  Ma- 
chines, Storage  magazine,  Article  support,  Conveyor;  58. 
Machines,  Storage  magazine.  Article  support,  Runway;  and 
59,  Machines,  Storage  magazine,  Article  support,  Rotary. 

218 — BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  12,  Ma- 
chines, Button,  Button  feeders. 

226— PACKAGING  LIQUIDS,  subclasses  5,  Corking  machines, 
Automatic  feed,  and  10,  Filling  machines,  Barrel. 

246.  FEED  AND  PRESSER  MECHANISMS,  ROLLS,  FEED, 

MISCELLANEOUS.  Devices  showing  structure,  arrange- 
ment, gear  connections,  etc.,  of  positively-driven  work-mov- 
ing rolls. 

247.  FEED  AND  PRESSER  MECHANISMS,  ROLLS,  FEED, 

SPRING-PRESSED.  Feed-rolls  held  to  their  work  by 
means  of  springs. 

248.  FEED  AND  PRESSER  MECHANISMS,  ROLLS,  FEED 

WEIGHTED.  Feed-rolls  pressed  upon  the  work  by  weighted 
levers. 

249.  FEED  AND  PRESSER  MECHANISMS,  ROLLS,  PRESS- 

ER. Rolls  which  serve  only  to  hold  the  work  from  springing, 
lifting,  or  vibrating  and  which  have  no  feeding  action. 

250.  FEED   AND    PRESSER   MECHANISMS,   ROLLS,   SEC- 

TIONAL. Feed  or  presser  rolls  made  up  of  independently- 
yielding  parts  to  accommodate  work  irregular  in  cross-section. 

251.  CUTTER-GUARDS.     Guards  for  preventing  injury  to  the 

workman  from  contact  with  the  cutter  of  a  machine. 
Search  Class  - 
143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  159,  Saw-guards. 

252.  CUTTER-HOODS    AND     DUST-CONVEYERS.    Devices 

for  catching  and  confining  the  flying  shavings,  and  dust  from 
a  cutting-machine  and  for  conveying  them  away  from  the 
machine. 

253.  WORK-GUIDES.    Devices  for  defining  the  path  of  work 

moving  with  relation  to  such  device  and  the  shaping-cutter. 

254.  WOOD-BENDING,    BENDING   AND    DRYING.    Wood- 

bending  machines  which  include  heating  devices  for  drying 
the  wood  in  its  bent  form. 

255.  WOOD-BENDING,  BENDING-ROLLERS.    Includes  ma- 

chines wherein  a  rotating  roller  forces  the  wood  against  a 
yielding  or  an  unyielding  roller,  a  belt,  or  a  shoe  to  crimp  the 
wood  without  securing  it  to  a  former. 


348 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  144-Continued. 

256.  WOOD-BENDING,  PRESSES.    Machines  for  bonding  wood 

to  a  desired  form  by  compressing  it  between  formers  or  dies. 
In  the  simpler  machines  one  of  the  dies  or  formers  is  sta- 
tionary and  the  other  is  carried  by  a  plunger  or  a  pivoted 
arm.  In  some  instances  the  machine  embodies  an  inte- 
gral former  and  a  cooperating  sectional  former.  The  parts 
of  the  sectional  former  are  carried  by  pivoted  arms  and  are 
moved  by  suitable  mechanism  for  forcing  the  wood  against 
the  integral  former.  In  other  instances  the  machine  embodies 
an  integral  convex  former  and  a  flexible  former.  This  latter 
comprises  a  strap  having  its  ends  supported  by  pivoted  arms 
or  sliding  blocks  guided  by  mechanism  to  compress  the  wood 
between  the  flexible  former  and  the  convex  former. 
Note.— Flexible  formers  may  be  found  in  subclasses  263-26G, 
Wood-bending  Former,  Fixed,  Strap,  and  the  subclasses 
following  which  comprise  a  strap;  also,  in  subclass  268,  Wood- 
bending,  Former,  Pivotal,  Coiling. 
Search  Classes— 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  49,  Box  machines,  Folding, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  33,  Tube-mak- 
ing; 38,  Die-shaping,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

147— COOPERING,  subclass  48,  Basket-forming. 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  21,  Angular,  Reciprocating 
bender,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

257.  WOOD-BENDING,    PRESSES,    END    COMPRESSORS. 

Machines  for  compressing  strips  of  wood  endwise  to  buckle 
or  bend  it  to  the  desired  shape.  Usually  the  wood  to  be 
bent  is  supported  in  a  flexible  holder. 

258.  WOOD-BENDING,  HOOP-GAGING.    Machines  for  stretch- 

ing previously-formed  hoops  to  a  desired  size  by  means  of  an 
expansible  former. 

259.  WOOD-BENDING,    FORMER,    FIXED.     Fixed    formers 

about  which  the  wood  is  bent  and  secured  until  set.     The 
wood  is  usually  bent  around  the  former  by  hand. 
Search  Classes— 

147 — COOPERING,  subclass  48,  Basket-forming. 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  32,  Curving  or  straightening, 
and  64,  Coiling. 

260.  WOOD-BENDING,  FORMER,  FIXED,  COLLAPSIBLE. 

Collapsible  or  knockdown  formers  about  which  the  wood 
is  bent  and  secured  until  set. 

261.  WOOD-BENDING,   FORMER,   FIXED,   END-THRUST. 

Machines  in  which  sticks  of  wood  are  thrust  by  endwise 
pressure  into  a  former  of  the  desired  conformation  and  kept 
there  until  the  wood  has  taken  a  permanent  set. 

262.  WOOD-BENDING,    FORMER,    FIXED,  RADIAL  ARM 

AND  ROLLER.    Machines  haying  a  fixed  former  and  con- 
centrically-arranged lever  carrying  a  roller  which  forces  the 
wood  into  engagement  with  the  former. 
Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  45,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Pivoted  bender,  Sweep-arm,  and  46,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Pivoted  bender,  Sweep-arm,  Stationary  clamped  work. 

263.  WOOD-BENDING,     FORMER,     FIXED,     STRAP-AND- 

WINDLASS.  Machines  for  bending  wood  about  a  flxed 
former.  The  machines  comprise  a  windlass  or  equivalent 
device  connected  with  the  ends  of  a  strap  which  is  drawn 
against  the  wood  and  forces  it  against  the  former. 

264.  WOOD-BENDING,    FORMER,    FIXED,    STRAP-AND- 

LEVER.  Machines  for  bending  wood  about  a  fixed  former. 
The  wood  is  drawn  to  the  former  by  a  lever  secured  to  a  strap 
which  passes  over  the  wood  and  compresses  it  against  the 
former. 

265.  WOOD-BENDING,     FORMER,     FIXED,     STRAP-AND- 

SCREW.  The  wood  is  drawn  to  the  former  by  means  of  a 
screw  connected  with  the  strap  which  compresses  the  wood 
against  the  former. 

266.  WOOD-BENDING,     FORMER,     FIXED,     STRAP.    The 

wood  is  held  to  the  former  by  means  of  a  strap  which  prevents 
the  wood  from  splintering  opposite  the  convexed  portions  of 
the  former. 

267.  WOOD-BENDING,   FORMER,   PIVOTAL.    The  wood  is 

secured  at  one  end  to  a  pivotal  former  which  when  rotated 
draws  the  wood  therearound.  This  subclass  also  includes 
devices  for  bending  wood  which  comprise  a  lever  provided  at 
one  end  with  a  former,  to  which  one  end  of  the  wood  to  be  bent 
is  secured,  and  in  which  the  former  rests  upon  the  wood  and 
acts  as  the  fulcrum  as  the  lever  is  turned  to  draw  the  wood 
closely  against  the  former. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  40,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Pivoted  bender;  Bender-attached  work;  32,  Curving  or  straight- 
ening, and  64,  Coiling. 

268.  WOOD-BENDING,     FORMER,     PIVOTAL,     COILING. 

Machines  for  tending  wood  which  comprise  a  revolving  former, 
to  which  one  end  of  the  wood  to  be  bent  is  secured  and  which, 
as  the  former  is  rotated,  draws  the  wood  closely  theroaroinid. 
In  some  of  these  machines  a  flexible  apron  presses  the  wood 
firmly  against  the  cylinder  or  former. 
Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  40,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Pivoted  bender,  Bender-attached  work. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

269.  WOOD-BENDING,  CLAMPS.    Devices  for  securing  wood 

in  its  bent  form  until  it  is  dried  and  set. 

270.  WOOD-BENDING,  BENDS.    Includes   portions   of   struc- 

tural material  where  the  invention  lies  in  the  methods  of 
forming  the  bend  and  the  construction  of  the  same. 

271.  WOOD-BENDING,  STEAMING.    Steam  chambers  or  re- 

torts especially  designed  for  steaming  wood  to  soften  it  pre- 
paratory to  bending. 

272.  WOOD-ORNAMENTING,  EMBOSSING.    Machines  for  em- 

bossing designs  upon  wooden  surfaces,  usually  by  a  die-roller 
and  the  application  of  heat.    Coloring  fluids  are  also  frequently 
used. 
Search  Classes  — 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  11,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Com- 
pound, and  13,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing,  Compound. 

154—  LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
sulKilass  30,  Yielding  fabric  making,  Corrugating  and  indent- 
ing, and  subclasses  thereunder. 

201— METAL-ORNAMENTING,  subclass  5,  Die-pressing,  Roller 
and  bed. 

273.  WOOD-ORNAMENTING,  EMBOSSING,  DIE-ROLLERS, 

Wood-embossing  machines  in  which  the  invention  lies  in  the 
construction  of  the  die-roller. 

274.  WOOD-ORNAMENTING,  EMBOSSING,  HEAT-APPLY- 

ING.  Wood-embossing  machines  which  present  novelty  in 
the  arrangements  for  applying  heat  in  the  operation  of  emboss- 
ing. 

275.  WOOD-ORNAMENTING,  GRAINING.    Machines  adapted 

to  indent,  cut,  or  otherwise  mutilate  the  surface  of  the  wood 
to  imitate  graining.  Sometimes  the  indentations  are  filled 
with  some  colored  substance. 

276.  WOOD-ORNAMENTING,  ARTICLES.     Wood  having  its 

surface  ornamented  by  embossing  and  impressing  in  various 
ways. 

277.  WOOD  -  ORNAMENTING,     PROCESSES.     Processes    or 

methods  of  ornamenting  wood  by  embossing,  etc. 

278.  MACHINE-WORK   CLAMPS.    Devices   for  securing  work 

upon  a  moving  bed  or  while  operated  upon  by  a  traveling 
cutter. 

279.  GLUE  -  APPLYING     AND     PRESSING     APPARATUS. 

Means  for  applying  glue  to  various  wood   surfaces  and   for 
.  pressing  such  surfaces  together. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  289,  Clamps,  and  281,  Veneer 
presses. 

280.  GLUE-APPLYING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus  for  applying 

glue  to  wood  surfaces  for  veneering,  etc. 
Search  Class— 
91 — COATING,  for  general  coating. 

281.  VENEER-PRESSES.    Machines  for  pressing  and  retaining 

veneers  in  position  while  drying. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  289,  Clamps,  and  280,  Glue- 
applying  apparatus. 

282.  VENEER-PRESSES,  ROLLER.    Veneer  presses  in  which 

rollers  are  run  over  the  work. 

283.  VENEER-PRESSES,   MOLDING.    Those  presses   adapted 

to  veneering  molding. 
Search  Class— 
144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  289,  Clamps. 

284.  CORK  AND  BUNG  PRESSES.    Apparatus  for  compressing 

the  ends  of  corks  or  bungs  to  make  them  tapered,  so  as  to  be 
more  readily  inserted. 

285.  WORK-BENCHES    AND    TOOL-CHESTS    COMBINED. 

Tool-chests  modified  to  form  work-benches;  also,  covers  for 
school-desks  adapted  to  be  used  as  work-benches.  The  desk- 
covers  are  provided  with  receptacles  for  tools. 

286.  WORK-BENCHES.    Work-benches  for  carpenters'  use. 
Note.  —  Adjustable  supports  for  holding  heavy  structures  are 

found  in  Work-holding  stands  in  this  class. 

287.  WORK-BENCHES,   ADJUSTABLE    STOCK-REST.    Ad- 

justable devices  applied  to  the  side  of  work-benches  to  support 
one  end  of  a  piece  of  stock,  the  other  end  of  which  is  generally 
held  in  the  ordinary  bench-vise. 

288.  WORK-HOLDING   STANDS.    Devices  for  holding  struc- 

tures of  some  magnitude,  as  doors,  blinds,  wagon-wheels, 
caskets,  etc.,  in  position  to  be  operated  on.  These  devices 
are  usually  adjustable. 

289.  CLAMPS.    Various  clamps  and  clamping  apparatus,  not  other- 

wise specifically  classified,  used  in  woodworking  operations. 
Search  Class — 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  307,   Bench-dogs,  Clamping; 

280,  Glue-applying   apparatus;  278,    Machine-work   clamps; 

281,  Veneer-presses;  2(19,    Wood-bending,   Clamps;  and  288, 
Work-holding  stands. 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


349 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

290.  CLAMPS,  BENCH.    Devices  adapted  to  hold  work  against  a 

work-bench  while  being  operated  upon. 

291.  CLAMPS,    RECTANGULAR  -  FRAMEWORK.    Clamping 

apparatus,  not  otherwise  specifically  classified,  adapted  for 
setting  up  and  holding  framework  of  a  rectangular  form. 

292.  CLAMPS,       MITER,       MULTIPLE  -  JOINT.     Apparatus 

adapted  to  simultaneously  set  up  and  hold  two  or  more  miter- 
joints. 

293.  CLAMPS,   MITER,    SINGLE-JOINT.    Apparatus  adapted 

to  clamp  a  single  miter-Joint.  Many  of  these  clamps  are  port- 
able. 

Search  Class— 

143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  86,  Miter-boxes,  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 

294.  CLAMPS,  BOX-JOINT.    Clamping  apparatus  for  assembling 

or  forcing  together  box-joints. 

295.  CLAMPS,  END  AND  PARTITION.    Clamping  apparatus 

adapted  to  hold  the  end  or  partition  blanks  of  a  box  or 
similar  structure  in  position  while  the  receptacle  is  being  com- 
pleted. 

29C.  CLAMPS,  DOOR-SUPPORTING.  Clamps  for  holding  a 
door  or  window-sash  in  an  upright  position,  the  door  resting 
wholly  or  in  part  on  the  ground  or  other  support  independent 
of  the  clamps.  Principal  ly  for  the  use  of  door-hangers. 

297.  CLAMPS,    PORTABLE.     Portable   devices,    not   otherwise 

classified,  having  opposing  jaws  between  which  the  work, 
usually  in  two  or  more  parts,  is  clamped  and  held. 

298.  CLAMPS,  PORTABLE,  SHIP-PLANKING.    Clamps  to  be 

used  in  bending  and  holding  planking  against  the  ribs  of  a 
ship. 

299.  CLAMPS,  PORTABLE,  EXTENSIBLE-BEAM.    Each  jaw 

of  the  clamp  has  a  shank  at  right  angles  to  itself  which  com- 
bines with  the  other  shank  to  form  the  clamp-beam.  By 
sliding  these  shanks  past  each  other  to  a  greater  or  less  degree, 
the  length  of  the  beam  is  adjusted. 


CLASS  144— Continued. 

300.  CLAMPS,  PORTABLE,  PARALLEL-SCREW.    Clamping- 

jaws  mounted  on  a  pair  of  parallel-screw  rods,  each  rod  being 
journaled  in  one  jaw  and  engaging  a  nut  in  the  other. 

301.  CLAMPS,  PORTABLE,  PARALLEL-SCREW,  QUICK- 

ACTION.  Parallel-screw  clamps  which  by  means  of  a  screw- 
releasing  mechanism  can  be  approximately  adjusted  without 
rotation  of  the  threaded  rods. 

302.  CLAMPS,    PORTABLE,    PIVOTED-LEVER.    Clamping- 

jaws  pivoted  to  each  other  or  one  or  both  are  pivoted  to  the 
common  beam. 

303.  CLAMPS,     PORTABLE,     STRAIGHT-BEAM    ADJUST- 

ABLE-JAW. The  clamp-beam  is  a  straight  bar  along  which 
one  or  both  of  the  clamping-jaws  can  be  adjusted. 

304.  CLAMPS,   PORTABLE,   U-BEAM.    The  clamp-beam  is  a 

U-shaped  metallic  yoke.  The  clamping  is  done  between  the 
prongs  of  the  U-beam. 

305.  CLAMPS,    PORTABLE,    U-BEAM,  QUICK-ACTION.     U- 

beam  clamps  provided  with  two  adjustments  of  the  clamping- 
jaws,  one  more  rapid  than  the  other. 

306.  BENCH-DOGS.    Stops  set  in  work-benches  to  oppose  the 

endwise  movement  in  one  direction  of  the  board  or  other 
article  which  is  being  operated  upon. 

307.  BENCH-DOGS,  CLAMPING.    Bench-dogs  adapted  to  hold 

the  work  which  rests  upon  a  work-bench  between  two  oppos- 
ing clamping-jaws,  one  of  which  is  usually  an  ordinary  bench- 
stop. 

308.  BENCH-DOGS,  REMOVABLE.    The  bench-dog  is  a  remov- 

able device  provided  with  sharp  spurs.  It  is  set  in  the  desired 
position  and  secured  by  driving  the  spurs  into  the  bench. 

309.  PROCESSES.    Processes  or  methods  of  working  wood. 


CLASS  145.— WOODWORKING-TOOLS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  hand-tools,  not  otherwise  classified,  peculiar  to 
woodworking. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.     Wood     working-tools     not     otherwise 

classifiable. 

2.  AXES.      Tools  consiting  of  a  handle  and  a  blade  mounted 

transversly  to  it  and  cutting  by  impact.  The  class  includes 
hatchets  and  adzes. 

Note.— Bill-hooks  are  found  in  class  30,  CUTLERY,  subclass  11, 
Pruning  implements. 

3.  AXES,  DETACHABLE-BIT.    Axes  the  heads  of  which  are 

made  up  of  sections,  so  that  the  cutting  part  may  be  detached 
for  sharpening,  replacement,  or  the  like. 

4.  AXES,  GAGE  ATTACHMENTS.     Gage  attachments  for  shin- 

gl  ing-hatchets. 

5.  BENCH-PLANES,   MISCELLANEOUS.     Bench-planes  not 

otherwise  classified. 

6.  BENCH-PLANES,     CHAMFERING.    Bench-planes    pecul- 

iarly modified  to  cut  chamfers. 

7.  BENCH-PLANES,  CORE-BOX.     Planes  cutting  grooves  or 

channels  of  segmental  cross-section  in  blocks  by  tilting  the 
knife  from  side  to  side. 

8.  BENCH-PLANES,  STRIP-CUTTERS.    Bench-planes  to  cut 

shavings  of  considerable  thickness,  such  as  blind-slats,  splints, 
etc. 

Note. — Machines  for  this  purpose  are  classified  in  class  144,  WOOD- 
WORKING, subclass  102,  Slicers. 

9.  BENCH-PLANES,   FLEXIBLE-FACE.    Bench-planes  pro- 

vided with  a  flexible  face  and  mechanism  for  bending  the  face 
to  the  desired  curvature. 

10.  BENCH-PLANES,     IRREGULAR-WORK.     Bench-planes, 

not  otherwise  classified,  adapted  from  the  shape  of  their  cutter- 
faces,  gages,  etc.,  to  finish  surfaces  other  than  plane. 

11.  BENCH-PLANES,    BIT    ADJUSTMENTS.    Bench-planes, 

not  otherwise  classified,  provided  with  mechanism  for  adjust- 
ing the  plane-bit  with  respect  to  the  plane-stock.     Pianos  in 
which  the  adjustment  is  made  by  unclamping  the  bit  and 
resetting  it  are  not  included. 
Search  Class— 

144—WooDWoRKiNG,  subclass  132,  Planers,  Stationary  cutter, 
Bit  adjustments. 

12.  BENCH-PLANES,     BIT     ADJUSTMENTS,     ANGULAR. 

Bench  planes  having  a  plane-bit  adjustable  angularly  about 
its  cutting  edge  as  an  axis. 

13.  BENCH-PLANES,    BIT    ADJUSTMENTS,    LONGITUDI- 

NAL, PIVOTED-LEVER  AND  SCREW.  The  plane-bit 
is  adjusted  longitudinally  by  means  of  a  pivoted  lever,  one 
end  of  which  engages  the  bit,  while  the  other  is  operated  by  a 
screw. 

14.  BENCH-PLANES,    BIT    ADJUSTMENTS,    LONGITUDI- 

NAL, SCREW.  The  plane-bit  is  adjusted  longitudinally  by 
the  direct  action  of  a  screw  or  nut  engaging  the  plane-iron. 

15.  BENCH-PLANES,   ADJUSTABLE    MOUTHPIECES. 

Bench-planes  provided  with  an  adjustpble  part  to  regulate  the 
size  of  the  shavings-channel. 

16.  BENCH-PLANES,  BIT-CLAMPS.    Mechanism  for  clamping 

the  plane-bit  to  the  stock. 
Search  Class— 

145 — WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  12,  et  seq.,  Bench-planes, 
Bit  adjustments. 

17.  BENCH-PLANES,    BITS.    Bench-plane   cutting-blades   and 

mechanism  for  connecting  the  cutting-blade  and  the  cap-piece 
which  cooperates  with  it  to  make  the  plane-bit. 

18.  BENCH-PLANES,      LUBRICATING      ATTACHMENTS. 

Bench-plane  attachments  for  lubricating  the  surface  which 
is  being  operated  upon. 

19.  BENCH-PLANES,   HANDLE  ATTACHMENTS.    Handles 

and  fastening  mechanism  for  them  peculiar  to  bench-planes. 

20.  BENCH-PLANES,  GAGE  ATTACHMENTS.     Gages  to  bo 

applied  to  bench-planes. 
Search  Classes— 

145,  WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  6,  Bench-planes,  Cham- 
fering; 10,  Bench-planes,  Irregular-work. 

147,  COOPERING,  subclass  24,  Crozing  and  Chamfering  barrels, 
Hand-crozes. 


CLASS  145— Continued. 

21.  BOX-OPENERS.    Devices  designed  for  prying  off  box-lids, 

sometimes  combined  with  nail-extractors. 

22.  CANT-DOGS.    Devices  for  handling  logs  and  heavy  timbers, 

consisting  of  a  lever  and  a  hook  pivoted  thereto. 

23.  CHALK-LINE     HOLDERS     AND     CHALKERS.    Reels, 

spools,  chalk-holders,  and  combined  reels  and  chalk-holders 
for  chalk-lines. 

24.  CHISELS.    Hand  and  machine  mortising  chisels. 

25.  CHISELS,  COMPOUND.    Chisels  the  bits  of  which  are  formed 

of  several  parts  clamped  together. 

26.  CHISELS,  GAGE.    Depth  and  surface  gage  attachments  for 

chisels. 

27.  CUE-TRIMMERS.    Devices  for  trimming  the  ends  of  billiard- 

cues. 

28.  DRAWING-KNIVES.    Cutting-blades  provided  with  handles 

at  each  end.  Many  of  the  handles  are  angularlyadjustable 
and  are  adapted  to  fold  up  on  the  blade  as  a  guard  when  not 
in  use. 

29.  HAMMERS.    Tools  designed  primarily  to  be  used  as  hand 

striking-tools. 

Note. — Claw-hammers  in  which  the  novelty  resides  in  the  nail- 
pulling  attachment  are  not  treated  as  compound  tools,  but 
areplaced  in  the  appropriate  subclass  under  37,  Nail-extractors, 
in  class  145,  WOODWORKING-TOOLS. 

33.  HAMMERS,  NAIL-PLACERS.  Devices  formed  in  or  secured 
on  hammers  or  hatchets  for  holding  a  nail  in  position  so  that 
a  blow  of  the  hammer  will  set  it. 

31.  HANDSAWS.     General  structure  of  handsaws. 

Note. — Inventions  in  the  cutting-teeth  are  in  class  143,  WOOD- 
SAWING. 

32.  HANDSAWS,  TRUSS-FRAME.    The  saw-blade  is  mounted 

in  the  ordinary  bucksaw  truss-frame  having  an  intermediate 
stiffening-brace. 

33.  HANDSAWS,  U-FRAME.    The  saw-blade  is  mounted  in  a 

U-shaped  frame. 

34.  HANDSAWS,  U-FRAME,  EXTENSIBLE.     The  part  of  the 

U -frame  which  is  parallel  to  the  saw-blade  can  be  varied  in 
length. 

35.  HANDSAWS,    ATTACHMENTS.    Attachments    for    hand- 

saws, such  as  gages,  lubricators,  dust-blowers,  and  the  like. 

36.  MALLETS.    Striking-tools  the  impacting  faces  of  which  are 

made  out  of  soft  metal,  rawhide,  wood,  or  other  soft  material. 

37.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,     MISCELLANEOUS.    Nail-extract- 

ors not  otherwise  classified. 

38.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,   PIVOTED   GRAPPLE-BAR.    The 

nail-engaging  grapple  or  claw  is  pivoted  to  the  lifting-lever. 

39.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,  HOLDING-HOOK.    The  lifting-claw 

is  held  in  contact  with  the  nail  by  a  pivoted  hook  engaging 
either  with  the  nail  or  with  some  fixed  support. 

40.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,     HAMMER    AND    ANVIL.    Nail- 

extractors  provided  with  a  hammer  for  forcing  the  claw  or  nip- 
per into  engagement  with  the  na:l  to  be  operated  upon. 

41.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,    NUT    AND    SCREW    LIFTERS. 

Nail-extractors  and  a  few  analogous  devices,  such  as  horseshoe- 
calk  pullers  and  devices  for  removing  teeth  from  coal-breaking 
cylinders,  in  which  the  lifting  force  is  applied  through  a  nut 
and  threaded  lifting-bar. 

42.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,    NIPPER,    WEDGE-OPERATED. 

The  nail  is  grasped  by  a  pair  of  nipping-jaws,  which  are  forced 
together  by  a  wedge  or  cam  action. 

43.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,     NIPPER,     LEVER-OPERATED. 

The  nail  is  grasped  by  a  pair  of  nipping-jaws  which  are  lever- 
operated.    One  jaw  of  the  nipper  is  ordinarily  a  prolongation 
of  the  lever. 
Search  Class— 

145 — WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  40,  Nail-Extractors,  Ham- 
mer and  anvil. 

44.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,    CLAW-BAR.     Nail-extractors   con- 

sisting of  a  claw  fixed  to  a  lever. 

45.  NAIL-EXTRACTORS,       CLAW-BAR,       PIVOTED-FUL- 

CRUM.  Claw  bars  provided  with  a  fulcrum  which  is  pivoted 
to  the  lever;  also,  some  bars  provided  with  extensible  ful- 
crums. 

Search  Class — 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  38,  Nail-extractors,  Piv- 
oted grapple-bar. 

351 


352 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  145— Continued. 

46.  NAIL-SETS.     Tools  to  be  set  against  the  head  of  a  nail  and 

struck  by  a  hammer  to  set  the  nail-head  below  the  surface  of 
the  work  in  which  it  has  been  driven. 

47.  SCRAPERS.    Tools  comprising  a  handle  and  a  scraping-blade. 

48.  SCRAPING-PLANES.    Scraping-blades    set    in   a  plane-like 

stock. 

Search  Class— 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  49,  Drawing-shaves,  sin- 
gle-handle. 

49.  DRAWING-SHAVES,  SINGLE-HANDLE.     Blades  set  in  a 

stock  provided  with  a  single  handle  and  adapted  to  cut  by  a 
drawing  action. 
Search  Class— 
12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  84,  Peg-cutters. 

60.  SCREW-DRIVERS.  Bits  and  gripping  devices  for  driving 
wood-screws. 

51.  SCREW-DRIVERS,      SHELL-GUIDE,      SPRING-OPER- 

ATED. The  screw  is  guided  by  a  tubular  shell  which  sur- 
rounds the  bit  and  is  normally  held  beyond  it  by  a  spring. 

52.  SCREW-DRIVERS,   HOLDING  ATTACHMENTS,   SIDE- 

GRIPPING  JAWS.  The  screw  is  held  in  contact  with  the 
driving-bit  by  one  or  more,  generally  two,  side-gripping  jaws. 

53.  SPIRAL-TOOL  DRIVERS.    The  tool  is  rotated  by  the  mu- 

tual interaction  of  a  nut  and  coarse-pitched  screw-thread 
Search  Classes— 

65— KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclasses  50,  Stopper  ex- 
tractors, Screw,  Rotary,  and  49,  Stopper  extractors,  Screw, 
Lever  operated. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  40,  Gearing,  Screw  and  nut. 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  39, 
Mixers,  kneaders  and  beaters,  Rotary  dasher,  single,  Oscil- 
lating. 

54.  SPIRAL-TOOL  DRIVERS,  FORWARD-PRESSURE   RE- 

VERSIBLE-ROTATION. Spiral-tool  drivers  in  which, 
without  change  of  direction  in  the  application  of  force,  rota- 
tion in  either  direction  may  be  secured. 

55.  SPOKESHAVES.     A  plane-bit  set  in  a  knife-stock,  short  in 

comparison  with  its  breadth  and  provided  with  a  handle  at 
each  side.  The  tool  is  used  to  dress  spokes,  fellies,  etc. 

56.  SPOKESHAVES,    ADJUSTABLE    MOUTHPIECES.    The 

opening  in  the  stock  through  which  the  shavings  pass  can  be 
altered  by  the  adjustment  of  a  movable  mouthpiece  or  shoe. 

57.  SPOKESHAVES,  BEADING-BITS.     Spokeshaves  provided 

with  pattern-bits  for  cutting  moldings.  Many  of  the  cutters 
are  disks  with  various  patterns  around  the  periphery. 

58.  SPOKESHAVES,  GAGE.    Gage  attachments  for  spokeshaves 
Search  Class— 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  57,  Spokeshaves,  Beading- 
bits. 

59.  STAPLE-PULLERS.     Devices  for  pulling  staples,  particu- 

larly wire-fence  staples. 

60.  WEDGES.    AVedges  for  splitting  wood,  etc. 

60.5.  BIT-FRAMES.  A  plurality  of  bite  are  mounted  in  a  frame 
and  geared  together.  The  bits  are  usually  augers  and  are 
used  to  bore  a  gang  of  holes  for  mortising,  being  driven  by 
an  ordinary  bit-stock. 

61.  HANDLES.    Handles  and  attachments  for  handles  to  be  used 

with  woodworking-tools  and  such  general  handles  as  are 
shown  to  be  capable  of  such  use. 

62.  HANDLES,   MAGAZINE.    Handles  chambered   to   form   a 

receptacle  or  receptacles  for  several  tools. 

63.  HANDLES,   MAGAZINE,   REGISTERING   CHAMBERS. 

Several  tools  are  held  in  a  chambered  holder  mounted  in  the 
handle.  This  holder  can  be  rotated  to  bring  any  of  the  tool- 
chambers  in  register  with  an  opening  or  channel  leading  to 
the  tool-socket. 

64.  HANDLES,     HOLLOW,     RETRACTILE-TOOL.    Hollow 

handles  into  which  the  tool  may  be  wholly  or  partly  with- 
drawn when  not  in  use. 

65.  HANDLES,    CROSS-BAR.    Bar-handles,    usually    spindle- 

shaped,  mounted  transversely  to  the  bit,  generally  an  auger- 
bit,  which  is  to  be  driven. 

Note. — Cross-bar  handles  provided  with  clamping-jaws  are  found 
in  class  10,  BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING. 
subclass  148,  Screw  Threading,  Tapping,  Tap  wrenches,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

66.  BIT-STOCKS,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Devices,  not  otherwise 

classified,  for  driving  auger-bite,  screw-drivers,  and  the  like, 
comprising  a  stock  in  which  the  bit  is  mounted,  a  lever  for 
producing  rotation,  and  a  knob  or  the  like  to  which  pressure 
can  be  applied.  This  subclass  also  contains  some  extension- 
shanks  for  bits. 


CLASS  145-Continued. 

67.  BIT-STOCKS,  STRAIGHT,  SIDE-DRIVING  SHAFT. 
The  bit  is  in  line  with  the  straight  stock,  which  is  geared  to 
and  driven  by  a  shaft  set  at  an  angle  (usually  ninety  degrees) 
with  the  axis  of  the  bit. 

Note. — Similar  structures  in  which  the  pressure-knob  is  replaced 
by  a  feed-screw  are  found  in  subclasses  Drilling-machines 
portable ,  and  Ratchet-drills,  in  class  77,  BORING  AND  DRILLING' 

Search  Class— 

107— BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclasses 
37,  Mixers,  kneaders.  and  beaters,  Rotary  dasher,  Multiple 
Hand-supported,  and  41,  Mixers,  kneaders,  and  beaters  Ro^ 
tary  dasher,  Single,  Hand-supported. 

08.  BIT-STOCKS,  U-CRANK  ARM,  SPEEDING-GEAR.  The 
bit  is  geared  so  t  hat  one  revolution  of  the  U-crank  will  produce 
more  than  one  revolution  of  the  bit. 

69.  BIT-STOCKS,  U-CRANK  ARM,  ANGULAR  BIT-SHIFT 

The  bit  is  out  of  alinement  with  the  axis  of  rotation  of  the 
U-crank  stock  which  drives  it. 
Search  Class — 
32— DENTISTRY,  subclass  11,  Hand-pieces,  Angle  attachments. 

70.  BIT-STOCKS,  RATCHET.    Bit-stocks,  not  otherwise  classi- 

fied, provided  with  ratchet  mechanism  for  driving  the  bit 
Search  Class— 
77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  44,  Ratchet-drills. 

71.  BIT-STOCKS,     RATCHET,     STRAIGHT-CRANK     ARM. 

The  bit-stock  is  spindle-shaped  and  carries  a  ratchet-wheel 
which  is  engaged  by  a  pawl  carried  by  a  straight-lever  arm  at 
right  angles  to  the  bit-stock.  The  lever  is  sometimes  piv- 
oted to  the  stock  and  folded  up  beside  it  when  not  in  use. 

72.  BIT-STOCKS,  RATCHET,  PIVOTED  PAWLS.    The  pawl 

is  pivoted  and  swings  into  and  out  of  engagement  with  the 
ratchet-wheel. 

73.  BIT-STOCKS,  RATCHET,  SLIDING   PAWLS.    The  pawl 

slides  into  and  out  of  engagement  with  the  ratchet-wheel. 

74.  BIT-STOCKS,  RATCHET,  SLIDING  PAWLS,  CHANGE- 

ABLE-FACE. The  ratchet-engaging  faces  of  a  sliding  pawl 
may  be  shifted  with  respect  to  the  ratchet  to  rotate  the  bit  in 
one  direction  or  the  otl'or. 

75.  HANDLES,  RATCHET-AND-PAWL.    Spindle-handles  driv- 

ing n  bit  through  a  ratchet  and  pawl. 
Search  Class— 
77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  44,  Ratchet-drills. 

76.  HANDLES,  RATCHET-CLUTCH.    Spindle-handles  driving 

a  bit  through  a  ratchet-clutch. 
Search  Class — 
77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  44,  Ratchet-drills. 

77.  HANDLES,   CROSS-BAR,   RATCHET.    Cross-bar  handles 

driving  bits  through  ratchet  mechanism. 

78.  HANDLES,  SHIELD  ATTACHMENTS.    Metal  shields  ap- 

plied to  the  handles  of  eyed  striking-tools  to  prevent  the 
handle  from  breaking  next  to  the  tool-head. 

79.  HANDLES,  FASTENINGS.    Devices,  not  otherwise  classi- 

fied, for  fastening  handles  to  woodworking-tools. 
Search  Class — 

125— STONE- WORKING,  subclasses  13,  Millstone  picks,  and  19, 
Tools. 

% 

80.  HANDLES,    FASTENINGS     END-CAP.    A    cap    extends 

beyond  the  edges  of  the  tool-head  eye  and  is  secured  to  the 
end  of  the  handle. 

81.  HANDLES    FASTENINGS,  WEDGE.    Wedges  for  use  in 

retaining  handles  in  eyed  tool-heads  and  a  few  devices  for 
removing  such  wedges. 

82.  HANDLES,      FASTENINGS,      WEDGE,      SCREW-EX- 

PANDED. The  wedge  is  forced  into  the  end  of  the  split  tool- 
handle  by  means  of  a  screw  or  is  itself  expanded  by  the  same 
means. 

83.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS.    Miscellaneous  fasten- 

ings for  retaining  tools  in  socket-handles. 
Search  Classes — 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  141,  Machine  chucks  and  tool- 
sockets,  Sockets. 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  19,  Vises,  Round  Work;  121,  Wrenches, 
Rigid  Jaws,  Inclosed;  122,  W  renches,  Rigid  Jaws,  Inclosed, 
Watch  and  Clock  Keys;  123,  Wrenches,  Rigid  Jaws.  Inclosed, 
Watch  and  Clock  Keys,  Dust  protectors;  124,  Wrenches,  Rigid 
jaws,  Inclosed,  Watch  and  clock  keys,  Safety. 

125— STONE-WORKING,  subclass  3,  Rock  drill-chucks. 

84  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING. 
Movable-jaw  fastenings  in  which  the  relative  movement  of  the 
holding-jaws  and  the  handle-body  or  of  the  jaws  and  the  jaw- 
actuating  device,  is  along  lines  neither  parallel  nor  perpen- 
dicular to  the  axis  of  the  handle. 

S.3.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 
AXIA  L-SCRE  W.  Bevel-closing  fastenings  in  which  the  jaws 
are  drawn  back  into  a  beveled  socket  or  are  thrust  forward  into 
a  conical  cap  or  in  converging  grooves  by  an  axially-moving 
screw  working  in  a  suitable  nut. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


353 


CLASS  145— Continued. 

86.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

AXIAL-SCREW,  SPRING-RETRACTED  JAWS.  De- 
vices similar  to  the  preceding  in  which  the  jaws  when  released 
by  the  actuating  means  are  separated  by  a  spring  or  by  their 
own  resilience.  A  similar  line  of  double  classification  is  drawn 
in  the  remaining  bevel-closing  subclasses  and  in  cam-closing 
devices. 

87.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

ROTATING-RING.  Devices  in  which  the  jaws  are  actuated 
by  an  interiorly-threaded  ring  which  rotates  but  is  confined 
by  stops,  so  as  to  have  no  longitudinal  movement  on  the 
handle-body. 

8s*.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 
ROTATING-RING,  SPRING-RETRACTED  JAWS.  De- 
vices like  the  preceding  in  which  springs  are  provided  for 
opening  the  jaws. 

89.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

SCREW-RING.  Devices  in  which  the  jaws  are  given  their 
converging  movement  by  an  interiorly-threaded  ring  laterally 
surrounding  the  handle  and  having  a  helical  movement 
thereon. 

90.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

SCREW-RING,  SPRING-RETRACTED  JAWS.  Devices 
like  the  preceding,  with  spring  means  for  opening  the  jaws. 

91.  HANDLES    SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING 

SCREW-CONE.  Devices  in  which  exteriorly-beveled  and 
screw-threaded  jaws  are  forced  together  by  a  ring  or  cap  hav- 
ing an  interior  conical  thread  engaging  the  jaw-thread. 

92.  HANDLES    SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

SCREW-CAP.  Sockets  in  which  a  cap,  screw-threaded  in 
part,  forces  an  attached  cone  over  the  tips  of  beveled  jaws  or 
forces  rearwardly-beveled  jaws  into  a  conical  socket. 

93.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

SCREW-CAP,  SPRING-RETRACTED  JAWS.  Devices 
like  the  preceding,  with  spring  means  for  opening  the  jaws. 

94.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING. 

SLIDING-RING.  Devices  in  which  the  jaws  are  actuated 
or  held  closed  by  a  ring  sliding  longitudinally  on  the  wall  of 
the  socket. 

95.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  BEVEL-CLOSING, 

SLIDING-RING,  SPRING-RETRACTED  JAWS.  De- 
vices like  the  preceding,  with  spring  means  for  separating  the 
jaws. 

96.  HANDLES,      SOCKET-FASTENINGS,      CAM-CLOSING. 

Devices  in  which  the  jaws  are  actuated  or  the  tool-tang  gripped 
by  transversely-moving  cams. 

97.  HANDLES,      SOCKET-FASTENINGS,      CAM-CLOSING, 

SPRING-RETRACTED  JAWS.  Devices  like  the  preced- 
ing, with  spring  means  for  separating  the  jaws. 

98.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  LEVER-CLOSING. 

Devices  in  which  the  tool  is  gripped  by  one  or  more  pivoted 
clamping-levers  actuated  by  various  means. 

«9.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,  TRANSVERSE- 
SCREW  CLAMP.  Devices  in  which  the  tool-tang  is  secured 
in  the  socket  by  turning  a  screw  located  at  substantially  right 
angles  to  the  axis  of  the  socket. 

100.  HANDLES.     SOCKET-FASTENINGS.     TRANSVERSE- 

SCREW  CLAMP,  INTEGRAL-SOCKET.  Devices  like 
the  preceding  in  which  the  tool-tang  is  held  by  screw  or  clamp 
in  a  socket  conforming  approximately  in  size  and  shape  to  the 
outline  of  the  tang. 

101.  HANDLES,     SOCKET-FASTENINGS,     TRANSVERSE- 

SCREW  CLAMP,  SPLIT-SOCKET.  Devices  in  which  the 
parts  of  a  split  socket  having  the  general  outline  of  the  tang  are 
closed  upon  that  tang  by  a  transverse  screw. 

102.  HANDLES,    SOCKET-FASTENINGS,    SHOULDERED- 

TANG  AND  CAP.  Devices  in  which  a  shouldered  tool  tang 
or  shank  is  secured  in  the  socket  by  a  cap  or  fastening-piece 
having  an  aperture  smaller  than  the  shouldered  portion  of  the 
tang  or  one  which  may  be  moved  to  such  position  as  to  secure 
the  tool  after  the  shouldered  part  has  passed  through  the  cap- 
aperture. 

103.  HANDLES,     SOCKET-FASTENINGS,    SHOULDERED- 

TANG  AND  SIDE-SOCKET.  Devices  in  which  a  tool  tang 
or  shank  provided  with  a  lateral  lug  or  enlargement  is  laterally 
movable  into  a  corresponding  recess  in  the  handle-socket  and 
then  secured  there  by  additional  fastening  means. 

104.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS.  PIVOTED-LATCH. 

Devices  in  which  a  latch  pivoted  to  the  handle  engages  a  notch 
formed  in  the  tool-shank  for  that  purpose.  No  gripping  action 
is  necessary,  as  in  the  preceding  subclass. 

105.  HANDLES,  SOCKET-FASTENINGS,    SLIDING-LATCH. 

Devices  in  which  a  tool  tang  or  shank  provided  with  a  recess  is 
inserted  in  a  socket  having  a  sliding  instead  of  a  pivoted  de- 
tent or  latch  which  is  laterally  moved  into  and  secured  in  the 
tang-recess. 


CLASS  145— Continued. 

106.  HANDLES,       SOCKET-FASTENINGS,       THREADED- 

TANG.    Devices  in  which  a  threaded  tang  is  screwed  into  a 
nut  secured  in  the  handle. 
Search  Class— 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  112,  Saw-handles,  Spindle, 
Longitudinal-socket  and  tightening-bar. 

107.  HANDLES,   SOCKET-FASTENINGS,   FRICTION-GRIP. 

Devices  in  which  the  tool-tang  is  forced  into  the  socket  and  is 
retained  by  the  elasticity  of  the  material  forming  the  walls  of 
the  socket. 
Search  Class — 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  112,  Saw-handles,  Spindle, 
Longitudinal-socket  and  tightening-bar. 

108.  SAW-HANDLES,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Handles  and  han- 

dle-fastenings, not  otherwise  classified,  for  handsaws. 

109.  SAW-HANDLES,   DOUBLE-GRIP.    Saw-handles  adapted 

to  be  grasped  by  both  hands  of  the  operator. 

110.  SAW-HANDLES,  SPINDLE,  SIDE-CLAMPING  PLATES. 

A  spindle-shaped  handle  attached  to  a  saw-blade  by  means  of 
plates  secured  to  the  handle  and  between  which  the  saw-blade 
is  clamped. 

111.  SAW-HANDLES,    SPINDLE,    TRANSVERSE-SOCKET 

AND  TIGHTENING-BAR.  A  spindle-shaped  handle  se- 
cured to  a  saw-blade  by  a  bar,  one  end  of  which  is  secured  to 
the  saw-blade,  the  other  passing  transversely  through  the 
handle  or  through  a  bracket  attached  to  the  handle. 

112.  SAW-HANDLES,  SPINDLE,  LONGITUDINAL-SOCKET 

AND  TIGHTENING-BAR.  Spindle-shaped  handles  pro- 
vided with  an  axial  socket,  into  which  the  tightening-bar  is 
secured.  Usually  the  tightening-bar  is  threaded  and  engages 
with  a  nut  fixed  in  the  handle. 

113.  SAW -HANDLES,     SCROLL.    The    ordinary    irregularly- 

shaped  saw-handle  having  an  opening  through  which  the 
fingers  of  the  operator  are  passed. 

114.  REAMERS.    Rotating  bits  with  side-cutting  edges  used  in 

enlarging  holes  previously  made. 
Search  Class — 

77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  72,  Reamers,  and  subclasses 
thereunder. 

115.  TENON-CUTTERS.    Cutters  for  forming  round  tenons  on 

spokes  and  the  like,  generally  adapted  to  be  mounted  on  a  bit 
stock  or  spindle. 
Search  Class — 

142— WOOD-TURNING,  subclass  45,  Circular  section,  clamped 
work,  Hollow  cutter-head,  End-turning. 

116.  AUGERS,   MISCELLANEOUS.    Rotating  bits,  not  other- 

wise specifically  classified,  designed  to  bore  holes  in  wood. 
Search  Classes — 

125— STONE-WORKING,  subclass  10,  Drills. 
166— ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclass  12,  Earth-augers,  bits. 

117.  AUGERS,  TWIST.    The  general  structure  of  augers  in  which 

the  chips  are  removed  through  spiral  grooves  cut  in  the  bit- 
shank  or  by  a  spiral  thread  or  ribbon  which  is  wrapped  about 
the  shank  of  the  bit  or  which  itself  forms  the  body  of  the  bit. 
Search  Class — 
77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  70,  Drills,  Twist. 

118.  AUGERS,  POD.    The  bit  is  pod-shaped  and  cuts  with  its  end 

and  side  edges. 
Search  Class— 
166— ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclass  12,  Earth-augers,  bits. 

119.  AUGERS,  TUBULAR.    Lip-cutters  are  formed  at  the  end  of 

a  tubular  shell,  through  which  the  shavings  pass. 

120.  AUGERS,  TUBULAR,  CORE-CUTTERS.    A  tubular  shell 

is  provided  with  cutting-teeth  on  its  edge  for  cutting  out  a 
plug.    It  is  somtimes  provided  with  core-ejectors. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,    subclass    23,    Special-work    machines, 
Single  or  combined,  Disk-cutting,  Rotary  tubular-cutter. 

121.  AUGERS,   SWEEPS.    Bits  consisting  of  a  centering-point, 

which  may  be  an  auger,  and  one  or  more  cutting-arms  parallel 
to  it,  which  cut  out  annular  disks  or  rings.    The  cutting-arms 
are  generally  adjustable  to  cut  disks  and  rings  of  different 
diameters. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  24,  Special-work  machines,  Single 
or  combined,  Disk-cutting,  Sweep-cutter. 

122.  AUGERS,  SQUARE-HOLE   CUTTERS.    Auger-bits   con- 

strained by  a  pattern  or  surrounded  by  chisels  or  other  cutters 
to  adapt  them  to  cut  square  holes. 
Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  78,  Mortising,  Hollow  chisel  and 
bit. 

123.  AUGERS,  COUNTERSINKS.    Bits  especially  adapted  to 

form  countersinks. 
Search  Class  — 

145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclass  125,  Augers,  Secondary 
cutters. 


26674°— 12- 


-23 


354 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  145— Continued. 

124.  AUGERS,  EXPANDING,  REVERSE-TAPER.     The  cut- 

ting lip  or  lips  automatically  expand  as  the  bit  penetrates  to 
bore  a  hole  which  increases  in  diameter  from  the  surface 
inward. 

125.  AUGERS,   SECONDARY   CUTTERS.    The  auger  is  pro- 

vided with  supplemental  cutters  which  are  integral  or  detach- 
ably  connected  to  it  and  bores  and  counterbores  or  counter- 
sinks a  hole  at  one  operation. 
Search  Class— 

77— BORING   AND  DRILLING,    subclass  66,  Drills,    Combined, 
Drills  and  countersink. 


CLASS  145— Continued. 

126.  AUGERS,  DETACHABLE  CUTTERS.    Some  of  the  cut- 

ting parts  are  detachable. 
Search  Classes  - 
145— WOODWORKING-TOOLS,  subclasses  125,  Augers,  Secondary 

cutters,  and  127,  Augers,  Adjustable  cutting-lip. 
125— STONE-WORKING,  subclass  10,  Drills. 

127.  AUGERS,  ADJUSTABLE  CUTTING-LIP.    The  cutting 

lip  or  lips,  usually  detachable,  can  be  adjusted  to  bore  holes 
of  different  diameters. 

128.  AUGERS,  GAGE  ATTACHMENTS.     Attachments  secured 

to  augers  to  gage  the  depth  of  the  hole  bored. 


CLASS  147.— COOPERING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

Includes  machines  which  are  used  exclusively  in  the  manufacture 
of  wooden  barrels,  fruit-boxes,  baskets,  or  crates.  Coopering  does 
not  include  machines  for  sawing,  bending,  or  planing  staves  or 
machines  for  sawing,  splitting,  cutting,  or  coiling  hoops,  except  such 
as  separate  the  hoops  from  a  scored  rod  by  racking  or  abruptly  bend- 
ing the  rod  or  which  combine  two  or  more  operations  in  the  produc- 
tion of  hoops,  as  planing  and  bending  or  planing  and  lapping  or 
pointing. 

Note.— Machines  for  sawing  staves  are  found  in  class  143,Wooi> 
SAWING.  Machines  for  bending  staves  are  found  in  class  144,  WOOD- 
WORKING, under  several  subclasses  of  Wood-Bending.  Machines 
for  planing  staves  are  found  in  class  144,  WOODWORKING,  Planers. 
Machines  for  splitting  or  cutting  hoops  are  found  in  class  144,  WOOD- 
WORKING, Riving,  and  in  class  144,  WOODWORKING,  Wood-Bend- 
ing, Former,  Pivotal  Coiling. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BARREL-MAKING  MACHINES.    Machines  which  perform 

some  operation  not  specifically  classified  and  those  which  do 
more  than  merely  set  up  and  truss  a  barrel.  They  usually 
croze,  howel,  and  head  the  barrel  and  sometimes  plane  it  off. 

2.  SETTING-UP    MACHINES.      Two    circularly-grooved    end 

plates  into  which  the  staves  are  fed  until  the  grooves  are  filled. 
Most  of  them  shape  the  barrel,  and  the  staves  are  secured 
by  truss-hoops. 

3.  SETTING-UP    FORMERS.     Frames  within  or  around  which 

the  staves  are  arranged  on  end  and  then  confined  by  truss- 
hoops. 

4.  BARREL-COMPRESSING   MACHINES.     Machines  for  com- 

pressing the  staves  of  barrels  to  receive  the  truss-hoops. 

5.  BARREL-COMPRESSING   MACHINES,  CONE.     Machines 

for  compressing  the  staves  of  a  barrel  by  means  of  conical 
formers  forced  upon  the  ends  of  the  barrel.  In  some  instances 
hoops  are  driven  by  the  conical  formers. 

6.  HEADING-MACHINES.    Machines  which  place  the  heads  in 

the  barrel  and  in  some  instances  form  the  barrel  and  insert 
the  head. 

7i  HOOP-DRIVERS,  MISCELLANEOUS.  Machines  or  imple- 
ments which  force  hoops  upon  barrels  by  mechanism  not 
otherwise  specifically  classified. 

8.  HOOP-DRIVERS,      CAM-OPERATED.        Machines   which 

force  the  hoops  upon  barrels  by  means  of  cam-gearing  presses. 

9.  HOOP-DRIVERS,  HYDRAULIC  AND  STEAM.     Machines 

which  comprise  hydraulic  or  steam  presses  for  forcing  hoops 
upon  the  barrel. 

10.  HOOP-DRIVERS,  LEVER-OPERATED.    Machines  which 

force  hoops  upon  barrels  by  lever  or  crank  gearing. 

11.  HOOP-DRIVERS,  SCREW-OPERATED.    Machines  which 

force  hoops  upon  barrels  by  screw-gearing  presses. 

12.  HOOP-DRIVERS,  WEIGHT.    Machines  in  which  the  hoops 

are  forced  upon  barrels  by  the  impact  of  a  falling  weight. 

13.  CROZING  AND  CHAMFERING  BARRELS,  CLAMPED 

BARREL,  ROTARY  CUTTER-HEAD.  The  barrel  is 
clamped  in  a  nonrotating  clamp,  and  a  rotary  cutter -head 
carried  by  a  frame  which  rotates  on  an  axis  concentric  with 
the  axis  of  the  barrel  cuts  the  croze,  howel,  or  chamfer. 

14.  CROZING  AND  CHAMFERING  BARRELS,  ROTATING 

BARREL  EXPANSIBLE  CUTTER-HEAD.  Machines 
in  which  the  barrel  is  rotated  on  its  axis  and  while  rotating 
cutting-tools  are  projected  radially  from  a  fixed  head  to  croze, 
howel,  or  chamfer  the  staves. 

15.  CROZING  AND  CHAMFERING  BARRELS.  ROTATING 

BARREL,  ROTARY  CUTTER-HEAD.  Machines  in 
which  the  staves  of  the  rotating  barrel  are  successively  brought 
into  engagement  with  a  rotary  cutter-head  for  cutting  the 
croze,  howel,  or  chamfer. 

16.  CROZING  AND  CHAMFERING  BARRELS,  ROTATING 

BARREL,  SLIDING  TOOL.     Machines  in  which  the  cutter 
is  carried  upon  a  slide  or  rest  and  which  is  projected  into  the 
rotating  barrel  for  cutting  the  croze,  howel,  or  chamfer. 
Search  Class— 

147  —COOPERING,  subclass  14,  Crozing  and  chamfering  barrels, 
Rotating  barrel,  Expansible  cutter-head. 


CLASS  147— Continued. 

17.  CROZING  AND  CHAMFERING  BARRELS,  ROTATING 

BARREL,  SWINGING  TOOL.  Machines  in  which  a 
tool  carried  by  a  swinging  rest  is  brought  into  engagement 
with  the  staves  of  the  barrel  as  it  is  rotated  on  its  axis  for 
cutting  the  croze,  howel,  or  chamfer. 

18.  CROZING  STAVES,  MISCELLANEOUS.     Machines  which 

are  designed  for  cutting  the  croze,  howel,  or  chamfer  of  staves 
l>efore  the  barrel  is  formed  and  which  are  not  otherwise  specifi- 
cally classified. 

19.  CROZING     STAVES,     ROTARY     CUTTER,     ENDLESS 

STAVE  CARRIAGE.  Machines  having  an  endless  feeding 
device  for  feeding  the  staves  against  a  rotary  cutter  journaled 
in  fixed  bearings. 

20.  CROZING     STAVES,     ROTARY     CUTTER,     SLIDING 

STAVE,  CARRIAGE.  Machines  in  which  the  stave  is  car- 
ried upon  a  sliding  support  into  engagement  with  a  rotary 
cutter. 

21.  CROZING    STAVES,    ROTARY    CUTTER.    SWINGING 

STAVE  CARRIAGE.  Machines  in  which  the  stave  is  car- 
ried into  engagement  with  a  rotary  cutter  by  means  of  a 
swinging  stave-supporting  frame. 

22.  CROZING    STAVES,   ROTARY    CUTTER,    SWINGING. 

Machines  in  which  the  crozing,  howeling,  or  chamfering 
cutter  is  journaled  in  a  swinging  support. 

23.  CROZING     STAVES,    SLIDING     KNIFE.     Machines    for 

crozing  staves  in  which  the  stave  is  immovably  supported 
and  the  cro.ie,  howel,  or  chamfer  is  cut  by  a  knife  carried  in  a 
reciprocating  carrier. 

24.  CROZING     AND     CHAMFERING     BARRELS,     HAND- 

CROZES.  Short  curved  planes  constructed  to  cut  the  croze, 
chamfer,  or  howel  in  trussed  barrels. 

25.  JOINTING   STAVES,  MISCELLANEOUS.       Machines  for 

beveling  and  tapering  the  adjoining  edges  of  barrel-staves  by 
jointing-machines  not  otherwise  designated. 

26.  JOINTING     STAVES,     INCLINED     MOLDING-HEADS, 

VERTICALLY-MOVABLE  BED,  Machines  for  beveling 
and  tapering  the  adjoining  edges  of  staves  by  mechanism 
which  lowers  and  raises  the  work-carrying  platform  as  it  passes 
between  inclined  or  tapered  revolving  cutters. 

27.  JOINTING    STAVES,    ROTARY    CUTTER,    PATTERN- 

FEED.  Machines  for  beveling  and  tapering  the  adjoining 
edges  of  barrel-staves  by  means  of  rotary  cutters  mounted  in 
movable  bearings  controlled  by  reciprocating  patterns  or 
rotating  cams. 

28.  JOINTING    STAVES,    CONVERGING    SAWS.    Machines 

for  beveling  and  tapering  the  adjoining  edges  of  barrel-staves 
by  means  of  saws  placed  at  an  inclination  to  each  other. 

29.  JOINTING  STAVES,  DISK  CUTTER-HEAD.       Machines 

for  beveling  and  tapering  the  adjoining  edges  of  barrel-staves 
by  means  of  large  rotating  disks  provided  with  knives  in 
their  faces. 

30.  JOINTING    STAVES     SINGLE    SAW,    SLIDING    CAR- 

RIAGE. Machines  for  beveling  and  tapering  the  adjoining 
edges  of  barrel-staves  in  which  the  stock  is  supported  by  a 
movable  carriage  controlled  in  movement  past  a  single  saw 
by  a  guiding-track. 

Note.— Stave-jointing  machines  in  which  the  stock  slides  past  a 
single  saw  and  in  contact  with  an  adjustable  guide  are 
included  in  this  subclass. 

31.  JOINTING    STAVES     SINGLE    SAW,    TILTING    CAR- 

RIAGE. Machines  for  beveling  and  tapering  the  adjoining 
edges  of  barrel-staves  in  which  the  stock  is  supported  by  a 
longitudinally-movable  carriage  capable  of  being  tilted  on 
trunnions  which  are  located  in  the  extended  plane  of  the  saw. 

32.  JOINTING  STAVES,  SLICING-KNIFE.     Machines  for  bev- 

eling and  tapering  the  adjoining  edges  of  barrel-staves  by 
means  of  a  suitable  guiding-support  and   a  reciprocating 
slicing-knife. 
Search  Class — 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  162,  Slicers. 

33.  JOINTING  STAVES,  SLIDING  PLANE.     Machines  for  bev- 

eling and  tarjering  the  adjoining  edges  of  barrel-staves  by 
means  of  reciprocating  planes  or  shaving-tools  which  are 
made  to  follow  the  contour  of  a  templet  or  pattern. 

34.  JOINTING      STAVES,      TRAVELING      SAW,     CURVED 

GUIDE.  Machines  for  beveling  and  tapering  the  adjoining 
edges  of  barrel-staves  by  means  of  a  saw  journaled  in  a  mov- 
able frame  controlled  in  its  movements  by  a  curved  guide. 
The  stock  is  clamped  to  a  stationary  support  while  being 
operated  upon. 

355 


356 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  147— Continued. 

35.  JOINTING    STAVES,    LONGITUDINAL    CUTTER-CYL- 

INDER. Machines  for  beveling  and  tapering  the  adjacent 
edges  of  laterally-fed  barrel-staves  by  knives  placed  longi- 
tudinally in  the  periphery  of  a  rotating  cylinder. 

35.5.  SHAPING  STAVES.  Machines  for  finishing  staves  with 
convex  outer  and  concave  inner  surfaces;  also,  machines  for 
reducing  the  thickness  of  staves  between  thoir  ends,  so  that 
they  may  be  more  readily  bent  to  give  the  proper  bulge  to 
the  barrel. 

36.  BARREL-HEAD     MAKING,     MISCELLANEOUS.       Ma- 

chines for  cutting  out  barrel-heads  and  shaping  the  edge 
thereof  to  fit  the  barrel-croze.    A  few  of  these  machines  also 
plane  the  heads  or  bore  the  joints  for  dowel-pins. 
Note.— This  subclass   comprises   machines   for   forming   barrel- 
heads which  are  not  otherwise  specifically  classified. 

37.  BARREL-HEAD  MAKING,  FIXED  CHUCK,  ROTARY 

SCRIBING-TOOL.    Machines  for  holding  barrel-head  stock 
concentric  with  a  knife  or  cutting-tool  carried  on  a  rotary  arm. 
Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  150,  Shaping  Rotary-cutter,  End- 
thrust. 

38.  BARREL-HEAD    MAKING     ROTARY    SAW.    Machines 

in  which  the  stock  is  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck  into  engage- 
ment with  a  rotary  saw  (plane  or  dished). 

39.  BARREL-HEAD  MAKING,  ROTARY  CHUCK,  CHISEL- 

CUTTER.  Lathe-like  machines  exclusively  adapted  for 
forming  barrel-heads. 

40.  BARREL-HEAD  MAKING,  ROTARY  CHUCK,  DOUBLE 

MOLDING  CUTTER.  Machines  in  which  the  stock  is  car- 
ried by  a  rotary  chuck  and  is  operated  upon  by  rotating 
molding-cutters. 

41.  BARREL-HEAD  MAKING,  HAND-SCRIBERS.     Cutting- 

tools  comprising  a  radial  arm  carrying  at  one  end  a  centering- 
£in  and  near  its  outer  end  a  cutting-tool  to  be  operated  by 
and. 

42.  CHAMFERING-TOOLS.    Tools    for    chamfering    the    staves 

when  set  up  in  barrel  form. 


CLASS  147— Continued. 

43.  HOOP-MACHINES,  MISCELLANEOUS.     Machines  which 

perform  two  or  more  consecutive  operations  peculiar  to  the 
production  of  hoops,  as  planing  and  bending,  planing  and 
lapping,  or  planing  and  pointing. 

Note. — Machines  for  sawing  and  planing  hoops  are  found  in  class 
144,  WOODWORKING,  subclass  41,  Combined  machines,  Shap- 
ing and  dividing. 

44.  HOOP-MACHINES,  RACKING.     Machines  in   which   bars 

of  wood,  checked  or  split  at  one  end,  are  separated  into  hoops 
by  abruptly  bending  the  bars  progressively  from  the  checked 
ends  toward  the  opposite  ends. 

45.  HOOP-MACHINES,    LAPPING    AND    POINTING.      Ma- 

chines which  cut  the  bevels  and  point  the  ends  of  hoops. 
Search  Classes— 

147 — COOPERING,  subclass  46,  Hoop-machines,  Lock-cutting, 
and  144,  WOODWORKING,  subclass  147,  Shaping,  Recipro- 
cating-knife. 

46.  HOOP-MACHINES,     LOCK-CUTTING.       Machines  which 

cut  the  notches  near  the  ends  of  hoops,  whereby  the  ends  may 
be  interlocked. 
Search  Classes — 

147 — COOPERING,  subclass  45,  Hoop-machines,  Lapping  and 
pointing;  144,  WOODWORKING,  subclasses  75,  Mortising,  Chisel, 
and  147,  Shaping,  Reciprocating-knife. 

47.  BASKET  FORMING  AND  NAILING.       Forms,  male  and 

female,  for  shaping  baskets,  fruit-boxes  and  crates,  including 
nailing  or  stapling  mechanisms. 
Search  Class — 

1 — NAILINGAND  STAPLING,  subclasses  1,  Machines,  Nail-driving, 
and  14,  Machines,  Box,  Assembling  and  Nailing. 

48.  BASKET-FORMING.    Forms,  male  and  female,  for  shaping 

baskets.  Formers  for  shaping  fruit-boxes  and  crates  are  also 
included. 

49.  TRUSS-HOOPS.    Temporary  hoops  forced  upon  the  barrel 

to  secure  the  staves  in  barrel  form  until  they  become  per- 
manently bent  and  seasoned  or  dried. 


CLASS  150.— CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEP- 
TACLES. 

DEFINITIONS. 


This  is  the  generic  class  of  receptacles  and  cases  made  of  cloth, 
leather,  or  rubber;  but  these  materials  do  not  exclusively;  define  the 
limits  of  the  class,  as  receptacles  made  of  other  materials  are  in- 
cluded, when  they  are  of  the  type  of  those  commonly  made  of  cloth, 
leather,  or  rubber. 

Subclasses. 

BAGS.  Includes  general  bag  structures  of  cloth,  leather,  rubber, 
or  equivalent  materials,  the  structure  of  the  body  portion 
being  wholly  flexible  and  not  being  supported  on  any  rigid 
framework  or  braces,  except  in  subclass  2,  Bags,  Harvesting, 
in  which  some  frame  structures  are  included  as  being  designed 
specially  for  harvesting  purposes. 

Note. — Structures  of  cloth,  leather,  or  rubber  sustained  on  a  rigid 
frame  or  provided  with  rigid  end  pieces  are  classified  under 
the  subclass  titles  of  48,  Baskets  and  buckets,  and  52,  Covers 
and  cases. 

1.  BAGS,  BODY  CONSTRUCTION.    The  construction  of  the 

bag  and  all  patents  for  bags  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  BAGS,  HARVESTING.    Bags  of  special  construction  for  hold- 

ing and  delivering  fniit  or  material  picked.    Includes  also 

special  constructions  for  attaching  such  bags  to  the  person  of 

the  operator. 
Search  Classes- 
ISO — CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses 

49,  Baskets  and  buckets,  Folding-frame,  and  51,  Baskets  and 

buckets,  Rigid-frame. 
113— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  65,  Feeding  devices,  Feed 

bags,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclasses  5,  Body  and 

belt  attached;  8,  Body  and  belt  attached,  Knapsack;  20,  Body 

and  belt  attached,  Bag,  case,  or  frame,  and  27,  Body  and  belt 

attached,  Bag,  case,  or  frame,  Chatelaine. 

3.  BAGS,  CLOSURES.    Bag-closures  not  classifiable  in  the  other 

subclasses  of  bag-closures.  A  closure  in  this  connection  is 
distinguished  from  a  fastener  by  the  fact  that  a  closure  pre- 
sents a  particular  modification  of  the  bag  structure,  while  a 
fastener  comprises  the  means  for  holding  the  bag  closed  and  is 
not  necessarily  a  part  of  the  bag. 

4.  BAGS,    CLOSURES,    PIVOTED    JAWS.    Constructions    in 

which  the  bag-mouth  is  secured  to  two  arched  frames  pivoted 
together  at  their  ends. 

5.  BAGS,   CLOSURES,    PARALLEL   BARS.    Bag-closures  in 

which  two  bars  or  strips  are  secured  one  to  eacli  half  of  the 
bag-mouth,  the  bag  being  closed  by  bringing  the  bars  together 
side  by  side. 

0.  BAGS,  CLOSURES,  FOLDING  BAR  AND  CLAMP.    The 
closure  comprises  a  bar  over  which  the  end  of  the  bag  is  folded 
and  a  clamp  provided  to  hold  the  folded  portion  of  the  bag 
down  on  the  bar. 
Search  Class — 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  65,  Bags,  Closures,  Metal- 
lic, and  78,  Envelops,  Closures,  Fasteners,  Metallic. 

7.  BAGS,  CLOSURES,  FOLDING-FLAP.     One  or  more  sides  of 

the  bag-mouth  are  extended  to  form  a  flap,  which  is  folded 
down  over  or  in  the  mouth  edge  of  the  other  side  or  sides. 
Search  Class — 

150— CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses 
21,  Mail-bags,  Closures,  Folding-flap,  and  22,  Mail-bags, 
Closures,  Folding-flap,  Corner-fold. 

8.  BAGS,  CLOSURES,  MOUTHPIECE,  CAP,  OR  STOPPER. 

Bag-closures  n  which  the  bag-mouth  is  closed  by  a  separate 
part  secured  in  the  bag-mouth.  Such  part  may  comprise  a 
collapsible  tube  or  a  rigid  tube-neck  provided  with  closing 
means. 

9.  BAGS,   CLOSURES,    SEAM-VALVE.    Bag  construction   in 

which  a  small  opening  is  left  in  the  bag-seam,  the  seam  edges 
of  the  bag  being  of  some  length  adjacent  the  opening  and 
infolded  into  the  bag,  so  as  to  overlie  the  opening,  the  pressure 
of  the  contained  material  holding  the  seam-flaps  shut. 

10.  BAGS,    CLOSURES,    EXPANDING-SPRING.    Bag    con- 

structions in  which  the  bag  is  closed  by  the  expansion  of  a 
spring,  the  spring  being  generally  secured  with  its  ends  in  the 
corners  of  the  bag-mouth. 
Search  Class— 
2— APPAREL,  subclass  15,  Nether  garments,  Pockets. 

11.  BAGS,    CLOSURES,    SHIRRING-CORDS.    Bag   construc- 

tions in  which  one  or  more  sh  rring  cords  or  tapes  are  secured 
to  the  bag  adjacent  its  mouth,  which  cords  when  drawn  cause 
the  bag-mouth  to  close.  Some  patents  are  included  which 
claim  grips  engaging  the  cords  or  tapes  to  prevent  loosening 
of  the  same,  but  only  when  such  grips  form  part  of  the  bag 
combination  claimed. 


CLASS  150— Continued. 

12.  BAGS,  HANDLES.    Construction  and  arrangement  of  handles 

for  bags. 

MAIL-BAGS.  The  construction  of  bags  to  adapt  the  same  for  the 
purpose  of  containing  mail-matter  and  generally  all  construc- 
tions of  the  bag  providing  extra  security  for  its  contents  which 
are  applicable  for  the  purpose  of  containing  mail;  also  the 
construction  of  the  bag  proper,  the  construction  or  arrange- 
ment of  the  bag  to  provide  for  the  secure  closing  of  the  same, 
and  any  particular  form  of  fastening  as  locking  means  especially 
adapted  to  the  mail-containing  feature  of  the  bag. 

13.  MAIL-BAGS,  CONSTRUCTION.    The  construction  of  the 

bag  proper,  also  detail  parts  and  all  constructions  classifiable 
in  this  class  under  the  main  class  definition  and  which  do  not 
more  properly  belong  hi  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 

14.  MAIL-BAGS,  MULTIPLE  POCKETS.    Mail-bags  provided 

with  multiple  pockets  to  receive  assorted  mail.  This  con- 
struction of  bag  is  particularly  employed  for  rural-mail- 
deliyery  service,  and  constructions  specially  designed  for  such 
service,  providing  a  plurality  of  compartments  for  holding  the 
mail  in  separated  pockets  for  delivery,  are  placed  in  this 
subclass. 
Search  Class— 

224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclasses  5,  Body  and 
belt  attached;  7,  Body  and  belt  attached,  Game,  and  8,  Body 
and  belt  attached,  Knapsack. 

15.  MAIL-BAGS,   CLOSURES.    Closures  which  are  special  to 

mail-bags  and  which  are  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other 
subclasses  of  closures. 

16.  MAIL-BAGS,  CLOSURES,  PIVOTED  JAWS.    The  open  end 

of  the  bag  is  formed  of  two  side  extensions  which  are  secured 
to  arched  metal  frames  similar  to  the  ordinary  U-frame  of 
pocket-book  construction,  the  frames  being  pivoted  together 
at  their  ends  and  provided  with  locking  means  for  holding 
them  closed. 
Search  Classes — 

150— CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  29, 
Portemonnaies  and  pocket-books,  Body  construction,  Li- 
frame. 

190 — BAGGAGE,  subclass  49,  Traveling-bags,  Frames. 

17.  MAIL-BAGS,  CLOSURES,  COLLAPSIBLE-FRAME.    The 

bag-mouth  is  secured  to  a  frame  comprising  a  plurality  of  bars, 
more  than  four,  pivoted  together  at  their  ends  in  such  man- 
ner that  the  bars  may  be  folded  together  to  close  the  bag- 
mouth  or  opened  to  form  a  rectangular  or  polygonal  frame 
for  the  open  bag-mouth. 

18.  MAIL -BAGS,     CLOSURES,     COLLAPSIBLE  -  FRAME, 

QUADRANGULAR.  The  mouth  of  the  bag  is  secured  to 
a  frame  comprising  four  bars  pivoted  together  at  their  ends 
in  such  manner  that  the  bars  may  be  folded  together  to  close 
the  bag  or  opened  to  form  a  rectangular  frame  for  the  bag- 
mouth. 

19.  MAIL -BAGS,     CLOSURES,     COLLAPSIBLE  -  FRAME, 

FOLDING-FLAP.  The  bag-mouth  is  secured  to  a  frame 
comprising  bars  pivoted  together  at  their  ends  in  such  manner 
that  they  may  be  folded  together  to  close  the  bag-mouth  or 
opened  to  form  a  rectangular  or  polygonal  frame  for  the  open 
mouth  and  in  which  one  part  of  the  frame  is  provided  with  a 
pivoted  flap  or  cap  which  folds  over  the  closed  frame. 

20.  MAIL  -  BAGS,     CLOSURES,     MANIFOLD,     LOCKING- 

TONGUE.  The  bag-mouth  is  arranged  to  close  in  over- 
lapping or  superimposed  folds,  and  a  tongue  is  secured  to  the 
base  fold  and  passed  through  slots  cut  in  the  other  folds,  the 
tongue  being  provided  with  locking  means  to  prevent  its 
withdrawal  through  the  slots. 

21.  MAIL-BAGS,    CLOSURES,     FOLDING-FLAP.    Construc- 

tions in  which  a  lateral  portion  of  the  bag  is  extended  beyond 
the  other  portions,  such  extension  folding  over  upon  the  other 
portions  and  being  provided  with  locking  means  for  holding 
the  bag  closed. 

22.  MAIL-BAGS,   CLOSURES,    FOLDING-FLAP,   CORNER- 

FOLD.  The  bag  is  arranged  to  be  closed  by  infolding  or 
folding  over  the  end  corners.  Commonly  also  the  apex  of  the 
triangle  so  formed  is  folded  over  the  folded  corner  portions. 

23.  MAIL-BAGS,    FASTENERS.    Fasteners   for  mail-bags  not 

classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses  of  fasteners. 

24.  MAIL-BAGS,    FASTENERS,    TONGUE    AND    STAPLE. 

Fastenings  for  mail-bags  comprising  a  bar  secured  to  permit 
a  sliding  movement  of  the  same  on  one  lateral  portion  of  the 
bag  and  provided  with  tongues  or  hooks  which  engage  staples 
secured  to  the  other  portion  of  the  bag.  The  term  "bar"  in- 
cludes a  strap  or  linked  plates. 

25.  MAIL-BAGS,    FASTENERS,    STUD    AND    KEYHOLE 

SLOT.  Fasteners  for  mail-bags  comprising  headed  studs  se- 
cured to  a  portion  of  the  bag,  which  engage  in  keyhole-shaped 
slots  formed  in  a  part  secured  to  the  other  portion  of  the  bag, 

357 


358 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  150— Continued. 

and  a  sliding  bar  or  strap  which  controls  the  position  of  the 
stud  relative  to  the  slot,  so  as  to  lock  or  unlock  the  stud  in 
such  slot.  Generally  the  slot  is  formed  in  the  bar  or  strap. 

26.  MAIL-BAGS,  FASTENERS,  PIVOTED  CATCHES,  SLID- 

ING-BAR.  Fasteners  for  mail-bags  comprising  a  bar  or 
strap  slidably  secured  to  one  portion  of  the  bag  and  connected 
to  operate  pivoted  catches  which  engage  with  coacting  devices 
on  the  other  portion  of  the  bag-mouth. 

27.  MAIL  -  BAGS,      FASTENERS,      TURN  -  BOLT      WITH 

CATCHES.  Fastenings  for  mail-bags  comprising  a  bolt  or 
shaft  rotatably  mounted  in  one  portion  of  the  bag  and  pro- 
vided with  or  connected  to  catches  which  engage  coacting 
devices  on  the  other  portion  of  the  bag-mouth,  the  catches 
being  thrown  into  or  out  of  engagement  with  the  coacting 
devices  by  the  rotation  of  the  bolt. 

PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS.  Includes  con- 
structions of  cloth,  leather,  rubber,  paper,  and  equivalent 
materials  intended  as  receptacles  for  personal  use,  adapted  for 
holdingmoney ,  eithercoin  or  paper,  also  analogous  receptacles, 
such  as  card  and  ticket  cases,  stamp-books,  etc.  Includes  also 
such  receptacles  as  bankers'  note-books  and  bill  and  mem- 
orandum cases  in  which  the  novelty  resides  in  the  construc- 
tion or  arrangement  of  the  gussets  or  partitions  or  any  stay  or 
brace  construction  applicable  to  pocket-books  or  portemon- 
naies. 

28.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  BODY  CON- 

STRUCTION. Constructions  of  pocket-books  and  similar 
receptacles  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  following  subclasses. 

29.  PORTEMONNAIES      AND      POCKET-BOOKS,      BODY 

CONSTRUCTION,  U-FRAME.  Constructions  in  which 
the  invention  relates  to  the  U-shaped  frames  employed  in 
pocket-book  construction.  The  construction  and  arrange- 
ment of  the  frames,  the  means  for  securing  such  frames  to  the 
flexible  parts  of  the  pocket-book,  and  all  attachments  and 
connections  special  to  such  frames  in  pocket-book  construc- 
tion. 

Search  Classes- 
ISO— CLOTH,  LEATHER  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  16, 
Mail-bags,  Closures,  Pivoted  jaws,  and  4ti,  Portemonnaies  and 
pocket-books,  Closures,  Hinged-lid. 
70— LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  sutelass  116,  Bag-fasteners. 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  49,  Traveling-bags,  Frames. 

30.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  BODY  CON- 

STRUCTION, GUSSETS  AND  PARTITIONS.  Pocket- 
book  construction  in  which  the  novelty  resides  in  the  con- 
struction or  arrangement  of  the  gussets  and  partitions  or  in 
the  means  for  attaching  the  same  to  the  purse  or  pocket-book. 

31.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  BODY  CON- 

STRUCTION, STAYS  AND  BRACES.  Stay  and  brace 
constructions  applied  to  pocket-books  and  similar  receptacles. 

Note.— If  the  stay  is  applied  to  the  gussets  or  partitions,  the 
patent  is  classified  in  subclass  30,  Portemonnaies  and  pocket- 
books,  Body-construction,  Gussets  and  partitions. 

Search  Class- 
ISO— BAGGAGE,  subclass  60,  Traveling-bags,  Frames,  Stays. 

32.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  BODY  CON- 

STRUCTION, BLANKS.  The  construction,  particularly 
the  folding,  of  the  blank  or  body  portion  of  the  purse  or  pocket- 
book. 

33.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  BODY  CON- 

STRUCTION, HANDLES.    Handle  construction  for  porte- 

monnaies  and  pocket-books. 
Search  Classes— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  57,  Traveling-bags,  Handles. 
224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  45,  Hand, and 

the  subclasses  thereunder. 

34.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND   POCKET-BOOKS,  ARTICLE- 

HOLDING.  Constructions  of  and  attachments  for  pocket- 
books  and  portemonnaies  to  provide  means  for  holding  small 
articles,  commonly  toilet  articles  or  stamps,  in  the  book. 

35.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND   POCKET-BOOKS,  COMBINA- 

TION. Combinations  of  a  portemonnaie  or  a  pocket-book 
with  other  structures.  Also  the  combination  of  a  porte- 
monnaie and  a  card-case  attached  to  fold  together  and  hold  a 
handkerchief,  gloves,  etc. 

Note.— Does  not  include  the  construction  of  the  pocket-book  with 
clasps  or  retaining  devices  for  holding  toilet  articles,  stamps, 
etc.,  as  such  constructions  are  to  be  found  in  this  class,  sub- 
class 34,  Porteinonnaies  and  pocket-books,  Article-holding. 

36.  PORTEMONNAIES    AND    POCKET-BOOKS,    PUZZLE 

AND  SECKKT  COMPARTMENT.  Construction  provid- 
ing a  secret  compartment  or  involving  a  puzzle  as  to  the  means 
for  opening  or  closing  the  purse  or  portemonnaie. 

37.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS, COIN-HOLD- 

ING. Pocket-book  and  purse  construction  in  which  the  nov- 
elty resides  in  the  construction,  arrangement,  or  adaptation 
of  parts  to  provide  coin  receiving,  delivering,  or  containing 
features. 

Search  Classes  — 

150-CLOTH,  LEATHER  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  44, 
Portemonnaies  and  pocket-books,  Closures,  Collapsible  walls, 
as  such  construction  of  closure  is  commonly  applied  to  purses 
intended  for  the  reception  of  coin  only. 
133— COIN-HANDLING. 


CLASS  150— Continued. 

38.  PORTEMONNAIES      AND       POCKET-BOOKS.      BILL- 

HOLDING.  Pocket-book  construction  in  which  the  novelty 
resides  in  the  construction,  arrangement,  or  adaptation  of 
parts  to  provide  means  for  holding  paper  money.  Commonly 
the  construction  is  such  as  to  present  the  bills  unfolded  when 
the  book  is  opened,  so  that  any  individual  bill  may  be  readily 
accessible. 

39.  PORTEMONNAIES      AND       POCKET-BOOKS.      CARD 

AND  TICKET  CASES.  Constructions  of  cloth,  leather,  or 
rubber  or  equivalent  material  providing  receptacles  analogous 
to  pocket-books  for  cards  or  tickets. 

40.  PORTEMONNAIES       AND       POCKET-BOOKS,       KEY 

POUCHES.  Constructions  of  cloth,  leather,  or  rubber  or  like 
material  specially  arranged  to  contain  keys. 

41.  PORTEMONNAIES     AND     POCKET-BOOKS,     STAMP- 

BOOKS.  Books  or  similar  receptacles  for  postage-stamps 
and  like  gummed  articles  wherein  the  stamps  are  held  between 
leaves  or  partitions  so  prepared  that  the  stamps  will  not  adhere 
to  the  same  or  to  permit  the  stamps  to  be  readily  removed  if 
adhering.  Does  not  include  constructions  of  metal  or  like 
materials  providing  boxes  for  holding  stamps  or  like  articles  or 
arrangements  of  book-leaves  to  form  stamp-albums  for  col- 
lectors' use. 

42.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  CLOSURES. 

Constructions  providing  for  the  closure  of  the  purse  or  pocket- 
book. 

43.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  CLOSURES, 

BAND  OR  STRAP.  The  construction,  arrangement,  or 
attachment  of  the  band  or  strap  applied  to  a  pocket-book  or 
purse  for  holding  the  same  closed. 

44.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  CLOSURES, 

COLLAPSIBLE  WALLS.  Pocket-book  or  purse  construc- 
tion in  which  the  walls  of  the  mouth  portion  of  the  purse  are 
creased  to  fold  inwardly  and  overlie  each  other. 

45.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  CLOSURES, 

FOLDING-FRAME.  Pocket-book  construction  wherein 
the  novelty  resides  in  a  folding  frame  of  pivoted  sections  or 
parts  which  is  secured  1o  the  mouth  of  .the  portemonnaie  or 
purse  and  forms  the  means  for  closing  the  same. 

Note. — Does  not  include  pivoted  jaws  or  U-frames,  as  such  con- 
structions are  placed  in  another  sulxjlass. 

Search  Class— 

150 — CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses 
17,  Mail-bags,  Closures,  Collapsible-frame,  and  18,  Mail-bags, 
Closures,  Collapsible-frame,  Quadrangular. 

46.  PORTEMONNAIES  AND  POCKET-BOOKS,  CLOSURES, 

HINGED-LID.  The  construction  or  arrangement  of  or  the 
means  for  attaching  a  hinged  lid  to  the  portemonnaie  or  purse 
as  a  means  for  closing  the  same. 

47.  PORTEMONNAIES    AND    POCKET-BOOKS,    SAFETY 

ATTACHMENTS.     Constructions  providing  means  whereby 
the  pocket-book  or  purse  may  be  secured  to  the  person,  arm, 
or  the  pocket  of  the  user  to  prevent  loss  of  the  same. 
Search  Class— 
190 — BAGGAGE,  subclass  61,  Traveling-bags,  Safety-attachers. 

48.  BASKETS  AND  BUCKETS.    Constructions  of  cloth,  leather, 

rubber,  or  equivalent  material  formed  into  baskets  or  buckets 
or  similar  shapes.  The  term  "bucket"  in  this  class  is  em- 
ployed broadly  to  cover  shapes  approaching  also  a  barrel  or 
tub.  This  subclass  also  includes  st»uctures  similar  to  bags, 
but  which  are  sustained  on  rigid  frames  or  which  are  provided 
with  rigid  end  pieces  forming  tops  or  bottoms  of  the  structure. 

49.  BASKETS  AND   BUCKETS,  FOLDING-FRAME.    Struc- 

tures comprising  a  flexible  body  portion  of  fabric  sustained  on 
a  frame  which  may  be  folded  or  collapsed. 
Search  Classes— 

4— BATHS  AND  CLOSETS,  subclass  27,  Bathing  apparatus,  Tubs. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  80,  Ambulances  and 
stretchers. 

155— CHAIRS,  subclass  32,  Stools,  Folding. 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  43,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knock- 
down. 

50.  BASKETS  AND  BUCKETS,  RIGID-BOTTOM.    Structures 

commonly  of  bucket  shape  having  the  walls  of  flexible  mate- 
rial attached  to  rigid  bottom  pieces.  Commonly  the  bottom 
pieces  are  disks  of  wood  or  metal. 

51.  BASKETS  AND  BUCKETS.,  RIGID-FRAME.    Structures 

comprising  a  flexible  body  portion  of  fabric  sustained  on  a  rigid 
framework. 
Search  Class— 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  49,  Boxes,  Crates,  Cylin- 
drical. 

52.  COVERS  AND  CASES.    Constructions  of  cloth,  leather,  rub- 

ber, or  equivalent  material  formed  into  cases  or  covers  having 
the  function  of  protection  only. 

Note. — Includes  constructions  for  holding  loose  leaves  and  sheets 
of  paper,  etc.— such  as  maps,  drawings,  etc. — when  the  con- 
taining function  predominates.  If  the  case  or  cover  is  modified 
that  it  may  be  conveniently  carried ,  the  function  of  transpor- 
tation predominating,  it  is  classified  in  class  224,  PACKAGE 
AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS.  If  the  construction  is  arranged  to 
provide  ready  access  to  any  particular  contained  paper  or  set 
of  papers,  so  that  the  filing  function  is  evidenced ,  it  is  classified 
in  class  129,  PAPER  FILES  AND  BINDERS. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


359 


CLASS  150— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

11— BOOKBINDING,  subclasses  3,  Books  and  covers;  11,  Writing- 
tablets;  18,  Covers;  20,  Leaves  and  covers,  and,  35,  Covers, 
Removable. 

24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclasses  Hi,  Bale  and 
package  ties;  17,  Bale  and  package  ties,  Packet-holders; 
18,  Bale  and  package  ties,  Packet-holders,  Cord,  and  19,  Bale 
and  package  ties,  Strap-tighteners. 

45— FURNITURE,  subclasses  (14,  Book  and  music  holders,  Port- 
folio, and  69,  Desks,  Portable. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclasses  23,  Scholars'  companions,  and  24, 
Blotters. 

129— PAPER  FILES  AND  BINDERS,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous;  20, 
Scrap-book  and  album  leaves,  and  41,  Transverse  cords. 

190 — BAGGAGE,  subclasses  43,  Traveling-bags,  Frameless  and 
folding,  and  51,  Traveling-bags,  Compartments  and  partitions. 


CLASS  150— Continued. 

224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclasses  8,  Body  and 
belt  attached,  Knapsack;  2(i,  Body  and  belt  attached,  Bag, 
case,  or  frame;  43,  Saddle-bags;  44,  Saddle-bags,  Traveling- 
bag,  and  45,  Hand,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

53.  COVERS  AND  CASES,  COLLAR  AND  CUFF.    Construc- 

tions of  flexible  materials  intended  as  receptacles  for  collars 
and  cuffs  and  allied  articles. 

54.  COVERS  AND  CASES,  TIRE  AND  WIRE  COIL.    Cover- 

ings and  cases  of  circular  form,  commonly  also  annular,  to 
incase  and  protect  automobile  and  other  tires,  coils  of  wire, 
and  like  structures. 


CLASS  151.— NTTT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  special  means  which  prevent  or  tend  to 
prevent  the  rotation  of  a  threaded  nut  or  bolt,  their  relative  rotation, 
or  their  endwise  movement  or  separation. 

Subclasses. 

1.  FLOWING  METAL.    Includes  fusible  metal,  which  upon  cool 

ing  locks  the  bolt  or  nut,  and  soft  metal,  some  of  whose  parts 
by  flowing  or  drawing  lock  the  nut  or  bolt. 

2.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT.  The  nut  is  locked  to  the  bolt,  so 

as  to  prevent  their  relative  rotation  or  endwise  separation. 

3.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  FLEXIBLE  WASHER.    A 

washer  secured  to  the  bolt  has  an  inelastic  portion  turned 
against  the  nut  after  the  nut  is  screwed  on. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  53,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
Flexible,  Inelastic  washer-tongue. 

4.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  FLEXIBLE-KEY.    The  nut 

and  bolt  are  held  together  by  a  key  which  is  bent  after  the  nut 
is  seated  so  as  to  form  a  connection  between  notches  or  slots  in 
the  nut  and  the  bolt. 

5.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  CROSS-KEY.    The  nut  and 

bolt  are  locked  together  by  a  key  which  has  its  locking  portion 
lying  transversely  of  the  bolt. 

Note.— Keys  which  cut  or  bind  against  the  threads  of  the  nut  or 
bolt  are  classified  in  the  subclasses  24,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Thread-lock,  Radial  key  or  gib.  and  26,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Thread-lock,  Tangential-key,  this  class. 

6.  COUPLED    NUT    AND    BOLT,    CROSS-KEY,    SPRING- 

SEATED.    The  key  is  forced  to  its  seat  by  a  spring. 

7.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  ELASTIC  GRIPPING  AC- 

TION. The  nut  or  washer  is  composed  wholly  or  partly  of 
elastic  material,  which  grips  the  threaded  or  other  part  of  the 
bolt. 

Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  21 .  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Thread-lock,  Distorted-nut,  and  18,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Thread-lock,  Superposed  nuts. 

8.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  LONGITUDINAL-KEY. 

The  nut  and  bolt  are  locked  together  by  a  key  whose  locking 
portion  extends  longitudinally  of  the  bolt. 
Note.— Keys  which  cut  or  bind  against  the  threads  are  in  Coupled 

nut  and  bolt.  Thread-lock,  Longitudinal-key. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  5,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Cross  key,  for  those  having  a  side  extension  which  forms  the 
locking  portion  of  the  same. 

COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  PAWL-AND-RATCHET.    The 

nut  and  bolt  are  interlocked  by  pawl-and-ratchet  mechanism, 
which  automatically  locks  the  nut  or  bolt  from  movement  in 
one  direction,  but  permits  free  movement  in  the  other.  Those 
pawl-like  structures  which  are  not  automatic  are  regarded  as 
keys. 

9.  COUPLED    NUT    AND    BOLT.    PAWL-AND-RATCHET, 

BOLT-CARRIED  PAWL.  The  bolt  carries  or  holds  from 
rotation  a  pawl  which  interlocks  with  ratchet-teeth  in  the  nut. 

10.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  PAWL-AND-RATCHET, 

NUT-CARRIED  PAWL.  The  nut  carries  a  pawl  which 
rotates  with  the  nut  and  interlocks  with  ratchet-teeth  in  the 
bolt. 

11.  COUPLED    NUT    AND    BOLT.    PAWL-AND-RATCHET, 

NUT-CARRIED  PAWL,  FLEXIBLE.  A  flexible  pawl 
interlocks  with  ratchet-teeth  carried  by  the  bolt  or  by  a  struc- 
ture secured  to  the  bolt. 

12.  COUPLED   NUT   AND   BOLT,   PAWL-AND-RATCHET, 

NUT-CARRIED  PAWL,  PIVOTED.    The  pawl  carried  by 
the  nut  moves  on  a  pivot  to  lock  and  unlock. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  25,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Thread-lock,  Side-clutch. 

13.  COUPLED   NUT   AND    BOLT,   PAWL-AND-RATCHET, 

WASHER-CARRIED  PAWL.  The  washer  issecured  to  the 
bolt  and  carries  a  pawl  which  interlocks  with  a  specially-made 
ratchet-surface  of  the  nut.  The  corners  of  the  ordinary  nut 
are  not  regarded  as  forming  a  ratchet-surface. 

14.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK.    The  nut  is 

locked  to  the  bolt  directly  or  indirectly  by  the  action  upon  the 
threads. 


CLASS  151— Continued. 

15.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK,  SUPER- 

POSED NUTS.  More  than  one  nut  is  placed  on  a  bolt,  the 
outer  one  having  some  special  construction  or  adjunct  whereby 
it  is  adapted  to  lock  the  other  nut.  Jam-nuts  are  included 
only  when  they  are  specially  adapted  to  serve  as  jam-nuts. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  7,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Elastic  gripping-action;  27,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Top-stop, 
and  21,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Thread-lock,  Distorted-nut. 

16.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK,  SUPER- 

POSED NUTS,  OPPOSITELY-THREADED.  One  nut 
has  a  right-hand  thread,  and  the  other  a  left-hand  thread,  the 
threads  cooperating  with  a  similarly-threaded  bolt. 

17.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK,  SUPER- 

POSED NUTS,  OPPOSITELY-THREADED,  KEY  OR 
PAWL  LOCKED.  The  nuts  are  locked  together  by  a  key  or 
by  a  pawl-and-ratchet  mechanism. 

18.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK,  SUPER- 

POSED  NUTS,  OPPOSITELY-THREADED,  SIDE 
LOCKE  D.  The  nuts  are  locked  together  by  a  device  engaging 
their  sides. 

19.  COUPLED    NUT    AND    BOLT,    THREAD-LOCK,    CAM 

OR  CONE  GRIP.  The  threads  of  the  bolt  are  gripped  by  a 
cam-action  between  the  nut  and  washer  or  other  part  or  by 
the  action  of  a  cone  and  its  coacting  member  forcing  a  part  of 
the  nut  or  washer  against  the  bolt-threads. 

20.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK,  CANTED 

NUT.  The  nut  at  its  final  position  tends  to  bend  the  bolt  at 
the  base  of  the  nut.  Usually  the  nut  or  the  washer  is  wedge- 
shaped. 

21.  COUPLED    NUT    AND  BOLT,     THREAD-LOCK,     DIS- 

TORTED-NUT. The  whole  or  a  part  of  the  nut  is  distorted 
or  changed  in  shape  before,  during,  or  after  its  application  to 
the  bolt,  so  that  the  threads  of  the  nut  grip  the  threads  of  the 
bolt. 

Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses  7,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Elastic  gripping  action,  and  15,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Thread- 
lock,  Superposed  nuts. 

22.  COUPLED    NUT    AND    BOLT,    THREAD-LOCK,    DIS- 

TORTED-THREAD. The  threads  of  the  nut  or  bolt  are 
during  or  after  the  application  of  the  nut  bent,  crushed,  or 
injured,  so  as  to  lock  the  nut  and  bolt  from  relative  rotation 

23.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK,  LONGI- 

TUDINAL-KEY. A  key  has  its  locking  portion  extending 
longitudinally  of  the  bolt  and  biting  or  binding  against  the 
thread. 

24.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK,  RADIAL 

KEY  OR  GIB.  A  key  or  gib  is  moved  radially  toward  the 
bolt  and  engages  its  threads. 

25.  COUPLED   NUT   AND   BOLT,   THREAD-LOCK,    SIDE- 

CLUTCH.  A  device,  not  an  integral  part  of  the  nut  or  bolt 
clutches  or  bites  the  threads  of  the  nut  or  bolt.  The  locking 
action  in  most  cases  resembles  that  of  the  pawl  and  ratchet, 
except  the  part  engaged  by  such  device  has  no  cooperating 
notches. 

26.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  THREAD-LOCK,  TANGEN- 

TIAL-KEY. A  key  in  the  nut  moves  tangentially  to  the  bolt 
and  bites  or  binds  against  the  threads  thereof. 

27.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  TOP-STOP.     A  stop  secured 

or  locked  to  the  bolt  has  a  portion  above  the  nut  which  locks 
the  nut. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  16,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Thread-lock,  Superposed  nuts. 

28.  COUPLED   NUT    AND    BOLT,    TOP-STOP,    POSITIVE- 

LOCK.    The  stop  by  a  positive  interlocking  engagement  with 
the  nut,  prevents  rotation  of  the  nut  on  the  bolt. 
NOTE. — Mere  friction-locks  are  in  the  next  preceding  subclass. 

29.  COUPLED    NUT    AND   BOLT,   TOP-STOP,    POSITIVE- 

LOCK,  SIDE.    The  nut  is  locked  by  a  portion  of  the  stop 
engaging  the  side  of  the  nut. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  44,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

30.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  TOP-STOP,  THREAD- 

GRIP  PER.    The  stop  is  locked  to  the  bolt  by  its  gripping 
action  on  the  bolt-threads. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  15,  Coupled  nut  and  bolt, 
Thread  lock,  Superposed  nuts. 

361 


362 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  151— Continued. 

31.  COUPLED  NUT  AND  BOLT,  WEDGED  SLOTTED  BOLT. 

The  bolt  has  a  slit  or  slot  in  which  a  wedge-shaped  device 
moves  to  cause  the  bolt-sections  to  expand  against  the  nut. 
The  said  device  may  be  removed. 

32.  LOCKED  BOLT.    Devices  for  locking  the  bolt  regardless  of 

whether  the  nut  is  locked  or  not,  but  does  not  include  means 
for  locking  the  bolt  to  the  nut  or  the  use  of  flowing  metal. 

33.  LOCKED  NUT.    The  nut  is  locked  to  the  base  or  substructure. 

so  as  to  prevent  its  rotation.  Includes  all  means  for  locking 
the  nut  regardless  of  whether  the  bolt  is  locked  or  not ,  but  does 
not  include  means  for  locking  the  nut  to  the  bolt  or  the  use  of 
flowing  metal. 

Note.— All  rotatable  washers  should  be  cross-referenced  into 
subclass  45,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock,  Rotatable-washer,  or  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

34.  LOCKED  NUT,  BASE-CLUTCH.    The  base  or  inner  face  of 

the  nut  is  clutched  automatically  to  the  substructure. 

35.  LOCKED  NUT,  BASE-CLUTCH,  BITING-TOOTH.    The 

base  of  the  nut  is  locked  to  the  substructure  by  the  biting 
action  of  one  or  more  teeth. 

36.  LOCKED       NUT.       BASE-CLUTCH,       BITING-TOOTH, 

COILED-WASHER.  The  tooth  bites  the  nut-base  and  is 
carried  by  a  washer  coiled  about  the  bolt. 

37.  LOCKED  NUT,  BASE-CLUTCH,  BITING-TOOTH,  NUT- 

CARRIED.  The  biting  tooth  is  carried  by  the  nut  as  it  is 
turned. 

Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  50,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
Flexible,  Automatic. 

38.  LOCKED  NUT,  BASE-CLUTCH,  FRICTION.    The  nut  is 

held  to  the  substructure  by  friction. 

Note.— Washers  which  yield  as  the  nut  is  turned  on.  so  as  to  raise 
their  faces  next  to  the  sides  of  the  nut  above  the  base  of  the 
nut,  are  classified  under  subclass  49,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
Flexible,  and  50,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock,  Flexible,  Automatic. 

39.  LOCKED  NUT,  BASE-CLUTCH,  PAWL-AND-RATCHET. 

Pawl-and-ratchet  mechanism  locks  the  base  of  the  nut  to  the 
substructure.    The  pawl  automatically  locks  against  move- 
ment in  one  direction,  but  permits  free  movement  hi  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  47,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
Rotatable-washer,  Pawl-locked. 

40.  LOCKED  NUT,  BASE-CLUTCH,  PAWL-AND-RATCHET, 

NUT-CARRIED  PAWL.    The  pawl  is  carried  by  the  nut 
and  locks  under  the  base  of  the  nut. 
Search  Class— 

151 — NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  47,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
Rotatable-washer,  Pawl-locked. 

41.  LOCKED  NUT,  BASE-CLUTCH,  PAWL-AND-RATCHET, 

YIELDING  INTERLOCKING  WASHER.  The  nut  has  i* 
ratcheted  base  which  interlocks  with  a  yielding  washer  carry- 
ing rachet-teeth. 

Note. — Washers  with  free  yielding  tongues  are  in  subclass  39, 
Locked  nut,  Base-clutch,Pawl-and-ratchet,  this  class. 

42.  LOCKED  NUT,  DISTORTED.    After  the  nut  is  seated  some 

portion  of  the  nut  is  bent  to  engage  the  substructure. 
Search  Class — 

151 — NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  46,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
Rotatable-washer,  Bent-tongue  locked. 

43.  LOCKED  NUT,  GRAVITY  NUT  OR  WASHER.    The  nut 

is  heavier  on  one  side  of  the  bolt-hole  than  the  other,  or  the 
nut  is  seated  in  and  carried  by  a  washer  heavier  on  one  side 
than  the  other. 

44.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK.    The  side  of  the  nut  is  locked 

to  prevent  rotation. 

45.  LOCKED    NUT,    SIDE-LOCK,    ROTATABLE-WASHER. 

The  washer  and  nut  turn  together  as  a  single  piece,  there 
being  a  locking  action  between  the  washer  and  the  substruc- 
ture. 

46.  LOCKED    NUT,    SIDE-LOCK,    ROTATABLE-WASHER, 

BENT-TONGUE  LOCKED.    The  washer  is  locked  to  the 

nut  and  is  prevented  from  rotation  by  bending  a  non-elastic 

portion  thereof  so  as  to  engage  a  portion  of  the  substructure. 

Search  Class— 

151 — NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  42,  Locked  nut,  Distorted. 

47.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,   ROTATABLE   WASHER, 

PAWL-LOCKED.    The  washer  and  the  substructure  are 
interlocked  by  a  pawl  and  ratchet.    The  pawl  automatically 
locks  against  movement  in  one  direction,  but  permits  free 
movement  in  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  48,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock. 
Pawl-and-ratchet. 

48.  LOCKED    NUT,    SIDE-LOCK,    PAWL-AND-RATCHET. 

The  nut  is  locked  by  pawl-and-ratchet  mechanism.  The  pawl 
locks  against  movement  in  one  direction,  but  permits  it  in  the 
other.  The  corners  of  the  nut  are  not  regarded  as  ratchet- 
teeth. 

Note.— Pivoted  devices  locking  against  the  side  of  the  nut  are 
classified  in  subclass  60,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock,  Transversely- 
swinging,  and  sliding  devices  having  a  similar  function  are 


CLASS  151-Continued. 

classified  in  61  Locked  nut,  Side-lock,  Transversely-sliding, 
in  this  class.  Search  should  also  be  made  in  subclass  Locked 
nut,  side-lock,  Rotatable  washer,  Pawl-locked, 

49.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  FLEXIBLE.    A  flexible  part 

of  the  locking  device  engages  the  side  of  the  nut. 

50.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  FLEXIBLE,  AUTOMATIC. 

The  nut  is  automatically  locked  by  a  flexible  device  engaging 
the  side  thereof. 

51.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  FLEXIBLE,  AUTOMATIC 

COILED-WASHER.    The  nut  is  locked  by  a  washer  coiled 
about  the  bolt  and  having  a  portion  automatically  engaging 
the  side  of  the  nut. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  53,  Locked  nut  Side-lock, 
Flexible,  Inelastic  washer-tongue. 

52.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  FLEXIBLE,  AUTOMATIC 

SPRING-TONGUED  WASHER-PLATE.    A  washer-plate 
has  one  or  more  spring  locking-tongues  engaging  the  side  of 
the  nut. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclass  53,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
Flexible,  Inelastic  washer-tongue. 

53.  LOCKED   NUT,   SIDE-LOCK,   FLEXIBLE,   INELASTIC 

WASHER-TONGUE.    A  washer  has  anon-elastic  portion 
bent  against  the  side  of  the  nut  after  it  is  screwed  to  place. 
The  washer  must  lock  the  nut  which  is  seated  thereon  and 
not  a  nut  seated  on  another  washer. 
Search  Class— 

151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS,  subclasses52,  Lockednut,  Side-lock 
Flexible,  Automatic,  Spring-tongued  washer-plate,  and  3, 
Coupled  nut  and  bolt,  Flexible-washer,  also  51,  Locked  nut, 
Side-lock,  Flexible,  Automatic,  Coiled-washer. 

54.  LOCKED     NUT,     SIDE-LOCK,     LONGITUDINAL.    The 

locking  device  is,  after  the  nut  is  seated,  brought  to  locking 
position  by  a  movement  longitudinal  of  the  bolt.  The  final 
locking  movement  alone  is  considered  whatever  previous 
movements  the  device  has  received. 

55.  LOCKED  NUT,  LONGITUDINAL,  NUT-HELD.    The  nut 

which  is  locked  holds  in  place  its  locking  device.  The  locking 
device  must  not  be  held  by  a  washer  or  other  means  applied 
under  the  nut  before  the  seating  thereof. 

56.  LOCKED    NUT,    LONGITUDINAL,    NUT-HELD,    RE- 

VERSED-NUT.  After  the  nut  has  been  seated  and  the 
locking  device  applied  the  nut  is  turned  backwardly  to  lock 
said  device. 

57.  LOCKED    NUT,    SIDE-LOCK,    LONGITUDINAL,   SIDE- 

PIN.  A  pin  seated  in  the  substructure  is  moved  longitudi- 
nally of  the  bolt,  so  as  to  stand  against  the  side  of  the  nut. 

58.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  LONGITUDINAL,  SPIKE- 

HELD  .    The  locking  device  is  held  against  the  nut  by  a  spike. 

59.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  LONGITUDINAL,  SWING- 

ING. The  locking  device  swings  to  locking  position  against 
the  side  of  the  nut. 

Note.— Pawls  engaging  a  ratcheted  surface,  not  the  sides  of  the 
common  nut,  are  classified  in  subclass  48,  Locked  nut,  Side- 
lock,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  in  this  class.  Search  should  also  be 
made  in  subclass  49,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock,  Flexible,  in  this 
class. 

60.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  LONGITUDINAL,  WASH- 

ER-TONGUE HELD.  The  locking  device  is  held  in  locking 
position  by  an  integral  portion  of  a  washer  standing  over  it. 

61.  LOCKED    NUT,    SIDE-LOCK,    TRANSVERSELY-SLID- 

ING. The  locking  device  is  slid  transversely  of  the  bolt  after 
the  nut  is  screwed  on,  so  as  to  lock  a  side  of  the  nut.  The 
final  locking  movement  alone  is  considered  whatever  previous 
movement  the  device  has  received. 

62.  LOCKED    NUT,    SIDE-LOCK,    TRANSVERSELY-SLID- 

ING, KEY,  PLATE,  OR  BAR.  The  locking  device  is  a 
key,  plate,  or  bar. 

63.  LOCKED    NUT,    SIDE-LOCK,    TRANSVERSELY-SLID- 

ING, KEY,  PLATE,  OR  BAR,  NUT-HELD.  The  key, 
plate,  or  bar  is  held  in  place  by  the  nut.  The  locking  device 
must  not  be  held  by  a  washer  or  other  means  applied  before 
the  nut  is  seated. 

64  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  TRANSVERSELY-SLID- 
ING, KEY,  PLATE,  OR  BAR,  SLIDING-WASHER.  The 
locking  device  is  a  washer  which  is  driven  to  locking  position 
after  the  nut  is  seated,  the  washer  tearing  a  stop  to  lock  the 
side  of  the  nut. 

65.  LOCKED  NUT,  SIDE-LOCK,  TRANSVERSELY-SWING- 
ING. The  locking  device  swings  transversely  of  the  bolt 
after  the  nut  is  on,  so  as  to  engage  a  side  of  the  nut. 
Note. — Pawl-and-ratchet  mechanism  where  a  special  ratchet-face 
is  employed  may  be  found  under  subclass  48,  Locked  nut, 
Side-lock,  Pawl-and-ratchet,  this  class.  Flexible  swinging 
devices  are  classified  undersubclass  49,  Locked  nut,  Side-lock, 
Flexible,  this  class. 

60.  LOCKED  NUT,  TRANSVERSE  BASE-LOCKING  KEY. 
A  key  extends  transversely  of  the  bolt  between  the  base  ol 
the  nut  and  the  substructure. 


CLASS  153.— METAL-BENDING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  machines  and  processes  which  simply  bend 
metal  and  are  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 

Note.— It  does  not  include  machines  or  processes  for  closing  or 
pressing  lock-seams,  for  drawing  plates  by  spinning  or  by  die-presses 
to  form  dished  or  tubular  articles,  nor  for  making  horseshoes,  nor 
hooks  and  eyes. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BINDING  AND   COVERING.    Binding  and  covering  with 

metal  various  articles,  as  stove-boards,  moldings,  corset-stays, 
etc. 

1.5.  BINDING    AND    COVERING,    SHOE-LACE    TIPPING. 
Machines  and  devices  for  applying  sheet-metal  or  wire  tips  to 

shoe-laces. 

2.  COMBINED  OPERATIONS.  Combined  operations  not  belong- 

ing wholly  to  any  other  subclass. 

3.  COMBINED  OPERATIONS,  ANGULAR  BENDING  AND 

CURVING.  The  metal  bent  is  given  both  an  angle  and  a 
curve. 

4.  COMBINED  OPERATIONS.  ANGULAR  BENDING  AND 

CURVING,  PIVOTED  BENDER.  That  part  of  the  bender 
which  engages  the  metal  is  pivoted. 

5.  COMBINED  OPERATIONS,  ANGULAR  BENDING  AND 

CURVING,  PIVOTED  BENDER,  CHANGEABLE 
FORMER.  Making  angles  and  curves  of  various  forms  by 
interchanging  forming-blocks,  over  which  the  work  is  bent, 
often  by  hand. 

6.  COMBINED  OPERATIONS,  ANGULAR  BENDING  AND 

TWISTING.    The  metal  is  both  angularly  bent  and  twisted. 

7.  COMBINED  OPERATIONS,  CURVING  AND  CORRUGAT- 

ING.   The  metal  is  both  curved  and  corrugated. 

8.  COMBINED  OPERATIONS,  CURVING  AND  CORRUGAT- 

ING, HAMMER-ACTION.  Machines  operating  by  a  recipro- 
cating or  oscillating  hammer-stroke,  usually  to  make  curved 
moldings,  and  working  progressively  along  the  metal  as  it  is 
fed. 

9.  BEADING   AND   CRIMPING   ROLLS.    Beads  and  crimps 

metal  by  means  of  rolls,  commonly  known  as  "tinners'  rolls." 
They  do  not  curl  the  edges,  devices  which  perform  such  an 
operation  being  under  subclass  59,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Roll,  Edge-curling,  in  this  class. 
Search  Class — 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  30,  Angular,  Roll,  Flanging, 
Tinner's  rolls;  59,  Curving  or  straightening,  Roll,  Edgecurling; 
71,  Corrugating,  Tubes,  Spiral  bend;  77,  Corrugating,  Roll. 

10.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous   bending    machines   and 

processes  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  other  subclasses. 

11.  ANGULAR.    Miscellaneous    machines   and    processes   which 

make  angular  bends  in  metal.    In  some  cases  the  work  is  bent 
back  upon  itself. 
Search  Class— 
153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  32,  Curving  or  straightening. 

12.  ANGULAR,    COMBINED    RECIPROCATING    BENDER 

AND  PIVOTED  SIDE-SHAPER.    Employs  a  reciprocat- 
ing bender  to  perform  one  step  and  one  or  more  pivoted  bend- 
ers operating  at  the  side  of  the  reciprocating  bender  to  perform 
the  other  step. 
Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  33,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Combined  reciprocating  bender  and  pivoted  side-shaper. 

13.  ANGULAR,    COMBINED    RECIPROCATING    BENDER 

AND  SLIDING  SIDE-SHAPER.    Employs  a  reciprocating 
bender  to  perform  one  step  and  one  or  more  sliding  benders 
operating  at  the  side  of  and  at  or  near  a  right  angle  to  the  recip- 
rocating bender  to  perform  the  other  step. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  34,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Combined  reciprocating  bender  and  sliding  side-shaper. 

14.  ABOLISHED. 

15.  ANGULAR,    PIVOTED    BENDER.    The   part   or    bender 

which  engages  the  metal  to  form  the  bend  is  pivoted. 

16.  ANGULAR,      PIVOTED      BENDER,      BED-CLAMPED 

WORK.  The  work  is  secured  to  a  bed  by  a  movable  clamp- 
ing-jaw, while  the  bender  operates  upon  the  free  or  projecting 
portion  thereof.  Contains  mostly  devices  for  turning  the  edges 
of  sheets  to  form  seaining-hooks. 


CLASS  153— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  5,  Combined  operations,  An- 
gular bending  and  curving,  Pivoted  bender,  Changeable 
former;  12,  Angular,  Combined  reciprocating  bender  and  piv- 
oted side-shaper. 

17.  ANGULAR,      PIVOTED      BENDER,      BED-CLAMPED 

WORK,  MULTIPLE  SIDE.  Bends  more  than  one  of  the 
free  portions  of  the  work  extending  beyond  the  sides  of  the  bed 
or  clamp. 

18.  ANGULAR.      PIVOTED      BENDER,      BED-CLAMPED 

WORK,  MULTIPLE  SIDE,  INCLOSED  FORMS.  Makes 
inclosed  bodies  or  polygonal  shapes  from  rods  and  sheets. 

19.  ANGULAR,      PIVOTED      BENDER,      BED-CLAMPED 

WORK,  ROTARY.    The  bending  device  operates  on  a  plate 
clamped  to  a  rotating  bed.    The  bender  is,  as  a  rule,  carried  by 
a  pivoted  frame  and  may  have  an  engaging  antifriction-roller. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  52,  Spinning;  53, 
Spinning,  Carriage  feed,  Pattern-controlled. 

20.  ANGULAR,  PIVOTED  BENDER,  BENDER-ATTACHED 

WORK.    The  bender  which  has  the  work  attached  thereto 
turns  about  a  pivot  or  a  fixed  axis. 
Search  Class — 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  40,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Pivoted  bender,  Bender-attached  work;  41,  Curving  or 
straightening,  Pivoted  bender,  Bender-attached  work.  Bead- 
ing and  curving;  42,  Curving  or  straightening,  Pivoted  bender, 
Bender-attached  work,  Beading  or  tube-forming. 

21.  ANGULAR,   RECIPROCATING   BENDER.    The  part  or 

bender  which  engages  the  metal  has  a  reciprocating  or  right- 
line  movement. 
Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  48,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Reciprocating  bender;  76,  Corrugating,  Reciprocating  bender. 

22.  ANGULAR,    RECIPROCATING    BENDER,    INCLOSED 

FORMS.  Makes  tube-shaped  or  polygonal  bodies  from  bars 
or  sheets. 

23.  ANGULAR,  RECIPROCATING  BENDER  PAN-SHAPED 

DIES.  Includes  a  female  die,  shaped  like  the  common  angu- 
lar bake-pan,  into  which  the  male  die  presses  sheets  to  form 
pan-shaped  bodies,  the  dies  being  adapted  to  permit  the  pro- 
jection of  the  ears  at  the  angles. 

24.  ANGULAR,   RECIPROCATING   BENDER,    SCREW-OP- 

ERATED. The  non-rotating  bender  is  drawn  by  a  screw  in 
the  path  of  a  portion  of  the  work.  This  subclass  also  includes 
devices  which  bend  by  repeated  hammer-strokes  and  are  fed 
by  a  screw  to  progressively  bend  the  work.  The  devices  are 
mostly  for  flanging  holes. 
Search  Class— 

15}— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  27,  Angular.  Reciprocating 
bender,  Bed-clamped  work,  Rotary  bending-head. 

25.  ANGULAR,        RECIPROCATING        BENDER,        BED- 

CLAMPED  WORK.  The  portion  of  the  work  projecting  be- 
yond the  bed  on  which  it  is  clamped  is  bent. 

26.  ANGULAR,        RECIPROCATING        BENDER,        BED- 

CLAMPED  WORK,  ROTARY.  The  work  while  clamped 
to  a  rotating  bed  is  bent,  usually  to  form  flanges.  The  bender 
is  in  most  cases  provided  with  an  antifriction-roller. 

27.  ANGULAR,        RECIPROCATING        BENDER,        BED- 

CLAMPED  WORK,  ROTARY  BENDING-HEAD.  A  ro- 
tating bending-head,  usually  carrying  antifriction  devices, 
moves  in  the  path  of  the  metal  to  be  bent.  Mostly  for  flanging 
holes. 

Search  Class— 

153 —METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  24,  Angular,  Reciprocating 
bender,  Screw-operated;  81,  Pipe  expanders  and  Hangers, 
Traveling,  Rotary;  82,  Pipe  expanders  and  flangers,  Travel- 
ing, Rotary,  Internal,  Wedge-feed. 

28.  ANGULAR,   ROLL.    Makes  angles  by  the  action  of  rolls. 

Mere  antifriction-rolls  carried  by  a  pivoted  or  a  reciprocating 
bender  are  found  under  the  subclasses  having  these  titles. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  54,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Roll;  77,  Corrugating,  Roll;  3,  Combined  operations,  Angular 
bending  and  curving. 

29.  ANGULAR,  ROLL,  FLANGING.    Flanges  plates,  usually 

circular,  by  passing  them  between  feeding-rolls. 

30.  ANGULAR,    ROLL,    FLANGING,    TINNERS'    ROLLS. 

Forms  flanges  by  means  of  the  common  machine  known  as 
"tinners'  rolls."  They  usually  form  seaming-flanges  on  the 
edges  of  sheets  or  inclosed  forms. 

363 


364 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  153— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

153—  METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  9 ,  Beading  and  crimping  rolls; 
59,  Curving  or  straightening,  Roll,  Edge-curling;  72,  Corru- 
gating, Tubes,  Spiral  bend,  Roll. 

31.  ANGULAR,    ROLL,    FLANGING,    PIVOTED    TABLE. 

Flanges  plates  by  feeding  them  between  rolls  while  the  table 
or  bed  supporting  the  plates  is  gradually  tilted. 

32.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING.    Miscellaneous  machines 

and  processes  for  curving  or  straightening  metal. 
Search  Classes — 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  11,  Angular. 

80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  21,  Platen-rolling,  Disk  platens. 

140—  WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  105,  Crimping;  106,  Crimping, 
Implements;  139,  Wire  cutting  and  straightening;  140,  Wire 
cutting  and  straightening,  Predetermined  lengths;  147,  Wire 
straightening;  148,  Wire  straightening,  Rolls. 

144— WOOD  WORKING,  subclasses  205,  Wood-bending,  Former, 
Fixed,  Strap  and  screw;  263,  Wood-bending,  Former,  Fixed, 
Strap-and-windlass. 

33.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  COMBINED  RECIP- 

ROCATING BENDER  AND  PIVOTED  SIDE-SHAPER. 
Machines  having  a  reciprocating  bender  performing  one  step 
and  one  or  more  pivoted  benders  operating  at  the  side  of  the 
reciprocating  bender  and  performing  the  other  step. 
Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  12,  Angular,  Combined  recipro- 
cating bender  and  pivoted  side-shaper. 

34.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  COMBINED  RECIP- 

ROCATING BENDER  AND  SLIDING  SIDE-SHAPER. 
Machines  having  a  reciprocating  bender  performing  one  step 
and  one  or  more  sliding  benders  operating  at  the  side  of  and 
at  or  near  a  right  angle  to  the  reciprocating  bender  and  per- 
forming the  other  step. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  12,  Angular,  Combined  recipro- 
cating bender  and  sliding  side-shaper. 

35.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  STRETCHING.    The 

metal  is  stretched  to  take  out  bends  and  unevenness. 

36.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  TRAVELING  FLEX- 

IBLE CORE.  Machines  for  bending  tul>es  in  which  a  flexible 
core  or  a  series  of  spheres  or  spools  is  made  to  travel  within  the 
tube. 

37.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  FLIER-FRAME.    The 

metal  is  straightened  by  passing  through  a  rotary  frame  which 
bends  every  part  in  a  circular  lateral  direction. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  139,Wire  cutting  and  straight- 
ening; 140,  Wire  cutting  and  straightening,  Predetermined 
lengths. 

38.  CURVING     OR     STRAIGHTENING,     THREE  -  POINT 

JACKS.  Small  portable  devices  engaging  the  metal  at  three 
points,  one  point  being  movable  to  bend  the  work.  This  sub- 
class is  composed  mostly  of  axle-benders  and  jim-crows. 

39.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER. 

The  part  of  bender  which  engages  the  metal  is  pivoted. 

40.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER, 

BENDER-ATTACHED  WORK.    The  work  is  attached  to 
and  moves  with  the  pivoted  bender.    Cylinders  and  rods  hav- 
ing means,  as  a  slot  or  a  clamp,  for  securing  the  work  may  be 
found  here  or  in  the  subclasses  subordinate  hereto. 
Search  Classes 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  20,  Angular,  Pivoted  bender, 
Bender-attached  work. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  267,  Wood-bending,  Former, 
Pivotal;  268,  Wood-bending,  Former,  Pivotal,  Coiling. 

41.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER, 

BENDER-ATTACHED  WORK,  BEADING  AND  CURV- 
ING. Forms  a  bead  or  curl,  as  under  the  last  subclass  above, 
and  in  addition  forms  a  curve  in  a  similar  manner.  This  sub- 
class is  mostly  composed  of  machines  for  making  beaded  eaves- 
troughs. 
Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  5,  Combined  operations,  Angu- 
lar bending  and  curving,  Pivoted  bender,  Changeable  former. 

42.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER, 

BENDER-ATTACHED  WORK,  BEADING  OR  TUBE- 
FORMING.  Form  tubes  or  tube-like  beads  on  the  edges  of 
sheets. 

43.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER, 

BENDER-ATTACHED     WORK,     TRAVELING    BED. 
The  work  is  attached  to  a  cylinder  or  other  pivoted  device, 
while  a  traveling  bed  upon  which  the  work  is  laid  slides  so  as 
to  support  it  at  the  line  of  curvature. 
Search  Class — 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  74,  Corrugating,  Bed  and  cylin- 
der. 

44.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER, 

OPPOSING  JAWS.  The  work  is  bent  by  jaws  which  move 
toward  each  other. 

45.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER, 

SWEEP-ARM.  The  work  is  bent  by  an  arm  having  a  por- 
tion which  sweeps  or  travels  along  the  form  or  bed  upon  which 
the  work  remains  stationary. 


CLASS  153— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclass  5«, 
Horseshoe-making,  Bending,  and  all  subclasses  of  combined 
machines  under  Horseshoe-making,  in  which  the  operation  of 
bending  occurs. 

144T-WooDWORKiNG,  subclass  262,  Wood-bending,  Former, 
Fixed,  Radial  arm  and  roller. 

46.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER, 

SWEEP-ARM,  STATIONARY  CLAMPED  WORK.     The 
work  is  held  from  endwise  movement  by  a  clamp,  while  a 
sweep-arm  bends  the  metal  over  the  bed  or  form. 
Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  262,  Wood-bending,  Former, 
Fixed,  Radial  arm  and  roller. 

47.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  PIVOTED  BENDER, 

VARIABLE  DIE-FACE.  The  working  face  of  the  die  may 
be  adjusted  to  various  shapes  or  contours.  This  subclass  is 
mostly  composed  of  machines  for  bending  leaf-springs. 

Note. — Machines  and  processes  involving  tempering  are  elsewhere 
classified. 

Search  Class — 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  51,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Reciprocating  bender,  Variable  die-face. 

48.  CURVING    OR    STRAIGHTENING,    RECIPROCATING 

BENDER.    The  part  or  bender  which  engages  the  metal  has 
a  reciprocating  or  right-line  movement. 
Search  Class— 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  21,  Angular,  Reciprocating 
bender;  76.  Corrugating,  Reciprocating  bender;  38,  Curving  or 
straightening.  Three-point  jacks;  8,  Combined  operations, 
Curving  and  corrugating,  Hammer-action. 

49.  CURVING    OR    STRAIGHTENING,    RECIPROCATING 

BENDER.  INCLOSED   FORMS.    Forms  tube-shaped  or 
annular  bodies  from  sheets  or  bars.    Here  may  be  found  many 
machines  for  forming  eyes  on  rods  <5r  beads  or  tubes  on  sheets. 
Search  Class — 

153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  34,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Combined  reciprocating  bender  and  sliding  side-shaper. 

50.  CURVING     OR    STRAIGHTENING,    RECIPROCATING 

BENDER,  AUTOMATIC  BEND-DETECTOR.  Bends 
are  detected  by  feelers  which  make  the  bend-correcting  device 
operative. 

51.  CURVING    OR    STRAIGHTENING,    RECIPROCATING 

BENDER,  VARIABLE  DIE-FACE.  The  working  face  of 
the  die  may  be  adjusted  to  various  shapes  or  contours.  This 
subclass  is  mostly  composed  of  machines  for  tending  leaf- 
springs. 

Search  Class — 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  47,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Pivoted  bender,  Variable  die-face. 

52.  CURVING    OR    STRAIGHTENING,    RECIPROCATING 

BENDER,  LATERALLY-TRAVELING.  The  bender 
not  only  reciprocates,  but  is  also  movable,  together  with  its 
carrier-frame,  bodily  along  the  bed  or  work. 

53.  CURVING    OR    STRAIGHTENING,    RECIPROCATING 

BENDER,  SCREW-OPERATED.    A  screw  actuates  the 
bender  to  reciprocate  it. 
Search  Class — 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  38,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Three-point  jacks. 

54.  CURVING    OR    STRAIGHTENING,    ROLL.      Bends    by 

passing  the  work  through  feeding-rolls. 
Search  Class — 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  2S,  Angular,  Roll;  77,  Corru- 
gating, Roll. 

55.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  ROLL,  HOOP.    Flares 

or  flares  and  curves  hoops. 

56.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  ROLL,  ANGLE-BAR. 

Bends  railroad-rails  and  other  angle-bars  by  rolls  especially 
constructed  for  such  work. 
Search  Class— 
80— METAL-ROLLING,  subclass  59,  Rolls,  Pass  arrangement. 

57.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  ROLL,  ANGLE-BAR, 

SECTIONAL  ROLLS.  The  rolls  are  composed  of  sections, 
exchangeable  or  adjustable,  to  accommodate  angle-bars  of 
various  shapes  and  dimensions. 

58.  CURVING    OR    STRAIGHTENING,    ROLL,    BARRF,L- 

STIAPED.  Employs  one  or  more  barrel-shaped  rolls,  which 
thin  the  metal  on  a  longitudinal  line  to  make  or  remove 
curves. 

59.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  ROLL,  EDGE-CURL- 

ING.   Curls  or  beads  the  edges  of  metal.    Sometimes  curls 
the  edge  over  a  wire. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  9,  Beading  and  crimping 
rolls;  30,  Angular,  Roll,  Flanging,  Tinner's  rolls. 

60.  CURVING    OR    STRAIGHTENING,    ROLL,    SKEWED. 

The  rolls  have  their  axes  angularly  arranged  relatively  to  each 
other. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


365 


CLASS  153 — Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

80- METAL-ROLLING,  sul>classes  11,  Tubes;  13,  Tubes,  Axial 
rolling;  140,  WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  139,  Wire  cutting 
and  straightening;  140,  Wire  cutting  and  straightening,  Pre- 
determined lengths;  147,  Wire  straightening;  148,  Wire 
straightening,  Rolls. 

61.  CURVING   OR   STRAIGHTENING,   ROLL,   LNCLOSED- 

WORK  RELEASING.  Machines  having  mechanism  for 
releasing  inclosed  work,  as  tubes,  tires,  etc.,  from  the  rolls. 

62.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  BOILER-FORMERS. 

Formers  or  patterns  over  or  about  which  washboilers  are  bent 
or  shaped. 

63.  CURVING  OR  STRAIGHTENING,  FLEXIBLE  CORES. 

Cores  or  fillers  which  are  put  into  tubes  to  support  the  walls 
during  the  bending  action.  Includes  such  fillers  as  spheres, 
sand,  liquid,  as  well  as  coils  of  wire,  plates,  etc. 

64.  COILING.    Includes  the  bending  of  tubes,  bars,  and  sheets 

into  coils,  but  does  not  include  the  combined  operations  of 
bending  and  tempering. 
Search  Classes— 

28,  CORDAGE,  subclasses  2,  Banding;  6,  Covering  cord. 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclasses  78,  Article  making  or  forming, 
Conical  springs;  79,  Article  making  or  forming,  Conical  springs, 
By  rolls. 

154,  LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES,  sub- 
class 6,  Hose-making,  Axial-feed. 

64.5.  COILING,  FLAT  WIRE,  EDGE  WINDING.    Coiling  by 
winding  flat  wire  or  strips  edgewise  about  an  article,  form,  or 
mandrel. 
Search  Classes — 

10-  BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass  72, 
Nut  and  washer  making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  espe- 
cially 73,  Nut  and  washer  making,  Lock  washer  making,  and 
74,  Nut  and  washer  making,  Coiling  and  forging. 

29— METAL  WORKING,  sulx'lass23,  Special  work,  Toothed  cylin- 
der making,  for  structural  features  or  details. 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  94,  Welding, 
Processes,  Rings  and  tubes,  and  80,  METAL  ROLLING,  subclass 
1,  Miscellaneous,  for  conveyer-night  making  devices  involving 
rolling  and  bending  or  winding. 

65.  COILING,  SHUNT-GUIDE.    A  shunting  device,  usually  an 

inclined  block  or  an  offset  or  skewed  roll,  guides  the  metal  to 
form  a  helix. 

66.  COILING,  SPIRAL  DIE.    The  metal  is  forced  through  a  spiral 

die  or  the  latter  is  forced  over  the  metal  to  form  a  helix. 

67.  COILING,    TRAVELING    GUIDE    OR   MANDREL.    The 

metal  to  be  coiled  is  fed  from  a  traveling  guide  or  the  mandrel 
passes  along  the  guide  as  the  coil  is  formed. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  78,  Article  making  or  forming, 
Conical  springs;  79,  Article  making  or  forming,  Conical  springs, 
By  rolls. 

68.  CORRUGATING.    Forms  corrugations.    Devices  for  making 

corrugations  by  forming  one  bend  at  a  time  are  included  when- 
ever the  mechanism  is  especially  adapted  or  constructed  to 
make  a  series  of  bends. 

69.  CORRUGATING,  TUBES.    Makes  corrugations  in  tubes. 

69.5.  CORRUGATING,  TUBES,  ELBOW  -  BENDING.  Ma- 
chines which  bend  elbows  of  stovepipes,  etc.,  mainly  by 
crimping  the  tube  transversely  and  compressing  the  corruga- 
tion on  one  side  of  the  tube.  Many  of  the  machines  have 
mechanism  for  feeding  the  tube. 
Search  Classes— 

153-  METAL-BENDING,  subclass  79,  Pipe  expanders  and  flangers, 
Non-traveling. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  36,  Tube-making, 
Transverse  seaming,  Die. 

70.  CORRUGATING,     TUBES,     LONGITUDINAL     BEND. 

Makes  longitudinal  corrugations  in  tubes  and  tube-like  arti- 
cles, such  as  caps  and  cups. 

71.  CORRUGATING,  TUBES,  SPIRAL  BEND.    Makes  spiral 

bends  or  screw-threads  in  tubes  or  tube-like  articles,  such  as 
caps. 

Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,; subclasses  9,  Beading  and  crimping  rolls; 
30,  Angular,  Roll,  Flanging,  Tinner's  rolls;  59,  Curving  or 
straightening,  Roll,  Edge  curling. 


CLASS  153— Continued. 

72.  CORRUGATING,  TUBES,  SPIRAL  BEND,  ROLL.    Makes 

spiral  bends  in  tubes  or  tube-like  articles  by  passing  them  be- 
tween feeding-rollers. 

73.  CORRUGATING,  TUBES,  TRANSVERSE  BEND.    Makes 

transverse  bends  in  tubes  or  tube-like  articles. 

74.  CORRUGATING,   BED  AND  CYLINDER.    A  corrugated 

cylinder  or  a  segment  thereof  cooperates  with  a  corrugated  bed 
to  corrugate  the  metal  between  them. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  43,  Curving  or  straightening, 
Pivoted  bender,  Bender-attached  work,  Traveling  bed. 

75.  CORRUGATING,  PIVOTED  BENDER.    A  pivoted  device 

engages  the  metal. 

76.  CORRUGATING,  RECIPROCATING  BENDER.    A  recip- 

rocating device  engages  the  metal. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  8,  Combined  operations,  Curv- 
ing and  corrugating,  Hammer-action;  21,  Angular,  Recipro- 
cating bender;  48,  Curving  or  straightening,  Reciprocating 
bender. 

77.  CORRUGATING,  ROLL.    Makes  corrugations  by  passing  the 

work  between  feeding-rolls. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclasses  28,  Angular,  Roll;  54,  Curving 
or  straightening,  Roll;  9,  Beading  and  crimping  rolls. 

78.  TWISTING.    Gives  twist  to  metal  to  form  lightning-rods,  au- 

gers, conveyer-flights,  etc. 
Search  Class— 
140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  149,  Wire  twisting. 

79.  PIPE  EXPANDERS  AND  FLANGERS,  NON-TRAVEL- 

ING. Machines  and  implements  which  expand  or  flange 
tubes  by  means  of  a  non-traveling  expanding  or  swaging  tool. 
This  subclass  includes  expanders  for  boiler-flues,  stovepipes, 
etc. 

Search  Classes— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  24,  Angular,  Reciprocating 
bender,  Screw-operated;  7S,  METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING, 
suMass  C>:5,  Forging,  Dies,  Upsetting,  Tubular  articles;  81, 
TOOLS,  subclass  188,  Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Non-traveling,  In- 
ternal. 

80.  PIPE  EXPANDERS  AND    FLANGERS,  NON-TRAVEL- 

ING, SEGMENTAL  EXPANDER.  Machines  and  imple- 
ments for  expanding  and  flanging  tubes  by  means  of  a  non- 
traveling  segmental  expanding-die.  This  subclass  includes 
expanders  for  boiler-flues,  bung-hole  linings,  tubular  valve- 
seats,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

8i_TooLS,  subclass  188,  Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Nonrtraveling, 
Internal. 

80.5.  PIPE  EXPANDERS  AND  FLANGERS,  TRAVELING. 
Devices  for  expanding  tubes  adapted  to  have  a  relative  travel 
with  respect  to  the  tube  during  the  expanding  operation. 
Search  Classes  - 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  32,  Curving  or  straightening. 
29— METAL  WORKING,  subclass  162,  Blanks  and  processes,  Lined 
pipes  and  tanks. 

81  PIPE    EXPANDERS   AND    FLANGERS,    TRAVELING. 

ROTARY.    Machines   and  implements   which  expand   or 
flange  tulxs  by  means  of  rotatable  dies  or  rollers. 
Search  Classes  - 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  27,  Angular,  Reciprocating 
bender,  Bed-clamped  work,  Rotary  tending-head;  81,  TOOLS, 
subclasses  189,  Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Traveling,  External;  193, 
Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Traveling,  Internal;  104,  Pipe  and  rod 
cutters,  Traveling,  Internal,  Rotary,  and  195,  Pipe  and  rod 
cutters,  Traveling,  Internal,  Rotary,  Wedge-feed. 

82  PIPE    EXPANDERS   AND    FLANGERS,    TRAVELING, 

ROTARY,  WEDGE-FEED.  Machines  and  implements 
which  expand  tubes  by  means  of  rotatable  dies  or  rollers  which 
are  spread  apart  by  means  of  wedges  or  a  conical  mandrel. 
This  subclass  includes  expanders  for  boiler-flues,  bung-hole 
linings,  tubular  valve-seats,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  195,  Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Traveling,  In- 
ternal, Rotary,  Wedge-feed. 


CLASS    154.— LAMINATED    FABRIC    AND      ANALOGOUS 
MANUFACTURES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

The  general  scope  of  this  class  embraces  the  structure  and  manu- 
facture of  (1)  material  composed  of  a  plurality  of  layers  of  flexible 
fabric  secured  together  by  adhesion,  (2)  material  of  non-homogeneous 
nature  having  layers  or  sections  of  a  plastic  character,  and  (3)  all 
fabrics  not  provided  for  in  other  classes. 

While  this  class  is  based  mainly  on  laminated  materials  and  their 
manufacture,  those  subclasses  covering  structure  or  the  manufacture 
thereof  for  particular  purposes  are  usually  of  sufficient  breadth  to 
include  all  structures  and  operations  for  the  purpose  mentioned, 
when  not  elsewhere  classifiable,  even  though  definite  lamination  is 
absent. 

Apparatus  and  processes  for  making  certain  special  articles  analo- 
gous to  laminated  fabrics  are  included;  but  articles  per  se  other  than 
flexible  fabrics  or  structure  especially  provided  for,  whether  related 
to  the  special  making  groups  or  otherwise,  are  excluded. 

The  patents  in  other  classes  which  are  closely  related  to  those  of 
this  class  along  various  lines  are  so  numerous  that  a  complete  sys- 
tem of  cross-referencing  has  not  been  attempted,  search  notes  be- 
ing relied  on  to  direct  the  search. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS  APPARATUS.    Apparatus  for  the  manu- 

facture of  structures  classifiable  in  this  class  or  performing 
operations  within  the  scope  of  the  class  not  otherwise  provided 
for. 
Search  Classes— 

11— BOOKBINDING,  subclass  2,  Binding  machines,  for  similar 
mechanical  structures;  also  in 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  80,  Cement  applying 
devices. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  especially  subclass  92,  Tag  ma- 
chines, Washer  attaching. 

100— PRESSES,  subclass  07,  Copying,  and  the  subclasses  thereun- 
der. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  279,  Glue  applying  and  press- 
ing apparatus;  281,  Veneer  presses,  and  282,  Veneer  presses, 
Roller. 

181— ACOUSTICS,  subclass  14,  Graphophones,  Tablets,  Methods 
and  machines  for  making. 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING. 

223 — APPAREL  APPARATUS,  especially  subclasses  4,  Corset 
stiffeners,  Making,  and  17,  Garment  formers. 

2.  MISCELLANEOUS  PROCESSES.     Processes  for  the  manu- 

facture of  structures  classifiable  in  this  class  or  performing 
operations  within  the  scope  of  the  class  not  otherwise  pro- 
vided for. 

3.  BFLT  MAKING.    The  making  of  belt  structure  of  adhering 

sheets  or  layers  unless  all  the  layers  are  of  leather.    This  sub- 
class includes  apparatus. 
Search  Class- 
es LEATHER   MANUFACTURES,  for  making  belts  entirely  of 
leather. 

4.  BELT   MAKING,   PROCESSES.    Processes   of  making  belt 

structure,  of  adhering  sheets  or  layers  unless  all  the  layers  are 

of  leather. . 
Search  Classes— 
154— LAMINATED    FABRIC   AND   ANALOGOUS   MANUFACTURES, 

subclass  52,  Fabrics,  Wear  and  strain  resisting. 
74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  (53,  Belts,  Laminated. 
193— CONVEYERS,  subclass  4,  Endless,  Belts. 

5.  HOSE  MAKING.    The  making  of  flexible  tubes  suitable  for 

conducting  fluids  not  classifiable  in  other  classes.    This  sub- 
class includes  miscellaneous  apparatus. 
Search  Classes — 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  9,  Tire  making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  (i,  Covering  cord,  for  apparatus  for 
winding  hose  with  cord  or  its  equivalent  with  or  without  a 
coating  treatment;  subclass  4,  Braiding,  for  machines  for  braid- 
ing tubes. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  of  Tube  machines. 

139— WEAVING,  for  weaving  of  tubes. 

6.  HOSE  MAKING,  AXIAL  FEED.    Apparatus  in  which  either 

the  hose  or  the  forming  mechanism  is  advanced  along  the 
longitudinal  axis  of  the  hose. 


CLASS  154— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

93—  PAPER    MANUFACTURES,    subclass    82,    Tube    machines, 
Axial  feed. 

7.  HOSE  MAKING,  CONVOLUTE  WIND.    Apparatus  designed 

to  wind  the  sheet,  without  longitudinal  movement,  directly 
upon  itself,  so  as  to  form  convolutions. 
Search  Class— 

93— PAPER    MANUFACTURES,    subclass    81,    Tube    machines, 
Convolute  wind. 

8.  HOSE    MAKING,    PROCESSES.    Processes    not    otherwise 

classifiable  of  making  flexible  tubes  suitable  for  conducting 

fluid. 

Search  Classes— 
137— WATER    DISTRIBUTION,   subclass   90,    Mains   and   pipes, 

Hose. 
139— WEAVING,  subclass  72,  Fabrics,  Tubular. 

9.  TIRE  MAKING.     The  making  of  fluid  containing  tires  and 

those  of  a  composite  type,  built  up  from  adhesive,  plastic,  and 
fibrous  materials,  not  classifiable  in  other  arts.     This  sub- 
class includes  miscellaneous  apparatus. 
Search  Classes— 

154  -LAMINATED   FABRIC  AND   ANALOGOUS   MANUFACTURES, 
the  "Hose  making"  subclasses,  and  search  notes  thereof. 

18 — PLASTICS,  when  the  invention  resides  in  a  new  molding  or 
vulcanizing  operation. 

10.  TIRE    MAKING,    FABRIC    STRUCTURE    BUILDING. 

Apparatus  for  building  up  tire  structure  out  of  sheet  materials. 

11.  TIRE    MAKING,    THREAD    STRUCTURE    BUILDING. 

Apparatus  for  building  up  tires  from  thread  stock.  Weaving 
and  other  established  textile  methods  of  building  structure 
from  thread  are  not  included. 

12.  TIRE    MAKING,    PROCESSES.     Processes    not    otherwise 

classifiable  of  building  up  tires  of  adhesive,  plastic,  and  fibrous 
materials. 
Search  Class— 
152— RESILIENT  TIRES  AND  WHEELS,  for  related  structure. 

13.  TIRE    MAKING,    PROCESSES,    FILLING    FEATURE. 

Processes  which  wholly  or  in  part  relate  to  filling  a  hollow 

tire  with  material  other  than  gaseous,  generally  of  a  fluent 

plastic  nature. 
Search  Classes— 
154— LAMINATED   FABRIC  AND   ANALOGOUS    MANUFACTURES, 

subclass  18,  Ball  making,  Golf  ball,  Filling  feature. 
226— PACKAGING   LIQUIDS,  subclass  9,   Filling  machines,   for 

filling  containers  with  liquid. 

14.  TIRE   MAKING,   PROCESSES,   PNEUMATIC.    Processes 

for  making  tires  adapted  to  contain  air  or  gas  under  pressure. 

15.  TIRE  MAKING  PROCESSES,  PNEUMATIC,  PUNCTURE 

CLOSING   TYPE.    Processes  for  producing  tire  structure 
adapted  to  automatically  close  or  heal  punctures  and  prevent 
deflation. 
Search  Class— 

152— RESILIENT  TIRES  AND  WHEELS,  subclass  25,  Repairing, 
Healing  compounds,  for  healing  compounds. 

16.  BALL  MAKING.    The  making  of  composite  or  sectional  balls, 

usually  of  layers  or  portions  adhering  together,  when  the  opera- 
tions are  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 
Search  Class— 

46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  4,  Balls  and  bats,  for  related 
structures. 

17.  BALL  MAKING,  GOLF  BALL.    The  making  of  golf  balls  of 

composite  or  sectional  structure. 

18.  BALL  MAKING,  GOLF  BALL,  FILLING  FEATURE.     In- 

ventions that  involve  filling  a  hollow  golf  ball  with  material 
other  than  air  or  gas,  usually  of  a  fluent  plastic  nature. 
Search  Class— 

154— LAMINATED   FABRIC  AND   ANALOGOUS   MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  13,  Tire  making,  Processes,  Filling  feature. 

19.  BALL  MAKING,  GOLF  BALL,  WINDING  FEATURE. 

Inventions  that  involve  a  winding  step. 
Search  Classes— 

226 — PACKAGING  LIQUIDS,  subclass  9,  Filling  machines,  for  fill- 
ing apparatus  features. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  2,  Ball  or  mass  winding. 

367 


368 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  154— Continued. 

20.  LINOLEUM  MAKING.    The  making  of  floor  or  similar  cover- 

ings from  a  material  composed  of  linseed  oil  specially  treated 
or  equivalent  binder  mixed  with  ground  cork  or  like  substance 
when  the  invention  does  not  fall  in  any  general  class.  The 

Eroduct  may  or  may  not  be  united  to  a  foundation  of  fabric, 
inoleum  making  in  this  class  is  very  closely  related  to  inven- 
tions found  in  class  18,  PLASTICS,  but  all  patents  covering  the 
formation  of  these  coverings  are  classified  here  unless  the  in- 
vention is  clearly  of  general  utility  in  the  plastic  art.    This 
subclass  is  limited  to  apparatus. 
Search  Class — 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  281,  Veneer  presses,  for  various 
similar  apparatus. 

21.  LINOLEUM  MAKING,  INLAID.    Apparatus  for  producing 

sheets  of  linoleum  having  a  definite  pattern  or  design  extending 
through  the  sheet  or  a  substantial  portion  thereof. 

22.  LINOLEUM  MAKING,  INLAID,  PATTERN  FORMING. 

Apparatus  employed  in  the  formation  or  development  of  the 
pattern  in  linoleum  and  not  falling  within  either  of  the  two 
following  subclasses. 

23.  LINOLEUM  MAKING,  INLAID,  PATTERN  FORMING, 

FROM  PLASTIC  MASSES.    Apparatus  for  producing  the 
pattern  in  inlaid  linoleum  directly  from  unmolded  plistic 
stock  materials. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  for  analogous  apparatus. 

25 — PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS. 

107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING. 

226— PACKAGING  LIQUIDS,  subclass  9,  Filling  machines. 

24.  LINOLEUM  MAKING,  INLAID,  PATTERN  FORMING, 

FROM  SHEETS.    Apparatus  for  developing  the  pattern  in 
linoleum  from  previously  formed  sheets. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  for  the  cutting 
portion  of  the  mechanism. 

25.  LINOLEUM  MAKING,  PROCESSES.     Miscellaneous  proc- 

esses of  making  linoleum. 
Search  Classes — 
154— LAMINATED   FABRIC  AND   ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 

subclass  49,  Fabrics,  Floor. 
108 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  7,  Floor  cloth. 

26.  LINOLEUM  MAKING,  PROCESSES,  INLAID.    Processes 

for  the  production  of  inlaid  linoleum. 

27.  HEAT  INSULATING  COVEHI^ti  MAKING.    The  making 

of  coverings  for  preventing  the  transmission  of  heat  not  else- 
where classifiable.    This  subclass  includes  apparatus. 
Search  Class — 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclasses  44,  Heat  insulating  coverings,  and  29,  Yielding 
fabric  making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

28.  HEAT    INSULATING    COVERING     MAKING,     PROC- 

ESSES. Processes  of  making  heat  insulating  coverings  not 
elsewhere  classifiable. 

29.  YIELDING    FABRIC    MAKING.    The   making   of  fabrics, 

generally  for  carpet  linings  or  packing  purposes,  usually 
designed  to  yield  in  a  direction  transverse  to  the  plane  of  the 
fabric.  Covers  all  operations  for  producing  this  type  of  fabric 
not  elsewhere  classifiable.  This  subclass  includes  miscella- 
neous apparatus. 
Search  Classes — 

19 — CARDING,  subclass  10,  Wadding. 

38—  FELT  AND  FUR. 

155 — CHAIRS,  subclass  43,  Upholstery. 

30.  YIELDING    FABRIC    MAKING,   CORRUGATING   AND 

INDENTING.    Apparatus  for  producing  definite  corruga- 
tions, plaits,  and  indentations,  usually  in  heavy  paper  or  like 
fabric. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass  10,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Sheets. 

92— PAPER  MAKING  AND  FIBER  LIBERATION,  subclass  62,  Fin- 
ishing, Wrinkling,  for  irregular  wrinkling  of  paper,  such  as 
In  crape  paper  making. 

153— METAL  BENDING,  subclass  68,  Corrugating,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  30,  Plaiters,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

31.  YIELDING    FABRIC   MAKING,   CORRUGATING   AND 

INDENTING,  FACING  FEATURE.  Apparatus  for  pro- 
ducing corrugations,  indentations,  etc.,  and  also  for  applying 
one  or  more  facings  to  the  indented  material. 

32.  YIELDING  FABRIC  MAKING,  FACING  CORRUGATED 

AND  INDENTED  STRUCTURE.  Apparatus  especially 
designed  for  applying  one  or  more  facings  to  previously  cor- 
rugated or  indented  fabric. 

33.  YIELDING   FABRIC  MAKING,   PROCESSES.    Processes 

of  making  yielding  fabrics  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 
Search  Class— 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  54,  Fabrics,  Yielding. 

34.  FABRIC     PARCHMENTIZING     AND     UNITING.    The 

building  up  of  a  laminated  fabric  by  parchmentizing  at  least 
one  layer  of  vegetable  fabric  and  uniting  the  parchmontized 
structure  to  at  least  one  layer  of  like  or  different  character. 


CLASS  154— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

8^B  LEACHING  AND  DYEING,  for  parchmentizing  when  not 
involving  any  uniting  feature. 

35.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  UNITING.    The  building  up  of 

a  laminated  fabric  by  coating  with  an  adhesive  and  uniting 
a  plurality  of  flexible  fabrics  when  not  provided  for  in  any 
of  the  special  groups.  This  group  does  not  include  making 
of  structure  of  special  form,  but  relates  only  to  the  production 
of  compound  fabric  stock.  This  subclass  includes  miscella- 
neous apparatus. 
Search  Classes— 

11 — BOOKBINDING,  subclass  2,  Binding  machines,  for  appa- 
ratus structure. 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  80,  Cement  applying 
devices. 

41— FINE  ARTS,  subclass  10,  Gilding  leaf. 

100—  PRESSES,  subclass  67,  Copying,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  279,  Glue  applying  and 
pressing  apparatus;  281,  Veneer  presses,  ana  282,  Veneer 
presses,  Roller. 

216 — LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING. 

36.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  UNITING,  SHEET  AND  WEB. 

Apparatus  for  uniting  a  sheet  or  series  of  sheets  of  definite 
dimensions  to  one  or  more  continuous  webs. 
Search  Class— 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclasses  279,  Glue  applying  and 
pressing  apparatus,  and  282,  Veneer  presses,  Roller. 

37.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  UNITING,  WEBS.    Apparatus 

designed  for  continuously  uniting  a  plurality  of  endless  webs. 

38.  FABRIC  COATING  AND   UNITING  WEBS,  ROOFING. 

Apparatus  for  producing  continuous  laminated  roofing  or 
weather  proof  building  fabrics. 
Search  Class— 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  51,  Fabrics,  Waterproof,  Roofing. 

39.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  UNITING,  WEBS,  ROOFING, 

SANDING  FEATURE.  Apparatus  for  producing  lami- 
nated roofing  webs  and  also  applying  a  coating  of  sand  or 
equivalent  material. 

40.  FABRIC  COATING  AND  UNITING,  PROCESSES.    Proc- 

esses of  making  compound  fabric  stock  by  coating  one  or  more 
fabrics  with  an  adhesive  and  uniting. 
Search  Class— 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  46,  Fabrics,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

41.  AFFIXING   FABRIC  COVERING.    The  securing  of  fabric 

by  an  adhesive  binder  to  objects  and  rigid  surfaces  when  the 
operation  does  not  fall  in  any  other  class.    The  covering  is  gen- 
erally of  a  waterproof  protective  nature. 
Search  Classes— 

61 — HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  43,  Piles,  Protected,  for 
applying  protective  coverings  to  piles. 

108 — ROOFS,  subclass  7,  Fabric,  for  affixing  roofing  fabrics. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  75,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Pipes,  for  pipes  having  protective  coverings  applied. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  279,  Glue  applying  and  pressing 
apparatus,  for  affixing  fabric  backings  in  building  up  wooden 
stock. 

216 — LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  for  securing  wall 
paper  by  adhesives. 

42.  ADHERING  SEAM  FORMING.    Th*  formation  of  seams  in- 

cluding an  adhesive  binder  when  not  falling  in  some  particular 

art. 

Search  Classes — 
12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING. 
223— APPAREL  APPARATUS. 

43.  MISCELLANEOUS      STRUCTURE.    Structure   of  general 

utility  which  may  be  considered  analogous  to  the  class  and 
which  does  not  fall  within  the  scope  of  any  of  the  subclasses  or 
within  any  other  class.  Such  structure  is  often  of  a  non- 
homogeneous  rigid  nature  built  up  largely  of  a  combination  of 
plastic  and  other  materials. 

Patents  for  structure  for  definite  articles  should  not  be  placed 
here,  but  should  be  classified  in  the  article  class. 

44.  HEAT  INSULATING  COVERINGS.    Miscellaneous  cover- 

ings for  preventing  transmission  of  heat  not  elsewhere  classi- 
fiable. 
Search  Classes— 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclasses  27,  Heat  insulating  covering  making,  and  29,  Yield- 
ing fabric  making. 

38 — FELT  AND  FUR,  subclass  7,  Fabrics. 

62 — REFRIGERATION,  especially  subclasses  10,  Refrigerators, 
and  23,  Heat  insulated  receptacles. 

65 — KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  53.  Trays. 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  45,  Walls, 
Block,  Fiber,  and  94,  Smoke  flues,  Lined. 

106 — PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  18,  Heat  insulating,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

103— SAFES,  subclass  2,  Fireproof. 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  97,  Furnace  structure,  Baffles  and 
heat  retainers. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  87,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Open  front.  Asbestos  fireback; 
144,  Fire  pots  and  linings,  and  221,  Stove  lids  and  tops,  Stove 
mats. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  72,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Thawing. 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


369 


CLASS  154— Continued. 

45.  HEAT  INSULATING  COVERINGS,  AIR-SPACED.    Cov- 

erings provided  with  chambers  or  cavities  for  confining  dead 
air  or  trie  like.    The  chambers  may  be  either  within  the  body 
of  the  material  or  between  it  and  the  article  covered  thereby. 
Search  Class — 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  41,  Walls, 
Block,  Hollow. 

46.  FABRICS.    Flexible  fabric  structures  -per  se,  either  of  a  lami- 

nated or  other  nature  when  not  classifiable  in  any  other  art. 
Fabrics  of  special  shape,  as  distinguished  from  stock  fabrics, 
are  not  included  unless  within  the  scope  of  some  particular 
subclass  definition.  Nor  are  simple  fabrics  merely  coated  or 
impregnated. 
Search  Classes— 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
the  "  Heat  insulating  coverings  "  subclasses,  for  heat  insulating 
fabrics. 

2 — APPAREL,  subclasses  80;  Body  garments,  Lap  robes,  and  131, 
Nether  garments,  Napkins. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  90,  Composite  boards,  for 
laminated  sheets  built  up  until  they  are  quite  rigid  or  of  a 
shape-retaining  nature  to  produce  a  substitute  for  lumber. 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  124, 
Plaster  boards,  if  prepared  of  plastic  material  as  a  substitute 
for  plaster. 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclasses  9,  Felt  and  fabric, 
and  44,  Soles,  Insoles,  Laminated. 

101— PRINTING,  subclass  107,  Press  copying,  Damping. 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  3,  Bandages. 

150 — CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES. 

167 — MEDICINES,  subclass  8,  Plasters. 

173 — ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  320,  Insulators,  Insu- 
lating fabrics,  for  electric  insulating  fabrics. 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  53,  Traveling  bags,  Materials  and 
patterns. 

198 — MATRIX  MAKING,  subclass  7,  Matrices  and  materials. 

229 — PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  especially  subclasses  55,  Bags,  Rein- 
forced, and  87,  Wrappers. 

47.  FABRICS,  DECORATIVE.    Decorative  fabrics,  such  as  wal1 

coverings  and  the  like,  when  the  invention  involves  laminated 
or  other  features  not  otherwise  provided  for. 

48.  FABRICS,  ELASTIC.    Elastic  fabrics,  such  as  used  for  shoe 

gores  and  the  like,  adapted  to  stretch  particularly  in  the  plane 
of  the  fabric,  and  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 
Search  Classes— 

Z^APPAREL,  subclass  16,  Trimmings,  Plaited. 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  25,  Braids. 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  51,  Uppers,  Clo- 
sures, Elastic. 

66 — KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  4,  Fabrics. 

139 — WEAVING,  subclass  70,  Fabrics,  Elastic. 

49.  FABRICS,  FLOOR.    Floor  coverings  not  classifiable  in  other 

arts.    Tiles  of  any  material,  whether  for  floor  or  other  pur- 
poses, are  excluded. 
Search  Classes— 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  20,  Linoleum  making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

20^-WooDEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  75,  Mosaic  and  inlaying,  for 
tiles. 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  18,  Walls, 
Faced,  Tile,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  tiles. 

106—  PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  7,  Floor  cloth,  for  com- 
positions for  building  up  floor  coverings  of  a  linoleum-like 
nature. 

50.  FABRICS,  WATERPROOF.    Miscellaneous  waterproof  fab- 

rics.   Does  not  include  heavy  fabric,  such  as  "Wear  and 
strata  resisting." 
Search  Classes — 
2 — APPAREL,  subclass  32,  Head  coverings,  Hats,  Sweats. 

26674°— 12 24 


CLASS  154^Contoued. 

36 — BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclasses  4,  Rubber,  and 

5,  Rubber,  Overshoes. 
229 — PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  5,  Vessels,  Liquid  proofed 

and  14,  Boxes,  Lined. 

51.  FABRICS,  WATERPROOF,  ROOFING.    Fabrics  designed 

for  roofing  or  weatherproof  building  purposes. 
Search  Classes — 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclasses  28,  Fabric  coating  and  uniting,  Webs,  Roofing,  and 
39,  Fabric  coating  and  uniting,  Webs,  Roofing,  Sanding  fea- 
ture. 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  especially  subclasses  12,  Electrical 
insulating,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  31,  Artificial 
stons,  Bituminous  and  resinous,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

108 — ROOFS,  subclass  7,  Fabrics,  for  roofing  fabrics  of  modified 
form  to  enable  them  to  be  joined  or  attached  and  methods  of 
applying  the  fabric  to  the  roof. 

52.  FABRICS,  WEAR  AND  STRAIN  RESISTING.    Fabrics  of 

a  flexible,  usually  composite,  nature  embodying  considerable 
toughness  and  strength,  usually  built  up  from  textile,  adhe- 
sive, and  plastic  materials.    These  fabrics  are  suitable  as  stock 
for  belts,  hose,  tire  treads,  and  the  like. 
Search  Classes  - 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  30,  Soles,  Lami- 
nated. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  63,  Belts,  Laminated. 

101 — PRINTING,  subclass  113,  Printing  couple  appliances, 
Blankets. 

121— STEAM  ENGINES,  subclass  107,  Packing. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  90,  Mams  and  pipes,  Hose. 

152— RESILIENT  TIRES  AND  WHEELS. 

168 — FARRIERY,  subclass  28,  Sole  pads,  Elastic. 

53.  FABRICS,    WIRE    REINFORCED.    Flexible    fabrics    not 

otherwise  classified  having  wire  reinforcement. 
Search  Class — 

101— PRINTING,  subclass  113,  Printing  couple  appliances, 
Blankets. 

54.  FABRICS,  YIELDING.    Miscellaneous  fabrics  of  the  carpet 

lining  and  packing  type,  usually  yieldable  in  a  direction  trans- 
verse to  the  plane  of  the  fabric,  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRICS  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  29,  Yielding  fabric  making. 

5— BEDS,  subclasses,  3,  Bed  clothing,  and  13,  Mattresses. 

19 — CARDING,  subclass  10,  Wadding. 

36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclass  44,  Soles,  Insoles, 
Laminated. 

38 — FELT  AND  FUR,  subclass  7,  Fabrics. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  41,  Saddles,  Harness,  Cushions. 

66 — KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  4,  Fabrics. 

133— COIN  1  IANDLING,  subclass  12,  Receptacles,  Mats  and  Trays. 

155 — CHAIRS,  subclass  43,  Upholstery. 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  89,  Wrappers,  Bottle,  and 
91,  Wrappers,  Bottle,  Padded. 

55.  FABRICS,  YIELDING,  CORRUGATED  AND  INDENTED. 

Yielding  fabrics  formed  with  ridges  and  indentations. 
Search  Classes — 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  30,  Yielding  fabric  making,  Corrugating  and  indent- 
ing. 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  90,  Wrappers,  Bottle,  Cor- 
rugated. 

56.  FABRICS,    YIELDING,    STAIR    PADS.    Yielding    fabric 

especially  designed  for  use  under  stair  carpets. 
Search  Class— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  79,  Stair  covers,  for  stair 
covers  to  be  used  without  carpets. 


CLASS  157.  -WHEELWRIGHT-MACHINES. 

DEFINITIONS. 


This  class  includes  means  for  assembling  wheels  not  specifically 
provided  for  elsewhere. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Devices  not  elsewhere  classifiable  fcr  as- 

sembling wheels. 

Note. — Clamps  for  holding  wooden  rims  in  shape  while  the 
spokes  are  being  set  up  are  included,  except  when  accom- 
panied by  devices  for  screwing  up  the  spoke-nipples.  Such 
devices  are  found  in  class  81,  TOOLS,  subclass  53,  Wrenches, 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

2.  RIM-COMPRESSORS.    Devices  for  compressing  wheel-rims  to 

force  fellies  in  place,  etc. 

Note.— Machines  for  causing  the  metal  of  the  tire  to  flow  and 
hence  tighten  the  tire  are  found  in  class  78,  METAL  FORGING 
AND  WELDING,  subclass  55,  Forging,  Tire  upsetting. 

3.  SPpKE-SETTERS.    Devices  for  guiding  and  forcing  spokes 

into  hubs. 
Search  Class— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  16,  Forging, 
Power  hammers  and  presses,  Spoke  securing,  for  machines 
for  riveting  metal  spokes  to  hubs  and  rims. 

4.  SPOKE-SETTERS,     WORK-HOLDERS     AND     GUIDES. 

Supports  for  holding  the  hub  and  guiding  the  spoke  while  it 
is  being  driven. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  20G,  Tenon  turning,  Wheel 
spoke. 


CLASS  157— Continued. 

5.  TIRE-SETTERS.    Devices  for  forcing  tires  on  wheel-rims. 
Search  Class — 

78    METAL   FORGING   AND   WELDING,  subclass  55,   Forging, 
Tire  upsetting,  for  devices  for  upsetting  tires. 

6.  TIRE-SETTERS,  RUBBER  TIRES.    Apparatus  for  seating 

and  mechanically  securing  elastic  tires,  usually  solid-rubber 
tires,  on  wheel-rims. 

7.  TIRE-SETTERS,  TRESTLES   AND    TANKS.    Trestles  on 

which  the  wheel  is  mounted  in  combination  with  tanks  into 
which  the  wheel  or  wheel-rim  can  be  dipped  to  cool  the  tire. 

8.  TIRE-TIGHTENERS.    Removable  devices  for  tightening  tires 

without  affecting  the  construction  of  the  wheel. 
Search  Class — 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  for  devices  for  the  same  purpose 
which  form  permanent  parts  of  wheels. 

9.  TIRE-TIGHTENERS,  FELLY-EXPANDERS.    Removable 

jacks  for  tightening  tires  by  expanding  the  fellies  against  the 
tire. 

10.  TIRE-TIGHTENERS,     FELLY-EXPANDERS,     SPOKE- 

CLAMPING.    Fellies  are   expanded  by  a  jack  which  is 
clamped  to  a  spoke. 

11.  TIRE-REMOVERS.    Presses  for  forcing  tires  ofl  of  wheel-rims. 

12.  SPOKE-EXTRACTORS.    Devices    for    pulling    spokes    or 

spoke-tenons  out  of  hubs. 
Search  Classes — 
29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclass  84,  Assembling,  and  subclasses 

thereunder. 
145 — WOODWORKING  TOOLS,  subclass  41,  Nail-extractors,  Nut 

and  screw  lifters. 

13.  ABOLISHED. 

371 


CLASS  158.— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  relates  to  burners  and  their  accessories  that  are  designed 
to  use  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  and  that  are  primarily  employed  in  the 
production  of  heat  for  industrial  or  domestic  purposes. 

This  class  also  includes  devices  for  producing  gas  of  the  liquid  re- 
tort type,  where  the  burner  and  retort  are  intimately  related  and 
the  gas  produced  is  simultaneously  used  without  preliminary  puri- 
fication, fixation,  or  storage. 

Class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  deals  with  devices  for 
the  production  of  heating  and  illuminating  gas  produced  from  liquid 
or  solid  fuel  and  that  are  not  specifically  denned  as  belonging  to 
class  158. 

For  retort  structures  generally  search  should  be  made  in  appropri- 
ate subclasses  under  subclass  37,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners,  Vapor,  in 
class  67,  ILLUMINATING  BURNERS. 

The  lines  between  classes  158,  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURN- 
ERS, and  67,  ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  depend  upon  whether  the 
devices  are  intended  or  structurally  designed  for  heating  or  illumi- 
nating purposes,  and  the  subclasses  in  both  classes  are  arranged  on 
parallel  lines  so  far  as  possible. 

This  class  also  includes  devices  relating  to  the  method  or  art  of 
feeding  liquid  fuel  to  heating  and  illuminating  burners.  The  class 
does  not  include  those  devices  that  are  especially  adapted  to  feed 
carburetors,  those  where  the  feed  is  controlled  by  pressure  gener- 
ated in  a  retort  or  steam-boiler,  the  invention  residing  in  the  con- 
trolling mechanism,  classified  in  class  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC, 
and  those  which  are  structurally  related  to  gas  engines,  class  123, 
INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  119,  Charge-forming 
devices,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

This  class  includes  also  self-heating  tools  appropriately  divided 
under  type  subclasses. 

This  class  includes  also  furnaces  that  are  structurally  designed 
or  adapted  to  the  burning  of  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel. 

This  class  includes  fire-kindlers  of  the  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  type. 

This  class  also  includes  types  of  burners  that  are  in  the  nature  of 
attachments  designed  for  use  in  connection  with  coal-stoves,  also 
burners  of  "grate  form"  adapted  to  the  burning  of  liquid  or  gas- 
eous fuel  or  coal. 

Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  burners  which  are  adapted  to  be  used  in 
connection  with  solid-fuel  furnaces  to  assist  in  completing  com- 
bustion are  found  in  class  110,  FURNACES. 

Subclasses. 

1.  FURNACES.    Furnaces  adapted  to  the  burning  of  liquid  or 

gaseous  fuel  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  FURNACES,  COMBINED  DOOR  AND  BURNER.    Devices 

in  which  the  burner  is  attached  to  the  door  or  movable  front 
plate  of  a  furnace ,  whereby  the  burner  is  readily  removed  from 
its  operative  position  relative  to  the  furnace.  This  is  a  type 
subclass,  the  burner  features  being  cross-referenced  into  appro- 
priate subclasses. 

3.  FURNACES,  LOCOMOTIVE    TYPE.    Furnaces   in    wh'ch 

there  is  some  modification  of  the  fire-box  of  a  locomotive  type 
of  furnace  to  adapt  it  to  the  use  of  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel. 

4.  FURNACES,  LIQUID-FUEL.    Furnaces  that  are  specially 

designed  or  adapted  to  the  use  of  liquid  fuel  and  the  burner  in 
most  instances  is  of  the  pan  or  tray  type. 

5.  FURNACES,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT.     Liquid-fuel-burn- 

ing furnaces  in  which  a  well-defined  retort  is  employed  in  the 
furnace-chamber  to  vaporize  the  oil  preliminary  to  its  use  in 
the  burner  employed. 

6.  FURNACES,   LIQUID-FUEL,    RETORT,    GAS-MAKING. 

Liquid-fuel-burning  furnaces  in  which  the  retort  is  capable  of 
generating  a  larger  volume  of  vapor  or  gas  than  is  immediately 
employed,  the  surplus  gas  being  employed  at  points  remote 
from  the  generating-furnace. 
Search  Class — 
48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

7.  FURNACES,  GAS.    Furnaces  that  are  specially  designed  or 

adapted  to  the  use  of  gaseous  fuel. 

8.  COAL-STOVE   ATTACHMENTS.    Liquid  and  gaseous  fuel 

burners  that  are  structurally  designed  to  adapt  them  to  coal- 
burning-stove  structures,  either  heating  or  cooking. 

9.  COAL-STOVE  ATTACHMENTS,  LID-BURNERS.     Liquid 

and  gaseous  fuel  burners  designed  and  adapted  to  be  sup- 
ported in  the  ordinary  stove-lid  opening. 

10.  FIRE-KINDLERS.    Liquid  and  gaseous  fuel  burners  designed 

to  be  employed  in  kindling  fires  in  the  various  types  of  stoves, 
furnaces,  boiler-furnaces,  and  locomotives. 


CLASS  158-Continued. 

11.  COMBINED  OIL  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL.    Burners  that  are 

specially  designed  or  adapted  to  burn  either  liquid  or  gaseous 
fuel. 

Search  Class — 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  2,  Combined  gas  and 
vapor. 

12.  COMBINED   GAS  AND  COAL.    Combined  grate,  fire-pot, 

and  burners  that  are  by  their  structure  adapted  to  burn  liquid , 
gaseous,  or  solid  fuel,  both  at  the  same  time  or  separately,  as 
desired. 

Search  Class— 

110— FURNACES,  subclass  22,  Furnace  structure,  Gas  or  oil  and 
solid  fuel. 

13.  COMBINED  GAS  AND  WATER  VAPORIZERS.     Liquid 

and  gaseous  fuel  burners  provided  with  integral  means  for 
generating  water-vapor  to  be  commingled  with  the  flame 
products. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  93,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Pan  or  tray,  Water-surface,  and  95,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Lamp  type,  Water-vaporizers. 

13.5.  COMBINED    BURNER    AND    BLOWPIPE.    Liquid   or 
gaesous  fuel  burners  combined  with  blowpipesexternal  thereto 
for  projecting  a  blast  of  fluid  such  as  air, steam, gas, etc., against 
the  flame.    They  are  generally  hand  torches. 
Search  Class— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  34,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Blast  lamp,  Hand  torches,  Automatic  blow- 
pipe. 

14.  SELF-HEATING    TOOLS,    BRANDING-IRONS.     Brand- 

ing-irons that  contain  heating  means  of  the  liquid  or  gaseous 
fuel  form  and  that  do  not  fall  under  specific  subclasses. 

15.  SELF-HEATING     TOOLS,     BRANDING-IRONS,     GAS. 

Self-heating  branding-irons  the  construction  of  which  is 
adapted  to  the  burning  of  gas. 

16.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  BRANDING-IRONS,  HYDRO- 

CARBON-RESERVOIR. Self-heating  branding-irons  that 
are  provided  with  liquid-fuel-holding  receptacles,  usually  in 
the  handle,  for  supplying  fuel  to  the  heating-burners. 

17.  SELF-HEATING    TOOLS,   BURNING-TOOLS.    Burning- 

tools  that  contain  self-heating  means  and  that  do  not  fall  under 
specific  subclasses.  The  tools  are  employed  in  the  burning  of 
wood  and  other  substances. 

18.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  BURNING-TOOLS,  GAS.     Self- 

heating  burning-tools  the  construction  of  which  is  adapted  to 
the  burning  of  gas. 

19.  SELF-HEATING   TOOLS,   BURNING-TOOLS,   HYDRO- 

CARBON-RESERVOIR. Self-heating  burning-tools  that 
are  provided  with  liquid-holding  receptacles  for  supplying  fuel 
to  the  heating-burner. 

20.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  CURLING-IRONS.    Self-heating 

curling-irons  that  do  not  fall  under  a  specific  subclass. 

21.  SELF-HEATING    TOOLS,    CURLING-IRONS,    HYDRO- 

CARBON-RESERVOIR. Self-heating  curling-irons  that 
are  provided  with  means  to  utilize  liquid  fuel  as  a  heating  agent. 
In  some  instances  the  handle  is  hollow  and  contains  the  liquid 
fuel,  while  in  others  the  curling-iron  is  hollow  and  filled  with  a 
liquid-saturated  absorbent  substance. 

22.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  ROLL-HEATING  TYPE.  Burn- 

ers that  by  their  structure  are  adapted  to  the  heating  of  ironing- 
rolls,  burnishing-machines,  and  similar  structures. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  OR  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  23,  Self-heat- 
ing tools,  Sad-irons. 

23.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  SAD  IRONS.    Miscellaneous  sad 

irons  that  are  structurally  adapted  to  the  use  of  liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel. 
Search  Classes — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  22,  Self- 
heating  tools,  Roll  heating  type. 

68— LAUNDRY,  subclass  26,  Sad  irons. 

23.1.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  SAD  IRONS,  GAS.    Sad  irons 

that  are  structurally  adapted  to  the  use  of  gaseous  fuel. 

23.2.  SELF-HEATING   TOOLS,   SAD   IRONS,   HYDROCAR- 

BON RESERVOIR.  Sad  irons  that  are  structurally  adapted 
to  the  use  of  liquid  fuel  and  that  are  provided  with  attached 
liquid  fuel  reservoirs. 


373 


374 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  158— Continued. 

24.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  SOLDERING-IRONS.    Self-heat- 

ing soldering-irons  that  do  not  fall  under  specific  subclasses. 

25.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  SOLDERING-IRONS,  SOLDER- 

FEEDERS.  Self-heating  soldering-irons  that  are  provided 
with  solder-reservoirs.  The  means  employed  for  heating  the 
iron  also  keeps  the  solder  contained  in  the  reservoir  in  a  molten 
state. 

26.  SELF-HEATING    TOOLS,     SOLDERING-IRONS,     GAS. 

Self-heating  soldering-irons  or  coppers  that  are  provided  with 
an  internal  gas-chamber,  air-inlets,  and  flame  or  burner  outlets, 
the  construction  being  adapted  to  the  burning  of  gas. 

27.  SELF-HEATING  TOOLS,  SOLDERING-IRONS,  HYDRO- 

CARBON-RESERVOIR. Self-heating  soldering  irons  or 
coppers  that  are  provided  with  liquid-fuel-holding  receptacles, 
usually  in  the  handle,  for  supplying  fuel  to  the  heating-burner. 

28.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL.    Burners  adapted  to  the  burn- 

ing of  liquid  fuel  that  are  not  classifiable  under  specific  sub- 
classes. 

29.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  AUTOMOBILE.    Liquid-fuel 

burners  that  are  especially  designed  for  use  on  automobiles  and 
include  means  for  vaporizing  the  oil.  They  are  equally  ap- 
plicable to  steam-boiler  structures. 

Note.— For  specific  forms  of  retort  or  vaporizing  structures  search 
should  be  made  in  appropriate  subclasses  under  Retorts,  this 
class. 

30.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  AUTOMOBILE,  GAS-CHAM- 

BER.   Liquid-fuel   automobile-burners   that   are   provided 
with  upper  and  lower  plates,  forming  what  is  termed  a  "gas- 
chamber."    The  upper  plate  is  provided  with  gas  or  burner 
openings. 
Search  Class 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL,  BURNERS,  Subclass  110. 
Burners,  Gas,  Concentric  gas  and  air  jet. 

31.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    AUTOMOBILE,    START- 

ERS.   Devices  of  the  retort  type  that  are  especially  related  to 
and  designed  to  initially  heat  or  start  automobile-burners. 
Search  Class 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  Subclass  81,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-Fuel,  Retort,  Starters,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

32.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  BLAST-LAMP.    Devices    in 

which  the  burner,  usually  of  the  retort  type,  is  supported 
upon  the  oil  tank  or  reservoir,  the  heat  of  the  burner  when 
in  operation  maintaining  the  pressure  in  the  reservoir  whereby 
the  oil  is  forced  to  the  burner. 

33.  BURNERS,      LIQUID-FUEL,      BLAST-LAMP,     HAND- 

TORCHES.  Devices  of  the  breamer  type  designed  to  project 
a  flame  against  an  object  or  surface  to  be  heated.  The  means 
employed  to  force  oil  to  the  burner,  which  is  usually  of  the 
retort  type,  is  either  compressed  air,  gas  generated  in  the 
reservoir  by  the  heat  of  the  burner,  or  gravity  oil-feed. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  53,  Liquid 
Fuel,  Retort,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  retort  fea- 
tures; also  subclasses  50.1,  Burners,  Liquid  fuel,  Fuel  feeding, 
Tanks,  Force  feed,  Gas;  50.2,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel- 
feeding,  Tanks,  Force  Feed,  Liquid;  and  50.3,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Force  feed,  Mechanical, 
for  reservoir  features. 

34.  BURNERS.     LIQUID-FUEL,     BLAST-LAMP,      HAND- 

TORCHES,  AUTOMATIC  BLOWPIPE.  Forms  of  hand- 
torch  which  are  provided  with  an  automatic  "blowpipe"— 
viz.,  a  gas  or  steam  generating  chamber,  a  tube  leading  from 
it  and  projecting  a  blast  against  the  flame.  The  flame  is  also 
the  heating  means  for  the  chamber. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  13.5,  Com- 
bined burner  and  blowpipe. 

35.  BURNERS.      LIQUID-FUEL,      BLAST-LAMP.      HAND- 

TORCHES,  WICK  TYPE.    Hand-torches  in  which  the  oil 
is  fed  to  the  burner-retort  through  the  medium  of  a  wick. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass 
72,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Wick-feed. 

36.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    FUEL-FEEDING.    Devices 

where  the  invention  resides  in  the  means  employed  for  sup- 
plying or  feeding  liquid  fuel  to  a  heating,  or  lighting  burner 
(mainly  systems)  and  that  do  not  fall  under  specific  subclasses. 
Search  Classes 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  appropriate  subclasses. 
123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION    ENGINES,  subclass   119,   Charge- 
forming  devices,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

37.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    FUEL-FEEDING,    MAIN- 

TAINED OIL-LEVEL.  Fuel-feeding  devices  that  are  pro- 
vided with  means  for  automatically  maintaining  an  oil-level 
in  the  burner  chamlwr  or  reservoir  and  that  do  not  fall  under 
specific  subclasses. 

38.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    FUEL-FEEDING,    MAIN- 

TAINED OIL-LEVEL,  FLOAT-CONTROLLED.  Main- 
tained-oil-level  devices  in  which  the  supply  of  oil  to  the  burner- 
chamber  is  governed  through  the  medium  of  a  float-controlled 
valve. 


CLASS  158-Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

158  —  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  120,  Valves 

and  cleaners. 
48  —  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  155.1,  Carbu- 

reters, Atomizers,  Constant  level. 
123—  INTERNAL-COMBUSTION   ENGINES,  subclass   132,   Charge- 

forming  devices,  Atomizers,  Constant  level. 

39.  BURNERS,     LIQUID-FUEL,     FUEL-FEEDING,    MAIN- 

TAINED OIL-LEVEL,  FLOAT-CONTROLLED,  LIQ- 
UID-SEAL. Devices  for  maintaining  the  oil-level  in  the 
burner  supply-chamber  through  the  medium  of  a  float  oper- 
ating upon  a  cup  containing  a  sealing  liquid  which  regulates 
or  controls  the  oil-supply. 
Search  Class— 

158  —  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  43,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Liquid-seal. 

40.  BURNERS,     LIQUID-FUEL,     FUEL-FEEDING,    MAIN- 

TAINED OIL-LEVEL,  FOUNTAIN-FEED.  Maintained- 
oil-level  devices  wherein  a  liquid-fuel  supply  to  a  burner  is 
maintained  at  a  predetermined  level  by  means  of  a  receptacle, 
the  outlet  to  which  is  sealed  or  unsealed  by  the  rise  or  fall  of 
the  liquid-level. 


41.  BURNERS,     LIQUID-FUEL,     FUEL-FEEDING,     MAIN% 

TAINED  OIL-LEVEL,  FOUNTAIN-FEED,  REMOV- 
ABLE FONT,  CUT-OFF.  Devices  where  the  liquid-fuel- 
supply  to  a  burner-chamber  is  automatically  maintained  at  a 
predetermined  or  constant  level  by  a  fountain-feed,  a  remov- 
able tank  or  reservoir,  the  outlet  to  which  is  opened  by  posi- 
tive means  and  closed  automatically  when  removed  for 
refilling. 
Search  Class  — 

158  —  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  48, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Burner  cut-off, 
and  49,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Burner 
cut-oft,  Retracting  Pump. 

42.  BURNERS,     LIQUID-FUEL,     FUEL-FINDING,     MAIN- 

TAINED OIL-LEVEL,  VERTICALLY-ADJUSTABLE 
BURNER  OR  TANK.  Devices  wherein  a  liquid-fuel  sup- 
ply to  a  burner-chamber  is  maintained  at  a  predetermined  or 
constant  level  by  means  of  the  vertical  adjustment  of  the  oil 
tank  or  burner,  the  one  adjustable  relative  to  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  86,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Perforated  combustion-tube. 

43.  BURNERS    LIQUID-FUEL,  FUEL-FEEDING,  LIQUID- 

SEAL.     Fuel-feeding  devices  in  which  a  liquid  seal,  water. 
or  non-inflammable  liquid  is  placed  between  the  reservoir  ana 
the  burner. 
Search  Class— 

158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  39,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Maintained  oil-level,  Float- 
controlled,  Liquid-seal. 

44.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL.    FUEL-FEEDING,    LAMP- 

STOVE  TYPE  RESERVOIR.  Devices  wherein  the  im- 
provements reside  in  the  oil-holding  fonts  or  chambers  of  lamp 
or  wick  stoves. 

45.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    FUEL-FEEDING,    LAMP- 

STOVE  TYPE,  RESERVOIR,  PROTECTOR  AND  AIR- 
FEEDING.  Devices  wherein  the  improvements  reside  in  the 
means  placed  between  the  oil  font  or  *eservoir  and  the  burner 
to  prevent  overheating,  the  means  being  in  the  form  of  a  water 
or  air  chamber.  As  a  rule  the  air  from  the  air-chamber  or  the 
vapor  from  the  water-chamber  is  fed  to  the  burner-flame  to  aid 
combustion. 

46.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,   FUEL-FEEDING,  TANKS. 

Devices  where  the  improvements  reside  in  the  structural  fea- 
ture of  the  tank  or  reservoir  and  that  do  not  fall  under  specific 
subclasses.  Tanks  that  are  provided  with  refilling  safety  de- 
vices other  than  those  specifically  classified  in  subclasses  41,  44, 
48,  and  49  of  this  class  are  classified  in  this  subclass. 
Search  Class— 

158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  41, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Maintained  oil-level, 
Fountain-feed,  Removable  font,  Cut-off;  44,  Burners,  Liquid- 
fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Lamp-stove  type,  Reservoir;  48,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Burner  cut-off,  and  49, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Burner  cut-off, 
Retracting  pump,  also  67,  ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass 
81,  Liquid  fuel,  Fonts. 

46.5.  BURNERS,  LIQUID  FUEL,  FUEL  FEEDING,  TANKS, 
RESERVE  SUPPLY.  Liquid  fuel  feeding  devices  where  the 
invention  resides  in  means  which  prevent  more  than  a  prede- 
termined portion  of  the  total  fuel  to  be  consumed  at  ono  time. 
The  purpose  may  be  to  provide  a  time  feed,  to  prevent  the 
flame  from  coming  into  contact  with  the  main  body  of  fuel  or 
to  reserve  an  emergency  supply  to  maintain  the  feed  until  the 
main  supply  can  be  renewed. 

Note.—  This  subclass  does  not  include  devices  wherein  a  mechan- 
ical flame  extinguisher  of  a  wick  burner  is  operated  by  a  float 
in  the  font.  Such  devices  are  classified  in  class  67,  ILLUMI- 
NATING BURNERS,  subclass  74,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners,  Extin- 
guishers, Fuel  exhaustion. 

Search  Class  — 

158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  84,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid  fuel,  Starters,  Lighting  cup,  Oil  charge  measuring. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


375 


CLASS  158— Continued. 

47.  BURNERS,   LIQUID-FUEL,   FUEL-FEEDING,   TANKS, 

COMBINED  OIL  AND  GAS.  Devices  where  the  invention 
resides  in  the  combination  of  a  liquid-fuel  tank,  burner,  means 
for  conducting  the  liquid  to  the  burner,  means  for  conveying 
a  gas  to  the  burner,  usually  carbureted  air,  from  the  tank,  and 
elements  specially  adapted  structurally  to  carry  into  effect 
such  connection. 
Search  Class— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  36. 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding;  50.1,  Burners,  Liquid 
fuel,  Fuel  feeding,  Tanks,  Force  feed,  Gas;  and  81,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters. 

48.  BURNERS,   LIQUID-FUEL,   FUEL-FEEDING,   TANKS, 

BURNER  CUT-OFF.  Liquid-fuel-holding  tanks  that  are 
provided  with  means  for  extinguishing  the  flame  by  cutting 
off  the  oil-supply  preliminary  to  the  filling  of  the  tank.  In 
this  subclass  are  placed  those  devices  known  in  the  art  as 
"  lay-down  tanks." 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  40,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Maintained  oil-level.  Fountain- 
feed,  and  41,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel.  Fuel-feeding.  Maintained 
oil-level,  Fountain-feed,  Removable  font,  Cut-on. 

49.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL.  FUEL-FEEDING,  TANKS, 

BURNER  CUT-OFF,  RETRACTING  PUMP.    Devices  for 
withdrawing  the  oil  from  the  bowl  or  retort  of  burners  upon 
the  extinguishment  of  the  burner-flame. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  84,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters,  Lighting-cup,  Oil-charge 
measuring. 

50.  ABOLISHED. 

50.1.  BURNERS.  LIQUID  FUEL.  FUEL  FEEDING,  TANKS, 

FORCE  FEED,  GAS.  Independent  liquid  fuel  holding 
tanks  or  reservoirs  in  which  the  oil  contained  therein  is  under 
pressure,  the  means  employed  being  a  gas,  generally  air. 

50.2.  BURNERS.  LIQUID  FUEL.  FUEL  FEEDING,  TANKS 

FORCE  FEED,  LIQUID.  Includes  independent  liquid  fuel 
holding  tanks  or  reservoirs  in  which  the  oil  contained  therein 
is  under  pressure,  the  means  employed  being  liquid,  generally 
water. 

50.3.  BURNERS,  LIQUID  FUEL,  FUEL-FEEDING,  TANKS, 

FORCE  FEED,  MECHANICAL.  Independent  liquid  fuel 
holding  tanks  or  reservoirs  in  which  the  oil  contained  therein 
is  under  pressure,  the  means  employed  being  mechanical,  such 
as  a  piston  or  diaphragm  driven  by  a  weight,  spring,  or  float. 

51.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  FUEL-FEEDING,  TANKS, 

SIPHON-FEED.  Liquid  fuel-holding  tanks  or  reservoirs  in 
which  the  oil  is  siphoned  therefrom  and  means  for  con- 
trolling the  flow  of  the  oil,  thereby  effecting  a  uniform 
supply  at  the  point  of  use. 

52.  BURNERS,   LIQUID-FUEL,   FUEL-FEEDING,   TANKS, 

DROP-FEED.  Oil-feeding  devices  where  the  invention 
resides  in  the  means  employed  to  provide  a  steady  and  even 
flow  of  oil  from  a  tank  drop  by  drop  and  graduating  the  flow  to 
any  desired  degree. 

53.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT.    Devices  in  which 

gas  or  vapor  is  generated  in  a  closed  chamber  or  tube,  from 
which  it  is  fed  to  a  burner  or  burners,  and  that  do  not  fall  under 
retort-type  subclasses.  The  gas  or  vapor  generated  in  devices 
of  this  class  is  in  such  a  condition  as  to  render  its  immediate 
use  necessary  or  desirable  and  differs  from  the  character  of  gas 
generated  in  the  type  of  retort  classified  under  appropriate 
subclasses  in  class  48,  GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  in 
that  no  means  are  employed  for  making  a  fixed  gas  or  for  stor- 
ing the  same. 
Search  Classes— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  5,  Fur- 
naces, Liquid-fuel,  Retort;  22,  Self-heating  tools,  Roll-heating 
type;  and  23,  Self-heating  tools,  Sad-irons. 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING  for  retort  structures 
per  se 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  37,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

54.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    RETORT,    SUPERHEAT- 

ING. Combined  heating-burner  and  retort  devices  that  are 
provided  with  means  for  superheating  the  gas  or  vapor  gener- 
ated in  the  retort  in  advance  of  its  delivery  to  the  flame-point 
or  burner  proper,  the  form,  character,  and  relation  of  the  retort 
to  the  burner  not  being  considered. 

55.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    RETORT,    SUPERHEAT- 

ING, BURNER-CAP.    Superheating-burners  that  are  pro 
vided  with  well-defined  burner-caps. 
Search  Class— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  116,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Burner-caps  for  burner-cap  features. 

56.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  OIL,  STEAM,  OR 

WAT  ER.  Retort  devices  in  which  oil  and  steam  or  water  are 
retorted  and  mixed  to  form  a  gas  or  vapor.  The  retort  may 
have  separate  oil  and  water  generating  chambers,  the  mixing 
taking  place  between  the  retort  and  burner,  or  the  retort  may 
have  a  single  chamber  into  which  the  oil,  steam,  or  water  is 
introduced  and  retorted,  the  gas  or  vapor  in  each  instance 
being  fed  to  a  burner  or  burners. 


CLASS  158-Continued. 

Search  Class— 

158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS  appropriate  Retort 
subclasses  for  specific  forms  of  retort  and  also  subclasses  61, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater,  and  62, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater,  Subburner. 

57.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  OIL,  STEAM,  OR 

WATER,  STEAM-JET.  Devices  of  the  ssparate  retort- 
chamber  type  and  provided  with  means  for  discharging  the 
superheated  steam  or  water-gas  into  the  oil  or  gas  flame.  In 
some  instances  the  superheated  steam  is  also  admitted  to  the 
oil-gas-generating  retort-chamber. 
Search  Class— 

158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  Retort  subclasses 
and  subclass  92,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Pan  or  tray,  Steam  or 
air  spray. 

58.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    RETORT,    ADDITIONAL 

CARBURETER.  Devices  in  which  a  burner-heated  gas  or 
vapor  generating  retort  supplies  vapor  to  a  carbureter.  The 
gas  or  vapor  from  the  carbureter  may  be  supplied  to  heating 
or  illuminating  burners.  The  retort-heating  burner  may  be 
supplied  with  vapor  or  gas  from  the  retort  or  the  mixed  gas 
from  the  carbureter. 
Search  Class  — 

158  —  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  6,  Fur- 
naces, Liquid-fuel.  Retort,  Gas-making;  61,  Burners  Liquid- 
fuel,  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater;  and  62,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel, 
Retort,  Auxiliary  heater,  Subburner. 

59.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    RETORT,    ADDITIONAL 

CARBURETER,  CENTRAL  GENERATOR.  Retort- 
burners.  usually  employed  and  designed  for  use  in  cooking- 
stoves,  in  which  there  is  a  main  or  central  generating-burner 
and  one  or  more  non-generating  burners  grouped  about  the 
central  generating-burner.  The  central  generating-burner 
provides  vapor  for  itself  and  the  non-generating  burner  or 
burners. 

60.  BURNERS,      LIQUID-FUEL       RETORT,      MOVABLE 

VAPOR-DEFLECTOR.  Retort-burners  in  which  means 
are  employed  to  deflect  the  vapor  or  flame  from  the  main- 
burner  induction,  or  commingling  tube  upon  the  retort  for 
the  purpose  of  keeping  the  burner  ready  for  instant  use.  The 
deflector  may  be  a  part  of  the  induction  or  commingling  tube 
or  be  an  independent  one.  having  no  structural  relation  to 
the  tube  other  than  that  of  a  deflector. 
Search  Class  — 

158  —  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  61, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater;  62,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater,  subburner;  71,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Side  retort;  and  81,  Burners,  Liquid- 
Fuel,  Retort,  Starters. 

61.  BURNERS,     LIQUID-FUEL,     RETORT,     AUXILIARY 

HEATER.    Retort-burners  in  which  a  subsidiary  flame  is 
maintained  at  all  times  during  the  working  of  the  main  burner 
and  designed  to  heat  the  main  or  burner  retort.    A  single 
valve  controls  the  burner  and  subsidiary  flame. 
Search  Class— 

158  —  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  62, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater,  Subburner; 
71,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Side  retort;  72,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Wick-feed;  and  82,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel, 
Retort,  Starters,  Continuously-operated. 

•  62.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  AUXILIARY 
HEATER,  SUBBURNER.  Burners  in  which  there  is  a 
retort  to  supply  vapor  to  a  main-burner  flame,  and  a  supple- 
mental burner  supplied  with  vapor  from  the  retort  designed 
to  heat  said  retort.  The  heating  or  subburner  is  controlled 
by  a  valve  independent  of  the  main-burner  valve,  thereby 
rendering  it  capable  of  joint  or  independent  use  as  respects  the 
main  burner. 
Search  Class— 

158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  31, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Automobile,  Starters,  and  82,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters,  Continuously-operated. 

63.  BURNERS.     LIQUID-FUEL,     RETORT,     OVERLYING. 

Devices  of  the  heating-burner  and  retort  type  in  which  the 
gas  or  vapor  generating  chamber  or  retort  overlies  the  gas  or 
vapor  flame. 
Search  Class— 

158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  23,  Self- 
heating  tools,  Sad-irons. 

64.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,     RETORT,     OVERLYING. 

MIXING-CHAMBER.  Devices  of  the  heating-burner  and 
retort  type,  the  vaporizing  chamber  or  retort  overlying  the 
gas  or  vapor  flame  and  a  well-defined  gas  or  vapor  and  air 
mixing  chamber  behind  the  flame-point. 

65.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    RETORT,    OVERLYING, 

MIXING-CHAMBER,  BURNER-CAP.  Devices  of  the 
heating-burner  and  retort  type  having  a  vaporizing  chamber 
or  retort  overlying  the  gas  or  vapor  flame,  a  well-defined  gas 
or  vapor  and  air  mixing  chmaber,  and  a  burner-cap  in  con- 
nection therewith. 

60.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  UNDERLYING. 
Devices  of  the  heating-burner  and  retort  type  in  which  the 
gas  or  vapor  generating  chamber  or  retort  underlies  the  gas 


or  vapor  flame. 


376 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  158— Continued. 

67.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL.  RETORT,  UNDERLYING. 

CONDUCTING-PLATE.  Devices  of  the  heating-burner  and 
underlying-retort  type  in  which  means  are  employed  for 
conducting  heat  to  the  retort,  said  means  being  an  integral 
or  unitary  part  of  the  device. 

68.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  UNDERLYING, 

CONDUCTING-PLATE,  MIXING  -  CHAMBER  AND 
BURNER-CAP.  Burners  of  the  heating-burner  and  under- 
lying-retort type  in  which  means  are  employed  for 
conducting  heat  to  the  retort,  a  gas  or  vapor  and  air  mixing 
chamber  and  burner-cap  in  connection  therewith. 

69.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  UNDERLYING, 

MIXING-CHAMBER  AND  BURNER-CAP.  Burners  of 
the  heating-burner  and  retort  type  having  a  gas  or  vapor 
generator  or  retort  underlying  the  burner-flame,  a  gas  or 
vapor  and  air  mixing  chamber,  and  a  burner-cap  in  connec- 
tion therewith. 

70.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  UNDERLYING, 

MIXING -CHAMBER  AND  FLAME  -  DEFLECTOR. 
Burners  of  the  heating-burner  and  retort  type  having  a  gas  or 
vapor  generator  or  retort  underlying  the  burner-flame,  a  gas 
or  vapor  and  air  mixing  chamber,  and  a  flame-deflector  plate 
located  above  or  over  the  gas  and  air  mixing  chamber. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  113,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Flame-deflectors. 

71.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT    SIDE  RETORT. 

Burners  of  the  heating-burner  and  retort  type  in  which  the 
gas  or  vapor  generating  retort  is  located  at  one  side  of  the 
burner  and  means  for  deflecting  a  portion  of  the  flame  against 
said  retort. 
Search  Class  - 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  60,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Movable  vapor-deflector. 

72.  BURNERS,     LIQUID-FUEL,     RETORT,     WICK-FEED. 

Burner-retort  devices  in  which  the  liquid-fuel  is  fed  to  the 

retort  through  the  medium  of  a  wick.    The  means  for  starting 

or  heating  the  retort  may  be  an  integral  part  of  the  device  or 

independent  of  it. 
Search  Classes — 
158— LIQUID  AND    GASEOUS  FUEL    BURNERS,   subclasses  35, 

Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Blast-lamp,  Hand-torches,  Wick  type; 

and  97,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Absorbent,  Alcohol-lamp. 
12&— STOVES  AND    FURNACES,  subclass  43,   Stoves,   CookiHg, 

Liquor,  or  gaseous  fuel,  Liquid,  Alcohol. 

73.  BURNERS     LIQUID-FUEL,    SPRAY.    Devices    that    are 

structurally  designed  to  forcibly  spray  or  inject  atomized 
liquid  fuel  into  the  combustion-chanfber  of  furnaces  and  that 
are  not  classifiable  in  designated  subclasses.  These  devices 
are  sometimes  termed  "injector-burners." 

74.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    SPRAY,    OIL,.  AIR,   AND 

STEAM.  Spray-burners  structurally  designed  to  spray  or 
inject  oil,  air,  and  steam  into  the  combustion-chamber  of  a 
furnace,  one  of  the  elements  being  under  pressure. 

75.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  SPRAY,  OIL  AND  STEAM. 

Spray-burners  structurally  designed  to  spray  or  inject  oil 
and  steam  into  the  combustion-chamber  of  a  furnace,  one  of 
the  elements  being  under  pressure. 

76.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    SPRAY,    OIL    AND    AIR. 

Spray-burners  structurally  designed  to  spray  or  inject  oil  and 
air  into  the  combustion-chamber  of  a  furnace,  one  of  the 
elements  being  under  pressure. 

77.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  SPRAY,  ATOMIZERS.    Spray 

or  injector  burners  which  are  provided  with  specified  me- 
chanical means  for  breaking  up  or  atomizing  fuel  elements- 
oil  and  air,  oil,  air,  and  steam,  oil  and  steam. 
Search  Class 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  78,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Spray,  End  nozzles. 

78.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    SPRAY,    END    NOZZLES. 

Spray-burners  in  which  the  invention  resides  in  the  structural 
form  of  the  discharge  end  or  nozzle  of  the  burner. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  77, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Spray,  Atomizers. 

79.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  COIL.    Retort  de- 

vices in  which  the  retort  or  vaporizer  is  in  the  form  of  a  coil 
and  the  burner-tip  or  vapor-outlet  is  in  alinement  with  the 
axis  of  the  coil. 

80.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    RETORT,    FILM.     Retorts 

which  by  reason  of  construction  are  adapted  to  vaporize  light 
oils  substantially  instantaneously.  The  walls  forming  the 
retort  are  nearly  in  contact  with  each  other  or  so  near  together 
as  to  leave  space  only  for  a  thin  film  of  liquid. 

81.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  STARTERS.    De- 

vices wherein  the  invention  resides  in  the  means  for  initially 
heating  or  starting  the  burner-retort. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  31, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Automobile,  Starters;  60,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Movable  vapor-deflector;  71,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Side  retort,  and  72,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel, 
Retort,  Wick-feed. 


CLASS  158—  Continued. 

82.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  STARTERS,  CON- 

TINUOUSLY-OPERATED. Starting  devices  that  may  be 
kept  in  continuous  operation  when  once  started.  The  devices 
ill  this  subclass  differ  from  those  in  subclass  (il,  Burners,  Liq- 
uid-fuel, Retort,  Auxiliary  heater,  in  that  they  are  initial 
heaters  or  starters. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  31, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Automobile,  Starters;  61,  Burners,  Liq- 
uid-fuel, Retort,  Auxiliary  heater;  62,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel, 
Retort,  Auxiliary  heater,  Subburner,  and  72,  Burners,  Liquid- 
fuel,  Retort,  Wick-feed. 

83.  BURNERS,     LIQUID  -  FUEL,     RETORT,     STARTERS, 

LIGHTING-CUP.    Initial  heaters  or  starters  that  are  in  the 
form  of  open  pans  or  cups  adapted  to  contain  oil  and  attached 
to  some  portion  of  the  burner. 
Search  Class— 

158^- LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  90,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Perforated  combustion-tube,  Lighting  arrange- 
ments. 

84.  BURNERS.    LIQUID  -  FUEL,    RETORT,    STARTERS, 

LIGHTING-CUP.      OIL-CHARGE    MEASURING.     De- 
vices for  supplying  a  regulated  or  fixed  quantity  of  oil  to  the 
starter,  which  is  usually  of  the  lighting  cup  or  pan  form. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  49,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Burner  cut-off,  Retract- 
ing pump. 

85.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  RETORT,  LIGHTING  AND 

RELIGHTING  DEVICES.    Burner-retort  devices  in  which 
there  are  a  plurality  of  burners  and  means  by  which  one  or 
more  burners  may  be  lighted  from  the  other  in  the  first  in- 
stance or  relighted  when  accidentally  extinguished. 
Search  Classes — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS  subclasses  10,  Fire- 
kindlers,  and  115,  Burners,  Gas  Lighting  devices. 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  9,  Igniting  devices,  Lamp, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

86.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    PERFORATED    COMBUS- 

TION-TUBE. Liquid-fuel  burners  which  include  an  ele- 
ment having  a  perforated  wall  or  walls,  a  space  within  which 
imperfect  combustion  takes  place  at  the  lower  end  and  into 
which  air  is  admitted  to  mix  with  the  resulting  gas,  whereby 
a  blue  flame  is  produced  at  the  discharge  end  of  the  tube. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass 42,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Maintained  oil-level,  Vertically- 
adjustable  burner  or  tank. 

87.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    PERFORATED   COMBUS- 

TION-TUBE, TROUGH.  Combustion-tube  burners  where 
the  oil  is  vaporized  or  burned  in  a  trough,  in  some  instances 
called  "firing-pan."  It  also  includes  those  devices  where  the 
relation  and  arrangement  of  the  trough  to  the  combustion 
tube  is  claimed. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  81, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters;  83,  Burners,  Liquid- 
fuel,  Retort,  Starters,  Lighting-cup;  91,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel, 
Pan  or  tray,  and  9;i,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Absorbent. 

88.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    PERFORATED   COMBUS- 

TION-TUBE, WICK.  Burners  of  the  combustion-tube  type 
in  which  the  wick-chamber  is  specially  adapted  and  con- 
structed for  use  with  a  wick  or  where  the  combustion-tul>es 
are  so  constructed  as  to  be  particularly  adapted  for  use  with  a 
wick. 
Search  Classes— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  35, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Blast-lamp,  Hand-torches,  Wick  type; 
72,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel.  Retort,  Wick-feed;  81,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters;  83,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Re- 
tort, Starters,  Lighting-cup,  and  97,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel, 
Absorbent,  Alcohol-lamp. 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  38,  Liquid-fuel,  Burners, 
Vapor,  Blue  flame  wick  type. 

89.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    PERFORATED   COMBUS- 

TION-TUBE,    COMBUSTION-TUBES.    Burners  of  the 
combustion-tube  type  where  the  invention  resides  in  the 
form  and  arrangement  of  the  perforated  tubes  forming  the 
combustion-space . 
Search  Class— 

138— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  Combustion-tube 
subclasses. 

90.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    PERFORATED    COMBUS- 

TION-TUBE, LIGHTING  ARRANGEMENTS.  Burners 
of  the  combustion-tube  type  in  which  the  invention  resides  in 
certain  specified  means  for  initially  heating  or  lighting  the 
burner,  and  usually  the  means  employed  lifts  the  combustion- 
section  from  the  oil-burning  section. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  81, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters,  and  83,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters,  Lighting-cup. 

91.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,    PAN    OR    TRAY.    Burners 

known  in  the  art  as  the  "open  pan"  or  "tray"  type,  in  which 
the  flame  at  starting  arises  from  the  oil-surface,  and  is  distin- 
guished from  the  retort  class  in  that  there  is  not  a  distinct 
and  well-defined  retort  for  generating  a  gas  to  be  fed  to  a  burner 
or  burners. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


377 


CLASS  158— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  9,  Coal- 
stove  attachments.  Lid-burners;  28,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel; 
81,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters;  83,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Starters,  Lighting-cup;  86,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Perforated  combustion-tube,  and  87,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Perforated  combustion-tube,  Trough. 

126-^STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  93,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Liquid. 

240— Illumination. 

92.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  PAN  OR  TRAY,  STEAM  OR 

AIR   SPRAY.     Pan  or  tray  burners  in  which  a  jet  of  steam 
or  air  is  sprayed  or  forced  over  the  oil-surface  and  mixed  with 
the  flame  combustion. 
Search  Class— 

158-^- LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  57,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Oil,  steam,  or  water,  Steam-jet. 

93.  BURNERS,   LIQUID-FUEL,    PAN   OR   TRAY,   WATER- 

SURFACE.  Liquid-fuel  burners  which  have  a  contained 
body  of  water  upon  which  the  oil  for  combustion  purposes  is 
floated.  This  subclass  also  includes  those  devices  where  the 
oil  is  forced  through  a  body  of  water,  from  the  surface  of  which 
it  is  burned. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  13, 
Combined  gas  and  water  vaporizers,  and  95,  Burners,  Liquid- 
fuel,  Lamp  type,  Water-vaporizers. 

94.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  LAMP  TYPE.    Heating-burn- 

ers of  the  wick  type  that  do  not  involve  vaporizing  or  retort 
features. 

95.  BURNERS,     LIQUID-FUEL,     LAMP    TYPE,    WATER- 

VAPORIZERS.    Burners  of  the  liquid-fuel  lamp  type  that 
are  provided  with  water-vaporizing  means,  the  vapor  being 
discharged  into  the  flame  combustion. 
Search  Class 

ISS^LiQOTD  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  13,  Com- 
bined gas  and  water  vaporizers,  and  93,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel, 
Pan  or  tray,  Water-surface. 

6.  BURNERS,  LIQUID-FUEL,  ABSORBENT.  Liquid-fuel 
burners  which  employ  an  absorbent  or  porous  substance  from 
the  surface  of  which  combustion  takes  place.  It  includes  what 
is  known  in  the  art  as  the  "porous-block"  type. 

Search  Class— 

168— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  97,  Burners 
Liquid-fuel,  Absorbent,  Alcohol-lamp. 

97.  BURNERS,    LIQUID-FUEL,   ABSORBENT,  ALCOHOL- 

LAMP.    Liquid-fuel  burners  of  the  absorbent  type  which  are 
especially  designed  to  burn  alcohol,  and  they  are  usually  pro- 
vided with  flame-controlling  means.    This  class  does  not  in- 
clude alcohol-lamps  of  the  wick-tube  or  "blowpipe"  type. 
Search  Classes — 
158—  LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  72,  Burners, 

Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Wick-feed. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  43,  Stoves,  Cooking, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Liquid,  Alcohol. 

98.  ABOLISHED.    See  subclass  117.5. 

99.  BURNERS,  'GAS.    Burners  of  the  heating  type  adapted  to  the 

burning  of  gasaous  fuel  and  that  do  not  fall  under  a  type  sub- 
class.   It  includes  also  patents  in  which  the  invention  is  solely 
in  the  burner,  even  though  the  gas  or  vapor  is  produced  from 
liquid  fuel. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  87,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

100.  BURNERS,  GAS,  GAS-LOGS.    Burners  in  the  form  of  logs 

and  usually  coated  with  non-inflammable  material. 
Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  87,  Stoves,  Heating, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Op3n-front,  Asbestos  flreback; 
88,  Stoves,  Heating,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Open  front, 
Asbestos  flreback,  Hot  air;  92,  Stoves,  Heating,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Gas,  Incandescent  fire-grate;  128,  Fireplaces, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Asbestos  flreback,  and  129,  Fireplaces, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Asbestos  flreback,  hot  air. 

101.  BURNERS,    GAS,    ACETYLENE.    Burners  of  a  type  that 

are  structurally  designed  for  the  burning  of  acetylene  gas. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  105,  Gaseous  fuel 
burners,  Acetylene. 

102.  BURNERS,    GAS,    GAS-JET    ATTApHMENTS.    Devices 

that  are  in  the  nature  of  attachments  to  the  ordinary  form  of 
gas-burner,  usually  illuminating,  and  structurally  designed  to 
produce  an  intense  heating  or  Bunsen  flame. 
Search  Classes— 

168— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  111,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Laboratory  type. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  248,  Heaters,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Drum,  and  the  following  subclasses 
down  to  and  inclusive  of  subclass  2;;o,  Heaters,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Lamp,  Stands,  Article  support. 

103.  BURNERS,     GAS,     GAS-JET     ATTACHMENTS,     CON- 

VERTIBLE. Jet  attachments  that  are  designed  to  trans- 
form an  ordinary  gas-burner  into  a  Bunsen  burner,  and  vice 
versa,  without  the  necessity  of  removing  or  exchanging  any 
of  its  parts. 

104.  BURNERS,  GAS,  MULTIPLE.    Burners  in  which  there  is  a 

combined  series  of  burner-tubes,  all  being  fed  from  a  common 
gas-supply  pipe  or  chamber. 


CLASS  158— Continued. 

105.  BURNERS,  GAS,  MULTIPLE,  INDEPENDENT  CUT- 
OFF. That  type  of  multiple  burner  in  which  means  are 
employed  to  cut  off  the  supply  of  gas  to  one  or  more  of  the 
series  of  burners,  thereby  lesssning  or  increasing  the  heating 
capacity  of  the  burner,  as  desired. 

103.  BURNERS,    GAS,    MULTIPLE,    MIXING-TUBE.    That 
type  of  multipb  burner  in  which  each  one  of  the  burner-tubes 
is  providsd  with  independent  gas  and  air  mixing  means. 
Search  Class 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  118,  Gas 
and  ah-  mixers,  and  119,  Gas  and  air  mixers,  proportional. 

107.  BURNERS    GAS,  MULTIPLE,  RELATIVELY  ADJUST- 

ABLE. Multiple  burners  in  which  one  or  more  of  the  series 
of  burners  may  be  adjusted  to  adapt  them  to  a  designed  use, 
usually  to  fit  the  several  stove-holes  and  water-back. 

108.  BURNERS,  GAS,  REGENERATIVE.     Gaseous-fuel  burn- 

ers in  which  the  gas  is  heated  or  superheated  by  the  heat  of 
the  burner  prior  to  its  discharge  to  the  burner  proper. 
Search  Classes— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  54,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel.  Retort,  Superheating. 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  108,  Gaseous-fuel  burn- 
ers, Regenerative,  and  109,  Gaseous-fuel  burners,  Regenera- 
tive, Gas. 

109.  BURNERS,  GAS,   PRESSURE-BURNERS.     Gaseous-fuel 

burners  of  the  heating  type  in  which  gas  and  air  or  steam  are 
delivered  to  the  mixing-chamber  under  pressure  and  dis- 
charged with  high  velocity  into  the  furnace  combustion 
chamber.  The  type  of  devices  in  this  subclass  are  designed  to 
be  employed  for  industrial  purposes  rather  than  domestic. 
Search  Classes— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  73,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Spray,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  107,  Gaseous-fuel  burn- 
ers, Multiple  fluid. 

110.  BURNERS,   GAS,   CONCENTRIC   GAS   AND   AIR  JET. 

Burners  of  the  gaseous-fuel  type  in  which  the  burner  is  pro- 
vided with  a  gas  and  air  mixing  chamber,  air-tubes  passing 
through  said  chamber  and  supplying  a  secondary  supply  of 
air  to  the  burner  nozzles  or  tips. 
Search  Class — 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  30,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Automobile,  Gas-chamber. 

111.  BURNERS,  GAS,  LABORATORY  TYPE.    Burnersknown 

in  the  arts  as  "Bunsen "or  "laboratory"  type.    This  sub- 
class does  not  include  all  gas  and  air  mixing  burners,  but 
only  those  of  the  character  noted. 
Search  Classes— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  102,  Burn- 
ers, gas,  gas-jet  attachments;  103,  Burners,  Gas,  Gas-jet  attach- 
ments, Convertible;  118,  Gas  and  air  mixers,  and  119,  Gas  and 
air  mixers,  Proportional. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  248,  Heaters,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Drum,  and  the  following  subclasses 
down  to  and  inclusive  of  subclass  260,  Heaters,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Lamp,  Stands,  Article  support. 

112.  BURNERS,  GAS,  DAVY-LAMP  DIAPHRAGM.    Gaseous- 

fuel  burners  that  are  provided  with  a  wire-gauze  diaphragm 
or  finely-perforated  plate  designed  to  prevent  the  flashing  or 
lighting  back  of  the  flame. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  97,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Absorbent,  Alcohol-lamp. 

113.  BURNERS,   GAS,   FLAME-DEFLECTORS.     Gaseous-fuel 

burners  that  are  provided  with  a  superheated  deflecting-disk 
or  deflector  designed  to  spread  or  deflect  the  flame  of  a  burner. 
Search  Class— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  70,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Underlying,  Mixing-chamber  and 
flame-deflector. 

114.  BURNERS,  GAS,  FUEL-DISTRIBUTERS.    Gaseous-fuel 

burners  that  are  provided  with  internal  means  adapted  to 
equally  distribute  the  gaseous  fuel  to  the  burner  outlets  or 
openings. 
Search  Class— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  30,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Automobile,  Gas-chamber. 

115.  BURNERS,    GAS,    LIGHTING   DEVICES.    Devices  that 

are  designed  to  light  a  burner  or  a  series  of  burners,  when  the 

supply  of  gas  is  turned  on,  through  the  medium  of  a  flame-jet 

and  usually  termed  in  the  art  "pilot-lights." 
Search  Classes  - 
158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  10  Fire- 

kindlers;  01,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Auxiliary  heater, 

and  85,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Retort,  Lighting  and  relighting 

devices. 
67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,    subclass    14,    Igniting    devices, 

Gaseous,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

110.  BURNERS,  GAS,  BURNER-CAPS.  Gas  burners  in  which 
the  cap  or  top  portion  of  the  burner  is  the  sole  element  of 
novelty. 

Search  Classes— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  117,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Burner-caps,  Regulating. 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  112,  Gaseous-fuel  burn- 
ers, Tips. 

117.  BURNERS,  GAS,  BURNER-CAPS,  REGULATING. 
Gaseous-fuel  burners  where  the  cap  or  top  portion  of  the  burner 
is  adjustable  to  vary  the  flame  opening  or  openings. 


378 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  158— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  121,  Valves 
and  cleaners,  Pressure-governed. 

117  5.  BURNERS,  PROCESSES.  Processes  or  methods  of  burn- 
ing liquid  or  gaseous  fuel;  also  methods  of  feeding  liquid  fuel 
or  gas  to  burners. 

118.  GAS  AND  AIR  MIXERS.    Devices  designed  to  mix  gas  and 

air  in  such  regulated  proportion  as  when  burned  will  produce 
a  heating  or  Bunsen  flame.    This  subclass  does  not  include 
combined  burner  and  gas  and  air  mixing  devices. 
Search  Classes— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  111,  Burn- 
ers, Gas,  Laboratory  type. 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  88,  Gaseous-fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

119.  GAS  AND  AIR  MIXERS,  PROPORTIONAL.    Gas  and 

air  mixing  devices  where  the  regulating-valves  are  so  con- 
nected that  the  movement  of  one  operates  the  other,  thus 
admitting  a  proportionally-regulated  quantity  of  gas  and  air 
to  the  burner. 


CLASS  158— Continued. 

Seaich  Class— 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS-FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  120,  Valves 
and  cleaners. 

120.  VALVES  AND  CLEANERS.     Devices  for  regulating  or  con- 

trolling the  supply  of  gaseous  or  liquid  fuel,  also  indicators 
that  note  the  position  of  the  valves  in  burner  mechanisms;  also 
devices  for  keeping  free    the  discharge-openings  in  burner 
mechanisms. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  118,  Gaseous-fuel  burn- 
ers, Regulating,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

121.  VALVES  AND  CLEANERS,  PRESSURE-GOVERNED. 

Valves  embodied  in  the  burner  structure  for  controlling  the 
burner  outlet  or  outlets  and  operated  by  the  pressure  of  the 
gas  or  generated  vapor  supplied  to  the  burner  to  maintain  a 
uniform  flame  in  case  of  increase  of  pressure  beyond  the 
normal. 

Search  Class— 

50 — FLUID- PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  subclass  17,  Regulators, 
Outlet-pressure,  Varying  resistance,  Automatic  weight- 
varying. 


CLASS  161.— TIME-CONTROLLING   MECHANISM. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  inventions,  with  the  exception  of  time  fuses, 
time  locks,  and  railway  time  signals,  having  any  claims  on  mecha- 
nism whereby  any  operation  is  performed  or  any  machine  or  device  is 
operated  at  a  predetermined  time  or  which  indicates  the  time  in 
which  certain  operations  have  been  performed. 

For  the  specific  character  of  time  mechanism  search  should  also 
be  made  in  class  58,  HOROLOGY.  For  the  specific  character  of  the 
machanism  operated  upon,  search  should  also  be  made  in  the  ap- 
propriate class. 

For  time  mechanism  permitting  the  display  of  a  railway-signal  at 
a  certain  time  or  for  noting  the  time  when  the  last  train  passed,  see 
class  246,  RAILWAY  SIGNALING,  subclasses  42,  Signals,  Time,  and 
43,  Signals,  Time,  Retarders.  For  time-locks  see  class  70,  LOCKS 
AND  LATCHES.  For  time  fuses,  see  class  102,  Ammunition  and  Ex- 
plosive Devices. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Time-controlled  mechanisms  not  classi- 

fiable elsewhere. 

2.  ANNUNCIATORS,      ELECTRIC,       SELECTIVE-ALARM. 

Electrically-controlled  mechanism  whereby  at  any  desired 
time  or  times  alarms  or  signals  are  sounded  at  any  one  or  more 
of  several  places — as,  for  example,  calling  guests  in  hotels  at 
any  predetermined  time.  The  distinctive  feature  of  this 
subclass  is  in  the  provision  for  sounding  any  one  or  more 
of  the  various  alarms. 

3.  ANNUNCIATORS     ELECTRIC,    SINGLE-ALARM.    Elec- 

trically-controlled mechanism  not  otherwise  classified  whereby 
at  any  desired  time  or  times  an  alarm  is  sounded,  the  feature 
distinguishing  this  subclass  from  subclass  2,  this  class,  being 
that  the  same  alarm  is  always  sounded. 

4.  ANNUNCIATORS, ELECTRIC, SINGLE-ALARM,  ADJUST- 

ABLE-PIN. Electrically-controlled  single-alarm  annun- 
ciators where  the  closing  of  the  circuits  by  which  the  alarm 
is  actuated  is  made  by  means  of  a  pin  or  its  equivalent  inserted 
in  a  movable  part,  as  on  the  periphery  of  a  rotating  drum,  the 
pin  in  the  movement  of  the  drum  closing  the  circuit  at  the 
time  indicated  at  the  point  of  insertion. 

5.  ANNUNCIATORS,   ELECTRIC,    SINGLE-ALARM,    AUX- 

ILIARY SWITCH.  Electrically-controlled  single-alarm  an- 
nunciators having  a  series  of  circuits  closed  at  regular  intervals 
in  the  movement  of  the  hands  or  other  part  of  a  clock,  these 
circuits  having  also  a  set  of  auxiliary  switches  or  equivalents 
whereby  when  the  circuit  is  closed  in  the  movement  of  the 
clock  the  alarm  will  be  sounded  if  the  corresponding  auxiliary 
switch  has  been  closed. 

6.  ANNUNCIATORS,    MECHANICAL.    Mechanically-operated 

and  time-controlled  devices  for  sounding  an  alarm  at  any 
desired  times  and  with  either  regular  or  irregular  intervals  be- 
tween the  alarms. 

7.  VALVE-ACTUATING  MECHANISM.    Mechanism  not  else- 

where classified  for  operating  valves  at  predetermined  times. 

8.  VALVE-ACTUATING    MECHANISM,    DAMPERS.    Time- 

controlled  devices  for  operating  dampers  of  stoves,  furnaces, 
etc. 

9.  VALVE-ACTUATING  MECHANISM,  GAS-COCKS.    Time- 

controlled  devices  for  operating  gas-cocks. 
Search  Class — 

161— TIME  CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclasses  11,  Lighting 
mechanism;  12,  Lighting  mechanism,  Electric,  and  14,  Light- 
ing mechanism,  Friction. 

10.  VALVE-ACTUATING  MECHANISM,  STOCK-FEEDERS. 

Time-controlled  devices  for  delivering  food  or  water  to  stock. 

11.  LIGHTING   MECHANISM.    Devices  elsewhere   unclassified 

whereby  a  lamp,  gas,  etc.,  may  be  lighted  at  a  predetermined 
time. 


CLASS  161— Continued. 

12.  LIGHTING    MECHANISM,    ELECTRIC.    Electric    devices 

for  lighting  gas,  etc.,  at  a  predetermined  time. 

13.  ABOLISHED. 

14.  LIGHTING     MECHANISM,     FRICTION.    Time-controlled 

friction  devices  for  lighting  gas,  lamps,  fires,  etc. 

15.  TIMING    MECHANISM.    Devices    not    elsewhere    classified 

whereby  the  time  at  which  a  certain  thing  is  done  or  the  time 
taken  to  do  a  certain  thing  is  automatically  indicated. 

16.  TIMING  MECHANISM,  CULINARY.    Devices  for  indicating 

short  intervals  of  time  and  sometimes  sounding  an  alarm  at  the 
end  thereof  whereby  the  time  necessary  to  cook  articles  of 
food,  such  as  eggs,  may  be  made  known. 

17.  TIMING  MECHANISM,  GAME.    Devices  for  indicating  the 

time  taken  in  playing  billiards  or  other  games. 

18.  TIMING  MECHANISM,  SPEED.    Devices  for  indicating  the 

time  taken  in  racing  or  otherwise  moving  a  definite  distance. 

19.  TIMING  MECHANISM,  TELEPHONE-SERVICE.    Devices 

for  indicating  the  time  occupied  in  telephonic  conversation  or 
for  sounding  an  alarm  when  the  prescribed  interval  allowed 
for  conversation  has  nearly  elapsed. 

20.  TIMING  MECHANISM,  WATCHMEN'S.    Devices  for  indi- 

cating the  times,  when  a  watchman  has  signaled  from  his 
station. 

Search  Class— 

234 — RECORDERS,  for  devices  for  making  a  permanent  record  of 
such  signals. 

21.  TIMING  MECHANISM,  WORKMEN'S.    Devices  for  indi- 

cating the  time  when  workmen  arrive  or  depart  or  the  time 
during  which  work  has  been  done  by  them. 
Search  Class— 

234 — RECORDERS,  for  devices  for  making  a  permanent  record  of 
such  data. 

22.  AWAKENERS.    Devices  aside  from  alarms  whereby  at  any  de- 

sired predetermined  time  a  person  is  awakened  either  by 
causing  the  headboard  of  a  bed  to  drop,  or  by  rolling  the  occu- 
pant out  of  bed,  or  by  any  other  means  accomplishing  the 
same  result. 

23.  ALARMS.    Alarms  of  various  kinds  (except  alarm-clocks)  op- 

erated at  a  predetermined  time. 
Search  Class— 
58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  16,  Clocks,  Trains,  Alarm. 

24.  TIME-BALLS.    Time-balls  and  associated  parts  and  the  mech- 

anism for  operating  the  time-balls. 

2.5.  SWITCH  ACTUATING  MECHANISM.  Electric  switches 
not  hereunder  subclassified  combined  with  mechanism  for 
operating  them  at  predetermined  times. 

Note.— This  subclass  includes  many  retarded  switches  and  cir- 
cuit breakers. 
Search  Classes 

161— TIME  CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass  12,  Lighting 
mechanism,  Electric,  for  electric  devices  for  lighting  gas,  etc. 
175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  under  Circuit 
breakers,  for  time  limit  relays  and  circuit  breakers  which 
will  not  operate  until  conditions  in  the  circuit  have  continued 
abnormal  for  a  certain  interval. 

26.  SHUTTER    ACTUATING    MECHANISM.    Mechanism    for 

opening  or  closing  camera  shutters  at  predetermined  times. 
Note.— The  ordinary  mechanism  for  determining  the  duration  of 
the  exposure,  and  which  constitutes  an  integral  part  of  the 
shutter,  is  classified  in  class  95,  PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  53, 
Cameras,  Shutters,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

27.  SWITCH    ACTUATING    MECHANISM,    CLOCK    TRAIN 

TY  PE.  Electric  switches  combined  with  clocks,  clock  trains, 
or  similar  gearing  for  operating  the  same  at  predetermined 
times. 

379 


CLASS  163.— NEEDLE  AND   POT  MAKING. 

DEFINITIONS.  • 

Class. 

This  class  contains  special  apparatus  and  processes  for  the  man- 
ulacture  of  crocheting,  knitting,  and  sewing  needles,  both  for  hand, 
and  machine  use;  also,  machines  and  processes  for  making  garment- 
fastening  pins  of  the  ordinary  form,  as  well  as  safety-pins.  All  such 
single  operations  as  bending,  swaging,  groove-milling,  point- 
grinding,  turning,  and  the  like  will  be  found  in  appropriate  sub- 
classes under  the  corresponding  functional  title. 

The  manufacture  of  hair-pins,  which  includes  only  ordinary 
wireworking  operations,  will  be  found  hi  appropriate  subclasses 
n  Ciass  140,  WIREWORKING. 

Subclasses. 

1.  NEEDLE-MAKING.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  completing  the 
manufacture  or  for  performing  two  or  more  operations  upon 
sewing-needles  for  either  hand  or  machine  use. 
Search  Class— 

163 — NEEDLE  AND   PIN  MAKING,  subclass  4,   Rotary  blank- 
carrier. 

2  NEEDLE-MAKING,  KNITTING-NEEDLES.  Machines  and 
the  like  for  making  hook-ended  needles  for  knitting  or 
crocheting  fabrics. 

3.  NEEDLE-MAKING,    KNITTING-NEEDLES,   TONGUED. 

Special  machines  for  making  tongued  needles  for  knitting- 
machines  or  for  attaching  the  tongues  or  latches  to  the  bodies 
of  such  needles. 

4.  NEEDLE-MAKING,  ROTARY  BLANK-CARRIER.    Nee- 

dle-making machines  having  sets  of  grippers  radially  arranged 
on  a  circular  carrier  which  has  a  step-by-step  rotation  to 
bring  the  needle-blanks  into  position  to  be  operated  upon  by 


CLASS  163— Continued. 

the  various  shaping  devices.    In  some  cases  a  plurality  of 
carriers  is  shown,  together  with  means  for  transferring  the 
blank  from  one  carrier  to  another. 
Search  Class — 

1ft— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
52,  Nail-making,  Wire  Nails,  Rotary  work-holder,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder  noted,  for  similar  carriers. 

5.  NEEDLE-MAKING,    PROCESSES.    Miscellaneous   methods 

of  making  sewing  and  knitting  needles,  both  for  hand  and 
machine  use. 

Note. — For  such  processes  as  are  discernible  from  an  inspection 
of  the  article  itself  search  subclass  5,  Needles,  in  class  66, 
KNITTING  AND  NETTING;  subclass  11,  Needles,  in  class  112, 
SEWING-MACHINES,  and  subclasses  37,  Needles,  and  38,  Nee- 
dles, tape,  in  class  223,  APPAREL  APPARATUS. 

6.  PIN-MAKING.    Devices   for  cutting,   heading,   and   pointing 

ordinary  straight  pins. 

7.  PIN-MAKING,  SAFETY-PINS.    Machines  and  processes  for 

making  sheath-pointed  garment-fastening  pins.  In  most 
cases  the  machines  are  for  shaping  and  attaching  to  the  wire 
body  the  sheet-metal  point-shield. 

8.  ASSORTING  AND  PACKAGING  NEEDLES  AND  PINS. 

Machines  for  separating  perfect  from  imperfect  articles,  for 

arranging  them  in  bunches  for  packing,  or  for  sticking  them 

in  regular  order  on  cloth  or  paper. 
Search  Classes — 
10 — BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclasses 

102  et  seq.,  Distributers  and  feeders,  for  similar  assorting 

devices. 

132 — TOILET,  for  packages  of  pins. 
223 — APPAREL  APPARATUS,  for  needle  holders. 


381 


CLASS  164.— CTTTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND 
BARS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  embraces  machines  and  processes  for  cutting,  including 
die  cutting  and  punching  sheets,  plates,  or  bars  of  metal,  cloth, 
rubber,  leather,  paper,  etc. 

Machines  for  splitting  and  skiving  of  leather  are  classified  in  69, 
LEATHER-WORKING. 

Machines  specially  designed  for  working  on  boots  and  shoes, 
except  die-cutting,  are  in  class  12,  BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BUTTONHOLES.    Devices  for  cutting  buttonholes,  usually  in 

cloth  or  leather. 

2.  BUTTONHOLES,  MACHINES.    Machines  for  cutting  button- 

holes. 

3.  BUTTONHOLES,    KNIVES.    Buttonhole  cutters   having   a 

knife  form  of  cutter. 

4.  BUTTONHOLES,  PLIERS.    Buttonhole  cutters  having  a  plier 

form. 

Search  Classes— 
164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  81, 

Cutting,  Implements,  Pliers,  and  121,  Punching,  Implements, 

Pivoted  handles,  Pliers. 
81 — TOOLS,  subclass  187,  Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Pivoted,  and 

subclasses  thereunder. 

5.  BUTTONHOLES,  PLJERS,  MODIFIED  SCISSORS.    But- 
.     :     tonhole  cutters  in  which  an  ordinary  pair  of  scissors  is  modi- 
fled  to  cut  the  buttonholes'.' 

6.  BUTTONHOLES,    PLIERS,    SCISSORS   ATTACHMENTS. 

Devices  adapted  to  be  secured  to  ordinary  scissors  to  cut  the 
buttonholes. 

|0.5.  EXPANDED  METAL,  RECIPROCATING.  Machines  pro- 
vided with  a  reciprocating  cutter  adapted  to  slit  sheet  metal 
and  also  provided  with  means  for  corrugating  or  for  stretching 
the  sheet. 

•  Note. — Machines  for  forming  expanded  metallic  lath  arc  classified 
in  this  subclass.  Machines  for  forming  corrugated  metallic 
lath  are  classified  in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING. 

6.6.  EXPANDED  METAL.  ROLLER.    Machines  provided  with 
a  roller-cutter  adapted  to  slit  sheet  metal  and  also  provided 
with  means  for  corrugating  or  stretching  the  sheet. 
Note. — Machines  which  form  expanded  metallic  lath  are  classified 
in  this  subclass.    Machines  for  forming  corrugated  metallic 
lath  are  classified  in  class  153,  METAL-BENDING. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  99, 
Punching,  Machines,  Roller. 

7.  FENCE-BARBS.    Miscellaneous  apparatus  for  cutting  fence- 

barbs  in  strips  of  metal. 

8.  FENCE-BARBS,  CUTTERS  AND  DIES.    The  cutter  or  the 

die  of  fence-barb  cutters. 
Search  Class — 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
under  25;  Cutting,  Die,  Machines,  Reciprocating-plunger; 
also  under  86,  Punching,  Machines. 

9.  FENCE -BARBS,  CUTTERS  AND  DIES,   ROLLER. 

Rollers  carrying  the  cutters  or  dies  of  fence-barb  cutters. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
under  Cutting:  29,  Die,  Machines,  Roller-die;  60,  Machines, 
Rotary-cutter;  77,  Machines,  Traveling-cutter-carriage,  Roller- 
knife;  also,  99,  Punching,  Machines,  Roller,  and  16,  Combined 
machines,  Roller-cutter  and  punch. 

10.  FENCE-BARBS,  PROCESSES.     Processes  of  cutting  out  the 

fence-barbs. 

'10.5.  PRINTERS'  LEADS.  Machines  for  cutting,  beveling,  or 
mitering  printers'  leads. 

10.6.  SCRAP   CUTTING.    Special    machines   and   processes   for 
mechanically  treating  and  cutting  metal  scrap,  by  operations 
peculiar  to  this  class,  preparatory  to  detinning,  remelting,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 

29 — METAL-WORKING,  subclass  4.5,  Special  work,  Comminuting 
metal,  for  shaving  and  finely  dividing  into  chips;  also  sub- 
class 66,  Metal-breakers;  83,  MILLS,  for  pulverizing  brittle 
metals;  and  hi  subclass  91,  Liquid  comminuting  and  solidi- 
fying, for  granulating  molten  materials;  75,  METALLURGY, 
subclass  197,  Miscellaneous,  for  granulating  special  to  molten 
metal. 


CLASS  164— Continued. 

11.  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Miscellaneous  machines  adapted 

to  perform  both  the  operations  of  cutting  and  punching. 

12.  COMBINED   MACHINES,   WORK-FEEDING.    Combined 

machines  which  also  have  novelty  hi  the  mechanism  for  feed- 
ing the  work  to  the  operating  parts. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
under  Cutting,  Die,  Machines:  20,  Work-feeding;  21.  Work- 
feeding.  Reciprocating-feeder;  22,  Work-feeding,  Roller-feed; 
under  Cutting,  Machines:  38,  Fixed-cutter,  Work-feeding;  39, 
Fixed-cutter,  Work-feeding,  Roller-feed;  42,  Pivoted-cutter, 
Work-feeding;  48,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Work-feeding;  49,  Re- 
ciprocating-cutter.Work-feeding,  Roller-feed;  61,Rotary-cutter, 
Work-feeding;  62,  Rotary-cutter,  Work-feeding,  Reciprocat- 
ing-cutter; 68,  Rotary-cutter,  Transverse,  Work-feeding; 
67,  Rotary-cutter,  Transverse,  Work-feeding,  Printing-press 
attachments;  also,  87,  Punching,  Machines,  Feeding  and 
punching,  and  116,  Punching,  Machines,  Feed  mechanisms. 

13.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  DIE  CUTTING  AND  PUNCH- 

ING.   Machines  adapted  to  both  die  cut  and  punch. 

14.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  PIVOTED  KNIFE-CARRIER. 

Combined  machines  in  which  the  cutter  or  part  to  which  it  is 
attached  is  pivoted.  The  punch  is  usually  either  directly 
attached  to  this  pivoted  carrier  or  is  actuated  directly  by  it. 

15.  COMBINED     MACHINES,     RECIPROCATING    KNIFE- 

CARRIER.  The  knife  or  its  carrier  has  a  reciprocating  move- 
ment. The  punch  is  usually  a  separate  plunger;  but  some- 
times both  cutter  and  punch  are  attached  to  the  same  plunger 
or  head. 

10.  COMBINED  MACHINES,  ROLLER  CUTTER  AND 
PUNCH.  A  roller  or  cylinder  carries  cutters  and  punches 
upon  its  periphery. 

17.  CUTTING.    Miscellaneous  cutting  apparatus  or  processes. 

18.  CUTTING,    DIE.    Miscellaneous    machines   or  processes   for 

stamping  out  articles  by  dies. 

19.  CUTTING,    DIE,    MACHINES.    Miscellaneous    die-cutting 

machines. 
Search  Classes — 
131— TOBACCO,  subclass  49,  Cigarmakers'  implements, Wrapper 

cutters. 
223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  55,  Collar,  cuff,  and  bosom 

machines. 

20.  CUTTING,    DIE,    MACHINES,    WORK-FEEDING.    Ma- 

chines having  also  feeding  mechanism  attached. 
Search  Class — 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses, 
including  "  Work-feeding,"  in  titles.  See  note  to  subclass  12. 

21.  CUTTING,  DIE,  MACHINES,  WORK-FEEDING,  RECIP- 

ROCATING-FEEDER.   Feeding  devices  having  a  recip- 
rocating movement. 
Search  Class — 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  -BARS,  subclasses, 
including  "Work-feeding,"  in  titles.  See  note  to  subclass  12. 

22.  CUTTING,       DIE,       MACHINES,       WORK  -  FEEDING, 

ROLLER-FEED.    Work  is  fed  to  the  machine  by  rolls. 
Search  Class — 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses, 
including  "  Work-feeding,"  in  titles.  See  note  to  subclasses  12 

23.  CUTTING,  DIE,  MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING  CROSS- 

HEAD.    That  type  of  machine  having  a  cross  head  or  bar, 
with  guides  at  its  ends,  adapted  to  reciprocate  with  the  at- 
tached die. 
Search  Classes— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  47, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating  cutter;  102,  Punching,  Ma- 
chines, Shaft-driven. 

131 — TOBACCO,  subclass  49,  Cigarmakers'  implements,  Wrapper 
cutters. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  196,  Punching-cutters. 

223 — APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  55,  Collar,  cuff,  and  bosom 
machines. 

24.  CUTTING,  DIE,  MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING  CROSS- 

HEAD,  SHIFTING  DIES.  Several  dies,  as  right  and  left 
dies  for  shoe-soles,  are  adapted  to  be  alternately  or  successively 
brought  to  operative  position. 

25.  CUTTING,  DIE,  MACHINES.  RECIPROCATING-PLUN- 

GER.   The  die  is  carried  at  the  end  of  a  simple  plunger. 
Search  Classes — 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  47, 
Cutting,  Machines.  Reciprocating  cutter;  102,  Punching,  Ma- 
chines, Shaft-driven. 

383 


384 


DEFINITIONS  OF.  CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  164— Continued; 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  49,  Cigarmakers' implements,  Wrapper 

cutters. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  196,  Punehing-cutters. 
223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  55,  Collar,  cufl,  and  bosom 

machines. 

26.  CUTTING,  DIE,  MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING-PLUN- 

GER, LEVER-OPERATED.    Machines  in  which  the  plun- 
ger is  operated  by  a  lever  or  system  of  levers. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  15, 
Combined  machines,  Reciprocating  knife-carrier;  under  Cut- 
ting, Machines:  44,  Pivoted-cutter,  Lever-operated;  46,  Piv- 
oted-cutter,  Lever-operated,  Compound  leverage;  57,  Recip- 
rocating-cutter,  Lever-operated;  under  Punching,  machines: 
91,  Gang,  Lever-operated;  92,  Gang,  Lever-operated,  Foot; 
96,  Lever-operated,  and  97,  Lever-operated,  Foot. 

27.  CUTTING,  DIE,  MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING-PLUN- 

GER,  SCREW-OPERATED.    The  die-carrying  plunger  is 
adapted  to  be  forced  down  by  a  screw. 
Search  Class — 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  101, 
Punching,  Machines,  Screw-operated. 

28.  CUTTING,  DIE,  MACHINES,  ROLLER-DIE.    Cutting-die 

machines  in  which  the  cutting-die  is  secured  to  the  periphery 
of  a  cylinder. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  9, 
Fence-barbs,  Cutters  and  dies,  Roller;  60,  Cutting,  Machines, 
Rotary-cutter,  and  99,  Punching,  Machines,  Roller. 

29.  CUTTING,  DIE,  DIES.    Various  structures  of  dies  for  stamp- 

ing out  articles. 

Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  58, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Cutters  and  bed- 
blocks,  and  118,  Punching,  Machines,  Dies  and  die-holders. 

Note. — See  also  subclass  19,  search  notes. 

30.  CUTTING,  DIE,  DIES,  SPIRAL-STRIP  CUTTING.    The 

die  is  spiral  on  its  face,  so  that  a  coiled  strip  or  string  can  be 
stamped  out  at  one  operation. 

31.  CUTTING,  DIE,  DIES,  ADJUSTABLE-FACE.    The  face  of 

the  die  can  be  adjusted  to  vary  its  size  or  its  contour. 

32.  CUTTING,  DIE,  DIES.  MULTIPLE  CONCENTRIC.    Two 

or  more  dies  are  placed  one  within  the  other.  Sometimes,  as 
in  stamping  out  washers,  both  or  all  dies  are  used  simulta- 
neously, while  in  other  cases  any  one  of  the  dies  can  be  used 
alone. 

33.  CUTTING,    DIE,    DIES,    BLANK-EJECTING.    Means  for 

ejecting  the  blank  or  piece  from  the  die  after  the  blank  is 
stamped  out. 
Note. — See  search  note  to  subclass  19. 

34.  CUTTING,  MACHINES.    Miscellaneous  cutting-machines. 

35.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      BAND-KNIFE.    Cutting   ma- 

chines in  whkh  the  cutter  is  of  band  or  l>elt  f  jrm  and  travels 

over  pulleys  or  sheaves. 
Search  Classes 
164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  74, 

Cutting,   Machines,  Traveling  cutter-carriage,  Motor-driven 

cutter. 
143 — WOOD-SAWING,  subclass  17,  Band-saw  machines. 

36.  CUTTING,       MACHINES,       FIXED-CUTTER.    Machines 

having  a  stationary  cutter  or  cutters,  the  work  usually  being 
fed  or  drawn  along  against  the  knife;  usually  strap  and  string 
trimmers  and  arrangements  for  slitting  various  fabrics. 

37.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      FIXED-CUTTER,      SPIRAL 

STRIPS.  Machines  adapted  to  cut  strings  from  disks, 
usually  of  leather.  The  disk  is  made  to  turn  upon  its  center, 
while  the  string  is  continuously  cut  by  the  knife  at  the  edge  of 
the  disk. 

38.  CUTTING,       MACHINES,       FIXED-CUTTER,       WORK- 

FEEDING.    Fixed  cutter  machines  having  mechanism  for 
feeding  the  work  to  or  past  the  cutters. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "work  feeding"  in  titles.  (See  search  note  to 
subclass  12.) 

39.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      FIXED-CUTTER,      WORK- 

FEEDING,  ROLLER-FEED.    Machinas  in  which  the  work 
is  fed  by  rolls. 
Search  Classes — 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "work  feeding"  in  titles.  (See  search  note  to  sub- 
class 12.) 

12 — BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  40,  Sole  machines, 
Slitting  and  grooving. 

69 — LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  13,  Machines,  Skiving 
and  splitting,  Fixed-knife,  Roller-feed. 

40.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,    OSCILLATING    APERTURED 

CUTTERS.  Machines  having  two  apert.ured  plates  or  disks, 
the  apertures  being  shaped  to  fit  the  material  to  te  cut  and 
placed  coincident,  and  one  or  both  plates  are  rotated  to  shear 
oif  the  inserted  bar  or  rail. 


CLASS  164— Continued. 

41.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,    PIVOTED-CUTTER.    Machines 

in  which  the  cutter  or  the  part  to  which  it  is  attached  is  pivoted. 
Search  Classes— 
164— CUTTING  AND    PUNCHING   SHEETS  AND   BARS,   subclass 

10.5,  Printers-leads. 

11 — BOOK-BINDING,  subclass  27,  Indexing,  Cutting  and  printing. 
131— TOBACCO,  subclasses  37,  Cigar  and  cigarette  cutters;  38, 

Cigar  cutters,  Tip;  33,  Tobacco  cutters,  Pivoted  knife. 
148 — VEGETABLE     CUTTERS     AND    CRUSHERS,  subclasses  12, 

Cutters,  Bread;  23,   Straw  cutters,   Pivoted  knife,  Without 

feed. 

42.  CUTTING,     MACHINES,     PIVOTED-CUTTER,     WORK- 

FEEDING.    Machines  having  mechanism  for  feeding  the 
work  to  the  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "work  feeding"  hi  titles.  (See  search  note  to  sub- 
class 12.) 

t3.  CUTTING,  MACHINES,  PIVOTED-CUTTER,  TRANS- 
VERSE. Machines  in  which  the  cutter  lies  parallel  to  the 
pivot  or  axis  and  operates,  like  the  jaws  of  a  pair  of  nippers, 
to  cut  transversely  or  across  the  length  of  the  material. 

44.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,    PIVOTED-CUTTER,    LEVER- 

OPERATED.    Machines  in  which  the  pivoted  cutter  is  oper- 
ated by  a  lever. 
Search  Classes 
164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  10.5, 

Printer's  leads. 
131— TOBACCO,  subclasses  37,  Cigar  and  cigarette  cutters,  38, 

CIGAR  cutters,  Tip. 
Note.— See  search  notes  to  subclass  26. 

45.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,     PIVOTED-CUTTER,     LEVER- 

OPERATED,    WORK-CLAMPING.    Machines  in  which 
mechanism  is  provided  for  clamping  the  work  while  the 
pivoted  cutter  shears  the  material. 
Search  Classes — 

164 — CUTTING  AND    PUNCHING    SHEETS  AND   BARS,     under 
Cutting,  machines:    79    Cutting-tables,   Work-clamping;   55 
Reciprocating-cutter,  Draw-cut,  Separately-operated  clamp, 
and  52  Reciprocating-cutter,  Separately-operated  clamp. 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  289,  Clamps,  et  seq. 

46.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,     PIVOTED-CUTTER,    LEVER- 

OPERATED,  COMPOUND- LEVERAGE.    Machines  in 
which  the  cutter  is  operated  by  a  system  of  levers. 
Search  Classes — 
164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND    BARS,  subclasses 

14,  Combined  machines,  Pivoted  knife-carrier,  20,  Cutting, 
Die,    Machines,    Reciprocating-plunger,  Lever-operated;  57, 
Cutting,    Machines,    Reciprocating-cutter,    Lover-operated; 
under    Punching,    Machines;  91    Gang,    Lever-operated;  92 
Gang,    Lever-operated,   Foot;   96,   Lever-operated,    and   97, 
Lever-operated,  Foot. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclasses  37,  Cigar  and  cigarette  cutters,  38, 
Cigar  cutters,  Tip. 

47.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER. 

Miscellaneous  machines  having  a  reciprocating  cutter. 
Search  Classes — 
164— CUTTING  AND   PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND   BARS,  subclasses 

15,  Combined  machines,  Reciprocating  knife-carrier;  under 
Cutting,    Die,    Machines:  23,  Reciprocating  cross-head,   and 
24,  Reciprocating-plunger,  and  74,  Cutting,  Machines,  Travel- 
ing cutter-carriage,  Mo  tor-driven  cutter,  Reciprocating;  under 
Punching,  Machines;90,  Machines,  G»ng;  102,  Machines,  Shaft- 
driven,  and  109,  Machines,  Tie-band  tongue. 

11— BOOK-BINDING,  subclass  27,  Indexing,  Cutting  and  printing. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclasses,  Butter,  Cutters;  68,  Cheese,  Cutters. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  33,  Bag-Machines,  Cutting. 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  6,  Trimmers. 

131— TOBACCO,  subclass  34,  Tobacco  cutters,  Reciprocating- 
knife;  38,  Cigar  cutters,  Tip. 

144— WOOD  WORKING,  subclasses,  196,  Punching-cutters,  and  197, 
Punching-cutters,  Fixed-die;  162,  Slicers,  and  193,  Splitting. 

146— VEGETABLE  CUTTERS  AND  CRUSHERS,  subclass  7,  Cutters, 
Reciprocating;  and  17,  Straw  cutters,  Cutter  and  bed,  Recip- 
rocating knife. 

48.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

WORK-FEEDING.   Machines  having  mechanism  for  feeding 
the  work  to  the  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "work  feeding"  titles.  (See search  note  to  subclass 
12.) 

43.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

WORK-FEEDING,  ROLLER-FEED.    Machines  in  which 
the  work  is  fed  by  rolls. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "work  feeding"  titles.  (See  search  note  to  sub- 
class 12.) 

51).  CUTTING,  MACHINES,  RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 
NOTCHED-WORK.  Machines  adapted  to  cut  notches  or 
scallops  in  the  edges  of  materials,  such  as  cloth  for  garments, 
leather  for  the  button-Hies  of  shoes,  metal  for  currycomb- 
teeth,  etc.  Edge-pinking  machines  are  here  included. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
7,  Fence  barbs  and  subclasses  thereunder,  and  64,  Cutting, 
Machines,  Rotary-cutter,  Notched-work. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


385 


CLASS  164— Continued. 

51.  CUTTING,     MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

AUTOMATIC-CLAMP.    Machines  having  clamping  mech- 
anism for  holding  the  material,  which  mechanism  is  automatic 
iu  its  action  as  distinguished  from  those  machines  in  which  the 
work-clamp  is  set  up  by  hand. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
54,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Draw-cut, 
Automatic-clamp,  and  110,  Punching,  Machines,  Strippers  and 
hold-downs. 

52.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

SEPARATELY -OPERATED      CLAMP.     Machines    in 
which  the  work-clamp  is  set  up  by  hand. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
45,  Cutting,  Machines,  Pivoted-cutter,  Lever-operated,  Work- 
clamping;  55,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciproeating-cutter,  Draw- 
cut,  Separately-operated  clamp,  and  79,  Cutting,  Machines, 
Cutting-tables,  Work-clamping. 

53.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

DRAW-CUT.  Machines  in  which  the  reciprocating  knife  has 
also  an  endwise-shearing  movement,  usually  in  machines  for 
cutting  piles  of  paper. 

54.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

DRAW-CUT,   AUTOMATIC-CLAMP.   Machines  having  an 
automatic  mechanism  for  clamping  the  work  as  distinguished 
from  a  hand-operated  clamp. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  51, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Automatic-clamp, 
and  110,  Punching,  Machines,  Strippers  and  holddowns. 

55.  CUTTING,      MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

DRAW-CUT,      SEPARATELY-OPERATED      CLAMP. 
Machines  in  which  the  work-clamp  is  set  up  by  hand. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  the  follow- 
ing subclasses  under  Cutting,  Machines:  79,  Cutting-tables, 
Work-clamping;  45,  Pivoted-cutter,  Lever-operated,  Work- 
clamping,  and  52,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Separately-operated 
clamp. 

56.  CUTTING,       MACHINES,    RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

FLUID-OPERATED.    Machines  in  which  some  fluid,  as 
water,  steam,  etc.,  is  employed  to  operate  them. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  95, 
Punching,  Machines,  Hydraulic. 

57.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,    RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

LEVER-OPERATED.    Machines   in   which   the  cutter  is 
actuated  by  lever  movement. 
Note.— See  search  notes  to  subclass  26. 

58.  CUTTING,     MACHINES,     RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

CUTTERS  AND  BED-BLOCKS.    Machines  in  which  the 
novelty  lies  in  the  cutter  or  the  block  which  opposes  or 
receives  the  thrust  of  the  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass 
118,  Punching,  Machines,  Dies  and  die-holders. 

59.  CUTTING,     MACHINES,      RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, 

GAGES.  Machines  in  which  the  novelty  lies  in  the  gage  or 
guide  for  determining  the  position  of  the  cut  with  respect  to 
to  the  work;  usually  regulates  the  length  of  part  cut  off. 

60.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,    ROTARY-CUTTER.    Machines 

having  a  cutter  which  when  in  operation  is  rotated. 
Search  Classes— 
164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  99, 

Punching,  Machines,  Roller. 
17— BUTCHERING,    subclass    19,    Meat  cutters,    Cylinder   and 

block. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES, subclass33,  Bagmachines,  Cutting. 
131 — TOBACCO,  subclass  35,  Tobacco  cutters,  Rotating  knife. 
146— VEGETABLE  CUTTERS  AND  CRUSHERS,  subclass  11,  Cutters, 

Rotary. 

61.  CUTTING,     MACHINES,     ROTARY-CUTTER,     WORK- 

FEEDING.    Machines  which  include  mechanism  for  feed- 
ing the  work  to  the  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "work  feeding"  titles.  (See  search  note  to  sub- 
class 12.) 

62.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,    ROTARY  -  CUTTER,    WORK- 

FEEDING,  RECIPROCATING-FEEDER.    Machines   in 
which  the  feeder  has  a  reciprocating  motion. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "  Work  feeding "  titles.  (See  search  note  to  subclass 
12.) 

63.  CUTTING,   MACHINES,   ROTARY-CUTTER,   CURVED- 

PLATE-WORK.  Machines  for  cutting  disks  or  elliptical 
shapes.  Usually  the  material  is  rotated  about  its  center  and 
a  pair  of  opposed  cutting-disks  engage,  one  above  and  one 
below,  the  work  near  its  edge  and  trim  it  to  shape.  Somet  imes 
the  work  is  stationary  and  the  cutters  travel  around  the  edge. 

64.  CUTTING,  MACHINES,  ROTARY-CUTTER,  NOTCHED- 

WORK.  Machines  which  pink,  notch,  or  scallop  the  edges 
of  various  materials. 


CLASS  164-Continued. 

Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  7, 
Fence  barbs,  Cutters  and  dies,  Roller;  10,  Fence  barbs,  Pro- 
cesses, and  50,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter, 
Notched-work. 

65.  CUTTING,  MACHINES,  ROTARY-CUTTER,  SLITTERS 

AND  WINDERS.  Machines  adapted  to  trim  or  cut  into 
strips  continuous  webs  and  wind  them  up  upon  spools  or 
drums.  Many  wall-paper-trimming  machines  are  here  in- 
cluded. 

66.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,    ROTARY-CUTTER,    TRANS- 

VERSE.   Machines  in  which  the  plane  of  the  knife  is  parallel 
to  the  axis  of  rotation,  as  in  an  orainary  lawn-mower,  and 
which  cut  the  web  of  material  transversely  of  its  length. 
Search  Class— 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  220,  Cutters,  Rotary,  Cylin- 
drical, Spiral-bit,  and  230,  Cutters,  Rotary,  Cylindrical,  Slotted 
bit-seat. 

67.  CUTTING,    MACHINES.    ROTARY-CUTTER.    TRANS- 

VERSE       WORK  -  FEEDING.       PRINTING  -  PRESS 
ATTACHMENTS.    Machines   adapted  to  be  attached   to 
print  ing-presses  to  feed  and  cut  the  paper  into  lengths. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "Work  feeding"  titles.  (See  search  note  to  sub- 
class 12.) 

68.  CUTTING,    MACHINES.    ROTARY-CUTTER,    TRANS- 

VERSE, WORK-FEEDING.    Machines  which  have  also 
feeding  mechanism  for  the  work. 
Search  Classes 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
including  "Work  feeding"  titles.  (See  search  note  to  sub- 
class 12.) 

15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING  subclass  40,  Brush-trimming 
machines. 

69.  CUTTING.  MACHINES.  ROTARY-CUTTER,  ROTARY 

WORK-MANDREL.  Machines  in  which  the  work  is  car- 
ried upon  a  rotary  work-mandrel  while  being  cut,  as  incut- 
ting  paper  or  other  tubes  into  lengths,  cutting  rubber,  leather 
or  leather-board  strings,  rings,  etc. 

70.  CUTTING,  MACHINES,  ROTARY-CUTTER,  CUTTERS. 

Inventions  in  the  cutter  piece. 

71.  CUTTING,  MACHINES,  SWEEP-CUTTER.    Machines  for 

cutting  disks  and  curved  shapes  by  a  knife  which  is  carried  at 
the  end  of  a  sweep-arm. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  82, 
Cutting,  Implements,  Sweep. 

72.  CUTTING,  MACHINES,  SWEEP-CUTTER,  ELLIPTICAL 

WORK.    Machines  in  which  means  is  provided  to  move  the 
knife  or  the  work  so  as  to  make  elliptical  shape. 
Search  Classes — 
164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  82, 

Cutting,  Implements,  Sweep. 
33— DRAFTING,  subclass  5,  Ellipsographs. 

73.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,     TRAVELING    CUTTER-CAR- 

RIAGE.   Miscellaneous    machines  in   which   the  cutter  is 
moved  about  over  the  stationary  work.    Machines  for  cutting 
out  garments,  picture-mats,  trimming  cardboard,  paper,  etc., 
are  here  included. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  83, 
Cutting,  Implements,  Traveling,  and  123,  Punching,  Imple- 
ments, Traveling-roller. 

74.  CUTTING,     MACHINES,     TRAVELING     CUTTER-CAR- 

RIAGE,  MOTOR-DRIVEN   CUTTER.    Cutters  given  a 
separate  cutting  movement  by  a  motor,  in  addition  to  such 
motion  as  is  imparted  to  it  by  being  moved  by  hand.    The 
garment  "overboard"  cutters  are  here  included. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  sul>class  83, 
Cutting,  Implements,  Traveling. 

75.  CUTTING,     MACHINES,     TRAVELING     CUTTER-CAR- 

RIAGE,   MpTOR-DRIVEN    CUTTER,    RECIPROCAT- 
ING.   Machines  in  which  the  motor  gives  a  reciprocating 
movement  to  the  cutter. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  15, 
Combined  machines,  Reciprocating  knife-carrier;  25,  Cutting, 
Die,  Machines,  Reciprocal ing-plungor;  47,  Cutting,  Machines, 
Reciprocating-cutter;  86,  Punching,  Machines,  and  102,  Punch- 
ing, Machines,  Shaft-driven. 

76.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,    TRAVELING    CUTTER  -  CAR- 

RIAGE, MOTOR-DRIVEN  CUTTER,  ROTARY.  Ma- 
chines in  which  the  motor  gives  a  rotary  movement  to  the 
cutter. 

Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  84, 
Cutting,  Implements,  Traveling,  Roller-cutter,  and  123, 
Punching,  Implements,  Traveling-roller. 

77.  CUTTING,    MACHINES,     TRAVELING     CUTTER-CAR- 

RIAGE, ROLLER-KNIFE.  Machines  in  which  the  cutter 
rolls  along  as  the  carriage  is  moved  over  the  board  by  hand. 


26674°— 12- 


-25 


386 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES    AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  164— Continued . 

Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  16, 
Combined  machines,  Roller-cutter  and  punch;  28,  Cutting, 
Die,  Machines,  Roller-die;  60,  Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary-cut- 
ter; 84,  Cutting,  Implements,  Traveling,  Roller-cutter;  99, 
Punching,  Machines,  Roller,  and  123,  Punching,  Implements, 
Traveling-roller. 

78.  CUTTING,   MACHINES,   CUTTING-TABLES.    Tables   or 

boards  on  which  material  is  laid  while  being  cut;  tailors'  cut- 
ting-boards, tables  on  which  photograph  and  other  cards  are 
trimmed;  also  some  die-blocks. 

79.  CUTTING.    MACHINES,    CUTTING-TABLES,     WORK- 

CLAMPING.    Machine  having  work-tables  supplied  with 
means  for  clamping  the  material. 
Search  Classes— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  45, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Pivoted-cutter,  Lever-operated,  Work- 
clamping;  52,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Sepa- 
rately-operated clamp,  and  55,  Cutting,  Machines,  Recipro- 
cating-cutter, Draw-cut,  Separately-operated  clamp. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  289,  Clamps. 

80.  CUTTING,  IMPLEMENTS.    Miscellaneous  hand  implements 

for  cutting  sheet  or  bar  materials. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  119, 
Punching,  Implements. 

81.  CUTTING,  IMPLEMENTS,  PLIERS.    Hand  implements  in 

the  form  of  pliers. 
Search  Classes — 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  4, 
Buttonholes,  Pliers,  and  121,  Punching  Implements,  pivoted 
handles,  Pliers. 

30— CUTLERY,  subclasses  11,  Pruning  implements,  and  24,  Prun- 
ing Implements,  Fruit  clippers. 

81— TOOLS,  subclass  196,  Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Pivoted,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

82.  CUTTING,  IMPLEMENTS,  SWEEP.    Implements  having  a 

sweep  action,  as  in  cutting  rings,  disks,  and  segments;  in- 
cludes bits  for  either  the  usual  hand  brace  or  a  machine. 
Search  Classes— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  71, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Sweep-cutter,  and  72,  Cutting,  Machines, 
Sweep-cutter,  Elliptical  work. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclasses  24,  Special  work  machines, 
Single  or  combined,  Disk  cutting,  Sweep  cutter. 

145 — WOODWORKING  TOOLS,  subclass  121,  Augers,  Sweeps. 

83.  CUTTING,   IMPLEMENTS,   TRAVELING.    Hand   imple- 

ments adapted  to  be  moved  generally  in  a  straight  line  over 
the  material  in  cutting  it  to  shape,  usually  to  trim  or  cut  into 
lengths  or  strips,  as  leather-cutting  gauges,  wall-paper  trim- 
mers, etc. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  73, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Traveling  cutter-carriage,  and  74,  Cutting, 
Machines,  Traveling  cutter-carriage,  Motor-driven  cutter. 

84.  CUTTING,  IMPLEMENTS,  TRAVELING  ROLLER-CUT- 

TER.   Implements  in  which  the  cutter  is  a  disk. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  76, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Traveling  cutter-carriage,  Motor-driven 
cutter,  Rotary;  and  77,  Cutting,  Machines,  Traveling  cutter- 
carriage,  Roller-knife;  also,  123,  Punching,  Implements,  Trav- 
eling-roller. 

85.  PUNCHING.    Miscellaneous    apparatus    and    processes    for 

punching  holes  in  sheets  and  bars. 

Note. — Under  Cutting,  Die,  will  be  found  those  machines  which 
punch  out  blanks  when  the  object  is  to  secure  the  blank,  while 
those  machines  which  punch  holes,  when  the  object  is  to  get  a 
perforated  strip,  sheet,  or  bar,  are  here  included  in  the  sub- 
classes of  Punching. 

86.  PUNCHING,      MACHINES.     Miscellaneous    machines    for 

punching  holes. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  8, 
Fence-barbs,  Cutters  and  dies;  19,  Cutting,  Die,  Machines;  34, 
Cutting,  Machines;  and  47,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating- 
cutter. 

87.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  FEEDING  AND  PUNCHING. 

Machines  adapted  to  feed  the  material  as  well  as  punch  it. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  12, 
Combined  machines,  Work-feeding;  20,  Cutting,  Die,  Machines 
Work-feeding;  under  Cutting,  Machines:  38,  Fixed-cutter, 
Work-feeding;  43,  Pivoted-cutter,  Work-feeding;  48,  Recipro- 
cating-cutter, Work-feeding;  61,  Rotary-cutter,  Work-feeding 
68,  Rotary-cutter,  Transverse,  Work-feeding,  and  116,  Punch- 
ing, Machines,  Feed  mechanisms. 

88.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  FEEDING  AND  PUNCHING, 

RECI  I'ROCATING-FEED.     Machines  in  which  the  feeding 
mechanism  has  a  reciprocating  movement. 
Search  Class— 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  12, 
Combined  machines.  Work-feeding;  21,  Cutting,  Die,  Mach- 
ines, Work-feeding,  Reciprocating-feeder;  under  Cutting,  Ma- 
chines: 38,  Fixed-cutter,  Work-feeding;  42,  Pivoted-cutter, 
Work-feeding;  48,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Work-feeding;  62, 
Rotary-cutter,  Work-feeding,  Reciprocating-feeder;  68,  Rotary 
cutter,  Transverse,  Work-feeding,  and  117,  Punching,  Ma- 
Chines,  Feed  mechanisms,  Reciprocating. 


CLASS  164— Continued. 

89.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  FEEDING  AND  PUNCHING, 

ROLLER-FEED.    Machines  having  the  work  fed  by  rolls. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  12, 
Combined  machines.  Work-feeding;  22,  Cutting,  Die,  Machines. 
Work-feeding,  Roller-feed;  under  Cutting,  Machines;  39,  Fixed 
cutter,  Work-feeding,  Roller-feed;  42,  Pivoted-cutter,  Work- 
feeding;  49,  Reciprocating-cutter;  61,  Rotary-cutter,  Work- 
feeding;  67,  Rotary-cutter,  Transverse,  Work-feeding,  Print- 
ing-press attachments,  Work-feeding,  Roller-feed;  68,  Rotary- 
cutter,  Transverse,  Work  -  feeding,  and  116,  Punching, 
Machines,  Feed  mschanisms. 

90.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  GANG.    Machines  having  a  series 

of  punches. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  47, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter. 

91.  PUNCHING    MACHINES,   GANG,  LEVER-OPERATED. 

Gang  punching  machines  in  which  the  punch  is  operated  by 
lever  action. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  14, 
Combined  machines,  Pivoted  knife-carrier;  25,  Cutting,  Die, 
Machines,  Rcciprocating-plunger,  Lever-operated;  under  Cut- 
ting, Machines:  44,  IMvoted-cutter,  Lever-operated;  46,  Pivot- 
ed-cutter, Lever-operated,  Compound-leverage;  57,  Recipro- 
cating-cutter, Lever-operated:  96,  Punching,  Machines,  Lever- 
operated,  and  97,  Punching,  Machines,  Lever-operated,  Foot. 

92.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,   GANG,   LEVER-OPERATED, 

FOOT.    The  lever  is  operated  by  foot. 
Search  Class— 

164  -CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  14, 
Combined  machines.  Pivoted  knife-carrier;  26,  Cutting,  Die, 
Machines,  Reciprocating-plunger,  Lever-operated;  under  Cut- 
ting, Machines:  44  Pivoted-cutter,  Lever-oparated;  46,  Pivoted- 
cutter,  Lever-operated, Compound-leverage; 57,  Reciprocating- 
cutter,  Lever-operated;  under  Punching,  Machines:  96,  Lever- 
operated,  and  97  Lever-operated,  Foot. 

93.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,   GANG,  PATTERN.    Machines 

in  which  the  punches  are  so  arranged  as  to  punch  out  some  pat- 
tern or  design.  Some  perm  it  of  varying  the  design  by  rearrang- 
ing the  punches  or  leaving  out  some. 

94.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  HAMMER.    Machines  in  which 

a  separate  implement  or  the  operator's  hand  is  used  to  strike 
the  punching-plunger. 
Search  Class— 

101— PRINTING,  subclasses  56,  Hand  stamps;  57,  Hand  stamps, 
Check-punches. 

95.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  HYDRAULIC.  Machines  in  which 

the  punch  is  operated  by  liquid  pressure. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  56, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Fluid-operated. 

96.  PUNCHING,     MACHINES,     LEVER-OPERATED.      Ma- 

chines in  which  the  punch  is  operated  by  lever  action. 
Search  Class — 

164 -CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  14, 
Combined  machines.  Pivoted  knife-carrier;  26,  Cutting,  Die, 
Machines,  Reciprocating-plunger,  Lever-operated;  undercut- 
ting, Machines:  44,  Pivoted-cutter,  Lever-operated;  4C>,  Piv- 
oted-cutter, Lever-operated,  Compound-leverage;  57,  Recip- 
rocating-cutter, Lever-operated;  under  Punching,  Machines: 
91,  Gang,  Lever-operated,  and  92,  Gang,  Lever-operated, 
Foot. 

97.  PUNCHING,   MACHINES,   LEVER-OPERATED,    FOOT 

The  operating-lever  is  moved  by  foot. 
Search  Class— 

164  -CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  SUbclaSSOS  in- 

cluding  titles  "Lever-operated." 

98.  PUNCHING,    MACHINES,    PRINTERS'    RULES.    Small 

rules  adapted  to  be  placed  in  printing-presses  to  mark  the 
paper  sheets. 

99.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  ROLLER.    Machines  having  the 

punches  on  the  periphery  of  a  disk,  cylinder,  or  other  roller. 
Search  Class — 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  12, 
Combined  machines,  Work-feeding;  28,  Cutting,  Die,  Ma- 
chines, Roller-die;  60,  Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary-cutter;  77, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Traveling  cutter-carriage,  Roller-knife, 
and  123,  Punching,  Implements,  Traveling-roller. 

100.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  ROLLER,  PRINTING-PRESS 

ATTACHMENTS.  Attachments  for  printing-presses  in 
which  a  rotary  perforator  contacts,  usually  with  the  cylinder 
of  the  press  to  perforate  the  paper  along  certain  lines  either  for 
pointing  or  for  separation  of  the  paper  into  sheets. 

101.  PUNCHING,    MACHINES,    SCREW-OPERATED.      Ma- 

chines in  which  the  punch  is  forced  down  by  a  screw. 
Search  Classes 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  27, 
Cutting,  Die,  Machines,  Reciprocating-plunger,  Screw-oper- 
ated. 

100— PRESSES,  subclass  44,  Plunger,  Screw. 

102.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,    SHAFT-DRIVEN.    Punching 

machines  in  which  the  plunger,  gate,  or  head  is  actuated  by  a 
rotary  power-shaft,  usually  by  cam  or  crank  connection ;  princi- 
pally machines  for  heavy  work. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


387 


CLASS  164— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

164  -CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BAES,  subclass  2,  But- 
tonholo.s,  Machines;  23,  Cutting,  Die,  Machines,  Reciprocating 
cross-head;  25,  Cutting,  Die,  Machines,  Reciprocating  plun- 
ger; 47,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter;  75,  Cutting, 
Machines,  Traveling  cutter-carriage,  Motor-driven  cutter,  Re- 
ciprocating. 


103. 


104 


(Xi. 


107. 


PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  SHAFT-DRIVEN,  TILTING- 
FRAME.  Machines  in  which  the  frame  carrying  the  punch 
can  be  tilted  so  as  to  work  at  any  angle  desired. 

PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  SHAFT-DRIVEN,  STOP  DE- 
VICES. Gags  or  other  arrangements  for  disengaging  the 
punch  from  the  operating  mechanism  so  as  to  avoid  stopping 
the  entire  machine  while  the  punch  is  inoperative. 

PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  SHAFT-DRIVEN,  STOP  DE- 
VICES, SHAFT-CLUTCH.  Clutches  for  disengaging  the  ro- 
tating shaft  from  the  other  parts  of  the  machine  to  permit  the 
punch  to  remain  stationary. 

PUNCHING,    MACHINES,    SHAFT-DRIVEN,    STROKE 

ADJUSTMENTS.  Arrangements  for  adjusting  the  descent 
of  the  punch. 

PUNCHING,  MACHINES,  SHAFT-DRIVEN,  SAFETY 
DEVICES.  Devices  for  automatically  pushing  away  the  op- 
erator's hands  before  the  punch  descends  or  which  otherwise 
operate  to  prevent  injury  to  the  operator. 

108.  PUNCHING,   MACHINES,   TUBE.    Machines  adapted  to 

punch  holes  in  tubes,  usually  thin-inetal  tubes. 
Search  Class— 

164  -CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  SUbclaSS  118, 

Punching,  Machines,  Dies  and  die-holders. 

109.  PUNCHING,    MACHINES,    TIE-BAND    TONGUE.    Ma- 

chines adapted  to  punch  locking-tongues  in  tie-bands. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  124, 
Punching,  Punches. 

110.  PUNCHING,    MACHINES,    STRIPPERS    AND    HOLD- 

DOWNS.    Attachments  for  stripping  the  material  off  the 
punch  as  the  latter  rises  or  for  holding  the  material  firmly  while 
the  punch  is  descending. 
Search  Class— 

164   -CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  51, 

Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Automatic-clamp, 
and  54,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cutter,  Draw-cut, 
Automatic-clamp. 

111.  PUNCHING.MACHINES,  PUNCH-SELECTOR.    Machines 

usually  for  perforating  paper,  in  which  a  series  or  gang  of 
punches  is  employed  and  from  which  series  any  number  or  set 
may  be  selected  by  the  operator  to  perforate  a  design,  pattern, 
or  character.  In  some  cases  the  entire  design  is  selected  by 
locking  into  operative  position  the  desired  punches,  and  all  are 
then  simultaneously  forced  through  the  material.  In  other 
cases  each  punch  is  made  to  perforate  as  it  is  selected.  These 
perforated  strips  or  cards  are  used  for  operating  self-playing 
instruments,  for  Jacquard  looms,  type-setting  machines,  print- 
ing-telegraphs, etc.  Strips  which  are  perforated  in  a  tele- 
graphic circuit  where  they  act  as  receivers  are  not  here 
included. 
Search  Class— 
178— TELEGRAPHY,  subclass  52,  Telegraphs,  Perforating. 

112.  PUNCHING,    MACHINES,    PUNCH-SELECTOR,    KEY- 

BOARD-CONTROLLED. Machines  in  which  a  key  board  is 
used  by  operating  the  keys  of  which  the  pattern  is  selected. 

113.  PUNCHING,    MACHINES,    PUNCH-SELECTOR,    KEY- 

BOARD -  CONTROLLED,    ELECTRICALLY  -  OPER- 


CLASS  164— Continued. 

ATED.  Machines  in  which  by  depressing  the  selected  key 
a  circuit  is  closed  and  one  or  more  punches  actuated. 

114.  PUNCHING,    MACHINES,    PUNCH-SELECTOR,    PAT- 

TERN-CONTROLLED. Machines  in  which  the  selection  of 
the  punches  is  controlled  by  a  pattern  card  or  strip,  so  as  to 
duplicate  the  pattern. 

115.  PUNCHING,    MACHINES,     PUNCH-SELECTOR,     PAT- 

TERN-CONTROLLED, ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED. 
Machines  in  which  the  pattern  permits  through  its  perfora- 
tions the  closing  of  the  punch-actuating  circuits  to  duplicate 
the  pattern . 

116.  PUNCHING,   MACHINES,    FEED    MECHANISMS.    Ma- 

chines in  which  the  only  novelty   lies  in  the  mechanism  for 
feeding  the  work. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses,  in- 
cluding "Work-feeding."  (See  search  note  to  subclass  12.) 

117.  PUNCHING.    MACHINES,    FEED   MECHANISMS,    RE- 

CIPROCATING.   Machines  in  which  the  only  novelty  lies 
in  a  reciprocating  feed  device. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses,  in- 
cluding "Work-feeding." 

118.  PUNCHING,  MACHINES,   DIES  AND  DIE-HOLDERS. 

Machines  in  which  the  novelty  lies  in  the  die  which  receives 
the  thrust  of  the  punch  or  in  the  means  for  holding  the  die. 
Search  Class — 

164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  29, 
Cutting,  Die,  Dies;  58,  Cutting,  Machines,  Reciprocating-cut- 
ter, Cutters  and  Bed-blocks,  and  108,  Punching,  Machines, 
Tube. 

119.  PUNCHING,   IMPLEMENTS.    Miscellaneous  hand  imple- 

ments for  punching. 
Search  Class— 

164  CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  1, 
Buttonholes,  and  80,  Cutting,  Implements. 

120.  PUNCHING,     IMPLEMENTS,     PIVOTED     HANDLES. 

Implements  in  which  the  handles  of  the  implements  are 
pivoted  together,  as  in  conductors'  Bunches. 

121.  PUNCHING,     IMPLEMENTS,     PIVOTED     HANDLES, 

PLIERS.    Hand  implements  which  take  the  form  of  pliers. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses  4, 
Buttonholes,  Pliers,  and  81,  Cutting,  Implements,  Pliers. 

122.  PUNCHING,     IMPLEMENTS,     PIVOTED     HANDLES, 

PLIERS,  TURRET.  One  member  of  the  pliers  carries  a  tur- 
ret which  may  be  rotated  to  bring  any  one  of  several  different 
punches  into  operative  position. 

123.  PUNCHING,    IMPLEMENTS,    TRAVELING-ROLLER. 

Hand  implements  to  be  run  over  a  stationary  surface  to  per- 
forate it,  as  in  marking,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclasses 
77,  Cutting,  Machines,  Traveling  cutter-carriage,  Roller-knife; 
84,  Cutting,  Implements,  Traveling,  Roller-cutters. 

124.  PUNCHING,  PUNCHES.    Punching  machines  in  which  the 

novelty  lies  in  the  punch. 
Search  Class— 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  109, 
Punching,  Machines,  Tie-band  tongue. 

125.  PUNCHING,  PROCESSES.    Various  methods  or  processes  of 

punching. 


CLASS  168.-FARRIERY. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  inventions  involving  the  shape,  material, 
construction,  and  securing  in  place  of  the  shoes  of  cattle  and  of 
horses;  also,  shoeing-stands  and  tools  employed  by  blacksmiths  in 
fitting  and  securing  such  shoes,  with  the  exception  of  mere  hoof- 
trimming  knives,  which  will  be  found  in  class  30,  CUTLERY,  subclass 
9,  Knives,  and  patents  on  grinding  machines  which  are  stated  to  be 
intended  for  sharpening  calks,  but  are  of  general  utility. 

Subclasses. 

1.  OVERSHOES.    Shoes  or  boots  which  are  temporarily  fastened 

on  the  foot  over  the  ordinary  shoe;  principally  the  means 
for  securing  such  overshoes  or  boots. 
Search  Class— 
54— HARNESS,  subclass,  82,  Horse-boots. 

2.  OVERSHOES,  MEDICATING.     Overshoes  and  boots  which 

are  secured  over  the  shoe  and  around  the  foot  and  leg  of  the 
animal  for  holding  in  place  sponges,  pads,  etc.,  saturated  with 
water  or  medicines  for  treating  diseases  of  the  foot. 
Search  Class— 
54 — HARNESS,  subclass  82,  Horse-boots. 

3.  OVERSHOES,  SWAMP.    .Overshoes  having  broad  soles  which 

are  intended  to  prevent  the  animal  sinking  in  the  soft  ground 
of  swamps  or  from  injuring  the  grass  of  lawns. 
Search  Class— 
54— HARNESS,  subclass  82,  Horse-boots. 

4.  SHOES.    Miscellaneous  horseshoes  not  classified  in  the  other 

subclasses.  It  includes  shoes  made  of  specific  materials  and 
combinations  of  various  materials. 

5.  SHOES,  OX.    The  name  indicates  the  contents  of  this  subclass. 

6.  SHOES,     HOOF -SPREADING.     Miscellaneous    shoes   con- 

structed to  be  adjusted  for  the  purpose  of  spreading  or  per- 
mitting the  spreading  of  the  hoof  when  the  heel  has  become 
contracted. 

7.  SHOES,  HOOF-SPREADING,  HINGED  SECTIONS.  Hoof- 

spreading  shoes  hinged  at  the  toe  to  allow  the  heels  and  sides 
to  expand  and  contract  with  the  action  of  the  hoof. 

8.  SHOES,      HOOF -SPREADING,      HINGED      SECTIONS, 

SPRING.  Hoof-spreading  shoes  having  a  spring  located 
between  the  side  bars  of  the  shoe  for  spreading  them  apart  at 
the  heel. 

9.  SHOES,      HOOF -SPREADING,      HINGED      SECTIONS 

STRETCHING-BAR.  Hinged  section,  hoof-spreading  shoes 
having  a  sectional  bar  lying  between  the  side  sections  of  the 
shoe  and  pressing  them  outward. 

10.  SHOES,  HOOF-SPREADING,  WEDGE.    Shoes  formed  with 

wedge-shaped  projections  which  extend  upward  from  the 
surface  of  the  shoe  between  the  heels  and  serve  to  spread  them 
apart  when  the  weight  comes  upon  them. 

11.  SHOES,    AUXILIARY   TREAD-PLATE.    Shoes   made   in 

sections,  one  of  which  is  permanently  secured  to  the  hoof  and 
the  other  is  attached  by  various  means  to  the  permanent 
section  and  can  be  removed  and  renewed  whenever  it  becomes 
worn. 

12.  SHOES,  CUSHIONED.    Miscellaneous  shoes  provided  with 

elastic  material  between  the  plates  of  a  composite  structure  or 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the  shoe  between  the  same  and  the  hoof. 

13.  SHOES,   CUSHIONED,    SOFT-TREAD.    Metal   shoes  pro- 

vided with  sockets  or  grooves  in  their  lower  surface,  into  which 
are  fitted  blocks  of  elastic  material  which  form  the  tread- 
surface  of  the  shoe. 

14.  SHOES,  CUSHIONED,  SOFT-TREAD,  SOLE-PAD.    Cush- 

ioned soft-tread  shoes  the  elastic  material  whereof  is  extended 
over  the  sole,  or  at  least  over  the  frogs  of  the  foot,  in  order  to 
protect  the  same  from  injury. 

Note.— Similar  sole-pads  which  are  attached  without  modifica- 
tion in  the  structure  of  the  shoe  are  found  in  subclass  26,  Sole- 
pads,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Search  Class— 

168— FARRIERY,  subclass  26,  Sole-pads,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

15.  SHOES,  CUSHIONED,  SPRING-HEELS.    A  spring-heel  is 

formed  by  a  hinged  or  resilient  portion  of  the  shoe  backed  in 
some  cases  by  a  rubber  or  metallic  spring. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  mere  rubber  pads  on  the 
heels  of  the  shoe,  for  which  see  subclass  13,  Shoes,  Cushioned 
Soft-tread,  hi  this  class. 


CLASS  168-Continued. 

16.  SHOES,     CUSHIONED,     INTERFERENCE-PADS.    The 

shoes  are  provided  with  pads  at  the  edge  to  prevent  injury 
from  interference. 

Note.— In  many  cases  the  cushion  extends  over  the  upper  surface 
of  the  shoe,  as  in  the  constructions  found  in  subclass  12,  Shoes, 
Cushioned. 

17.  SHOES,  FASTENINGS.    Miscellaneous  improvements  in  the 

devices  for  securing  the  shoe  to  the  hoof. 
Search  Class — 
168 — FARRIERY,  subclass  4,  Shoes. 

18.  SHOES,  FASTENINGS,  BOOTS.    Shoes  without  nails  and 

secured  by  a  well-defined  boot  structure  extending  up  around 

the  hoof  and  secured  by  straps  and  buckles. 
Search  Classes— 
168— FARRIERY,  subclasses  2,   Overshoes,  Medicating,  and  3, 

Overshoes,  Swamp. 
54 — HARNESS,  subclass  82,  Horse-boots. 

19.  SHOES,     FASTENINGS,    CLAMPED    SECTIONS.    Shoes 

made  in  sections  having  flanges  or  spurs  which  are  clamped 
onto  the  edges  of  the  hoof. 

20.  SHOES,  FASTENINGS,  INCLINED-FLANGE.    Construc- 

tions in  which  sectional  flanges  embracing  or  interlocking  with 
the  shoe  and  the  edge  of  the  hoof  are  bolted  or  otherwise  secured 
together. 

21.  SHOES,    FASTENINGS,    SIDE    SPURS.    Shoes    provided 

with  upwardly-extending  spurs  which  are  bent  or  clamped 
over  the  edge  of  the  hoof  and  grasp  the  same  with  spurs  or  are 
secured  to  the  hoof  by  nails  or  screws. 

22.  SHOES,     FASTENINGS,     TOE     AND     HEEL    STRAPS. 

Shoes  provided  with  a  strap  extending  up  the  front  of  the  hoof 
and  heel-straps  running  from  the  heel  of  the  shoe  to  and  con- 
necting with  the  toe-strap. 

Note.— These  shoes  are  somewhat  like  those  of  subclass  18,  Shoes, 
Fastenings,  Boots,  but  do  not  constitute  a  well-defined  boot. 

23.  SHOES,  FASTENINGS,  NAILS  AND  SCREWS.    The  spe- 

cific construction  for  securing  the  shoe  to  the  foot  by  means  of 
nails  or  screws. 

24.  SHOES,  SHAPE.     Peculiarities  in  the  form  of  the  shoe. 

25.  SHOES,    WEIGHTS.    Weighted     shoes,     toe-weights,     heel 

weights,  and  combined  weights  and  quarter-boots. 
Search  Class— 
54— HARNESS,  subclass  82.  Horse-boots,  for  quarter-boots  per  se. 

26.  SOLE-PADS.    Pads  secured  inside  the  shoe  for  the  protection 

of  the  sole  and  frog  of  the  foot.  In  some  cases  the  pad  comes 
into  contact  with  the  ground  and  gives  a  cushioned  tread. 
Note.— Sole-pads  are  distinguished  from  subclass  13,  Shoes, 
Cushioned,  Soft-tread,  by  the  fact  that  the  shoe  per  se  is  not 
composite  or  cushioned  with  elastic  material,  and  there  is 
no  modification  of  the  shoe. 

27.  SOLE-PADS,    MEDICATING.    Sole-pads    constructed    and 

adapted  to  be  packed  with  sponge  or  other  absorbent  material 
to  be  saturated  with  medicines  for  the  treatment  of  foot  dis- 
eases or  in  some  cases  with  water  to  keep  the  foot  moist. 
Search  Class — 
168— FARRIERY,  subclass  3,  Overshoes,  Swamp. 

28.  SOLE-PADS,  ELASTIC.    Sole-pads  formed  of  rubber  or  other 

elastic  material  to  protect  the  sole  and  frog,  relieve  them  from 
shock,  and  to  keep  the  foot  from  balling  up  with  snow  in  the 
winter. 

29.  CALKS.    The  form,  construction,  or  arrangement  of  the  calks 

on  the  shoe. 

Note.— Where  there  is  any  novelty  In  the  mode  of  attachment 
of  a  removable  calk,  the  patent  is  cross-referenced  into  the 
appropriate  subclass  of  calks,  removable. 

30.  CALKS,  CREEPER-SECTIONS.    Auxiliary  calked  sections 

adapted  to  be  clamped  to  the  shoe  to  prevent  slipping. 
Note. — Distinguished  from  subclass  11,  Shoes,  Auxiliary  tread- 
plate,  in  being  of  a  temporary  nature  less  intimately  associated 
in  structure  with  the  primary  shoe,  and  the  latter  is  not  modi- 
fied in  structure  to  provide  for  the  attachment. 
Search  Classes 
36— BOOTS,  SHOES,  AND  LEGGINGS,  subclasses  59,  Antislipping 

devices,  and  07,  Antislipping  devices,  Calks. 
46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  50,  Skates. 

31.  CALKS,  REMOVABLE.    Miscellaneous  means  for  securing  a 

removable  calk  to  the  shoe. 

32.  CALKS,  REMOVABLE,  BOLT.    Removable  calks  attached 

to  the  shoe  by  one  or  more  bolts  or  screws  and  where  a  single 
one  is  employed  it  is  prevented  from  turning  by  a  flange  or 
shoulder  on  one  part  or  the  other. 

389 


390 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  168—  Continued. 

33.  CALKS,  REMOVABLE    BOLT  AND  LUG.    Calks  secured 

to  the  shoe  by  a  screw  or  bolt  and  prevented  from  turning 
on  the  bolt  by  a  lug  on  one  part  engaging  a  socket  in  the  other. 

34.  CALKS,  REMOVABLE,  CLAMPED.    Calks  provided  with 

clamps  by  which  they  are  clamped  upon  the  shoe. 

35.  CALKS,   REMOVABLE,   DOVETAILED.    Shoe  and  calk 

joined  by  a  dovetailed  connection  and  locked  against  move- 
ment by  a  variety  of  means. 

36.  CALKS,  REMOVABLE,  HOOKED  LUG  AND  PIN.     Calks 

or  shoes  provided  with  one  or  more  hooked  or  undercut  lugs 
which  enter  an  undercut  socket  and  are  forced  laterally  into 
engagement.  They  are  then  locked  by  a  pin  which  enters  the 
shoe  and  the  calk. 

37.  CALKS,  REMOVABLE,  HOOKED  LUG  AND  WEDGE. 

Calks  or  shoes  provided  with  one  or  more  undercut  lugs  which 
enter  a  socket  and  one  wedged  laterally  to  lock  them  in  an 
undercut  portion  of  the  socket. 

38.  CALKS,  REMOVABLE,  NAIL-CALKS.    The  head  of  one  of 

the  nails  which  are  used  to  secure  the  shoe  to  the  hoof  is  so 
formed  as  to  serve  the  purpose  of  a  calk. 

39.  CALKS,    REMOVABLE,    TENONED,    BUTTON-HEAD. 

Calk  and  shoe  connected  by  means  of  a  tenon  having  a  button- 
head  which  enters  a  socket  and  is  then  turned  on  its  axis  to 
lock  it  in  place. 

40.  CALKS,    REMOVABLE,    TENONED,    CROSS-PINNED. 

Calk  and  shoe  connected  by  a  tenon-and-socket  connection 
secured  in  place  by  a  cross-pin  or  set-screw. 

41.  CALKS,    REMOVABLE,    TENONED,    FRICTION.     Calk 

and  shoe  joined  by  a  tenon-and-socket  connection,  the  parts 
being  retained  by  friction. 

42.  CALKS,    REMOVABLE,    TENONED,    SCREW- 

THREADED.  A  tenon  on  the  calk  or  a  lug  on  the  shoe  is 
screw-threaded  and  the  parts  are  screwed  together.  Various 
means  are  employed  to  prevent  the  parts  from  unscrewing. 


CLASS  168— Continued. 

43.  CALKS,     REMOVABLE,     TENONED,    WEDGED.    The 

calk  or  a  tenon  on  the  same  is  inserted  in  a  socket  in  the  shoe 
and  wedged  in  place. 

44.  SHOEING-STANDS.    Stands  used  by  blacksmiths  for  holding 

tools,  supporting  the  foot  of  the  animal,  or  serving  as  a  seat 
for  the  workman. 
Search  Class— 

119— ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  98,  Restraining  devices, 
Stocks,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

45.  TOOLS.     Miscellaneous  tools,  largely  compound  tools  for  the 

use  of  blacksmiths. 

46.  TOOLS,  CALK-SHARPENERS     Various  tools  or  portable 

machines  used  for  sharpening  the  calks  of  horsehoes  without 
removal  of  the  shoe. 

Note. — Certain  portable  grinding-machines  intended  for  this  pur- 
pose, but  having  no  special  construction  limiting  or  adapting 
them  to  this  purpose,  and  suitable  for  general  grinding,  ere 
classified  in  class  51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  12, 
Metal,  Plane  surfaces. 

47.  TOOLS,  HOOF  AND  SHOE  EXPANDERS.    Tools  used  for 

expanding  or  pressing  apart  the  heel  portions  of  the  hoof 
when  they  have  become  contracted.  There  are  also  some 
bending-tools  for  expanding  the  heels  of  a  horseshoe  to  fit  it  to 
the  foot. 

48.  TOOLS,  HOOF  CLEANERS  AND  TRIMMERS.     Tools  for 

the  cleaning  and  trimming  of  the  hoof  in  fitting  it  for  the  shoe. 

Note. — Plain  hoof-paring  knives  will  be  found  in  class  30,  CUT- 
LERY, subclass  9,  Knives. 

Search  Class— 

81— TOOLS,  subclasses  187,  Pipe  and  rod  cutters;  196,  Pipe  and 
rod  cutters,  Pivoted,  and  205,  Pipe  and  rod  cutters,  Sliding, 
Rack  and  segment. 

49.  TOOLS,  NAIL-CLENCHERS.    Various  clipping  and  clench- 

ing tools  of  the  plier  and  tong  type  and  also  clenching-anvils. 


CLASS  176.— ELECTRIC   LAMPS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  (1)  devices  for  illuminating  by  electricity;  (2) 
apparatus  and  methods  exclusively  adapted  for  making  and  repair- 
ing electric  lamps  or  parts,  (3)  distributing  systems  when  limited  to 
be  used  in  connection  with  electric  lamps,  except  as  noted  in  the 
definition  of  subclass  8,  Systems,  in  this  class. 

Electric  lamps  combined  with  other  devices  or  structures  are 
classified  in  the  classes  containing  such  devices  or  structures  or  in 
class  240,  ILLUMINATION. 

This  class  is  limited  to  means  for  producing  the  light,  and  when 
such  means  is  combined  with  means  for  modifying  or  distributing 
the  light,  such  as  reflectors  or  refractors  (except  arc  lamps  with  side 
reflectors  and  incandescent  lamps  with  reflectors  or  refractors  within 
or  as  an  integral  part  of  the  lamp  bulb),  or  when  combined  with 
means  for  the  support  or  protection  of  the  light  generator,  the  patent 
is  classified  in  class  240,  ILLUMINATION. 

Note.— Class  177,  ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  includes  lamps  limited  to 
signaling,  and  also  display  systems  involving  electric  circuits.  Dis- 
play boards  and  signs  are  classified  in  class  40,  CARD,  PICTURE,  AND 
SIGN  EXHIBITING. 

Note.— Class  176,  ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  17,  Incandescent, 
Pyroelectric;  19,  Incandescent,  Pyroelectric,  Circuit-controlling 
structure;  27,  Incandescent,  Multiple-filament  lamps,  Switch;  33, 
Incandescent,  Bases,  terminals,  and  bulb  holders,  Switch;  42,  Arc. 
Liquid  electrode,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  116,  Arc,  Cases  and 
frames,  Resistances  and  manual  switches;  and  122,  Gas  and  vapor, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  contain  all  manually  operated 
switches  in  this  class. 
Search  Classes 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  328,  Connectors, 
Quick  detachable,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  tor  lamp 
sockets. 

174— ELECTRICITY,  MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  electric  lamps  specially  constructed  for  medical 
treatment. 

175 — ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  the  subclasses 
under  Igniting  devices,  and  219,  ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND 
RHEOSTATS,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  electrically  igniting 
lamps. 

235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous,  for  electrically  illu- 
minated game  boards. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  portable  bat- 
tery lamps. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Inventions   within   the  class   definition 

not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  MANUFACTURE    AND    REPAIR,   EXHAUSTION   AND 

GAS  CHARGING.  Inventions  for  the  removal  of  gases  or 
vapors  from  lamp  bulbs  or  tubes  and  for  charging  the  same 
with  gases  or  vapors.  Includes  also  the  driving  off  of  occluded 
gases  in  filaments  and  leading-in  wires.  Includes  arrange- 
ment of  lamps  for  facility  in  exhausting. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  4,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Apparatus,  Filaments  and  glowers,  for  apparatus  for  flashing 
filaments;  16,  Incandescent,  for  incandescent  lamps  containing 
a  particular  gas  or  gas-absorbing  or  emitting  material;  36, 
Incandescent,  Seals,  and  37,  Incandescent,  Seals,  Plug  and 
cap,  for  incandescent  lamps  provided  with  means  for  exhaust- 
ing through  the  seal.  Where  through  other  parts  of  the  globe, 
search  class  176,  subclass  16,  Incandescent;  125,  Gas  and 
vapor.  Gas  and  vapor  admitting,  for  gas  and  vapor  electric 
lamps  provided  with  means  for  admitting  gas  thereto  or 
withdrawing  gas  therefrom. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  314, 
Special  ray  apparatus,  Tubes,  for  similar  inventions  in  the 
production  of  X-ray  tubes. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  97, 
Cans,  Hermetic  sealers,  for  inventions  in  the  general  produc- 
tion of  vacua  in  vessels,  even  though  a  particular  degree  of 
vacuum  is  desired. 

3.  MANUFACTURE    AND    REPAIR,  APPARATUS.   Miscel- 

laneous apparatus,  used  in  the  manufacture  and  repair  of 
electric  lamps  and  parts  thereof. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  2,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Exhaustion  and  gas  charging,  for  apparatus  used  in  exhaus- 
tion and  gas  charging. 

49— GLASS,  subclass  2,  Combined  machines,  Incandescent  lamp 
making,  for  machines  operating  upon  glass  in  the  making  of 
incandescent  lamps. 

4.  MANUFACTURE    AND   REPAIR,    APPARATUS,    FILA- 

MENTS AND  GLOWERS.  Apparatus  used  in  the  manu- 
facture and  repair  of  filaments  and  glowers  for  electric  lamps, 
unless  classified  in  some  more  general  class,  and  apparatus  for 
flashing  filaments. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  the  subclasses  of  Filament  and  glower 
compositions,  for  methods  of  forming  filaments  and  glowers. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  8,  Molding  devices,  Filament  forming, 
and  54,  Processes,  Filament  forming,  for  filament  forming 
from  plastic  composition. 

5.  MANUFACTURE    AND    REPAIR,   APPARATUS,   ELEC- 

TRODES.   Apparatus  for  use  in  the  manufacture  or  repair 
of  electrodes  of  electric  lamps  not  classified  in  some  more  gen- 
eral class. 
Search  Classes — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  the  subclasses  of  Electrode  composi- 
tions, for  methods  of  forming  electrodes. 

204— ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  generally,  for  plating  electrodes  and 
subclass  64,  Electric  furnaces,  for  analogous  apparatus. 

6.  MANUFACTURE    AND    REPAIR,    APPARATUS,    CON- 

NECTIONS.   Apparatus  for  use  in  the  forming  of  connec- 
tions between  leading-in  wires  and  filaments  or  glowers  or 
between  individual  filaments  or  glowers  or  sections  thereof 
not  classified  in  some  more  general  class. 
Search  Classes— 

113— SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  appropriate  subclasses, 
for  soldering  wire. 

219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  electrically  joining  wire. 

7.  MANUFACTURE  AND  REPAIR,  PROCESSES.    Methods 

of  manufacture  and  repair  of  electric  lamps  and  parts  thereof, 
except  methods  of  manufacture  and  treatment  of  filaments, 
glowers,  and  electrodes  and  except  those  included  in  the  fol- 
lowing subclasses  in  this  class: 
Incandescent— 
Pyroelectric— 
21.          Heaters  and  glowers, 

35.  Combined  seals  and  connections, 

36.  Seals, 

38.      Connections. 

Arc- 

42.      Liquid  electrode. 
Search  Class— 

176—  ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  3,  Manufacture  and  repair. 
Apparatus  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  6,  Manufacture  and 
repair,  .Apparatus,  Connections,  and  38,  Incandescent,  Con- 
nections, for  apparatus  and  methods  for  replacing  filaments 
by  joining  new  filaments  to  the  broken  ends  of  old  filaments 
or  to  the  leading-in  wires. 

8.  SYSTEMS.    Miscellaneous  electric  systems  limited  to  the  supply 

of  energy  to  electric  lamps.  The  limitation  ta  electric  lamps 
includes  special  electric  characteristics  of  electric  lamps,  the 
structure  of  electric  lamps,  or  the  use  of  electric  lamps.  In- 
cludes circuits  involving  a  plurality  of  lamps  except  successive 
arc  lamps. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  58,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Multiple  arc,  60,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Multiple  arc, 
Gear  brake  and  detent;  61,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Multiple 
arc,  Arc  shifting  switch;  and  62,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding. 
Multiple  arc,  Arc  shifting  switch,  Gear  brake  and  detent,  for 
circuits  involving  successive  arc  lamps;  124,  Gas  and  Vapor, 
Special  current  supply,  for  means  for  supplying  special  current 
to  gas  and  vapor  electric  lamps. 

171— ELECTRICITY,  GENERATION,  appropriate  subclasses,  far 
general  systems  of  distribution. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  312,  Lamp 
dimmer  systems,  for  connecting  lamps  to  the  circuit  in  various 
ways  and  inserting  resistances  for  the  purpose  of  regulating 
the  intensity  of  the  light. 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  2,  Combined  light  and  structure, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  lamp  systems  combined 
with  other  structure;  9,  Systems,  for  a  plurality  of  illuminators 
where  the  invention  resides  in  their  arrangement. 

9.  SYSTEMS,  COMBINED.    Electric  lamp  systems  including  a 

combination  of  two  or  more  of  the  following  types  of  electric 
lamps;  incandescent  filament,  incandescent  pyroelectric,  arc 
solid  p.lectrodo,  arc  liquid  electrode,  gas  and  vapor. 
Search  Classes — 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous,  for  individual 

lamps  embodying  two  or  more  types  of  electric  light  sources. 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  37,  Lanterns,  Convertible;  52, 

Light  supports;  72,  Light  supports,  Brackets,  Combined,  and 

77,  Light  Supports,  Chandeliers,  Combined. 

10.  SYSTEMS,  INCANDESCENT.    Miscellaneous  electric  lamp 

systems,  including  as  translating  devices,  merely,  incandes- 
cent electric  lamps. 
Search  Class— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  9,  Systems,  Combined,  for 
combined  systems. 

391 


392 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

11.  SYSTEMS,  INCANDESCENT,  PYROELECTRIC.     Electric 

lamp  systems  including  as  translating  devices,  merely,  pyro- 
electric  incandescent  lamps. 
Search  Class— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  9,  Systems,  Combined,  for 
combined  systems. 

12.  SYSTEMS,   ARC.    Miscellaneous  electric  lamp  systems,   in- 

cluding as  translating  devices,  merely,  arc  lamps. 
Search  Class— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  9,  Systems,  Combined,  for 
combined  systems. 

13.  SYSTEMS,   ARC,   LIQUID    ELECTRODE.    Electric  lamp 

systems  including  as  translating  devices,  merely,  liquid  elec- 
trode arc  lamps. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  9,  Systems,  Combined,  for 
combined  systems. 

14.  DISPLAY.    Individual  lamps  modified  for  display  purposes. 

Includes  lamps  modified  to  produce  a  certain  design  and  means 
for  intermittently  and  automatically  lighting  and  extinguish- 
ing the  lamp  where  the  lamp  or  light  source  is  modified  for 
that  purpose. 
Search  Classes— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  24,  Incandescent,  Automatic 
switches  and  cut-outs,  and  25,  Incandescent,  Automatic 
switches  and  cut-outs,  Electromagnetic,  for  automatic 
switches. 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  display  lighting. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  335,  Connectors, 
Quick  detachable,  Multiple  connection,  taps,  Lamp  cluster, 
and  subclasses  thereunder,  for  cluster  lamp  sockets. 

177— ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclass  346,  Systems,  display,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  display  lighting. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  10,  Decorative  lights. 

15.  ARC  AND  INCANDESCENT.    Lamps  wherein  the  heat  of 

an  arc  is  communicated  to  a  body  other  than  an  electrode, 
which  becomes  incandescent. 
Search  Class — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  41,  Arc,  and  121,  Arc,  Elec- 
trode structure,  for  lamps  wherein  fluid  or  granular  material 
is  fed  to  the  arc;  117,  Arc,  Cases  and  frames,  Arc  confining, 
reflecting,  for  analogous  structures;  121,  Arc,  Electrode  struc- 
ture, and  the  subclasses  under  Electrode  compositions,  for 
lamps  wherein  the  incandescent  body  is  a  part  of  the  electrode. 

16.  INCANDESCENT.    Miscellaneous  electric  lamps  wherein  the 

luminant  is  a  solid  adapted  to  be  heated  to  incandescence  by 
the  passage  of  an  electric  current  therethrough.  Electric 
lamp  bulbs  containing  particular  gases  are  included  here. 
Electric  lamps  having  one  exhausted  bulb  within  another 
exhausted  bulb  are  included  here. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  2,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Exhaustion  and  gas  charging,  and  7,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Processes,  for  electric  lamp  bulbs  containing  particular  gases; 
26,  Incandescent,  Multiple  filament  lamps,  and  34,  Incandes- 
cent, Reflectors  and  refractors,  for  electric  lamps  having  one 
exhausted  bulb  within  another. 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  94,  Switchboards,  Lamp-annun- 
ciators for  lamp  annunciators  for  telephone  switchboards. 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclass  100,  Globes,  for  electric  lamps 
having  one  bulb  within  another,  the  outer  bulb  not  being 
exhausted. 

17.  INCANDESCENT,  PYROELECTRIC.    Incandescent  lamps 

wherein  the  luminant  consists  of  a  substance  having  a  high 
resistance  at  ordinary  temperatures  and  a  low  resistance  when 
heated,  such  substances  being  known  as  second-class  con- 
ductors. 
Search  Class— 

17ft— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  the  appropriate  subclasses  under  sub- 
class 16,  Incandescent,  but  not  in  this  group,  for  lamps  wherein 
the  luminant  consists  of  pyroelectric  material  combined  with 
material  conductive  at  ordinary  temperatures,  and  appropri- 
ate subclasses  under  Filament  and  glower  compositions  for 
compositions  of  glower  used  in  pyroelectric  lamps. 

18.  INCANDESCENT,  PYROELECTRIC,    LAMP-CIRCUITS. 

Lamp  circuits  for  pyroelectric  lamps  wherein  no  specific  struc- 
ture is  disclosed. 
Search  Class — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  11,  Systems,  Incandescent, 
Pyroelectric,  for  systems  involving  a  plurality  of  pyroelectric 
lamps;  17,  Incandescent,  Pyroelectric. 

19.  INCANDESCENT,       PYROELECTRIC,      CIRCUIT-CON- 

TROLLING   STRUCTURE.    Miscellaneous    structure    of 
individual  elements  for  controlling  the  electric  circuit   in 
pyroelectric  lamps. 
Search  Class — 
176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  17,  Incandescent,  Pyroelectric. 

20.  INCANDESCENT,     PYROELECTRIC,     CIRCUIT     CON- 

TROLLING STRUCTURE,  AUTOMATIC.     Structure  of 
circuit  controlling  elements  or  devices  for  pyroeleclric  lamps, 
which  elements  or  devices  are  entirely  automatic  in  their 
operation.    This  subclass   includes   ballast   resistances   and 
thermal  and  electromagnetic  circuit  changers  when  limited  to 
pyroelectric  lamps. 
Search  Class 
176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  17,  Incandescent,  Pyroelectric. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

21.  INCANDESCENT,    PYROELECTRIC,    HEATERS    AND 

GLOWERS.  Miscellaneous  structure  of  the  means  for  heat- 
ing the  glower  to  a  conductive  temperature  in  pyroelectric 
lamps,  the  support  of  the  heater  and  its  arrangement  relative 
to  the  glower,  and  the  structure  of  the  glower.  Includes  con- 
nections between  the  glower  and  leading  wires. 
Search  Classes— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  17,  Incandescent,  Pyroelectric, 
and  the  appropriate  subclasses  under  Filament  and  glower 
compositions. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  compositions  of  heaters. 

22.  INCANDESCENT,    PYROELECTRIC,    HEATERS    AND 

GLOWERS,    RELATIVELY   MOVABLE.    Heaters   and 
glowers  for  pyroelectric  lamps  that  are  relatively  movable  to 
enable  the  heater  to  be  placed  in  proximity  to  the  glower  dnr- 
ing  the  preliminary  heating  and  removed  therefrom  when  the 
glower  has  become  conductive. 
Search  Class— 
176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  17,  Incandescent,  Pyi  oelectric. 

23.  INCANDESCENT,   TRANSFORMER   LAMPS.      Incandes- 

cent electric  lamps  wherein  the  filament  is  the  secondary  coil 
or  part  of  the  secondary  circuit  of  a  transformer,  the  secondary 
coil  being  built  into  the  lamp. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  123,  Gas  and  vapor,  Luminous 
electrode,  for  lamps  wherein  the  luminant  forms  part  of  a 
condenser. 

24.  INCANDESCENT,  AUTOMATIC  SWITCHES  AND  CUT- 

OUTS. Miscellaneous  incandescent  electric  lamps  provided 
with  automatic  switches  and  cut-outs.  This  suljclass  includes 
thermal  cut-outs  and  switches,  cut-outs  whose  operation 
depends  upon  an  electro-static  discharge  or  attraction,  and 
those  operated  by  a  change  in  the  pressure  of  the  gas  in  the 
lamp  bulb.  Electromagnetic  and  thermal  switches  and  cut- 
outs and  automatically  adjustable  rheostats  when  located  in 
the  lamp  base  are  included  here. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  10,  Systems,  Incandescent. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  328,  Connectors, 
Quick  detachable,  for  thermal  cut-outs  in  lamp  sockets. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  electromagnetic  switches  and  cut-outs  in  lamp 
sockets  and  cut-outs  of  general  application. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  17.5,  Lanterns,  Electric  safety,  for 
cut-outs  in  safety  lamps. 

25.  INCANDESCENT,  AUTOMATIC  SWITCHES  AND  CUT- 

OUTS,   ELECTROMAGNETIC.    Automatic    switch    and 
cut-out  incandescent  electric  lamps  where  the  switch  or  cut- 
out is  electromagnetic. 
Search  Class — 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  the  subclasses  noted  under  subclass  24 
above. 

26.  INCANDESCENT   MULTIPLE-FILAMENT  LAMPS.   Mis- 

cellaneous incandescent  lamps  which  contain  more  than  one 
filament.  Does  not  include  lamps  having  more  than  one 
filament  branching  out  from  two  leading-in  wires,  in  which 
case  the  circuit  through  the  filaments  would  in  general  be 
always  the  same. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  40,  Incandescent,  Filament 
form,  for  multiple  filaments  branching  ^ut  from  two  leading-in 
wires. 

173 — ELECTRICITY.  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  328,  Connectors, 
Quick  detachable,  and  appropriate  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
multiple  filament  lamp  sockets. 

27.  INCANDESCENT,     MULTIPLE      FILAMENT     LAMPS, 

,,  SWITCH.  Multiple  filament  lamps  provided  with  multiple 
throw  switches  usually  located  in  the  base  thereof. 

Note.—  This  subclass  and  subclass  33,  Incandescent,  Bases,  ter 
rhinals,  and  bulb  holders,  Switch,  contain  all  manually  oper- 
able switches  in  incandescent  lamps  except  pyroelectric. 

Search  Class— 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclasses  347,  Connectors, 
Quick  detachable,  Switch,  lamp  socket  type,  Multiple  throw, 
and  348,  Connectors,  Quick  detachable,  Switch,  lamp  socket 
type,  multiple  throw,  Rotatable  body,  for  lamp  sockets  pro- 
vided with  multiple  throw  switches. 

28.  INCANDESCENT,    ELECTRODES    IN    CONTACT.    In- 

candescent lamps  in  which  the  light  is  produced  at  the  ends  of 
electrodes,  which  are  kept  in  contact. 

Note.— Many  structures  in  this  subclass  are  similar  to  arc  lamp 
structures. 

29.  INCANDESCENT,    DOUBLE-BASE     AND     TUBULAR. 

Incandescent  lamps  having  leading-in  wires  extending 
through  different  parts  of  the  bulb  or  tube,  generally  through 
opposite  ends.  Includes  also  incandescent  lamps  of  tubular 
form. 

Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  14,  Display;  42,  Arc,  Liquid 
electrode,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  122,  Gas  and 
vapor,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  tubular  lamps. 

30.  INCANDESCENT,      NON-REFILLABLE.       Incandescent 

lamps  constructed  so  as  to  prevent  the  placing  of  a  new  fila- 
ment therein. 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


393 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

31.  INCANDESCENT,    LOCKS    AND    SEALS.     Incandescent 

lamps  provided  with  means  for  preventing  their  unauthor- 
ized removal  or  use. 
Search  Classes— 

173— ELECTRICITY,    CONDUCTORS,    subclass    356,    Connectors, 
Quick  detachable,  Locks  and  seals,  for  locking  or  sealing  lamp 
socket  connections  or  lamp  socket  switches. 
240—  ILLUMINATION,    subclass    19,    Lanterns,    Miner's    safety, 
for  locks  on  miner's  safety  lamps. 

32.  INCANDESCENT,    BASES,    TERMINALS,    AND    BULB 

HOLDERS.    Current    terminals    for    incandescent    lamps 
(except  pyroelectric)  and  bulb  holders. 
Search  Classes — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  26,  Incandescent,  Multiple 
filament  lamps,  and  27,  Incandescent,  Multiple  filament 
lamps,  Switch,  for  bases  of  multiple  filament  lamps;  29,  In- 
candescent. Double  base  and  tubular,  for  bases  for  double  base 
lamps;  37,  Incandescent,  Seals,  Plug  and  cap,  for  lamps,  where 
the  base  constitutes  the  seal  for  the  bulb. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  328,  Connectors, 
Quick  detachable,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  struc- 
tural features  which  are  of  general  application  to  connecting 
plugs. 

33.  INCANDESCENT,    BASES,    TERMINALS,    AND    BULB 

HOLDERS,  SWITCH.    Bases  and  bulb  holders  for  incan- 
descent lamps  provided  with  manually  operable  switches. 
Note.— This  subclass  and  subclass  27,  Incandescent,  Multiple  fila- 
ment lamps,  Svritch,  contain  all  manually  operable  switches 
in  incandescent  lamps  except  the  pyroelectic  subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  346,  Connectors, 
Quick  detachable,  Switch,  lamp  socket  type,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  switches  located  in  lamp  sockets. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  122,  Switches  and  valves,  for 
switches  in  lighting  fixtures. 

34.  INCANDESCENT,  REFLECTORS  AND  REFRACTORS. 

Incandescent  lamps  provided  with  light  reflectors  or  re- 
fractors which  modify  the  light  source,  as,  for  example,  lamps 
wherein  the  exhausted  lamp  bulb  is  provided  with  a  reflector 
or  refractor  located  within  the  bulb  or  modifying  the  construc- 
tion of  the  bulb. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  37,  Incandescent,  Seals,  Plug 
and  cap,  for  heat  reflectors  in  incandescent  lamps. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  reflectors  and 
refractors  which  do  not  modify  the  light  source. 

35.  INCANDESCENT,  COMBINED   SEALS   AND   CONNEC- 

TIONS. The  combination  of  that  portion  of  an  incandescent 
lamp  bulb  which  supports  the  filament  or  the  particular  lead- 
ing-in wires  that  are  sealed  to  the  glass  of  the  bulb  with  the 
joints  between  the  loading-in  wires  and  the  filament  or  with 
the  structure  of  the  leading-in  wires  between  the  seal  and 
filament. 

Note. — See  the  notes  to  subclasses  36,  Incandescent,  Seals,  and 
38,  Incandescent,  Connections. 

36.  INCANDESCENT,  SEALS.    Miscellaneous  seals  of  the  lead- 

ing-in wires  into  the  bulbs  of  incandescent  lamps  or  the  struc- 
ture of  the  seal  between  that  portion  of  the  bulb  that  contains 
the  leading-in  wires  and  the  remainder  of  the  bulb.  This  sub- 
class includes  the  structure  of  the  seal  and  also  methods  for 
forming  the  same  when  limited  to  the  electric  lighting  art. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  26,  Incandescent,  Multiple  fila- 
ment lamps,  for  modification  of  the  seal  for  reception  of  three 
or  more  leading-in  wires;  34,  Incandescent,  Reflectors,  and 
refractors,  for  modification  of  the  seal  to  form  a  reflecting  sur- 
face; 35,  Incandescent,  Combined  seals  and  connections,  and 
37,  Incandescent,  Seals,  Plug  and  cap. 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  78,  Processes,  Incandescent  lamp  making, 
for  forming  incandescent  lamp  bulb  seals,  and  92,  Structure, 
for  wire  glass. 

37.  INCANDESCENT,  SEALS,   PLUG   AND  CAP.    Incandes- 

ent  lamp  bulb  seals  where  the  same  are  caps  or  plugs.    This 
subclass  does  not  include  plugs  or  caps  of  vitreous  material 
sealed  to  the  bulb  by  fusion 
Search  Classes 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  16,  Incandescent. 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  2,  Combined  machines,  Incandescent 
lamp  making,  and  78,  Processes,  Incandescent  lamp  making, 
for  inventions  relating  merely  to  a  method  of  sealing  glass. 

38.  INCANDESCENT,   CONNECTIONS.    The   structure  of,  or 

that  applied  to,  the  leading-in  wires  between  the  seal  and  fila- 
ment in  incandescent  lamps,  including  the  joint  with  the 
filament.  Includes  joints  between  separate  filaments.  In- 
cludes composition  of  the  joint  and  methods  of  forming  the 
same. 
Search  Classes — 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  2,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Exhaustion  and  gas  charging,  for  eliminating  occluded  puses 
from  leading-in  wires  and  joints;  6,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Aparratus,  Connections,  for  apparatus  and  methods  em- 
ployed in  forming  connections;  21,  Incandescent,  Pyroectic, 
Heaters  and  glowers,  for  connection  between  glowers  for  pyro- 
electric lamps  and  leading  wires;  29,  Incandescent,  Double  base 
and  tubular,  for  connections  which  place  the  filament  under 
tension;  37,  Incandescent,  Seals,  Plug  and  cap,  for  heat  radia- 
tors and  reflectors. 

75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  1,  Alloys,  for  composition  of  alloys. 

113 — SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  appropriate  subclasses, 
and  219,  ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  appropriate 
subclasses,  for  soldering  together  of  metal  wires. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

39.  INCANDESCENT,  AUXILIARY  FILAMENT-SUPPORT. 

Supports  for  filaments  in  incandescent  lamps  other  than 
leading-in  wires,  except  those  which  support  the  filament 
throughout  its  length.  Many  of  these  are  for  metallic  filament 
lamps. 

Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  16,  Incandescent,  for  filaments 
supported  throughout  their  length,  and  subclass  1,  Miscellane- 
ous, for  filaments  so  supported  where  the  support  itself  is  de- 
signed to  become  incandescent. 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclass  90,  Light  supports,  Resilient, 
for  electric  lamps  resiliently  supported. 

40.  INCANDESCENT,  FILAMENT  FORM.    Filaments  for  in- 

candescent lamps  of  special  form  or  structure. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  4,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Apparatus.  Filaments  and  glowers,  for  molds  for  forming  fila- 
ments in  definite  shapes;  14,  Display;  16,  Incandescent;  34, 
Incandescent,  Reflectors  and  refractors,  and  39,  Incandescent, 
Auxiliary  filament  support. 

41.  A  RC.    Electric  lamps  which  utilize  the  phenomena  of  the  arc  to 

produce  illumination.  In  the  electric  arc  the  current  forms 
its  own  conductor  and  is  carried  across  the  gap  between  the 
electrodes  by  a  vapor  bridge  produced  from  the  material  of  the 
negative  electrode  and  consisting  of  a  vapor  stream  issuing 
from  the  negative  electrode  to  the  positive  electrode. 
Search  Class— 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  arc  lamp  sup- 
ports and  accessories  not  modifying  the  light  source. 

42.  ARC,  LIQUID  ELECTRODE.    Electric  arc  lamps  wherein 

one  of  the  electrodes  is  a  liquid,  usually  mercury.  Includes 
methods  for  manufacturing  liquid  electrode  arc  lamps. 

Note. — Liquid  electrode  arc  apparatus  when  limited  to  use  as 
lamps  or  as  rectifiers  are  classified  in  this  class  or  in  class  171, 
ELECTRICITY,  GENERATION,  subclass  253,  Systems  of  distribu- 
tion. Alternating-direct,  respectively.  Details  and  features 
not  limiting  such  apparatus  to  a  particular  use  are  classified 
here.  However,  apparatus  taking  energy  from  alternating 
current  mains  and  furnishing  a  rectified  current,  unless  limited 
to  use  as  lamps,  is  classified  in  class  171,  ELECTRICITY  GENER- 
ATION. 

Search  Classes 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  2,  Manufacture  and  repair.  Ex- 
haustion and  gas  charging,  for  exhausting  liquid  electrode  arc 
containers. 

172 — ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  238,  Transmission 
of  power.  Phase-modification,  for  liquid  electrode  arc  fre- 
quency changers. 

43.  ARC,  LIQUID   ELECTRODE,  TEMPERATURE   REGU- 

LATION. Means  for  regulating  the  temperature  of  liquid 
electrode  arc  lamps  or  parts  thereof. 

44.  ARC,  LIQUID  ELECTRODE,  PROTECTORS.    Means  for 

protecting  liquid  electrode  arc  lamps  against  breakage  from 
jars  during  transportation  or  otherwise. 

45.  ARC,  LIQUID  ELECTRODE,  STARTING.    Miscellaneous 

means  for  furnishing  the  energy  necessary  to  establish  the  arc 
in  liquid  electrode  arc  lamps. 
Search  Class— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  42,  Arc,  Liquid  electrode,  for 
means  for  maintaining  the  arc  under  varying  conditions,  such 
as  varying  current  and  voltage. 

46.  ARC,  LIQUID   ELECTRODE,  STARTING,  COMBINED. 

A  combination  of  two  or  more  devices  for  starting  the  arc  in 
liquid  electrode  arc  lamps. 

47.  ARC,    LIQUID    ELECTRODE,    STARTING,    DRAWING 

ARC.  Starting  means  for  liquid  electrode  arc  lamps  which 
operate  to  seperate  from  contact  two  electrodes  and  not  here- 
under  subclassified.  A  method  often  employed  is  to  establish 
an  electric  current  through  the  cathode  of  the  lamp  and  to 
break  the  circuit  mechanically  at  the  cathode,  leaving  the 
cathode  of  the  lamp  the  negative  electrode  of  the  arc  thus 
formed.  This  particular  subclass  includes  devices  operating 
to  produce  a  starting  arc  between  a  lamp  anode  and  a  lamp 
cathode. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  46,  Arc,  Liquid  electrode, 
Starting,  Combined. 

48.  ARC,    LIQUID    ELECTRODE,    STARTING,    DRAWING 

ARC,  TILTING  LAMP.    Drawing  arc  starting  devices  for 
liquid  electrode  arc  lamps  which  operate  to  break  contact  be- 
tween a  lamp  anode  and  cathode  by  tilting  or  otherwise  mov- 
ing the  lamp. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  46,  Arc,  Liquid  electrode,  Start- 
ing, Combined. 

49.  ARC,    LIQUID    ELECTRODE,    STARTING,    DRAWING 

ARC,  AUXILIARY  ELECTRODE.  Drawing  arc  starting 
means  for  liquid  electrode  arc  lamps  which  operate  to  establish 
a  starting  arc  between  the  lamp  cathode  and  an  auxiliary 
anode,  the  main  anode  of  the  lamp  not  being  included  in  the 
circuit  of  said  starting  arc. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  46,  Arc,  Liquid  electrode,  Start- 
ing, Combined. 

50.  ARC,      LIQUID      ELECTRODE,      SOLID-ELECTRODE 

STRUCTURE  AND  SEALS.  Solid  electrodes  for  liquid 
electrode  arc  lamps,  structure  applied  thereto,  the  solid  con- 
ductors which  connect  with  the  liquid  electrodes,  and  the 
sealing  of  the  same  within  the  container. 


394 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

Search  Classes 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  35,  Incandescent,  Combined 
seals  and  connections;  30,  Incandescent,  Seals;  37,  Incandes- 
cent, Seals,  Plug  and  cap,  and  12G,  Gas  and  vapor,  Electrodes, 
terminals,  and  seals,  for  other  seals. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclasses  313, 
Special  ray  apparatus,  and  314,  Special  ray  apparatus,  Tubes, 
for  similar  structure  applied  to  X-ray  apparatus. 

51.  ARC,  SIDE-REFLECTOR  TYPE.    Arc  lamps  wherein  the 

light  source  is  modified  for  the  reception  of  a  reflector  at  the 
side  of  the  arc  to  concentrate  the  rays.  The  modification  of 
the  light  source,  for  example,  may  be  for  use  in  projection  appa- 
ratus or  in  headlights  or  searchlights.  This  subclass  contains 
all  arc  lamp  patents  in  class  176  which  disclose  reflectors. 
Search  Classes-  - 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  72,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Motor;  73,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Motor,  Electric;  74,  Arc, 
Starting  and  feeding,  Motor,  Electric,  Motor  circuit  control; 
75,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Motor,  Electric,  Motor  circuit 
control,  Automatic  switch,  and  76,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Positive  intermittent-grip  gear,  for  arc  lamps  modifie  '  for  use 
with  a  reflector. 

88 — OPTICS,  subclass  24,  Projecting  apparatus. 

172 — ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  179,  Motors,  Hand- 
operating  devices,  for  circuit  controlling  stands  for  searchlights. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  61,  Light  supports,  Dirigible, 
for  light  supports  which  are  movable  to  direct  the  beam;  and 
105,  Reflectors,  Side. 

52.  ARC,  FLAMING  AND  LUMINOUS  ARC.    In  flaming  and 

luminous  arc  lamps  a  large  portion  of  the  light  is  produced  in 
the  arc  itself  as  distinguished  from  those  arc  lamps  wherein 
most  of  the  light  is  produced  by  the  incandescence  of  the  elec- 
trode points. 

Note. — Much  of  the  structure  in  this  subclass  is  devised  to  elimi- 
nate trouble  arising  from  the  emission  of  solids  and  vapors 
from  the  arc  and  the  formation  of  incrustation  upon  the  elec- 
trodes. 

Search  Class— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  64,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Flaming  and  luminous  arc,  for  starting  and  feeding  in  flam- 
ing arc  lamps. 

53.  ARC,  ALTERNATING-CURRENT.    Arc  lamps  adapted  to 

use  alternating  current. 

54.  ARC,  AUTOMATIC  AUXILIARIES.    Arc  lamps  provided 

with  devices  apart  from  the  feeding  and  regulating  devices 
which  operate  automatically.  As  an  example,  this  subclass 
includes  globe  cleaners  operated  by  the  current  during  the 
operation  of  the  lamp  and  automatic  indicators  to  tell  the 
degree  of  consumption  of  the  electrodes. 

55.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING.    Arc    lamps   having 

means  for  starting  and  feeding. 

Note.— Many  of  the  patents  in  this  subclass  disclose  conventional 
clutches  for  feeding  the  electrode. 

Search  Class— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  110,  Arc,  Automatic  switches; 
111,  Arc,  Automatic  switches,  Consumption  cut-outs,  and  112, 
Arc,  Automatic  switches,  Thermal  switches  and  cut-outs,  for 
cut-outs  and  automatic  switches  operating  at  the  starting  or 
extinguishing  of  the  arc  and  forcut-outsand  automaticswitches 
operating  under  abnormal  conditions. 

56.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  CONCENTRIC-FEED 

MOUNTING.    Arc  lamps  wherein  the  feeding  electrode,  the 
feeding  electrode  holder,  and  feeding  magnet  are  concentri- 
cally mounted  except  as  noted  below. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  82,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  Ball,  for  con- 
centric feed  mounted  ball  clutch  lamps;  91,  Arc,  Starting  and 
feeding,  Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  Mag- 
netic clutch  and  brake,  Expanding  core,  for  concentric  feed 
mounted  expanding  core  magnetic  clutch  lamps;  and  99,  Arc, 
Starting  and  feeding,  Electromagnetic  feed,  for  concentric 
feed  mounted  lamps  wherein  the  feeding  electrode  is  directly 
connected  to  the  core  of  the  feed  magnet. 

57.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  CONCENTRIC  FEED 

MOUNTING,  INCLOSED  ARC.  Arc  lamps  of  the  concen- 
tric feed  mounted  type  in  which  the  arc  is  inclosed  to  hinder 
access  of  the  atmosphere. 

58.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    MULTIPLE    ARC. 

Arc  lamps  designed  for  two  or  more  arcs  which  burn  simulta- 
neously or  successively.  This  particular  subclass  includes 
merely  successive  arc  lamps  not  hereunder  subclassified.  Cir- 
cuits for  two  or  more  arc  lamps  when  burned  successively  are 
included  in  this  subclass. 

59.  ARC,    STARTING    AND  FEEDING,  MULTIPLE    ARC, 

SIMULTANEOUS.    Arc  lamps  designed  for  two  or  more 
arcs  which  burn  simultaneously. 
Search  Class 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  12,  Systems,  Arc,  for  circuits 
for  a  plurality  of  arc  lamps;  15,  Arc  and  incandescent,  for  arc 
lamps  containing  a  foreign  substance  rendered  incandescent 
by  the  heat  of  the  arc  where  the  same  is  a  conductor,  and  53, 
Arc,  Alternating-current,  for  arc  lamps  having  three  or  more 
electrodes  and  operating  on  polyphase  circuits. 

00.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  MULTIPLE  ARC, 
GKAK-HRAKK  AND  DKTENT.  Multiple  arc  lamps 
except  those  included  under  subclass  62,  Arc,  Starting  and 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

feeding,  Multiple  arc,  Arc  shifting  switch,  Gear  brake  and 
detent,  where  the  feed  control  is  accomplished  by  means  of  an 
escapement,  such  as  a  train  of  gearing,  connected  with  an 
electrode  holder,  which  may  be  prevented  from  rotating  by 
means  of  a  brake  or  detent. 

61.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    MULTIPLE    ARC, 

ARC-SHIFTING  SWITCH.    Multiple  arc  lamps  provided 
with  switches  for  shifting  or  altering  the  circuit  at  the  time  the 
arc  is  shifted  from  one  pair  of  electrodes  to  another. 
Search  Class — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  58,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Multiple  arc,  also,  for  magnets  which  shift  a  clutch  floor  at  the 
time  the  arc  is  shifted. 

62.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    MULTIPLE    ARC 

ARC  SHIFTING  SWITCH,  GEAR-BRAKE  AND  DE- 
TENT. Arc  shifting  switch  multiple  arc  lamps  wherein  the 
feed  control  is  accomplished  by  an  escapement,  such  as  a  train 
of  gearing  connected  with  an  electrode  holder,  which  may  be 
prevented  from  rotating  by  means  «f  a  brake  or  detent. 

63.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    MAGAZINE.    Arc 

lamps  having  receptacles  for  containing  a  supply  of  electrodes 
or  arcing  material,  with  means  for  automatically  delivering 
the  same  to  the  arc  as  the  burning  electrodes  are  consumed. 

64.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  FLAMING  AND  LU- 

MINOUS ARC.  Starting  and  feeding  devices  for  use  in  flam- 
ing and  luminous  arc  lamps.  Many  inventions  in  this  subclass 
are  designed  to  overcome  difficulties  in  starting  and  feeding 
due  to  material  emitted  by  the  arc  and  left  on  the  electrodes 
as  a  deposit. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  52,  Arc,  Flaming  and  luminous 
arc,  for  flaming  and  luminous  arc  lamp  structure  other  than 
the  starting  and  feeding  means. 

65.  ARC,     STARTING     AND     FEEDING,    INCLINED    AND 

ROTARY  ELECTRODES.    Arc  lamps  not  hereunder  sub- 
classified  wherein  the  electrodes  between  which  the  arc  passes 
are  not  in  alinement  or  in  which  the  electrodes  in  feeding  have 
a  rotary  motion. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  64,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Flaming  and  luminous  arc,  for  upper  electrodes  having  a 
rotary  motion,  and  109,  Arc,  Stationary  electrode,  for  arc  lamps 
wherein  the  main  electrodes  have  no  relative  movement. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  the  Arc  system 
subclasses,  for  similar  electrode  feeding  mechanism. 

66.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    INCLINED    AND 

ROTARY  ELECTRODES,  MOTOR.    Inclined  and  rotary 
electrode  arc  lamps  wherein  the  feed  is  accomplished  by  a 
motor  connected  to  the  electrode  holder. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  73,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Motor,  Electric;  74,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Motor,  Electric, 
Motor  circuit  control,  and  75,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Motor, 
Electric,  Motor  circuit  control,  Automatic  switch,  for  special 
feed  actuating  motors. 

67.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    INCLINED    AND 

ROTARY     ELECTRODES,      POSITIVE     INTERMIT- 
TENT-GRIP  GEAR.    Inclined  and  rotary  electrode  arc 
lamps  wherein  the  feed  is  accomplished  by  gearing,  which  is 
positively  operated  by  an  intermittent-grip  device. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  76,  Art>,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Positive  intermittent-grip  gear,  for  this  type  of  feed  applied 
to  arc  lamps  with  aimed  electrodes. 

68.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  INCLINED  AND  RO- 

TARY ELECTRODES,  SPECIAL  CLUTCH.  Inclined 
and  rotary  electrode  arc  lamps,  the  feeding  mechanism  of 
which  comprises  a  special  form  of  clutch  acting  upon  the  elec- 
trode or  electrode  holder  or  connected  with  the  electrode 
holder  and  acting  upon  the  frame  of  the  lamp. 

69.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  INCLINED  AND  RO- 

.TARY  ELECTRODES,  GEAR-BRAKE  AND  DETENT. 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrode  arc  lamps  wherein  the  feeding 
mechanism  comprises  a  gear  adapted  to  be  held  from  rotation 
by  friction  or  by  the  insertion  of  a  detent  into  the  path  of  some 
moving  part  of  the  feed  mechanism. 

70.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  INCLINED  AND  RO- 

TARY ELECTRODES,  CONSUMPTION  FEED.  In- 
clined and  rotary  electrode  lamps  wherein  the  feeding  of  one 
or  more  of  the  electrodes  is  regulated  by  their  consumption  or 
by  the  destruction  of  some  obstruction  to  their  feeding  by  the 
heat  of  the  arc.  Other  means  may  be  used  for  striking  the  arc 
or  for  keeping  the  electrodes  properly  separated. 
Search  Class— 

176  — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  102,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Consumption  feed,  for  this  type  of  feed  applied  to  arc  lamps 
having  aimed  electrodes. 

71.  ARC,    STARTING    AND     FEEDING,    THERMAL.    Arc 

lamps  wherein  the  feeding  is  accomplished  through  tho  agency 
of  heat  or  light,  except  those  included  under  subclass  70,  Arc, 
Starting  and  feeding,  Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  Con- 
sumption feed,  and  subclass  102,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Consumption  feed.  Includes  thermal  switches  controlling 
tho  feed  regulating  circuits. 
Search  Class  - 

176  -ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  112,  Arc,  Automatic  switches, 
Thermal  switches  and  cut-outs,  for  thermal  cut-outs. 


DEFINITIONS   OF  CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


395 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

72.  ARC,     STARTING     AND     FEEDING,     MOTOR.    Miscel- 

laneous arc  lamps  wherein  the  feed  is  accomplished  1  >y  a  motor 
connected  to  the  electrode  holder. 
Search  Class 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  66,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  Motor. 

73.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  MOTOR,  ELECTRIC. 

Arc  lamps  wherein  the  feed  is  accomplished  by  means  of  an 
electric  motor  connected  to  the  electrode  holder. 
Search  Class — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  67,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  Positive  intermittent-grip 
gear,  and  70,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Positive  intermittent- 
grip  gear,  for  all  means  whereby  the  electrode  may  be  auto- 
matically released  from  the  electric  motor  or  intermittent-grip 
gear  feeding  mechanism. 

74.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  MOTOR,  ELECTRIC, 

MOTOR-CIRCUIT  CONTROL.  Electric  motor  feed  arc 
lamps  not  hereunder  subclassifled,  wherein  the  feed  of  the 
electrodes  is  effected  by  control  of  the  circuit  of  the  field  or 
armature  of  the  motor. 

75.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  MOTOR,  ELECTRIC, 

MOTOR  CIRCUIT  CONTROL,  AUTOMATIC  SWITCH. 
Motor  circuit  control  motor  feed  arc  lamps  wherein  the  motor 
circuit  is  controlled  by  an  automatic  switch.  Includes  means 
for  automatically  changing  the  commutation  of  the  motor. 

76.  ARC,   STARTING  AND   FEEDING,    POSITIVE   INTER- 

MITTENT-GRIP GEAR.    Arc  lamps  wherein  the  feeding 
is  accomplished  by  gearing  which  is  positively  operated  by 
an  intermittent-grip  device. 
Search  Class  — 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  67,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  Positive  intermittent-grip 
gear,  for  this  type  of  feed  applied  to  lamps  having  inclined  or 
rotary  electrodes. 

77.  ARC,    STARTING  AND    FEEDING,    POSITIVE   FEED- 

CLUTCH.  Arc  lamps  wherein  the  electrodes  are  fed  posi- 
tively by  means  of  a  clutch,  the  clutch  moving  with  the  elec- 
trode as  it  feeds.  Generally  the  position  of  the  lamp  does  not 
affect  the  feed. 

78.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    POSITIVE    FEED 

CLUTCH,  SEPARATE  HOLDING  CLUTCH.  Positive 
feed  clutch  arc  lamps  wherein  the  feeding  mechanism  com- 
prises two  separate  clutches,  one  for  advancing  the  electrode 
and  the  other  for  holding  the  same  against  reverse  movement 
during  the  retraction  of  the  former. 

79.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    POSITIVE    FEED- 

CLUTCH,  COMBINED  FEEDING  AND  HOLDING- 
CLUTCH.  Positive  feed  clutch  arc  lamps  wherein  the  feeding 
mechanism  comprises  a  clutch  having  means  for  positively 
advancing  the  electrode  and  means  for  holding  the  electrode 
against  reverse  movement  during  the  retraction  of  the  former 
means. 

Note. — This  subclass  includes  single  clutches,  which  combine  the 
functions  of  the  feeding  and  holding  clutches  included  in  sub- 
class 78  above. 

80.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH     AND     OPERATING     MEANS.     Arc     lamps 
wherein  the  feeding  mechanism  comprises  the  combination  of 
a  special  clutch  with  special  clutch  operating  means. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  68,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  Special  clutch,  for  special 
clutches  in  arc  lamps;  105,  Arc,  Starting  and  .  feeding, 
Clutches,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  special  clutches 
for  arc  lamps. 

81.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  AUTOMATIC 
SWITCH.  Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  jneans 
arc  lamps  which  contain  an  automatic  switch,  for  whatever 
purpose  employed,  that  is  operated  by  an  excessive  move- 
ment of  some  part  of  the  feed  or  starting  mechanism  or 
which  contain  an  automatic  switch  which  is  operated  re- 
peatedly during  the  burning  of  the  lamp.  This  subclass  in- 
cludes automatically  operated  cut-outs  and  rheostats  as  above 
limited. 

Search  Class — 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  111,  Arc,  Automatic  switches, 
Consumption  cut-outs,  for  consumption  cut-outs  operated 
when  the  electrodes  have  been  consumed  to  a  predetermined 
extent. 

82.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  BALL.  Com- 
bined special  clutch  and  operating  means  arc  lamps  wherein 
the  clutch  comprises  a  ball,  ring,  or  disk,  which  serves  to  grip 
the  electrode  or  ebctrode  holder  by  being  wedged  lietween  the 
same  and  an  adjacent  part,  in  many  cases  by  being  rolled 
along  the  electrode  holder. 

83.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  DOUBLE  DOG. 
Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means  arc  lamps  not 
hereunder  subclassified  wherein  the  clutch  comprises  two  or 
more  dogs  or  blocks  pivoted  or  swinging  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  engage  ths  ebctrode  or  elactrodo  holder  to  clutch  the  same. 
This  subclass  includes  clutching  cams. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 


Search  Class— 


176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  10:i,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Clutches,  Double  dog,  for  double  dog  clutches. 

84.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  DOUBLE  DOG, 
MAGNETIC  CLUTCH.  Combined  special  clutch  and 
operating  means  arc  lamps  of  the  double  dog  clutch  type 
wherein  the  dogs  of  the  clutch  are  individual  armatures  or  pole 
pieces  or  are  connected  to  separate  armatures,  except  such 
lamps  wherein  the  clutch  is  of  the  electromagnetic  expanding 
type. 

Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  80,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Combined  special  qlutch  and  operating  means,  and  81,  Arc, 
Starting  and  feeding,  Combined  special  clutch  and  operating 
means,  Automatic  switch,  for  clutch  dogs  consisting  of  spring 
armatures,  but  not  pivoted;  90,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  Magnetic 
clutch  and  brake,  and  91,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Combined 
special  clutch  and  operating  means,  Magnetic  clutch  and 
brake,  Expanding  core,  for  other  magnetic  clutches. 

85.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  DOUBLE  DOG, 
AUTOMATIC  SWITCH.  Combined  special  clutch  and 
operating  means  arc  lamps  of  the  double  dog  clutch  type  which 
contain  an  automatic  switch,  for  whatever  purpose  used, 
which  is  operated  by  an  excessive  movement  of  some  part  of 
the  feed  or  starting  mechanism  or  which  contain  an  automatic 
switch,  which  is  operated  repeatedly  during  the  burning  of 
the  lamp.  This  subclass  includes  automatically  operated 
cut-outs  and  rheostats,  as  above  limited. 

86.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH    AND    OPERATING    MEANS,    PIVOT-DOG. 
Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means  arc  lamps 
wherein  the  clutch  comprises  a  single  pivoted  dog  adapted  to 
engage  the  electrode  or  electrode  holder. 
Search  Class — 

176 — ELECTKIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  80,  Arc,  Starting  and  feed- 
ing, Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  and  81, 
Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Combined  special  clutch  and  oper- 
ating means,  Automatic  switch,  for  clutches  comprising  a 
freely  pivoted  block,  which  is  made  to  engage  the  electrode 
holder  by  moving  its  pivotal  point;  and  107,  Arc,  Starting  and 
feeding,  Clutches,  Pivot  dog,  for  pivot  dog  clutches  for  arc 
lamps. 

87.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  PIVOT  DOG, 
AUTOMATIC  SWITCH.  Combined  special  clutch  and  op- 
erating means  arc  lamps  of  the  pivot  dog  type  which  contain 
an  automatic  switch,  for  whatever  purpose  used,  which  is 
operated  by  an  excessive  movement  of  some  part  of  the  feed  or 
starting  mechanism  or  which  contain  an  automatic  switch, 
which  is  operated  repeatedly  during  the  burning  of  the  lamp. 
This  subclass  includes  automatically  operated  cut-outs  and 
rheostats,  as  above  limited. 

88.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  RING.  Com- 
bined special  clutch  and  operating  means  arc  lamps  wherein 
the  clutch  comprises  a  ring,  which  is  adapted  to  be  canted  to 
grip  the  electrode  or  electrode  holder. 

89.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  RING,  AUTO- 
MATIC SWITCH.  Combined  special  clutch  and  operating 
means  arc  lamps  of  the  ring  clutch  type  which  contain  an  auto- 
matic switch,  for  whatever  purpose  used,  which  is  operated  by 
an  excessive  movement  of  some  part  of  the  feed  or  starting 
mechanism  or  which  is  operated  repeatedly  during  the  burn- 
ing of  the  lamp.  This  subclass  includes  automatically  oper- 
ated cut-outs  and  rheostats,  as  above  limited. 

90.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  MAGNETIC 
CLUTCH  AND  BRAKE.  Combined  special  clutch  and  op- 
erating means  arc  lamps  not  hereunder  subclassified  wherein 
the  clutch  block  is  an  armature  or  pole  of  a  magnet  or  is  rigidly 
connected  with  an  armature  or  pole  of  a  magnet.  This  sub- 
class also  includes  all  magnetic  gear  brakes  and  magnetic 
damners  in  class  176. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  84,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  Double  dog, 
Magnetic  clutch,  for  double  dog  magnetic  clutch  arc  lamps. 

91.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  COMBINED  SPECIAL 

CLUTCH  AND  OPERATING  MEANS,  MAGNETIC 
CLUTCH  AND  BRAKE,  EXPANDING  CORE.  Com- 
bined special  clutch  and  operating  means  arc  lamps  of  the 
magnetic  clutch  and  brake  type  wherein  clutch  blocks  form 
parts  of  a  split  tube  or  the  like,  located  usually  within  a  mag- 
net, and  which  act  as  the  core  of  the  ma-met,  the  movement 
of  the  several  parts  of  the  tube  core  under  the  ma.Tnetic  in- 
fluence operating  to  clutch  the  electrode  or  electrode  holder. 

92.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  AUTOMATIC  SWITCH. 

Arc  lamps  except  as  classified  under  the  specific  type  of  feed 
mechanism  which  contain  an  automatic  switch,  for  whatever 
purpose  used,  which  is  operated  by  an  excessive  movement  of 
some  part  of  the  feed  or  starting  mechanism  or  which  is  oper- 
ated repeatedly  during  the  burning  of  the  lamp.  Includes 
automatically  operated  cut-outs  and  rheostats,  as  above  lim- 
ited. Does  not  include  consumption  cut-outs. 


396 


DEFINITIONS  OF  CLASSES   AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

93.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  GEAR-BRAKE.    Arc 

lamps  wherein   the  feeding  mechanism  comprises  a  gear 
adapted  to  be  held  from  rotation  by  a  frictional  brake  or 
pressure  of  a  cam. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  CO,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Multiple  arc,  Gear  brake  and  detent;  02,  Arc,  Starting  and 
feeding,  Multiple  arc,  Arc  shifting  switch,  Gear  brake  and  de- 
tent; 69,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Inclined  and  rotary  elec- 
trodes, Gear  brake  and  detent;  and  72,  Arc,  Starting  and  feed- 
ing, Motor,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  analogous 
structure;  and  90,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Combined  special 
clutch  and  operating  means,  Magnetic  clutch  and  brake,  for 
magnetic  brakes. 

94.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  GEAR  BRAKE,  MUL- 

TIPLE-ARMATURE OPERATED.  Gear  brake  arc  lamps 
wherein  the  starting  and  feeding  is  accomplished  by  two  or 
more  separate  armatures,  each  moving  different  parts  of  the 
starting  or  feeding  mechanism  or  the  same  parts  in  a  different 
manner.  Does  not  include  those  lamps  wherein  the  armatures 
operate  to  move  the  same  parts  merely  in  opposite  directions 
nor  wherein  one  armature  merely  operates  a  switch.  Many  of 
the  patents  in  this  subclass  include  lamps  wherein  the  arc  is 
started  by  one  magnet  and  further  control  is  effected  by 
another. 
Search  Class — 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  97,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
(iear  detent,  Multiple  armature  operated,  for  analogous  in- 
ventions in  gear  detent  lamps. 

95.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  GEAR  BRAKE,  AU- 

TOMATIC SWITCH.  Gear  brake  arc  lamps  which  contain 
an  automatic  switch,  for  whatever  purpose  employed,  which 
is  operated  by  an  excessive  movement  of  some  part  of  the 
feed  or  starting  mechanism  or  which  is  operated  repeatedly 
during  the  burning  of  the  lamp.  Includes  automatically 
operated  cut-outs  and  rheostats,  as  above  limited.  Does  not 
include  consumption  cut-outs. 

96.  ARC,    STARTING    AND     FEEDING,    GEAR-DETENT. 

Arc  lamps  not  hereunder  subclassified  wherein  the  feeding 
mechanism  comprises  gearing  connected  with  an  electrode, 
which  is  prevented  from  rotation  by  the  insertion  of  a  detent 
into  the  path  of  a  moving  part  of  the  feed  mechanism.  In 
many  cases  the  detent  prevents  the  operation  of  an  escape- 
ment. 

Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  CO,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Multiple  arc,  Gear  brake  and  detent;  62,  Arc,  Starting  and 
feeding,  Multiple  arc,  Arc  shifting  switch,  Gear  brake  and 
detent,  and  G9,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Inclined  and  rotary 
electrodes,  Gear  brake  and  detent,  when  searching  this  sub- 
class; 72,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Motor,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

97.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  GEAR  DETENT, 

MULTIPLE-ARMATURE  OPERATED.  Gear  detent 
arc  lamps  wherein  the  starting  and  feeding  is  accomplished 
by  two  or  more  separate  armatures,  each  moving  different 
parts  of  the  starting  or  feeding  mechanism  or  the  same  part 
in  a  different  manner.  Does  not  include  those  lamps  wherein 
the  armatures  operate  to  move  the  same  parts  merely  in  oppo- 
site directions  nor  wherein  one  armature  merely  operates  a 
switch.  Many  of  the  patents  in  this  subclass  include  lamps 
wherein  the  arc  is  started  by  one  magnet  and  further  control 
is  effected  by  another. 
Search  Class — 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  94,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Gear  brake,  Multiple  armature  operated,  for  analogous  inven- 
tions in  gear  brake  lamps. 

98.  ARC,  STARTING    AND    FEEDING,  GEAR    DETENT, 

AUTOMATIC  SWITCH.  Gear  detent  arc  lamps  which 
contain  an  automatic  switch,  for  whatever  purpose  employed, 
which  is  operated  by  an  excessive  movement  of  some  part 
of  the  feed  or  starting  mechanism  or  which  is  operated  re- 
peatedly during  the  burning  of  the  lamp.  Includes  auto- 
matically operated  cut-outs  and  rheostats,  as  above  limited. 
Does  not  include  consumption  cut-outs. 

99.  ARC,     STARTING     AND     FEEDING,     ELECTROMAG- 

NETIC FEED.  Miscellaneous  arc  lamps  wherein  the  feed 
is  accomplished  by  electromagnetic  action.  This  subclass  in- 
cludes patents  disclosing  specific  mechanical  means  for  feeding 
the  electrodes  and  differs  from  subclass  55,  Arc,  Starting  and 
feeding,  wherein  such  means  is  disclosed  conventionally. 
Many  patents  in  this  subclass  disclose  lamps  wherein  the 
electrode  holder  is  positively  connected  to  an  armature  or 
the  core  of  a  solenoid. 
Search  Class — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  05.  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder; 
72,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Motor,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 77,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Positive  feed  clutch,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder;  80,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder;  93,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding.  Gear  brake, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  90,  Arc,  Starting  and 
feeding,  Gear  detent,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

100.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    ELECTROMAG- 

NETIC FEED,  FLUID  TRANSMISSION.  Electromag- 
netic feed  are  lamps  wherein  the  movement  of  the  electrodes 
is  accomplished  through  the  agency  of  a  fluid. 


CLASS  176-Continued. 

Search  Class — 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  70,  Arc,  Starting  and  feed- 
ing, Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  Consumption  feed, 
102,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Consumption  feed;  and  108,  Arc, 
Starting  and  feeding,  Dampers  and  dash  pots,  for  analogous 
structure. 

101.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    ELECTROMAG- 

NETIC FEED,  AUTOMATIC  SWITCH.  Electromag- 
netic feed  arc  lamps  which  contain  an  automatic  switch,  for 
whatever  purpose  employed,  which  is  operated  by  an  excessive 
movement  of  some  part  of  the  feed  or  starting  mechanism  or 
which  is  operated  repeatedly  during  the  burning  of  the  lamp. 
Includes  automatically  operated  cut-outs  and  rheostats,  as 
above  limited.  Does  not  include  consumption  cut-outs. 

102.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    CONSUMPTION 

FEED.  Arc  lamps  wherein  the  feed  is  accomplished  by  the 
consumption  of  the  electrodes  or  by  the  destruction  of  obstruc- 
tions to  the  motion  of  the  electrodes  by  the  heat  of  the  arc. 
The  feed  may  be  accomplished  by  the  melting  of  an  obstruc- 
tion to  feed,  or  by  consumption  of  the  end  of  the  electrode,  or 
by  loss  in  weight  of  the  electrode.  Where  the  electrode  is  di- 
rectly connected  to  a  magnetic  core  the  movement  of  which 
effects  the  feeding,  the  patent  is  placed  in  Electromagnetic 
feed,  although  loss  in  weight  may  effect  the  feeding. 
Search  Class— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  70,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  Consumption  feed,  for  con- 
sumption feed  inclined  and  rotary  electrode  arc  lamps;  and  71, 
Arc,  Starting  and  fooding,  Thermal,  for  feed  accomplished 
by  heat  but  not  falling  within  the  definition  of  this  subclass. 

103.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  MANUAL.    Arc  lamps 

wherein  the  starting  or  feeding  is  accomplished  by  hand.    In- 
cludes means  for  manually  operating  or  locking  the  feeding 
mechanism. 
Search  Classes — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  the  motor  subclasses  under  Arc,  for 
analogous  structure. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  Arc  system  sub- 
classes, for  similar  electrode  feeding  structure. 

104.  ARC,   STARTING  AND   FEEDING,   SPECIAL  START- 

ERS.   Arc  lamps  provided  with  means  for  starting  the  arc 
other  than  merely  by  the  separation  of  the  burning  electrodes. 
Search  Class— 

176  -ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  04,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Flaming  and  luminous  arc,  for  such  means  applied  to  flaming 
arc  lamps;  and  05,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  inclined  and 
rotary  electrodes,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  "strikers" 
in  inclined  and  rotary  electrode  lamps. 

105.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  CLUTCHES.   Clutches 

for  starting  or  feeding  arc  lamps.    The  clutch  operating  mech- 
anism is  conventional. 
Search  Classes — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  80,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  and  appro- 
priate subclasses  thereunder. 

74— ^MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclasses  53,  Intermittent-grip  de- 
vices; 54,  Intermittent-grip  devices,  Ratchet,  and  55,  Inter- 
mittent-grip devices,  Strap  and  dog  or  ball,  for  rod  clutches 
capable  of  an  intermittent  grip  action  and  of  general  applica- 
tion. 

100.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  CLUTCHES,  DOUBLE 
DOG.  Clutches  for  starting  or  feeding  are  lamps  which 
comprise  two  or  more  dogs  or  blocks  pivoted  or  swinging  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  engage  the  electrodfe  or  electrode  holder. 
Includes  multiple  clutching  cams.  The  clutch  operating: 
mechanism  is  conventional. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  83,  Arc,  Starting  and  feed- 
ing, Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  Double 
dog;  84,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Combined  special  clutch 
and  operating  means,  Double  dog,  Magnetic  clutch,  and  85, 
Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Combined  special  clutch  and  oper- 
ating means,  Double  dog,  Automatic  switch. 

107.  ARC,  STARTING  AND  FEEDING,  CLUTCHES,  PIVOT 

DOG.    Clutches  for  starting  or  feeding  arc  lamps  comprising 
a  single  pivoted  dog.    The  clutch  operating  mechanism  is 
conventional. 
Search  Class— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  80,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Combined  special  clutch  and  operating  means,  Pivot  dog, 
and  87,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Combined  special  clutch 
and  operating  means,  Pivot  dog,  Automatic  switch;  and  105, 
Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Clutches,  for  clutches  compris- 
ing a  pivoted  block,  which  is  made  to  grip  the  electrodes  by 
moving  its  pivotal  point. 

108.  ARC,    STARTING    AND    FEEDING,    DAMPERS    AND 

DASH-POTS.  Devices  for  impeding  motion  in  the  starting 
or  feed  mechanism  for  arc  lamps.  Includes  devices  in  the 
nature  of  brakes  to  prevent  abrupt  feed  of  the  electrodes. 
Does  not  include  dash  pots  which  are  parts  of  electromagnets 
or  solenoids. 
Search  Class — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  53,  Arc,  Alternating-current,' 
93,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Gear  brake,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder;  96,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Gear  detent,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  114,  Arc,  Magnets,  armatures, 
and  magnet  supports;  90,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Combined 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


397 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

special  clutch  and  operating  means,  Magnetic  clutch  and 
brake,  for  magnetic  brakes;  100,  Arc,  Starting  and  f(*ding, 
Electromagnetic  feed,  Fluid  transmission,  for  similar  struc- 
ture. 

109.  ARC,  STATIONARY  ELECTRODE.    Arc  lamps,  except 

liquid  electrode  arc  lamps,  wherein  the  electrodes  have  no 
relative  movement.  Includes  electric  candles  and  their 
holders. 

Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  65,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
for  arc  lamps  in  which  the  electrodes  remain  stationary  during 
normal  operation  but  wherein  the  arc  is  started  by  a  separation 
of  the  main  electrodes. 

110.  ARC,  AUTOMATIC  SWITCHES.    Miscellaneous  automatic 

switches  peculiar  to  arc  lamps. 

Note. — Includes  automatically  operated  cut-outs  and  rheostats,  as 
above  limited.  Does  not  include  automatic  switches  operated 
by  an  excessive  movement  of  the  electrode  feeding  mechanism 
nor  automatic  switches  designed  to  operate  repeatedly  during 
the  burning  of  the  lamp;  nor  automatic  switches  in  liquid 
electrode  arc  lamps;  nor  automatic  switches  in  arc  lamps  where 
the  same  is  positively  included  in  the  definition  of  some  sub- 
class under  55,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding;  nor  Automatic 
switches  disclosed  in  patents  classified  in  subclass  04,  Arc, 
Starting  and  feeding,  Flaming  and  luminous  arc. 

Search  Class — 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  automatic  switches  of  general  application. 

111.  ARC,  AUTOMATIC  SWITCHES,  CONSUMPTION  CUT- 

OUTS.   Cut-outs  for  arc  lamps  which  operate  when  an  elec- 
trode is  consumed  to  a  certain  extent,  except  such  as  are 
operated  directly  by  heat. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  55,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
and  103,  Arc  Starting  and  feeding,  Manual,  for  devices  for 
cutting  out  lamps  by  breaking  the  arc;  112,  Arc,  Automatic 
switches,  Thermal  switches  and  cut-outs,  for  cut-outs  oper- 
ated directly  by  heat. 

112.  ARC,  AUTOMATIC  SWITCHES,  THERMAL  SWITCHES 

AND  CUT-OUTS.  Switches  and  cut-outs  for  arc  lamps 
operated  directly  by  heat. 

Note.— Automatic  switches  closing  a  circuit  operating  the  feed 
mechanism  are  placed  in  subclass  71,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Thermal,  or  a  superior  subclass,  and  cross-referenced  into  this 
subclass. 

113.  ARC,  INCLOSED  ARC.    Devices  for  inclosing  the  arc  in  arc 

lamps  to  hinder  access  of  the  atmosphere. 
Search  Classes — 
176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  57,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 

Concentric  feed  mounting,  Inclosed  arc,  for  arc  inclosures  in 

concentric  feed  mounted  lamps. 
240— ILLUMINATION,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  arc  lamp  globes 

and  protectors. 

114.  ARC,  MAGNETS,  ARMATURES,  AND  MAGNET-SUP- 

PORTS.   Special   magnets,    armatures,    and   supports    for 
magnets  particularly  adapted  for  use  in  arc  lamps,  except 
liquid  electrode  arc  lamps. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  53,  Arc,  Alternating-current, 
for  magnets  especially  designed  for  alternating  current. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  21,  Elec- 
tromagnets, for  electromagnets  of  general  application. 

115.  ARC,   CASES    AND    FRAMES.     In   addition    to   holding, 

inclosing,  and  supporting  means  for  mechanism  of  arc  lamps, 
conductors  and  accessories  of  the  lamp  frame  not  hereunder 
subclassifled,  except  liquid  electrode  arc  lamps. 
Search  Classes— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  51,  Arc,  Side  reflector  typo, 
116,  Arc,  Cases  and  frames,  Resistances  and  manual  switches, 
and  117,  Arc,  Cases  and  frames,  Arc  confining,  reflecting,  for 
frame  and  casing  construction;  113,  Arc,  Inclosed  arc,  for  sup- 
ports for  arc  inclosing  glotws;  114,  Arc,  Magnets,  armatures, 
and  magnet  supports,  and  110,  Arc,  Cases  and  frames,  Re- 
sistances and  manual  switches,  for  ventilating  cases  and  mech- 
anism. 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  111,  Shade,  reflector,  or  globe 
supports,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  globe  supporting 
frames,  and  91,  Light  supports,  Harps  for  lamp-supporting 
frames. 

116.  ARC,  CASES  AND  FRAMES,  RESISTANCES  AND  MAN- 

UAL SWITCHES.    Resistances  and  rheostats  in  arc  lamps 
and  manual  switches  in  arc  lamps. 
Search  Classes— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  appropriate  sub- 
classes, for  rheostats  of  general  application. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  52,  Light  supports,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  switches  in  arc  lamp  head  boards. 

117.  ARC,   CASES   AND   FRAMES,   ARC  CONFINING.   RE- 

FLECTING.   Means  for  confining  the  arc  in  arc  lamps, 
"economizers,"  and  reflectors,  except  such  as  are  classified  in 
class  240,  ILLUMINATION. 
Search  Class— 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  15,  Arc  and  incandescent,  for 
means  for  confining  the  arc;  and  102,  Arc,  Starting  and  feed- 
ing, Consumption  feed,  for  analogous  structure. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

118.  ARC,  MAGNETIC  INFLUENCE  AND  DEFLECTION  OF 

ARC.  Means  for  subjecting  the  arc  in  arc  lamps  to  the  in- 
fluence of  a  magnetic  field.  Includes  means  for  deflecting  the 
arc  by  other  forces  than  magnetic. 

119.  ARC,  ELECTRODE  HOLDERS.    Means  for  holding  the 

electrodes  and  forming  electrical  contact  therewith  in  arc 
lamps,  except  liquid  electrode  arc  lamps. 
Search  Classes— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  113,  Arc,  Inclosed  arc,  for  elec- 
trode holders  combined  with  arc  inclosing  globe  supports. 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  for  similarly  con- 
structed electrode  holders. 

248— SUPPORTS,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  similar  supports  of 
general  application. 

120.  ARC,  ELECTRODE  HOLDERS,  MOVABLE  CONTACT. 

Movable  electrode  holders  provided  with  means  for  forming 
sliding  or  rolling  electrical  contact  with  some  fixed  portion  of 
the  lamp. 

121.  ARC,  ELECTRODE  STRUCTURE.    Structure  of  the  con- 

ductors in  arc  lamps  between  which  the  arc  passes.    Includes 
electrodes  supplied  with  wicks  or  other  means  for  furnishing 
a  hydrocarbon  to  the  arc. 
Search  Class 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  50,  Arc,  Liquid  electrode, 
Solid  electrode  structure  and  seals,  for  solid  electrodes  for 
liquid  electrode  arc  lamps;  52,  Arc,  Flaming  and  luminous 
arc,  and  64,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding,  Flaming  and  luminous 
arc,  for  flaming  arc  electrodes;  70,  Arc,  Starting  and  feeding, 
Inclined  and  rotary  electrodes,  Consumption  feed;  102,  Arc, 
Starting  and  feeding,  Consumption  feed,  and  109,  Arc,  Sta- 
tionary electrode. 

122.  GAS  AND  VAPOR.    Lamps  in  which  the  light  is  produced 

by  an  electric  discharge  through  a  gas  or  vapor,  the  phenome- 
non not  being  an  arc.  In  general  the  discharge  takes  place 
between  electrodes  through  a  gas  or  vapor  within  a  container. 

123.  GAS  AND  VAPOR,  LUMINOUS  ELECTRODE.     Gas  and 

vapor  lamps  containing  electrodes  or  conductive  material  and 
constructed  to  be  operated  under  such  conditions  that  the  ma- 
terial of  the  electrodes  becomes  luminous. 

124.  GAS    AND    VAPOR,    SPECIAL    CURRENT-SUPPLY. 

Means  in  combination  with  gas  and  vapor  electric  lamps  for 
supplying  energy  of  a  particular  character  thereto.  In  many 
cases  these  means  are  current  interrupters  or  devices  for  pro- 
ducing electrical  oscillations.  Does  not  include  conventional 
means  for  producing  direct,  alternating,  or  pulsating  current. 
Search  Class— 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  281,  Transmis- 
sion of  power,  Frequency  changers,  for  interrupters  per  se. 

125.  GAS  AND  VAPOR,   GAS  AND  VAPOR   ADMITTING. 

Gas  and  vapor  lamps  provided  with  means  for  admitting  gas 
or  vapor  to  the  interior  thereof  or  for  withdrawing  gas  or 
vapor  therefrom. 
Search  Classes— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  2,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Exhaustion  and  gas  charging,  for  gas  charging  and  exhausting 
limited  to  this  class. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  314,  Spe- 
cial ray  apparatus,  Tubes,  for  similar  means  applied  to  X-ray 
apparatus. 

126.  GAS  AND  VAPOR,  ELECTRODES,  TERMINALS,  AND 

SEALS.    Terminals  of  the  metallic  circuit  in  gas  or  vapor 
lamps  and  means  for  sealing  the  same  to  the  bulb  or  tube 
container. 
Search  Classes— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  50,  Arc,  Liquid  electrode, 
Solid  electrode  structure  and  seals,  and  121,  Arc,  Electrode 
structure,  for  analogous  structure;  and  124,  Gas  and  vapor, 
Special  current  supply. 

175 — ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  314,  Spe- 
cial ray  apparatus,  Tubes,  for  analogous  structure  in  X-ray 
tubes. 

127.  FILAMENT  AND  GLOWER  COMPOSITIONS,  CARBON 

CONTAINING.  Incandescing  compositions  for  electric 
lamps  that  contain  carbon,  except  those  classified  below,  and 
methods  of  producing  the  same.  The  classification  of  filament 
and  glower  compositions  is  upon  the  presence  of  chemicals  in 
the  filaments  or  glowers  regardless  of  whether  they  enter  into 
chemical  combination  or  are  present  as  physical  mixtures. 
Search  Classes— 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  2,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Exhaustion  and  gas  charging,  for  processes  involving  the  heat- 
ing of  filaments  in  various  atmospheres  during  exhaustion; 
4,  Manufacture  and  repair,  Apparatus,  Filaments  and  glowers, 
for  apparatus  and  methods  of  forming  and  repairing  filaments; 
7,  Manufacture  and  repair,  Processes,  for  operations  upon  the 
filament  independent  of  its  composition. 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  8,  Molding  devices,  Filament  forming, 
and  54,  Processes,  Filament  forming,  for  methods  and  appa- 
ratus used  in  forming  filaments. 

23 — CHEMICALS,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  chemical  compo- 
sitions. 

128.  FILAMENT  AND  GLOWER  COMPOSITIONS,  CARBON 

AND  SALT.  Incandescing  compositions  ibr  electric  lamps 
that  contain  the  element  carbon  and  in  addition  a  chemical 
salt  or  salts  and  methods  of  producing  the  same. 


398 


DEFINITIONS  OP   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

129.  FILAMENT  AND  GLOWER  COMPOSITIONS,  CARBON 

AND  OXID.  Incandescing  compositions  for  electric  lamps 
that  contain  carbon  and  in  addition  an  oxid  or  oxids  and 
methods  of  producing  the  same. 

130.  FILAMENT  AND  GLOWER  COMPOSITIONS,  CARBON 

AND  METAL.  Incandescing  compositions  for  electric  lamps 
that  contain  carbon  and  a  metal  or  metals  and  methods  of 
producing  the  same  unless  the  metal  is  in  the  form  of  an  oxid 
or  salt.  This  subclass,  however,  includes  carbids  of  metals. 

131.  FILAMENT    AND    GLOWER    COMPOSITIONS,    NON- 

CARBON.  Incandescing  compositions  for  electric  lamps, 
except  as  hereunder  subclassified,  that  do  not  contain  carbon 
and  methods  of  producing  the  same.  Many  of  these  are  com- 
positions for  pyroelectric  lamp  glowers. 

Note. — These  compositions  are  similar  to  many  found  in  class  67, 
ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  99,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  Mantle  compositions. 

132.  FILAMENT    AND    GLOWER    COMPOSITIONS,    NON- 

CARBON,  METALS  AND  ALLOYS.    Incandescing  com- 
positions for  electric  lamps  composed  entirely  of  a  metal  or  a 
mixture  or  an  alloy  of  metals. 
Search  Class— 
75 — METALLURGY,  subclass  1,  Alloys,  for  alloys. 

133.  ELECTRODE    COMPOSITIONS,    CARBON-CONTAIN- 

ING. Electrode  compositions  for  electric  lamps,  that  contain 
carbon  and  methods  of  producing  the  same.  The  classifica- 
tion of  electrode  compositions  is  upon  the  presence  of  chemicals 
in  the  electrodes  regardless  of  whether  they  enter  into  chemical 
combination  or  are  present  as  physical  mixtures. 


CLASS  176— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

176— ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclasses  5,  Manufacture  and  repair, 
Apparatus,  Electrodes,  for  apparatus  and  methods  of  forming 
electrodes;  and  7,  Manufacture  and  repair,  Processes,  for  opera- 
tions upon  the  electrodes  independent  of  their  composition. 

23— CHEMICALS,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  chemical  composi- 
tions. 

171— ELECTRICITY,  GENERATION,  subclass  210,  Magneto-electric, 
Brushes  and  holders,  for  dynamo  electric  machine  brushes. 

202— CHARCOAL  AND  COKE,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  car- 
bonization for  production  of  fuel. 

204— ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclass  50,  Batteries,  Cathodes,  for 
carbon  compositions  capable  of  use  as  cathodes,  although  of 
more  general  application. 

219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  75,  Resist- 
ance elements,  Carbon,  for  similar  compositions  for  resistance 
elements. 

134.  ELECTRODE  COMPOSITIONS,  CARBON   AND   OXID 

OR  SALT.  Electrodes  for  electric  lamps  that  contain  carbon 
and  in  addition  an  oxid  or  oxids  or  that  contain  carbon  and  in 
addition  a  chemical  salt  or  salts,  and  methods  of  producing  the 
same. 

135.  ELECTRODE  COMPOSITIONS,  CARBON  AND  METAL. 

Electrodes  for  electric  lamps  that  contain  carbon  and  a  metal 
or  metals  and  methods  of  producing  the  same,  unless  the  metal 
exists  in  the  form  of  an  oxid  or  salt.  This  subclass,  however, 
includes  carbids  of  metals. 

136.  ELECTRODE    COMPOSITIONS,   NON-CARBON.    Elec- 

trode compositions  for  electric  lamps  that  do  not  contain  the 
element  carbon  and  methods  of  forming  the  same.  Includes 
many  flaming  or  luminous  arc  electrode  compositions. 


CLASS  179.— TELEPHONY. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  is  limited  to  instruments  and  their  combinations  effect- 
ing transmission  of  spoken  or  other  sounds  by  moans  of  electricity 
or  electricity  and  other  radiant  energy. 

Mechanical  telephones  transmitting  speech  through  the  mechan- 
ical or  molecular  vibrations  of  stretched  wires  are  classified  in  class 
181,  ACOUSTICS,  subclass  29,  Mechanical  telephones. 

Subclasses. 

1.  SYSTEMS.    Combinations  of  devices  for  effecting  the  transmis- 

sion of  speech.  Broadly,  this  subclass  includes  a  plurality  of 
telephone  instruments  hi  circuit,  but  in  its  more  restricted 
meaning  includes  transmitting  and  receiving  instruments  at 
subscribers'  or  central  stations  for  signaling  or  talking  and 
their  connections.  No  distinction  is  made  here  between  cir- 
cuits and  systems,  all  being  grouped  under  Systems.  This 
subclass  is  miscellaneous,  including  all  types  of  systems  not 
otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  SYSTEMS,  COMPOSITE.    Telephone  systems  combined  with 

other  electrical  systems,  as  clock,  power,  fire,  burglar,  police, 
or  telegraph;  also,  systems  of  superposed  currents,  as  the 
superposition  of  telephone  on  telegraph,  or  light,  alternating, 
and  phase  currents. 
Search  Class — 
178— TELEGRAPHY,  subclass  300,  Superposed  current. 

3.  SYSTEMS,     COMPOSITE,     TELEGRAPHY.    Systems    in 

which  the  circuits  between  stations  are  used  for  the  transmis- 
sion of  either  telephone  or  telegraph  messages,  either  sepa- 
rately or  simultaneously,  the  majority  of  patents  classified 
here  being  for  superposed  currents,  telephoning  and  telegraph- 
ing being  simultaneous.  This  subclass  also  includes  combi- 
nation devices  used  in  telegraphy  and  telephony,  as  tele- 
graphic sounders  and  telephone  transmitters  or  receivers 
structurally  united. 

4.  SYSTEMS,    COMPOSITE,    TELEGRAPHY,    METALLIC 

CIRCUIT.  Combined  telegraph  and  telephone  circuits  and 
systems  in  which  the  transmission  is  over  a  metallic  circuit, 
usually  in  telephoning. 

5.  SYSTEMS,  COMPOSITE,  FIRE  OR  POLICE.    Combined 

systems  in  which  fire,  burglar,  or  police  calls  or  alarms  are 
sent  over  the  telephone  circuits  separately  or  simultane- 
ously. This  subclass  would  therefore  include  telephone  calls 
in  which  a  specific  signal  is  recorded. 

6.  SYSTEMS      COMBINED    TELEPHONE    AND     PHONO- 

GRAPH. Systems  involving  the  use  of  a  phonograph  in 
connection  with  telephone  systems,  except  such  as  are  classi- 
fied in  class  181,  ACOUSTICS,  subclass  1,  Telegraphophones.  It 
includes  inventions  in  which  the  use  of  the  phonograph  is 
incidental,  in  which  the  record  is  made  simultaneously  with 
the  transmission  of  speech  between  stations  and  the  record  is 
made  at  either  station,  or  inventions  in  which  sound-waves 
from  a  phonograph  record  are  reproduced  on  a  telephone  line 
to  repeat  messages  sent  or  to  announce  facts,  as  that  "the  line 
is  busy,"  "will  return  at  — ,"  "call  again."  etc. 
Search  Class — 
181 — ACOUSTICS,  subclass  1,  Telegraphophones. 

7.  SYSTEMS.  REGISTER.    Systems  involving  devices  for  count- 

ing or  charging  telephone  calls  or  connections  which  are  so 
intimately  associated  and  claimed  in  combination  with  tele- 
phone systems,  telephones,  telephone  switches  and  calls,  etc., 
as  to  be  inseparable  therefrom  as  independent  machines.  The 
miscellaneous  class  includes  substation  instruments  manually 
operated  at  the  substation  by  the  subscriber.  All  others  will 
be  found  in  the  special  subclasses  hereinafter  mentioned.  All 
recording  or  time-registering  instruments  per  se  are  excluded 
and  will* be  found  in  classes  indicated  below. 
Search  Classes — 

161— TIME-CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass  19.  Timing 
mechanism,  Telephone-service,  for  devices  measuring  the  time 
the  telephone  is  used  as  a  basis  of  the  charge. 

234 — RECORDERS,  appropriate  subclasses,  especially  subclass 
33.5,  Telephone,  for  devices  in  which  a  record  is  made  or 
printed. 

235— REGISTERS,  for  registers  per  se. 

8.  SYSTEMS,  REGISTER,  CENTRAL.    Systems  having  a  reg- 

ister or  counter  installed  at  a  central  office  instead  of  at  the 
subscriber's  instrument  or  substation.  This  particular  sub- 
class mostly  includes  registers  operated  or  set  manually, 
either  by  the  central  operator  or  by  the  subscriber,  through 
the  use  of  a  key,  push-button,  or  rod,  etc. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

9.  SYSTEMS,   REGISTER,  CENTRAL,   AUTOMATIC.'  Sys- 

tems installing  a  register  at  a  central  station  and  actuated  by 
the  usual  motions  in  calling  or  connecting.  No  other  or  extra 
motions  are  required,  and  the  system  is  automatic  to  that 
extent  only.  In  this  subclass  the  subscriber's  removal  or 
replacement  of  the  receiver  or  transmitter  or  calling,  ringing 
on,  etc.,  finally  sets  the  register  in  the  subscriber's  line. 

10.  SYSTEMS,  REGISTER,  CENTRAL.  AUTOMATIC,  CEN- 

TRAL CONTROL.  Centrally-installed  registers  actuated  at 
central  by  the  usual  motions  made  by  the  operator  at  central 
in  connecting  or  calling. 

Note.— See  note  to  subclass  12,  Systems,  Register,  Automatic, 
Central  control. 

11.  SYSTEMS,    REGISTER,    AUTOMATIC,    The    substation 

registers  of  these  systems  are  located  at  the  substations  and  are 
automatic  to  the  extent  that  no  further  motions  are  required 
than  those  usually  made  in  calling  and  connecting,  as  in  re- 
moving or  replacing  the  receiver,  placing  receiver  or  trans- 
mitter in  position  for  use  at  the  substation,  or  plugging  into 
the  spring-jacks  at  central.  It  does  not  include  manually 
operated  registers. 

12.  SYSTEMS,  REGISTER,  AUTOMATIC,  CENTRAL  CON- 

TROL. Automatic  substation  registers  which  are  finally 
actuated  or  set  by  the  operator  at  central  in  making  the  usual 
movements  for  connections. 

Note.— Though  many  devices  classified  under  Central  control 
are  only  operated  through  the  cooperation  of  subscriber  and 
operator,  the  line  of  classification  is  here  drawn  that  the  devices 
in  this  subclass  shall  be  finally  set  or  actuated  through  the 
usual  motions  of  the  operator  at  central  in  making  connections. 
No  extra  manual  motions  are  made. 

13.  SYSTEMS,  REGISTER,  CENTRAL  CONTROL.    Substa- 

tion instruments  which  are  finally  actuated  and  the  count 
made  through  a  manual  operation  performed  at  central. 
Note. — The  note  to  subclass  12,  Systems,  Automatic,  Central  con- 
trol, applies  here,  except  that  additional  motions  by  central 
operator,  as  in  operating  a  key,  are  required  besides  the  usual 
motions  in  uniting  the  circuits  of  subscribers. 

14.  SYSTEMS,  REGISTER,  KEY  AND  LOCK.    Substation  de- 

vices actuated  by  a  special  key  manipulated  by  the  subscriber. 
It  includes  means  to  inform  central  of  the  setting  of  the 
register. 

Note. — The  special  keys  are  hi  most  cases  adapted  to  be  carried  by 
the  subscribers  and  used  when  they  desire  to  telephone.  The 
key  is  not  in  any  sense  of  the  nature  of  telegraph-keys  or 
circuit-closers. 

15.  SYSTEMS,  MULTIPLEX.    Systems  providing  for  the  simul- 

taneous transmission  of  more  than  one  message  over  the  same 
circuit  without  interference  and  includes  systems  of  duplex, 
multiple,  and  tuned  or  harmonic  transmission.  The  circuits 
referred  to  may  include  phantom  circuits— that  is,  those  in 
which  the  line  forms  a  part  of  the  circuit  between  subscribers. 

16.  SYSTEMS,   AUTOMATIC.    Systems   hi   which  connections 

between  subscribers  are  mechanically  made  at  a  central  sta- 
tion, and  in  this  subclass  and  all  its  subclasses,  except  Semi- 
automatic, without  the  aid  or  presence  of  an  operator  at  the 
central  office  or  exchange. 

17.  SYSTEMS,    AUTOMATIC,    POLYSTATION-LINES.    The 

systems  included  in  this  subclass  involve  all  those  provided 
with  a  plurality  of  stations  on  the  same  circuit,  forming  the 
so-called  "party-line,"  and  connected  to  an  automatically 
operated  central. 

18.  SYSTEMS,     AUTOMATIC.      PERCENTAGE.    Automatic 

systems  in  which  the  number  of  selectors,  switches,  or  auxil- 
iary apparatus  used  in  establishing  connections  at  central  is  a 
percentage  of  the  number  of  subscribers  and  equal  or  propor- 
tional to  the  maximum  number  of  simultaneous  calls. 
Note. — There  is  not  a  separate  switch  for  each  subscriber's  line. 

19.  SYSTEMS,  AUTOMATIC,  LOCK-OUT.    Automatic  systems 

provided  with  means  for  preventing  interference,  thus  secur- 
ing privacy  in  communication.  This  particular  subclass  of 
automatic  lock-out  systems  includes  those  establishing  con- 
nections by  rotary  devices. 

Note. — Selective  systems  for  signaling  only  are  not  included 
herein. 

Search  Class 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclasses  17,  Systems,  Automatic,  Polysta- 
tion-lines,  and  18,  Systems,  Automatic,  Percentage. 

20.  SYSTEMS,    AUTOMATIC,   LOCK-OUT,   CENTRAL   EN- 

ERGY. Such  lock-out  systems  as  use  energy  supplied  from 
a  central  point  cither  for  calling  or  for  talking  or  for  both, 
but  not  for  establishing  connections  or  operating  the  selectors 
or  connecting  devices  at  central.  Thes3  systems  utilizing  a 
common  battery  or  equivalent  are  not  limited  to  those  using 
such  centralized  energy  for  all  purposes. 

399 


400 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

21.  SYSTEMS,  AUTOMATIC.  LOCK-OUT,  COMBINED  RO- 

TARY AND  NON-ROTARY.  Automatic  systems  includ- 
ing means  to  prevent  interference  and  in  which  the  switching 
mechanism  at  central  secures  connections  by  rotary  and  non- 
rotary  means,  the  non-rotary  means  boing  such  as  produce 
longitudinal,  transverse,  or  radial  motions — that  is,  any  other 
than  strictly  rotary  means. 

22.  SYSTEMS,    AUTOMATIC,    LOCK-OUT,    NON-ROTARY. 

Automatic  lock-out  systems  establishing  connections  by  longi- 
tudinal, transverse,  vertical,  or  radial  motion,  etc.,  or  other 
than  rotary. 
Search  Class— 

173 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  21,  Systems,  Automatic,  Lock-out, 
Combined  rotary  and  non-rotary,  for  non-rotary  features  com- 
bined with  rotary  devices. 

23.  SYSTEMS,  AUTOMATIC,  CENTRAL  ENERGY.    Systems 

using  a  common  battery  or  equivalent  at  one  station,  usually 
the  central  station,  for  energizing  either  the  signaling  or  talk- 
ing circuits,  or  both,  doing  away  with  the  use  of  either  local 
batteries  or  magnetos.  K*  does  not  include  those  systems 
using  central  energy  for  making  of  connections  only,  nor  is  it 
limited  to  systems  using  central  energy  (common  battery  or 
equivalent)  for  all  purposes. 

24.  SYSTEMS,    AUTOMATIC,   COMBINED    ROTARY   AND 

NON-ROTARY.    Automatic  systems  in  which  connections 
are  automatically  made  by  devices  or  connectors  having  com- 
bined rotary  and  non-rotary  motions,  as  already  defined  under 
subclass  19,"  Systems,  Automatic,  Lock-out. 
Search  Class— 

173 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  21,  Systems,  Automatic,  Lock-out, 
Combined  rotary  and  non-rotary. 

25.  SYSTEMS,  AUTOMATIC,  NON-ROTARY.    Automatic  sys- 

tems establishing  connections  by  devices  having  essentially 
non-rotary  action  or  motions  in  which  a  line  terminal  or  con- 
nector moves  in  a  longitudinal,  transverse,  vertical,  or  radial 
direction  other  than  rotary. 
Search  Class — 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclasses  22,  Systems,  Automatic,  Lock-out, 
Non-rotary,  and  24,  Systems,  Automatic,  Combined  rotary 
and  non-rotary,  for  non-rotary  features  combined  with  rotary. 

26.  SYSTEMS,    AUTOMATIC,    AUXILIARY    AUTOMATIC 

EXCHANGE.  Systems  having  a  branch  exchange  through 
which  connections  are  made  automatically  by  the  operator  at 
a  distant  central  office  either  between  the  local  subscribers  con- 
nected to  such  subsidiary  branch  exchange  or  between  any  one 
of  them  and  a  subscriber  of  the  central  exchange.  Subscribers 
of  the  auxiliary  branch  can  connect  with  central  by  manipu- 
lating this  automatic  auxiliary. 

27.  SYSTEMS,    AUTOMATIC,    SEMI-AUTOMATIC.    Systems 

mainly  automatic,  but  necessitating  some  motion  by  a  central 
operator,  the  subscribers  being  unable  to  make  connection 
without  the  central  operator's  aid. 

27.5.  SYSTEMS,  AUTOMATIC,  SELECTIVE  SWITCHES. 
Switches  employed  hi  automatic  telephone  systems  at  a  cen- 
tral station  and  operated  under  the  control  of  the  subscriber 
for  selecting  trunk-lines  or  other  subscriber's  lines. 

28.  SYSTEMS,  POLYSTATION-LINES.    Systems  having  a  plu- 

rality of  substations  on  the  same  circuit,  forming  the  so-called 
"party-line."  Polystation  or  party  lines  are  distinguished 
from  house  or  intercommunicating  systems  in  that  the  latter 
are  provided  with  a  plurality  of  lines  or  circuits  through  each 
substation,  while  party-lines  of  the  polystation  type  connect 
all  subscribers  on  the  same  circuit. 

29.  SYSTEMS,   POLYSTATION-LINES,   PORTABLE   SETS. 

Devices  including  a  portable  telephone  or  station  set  adapted 
to  be  connected  to  a  circuit  at  fixed  points  or  at  any  point, 
usually  used  upon  railway-lines  or  for  emergencies,  as  in  fire 
and  police  service.  The  instrument  is  connected  by  means 
of  line-tappers  or  by  means  of  socket  and  plug  or  equivalent. 
Also  systems  involving  railway  cars  or  cabs  provided  with 
telephone  transmitters  and  receivers,  these  instruments  being 
a  portable  set  or  station  in  the  sense  that  the  car  and  the  tele- 
phone sat  are  movable,  having  no  fixed  position. 
Search  Class— 

1/3 — ELECTRICITY,  Conductors,  subclass  273,  Connectors, 
Line-tappers,  for  line-tappers. 

30.  SYSTEMS,   POLYSTATION-LINES,   LOCK-OUT.    Party- 

line  systems  haying_  means  to  secure  privacy  of  communica- 
tion by  preventing  interference  or  listening  in  on  the  talking- 
circuit. 

Note. — "Calls"  provided  with  lock-out  means  will  be  found  in 
this  group,  except  such  as  are  indicated  in  the  search  data 
below. 

Search  Classes— 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  19,  Systems,  Automatic,  Lock-out, 
and  the  subclasses  th3n?under,  and  subclasses  38,  Systems, 
House  or  intercommunicating,  Lock-out,  39,  Systems,  House 
or  intercommunicating,  Lock-out,  Central  energy;  85,  Sys- 
tems, Call,  Step-by-step;  86,  Systems,  Call,  Strength  and 


polarity,  and  87,  Systems,  Call,  Reed. 
177— ELE 


ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclasses  333,  Annunciator  systems, 
and  343,  Annunciator  systems,  Station  selective,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  means  for  securing  selective  signaling 
to  the  subscribers. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

31.  SYSTEMS,    POLYSTATION-LINES,    LOCK-OUT,    CEN- 

TRALIZED  ENERGY.  This  type  of  party-line  systems  is 
limited  to  those  using  common  battery  or  equivalent  for  sig- 
naling, for  talking,  or  both,  and  having  means  for  preventing 
interference  while  in  use. 

Note.— This  type  avoids  the  use  of  a  local  battery  at  the  substa- 
tion or  the  use  of  a  magneto  for  calling,  or  both. 

32.  SYSTEMS,    POLYSTATION-LINES,    LOCK-OUT,    CEN- 

TRALIZED ENERGY,  CENTRA L.  Party-lines  ener- 
gized by  centralized  energy  in  signaling  or  in  talking  connected 
to  a  central  office  or  exchange  and  having  means  for  securing 
non-interference  during  communication. 

33.  SYSTEMS,    POLYSTATION-LINES,    LOCK-OUT,    CEN- 

TRAL. Party-lines  connected  to  a  central  office  or 
exchange  and  provided  with  lock-out  means  for  preventing 
listening  in  or  interference  with  the  talking-circuit  while  in 
use. 

34.  SYSTEMS.       POLYSTATION-LINES,       CENTRALIZED 

ENERGY.  Party-lines  using  common  battery  or  equiva- 
lent either  for  signaling  or  for  talking,  or  both. 

35.  SYSTEMS,       POLYSTATION-LINES,       CENTRALIZED 

ENERGY,  CENTRAL.  Systems  in  which  party-lines 
are  connected  to  a  central  office  and  in  which  a  common  bat- 
tery or  equivalent  is  used  for  signaling,  talking,  or  both. 

36.  SYSTEMS,    POLYSTATION-LINES,    CENTRAL.    Party- 

lines,  as  defined  in  subclass  28,  Systems,  Polystation-lines, 
connected  to  a  central  office. 
Search  Class — 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  177,  Listening  and  ringing  keys, 
Polystation-lines,  for  listening  and  ringing  keys  forpolysta- 
tion-lines. 

37.  SYSTEMS,  HOUSE  OR  INTERCOMMUNICATING.    Inter- 

communicating systems  in  which  there  are  at  least  as  many 
wires  through  each  station  as  there  are  stations,  each  station 
being  equipped  with  means  for  connecting  at  will  with  any 
other  or  in  which  a  plurality  of  circuits  pass  through  each 
subscriber's  station,  there  being  enough  of  such  circuits  idle 
with  average  use  to  establish  connections. 

Note. — This  subclass  differs  from  polystation-lines  in  the  num- 
ber of  wires  between  stations, 'the polystation  or  party-line 
including  substations  in  series  or  bridged  across  a  single  cir- 
cuit, now  usually  metallic,  while  in  house  systems  there  are 
a  plurality  of  circuits  between  the  stations. 

38.  SYSTEMS,  HOUSE  OR  INTERCOMMUNICATING,  LOCK- 

OUT. Intercommunicating  systems  provided  with  means 
for  securing  privacy  or  secrecy  in  conversation,  thus  prevent- 
ing interference  or  listening  in  with  the  talking-circuit  during 
its  use,  whereby  the  other  substations  or  the  operators  are 
locked  out. 

39.  SYSTEMS,  HOUSE  OR  INTERCOMMUNICATING,  LOCK- 

OUT,  CENTRAL  ENERGY.  Intercommunicating  and 
lock-out  systems  energized  by  a  common  battery  or  equiva- 
lent in  signaling  or  talking  which  supersedes  the  use  of  hand- 
magnetos  or  local  batteries  at  substations  for  either  or  both 
purposes. 

40.  SYSTEMS,  HOUSE  OR  INTERCOMMUNICATING,  CEN- 

TRALIZED ENERGY.  House  systems  having  a  common 
battery  or  equivalent  for  signaling  or  for  talking  or  for  both 
purposes. 

41.  SYSTEMS,  DIVIDED  CENTRAL*  Systems  in  which  the 

subscriber's  lines  are  grouped  upon  separate  switchboards 
either  in  the  same  building  or  in  separate  offices  and  connected 
by  trunk  or  toll  lines  by  operators  at  the  central  office  or 
exchanges. 

42.  SYSTEMS,   DIVIDED   CENTRAL,    PRIVATE   BRANCH 

EXCHANGE.  Systems  in  which  a  private  exchange  is  pro- 
vided with  a  trunk  line  or  circuit  to  a  central  office  or  exchange. 
Usually  one  or  more  of  the  branch  subscribers  can  bo  con- 
nected to  the  main  office  directly,  while  others  can  only  be  con- 
nected through  the  aid  of  the  branch  operator. 
Search  Class— 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  26,  Systems,  Automatic,  Auxiliary 
automatic  exchange. 

43.  SYSTEMS,    DIVIDED    CENTRAL,    RECIPROCAL    SIG- 

NALING-TRUNKS. Divided -central  systems  provided 
with  "two-way"  trunk-circuits  between  the,  different  ex- 
changes or  boards  in  which  means  for  reciprocal  signaling  are 
provided,  so  that  either  exchange  or  operator  can  signal  the 
other  over  the  same  trunk-circuit  and  establish  connections 
between  subscribers. 
Search  Class— 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  42,  Systems,  Divided  central,  Pri- 
vate branch  exchange. 

44.  SYSTEMS,    DIVIDED   CENTRAL,   AUTOMATIC   RING- 

ING. Trunk-circuits  having  means  for  signaling  the  called 
subscriber  automatically  on  insertion  of  the  calling-plug  by 
the  incoming  trunk-line  operator  or  equivalent  motions  in 
ordinary  connections. 

45.  SYSTEMS,  DIVIDED  CENTRAL,  THROUGH-RINGING. 

Systems  having  means  by  which  the  answering  or  first  oper- 
ator at  the  central  station  rings  up  or  signals  the  called  sub- 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


401 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

scriber  when  the  operator  at  the  incoming  trunk  or  cUled 
subscriber's  board  inserts  the  calling  or  connecting  plug.  It 
also  includes  those  systems  in  which  the  latter  operator  can 
ring  through  or  back  and  call  up  the  calling  subscriber.  Each 
of  these  obviates  a  second  operator  signaling  a  subscriber. 
Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  44,  Systems,  Divided  central,  Auto- 
matic ringing. 

46.  SYSTEMS,  DIVIDED  CENTRAL,  THROUGH-RINGING, 

CENTRALIZED  ENERGY.  Systems  involving  through- 
ringing  in  which  one  or  both  exchanges  are  of  the  centralized- 
energy  type. 

47.  SYSTEMS,  DIVIDED  CENTRAL,  THROUGH-RINGING, 

MULTIPLE  SWITCHBOARD.  Systems  of  the  through- 
ringing  type  in  which  subscribers'  lines  at  either  exchange 
terminate  on  a  multiple  board— i.  e.,  having  spring-jacks  or 
terminals  on  each  section. 

48.  SYSTEMS    DIVIDED  CENTRAL,  MULTIPLE  SWITCH- 

BOARD. Divided-central  systems  in  which  subscribers' 
lines  terminate  in  multisection-boards  at  either  or  both  ex- 
changes (one  office  or  board  being  connected  to  the  other  by 
means  of  trunk  or  toll  lines),  multisection-boards  being  denned 
as  those  in  which  subscribers'  lines  have  a  terminal  or  spring- 
jack  at  each  section  or  division  of  the  switchboard. 

49.  SYSTEMS,  DIVIDED  CENTRAL,  MULTIPLE  SWITCH- 

BOARD, CENTRALIZED  ENERGY.  Divided-central 
systems  having  multiple  switchboards  for  the  subscribers' 
lines  at  either  exchange  and  either  or  both  of  which  are  of  the 
central-energy  type,  having  a  common  battery  or  equivalent 
for  either  signaling  or  talking,  or  both,  from  subscriber  to 
operator. 

50.  SYSTEMS,   DIVIDED  CENTRAL,  CENTRALIZED   EN- 

ERGY. Systems  of  the  divided-central  type  in  which  sub- 
scribers' circuits  terminating  at  either  central  office  are  ener- 
gized by  a  common  battery  or  equivalent  in  operating  the 
signal  at  central  or  in  talking,  or  both,  avoiding  the  use  of  a 
magneto  or  local  battery  at  the  subscribers'  stations  of  either 


51.  SYSTEMS,  CENTRAL.    Systems  involving  a  central  office 

and  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

52.  SYSTEMS,  CENTRAL,  MULTIPLE  ANSWERING-JACK. 

Systems  in  which  the  subscribers'  lines  are  provided  with  a 
plurality  of  answering-jacks,  each  of  which  is  located  upon  a 
different  switchboard  and  in  which  the  subscril>er  can  signal 
at  will  to  any  of  said  boards  at  which  the  called  subscribers' 
lines  connect. 

53.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD. 

Systems  in  which  the  subscribers'  lines  are  provided  with  a 
jack  or  branch  terminal  upon  each  section  of  the  switchboard. 

54.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

AUXILIARY.    Multiple-switchboard  systems  in  which  an 
auxiliary  board  or  section  is  provided  in  addition  to  the 
usual  sections  or  boards,  usually  to  relieve  excessive  pressure 
of  calls  on  any  section  or  board  during  busy  hours. 
Search  Class— 

179  TELEPHONY,  subclass  41,  Systems,  Divided  central,  for 
auxiliary  switchboards  used  in  divided-central  systems. 

55.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

CENTRALIZED  ENERGY.  Central  and  multiple-switch- 
board systems  avoiding  the  use  of  hand-magnetos  or  local 
batteries  at  the  substations  for  calling  or  talking  or  for  both 

Purposes  by  substituting  a  common  or  storage  battery  or 
ynamo  at  a  central  point. 

Note. — This  subclass  includes  not  only  centralized  energy  for  all 
purposes,  but  the  use  of  centralized  energy  for  calling  or  for 
talking.  The  point  at  which  the  common  battery  or  equiva- 
lent is  located  is  usually  the  central  office  or  exchange,  though 
the  energy  could  be  supplied  from  any  other  point. 

56.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,     MULTIPLE     SWITCHBOARD, 

CENTRALIZED  ENERGY,  LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL. 
Central  multiple-switchboard  systems  using  a  common  bat- 
tery or  equivalent  for  calling  or  talking  or  for  both  purposes, 
and  in  which  the  line-signal  is  restored  automatically  or  con- 
trolled by  central  in  responding  to  calls. 

Note. — See  definition  of  subclass  71,  Systems,  Central,  Central- 
ized energy,  Line-signal  control,  in  this  class. 

Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  71,  Systems,  Central,  Centralized 
energy,  Line-signal  control,  and  74,  Systems,  Central,  Line- 
signal  control. 

57.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

CENTRALIZED  ENERGY,  LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL, 
SPRING-JACK  CUT-OFF.  Central-energy  multiple- 
switchboard  systems  in  which  the  line-signal  is  controlled  by 
boing  cut  off  by  the  breaking  of  contacts  at  the  jack  on  insert- 
ing a  plug  therein. 

58.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE     SWITCHBOARD, 

CENTRALIZED  ENERGY,  LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL, 
RELAY  CUT-OFF.  Central-energy  multiple-switchboard 
systems  in  which  the  line-signal  is  cut  off  by  the  action  of  a 
relay  at  central  when  the  central  operator  responds  to  the 
call,  usually  by  the  insertion  of  the  answering-plug  in  the 
answering-jack. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

59.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

PLUG-TERMINAL.  Central  multiple-switchboard  systems 
in  which  the  subscribers'  lines  are  provided  with  a  plug- 
terminal  adapted  to  be  inserted  in  one  of  the  jacks  of  the 
called  subscriber. 

Note. — Central  systems  provided  with  plug-terminals  are  cross- 
referenced  into  this  subclass.  • 

Note.— All  systems  technically  known  as  "single-cord"  systems 
are  classified  herein. 

60.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL.    MULTIPLE     SWITCHBOARD, 

PLUG-TERMINAL,  LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL.  Cen- 
tral multiple-switchboard  systems  of  the  plug-terminal  type 
in  which  the  line-signal  is  automatically  restored  or  con- 
trolled by  the  operator  at  central  in  his  response  to  calls. 

Note.— Line-signal  control  has  the  same  significance  in  all  tele- 
phone systems.  See  note  to  subclass  74. 

Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  71,  Systems,  Central,  Centralized 
energy,  Line-signal  control,  and  74,  Systems,  Central,  Line- 
signal  control. 

61.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

PLUG  -  TERMINAL/  LINE  -  SIGNAL  CONTROL, 
SPRING-JACK  CUT-OFF.  Central  and  multiple-switch- 
board systems  of  this  type  in  which  the  line-signal  is  cut  off 
by  the  insertion  of  a  plug  in  the  spring-jack  by  the  breaking 
of  contacts  therein. 

62.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

PLUG-TERMINAL,  LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL,  SPE- 
CIAL TEST-PLUG.  Plug-terminal  multiple-switchboard 
systems  in  which  a  testing-plug  is  provided  in  addition  to 
the  usual  plug-terminal.  It  does  not  include  those  in  which 
the  plug-terminal  is  specially  constructed  for  the  purpose  of 
testing. 

63.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWTICHBOARD, 

SPECIAL  TEST-PLUG.  In  multiple-switchboard  systems 
of  this  type  a  separate  plug  is  used  to  determine  whether  or 
not  the  line  is  in  use  or  busy. 

Note. — In  the  old  classification  multiple-switchboard  test  in- 
volved means  for  determining  whether  a  line  was  in  use  or 
busy  and  had  no  relation  to  means  for  electrical  testing  other 
than  this,  and  the  use  of  "test"  in  test-plug  has  the  same  sig- 
nificance only. 

Note.— All  electrical  testing  devices  for  telephones  are  classifiable 
in  this  class,  subclass  175,  Testing  devices. 

Search  Class — 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  183,  Test- 
ing, for  electrical  testing  devices  of  general  application. 

64.  SYSTEMS.    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

SPECIAL  TEST-PLUG,  LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL. 
Central  multiple-switchboard  systems  using  a  special  plug 
for  the  busy  test  and  in  which  the  line-signal  is  restored, 
shunted,  or  otherwise  controlled  automatically  or  cut  off  by 
the  central  operator's  response  to  calls. 
Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  71,  Systems,  Central,  Centralized 
energy,  Line-signal  control,  and  74,  Systems,  Central,  Line- 
signal  control. 

65.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

SPECIAL  TEST-PLUG,  LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL, 
SPRING-JACK  CUT-OFF.  Central  multiple-switchboard 
systems  using  a  special  test-plug  in  which  the  line-signal  is 
cut  off  by  the  breaking  of  contacts  at  the  spring-jack  by  the 
insertion  of  a  plug  therein. 

66.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

SPECIAL  TEST-PLUG,  LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL, 
RELAY  CUT-OFF.  Central  multiple-switchboard  systems 
of  the  special  test-plug  type  in  which  the  line-signal  is  cut 
off  by  a  relay  when  central  responds  to  a  call. 

67.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE    SWITCHBOARD, 

LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL.  Multiple-switchboard  systems 
in  which  the  line-signal  is  controlled  automatically  by  the 
act  of  the  operator  hi  responding  to  calls  and  includes  those 
provided  with  drop  or  signal  restorers  and  line-signals  that 
are  shunted  or  cut  off  by  the  insertion  of  the  switch-plug  in 
the  jack. 
Search  Class — 

179  -TELEPHONY,  subclasses  71,  Systems,  Central,  Centralized 
energy,  Line-signal  control,  and  74,  Systems,  Central,  Line- 
signal  control. 

68.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE     SWITCHBOARD, 

LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL,  SPRING-JACK  CUT-OFF. 
Central  multiple -switch board  systems  in  which  the  line- 
signal  is  cut  off  by  breaking  of  contact  at  the  spring-jack  on 
the  insertion  of  a  plug  therein. 

69.  SYSTEMS,    CENTRAL,    MULTIPLE     SWITCHBOARD, 

LINE-sfGNAL  CONTROL,  RELAY  CUT-OFF.  Central 
multiple-switchboard  systems  in  which  the  line-signal  is  cut 
OH  by  a  relay  when  a  plug  is  inserted  in  the  jack  in  responding 
to  calls. 

70.  SYSTEMS,  CENTRAL,  CENTRALIZED  ENERGY.     Cen- 

tral systems  using  a  common  battery  or  equivalent,  super- 
.         seding  the  hand-magnetos  or  local  battery,  for  either  signaling, 
talking,  or  both. 


26674°— 12- 


-26 


402 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

71.  SYSTEMS,  CENTRAL,  CENTRALIZED  ENERGY,  LINE- 

SIGNAL  CONTROL.  Central  systems  employing  common 
battery  or  equivalent  for  signaling  or  talking,  or  both,  and 
in  which  the  line-signal  is  restored  or  controlled  automatically 
when  the  central  operator  responds  to  calls,  as  when  an  an- 
swering-plug  is  inserted  in  the-  jack.  It  includes  those  in 
which  a  line-signal  is  shunted  or  rendered  inoperative  and  in 
which  the  line-signal  may  be  that  of  the  calling  or  called  sub- 
scriber. 

Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  50,  Systems,  Central,  Multiple 
switchboard,  Centralized  energy.  Line-signal  control;  CO, 
Systems,  Central,  'Multiple  switchboard,  Plug-terminal, 
Line-signal  control;  64,  Systems,  Central,  Multiple  switch- 
board, Special  test-plug,  Line-signal  control,  and  67,  Systems, 
Central,  Multiple  switchboard,  Line-signal  control. 

72.  SYSTEMS,  CENTRAL,  CENTRALIZED  ENERGY,  LINE- 

SIGNAL  CONTROL,  SPRING-JACK  CUT-OFF.  Central- 
ized-energy  systems,  as  denned  above,  in  which  the  line- 
signal  at  central  is  cut  cut  by  the  separation  of  contacts  at  the 
spring-jack  by  the  insertion  of  a  plug  therein. 

73.  SYSTEMS,  CENTRAL,  CENTRALIZED  ENERGY,  LINE- 

SIGNAL  CONTROL,  RELAY  CUT-OFF.  Systems  of  this 
type,  as  defined  above,  in  which  the  line-signal  at  central  is 
cut  out  by  the  energizing  of  a  relay  when  central  responds  to 
a  call. 

74.  SYSTEMS,       CENTRAL,       LINE-SIGNAL     CONTROL. 

Central  systems  not  otherwise  classifiable  in  which  the  line- 
signal  is  restored  or  controlled  automatically  when  central 
responds  to  the  call,  as  by  inserting  the  answering-plug  in  the 
jack. 

Note. — The  line-signal  may  be  that  of  either  subscriber  which  is 
restored,  shunted,  cut  off,  or  otherwise  rendered  inoperative. 
Those  cutting  off  the  line-signal  are  classified  under  subclasses 
75,  Systems,  Central,  Line-signal  control,  Spring-jack  cut-off, 
and  76,  Systems,  Central,  Line-signal  control,  Relay  cut-off. 

Search  Class— 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclasses  56,  Systems,  Central,  Multiple 
switchboard,  Centralized  energy,  Line-signal  control;  60, 
Systems,  Central,  Multiple  switchboard,  Plug-terminal, 
Line-signal  control;  64,  Systems,  Central,  Multiple  switch- 
board, Special  test-plug.  Line-signal  control,  and  67,  Systems, 
Central,  Multiple  switchboard,  Line-signal  control. 

75.  SYSTEMS,     CENTRAL,     LINE  -  SIGNAL     CONTROL, 

SPRING-JACK  CUT-OFF.  Systems  in  which  the  line- 
signal  at  central  is  cut  OH  by  breaking  contacts  at  the  spring- 
jack  by  the  insertion  of  a  plug  therein  in  response  to  calls. 

76.  SYSTEMS,   CENTRAL,    LINE-SIGNAL  CONTROL,   RE- 

LAY CUT-OFF.  Central  systems  in  which  the  line-signal 
is  cut  out  by  the  action  of  a  relay  when  central  responds  to 
the  call. 

77.  SYSTEMS,  CENTRALIZED  ENERGY.    Systems  of  teleph- 

ony in  which  either  the  magnetos  or  local  batteries  at  sub- 
scribers' stations  are  omitted  and  the  energy  for  either  sig- 
naling or  talking,  or  both,  supplied  from  a  common  battery 
or  equivalent  located  at  one  point,  usually  at  the  central 
station. 

78.  SYSTEMS,  ANTI-INDUCTIVE.    Systems  in  which  circuits, 

wires,  condensers,  or  impedance-coils,  etc.,  are  arranged  to 
prevent  the  detrimental  ejects  occasioned  by  induction  from 
internal  or  external  causes.    It  includes  systems  of  balancing, 
transposing,  leak-branches,  and  loop-circuits  or  those  involv- 
ing use  of  condensers,  impedance-coils,  or  other  devices  to 
secure  the  same  results  or  for  producing  distortionless  circuits. 
Note. — This  subclass  includes  the  loaded  circuits  of  systems  not 
•   involving  a  central. 

The  instruments  per  se  or  other  devices  not  constituting  a 
combination  of  devices  or  a  system  are  classified  in  this  class, 
subclass  174,  Anti-induction  devices. 

For  substation  or  subscribers'  circuits  see  this  class,  sub- 
class 81,  Systems,  Substation-circuits. 
Search  Classes — 
179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  under  Systems,  Central;  Cystems, 

Poly  station-lines;  Systems,  Automatic. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  especially  subclass  81,  Con- 
ductors, Anti-inductive. 

79.  SYSTEMS,     ANTI-INDUCTIVE,      CONDENSER.      Anti- 

inductive  systems  in  which  a  condenser  is  used  to  prevent 
the  detrimental  ejects  of  induction. 

Note. — Distortionless  circuits  involving  condensers  are  also  classi- 
fiable herein. 

80.  SYSTEMS,    ANTI-INDUCTIVE,    IMPEDANCE.      Anti-in- 

ductive or  distortionless  systems  in  which  the  detrimental 
ejects  occasioned  by  induction  are  prevented  by  the  intro- 
duction of  impedance-coils  or  equivalent. 

81.  SYSTEMS,      SUBSTATION-CIRCUITS.      Systems   setting 

forth  features  of  local  circuits  at  the  substations,  including  the 
arrangement  of  devices  therein. 

Note. — If  the  claims  simply  relate  to  the  arrangement  of  instru- 
ments upon  a  backboard  or  in  a  box,  the  device  is  classified  in 
subclass  100,  Sots.  If  claims  for  telephones,  switches,  etc.. 
claim  the  connecting  circuits  or  wires,  the  device  is  classified 
under  Telephones,  Switches;  but  if  the  claims  go  further  and 
claim  the  instruments  in  those  circuits  the  invention  is  prop- 
erly classified  in  Systems  or  its  subclasses. 

Note. — For  anti-inductive  systems  see  in  this  class,  subclasses  78, 
Systems,  Anti-inductive,  and  174,  Anti-induction  devices, 
showing  substation  or  subscribers'  circuit  arrangements. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

82.  SYSTEMS,   SPACE.    Systems  wherein  the  transmission  of 

speech  is  effected  through  space,  either  by  induction,  by 
electrical  or  light  waves,  varying  the  resistance  of  a  receiver 
in  an  electrical  telephone-circuit  at  the  receiving  station. 
The  definition  is  broad  enough  to  include  the  transmission  of 
speech  by  induction  in  railway  telephony.  All  inventions 
claiming  the  wireless  transmission  of  speech  aro  classified  here- 
in, though  methods  and  apparatus  for  wave  transmission,  elec- 
trical distribution,  and  wireless  telegraphy  may  also  be 
claimed. 

83.  SYSTEMS,  SPACE,  RADIOPHONES.    The  transmission  of 

speech  through  space  by  means  of  rays  of  light,  the  varying 
intensity  of  which  produced  by  the  transmitter  acts  upon  a 
sensitive  cell  in  the  receiver-circuit. 

84.  SYSTEMS,  CALL.    That  type  of  systems  in vol via?  means  for 

signaling  between  subscribers  or  with  central  and  including 
the  receiver-hook  or  other  telephone  apparatus  specific  to 
telephony. 

Note. — The  subclass  has  been  narrowed  to  exclude  systems 
applicable  to  general  electrical  signaling,  which  have  been 
transferred  to  class  177,  ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclass  333, 
Annunciator  systems,  and  appropriate  subclasses  thereunder. 

Note. — For  calling  devices  in  which  the  telephone-magnet  is 
also  the  magnet  of  the  magneto  see  in  this  class,  subclass  118, 
Telephones,  Magnetic,  Magnets,  Combined  telephone  and  call. 

85.  SYSTEMS,  CALL,  STEP-BY-STEP.    Telephone-call  systems 

in  which  an  electromagnet  operated  by  successive  electric 
impulses  moves  a  ratchet  mechanism  step  by  step,  signaling 
the  desired  station,  which  signaling  may  be  selective. 
Note. — If  the  system  involves  means  for  preventing  interference 
or  to  "  lock  out "  other  subscribers  while  the  line  is  in  use,  such 
.  systems  are  classified  under  subclass  30,  Systems,  Polystation- 
lines,  Lock-out,  and  its  subclasses,  or  subclass  38,  Systems, 
House  or  intercommunicating,  Lock-out,  or  subclass  39, 
Systems,  House  or  intercommunicating,  Lock-out,  Central 
energy. 

86.  SYSTEMS,  CALL,  STRENGTH   AND    POLARITY.   Call 

systems  involving  the  use  of  different  strengths  or  determined 
directions  of  current,  or  both,  for  signaling  the  desired  sub- 
scril>er. 

Note. — Call  systems  including  lock-out  or  non-interfering  devices 
are  classiiied  in  subclass  30,  Systems,  Polystation-lirios,  Lock- 
out, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  in  subclasses  38, 
Systems,  House  or  intercommunicating,  Lock-out,  and  39, 
Systems,  House  or  intercommunicating,  Lock-out,  Central 
energy. 

87.  SYSTEMS,  CALL,  REED.    Call  systems  in  which  pendulums, 

reeds,  or  equivalent  are  used  in  signaling  the  desired  station. 
Note. — See  notes  to  subclasses  85  and  86  above. 

88.  SYSTEMS,  CALL,  AUTOMATIC.    Telephone-call  systems  in 

which  no  distinct  or  separate  acts  are  required  to  signal  other 
than  the  usual  removal  of  receiver  from  its  hook  or  pulling 
down  the  pivoted  support  to  position  for  use  or  equivalent. 

89.  SYSTEMS,   CALL,   RETURN.     Telephone-call   systems   in 

which  a  calling  subscriber  is  notified  of  the  fact  that  his  call 
has  been  sent,  appointments  made,  time  of  called  subscriber's 
return  signaled,  etc. 
Search  Classes— 
173— TELEPHONY,   subclass  6,  Systems,  Combined    telephone 

and  phonograph. 
178— TELEGRAPHY,  subclass  50,  Telegraphs,  Fire. 

90.  SYSTEMS,    CALL,    TRANSMITTERS.    Devices    used    in 

subclass  16,  Systems,  Automatic,  for  transmitting  the  signal- 
ing impulses  to  a  selector  or  switch  at  the  central  office.  It 
does  not  include  transmitters  used  in  other  systems. 
Note. — For  devices  including  transmitters  used  in  other  systems 
see  in  this  class,  subclasses  93,  Switchboards,  Substation,  and 
160,  Switches,  Hook,  Selective  line. 

91.  SWITCHBOARDS.    Apparatus  for  establishing  connections 

between  subscribers  specific  to  the  art  of  telephony  and  not 
adapted  to  more  general  application. 

Note. — Most  of  the  switchboards  in  telephony  are  of  the  spring- 
jack  type,  those  of  the  cross-strip  or  terminal  plate  or  socket 
type  being  classifiable  in  class  175,  ELECTRICITY.  GENERAL 
APPLICATIONS,  if  such  boards  do  not  include  other  elements 
otherwise  limiting  the  invention  to  telephony. 

Search  Class — 

175 — ELECTRICITY.  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  the  subclasses 
under  Switchboards. 

92.  SWITCHBOARDS,  DROP-RESTORERS.    Switchboards  in 

which  the  drop  is  automatically  restored  to  its  place  when  the 
operator  at  central  responds  to  the  call,  as  by  the  insertion  of  a 
plug  in  the  calling  subscriber's  jack.  They  are  either  mechan- 
ical or  magnetic.  The  operator  at  central  makes  no  other 
motions  than  those  required  to  insert  the  plug.  If  the  operator 
is  required  to  point  the  plug  up  through  the  drop  or  restore 
it  by  finger,  the  device  is  not  found  herein. 
Search  "Class — 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  56,  Systems,  Central,  Multiple 
switchboard,  Centralized  energy,  Line-signal  control;  60, 
Systems,  Central,  Multiple  switchboard,  Plug-terminal,  Line- 
signal  control;  64,  Systems,  Multiple  switchboard,  Special 
test-plug,  Line-signal  control;  67,  Systems,  Central,  Multiple 
switchboard,  Line-signal  control;  71,  Systems,  Central,  Cen- 
tralized energy,  Line-signal  control,  and  74,  Systems,  Central, 
Line-signal  control. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


403 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

93.  SWITCHBOARDS,     PLUG-SHIFTERS.    Switchboards    of 

this  type  involving  means  for  automatically  moving  the  plug 
in  the  jack  or  for  ejecting  it  therefrom  or  in  which  the  plug  is 
moved  by  hand  through  more  than  one  position  to  effect 
different  results. 

94.  SWITCHBOARDS,       LAMP  -  ANNUNCIATORS.    Switch- 

boards involving  illumination  at  the  subscriber's  annunciator 
upon  a  call  being  sent  by  him. 

95.  SWITCHBOARDS,     PLUG-SEATS,     SWITCHES,     AND 

TAKE-UPS.  Devices  involving  the  structure  of  the  plug- 
seats  or  seat-switches  and  those  relating  to  the  means  for 
returning  the  plug  to  its  seat,  as  by  the  use  of  weights  or 
equivalent. 

96.  SWITCHBOARDS,     SPRING  -  JACK.    Telephone  -  switch- 

boards at  which  the  subscribers'  lines  are  connected  to  ter- 
minals forming  a  socket  having  spring-con  tacts  opera  ted  by  the 
insertion  of  a  plug  therein.  This  subclass  also  includes  patents 
on  the  spring-jack  itself. 

Note. — Telephone  spring-jack  switchboards  are  usually  provided 
with  the  testing-ring. 

97.  SWITCHBOARDS,    SPRING-JACK,   STRIPS.    Devices  in 

which  spring-jacks  are  united  together  into  bands,  banks,  or 
strips  forming  a  separable  element. 

93.  SWITCHBOARDS,  WIRE  DISTRIBUTION.  Cable-racks, 
distributing  and  transfer  boards,  frames,  etc.,  to  facilitate  the 
accessibility  and  arrangement  of  the  wires  at  the  central  office 
and  those  involving  the  wiring  or  webbing  of  the  wires  in  the 
cables  or  without  at  the  connection  of  cable  and  board. 

99.  SWITCHBOARDS,  SUBSTATION.    Substation  devices  used 

by  a  subscriber  for  making  connections  with  a  desired  sub- 
scriber on  polystation-lines  and  in  house  or  automatic  systems. 
Search  Classes— 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  5,  Systems,  Composite,  Fire  or  police. 

178— TELEGRAPHY,  subclass  161,  Telegraphs,  Fire,  Variable 
signal,  Dial,  for  other  types  of  substation  switchboards. 

100.  SETS.    Combinations  of  instruments  at  a  station  mounted 

upon  the  backboard  or  in  a  telephone  box  or  cabinet,  usually 
termed  "wall  sets."  This  subclass  relates  particularly  to  the 
construction  of  the  box  or  cabinet  and  arrangement  of  devices 
therein  or  thereupon. 

Note. — Combinations  of  devices  in  local  circuits  are  classified  in 
this  class,  subclass  81,  Systems,  Substation-circuits. 

101.  TELEPHONES.    Instruments     transforming     the     sound- 

vibrations  of  speech  into  variable  electric  current  or  potential 
and  vice  versa.  It  is  mostly  composed  of  the  various  types  of 
receivers. 

Note. — For  other  than  electrical  features  see  class  181,  ACOUSTICS, 
subclass  29,  Mechanical  telephones. 

102.  TELEPHONES,  COMBINED  RECEIVER  AND  TRANS- 

MITTER. Devices  in  which  the  microphone  or  transmitter 
and  a  receiver  are  mounted  upon  the  same  handle  or  otherwise 
combined  into  a  single  instrument,  as  by  socketing  or  clamp- 
ing together.  This  subclass  is  miscellaneous,  including  the 
two  separable  devices  compactly  united  together  when  not  in 
use.  The  instruments  act  independently  and  are  usually 
detached  or  separated  from  each  other  when  in  use. 
Note. — For  one  instrument  uniting  the  features  of  receivers  and 
transmitters  see  this  class,  subclass  104,  Telephones,  Micro- 
magnetic. 

103.  TELEPHONES,  COMBINED  RECEIVER  AND  TRANS- 

MITTER, HAND.  Combination  devices  or  hand-phones 
uniting  on  one  handle  a  microphone  and  a  receiver  so  placed 
as  to  be  opposite  mouth  and  ear,  respectively,  when  held  in 
position  for  use,  the  handle  being  between  the  receiver  and 
transmitter. 

104.  TELEPHONES,  MICROMAGNETIC.    Includes  those  tele- 

phones in  which  the  vibration  of  the  diaphragm  effects  a 
variation  of  resistance  in  a  microphone  contact  arid  also  varies 
the  magnetic  induction,  as  in  the  usual  receiver  or  magneto- 
telephone,  so  that  the  current  is  due  to  their  combined  action. 

105.  TELEPHONES,  COMPOUND.    Telephones  in  which  one 

or  a  plurality  of  diaphragms  energizes  one  or  more  circuits  or  in 
which  several  circuits  are  united  to  a  transmitter  or  receiver, 
the  sound-waves  being  transmitted  or  received  through  one 
mouthpiece,  which  may  branch  into  several  passages  in  which 
are  placed  the  diaphragms.  This  subclass  also  includes  those 
devices  in  which  several  sets  of  microphones  are  energized  by 
the  same  or  different  diaphragms  and  in  which  each  set  is 
capable  of  use  on  different  circuits. 

106.  TELEPHONES,   CONDENSER.    Telephones   in  which   a 

condenser  is  inseparably  involved  in  the  structure  of  the  tele- 
phone itself,  but  not  as  a  mere  instrument  added  to  complete 
a  telephone  set. 
Search  Class— 

178— TELEGRAPHY  subclass  12,  Condensers,  for  condensers 
per  se. 

107.  TELEPHONES,      AUDIPIIONES.       Devices      especially 

adapted  to  aid  defective  hearing  involving  a  telephone,  usually 
by  means  of  a  stethoscopic  device  actuating  the  microphone  or 
equivalent. 

108.  TELEPHONES,    INTENSIFIERS.    Telephones   in   which 

greater  amplitude  of  vibration  is  mechanically  produced  by 
amplifying  means.  In  nearly  all  of  these  devices  such  effects 
are  secured  by  means  of  a  lever  having  arms  of  unequal  length. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

109.  TELEPHONES,  INTENSIFIERS,  HARMONIC  VIBRA- 

TORS. Devices  in  which  wires,  reeds,  springs,  or  a  plurality 
of  air  columns  or  other  resonators  reinforces  or  intensifies 
the  vibrations  of  the  fundamental  and  its  overtones. 

110.  TELEPHONES,  MOLECULAR.    Telephones  in  which  vi- 

brations are  produced  or  transmitted  through  the  interme- 
diate elongations,  contractions,  or  torsional  effects  in  magnetic 
material  set  up  by  intermolecular  action  therein,  produced 
either  by  a  varying  current  passing  through  such  material  or 
.  through  the  vibrations  of  the  diaphragm  communicated 
thereto.  It  does  not  include  those  telephones  in  which  the 
diaphragm  or  electrode  vibrates  through  molecular  vibrations 
as  distinct  from  mechanical  vibrations. 

111.  TELEPHONES,  ELECTROSTATIC.    Telephones  in  which 

the  variable  current  or  attractions  and  repulsions  of  the  dia- 
phragm are  produced  through  electrostatic  action  and  not  by 
electromagnetic  induction. 
Search  Class — 
173— TELEPHONY,  subclass  106,  Telephones,  Condenser. 

112.  TELEPHONES,  INDUCTION-COIL.    Telephones  including 

an  induction-coil  structurally  a  part  of  such  device  and  insep- 
arable therefrom  as  a  separate  instrument. 

113.  TELEPHONES,   NON-DIAPHRAGM.    Telephones  opera- 

tive without  a  diaphragm — i.  e.,  those  not  having  a  vibratory 
disk  or  plate. 

Note. — This  subclass  does  not  include  those  transmitters  pro- 
vided with  a  diaphragm-electrode,  such  devices  being  classi- 
fied in  subclasses  115,  Telephones,  Magnetic,  Diaphragm; 
116,  Telephones.  Magnetic,  Diaphragm,  Multiple;  124,  Trans- 
mitters. Granular,  Electrode;  132,  Transmitters,  Multiple 
electrode,  Multiple  diaphragm;  138,  Transmitters,  Dia- 
phragm; and  140,  Transmitters,  Electrode. 

114.  TELEPHONES,    MAGNETIC.    Receivers    in   general   use 

operating  through  electromagnetic  induction  between  a 
diaphragm  and  magnet.  These  telephones  may  also  be  used 
as  transmitters,  though  not  as  effectively. 

115.  TELEPHONES.    MAGNETIC,    DIAPHRAGM.    Magnetic 

telephones  which  relate  to  the  construction,  material,  and  sup- 
ports of  the  diaphragm — «'.  e.,  diaphragms  formed  of  spiral  and 
flat  coils,  strained,  magnetic,  attuned,  and  tubular  diaphragms, 
such  features  being  claimed  in  combination  with  sufficient 
elements  to  constitute  a  magnetic  telephone. 
Search  Class — 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  181,  Details,  Diaphragms,  for  dia- 
phragms per  se. 

116.  TELEPHONES, MAGNETIC,  DIAPHRAGM,  MULTIPLE. 

Magnetic  telephones  in  which  a  plurality  of  diaphragms  is 
used. 

Search  Class— 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclasses  123,  Transmitters.  Granular, 
Multiple  diaphragm;  132,  Transmitters,  Multiple  electrode, 
Multiple  diaphragm;  and  139,  Transmitters,  Diaphragm,  Mul- 
tiple, for  multiple-diaphragm  features. 

117.  TELEPHONES,  MAGNETIC,  MAGNETS.    Inventions  in 

magnetic  telephones  relating  to  the  structure  of  the  magnets. 
Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  116,  Telephones,  Magnetic,  Dia- 
phragm, Multiple. 

118.  TELEPHONES,    MAGNETIC,   MAGNETS,   COMBINED 

TELEPHONE  AND  CALL.  Inventions  relating  to  the 
structure  of  magnets  used  both  for  the  telephone  and  the  calling 
device,  eliminating  the  necessity  for  separate  magnets  for  each. 

119.  TELEPHONES,  MAGNETIC,  MAGNETS,  POLE-PIECES. 

Inventions  in  magnetic  telephones  relating  to  structure  of  the 
magnets  and  the  pole-pieces  thereof. 
Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  116,  Telephones,  Magnetic,  Dia- 
phragm, Multiple. 

120.  TELEPHONES,  MAGNETIC,  TUBULAR.    Magnetic  tele- 

phones in  which  tubular  magnets  are  used  other  than  solenoids 
or  electromagnets. 

121.  TRANSMITTERS.    Devices  used  to  transform  the  vibrations 

of  the  diaphragm  produced  by  sound-waves  into  electric  cur- 
rents with  the  exception  of  the  original  type  now  used  as  a 
receiver. 

Note.— Electric  telephones  are  classified  here  or  under  subclass 
138,  Transmitters,  Diaphragms,  or  subclass  140,  Transmitters, 
Electrode,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

122.  TRANSMITTERS,   GRANULAR.    Microphones  in  which 

minute  granules  are  used  between  the  electrodes,  usually  in 
the  form  of  powdered  curbon,  lampblack,  or  equivalent,  form- 
ing a  multiple-series  contact. 
Search  Class— 

179.  TELEPHONY,  subclass  190,  Details,  Resistance  elements,  for 
resistance  elements  per  se. 

123.  TRANSMITTERS,      GRANULAR,      MULTIPLE      DIA- 

PHRAGM.   Granular  transmitters  in  which  a  plurality  of 
diaphragms  is  used. 
Search  Class — 

179.  TELEPHONY,  subclasses  116,  Telephones,  Magnetic,  Dia- 
phragm, Multiple;  132,  Transmitters,  Multiple  electrode, 
Multiple  diaphragm,  and  139,  Transmitters,  Diaphragm, 
Multiple,  for  multiple-diaphragm  features. 


404 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  170— Continued. 

124.  TRANSMITTERS,  GRANULAR,  ELECTRODE.    Granu- 

lar transmitters  involving  characteristics  or  structure  of  the 
electrodes  of  the  microphone  and  their  relations  to  carbon 
granules,  as  material,  shape,  or  surface. 
Search  Classes — 
179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  190,  Details,  Resistance  elements, 

for  particular  material  used  as  electrodes. 
219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  63,  Resist- 
ance elements;  72,  Resistance  elements,   Granular,  and  76, 
Resistance  elements,  Composition. 

125.  TRANSMITTERS,     GRANULAR,     ELECTRODE,     EM- 

BEDDED. Granular  transmitters  in  which  an  electrode  is 
embedded  or  nearly  inclosed  in  the  granules. 

126.  TRANSMITTERS,       GRANULAR,        ELECTRODE, 

PLUNGER.  Granular  transmitters  in  which  an  electrode 
takes  the  form  of  a  plunger  penetrating  the  granules,  but  not 
to  the  extent  of  embedding  it  therein. 

127.  TRANSMITTERS,        GRANULAR,        ELECTRODE, 

POCKETS.  Granular  transmitters  in  which  the  grains  are 
held  in  pockets,  sockets,  or  between  partitions  formed  in  or 
about  the  electrodes,  but  does  not  include  those  containing 
but  one  pocket. 

128.  TRANSMITTERS,    GRANULAR,    ELECTRODE,    PRO- 

JECTIONS. Granular  transmitters  in  which  one  or  more 
electrodes  are  provided  with  projecting  points,  surfaces,  or  cor- 
rugations to  form  greater  contact-surface  with  the  granules. 

129.  TRANSMITTERS,  GRANULAR,  ELECTRODE,  ROTA- 

RY. Granular  transmitters  in  which  the  cell  or  electrode  is 
revqluble  for  the  purpose  of  shaking  up  the  granules  and  re- 
storing equilibrium  in  contact-surface,  primarily  to  prevent 
the  packing  of  the  granules. 

130.  TRANSMITTERS,  GRANULAR,  GRANULES  MAG- 

NETIC. Granular  transmitters  having  magnetic  granules— 
i.  e.,  formed  of  magnetic  material,  as  steel,  iron,  nickel,  cobalt, 
etc.,  or  coated  therewith. 

131.  TRANSMITTERS,    MULTIPLE     ELECTRODE.    Trans- 

mitters in  which  more  than  two  electrodes  are  used  in  the 
microphone  contact.    This  miscellaneous  subclass  includes  all 
elsctrodes  arranged  in  series. 
Search  Class- 
es. TELEPHONY,    subclass    122,    Transmitters,  Granular,   for 
microphones  having  powdered  or  pulverized  granules. 

132.  TRANSMITTERS,     MULTIPLE     ELECTRODE,     MUL- 

TIPLE   DIAPHRAGM.    Multiple  -  electrode    transmitters 
having  a  pluralty  of  diaphragms. 
Search  Class— 

179.  TELEPHONY,  subclasses  116,  Telephones,  Magnetic,  Dia- 
phragm, Multiple;  123,  Transmitters,  Granular,  Multiple 
diaphragm,  and  139,  Transmitters,  Diaphragm,  Multiple,  for 
multiple-diaphragm  features. 

133.  TRANSMITTERS,  MULTIPLE   ELECTRODE,   FLUID. 

Multiple-electrode  transmitters  in  which  one  of  the  resistance 
elements,  electrodes,  or  contact-surfaces  is  fluid,  in  most  cases 
a  liquid. 

134.  TRANSMITTERS,   MULTIPLE    ELECTRODE,    FLUID, 

JET.    Transmitters  in  which  a  jet  of  fluid  or  a  flame  is  used. 

135.  TRANSMITTERS,  MULTIPLE  ELECTRODE,  DIFFER- 

ENTIAL. Transmitters  having  a  pluralty  of  microphones, 
one  on  each  side  of  the  center  of  the  diaphragm  or  upon  the 
same  side,  the  vibrations  of  which  produce  differential,  alter- 
nating, or  intermittent  currents.  In  most  of  the  devices  of  this 
type  a  compound  primary  coil  of  an  induction-coil  is  used  or 
the  combined  currents  unite  to  form  the  primary,  beinj  ex- 
ternally in  multiple. 

136.  TRANSMITTERS,     MULTIPLE     ELECTRODE,     MUL- 

TIPLE SERIES  CONTACT.  Transmitters  in  which  the 
electrodes  are  arranged  in  both  series  and  parallel  or  multiple 
grouping  or  in  which  a  divided  current  flows  in  parallel  or 
multiple  branches  through  resistance  elements  in  series. 

137.  TRANSMITTERS,     MULTIPLE     ELECTRODE,     MUL- 

TIPLE CONTACT.  Transmitters  in  which  the  electrodes 
are  arranged  in  parallel  or  multiple  grouping. 

138.  TRANSMITTERS,  DIAPHRAGM.    Telephone-transmitters 

involving  construction,  structure,  and  material,  etc.,  of  the  dia- 
phragm or  its  support,  as  diaphraTm-elsctrode,  multiple,  spiral 
coil,  etc.,  such  features  being  claimed  in  combination  with 
sufficient  other  elements  to  constitute  a  transmitter.  Ex- 
cludes patents  of  the  granular  or  multiple-contact  type  and 
receivers. 
Search  Class— 

173— TELEPHONY,  subclass  145,  Transmitters,  Electrode,  Con- 
tact, Spring,  for  spring-mounted  electrode-diaphragms. 

139.  TRANSMITTERS,    DIAPHRAGM,    MULTIPLE.    Trans- 

mitters other  than  of  the  multiple-electrode  or  granular  type 
provided  with  a  plurality  of  diaphragms. 
Search  Class— 

179.  TELEPHONY,  subclasses  116,  Telephones,  Magnetic,  Dia- 
phragm, Multiple;  123,  Transmitters,  Granular,  Multiple  dia- 
phragm, and  132  Transmitters,  Multiple  electrode,  Multiple 
diaphragm,  for  multiple-diaphragm  features. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

140.  TRANSMITTERS,    ELECTRODE.    Electric    transmitters 

involving  structure,  material,  and  supports  of  the  electrodes. 

141.  TRANSMITTERS,  ELECTRODE,  CONTACT.    Transmit- 

ters involving  the  means  that  maintain  the  electrodes  in  con- 
tact or  support  them. 

142.  TRANSMITTERS,  ELECTRODE, CONTACT,  GRAVITY. 

Transmitters  in  which  the  contact  of  the  electrodes  is  main- 
tained by  gravity. 

143.  TRANSMITTERS,  ELECTRODE,  CONTACT,  GRAVITY, 

HINGED  OR  PIVOTED.  Gravity-contact  transmitters  in 
which  an  electrode  is  hinged  or  pivoted. 

144.  TRANSMITTERS,     ELECTRODE,     CONTACT,     MAG- 

NETIC.   Transmitters  in  which  one  or  both  of  the  electrodes 
are  supported  or  maintained  in  electrical  contact  through 
magnetic  action. 
Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  130,  Transmitters,  Granular,  Gran- 
ules magnetic. 

145.  TRANSMITTERS,  ELECTRODE,  CONTACT,  SPRING. 

Transmitters  in  which  the  electrodes  are  supported  in  contact 
by  means  of  some  form  of  spring  or  equivalent.  In  this  group 
have  also  been  placed  all  spider-supported  electrodes. 

146.  SUPPORTS.    Devices  for  supporting  the  transmitter  or  re- 

ceiver at  rest  or  in  position  far  use  and  specific  to  the  telephone 
art. 

Note. — Supports  adapted  to  more  general  use  and  not  inseparably 
interwoven  with  telephone  instruments  are  classified  in  class 
24S,  SUPPORTS,  appropriate  subclasses,  and  class  211,  STORE 
FURNITURE,  subclass  15,  Display-racks,  Adjustable-arm. 

Note.— For  arm-rests  see  class  120,  STATIONERY,  subclass  53,  Hand 
and  arm  rests. 

147.  SUPPORTS,  STANDS.     Devices  designed  to  be  placed  upon 

a  desk  or  table  and  includes  means  for  supporting  the  trans- 
mitter, recerVer,  or  both,  usually  involving  the  receiver-switch 
or  other  switches. 

148.  SUPPORTS,  VERTICAL  ADJUSTMENT.    Supports  that 

provide  for  vertical  adjustment  of  the  telephone  instruments 
or  sets. 

149.  SUPPORTS,  PIVOTED-ARM      Telephone-supports  having 

a  pivoted  arm  and  not  specifically  classifiable  below. 
Search  Class— 
248 — SUPPORTS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

150.  SUPPORTS,     PIVOTED-ARM,    EXTENSION.    Pivoted 

supporting  arms  provided  with  means  for  varying  the  length 
of  such  arms. 
Search  Class— 
248 — SUPPORTS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

151.  SUPPORTS,    PIVOTED-ARM,  SLID  ABLE     HOLDERS 

Pivoted  receiver-supporting  arms  in  which  the  receiver-holder 
is  slidable  upon  said  arm. 

152.  SUPPORTS,  PIVOTED-ARM,  TRANSMITTER.    Pivoted 

arms  or  supports  for  the  transmitter. 

153.  SUPPORTS,  HOLDER,  TRANSMITTER-SUPPORTED. 

Receiver-holders  mounted  upon  the  transmitter  or  its  arm. 

154.  SUPPORTS,  SUSPENSION.     Devices  for  hanging  a  tele- 

phone instrument  by  means  of  a  coW  or  equivalent. 
Search  Class — 

240 — ILLUMINATION  subclass  88,  Light  supports,  Cord- 
supported. 

155.  SUPPORTS,  SUSPENSION,  REELS.    Means  for  suspend- 

ing a  telephone  in  which  a  reel  is  used  for  winding  the  support- 
big  cord  or  wire,  usually  automatic  in  its  action. 
Search  Classes— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  71,  Light  supports,  Vertically 
adjustable,  Spring-drum. 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  98,  Reels,  Carriers, 
Spring-drum  article-holders,  and  107,  REELS,  Spring-drum 
type,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

248 — SUPPORTS,  subclass  9,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Spring. 

156.  SUPPORTS,  HEAD-GEAR.    Devices  applied  to  the  head  of 

a  person  for  holding  one  or  more  of  the  telephone  instruments 
in  position  for  use. 

157.  SUPPORTS,  BODY.    Devices  applied  to  the  body,  support- 

ing one  or  more  of  the  telephone  instruments  in  position  for  use. 

158.  SWITCHES.     This  subclass  of  telephone-switches  is  limited  to 

devices  that  close  or  open  one  of  the  telephone-circuits  and 
the  structure  of  which  is  inseparably  involved  in  that  of  an 
instrument  specific  to  telephony,  as  the  receiver  or  trans- 
mitter support,  or  relating  to  the  receiver  construction. 

Note. — For  switches  operated  by  supporting  devices  seejn  this 
class,  subclass  146,  Supports,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Note.— For  devices  adapted  to  connect  one  instrument  or  circuit 
with  one  of  several  others  at  will  see  in  this  class,  subclass  99, 
Switchboards,  Substation;  with  one  or  two  others,  subclass 
161,  Switches,  Hook,  Obstruction. 

159.  SWITCHES,  HOOK.    Telephone-switches  in  which  the  re- 

ceiver support  or  arm  forms  an  integral  part  and  which  are 
operated  by  removing  or  replacing  the  receiver  upon  the 
means  to  hold  it  thereon,  usually  some  form  of  hook. 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


405 


CLASS  179-Continued. 

160.  SWITCHES,     HOOK,     SELECTIVE     LINE.    Telephone- 

hook  switches  [pivoted  to  swing  to  right  or  left  and  connect 
the  telephone  to  "line  in"  or  "line  out"  to  statiorts  on  either 
side  or  to  private  or  calling  lines  and  analogous  devices  where 
the  same  function  is  performed  by  the  aid   of  additional 
switches. 
Search  Class— 
179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  99,  Switchboards,  Substation. 

161.  SWITCHES,    HOOK,     OBSTRUCTION.    Telephone-hook 

switches  in  which  an  obstacle  or  guard  is  placed  in  the  path  of 
removal  or  replacement  of  the  receiver-transmitter,  which  is 
forcibly  overcome  by  removal  or  restoration  of  the  instrument 
or  in  which  the  obstacle  must  be  moved  to  remove  or  restore 
the  instrument. 
Search  Class — 
194— CHECK-CONTROLLED    APPARATUS,    subclass    44,    Lock- 

I  releasing,  Gravity,  Reciprocating  released  part,  Telephones, 
for  such  devices  as  are  coin-controlled. 
.  SWITCHES,  HOOK,  OBSTRUCTION,  MOVABLE  JAW. 
Hook-switches  in  which  one  of  the  jaws  supporting  the  receiver 
is  movable  and  is  actuated  in  removing  or  replacing  the 
receiver. 

163.  SWITCHES,     HOOK,     HORIZONTAL     SLIDE,    nook- 

switches  in  which  the  removal  or  replacement  of  the  receiver 
upon  its  support  moves  the  supporting  arm  or  connected  slide 
horizontally  operating  the  switch. 

164.  SWITCHES,  HOOK,  GRAVITY-LEVER.    Hook-switches 

in  which  a  lever-arm  supports  the  receiver,  the  lever-arm  being 
held  down  by  the  weight  of  the  receiver  when  in  place  and 
retracted  by  a  spring  or  equivalent  means  when  it  is  removed. 
Search  Class — 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclasses  88,  Systems,  Call,  Automatic;  99, 
Switchboards,  Substation;  148,  Supports,  Vertical  adjust- 
ment; 150,  Supports,  Pivoted-arm,  Extension,  and  100, 
Switches,  Hook,  Selective  line. 

165.  SWITCHES,      HOOK,      VERTICAL      SLIDE.    Gravity 

switches  in  which  a  vertical  slide  is  held  down  by  the  receiver, 
but  retracted  when  the  receiver  is  removed.  _^ 

Search  Class — 
179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  99,  Switchboards,  Substation. 

166.  SWITCHES,  HOOK,  CONNECTORS.    Telephone-switches 

in  which  the  parts  forming  the  ring  or  end  of  the  receiver  com- 
plete a  circuit  with  the  support  or  parts  thereof  when  in  place 
and  break  the  circuit  when  removed. 

167.  SWITCHES,  RECEIVER.    Switches    forming    a    part    of, 

mounted  upon,  or  included  in  the  receiver  or  hand-phone. 
Search  Class— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  102,  Telephones,  Combined  receiver 
and  transmitter,  and  103,  Telephones,  Combined  receiver  and 
transmitter,  Hand. 

168.  SWITCHES,  MOBILE.    Telephone-switches  in   which  the 

circuit  is  closed  by  a  freely  movable  particle  or  particles,  usu- 
ally liquid,  or  those  having  freely  moving  solids,  as  balls,  clos- 
ing or  opening  circuit  when  held  in  different  positions. 

169.  SWITCHES,     ROTARY    CONTACT.    Telephone-switches 

having  revoluble  contacts  or  in  which  contact  is  made  by 
rotary  motions. 

170.  REPEATERS.    Instruments    specific    to    telephone-circuits 

adapted  to  repeat  in  a  second  circuit  the  current  flowing  in 
another  and  in  either  direction.  Combinations  of  relays  form- 
ing repeaters  are  classified  in  this  class. 

171.  RELAYS.    Instruments    specific    to    telephone-circuits    for 

repeating  in  a  second  circuit  the  current  flowing  in  another, 
but  acting  in  one  direction  only. 

Note. — Most  of  the  devices  classifiable  in  170,  Repeaters,  and  171, 
Relays,  include  microphone  contacts;  but  they  also  include 
induction-coil  instruments,  "howlers,"  and  other  current- 
varying  devices  structurally  adapted  to  telephone  service. 

172.  INDUCTION-COILS.    Induction-coils  inseparably  involved 

in  the  structure  of  telephone  instruments,  but  exclusive  of 
such  devices  as  include  induction-coils  involved  in  the  structure 
of  receivers  or  transmitters,  which  are  classified  in  subclass  112, 
Telephones,  Induction-coil. 
Search  Classes — 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  135,  Transmitters,  Multiple  elec- 
trode, Differential,  and  130,  Transmitters,  Multiple  electrode, 
Multiple  series  contact. 

171— ELECTRICITY,  GENERATION,  subclasses  of  Inductoriums, 
especially  subclass  124,  Inductoriums,  Transformers,  Station- 
ary, for  coils  per  se. 

173.  INDUCTION-COILS,  MULTIPLE.    Induction-coils  specific 

to  telephone  purposes  as  defined  and  having  a  number  of  pri- 
mary or  secondary  coils  in  series  or  multiple  circuit  with  its 
part's  or  with  one  another.     Either  the  primary  or  secondary 
may  be  a  single  coil,  the  other  coil  being  a  multiple  coil. 
Search  Class — 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  135,  Transmitters,  Multiple  electrode, 
Differential. 

174.  ANTI-INDUCTION  DEVICES.    Devices  and  arrangements 

for  preventing  the  detrimental  effects  occasioned  by  induction 
from  external  or  internal  causes. 

For  devices  of  this  class  in  subscribers'  circuits  see  in  this  class, 
subclass  81,  Systems,  Substation-circuits,  also  subclass  78, 
Systems,  Anti-inductive,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

175.  TESTING  DEVICES.    Devices   and   instruments   designed 

and  arranged  for  testing  telephone  circuits  and  instruments 
electrically  or  mechanically. 
Search  Class — 

175—  ELECTRICITY.  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  183,  Test- 
ing. 

176.  LISTENING  AND  RINGING  KEYS.    Instruments  per  se 

and  necessary  connections  by  which  the  central  operator  lis- 
tens in  or  calls  the  subscribers. 
Search  Classes — 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  44,  Systems,  Divided  central,  Auto- 
matic ringing;  61,  Systems,  Central,  Multiple  switchboard, 
Plug-terminal,  Line-signal  control,  Spring-jack  cut-off;  93, 
Switchboards,  Plug-shifters,  and  95,  Switchboards,  Plug-seats, 
switches,  and  take-ups. 

177 — ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclass  10,  CircuuVclosers,  for  spe- 
cific features  of  the  nature  indicated. 

177.  LISTENING   AND   RINGING   KEYS,   POLYSTATION- 

LINES.  Such  keys  as  are  used  on  polystation-lines  for  selec- 
tive calling. 

Note. — For  conventional  showing  of  these  devices  see  subclasses 
under  Polystation-lines 

178.  DETAILS.    Specific  parts  of  instruments  or  devices  used  in 

telephony  or  attachments  structurally  connected  thereto  and 
not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Note. — See  subclasses  below. 

179.  DETAILS,  CASING.    Special  structures  of  the  casings  of 

receivers  and  transmitters  or  the  telephone-box. 

180.  DETAILS,  DAMPERS.     Devices  that  damp  or  check  the 

vibrations  of  the  diaphragm  or  microphone  or  parts  thereof. 
Search  Class — 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  133,  Transmitters,  Multiple  elec- 
trode, Fluid;  144,  Transmitters,  Ebctrode,  Contact,  Mag- 
netic, and  145,  Transmitters,  Electrode,  Contact,  Spring,  for 
damping  devices. 

181.  DETAILS,  DIAPHRAGMS.    Structure,  form,  material,  or 

properties  of  diaphragms  as  a  separate  article  of  manufacture. 
Search  Classes — 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclasses  115,  Telephones,  Magnetic,  Dia- 
phragm, and  138,  Transmitters,  Diaphragm;  subclass  145. 
Transmitters,  Electrode,  Contact,  Spring,  for  spring  mounted 
or  supported  diaphragms. 

181 — ACOUSTICS,  subclasses  10,  Sound-boxes,  Graphophone,  and 
29,  Mechanical  telephones. 

182.  DETAILS,  EARPIECES.    Pads,  cushions,  caps,  plugs,  etc., 

used  to  prevent  extraneous  sound-waves  from  reaching  the 
ears,  also  ear-trumpets  or  receivers  to  fit   upon,  over,  or  in 
the  ears. 
Search  Classes— 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclasses  156,  Supports,  Head-gear,  and  187, 
Details,  Mouthpieces. 

181 — ACOUSTICS,  subclasses  20,  Speaking-tubes,  Combined 
mouth  and  ear  pieces;  23,  Auricles;  24,  Stethoscopes,  and  25, 
Ear-trumpets. ^ i  ^ 

183.  DETAILS,  HOODS.     Devices  for  inclosing  the  upper  part 

of  the  body  and  head  of  the  user,  operating  as  screens  for  ex- 
traneous sound,  securing  greater  privacy  in  communication. 

Note. — Such  devices  as  only  inclose  the  mouth  are  classified  in 
subclass  188,  Details,  Mouthpieces,  Voice-screens. 

Note.— Telephone  booths  are  in  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS, 
subclass  3.5,  Buildings,  Portable  houses,  Telephone-booths. 

184.  DETAILS,  PROTECTORS.    Means  for  preventing  injury  to 

the  parts  of  receivers  or  transmitters  and  their  connections 

and  hygienic  or  antiseptic  devices. 
Note. — For  one  diaphragm  serving  as  a  protector  to  others  see  in 

this  class,  subclasses  116,  Telephones,  Magnetic,  Diaphragm, 

Multiple;  123,  Transmitters,  Granular,  Multiple  diaphragm; 

132.  Transmitters,  Multiple  electrode,  Multiple  diaphragm, 

and  139,  Transmitters,  Diaphragm,  Multiple. 
For  protectors  having  locking  features  or  of  nature  c-f  locks  see  this 

class,  subclass  183,  Details,  Locks. 
All  protectors  from  electrical  currents,  as  lightning-arresters,  fuses, 

and  cut-outs,  are  classified  under  cliss  175,  ELECTRICITY, 

GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  30,  Lightning-arresters,  and 

the  subclasses  of  Cut-outs,  etc. 

185.  DETAILS,   PROTECTORS,   ANTISEPTIC.     Devices  de- 

sign^d  to  protect  the  telephone  instruments  against  the  re- 
ception or  imparting  of  disease  germs,  including  germicide  or 
sterilizing  devices  and  such  hygienic  or  sanitary  devices  as 
secure  cleanliness,  the  majority  of  patents  herein  being  for 
antiseptic  mouthpieces. 

186.  DETAILS,  PROTECTORS,  CONNECTIONS.    Devices  for 

preventing  injury  to  the  electrical  connections  or  binding- 
posts  of  telephone  instruments. 
Search  Class — 

173— ELECTRICITY.  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  269,  Connectors, 
Cord-terminals,  and  the  subclass  thereunder. 

187.  DETAILS,  MOUTHPIECES.    Devices  involving  the  struc- 

ture of  the  mouthpiece,  in  many  cases  separate  and  removable 
from  the  usual  one  and  auxiliary  thereto,  the  end  secured  by 
such  devices  being  in  general  the  reflection,  concentration,  or 
resonance  of  the  sound-vibrations. 
Search  Classes —  , 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  182,  Details,  Earpieces;  subclass  185, 
Details,  Protectors,  Antiseptic,  for  antiseptic  mouthpieces. 


406 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

181 — ACOUSTICS,  subclasses  20,  Speaking-tubes,  Combined  mouth 
and  ear  pieces;  21,  Speaking-tubes,  Mouthpieces;  23,  Auricles; 
25,  Ear-trumpets,  and  27,  Megaphones. 

188.  DETAILS,     MOUTHPIECES,     VOICE-SCREENS.      The 

structure  of  mouthpieces  adapted  to  shield  or  conceal  the  voice 
of  the  user  and  prevent  outsiders  overhearing  conversation 
thus  securing  privacy.    Most  of  these  devices  fit  over  the  lips, 
enmasking  a  portion  of  the  face. 
Search  Classes — 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  183,  Details,  Hoods,  for  devices  cover- 
ing more  than  a  portion  of  the  face. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  3.5,  Buildings,  Portable 
houses,  Telephone-booths. 

189.  DETAILS,  LOCKS.    Devices  for  locking  the  receiver  or  its 

parts  or  the  magneto,  preventing  unauthorized  use  or  chang- 
ing the  relative  positions  of  parts. 


CLASS  179— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS  for  coin-controlled  locks, 
especially  subclasses  8,  Check  in  circuit,  Telephones;  16, 
Check-opera  ted  switch,  Telephones;  44,  Lock-releasing,  Grav- 
ity, Reciprocating  released  part,  Telephones,  and  45,  Lock- 
releasing,  Gravity,  Reset  turning  released  part. 

190.  DETAILS,  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS.    Resistances  spe- 
cific to  telephone  use,  those  of  the  microphone,  its  electrodes, 
and  granules. 
Search  Classes  - 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclasses  124,  Transmitters,  Granular,  Elec- 
trode; 131,  Transmitters,  Multiple  electrode,  and  140,  Trans- 
mitters, Electrode;  subclass  133,  Transmitters,  Multiple  elec- 
trode, Fluid,  where  such  elements  are  in  combination  with  the 
instruments  for  fluid  resistances. 

219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  63,  Resist- 
ance elements,  and  especially  76,  Resistance  elements,  Compo- 
sition. 


CLASS  181.— ACOUSTICS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  devices  for  recording  and  reproducing  sound; 
also,  devices  for  mechanically  transmitting,  for  amplifying,  and  for 
ascertaining  the  direction  of  sound. 

Note.— Sound-producing  instruments  may  be  found  in  classes  46, 
GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclasses  40,  Toys,  Sounding,  and  47,  Toys, 
Sounding,  Wheeled;  84,  Music;  and  lid,  SIGNALS.  Sound-deaden- 
ing devices  are  classified  in  accordance  with  their  application. 

Subclasses. 

0.5.  Miscellaneous.    Inventions  falling  within  the  definition  of  this 
class,  and  not  otherwise  provided  for. 

1.  TELEGRAPHOPHONES.    Graphophones  wherein  the  sound 

is  transmitted  to  or  from  the  diaphragm  through  some  part 
between  the  same  and  the  stylus,  as  a  wire,  a  tube  filled  with 
water,  etc. 

Note.— Inventions  wherein  a  record  is  made  upon  a  suitable  sub- 
stance or  surface  and  afterwards  reproduced,  the  sound  being 
transmitted  solely  through  such  devices,  are  classified  in  class 
181,  ACOUSTICS,  even  though  a  telephone  line  and  receiver  are 
employed;  patents  including  a  telephone-circuit  where  the 
sound  is  directly  transmitted  from  one  person  to  another  and 
simultaneously  a  record  is  made  upon  a  graphophone  in  a 
branch  circuit,  and  also  patents  for  a  telephone  system  wherein 
is  located  a  graphophone  for  the  purpose  of  announcing  some 
fact,  such  as  the  line  being  busy,  are  classified  in  class  179, 
TELEPHONY. 

2.  GRAPHOPHONES.    Sound  recording  and  reproducing  ma- 

chines where  the  record  is  a  groove  varying  in  depth,  except 
as  subclassified  in  subclasses  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8. 

3.  GRAMOPHONES.    Sound  recording  or  reproducing  machines 

in  which  the  record  is  an  undulatory  groove  of  even  depth. 

4.  GRAPHOPHONES,  MULTIPLE-RECORD.    Sound  record- 

ing and  reproducing  machines  wherein  are  placed  a  plurality 
of  tablets  any  one  of  which  may  1)3  brought  into  operative 
relation  to  the  recorder  or  reproducer. 

5.  GRAPHOPHONES,  DISK.    Graphophones  having  a  record 

upon  a  disk  instead  of  a  cylinder. 

6.  GRAPHOPHONES,  RECIPROCATINO-RECORD.    Graph- 

ophones in  which  the  tablet  reciprocates,  while  the  stylus  has 
no  lateral  movement. 

7.  GRAPHOPHONES,  SWINGING  REPRODUCER-ARM. 

Graphophones  whose  reproducer-arm  is  pivoted  at  its  rear  end 
and  swings  laterally  around  such  pivot  over  a  cylindrical 
record. 

Search  Class  — 

181— ACOUSTICS,  subclasses  3,  Gramophones,  and  5,  Grapho- 
phones, Disk. 

8.  GRAPHOPHONES,  TAPE.    Sound  recording  and  reproduc- 

ing machines  in  which  the  record  is  upon  a  tape  or  ribbon. 

9.  GRAPHOPHONES,   FEED   MECHANISM.    Mechanism  for 

moving  back  and  forth  the  sound-box  or  the  record  of  a  sound 
recording  and  reproducing  machine;  also,  mechanism  or  con- 
nections for  starting  and  stopping  the  machine. 
Note. — Coin-controlled  mechanisms   for  starting   and   stopping 
such  machines  are  classified  in  class  194,  COIN-CONTROLLED 

APPARATUS. 

Search  Class— 

181— ACOUSTICS,  subclasses  2,  Graphophones;  3.  Gramophones; 
5,  Graphophones,  Disk;  6,  Graphophones,  Reciprocating-rec- 
ord;  and  8,  Graphophones,  Tape. 

10.  SOUND-BOXES,   GRAPHOPHONE.    The  sound-box  of  a 

graphophone,  including  the  sound-box  per  se,  the  diaphragm, 

the  stylus,  and  any  connections  tetween  such  parts. 
Note.— For  the  construction  of  diaphragms  search  should  also  be 

made  in  subclass  28,  Mechanical  telephones,  in  this  class;  also, 

in  class  179,  TELEPHONY. 
Search  Class— 
181 —ACOUSTICS,  subclasses  2,  Graphophones;  5,  Graphophones, 

Disk;  6,  Graphophones,  Reciprocating-record. 

11.  SOUND-BOXES,    GRAMOPHONE.    The    sound-box   of   a 

gramophone  and  its  parts,  as  the  diaphragm,  stylus,  etc. 
Note.— The  peculiar  difference  between  the  sound-bo'x  of  a  gramo- 
phone and  that  of  a  graphophone  is  the  construction  whereby 


CLASS  181-Continued. 

the  stylus  of  a  gramophone  is  permitted  to  vibrate  laterally 
instead  of  vertically.    In  other  respects  the  sound-boxes  may 
be  similar. 
Search  Class — 
181— ACOUSTICS,  subclass  3,  Gramophones. 

12.  GRAPHOPHONES,  DETERMINING  DEVICES.    Devices 

for  determining  the  exact  position  of  the  recording  and  repro- 
ducing points  on  the  phonogram-cylinder. 

13.  GRAPHOPHONES,    MANDRELS.    Mandrels   or   supports 

upon  which  the  tablet  is  supported  while  in  the  machine. 

14.  GRAPHOPHONES,    TABLETS,    METHODS    AND    MA- 

CHINES FOR  MAKING.  The  title  sufficiently  defines  this 
subclass. 

15.  GRAPHOPHONES,      TABLETS,      TURNING      AND 

SMOOTHING.  Mechanism  for  turning  o3  the  surface  of  a 
graphophone-tablet,  either  in  its  manufacture  or  in  removing 
a  record;  also,  mechanism  for  smoothing  and  polishing  the 
surface  of  a  tablet. 

16.  GRAPHOPHONES,     TABLETS.     DUPLICATING      DE- 

VICES. Machines  or  methods  whereby  a  record  or  a  number 
of  records,  whether  of  a  graphophone  or  gramophone,  are 
produced  from  an  original  or  master  record. 

17.  GRAPHOPHONES,  TABLETS.    The  structure  and  material 

of  graphophone  tablets. 
Search  Class— 

106— PLASTIC  COMPOSITIONS,  subclass  1.5,  Sound  record,  for 
moldable  compositions  specially  adapted  for  use  in  sound- 
record  tablets. 

18.  SPEAKING-TUBES,  SYSTEMS.    Construction  of  speaking- 

tubes  with  then-  associated  parts;  also,  "speaking-tube  ex- 
changes;" also,  any  patents  on  speaking-tubes  not  classified 
elsewhere. 

19.  SPEAKING-TUBES,      ALARMS      AND      INDICATORS. 

Alarms  or  indicators  of  a  speaking-tube. 
Search  Class — 

181— ACOUSTICS,  subclasses  18,  Speaking-tubes,  Systems,  and 
21,  Speaking-tubes,  Mouthpieces. 

20.  SPEAKING-TUBES,  COMBINED  MOUTH  AND  EAR 

PIECES.    Mouthpieces  and  connected  earpieces. 

21.  SPEAKING-TUBES,    MOUTHPIECES.    Structure    of   the 

mouthpieces  of  speaking-tubes  and  the  combination  there- 
with of  accessory  parts,  as  alarms,  indicators,  etc. 
Search  Class — 
181— ACOUSTICS,  subclass  18,  Speaking-tubes,  Systems. 

22.  SPEAKING-TUBES,  TUBES.    The  construction  of  the  tubes 

per  se. 

Search  Class— 

181 — ACOUSTICS,  subclasses  18,  Speaking-tubes,  Systems,  and  20, 
Speaking-tubes,  Combined  mouth  and  ear  pieces. 

23.  AURICLES.    Devices  worn  in  the  ear  to  assist  defective  hear- 

ing. 

24.  STETHOSCOPES.    Devices  for  augmenting  and  conducting 

to  the  ear  sounds  generated  within  the  human  body. 

25.  EAR-TRUMPETS.    Trumpets,  tubes,  etc.,  for  aiding  defective 

hearing,  one  end  adapted  to  be  placed  in  the  ear,  the  device 
as  a  whole  being  held  in  place  by  the  hand. 

26.  SOUND-LOCATING  DEVICES.    Devices  for  ascertaining  the 

direction  from  which  a  sound  proceeds. 

27.  MEGAPHONES.    Speaking-trumpets  and   the   trumpets  or 

horns  employed  in  talking-machines. 
Search  Class — 
181— ACOUSTICS,  subclass  25,  Ear-trumpets. 

28.  DENTIPHONES.    Devices  to  be  held  between  the  teeth  for 

aiding  defective  hearing. 

29.  MECHANICAL   TELEPHONES.    Telephones  wherein   the 

sound  is  transmitted  by  the  vibrations  of  the  molecules  in  a 
wire  instead  of  by  electrical  means. 

30.  AUDITORIUM.    Devices  for  improving  the  acoustic  proper- 

ties of  halls  or  other  places. 

407 


CLASS  184.— LUBRICATION. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  is  not  intended  to  include  the  lubrication  generally 
of  machines  of  every  kind;  but  it  is  intended  to  include  those 
devices  employed  to  lubricate  bearing  parts  in  a  machine  where 
such  lubricating  device  forms  no  part  of  the  machine  structure. 

Where  the  lubricating  device  is  a  part  of  the  machine,  where  the 
structure  is  modified  to  admit  of  lubrication,  where  the  particular 
or  peculiar  operation  of  the  machine  governs  the  operation  of  the 
lubricating  device,  or,  in  other  words,  where  there  is  a  special 
combination  between  the  lubricating  device  and  the  machine  in 
connection  with  which  the  lubricating  device  is  used,  then  such 
device  is  classified  with  the  machine  to  which  it  belongs. 

In  this  definition  the  term  "machine"  includes  any  device  having 
bearing  parts. 

Exception:  Where  the  machine  is  operated  by  air,  steam,  or 
water  and  the  same  means  used  to  operate  the  lubricator,  then 
such  lubricator  belongs  to  this  class,  provided  the  structure  of  the 
machine  is  not  modified.  An  example  of  this  exception  is  subclass 
52,  .Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Fluid-operated,  Condensation  displace- 
ment. Choke-plugs. 

Note. — For  further  search  upon  this  line,  see  classes  64,  JOURNAL- 
BOXES,  PULLEYS,  AND  SHAFTING,  subclasses  24,  Journal-boxes, 
Lubricating;  28,  Journal-boxes,  Lubricating,  Coolers;  31,  Journal- 
boxes,  Lubricating,  Band-applying;  32,  Journal-boxes,  Lubricating, 
Centrifugal;  33,  Journal-boxes,  Lubricating,  Roller-applying;  34, 
Journal-boxes,  Lubricating,  Roller-applying,  Elastically-supported, 
and  46,  Journal-boxes,  Lubricating,  Materials  for  feeding  oil;  121, 
STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  115,  Lubricators;  also  the  particular  class 
in  which  the  machine  or  device  itself  belongs. 

Note. — Where  the  modification  of  a  journal-box  is  no  more  than 
a  hole  to  admit  a  lubricant  or  allow  it  to  escape  and  a  lubricating 
device  is  used  in  connection  with  such  a  journal-box,  the  device  will 
go  in  class  184,  LUBKICATION,  unless  there  is  a  particular  combination 
between  the  journal-box  and  the  lubricating  device. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Structures  not  otherwise  classifiable  used 

to  lubricate  rubbing  surfaces  and  embraced  under  this  class. 

2.  MINE-CAR    LUBRICATION.     Devices  specifically  intended 

and  arranged  to  lubricate  the  wheels  of  mine-cars  while  in 
operation. 

3.  TRACK    OR    WHEEL    LUBRICATION.    Devices  adapted 

for  use  on  a  car  to  oil  the  track  or  wheel-flange. 
Search  Classes — 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  101,  Lubricators,  Roller,  and  102, 
Lubricators,  Swab. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  63,  Irrigating  and  sprink- 
ling, Carts. 

4.  WINDMILL    LUBRICATION.    Devices  which  are  particu- 

larly adapted  for  use  on  a  windmill  to  lubrcate  the  bearings. 

5.  SLIDE-BEARING   LUBRICATION.    Devices  for  lubricating 

slide-bearings  where  the  lubricating  devices  are  practically 
part  of  the  bearings.    This  subclass  is  limited  to  the  lubri- 
cating of  the  bearing. 
Note. — Where  the  claims  are  broader  and  include  parts  of  the 

machine,  the  device  goes  to  the  machine  class. 
Search  Classes — 

90 — GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING. 
101 — PRINTING,  subclass  4,  Bed  and  cylinder  machines,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

6.  SYSTEMS.    The  combination  of  conveying-pipes  with  a  source 

of  lubricant-supply  and  arranged  to  lubricate  the  several 

bearings  of  a  machine  or  of  several  machines  from  a  common 

source  of  supply. 
Note. — In  connection  with  the  above  there  may  or  may  not  be 

an  arrangement  to  return  the  oil  not  used  to  the  source  of 

supply. 

Search  Class— 
158— LIQUID    AND    GASEOUS    FUEL    BURNERS,    subclass    30, 

Burners,    Liquid-fuel,    Fuel-feeding,    and    the    subclasses 

thereunder. 

7.  SYSTEMS,-    CONVEYING   DEVICES.    Devices  specifically 

intended  to  convey  lubricant  from  the  reservoir  to  the  bearing^ 
Note. — This  subclass  is  distinguished  from  subclasses  12,  Con- 
veyers, and  61,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Conveyers,  by  the 
fact  that  here  the  conveying  means  is  a  tube,  a  wire,  or  simi- 
lar device  and  the  lubricant  is  conveyed  through  or  along 
the  same. 

8.  SYSTEMS,      CONVEYING      DEVICES,      CONTINUOUS- 

TUBE.  As  indicated,  there  is  a  continuous  tube  from  the 
source  of  lubricant  to  the  bearing. 

9.  SYSTEMS,     CONVEYING     DEVICES,     SLIDING-TUBE. 

The  conveying  means  is  two  telescoping  tubes  which  slide. 
Usually  one  tube  is  fastened  to  a  moving  bearing,  while  the 
other  is  fastened  to  a  stationary  part. 


CLASS  184— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

137— WATER    DISTRIBUTION,   subclass  78,   Mains   and  pipes 
Systems. 

10.  SYSTEMS,   CONVEYING    DEVICES,    WIPERS.    A  tube 

or  some  collecting  device  is  secured  to  a  moving  bearing. 
This  tube  carries  a  member  which  at  some  point  in  its  move- 
ment wipes  a  drop  of  oil  from  the  outlet  of  the  reservoir  of  oil 
which  is  permanently  secured. 
Search  Class — 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclass  63,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Con- 
veyers, Bucket,  Rotary. 

11.  SYSTEMS,    SPLASH.    The  oil  is  splashed  by  some  moving 

part  of  the  machine  to  be  lubricated.  The  oil  collects  in 
receptacles  placed  so  as  to  feed  the  oil  so  collected  to  the 
bearings. 

Note.— This  subclass  is  distinguished  from  subclass  13,  Splash, 
in  this  class,  by  the  fact  that  there  are  means  to  catch  the 
lubricant  when  splashed  and  to  carry  it  to  a  bearing. 

12.  CONVEYERS.    Devices  for  conveying  the  lubricant  from  a 

reservoir  to  a  bearing.  They  are  more  complicated  than  those 
of  subclass  Gl,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Conveyers. 

13.  SPLASH.    Devices  in  which  a  moving  part  strikes  a  body  of 

lubricant  and  splashes  the  oil  about,  so  that  it  comes  in 
contact  with  parts  to  be  lubricated. 

14.  LUBRICATORS.    Primarily  receptacles  for  holding  lubricant 

having  an  outlet,  and  associated  with  this  receptacle  so  as 
practically  to  be  a  part  of  it,  is  some  arrangement  which  regu- 
lates and  causes  (either  one  or  both)  the  oil  to  be  delivered 
through  the  outlet.  These  devices  as  above  described  are 
complete  in  themselves  and  may  be  removed  as  an  entirety 
from  one  machine  and  placed  on  another. 
Search  Classes— 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS. 

210— WATER  PURIFICATION. 

221 — DISPENSING-CANS. 

15.  LUBRICATORS,    BELT,    CABLE,    OR    CHAIN    LUBRI- 

CATORS. Devices  intended  to  apply  lubricant  to  a  belt, 
cable,  or  chain  and  constructed  with  such  purpose  in  view. 

Note. — Devices  which  clean  and  lubricate  a  belt,  cable,  or  chain 
are  found  in  this  subclass. 

Note.— Devices  for  cleaning  chains  are  found  in  class  208,  VELOCI- 
PEDES, subclass  151,  Cleaner  attachments. 

10.  LUBRICATORS,  BELT,  CABLE,  OR  CHAIN  LUBRI- 
CATORS, SWAB-APPLIED.  Devices  for  applying  the 
lubricant  by  a  swab. 

17.  LUBRICATORS,    BELT,    CABLE,    OR    CHAIN    LUBRI- 

CATORS, ROLLER-APPLIED.  Devices  for  applying  the 
lubricant  by  roller. 

18.  LUBRICATORS,     CYLINDER-LUBRICATORS.     Devices 

designed  and  adapted  especially  for  lubricating  an  engine- 
cylinder. 

19.  LUBRICATORS,     CYLINDER-LUBRICATORS,    SWAB- 

APPLIED.  The  lubricant  is  applied  by  a  swab  usually  fas- 
tened to  the  piston-rod. 

20.  LUBRICATORS,      CYLINDER  -  LUBRICATORS,      RO- 

TARY-SWAB-APPLIED. Cylinder-lubricators  in  which 
the  lubricant  is  applied  by  a  rotary  swab. 

21.  LUBRICATORS,    ELEVATOR-GUIDE    LUBRICATORS. 

Devices  intended  to  be  placed  upon  an  elevator-car  and  in 
position  to  lubricate  the  slideways  of  the  same. 

22.  LUBRICATORS,    ELEVATOR-GUIDE    LUBRICATORS 

SWAB.    The  lubricant  is  applied  by  a  swab. 
Search  Class — 
184 — LUBRICATION,  subclass  102,  Lubricators,  Swab. 

23.  LUBRICATORS,    ELEVATOR-GUIDE    LUBRICATORS, 

ROTARY-BRUSH      OR      ROLLER.    The    lubricant    is 
applied  by  a  roller  or  a  rotating  brush. 
Search  Class— 
184 — LUBRICATION,  subclass  101,  Lubricators,  Roller. 

24.  LUBRICATORS,   PISTON-ROD   LUBRICATORS.     As  the 

name  indicates,  these  devices  are  adapted  to  lubricate  a  piston- 
rod. 

Search  Class — 

121 — STEAM-ENGINES,  subclass  107,  Packing  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

25.  LUBRICATORS,  PISTON-ROD  LUBRICATORS,  SWAB. 

Piston-rod  lubricators  in  which  the  lubricant  is  applied  by  a 
stationary  swab. 

409 


410 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  184— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

184 — LUBRICATION,  subclasses  Hi,  Lubricators,  Belt,  Cable,  or 
chain  lubricators,  Swab-applied;  22,  Lubricators,  Elevator- 
guide  lubricators,  Swab;  and  102,  Lubricators,  Swab. 

LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED.  In  this  type  the  lubricant 
in  the  reservoir  is  placed  under  pressure  by  some  means,  and 
thus  forced  to  its  destination. 
Search  Class— 
221— DISPENSING-CANS,  subclass  47,  Hand-oilers,  Forced-feed. 

26.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  PUMPS.    Apumpisused 

to  force  the  lubricant  from  the  container  to  its  destination. 
Note.— Similar  structures  are  to  be  found  in  class  103,  PUMPS. 
Search  Classes— 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclasses  154,  Liquid-meas- 
ures, Pumps,  and  155,  Liquid-measures,  Pumps,  Rotary. 
123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION   ENGINES,   subclass  139,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Oil-feeding,  Pumps. 

27.  LUBRICATORS,    FORCE-FEED,    PUMPS,    MECHANIC- 

ALLY-OPERATED. The  pump-piston  is  mechanically 
connected  to  some  source  of  power,  usually  a  moving  part  of 
the  machine  upon  which  the  lubricant-receptacle  is  mounted. 
Search  Classes — 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  71,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed, 
Automatic  cut-off,  Rotatable  valve,  Mechanically-operated, 
and  74,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed,  Automatic  cut-oil,  Verti- 
cally-reciprocating valve,  Mechanically-operated. 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclasses  154,  Liquid-measures, 
Pumps,  and  155  Liquid-measures,  Pumps,  Rotary. 

221— DISPENSING-CANS,  subclass  47,  Hand-oilers,  Forced-feed. 

28.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  PUMPS,  HAND-OPER- 

ATED.   The  pump-piston  is  operated  by  hand. 
Search  Class— 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclasses  154,  Liquid-measures, 
Pumps,  and  155,  Liquid-measures,  Pumps,  Rotary. 

29.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED    PUMPS,  FLUID-OPER- 

ATED.   The  piston  is  actuated  by  intermittent  application 
of  fluid  under  pressure  to  the  said  piston. 
Search  Class— 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  72,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed, 
Automatic  cut-off,  Rotatable-valve,  Fluid-pressure  operated, 
and  76,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed,  Automatic  cut-off,  Vertical- 
ly-reciprocating valve,  Fluid-pressure  operated. 

30.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  PUMPS,  PENDULUM- 

OPERATED.    The  piston  is  aatuated  by  means  of  a  pendu- 
lum which  is  vibrated  by  the  motion  of  the  machinery. 
Search  Class  - 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  73,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed, 
Automatic  cut-off,  Rotatable-valve,  Pendulum-operated,  and 
78,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed,  Automatic  cut-off,  Vertically- 
reciprocating  valve,  Pendulum-operated. 

31.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     PUMPS,      ROTARY. 

Pumps  of  the  rotary  type  where  the  lubricant  is  forced  by  the 
direct  pressure  of  continuously-revolving  vanes  or  equivalents. 

32.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  PUMPS,  OSCILLATING- 

PISTON.  The  piston  is  so  arranged  that  by  its  own  oscilla- 
tion it  covers  and  uncovers  ports,  so  that  during  its  forcing 
stroke  a  lubricant  is  forced  through  an  outlet-passage  and  upon 
its  suction-stroke  the  lubricant  is  admitted  to  the  pump- 
cylinder. 

33.  LUBRICATORS,      FORCE-FEED,      PUMPS,      ROTARY 

PISTON  AND  VALVE.  The  pump  is  mounted  upon  the 
valve  and  both  rotate  together.  In  action  it  is  like  subclass  35, 
Lubricators.  Force-feed,  Pumps,  Rotary  distributing-valve, 
hereinafter  denned. 

34.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  PUMPS,  OSCILLATING 

DISTRIBUTING-VALVE.  The  discharge-valve  from  the 
pump-cylinder  oscillates  so  that  the  outlet-passage  is  in  con- 
nection with  the  pump-cylinder  during  the  forcing  stroke  and 
the  intake-passage  is  connected  with  the  pump-cylinder  at 
the  suction-stroke  of  the  piston. 

35.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  PUMPS,  ROTARY  DIS- 

TRIBUTING-VALVE. The  discharge-valve  from  the  pump- 
cylinder  rotates  continuously,  and  the  ports  are  so  arranged 
that  upon  the  forcing  stroke  of  the  piston  oil  is  distributed  to  a 
single  outlet  or  several  outlets  and  upon  the  suction-stroke  the 
valve  is  in  position  to  allow  the  lubricant  to  enter  the  pump- 
cylinder  from  a  source  of  supply. 
Search  Class — 

184 — LUBRICATION,  subclasses  under  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed, 
Automatic  cut-off,  Rotatable-valve. 

30.'  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  PUMPS,  ATTACH- 
MENTS. Things  not  part  of  the  lubricator-pump  proper, 
but  used  in  connection  with  the  same,  such  as  special  valves, 
etc. 

LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS.  Lubri- 
cators wherein  the  lubricant  is  forced  by  a  piston,  which  fol- 
lows and  pushes  the  lubricant  from  the  receptacle. 

37.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FOLLOWERS,     ME- 

CHANICALLY-OPERATED. The  follower  is  moved  by  a 
mechanical  connection  between  it  and  some  actuating  source. 

38.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,  HAND- 

OPERATED.  The  follower  is  actuated  by  hand  to  force  out 
the  lubricant. 


CLASS  184— Continued. 

39.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,  FLUID- 

OPERATED.    The  follower  is  moved  by  fluid-pressure. 
Search  Class  — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  119,  Charge- 
forming  devices. 

40.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,  FLUID- 

OPERATED,   FLUID-RETURN.     Fluid-operated  follow- 
ers which  are  returned  by  fluid-pressure. 
Search  Class— 
221— DISPENSING-CANS,  subclass  47,  Hand-oilers,  Forced-feed. 

41.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,  FLUID- 

OPERATED,  SPRING-ASSISTED.  Fluid-operated  fol- 
lowers which  are  assisted  by  the  expansive  force  of  a  spring. 

42.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,  FLUID- 

OPERATED,  SPRING-RETURN.  Fluid-operated  fol- 
lowers which  are  returned  by  a  spring. 

43.  LUBRICATORS,    FORCE-FEED,    FOLLOWERS, '  CEN- 

TRIFUGAL. Followers  actuated  by  centrifugal  force,  due  to 
the  rotation  of  the  object  upon  which  the  lubricator  is  placed. 

44.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,  PENDU- 

LUM-OPERATED. Followers  actuated  by  mechanism 
operated  by  a  pendulum,  which  pendulum  is  swung  by  the 
motion  of  the  machine. 

45.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,  SPRING- 

OPERATED.    The  expanding  force  of  a  spring  moves  the 
piston  to  expel  the  lubricant. 
Search  Class — 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  50,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  ^anks,  Force-feed. 

46.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,WEIGHT- 

OPEKATED.    A  weight  upon  the  follower  moves  the  same. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  50,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Force-feed. 

47.  LUBRICATORS,    FORCE-FEED,    FOLLOWERS,    BAL- 

ANCED-PISTON. There  are  two  receptacles,  and  the  fol- 
lowers are  connected  so  that  when  one  follower  moves  in  one 
direction  the  other  follower  moves  in  the  opposite  direction. 

48.  LUBRICATORS,   FORCE-FEED,  FOLLOWERS,    LOCK- 

ING DEVICES.    In  this  subclass  there  are  means  provided 
so  that  the  follower  is  locked  against  moving  backward. 
Search  Class— 

184 — LUBRICATION,  subclasses  45,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Fol- 
lowers, Spring-operated,  and  46,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Fol- 
lowers, Weight-operated. 

LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FLUID-OPERATED. 
Lubricators  wherein  the  lubricant  is  subjected  directly  to 
a  fluid-pressure.  The  fluid  may  be  air,  steam,  or  water. 

49.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

CONDENSATION  DISPLACEMENT.    Steam  is  admitted 
to  some  receptacle,  where  it  condenses,  and  then  the  water  of 
condensation  flows  into  the  lubricant-receptacle  and  displaces 
the  lubricant,  and  thus  forces  it  out. 
Search  Class— 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclass  55,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Fluid- 
operated,  Steam  or  air. 

50.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     ELUID-OPERATED, 

CONDENSATION  DISPLACEMENT,  DOUBLE-PASS- 
AGE. There  are  two  passages  to  the  interior.  Through  one 
passage  steam  and  water  of  condensation  are  admitted,  and 
the  lubricant  displaced  flows  out  the  other  to  its  destination. 

51.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

CONDENSATION  DISPLACEMENT,  SINGLE-PAS- 
SAGE. The  receptacle  has  but  one  passage  to  the  interior,  and 
the  steam  must  enter  and  the  lubricant  flow  out  this  same 


52.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

CONDENSATION  DISPLACEMENT,  CHOKE-PLUGS. 
Devices  used  in  connection  with  condensation-displacement 
lubricators  and  placed  on  a  steam-chest  or  analogous  device  to 
prevent  back  pressure  in  the  lubricator. 

53.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

CONDENSATION  DISPLACEMENT,  AUXILIARY 
FEEDING-RECEPTACLES.  Receptacles  attached  to  the 
lubricator  by  means  of  which  lubricant  may  be  fed  to  a  bearing 
in  addition  to  the  lubricant  regularly  supplied  or  can  be  used 
in  case  any  accident  occurs  to  the  principal  lubricator. 

54.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

DISPLACEMENT.    The  lubricant  is  displaced  in  the  recep- 
tacle by  water,  and  thus  forced  out. 
Search  Classes— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FuELBuRNERs,subclass50,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Force-feed. 

210— WATER-PURIFICATION,  subclass  19,  Filters,  Chemical- 
feeders. 

55.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

STEAM  OR  AIR.    The  fluid  used  to  force  the  lubricant  is 
steam  or  air. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  50. 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Force-feed,  end 
77,  Burners,  Spray,  Atomizers. 


DEFINITIONS   OF  CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


411 


CLASS  184-Continued. 

56.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

STEAM  OR  AIR,  INJECTORS.    The  lubricant  passes  from 
the  receptacle,  and  as  it  leaves  it  is  brought  into  contact  with 
a  stream  of  air  or  steam  and  divided  into  fine  particles  and 
carried  by  the  fluid  to  the  part  to  be  lubricated. 
Search  Classes  — 

184 — LUBRICATION,  subclass  59,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Fluid- 
operated,  Steam  or  air,  Suction,  Vented. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  153,  Carbu- 
reters, Oil-feed,  Rotary. 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  131,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Atomizers;  132,  Charge-forming  devices, 
Atomizers,  Constant-level,  and  138,  Charge-forming  devices, 
Oil-feeding,  Rotary. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  74, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Spray,  Oil,  air,  and  steam;  75,  Burners, 
Liquid-fuel,  Spray,  Oil  and  steam,  and  70,  Burners,  Liquid- 
fuel,  Spray,  Oil  and  air. 

57.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

STEAM  OR  AIR,  INITIAL  PRESSURE.  Force-feed 
lubricators  comprising  an  auxiliary  tank  in  connection  with 
the  lubricant-receptacle,  which  tank  is  charged  with  com- 
pressed air,  and  this  air  is  used  to  force  the  lubricant  from  its 
receptacle. 

58.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

STEAM  OR  AIR,  SUCTION.    The  lubricant  is  drawn  by 
suction  to  the  part  to  be  lubricated. 
.Search  Classes— 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclass  76,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed, 
Automatic  cut-off,  Vertically-reciprocating  valve,  Fluid-pres- 
sure operated. 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  132,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Atomizers,  Constant-level. 

59.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     FLUID-OPERATED, 

STEAM  OR  AIR,  SUCTION, VENTED.  Force-feed,  fluid- 
operated  suction  lubricators  having  an  opening  of  some  kind 
which  permits  the  air  to  come  into  the  receptacle,  the  pressure 
of  the  air  assisting  the  suction. 

SO.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  FLUID-OPERATED, 
ABRASION.  The  lubricant  lies  directly  in  the  path  of  a 
fluid  under  pressure,  which  mechanically  wears  off  small 
particles  of  lubricant  from  a  mass  of  solid  lubricant  and  carries 
it  to  its  destination. 
Search  Classes— 

4 — BATHS  AND  CLOSETS,  subclass  30,  Disinfecting  apparatus. 
210— WATER    PURIFICATION,    subclass    19,    Filters,    Chemical- 
feeders. 

61.  LUBRICATORS,     FORCE-FEED,     CONVEYERS.       The 
lubricant  is  forced  to  its  destination  by  means  of  a  conveyer, 
such  as  a  screw,  or  by  buckets  and  chain. 
Search  Class— 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  153,  Carbureters, 
Oil-feed,  Rotary. 

•62.  LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, CONVEYERS, BUCKET. 
A  bucket  is  used  to  elevate  the  lubricant  and  convey  it  to  some 
outlet. 

Search  Class— 

184-^LuBRiCATioN,  subclass  10,  Systems,  Conveying  devices, 
Wipers. 

63.  LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, CONVEYERS,  BUCKET 
ROTARY.  The  title  is  self-explanatory. 

«4.  LUBRICATORS,  FORCE-FEED,  CAPILLARY  ATTRAC- 
TION.   The  lubricant  is  fed  through  a  wick  by  capillary 
attraction. 
Search  Classes — 

184 — LUBRICATION,  subclass  102,  Lubricators,  Swab. 
48— GAS  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  25,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Water-feed,  Capillary. 

65.  LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY-FEED.    Lubricators  where  the 
lubricant  is  fed  by  gravity  and  the  flow  is  usually  controlled 
by  a  valve  which  is  operated  by  hand. 
Search  Classes — • 

48 — GAS  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  4,  Acetylene, 
Generators,  Water-feed. 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclasses  119,  Charge- 
forming  devices;  132,  Charge-forming  devices,  Atomizers,  (  on- 
stant-level,  and  13G,  Charge-forming  devices,  Oil-feeding. 

158 — LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  52,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Tanks,  Drop-feed. 

•66.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,    AUTOMATIC   CUT- 
OFF.   The  feed  is  intermittently  cut  off  and  the  valve  is 
automatically  actuated  from  some  extraneous  source,  such  as 
the  machine  which  is  being  lubricated. 
Search  Class — 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENorNEs,  subclass  137,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Oil-feeding,  Reciprocating. 

•67.  LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY-FEED,  AUTOMATIC  CUT- 
OFF, ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED.  The  valve  is  actu- 
ated by  an  electro  magnet,  solenoid,  or  similar  electrical  device. 

«8.  LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY-FEED,  AUTOMATIC  CUT- 
OFF, THERMOSTATS.  The  valve  is  caused  to  operate  by 
the  expansion  of  some  metal,  which  expansion  is  caused  by 
the  heat  generated  by  the  friction  of  the  bearing  to  which  the 
lubricator  is  attached. 


CLASS  184— Continued. 

69.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC  CUT- 

OFF, VIBRATORS.  The  valve  is  usually  a  ball  or  some 
piece  of  metal  of  such  shape  that  the  valve  seats  and  unseats 
due  to  the  vibration  of  the  machine  to  which  the  lubricator  is 
attached. 

70.  LUBRICATORS,   GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC  CUT- 

OFF, CENTRIFUGAL.  Devices  attached  to  a  rotating 
machine  part.  During  the  rotation  of  the  part  the  oil  is 
splashed  and  enters  ports  near  the  top  of  an  outlet-pipe  to  a 
bearing.  When  not  in  motion,  the  level  of  the  oil  is  below  the 
ports  in  the  tube.  Therefore  there  is  no  feeding. 

LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY-FEED,  AUTOMATIC  CUT- 
OFF, ROTATABLE-VALVE.  The  valve  is  rotated  to 
cause  intermittent  feeding,  substantially  in  the  manner  out- 
lined in  the  definitions  of  the  subclasses  under  Vertically- 
reciprocating  valve. 

71.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC  CUT- 

OFF, ROTATABLE-VALVE,  MECHANICALLY-OPER- 
ATED. The  valve  is  rotated  by  direct  mechanical  connec- 
tion with  some  source  of  power,  substantially  in  the  manner 
outlined  in  the  definitions  of  the  subclasses  under  Vertically- 
reciprocating  valve. 

Note.— See  also  in  this  class,  subclasses  27,  Lubricators,  Force- 
feed,  Pumps,  Mechanically-operated;  33,  Lubricators,  Force- 
feed,  Pumps,  Rotary  piston  and  valve,  and  35,  Lubricators, 
Force-feed,  Pumps,  Rotary  distributing-valve. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  130,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Valve-controlled  oil,  Positively-operated. 

72.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,    AUTOMATIC   CUT- 

OFF, ROTATABLE-VALVE,   FLUID-PRESSURE   OP- 
ERATED.   The  valve  is  rotated  by  fluid-pressure,  substan- 
tially in  the  manner  outlined  in  the  definitions  of  the  subclasses 
under  Vertically-reciprocating  valve. 
Search  Class— 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  29,  Lubricators,  Force-feed, 
Pumps,  Fluid-operated;  33,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Pumps, 
Rotary  piston  and  valve,  and  35,  Lubricators,  Force-feed, 
Pumps,  Rotary  distributing-valve. 

73.  LUBRICATORS,   GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC   CUT- 

OFF,    ROTATABLE-VALVE,     PENDULUM  -  OPER- 
ATED.   The  valve  is  rotated  by  a  pendulum,  substantially 
in  the  manner  outlined  in  the  definitions  of  the  subclasses 
under  Vertically-reciprocating  valve. 
Search  Class— 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  30,  Lubricators,  Force-feed, 
Pumps,  Pendulum-operated;  33,  Lubricators,  Force-feed, 
Pumps,  Rotary  piston  and  valve,  and  35,  Lubricators,  Force- 
feed,  Pumps,  Rotary  distributing-valve. 

LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY -FEED,  AUTOMATIC  CUT- 
OFF VERTICALLY  -  RECIPROCATING  VALVE.  In 
this  group  of  subclasses  the  valve  regulating  the  feed  is  recipro- 
cated vertically. 

74.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC  CUT- 

OFF, VERTICALLY  RECIPROCATING  VALVE,  ME- 
CHANICALLY-OPERATED.   The  valve  is  operated  by 
mechanical  connections  to  some  source  of  power  and  caused 
to  vertically  reciprocate. 
Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  130,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Valve-controlled  oil,  Positively-operated. 

75.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC  CUT- 

OFF, VERTICALLY-RECIPROCATING  VALVE,  ME- 
CHANICALLY -  OPERATED,  SPRING  -  RETAINED. 
The  valve  is  caused  to  return  to  its  initial  position  by  means 
of  a  spring. 

76.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC   CUT- 

OFF,      VERTICALLY -RECIPROCATING       VALVE, 
FLUID-PRESSURE  OPERATED.    The  valve  is  subject 
to  fluid-pressure  intermittently  and  causes  the  valve  to  verti- 
cally reciprocate. 
Search  Classes— 

184 — LUBRICATION,  subclasses  58,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Fluid- 
operated,  Steam  or  air,  Suction,  and  59,  Lubricators,  Force- 
feed,  Fluid-operated,  Steam  or  air,  Suction,  Vented. 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  129,  Charge- 
forming  devices,  Valve-controlled  oil. 

77.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,    AUTOMATIC   CUT- 

OFF, VERTICALLY-RECIPROCATING  VALVE,  CEN- 
TRIFUGALLY-OPERATED.    The  valve  is  caused  to  op- 
erate because  of  the  rotary  motion  of  the  object  to  which  it  is 
attached. 
Search  Class— 

184 — LUBRICATION,  subclass  70,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed,  auto- 
matic cut-off,  Centrifugal. 

78.  LUBRICATORS,   GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC  CUT- 

OFF, VERTICALLY-RECIPROCATING  VALVE,  PEN- 
DULUM-OPERATED. The  valve  is  operated  by  a  pen- 
dulum. Due  to  the  motion  of  the  object  to  which  the  lubri- 
cator is  attached  the  pendulum  is  caused  to  vibrate. 

79.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,   AUTOMATIC  CUT- 

OFF, HORIZONTALLY-RECIPROCATING  VALVE. 
The  valve  in  its  operation  slides  horizontally  and  may  be 
operated  either  by  the  motion  of  the  machine  or  by  some 
outside  source. 


412 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  184— Continued. 

80.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,    COMBINED    CLO- 

SURE AND  VALVE.    Lubricators  having  novelty  in  the 
closure  for  the  cup  as  well  as  the  valve  which  regulates  the  flow 
of  lubricant. 
Search  Classes — 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclass  88,  Lubricators,  Oil-cup  closures. 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  56,  Boxes,  Closures. 

221— DISPENSING-CANS,  subclass  2,  Filling-cans,  Closures. 

81.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,   MULTIPLE-FEED. 

A  single  receptacle  has  several  outlets  leading  to  several  bear- 
ings. 

Search  Class— 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,   subclass  127,   Charge- 
forming  devices,  Multiple  oil-supply. 

82.  LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY-FEED,  VERTICALLY-MOV- 

ABLE VALVE.  The  valve  is  set  to  give  a  certain  feed, 
usually  by  screw,  and  the  valve  is  opened  or  closed  by  a  bodily 
vertical  movement  of  the  valve-stem. 

83.  LUBRICATORS,       GRAVITY  -  FEED,        MEASURING- 

VALVE.  The  controlling-valve  isconstructed  so  as  to  deliver 
a  definite  quantity  of  lubricant  at  one  time  on  turning  the 
valve. 

Search  Class  - 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  153,  Liquid-measures, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

84.  LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY-FEED,  AIR-TIGHT  RECEP- 

TACLE. The  lubricant-container  has  only  one  opening. 
Upon  being  inverted  the  receptacle  is  air-tight,  and  the  feed 
of  the  oil  is  regulated  by  the  vacuum  created  in  the  top  of  the 
receptacle. 

85.  LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY-FEED,  SIPHONS.    The  feed 

is  accomplished  by  the  use  of  a  siphon. 
Search  class — 

158— LIQUID   AND   GASEOUS   FUEL    BURNERS,    subclass    51, 
Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Tanks,  Siphon-feed. 

86.  LUBRICATORS,    GRAVITY-FEED,    LOCKING-VALVE. 

The  valves  have  means  coacting  with  the  valve-rod  to  lock 
the  same  in  any  adjusted  position.- 
Search  Class— 
151— NUT  AND  BOLT  LOCKS. 

87.  LUBRICATORS,  GRAVITY-FEED,  FIBER  VALVE.    The 

outlet  from  the  receptacle  is  covered  by  a  mass  of  fibrous 
matter.  This  mass  may  be  compressed,  and  so  regulate  the 
outflow  of  lubricant. 

88.  LUBRICATORS,   OIL-CUP  CLOSURES.    In  this  class  of 

devices  are  the  coverings  or  closures  for  lubricant-cups  of  any 
description  comprehended  in  the  group  of  lubricators. 
Search  Classes— 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclass  80,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed,  Com- 
bined closure  and  valve. 

221— DISPENSING-CANS,  subclass  2,  Filling-cans,  Closures. 

89.  LUBRICATORS,  OIL-CUP  CLOSURES,  DEPRESSIBLE 

CAP.  The  part  that  closes  the  opening  is  held  in  place  in  a 
closed  position  by  a  spring  and  is  adapted  to  have  the  nose  of 
an  oil-can  push  back  the  closing-piece  and  admit  lubricant. 

90.  LUBRICATORS,     OIL-CUP     CLOSURES,     HINGED- 

COVER.    The  cover  of  the  cup  is  hinged. 
Search  Class— 
217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  56,  Boxes,  Closures. 

91.  LUBRICATORS,     OIL-CUP     CLOSURES,    HINGED- 

COVER,  SPRING-CONTR9LLED.    The  cover  is  returned 
to  its  closed  position  by  a  spring. 
Search  Class— 
217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  56,  Boxes,  Closures. 

92.  LUBRICATORS,    OIL-CUP   CLOSURES,    ROTATABLE- 

COVER.  The  cover  upon  being  rotated  uncovers  an  opening 
through  which  lubricant  can  be  admitted  to  the  cup. 

93.  LUBRICATORS,    OIL-CUP    CLOSURES,    ROTATABLE- 

COVER,  SPRING-CONTROLLED.  Devices  in  which  the 
cover  is  brought  back  to  its  initial  or  closed  position  by  a 
spring. 


CLASS  184— Continued. 

94.  LUBRICATORS,    OIL-CUP   CLOSURES,   SLIDABLE- 

COVER.  The  cover  slides,  and  so  uncovers  an  opening  for 
the  admission  of  lubricant. 

95.  LUBRICATORS,   OIL-CUP  CLOSURES,   SLIDABLE- 

COVER,  SPRING-CONTROLLED.  The  cover  is  returned 
to  its  initial  or  closed  position  by  a  spring. 

90.  LUBRICATORS,  SIGHT-FEEDS.  Devices  attached  to  a 
lubricator  through  which  the  lubricant  flows  as  it  is  discharged 
and  by  means  of  which  the  quantity  and  rate  of  discharge  may 
be  observed. 

Search  Class— 
73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  54,  Gages,  Water. 

97.  LUBRICATORS,  SIGHT-FEEDS,  ATTACHMENTS.    Aux- 

iliary attachments  to  a  sight-feed,  such  as  reflectors,  shields, 
etc. 

98.  LUBRICATORS,  LIQUEFIERS.    The  heat  generated  by  the 

friction  of  the  bearing  parts  melts  a  solid  or  semisolid  m  the  cup 
and  allows  It  to  run  onto  the  bearing. 

99.  LUBRICATORS,  LIQUEFIERS,  SOLID-STICK.    A  solid 

stick  of  lubricant  is  in  contact  with  the  bearing.  It  is  melted 
by  the  friction. 

100.  LUBRICATORS,     SLIDE-BEARING     LUBRICATORS. 

Devices  fastened  to  a  moving  part  of  a  slide-bearing  and  apply- 
ing lubricant  to  the  bearing  parts.  They  are  separate  from  the 
structure  which  they  lubricate  and  may  be  removed  from  the 
same,  in  which  respect  they  distinguish  from  subclassS,  Slide- 
bearing  lubrication,  in  this  class. 

101.  LUBRICATORS,  ROLLER.    Devices  not  otherwise  classi- 

fiable for  applying  lubricant  to  a  bearing  by  a  roll,  usually  cov- 
ered with  felt. 
Search  Classes— 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  3,  Track  or  wheel  lubrication,  and 
17X  Lubricators,  Belt,  cable,  or  chain  lubricators,  Roller- 
applied. 

65— KITCHEN  AND  TABLE  ARTICLES,  subclass  12,  Culinary. 

102.  LUBRICATORS,  SWAB.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  applying 

lubricant  to  a  bearing  by  a  swab. 
Search  Class— 

184— LUBRICATION,  subclasses  3.  Track  or  wheel  lubrication; 
16,  Lubricators,  Belt,cable, or  chain  lubricators,  Swab-applied, 
and  64,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Capillary  attraction. 

103.  LUBRICATORS,  CONSTANT-LEVEL.    Devices  for,  auto- 

matically maintaining  a  constant  level  of  lubricant  in  the  dis- 
tributing-reservoir. 
Search  Classes — 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  151,  Carbu- 
reters, Oil-feed,  Float-valves. 

123— INTERNAL-COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  132,  Charge- 
forming  devices.  Atomizers,  Constant-level. 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclasses  38,  Burn- 
ers, Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Maintained  oil-level,  Float- 
controlled,  and  39,  Burners,  Liquid-fuel,  Fuel-feeding,  Main- 
tained oil-level,  Float-controlled,  Liquid  seal. 

104.  LUBRICATORS,  HEATING  AND  COOLING  DEVICES. 

Devices  for  either  reducing  the  lubricant  in  the  cup  to  a  liquid 
state  and  also  to  keep  it  so  or  to  cool  the  lubricant  where  it 
would  be  subject  to  excessive  heat. 

105.  LUBRICATORS,  REFILLING  DEVICES.    Devices  used 

to  refill  lubricator-cups,  usually  without  disturbing  the  appa- 
ratus in  its  function. 
Search  Class— 

221— DISPENSING-CANS,  subclass  1,  Filling-cans,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

106.  LUBRICATORS,  DRIP-PANS.    Devices  placed  beneath  a 

bearing  which  catch  the  unused  oil  and  either  hold  the  same 
or  have  means  connected  therewith  to  return  it  to  the  reservoir. 
Search  Classes — 

184 — LUBRICATION,  subclass  6,  Systems. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  4,  Cocks  and  faucets,  Re- 
ciprocating valves. 

237— HEAT  DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  19,  Steam  radia- 
tors, Attachments. 


CLASS  185.— MOTORS 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  is  the  miscellaneous  and  parent  class  of  motors.  It  embraces 
motors  and  their  elements  for  which  specific  classes  and  subclasses 
have  not  been  elsewhere  provided. 

This  class  in  part  parallels  class  58,  HOROLOGY.  When  a  device  is 
capable  of  general  application,  it  will  be  classified  in  this  class,  unless 
there  is  a  more  specific  subclass  to  receive  it  in  Horology. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Motors  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  COMPOSITE.    Motors  composed  of  two  or  more  prime  movers, 

with  separate  trains  running  to  a  common  transmitting  ele- 
ment, at  least  one  of  which  prime  movers  is  a  horse  power,  a 
pivoted  seat,  a  spring,  or  a  weight. 

Note. — If  a  motor  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  above  defini- 
tion includes  as  one  of  the  prime  movers  a  weight  or  a  spring 
which  derives  its  energy  from  another  of  the  prime  movers  and 
specific  structure  of  that  other  prime  mover  is  included  in  the 
claims,  the  patent  is  classified  with  reference  to  that  other 
prime  mover  and  a  cross  reference  is  placed  in  this  subclass. 
If  that  other  prime  mover  is  classifiable  in  this  class,  the  defini- 
tion of  this  subclass  governs  the  classification. 

3.  COMPOSITE,  HORSE-POWER    TYPE.    Composite  motors 

in  which  energy  of  animals  is  converted  into  mechanical 
energy  in  all  the  prime  movers. 

4.  COMPOSITE,  WEIGHT.    Composite  motors  in  which  all  the 

prime  movers  are  weights. 

5.  COMPOSITE,  WEIGHT,    ESCAPEMENT-CONTROLLED. 

Composite  weight  motors  containing  escapements. 

Note. — By  the  term  "escapement"  as  used  throughout  this  class 
is  meant  a  device  which  receives  energy  from  a  power  element 
and  by  virtue  thereof  performs  a  cycle  of  movements  in  which 
the  escapement  first  causes  the  power  element  to  cease  its 
motion  and  later  permits  it  to  resume  its  motion. 

Throughout  this  class  if  the  escapement  includes  a  spring  or  a 
weight  which  derives  its  energy  from  another  motor  the  device 
is  classified  in  the  appropriate  Winding  Motor  subclass  instead 
of  in  the  Escapement  controlled  subclass  and  a  cross  referenco 
is  placed  in  the  appropriate  Winding,  Overwinding  preventers 
subclass. 

Search  Classes — 

185— MOTORS,  subclasses  7,  Composite,  Weight,  Winding,  Motor, 
and  the  subclass  thereunder;  9,  Composite,  Spring;  13,  Com- 
posite, Spring,  Winding,  Overwinding  preventers;  31,  Weight, 
Escapement  controlled;  35,  Weight,  Winding,  Overwinding 
preventers;  38,  Spring,  Escapement  controlled;  43,  Spring, 
Winding,  Overwinding  preventers,  and  46,  Escapements; 
58,  HOROLOGY,  subclasses  27,  Clocks,  Electric,  Secondary, 
Escapement;  47,  Clocks,  Winding,  Motors,  pneumatic;  48,  • 
Clocks,  Winding,  Motors,  spring;  49,  Clocks,  Winding,  Mo- 
tors, thermal,  and  11G,  Escapements,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, and  227,  FIRE  ESCAPES,  subclass  2,  Automatic  speed 
governors,  Escapement-check,  for  escapements. 

6.  COMPOSITE      WEIGHT,     WINDING.     Composite-motors, 

weight,  including  special  devices  for  raising  the  weights. 
Search  Classes — 

185 — MOTORS,  subclasses  10,  Composite,  Spring,  Winding,  and 
the  subclass  thereunder;  32,  Weight,  Winding,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  and  39,  Spring,  Winding,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder;  57,  HOISTING,  subclass  22,  Capstans  and 
windlasses,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  58,  HOROLOGY, 
subclasses  40,  Clocks,  Electric,  Winding,  and  the  subclass 
thereunder;  46,  Clocks,  Winding,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 73,  Watches,  Stem-winding,  and  80,  Watches,  Wind- 
ing, and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  74,  MACHINE  ELEMENTS, 
subclass  53,  Intermittent-grip  devices,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder;  81,  TOOLS,  subclass  7.5,  Special  Watchmakers', 
Mainspring-winders,  and  242,  WINDING  AND  REELING,  sub- 
class 107,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Spring  drum  type,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  mechanism  for  operating  wind- 
ing drums. 

7.  COMPOSITE,  WEIGHT,  WINDING,  MOTOR.    Composite 

motors,  weight,  in  which  the  weights  are  raised  by  motors. 

N  ote. — If  a  cl  aim  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  above  definition 
includes  specific  features  of  the  prime  mover  (the  winding 
motor),  it  is  placed  in  the  class  which  takes  the  prime  mover 
and  a  cross  reference  is  placed  in  this  subclass,  unless  the  wind- 
ing motor  itself  is  classifiable  in  this  class. 

Search  Classes — 

185 — MOTORS,  subclasses  11,  Composite,  Spring,  Winding, 
Motor,  and  the  subclass  thereunder;  33,  Weight,  Winding, 
Motor,  and  the  subclass  thereunder;  and  40,  Spring,  Winding, 
Motor,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  58,  HOROLOGY, 
subclasses  40,  Clocks,  Electric,  Winding,  and  the  subclass 
thereunder;  47,  Clocks,  Winding,  Motors,  pneumatic;  48, 
Clocks,  Winding,  Motors,  spring,  and  49,  Clocks,  Winding, 
Motors,  thermal,  for  spring  and  weight  motors  which  derive 
their  energy  from  other  motors. 


CLASS  185— Continued. 

8.  COMPOSITE,    WEIGHT,    WINDING,    MOTOR,    FLUID. 

Composite  weight  motors  wound  by  fluid  motors. 
Search  Classes — 

185— MOTORS,  subclasses  11,  Composite,  Spring,  Winding,  Mo- 
tor; 30,  W eight,  Oscillating,  Wave  type;  34,  Weight,  Wind- 
ing, Motor,  Fluid,  and  42.  Spring,  Winding,  Motor,  Fluid;  58, 
HOROLOGY,  subclass  47,  Clocks,  Winding,  Motors,  pneumatic, 
and  61,  HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclasses  50,  Tide-powers, 
Pivoted  float,  and  51,  Tide-powers,  Non-pivoted  float,  for 
spring  and  weight  motors  which  derive  their  energy  from  fluid 
motors. 

9.  COMPOSITE,    SPRING.    Composite  motors  in  which  all  the 

prime  movers  are  springs. 

10.  COMPOSITE,     SPRING,     WINDING.     Composite  motors, 

spring,  including  special  winding  devices. 
Search  Classes — 

188— MOTORS,  subclass  6,  Composite.  Weight, Winding,  together 
with  the  search  classes  thereunder  noted,  for  mechanism  for 
operating  winding  drums. 

124— AIR-GUNS,  CATAPULTS,  AND  TARGETS,  subclasses  2,  Cata- 
pults, Rubber-spring;  10,  Guns,  Air,  Spring;  11,  Guns,  Air, 
Spring,  Magazine;  12,  Guns,  Spring;  13,  Guns,  Spring,  Maga- 
zine, and  14,  Guns,  Spring,  Rubber,  and  186,  STORE  SERVICE, 
subclass  10,  Single  impulse  systems,  Spring,  and  the  subclass 
thereunder,  for  devices  for  compressing  or  distending  springs. 

11.  COMPOSITE,  SPRING,  WINDING,  MOTOR.    Composite 

motors,  spring,  that  are  wound  up  by  motors. 

Note. — If  a  claim  coming  within  the  terms  of  the  above  definition 
includes  specific  features  of  the  prime  mover  (the  winding 
motor),  it  is  placed  in  the  class  which  takes  the  prime  mover 
and  a  cross  reference  is  placed  in  this  subclass,  unless  the 
winding  motor  is  itself  classifiable  in  this  class. 

Search  Class — 

185 — MOTORS,  subclass  7,  Composite,  Weight,  Winding,  Motor, 
with  the  search  classes  noted  thereunder,  for  spring  and  weight 
motors  which  derive  their  energy  from  other  motors. 

12.  COMPOSITE,   SPRING,   WINDING,   MOTOR,   MOMEN- 

TUM   TYPE.    Composite  spring  motors  containing  shafts 
rotating  in  one  direction  only,  which  alternately  wind  the 
springs  and  receive  power  therefrom,  the  connecting  trams 
coming  to  rest  after  each  alternation. 
Search  Classes— 

185— MOTORS,  subclass  41,  Spring,  Winding,  Motor,  Momen- 
tum type;  21,  CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  90,  Motor 
vehicles;  105,  RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,  subclass  27,  Starters 
and  brakes,  and  123,  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  sub- 
class 187,  Starting  devices,  Mechanical,  Motors,  for  other 
spring  motors  of  the  momentum  type. 

13.  COMPOSITE,     SPRING,   WINDING,     OVERWINDING- 

PREVENTERS.    Devices  for  preventing  the  overwinding 
of  the  springs  in  composite  spring  motors. 
Search  Classes— 

185— MOTORS,  subclasses  6,  Composite,  Weight,  Winding,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder;  35,  Weight,  Winding,  Overwinding 
preventers,  and  43,  Spring,  Winding,  Overwinding  prevent- 
ers; 58,  HOROLOGY,  subclasses  40,  Clocks,  Electric,  Winding; 
41,  Clocks,  Electric,  Winding,  Self;  47,  Clocks,  Winding, 
Motors,  pneumatic;  48,  Clocks,  Winding,  Motors,  spring,  and 
83,  Watches,  Winding,  Overwinding  preventers,  and  123, 
INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES,  subclass  187,  Starting 
devices,  Mechanical,  Motors,  for  overwinding  preventers. 

14.  COMPOSITE,    SPRING,    WINDING,    INDICATOR.    De- 

vices for  showing  the  degree  to  which  the  springs  of  composite 
spring  motors  are  wound  or  for  operating  an  indicator  when 
the  springs  need  winding. 
Search  Classes— 

185— MOTORS,  subclasses  6,  Composite,  Weight,  Wrinding,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder;  36,  Weight,  Winding,  Indicator, 
and  44,  Spring,  Wrinding,  Indicator,  and  58,  HOROLOGY, 
subclass  85,  Watches,  Winding,  Indicator,  for  winding  indi- 
cators. 

15.  HORSE-POWER  TYPE.    Miscellaneous  motors,  except  com- 

posite,  in  which  the  energy  of  animals  is  converted  into  me- 
chanical energy. 
Search  Classes — ' 

185— MOTORS,  subclasses  3,  Composite,  Horse  power  type; 
26,  Pivoted  seat,  and  28,  Weight,  Operator,  and  74,  MACHINE 
ELEMENTS,  subclass  39,  Cranks  and  levers,  Hand  levers. 

16.  HORSE-POWER   TYPE,   BELT-TREAD.    Motors  of  the 

horse  power  type  in  which  the  animals  tread  upon  an  endless 
belt. 

Search  Class — 
103 — PUMPS,  subclass  5,  Cattle. 

17.  HORSE-POWER     TYPE,     DRUM.    Motors   of   the   horse 

power  type  in  which  the  animals  tread  on  the  curved  surfaces 
of  pivoted  drums. 

18.  HORSE-POWER  TYPE.  DISK.    Motors  of  the  horse  power 

type  in  which  the  animals  tread  on  pivoted  disks. 

413 


414 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  185— Continued. 

19.  HORSE-POWER    TYPE,    SWEEP.     Motors  of  the  horse 

power  type  in  which  the  animals  draw  upon  a  sweep. 
Search  Class— 
103— PUMPS,  subclass  5,  Cattle. 

20.  HORSE-POWER  TYPE,  SWEEP,  DRIVING  AND  WHIP- 

PING    DEVICES.    Sweep  motors  containing  devices  for 

driving  or  whipping  the  draft  animals. 
Search  Classes — 
185— MOTORS,  subclass  24,   Horse  power  type,  Driving  and 

whipping  devices,  for  other  driving  and  whipping  devices 

found  hi  motors  of  the  horse  power  type. 
21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  and  54,  HARNESS,  for  driving  and 

whipping  devices  of  general  application. 

21.  HORSE-POWER    TYPE,   SWEEP,    SWEEPS.    Structure 

unitary  with  the  sweeps,  together  with  that  mounted  thereon. 

22.  HORSE-POWER    TYPE,     SWEEP,   SWEEPS,    EQUAL- 

IZERS.   Sweeps  in  which  provision  is  made  for  equalizing 
the  draft  of  the  animals. 
Search  Class— 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  76,  Draft-equalizers, 
for  equalizers  of  general  application. 

23.  HORSE-POWER   TYPE,   DRAFT   DEVICES.    Draft  de- 

vices for  motors  of  the  horse  power  type. 
Search  Classes — 

185 — MOTORS,  subclass  22,  Horse  power  type,  Sweep,  Sweeps, 
Equalizers. 

21-rCARRiAGES  AND  WAGONS,  and  54,  HARNESS,  for  draft  de- 
vices of  general  application. 

24.  HORSE-POWER   TYPE,   DRIVING    AND    WHIPPING 

DEVICES.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  driving  and  whipping 

in  motors  of  the  horse  power  type. 
Search  Classes— 
185 — MOTORS,  subclass  20,  Horse  power  type,  Sweep,  Driving 

and  whipping  devices. 
21 — CARRIAGES    AND    WAGONS,  and  54,  HARNESS,  for  driving 

and  whipping  devices  of  general  application. 

25.  HORSE-POWER    TYPE,     ANCHORS.    Combinations,  in- 

cluding anchors  in  motors  of  the  horse  power  type. 
Search  Class — 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  90,  Land- 
anchors,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  land  anchors  of 
general  application. 

26.  PIVOTED  SEAT.    Lever  motors  in  which  the  levers  to  which 

power  is  applied  are  pivoted  seats. 
Search  Classes — 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  39,  Cranks  and  levers,  Hand- 
levers,  for  hand  levers  and  treadles. 

31 — DAIRY,  subclass  36,  Churns,  Reciprocating,  Rocking-seat 
mechanism;  68,  LAUNDRY,  subclass  21,  Washing  machines, 
Rocking  and  swinging,  and  208,  VELOCIPEDES,  subclass  42, 
Polycycles,  Figure,  for  other  pivoted  seat  motors. 

27.  WEIGHT.    Miscellaneous  motors  in  which  the  prime  movers 

are  weights. 
Search  Classes — 

185— MOTORS,  subclass  4,  Composite,  Weight,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

60 — MISCELLANEOUS  HEAT  ENGINE  PLANTS,  subclass  2G, 
Gravity,  for  devices  containing  a  fluid  transferred  from  one 
part  to  another  by  the  application  of  heat,  thus  causing  the 
device  to  rotate  or  oscillate  by  gravity. 

28.  WEIGHT,  OPERATOR.    Motors  in  which  energy  is  supplied 

by  the  weight  of  the  operators. 
Search  Classes — 

185— MOTORS,  subclass  26,  Pivoted  seat,  and  74,  MACHINE 
ELEMENTS,  subclass  39,  Cranks  and  levers,  Hand-levers. 

29.  WEIGHT,   OSCILLATING.    Miscellaneous  weight  motors  in 

which  the  actuating  weights  oscillate. 
Search  Class — 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  30,  Clocks,  Electric,  Pendulum, 
Actuated. 

30.  WEIGHT,     OSCILLATING,     WAVE     TYPE.    Oscillating 

weight  motors  in  which  the  weights  are  mounted  on  supports 
subjected  to  irregular  movements. 
Search  Classes— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  51,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Pendulum  operated;  68,  HOROLOGY,  subclass 
82,  Watches,  Winding,  Self-winders;  115,  MARINE  PROPUL- 
SION, subclass  5,  Wave  propulsion,  Oscillating  weight;  184, 
LUBRICATION,  subclasses,  30,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Pumps, 
Pendulum-operated;  44,  Lubricators,  Force-feed,  Followers, 
Pendulum-operated;  73,  Lubricators,  Gravity-feed,  Auto- 
matic cut-off,  Rotatable  valve,  Pendulum-operated,  and  78, 
Lubricators,  Gravity-feed,  Automatic  cut-off,  Vertically 
reciprocating  valve,  Pendulum-operated,  and  235,  REGIS- 
TERS, subclass  105.  Pedometers. 

31.  WEIGHT,    ESCAPEMENT-CONTROLLED.    Weight   mo- 

tors, including  escapements. 

Note — See  the  note  under  subclass  5,  Composite,  Weight,  Es- 
capement controlled,  and  also  the  search  notes  thereunder. 

32.  WEIGHT,  WINDING.    Miscellaneous  weight  motors, includ- 

ing special  winding  features. 

Note.— See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  6,  Composite,  Weight, 
Winding. 

33.  WEIGHT,  WINDING,  MOTOR.    Miscellaneous  weight  mo- 

tors in  which  the  weights  are  raised  by  motors. 
Note.— See  the  note  under  subclass  7,. Composite,  Weight,  Wind- 
ing, Motor,  and  also  the  search  notes  thereunder,  for  spring 
and  weight  motors  which  derive  their  energy  from  other 
motors. 


CLASS  185— Continued. 

34.  WEIGHT,  WINDING,  MOTOR,  FLUID.    Weight  motors  ia 

which  the  weights  are  raised  by  fluid  motors. 
Note.— See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  8,  Composite,  Weight, 
Winding,  Motor,  Fluid,  for  spring  and  weight  motors  deriv- 
ing their  energy  from  fluid  motors. 

35.  WEIGHT,  WINDING,  OVERWINDING-PREVENTERS. 

Devices  for  preventing  overwinding  the  weights  of  weight 
motors. 

Note. — See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  13,  Composite,  Spring, 
Winding,  Overwinding  *  preventers  for  overwinding  pre- 
venters. 

36.  WEIGHT,  WINDING,  INDICATOR.    Devices  for  indicating 

the  degree  to  which  the  weights  of  weight  motors  are  wound 
or  for  operating  an  indicator  when  the  weights  need  winding. 
Note. — See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  14,  Composite,  Spring, 
Winding,  Indicator,  for  winding  indicators. 

37.  SPRING.    Miscellaneous  motors  in  which  the  prime  movers  are 

springs. 
Search  Classes — 

185— MOTORS,  subclass  9,  Composite,  Spring,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  85,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Single  reel  and  web,  Spring  rewind;  43, 
FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  33,  Fishing,  Reels,  Spring 
operated;  46,  GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  8,  Billiard  appli- 
ances. Chalk  cups;  51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass 
16,  Metal,  Strops,  hones,  and  rifles;  54,  HARNESS,  subclass 
70,  Checking  and  unchecking  devices;  68,  LAUNDRY,  subclass, 
14,  Clothes-line  reels;  73,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass 
49,  Measures,  Tape;  156,  CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS, 
subclass  36,  Shade,  Rollers.  Spring;  175,  ELECTRICITY,  GEN- 
ERAL APPLICATIONS,  subclass  289,  Switches,  Mechanical, 
Rotary;  179,  TELEPHONY,  subclass  155,  Supports,  Suspen- 
sion, Reels;  191,  ELECTRICITY,  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass 
35,  Systems,  Current  distribution,  Overhead,  Trolleys, 
Catchers;  242,  WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  88,  Reeling 
and  unreeling,  Reels,  Carriers,  Hose,  Wrheeled,  Automatic 
winders;  98,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Carriers,  Hand  or 
body,  Spring  drum  article  holders;  102,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing. Reels,  Clothes-line  type,  Spring  drum,  and  107,  Reeling- 
ana  unreeling,  Reels,  Spring  drum  type,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  and  248,  SUPPORTS,  subclass  9,  Adjustable,  Ver- 
tical, Spring,  and  the  subclass  thereunder,  for  devices  contain- 
ing spring  reels. 

124— AIR-GUNS,  CATAPULTS,  AND  TARGETS,  subclasses  2,  Cata- 
pults, Rubber-spring;  10,  Guns,  Air,  Spring;  11,  Guns,  Air, 
Spring,  Magazine;  12,  Guns,  Spring;  13.  Guns,  Spring,  Maga- 
zine, and  14,  Guns,  Spring,  Rubber,  and  183,  STORE  SERVICE, 
subclass  10,  Single  impulse  systems,  Spring,  and  the  subclass 
thereunder,  for  springs  employed  to  propel  by  a  single 
impulse. 

38.  SPRING,  ESCAPEMENT-CONTROLLED.    Spring  motors 

which  contain  escapements. 

Note. — See  the  note  under  subclass  5,  Composite,  Weight,  Es- 
capement controlled,  and  also  the  search  notes  thereunder. 

39.  SPRING,  WTINDING.    Spring  motors,  including  special  wind- 

ing features. 

Note.— See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  6,  Composite,  Weight, 
Winding,  for  mechanism  for  operating  winding  drums. 

40.  SPRING,   WINDING.   MOTOR.    Miscellaneous  spring  mo- 

tors which  are  wound  by  means  of  motors. 

Note. — See  the  note  under  subclass  7,  Composite,  Weight,  Wind- 
ing, Motor,  and  also  the  search  notes  thereunder,  for  spring  and 
weight  motors  which  derive  their  energy  from  other  motors. 

41.  SPRING,    WINDING,    MOTOR,     MOMENTUM    TYPE. 

Spring  motors  containing  shafts  rotating  in  one  direction  only, 
which  alternately  wind  the  springs  and  receive  power  there- 
from, the  connecting  trains  coming  to  rest  after  each  alter- 
nation. 

Note. — See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  12,  Composite,  Spring, 
Winding,  Motor,  Momentum  type. 

42.  SPRING,  WINDING,  MOTOR,  FLUID.    Spring  motors  ia 

which  the  springs  are  wound  by  fluid  motors. 
Note. — See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  8,  Composite,  Weight, 
Winding,  Motor,  Fluid,  for  spring  and  weight  motors  deriving 
their  energy  from  fluid  motors. 

43.  SPRING,   WINDING,     OVERWINDING-PREVENTERS. 

Devices  for  preventing  overwinding  the  springs  of  spring 
motors. 

Note. — See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  13,  Composite,  Spring, 
Winding,  Overwinding  preventers,  for  overwinding  pre- 
venters. 

44.  SPRING,  WINDING,  INDICATOR.    Devices  for  indicating 

the  degree  to  which  the  springs  of  spring  motors  are  wound 
or  for  operating  an  indicator  when  the  springs  need  winding. 
Note. — See  the  search  notes  under  subclass  14,  Composite,  Spring, 
Winding,  Indicator,  for  winding  indicators. 

45.  SPRING,  SPRING-MOUNTING.    Spring  motors  with  special 

features  relating  to  the  mounting  of  the  springs. 
Search  Classes— 

68— HOROLOGY,  subclasses  52,  Clocks,  Frames;  86,  Watches, 
Barrels,  and  the  subclass  thereunder;  136,  Safety-wheels,  Bar- 
rel, and  137,  Safety-wheels,  Center,  for  the  mounting  of  motor 
springs. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  68,  Springs,  for  springs. 

<6.  ESCAPEMENTS.    Miscellaneous  escapements  not  elsewhere 

classifiable. 

Note.— See  the  note  under  subclass  5,  Composite,  Weight,  Escape- 
ment controlled,  and  also  the  search  notes  thereunder. 


CLASS  186.— STORE   SERVICE. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  is  limited  to  apparatus  for  the  transportation,  usually 
of  parcels  or  cash,  within  the  limits  of  a  building,  the  apparatus  con- 
sisting of  a  track  structure,  usually  elevated,  upon  which  a  carrier  is 
propelled  by  power  other  than  that  of  fluid  pressure  in  a  tube.  The 
limitation  is  made  that  after  the  car  leaves  the  sending  terminal  it  is 
not  again  under  direct  manual  control  until  it  reaches  the  designated 
station.  This  distinguishes  from  the  art  shown  in  class  104,  RAIL- 
WAYS, subclasses  181,  Elevated,  Suspended  ways,  and  180,  Elevated, 
Suspended  ways,  Switches,  and  in  many  subclasses  under  class  214, 
LOADING  AND  LNLOADING. 

A  general  search  should  be  made  in  the  following  classes  and  sub- 
classes: 

Class  17,  BUTCHERING,  subclass  30,  Slaughtering,  elevating  and 
suspending,  where  a  number  of  patents  are  found  for  devices  similar 
to  those  shown  in  class  104,  RAILWAYS,  subclasses  181  and  180,  above 
noted. 

CLASS  22,  METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  82,  Casting  apparatus,  Metal 
holding  and  pouring,  Ladles,  Carriers  and  manipulators. 

Class  104,  RAILWAYS,  subclasses  4,  Elevated;  140,  Elevated,  Cable 
rail;  181,  Elevated,  Suspended  ways;  180,  Elevated,  Suspended 
ways,  Switches;  8,  Inclined  plane;  111,  Pleasure  railways;  110,  Track 
curves,  and  53,  Traction,  Running  and  carrying  rope. 

Class  1S7,  ELEVATORS. 

Class  191,  ELECTRICITY,  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass  22,  Telpher 
and  towing.  This  subclass  contains  a  number  of  patents  for  telpher 
systems  similar  in  operation  to  many  shown  in  class  104,  RAILWAYS, 
subclasses  4  and  14'j,  above  referred  to,  and  to  the  subclass  7,  Self- 
propelled  car  systems,  in  class  ISO,  STORE  SERVICE,  now  under  con- 
sideration. 

Class  214,  LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclasses  14,  Elevated  car- 
riers, and  2,  Loading  and  unloading,  Hay. 

Class  243,  PNEUMATIC  DISPATCH,  for  transportation  through  tubes 
from  station  to  station  by  fluid  pressure. 

In  the  definitions  given  below  of  the  various  subclasses  it  is  under- 
stood that,  with  some  exceptions  in  subclasses  1,  Dining-room 
service;  17,  Self-propelled  car  systems,  and  18,  Cable  propulsion 
systems,  Reciprocating,  Drop  car,  the  carriers  are  supported  on 
a  track  along  which  they  are  propelled,  either  sliding,  rolling,  or 
upon  wheels. 

Subclasses. 

1.  DINING-ROOM  SERVICE.    Devices  for  carrying  dishes  con- 

taining food  from  the  kitchen  or  place  of  preparation  of  the 
food  to  the  dining  room  and  returning  the  empty  dishes. 
The  manner  of  propulsion  is  unrestricted. 
Search  Class— 
45 — FURNITURE,  subclass  20,  Tables,  Self-waiting. 

2.  GRAVITY  SYSTEMS.    Miscellaneous  inventions  not  otherwise 

classifiable.    The  tracks  are  inclined,  and  the  propelling  force 
for  the  carriers  is  gravity. 
Search  Classes— 

57 — HOISTING,  subclass  37,  Chutes,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  146,  Elevated,  Cable  rail;  8,  Inclined 
plane,  and  111,  Pleasure  railways. 

3.  GRAVITYSYSTEMS, SELECTIVE  DELIVERY.    There  are 

a  number  of  terminals  to  which  the  cars  are  switched  from  the 
main  line,  the  particular  switch  operated  by  a  given  carrier 
depending  on  its  configuration  or  size. 
Search  Class — 

186— STORE  SERVICE,  subclasses  15,  Cable  propulsion,  Grip, 
Selective  release,  and  20,  Switches,  Selective,  for  other  selec- 
tive switching  features. . 

4.  GRAVITY  SYSTEMS,  TILTING  TRACK.    One  end  of  the 

track  is  raised  or  lowered  to  give  the  necessary  impelling  force 

in  the  required  direction. 
Search  Classes — 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  140,  Elevated,  Cable  rail;  8,  Inclined 

plane,  and  111,  Pleasure  railways. 
214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  14,  Elevated  carriers. 

5.  GRAVITY   SYSTEMS,    TILTING    TRACK,   BOTH    ENDS 

MOVABLE.  Here  each  end  of  the  track  is  raised  and  low- 
ered. 

Search  Class— 
186— STORE  SERVICE,  subclass  4,  Gravity  systems,  Tilting  track. 

6.  GRAVITY   SYSTEMS,    TILTING    TRACK,    BOTH    ENDS 

MOVABLE,  PIVOTED  ARMS.  The  ends  of  the  track  are 
attached  to  pivoted  arms,  so  that  when  one  end  of  the  track 
is  raised  the  other  is  lowered. 

7.  SELF-PROPELLED  CAR  SYSTEMS.    The  propelling  means 

is  on  the  car  in  the  form  of  a  spring,  electric,  or  other  motor.  In 
some  cases  the  cars  run  on  a  closed  track  loop  and  distribute 
and  collect  selectively  and  automatically.  In  other  cases  the 
cars  are  switched  selectively  and  automatically  from  the  main 
line. 


CLASS  186— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

186— STOKE  SERVICE,  subclass  28,  Carriers,  Wheeled,  Self-pro- 
pelled. 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  4,  Elevated,  and  146,  Elevated, 
Cable  rail. 

191— ELECTRICITY,  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass  22,  Telpher 
and  towing. 

8.  SINGLE  IMPULSE  SYSTEMS.    The  car  is  impelled  by  the 

hand  either  directly  or  by  means  of  interposed  mechanism. 
Search  Classes— 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  140,  Elevated,  Cable  rail. 
214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  14,  Elevated  carriers, 

and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

9.  SINGLE    IMPULSE    SYSTEMS,    SPEED    INCREASING. 

The  car  is  impelled  usually  by  hand,  but  with  speed  increasing 
means  interposed  between  the  power  and  the  car. 

10.  SINGLE  IMPULSE   SYSTEMS,   SPRING.    The  impelling 

means  is  a  spring  which  is  strained  to  the  requisite  point  and 
then  suddenly  released  to  propel  the  car  along  the  track. 
Search  Class— 

124 — AIR  GUNS,  CATAPULTS,  AND  TARGETS,  subclasses  7,  Bows 
and  crossbows;  12,  Guns,  Spring,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under for  spring  straining  and  releasing  mechanisms  similar 
to  those  shown  in  this  subclass. 

11.  SINGLE    IMPULSE    SYSTEMS,    SPRING,  LONGITUDI- 

NALLY MOVING  LINE.  The  track  itself  or  a  line  parallel 
to  and  coextensive  with  the  track  is  an  elastic  cable  or  has 
springs  inserted  between  its  ends  and  the  supports.  The 
car  is  propelled  from  either  end  by  pulling  the  line  at  that 
end  and  straining  the  elastic  cable  or  the  spring  at  the  opposite 
end  and  quickly  releasing,  when  the  car  is  propelled  through, 
means  of  a  projecting  part  on  the  line. 

12.  SINGLE  IMPULSE  SYSTEMS,  GRAVITY.    The  end  of  the 

track  upon  which  the  car  rests  is  tilted  to  give  the  necessary 
impulse  to  propel  the  car  along  the  remainder  of  the  track, 
which  is  not  inclined.  This  subclass  also  includes  cases  in 
which  the  car  rests  on  the  level  portion  of  the  track,  the  car 
being  impelled  by  a  bunter  running  down  the  inclined  portion 
of  the  track,  which  is  tilted,  and  the  bunter  released  at  will. 

13.  SINGLE  IMPULSE  SYSTEMS,  SPREADERS.    The  car  is 

given  an  impulse  by  the  spreading  apart  at  one  end  of  two 
members  inserted  between  suitable  parts  on  the  car.  In  some 
cases  both  members  are  flexible,  in  other  cases  one  is  flexible 
and  the  other  rigid,  and  one  or  both  movable.  In  some  cases 
one  member  forms  the  track  on  which  the  car  runs  and  the 
other  is  coextensive  with  it,  in  other  cases  the  second  member 
extends  for  a  limited  distance  only. 

14.  CABLE  PROPULSION  SYSTEMS.    The  car  is  propelled  by 

a  running  cable  or  belt  and  runs  on  a  track  or  is  suspended  on 

the  cable  or  belt. 
Search  Classes— 

104— RAILWAYS,    subclasses    146,    Elevated,    Cable    rail;   111, 

Pleasure  railways,  and  53,  Traction,  Running  and  carrying 

rope. 
193— CONVEYERS,  subclasses  2,  Endless;  4,  Endless,  Belt,  and 

8,  Endless,  Flight. 
214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

15.  CABLE   PROPULSION   SYSTEMS,   GRIP,   SELECTIVE 

RELEASE.  The  carrier  is  propelled  along  a  track  by  a  con- 
tinuously running  cable,  to  which  when  the  carrier  is  placed 
in  the  proper  position  it  is  automatically  attached  by  means 
of  a  gripper  on  the  carrier.  The  carrier  runs  to  a  designated 
station,  when  the  gripper  is  automatically  operated  and  the 
car  switched  to  its  terminal.  The  point  of  release  and  switch- 
ing is  determined  by  the  configuration  of  the  car. 
Search  Class— 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  4,  Elevated,  and  140,  Elevated. 
Cable  rail;  also  in  the  various  subclasses  under  35,  Grippers, 
especially  in  subclass  87,  Grippers,  Automatic  release. 

16.  CABLE  PROPULSION  SYSTEMS,  LOAD  RELEASE. 

A  belt  or  cable  in  the  form  of  a  closed  loop  propels  a  wheeled 
car  or  a  flight  usually  along  a  track.  A  receptacle  is  carried 
by  the  car  or  pushed  by  the  flight  and  is  itself  deposited  at  a 
previously  selected  point,  or  the  contents  of  the  receptacle 
are  deposited  at  the  given  point. 
Search  Classes — 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  4,  Elevated,  and  146,  Elevated, 
Cable  rail. 

193— CONVEYERS,  subclasses  2,  Endless;  4,  Endless,  Belt,  and  8, 
Endless,  Flight. 

17.  CABLE    PROPULSION    SYSTEMS.    RECIPROCATING. 

The  carrier  is  attached  to  a  cable  and  is  propelled  back  and 
forth  in  the  same  path  between  the  terminals.  It  may  be  pro- 
pelled both  ways  by  the  cable  or  in  one  direction  by  the  cable 

415 


416 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  186— Continued. 

and  in  the  reverse  by  gravity.    In  some  instances  the  carrier 
runs  on  a  track,  in  others  it  is  suspended  from  the  propelling 
cable. 
Search  Classes — 

68 — LAUNDRY,  subclass  3,  Clothes  lines,  where  analogous  struc- 
tures will  be  found. 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  4,  Elevated;  146,  Elevated,  Cable 
rail,  and  53,  Traction,  Running  and  carrying  rope. 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING. 

18.  CABLE    PROPULSION    SYSTEMS,    RECIPROCATING. 

DROP  CAR.  Here  the  carrier  is  attached  to  the  cable  and 
is  propelled  back  and  forth  in  the  same  path.  The  car  runs 
on  a  track  or  is  suspended  from  the  cable.  Provision  is  made 
in  some  cases  for  lowering  the  carrier  at  the  term  nals.  In 
other  instances  it  is  lowered  at  any  intermediate  poin  t. 
Search  Class— 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclasses  14,  Elevated  carriers, 
and  19,  Elevated  carriers,  Rope  catch. 

19.  SWITCHES.    Devices  not  otherwise  classified  for  directing  a 

carrier  from  one  track  to  another  over  an  intervening  movable 
track  section. 
Search  Class— 

104 — RAILWAYS,  subclasses  180,  Elevated,  Suspended  ways, 
Switches,  and  12,  Switches,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

20.  SWITCHES,  SELECTIVE.    Mechanisms  by  which  the  carrier 

is  directed  to  a  particular  branch  along  a  track,  the  point  of 
switching  depending  upon  the  configuration  or  size  of  the 
carrier.  In  some  cases  the  switch  is  movable,  in  others  immov- 
able. 

Search  Class— 

186 — STORE  SERVICE,  subclasses  3,  Gravity  systems,  Selective 
delivery;  13,  Single  impulse  systems,  Spreaders,  and  15, 
Cable  propulsion  systems,  Grip,  Selective  release. 

21.  SWITCHES,  SELECTIVE,  CARRIER  RETURNED.     The 

carrier  is  switched  to  a  particular  point,  depending  upon  the 
si:e  or  configuration  of  the  carrier,  the  switch  being  returned 
to  its  original  position  by  action  of  the  carrier  after  passing. 

22.  ELEVATORS  AND  DROPS.    Devices  for  hoisting  or  lowering 

a  carrier  from  one  level  to  another.  In  some  cases  the  devices 
operate  between  tracks  at  different  levels,  in  others  between  a 
station  and  a  track  at  another  level. 

Note. — A  large  number  of  these  devices  are  shown  in  this  class, 
subclasses,  2,  Gravity  systems;  3,  Gravity  systems,  Selective 
delivery,  and  8,  Single  impulse  car  systems,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

17— BUTCHERING,  subclass  30,  Slaughtering,  elevating,  and  sus- 
pending. 

89 — ORDNANCE,  subclass  46,  Loading,  Hoisting  apparatus. 

193 — CONVEYERS,  subclass  8,  Endless,  Flight. 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

227— PIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  10,  Endless  carriers. 

23.  ELEVATORS  AND  DROPS,  SPEED  CONTROLLED 

DROP.    Devices  for  hoisting  or  lowering  a  carrier  from  one 
level  to  another,  connected  with  which  are  means  for  con- 
trolling the  speed  of  the  falling  carrier. 
Search  Classes — 

186— STORE  SERVICE,  subclass  29,  Carriers,  Wheeled,  Drop  re- 
ceptacle. 

57,  HOISTING,  subclass  37,  Chutes,  and  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
drops  of  widely  varying  character. 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclasses  38,  Control  mechanism,  Speed  con- 
trolled; 68,  Fluid  governors  and  subclasses  thereunder;  and  73, 
Car-brakes  and  catches,  and  appropriate  subclasses  there- 
under. 

227— FIRE  ESCAPES,  subclasses  1,  Automatic  speed  governors, 
and  34,  Automatic  speed  governors,  Centrifugal. 

24.  BUFFERS.    Devices  for  receiving  the  impact  of  the  carrier  as 

it  reaches  the  end  of  the  line. 


CLASS  186— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 
16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  6,  Door  checks,  and  the 

subclasses  thereunder. 
104  -RAILWAYS,  subclass  49,  Buffers. 
187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  67,  Well-end  cushions. 
214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING. 

25.  BUFFERS,  SLIDE.    The  retarding  action  is  produced  by  the 

carrier  sliding  on  the  buffer,  which  is  in  the  form  of  an  in- 
clined plane.  In  some  cases  the  buffer  is  a  wedge  embraced 
by  parts  on  a  car. 

26.  CARRIERS.    Miscellaneous  cash  and  parcel  carriers  not  other- 

wise classified. 

27.  CARRIERS,     WHEELED.    Carriers     running     on     wheels 

adapted  to  the  service  indicated  in  the  general  definition  of  this 

class  and  not  specifically  included  in  the  remaining  carrier 

subclasses. 
Search  Classes— 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  4,  Elevated;  146,  Elevated,  Cable 

rail.and  181,  Elevated,  Suspended  ways. 
105— RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,  subclasses  233,  Single  rail,  and 

the  subclasses  thereunder;  236,  Single  top  and  bottom  rail,  and 

237,  Suspended. 

28.  CARRIERS,  WHEELED,  SELF-PROPELLED.    Wheeled 

carriers  propelled  by  a  self-contained  motor  of  any  form. 
Search  Classes— 

186— STORE  SERVICE,  subclass  7,  Self-propelled  car  systems. 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses,  4,   Elevated,  and  146,  Elevated, 

Cable  rail. 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,'subclass  237,  Suspended. 
191— ELECTRICITY,  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass  22,  Telpher  and 

towing. 
247— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUITS,  subclass  25,  Wire  drawing.  Motors. 

29.  CARRIERS,    WHEELED,    DROP    RECEPTACLES. 

Wheeled  carriers  in  which  the  cash  or  parcel  receptacle  is  low- 
ered from  its  normal  position  while  still  remaining  attached  to 
the  car.    In  some  instances  the  car  remains  attached  to  some 
part  of  the  structure. 
Search  Classes— 

186— STORE  SERVICE,  subclasses  18,  Cable  propulsion  systems, 
Reciprocating,  Drop  car;  22,  Elevators  and  drops,  and  23, 
Elevators  and  drops,  Speed  controlled  drop. 
214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  generally. 

30.  CARRIERS,  WHEELED   DERAILMENT  GUARDS.    De- 

vices for  preventing  derailment  of  wheeled  carriers. 
Search  Class— 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,  subclasses  215,  Derailment 
guards,  Inclined  wheels;  95,  Derailment  guards,  Rail  interlock- 
ing, and  96,  Derailment  guards,  Supplemental  wheels. 

31.  CARRIERS,   ROLLING.    Carriers  of  spherical,  cylindrical, 

and  other  permissible  shapes  which  roll  along  the  track. 

32.  CARRIERS,  SLIDING.    The  carriers  slide  along  the  track. 

The  method  of  propulsion  is  unrestricted. 
Search  Class — 

186— STORE  SERVICE,  subclass  15,  Cable  propulsion  systems, 
Grip,  Selective  release. 

33.  DETAILS.    Elementary  parts  of  cash  carrier  systems  and  their 

accessories  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

34.  DETAILS,  TRACK.    Track  accessories  and  elementary  parts 

not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes— 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclasses  4,  Elevated^  146,  Elevated,  Cable 
rail;  181,  Elevated,  suspended  ways;  180,  Elevated,  Suspend- 
ed ways,  Switches,  and  83,  Traction,  Curves,  for  details  of 
tracks  of  the  character  here  under  consideration. 
214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  14,  Elevated  carriers, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


CLASS  187.— ELEVATORS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  elevators  of  the  type  comprising  a  traveling 
car,  cage,  platform,  or  similar  device  upon  which  a  load  is  to  be 
placed,  also  certain  door  mechanism  and  other  details  of  elevator 
structure  not  provided  for  elsewhere. 

Elevators  in  which  the  load-carrying  device  travels  in  a  continuous 
path  are  classified  here  if  the  motor  mechanism  i  s  controllable  from 
along  the  path  of  travel,  so  as  to  stop  the  carrier  at  any  desired 
elevation. 

Elevators  limited  to  use  in  connection  with  means  for  automati- 
cally taking  up  or  discharging  the  load  are  excluded. 

In  general  combinations  of  elevators  with  other  apparatus  or 
elevator  structures  especially  modified  for  use  in  certain  arts  are 
classified  with  such  apparatus  or  arts. 

Elevator  signals  are  classified  in  appropriate  subclasses  under 
classes  116,  SIGNALS;  177,  ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  and  178,  TELEG- 
RAPHY. 

Patents  containing  matter  falling  within  two  or  more  subclasses 
have  been  placed  in  the  subclass  having  the  lowest  number  and  cross- 
referenced,  if  necessary,  to  other  subclasses. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Elevators  and  details  thereof  not  classi- 

fiable elsewhere. 
Search  Classes— 

14— BRIDGES,  subclass  42,  Draw,  Lift. 

46 — GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  72,  Amusement  elevators,  for 
elevator  structures  in  which  the  car  has  a  rotary  movement  or 
which  are  otherwise  modified  to  adapt  them  especially  for  use 
as  amusement  devices. 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  10,  Refrigerators,  for  combina- 
tions of  elevators  and  refrigerator  structure. 

89— ORDNANCE,  subclass  46,  Loading,  Hoisting  apparatus. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  14,  Skeleton 
towers,  Arrangement,  Elevating. 

193 — CONVEYERS,  appropriate  subclasses  under  "Endless," 
for  load-carrying  devices  traveling  in  a  continuous  path. 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  appropriate  subclasses,  and 
subclass  12,  Loading  and  unloading,  Vertical  hoist  and  dump, 
for  wagon  jacks  used  to  raise  one  end  of  a  wagon  for  the  purpose 
of  dumping  the  load. 

220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  116, 
Receptacles,  Garbage,  Hoisting. 

2.  BUILDING    MATERIAL.    Elevators    designed    for   hoisting 

materials  during  the  erection  of  buildings.    The  structure  is 

especially  adapted  for  easy  erection,  extension,  and  removal. 
Search  Classes— 
187— ELEVATORS,   subclass   9,    Portable,    and   the   subclasses 

thereunder,  for  elevators  which  are  portable  as  a  whole. 
20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  81,  Scaffolds,  Miscellaneous. 
193 — CONVEYERS,  subclasses  2,  Endless,  and  8,  Endless,  Flight, 

for  hod  elevators  and  the  like,  which  include  conveying  means 

traveling  in  a  continuous  path. 

3.  DUMB-WAITER  TYPE.    Dumb-waiters  and  similar  elevators 

of  light  construction  not  adapted  for  carrying  passengers,  and 
therefore  involving  no  control  means  operable  from  the  car. 
Some  of  the  patents  are  for  so-called  "refrigerators,"  used  for 
lowering  provisions  into  an  underground  chamber,  as  a  well. 
Search  Classes— 

62— REFRIGERATION,  subclass  10,  Refrigerators,  for  elevators 
in  combination  with  specific  refrigerator  structure,  such  as 
heat  insulation,  ice-receptacles,  or  structures  adapted  for  sub- 
mergence in  a  cooling  liquid. 

186— STORE  SERVICE,  subclass  22,  Elevators  and  drops. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  27,  Shelving. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  116, 
Receptacles,  Garbage,  Hoisting. 

4.  DUMB-WAITER    TYPE,    MAIL.    Elevators    especially   de- 

signed for  conveying  mail  to  or  from  the  upper  stories  of  build- 
ings. 

Search  Class— 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  12,  Loading  and 
unloading,  Vertical  hoist  and  dump,  for  mail  elevators,  in- 
cluding means  for  discharging  the  mail  at  the  desired  points. 

5.  DUMB-WAITER     TYPE,     LOCKED     CAR.    Dumb-waiter 

elevators,  including  means  for  locking  or  holding  the  car, 
usually  in  its  lowered  position. 
Search  Class — 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  73,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  locking  means  adapted  to  support 
the  car  above  its  lower  limit  of  travel. 

6.  EXTERIOR  WALL.    Elevators  supported  upon  the  exterior 

svalls  of  buildings,  the  car  being  limited  to  travel  up  and 
down  the  face  of  the  building  by  permanent  ways  connected 
to  the  wall.  Such  elevators  are  usually  intended  for  use  as 
fire-escapes. 


26674° — 12- 


-27 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  appropriate  subclasses,  for  permanent 
fire-escape  elevators  supported  upon  building  exteriors  but 
not  included  under  the  above  definition. 

7.  EXTERIOR  WALL,    LATERAL    MOVEMENT.     Exterior 

wall  elevators  in  which  the  car  has  lateral  movement  relative 

to  the  guides  or  the  guides  themselves  are  mounted  to  move 

laterally  on  the  wall  of  the  building. 
Search  Classes— 
187— ELEVATORS,   subclass   9,    Portable,    and   the   subclasses 

thereunder,  for  laterally  movable  guides. 
227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  14,  Hoist-rope-supporting  trolley. 

8.  EXTERIOR   WALL,  CAR   BRAKE.    Includes  a  brake  or 

catch  on  the  car  adapted  to  support  the  car  or  retard  its  move- 
ment by  engagement  with  adjacent  relatively  fixed  elements. 
Search  Classes— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  80,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car- 
supported,  and  appropriate  subclasses  thereunder. 

227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclasses  under  the  title  "Rope  brakes." 

9.  PORTABLE.     Elevators  so  constructed  as  to  be  readily  portable 

as  a  whole. 

Vehicles,  as  baggage  trucks  and  the  like,  in  which  the  entire 
bed  or  platform  is  arranged  to  be  raised  and  lowered  vertically 
are  classified  here  if  the  platform  is  operated  by  hoisting 
means  associated  with  a  superstructure.  IE  levators  merely  at- 
tached to  conventional  vehicles  for  loading  or  unloading  the 
vehicle  are  also  placed  here. 
Search  Classes — 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  7,  Exterior  wall,  Lateral  movement, 
for  trolley-supported  elevator  guides. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  81,  Scaffolds,  Miscellaneous, 
for  portable  elevators  involving  features  especially  adapting 
them  for  use  as  scaffolds. 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  118,  Trucks,  Elevating, 
for  similar  structures  in  which  the  hoisting  means  is  not  asso- 
ciated with  a  superstructure,  also  for  trucks,  as  stove  and 
brick  trucks,  having  vertical  adjustment  merely  for  taking  up 
or  depositing  the  load. 

33— MILLS,  subclass  26,  Bagging  grain,  Bag  holders,  for  bag 
elevators,  including  means  for  holding  the  bag. 

169— FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS,  subclass  18,  Portable,  Water 
towers;  189,  METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass 
11,  Portable  towers,  and  227,  FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  20, 
Portable  spars  and  towers,  for  extensible  towers  other  than 
lazy  tongs  structures  having  a  load-carrier  raised  and  lowered 
simultaneously  with  the  tower. 

214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  1,  Loading  and  unload- 
ing, for  vehicles  provided  with  elevators  for  raising  and  lower- 
ing loads  to  and  from  the  level  of  the  vehicle  floor  and  involv- 
ing modification  of  the  vehicle  structure:  also  subclasses  12, 
Loading  and  unloading,  Vertical  hoist  and  dump,  for  trolley- 
supported  store  elevators  involving  means  for  taking  up  or 
depositing  the  load,  also  for  portable  elevators  for  lifting  one 
end  of  a  wagon  for  dumping  the  load,  and  17,  Elevated  car- 
riers, Non-lowering  support,  and  227,  FIRE-ESCAPES,  sub- 
class 14,  Hoist-rope-supporting  trolley,  for  similar  structures 
suspended  from  a  trolley,  but  not  including  guides  to  direct  the 
vertical  travel  of  the  car. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  15,  Lazy  tongs,  and  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  portable  lazy  tongs  elevators  involving  any 
feature  adapting  them  specially  for  use  as  fire-escapes. 

10.  PORTABLE,  INCLINED.    Portable  elevators  in  which  the 

car  travels  in  an  inclined  path. 
Search  Classes— 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  18,  Skids,  for  similar  structures  involv- 
ing automatic  discharge  of  the  load. 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

11.  PORTABLE,    WINDING    DRUM.    Portable    elevators    in 

which  the  car  is  raised  and  lowered  by  a  cable  attached  to  a 
winding  drum. 
Search  Class— 
187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  10,  Portable,  Inclined. 

12.  INCLINED.    Elevators  comprising  an  inclined  track  and  a 

car  specially  adapted  to  travel  thereon.  Structures  of  the 
inclined  railway  type  are  excluded  unless  the  car  is  limited 
to  travel  on  the  inclined  track,  also  inclined  railways  designed 
to  be  traversed  by  locomotives  or  motor  cars  and  rolling  stock 
therefor. 
Search  Classes— 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclass  10,  Portable,  Inclined. 

104 — RAILWAYS,  subclasses  8,  Inclined  plane;  113,  Inclined 
plane,  Traction;  111,  Pleasure  railways,  and  165,  Endless- 
carrier. 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,  subclass  228,  Locomotives, 
Rack-rail. 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

417 


418 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

13.  INCLINED,  CABLE-CONTROLLED   BRAKES.    Inclined 

elevators,  including  a  brake  or  catch  device  for  the  car  con- 
trolled by  the  tension  on  a  hoisting  cable. 
Search  Classes 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  81.  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car- 
supported,    Cab  e-con  trolled,    and    appropriate    subclasses 
thereunder. 
188— RAILWAY  BRAKES,  subclass  76,  Safety  catches. 

14.  INCLINED,    CABLE-CONTROLLED    BRAKES,    RAIL- 

GRIPPING.    Inclined    elevators    having    cable-controlled 
brake  devices  arranged  to  grip  a  fixed  rail. 
Search  Classes 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  81,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car- 
supported,  Cable-controlled,  and  appropriate  subclasses 
thereunder. 

188— RAILWAY  BRAKES,  subclasses  48,  Rail,  Grippers,  and  74, 
Rail,  Grippers,  Automatic. 

15.  SHIFTABLE  WEIGHT.    Elevators  that  include  means  for 

varying  the  ratio  between  the  weights  of  car  and  counter- 
balance by  adding  material  to  or  removing  it  from  the  car 
or  counterbalance. 

16.  SUPERPOSED  CARS.    Elevators,  including  a  plurality  of 

cars  arranged  one  above  another  in  the  same  shaft. 
Search  Classes 

104 — RAILWAYS,  subclass  165,  Endless-carrier,  and  193,  CON- 
VEYERS, subclasses  2,  Endless,  and  8,  Endless,  Flight,  for 
similar  structures  in  which  the  motor  mechanism  is  not  con- 
trollable from  along  the  path  of  the  carriers  to  stop  the  carriers 
at  any  desired  elevation. 

227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  10,  Endless-carriers. 

17.  MOTOR  MECHANISM.    Improvements  in  the  mechanism  for 

causing  the  car  to  travel  in  opposition  to  the  action  of  gravity 
upon  the  car  and  counterbalance. 

Note.— Driving  or  hoisting  mechanism  not  limited  to  use  in  con- 
nection with  an  elevator  car  is  excluded.  In  hydraulic  or 
analogous  fluid  pressure  motor  mechanism  for  elevators  the 
recital  of  a  car  or  of  control  devices  on  or  operable  from  the  car 
when  such  features  are  merely  conventional  has  not  been 
deemed  sufficient  to  bring  the  patent  to  this  class. 
Search  Classes— 

5 — BEDS,  subclass  45,  Bedsteads,  Invalid,  Vertically-moving 
frame. 

16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  53,  Sash  fasteners,  Lifts. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  81,  Scaffolds,  Miscellaneous. 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  118,  Trucks,  Elevating. 

57 — HOISTING,  appropriate  subclasses,  especially  129,  Hoisting 
gear;  22,  Capstans  and  windlasses,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under, and  15,  Lifting  jacks,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  48,  Docks,  Lifting. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  64,  Truck-changers. 

138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  8,  For  elevators,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

18.  MOTOR   MECHANISM,    LAZY   TONGS.    Elevator   motor 

mechanism  wherein  the  car  is  supported  upon  and  raised  and 
lowered  by  lazy  tongs  levers. 
Search  Classes— 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  45,  Draw,  Lazy  tongs. 

67 — HOISTING,  subclass  129,  Hoisting  gear,  for  lazy  tongs  hoist- 
ing gear  not  limited  to  use  in  connection  with  an  elevator  car 
or  platform. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  5,  Cranks  and  levers. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  15,  Lazy  tongs,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  lazy  tongs  elevators,  including  extensible 
bridges  or  means  for  inclining  the  structure  for  reaching  win- 
dows or  other  features  especially  adapting  them  for  use  as  fire- 
escapes. 

19.  MOTOR   MECHANISM,  RACK  AND   PINION.    Elevator 

motor  mechanism  wherein  the  car  is  driven  by  rack  and 
pinion  gearing  one  of  the  elements  of  which  is  mounted  upon 
the  car  and  the  other  upon  the  shaft  or  guide  structure. 
Search  Classes— 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  102,  Lifting  jacks,  Rack  and  pinion. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  27,  Racks  and  pinions. 

106— RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,  subclass  228,  Locomotives, 
Rack-rail. 

239— RAILWAY  RAILS  AND  JOINTS,  subclass  19,  Rails,  Rack. 

20.  MOTOR    MECHANISM,    ROPE-DRIVE.    Elevator    motor 

mechanism  wherein  the  car  is  supported  by  flexible  means,  as 

cables,  which  are  caused  to  travel  relatively  to  a  driving  drum 

or  sheave  by  Motional  contact  therewith. 
Search  Classes— 
67— HOISTING,  subclass  22,  Capstans  and  windlasses,  and  the 

su)>classes  thereunder. 
74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  21,  Gearing,  Belt. 

21.  MOTOR     MECHANISM,     ROPE-DRIVE,     HAND-ROPE 

OPERATED.    Rope-drive  elevator  motor  mechanism  where- 
in the  driving  sheave  or  drum  is  driven  by  means  of  a  hand- 
rope  extending  along  the  path  of  travel  of  the  car. 
Search  Class— 

57— HOISTING,  subclasses  5,  Block  and  tackle,  Differential  pul- 
leys, and  22,  Capstans  and  windlasses. 

22.  MOTOR    MECHANISM,    ROPE-DRIVE,    TENSIONING 

FEATURE.  Rope-drive  elevator  motor  mechanism,  includ- 
ing means  other  than  a  traveling  weight  for  maintaining  suffi- 
cient tension  in  the  flexible  driving  means  to  prevent  slipping 
on  the  driving  sheave  or  drum. 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

64 — JOURNAL  BOXES,  PULLEYS,  AND  SHAFTING,  subclasses  5, 
Belt  tighteners,  and  52,  Journal  boxes,  Bodily  movable,  for 
tensioning  means  for  driving  belts  or  cables. 

23.  MOTOR  MECHANISM,  ROPE-DRIVE,  DIFFERENTIAL 

SHEAVE.  Rope-drive  elevator  motor  mechanism  wherein 
the  flexible  supporting  means  passes  around  a  plurality  of 
sheaves  of  different  sizes  or  rotatable  at  different  velocities. 

24.  MOTOR  MECHANISM,  SCREW.    Elevator  motor  mechan- 

ism wherein  the  car  is  driven  by  screw  gearing  one  of  the 

elements  of  which  is  mounted  upon  the  car  and  the  other  upon 

the  shaft  or  guide  structure. 
Search  Classes — 
46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  72,  Amusement  elevators,  for 

cars  which  are  raised  or  lowered  by  the  rotation  of  the  car 

itself  in  engagement  with  a  stationary  screw. 
57— HOISTING,  subclass  44,  Lifting  jacks,  Screw. 
74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  40,  Gearing,  Screw-and-nut. 

25.  MOTOR  MECHANISM,  SCREW,  TRAVELING  ROTARY 

ELEMENT.  Screw  motor  mechanism  wherein  the  rotary 
element  of  the  screw  gearing  is  attached  to  and  travels  with 
the  car. 

2fi.  MOTOR  MECHANISM,  TRAVELING  SHEAVE.    Elevator 
motor  mechanism  wherein  the  car  is  driven  by  a  cable,  an 
intermediate  portion  of  which  passes  around  one  or  more 
traveling  or  multiplying  sheaves. 
Search  Classes— 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  129,  Hoisting  gear. 
138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  8,  For  elevators,  for  similar 
structure  in  connection  with  hydraulic  motors. 

27.  MOTOR  MECHANISM,  WINDING  DRUM.    Elevator  motor 

mechanism  wherein  the  car  is  driven  by  a  cable  or  the  like 

attached  to  and  winding  upon  a  hoisting  drum. 
Search  Classes  — 
187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses   10,    Portable,   Inclined,  and   11, 

Portable,  Winding  drum. 
57— HOISTING,  subclass  22,  Capstans  and  windlasses,  and  the 

subclasses  thereunder. 
242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  117,  Winding  drums  and 

sand  reels,  for  drum  structure  per  se. 

28.  CONTROL   MECHANISM.    Apparatus   for   controlling   the 

elevator  motor  mechanism,  guide  sheaves,  or  cables  and  lim- 
ited to  use  in  elevators  of  the  type  falling  in  this  class. 
Note. — The  control  may  1/e  by  means  of  a  brake  applied  to  some 
part  of  the  motor  apparatus,  including  the  cable  and  sheaves, 
or  by  means  of  a  clutch,  switch,  valve,  or  other  power  con- 
trolling device. 

Note. — Control  mechanism  for  hydraulic  elevator  motors  is  not 
classified  here  unless  it  goes  beyond  the  recital  of  a  conven- 
tional control  rope  or  the  like. 

Note.— Brake  apparatus  per  se  disclosed  in  connection  with  eleva- 
tors has  not  been  cross-referenced  to  the  subclasses  under 
"Control  mechanism"  unless  limited  to  use  in  connection 
with  an  elevator  car.  The  mere  operation  by  a  hand  rope 
has  not  been  considered  as  so  limiting  it. 
Search  Classes — 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  68,  Fluid  governors,  for  speed  con- 
trolling pumps,  plunders,  and  the  like. 

57 — HOISTING,  appropriate  suliclasses,  for  hoisting  motor  con- 
trol mechanism  not  limited  to  use  in  connection  with  an 
elevator  car. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  13,  Machine  brakes,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  brake  apparatus  per  se  not  limited 
to  use  in  connection  with  an  elevator  car. 

138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  8,  For  elevators,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  hydraulic  motor  control  mechanism 
not  limited  to  use  in  connection  with  an  elevator  car. 

29.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  ELECTRIC.    Miscellaneous  con- 

trol mechanism  involving  electric  features. 

Note. — Electric  switches  and  controllers  of  general  application, 
whether  operable  manually  or  automatically,  are  excluded 
from  this  class,  also  manually  opera! >le  electrical  control  sys- 
temsforthe  normal  control  of  elevator  motors.  Such  systems 
may  include  the  car,  manually  operable  electric  controllers 
on  the  car  or  landings,  and  switches  controlled  by  the  position 
of  the  car  or  doors.  Further  limitations  to  use  in  connection 
with  an  elevator  car  bring  the  mechanism  within  the  scope  of 
this  class. 

Search  Class— 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclasses  152,  Elevators, 
and  179,  Motors,  Hand  operating  devices,  for  electrical  elevator 
control  devices  and  systems  excluded  from  this  class. 

30.  CONTROL    MECHANISM,    DOOR-ACTUATED.     Control 

mechanism  actuated  by  the  movement  of  elevator  doors  or 
locks  thereof  independently  of  the  movement  of  the  car  itself. 
Search  Class— 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclass  47,  Control  mechanism,  Controller 
locks,  Door-actuated,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  stand- 
ing rope  controllers  which  are  locked  to  the  car  by  the  opening 
of  the  door,  so  that  movement  of  the  car  causes  corresponding 
movement  of  the  controller. 

31.  CONTROL    MECHANISM,    DOOR-ACTUATED,    ELEC- 

TRIC. Door-actuated  control  mechanisrh  involving  electric 
features. 

Search  Classes— 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  152,  Elevators, 
for  manually  operable  electric  control  systems,  including  door 
switches. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


419 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

177 — ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclasses  10,  Ciicuit  closers,  and 
203,  Circuit  closers,  Lock,  for  door  actuated  circuit  closers 
per  se. 

32.  CONTROL    MECHANISM,    LANDING    STOPS.    Control 

mechanism,  including  means  which  may  be  set  to  cause  the 
car  to  be  stopped  upon  reaching  the  next  or  any  desired  land- 
ing. 

Search  Class— 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  152,  Elevators,  for 
electrical  control  systems,  including  floor  or  landing  switches. 

33.  CONTROL    MECHANISM,    LANDING    STOPS,    LOCK. 

Landing  stop  mechanism  acting  to  lock  the  control  cable  to 
the  car  to  prevent  actuation  from  a  point  remote  from  the  car. 

34.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  LIMIT.    Control  mechanism,  in- 

cluding means  for  automatically  retarding  and  stopping  or 
reversing  the  motor  mechanism  when  the  car  approaches  the 
limit  of  travel. 
Search  Classes— 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclass  32,  Control  mechanism,  Landing 
stops. 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  130,  Capstans  and  windlasses,  Auto- 
matic stop,  and  138,  HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  8,  For 
elevators,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  limit  stops  con- 
tained in  the  motor  mechanism. 

35.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  LIMIT,  ELECTRIC.    Limitcon- 

trol  mechanism,  including  electric  features. 
Search  Class — 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  152,  Elevators,  for 
manually  operable  electrical  control  systems,  including  limit 
switches. 

36.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  LIMIT,  CARRIER- ACTUATED. 

Limit  control  mechanism  arranged  to  be  actuated  by  the  car 

or  counterweight. 
Search  Classes— 
187— ELEVATORS,    subclass    35,    Control    mechanism,    Limit, 

Electric. 
103— PUMPS,  subclass  35,  Windlass  water-elevator,  for  reversing 

devices  actuated  by  the  bucket  or  by  buttons  on  the  hoist 

rope. 

214— LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  12,  Loading  and  un- 
loading, Vertical  hoist  and  dump,  for  similar  structure  in 

connection  with  wagon  jacks. 

37.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  LIMIT,  CARRIER- ACTUATED, 

DEFLECTED  ROPE.  Limit  control  mechanism,  includ- 
ing a  cable  in  the  path  of  the  car  or  counterweight,  which  is 
deflected  as  the  car  reaches  the  limits  of  travel. 

38.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  SPEED  CONTROLLED.    Con- 

trol mechanism  the  operation  of  which  is  dependent  upon  the 
speed  of  the  car. 
Search  Classes  — 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  130,  Capstans  and  windlasses,  Auto- 
matic stop. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  45,  Machine  brakes,  Centrif- 
ugal speed  regulators,  for  speed  controlled  brakes. 

186— STORE  SERVICE,  subclass  23,  Elevators  and  drops,  Speed- 
controlled  drop. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  1,  Automatic  speed  governors, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

39.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  SPEED  CONTROLLED,  ELEC- 

TRIC. Speed  actuated  control  mechanism  involving  elec- 
tric features. 

40.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  WELL-OBSTRUCTION.    Con- 

trol mechanism  which  comes  into  action  when  some  object 
projects  into  the  well  from  the  car  or  from  a  landing,  so  as  to 
obstruct  the  free  passage  of  the  car. 

41.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  WELL-OBSTRUCTION,  ELEC- 

TRIC. Well-obstruction  control  mechanism  involving  elec- 
tric features. 

42.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  OPERATOR-ACTUATED.    Im- 

provements in  control  devices  relating  specially  to  actuation 
by  the  operator  and  limited  to  use  in  connection  with  an 
elevator  car. 
Search  Classes— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  32,  Control  mechanism.  Landing 
stops,  and  33.  Control  mechanism,  Landing  stops,  Lock. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  39,  Cranks  and  levers,  Hand- 
levers,  for  hand  levers  per  se. 

43.  CONTROL     MECHANISM,     OPERATOR  -  ACTUATED, 

ELECTRIC.    Operator-actuated  control  mechanism  involv- 
ing electric  features  and  including  structure  limited  to  use  in 
connection  with  an  elevator  car. 
Search  Class— 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclasses  152,  Elevators, 
for  electric  control  systems  for  the  normal  control  of  elevator 
motors,  including  manually  operable  electric  control  devices, 
and  179,  Motors,  Hand  operating  devices,  for  electric  con- 
trollers per  se. 

44.  CONTROL     MECHANISM,     OPERATOR  -  ACTUATED, 

ROPE-CONTROLLERS.    Improvements  in  the  arrange- 
ment or  mounting  of  controller-ropes  and  the  manually  oper- 
able means  for  actuating  them. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  32,  Control  mechanism,  Landing 
stops,  and  33,  Control  mechanism,  Landing  stops,  Lock,  for 
devices  which  may  be  set  to  cause  the  automatic  actuation  of 
the  controller-rope  as  the  car  approaches  a  landing. 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

45.  CONTROL     MECHANISM,     OPERATOR  -  ACTUATED, 

ROPE  CONTROLLERS,  RUNNING  ROPE.  Controllers 
of  the  "running  rope"  type,  including  a  cable  traveling  with 
the  car  or  at  a  rate  proportional  to  that  of  the  car. 

46.  CONTROL    MECHANISM,    CONTROLLER-LOCKS.    Re- 

straining means,  as  a  lock  or  guard,  to  prevent  manipulation 

of  the  controller. 
Note.— When  the  controller  is  of  the  standing  rope  type  and  the 

lock  is  on  the  car,  the  locking  of  the  rope  to  the  car  will  cause 

the  actuation  of  the  controller  should  the  car  move. 
Search  Classes— 
187 — ELEVATORS,  subclass  33,   Control  mechanism,   Landing 

stops,  Lock. 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  115,  Cord  and 

rope  holders,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  rope  holders 

per  se. 

47.  CONTROLMECHANISM,CONTROLLER-LOCKS,DOOR- 

ACTUATED.  Controller-locks  actuated  upon  the  opening 
of  an  elevator  door  to  prevent  manipulation  of  the  controller 
while  the  door  is  open. 

48.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  CONTROLLER-LOCKS,  DOOR- 

ACTUATED,  ELECTRIC.    Door-actuated  controller-lock- 
ing mechanism  involving  electric  features.  • 
Search  Classes — 

172— ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  152,  Elevators, 

for  electric  control  systems,  including  door-actuated  switches. 

177 — ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclasses  10,  Circuit-closers,  and 

203,  Circuit-closers,  Lock,  for  door-actuated  circuit  closers 

per  se. 

49.  CONTROLMECHANISM,CONTROLLER-LOCKS,DOOR- 

ACTUATED,  LOCKED  DOOR.    Controller  locking  mech- 
anism, including  means  to  prevent  the  opening  of  the  door 
under  improper  conditions,  as  when  the  car  is  not  at  the 
landing  or  when  the  controller  is  not  in  stop  position. 
Search  Class— 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclass  61,  Door  mechanism,  Locks,  for 
elevator  door  locks  per  se. 

50.  CONTROL  MECHANISM,  CONTROLLER-LOCKS.DOOR- 

ACTUATED,  LOCKED  DOOR,  ELECTRIC.  Door-actu- 
ated controller-locks  of  the  locked  door  type  involving  electric 
features. 

51.  DOOR  MECHANISM.    Opening,  closing,  or  fastening  mech- 

anism for  elevator  gates  or  doors  having  particular  cooperation 
with  the  elevator  car. 

Note.— Patents  in  which  the  claims  do  not  recite  the  car  or  parts 
thereon  have  been  placed  here  if  an  element  is  recited  which 
is  designed  to  be  directly  actuated  by  the  car  or  parts  thereon. 
Search  Classes— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  62,  Hatch  mechanism,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  similar  structure  in  connection  with 
closures  extending  across  the  elevator  well. 

14— BRIDGES,  subclass  50,  Draw,  Gates,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  under  "Doors,"  for  door 
structure  per  se. 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  under  "Gates,  Openers,"  for  door  open- 
ing mechanism  generally. 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  46,  Doors, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  metallic  door  structure. 

52.  DOOR  MECHANISM   MOTOR  ACTUATED.    Door  mech- 

anism wherein  the  door  is  actuated  by  a  motor  and  not 

directly  by  the  car. 
Search  Classes — 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  under  "Draw,  Gates,  Hand  or  motor 

operated." 
39 — FENCES,  appropriate  subclasses  under  "  Gates,  Openers." 

53.  DOOR   MECHANISM,   MOTOR   ACTUATED,   COMMON 

•  MOTOR  SHAFT.  Motor  operated  door  mechanism  actu- 
ated by  a  rotating  vertical  shaft  extending  through  the  vari- 
ous floors. 

54.  DOOR  MECHANISM,  MOTOR  ACTUATED,  SEPARATE 

MOTORS.  Door  mechanism  wherein  a  separate  motor  is 
used  to  operate  the  door  at  each  landing. 

55.  DOOR  MECHANISM,  FLEXIBLE  SCREENS.    Door  mech- 

anism comprising  a  flexible  screen  or  curtain  extending  pasta 
plurality  of  doorways. 

56.  DOOR  MECHANISM,  SLIDING  DOORS.    Door  mechanism 

comprising  closures  mounted  to  slide. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  52,  Door  mechanism,  Motor-actu- 
ated, and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

57.  DOOR  MECHANISM,  SLIDING  DOORS,  LOCKED  DOOR. 

Sliding  door  mechanism,  including  means  in  addition  to  the 
door  moving  devices  per  se  for  locking  the  door  in  open  or 
closed  position. 
Search  Class— 

187.  ELEVATORS,  subclass  61,  Door  mechanism,  Locks,  for 
elevator  door  locks  per  se. 

58.  DOOR    MECHANISM,    SLIDING    DOORS,    VERTICAL 

MOVEMENT.    Door      mechanism      comprising      closures 
mounted  to  slide  vertically. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  55,  Door  mechanism,  Flexible 
screens. 


420 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

59.  DOOR    MECHANISM.    SLIDING    DOORS,    VERTICAL 

MOVEMENT,  LOCKED  DOOR.    Door  mechanism  with 
vertically  sliding  doors,  including  means  in  addition  to  the 
door  moving  devices  per  se  for  locking  the  door  in  open  or 
closed  position. 
Search  Class — 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclass  61,  Door  mechanism,  Locks,  for  ele- 
vator door  locks  per  se. 

60.  DOOR    MECHANISM,    SLIDING    DOORS,    VERTICAL 

MOVEMENT,  SLIDING    COUPLER.    Door   mechanism 
with  vertically  sliding  doors,  including  a  sliding  block  or 
the  like  suitably  connected  to  the  door  and  adapted  to  be 
moved  up  or  down  by  engagement  with  a  part  on  the  car. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  64,  Hatch  mechanism,  Sliding 
coupler. 

61.  DOOR  MECHANISM,  LOCKS.    Mechanism  for  fastening  an 

elevator  door  in  closed  position  and  having  particular  coop- 
eration with  the  elevator  car. 
Search  Classes— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  31.  Control  mechanism,  Door- 
actuated,  Electric;  49,  Control  mechanism,  Controller  locks, 
Door-actuated.  Locked  door;  50,  Control  mechanism,  Con- 
troller locks,  Door-actuated,  Locked  door,  Electric;  57,  Door 
mechanism.  Sliding  doors,  Locked  door,  and  59,  Door  mech- 
anism, Sliding  doors,  Vertical  movement,  Locked  door. 

14 — BRIDGES,  the  subclasses  under  "Draw,  Gates,"  which 
include  the  title  "Locking." 

70— LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  for  lock  structure  generally. 

62.  HATCH      MECHANISM.    Opening,    closing,    or    fastening 

mechanism  for  hatches  in  an  elevator  well  and  having  partic- 
ular cooperation  with  the  elevator  car. 
Search  Classes— 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  tinder  "Doors;"  94, 
PAVING,  subclass  7,  Vault  covers,  and  189,  METALLIC 
BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  46,  Doors,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  hatch  structure  generally. 

39— FENCES,  subclass  96,  Gates,  Openers,  Hatch,  for  hatch 
openers  generally. 

63.  HATCH  MECHANISM,  LEVER   OPENER.    Hatch  open- 

ing mechanism,  including  a  horizontally  pivoted  lever  with 
which  the  car  engages  in  its  downward  travel. 
Note. — in  the  upward  travel  of  the  car  the  hatch  may  be  opened 
by  direct  contact  with  the  car. 

64.  HATCH  MECHANISM,  SLIDING  COUPLER.    Hatch  open- 

ing mechanism,  including  a  slidable  block  or  the  like  suit- 
ably connected  to  the  hatch  and  arranged  to  be  moved  up  or 
down  by  contact  with  a  part  on  the  car. 

Note. — In  the  upward  travel  of  the  car  the  hatch  may  be  opened 
by  direct  contact  with  the  car. 

Search  Class— 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclass  60,  Door  mechanism,  Sliding  doors, 
Vertical  movement,  Sliding  coupler. 

C5.  HATCH  MECHANISM,  DIRECT  CONTACT.    Hatch  mech- 
anism wherein  the  car  comes  into  direct  contact  with  the 
hatch  to  open  it  in  both  directions  of  travel. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  62,  Hatch  mechanism;  63,  Hatch 
mechanism,  Lever  opener,  and  04,  Hatch  mechanism,  Sliding 
coupler,  for  hatches  opened  by  direct  contact  with  the  car  in 
its  upward  movement  only. 

66.  HATCH      MECHANISM,       VERTICALLY      SLIDABLE 

HATCH.  Hatch  mechanism,  including  hatches  arranged  to 
slide  vertically  in  the  well  and  either  raised  or  lowered,  or 
both,  by  the  car. 

67.  WELL-END    CUSHIONS.    Mechanism   comprising   springs, 

fluid  cushions,  or  analogous  means  for  cushioning  the  car  or 
counterweight  adjacent  the  top  or  bottom  of  the  well. 
Search  Classes— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  08,  Fluid  governors,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  analogous  devices  operative  through- 
out the  path  of  travel. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  69,  Machine-brakes,  Dash- 
pots. 

101—  PRINTING,  subclass  5,  Bed-and-cylinder  machines,  Cush- 
ions. 

104 — RAILWAYS,  subclass  49,  Buffers. 

138 — HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  8,  For  elevators,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  cushions  forming  part  of  the  motor 
mechanism. 

186 — STORE  SERVICE,  subclasses  24,  Buffers,  and  25,  Buffers, 
Slide. 

213— RAILWAY  DRAFT  APPLIANCES,  subclasses  39,  Buffers,  and 
2,  Buffers,  Fluid  pressure. 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  6,  Body  catchers. 

08.  FLUID  GOVERNORS.    Elevator  con  trolling  mechanism  com- 
prising pumps  or  analogous  devices  operating  against  the  re- 
sistance of  a  confined  fluid. 
Search  Classes— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  67,  Well-end  cushions,  for  similar 
structure  operating  to  retard  the  car  adjacent  the  ends  of  its 
travel  only. 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  22,  Capstans  and  windlasses,  and  74, 
MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  09,  Machine-brakes,  Dash-pots, 
for  fluid  governors  not  limited  to  use  in  connection  with  an 
elevator  car. 

138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  8,  For  elevators,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  4,  Automatic  speed-goTernors, 
Fluid  check. 

69.  FLUID  GOVERNORS,  CAR-SUPPORTED  PUMP.    Fluid 

governors  comprising  a  pump  structure  carried  upon  the  car 
and  driven  by  the  movement  of  the  car. 
Search  Class— 

227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  4,  Automatic  speed-governors, 
Fluid  check. 

70.  FLUID   GOVERNORS,  COUNTERWEIGHT.    Fluid  gov- 

ernors for  elevators  wherein  a  counterweight  is  acted  upon 
directly  by  the  resistance  of  a  confined  Quid. 
Search  Class— 

138— HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  8,  For  elevators,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

71.  EMERGENCY  CABLES.    Auxiliary  supporting  means  for 

elevator  cars,  comprising  cables  attached  to  the  car,  which 
come  into  operation  to  support  the  car  upon  the  failure  of  the 
usual  supporting  means. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  68,  Fluid  governors,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  auxiliary  supporting  or  regulating  ca- 
bles controlled  by  fluid  governors. 

72.  CABLE  RELEASERS.    Devices  for  disconnecting  the  hoist- 

tag  cable  from  the  car  on  the  occurrence  of  overwinding. 
Note.— Means  may  be  included  for  supporting  the  car  after  the 

cable  is  detached. 
Search  Classes— 
187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  73,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  and  the 

subclasses  thereunder,  for  car  supporting  means  per  se. 
61— HYDRAULIC    ENGINEERING,    subclass    38,     Pile    drivers, 
Monkey. 

73.  CAR  BRAKES  AND  CATCHES.    Mechanism  for  supporting 

the  car  or  restraining  its  movement  independently  of  the 
usual  motor  mechanism  by  the  operation  of  a  catch  or  brake 
device  affording  a  means  of  engagement  between  the  car  and 
shaft  structure. 
Search  Classes— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  5,  Dumb-waiter  type,  Locked  car; 
07,  Well-end  cushions,  for  cushioning  devices  which  support 
the  car  near  the  well  bottom;  68,  Fluid  governors,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  fluid  retarders  acting  throughout 
the  travel  of  the  car,  and  72,  Cable  releasers. 

16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  18,  Sash  fasteners,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

188— RAILWAY-BRAKES,  subclasses  47,  Rail,  and  76,  Safety 
catches. 

74.  CAR  BRAKES  AND  CATCHES,  DOOR-CONTROLLED. 

Car  brakes  and  catches  whose  actuation  is  dependent  upon 
the  movement  of  an  elevator  door. 

75.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    LANDING    CHAIRS. 

Laterally  projected  supports  designed  to  maintain  the  car  at 
landings  at  the  proper  level  for  loading  or  unloading. 
Search  Class— 
187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  5,  Dumb-waiter  type,  Locked  car. 

70.  CAR  BRAKES  AND  CATCHES,  LANDING  CHAIRS,  CAR- 
SUPPORTED.    Chairs,  including  parts  supported  by  the 
car  which  are  laterally  movable  to  engage  with  the  shaft 
structure. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  80,  Car  braKes  and  catches.  Car- 
supported,  and  appropriate  subclasses  thereunder,  for  similar 
catch  devices. 

77.  CAR   BRAKES  AND  CATCHES,   DRIVEN  CATCH  DE- 

VICES. Car  brakes  or  catches  in  which  the  catch  or  brake 
device  is  driven  relatively  to  the  car  during  the  normal  travel 
of  the  latter  and  which  act  to  brake  or  to  hold  the  car  upon 
the  cessation  of  or  abnormal  change  in  the  movement  of  such 
driven  element. 

78.  CAR  BRAKES  AND  CATCHES,   DRIVEN  CATCH  DE- 

VICES, ROTATING  GEAR.    Driven  catch  devices  com- 
prising gears  on  the  car  engaging  with  complementary  ele- 
ments supported  by  the  shaft  structure. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  19,  Motor  mechanism,  Rack  and 
pinion;  25,  Motor  mechanism,  Screw,  Traveling  rotary  ele- 
ment, and  69,  Fluid  governors,  Car-supported  pump. 

79.  CAR  BRAKES  AND   CATCHES,  DRIVEN  CATCH  DE- 

VICES, WELL-SUPPORTED.  Driven  catch  devices  sup- 
ported on  the  shaft  structure  and  normally  moved  from  the 
path  of  the  car  as  the  latter  travels  upward  or  downward. 

80.  CAR  BRAKES  AND  CATCHES,  CAR-SUPPORTED.    Car 

brakes  and  catches  comprising  elements  upon  the  car  nor- 
mally fixed,  but  capable  of  movement  to  engage  the  cooper- 
ating elements  in  the  shaft  structure. 
Search  Classes— 

187—  ELEVATORS,  subclass  70,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Landtag 
chairs,  Car-supported;  also  subclasses  77,  Car  brakes  and 
catches,  Driven  catch  devices,  and  78,  Car  brakes  and  catches, 
Driven  catch  devices,  Rotating  gear,  for  car-supported  catch 
or  brake  devices  which  have  a  movement  relative  to  the  car 
during  the  normal  travel  of  the  latter. 

188— RAILWAY-BRAKES,  subclasses  74,  Rail,  Grippers,  Auto- 
matic, and  70,  Safety  catches. 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES   AND  SUBCLASSES. 


421 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

81.  CAR     BRAKES     AND     CATCHES,     CAR-SUPPORTED, 

CABLE-CONTROLLED.    Car-supported    brake    or   catch 
devices  held  out  of  operation  by  reason  of  the  normal  tension 
on  the  hoisting  cable. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  13,  Inclined,  Cable-controlled 
brakes,  and  14,  Inclined,  Cable-controlled  brakes,  Rail  grip- 
ping. 

82.  CAR     BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,     CAR-SUPPORTED, 

CABLE-CONTROLLED,  POSITIVE.    Cable  -  controlled 
catch  mechanism  wherein  the  supporting  elements  in  the  shaft 
structure  comprise  racks,  cross-bars,  hooks,  or  the  like  adapted 
to  provide  positive  stops  for  the  catch  devices  on  the  car. 
Search  Class— 

187—  ELEVATORS,  subclass  13,  Inclined,  Cable-controlled 
brakes,  and  for  positive  catches  not  cable-controlled,  subclasses 
76,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Landing  chairs,  Car-supported; 
80,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car-supported;  89,  Car  brakes  and 
catches,  Car-supported,  Speed-controlled,  and  92,  Car  brakes 
and  catches,  Car-supported,  Operator-controlled. 

83.  CAR     BRAKES     AND    CATCHES,     CAR-SUPPORTED, 

CABLE-CONTROLLED,         POSITIVE,         RAIL-SIDE. 
Positive  cable-controlled  catch  devices  mounted  adjacent  the 
sides  of  the  guide  or  safety  rail  and  movable  toward  the  rail 
sides  when  actuated. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  14,  Inclined,  Cable-controlled  brakes, 
Rail  gripping,  and  for  other  rail-side  catches,  subclasses 
80,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car-supported;  80,  Car  brakes 
and  catches,  Car-supported,  Cable-controlled,  Rail-side;  90, 
Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car-supported,  Speed-controlled,  Rail- 
side,  and  93,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car-supported,  Operator- 
controlled,  Rail-side. 

84.  CAR   BRAKES   AND   CATCHES,   CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

CABLE  -  CONTROLLED,  POSITIVE,  SLIDING.  Posi- 
tive cable-controlled  catch  devices  mounted  to  slide  toward 
and  from  the  supporting  elements  in  the  shaft  structure. 

85.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

CABLE -CONTROLLED,  RAIL- FACE.  Cable  -  con- 
trolled catch  or  brake  devices  mounted  on  the  car  adjacent 
the  face  of  the  guide  or  safety  rail  and  engaging  with  such  rail- 
face  when  actuated. 

Note.— Cable-controlled  devices  which  have  parts  extending 
behind  the  rail,  so  as  to  grip  both  the  face  and  rear  of  the  rail, 
have  been  placed  in  this  class,  subclass  81,  Car  brakes  and 
catches,  Car-supported,  Cable-controlled. 

Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  82,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car- 
supported,  Cable-controlled,  Positive;  84,  Car  brakes  and 
catches,  Car-supported,  Cable-controlled,  Positive,  Sliding, 
•and  for  other  rail-face  grips  not  cable-controlled,  subclasses 
80,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car-supported;  89,  Car  brakes  and 
catches,  Car-supported,  Speed-controlled,  and  92,  Car  brakes 
and  catches,  Car-supported,  Operator-controlled. 

86.  CAR   BRAKES   AND   CATCHES,   CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

CABLE  -  CONTROLLED,   RAIL  -  SIDE.       Cable  -  con- 
trolled catch  or  brake  devices  mounted  on  the  car  adjacent 
the  sides  of  the  guide  or  safety  rail  and  engaging  with  such 
rail-sides  when  actuated. 
Search  Class — 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  14,  Inclined,  Cable-controlled  brakes, 
Rail-gripping,  and  for  rail-side  catch  devices  not  cable-con- 
trolled, subclass  80,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car-supported, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  which  include  the  title  "Rail- 
side." 

87.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

CABLE -CONTROLLED,  RAIL -SIDE,  ECCENTRIC 
Cable-controlled  catch  or  brake  devices  eccentrically  pivoted 
and  brought  into  engagement  with  the  rail-sides  by  a  partial 
rotation. 

Note. — Eccentric  brake  devices  not  engaging  with  the  rail-sides 
have  not  been  cross-referenced  to  this  subclass. 

88.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

CABLE-CONTROLLED,  RAIL-SIDE,  WEDGE.  Cable- 
controlled  catch  or  brake  devices  comprising  wedge-shaped 
elements  which  become  wedged  against  the  sides  of  the  guide 
or  safety  rail  when  actuated. 

Note. — Wedge  brake  devices  not  engaging  with  the  rail-sides  have 
not  been  cross-referenced  to  this  subclass. 

89.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

SPEED-CONTROLLED.  Car-supported  catch  or  brake 
devices  whose  actuation  is  controlled  by  the  speed  of  the  car. 

90.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

SPEED-CONTROLLED,  RAIL-SIDE.  Speed-controlled 
catch  or  brake  devices  mounted  on  the  car  adjacent  the  sides 
of  the  guide  or  safety  rail  and  engaging  with  such  rail  sides 
when  actuated. 


CLASS  187— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclass  80,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car- 
supported,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  which  include  the 
title  "Rail-side,"  for  rail-side  brake  devices  not  speed-con- 
trolled. 

91.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    CAR  -  SUPPORTED. 

SPEED-CONTROLLED,  RAIL-SIDE,  VERTICALLY 
PIVOTED.  Speed-controlled  rail-side  catch  01; brake  devices 
movable  about  vertical  pivots. 

Note. — Vertically  pivoted  brake  devices  not  speed-controlled  have 
not  been  cross-referenced  to  this  subclass. 

92.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

OPERATOR-CONTROLLED.       Car-supported    catch    or 
brake  devices  the  actuation  of  which  is  under  the  direct  con- 
trol of  the  operator  of  the  car. 
Search  Class— 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclasses  8,  Exterior  wall,  Car  brakes,  and 
76,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Landing  chairs,  Car-supported. 

93.  CAR    BRAKES    AND    CATCHES,    CAR  -  SUPPORTED, 

OPERATOR-CONTROLLED,    RAIL-SIDE.       Operator- 
controlled  catch  or  brake  devices  mounted  on  the  car  adjacent 
the  sides  of  the  guide  or  safety  rails  and  engaging  with  such 
rail-sides  when  actuated. 
Search  Class — 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclass  80,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  Car-sup- 
ported, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  which  include  the  title 
"Rail-side,"  for  rail-side  brake  devices  not  controlled  by  the 
operator. 

94.  COUNTERBALANCES.    Improvements  in  counterbalance! 

for  elevator  cars. 
Search  Classes  - 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclasses  15,  Shiftable  weight,  and  70,  Fluid 
governors,  Counterweight. 

16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  20,  Sash  weights,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  and  the  subclasses  under  "Sash  bal- 
ances." 

89— ORDNANCE,  subclass  39,  Mounts,  Disappearing  gun,  Coun- 
terpoise. 

138 — HYDRAULIC  MOTORS,  subclass  8,  For  elevators,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  counterbalancing  features  involved 
in  hydraulic  motor  mechanism. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  69,  Light  supports,  Vertically 
adjustable,  Counterweight. 

248— SUPPORTS,  subclasses  5,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Counter- 
weight, and  6,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Counterweight,  Electric. 

95.  GUIDES.    Improvements  in  elevator  guiding  devices. 
Search  Classes — 

187 — ELEVATORS,  subclasses  2,  Building  material,  for  guides 
adapted  to  be  readily  erected,  extended,  and  taken  down; 
6,  Exterior  wall,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  guides 
specially  adapted  to  be  mounted  on  the  exterior  wall  of  a 
building;  19,  Motor  mechanism,  Rack  and  pinion;  24,  Motor 
mechanism,  Screw,  and  25,  Motor  mechanism,  Screw,  Travel- 
ing rotary  element,  for  guides  modified  for  use  in  connection 
with  gearing  on  the  car,  and  73,  Car  brakes  and  catches,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  guides  designed  especially  for 
cooperation  with  brake  or  catch  devices. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  81,  Scaffolds,  Miscellaneous. 

48— GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  subclass  174,  Holders, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

105 — RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,  subclass  94,  Derailment  guards, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  14,  Skeleton 
towers,  Arrangement,  Elevating. 

96.  GUIDES,  MINE  CROSSHEADS.    Sliding  structures  for  sup- 

porting and  guiding  mine  cages  or  buckets  and  usually  in- 
cluding means  for  detaching  the  cage  or  bucket  from  the  cross- 
head  at  the  lower  end  of  the  shaft. 

97.  RAILWAY  CAR  LOCKS.    Mechanism  for  holding  a  railway 

car  on  the  elevator  car  while  being  hoisted. 
Search  Classes — 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  49,  Buffers,  for  stops  to  prevent  a 

railway  car  from  running  into  the  open  elevator  shaft. 
214 — LOADING  AND  UNLOADING,  subclass  12,  Loading  and  un- 
loading, Vertical  hoist  and  dump. 

98.  WELL-OBSTRUCTION  DEVICES.    Devices  to  preyent  in- 

jury by  a  person  or  object  being  caught  between  the  moving 
car'and  the  edge  of  a  landing. 
Search  Class— 

187— ELEVATORS,  subclasses  40,  Control  mechanism,  Well- 
obstruction,  and  41,  Control  mechanism.  Well-obstruction, 
Electric,  for  similar  devices,  which  comprise  means  for  stop- 
ping the  motor  mechanism. 


CLASS  189.— METALLIC   BUILDING   STRUCTURES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  metallic  building  structures  and  accessories 
thereto.  In  general  only  metallic  structures  are  classified  here;  but 
in  a  few  instances  (as  in  subclass  40,  Columns,  wood  and  metal) 
patents  disclosing  wood  surrounded  by  metal  or  a  similar  construc- 
tion are  included. 

This  class  is  general  and  does  not  include  metallic  structures  which 
are  specifically  provided  for  elsewhere,  as  metallic  bridges  in  class  14, 
BRIDGES;  metallic  roofs  in  class  108,  ROOFS;  metallic  ships  in  class 
114,  SHIPS;  metallic  shipping  and  storing  vessels  in  class  220,  METAL- 
LIC SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS;  metallic  bookcases  and  shelving 
in  class  45,  FURNITURE,  and  metallic  fences  in  class  39,  FENCES. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BUILDINGS.    Miscellaneous  metallic  buildings  in  which  the 

invention   lies   in   some   special  adaptation  to  a  particular 

purpose. 
Note.— Buildings  not  limited  to  particular  material  and  wooden 

buildings  are  classified  in  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS. 
Note.— Masonry  and  concrete  structures  are  classified  in  class  72, 

MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES. 
Search  Class— 
114 — SHIPS,  subclasses  79,  Building,  Iron;  80,  Building,  Iron, 

Corrugated,  and  81,  Building,  Iron,  Tubular. 

2.  BUILDINGS,  PORTABLE.     Metallic  buildings  of  a  knock 

down  construction. 
Search  Classes— 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  2,  Portable  houses. 
135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  3, 

Tents,  Frames. 

3.  BUILDINGS,  BINS.    Metallic  buildings  of  the  special  form  of 

elevators,  storehouses,  or  storage-bins. 

Note. — This  subclass  contains  patents  claiming  the  structural 
features  only.  If  any  form  of  conveyor  is  claimed,  the  patent 
is  classified  in  class  193,  CONVEYORS,  subclass  20,  Storehouse, 
in  which  subclass  search  should  be  made. 

Note.— All  patents  claiming  structure  or  devices  specific  to  the 
storing  or  handling  of  grain  and  similar  substances  are  classi- 
fied in  class  130,  THRESHING,  subclass  14,  Granaries  and  bins. 
If  only  the  general  metallic  structure  is  claimed,  the  patent  is 
classified  here. 
Search  Classes— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  1.2,  Bins,  and  1.4,  Bins, 
Silos. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  5,  Build- 
ings, Storage,  and  ti,  Buildings,  Elevators  and  Bins. 

130— THRESHING,  subclass  14,  Granaries  and  bins. 

4.  BUILDINGS,  GREENHOUSES.  Metallic  buildings  specially 

designed  for  use  as  greenhouses. 

Note.— This  subclass  contains  structural  features  only.  Any 
feature  of  care  or  propagation  of  plants  carries  the  patents 
to  class  47,  TREES,  PLANTS,  AND  FLOWERS,  subclass  2/,  Plant 
frames  and  houses,  where  search  should  be  made  also  for 
features  of  construction. 

5.  BUILDINGS,    JAILS.    The   general   structure    of  jails,    the 

arrangement  of  cells  therein,  and  other  features  not  classifiable 
in  any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 
Search  Class — 

105— RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  75,  Cars,  Express, 
Burglar-proof. 

6.  BUILDINGS,  JAILS,  ROTARY.    Jails  containing  cells  rotat- 

able  around  a  common  axis. 
Search  Classes — 

4 — BATHS  AND  CLOSETS,  and  98,  PNEUMATICS,  for  sanitary  and 
ventilating  details. 

45 — FURNITURE,  subclass  79,  Bookcases,  Revolving. 

46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  27,  Roundabouts. 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  55,  Harbors,  Fortifica- 
tions and  defenses,  Turrets. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclasses  20,  Display-racks,  Rotary, 
and  21,  Display-racks,  Rotary,  Inclosed. 

7.  BUILDINGS,  JAILS,  DOORS,  BOLT-WORK.    Devices  for 

locking  and  unlocking  doors  to  cells  or  corridors  at  a  distance 
therefrom. 
Note.— The  structure  of  iron  doors  is  classified  in  subclass  46, 

Doors. 
Search  Classes— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  47  to  50, 
under  Doors,  Thermal  control,  and  subclass  52,  Doors,  Thea- 
ter-curtains. 

16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclasses  66,  Bolts,  Operators,  and 
133,  Shutters,  Fasteners,  Operators. 

39— FENCES,  subclasses  91  to  97,  under  Gates,  Openers. 

70— LOCKS  AND  LATCHES. 

109— SAFES,  subclasses  3,  Safe  bolt-work;  9,  Safe  bolt-work,  Au- 
tomatic; and  11,  Pressure  mechanism. 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

8.  BUILDINGS,  JAILS,  DOORS,  BOLT-WORK,  WITH  INDI- 

CATORS.   Devices  for  locking  and  unlocking  doors  to  cells 
or  corridors  at  a  distance  therefrom,  which  include  some  form 
of  indicator. 
Search  Classes — 

70 — LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  fi,  Locks,  Indicator. 

116— SIGNALS,  subclass  31,  Indicators,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

9.  BUILDINGS,  JAILS,  GRATINGS.    Bars  or  similar  structures 

for  windows  of  jails  or  constituting  the  walls  of  cells  thereof. 
Search  Classes—' 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  under  Grilles 
and  subclass  79,  Windows,  Guards. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  71,  Door  and  window 
guards,  and  97,  Wooden  columns. 

39— FENCES,  subclass  140,  Gates,  Counterguard  operators. 

109 — SAFES,  subclass  1,  Burglar-proof. 

116— SIGNALS,  subclasses  under  Alarms,  Burglar. 

177— ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclasses  202,  Circuit-closers,  Bur- 
glar; 314,  Alarms,  Burglar,  and  31(5,  Alarms,  Safe. 

10.  BUILDINGS,  JAILS,  GRATINGS,  CONNECTIONS.    Grat- 

ings in  which  the  invention  resides  in  the  manner  of  connect- 
ing the  parts  for  concealment  of  the  connection,  additional 
strength,  or  some  other  purpose  specific  to  jails. 
Search  Classes— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  20,  Skeleton 
towers,  Details,  Brace  adjustments,  and  36,  Structural  units, 
Joints  and  connections,  for  ordinary  building  joints  and  con- 
nections. 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  14,  Truss,  Details,  Connections. 

16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  sulwlass  105,  Hinges,  Concealed,  for 
forms  of  concealed  hinges. 

109— SAFES,  subclass  1,  Burglar-proof. 

11.  PORTABLE  TOWERS.    Metallic  towers  mounted  (or  designed)  to 

be  transported  and  usually  including  some  collapsible  feature. 
Note. — Forms  of  tilting,  knockdown,  and  portable  derricks  are 

classified  in  class  2i2,  CRANES  AND  DERRICKS,  subclasses  14, 

Stationary  load-support,  and  15,  Stationary  load-support,  Jib. 
Search  Classes — 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  15,  Skeleton 

towers,    Arrangement,    Tilting,    and    18,    Skeleton    towers, 

Arrangement,  Windmills. 

169— FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS,  subclass  18,  Portable,  Water-towers. 
227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  20,  Portable  spars  and  towers. 
228 — LADDERS,  subclass  '-8,  Truck. 

12.  SKELETON  TOWERS.    Metallic  skeleton  towers  disclosing 

features  not  classifiable  in   the  subclasses  hereunder  and 
methods  of  erecting  such  towers. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  24,  Electric- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Compound,  and  39,  Columns, 
Compound. 

104 — RAILWAYS,  subclass  4,  Elevated,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 

13.  SKELETON  TOWERS,  ARRANGEMENT.    The   arrange- 

ment in  a  completed  metallic  skeleton  tower  of  the  several 
parts  thereof  when  the  invention  lies  in  the  relative  location  of 
the  elements  of  the  tower  or  the  structure  of  the  tower  as  a 
whole.  This  subclass  contains  patents  of  this  description  not 
classifiable  in  any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  24,  Electric- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Compound,  and  39,  Columns, 
Compound. 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  21,  Suspension,  Towers  and  anchors, 
and  75,  Piers. 

14.  SKELETON  TOWERS,  ARRANGEMENT,  ELEVATING- 

Metallic  skeleton  towers  which  include  some  device  for  elevat. 
Ing  a  lamp  (or  other  lighting-fixture)  or  a  carriage  for  the  work- 
man. 

Note. — Lamp-posts  are  classified  in  class  240,  ILLUMINATION,  sub- 
class 84,  Light-supports,  POSTS. 

Devices  for  moving  the  lamps  on  such  posts  or  on  arms 
secured  thereto  are  classified  in  class  240,  ILLUMINATION. 
subclass  63,  Light  supports,  Adjustable  for  trimming,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

15.  SKELETON    TOWERS,    ARRANGEMENT.    TILTING. 

Metallic  skeleton  towers  which  tilt  to  render  the  top  thereof 

accessible. 
Note. — Tilting  derricks  are  classified  in  class  212,  CRANES  AND 

DERRICKS,  subclasses  14,  Stationary  load-support,  and  15, 

Stationary  load-support,  Jib;  and  other  subclasses  therein. 
Search  Classes — 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  11,  Portable 

towers. 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  63,  Light  supports,  Adjustablefor 

trimming. 

423 


424 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

16.  SKELETON  TOWERS,  ARRANGEMENT,  DERRICKS. 

Metallic  skeleton  towers  including  features  specific  to  der- 
ricks (such  as  are  used  in  well-drilling  machines). 

Note.— This  subclass  contains  patents  for  the  tower  only.  Pat- 
ents specifically  claiming  other  features  connected  with  well- 
drilling  are  classified  in  class  166,  ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS, 
being  cross-referenced  here  whenever  desirable. 

Note.— Derricks  per  se  and  cooperating  supporting-towers  therefor 
are  classified  in  class  212,  CRANES  AND  DERRICKS,  subclasses  1, 
Cranes  and  derricks;  14,  Stationary  load-support, and  15,  Sta- 
tionary load-support,  Jib. 

Search  Class. — 
166— ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclass  3,  Drilling  and  boring. 

17.  SKELETON      TOWERS,     ARRANGEMENT,      TANKS. 

Metallic  skeleton  towers  especially  adapted  to  support  tanks. 
Note. — This  subclass  contains  patents  to  the  supporting  struc- 
ture only.  The  tank  itself  and  accessories  thereto  are  classi- 
fied in  classes  137,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION;  195,  ALCOHOL;  220, 
METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS. 

18.  SKELETON  TOWERS,  ARRANGEMENT,  WINDMILLS. 

Metallic  skeleton  towers  disclosing  features  especially  designed 
for  windmills. 

Note. — This  subclass  contains  the  tower  structure  only.  Wind- 
wheels  and  accessories  thereto  are  classified  in  class  170,  WIND- 
WHEELS.  Pumps  and  accessories  thereto  are  classified  in 
class  103,  PUMPS. 

19.  SKELETON    TOWERS,   STRUCTURE.    Limited   to   the 

structure  of  the  individual  elements  of  metallic  skeleton 

towers. 

Search  Classes— 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  37,  Girders; 

38,  Columns,  and  41,  Columns,  Shapes. 
14— BRIDGES,  subclass  13,  Truss,  Structure. 

20.  SKELETON    TOWERS,    DETAILS,    BRACE    ADJUST- 

MENTS.   Devices  for  tightening  diagonals  of  metallic  skele- 
ton towers. 
Search  Classes— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  24,  Electnc- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Compound. 

5— BEDS,  subclass  42,  Bedsteads,  Braces. 

21.  SKELETON  TOWERS,  DETAILS,  CAPS   AND   BASES. 

Details  of  the  top  and  bottom  structures  of  metallic  skeleton 
towers. 

Search  Class— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  42,  Columns, 
Caps  and  bases. 

22.  ELECTRIC-WIRE  SUPPORTS.    Structures  (usually  arch- 

es) for  supporting  electric  wires  and  not  elsewhere  classifi- 
able. 

Note.— This  subclass  contains  supports  per  se  and  does  not  in- 
clude insulators  or  other  media  of  attachment  of  the  wires  to 
such  supports,  these  being  classified  in  class  173,  ELECTRICITY, 
CONDUCTORS. 

23.  ELECTRIC-WIRE    SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES. 

Metallic  telegraph-poles  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  sub- 
classejsJiereunder  and  processes  and  devices  for  erecting  tele- 
grapfi^oles. 

Note.— Concrete  posts  and  bases  are  classified  in  class  72,  MASON- 
RY AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  82,  Posts,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  and  So,  Telegraph-poles. 

Note. — Derricks  for  erecting  telegraph-poles  are  classified  in  class 
212,  CRANES  AND  DERRICKS,  subclass  14,  Stationary  load-  sup- 
port. 

Note. — Steps  for  telegraph-poles  are  classified  in  class  228,  LAD- 
DERS, subclass  22,  Single  stile. 

Note. — Cross-arms  for  telegraph-poles  are  classified  in  subclass  33, 
Electric-wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Cross-arms,  herein. 

Search  Class— 
47— TREES,  PLANTS,  AND  FLOWERS,  subclass  12,  Trellises. 

24.  ELECTRIC-WIRE     SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

COMPOUND.    Metallic  telegraph-poles  which  include  one 

or  more  braces  to  the  main  stem  or  a  truss  structure. 
Search  Classes— 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  39,  Columns, 

Compound;  subclass  12,  Skeleton  towers,  and  the  subclasses 

thereunder. 
39 — FENCES,  subclasses  under  Posts,  braces,  and  135,  Posts, 

Metal,  Compound. 
228— LADDERS,  subclass  29,  Trussed. 

25.  ELECTRIC-WIRE     SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

MULTIPLE  SUPPORTS.  Metallic  telegraph-poles  coin- 
prising  two  or  more  uprights  similarly  placed  and  equally 
bearing  the  load. 

26.  ELECTRIC-WIRE    SUPPORTS,   TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

SECTIONAL.  Metallic  telegraph-poles,  composed  of  sec- 
tions placed  on  top  of  one  another,  with  some  means  of  join- 
ing together  the  ends  of  two  adjacent  sections. 

Note. — Joints  in  general  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  36, 
Structural  units.  Joints  and  connections. 

Note. — Connections  between  poles  and  bases  are  classified  in  this 
class,  subclass  28,  Electric-wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles, 
Basec. 

Search  Class — 

72    MASONRY    AND    CONCRETE    STRUCTURES,   subclasses    83, 
Posts,  Inseparable  bases,  and  84,  Posts,  Separable  bases. 


CLASS  183— Continued. 

27.  ELECTRIC-WIRE     SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

INSULATED  PARTS.  Metallic  telegraphic-poles  disclos- 
ing some  form  of  insulation  in  some  portion  of  its  structure, 
usually  to  prevent  the  lower  portion  of  the  pole  from  being 
charged  in  case  of  accident  to  the  conducting-wire  or  its  insu- 
lating-support. 

Note.— This  subclass  is  limited  to  insulators  in  telegraph-pole 
structure.    Insulators  for  conductors  generally  are  classified 
in  class  173,  ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS, subclass 28,  Insulators, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

173— ELECTRICITY  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  268,  Conductors, 
Joints,  Insulated. 

191— ELECTRICITY  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass  1,  Conduc- 
tor supports  and  insulators. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  85,  Light  supports,  Bracket  and 
chandelier  hangers. 

28.  ELECTRIC-WIRE    SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

BASES.    Supports  for  the  bottoms  of  metallic  telegraph- 
poles  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 
Note. — Concrete  bases  for  poles  and  posts  of  all  kinds  and  connec- 
tions therefor  to  the  poles  are  classified  in  class  72,  MASONRY 
AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  21,  Skeleton 
towers,  Details,  Caps  and  bases;  26,  Electric-wire  supports, 
Telegraph-poles,  Sectional;  32,  Electric-wire  supports,  Tele- 
graph-poles, Protectors,  and  42,  Columns,  Caps  and  bases. 

39— FENCES,  subclasses  under  Posts,  Braces;  86,  Posts,  Bases, 
Metal,  and  134,  Posts,  Metal,  Anchors. 

68— LAUNDRY,  subclass  12,  Clothes-line  fasteners. 

116— SIGNALS,  subclass  12,  Flagstafls. 

248— SUPPORTS,  subclasses  37  and  38,  Staff-holders. 

29.  ELECTRIC-WIRE    SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

BASES,  ANCHORED.  Supports  for  the  bottoms  of  metal- 
lic telegraph-poles  which  include  some  horizontal  projection 
or  equivalent  structure  by  which  considerable  resistance  is 
offered  to  the  removal  of  the  base  and  not  classifiable  in  either 
of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 

Note. — Bases  containing  openings  for  the  passage  of  earth  inside 
the  bases  are  classified  in  this  subclass.  Vertical  projections 
or  wings  attached  to  bases  are  classified  in  the  main  subclass 
of  "Bases,"  subclass  28,  Electric-wire  supports,  Telegraph- 
poles,  Bases,  in  this  class. 

Search  Classes — 

189  —METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  90,  Land- 
anchors. 

39— FENCES,  subclasses  under  Posts,  Braces,  and  134,  Posts. 
Metal,  Anchors. 

30.  ELECTRIC-WIRE     SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

BASES,  ANCHORED,  AUGERS.    Supports  for  the  bot- 
toms of  metallic  telegraph-poles  which  include  an  auger  or  an 
auger-like  structure  for  insertion  into  the  ground. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  91,  Land-an- 
chors, Augers. 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  43,  Piles,  Metallic. 

31.  ELECTRIC-WIRE    SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

BASES,  ANCHORED,  EXPANDING:  Supports  for  the 
bottoms  of  metallic  telegraph-poles  which  include  some  form 
of  expanding  device  by  which  a  larger  resisting  area  is  offered 
to  the  withdrawal  of  the  base  than  was  opposed  to  the  inser- 
tion thereof. 
Search  Class — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  92,  Laud-an- 
chors, Expanding. 

32.  ELECTRIC-WIRE    SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

PROTECTORS.  Caps  and  other  devices  for  protecting  the 
tops  or  other  parts  of  metallic  telegraph-poles  from  the  effects 
of  moisture. 

Note. — Waterproofing  walls  and  cellars  is  in  class  72,  MASONRY 
AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  120,  Waterproofing, 
Cellars,  and  127,  Waterproofing,  Walls. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  21,  Skeleton 
towers,  Details,  Caps  and  bases;  20,  Electric-wire  supports, 
Telegraph-poles,  Sectional;  27,  Electric-wire  supports,  Tele- 
graph-poles, Insulated  parts;  28,  Electric-wire  supports,  Tele- 
graph-poles, Bases,  and  42,  Columns,  Caps  and  bases. 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  43,  Piles,  Protected. 

33.  ELECTRIC-WIRE     SUPPORTS,    TELEGRAPH-POLES, 

CROSS-ARMS.  Cross-arms  for  metallic  telegraph-poles  and 
supports  for  the  same. 

Note.— Pins  for  support  of  insulators,  brackets  for  the  same,  and 
devices  for  attachment  of  same  to  cross-arms  or  other  bodies 
are  classified  in  class  173,  ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  sub- 
class 321,  Insulators,  Supports. 

Search  Class — 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  251,  Supports  and 
hangers. 

34.  STRUCTURAL  UNITS.    Metallic  structural  units  adapted 

for  general  use  and  not  elsewhere  classifiable.    These  units 
may  be  single  elements,  or  they  may  be  combinations  of  single 
elements  to  form  portions  of  a  complete  structure,  such  as 
floors,  ceilings,  partitions,  or  other  parts. 
Search  Classes— 

183— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  3,  Buildings, 
Bins. 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


425 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  1,  Buildings. 
72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  15,  Build- 
ing elements  and  supports,  Integral. 

35.  STRUCTURAL  UNITS,  CLIPS    OR  FASTENERS.    Mis- 

cellaneous devices  specially  adapted  to  bind  together  metal- 
lic parts  or  to  attach  a  member  to  a  metallic  part. 
Search  Classes— 
173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  251,  Supports  and 

hangers. 
248— SUPPORTS,  subclass  31,  Pipe  or  cable  hangers. 

36.  STRUCTURAL  UNITS,  JOINTS  AND  CONNECTIONS. 

Limited  to  details  of  joints  or  connections  between  metallic 
structural  elements. 

Note. — Joints  having  some  portion  fusible  at  a  low  temperature 
are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  45,  Thermally-controlled 
devices,  and  the  subclasses  mentioned  in  the  notes  thereto. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  2,  Buildings, 
Portable;  10,  Buildings,  Jails,  Gratings,  Connections;  11, 
Portable  towers;  20,  Skeleton  towers,  Details.  Brace  adjust- 
ments; 21,  Skeleton  towers,  Details,  Caps  and  bases;  26,  Elec- 
tric-wire supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Sectional;  33,  Electric- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Cross-arms;  41,  Columns, 
Shapes,  and  42,  Columns,  Caps  and  bases. 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  14,  Truss,  Details,  Connections,  and  75, 
Piers. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  95,  Framing  sockets. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  150,  Blanks  and  processes, 
Braces  and  brackets. 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  6,  Fences,  Iron,  and  104,  Fences,  Iron, 
Panel. 

45 — FURNITURE,  subclass  78,  Bookcases,  Knockdown. 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  42,  Piles,  Metallic. 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  15,  Build- 
ing elements  and  supports,  Integral;  101,  Bonding  and  tying, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  114,  Reinforcing  elements, 
Joints. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclasses  under  Pipe-couplings. 

247 — ELECTRICITY,  CONDUITS,  subclass  1,  Boxes,  Pipe  connec- 
tions. 

37.  GIRDERS.    Beams,  principally  metallic,  for  use  in  buildings, 

bridges,  and  other  structures. 
Note. — Girders  are  distinguished  from  columns  in  that  the  former 

are  used  in  a  horizontal  position,  the  latter  in  a  vertical. 
Search  Classes— 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  17,  Girder,  and  73,  Floors. 
29— METAL- WORKING,  subclass  165,  Blanks  and  processes,  Rail- 
way-car irons,  Axles. 

38.  COLUMNS.    Miscellaneous  columns,  principally  metallic,  for 

use  in  upright  position  in  buildings,  bridges,  and  other 
structures. 

Note.— Wooden  columns  are  classified  in  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILD- 
INGS, subclass  97,  Wrooden  columns.    Concrete  columns  are 
in  class  72,  MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  37,  Girders. 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  13,  Truss,  Structure. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  155,  Blanks  and  processes, Col- 
umns and  girders. 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclasses  under  Piles. 

239— RAILWAY  RAILS  AND  JOINTS,  subclass  16,  Rails,  Compound. 

39.  COLUMNS,  COMPOUND.    Metallic  columns  which  include 

one  or  more  braces  to  the  main  stem  or  a  truss  structure. 

Note. — These  structures  are  in  some  respects  similar  to  skeleton 
towers,  and  search  should  be  made  in  the  subclasses  thereof 
in  this  class. 

Search  Class— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  24,  Electric- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Compound,  and  37,  Girders. 

40.  COLUMNS,  WOOD  AND  METAL.    Columns  composed  of 

wood  and  metal,  both  usually  extending  the  full  length. 

41.  COLUMNS,   SHAPES.    Metallic  columns   including  as   the 

invention  or  a  part  thereof  the  shape  of  integral  columns  or  of 
column  elements,  usually  the  arrangement  of  the  material,  as 
shown  by  a  cross-section  thereof. 

42.  COLUMNS,  CAPS  AND  BASES.    Details  of  caps  and  bases 

of  metallic  columns  and  of  connections  thereof. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  21,  Skeleton 
towers,  Details,  Caps  and  bases;  26,  Electric-wire  supports, 
Telegraph-poles,  Sectional;  28,  Electric-wire  supports,  Tele- 
graph-poles, Bases;  32,  Electric-wire  supports,  Telegraph- 
poles,  Protectors,  and  36,  Structural  units,  Joints  and  connec- 
tions. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  95,  Framing  sockets,  and 
96,  Post-bases. 

43.  STAIRS.    Miscellaneous  metallic  stairs  and  metallic  devices  for 

use  in  connection  with  stairs. 

Note. — Metallic  newel-posts  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  38, 
Columns;  Railings  in  class  39,  FENCES,  subclass  6,  Fences, 
iron;  Masonry  and  concrete  stairs  in  class  72,  MASONRY  AND 
CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  96,  Stairs. 
Search  Classes — 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  10,  Stairs. 
227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  5,  Balcony. 
228 — LADDERS,  subclass  27,  Trap-door  operating. 


CLASS  180— Continued. 

44.  STAIRS,  SPIRAL.    Metallic  stairs  spiral  in  form,  the  ascent 

and  descent  being  made  around  a  lino  as  center,  and  some 
analogous  in  construction. 
Search  Classes — 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  10,  Stairs. 
227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  33,  Stairway-towers. 

45.  THERMALLY-CONTROLLED   DEVICES.      Miscellaneous 

connections  fusible  at  a  low  temperature,  or  inflammable,  to 
operate  metallic  doors,  shutters,  windows,  etc.,  and  not  classi- 
fiable in  any  of  the  subclasses  herein  of  thermally-controlled 
devices. 

Note. — Many  devices  operable  by  changes  of  temperature  are  class- 
ified in  classes  236,  DAMPERS,  AUTOMATIC,  subclass  5,  Expan- 
sion, and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  subclass  9,  Traps,  ther- 
mostatic  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  and  237,  HEAT- 
DISTRIBUTING  SYSTEMS,  subclass  19,  Steam-radiators,  Attach- 
ments. 

Note. — Electrical  thermally-controlled  device*  are  classified  in 
class  175,  ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclasses 
215,  Lightning-arresters,  Thermal;  273,  Cut-outs,  Thermal, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  292,  Switches,  Mechanical , 
Thermal  cut-out  and  in  class  177,  ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  sub- 
class 128,  Circuit-closers,  Thermal,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under. 
Search  Classes— 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  under  Doors, 
Thermal  control;  58,  Shutters,  Roll,  Thermal  control;  71,  Win- 
dows, Swinging  sash,  Thermal  control,  and  74,  Windows, 
Vertically-sliding  sash,  Thermal  control. 

16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  56,  Shutters.  Fasteners, 
Fire. 

116 — SIGNALS,  subclass  11,  Alarms,  Fire. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  35,  Cocks  and  faucets, 
Thermal. 

169 — FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS,  subclasses  of  "automatic"  devices. 

46.  DOORS.    Miscellaneous    metallic    doors    and   metallic    door- 

frames. 

Note. — This  subclass  and  the  subclasses  hereunder  include  all 
structures  and  devices  of  general  application  to  both  doors 
and  shutters  when  there  is  not  involved  some  feature  specific 
to  shutters.  In  such  case  the  patent  is  classified  in  subclass 
54,  Shutters,  hereof,  or  some  subclass  thereunder. 

Search  Class— 
20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  under  Doors. 

47.  DOORS,  THERMAL  CONTROL,  HORIZONTALLY-SLID- 

ING. Horizontally-sliding  metallic  doors  or  shutters  which 
include  in  the  mechanism  for  retaining  them  in  open  position 
some  device  which  under  the  influence  of  heat  will  release  the 
door  or  shutter  and  allow  it  to  close  automatically.  There 
are  included  also  in  this  subclass  devices  to  receive  such  doors 
as  they  close  and  hold  them  fast. 
Search  Class — 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  45,  Thermally- 
controlled  devices,  and  the  subclasses  there  cited. 

48.  DOORS,    THERMAL    CONTROL,    VERTICALLY-SLID- 

ING.   Vertically-sliding  metallic  doors  or  shutters  which  in- 
clude in  the  mechanism  for  retaining  them  in  open  position 
some  device  which  under  the  influence  of  heat  will  release  the 
door  or  shutter  and  allow  it  to  close  automatically. 
Search  Class — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  45,  Thermally- 
controlled  devices  and  the  subclasses  there  cited. 

49.  DOORS,  THERMAL  CONTROL,  HORIZONTALLY- 

SWINGING.  Horizon  tally-swinging  metallic  doors  or  shut- 
ters which  include  in  the  mechanism  for  retaining  them  in 
open  position  some  device  which  under  the  influence  of  heat 
will  release  the  door  or  shutter  and  allow  it  to  close  automat- 
ically. 

Search  Class — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  45,  Thermally, 
controlled  devices,  and  the  subclasses  there  cited. 

50.  DOORS,   THERMAL  CONTROL,   VERTICALLY- 

SWINGING.  Vertically-swinging  metallic  doors  or  shutters 
which  include  in  the  mechanism  for  retaining  them  in  open 
position  some  device  which  under  the  influence  of  heat  wi'.l 
release  the  door  or  shutter  and  allow  it  to  close  automatically. 
Search  Class— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  45,  Thermally- 
controlled  devices,  and  the  subclasses  there  cited. 

51.  DOORS,  SECTIONAL.    Metallic  .doors  composed  of  sections 

which  move  either  singly  or  together  to  open  a  part  or  the 

whole  of  the  door-space. 
Search  Classes — 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  59,  Shutters, 

Horizontally-sliding,  and  60,  Shutters,  Vertically-sliding. 
20— WOODEN'BUILDINGS,  subclasses  20,  Doors.  Slidinc,  Jointed; 

32,  Doors,  Car,  Grain.  Vertical-slide;  52,  Windows,  Sliding  sash, 

and  61,  Shutters,  Sliding. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclasses  38, Window- 
screens,  Extensible,  and  43,  Awnings,  Rigid,  Intermovable 

sections. 

52.  DOORS,  THEATER-CURTAINS.    Metallic  curtains  separ- 

ating the  stage  from  the  auditorium  and  means  for  operating 
them. 

Note. — Theater  curtains  constructed  wholly  of  asbestos  are  classi- 
fied in  class  156,  CURTAINS,  -SHADES,  AND  SCREENS. 


426 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  47,  Doors, 
Thermal  control,  Horizontally-sliding;  50,  Doors,  Thermal 
control,  Vertically-swinging,  and  81,  Fire-shields,  Collapsible. 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  under  50,  Draw,  Gates. 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  under  Gates,  Openers. 

156 — CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS. 

53.  DOORS,  PANELS.    The  structure  of  metallic  panels  for  doors 

and  the  devices  for  securing  panels  in  the  frame  of  the  door. 
Search  Classes— 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  77,  Windows, 
Sash,  Pane  supports  and  fastenings,  and  78,  Windows,  Sash, 
Pane  supports  and  fastenings,  Removable. 

20-yWooDEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  36,  Doors,  Door  construc- 
tion, Removable  panel,  and  92,  Splices  and  joints. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  118, 
Reinforcing  elements,  Lathing,  Furring  and  fastening,  and 
121,  Reinforcing  elements,  Lathing,  Corner-beads. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  25,  Show-cases. 

54.  SHUTTERS.    Metallic  shutters  involving  structures  not  classi- 

fiable in  any  of  the  subclasses  hereunder. 

Note. — Devices  and  structures  of  general  application  to  both 
doors  and  shutters  are  classified  in  subclass  46,  Doors,  hereof, 
or  some  subclass  thereunder,  unless  some  feature  specific  to 
shutters  is  involved. 

Note. — Devices  for  operating  shutters  (other  than  roll)  are  classi- 
fied in  class  16,  BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  24,  Shutters, 
Workers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  subclass  50,  Shut- 
ters, Fasteners,  Fire,  and  in  class  39,  FENCES,  subclass  97, 
Gates,  openers,  window.  See  also  in  this  class,  subclass  52, 
Doors,  Theater-curtains,  and  the  subclasses  under  Doors, 
Thermal  control. 

Note. — For  hinges,  locking  devices,  and  other  hardware  pertain- 
ing to  shutters,  see  appropriate  subclasses  in  class  16,  BUILD- 
ERS' HARDWARE. 

Search  Classes — 

20 — V.'OODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  under  Shutters. 
108— ROOFS,  subclass  31,  Skylights,  Operating  devices. 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  135,  Fireplaces,  Blowers. 
228 — LADDERS,  subclass  21,  Shutter. 

55.  SHUTTERS,  AWNINGS.    Metallic  shutters  adapted  to  be 

thrown  outward  at  the  bottom  to  serve  also  as  an  awning. 
Note. — For  hinges,  locking  devices,  and  other  hardware  pertain- 
ing to  shutters,  see  appropriate  subclasses  in  class  16,  BUILD- 
ERS' HARDWARE. 
Search  Classes— 

16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  48,  Hinges,  Awning-blind. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  55,  Windows,  Storm,  and 
59,  Shutters,  Awning. 

106— RAILWAY  ROLLING-STOCK,  subclass  213,  Cars,  Street,  Awn- 
ings. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclasses  15,  Awnings, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  17,  Venetian  blinds. 

56.  SHUTTERS,  ROLL.    Metallic  shutters  adapted  to  be  rolled 

upon  a  roller  or  drum  to  uncover  a  window  or  other  opening. 
Search  Classes — 
189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  81,  Fire-shields, 

Collapsible. 

45— FURNITURE,  subclass  92,  Desks,  Lids,  Flexible. 
126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  135,  Fireplaces,  Blowers. 
156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclasses  16,  Flexible 

blinds,  and  39,  Window-screens,  Rolling. 

57.  SHUTTERS,  ROLL,  OPERATING  DEVICES.    Devices  for 

operating  metallic  roll-shutters. 
Search  Classes — 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  55,  Shutters, 
Awnings;  58,  Shutters,  Roll,  Thermal  control,  and  81,  Fire- 
shields,  Collapsible. 

39 — Fences,  subclasses  94,  Gates,  Openers,  Sliding-door,  and  140, 
Gates,  Counter  guard  operators. 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  various  subclasses 
of  re  el  and  web. 

45 — FURNITURE,  subclasses  3,  File-cabinets,  Revolving;  79, 
Bookcases,  Revolving,  and  92,  Desks,  Lids,  Flexible. 

126 — STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  135,  Fireplaces,  Blowers. 

156 — CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclasses  13,  Window- 
cornices;  16,  Flexible  blinds;  39,  Window-screens,  Rolling;  44, 
Awnings,  Roll  and  reel;  and  appropriate  subclasses  under 
Shade. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclasses  18,  Display-racks,  Roll;  20, 
Display-racks,  Rotary;  21,  Display-racks,  Rotary,  Inclosed; 
23,  Display-racks,  Sample-sheet,  Rotary,  and  35,  Pattern- 
exhibitors. 

58.  SHUTTERS,  ROLL,  THERMAL  CONTROL.    Metallic  roll 

shutters  which  include  in  the  mechanism  for  retaining  them 
in  inoperative  position  some  device  which  under  the  influence 
of  heat  will  release  the  retaining  mechanism  and  thereby  enable 
the  shutters  to  cover  the  window  or  other  opening  automati- 
cally. 

Search  Class— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURE,  subclass  45,  Thermally- 
controlled  devices,  and  the  subclasses  there  cited. 

59.  SHUTTERS,  HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING.    Metallic  shut- 

ters which  slide  horizontally  to  cover  or  uncover  a  window. 
Search  Classes— 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  47,  Doors, 
Thermal  control,  Horizontally-sliding;  51,  Doors,  Sectional, 
and  60,  Shutters,  Vertically-sliding. 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  54,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge-operated,  Dis" 
placement,  Horizontally-sliding,  and  62,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge" 
operated,  Shaft-rotation,  Horizontally-sliding. 

16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclasses  24,  Shutters,  Workers, 
and  138,  Shutters,  Workers,  Sliding  shutter. 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  61,  Shutters,  Sliding,  and 
the  various  subclasses  of  Horizontally-sliding  structures  under 
Doors  and  \Vindows. 

60.  SHUTTERS,    VERTICALLY-SLIDING.    Metallic  shutters 

which  slide  vertically  (as  a  whole  or  in  sections)  to  cover  or 
uncover  a  window  or  other  opening.  Some  sections  also  fold. 
Search  Classes— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  48,  Doors, 
Thermal  control,  Vertically-sliding;  51,  Doors,  Sectional;  57, 
Shutters,  Roll,  Operating  devices;  59,  Shutters,  Horizontally- 
sliding;  72,  Windows,  Vertically-sliding  sash,  and  81,  Fire- 
shields,  Collapsible. 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclasses  52,  Draw,  Gates,  Hand  or  motor  oper- 
ated, Vertically-sliding;  58,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge-operated, 
Displacement.  Vertically-sliding,  and  66,  Draw,  Gates,  Bridge- 
operated,  Shaft-rotation,  Horizontally-sliding. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  61,  Shutters,  Sliding,  and  the 
various  subclasses  of  Vertically-sliding  structures  under  Doors 
and  under  Windows. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  135,  Fireplaces,  Blowers. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclasses  14,  Window- 
screens,  and  38,  V'indow-screens,  Extensible. 

61.  SHUTTERS,     REGISTERING    SLIDE.    Metallic    shutter 

structures  consisting  of  a  fixed  grating  and  a  sliding  grating 
adapted  to  rerister  therewith  to  cover  or  uncover  apertures  in 
the  fixed  grating. 
Search  Classes — 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  60,  Shutters,  Registering 
slide. 

98— PNEUMATICS,  subclass  31,  Window-ventilators. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  135,  Fireplaces,  Blow- 
ers, and  325,  Hot-air  registers. 

62.  SHUTTERS,  SLATS,  PIVOTED.    Pivoted  slats  for  metallic 

shutters  and  their  journals,  operating  devices,  and  fasteners 

or  locks. 

Search  Classes — 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  55,  Shutters, 

Awnings,  and  56,  Shutters,  Roll. 
16— BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  1,  Blind-stops. 
20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  62,  Shutters,  Slats,  Pivoted. 
156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclasses  16,  Flexible 

blinds,  and  17,  Venetian  blinds. 

63.  SHUTTERS,  SLATS,  FIXED.    Metallic  shutters  having  fixed 

slats  or  structures  in  imitation  thereof. 
Search  Class— 
20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  63,  Shutters,  Slats,  Fixed. 

64.  WINDOWS.    Metallic  windows  not  classifiable  in  any  of  the 

subclasses  hereunder. 

Note.— Devices  for  operating  windows  are  classified  in  class  39, 
FENCES,  subclass  97,  Gates,  Openers,  Window;  Skylights  and 
operating  devices  therefor  in  class  108,  ROOFS;  Wire-glass  and 
processes  of  manufacture  thereof  hi  class  49,  GLASS,  subclasses 
32,  Molding,  Wire-glass,  and  86,  Processes,  Molding,  Wire- 
glass. 

Search  Classes— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  40,  Windows,  Miscellaneous. 
211 — STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  25,  Show-cases. 

65.  WINDOWS,  WEATHERPROOFIXG.-c  Devices  attached  to 

metallic  windo  w  frames  or  sashes  to  keep  out  wind  or  moisture. 
No  attempt  has  been  made  to  separate  those  patents  which 
show  merely  flanges  or  other  modified  structure  on  frame  or 
sash,  or  both.  To  go  into  this  subclass,  patents  must  show 
some  device  additional  to  the  structure  of  the  frame  and  sash. 

Note. — The  specific  form  of  laterally-sliding  weather-strips, 
usually  found  in  vertically-swinging  metallic  windows,  are 
in  this  class,  subclass  70,  Windows,  Swinging-sash,  Laterally- 
sliding  weather-strips. 

Search  Class — 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  65,  Weather-strips,  Hinged; 
66,  Weather-strips,  Hinged,  Sills;  67,  Weather-strips,  Hinged, 
Spring,  and  69,  Weather-strips,  Packing. 

66.  WINDOWS.    DOUBLE    MOVEMENT.    Metallic    windows 

having  sashes  which  both  slide  and  swing,  but  are  not  classi- 
fiable in  the  subclasses  hereunder. 
Search  Class— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  42,  Windows,  Sliding  and 
swinging  sash,  Miscellaneous;  44,  Windows,  Sliding  and 
swinging  sash,  Guide-rod  pivot;  46,  Windows,  Sliding  and 
swinging  sash,  Separable  hinge,  Side-swing;  47,  Windows, 
Sliding  and  swinging  sash,  Separable  hinge,  Vortical-swing, 
and  48,  Windows,  Sliding  and  swinging  sash,  Sliding  frame, 
Vertically-pivoted  sash. 

67.  WINDOWS,   DOUBLE   MOVEMENT,  SLIDING   PIVOT. 

Metallic  windows  having  a  double  movement  in  which  the 
sash  is  pivotally  attached  to  a  strip  or  stile  (or  other  device 
supported  by  the  sash-cord)  which  slides  in  guideways  on  the 
frame. 

Search  Class— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  43,  Windows,  Sliding  and 
swinging  sash,  Cord-fastener,  Pivot;  49,  Windows,  Sliding  and 
swinging  sash,  Sliding  stile,  Horizontally-pivoted  sash,  and 
50,  Windows,  Sliding  and  swinging  sash,  Sliding  stile,  Ver- 
tically-pivoted sash. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


427 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

68.  WINDOWS, DOUBLE  MOVEMENT, SWINGING  FRAME. 

Metallic  windows  haying  a  double  movement  in  which  the 

sashes  slide  in  an  auxiliary  swinging  frame. 
Note. — For  vertically-sliding  windows,  see  in  this  class,  subclass 

72,    Windows,   Vertically-sliding   sash,   and   the   subclasses 

thereunder. 
Note. — For  swinging  windows,  see  in  this  class,  subclass  69, 

Windows,  Swinging  sash,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
Search  Class— 
20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  45,  Windows,  Sliding  and 

swinging  sash,  Horizontally-pivoted  frame,  Sliding  sash,  and 

51,  Windows,  Sliding  and  swinging  sash,  Vertically-pivoted 

frame,  Sliding  sash. 

69.  WINDOWS,    SWINGING    SASH'.    Metallic  windows  having 

a  swinging  sash  which  are  not  classifiable  in  the  subclasses 
hereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  6C,  Windows, 
Double  movement,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  79, 
Windows,  Guards. 
20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  53,  Windows,  Swinging  sash. 

70.  WINDOWS,  SWINGING  SASH,  LATERALLY-SLIDING 

WEATHER-STRIPS.  Swinging  metallic  windows  which 
include  weather-strips  mounted  on  either  the  frame  or  the 
sash  and  arranged  for  lateral  sliding  motion. 

Note. — Miscellaneous  devices  for  weatherproofing  metallic  win- 
dows will  be  found  in  this  class,  subclass  65,  Windows, 
Weatherproofing. 

Search  Classes— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  67,  Windows, 
Double  movement,  Sliding  pivot,  and  73,  Windows,  Verti- 
cally-sliding sash,  Movable  or  removable  guards. 
20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  68,  Weather-strips,  Sliding. 

71.  WINDOWS,  SWINGING  SASH,  THERMAL  CONTROL. 

Metallic  windows  having  a  swinging  sash  which  include  in  the 
mechanism  for  retaining  the  sash  in  open  position  some  device 
which  under  the  influence  of  heat  will  release  the  retaining 
mechanism  and  allow  the  windows  to  close  automatically. 
Search  Class 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  45,  Thermally- 
controlled  devices,  and  the  subclasses  there  cited. 

72.  WINDOWS,      VERTICALLY-SLIDING      SASH.    Metallic 

windows  having  a  sliding  sash  which  are  not  included  in  the 
following  two  subclasses.    Features  of  both  sash  and  frame 
which  mutually  cooperate  will  be  found  here  and  in  the  sub- 
classes hereunder. 
Search  Classes— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  66,  Windows, 
Double-movement,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  52,  Windows,  Sliding  sash. 

73.  WINDOWS,  VERTICALLY-SLIDING  SASH,  MOVABLE 

OR  REMOVABLE  GUARDS.  Metallic  windows  having  a 
sliding  sash  which  include  guards  or  stops  or  strips  which  are 
movable  of  removable  to  permit  the  sash  to  be  adjusted  or 
raised  or  taken  out.  These  guards  usually  aid  in  weatherproof- 
ing the  window. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  65,  Windows, 
Weatherproofing,  and  70,  Windows,  Swinging  sash,  Laterally- 
sliding  weather-strips. 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  54,  Shutters,  Sashes,  Cush- 
ioned, and  68,  Weather-strips,  Sliding. 

74.  WINDOWS    VERTICALLY-SLIDING  SASH,  THERMAL 

CONTROL.  Metallic  windows  having  a  sliding  sash  which 
include  in  the  mechanism  for  retaining  the  sash  in  open  posi- 
tion some  device  which  under  the  influence  of  heat  will  release 
the  retaining  mechanism  and  allow  the  windows  to  close 
automatically. 
Search  Class  — 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  45,  Thermally- 
controlled  devices,  and  the  subclasses  there  cited. 

75.  WINDOWS,  FRAMES.    The  structure  of  metallic  window- 

frames  (other  than  those  for  sliding  or  swinging  sash)  and  of 
connections  between  frame  and  wall. 

Note.— Features  of  metallic  frames  intended  for  use  with  sliding 
or  swinging  sash  and  cooperating  therewith  will  be  found  in 
subclasses  69,  Windows,  Swinging  sash,  and  72,  Windows, 
Vertically-sliding  sash,  herein,  and  the  subclasses  to  which 
reference  is  therein  made.  Metallic  window-frames  which  are 
modified  to  effect  ventilation  are  classified  in  class  98,  PNEU- 
MATICS, subclass  31,  Window-ventilators. 

Search  Class— 

72 — MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  98,  Sills 
and  jambs. 

76.  WINDOWS,  SASH.    Metallic  sash  structures  not  included  in 

the  two  following  subclasses. 

Note.— This  subclass  does  not  include  patents  in  which  the  sash 
and  the  frame  construction  mutually  modify  each  other.  For 
such  search  should  be  made  in  this  class,  subclasses  69,  Win- 
dows, Swinging  sash;  72,  Windows,  Vertically-sliding  sash, 
and  75,  Windows,  Frames.  Metallic  window-sash  which  are 
modified  to  effect  ventilation  are  classified  in  class  98,  PNEU- 
MATICS, subclass  31,  Window-ventilators. 
Search  Classes— 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  56,  Windows,  Sash  con- 
struction, and  92,  Splices  and  joints,  and  the  subclasses  there 
cited. 

108— ROOFS,  subclass  16,  Skylights. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  25,  Show-cases. 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

77.  WINDOWS,   SASH,    PANE   SUPPORTS   AND   FASTEN- 

INGS.   The  structure  of  metallic  bars  and  other  supports  for 
glass  and  devices  for  securing  the  glass  thereon. 
Search  Classes — 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  56,  Windows,  Sash  construc- 
tion. 

88— OPTICS,  subclass  59,  Building-lights,  Vault. 

94— PAVING,  subclass  7,  Vault-covers. 

108— ROOFS,  subclass  16,  Skylights. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  25,  Show-cases. 

78.  WINDOWS,   SASH.   PANE    SUPPORTS   AND    FASTEN- 

INGS, REMOVABLE.    The  structure  of  metallic  bars  and 
other  supports  for  glass  and  devices  for  securing  the  glass 
thereon,  said   securing   devices   including   some  detachable 
feature. 
Search  Classes— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  56,  windows,  Sash  construc- 
tion. 

108— ROOFS,  subclass  16,  Skylights. 

79.  WINDOWS,  GUARDS.    Devices  (such  as  bars,  gratings,  etc.) 

attached  to  metallic  (usually  cellar)  windows  to  allow  venti- 
lation or  the  admission  of  coal  or  the  like  and  to  prevent  un- 
authorized persons  from  breaking  in. 

Note. — For  structure  of  the  grating  see  subclass  9,  Buildings, 
Jails,  Gratings,  herein,  and  the  subclasses  under  Grilles. 

Search  Class— 
20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  71,  Door  and  window  guards. 

80.  FIRE-SHIELDS.    Metallic  devices,  usually  portable,  for  use 

near  a  conflagration  to  protect  buildings  not  burning  or  to  con- 
fine the  fire  to  the  burning  building  or  a  part  thereof. 
Search  Classes— 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  196,  Furnaces,  Shields. 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  202,  Fenders,  Fire  screen 
or  guard. 

81.  FIRE-SHIELDS,  COLLAPSIBLE.    Fire-shields  adapted  to 

be  rolled,  folded,  or  otherwise  compacted  into  convenient 
form  for  transportation. 

82.  GRILLES,  COMPOSITE.     Metallic  grilles  other  than  integral 

in  structure. 
Note — See  also  subclasses  cited  in  notes  under  subclass  84,  Grilles, 

securing  devices,  herein. 
Search  Class — 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  77,  Windows, 

Sash,  Pane  supports  and  fastenings. 

83.  GRILLES,  INTEGRAL.    Metallic    grilles    cast    integral    or 

otherwise  produced  from  a  single  piece  of  material. 
Note.— See  also  subclasses  cited  in  notes  under  subclass  84,  Grilles, 

securing  devices,  herein. 
Search  Class — 
29— METAL-WORKING,  subclasses  2,  Special  work,  Battery-grid 

making,  and  160,  Blanks  and  processes   Grilles. 

84.  GRILLES,     SECURING     DEVICES.     Frames   surrounding 

and  supporting  metallic  grilles  and  devices  for  securing  the  ends 

of  the  bars  to  the  frames. 
Search  Classes— 
189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  79,  Windows, 

Guards. 
5— BEDS,  subclasses  29,  Bed-bottoms,  Springs;  39,  Bed-bottoms, 

Fabrics,  and  40,  Bed-bottoms,  Fabrics  and  springs. 
20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  15,  Panels  and  wainscoting, 

and  71,  Door  and  window  guards. 
21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  55,  Steps. 
29 — METAL-WORKING,    subclass    160,    Blanks    and    processes, 

Grilles. 
39 — FENCES,   subclasses   6,    Fences,   Iron;    104,  Fences,  Iron, 

Panel,  and  42,  Gates,  Railway,  Cattle-guard. 
98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  31,  Window-ventilators,  and  32, 

Window- ventilators,  Condensation-preventers. 
109— SAFES,  subclasses  1,  Burglar-proof,  and  2,  Fireproof. 
126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  325,  Hot-air  registers. 

85.  METAL  SHEATHING.    Sheets  of  metal,  plain,  corrugated, 

or  otherwise  embellished,  for  use  on  walls  or  ceilings. 
Search  Classes— 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  52,  Piles,  Sheet-piling. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  19, 
Walls,  Faced,  Tile,  Wall-anchored;  118.  Reinforcing  elements, 
Lathing,  Furring,  and  fastening,  and  120,  Reinforcing  ele- 
ments, Lathing,  Wire,  Furring  and  fastening. 

108 — ROOFS,  subclasses  12,  Lap-joint;  15,  Car,  Metal-lined,  and 
the  subclasses  under  Metallic. 

113— SHEET-METAL,  WARE,  MAKING,  various  subclasses  under 
Can-making  machines,  Seaming  machines,  and  Tube-making. 

86.  METAL  SHEATHING,   OVERLAPPING   EXDS.     Metal- 

sheathing  joints  made  by  overlapping  the  ends  or  interlocking 
the  same,  with  no  accessories  except  nails,  staples,  or  rosettes. 
Search  Classes — 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  52,  Piles,  Sheet-piling. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  19,  Walls, 
Faced,  Tile,  Wall-anchored;  118,  Reinforcing  elements,  Lath- 
ing, Furring  and  fastening,  and  120,  Reinforcing  elements, 
Lathing,  Wire,  Furring  and  fastening. 

108— ROOFS,  subclasses  12,  Lap-joint;  15,  Car,  Metal-lined,  and 
the  subclasses  under  Metallic. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  various  subclasses  under 
Can-making  machines,  Seaming-machines,  and  Tube-making. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclasses  70, 
Can-closures,  Rip,  Strip,  Integral,  Double-seam,  and  81,  Can- 
seam,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 


428 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

87.  METAL  SHEATHING,  OVERLAPPING  ENDS,  COR- 

NICE.   Metal  sheathing  used  to  make  a  curved  connection 
between  horizontal  and  vertical  surfaces,  the  joints  thereof 
being  made  by  overlapping  the  ends  or  interlocking  the  same, 
with  no  accessories  except  nails,  staples,  or  rosettes. 
Search  Class — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  89,  Metal 
sheathing,  Securing  devices,  Cornice. 

88.  METAL   SHEATHING,    SECURING    DEVICES.        Metal 

sheathing  joints  which  include  a  cap  or  other  securing  device 
(in  addition  to  nails,  staples-,  or  rosettes). 
Search  Classes— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  38,  Columns. 

61  —HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclass  52,  Piles,  Sheet-piling. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  19,  Walls, 
Faced,  Tile,  Wall-anchored;  118.  Reinforcing  elements,  Lath- 
ing, Furring  and  fastening,  and  120,  Reinforcing  elements, 
Lathing,  Wire,  Furring  and  fastening. 

108 — ROOFS,  subclasses  12,  Lap-joint;  15,  Car,  Metal-lined,  and 
the  subclasses  under  Metallic. 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  various  subclasses  under 
Can-making  machines,  Seaming-machines,  and  Tube-making. 

89.  METAL  SHEATHING,  SECURING  DEVICES,  CORNICE. 

Metal  sheathing  used  to  make  a  curved  connection  between 
horizontal  and  vertical  surfaces,  the  joints  thereof  including  a 
cap  or  other  securing  device,  (in  addition  to  nails,  staples,  or 
rosettes.) 
Search  Class— 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  87,  Metal  sheath- 
ing, Over-lapping  ends,  Cornice. 

90.  LAND-ANCHORS.     Land-anchors  disclosing  features  not  clas- 

sifiable in  the  two  subclasses  hereunder,  and  miscellaneous 
devices  for  insertion  of  such  anchors. 


CLASS  189— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  29,  Electric- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Bases,  Anchored. 
14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  21,  Suspension,  Towers  and  anchors. 
37— EXCAVATING,  subclass  18,  Dredgers,  Anchoring. 
Ill— SEEDERS  AND  PLANTERS,  subclass  42,  Check  row  Anchors. 
114— SHIPS,  subclass  206,  Anchors. 
185— MOTORS,  subclass  25,  Horse  power  type,  Anchors. 

91.  LAND-ANCHORS,  AUGERS.     Land-anchors  which  include 

an  auger  or  an  auger-like  structure  for  insertion  into  the 
ground. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  30,  Electric- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Bases,  Anchored,  Augers. 

166- ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclass  11,  Earth-auger,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

92.  LAND-ANCHORS,     EXPANDING.       Land-anchors  which 

include  some  form  of  expanding  device  by  which  a  larger  re- 
sisting area  is  offered  to  the  withdrawal  of  the  anchor  than 
was  opposed  to  the  insertion  thereof.  There  are  included 
also  in  this  subclass  patents  for  devices  for  inserting  such  an- 
chors. 
Search  Classes — 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  31,  Electric- 
wire  supports,  Telegraph-poles,  Bases,  Anchored,  Expanding. 

14 — BRIDGES,  subclass  21,  Suspension,  Towers,  and  Anchors. 

85 — DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND  SCREW-THREADED  FASTENINGS, 
subclasses  2,  Bolts,  Expanding  core;  2.4,  Bolts,  Expanding 
sleeve;  2.8,  Bolts,  Expanding  sleeve,  Double-wedge;  3,  Bolts, 
Pivoted  end  locks;  6,  Bolts,  Threadless,  Axial  wedge,  and  13, 
Nails,  spikes,  and  tacks,  Multiple-pronged. 

114^Smps,  subclasses  207,  Anchors,  Fluke;  208,  Anchors,  Fluke, 
Pivoted,  and  210,  Anchor-trippers. 


CLASS  190.— BAGGAGE. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  comprises  trunk  and  traveling-bag  structures  and  all 
combination  structures  including  these  as  parts. 

Camp-kits  are  included  when  the  box  has  room  for  storage  of  sup- 
plies and  is  convertible  into  a  desk  or  table  on  account  of  the  close 
resemblance  of  these  structures  to  trunks  which  are  convertible 
into  desks  or  tables. 

Traveling-bag  fasteners  other  than  those  using  a  strap-loop  or  in 
combination  with  handles  are  classified  in  class  70,  LOCKS  AND 
LATCHES,  as  are  also  trunk-fasteners,  bag-locks,  and  trunk-locks. 

Trunk  casters  and  hinges  even  though  combined  with  corner- 
shields  are  classified  in  class  16,  BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  in  the 
various  subclasses  of  Casters,  and  in  Hinges,  Box,  respectively. 

Subclasses. 

1.  CONVERTIBLE.    All  structures  in  trunk  form  which  are  capa- 

ble of  change  to  adapt  them  to  other  uses  are  here  classified. 
Allied  convertible  structures  not  including  trunks  in  the  com- 
bination are  found  under  the  heads  of  the  various  articles  into 
which  the  trunks  are  convertible. 

2.  CONVERTIBLE,  BED.    The  changed  form  is  that  of  a  bed  or 

couch,  which  in  its  folded  or  closed  position  holds  at  least  the 
bedclothing  or  mattress  and  usually  has  storage-room  also  for 
other  clothing,  etc. 

3.  CONVERTIBLE,    BUREAU.    Trunks   made   up   wholly  or 

partly  of  drawers. 

Note.— Smalldrawersin  bookcases — such  as  are  used  for  note-paper, 
stamps,  etc.,  and  which  do  not  extend  across  the  frame — and 
mirrors  mounted  upon  cases  without  drawers  are  not  con- 
sidered as  making  the  structures  bureaus. 

4.  CONVERTIBLE,  BUREAU,  TOP  AND  FRONT  OPEN- 

IXC.  Trunks  opening  both  at  the  top  and  at  the  front.  The 
top  opening  usually  gives  access  to  a  tray,  as  in  the  ordinary 
trunk,  and  the  front  opening  permits  the  drawers  to  be  drawn 
out. 

5  CONVERTIBLE,  BUREAU,  TOP  AND  FRONT  OPEN- 
ING, COMPARTMENT-TOP.  The  cover  for  the  top 
opening  is  itself  a  receptacle. 

6.  CONVERTIBLE,  BUREAU,  FRONT-OPENING.    Removal 

of  a  front  cover  or  fastening  permits  the  drawers  to  be  drawn 
out. 

Search  Class— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  4,  Convertible,  Bureau,  Top  and  front 
opening. 

7.  CONVERTIBLE,     BUREAU,     FRONT-OPENING,     COM- 

PARTMENT-FRONT. The  closure  of  the  front  opening  is 
itself  a  receptacle. 

8.  CONVERTIBLE,  CHAIR.    The  trunk  is  convertible  into  a 

chair  or  seat. 

9.  CONVERTIBLE,  SHELVED.    The  trunk  is  provided  with 

partitions,  which  are  available  in  the  converted  position  as 
shelves. 

10.  CONVERTIBLE,   SHELVED,  DESK-FLAP.    In  addition 

to  the  shelves  there  is  a  flap  for  writing  use. 

11.  CONVERTIBLE,   DESK   OR   TABLE.    The  trunk  in  its 

changed  position  is  suited  for  use  as  a  desk  or  table. 
Search  Class— 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  10,  Convertible,  Shelved,  Desk-flap. 

12.  CONVERTIBLE,  DESK  OR  TABLE,  CAMP-KITS.    Camp- 

kits  are  included  here  when  they  are  in  the  form  of  trunks  or 
traveling-bags  adapted  to  carry  supplies  or  baggage  and  are 
convertible  into  tables. 

Note.— Camp-kits  in  the  form  of  convertible  lunch-boxes,  chairs, 
etc.,  but  not  containing  the  features  of  the  above  definition, 
are  classified  with  these  articles. 

13.  CONVERTIBLE,  WARDROBE.    In  the  changed  position 

of  the  trunk  a  space  is  left  within  which  clothing  can  be  sus- 
pended. 

14.  CONVERTIBLE,  WARDROBE,  EXTENSIBLE.      These 

are  constructions  by  which  increased  height  is  gained. 

15.  CONVERTIBLE,   WARDROBE,   EXTENSIBLE,   TELE- 

SCOPIC.   The  desirable  height  of  the  space  is  secured  by 
extending  parts  which  slide  one  within  the  other. 
Search  Class— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclasses  22,  Trunks,  Extensible  and  sectional, 
Telescopic,  and  45,  Traveling-bags,  Extensible,  Telescopic. 

16.  SAMPLE-CASES.    The  cases  are  trunk  or  traveling-bag  struc- 

tures having  features  fitting  them  for  commercial  travelers' 
use.  These  features  are  usually  the  construction  of  the  trays 
to  hold  the  line  of  articles  to  be  carried  and  disposition  of 
trays  to  display  the  contents. 


CLASS  190— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  8,  Boxes,  Compart- 
ment, Folding,  and  9,  Boxes,  Compartment,  Folding,  Display, 

17.  SAMPLE-CASES,  LINK-SUPPORTED  TRAY.    The  trays 

are  held  in  display  position  by  links. 
Search  Class— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclasses  30,  Trunks,  Tray  movers  and  sup- 
porters, Lid-operated  movement,  and  34,  Trunks,  Tray 
movers  and  supporters,  Link  connections  and  props. 

18.  ABOLISHED. 

19.  TRUNKS.    Transportation  receptacles  of  somewhat  larger  size 

than  traveling-bags  characterized  generally  by  box  shape  and 
the  location  of  the  handles  at  opposite  ends. 

20.  TRUNKS,  CIRCULAR-END.    The  end  is  circular  in  section 

to  permit  rolling  upon  its  edge  without  jar.  The  form  is  gen- 
erally that  of  a  cylinder  or  barrel. 

21.  TRUNKS,  EXTENSIBLE  AND  SECTIONAL.    The  trunks 

can  be  increased  in  capacity.    This  is  usually  accomplished 
by  releasing  telescoped  or  folded  compartments  or  walls  or  by 
adding  independent  receptacles. 
Search  Classes— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  14,  Convertible,  Wardrobe,  Extensible. 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  12,  Boxes,  Knock- 
down; 14,  Boxes,  Knockdown,  Folding,  Horizontal  and  ver- 
tical pivot;  15,  Boxes,  Knockdown,  Folding,  Horizontal- 
pivot;  43,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knockdown;  45,  Boxes,  Crates, 
Knockdown,  Sectional,  and  47,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knockdown, 
Folding,  Horizontal-pivot. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  52, 
Buckets,  Lunch,  Compartment,  Nesting,  Sectional. 

22.  TRUNKS,    EXTENSIBLE    AND    SECTIONAL,    TELE- 

SCO  PIC.    The  increased  capacity  is  obtained  by  drawing  the 
telescoping  member  of  one  section  out  from  the  other  section. 
Search  Class— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclasses  15,  Convertible,  Wardrobe,  Exten- 
sible, Telescopic;  45,  Traveling-bags,  Extensible,  Telescopic; 
46,  Traveling-bags,  Extensible,  Telescopic,  Auxiliary  opening, 
and  47,  Traveling-bags,  Extensible,  Telescopic,  Rack-fastener 

23.  TRUNKS,  WALL.    Trunks  arranged  to  open  while  resting 

against  the  wall. 

Note.— Hinges  adapted  for  wall  trunks  are  classified  in  class  16, 
BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  104,  Hinges,  Box. 

24.  TRUNKS,    FRAMES    AND    INTERIOR    BRACES.    Con- 

structions of  the  body  of  the  trunk  when  the  invention  is  not 
in  the  material  alone.  Under  "interior  braces"  are  included 
brackets  or  strips  upon  the  inside  of  the  trunk  to  support  the 
tray  when  the  trunk  is  closed. 

Note.— The  several  subclasses  of  tray  movers  and  supporters  show 
supports  for  the  tray  in  its  position  within  the  closed  trunk. 

25.  TRUNKS,  REINFORCING-STRIPS.    Strip  and  slat  fasten- 

ings with  the  exterior  strengthening-bands  which  they  hold. 
Search  Class— 
190  -BAGGAGE,  subclass  24,Trunks,  Frames  and  interior  braces. 

26.  TRUNKS,    PROTECTING-HARNESS.    The  harness  is  so 

arranged  as  to  protect  the  trunk  from  jar  or  injury,  while  it 
also  keeps  the  trunk  closed. 

27.  TRUNKS,  HARNESS.    Combinations  of  straps  suitable  for 

securing  trunks  in  their  closed  position.  Single  straps  are 
included  when  they  are  attached  to  the  trunk  or  when  modi- 
fication of  the  trunk  to  accommodate  them  enters  into  the 
invention.  Attached  fasteners  are  included  when  they  fasten 
the  strap  surrounding  the  trunk. 
Search  Classes— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  26,  Trunks.  Protecting-harness. 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  Etc.,  subclasses  140,  Packet- 
holders;    24,   Bale  and  package  ties.   Strap-tighteners;    68, 
Strap-tighteners,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

28.  TRUNKS,  VALANCES.    Where  the  trunk  opens,  the  edges 

of  the  one  part  are  usually  extended  in  the  form  of  strips  to 
overlap  the  edges  of  the  other  part  in  order  to  relieve  the 
hinges  and  fastenings  from  side  strain  and  to  protect  the  con- 
tents from  the  elements.  These  overlapping  parts  are  called 
"valances." 

29.  TRUNKS,  TRAY  MOVERS  AND  SUPPORTERS.    Con- 

structions whose  object  is  the  lifting  or  shifting  of  the  tray 
from  the  position  which  it  occupies  when  the  trunk  is  closed 
into  another  position  permitting  easier  access  to  the  trunk- 
body  or  to  the  tray  or  which  support  or  retain  the  tray  in 
that  other  position. 

30.  TRUNKS,  TRAY  MOVERS  AND  SUPPORTERS,  LID- 

OPERATED  MOVEMENT.  The  tray  is  moved  by  the 
action  of  the  lid. 

31.  TRUNKS,  TRAY  MOVERS  AND  SUPPORTERS  PIV- 

OTED-TRAY.    The  tray  turns  upon  a  pivot. 

429 


430 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  190— Continued. 

32.  TRUNKS,  TRAY  MOVERS  AND  SUPPORTERS,  PIV- 

OTED-TRAY,  VERTICAL-PIVOT.  The  tray  moves  in 
a  horizontal  plane  upon  its  pivot.  It  usually  has  some  ver- 
tical motion  along  the  pivot  also. 

33.  TRUNKS,  TRAY  MOVERS  AND  SUPPORTERS,  SLID- 

ING-TRAY.  The  tray  slides  upon  a  track  in  approximately 
a  horizontal  plane. 

34.  TRUNKS,  TRAY  MOVERS  AND  SUPPORTERS,  LINK 

CONNECTIONS  AND  PROPS.    Arms  ordinarily  pivoted 
are  here  used  directly  to  operate  or  support  the  tray. 
Search  Class  - 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclasses  17,  Sample-cases,  link-supported  tray, 
and  30,  Trunks,  Tray  movers  and  supporters,  Lid-operated 
movement. 

35.  TRUNKS,  TRAYS.    Inventions  relating  to  the  tray,  except 

such  as  refer  to  its  movement  or  support. 

Note.— Inventions  in  supports  for  the  tray  in  the  closed  position 
of  the  trunk  are  found  in  this  class,  subclass  24,  Trunks, 
Frames  and  interior  braces.  Inventions  in  mechanism  for 
moving  the  tray  or  in  supporting  it  in  a  different  position 
from  that  occupied  by  it  when  the  trunk  is  closed  are  found 
in  this  class,  subclass  29,  Trunks,  Tray  movers  and  supporters, 
and  in  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Search  Class — 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclasses  19,  Trunks;  34,  Trunks,  Traymovers 
and  supporters,  Link  connections  and  props. 

36.  TRUNKS,  FOLLOWERS.    Adjustable  partitions  insertible 

or  movable  after  the  contents  is  in  place  to  compress  or  retain 
it.  The  follower  is  sometimes  in  the  form  of  a  tray.  It  is  never- 
theless classified  here  unless  there  is  invention  in  the  tray 
itself. 

Search  Class— 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  64,  Boxes,  Followers, 
and  86,  Barrels,  Followers. 

37.  TRUNKS,  CORNER  SHIELDS  AND  BUFFERS.    Protec- 

tions for  the  corners  of  the  trunk. 

Note. — Structures  which  are  mere  joints  applicable  to  general  wood 
construction  are  found  in  class  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  sub- 
class 92,  Splices  and  joints. 

Stiffeners  and  braces  for  box-joints  are  classified  in  class  217, 
WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  69,  Boxes,  Stays,  and  the 
two  subclasses  thereunder. 

Corner-shields  in  combination  with  casters  are  classified  in  class  16, 
BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  4,  Casters,  unless  some  other 
trunk  feature  enters  into  the  combination. 

Search  Class — 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclasses  23,  Trunks,  Wall;  25,  Trunks,  Rein- 
forcing-strips,  and  20,  Trunks,  Protecting-harness. 

38.  TRUNKS,  SUPPORTING  DEVICES.    Legs  and  other  struc- 

tures for  bearing  the  weight  of  the  trunk. 

Note. — Handles  of  strap  form  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass 
39,  Trunks,  Handles.  Trunk-handles  of  other  types  are  classi- 
fied in  class  16,  BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  10,  Handles. 

Casters  are  classified  in  class  16,  BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclass  4, 
Casters. 

Search  Class 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  20,  Trunks,  Circular-end. 

39.  TRUNKS,    HANDLES.    Strap-handles    and    the    fastenings 

therefor. 

Note. — Handles  suitable  for  trunk  use  will  be  found  in  class  16, 
BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclasses  10,  Handles,  and  103,  Han- 
dles, Coffin. 

40.  TRUNKS,  MATERIALS.    "Material"  here  includes  corruga- 

tions, combinations  of  layers,  and  other  modifications  of  what 

might  be  called  "raw  materials"  to  suit  them  for  use  in  the 

trunk-body  generally. 
Search  Classes— 
190 — BAGGAGE,  subclasses  24,  Trunks,   Frames  and  interior 

braces,  and  53,  Traveling-bags,  Materials  and  patterns. 
217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  1,  Bent. 

41.  TRAVELING-BAGS.    These  bag  ,  called  also  "grips,"  "tele- 

scopes." " valiser,"  "portmanteaus,"  and  "satchels,"  are 
usually  distinguished  from  trunks  both  by  their  size  and  by 
arrangement  of  the  handle  or  handles,  so  that  each  bag  can  be 
carried  in  one  hand.  They  lack  the  display  features  of  sample- 
cases. 

Search  Class— 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclasses  44,  Saddle- 
bags, Traveling-bag,  and  47,  Hand,  Traveling-bag. 

42.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  COMBINED.    Structures  used  as  trav- 

eling-bags at  the  same  time  that  they  serve  another  purpose. 

43.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  FRAMELESS  AND  FOLDING.  The 

body  of  the  bag  is  either  entirely  without  stiffening  or  has  this 

stiffening  so  arranged  that  the  bag  can  be  folded  or  rolled  into 

smaller  compass,  as  when  not  in  use. 
Search  Classes- 
ISO — CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES, subclass  52, 

Covers  and  Cases. 
229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  .54,  Bags,  Satchel. 

44.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  EXTENSIBLE.    The  capacity  of  the 

bag  is  capable  of  variation  to  hold  in  one  position  more  than  in 
another  position. 


CLASS  190— Continued. 

Search  Class— 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  21,  Trunks,  Extensible  and  sectional. 

45.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  EXTENSIBLE,  TELESCOPIC.     The 

bag  is  made  of  several  sections  which  slide  one  within  another. 
Search  Class — 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  22,  Trunks,  Extensible  and  sectional, 
Telescopic. 

46.  TRAVELING-BAGS, EXTENSIBLE, TELESCOPIC, AUX- 

ILIARY OPENING.  There  is  an  opening  other  than  the  one 
available  by  separation  of  the  sections. 

47.  TRAVELING-BAGS,        EXTENSIBLE,        TELESCOPIC 

RACK-FASTENER.    A  rack  or,  more  usually,  a  pair  of 
racks  upon  one  of  the  telescoping  members  are  held  in  adjust- 
able positions  by  grips,  pawls,  or  other  catches  upon  another 
of  the  telescoping  members. 
Search  Class— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  22,  Trunks,  Extensible  and  sectional, 
Telescopic. 

48.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  TOP-OPENING.    Bags  opening  at  the 

top  except  such  as  are  pivoted  below  the  top  at  or  near  the  ver- 
tical medial  line.  When  so  pivoted,  they  are  still  classified 
here  if  they  do  not  spread  the  sides  in  opening. 

49.  TRAVELING-BAGS,    FRAMES.    Structures  that  give  rig- 

idity to  the  edges  or  body  of  the  bag  or  which  guide  it  in 
opening  or  closing.    Shoes  and  other  corner-fittings  are  also 
included. 
Search  Class— 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  48,  Traveling-bags,  Top-opening. 

50.  TRAVELING-BAGS,    FRAMES,    STAYS.    Stiffeners    and 

braces  for  the  joints  of  the  bag  structure.    They  sometimes 

also  make  the  joint. 
Search  Classes— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  92,  Splices  and  joints. 
217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  69,  Boxes,  Stays. 

51.  TRAVELING-BAGS,    COMPARTMENTS    AND    PARTI- 

TIONS. Pockets  are  included  as  compartments.  The  title 
is'otherwise  self-explanatory. 

Note.— Where  the  construction  is  for  the  purpose  of  displaying  the 
contents,  the  classification  is  in  this  class,  subclass  1 6,  Sample- 
cases. 

52.  TRAVELING-BAGS,    COMPARTMENTS    AND     PARTI- 

TIONS, EXTERIOR  AND  AUXILIARY.  Distinguished 
by  an  opening  separate  and  distinct  from  that  to  the  body  of 
the  bag. 

53.  TRAVELING-BAGS,     MATERIALS    AND     PATTERNS. 

Inventions  in  the  covering  material  and  lining  and  in  the  shape 
or  arrangement  of  the  blanks  which  compose  them. 
Search  Class— 
190 — BAGGAGE,  subclass  40,  Trunks,  Materials. 

54.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  FRAME  AND  BAG  LEATHER 

JOINTS.  The  leather  or  other  covering  is  fastened  to  the 
frame. 

Search  Class — 
190 — BAGGAGE,  subclass  49,  Traveling-bags,  Frames. 

55.  TRAVELING -BAGS,     BAG  -  FASTENING     HANDLES. 

There  is  a  combination  between  the  handle  and  the  catch  or 
clasp  by  which  the  bag  is  held  closed. 

56.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  LOCK-PLATE  HANDLE-FASTEN- 

INGS. Either  the  lock-plate  itself  or  the  parts  which  hold  the 
lock-plate  hold  also  or  are  combined  with  the  link  ends  of  the 
handle. 

57.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  HANDLES.    The  title  is  self-explana- 

tory. 

Search  Class— 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  45,   Hand, 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

58.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  HANDLES,  FASTENERS.    Means  of 

securing  the  handle  to  the  bag  and  modifications  of  the  end 
of  the  handle  to  adapt  it  to  the  securing  means. 
Search  Class— 

190 — B AGGAGE, subclasses  56, Traveling-bags,  Lock-plate  handle- 
fastenings,  and  57,  Traveling-bags,  Handles. 

59.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  STRAP-LOOP  FASTENERS.    Trav- 

eling bags  having  a  loop  for  retaining  the  strap  fastener  in 
place. 

Search  Class — 

224 — PACKAGES  AND  ARTICLES  CARRIERS,  subclass  45,  Hand, 
and  subclasse  sthereunder. 

GO.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  ARTICLE -ATTACHERS.  Means 
whereby  articles  or  packages  may  be  secured  to  the  exterior 
of  a  traveling  bag. 

61.  TRAVELING-BAGS,  SAFETY-ATTACHERS.  Means  for 
securing  the  bag  to  the  car-seat  or  to  another  like  fixed  object 
to  protect  against  theft. 


CLASS  194.— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  patents  which  contain  any  claim  for  the  check- 
controlled  device  or  for  the  combination  of  such  device  with  the 
apparatus  or  machine  to  which  it  is  applied  or  for  any  structure  of 
that  apparatus  which  would  be  useful  only  in  a  check-controlled 
device. 

The  term  "check"  includes  coins  and  substitutes  therefor  which 
have  analogous  function. 

Note. — Searches  broadly  for  any  particular  art  should  be  made 
not  only  in  all  subclasses  having  titles  corresponding  to  such  art,  but 
also  in  the  various  miscellaneous  subclasses  of  each  group  based  on 
structure. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Check-controlled  apparatus  not  classifi- 

able in  any  other  subclass. 

2.  MISCELLANEOUS,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    Apparatus  for 

delivering  articles  of  merchandise  and  not  classifiable  in  any 
other  subclass. 

3.  MISCELLANEOUS,     FLUID-DELIVERY.    Apparatus    for 

delivering  air,  gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  and  not  classifiable  in 
any  other  subclass. 

4.  ANOMALOUS  CHECK.    The  check  is  not  a  coin  or  other  flat 

circular  plate. 

5.  ANOMALOUS   CHECK,   FLUID-DELIVERY.    The  device 

uses  an  anomalous  check  and  delivers  air,  gas,  water,  or  other 
fluid. 

6.  CHECK  IN  CIRCUIT.    The  check  becomes  a  bridge  or  plug 

through  which  the  current  passes. 

7.  CHECKS  IN  CIRCUIT,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    The  cur- 

rent traverses  the  check,  the  apparatus  delivering  an  article  of 
merchandise. 

8.  CHECK  IN  CIRCUIT,  TELEPHONES.    The  current  traverses 

the  check  inserted  as  toll  for  the  use  of  a  telephone. 

9.  CHECK-OPERATED  SWITCH.    The  check  operates  by  its 

weight  or  thrust  an  electric  switch.  The  check  does  not  place 
mechanism  in  such  a  condition  that  the  switch  may  be  sub- 
sequently closed,  but  is  an  active  agent  in  the  operation 
thereof. 

10.  CHECK-OPERATED    SWITCH,    ARTICLE-DELIVERY. 

An  article-delivery  device  is  actuated  by  the  closing  of  an 
electric  switch  operated  by  the  check. 

11.  CHECK-OPERATED  SWITCH,  ELECTRIC  METERS.     A 

switch  is  closed  by  the  operation  of  the  check  inserted  as  pay- 
ment for  electricity  passing  through  an  electric  meter. 

12.  CHECK-OPERATED  SWITCH,  EXHIBITORS.    An  elec- 

tric switch  operated  by  the  check  controls  a  device  for  exhibit- 
ing pictures,  advertisements,  automatons,  etc. 

13.  CHECK-OPERATED  SWITCH,  FLUID-DELIVERY.    An 

electric  switch  operated  by  the  check  causes  the  delivery  of 
air,  gas,  water,  or  other  fluid. 

14.  CHECK-OPERATED  SWITCH,  INDUCTION-COILS.    An 

electric  switch  operated  by  the  check  causes  an  induction-coil 
to  administer  electricity  to  persons. 

15.  CHECK-OPERATED     SWITCH,     PHONOGRAPHS.    An 

electric  switch  is  operated  by  the  check  to  place  in  operative 
condition  a  phonograph,  gramophone,  or  other  device  having 
the  same  general  function. 

16.  CHECK-OPERATED  SWITCH,  TELEPHONES.    An  elec- 

tric switch  is  operated  by  the  check  inserted  as  toll  for  the  use 
of  a  telephone. 

17.  LOCK-RELEASING.    The  check  releases  a  locking  device 

which  normally  prevents  the  movement  of  some  mechanism. 
This  subclass  includes  all  lock-releasing  mechanism  not  re- 
leased by  the  gravity  or  the  thrust  of  the  check. 

18.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY.    The  gravity  of  the  check 

operates  the  locking  mechanism. 

19.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,  FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART.  The  gravity  of  the  check  releases 
a  part  which  always  turns  forward.  Such  part  does  not  turn 
backward  to  be  relocked,  as  in  subclass  Lock-releasing,  gravity, 
reset  turning  released  part,  and  its  subordinate  subclasses. 


CLASS  194— Continued. 

20.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART,  MEASURING  INSTRU- 
MENTS. A  measuring  instrument  is  controlled  by  the 
gravity  of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning  part  having  no 
retrograde  movement  in  order  to  be  relocked.  Here  are  placed 
electric  shocking-machines,  electric  meters,  strength-testers,, 
and  the  like. 

21.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART,  MEASURING  INSTRU- 
MENTS, SCALES.  "Weighing  devices  controlled  by  the 
weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning  part  having  no 
retrograde  movement  in  order  to  be  relocked. 

22.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.  Mis- 
cellaneous subclass  of  article-delivery  devices  controlled  by 
the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning  part  having 
no  retrograde  movement  in  order  to  be  relocked. 

23.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY, 
CHANCE.  The  delivery  of  an  article  is  governed  by  a  chance 
device  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a 
turning  part  having  no  retrograde-movement  in  order  to  be 
relocked. 

24.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY,  END- 
LESS CARRIER.  The  article  is  delivered  by  an  endless 
carrier,  as  a  belt  or  drum,  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the 
check  which  releases  a  turning  part  having  no  retrograde 
movement  in  order  to  be  relocked. 

25.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART.  ARTICLE-DELIVERY,  END- 
LESS CARRIER,  MAGAZINE.  The  article  is  delivered  by 
an  endless  carrier,  as  a  belt  or  drum,  which  is  fed  from  a  maga- 
zine, the  mechanism  being  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the 
check  which  releases  a  turning  part  having  no  retrograde 
movement  in  order  to  be  relocked. 

26.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY,  RO- 
TARY FEED.  The  article  is  fed  by  a  rotary  device  which, 
does  not  carry  the  article  around  a  portion  of  travel,  as  is  the 
case  in  the  last  two  subclasses  above  defined,  the  mechanism 
being  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a 
turning  part  having  no  retrograde  movement  in  order  to  be 
relocked. 

27.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY.  FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING  RELEASED  PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY,  SLID- 
DING  PUSHER.  The  article  is  delivered  by  a  sliding  de- 
vice by  which  it  is  pushed.  The  mechanism  is  controlled  by 
the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning  part  having 
no  retrograde  movement  in  order  to  be  relocked. 
Note. — Pivoted  pushers  are  placed  under  subclass  22,  Lock-releas- 
ing, Gravity,  Forwardly-turning  released  part,  Article-deliv- 
ery, and  rotating  flat  carriers  under  subclasses  24,  Lock-releas- 
ing, Gravity,  Forwardly-turning  released  part,  Article-deliv- 
ery, Endless  carrier,  and  25,  Lock-releasing,  Gravity,  For- 
wardly-turning released  part,  Article-delivery,  Endless  carrier, 
Magazine,  in  this  class. 

28.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING RELEASED  PART,  EXHIBITORS.  A  device  for 
exhibiting  pictures,  advertisements,  automatons,  etc.,  is  con- 
trolled by  the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning 
part  having  no  retrograde  movement  in  order  to  be  relocked. 

29.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING RELEASED  PART,  FLUID-DELIVERY.  A  device 
which  delivers  air,  gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  is  controlled  by 
the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning  part  having 
no  retrograde  movement  in  order  to  be  relocked. 

30.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY.   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING RELEASED  PART,  GAME  APPARATUS.  A  game 
apparatus  is  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which 
releases  a  turning  part  having  no  retrograde  movement  in 
order  to  be  relocked. 

31.  LOCK-RELEASING,   GRAVITY,   FORWARDLY-TURN- 

ING RELEASED  PART,  PHONOGRAPHS.  A  phono- 
graph,  gramophone,  or  device  having  the  same  general  func- 
tion is  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a 
turning  part  having  no  retrograde  movement  in  order  to  be 
relocked. 

32.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART.  The  gravity  of  the  check  releases  a  recip- 
rocating part.  Devices  that  are  pivoted  or  swinging  are  not 
regarded  as  reciprocating. 

431 


432 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  194— Continued. 

33.  LOCK-RELEASING.  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS.  The 
weight  of  the  chock  releases  a  reciprocating  part  of  a  measuring 
instrument,  as  electric  meters,  electric  shocking  devices,  lung- 
testers,  and  the  like. 

34.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  PULL- 
TESTERS.  Devices  which  measure  the  force  exerted  by  a 
pull  and  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which,  releases 
a  reciprocating  part. 

35.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS, 
SCALES.  Devices  which,  weigh  and  are  controlled  by  the 
weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  reciprocating  part. 

36.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS, 
STRIKE-TESTERS.  Devices  which  measure  the  force  of  a 
blow  of  the  fist,  foot,  hammer,  etc.,  and  are  controlled  by  the 
v.  eight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  reciprocating  part. 

37.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.  An  article  is 
delivered  by  a  mechanism  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the 
check  which  releases  a  reciprocating  part. 

38.  LOCK-RELEASING.  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.  ENDLESS 
CARRIER.  The  article  is  delivered  by  an  endless  carrier,  as 
a  drum  or  belt,  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which 
releases  a  reciprocating  part. 

39.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY,  SLIDING 
PUSHER.  A  sliding  device  pushes  out  the  article  and  is 
controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  recipro- 
cating part. 

Note. — A  pivoted  or  turning  device  is  not  regarded  as  sliding. 
Such  devices  are  in  subclass  37,  Lock-releasing,  Gravity,  Re- 
ciprocating released  part,  Article-delivery,  in  this  class. 

40.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  ARTICLE-SECURING  STANDS.  De- 
vices for  securing  temporarily  articles  such  as  bicycles,  um- 
brellas, hats,  and  coats,  such  devices  being  controlled  by  the 
weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  reciprocating  part. 

41.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  CHANCE  AND  GAME  APPARATUS. 
A  chance  or  game  apparatus  is  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the 
check  which  releases  a  reciprocating  part. 

42.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  EXHIBITORS.  A  device  for  exhibiting 
pictures,  advertisements,  automatons,  and  the  like  is  con- 
trolled by  the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  recipro- 
cating part. 

43.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  FLUID-DELIVERY.  A  device  for  the 
delivery  of  air,  gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  is  controlled  by  the 
weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  reciprocating  part. 

44.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RECIPROCATING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  TELEPHONES.  A  reciprocating  device 
is  released  by  the  weight  of  the  check  inserted  as  toll  for  the  use 
of  a  telephone. 

45.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RESET  TURNING  RE- 

LEASED PART.  A  turning  part  is  released  by  the  weight 
of  a  check  and  afterward  reset — that  is,  relocked— by  being 
returned  to  its  normal  position. 

46.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RESET  TURNING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS.  A 
measuring  instrument  is  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check 
which  releases  a  turning  part  reset  by  a  retrograde  movement. 
This  subclass  includes  such  devices  as  electric  meters,  electric 
shocking-machines,  and  strength-testers. 

47.  LOCK-RELEASING,     GRAVITY,     RESET     TURNING 

RELEASED  PART,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS, 
SCALES.  A  weighing  mechanism  is  controlled  by  the  weight 
of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning  part  reset  by  a  retrograde 
movement. 

48.  LOCK-RELEASING,      GRAVITY,      RESET     TURNING 

RELEASED  PART,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.  An  article- 
delivery  device  is  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which 
releases  a  turning  part  reset  by  a  retrograde  movement. 

49.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RESET  TURNING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  ARTICLE-SECURING  STANDS.  A 
device  for  securing  bicycles,  umbrellas,  hats,  coats,  and  the 
like  is  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  v/hich  releases  a 
turning  part  reset  by  a  retrograde  movement. 

50.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RESET  TURNING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  CHANCE  AND  GAME  APPARATUS. 
A  chance  or  game  apparatus  is  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the 
check  which  releases  a  turning  part  reset  by  a  retrograde 
movement. 


CLASS  194— Continued. 

51.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RESET  TURNING  RE- 

LEASED  PART,  DOOR  AND  LID  LOCKS.  A  door  or  lid 
is  controlled  by  the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  turn- 
ing part  reset  by  a  retrograde  movement. 

52.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RESET  TURNING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  EXHIBITORS.  A  device  for  exhibiting 
pictures,  advertisements,  automatons,  and  the  like  is  con- 
trolled by  the  weight  of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning  part 
reset  by  a  retrograde  movement. 

53.  LOCK-RELEASING,  GRAVITY,  RESET  TURNING  RE- 

LEASED PART,  FLUID-DELIVERY.  A  device  for  deliv- 
ering air,  gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  is  controlled  by  the  weight 
of  the  check  which  releases  a  turning  part  reset  by'a  retrograde 
movement. 

LOCK-RELEASING,  THRUST.  Devices  having  a  detent  or 
locking  device  releasable  by  the  thrust  or  push  of  the  check. 
The  check  acts  as  a  connection  or  link,  so  that  when  the  check 
is  forced  along  it  willmove  the  detentout  of  locking  position. 
In  some  instances  the  checks  are  pushed  by  the  fingers.  The 
check  may  move  to  thrust  the  detent  out  of  locking  position, 
or  the  detent  may  be  thrust  out  of  such  position  by  moving 
against  the  check. 

54.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT. 

The  thrust  or  push  of  the  check  operates  a  pivoted  detent  or 
unlocking  device.    In  this  subclass  the  checks  are  pushed  by 
the  fingers  or  are  stationary. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  under 
Connectors,  Check,  where  the  check-driven  element  is  equiva- 
lent or  analogous  to  a  detent,  or  where  the  detent  claimed  is 
analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

55.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT. 

RECIPROCATING  COIN-MOVER.  A  reciprocating  de- 
vice directly  engages  and  moves  the  coin  to  unlock  a  pivoted 
detent.  Swinging  or  pivoted  devices  are  not  regarded  as 
reciprocating.  They  are  under  subclass  Lock-releasing, 
thrust,  pivoted  detent,  turning  coin-mover,  and  its  subor- 
dinate subclasses. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

56.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT, 

RECIPROCATING  COIN-MOVER,  MEASURING  IN- 
STRUMENTS. A  measuring  instrument— such  as  a  dyna- 
mometer, spirometer,  electric  shocking-machine,  or  an  electric 
meter — is  controlled  by  a  reciprocating  part  which  directly 
engages  and  moves  the  coin  to  unlock  a  pivoted  detent. 
Search  Class — 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

57.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT, 

RECIPROCATING    COIN-MOVER,    ARTICLE-DELIV- 
ERY.   An  article-delivery  device  is  controlled  by  a  recipro- 
cating part  which  directly  engages  and  moves  the  coin  to 
unlock  a  pivoted  detent. 
Search  Class — 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  deten^  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

58.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT, 

RECIPROCATING  COIN-MOVER,  ARTICLE-DELIV- 
ERY, SLIDING  PUSHER.  A  device  that  has  a  sliding 
pusher  to  deliver  an  article  has  a  reciprocating  pusher  which 
directly  engages  and  moves  the  coin  to  unlock  a  pivoted  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

59.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT, 

RECIPROCATING  COIN-MOVER,  DOOR  AND  LID 
LOCKS.  A  door  or  lid  is  controlled  by  a  pivoted  releasing  de- 
vice operated  by  a  coin  directly  engaged  by  a  reciprocating 
pusher. 

Search  Class — 

194  —CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

(id.  LOCK-RELEASING,  THRUST,  PIVOTED  DETENT, 
RECIPROCATING  COIN-MOVER,  FLUID-DELIVERY. 

A  device  for  delivering  air,  gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  is  controlled 
by  a  pivoted  releasing  means  operated  by  a  coin  directly  en- 
gaged by  a  reciprocating  pusher. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

Cl.  LOCK-RELEASING,  THRUST,  PIVOTED  DETENT, 
TURNING  COnSMMOVER.  A  turning  device  directly  en- 
gages and  moves  a  coin  to  unlock  a  pivoted  detent. 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


433 


CLASS  194— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

62.  LOCK-RELEASING,  THRUST.  PIVOTED  DETENT, 
TURNING  COIN-MOVER,  MEASURING  INSTRU- 
MENTS. A  measuring  instrument  such  as  a  dynamometer, 
spirometer,  electric  meter,  or  an  electric  shocking-machine  is 
controlled  by  a  turning  part  which  directly  engages  and  moves 
the  coin  to  unlock  a  pivoted  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

6^    LOCK-RELEASING.     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT, 

TURNING  COIN-MOVER,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    An 

article-delivery  device  is  controlled  by  a  turning  part  which 

directly  engages  and  moves  the  coin  to  unlock  a  pivoted  detent. 

Search  Class  — 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

64.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT, 

TURNING  COIN -MOVER,  ARTICLE  -  SECURING 
STANDS.  A  device  for  temporarily  securing  bicycles,  um- 
brellas, hats,  coats,  and  the  like  is  controlled  by  a  turning  part 
which  directly  engages  and  moves  the  coin  to  unlock  a  pivoted 
detent. 

Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

65.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT, 

TURNING  COIN-MOVER,  DOOR  AND  LID  LOCKS.     A 
door  or  lid  is  controlled  by  a  turning  part  which  directly  en- 
gages and  moves  the  coin  to  unlock  a  pivoted  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

66.  LOCK-RELEASING,     THRUST,     PIVOTED     DETENT, 

TURNING  COIN-MOVER,  FLUID-DELIVERY.     A  de- 
vice for  delivering  air,  gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  is  controlled  by 
a  turning  part  which  directly  engages  and. moves  the  coin  to 
unlock  a  pivoted  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

67.  LOCK-RELEASING,  THRUST,  RECIPROCATING   DE- 

TENT.   The  thrust  or  push  of  the  check  operates  a  recipro- 
cating detent  or  unlocking  device.    In  this  subclass  the  checks 
are  pushed  by  the  finger  or  are  stationary. 
Search  Class — 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

68  LOCK-RELEASING    THRUST,    RECIPROCATING    DE- 

TENT,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    An   article-delivery   de- 
vice is  controlled  by  a  reciprocating  detent  which  is  unlocked 
by  the  thrust  or  push  of  the  check.    The  checks  are  pushed 
by  the  fingers  or  are  stationary. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

69  LOCK-RELEASING,   THRUST,    RECIPROCATING    DE- 

TENT,   RECIPROCATING    COIN-MOVER.    A    recipro- 
cating device  directly  engages  and  moves  a  coin  which  unlocks 
a  reciprocating  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

70  LOCK-RELEASING,   THRUST,    RECIPROCATING    DE- 

TENT, TURNING  COIN-MOVER.  A  turning  device  di- 
rectly engages  and  moves  a  coin  which  unlocks  a  reciprocating 
detent. 

Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS, subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

71.  LOCK-RELEASING,  THRUST,  PIVOTED  DETENT,  AR- 

TICLE-DELIVERY.   An  article-delivery   device   is   con- 
trolled by  the  thrust  or  push  of  a  check  which  operates  a  piv- 
oted detent.    The  checks  are  pushed  by  the  fingers  or  are 
stationary. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  74  et  seq.,  un- 
der Connectors,  Check,  where  the  detent  claimed  is  analogous 
or  equivalent  to  a  part  not  a  detent. 

72.  CONNECTORS.    The  check  operates  or  becomes  a  connector 

between  normally  disconnected  parts.  This  subclass  em- 
braces those  devices  that  operate  a  connector  and  do  not 
depend  upon  the  gravity  of  the  coin  or  deliver  an  article. 


CLASS  194— Continued. 

73.  CONNECTORS,  GRAVITY.    The  gravity  of  the  check  oper- 

ates a  connector  between  disconnected  parts. 

CONNECTORS,  CHECK.  In  this  group  the  check  is  the  con- 
nector between  disconnected  parts  and  transmits  the  pressure 
of  its  actuating  means  to  another  part  not  a  detent  or  releasing 
device.  Mechanisms  employing  checks  to  transmit  motion 
therefrom  to  a  detent  are  classified  in  subclasses  under  Lock 
releasing,  Thrust,  this  class.  In  some  instances  the  fingers  are 
the  means  for  driving  the  check. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  54  et 
seq.,  under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven 
element  claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

74.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  RECIPROCATING  AND  TURN- 

ING PARTS.    The  check  connects  reciprocating  and  turning 
parts,  neither  operating  a  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq.,  un- 
der Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  for  detents  actuated  by  the  thrust 
of  a  check. 

75.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  RECIPROCATING  AND  TURN- 

ING PARTS,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    An  article  is  de- 
livered by  a  device  wherein  reciprocating  and  turning  parts, 
neither  operating  a  detent,  are  connected  by  the  check. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq.,  un- 
der Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  element 
claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

76.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  RECIPROCATING  AND  TURN- 

ING PARTS,  CHANCE  AND  GAME  APPARATUS.     A 
chance  and  game  apparatus  is  controlled  by  a  device  wherein 
reciprocating  and  turning  parts,  neither  operating  a  detent, 
are  connected  by  the  check. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq.,  un- 
der Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  element 
claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

77.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  RECIPROCATING  AND  TURN- 

ING PARTS,  FLUID-DELIVERY.    A  mechanism  which 
delivers  air,  gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  is  controlled  by  a  device 
wherein  reciprocating  arid  turning  parts,  neither  operating  a 
detent,  are  connected  by  the  check. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq. 
under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  element 
claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

78.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  RECIPROCATING  PARTS.    The 

check  connects  a  plurality  of  reciprocating  parts,  none  operat- 
ing a  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq. 
under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  ele- 
ment claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

79.  CONNECTORS,     CHECK,     RECIPROCATING     PARTS, 

ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    An  article  is  delivered  by  a  device 
wherein  the  check  connects  a  plurality  of  reciprocating  parts, 
none  operating  a  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq. 
under  Lock-releasing  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  ele- 
ment claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

80  CONNECTORS,     CHECK,     RECIPROCATING     PARTS, 

ARTICLE-DELIVERY,  SLIDING  PUSHER.    An  article 
delivered  by  a  sliding  (not  swinging)  pusher  is  controlled  by  a 
device  wherein  the  check  connects  a  plurality  of  reciprocating 
parts,  none  operating  a  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  o4  et  seq. 
under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  ele- 
ment claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

81  CONNECTORS,     CHECK,     RECIPROCATING     PARTS, 

CHANCE  AND  GAME  APPARATUS.  A  chance  or  game 
apparatus  is  controlled  by  a  device  wherein  the  cheek  con- 
nects a  plurality  of  reciprocating  parts,  none  operating  a 
detent. 

Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq. 
under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  ele- 
ment claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

82  CONNECTORS,     CHECK,     RECIPROCATING     PARTS, 

FLUID-DELIVERY.    A  mechanism  for  the  delivery  of  air, 
gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  is  controlled  by  a  device  wherein  the 
check  connects  a  plurality  of  reciprocating  parts,  none  oper- 
ating a  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq. 
under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  ele- 
ment c'aimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

83.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  TURNING  PARTS.    The  check 
connects  a  plurality  of  turning  parts,  none  operating  a  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  54  et 
seq.  under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven 
element  claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 


26674°— 12- 


-28 


434 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  194— Continued. 

84.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  TURNING  PARTS,  CONCEN- 

TRIC.   The  check  connects  a  plurality  of  parts  having  the 
same  axis  of  motion.    The  parts  may  be  telescopic  or  in  the 
same  longitudinal  line.    None  of  the'parts  operates  a  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  54  et 
seq.  under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven 
element  claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

85.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  TURNING   PARTS,   CONCEN- 

TRIC, ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    An  article  is  delivered  by 
a  device  wherein  the  check  connects  a  plurality  of  concentric 
parts,  none  operating  a  detent. 
Search  Class — 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  54  et 
seq.  under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven 
element  claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

86.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  TURNING   PARTS,  CONCEN- 

TRIC, CHANCE  AND  GAME  APPARATUS.  A  chance  or 
game  apparatus  is  controlled  by  a  device  wherein  the  check 
connects  a  plurality  of  concentric  parts,  none  operating  a 
detent. 

Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  54  et 
seq.  under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven 
element  claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

87.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  TURNING   PARTS,  CONCEN- 

TRIC, FLUID-DELIVERY.    A  mechanism  delivering  air, 
gas,  water,  or  other  fluid  is  controlled  by  a  device  wherein 
the  check  connects  a  plurality  of  concentric  parts,  none  oper- 
ating a  detent. 
Search  Class — 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  54  et 
seq.  under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven 
element  claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

88.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  TURNING  PARTS,  ARTICLE- 

DELIVERY.    An  article  is  delivered  by  a  device  wherein  a 
check  connects  a  plurality  of  turning  non-concentric  parts, 
none  operating  a  detent. 
Search  Class — 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  54  et 
seq.  under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven 
element  claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

89.  CONNECTORS,   CHECK,   TURNING    PARTS,   CHANCE 

AND  GAME  APPARATUS.  A  chance  or  game  apparatus 
is  controlled  by  a  device  wherein  a  check  connects  a  plurality 
of  turning  non-concentric  parts,  none  of  the  parts  operating  a 
detent. 

Search  Class — 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  proper  subclasses  54  et 
seq.  under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven 
element  claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 

90.  CONNECTORS,  CHECK,  TURNING  PARTS,  FLUID- 

DELIVERY.    A  mechanism  delivering  air,  gas,  water,  or 
other  fluid  is  controlled  by  a  device  wherein  a  check  connects 
a  plurality  of  turning  non-concentric  parts,  none  of  the  parts 
operating  a  detent. 
Search  Class— 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclasses  54  et  seq.  un- 
der Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  where  the  check-driven  element 
claimed  is  analogous  or  equivalent  to  a  detent. 


CLASS  194— Continued. 

91.  CONNECTORS,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    The  check  oper- 

ates a  connector  between  disconnected  parts  in  order  to  make 
an  article-delivery  device  operative. 

92.  LOCK-PREVENTING.    The  locking  device  is  not  normally 

in  locking  position,  and  any  attempt  to  operate  the  mechanism 
in  the  absence  of  the  check  causes  the  locking  means  to  seek  a 
locking  position. 

93.  LOCK-PREVENTING,  ARTICLE-DELIVERY.    An  article 

is  delivered  by  a  mechanism  whose  locking  device  is  not  nor- 
mally in  locking  position,  and  any  attempt  to  operate  the 
mechanism  in  the  absence  of  the  "check  causes  the  locking 
means  to  seek  a  locking  position. 

94.  CHECK-ROTATED  WHEEL.    A  wheel  is  rotated  by  the 

positive  action  of  the  check,  but  not  as  the  result  of'some 
mechanism  released  or  set  by  the  check. 

95.  SHUTTER.    The  check  controls  the  operation  of  a  shutter 

controlling  the  admission  of  light. 

96.  CHECK-ENGAGED  ALARM.    The  check  engages  or  strikes 

an  alarm,  usually  the  signal  of  a  telephone  toll  apparatus  or 
a  fraud-signal. 

97.  FRAUD-PREVENTIVES.      Devices    for    preventing    fraud 

against  the  apparatus. 
Search  Class — 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclass  96,  Check- 
engaged  alarms, for  alarms  whose  body  or  tongue  is  struck  by 
the  check,  and  subclasses  54  et  seq.  under  Lock-releasing, 
Thrust,  and  74  et  seq.  under  Connectors,  Check,  where  a  pusher 
enters  the  opening  in  a  washer. 

90.  FRAUD-PREVENTIVES,  CHECK-EXHIBITORS.  De- 
vices for  preventing  fraud  by  having  the  check  exposed  for 
visual  examination. 

99.  FRAUD-PREVENTIVES,  COMBINED  SIZE  AND     MA- 

TERIAL TESTERS.  Devices  for  preventing  fraud  by 
rejecting  checks  of  improper  size  and  material. 

100.  FRAUD-PREVENTIVES,    MATERIAL-TESTERS.     De- 

vices for  preventing  fraud  by  rejecting  checks  of  improper 
material. 
Search  Class— 

194— CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclass  99,  Fraud-pre- 
ventives, Combined  size  and  material  testers. 

101.  FRAUD-PREVENTIVES,  MATERIAL-TESTERS,  MAG- 

NETS.   Devices  for  preventing  fraud  by  rejecting  checks 
susceptible  to  magnetic  attraction. 

102.  FRAUD-PREVENTIVES,     SIZE-TESTER.    Devices     for 

preventing  fraud  by  rejecting  checks  of  improper  size. 
Search  Class — 

194 — CHECK-CONTROLLED  APPARATUS,  subclass  99,  Fraud- 
prevent  ives ,  Combined  size  and  material  testers,  and  subclasses 
under  Lock-releasing,  Thrust,  and  under  Connectors,  Check, 
where  the  edge  of  the  check  is  held  between  and  gaged  by 
the  opposing  ends  of  the  check-pushed  and  the  check-driven 
elements. 

103.  FRAUD-PREVENTIVES,  WEIGHT-TESTERS.    Devices 

for  preventing  fraud  by  rejecting  checks  of  improper  weight. 


CLASS  201.— METAL-ORNAMENTING 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  machines  and  processes  for  ornamenting  the 
surface  of  metal  by  means  of  mechanical  impressions  produced  by 
means  of  dies,  nurling-tools,  stippling-tools,  etc. 

The  ornamentation  of  metallic  surfaces  by  enameling,  inlaying, 
etching,  etc.,  is  to  be  found  hi  class  41,  ORNAMENTATION. 

The  ornamentation  of  metallic  surfaces  by  cutting  away  a  portion 
of  the  surface  is  to  be  found  in  class  159,  ENGRAVING. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous    machines    and    processes 

for  ornamenting  the  surface  of  metal  not  classifiable  elsewhere. 

2.  NURLING.    Machines  and  processes  for  ornamenting  the  sur- 

face of  metal  by  means  of  a  rotary  tool  having  a  nurled  or 
ornamented  surface,  the  work  being  carried  by  a  rotary  chuck 
or  the  tool  having  a  rotary  movement  about  the  work  as  an 
axis,  or  vice  versa. 
Search  Class— 

90— GEAR-CUTTING,  MILLING,  AND  PLANING,  subclass  2,  Gear- 
cutting,  Intermeshing  generator. 

3.  DIE-PRESSING.    Machines  and  processes  for  impressing  de- 

signs or  letters  upon  the  surface  of  metal  by  means  of  dies. 
Note. — Machines  having  a  series  of  dies  representing  the  alphabet, 
with  selecting  means  whereby  any  letter  may  be  impressed 
upon  a  metal  blank,  are  to  be  found  in  class  101,  PRINTING, 
subclass  57,  Hand-stamps,  Check-punches. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclass   19,   Molding  devices,    Presses,   Sheet- 
shaping. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  38,  Die-shaping. 

144 — AVoODWORKiNG,  subclass  272,   Wood-ornamenting,   Em- 
bossing. 

4.  DIE-PRESSING,  ROLLER-DIE.    Machines  in  which  metal 

is  ornamented  by  being  passed  between  rolls  provided  with 
impressing-dies. 
Search  Classes— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  10,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Sheets. 


CLASS  201— Continued. 

69— LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  2,  Machines,  Cutting 
and  impressing. 

144 — WOODWORKING,  subclass  273,  Wood-ornamenting,  Em- 
bossing, Die-roller. 

149 — HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclass  23,  Apparatus, 
Rolling  and  embossing. 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES,  sub- 
class 30,  Yielding  fabric  making,  Corrugating  and  indenting. 

5.  DIE-PRESSING,  ROLLER  AND  BED.    Machines  in  which 

the  metal  is  pressed  against  a  flat  bed  by  a  roller,  the  die 
being  carried  by  either  the  roller  or  the  bed. 
Search  Classes— 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  10,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  Sheets, 
and  11,  M,  'ding  devices,  Rolling,  Compound. 

144 — '\VooD\  ORKING,  subclass  272,  Wood-ornamenting,  Em- 
bossing. 

149— HIDES,  SKINS,  AND  LEATHER,  subclass 23,  Apparatus,  Roll- 
ing and  embossing. 

6.  DIE-PRESSING,  DIES  AND  DIE-HOLDERS.    Includes  dies 

and  die-holders  used  in  die-presses  for  ornamenting  the  surface 
of  metal. 

Note. — Dies  for  shaping  sheet  metal  into  vessels  in  addition  to 
ornamenting  the  same  are  found  in  class  113,  SHEET-METAL 
WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  49,  Die-shaping,  Dies  and  die- 
holders. 

Search  Classes— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  44,  Molding  devices,  Molds,  Dies  and 

matrices. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  49,  Die-shaping, 
Dies  and  die-holders. 

7.  STIPPLING,    RECIPROCATING    TOOL.    Machines   which 

ornament  the  surface  of  metal  by  means  of  a  reciprocating 
stippling-tool.  This  subclass  also  includes  hand-stippling 
tools. 

8.  STIPPLING,  ROTARY  TOOL.    Machines  which  ornament 

the  surface  of  metal  by  means  of  a  rotary  stippling  tool  or 
brush. 

Search  Class— 

15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  32,  Brush  heads  and 
faces,  Metal-cleaning  brushes  for  the  structure  of  the  brush. 

435 


CLASS  205.-METAL  DRAWING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  instruments  and  processes  for  altering  the  form 
or  area  of  the  cross-section  of  meta'l  rods,  tubes,  wire,  and  various 
other  articles  usually  by  drawing  the  same  through  a  bottomless  die 
of  the  desired  outline  or  over  a  mandrel  or  other  ulterior-shaping 
device.  This  class  also  contains  machines,  etc. ,  for  welding  by  draw- 
ing, for  the  reason  that  such  machines  are  structurally  similar  to 
other  drawing-machines  and  for  the  further  reason  that  the  same 
machine  sometimes  contains  both  welding-dies  and  dies  for  reducing 
the  tube  after  the  welding  has  been  completed. 

In  a  few  cases  the  article  is  thrust  through  the  die  to  prevent 
reduction  of  cross-section  after  it  has  passed  the  die.  (See  par- 
ticularly subclass  4,  Bars  and  tubes,  By  thrust.) 

Machines  which  shape  within  a  closed  die  are  excluded  from  the 
class,  such  machines  being  found  in  class  78,  METAL-FORGING  AND 
WELDING;  class  113,  SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING;  class  207,  PLAS- 
TIC METAL  WORKING,  and  in  suitable  art  classes  in  metal-working 
and  in  the  working  of  other  materials  in  a  plastic  state. 

Machines  for  piercing  billets  will  be  found  in  class  78,  METAL- 
FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  9,  Billet-piercing,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  and  machines  for  cupping  and  producing  closed- 
ended  tubes  from  metal  planchets  will  be  found  in  class  113,  SHEET- 
METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  38,  Die-shaping,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Machines,   etc.,   for  drawing  metal  not 

classifiable  in  specific  subclasses  under  the  general  class  title. 

2.  PROCESSES.    Miscellaneous  processes  for  drawing  metal  not 

capable  of  classification  under  other  subtitles  in  this  class. 
No  apparatus  claims  or  patents  are  included. 
Search  Class — 

205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclasses  8,  Bars  and  tubes,  Processes; 
12,  Tube-welding,  Processes;  18,  Wire,  Covering,  Processes, 
and  21,  Wire,  Processes. 

3.  BARS  AND  TUBES.    Miscellaneous  machines  and  devices  for 

reducing  or  altering  the  form  of  the  cross-section  of  bars  and 
tubes  by  drawing  them  through  suitable  dies  or  by  passing 
mandrels  through  the  bore  of  the  tubes. 
Search  Class— 
205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous. 

4.  BARS  AND  TUBES,  BY  THRUST.    Machines  and  devices 

for  reducing  or  altering  the  form  of  cross-section  of  bars  and 
tubes  by  pushing  or  thrusting  them  through  a  die.    This  is 
usually  to  secure  perfect,  uniformity  in  the  cross-section  of  the 
finished  article.    (See  the  main-class  definition.) 
Search  Class— 
205 — METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous. 

5.  BARS  AND  TUBES,  HYDRAULIC-DRIVE.    Bar  and  tube 

drawing  machines  in  which  the  tractive  force  is  exerted  on  the 

article  to  be  reduced  by  means  of  a  suitable  hydraulic  cy Under, 

piston,  and  gripping  device. 
Search  Classes— 
205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous;  4,  Bars  and 

tubes,  By  thrust. 
138 — HYDRAULIC   MOTORS,   suitable  subclasses  for  analogous 

driving  mechanism. 

6.  BARS  AND  TUBES,  SCREW-DRIVE.    Bar  and  tube  draw- 

ing machines  in  which  the  tractive  force  is  exerted  on  the 
article  by  means  of  a  relatively  rotating  screw  and  nut.  The 
gripping  device  may  be  attached  to  either  screw  or  nut. 

7.  BARS  AND  TUBES,  BACKING-MANDREL.    Tube-draw- 

ing machines  in  which  the  interior  of  the  tube  is  supported  or 
"backed"  by  a  mandrel  which  may  either  remain  stationary 
or  move  through  the  die  with  the  tube.    The  subclass  includes 
a  few  mandrels  adapted  for  this  purpose. 
Search  Class— 

205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclasses  11,  Tube-welding,  Die  and 
mandrel,  and  28,  Dies,  Welding. 

8.  BARS  AND  TUBES,  PROCESSES.    Methods   of  preparing 

and  reducing  bars  and  tubes,  the  most  prominent  step  of 
which  method  consists  in  drawing  the  articles  through  dies. 
Though  apparatus  is  frequently  shown,  no  apparatus  claims 
are  included. 
Search  Class — 

205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclasses  2,  Processes;  12,  Tube-weld- 
ing, Processes,  and  21,  Wire,  Processes. 

9.  TUBE-WELDING.    Machines  and  devices  for  forming  tubes 

from  strips  or  "skelps"  by  drawing  them  at  a  welding  heat 
through  dies  adapted  to  fold  the  skejp  longitudinally  and 
weld  together  the  abutting  or  overlapping  edges. 
Note.— This  manner  of  welding  by  drawing  is  included  in  this  class 
for  the  reasons  that  the  cross-section  is  slightly  reduced  and 
that  the  same  machine  often  comprehends  a  second  die  and 
drawing  mechanism  structurally  very  similar,  the  only  func- 
tion of  which  is  to  reduce  the  cross-section  of  the  tube. 


CLASS  205— Continued. 

10.  TUBE-WELDING,    LATERALLY-MOVABLE       DRAW- 

HEAD.  Tube-welding  machines  iw  which  the  skelp-drawing 
means,  gripping  appliance,  or  point  of  attachment  for  tag  or 
tongs  is  movable  laterally  across  the  mouth  of  the  furnace,  so 
that  each  skelp  may  be  drawn  therefrom  without  interfering 
with  others  being  heated.  In  some  cases  the  welding-die  has 
a  similar  movement;  in  others  a  series  of  dies  is  used. 

11.  TUBE-WELDING,  DIE  AND  MANDREL.    Tube-welding 

machines  in  which  the  interior  of  the  tube  at  the  welding-point 
is  supported  by  a  mandrel  which  cooperates  with  the  outer 
die  or  welding-bell  to  effect  the  weld  and  prevent  an  internal 
ridge. 

Search  Class— 

205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclasses  7,  Bars  and  tubes,  Backing- 
mandrel,  and  28,  Dies,  Welding. 

12.  TUBE-WELDING,  PROCESSES.    Methods  of  making  tubes 

by  longitudinally  folding  a  flat  skelp  and  welding  the  juxta- 
posed edges.  No  apparatus  is  included. 

13.  WIRE,    MULTIPLE-DIE.    Machines   for   drawing   wire   in 

which  the  wire  is  reduced  by  drawing  it  through  a  series  of 
dies  in  succession  or  in  which  a  plurality  of  wires  may  be  simul- 
taneously reduced.  In  this  particular  subclass  the  dies  are 
usually  arranged  side  by  side. 

14.  WIRE,    MULTIPLE-DIE,    TANDEM.    Wire-drawing    ma- 

chines in  which  a  plurality  of  dies  are  arranged  with  their 
axes  in  substantial  alinement,  so  that  the  wire  may  pass  either 
directly  or  indirectly  from  one  die  to  another  to  effect  succes- 
sive reductions.    Compensating  drawing  drums  or  "blocks" 
may  alternate  with  the  dies. 
Search  Class— 
205 — METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  15,  Wire,  Multiple-die,  Rotary. 

15.  WIRE,    MULTIPLE-DIE,    ROTARY.    Wire-drawing    ma- 

chines in  which  the  dies  are  axially  rotated  while  the  wire  is 
being  drawn  through  them.  The  series  of  dies  has  usually  a 
tandem  arrangement. 

16  WIRE.  Machines  and  devices  for  manufacturing  wire  by 
drawing  suitably-prepared  rods  through  reducing-dies.  As 
to  size  the  line  between  bars  and  wire  is  not  clearly  defined; 
but  the  machines  differ  in  that  wire-drawing  machines  are 
adapted  for  drawing  indefinite  instead  of  limited  lengths  of 
material. 

17.  WIRE,  COVERING.    Apparatus  for  covering  lengths  of  solid 

or  tubular  cores,  and  in  a  few  cases  cord,  with  a  strip  of  sheet 

metal    longitudinally    folded    and    secured   to  the  core  by 

drawing  both  through  a  die. 
Note. — For  machines  for  covering  wire  with  insulating  material 

and  tape  search  subclass  244,  Machines  for  covering,  in  class 

173,  ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS. 
Note. — For  machines  for  "serving"  or  spirally  winding  cord  and 

wire  with  twine  search  subclass  6,  Covering  cord,  in  class  28. 

CORDAGE. 
Search  Classes— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  1,  Binding  and  covering. 
242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  7,  Cylinder  and  conoid 

winding. 

18.  WIRE,   COVERING,    PROCESSES.    Methods   of  covering 

wire  with  a  strip  of  sheet  metal,  usually  a  metal  differing  from 
the  wire  core,  by  folding  the  covering-strip  longitudinally  and 
closing  it  upon  the  core  by  drawing. 

19.  WIRE,   LUBRICATING.    Compositions  and   apparatus  for 

coating  wire  to  prevent  oxidation  or  to  lubricate  it  while  pass- 
ing through  the  drawing-die.  These  compositions  differ 
from  ordinary  lubricants  in  that  they  seldom  or  never  contain 
true  fats  or  oils  and  are  often  mere  solutions  of  some  salt  which 
will  prevent  oxidation. 

Note.— Miscellaneous  lubricating  compounds  will  be  found  in 
subclass  9,  Lubricants,  in  class  87,  OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE. 

20.  WIRE,  DRAWING-DRUMS.    Rotating  drums  or  "blocks" 

provided  with  gripping  means  for  seizing  the  wire  and  usually 
comprehending  driving  means  of  sufficient  strength  to  pull 
the  wire  through  the  die. 

Note. — These  devices  differ  from  reels  in  class  242,  WINDING  AND 
REELING,  subclass  78,  Reels,  Metal  working,  in  that  the  sole 
function  of  the  latter  is  to  form  coils  of  finished  wire  and  are 
not  provided  witli  positive  driving  means  of  sufficient  strength 
toreduce  the  cross-section  of  as  well  as  reel  thewire.  Reelsare 
also  of  a  construction  permitting  the  ready  and  sometimes 
positive  disengagement  of  the  finished  coil. 

21.  WIRE,  PROCESSES.    Methodsof  chemically  treating  wire  be- 

fore passing  it  through  the  die,  as  well  as  miscellaneous  meth- 
ods of  producing  plated  wire,  wire  of  noncircular  cross-section, 
by  an  act  of  drawing,  etc.  No  apparatus  included. 

22.  APPLIANCES.    Miscellaneous    devices    for    facilitating    the 

drawing  of  bars,  tubes,  etc.,  such  as  grippers,  chain-engaging 
devices,  and  the  like. 

437 


438 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  205— Continued. 

23.  APPLIANCES,  TAGS.    Rod-like  extensions  adapted  to  be 

welded,  riveted,  or  otherwise  secured  to  the  end  of  the  skelp 
and  provided  with  means  for  engaging  the  draw-head  of  the 
bench. 

24.  APPLIANCES,  TONGS.    Movable-jaw  grippers  particularly 

designed  to  grasp  and  draw  tube-skelps,  wire,  etc.    They  are 
usually  provided  with  means  of  attachment  to  the  draw-head 
or  "block"  of  the  drawing  mechanism. 
Search  Classes— 

7— COMPOUND  TOOLS,  subclasses  3,  4,  and  5,  under  Type,  Pliers; 

39 — FENCES,  subclass7>3,Fences,Wirestretchers,  Grips;  80.METAL 
ROLLING,  subclasses  43,  Feeding;  44,  Feeding,  Tables,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder;  and  51,  Feeding,  Guides  and  con- 
ductors; 81,  TOOLS,  subclasses  43  to  51,under  Pliers  and  Tongs. 

25.  DIE-HOLDERS.    Frames  and  other  forms  of  support  for 

metal-drawing  dies,  usually  for  the  purpose  of  securing  aline- 
ment  or  for  holding  in  proper  relative  position  the  parts  of  a 
built-up  die. 

26.  DIES.    Miscellaneous  dies  for  drawing  bars,  tubes,  and  wire 

or  for  bending  and  welding  tube-skelps. 


CLASS  205— Continued. 

Search  Class 
205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  25,  Die-holders. 

27.  DIES,  SKELPING.     Dies  particularly  designed  for  longitu- 

dinally folding  tube-skelps  preparatory  to  welding  the  same. 
Search  Classes— 

205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  25,  Die-holders.. 
153 — METAL-BENDING,  subclass  32,  Curving  and  straightening. 

28.  DIES,  WELDING.    Dies  designed  for  longitudinally  welding 

tube-skelps.    Many   of  them  have   a  cooperating  internal 
mandrel. 
Search  Class— 

205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclasses  7,  Bars  and  tubes,  Backing- 
mandrel,  and  25,  Die-holders. 

29.  DIES,  WIRE.    Dies  especially  designed  for  reducing  wire  or 

for  changing  its  form  of  cross-section. 
Search  Class— 
205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  25,  Die-holders. 


CLASS  206.— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES. 

DEFINITIONS. 


This  class  includes  receptacles  in  which  the  novelty  depends  upon 
the  construction  or  arrangement  of  the  receptacle  to  contain  any 
specific  article  or  sets  of  articles.  Includes  also  as  specific  pack- 
ages any  article  or  sets  of  articles  put  up  as  a  mercantile  unit. 

The  line  of  division  between  this  and  the  other  receptacle  classes 
lies  in  the  fact  that  receptacles  in  this  class  are  dependent  for 
their  novelty  on  their  adaptation  to  the  contained  article  or  articles, 
while  in  the  other  receptacle  classes  the  novelty  is  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  specific  material  to  form  a  receptacle. 

Subclasses. 

1.  RECEPTACLES.    Containers   which  fall  within  the  general 

class  definition  and  are  not  properly  classifiable  in  any  of  the 
following  subclasses. 

2.  RECEPTACLES,     ACID-PROOF.    Receptacles    constructed 

for  holding  acid  contents. 

Note.— If  the  construction  is  of  necessity  limited  to  use  as  an 
electric-battery  vessel  by  the  inclusion  of  parts  necessary 
and  special  to  batteries,  the  patent  is  classifiable  in  class  204, 
ELECTROCHEMISTRY,  subclass  53,  Batteries,  Vessels  and  supply 
devices. 

Note. — Bags  or  sacks  chemically  treated  to  permit  them  to  contain 
acid  substances,  as  fertilizers,  without  rotting  are  classified 
in  class  23,  CHEMICALS,  subclass  11,  Packing  chemicals. 

3.  RECEPTACLES    AMMUNITION.    Specifically  restricted  to 

the  function  of  containing  ammunition  for  storage  and  ship- 
ping. 

Note. — Devices  holding  fixed  ammunition  ready  for  insertion 
into  magazines  of  firearms  are  classified  as  Magazine-chargers 
in  class  42,  FIREARMS. 

Search  Class — 
217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  18,  Boxes,  Cells. 

4.  RECEPTACLES,  CAMP  AND  LUNCH  KITS.    Receptacles 

arranged  to  hold  outfits  for  camping.  Also  portable  boxes  and 
cases  providing  specially-arranged  compartments  for  holding 
luncheon  articles  or  different  kinds  of  food. 

Note. — Does  not  include  constructions  arranged  to  cook  or  main- 
tain heat  in  the  articles  of  food,  as  the  same  are  classified  in 
class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  40,  Heaters,  Lunch. 

Note. — Nor  does  it  include  receptacles  holding  camping  outfits 
and  convertible  into  a  desk,  table,  or  other  article  of  furni- 
ture, as  such  constructions  are  classified  in  class  190,  BAG- 
GAGE, subclass  12,  Convertible,  Desk  or  table,  Camp-kits. 

5.  RECEPTACLES,  EYEGLASS  OR  SPECTACLE.    Cases  or 

covers  for  spectacles  and  eyeglasses. 

6.  RECEPTACLES,  EYEGLASS  OR  SPECTACLE,  HINGED 

PARTS.  Cases  for  spectacles  or  eyeglasses  involving  hinged 
parts. 

7.  RECEPTACLES,  GARMENT.    Receptacles  specially  adapted 

to  contain  garments  and  made-up  articles  of  cloth,  excepting 
headwear.    Includes  any  former  coacting  with  the  recep- 
tacle for  holding  the  article  in  shape  within  such  receptacle. 
Includes  also  formers  special  for  the  purpose  of  packing  gar- 
ments and  not  capable  of  use  for  display. 
Search  Class — 
190 — BAGGAGE,  subclass  35,  Trunks,  Trays. 

8.  RECEPTACLES,  HAT  AND  HEADWEAR.    Hat  boxes  and 

cases.  Also  forms  and  special  devices  for  retaining  hats,  etc.,  in 
boxes. 

Note. — If  the  form  or  support  is  not  special  to  a  box  or  case  and 
is  applicable  for  general  display  purposes,  it  is  classified  in 
class  211,  STORE  FURNITURE,  as  a  display  device. 

9.  RECEPTACLES,     HAT     AND     HEADWEAR,     RACKS, 

FRAMES,  AND  RINGS.  Constructions  for  packing  a  plu- 
rality of  hats, etc.  Also  construct  ions  of  rings  or  bands  placed 
around  any  individual  hat  to  protect  it  when  it  is  nested  or 
packed  with  other  hats.  Includes  cases  and  frames  for  hats 
which  are  modified  to  permit  the  display  of  the  hat,  provided 
the  packing  function  is  retained. 

10.  RECEPTACLES,  INSECT-PROOF.    Constructions  designed 

to  be  insect-proof  or  providing  compartments  for  insecticides. 
Includes  constructions  of  moth-proof  bags  when  so  claimed. 

11.  RECEPTACLES,  FUR.    Receptacles  constructed  to  contain 

sets  of  furs,  mulls,  collars,  etc. 

12.  RECEPTACLES,  MEDICINE-CHESTS.    Cases  for  holding 

medicine-vials  and  other  articles,  not  surgical  instruments, 
employed  by  physicians. 
Search  Class— 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  16,  Recep- 
tacles, Tools  and  appliances,  for  surgical-instrument  cases. 


CLASS  206— Continued. 

13.  RECEPTACLES,   MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS.    Covers  or 

cases  for  musical  instruments. 

14.  RECEPTACLES,    MUSICAL    INSTRUMENTS,    VIOLIN. 

Cases  or  covers  for  violins  and  like  instruments.  Also  devices 
for  holding  violin-bows  in  the  cases. 

15.  RECEPTACLES,    PHONOGRAPH-CYLINDERS.       Cases 

provided  with  means  for  holding  cylindrical  phonograph- 
records,  either  a  case  for  a  single  record  or  for  a  plurality  of 
recoifls. 

Note. — Does  not  include  a  portable  case  for  holding  aiy  other 
part  of  a  phonograph,  as  such  cases  are  classified  under  sub- 
class 13,  Receptacles,  Musical  instruments,  herein. 

Note.— Does  not  include  constructions  forming  articles  of  fur- 
niture, such  as  cabinets,  stands,  etc.,  provided  with  means 
for  holding  phonograph-records. 

Search  Class — 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  62,  Pack- 
ages, Plates  and  sheets,  Fragile  and  sensitive,  for  holders  for 
phonograph-disks  not  forming  articles  of  furniture. 

16.  RECEPTACLES,    TOOLS    AND    APPLIANCES.    Recep- 

tacles of  special  shape  and  interior  arrangement  provided  with 
partitions,  shelves,  racks,  or  arrangement  of  clasps  or  retaining 
devices  for  holding  tools  and  implements.  Does  not  include 
toilet-cases  or  barbers'  cabinets. 

17.  RECEPTACLES,  TOOLS  AND  APPLIANCES,  BITS  AND 

DRILLS.  Receptacles  having  interior  construction  pro- 
viding recesses  for  separately  holding  auger-bits,  drills,  and 
like  tools.  Some  needle-holding  cases  are  included  by  reason 
of  the  close  structural  relation. 

17.5.  RECEPTACLES,    TOOLS    AND    APPLIANCES,    SYR- 
INGES.   Receptacles  specially  adapted  to  contain  syringes 
and  attachments. 
Search  Class — 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclasses  43,  Re- 
ceptacles, Pocket  and  personal  use,  Hypodermic  syringes,  etc, 
for  pocket  containers  for  hypodermic  syringes;  and  69;  Pack- 
ages, Rubber  bags  and  tubing,  for  the  special  adaptation  of  a 
receptacle  or  package  to  store  rubber  bags  and  tubing. 

18.  RECEPTACLES,    WATCH-MOVEMENT.    Cases    inclosing 

and  protecting  watch- movements.  Commonly  the  case  is 
provided  with  elastic  supports  for  the  watch-movement  to 
prevent  injury  from  shocks. 

19.  RECEPTACLES,     SACRAMENTAL.    Receptacles    specifi- 

cally arranged  for  sacerdotal  use. 

20.  RECEPTACLES    MATCH-SAFES.    Constructions  specially 

arranged  to  hold  matches  and  like  articles,  such  as  toothpicks, 
are  included  in  this  subdivision.  Constructions  such  as 
scratch-pads  and  wind-guards,  which  do  not  serve  as  recep- 
tacles for  matches  are  also  included  as  being  structurally 
allied.  This  subclass  includes  constructions  of  match-safes 
which  are  not  properly  classifiable  in  any  of  the  following 
subclasses. 

21.  RECEPTACLES,  MATCH-SAFES,  SINGLE-DELIVERY. 

Match-safes  provided  with  a  means  for  positively  delivering 
the  match  from  the  magazine.  This  class  also  includes  all  con- 
structions so  acting  not  properly  classifiable  in  the  following 
subclasses  of  single  delivery. 

22.  RECEPTACLES.  MATCH-SAFES,  SINGLE-DELIVERY. 

GROOVED  ROLLER.  Match-safes  provided  with  a  deliv- 
ery mechanism  comprising  a  part  turning  on  a  pivot,  which 
part  is  grooved  or  recessed  to  receive  a  match  from  the  maga- 
zine and  carry  the  same  to  delivery. 

23.  RECEPTACLES,  MATCH-SAFES,  SINGLE-DELIVERY, 

GROOVED  SLIDE.  Match-safes  provided  with  a  delivery 
mechanism  comprising  a  slide  having  a  recess  to  receive  the 
match  from  the  magazine  and  carry  it  to  the  point  of  delivery 
the  slide  having  a  movement  in  a  vertical  plane  or  in  a  plane 
inclined  to  the  vertical. 

24.  RECEPTACLES,   MATCH-SAFES.  SINGLE-DELIVERY, 

GROOVED  SLIDE,  HORIZONTAL  MOVEMENT. 
Match-safes  provided  with  a  delivery  mechanism  comprising 
a  slide  having  a  match-receiving  recess,  the  slide  having  a 
movement  in  a  horizontal  plane. 

25.  RECEPTACLES,  MATCH-SAFES,  SINGLE-DELIVERY, 

PICKER-ARM.  Match-safes  provided  with  a  delivery  mech- 
anism comprising  an  arm  having  a  pin  or  clasp  on  its  end,  the 
arm  being  moved  to  thrust  its  end  into  the  match-magazine  to 
engage  a  match  thereon,  whereupon  the  arm  is  moved  into 
position  to  deliver  the  match. 

26.  RECEPTACLES,  MATCH-SAFES,  SINGLE-DELIVERY, 

SLIDING  PUSHER.  Match-safes  provided  with  a  delivery 
mechanism  comprising  ways  or  guides  into  which  the  match 
enters  and  sliding  piece  which  commonly  engages  the  end  of 
the  match  and  forces  it  through  the  delivery-opening. 

439 


440 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  206— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS;  subclasses  6,  Igniting  devices, 
Implements;  7,  Igniting  devices,  Pocket;  8,  Igniting  devices, 
Pocket,  Attached  lamp;  10,  Lamp,  Fulminating;  20,  Igniting 
devices,  Gaseous,  Self-igniting,  Fulminating. 

27.  RECEPTACLES,  MATCH-SAFES,'  SINGLE-DELIVERY, 

SLIDING  PUSHER,  POCKET.  Match-safes  provided  with 
mechanism  for  delivering  single  matches,  comprising  a  sliding 
part  which  engages  the  match,  commonly  at  one  end,  and 
forces  it  through  the  delivery-opening  in  the  case,  the  match- 
safes  being  constructed  to  be  carried  in  the  pockets  of  the  user. 

28.  RECEPTACLES,  MATCH-SAFES,  BAFFLE.    Match-safes 

holding  matches  in  a  magazine  from  which  the  matches  must 
be  extricated  by  the  fingers  of  the  individual  and  provided 
with  baffle  plates  or  parts  preventing  the  extraction  of  more 
than  one  match  (or  more  than  a  very  limited  number)  at  one 
time. 

29.  RECEPTACLES,    MATCH-SAFES,    MATCH-PACKAGES. 

Constructions  in  which  matches  are  put  up  in  a  holder  as  a 
package.  Commonly  the  holder  is  of  paper  or  other  cheap 
material  and  is  of  a  size  to  be  conveniently  carried  in  the  vest- 
pocket.  The  packages  are  generally  distributed  for  adver- 
tising, and  the  holder  is  discarded  when  the  matches  are  con- 
sumed. 

Search  Class — 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  31,  Recep- 
tacles, Match-safes,  Box-holders  and  convertible  boxes,  for 
match-packages  in  which  the  casing  or  box  is  convertible  into 
a  holder. 

30.  RECEPTACLES,    MATCH-SAFES,    SIDE-SUPPORTED. 

Receptacles  commonly  designed  to  be  supported  on  a  vertical 
surface,  as  a  wall,  for  receiving  matches. 
Search  Class — 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  31,  Recep- 
tacles, Match-safes,  Box-holders  and  convertible  boxes. 

31.  RECEPTACLES,  MATCH-SAFES,  BOX-HOLDERS  AND 

CONVERTIBLE  BOXES.  Devices  for  receiving  the  entire 
box  of  matches  or  the  sliding  tray  of  the  box.  Also  includes 
match-packages  in  which  the  boxes  which  are  convertible  into 
holders  may  be  supported  on  a  wall  or  table. 

32.  RECEPTACLES,    MATCH-SAFES,    WITHDRAWAL 

IGNITING.  Stands  in  which  the  matches  are  held  with 
their  stems  projecting  in  position  for  removal,  the  matches 
being  retained  by  their  head  portions  and  the  arrangement 
such  that  the  match  is  ignited  as  it  is  withdrawn  from  the 
holder. 

33.  RECEPTACLES,  MATCH-SAFES,  POCKET.     Match-recep- 

tacles of  such  size  and  shape  as  to  adapt  them  to  be  carried  in 
the  pocket  or  otherwise  on  the  person  of  the  user. 

Note.— If,  however,  the  pocket-box  is  provided  with  means  for 
delivering  the  matches,  it  is  classified  in  the  proper  subclass 
under  21,  Receptacles,  Match-safes,  Single-delivery. 

Note.— This  class  of  match-safes  does  not  include  any  combination 
of  match-holder  with  candle-holders  or  lamps  or  any  other 
material  to  be  lighted  from  the  match  for  the  purpose  of  supply- 
ing heat  or  light,  nor  does  it  include  any  lighters  where  the 
igniting  material  is  deposited  on  a  flexible  strip  or  is  in  the  form 
of  pellets  or  beads.  Such  constructions  are  classified  in  class 
67,  ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  3,  Igniting  devices,  and 
the  minor  subclasses  thereunder. 

Search  Class  - 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  38,  Recep- 
tacles, Pocket  and  personal  use,  Combination. 

34.  RECEPTACLES,      MATCH-SAFES,      POCKET,      WITH- 

DRAWAL IGNITING.     Pocket  match-safes  so  constructed 
that  in  the  ordinary  operation  of  the  parts  the  match  is  ignited 
as  it  is  withdrawn  from  the  box. 
Search  Class— 

206— SPECIAL  'RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclasses  27, 
Receptacles,  Match-safes,  Single-delivery,  Sliding  pusher, 
Pocket,  and  32,  Receptacles,  Match-safes,  Withdrawal  ignit- 
ing. 

35.  RECEPTACLES,     MATCH-SAFES,     POCKET,     CIGAR- 

CUTTERS  AND  WIND-GUARDS.  Pocket  match-boxes 
provided  with  a  cigar-cutting  appliance  or  with  a  wind-guard 
to  protect  the  flame  of  the  match  when  ignited. 

36.  RECEPTACLES,    MATCH-SAFES,    SCRATCHERS    AND 

WIND-GUARDS.  Devices  carrying  friction-surfaces  against 
which  the  match  head  is  to  be  rubbed  to  ignite  it.  Also 
devices  for  protecting  the  flame  of  the  match  to  enable  the  user 
to  light  a  pipe  or  cigar. 

37.  RECEPTACLES,  POCKET  AND  PERSONAL  USE.    Re- 

ceptacles in  which  the  novelty  is  inherent  in  the  construction 
or  configuration  of  the  case  or  box  to  arrange  it  to  be  con- 
veniently carried  in  the  pocket  or  otherwise  on  the  person  of 
the  user. 

38.  RECEPTACLES.  POCKET  AND  PERSONAL  USE,  COM- 

BINATION. Pocket-cases  provided  with  two  or  more  com- 
partments specifically  arranged  to  hold  diverse  articles  or  a 
box  or  case  having  but  a  single  compartment,  but  also  carrying 
some  article  of  personal  use,  such  as  a  comb,  knife,  compass, 
etc. 


CLASS  206— Continued. 

39.  RECEPTACLES,  POCKET  AND  PERSON YL  USE 

TICKET-CASES.  Pocket-cases  specially  constructed  to 
hold  tickets,  cards,  stamps,  etc. 

Note.— If  the  case  is  provided  with  a  movable  part  actuated  to 
extrude  the  ticket  or  stamp,  that  it  may  be  readily  dispensed 
it  is  classifiable  in  the  next  subclass  40,  Receptacles,  Pocket 
and  personal  use,  Ticket-cases,  Ejecting. 

40.  RECEPTACLES,   POCKET  AND  PERSONAL  USE 

TICKET-CASES,  EJECTING.  Pocket-cases  specially  con- 
structed to  hold  tickets,  cards,  stamps,  etc.,  and  provided 
with  means  for  ejecting  a  ticket  or  card. 

41.  RECEPTACLES,  POCKET  AND  PERSONAL  USE 

CIGARS  AND  TOBACCO.  Pocket-cases  for  cigars  and 
tobacco.  Includes  pocket-pouches  special  for  holding  tobacco 
or  smokers'  articles.  Includes  also  cases  for  holding  partly- 
consumed  cigars,  also  shields  for  protecting  cigars  in  the 
pocket. 

Note.— Packages  of  one  or  several  cigars  are  classified  in  class  131 
TOBACCO,  subclass  11,  Packing. 

42.  RECEPTACLES,  POCKET  AND  PERSONAL  USE,  PEL- 

LETS AND  GRANULES.  Pocket-receptacles  specially 
designed  for  holding  and  delivering  pellets  and  granules. 

43.  RECEPTACLES,  POCKET  AND  PERSON \L  USE 

HYPODERMIC  SYRINGES,  ETC.  Pocket-cases  for  hold- 
ing hypodermic  syringes,  surgical  needles,  and  like  articles. 

44.  RECEPTACLES,  DISPLAY.    Shipping  and  storage  recepta- 

cles and  packages  having  a  modified  construction  to  provide 
a  display  function. 

Note.— If  the  display  function  is  the  sole  object  of  the  construction 
the  device  is  classified  in  class  211,  STORE  FURNITURE. 

to.  RECEPTACLES,  DISPLAY,  TERRACED  OR  STEPPED 
SHELVES.  Display-receptacles  provided  with  terraced  or 
stepped  shelves  or  supports  for  the  articles.  Also  construc- 
tions of  trays  attached  together,  so  that  they  may  be  brought 
into  a  position  where  the  trays  are  terraced  relatively  to  each 
other. 

Note.— If  the  construction  includes  means  for  retaining  the  arti- 
cles in  position  to  prevent  their  displacement  while  being 
transported  or  other  features  common  to  traveling-cases  it  is 
classified  in  class  190,  BAGGAGE,  subclass  16,  Sample-cases. 

46.  PACKAGES.     Packages  not  properly  classifiable  in  any  of  the 

following  subclasses  of  packages. 

47.  PACKAGES,  COMBINATION.     Packages  of  a  plurality  of 

materials  of  different  properties  which  are  employed  together 
in  combination  to  make  any  definite  solution  or  composition 
or  which  are  to  be  used  successively  in  any  operation,  also 
packages  of  any  two  or  more  articles  to  be  cooperatively  used 
such  as  a  covering  material  and  fasteners  and  trimmings  to  be 
used  therewith. 

48.  PACKAGES,  COMBINATION,  MATCHES  WITH  CIGA- 

RETTES, ETC.  Packages  of  cigarettes  or  cigars  with 
matches. 

Note.— If  the  construction  comprises  a  paper  blank  specially  cut 
and  folded  to  provide  compartments  for  the  matches  and' ciga- 
rettes, it  is  classifiable  in  class  229,  PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  sub- 
class 16,  Folded  blank  boxes. 

49.  PACKAGES,  EMBROIDERY,  LACES,  AND  RUCHING. 

Packages  of  embroidery,  laces,  trimming,  etc.  Commonly  the 
package  prevents  the  lace  or  ruohing  from  being  crushed  and 
also  provides  for  a  display  of  a  portion  of  such  lace. 

50.  PACKAGES,  CLOTH-BOLTS,  BOARDS,  ETC.    Cloth-bolts, 

boards  for  such  bolts,  wrappers  or  covers  for  bolts  of  cloth,  also 
sample-holders  constructed  to  be  used  with  the  bolt. 
Search  Class— 
229,  PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  87,  Wrappers. 

51.  PACKAGES,    RIBBONS,    BRAIDS,    AND    TRIMMINGS. 

Packages  of  the  articles  named,  also  patents  for  the  blocks, 
reels,  cards,  frames,  etc.,  around  which  the  ribbons,  braid, 
etc.,  are  wound.  Includes  also  special  package  devices  for 
velvets,  plushes,  fringes,  and  the  like  for  preventing  the 
creasing  of  such  fabrics  when  packed. 
Search  Class  - 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  50,  Cordage,  Card- 
boards and  forms;  61,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Fabrics,  Card- 
boards and  forms,  for  winding  devices. 

52.  PACKAGES,    RIBBONS,    BRAIDS,    AND    TRIMMINGS 

ROLLS  OR  SPOOLS,  INCLOSED.  Packages  of  rolls  or 
spools  of  ribbons,  etc.,  contained  in  an  inclosing  case  to  protect 
the  merchandise,  also  to  permit  the  rotation  of  the  roll  or  spool. 

53.  PACKAGES,    RIBBONS,    BRAIDS,    AND    TRIMMINGS 

ROLLS  OR  SPOOLS,  CLAMPS.  Devices  applied  to  rolls 
or  spools  of  ribbon,  braid,  etc.,  for  preventing  the  unrolling  of 
the  fabric.  This  subclass  comprises  all  such  clamps  not  prop- 
erly classifiable  in  the  following  subclasses  of  Clamps. 

54.  PACKAGES,    RIBBONS,    BRAIDS,    AND    TRIMMINGS, 

ROLLS  OR  SPOOLS,  CLAMPS,  CENTRALLY  AT- 
TACHED. Clamps  applied  to  rolls  or  spools  of  ribbon,  etc., 
and  secured  to  the  center  of  the  roll  or  spool. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


441 


CLASS  206— Continued. 

55.  PACKAGES,    RIBBONS,    BRAIDS,    AND    TRIMMINGS, 

ROLLS  OR  SPOOLS,  CLAMPS,  LAYER-RETAINED. 
Clamps  applied  to  rolls  or  spools  of  ribbon,  etc.,  one  member  of 
the  clamp  engaging  between  the  layers  of  the  ribbon  or  braid 
to  retain  the  clamp  in  position. 

56.  PACKAGES,  DISPENSING.    Packages  designed  to  facilitate 

the  dispensing  of  the  material  packed.  Commonly  the  pack- 
age is  constructed  so  that  the  wrapper  is  removed  or  destroyed 
as  the  material  packed  is  consumed  or  a  follower  acts  on  the 
packed  material  to  extrude  the  same  from  the  package. 
Packages  having  other  dispensing  features  are,  however, 
included. 

57.  PACKAGES,  DISPENSING,  PAPER  SHEETS.    Packages 

of  paper  sheets  in  which  provision  is  made  for  the  ready 
removal  of  the  individual  sheets.  Includes  patents  for  the 
shape  and  character  of  the  sheet,  as  well  as  patents  for  the 
package.  Does  not  include  any  container  or  holder  provided 
with  means  acting  positively  to  extrude  the  sheets  or  any  con- 
tainer arranged  to  be  secured  to  any  wall  or  support  as  a  per- 
manent case  or  holder. 

58.  PACKAGES,    DISPENSING,    PAPER    ROLLS.    Rolls   of 

paper  and  the  roll  and  container  or  support  when  the  same 
are  put  up  as  a  single  package  and  in  such  form  that  the  con- 
tainer or  support  is  not  intended  for  use  with  any  second  roll. 
Search  Classes — 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  31,  Serving  apparatus,  Roll- 
holders. 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  159,  Special  packages,  for 
cores  and  holders. 

59.  PACKAGES,  ROLLS  AND  REELS.    Includes  any  roll  or 

reel  packages  of  material  other  than  textile.    Includes  the  reel 

construction  unless  the  forth  of  the  same  is  specific  for  use  in 

a  special  machine. 
Note. — Does  not  include  stands  or  forms  for  holding  wire  coils 

to  deliver  same  or  collapsible  cores  for  forming  the  coil  and 

which  are  afterward  withdrawn. 
Search  Class— 
242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  68,  Cores  and  holders; 

72,  Cores  and  holders,  Contractile;    77,   Reels;    110,  Reels, 

Contractile;    159,  Special  packages;    161,  Special  packages, 

Bobbins,  CODS  and  spools. 

60.  PACKAGES,  PLATES  AND  SHEETS.    Packages  of  plate 

or  sheet  material,  such  as  roofing,  strawboard,  etc. 

61.  PACKAGES,    PLATES    AND     SHEETS,     FLY-PAPER. 

Packages  of  sticky  fly-paper.  Commonly  special  means  are 
provided  to  prevent  the  flow  of  the  adhesive  from  between 
the  sheets. 

62.  PACKAGES,  PLATES  AND  SHEETS,  FRAGILE   AND 

SE  NSITI VE .  Packages  of  plates  or  sheets  of  fragile  material 
or  provided  with  sensitive  surfaces,  such  as  photographic 
plates,  carbon  sheets,  gramophone-disks,  etc. 

63.  PACKAGES,  STATIONERY.    Packages  of  stationery.    Com- 

monly the  package  comprises  a  box  or  case  arranged  to  con- 
tain certain  amounts  of  paper  and  envelopes,  such  box  or 
case  being  sold  as  a  unit. 


CLASS  206— Continued. 

63.2.  PACKAGES,  SURGICAL  SUPPLIES.    Miscellaneous  pack- 
ages of  materials  and  articles  adapted  for  use  in  treating 
wounds  or  diseased  portions  of  the  body,  where  the  particular 
characteristic  of  the  material  or  article  "is  not  of  the  invention. 
Search  Class— 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclasses  12, 
Receptacles,  Medicine  chests,  for  receptacles  specially  adapted 
to  contain  a  series  of  medicine  bottles  and  accessories;  and  16, 
Receptacles,  Tools  and  appliances,  for  surgical  instrument 
cases. 

63.3  PACKAGES,  SURGICAL  SUPPLIES,  LIGATURES. 
Packages  of  filamentary  material,  generally  aseptic,  specially 
adapted  for  use  in  stitching  wounds  and  other  surgical  opera- 
tions. 

Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  134,  Spool  holders, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  141,  Twine  holders,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder;  and  161,  Special  packages,  Bobbins, 
cops,  and  spools. 

63.4.  PACKAGES,       SURGICAL       SUPPLIES,       VACCINE 
POINTS.    Packages  of  splints  or  analogous  small  carriers 
charged  with  vaccine,  meant  to  be  used  once  and  destroyed. 
Search  Class— 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  28,  Miscellaneous,  for  special  construc- 
tion of  a  vaccine  point  or  special  means  for  applying  the 
vaccine. 

64.  PACKAGES,  THREAD.    Packages  of  thread,  not  spooled. 

Generally  skeins  of  embroidery-silk. 

65.  PACKAGES,  MULTIPLE  ARTICLE,  NESTED,  STAYED, 

OR  INTERBRACED.  Packages  of  a  plurality  of  the  same 
article,  providing  any  particular  form  of  casing  or  interbracing 
special  to  the  shape  and  character  of  the  articles,  also  any 
clamp  or  brace  special  to  the  articles  packed  and  employed 
to  hold  the  articles  rigid  relatively  to  each  other  or  to  the 
casing. 

66.  PACKAGES,  NEEDLES  AND  PINS.    Packages  of  needles 

and  pins.  Includes  some  needle-cases  arranged  to  fit  within 
the  central  bore  of  a  thread-spool. 

Note. — Does  not  include  any  combination  cases  of  needles, 
thimbles,  spools,  etc.,  such  packages  being  classified  in  Class 
223,  APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  35,  Needle-holders. 

67.  PACKAGES,  PENCILS,  ETC.    Packages  of  pencils  and  like 

articles. 

Note. — Does  not  include  cards  to  which  pencils  or  penholders 
are  attached,  as  the  same  are  classified  in  Class  211,  STORE 
FURNITURE,  subclass  34,  Display-cards. 

68.  PACKAGES,   INCANDESCENT  MANTLES.    Packages  of 

mantles  for  incandescent  lighting. 

69.  PACKAGES,  RUBBER  BAGS  AND  TUBING.    Packages 

of  the  articles  named,  commonly  water-bags,  fountain- 
syringes,  and  the  like,  with  tubing. 

70.  PACKAGES,      WATCH-SPRINGS.    Packages     of     watch- 

springs.  Commonly  a  casing  incloses  the  spring  and  main- 
tains the  same  in  coiled  condition  ready  for  insertion  into 
the  watch-barrel. 

71.  PACKAGES,  METALLIC  LEAF.    Books,  rolls,  and  other 

packages  of  metal  leaf  for  gilders'  use. 


CLASS  207.— PLASTIC   METAL  WORKING. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  is  intended  to  include  all  plastic  operations  upon  metal 
that  are  not  otherwise  classifiable.  It  comprises  mainly  inventions 
whereby  metal  is  molded  or  cast  in  detail  by  applying  the  molding 
instrumentality  to  different  portions  of  the  metallic  mass  succes- 
sively or  continuously.  The  metal  to  be  operated  upon  may  be  at 
any  temperature  between  its  normal  cold  state  and  the  molten  state. 
In  general  the  operations  falling  within  this  class  cause  a  marked 
molecular  flow  in  the  article  being  shaped. 

Note. — Inventions  directed  to  the  shaping  of  metal  by  a  plastic 
operation  of  the  kind  falling  within  the  definition  of  this  class  com- 
bined with  treatment  subsidiary  thereto  are  classified  in  this  class  in 
the  appropriate  plastic  metal  operation  subclasses;  but  those  includ- 
ing such  plastic  shaping  combined  with  subsequent  treatment  not 
merely  subsidiary  are  placed  in  the  appropriate  Special  work,  Com- 
bined machine  or  process  subclasses,  in  class  29,  METAL  WORKING. 

Compare  classes  22,  METAL  FOUNDING;  78,  METAL  FORGING  AND 
WELDING;  80,  METAL  ROLLING;  91,  COATING,  subclasses  With 
metal;  113,  SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  38,  Die  shap- 
ing, and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  205,  METAL  DRAWING,  and  219, 
ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  1,  Metal  heating  and 
working,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Inventions  relating  to  plastic  metal  work- 

ing not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 

18 — PLASTICS,  subclasses  5,  Molding  devices,  for  plastic  material 
shaping,  and  24,  Molding  devices,  Dipping,  for  the  formation 
of  shapes  by  the  immersion  of  a  core  in  a  liquid. 

91 — COATING,  subclass  12.5,  Special  machines,  With  metal,  Im- 
mersion, for  dipping  operations. 

2.  DIE-EXPRESSING.    Instruments  for  use  in  progressive  mold- 

ing of  metal,  either  in  a  molten  or  relatively  cold  state,  by 
which  the  metal  is  forced  through  a  die,  resulting  in  consid- 
erable molecular  flow  transverse  to  the  direction  of  the  appli- 
cation of  the  force,  as  well  as  parallel  therewith. 
Note. — Die-expressing  differs  from  drawing  in  that  the  mass  of 
metal  is  confined  on  all  sides  and  at  all  points  except  the  die 
opening,  while  in  drawing  therc  is  no  confinement  of  the 
original  blank  except  at  the  die  opening.  Moreover,  in  the 
latter  the  transverse  flow  is  very  slight  and  the  reduction  at 
each  passage  through  the  die  is  relatively  small.  The  opera- 
tion herein  designated  "die-expressing"  is  sometimes  known 
as  "extruding''  or  "squirting." 
Search  Classes 

18— PLASTICS,  subclasses  12,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing, 
for  similar  structures  operating  on  plastic  materials,  and  13, 
Molding  devices,  Die-expressing,  Compound,  for  structures 
forming  compound  articles. 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  11,  Molding  apparatus,  Core- 
making,  Die-expressing;  25,  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHEN- 
WARE APPARATUS,  subclass  11,  Die-expressing,  and  the  minor 
subclasses  thereunder;  and  107,  BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CON- 
FECTION MAKING,  subclass  14,  Molding  apparatus,  Die-ex- 
pressing. 

29— METAL  WORKING,  subclass  188,  Metal  stock,  Processes, 
Compound  bars  and  tubes,  for  processes  of  making  covered 
metal  stock  of  various  forms  and  cross  sections. 

173 — ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  244,  Machines  for 
covering,  for  similar  structures  applying  insulating  material. 

205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  4,  Bars  and  tubes,  By  thrust, 
for  means  for  pushing  a  bar  through  a  die  making  small  re- 
ductions. 

3.  DIE-EXPRESSING,    PLUNGER    AND    MANDREL.    Die- 

expressing  apparatus  provided  with  a  plunger  and  a  mandrel, 

the  former  acting  on  the  metal  to  cause  its  flow  and  the  latter 

cooperating  with  the  die  to  form  or  shape  the  metal  into  a 

product  of  tubular  character. 
Search  Classes— 
18— PLASTICS,   subclass   14,   Molding   devices,    Die-expressing, 

Tube  and  hollow,  for  similar  structures. 
205— METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  4,  Bars  and  tubes,  By  thrust, 

for  structure  reducing  tubes  having  mandrels  supporting  the 

interiors  of  the  tubes. 

4.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  PLUNGER  AND  MANDREL,  TUBU- 

LAR   MANDREL.    Die-expressing    apparatus    having    a 
plunger  and  a  mandrel  that  is  hollow  to  permit  the  passage  of 
a  wire  or  the  like  about  which  the  tubular  sheath  is  formed 
by  the  machine. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  13,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing, 
Compound,  for  similar  structures. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  244,  Machines  for 
covering,  for  structure  applying  insulating  material  in  a  simi- 
lar manner. 


CLASS  207— Continued. 

5.  DIE-EXPRESSING,       PLUNGER       AND       MANDREL, 

BRIDGE  MANDREL.  Die-expressing  apparatus  in  which 
the  mandrel  is  supported  by  the  fudge  pieces  extending  from 
the  mandrel  across  the  die  opening. 

6.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  PLUNGER  AND  MANDREL,  INTE- 

GRAL. Apparatus  for  die-expressing  having  the  same  part 
constructed  to  perform  the  functions  of  a  plunger  and  a  man- 
drel or  having  the  mandrel  connected  with  or  integral  with 
the  plunger.  Apparatus  in  which  the  plunger  is  adapted  to 
pierce  a  metal  mass  or  billet,  displacing  the  mass  and  causing 
a  longitudinal  extension  of  the  metal,  is  included  herein. 
Search  Class— 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  9,  Forging,  Billet 
piercing,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  devices  in  which 
there  is  simply  a  piercing  and  lateral  expansion  of  the  metal, 
with  no  substantial  change  in  the  length  thereof. 

7.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  PLUNGER  AND  MANDREL,  INTE- 

GRAL, FIXED  PLUNGER.  Die-expressing  apparatus  in 
which  the  integral  plunger  and  mandrel  is  stationary  and  the 
container  is  moved. 

'8.  DIE-EXPRESSING,  PLUNGER  AND  MANDREL,  INTE- 
GRAL, ROTARY  PLUNGER.  Die-expressing  apparatus 
in  which  the  integral  plunger  and  mandrel  is  given  a  rotary 
as  well  as  a  reciprocating  motion  while  piercing  and  elongating 
a  mass  of  metal. 
Search  Classes 

78— METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  11,  Forging, 
Billet  piercing,  Rotary  mandrel  or  billet,  for  devices  for  pierc- 
ing or  expanding  a  blank  without  elongating  it. 

80— METAL  ROLLING,  subclass  13,  Tubes,  Axial  rolling,  for  tube 
forming  apparatus  causing  relative  rotation  of  the  mandrel 
and  billet. 

9.  DIE-EXPRESSING,   PLUNGER.    Die-expressing  apparatus 
having  a  plunger,  the  mandrel  being  omitted,  and  therefore 
producing  articles  of  solid  cross  section. 
Search  Classes— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  12,  Molding  devices,  Die-expressing; 
22,  METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  11,  Molding  apparatus,  Core- 
making,  Die-expressing;  25,  PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHEN- 
WARE APPARATUS,  subclass  11,  Die-expressing;  and  107, 
BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  14, 


205 


Molding  apparatus,  Die-expressing. 
—METAL  DRAWING,  subclass  4,  Bars  and  tubes,  By  thrust, 


for  a  plunger  adapted  to  push  a  bar  through  a  reducing  die. 

10.  DIE-EXPRESSING,     PROCESSES.    Processes  of  molding 

metal  by  expressing  through  dies. 
Search  Class— 

18— PLASTICS,  subclass  55,  Processes,  Molding,  for  processes 
relating  to  the  die-expressing  of  plastic  material. 

11.  GRAVITY-MOLDING.    Inventions    wherein   molten   metal 

is  fed  to  a  mold,  by  which  it  is  supported  until  firm  enough 
to  retain  the  desired  cross  section,  and  is  then  removed  from 
the  molding  surface.    The  operation  is  general! y  continuous, 
and  the  product  varies  in  dimension  with  the  charge  of  plas- 
tic metal.    No  means  are  provided  to  exert  pressure  on  the 
metal  in  the  direction  of  its  movement. 
Search  Class— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  9,  Molding  devices,  Rolling. 

12.  GRAVITY-MOLDING,     TRAVELING     MOLD.     Gravity- 

molding  apparatus  wherein  the  shaping  surface  moves  with 
the  metal. 
Search  Class — 

22 — METAL  FOUNDING,  subclass  75,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving 
mold,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  moving  mold  struc- 
tures. 

13.  GRAVITY-MOLDING,    TRAVELING   MOLD,   ROTARY. 

Gravity-molding  apparatus  of  the  traveling  mold  type  in 
which  the  shaping  surface  is  mounted  or  formed  on  a  rotating 
member,  such  as  a  disk. 
Search  Class— 

22— METAL  FOUNDING,  subclasses  75,  Casting  apparatus,  Mov- 
ing mold,  and  77,  Casting  apparatus,  Moving  mold,  Rotating 
table,  for  rotating  structures. 

14.  GRAVITY-MOLDING,  BY  ROLLS.    Inventions  for  shaping 

molten  metal  by  the  pressure  of  rolls. 
Search  Classes— 
18— PLASTICS,  subclass  9,  Molding  devices,  Rolling,  for  rolls 

shaping  plastic  material. 
49 — GLASS,   subclass  33,   Molding,   Rolling,   and  107,  BREAD, 

PASTRY,   AND  CONFECTION   MAKING,   subclass   10,   Molding 

apparatus,  Rolling. 
80 — METAL  ROLLING,  for  apparatus  for  rolling  metal  not  molten. 

443 


444 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  207— Continued. 

15.  CONTAINERS.    Inventions  in  the  construction  of  the  vessel 

for  holding  the  plastic  metal  to  be  subjected  to  a  molding 
operation. 

16.  COOLING  AND  HEATING.    Inventions  in  the  cooling  or 

heating  of  the  metal  itself  or  the  parts  in  contact  with  the 
metal. 

17.  DIES.    Specialized  die  construction  through  which  the  metal 

is  expressed  or  extruded. 
Search  Class  - 

25— PLASTIC  BLOCK  AND  EARTHENWARE  APPARATUS,  subclass 
17,  Die-expressing,  Dies,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
die  constructions. 


CLASS  207— Continued. 

18.  DIES,  VARIABLE   OPENING.    Expressing  dies  provided 

with  mechanism  to  regulate  the  size  and  position  of  the  die 
opening. 

19.  MANDRELS.    Mandrel  or  core  constructions  about  which  the 

metal  is  formed,  resulting  in  articles  of  tubular  shape,  special 
ized  to  the  requirements  of  processes  and  apparatus  classified 
herein. 

Search  Class— 

78 — METAL  FORGING  AND  WELDING,  subclass  103,  Mandrels, 
for  mandrels  particularly  adapted  for  use  in  the  welding, 
swaging,  or  drawing  of  metal  tubes. 


CLASS   216.— LABEL   PASTING   AND    PAPER   HANGING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  apparatus  and  processes  for  the  affixing,  by 
means  of  adhesives,  of  pieces  of  paper,  metal  foil,  cloth,  textile 
fabrics,  etc.,  in  various  forms  to  single  or  multiple  flat  or  curved  sur- 
faces, or  for  the  pasting  to  and  encircling  of  single  articles  or  packages 
already  formed,  with  paper  strips  or  bands,  generally  of  the  nature  of 
stamps  or  labels,  which  strips  are  not  folded  down  at  the  sides. 
(Where  a  strip  is  so  folded,  see  class  93,  TAPER  MANUFACTURES,  sub- 
class 2,  Wrapping  machines,  Miscellaneous.) 

The  class  includes  such  arts  as  label  and  postage  stamp  affixing, 
box,  bottle,  package,  and  spool  labeling,  paper  hanging  and  bill 
posting,  photograph  and  picture  mounting,  etc.,  but  only  where  the 
aflixing  is  by  means  of  adhesives. 

For  producing  finished  fabrics  such  as  bristol  board,  etc.,  see  class 
154,  LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES. 

For  the  manufacture  of  articles  from  dry  paper  generally  see  class 
93,  PAPER  MANUFACTURES. 

For  the  covering  of  empty  paper  boxes  with  paper  in  the  process  of 
the  manufacture  thereof  see  class  93,  PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  sub- 
class 54,  Box  machines,  Covering. 

For  securing  bundles  by  means  of  paper  strips  and  bands  see  class 
93,  PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  93,  Bunching  and  banding,  and 
other  appropriate  subclasses. 

For  the  wrapping  of  newspapers  and  pamphlets  for  mailing  pur- 
poses see  class  101,  PRINTING,  subclass  40,  Folders,  Newspaper  wrap- 
ping machines. 

For  affixing  bands  to  cigars  see  class  131,  TOBACCO,  subclass  61, 
Cigar  banding. 

For  moistening  and  sealing  devices  for  envelops  not  combined 
with  stamp  affixing  means  see  class  120,  STATIONERY,  subclass  6, 
Moisteners  and  sealers. 

This  is  a  combination  class,  and  in  order  that  a  patent  or  applica- 
tion be  classified  herein  the  apparatus  or  process  claimed  should 
include  the  means  for  or  step  of  aflixing,  or  a  means  or  process  so 
intimately  related  thereto  as  to  be  inseparable  therefrom. 

Elements  such  as  paste  applying  means,  cutters,  paper  feeding 
devices,  etc.,  should  be  sought  "in  the  appropriate  element  classes, 
thus: 

Devices  which  apply  paste  merely  or  combined  with  feeding  or 
cutting  means,  or  both,  without  performing  any  affixing  function 
will  be  found  in  class  91,  COATING. 

Mechanism  for  cutting  or  shearing  sheets  alone  or  combined  with 
feeding  mechanism  will  be  found  in  class  164,  CUTTING  AND  PUNCH- 
ING SHEETS  AND  BARS. 

Paper  feeding  mechanism  per  se  and  in  combination  with  print- 
ing mechanism  will  be  found  in  class  101,  PRINTING. 

Also  paper  serving  apparatus  combined  with  cutting  or  tearing 
means  will  be  found  in  class  211,  STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  29, 
Serving  apparatus,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

The  main  subclasses  of  this  class  are  divided  out  on  lines  of  ma- 
chine type  and  the  minor  subclasses  on  lines  of  machine  element. 

A  search  on  any  specific  machine  element,  such  as  a  variety  of 
label  or  article  feed  or  of  affixing  or  paste  applying  and  moistening 
means  should  be  made  in  the  minor  subclass  divided  out  on  that 
particular  line,  into  which  will  be  found  cross-referenced  all  pat- 
ents in  the  entire  class  (216)  which  show  that  element,  regardless 
of  the  particular  type  of  machine  in  which  it  may  occur. 

For  example,  if  searching  for  a  strip  machine,  reciprocating  cutter, 
provided  with  screw  feed,  the  combination,  if  existing,  will  be  found 
in  subclass  22,  Machines,  Strip,  Severing,  Reciprocating  cutter, 
herein.  If  the  combination  is  not  found  therein  and  it  is  desired  to 
find  the  screw  feed  per  se,  search  should  be  made  in  subclass  19, 
Machines,  Sheet,  Screw  feed,  where  will  be  found  classified  or  cross- 
referenced  all  patents  for  label-affixing  machines  disclosing  screw 
feed.  If  a  feed  mechanism  is  sought  of  a  type  not  indicated  in  the 
title  of  any  subclass  herein,  a  general  search  will  have  to  be  made  in 
this  class  (216)  and  else-where. 

In  the  following  definitions  the  word  "label"  is  used  generally  to 
include  also  a  postage  stamp,  a  paper  seal,  a  photograph,  or  any 
similar  sheet  of  paper  affixed  in  the  manner  to  which  this  class  is 
limited. 

Subclasses. 

1.  COMBINED  MACHINES.    Machines  answering  the  class  defi- 

nition for  performing  functions  additional  to  label  affixing. 

2.  COMBINED   MACHINES,   LABEL   PRINTING   AND   AF- 

FIXING.   Machines  for  printing  the  label,  in  whole  or  in 
part,  and  affixing  the  same. 

Note. — This  subclass  is  superior  to  class  101,  PRINTING. 

Search  Classes— 

91,  COATING, subclass  16,  Combined  machines,  Coating  and  print- 
ing; 93,  PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  34,  Bag  machines, 
Printing  attachments,  and  73,  Envelop  machines,  Printing 
and  stamping,  for  coating  with  adhesives  and  printing. 

3.  COMBINED    MACHINES,    ENVELOP    SEALING    AND 

STAMPING.    Machines  for  sealing  envelops  and  affixing  a 
stamp  to  same. 

Note. — This  subclass  is  superior  to  class  120,  STATIONERY,  subclass 
6,  Combination  devices,  Moisteners  and  sealers,  in  which, 
however,  search  should  be  made  for  the  envelop  moistening 
and  sealing  structure,  as  also  in  subclasses  75,  Moisteners,  and 
76,  Moisteners,  Roller. 


CLASS  216— Continued. 

4.  PAPER  HANGING.    Miscellaneous  apparatus  and  processes 

for  paper  hangers'  use  in  affixing  wall  paper  and  posters. 
Search  Class— 

15,  BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  36,  Brush  heads  and 
faces,  Paint  and  whitewash  brushes,  for  paper  hangers' 
brushes. 

5.  PAPER  HANGING,  COATING  AND  AFFIXING  APPA- 

RATUS. Apparatus  not  held  in  the  hands  of  the  operator  for 
applying  paste  and  affixing  wall  paper,  etc. 

6.  PAPER  HANGING,  COATING  AND  AFFIXING  APPA- 

RATUS, HAND.    Hand  held  devices  for  both  applying  paste 
and  affixing  paper. 
Search  Class— 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclass  20,  Ma- 
chines, strip. 

7.  PAPER  HANGING,  AFFIXING  APPARATUS.    Apparatus 

for  affixing  paper,  paste  having  been  previously  applied  either 
to  the  paper  or  to  the  wall. 

h.  PAPER  HANGING,  SURFACE  PREPARATION.  Ma- 
chines and  processes  for  cleaning  and  preparing  walls  and  other 
surfaces  prior  to  aflixing. 

Note. — For  detergent  compositions  for  removing  paper  from  walls 
see  class  87,  OILS,  FATS,  AND  GLUE,  subclass  5,  Detergents. 
For  scrapers  see  class  145,  WOODWORKING  TOOLS,  subclass  47, 
Scrapers,  and  class  72,  MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES, 
subclass  137,  Implements,  Scrapers. 

9.  MACHINES.    Miscellaneous  label  affixing  machines  comprising 

all  types  of  machines  other  than  those  hereinafter  mentioned. 

10.  MACHINES,    SPOOL  LABELING.    Machines   for  affixing 

labels  to  spools  of  cotton,  sewing  silk,  etc. 

11.  MACHINES,  SELECTIVE.    Machines  capable  of  selecting  and 

affixing  some  particular  one  of  several  varieties  of  labels. 
Search  Classes— 

133— COIN  HANDLING;  211,  STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  8,  Cabi- 
nets, Delivering,  and  232,  DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEP- 
TACLES for  selective  delivering  mechanism. 

12.  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE  LABELING.    Machines  designed 

for  affixing  a  plurality  of  labels,  either  of  like  or  different  size 
and  shape,  to  the  same  article. 

13.  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE  LABELING,   BOTTLE  NECK 

AND  BODY.     Machines  for  affixing  labels  to  the  body  and 
neck  of  a  bottle. 
Search  Class — 

216— LAP, EL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  appropriate  machine 
type  subclasses  for  body  labeling  mechanism. 

14.  MACHINES,  MULTIPLE  LABELING,  SAMPLE  CARD. 

Machines  designed  for  affixing  a  plurality  of  labels  to  a  sheet 
of  cardboard  or  its  equivalent,  as  in  the  making  of  sample 
cards  of  painters'  colors,  textile  fabrics,  etc. 

15.  MACHINES,  SHEET.     Machines  for  severing  from  a  sheet  a 

label  of  less  width  than  the  same  and  affixing  it. 

Note. — The  four  following  subclasses  are  divided  out  from  this 
subclass  on  four  types  of  feed  mechanism  for  the  sheet,  strip, 
or  cutter. 

Note. — Label  feeding  and  analogous  article  feeding  wherever 
found  in  class  216  is  cross-referenced  into  some  one  of  these 
label  feed  subclasses,  if  of  analogous  structure. 

Note. — For  other  types  of  feed  search  the  subclass  in  this  class 
(regardless  of  machine  type)  in  the  title  of  which  the  desired 
feed  is  indicated.  If  the  feed  sought  is  not  of  a  kind  indicated 
in  any  of  the  titles  of  this  class,  a  general  search  will  have  to  be 
made  in  class  216  and  elsewhere. 

Search  Class— 
93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES. 

16.  MACHINES,  SHEET,  RACK  AND  PINION    FEED.    Ma- 

chines having  a  rack  and  pinion  feed  for  the  sheet  or  cutter. 

17.  MACHINES,  SHEET,  RACK  AND   PAWL    FEED.    Ma- 

chines having  a  rack  and  pawl  feed  for  the  sheet  or  cutter. 

18.  MACHINES,    SHEET,    ESCAPEMENT    FEED.    Machines 

having  an  escapement  feed  for  the  sheet  or  cutter. 

19.  MACHINES,  SHEET,  SCREW  FEED.    Machines  having  a 

screw  feed  for  the  sheet  or  cutter. 

20.  MACHINES,  STRIP.    Machines  for  delivering  a  strip  and  pro- 

vided with  allixing  and  paste  applying  or  moistening  means, 
but  without  means  for  severing  the  label. 

Note. — Label  feeding  and  analogous  article  feeding  wherever 
found  in  class  216  is  cross-referenced  into  some  one  of  these 
label  feed  subclasses,  if  of  analogous  structure. 

Note. — For  other  types  of  feed  search  the  subclass  in  this  class 
(regardless  of  machine  type)  in  the  title  of  which  the  desired 
feed  is  indicated.  If  the  feed  sought  is  not  of  a  kind  indicated 
in  any  of  the  titles  of  this  class,  a  general  search  will  have  to 
be  made  in  this  class  (216)  and  elsewhere. 

445 


446 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  216— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclasses  5,  Paper 
hanging,  Coating  and  affixing  apparatus;  6,  Paper  hanging, 
Coating  and  affixing  apparatus.  Hand,  and  7,  Paper  hanging, 
Affixing  apparatus,  for  means  for  handling  the  label  strip. 

101 — PRINTING,  subclasses  40,  Folders,  Newspaper  wrapping 
machines;  56,  Hand  stamps;  59,  Hand  stamps,  Head  and 
handle,  Inking  attachment,  and  187,  Ticket  machines. 

211 — STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  29,  Serving  apparatus,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

21.  MACHINES,  STRIP,  SEVERING.    Strip  machines  provided 

with  means  for  severing  the  label. 
Search  Classes— 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  56,  Box  machines,  Staying. 
101 — PRINTING,  subclasses  23,  Bed  and  platen  machines,  Web, 
and  31,  Deliveries,  Dropper. 

22.  MACHINES,     STRIP,     SEVERING,     RECIPROCATING 

CUTTER.    Strip  machines  in  which  the  cutter  reciprocates, 
usually  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the  surface  of  the  label. 
Note.— The  subclasses  subordinate  hereto  are  divided  out  from 
this  subclass  on  types  of  feed  mechanism. 

For  other  types  of  feed  search  the  subclass  in  this  class 
(regardless  of  machine  type)  in  the  title  of  which  the  desired 
feed  is  indicated.  If  the  feed,  sought  is  not  of  a  kind  indicated 
in  any  of  the  titles  of  this  class,  a  general  search  will  have 
to  be  made  in  this  class  (216)  and  elsewhere. 

23.  MACHINES,     STRIP,     SEVERING,    RECIPROCATING 

CUTTER,  PUSHER  FEED.  Machines  of  the  type  stated 
which  use  a  pusher  for  feeding  the  label  strip. 

24.  MACHINES,    STRIP.     SEVERING,     RECIPROCATING 

CUTTER,  FOUR-MOTION  FEED.  Machines  of  the  type 
stated  which  feed  the  label  strip  by  means  similar  to  the  four- 
motion  feed  of  a  sewing  machine. 

25.  MACHINES,     STRIP,     SEVERING,     RECIPROCATING 

CUTTER,  ROLLER  FEED.    Machines  of  the  type  stated 
which  feed  the  label  strip  by  means  of  feed  rollers  or  their 
equivalent. 
Search  Class— 

216 — LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclass  27,  Ma- 
chines, Strip,  Severing,  Reciprocating  cutter,  Rotary  tooth 
feed,  for  corrugated  rollers. 

26.  MACHINES,    STRIP,    SEVERING,    RECIPROCATING 

CUTTER,   ROLLER    FEED,   HAND.    Machines  of  the 
style  stated  using  a  hand  actuated  roller  feed. 
Search  Class — 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclass  27,  Ma- 
chines, Strip,  Severing,  Reciprocating  cutter,  Rotary  tooth 
feed,  f  or  corrugated  feed  rollers. 

27.  MACHINES,     STRIP,     SEVERING.     RECIPROCATING 

CUTTER  ROTARY  TOOTH  FEED.  Machines  of  the 
type  stated  using  a  toothed  feed  wheel  or  corrugated  roller  for 
feeding  the  label  strip. 

28.  MACHINES,     STRIP,     SEVERING,     RECIPROCATING 

CUTTER,  PERFORATION  FEED.  Machines  of  the  type 
stated  in  which  the  stamp  or  label  is  fed  by  teeth  which  enter 
its  perforations. 

29.  MACHINES,   STRIP,   SEVERING,   PIVOTED   CUTTER. 

Strip  machines  in  which  the  label  is  severed  by  a  pivoted  cut- 
ter not  of  scissors  type. 

30.  MACHINES.  STRIP,   SEVERING,   PIVOTED   CUTTER, 

SCISSORS  TYPE.  Machines  of  the  type  stated  operating 
on  the  principle  of  a  pair  of  scissors. 

Note. — The  subclasses  subordinate  hereto  are  divided  out  from 
this  subclass  on  types  of  label  feed. 

Note. — For  other  types  of  feed  search  the  subclass  of  this  class  (re- 
gardless of  machine  type)  in  the  title  of  which  the  desired 
feed  is  indicated.  If  the  feed  sought  is  not  of  a  kind  indicated 
in  any  of  the  titles  of  this  class,  a  general  search  will  have  to 
be  made  In  this  class  (210)  and  elsewhere. 

31.  MACHINES,  STRIP,  SEVERING,   PIVOTED   CUTTER, 

SCISSORS  TYPE,  BELT  CONVEYER  FEED.  Machines 
of  the  type  stated  using  one  or  more  endless  belt  conveyers  for 
feeding  the  label  strip. 

32.  MACHINES,   STRIP.   SEVERING,   PIVOTED  CUTTER, 

SCISSpRS  TYPE,  RIBBON  FEED.  Machines  of  the  type 
stated  in  which  the  label  strip  is  fed  by  the  winding  and  un- 
winding of  one  or  more  ribbons. 

33.  MACHINES,   STRIP,   SEVERING,   TEARING.    Machines 

in  which  the  label  is  severed  by  tearing  along  lines  of  perfora- 
tion, at  indentations  or  notches,  or  at  the  edge  of  a  metal  strip. 
Search  Class— 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclasses  29,  Serving  apparatus;  32, 
Serving  apparatus,  Roll  holders,  Cutting  attachment,  and  33, 
Serving  apparatus,  Roll  holders,  Feeding  attachment. 

34.  MACHINES,  AFFIXING  MAGAZINE,  MOVING.    Machines 

in  which  the  label  is  directly  fixed  from  a  magazine  which 
moves  into  contact  with  the  article  during  affixing. 
Note. — The  subclasses  under  "Affixing  magazine,  Moving,"  are 
divided  out  on  certain  types  of  affixing  means  by  which  the 
label  is  wiped,  rolled,  or  pressed  upon  the  article.  Affixing 
means  wherever  found  in  class  216  are  cross-referenced  into 
some  one  of  these  affixing  subclasses,  if  of  an-ijogous  structure. 
If  the  affixing  means  sought  is  not  of  a  kind  indicated  in  any 
subclass  title,  a  general  search  will  have  to  be  made  in  this 
class  and  elsewhere. 


CLASS  216-Continued. 

Search  Class— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  especially  subclass  56,  Box  ma- 
chines, Staying. 

35.  MACHINES,   AFFIXING   MAGAZINE,   MOVING,   PRES- 

SURE PAD  OR  PLUNGER.  Machines  of  the  type  stated 
in  which  a  pad  presses  or  a  plunger  forces  the  label  upon  the 
article. 

36.  MACHINES,  AFFIXING   MAGAZINE,   MOVING,   PRES- 

SER  FORM.    Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  a  form 
presses  the  label  upon  the  article. 
Search  Class— 
93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

37.  MACHINES,  AFFIXING  MAGAZINE,  MOVING,  ROLL- 

ERS.   Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  one  or  more- 
rollers  are  used  for  affixing  "the  label. 
Search  Class — 
93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

38.  MACHINES,  AFFIXING  MAGAZINE,  MOVING,  WIPERS 

OR  BRUSHES.    Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  the 
label  is  affixed  by  either  wipers  or  brushes. 
Search  Class— 
93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

39.  MACHINES,  AFFIXING  MAGAZINE,  MOVING,  FLEX- 

IBLE WRAPPER.    Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which 
the  label  is  affixed  by  a  flexible  wrapper  which  envelops  it  in 
whole  or  in  part,  and  which  in  some  cases  causes  the  article 
to  revolve. 
Search  Class — 
93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

40.  MACHINES,    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE,    MOVING,    RE- 

VOLVING  ARTICLE.    Machines   of  the   type  stated   in 
which  the  article  revolves  while  the  label  is  being  affixed. 
Search  Classes— 

216^LAHEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  51,  Storage  maga- 
zine, appropriate  subclasses  for  revolving  article  as  an  affix- 
ing means. 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTITRES. 

41.  MACHINES,  AFFIXING  MAGAZINE,  MOVING,  FLUID 

PRESSURE.    Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  the 
label  is  affixed  by  fluid  pressure. 
Search  Class — 
93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  appropriate  subclasses. 

42.  MACHINES,    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE,    STATIONARY- 

Machines  in  which  the  label  is  directly  affixed  from  a  sta- 
tionary magazine,  the  article  moving  into  contact  with  the 
same  during  the  affixing. 

Note. — Magazines  will  also  be  found  in  class  211,  STORE  FURNI- 
TURE, subclass  8,  Cabinets,  Delivering. 

43.  MACHINES,    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE,    STATIONARY, 

ADHESIVE  APPLYING  OR  MOISTENING.  Machines 
of  the  type  stated  provided  with  means  for  either  applying 
or  moistening  the  adhesive. 

Note. — Some  of  the  various  types  of  paste  applying  or  moistening 
means  are  entitled  in  the  following  subclasses,  and  like  means 
wherever  found  in  class  216  are  cross-referenced  into  some  one 
of  these  subclasses,  if  of  analogous  structure.  For  other  coat- 
ing or  moistening  means  not  indicated  in  the  title  of  any  sub- 
class herein  and  not  found  in  this  subclass  (43)  a  general 
search  will  have  to  be  made  in  this  class  (216)  and  elsewhere. 

Search  Classes— 
101— PRINTING,  subclasses  70,  Hand  stamps,  Tumbler,  and  185, 

Numbering  machines,  Hand. 

12— BOOT  AND  SHOE  MAKING,  subclass  80,  Cement  applying 
devices;  91,  COATING,  subclasses  18,  Machines,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder;  55,  Driers  and  coolers,  and  56,  Elevating 
devices;  93,  PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  66,  Envelop 
machines,  Reciprocating,  Gumming  and  folding;  68,  Envelop 
machines,  Reciprocating,  Gumming,  and  69,  Envelop  ma- 
chines, Reciprocating,  Gumming,  Picker  faces,  and  other 
appropriate  subclasses;  101,  PRINTING,  subclasses  59,  Hand 
stamps,  Head  and  handle.  Inking  attachment;  63,  Hand  stamps, 
Inking  attachment;  96j  Paper  damping  machines;  97,  Paper 
damping  machines,  Winders,  and  107,  Press  copying,  Damp- 
ing, and  131,  TOBACCO,  subclasses  under  5,  Cigar  machines, 
for  adhesive  applying  and  moistening  means. 

44.  MACHINES.    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE,    STATIONARY, 

ADHESIVE  APPLYING  OR  MOISTENING,  FIXED 
ROLLER.  Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  the  adhe- 
sive is  applied  or  moistened  by  one  or  more  fixed  rollers. 
Note. — Coating  by  means  of  rollers  will  be  found  in  all  subclasses 
in  which  the  word  "roller"  occurs  in  class  91,  COATING;  also 
class  120,  STATIONERY,  subclasses  6,  Combination  devices, 
Moisteners  and  sealers,  and  76,  Moisteners,  Roller;  and  in  class 
101,  PRINTING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

45.  MACHINES,    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE.    STATIONARY, 

ADHESIVE  APPLYING  OR  MOISTENING,  MOVING 
ROLLER.  Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  the  adhe- 
sive is  applied  or  moistened  by  one  or  more  moving  rollers. 

46.  MACHINES,    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE,    STATIONARY, 

ADHESIVE  APPLYING  OR  MOISTENING,  FIXED 
RESERVOIR  OR  ABSORBENT.  Machines  of  the  type 
stated  in  which  the  adhesive  or  moisture  is  applied  by  moving 
the  label  surface  over  a  stationary  reservoir,  pad,  wick,  wiper, 
sponge,  or  brush  or  other  equivalent  absorbent. 
Search  Class— 

15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  66,  Fountain  brushes, 
Mucilage,  for  fountain  brushes. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


447 


CLASS  216— Continued. 

47.  MACHINES.    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE.    STATIONARY, 

ADHESIVE  APPLYING  OR  MOISTENING.  MOVING 
RESERVOIR  OR  ABSORBENT.  Machines  of  the  type 
stated  in  which  the  adhesive  or  moisture  is  applied  by  a  mov- 
ing reservoir,  pad,  wick,  wiper,  sponge,  or  brush  or  other 
equivalent  absorbent. 

48.  MACHINES,    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE,    STATIONARY, 

ADHESIVE  APPLYING  OR  MOISTENING,  ENDLESS 
BELT.  Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  an  endless 
belt  is  used  as  a  conveyer  of  moisture  or  liquid  adhesive. 

49.  MACHINES,    AFFIXING    MAGAZINE,    STATIONARY, 

ADHESIVE  APPLYING  OR  MOISTENING,  SPRAY  OR 
STEAM.  Machinesof  the  type  stated  in  which  the  moisture 
or  liquid  adhesive  is  sprayed  upon  either  the  label  or  the 
article,  or  in  which  the  adhesive  is  moistened  by  a  jet  of  steam. 
Note.— As  to  machine  type  search  class  93,  PAPER  MANUFACTURES. 

50.  MACHINES,  AFFIXING  MAGAZINE,  HAND.    Handheld 

machines  of  the  type  stated,  the  entire  instrument  being 
moved  to  the  article  during  the  affixing. 

51.  MACHINES,  STORAGE  MAGAZINE.     Machines  in  which 

the  label  is  conveyed  by  picker  mechanism  from  a  storage 
magazine  to  the  article  to  which  it  is  affixed. 

Note. — The  subclasses  under  "Storage  magazine"  are  divided  out 
partly  on  lines  of  label  feeding  (picker  subclasses)  and  partly 
on  lines  of  article  support,  which  are  closely  analogous  to  lines 
of  article  feeding. 

Note.— Label  feeding  and  analogous  article  feeding  wherever 
found  in  class  216is  cross-referenced  into  some  one  of  these  label 
feed  subclasses,  if  of  analogous  structure. 

Note. — For  other  types  of  feed  search  the  subclass  in  this  class 
(regardless  of  machine  type)  in  the  title  of  which  the  desired 
feed  is  indicated.  If  the'feed  sought  is  not  of  a  kind  indicated 
in  any  of  the  titles  of  this  class,  a  general  search  will  have  to 
be  made  in  this  class  (216)  and  elsewhere. 

Search  Classes— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  appropriate  subclasses. 
131 — TOBACCO,  subclasses  under  5,  Cigar  machines. 
211 — STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  29,  Serving  apparatus. 

52.  MACHINES,  STORAGE  MAGAZINE,  LABEL  PICKERS. 

Machines  of  the  type  stated  provided  with  means,  such  as  pins, 
electrical  means,  etc.,  for  conveying  the  label  from  the  maga- 
zine to  the  article  other  than  as  specified  in  the  three  following 
subclasses. 
Search  Classes — 

11 — BOOKBINDING,  subclass  25,  Binding  machines,  Signature 
gatherers;  93.  PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  68,  Envelop 
machines.  Reciprocating,  Gumming;  69,  Envelop  machines, 
Reciprocating,  Gumming,  Picker  faces,  and  70,  Envelop  ma- 
chines, Reciprocating,  Creasing  mechanism;  101,  PRINTING, 
subclass  36,  Feeding,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  131, 
TOBACCO,  for  picker  mechanism. 

53.  MACHINES,  STORAGE  MAGAZINE,  LABEL  PICKERS, 

NIPPERS.    Machines  of  the  type  stated,  the  picker  being  a 
nipper  or  mechanical  finger  for  grasp  ing  the  label. 
Search  Classes — 

11— BOOKBINDING,  subclass  25,  Binding  machines,  Signature 
gatherers:  91,  COATING,  subclass  62,  Work  holders,  Gripper 
mechanism;  101,  PRINTING,  subclasses  33,  Deliveries,  Gripper- 
fliers,  and  115,  Printing  couple  appliances,  Grippers;  131,  TO- 
BACCO, subclass  11,  Packing,  for  paper  feeding  and  holding 
nippers. 

.54.  MACHINES,  STORAGE  MAGAZINE,  LABEL  PICKERS, 
ADHESIVE.    Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  the 

Sicker  is  coated  with  an  adhesive  to  which  the  label  will  ad- 
ere. 


CLASS  216— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

11 — BOOKBINDING,  subclass  25,  Binding  machines,  Signature 
gatherers;  93,  PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  69,  Envelop 
machines,  Reciprocating,  Gumming,  Picker  faces;  101,  PRINT- 
ING, subclass  39,  Feeding,  Separators,  for  pickers  that  act  by 
adhesion. 

55.  MACHINES,  STORAGE  MAGAZINE,  LABEL  PICKERS, 

SUCTION.    Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  air  pressure 
causes  the  label  to  adhere  to  the  picker. 
Search  Classes — 

11 — BOOKBINDING,  subclass  25,  Binding  machines,  Signature 
gatherers;  79,  BUTTON  MAKING,  subclass  17,  Blank  feeders; 
93,  PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  2,  Wrapping  machines, 
Miscellaneous;  101,  PRINTING,  subclasses  29.  Deliveries,  and  41, 
Feeding  apparatus,  Pneumatic;  113,  SHEET  METAL  WARE, 
MAKING,  subclass  113,  Work  feeders,  and  131,  TOBACCO,  for 
suction  pickers. 

56.  MACHINES,    STORAGE    MAGAZINE,    ARTICLE    SUP- 

PORT, TABLE.    Machines  in  which  the  article  is  supported 
upon  a  table  or  cradle  during  affixing. 

Note.— Label  feeding  and  analogous  article  feeding  wherever 
found  in  class  216  is  cross-referenced  into  some  one  of  these 
label  feed  subclasses,  if  of  analogous  structure. 

Note.— For  other  types  of  feed  search  the  subclass  in  this  class 
(regardless  of  machine  type)  in  the  title  of  which  the  desired 
feed  is  indicated.  If  the  feed  sought  is  not  of  a  kind  indicated 
in  any  of  the  titles  of  this  class,  a  general  search  will  have  to 
be  made  in  this  class  (216)  and  elsewhere. 

Search  Classes— 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES;  113,  SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAK- 
ING, subclasses  under  "Bottle  capping,"  and  7,  Can  making 
machines,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  101,  PRINTING;  141, 
WASHING  APPARATUS,  subclass  7,  Bottle  and  can  washers,  and 
appropriate  sulwlasses  in  226,  PACKAGING  LIQUIDS,  for  article 
feed  and  article  support. 

57.  MACHINES,    STORAGE    MAGAZINE,    ARTICLE    SUP- 

PORT, CONVEYER.    Machinesin  which  the  article  is  sup- 
ported upon  a  conveyer  during  affixing. 
Search  Class— 

113— SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  all  subclasses  in  which  the 
words  "endless  chain  carrier"  occur. 

58.  MACHINES,    STORAGE    MAGAZINE,    ARTICLE    SUP- 

PORT, RUNWAY.    Machines  in  which  the  article  is  sup- 
ported upon  a  runway  during  affixing. 
Search  Classes— 

113— SHEET  METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  7,  Can  making  ma- 
chines, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  the  subclasses  un- 
der 59,  Soldering,  Cans,  and  211,  STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass 
8,  Cabinets,  Delivering,  for  runway  feed. 

59.  MACHINES,    STORAGE    MAGAZINE,    ARTICLE    SUP- 

PORT, ROTARY.    Machines  in  which  the  article  is  sup- 
ported upon  a  rotary  carrier  during  affixing. 

60.  MACHINES,    STORAGE    MAGAZINE,    ARTICLE    SUP- 

PORT, ROLLER.    Machines  of  the  type  stated  in  which  the 
revolving  article  is  supported  upon  rollers. 

61.  TOOLS.    Hand  tools  of  general  utility  in  affixing  labels,  prints, 

or  smoothing  wall  paper  seams,  prints,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

216— LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclass  4,  Paper 
hanging,  and  101,  PRINTING,  appropriate  subclasses,  and  120, 
STATIONERY,  subclass  76,  Moisteners,  Roller,  for  roller  con- 
struction. 

62.  PROCESSES.    Processes,  mechanical  or  otherwise,  pertaining 

to  the  affixing  of  labels,  prints,  photographs,  address  slips,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

216  LABEL  PASTING  AND  PAPER  HANGING,  subclass  4,  Paper 
hanging,  for  processes  of  affixing  wall  paper. 


CLASS  217.— WOODEN   RECEPTACLES. 

DEFINITIONS. 


This  class  contains  wooden  receptacles  of  all  kinds  and  their  acces- 
sory parts,  except  special  receptacles  for  special  articles — as,  for  ex- 
ample, hat-boxes,  musicians'  cases,  etc. 

Subclasses. 

1.  BENT.    In  these  receptacles  the  side  walls  are  formed  of  strips  or 

sheets  bent  into  the  proper  shape. 

Note. — Bent- wood  vessels  in  which  the  form,  method  of  manu- 
facture, etc.,  do  not  differ  essentially  from  paper  vessels  are 
classified  in  class  229,  PAPEK  RECEPTACLES. 

2.  BENT,  ANGULAR.    Receptacles  having  pieces  forming  the 

side  walls  bent  at  an  angle,  so  that  the  receptacle  is  angular, 
not  curved,  in  contour. 
Note. — See  note  under  preceding  subclass. 

3.  LININGS.    Linings   of  various  materials  for  boxes,  barrels, 

crates,  etc. 

Note. — Compositions  and  paints  for  coating  the  interior  of  such 
receptacles  are  classified  in  class  134,  LIQUID  COATING  COMPOSI- 
TIONS, subclass  2,  Barrel  linings,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

4.  TANKS.    Invention  resides  in  the  structure  of  a  simple  wooden 

tank  independent  of  the  various  attachments,  filling  or  empty- 
ing means,  valves,  etc. 

Note. — These  latter  are  classified  in  class  137,  WATER  DISTRIBU- 
TION, and  class  220,  METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS. 

5.  BOXES.    Miscellaneous  wooden  boxes  not  classifiable  elsewhere. 

6.  BOXES,  BLOCK.    Boxes  made  from  solid  blocks  by  cutting  or 

boring  out  the  interior. 

7.  BOXES,  COMPARTMENT.    Miscellaneous  boxes  divided  into 

compartments. 

8.  BOXES,  COMPARTMENT,  FOLDING.    Compartment-boxes 

hi  which  the  compartments  can  be  folded  or  knocked  down. 

9.  BOXES,  COMPARTMENT,  FOLDING,  DISPLAY.     Boxes 

having  folding  or  knockdown  compartments  for  displaying  the 
contents. 

10.  BOXES,  COMPARTMENT,  DISPLAY.    Compartment-boxes 

specially  adapted  for  displaying  the  contents. 

11.  BOXES,  DISPLAY.    Boxes  specially  adapted  for  displaying 

the  contents. 

12.  BOXES,  KNOCKDOWN.    Miscellaneous  boxes  which  fold, 

collapse,  or  knock  down  to  form  a  compact  package. 
Search  Classes — 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTICLES,  subclass  43,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knock- 
down. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  131, 
Crates,  Knockdown. 

13.  BOXES,  KNOCKDOWN,  SECTIONAL.    Two  or  more  sec- 

tions assembled  to  form  a  package,  each  section  being  itself  a 
receptacle  or  box. 
Search  Classes — 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  45,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knock- 
down, Sectional. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  134, 
Crates,  Knockdown,  Sectional. 

14.  BOXES,  KNOCKDOWN,  FOLDING,  HORIZONTAL  AND 

VERTICAL  PIVOT.  Boxes  whose  walls  and  base  have  a 
hinged  connection  with  each  other  to  permit  folding  without 
complete  disengagement.  In  this  subclass  each  box  has  one 
or  more  sides  hinged  to  the  base  by  a  pivot  whose  axis  is 
horizontal .  To  these  are  hinged  the  remaining  sides  on  vertical 
pivots. 

Search  Classes— 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  46,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knock- 
down, Folding,  Horizontal  and  vertical-pivot. 
220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  133, 
Crates,  Knockdown,  Folding,  Horizontal  and  vertical  pivot. 

15.  BOXES        KNOCKDOWN,    FOLDING,    HORIZONTAL- 

PIVOT.    The  sides  have  no  hinged  connection  with  each 
other,  but  only  with  the  base  by  horizontal  hinges. 
Search  Classes — 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  47,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knock- 
down, Folding,  Horizontal-pivot. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  132, 
Crates,  Knockdown,  Folding,  Horizontal-pivot. 


26674°— 12- 


-29 


CLASS  217— Continued. 

16.  BOXES,  KNOCKDOWN,  FOLDING,  VERTICAL-PIVOT. 

The  sides  have  no  hinged  connection  to  the  base,  but  to  each 
other  by  vertical  hinges. 
Search  Class — 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  48,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knock- 
down, Folding,  Vertical-pivot. 

17.  BOXES,  WALLS.    Box-walls  distinct  from  the  manner  of 

assembling  the  same,  the  form  of  the  receptacle,  etc. 

18.  BOXES,  CELLS.    Compartments  identical  or  similar  in  form 

each  for  holding  a  single  article,  as  eggs,  fruit,  bottles,  etc. 
Miscellaneous  class  containing  patents  not  classified  else- 
where in  this  group. 

19.  BOXES,  CELLS,  BOTTLE.    Cells  peculiarly  adapted  for  hold 

ing  bottles. 

20.  BOXES,  CELLS,  BOTTLE,  CORD.    Bottle-cells  formed  by 

cord  or  wire  partitions. 
Search  Class — 
217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  25,  Boxes,  Cells,  Cord. 

21.  BOXES,  CELLS,  BOTTLE,  PLATE.    Bottle-cells  formed  by 

cutting  openings  in  a  thin  plate  in  which  the  bottles  fit. 
Search  Class— 
217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  26,  Boxes,  Cells,  Plate. 

22.  BOXES,  CELLS,  BOTTLE,  STRIP.    Bottle-cells  formed  of 

partitions  consisting  of  crossed  flat  strips. 
Search  Class — 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  in  the  group  beginning 
30,  Boxes,  Cells,  Strip. 

23.  BOXES,  CELLS,  BENT.    Cells  made  by  bending  a  strip  of 

flexible  material  to  form  one  or  a  series  of  cells. 

24.  BOXES,  CELLS,  CLIP.    Cells  formed  of  spring  metal,  which 

hold  the  article  with  a  positive  grip. 

25.  BOXES,  CELLS,  CORD.    Cells  formed  of  crossed  cords  or 

wires. 

Search  Class — 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  20,  Boxes,  Cells,  Bottle. 
Cord. 

26.  BOXES,  CELLS,  PLATE.    Openings  cut  in  a  thin  plate,  in 

which  the  separate  articles  are  placed. 
Search  Class — 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  21,  Boxes,  Cells,  Bottle, 
Plate. 

27.  BOXES,  CELLS,  PLATE,  CUSHIONED.    Plate-cells  having 

cushioning  means  to  prevent  breakage  or  damage  to  the  fragile 
articles  therein. 

28.  BOXES,  CELLS,  POCKET.    Cells  of  flexible  material  forming 

pocket-like  receptacles  in  which  the  articles  rest. 

29.  BOXES,  CELLS,  SEPARABLE.    Cells  of  various  kinds,  each 

being  separate  and  detachable  from  the  others. 

30.  BOXES,  CELLS,  STRIP.    Cells  formed  of  flat  strips  crossed  or 

otherwise  disposed  so  that  each  strip  forms  part  of  a  series  of 
cells. 

31.  BOXES,    CELLS,    STRIP,    LOCKING.    Cell-strips   having 

means  by  which  the  strips  are  secured  together  to  prevent 
disengagement. 

32.  BOXES,   CELLS,    STRIP,    LOCKING,   ANGULAR.    The 

slits  by  which  the  strips  are  interlocked  are  angular  or  other- 
wise varied  from  the  straight  form  to  provide  more  positive 
engagement. 

33.  BOXES,  CELLS,  STRIP,  LOCKING,  BENT.    Strips  bent 

to  form  the  cells  and  locked  in  position. 

34.  BOXES,  CELLS,  STRIP,  LOCKING,  CUSHIONED.     Lock- 

ing-cells having  cushioning  means  to  prevent  breakage. 

35.  BOXES,   CELLS,   CUSHIONED.    Cells  having  cushioning 

means  of  various  forms  to  prevent  breakage  of  the  fragile  arti- 
cles held  therein. 

36.  BOXES,  CRATES.    Miscellaneous  crates  not  classifiable  else- 

where. 

37.  BOXES,  CRATES    BICYCLE.    Crates  by  their  form  pecu- 

liarly adapted  for  holding  bicycles. 

38.  BOXES,  CRATES,   BICYCLE,   FOLDING.    Bicycle-crates 

which  can  be  collapsed  or  folded  into  a  compact  package. 

449 


450 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  217— Continued. 

39.  BOXES,   CRATES,   POULTRY.    Crates  for  confining  and 

shipping  live  poultry. 

40.  BOXES,  CRATES,  FRUIT-BOX.    Crates  for  holding  a  num- 

ber of  small  boxes  of  fruit,  berries,  etc. 

41.  ABOLISHED. 

42.  BOXES,  CRATES,  VENTILATING.    Means  by  which  ven- 

tilation of  the  crate  and  its  contents  is  effected. 

43.  BOXES,   CRATES,   KNOCKDOWN.    Miscellaneous  crates 

which  knock  down  into  a  compact  package. 
Search  Classes— 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  12,  Boxes,  Knockdown. 
220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  131, 
Crates,  Knockdown. 

44.  BOXES,  CRATES,  KNOCKDOWN,  CYLINDRICAL  AND 

BILGE.    Knockdown  crates  cylindrical  or  bilge  in  form, 
including  knockdown  barrels. 

45.  BOXES    CRATES,  KNOCKDOWN,  SECTIONAL.    Crates 

formed  by  assembling  a  number  of  sections,  each  section  being 

itself  a  receptacle. 
Search  Classes — 
217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  13,  Boxes,  Knockdown, 

Sectional. 
220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STOKING  VESSELS,  subclass  134, 

Crates,  Knockdown,«Sectional. 

46.  BOXES,   CRATES,    KNOCKDOWN,    FOLDING,    HORI- 

ZONTAL AND  VERTICAL  PIVOT.  Knockdown  crates 
whose  walls  have  a  hinged  connection  with  each  other  to  per- 
mit folding  without  complete  disengagement.  In  this  sub- 
class each  crate  has  one  or  more  sides  hinged  to  the  base  by  a 
pivot  whose  axis  is  horizontal.  To  these  are  hinged  the  re- 
maining sides  on  vertical  pivots. 
Search  Classes — 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  14,  Boxes,  Knockdown, 
Folding,  Horizontal  and  vertical  pivot. 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  133, 
Crates,  Knockdown,  Folding,  Horizontal  and  vertical  pivot. 

47.  BOXES,    CRATES,    KNOCKDOWN,    FOLDING,    HORI- 

ZONTAL-PIVOT.   The  sides  have  no  hinged  connection 

with  each  other,  but  only  with  the  base  by  horizontal  hinges. 
Search  Classes— 
217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  15,  Boxes,  Knockdown, 

Folding,  Horizontal-pivot. 
220 — METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  132, 

Crates,  Knockdown,  Folding,  Horizontal-pivot. 

48.  BOXES,  CRATES,  KNOCKDOWN,  FOLDING,  VERTI- 

CAL-PIVOT.   The  sides  have  no  hinged  connection  with  the 
base,  but  only  with  each  other  by  vertical  hinges. 
Search  Class— 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  16,  Boxes,  Knockdown, 
Folding,  Vertical-pivot. 

49.  BOXES,    CRATES,    CYLINDRICAL.    Crates    which    are 

cylindrical  in  form. 

60.  ABOLISHED. 

51.  BOXES,  CRATES,  WIRED  SLATS.    The  sides  of  the  crate 

are  made  of  slats  interwoven  with  wire. 

52.  BOXES,   CRATES,   CUSHIONED.    Crates  having  various 

cushioning  means  to  prevent  injury  to  the  contents. 
Search  Class 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  127,  Boxes,  Bottle-mail- 
ing cases. 

63.  BOXES,  CRATES,  CUSHIONED,  PADDED.    The  cushion- 

ing is  effected  by  padding  the  interior  of  the  crate  in  various 
ways. 

64.  BOXES,  CRATES,  CUSHIONED,   SPRING.    Crates  cush- 

ioned by  means  of  springs  of  various  kinds. 

66.  BOXES,  CRATES,  CUSHIONED,  SPRING,  SPIRAL. 
Crates  cushioned  by  means  of  spiral  springs. 

66.  BOXES,  CLOSURES.    Closures  of  various  forms  for  wooden 

boxes  and  crates. 

Note.— Fastening  devices  for  such  closures  are  classified  in  class 
70,  LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  3,  Box-fasteners,  except 
those  which  are  driven  into  place,  which  are  classified  in  this 
class,  subclass  70,  Boxes,  Stays,  Driving,  and  subclass  71, 
Boxes,  Stays,  Driving,  Wire. 

67.  BOXES.  CLOSURES,  HINGED.    Closures  for  boxes  having 

hinged  connection  thereto  and  mechanism  for  operating  such 
closures  for  opening  and  closing. 
Search  Class— 
4— BATHS  AND  CLOSETS,  subclass  39,  Spittoons,  Covered. 

58.  BOXES,  CLOSURES,  HINGED,  DISPLAY.  Hinged  clo- 
sures having  means  for  displaying  the  contents  of  the  box  or 
a  sample  thereof. 

69.  BOXES,  CLOSURES,  HINGED,  SLIDING.  Hinged  clo- 
sures having  also  a  sliding  motion  in  opening  or  closing  the 
box. 


CLASS  217— Continued. 

60.  BOXES,    CLOSURES,    HINGED,    SUPPORTS.    Devices 

forming  no  part  of  the  hinge  for  holding  open  a  hinged  closure. 

61.  BOXES,  CLOSURES,  HINGED  SUPPORTS,   DETACH- 

ABLE. Supports  having  no  permanent  connection  with  the 
box,  being  readily  detachable,  so  as  to  be  used  on  others  than 
the  original  box;  also,  supports  of  the  above  kind  having 
means  for  holding  a  label. 

62.  BOXES,  CLOSURES,  SLIDING.    Closures  which  are  opened 

or  closed  by  a  sliding  movement. 

63.  BOXES,  CLOSURES.  SLIDING,  DISPLAY.    Sliding  clos- 

ures having  means  for  displaying  the  contents  of  the  box  or  a 
sample  thereof. 

64.  BOXES,  FOLLOWERS.    Devices  in  the  nature  of  movable 

partitions,  usually  with  means  for  fastening  the  same  against 
the  contents  of  a  partly-filled  box  to  prevent  displacement  of 
such  contents. 
Search  Classes — 

217— WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  86,  Barrels,  Followers. 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  36,  Trunks,  Followers. 

65.  BOXES,  JOINTS.    Receptacles  in  which  the  meeting  edges 

of  all  the  walls,  including  top  and  bottom,  are  modified  in 
various  ways  or  provided  with  fastening  means  to  secure  a 
firm  joint. 

Note. — Where  the  invention  resides  entirely  in  the  joint  and  is 
not  peculiarly  adapted  to  boxes,  the  patent  is  classified  in 
class  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  92,  Splices  and  joints. 

66.  BOXES,  STRAPS.    Straps  of  wood  or  metal  for  binding  the 

sides  of  the  box  firmly  together. 

67.  BOXES,  STRAPS,  CORRUGATED.    Straps  having  strength- 

ening corrugations,  flutings,  etc. 

68.  BOXES,  STRAPS,  WIRE.    Straps  formed  of  a  single  wire  or 

a  number  of  wires  twisted  or  woven  together. 

69.  BOXES,  STAYS.    Devices  for  bracing,  strengthening,  or  pro- 

tecting the  corners  and  edges  of  boxes,  crates,  etc. 
Note.— Devices  which  themselves  secure  the  parts  together  and 
which  do  not  merely  brace  or  strengthen  a  joint  already  ef- 
fected by  other  means  are  classified  in  class  20,  Y/OODEN 
BUILDINGS,  subclass  92,  Splices  and  joints. 

70.  BOXES,  STAYS,  DRIVING.    Stays  and  fastening  devices 

which  are  fastened  in  place  by  driving,  having  nails,  tacks, 
integral  prongs,  etc.,  for  that  purpose. 

Note.— Fastenings  in  the  nature  of  latches  which  lock  and  unlock 
are  classified  in  class  70,  LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  3, 
Box-fasteners. 

71.  BOXES,  STAYS,  DRIVING,  WIRE.    Driven  stays  and  fas- 

tenings made  of  wire. 

72.  BARRELS.    Miscellaneous  class  of  bilge  or  staved  vessels,  in- 

cluding buckets,  tubs,  etc. 

73.  BARRELS,  CASES.    Barrels  having  outside  casings  for  pro- 

tecting or  strengthening  purposes. 
Search  Class 

220— METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass  48, 
Buckets,  Jackets. 

74.  BARRELS,    VENTILATED.    Barrels    having    means    by 

which  ventilation  of  the  interior  and  contents  is  effected. 

75.  BARRELS,    COMPARTMENT.     Barrels    having    compart- 

ments of  various  kinds. 

76.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES.    Miscellaneous  closures  for  barrels. 
Note. — Devices  and  means  for  securing  the  closure  in  place  are 

classified  under  class  70,  LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  3, 
Box-fasteners,  except  those  in  subclass  89,  Barrels,  Closures, 
Fasteners,  class  217. 

77.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES,  BRACED.    Barrel-closures  having 

a  rod  extending  from  head  to  head  to  brace  the  same. 

78.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES,  EXPANDING.    Closures  held  in 

position  by  expanding  part  or  parts  of  the  head. 

79.  BARRELS,    CLOSURES,    EXPANDING,    WEDGE.    Clo- 

sures expanded  by  means  of  a  wedge  which  usually  forms  part 
of  the  closure  itself. 

80.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES,  CROZE  AND  CHAMFER.    Modi- 

fications in  the  croze  of  the  stave  and  chamfer  of  the  head. 

81.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES,  COVERS.    Temporary  closures  for 

use  after  removal  of  the  original  head  or  closure. 

82.  BARRELS,     CLOSURES,     COVERS,     COMPARTMENT. 

Covers  having  a  compartment  for  holding  and  displaying  a 
sample  of  the  contents  of  the  barrel. 

83.  BARRELS,     CLOSURES,     COVERS,     HINGED.    Covers 

hinged  to  the  chime  or  having  two  parts  hinged  together,  one 
being  secured  to  the  chime. 

84.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES,  COVERS,  SLIDING.    Covers  hav- 

ing a  sliding  or  rotary  connection  with  the  barrel  or  having  a 
sliding  or  rotating  part  to  disclose  the  interior  of  the  barrel. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


451 


CLASS  217— Continued. 

85.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES,  COVERS,  WIRE.    Covers  made  of 

woven  wire,  usually  without  fastening  means. 

86.  BARRELS,  FOLLOWERS.    Partitions  parallel  to  the  head 

and  adjustable  to  keep  the  solid  contents  of  the  barrel  from 
shifting. 

87.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES,  GATES.    Removable  closures  for 

small  openings  in  the  head,  whereby  the  contents  may  be 
reached  without  removing  the  entire  head. 

88.  BARRELS,  STAVES.    Inventions  in  the  stave  alone  as  dis- 

tinguished from  the  barrel  as  a  whole  or  any  other  of  its  parts. 

89.  BARRELS,  CLOSURES,  FASTENERS.    Devices  for  secur- 

ing a  chamfered  head  in  the  croze,  usually  of  spring  metal. 
Note. — Other  devices  for  fastening  barrel-closures  in  place  are 
classified  in  class  70,  LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  3,  Box- 
fasteners. 

90.  BARRELS,   HOOP-SOCKETS.    Barrels  and  other  hooped 

vessels  having  the  hoops  wholly  or  partially  embedded  in  the 
walls. 

91.  BARRELS,  HOOPS.    Miscellaneous  hoops. 

Note. — Hoops  consisting  of  a  strip,  with  means  for  securing  the 
ends  together,  except  for  tightening  the  hoop,  are  classified  in 
class  24,  BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  AND  CLASPS,  subclass  13,  Bale 
and  package  ties,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

92.  BARRELS,  HOOPS,  ELASTIC.    Yielding  and  contracting 

hoops  to  allow  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  vessel. 

93.  BARRELS,  HOOPS,  RETAINERS.    Devices  for  retaining 

the  hoop  in  position  and  hoops  with  such  devices  forming  a 
part  thereof. 

94.  BARRELS,   HOOPS,   TIGHTENERS.    Devices  forming  a 

permanent  part  of  the  hoop  itself  for  tightening  the  same. 
Note. — Independent  machines  for  performing  the  same  function, 
to  be  removed  after  the  hoop  is  tightened,  are  to  be  found  in 
class  100,  PRESSES,  subclass  15,  Baling  Articles  and  Attach- 
ments, Bale-band  tighteners. 
Search  Classes— 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  110,  Tires,  Metallic. 
24— BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  AND  CLASPS,  subclass  19,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Strap-tighteners,  for  analogous  structure. 

95.  BARRELS,  HOOPS,  TIGHTENERS,  SCREW.    Tighteners 

consisting  of  a  screw  mechanism  between  the  ends  of  the 
hoop,  the  tightening  being  effected  by  turning  a  nut  or  screw- 
bolt. 

Search  Class— 
21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  110,  Tires,  Metallic. 

96.  BARRELS,  JOINTS.    Barrels  and  other  staved  vessels  hav- 

ing the  meeting  edges  of  the  staves  tongued  and  grooved  or 
otherwise  modified. 

97.  BARRELS,  MOISTENERS.    Means  for  keeping  the  vessel 

moist  to  prevent  shrinkage  by  drying  and  consequent  falling 
apart  of  tne  staves. 

98.  BARRELS,  BUNGS.    Miscellaneous  bung-hole  closures  con- 

taining patents  not  classified  elsewhere. 

99.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  VALVED.     Miscellaneous  bungs  hav- 

ing valves  therein. 

100.  BARRELS,   BUNGS,   VALVED,   AUTOMATIC.    Valved 

bungs  in  which  the  valves  operate  automatically. 

101.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  VALVED,  AUTOMATIC,  SAFETY. 

Valves  for  relieving  excessive  pressure  within  the  barrel. 
Note. — Safety  devices  which  maintain  a  uniform  pressure  in 
a  system  of  connected  barrels  are  classified  in  class  195,  ALCO- 
HOL, subclass  19,  Fermenting,  Apparatus,  Vent-bungs. 

102.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  VALVED,  AUTOMATIC,  CON- 

TROLLERS. The  action  of  the  valve  becomes  automatic 
after  the  manipulation  of  a  controlling  part. 

103.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  VALVED,  AUTOMATIC,  COL- 

LAPSIBLE. The  valve  consists  of  a  collapsible  tube  nor- 
mally closed. 


CLASS  217— Continued. 

104.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  VALVED,  AUTOMATIC,  FLEXI- 

BLE-DIAPHRAGM:. The  valve  consists,  essentially,  of  a 
flexible  diaphragm  of  rubber  or  other  material  placed  over 
an  opening  which  communicates  with  the  interior  of  the  bar- 
rel. When  the  pressure  within  falls  below  atmospheric  pres- 
sure, the  diaphragm  is  raised  or  distended,  exposing  the  open- 
ing, through  which  air  is  admitted  into  the  barrel,  thus 
restoring  the  equilibrium  and  permitting  the  liquid  contents 
to  be  freely  drawn. 

105.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  VALVED,  AUTOMATIC,  LIQUID- 

SEAL.    Valves  of  various  forms  sealed  by  a  liquid. 

106.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  LOCKING.    Miscellaneous  bungs  hav- 

ing means  for  positively  securing  the  bung  in  position. 

107.  BARRELS,     BUNGS,     LOCKING,     BAYONET     AND 

SCREW.  Locking  means  consisting  of  screw-thread  or  bayo- 
net fastening  of  some  form. 

108.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  LOCKING,  EXPANDING.    Locking- 

bungs  in  which  parts  expand  into  frictional  or  interlocking 
engagement  with  the  walls  of  the  hole. 

109.  BARRELS,    BUNGS,    LOCKING     EXPANDING,    GAS- 

KET. Expanding  bungs  in  which  a  flexible  gasket  is  ex- 
panded against  the  walls  of  the  hole  to  hold  the  bung  in  posi- 
tion or  secure  a  tight  joint,  or  both. 

110.  BARRELS,   BUNGS,   PLUGS.    Simple  plug-like  stoppers 

held  in  position  by  frictional  contact. 

111.  BARRELS,       BUNGS,       PLUGS,       FRANGIBLE-DIA- 

PHRAGM. Plugs  having  a  portion  to  be  broken  out  for 
venting  the  barrel,  inserting  a  spigot,  etc. 

112.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  EXTRACTORS.    Devices  for  extract- 

ing bungs  by  exerting  a  direct  pull. 

Note. — Wrenches  for  extracting  bungs  are  classified  under  class 
81,  TOOLS. 

Search  Class— 

65— KITCHEN  AND   TABLE   ARTICLES,  subclass  46,   Stopper- 
extractors. 

113.  BARRELS,    BUNGS,    BUSHINGS.    Bushings    for    bung. 

holes. 

114.  BARRELS,  BUNGS,  PROTECTORS  AND  CANCELERS. 

Devices  for  protecting  or  canceling  a  revenue-stamp  or  other 
label  placed  over  the  Dung. 

115.  ABOLISHED. 

116.  ABOLISHED. 

117.  ABOLISHED. 

118.  ABOLISHED. 

119.  ABOLISHED. 

120.  ABOLISHED. 

121.  ABOLISHED. 

122.  BASKETS.    Miscellaneous    wooden-basket    structures    and 

parts. 

123.  BASKETS,  BOTTOMS.    Inventions  in  the  bottom  closure 

of  the  basket-body. 

124.  BASKETS,  CLOSURES.    Inventions  in  closures  for  baskets 

and  means  for  fastening  the  same  in  place. 
Note. — Driven    fasteners  are  classified    in  subclass  70,   Boxes, 
Stays,  Driving,  this  class,  and  latches  in  class  70,  LOCKS  AND 
LATCHES,  subclass  3,  Box-fasteners. 

125.  BASKETS,  HANDLES.    Inventions  in  the  handle  or  means 

for  securing  it  to  the  body  of  the  basket. 

126.  BUCKET-EARS.    Bucket-ears  peculiarly  adapted  for  attach- 

ment to  a  wooden  bucket. 

127.  BOXES,  BOTTLE-MAILING  CASES.    Boxes  for  packag- 

ing bottles  for  transmission  in  the  mails. 


CLASS  218.— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING. 
DEFINITIONS. 


This  class  has  been  divided  broadly  into  "Implements"  and 
"Machines,"  and  these  two  major  subclasses  have  been  further  sub- 
divided along  analogous  lines  and  corresponding  titles  have  been 
employed.  Under  "Implements"  are  to  be  found  those  portable 
hand  devices  having  no  base  or  bed  plate  to  rest  upon,  while  under 
"Machines"  are  to  be  found  the  heavier  mechanisms  which  rest 
upon  a  bed-plate  and  are  more  or  less  stationary,  the  work  being 
usually  brought  to  the  machine.  In  many  cases  complete  search  will 
include  both  the  major  subclasses. 

Subclasses. 

0.5.  MACHINES,  GANG.  Machines  of  the  types  in  class  218  hav- 
ing a  gang  of  tools  for  setting  a  plurality  of  rivets,  eyelets,  lac- 
ing studs,  or  buttons. 

1.  MACHINES,  RIVETING.    Machines  for  setting  rivets  in  vari- 

ous kinds  of  work. 
Search  Classes — 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  of  nail-driving. 

218 — BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  19,  Imple- 
ments, Riveting. 

78 — METAL   FORGING  AND  WELDING,   subclasses  46,    Forging, 
Riveting,  and  48,  Forging,  Riveting  machines. 

2.  MACHINES,  RIVETING,  MAGAZINE.    Riveting  machines 

in  which  the  rivets  are  automatically  fed  to  setting  position 
from  a  magazine  or  hopper. 
Search  Class— 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  various  subclasses  of  nail-feeding  and 
magazine  nail-driving. 

3.  MACHINES,  RIVETING,  STAPLE.    Riveting  machines  of 

general  use  adapted  to  set  staple-rivets. 
Search  Class — 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  various  subclasses  of  staple-setting 
machines. 

4.  MACHINES,    BUTTON.    Miscellaneous   button-setting    ma- 

chines. 
Search  Class — 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET-SETTING,  subclass  20,  Im- 
plements, Button. 

5.  MACHINES,    BUTTON,    RIVETING.    Button-setting    ma- 

chines adapted  to  secure  buttons,  usually  to  garments,  by 
rivets  which  become  the  button-shanks. 
Search  Class— 
1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  19,  Machines,  Nail-Driving. 

6.  MACHINES,  BUTTON,  RIVETING,  MAGAZINE.    Button- 

setting  machines  in  which  the  buttons  are  automatically  fed 
to  riveting  position  from  a  hopper,  chute,  or  magazine. 
Search  Class — 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  of  nail-feeding  and  maga- 
zine nail  or  staple  machines. 

7.  MACHINES,  BUTTON,  EYE-SHANK,  TACK-FASTENER. 

Button-setting  machines  adapted  to  set  eye-shank  buttons 
with  a  single-prong  or  tack  fastener. 
Search  Class— 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET,  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  23,  Imple- 
ments, Button,  Pliers,  Tack  Fasteners. 

8.  MACHINES,    BUTTON,    STAPLE-FASTENER,    STAPLE 

MAKING  AND  SETTING.  Button-setting  machines  adapt- 
ed to  cut  and  form  staple-fasteners  and  secure  with  them  eye- 
shank  buttons  automatically  fed  to  setting  position. 
Search  Class — 
1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  Staple  forming  and  setting. 

9.  MACHINES,  BUTTON,  STAPLE-FASTENER,  THREAD- 

ING AND  SETTING.  Button-setting  machines  adapted  to 
thread  the  staple-fastener  into  the  eye-shank  of  the  buttons 
and  then  set  the  staples  into  the  work. 

10.  MACHINES,      BUTTON,      STAPLE-  FASTENER 

THREADED-BUTTON  FEED.    Button-setting  machines, 
in   which    buttons  having   their  staple-fastener  previously 
threaded  into  the  eye-shanks  of  the  buttons,  are  automatically 
fed  to  setting  position  and  there  set  into  the  work. 
Search  Class— 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  24,  Imple- 
ments, Button,  Pliers,  Staple  Fasteners. 


CLASS  218— Continued. 

11.  MACHINES,      BUTTON,    STAPLE  -FASTENER, 

THREADERS.  Machines  adapted  to  thread  staple-fasten- 
ers into  the  eye-shanks  of  buttons  to  be  afterwards  set  in  a 
threaded-button-setting  machine. 

12.  MACHINES,    BUTTON,    BUTTON-FEEDERS.    Machines 

for  arranging  buttons  in  uniform  positions  to  be  fed  to  a  button- 
setting  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 
1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING. 

13.  MACHINES,    BUTTON,    TACK-FASTENER    FEEDERS. 

Machines  adapted  to  arrange  one-prong  or  tack  fasteners  in 
uniform  positions  for  a  setting-machine. 
Search  Class— 
1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  of  nail-feeding  machines. 

14.  MACHINES,  EYELETING.    Machines  for  setting  eyelets. 
Search  Class — 

218 — BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  25,  Imple- 
ments, Eyeleting. 

15.  MACHINES,    EYELETING,    MAGAZINE.    Eyelet-setting 

machines  in  which  the  eyelets  are  automatically  fed  from  a 
magazine  or  hopper  to  setting  position. 
Search  Class— 

1 — NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclasses  of  nail-feeding  and  maga- 
zine nail-driving. 

15.1.  MACHINES,     EYELETING,    MAGAZINE,    FEEDING. 
Devices  for  feeding  eyelets  to  eyeleting  machines. 

16.  MACHINES,    LACING-HOOK.    Machines   for   setting   shoe 

lacing  hooks  or  studs. 
Search  Class— 

218— BUTTON  EYELET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  26,  Imple- 
ments, Lacing  hook. 

17.  MACHINES,    LACING-HOOK,    MAGAZINE.    Lacing-hook 

machines  in  which  the  hooks  are  automatically  fed  to  setting 
position  from  magazines  or  hoppers. 

17.1.  MACHINES,  LACING  HOOK,  MAGAZINE,  FEEDING. 

Devices  for  feeding  lacing  hooks  to  lacing  hook  setting  ma- 
chines. 

17.2.  MACHINES,  GAGES.    Edge  gages  for  machines  of  the  types 

in  class  218,  Button,  Eyelet,  and  Rivet  Setting. 

18.  MACHINES,    BUTTON-CARDING.    Machines    for    setting 

buttons  upon  button-cards. 

Note. — The  machines  for  sewing  buttons  on  cards  are  under  class 
112,  SEWING-MACHINES. 

19.  IMPLEMENTS,  RIVETING.    Various  implements,  including 

rivet-holders,  employed  in  setting  rivets. 
Search  Class — 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  1,  Ma- 
chines, Riveting. 

20.  IMPLEMENTS,  BUTTON.    Implements  not  classifiable  in 

any  of  the  other  subclasses  of  button-setting  implements. 
Search  Class — 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  4,  Machines, 
button. 

21.  IMPLEMENTS,  BUTTON,  RIVETING.   Implements  adapt- 

ed to  secure  buttons,  usually  to  garments,  by  rivets  which 
become  the  button-shanks. 
Search  Class — 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  47,  Implements,  Nail-Driv- 
ing. 

22.  IMPLEMENTS,  BUTTON,  PLIERS.    Implements  in  the 

formofaplier. 

23.  IMPLEMENTS,  BUTTON,  PLIERS,  TACK-FASTENER. 

Button-pliers  adapted  to  secure  the  button  by  a  single-prong 
or  tack  fastener. 
Search  Class — 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  7,  Machines, 
Button,  Eye  shank,  Tack  fastener. 

24.  IMPLEMENTS, BUTTON,  PLIERS,STAPLE-FASTENER. 

Pliers  adapted  to  secure  the  button  to  position  by  a  staple 
fastener. 

Search  Classes — 

1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  50,  Implements,  Staple- 
Setting,  164,  CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS, 
subclass  124,  Punches;  218,  BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET 
SETTING,  subclass  10,  Machines,  Button,  Staple-fastener, 
Threaded  button  feed. 

453 


454 


DEFINITIONS  OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  218— Continued. 

25.  IMPLEMENTS,    EYELETING.    Various    implements    for 

setting  eyelets. 

Note. — Punches  for  making  the  eyelet-holes  without  setting  the 
eyelets  are  elsewhere  classified. 

Search  Class— 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET   SETTING,  subclass  14,  Ma- 
chines, Eyeleting. 

26.  IMPLEMENTS,  LACING-HOOK.    Devices  for  setting  lacing 

hooks  or  studs. 
Search  Class— 

218— BUTTON,  EYELET  AND  RIVET  SETTING,  subclass  16,  Ma- 
chines, Lacing  hook. 


CLASS  218— Continued. 

27.  IMPLEMENTS,   BUTTON-DETACHING.    Devices  for  re- 

moving buttons,  usually  shoe-buttons,  having  metallic  fas- 
teners. 

28.  PACKAGES.    Packages  of  fasteners  to  be  used  in  button-set- 

ting where  the  package  is  more  than  a  mere  box  or  container. 
The  fasteners  are  generally  held  so  that  they  may  be  readily 
discharged  into  the  magazine  attached  to  the  button-setting 
machine,  or  the  package  itself  may  be  attached  to  the  ma- 
chine as  the  magazine. 
Search  Class — 
1— NAILING  AND  STAPLING,  subclass  56,  Packages. 


CLASS  219.—  ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  those  devices  commonly  known  as  elec- 
tric heaters  and  rheostats,  electric-heating  metal-working  appa- 
ratus, electrically-heated  tools  and  instruments,  and  resistance 
elements  applicable  to  either  electric  heaters  or  rheostats.  Pro- 
cesses are  classified  with  the  apparatus  unless  otherwise  indicated 
by  thesubclass  title. 

Devices  equipped  with  electric  heating  means  are  classified  in 
the  classes  to  which  such  devices  belong  and  cross-referenced  into 
this  class. 

Furnaces  which  are  especially  adapted  to  metallurgical  and 
electrolytic  work  are  classified  in  class  204,  ELECTROCHEMISTRY, 
subclass  64,  Electric  furnaces.  Such  furnaces  are  generally  charac- 
terized by  electrical  heating  means  within  the  chamber  containing 
the  material  to  be  heated,  the  heating  means  being  either  an  arc,  a 
resistance,  the  material  itself,  or  a  combination  of  such  means,  and 
are  further  characterized  by  adaptation  for  operation  on  granular 
material,  such  as  crushed  ore,  or  for  handling  molten  material  fusing 
at  a  very  high  temperature,  the  material  in  both  cases  being  received 
immediately  within  the  body  of  the  furnace. 

Rheostats  which  are  automatically  operated  by  fluctuations  of 
current  are  classified  in  class  171,  ELECTRICITY,  GENERATION,  sub- 
class 229,  Regulators,  Resistance. 

Rheostats  specially  constructed  for  controlling  motors  are  found  in 
class  172,  ELECTRICITY,  MOTIVE  POWER,  subclass  179,  Hand-operating 
devices. 

Subclasses. 

1.  METAL  HEATING  AND  WORKING.    Devices  and  processes 

for  electrically  heating  and  working  metal.  In  all  cases  the 
apparatus  is  materially  modified  by  the  electric  heating 
means. 

2.  METAL   HEATING   AND   WORKING,   RIVETING.    De- 

vices and  processes  for  electrically  heating  and  heading  rivets 
or  for  heating  only.  The  subclass  also  includes  devices  and 
processes  for  performing  the  analogous  work  of  heading  spokes 
in  hubs  and  rims  of  wheels. 

3.  METAL  HEATING  AND  WORKING,  SHAPING.    Devices 

which  in  addition  to  electrically  heating  the  metal  perform 
some  shaping  operation,  as  die-shaping. 

4.  METAL  HEATING  AND  WORKING,  WELDING.    This 

subclass  and  its  subdivisions  include  devices  and  processes  for 

electrically  heating  and  welding  metal. 
Note.  —  The  miscellaneous  processes  are  grouped  in  subclass  10, 

Metal  heating  and  working,  Welding,  Processes. 
Search  Class— 
140—  WIRE-WORKING,    subclass    112,    Joining    wire,    Electric 

welding. 

5.  METAL  HEATING  AND  WORKING,  WELDING,  RINGS. 

Devices  and  processes  for  electrically  heating  and  welding 
rings  or  annular  articles,  such  as  chain-links. 

6.  METAL  HEATING  AND  WORKING,  WELDING,  TUBES. 

Devices  and  processes  for  electrically  heating  and  welding 
tubes,  whether  cross,  longitudinal,  or  spiral  weld. 


7.  METAL  HEATING  AND   WORKING,  WELDING,  ARC 

SYSTEM.  Metal  heating  and  welding  devices  and  processes 
in  which  the  heat  is  derived  from  the  electric  arc,  either  alone  or 
from  the  electric  arc  and  the  resistance  of  the  metal.  These 
devices  are  distinguished  from  devices  in  subclass  14,  Metal- 
heating,  arc  system,  of  this  class,  by  adaptability  for  per- 
forming the  additional  step  of  welding. 

8.  METAL  HEATING  AND  WORKING,  WELDING,  ARC 

SYSTEM,  WORK  IN  CIRCUIT.  The  metal  is  heated  by 
means  of  the  electric  arc,  which  is  struck  between  the  two 
parts  to  be  welded  or  between  the  parts  to  be  welded  and  an 
electrode. 

9.  METAL  HEATING  AND  WORKING,  WELDING,  ARC 

SYSTEM,  WORK  IN  CIRCUIT,  LIQUID  ELECTRODE. 
Metal-welding  devices  and  processes  in  which  the  metal  is 
heated  by  means  of  electric  arcs  struck  between  the  metal  and 
a  surrounding  liquid,  which  may  be  quiet,  as  in  a  tank,  or 
flowing. 

10.  METAL  HEATING  AND  WORKING,  WELDING,  PROC- 

ESSES.   Miscellaneous    processes    for    metal    heating    and 
welding. 
Search  Class— 

219  —  ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  4,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  Welding. 

11.  METAL-HEATING.    Devices    and    processes    for    heating 

metal  electrically.  This  subclass  and  its  subdivisions  are 
limited  to  the  single  step  of  heating.  However,  process  claims 
including  some  metal-working  step  in  general  terms  have  been 
treated  as  claims  for  a  process  of  heating  only. 


CLASS  219— Continued. 

Search  Class — 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  4,  Metal  heating  and  working, 
Welding,  and  appropriate  subdivisions  thereof. 

12.  METAL-HEATING,  SOLDERING.    Devices  and  processes 

for  soldering  in  which  the  solder  is  electrically  melted.    Elec- 
trically-heated soldering-irons  are  not  included,  but  are  classi- 
fied in  subclass  26,  Heaters,  Tools  and  instruments,  Soldering- 
irons,  and  its  subdivisions  in  this  class. 
Search  Classes— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  4,  Metal  heating  and  working, 
Welding,  and  appropriate  subdivisions  thereof;  also.  113, 
SHEET-METAL  WARE.  MAKING,  subclass  108,  Soldering,  Irons, 
Capping,  Heaters,  Electric. 

13.  METAL- HEATING,    TRANSFORMER    SYSTEM.      The 

heating-current  is  supplied  through  a  transformer,  which 
provides  a  current  of  large  volume  and  of  great  heating  effect. 
Search  Class — 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  4,  Metal  heating  and  working, 
Welding,  and  appropriate  subdivisions  thereof. 

14.  METAL-HEATING,  ARC  SYSTEM.    The  heating  means  is 

the  electric  arc.    Both  apparatus  and  processes  are  included. 
Search  Class — 

219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  4,  Metal  heating  and  working, 
Welding,  and  appropriate  subdivisions  thereof. 

15.  METAL-HEATING,  ARC  SYSTEM,  WORK  IN  CIRCUIT. 

In  the  devices  and  processes  in  this  subclass  the  metal  to  be 
heated  is  included  in  the  circuit  and  constitutes  one  electrode. 
Search  Class— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  4,  Metal  heating  and  working, 
Welding,  and  appropriate  subdivisions  thereof. 

16.  METAL-HEATING,  ARC  SYSTEM,  WORK  IN  CIRCUIT, 

LIQUID  ELECTRODE.    The  heating  arc  or  arcs  are  struck 
between  the  metal  to  be  heated  and  a  liquid. 
Search  Class — 

219- -ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  4,  Metal  heating  and  working, 
Welding,  and  appropriate  subdivisions  thereof. 

17.  METAL-HEATING,  WORK-HOLDERS.    Elements  of  elec- 

tric metal-heating  apparatus  for  holding  the  metal  to  be 
heated. 

Search  Class — 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  1,  Metal 
heating  and  working,  and  4,  Metal  heating  and  working, 
Welding,  and  appropriate  subdivisions  thereof. 

18.  METAL-HEATING, WORK-HOLDERS, COOLED.    Work- 

holders  provided  with  means  for  cooling  them. 
Search  Class— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  1,  Metal 
h°ating  and  working,  and  4,  Metal  heating  and  working, 
Welding,  and  appropriate  subdivisions  thereof. 

19.  HEATERS.    Electric  heaters  of  general  use.    Devices  com- 

monly known  as  heaters,  but  not  characterized  by  features 
specially  adapting  them  to  such  use,  are  classified  in  this  class 
under  subclass  63,  Resistance  elements,  and  the  subdivisions 
thereunder,  or  when  provided  with  a  plurality  of  resistances 
with  means  for  throwing  one  or  more  in  circuit  are  classified 
in  this  class  under  subclass  48,  Rheostats,  and  the  subdivisions 
thereunder. 

20.  HEATERS,  SYSTEMS.    Systems  of  distribution  of  currents 

part  or  all  of  which  is  applied  to  some  form  of  heating  appa- 
ratus. Generally  the  specific  form  of  heating  apparatus  is  not 
of  importance. 

21.  HEATERS,    TOOLS   AND    INSTRUMENTS.    Hand-tools 

and  instruments  provided  with  electric  heating  means,  such 
as  electrically-heated  sad-irons,  soldering-irons,  branding- 
irons,  cauters,  etc.  There  are  included  all  patents  for  the  com- 
binations of  the  tools  or  instruments  and  the  heating  means 
and  for  heating  elements  peculiarly  adapted  to  particular 
tools. 

Note.— Patents  which  cover  only  the  tool  and  are  not  in  any  way 
limited  to  the  electrical  heating  means  are  classified  with  ordi- 
nary tools  of  the  same  kind.  Patents  limited  to  the  heating 
means  are  classified  in  the  appropriate  subclasses  of  Heaters 
in  this  class  when  the  heater  is  not  limited  in  its  use  to  the  tool 
with  which  it  is  shown. 

22.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  HEATERS. 

Devices  especially  adapted  to  and  limited  in  their  use  to  heat- 
ing tools.  They  are  either  the  exclusive  heating  means  or 
may  merely  control  the  supply  of  the  heating-current  to  the 
tool,  which  itself  carries  the  heating  element. 

455 


456 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  219— Continued. 

23.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  HEATERS, 

TOOL-CONTROLLED.  The  heating-current  is  turned  on 
by  placing  the  tool  upon  or  in  the  heater  or  stand. 

24.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  HAIR-CURL- 

ERS.   Curling-irons  provided  with  electric  heating  means. 

25.  HEATERS.  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  SAD-IRONS. 

Sad-irons  haying  ebctric  heating  means,  except  those  claimed 
in  combination  with  a  stand  or  switch,  which  are  classified 
in  this  class,  subclass  23,  Heaters,  Tools  and  instruments, 
Heaters,  Tool-controlled. 

26.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  SOLDERING- 

IRONS.  Soldering-irons  provided  with  electric  heating 
means. 

27.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  SOLDERING- 

IRONS,  SOLDER-FEEDING.  Electrically-heated  solder- 
ing-irons provided  with  means  for  feeding  solder  either  from  a 
reservoir  or  from  a  reel. 

28.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  SOLDERING- 

IRONS,  INDIRECTLY- HEATED.  Sofdering- irons  in 
which  the  heating  element  is  distinct  from  the  body  of  the  iron 
and  transmits  its  heat  to  the  iron. 

29.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND   INSTRUMENTS,  BURNING. 

Devices  for  severing  wood  by  burning,  singeing  hair,  cauter- 
izing, etc. 

30.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  BURNING 

BRANDING-STAMPS.  Hand-operated  electrically-heated 
branding  irons  and  stamps. 

31.  HEATERS,  TOOLS  AND  INSTRUMENTS,  BURNING 

CAUTERS.  Electrically-heated  thermocauters  and  pyro- 
graphic  points. 

32.  HEATERS,   TOOLS  AND   INSTRUMENTS,   BURNING, 

IGNITERS.  Devices  characterized  by  a  conductor  to  be 
heated  to  incandescence  and  used  for  lighting  cigars,  gas, 
sealing-wax,  etc.  Igniters  which  utilize  the  electric  spark 
or  merely  ignite  an  inflammable  fluid  which  is  the  igniting 
agent  are  not  included,  but  are  classified  in  class  175,  ELEC- 
TRICITY, SPECIAL  APPLICATIONS. 

33.  HEATERS,   OIL-WELL.    Heating  devices  so  shaped  that 

they  may  be  lowered  into  oil-wcl!s  to  liquefy  matter  solidify- 
ing in  the  cooler  portions  of  the  well. 

34.  HEATERS,  RADIATORS.    That  portion  of  electric  heaters 

commonly  known  as  radiators,  which  are  characterized  by 
means  for  directing  the  convection-currents  and  electric 
heaters  provided  with  means  for  reflecting  the  heat  generated. 

35.  HEATERS,  OVENS.    Domestic  ovens,  muflles,  molds,  cylin- 

drical heaters  for  the  reception  of  vessels  or  the  material  to  be 
heated,  etc.  It  is  characteristic  of  such  devices  that  the  heat- 
ing means  be  appliscl  to  more  than  one  side  or  that  the  heated 
space  shall  be  entirely  inclosed,  and  generally  both  features 
are  present. 

36.  HEATERS,  OVENS,  TUBULAR.    Heating-tubes  which  are 

open  at  both  ends.  In  the  majority  of  cases  the  tube  is  heated 
by  the  passage  of  the  current  through  it  directly;  but  the  sub- 
class also  includes  devices  in  which  the  tube  is  heated  by  a  re- 
sistance external  to  or  embedded  in  the  tube.  In  some  cases 
the  material  to  be  heated  is  confined  in  vessels,  though  gener- 
ally the  material  is  received  directly  in  the  tube  or  passes 
through  it  directly  contacting  the  walls  of  the  tube,  as  when 
heating  crushed  ore. 
Search  Class— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  22,  Heat- 
ers, Tools  and  instruments,  Heaters,  and  23,  Heaters,  Tools 
and  instruments,  Heaters,  Tool-controlled. 

37.  HEATERS,    RADIATING-PLATE.    Electric    heaters    pro- 

vided with  special  radiating-plates.  Includes  such  devices 
commonly  known  as  radiators,  rotating  cylinders,  such  as  used 
in  ironing-machines,  etc. 

38.  HEATERS,  FLUID.    Electric  heaters  peculiarly  adapted  to 

the  heating  of  fluids,  either  liquids  or  gases,  either  at  rest  or  in 
circulation,  and  whether  for  generation  of  steam  or  not;  but 
patents  for  the  combination  of  the  electric  heating  means  and 
elements  of  the  circulating  system,  as  in  hot-water  or  steam 
heating  systems,  are  not  included. 
Search  Class — 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  43,  Heat- 
ers, Vessels  and  stands,  and  44,  Heaters,  Vessels. 

39.  HEATERS,  FLUID,  FORCED  CIRCULATION.    The  com- 

bination of  electric  heaters  with  means  for  causing  the  circula- 
tion of  the  fluid  to  be  heated,  either  a  liquid  or  a  gas,  and  usu- 
ally include  a  casing  or  conduit  through  which  the  fluid  is 
forced  and  in  which  the  heater  is  located. 

40.  HEATERS,  FLUID,  FLUID   IN  CIRCUIT.    The  fluid  is 

heated  by  the  passage  of  the  current  directly  through  it. 

41.  HEATERS,  FLUID,  IMMERSION.    Devices  intended  to  be 

immersed  temporarily  in  the  liquid  to  be  heated  and  which  are 
not  organized  parts  of  the  containing  vessel. 

42.  HEATERS,  HEATING-FANS.    Fans  provided  with  heating 

elements  on  the  vanes,  so  as  to  heat  the  air  moved  by  the  fan. 


CLASS  219— Continued. 

43.  HEATERS,  VESSELS  AND  STANDS.    Either  combinations 

of  vessels  provided  with  heating  means  and  stands  upon  which 
they  may  be  placed  to  close  the  circuit  or  combinations  of  ves- 
sels and  stands  provided  with  heating  means. 

44.  HEATERS,  VESSELS.    Vessels  provided  with  permanently 

attached  heating  means. 

45.  HEATERS,  INCANDESCENT-LAMP.    Heating  devices  for 

various  purposes,  the  heating  elements  of  which  are  ordinary 
incandescent  lamps. 

46.  HEATERS,    FLEXIBLE.    Pads,   hot-water   bottles,    bath- 

robes, fabrics,  etc.,  provided  with  conducting-wires  either  be- 
tween layers  of  the  fabric  or  woven  into  the  fabric. 

47.  HEATERS,  INDUCTIONAL.    Electric  heaters  the  heating 

element  of  which  is  either  the  closed  secondary  oi  a  transformer 
or  some  part  corresponding  to  such  a  secondary  or  a  part  made 
of  magnetic  material  which  may  be  heated  by  rapid  changes  of 
magnetism  as  well  as  by  induced  currents. 

48.  RHEOSTATS.    Resistance  devices  having  a  plurality  of  resist- 

ances and  means  for  throwing  one  or  more  of  the  resistances  in 
circuit  or  a  single  continuous  resistance  with  means  lor  throw- 
ing more  or  less  of  the  resistance  in  circuit. 

Note. — Mere  mounted  resistance  elements  or  resistances  of  particu- 
lar construction  or  composition  are  classified  in  this  class  under 
subclass  63,  Resistance  elements,  and  the  subdivisions  there- 
under. 

49.  RHEOSTATS,  LAMP-SOCKET.    Rheostats  designed  for  use 

as  parts  of  incandescent-lamp  sockets  and  claimed  in  combi- 
nation with  parts  of  the  socket. 

50.  RHEOSTATS,  COMPRESSIBLE.    Rheostats  having  a  com- 

pressible resistance  element  and  means  for  compressing  it,  so  as 
to  change  its  resistance. 

51.  RHEOSTATS,  COMPRESSIBLE,  PILE.    The  resistance  ele- 

ment consists  of  a  pile  of  plates  capable  of  being  pressed  into 
more  or  less  intimate  contact. 

52.  RHEOSTATS,  COMPRESSIBLE,  SPRING.    The  compres 

sible  resistance  element  is  a  spring,  usually  helical. 

53.  RHEOSTATS,  EMBEDDED-RESISTANCE.    Rheostats  the 

resistance  elements  of  which  are  permanently  embedded. 

54.  RHEOSTATS,   PILE.    Rheostats  the  resistance  element  of 

which  consists  of  a  pile  of  plates  and  having  a  slid  in  g  contact  to 
engage  the  edges  of  the  plates,  and  so  throw  more  or  less  of  them 
in  circuit. 

Note. — This  subclass  is  distinguished  from  subclass  51 ,  Rheostats, 
Compressible,  Pile,  by  the  fact  that  the  resistance  is  not  con- 
trolled, except  as  a  matter  of  initial  adjustment,  by  varying 
the  pressure  upon  the  pile. 

55.  RHEOSTATS,     CONTINUOUS-RESISTANCE.    Rheostats 

the  resistance  element  of  which  is  a  single  continuous  element 
and  having  means  for  throwing  a  larger  or  smaller  portion  of 
the  element  into  circuit. 

56.  RHEOSTATS,    CONTINUOUS  -  RESISTANCE,    HELIX. 

The  continuous  element  is  a  helix. 

57.  RHEOSTATS,     CONTINUOUS-RESISTANCE,    LIQUID. 

The  continuous  resistance  is  a  liquid. 

58.  RHEOSTATS,  CONTINUOUS-RESISTANCE,  PENETRA- 

TION. The  continuous  resistance  is  of  material  capable  of 
being  penetrated  without  being  permanently  perforated,  such 
as  a  granular  material.  The  resistance  in  circuit  is  altered  by 
means  of  a  contact  which  penetrates  the  material  more  or  less. 
Search  Class— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  57,  Rheo- 
stats, Continuous-resistance,  Liquid,  for  liquid  resistance  with 
a  penetrating  electrode. 

59.  RHEOSTATS,     CONTINUOUS  -  RESISTANCE,     REEL. 

Rheostats  having  reels  and  an  intermediate  contact  over  which 
the  resistance  is  run  from  one  reel  to  the  other. 

60.  RHEOSTATS,     CONTINUOUS-RESISTANCE,     TAPER- 

ING. The  resistance  element  is  wedge-shaped,  so  that  the 
change  hi  resistance  varies  unequally  for  equal  advances  of  the 
contact. 

61.  RHEOSTATS,  PLUG-BOXES.    Resistance-boxes,  such  as  are 

usually  employed  in  laboratory  work,  in  which  the  resistances 
are  thrown  into  or  out  of  circuit  by  means  of  a  plug  or  plugs. 

62.  RHEOSTATS,  RECTILINEAR-SLIDE.    Rheostats  having 

a  contact  member  movable  in  a  straight  line. 
Search  Class — 

219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  snbclasses  51,  Rheo- 
stfts,  Compressible,  Pile;  54,  Rheostats,  Pile;  55,  Rheostats, 
Continuous-resistance;  56,  Rheostats,  Continuous-resistance, 
Helix,  and  60,  Rheostats,  Continuous-resistance,  Tapering, 

.    if  the  resistance  is  a  continuous  member. 

63.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS.    Resistance  elements  of  either 

electric  heaters  or  rheostats.  For  the  most  part  the  patents 
cover  resistances  and  their  mountings,  though  claims  for  the 
resistance  alone  are  included. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


457 


CLASS  219— Continued. 

64.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  EMBEDDED.    The  resistance 

is  embedded  in  material  by  means  of  which  it  is  attached  to  or 
supported  in  its  mounting. 
Search  Class — 

219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  53,  Rheo- 
stats, Embedded-resistance. 

65.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  EMBEDDED,  FLUID.    The 

resistance  is  supported  in  a  fluid  confined  in  a  casing  which 
radiates  the  heat  either  to  the  air  or  material  in  which  it  is 
immersed. 
Search  Class — 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  38,  Heat- 
ers, Fluid,  and  41,  Heaters,  Fluid,  Immersion. 

66.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  EMBEDDED,  GRANULAR. 

The  resistance  element  is  embedded  in  comminuted  or  granu- 
lar material,  such  as  fire-clay,  kaolin,  etc. 

67.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  ENCASED  COILS.    The  title 

is  self-explanatory. 

68.  RESISTANCE    ELEMENTS,  PILES.    The  resistance  ele- 

ments of  this  subclass  consist  of  piles  of  plates,  bars,  etc.,  which 
collectively  make  up  single  resistances. 
Search  Class— 

219— ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclasses  51,  Rheo- 
stats, Compressible,  Pile,  and  54,  Rheostats,  Pile. 


CLASS  219— Continued. 

69.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  ZIGZAG  GRIDS.    The  title  is 

self-explanatory . 

70.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  ZIGZAG  HELIX.    The  resist- 

ance is  a  helix  mounted  on  a  base  in  zigzag  form. 

71.  RESISTANCE    ELEMENTS,    COMPOUND-HELIX.    The 

resistance  element  is  a  helix  wound  on  its  support  in  helical 
form. 

72.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  GRANULAR.    The  resistance 

element  is  comminuted  or  pranular  material,  such  as  lamp- 
black, powdered  coke,  etc.,  suitably  mounted  or  incased. 

73.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  LAMELLAR.    Resistance  ele- 

ments in  the  form  of  plates  or  films. 

74.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  LAMELLAR,  RIBBON.    Re- 

sistance made  in  various  shapes  from  a  ribbon,  usually 
metallic. 

75.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  CARBON.    Tha  resistance  ele- 

ment is  carbon  in  solid  form. 

70.  RESISTANCE  ELEMENTS,  COMPOSITION.    Resistances 
of  particular  composition  or  the  compositions.  , 


CLASS  224.— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE   CARRIERS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

The  inventions  included  within  this  class  are  themselves  specially 
adapted  to  be  supported  upon  some  person  or  object. 

The  carrying  feature  predominates.  Lifters  and  grapples  are 
excluded  because  the  hoisting  or  lifting  feature  is  considered  to 
control. 

The  articles  carried  also  affect  the  classification  for  the  same  reason. 
Holders  for  bouquets,  tickets,  and  other  small  objects  of  personal 
wear  or  use  are  excluded  because  they  are  carried  for  the  use  only 
and  not  with  the  idea  of  transportation. 

Subclasses. 

1.  WEAPON.  Miscellaneous  protectors  and  supporters  for  weapons 

while  they  are  being  carried. 

2.  WEAPON,   SHEATHS  AND   SCABBARDS.    Protectors  or 

supports  in  the  form  of  a  cover  or  case. 

Note. — Protecting-cases  do  not  strictly  come  within  the  main  class 
title,  but  are  included  here  on  account  of  their  similarity  to  the 
supporting-cases. 

3.  WEAPON,    SHEATHS    AND    SCABBARDS,    HANGERS. 

Fastenings  by  which  connection  is  made  with  the  belt. 
Search  Class— 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  2,  Weapon, 
Sheaths  and  scabbards. 

4.  WATCH  AND  CLOCK.    The  title  is  self-explanatory. 

5.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED.    Package  and  article  carriers 

formed  as  articles  of  clothing  or  directly  or  indirectly  attached 
to  or  supported  from  the  body. 

Note.— The  guards  and  holders  found  in  class  24,  BUCKLES,  BUT- 
TONS, CLASPS,  ETC.,  are  generally  for  eyeglasses,  bouquets, 
tickets,  and  other  small  articles  carried  more  for  personal  use 
and  convenience  than  for  transportation.  Chatelaine-hooks 
are  classified  in  class  24,  BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC., 
unless  the  support  used  therewith  is  specified  further  than  as  a 
mere  ring  or  nook. 

Search  Class — 

135 — TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  12, 
Canopy  supports,  Body  harness. 

6.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  BABY  OR  PATIENT. 

Means  for  supporting  a  person. 

7.  BODY   AND    BELT    ATTACHED,    GAME.    Hunting  and 

fishing  appurtenances  in  which  the  game  is  carried. 

8.  BODY  AND   BELT   ATTACHED,   KNAPSACK.    Bags  or 

cases  for  articles  of  personal  wear  and  use. 

9.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  KNAPSACK,  CONVERTI- 

BLE.   Knapsacks  adapted  to  be  changed  into  other  articles. 

10.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  KNAPSACK,  CONVERT- 

IBLE, TENT.    Knapsacks  convertible  into  a  tent. 

11.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  KNAPSACK,  SLINGS 

WITH  BELTS.    Both  modes  of  attachment  are  used. 

12.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  KNAPSACK,  SLINGS. 

The  suspension  is  in  the  form  of  a  sling. 
Search  Class^ 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIRES,  subclass  11,  Body  and 
belt  attached,  Knapsack,  Slings  with  belts. 

13.  BODY  AND   BELT   ATTACHED,   CARTRIDGE.    These 

devices  hold  cartridges  or  caps. 

Note. — Cases  in  which  cartridges  are  handled  upon  the  field  or 
stored  are  included  here  even  though  not  strictly  carriers. 

14.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,  GAR- 

MENT-ATTACHED.   The  carrier  is  fastened  to  the  garment. 
Note. — Where  there  is  further  modification  of  the  garment  than 

to  make  it  a  suitable  support  for  the  cartridges,  it  is  classified 

in  class  2,  APPAREL. 
Search  Class— 
224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  15,  Body  and 

belt  attached,  Cartridge,  Magazine. 

15.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,  MAGA- 

ZINE.   Cartridges  are  held  in  a  receiver  and  are  fed  succes- 
sively to  a  point  where  they  are  delivered  to  the  user. 

16.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,  MAGA- 

ZINE, LONGITUDINAL  FEED.    The  cartridge  is  fed  in 
the  direction  of  its  length. 


CLASS  224— Continued. 

17.  BODY   AND    BELT    ATTACHED,   CARTRIDGE,   COM- 

PARTMENT. Each  subdivision  of  the  carrier  holds  a  num- 
ber of  cartridges. 

Note. — Tubular  compartments  each  holding  more  than  one  cart- 
ridge are  found  in  this  class,  subclasses  16,  Body  and  belt  at- 
tached, Cartridge,  Magazine,  Longitudinal  feed,  and  20,  Body 
and  belt  attached,  Cartridge,  Block-cell. 

18.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,  REVOLV- 

ING. The  carrier  revolves  to  bring  the  cartridges  successively 
to  an  accessible  position. 

19.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,  TILTING 

POCKET.  The  cartridge-holding  pocket  turns  from  the 
storage  position  to  one  in  which  all  the  cartridges  are  easily 
accessible. 

20.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,  BLOCK- 

CELL.    Cells  formed  by  holes  in  a  solid  block. 

21.  BODY   AND   BELT   ATTACHED,   CARTRIDGE,   INDI- 

VIDUAL HOLDERS.  Means  of  separating  cartridges 
within  the  carrier-box.  There  are  also  included  separate 
holders  which  are  not  belt-attached. 

22.  BODY  AND   BELT   ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,   BELT 

OR  SLING.    The  belt  or  sling  forms  the  support  to  which 
cartridge-holding  devices  are  attached. 
Search  Class 

224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  2,  Weapon, 
Sheaths  and  scabbards. 

23.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,  BELT  OR 

SLING,  LOOP  AND  POCKET  HOLDERS.    The  loops 
and  pockets  are  arranged  to  hold  each  a  cartridge  or  an  organ- 
ized group  of  cartridges. 
Search  Class— 

224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  22,  Body  and 
belt  attached,  Cartridge,  Belt  or  sling. 

24.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  CARTRIDGE,  BELT 

OR  SLING,  LOOP  AND  POCKET  HOLDERS,  SKELE- 
TON. The  loop  consists  of  a  light  open  holder,  usually  in 
spring  form. 

25.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  BRACKET.    The  carrier 

projects  from  the  body  in  the  form  of  a  bracket. 
Note.— Hods  for  plasterers'  use  are  classified  in  class  72,  MASONRY 
AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  134,  Implements,  Hods 

2C.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATT  ACHED,  BAG,  CASE,  OR  FRAME. 
The  bags  are  attached  to  the  belt  either  directly  or  by  chate- 
laine. 

27.  BODY  AND  BELT  ATTACHED,  BAG,  CASE,  OR  FRAME, 

CHATELAINE.  The  suspensions  are  of  the  chatelaine  type, 
claimed  either  independently  or  in  combination  with  the  bag. 
Note. — Hooks  for  this  type  of  suspension  are  classified  in  class  24, 
BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  4,  Article-holders, 
Chatelaine  safety-hooks. 

28.  BODY    AND    BELT    ATTACHED,    HAND    OR    WRIST 

ATTACHED.  A  ring  or  band  secures  the  device  to  the  hand 
or  wrist. 

Note. — Blotters,  erasers,  and  other  like  articles  of  stationery  remain 
in  class  120,  STATIONERY,  even  the  hand-attached. 

29.  VEHICLE.    These  are  detachabe  carriers  for  use  with  a  vehicle. 
Note. — Where  the  structure  of  the  vehicle  is  modified  to  accommo- 
date the  carrier  the  classification  is  with  the  vehicle. 

Search  Class— 
208 — VELOCIPEDES,  subclass  45,  Carrier. 

30.  VEHICLE,    BICYCLE.    The    structures    are    intended    for 

attachment  to  bicycles. 
Search  Classes — 
224    PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclasses  4,  Watch  and 

clock,  and  1,  Weapon. 
208— VELOCIPEDES,  subclasses  24,  Child's  seats,  and  45,  Carrier; 

in  subclass  45,  Carrier,  the  carriers  modify  the  construction  of 

the  vehicle  or  are  mounted  upon  separate  wheels. 

31.'  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,  CONVERTIBLE  AND  COMBINED 
Structures  intended  to  be  used  also  for  another  purpose. 

32.  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,  RECEIVERS.    Bags,  baskets,  boxes, 

cases,  etc.,  which  inclose  or  partly  inclose  the  articles  carried. 

33.  VEHICLE,     BICYCLE,     RECEIVERS,     COLLAPSIBLE- 

FRAME.    The  frame  of  the  receiver  is  collapsible. 

459 


460 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  224— Continued. 

34.  VEHICLE,    BICYCLE,    RECEIVERS,    WRAPPER.    The 

articles  to  be  carried  are  inclosed  within  a  wrapper  which 
forms  part  of  the  carrier. 
Search  Class- 
ISO — CLOTH,  LEATHER,  AND  RUBBER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  52, 
Covers  and  cases. 

35.  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,  RECEIVERS,  FORWARD-REACH 

SUPPORTED.    The  receiver  is  attached  to  the   bicycle 
forward  reach. 

36.  VEHICLE,     BICYCLE,     RECEIVERS,     HANDLE-BAR 

SUPPORTED.    The  receiver  is  attached   to  the  bicycle 
handle-bar. 

37.  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,  SPRING-HOLDERS.    The  packages 

are  held  by  spring-pressed  clamping  members. 

38.  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,  SPRING-HOLDERS,  FRAME.     The 

clamping  parts  are  frames. 

39.  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,  BRACKET.    The  support  is  in  the 

form  of  a  bracket. 
Search  Class— 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclasses  32,  Vehicle, 
Bicycle,  Receivers,  and  33,  Vehicle,  Bicycle,  Receivers, 
Collapsible-f ram  e . 

40.  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,    BRACKET,    FOLDING.    The 

bracket  can  be  folded  to  reduce  the  bulk  when  it  is  not  in  use. 

41.  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,  BRACKET.  HANDLE-BAR  SUP- 

PORTED.   The  bracket  is  fastened  to  the  handle-bar. 
Search  Class — 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  30,  Vehicle, 
Bicycle. 

42.  VEHICLE,  BICYCLE,  HOOKS.    The  package  is  suspended 

from  a  hook. 

Note. — Most  of  the  brackets  supporting  lamps  from  bicycles  are 
capable  of  use  also  as  hooks  for  package  support. 

Search  Class — 

24:0— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  58,  Light  supports.  Vehicle,  Bi- 
cycle. 

43.  SADDLE-BAGS.     The  bags  are  arranged   to  rest  upon  or 

depend  from  the  back  of  an  animal.    Ordinarily  there  are 
two  distinct  bags  connected  by  a  strap  or  by  straps. 

44.  SADDLE-BAGS,   TRAVELING-BAG.    The  structures  can 

be  used  as  traveling-bags. 
Search  Classes— 
224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  47,  Hand, 

Traveling-bags. 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  41,  Traveling-bags. 

45.  HAND.    Hand-supported  carriers  coming  within  the  main  class 

purpose,  except  those  otherwise  thereunder  classified. 

Note.— Traveling-bags  are  found  in  class  190,  BAGGAGE,  subclass 
41,  Traveling- pags.  and  in  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

Hand-carriers  intimately  associated  with  hoisting  features  are 
found  in  class  57,  HOISTING;  subclasses  9,  Grapples;  109,  Lift- 
ers, Barrel  and  box;  111,  Lifters,  Spittoon;  112,  Lifters,  Spool, 
and  113,  Lifters,  Store-goods. 

Search  Classes— 
224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  28,  Body  and 

belt  attached,  Hand  or  wrist  attached. 

21— CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  88,  Hand-barrows,  for 
package  and  article  carriers  designed  to  be  carried  by  two 
persons. 


CLASS  224— Continued. 

46.  HAND,  CONVERTIBLE  AND  COMBINED.    The  carrier 

is  capable  of  use  for  or  of  change  into  some  other  device. 

47.  HAND,  TRAVELING-BAG.    Rigid-sided  open-ended  frames 

as  well  as  inclosing  cases. 
Search  Classes— 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  44,  Saddle- 
bags, Traveling-bag. 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  41,  Traveling-bags. 

48.  HAND,  TRAY.    Trays  supported  from  a  single  handle  and 

such  double-handle  trays  as  have  compartments  for  individual 
articles. 

49.  HAND,  SLING.    The  articles  rest  in  a  flexible  band  of  consid- 

erable width  which  is  not  strapped  about  them. 

50.  HAND,  HANDLE  AND  CLAMPING  PLATES.    The  arti- 

cles carried  are  usually  books  and  are  held  between  flat  plates. 

51.  HAND,   HANDLE   AND  CLAMPING   PLATES,   STRAP- 

TIGHTENER.    There  is  a  positive  means  of  tightening  the 
strap. 

Search  Class— 

224— PACKAGE  AND   ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  54,  Hand, 
Handle,  bar,  and  strap,  Strap- tightener. 


52.  HAND,   HANDLE,   BAR,  AND   STRAP.    The  straps    are 

secured  to  a  bar  which  in  turn  is  supported  by  the  handle. 
Search  Class— 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  46,   Hand, 
Convertible  and  combined. 

53.  HAND,  HANDLE,  BAR,  AND  STRAP,  HARNESS.     End 

straps  or  cross  connections,  together  with  the  usual  straps, 
constitute  a  harness. 

54.  HAND,  HANDLE,  BAR,  AND  STRAP,  STRAP-TIGHT- 

EXF.R.    There  is  a  positive  means  of  tightening  the  strap. 
Search  Class— 

224— PACKAGE  AND   ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  51,   Hand, 
Handle  and  clamping  plates,  Strap-tightener. 

55.  HAND,  HANDLE  AND  STRAP.    The  handle  supports  the 

package  by  a  surrounding  flexible  binding  material. 

56.  HAND,  HANDLE  AND  STRAP,  CORD  OR  CHAIN.    A 

binding  material  of  approximately  circular  section  is  used  to 
secure  the  package,  and  the  handle  is  made  of  or  is  adapted  to 
use  with  this  material. 

Note. — Fasteners  for  the  packages  are  found  in  class  24,  BUCKLES, 
BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.;  subclasses  17,  Bale  and  package  ties, 
Packet-holders,  and  18,  Bale  and  package  ties,  Packet-holders, 
Cord. 

57.  HAND,  HANDLE  AND  STRAP,  CORD  OR  CHAIN, 

CORD-HOOK.  The  handle  is  itself  grooved  to  act  as  a  hook 
or  has  depending  hooks  in  which  the  cord  fastening  a  package 
may  be  inserted.  The  hooks  do  not  primarily  form  the  fas- 
tening for  the  cord. 

58.  HAND,  HANDLE  AND  STRAP,  STRAP-LOOP.    Inven- 

tions in  the  formation  of  the  depending  parts  of  the  handle  to 
receive  the  strap. 
Search  Classes— 
224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE   CARRIERS,  subclass  55,    Hand, 

Handle  and  strap. 
190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  59,  Traveling-bags,  Strap-loop  fasteners . 


CLASS  229.— PAPER  RECEPTACLES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  all  receptacles  the  peculiarities  of  the  construc- 
tion of  which  are  due  to  the  fact  that  they  are  made  of  paper,  and 
also  some  in  which  the  material  is  uncertain,  but  the  structure  is 
of  the  character  generally  found  in  those  made  of  paper. 

Subclasses. 

1.  VESSELS.    Miscellaneous    paper    receptacles    not    otherwise 

classifiable. 

2.  VESSELS,  ANGULAR.    Paper  vessels  of  angular  form  not 

otherwise  classifiable. 

3.  VESSELS,   CYLINDRICAL.    Paper   vessels,    not    otherwise 

classifiable,  of  cylindrical  form. 

4.  VESSELS,  CYLINDRICAL,  PRESSED.    Cylindrical  paper 

vessels  formed  by  molding  the  plastic  material  in  dies. 

5.  VESSELS,  LIQUID-PROOFED.    Vessels  coated  with  eome 

composition  to  render  them  impervious  to  liquid. 
Search  Class 

91— COATING,  subclasses  68,  Processes  and  70,  Processes,  with 
heat. 

6.  BOXES.    Miscellaneous  boxes  in  which  the  invention  does  not 

lie  in  the  construction  of  a  cut  and  folded  blank. 

7.  BOXES,  DISPENSING.    Boxes  of  the  character  above  men- 

tioned in  which  the  invention  lies  in  some  construction  of  the 
box  or  some  attachment  thereto  especially  designed  to  facili- 
tate the  removal  of  the  contents. 

8.  BOXES,    ORNAMENTAL.    Boxes   of  the   character   above 

described  in  which  the  invention  is  solely  in  making  them  of 
an  ornamental  character. 

8.5.  BOXES,  SAVINGS.  An  auxiliary  opening  here  permits  the 
insertion  of  coins,  tokens,  or  other  objects  to  be  saved  without 
opening  the  box. 

9.  BOXES,  SLIDE.    Boxes  of  the  character  above  mentioned  in 

which  a  shell  receives  a  sliding  tray. 

10.  BOXES,    SLIDE,   COMPARTMENT.    A   slide-box   of  the 

character  above  mentioned  which  is  divided  into  compart- 
ments. 

11.  BOXES,  SLIDE,  DISPENSING.    Sliding  boxes  in  which  the 

invention  lies  in  some  construction  for  facilitating  the  re- 
moval of  the  contents. 

12.  BOXES,   CYLINDRICAL.    Boxes   of  the  character  above 

described  of  cylindrical  form. 
Search  Class— 
229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  93,  Tubes,  Cylindrical. 

13.  BOXES,    CYLINDRICAL,    PRESSED    BOTTOMS    AND 

TOPS.  Bottoms  and  tops  for  cylindrical  boxes  made  by 
pressing  the  material  in  dies. 

14.  BOXES,  LINED.    Boxes  of  the  character  above  described 

which  are  lined  with  various  materials. 

15.  BOXES,  COMPARTMENT.    Boxes  of  the  character  above 

mentioned  which  are  divided  into  separate  compartments. 
Includes  paper  cells. 

16.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES.    Miscellaneous  cut  and  folded 

blanks  for  making  a  box. 

17.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  DISPENSING.    Folded-blank 

boxes  in  which  the  invention  lies  in  a  construction  specially 
adapted  to  facilitate  access  to  the  contents. 

18.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  SECTORS.    A  form  of  folded- 

blank  box  which  is  made  in  the  form  of  a  sector  for  the  purpose 
of  enabling  a  number  of  the  boxes  to  be  packed  together  in 
a  cylindrical  or  conical  receptacle. 

19.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  SLIDE.    Boxes  in  which  the 

invention  lies  in  the  formation  and  folding  of  the  blank  for 
making  a  sliding  box. 

20.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  SLIDE,  DISPENSING.  Folded- 

blank  sliding  boxes  in  which  the  construction  involved  is 
intended  especially  to  facilitate  the  removal  of  the  contents. 

21.  FOLDED-BLANK    BOXES,    CYLINDRICAL.    A    folded- 

blank  box  of  cylindrical  form. 

22.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  TRIANGULAR.     Folded-blank 

boxes  which  are  of  triangular  or  pyramidal  form. 

23.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  MULTIPLE.     A  folded-blank 

box  made  up  of  more  than  one  blank.  The  blanks  are  gener- 
ally placed  crosswise  of  each  other  and  may  or  may  not  be 
secured  together. 


CLASS  229— Continued. 

24.  FOLDED-BLANK     BOXES,     BUCKETS       Folded-blank 

boxes  which  are  provided  with  handles  like  a  bucket.  As  a 
usual  thing  the  handle,  consisting  of  a  wire,  is  used  as  a  fasten- 
ing means  for  holding  the  parts  of  the  blank  together. 

25.  FOLDED-BLANK     BOXES,     BUCKETS,     CLOSURES. 

Folded-blank  buckets  in  which  the  invention  lies  in  the  means 
for  closing  the  top  of  the  bucket,  the  cover  being  separate  from 
the  blank. 

26.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  BUCKETS,  CLOSURES,  IN- 

TEGRAL-COVER.   Folded-blank  buckets  which  have  a 
cover  integral  with  the  remainder  of  the  blank. 
Search  Class— 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  16,  Folded-blank  boxes, 
and  31,  Folded-blank  boxes,  Trays,  Corner-folds. 

27.  FOLDED-BLANK     BOXES,     COMPARTMENT.     Boxes 

made  from  a  folding  blank  and  which  are  divided  by  parti- 
tions. 

28.  FOLDED-BLANK    BOXES,    COMPARTMENT,    CELLS. 

A  series  of  cells  formed  from  blanks  or  a  box  formed  from  a 
blank  around  the  sides  of  a  cell  series. 

29.  FOLDED-BLANK    BOXES,    COMPARTMENT,    CELLS. 

WRAPPER.  A  series  of  cells  formed  from  blanks  and 
secured  to  a  wrapper  which  is  folded  over  and  completely 
covers  the  cells. 

30.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  TRAYS.    A  folded-blank  box 

of  special  form  in  which  the  sides  are  folded  up  around  the 
bottom  of  the  box  as  the  basis,  the  corners  of  the  folded-up 
portions  being  secured  together  to  preserve  its  form. 

31.  FOLDED-BLANK    BOXES,    TRAYS,   CORNER-FOLDS. 

Folded-blank  trays  in  which  the  corners  are  formed  by  folding 
in  a  portion  of  the  adjoining  sides  and  securing  the  fold  to 
one  of  the  sides. 
Search  Class — 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  24,  Folded-blank  boxes, 
Buckets;  25,  Folded-blank  boxes,  Buckets,  Closures,  and  26, 
Folded-blank  boxes,  Buckets,  Closures,  Integral-cover. 

32.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  TRAYS,  CORNER-FLAPS. 

Folded-blank  trays  in  which  the  corner  is  formed  by  cutting  a 
flap  instead  of  folding  in  the  material. 

33.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  TRAYS,  CORNER-FLAPS, 

COVER  EXTENSION.  Folded-blank  trays  having  corner- 
flaps  and  also  an  integral  extension  to  the  blank  from  which  the 
cover  is  constructed. 

34.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES.  TRAYS,  CORNER-FLAPS, 

INFOLDING  SIDE.  A  folded-blank  tray  in  which  two  of 
the  sides  have  corner-flaps  folded  inward  and  secured  by 
folding  over  an  extension  of  the  other  two  sides. 

35.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  TRAYS,  CORNER-FLAPS, 

INTERLOCKING.  A  folded-blank  tray  provided  with 
corner-flaps  which  are  notched  and  slit  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
interlock  with  each  other. 

36.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  TRAYS,  CORNER-FLAPS, 

INTERLOCKING,  COVER  EXTENSION.  Folded-blank 
trays  having  corner-flaps  which  interlock  and  also  having  an 
extension  of  the  blank  from  which  the  cover  is  constructed. 

37.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  TUBES.    Miscellaneous  folded- 

blank  boxes  in  which  the  four  sides  of  the  box  are  folded  up 
from  a  blank  and  joined  together  with  a  single  seam,  the  ends 
of  the  box  or  top  and  bottom  being  formed  by  flaps  extend- 
ing from  the  side  pieces. 

38.  FOLDED-BLANK    BOXES.    TUBES,    CLOSURES,    IN- 

SERTED FLAPS.  Folded-blank  boxes  of  the  tube  type 
in  which  the  invention  lies  in  the  formation  of  a  closure  having 
inserted  flaps  for  securing  it. 

39.  FOLDED-BLANK    BOXES,    TUBES,    CLOSURES,    IN- 

SERTED FLAPS,  INTERLOCKING.  Folded-blank 
tubes  in  which  the  closure  is  made  by  means  of  interlocking 
parts  which  prevent  the  flaps  from  being  withdrawn  too 
readily. 

40.  FOLDED-BLANK  BOXES,  WRAPPERS.    Blanks  similar 

to  those  from  which  folded-blank  boxes  are  made  but  of  light 
paper  and  held  in  place  by  being  folded  up  around  an  article. 

41.  BOXES,   COLLAPSIBLE.    Boxes   not   involving   the  con- 

struction of  a  blank  but  which  are  collapsible  into  flat  form. 
Search  Class— 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  37  Folded-blank  boxes, 
Tubes;  38,  Folded-blank  boxes,  Tubes,  Closures,  Inserted 
flaps,  and  39,  Folded-blank  boxes,  Tubes,  Closures,  Inserted 
flaps,  Interlocking. 

42.  BOXES,  DIVISION-PLATES.    Boxes  provided  with  longi- 

tudinal division-plates  for  separating  layers  of  materials  to  be 
packed  therein.  Many  of  these  have  means  for  holding  con- 
fectionery in  position  on  the  division-plates. 

461 


462 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  229— Continued. 

43.  BOXES,  CLOSURES.    Boxes  of  the  character  above  specified, 

where  the  invention  lies  wholly  in  the  means  for  closing  the 
same. 

44.  BOXES,  CLOSURES,  HINGED.    Inventions  in  a  box-closure 

of  the  hinged  form. 

45.  BOXES,  CLOSURES,  FASTENERS.    Boxes  in  which  the 

invention  does  not  lie  in  the  construction  of  the  blank,  but  is 
in  a  closure  which  is  provided  with  fastening  means. 

46.  BOXES,  CLOSURES,  FASTENERS,  CORD.    Box-closures 

in  which  the  fastening  means  is  a  cord. 

47.  BOXES,  CLOSURES,   FASTENERS,  METALLIC.    Box- 

closures  which  include  metallic  fastening  devices. 
Search  Classes— 
229— PAPER    RECEPTACLES,  subclass    78,  Envelops,  Closures, 

Fasteners,  Metallic. 
70 — LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  101,  Seals,  Box  strap. 

48.  BOXES,  SEAMS.    Inventions  in  the  structure  of  the  seam  for 

joining  the  parts. 

49.  BOXES, STAYS.    Inventions  in  devices  for  staying  or  strength- 

ening thecorners  of  the  box. 
Search  Classes — 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  92,  Splices  and  joints. 
217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  69,  Stays,  and  subclasses 

thereunder. 

50.  BOXES,  STAYS,  CORD.    Boxes  having  their  corners  secured 

by  means  of  a  cord. 

51.  BOXES,  OPENERS,  RIPPING.    Means  for  opening  the  box 

by  tearing  out  a  cord  or  some  other  device  for  facilitating  the 
ripping  of  a  portion  of  the  box. 
Search  Class — 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  85,  Envelops,  Openers, 
and  80,  Envelops,  Openers,  Cord. 

52.  BOXES,  HANDLES.    Construction  of  handles  to  be  applied 

to  boxes. 

53.  BAGS.    Paper  bags  not  otherwise  classified. 

54.  BAGS,  SATCHEL.    A  form  of  bag  which  is  shaped  like  a  satchel 

opens  in  the  same  manner,  and  is  provided  with  a  handle. 
Search  Class— 

190— BAGGAGE,  subclass  43,  Traveling  bags,  Frameless  and  fold- 
ing. 

55.  BAGS,  REINFORCED.    Bags   which   are  provided   with   a 

reinforce. 

56.  BAGS,  COMPARTMENT.    Bags  separated  into  two  or  more 

compartments  by  partitions. 

57.  BAGS,  BOTTOMS.    Inventions  in  the  construction  or  forma- 

tion of  the  bottom  of  the  bag,  except  those  classified  in  other 
subclasses  of  this  group. 

58.  BAGS,  BOTTOMS,  SQUARE.     A  bag  formed  from  a    paper 

tube  having  a  bellows  fold  in  the  sides,  the  end  of  the  tube 
being  closed  by  a  gummed  flap  and  the  sides  tucked  in  at  the 
lower  corners.  On  filling  the  bag  or  compressing  it  endwise  a 
square  bottom  is  formed. 

59.  BAGS,  BOTTOMS,  SQUARE,  CORNER-SLITS.     Construc- 

tion of  square-bottomed  bags,  where  the  corners  are  slit  in 
order  to  avoid  the  necessity  of  folding. 

60.  BAGS,  BOTTOMS,  SQUARE,  DIAMOND-FOLD.     Square- 

bottomed  bags  in  which  the  bottom  is  folded  into  diamond 
form  with  a  seam  across  the  bottom  running  parallel  with  the 
edges  of  the  bags,  the  ends  of  the  diamond  being  then  folded 
together  and  pasted. 

1.  BAGS,  BOTTOMS,  SQUARE,  SEAMLESS.  A  square-bot- 
tomed bag  in  which  the  bottom  is  formed  at  the  middle  of  the 
blank,  the  seams  extending  along  the  edges  of  the  bag  and  the 
bottom  being  therefore  without  the  longitudinal  seam  which 
is  characteristic  of  the  diamond  fold. 

62.  BAGS,  CLOSURES.    Means  for  closing  the  mouth  of  the  bag, 

which  means  is  not  of  the  character  provided  for  in  other  sub- 
classes. 

63.  BAGS,  CLOSURES,  CORD.    Bag-closures  which  are  secured 

by  means  of  a  cord. 

64.  BAGS,  CLOSURES,  FLUTED.    Closures  in  which  the  upper 

end  of  the  bag  is  crimped  or  fluted  to  facilitate  closing. 

65.  BAGS,  CLOSURES,  METALLIC.    A  bag-closure  in  which  the 

fastening  is  effected  by  the  aid  of  metallic  fasteners,  generally 
by  a  strip  of  soft  metal  which  is  folded  over  the  edges  of  the  bag 
to  secure  it. 
Search  Class— 

229 — PAPER    RECEPTACLES,  subclass    78,   Envelops,  Closures, 
Fasteners,  Metallic. 

66.  BAGS,  OPENING.    Devices  for  readily  opening  a  bag. 

67.  BARRELS.    Paper  barrels  having  a  curved  bilge. 

68.  ENVELOPS.    Miscellaneous  envelops,  does  not  include  those 

in  which  the  invention  lies  in  the  formation  and  folding  of  the 
blank.  An  envelop  is  distinguished  from  a  bag  by  a  closure 
of  the  folding-flap  form. 


CLASS  229— Continued. 

69.  ENVELOPS,  COIN.    Envelops   with   special   provisions   for 

holding  coin  in  place  and  preventing  their  escape  in  trans- 
mission. 

70.  ENVELOPS,  COUPON.    Envelops  having  a  coupon  attached 

and  intended  principally  for  sending  goods  by  express. 

71.  ENVELOPS,  DISPLAY.    Envelops  hav^ag  openings  through 

which  the  contents  may  be  seen. 

72.  ENVELOPS,  POCKET.    An  envelop  provided  with  a  sepa- 

rate pocket  in  its  side. 

73.  ENVELOPS,  RETURN.    Envelops  which  are  adapted  to  be 

folded  into  a  different  form  in  order  that  they  may  be  used  to 
return  an  answer. 

74.  ENVELOPS,  TAG.    Envelops  constructed  to  be  used  in  the 

manner  of  a  tag  for  attachment  to  goods. 

75.  ENVELOPS,  BLANKS,    Inventions  in  the  cut  and  folded 

blank  for  forming  an  envelop. 
Search  Class — 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  76,  Envelops,  Closures,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

76.  ENVELOPS,  CLOSURES.    Inventions  wholly  in  the  means 

for  closing  the  mouth  of  the  envelop. 

77.  ENVELOPS,  CLOSURES,  FASTENERS.      Inventions  in  a 

closure  having  some  special  means  of  fastening. 

78.  ENVELOPS,    CLOSURES,    FASTENERS,    METALLIC. 

Envelops  having  closures  provided  with  a  metallic  fastener. 
Search  Class— 

229— PAPER    RECEPTACLES,    subclass    65,     Bags,    Closures, 
Metallic. 

79.  ENVELOPS,  CLOSURES,  FASTENERS,  SEAL.    Envelops 

in  which  the  closure  is  effected  by  sealing-wax  or  other  adhe- 
sive form  of  seal.  Also  some  in  which  a  fastener  is  protected 
by  means  of  a  seal. 

80.  ENVELOPS,  CLOSURES,  SEALING.      Inventions  in  some 

special  mode  of  closing  the  envelop  by  means  of  an  ordinary 
gummed  flap. 

81.  ENVELOPS:    CLOSURES,    SEALING,    PERFORATED. 

Inventions  in  a  closure  of  the  gummed  type,  but  in  which  there 
are  perforations  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  opening  of 
the  envelop  without  detection. 

82.  ENVELOPS,  CLOSURES,  SEALING,  TONGUES.    Inven- 

tions in  a  closure  of  the  gummed  flap  form,  which  is  provided 
with  a  tucked-in  tongue. 

83.  ENVELOPS,    CLOSURES,    SEALING,    SOLUBLE-DYE. 

Envelops  having  sealing-flaps  which  are  printed  with  or  have 
concealed  in  them  a  soluble  dye  which  spreads  if  the  envelop 
is  tampered  with  by  the  use  of  water  or  steam. 

84.  ENVELOPS,   CLOSURES,    TONGUE.    Envelops   wherein 

the  closing  is  effected  simply  by  a  tucked-in  tongue  with  no 
sealing-flap. 

85.  ENVELOPS,  OPENERS.    Envelops  provided  with  special 

means  for  facilitating  opening. 
Search  Class — 

229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  51,  Boxes,  Openers,  Rip- 
ping. 

86.  ENVELOPS,  OPENERS,  CORD.    Envelops  in  which  the 

opening  is  effected  by  means  of  a  ripping  cord. 
Search  Class— 

229 — PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  51,  Boxes,  Openers,  Rip- 
ping. 

87.  WRAPPERS.  Sheets  of  paper  cut  in  suitable  shape  for  wrap- 

ping goods. 
Search  Class — 

154— LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  54,  Fabrics,  Yielding,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

88.  WRAPPERS,  BAG.    Wrappers  made  up  into  a  special  form  of 

bag  to  be  used  for  wrapping  an  article  of  merchandise. 

89.  WRAPPERS,  BOTTLE.    Paper  coverings  fitted  around  bot- 

tles to  prevent  breakage  when  packed  for  shipment. 

90.  WRAPPERS,  BOTTLES,  CORRUGATED.    Paper  wrap- 

pers which  are  crimped,  so  as  to  produce  a  thick  and  elastic 
wrapping  to  prevent  breakage. 

91.  WRAPPERS,  BOTTLE,  PADDED.    Paper  wrappers  for  bot- 

tles, which  are  thickened  by  means  of  padding  material  placed 
between  the  layers  of  the  wrapper. 

92.  WRAPPERS,  MAILING-SHEETS.    Wrappers  for  newspa- 

pers or  for  general  mailing  purposes. 

93.  TUBES,  CYLINDRICAL.    Paper  tubes  having  open  ends  and 

intended  generally  for  mailing  drawings  and  similar  articles. 
Search  Class— 
229— PAPER  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  12,  Boxes,  Cylindrical 


CLASS  231.— WHIPS  AND   WHIP  APPARATUS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  apparatus  peculiar  to  the  manufacture  of  whips 
and  also  novel  forms  of  whips. 

Subclasses. 

1.  WHIP-MACHINES.    Machines  peculiar  to  whip  manufacture, 

mostly  rolling,  pressing,  and  shaping  machines. 
Search  Classes — 
28 — CORDAGE,  subclasses  4,  Braiding,  for  plaiting,  and  shaping 

machines,   and  21,  Cord    and   rope    machines,  for  twisting 

machines. 
69— LEATHER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  9,  Machines,  Skiving 

and  splitting,  for  leather  splitting  and  skiving  machines. 

2.  WHIPS.    Whips  for  riding  and  driving;  also,  some  whip-goads. 


CLASS  231— Continued. 

3.  WHIPS,   CONVERTIBLE   WHIPS   AND   CANES.    Whips 

that  can  be  readily  converted  into  walking-canes. 

4.  WHIPS,  LASHES.    Lashes  or  snaps  for  whips. 
Search  Class — 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  25,  Braids  where  the  novelty  resides  in  a 
peculiar  braid  or  plat. 

5.  WHIPS,    LASH    AND    SNAP    FASTENINGS.    Means    for 

fastening  the  lash  or  snap  to  the  whip  stock  or  handle. 

6.  WHIPS,  CAPS,  BUTTONS,  AND  JOINTS.    Caps,  ferrules, 

or  buttons  and  whip-joints. 
Search  Classes — 

43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  16,  Fishing-rods. 
135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  45, 
Canes  and  sticks. 


463 


CLASS 232.— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

The  general  characteristics  of  the  types  of  receivers  here  included 
are  that  they  are  emptied  through  openings  different  from  those 
through  which  they  are  filled,  that  they  receive  at  intervals  and  are 
emptied  or  discharged  in  bulk,  and  that  they  are  intended  to  be  filled 
and  emptied  by  different  persons.  These  need  not  all  be  present  in 
each  case. 

Receptacles  for  garbage  are  classified  in  class  220,  METALLIC  SHIP- 
PING AND  STORING  VESSELS, subclass  115,  Receptacles,  Garbage,  and 
subclasses  thereunder. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Deposit  and  collection  receptacles  not 

otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  BALLOT-BOXES.    Receptacles  for  tickets  or  tokens  to  repre- 

sent the  votes  cast. 

3.  BALLOT-BOXES,  BALL.    The  tokens  used  are  in  the  form  of 

balls. 

4.  SAVINGS-BOXES.    Miscellaneous  money  boxes  or  banks  in 

which  the  money  is  inserted  through  a  slot  or  other  small 
opening.  They  are  portable,  but,  as  distinguished  from 
portable  fare-boxes,  are  not  provided  with  such  handles  as 
facilitate  their  presentation  to  others  by  the  holder  for  coin 
insertion. 

Note. — When  the  box  is  essentially  a  toy,  as  by  reason  of  a  fanciful 
shape  or  an  amusement  feature,  it  is  classified  in  class  46, 
GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  36,  Toy  money-boxes. 

5.  SAVINGS-BOXES,  INSPECTION.    The  construction  or  mate- 

rial permits  examination  of  the  contents  without  opening  the 
box. 

6.  SAVINGS-BOXES,  FRAME-FASTENINGS.    The  inventions 

modify  the  box  structure  to  provide  retaining  means  for  the 
several  Darts. 

7.  FARE-BOXES.    Receivers  for  tickets,  coins,  or  tokens  which 

represent  the  fare  and  which  are  inserted  through  a  slot  or 
other  small  opening.  This  subclass  contains  such  fare-boxes 
as  are  not  otherwise  herein  classified. 

Note. — Where  the  term  "coin"  is  used  hereinafter,  it  is  intended 
to  refer  also,  when  suitable,  to  tickets  or  other  tokens. 

8.  FARE-BOXES,  TICKET  PUNCHING  AND  CANCELING. 

The  tickets  are  mutilated  as  they  are  introduced  into  the 
device. 

9.  FARE-BOXES,  MULTIPLE  COIN  SLOT  AND  RUNWAY. 

A  series  of  slots  permits  insertion  of  coins  at  any  one  of  a  num- 
ber of  points  into  a  common  runway. 

10.  FARE-BOXES,   TICKET  AND  CHANGE.    The  boxes  are 

subdivided  to  hold  tickets  and  money. 

11.  FARE-BOXES,    TICKET,   CAR.    The  ticket-holders  are  at- 

tached to  the  car  or  seat-frame  and  are  particularly  adapted  for 
car  use. 

12.  FARE-BOXES,     RECEIVERS.    Inventions  relating  to  the 

boxes,  bags,  etc.,  in  which  the  coins  are  held  pending  collec- 
tion. 

13.  FARE-BOXES,    ILLUMINATION.    A  portion  of  the  box  is 

artificially  lighted. 

14.  FARE-BOXES,    CHANGE-GATES.    Devices  in  the  form  of 

gates  permit  the  passenger  tj  secure  change  or  tickets  from  the 
driver. 

15.  FARE-BOXES,      COLLECTION      DEVICES,      SAFETY- 

RECEPTACLE.    The  receptacle  can  not  be  removed  from 
the  box  without  closing  one  or  both  of  these  parts,  the  contents 
of  which  are  then  not  accessible  to  the  carrier. 
Search  Class — 

232— DEPOSIT    AND    COLLECTION    RECEPTACLES,    subclass    31, 
Letter-boxes,  Collection  devices,  Safety-receptacles. 

If,.  FARE-BOXES,  COLLECTION  DEVICES,  SAFETY- 
RECEPTACLE.  AUXILIARY.  The  collection  device  does 
not  here  receive  or  hold  the  coins  in  the  first  place,  butisinde- 

Eendent  of  and  separable  from  the  storage  compartment  of  the 
ire-box  and  is  used  for  the  removal  of  the  contents  of  this  com- 
partment at  intervals. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT   AND   COLLECTION   RECEPTACLES,    subclass   32, 
Letter-boxes,  Collection  devices,  Safety-receptacle,  Auxiliary. 

2G6740— 12 30 


CLASS  232— Continued. 

17.  LETTER-BOXES.    The  boxes  receive  and  hold  mail-matter 

either  awaiting  collection  by  the  carrier  or  which  has  been 
delivered  by  him. 

Note.— Letter  boxes  and  compartments  such  as  are  used  in  post- 
offices  are  classified  inclass211,  STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  36, 
Post-office  furniture. 

18.  LETTER-BOXES,     TICKET     REGISTERS     AND     RE- 

CORDERS. These  are  checks  upon  the  time,  order,  or  fact 
of  collection  and  are  obtained  by  registry  or  record. 

19.  LETTER-BOXES,      HOUSE.    Boxes  which   are  specially 

adapted  to  house  use  by  reason  of  some  other  feature  than  that 
of  an  attached  signal  or  alarm.  This  other  feature  may  be  a 
pivoted  body  or  other  means  permitting  access  from  either  side 
or  a  chute  for  mail  delivery  into  the  house,  etc. 

20.  LETTER-BOXES,    HOUSE,    COLLECTION    AND    DE- 

LIVERY.   Boxes  specially  arranged  to  deliver  outgoing  mail 
as  well  as  to  receive  incoming  mail. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclasses  14, 
Change-gates,  and  27,  Letter-boxes,  Collection  and  delivery. 

21.  LETTER-BOXES,  HOUSE,  COLLECTION  AND  DELIV- 

ERY, COMPARTMENT.  The  receiver  for  the  outgoing 
mail  is  separate  from  the  receiver  or  chute  for  the  incoming 
mail. 

22.  LETTER-BOXES,  HOUSE,  DOOR  OR  WINDOW  JAMB. 

The  jambs  cooperate  with  the  boxes  or  fastenings  therefor,  so 
that  access  to  the  boxes  can  be  had  when  the  house  doors  or 
windows  are  open,  and  then  only. 
Search  Class — 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  42,  Milk- 
receptacles,  Door  or  window  jamb. 

23.  LETTER-BOXES,    HOUSE,   INSIDE    FASTENER.    The 

release  of  the  doors  upon  the  outer  side  of  the  boxes  is  con- 
trolled by  means  within  the  house. 

24.  LETTER-BOXES,     COMPARTMENT.    Separate  compart- 

ments are  provided  for  different  classes  of  mail  or  for  that 
intended  for  different  persons. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT   AND   COLLECTION   RECEPTACLES,   subclass   21, 
Letter-boxes,  House,  Collection  and  delivery,  Compartment. 

25.  LETTER-BOXES,     COMPARTMENT,     COOPERATIVE 

CLOSURES.  The  same  closure  or  cooperating  closures  gov- 
ern the  opening  or  openings  to  the  several  compartments. 

26.  LETTER-BOXES,     COMPARTMENT,     COOPERATIVE 

CLOSURES,  DISTRIBUTING-GUIDE.  A  single  entrance 
or  discharge-opening  is  used  for  all  the  compartments  by 
relative  movement  of  the  compartments  and  opening  or  by 
guides  connecting  at  will  with  any  compartment. 

27.  LETTER-BOXES,  COLLECTION  AND  DELIVERY. 

Boxes  having  provision  for  outgoing  mail  in  addition  to  or  in 
connection  with  the  receptacle  for  the  incoming  mail. 

Note. — Where  a  separate  compartment  is  provided,  the  invention 
is  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  21,  Letter-boxes,  House,  Col- 
lection and  delivery,  Compartment,  or  subclass  24,  Letter- 
boxes, Compartment,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT   AND   COLLECTION    RECEPTACLES,    subclass   20, 
Letter-boxes,  House,  Collection  and  delivery. 

28.  LETTER-BOXES,    PIVOTED-RECEIVER.    The  receivers 

in  which  the  mail  is  held  form  also  the  doors  of  the  boxes. 
They  are  open  upon  the  inner  side,  and  so  are  accessible  for 
removal  of  mail  when  the  doors  are  opened. 

Note. — When  the  entire  box  moves,  the  construction  is  classified 
in  this  class,  subclass  40,  Letter-boxes,  Supports  and  fasten- 
ings, Movably-attached. 

29.  LETTER-BOXES,        AUXILIARY,        COOPERATING. 

Boxes  intended  for  use  in  connection  with  other  letter-boxes 
and  modified  for  this  purpose.  The  usual  modification  con- 
sists in  shaping  them  to  conform  to  such  other  boxes  hi  shape. 

30.  LETTER-BOXES,     COLLECTION     DEVICES.    Bags  or 

boxes  in  which  the  mail  is  transported  from  the  letter-boxes 
to  the  post-offices  and  which  cooperate  with  the  letter-boxes. 
In  some  cases  these  receptacles  form  the  receivers  of  the  letter- 
boxes 

31.  LETTER-BOXES,    COLLECTION    DEVICES,    SAFETY- 

RECEPTACLE.  The  construction  is  such  that  either  the 
receptacle  or  the  box-bottom,  or  both,  must  be  closed  and 
locked  before  the  receptacle  can  lie  removed  from  the  box. 
Usually  neither  of  the  parts  can  be  unlocked  by  the  carrier 
except' when  they  are  together. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT   AND   COLLECTION    RECEPTACLES,    subclass    15, 
Fare-boxes,  Collection  devices,  Safety-receptacle. 

465 


466 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  232— Continued. 

32.  LETTER-BOXES.   COLLECTION    DEVICES,    SAFETY- 

RECEPTACLE  AUXILIARY.  The  letter-boxes  them- 
selves contain  receivers  in  which  the  mail  is  stored  pending 
collection  and  from  which  this  mail  is  emptied  into  the  auxil- 
iary receptacles  at  intervals.  The  auxiliary  receptacles 
usually  fit  a  number  of  boxes  each  and  are  carried  from  one  to 
another,  each  receiving  the  contents  of  a  number  of  boxes. 
Search  Class 

232— DEPOSIT   AND    COLLECTION    RECEPTACLES,    subclass    16. 
Fare-boxes,  Collection  devices,  Safety-receptacle,  Auxiliary. 

33.  LETTER-BOXES,    PACKAGE   CLIPS   AND    POCKETS, 

Clips  and  open  pockets  for  holding  packages  attached  either 
to  the  inside  or  to  the  outside  of  the  box  proper  or  independent 
thereof  if  they  do  not  then  themselves  form  complete  boxes. 

34.  LETTER-BOXES,  SIGNALS,  SIGHT.    Visual  signals  indi- 

cating the  presence  of  mail  in  the  box. 

35.  LETTER-BOXES,      SIGNALS,       SIGHT,       DOOR-CON- 

TROLLED. The  signals  are  moved  or  released  by  the  action 
of  the  door  of  the  box. 

36.  LETTER-BOXES,      SIGNALS,      SOUND,      DOOR-CON- 

TROLLED. Alarms  operated  by  movement  of  the  box- 
doors. 

Search  Class — 

232 — DEPOSIT   AND   COLLECTION   RECEPTACLES,    subclass    14, 
Fare-boxes,  Change-gates. 

37.  LETTER-BOXES,    INDICATORS,    DOOR-OPERATED. 

Indicators  moved  intermittently  by  the  action  of  the  doors. 
They  are  usually  for  the  purpose  of  showing  the  times  of  the 
next  collections. 

38.  LETTER-BOXES,      FRAME      CONSTRUCTION.    Inven- 

tions showing  the  details  of  frame  construction  and  the  mate- 
rials used,  but  not  special  shapes,  are  placed  here. 

39.  LETTER-BOXES,  SUPPORTS  AND  FASTENINGS.    The 

supports  here  included  are  such  only  as  are  particularly  suited 
for  box-support.  The  fastenings  are  means  for  securing  the 
boxes  to  buildings,  posts,  or  other  supports. 

40.  LETTER-BOXES,     SUPPORTS      AND      FASTENINGS, 

MOVABLY-ATTACHED.    The  supporting  means  permits 

movement  of  the  boxes. 
Note. — Where  portions  only  of  the  boxes  are  pivoted  and  carry 

with  them  the  mail-receivers,  they  are  classified  in  this  class, 

subclass  28,  Letter-boxes,  Pivot  ed-receiver. 
Search  Class — 
232— DEPOSIT   AND   COLLECTION   RECEPTACLES,   subclass  14, 

Fare-boxes,  Change-gates. 

41.  MILK-RECEPTACLES.    Safeguards,  generally  fixed  in  loca- 

tion, which  protect  milk  from  theft  after  delivery  or  which 
protect  a  milk-receptacle  from  the  weather. 
Note. — Inventions  in  the  receptacle  itself  apart  from  the  protect- 
ing means  are  not  here  included. 

42.  MILK-RECEPTACLES,    DOOR    OR    WINDOW    JAMB. 

The  jambs  cooperate  with  the  receptacles  or  fastenings  there- 
for, so  that  access  to  the  receptacles  can  be  had  when  the  house 
doors  or  windows  are  open,  and  then  only. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT   AND   COLLECTION   RECEPTACLES,  subclass   22, 
Letter-boxes,  House,  Door  or  window  jamb. 

43.  MILK-RECEPTACLES,  FUNNEL-FILLER.    The  milk  is 

poured  in  through  a  chute,  tube,  or  funnel. 

44.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES.    Constructions  of  the  passages, 

traps,  or  chutes  through  which  letters,  packages,  coins,  or 
tokens  pass  between  the  point  of  insertion  and  the  receiving- 
box.  There  are  included  also  covers,  flaps,  and  doors  for  the 
inlet  and  outlet  openings,  operating  means  for  these  or  for  the 
traps,  and  body  construction  in  so  far  as  it  forms  the  chute  or 
permits  inspection  of  the  same. 

45.  CLOSURES   AND   CHUTES,   LETTER-BOX.    Inyentions 

particularly  adapted  to  letter-box  use. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT   AND   COLLECTION   RECEPTACLES,  subclass   30, 
Letter-boxes,  Signals,  Sound,  Door-controlled. 

46.  CLOSURES     AND     CHUTES,     LETTER-BOX,     NAME- 

PLATE.  The  name-plate  is  so  formed  as  to  combine  there- 
with a  mail-chute.  The  plate  usually  forms  the  cover  of  the 
chute. 

47.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES,  LETTER-BOX,  PIVOTED- 

TRAP.  A  pivoted  plate,  pocket,  or  other  holder  receives  the 
mail  and  by  its  movement  causes  or  permits  the  passage  of 
such  mail  into  the  body  of  the  box.  The  flap  or  door  usually 
cooperates  with  the  trap  to  prevent  unauthorized  access  to  the 
contents. 


CLASS  232— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  57. 
Closures  and  chutes,  Coin-trap,  Pivoted. 

48.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES,  LETTER-BOX,  PIVOTED- 

TRAP,  DOUBLE.  The  closing  means  consists  of  two  coop- 
erating traps,  each  covering  a  part  (usually  half)  of  the  opening. 

49.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES,  LETTER-BOX,  PIVOTED- 

TRAP,  POCKET.  The  trap  incloses  or  partly  incloses  the 
mail-matter. 

50.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES,  LETTER-BOX,  PIVOTED- 

TRAP,  POCKET,  BOTTOMLESS.  These  pockets  are 
themselves  in  the  nature  of  chutes.  The  cylindrical  casing 
within  which  they  turn  acts  as  a  bottom  or  end  during  a  por- 
tion of  the  movement.  One.  end  is  sometimes  closed;  but  in 
that  case  the  mail  is  not  supported  by  this  end. 

51.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES,  LETTER-BOX,  PIVOTED- 

TRAP,  POCKET,  INTEGRAL  DOOR.  The  door  is  rigid 
with  the  pocket. 

52.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES,  LETTER-BOX,  PPVOTED- 

TRAP,  TURNSTILE.    The  trap  is  in  the  form  of  a  turnstile. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  61, 
Closures  and  chutes,  Coin-trap,  Pivoted,  Rotatable,  Turnstile. 

53.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, DISCHARGE. 

Constructions  of  the  door  or  bottom  intended  to  facilitate  the 
withdrawal  of  mail-matter  from  the  box. 
Search  Class— 

232 — DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  15,  Fare- 
boxes,  Collection  devices,  Safety-receptacle,  and  subclass 
thereunder;  also,  subclass  30,  Letter-boxes,  Collection  devices, 
and  subclasses  thereunder. 

54.  CLOSURES    AND    CHUTES,    LETTER-BOX,    GUARD- 

FINGERS.    Points  or  sharp-edged  strips  project  into  the 
chute,  guiding  the  mail-matter  and  preventing  its  abstraction 
through  the  chute-mouth. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  63,  Clos- 
ures and  chutes,  Serrated  shelves. 

55.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES,  COIN-TRAP.    Traps  are  mov- 

able rests,  stops,  or  holders  which  temporarily  retain  coins, 
etc.,  within  the  chute  and  which  by  their  movement  dis- 
charge the  coins  upon  another  trap  or  into  the  receiver. 

56.  CLOSURES    AND     CHUTES,    COIN-TRAP,     ENDLESS 

CARRIER.    The  carrier  is  in  the  form  of  an  endless  belt. 

57.  CLOSURES    AND    CHUTES,    COIN-TRAP,    PIVOTED. 

The  trap  turns  upon  a  pivot. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  47,  Clos- 
ures and  chutes,  Letter-box,  Pivoted-trap. 

58.  CLOSURES    AND    CHUTES,    COIN-TRAP,    PIVOTED, 

COOPERATING  CHUTE-CLOSURE.  The  operation  of 
the  trap  causes  or  is  coincident  with  the  closing  of  the  chute. 

,59.  CLOSURES  AND  CHUTES,  COIN-TRAP,  PIVOTED, 
COOPERATING  CHUTE-CLOSURE,  MULTIPLE- 
TRAP.  Two  or  more  traps  form  the  cooperating  means  of 
closing  the  chute.  They  may  act  together  pr  in  any  predeter- 
mined order. 

60.  CLOSURES    AND    CHUTES,    COIN-TRAP,    PIVOTED, 

ROTATABLE.  The  traps  move  intermittently  in  the  same 
direction  to  bring  successive  portions  under  the  chute. 

61.  CLOSURES    AND    CHUTES,    COIN-TRAP,    PIVOTED, 

ROTATABLE,  TURNSTILE.    The  rotatable  part  is  in  the 
form  of  a  turnstile. 
Search  Class — 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  52,  Clo- 
sures and  chutes,  Letter-box,  Pivoted-trap,  Turnstile. 

62.  CLOSURES     AND     CHUTES,     GRAVITY     REVERSE- 

CHECKS.  Removal  of  the  contents  by  reversal  of  a  recep- 
tacle is  prevented  by  a  gravity-actuated  closure  or  by  the 
action  of  a  gravity-actuated  lock,  catch,  or  release. 

63.  CLOSURE  AND  CHUTES,  SERRATED  SHELVES.    These 

extend  into  the  chute  to  check  withdrawal  of  the  contents  of 
the  box.    Shelves  having  fraud-preventive  slits  or  other  open- 
ings in  the  body  of  the  shelf  are  included  here,  as  well  as  those 
notched  at  the" edges. 
Search  Class— 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  54, Clo- 
sures and  chutes,  Letter-box,  Guard-fingers. 


CLASS  234.— RECORDERS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  devices  for  making  a  permanent  record  of  the 
movements  of  machines  or  instruments  whose  movements  are  de- 
sired to  be  recorded  and  preserved,  except  organized  machines  in 
connection  with  whose  movements  a  recording  device  may  be  em- 
ployed, if  desired,  but  merely  as  an  accessory  feature.  In  this  latter 
case  the  recording  device  will  be  cross-referenced  into  this  class. 
The  class  also  includes  watchmen's  and  workmen's  tune-recorders 
and  time-stamps. 

Devices  connected  or  attached  to  weighing-machines  for  printing 
or  impressing  upon  a  card  or  paper  the  weight  of  the  article  weighed 
are  classified  in  class  73,  MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  100, 
Balances,  Recording. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    All  recording  devices  that  cannot  prop- 

erly be  classified  elsewhere. 

1.5.  ELECTRIC.  Miscellaneous  recording  means  electrically  oper- 
ated. 

2.  COMBINED   RECORDERS   AND   REGISTERS.    Miscella- 

neous apparatus  wherein  both  a  record  and  a  registration  are 
made. 

3.  COMBINED    RECORDERS    AND    REGISTERS,    FARE, 

INDIVIDUAL-RECORD.  Apparatus  combining  a  fare- 
register  and  a  fare-recorder,  a  record  being  made  of  each  indi- 
vidual fare. 

4.  COMBINED    RECORDERS    AND    REGISTERS,    FARE, 

TOTAL-RECORD.  Apparatus  combining  a  fare-register 
and  a  fare-recorder,  a  record  being  taken  at  the  end  of  a  trip 
or  at  any  desired  time  of  the  total  number  of  fares  taken  up 
to  that  time. 

5.  COMBINED   RECORDERS   AND   REGISTERS,   SPEED. 

Devices  for  recording  the  speed  of  a  moving  part  and  also  an 
indicator  for  showing  the  speed  at  any  particular  time. 

5.5.  ELECTRIC  METER.  Devices  for  recording  the  movements 
of  the  various  kinds  of  electrical  measuring  instruments. 

6.  COMBINED  READINGS.    Devices  for  recording  movements 

of  two  or  more  different  characters,  as  pressure  and  speed,  etc.    ' 

7.  ANEMOMETER.    Devices  for  recording  the  force  or  the  direc- 

tion of  the  wind. 

8.  CARTOGRAPHIC.    Devices  for  recording  the  irregularities  of 

the  surface  of  the  ground  or  the  bed  of  a  river  or  other  body  of 
water. 

9.  FARE.    Devices  for  recording  the  number  of  fares  taken  in  a 

car  or  other  conveyance. 
Search  Class — 

234— RECORDERS,  subclass  3,  Combined  recorders  and  registers, 
Fare,  Individual-record,  and  subclass  4,  Combined  recorders 
and  registers,  Fare,  Total-record. 

9.5.  FARE.  ELECTRIC.  Electrically-operated  devices  for  record- 
ing the  number  of  fares  taken  in  a  car  or  other  conveyance. 

10.  FLOAT.    Devices  for  recording  the  variations  in  the  level  of 

water  or  other  liquid,  the  marker  being  connected  to  a  float 
resting  upon  the  surface  of  the  liquid. 
Search  Class— 
234 — RECORDERS,  subclass  28,  Specific  gravity. 

11.  HEAT.    Devices  for  recording  the  temperature — as,  for  exam- 

ple, recording  thermometers  or  pyrometers. 

12.  PASSENGER.    Devices,  not  classifiable  in  other  subclasses  of 

this  group,  for  recording  the  number  of  persons  or  objects 
whose  movements  are  desired  to  be  recorded. 

12.5.  PASSENGER,  ELECTRIC.  Electrically-operated  devices 
for  recording  the  number  of  persons  or  objects,  the  device 
being  operated  by  the  person  or  object  itself. 

13.  PASSENGER,  GATE.    Devices  for  recording  the  number  of 

persons  passing  through  a  gate  or  turnstile. 
Search  Class — 
235— REGISTERS,  subclass  93,  Gate  and  turnstile  operated. 

14.  PASSENGER,  SEAT.    Devices  for  recording  the  length  of 

time  a  car  or  carriage  seat  has  been  occupied. 

15.  PASSENGER,  STEP.    Devices  for  recording  the  number  of 

persons  passing  over  a  step,  the  step  being  movable  and  actu- 
ating the  marker  when  depressed. 


CLASS  234— Continued. 

16.  POWER.    Devices  for  recording  power — as,  for  example,  re- 

cording-d  ynamometers . 

17.  PRESSURE.    Pressure-recording  devices   not  classifiable   in 

other  subclasses  of  this  group. 

18.  PRESSURE,  AIR-BRAKE.    Devices  for  recording  the  pres- 

sure used  in  applying  air-brakes  to  a  train. 

19.  PRESSURE,  GAGE,  DISK.    Recording-pressure  gages  where 

the  record  is  made  upon  a  rotating  disk. 

20.  PRESSURE,     GAGE,     DRUM.    Recording-pressure     gages 

where  the  record  is  made  upon  a  rotating  drum  or  upon  a 
strip  of  paper  passing  from  one  drum  to  another. 

21.  STEAM-ENGINE  INDICATORS.    The  construction  of  the 

entire  indicator;  also,  parts  of  the  indicator  not  classifiable 
elsewhere. 

22.  STEAM-ENGINE     INDICATORS,     BOURDON     TYPE. 

Steam-engine  indicators  where  a  Bourdon  tube  is  employed 
instead  of  the  ordinary  steam-cylinder. 

23.  STEAM-ENGINE    INDICATORS,    DRUM.    The   construc- 

tion of  the  reciprocating  drum  carrying  the  paper  and  also 
the  connection  with  said  drum  of  the  operating-cord. 

24.  STEAM-ENGINE     INDICATORS,     ENGINE     CONNEC- 

TIONS. Connections  between  the  steam-engine  or  any  of  its 
parts  and  the  indicator  whereby  the  latter  is  operated  or  is 
secured  in  place. 

25.  STEAM-ENGINE     INDICATORS,     INDICATOR-CYLIN- 

DER. The  construction  of  the  indicator-cylinder,  including 
also  any  pencil  holding  or  operating  devices. 

26.  SHIP'S  COURSE.    Devices  for  making  a  continuous  record  of 

the  course  of  a  moving  ship,  such  as  recording-compasses,  etc. 

26.5.  SHIP'S  COURSE,  ELECTRIC.  Electrically-operated  de- 
vices for  making  a  continuous  record  of  the  course  of  a  moving 
ship. 

27.  SIGNAL.    Devices  for  recording  the  tune  or  duration  of  steam- 

whistles  or  other  signals. 

27.5.  SIGNAL,  ELECTRIC.  Electrically-operated  devices  for  re- 
cording the  operation  of  the  various  kinds  of  signals. 

28.  SPECIFIC  GRAVITY.    Devices  for  recording  the  vary  ing  spe- 

cific gravity  of  a  liquid,  as  determined  by  a  hydrometer  or 
other  instrument. 

29.  SPEED.    Devices  for  recording  the  speed  of  any  moving  object 

except  rotating  shafts. 

29.5.  SPEED,  ELECTRIC.    Electrically-operated  speed-recorders. 

30.  SPEED,  SHAFT,  CONTINUOUS-RECORD.    Devices,  not 

classifiable  in  subclass  31,  Speed,  Shaft,  Continuous-record, 
Governor-controlled,  and  subclass  32,  Speed,  Shaft,  Continu- 
ous-record, Uniform-amplitude,  for  making  a  continuous  un- 
broken record  of  the  speed  of  a  rotating  shaft. 

31.  SPEED,  SHAFT,  CONTINUOUS-RECORD,  GOVERNOR- 

CONTROLLE  D.  Devices  controlled  by  a  governor  for  mak- 
ing a  continuous  unbroken  record  of  the  speed  of  a  rotating 
shaft. 

32.  SPEED     SHAFT,   CONTINUOUS-RECORD,    UNIFORM- 

AMPLITUDE.  Devices  for  making  a  continuous  unbroken 
record  of  the  soeed  of  a  moving  shaft ,  t  he  marker  being  moved 
back  and  forth  always  the  same  distance. 

33.  SPEED,     SHAFT,    INTERMITTENT-RECORD.     Devices 

for  recording  the  speed  of  a  rotating  shaft,  the  record  compris- 
ing a  series  of  marks  or  punctures. 

33.5.  TELEPHONE.  Electrically-operated  devices  for  recording 
the  time  of  service  or  other  facts  connected  with  the  operation 
of  a  telephone  system. 

Note.— For  indicating  (not  recording)  devices  analogous  to  the 
above  see  class  Nil,  TI.ME-COXTROU.IXG  MECHANISM ,  subclass 
19,  Timing  mechanism,  Telephone-service. 

34.  VOLUME.    Devices  for  continuously  recording  the  volume  of 

water  or  other  fluid  passing  through  a  certain  space. 

34.5.  VOLUME,  ELECTRIC.  Electrically-operated  devices  for 
recording  the  volume  of  water  or  other  fluid  passing  through 
a  certain  space. 

35.  VOLUME,  METER-READING.    Devices  whereby  the  read- 

ing of  a  gas  or  other  meter  may  be  transferred  to  a  card. 

467 


468 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  234— Continued. 

36.  TIME.    Devices  for  recording  the  time  of  two  or  more  succes- 

sive movements  of  an  object  past  the  same  point;  also,  de- 
vices for  recording  the  absolute  time  at  which  a  certain  opera- 
tion takes  place;  also,  devices,  such  as  chronographs,  for  re- 
cording very  small  intervals  of  time. 

36.5.  TIME,  ELECTRIC.  Electrically-operated  devices  analogous 
to  those  in  subclass  36,  Time,  this  class. 

37.  TIME,  WATCHMEN'S,  MISCELLANEOUS.    Watchmen's 

time  recorders  not  classified  elsewhere. 

Note.— Devices  for  indicating  but  not  recording  time,  when  a 
watchman  has  signaled  from  his  station  are  found  in  class  161, 
TIME-CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass  20,  Timing-mech- 
anism, Watchmen's. 

37.5.  TIME,  WATCHMEN'S,  ELECTRIC.    Electrically-operated 

watchmen's  time-recorders,  except  those  classified  in  subclass 
37.6,  Time,  Watchmen's,  Electric,  Receivers,  this  class. 

37.6.  TIME,  WATCHMEN'S,  ELECTRIC,  RECEIVERS.    Elec- 

trically-operated watchmen's  time-recorders  where  the  inven- 
tion resides  only  in  the  part  of  the  system  where  the  record  is 
made. 

38.  TIME,  WATCHMEN'S,  STATIONARY-RECORD,  TIME- 

OPERATED  MARKER.  Recorders  having  a  stationary 
record-surface,  usually  graduated  in  divisions  of  time,  over  the 
surface  of  which  passes  a  time-operated  marker  which  is  forced 
into  contact  with  the  record-surface  by  the  watchman  as  he 
makes  his  round. 

33.  TIME,  WATCHMEN'S,  TIME-OPERATED  RECORD, 
MULTIPLE-KEY.  Recorders  carried  by  the  watchman  on 
his  round,  each  recorder  comprising  a  time-operated  record- 
surface  and  a  marking  device  which  is  forced  into  contact  with 
the  record-surface  by  a  key  secured  at  the  station,  each  station 
having  its  individual  key. 

40.  TIME,    WATCHMEN'S,    TIME-OPERATED     RECORD, 

SINGLE-KEY.  Watchmen's  time-recorders  located  at  the 
several  stations,  each  recorder  comprising  a  time-operated 
record-surface  upon  which  a  mork  or  impression  is  made  either 
through  an  aperture  in  the  casing  by  a  marker  connected  to 
the  recorder  or  carried  by  the  watchman  or  by  means  of  a 
marker  permanently  affixed  to  the  recorder  and  operated  by 
means  of  a  cord,  lever,  or  key. 

41.  TIME,     WORKMEN'S,     MISCELLANEOUS.    Workmen's 

time-recorders  not  classified  elsewhere. 

NOte. — Devices  for  indicating  but  not  recording  times  when  a 
workman  arrives,  or  the  time  when  work  is  done,  are  found  in 
classiei,  TIME-CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclass 21,  Timing 
mechanism,  Workman's. 

41.5.  TIME,  WORKMEN'S,  ELECTRIC.  Electrically-operated 
workmen's  time-recorders. 

42.  TIME,    WORKMEN'S,    CHECK-RECEIVERS.    Machines 

having  a  number  of  compartments  corresponding  to  divisions 
of  time  and  in  which  a  check  deposited  by  the  workman  is 
automatically  directed  to  the  proper  compartment. 

43.  TIME,      WORKMEN'S,      INDIVIDUAL-CARD,      TIME- 

IMPRESSION.    Machines   for   printing   upon    workmen's 
identification-cards  inserted  therein,  the  time  of  their  insertion. 
Search  Class — 

234— RECORDERS,  subclasses  54,  Time-stamps,  Dial,  Movable- 
dial;  55,  Time-stamps,  Dial,  Movable-platen;  56,  Time-stamps, 
Drum,  Movable-drum;  57,  Time-stamps,  Drum,  Movable- 
platen. 

44  TIME,  WORKMEN'S,  INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE 
RECORD, TIME-PRINTING  WHEEL,  AUTOGRAPHIC. 

Machines  having  a  strip  of  paper  upon  which  the  workman 
writes  his  name,  after  which  he  operates  a  lever  or  moves  some 
part  of  the  machine  which  causes  the  time  to  be  printed  in  line 
with  the  name  and  also  moves  the  paper  for  the  next  workman. 
Search  Class— 

234— RECORDERS,  subclass  49,  Time,  Workmen's,  Time-operated 
record,  Autographic. 

45.  TIME,  WORKMEN'S,  INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE 
RECORD,  TIME-PRINTING  WHEEL,  CHECK-OPER- 
ATED. Machines  where  a  check  bearing  the  workman's  des- 
ignation is  dropped  into  a  chute,  the  chock  falling  to  a  position 
inline  with  time-printing  wheels  and  in  its  passage  causing  the 
operation  of  a  printing-platen  which  imprints  the  workman's 
number  and  time  upon  a  strip  of  paper  which  during  the  oper- 
ation is  moved  to  expose  a  fresh  surface  on  the  printing-line. 


CLASS  234— Continued. 

46.  TIME,     WORKMEN'S    INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE 

RECORD,  TIME-PRINTING  WHEEL,  INDIVIDUAL- 
RECORD,  SINGLE-IMPRESSION.  Machines  where  a 
record  is  made  by  a  set  of  time-printing  wheels  upon  a  record- 
sheet,  there  being  a  single  operating-lever  which  by  its  opera- 
tion first  causes  the  record-sheet  to  move  to  place  into  printing 
position  that  portion  corresponding  to  the  workman's  number 
and  then  causes  the  engagement  of  the  printing-wheels  there- 
with. 

47.  TIME,    WORKMEN'S,    INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE 

RECORD,  TIME-PRINTING  WHEEL,  PRINTING- 
KEY.  Machines  wherein  the  workman  inserts  and  turns  a 
key  bearing  his  individual  designation,  which  key  cooperates 
with  time-printing  wheels  and  in  its  operation  causes  the  move- 
ment of  a  printing  platen  and  also  advances  the  record-strip. 

48.  TIME,    WORKMEN'S,    INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE 

RECORD,  TIME-PRINTING  WHEEL,  PRINTING- 
KEY,  OPERATING-LEVER.  Machines  similar  to  those 
in  subclass  47  in  this  class,  except  that  instead  of  turning  the 
key  the  key  is  inserted  and  a  separate  lever  operated  to  cause 
the  movements  of  the  parts. 

49.  TIME,     WORKMEN'S,     TIME-OPERATED     RECORD, 

AUTOGRAPHIC.  Devices  having  a  record-sheet  moved  by 
a  time-train,  the  sheet  having  the  time  printed  on  its  margin, 
either  in  and  by  the  machine  or  before  being  placed  therein, 
the  workman  writing  his  name  upon  an  exposed  portion  of  the 
paper. 

Search  Class— 

234— RECORDERS,  subclass  44, Time,  Workmen's,  Intermittently- 
movable  record,  Time-printing  wheel,  Autographic. 

50.  TIME,     WORKMEN'S,     TIME-OPERATED     RECORD, 

INDIVIDUAL-RECORD,  SINGLE-IMPRESSION.  Ma- 
chines having  a  time-operated  record-sheet  with  a  separate 
place  for  the  record  of  each  workman,  there  being  but  a  single 
key  for  all  the  workmen, 

51.  TIME,     WORKMEN'S,     TIME-OPERATED     RECORD, 

INDIVIDUAL-RECORD,  SINGLE  IMPRESSION, 
PRINTING-KEY.  Machines  having  a  time-operated  record- 
sheet  with  a  separate  place  thereon  for  each  workman's  desig- 
nation, each  workman  having  an  individual  key. 

52.  TIME,      WORKMEN'S,     TIME-OPERATED     RECORD, 

INDIVIDUAL-RECORD,  TAG-OPERATED  MARKER. 
Machines  where  an  individual  record  is  made,  either  by  a  con- 
tinuous mark  while  the  workman  is  employed  or  by  single 
marks  made  at  the  beginning  and  end  of  work,  the  marker 
being  operated  by  means  of  a  tag  hung  on  a  hook  or  other  part 
of  the  machine. 

53.  TIME,  WORKMEN'S,  WAGE-COMPUTERS.    Devices  for 

making  a  continuous  record  during  the  time  the  workman  is 
employed,  the  recording-surface  being  graduated  to  indicate 
time  employed  or  amount  of  wages  due  for  such  time,  or  both, 
so  that  the  record  will  show  at  any  time  the  amount  due  the 
workman. 
Search  Class— 

234— RECORDERS,  subclass  52,  Time,  Workmen's,  Time-operated 
record,  Individual-record,  Tag-operated  marker. 

53.5.  TIME-STAMPS,   ELECTRIC.    Electrically-operated   time- 
stamps. 

% 

54.  TIME-STAMPS,    DIAL,    MOVABLE-DIAL.    Time-stamps 

having  the  time  indications  on  the  face  of  dials  or  disks  and  in 
which  when  operated  the  dials  are  forced  against  a  stationary 
platen. 

55.  TIME-STAMPS,       DIAL,       MOVABLE-PLATEN.    Time- 

stamps  having  the  time  indications  on  the  face  of  dials  or  disks 
and  in  which  when  operated  the  platen  is  forced  against  the 
dials. 

56.  TIME-STAMP,  DRUM,  MOVABLE-DRUM.     Time-stamps 

having  the  time  indications  on  the  periphery  of  drums  or 
wheels  and  in  which  when  operated  the  drums  are  forced 
against  a  stationary  platen. 

57.  TIME-STAMPS,     DRUM,     MOVABLE-PLATEN.      Time- 

stamps  having  the  time  indications  on  the  periphery  of  drums 
or  wheels  and  in  which  when  operated  the  platen  is  forced 
against  the  drums. 


CLASS  235.— REGISTERS. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  machines  employed  for  ascertaining  the  num- 
ber of  movements  of  various  devices  or  machines;  also,  indicating 
devices  where  the  purpose  is  to  disclose  the  extent  or  quantity  of 
movement  of  the  indicator  and  where  the  device  is  separate  and 
independent  of  the  machine  whose  movements  are  to  be  noted; 
also,  organized  machines  (cash-registers,  fare-registers,  voting-ma- 
chines, and  calculators)  having  registering  or  counting  devices  as 
essential  or  important  elements  and  having  in  addition  certain 
other  features  necessary  to  make  up  the  complete  machines  for  the 
purposes  desired.  In  this  class  are  also  some  recording  devices — 
recording  cash-registers,  recording-calculators,  and  recording  voting- 
machines — which  are  classified  herein  instead  of  in  class  234,  RE- 
CORDERS, by  reason  of  the  analogy  of  the  machines  as  entireties  to 
other  machines  (cash-registers,  etc.),  in  this  class  and  their  dissimi- 
larity to  other  recording  devices.  These  recording  devices  usually, 
but  not  invariably,  comprise  attachments  for  printing  numbers. 

Registers  per  se  include  attachments  to  machines  whore  the  pur- 
pose is  to  ascertain  or  count  the  number  of  movements  thereof,  such 
as  engine-counters,  counters  for  printing-presses,  etc.  They  also 
include  devices  comprising  indicating  hands  or  pointers  (or  equiva- 
lents thereof),  whether  moved  regularly  or  irregularly,  forward  or 
backward,  in  cooperation  with  a  scale  or  index  to  disclose  the  extent 
of  movement. 

In  addition  to  registers  per  se,  the  class  is  subdivided  into  various 
groups  according  to  the  functions  of  the  machines  classified  therein. 

Note. — The  registering  mechanisms  employed  in  cash-registers 
(except  those  in  subclass  13)  and  calculators  are  capable  of  being 
operated  to  different  extents — that  is,  if  they  comprise  drums  hav- 
ing numerals  from  "0"  to  "9"  on  their  peripheries  they  may  be 
operated  one  step  or  more  up  to  the  limit  at  one  operation,  dependent 
upon  the  key  or  equivalent  actuated.  Moreover,  any  drum  or  drums 
(or  equivalent)  in  the  set  representing  different  orders,  as  units,  tens, 
etc.,  or  dollars  and  cents,  may  be  operated  either  singly  or  together. 
In  these  respects  the  registers  are  different  in  their  operation  from 
those  in  the  other  groups,  where  the  actuator  is  in  operative  relation 
only  with  the  wheel  or  other  device  of  lowest  order  and  moves  the 
same  one  step  at  a  time,  the  tens  being  "carried"  as  this  or  any 
other  wheel  completes  its  rotation. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Registering  devices  not  elsewhere  clas- 

sifiable. 

CASH-REGISTERS.  In  this  group  are  classified  machines  em- 
ployed in  mercantile  establishments  for  the  purpose  of 
keeping  a  check  upon  the  financial  transactions.  These  ma- 
chines usually  comprise  keys  or  equivalents,  registering  de- 
vices, indicating-tablets,  or  drums  to  disclose  to  the  purchaser 
the  amount  of  the  sale,  a  cash-drawer,  a  bell  or  other  alarm, 
and  various  subordinate  devices  mainly  for  the  purpose  of 
compelling  the  clerk  or  cashier  to  completely  and  correctly 
operate  the  machine.  It  also  includes  machines  where  an 
autographic  record  of  the  transaction  is  made  upon  a  mov- 
able strip  of  paper,  together  with  means  for  moving  the  paper, 
a  cash-drawer,  and  other  subsidiary  devices. 
Note.— Machines  in  which  an  autographic  record  of  the  trans- 
action is  made  upon  movable  strips  of  paper,  either  singly 
or  in  duplicate,  one  or  more  of  the  strips  being  rolled  up  in 
the  machine,  and  comprising  nothing  more  than  the  strips 
of  paper,  together  with  the  means  for  moving  the  same  and 
rolling  or  otherwise  disposing  of  them  within  the  machine, 
are  not  classified  herein. 

2.  CASH  REGISTERS  AND  RECORDERS.    Cash-registers  em- 

bodying both  a  register  and  a  recording  attachment  or  an 
attachment  for  printing  the  amount  of  the  sale  registered. 
Search  Class— 

235— REGISTERS,  subclasses  58,  Calculators,  Recording;  59,  Cal- 
culators, Recording,  Key-Operated;  60,  Calculators,  Record- 
Ing,  Key-Set. 

3.  CASH  REGISTERS  AND  RECORDERS,  CHECK-PRINT- 

ING. Cash-registers  of  the  type  classified  in  subclass  2  and 
having  in  addition  an  attachment  for  feeding,  printing,  and 
delivering  from  the  machine  a  check  showing  the  amount  of 
the  sale,  together  with  additional  data,  if  desired,  such  as  the 
date  of  the  transaction,  etc. 

4.  CASH-RECORDERS.    Machines  constructed   like  cash-regis- 

ters, but  having  the  register  replaced  by  a  recording  device 
for  preserving  a  record  of  the  sales. 

5.  CASH-RECORDERS,  MANUAL.    Cash-recorders  containing 

a  movable  strip  of  paper  on  which  a  memorandum  of  the  trans- 
action is  manually  made,  together  with  devices  ordinarily 
found  in  cash-registers  for  moving  the  paper  and  also,  if  de- 
sired, other  features  characteristic  of  cash-recorders. 

6.  CASH-REGISTERS,  DEPARTMENTAL.    Cash-registers  in- 

cluding two  or  more  separate  and  distinct  attachments  for 
registering  the  sales  of  different  clerks  or  departments,  a  single 
set  of  cash-keys,  and  separate  keys  or  other  devices  whereby 
the  cash-keys  may  be  placed  in  operative  connection  with  any 
desired  registering  attachment. 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  29,  Fare-registers,  Multiple. 

7.  CASH-REGISTERS.    Cash-registers  not  elsewhere  classifiable. 

8.  CASH-REGISTERS,  KEY-SET.    Cash-registers  not  elsewhere 

classified  where  the  keys  are  employed  merely  for  setting  cer- 
tain parts  into  operative  position,  which  parts  by  a  subsequent 
movement  of  another  part  of  the  machine  are  so  actuated  as 
to  cause  the  operation  of  the  machine. 

9.  CASH  -  REGISTERS,  KEY  -  SET,  CRANK- OPERATED. 

Key-set  cash-registers  operated  by  the  rotation  of  a  crank  or 
the  movement  of  a  lever. 
Search  Class — 

235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  21,  Cash-registers,  Dial,  Lever-oper- 
ated. 

10.  CASH-REGISTERS,    KEY-SET,   DRAWER-OPERATED. 

Key-set  cash-registers  operated  by  the  movement  of  the 
drawer. 

Search  Class — 

235 — REGISTERS,  subclass    22,  Cash-Registers,    Drawer-operat- 
ing mechanism. 

11.  CASH -REGISTERS,  KEY -SET,  MOTOR  -  OPERATED. 

Key-set  cash-registers  wherein  the  movement  of  the  key  re- 
leases a  spring  or  other  motor  which  actuates  the  machine. 
Search  Class — 
235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  62,  Calculators,  Motor-actuated. 

12.  CASH-REGISTERS,  KEY-OPERATED.    Cash-registers  not 

otherwise  classified  in  which  the  pressing  of  the  key  causes  the 
operation  of  the  various  parts  of  the  cash-register,  as  the  indi- 
cators, registers,  drawer-opening  devices,  etc. 

13.  CASH  -  REGISTERS,       KEY  -  OPERATED,      DETAIL- 

ADDERS.  Key-operated  cash-registers  wherein  a  separate 
and  independent  register  is  connected  to  each  key. 

14.  CASH-REGISTERS,  KEY-OPERATED,  DIFFERENTIAL 

MECHANISM.  Key-operated  cash-registers  wherein  sev- 
eral keys  act  upon  the  same  set  of  register- wheels,  the  wheels 
being  actuated  a  different  distance  according  to  the  value  of 
the  key  operated. 

15.  CASH -REGISTERS,    KEY- OPERATED,    DIFFEREN- 

TIAL MECHANISM,  KEY-COUPLED.  Key-operated 
cash-registers  having  differential  mechanism  where  a  key- 
lever  when  actuated  is  connected  with  a  coupling  or  "uni- 
versal" bar,  so  that  when  several  keys  are  thus  coupled  further 
pressure  upon  any  one  of  such  keys  will  cause  the  operation  of 
the  machine. 

16.  CASH-REGISTERS.      KEY-OPERATED,      DIFFEREN- 

TIAL MECHANISM,  LOST-MOTION  MECHANISM. 
Key-operated  cash-registers  having  differential  mechanism 
wherein  the  key-levers  move  a  certain  distance,  depending 
upon  the  value  of  the  key,  before  causing  any  movement  of 
the  parts  to  be  actuated. 

17.  CASH  -  REGISTERS,    CHECKS.    Cash  -  registers    wherein 

checks  or  disks  or  the  like  are  employed  for  the  purpose  of 
registering  the  sales. 

18.  CASH-REGISTERS,  CHECKS,  BALLS.    Cash-registers  em- 

ploying a  number  of  balls  to  register  the  sales,  the  balls  some- 
times being  superposed  in  a  transparent  tube,  the  tube  or  the 
casing  bearing  graduations,  so  that  the  number  corresponding 
to  a  column  of  any  height  may  be  ascertained  from  inspection, 
or  the  balls  may  be  employed  in  various  other  ways. 
Search  Class— 

235— REGISTERS,  subclasses  OS,  Calculators,  Ball,  and  123,  Ball 
or  button  indicator.  . 

19.  CASH-REGISTERS,  DIAL.    Cash-registers  without  keys,  but 

having  a  pointer  movable  over  a  dial,  the  pointer  being  moved 
by  hand  and  in  or  by  its  movement  causing  the  operation  of 
the  various  parts  of  the  machine.  In  this  subclass  the  pointer 
traveling  over  the  face  of  the  dial  serves  as  the  indicator. 

20.  CASH-REGISTERS,      DIAL,     INDEPENDENT-INDICA- 

TOR. Machines  similar  to  those  of  subclass  19,  Cash-Regis- 
ters, Dial,  with  the  addition  of  a  separate  indicator. 

21.  CASH-REGISTERS,   DIAL,    LEVER-OPERATED.    Cash- 

registers  wherein  a  pointer  or  the  like  connected  to  a  lever  or 
its  equivalent  is  moved  over  a  graduated  scale,  the  extent  of 
movement  determining  the  operation  of  the  machine  by  the 
lever. 

22.  CASH-REGISTERS,   DRAWER-OPERATING  MECHAN- 

ISM. Mechanism  whereby  the  drawer  of  a  cash  register  is 
opened  or  by  which  it  is  released  so  that  it  may  be  thrown 
open  by  means  of  a  spring  normally  pressing  against  it;  also, 
any  mechanism  whereby  the  drawer  is  operated  in  any  way. 

469 


470 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

23.  CASH-REGISTERS,    INDICATOR    MECHANISM.    Mech- 

anism for  operating  or  for  causing  to  be  operated  the  indicators 
of  a,  cash-register,  except  the  independent  devices  for  dropping 
the  tablets,  for  which  see  subclass  25,  Cash-registers,  Indi- 
cator mechanism,  Tablet-droppers. 

24.  CASH-REGISTERS,  INDICATOR  MECHANISM,  SHUT- 

TERS. Shutters  or  screens  and  operating  devices  therefor, 
whereby  the  figures  on  the  indicators  are  obscured  during 
part  of  the  operation  of  the  machine. 

25.  CASH-REGISTERS,    INDICATOR    MECHANISM,    TAB- 

LET-DROPPERS. Devices  for  causing  the  dropping  of  the 
tablets  of  a  cash-register  after  they  have  been  displayed. 

26.  CASH-REGISTERS,  KEY-ARRESTERS.    Devices  for  pre- 

venting the  simultaneous  operation  of  two  or  more  keys  or  for 
preventing  the  operation  of  more  than  a  predetermined  num- 
ber of  keys. 

27.  CASH-REGISTERS,  KEY-LOCKS.    Devices  for  locking  the 

keys  of  a  cash-register  against  movement — as,  for  example, 
when  the  proprietor  leaves  the  machine  for  a  time  and  does 
not  wish  it  operated  during  his  absence. 

28.  CASH -REGISTERS,   LID  -  REGISTERS.    Registers  that 

count  or  indicate  the  number  of  times  the  lid  or  cover  of  a 
cash-register  has  been  opened. 

TARE-REGISTERS.  Machines  employed  in  street-cars,  oper- 
ated by  the  conductor  when  taking  fares  and  serving  to  indi- 
cate and  register  the  number  of  fares  taken.  These  machines 
include  an  operating-lever  or  its  equivalent  actuated  by  cords 
or  rods  accessible  from  any  point  of  the  car,  registers,  trip  or 
total,  or  both,  alarm  devices,  and  various  auxiliary  devices, 
mainly  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  conductor  "beating" 
the  machine. 

29.  FARE-REGISTERS,    MULTIPLE.    Fare-registers     includ- 

ing two  or  more  separate  registers  for  indicating  different 
classes  of  fare,  whether  such  registers  are  entirely  independent 
of  each  other  or  whether  they  have  either  a  common  trip- 
register  or  a  common  totalizer. 

30.  FARE-REGISTERS,    CAB-FARE-INDICATING.     Devices 

attached  to  a  cab  or  other  vehicle,  adapted  to  be  actuated 
either  by  a  time-train  or  according  to  the  distance  traveled, 
at  the  option  of  the  passenger,  the  connection  being  made  by 
the  driver,  said  device  indicating  to  the  passenger  the  time 
or  distance  and  the  amount  of  fare  he  is  to  pay  for  such  time 
or  distance. 

31.  FARE-REGISTERS,    TICKET-DELIVERY.        Structures 

containing  a  roll  of  tickets,  one  of  which,  either  punched  or 
not,  is  withdrawn  and  given  to  each  passenger  and  at  the 
same  time  is  counted  upon  a  register. 

32.  FARE-REGISTERS,  REGISTERING-BOXES.    Fare-boxes 

for  street-cars,  etc.,  containing  a  register  operated  by  the  fare 
or  the  ticket  or  during  the  operation  of  the  box  to  cause  the 
fare  to  be  dropped  from  one  part  to  another. 
Search  Class — 
235— REGISTERS,  subclass  100,  Registering-boxes. 

33.  FARE-REGISTERS.    Fare-registers  not  elsewhere  classified. 

34.  FARE-REGISTERS,  DIAL-AND-CYLINDER.      Fare-regis- 

ters whose  trip-register  is  a  pointer  moving  around  a  graduated 
dial  and  whose  totalizer  is  composed  of  a  series  of  cylinders 
placed  side  by  side. 

35.  FARE-REGISTERS,  BELT.      Fare-registers  whose  register- 

ing devices  are  belts  or  short  flat  links  forming  endless  chains, 
upon  which  the  numbers  are  placed. 

36.  FARE-REGISTERS,   PARALLEL-AXES.       Fare-registers, 

not  elsewhere  classified,  having  a  plurality  of  registers  located 
on  axes  parallel  with  each  other. 

37.  FARE-REGISTERS,     PARALLEL-AXES,     CYLINDER. 

Fare-registers  having  two  sets  of  registering  devices,  as  for  trip 
and  total,  each  set  composed  of  a  number  of  cylinders  placed 
side  by  side. 

38.  FARE-REGISTERS,      PARALLEL-AXES,      DIAL-AND- 

HAND.  Fare-registers  whose  registering  devices,  whether  in 
one  set  only  or  in  two  sets — trip  and  total — are  composed  of  a 
number  of  pointers,  each  moving  around  a  graduated  dial, 
the  pointers  of  each  set  in  the  higher  orders  being  actuated 
one  graduation  when  the  pointer  of  the  lower  order  has  made 
&  complete  rotation. 

39.  TARE-REGISTERS,    PARALLEL-AXES,    DISK.       Fare- 

registers  including  one  or  mere  sets  of  registering  devices,  each 
set  composed  of  disks  numbered  upon  their  faces,  the  num- 
bers showing  successively  through  an  aperture  in  the  casing 
as  the  disks  are  rotated,  the  disks  of  lower  orders  transferring 
to  those  of  higher  orders  as  they  make  complete  rotations. 

40.  FARE-REGISTERS,     SINGLE-AXIS.    Fare-registers,     not 

elsewhere  classified,  having  one  or  more  registers  arranged  on 
a  single  axis. 
Search  Class— 
235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  34,  Fare-registers,  Dial-and-cylinder. 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

41.  FARE -REGISTERS,     SINGLE -AXIS,     CONCENTRIC- 

DISK.    Fare-registers  whose  registering  devices  comprise  a 
plurality  of  disks  numbered  on  their  faces  and  placed  concen- 
trically upon  a  single  shaft  or  axis. 
Search  Class — 

235— REGISTERS,  subclasses  78,  Calculators,  Single-axis,  Concen- 
tric-disk; 116,  Single  axis,  Concentric-disk. 

42.  FARE-REGISTERS,  SINGLE-AXIS,  CYLINDER.      Fare- 

registers  whose  registering  devices  arc  composed  of  a  series  of 
drums  placed  side  by  side  upon  a  single  shaft.    In  some  cases 
these  drums  are  arranged  in  two  sets,  a  trip  and  total,  the  sets 
being  separated  from  each  other. 
Search  Class — 

235 — REGISTERS,  subclasses  34,  Fare-registers,  Dial-and-cylinder, 
and  37,  Fare-registers,  Parallel-axes,  Cylinder. 

43.  FARE-REGISTERS,   SINGLE-AXIS,   DIAL-AND-IIAND. 

Fare-registers  wherein  the  registering  attachment  comprises 
one  or  more  hands  moving  over  a  dial  and  arranged  around  the 
same  axis  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  hour  and  minute  hands 
of  a  clock,  but  ordinarily  actuated  step  by  step. 

44.  FARE-REGISTERS,    OPERATING    DEVICES.    D  vices, 

aside  from  the  internal  mechanism  of  a  fare-register,  for  oper- 
ating the  same. 

45.  FARE-REGISTERS,  OPERATING  DEVICES,  ELECTRIC. 

Operating  devices  for  fare-registers  composed  partly  of  elec- 
trical circuits,  cut-offs,  etc. 

46.  FARE-REGISTERS,    OPERATING    DEVICES,    PUNCH. 

Registering  ticket-punches  and  the  like. 

47.  FARE-REGISTERS,  RESETTING.    Devices  by  which  the 

trip-register  of  a  fare-register  is  set  back  to  zero  at  the  begin- 
ning of  a  trip. 

Note.— This  subclass,  while  similar  to  subclass  144,  Zero-setting 
devices,  in  one  respect  (restoring  the  register-wheels  to  zero) 
differs  from  it  in  that  while  such  restoration  is  going  on 
various  other  operations  are  or  may  be  performed — such  as 
locking  the  machine  against  movement,  setting  the  trip  or 
direction  indicator,  moving  a  zero-register,  etc. 

48.  FARE-REGISTERS,     RESETTING,     DIRECTION-INDI- 

CATOR. Devices  in  a  fare-register  for  indicating  the  direc- 
tion the  car  is  moving  and  mechanism  for  actuating  the  same. 

49.  FARE-REGISTERS,    HUNDREDS-INDICATOR.      Addi- 

tions to  the  trip-register  of  a  fare-register  by  which  its  capacity 
is  increased. 

VOTING-MACHINES.  Machines  employed  for  mechanically 
casting  and  counting  votes.  These  machines  usually  comprise 
keys  or  equivalents,  one  for  each  candidate,  and  in  most  cases 
a  key  whereby  by  a  single  movement  a  vote  can  be  given  for  the 
entire  set  of  candidates  of  either  party,  interlocking  mecha- 
nism for  preventing  votes  being  given  for  more  than  the  proper 
number  of  candidates,  and  various  auxiliary  devices. 

50.  VOTING-MACHINES,  RECORDING.  Voting-machines  hav- 

ing a  device  for  recording  upon  a  strip  of  paper  or  its  equiva- 
lent the  number  cf  votes  cast.  The  machine  may  or  may 
not  also  have  a  registering  attachment. 

51.  VOTING-MACHINES.    Voting-machines  not  elsewhere  classi- 

fied. 

52.  VOTING-MACHINES,  ASSEMBLY.     Bevices  by  means  of 

which  legislators  or  members  of  assemblies  can,  by  operating 
keys  or  levers,  indicate  a  "yes"  and  "no"  vote,  these  devices 
frequently  having  registers  connected  therewith  for  counting 
up  the  totals  of  such  votes.  In  many  cases  these  devices  are 
connected  with  the  desks  of  the  legislators. 

53.  VOTING-MACHINES,   CHECK-OPERATED.     Voting  ma- 

chines wherein  a  check  or  ball  is  employed  to  operate  the  regis- 
tering device. 

54.  VOTING-MACHINES,  KEY-SET.    Voting-machines  wherein 

the  movement  of  the  key  sets  in  position  for  further  opera- 
tion certain  parts,  the  operation  of  such  parts  and  through 
them  the  registers,  etc.,  being  effected  by  means  of  a  device 
afterward  operated,  such  as  the  opening  of  the  door  of  the 
booth  by  the  voter  when  he  departs,  etc. 

55.  VOTING-MACHINES,  KEY-OPERATED.  Voting-machines 

wherein  the  registering  is  effected  by  the  direct  action  of  the 
keys  or  levers. 

56.  VOTING-MACHINES,  VOTE-COUNTERS.    Devices  of  vari- 

ous kinds  whereby  the  votes  as  marked  upon  "Australian 
ballots"  are  enabled  to  be  rapidly  counted. 

57.  REGISTERING     BALLOT-BOXES.    Ballot-boxes    having 

attachments  for  registering  the  number  of  ballots  placed 
therein. 

CALCULATORS.  In  this  group  are  classified  machines  for  me- 
chanically performing  the  various  mathematical  operations, 
usually  those  of  addition  or  subtraction,  frequently  that  of 
multiplication,  and  occasionally  of  division.  These  machines 
generally  comprise  registers  and  keys  or  equivalents  for 
operating  them,  together  with  necessary  auxiliary  devices. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


471 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

58.  CALCULATORS,  RECORDING.     Calculators  not  classified 

in  other  subclasses  which  contain  adding  or  other  calculating 
mechanism  and  devices  for  printing  the  numbers  set  up  or 
the  results,  or  both. 

59.  CALCULATORS,  RECORDING,  KEY-OPERATED.  Key- 

operated  recording  calculating-machines  where  the  actuation 
of  the  key  directly  operates  the  registering  and  printing 
devices. 

60.  CALCULATORS,  RECORDING,  KEY-SET.    Recording  cal- 

culating-machines where  the  depression  of  a  key  sets  certain 
devices  in  position  and  a  succeeding  movement  of  another 
part,  as  a  handle  or  lever,  operates  the  machine. 

61.  CALCULATORS.    Calculating-machines  not  elsewhere  classi- 

fied. 

62.  CALCULATORS,    MOTpR-ACTUATED.      Calculating-ma- 

chines wherein  the  pressing  of  a  key  releases  a  spring  or  other 
motor  which  actuates  the  devices  to  the  extent  determined 
by  the  value  of  the  key  operated. 
Search  Class — 

235— REGISTERS,  subclass   11,   Cash-registers,  Key-set,   Motor- 
operated. 

63.  CALCULATORS,  TRAVELING-CARRIAGE.    Calculating- 

machines  having  a  single  set  of  keys  and  having  devices  mova- 
ble from  order  to  order  of  the  registering  mechanism  and  con- 
necting the  keys  successively  therewith. 

64.  CALCULATORS,  ADDING-PENCILS.    Devices  attached  to 

a  pencil  or  similar  instrument  which  are  employed  to  keep 
account  of  the  sum  of  columns  to  be  added  or  the  number 
of  tens  to  be  "carried,"  usually  operated  by  the  pressure  of 
the  point  upon  the  paper  or  desk. 

Note.— Adding  devices  that  are  merely  adapted  to  be  clamped 
to  a  pencil,  but  do  not  form  part  thereof  nor  are  operated 
by  the  movement  of  the  pencil,  are  not  classified  herein, 
but  are  classified  according  to  the  structure  of  the  adding 
device  itself. 

65.  CALCULATORS,  BAR-AND-DISK.    Adding-machines  com- 

prising two  parts,  a  bar  and  a  disk,  one  part  being  for  the 
lower  orders  and  the  other  for  the  higher.  . 

66.  CALCULATORS,     CYLINDER-AND-DISK.       Adding-ma- 

chines comprising  two  parts,  a  cylinder  and  a  disk,  or  a  plu- 
rality of  either. 

67.  CALCULATORS,  SPIRAL.     Adding-machines  wherein  the 

numbers  are  arranged  spirally,  either  around  the  surface  of  a 
cylinder  or  upon  the  face  of  a  disk,  there  ordinarily  being 
a  pointer  or  its  equiyalent  that  travels  in  cooperation  with 
the  cylinder  or  disk  in  order  to  indicate  the  proper  figure  or 
number. 
Search  Class — 
235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  107,  Spiral. 

68.  CALCULATORS,  BALL.    Calculators  wherein  the  registering 

devices  are  composed  of  balls. 
Search  Class — 

235 — REGISTERS,  subclasses  123,  Ball  or  button  indicator,  and 
18,  Cash-registers,  Checks,  Balls. 

69.  CALCULATORS,  BAR.    Calculating  devices  wherein  a  bar  or 

bars  bearing  numerals  are  employed  instead  of  disks  or 
cylinders. 

70.  CALCULATORS,  BAR,  SLIDE-RULES.     Rules  consisting 

of  a  stationary  base,  and  one  or  more  slides  movable  therein, 
both  the  base  and  the  slides  being  graduated,  usually  logarith- 
mically, according  to  the  different  elements  of  some  mathe- 
matical formula,  so  that  by  placing  the  slide  in  proper  re- 
lation to  the  base,  problems  embodying  such  formula  may 
be  solved  without  calculation. 
Search  Class — 

235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  84,  Calculators,    Single-axis,    Disk, 
Slide-rules. 

71.  CALCULATORS,  BELT.    Adding-machines  wherein  movable 

belts  bearing  numerals  are  employed  instead  of  cylinders  or 
disks. 

.Note. — Machines  wherein  belts  are  employed  as  devices  whereby 
to  operate  registering  or  calculating  cylinders,  etc.,  are  not 
classified  herein,  but  are  located  according  to  the  character  of 
the  registering  mechanism. 

72.  CALCULATORS,      PARALLEL- AXES.    Calculating-ma- 

chines, not  elsewhere  classified,  wherein  the  registering-disks 
or  then-  equivalents  are  placed  upon  axes  parallel  with  each 
other. 

Search  Class— 
235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  76,  Calculators,  Parallel-Axes,  Gear. 

73.  CALCULATORS,    PARALLEL-AXES,  CYLINDER.    Cal- 

culating-machines whose  registering  attachments  comprise 
cylinders  placed  either  singly  or  in  sets  on  axes  parallel  with 
each  other. 

74.  CALCULATORS,  PARALLEL-AXES,  DISK.    Calculating- 

machines  whose  registering  attachments  comprise  disks 
placed  upon  axes  parallel  with  each  other,  the  disks  being 
actuated  by  some  instrument  held  in  the  hand,  such  as  a 
stylus,  pencil,  etc. 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

75.  CALCULATORS,    PARALLEL-AXES,    DISK,    KEY-OP- 

ERATED. Calculating-machines  whoso  registering  attach- 
ments comprise  disks  placed  upon  axes  parallel  with  each 
other,  the  machines  being  operated  by  means  of  keys. 

76.  CALCULATORS,  PARALLEL-AXES,  GEAR.    Calculating- 

machines  whose  registering  devices  are  on  axes  parallel  with 
each  other,  these  devices  being  connected  by  gears  instead  of 
by  intermittent  transfer  mechanism. 

77.  CALCULATORS,    SINGLE-AXIS.     Calculators,     not  -else- 

where classified,  whose  registering  devices  are  placed  upon 
the  same  axis. 

78.  CALCULATORS,     SINGLE-AXIS,    CONCENTRIC-DISK. 

Calculating-machines  whose  registering  devices  comprise  a 
plurality  of  disks  numbered  on  their  faces  and  placed  concen- 
trically on  a  single  shaft  or  axis. 
Search  Class — 

235— REGISTERS,    subclasses    41,    Fare-Registers,    Single-Axis, 
Concentric-Disk,  and  116,  Single  Axis,  Concentric-Disk. 

79.  CALCULATORS,    SINGLE-AXIS,   CYLINDER.    Calculat- 

ing-machines, not  elsewhere  classified,  whose  registering 
devices  are  composed  of  a  number  of  cylinders  placed  side  by 
side  on  a  common  shaft. 

80.  CALCULATORS,  SINGLE-AXIS,  CYLINDER,  KEYLESS. 

Calculators  whose  registering  devices  comprise  cylinders 
placed  upon  a  single  axis,  these  cylinders  being  operated  di- 
rectly by  means  of  the  fingers  of  the  operator  or  by  a  stylus, 
pencil,  or  other  instrument  held  in  the  hand. 

81.  CALCULATORS,     SINGLE-AXIS,     CYLINDER,      KEY- 

LESS, LEVER-OPERATED.  Calculators  whose  register- 
ing devices  comprise  cylinders  placed  side  by  side  upon  a  sin- 
gle axis,  these  cylinders  being  operated  by  levers  or  equiva- 
lents having  handles  or  the  like  movable  to  different  extents 
over  a  graduated  plate. 

82.  CALCULATORS,  SINGLE-AXIS,  CYLINDER,  KEY-OP- 

ERATED. Calculating-machines  having  registering  devices 
composed  of  a  series  of  cylinders  placed  side  by  side  upon  a 
common  shaft  and  being  directly  operated  by  the  depression 
of  keys,  with  which  the  machine  is  provided. 

83.  CALCULATORS,  SINGLE-AXIS,  DISK.    Calculators  whose 

registering  devices  comprise  a  disk  or  two  disks  upon  the  same 
axis,  one  movable  with  respect  to  the  other  or  one  or  more 
hands  or  pointers  movable  over  the  face  of  a  dial  properly 
graduated. 

84.  CALCULATORS,  SINGLE-AXIS,  DISK,    SLIDE-RULES. 

Devices  similar  to  those  in  subclass  70,  Calculators,  Bar,  Slide- 
Rules,  except  that  the  base  and  the  slides  instead  of  being 
straight  are  circular. 
Search  Class — 
235— REGISTERS,  subclass  70,  Calculators,  Bar,  Slide-Rules. 

85.  CALCULATORS,    TABULAR.    Structures,    not    elsewhere 

classified,  where  a  table  showing  results  calculated  from  cer- 
tain data  is  so  arranged  that  by  properly  manipulating  the 
same  any  desired  result  is  exposed  to  view  at  a  sight-opening. 

86.  CALCULATORS,  TABULAR,  BELT.    Tabular  calculators 

having  their  tables  placed  upon  belts  which  are  movable  back 
and  forth,  as  desired. 

87.  CALCULATORS,   TABULAR,   CYLINDER.    Tabular  cal 

culators  having  tables  formed  or  placed  upon  cylinders. 

88.  CALCULATORS,   TABULAR,   DISK.    Tabular  calculators 

having  tables  placed  upon  disks  which  rotate  about  their 
centers. 

89.  CALCULATORS,    TABULAR,    SHEET.    Tabular   calcula- 

tors having  tables  placed  upon  sheets,  the  sheets  being  at- 
tached to  a  frame  either  permanently  or  temporarily  and  a 
guiding-strip  or  the  like  being  provided  to  be  used  in  connec- 
tion with  the  sheets. 

90.  GAME-BOARDS.    Boards,  such  as  cribbage-boards  and  the 

fike,  whereon  the  scores  made  in  a  game  may  be  counted,  the 
counting  being  accomplished  by  means  of  pegs  or  the  like 
successively  moved  to  different  holes  as  the  score  increases. 

91.  OPERATING  DEVICES.    Devices,  not  elsewhere  classified, 

for  operating  registers,  the  specific  construction  of  the  regis- 
ters not  being  of  the  invention. 

92.  ELECTRICALLY  OPERATED.    Devices  in  which  the  reg- 

ister is  operated  through  the  medium  of  electrical  devices. 

93.  GATE    AND    TURNSTILE    OPERATED.    Registers   con- 

nected with  and  operated  by  a  turnstile. 

94.  LIQUID-REGISTERS.    Registers  operated  by  means  of  a 

faucet  or  other  part  through  or  in  which  the  fluid  passes,  such 
as  registering-faucets,  registers  connected  with  saucers  holding 
beer-glasses,  registering-bottles,  etc. 

95.  ODOMETERS.    Registers  connected  or  attached  to  the  wheel 

or  axle  of  a  vehicle,  such  as  a  carriage  or  bicycle,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  counting  the  number  of  revolutions  made  by  the  wheel 
and,  with  the  knowledge  of  the  size  of  the  wheel,  of  measuring 
the  distance  traveled,  the  counting-wheels  being  marked  to 
indicate  the  distances  instead  of  the  number  of  revolutions. 


472 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

96.  ODOMETERS,  DETAILS.    Details  or  isolated  parts  of  odom- 

eters or  parts  connected  therewith,  such  as  tappets,  brackets, 
etc. 

97.  ODOMETERS,  TRIP-AND-TOTAL.    Odometers  having  two 

sets  of  registering  devices,  one  set  moving  continuously  to 
indicate  the  entire  distance  traveled  and  the.  other  sot  capable 
of  being  reset  to  zero  at  any  desired  timp  and  adapted  to 
indicate  the  distance  traveled  during  a  single  trip  or  in  a 
day  or  any  desired  interval  of  time. 

98.  PACKAGE-OPERATED.    Registers  operated  by  a  package, 

barrel,  etc.,  passing  through  the  machine. 

99.  PLATFORM-OPERATED.    Registers  operated  through  the 

medium  of  a  depressible  seat,  platform,  or  the  like  on  which 
the  person  sits  or  steps  or  the  article  is  placed. 

100.  REGISTERING-BOXES.    Registers  operated  by  a  coin  as  it 

passes  into  a  box  or  other  receptacle. 
Search  Class — 
235— REGISTEES,  subclass  32,  Fare-Registers,  Registering-Boxes. 

101.  STAMP.    Registers  operated  by  a  hand-stamp. 

102.  TYPE-WRITER  WORD-COUNTERS.    Devices  for  count- 

ing the  number  of  words,  etc.,  written  by  a  type- writer. 

103.  ROTATION-COUNTERS.    Instruments    for    counting    the 

number  of  rotations  made  by  a  shaft  or  other  piece  of  machin- 
ery. 

104.  ROTATION-COUNTERS,     TIMING     DEVICES.     Instru- 

ments or  machines  for  counting  or  indicating  the  number  of 
rotations  in  a  given  time  made  by  a  shaft  or  other  piece  of 
machinery— ^as,  for  example,  the  number  of  rotations  per 
second  or  minute  or  even  the  number  of  miles  per  hour  made 
by  a  moving  vehicle. 

105.  PEDOMETERS.    Instruments  attached  to  the  foot  or  body 

for  counting  the  number  of  steps'made;  also,  devices  for  anal- 
ogous purposes. 

106.  ANGLED-AXES.    Machines  having  several  registering  devices 

placed  on  axes  at  angles  to  each  other. 

107.  SPIRAL.    Registers  wherein  the  numbers  are  arranged  spi- 

rally, either  around  the  surface  of  a  cylinder  or  upon  the 
face  of  a  disk,  a  pointer  being  sometimes  employed  which 
travels  along  the  cylinder  or  disk  in  order  to  indicate  the 
proper  numeral. 
Search  Class — 
235 — REGISTERS,  subclass  67,  Calculators,  Spiral. 

108.  PARALLEL-AXES.    Registers,    not    elsewhere    classified, 

whose  counting  devices  are  placed  on  axes  parallel  with  each 
other. 

109.  PARALLEL-AXES,     GEAR.    Registers     whose     counting 

devices  are  placed  upon  axes  parallel  with  each  other  and 
which  are  connected  by  gearing  instead  of  intermittently- 
operating  transfer  mechanism. 

110.  PARALLEL-AXES,  CYLINDER.    Registers  whose  count- 

ing devices  comprise  several  cylinders  or  drums  placed  upon 
axes  parallel  with  each  other. 

111.  PARALLEL-AXES,    DIAL-AND-DISK.    Registers    whose 

counting  devices  include  both  graduated  movable  disks  and 
pointers  passing  over  graduated  dials,  the  devices  being  placed 
upon  axes  parallel  with  each  other. 

112.  PARALLEL-AXES,  DIAL-AND-HAND.    Registers  whose 

counting  devices  include  several  graduated  dials  over  whose 
surfaces  pass  pointers  or  hands,  the  devices  being  placed  upon 
axes  parallel  with  each  other. 
Search  Class— 
235— REGISTERS,  subclass  109,  Parallel- Axes,  Gear. 

113.  PARALLEL-AXES,  DISK.    Registers  whose  counting  de- 

vices include  a  plurality  of  rotatable  disks  having  numbers  on 
their  faces  and  placed  upon  axes  parallel  with  each  other. 
Search  Class — 
235— REGISTERS,  subclass  111,  Parallel- Axes,  Dial-and-Disk. 

114.  PARALLEL-AXES,  DISK,  HAND-OPERATED.    Regis- 

ters having  counting  devices  similar  to  those  defined  in  sub- 
class 113.  Parallel-Axes,  Disk,  the  disks  being  separately  oper- 
ated by  hand.  These  registers  are  generally  used  in  keeping 
count  of  the  points  made  in  games. 

115.  SINGLE-AXIS.    Registers,  not  elsewhere  classified,  whose 

counting  devices  are  placed  upon  a  single  axis. 

116.  SINGLE-AXIS,     CONCENTRIC-DISK.    Registers     whose 

counting  devices  comprise  a  plurality  of  disks  numbered  upon 
their  faces  and  placed  concentrically  upon  a  single  shaft  or 
axis. 

Search  Class— 

235— REGISTERS,  subclasses  41,  Faro-Registers,  Single-Axis,  Con- 
centric-Disk, and  78,  Calculators,  Single-Axis,  Concentric-Disk. 

117.  SINGLE-AXIS,    CYLINDER.     Registers   whose  counting 

devices  comprise  a  plurality  of  cylinders  placed  side  by  side 
upon  a  single  shaft  or  axis. 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

118.  SINGLE  -  AXIS,     CYLINDER,     SINGLE  -  CYLINDER. 

Registers  whose  counting  devices  comprise  a  single  cylindei 
numbered  on  its  periphery. 

119.  SINGLE-AXIS,     DIFFERENTIAL     GEARS.      Registers 

whose  counting  devices  comprise  two  or  more  cylinders 
placed  upon  a  single  axis,  the  cylinders  having  connected  or 
formed  therewith  gears  having  different  numbers  of  teeth, 
but  actuated  by  the  same  gear,  thus  causing  a  slow  move- 
ment of  one  cylinder  with  respect  to  the  other. 

120.  SINGLE-AXIS,  DIAL  AND  HAND,  MULTIPLE-HAND. 

Registers  whose  counting  devices  comprise  several  pointers 
or  hands  moving  over  a  dial  and  turning  around  the  same 
axis  at  different  rates  of  speed,  the  relative  movements  being 
continuous,  as  when  connected  by  gears  or  pinions  in  the 
same  way  as  the  hands  of  a  watch,  or  intermittent,  as  when 
caused  by  transfer  devices  operating  only  when  one  hand  has 
completed  a  rotation. 

121.  SINGLE-AXIS,    DIAL    AND    HAND,    SINGLE-HAND. 

Registers  whose  counting  devices  comprise  a  graduated  dial 
and  a  single  hand  or  pointer  moving  thereover. 
Search  Class— 
235— REGISTEES,  subclass  103,  Rotation-counters. 

122.  SINGLE-AXIS,  DISK.      Registers  whose  counting  mechan- 

ism comprises  a  rotating  disk  having  numbers  on  its  face. 

123.  BALL    OR    BUTTON    INDICATOR.      Counting    devices 

where  balls  or  buttons  movable  upon  a  support  are  employed 
to  count  or  keep  tally  of  a  game — such,  for  instance,'  as 
billiards. 
Search  Class— 

235— REGISTERS,   subclasses   18,  Cash-registers,  Checks,    Balls 
and  68,  Calculators,  Ball. 

124.  BAR     AND     SCALE.      Registers    embodying    a    pointer 

moving  along  a  graduated  bar. 

125.  BELT.    Registering-machines  wherein  the  elements  instead 

of  being  cylinders  or  disks  are  movable  belts  bearing  numerals. 

126.  CARD.    Cards  or  paper  slips,  etc.,  employed  in  games  to 

keep  tally  of  the  points  or  of  other  data. 

127.  PIVOTED-INDICATOR.    Devices  for  keeping  count  of  the 

points  in  a  game  or  for  equivalent  purpose,  comprising  indica- 
tors pivoted  to  a  base  and  adapted  to  be  turned  on  their 
pivots-  as,  for  example,  from  a  horizontal  to  a  vertical  po- 
sition-to indicate  the  desired  data. 

128.  ALARM  MECHANISM.    Mechanism  connected  to  register- 

ing devices  of  any  character  for  sounding  an  alarm,  as  by 
ringing  a  bell  or  in  any  other  manner. 

129.  FULL-STROKE   MECHANISM.     Devices  for  compelling  a 

reciprocating  part  to  be  actuated  to  its  full  extent  before  it 
can  be  returned. 

130.  LOCKING     MECHANISM.      Devices    (except    key-locks, 

subclass  27,  under  cash-registers)  for  positively  locking  a  part 
against  movement,  either  temporarily  until  the  machine 
shall  have  operated  to  a  certain  extent  or  for  such  a  time 
as  the  operator  may  desire. 

131.  OVERTHROW-PREVENTERS.      Devices   for   preventing 

the  accidental  movement  of  a  part  or  for  preventing  a  register- 
wheel  or  other  moving  part  from  being  carried  by  momentum 
farther  than  it  should  go. 

132.  STOP  MECHANISM.     Devices  for  stopping  the  movement 

of  a  part  at  a  particular  or  predetermined  point. 

133.  TRANSFER    MECHANISM.      Devices,    not    classified    in 

other  subclasses  of  transfer  mechanism,  whereby  a  register- 
wheel  of  higher  order  is  advanced  one  step  each  time  a  wheel 
of  the  next  lower  order  has  made  a  complete  rotation. 

134.  TRANSFER   MECHANISM,  CAM-AND-LEVER.     Trans- 

fer devices  wherein  the  wheel  of  lower  order  has  connected 
therewith  or  placed  thereon  a  cam  or  eccentrically-disposed 
pin  acting  upon  a  lever  connected  with  which  is  a  pawl  or 
equivalent  that  actuates  the  wheel  of  higher  order. 

135.  TRANSFER     MECHANISM,    DEEP-NOTCH.      Transfer 

devices  wherein  the  register^yheels  have  attached  thereto 
ratchet-wheels,  each  wheel  having  one  notch  deeper  than  the 
rest,  these  notches  being  of  successively-increasing  depth  in 
the  several  wheels,  whereby  the  actuating  pawl  or  pawls  are 
permitted  at  each  complete  rotation  of  a  wheel  to  move  one 
step  the  wheels  of  the  next  higher  orders. 

136.  TRANSFER  MECHANISM.    DIFFERENTIAL  GEARS. 

Transfer  mechanism  comprising  a  pinion  or  equivalent 
meshing  with  gears  attached  to  or  connected  with  two  register- 
wheels,  the  gears  having  teeth  differing  in  number,  so  that 
one  moves  at  a  rate  different  from  the  other. 

137.  TRANSFER      MECHANISM,      INDEPENDENT-ACTU- 

ATOR. Transfer  mechanism  wherein  the  complete  rotation 
of  a  register-wheel  sots  a  device  into  such  a  position  that  by  a 
subsequent  movement  and  by  an  independent  actuating 
device  it  is  caused  to  actuate  one  step  the  wheel  of  next  higher 
order. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


473 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

138.  TRANSFER  MECHANISM,  INDEPENDENT-ACTU- 
ATOR, SUCCESSIVE.  Transfer  mechanism  similar  to 
that  in  subclass  137,  except  that  the  independent  actuating 
device  moves  successively  from  one  order  to  another. 

13.9.  TRANSFER  MECHANISM,  INTERMEDIATE-PINION. 
Transfer  devices  comprising  a  pinion  between  each  two 
register-wheels  on  a  shaft  parallel  to  that  of  said  wheels,  said 
pinion  being  actuated  by  the  gear  of  one  register-wheel  and 
actuating  the  gear  of  the  wheel  of  higher  order,  one  of  the 
gears  or  pinions  of  the  set  having  a  single  tooth,  so  that  the 
wheel  of  higher  order  is  moved  intermittently  from  one' 
number  to  the  next  at  each  complete  rotation  of  the  wheel  of 
lower  order. 

140.  TRANSFER  MECHANISM,  SIDE-TOOTH.  Transfer  de- 
vices wherein  each  register-wheel  has  a  single  tooth  upon  its 
side  (or  periphery)  which  at  each  complete  rotation  engages 
with  a  ratchet-tooth  on  the  wheel  of  next  higher  order,  moving 
it  one  step. 


CLASS  235— Continued. 

141.  TRANSFER      MECHANISM,      SIDE-TOOTH,      LOCK. 

Transfer  mechanism  similar  to  that  of  subclass  140,  except 
that  the  wheel  of  higher  order  is  locked  from  accidental  move- 
ment when  the  transfer  is  not  being  effected. 

142.  TRANSFER        MECHANISM,       TRAVELING  -  PAWL. 

Transfer  devices  comprising  a  pawl  pivoted  to  and  moving 
with  a  register-wheel  which  when  the  wheel  has  completed 
a  rotation  is  moved  radially  with  respect  to  the  wheel  and 
into  engagement  with  a  pin  or  tooth  on  the  wheel  of  next 
higher  order  for  a  time  sufficient  to  move  the  latter  one  step. 

143.  TRANSFER        MECHANISM,       TRAVELING  -  PAWL, 

SIDE-ACTION.  Transfer  devices  similar  to  those  in  sub- 
class 142,  except  that  the  pivoted  pawl  has  a  movement 
transverse  to  the  plane  of  the  register-wheel. 

144.  ZERO-SETTING     DEVICES.       Devices     by     which     the 

register  of  a  calculator,  cash-register,  or  other  machine  is 
returned  to  zero  or  "cleared  out." 


CLASS  240.— ILLUMINATION. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

This  class  is  limited  to  illumination  by  artificial  light.  It  includes 
lighting  systems,  the  protection  and  support  of  light  sources  or  gen- 
erators, and  the  distribution  of  the  light  therefrom  for  illumination. 
It  does  not  include  the  light  source  or  generator  per  se,  but  does  in- 
clude the  combination  of  a  light  source  with  a  protector,  support,  or 
distributer. 

Light  sources  or  generators  of  the  combustion  type — such  as  gas- 
eous, liquid,  or  solid  fuel  illuminating  burners — are  classified  in  class 
67,  ILLUMINATING  BURNERS.  Those  of  the  electrical  type  are  classi- 
fied hi  class  176,  ELECTRIC  LAMPS. 

Class  240  includes  light  generator  protectors— such  as  lanterns, 
globes,  chimneys,  and  guards— the  supports  and  holders  specially 
adapted  thereto,  and  artificial  light  distributors  and  modifiers,  such 
as  reflectors,  refractors,  and  shades.  The  distribution  of  daylight 
for  illumination  is  classified  in  class  88,  OPTICS,  subclass  57.5,  Build- 
ing lights,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  in  class  94,  PAVING, 
subclass  7,  Vault  covers.  The  distribution  of  artificial  light  for 
spectacular  effects  and  for  the  conveyance  of  intelligence  is  classified 
in  class  88,  OPTICS,  subclasses  16,  Motion  Picture  Apparatus,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  in  24,  Projecting  apparatus,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder;  in  class  40,  CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN 
EXHIBITING,  subclasses  40,  Changeable  exhibitors,  Fluid  operated, 
Rotatable,  Illuminated;  77,  Changeableexhibitors,  rotatable,  illumi- 
nated; 130,  Signs,  Illuminated;  131,  Signs,  Illuminated,  Lamp 
attachments;  132,  Signs  Illuminated,  Lamp  boxes,  and  133,  Signs, 
Illuminated,  Lamp  boxes,  Perforated  face,  or  in  46,  GAMES  AND 
TOYS,  subclass  70,  Theater  appliances. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous   devices   for   illuminating 

with  artificial  light. 
Search  Classes — 

9 — BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  8.3,  Buoys,  Illuminating. 

32 — DENTISTRY,  subclass  27,  Mouth  mirrors. 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  130,  Signs, 
Illuminated,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

46 — GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  70,  Theater  appliances. 

48 — GAS,  HEATING  AND  ILLUMINATING,  appropriate  subclasses. 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  50,  Clocks,  Illuminated. 

67 — ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  125,  Compasses. 

88 — OPTICS,  subclasses  1,  Miscellaneous;  16;  Motion  Picture  Ap- 
paratus, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  24,  Projecting 
apparatus,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

114— SHIPS,  subclass  66,  Building,  Observation  boats. 

116 — SIGNALS,  subclasses  under  Signals,  and  22,  Semaphores. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  209,  Foot  warmers, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel.  Combined  heater  and  lantern,  and  267, 
Heaters,  Lunch,  Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Dinner  buckets,  Com- 
bined bucket  and  lantern. 

128— SURGERY,  subclasses  24,  Speculums,  and  43,  Laryngoscopes. 

161 — TIME  CONTROLLING  MECHANISM,  subclasses  9,  Valve  actu- 
ating mechanism,  Gas  cocks;  11,  Lighting  mechanism,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

246— RAILWAY  SIGNALING,  subclasses  15,  Signals,  Bar,  and  37, 
Signals,  Light. 

232 — DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  13,  Fare 
boxes,  Illumination. 

2.  COMBINED    LIGHT    AND    STRUCTURE.    Includes  the 

combination  of  an  illuminator  with  other  devices  or  struc- 
tures and  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

3.  COMBINED    LIGHT    AND    STRUCTURE,   ARENA.     De- 

vices for  illuminating  stages,  athletic  parks,  race  tracks,  ex- 
hibition places,  or  like  arenas. 

Note. — Includes  devices  for  varying  the  color  or  intensity  of  the 
light,  but  does  not  include  scenic  effects  or  illusions,  for  which 
see  class  46,  GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  70,  Theater  appliances, 
or  class  88,  OPTICS,  subclasses  16,  Motion  Picture  Apparatus, 
and  24,  Projecting  apparatus.  Includes  foot,  spot,  bunch, 
and  side  lights  for  stages. 

Search  Class— 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclass  6,  Combined  light  and  structure, 
Show  case. 

4.  COMBINED    LIGHT   AND    STRUCTURE,  FURNITURE. 

Illuminating  devices  combined  with  or  specially  adapted  to  be 
secured  to  articles  of  furniture,  such  as  desks,  pianos,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclass  6,  Combined  light  and  structure, 
Show  case. 

5.  COMBINED  LIGHT  AND  STRUCTURE,  OVEN.    Devices 

containing  light  sources  for  illuminating  the  interior  of  ovens 
and  the  like,  generally  bakers'  ovens.  The  device  may  be  in- 
ter-connected with  the  oven  door,  so  that  it  is  turned  on  or  off 
or  exposed  or  concealed  upon  operating  the  door. 
Note. — For  transparent  windows  for  illuminating  ovens  see  class 
126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  200,  Stove  doors  and 
windows,  Transparent  panel,  and  213,  Stove  lids  and  tops, 
Illuminating. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

58— HOROLOGY,  subclass  50,  Clocks,  Illuminated. 
73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  125,  Compasses. 
107 — BREAD,  PASTRY,  AND  CONFECTION  MAKING,  subclass  55, 

Bakers'  ovens,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
177— ELECTRIC  SIGNALING,  subclass  203,  Circuit  closers,  Lock. 
232 — DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  13,  Fare 
boxes,  Illumination. 

6.  COMBINED    LIGHT  AND   STRUCTURE,   SHOW  CASE. 

Illuminating  devices  specially  adapted  to  or  combined  with 
show  cases,  shop  windows,  or  the  like.    Includes  picture 
lighters  for  art  galleries. 
Search  Class — 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  4,  Combined  light  and  structure, 
Furniture,  and  3,  Combined  light  and  structure,  Arena. 

7.  COMBINED      LIGHT     AND      STRUCTURE,    VEHICLE. 

Illuminating  devices  combined  with  or  specially  adapted  to 
vehicles.    The  vehicle  is  generally  a  railway  car. 
Search  Classes 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclass  43,  Lanterns,  Projectors,  Dash- 
board type. 

116 — SIGNALS,  subclass  9,  Signals,  Car. 

232 — DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  13,  Fare 
boxes,  Illumination. 

8.  COMBINED     LIGHT     AND     STRUCTURE,     VEHICLE, 

COMBINED  INTERIOR  AND  EXTERIOR.  Lights  of 
the  vehicle  type  that  simultaneously  illuminate  the  interior  of 
the  vehicle  and  cast  a  beam  on  the  exterior.  This  exterior 
beam  may  illuminate  a  light  signal,  the  platform  steps,  or  entry 
The  light  source  may  be  within  or  without  the  vehicle. 

8.4.  COMBINED  LIGHT  AND  STRUCTURE,  PORTABLE, 

SELF-CONTAINED,  ELECTRIC.  The  combination  of  an 
illuminator  with  another  device  or  structure  wherein  the  com- 
bination constitutes  a  unitary  readily  carried  structure  and 
wherein  the  illuminator  comprises  an  electric  light  and  a  source 
of  electrical  energy. 
Search  Class— 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  7,  Combined  light  and  structure, 
Vehicle,  and  8,  Combined  light  and  structure,  Vehicle,  Com- 
bined interior  and  exterior,  for  vehicle  lamps. 

8.5.  PORTABLE,  SELF-CONTAINED.    ELECTRIC  LAMPS. 

Electric  light  sources  combined  with  a  source  of  electrical 
energy  therefor,  wherein  the  combination  constitutes  a  uni- 
tary readily  carried  or  transported  device. 
Search  Classes — 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  the  subclasses  un- 
der Igniting  devices,  and  219,  ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEO- 
STATS, subclass  32,  Heaters,  Tools  and  instruments,  Burning, 
Igniters,  for  portable  battery  igniting  devices. 

9.  SYSTEMS.    The  combination  of  a  plurality  of  illuminators 

where  the  invention  resides  in  their  arrangement. 

10.  DECORATIVE  LIGHTS.    Devices  associated  with  illuminat- 

ing devices  whose  object  is  to  give  a  pleasing  effect  to  the  eye. 

11.  LANTERNS.    Casings  not  otherwise  classifiable  for  protecting 

light  sources  or  for  modifying  the  distribution  of  the  light  there- 
from. 

12.  LANTERNS,    BARREL   ILLUMINATORS.    Lanterns  for 

illuminating  the  interior  of  barrels,  vats,  tanks,  and  similar 
receptacles,  the  light  carrying  portion  of  the  lantern  not  being 
introduced  into  or  allowed  to  come  in  direct  contact  with  the 
atmosphere  within  the  receptacle  owing  to  the  presence  of  ex- 
plosive or  non-combustible  gases. 
Search  Classes— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  5,  Combined  light  and  structure, 
Oven. 

32 — DENTISTRY,  subclass  27,  Mouth  mirrors. 

58 — HOROLOGY,  subclass  50,  Clocks,  Illuminated. 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  125,  Compasses. 

128 — SURGERY,  subclasses  24,  Speculums,  and  43,  Laryngoscopes. 

232— DEPOSIT  AND  COLLECTION  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  13,  Fare 
boxes,  Illumination. 

13.  LANTERNS,  CANDLE  TYPE.    Lanterns  specially  designed 

to  use  a  candle  as  a  light  source. 
Search  Class— 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  17,  Lanterns,  Lamp  chimney 
type,  and  14,  Lanterns,  Carriage. 

14.  LANTERNS,  CARRIAGE.    Lanterns  specially  designed  to  be 

used  as  the  side  lights  of  carriages  or  similar  vehicles.  The 
lantern  casing  is  rectangular,  with  a  plurality  of  transparent 
faces. 

15.  LANTERNS,  DARK.    Lanterns  equipped  with  means,  gen- 

erally shutters  or  screens,  for  cutting  off  the  light  rays  at  will. 
Search  Class— 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  5,  Combined  light  and  structure, 
Oven;  20,  Lanterns,  Photographic;  23,  Lanterns,  Signal,  Color 
screen;  39,  Lanterns,  Hand,  Color  screen,  and  47,  Lanterns, 
Projectors,  Screen. 

475 


476 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

16.  LANTERNS,  JACK-O'-LANTERNS.    Lanterns  in  which  the 

casing  is  made  to  represent  a  face,  the  light  issuing  through  the 
features. 

17.  LANTERNS,  LAMP  CHIMNEY  TYPE.    Lanterns  composed 

of  an  ordinary  lamp  chimney,  a  base,  and  a  frame,  generally  of 
wire.  The  lantern  may  or  may  not  have  a  top  or  dome.  The 
light  source  is  usually  a  candle.  The  device  is  of  an  impromptu 
nature. 

17.5.  LANTERNS,  ELECTRIC  SAFETY.  Lanterns  having  elec- 
tric light  sources  and  which  are  provided  with  mechanism  re- 
sponsive to  dangerous  conditions  for  extinguishing  the  light. 
Examples  of  such  conditions  are  tho  presence  of  combustible 
gases  or  the  fracture  of  an  essential  part  of  the  lantern. 

18.  LANTERNS,  MINER'S  SAFETY.    Lanterns  that  are  pro- 

vided with  fine  screens  at  the  openings  in  the  lantern  casing  to 
prevent  the  flame  from  igniting  combustible  gases  which  may 
surround  the  lantern.    The  "Davy  lamp." 
Search  Class — 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  17.5,  Lanterns,  Electric  safety, 
for  electric  safety  lamps,  and  121,  Spark  arresters. 

19.  LANTERNS,  MINER'S  SAFETY,  LOCKS.    Lanterns  of  the 

miner's  safety  or  "Davy  lamp"  type,  wherein  the  invention 
resides  in  the  lock  or  means  for  preventing  the  unauthorized 
opening  of  the  lantern,  as  in  the  mine. 

20.  LANTERNS,  PHOTOGRAPHIC.    Lanterns  designed  to  give 

a  non-actinic  light  for  use  in  photographers'  dark  rooms.  The 
light  source  contains  actinic  rays  which  are  cut  off  or  absorbed 
by  the  medium  in  the  lantern'window. 

21.  LANTERNS,   SHIP'S  RUNNING  LIGHTS.    Lanterns  rV- 

quired  by  law  to  be  displayed  upon  a  vessel,  such  as  the  mast 
head  and  port  or  starboard  side  lights. 

22.  LANTERNS.  SIGNAL.    Lanterns  provided  with  a  number  of 

lenses  or  bull's-eyes  of  substantially  the  same  size,  such  as  train 

markers. 

Search  Classes — 

116— SIGNALS,  subclass  9,  Signals,  Car. 
246— RAILWAY  SIGNALING,  subclasses  15,  Signals,  Bar,  and  37, 

Signals,  Light. 

23.  LANTERNS,  SIGNAL,  COLOR  SCREEN.    Lanterns  of  the 

signal  type  that  are  equipped  with  devices,  generally  colored 
transparent  or  translucent  screens,  by  means  of  which  the 
color  of  the  light  may  be  changed  without  bodily  moving  the 
lantern  casing  itself. 
Search  Class — 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  15,  Lanterns,  Dark;  20,  Lan- 
terns, Photographic;  39,  Lanterns,  Hand,  Color  screen,  and  47, 
Lanterns  Protectors.  Screen. 

24.  LANTERNS,  SIGNAL,  ROTATABLE.    Lanterns  of  the  sig- 

nal type  wherein  the  bull's-eyes  give  different  colors  and 
wherein  the  invention  resides  'in  providing  means  whereby 
the  lantern  may  be  bodily  revolved  on  its  support,  so  as  to 
change  the  color  indication.  The  support  forms  an  integral 
part  of  the  lantern. 

25.  LANTERNS,  STREET.    Lanterns  designed  for  street  light- 

ing, generally  of  the  lamp  post  type. 
Search  Class— 

40— CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  131,  Signs, 
Illuminated,  Lamp  attachments. 

26.  LANTERNS,  SUBMARINE.    Lanterns  which  are  designed. 

to  operate  while  beneath  the  surface  of  the  water  or  similar 

fluids. 
Note.— Submarine  illuminators  combined  with  sight   tubes   or 

similar  devices  are  classified  in  class  88,  OPTICS,  subclass  1, 

Miscellaneous,  and  class  114,  SHIPS,  subclass  (i(i,  Building, 

Observation  boats. 
Note. — Submarine  illuminators  combined  with  floating  supports 

and  designed  to  act  as  fish  decoys  or  to  hold  fish  nets  are 

classified  in  class  43,   FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  4, 

Fishing,  Floats. 
Note. — Submarine  lanterns  combined  with  fish  decoys,  such  as 

bait  holders,  are  classified  in  class  43,  FISHING  AND' TRAPPING, 

subclass  20,  Traps,  Fish. 
Note. — Burners  designed  to  operate  with  the  flame  in  contact 

with  the  surrounding  water  are  in  class  00,  MISCELLANEOUS 

HEAT   ENGINE    PLANTS,   subclass  31,  Pressure    generators, 

Steam,  Combustion  products  injected,  Liquid  and  gaseous 

fuel  burners. 
Search  Classes— 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  6,  Combined  light  and  structure, 

Show  case;  and  7,  Combined  light  and  Structure,  Vehicle. 
43 — FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclasses  4,  Fishing,  Floats,  and 

20,  Traps,  Fish. 

88 — OPTICS,  subclass  1,  Miscellaneous. 
114—  SHIPS,  subclass  GO,  Building,  Observation  boats. 

27.  LANTERNS,  TUBULAR.    That  type  of  lantern  in  which  a 

portion  of  the  products  of  combustion  is  led  back  to  the  flame 
or  in  which  the  air,  or  a  portion  thereof,  for  combustion  is 
preheated  by  the  products  of  combustion. 
Search  Class— 

67—  ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  94.  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Incandescent,  Inverted;  97,  Gascons  fuel  burners,  Incandes- 
cent, Upright,  Preheater,  and  108,  Gaseous  fuel  burners, 
Regenerative. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

28.  LANTERNS,  TUBULAR,  BASES.    Tubular  lanterns  where 

the  invention  relates  to  the  lower  part  of  the  structure.  Gen- 
erally refers  to  the  manner  in  which  the  tubes  lead  to  the 
burner. 

29.  LANTERNS,  TUBULAR,  DOMES.    Tubular  lanterns  where 

the  invention  relates  to  the  upper  part  of  the  structure.  Gen- 
erally includes  the  hoods  or  domes  at  the  upper  end  of  the 
lantern,  which  connect  with  the  upper  end  of  the  tubes  and 
which  allow  the  escape  of  the  products  of  combustion. 

30.  LANTERNS,  TUBULAR,  GLOBE  OPERATORS.  Tubu- 

lar lanterns  where  the  invention  resides  in  the  means  for  mov- 
ing the  globe  into  or  out  of  operative  position. 

31.  LANTERNS,  TUBULAR,  GLOBE  OPERATORS,  COM- 

BINED LIFTING  AND  SWINGING.  Tubular  lanterns  in 
which  the  invention  resides  in  means  for  imparting  to  the 
globe  both  a  lifting  and  a  swinging  motion,  in  order  to  move 
it  into  or  out  of  operative  position.  These  motions  may  be 
simultaneous  or  successive. 

32.  LANTERNS,  TUBULAR,  GLOBE  OPERATORS,  LIFT- 

ING.   Tubular  lanterns  in  which  the  invention  resides  in 
means  for  vertically  lifting  or  lowering  the  globe,  in  order  to 
move  it  into  or  out  of  operative  position. 
Search  Class— 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  39,  Lanterns,  Hand,  Color  screen. 

33.  LANTERNS,  TUBULAR,  GLOBE  OPERATORS,  SWING- 

ING.   Tubular  lanterns  in  which  the  invention  resides  in  the 
means  for  swinging  the  globe  in  a  vertical  plane,  in  order  to 
move  it  into  or  out  of  operative  position. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  13,  Igniting  devices, 
Lamp,  Separable. 

34.  LANTERNS,  TUBULAR,  TUBES.    Devices  where  the  in- 

vention icsides  in  the  construction  of  the  tubes  of  tubular 
lanterns. 

35.  LANTERNS,  ANGLE.    Lanterns  with  transparent  bottoms 

and  with  the  light  source  inverted  or  inclined,  so  that  no 
shadow  is  cast  beneath. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclasses  35,  Liquid  fuel;  94, 
Gaseous  fuel  burners,  Incandescent,  Inverted,  and  95,  Gaseous 
fuel  burners,  Incandescent,  Inclined. 

36.  LANTERNS,  COLLAPSIBLE.    Lanterns  or  lights  that  may 

be  folded,  collapsed,  or  knocked  down. 

37.  LANTERNS,  CONVERTIBLE.    Lanterns,  lamps,  or  lights, 

that  are  designed  to  use  a  plurality  of  light  sources,  such  as 
candles,  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  burners,  or  electric  lights.  One 
of  the  light  sources  may  be  replaceable  by  another,  or  there 
may  be  a  plurality  of  light  sources  present  in  the  device,  one 
being  a  reserve  to  be  used  in  case  the  other  source  or  sources 
fail. 

Search  Class— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  72,  Light  supports,  Brackets, 
Combined. 

38.  LANTERNS,  HAND.     Portable  lanterns  that  are  designed  to 

be  carried  by  the  hand  and  which  do  not  concentrate  the  light 
in  any  particular  direction.  They  are  generally  of  the  railway 
hand  signal  lantern  type. 

39.  LANTERNS,  HAND,  COLOR  SCREEN.    Lanterns  of  the 

hand  type  that  are  equipped  with  devices,  generally  colored 
transparent  or  translucent  screens,  by  means  of  which  the 
color  of  the  light  may  be  changed. 
Search  Class — 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  15,  Lanterns,  Dark;  20,  Lan- 
terns, Photographic;  23,  Lanterns,  Signal,  Color  screen,  and 
47,  Lanterns,  Projectors,  Screen. 

40.  LANTERNS,  HAND,  FRAMES.    Lanterns  of  the  hand  type 

in  which  the  invention  resides  in  the  frame  connecting  the 
dome  with  the  base.  The  frame  forms  an  integral  part  of  the 
lantern. 

Note. — Removable  frames  or  guards  are  classified  in  tliis  class, 
subclass  102,  Guards. 

41.  LANTERNS,  PROJECTORS.    Lanterns  which  are  designed 

to  project  the  greater  part  of  the  light  in  a  more  or  less  con- 
centrated beam,  for  the  purpose  of  illuminating  the  object 
upon  which  the  light  is  directed.    Includes  "headlights." 
Search  Classes— 

88— OPTICS,  subclasses  16,  Motion  Picture  Apparatus,  and  24, 
Projecting  apparatus. 

176 — ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  51,  Arc,  Side  reflector  type. 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  S.5,  Portable,  Self-contained,  Elec- 
tric lamps,  for  electric  bull's  eyes. 

42.  LANTERNS,  PROJECTORS,  BICYCLE.    Lanterns  of  the 

headlight  or  projector  type  specially  adapted  for  use  on  bicycles 
or  similar  vehicles. 

43.  LANTERNS,  PROJECTORS,  DASHBOARD  TYPE.    Lan- 

terns of  the  projector  type  that  are  special  ly  adapted  to  be 
used  on  or  are  combined  with  the  dashboard  "of  vehicles,  gen- 
erally trolley  cars. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


477 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

44.  LANTERNS,  PROJECTORS,  ADJUSTABLE  LIGHT  OR 

REFLECTOR.  Lantrrns  of  the  projector  typo  in  which  the 
light  source  and  reflector  are  relatively  adjustable. 

45.  LANTERNS,  PROJECTORS,  DIMMERS.    Lanterns  of  the 

projector  type  that  are  provided  with  means  for  decreasing  at 
will  the  intensity  of  the  light  without  affecting  the  light 
source.  They  are  generally  vehicle  headlights  of  high  power. 
They  operate  by  rendering  the  reflector  inoperative,  by  throw- 
ing the  light  source  out  of  focus  or  by  increasing  the  angle  of 
dispersion  of  the  light  beam. 

Note.— Whore  the  dimming  is  accomplished  by  changing  from  a 
high  to  a  separate  low  power  light  source,  the  device  is  classi- 
fied in  subclass  37,  Lanterns,  Convertible. 

40.  LANTERNS,  PROJECTORS,  MULTIPLE  BEAM.  Lan- 
terns of  the  projector  type  which  throw  a  plurality  of  beams 
of  light,  some  of  which  are  used  in  the  ordinary  manner  and 
others  are  used  to  illuminate  signals,  (other  than  signs,)  train- 
markers,  or  to  throw  a  more  or  less  vertical  beam,  in  order  to 
give  notice  of  approach  while  not  in  a  direct  line  of  sight. 
Note. — When  one  or  more  of  the  beams  are  used  to  illuminate  a 
sign,  the  device  is  classified  in  class  40,  CARD,  PICTURE,  AND 
SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  130,  Signs,  Illuminated;  131, 
Signs,  Illuminated,  Lamp  attachments;  132,  Signs,  Illumi- 
nated, Lamp  boxes, "and  133,  Signs,  Illuminated,  Lamp  boxes, 
Perforated  face,  which  should  be  searched. 

47.  LANTERNS,     PROJECTORS,     SCREEN.     Headlights    or 

other  projectors  that  are  provided  with  means,  generally 
screens,  for  completely  cutting  off  or  changing  the  color  of  the 
light  at  will. 

Note.— See  in  this  class,  subclasses  15,  Lanterns,  Dark;  20,  Lan- 
terns, Photographic;  23,  Lanterns,  Signal,  Color  screen;  39. 
Lanterns,  Hand,  Color  screen,  and  45,  Lanterns,  Projectors, 
Dimmers. 

48.  LANTERNS,  PROJECTORS,  VIBRATORY.    Lanterns  of 

the  projector  type  in  which  the  beam  of  light  is  automatically 
and  rapidly  vibrated,  in  order  to  illuminate  a  field  larger  than 
the  cross-section  of  the  beam.  The  movement  of  the  beam  is 
accomplished  by  vibrating  part  or  all  of  the  lantern. 

49.  LANTERNS,  REVOLVING.    Lanterns  in  which  all  or  part 

of  the  lantern  structure  is  designed  to  be  continually  revolved. 
Includes  flashing  light  house  lanterns. 
Search  Classes— 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  40,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Fluid  operated,  Rotatable,  Illuminated,  and 
77,  Changeable  exhibitors,  Rotatable,  Illuminated. 

46 — GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  14,  Buzzes  and  whirligigs. 

50.  LANTERNS,  BASES.    The  base  or  lower  end  of  the  lantern 

structure.    Includes  the  means  for  fastening  the  font  to  the 
lantern  casing  and  the  means  for  admitting  air  to  the  interior 
of  the  casing. 
Search  Class— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  80,  Light  supports,  Chandeliers, 
Liquid  fuel. 

51.  LANTERNS,  DOMES.    Hoods  or  domes  at  the  rppcr  end  of 

the  lantern,  which  allow  the  escape  of  the  products  of  com- 
bustion and  prevent  the  entry  of  gusts  of  wind. 
Search  Classes — 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  120,  Smoke  bells. 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclasses  under  Chimney  cowls. 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  208,  Yards  and  plants,  Smoke  jacks. 

52.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS.    Miscellaneous  devices  specially  adapted 

to  support  light  sources.    Includes  bails  or  handles'  specially 

adapted  for  use  with  lanterns. 
Note. — Bails  or  handles  of  general  application  are  classified  in 

class  220,  METALLIC  SHIPPING  AND  STORING  VESSELS,  subclass 

30,  Bucket  handles,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
Search  Class — • 
248 — SUPPORTS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

53.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  CONVERTIBLE.    Light  supports  that 

are  adjustable  or  convertible,  so  that  they  may  be  used  as  a 
wall  bracket,  pedestal,  chandelier,  or  handle. 
Search  Class — 
248— SUPPORTS,  subclass  21,  Convertible. 

54.  LIGHT       SUPPORTS,       COMBINED       GUARD       AND 

HOLDER.  Portable  combined  guards  and  holders  or  han- 
dles, generally  for  incandescent  electric  lights. 

55.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    CAMPAIGN    TORCH.      Devices  for 

connecting  the  ordinary  campaign  torch  or  flambeau  to  the 
staff.    The  connection  is  generally  a  swivel  or  gimbal. 
Search  Class— 

67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  55,  Liquid  fuel,  Burners, 
Wick  type,  Chimneyless,  for  type  of  lamp. 

56.  LIGHT   SUPPORTS,    CHRISTMAS   TREE.     Supports  de- 

signed to  secure  lights  to  Christmas  trees  and  the  like.    The 
light  sources  are  generally  candles. 
Search  Class— 
46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  14,  Buzzes  and  whirligigs. 

57.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    VEHICLE.     Light  supports  that  are 

specially  adapted  to  engage  a  portion  of  the  vehicle,  su  h  as 
the  axle,  dashboard,  or  cover,  generally  without  modification 
of  the  vehicle. 

Search  Classes— 

135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  9, 
Canopy  supports. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  29,  Vehicle, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

58.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    VEHICLE,    BICYCLE.      Light  sup- 

ports of  the  vehicle  type  that  are  specially  adapted  to  be  se- 
cured to  a  bicycle  or  similar  velocipede,  generally  without 
modifying  the  velocipede  structure. 
Search  Classes— 

135— TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclasses  11, 
Canopy  supports,  Bicycle,  and  13,  Umbrella  supports. 

224 — PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  30,  Vehicle, 
Bicycle,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

59.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    BODY    ATTACHED.      Devices  for 

supporting  a  light  upon  the  body. 
Search  Classes— 

32— DENTISTRY,  subclass  27,  Mouth  mirrors. 
128 — SURGERY,  subclasses24,  Speculums,  and  47,  Laryngoscopes. 
135 — TENTS,  CANOPIES,  UMBRELLAS,  AND  CANES,  subclass  12, 

Canopy  supports,  Body  harness. 
224— PACKAGE  AND  ARTICLE  CARRIERS,  subclass  5,  Body  and 

belt  attached,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

60.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  BODY  ATTACHED,  CAP.     Devices 

for  supporting  a  light  upon  the  cap  or  other  bead  gear  of  a 
person.    The  light  is  generally  a  miner's  lamp. 
Search  Classes — 

32— DENTISTRY,  subclass  27,  Mouth  mirrors. 

128— SURGERY,  subclass  24,  Speculums,  and  43,  Laryngoscopes. 

61.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    DIRIGIBLE.      Supports  for  lights, 

generally  head  or  search  lights,  whereby  the  light  may  be 
steored  or  directed  in  the  desired  direction.  These  devices 
differ  from  the  ordinary  adjustable  light  supports  in  that 
they  are  designed  to  keep  the  light  on  the  object  as  it  moves, 
while  the  ordinary  adjustable  support  is  designed  to  be  set 
and  then  left  in  that  adjusted  position.  The  dirigible  sup- 
ports are  generally  mounted  on  a  vehicle. 

62.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,   DIRIGIBLE,  AUTOMATIC.     Light 

supports  of  the  dirigible  type  that  are  mounted  on  a  vehicle 
and  which  automatically  swing  when  the  vehicle  turns,  so 
that  the  light  follows  the  curve  of  the  road. 

63.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    ADJUSTABLE    FOR    TRIMMING. 

Supports  that  normally  hold  the  light  in  an  inaccessible  posi- 
tion and  that  may  be  adjusted,  so  that  the  light  may  be 
reached  for  trimming,  replenishing,  cleaning,  repairing,  etc. 
Note. — Light  supports  that  are  vertically  adjustable  to  a  plu- 
rality of  operative  positions  are  classified  in  this  class,  sub- 
class" 67,  Vertically  adjustable,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 
Metallic  skeleton  towers  which  include  a  device  for  elevating  a 
lamp  are  classified  in  class  1S9,  METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUC- 
TURES, subclass  14,  Skeleton  towers,  Arrangement,  Elevating. 

64.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,   ADJUSTABLE    FOR    TRIMMING, 

ELECTRIC,  POST.  Light  supports  of  the  "adjustable  for 
trimming"  type,  particularly  adapted  for  electric  lamps,  and 
wherein  a  post  is  included  or  other  means  of  supporting  the 
same  from  the  ground.  Where  the  patent  includes  more  of 
the  support  than  the  hanger— as.  for  example,  a  particular 
mast  arm— the  patent  is  likewise  included  in  this  subclass. 
Search  Class— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  72,  Light  supports,  Brackets, 
Combined,  and  73,  Light  supports,  Brackets,  Electric. 

65.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,   ADJUSTABLE    FOR    TRIMMING, 

ELECTRIC,  POST,  SWITCH.  Supports  for  electric  lamps 
of  the  "adjustable  for  trimming"  post  type,  including  more 
of  the  support  than  the  hanger  and  provided  with  an  electric 
switch.  In  many  cases  the  switch  operates  to  connect  the 
lamp  with  the  line  circuit  when  the  lamp  has  reached  its 
inaccessible  position. 
Search  Class — 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  72,  Light  supports,  Brackets, 
Combined,  and  73,  Light  supports,  Brackets,  Electric. 

66.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    ADJUSTABLE    FOR    TRIMMING, 

ELECTRIC,  SWITCH.  Light  supports  of  the  "adjustable 
for  trimming"  type,  particularly  adapted  for  electric  lamps, 
and  provided  with  an  electric  switch.  In  many  cases  the 
switch  operates  to  form  connection  between  the  line  wires  and 
lamp  upon  the  latter  attaining  its  inaccessible  position.  This 
subclass,  however,  contains  no  more  than  the  hanger  as  an  ele- 
ment of  the  lamp  support,  a  post  or  supporting  arm  there- 
from, being  included  under  posts. 

67.  LIGHT      SUPPORTS,      VERTICALLY      ADJUSTABLE. 

Miscellaneous  subclass  of  light  supports  capable  of  vertical 
adjustment.  Includes  chandeliers,  brackets,  or  stands  of  the 
vertically  adjustable  type.  Includes  electric  or  combustible 
light  source  supports. 

Note.— Vertically  adjustable  supports  of  general  application  are 
in  class  248,  SUPPORTS. 

Note. — Vertically  adjustable  supports  including  electric  supply 
means  and  of  general  application  are  also  in  class  248,  SUP- 
PORTS. 

68.  LIGHT      SUPPORTS,     VERTICALLY      ADJUSTABLE, 

CLAMP.    Vertically  adjustable  light  supports  that  are  held 
against  the  action  of  gravity  by  a  positive  clamp,  dog,  lock, 
clutch,  or  set  screw  whicli  must  be  manually  released  to 
adjust  the  support. 
Search  Classes — 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  35,  Shade, 
Rollers,  Ratchet,  and  pawl. 

248— SUPPORTS,  subclass  3,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Clamp,  and  4, 
Adjustable,  Vertical,  Clamp,  Electric. 


478 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

69.  LIGHT      SUPPORTS,     VERTICALLY     ADJUSTABLE, 

COUNTERWEIGHT.     Vertically  adjustable  light  supports 
that  are  held  against  the  action  of  gravity  by  a  counterweight. 
Search  Class— 

248 — SUPPORTS,  subclasses  5,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Counter- 
weight, and  6,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Counterweight,  Electric. 

70.  LIGHT      SUPPORTS,     VERTICALLY     ADJUSTABLE, 

FRICTION.  Vertically  adjustable  light  supports  that  are 
held  against  the  action  of  gravity  by  frictional  engagement  of 
the  relatively  adjustable  parts,  the  support  being  adjusted 
by  applying  a  force  sufficient  to  overcome  this  frictional  re- 
sistance. 
Search  Classes— 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  34,  Shade, 
Rollers,  Friction  brake. 

248— SUPPORTS,  subclasses  7,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Friction, 
and  8,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Friction,  Electric. 

71.  LIGHT      SUPPORTS,     VERTICALLY     ADJUSTABLE, 

SPRING  DRUM.    Vertically  adjustable  light  supports  that 
are  held  against  the  action  of  gravity  by  a  flexible  member 
wound  on  a  spring  drum. 
Search  Classes— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  14,  Article 
holders,  Reel. 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  85,  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Single  reel  and  web,  Spring  rewind. 

43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  33,  Fishing,  Reels,  Spring 
operated. 

46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  8,  Billiard  appliances,  Chalk 
cups. 

51— GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  16,  Metal,  Strops, 
hones,  and  rifles. 

54 — HARNESS,  subclass  70,  Checking  and  unchecking  devices. 

68— LAUNDRY.subclass  14,  Clothes-line  reels. 

119 — ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY,  subclass  23,  Confining  and  housing 
devices.  Fowl,  Bird  houses;  124,  Restraining  devices,  Hitch- 
ing, Post,  Automatic  take-up. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  36,  Shade, 
Rollers,  Spring. 

173— Electricity  conductors,  subclass  367,  Conductors,  Take-up. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  289, 
Switches,  Mechanical,  Rotary. 

179 — TELEPHONY,  subclass  155,  Supports,  Suspension,  Reels. 

191— ELECTRICITY,  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclass  35,  Systems, 
Current  distribution,  Overhead,  Trolleys,  Catchers. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  98,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Carriers,  Hand  or  body,  Spring  drum  article 
holders,  102,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Clothes-line  type, 
Spring  drum,  107,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Spring  drum 
type,  and  109,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Spring-drum 
type,  Vertical. 

248— SUPPORTS,  subclasses  9.  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Spring,  and 
10,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Spring,  Electric. 

72.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  BRACKETS,  COMBINED.     Supports 

of  the  bracket  or  wall  attached  type  specially  adapted  for  a 
plurality  of  different  kinds  of  light  sources,  electricity,  liquid, 
solid,  or  gaseous  fuel.  The  line  between  these  devices  and 
those  in  subclass  37,  Lanterns,  Convertible,  is  that  in  the 
former  the  several  light  sources  may  be  used  simultaneously, 
while  in  the  latter  the  different  light  sources  can  only  be  used 
alternately. 
Search  Class — 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  326,  Connectors,  Pipe 
couplers. 

73.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  BRACKETS,  ELECTRIC.      Supports 

of  the  bracket  or  wall-attached  type  specially  adapted  for 
light  sources  of  the  electric  type. 

74.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    BRACKETS,     GASEOUS    FUEL. 

Supports  of  the  bracket  or  wall-attached  type  specially  adapted 
for  light  sources  of  the  gaseous  fuel  type. 

75.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  BRACKETS,  LIQUID  FUEL.    Sup- 

ports of  the  bracket  or  wall-attached  type  specially  adapted 
for  light  sources  of  the  liquid  fuel  type. 

76.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  CHANDELIERS.      Supports  depend- 

ing from  the  ceiling  or  like  surface  and  specially  adapted  to 
hold  a  light  source. 

77.  LIGHT      SUPPORTS,      CHANDELIERS,      COMBINED. 

Supports  of  the  chandelier  or  ceiling  supported  type  specially 
adapted  for  a  plurality  of  different  kinds  of  light  sources, 
electric,  liquid,  gaseous,  or  solid  fuel. 
Search  Class — 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  37,  Lanterns,  Convertible. 

78.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  CHANDELIERS,  ELECTRIC.      Sup- 

ports of  the  chandelier  or  ceiling  supported  type  specially 
adapted  for  electric  light  sources. 

79.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  CHANDELIERS,  GASEOUS  FUEL. 

Supports  of  the  chandelier  or  ceiling  supported  type  specially 
adapted  for  gaseous  fuel  light  sources. 

80.  LIGHT   SUPPORTS,   CHANDELIERS,   LIQUID   FUEL. 

Supports  of  the  chandelier  or  ceiling  supported  type  specially 
adapted  for  liquid  fuel  light  sources. 

81.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  STANDS,  ELECTRIC.    Supports  of 

the  pedestal  or  stand  type  specially  adapted  for  electric  light 
sources. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

82.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,    STANDS,   GASEOUS  FUEL.   Sup- 

ports of  the  pedestal  or  stand  type  specially  adapted  for  gaseous 
fuel  light  sources. 

83.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  STANDS,  LIQUID  FUEL.    Supports 

of  the  pedestal  or  stand  type  specially  adapted  for  liquid  fuel 
light  sources.  Includes  the  connection  between  the  standard 
and  the  lamp  font. 

84.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS.  POSTS.    Non-adjustable  supports  of 

the  lamp  post  type  that  are  specially  adapted  to  support  light 
sources.  They  differ  from  subclasses  81,  82,  and  83  herein  in 
that  they  are  secured  t9  the  floor  or  ground,  while  the  latter 
merely  rest  upon  a  horizontal  surface. 

Note. — For  posts  per  se  of  wood,  plastic  material,  or  metal  see 
classes  20,  WOODEN  BUILDINGS:  72,  MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE 
STRUCTURES,  and  189,  METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES, 
respectively. 

Search  Class— 
39 — FENCES. 

85.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    BRACKET    AND    CHANDELIER 

HANGERS.  Devices  specially  adapted  to  secure  light  sup- 
porting brackets  or  chandeliers,  as  from  walls  or  ceilings. 
Note. — Ceiling  blocks  which  are  designed  to  hold  the  lamp  sus- 
pended by  wires  and  are  without  any  additional  supporting 
connection  between  the  hanger  and  lamp  are  classified  in 
class  173,  ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclasses  327,  Con- 
nectors, Ceiling  blocks,  and  329,  Connectors,  Quick  detachable, 
Ceiling  blocks.  Outlet  boxes,  unless  limited  to  the  lighting  art, 
are  included  in  class  247,  ELECTRICITY,  CONDUITS,  subclass  5, 
House  wiring,  Outlet  boxes. 

86.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    BRACKET    AND    CHANDELIER 

HANGERS,  ARC  LAMP  HANGERS.    Chandelier  hangers 
specially  adapted  to  support  arc  lamps. 
Search  Class— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  63,  Light  supports,  Adjustable  for 
trimming,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

87.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,    BRACKET    AND    CHANDELIER 

HANGERS,  CANOPIES.  Devices  specially  adapted  to  be 
applied  to  the  pipe  or  conduit  of  brackets  or  chandeliers  where 
they  are  secured  to  the  wall  or  coiling,  in  order  to  hide  the 
juncture.  Thpy  are  generally  plates  or  shields. 

Note. — For  canopies  of  general  application  capable  of  use  on  any 
pipe  see  class  126,  STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  317,  Stove- 
pipe thimbles,  Floor  or  ceiling  plates. 

Search  Classes — 

20 — WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclass  77,  Ceiling  centerpieces. 
70 — LOCKS  AND  LATCHES,  subclass  12,  Knob  roses. 

88.  LIGHT    SUPPORTS,   CORD    SUPPORTED.    Devices   for 

securing  light  sources  (generally  incandescent  lamps)  to  the 
supporting  conductor  or  cord,  so  that  the  light  source  may  be 
adjusted. 

Note. — The  device  is  either  directly  connected  to  the  light  source 
or  forms  an  integral  part  thereof.  The  ordinary  cord  adjust- 
ment placed  intermediate  the  ends  of  the  conductor  is  classi- 
fied inclass  24,  BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  115, 
Cord  and  rope  holders,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

89.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  ANTISLIPPING.    Devices  applied  to 

or  forming  part  of  lights  for  preventing  slippage.  These  de- 
vices are  generally  spurs  projecting  from  the  bottom  of  the 
lantern  to  prevent  displacement  when  placed  on  slippery 
surfaces. 

90.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS,  RESILIENT.    Light  supports  that  are 

made  resilient  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  the  light  from 

injurious  shocks  or  vibrations. 
Search  Classes — 
240— ILLUMINATION,    subclass    58,    Light    supports,    Vehicle, 

Bicycle. 
67— ILLUMINATING  BURNERS,  subclass  92,  Gaseous  fuel  burners. 

Incandescent,  Resilient  support. 

91.  LIGHT  SUPPORTS.  HARPS.    Frames,  generally  hung  from 

above,  for  holding  the  light  source  or  the  various  parts  of  a 
light — such  as  lamp  fonts,  chimneys,  globes,  shades,  or  smoke 
bells — in  their  proper  position. 

Note. — Where  the  frame  also  includes  means  of  attachment  to 
the  wall,  ceiling,  table,  or  floor,  the  device  becomes  a  bracket, 
chandelier,  or  stand  and  is  classified  under  those  heads. 

92.  COMBINED  LIGHT  PROTECTORS  AND  MODIFIERS. 

The  combination  of  a  globe,  chimney,  or  similar  light  protector 
with  a  reflector,  refractor,  shade,  or  similar  light  modifier. 

93.  COMBINED  REFLECTORS  AND  REFRACTORS.  Com- 

binations of  reflectors  and  refractors  that  cooperate  to  modify 
the  distribution  of  light. 

94.  CHIMNEYS.  Devices  that  inclose  and  protect  the  light  source, 

as  well  as  induce  a  draft.  Chimneys  differ  from  globes  in 
that  they  not  only  protect,  but  also  induce  a  draft.  Chimneys 
are  generally  elongated,  while  globes  are  more  or  less  spherical. 
Note. — Devices  that  protect  the  light  source  and  induce  a  draft 
and  in  addition  modify  the  distribution  of  light  are  classified 
in  this  class,  subclass  92,  Combined  light  protectors  and  modi- 
fiers. 

95.  CHIMNEYS,  ATTACHMENTS.    Attachments  for  chimneys, 

generally  dampers  or  antibreakage  devices.  Does  not  include 
smoke  bells  or  spark  catchers. 

Note. — For  smoke  bells  and  spark  catchers  see  in  this  class,  sub- 
classes 120,  Smoke  bells,  and  121,  Spark  arresters. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


479 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  258,  Heaters,  Liquid  or 
gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Lamp,  Chimney  heaters,  Article 
support. 

96.  CHIMNEYS,  COMPOSITE.    Chimneys  that  are  composed  of 

a  plurality  of  separate  parts.    The  chimney  may  be  part 
transparent  and  part  opaque  or  it  may  be  made  of  separate 
parts  to  avert  breakage  by  unequal  expansion. 
Search  Class — 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclasses  235,  Tool  heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Lamp  attachments,  and  258,  Heaters, 
Liquid  or  gaseous  fuel,  Attachments,  Lamp,  Chimney  heaters, 
Article  support. 

97.  CHIMNEY'S,  SUPPORTS.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  support- 

ing chimneys  in  position  relative  to  the  light  source  and  not 
hereinbelow  classified.    Does  not  include  shade,  reflector, 
refractor,  or  globe  supports. 
Search  Class— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  111,  Shade  reflector,  or  globe 
supports,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

98.  CHIMNEYS,  SUPPORTS,  BASE.    Chimney  supports  which 

engage  the  standard  forms  of  chimneys  at  their  lower  ends. 
Search  Class — 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  116,  Shade,  reflector,  or  globe 
supports,  Base. 

99.  CHIMNEYS,  SUPPORTS,  BASE,  MODIFIED  CHIMNEYS. 

Chimney  supports  of  the  base  type  which  require  a  special 
form  of  chimney  base  to  engage  therewith.  Includes  the 
modified  chimney. 

100.  GLOBES.    Devices  that  inclose  and  protect  the  light  source 

and  transmit  the  light  therefrom  without  material  modifica- 
tion of  the  light  distribution.  Includes  colored  globes.  Globes 
differ  from  chimneys  in  that  they  arc  more  or  less  spherical  in 
shape,  and  their  function  is  to  "protect,  while  chimneys  are 
more  or  less  elongated,  and  their  function  is  not  only  to  pro- 
tect, but  also  to  induce  a  draft. 

Note.— Devices  that  protect  the  light  source  and  modify  the  light 
distribution  by  refraction  or  by  reflection  are  classified  in  this 
class,  subclass  92,  Combined  light  protectors  and  modifiers. 

101.  GLOBES,  MANIPULATORS.    Attachments  or  implements 

for  removing  globes,  chimneys,  etc.,  while  in  otherwise  inac- 
cessible places  or  while  hot.    Includes  devices  that  may  be 
cleaners,  but  not  limited  thereto. 
Search  Classes— 

15— BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  42,  Chimney  cleaners, 
Lamp. 

56— HARVESTERS,  subclass  99,  Fruit  gatherers. 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  113,  Lifting,  Store  goods. 

75— METALLURGY,  subclass  182,  Crucibles. 

81— TOOLS,  appropriate  subclasses. 

126— STOVES  AND  FURNACES,  subclass  321,  Stove  implements, 
Fire  tong. 

102.  GUARDS.    Devices  designed  to  be  attached  to  the  complete 

lamp  or  other  light  source  to  protect  the  same  from  mechanic al 
injury  or  moisture  or  to  protect  persons  from  injury  in  han- 
dling the  light  source. 
Search  Class — 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  18,  Lanterns,  Miner's  safety;  27, 
Lanterns,  Tubular,  and  40,  Lanterns,  Hand,  Frames. ' 

103.  REFLECTORS.    Opaque  or  translucent  devices  that  modify 

the  distribution  of  light  from  artificial  light  sources  by  reflec- 
tion. Does  not  include  the  so-called  "prismatic  reflectors," 
which  are  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  100,  Refractors. 
Includes  reflector  supports  that  form  an  integral  part  of  the 
reflector. 

Note.— Reflectors  per  se  are  classified  in  class  88,  OPTICS,  subclass 
1,  Miscellaneous. 

Note.— Where  the  reflector  is  located  in  or  modifies  the  construc- 
tion of  an  incandescent  lanip  bulb,  unless  there  be  some  other 
feature  which  would  retain  the  patent  in  this  class,  the  same 
is  classified  in  class  176,  ELECTRIC  LAMPS,  subclass  34,  Incan- 
descent, Reflectors  and  refractors. 

Search  Classes — 
240— ILLUMINATION— subclasses  3,  Combined  light  and  structure , 

Arena,  and  6,  Combined  light  and  structure,  Show  case 
95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  82,  Studios. 

104.  REFLECTORS,  CANOPY.     Opaque  or  translucent  reflectors 

that  are  designed  to  reflect  the  light  in  the  direction  of  the 
major  axis  of  the  light  source.    Includes  reflector  supports 
that  are  an  integral  part  of  the  reflector. 
Search  Class — 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  106,  Refractors. 

105.  REFLECTORS,    SIDE.    Opaque   or   translucent   reflectors 

that  are  designed  to  reflect  the,  light  at  right  angles  to  the  major 
axis  of  the  light  source.  Includes  reflector  supports  that  are 
an  integral  part  of  the  reflector. 

Note.— Arc  lamps  wherein  the  regulating  means  is  modified  so  as 
to  adapt  the  lamp  for  use  with  a  side  reflector  are  included  in 
class  176,  ELECTRIC  LAMPS. 

106.  REFRACTORS.  Devices  which  modify  the   distribution  of 

light  by  refraction.    Includes  "prismatic  reflectors. " 
Note.— Where  the  refractor  is  located  in  or  modifies  the  construc- 
tion of  an  incandescent  lamp  bulb,  unless  there  be  some  other 
feature  which  would  retain  the  patent  in  this  class,  the  same 
is  classified  in  class  170,  ELECTRIC  LAMPS. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 
49— GLASS,  subclass  92,  Structure. 

88— OPTICS,  subclasses  57,  Lenses,  and  59,  Building  lights,  Vault. 
94— PAVING,  subclass  7,  Vault  covers. 

107.  REFRACTORS,   LIQUID.    Refractors  La  which  the  refract- 

ing medium  is  a  liquid,  generally  inclosed  within  a  transparent 
casing. 

108.  SHADES.    Miscellaneous  devices  for  cutting  off  the  light  rays. 

These  devices  merely  stop  the  light.  They  are  not  specially 
designed  to  reflect  the  light.  Miscellaneous  subclass  of  devices 
that  modify  the  distribution  of  light  by  the  interposition  of 
an  opaque  body.  Includes  shade  supports  that  form  an  inte- 
gral part  of  the  shade. 

109.  SHADES,    CANOPY.    Shades  that  are  designed  to  cat  off 

the  light  in  the  direction  of  the  major  axis  of  the  light  source. 
Includes  shade  supports  that  are  an  integral  part  of  the  shade. 

110.  SHADES,    SIDE.    Shades  that  are  designed  to  cut  off  the 

light  at  right  angles  to  the  major  axis  of  the  light  source.    In- 
cludes shade  supports  that  form  an  integral  part  of  the  shade. 
Search  Class— 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  15,  Lanterns,  Dark. 

111.  SHADE,  REFLECTOR,  OR  GLOBE  SUPPORTS.    Mis- 

cellaneous devices  for  supporting  shades,  reflectors,  refractors, 
globes,  or  similar  lamp  parts  in  position  relative  to  the  light 
source  and  not  hereinbelow  classifiable.  The  support  is  not 
an  integral  part  of  the  shade,  etc. 

Note. — Does  not  include  chimney  supports,  which  are  classified 
in  this  class,  subclass  97,  Chimneys,  Supports,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

112.  SHADE   REFLECTOR,   OR   GLOBE   SUPPORTS, 

CANDLE.    Devices  specially  designed  to  support  shades, 
reflectors,  refractors,  globes,  or  similar  lamp  parts  upon  candles. 
The  support  is  not  an  integral  part  of  the  shade,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  114,  Shade,  reflector,  or  globe  sup- 
ports, Double  clamp. 

113.  SHADE,      REFLECTOR,      OR      GLOBE      SUPPORTS, 

DROP.  Supports  that  allow  the  shade,  reflector,  refractor, 
globe,  or  similar  lamp  part  to  be  readily  dropped  or  otherwise 
moved  out  of  the  way  relative  to  the  light  source  to  allow 
access  to  the  light  for  the  purpose  of  trimming  the  same.  The 
support  is  not  an  integral  part  of  the  shade,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  30,  Lanterns,  Tubular,  Globe 
manipulators,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  118,  Shade, 
reflector,  or  globe  supports,  Spider. 

114.  SHADE   REFLECTOR,   OR   GLOBE   SUPPORTS, 

DOUBLE  CLAMP.  Supports  that  are  provided  with  means, 
generally  clamps,  for  readily  securing  the  shade,  reflector, 
refractor,  globe,  or  similar  lamp  part  to  the  support  and  also 
the  support  to  the  lamp  or  other  point  of  attachment.  The 
point  of  attachment  is  generally  an  incandescent  electric  light 
socket.  The  support  is  not  an  intergal  part  of  the  shade,  etc. 

115.  SHADE,  REFLECTOR,  OR  GLOBE  SUPPORTS,  TOP. 

Supports  which  engage  the  shade,  reflector,  refractor,  globe, 
or  similar  lamp  part  at  the  top  or  upper  end,  the  support  not 
being  an  integral  part  of  the  shade,  etc. 
Search  Class— 

240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  114,  Shade,  reflector,  or  globe  sup- 
ports, Double  clamp. 

116.  SHADE,  REFLECTOR,  OR  GLOBE  SUPPORTS,  BASE. 

Supports  which  engage  the  shade,  reflector,  globe,  refractor, 
or  similar  lamp  part  at  its  lower  end,  the  support  not  being  an 
integral  part  of  the  shade,  etc. 
Search  Class  - 
240— ILLUMINATION,  subclass  98,  Chimneys,  Supports,  Base. 

117.  SHADE,  REFLECTOR.  OR  GLOBE  SUPPORTS,  AD- 

JUSTABLE AND  COLLAPSIBLE.  Supports  that  are 
adapted  to  be  adjusted  to  fit  various  sizes  of  shades,  reflectors, 
refractors,  globes,  or  similar  lamp  parts  or  that  can  be  folded, 
collapsed, or  knocked  down,  the  support  not  being  an  integral 
part  of  the  shade,  etc. 

118.  SHADE,   REFLECTOR   OR   GLOBE   SUPPORTS, 

SPIDER.    Supports  for  shades,  reflectors,  refractors,  globes, 
or  similar  lamp  parts  that  consist  merely  of  a  series  of  radial 
arms  directly  engaging  the  shade,  reflector,  or  globe,  the  sup- 
port not  being  an  integral  part  of  the  shade,  etc. 
Search  Class — 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclass  117,  Shade,  reflector,  or  globe  sup- 
ports, Adjustable  and  collapsible.  % 

119.  BURNER-TIP    CLEANERS.    Devices,  generally  hand  im- 

plements, for  clearing  out  or  freeing  the  discharge  openings 
of  burner-tips. 
Search  Class— 

158— LIQUID  AND  GASEOUS  FUEL  BURNERS,  subclass  120, 
Valves  and  cleaners. 

120.  SMOKE    BELLS.    Devices  placed  over  lights  to  prevent  the 

heat  or  smoke  therefrom  blacking  or  otherwise  injuring  super- 
imposed structures,  generally  the  ceiling.  When  the  device 
includes  a  flue  for  conveying  the  products  of  combustion  from 
the  light  source  to  ventilate  the  room  or  structure,  it  is  classi- 
fied in  class  98,  PNEUMATICS,  subclass  27,  Ventilation,  House. 
However,  this  subclass  includes  ventilating  smoke  bells  where 
no  building  or  extended  flue  is  included. 


480 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

Search  Classes — 

98 — PNEUMATICS,  subclass  27,  Ventilation,  House. 
104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  208,  Yards  and  plants,  Smoke  jacks. 

121.  SPARK  ARRESTERS.  Screens  or  other  devices  for  pre- 
venting the  escape  of  sparks  or  solid  burning  bodies  from  or 
the  entry  of  insects  or  dirt  into  globes,  chimneys,  or  lantern 
casings.  Does  not  include  the  flame  screen  of  the  Davy 
safety  lamp,  which  is  classified  in  this  class,  subclass  18,  Lan- 
terns', Miner's  safety. 
Search  Class— 

110 — FURNACES,  subclass  119,  Spark  arresters,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder. 


122.  SWITCHES  AND  VALVES.  Switches  and  valves  which 
are  of  use  only  in  illuminating  fixtures  and  which  do  not 
modify  or  are  not  modified  by  the  light  source  itself. 


CLASS  240— Continued. 

123.  SWITCHES   AND  VALVES,   OPERATORS.    Devices  at- 

tached to  inaccessible  light  control  valves  or  switches  for 
operating  the  same.  Includes  gas  wrenches;  also  devices 
which  are  an  extension  of  a  gas  key,  wick-raiser,  or  switch 
and  which  are  intended  to  be  left  upon  its  fixture. 
Note. — Wrenches  combined  with  igniters  are  in  class  67,  ILLU- 
MINATING BURNERS,  subclass  6,  Igniting  devices,  Imple- 
ments. 

124.  TAPS.    Devices  applied  to  gas  fixtures  whereby  means  are 
provided  for  attaching  a  tube,  generally  a  flexible  one,  to 
supply  a  drop  light  or  gas  heater  without  destroying  the 
utility  of  any  of  the  fixtures'  burner-tips  as  illuminators. 

Note. — Electric  taps  where  the  current  is  tapped  from  an  incan- 
descent light  socket  are  classified  in  class  173,  ELECTRICITY, 
CONDUCTORS,  subclass  334,  Connectors,  Quick  detachable, 
Multiple  connections,  Taps. 

Search  Class— 
137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  75,  Mains  and  pipes,  Pipes. 


CLASS  242.— WINDING  AND   REELING. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  and  is  limited  to  inventions  in  (1)  winding 
flexible  material — such  as  wire,  cordage,  and  fabric  or  other  sheet 
structures— upon  or  unwinding  it  from  holders,  including  reels, 
bobbins  or  spools,  forms  or  frames,  or  other  holders  for  storage  pur- 
poses; (2>  the  making  by  winding  processes  of  articles  such  as  cord- 
ago  and  twine  balls,  electromagnets  and  coils,  cops,  etc.,  or  in  apply- 
ing wire  or  cordage  material  by  winding  to  armatures,  rings,  pails, 
pipes,  or  other  articles;  (3)  reels  and  reel  carriers,  bobbins  and  spools, 
and  other  coil  or  roll  holders  per  se,  spool,  bobbin,  and  twine  holders 
or  supporters,  and  combinations  of  spools  or  bobbins,  etc.,  with 
the  material  wound  thereon  as  a  commercial  article  or  package  not 
otherwise  classifiable;  (4)  guides  and  tension  devices  employed  in 
connection  with  winding  devices,  as  well  as  those  of  general  appli- 
cation; (5)  detectors  and  stops  employed  in  connection  with  wind- 
ing machines,  as  well  as  those  of  general  application  to  strand  or  web 
material. 

The  inventions  classifiable  under  group  2  for  making  articles  by 
winding  may  include  other  operations  essential  or  incidental  thereto, 
as  applying  adhesive  to  the  layers  of  thread  or  to  the  thread  itself 
in  winding  balls.  Inventions  in  group  1  may  include  the  waxing 
or  wotting  of  thread  in  bobbin-winding. 

The  class  docs  not  include  devices  for  winding  flexible  material 
upon  such  articles  of  indefinite  length  as  wire,  cordage,  conductors, 
hose,  etc.,  nor  power  devices  employed  in  hauling  or  hoisting  in 
which  the  rope  or  cable  is  but  temporarily  wound  or  unwound 
unless  the  invention  is  a  mere  reel  structure  or  a  feature  peculiarly 
adapted  for  winding  for  storage  purposes.  For  example,  devices  for 
traversing  or  laying  cord  or  rope  upon  the  holder  are  classifiable  in 
this  class,  as  are  also  winding  drums  and  sand  reels  per  se. 

Devices  wherein  the  hoisting  feature  is  incidental  and  coordinate 
or  subordinate  to  winding,  as  in  spring-drum  reels,  are  also  classifi- 
able in  this  class. 

Reel  or  roll  carriers  and  the  like  classifiable  in  this  class  are  those 
in  which  th3  function  is  to  serve  as  a  holder  for  storage  purposes  or 
to  facilitate  winding  or  unwinding;  but  similar  devices  constructed 
primarily  for  displaying  the  material  or  for  serving  the  purpose  of 
store  furniture  are  excluded. 
Search  Classes— 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  9,  Cloth-measuring 
machines,  for  combinations  of  winding  machines  with  meas- 
uring instruments. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclasses  18,  Display-racks,  Roll,  for 
details,  and  31,  Serving  apparatus,  Roll-holders,  for  roll- 
holders  for  toilet  and  wrapping  paper. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous  inventions  in  winding  or 

reeling  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

2.  BALL  OR  MASS  WINDING.    Winding  thread,  twine,  yarn, 

cord,  etc.,  into  masses,  balls,  or  cylindrical  packages. 
Search  Class— 

19— CARDING,  subclass  16,  Balling  heads,  for  balling  sliver, 
yarn,  etc. 

3.  BALL  OR  MASS  WINDING,  SPHEROIDS.    Inventions  for 

winding  spherical  masses,  principally  base,  golf,  or  other  play- 
ing balls,  characterized  by  the  absence  of  a  winding  spindle,  a 
spherical  core  being  usually  substituted  therefor.  May 
include  applying  an  adhesive  or  liquid  to  the  strand  that  is 
wound. 

Search  Class— 

154— LAMINATEO  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  Id,  Ball-making,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
the  making  of  playing  balls  of  sectional  or  laminated  structure. 

4.  RING-WINDING.    Miscellaneous  inventions  for  winding  mate- 

rial, usually  wire,  upon  a  ring-shaped  core.    In  this  subclass 
are  machines  and  processes  for  winding  ring-shaped  magnets, 
"loading  coils,"  and  the  like  with  wire,  though  the  subclass  is 
not  limited  thereto. 
Search  Class— 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  2,  Banding,  for  somewhat  analogous 
devices  emplo3"od  in  banding  strands  together,  as  in  making 
driving  belts. 

5.  RING-WINDING,  ARMATURES.    Winding  ring  armatures 

or  successively  winding  coils  of  wire  on  annular  bodies. 

6.  RING-WINDING,  TAPING  AND  INSULATING.    Inven- 

tions for  winding  tape,  bands,  fiber,  etc.,  or  appjying  insulat- 
ing material  to  rings  or  annular  coils;  also  such  inventions  in 
combination  with  devices  or  processes  for  winding  rings  with 
wire  or  other  conducting  material. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  10,  Cylinder  and  conoid 
winding,  Magnets  and  coils,  Taping  and  insulating,  for  taping 
and  insulating  features. 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  6,  Covering  cord,  and  173,  ELECTRIC- 
ITY, CONDUCTORS,  subclass  244,  Machines  for  covering,  for 
taping  and  insulating  features  adapted  to  covering  articles  of 
indefinite  length. 

26G740— 12 31 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

7.  CYLINDER  AND  CONOID  WINDING.    Winding  strand  or 

web  material,  generally  wire,  upon  cylinders  or  conoids  of 
comparatively  short  length. 
Search  Classes — 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  0,  Covering  cord,  and  173,  ELECTRIC- 
ITY, CONDUCTORS,  subclass  244,  Machines  for  covering,  for 
devices  for  winding  cylinders  of  indefinite  length,  such  as  rope, 
wire,  or  conductors. 

29— METAL-WORKING,  subclass  23,  Special  work,  Toothed-cyl- 
inder making,  for  making  toothed  cylinders,  including  the 
winding  of  toothed  or  notched  wire. 

41 — ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  3,  Apparatus  and  appliances. 
Imitation-flower  making,  Stems  and  vines,  for  winding  and 
making  stems  for  artificial  flowers  and  making  decorative 
strands. 

86— ARMS,  PROJECTILES,  AND  EXPLOSIVE  CHARGES,  MAKING, 
subclass  2,  Ordnance,  for  wiring  guns. 

93 — PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclasses  under  Tube -ma- 
chines, particularly  80,  Tube-machines,  Spiral-wind,  and  81, 
Tube-machines,  Convolute-wind,  for  winding  paper  tubes. 

113 — SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass  35,  Tube-making, 
Spiral  seaming,  which  includes  more  than  the  mere  winding — 
for  example,  seaming— for  winding  metal  strips  in  tube-making 
and  armoring  electric  cables. 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclasses  97,  Applying  wire,  Card-cloth- 
ing, Attaching,  for  winding  card-clothii.g  on  cylinders,  and 
124,  Implements,  Coiling,  for  wire-coiling  implements. 

144— WOODWORKING  ,  subclass  208.  Wood-bending,  Former,  Piv- 
otal, Coiling,  for  convolute  winding  in  box  and  hoop  making. 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64.5,  Coiling,  Flat  wire,  Edge 
winding,  for  winding  flat  wire  or  metal  strips  edgewise. 

154 — LAMINATED  FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclass  7,  Hose-making,  Convolute  wind,  for  winding  devices 
employed  in  making  hose  and  the  like. 

8.  CYLINDER    AND    CONOID    WINDING,    ARMATURES. 

Applying  a  circumferential  winding  to   the  armatures  or 
drums  of  electric  machines  or  applying  bands  thereto. 
Search  Class— 

153— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64.5,  Coiling,  Flat  wire,  Edge 
winding,  for  winding  flat  wire  edgewise. 

9.  CYLINDER  AND  CONOID  WINDING,  MAGNETS  AND 

COILS.    Limited  to  winding  magnets  and  coils  for  electrical 
use. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  25,  Bobbin  and  cop  wind- 
ing, Wire,  for  the  mere  winding  of  wire  on  spools  or  bobbins 
for  storage  of  the  wire  and  for  use  as  a  commercial  article. 

155— METAL-BENDING,  subclass  64.5,  Coiling,  Flat  wire,  Edge 
winding,  for  the  winding  of  flat  wire  or  metal  strips  edgewise. 

175— ELECTRICITY,  GENERAL  APPLICATIONS,  subclass  21,  Electro- 
magnets. 

10.  CYLINDER  AND  CONOID  WINDING,  MAGNETS  AND 

COILS,  TAPING  AND  INSULATING.    Devices  or  proc- 
esses for  taping,  applying,  or  inserting  insulating  material, 
usually  in  combination  with  wire-winding. 
Search  Classes— 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  6,  Covering  cord;  and  173,  ELECTRIC- 
ITY, CONDUCTORS,  subclass  244,  Machines  for  covering,  for 
applying  insulation  to  cables  or  conductors. 

11.  CYLINDER    AND    CONOID    WINDING,    PAILS    AND 

PIPES.  Limited  to  winding  pails  or  pipes  with  wire,  bands, 
or  cordage. 

12.  CYLINDER  AND  CONOID  WINDING,  AXIALLY.    Wind- 

ing a  cylindrical  or  conoidal  body  with  material,  usually  wire, 
in  such  manner  that  the  convolutions  are  wound  in  a  plane 
at  right  angles  to  a  diameter  of  the  body—/.  «.,  parallel  with 
the  axis. 

13.  CYLINDER  AND  CONOID  WINDING,  AXIALLY,  ARMA- 

TURES. Winding  armatures  for  electric  machines  in  which 
the  winding  material  is  wound  in  a  plane  at  right  angles  to  the 
diameter  of  the  armature. 

14.  FORMS  AND  FRAMES.    Limited  to  devices  on  or  by  which 

material,  generally  wire,  is  wound  to  produce  a  coil  of  piede- 
termined  form  or  shape  other  than  circular,  comprising  mostly 
formers  for  winding  armature  coils. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  50,  Cordage,  Cards, 
boards,  and  forms,  for  winding  cordage  on  forms,  and  61, 
Reeling  and  unreeling,  Fabrics,  Cards,  boards,  and  forms,  for 
winding  webs  or  fabrics  on  forms. 

153— METAL  -  BENDING,  appropriate  subclasses— for  example, 
21,  Angular,  Reciprocating  bender— for  shaping  armature  coils 
by  bending;  also  64.5,  Coiling,  Flat  wire,  Edge  winding,  for  all 
edge-winding  devices. 

15.  FORMS  AND  FRAMES,  REVOLUBLE.    Forms  or  frames 

that  are  adapted  to  be  rotated  for  winding  the  material  to 
shape  or  in  combination  with  the  devices  or  machines  for 
rotating  them. 

481 


482 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND    SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

16.  SPOOLERS.    Machines    for    winding    cordage    material,    as 

thread,  upon  spools  or  holders  having  flaring  heads,  the  thread 
traverse  varying  in  the  different  layers.  This  subclass  is  lim- 
ited to  winding  a  single  spool. 

17.  SPOOLERS,  MULTIPLE.    Spoolers  for  winding  a  plurality 

of  spools. 

18.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING.    Inventions  not  otherwise 

classifiable  for  winding  cordage  material — such  as  thread, 
twine,  cord,  rope,  etc. — upon  a  suitable  core  or  holder  of  the 
bobbin  type— that  is.  holders  of  circular  cross-section,  cylin- 
drical or  cone-shaped  and  with  or  without  flanges  or  disk- 
shaped  heads,  including,  therefore,  bobbins,  cop  tubes,  pirns, 
jack-spools,  quills,  or  like  structures.  The  traverse  of  the 
thread  is  substantially  of  the  same  length. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  2,  Ball  or  mass  wind- 
ing, for  winding  features,  and  55,  Reeling  and  unreeling, 
Fabrics,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  winding  or  reeling 
webs  or  fabrics. 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  7,  Finishing  yarn  and  thread,  and  sub- 
class 14,  Warping,  for  winding  material  on  warping  beams  or 
rolls  where  a  sheet  of  or  a  plurality  of  strands,  yarn,  etc.,  are 
simultaneously  wound  side  by  side  on  the  same  beam. 

117— SILK,  particularly  subclasses  4,  Doubling;  7,  Throwing, 
and  8,  Winding,  and  118,  SPINNING,  particularly  subclasses  1, 
Bobbin  and  cop  builders;  6,  Doubling,  and  12,  Stopping,  for 
winding  silk,  thread,  or  the  like  on  bobbins  or  other  holders 
where  the  strands  are  twisted  together  in  a  winding  operation. 

19.  BOBBIN   AND    COP   WINDING,    CUTTING    DEVICES. 

Cutting  devices  adapted  to  or  in  combination  with  bobbin  and 
cop  winding. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  21,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Sewing-machine  shuttles,  Cutting  devices;  48.  Cord- 
age, Cutting  devices;  50,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Fabrics,  Cut- 
ting devices;  135,  Spool-holders,  Thread  -  cutters,  and  142, 
Twine-holders,  Cutters,  for  cutting  features  or  details. 

30— CUTLERY,  subclass  14,  Twine-cutters,  for  thread-cutters  of 
general  application. 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  12,  Stopping. 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  141,  Wire-cutting,  and  the  sub- 
classes thereunder,  for  wire-cutting  devices. 

20.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDING,    SEWING-MACHINE 

SHUTTLES.  Devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  adapted  for 
winding  the  type  of  bobbins  employed  in  sewing-machine 
shuttles  and  designed  for  use  upon  or  in  connection  with  sew- 
ing-machines. 

21.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDING,    SEWING-MACHINE 

SHUTTLES,  CUTTING  DEVICES.  Sewing-machine 
shuttle  winders  provided  with  thread-cutters. 

22.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDING,    SEWING-MACHINE 

SHUTTLES,  STOPS.    Sewing-machine  shuttle  winders  pro- 
vided with  stop-motion  devices. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  28,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Cone  wind,  Detectors  and  stops,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  36,  Bobbin  and  cop  winding,  Detectors  and  stops, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  49,  Cordage,  Detectors  and 
stops. 

19— CARDING,  subclass  25,  Stopping. 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  31,  Warping  stop-motions. 

66— KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  7,  Stopping. 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  12,  Stopping. 

139— WEAVING,  subclass  52,  Stopping. 

140— WIRE- WORKING,  subclass  126,  Wire-feeding,  Automatic 
stops. 

23.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDING,    SEWING-MACHINE 

SHUTTLES,  DISK  TYPE.  Sewing  machine  shuttle  wind- 
ers for  winding  very  short  or  disk-shaped  bobbins.  • 

24.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDING,    SEWING-MACHINE 

SHUTTLES,  THREAD  PRESSERS  AND  PADS.    Sew- 
ing-machine shuttle  thread-winding  devices  having  means  in 
the  form  of  a  pad,  roll,  plate,  or  other  presser  for  compacting 
or  shaping  the  thread  upon  the  bobbin. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  34,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Cone  wind,  Pressers  and  shapers. 

25.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING,  WIRE.    Winding  wire  on 

a  bobbin  type  of  holder  for  storage  purposes  or  for  a  commer- 
cial article. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  9,  Cylinder  and  conoid 
winding,  Magnets  and  coils,  for  machines  or  devices  for  wind- 
ing magnets,  magnet  spools,  or  coils. 

26.  BOBBIN   AND  COP  WINDING,  SYMMETRICAL  LAY- 

ERS. Winding  bobbins  of  the  universal  or  Fiji  type— all 
machines,  therefore,  having  means  for  imparting  an  incre- 
mental or  rotary  movement  to  the  cop  or  ball  at  the  end  of 
each  thread  traverse  movement  or  sufficient  delay  in  the 
traverse  movement  of  the  thread  guide  so  that  the  coils  of 
one  layer  shall  be  laid  just  outside  and  parallel  with  the  cor- 
responding coils  of  the  layer  last  wound,  crossing  the  same 
and  binding  the  coils  and  the  loop  at  the  ends  firmly  down, 
thus  preventing  the  cop  from  breaking  down  and  making 
it  self-supporting.  In  the  product  the  layers  are  symmet- 
rical, each  having  the  same  number  of  coils  and  each  coil 
being  outside  of  rather  than  on  top  of  the  corresponding  coil 
below  it  or  in  the  last  layer. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  2,  Ball  or  mass  wind- 
ing; 31,  Bobbin  and  cop  winding,  Cone  wind,  Quick  traverse, 
and  43,  Bobbin  and  cop  winding,  Quick  traverse,  for  criss- 
cross winding  features. 

27.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING,  CONE  WIND.    Winding 

thread,  yarn,  etc.,  in  conical  layers,  and  thereby  gradually 
building  up  a  cop,  ball,  or  mass  of  thread  or  yarn  upon  a  suit- 
able cop  tube,  shell,  or  spindle  or  other  core  or  holder;  also 
devices  which  wind  both  cylindrical  and  conical  layers. 
Winding  devices  to  be  classifiable  under  "Cone  wind"  must 
have  mechanism  for  producing  a  relative  longitudinal  pro- 
gressive movement  between  the  cop  or  thread  mass  and  the 
thread  traverse  guide. 
Search  Class — 

118— SPINNING,  particularly  subclass  1,  Bobbin  and  cop  builders, 
and  other  appropriate  subclasses,  for  cop-building  features. 

28.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING,  CONE  WIND,  DETEC- 

TORS AND  STOPS.  Detectors  and  stops  for  cone-winding 
devices  comprise  (1)  mechanism  for  detecting  imperfections 
in  the  thread  or  undue  tension  thereof  in  winding;  (2)  mech- 
anism for  stopping  the  machine  upon  such  detection  or  ten- 
sion; (3)  stop  mechanism  operating  upon  stoppage,  breakage, 
exhaustion,  etc.,  of  the  thread  or  for  indicating  such  failure  in 
the  thread  supply,  and  (4)  stop  mechanism  operating  when 
the  winding  is  completed.  This  subclass  contains  only  detec- 
tors or  stop  motions  of  the  first  two  groups,  not  otherwise 
classifiable. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  36,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Detectors  and  stops,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder, 
and  49,  Cordage,  Detectors  and  stops,  for  similar  devices  in 
bobbin  or  cordage  winding. 

19— CARDING,  subclass  25,  Stopping. 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  31,  Warping  stop-motions. 

66— KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  7,  Stopping. 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  12,  Stopping. 

139 — WEAVING,  subclass  52,  Stopping. 

140— WIRE  -  WORKING,  subclass  126,  Wire-feeding,  Automatic 
stop. 

29.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING,  CONE  WIND,  DETEC- 

TORS AND  STOPS,  THREAD  BREAK  OR  EXHAUST. 
Devices  for  stopping  the  cone-winding  of  the  thread  governed 
by  and  operating  upon  breakage,  undue  tension,  stoppage  or 
exhaustion  of  the  thread  supply. 

30.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING,  CONE  WIND,  DETEC- 

TORS AND  STOPS,  LOAD.  Devices  for  automatically 
stopping  the  winding  of  the  cop  or  cone  mass  when  fully 
wound  or  when  a  predetermined  amount  has  been  wound. 

31.  BOBBIN  AND   COP  WINDING,  CONE   WIND,   QUICK 

TRAVERSE.    Devices  for  winding  crossed  spiral  coils  by  a 
quick  traverse  movement  of  the  thread  guide  or  of  the  core 
upon  which  the  cop  is  wound. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  26,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Symmetrical  layers,  for  bobbin  winders  producing 
a  fixed  number  of  coils  per  layer;  subclasses  43,  Bobbin  and 
cop  winding,  Quick  traverse,  'for  traversing  mechanism,  and 
158,  Guides,  Traverse  mechanism,  for  traversing  mechanism 
per  se. 

32.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDING,    CONE    WIND,    MUL- 

TIPLE. Devices  for  cone-winding  a  plurality  of  cops  or 
bobbins. 

Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  44,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Multiple,  for  multiple  winding  features. 

33.  BOBBIN   AND  COP  WINDING,   CONE   WIND,   FLIER 

TYPE,    ("one-winding  devices  having  a  rotary  thread  guide 
or  flier  for  laying  or  winding  a  single  thread. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  2,  Ball  or  mass  wind- 
ing, for  fliers  in  ball-winding,  and  128,  Unwinding  devices,  for 
fliers  rotated  by  the  thread  in  unwinding. 

118— SPINNING,  suggestive  subclasses,  particularly  6,  Doubling, 
where  fliers  similar  in  structure  operate  to  twist  several 
threads  together  into  one  and  wind  it  on  the  top. 

34.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING,  CONE  WIND,  PRESSERS 

AND  SHAPERS.  Devices  usually  provided  with  cones  or 
rollers  for  pressing  and  shaping  the  thread  on  or  about  the 
cone  as  it  is  wound. 

35.  BOBBIN    AND    COP   WINDING,    CONE    WIND,    SPIN- 

DLES   AND    APPURTENANCES.    Spindles,    mounting 
thereof,  driving,  and  other  features  pertaining  thereto,  adapted 
for  use  in  cone-winding  machines  and  not  classifiable  in  spin- 
ning. 
Search  Classes— 

82 — TURNING,  subclass  30,  Lathes,  Head-stocks,  Spindles  and 
bearings. 

118 — SPINNING,  subclasses  24,  Spindle-driving  devices:  25,  Spin- 
dles and  bearings,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  and  27, 
Spindles  and  appurtenances. 

139— WEAVING,  subclass  89,  Shuttles,  Spindles  and  tips. 

36.  BOBBIN    AND     COP    WINDING,    DETECTORS    AND 

STOPS.  This  subclass  is  miscellaneous  and  includes  only 
those  bobbin-winding  devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  which 
detect  the  presence  of  knots,  slubs,  splits,  accumulations  of 
gum,  lint,  waste,  or  other  imperfections  or  inequalities  in  the 
thread  being  wound  or  undue  tension  thereof. 


DEFINITIONS   OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


483 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  the  definition  and  search-card 
data  under  subclass  28,  Bobbin  and  cop  winding,  Cone  wind, 
Detectors  and  stops. 

19— CARDING,  subclass  25,  Stopping,  for  stop  motions  adapted 
to  sliver  coilers. 

37.  BOBBIN    AND     COP     WINDING,     DETECTORS     AND 

STOPS,    TUREAD    BREAK    OR    EXHAUST.    Devices 
for  stopping  the  winding  upon  the  breakage  or  exhaustion  of 
thread  or  for  indicating  such  failure  in  the  thread  supply. 
Search  Class — 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  29,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Cone  wind,  Detectors  and  stops,  Thread  break  or 
exhaust,  for  similar  devices  for  cone  winders. 

38.  BOBBIN     AND     COP     WINDING,     DETECTORS     AND 

STOPS,  THREAD  BREAK  OR  EXHAUST,  DOUB- 
LING-MACHINES. Detectors  and  stops  controlled  by  the 
breaking  or  exhaustion  of  the  thread  for  machines  operating 
to  wind  a  plurality  of  threads  upon  a  single  bobbin  by  ordi- 
nary winding  methods,  there  being  no  twisting  of  the  threads 
together,  as  in  spinning  machines. 
Search  Class— 

118— SPINNING,  subclasses  6,  Doubling,  and  12,  Stopping,  for 
stop  motions  of  spinning  doublers. 

39.  BOBBIN     AND     COP     WINDING,     DETECTORS     AND 

STOPS,   LOAD.    Stop  devices  for  arresting  the  winding 
when  the  bobbin  is  fully  wound  or  loaded. 
Search  Class— 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  30,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Cone  wind,  Detectors  and  stops,  Load,  for  similar 
devices  employed  in  cone-winding. 

40.  BOBBIN     AND     COP     WINDING,     DETECTORS     AND 

STOPS,  LOAD,  DOUBLING-MACHINES.  Load-stop 
devices  adapted  to  machines  for  winding  a  plurality  of  threads 
upon  a  single  bobbin,  but  without  twisting  them. 

41.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDING,    EJECTORS.    Bobbin- 

winding  machines  having  automatic  devices  for  ejecting  the 
bobbin  when  wound. 
Search  Classes— 

19 — CARDING,  subclass  16,  Balling  heads. 

133— WEAVING,  subclasses  52,  Stopping,  particularly  54,  Stop- 
ping, Weft  stop-motions,  and  85,  Looms,  Weft-replenishing. 

42.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING,  DOUBLING-MACHINES. 

Devices  for  winding  a  plurality  of  threads  upon  a  single  bobbin 
without  the  twisting  characteristic  of  spinning  machines. 
Search  Classes — 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  14,  Warping,  for  winding  cordage  strands 
in  sheets. 

118 — SPINNING,  subclass  6,  Doubling,  for  spinning  doublers. 

43.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDING,    QUICK    TRAVERSE. 

Bobbin-winding  machines  in  which  the  thread  layer  or  guide 
has  a  quick  traverse  movement  relative  and  longitudinal  to 
the  bobbin  or  in  which  the  bobbin  is  reciprocated  relatively 
to  the  thread  guide,  so  as  to  lay  the  thread  on  the  bobbin  in 
crossing  spirals,  producing  a  cross  cr  criss-cross  wind.  In  this 
subclass  the  number  of  convolutions,  coils,  or  spirals  varies 
somewhat  in  the  different  layers,  usually  decreasing  in  num- 
ber toward  the  periphery. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  26,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Symmetrical  layers,  for  bobbin  winders  producing 
a  fixed  number  of  coils  per  layer.  See  also  subclass  31,  Bobbin 
and  cop  winding,  Cone  wind,  Quick  traverse. 

44.  BOBBIN  AND   COP   WINDING,   MULTIPLE.    Machines 

adapted  to  wind  a  plurality  of  bobbins  simultaneously. 
Search  Class— 

242— WiN'Dixo  AND  REELING,  subclasses  32,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Cone  wind,  Multiple,  for  multiple  cone  winders,  and 
17,  Spoolers,  Multiple,  for  multiple  spoolers. 

45.  BOBBIN    AND    COP    WINDINCz,    TENSION    DEVICES. 

Thread  tensions  adapted  to  bobbin  or  cone  winders  and  not 
otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  75,  Reeling  and  un- 
reeling, Fabrics,  Tension  devices;  147,  Tension  devices,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  tension  devices,  and  132,  Bobbin 
supporters  and  holders,  Receptacle  or  trough,  for  tension 
devices  combined  with  bobbin  supporters. 

46.  BOBBIN  AND  COP  WINDING,  SPOOL  AND  BOBBIN 

LIFTERS.  Devices,  usually  hand  or  foot  operated,  for  lifting 
the  spool  or  bobbin  from  winding  relation  with  the  operating 
mechanism,  usually  comprising  a  rotating  drum,  spindle  or 
seat,  which  drives  the  spool  by  frictional  contact. 

47.  CORDAGE.    Devices  for  winding  rope,  cord,  thread,  yarn,  or 

other  strand  material  not  otherwise  classifiable  and  excluding 
wire- winding. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  4,  Ring- winding;  7, 
Cylinder  and  conoid  winding;  25,  Bobbin  and  cop  winding, 
Wire;  54,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  and  78.  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Metal- working,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
wire- winding. 

28— -CORDAGE,  subclass  21,  Cord  and  rope  machines,  for  rope  or 
cable  making  machines  or  devices  operating  to  twist  or  lay 
up  the  strands  into  a  rope  or  cord  and  wind  it. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

48.  CORDAGE,  CUTTING  DEVICES.    Cordage-winding  appa- 

ratus provided  with  cutting  devices  and  all  cutters  therefor, 
except  those  adapted  for  sheet  or  strip  winding  devices. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  19,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Cone  wind,  Cutting  devices,  for  cutters  associated 
with  bobbin  or  cone  winders,  and  135,  Spool-holders,  Thread- 
cutters,  and  142,  Twine-holders,  Cutters,  for  cutters  associated 
with  spool  or  twine  holders. 

49.  CORDAGE,  DETECTORS  AND  STOPS.    Detector  and  stop 

devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  for  cordage-winding  ma- 
chinos. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  22,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Sewing-machine  shuttles,  Stops;  28,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Cone  wind,  Detectors  and  stops,  and  30,  Bobbin  and 
cop  winding,  Detectors  and  stops. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  46,  Machine-brakes,  Stop 
mechanisms,  for  stops  per  ne. 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  126,  Wire-feeding,  Automatic 
stop. 

50.  CORDAGE,  CARDS,  BOARDS,  AND   FORMS.    Winding 

cordage  upon  cards,  boards,  or  other  forms  or  cores,  except 
those  of  the  bobbin,  spool,  or  reel  type  or  forms  and  frames  for 
winding  armature  coils  or  wire. 
Search  Class — 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  61,  Reeling  and  un- 
reeling, Fabrics,  Cards,  boards,  and  forms,  for  sheet-winding, 
and  14,  Forms  and  frames,  and  15,  Forms  and  frames,  Revolu- 
ble,  for  winding  wire  upon  forms  or  frames. 

51.  CORDAGE,  HEDDLE  AND  SEINE  NEEDLES.    Winding 

heddle  or  seine  needles. 

52.  CORDAGE,  TATTING-SHUTTLES.    Tatting-shuttle  wind- 

ers or  winding. 

53.  CORDAGE,    HANK   AND    SKEIN    WINDING.    Winding 

thread  or  yarn  into  hanks  or  skeins,  but  excluding  devices  that 

wrap  or  interlace  the  strands  of  the  wound  hank  or  skein  to 

form  a  special  package. 
Search  Classes — 
242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  127,  Skein-holders,  for 

devices  for  merely  holding  hanks  and  skeins  and  involving 

other  than  reel  structures. 
28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  9,  Packaging  braid  and  yarn,  for  special 

package  making. 

54.  REELING  AND  UNREELING.    Inventions  not  otherwise 

classifiable  for  winding  material  upon  or  unwinding  it  from 
reels,  winding  rolls,  drums,  and  the  like.  Includes  more  par- 
ticularly operating  mechanisms  for  reels.  Devices  for  wind- 
ing wire  and  those  of  general  application  are  classifiable  in  this 
subclass. 
Search  Classes — 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  78,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Metal-working,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
reels  adapted  to  the  metal-working  arts,  with  or  without  their 
operating  mechanisms,  and  85,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels, 
Carriers,  for  reels  mounted  upon  portable  carriers,  with  their 
operating  mechanism. 

39 — FENCES,  subclass  62,  Fences,  Wrire,  Stretchers,  AVindlasses; 
57,  HOISTING,  and  103,  PUMPS,  subclass  35,  Windlass  water- 
elevator,  for  power  winding  devices,  such  as  windlasses,  cap- 
stans, stump-extractors,  and  the  like. 

55.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,     FABRICS.       Winding 

paper,  cloth,  films,  wire  netting,  fences,  and  in  general  fabric 
or  sheet  structure  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  78,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Metal-working,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for 
winding  metal  strips. 

11 — BOOKBINDING,  subclass  22,  Writing-tablets,  Continuous; 
40,  CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  31, 
Changeable  exhibitors,  Motor-operated,  Double  reel  and  web; 
36,  Changeable  exhibitors,  Motor-operated,  Shifters;  46, 
Changeable  exhibitors,  Obstacle-operated,  Double  reel  and 
web;  82,  Changeableexhibitors,  Single  reel  and  web;  86.  Change- 
able exhibitors,  Double  reel  and  web,  and  117,  Calendars, 
Double  reel  and  web,  and  120,  STATIONERY,  subclass  30, 
Copy-holders,  Movable  copy,  Roller-feed,  for  single  or  double 
reel  web-winding  devices. 

66 — KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  9,  Take-ups  and  tensions, 
for  knitting  and  netting  winders. 

113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclasses  57,  Seaming- 
machines,  Compressing,  Die,  and  58,  Seaming-Machines, 
Compressing,  Roller. 

155— CHAIRS,  subclass  10,  Rests,  Head,  for  roll-holders  for  serving 
paper  in  sanitary  head  rests. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES.  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  44,  Awnings, 
Roll  and  reel,  for  roll-operating  mechanism,  winding  boxes, 
and  gearing. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  57,  Shutters, 
Roll,  Operating  devices. 

197— TYPEWRITING-M ACHINES,  subclass  127,  Paper-feeding,  and 
appropriate  subclasses  thereunder,  particularly  subclass  133, 
Paper-feeding,  Web,  for  paper  rolls  and  their  controlling  de- 
vices, tensions,  and  guides. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  29,  Serving  apparatus,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder,  particularly  subclasses  31,  Serving 
apparatus.  Roll-holders,  and  32,  Serving  apparatus,  Roll- 
holders,  Cutting  attachment. 


484 


DEFINITIONS    OF   CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


Class  242— Continued. 

56.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    FABRICS,    CUTTING 

DEVICES.    Miscellaneous   cutting   devices    not    otherwise 

classifiable  adapted  for  or  in  combination  with  fabric- winding 

devices. 

Search  Classes — 
242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  48,  Cordage,  Cutting 

devices,  for  cutting  cordage  or  textile  material  not  of  sheet 

form. 
73— MEASURING    INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  9,   Cloth-measuring 

machines. 
164 — CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  05, 

Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary  cutter,  Slitters  and  winders,  for 

devices  which  slit  the  sheet  longitudinally  and  then  wind  it. 
211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclasses  12,  Counters,  Attachments, 

and  32,  Serving  apparatus,  Roll-holders,  Cutting  attachment, 

for  the  combination  of  roll-holders  and  cutting  de  rices. 

57.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  DETECTORS 

AND  STOPS.    Fabric-winding  machines  provided  with  de- 
tec  tor  or  stop  mechanisms. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  28,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Cone  wind,  Detectors  and  stops;  30,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Detectors  and  stops,  and  49,  Cordage,  Detectors  and 
stops,  for  details  applicable  to  cordage-winding. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  46,  Machine-brakes,  Stop 
mechanisms,  for  stop  mechanism  per  se. 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  120,  Wire-feeding,  Automatic 
stop. 

58.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  WEB-ROLL 

SUPPLY.    Supplying  or  renewing  web-rolls  or  placing  them 
in  operative  relation  to  a  machine  which  utilizes  the  web;  also 
devices  for  removing  the  rolls  from  a  machine. 
Search  Class — 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  129,  Coil-holders,  for  de- 
vices for  conveying  coils. 

59.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  LAPPED  OR 

BUTTED  LENGTHS.  The  winding  of  short  lengths  or 
sheets  of  fabric  in  which  the  adjacent  ends  are  lapped  or  butted. 

60.  REELING  AND    UNREELING,   FABRICS,  BANDAGE- 

ROLLING.  Devices  for  winding  bandages,  usually  com- 
prising a  bracket  or  stand  having  means  for  clamping  it  to  a 
table  or  support,  and  on  which  is  mounted  the  reel  roll  or  its 
equivalent,  with  suitable  winding  mechanism. 

61.  REELING     AND     UNREELING,     FABRICS,     CARDS, 

BOARDS,  AND  FORMS.  Winding  fabric  upon  a  suitable 
core  or  form  other  than  of  circular  cross-section  or  of  reel  form. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  50,  Cordage,  Cards, 
boards,  and  forms,  for  the  similar  winding  of  cordage. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  9,  Cloth-measuring 
machines,  for  similar  machines  with  measuring  devices. 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  50,  Pack- 
ages, Cloth  bolts,  boards,  etc.,  for  cards,  boards,  and  forms 
per  se. 

62.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  CLOTH.    De- 

vices specific  to  the  winding  of  cloth  by  the  inclusion  of  some 
elements — such  as  openers,  spreaders,  stretchers,  spur-faced 
rollers,  etc. — which  would  not  be  applicable  to  paper  or  other 
fabrics. 

03.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  AUTOMATIC- 
ALLY CONTRACTING  REEL.  Fabric  winders  provided 
with  mechanism  for  automatically  contracting  or  expanding 
the  reel  during  the  winding  operation  and  at  present  mostly 
employed  in  paper-making. 

64.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  REVOLUBLE 

REEL-CARRIERS.  Revoluble supporting  frames  on  which 
a  plurality  of  reels  or  rolls  are  adapted  to  be  mounted  and 
revolved  to  an  operative  position.  The  axis  on  which  the 
frame  revolves  is  generally  horizontal,  but  may  be  vertical. 

65.  REELING   AND    UNREELING,    FABRICS,  FRICTION- 

DRUM  DRIVE.  Fabric-winding  devices  provided  with  a 
rotary  drum  or  equivalent  to  drive  the  fabric  roll  by  frictional 
contact.  Single  drum  devices  are  classifiable  in  this  subclass. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  18,  Bobbin  and  cop  wind- 
ing, and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  details  of  drum-driving 
features  in  bobbin-winding. 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  14,  Warping,  and  101,  PRINTING,  sub- 
class 97,  Paper-damping  machines,  Winders,  for  drum-driving 
features. 

66.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,  FABRICS,    FRICTION- 

DRUM  DRIVE,  MULTIPLE  DRUM.  Fabric-winding 
mechanism  having  a  plurality  of  rotary  drums  each  of  which 
drives  or  rotates  the  fabric  roll  by  frictional  contact. 

67.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  BELT-REELS. 

Devices  for  winding  up  the  belts  employed  in  driving  ma- 
chines. 

68.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  CORES  AND 

HOLDERS.  Miscellaneous  devices,  such  as  rolls,  drums, 
shells,  sticks,  reels,  cores,  or  other  fabric-roll  holders,  their 
mandrel  or  supporting  devices,  and  other  appurtenances  not 
otherwise  classifiable  in  the  subclasses  hereunder. 


Class  212— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  130,  Bobbin  supporters 
and  holders,  for  holders  adapted  to  hold  tubular  shells  on 
which  thread  masses  are  wound. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  71,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabrics,  Cores  and  holders,  Ribbon  and  film  spools,  Cam- 
era, and  95,  PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclasses  31,  Cameras,  Roll- 
holding,  and  subclasses  thereunder,  and  90.5,  Fluid-treating 
apparatus,  Dark  cabinets,  Roll-film,  for  roll-film  holders. 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  61,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabrics,  Cards,  boards,  and  forms. 

11 — BOOKBINDING,  subclass  22,  Writing-tablets,  Continuous. 

73— MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  9,  Cloth-measuring 
machines. 

93— PAPER  MANUFACTURES,  subclass  79,  Tube-machines,  Taper- 
ing wind,  for  machines  employing  tapering  winding  cores, 
holders,  and  web-fasteners. 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  15,  Revolving-hook  ma- 
chines. 

118 — SPINNING,  subclass  31,  Bobbin  and  spindle  connectors. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  30,  Copy-holders,  Movable  copy, 
Roller-feed. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  29,  Shade, 
Rollers,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  59,  Pack- 
ages, Rolls  and  reels. 

211— STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  31,  Serving  apparatus,  Roll- 
holders,  for  plugs. 

69.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  CORES  AND 

HOLDERS,  NOTE-SHEET    ROLLS.     Spool  or    bobbin 
structures,  with  or  without  holders  therefor,  adapted  to  hold 
a  roll  of  sheet  music  for  use  in  automatic  musical  instruments. 
The  note  sheet  may  be  included. 
Search  Class— 

84 — Music,  subclasses  161,  Automatic  instruments,  Details, 
Selectors,  and  1G2,  Automatic  instruments,  Details,  Selectors, 
Note-sheets;  also  106,  Automatic  instruments,  Details,  Selec- 
tors, Winding  and  rewinding,  for  winding  and  rewinding 
devices  for  these  rolls  and  specific  to  automatic  players. 

70.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  CORES  AND 

HOLDERS,  RIBBON  AND  FILM  SPOOLS.    Spools  and 
bobbins  for  winding  typewriter  ribbons,  kinetoscope   films 
and  the  like,  usually  provided  with  web  fastening  or  securing 
devices. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  74,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabrics,  Web-fasteners,  and  notes  thereunder,  for  web- 
fasteners  per  se. 

88— OPTICS,  subclass  17,  Motion  picture  apparatus,  Picture-strip, 
for  film-winding  devices  in  combination  with  motion  picture 
apparatus. 

197— TYPEWRITING-MACHINES,  subclass  151  et  seq.,  Ribbon 
mechanism,  for  typewriter-ribbon  spools  combined  with 
typewriter  mechanism. 

71.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  CORES  AND 

HOLDERS,  RIBBON  AND  FILM  SPOOLS,  CAMERA. 
Spools  or  bobbin  structures  adapted  to  hold  a  film-roll  for  use 
in  photographic  cameras. 
Search  Class— 

95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  31,  Cameras  Roll-holding,  for  com- 
binations of  spool  and  camera. 

72.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  CORES  AND 

HOLDERS,  CONTRACTILE.     Winding  cores  for  fabrics 
having  means  for  varying  the  diameter  either  to  expand  it 
or  to  contract  it,  usually  to  contract  it  to  permit  removal  of 
the  roll  of  fabric. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  110,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Contractile,  and  subclasses  thereunder,  for  con- 
tractile reels  for  winding  cordage. 

10— BOLT,  NAIL,  NUT,  RIVET,  AND  SCREW  MAKING,  subclass 
145,  Screw-threading,  Tapping,  Implements,  Taps,  Collapsi- 
ble, Wedge-core. 

22— METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  170,  Cores,  Metal,  Contract- 
ing, and  173,  Cores,  Core-bars,  Collapsible,  for  contractile  cores 
employed  in  casting. 

64— JOURNAL-BOXES,    PULLEYS,    AND     SHAFTING,     subclass    8, 

Pulleys,  Expansible,  for  similar  devices  employed  for  driving 

belts. 
77— BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  76,  Reamers,  Adjustable, 

Wedge,  Central  cone. 

82— TURNING,  subclass  44,  Work-drivers,  Mandrels,  Expansible. 
85 — DRIVEN,  HEADED,  AND   SCREW-THREADED   FASTENINGS, 

subclass  2.4,  Bolts,  Expanding-sleeve,  and   2.8,  Bolts,  Ex- 

panding-sleeve,  Double  wedge. 
113— SHEET-METAL  WARE,  MAKING,  subclass   103,  Soldering, 

Clamps,  Expanding  mandrel. 
144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  268,    Wood-bending,    Former, 

Pivotal,  Coiling. 
153— METAL- BENDING,   subclasses    80,    Pipe   expanders    and 

flangers,  Non-traveling,  Segmental  expander,  and  81,  Pipe 

expanders  and  flangers,  Traveling,  Rotary. 

73.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  CORES  AND 

HOLDERS,  CONTRACTILE,  LENGTHWISE.       Wind- 
ing cores  and  holders  that  permit  varying  the  length  to  adapt 
them  to  fabrics  of  difierent  widths. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  70,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabrics,  Cores  and  holders,  Ribbon  and  film  spools. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


485 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

74.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  WEB-FASTEN- 
ERS.   Devices  for  securing  the  web  to  the  core  or  holder  on 
which  it  is  wound. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  70,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabrics,  Cores  and  holders,  Ribbon  and  film  spools:  also 
subclass  125.  Bobbins  and  spools,  Thread  fasteners  and  guides, 
for  devices  for  securing  or  fastening  cordage  ends  to  a  bobbin 
or  spool. 

84— Music,  subclass  102,  Automatic  instruments,  Details,  Selec- 
tors, Note-sheets,  for  devices  for  fastening  note  sheets  to  rollers. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  30,  Copy-holders,  Movable  copy, 
Roller-feed. 

144— WOODWORKING,  subclass  208,  Wood-bending,  Former, 
Pivotal,  Coiling. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  29,  Shade, 
Rollers. 

197— TYPEWRITING-MACHINES,  subclass  151  et  seq.,  Ribbon 
mechanism. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  51,  Pack- 
ages, Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings;  subclasses  53,  Pack- 
ages, Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings,  Rolls  or  spools,  Clamps, 
and  54,  Packages,  Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings,  Rolls  or 
spools,  Clamps,  Centrally  attached,  for  peripheral  clamps. 

75.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  TENSION  DE- 
VICES. Tension  devices  adapted  to  the  winding  of  fabrics. 
Search  Classes — 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  45,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Tension  devices,  and  the  search-card  data  thereun- 
der; 99,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Carriers,  Brakes,  and 
147,  Tension  devices,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder,  for  cord- 
age-winding tension;  subclass  00,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Fab- 
rics, Bandage-rolling. 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  3,  Cloth-pilers,  for  tension 
devices  applied  to  machines  for  piling  or  folding  cloth,  etc. 

70.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  FABRICS,  GUARDS  AND 
GUIDES.    Devices  for  engaging  the  web  or  fabric  to  direct, 
guide,  or  protect  it  during  the  winding  operation. 
Search  Classes — 

26— CLOTH-FINISHING,  subclass  18,  Guiding,  for  guiding  devices 
for  cloth. 

139— WEAVING,  subclass  50,  Take-ups  and  let-offs,  Beams,  for 
warping  beams  or  drums. 

164— CUTTING  AND  PUNCHING  SHEETS  AND  BARS,  subclass  65, 
Cutting,  Machines,  Rotary  cutter,  Slitters  and  winders. 

197— TYPEWRITING-MACHINES,  subclass  151  et  seq.,  Ribbon 
mechanism. 

77.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS.    Miscellaneous  reel 

structures  for  cordage,  wire,  and  metal  strips  or  flats  not 

classifiable  in  the  subclasses  hereunder. 
Search  Classes— 
9— BOATS  AND  BUOYS,  subclass  9,  Buoys,  Wreck-indicating,  for 

reels  employed  in  connection  with  buoys. 
28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  14,  Warping,  for  drum  reels  or  bobbins 

employed  as  warping  beams. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  59,  Pack- 
ages, Rolls  and  reels,  for  special  packages  or  transportation 

reels. 
227— FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclass  34,  Automatic  speed-governors, 

Centrifugal,  for  cord  drum  and  reel  structure. 

78.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  METAL-WORK- 

ING. Reels  or  reeling  machines  for  wire  or  metal  strips  and 
flats,  adapted  to  the  metal  working  or  manufacturing  arts, 
employed  for  the  easy  handling  or  manipulation  of  the  product, 
primarily  for  storage  or  to  facilitate  unwinding  from  the  coil. 
Search  Class — 

205— METAL-DRAWING,  subclasses  10,  Wire,  and  20,  Wire,  Draw- 
ing-drums. 

79.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  METAL-WORK- 

ING, COIL-OONVEYING.    Reels  and  holders  for  coils  of 
wire  in  combination  with  devices  for  facilitating  handling  or 
conveying  the  reels,  holders,  or  coils. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  58,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
in?,  Fabrics,  Web-roll  supply. 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  112,  Lifters,  Spool,  for  handling  imple- 
ments. 

80.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  METAL-WORK- 

ING, MULTIPLE.    Reeling  devices  comprising  a  plurality 
of  reels  or  coil-holders. 

81.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  METAL-WORK- 

ING, COIL-STRIPPING.    Reeling  devices  provided  with 
means  for  positively  removing,  ejecting,  or  stripping  off  the 
wound  coil  from  the  reel  or  for  releasing  it  to  let  it  fall  by 
gravity. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  appropriate  subclasses — for  ex- 
ample, 84,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Metal-working,  Re- 
tractile arm— for  reels  which  simply  permit  the  removal  of 
the  wound  coil. 

82.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  METAL-WORK- 

ING, REVOLUBLE  COILER.    Reeling  devices  having  a 
revolving  or  gyrating  g  lide  for  feeding  or  laying  the  wire  upon 
or  around  the  reel  or  holder. 
Search  Classes — 

19 — CARDING,  subclass  5,  Coilers,  for  revoiuble  sliver  coilers. 

29 — METAL- WORKING,  subclass  81,  Scale  removers  and  pre- 
venters. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

83.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  METAL-WORK- 

ING, RECEPTACLE.    Reeling  devices  having  an  open  o 
closed  receptacle  within  which  the  coil  is  laid.    May  include 
a  disk  having  concentric  rows  of  pegs  or  equivalent. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  81,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Metal-working,  Coil-stripping,  for  receptacle  reels 
having  coil-stripping  means. 

19 — CARDING,  subclass  5,  Coiling,  for  sliver  coilers  of  this  type. 

84.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  METAL-WORK- 

ING, RETRACTILE  ARM.  Reeling  devices  hi  which  the 
reel  structure  has  one  or  more  arms  for  engaging  the  coil  that 
may  be  retracted  or  so  moved  as  to  permit  the  coil  to  be  re- 
moved. 

Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  110,  Reeling  and  un- 
reeling, Reels,  Contractile,  for  reels  of  adjustable  diameter. 

85.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  CARRIERS.    Mis- 

cellaneous reels  in  combination  with  their  supporting  frames, 
holders,  stands,  etc.,  generally  portable  in  character  and  not 
otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes— 

57— HOISTING,  subclasses  19,  Stump-extractors,  and  84,  Cap- 
stans and  windlasses,  Hand-crank  operated. 

103 — PUMPS,  subclass  35,  Windlass  water-elevator. 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  58,  Pack- 
ages, Dispensing,  Paper-rolls. 

86.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

HOSE.    Hose-reel  carriers,  hose-trundlers,  and  hose-reels  not 
otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Class— 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  31,  Water-supply  hose- 
holders,  for  hose-reels  having  features  specific  to  water  sup- 
ply or  distribution. 

87.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

HOSE,  WHEELED.    Wheeled  carriers  for  hose-reels,  lawn 
or  garden  reels,  hose-carts,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  86,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Carriers,  Hose,  for  hose-trundlers. 

21 — CARRIAGES  AND  WAGONS,  subclass  28,  Hose-carriages,  for 
structures  specific  to  vehicles. 

88.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

HOSE,  WHEELED,  AUTOMATIC  WINDERS.  Auto- 
matically operated  hose-reels  mounted  on  supporting  wheels 
and  hose  carts  and  carriages  adapted  to  rotate  the  reel  through 
connection  with  the  wheels  thereof  or  operated  by  spring 
drum  or  equivalent. 

89.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

HOSE,  LOOP-ATTACHED.  Hose-reel  structures  having 
means  for  attaching  a  bight  or  loop  of  the  hose  between  its 
ends  to  the  reel,  so  that  both  end  portions  may  be  wound  or 
unwound  simultaneously. 

90.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

WHEELED.    Reel  carriers  provided  with  one  or  more 
wheels  and  reel  carriers  mounted  upon  a  vehicle. 
Search  Classes — 

57 — HOISTING,  subclass  80,  Capstans  and  windlasses,  Steam- 
winch,  for  wheeled  steam-winches. 

Ill — SEEDERS  AND  PLANTERS,  subclass  5,  Check-row,  and 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  combinations  of  reels  and  planters 
specific  to  planters. 

91.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  CARRIERS, 

WHEELED,  AUTOMATIC  WINDERS.  Wheeled  car- 
riers in  which  the  reel  is  automatically  rotated  by  the  move- 
ment of  the  carrier. 

92.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

WHEELED,  AUTpMATIC  WINDERS,  GUIDES. 
Wheeled  automatic  winders  having  a  guide  for  directing  or 
laying  upon  the  reel  the  wire,  rope,  or  other  material  being 
wound. 

Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  93,  Reeling  and  un- 
reeling, Reels,  Carriers,  Wheeled,  Guides,  for  guiding  devices; 
157,  Guides,  for  guides  of  general  application,  and  lo.i,  Guides, 
Traverse  mechanism,  for  traversing  guides. 

93.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

WHEELED,  GUIDES.    Wheeled  reel-carriers  having  guid- 
ing devices  for  the  material  wound,  but  excluding  automatic 
wheeled  winders. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  92,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reds,  Carriers,  Wheeled,  Automatic  winders,  Guides, 
and  search-card  data  thereunder. 

94.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,     CARRIERS, 

TRUNDLE-REELS.    Reel-carriers  in  which  the  reel  itself 
or  the  coil  forms  the  trundle  or  ground  roller,  which  by  move- 
ment over  the  ground  winds  or  unwinds  the  material. 
Search  Classes  - 

41— ORNAMENTATION,  subclass  8,  Apparatus  and  appliances, 
Metallic-leaf  applying,  Magazine  hand-tools,  for  trundlers  for 
applying  leaf. 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  2,  Barrel-rollers,  for  carrier  construction. 

120— STATIONERY,  subclass  27,  Blotters,  Supports. 


486 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

95.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,     CARRIERS, 

WHEEL-ATTACHED.  Reel-carriers  adapted  to  be  at- 
tached to  the  side  of  a  vehicle  wheel  to  revolve  therewith. 

96.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,     CARRIERS, 

HAND  OR  BODY.    Reel-carriers  or  reels  adapted  to  be  sup- 
ported either  by  the  hand  or  the  body  in  reeling  or  unreeling 
and  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 

39 — FENCES,  subclass  122,  Fences,  Wire,  Stretchers,  Mid-wire 
take-ups,  Journaled. 

57— HOISTING,  subclass  112,  Lifters,  Spool. 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  suoclass  43,  Measures,  Tape. 

97.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,     CARRIERS, 

HAND   OR  BODY,  CASING.    Hand  or  body  supported 
reels  provided  with  a  casing  or  protective  shield. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  101,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Clothes-line  type,  Casing,  for  housing  and  casing 
features. 

98.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

HAND  OR  BODY,  SPRING-DRUM  ARTICLE-HOLD- 
ERS. Spring-drum  reels  provided  with  a  strap,  chain,  cord, 
or  equivalent  wound  thereon,  which  is  adapted  to  be  con- 
nected with  or  attached  to  the  article  supported,  usually  some 
article  for  personal  use  or  wear.  These  devices  may  include 
the  pin  for  attaching  the  holders  to  the  person. 

99.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CARRIERS, 

BRAKES.    Reel-carriers  having  some  form  of  braking  de- 
vice operating  upon  the  reel  to  control  the  unwinding  or  to 
supply  tension  in  winding. 
Searcn  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  156,  Tension  devices, 
Brakes,  for  tension  brakes  of  more  general  application  to  wind- 
ing devices. 

56— HARVESTERS,  subclass  86,  Self-binders,  Tension  and  take- 
up  devices,  for  spool  brakes. 

74— MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  13,  Machine-brakes,  for 
brakes  per  se. 

100.  REELING    AND     UNREELING,    REELS,    CLOTHES- 

LINE TYPE.  Reels  and  their  supporting  frames,  brackets, 
housings,  or  casings,  etc.,  with  or  without  operating  devices — 
such  as  hand  cranks  or  other  motors  and  gearing — and  adapted 
for  winding  clothes-lines,  awning-cords,  etc.,  and  not  other- 
wise classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  96,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Carriers,  Hand  or  body,  for  clothes-line  reels  and 
structures  adapted  to  be  held  in  the  hand  or  supported  by  the 
body. 

68 — LAUNDRY,  subclass  3,  Clothes-lines,  for  the  combination 
of  these  reel  structures  with  clothes-lines  and  also  for  support- 
ing posts,  pulleys,  or  stretchers;  subclass  14,  Clothes-line  reels, 
for  the  combination  of  reels  with  casings  forming  receptacles 
for  clothes  line  pins  or  other  features  not  of  general  application 
but  specific  to  laundry. 

156— CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  44,  Awnings, 
Roll  and  reel,  for  roll-operating  mechanism,  winding  boxes, 
gearing,  etc. 

101.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  CLOTHES-LINE 

TYPE,   CASING.    Clothes-line    type  reels  provided  with 
casings,  housings,  or  similar  protective  features. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  97,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Carriers,  Hand  or  body,  Casing,  for  housing  features 
or  details. 

102.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  CLOTHES-LINE 

TYPE,  SPRING-DRUM.    C  lothes-line reel  structures  having 
coil-spring  winding  mechanism. 
Search  Class— 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  107,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Spring-drum  type,  and  subclasses  thereunder. 

103.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  NAILING  AND 

STAPLING.  Reels  adapted  for  nailing  and  stapling  ma- 
chines. 

104.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  LINE-DRIERS. 

Reeling  devices  of  the  skeleton  type  on  which  the  material  is 
wound  for  drying,  more  particularly  for  fishing-line  driers,  and 
which  include  more  than  drying  re'els  per  se. 
Search  Class  - 
34 — DRIERS,  subclass  29,  Reels,  Winding. 

105.  REELING   AND   UNREELING,  REELS,  BOX-STRAP. 

Reels  peculiarly  adapted  for  holding  box-straps,  comprising 

means  to  permit  the  ready  insertion  of  a  second  roll  or  coil  as 

the  first  is  used  up. 
Search  Classes— 
73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  49,  Measures,  Tape, 

for  similar  structures. 
206 — SPECIAL    RECEPTACLES    AND    PACKAGES,    subclasses   52, 

Packages,  Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings,  Rolls  or  spools, 

Inclosed;  70,   Packages,   Watch-springs,  and    71,   Packages, 

Metallic  leaf. 

106.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  BRACKET-SUP- 

PORTED. Reels  provided  with  bracket  supports  adapted 
to  be  secured  to  a  machine,  table,  stand,  or  other  support. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 

242— WINCING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  60,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabrics,  Bandage-rolling,  and  100,  Reeling  and  unreeling, 
Reels,  Clothes-line  type;  subclasses  111,  Reeling  and  un- 
reeling, Reels,  Contractile,  Pivoted  arm,  and  113,  Reeling  and 
unreeling,  Reels,  Contractile,  Slidable  arm,  for  bracket  and 
stand  clamps,  and  130,  Bobbin  supporters  and  holders,  for  use 
with  bobbin  supporters. 

197— TYPEWRITING-MACHINES,  subclass  151  et  seq.,  Ribbon 
mechanism. 

107.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  SPRING-DRUM 

TYPE.  Miscellaneous  reel  structures  hi  which  the  reel  or  core 
is  rotated  through  the  instrumentality  of  a  coil  spring  and 
may  include  the  supporting  cord  or  strap  and  attached  article. 
Search  Classes — 

2 — APPAREL,  subclass  186,  Head-coverings,  Hats,  Hangers,  for 
spring-drum  reels  attached  to  hats. 

73 — MEASURING  INSTRUMENTS,  subclass  49,  Measures,  Tape. 

108.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  SPRING-DRUM 

TYPE,  GEARING.  Spring-drum  winders  provided  with 
gearing. 

109.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  SPRING-DRUM 

TYPE,  VERTICAL.    Spring-drum  reels  mounted  to  rotate 
in  a  vertical  plane. 
Search  Classes — 

11 — BOOKBINDING,  subclass  22,  Writing-tablets,  Continuous. 

16 — BUILDERS'  HARDWARE,  subclasses  97,  Door-springs,  Strap 
and  pulley  attachments,  and  148,  Sash-balances,  Spring, 
Drum  and  cord,  for  spring-drum  and  cord  or  strap  devices 
adapted  for  use  as  sash-balances  or  door-springs. 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclasses  46. 
Changeable  exhibitors,  Obstacle-operated,  Double  reel  and 
web;  82,  Changeable  exhibitors,  Single  reel  and  web,  and  86, 
Changeable  exhibitors,  Double  reel  and  web,  and  120,  STA- 
TIONERY, subclass  29,  Copy-holders,  Movable  copy,  for  single 
and  double  reel  and  web  devices  provided  with  winding 
springs. 

43 — FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  33,  Fishing, .Reels, Spring- 
operated,  for  fish-pole  reels  operated  by  coil  springs. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  105,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Hose,  Take-up. 

156 — CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  36,  Shade, 
Rollers,  Spring. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  367,  Conductors, 
Take-up. 

179— TELEPHONY,  subclass  155,  Supports,  Suspension,  Reels. 

185 — MOTORS,  subclasses  9,  Composite,  Spring,  et  seq.,  and  37, 
Spring,  et  seq.,  for  spring-drums  employed  in  motors. 

191— ELECTRICITY,  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS,  subclasses  35,  Sys- 
tems, Current-distribution,  Overhead,  Trolleys,  Catchers,  and 
36,  Systems,  Current-distribution,  Overhead,  Trolleys,  Catch- 
ers, Drop,  and  248,  SUPPORTS,  subclasses  9,  Adjustable,  Ver- 
tical, Spring,  and  10,  Adjustable,  Vertical,  Spring,  Electric, 
for  spring-drum  winders  and  retractors. 

211 — STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  31,  Serving  apparatus,  Roll- 
holders. 

227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclasses  1,  Automatic  speed-governors; 
2,  Automatic  speed-governors,  Escapement-check,  and  34, 
Automatic  speed-governors,  Centrifugal. 

240 — ILLUMINATION,  subclasses  77,  Light-supports,  Chandeliers, 
Combined,  and  particularly  71,  Light-supports,  Vertically- 
adjustable,  Spring-drum. 

110.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  CONTRACTILE. 

Miscellaneous  cordage  reels  of  the  contractile  or  expansible 
type  the  diameter  of  which  may  be  varied  and  not  otherwise 
classifiable. 
Search  Classes — 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  72,  Reeling  and  unr,eel- 
ing,  Fabrics,  Cores  and  holders,  Contractile,  for  reels  of  the 
contractile  drum  or  mandrel  type  for  winding  web  structures 
or  fabrics  and  115,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Knockdown 
or  collapsible,  for  collapsible  reels. 

64— JOURNAL-BOXES,  PULLEYS,  AND  SHAFTING,  subclass  8, 
Pulleys,  Expansible,  for  similar  structures  for  pulleys. 

82 — TURNING,  subclass  44,  Work-drivers,  Mandrels,  Expansible. 

77 — BORING  AND  DRILLING,  subclass  76,  Reamers,  Adjustable, 
Wedge,  Central  cone. 

111.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  CONTRACTILE, 

PIVOTED  ARM.    Contractile  reels  haying  one  or  more  arms, 
usually  pivoted  to  swing  in  a  plane  at  right  angles  to  the  axis, 
or  several  arms  pivoted  at  one  end,  that  by  adjustment  vary 
the  diameter  of  the  reel. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  110,  Reeling  and  un- 
reeling, Reels,  Contractile,  for  reels  having  pivoted  radial 
arms  at  opposite  ends,  connected  at  their  outer  portions  to 
form  parallelograms,  and  which  may  be  swung  in  or  out  to 
vary  the  radial  distance  of  the  connecting  arm  or  member. 

112.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  CONTRACTILE, 

PIVOTED  ARM,  LAZY-TONGS  TYPE.  Contractile  reels 
which  are  contracted  or  expanded  by  the  lazy-tong  action 
of  pivoted  arms. 

113.  REELING    AND    UNREELING,    REELS,    CONTRACT- 

ILE, SLIDABLE  ARM.  Contractile  reels  having  one  or 
more  radially  adjustable  arms  or  spokes  that  by  adjustment 
toward  or  from  the  axis  of  the  reel  decrease  or  increase  its 
diameter. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


487 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

114.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  CONTRACTILE, 

SLIDABLE  ARM,  AUXILIARY.  Reels  having  one  or 
more  short  arms,  pins,  or  brackets  extending  parallel  with  the 
axis  of  the  reel  and  mounted  for  adjustment  toward  or  from 
said  axis  upon  a  reel  head,  disk,  or  radially  extending  arm. 

115.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  KNOCKDOWN 

OR  COLLAPSIBLE.    Reel  structures  comprising  parts  or 
sections  that  can  be  easily  taken  apart,  separated, or  collapsed 
for  the  removal  of  the  coil  or  for  shipping  or  storing. 
Search  Classes— 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  70,  Reeling  and  un- 
reeling, Fabrics,  Cores  and  holders,  Ribbon  and  film  spools; 
111.  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Contractile,  Pivoted  arm, 
and  113,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Contractile,  Slidable 
arm. 

22 — METAL-FOUNDING,  subclass  173,  Cores,  Core-bars,  Collap- 
sible, for  collapsible  cores. 

116.  REELING  AND  UNREELING,  REELS,  SEPARABLE 

DISKS  OR  HEADS.  Reel  structures  of  sheave  or  pulley 
type  having  longitudinally  separable  heads  or  disks  which 
when  separated  permit  removal  of  the  coil  and  characterized 
by  the  absence  of  a  connecting  drum  or  spindle,  thus  forming 
a  sort  of  split  pulley. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  103,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Nailing  and  stapling. 

117.  WINDING-DRUMS  AND  SAND-REELS.    Winding  drums 

per  se  or  sand  reels,  but  not  the  operating  mechanism  or  car- 
riers therefor. 
Search  Classes— 

57 — HOISTING,  subclass  22,  Capstans  and  windlasses,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  operating  mechanism  or  carriers 
for  winding  drums  and  sand  reels. 

74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  26,  Gearing,  Frictional,  for 
details  of  sand-reel  structures. 

166— ARTESIAN  AND  OIL  WELLS,  subclass  3.  Drilling  and  bor- 
ing, for  sand  reels  combined  with  clutches,  friction  pulleys,  etc. 

205 — METAL-DRAWING,  subclasses  16,  Wire,  and  20,  Wire, 
Drawing-drums. 

118.  BOBBINS    AND    SPOOLS.    Miscellaneous    bobbins,    cop 

tubes,  or  other  cores  upon  which  silk,  thread,  cord,  twine, 
wire,  or  other  cordage  may  be  wound. 
Search  Classes— 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  14,  Warping,  for  large  bobbins  em- 
ployed as  warping  beams. 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  23,  Shuttles  and  bobbins,  for 
the  type  of  bobbins  adapted  for  use  in  shuttles,  as  by  the  pro- 
vision of  projecting  studs  or  the  equivalent. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  particularly  sub- 
classes 51,  Packages,  Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings;  52, 
Packages,  Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings,  Inclosed,  and  59, 
Packages.  Rolls  and  reels,  for  the  combination  of  a  bobbin 
type  of  holder  with  material  other  than  cordage  wound 
thereon. 

119.  BOBBINS  AND  SPOOLS,  PAPER,  PULP,  OR  LEATHER. 

Bobbins  and  spools  having  heads  or  spindles  of  paper,  leather, 
pulp,  plastic  material,  or  the  like. 

120.  BOBBINS   AND    SPOOLS,   COP   TYPE.    Winding  cores 

comprising  a  single  disk-head,  a  tubular  stem  having  a  flange 
or  head,  a  cop  tube,  shell,  or  the  like  adapted  to  be  supported 
on  a  spindle  or  other  holder  and  on  which  cops  or  masses  of 
threads  are  generally  wound  in  conical  layers.  The  cop-type 
subclasses  include  all  winding  cores  for  cordage  of  general 
utility  that  do  not  have  a  plurality  of  heads  or  flanges. 
Note.— Cop-type  bobbins  of  specific  adaptability  to  particular 
types  of  machines  are  classifiable  with  such  machines. 

121.  BOBBINS   AND    SPOOLS,  COP   TYPE,   METAL.    Cop- 

type  bobbins  having  heads  or  stems  of  metal. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  123,  Bobbins  and  spools, 
Metal  heads. 

122.  BOBBINS  AND  SPOOLS,  COP  TYPE,  PAPER,  PULP, 

OR  LEATHER.    Includes  cop  types  of  winding  cores  having 
a  head  or  stem  of  leather,  pulp,  plastic  material,  or  the  like. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  119,  Bobbins  and  spools, 
Paper,  pulp,  or  leather. 

123.  BOBBINS  AND  SPOOLS,  METAL  HEADS.    Bobbins  or 

spools  having  metal  heads. 

124.  BOBBINS  AND  SPOOLS,  REMOVABLE  HEADS.    Bob- 

bins or  spools  have  one  or  more  removable  heads. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  70,  Reeling  and  un- 
reeling, Fabrics,  Cores  and  holders,  Ribbon  and  film  spools, 
and  115,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Knockdown  or  col- 
lapsible. 

125.  BOBBINS  AND  SPOOLS,  THREAD  FASTENERS  AND 

GUIDES.    Bobbins  or  spools  provided  with  devices  for  hold- 
ing or  securing  the  end  of  the  thread  or  for  guiding  it  during 
unwinding  and  not  otherwise  classifiable. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  74,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabrics.  Web-fasteners,  for  devices  adapted  to  hold  the 
inner  ends  of  webs  to  winding  cores,  drums,  or  reels. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  59,  Pack- 
ages, Rolls  and  reels. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

126.  BOBBINS  AND  SPOOLS,  THREAD  FASTENERS  AND 

GUIDES,  SEPARABLE.  Separable  or  attachable  devices 
for  holding  the  loose  end  of  the  thread,  usually  a  spring  band, 
clasp,  or  analogous  device  adapted  to  embrace  the  spool  or  to 
be  inserted  in  its  spindle  opening  and  provided  with  or  form- 
ing a  thread-holder.  May  constitute  spool  tensions  in  unwind- 
ing the  thread. 
Search  Classes — 

30 — CUTLERY,  subclass  14,  Twine-cutters,  for  thread-cutters  per 
se  adapted  to  be  driven  into,  attached  to,  or  removably  sup- 
ported by  the  spool,  many  of  which  are  also  holders  for  the  end 
of  the  thread. 

139 — WEAVING,  subclass  56,  Take-ups  and  lefrofifs,  Beams,  for 
warp  beams  or  drums. 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  53.  Pack- 
ages, Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings,  Rolls  or  spools,  Clamps, 
and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

127.  SKEIN-HOLDERS.    Devices  for  holding  skeins.    Usually  a 

plurality  of  rolls  or  bobbins  or  equivalent  devices  that  hold  the 
skein  in  longitudinally  extended  or  skein  form. 
Search  Class — 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclasses  51, 
Packages,  Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings,  and  64,  Packages, 
Thread,  for  commercial  packages. 

128.  UNWINDING  DEVICES.    Devices  having  revoluble  guides 

or  fliers  rotated  by  pulling  on  the  thread,  cord,  rope,  etc., 
thereby  unwinding  it  from  the  spool,  bobbin,  or  reel,  which  is 
usually  stationary  or  non-revoluble. 
Search  Class — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  82,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Reels,  Metal-working,  Revoluble  coiler,  for  details  or  sim- 
ilar structures  employed  in  winding. 

129.  COIL-HOLDERS.    Devices  or  forms  other  than  reels,  bobbins, 

spool  structures,  or  twine-holders  for  holding  a  coil  upon  which 
the  material  may  be  wound  or  from  which  it  may  be  unwound. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  82,  Reeling,  Reels, 
Metal-working,  Revoluble  coiler. 

130.  BOBBIN  SUPPORTERS  AND  HOLDERS.    Miscellaneous 

devices  for  holding  bobbins  and  spools,  usually  elements  of  or 
attachments  for  machines,  but  excluding  those  particularly 
adapted  to  sowing-machines. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  18,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding;  20,  Bobbin  and  cop  winding.  Sewing-machine  shut- 
tles; 68.  Reeling  and  unreeling.  Fabrics,  Cores  and  holders; 
70,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Fabrics.  Cores  and  holders,  Ribbon 
and  film  spools;  71,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Fabrics,  Cores 
and  holders,  Ribbon  and  film  spools,  Camera,  and  106,  Reel- 
ing and  unreeling,  Reels,  Bracket-supported. 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  23,  Shuttles  and  bobbins,  for 
shuttle-bobbin  holders. 

131.  BOBBIN    SUPPORTERS    AND    HOLDERS,    CREELS. 

Devices  for  holding  aplurality  of  bobbin  structures  in  suitable 
arrangement  or  position  to  enable  the  threads  to  be  drawn  off 
without  interference. 

132.  BOBBIN  SUPPORTERS  AND  HOLDERS,  RECEPTA- 

CLE OR  TROUGH.    Holders  for  bobbins  forming  troughs, 
cradles,  or  similar  receptacles  affording  a  protection  to  the 
bobbin  and  thread. 
Search  Classes — 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclasses  15,  Revolving-hook  ma- 
chines; 23,  Shuttles  and  bobbins,  and  38,  Revolving  hooks,  for 
spool  and  bobbin  holders  specific  to  sewing-machines. 

139— WEAVING,  subclass  44,  Shuttles,  Cop-cell  and  cover. 

133.  TAKE-UPS.    Includes  devices  for  taking  up  slack  during  the 

winding    operation,   the    devices    usually    being    arranged 

between  the  winding  reel  and  some  other  mechanism  or 

machine. 
Search  Classes — 
242— WINDING    AND    REELING,  subclass    143,  Twine-holders, 

Take-ups. 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  24,  Braiding  carriers. 
56— HARVESTERS,  subclass  86,  Self-binders,  Tension  and  take-up 

devices. 

134.  SPOOL-HOLDERS.    Devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  for 

holding  bobbins  or  spools  and  adapted  for  general  use,  particu- 
larly domestic,  or  in  connection  with  apparel  apparatus  and 
excluding  such  as  are  more  particularly  adapted  for  use  with 
machines  for  making  textiles  or  for  spinning. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  130,  Bobbin  supporters 
and  holders,  for  bobbin-holders  specially  adapted  for  use  in 
textile  machines. 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  56,  Combined  spool  and 
implement  holders,  for  spool-holders  combined  with  other 
sewing-implement  holders. 

135.  SPOOL-HOLDERS,  THREAD-CUTTERS.     Spool-holders 

provided  with  thread-cutters. 
Search  Class— 

30— CUTLERY,  subclass  14,  Twine-cutters,  for  thread-cutters  per 
se  adapted  to  be  driven  into,  attached  to,  or  removably  sup- 
ported by  the  spool,  many  of  which  are  also  holders  for  the  end 
of  the  thread. 

136.  SPOOL-HOLDERS,  CARRIER  ATTACHMENTS.    Spool- 

holders  provided  with  clamps,  hooks,  pins,  or  other  devices  by 
Which  they  may  be  attached  to  the  person  or  other  support. 


488 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  50,  Combined  spool  and 
implement  holders,  for  holders  for  a  plurality  of  sewing  imple- 
ments provided  with  carrier  attachments. 

137.  SPOOL-HOLDERS,  RECEPTACLES.    Spool-holders  com- 

prising a  box  or  other  form  of  receptacle  specially  adapted  to 
receive  spools  to  permit  unwinding  the  thread. 
Search  Classes — 

211 — STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  10,  Cabinets,  Spool. 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclasses 53,  Work-boxes:  56.  Com- 
bined spool  and  implement  holders,  and  57,  Combined  spool 
and  implement  holders,  Stands. 

138.  SPOOL-HOLDERS,  RECEPTACLES,  SINGLE   SPOOL. 

Receptacles  for  holding  a  single  spool. 
Search  Classes — 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  23,  Shuttles  and  bobbins. 

206 — SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  52,  Pack- 
ages, Ribbons,  braids,  and  trimmings,  Rolls  or  spools,  In- 
closed, for  mercantile  units. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  63.3, 
Packages,  Surgical  supplies,  Ligatures,  for  antiseptic  liga- 
ture and  thread  spool  holders. 

139.  SPOOL-HOLDERS,  STANDS.     Spool-holders  comprising  a 

base,  pedestal,  or  equivalent  provided  with  pins,  spindles,  or 
other  devices  for  supporting  spools. 
Search  Classes — 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  85,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Carriers,  for  reel  stands. 

223— APPAREL  APPARATUS,  subclass  57,  Combined  spool  and 
implement  holders,  Stands,  for  spool  and  implement  stands. 

140.  SPOOL-HOLDERS,  THREAD  GUARDS  AND  GUIDES. 

Devices  with  or  without  thread  guides,  such  as  caps  or  disks, 
for  preventing  the  thread  from  running  above  or  below  the 
heads  or  ends  of  t  he  spool,  thereby  avoiding  the  winding  of  the 
thread  around  the  spool  spindle  or  its  entanglement  therewith. 
Includes  guides  particularly  adapted  to  spool  or  twine  holders. 
Search  Class— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  157,  Guides,  for  guides 
per  se. 

141.  TWINE-HOLDERS.      Miscellaneous  devices  not  otherwise 

classifiable  for  holding  a  ball  or  mass  of  twine  or  cordage  mate- 
rial to  facilitate  unwinding,  prevent  snarling,  and  present  the 
twine  end  in  position  for  handling. 
Search  Class— 

211 — STORE  FURNITURE,  subclass  1,  Bag  and  twine  holders, 
for  combinations  of  bag  and  twine  holders,  including  many 
types  of  boxes,  cups,  and  cages  for  twine. 

142.  TWINE-HOLDERS,    CUTTERS.      Twine-holders    having 

devices  for  cutting  the  twine. 
Search  Classes — 
242— WINDING    AND    REELING,   subclass    135,    Spool-holders, 

Thread-cutters,  and  the  notes  thereunder. 
30— CUTLERY,  subclass  14,  Twine-cutters,  for  cutting   devices 

per  se. 

143.  TWINE-HOLDERS,  TAKE-UPS.    Twine-holders  for  taking 

up  or  rewinding  the  twine  after  the  lengths  have  been  broken 
or  cut  off,  so  as  to  present  the  twine  end  in  about  the  same 
posil  ion  for  unwinding  or  for  use. 
Search  Class 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  133,  Take-ups,  for  take- 
ups  adapted  for  winding  machines. 

144.  TWINE-HOLDERS,     TAKE-UPS,     PIVOTED     GUIDE. 

Take-up  devices  having  a  swinging  or  oscillatory  twine  guide 
which  swings  to  one  position  in  pulling  out  twine  and  returns 
to  normal  position  on  release,  thereby  taking  up  or  shortening 
the  length  of  the  exposed  end  of  twine. 

145.  TWINE-HOLDERS,    TAKE-UPS,    ROTARY.      Take-ups 

having  rotary  means  of  some  sort  for  taking  up  the  slack  or 
shortening  the  lengths  of  the  exposed  end  of  twine  and  usu- 
ally operated  by  means  of  a  spring,  weight,  or  other  motor, 
thereby  rewinding  the  twine  ball,  reel,  or  bobbin. 

146.  TWINE-HOLDERS,  RECEPTACLE.     Twine-holders  com- 

prising a  casing,  box ,  cage,  or  other  type  of  receptacle  to  confine 
the  twine  ball  or  within  which  the  ball  is  rotatably  or  loosely 
mounted  or  held. 

147.  TENSION    DEVICES.     Miscellaneous   tension    devices  for 

winding  apparatus  not  otherwise  classifiable  and  miscellane- 
ous tension  devices  of  general  application  to  cordage  material. 
Search  Classes— 

242— WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  45,  Bobbin  and  cop 
winding,  Tension  devices;  75,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Fabrics, 
Tension  devices;  99,  Reeling  and  unreeling,  Reels,  Carriers, 
Brakes,  and  128,  Unwinding  devices. 

28 — CORDAGE,  subclass  24,  Braiding  carriers. 

43— FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  15,  Fishing,  Reels. 

56— HARVESTERS,  subclass  86,  Self-binders,  Tension  and  take- 
up  devices. 

66— KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  9,  Take-ups  and  tensions. 

Ill — SEEDERS  AND  PLANTERS,  subclass  42,  Check-row,  Anchors. 

112— SEWING-MACHINES,  subclass  39,  Tensions. 


CLASS  242— Continued. 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  10,  Yarn-controllers. 
139— WEAVING,  subclass  40,  Shuttles,  Guides  and  tensions. 
140 — WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  133,  Tension  devices,  and  sub- 
classes thereunder. 

14S.  TENSION  DEVICES,  ALARMS  AND  INDICATORS. 
Alarm  or  indicator  mechanism  combined  with  or  specially 
adapted  for  use  with  tension  devices. 

149.  TENSION  DEVICES,  CLAMP.    Tension  devices  in  which  a 

member  thereof  is  held  in  f  fictional  engagement  with  the  cord- 
age material  employed,  as  thread,  to  regulate  the  tension  of 
the  same.    Generally  two  cooperating  members  are  provided, 
between  which  the  material  to  be  tensioned  is  passed. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  135,  Tension  devices,  Friction- 
clamp,  for  wire-tension  clamps. 

150.  TENSION    DE\TICES,   CLAMP,   DISK    TYPE.     Tension 

clamps  comprising  a  pair  of  rotary  disks  between  which  the 

material  passes. 

151.  TENSION  DEVICES, CLAMP, ROLLER.    Includes  friction- 

damps  in  which  one  or  bot  h  clamp  members  are  provided  with 
a  rotary  roller  to  engage  and  tension  the  material. 
Search  Class— 

140— WIRE-WORKING,  subclass  130,  Tension  devices,  Friction- 
roller,  for  wire  tensions. 

152.  TENSION  DEVICES,  CLAMP,  ROLLER,  FLUTED. 

Roller  clamps  having  a  roller  provided  with  surface  corru- 
gations or  flutes  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  roller.  These 
flutes  may  form  teeth  to  cooperate  with  those  of  a  similarly 
formed  roller,  thus  providing  a  tortuous  course  for  the  material. 

153.  TENSION  DEVICES,  TORTUOUS  COURSE.    Tension  de- 

vices in  which  the  material  is  forced  to  move  over  a  deflected 
path,  the  extent  of  which  produces  the  tension. 
Search  Classes — 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  152,  Tension  devices, 
Clamp,  Roller,  Fluted,  for  fluted  roller  tension  clamps  produc- 
ing a  tortuous  course,  and  155,  Tension  devices,  Wheel  or  pul- 
ley, for  wheel  tensions  producing  a  tortuous  course. 
140-^-WiRE-WoRKiNG,  subclass  137,  Tension  devices,  Tortuous 
course. 

154.  TENSION  DEVICES,  TORTUOUS  COURSE,  ADJUST- 

ABLE. Tortuous-course  tension  devices  in  which  the  path 
of  the  material  may  be  varied  to  change  or  adjust  the  tension. 

155.  TENSION   DEVICES,  WHEEL  OR   PULLEY.    Tension 

devices  hi  which  a  rotary  pulley,  wheel,  or  disk  is  employed 
and  around  which  the  cordage  or  other  material  is  pass  d. 
The  contact  face  or  groove  of  the  wheel  may  be  provided  with 
means  for  producing  a  sinuous  or  deflected  path  for  the  mate- 
rial. 

156.  TENSION  DEVICES,  BRAKES.    Tension  devices  compris- 

ing friction  brakes,  shoes,  springs,  or  adjustable  bearing  devices 

for  regulating  the  rotation  of  the  reel  or  bobbin,  etc. 
Search  Classes — 
242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclass  132,  Bobbin  supporters 

and  holders,  Receptacle  or  trough,  for  tension-brake  devices 

in  combination  with  bobbin  supporters. 
28— CORDAGE,  subclass  24,  Braiding  carriers. 
43 — FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  15.  Fishing,  Reels. 
56 — HARVESTERS,  subclass  86,  Self-binders,  Tension  and  take- 
up  devices. 
57 — HOISTING,  subclass  116,  Raising  and  lowering,  automatic 

check  and  release. 
74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  13,  Machine-brakes,  and  the 

subclasses  thereunder. 
101 — PRINTING,     subclass      97,     Paper  -  damping      machines, 

Winders. 
156 — CURTAINS,  SHADES,  AND  SCREENS,  subclass  34,  Shade, 

Rollers,  Friction-brakes. 
227 — FIRE-ESCAPES,  subclasses  23,    Reel,  End-brake,  and  24, 

Reel,  Peripheral-brake. 

157.  GUIDES.    Devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  for  directing  the 

material  to  be  wound  to  the  reel  drum  or  bobbin  or  miscel- 
laneous guides  for  winding  machines,  excepting  guides  and 
guards  for  fabrics  or  webs  and  spool-holders. 
Search  Classes— 

242 — WINDING  AND  REELING,  subclasses  76,  Reeling  and  unreel- 
ing, Fabrics,  Guards  and  guides,  for  web  and  fabric  guards  and 
guides,  and  140,  Spool-holders,  Thread  guards  and  guides,  for 
guides  employed  with  spool-holders. 

28— CORDAGE,  subclass  20,  Yarn  guides  and  clearers. 

118 — SPINNING,  subclass  16,  Yarn-controllers,  for  yarn  and 
thread  guides,  protectors,  or  separators. 

158.  GUIDES,  TRAVERSE  MECHANISM.    Includes  devices  for 

effecting  relative  traverse  of  the  guide  and  core  upon  which  the 
material  is  wound. 

Note. — Guides  of  this  type  employed  in  winding  bobbins  and 
spools  are  classified  with  the  particular  type  of  bobbin-winding 
machine. 

Search  Classes— 

43 — FISHING  AND  TRAPPING,  subclass  15,  Fishing,  Reels. 
51 — GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclass  2,  Metal,  Card-grinding. 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND  SUBCLASSES. 


489 


Class  242— Continued. 

159.  SPECIAL  PACKAGES.  Miscellaneous  balls  and  cylindrical 
masses  of  cordage  material,  such  as  thread,  yarn,  twine,  and 
wire. 

Search  Class — 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  59,  Pack- 
ages, Rolls  and  reels,  for  special  packages  of  material  other  than 
cordage  or  wire. 

100.  SPECIAL  PACKAGES,  CONE  WIND.  Packages  or  cops  of 
thread,  yarn,  etc.,  with  or  without  a  core,  in  which  the  mate- 
rial is  wound  in  conical  layers  progressing  from  the  base  to  the 
top  of  the  cop  or  core. 


Class  242— Continued. 

161.  SPECIAL  PACKAGES,  BOBBINS,  COPS,  AND  SPOOLS. 
Packages  in  which  the  bobbin,  cop  tube,  spool,  or  other  core 
is  combined  with  cordage  material  or  wire  wound  thereon. 
Search  Classes — 

118— SPINNING,  subclass  1,  Bobbin  and  cop  builders,  for  bunch- 
ing yarn  on  cops. 

139 — WEAVING,  subclass  89,  Shuttles,  Spindles  and  tips,  for 
filling  carriers. 

206— SPECIAL  RECEPTACLES  AND  PACKAGES,  subclass  71,  Pack- 
ages, Metallic  leaf,  for  package  rolls  of  metal  leaf.  See  also  sub- 
class 59,  Packages,  Rolls  and  reels. 


CLASS  243.— PNEUMATIC   DESPATCH. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  apparatus  for  the  propulsion  of  carriers  through 
tubes  by  means  of  a  current  of  air  flowing  in  the  tube.  The  pressure 
of  air  in  the  tube  in  the  rear  of  the  carrier  may  be  that  of  the  atmos- 
phere, as  when  the  air  is  exhausted  ahead  of  the  carrier,  or  above 
that  of  the  atmosphere,  when  the  air  is  forced  into  the  tube  in  the 
rear  of  the  carrier. 

All  the  pneumatic  transportation  systems  in  which  loose  material 
of  any  character,  such  as  grain,  ore,  cement,  cotton,  and  the  like, 
and  parcels  of  any  kind,  including  letters  or  other  mail  matter,  are 
propelled  from  place  to  place  without  the  use  of  carriers  or  cars  for 
moving  the  matter  transported  are  expressly  excluded  from  this 
class. 

This  class  is  further  limited  to  apparatus  in  which  when  the 
carrier  is  placed  within  the  sending  terminal  it  is  not  again  under 
direct  manual  control  until  it  reaches  a  designated  point  of  delivery. 

The  apparatus  under  consideration  may  operate  within  the 
limits  of  a  building  or' may  extend  over  several  miles.  The  carriers 
used  may  vary  from  those  weighing  a  few  ounces,  as  in  ordinary 
pneumatic  store  service,  to  those  capable  of  carrying  several  hun- 
dred pounds. 

This  class  is  closely  related,  on  the  one  hand,  to  class  104,  RAIL- 
WAYS, subclass  Pneumatic,  and,  on  the  other,  to  class  193,  CON- 
VEYERS, subclasses  10,  Pneumatic,  and  21,  Pneumatic,  Stackers. 

Under  the  following  classes  and  subclasses  will  be  found  various 
devices  for  conveying  material  through  a  pipe  by  air  pressure: 

Classes  13,  BRAKES  AND  GINS,  subclass  19,  Gin-feeders,  Pneumatic; 
15,  BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclassS,  Carpet  cleaners;  31,  DAIRY, 
subclasses  73,  Milking  machines,  suction,  and  94,  Milking  machines, 
Catheter,  Suction;  37,  EXCAVATING,  subclasses  44,  Excavators, 
Hydraulic,  Steam  vacuum,  and  45,  Excavators,  Hydraulic,  Suction 
pipe  mouthpieces;  51,  GRINDING  AND  POLISHING,  subclasses  11, 
Glass  and  stone,  Plane  surfaces,  and  18,  File  cleaning  and  resharp- 
ening,  Sand  blast;  56,  HARVESTERS,  subclass  117,  Cotton  harvesters, 
Pneumatic;  83,  MILLS,  subclasses  47,  Dust  collectors,  Reciprocating; 
48,  Dust  collectors,  Rotating,  and  54,  Ore  and  coal,  Separators,  dry; 
105,  RAILWAY  ROLLING  STOCK,  subclass  203,  Sanding  devices,  Fluid 
pressure;  130,  THRESHING,  subclass  29,  Threshing  machines,  Dust 
conveyers;  184,  LUBRICATION,  subclass  55,  Lubricators,  Force  feed, 
Fluid  operated,  Steam  or  air,  and  230,  AIR  AND  GAS  PUMPS,  sub- 
class 20,  Sand  blowers. 

Subclasses. 

1.  SYSTEMS.    Combinations   of  transmission   tubes,   terminals, 

switches,  and  other  necessary  accessories  for  the  despatching 
of  carriers  and  is  made  up  of  patents  not  otherwise  classi- 
fiable. 

2.  SYSTEMS,    COMBINED    PRESSURE    AND    EXHAUST. 

Systems  in  which  the  tubes  are  subjected  to  both  pressure 
and  exhaust.  In  some  cases  the  same  tube  is  subject  to  pres- 
sure or  exhaust  to  accommodate  traffic  in  opposite  directions. 
In  other  cases  the  tubes  are  connected  to  the  exhaust  and 
pressure  sides  of  the  pump.  In  the  latter  case  the  tubes  may 
be  in  open  or  in  closed  circuit. 

3.  SYSTEMS,  PRESSURE.    Here  the  carriers  are  subjected  to 

pressure  above  atmospheric. 
Search  Classes — 

247 — ELECTRICITY,  CONDUITS,  subclass  23,  Wire-drawing  where 
are  found  devices  for  threading  a  wire  in  conduit  by  means 
of  a  pneumatically  propelled  piston  or  carrier. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  128,  Imple- 
ments. 

137— WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  70,  Mains  and  pipes, 
Cleaners. 

4.  SYSTEMS,  EXHAUST.    Systems  wherein  the  tube  is  subject 

to  exhaust  and  the  carriers  are  propelled  by  air  at  atmospheric 
pressure. 

5.  SYSTEMS,  TRUNK  LINE  AND  BRANCHES.    Systems  of 

transportation  in  which  lines  branch  off  at  intervals  from 
a  main  transmitting  tube,  the  switches  to  these  branches 
being  controlled  from  the  central  station. 

6.  SYSTEMS,  RELAY.    Systems  or  parts  of  systems  in  which 

the  controlling  feature  is  that  the  propelling  force  shall  be 
renewed  at  intervals  in  order  to  compensate  for  loss  by  leakage 
or  otherwise. 

7.  SYSTEMS,  ACTIVE  ON  TRANSIT,  MOTOR  ACTUATING. 

Systems  which  are  operated  both  by  pressure  and  exhaust, 
but  in  which  no  current  of  air  circulates  except  upon  the 
introduction  of  a  carrier,  when  a  motor  is  set  in  operation, 
either  manuaHy  or  automatically,  to  furnish  the  necessary 
pressure.  In  some  cases  the  motor  operates  continuously 
to  avoid  the  necessity  of  stopping  and  starting;  but  at  such 
times  as  the  system  is  idle  the  pressure  will  be  insufficient  to 
propel  acarrie'r. 

Note.— The  term   "motor"  includes  all  apparatus  operating  to 
produce  pressure  or  exhaust. 


CLASS  243— Continued. 

8.  SYSTEMS,  ACTIVE  ON  TRANSIT,  MOTOR  ACTUATING, 

PRESSURE.  Upon  the  introduction  of  a  carrier  the  motive 
fluid  is  placed  under  a  pressure  greater  than  that  of  the  atmos- 
phere. In  some  instances  when  the  system  is  idle  a  slight 
circulation  of  air  may  occur,  but  not  sufficient  to  propel  the 
carriers. 

9.  SYSTEMS  ACTIVE  ON  TRANSIT,  MOTOR  ACTUATING, 

EXHAUST.  Apparatus  in  which  when  the  system  is  idle 
no  circulation  of  motive  fluid  takes  place  and  from  which 
upon  the  introduction  of  a  carrier  the  motive  fluid  is  partially 
exhausted  to  give  the  necessary  propelling  force.  In  some 
cases  the  exhaust  occurs  continuously,  but  at  such  times  as 
the  system  is  idle  to  an  extent  insufficient  to  propel  a  carrier. 
In  some  instances  instead  of  the  system  becoming  active  upon 
the  introduction  of  a  carrier  into  the  sending  terminal  such 
action  occurs  upon  the  removal  of  a  carrier  from  a  holder 
normally  containing  the  carriers,  the  holder  being  connected 
in  some  way  to  the  sending  terminal. 

10.  SYSTEMS,  ACTIVE  ON  TRANSIT,  RESERVOIR.    Here 

no  fluid  is  moving  in  the  transmission  tube  until  it  is  con- 
nected to  utilize  an  existing  partial  vacuum  or  supply  of  com- 
pressed fluid  in  a  pipe  or  other  reservoir. 

11.  SYSTEMS,  ACTIVE  ON  TRANSIT,  RESERVOIR,  PRES- 

SURE. Here  the  fluid  in  the  transmission  tube  is  quiescent 
until  connected  to  a  supply  under  pressure  in  a  pipe  or  other 
reservoir. 

12.  SYSTEMS,   ACTIVE    ON   TRANSIT,   RESERVOIR,   EX- 

HAUST. Systems  in  which  no  fluid  is  moving  in  the  trans- 
mission tube  until  connection  is  made  with  a  pipe  or  other 
reservoir  in  which  there  exists  a  partial  vacuum . 

13.  SYSTEMS,      ACTIVE      ON      TRANSIT,      RESERVOIR, 

TIMERS.  Here  the  system  is  idle  until  the  transmission 
tube  is  connected  to  a  pipe  or  other  reservoir  to  utilize  a  partial 
vacuum  or  a  pressure  supply.  After  a  predetermined  time 
the  connecting  valve  is  closed  by  a  mechanism  adapted  to 
that  purpose. 

14  SYSTEMS,      ACTIVE      ON      TRANSIT,      RESERVOIR, 

TIMERS,  PRESSURE.  Systems  in  which  no  fluid  is 
moving  in  the  transmission  tube  until  it  is  connected  to  an 
existing  pressure  supply.  The  time  during  which  the  pres- 
sure acts  is  limited  by  a  mechanism  adapted  to  that  purpose. 
Search  Class — 

243— PNEUMATIC  DESPATCH,  subclass  27,  Terminals,  Sending, 
Pressure  Lock,  Timers,  for  sending  terminals  of  the  nature 
here  shown. 

15  SYSTEMS,      ACTIVE      ON      TRANSIT,      RESERVOIR, 

TIMERS,  EXHAUST.  The  normally  idle  transmission 
tube  is  connected  for  service  to  a  pipe  or  other  reservior  in 
which  there  is  an  existing  partial  vacuum.  The  time  of  appli- 
cation is  limited  by  a  mechanism  adapted  to  that  purpose. 

16.  SYSTEMS,  SELECTIVE  DELIVERY.    Systems  in  which 

the  transmission  tube  is  supplied  with  a  number  of  interme- 
diate terminal  points,  at  which  are  located  switches  for  de- 
flecting the  carriers  from  the  main  tube.  The  point  selected 
depends  upon  the  configuration  or  size  of  the  carrier. 

17.  SYSTEMS,  SELECTIVE  DELIVERY,  PRESSURE.     Sys- 

tems furnished  with  a  number  of  intermediate  terminals 
supplied  with  deflecting  switches,  the  switch  selected  depend- 
ing upon  the  configuration  or  size  of  the  carrier.  The  pro- 
pelling fluid  is  under  pressure  greater  than  atmospheric. 

18.  SYSTEMS,   SELECTIVE   DELIVERY,   EXHAUST.    Sys- 

tems in  which  the  transmission  tube  has  a  number  of  inter- 
mediate delivery  terminals  supplied  with  deflecting  switches, 
the  sv.-itch  selected  by  a  carrier  depending  upon  its  size  or 
configuration.  The  air  is  exhausted  ahead  of  the  carrier, 
the  latter  then  being  subject  to  atmospheric  pressure. 

3.9.  TERMINALS  COMBINED  DELIVERY  AND  SENDING. 
Terminal  valve  structures  which  both  receive  the  carrier  from 
the  system  to  deliver  to  the  attendant  and  receive  it  from  the 
attendant  to  transmit  through  the  system.  Also  includes 
structures  of  this  character  placed  at  intermediate  points  for 
receiving  carriers  from  the  system,  forwarding  and  receiving 
from  transmission  through  the  system. 

20.  TERMINALS,  DELIVERY,  PRESSURE.    Valve  structures 

for  receiving  carriers  from  the  transmission  tube  and  deliv- 
ering at  the  station,  the  carriers  being  transmitted  by  fluid 
pressure  above  atmospheric. 

21.  TERMINALS,      DELIVERY,      PRESSURE,      DOUBLE 

GATE.  Carriers  propelled  by  fluid  under  pressure  are 
received  into  a  chamber  for  delivery  at  a  station,  the  ends 
of  the  chamber  being  furnished  with  gates,  one  of  which  will 
always  be  closed. 

491 


492 


DEFINITIONS   OF   CLASSES  AND   SUBCLASSES. 


Class  243— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 
61 — HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclasses  3,  Caissons,  and  16, 

Tunnels,  for  air  locks  of  analogous  structure. 
114 — SHIPS,  subclass  68,  Building,  Insubmergible  vessels. 

22.  TERMINALS,  DELIVERY,  PRESSURE,  SINGLE  GATE. 

Valye  structures  for  receiving  from  the  transmission  tube 
carriers  under  fluid  pressure  and  delivering  at  a  station.  The 
end  of  the  transmission  tube  is  closed  by  a  single  gate  opened 
and  closed  by  means  brought  into  action  by  the  movement 
of  the  carrier.  The  gate  ir  unrestricted  as  to  form. 

23.  TERMINALS,  DELIVERY,  EXHAUST.    Terminal  struc- 

tures for  receiving  and  delivering  from  the  transmission  tube 
carriers  that  are  propelled  by  air  at  atmospheric  pressure,  the 
air  being  exhausted  ahead  of  the  carrier. 

24.  TERMINALS,   DELIVERY,    EXTERNAL   RECEIVERS. 

Structures  adapted  to  receive  the  carrier  after  its  expulsion 
from  the  terminal. 

25.  TERMINALS,   SENDING,   PRESSURE.    Valve  structures 

into  which  the  carrier  is  inserted  for  transmission  through  the 

system,  the  propelling  air  pressure  being  above  atmospheric. 
Note. — Many  of  the  terminals  of  this  class  are  constructed  with 

two  gates. 
Search  Classes — 
61 — HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclasses  3,  Cassions,  and  16, 

Tunnels,  for  analogous  features  in  air  locks. 
89 — ORDNANCE,  subclasses  5,  Submarine;  and  6,  Pneumatic, 

for  analogous  mechanisms  for  introducing  a  charge  into  a 

pneumatically  operated  gun. 
114 — SHIPS,  subclass  23S,  Torpedo  Launching. 
124— AIR  GUNS,  CATAPULTS,  AND  TARGETS,  subclass  11,  Guns, 

Air,  Spring,  Magazine. 

26.  TERMINALS,  SENDING  PRESSURE,  LOCK.    Here  after 

a  carrier  has  been  inserted  into  the  pressure  sending  terminal 
the  entrance  gate  is  locked  to  prevent  the  insertion  of  another 
carrier  until  the  first  carrier  has  passed  into  the  transmission 
tube  and  unlocked  the  entrance  gate. 

Note. — Double  gate  sending  terminals  are  common  in  this  sub- 
class. 

Search  Class — 

61— HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  subclasses  3,  Caissons,  and  16, 
Tunnels  for  analogous  devices. 

27.  TERMINALS,  SENDING,  PRESSURE,  LOCK,  TIMERS. 

The  entrance  gate  of  the  pressure  sending  terminal  is  locked 
after  the  insertion  of  a  carrier  to  prevent  the  insertion  of  an- 
other carrier  until  upon  the  expiration  of  a  predetermined 
interval  of  time  the  gate  is  released  by  a  mechanism  adapted 
to  that  purpose. 


Class  243— Continued. 

Search  Class— 

243 — PNEUMATIC  DESPATCH,  subclass  14,  Systems,  Active  on 
transit,  Reservoir,  Timers,  Pressure,  for  other  terminals  of 
this  character. 

28.  TERMINALS,  SENDING,  EXHAUST.    Valve  structures  for 

receiving  carriers  to  be  sent  through  the  transmission  tube 
under  atmospheric  pressure,  the  air  being  exhausted  ahead 
of  the  carrier. 

29.  SWITCHES.    Devices  not  otherwise  classifiable  for  diverting 

carriers  from  a  transmission  tube  into  a  branching  tube. 

30.  SWITCHES,  MAIN  AND  BRANCH  LINE  BLOCK.  Devices 

placed  at  the  junction  of  two  tubes  adapted  to  the  transmission 
of  carriers,  the  mechanism  being  actuated  by  a  carrier  passing 
through  the  junction  from  one  tube  to  prevent  the  passage  of  a 
second  carrier  from  the  other  tube  until  the  first  carrier  has 
cleared  the  junction. 

31.  SWITCHES,  TUBE  SECTION.    Switches  cpmprisin.e  tubular 

members  of  equal  cross  section  with  the  transmission  tube. 
The  movable  switch  member  either  transmits  the  carrier  to 
the  branch  line  or  is  thrown  to  one  side  to  permit  the  diversion 
of  the  carrier  at  the  required  point. 

32.  CARRIERS.    Miscellaneous  receptacles  for  cash,  parcels,  or 

other  articles  or  material  to  be  transmitted  through  tubes  by 
means  of  fluid  pressure. 

33.  CARRIERS.  AVHEELED.    Receptacles  for  cash,  parcels,  or 

other  articles  or  material  to  be  transmitted  through  tubes  by 
means  of  fluid  pressure,  the  receptacles  running  on  wheels  or 
rollers  of  any  form. 

34.  CARRIERS,  SLIDING,  SIDE  OPENING.    The  carriers  slide 

in  the  tube  and  the  opening  is  in  the  side  of  the  receptacle. 

35.  CARRIERS,  SLIDING,  END  OPENING.    The  carriers  slide 

in  the  tube  and  the  opening  is  in  the  end. 

36.  SIGNALS  AND  INDICATORS.    Apparatus  for  receiving  or 

transmitting  intelligence  of  the  position  of  a  carrier  in  the  sys- 
tem, its  condition,  or  the  condition  of  the  system.  Also  means 
on  the  carrier  for  indicating  its  destination,  point  of  departure, 
contents,  or  other  information  relating  to  it. 

37.  OBSTACLE  DETECTORS.    Devices  for  facilitating  the  detec- 

tion and  removal  of  obstacles  in  a  transmission  tube.  The 
obstacle  may  be  a  carrier. 

38.  DETAILS.    Elementary  parts  of  systems  and  their  accessories- 

not  otherwise  classifiable. 

39.  DETAILS,  CARRIER.    Elementary  parts  of  or  accessories  to 

carriers. 


CLASS  244.— AERONAUTICS. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Class. 

Except  as  hereinafter  noted  this  class  contains  and  is  limited  to 
structures  adapted  for  floating  or  being  propelled  in  the  air — as  bal- 
loons, flying  machines,  parachutes,  kites,  etc.— and  the  necessary 
appliances  for  aiding  and  controlling  such  flight. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Aeronautical     devices     not     otherwise 

classifiable. 

2.  LAUNCHING  AND   LANDING  DEVICES.    Apparatus  for 

launching  or  projecting  and  devices  for  receiving  flying  ma- 
chines of  any  form  upon  alighting.    This  subclass  includes 
devices  for  projecting  aerial  toys— such  as  helicopters,  para- 
chutes, etc.— that  are  freely  sustained  for  a  time  in  the  air. 
Note. — For  projectors  used  in  operating  tops  or  flying  toys  having 
figure  or  other  toy  features  search  should  be  made  in  class  46, 
GAMES  AND  TOYS. 
Search  Class— 

124— AIR  GUNS,  CATAPULTS,  AND  TARGETS,  subclasses  1,  Cata- 
pults, and  12,  Guns,  Spring,  for  boomerang  projectors. 

3.  BALLOONS.    Structures  well  known  as  "free  balloons."    Also 

balloons  which  v/ithout  self-contained  propelling  means  may 
be  directed  horizontally  by  movable  planes  or  sails. 
Search1  Classes— 

244 — AERONAUTICS,  subclass  5,  Balloons,  Propelled,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder,  for  structural  and  other  features  of 
balloon  sacks. 

46 — GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  37,  Toys,  for  patents  for  toy 
balloons  having  figure  or  other  toy  features  in  addition. 

4.  BALLOONS,  CAPTIVE.    Balloons  to  be  held  captive  by  a  rope 

in  some  cases  fixed  to  the  ground,  in  others  attached  to  a  mov- 
able anchor.    In  some  cases  the  anchor  is  movable  along  a  rail 
adapted  to  the  purpose. 
Search  Classes— 

40 — CARD,  PICTURE,  AND  SIGN  EXHIBITING,  subclass  127,  Signs, 
Aerostatic. 

104— RAILWAYS,  subclass  154,  BaUoon. 

6.  BALLOONS,  PROPELLED.  Balloons  and  accompanying 
structures  propelled  and  guided  by  self-contained  apparatus, 
includes  structures  in  which  the  buoyant  power  of  the  balloon 
is  sufficient  to  overcome  only  a  portion  of  the  weight  of  the 
structure. 

Note. — For  machines  heavier  than  air  having  propelling  appara- 
tus similar  to  that  shown  in  this  and  the  subclasses  down  to 
10  see  subclasses  11,  Flying  machines;  13,  Flying  machines, 
Aeroplane,  Propelled,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder;  19, 
Flying  machines,  Helicopters;  20,  Flying  machines,  Wing. 

6.  BALLOONS,  PROPELLED,  SCREW.    Balloons  driven  by  a 

screw. 

Search  Class— 

244— AERONAUTICS,  subclasses  10,  Balloons,  Propelled,  Fluid, 
and  18,  Flying  machines,  Aeroplane,  Propelled,  Fluid,  for 
examples  of  screw  propellers  inclosed  in  a  tube  or  other 
channel. 

7.  BALLOONS,     PROPELLED,     SCREW,     HELICOPTER. 

Balloons  whereof  the  predominant  propelling  means  is  a  lift- 
ing screw  or  helicopter. 
Search  Class— 

244— AERONAUTICS,  subclasses  10,  Balloons,  Propelled,  Fluid, 
and  18,  Flying  machines,  Aeroplane,  Propelled,  Fluid,  for 
examples  of  screw  propulsion  in  which  the  screw  is  completely 
inclosed  in  a  tube  or  other  channel. 

8.  BALLOONS,  PROPELLED,  PADDLE-WHEEL.    Propelled 

balloons  in  which  the  only  or  predominant  propelling  means 
is  a  paddle-wheel. 

9.  BALLOONS,     PROPELLED,     WING.    Propulsion    accom- 

plished by  means  of  beating  wings. 

10.  BALLOONS,    PROPELLED,    FLUID.    Propelled    balloons 

driven  by  means  of  the  reaction  of  a  jet  of  air  or  other  gas  upon 
the  surrounding  air.  This  group  includes  devices  for  utilizing 
pneumatic  jets  actuated  by  paddle-wheels,  screws,  and  cen- 
trifugal or  other  pumps  located  somewhere  in  an  inclosed  tube, 
channel,  or  way  between  the  intake  and  the  emerging  orifice. 
Also  devices  for  utilizing  the  propulsive  force  of  the  explosion 
of  charges  of  gas,  torpedoes,  or  other  explosive  matter.  All 
jet  propellers  that  involve  steering  means  combined  with  the 
propelling  means  are  also  included. 
Search  Class — 

115 — MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  11,  Jet,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 


CLASS  244— Continued. 

11.  FLYING     MACHINES.    Miscellaneous    structures    without 

gas  fields,  adapted  to  fly  freely  above  the  earth  and  sustained 
by  the  reactive  force  of  the  air. 

12.  FLYING  MACHINES,  AEROPLANE.    Structures  adapted 

to  fly  freely  above  the  earth,  sustained  by  the  reaction  of  the 
air  on  one  or  more  planes. 

Note.— The  term  "  plane"  as  used  in  this  and  following  definitions 
to  indicate  an  element  of  a  flying  machine  is  taken  to  mean  a 
material  surface  of  any  required  form  adapted  to  be  sustained 
in  flight  by  the  reaction  of  the  air. 
Search  Classes— 

46— GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  37,  Toys. 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclass  26,  Pro- 
jectiles. 

124— AIR  GUNS,  CATAPULTS,  AND  TARGETS,  subclasses  1,  Cata- 
pults, and  12,  Guns,  Spring,  for  boomerangs  and  boomerang 
projectors. 

13.  FLYING     MACHINES,     AEROPLANE,     PROPELLED. 

Structures  flying  freely  above  the  earth,  sustained  by  the  reac- 
tion of  the  air  on  one  or  more  planes,  and  carrying  means  for 
propulsion. 

14.  FLYING  MACHINES,  AEROPLANE,  PROPELLED, 

SCREW.    Flying  machines  driven  by  a  screw  propeller. 
Search  Classes— 

244— AERONAUTICS,  subclass  18,  Flying  machines,  Aeroplane, 
Propelled,  Fluid,  for  examples  of  screw  propulsion  in  which 
the  screw  is  entirely  inclosed  in  a  tube  or  other  channel. 
46 — GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  37,  Toys,  for  structures  of  this 
type  accompanied  by  figure  or  other  toy  features. 

15.  FLYING  MACHINES,  AEROPLANE,  PROPELLED, 

SCREW,  HELICOPTER.  Lifting  screw  propelled  aero- 
planes. 

Search  Class— 

244 — AERONAUTICS,  subclass  18,  Flying  machines,  Aeroplane, 
Propelled,  Fluid,  for  examples  of  screw  propulsion  in  which 
the  screw  is  inclosed  in  a  tube  or  other  channel. 

16.  FLYING  MACHINES,  AEROPLANE,  PROPELLED, 

PADDLE-WHEEL.    Paddle-wheel  propelled  aeroplanes. 

17.  FLYING     MACHINES,     AEROPLANE,     PROPELLED, 

WING.    Beating  wing  propelled  aeroplanes. 

18.  FLYING  MACHINES,  AEROPLANE,  PROPELLED, 

FLUID.  Flying  machine  sturctures  propelled  by  means  of 
the  reaction  of  a  jet  of  air  or  other  gas  upon  the  surrounding 
air.  Also  devices  for  utilizing  pneumatic  jets  actuated  by 
screws,  paddle-wheels,  and  centrifugal  or  other  pumps  located 
somewhere  in  an  inclosed  tube,  channel,  or  way  between  the 
intake  and  emerging  orifice.  Also  devices  for  utilizing  the 
propulsive  force  of  explosions  of  charges  of  gas  or  of  torpedoes  or 
other  explosive  bodies.  All  jet  propellers  that  involve  steering 
means  combined  with  the  propelling  means  are  here  included. 
Search  Class— 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  11,  Jet,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder. 

19.  FLYING  MACHINES,  HELICOPTERS.    Flying  machines 

in  which  the  lifting  power  is  developed  solely  by  one  or  more 
screw  propellers  with  vertical  or  approximately  vertical  axes. 
In  some  cases  propellers  for  driving  in  a  horizontal  direction 
are  shown. 

Note. — For  toy  structures  of  this  type  having  figure  or  other  toy 
features  search  in  class  46,  GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  14, 
Buzzes  and  Whirligigs. 

20.  FLYING  MACHINES,  WING .    Flying  machines  in  which  the 

means  of  sustentation  and  propulsion  consists  of  beating  wings. 

21.  PARACHUTES.    Structures  indicated  by  the  title,  as  well  as 

other  forms  of  planes  which  when  descending  oppose  greater 
resistance  to  the  air. 
Search  Classes — 

46 — GAMES  AND  TOYS,  subclass  37,  Toys,  for  toy  parachutes  con- 
nected with  figure  or  other  toy  features. 

95 — PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  86,  Camera  supports. 

102— AMMUNITION  AND  EXPLOSIVE  DEVICES,  subclasses  20, 
Pyrotechnics,  and  23,  Pyrotechnics,  Rockets,  for  examples 
of  the  use  of  parachutes  in  connection  with  pyrotechnics  and 
projectiles.  , 

22.  KITES.    Structures  of  the  well  known  form  indicated  by  the 

title — viz.,  light  frames  covered  with  paper  or  other  fabric, 
adapted  to  be  supported  in  the  air  by  the  wind  when  held  by 
a  string. 

Note. — For  use  of  kites  to  support  cameras  see  class  95,  PHO- 
TOGRAPHY, subclass  86,  Camera  supports. 

23.  KITES,  MULTIPLE  PLANE.    Kites  with  two  or  more  lifting 

surfaces  presented  to  the  air  currents. 

493 


494 


DEFINITIONS    OF    CLASSES   AND   SUBCLASSES. 


CLASS  244— Continued. 

24.  KITES,  ACCESSORIES.    Devices  not  a  part  of  the  kite  struc- 

ture to  be  operated  in  connection  with  kites. 
Search  Class— 
95— PHOTOGRAPHY,  subclass  86,  Camera  supports. 

25.  PROPELLERS.    Propellers  per  se  not  otherwise  classifiable, 

as  well  as  means  and  methods  of  driving,  the  arrangement, 
hanging  connections  or  fitting,  combinations  with  steering 
mechanism,  and  combinations  by  which  the  propellers  may 
be  used  in  steering. 
Search  Classes— 

244 — AERONAUTICS,  subclasses  5,  Balloons,  Propelled,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder;  11,  Flying  machines,  and  13,  Flying 
machines,  Aeroplane,  Propelled,  and  the  subclasses  there- 
under; 19,  Flying  machines,  Helicopters,  and  20,  Flying 
machines,  Wing,  for  examples  of  propellers  shown  in  this  and 
the  following  three  subclasses. 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  19,  Buoyant  propellers. 

26.  PROPELLERS,  SCREW.    Screw  propellers  applied  to  struc- 

tures adapted  to  aerial  navigation  and  involving  their  form 
and  structure. 
Search  Classes — 

244— AERONAUTICS,  subclasses  5,  Balloons,  Propelled;  6,  Bal- 
loons, Propelled,  Screw;  12,  Flying  machines,  Aeroplane; 
13,  Flying  machines,  Aeroplane,  Propelled,  and  17,  Flying 
machines,  Aeroplane,  Propelled,  Wing,  for  further  examples 
of  screw  propellers. 


CLASS  244-Continued. 

115 — MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  34,  Screw  propellers,  and 
the  subclasses  thereunder. 

27.  PROPELLERS,  WING.    Wing  propellers,  Oscillating  or  ro- 

tary, applied  to  structures  adapted  to  aerial  navigation  and 
involving  their  form  and  structure. 

28.  PROPELLERS,  PADDLE-WHEEL.    Paddle-wheel   propel- 

lers applied  to  structures  adapted  to  aerial  navigation  and 
involving  their  form  and  structure. 
Search  Classes— 

244— AERONAUTICS,  subclasses  7,  Balloons,  Propelled,  Screw, 
Helicopter;  11,  Flying  machines,  and  14,  Flying  machines, 
Aeroplane,  Propelled,  Screw,  for  further  examples  of  paddle- 
wheels. 

115— MARINE  PROPULSION,  subclass  49,  Paddle-wheels,  and  the 
subclasses  thereunder. 

29.  STEERING    MECHANISM.    Rudders    or    combinations    of 

rudders  with  other  planes  by  means  of  which  aerial  structures 
are  directed. 

30.  CARS.    Cars  or  cabins  suspended  from  or  carried  by  balloons  or 

other  structures  adapted  for  aerial  navigation  and  designed  to 
contain  human  beings  or  material  of  any  kind. 

31.  DETAILS.    Elementary   parts  of  structures   or  instruments 

used  in  aeronautics. 


CLASS  245.— WIRE  FABRICS  AND  STRUCTURE. 

DEFINITIONS. 
Class. 

This  class  includes  flexible  all-wire  or  slat-and-wire  fabric,  wire 
blanks,  panels  and  fabric  structures  not  otherwise  classifiable,  and 
miscellaneous  wire  joints  in  which  at  least  one  of  the  intersecting 
or  connected  elements  is  bent,  looped,  twisted,  or  coiled  about  the 
other  or  is  subjected  to  an  analogous  wire-working  operation  to 
form  or  make  the  fabric  or  wherein  wire  is  made  an  essential  element 
of  the  invention.  Fabrics,  joints,  or  other  structures  wherein  the 
elements  are  joined  or  secured  together,  for  example,  by  tie-wires  or 
ties,  without  bending  or  twisting  the  elements,  or  by  weaving,  weld- 
ing, casting,  nailing,  and  stapling  and  wherein  wire  is  not;  made  an 
essential  element  of  the  invention  are  excluded. 
Search  Classes— 

5 — BEDS,  subclass  39,  Bed-bottoms,  Fabric,  and  the  subclasses 
thereunder,  for  structures  specific  thereto,  as  combinations 
with  the  frame,  end  springs,  bottom  springs,  etc. 
15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  64,  Mats,  Wire,  for 
combinations  of  wire  fabrics  with  frames,  borders,  or  end 
strips,  scrapers,  etc. 

39 — FENCES,  subclass  72,  Fences;  Wire,  Fabric,  for  structures 
specific  to  fences,  as  the  combination  with  posts,  stretchers, 
joints,  or  for  ornamental  fence  fabrics. 

49 — GLASS,  subclasses  32,  Molding,  Wire-glass,  and  92,  Struc- 
ture; also  subclass  86,  Processes,  Molding,  Wire-glass,  for  wire- 
glass  and  wire  fabrics  employed  in  glass-making. 
66—  KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  4,  Fabrics,  for  methods 

of  forming  meshes  and  ties. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  119,  Rein- 
forcing elements,  Lathing,  Wire,  for  wire  fabrics  specific  to 
lathing. 

189 — METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclasses  34,  Structural 
units,  and  82,  Grilles,  Composite,  for  structural  units  and 
structural  metal  work. 
219 — ELECTRIC  HEATING  AND  RHEOSTATS,  subclass  46,  Heaters, 

Flexible. 

For  composite  fabrics  comprising  fabric  or  web  structures  in  which 
a  wire  fabric  is  used  for  reinforcement  or  protection — 
Search  Classes — 

2— APPAREL,  subclass  76,  Body-garments,  Corset-stiffeners. 
74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclasses  62,  Belts,  and  65,  Belts, 

Metal-reenforced. 
101 — PRINTING,    subclass    113,     Printing-couple     appliances, 

Blankets. 

137 — WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  subclass  90,  Mains  and  pipes,  Hose. 
152 — RESILIENT    TIRES    AND    WHEELS,    subclasses    3,    Tires, 
Cushion,  Armored;  17,  Tires,  Pneumatic,  Armored,  Exter- 
nally, and  18,  Tires,  Pneumatic,  Armored,  Internally. 
154 — LAMINATED   FABRIC  AND  ANALOGOUS  MANUFACTURES, 
subclasses  52,  Fabrics,  Wear  and  strain  resisting,  and  53, 
Fabrics,  Wire-reenforced. 

Subclasses. 

1.  MISCELLANEOUS.    Miscellaneous  wire  articles  not  otherwise 

classifiable,  fabric  blanks,  panels,  or  other  structural  fabric 
forms  adapted  to  be  used  in  the  manufacture  of  chairs,  lounges, 
carriages,  go-carts,  napkin  rings,  or  other  articles,  or  to  be 
united  to  similar  blanks  for  any  purpose. 

2.  FABRICS.  Miscellaneous  wire  fabrics  not  otherwise  classifiable. 

3.  FABRICS,  TIES  AND  CLIPS.    Wire  fabrics  having  the  ele- 

ments secured  together  by  bending,  coiling,  or  twisting  and 
in  which  tie-wires  or  clips  are  used  for  strengthening  the 
joints  of  the  intersecting  wires. 
Search  Class — 

39— FENCES,  subclasses  72,  Fences,  Wire,  Fabric,  for  fabrics 
in  which  the  elements  are  united  together  by  ties,  and  108, 
Fences,  Wire,  Joints,  for  tie-wire  joints. 

4.  FABRICS,  CHAIN.    Chain-type  fabrics  having  elements  or 

links  substantially  alike  and  interlinked  with  those  adjacent. 


CLASS  245— Continued. 

Search  Classes— 
59 — CHAIN,  STAPLE,  AND  HORSESHOE  MAKING,  subclasses  80, 

Chains,  Ornamental,  and  83,  Chains,  'Wire. 
63 — JEWELRY,  subclass  4,  Bracelets,  Chain. 
74 — MACHINE  ELEMENTS,  subclass  64,  Belts,  Link. 

5.  FABRICS,  INTERLOCKING  LOOPS.    Fabrics  in  which  the 

longitudinal  or  cross  wires  are  bent  to  form  a  series  of  loop  ele- 
ments, generally  arranged  in  rows,  which  hook  into,  pass 
through,  interlock,  or  otherwise  engage  and  hold  loops  formed 
in  an  adjacent  row  or  section. 
Search  Class — 

66 — KNITTING  AND  NETTING,  subclass  4,  Fabrics,  for  tying 
methods. 

6.  FABRICS,  COIL.    Fabrics  comprising  a  plurality  of  connected 

helical  coils,  usually  intercoiled  together. 
Search  Classes — 
5 — BEDS,   subclass   39,    Bed-bottoms,   Fabric,  for   coil  fabrics 

specific  to  bed-bottoms. 
15 — BRUSHING  AND  SCRUBBING,  subclass  64,  Mats,  Wire,  for 

coil  fabrics  specific  to  mats. 

7.  FABRICS,  HEXAGONAL  MESH.    Wire  fabrics  having  sub- 

stantially six-sided  meshes. 

8.  FABRICS,  QUADRANGULAR  MESH.    Wire  fabrics  having 

four-sided  meshes. 
Search  Classes— 
245 — WIRE  FABRICS  AND  STRUCTURE,  subclass  9,  Fabrics,  Link, 

for  link  fabrics  of  quadrangular  mesh. 
5 — BEDS,  subclass  39,  Bed-bottoms,  Fabric. 
39 — FENCES,  subclass  72,  Fences,  Wire,  Fabric,  for  structures 

specific  to  fences. 

9.  FABRICS,  LINK.    Wire  fabrics  in  which  a  plurality  of  similar 

elements  are  united  by  dissimilar  elements  or  links  or  in  which 
the  cross  wires  are  composed  of  sections  suitably  connected 
together  or  to  the  longitudinal  wires  or  strands. 
Search  Class — 
39 — FENCES,  subclass  72,  Fences,  Wire,  Fabric. 

10.  FABRICS,  EDGES  AND  SEAMS.    Edge,  selvage,  or  seam 

structures  of  wire  fabrics. 

11.  FABRICS,    SLAT-AND-WIRE.     Miscellaneous    fabrics  not 

otherwise  classifiable,  comprising  slats  and  wires  secured  to- 
gether by  the  mere  bending,  coiling,  or  twisting  of  the  wires 
about  the  slats. 
Search  Classes— 

20— WOODEN  BUILDINGS,  subclasses  13,  Lathing,  and  78,  Slatted 
floor  covering. 

39— FENCES,  subclass  73,  Fences,  Wire,  Picket. 

217 — WOODEN  RECEPTACLES,  subclass  44,  Boxes,  Crates,  Knock- 
down, Cylindrical  and  bilge. 

12.  JOINTS.    Wire  joints  formed  by  bending,  coiling,  or  twisting 

processes.  Includes  joints  in  crossing  wires  formed  by  wrap- 
ping or  twisting  a  loop  formed  in  one  wire  about  another,  as 
the  strand  and  stay  wires  of  fences  or  warp  or  woof  wires,  or  in 
coiling  one  about  the  other;  also  all  joints  not  otherwise  classi- 
fiable for  connecting  the  ends  of  wires. 
Search  Classes— 

24 — BUCKLES,  BUTTONS,  CLASPS,  ETC.,  subclass  27,  Bale  and 
package  ties,  Wire,  and  the  subclasses  thereunder. 

39 — FENCES,  subclasses  79,  Fences,  Wire.  Stays,  Lock-plates; 
108,  Fences,  Wire,  Joints;  111,  Fences,  Wire,  Stays,  Tied,  for 
joints  involving  a  separate  connecting  member,  tie,  or  tie-wire. 

72— MASONRY  AND  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES,  subclass  114,Reen- 
forcing  elements,  Joints. 

173— ELECTRICITY,  CONDUCTORS,  subclass  263,  Connectors,  Wire- 
splices. 

189— METALLIC  BUILDING  STRUCTURES,  subclass  30,  Structural 
units,  Joints  and  connections. 

495 


o 


RETURN      Government  Documents  Department 

TO—*      350  Main  Library  642-2568 


LOAN  PERIOD  1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


JAN  2  3  198C 

RECD  IN        ... 
DOCS  DEPT     ^"N 

?,  o  1988  g^ 

P^'TOM  r  ' 

•  mi   4  c  4QQC 

JUL  1  5  RJ; 

.  C.  BERKEf  EY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD7.  68m.  1/82  BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


